'••  " 


A 

MILITARY  DICTIONARY, 

OR, 

EXPLANATION  OF  THE  SEVERAL  SYSTEMS  OF  DISCIPLINE  OF  DIFFER- 
ENT KINDS  OF  TROOPS, 

INFANTRY,  ARTILLERY,  AND  CAVALRY; 

THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  FORTIFICATION, 

ANT) 

ALL  THE  MODERN  IMPROVEMENTS  IN  THE 
SCIENCE  OF  TACTICS  : 

COMPRISING- 
THE  POCKET  GUNNER,  OR  LITTLE  BOMBARDIER; 

THE    MILITARY    REGULATIONS  OF    THE    UNITED    STATES;    THE    WEIGHTS, 
MEASURES,  AND  MONIES  OF  ALL  NATIONS; 

THE  TECHNICAL  TERMS  AND  PHRASES  OF  THE  ART  OF  WAR 
IN  THE  FRENCH  LANGUAGE. 

PARTICULARLY  ADAPTED    TO   THE   USE  OF   THE  MILI1  MtV   I 
OF   THE    UNITED  STATES: 


BY  WILLIAM  DUANE, 


LATE  LIEUTENANT  COLONET.  IN  THE  ARMY  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES, 
AND  AUTHOR  OF  THE  AMERICAN  MILITARY  LIBRARY. 


An  army  without  discipline  is  but  a  mob  in  uniform,  more  dangeroir  to  itself  than  to 
'its  enemy.  Should  any  one  from  ignorance  not  perceive  the  immense  advantages  that 
arise  from  a  good  discipline,  it  will  be  sufficient  to  observe  the  alterations  that  have  happen- 
ed in  Europe  since  the  year  1700.  SAXE. 

I  am  fully  convinced  that  the  tactics  of  Frederic  II.  the  causes  of  his  superiority,  of  his 
system  of  battles  and  lines,  and  of  his  most  skilful  movements  have  been  wholly'  misun- 
derstood to  the  present  time,  and  that  the  actions  of  this  great  man  have  been  attributed 
to  maxims  diametrically  opposite  to  his  real  principles.  Jo  MI  NI 1808, 


PHILADELPHIA  . 

NTED    AND    PUBLISHED    BY    WILLIAM    DVANE* 

KO.   98,    MARKET    STREET, 

1810, 


DISTRICT  OF  PEWMSTLrAMM,  TO  WIT: 

BE  IT  REMEMBERED,  that  on  the  Tenth  day  of  August,  in  tli«  ThiViy 
Fifth  year  of  the  Independence  of  the  United  States  of  America,  »A.  D.  18 JO, 
William  Duane  of  the  said  district,  hath  deposited  in  this  office,  the  title  of  a  book, 
the  right  whereof  he  claims  as  proprietor,  in  the  words  following,  to  wit:  '  A  Mili- 
"  tary  Dictionary ;  or,  Explanation  of  the  several  systems  of  discipline  of  different 
"  kinds  of  Troops,  Infantry,  Artillery,  and  Cavalry;  the  Principles  of  Fortification, 
'  and  all  the  Modern  Improvements  in  the  Science  of  Tactics :  comprizing  the  Pocket  Gunner,  or  Lit- 
"  tie  Bombardier ;  the  Military  Regulations  of  the  United  States ;  the  Weights,  Measures,  and  Monies 
"  of  all  Nations ;  the  Technical  Terms  and  Phrases  of  the  Art  of  War  in  the  French  language.  Parti- 
"  cularly  adapted  to  the  use  of  the  Military  institutions  of  the  United  States:  by  William  Duane,  late 
"lieutenant  colonel  in  the  army  of  the  United  States,  and  author  of  the  American  Military  Library, 
"  An  army  without  discipline  is  but  a  mob  in  uniform,  more  dangerous  to  itself  than  to  its  enemy, 
"  Should  any  one  from  ignorance  not  perceive  the  immense  advantages  that  arise  from  a  good  disci- 
*  pline,  it  will  be  sufficient  to  observe  the  alterations  that  have  happened  in  Europe  since  the  year  1700. 
*'•  Saxe.  I  am  fully  convinced  that  the  tactics  of  Frederic  II.  the  causes  of  his  superiority,  of  his  system 
"  of  battles  and  lines,  and  of  his  most  skilful  movements  have  been  wholly  misunderstood  to  the  present 
"  time,  and  that  the  actions  of  this  great  man.  have  been  attributed  to  maxims  diametrically  opposite  to 
«'  his  real  principles.  Jomini....I80$." 

In  conformity  to  the  Act  of  the  Congress  of  the  United  States,  intituled  "  an  Act  for  the  encourage- 
ment of  learning,  by  securing  the  copies  of  maps,  charts,  and  books,  to  the  authors  and  proprietors  of" 
such  copies  during  the  times  therein  mentioned."  And  also  to  the  Act,  entitled  "  an  Act  supplementary 
to  an  Act,  entitled  '  an  Act  for  the  encouragement  of  learning,  by  securing  the  copies  of  maps,  charts, 
and  books,  to  the  authors  and  proprietors  of  such  copies  during  the  times  therein  mentioned,'  and  ex 
tending  the  benefits  thereof  to  the  art*  of  designing,  engraving,  and  etching  historical  and  other  prints " 

D.  CALDWELL, 
Clerk  of  the  Digtrict  of  Pennsylvania. 


ELUCIDATORY  PREFACE. 


WHEN  the  editor  first  undertook  to  prepare  a  MILITARY  LIBRARY  for  ge- 
neral use,  he  was  stimulated  thereto  by  perceiving  the  total  decay  of  military  in- 
formation, and  the  gross  errors,  in  particulars  the  most  simple  and  essential,  which 
every  where  had  superceded  or  obstructed  useful  knowlege.  War  at  the  mo- 
ment seemed  to  be  impending.  There  was  no  organization  of  the  militia,  nor  any 
system  established,  excepting  an  incomplete  elementary  handbook,  formed  dur- 
ing the  revolution,  and  adapted  to  fix  those  who  had  already  some  military  ex- 
perience of  the  first  evolutions  of  a  battalion,  in  a  common  method. 

This  book,  no  way  calculated  to  teach  the  initiatory  exercises,  nor  to  give 
an  idea  of  the  combined  manoeuvres  of  larger  bodies ;  nor  any  method  of  inr 
structi on,  nor  the  duties  of  any  other  body  than  an  infantry  battalion,  was  im- 
properly dignified  with  the  name  of  a  system.  The  most  elevated  in  power  as 
well  as  the  most  subordinate  in  military  or  militia  duty,  adopted  this  false 
notion  of  a  system,  without  enquiring  further  than  that  it  was  established.  When 
such  a  tract  was  held  forth  as  sufficient  by  the  authority  of  law  and  by  the  silent 
indifference  of  those  who  knew  or  ought  to  know  better,  it  is  not  at  all  surprizing 
that  every  other  object  of  military  study  was  neglected,  since  every  other  was 
announced  to  be  superfluous. 

This  state  of  general  indifference  or  unacquaintance  with  the  business  of 
war,  gave  rise  to  the  American  Military  Library  „•  in  which  the  editor  intend- 
ed originally  to  have  comprehended  a  vocabulary^  of  military  terms,'  and  had 
made  so  much  progress  in  its  preparation,  as  to  discover  that  it  would  make  a 
large  book,  and  that  any  thing  short  of  a  minute  and  comprehensive  Diction- 
ary, would  be  leaving  the  undertaking  still  incomplete.  The  general  ivant  of 
knowlege  on  the  subject,  the  inaccuracy  of  the  notions  which  prevailed,  and 
above  all  the  great  revolutions  which  modern  times  had  produced  in  the  whole 
economy  and  ordination  of  military  science,  decided  the  editor  upon  the  neces- 
sity of  rendering  the  undertaking  as  complete  as  practicable,  by  giving  to  the 
public  a  competent  book  of  reference,  so  necessary  to  study  in  the  acquisition  of 
every  species  of  knowlege. 

After  some  numbers  of  the  Library  had  been  published,  the  French  Military 
Dictionary  of  1768,  and  the  English  Military  Dictionary  of  major  James,  fell  in- 
to the  editor's  hands.  These  works  rendered  much  of  what  had  been  already 
done  superfluous,  though  not  entirely  useless  ;  the  French  work  had  been  anti- 
quated long  before  the  revolution,  by  the  changes  which  took  place  in  the  French 
establishment  in  1788  and  1791,  and  still  more  by  the  total  renovation  which 
it  underwent  during  the  revolution.  The  English  Dictionary  labored  under 
difficulties  of  another  nature ;  adapted  to  England  alone,  the  military  system 
of  England,  called  by  the  name  of  Dundas,  which  was  only  a  modification  of 
the  Prussian  system  of  Saldern,  and  the  French  system  formed  in  imitation  of 
the  Prussian  after  the  seven  years  war,  must  necessarily  be  to  a  British  officer 
the  standard  of  a  work  published  for  the  British  army ;  accordingly,  although, 
major  James,  both  from  his  fine  understanding  and  experience,  was  well  ac- 
quainted with  the  defects  of  that  system,  he  was  still  under  the  necessity  of 
making  it  his  standard. 

In  undertaking  to  give  a  work  to  the  American  people,  the  publication  of 
either  the  French  or  English  Dictionary,  though  it  might  equally  profit  the 
bookseller,  would  be  only  imposing  upon  the  public,  instead  of  giving  the  best- 
information  and  the  most  recent  and  approved  principles  and  improvements  in 
the  art  of  war  :  it  was  necessary  therefore  almost  to  re-ur/fc,  and  to  augment  to 
a  vast  bulk  the  quantity  of  information.  Th,->  whole  has  been,  therefore,  mo- 


ELUCIDATORY  PREFACE. 

delicti  and  adapted  throughout  ~o  the  modern  principles  of  discipline  and  gene- 
ral tactics.  So  much  of  what  is  old  lias  been  retained  as  may  give  some  cor- 
rect ideas  of  the  systems  of  other  nations  ;  and  the  body  of  information,  as  well 
as  of  words  of  reference,  renders  this  the  most  ample  and  particular  Military 
Dictionary  that  has  been  published  in  the  language 

To  the  general  mass  has  been  added  the  useful  little  work  called  the  Little 
Bombardier,  or  Pocket  Gunner,  originally  compiled  for  the  British  artillerists  from 
the  French  Manuel  de  f  ArtilLeur  of  Durtubie.  The  measures  of  extent  and  ca- 
pacity, aixd  "i  e  monies  of  all  foreign  nations  :  under  the  \vor«ls  Tactics,  Military 
Schools,  Topographical  Depot,  Money,  Weights  and  Measures,  Valor,  and  generally 
throughout  tUc  work  will  be  found  a  vast  body  of  new  information,  particularly 
adapted  to  the  communication  of  correct  knowlege  to  all  who  wish  to  compre- 
hend military  subjects. 

A  too  prevalent  error,  and  the  most  fatal  if  we  should  ever  be  engaged  in  war, 
and  not  acquire  more  perfect  and  general  knowlege,  is,  that  the  art  of  war  re- 
quires neither  study  nor  much  attention  to  what  is  called  discipline ;  and  this 
error  has  obtained  a  sort  of  sanctity  from  the  triumphs  of  our  undisciplined  yeo- 
manry over  the  British,  Hanoverian,  Wurtemburg,  and  Hessian  veterans  in  oxir  re- 
volution. Undoubtedly  without  an  examination  into  the  causes  of  the  triumphs  in 
a  more  particular  manner  than  general  history  presents,  the  assumption  is  very 
imposing,  and  adapted  to  flatter  self-love  and  national  pride. 

These  natural  and  often  useful  passions  must,  nevertheless, be  restrained  like 
all  others  within  the  bounds  of  reason  ;  and,  in  order  to  avoid  the  danger  which 
may  tlow  from  our  prejudices,  we  must  endeavor  to  consider  our  own  circum- 
stances with  eyes  as  dispassionate  as  we  should  those  of  strangers.  We  must 
enquire,  what  was  the  state  of  military  knowlege  in  the  armies  of  the  invaders  ; 
whetiicr  they  exhibited  any  of  the  great  qualities  which  constitute  well  disci- 
plined troops  or  great  generals  ;  whether  the  whole  course  of  their  military 
transactions  was  not  a  series  of  blunders,  produced  by  their  ignorance  of  our 
people  and  country ;  and  even  in  a  great  degree  owing  to  the  want  of  talents 
in  the  officers  of  the  enemy,  to  supply  by  their  genius  and  spirit  of  enterprize, 
the  disath  antag-es  under  which  they  labored.  It  would  require  only  an  enu- 
meration of  a  few  facts  to  shew,  that  although  the  patience  with  which  the 
American  troops  endured  hardships  and  privations,  afford  glorious  examples  of 
the  military  virtues ;  that  even  these  great  virtues,  conducted  as  they  were, 
by  a  general  who  united  in  himself  the  military  qualities  of  a  Fabius  and  a  Scipio, 
could  not  have  had  so  much  success  were  it  not  for  the  want  of  a  good  disci- 
pline, and  the  utter  incapacity  of  the  generals  of  the  British  army. 

In  the  modern  wars  of  the  French  revolution,  the  like  truths  have  been 
demonstrated  as  in  the  American  contest.  The  British  armies  had  been  merely 
taught  the  duties  of  parade,  and  when  they  came  into  the  field,  had  to  learn  by 
hard  fighting  and  severe  defeats,  that  their  officers  were  generally  ignorant  of 
the  art  of  war  ;  for  they  were  beaten  once  more  by  raw  troops  ably  conducted 
to  the  field  by  experienced  officers,  who  possessed  skill,  who  had  made  military 
science  their  study ;  and,  above  all,  who  knew  how  to  take  advantage  of  the 
incompetency  of  the  British  leaders. 

Mankind  in  every  country,  educated  in  the  same  way,  varies  very  little  in 
those  points  which  are  adapted  to  military  services.  It  must,  therefore,  in  a 
great  measure  depend  upon  the  education  which  is  applied  to  military  affairs,  in 
the  discipline  of  armies,  whether  they  are  victors  or  vanquished.  All  nations 
profess  to  have  acted  upon  this  opinion,  though  there  seems  not  to  be  that 
attention  paid  to  the  subject,  nor  to  education  of  any  kind,  which  the  acknow- 
leged  importance  of  the  case  calls  for.  This  indifference  orheetllessness  has  at 
times  infected  all  nations,  and  maybe  considered  as  a  disease,  which  if  not  cured 
at  a  certain  stage,  ensures  destruction. 

The  triumphs  of  Spain  before  the  peace  of  Vervins  in  1598,  is  a  most  impor- 
tant part  of  history  for  the  study  of  men  fond  of  military  enquiries  ;  the  infantry 
of  Spain  was  then  the  first  in  Europe  ;  we  have  seen  in  the  years  1808  and  1809, 
that  the  extinction,  by  the  neglect  of  military  knowlege,  has  left  Spain,  with  ten 
millions  of  people,  an  easy  conquest.  Austria  and  Prussia  have  successively  shone 
preeminent  on  the  military  theatre  of  Europe.  The  daily  parades  at  Berlin, 
which  Frederic  II.  conducted  himself  for  many  years,  and  from  which  strangers 
were  excluded,  were  only  lessons  of  experiment  and  instruction  by  which  he 
formed  his  own  mind  to  the  eonvic  don  of  the  power  of  rapid  movement,  and  close 


ELUCIDATORY  PREFACE.  * 

evolutions  by  small  divisions  ;  divisions  moving  in  different  modes,  andby  different 
points,  in  apparent  disorder  but  by  the  most  exact  laws,  to  one  common  point  of 
action.  Here  it  was  that  he  contrived  those  methods  which  he  accomplished  in 
action  afterwards,  and  which  enabled  him,  with  a  force  not  equal  t^  half  the  Aus- 
trian army,  to  baffle,  defeat,  and  triumph  over  all  Europe.  It  will  be  useful  for  the 
man  of  sense  to  consider,  whether  Frederic  could  have  performed  such  wonders 
in  the  field,  without  this  previous  practice  himself,  and  the  previous  discipline 
which  rendered  his  armies  of  40,000  as  manageable  as  a  battalion  of  500  men. 
Perhaps  we  shall  be  told  that  Steubcn's  tract  renders  all  these  considerations  un- 
necessary. 

The  military  triumphs  of  modern  France  have  been  ascribed  to  a  multitude 
of  causes  ;  -really,  perhaps,  the  causes  of  her  military  successes  may  be  reduced 
to  two.  First,  the  necessity  which  arose  out  of-  what  has  been  preposterously 
called  the  balance  of  power  in  Europe,  which  under  the  pretence  of  maintaining; 
an  equality  of  nations,  has  been  the  real  mask  for  reiterated,  wars,  conquests, 
plunder,  and  desolation  ;  Spain,  Austria,  and  France,  have  been  at  different  pe- 
riods held  up  as  aspiring  to  universal  dominion  ;  under  the  color  of  resisting  the 
aggrandizement  of  either,  they  have  been  for  two  centuries  constantly  engaged 
in  efforts  to  plunder  each  other.  France,  from  her  position,  was  from  the  pas- 
sions of  the  age,  forced  to  be  prepared  for  the  defensive  ;  and  in  several  succes- 
sive wars  had  made  conquests  on  her  extremities,  which  rendered  it  daily  more 
necessary  to  maintain  a  military  establishment ;  and  at  length,  after  suffering 
great  disasters,  and  thereby  producing  a  succession  of  gre at  generals,  the  pas- 
sions and  character  of  the  people  became  military. 

Taught  by  triumphs  and  disasters,  the  causes  of  success  and  failure,  her  ge- 
nerals and  statesmen  directed  their  attention  to  the  perfection  of  all  the  branches 
of  military  institution ;  the  management  of  weapons,  the  array  of  troops,  the 
plans  of  marches,  the  supply  of  armies,  the  passage  of  rivers,  and  the  simplifi- 
cation of  every  species  of  duty.  Colleges  were  instituted,  the  sciences  were 
enlisted  in  the  military  service,  and  it  was  difficult  to  tell  in  which  class  of  citi- 
zens the  greatest  military  enthusiasm  prevailed. ...the  nobles  who  alone  could  as- 
pire to  command,  or  the  privates  who  composed  the  rank  and  file  of  armies. 

It  is  to  these  institutions,  through  which  the  path  to  honor  and  renown  lay, 
that  France  owes  her  present  preeminence.  Under  several  heads  of  this  Dic- 
tionary will  be  found  the  facts  upon  which  this  opinion  is  sustained  ;  other  na- 
tions rather  aped  than  emulated  her  institutions ;  while  France  pursued  the  spi- 
rit of  the  Romans  who  adopted  every  weapon  which  they  found  powerful  in  the 
hands  of  their  enemies  ;  France  adopted  the  prolonged  line  of  the  Austrians,  or 
abandoned  it  to  pursue  the  concentric  movements  of  Prussia ;  those  echellons 
which  under  another  name  were  among  the  manoeuvres  of  Scipio  and  Gustavus 
Adolphus,  and  which  so  many  have  affected  to  laugh  at  as  novelties,  because 
they  know  neither  their  history  nor  their  use  ;  were  recommended  by  Guibert  in 
1763,  as  the  co/w?w7ihad  been  before  recommended  by  Folard,-  and  each  of  whom 
had  been  calumniated  and  their  tactics  reprobated,  by  the  enemies  of  innovation, 
or  rather  by  the  blockheads  of  their  day,  a  class  of  beings  which  some  are  to  be  found 
every  'where. 

The  rapid  principles  of  Frederic,  and  the  evolutions  of  the  cchellon  and  column 
adapted  to  the  concentric  method  of  movement,  upon  oblique  as  well  as  di- 
rect lines  ;  and  all  executed  with  a  combined  precision  before  unusual,  consti- 
tute the  great  features  of  the  modern  tactics.  Simplicity  of  method  in  instruc- 
tion is  the  key  to  it. 

It  must  be  evident  to  the  humblest  understanding,  that  a  great  part  of  the 
success  of  armies  in  war  must  depend  as  much  upon  the  knowlege  of  the  ene- 
mies' mode  of  movement  and  action,  as  well  as  in  the  perfection,  precision,  and 
promptitude  of  execution  in  their  own.  Voltaire,  whose  history  of  Europe  is 
alike  admirable  for  its  conciseness  and  authenticity,  since  all  his  information 
on  military  affairs  was  drawn  from  the  military  depot  established  at  Versailles, 
speaking  of  the  battle  of  Rosbach,  attributes  the  defeat  of  the  French  under 
,5oubise  to  their  ignorance  of  the  new  methods  of  movement  which  had  been 
introduced  by  Frederic  II.  The  soldiers  saw  that  the  old  method  of  bat- 
tle was  changed;  they  did  not  comprehend  the  motions  of  the  Prussians, 
which  were  not  merely  novel,  but  as  exact  as  the  movements  on  a  parade  ;  they 
ilieved  they  saw  their  masters  in  the  art  of  \va£,  they  were  dismayed  and  fled. 


C< 


vi  ELUCIDATORY  PREFACE. 

This  anecdote,  which  has  many  resemblances  in  ancient  history,  is  of 
moment  in  directing1  the  understanding  to  the  consideration  of  military  institu- 
tion. It  leaves  no  doubt  of  the  necessity  of  knowing  the  art  of  war  as  it  is  prac- 
tised by  other  nations,  and  especially  the  importance  of  practising  that  which 
has  proved  superior  to  all  others. 

A  fatality  has  attended  all  the  efforts  which  have  been  made  for  several  years 
1o  introduce  a  suitable  organization  of  the  militia,  and  a  correct  military  system. 
The  genius  of  ignorance  appears  to  have  cast  a  spell  over  all  the  attempts  that 
have  been  made.     Like  the  projector  who  was  so  much  occupied  by  the  erec- 
tion of  a  weathercock,  that  he  set  about  it  before  the  foundation  for  the  steeple 
was  laid, every  attempt  has  been  made  at  the  wrong-  end;  apart  h?s  been  mista- 
ken for  a  whole,  composedof  numerous  parts,  and  the  wrong  part  has  always  '. 
chosen  first.  America,  which  lias  been  so  original  in  the  revolution  as  to  gn  • 
to  the  institution  of  rifle  corps,  which  have  decided  seven-eighths  of    : 
that  have  been  fought  in  Europe  since  ;  has  been  led  to  resort  constantly  to  the 
very  s}rslem  of  which  America  proved  the  futility,  for  precepts  and  examples; 
instead  of  profiting  by  the  march  of  science,  we  have  gone  for  i»v>t 
worst  military  institutions  of  Europe.     When  any  person  intrusted  with  the  mi- 
litary concerns  of  the  U.  States  wants  information,  it  is  to  authorities  exploded. 
and  condemned  by  men  of  military  knowlege,  reference  is  made.     A  m.. 
of  England  in  addressing  that  nation  in  1806,  at  the  very  moment  when  it  v> 

nounced  to  that  nation_that  the  bellum  ad  intcrnicionem,  had  only  then  begun 

that  "  the  war  was  now  at  the  foot  of  her  walls,"  had  the  honesty,  which  times 
of  danger  extracts  even  from  ministers,  to  declare...."  The  military  system  of  Eng- 
land was  equally  in  ivant  of  repairs,  or  rather  a  thorough  rebuilding,  even  to  its  foun- 
dation stone"  There  is  no  truth  more  certain,  yet  it  is  to  this  tattered  and 
defenceless  fabric  we  resort  for  models  on  every  occasion.  The  bill  for  esta- 
blishing a  quarter -'master  general's  department,  which  was  before  congress  in 
1809-10,  is  a  scion  of  this  decayed  tree;  no  doubt  that  as  long  as  the  present 
apology  for  a  system  exists,  the  proposed  department  may  serve,  as  a  crutch  is 
of  use  to  a  body  stricken  with  paralysis. 

Military  science  even  in  France,  where  it  has  now  reached  the  greatest 
perfection,  has  had  to  strug'gle  with  selfishness  and  the  occasional  and  almost, 
nisuperable  difficulties,  which  the  appointment  of  ministers  incompetent  and 
inexperienced  in  military  affairs,  threw  in  their  way.  Folard  is  reputed  to 
have  died  broken-hearted,  by  the  persecution  which  he  experienced  from  stupid 
generals  and  ministers  who  looked  to  nothing  but  official  patronage.  Le- 
vrilliere,  whose  admirable  improvements  in  the  various  departments  of  artillery, 
to  whom  is  owing  the  reduction  of  the  length  and  the  weight  of  metal  of 
guns  of  the  same  calibre,  was  persecuted  out  of  France,  apid  obliged  to  take  re- 
fuge in  the  army  of-  Austria,  where  his  services  proved  so  formidable  as  to  in- 
duce his  recall,  and  the  final  adoption  of  his  vast  improvements  ;  those  improve- 
ments which,  by  lessening  the  weight  of  artillery,  have  led  to  the  powerful  insti- 
tution ot  horse  artillery. 

Wise  nations  are  never  disposed  to  reject  the  useful  because  it  is  not  oi" 
their  own  invention.  The  Austrians  after  the  battle  of  Austerlitz  immediately 
abolished  their  old  discipline,  and  the  archduke  Charles  instituted  a  better  sys- 
tem upon  the  principles  of  the  modern  French.  Even  the  French  themselves, 
surrounded  by  triumphs,  have  not  yet  deemed  the  science  6?  war  perfect.  I^e\v 
dispositions  of  the  column  were  adopted  in  Egypt ;  it  was  only  in  1808  that  the  re- 
gulations for  the  exercise  and  manoeuvres  of  Cavalry  were  completed  ;  and  even 
since  the  campaign  which  closed  with  the  battle  of  Wngram,  they  have  made 
some  important  alterations  in  the  arms  of  their  cavalry,  founded  either  on  the 
experience  of  inconvenience  in  their  own,  or  of  some  superior  advantages  in  those 
of  their  enemy. 

The  conclusions  which  we  draw  from  these  facts  are,  that  the  prevalence  of 
erroneous  opinions  on  the  military  institutions  is  a  subject  of  very  serious  con- 
cern ;  because  it  is  evident,  that  so  long  as  a  nation  or  a  government,  which  has 
the  care  of  the  national  concerns,  and  a  great  influence  over  its  opinions,  suffers 
ignorance  and  prejudice  to  occupy  the  place  of  intelligence,  a  similar  fate  may- 
be considered  as  the  consequence,  whenever  the  nation  shall  be  attacked,  as 
oiher  negligent  or  ignorant  nations  have  been,  by  a  pov/er  of  superior  knowlegc 
mcl  capacity  in  the  art  of  war. 


ELUCIDATORY  PREFACE.  $ 

Nothing-  more  plainly  shews  the  misconception  which  generally  prevails,  es- 
pecially in  the  legislatures  of  the  Union  and  the  several  states,  than  the  contra- 
dictory motives  which  are  assigned  for  leaving-  the  militia  and  military  system  in 
their  present  state  of  disorganization.  Some  plead  that  the  art  of  war  is  laid 
down  in  Steuben  ;  others  that  Steuben  carried  us  through  the  revolution  ;  when 
in  fact  both  Burgoyne  and  Cornwallis  were  taken  before  Steuben's  tract  was  in- 
troduced; others  are  for  arming  our  militia  with  pikes  alone,  forgetting  that  au 
open  country  is  that  for  which  pikes  are  best  adapted  ;  and  that  to  render  pikes  ef- 
fective there  must  be  a  most  perfect  discipline  of  manoeuvre,  which  may  render 
the  line  as  potent  and  firm  as  the  column,  and  as  easily  displayed,  concentrated, 
and  formed  to  various  fronts  as  the  best  disciplined  infantry ;  when  ,the  new 
modes  of  movement  are  mentioned,  they  are  called  novelties,  though  the  princi- 
pal of  them  are  as  old  as  the  battle  of  Pharsalia,  and  were  in  practice  at  the  bat- 
tle of  Lutzen  ;  other  exceptions  are,  that  besides  being  new,  the  modern  disci- 
pline is  too  difficult  to  learn,  too  perplexed  and  fatiguing ;  that  the  multiplied 
manoeuvres  require  more  time  and  labor,  and  must  be  in  a  great  measure  use- 
less ;  and  that  so  satisfied  are  the  British  of  this  that  they  have  reduced  them 
all  to  nineteen  manoeuvres.  Nothing  so  truly  depicts  the  want  of  judgment  or 

a  proper  attention  to  the  subject,  as  observations  like  these the  truth  is  that  the 

modern  principles  of  instruction  are  fewer  in  number,  more  easily  taught  and  un- 
derstood, and  less  irksome  to  the  soldier ;  better  adapted  to  engage  the  soldier's 
attention  and  afford  him  gratification  ;  that  the  variety  and  number  of  evolutions 
13  not  more  various  than  the  eternal  variety  of  ground  by  which  military  move- 
ments and  dispositions  are  always  governed;  and  "that  the  new  discipline,  by 
teaching  the  first  elements  well,  enables  the  military  body  to  be  moved -by  these 
principles  on  any  ground,  and  not  only  to  form  any  disposition  that  it  is  possible 
to  form,  but  without  having  been  previously  formed  in  such  new  dispositions  ;  the 
elementary  principles  of  modern  discipline  being  peculiarly  adapted  to  the  un- 
derstanding, and  the  movements  by  small  bodies,  enabling  every  officer  of  a  small 
portion  of  troops  to  move  his  particular  corps  by  the  mode  best  adapted  to  the 
ground. 

It  must  always  be  the  fault  of  the  government  if  its  military  institutions  are 
erroneous.  If  there  were  but  a  single  regiment,  that  should  be  instructed  ac- 
cording to  the  best  principles,  and  made  to  practise  whatever  was  most  useful 
and  necessary  in  the  art  of  war.  In  a  nation  of  freemen  the  regular  force  should 
constantly  exhibit  their  exercises  and  evolutions,  so  that  every  citizen  should  be 
familiar  with  the  best  practice  of  the^use  of  arms  and  of  manoeuvres.  The  eye 
may  be  said  to  have  an  infallible  memory,  it  is  above  all  other  of  the  organs 
of  sense  the  best  medium  of  intelligence.  The  United  States  troops  are 
usually  cooped  up  in  garrisons,  as  if  they  were,  like  the  king  of  Prussia,  forming 
a  system  in  secret,  while  in  fact  there  is  nothing  worthy  of  the  name  of  discipline 
carried  on,  and  in  too  many  instances  nothing  understood.  Perhaps  the  troops 
of  the  United  States  have  not,  as  a  part  of  discipline,  fired  a  ball  at  a  target  for 
twenty  years.  Field  artillery,  or  mortar  practice,  probably  not  more  frequent. 
The  maxim  of  economy  is  an  important  one  in  a  free  state,  but  there  is  an  econo- 
my more  destructive  than  the  greatest  profusion  ;  and  that  is  the  economy  of 
practical  and  useful  knowlege. 

We  speak  of  these  things  reluctantly,  but  the  evil  is  almost  a  disease,  and 
requires  the  regard  of  the  intelligent  men  in  all  parts  of  the  nation. 

What  Is  then  requisite  for  the  United  States  ? 

It  will  be  said  that  there  is  some  difficulty  in  effecting  any  improvement. 
Unquestionably  so  it  is,  and  so  it  ever  will  be.  But  the  government  is  bound  not 
to  regard  difficulties,  when  they  are  put  in  competition  with  the  dangers 
which  may  flow  from  neglect.  The  government  possesses  the  power,  and  the 
army  is  bound,  and  the  country  is  anxious  to  possess  a  more  complete  system  in 
lieu  of  the  once  useful  but  at  present  useless  tract  of  baron  Steuben.  The  diffi- 
culties are  not  so  great  as  may  be  at  first  sight  supposed,  and  may  be  surmount- 
ed in  a  way  ratker  to'serve  as  a  pleasure  than  a  difficulty  to  the  army  and  mili- 
^tia.  The  elements  of  modern  exercise  might  be  first  introduced,  they  are  nei- 
ther so  numerous,  so  perplexed,  nor  so  unnatural  as  the  old  forms  ;  neither  are 
they  so  tiresome  to  the  teacher  or  the  taught.  They  have  also  another  advan- 
tage, that  the  soldier  is  not  as  heretofore  stiffened  and  set  up  like  an  embalm- 
ed Egyptian  mummy;  the  modern  method  takes  any  number  from  10  to  100  men, 
and  places  them  in  an  easy  pesifien  erect  without  cons'tra*3nt  of  heafi,  or  limbs,- 


>iii  ELUCIDATORY  PREFACE. 

or  body  ;  and  proceeds  by  familiarizing  the  ear  to  equal  time  by  the  action  of 
the  feet  of  the  whole  squad  or  company  ;  after  which  they  are  all  taught  to  faco 
to  either  hand  or  about,  indifferently,  and  never  in  one  routine ;  the  mode  of 
moving  the  limbs  and  the  time  of  movement  is  ever  the  same ;  and  the  words 
of  command  few,  simple,  and  plain ;  where  they  in  any  case  differ  from  the 
usual  words  of  common  life  the  teacher's  duty  is  to  explain  them  often,  until  the 
ears  of  all  are  familiar  with  their  practical  meaning. 

The  next  process  is  advancing,  at  a  given  length  of  pace  in  equal  times; 
and  this  is  combined  with  facings,  and  at  last  with  wheelings,  in  whole  ranks, 
or  in  sections  of  any  given  numbers,  always  varying,  diminishing,  and  augment- 
ing at  discretion  the  numbers  of  the  sections,  by  drawing  from  the  right  of  each 
successive  section  in  the  rear  of  the  first,  to  the  left  of  the  leading  section,  a 
number  sufficient  to  augment  the  first  to  the  number  required,  and  so  of  every 
section  from  front  to  rear;  the  drill  is  thus  carried  on  always  with  moving  feet 
at  the  time  of  gay  dancing  music,  and  when  marching  always  at  a  pace  of  24 
inches. 

After  the  squad  of  20  or  100  is  found  complete  in  these  minute  branches  of 
marking'  time,  advancing  at  time,  facing  and  wheeling,  augmenting  and  dimin- 
ishing sections,  they  are  taught  the  oblique  wheelings  and  facings,  or  as  the  mo- 
dern  words  are  half  or  quarter  facing,  or  half  or  quarter  wheeling;  and  to  march 
dressed  in  these  several  orders,  so  as  to  form  exactly  in  the  same  relative  posi- 
tion to  each  oihcr  when  wheeled  or  faced  to  their  primitive  position. 

Thus  much  may  be  well  taught,  and  comprehended,  and  practised  in  two  or 
three  weeks,  employing  only  two  or  three  hours  at  each  drill,  and  twice  each 
day. 

The  instruction  of  the  pivots  or  flank  men  of  ranks  and  sections,  go  along  with 
the  first  wheelings  ;  and  as  soon  as  the  uses  of  the  pivots  are  gene  rally  understood, 
then  the  whole  are  formed  into  double  ranks  ;  and  the  men  are  prepared  to  ex- 
ecute any  of  the  modern  evolutions  or  manoeuvres  ;  it  being  always  calculated 
that  the  officers  are  equally  diligent  and  as  well  drilled  as  the  men,  and  compe- 
tent not  only  to  comprehend  but  to  correct  an  error  when  itoccurs. 

At  this  stage,  and  not  before,  arms  should  be  put  into  their  hands ;  and  a 
manual  exercise  of  some  kind  taught,  for  it  is  not  material  what  the  motions  are 
so  that  the  firing  and  loading-  motions  are  taught  to  be  performed  with  dexterity 
and  ease.  The  drill  is  then  manoeuvred  once  a  day  with  arms,  and  the  officer 
who  feels  a  proper  sense  of  the  importance  of  the  habit  of  command,  and  the  ad- 
vantage of  giving  troops  the  practice  of  movement,  will  diversify  his  own  plea- 
sures and  gratify'  his  men,  by  moving  them  into  all  the  various  positions  of  co- 
lunm,  line,  cchellons,  movements  by  heads  of  sections,  changing  flanks  and 
fronts,  taking-  new  alignements,  countermarcliing  in  the  various  modes  of  which 
modern  military  works  furnish  such  useful  and  abundant  examples. 

The  elements  of  the  first  drills  with  minute  instructions  might  be  comprised 
in  ji  hand  book  of  one  half  the  compass  of  Steuben's  tract ;  and  this  elementary 
\vork  placed  in  the  hands  of  all  descriptions  of  troops,  infantry,  artillery,  and  ca- 
valry, should  be  the  first  rule  of  practice  for  them  all  in  common.  This  introduced, 
the  government  could  at  leisure  prepare  instructions  for  a  more  comprehensive 
course  oi  manoeuvres,  and  particularly  hand  books  upon  the  same  simple  principles 
of  drills  for  artillery,  riflemen,  and  cavalry,  in  their  particular  branches  of  duty. 
It  being  to  be  understood  as  a  fundamental  principle,  that  as  the  movements  and 
action  of  all  kinds  of  troops  are  regulated  by  the  movements  of  infantry ;  or  in 
other  words,  as  infantry  compose  the  main  body,  line,  or  column  ;  the  riflemen, 
artillery,  and  cavalry  must  be  governed  in  their  movements  by  the  main  body, 
to  which  they  are  appendages  or  auxiliaries ;  and  it  is  therefore  required  that 
they  should  know  themselves  how  to  execute  the  infantry  manoeuvres,  in  order 
that  they  should  not,  like  the  French  at  Rosbach,  be  confounded  by  movements 
of  which  they  are  ignorant. 

The  profound  mathematician  may  look  down  from  the  elevation  of  abstract 
science  upon  the  cold  common  place  of  syllabic  combination  and  Arabic  numeri~ 
cal  notation  ;  but  he  owes  his  first  knowlegeto  the  alphabet  of  language  and  arith- 
metic ;  here  he  must  have  begun,  and  here  the  military  man  of  whatever 
grade  must  also  begin.  He  must  learn  the  alphabet  of  military  knowlege  at  the 
drill,  he  must  take  his  lessons  and  learn  them  ;  he  must  study  and  practice  what 
he  has  learned  there,  in  order  to  teach  ;  and  the  officer  must  learn  both  to  com- 
mand others  and  to  obey.  There  is  no  science  which  may  not  be  attained  by 


ELUCIDATORY  PREFACE.  iv 

earnest  application  and  practice.  But  no  science  or  art  can  be  acquired  or  un- 
derstood without  both  ;  and  the  more  carefully  that  study  is  pursued  and  the 
more  frequently  it  is  practised,  the  more  efficient  will  it  be  in  the  individual  and 
in  the  regular  mass  of  individuals.  But  practice  is  above  all  requisite,  careful, 
frequent,  constant,  obstinately  pursued  practice. 

But  this  is  not  yet  a  system. 

We  have  exhibited  the  elementary  branch  of  military  instruction  first,  mere- 
ly because  it  is  the  point  at  which  every  military  body  must  commence ;  be- 
cause this  is  what  is  now  most  wanted,  and  because  while  it  is  carrying-  into 
practical  use,  the  general  system  containing  all  the  purposes  and  uses  of  an  effi- 
cient military  establishment  may  in  the  mean  time  be  prepared  and  digested. 

Having  treated  so  much  on  this  subject,  its  importance  will  excuse  the  dis- 
cussion of  it  more  at  large.  To  the  perfection  of  a  military  establishment  for  the 
U.  States  two  things  are  essential. 

The  frst  is,  that  it  should  be  such  as  to  be  equally  applicable  in  its  opera- 
tion to  the  militia  and  to  the  army  of  the  U.  States,  whenever  the  former  are 
called  forth. 

The  second,  that  every  act  and  duty  appertaining  to  the  military  establishment 
should  be  transacted  by  none  other  than  men  subject  to  military  order,  cqntrol, 
and  responsibility  ;  and  liable  to  be  put  in  motion  or  brought  to  account  for  delay 
or  neglect  in  a  military  manner. 

These  two  principles  lead  to  the  consideration  of  what  wonild  be  an  efficient 
military  organization ;  and  here  we  have  a  host  of  formidable  enemies,  ignorance, 
a  disorderly  mass  ;  indolence  and  idleness*  hanging  on  the  flanks  ;  the  steady  ha- 
bits of  old  prejudice  ever  alarmed  for  its  patronage  or  its  place ;  all  immedi- 
ately exciaim,  would  there  not  be  great  confusion  produced  by  abrogating 
some  duties  and  introducing  others.  We  shall  not  skirmish  with  this  motley  and 
unmilitary  groupe  ;  we  shall  come  to  the  point.  In  considering  the  subject,  it  will 
be  found  that  the  present  war  department  in  fact  corresponds  with  what  is  called 
the  general  staff'  in  other  countries;  the  president  representing  the  commander  in 
chief,  the  secretary  at  war  chief  of  the  staff.  From  this  fact  it  will  be  perceived, 
that  whatever  improvements  might  take  place  in  the  system,  it  would  at  first 
consist  only  of  defining  and  distributing  the  duties  and  details  of  service  by  the 
war  department 

After  defining  and  arranging  the  various  heads  of  service,  they  should  of 
course  be  classed  according  to  analogy  or  the  dependency  of  one  kind  upon  ano- 
ther ;  so  that  there  would  be  several  heads,  under  each  of  which  the  inferior  bran- 
ches of  duty  might  be  distributed.  At  the  head  of  one  of  the  superior  branches 
should  be  placed  a  responsible  officer,  who  would  have  the  superintendence  of 
all  the  duties,  and  the  direction  and  control  of  all  those  placed  in  the  execution  of 
the  subordinate  branches ;  this  officer  to  be  responsible  to  the  executive  di- 
rectly in  peace;  and  -when  the  arrangements  became  necessarily  distinct  in  the 
field,  to  become  responsible  to  the  commanding  officer  in  the  field.  These  heads 
of  branches  should  be  the  efficient  staff  of  the  military  institution,  it  is  through  the 
perfection  of  the  organization  of  the  staff,  and  the  rigid  responsibility  for  the  due 
execution  and  for  seeing  all  under  them  duly  performed,  that  modern  tactics  is 
in  an  eminent  degree  indebted  for  its  preeminency  and  its  triumphs.  Precision, 
promptitude,  and  provident  foresight,  are  their  invariable  laws,  and  upon  these  be- 
ing perfect  depends  all  the  success  of  modern  military  science ;  but  it  must  be 
taken  in  connexion  also  with  the  disciplinary  principles  which  go  into  action, 
where  the  same  provident  foresight,  the  same  precision,  and  the  same  celerity 
of  motion  ensure  success  to  all  that  is  undertaken  against  any  force,  however 
numerous  and  brave,  destitute  of  a  system  equally  provident  and  combined  in  its 
operations. 

To  commence  an  efficient  system  we  must  take  the  outline  upon  the  largest 
seale;  that  is,  in  preparing  an  establishment,  of  which  the  end  is  the  defence 
of  all  the  nation,  we  must  not  begin  with  a  system  which  is  only  adapted  to 
a  peace  ;  an  assumption  of  this  kind  would  render  any  military  system  nugatory. 
'To  form  a  system  complete,  it  must  be  founded  in  its  very  nature  on  the  suppo- 
sition of  an  actual  war.  This  would  no  doubt  be  reversing  the  present  order  of 
things ;  since  it  is  not  to  be  concealed,  that  as  it  is  at  present  constituted,  the 
war  department  is  utterly  incompetent  to  conduct  a  war;  but  such  as  would 
leave  the  mind  of  a  general  officer,  in  case  of  actual  war,  to  labor  under  a  most 


x  ELUCIDATORY  PREFACE. 

hazardous  and  perplexing  responsibility.  Possibly  economy  may  here  take  the' 
alarm,  we  shall  quiet  tins  costly  chimfru. 

A  peace  establishment  of  the  military  department  we  conceive  should  be 
treated  as  the  incident ;  forming  and  fixing  the  principles  of  the  institution 
would  not  necessarily  call  for  its  immediate  completion,  or  the  appointment 
even  of  a  single  officer,  or  the  expenditure  of  a  single  dollar  more  than  at 
present ;  the  duties  and  functions  should  be  defined,  but  no  additional  officers 
employed  until  occasion  called  for  them,  that  is  war.  It  is  necessary  to  offer 
these  precautionary  ideas  to  prevent  misapprehension,  and  lest  the  idea  of 
ttye>  format  ion  of  a  system,  that  is  a  coherent  and  comprehensive  regulation  for 
the  military  department,  should  be  mistaken  for  a  wish  to  immediately  organize 
an  army  and  staff,  and  put  them  into  pay.  It  is  barely  meant  that  during  peace 
provision  should  be  made  against  war,  which  we  do  not  know  how  soon  we  may  be 
involved  in we  shall  therefore  proceed. 

The  military  system  may  be  said  to  consist  of  two  principal  branches,  mili- 
tary operations,  and  subsistence,  both  of  which  must  be  within  the  full  and  ample 
command  of  the  chief  of  an  army.  These  two  branches  become  the  objects  of  duty 
distributed  among  the  staff';  which  unfolds  another  important  truth,  that 
every  officer  who  has  the  provision,  or  charge  of  procuring  supplies  of  subsistence 
or  clothing,  should  be  responsible  in  a  military  manner  for  the  execution  of  his 
duty,  and  liable  to  military  penalties  for  the  abuse  or  the  neglect  of  that  duty.  This 
is  a  most  important  consideration  ;  and  it  is  apprehended  the  scandalous  state  of 
the  clothing  of  the  army  of  the  U  States,  which  has-been  gradually  becoming 
worse  for  several  years  past,  is  a  strong  exemplification  of  this  necessity.  There 
should  not  be  a  single  officer  of  the  war  department,  unless  perhaps  the  account- 
ing officers,  who  should  be  exempt  from  military  control,  in  order  to  assure  a 
due  exercise  of  their  duty  between  the  public  and  the  military  establishment ; 
as  it  would  be  in  the  power  of  men  intrusted  with  the  provision  of  clothing  or 
subsistence  at  any  time....  to  betray  the  army  to  an  enemy. 

The  beginning  should  be  with  the  organization  of  the  general  staff,  and  thi's 
^hould  be  adapted,  for  the  reasons  given,  to  a  state  of  war.  The  secretary  of  the 
war  department  being  in  fact  tb.e  chief  of  the  staff,  the  rest  of  the  staff  should  con- 
,sist  of  an  able  practical  general  officer,  a  capable  chief  officer  of  the  artillery,  an  ef- 
fective chief  officer  of  the  engineers,  a  vigilant  and  experienced  quarter-master  ge- 
neral, and  an  intelligent  and  experienced  adjutant  general,  with,  one  or  two  com- 
missioned officers,  as  the  service  might  require,  attached  to  each  of  these  seve. 
ral  officers  as  aids,  who  should  execute  under  a  board  of  war  the  details  of  duty ; 
these  superior  officers,  with  others  called  in,  should  constitute  this  council  or 
bpardforthe  regulation  of  all  the  military  details  j  appoint  inspectors  of  reviews  ; 
and  such  other  persons  as  might  be  required  to  aid  in  the  service,  such  as  sur- 
geons, draftsmen,  &.c.  They  should  divide  their  duties  into  the  military  and  the 
administrative,  and  have  cognizance  and  control  over  every  branch,  always  sub- 
ject to  the  chief  of  the  staff  or  secretary  at  war;  they  should  assemble  and  deli- 
berate, and  their  consultations  and  measures,  however  minute,  with  their  reason- 
ings or  objections,  should  be  daily  recorded ;  and  these  consultations  should, 
whenever  required,  be  presented  to  the  secretary  at  war,  to  the  president,  or 
to  congress  when  called  for. 

The  military  branch  should  be  distributed  under  the  heads  following 

MILITARY  I PLANS  AND  MEANS  OF  DEFENSIVE  OR  OFFENSIVE  WAR. 

1.  This  should  comprehend  a  topographical  establishment ;  the  prepa- 
ration of  complete  maps  and  surveys  of  our  own  country;  and  a  classi- 
fication of  the  surface  of  the  Union  into  districts  of  equal  portions  of 
three,  five,  or  nine  parts  ;  and  these  again  into  lesser  districts  ;  de- 
signating all  the  passes,  roads,  rivers,  &.p,  in  each,  with  descriptive 
memoirs  and  references  to  each. 

2.  The  police  of  armies. 

3.  Military  exercises  or  discipline. 

4.  Military  operations,  marchings,  and  encampments^ 

5.  Movements  of  troops  by  water. 

*5.  Military  chronology,  or,  daily  and  other  returns,  of  duties,  action^ 
retreats,  &e.  £,c. 


ELUCIDATORY  PREFACE.  xi 

FISCAL  II SUBSISTENCE,  PECUNIARY  AND  CIVIL  ADMINISTRATION. 

1.  Pay,  receipts,  and  expenditures,  or  the  treasury  branch. 

2.  Clothing-,  equipments,  arms. 

3.  Provisions,  meat,  bread,  grain,  liquors,  fuel. 

4.  Forage,  hay,  oats,  straw,  corn. 

5.  Hospitals  and  magazines. 

6.  Carriages  and  horses  for  stores  and  artillery. 

Such  is  the  outline  of  a  military  system  adapted  to  the  circumstances  and  ne* 
cessities  of  the  U.  States.  On  a  superficial  glance,  to  timid  or  unreflecting  men, 
this  may  appear  to  be  surrounded  with  difficulties  insuperable ;  there  willlbe  dis- 
cordant opinions,  envy,  jealousy,  folly  will  devise  objections ;  no  two  men  may 
concur,  however  equal  and  able  ;  the  objects  are  themselves  too  numerous  and 
complex  for  any  one  man  to  prepare  in  time  or  in  a  satisfactory  manner ;  the  pro- 
position itself  will  be  said  to  arise  from  interested  motives  ;  from  some  lust  of 
place  or  profit ;  it  will  require  resolution  to  resist  prejudice  ;  and  the  requisite 
firmness  to  decide  may  not  be  found. 

We  shall  close  this  part  of  our  essay  by  stating  generally,  that  whenever 
there  shall  appear  a  disposition  to  adopt  this  or  any  such  system,  means  can  be 
pointed  out  by  which  the  insuperable  difficulties  shall  be  made  appear  easy  to  be 
overcome  ;  discordant  opinions  reconciled  and  brought  spontaneously  to  concur- 
rence ;  envy,  folly,  and  jealousy  will  be  allowed  to  prey  upon  themselves,  without 
danger  of  annoyance  to  the  plan ;  the  variety  of  the  objects  can  be  made  subser- 
vient to  render  them  more  simple,  practicable,  and  effective;  and  instead  of  the  me- 
rit being  ascribed  to  any  one  man,  every  officer  in  the  army  and  the  militia  if  they 
choose  shall  have  an  opportunity  of  laying  his  claim  to  a  participation  in  the  plan. 

If  the  observations  thrown  out  in  this  preface  are  well  founded,  the  neces- 
sity of  a  work  of  this  kind  will  be  immediately  perceived.  Let  it  not  however 
be  imagined,  says  major  James,  that  a  Military  Dictionary  ought  exclusively  to 
belong  to  a  camp  or  barrack,  or  be  found  in  the  closets  or  libraries  of  military 
men  alone.  The  arts  and  sciences  are  so  intimately  connected  together,  that 
they  eventually  borrow  language  and  resources  from  each  other,  and  go  hand 
in  hand  from  the  senate  to  the  field,  from  the  pulpit  to  the  bar,  and  from  the 
desk  of  the  historian  to  the  bureau  of  the  statesman  or  politician. 

We  have  a  few  words  to  say  on  certain  parts  of  the  work.  The  French 
phrases  are  adopted  for  their  usefulness  in  reading,  and  often  even  in  political 
reading :  the  words  and  phrases  in  the  language  of  the  East  Indies,  are  adopted 
from  the  English  Dictionary,  in  which  however  there  were  some  errors  \\  hich 
the  editor  of  this  work  was  enabled  to  correct,  and  to  give  more  accurate  ex- 
planations to  many.  Some  subjects  which  might  with  more  propriety  be  placed 
under  one  letter  are  placed  under  another;  the  course  of  reading  which  the  edi- 
tor commenced  cotemporaneous  with  the  preparation  of  the  three  first  letters, 
not  affording  the  illustrations  until  the  letter  to  which  they  properly  belonged 
had  been  printed.  Thus  under  Valor  will  be  found  much  of  what  would  pro- 
perly come  under  Courage  ;  and  under  Topographical  what  would  properly  be- 
long to  Depot .  There  are  several  similar  instances. 

Should  the  disposition  be  manifested  to  cultivate  the  knowlege  of  military 
subjects  generally,  the  editor  proposes  at  some  future  day  to  publish  gen.  Grim- 
oard's  treatise  on  the  Staff  of  armies  ;  the  French  Regulations  for  Cavalry  of 
1808  ;  and  the  most  modern'and  celebrated  works  on  Tactics,  the  treatise  of  Jo- 
mini,  the  4th  volume  of  which  was  published  in  the  beginning  of  1810.  All 
these  works  are  already  translated  and  ready  to  be  put  to  press  ;  beside  a  Dic- 
tionary of  all  the  military  actions  recorded  in  ancient  and  modern  history  which 
is  now  in  great  forwardness. 

Military  men  who  may  be  desirous  of  adding  to  the  stock  of  useful  and  cor- 
rect knowlege,  will  oblige  by  pointing  out  any  defects  or  errors,  or  recommend- 
ing any  additions  that-are  pertinent  to  the  nature  of  this  work,  addressetf  to  the 
compiler. 


JULY  4,  1810. 


MILITARY 


DICTIONARY 


ABS 


A  B  S 


ABATIS,  in  a  military  sense,  is  form-  >j 
ed  by  cutting    down    many    entire 
trees,  the  branches  of  which  are  turned 
towards  an  enemy,  and  as  much  as  pos-  ' 
sible  entangled  one  into  a  .other.     They  j 
are  made  either  before  redoubts,  or  other  j 
works,  to  render  the  attacks  difficult,  or  ' 
sometimes  along  the  skirts  of  a  wood,  to  J 
prevent  an  enemy  from  getting  possession  [ 
of  it.     In  this  cat-'e  the  trunks  serve  as  a  jj 
breast- work,    behind  which    che    troops 
are  posted,  and  for  that  reason  should  be 
so  disposed,  that  the  parts  may,  if  pos- 
sible, flank  each  other. 

ABLECTI,  /'//  military  antiquity,  a 
choice  or  select  part  of  the  soldiery  in  the 
Roman  armies,  picked  out  of  those  called 
e-xtraordinarli. 

ABO L LA,     In     military    antiquity,     a 
warm  kind  of  garment,  generally  lined  or  j 
doubled,   used  both  by  the  Greeks  and! 
Romans,  chieiiy  out  of  the  city,  in  fol- 
lowing the  camp. 
ABORD,  Fr.  attack,  onset. 
S' ABO U CHER,  Ft:  to  parley. 
ABOUT,  a  technical  word  to  express 
the  movement,  by  which  a  body  of  troops 
changes  its  front  or  aspect,  by  facing  ac- 
cording to  any  given  word  of  command. 
.  .Right  ABOUT,  is  when  the  soldier  com- 
pletely changes  the  situation  of  his  per- 
son, by  a  semi. circular  movement  to  the 
right. 

Left  A  BO  UT,  is  when  the  soldier  changes 
the  situation  of  his  person  by  a  semi-cir- 
cular movement  to  the  left. 

ABREAST,  a  term  formerly  used  to 
express  any  number  of  men  in  front.  At 
present  they  are  determined  by  Files. 

ABRI,  Fr.  shelter,  cover.  Etre  a 
l*abrit  to  be  under  cover,  as  of  a  wood, 
hillock,  &c. 

ABSCISSA,  in  military  mathematics, 
signifies  ai>y  part  of  the  diameter  or  axis 
of  a  curve,  contained  between  its  vertex 
or  some  other  fixed  point,  and  the  inter- 
section of  the  ordinate. 


In  the  parabola,  the  abscissa  is.  a  third 
proportional  to  the  parameter  and  the 
ordinate. 

In  the  ellipsis,  the  square  of  the  ordi- 
nate is  equal  to  the  rectangle  under  the 
parameter  and  abscissa,  lessened  by  ano- 
ther rectangle  under  the  said  abscissa,  and 
a  fourth  proportional  to  the  axis,  the 
parameter,  and  the  abscissa. 

In  the  hyperbola,  the  squares  of  the 
ordinates  are  as  the  rectaneks  of  the  ab- 
scissa by  another  line,  compounded  of  the 
abscissa  and  the  transverse  axis. 

But  it  must  be  remembered,  that  the 
two  proportions  relating  to  the  ellipsis 
and  hyperbola,  the  origin  of  the  abscissas^ 
or  p  int  from  whence  they  be^an  to  be 
reckoned,  is  supposed  to  be  the 'vertex  of 
th  curve,  or,  which  amounts  to  the  same 
thing,  the  point  where  the  axis  meets  it ; 
for  if  the  origin  of  the  abscissa  be  taken 
from  the  centre,  as  is  often  done,  the 
above  proportions  will  not  be  true 

ABSENT,  a  term  used  in  military 
returns.  It  forms  a  part  of  regimental 
reports,  to  account  for  thedeficier.cv  of  any 
given  number  cf  officers  or  soldiers  ;  and 
is  usually  distinguished  under  two  prin- 
cipal heads,  viz. 

ABSENT  with  leave,  officers  with  per- 
mission, or  non-commissioned  officers  and 
soldiers  on  furlough. 

ABSENT  'without  leave.  Men  who  de- 
sert arc  frequently  reported  absent  'without 
leave,  for  th.  specific  purpose  of  bringing 
their  crime  under  regimental  cognizance, 
aixl  to  prevent  them  from  being  tried 
capitally,  for  desertion. 

ABSOLUTE  Gravity,  in  philosophy, 
is  the  whole  force  by  which  a  body,  shell, 
or  M,ot,  is  impelled  towards  the  centre. 
See  GRAVITY. 

ABSOLUTS  Number,  in  Algebra,  is  the 
known  quantity  which  possesses  entirely 
one  side  of  the  equation.  Thus,  in  the 
•^•quat.on,  A-.V  f-  iQx,  =  64,  the  number 
64,  possessing  entirely  one  side  of  ths 


AC  A 


ACC 


equation,  is  called  the ab salute  number •,  and 
i's  equal  to  the  square  of  the  unknown  root 
.v,  added  to  10*,  or  to  10  times  a\ 
ABUTMENT.     SL-C  FRIDGES. 
ACADEMY,  in  antiquity,  the  name 
of  a  vi'la  situated  about  a  mile  from  the 
city  of  Athens,  where  Plato  and  his  fol- 
lowers assembled  for  conversing  on  philo- 
sophical subjects  ;  and  hence  they  acquir- 
ed the  name  of  Academics. 

The  term  Academy  is  frequently  used 
among  the  moderns  for  a  society,  of  learn, 
ed  persons,  instituted  for  the  cultivation 
and  improvement  of  arts  or  sciences. 
Some  authors  confound  academy  with 
university  ;  but,  though  much  the  same 
in  Latin,  they  are  very  "different  things  in 
.English.  An  university  is,  properly,  a 
body  composed  of  graduates  in  the  several 
faculties  ;  of  professors,  who  teach  in  tht. 
public  schools  ;  of  regents  or  tutors,  anc 
students  who  learn  under  them,  and  aspire 
likewise  to  degrees;  whereas  an  academy 
was  originally  not  intended  for  teaching, 
or  to  profess  any  art,  but  to  improve  it ; 
it  was  not  for  novices  to  be  instructed  in, 
but  for  those  who  were  more  knowing  ; 
for  persons  of  distinguished  abilities  to 
confer  in,  and  communicate  their  lights 
and  discoveries  to  each  other,  for  their 
mutual  benefit  and  improvement.  The 
first  academy  we  read  of,  was  established 
by  Charlemagne,  by  the  advice  of  Alcuin  : 
it  was  composed  of  the  chief  wits  of  the 
court,  the  emperor  himself  being  a  mem- 
ber. 

Military  ACADEMY.  There  are  in  Eng- 
:;uu!  two  ro}  al  military  academies,  one 
st  Woolwich,  and  one  at  Portsmouth. 
The  first  was  established  by  king  George 
II.  in  1741,  endowed,  and  supported,  for 
tiie  instructing  of  the  people  belonging  to 
the  military  branch  of  ordnance,  in  the 
several  parts  of  mathematics  necessary  to 
qualify  them  for  the  service  of  the  artil- 
lery, and  the  business  of  engineers.  The 
lectures  of  the  masters  in  theory  were 
then  duly  attended  by  the  practitioner- 
engineers,  officers,  Serjeants,  corporals, 
private  men,  and  cadets.  At  present  the 
gentlemen  educated  at  this  academy  are 
the  sons  of  the  nobility  and  military  of- 
ficers. They  are  called  gentlemen  ca'dets, 
and  are  not  admitted  under  14  and  not 
above  16  years  of  age.  They  are  taught 
writing,  arithmetic,  algebra,  Latin, 
French,  mathematics,  mechanics,  sur- 
veying, leveling,  and  fortirkation,  to- 
gether with  the  attack  and  defence  ;  g.;n- 
nery,  mining,  laboratory  works,  geogra- 
phy, perspective,  fencing,  dancing,  &c. 
The  master-general  of  the  ordnance  is 
always  captain  of  the  company  of  gentle- 
men cadets,  and  some  officer  of  merit  is 
always  captain-l;eutenant.  There  is,  be- 
sides, a  first  lieutenant,  and  two  second 
lieutenants.  They  are  further  under  the 
immediate  care  of  a  lieutenant-governor, 
and  an  inspector,  who  are  officers  of  great 
abilities  and  experience  ;  and  the  profes- 
sors and  masters  are  men  of  known  talents 


I  and  capacity.     That  at  Portsmouth  was 
\  founded  by  George  I.  in  1722,  for  teach- 
ing of  the  branches  of  the  mathematics 
which  more  immediately  relate  to  naviga- 
tion. 

For  the  American  and  French  Military 
Academies i  see  SCHOOL. 

ACANZI,  in  military  history,  the 
name  of  the  Turkish  light- horse  that  form 
the  van- guard  of  the  Grand  Signior'*  army 
on  a  march. 

ACCELEATED  Motion  on  oblique 
or  inclined  planes.  See  MOTION. 

ACCELERATED  Motion  of  penduhnus.  See 
PENDULUMS. 

ACCELERATED  Motion  of  Projectiles, 
See  PROJECTILES. 

ACC  EN  DON  ES,  in  military  anti- 
quity, a  kind  of  gladiators,  or  supernu- 
meraries, whose  office  was  to  excite  and 
animate  the  combatants  during  the  en- 
gagement. 

ACC  EN  SI,  in  antiquity,  were  officers 
attending  the  Roman  magistrates ;  their 
business  was  to  summon  the  people  to  the 
public  games,  and  to  assist  the  praetor 
when  he  sat  on  the  bench. 

Accensi,  in  military  antiquity,  was  also 
an  appellation  given  to  a  kind  of  adjutants 
appointed  by  the  tribune  to  assist  each 
centurion  and  decurion.  According  to 
Festus,  they  were  supernumerary  sol- 
diers, whose  duty  it  was  to  attend  their 
leaders,  and  supply  the  places  of  those 
who  were  either  Killed  or  wounded.  Livy 
mentions  thtjm  as  irre<ular  troops,  but: 
little  esteemed.  Salmasms  says,  they 
were  taken  out  of  the  fifth  class  of  the 
poor  citizens  of  Rome 

ACCESSIBLE,  that  which  may  be 
approached.  We  say,  in  a  military  stile, 
that  place,  or  that  fortress,  is  accessible 
from  the  sea,  or  land,  \.  e.  it  may  be  en- 
tered on  those  sides. 

An  accessible  height  or  distance,  in 
geometry,  is  that  which  may  be  measured 
by  applying  a  rule,  &c.  to  it :  or  rather, 
it  is  a  height,  the  foot  whereof  may  be 
approached,  and  from  whence  any  dis- 
tance may  be  measured  on  the  ground. 

Heights,  both  accessible,  and  inacces- 
sible, aiay  be  taken  with  a  quadrant.   See 
ALTITUDF ;  and  the  article  on  Field  For- 
tifications in  the  American  Military  Libra~ 
,  Theorem  11,  12,  13,  14,  15 
One  oi  the  objects  of  surveying,  is  the 
measuring  both  accessible  and  inaccessible 
distances. 

ACCLIVITY,  in  a  military  sense,  is 
the  steepness  orsL-pe  of  any  work,  in- 
clined to  the  horizon,  reckoned  upwards. 
Some  writers  on  fortification  use  acclivity 
as  synonymous  with  talus  ;  though  talus 
is  commonly  used  to  denote  all  manner  of 
slopes,  either  in  its  ascendent  or  descen- 
dent  state. 

ACCONT1UM,   in   ancient   military 

writers,  a  kind  of  Grecian  dart  or  javelin, 

somewhat  resembling  the  Roman  pilutn. 

ACCOUTREMENTS,  in  a  military 

sense,  signify  habits,  equipage,  or  furni- 


AD  J 


A  FF 


tuiv,  of  a  soldier,  such  as  belts,  pouches,  \ 
cartridge-boxes,    saddles,    bridles,     &c.  j 
Accoutrements  should  be  made  of  stout! 
leather,  not  of  the  spongy  kind,  which  is ' 
always  stretching,  and  difficult  to  clean  ; 
The  belts  are    about   2±   inches  broad, 
with    two   buckles  to  fix   them  to   the 
pouch.     Pouches  are  made  of  the  stoutest 
blackened  leather,  especially  the  outside 
flaps,    which  are  of  such  a  substance  as 
to  rurn  the  severest  rain.  Cartridge-boxes 
are  made  as  light  as  possible,  with  holes 
in  each,  to  hold  cartridges.      See  CAR- 
TRIDGE. 

A  GLIDES,  in  Roman  antiquity,  a 
kind  ef  missive  weapon,  with  a  thong 
fixed  to  it,  whereby  it  might  be  drawn 
back  again.  Most  authors  describe  the 
adides  as  a  sort  of  dart  or  javelin  :  but 
Scalier  makes  it  roundish  or  globular, 
with  a  wooden  stem  to  poise  it  by 

ACOLUTHI,    in  military  antiquity, 
was  a  title  in  the  Grecian  empire,   given 
to  the  captain  or  commander  of  the  va 
rangl,  or  body-guards,  appointed  for  the 
security  of  the  emperor's  palace. 

ACTIAN  game*,  in  antiquity,  were 
games  instituted,  or  at  least  restored,  by 
Augustus,  in  memory  of  the  famous  vic- 
tory, at  Actium,  over  Mark  Antony. 

ACTIAN  years,  in  chronology,  a  series 
of  years,  commencing  with  the  epocha  of 
the  battle  ot  Actium,  otherwise  called 
the  asra  of  Augustus. 

ACTION,  in  -he  military  art,  is  an 
engagement  between  two  armies,  or  any 
smaller  body  of  troops,  or  between  dif- 
ferent bodies  belonging  thereto.  The  word 
is  likewise  used  to  signify  some  memor- 
able act  done  by  an  officer,  soldier,  de- 
tachmvnt  or  party. 

ACTIVITY,  in  a  military  sense,  de. 
notes  laboriousness,  attention,  labor,  dili- 
gence and  study. 

ACUTE  angle.     See  ANGLE. 

AD  ACTED  applies  to  stakes,  or  piles, 
driven  into  the  earth  by  large  malls  shod 
with  iron,  as  in  securing  ramparts  or  pon- 
toons. 

ADDICE,  a  sort  of  axe  which  cuts 
horizontally.  It  is  sometimes  called  an 
Adze. 

ADIT,  a  passage  under  ground,  by 
which  miners  approach  the  part  they 
intend  to  sap.  See  GALLERY. 

ADJUTANT-GENERAL  is  a  staff 
•fficer,  who  aids  and  assists  a  general 
in  his  laborious  duties :  he  forms  the  seve- 
ral details  of  duty  of  the  army,  with  the 
brigade-majors,  and  keeps  an  exact  state 
of  each  brigade  ar.d  regiment,  with  a  roll 
of  the  lieutenant-generals,  major-generals, 
colonels,  lieutenanucoloi-eis,  and  majors. 
He  every  day  at  head  quarters  receives 
orders  from  the  general  officer  of  the  day, 
and  distributes  them  to  the  majors  of  bri- 
gades, from  whom  he  receives  the  num- 
ber of  men  they  are  to  furnish  for  the 
duty  of  the  army,  and  informs  them  of 
any  detail  whieh  may  concern  them.  On 
marching  o>ys  ire  accom  paries,  the  general 


to  the  ground  of  the  camp.  He  makes  a 
daily  report  of  the  situation  of  all  the 
posts  placed  for  the  safety  of  the  army, 
and  of  any  changes  made  in  their  posts. 
In  a  day  of  battle  he  acts  as  aid  to  tho 
general.  In  a  siege  he  visits  the  several 
posts  and  guards  of  the  trenches,  and  re- 
ports their  situation,  and  how  circum- 
stanced :  he  gives  and  signs  all  orders  for 
skirmishing  parties  (if  time  permit)  and 
has  a  serjeant  from  each  brigade  to  carry 
any  orders  which  he  may  have  to  send. 
See  Americttn  Mil.  Lib.  Article  STAFF. 

ADJUTANT,  an  officer  who  aids  the 
major  in  part  of  his  duty,  and  performs  it 
in  his  absence.  He  receives  orders  from 
the  brigade-major,  if  in  camp ;  and  when 
in  garrison,  from  the  town-major :  after 
he  has  carried  them  to  his  colonel  or  offi- 
cer commanding  the  regiment,  he  then 
assembles  the  serjeant-  major,  drum-ma- 
jor arid  fife-major,  with  a  Serjeant  ami 
corporal  of  each  company,  who  write  the 
orders  in  an  orderly  book,  to  shew  to  their 
respective  officers.  If  convoys,  parties, 
detachments,  or  guards,  are  to  be  tur- 
nished,  he  gives  the  number  which  each 
company  is  to  furnish,  and  hour  and  place 
for  tnc  assembling  :  he  must  keep  as  exact 
roster  and  roll  of  duties,  and  have  a  per- 
fect knowlege  of  all  manoeuvres,  &c. 
This  post  is  usually  given  to  an  active 
subaltern. 

ADMIRAL,  on  the  European  ests- 
blishments,  when  on  shore,  are  entitled  to 
receive  military  honors,  and  rank  with 
generals  in  the  army 

ADVANCE.     See  PAY  in  Advance. 

ADVANCED  signifies  some  part  of 
an  army  in  front  of  rhe  rest,  as  in  advan- 
ced gitards,  which  always  precede  the  line 
of  march  or  operations  of  a  body  of  troops ; 
again,  as  when  a  battalion,  or  guns  of  a 
second  line  are  brought  up  in  front  and 
before  the  first  line.  This  term  aiso  ap- 
plies to  the  promotions  of  officers  and 
soldiers. 

f  Fosse-')  See  FoRTiFicAr 

ADVANCED  iDlu/j  $      TION. 

C  Guard.  See  GUARD. 

ADVANCEMENT,  in  a  military- 
sense,  signifies  honor,  promotion,  or  pre- 
ferment, in  the  army,  regiment  or  com- 
pany. 

ADVANTAGE  Ground,  a  ground  that 
gives  superiority,  or  an  opportunity  of 
annoyance  or  resistance. 

ADVlCE-Boaf,  a  vessel  employed  foi 
intelligence. 

ADVOCATE  General.  See  JUDGS 
Martial. 

./ENEATORES,  in  military  antiquity, 
the  musicians  in  an  army ;  including  those 
who  sounded  the  trumpets,  horns,  lltui, 
Ifuccintf,  &c. 

AFFAIR,  in  the  military  acceptation 
of  the  worn,  means  any  slight  action  01 
engagement. 

AFFAIR  of  Htnor,  a  duel . 

AFFAMER,  une  Place,  Fr.  to  besiege 


AGE 


A  G  G 


a  place  so  closely  as  to  starve  the  garrison 
and  inhab.ta  'ts.  See  BLOCKADE. 

AFFIDAVIT,  in  military  law,  signi- 
fie:-  i  ;  oa'h  taken  bo  fore  some  person  who 
•..rh  authorised  to  administer  it ;  as 
firi-. ,  when  a  soldier  is  inlistcd,  when  it  is 
stiled  an  at'estation  ;  secondly,  by  all  offi- 
cers appointed  on  a  court-martial;  thirdly, 
by  the  c  mm  ssaries,  or  muster-masters. 

AFFRONTER,  Fr.  to  encounter  or 
attack  boldly. 

AFl-UT,  the  French  name  for  a  gun- 
carriage,  and  for  which  we  have  no  ap- 
propriate na.-ne  ;  the  only  distinction  from 
all  other  carriages  is,  that  it  belongs  to  a 
gun.  See  CARRIAGE. 

AGA,  in  the  Turkish  army,  is  the 
same  as  a  general  with  us. 

AGE.  A  young  man  must  be  14  years 
old  before  he  can  become  an  officer  in  the 
Engl  sh  army,  or  be  entered  as  a  cadet  at 
Woolwich,  in  the  Er-glish  academy. 

Persons  are  o; listed  for  soldiers  from 
17  to  45.  After  the  latter  age,  every  in- 
habitaur  is  exempted  from  serving  i;..  the 
British  militia. 

By  a  late  regulation  in  England,  grow- 
ing boys  may  b~  enlisted  under  16  years 
of  age.  These  recruits  are  chieriy  intend- 
ed fo.  the  East-In.ua  service. 

In  the  Uwitect  States  18  to  45  is  the  legal 
age  for  militia  ar.d  r  ,.;ulari>. 

The  Romans  were  obliged  to  enter 
thems-.-lves  in  the  army  at  tiu-  age  of  17 
years;  at  45  they  might  demand  their 
dismission.  Amonust  the  Lombards,  the 
ageof  e  .try  was  between  iSand  19 ;  among 
the  Saxons,  at  rj. 

AGEMA,  in  the  ancient  military  art, 
a  kind  of  soldiery  chii.fi 3'  in  the  Mace- 
donian armies.  The  word  is  Greek,  and 
li -cra.lv  denotes  vehemence,  to  express 
the  strength  ana  eagerncof  of  this  corps. 
Som.-  authors  will  have  i.^ .•::.•  7  to  denote  a 
certain  number  of  picked  men,  answering 
to  a  legion  among  the  Romans. 

AGENCY,  a  certain  proportion  of 
money  winch  is  ordered  to  he  subtracted 
from  "the  pay  and  allowances  of  the  British 
arm;,,  for  tr.\nsuct;ng  th6  business  of  the 
several  regiments  composing  iv. 

AGENT,  a  person  in  the  civil  dcpart- 
m  to,  the  British  army,  between  tbepay- 


attached  to  the  military  department  ; 
they  act  under  direct  orders  from  the  War 
Department. 

AGGER,  in  ancient  military  writers, 
denotes  the  middle  part  of  a.  military  road, 
raised  into  a  ridge,  with  a  gentle  slope  on 
each  side,  to  make  a  drain  for  the  water, 
and  keep  the  way  dry. 

AGGER  is  also"  used  for  the  whole  road, 
or  military  uay.  Where  highways  were 
to  be  made  in  low  grounds,  as  between 
two  hills,  the  Romans  used  to  raise  them 
above  the  adjacent  land,  so  as  to  make 
them  of  a  level  with  the  hills.  These 
banks  they  called  aggeres.  B  rgier  men- 
tions several  in  the  Galila  Belgica,  which 
were  thus  raised  10,  15,  or  20  feet  above 
ground,  and  5  or  6  leagues  long.  They 
are  sometimes  called  aggtres  calceati>  o'r 
causeways. 

AGGER,  also,  denotes  a  work  of  for- 
tification, used  both  for  the  defence  and 
the  attack  of  towns,  camps,  &c.  in  which 
sense  agger  is  the  same  with  what  was 
otherwise  called  valLum,  and  in  later  times, 
agestum  :  and  among  the  moderns,  line*  ; 
sometimes,  cavaliers,  terrassesy  &c. 

The  agger  was  usually  a  bank,  or  ele- 
vation of  earth,  or  other  matter,  bound 
and  supported  with  timber;  having  some- 
times turrets  on  the  top,  wherein  the 
workmen,  engineers,  and  soldiery,  were 
placed.  It  had  also  a  ditch;  which  served 
as  its  chief  defence-.  The  height  of  the 
agger  was  frequently  equal  to  that  of  the 
wall  of  the  place.  Caesar  tells  us  of  one 
he  made,  which  was  30  feet  high,  and 
330  feet  broad.  Besides  the  use  of  aggers 
before  towns,  they  generally  used  to  for- 
tify their  camps  with  them;  for  want  of 
which  precaution,  divers  armies  have 
been  surprised  and  ruined. 

There  were  vast  aggers  made  in  towns 
and  places  i  n  the  sea-  side,  fortified  with 
towers,  castles,  £c.  Those  made  by 
Cuesarand  Fompcy,  at  Brundusium,  are 
famous.  Sometimes  aggers  were  even 
built  across  arms  of  the  sea,  lakes,  and 
morasses  ;  as  was  done  by  Alexander  be- 
fore Tyre,  and  by  M.  Antony  and  Cas- 
sius. 

Tne  wall  of  Severus,  in  the  north  of 
England,  may  be  considered  as  a  grand 
Jge>'t  to  which  belong  several  lesser 

or  val- 
Hors- 


master-general  and  the  paymaster  of  the 

regiment,  through  whom  even  regimental  I  ones.  Besides,  the  principal  agger 
coacernofa  pecuniary  nature  must  be  trans-  !  /•'"«,  or,  the  brink  of  the  ditch,  Mr.  - 
acted.  Hegivv  s  security  to  government  for  ]|  ky  describes  another  on  the  south  side  of 
all  monies  which  pass  through  his  hands  '<\  the  former,  about  5  paces  distant  from  it, 
in  the  cai.aciry  of  an  Agent—  and  by  the  j  which  he  calls  the  south  agger;  and 
Mutiny  Act,  it  was  provided,  That  if  an  I  another  larger  one,  on  the  north  side  of 
Agent  shall  withhold  the  Pay  of  Officers  I!  the  ditch,  called  the  north  agger.  This 
pr  Soldiers  for  the  Space  of  one  Month,  he  ;  latter  he  conjectures  to  have  served  as  a 
shou.d  be  dismissed  from  his  Office  and  ;  military  wav  ;  the  former,  probably,  was 
forfeit  ioo/.  .  made  for  the  inner  defence,  in  case  the 

Tht  army  agency  has  since  been  incor-  !  enemy  should  beat  them  from  any  part  of 
porated  with  the  "British  war  ofhce,  and  j;  the  principal  val/um,  or  to  protect  the 
forms  a  special  department.  ,;  soldiers  against  any  sudden  attack  from 

Mi  i  nary  AGENT  in  the   United  States  j1  the  provincial  Britons. 

is  a  civ;i  offic*  r  whose  duty  is  the  trans-  i!  AGGER  Tatquiniij  was  a  famous  fence 
portL.g  of  clothing  and  other  articles;  jj  built  by  Tarquinius  Superbus,  on  the 
and  the  expenditures  for  other  services  ii  east  side  of  Rome,  to  stop  the  incursion* 


A  IM 


ALA 


of  the  Latins,  and  other  enemies,  whereby  ' 
the  city  might  be  invested. 

AGGER,  is  also  used  for  the  earth  dug 
out  of  a  ditch  or  trench,  and  thrown  up 
on  the  brink  of  it  :  in  which  sense,  the 
Chevalier  Folard  thinks  the  word  to  be 
understood,  when  used  in  the  plural  num- 
ber, since  we  can  hardly  suppose  they 
•would  raise  a  number  of  cavaliers,  or 
terras ses. 

AGGER  is  also  used  for  a  bank  or  wall, 
erected  against  the  sea,  or  some  great 
river,  to  confine  or  keep  it  within  bounds  ; 
in  which  sense,  agger  amounts  <o  the 
same  with  what  the  ancients  called  tumu- 
lus and  moles;  the  Dutch,  dyke;  and  we, 
dam*  sea  •'wall;  the  Asiatics  call  them 
funds ,  &c. 

AGIADES,  in  the  Turkish  armies, 
are  a  kind  of  pioneers,  or  rather  field 
engineers,  employed  in  fortifying  the 
camp,  &c. 

AGUERRI,  Fr.  an  officer  or  soldier 
experienced  in  war ;  a  veteran. 

AIDE-DE-CAMP,  an  officer  appoint- 
ed to  attend  a  general  officer,  in  the  field, 


ners,  to  level  and  direct  their  pieces.  It 
is  not  used  at  present. 

AIR  GUN,  a  pneumatic  machine  for 
exploding  bullets,  &c.  with  great  vie- 
lence. 

The  common  air-gun  is  madi;  of  brass, 
and  has  two  barrels :  the  inside  barrel  is 
of  a  small  bore,  from  whence  the  bullets 
are  exploded ;  and  a  large  barrel  on  the 
outside  of  it.  There  is  likewise  a  syringe 
fixed  in  the  stock  of  the  gun  by  which 
the  air  is  injc.'cted  into  the  cavity  between 
the  two  barrels  through  a  valve.  The 
ball  is  put  down  into  its  place  in  the  small 
barrel  with  the  rammer,  as  in  any  other 
gun.  Another  valve,  being  opened  by  the 
trigger,  permits  the  air  to  come  behind 
the  bullet,  so  as  to  drive  it  out  with  great 
force.  If  this  valve  be  opened  auci  shut 
suddenly,  one  charge  of  condensed  air  may 
be  sufficient  for  several  discharges  of  bul- 
lets ;  but  if  the  whole  air  be  discharged 
on  one  single  bullet,  it  will  drive  it  out 
with  uncommon  force.  This  discharge 
is  effected  by  means  of  a  lock  placed  here, 
as  usuul  in  other  guns  ?  for  the  trkger 


an  winter-quarters,  and  in  garrison;  he  being  pulled,  the  cock  will  go  down  and 
receives  and  carries  the  orders,  as  occasion'!  drive  the  lever,  which  will  open  the 
requires.  He  is  taken  from  the  line,  and']  valve,  and  let  in  the  air  upon  the  bullet : 
all  aids-de-camp  have  extra  pay  allowed!  but  as  the  expansive  power  of  the  con- 
for  their  duty.  This  employment  is  of  jj  densed  air  diminishes  at  each  discharge, 
greater  importance  than  has  been  generally  i!  its  force  is  not  determined  with  sufficient 


believed:  it  has  been,  however,  too  often 
entrusted  to  young  officers  of  little  experi- 
ence, and  of'as  little  capacity  ;  but  in  the 
French  service  they  bestow  great  attention 


!  precision  for  the  purposes  of  war.  Hence 
!  it  has  been  long  out  of  use  among  military 
!  men. 

In  the  air-gun,  and  all  other  cases  where 


on  this  article.  Marshal  de  Puysexurlf  the  air  is  requi;ed  to  be  condensed  to  a 
mentions  the  loss  of  a  battle  through  the  jj  very  great  degree,  it  will  be  necessary  to 
incapacity  of  an  aide-de-camp.  On  the  !;  have  the  syringe  of  a  small  bore,  viz.  not 
English  establishment,  generals,  being  exceeding  half  an  inch  in  diameter ;  because 


field  marshals,  have  four,  lieutenant- 
generals  tins,  and  major-generals  and  bri- 
gadier-generals one. 

In  the  United  States  the  number  is  es- 
tablished by  law;  though  on  service  the 
number  must  necessarily  be  equal  to  the 
exigency,  or  the  various  points  to  which 
orders  must  be  sent.  See  American  Mil. 
Lib  Article  STAFF. 

A I  DE  du  fare  des  Vi-vres,  Fr.  an  officer 
in  France,  acting  immediately  under  the 
commissary  of  stores  and  provisions. 

AID-MAJOR.     See  ADJUTANT. 

AIGREMORE,  »  term  used  by  ths 
artificers  in  the  laboratory,  to  express  the 
charcoal  in  a  state  fitted  for  the  making  of 
powder. 

AIGUILLE,  an  instrument  used  by 
engineers  to  pierce  a  rock  for  the  lodge- 
ment of  powder,  as  in  a  mine ;  or  to  mine 
a  rock,  so  as  to  excavate  and  make  roads. 

A I L  E ,  Fr.  a  wing  or  flank  of  an  army 
or  fortification. 

AIM,  the  act  of  bringing  the  musquet, 
piece  of  ordnance,  or  any  other  missive 
weapon,  to  its  proper  line  of  direction 
with  the  object  intended  to  be  struck. 

AIM  FRONTLET,  a  piece  of  wood 
hollowed  put  to  fit  the  muzzle  of  a  gun, 


the  pressure  agahlst  every  square  inch  is 
about  15  pounds,  and  therefore  against 
every  circular  inch  about  12  pounds.  If 
therefore  the  syringe  be  one  inch  in  dia- 
meter, when  the  atmosphere  is  injected, 
there  will  be  a  resistance  of  12  pounds 
;  against  the  piston;  and  when  Jo  are  in- 
\  jected,  there  will  be  a  force  of  r2o  pounds 
to  be  overcome ;  whereas  10  atmospheres 
act  against  the  circular  halt"  inch  piston 
(whose  area  is  only  5  part  so  large)  with 
only  a  force  equal  to  30  pounds ;  or  40 
atmospheres  may  be  injected  with  such  a 
syringe,  as  well  as  10  with  the  other.  In 
short,  the  facility  of  working  will  be 
inversely  as  the  squares  oi  the  diameter 
of  the  syringe. 

AIR-SHAFTS,  in  mining.  See  Mix- 

IN6. 

ALARM,    is   a  sudden    apprehension 

upon  some  report,  which  makes  men  run 

|  to  their  arms  to  stand  upon  their  gxiard  ; 

jit  implies  either  the  apprehension  of  being 

suddenly  attacked,  or  the  notice  given  of 

!  such  an  attack  being  actually  made  ;  ge- 

I  nerally  signified  by  the  firing  of  a  cannon, 

I  or  rocket,  the  beat  of  a  drum,  Sec. 

ALARM-POJ/,  in  the  field,  is  the  ground 
!  appointed  by  the  quarter-master  general 


to  make  it  of  an  equal  height  with  the  Jj  for  each  regiment  to  march  to,  in  case  of 
breech,  formerly  ma.dc  use  oi"  by  the  gun-  I  aii  alarm, 


ALL 


ALT 


ALA  RM -Port,  in  a  garrison,  is  the  [|  on  which  is  placed  a  piece  of  ordnance 
place  allotted  by  the  governor  for  the  troops  |;  with  the  muzzle  downwards.  In  this 
to  diaw  up  in,  on  any  sudden  alarm.  )•  situation  the  bore  is  rounded  and  enlarged 
/WJC-ALABMS,  are  stntagems  of  war,  j;  by  means  of  an  instrument  which  has  a 
frequently  made  use  of  to  harrass  an  ;.  very  sharo  and  strong  edge  made  to  tra- 
cnemy,  by  keeping  them  perpetually  un-  •  verse  the  bore  by  the  force  of  machinery 
der  arms.  They  are  often  conveyed  by  i;  or  horse:.,  and  in  an  horizontal  direction, 
false  reports,  occasioned  by  a  fearful  or ;  ALLEZURES,  the  metal  taken  from 
negligent  sentinel.  A  vigilant  officer  will  j  the  cannon  by  boring, 
sometimes  make  a  false  alarm,  to  try  if  j:  ALLIAGE,  a  term  used  by  the  French 
Ilis  guards  are  strict  upon  duty.  ji  to  denote  the  composition  of  metals  used 

ALARM.^//,  the  bell  rung  upon  any  I  for  the  fabrication  of  cannon  and  mortars, 
suddtn  emergency,  as  a  fire,  mutiny,  &c. 

approach  of  an  enemy,  or  the  like,  called  j<     ALLIANCE,  in  a  military  sense,  sig- 
by  the  French,  Tocsin.  ji  nifies  a  treaty  catered  into  by  sovereign 

ALCANTARA,  knights  of  a  Spanish  |i  states,  for  their  mutual  safety  and  de- 
military  order,  who  gained  a  great  name  jj  fence.  In  this  sense  alliances  may  bo 
during  the  wars  with  the  Moors.  i  divided  into  such  as  are  off  nsive,  where 

ALERT,  originally  derived  from  the  j  the  contracting  parties  oblige  themselves 
French  word  a/trtf,  which  is  formed  of  a     ' 
and 

lor  a!* ;  so  that  alerte  means  something 
continually  in  the  air,  and  always  ready 
to  be  put  in  action.  A  general  is  said  to 
be  alert  when  he  is  particularly  vigilant. 

To  be  kept  upon  the  alert  ^  is  to  be  in  con- 
tinual apprehension  of  being  surprised. 
Alette,  among  the  French,  is  an  expres- 
sion which  is  used  to  put  soldiers  upon 
their  guard.  It  is  likewise  used  by  a  post 
that  may  be  attacked  in  the  night,  to  give 
notice  to  the  one  that  is  destined  to  sup- 
port it ;  and  by  a  sentry  to  >;ive  warning 
when  any  part  of  the  enemy  is  approach- 
ing. We  have  bad  an  alert ,  is  a  military 
phrase. 

ALGEBRA,  a  peculiar  kind  of  arith- 
metic, in  which  every  military  man  ought 
to  be  versed,  but  which  is  indispensibly 
necessary  for  officers  in  the  ordnance  de- 
partment. 

ALIEN,  in  law,  implies  a  person  born 
in  a  foreign  country,  in  contradistinction 
to  a  natural  born  or  naturalized  person 

ALIGN EMENT,  implies  any  thing 
r.trait — For  instance,  the  alignement  of  a 


jointly  to  attack  some  other  power;  and 

airte.    The  French  formerly  said  airte  \\  into  such  as  are  defensive,  whereby  the 

!l  contracting  powers  bind  themselves  to 
stand  by,  and  defend  one  another,  in  case 
of  being  attacked  by  any  other  power. 

Alliances  are  variously  distinguished, 
according  to  their  object,  the  parties  in 
them,  &c.  Hence  we  read  of  equal,  un- 
equal, triple,  quadruple,  grand,  offensive, 
defensive  alliances,  &c. 

ALLODIAL,  independent;  not  feu. 
dal.  The  Allodii  of  the  Komans  were 
bodies  of  men  embodied  on  any  emergen. 
cy,  in  a  manner  similar  to  our  volunteer 
associations 

ALLOGNE,  the  cordags  used  with 
floating  bridges,  by  which  they  are  guided 
from  one  side  of  a  river  to  the  other. 

ALLONGE,  Fr.  a  pass  or  thrust  with 
a  rapier  or  small  sword ;  also  a  long  rein 
used  in  the  exercising  of  horses. 

ALLOY,  is  the  mixture  of  metals  that 
enter  into  the  composition  of  the  metal 
proper  for  cannon  and  mortars. 

ALLY,  in  a  military  sense,  implies 
any  nation  united  to  another — under  a 
treaty,  either  offensive  or  defensive,  or 
both. 

ALMADIE,  a  kind  of  military  canoe, 
cr  small  vessel,  about  24  fee:  long,  made 
of  -.he  bark  of  a  tree,  and  used  by  the 
negroes  ot  Africa. 

ALMADIE,  is  also  the  name  of  a  long, 
boat  used  at  Calcutta,  often  80  to  100 
feet  long,  and  generally  six  or  seven  broad, 
they  row  from  ten  to  thirty  oars. 

ALTIMETKV,  the  taking  or  measur. 
ing  altitude,  or  heights. 

ALTITUDE,  height,  or  distance  from 
the  ground,  measured  upwards,  and  may 
be  both  accessible,  and  inaccessible. 

ALTITUDE  of  a  figure ,  is  the  distance 
of  its  vertex  from  its  base,  or  the  length 
of  a  perpendicular  let  fall  from  the  vertex 
to  the  base.  Set  American  Mil.  Lib.  Art. 
FIELD  FORTIFICATION, 

ALTITUDE  of  a  shot  or  shell,  is  the  per- 
pendicular height  of  the  vertex  above  the 
horizon.  See  GUNNERY  and  PROJEC-» 

TILES. 

ALTITUDE,  in  cptict,  is  usually  c«n- 
sidered  as  the.  angle  subtended  between  a 


battalion  means  the  situation  of  a  body  of 


men  when  drawn  up  in  line 
ment    of  a   cump    signifies    the    relative 
position  of  the  tents,  &c.  so  as  to  form  a 
Etrait  line,  from  given  points. 

ALLAY.     See  ALLOY. 

ALL^E,  in  the  ancient  military  art, 
the  two  wings  or  extremes  of  an  army 
ranged  in  order  of  battle. 

ALLEGIANCE,  in  law,  implies  the 
obedience  which  is  due  to  the  laws. 

Oath  o/~  ALLEGIANCE,  is  that  taken  bv 
an  alien,  by  which  lie  adopts  America 
and  renounces  the  authority  of  a  foreign 
government.  It  is  also  applied  to  the  oath 
taken  by  officers  and  soldiers  in  pledge  of 
their  fidelity  to  the  state. 

ALLEGIANT,  loyal,  faithful  to  the 
laws. 

A  L  L  E  Z  E  R  ,  to  cleanse  the  mouth  of  a 
cannon  or  other  piece  of  ordnance,  and  to 
increase  the  bore,  so  as  to  produce  its 
determined  calibre. 

ALLEZOIR,  a  frame  of  timber  firmly 
suspended  in.  the  air  with  strong  cordage, 


A  MB 


A  M  M 


line  drawn  threugh  the  eye,  parallel  to 
the  horizon,  and  a  visual  ray  emitted  from 
an  object  to  the  eye. 

ALTITUDE,  in  cosmography,  is  the  per- 
pendicular  height  of  an  object,  or  its 
distance  from  the  horizon  upwards. 

ALTITUDES  are  divided  into  accessible 
and  inaccessible. 

Accessible  ALTITUDE  of  an  object^  is 
that  whose  base  you  can  have  access  to, 
i.  e.  measure  the  nearest  distance  between 
your  station  and  the  foot  of  the  object  on 
the  ground. 

Inaccessible  ALTITUDE  of  an  object ,  is 
that  when  the  foot  or  bottom  of  it  cannot 
be  approached,  by  reason  of  some  impe- 
diment ;  such  as  water,  or  the  like.  The 
instruments  chiefly  used  in  measuring  of 
mltitudes,  <;re  the  quadrant,  theodolite, 
geometric  quadrant,  cross,  or  line  ot 
shadows,  Sec. 

ALTITUDE  of  the  eye,  in  perspective,  is 
a  right  line  let  fall  from  the  eye,  perpen- 
dicular to  the  veometrical  plane. 

ALTITUDE  of  motion,  a  term  used  by 
some  writers,  to  express  the  measure  ot 
any  motion,  computed  according  to  the 
line  of  direction  of  the  moving  force. 

AMAZON,  one  ot  those  women  who 
are  fabled  to  have  composed  a  nation  of 
themselves,  exclusive  of  males,  and  to 
have  derived  their  name  from  their  cutting 
oft' one  of  their  breasts,  that  it  might  not 
hinder  or  impede  the  exercise  of  their 
arms.  This  term  has  often  by  modern 
writers  been  used  to  signify  a  bold  daring 
woman,  whom  the  delicacy  of  her  sex 
does  not  hinder  from  engaging  in  the  most 
hazardous  attempts.  The  recent  and 
former  wars  with  France  have  furnished 
several  instances  of  females  who  have  un- 
dergone the  fatigue  of  a  campaign  with 
alacrity,  and  run  the  hazards  of  a  battle 
with  the  greatest  intrepidity.  Several 
cases  occurred  also  in  the  American  Re- 
volution. 

AMBIT,  the  compass  or  circuit  of  any 
work  or  place,  as  of  a  fortification  or  en- 
campment, &c. 

AMBITION  in  a  military  sense,  sig- 
nifies a  desire  of  greater  posts,  or  honors. 
Every  person  iai  the  army  or  navy,  ought 
to  have  a  spirit  of  emulation  to  arrive  at 
the  very  summit  of  the  profession  by  his 
personal  merit. 

AMBUSCADE,  in  military  affairs, 
implies  a  body  of  men  posted  in  some 
secret  or  concealed  place,  'till  they  find 
an  opportunity  of  falling  upon  the  enemy 
by  surprise ;  or,  it  is  rather  a  snare  set  for 
the  enemy,  either  to  surprise  him  when 
marching  without  precaution;  or  by  post- 
ing your  force  advantageously,  and  drawing 
him  on  by  different  stratagems,  to  attack 
him  with  superior  means.  An  ambuscade 
is  easily  carried  into  execution  in  woods, 
buildings,  and  hollow  places;  but  re- 
quires a  more  fertile  imagination,  and 
greater  trouble,  in  a  level  country. 

AMBUSH,  a  place  of  concealment  for 


soldiers  to  surprise  an  enemy,  by  falling 
suddenly  upon  him. 

A  ME,  a  French  term,  similar  in  its 
import  to  the  word  chamber ,  as  applied  to 
cannon,  &c. 

AMENDE  honorable ,  in  the  old  armies 
of  France,  signified  an  apology  for  some  in- 
jury done  to  another,  or  satisfaction  given 
for  an  ofience  committed  against  the  rules 
of  honor  or  military  etiquette ;  and  was 
also  applied  to  an  infamous  kind  of  pun- 
ishment inflicted  upon  traitors,  parricides, 
or  sacrilegious  persons,  in  the  following 
manner :  the  offender  being  delivered  into 
the  hands  of  the  hangman,  his  shirt  strip- 
ped off,  a  rope  put  about  his  neck,  and  a 
taper  in  his  hand ;  then  he  was  led  into 
court,  where  he  begged  pardon  of  God,  the 
court,  and  his  country  Sometimes  the 
punishment  ended  there ;  but  sometimes 
it  was  only  a  prelude  to  death,  or  banish- 
ment to  the  gallics.  It  prevails  yet  in 
some  parts  of  Europe. 

AMMUNITION,  implies  all  sorts  of 
powder  and  ball,  shells,  bullets,  car- 
tridges, grape-shot,  tin,  and  case-shot; 
carcasses,  granades,  &c. 

A  M  M  u  N  i  T  i  o  N  ,  or  gun-powder,  may  be 
prohibited  to  be  exported. 

AMMUNITION,  for  small  arms,  in  the 
British  service,  is  generally  packed  in  half 
barrels,  each  containing  1000  musket,  or 
1 500  carbine  cartridges.  An  ammunition 
waggon  will  carry  20  of  these  barrels,  and 
an  ammunition  cart  12  of  them :  their 
weight  nearly  i  cwt.  each. 

The  cartouch  boxes  of  the  infantry  are 
made  of  so  many  different  shapes  and 
sizes,  that  it  is  impossible  to  say  exactly 
what  ammunition  they  will  contain ;  but 
most  of  them  can  carry  60  rounds.  See 
the  word  Cartridges  ;  and  for  artillery  am- 
munition, see  the  word  Artillery,  for  the 
field,  for  the  siege,  and  the  defence  of  a 
fortified  place. 

The  French  pack  all  their  ammunition 
n  waggons  without  either  boxes  or  barrels, 
fc»y  means  of  partitions  of  wood.  1  heir 
12  Pr.  and  8  Pr.  waggons  will  contain 
each  14,000  musket  cartridges,  but  their 
4  Pr.  waggons  will  contain  only  12,000 
each. 

AMMUNITION  bread,  such  as  is  con- 
tracted tor  by  government,  and  served  in 
camp,  garrison,  and  barracks. 

AMMUNITION    shoes,  stockings,   shirts, 
stocks,  &c.  such  of  those  articles  as   are 
served  out  to  the  private  soldiers,  by  go- 
ernment.     See  HALF- MOUNTINGS. 

AMMUNITION  luaggon,  is  generally  a 
'our- wheel  carriage  with  shafts;  the  sides 
are  railed  in  with  staves  and  raves,  and. 
ined  with  wicker-wotk,  so  as  to  carry 
:>read  and  all  sorts  of  tools.  It  is  drawn 
by  four  horses,  and  loaded  with  1200 
pound  weight.  See  WAGGON. 

AMMUNiTioN-rar/,  a  two- wheel  car- 
riage with  shafts;  the  sides  of  which,  as 
well  as  the  fore  and  hind  parts,  are  inclosed 
with  boards  instead  of  wicker-work.  !?ee 


AND 


A  NG 


AMMUZETTE.  See  the  word  GUNS.  ! 
AMNESTY,  in  a  military  or  political 
cense,  is  an  act  by  which  two  belligerent 

Sowers  at  variance  promise  to  forget  and 
ury  in  oblivion  all  that  is  past. 

AMNESTY  is  either  general  and  unlimit- 
ed, or  particular  and  restrained,  though 
r;K-3t  commonly  universal,  without  con- 
ditions or  exceptions  :  such  as  that  which 
passed  in  Germany  at  the  peace  of  Osna- 
burg  in  the  year  1648,  and  between  the 
United  States  and  Great  Britain,  in  1783. 

AMNESTY,   in  a    more   limited   sense, 
denotes   a   pardon  to   persons   rebellious,  , 
usually  with  some  exceptions ;    such  as  • 
\yasgrantcd  by  Charles  II.  at  his  restora-  j 
tion. 

AMNISTIE,  Fr.    See  AMNESTY. 

AMORCE,  an  old  military  word  for  | 
fine-grained  powder,  such  as  is  sometimes  j 
used  for  the  priming  of  great  guns,  mor- 
tai  j  or  howitzers  ;  as  also  for  small-arms, 
on  account  of  its  rapid  inflammation*    A 
port  fire,  or  quick  match. 

AMPLITUDE  of  the  range  of  a  pro- 
jectife.  See  PROJECTILE. 

AMPOULETTE,  an  old  military 
term  used  by  the  French  to  express  the 
stock  of  a  musket,  &c. 

AMUSETTE,  a  species  of  offensive 
weapon  which  was  invented  by  the  cele- 
brated Marshal  Sixe.  It  is  tired  off  in 
the  s^me  manner  as  a  musquet,  but  is 
mounted  nearly  like  a  cannon.  It  has  been 
found  of  considerable  use  during  the  war 
of  the  French  revolution,  especially 
among  the  French,  who  armed  some  of 
their  horse  artillery  with  it,  and  found  it 
superior  to  the  one  adopted  by  the  Prus- 
sians from  Marshal  Saxe. 

AN  ABAS  1 1,  in  antiquity,  were  ex- 
peditious couriers,  wlio  cairied  dispatches 
of  great  'iir.pc:tance,  in  the  Roman  wars. 

ANACLETICUM,  in  the  ancient  art 
of  war,  a  p:irtieyiar  blast  of  the  trumpet, 
whereby  the  tcari'ul  and  flying  soldiers 
were  rallied  and  recalled  to  the  combat. 

ANCIENT,  a  term,  used  formerly  to 
express  the  grand  ensign  or  standard  of  an 
army. 

ANCILE,  in  antiquity,  akind  of  shield, 
which  fell,  as  was  pretended,  from  hea- 
ven, in  the  reign  of  Numa  Pompilius  ;  at 
which  time,  likewise,  a  voice  was  heard, 
dec to ring,  that  Rome  would  be  mistress 
of  the  world  as  long  as  she  should  pre- 
serve this  holy  buckler. 

Authors  arc  much  divided  about  its 
shape :  however,  it  was  kept  with  great 
care  in  the  temple  of  Mars,  under  the  di- 
rection of  twelve  priests;  and  Jest  any 
should  attempt  to  steal  it,  eleven  others 
were  made  so  like  it,  as  not  to  be  dis- 
tinguished from  the  sacred  one.  These 
Ancllla  were  carried  in  procession  every 
year  round  the  city  of  Rome. 

ANDABAT/E,  in  military  antiquity, 
a  kind  of  gladiators,  who  fought  hood- 
winked ;  having  a  sort  of  helmet  that 
covered  the  eyes  and  face.  They  fought 
mounted  on  horse-buck,  or  on  chariots. 


St.  ANDREW,  or  the  Thistle,  a  nomi- 
nally  military  order  of  knighthood  in  Scot- 
land. The  occasion  of  instituting  this 
order  is  variously  related. 

In  819,  Achaius,  king  of  Scotland, 
having  formed  a  league,  offensive  and  de- 
fensive, with  Charlemagne,  against  all 
other  princes,  found  himself  thereby  so 
strong,  that  he  took  for  his  device  the 
Thistle  and  the  Rue,  which  he  composed 
into  a  collar  of  his  order,  and  for  his 
motto,  Pour  ma  defense ;  intimating  there- 
by, that  he  feared  not  the  powers  of  fo- 
reign princes,  seeing  he  leaned  on  the 
succour  and  alliance  o?  the  French.  And 
though  from  hence  may  be  inferred,  that 
these  two  plants,  the  Thistle  and  the 
R'ie,  w-re  the  united  symbols  of  one 
order  of  knighthood,  yet  Menenius  di- 
vides tnem  into  two ;  making  one  whose 
badge  was  the  thistle,  whence  the  knights 
were  so  called ;  and  the  motto,  Nemo  me 
immune  laces  \it ;  another  vulgarly  called 
Sertum  rut<z,  or  the  garland  of  rue;  the 
collai  of  which  v/as  composed  of  two 
branchesor  sprigs  thereof,  or  else  of  seve- 
ral of  its  leaves  :  at  both  these  collars 
hung  one  and  the  same  jewel,  to  wit,  the 
figure  of  St,  Andrew,  bearing  before  him 
the  cr<".ss  of  his  martyrdom. 

But  though  the  thistle  has  been  ac- 
knowleged  for  the  badgt  and  symbol  ot' 
the  k;ngdom  of  Scotland,  even  from  the 
reign  of  Achaius,  as  the  rose  was  of  Eng- 
land, and  th.  lily  of  France,  the  pome- 
granate of  Spain,  &c. ;  yet  increase  some 
who  refer  the  order  of  the  thistle  to  later 
times,  in  the  reign  of  Charles  VII.  of 
France;  when  the  league  of  amity  was 
reuewed  between  that  kingdom  and  Scot- 
land, by  which  the  former  received  great- 
succour  from  the  latter,  at  a  period  of 
extraordinary  distress.  Others  again  place 
the  foundation  still  later,  even  as  low  as 
the  year  1500  ;  but  without  a;(y  degree  of 
certainty. 

The  chief  and  principal  ensign  of  this 
order  is  a  gold  collar,  composed  of  thistles, 
interlinked  with  annulets  of  gold,  having 
pendent  thereto  the  image  of  St  Andrew 
with  his  c;oss,  and  this  motto,  Nemo  me 
hnpuve  lace$sit. 

Knights  of  St.  ANDREW,  is  also  a  nomi- 
nal military  order  instituted  by  Peter  1 1 1  .of 
Muscovy,  in  1698;  the  badge  o:  which  is 
a  gekk-n  medal,  on  one  side  whereof  is  re- 
presented St.  Andrew's  cross  ;  and  on  the 
other  are  these  words,  Czar  Pierre  mo— 
narque  de  toute  la  R;<ssie.  This  medal, 
being  fastewed  to  a  blue  ribbon,  is  sus- 
pended from  the  right  shoulder. 

AN  G  ARIA,  in  ancient  military  wri- 
ters, means  a  guard  of  soldiers  posted  in 
a;,y  place  for  the  security  of  it.  Vide 
Vegetius,  lib.  i.  c.  3.  lib.  ii.  c.  19.  lib. 
iii.  c.  8. 

AN c ARIA,  in  civil  law,  implies  a 
service  by  compulsion,  as  furnishing 
horses  and  carriages  for  conveying  com 
or  other  stores  for  the  army. 


A  NG 


ANG 


ANGE,  a  term  used  by  the  French  tof 
express  chain  shot. 


See  CHAIN-SHOT. 
ANGLE,  in  geometry,  is  the  inclina- 
tion of  two  lines  meeting  one  another  inj 
a  point. 

Sometimes  angles  are  denoted  by  a 
single  letter  placed  at  the  point  of  inter- 
section ;  but  when  several  lines  meet  at) 
the  same  point,  each  particular  angle  is! 
denoted  by  three  letters,  whereof  the  mid-  j 
die  letter  shews  the  angular  point,  and 
the  other  two  letters  the  lines  which  form 
that  angle. 

The  measure  of  an  angle  is  the  arch  of 
a  circle,  described  on  the  angular  point, 
imercepted  between  the  two  lines  which 
form  the  angle,  and  as  many  degrees,  &c. 
as  are  contained  in  that  arch,  so  many 
degrees,  Sec.  the  angle  is  said  to  consist 
of. 

ANCLES  are  either  right,  acute,  or  ob- 
ftne. 

A  Right  ANCLE,  is  that  whose  two 
legs  are^ perpendicular  to  each  other;  and 
consequently  the  arch  intercepted  be- 
tween them  is  exactly  90°  or  the  quarter 
of  a  circle. 

An  Acute  ANCLE,  is  that  which  is  less 
than  a  right  angle,  or  90°. 

An  Obtuse  ANGLE,  is  that  which  is 
greater  than  a  right  angle. 

Adjacent  ANGLES,  are  such  as  have  the 
same  vertex,  and  one  common  side  con- 
tained beyond  the  angular  point.  The 
sum  of  the  adjacent  angles  is  always  equal 
to  two  right  angles  (13.  Eucl.  i.j  and 
therefore,  if  one  of  them  be  acute,  the 
other  will  be  obtuse;  and  the  contrary  : 
whence,  if  either  of  them  be  given,  the 
other  is  also  given,  it  being  the  comple- 
ment of  the  former  to  180°. 

Homologous  ANGLES  in  similar  figures 
are  such  as  retain  the  same  order,  reckon- 
ing from  the  first  in  both  figures. 

Vertical  A  N  c  L  F.  s ,  are  the  opposite  an- 
gles made  by  two  lines  cutting  or  crossing 
each  other.  When  two  lines  cut  or  cross 
each  other,  the  vertical  angles  are  equal 
'15  Eucl.  i.) 

Alternate  ANGLES,  are  those  cut  or  ob- 
tuse angles  made  by  two  lines  cutting  or 
crossing  each  other,  and  formed  by  a  righ 
line  cutting  or  crossing  two  parallel  line- 
Alternate  angles  are  always  equal  to  each 
other  (18.  Eucl.  i.) 

A  rectilineal  or  right  lined  ANGLE,  is 
made  by  strait  lines,  to  distinguish  it  fron 
the  spherical  or  curvilintal  aivle. 

ANGLES  oj  contact.  Angles  of  contac 
may  be  considered  as  true  angles,  ana 
should  be  compared  with  one  another 
though  not  with  right  lined  angles  a: 
being  infinitely  smaller. 

ANCLE  of  elevation,  in  gunnery,  is  tha 
which  the  axis  of  the  hollow  cylinder,  o 
barrel  of  the  gun,  makes  with  a  horizon 
?al  line.  See  ELEVATION. 

ANGLES  oblique  are  those  which  ar 
greater  than  right  angles. 

Spherical  AXCLK,  rs  an  angle  formei 


by  the  intersectien  of  two  great  circles  of 
the  sphere.  All  spherical  angles  are  mea- 
sured by  an  arch  of  a  great  circle  describ- 
d  on  the  vertex  as  a  pole,  and  intercepted 
etwcen  the  legs  which  form  the  angle. 

ANGLE  lunut&r  is  an  angle  formed  by 
he  intersection  of  two  curves,  the  one 
oncave  and  the  other  convex. 

Mixed-  line  ANCLE,  is  that  compre- 
hended between  a  ruht  line  and  a  curved 
inc. 

Curved-line  ANGLE,  is  that  intercepted 
>et\veen  two  curved  lines  meeting  each 
ither  in  one  point,  in  the  same  plane. 

ANGLE  of  a  ttt&J-circ/e  is  that  which 
he  diameter  of  a  circle  makes  with  the 
ircumference. 

ANGLE  of  Incidence,  is  that  which  the 
ine  of  direction  of  a  ray  of  light,  &c. 
makes  at  the  point  where  it  first  touches 
he  body  it  strikes  against,  with  a  line 
reeled  perpendicular  to  the  surface  of 
hat  body. 

ANGLE  of  interval  between  two  places 
s  that  rormed  by  two  lines  directed  from 
he  eye  to  those  places. 

ANGLE  of  Refection,  is  the  angle  inter- 
cepted between  the  line  of  direction  of  a 
5ody  rebounding,  alter  it  has  struck 
igainst  another  body,  and  a  perpendicular 
erected  at  the  point  of  contact. 

ANGLE  at  the  centre,  in  fortification,  is 
the  angle  formed  at  the  middle  of  the  po- 
ygon,  by  lines  drawn  from  thence  to  the 
joints  of  the  two  adjacent  bastions. 


made  by,  and  contained  between  the  cur- 
tain ami  the  flank. 

ANGLE  of  the  polygon,  that  which  is 
made  by  the  meeting  of  the  two  sides  or." 
the  polygon,  or  figure  in  the  centre  of  the 
Bastion.  See  FOKTI  FICATION. 

ANGLE  of  the  triangle,  is  half  the  angle 
of  the  polygon. 

ANCLE  of  the  bastion,  or  P  That    which 

flunked  ANGLE,  $     is  made  by 

the  two  faces,  being  the  utmost  part  of 
the  bastion  most  exposed  to  the  enemy's 
batteries,  frequently  called  the  point  of 
the  basl  ion  .  See  FORTIFICATION. 

Di  minis  bed  A  N  G  L  E  ,  only  used  by  some 
engineers,  especially  the  Dutch,  is  com- 
posed of  the  face  of  the  bastion,  and  the 
exterior  side  of  the  polygon. 

ANGLE  of  the  shoulder,  or  P  Is   formed 

ANCLE  of  the  epaule,  }       by    one 

face,  and  one  flank  of  the  bastion.  Sea 
FORTI  FICATION. 

ANGL.E  of  the  ienaille,  ~)  Is  made  by  two 

ANGLE  entrant,  \      lines    fichant, 

that  is,  the  faces  of  the  two  bastions  ex- 
tended till  they  meet  in  an  angle  towards 
the  curtain,  and  is  that  which  always 
carries  its  point  towards  the  out-  works. 
See  FORTIFICATION. 

ANGLE  of  the  flank  exterior,  is  that 
which  is  before  the  centre  of  the  curtain, 
formed  by  the  prolongation  of  the  faces  of 
the  bastion,  or  by  both  the  fichant  lines 


10 


A  NG 


A  NI 


of  defence,    intersecting  each    other   on 
planning  a  fortification. 

ANGLE  ,-./  the  flank  interior,  is  formed 
by  the  riaiii;od  u:.e  of  defence  and  the  cur- 
tain ;  bem,  that  point  where  the  line  of 
Uek-nce  falls  upon  the  CMrta:n 

ANGLE  of  the  tine  of  defence,  is  that 
an;-le  made  by  the  tiank,  and  the  line  of 
defence. 

ANGLE  of  the  face,  is  formed  by  the 
anvjjc  or  the  fa.  e  and  the  line  of  defence 
producvd  till  they  intersect  each  other. 

ANGLE  of  the 'base  interior,  is  the  half 
of  the  figure,  wlnca  the  interior  polygon 
mak ..  s  with  the  radius,  when  they  join 
each  other  in  the  c.iurc;  intersecting  the 
centre  of  the  gores  of  each  bastion. 

A  N  G  i.  E  of  the  base  exterior,  is  an  angle 
formed  by  linca  dra  ,  n  fre-m  i  he  centre  of 
the  figure ,  to  the  angle  of  the  exterior 
poison,  cuttm  the  centre  of  the  gorges 
of  each  bc;s  ion. 

ANGLE  of  the  gorge,  is  thatangle  formed 
by  the  prolonga.H.nof  the  cirtuins,  inter- 
secting each  other,  in  the  centre  of  the 
£orge,  through  which  the  capital  line 
passes. 

ANGLE  of  the  ditch,  is  formed  before 
the  ..e  tre  of  the  curtain,  by  the  outward 
line  of  the  ditcn. 

ANGLE  cf  the  mate,  is  that  which  is 
made  before  the  curtain  where  it  ii,  inter. 
sec ted. 

flanked  ANGLE.  See  ANGLE  of  the 
bastion. 

Saliant  ANGLE,  ^  Is  th:tt  angle   which 

ANGLE  snrtant,   \      points  outwards,  or 
coun'.ry.     Such  is  the  angle 
of  the  counterscarp  before  th-  point  <  f  a 
bastion. 

Entering  t^  NGLE,  or  <>  An   angle    point- 

AN(  •  ,         $      i'.g  inwards,  as 

the  sa;  oes    i;r\\a:ds.     Sue:,  is 

.  the  angle  oi  tiie  covsn  crscarp  before  the 
curtain 

ANCLE  cf .  •••''Pi  made  by  two 

sides  of-  the  counterscarp,  meeting  before 
the  centre  or'  the  curtain. 

A  \  G  L  i   a!    the  c:rcin;:jcre;;ce   of  a  circle, 
funned  by  two  chords  in  the 
circi  :  i  a  circle. 

ANGLE  of '  thz  circumference,  is  the  mix- 
ed angle  formed  by  an  arch,  drawn  from 
one  gor  e  to  uno.her. 

Rt-enteri:ig  ANGLE.  See  Entering 
ANGLE. 

ANGLE  of  .•  •••••.-//  of  the  live  of  de- 

fence, le  ionii  (i  by  i  he  niter- 

section   of  the  two    complements    with 
each  other. 

ANGLES  of  a  battalion,  are  made  by  the 
last  men  at  me  extremity  ot  th.  ranks  and 
files. 

it  ANGLES,  the  two  last  men  of  the 
front    ank. 

Rear  ANGLES,  the  two  last  men  of  the 
rear  ;ank 

Dead  AXGL-,    is  a  <ing!e, 

consequentl;  JKH  UCK- 

ANGULAR,  in  a  general  sense,  denotes 


something  relating  to  angles,  or  that 
hath  angles. 

ANGON,  in  ancient  military  history, 
was  a  kim:  of  dart  of  a  moderate  1  rigth, 
having  an  iron  bearded  head  ar.d  cheeks  ; 
in  vue  about  the  fifth  century.  This  sort 
of  javelin  was  much  used  by  the  French. 
The  iron  head  of  it  resemble^  a  tieur- de- 
ls ;  and  it  is  the  opinion  of  some  writers, 
that  the  old  arms  et  Fiance  were  not  fleurs- 
de-lis,  but  the  iron  point  of  the  angon  or 
jav_lin  of  the  ancient  French. 

To  ANIMATE,  n  a  military  sense, 
is  to  encotsrage,  to  incite,  to  add  fresh 
im.:»  Ise  to  any  body  of  men  who  are  ad- 
vancing against  an  enemy,  or  to  prevent 
them  from  shamefully  abandoning  ti'.eir 
colours  in  critical  situations.  Soldi  TS 
may  be  enco  raged  and  incited  to  g.illant 
actions  ..et  only  by  wor  is,  but  by  the 
looks  and  gesiun-s  of  ihe  officers,  particu- 
larly of  their  commanding  one.  It  is  by 
the  latter  alone,  indeed,  that  any  01  these 
artificial  rnears  should  be  resorted  to;  f>r 
silence,  steadiness,  and  calmness  are  the 
peculiar  requisites  in  the  characters  of 
subordinate  om'cers.  Whatever  their  j>ri- 
vate  feelings  may  be,  a  superior  sense  of 
duty  should  always  prevent  them  from 
discovering  the  slightest  symptom  cf  per- 
turbution  The  best  eitec  s,  however, 
in  i\  b_j  sometimes  produced  oy  a  sort  of 
electrical  shock  which  is  communicated 
to  the  soldiery  :  as,  when  officers,  being 
themselves  animate  ana  full  of  fire,  give 
a  sudden  and  unexpected  utura  ce  to 
thei  sentiments;  make  use  of  some  par- 
ticular expression  by  which  the  i.ational 
ear  is  captivate.  ,  or  by  a  happy  waving 
of  the  hand,  hat,  or  sword  cause  the  i,  ost 
timid  to  become  careless  of  danger,  and 
keep  up  the  enthusiasm  of  the  bravest. 
Many  baitles,  both  in  ancient  and  modern 
timeh,  have  taken  a  sudden  turn  from  the 
most  trivial  circumstance  of  tiiis  nature. 

The  French  are  very  susceptible  of  this 
si.ecies  01  . nin-iation.  During  the  present 
war  they  have  furnished  several  instances 
of  the  power  of  military  animation.  The 
success  at  Lcdi,  to  which  Bonaparte  owes 
so  much  of  hi*  reputation,  was  the  con- 
sequi  nceol  a  bold  and  individual  ex:  rtion, 
when  he  snatched  the  standard,  a  id  per- 
sonally led  the  grenadiers  across  the 
bridge.  A  variety  f  instances  mi.'.ht  be 
e;  uiiMTated  wherein  words  and  gestures 
have  had  the  most  happy  result.  As  far 
ba^k  as  the  ,  ays  of  Caesar  there  are  ex- 
amp  es  that  stand  fresh  upon  n  cord  ;  and 
nothing  [.r  vc;>  mo",  rorcibly  the  influ- 
ence which  a  grear  reputation  has  upon 
c  mm  n  mi  ds,  than  the  exclamation 
which  Caesar  used  when  he  was  crossing 
a  branen  ot  t..e  sea,  between  Bruiidusium 
an  ;  DyrraJiium.  He  emoarked  by  i-;u,ht 
in  tae  iiabit  ot  a  slave,  and  ^ay  f-n  the 
boaids  like  an  or  uury  paisen^er.  As 
t.,ey  were  to  sa  1  down  the  river  Anr.ius  a 
violent  stc  nn  arose",  wmch  quite  over- 
came the  art  or  tlv  pilot,  wnc-  gtive  orders 
to  put  back;  but  this,  Caesar  would  not 


AP  P 


A  PP 


11 


permit,  who  discovering  himself,  and 
tak-nii.  the  astonished  pilor  by  tl-e  hand, 
bade  him  boldly  go  en  and  tVar  nothi  >>, 
Jory  cried  IT",  thou  carries!  Caesar  and  Cae- 
sar' f  fortune .  "  Caesar etn  iiehis  fortunam- 
que  ejus. " 

ANNALS,  a  species  of  military  his- 
tory, wherein  evt-nts  are  related  in  the 
chronological  order  they  happened.  They 
differ  from  a  perfect  history,  in  being 
only  a  mere  elation  of  what  passes  every 
year,  as  a  journal  is  of  what  passes  every 
day. 

ANNUNCIADA,  an  order  of  military 
knighthood  in  Savoy,  first  instituted  by 
Amafieus  I.  in  the  year  1409;  the  r  col- 
lar was  or  15  links,  interwoven  .one  with 
another,  aid  the  mono  F.  E.  R.  T.  si; - 
n  i  fy  i  n  e  fortitudo  ejus  R  bodu  m  tenuit .  A  ma  - 
ik  PS  VIII.  changui  tru-  image  of  St.- 
Maurice,  patron  o-  Savoy,  which  hung 
at  the  collar,  for  that  of  the  Virgin  Mary; 
and  instead  of  the  motto  abovtmentioned, 
substituted  the  word:-  ol  the  angel's  salu- 
tation. Now  extinct. 

ANOLYMPIADES.  See  OLYM- 
PIAD. 

ANSE  des  Pieces ,  a  French  term  for  the 
handles  of  cannon.  Those  of  brass  have 
two — Thobe  of  iron  seldom  any — these 
handles  ser\-e  to  \m$s  cords,  handspikes, 
or  levers,  the  more  easily  to  move  so 
heavy  a  body,  and  are  made  to  represent 
dolphins,  serpents,  Sec. 

ANSPESADE.      See   LANCE    COR- 

POR  AL. 

ANTEMURAILLE,  in  the  ancient 
military  art,  denoted  what  KOW  the  mo- 
derns generally  call  tiie  outworks. 

ANTE  STATURE,  in  ancient  fortifi- 
cation, signifies  an  intrenchment  of  palli- 
sades  or  sacks  of  earth,  thrown  up  in 
order  to  dispute  the  remainder  of  a  piece 
of  ground. 

ANTHONY,  or  K fights  of  St.  An. 
ibcy,  a  military  order  intituled  by  Al- 
bert, duke  of  Bavaria,  Holland,  and  Zea- 
land, when  he  designed  to  make  war 
against  the  Turks  in  1382.  The  knights 
wore  a  collar  of  gold  made  in  the  form  of 
a  hermit's  girdle,  from  which  hung  a  stick 
like  a  crutch,  with  a  little  bell,  as  they 
are  sepresent  d  in  St.  Anthony's  pictures. 

APP  \  R  LILLE-'-,  a.-e  those  slopes  that 
lead  to  the  platform  of  the  bastion.  See 
FORTIFICATION. 

APPAREILLEUR,  Fr.  an  architect 
\vho  superintends  the  workmen  in  the 
construction  of  fortifications,  sluices,  &c. 

APPEAL,  might  formerly  have  been 
made,  fey  the  prosecutor  or  prisoner,  from 
the  sentenc  or  jurisdiction  of  a  regimental 
to  a  general  court-martial. 

APPEL,  Fr.  a  roll  call;  a  beat  of 
drum  for  assembling  ;  a  chall.  nge. 

.'  PPEL,  in  fencing,  a  smart  beat  with 
your  oLde  on  that  of  your  antagon  st  <>n 
the  contrary  side  to  that  you  h;i\\.  engag- 
ed, generally  accompanied  with  a  stamp 
of  the  foot,  and  ustd  for  the  purpose  of 
procuring  an  opening. 


APPOINTS.  This  word  was  appli- 
cable to  French  soldiers  oi;iv,  during  the 
old  monarchy  of  France,  aiid  meant  a  man 
who  for  his  Ion.  service  and  extraordinary 
braver v  received  more  <han  common  pay'. 
There  were  lik  wise  instances  in  which 
office  s  Wv-re  distinguished  by  bcinf  stiiecl 
offifltrs  appoint?*. 

•  Th  v\or<J  appoints  was  originally  deriv- 
ed from  it  be  n :  sa.d,  that  a  soldier  was 
appointed  among  those  who  were  to  do 
some  singular  act  01'  c  ur.r,e,  as  by  going 
upon  a  foriorn  hope,  &c. 

A  P  P  O I N  T  M  E  N  T,  in  a  military  sense, 
is  the  pay  of  the  army  ;  it  likewise  applies 
to  warlike  habiliments,  accoutrements, 
&c. 

\PPREMEND,  in  a  military  sense, 
implies  the  seizing  or  confining  of  any 
,  erson.  According  to  the  article^  of  war, 
every  person  who  apprehends  a  deserter, 
and  attests  the  fact  duly  beiore  a  magis- 
trate, s  entitled  to  receive  a  reward. 
•  APPROACH!  S.  AH  the  works  are 
generally  so  called  that  are  carried  on  to- 
wards a  place  which  is  besieged  ;  such  as 
the  first,  second,  and  third  parallels,  .he 
trenches,  epaulements  with  and  without 
trenches,  redoubts,  places  of  arm.x  saps, 
gatLri'Js,  and  lod  rr.cnts.  See  these  words 
more  particularly  under  the  head  FORTI- 
FICATION. 

This  is  the  most  difficult  part  of  a  siege, 
and  where  most  lives  are  lost.  The  ground 
is  disputed  inch  by- inch,  and  neither  gain- 
ed nor  maintained  without  the  less  of 
men.  It  is  of  the  utmost  importance  to 
make  your  approaches  with  great  caution, 
and  to  secure  them  as  much  as  possible, 
that  you  may  riot  throw  away  the  lives  of 
your  soldiers.  The  besieged  neglect  no- 
thing to  hinder  the  approaches;  the  be- 
siegera  do  e-ery  t.-.ii!g  to  carry  them  on; 
and  on  this  depends  the  taking  or  defend- 
ing of  the  place. 

The  trenches  being  carried  to  their 
glacis,  you  attack  and  make  yourself  mas- 
ter of  their  covered- way,  establish  a  lodg- 
ment on  the  counterscarp,  and  r-fk-ct  a 
breach  by  the  sap,  or  by  mines  with  se- 
veral chambers,  which  blow  up  their  in- 
trenchm.  nts  and  fougades,  or  small  mince, 
if  they  have  any. 

You  cover  yourselves  with  gabions, 
fascines,  barrels,  or  sacks  ;  and  if  these 
are  waiitin. ,  y.  u  sink  a  trench. 

You  open  the  counterscarp  bv  saps  to 
mak.r  yourself  master  <.f  it  ;  but,  buo;i> 
you  open  it,  you  must  mine  the  flanks 
that  defend  it.  The  best  attack  of  die 
place  is  the  face  of  the  bastion,  when  by 
its  regularity  it  permits  regular  approaches 
and  attacks  according  to  art.  It  the  place 
be  irregular,  you  must  not  observe  regu- 
lar approaches,  but  proceed  according  to 
the  irregularity  of  it ;  observing  to  hu- 
mor the  ground,  which  permits  you  to 
attack  it  in  such  a  manner  at  one  place, 
as  would  be  useless  or  dangcrout;  at 
another;  so  that  the  engineer  who  directs 
the  attack  ougju  exactly  to  know  the  part 


12 


A  R  B 


ARC 


he  would  attack,  its  proportions,  its  force 
and  solidity,  in  the  most  geometrical 
manner. 

APPROACHES,  in  a  more  confined  sense, 
signify  attacks. 

Counter  A  P<£  R  o  A  c  H  E  s ,  are  such  trench- 
es as  are  carried  on  by  the  besieged,  against 
those  of  the  besiegers. 

Ai'i  RENTI,"/r.   Apprentice. 

In  France  they  had  apprentices  or  sol- 
diers among  the  artillery,  who  served  for 
less  pay  than  the  regular  artillery  men, 
until  they  became  perfect  in  their  profes- 
sion ;  when  they  were  admitted  to  such 
•vacancies  as  occurred  in  their  respective 
branches.  The  system  is  changed. 

APRON,  in  gunnery,  a  square  plate 
of  lead  that  covers  the  vent  of  a  cannon, 
to  keep  the  charge  dry,  and  the  vent  clean 
and  open. 

APRONS — of  lead  for  guns,  according  to 
Deturble  Ibs.  ox, 

Large — i  foot  long — loin,  wide— 8    4 
Small — 6  inch.  4^ i  12 

Their  dimensions  are  as  follow,  viz. 
for  a  42,  32,  and  a  24  pounder,  15  inches 
by  13;  for  an  18,  12,  and  a  9  pounde1, 
12  inches  bv-  IO;  for  a  6,  <;£,  3,  and  ij 
por.ndcr,  10  inches  by  8.  They  are  tied 
jast  by  two  strings  of  white  marhne,  the 
length  of  which,  for  a  42  to  a  12  pounder 
inclusive,  is  18  feet,  9  feet  each  string; 
for  a  9  to  i£  pounder,  12  feet,  6  feet  for 
each. 

APPUI — Points  d'appui,  or  point  of 
bearng,  or  direction,  or  suppert,  is  any 
particular  given  point  or  body,  upon 
wlvch  troops  are  formed,  or  by  which 
they  are  marched  in  line  or  column. 

Aller  a  /'  A  P  v  u  i ,  Fr.  to  po  to  the  assist- 
ance of  any  body,  to  second,  to  back. 

Hauteur  d"ApfUi,  Fr.  breast-height. 

AQUEDUCT,  a  channel  to  convey 
water  from  one  place  to  another.  Aque- 
ducts, in  military  architecture,  are  gene- 
rally made  to  bring  water  from  a  spring 
or  river  to  a  fortress,  £c.  they  are  likewise 
used  to  carry  cana  s  over  low  ground,  and 
over  brooks  or  small  n  vcrs  :  they  are  built 
with  arches  like  a  bridge,  only  not  so 
•wide,  and  are  covered  above  by  an  arch, 
to  prevent  dust  or  dirt  from  being  thrown 
into  the  water — there  are  also  subterranean 
aqueducts,  such  as  pipes  of  wood,  lead, 
or  iron.  See  Mulkr's  Practical  Fortljica- 
tion . 

The  Romans  had  aqueducts  which  ex- 
tended 100  miles.  That  of  Louis  XIV. 
near  Maintenon,  which  carries  the  river 
Bute  to  Versailles,  is  7000  toises  long. 

ARAIGNEE,    in    fortification.       See 

G  A  I,  t  E  R  Y 

ARE  A  LET,  in  the  ancient  art  of 
war,  a  cross-bow,  made  of  steel,  set  in 
a  shaft  of  wood,  with  a  string  and  trigger, 
bent  with  a  piece  of  iron  fitted  for  that 
purpose,  and  used  to  throw  bullets,  larsre 
arrows,  darts,  &c.  Also  a  mathematical 
instrument  called  a  Jacobus  Staff,  to  mea- 
sure tlie  height  ot  the  stars  upon  the 
horizon, 


ARBALETE  ajalet,  a  stone  bow. 

ARBALETRIER,  Fr.  a  cross-bow 
man. 

ARBALETRIER  d'une  Galire,  Fr. 
that  part  of  a  galley  where  the  cross- 
bowmen  were  placed  during  an  engage* 
rnent. 

A  R  BORER,  Fr.  to  plant.  Arboref, 
I'etendartj  to  plant  the  standard. 

ARC,  Fr.  a  bow;  an  arch  in  building. 

ARCH,  in  military  architecture,  is  a 
vault  or  concave  building,  in  form  of  a 
curve,  erected  to  support  some  heavy 
structure,  or  passage. 

Triumphal  ARCH,  in  military  history, 
is  a  stately  monument  or  erection  generally 
of  a  semicircular  form,  adorned  with 
sculpture,  inscriptions,  &c.  in  honor  of 
those  heroes  who  have  deserved  a  tri- 
umph. 

ARCHERS,  in  military  history,  a  kind 
of  m  litia  or  soldiery,  armed  with  bows 
and  arrows.  They  were  much  used  in 
former  times,  but  are  now  laid  aside,  ex- 
cepting in  Turkey,  and  in  some  parts  of 
Asia. 

ARCHERY,  is  the  art  of  shooting 
with  a  bow  and  arrow.  The  ancient  Eng- 
lish were  famous  for  being  the  best 
archers  in  Europe,  and  most  of  their 
victories  in  France  were  the  purchase  of 
the  long-bow.  The  statutes  made  in  33 
Hen.  VIII.  relative  to  this  exercise,  are 
worth  perusal.  It  was  forbidden,  by  sta- 
tute, to  shoot  at  a  standing  mark,  unless  it 
should  be  for  a  rover,  where  the  archer  was 
to  change  his  mark  at  every  shot.  Any  per- 
son above  24  years  old  was  also  forbidden 
to  shoot  with  any  prick-shaft,  or  flight, 
at  a  mark  of  eleven  score  yards  or  under. 
33  Hen.  VIII.  chap.  9.  The  former 
was  a  provision  for  making  good  marks-' 
men  at  sight ;  the  latter  for  giving 
strength  and  sinews.  The  modern  rifle 
has  rendered  the  bow  an  useless  weapon. 

ARCHITECTURE,  in  a  military 
sense,  is  the  art  of  erecting  all  kinds  of 
military  edifices  or  buildings,  whether  far 
habitation  or  defence 

Military  ARCHITECTURE,  instructs  us 
in  the  method  of  fortifying  cities,  sea, 
ports,  camps,  buildings,  powder  maga- 
zines, ba  racks,  &c.  Military  architecture 
is  di sided  into  regular  and  irregular  fortifi- 
cm  ;oo. 

Regular  fortification  consists  in  having 
all  irs  sides  and  angles  equal  among 
themselves. 

Irregular  fortification  is  composed  of 
parts  where  the  sides  and  angles  are  not 
equal  or  uniform  among  themselves. 
This  species  of  fortification  is  permanent 
or  temporary. 

The  permanent  one  is  constructed  for 
the  purpose  of  remaining  a  long  tims, 
and  for  the  protection  of  large  towns. 

The  temporary  one  is  tnat  which  is 
erected  in  cases  of  emergency.  Under  this 
denomination  are  contained  all  sorts  of 
works  which  are  thrown  up  to  seize  a  pass 
or  gain  an  eminence,  or  those  which  are 


ARM 


ARM 


13 


made  in  circumvallations  and  counter- 
vallations,  viz.  redoubts,  trenches,  ant 
batteries.  See  FORTIFICATION. 

Field  Fortification  is  the  art  of  forming 
temporary  works  of  defence,  such  as 
trenches,  redouhts,  breastworks,  epaul- 
ments,  chevaux  de  f»'x,e,  trous  de  loup,  &C. 
See  FIELD  FORTIFIC.ITION. 

Naval  ARCHITECTURE,  is  the  art  of 
building  the  hull,  or  body  of  the  ship, 
distinct  from  her  machinery  and  furniture 
for  sailing  ;  and  may  properly  be  compre- 
hended in  three  principal  articles,  i.  To 
give  the  ship  such  a  figure,  or  outward 
form,  as  may  be  most  suitable  to  the  ser- 
vice for  which  she  is  intended.  2.  To 
find  the  exact  shape  of  the  pieces  of  tim- 
ber necessary  to  compose  such  a  fabric. 
3.  To  make  convenient  apartments  for 
the  artillery,  ammunition,  provisions,  and 
can  o :  together  with  suitable  actommc,. 
dations  f-  r  the  officers  and  men. 

ARCHITRAVE,  the  master  beam,  or 
chief  suf  porter,  in  any  part  of  a  subter- 
raneous fortifitaron. 

AREA,  the  superficial  content  of  any 
rampart,  or  other  work  of  a  fortification. 

ARIGOT,  Fr.  a  fife  or  flute. 

ARM — Military  writers  use  this  word 
to  signify  a  particular  species  of  troops— 
thus  the  artillery  is  an  arm,  and  the 
cavalry,  and  infantry,  and  rifle  men  are 
each  called  an  arm ;  but  this  use  of  the 
word  is  now  deemed  quaint. 

ARM,  in  geography,  denotes  a  branch  of 
the  st;a,  or  of  a  river. 

ARM  is  also  used  figuratively  to  denote 
power. 

To  ARM,  to  take  arms,  to  be  provided 
against  an  enemy. 

ARMADA,  a  Spanish  term,  signifying 
a  fleet  of  men  of  war,  applied  particular- 
ly to  that  great  one  fitted  out  by  the  Spa- 
niards, with  an  intention  to  conquer  Eng- 
land in  1588,  and  which  was  first  disper- 
sed by  a  terrible  storm,  several  of  the 
ships  wrecked  on  the  coasts  of  England 
and  Ireland,  and  many  overtaken  and  de- 
feated by  the  English  fleet,  under  admi- 
rals Howard  and  Drake. 

ARMADILLA,  a  Spanish  term,  sig- 
nifying a  small  squadron. 

ARMATURA,  in  ancient  military  his- 
tory, signifies  the  fixed  and  established 
military  exercise  of  the  Romans,  nearly 
in  the  sense  we  use  the  word  exercise. 
Under  this  word  is  understood,  the  throw, 
ing  of  the  spear,  javelin,  shooting  with 
bows  and  arrows,  &c. 

ARMATURA  is  also  an  appellation  given 
to  the  soldiers  who  were  light-armed. 
Aquinus  seems  without  reason,  to  re- 
strain armatura  to  the  fvrones,  or  young 
soldiers. 

ARMATURA  was  also  a  denomination 
given  to  the  soldiers  in  the  Roman  empe- 
ror's retinue. 

ARMED,  in  a  general  sense,  denotes 
something  provided  with,  or  carrying 
arms. 

An  A&MID  body  of  men ^  denotes  a  mi- 


•  litary  corps  or  detachment,  provided  with 
|  arms  and  ammunition,  ready  for  an  en- 
|  gagement. 

ARMED,  in  the  sea  language.  A  cross, 
bar- shot  is  said  to  be  armed,  when  some 
rope-yarn,  or  the  like,  is  rolled  about  the 
end  of  the  iron  bar  which  runneth  through 
the  shot. 

ARMED  skip,  is  a  vessel  taken  into  the 
public  service,  and  equipped  in  time  of 
war,  with  artillery,  ammunition,  and 
warlike  instruments  :  in  the  Br  tish  ser- 
vice an  armed  ship  is  commanded  by  an 
officer  who  has  the  rank  of  master  and 
commander  in  the  navy,  and  upon  the 
same  establishment  with  sloops  of  war, 
having  a  lieutenant,  master,  purser,  sur- 
geon, &c . 

ARMEE,  Fr.     See  ARMY. 
ARMEMENT,  Fr.  a  levy  of  troops. 
equipage  of  war,  either  by  larid  or  sea. 

ARMES  a  rEpreuvCj  a  French  terra 
for  armor  of  polished  steel,  which  was- 
proof  against  the  sword  or  small  arms : 
but  its  weight  so  encumbered  the  wearer, 
that  modern  tacticians  have  wholly  re- 
jected its  use. 

ARMES  a  la  Icgsre,  Fr.  light-troops, 
who  were  employed  to  attack  in  small 
bodies,  as  opportunity  occurred.  See 
RIFLEMEN,  &c. 

ARMES  des.  Pieces  de  Canon,  the  French 
term  for  the  tools  used  in  practical  gun- 
nery, as  the  scoop,  rammer,  sponge,  &c. 
ARMET,  Fr.  a  casque  or  helmet. 
ARMIGER,    an   esquire    or    armor- 
beari:r,  who  formerly  attended  his  knight 
or  chieftain  in  war,  combat,  or  tourna- 
ment, and  who  carried  his  lance,  shield, 
or  other  weapons  with  which  he  fought. 

ARMILUSTRIUM,  in  Roman  anti- 
quity, a  feast  observed  among  the  Roman 
generals,  in  which  they  sacrificed,  armed, 
to  the  sound  of  trumpets,  and  other  war. 
like  instruments. 

ARMISTICE,  a  temporary  truce,  or 
cessation  of  arms  for  a  very  short  space  of 
time  only. 

ARMORY,  a  warehouse  of  arms,  or 
a  place  where  the  military  habiliments 
are  kept,  to  be  ready  for  use. 

ARMOR,  denotes  all  such  habiliments 
as  serve  to  defend  the  body  from  wounds, 
especialiy  darts,  a  sword,  a  lance,  &c. 
A  complete  suit  of  armor  formerly  con- 
sisted of  a  helmet,  a  shield,  a  cinras,  a 
coat  of  mail,  a  gantlet,  &c.  now  alrnoar. 
universally  laid  aside. 

ARMOR  BEARER,  he  that  carries 
the  armor  of  another. 

ARMORER,  a  person  who  makes  rr 
deals  in  armor,  or  arms ;  also  a  person 
who  keeps  them  clean. 

ARMS,  in  a  general  sense,  signify  all 
kinds  of  weapons,  whether  used  for  of- 
fence or  defence. 

/'/><f-ARMs,  are  cannon,  mortars,  how- 
itzers, grenades,  firelocks,  rifles,  fusils, 
carbines,  guns,  and  pistols  ;  or  any  other 
machine  discharged  by  inflamed  pow- 
der. 


14 


ARM 


ARM 


Arms  may  properly  be  classed  under 
two  specific  heads — 

Arms  of  offeree,  which  include  mus- 
quet,  bayonet,  sword,  pistol,  rifle,  &c. 

Arms  of  defence  i  which  are  shields,  hel- 
mets, coats  of  mail,  or  any  species  of  re- 
pulsive or  impenetrable  covering,  by 
tvhich  the  body  of  a  man  is  protected. 

ARMS — Small 


s  I 

I  I! 


II 


i    <*">  ^  f  1  O  CO 
<«   ^-00    ^  C\O 


III 

E-75 


In  a  legal  sense,  arms  may  extend  to 
any  thing  that  a  mm  wears  for  his  own 
defence,  or  takes  in  his  hand,  and  uses  in 
anger,  to  strike,  throw  at,  or  wound 
another.  It  is  supposes!,  that  the  first 
artificial  arms  were  or  wood,  and  only  em- 
ployed av'd.nst  beasts  ;  and  that  Belus,  the 
son' ot  Nimrea,  was  the  first  that  waged 
Avar;  wiK'iy_e,  accordu.?  to  some,  came 
the  appellation  li-iinw.  Diodorus  Sicuius 
takes  B  iu^  to  bj  the  same  with  Mars, 
who  first  ti  iers  .p  to  battle. 

Arms  of  stone,  a  ad  even  of  brass,  appear 
to  have  htxn  ui.-d  before  they  came  to 
iron  ami  su'ei.  Josephus assures  u^,  that 
the  jjaniurc!':  [oscj.h  fir^t  taught  titc  use 
ci  iron  ;  "}'[)r»  arming  the-  troops 

of  PL  a  casque  and  buckler. 

The  prhic.pc'i  arms  of  the  ancients  were 
hatchets,  scythes,  lances,  swords,  and 
bucklers :  the  Saxons  usjd  the  halberd, 
bow,  arrows,  cross-bow,  &c.  By  the 
ancient  laws  of  England,  every  man  was 
obliged  to  b'.ar  arms,  except  the  judges 
ahd  clergy  Under  Henry  VIII.  it  was 
expressly  enjoined  on  all  person*  to  b;  re- 
gularly instructed,  even  from  their  tender 
years,  in  the  exercise  of  the  arms  then  in 
use,  viz.  the  long  bow  and  arrows;  and 
to  be  provided  with  a  certain  number  of 
then}. 


But  by  the  common  law  of  England  ROW 
it  is  an  oilence  for  persons  to  ?oor  ride  arm- 
ed w:  h  dan  erous  weapons;  but  gentle, 
men,  both  in  and  out  of'  th  army,  may 
wear  common  armor,  according  to  their 
quality. 

ARMS  of  parade,  or  courtesy,  were  those 
used  in  trie  ancient  justs  and  tournanu -nts; 
w  ich  were  commonly  unshod  lances, 
swords  without  ed/e  or  point,  wooden 
swords,  a.,d  even  canes 

Belli  O/ARMS,  or  Bell  Tents,  a  kind  of 
tents  ii  the  shape  of  a  cone,  where  a  com- 
pany's arms  are  lodged  in  the  field.  They 
are  genera  ly  painted  with  the  colo  r  of 
the  facing  of  th-  regiment ;  they  have  gone 
much  out  of  use. 

Pass  of  ARMS,  a  ki..d  of  combat,  when 
anciently  one  or  more  cavaliers  undertook 
to  defend  a  ;~ass  against  all  a  tacks. 

Place  of  ARMS.   See  FORTIFICATION. 

Stand  of  ARMS,  a  complete  set  of  arms 
for  one  soldier. 

ARMS,  in  artillery,  are  the  two  ends  of 
an  axletree.  See  Axletree,  under  the  word 
CARRIAGE. 

ARMY,  a  laree  number  of  soldiers, 
consisting  of  artillery,  foot,  riflemen, 
horse,  dragoons,  and  hussars  or  light 
horse,  completely  arrr^d,  and  provided 
with  cnv.in  ers,  a  train  of  artillery,  am- 
munition, provisions,  staff,  forage,  &c; 
and  under  the  command  of  a  general,  hav- 
ing lieutenant-generals,  major-generals, 
brigauier-generals,  colonels,  lieutenant- 
colonels,  majors,  captains,  and  subal- 
terns, and  the  suitable  staff  to  each  por- 
tion. An  army  is  composed  of  legions,  or 
corps,  brigades,  regiments,  battalions,  and 
squadrons  ;  and  is  generally  divided  into 
three  or  more  co-operating  corps, and  form- 
ed into  three  lines ;  the  first  of  which  is 
called  the  front  line,  a  part  or  which  forms 
the  van  guard ;  the  second,  the  main 
body  ;  and  the  third,  the  rear-guard,  or 
corps  of  reserve.  The  centre  of  each  line 
is  generally  possessed  by  the  foot  ;  the 
cavalry  and  light  troops  form  the  right 
and  left  wiiu.s  of  each  line;  and  some- 
times  a  squadron  of  horse  is  posted  i  the 
intervals  between  the  battalions.  When 
an  army  'is  drawn  up  in  order  of  battle, 
the  horse  ate  frequently  i  laced  at  five 
feet  from  each  other,  and  the  toot  ar  three. 
In  each  line  the  battalions  are  distant 
from  each  other  about  180  reet,  which  is 
nearly  equal  to  the  extent  of  their  front ; 
and  the  same  rule  ho  ids  ,sood  of  the  squa- 
drons, which  have  about  300  feet  dis- 
tance, being  the  extent  f  their  own  front. 
These  intervals  are  left  for  the  sq  ,adn>n$ 
and  battalions  of  the  second  line  Jo  range 
themselves  against  the  intervals  of  the 
first,  that  both  may  more  readily  march 
through  those  spaces  to  the  enemy.  The 
front  line  is  generally  about  300  feet  from 
the  centre  lim- ;  and  the  centre  line  as 
much  from  the  rear,  or  corps  of  reserve ; 
that  there  may  be  sufficient  room  *o  rally 
when  the  squadrons  or  battalions  are 
broken.  European  armies  anciently  were 


A  RQ 


ART 


a  sort  of  militia;  composed  chiefly  of  the 
vassals  and  tenants  of  the  lords.  When 
each  company  had  served  the  number  of 
days  or  months  enjoined  by  their  tenure, 
or  tho  customs  of  the  fees  they  held,  they 
returned  home. 

Armies  in  general  are  distinguished  by 
the  follow  ng  appellations — 

Tbe  grand  army. 

A  couerlug  army. 

A  blockading  army. 

An  army  of  observation. 

An  army  of  reserve. 

Afylngarmy. 

The  jdrand  army,  is  that  which  is  the 
principal  of  several  armies  acting  at  dif- 
ferent peints  remote  from  each  other. 

An  army  is  said  to  ewer  a  place  when 
it  !'K;J  encamped  or  in  cantonments  tor  the 
protection  of  thx1  di  tie  rent  passes  which 
lead  to  u  principal  object  of  defenc  . 

An  army  is  s.id  to  blockade  a  place, 
wh.  .,  being  well  provided  with  heavy 
ordr.ance  an  other  warlike  means,  it  is 
employed  to  invest  a  town  for  the  direct 
and  immediate  purpose  of  reducing  it  by 
assault  or  famine. 

An  AB  MY  of  observation  is  so  called  be- 
cause by  its  advanced  positions  and  desul- 
tory movements  it  is  constantly  employed 
in  watching  the  enemy. 

An  ARMY  cfteserve  may  not  impr.  per- 
ly  be  called  a  general  depot  for  effective 
service.  In  cases  of  emergency  the  whole 
or  aetached  parts  of  an  army  of  reserve  ar 
generally  employed  to  recover  a  lost  day 
or  to  secure  a  victory.  It  is  likewise 
sometimes  made  use  of  for  the  double  pur- 
pose of  secretly  inc  easing  th,  number  of 
act:v  iorces  and  rendering  the  aid  neces- 
sary according  10  the  exigency  of  the  mo- 
ment, a-. d  of  deceiving  the  enemy  with  re- 
spect to  it.-i  real  strength.  Such  was  the 
army  at  Dijon,  before  Bonaparte  entered 
Italy. 

frying  ARMY,  a  strong  body  of  horse 
and  foot,  commanded  for  the  most  part  by 
a  lieutenant-general,  which  is  always  in 
motion,  both  to  cover  its  own  gains  rs, 
and  to  keep  the  emy  in  continual  alarm. 

A  naval  or  sea  ARMY,  is  a  number  ot 
ships  of  war,  equipped  and  manned  with 
sailors,  mariners,  and  marines,  under  the 
command  of  a  superior  officer,  with  the 
requisite  inferior  officers  under  him. 

ARNAUTS,  Turkish  light  cavairy, 
whose  ci.iy  weapon  was  a  sabre  very 
much  curved.  Some  are  in  the  Russian 

A  -.QUEBUSE  a  Croc,  an  old  piece  ot 
fire-an^s,  resembling  a  musqu^i,  nut 
which  ii  supported  on  a  rest  by  a  hook  ot 
iron,  fastened  &  the  barrel.  It  is  longer 
than  a  musquet,  but  of  larger  calibre,  and 
was  ib-jn  rly  used  to  tire  tnrough  the  loop 
holi-.:...  t  antique  fortifications, 

,j  U  £ B U s I E  R,  a  F rcnch  term,  for- 
merly a:>  .1  cd  tv>  uu  tli^  suli'iier>  \vno 
fought  with  lire  arms,  whether  tavalry 
or  infantry, 


ARRAY,  order  of  battle.  See  BAT. 
TLE .ARRAY. 

ARRAYERS,  officers  who  anciently 
lad  the  charge  of  seeing  the  soldiers  duly 
appointed  in  their  armor. 

ARREARS,  in  the  army,  were  the 
difference  between  the  full  pay  and  sub- 
sistence of  each  officer,  which  as  direct- 
ed to  be  paid  once  a  year  by  the  agent.  Sec 
PAY. 

ARREST,  a  French  phrase,  similar 
n  its  import  to  the  Latin  woid  retinacu- 
'um.  It  consists  of  a  small  piece  ot  steel 
or  iron,  which  was  formerly  used  in  the 
construction  of  fire-arms,  to  .  revent  the 
piece  from  going  off.  Ce  pistolet  est  en  ar- 
ret  is  a  familiar  phrase  among  military  men 
in  Fra:  ce.  This  pistol  is  in  ar.est,  or  is 
stopped 

ARREST,  is  the  exercise  of  that  part 
of  military  jurisdiction,  by  which  an  offi- 
cer is  noticed  for  misconduct,  or  put  into  a 
situation  to  prepare  for  his  trial  by  a  gene- 
ral  court-martial. 

ARRESTE  of  the  glacis,  is  the  junc- 
tion of  the  talus  which  is  formed  at  all  the 
angles. 

ARRIERE,  Fr.  the  rear. 

ARRIERE  Ban,  Fr.     See  BAN. 

ARRiERE-gvWf,  Fr.  the  rear-guard. 

En  A  R  R  i  E  R  E — marc  be !  Fr.  to  the  rear 
-inarch  ! 

ARROW,  a  missive  weapon  of  offence, 
slender  and  pointed,  made  to  be  shot  witk 
a  bow. 

ARROW.     See  FORTIFICATION. 

ARSENAL,  is  a  large  and  spacious 
bui  cung,  or  number  of  buildings,  in  which 
are  deposited  all  kinda  of  arms,  and  other 
warlike  implements ;  such  as  cannon, 
mortars,  howitzers,  small  arms,  and  every 
oth  ,  kind  of  warlike  engines  and  instru- 
ments <.f  death. 

ART.  Military  art  may  be  divided  in- 
to two  principal  branches.  The  first 
branch  relates  to  the  o;der  and  arrangement 
which  must  be  observed  u.  the  manage- 
ment of  an  army,  TV  hen  it  is  to  fight,  to 
mai  i),  or  to  be  encamped.  This  branch 
is  caiL-d  tactics,  and  derives  its  appellation 
from  tactic,  which  signifies  order. 

The  same  appellation  belongs  to  the 
other  oranch  of  in  litary  art,  and  includes 
the  Composition  and  the  application  of 
warlike  machines. 

ARTICLES    OF  WAR,    are  known 
rules  ar.cl  regulations   for   the  better  go- 
-utoi  an  a  my.    The  articles  of  wav 
otthe  Unites  States  underwent  an  altera- 
tion in  i3c6,  a:  d  are  of  dace  loth  April  of 
that   year;   they  consist  of  103  artu  les  ; 
all  that  relates  so  the  army  nut  compre- 
hended therein,  are  published  in  general  or- 
'•  d_r.>  or  in  established  regulations,  issued 
;  fr  in  time  to  time  from  the  War  Depatt- 
!i  ment,   or  by  the  commanding  orhccr  of 
ji  the  army,  copier,  or,  winch  are  delivered 
I  to  the  officers  of  the  army.       In   Eng- 
j!  land    they  may   *e   ahead    and   enlarged 
!i  at  the  pleasure  of  their  king.  And  i»i  cei- 
r  t'j,in  Crises  extend  to  civilians — as  when 


16 


ART 


ART 


fey  proclamation  any  place  shall  be  put 
under  martial  law  ;  or  when  people  fol- 
low a  camp  or  army  for  the  sale  of  mer- 
chandize, or  serve  in  any  civil  capacity.  It 
is  ordained,  that  the  articles  of  war  shall 
be  read  in  the  circle  of  each  regiment  or 
company  mustered  once  every  month,  or 
oftener  if  the  commanding  officer  thinks 
proper.  A  recruit  or  soldier  is  not  liable 
to  be  tried  by  a  military  tribunal,  unless 
it  can  be  proved  that  the  articles  of  war 
jhave  been  duly  road  to  him. 

ARTIFICE,  among  the  French,  is  un- 
derstood as  comprehending  every  thing 
which  enters  the  composition  of  fire- 
works; as  the  sulphur,  salt-petre,  char- 
coal, &c.  See  FIRE  WORKS. 

ARTIFICER  or  ARTIFICIER,  he 
•who  makes  fire  works,  or  works  in  the 
artillery  laboratory,  who  prepares  the 
fuses,  bombs,  grenades,  &c.  It  is  also 
applied  to  the  military  smiths,  collar- 
rnakers,  &c.  and  to  a  particular  corps 
in  an  army . 

ARTILLERY,  in  a  general  sense, 
signifies  all  sorts  of  great  guns  or  can- 
non, mortars,  howitzers,  petards,  and  the 
like  ;  together  with  1 11  the  apparatus  and 
stores  thereto  belonging,  which  are  not 
only  taken  into  tne  field,  but  likewise  to 
sieges,  and  made  use  of  both  to  attack  and 
defend  fortified  places  See  ORDNANCE. 

ARTILLERY,  in  a  particular  sense,  sig- 
nifies the  science  of  aitillery  or  gunnery, 
which  art  includes  aknowlege  of  survey- 
ing, levelling,  geometry,  trigonometry,  co- 
nic sections,  laws  of  motion,  mechanics, 
ibrtiiJcatitm,  and  projectiles. 

The  Ttain  oj  AKTILLFRY  consists  of 
an  unlimited  number  of  pieces  of  ord- 
nance ;  such  as  24  pounders,  18  pounders, 
j2,  9,  6,  4,  and  3  pounders  ;  mortars  from 
13  to  8  inches  diameter ;  besides  royals  and 
cohorns;  howitzers  of  every  denomina- 
tion, mount. d  on  their  proper  carriages 
and  beds,  &c.  There  is  moreover  attach- 
ed to  tiie  train  a  sufficient  quantity  of 
horses,  spare  carriages,  spare  mortar-beds, 
block-carriages,  limbers,  waggons  for  am- 
munition and  stores,  shells,  round  and 
giape  shot,  bullets,  powder,  cartridges, 
port-fires,  intrenching-tools,  artificers 
tools,  miners  tools,  gins,  capstans,  forge*, 
small  stores,  laboratory-stores,  pontoons, 
pontoon-carriages,  with  their  requisites  ; 
tumbrds,  aprons  of  lead,  budge- barrels, 
chevaux  de  t'rize,  pallisades,  platforms, 
.chandeliers,  blinds,  prclonges,  dra^-ropes, 
flints,  harness,  powder-measures,  fuze- 
engines,  fuzes,  tents,  &c.  The  train  of 
artillery  is,  or  should  be,  divided  into  bri- 
gades, to  which  belong  net  only  the  offi- 
cers of  the  regiments  of  artillery,  but  eves 
the  civil-list,  such  as  comptrollers,  com- 
missaries of  stores,  clerks  of  stores,  artifi- 
cers of  all  denominations,  conductors, 
store-keepers,  waggon-masters,  drivers, 
The  increase  of  artillery  clearly  de- 
monstrates its  great  utility  ;  lor  in  the  year 
1500,  an  army  of  50,000  m-  n  had  only  40 
.<'QU  in  :hc  ivl-J  ;  ar.c!  ' 


year  1517,  the  same  number  of  troops 
brought  200  pieces  into  the  field,  includ- 
ing mortars  and  howitzers. 

At  the  battle  of  Jemappe,  which  was 
fought  between  the  French  and  Austrian^ 
on  the  6th  of  November,  1792,  the  latter 
hud  120  pieces  of  cannon  disposed  along 
the  heights  of  Framery,  whilst  their  eltec- 
tive  force  in  men  did  not  exceed  28,000. 
The  Fruich  on  this  occasion  brough;  near- 
ly the  same  quantity  of  ordnance,  some  in- 
deed of  extraordinary  calibre,  but  their 
strength  in  men  was  abuve  540.000,  and 
composed  of  young  men  who  had  never 
seeu  service,  nor  had  any  more  than  a  few 
days  discipline. 

A  Brigade  of  ARTILLERY  generally  con- 
sists of  8  or  10  pieces  of  cannon,  with  all 
the  machiner, ,  and  officers  to  conduct 
them,  and  all  the  necessary  apparatus 
thereto  belonging. 

The  Park  ^/"ARTILLERY  is  that  placet 
appointed  by  the  general  of  an  army,  toen- 
camp  the  train  of  artilleiy,  apparatus,  am- 
munition, as  well  as  the  battalions  of  the 
artillery,  appointed  for  its  service  and  de- 
fence. '  The  figure  of  the  park  of  artillery, 
is  that  of  a  parallelogram,  unless  the  situa- 
tion of  the  ground  renders  another  neces- 
sary. 

The  park  of  artillery  is  generally  placed 
in  the  centre  of  the  second  line  of  encamp- 
ment, and  sometimes  in  the  rear  line,  or 
corps  of  reserve.  In  both  places  the  muz- 
zles of  the  guns  are  in  a  line  with  the  fronts 
of  the  Serjeants  tents  of  the  regiments  of 
artillery  and  infantry.  Some  generals 
choose  to  place  the  parK  about  300  paces 
before  the  centre  of  the  front  line  of  the 
army.  But  let  the  situation  b-  where  it 
will,  the  manner  of  forming  the  park  is 
almost  every  where  the  same,  except  that 
some  artillery  officers  differ  in  the  disposi- 
tion of  the  carriages;  others  again  divide 
the  equipage  as  well  as  the  guns  into  bri- 
gades, placing  the  first  in  the  front  line, 
the  second  in  the  next,  and  so  on.  How- 
ever the  most  approved  method,  is  to  di- 
vide the  whole  into  brigades,  placing  the 
guns  of  the  first  to  the  right  of  the  front 
line,  and  their  ammunition  behind  them, 
in  one  or  more  lines.  The  different  bri- 
gades should  be  all  numbered,  as  well  as 
every  waggon  belonging  to  them.  Exam- 
ple, ist  brigade,  front  line,  No  I,  2,  Sec. 
ist  brigade,  2d  line,  No.  i,  2,  Sec  2d  bri- 
gade, front  line,  No.  i,  2,  &c.  and  so  of 
all  the  rest.  This  method  prevents  confu- 
sion in  the  forming  and  breaking  up  of  the 
park,  as  also  on  a  march  :  besides,  accord- 
ing to  the  numbers,  the  stores  therein  con- 
tained are  known. 

ARTILLERY — The  proportion  of  artil- 
lery and  ammunition  necessary  to  accom- 
pany an  army  in  the  field,  to  lay  siege  to 
a  fortified  place,  or  to  defend  one,  must 
depend  upon  so  many  circumstances,  that 
it  is  almost  impossible,  in  a  work  of  this 
kind,  to  lay  down  any  positive  rules  as 
guides  on  the  subject :  the  following  prin- 
ciples are  drawn  from  the  bcjt  authorities 


ART 


ART 


1st.   ARTILLERY  for  the  Field. 

FIELD  Artillery  is  divided  into  Batta- 
lion Guns,  Artillery  of  the  Parkland  Horse 

Proportion  of  Ammu-     ~  £ 
nition  and  Stores         *  ^ 

Is 

.U   "    •-:   « 

Artillery. 

I-      > 

•O   *3          "*^ 

_The  Battalion  Guns  include  all  the  light 

(Continued,)          ^^ 

'4^ 

ri  "*H      vr»  c> 

pieces  attached  to  regiments  of  the  line, 

£   ' 

%      !SS 

"which  they  accompany  in  all  manoeuvres, 

to  cover  and  support  them. 
The  following  kinds  of  field  ordnance 

~u  jj  f  4    lb.     120 
GTS       3i  —       °° 

00 

00 

oo     oo 

00      00 

are  attached  to  battalions  of  infantry,  by 

cS  ^       2i  —       °° 

1  20 

oo    oo 

different  powers  in  Europe: 

<g  °-         2      —          00 

3° 

00      00 

Trench    —two—  4  Prs.  per  battalion. 

v>A  ^      ij    —         OO 

oo 

188     oo 

English  —two—  6  do.     -     -    do. 
Danes     —  two  —  3  do.     -    -    do. 
Austrians  —  three—  £  do.    -     -    do. 
Prussians  —  two—  6  Prs.  to  a  battalion  in 

10   OZ.        00 

C]2  1    i    lb.      oo 
rj-3  ^  12  oz.     oo 

00 
00 

oo 
oo 

68    oo 
125     oo 
oo  144 
oo    28 

the  first  line. 

Cartridges  flan,  empty  12 

12 

100      12 

—  two  —  3  Prs.  to  a  battalion  in 

Ditto   of   paper   tor 

the  second  line 

bursting  looz.           oo 

oo 

OO    I2O> 

Hanoverians  two—  3  Prs.  per  battalion. 

Tubes  of  tin—  N.  P.    172 

178 

560  igo 

The  Artillery  of  the  Park  is  composed  of 
all  kinds  of  field  ordnance.     It  is  destin- 

Portfires--long small     18 
Fuses-  -drove    -     -      oo 

18 

00 

62   18 

oo  132 

ed  to  form  batteries  of  position  ;  that  is  to 

Powder,  mealed  Ibs.     oo 

00 

00           § 

say,    to  occupy  advantageous  situations, 

Travelling   carriages 

from  which  the  greatest  effect  may  be  pro- 
duced, in   supporting  the  general  move- 

and limbers     -    -        i 
Aprons  of  lead      -          i 

I 
I 

2         I 
2        I 

ments  of  an  army,  without  following  it, 
like  the  battalion  guns,  through  all  the  de- 
tail of  its  manoeuvres.     The  park  of  ar- 

Spunges with  staves 
and  heads      -               2 
Wad  hooks,  with  staves  i 

2 
I 

4      2 

2      00 

tillery  attached  to  an  army  in  the  field,  ge- 
nerally consists  of  twice  as  many  pieces  of 

Handspikes,  traversing   2 
Tompions  with  collars     i 

I 

4       a 

2        I 

different  kinds,  varied   according    to  the 

Trucks,  Hanoverian      oo 

I 

2        I 

country  in  which  it  is  to  act,  as  there  are 

Straps  tor  lashing  side 

battalions  in  the  army.     Gribauvale  pro- 

arms   -     -     -     -      oo 

3 

8    oo 

poses   the  following,  proportion    between 
the  different  kinds  of  artillery  for  the  park 

Tarpaulins,  gun    -        i 
limber       oo 

I 

2         I 

2        I 

or  reserve,  viz.  two-fifths  of  12  Prs.  two 

Lintstocks  with  cocks     i 

1 

2         X 

fifths  of  8  Prs.  and  one-fifth  of  4  Prs.  or 
reserve  for  battalion  guns.     In  a  difficult 

Diag  ropes  with  pins, 
pairs                -     -        2 

2 

4      2 

country  he  says,  it  may  be  i  of  12  Prs.  * 

Padlocks  with  keys        2 

•J 

5      4 

of  8  Prs.  and  i  of  4  Prs.  and  for  every  100 

Match,  slow  --Ibs.        28 

2o 

56    28 

pieces  of  cannon  he  allots  4  Howitzers; 

c  Spring     •*          i 

I 

2         X 

but  this  proportion  of  Howitzers  is  much 

bpiKes  jj  Common           2 

2 

4       2 

smaller  than  what  is  generally  given. 
AMMUNITION  for  Field  Artillery. 

Punches  for  vents           2 
Barrels  budge    -    .        i 

2 

I 

4       i 

I         X 

Couples  for  chain  traces  oo 

6 

12        6 

A  proportion  of  Ammunition  and  Stores  for 
each  Species    of  Field   Ordnance,   viz.,  i 

Spare  heads,  spun^e       i 

2        I 

2        I 

Medium  12  Pr*—  i  heavy  6  Pr.—  2  light 

Hammers,  claw     -         i 

2         I 

6  Prs  .  as  they  are  alivays  attached  to  Bat- 
talions  of  Infantry  -.and  one  5^  inch  HOVJ- 
itzer  ;  according  to  the  British  Service. 

Priming  irons,  sets          i 
Draught  chains,  prs.       2 
Powder  horns,  N.  P.    oo 

2         I 

3      2 

CO      OO 

Water  buckets  French    i 

2        I 

^ 

Intrench'g  tools, 

if  •    if          "'       ^ 

felling  axes,           i 

2        I 

Proportion  of  Ammuni-    ~\\  \^  1^  "^  ^ 

pick  axes,     -        i 

T              J     l_  *  11 

2        I 

tien  and  Stores  .          £*§    ^  *  ^  ^  "**  '\ 

hand  bills,     -        i 

2        I 

spades,    *     -       2 

4     a 

^J              O                        ^Q               N^ 

Marline,  tarred-skeins    i 

I     I 

Twine,      —        Ibs.    oo 

oo    oo 

Shot  fixed  to  wood  2 
bottoms—  case     $     Z4      3°             24 

Harnbro'  line  —    do.        I 
Packthread    —    do.     oo 

I      I 

CO      OO 

Shells    -    -       fixed    oo      oo      oo    24 

Grease    -    firkins           I 
-    boxes           3 

I       I 
3      3 

T**»]  1,^  ,,»                 11*  -. 

Carcasses    -    -  fixed    oo      oo      co      4 

i  allow    -    IDS.               i 
Lan  thorns,  dark     -         i 

2         X 

I       I 

*  The  iz  Prs.  which  have  a  fmall  box  on  their 
limbers,  carry  6  round  mot  and  z  cafe  mot,  with 
6  cartiidges  of  4  Ibs.  and  a  of  3  i-z  Ibs.  of  pew- 
der,  more  than  the  above  proportion, 

Jacks,  lifting     -    -        i 
handscrew             i 
Waggons  vv.th  hps.  ~) 
and  painted  covers,  >     3- 

oo 

I 

I      I 

oo    oo 

i       2 

Flanders  pattern    > 

18                  A 

RT 

ART 

„ 

„ 

i       12    Pr.    MEDIUM  —  Has     no     limber 

Proportion  of  Ammu- 
nition and  Stores 

11 

16 

11 

|| 

boxes,*  but  has  two  waggons  attached  to 
it,  and  the  ammunition  and  stores  divided 
between  them. 

(Continued.) 

^1 

Q!LC 

-^ 

t^J 

6  Pr.   HEAVY  —  Carries  36 

round,  and 

r*^ 

«o 

0 

^^! 

14  case  shot  in  limber  boxes. 

with  a  pro- 

portion  of  the  smal 

1   <t, 

"»rf»«i  • 

3  n 

H   »hr>    r«_ 

Wad  miltilts      -    - 

2 

I 

i 

2 

mainder  is  carried  in  one  waggon. 

Tanned  hides     -     - 

2 

I 

i 

2 

6  Pr.  LIGHT  —  Carries  34  round,  and  16 

Men's  harness  (12  to  a 

set)  sets    -     -    _ 

X 

I 

00 

OO 

case  shot  on  the  limber,  with  a  propor- 
tion ot  the  small  stores  lor  immediate  ser- 

' New  C  R°Pe>  6  Jo.  sets 

I 

00 

00 

00 

vice  ;  and,  it  acting  separately,  must  have 

* 

pat-   •<  Chain,  6  do.  sets 

OO 

I 

00 

00 

a  waggon  attached  t 

3  It, 

to  c 

irn 

t  the  re- 

| 

tern.  J 
Q.  Trace,  4  do.  sets 

2 

I 

I 

3 

mainder.     But  two  6  pounders  a'ttached  to 

| 

1  Com-  (  Thill     -    -    - 

00 

CO 

2 

00 

a  battalion,   have  only 

one 

waggon  be- 

« 

n'°"    <Trae     - 

00 

00 

4 

oo 

tween  them 

£ 

tern    (  Bit  halterg     - 

00 

oo 

6 

00 

5i  Howitzer,  LIGHT  —  Has  22  shells,  4 

a 

W;.nties     -     - 

2 

3 

2 

case  shot,  and  two  carcasses  in  the  limber. 

HeiriD  halters     . 

14 

10 

10 

12 

boxes,  with  S'ich  of  the  smali 

stores  as 

Whips,  long    -    - 

oo 
7 

oo 
5 

2 
2 

00 

6 

are  required  for  immediate  service  ;  and 
has  two  waggons  attached  to  carry  the  rest. 

Nose  bags    -    -    - 
Corn  sacks    -    -    - 

14 
3 

10 

2 

10 

3 

12 

3 

One  common  pattern  ammunition  wag- 
gon carries    the    following    numbers   of 

Forage  cords,  sets 

3 

2 

3 

3 

rounds  of  ammunition  of  each  kind  : 

Rof;e,  tarred,  2  inch 

Kinds. 

No. 

of  ROUA&. 

. 

CO 

iz    T'r.  \Jcdi  nr*1 

jaiiiuins              - 

£  f  Linch  pins 
*,  S,  N  Clouts,  bodv 

OO 

2 

4 

oo 
I 

IV 

I 

2 

2 

4 

6    Pr.  Heav 
6    Pr.  Ligh 

f    * 

• 

•    • 

156 

1 

%>)   .         .  linch 

4 

2 

2 

4 

5  i-z  Howitzer, 

a88 

£  C  Clout  nails,  6d. 

64 

31 

64 

8    Inch  Howitzers,     -    - 

-    -    24 

Spare  laoie  staves 
Horses,  for  guns 

i 
6 
8 

4 

I 
6 
4 
3 

I 
6 

4 

2 
X 

I 

4 
8 
2 

4 

The  waggons,  however,  attached  to  the  differ- 
ent parks  of  artillery  in  England,  which  have  not 
been  altered  from  the  old  establishment,  are  load- 
ed with  only  the  following  number,  and  dravrn  by 
three  horses: 

Drivers,  for  guns 
for  waggons 

Tube    boxes,    with 

o 

Kinds. 

No.  of  Rounds., 

t^a 

straps        -        - 
Portfire  sticks 

2 

a 

4 

2 

iz  Prs.  Medium, 

uu 
I  tO 

Cutting  knives     - 

I 

i 

2 

X 

6  Prs.  Light,      - 
5  i-z  Howitzer* 

l?8 

nr» 

Drawing  do.         -         oo 
.'••cissars,  pairs      •          I 
Worsted,  ounces         •»      $ 
Needles,  large      -          2 

00 
I 

2 

oo 

2 

I 
4 

1 
I 

2 

The  horse  artillery  having  waggons  of  a 
particular  description,  carry  their  ammu- 
nition as  follows  : 

Cartouches  of  leather 

2 

2 

4 

2 

Shot. 

\  A.  O7 

I 

1 

2 

oo 

/•^^/ 

^^\ 

t 

• 

P£  ,_•  |  2'  _  .               co 

X 

oc 

00 

3 

"Z  "w 

3 

is!  <  i  — 

I 

I 

2 

00 

KINGS. 

•« 

45 

rt 

—  «  - 

i 

^Ikl4  lb<  to*  I 

00 

CO 

00 

J 

3 
O 

rt 

"3 

u 

o.£  5> 

&         ^    oz.  sets  ) 

en 

C^ 

_    h  £0, 

Thumb  stalls      -           2 
Perpendicular      -        co 

2 

00 

4 

00 

1 

12  Prs.  h^ht.on 
the  limber. 

12 

4 

4 

oO 

} 

Quadrant  of  brass         oo 

00 

00 

I 

Do.  in  one 

£     9- 

Diagonal  scale      -        oo 
Copper  salting  box        oo 
Pincers   for  drawing 

00 

oo 

00 
CO 

I 
I 

waggon. 
6  Prs.  light,  6n 
the  limber. 

52 
32 

10 

8 

10 

oo 

00 

oo 

fuzes,  pairs       -         oo 

CO 

00 

I 

Do.  in  one 

r    'S0 

Sheepskins         -           oo 

00 

00 

2 

•waggon 

97 

13 

oo 

00 

j 

Funnels  of  copper        oo 
Compasses    of  steel, 

00 

00 

I 

"oo    ll* 

5£  In.  How'ron 
the  limber. 

— 

5 

13 

00 

? 

Pairs                           oo 

oo 

CO 

I 

Do.  in  one 

v      ^ 

Sa\ 

v.  tenant 

oo 

oo 

oo 

] 

— 

10 

41 

4 

\ 

Piles,  square        -        oo 

oo 

oo 

3 

waggon. 

Rasps,   half  round       oo 

00 

00 

2 

-  s>-  ,eavy' 

6 

6 

oo 

00 

) 

Flax,  oz.        -      -       oo 

00 

00 

8 

Do.  ammu- 

1  «36 

Tow,  oz.       -       -         oa 

00 

00 

4 

nition  cart. 

IOO 

24 

oo 

00 

j 

v  set 

DO 

00 

00 

1 

Mallets  of  wood            oe 

00 

oo 

I 

*  A  small  limber  box  ha»  lately  been  added  to  the  me. 
dium  ii  Prs.  which  carries  6  round  shot  and  6  ca»e  shot. 

Setters      do,       -        oo 

oo 

oo 

2 

with  a  small  proportion  of  the  small  stores 

.    See  note 

This    proportion  of    ammunition    and 
Stores  is  carried  in  the  following  manner : 


t  Though  the  waggonl  will  contain 2O,OOO  cartridfrs, 
c  it  cu»tcm«ry  to  load  Ucm  with  only  tft  half  birr5r»  of 
1 000  each,  and  2  half  fcgrreJaof  flint;. 


ART 


A  RT 


19 


The  following  Proportion  of  Artillery,  Am- 
munition ,  and  Carriages y  necessary  for  four 
.French  Armies  of  different  Degrees  of 
Strength,  and  acting  in  very  different 
Countries,  is  attributed  to  Grlbau-vale^  and 
jft  extracted  from  Durtubie,  on  Artillery. 


ARMIES. 


Number  of  battalions    80      28      32     48 

Batralion  guns    .     .  160      56      64     94 

)i2  Prs.  32 

Park  or  (8Pr&.  72 

Reserve.  C  4  Prs.  40 

)6In  How.      8 


12 


12     16 

24      32     48 
16      16     24 

448 


..  quantity  of  ammunition  with  each  piece 
of  ordnance,  and  the  number  of  rounds  of 
musquet  ammunition  carried  for  the  in- 
fantry; for  each  waggon  in  the  French 
service,  having  its  particular  allotment  of 
ammunition  and  stores,  it  needs  but  to 
know  the  number  of  waggons  of  each  de- 
scription, to  ascertain  the  quantity  of  am- 
munition and  stores  with  an  army.  The 
following  is  the  number  of  waggons  usu- 
ally attached  to  each  piece  of  fi  Id  ord- 
nance in  the  French  service,  and  the  quan- 
tity of  ammunition  carried  with  each. 


2  ~ 


Total  pieces  of  ord.  312    112    128   192 


Carriage  \  12  Prs.          36      14      14     18 
for  ord.  Y8  Prs.  81       27      30     54 

including  f  4  Prs  215      78      90  129 

sp.  ones    )6In.Howtz    9559 


Total  ord.  carriages  341     124    145  210 


Ammu.)'2pPrs- 
nition      >-°*rs' 


96  36  36  48 

144  48  64  9° 

200  72  80  120 

24  12  8  24 

Wags  for  musq.  cart.  129  42  48  72 

Large  wags,  for  park    10  6  5  8 

Total  am.  waggons  594  216  241  368 


Smiths  $  Large 
forgas.  £  Small 


M        3 

—        3 


Total  forges 


6    12 


27 

20 


12    16 

12      16 


New  iron         .  6  3 

Wo  dforsprcar  9  3 
Anchors,  &c.  for 

pontoons    .  4  2 


Total  store  carriages     66      28      32    49 

Pontoons  upon  their 
carriages  .  .  36  18  18  36 

Spare  pontoon  carri- 
ages ....  4  2  ^4 


Total  pontoon  carri'gs  40  20  20    40 

RECAPITULATION. 

Ordnance  -  pieces  312  112  128  192 

.  f  Ordnance  car  ri'gs  341  124  145  210 

Ammunition        594  216  241368 

66  28  32     49 

40  20  20    40 

14  6  6    12 


mmunton 

5<  Store      ... 
S     Pontoon      .     . 
L  Forges     ... 


Genl.  total  of  carries  1055  354    444  679 

This  table  contains,  beside  the  propor- 
tion of  ordnance  with  each  armr,  also  the 


/-.  o    o    o    o    o 

Case.      o    S    o     01   o 


d.    <^  » 


8,-i 


i-c     '£• 


Hi 


I  *li*? 


The  French  horse  artillery  waggon, 
called  the  TO««/,  carries  57  rounds  tor  8 
pounders ;  or  30  for  6  inch  howitzers. 

The  following  is  a  proportion  of  am- 
munition for  one  piece  of  field  artillery 
of  each  kind,  by  different  powers  m 
Europe. 


—    r- 

*  t)  OU-> 

!  1  1  j? 

N 

n 
*n 

KINDS. 

S^%t 

Case. 

Austrians. 

^^ 

Round. 

to  fJ  Oo    U 
O  O  O   O 

Case. 

Prussians. 

S'S's^ 

Round. 

^^a'ai;  case. 

0 
v 

% 

co 

•^J  to  O<-J 
OCX)  0-4 

Round. 

cj  en  ^>vi 
o  o  ooo 

Case. 

Hanove-  f 
nan, 

b>  Ul  X*  VI 

0  »4^  0 

Roun  i. 

20 


ART 


ART 


Of  the  movements  and  positions  of 
field  artillery. 

Battalion  Guns  ;  the  following  are  the 
usual  positions  taken  by  battalion  guns, 
in  the  most  essential  manoeuvres  of  the 
battalion  to  wkich  they  are  attached  ;  but 
the  established  regulations  for  the  move- 
ments of  the  infantry  in  the  British  ser- 
vice, take  so  little  notice  of  the  relative 
situations  for  the  artillery  attached  to  it, 
that  they  alt;  rd  no  authority  for  a  guide  on 
the  subje;  t.  In  review,  both  guns  are  to 
be  placed,  when  in  line,  on  the  right  of 
th  regime-lit;  unlimbered  and  prepared 
for  action.  The  guns  10  yards  apart,  and 
the  left  gun  10  yards  from  the  right  of  the 
battalion.  Nos.  7  and  8  dress  in  line 
with  the  front  rank  of  the  regiment.  The 
officr-r,  at  open  order,  will  be  in  front  of 
th.  interval  between  his  guns,  and  in  line 
with  the  officers  of  the  regiment.  When 
the  r.-giment  breaks  into  column,  the 
guns  sviil  be  limbered  up  and  wheeled  by 
pars  to  the  iett  :  the  men  form  the  line 
of  march,  and  the  officer  marches  round 
in  front  or  the  guns.  In  the  review  of  a 
single  battalion,  it  is  usual  after  marching 
round  the  second  time,  for  one  of  the 
guns  to  go  to  the  rear,  and  fall  in  at  the 
rear  or  the  column.  Upon  the  regiment 
wheeling  on  the  left  into  line,  the  guns,  if 
separated,  will  be  unlimbered  to  the  m.ht, 
but  if  they  are  both  upon  the  right,  they 
must  be  wheeled  to  the  right,  and  then 
unlimbered  ;  and  afterwards  run  up  by 
haivd,  as  thereby  they  do  not  interfere  with 
the  just  formation  of  the  line,  by  obstruct- 
ing the  view  of  rh  pivots. 

The  usual  method  by  which  the  guns 
take  part  in  the  firings  w  hik1  in  line,  i&  by 
tw  ,  dis.  harges  from  each  piece,  previous 
to  :he  firing  of  the  regiment;  but  this  is 
usually  regulated  by  the  commanding  of- 
ficer, before  the  review.  Though  the  guns 
when  iu  lint,  with  a  >eg;ment  in  review, 
always  remain  n  the  intervals  ;  in  other 
situations  of  more  consequence,  every 
fa-.orablr  spot  which  :.  resents  itself,  from 
whu  'i  the  e:;emy  can  be  more  effectually 
annoyed,  should  be  takei.  advantage  of. 
In  column,  if  advancing,  the  guns  must 
be  in  i'ro.u  ;  if  retreating,  in  t  e  rear  of 
the  column  If  in  open  column  or  more 
tha;  one  battalion,  the  guns  in  the  cei.tre 
must  bt  between  the  divisions,  and  when 
tilt-  column  is  closed,  these  guns  must 
move  to  the  outward  flank  of  that  divi 
sion  of  the  column,  which  leads  the  regi- 
rn  •  nt  to  which  they  are  attached.  In 
••lit,  or  in  forming  the  line  from 
co;u-i;n,  should  the  gufiS  be  on  that 
flauk  of  the.  battalion  on  which  the  new 
!'ii'  s  to  tv  ibrme«i,  they  will  commence 
riri;:g  to  vover  tlie  formation 

In  reririi'.g  by  alternate  wings  or  divi- 


.-.s,  th:;  .  uni>  m;:st  oe  always  with  that 
nearest  the  enemy.      That  is,  they 


1  o  :-  iiiv  vv.,n  the  first  half,  but  will 
.  in  cn.-ir  JJUM  ion  till  fhe  secon:!  half 
retires  ;  and  wil.  then  only  retire  to  the 
flanks  of  the  first  half  j  and  when  it  retires 


again,  the  guns  will  retire  likewise,  but 
only  as  far  as  the  second  half,  and  so 
on. 

When  in  hollow  square,  the  guns  will 
be  placed  at  the  weakest  angles,  and  the 
limbers  in  the  centre  of  the  square.  In 
passing  a  bridge  or  defile  in  front,  the 
guns  will  be  the  first  to  pass;  unless  from 
any  particular  position  they  can  more 
effectually  enfilade  the  defile  ;  and  thereby 
better  open  the  passage  for  the  infantry. 
But  in  retiring  through  a  defile,  the  guns 
wiil  remain  to  the  last,  to  cover  the  re- 
treat. 

General  rule — with  very  few  variations, 
the  guns  should  attend  in  all  the  move- 
ments of  the  battalion,  that  division  of  it, 
to  which  they  are  particularly  attached  ; 
and  every  attention  should  be  paid  in  thus 
adapting  the  movements  of  the  guns  to 
those  of  the  r  giment,  that  they  be  not 
entangled  with  the  divisions  of  the  line, 
and  never  so  placed  as  to  obstruct  the 
view  of  the  pirots,  and  thereby  the  just 
formation  of  the  line  ;  but  should  always 
seek  those  positions,  from  which  the  ene- 
my can  be  most  annoyed,  and  the  troops 
to' which  they  are  attached,  protected. 

If  at  any  time  the  battalion  guns  of 
several  regiments  should  be  united  and 
formed  into  brigades,  their  movements 
will  then  be  the  same  as  those  for  the 
artillery  of  the  park. 

ARTILLERY  of  the  Park-.The  artillery 
of  the  park  is  generally  divided  into  bri- 
gades of  4,  6  or  8  pieces,  and  a  reserve,  ac- 
cording to  the  force  and  extent  of  the 
front  cf  an  army.  The  reserve  must  be 
composed  of  about  one-sixth  of  the  park, 
and  must  be  placed  behind  the  first  line. 
If  the  front  of  the  army  be  extensive, 
the  reserve  must  be  divided. 

The  following  are  the  principal  rules 
for  the  movements  and  positions  of  the 
brigades  of  artillery:  they  are  mostly 
translated  from  the  Aide  Momoire,  a  new 
French  military  work. 

In  a  defensive  position,  the  guns  of  the 
largest  caliber  must  be  posted  in  those 
points,  from  whence  the  enemy  can  be 
discovered  at  the  greatest  distance,  and 
from  which  may  be  seen  the  whole  ex- 
tent v>f  his  front. 

In  an  offensive  position,  the  weakest 
points  of  the  line  must  be  strengthened 
by  the  largest  calibers  ;  and  the  most 
distant  from  the  enemy :  those  heights  on 
which  the  army  in  advancing  may  rest 
its  flanks,  must  be  secured  by  them,  and 
from  which  the  enemy  may  be  fired  upon 
obliquely. 

The  guns  should  be  placed  as  much  as 
possible  under  cover ;  this  is  easily  done 
upon  heights,  by  keeping  them  so  far 
back  that  the  muzzles  are  only  to  be  seen 
over  them  :  by  proper  attention  many  si- 
tuations may  be  found  of  which  advan- 
tai;,  may  be  taken  for  this  purpose,  such 
as  banks,  ditches,  &c.  every  where  to  be 
met  with. 

A  battery  in  the  field  should  never  be 


ART 


ART 


21 


discovered  by  the  enemy  till  the  very  mo- 
ment it  is  to  open.  The  guns  may  be 
masked  by  being  a  little  retired  ;  or  by 
being  covered  by  troops,  particularly  ca- 
valry. 

To  enable  the  commanding  officer  ot 
artillery  to  choose  the  proper  positions  for 
his  field  batteries,  he  shouU  >f  course  be 
made  acquainted,  with  the  effect  intend- 
ed to  be  produced  ;  with  the  troops  that 
are  to  be  supported  ;  and  with  the  points 
that  are  to  be  attacked;  thar  he  may  place 
his  artillery  so  as  to  support,  but  not  in- 
commode the  infantry;  nor  take  up  such 
situations  with  his  guns,  as  would  be 
more  advantageously  occupied  by  the 
line.  That  he  may  not  place  his  batteries 
too  soon,  nor  teo  much  exposed  ;  that  he 
may  cover  his  front  and  his  flanks,  *sy 
taking  advantage  of  the  ground  ;  and  that 
he  may  not  venture  too  far  out  of  the  pro- 
tection of  the  troops,  unless  some  very 
decided  effect  is  to  be  obtained  thereby. 

The  guns  must  be  so  placed  as  to  pro- 
duce  a  cross  fire  upon  the  position  of  the 
enemy,  and  upon  all  the  ground  which  he 
must  pass  over  in  an  attack. 

They  must  be  separated  into  many 
small  batteries,  to  divide  the  fire  of  the 
enemy  ;  while  the  firs  from  all  these  bat- 
teries, may  at  any  time  be  united  to  pro- 
duce a  decided  erfect  agamst  any  particular 
points. 

These  points  are  the  debouches  of  the 
enemy,  the  heads  of  their  columns,  and 
the  weakest  points  in  the  front.  In  an 
attack  of  the  enemy's  position,  the  cross 
fire  of  the  guns  must  become  direct,  before 
it  can  impede  the  advance  of  the  troops  ; 
and  must  annoy  the  enemy's  positions 
nearest  to  the  point  attacked,  when  it  is 
no  longer  safe  to  continue  the  fire  upon 
that  point  itself. 

The  shot  from  artillery  should  always 
take  an  enemy  in  the  direction  of  its 
greatest  dimension ;  it  should  therefore 
take  a  line  obliquely  or  in  flank  ;  but  a 
column  in  front. 

The  artillery  should  never  be  placed  in 
such  a  situation,  that  it  can  be  taken  by 
an  enemy's  battery  obliquely,  or  in  tiank, 
or  in  the  rear ;  unless  a  position  under 
these  circumstances,  offers  every  prospect 
of  producing  a  most  decided  effect,  feefore 
the  guns  can  be  destroyed  or  placed  bars 
de  combat. 

The  most  elevated  positions  are  not  the 
best  for  artillery,,  the  greatest  elFects  may 
be  proauctd  from  a  height  of  30  or  40 
yards  at  the  distance  of  about  ooo,  and 
about  16  yards  of  height  to  200  of 
distance. 

Positions  in  the  rear  of  the  line  are  bad 
for  artillery,  because  they  alarm  the 
troops,  and  offer  a  double  object  to  the 
lire  of  the  enemy. 

Positions  which  are  not  likely  to  be 
shifted  ;  but  from  whence  an  effect  may 
be  produced  during  the  whole  of  an  ac- 
tion, are  to  be  preferred ;  and  in  snch  po- 
•siUon.3  a  low  breast  work  of  2  or  3  feet 


nigh  may  be  thrown  up,  to  cover  the 
carriages. 

Artillery  should  never  fire  against  artil- 
lery, unless  the  enemy's  troops  are  cover- 
ed, and  his  artillery  exposed  ;  or  unless 
your  troops  suffer  more  from  the  fire  of 
his  guns,  than  his  troops  do  from  yours. 

Never  abandon  your  guns  till  the  last 
extremity.  The  last  discharges  are  the 
most  destructive;  they  may  perhaps  be 
your  salvation,  and  crown  you  with 
Victory. 

The  parks  of  artillery  in  Great  Britain 
are  composed  of  the  following  ordnance; 
4  medium  12  pounders;  4desa.uliers  6 
pounders  ;  and  4  light  5^  inch  howitzers. 

The  following  is  the  proposed  line  of 
march  for  the  three  brigades  when  ading 
with  different  columns  of  troops,  asset- 
tied,  in  1798. 


1  2  Pounders. 

6  Pounders. 

Howitzers. 

4  Guns. 

4  Guns. 

4  Hewitzt-rs. 

3   Ammuni- 

4 Ammuni- 

8   Ammuni- 

tion Wag- 

tion Wag- 

tion  Wag- 

gons. 

gons. 

gons. 

i  Forge  Cart. 

i  Forge  Cart. 

i  Forge  Cart. 

i  Store  Wag- 

i Store  Wag- 

|i Store  Wag- 

gon, with 

gon. 

gon. 

a       small 

proportion 

of     stores 

and    spare 

articles. 

i  Spa  re  Wag- 

i Spare  Wag- 

i Spare  Wag. 

gon. 

gon. 

gon. 

i  Waggon    to 
carry  bread 

i  Waggon  for 
bread    and 

i  Waggon 
with  bread 

and  oats. 

oats. 

and  oats. 

2  Waggons 

2  Waggons 

2  Waggons 

with  mus- 

with  mus- 

with  mus- 

quet     ball 
cartridges. 

quet    ball 
cartridges. 

quet     ball 
cartridges. 

18  Total. 

14  Total. 

18  Total. 

2d.  ARTILLERY  and  Ammunition  for 
a  siege. 

Necessary  considerations  in  forming  an 
estimate  for  this  service. 

The  force,  situation,  and  condition  of  the 
place  to  be  besieged  ;  whether  it  be  suscep- 
tible of  more  than  one  attack ;  whether  lines 
of  circumvallationor  countervallation  will 
be  necessary ;  whether  it  be  situated  •  pon 
a  hekht,  upon  a   rocky   soil,  upon  good 
ground,  or  in  a  marsh  ;  whether  divided 
by  a  river,  or  in  the  neighborhood  of  one ; 
whether  the  river  will  admit  of  forming 
inundations  ;  its  size  and  depth  ;  whether 
the  place  be  near  a  wood,  and  whether 
that  wood  can  supply  stuff  tor  fascines, 
j|  gabions,  &c.  whether  it  be  situated  near 
'I  any  other  place  where  a  depot  can  be 
il  formed  to  supply    stores    for  the  siege. 
!  Dach  of  these  circumstances  will  make  a 
i  very  considerable  diifer.'nce  in  proportion- 
Ij  ing  the  stores,  Sec.  for  a  siege.     More  ar- 
H  tillery  will  be  required  for  a  place  suscep- 


22 


ART 


ART 


tible  of  two  attacks,  than  for  the  place 
which  only  admits  of  one.  For  th-s  last 
there  must  be  fewer  pieces  of  ordnance, 
but  more  ammunition  for  each  piece.  In 
ease  of  lines  being  necessary,  a  great  quan- 
tity of  intrenching  tools  will  be  required, 
and  a  numerous  field  train  of  artillery.  In 
oase  of  being  master  of  any  garrison  in  the 
neighborhood  of  the  besieged  town,  from 
whence  supplies  can  readily  be  drawn, 
this  must  be  regarded  as  a  second  park  : 
and  too  great  a  quantity  of  stores  need  not 
be  brought  at  onc«  before  the  be  ieged 
place.  The  number  of  batteries  to  be 
opened  before  the  place  must  determine 
the  number  of  pieces  of  ordnance ;  ard  on 
the  quantity  or  ordnance  must  depend  the 
proportion  of  t  very  species  of  stores  for 
the  service  of  the  artillery. 

There  must  be  a  battery  to  enfilade  every 
face  of  the  work  to  be  besieged,  that  can 
in  any  way  annoy  the  besieger*  in  their 
approaches.  These  batteries,  at  least 
that  part  of  them  to  be  allotted  for  guns, 
need  not  be  much  longer  than  the  breadth 
of  the  rampart  to  be  enfiladed,  and  will 
not  therefore  hold  more  than  5  or  6  heavy 
guns;  which,  with  two  more  to  enfilade 
the  opposite  branch  of  the  covert  way, 
will  give  the  number  of  *uns  for  each 
ricochet  battery.  As  the  breaching  bat- 
teries, from  their  situation,  effectually 
mask  the  fire  of  the  first  or  ricochet  bat- 
teries, the  same  artillery  generally  serves 
for  both.  Having  thus  ascertained  the 
number  of  heavy  guns,  the  rest  of  the 
ordnance  will  bear  the  following  propor- 
tion to  them : 

Mortars.  From  8  inch  to  13  inch, 
about  \. 

Small  Mortars.     About  £. 

Heavy  K&witxtrs.      About  $. 

The  fewer  kinds  of  ordnance  which 
compose  the  demand  the  better,  as  a  great 
deal  of  the  contusion  may  be  prevented, 
v/hich  arises  from  various  kinds  of  am- 
munition and  stores  being  brought  to- 
gether. 

The  carriages  for  ihe  ordnance  are  gene- 
rally as  follows : 

For  24  Prs.  5-6  the  number  of  guns. 

For  Mortars,  8-9  the  number  of  mor- 
tars. 

For  Howitzers,  f  the  numb.-r  of  how- 
itzers. 

For  Stone  Mortars,  6-7  the  number  of 
mortars. 

Ammunition  for  the  ordnance. 

24  Prs.     At  1000  rounds  per  gun. 

Mortars,  howitzers,  and  stone  mortars, 
at  800  rounds  per  piece  of  ordnance. 

The  following  proportion  of  artillery 
and  ammunition  was  demanded  by  a  very 
able  officer,  for  the  in  tended  siege  of  Lisle, 
in  1794,  which  place  was  thought  sus- 
ceptible of  two  attacks. 

64 — 24  Prs,  with  carriages  complete,  at 
50  round  shot  per  gun,  per  day,  for  the 
whole  siege  ;  half  of  them  en  ricochet ',  with 
albs,  of  powder;  the  other  half  with  the 


Case  and  Grape  slv;t,  at  one  round  ptf; 
;un,  per  day,  of  each:  61bs  per  charge. 

Saef/s  for  guns,  two  rounds  do. 

Flannel  cartridges,  for  the  case,  grape, 
and  shells. 

Tin  tubes  for  the  case  and  grape. 

Quit/  tubes  for  the  round  shot. 

Spare,  one  tenth. 

as — 10  Inch  mortars,  on  iron  beds,  at 
$o  shells  each  per  day,  for  the  whole' 
siege.  3lbs.  ef  powder  charge  j  albs.  10 
oz.  for  bursting. 

Pound  shot ;  100  to  a  charge  ;  50  rounds 
per  mortar  each  day  for  10  mortars  7  days ; 
2lbs.  of  powder  each. 

Hind  granades ;  25  to  a  charge ;  the 
same  as  the  pound  shot. 

Carcasses,  round;  I  per  mortar,  p« 
day. 

8—8  Inch  howitzers,  on  travelling  car- 
nages. 

30  Shells  for  each  per  day,  during  the 
siege. 

Case  th.t ;  5  rounds  per  day  each. 

Carcasses;  i  per  day  each. 

Powder;  ilb.  per  charge;  ilb.  1402. 
for  bursting. 

20 — 5^  Inch  mortars,  on  wooden  beds. 

50  Shells  for  each,  per  day,  for  the 
whole  siege;  charge  8  oz  ;  i^oz.  for 
bursting. 

Flannel  cArtrldget,  for  f  the  number  of 
rounds. 

Tin  tubes  in  the  same  proportion. 

Portfires  i  one  half  the  number  of  rounds  • 
with  lubes. 

Fuxts,  one  tenth  to  spare. 

Match,  50  cvvt. 

Spare  carriages  for  24  Prs.  seven. 

2,  Devil  carriages. 

6  Sling  carts. 

6  Block  carriages. 

3  Forge  carts. 

3  Store  waggons,  with  iron  and  coals, 

3  Triangle  gins,  complete. 
6  Laboratory  tents. 

2  Small  petards. 

4  Grates  for  heating  shot. 

Of  the  arrangement  of  Artillery  at  a 

The  first  arrangement  of  the  artillery  at. 
a  siege  is  te  the  different  batteries  raised 
near  the  first  parallel,  to  enfilade  the  faces 
of  the  work  on  the  front  attacked,  which 
fire  on  the  approaches.  If  these  first  bat. 
teries  be  favorably  situated,  the  artillery 
may  be  continued  in  them  nearly  th« 
whole  of  the  siege ;  and  will  save  the 
erection  of  any  other  gun  batteries,  till  the 
besiegers  arrive  on  the  crest  of  the  glacis. 
It  however  frequently  happens,  from  lo- 
cal circumstances,  that  the  besiegers  can- 
not avail  themselves  of  the  most  advan- 
tageous situations  for  fhe  first  batteries. 
There  are  four  situations  from  which  the 
defences  of  any  face  may  be  destroyed  ; 
but  not  from  all  with  equal  facility.  The 
best  position  for  the  first  batteries,  is  per. 
pendicuiar  to  the  prolongation  01  the  face 
of  the  work  to  be  enfiladed.  If  this  po- 
sition  cannot  be  attained,  the  next  that 


ART 


ART 


23 


presents  itself  is,  on  that  side  of  the  pro- 
longation which  takes  the  face  in  reverse  ; 
and  under  as  small  an  angle  as  possible. 
From  borh  these  positions  the  guns  must 
Src.  en  ricochet.  But  if  the  ^ruund,  or 
other  circumstance,  will  not  admit  of 
either  of  these  being  occupied  by  ricochet 
batteries,  the  battery  to  destroy  the  fire  of 
a  face  must  be  without  tho  prolongation, 
so  as  to  fire  obliquely  upon  the  outride  of 
the  face.  The  last  position,  in  point  of 
advantage,  is  directly  parallel  to  the  face. 
From  these  twe  last  positions  the  guns 
must  fire  with  the  full  charges. 

The  second,  or  breaching  batteries  at  a 
siege,  are  geneially  placed  on  the  crest  of 
the  glacis,  within  15  or  18  feet  of  the  co- 
vert  way ;    which   space    serves  as    the 
epaulment :  but  if  the  foot  of  the  revetc- 
ment  cannot  be  seen  from  this  situation, 
they  must  be  placed  in  the  covert  way, 
Tvithin  15  feet  of  the  counterscarp  of  the 
ditch.     These  batteries  must  be  sunk  as 
low  as  the  soles  of  the  embrasures,  and 
are  in  fact  but  an  enlargement  of  the  sap, 
run  for  the  lodgment  on  the  glaci*  or  in 
the  covert  way.     In  constructing  a  bat- 
tery on  the  crest  of  the  glacis,  attention  i 
must  be  paid  that  none  of  the  embrasures  1 
open   upon  the   traverses  »f  the   covert  i 
\vay.     These  batteries  should  consist  of  |! 
at  least  four  guns  ;  and  if  the  i<readth  be-  J 
tween  the  traverses  will  not  admit  of  this  ;i 
number,  at  the  usual  distances,  the  guns 
must  be  closed  to  15  or  12  feet  from  each 
other. 

The  mortars  are  generally  at  first  ar- 
ranged in  battery,  adjoining  the  first  gun 
batteries,  or  upon  the  prolongation  of  the 
capitals  of  the  works ;  in  which  place  they 
are  certainly  least  exposed.  Upon  the  esta- 
blishment of  the  half  parallels,  batteries 
of  howitzers  may  be  formed  in  their  ex- 
tremities, to  enfilade  the  branches  of  the 
covert  way  ;  and  wpon  the  formation  of 
the  third  parallel,  batteries  of  howitzers 
and  stone  mortars  may  be  formed  to  enfi- 
lade the  Hanks  of  ths  bastions,  and  annoy 
the  besieged  i  the  covut  way.  In  the 
lodgement  on  the  glacis,  stone  and  other 
mortars  may  also  be  placed,  to  drive  the 
besieged  from  their  defences.  A  great 
object  in  the  establishmen:  of  all  these 
batteries,  is  to  make  such  an  arrangement 
of  them,  that  they  mask  the  fire  of  each 
other  as  little  as  possible ;  and  particular- 
ly of  the  first,  or  ricochet  batteries.  This 
may  very  well  be  prevented  till  the  esta- 
blishment on  the  crest  of  the  glacis,  when 
it  becomes  in  some  degree  unavoidable: 
however,  even  the  operations  on  the  glacis 
may  be  so  arranged,  that  the  ricochet  bat- 
teries be  not  masked  till  the  breaching 
batteries  be  in  a  great  state  of  forwardness  : 
a  very  secure  method,  and  which  prevents 
the  soldiers  in  trenches  being  alarmed  by 
the  shot  passing  over  their  heads,  is  to 
raise  a  parados,  or  parapet,  in  the  rear  of 
the  trenches,  at  such  parts  where  the  fire 
from  the  besieger's  batteries  crosses  them. 
•Fw  farther  deuils  an  this  subject,  and 


for  the  manner  of  constrrcting  batteries, 
see  the  word  Battery  ;  also  the  words  Rico- 
chet, Breach,  Magazine,  Platform,  &c. 

3d.  ARTILLERY  and  Ammunition  for 
tie  defence  of  a  Fortified  Place. 


- 


^3 


Ji 


£ 


o  o  o     rt 

80  o 

M  CV 
01 


O      O       C* 

2  £ 


O    CO  CO  f^O  r«  O   O      O 

3s  M  o  o    o 


8v~  2 


•  «r  2  „  «  i 


:-?.dcS" 


'c.o      ,0  y  u 


- 


The  guns  will  be  of  the  following  cali- 
bres :  one-third  f  18  prs.  ;  one-third  of 
ii  prs. ;  and  one- third  of  24,  9,  and  4 
pounders  in  equal  proportions.  Jf  the 
place  does  not  possess  any  very  extraor- 
dinary means  of  defence,  it  will  be  very 
respectably  supplied  with  800  rounds  of 
ammunition  per  gun  for  the  two  larger 
calibers,  and  900  for  each  of  the  others. 

Gun  Carriages ;  one-third  more  than  the 
number  of  guns. 

Mortars  ;  about  one- fourth  the  number 
of  vuns  m  the  three  first  classes  ;  and  one- 
fifth  or  one-sixth  in  the  other  classes.  Of 
these  two-fifths  will  he  13  or  10  inch 
mortars,  and  the  rest  of  a  smaller  nature. 

Howitzer* ;  one-fourth  the  number  of 
mortars. 

Stone  Mtrtars  ;  one-tenth  the  number  of 
guns. 

She/It ;  400  for  each  of  the  io  and  13 
inch  mortars,  and  600  for  each  of  the 
smaller  ones^, 


24 


ART 


ART 


Beds  for  mortars  ;  one-third  to  spare. 

Carriages  for  howitzers ;  one-third  to 
spare. 

Hand  Grenades  ;  4  or  5000  for  the  two 
first  classes  ;  2000  in  the  three  following 
classes ;  and  from  1500  to  600  in  the  thiee 
last  classes. 

Rampart  Grenades;  2000  for  the  first 
class  ;  1000  for  the  four  following  classes  ; 
and  500  for  the  sixth  class  ;  none  for  the 
two  last. 

Fuzes ;  one-fourth  more  than  the  num- 
ber of  shells. 

Bottoms  of  wood  for  stone  mortars  ;  400 
per  mortar. 

Sand  Bags  ;  500  for  every  piece  of  ord- 
nance in  the  large  places,  ana  one-fourth 
less  in  the  small  ones. 

Handspikes  ;  lo  per  piece. 

Tackle  Falls  for  gins;  i  for  every  10 
pieces  to  spare. 

Mhsquets ;  i  per  soldier,  and  the  same 
number  to  spare. 

Pistols,  pairs ;  ORC  half  the  number  of 
musquets. 

Flints ;  50  per  musquet,  and  10  per 
pistol. 

Lead  or  Balls  for  small  arms  ;  30  pounds 
per  musquet. 

Poivder  for  small  arms  ;  5  'pounds  for 
every  musquet  in  the  garrison,  including 
the  spare  ones. 

The  above  proportions  are  taken  from 
Durtubie's  Manuel  De  1'Artilleur. 

The  following  method  of  ; emulating  the 
management  of  the  artillery,  and  estima- 
ting the  probable  expenditure  of  ammu- 
nition in  the  defence  of  a  fortified  place,  is 
extracted  from  a  valuable  work  on  fortifi- 
cation lately  published  at  Berlin.  It  is 
particularly'  applied  to  a  regular  hexagon  : 
the  siege  is  divided  into  three  periods, 
viz. 

ist.  From  the  first  investiture  to  the 
first  opening  of  the  trenches,  about  5  days. 

2d.  From  the  opening  of  ti«e  tranches 
to  the  effecting  a  lodgement  on  the  glacis, 
about  1 8  days. 

3d.  From  this  time  to  the  capitulation, 
about  5  days. 

First  Period.  Three  guns  on  the  bar- 
bette of  each  bastion  and  on  the  barbettes 
of  the  ravelins  in  front  of  the  gate  ways, 
half  14  prs.  and  half  18  prs.*  three 
9  prs.  on  the  barbette  of  each  of  the  other 
ravelins. 

Twelve  12  prs.  and  twelve  4  prs.  in 
reserve. 

One  13  inch  mortar  in  each  bastion. 

Six  of  *8  inch  in  the  salient  angles  of  the 
covert  way. 

Do.  in  reserve. 

Ten  stone  mortars. 

The  12  prs.  in  reserve,  are  to  be  ranged 
behind  the  curtain,  on  which  ever  sicL- 
tney  may  be  required,  and  the  4  prs-  in 
the  outworks;  all  to  fire  en  ricochet  over 
the  parapet.  By  this  arrangement,  the 

*  For  16  prs.  in  the  French  work,  we  have  said  18 
r-«....tor  »;  prs.  9  prs.., .for  lainch  mortars,  13  inch: 
to'-.-  i.jth  they  nearly  answer,  our  treasures  bein..  sene- 
r0:iy  i:at  fcii'.ie  as  the  tiiglish. 


whole  of  the  barbette  guns  are  ready  to  act 
in  any  direction,  till  the  side  of  attack  is 
determined  on ;  and  with  the  addition  of 
the  reserve,  49  pieces  may  be  opened  upon 
the  en  -my  tht  very  first  night  the>  begin 
to  work  upon  the  trenches. 

The  day  succeeding  the  night  on  which 
the  fenches  are  opened,  and  the  side  to  be 
attacked  determined,  v  new  arrangement 
of  the  artillery  must  take  place.  All  the 
24  and  1 8  prs.  must  be  removed  to  the 
front  attacked,  and  the  orher  bastions,  if 
required,  su  plied  with  12  prs  The  bar- 
bettes of  the  bastions  on  this  front  may 
have  each  5  guns,  and  the  twelve  18  prs, 
may  be  ranged  behind  the  curtain.  The 
six  monars  in  reserve  must  be  placed,  twe 
in  each  of  the  salient  angles  of  the  covert 
way  of  this  front,  and  with  those  already 
there  mounted  as  howitzers,*  to  fire  down 
the  prolongations  of  the  capitals.  Three 
4  poundeis  in  each  of  the  salient  places 
or  arms  of  the  ravelins  on  the  attacked 
fronts,  to  fire  over  the  palisading,  and  five 
9  prs.  in  the  ravelin  ot  this  front.  This 
arrangement  will  bring  47  guns  and  18 
mortars  to  fire  on  the  approaches  after  the 
first  night ;  and  with  a  few  variations  will 
be  the  disposition  of  the  artillery  for  the 
second  per  od  of  the  siege.  As  soon  as 
the  enemy's  batteries  are  fairly  established, 
it  will  be  no  longer  safe  to  continue  the 
guns  en  barbette,  but  embrasurest  must 
be  opened  for  them  ;  which  embrasures 
must  be  occasionally  masked,  and  the 
guns  assume  i.ew  directions,  as  the  ene- 
my's firs  grows  destructive;  but  may 
again  be  taken  advantage  of,  as  circum- 
stances ofier.  As  the  enemy  gets  near  the 
third  parallel,  the  artillery  must  be  with- 
drawn tram  the  covert  way  to  the  rave- 
lins, or  to  the  ditch,  if  dry,  or  other  fa- 
vorable situations ;  and,  by  degrees,  as 
the  enemy  advances,  to  the  body  of  the 
place.  During  this  period  of  the  siege, 
the  embrasures  must  be  prepared  in  the 
flanks,  in  the  curtain  which  joins  them, 
and  in  the  faces  of  the  bastions  which 
flank  the  ditch  of  the  front  ravelins. 
These  embrasures  must  be  all  ready  to 
o^en,  and  the  heavy  artillery  mounted  in 
them,  the  moment  the  enemy  attempts  a 
lodgement  on  the  glacis. 

Every  effort  should  be  made  to  take  ad- 
vantage of  this  favorable  moment,  when 
the  enemy,  by  their  own  works,  muse 
mask  their  former  batteries,  and  before 
they  are  ab;C  to  open  their  new  ones. 

The  expenditure  of  ammunition  will 
be  nearly  ^a  follows: 

First  period  of  the  siege ;  5  rounds  per 
gun,  per  day,  with  only  half  the  full 
charge,  or  one-sixth  the  weight  of  the 
shot,  and  for  only  such  guns  as  can  act. 

Secofid  period;' 10  rounds  per  gun,  per 

*  The  iron  mortars,  on  iron  beds,  all  admit  of  beins 
fired  at  low  angles. 

f  A  German  author  proposes  that  the  mounds  of 
earth  which  enable  the  suns  to  fire  en  barbette,  should 
t-,e  so  arranged,  that  the  embrasures  may  be  opened 
between  them;  and  when  the  guns  descend  to  the  «m- 
brasure?}  the  baroettes  will  serye  as  traversers. 


ART 


A  RT 


25 


«Jay»   with  one-sixth  the  weight  of  the 
shot. 

Third  period ;  60  rounds  per  gun,  per 
day,  with  the  full  charge,  or  one-third  the 
•weight of  the  shot. 

Mortars  ;  at  20  shells  per  day,  from  the 
first  opening  of  the  trenches  to  the  capitu- 
lation. 

Stone  Mortars;  80  rounds  per  mortar, 
for  every  24  hours,  from  the  establish- 
ment of  the  demi- parallels  to  the  capitu- 
lation ;  about  1 3  days. 

Light  3  and  Fire  balls  ;  five  every  night, 
lor  each  mortar,  from  the  opening  of  the 
trenches  to  the  eighth  day,  and  three  from 
that  time  to  the  end  of  the  siege. 
These  amount  to  about  700  for  guns. 

400  for  mortars. 
i ooo  for  stone  do. 

This  proportion  and  arrangement  is 
however  made  upon  a  supposition,  that 
the  place  has  no  countermines  to  retard 
the  progress  of  the  besiegers,  to  a  period 
beyond  what  is  aboyementioned ;  but  the 
same  author  estimates,  that  a  similar 
place,  with  the  covert  way  properly  coun- 
termined beforehand,  and  those  counter- 
mines properly  disputed,  may  retard  a 
siege  at  least  2  months ;  and  that  if  the 
other  works  be  likewse  effectually  coun- 
termined and  defended,  the  siege  may  be 
-still  prolonged  another  month. 

The  above  proportion  is  therefore  to  be 
further  regulated,  as  the  strength  of  the 
place  is  increased  by  those  or  any  other 
-means.  These  considerations  should  like- 
wise be  attended  to,  in  the  formation  of 
an  estimate  of  ammunition  and  stores  for 
the  siege  of  a  fortified  place.  See  Carri- 
age, Platform,  Park,  and  the  different 
kinds  of  artillt  ry,  as  Gun,  Mortar,  Hoiuit- 
z.tr,  &.C. 

The  ammunition  for  small  arms  is  esti- 
mated by  this  author  as  follows  : 

i  of  a  pound  of  gunpowder,  or  10  rounds 
per  day,  per  man,  for  all  the  ordinary 
guards. 

i£lbs.  or  50  rounds  per  man,  per  12 
hours,  for  all  extraordinary  guards. 

|  of  a  pound,  or  25  rounds  for  every 
man  on  picket,  during  the  period  of  his 
duty. 

ARTILLERY,  in  a  military  acceptation 
of  the  term,  signifies  ev;.-ry  species  of  light 
or  heavy  ordnance.  It  is  classed  u..der 
specific  heads ;  the  most  important  of 
which  are — 

Field  A R  T  i  L  L  E  R  Y  ,  which  includes  every 
requisite  to  forward  the  operations  of  an 
«trmy,  or  of  any  part  of  an  army  acting  of- 
fensively or  defensively  in  the  field.     Held  i: 
artillery  may  be  cuvided  into  two  distinct  i 
classes — Field  Artillery,  commonly   called 
the  Park,  and  Hor*-c  Artillery. 

Encampment  of  a  regiment  of' A  RTILLERY. 
Regiments  of  artillery  are  always  encamp- 
ed, half  on  the  right,  and  Ualf  on  the  left 
of  the  park.  Tuc  company  of  bombar- 
diers (wlun  they  ure  formed  into  compa- 
nies, vvi'ich  they  .re  in  European  na- 
^'cepting  England)  always  tsk.es  the 


right  of  the  whole,  and  they  rate  by  se- 
niority, so  that  the  two  youngest  are  nexfi 
but  one  to  the  centre  or  park  :  the  two* 
companies  next  tothr  ;-arkj  are  the  miners 
on  the  right,  and  the  artificers  on  the  left. 

In  the  rear  of,  and  36  feet  from  the  park, 
are  encamped  the  civil  list,  commissioners, 
clerks,  &c.  all  in  one  line. 

The  breadth  between  the  front  tent- pole 
of  one  company,  and  that  01  another,  call- 
ed the  streets,  will  depend  on  the  size  and 
capacity  of  the  tents  ;  but  accor  ling  o  the 
olu  mode  during  the  revolution  of  1776, 
when  the  American  army  had  tents,  36" 
feet  to  each  was  the  interval. 

FEET. 

From  the  front  pole  of  officers  tent  ) 
of  the  quarter-guard,  or  guard  ot  the  £ 
army,  to  the  centre  of  the  bells  ofT 
arms  of  ditto  ) 

To  the  parade  of  the  quarter-  ? 
guard 

To  the  first  line  of  the  regimental  ? 
parade  $ 

To  the  centre  of  the  bells  of  armo 

From  thence  to  the  front  poles  ot  ? 
screams  tents  > 

.For  pitching  12  tents  of  artillery,  ^ 
with  their  proper  intervals  at  9  feet>- 
each  ) 

From  the  rear  of  companies  tents,  £ 
to  i  he  front  of  the  subalterns  tents  $ 

From  the  front  of  the  subalterns,  P 
to  that  of  the  captains  $ 

From  the  front  of  the  captains,  to  £ 
that  of  the  field  officers  ^ 

From  the  front  of  the  field  offi-  j 
cers,  to  that  of  the  colonels  \ 

From  the  front  of  the  colonels,  to  ) 


that  of  the  staff  officers 

From  thefrom  cf  thestaff officers,  ? 
to  the  front  row  of  batman*  tents  $ 

From  thence  to  the  first  row  of  ^ 
pickets  for  horses  ^ 

From  thence  to  the  second  row 

From  thence  to  the  second  row  of  ) 
3atmans  tents  $ 

From  thence  to  the  front  or  the? 
grand  suttler's  tent  ^ 

thence  to  the  centre  of  the  <> 
titchens  $ 

From  thence  to  the  front  of  petit-  P 
suttler's  tents  $ 

From  thence  to  the  centiv  of  the  £ 
bells  of  arms  of  the  rear-guard  ^ 


34 

12 

150 
90 
12 

108 
60 
7* 


36 
48 


54 
6 


43 
60 

45 
45 


Total  depth    789 

The  army  iy.'.ard  is  in  the  front  of  tlie 
park,  opposite  the  alarm-guns,  m  a  line 
with  the  artillery  quarter. guards,  that  are 
ph:ccd  on  the  right  and  lefto;  the  artilL-ry 
companies'. 

When  there  are  bells  of  arms  the>  front 
the  poles  of  sei  je  jnts  tents. 

The  colours  are  p-lactd  in  the  centre  of 
the  iroiit  line  of  guns,  in  the  interval .-  :  the 
two  alaim-.-uns,  in  line  with  the  ocil:; 
of  arms  of  the  com^.u.ica. 

The-lieutenant-coL'nfcls  and  majors  ten!? 


26 


ART 


ART 


front  the  centresof  the  second  streets  from  • 
the  right  and  l>-ft  of  the  regim  nt. 

The  colonel's  tent  is  in  a  line  with  the 
colours  and  guard  of  the  army,  facing  the 
same. 

The  staff-officers  front  the  centres  of  the 
second  streets,  on  the  right  and  left  of  the 
angles  of  the  park. 

The  batmen's  tents  front  towards  their 
horses. 

The  rear-guard  fronts  outwards.  The 
front  poles  are  in  a  line  with  the  centre  of 
the  bells  of  arms,  and  each  is  18  feet  dis- 
tant. The  parade  of  the  rear-guard  is  12 
feet  from  the  bells  of  arms. 

In  the  rear  of  the  rear  guard,  and  80  feet 
distant  from  their  parade,  the  artillery- 
horses  and  drivers  tents  are  placed,  in  two 
or  more  lines,  parallel  with  the  line  of 
guns,  extending  from  the  right  and  left  of 
the  whole. 

It  sometimes  happens,  that  a  very  large 
train  of  artillery  is  in  the  field,  with  two 
or  more  regiments  :  in  that  case  the  oldest 
takes  the  right  of  the  park,  the  next  oldest 
the  left,  and  the  youngest  the  centre  :  the 
centre  or  grand  street  is  63  feet  broad,  op- 
posite to  which  the  tent  of  the  command- 
ing officer  is  placed.  In  the  centre  of  this 
street,  the  colours  are  placed  in  a  line  with 
the  bells  of  arms,  and  the  artillery  quar- 
ter-guard is  in  the  front  of  the  colours  at 
the  same  distance  as  before  mentioned. 
For  further  particulars  of  camps,  see 


of  English  royal  artillery,  before  that  time 
it  was  only  callrd  the  train  of  artillery.  It 
then  consisted  only  of  4  companies,  u<;der 
the  command  of  general  Borgard.  F'om. 
that  period  it  gradually  increased  to  6  bat- 
talions, each  battalion  consisting  o  10 
companies,  beside  i  invalid  battalion 
equal  in  its  establishment  to  the  others, 
but  confined  in  duty  to  the  home  garri- 
sons, or  to  Jersey,  Guernsey  and  Bermu- 
da, commanded  by  a  colonel  commandant^ 
i  colon.  1  en  second,  z  lieutenant-colonels, 
i  major,  who  have  no  companies.  Each 
company  in  time  of  war  generally  consisted 
of  120  men,  commanded  by  i  cap  tain,  i 
captain  lieutenant,  2  first,  and  i  second, 
lieutenant.  In  time  of  peace  the  compa- 
nies were  reduced  to  50  men  each. 

Frederick  the  second  of  Prussia,  found 
his  army  in  a  very  good  condition,  except- 
ing the  corps  of  artilL-ry  and  engineers, 
little  esteemed  by  the  rest  of  the  arm> ,  and 
the  officers  without  commissions.  Know- 
ing how  necessary  it  was  to  have  a  good 
corps  of  artillery  and  engineers,  and  how 
impossible  it  was  to  secure  that  important 
object  without  having  officers  learned  in 
every  branch  of  military  mathematics ; 
immediately  draughted  all  the  illiterate 
officers  into  the  garrison  regiments,  sup- 
plying their  places  with  persons  of  capa- 
city ;  and  giving  them  all  commissions, 
with  rank  equal  to  that  of  the  officers  of 
the  guards,  and  an  extraordinary  pay. 


American  Mil.  Lib.  Vol.  1 1 .  Art.  CAMPS.     This  method  of  proceeding  established  the 

use  and  reputation  of  that  corps  ;  induced 


Regiment  of  A  R  T  I  L  L  E  R  v .  The  corps  of 
artillery,  with  all  its  dependencies,  is,  as 
it  were,  the  general  instrument  of  the 
army.  It  is  impossible  to  attack  fortified 
places,  or  to  defend  them,  without  artil- 
lery ;  and  an  army  in  the  field,  which 
wants  artillery,  can  not  so  well  make  h'.ad 
against  one  that  is  well  provided  with  it. 
.For  this  reason  it  is,  that  at  all  times  go- 
vernments have  taken  great  care  to  pro- 
vide proper  officers  of  learning  and  capa- 
city to  govern,  repair  and  keep  in  oruer, 
this  essential  part  of  military  force. 

The  strength  of  a  regiment  of  artillery 
dc',;cnds  upon  the  circumstances  of  the 
country,  the  quantity  of  troops  to  main- 
tain, the  number  of  fortifications  and  points 
to  be  defended.  It  had  always  been  the 
custom,  to  regulate  the  corps  of  arailei  v 
according  to  the  French  method  ;  but,  the 
celebrated  king  of  Prussia  fixed  his  regi- 
ments of  artillery  on  another  plan,  and 
produced  a  great  change,  upon  which  the 
French  have  since  improved,  and  are  again 
followed  by  all  nations.  The  British  me- 
thod,  from  which  we  borrowed  in  the  re- 
volution, may  be  useful  to  know  as  well 
as  the  Prussian. 

In  1628,  and  probably  long  before,  the 
artillery  had  sundt  y  pr:  vilej;es,  from  which 
the  rest  of  the  army  were  excluded,  viz. 
of  having  the  first  rank  and  the  best  quar- 
ters ;  neither  could  any  carnage  or  wag- 
gon presume  to  march'  before  theirs,  ex- 
cept that  belonging  to  the  treasurer. 

In  1705,  we  find  the  first  mention  made 


the  nobility  and  men  of  rank  (provided 
they  had  capacity)  to  engage  in  it  sooner 
than  elsewhere  ;  "which  brought  it  to  that 
summit  of  high  renown,  it  since  enjoyed. 
The  Prussian  army  consisted  of  12  bat- 
talions, 8  for  the  field,  and  4  for  garrison. 
Each  battalion  had  12  companies,  namely, 

1  company  of  bombardiers,  i  of  miners,  i 
of  artificers,  and  9  of  artillerists.  The  first, 
or  bombaidier  companies,  were  composed 
of  i  captain,  2  lieutenants,  3  upper  and  6 
under  fire- workers,  2  Serjeants,  4  corpo- 
rals,  2  drummers,  and  60  bombardiers. 
The  miners  had  the  same  commissioned 
officers,  with  3  Serjeants,  6  corporals,  z 
dammers,  33  miners,  and  33   sappers. 
The  artificers  had  the  same  officers  and 
non-commissioned  officers  as  the  miners, 
with   30  artificers,    and   36    pontoneers. 
All  rhe  artillery  companies  had  3  commis- 
sioned and  6  non-commissioned  officers, 

2  drummers,  and  60  artillerists.     The  co- 
lonel,   lieutenant-colonel,    and     major's 
companies,  had  each  a  captain-lieutenant ; 
and  each  battahon  hadturther,  T  chaplain, 
i  auditor,  i  adjutant,  i  quarter-master,  I 
doctor,    3  surgeons,   i  serjeant-major,   i 
drum-major,  6  musicians,  and  i  provost. 

By  the  law  of  the  i6th  March,  1802, 
sect.  2,  the  United  States  artillery  consists 
or  live  battalions,  consisting  of  i  colonel, 
i  lieutenant  colonel,  4 majors,  i  adjutant, 
20  companies,  each  composed  of  i  cap- 
tain, i  first  lieutenant,  i  second  lieuten- 
ant, 2  cadets,  4  Serjeants,  4  corporals,  4 


ART 


ART 


musicians,  8  artificers,  and  56  privates; 
two  teachers  of  mus:c  were  added  by  the 
law  of  February  28,  1803. 

March  of  the  ARTILLERY  The  marches 
of  the  artillery  are,  of  ail  the  operations  of 
war,  the  most  delic'ite  ;  because  they 
must  not  only  be  directed  on  the  object 
you  have  in  view,  but  according  to  the 
movements  the  enemy  make.  Armies  ge- 
nerally m.-rch  in  3  columns,  the  centre  co 
lumn  of  which  is  the  artillery:  should 
th  •  army  nv.rch  in  more  columns,  the  ar- 
tillery and  heavy  batv'7age  march  neverthe- 
less in  one  or  more  of  the  centre  columns  ; 
the  situation  of  the  enemy  determines 
this.  If  they  are  far  from  the  enemy,  the 
baggage  and  ammunition  go  before  or  be- 
hind, or  are  sent  by  a  pa  ticular  road  ;  an 
army  in  such  a  case  cannot  march  in  too 
many  columns.  But  should  the  inarch 
be  towards  the  enemy,  the  baggage  must 
absolutely  be  all  in  the  rear,  aiv1  the  whole 
artillery  form  the  centre  column,  except 
some  brigades,  one  of  which  marches  at 
the  head  of  each  column,  with  guns  load- 
ed and  burning  matches,  preceded  by  a  de- 
tachment for  their  safety.  The  French 
almost  invariably  place  their  baggage  in 
the  centre. 

Suppose  the  enemy's  army  in  a  condi- 
tion to  march  towards  the  heads  of  your 
columns :  the  best  disposition  tor  the 
march  is  in  3  columns  only  ;  that  of  rhe 
centre  for  the  artillery  ;  for  it  is  then  easy 
to  form  it  in  order  of  battle.  Hence  it  is 
equally  comm'idious  for  each  brigade  of 
artillery  to  plant  itself  at  the  head  of  the 
troops,  in  the  place  marked  for  it,  in  such 
a  manner,  that  the  whole  disposition  being 
understood,  and  w.dl  executed,  thelineof 
battle  may  be  quickly  formed  in  an  open 
country,  and  in  tl~K  presence  of  any  enemy, 
without  risquing  a  surprise ;  by  which 
method  the  artillery  will  always  be  in  a 
condition  to  act  as  soon  as  the  troops,  pro- 
vided it  march  in  brigades. 

If  your  march  should  be  through  a 
country  full  of  defiles,  some  cavairy  and 
other  light  troops  must  march  at  the  head 
of  the  columns,  followed  by  a  detachment 
of  grenadiers  and  a  brigade  of  artillery  ; 
cannon  being  absolutely  necessary  to  ob- 
struct >:he  enemy's  forming  into  order  of 
battle. 

When  you  decamp  in  the  face  of  the 
enemy,  you  must  give  most  attention  to 
your  rear-guard  On  such  occasions,  all 
the  baggage,  ammunition,  provisions,  and 
artillery,  march  before  the  troops  ;  your 
best  light  'roops,  best  cavalry,  some  good 
brigade^  of  infantry,  together  with  some 
brigades  of  artillery,  form  the  rear-guard. 
Cannon  is  of  infinite  use  for  a  rear-guard, 
when  you  are  obliged  to  pass  a  defile,  or  a 
river ;  and  should  be  placed  at  tke  entry 
of  sucn  defile,  on  an  eminence,  if  there  be 
one,  or  on  any  other  place,  from  whence 
they  can  discover  the  ground  through 
wh:ch  the  enemy  must  march  to  attack 
the  rear-guard. 

A  detachment  of  pioneers,  with  tools, 


i  must  always  march  at  the  head  of  the  ar- 

i  tillery,  and  of  each  column  of  equipage  or 

'  baggage. 

If  the  enemy  be  encamped  on  the  right 

I  flanks  of  the  march,  the  artillery,  &c. 
should  march  to  the  left  of  the  troops, 
and  vice  versa*  Should  the  enemy  ap- 

j  pear  in  motion,  the  troops  front  that  way, 
by  wheeling  to  the  right  or  left  by  divi- 
sions ;  and  the  artillery,  which  marches  in 
a  line  with  the  columns,  passes  through 
their  intervals,  and  forms  at  the  head  of 
the  front  line,  which  is  formed  of  the  co- 
lumn that  flanked  nearest  the  enemy, 
taking  care  at  the  same  time  that  the  bag- 
gage be  well  covered  during  the  action. 

Though  we  have  said  armies  generally 
march  in  3  columns,  yet  where  the  coun- 
try will  allow  it,  it  is  better  to  march  in  a 
greater  number ;  and  let  that  number  be 
what  it  will,  the  artillery  must  form  the 
centre  columns.  See  American  Mil.  Lib. 
on  the  march  of  troops. 

Line  of  march  of  the  ARTILLERY  for  a 
large  army,  as  established  before  the 
French  revolution  : 

1.  A  guard  of  the  army;  the  strength 
of  which  depends  on  the  commander  in 
chief. 

2.  The  companies  of  miners  (excepting 
a  detachment  from  each,  dispersed  in  va- 
rious  places,    to    mend   the  roads)   with 
tumbrels  of  tools,  drawn  by  2  horses,  as- 
sisted bv  pioneers. 

3.  The  brigades   of   artillery's    front- 
guard,  with  four  light  6  pounders  loaded, 
and  matches  burning. 

4 .  The  trum  peters  on  horse-back. 

5.  The  Hag-gun,  drawn  by  12  horses, 
and  ten   12  pounders  more,  by  4  horses 
each. 

6  Twenty  waggons  with  stores  for  the 
said  guns,  and  i  spare  one,  by  4  horses 
each. 

7.  All  the  pontoons,  with  the  waggons 
thereto  belonging. 

8.  Eiicht  9  pounders,  by  3  horses  each. 

9.  Fifteen  waggons  with  stores  for  said 
guns,  by  4  horses  each,  and  2  spare  ones. 

10.  Gins  and  capstans,  with  their  pro- 
per workmen,  3  waggons,  with  2  horses 
each 

11.  A  forge  on  four  wheels,  and  i  wag- 
gon, 4  horses  each. 

12.  Twelve  heavy   24  pounders,  by  16 
horses  each. 

13.  Sixteen  waggons    with  stores   for 
ditto,  and  2  spare  ones,  by  4  horses  each. 

14  A  waggon  with  tools,  and  pioneers 
to  mend  the  roads. 

15.  Nin«  light  24  pounders,  by  8  horses 
each. 

16.  Twelve    waggons  with  stores  for 
ditto,  and  2  spare  ones,  by  4  horses  each. 

17  A  forge  and  waggon,  by  4  horses 
each. 

18.  Nine  24  pounders,  by  8  horses  each. 

19.  Twelve    waggons  with  stores    fo*: 
ditto,  and  2  spare  ones. 

2®.  Twelve  12,  pounders,  by  8  horses 
|j  each. 


28 


A  R  T 


ASP 


21.  Sixteen    waggons    with   stores  for 
ditto,  and  2  spare  ones. 

22.  Sixteen    5.8   inch  mortars,  by  2 
horses  each. 

23.  Twenty-five  waggons  with  stores 
ibr  ditto,  and  2  spare  ones. 

24.  Ten  8  men  mortars,   by  4  Ivorses 
each. 

25.  Twenty  wagons  with   stores    for 
ditto,  and  2  spare  ones. 

26.  Six  10  inch  howitzers,  by  6  horses 
each. 

27.  Twenty   wagons   with  stores  for 
ditto,  and  2  spare  ones. 

28.  A  waggon  with  tools,  and  men   to 
uiend  the  roads. 

29.  A  forge  and  waggon,  by  4  horses 
each. 

30.  Ten  8  inch  mortars,  by  4  horses 
each. 

31.  Twenty    waggons  with  stores   for 
ditto,  and  a  spare  ene. 

32.  Sixteen    12    inch    mortars,    by    8 
fcorses  eaJi. 

33.  I  uirty   waggons    with    stores    for 
ditto,  and  2  spare  ones. 

34.  Eight  18  inch  stone  mortars,  by  10 
liorseseacli. 

35  Sixteen  waggons  with  stores  for 
ditio,  and  a  spare  one. 

36.  Eight  g  pounders,  by  3  horses  each. 

37.  Sixteen    waggons    with   stores   for 
nitto,  and  a  spare  one. 

38.  Twenty  6  pounders,  by  2   horses 
each. 

39  Twenty  waggons  with  stores  for 
ditto,  and  a  spare  one. 

40.  Two  sling-waggons,  and  2  truck- 
carriages,  4  horses  each. 

41  Twenty  3  pounders,  by  i  horse 
each. 

42.  Ten  waggons  with  stores  for  ditto, 
and  a  spare  one. 

43.  A  waggon  with  tools,  &c. 

44.  A   forge  and  waggon,  by  4  horses 
each. 

45.  Twelve  2  and  i  pounders,  by  i  horse 
each. 

46.  Six  waggons  with  stores  for  ditto. 

47.  Sixteen  6    pounders,    by  2  horses 
each. 

48.  Ten  waggons  with  stores  for  ditto. 

49.  Twenty  spare  carriages,  for  various 
calibres. 

50.  Eighteen  ditto. 

51.  }  ifty  spare  limbers. 

52.  Ten  1 8  pounders,  by  6  horses  each. 

53.  Twenty   waggons   with   scores   for 
ditto,  and  2  spare  ones. 

54.  Twenty  waggons  with  ammunition 
and  stores. 

55.  Two    12   pounders,   by    4    horses 
each. 

36.   Four  waggons  vvith  stores  for  ditto. 

57.   Fifty  waggons  withstotes. 

p.  A  wa  gon  with  tools,  and  men  to 
IK  end  the  routs. 

5»).  A  turge  and  waggon,  by  4  horses 
each 

60.  A  hundred  waggons  with  stores,  and 
|  spare  ones. 


6 1.  Four  2  and  i  pounders,  by  i  horse 
each. 

62.  A  hundred  waggons  wit  h  stores,  and 
3  spare  ones. 

63.  Two  hundred  waggons,  and  2  spare 
ones. 

64.  Two  hundred  and  fourteen  waggons 
belonging  to  the  artillery  baggage  ;  some 
with  4,  3,  and  2  horses  each. 

6c.  The  artillery  rear-guarJ. 

66.  The  rear-guard  from  the  army. 

Horse  Artillery. — The  French  horse  ar- 
tillery consists  of  8  Frs.  and  6  inch  How- 
itzers. 

The  English  of  light  12  Prs.  light  6 
Prs.  an  light  5^  inch  Howitzers. 

The  Austrian  and  Prussian  horse  artil- 
lery have  6  Prs.  and  54  inch  Howitzers. 

The  United  States  by  a  law  of  April  12, 
1808,  authorised  the  raising  of  a  regiment 
of  horse  artillery  often  companies,  of  the 
same  number  of  officers  and  men  as  the 
artillery  regiment  of  the  old  establish, 
ment  to  the  company. 

Officers  of  ARTILLERY.  The  com- 
mander of  the  army  is  commander  in  chief 
of  the  artillery  ;  the  colonels  of  artil- 
lery act  under  his  orders ;  they  are  entrust- 
ed with  one  of  the  most  laborious  employ- 
ments, both  in  war  and  peace,  requiring 
the  greatest  ability,  application,  and  ex- 
perience. The  officers  in  general  should 
he  good  mathematicians,  and  engineers, 
should  know  all  the  power*  of  artillery, 
the  attack  and  defence  of  fortified  places ; 
in  a  word,  every  thing  which  appertains 
to  that  verv  important  corps. 

ARTIL'LEUR,  Fr.  an  officer  belong- 
ing to  the  French  service. 

ART1LLIER,  Fr.  a  man  who  works 
on  pieces  of  ordnance  as  a  founder ;  or  one 
who  serves  them  in  action. 

ARX,  in  the  ancient  military  art,  a 
fort,  castle,  &c.  for  the  defence  of  a  place. 

ARZEGAGES,  Fr.  batons  or  canes 
with  iron  at  both  ends.  They  were  car. 
ried  by  the  Estradiots  or  Albanian  cava- 
liers who  served  in  France  under  Charles 
VIII.  and  Louis  XII. 

ASAPPES,  or  AZAPES,  auxiliary 
troops  which  are  raised  among  the  Chris- 
tians subject  to  the  Turkish  empire, 
These  troops  are  generally  placed  in  the 
front  to  receive  the  first  shock  of  the 
enemy. 

ASCENT.     See  GUNNERY. 

ASPECT,  is  the  view  or  profile  of 
land  or  coast,  and  contains  the  figure  or 
representation  of  the  borders  of  any  par- 
ticular part  of  the  sea.  These  figures  and 
representations  may  be  found  in  all  the 
charts  or  directories  for  the  sea  coast. 
The  Italians  call  them  demonstrative.  Ey 
means  of  this  knowlege  you  may  ascer- 
tain whether  the  land  round  the  shore  be 
high  ;  if  the  coast  itself  be  steep  or  slop- 
ing ;  bent  in  the  form  of  an  arc,  or  ex- 
tended in  strait  lines  ;  round  at  the  top, 
or  rising  to  a  point.  Every  thing,  in  a 
word,  is  brought  in  a  correct  state  be- 
fore the  eye,  as  far  as  regards  harbors. 


ASS 


ATT 


29 


swamps,  bogs,  gulphs,  adjacent  church- 
cs,  trees,  windmills,  &c.  See  RECON- 
NOITRING in  Amer.  MIL  Lib. 

A  menacing  ASPECT.  An  army  is  said 
fo  hold  a  menacing  aspect,  when  by  ad- 
vanced movements  or  positions  it  gives 
the  opposing  enemy  cause  to  apprehend 
an  attack. 

A  military  ASPECT.  A  country  is  said 
to  have  a  military  aspect,  when  its  general 
situation  presents  appropriate  obstacles  or 
facilities  for  an  army  acting  on  the  offen- 
sive or  defensive. 

An  imposing  ASPECT,  An  army  is  said 
to  have  an  imposing  aspect,  when  it  ap- 
pears stronger  than  it  really  is.  This  ap- 
pearance is  often  assumed  for  the  purpose 
of  deceiving  an  enemy,  and  may  not  im- 
properly be  considered  as  a  principal  ruse 
fie  guerre,  or  feint  in  war. 

ASPIC,  Fr.  a  piece  of  ordnance  which 
carries  a  12  pound  shot.  The  piece  itself 
weiehs  42  50  pounds. 

ASSAILL1R,  Fr.  toattack;  to  assail. 
This  old  French  term  applies  equally  to 
bodies  of  men  and  to  individuals. 

ASSAULT,  a  furious  effort  to  carry 
a  fortified  post,  camp,  or  fortress,  where 
the  assailants  do  not  screen  themselves  by 
any  works.  While  an  assault  during  a 
siege  continues,  the  batteries  cease,  for 
fear  of  killing  their  own  men .  An  assault 
is  sometimes  made  by  the  regiments  that 
guard  the  trenches  of  a  siege,  sustained 
by  detachments  from  the  army. 

To  give  an  ASSAULT,  is  to  attack  any 
post,  £c. 

To  repulse  an  ASSAULT,  to  cause  the 
assailants  to  retreat,  to  beat  them  back. 

To  carry  by  ASSAULT,  to  gain  a  post  by 
storm,  &c. 

ASSAUT,  Fr.     See  ASSAULT. 

ASSIEGER,  Fr.  to  besiege. 

ASSEMBLER,  Fr.  the  assembling  to- 
gether of  an  army.  Also  a  call,  or  beat 
of  the  drum.  See  ASSEMBLY. 

ASSEMBLY,  the  second  beatingof  the 
drum  before  a  march  ;  at  which  the  men 
stnke  their  tents,  if  encamped,  roll  them 
up,  and  stand  to  arms.  See  DRUM. 

ASSESSMENT,  in  a  military  sense, 
signifies  a  certain  rate  which  is  paid  in 
England  by  the  county  treasurer  to  the 
receiver -general  of  the  land-tax,  to  in- 
demnify any  place  for  not  having  raised 
the  militia ;  which  sum  is  to  be  paid  by 
the  receiver-general  into  the  exchequer. 
The  sum  to  be  assessed  is  five  pounds  for 
each  man,  where  no  annual  certificate  of 
the  state  of  the  militia  has  been  trans, 
mitted  to  the  clerk  of  the  peace:  if  not 
paid  before  June  yearly  it  may  be  levied 
on  the  parish  officers.  Such  assessment 
where  there  is  no  county  rate  is  to  be  rais- 
ed as  the  poor's  rate. 

ASSIETTE.  Fr.  the  immediate  scite 
or  position  of  a  camp. 

ASSOCIATION,  any  number  of  men 
embodied  in  arms  for  mutual  defence  in 
their  district}  and  to  preserve  the  public 


tranquility  therein,  against  foreign  or  do- 
mestic enemies. 

ASTRAGAL.     SeeCANNON. 

ATTACH.  Officers  and  non-commis- 
sioned officers  are  said  to  be  attached  to 
the  respective  army,  regiment,  battalion, 
troop,  or  company  with  which  they  are 
appointed  to  act. 

ATTACHE,  Fr.  the  seal  and  signa- 
ture of  the  colonel-general  in  the  old 
French  service,  which  were  affixed  to  the 
commissions  of  officers  after  they  had  been 
duly  xamined. 

ATTACK,  any  general  assault,  or  on- 
set, that  is  given  to  gain  a  post,  or  break 
a  body  of  troops. 

ATTACK  of  a  siege,  is  a  furious  assault 
made  by  the  besiegers  by  means  of  trench- 
es, galleries,  saps,  breaches,  or  mines, 
&c.  by  storming  any  part  of  the  front 
attack  Sometimes  two  attacks  are  car- 
ried on  at  the  same  time,  between  which 
a  communication  must  be  made.  See 
SIEGE. 

False  ATTACKS  are  never  carried  on 
with  that  vigor  and  briskness  that  the 
others  arc ;  the  design  of  them  being  to 
favor  the  true  attack,  by  amusing  the 
enemy  and  by  obliging  the  garrison  to 
severer  duty  in  dividing  their  forces,  that 
the  true  attack  may  be  more  succtssful. 

Regular  ATTACK,  is  that  which  is  car- 
ried on  in  form,  according  to  the  rules  of 
art.  See  SIEGE,  APPROACHES,  &c. 

To  ATTACK  in  front  or  flank,  in  tortifi* 
cation,  means  to  attack  the  saliant  angle, 
or  both  sides  of  the  bastion. 

This  phrase  is  familiarly  used  with  re* 
spect  to  bodies  of  men  which  attack  each 
other  in  a  military  way. 

ATTACK  and  Defence .  A  part  of  the 
drill  for  recruits  learning  the  sword  exer- 
cise, which  is  commenced  with  the  re* 
emit  stationary  on  horseback,  the  teacher 
riding  round  him,  striking  at  different 
parts  as  openings  appear,  and  instructing 
the  recruit  how  to  ward  his  several  at- 
tacks ;  it  is  next  executed  in  a  walk,  and, 
as  the  learner  becomes  more  perfect,  in 
speed;  in  the  latter  under  the  idea  of  a 
pursuit.  The  attack  and  defence  in  line 
and  in  speed  form  the  concluding  part  of 
the  sword  exercise  when  practised  at  a 
review  of  cavalry.  It  is  to  be  observed, 
that  although  denominated  in  s/xecl,  yet 
when  practising,  or  at  a  review,  the  pace 
of  the  horse  ought  not  to  exceed  three 
quarters  speed. 

ATTENTION,  a  cautionary  word 
used  as  a  preparative  to  any  particular  ex- 
ercise or  manoeuvre.  Garde- a-voxs,  which 
is  pronounced  Gar-a.vous,  ha^  the  same 
signification  in  the  French  service. 

ATTESTATION,  a  certificate  made 
by  some  justice  of  the  peace  of  ihe  enlist* 
ment  of  a  recruit.  This  certificate  is  to 
bear  testimony,  that  the  recruit  has  been 
brought  before  him  in  conformity  to  law 
and  has  declared  his  assent  or  dissent  to  such 
enlistment;  and,  if  according  to  thf  law 
he  sjull  have  bc.en,  and  is  duly 


,30 


A  XL 


B  AL 


that  the  proper  oath  has  been  adminis- 
tered to  him  by  the  said  magistrate. 

ATILT,  in  the  attitude  of  thrusting 
with  a  spear,  &c.  as  was  formerly  the 
case  in  tournaments,  &c. 

AVANT,  Fr.  foremost,  most  advanc- 
ed toward  the  enemy,  as 

A v \m-che>nin  convert ',  Fr.  The  ad- 
vanced covert- way  which  is  made  at  the 
foot  of  the  glacis  to  oppose  the  approaches 
of  an  enemy. 

AvANT-dW,  Fr.  the  pile-work  which 
is  formed  by  a  number  of  young  tre^s  on 
the  edge  or  entrance  of  a  rivev.  They  are 
driven  into  the  ground  with  battering  rams 
or  strong  pieces  of  iron,  to  form  a  level 
floor,  by  means  of  strone  planks  being 
nailed  upon  it,  which  serve  for  the  foun- 
dation of  a  bridge.  Boats  are  placed 
wherever  the  a-vant-duc  terminates  The 
avant-duc  is  had  recourse  to  when  the 
river  is  so  broad  that  there  are  not  boats 
sufficient  to  make  a  bridce  across  Avant- 
ducs  are  made  on  each  side  of  the  river. 

A  v  A  N  T  -fosse,  Fr.  the  ditch  of  the 
counterscarp  next  to  the  country.  It  is 
dug  at  the  foot  of  the  glacis,  See  FOR- 
TIFICATION. 

Av  AN  T  -garde.     See  VAN  GUARD. 

Av ANT-/r<z/tf,  Fr.  The  limbers  of  a 
ibid  niece,  on  which  are  placed  one  or 
two  boxes  containing  ammunition  enough 
for  immediate  service. 

AUDITOR,  the  person  who  audits 
regimental  or  other  military  accounts. 

AVENUE,  in  fortification,  is  any  kind 
of  opening  or  inlet  into  a  fort,  bastion,  or 
cut -work. 

AUGET,  or  AUGETTE,  Fr.  a.  wooden 
pipe  which  contains  the  powder  by  which 
a  mine  is  set  fire  to. 

AULNE  de  Par!*,  a  French  measure, 
containing  44  inches,  used  to  measure 
^and-bags. 

AUTHORITY,  in  a  general  accepta- 
i:ion  of  the-  term,  Signifies  a  right  to  com- 
mand, and  a  consequent  right  to  be  obeyed. 
:>pointm°nt  of  officers  in  the  army 
of  the  Liiitcd  State;:  is  in  the  nomination 
by  the  president,  and  approved  by  a  majo. 
rity  of  the  Senate.  The  president  may 
however  dismiss  at  his  discretion.  The 
king  of  Great.  Brit -.in  has  the  power 
to  exercise  military  authority  without 
controul,  as  far  as  regards  the  army;  and 
jnay  appoint  or  dismiss  officers  at  his 
pleasure. 

AUXILIARY.  Foreign  or  subsidiary 
troops  which  are  furnished  to  a  belliger- 
ent power  in  consequence  of  a  treaty  of 
alliance,  or  for  pecuniary  considerations. 
Of  the  latter  description  may  be  consi- 
dered the  Hessians  tint  were  employed 
by  Great- Britain  to  enslave  America. 

AWARD,  the  sentence  or  determina- 
tion of  a  military  court. 

AXLE-TREE,  a  transverse  beam  sup- 
porting a  carriage,  and  on  the  ends  of 
•which  the  wheels  rcvclve.  See  CAR- 

JUAV 


B. 


/c/),  the  rctrogade  movement 
of  a  man  or  body  of  men  without  chang- 
ing front ;  it  is  half  the  forward  step. 

BACKWARDS,  a  technical  word  made 
use  of  in  the  British  service  to  express 
the  retrogade  movement  of  troops  from 
line  into  column,  and  vice  versa.  Sec 
WHEEL. 

BAGGAGE,  in  military  affairs,  sig- 
nifies tSe  clothes,  tents,  utensils  of  divers 
sorts,  and  provisions,  &c.  belonging  to  an 
army. 

BAGGAGz-WaggaKs.  See  WAGGONS. 

BAGPIPE,  the  name  of  a  musical 
warlike  instrument,  of  the  wind  kindj 
used  by  the  Scots  regiments,  and  some- 
times by  the  Irish.  Bagpipes  were  used 
by  the  Danes  ;  by  the  Romans,  and  by 
the  Asiatics  at  this  day  ;  th<-re  is  in  Rome 
a  most  beautiful  bas-relievo,  a  piece  of 
Grecian  sculptureof  the  highest  antiquity, 
which  represents  a  bag-pipe)'  playing  on 
his  instrument  exactly  like  a  modern 
highlander  The  Greeks  had  also  a  in- 
strument composed  of  a  pipe  and  blown-zip 
skin.  The  Romans  in  all  probability, 
borrowed  it  from  them.  The  Italians  still 
use  it  under  the  names  of  piva  and  cernu. 
mi/sa  The  Bagpipe  has  been  a  favorite 
instrument  among  the  Scots.  There  are 
two  varieties:  the  one  with  long  pipes,  and 
sounded  with  the  mouth  ;  the  other  with 
short  pipes,  filled  with  air  by  a  bel- 
lows, and  played  on  with  the  fingers : 
the  first  is  the  loudest  and  most  ear- pierc- 
ing; of  all  music,  is  the  genuine  highland 
pipe,  and  is  well  suited  to  the  warlike 
genius  of  that  people.  It  formerly  roused 
their  courage  to  battle,  alarmed  them  when 
secure,  and  collected  them  when  scatter- 
ed :  solaced  them  in  their  long  and  painfu! 
marches,  and  in  times  of  peace  kept  up 
the  memory  of  the  gallantry  of  their  an- 
cestors, by  tunes  composed  after  signal 
victories.  The  other  is  the  Irish  bagpipe, 

BAGS,  in  military  employments,  arc 
used  on  many  occasions  :  as, 

Sand  BAGS,  generally  16  inches  diame- 
ter, and  30  high,  filled  with  earth  or  sand 
to  repair  breaches,  and  the  embrasures  of 
batteries,  when  damaged  by  the  enemies 
fire,  or  by  the  blast  of  the  guns.  Some- 
times they  are  made  iess,  and  placed  three 
together,  upon  the  parapets,  for  the  men 
to  fire  throuvh. 

Eartb-&Acs,  containing  about  a  cubical 
foot  of  earth,  are  used  to  raise  a  parapet 
in  haste,  or  to  repair  one  that  is  beaten 
down.  They  are  only  used  when  the 
ground  is  rocky,  and  does  not  afford  earth 
enough  to  carry  on  the  approaches. 

BALANCE,  Fr.  a  term  used  in  the 
French  artillery  to  express  a  machine  in 
which  stores  and  ammunition  are  weighed, 

BALL,  in  the  military  art,  compre- 
hends all  sorts  of  balls  and  bullets  for 
fire-arms,  from  the  cannon  to  the  pistol 


B  A  L 


B  AL 


31 


BALLS  of  Lead,  of  different  kind? 


Wall  pieces 

Musquets 

Carabine" 

Pistol 

7  Brl.  guns 


Number 
to  one 
Pound, 


20 

34 
46J 


Dl&tneter\  No.   made 
from  c»e  ton 
;f  Lead. 


in 
lacks. 


.68 

.60 

•  51 

.46 


14,760 
-52,480 
44,800 
78,048 
104,160 


Lead  balls  are  packed  in  boxes  contain- 
ing each  i  cwt.  About  4  pounds  of  lead 
in  the  cwt.  are  generally  lost  in  casting 
See  SHOT. 

C<z»»e;;-BALLs  are  or  iron;  and  musKet 
and  pistol-balls   are  of  lead.      Cannon- 
balls  are  always   distinguished    by   their 
respective  calibres,  thus, 
A  42^  f  6, 6  84  inches 

,'6,105 


>  pound   ball,    the 
diameter  of  which 


5,$47 
5,040 

4,403 
4,000 

3,498 

2,775 


Fire- BALLS,    P  of  which  t here  are  va- 
Z,/g/6/-BALLs,  $  rious    sorts,    used    fo 
various  purposes.     Their  composition  i 
mealed  powder  2,  saltpetre  i£,  sulphur  i 
rosin  i,  turpentine  2£.     Sometimes  the> 
are  made  of  an  iron  shell,   sometimes  a 
stone,  tilled  and  covered  with  various  coat 
of  the  above  composition,  until  it  c<.n 
glomerates  to  a  proper  size ;  the  last  ecu 
being  of  grained  powder.     But   the  best 
sort  in  our  opinion,  is  to  take  thick  brown 
paper,  and  make  a  shell  the  size  of  the 
mortar,  and  till  it  with  a  composition  of 
an    equal    quantity    of   sulphur,    pitch, 
rosin,  and  mealed  powder;  which  being 
well  mixed,  and  put  in  warm,   will  give  a 
clear  tire,  and  burn  a  considerable  time. 

When  they  are  intended  to  set  tire  to 
magazines,  buildings,  &c.  the  composi- 
tion must  be  mealed  powder  10,  saltpetre 
a,  sulphur  4,  and  rosin  i ;  or  rather  meal- 
ed powder  48,  saltpetre  32,  sulphur  16, 
rosin  4,  steel  or  iron  filings  2,  fir-tree  saw- 
dust boiled  in  saltpetre  ley  2,  birch- wood 
charcoal  i,  well  rammed  into  a  shell  for 
that  purpose,  having  various  holes  filled 
with  small  barrels,  loaded  with  musket- 
balls  ;  and  lasily  the  whole  immcrged  in 
melted  pitch,  rosin  and  turpentine  oil. 

Smo£e-R\LLs  are  prepared  as  above 
with  this  dhrerence,  that  thoy  contain  ; 
to  i  of  pitch,  rosin  and  saw-dust.  This 
composition  is  put  into  shells  made  ib 
that  purpose,  having  4  holes  to  let  ou 
the  smoke.  Smoke-balls  are  thrown  ou 
of  mortars,  and  continue  to  smoke  fron 
25  to  30  minutes. 

•SW«£-BALLs  are  prepared  by  a  compo- 
sition of  mealed  powder,  rosin,  saltpetre 
pitch,   sulphur,  rasped   horses  and  assj 
hoofs,  burnt  in  the  fire,  assa-foetida,  sera 
phim  gum  or  ferula,  and  bug  er  strnhin 


herbs,  made  up  into  balls,  as  mentioned 
inL;g>&/-BALi.s,  agreeably  to  the  size  of 
the  mortar  out  of  which  you  intend  to 
throw  them, 

Poisoned  BALLS.  We  are  not  sure  that 
they  have  ever  been  used  in  Europe;  but 
the  Indians  and  Africans  have  always  been 
very  ingenious  at  poisoning  several  sorts  of 
warlike  stores  and  instruments.  Their 
composition  is  mealed  powder  4,  pitch  6, 
rosin  3,  sulphur  5,  assa-lbetida  8,  extract 
of  toad's  poison  12,  other  poisonous  sub. 
stances  12,  made  into  balis  as  above  di- 
rected. At  the  commencement  of  the 
French  Revolution  poisoned  balls  were 
exhibited  to  the  people  said  to  have  be^n 
tired  by  the  Austrian,  particularly  at 
the  siege  of  Lisle.  W..  have  seen  some 
of  this  sort.  They  contained  glass,  small 
pieces  of  iron,  &c.  and  were  said  to  be 
concocted  together  by  means  of  a  greasy 
composition  which  was  impregnated  with 
poisonous  matter.  In  179-,  they  were 
deposited  in  the  Archives  of  Paris. 

Red-hot  BALLS  are  tired  out  of  mortars, 
howitzers,  or  cannon.  Use  which  you 
will,  the  ball  must  be  made  red-hot, 
which  is  done  upon  a  large  coal  fire  in  a 
square  hole  made  in  the  ground,  6  feet 
every  way,  and  4  or  5  feet  deep.  Some 
make  the  tire  under  an  iron  grate,  on 
which  the  shell  or  ball  is  laid  ;  but  the 
best  way  is  to  put  the  ball  into  the  mid- 
dle of  a'clear  burning  tire,  and  when  red- 
hot,  all  the  fiery  particles  must  be  swept 
olf.  Whatever  machine  you  use  to  throw 
the  red-hot  ball  out  of,  it" must  be  elevated 
according  to  the  distance  >ou  intend  it 
shall  range,  and  the  charge  of  powder 
must  be  put  into  a  flannel  cartridge,  and 
a  good  wad  upon  that ;  then  a  piece  of 
wood  of  the  exact  diameter  of  the  piece, 
and  about  3$  inches  thick,  to  prevent  the 
ball  from  setting  fire  to  the  powder ;  then 
place  the  ball  on  :he  edge  of  the  mortar, 
&c.  with  an  instrument  for  that  purpose, 
and  let  it  roll  of  itself  against  the  wood, 
and  instantly  fire  it.  off.  Shoiud  there  be 
a  ditch  or  parallel  before  such  a  battery, 
with  soldiers,  the  wood  must  not  be  used, 
as  the  blast  of  powder  will  break  it  to 
pieces,  and  its  own  elasticity  prevent  it 
from  flying  far;  it  would  in  that  case 
either  kill  or  woimd  your  own  people, 
I7or  this  deficiency  the  wad  must  be 
double.  See  American  Mil.  Lib.  article 
ARTILLERY. 

Ck: />:-BALLS  are  two  balls  linked  to- 
gether by  a  chain  of  8  or  10  inches  long, 
and  some  have  been  made  with  a  cha:H  of 
3  or  4  feet  long ;  they  arc  used  to  destroy 
the  paliisadoes,  wooden  bridges,  and  che- 
vaux-de-friezes  of  a  fortification.  They, 
are  also  very  destructive  to  the  rigging  of 
a  ship.  • 

Staxg- BALLS  are  by  some  called  balls 
of  two  heads;  they  are  sometimes  made 
of  two  half-balls  joined  together  by  a  bar 
of  iron  from  8  to  14  inches  long  ;  they  are 
likewise  made  of  two  entire  balls  ;  they 
are  for  the  same  purpose  as  the  before-' 
mentioned. 


BAN 


BAN 


ALLs  are  made  in  the  same 
•way  as  the  light-balls,  and  filled  with  the 
same  composition,  only  with  this  addi- 
tion, that  these  are  made  with  an  iron  bar 
two-thirds  of  the  ball's  diameter  in  length, 
and  3  or  4  inches  square.  One  half  is 
fixed  within  the  ball,  and  the  other  half 
remains  without;  the  exterior  end  is  made 
•with  a  grapple-hook.  Very  useful  to  set 
.fire  to  woopen  bridges,  or  any  thing  made 
of  wood,  or  even  the  rigging  of  ships,  &c. 
for  the  pile  end  being  the  heaviest,  flies 
foremost,  and  wherever  it  touches,  fas- 
tens, and  sets  all  on  fire  about  it. 

Message  .BALLS.     See  SHELLS. 

BALLIUM,  a  term  used  in  ancient  mi- 
litary history.  In  towns  the  appellation 
of  ballium  was  given  to  a  work  fenced  with 
pallisades,  and  sometimes  to  masonry, 
covering  the  suburbs  ;  but  in  castles  it 
was  the  space  immediately  within  the 
outer  wall. 

BALLOON,  a  hollow  vessel  of  silk, 
\arnished  over  and  filled  "with  inflamma- 
ble air,  by  which  means  it  asctndt  in  the 
atmosphere.  It  has  during  the  war  been 
used  by  the  French  in  reconnoitering,  and 
v,;th  great  success  at  Fleurus. 

B  A  LOTS,  Fr.  sacks  or  bales  of  wool, 
made  use  of  in  cases  of  great  emergency, 
to  form  parapets  or  places  of  arms.  They 
are  likewise  adapted  for  the  defence  of 
trenches,  to  cover  the  workmen  in  saps, 
;  nd  in  all  instances  where  promptitude  is 
required. 

BAN,  or  BANK,  a  sort  of  proclamation 
made  at  the  head  of  a  body  of  troops,  or 
in  the  several  quarters  or  cantonments  of 
an  army,  by  sound  of  trumpet,  or  beat  of 
drum  ;  either  for  observing  martial  disci- 
pline, or  for  declaring  a  new  oiiicer,  or 
punishing  a  soldier,  or  the  like.  At  pre- 
sent such  kind  of  proclamations  are  given 
out  in  the  written  orders  of  the  day. 

BAN  and  ARRIERE  BAN,  a  French 
military  phrase  signifying  the  convocation 
of  vassals  under  the  feudal  systi-m.  Me-  | 
iiage,  a  French  writer,  derives  the  term 
from  the  German  word  ban,  which  means 
•publication  ;  Nicod  derives  it  from  another 
German  term  which  signifies^fZ^.  Borel 
from  the  Greek  pan  which  means  #//, 
because  the  convocation  was  general.  In 
the  reign  of  Charles  VII.  the  ban  and  ar~ 
r-icte  ban  had  different  significations.  For- 
merly it  meant  the  assembling  of  the  or- 
dinary militia.  After  the  days  of  Charles 
VI  I.  it  was  called  the  extraordinary  mili- 
tia. The  first  served  more  than  the  iat- 
ter;  and  each  was  distinguished  acco.-ding 
to  the  nature  of  its  particular  svrvice. 
The  persons  belonging  to  the  arriere-ban 
were  at  one  period  accoutred  and  mounted 
like  light-horse  ;  but  there  were  occa- 
sions on  which  they  served  like  the  infan- 
try. Once  under  Franc's  I  in  1545,  and 
again  under  Lewis  XIII.  who  issued  out 
;*n  order  in  1637,  that  the  Arriere-Ban 
should  serve  on  foot. 

BAN  likewise  signified  during  the  an- 
cient monarchy  of  France,  a  proclamation 


made  by  the  sound  of  drums,  trumpets, 
and  tambotincs,  either  at  the  head  of  a 
body  of  troops,  or  in  quarters.  Some- 
times to  prevent  the  men  from  quitting 
camp,  at  others  to  enforce  the  rigor  of  mi- 
litary discipline;  sometimes  for  the  pur- 
pose of  receiving  a  new  commanding  offi- 
cer, and  at  others  to  degrade  a  military 
character. 

BANDER,    Fr.  to  unite,  to  intrigue 
together  for  the  purposes  of  insurrection. 
BAN DE  RET,  in  military  history,  im- 
plies the  commander  in  chief  of  the  troops 
of  the  canton  of  Berne,  in  Switzerland. 

BANDES,  Fr.  bands,  bodies  of  in- 
fantry. 

BAVDES  Francoises.  The  French  in- 
fantry was  anciently  so  called.  The 
term,  however,  become  less  general  and 
was  confined  to  the  Prtv6t  des  Bandes,  or 
the  Judge  or  Pre-ost  marshal  that  tried 
the  men  belonging  to  the  French  guards. 
BAN  DIE  RES,  Fr.  Une  Armec  ran- 
gee  en  front  de  handier es,  signifies  an  army 
in  battle  array.  This  disposition  of  the 
army  is  opposed  to  that  in  which  it  is 
cantoned  and  divided  into  several  bodies. 

BANDOLEER,  in  ancient  military 
history,  a  large  leathern  belt  worn  over 
the  right  shoulder,  and  hanging  under  the 
left  arm,  to  carry  some  kind  of  warlike 
weapon. 

BANDOLIERS  were  likewise  little 
wooden  cases  covered  with  leather,  of. 
which  every  musqueteer  used  to  wear  12, 
hanging  on  a  shoulder-  belt ;  each  of  them 
contained  the  charge  of  powder  for  amus- 
quet. 

BANDROLS.     >  „      „         r 
BANNEROLS.  $  See  CAMPCOIORS. 
BANDS,     properly    bodies    of   foot, 
though  almost  out  of  date. 

TVtf/w- B  A  N  D  s .  In  England  the  militia 
of  the  City  of  London  were  generally  so 
called.  1  he  third  regiment  of  Foot  or 
the  Old  Bulls  were  originally  recruited 
from  the  Train  bands,  which  circum- 
stance gave  ihat  corps  the  exclusive  pri- 
vilege of  marching  through  London  witli 
drums  beating  and  colors  flying.  They 
lost  their  colors  in  America,  which  are 
now  in  the  war-office  at  Washington. 

BAND  of  Music.  The  term  band  is  ap- 
plied to  the  body  of  musicians  attached 
to  any  regiment  or  battalion,  with  wind  in- 
struments. 

BAND  is  also  the  denomination  of  ami- 
litary  order  in  Spain,  instituted  by  Al- 
phonsus  XI.  king  ©f  Castile,  for  the 
younger  sons  of  the  nobilit),  who,  be. 
fore  their  admission,  must  serve  TO  years, 
at  least,  either  in  the  army  or  during  a 
war;  and  are  bound  to  take  up  arms  in 
defence  of  the  Catholic  faith,  against  the 
infidels. 

BANERET,  Fr.  a  term  derived  from 
Baniere,  This  appellation  was  attach- 
ed to  any  lord  of  a  riei  who  had  vassals 
sufficient  to  unite  them  under  one  banicr 
or  banner y  and  to  become  chief  of  the 
iroops  or  company. 


l)n  Chevalier  BANERET,  or  a  Knight 
BAVERET  jrave  ^recedenc1  to  the  troop 
«r  company  which  he  commanded  over 
thai  of  a  baneret  who  wa  not  a  k  '^ht  or 
chevalier ;  the  latter  obeyed  the  former, 
and  the  banner  of  the  first  wus  cut  into 
fewer  vanes  than  tha'  of  t'-ie  second. 

BAN  VE  RET,  Knights -!>a>>nerets,  ac- 
cording to  the  English  acceptation  of  the 
term,  are  persons  who  for  any  iarticular 
act  of  valor  were  formerly  knighted  on 
the  field  of  battle 

BANQUET.     See  BRIDGES. 

BANQUETTE.      See    FORTIFICA,. 

•f  I  O  N . 


B  A  R  R  A  e  K- Allowance,  a  specific  allow- 
ance of  bread,  beer,  wood,  coals*,  &c.  to 
the  regi:re-  ts  stationea  in  barracks  See 
RATION. 

BAR  R  \cK.-GuarJj  when  a  regiment  is 
in  barracks,  the  principal  guard  is  the 
barrack-guard;  the  oflic.  r  b.-in^  respon- 

i  bar- 


sible  for  the  regular  ty  of  the  mei  in 
racks,  and  for  all  prisoners  duly  commit* 
ted  to  his  charge  wlrle  >>n  that  dut    . 

BARRACK.  Muster  Genera/,  a  staff  of- 
ficer at  thr  head  of  th:-  barrack  depart,, 
rnent  ;  he  has  a  number  of  barrack. mas- 
ters an  i  deputies  under  him,  who  are 
stationed  at  the  dilf  rent  barracks;  h^ 

BAR,  a  long  piece  of  wood  or  iron,  i  has  an  office  and  clerks  for  the  despatch 
Bars  have  various  d /nominations  in  the  !  of  business  ;  to  this  office  all  reports,  &c. 
.construction  of  artillery  carnages,  as  respecting  the  barrack  department  are 
sweep  and  cross  bars  for  tumbrils  :  fore,  made.  This  is  a  British  sinecure  <  trice. 
h  d  and  under  cross  bars,  for  powder  !  BARR \cK-Office:  the  office  at  which 
carts;  shaft  bars  for  waggons,  and  dowel  H  all  bus;ness  relating  to  the  Barrack  de- 


bars used  in  mortar  beds. 

BA  ••'.  Shot,  two  half  bullets  joined  to- 
gether by  an  union  bar,  forming  a  kind  of 
double  headed  shot. 

BARB,  the  reflected  points  of  the  head 
of  an  arrow.  The  armor  for  horses  was 
so  called.  See  C  ^PAR  ISON. 

BARBACAN,  or  BARBICAN,  a 
watch-roxver,  for  the  purpose  of  descrying 
an  p.e:ny  at  a  great  distance  :  it  also  im- 


partment  >s  transacted. 

BARRELS,  in  military  aitairs,  are  of 
various  kinds. 

Fire-K.\RRE.i,&  are  of  different  sorts: 
some  are  mounted  on  wheels,  filled  w  th 
composition  and  intermixed  with  loaded 
grenades,  and  the  outside  full  of  sharp 
spikes  :  some  are  placed  under  ground, 
which  have  the  effect  of  small  mines : 
others  are  used  to  roll  down  a  breach,  to 


plies  an  outar  defence,  or  sort  of  ancient  j;  prevent  the  enemy's  entrance. — Compo- 

v        •  ,*         •  •  .1  i  ,!  '•    •  i          *        »  _  1 1_         o i*    K 


fortification  to  a  city  or  castle,  used  espe-  ! 
cially  as  a  fence  to  the  city  or  wa  Is  ;  also  < 
an  aperture  ma  ie  h  the  walls  of  a  fortress 
to  fire  through  upon  the  enemy.  It  is; 
xsometimes  used  to  denote  a  fort  at  the; 
entrance  «f  a  bridge,  or  the  outlet  of  a 


sition,  corned  powder  3olb.  Swedish 
pitch  12,  saltpetre  6,  and  tailow  3.  Not 
used  now. 

purpos 


/>/£•-  Ji 
filled 
combustibles, 


shells,  grenades, 
Not  used  now. 


.  R  R  f.  L  s  are  for  the  same 
with   various    kinds    of 
intermixed    w'fh     small 
and  other  fire-works. 


for 


art  about  16  ir.cher. 


heir  dimen. 


ci  t1, ,  having  a  double  wall  with  towers. 

B  A  R  B  E  T  S  were  peasants  of  Piedmont, 
•who  abandoned  their  dwe  lings  when  an , 
enemy    has    t:;ken    p /ssessiou    of   them.  !<  diameter,  and  30  or  32  inches  long,  hold- 
They  formed  into  bodies  and  defended  theji  ing  100  pounds  of  powder. 
Alps.  BARRELS 

BARBET-.S^/vrj',  in  gunnery,  is  when  sions. 
the  bre.st-work  of  a  battery  is  only  so 
high,  that  the  guns  may  fire  over  it  with, 
out  being  obliged  to  make  embrasures  :  in 
sucn  cases,  it  is  said  the  guns  fire  en  bar- 
bette. See  BATTERY. 

BARDEES  d'eau,  Fr.  a  measure  •  sed 
in  the  making  of  saltpetre,  containing 
three  half- hogsheads  of  warer,  which  are 
poured  into  tubs  for  the  purpose  of  refin- 
ing it.  Four  half- hogsheads  are  somt 
times  thrown  in. 

BARILLER,  Fr.  an  officer  employed 
among  thegallies,  whose  chief  duty  was  to 
superintend  the  distribution  of  bread  and 
water. 

BARRACKS,  or  BAR  ACKS,  are  places 
erected  for  both  officers  and  men  to  lodge 
in;  they  are  built  different  ways,  accord- 
ing to  their  different  situations.  When 
there  is  sufficient  room  to  make  a  large 
square,  surround  d  with  buildings,  they 
are  very  conveient,  because  the  soldiers 
are  easily  contained  in  their  quarters;  and 
the  rooms  being  contiguous,  or.'ers  are 
executed  with  privacy  and  expedition  ;  and 
the  soldiers  have  no  connection  but  with 
those  who  instruct  th?m  itf  their  Huty, 


it 

*> 

«sri 

^ 
^1 

* 

>o  o'  fi  O 

ij 

•5 

>c>o  ro"? 

<3\<+)if>  CO 

<u  S 

030 

.  *^  JO  -Q 

•     )M 
U 

QQ 

34 


B  A  S 


BAT 


The  whole  barrels  are  made  to  contain 
100  pounds,  and  the  half  barrels  50 
pounds  or'  powder;  but  of  late  only  90 
pounds  ha-<.'  been  put  into  the  barren, 
and  45  into  the  half  barrels  ;  which,  by 
leaving  the  powder  room  to  be  shifted, 
preserves  h  the  better. 

hudge  BARKFLS,  Jiold  from  40  to  60 
•pounds  of  powder;  atone  ei'-i  i> 
leather  bag  with  brass  nails:  they  are 
Msc-d  in  actual  service  on  the  batt'-re.s, 
der  from  ririj.ir  bv  acci- 
ue"%  the  euns  and  mortars. 

Buagr-Barreh  contain  38ibs. 

Wei.,  ht    of    barrel— copper    hooped— 

10    !bs. 

W.-^ht  of  barrel-— hazie  hooped— 61bs. 
Length   of  barrel— hazie  hoooed — 10', 
inches 

Diameter  of  barrel— hazie  hooped— i 
inch. 

RIC'IDE.     To    barricade   is  to 

fortify  w-th  trees,  or  branches  of  trees, 

cut  down   for  thar   p<;i --.-ose,  the  brushy 

ends   towar;  my.     Carts,  wag- 

metimes  Made  usi   of  tor 

,  viz    to  keep  buck  both 

"me.    ABA  • 
.1   gen.  ra!  sense  means 
ition,  or  strop,/  pbce  on   the  , 
.     It  'is  likewise  •;  i 
^ll(i   "'  u  of  stakes,  and  i 

thwart  ur; 

.-.id   the  entrance  of  ;:  passage 
.-'.      Iri  tiu  ; 
ot  the  brii'rii;r  is  a  moveable  i;  \r  of  wood,   ' 

l  "13  opened  ar.d  shut  at  pU-asure.    It 
aiso  implies  :  oars>  1 

S   t'tc-t    long,  -.Jar  to  the  \\ 

-•  id  kept   too.-iher  .by  two  ion.  ;; 
.-tcross,  ai:d  another  en 

to  stop  the  ! 
.'   the  ej;:la:-adc   before  \ 

:  is.x.'To'wns,  In  m     tary  history,  ;! 
•\vcic  Mer.in,  Dendcrmohd,  Ypres,  Tour-  i! 
r.;iy,    Mons,    Namur,    and    Maesjricht. 
•   tow.is    wu'e    former: y   garrisoned 
.n.-'.]|  by  French  or  Imperial, "and  half  by 
Dut-  h  troops 

BARM,  or  BKRM. 


BASCULE,  Fr.  a  counterpoise  which  in 

s   to  lift    up   the   draw    bridge  of  a  ;  n 
town,  ;i   t.nn   used  in  fortifi-  jj 

a  door  that  shuts  and  j 
dippr. 

BASE,  or  BAS-S,  in  fortification,  the  j! 
exterior  part  or  side  of  a  poiyg.-n,  or  that  ' 
iary  1  no  \\hirh  is  drawn  from  the 
;d    ;ii:!e  of  a  bustien  to  the  angle  op- 
posite 10  it. 

BASE    signifies  also   the  level  lire  on 

v.-ii;c!;  any  work  >.tands  that  is  even  with 

.  or  other  work  on  which  it  is 

L     Hence  the  base  o,  a  parapet  is 

iiu  '   tiJi^art. 

BASE,  an  ancient  word  for  the  smallest 
cannon       f?e    CANNON. 

PA«E-/;«f,  the  line  on  which  troops  in  ! 
column  rtiove,  dis  first  division  that  L 
ii:.irch?s  into  the  ajignement  forms  the  I 


base  line,  or  appui  v/hich  each  successive, 
division  prolongs. 

H  A  s  r.-rfHg.     Sec  C  A  N  N  o  N  . 

BASILISK,  an  ai  rient  name  given 
to  a  48  pounder.  Sc,,-  CANNON. 

HA  SIS,  the  same  as  BASE 

BASKET-ff///,  the  hilt  of  a  sword, 
so  made  as  to  contain,  and  puard  the 
whole  hand. 

BASKETS,  in  military  affairs,  arc- 
simple  baskets,  frequently  used  in  s: ,?es. 
They  are  filled  with  earth,  and  plac.il  oit 
the  parapet  of  th  trench,  or  any  other 
part.  They  are  generally  about  a  oot 
and  a  half  in  dianv  ter  at  the  top,  and 
eight  inches  at  the  bottom,  and  a  foot 
and  a  half  in  height ;  so  th  .  ,  bt:in  plac- 
ed on  th  parapet,  a  kind  of  eir.br  srrc 
is  formed  at  the  bottom,  thrpn.h  w  rich 
tlie  soldiers  fire,  without  beinr  rx posed, 
to  the  shot  of  the  enemy .  Set-  GABION. 

BASKETS.— Ballast,  ^  bushel—weight 

T:  ameter,  i  foot  6  nches— leneth  I 
foot. 

FASTII.JE,  Fr.  any  place  fortified 
with  towers. 

BASTILLE,  a  state  prison  which  stood 
near  rh-:-  Temple  in  Paris,  a,.d  was  de- 
servedly destroyed  by  the  inhabitants  of 
tnat  capita!  on  the  i4th  of  July,  1789 

BASTINADO,  a  punishment  amen* 
I  urk'isn  soldiers,  which  is  performed 
.'ting  them  with  a  cane  or  fiat  of  a 
he  soles  of  their  feet. 

B  A  S  T I O  N .      See  FORTIFICATION. 

BASSE-  Exeeinte .    S  ee  P  A  u  s  s  E  -  Braye. 

BASSINET,  Fr.  th.  p<_n  of  a  mus" 
quet. 

BASS  ON  or  BASSOON,  a  wind  in- 
staiment  blown  \vth  a  reed,  .x:r-orf;-i:ii* 
the  base  to  all  niarrial  nn.-sic,  oi,e  ur  two 
of-  which  are  attached  to  each  a-s-lmental 
band. 

HAT  DE  MULKT,  a  p.!ck- saddle  used 
or.  service  when  rauies  are  empiovcd  to 
carry  <:,*.. .r--s,  ^v.-. 

-'vCIE.  Fr.  the  time  em  ployed  in 
cii^-,  ii,n-povvder  to  its  proper  con- 
sistency. The  French  UMialiy  consumed 
24  hours  :n  pounding  the  materials  to 
mak  good  jiun-p«.vv.<er ;  suppi.sin*:  the 
mortar  to  contain  16  pounds  «>f  c-;;n;p0. 
siripn,  it  would  require  the  application 
of  the  pestle  3500  times  ea.h  horr.  The 
labour  require,  in  this  :..oeess  is  Ic-s  in 
summer  than  in  winter,  becaus.-  the  water 
is  setter. 

BATAILLE,  Fr.  a  battle. 

Cheval  de  B  A  T  A  i  L  L  E  ,  Fr.  a  wa r  horse^ 
or  charter.  This  expression  is  used  figu- 
ratively as  a  sheet  anchor  or  iast  re- 
source. 

BATAILLER,  Fr.  to  struggle  hard. 

BATARDE,  French  8  pounders  were 
so  called. 

BATARDE AU,  in  fortification,  is  a 
massive  perpendicular  pile  of  masonry, 
whose  length  is  equal  to  the  breadth  of 
the  ciitcii,  inundation,  tn  any  part  of  a 
fortification  where  the  \vater  cannot  ba 


BAT 


BAT 


35 


kept  in  without  the  raising  of  these  sorts 
®f  works,  which  are  described  cither  on 
the  capital-,  prolonged  Of  t|k-  bastions  or 
hall-mooijs,  or  up.  n  their  facts.  In 
thickness  it  ;s  from  15  to  18  feet,  that  it 
may  be  able  to  withstand  th«  violence  of 
the  enemy's  batteries.  Its  height  de- 
pends upon  the  depth  of  the  ditch,  and 
xipon  the  height  of  the  water  that  is  ne- 
ccssiry  to  be  kept  up  for  an  inundation  ; 
but  the  top  of  the  building  must  ahvays 


covert  way,  -o  as  not  to  be  exposed  to 
the  enemy's  view.  In  the  middle  of  its 
length  is  raised  a  massive  cylindr.cai  trr- 
ret,  whose  height  exceeds  the  batardeau 
6  feet. 

BATESME  du  7V0//>f,  Fr.  a  chris- 
tening under  the  line.  This  is  a  ridicu- 
lous ceremony  which  every  person  s  ob- 
liged to  go  through  tiv  first  time  he  cros- 
ses the  Line  on  his  passage  to  the  East- 


by  fits  and  starts,  to  be  undecided  in  your 
plans  or  attack,  £c. 

EATOON,  a  truncheon,  or  marshal's 
staii. 

BATTAILOUS,  a  warlike  or  military 
ap  pea  ranee. 

BATTA  LI  A,  Johnson  adopts  the  word 
from  Battalia,  Ital.  and  calls  it  the-  u:a  n 
body  of  an  army,  distmgK;.:;  d  from  it; 
wings.  1;  also  iir.pli-.s  an  :-rmy  or  consi- 

rable  cLtarl.m  nt  of  troops  drawn  up  in 


be  under  the  cover  of  the  parapet  of  the  \  order  of  ba;rK-,  or  in  any  other  proper  form 


I  to  attack  trie  enemy.     Se<-  BATTLE. 

BAT  T  AL  ( '  N .'  an  undetermined  body 
of  .r.i'ahtry  in  regard  to  number,  entral!/ 
trom  500  to  i  coo  men.  In  the  United 
States  the  iusa:  e  is  v:a:ous,  as>  it  is  in  all 
other  countries.  Ti'i'.-  i;r.ite»i  Stares  re- 
girrrnt  ot  art.iierv  consists  or  -o  com- 
;>ai  icb,  which  torn,  kv.  s;  the 

other  regiments  in  fan  try  and  artillery,  con  - 
sibt  or   ten   ••.  of  uch,    j>«.  that 


Indi.-s.     Different  methods  ot  performing  ;!  eacn  regiment  must  form 'two  bat  .aliens 
it  are.  observed  bv  different  nations     Em,-  :  or  five  compame,  each.     Tin.-  m 
lishmen  frequently   buy  themselves  oa.  :  ginur.rs  m  most  of  the  state.-  c<  hsii 
Amou    the    French,  the  individual   who 


m  1  tia  re- 
;stst  of 

1000  U'ei:,  composing  two  battali<  ns  of 
was  to  he  baptized  or  christened,  swore:  500  men  each,  being  perhaps  the  most 
thai  he  would  individually  assist  in  fore-  j  perfect  organization  for  a  battalion, 
erery  person  hereafter,  who  should 


The    Fiench   call  their  military  corps 

be  similarly  situated,  to  *o  through  the  j  which  answer  to  our  regiments,  aemibri. 

|  gades,  these  usually  consist  or  three  bat- 
talions   ot    isoo  men  each;    when 


some  ceremony. 


A  barbarous  usage 
a  re  baggage  horses  be- 


j  es    e-     taons   o      isoo  men  eac;    wen    two 

EAW-Hont>,    S  longing  to  the  officers  I  of  the  battalions  of  a  demi  brigade  are  in 


When  on  actual  duty. 

BAT-M^/,  £  were  originally  servants 
B AW- Metty  ^  hired  in  war  time,  to 
take  care  of  the  horses  belonging  to  the 
tra;n  of  artillery,  bakery,  bay  gage,  &c. 
Men  who  are  excused  regimental  duty,  for 
the  specific  purpose  ol  attending  to  the 
1»  rses  belonging  to  their  officers,  are  call- 
ed bat-m.n. 

Knights  of  the  BATH,  an  English  mili- 


the  field  the  other  is  in  quarters  or  re- 
cruiting and  disciplining  the  >oung  sol- 
diers, who  are  thus  drafted  from  their 
regimci.t;.]  depots. 

On  the  British  establishment  the^cm. 

pan-e.N  or  grenadiers  and  light  infantry-mem 

having  been  detached  trom  their  Srveral 

corps  and  formed  into  separate  oattalions  ; 

!  the  Bn;ish  gva'/Cs  at  uresent  consist  of  c> 

1   U  .....K. ...  'r i.  J 


tary  order  of  uncertain  original  After 
)ong  decay,  this  order  was  revived  under 
Georee  1.  by  a  creation  of  a  considerable 

,  id  the:  motto  is,  Tria  juncta  in  /<;;&, 
alluding  to  the  three  cardinal  virtues  which 
*vcry  knight  ought  t»  possess  ' 

BATON,  Fr.  a  staff.     S  ee  S  T  A  F  F  . 

BATON;  a  deux  b^ms^  1  r.  a  quarter- staff'. 

BATON  de  commandemtnt^  Fr.  an  instru- 
ment of  particular  distinction  which  was 
formerly  given  to  generals  in  the  French 
army.  Henry  III.  before  his  accession 
to  the  throne  was  made  generalissimo  of 
all  the  armies  belonging  to  his  brother 
Charles  the  IX.  and  publicly  revival  the 
Baton,  as  a  mark  of  high  command. 

BATON  f  err  at  et  nc,n  jerrat,  Fr.  all  sorts 
of  weapons. 

Obtixir  son  object  par  le  tour  du  BATON, 
Fr.  to  accomplish  one's  ends  by  equivocal 
means. 

Etre  blen  assure  dt  son  BATON,  Fr.  to  be 
morally  certain  of  a  thing. 

Eire  reduit  au  BATON  blanc,  to  be  re- 
duced to  your  last  stake. 

A  BATONS  rompus,  Vr.  to  do  any  thing 


I  battalions.     The  different  companies  are 


likewuecoi.siderablji  augmented;  so  that  it 
is  impossible  to  alllx  an?  ^jiec:fic  stand- 
ard to  ti>eir  coniplcmer.t  of  men.  The 
English  royal  regiment  of  Artillery  consists 
of  4  battalions.  Sometimes  reg  ments 
t  each  of  i  battalion  only;  but  it" 
.  .'im..:ous,  are  divicLd  into  several 
baa.uions,  according  to  til  ir  streivth;  so 
th.iv  every  one  may  come  within  the  num- 
bers mentioned.  A  batralion  in  one  of  the 
English  maiciiing  regiments  consists  ot" 
icoo,  ar.d  sometimes  of'  1200  men,  officers 
and  Bon-comrnissioned  included.  V/hen 
there  are  companies  01  se'-.-rat  regiments 
in  a  garr  ion  to  form  a  battalion,  those  of 
the  eldest  regiment  post  themselves  on 
the  right,  those  of  the  second  on  the  left, 
and  so  on  until  the  youngest  fUl  into  the 
centre.  The  oftic«rs  take  their  posts  be- 
iorc  their  companies,  from  tiu.-  nght  and 
left,  acccrdi-.ig  to  sewioritv  Each  batta- 
lion  is  divided  into  4  divisions,  and  each  di- 
vision into  i  wo  sub-divisions,  whicn  are 
again  divided  into  sections.  The  coin,-a- 
ii'e  oi' grenadiers  being  unequal  in  all  b'it- 
tahons,  their  post  must  b  rexulated  by 
the  commanding  officer.  See  REGIMENT. 
JV/«ff$w/«rBATTAj.iON,  in  ancient  fni. 


BAT 


BAT 


litary  history,  a  body  of  troops  ranged  in 
tiic  rcrjim  oi  a  triangle,  in  which  the  ranks, 
(.•acii  other  by  an  equal  numbe'-  01 
in  11 :  1  the  first  rank  consists  of  one  man 
onh  ,  and  the  duterence  between  the  ranks 
is  01, iy  one,  then  its  form  is  that  or  an 
eq'Mla  eral  triangle;  and  when  the  dirier- 
ence  between  the  ranks  is  more  thai;  o>..e, 
its  firm  may  then  be  an  isoscele;  having 
two  sides  equal,  or  scalene  triangle.  This 
method  is  now  lain  asid^.. 

BATTER,  a  cannonade  of  heavy  ord- 
nance, from  the  ist  or  2d  parallel  of  en- 
trcnchment,  against  any  fortress  or  works. 

To  BATTER  in  breach,  implies  a  heavy 
canpoi'ade  of  many  pieces  directed  to  one 
part  of  the  levetement  from  the  third  pa- 
rallel. 

BATTERING,  in  military  afiairs,  im- 
plies the  firing  with  heavy  artillery  on 
some  fortification  or  strong  post  pesscssed 
b>  an  enemy,  in  order  -o  tumolish  the 
works. 

B  A T  T E R  i  NG-Pieces,  are  large  pieces  of 
cannon,  used  in  battering  a  fortified  town 
or  post 

It  is  judjred  by  all  nat.ons,  that  no  less 
than  24  or  iS  pounders  are  proper  ror  tiiat 
use  i'ormerly  m='ch  larger  calibres  were 
useu,  but.  as  they  were  so  long  and  heavy, 
kiiil  very  troublesome  to  transport  and  ma- 
nage, weix-  tor  a  long,  time  rejected,  till 
adopted  among  the  French,  who  during 
the  p'.esent  war  have  brought  36  and  42 
pounders  into  the  field/ 

BATTER  i  NG-7><«#,  a  train  of  artillery 
used  solely  for  besieging  a  strong  place, 
inclusive  oi  mortars  and  howitzers:  all 
24,  18,  and  12  pou nders,  come  under 
this  denomination;  as  likewise  the  13, 10, 
;-nd  8  i!, ch  mortars  and  howitzers. 

B  AT 'i '  t. R  ING-  Ram,       See    the    article 

BAT  !  ERIE  de Tambour  .z  French  beat 
(hum  similar  to  tlic  general  in  the 
n  j>  rvite 

BATTEUIE  en  roiiage,  Fr.  is  used  to 
dismount  the  enemy's  cannon. 

BA  TTE  RIE  pat  catnarndes,  F:.  the  d  s- 
vhaic,e  of  several  pieces  of  ordnance  toge- 
ihei ,  ii  5  rectal  at  oneoDjcxt  or  place. 

BATThRY,    in  military   ariasrs,  im- 

plies  a   y   place  win  sv  cannon  or  mortar,. 

;.. ic  mounted,  either,  to  attack  the  forces 

or  theei.emy,  or  to  baiter  a  f./rtincutiun  : 

>  e  vane  us  name.-.,  a,  i  ec- 

purposes  tnev  a  edc ign  diur. 

d: . -V-BAT  r  EK  v,  is  a  dcleiice  made  of 

ear  in   faced  with    ..Tfcii  sods  or  laser  nes, 

a.        ttxtuiies  made Q!  ^bions-iilleU    -5th 

:   i  t  .on  5 ;  s  t    i  u  a  breast  -  "work  j . 
o;-  ct  .-•:<>. '».£;:!,  ui  18  i>r  ^o  ie.t  thick  at  10.., 
anu  o!   22  cr  24  at   ilii.  toundatioi. ;  <i  .1 
12  feet  bi'o;r.d  u-t  t;;c  bottom,  and  i  •- 
at  me  to^,  and  7 

be  ',h  lea   iijgn.      TJI.  f  ate  2 

llxt  v\  id',  vvulnn,  and  9  wit,. 

e  duvvi.vi.trua,  .v.  c.cj.ix-ss  uic  mt'al 
o.  cx^dbion.  1  he  diiiauce  fron  iiii:c  niic 
of  one  emorasuie  t.,  Ciiat  of  ii-c  otner  is 
'  3  tect  j  that  is,  ths  guns  are  placed  at  18 


feet  distance  from  each  orhc  r ;  conse. 
quently  the  merlons  (or  that  part  of  solid 
earth  between  the  embrasures)  a  e  16  ieet 
within,  and  7  without.  Ti  e  gctiouiliiers 
(or  ]iart  of  the  parapet  which  covers  the 
catriage  of  the  gun)  a;e  generally  made  2£ 
feet  high  from  the  platiorm  to  the  open- 
in,:  of  tiie embrasures  ;  though  this  height 
ought  to  be  regulated  according  to  the 
semi-diameter  or  the  wheels  of  the  car- 
riage, or  the  calibre  of  the  gun.  The 
platforms  are  a  kind  of  wooden  floors, 
m;.<Je  to  prevent  the  cannon  from  sinking 
into  the  ground,  and  to  render  the  working 
of  the  guns  more  easy  ;  and  are,  str.ctly 
speaking,  a  part  of  the  batter  .  They  are 
composed  ol  5  sleepers,  or  joists  ot  wood, 
laid  lengthways,  the  whole  length  oi  the 
intended  platrorm ;  and  to  keep  them 
firm  in  their  places,  stakes  must  be  driven 
into  the  ground  on  each  side:  these  sleep- 
ers are  then  covesed  with  sound  thick 
planks,  laid  parallel  to  the  parapet ;  and 
at  the  lower  end  of  the  piatform,  next  to 
the  parapet,  a  piece  ot  timber  6  inches 
square,  called  a  hurter,  is  placed,  to  pre- 
vent the  wheels  from  damaging  tiie  para- 
pet. Platrorms  are  generally  made  18 
feet  Ion*,  15  feet  broad  behind,  and  9  oe-; 
fore,  with  a  s>lope  of  aoout  9  or  10  inches^ 
to  prevent  the  .  uns  from  recoiling  too- 
much,  and  (or  bringing  them  more  easily 
lo:  ward  when  loaded  The  dimensions  of 
the  platforms,  sleepers,  planks,  liurters^ 
and  nails,  ougnt  to  be  regulated  according 
to  the  nature  of  the  pieces  that  are  to  be 
mounted. 

The  powder  magazines  to  serve  the 
battenes  o-ught  to  be  at  a  convenient  dis- 
tance f.om  the  same,  a^  also  from  each 
:»tner ;  the  large  one,  at  least  55  feet  in 
tiie  rear  oi  tj;e  battery,  and  the  small  ones 
about  25.  Sometimes  the  ia;ge  magazines 
are  made  eith.r  to  the  right  or  left  of  the 
buttery,  in  order  to  deceive  the  enemy  ; 
they  arc  generally  bunt  5  feet  under 
ground;  the  sides  and  roof  must  be  well 
secured  with  boards,  and  coverevi  with 
ea-tii,  clay,  or  sometnirig  of  a  similar 
substance,  to  ^revcnt  tne  powder  .rom 
being  rircd:  Lney  are  guarded  by  centinels. 
The  bails  ave  piled  in  readiness  beside  the 
merli.  between  the  embrasures. 

Tiie  onicers  ot  tiie  artaler,  wight  al- 
•,vays  to  construct  tirJr  own  batteries  and 
platforms,  a,.u  not  the  engineers,  as  is 
pra^usai  in  the  English  service;  tor  cer- 
lainh  none  can  ke  so  sood  judges  oi'  tliose 
ii;  n  s  v •<,  tiie  artillery  oiiicers,  whose 
cuiiy  practice  it  is  ;  consequently  they 
a.e  the  properest  people  to  direct  tne  situ- 
ation and  to  superintend  the  making  of 
baucries  on  ali  ccassons. 

Mort*  r.  B  A  T  T  E  K  Y  .  This  k i nd  of  bat- 
te;v  uuier.s  from  a  gun-battery,  o  iy  in 
liaiing  no  embrasures.  It  con^ista  of  a 
parapet  ol  18  or  20  rcu  tlnck,  7^  hi^h  ia 
front,  and  6  in  ihe  rear ;  of  a  beim  2;yor 
3  teet  broad,  acC'./ium>.  to  <he  quality  of 
•lie  ear  t  n  ;  ot  a  ti.ieii  24  *e>.t  oroaa  at' the 

top,  and  20  at  the  bottom.    The  beds 


BAT 


BAT 


must  be  9  feet  long,  6  broad,  8  from  each 
othe  ,  a;.d  ,  feet  from  the  parapet :   the 
ar    not  to  be  sloping  like  'he  gun  plat- 
form ,  but  exactly  horizontal.     The  in- 
sides  of   such    batteries    are    sometim  s  ' 
sunk  2  or  3  feet  into  the  ground,  by  which 
th.'v  are  much  sooner  made  than    hose  of 
camion.  The  powder  magazines  and  piles 
o)  jMiei.'sare  placed  as  is  mentioned  in  the 
article  Gu NT-BATTERY. 

Ricochet-  BATTERY,  so  called  by  its  in- 
ven'or   M.  Va1  ban,  and  first  used  at  the  j 
siege  of  Aeth  in  1697.     It  is  a  method  of  j 
firing  wi?h  a  very  small  quantity  of  uow-  | 
der,  and  a  little  elevation  of  the  g-n,  so  i 
as  j.ist  to  fire  over  tne  parapet ,  and  then  ' 
the  shot  w  11  rod  along  tne  opposite  ram- 
part, dismounting  the  cannon,  and  driv- 
ing or  d  strovhig  the  troops      In  a  siege 


they  are  ge  :er  lly  placed  at  about  300  re - 
bsfore  the  rirst  > arall. .1,  perpendic  lar  t 
the  faces  produced,  which  they  arc  to  en- 


ii:ade.     Ricochet  practice  is  not  confined 
to  cannon  jlone;  small  mortars  and  how- 
itzers may  eilectualiy  be  used  for  t  he  same 
purpose.     Th.  y  are  of  .singular  use  in  ac- 
tion  to  enfilade  an  e.  emy's   ranks;  for  j 
when  ihe  men  perceive  the  shells  rolling  ' 
and    bouncing    about    with   their    fuzes  \ 
bu'iiiiig,  •.  x;.ectin-,  them  to  burst  every 
moment,  the   bravest  among   them   will 
hardlv    have   courage   to     >  ait    tneir  ap 
p  roach  <<nd  face   the  havoc  of  their  ex- 
ploMon. 

Hofimonta/  BATTL RIES  are  such  as 
have  only  a  parapet  ad  ditch  j  the  plat- 
form beni.  only  the  surface  of  the  hori- 
zon .na:(e  ievel 

Breach  or  Sunk  BATTERIES  are  such 
as  are  sunk  upon  the  glacis,  with  a  de- 
sign to  make  nn  ace  ssible  breach  in  the 
fee.  s  or  saliant  angles  of  the  bastion  and 
pv«lin. 

Cross  BATTERIES  are  such  as  play 
athwart  each  other  against  the  same  ob- 
ject, form  in,,  an  angle  at  the  poi.-.t  of 
contact ;  vvnence  greater  destruction  fol- 
lows, because  what  one  shot  shakes,  the 
dther  Dears  down. 

Obii jue  BATTERIES  or  Batteries  en 
Ecbarfe,  are  those  which  ph;y  on  any 
WO.K.  obliquely,  making  an  obtuse  angle 
with  the  line  of  range,  after  striking  the 


shot  strike  the  object  at  an  angle  of  about 
20°,  after  which  the  ball  .dances  from 
the  object,  and  recoils  to  some  adjacent 
parts. 

Joint  BATTERIES,  P  ,, 
tamarade  BATTERIES,  \  when  Seve' 
ral  gutiS  fire  on  the  same  object  at  the 
same  time.  When  io  guns  are  tired  at 
once,  their  e  licet  will  be  much  greater 
than  when  fired  separately. 

Sunk  BATTERIES  are  those  whose 
platforms  are  sunk  beneath  the  lev:  1  of 
the  field  ;  the  ground  serving  for  the  pa- 
rapet; and  in  it  the  .mbrasures  are 
made.  Th.s  often  happens  in  mortar, 
but  seldom  in  gun-battenes.  BATTERY 
sometimes  signifies  the  guns  themselves 
placed  in  a  b-Jttery. 


ng  BATTER  i?  s  are  those  that 
sweep  cr  scour  tlu  whole  length  ->f  a 
strait  r.iue,  or  tlie  face  or  tiank  of  any 
work. 

Sweeping  BATTERIES.  See  Enjiladh:g- 
BATTRRIFS 

Redan  BATTERIES  are  such  as  riank 
ewch  cthsr  at  tno  saliaut  and  rentrant  an- 
gles fa  fortification. 

Di.ect  BATTERIES  are  those  situated 
opposite  to  tne  p  acj  inten  ed  to  be  bat- 
tered, io  that  the  b  11s  sinke  the  woiks 
nearly  at  iu.it  angles 

Reverse   BATTERIES    are  those  whie;i 
play    -nine  rear  or  the  troops  ap;  < 
to  defend  the  p. ace. 

6Y.;t«r/*£  B.Ar TSRI?.>  are  such  whose  ji 


made  ot  those  much  lus,  where  sods  are 
scarce,  and  the  earth  very  loose  or  sandy. 
For  a  particular  detail  of  all  kinds  of  bat- 
teries, see  Toussard's  Artillerist,  No.  I. 
c.  i. 

BATTER  v.  —  Dimensions  of  Batteries* 

i.  Gun  BATTERIES.  -  Gun  Batteries 
arc-  usually  18  feet  per  gun.  Their  prin- 
cipal dimensions  are  as  follow  : 

Di  ch  —  Breadth        -        -        12  feet. 
Depth  -      8 

AW.  —  Thesv  dimensions  g-ive  fora  bat- 
tery of  two  guns  3456  cubic  feet  of  earth  ; 
and  must  be  varied  according  to  the  quan- 
tity required  for  the  epau  linen  t. 
hfaulement  —  Br.-adt  «  at  bottom  23  feet. 

-  at  top          1  8 
Height  withm  7 

-  wi-hout        6ft.  4in: 
Slope,  inf  r;pr        2-7oflrgt. 

-  exterior       i  aofh'gt. 
Note.  —  The  above  breadths  at  top  and 

bottom  are  fur  the  worst  soil;  good  earth 

will  not  n  quire  a  base  of  more  than  20 

fef-t  wide,  which  will  reduce  the  breadth 

at  top  to  15  feet;  an  epau  lenient  of  these 

dimensions  tor   two    guns     will    require 

aboil:  4200  cubic   feet  of  earth,  and   de— 

ductir.g  300  cubic  feet  for  each  embrazure, 

leaves  3600  required  for  the  tpaulement. 

Li  conrii  ed  SKIUIIOUS  the  breadth  of  the 

cvaulern-nt  may  bt  only  12  ;cct. 

Embrasures  —  Distance  between  />    Q  c    . 

their  centers     ^l8iee£ 

Openings,  interior  20  inc. 

-  exterior       9  feet 

Height  of  the  sole  above  the  plat- 

form -  32  inc. 

Note.  —  Where  the  epaulcment  is  made 

•  fa  reduced  orcadt!.,  tiie  openings  of  the 

ei^orazures    are    made    with    the    usual 

breadth  within,  but  the  exterior  openings 

Theembrazuresarc 

njmet.-mea  omy   12  feet  asunder,  or  even 

ie-ss  wlie'ii    tne    v.rovr.d  is   very    cor.  fined. 

The  sujjeripr  slope  ol  th  epaufement  need 

be  very   little,  where  it  io  not   to  be  cle- 

bj  smJ!  a.-ms.     The  slope  of  the 

i    c  QI  tii    embra  ures  must  oeper.d  upon 

hi  or  in.   oojeci   to   be  fired  'at. 

u«jatif  jijade  ^  feet  r.-ide,- 


38 


BAT 


BAT 


and  where  the  soil  is  loose,  this  breadth  is 
increased  to  4  feet. 

2.  Hc/<witz.£r  BATTERIES  . — The  dimen- 
sions of  nowitzer  batteries  are  the  same  as 
those  for  funs,  except  that  the  interior 
openings  of  the  embrazures  are  2  feet  6 
inches,  and  the  soles  of  the  emhrazures 
have  a  slope  inwards  of  about  10  degrees. 

3.  Mortar  BATTKK    FS — Are  also  made 
of  the  same  dimensions  as  gun  batteries, 
but  an  exact  adic  r-nce  to  those  dimen- 
sions is  not   so  necessary.     They  have  no 
enibr  !zures.     The  mortars  are  commonly 
placed  15  feet  fn-m  each  other,  and  about 
J2  feet  from  t  he  epau  lenient. 

Note. — Though  it  has  been  generally 
customary  to  fix  mortars  at  45°,  and  to 
place  them  at  the  distance  of  12  fe  t  from 
the  epaulement,  yet  many  ad- antages 
would  often  arise  fr  m  firing  them  at  low- 
er angles,  and  which  m,  y  be  done  by  re- 
moving them  to  a  nater  distance  from 
the  epaulement,  but  where  they  would 
be  in  equal  security.  If  the  'mortars 
were  placed  at  the  undermentioned  dis- 
tances from  the  epaulement,  they  might  be 
tired  at  the  angles  corresponding  : 
At  \  3  feet  distance  for  firing  at  30  degrees. 
21  -  -  20 

3°    -  »    »5 

40          ..          .          -          10 

over  an  epaulment  of  8  feet  high. 

A  trench  author  asserts,  that  all  rico- 
chet batteries,  whether  for  howitzers  or 
guns,  might  be  made  after  this  principle, 
without  t:te inconvenience  of  emorazu'es; 
and  the  superior  slope  of  the  epaulement 
being  inwards  instead  of  outwards,  would 
greatly  facilitate  this  mode  of  firing. 

If  the  situation  will  admit  of  the  bat- 
tery being  sunk,  even  as  low  as  the  soles 
«f  the  embrasures,  a  great  deal  of  labour 
may  be  saved.  In  batteries  without  em- 
bra  zures,  this  method  may  almost  al- 
ways be  adopted  ;  and  it  becomes  in  some 
situations  absolutely  necessary  in  ->rder  to 
obtain  earth  for  the  "epaulement;  for  when 
a  battery  is  to  be  formed  on  the  crest  of 
the  glacis,  or  on  the  edge  of  the  counter- 
scarp of  the  ditch,  there  can  be  no  exca- 
vation but  in  the  rear  of  the  battery. 

4.  BATTERIES  on  a  coa.a — tei.erally 
consist  of  only  an  epaulement,  without 
much  attention  being  paid  to  the  ditch  ; 
they  are,  however,  sometimes  madewrth 
cmbrazures,  like  a  common  gun  battery  ; 
but  the  guns  are  more  generally  mounted 
on  traversing  platforms,  and  tire  over  the 
epaulenvrnt.  When  this  is  the  case,  the 
guns  can  seldom  be  placed  nearer  than  3'? 
fathoms  from  each  other.  Tlu: 
rality  of  military  writers  prefer  low  situ- 
ations for  coa-.-t  batteries  ;  but  JVi.  Gribau- 
vaie  lays  down  some  rules  for  the  iici*  ht-, 
of  coast  batteries,  which  place  them  in 
such  security f  as  to  enable  ihcm  to  pro- 
duce their  greatest  e ife-cr.  He  says  the 
height  of  a  battery  of  this  kind,  above  the 
level  or  the  sea,  must  depcr.d  upon  the 
distance  of  the  princi,  al  objcxu  it  has  to 
protect  or  annoy.  The  shct  fruni  a  but'u1- 


ry  to  ricochet  with  --fleet,  should  strike 
the  water  at  an  angle  of  about  4  or  5  de- 
gr-es  it  the  distance  of  200  yards  There- 
fore the  distanceof  the  object  must  be  the 
radius,  and  the  height  of  the  battery  the 
tangent  to  this  angle  of  4  or  5°;  which  will 
be,  at  the  :>bove  distance  o;  200  yards, 
about  14  yards.  At  this  height,  he  s'a>  ,  a 
batr.ry  may  rii  ochet  vessels  in  perfect 
secu*i'ty  ;  for  their  ric  chct  being  only 
from  a  heieht  of  4  or  5  yards,  ca.  have  no 
etieci  aga^st  the  battery.  Tlv  v round 
in  front  of  a  batt>  ry  should  be  cut  in 
steps,  tue  more  effectually  to  destroy  'he 
ricoc'-et  of  the  enemy.  In  case  a  ship 
can  approach  the  batter v  sc  as  to  fire 
musqm-try  from  her  to  s,  a  few  Ij.ht 
pieces  placed  higher  up  on  the  bank,  will 
soon  dihlodge  the  men  from  that  position, 
by  a  f .  w  discharges  of  case  shot.  Ii  is 
also  t-.isy  10  keep  vessels  at  a  distance  by 
t  arcasses,  or  other  fire  balls,  which  they 
are  always  in  dread  of. 

D'irtubie  estimates,  that  a  battery  of 
4  or  5  guns,  well  posted,  will  be  a  match 
for  a  first  rate  man  of  war. 

To  estimate  the  materials  for  a  batr 
tery. 

Fascines  of  9  feet  lone  are  the  most 
convenient  tor  forming  a  battery,  because 
they  are  easily  carried,  and  they  answer 
to  most  parts  of  the  battery  without  v  ut- 
ting.  The  embrazures  are  howevei  bet- 
ter lined  with  fascines  of  18  feet  The 
following  will  be  nearly  the  number  re- 
quired for  a  fascine  baiter)  of  two  guns 
cr  howitzers  : 

90  fascines  of  9  feet  long. 

20  fascines  of  18  feet— for  the  embra- 
zures. 

This  number  will  face  the  outside  as 
well  as  the  inside  of  th  epaulement, 
which  if  the  earth  be  stiff,  will  not  al- 
ways be  necessary  ;  at  least  not  higher 
than  the  soles  of  the  embrazures  on  the 
outside.  This  will  require  five  of  9  feet 
for  each  merlon  less  than  the  above. 

A  mortar  battery  will  not  require  any- 
long  fascines  for  the  lining  of  the  embra- 
zures.    The  simplest  method  of  ascer- 
taining the  number  of  fascines  for  a  mor- 
tar baitery,  or  for  any  other  plain  breast 
work,  is  to  divide  the  length  of  work  to 
be  fascined  in  feet,  by  the  length  of  each 
|  fascine  in  feet,  for  the  number  required 
t  for  one  layer,  which  beii  g  multiplied  by 
the  number  of  !a>crs   required,    will  of 
course  give  the  number  of  fascines  for  fac- 
im;  the  whole  surface.     II  a  battery  be  so 
exposed  as  to  require  a  shoulder  to  cover 
;i    in  fiank.  ab-  ut  50  fascines   of  y  feet 
.  required  for  each  shoulder. 

Fat  ii  fascine  oi   18  ket  will  require  7 

!-:.ith  fascine  of  9  feet  will  require  4 
pickets. 

12  workmen  of  the  line,  and  8  of  the 
artillery,  arc  generally  allotted  to  each 
gun. 

If'  to  the  above  proportion  of  materials* 
£c.  fbr  u  battery  of  two  guns,  there  be 


BAT 


BAT 


39 


added  for  each  additional  gun,  30  fascines 
ef  9  feet,  and  10  of  18  feet,  with  £2  work- 
iiion,  til?  quartity  may  easily  he  found 
for  a  battery  of  a>  y  number  of  pieces. 

The  workmeH  are  generally  thus  dis- 
posed ;  one  half  the  men  of  the  line  in 
the  ditch  at  3  feet  asunder,  who  th^ow 
the  earth  upon  the  berm  \  one  fourth  ut>- 
on  the  berm  at  6  feet  asunder,  to  throw 
the  earth  upon  the  epaulement,  and  the 
oth'ir  quarter  on  the  epaulemerit,  to  le»  el 
tlv1  earth,  and  beat  it  down  The  artil- 
lery- :ncn  ca'ry  on  the  fascine  work,  and 
level  the  interior  for  the  p'attbrms.  This 
number  of  workmen  may  complete  a  bat- 
tery H  36  h-nirs,  allowing  216  cubic  t>et 
to  be  du.i  and  thrown  up,  by  each  man  in 
the  ditch  i  2  f  hours. 

Tools  for  the  construction  of  the  bat- 
tery 

Inlrenfblng — t£  tinvs  the  number  of 
workmen  required  ;  half  to  be  pick  axes, 
and  iU'.lf  shov-ls  or  spades,  according  to 
the  soil 

Mallets— •$  per  gun. 

Ea>th  Rammers — 3  per  Run. 

Crosscut  Sa-ws—'i  to  eve^y  two  guns. 

Axes  or  Hatchets — 2  per  gun. 

This  estimate  of  tools  and  workmen, 
does  not  include  what  may  be  required  for 
making  up  the  fascines,  or  ',-repariri^  the 
other  iruterals,  but  supposes  them  -eady 
:<-cd.  For  these  articles,  s-.e  the 
Avoids  Fascine,  Gabion,  Platform,  &c.  and 
for  the  construction  of  field  magazines 
for  batteries,  see  the  word  Magaziae. 

Note  The  following  estimate  of  the 
quantity  of  •  arth  which  may  be  removed 
by  a  certain  number  of  workmen  in  a  given 
time,  may  serve  to  give  some  idea  of  the 
tiii.c  required  to  raise  any  kind  of  works. 
500  common  wheel  barrows  will  contain 
2,  cubic  toises  of  earth,  and  may  be  wheel- 
ed by  one  man,  in  summer,  to  the  dist- 
ance of  20  yards  up  a  ramp,  and  30  on  a 
horizontal  plain,  in  one  day.  In  doing 
which  he  will  pass  over,  going  and  re- 
turning, about  4  leagues  in  the  first  eas 
and  6  in  the  last.  Most  men,  however, 
\vill  not  wheel  more  than  i^  toisc  per  day . 
Four  men  will  remove  the  same  quantity 
to  four  times  the  distance. 

In  a  soil  easy  to  be  dug,  one  man  can 
fill  the  500  barrows  in  a  day  ;  but  if  the 
ground  be  hard,  the  number  of  fillers 
must  be  augmented,  so  as  to  keep  pace 
with  the  wheel  barrow  man. 

BATTER  v-P/antu  are  those  planks  or 
boards  used  in  maki.  g  platforms. 

BATTER v- Boxes  are  square  chests  o 
boxes,  filled  with  earth  or  dung  ;  used  in 
making  batteries,  where  gabions  and  earth 
are  not  to  be  had.  They  must  not  be  toe 
large,  but  of  a  size  that  is  governable. 

BATTER v-Naits  are  wooden  pins  made 
ef  the  toughest  wood,  with  which   the 
planks  that  cover  the  platforms  are  nail- 
ed.    Iron  nails  might  strike  fire  agains 
vhe  iron-  work  of  the  wheels,  in  recoiling 
&c.  and  be  dangerous. 

$  A  T  T  £  JL  v  -l\fyit<rt    whose   duty    for- 


merly it  was  to  raise  the  batteries.     This 
officer  is  now  -nit  of  use. 

B \PTEURS  eTEstrade.  See  SCOUTS. 

BATTLE,  mplies  an  action,  where 
he  forces  of  two  armies  are  engaged ; 
ar.d  is  of  tuo  kinds,  general  and  particular, 
general  where  the  whole  army  is  vnga^ed, 
ind  particular  where  only  a  ra,  t  is  in  ac- 
ion  ;  but  as  thev  only  d-iier  in  numbers, 
he  methods  are  nt-ar  y  alike. 

Th  re  is  no  action  in  war  morv  b-illiant 
than  that  o  pitched  battles.  Their  suc- 
cess sometimes  decides  the  fate  of  nations. 
It  is  by  this  action  a  general  acquires  re- 
futation. It  is  in  battle  that  his  valour, 
lis  force  of  genius,  and  his  prudence,  ap- 
pear in  their  full  extent ;  and  wher  espe- 
cially hi-  has  occasion  for  that  firmness  of 

.;K(,  without  which  the  most  able  gene- 
ral w;U  hairTy  succeed 

iatt'es  have  e^ei  been  the  last  resource 
voiv-ra'*  A  situation  where  chance 
and  accident  often  baffle  and  overcome 
the  most  prudential  and  most  able  ar- 
v.-'nts,  and  where  superiority  m 
numbers  by  no  means  ensures  success,  is 
s-.ch  as  is  never  entered  into  without  a 
cic-ar  necessity  for  so  doing  The  fighting 
a  battle  only  "because  the  enemy  is  near, 
or  fr  .m  (saving  no  other  formed  plan  or' 
'MlciV-e,  is  not  the  way  of  making  war. 
D  irius  lo.^t  his  crown  and  life  by  it  :  Ha- 
roid,  of  En^Und,  did  the  same;  and 
Francis  I.  at  Pavia,  lost  the  ba<r!e  and 
his  liberty,  K  ng  John,  of  France,  fought 
the  battle  of  Poictiers,  though  ruin  at- 
tended his  enemy  if  he  had  not  fought. 
The  king  of  Prussia  los  1m  country,  and 
the  reputation  which  Prussia  acquired 
from  Frederick  II.  by  the  battle  of  Jena. 

A  skilful  general  will  give  ba>tle  when 
his  army's  situation  cannot  he  worse,  if 
defeated,  than  if  it  docs  not  tight  at  all ; 
and  when  the  advantage  may  be  great, 
and  the  loss  little.  Such  was  the  duke 
of  Cumberland's  at  Hastenbeck,in  1757, 
and  prince  Ferdinand's  at  Vellrnghausen, 
in  1761.  The  reasons  and  situations  for 
giving  battle  are  so  numerous,  that  to 
treat  of  them  all  would  fill  a  large  vo- 
lume ;  the  following  are  a  few  cxij'/'.'icie-- 
of  stare  they  require  an  army  to  attack 
the  enemy  at  all  events.  Such  were  the 
causes  of  the  battle  of  Blenheim,  in  1704, 
of  Zorndorlf,  in  1758,  of  Cunnersdori!, 
in  1759,  and  of  Rosbach,  in  1757,  of 
Austerlitz,  in  1805.  An  army  is  also  ob- 
liged to  engage  when  shut  up  in  a  post . 
An  army  may  give  battle  to  effect  its 
junction  with  another  arm> ,  &c. 

The  preparations  for  battle  admit  of 
infinite  variety.  By  a  knovvlege  of  the 
detail  i>f  battles,  the  precept  will  ac- 
company the  example.  The  main  gene- 
tal  preparations  are,  to  profit  by  any  ad- 
vantage of  gr  >.ind  ;  that  the  tactical  form 
of  tiie  army  be  in  some  measure  adapted 
u>  it  ;  and  that  such  form  be,  if  possible, 
a  iorrn  tactically  better  than  the  enemy's  ; 
iiud,  m  loaning  the  army,  to  have  a  most 
card'u}  attention  to  multiply  resources,  so 


40 


BAT 


BAT 


that  the  fate  of  thearmy  may  not  rung  on 
one  Oi  two  ciforts;  to  give  any  particular 
part  of  the  army,  whose  qua!  ty  ib  supe-  •'. 
rior  to  such  part  in  the    nemy'    arm),  a  i; 
posit  on  that  ensures  action;  aiv.i  finally,  ';, 
to  have  a  rear  by  nature,  or  if  p  ssible, ' 
by  art,  capable  of  checking  tlie  enemy  in 
case  or' disaster. 

The  disposit.ons  of  battles  ad^it  like- 
wise of  an  infinite  var  ety  of  cases;  for 
eve  the  difference  of  ground  whick  hap- 
pens at  almost  every  step,  giv.s  occasioi, 
to  change  the  disposition  or  plan  ;  and  a 
gen  nil's  experience  will  teach  him  to 
profit  by  this,  and  takr  the  advantage  the 
ground  offers  him.  It  is  an  instant,  a 
(Gup  d'ceil  which  decides  this  :  for  it  is  to 
b;  feared  the  enemy  may  depr  ve  you  of 
those  advantages  or' turn  them  to  hi's  own 
profit ;  and  for  that  reason  this  admits  of 
no  precise  nil.-,  the  whole  depending  on 
the  time  and  the  occasion. 

With  regard  to  battled,  there  arc  three 
things  to  be  considered ;  what  precedes, 
what  accompanies,  and  what  follows  the 
action.     As  to  what  precedes  the  action, 
von  should  unite  .ill  your  force,  examine 
the  advantage  of  the  ground,   the  wnd, 
and  the  sun,  (things  not  to  be  neglected) 
and  chuse,   if  possible,  a  field  of  battle  '< 
proportioned    to    the    number   of  your ; 
troops. 

You  must  post  the  di'Fercnt  kinds  of, 
troops  advantageously  for  each  :  they  ! 
mu^t  be  so  disposed  as  to  be  able  to  te-  , 
turn  often  to  the  charge ;  for  he  who  can  \ 
clvu>>e  ')ften  with  fresh  troops,  is  com-  ; 
monly  victorious.  Your  wings  must  be  ; 
covered  so  as  not  to  be  surrounded,  and 
you  must  observe,  that  your  troops  can  ! 
assist  each  other  without  any  confusion,  . 
the  intervals  being  proportioned  to  the 
battalions  and  squadrons. 

Great  c:t<e  must  be  taken  about  the  re* 
gulation  of  the  artillery,  which  should  b^ 
disposed  so  as  to  be  'able  to  act  in  every 
place  to  the  givatu-st  advantage;  f»r  no- 
thin7  is  more  certain  than  that,  if  the  ar- 
tillery be  wi  11  commanded,  properly  dis- 
tributed, and  manfully  served,  it  will 
greatly  con  ribute  to  gaining  the  battle; 
being  looked  upon  as  the  general  instru- 
ment of  the  army,  and  the  most  essential 
part  of  military  torce.  The  artillery  must 
be  well  supplied  with  ammunition,  and 
each  soldier  have  a  sufficient  number  of 
cartridges.  The  baggage,  provisions,  and 
treasure  of  the  army,  should,  on  the  day 
of  battle,  be  ser  t  to  a  place  of  safety. 

In  b.;tt!e,  where  the  attacks  are,  there 
•5  Mto  the  principal  defence.  If  an  army 
nriAcRs,  it  forms  at  pleasure;  it  makes 
it5  points  at  will :  if  it  defends,  it  w;ll  be 
sometimes  difficult  to  penetrate  into  the 
tiesigris  of  the  enemy,  but  when  once 
found,  succour  succeeds  to  the  discovery. 
Grouiid  and  numbrs  musi  ever  had  in 
tijc  arrangement  of  bauk-s  ;  imp 
and  resou.co  v/Il  ever  bid  fairest  ior  wm- 
>iin-;  tlv  m. 

Th-  racst  remarkable  on  record  are 


B.  C. 

1-2.5- 

1184. 

1048. 

750. 
743- 


721. 
685. 


624 

6l2. 

587. 
548. 

509. 

5°4- 

490. 

480. 

479- 

470. 

465- 
448. 

439- 


409. 
405, 

404, 


401. 

39.6. 
395- 

394. 


387. 


363 


The  Theban  war  of  the  Seven  He- 
roes against  Ka-ocles. 

Troy  "iken  at>cr  ten  years  sie  e. 

Je  u  alem  taken  by  David  froitt 
the  Jebus  tes. 

War  ot  the  Romans  against  the  Sa- 
bines 

The  first  Messinian  war  begins  and 
continues  19  y  ars,  to  the  taking 
of  ]  thome. 

S;imarb  taken. 

The  second  Messinian  war  begins, 
cont'nves  14  years  to  the  taking 
of  Ira,  after  n  years  siege. 

Scythians  make  war  in  Asia  Mi- 
nor. 

Nineveh  destroyed  by  the  Mcdes. 

The  war  of  the  Persians  against  the 
Scythians,  who  are  expelled  by 
Cyaxeres. 

Jerusalem  taken  by  Nebuchadnez, 
zar  after  a  s:ege  of  18  months. 

War  of  C>  rus  arainst  Croesus. 

Civil  war  at  Rome,  the  Tarquins 
expelled,  monarchy  abolished, 
and  consuls  chosen. 

The  Athenians  take  and  burn  Sar- 
dis. 

Battle  of  Marathon. 

Thermopylae. 
Salamis.  ' 

Platea   P  Same  day  Persians  defca.- 

Mycale  S      ted  at  botn  jjlaces. 

Cyprus,  Persians  defeated. 

Eiiryinedon  Persians  ne!va;ed. 

Third  Messinian  war  begins,  corL. 
tii.ucs  ten  years. 

First  sacred  war  concerning  th$ 
temple  of  Apollo  at  Delphi. 

War  between  Corinth  and  Corcyra. 

The  Pelcponnesian  war  begins  on 
the  7th  of  May,  Usts  27  years. 

Cartilage  makes  war  on  Sicily. 

Battle  of  Fguspotamos — the  usur- 
pation of  Dyonisius. 

Lysander  takes  Athens — end  of  the 
P  loponn.sian  war — 30  tyrants 
reign. 

Battle  of  Cunaxa— the  younger 
Cyrus  killed — the  glorious  re- 
treat of  th -•  10,000,  and  expul- 
sion of  the  30  tyrants. 

Agesilaus  carries  the  war  into  Per- 
sia. 

The  Corinthian  war — Athens,  Co- 
linth,  Thebes,  Argos,  against 
Laci-daemon. 

Battle  of  Cnidus — Lacedaemonians 
under  Pisander  defeated  by  Co- 
no  n. 

A  few  days  after  Agesilaus  defeats 
the  allies  at  Choronea. 

Battb  of  Attia—  Rome  taken  by 
the  Gauls. 

War  against  Cyprus — ends  in  two 
years. 

Lcuctra,  battle  of—  Epaminondas, 
general  of  Thebes,  defeats  the 
Lacedaemonians. 

Mantinoa  buttle  gained  by 
r.cr/ 


BAT 


BAT 


41 


B.  C. 

360.    Methone,  the  first  victory  of  Philip 

of  Macedon  over  the  Athenians. 
357.  Second  sacred  wa",  on  the  temple 
being  attacked  by  the  Phoceans, 
ends  in  9  years, 
340.  Battle  of  Ag-!gM-<tum — Timoleon 

defeats  the  Carthaginians. 
338.  Battle  of  Cheronea. 
335.  Thebes  destroyed  by  Alexander  fhe 
Great,  when  he  left  only  Pindar 
the  poet's  house  standing. 
334.  Battle  of  -Grauicus — Alexander. 
333.  Issus. 

331.  Arbclla. 

301.  Ipous — Antigonus  defea- 

red. 

312.  Tuscan  war  commenced. 
278.  Battle   at    Delphi.     Gauls    under 

Brennus  cut  to  pieces. 
264.  First  Pr.nic  war  lasts  23  years. 
262.   Sardis,    Antiochus    Soter  defeated 

there  by  Eumenes. 

,256.   Regulus  defeated  by  Xanthippus. 
234.  Sardinian  war  continues  3  years. 
222.  Battle  of  Setlafia. 
218  Second  Panic  war  begins,  lasts  17 

years. 

217.  Battle  of  Thrasymene. 
216.  Cannae. 

208.  Mantinea. 

£02.  Zama.  (Yeated. 

197.  Cynocephale — Philip    de- 

168.  Pydna.   This  battie  closed 

the  Macedonian  .. ••  .pire. 
149.  Third  Punic  war. 
346.  Carthage  destroyed  by  the  Romans, 
in.  Jugurrhine  war   begins,  continues 

5  years. 
105.  Battle  on  the  Rhine,  the  Tuetones 

defeat  80,000  Romans. 
102.  Tuetones  defeated  by  C.  Marius  at 

Aquae  Sextia. 
91.  Social  war  begins,  continues  three 

years,  finished  by  Sylla. 
89.  Mithridatic  war  begins,  continues 

26  years. 
&S.  Was  of  Marius  and  Sylla,  last  six 

years. 

73,  War  of  the  Slaves  under  Spartacus, 
lasts  two  years,  ended  by  Pom- 
pey  and  Crassus. 

54.  England  invaded  by  Julius  Caesar. 
48.  Battle  of  Pharsalia. 
45-  Munda. 

43.  Mutina. 

42.  Philippi.  Death  of  Brutus. 

31.  Actium.  Death  of  the  Re- 

public ;  beginning  of  the 
A.  D.  Empire. 

io.  Varusthe  Roman  general,  defeated 

in  Germany. 

70.  Jerusalem  destroyed  by  Titus,  Au- 
gust 31. 

73.  Byzantium  taken  by  the  Romans. 
xiy6.  Byzantium  destroyed  by  Severus. 
269.  The  Goths  conquered  by  Claudius, 
who  massacres  300,000  of  them. 
340.  Battle  of  Aquileia,  Constantine  the 
younger  defeated  and  killed  by 
Constans. 


A.  D. 

405.  Battle  of  Fesulce,    Stilicho  defeats 

200,000  Goths. 
410.   Rome  taken  and  plundered  by  the 

Goths 
440.  England  ravaged  by  the  Picts  and 


455 

547 
553 

613 
622 

637. 
640 
787 

895 
1016 

1017 

1041 
1066. 
1066. 


1074 

1095 
1  100 

1147 
1187 

1  189 
1192 

1203 
1204 

1205 

1215 

1214 
1217 
1218. 
1219 
1261. 

1064 
1265. 
1314 
1333. 
1346. 


1347. 
1356. 


. 
Rome  taken  and  plundered  by  the 

Vandals. 

Rome  re-taken  by  the  Goths. 
Rome  re-conquered  by  the  Em- 

peror, 
.  Jerusalem  pillaged  by  the  Persians, 

and  90,000  inhabitants  killed. 
Carthage  destroyed   by  the   Sara- 

ce:;s. 

Jcnsalem  taken  by  the  Saracens. 
Egypt  conquered  by  the  Saracens. 
Danes,  their  first  descent  upon  En- 

Kla  .d,  at  Portland. 
The  Danes  under  Rollo,  make  theii; 

first  descent  on  France. 
Battle  of  Ashdown,  between  C:i. 

nute  and  Edmund. 
Danes  under  Canute  conquer  En,. 

'land. 

Danes  ex  pel  led  from  England. 
England   invad?d  by  the  Normans 
Battle  of  Hastings,  where  Harold 

was  slain,  and  William  the  Nor- 

man became  king  of  England. 
The  last   Danish  invasion  of  En- 

gland, when  they  were  bribed  to 

depart. 
First    Crusade  —  Jerusalem    taken 

and  re  -taken. 
Jerusalem   taken  by  Robert,  duke 

of  Normandy. 
Second  Crusade. 
Jerusalem  finally  conquered  by  Sa- 

ladin. 

Third  Crusade—  Siege  of  Acre. 
Battle  of  Ascalon,  in  Palestine. 
Fourth  Crusade. 
Constantinople  taken  by  the  La- 

tins. 
Zenghis   Khan,   till   his  death  in 

1227,    gains   various   battles    in 

Asia. 
Prussia  subdued  by    the  Mercian 

Knights. 

Battle  of  Bnvines,  25  July. 
Lincoln,  19  May. 
The  Fifth  Crusade. 
Prussia  revolted  to  Poland. 
Constantinople  recovered   by  the 

Greeks 

Battle  of  Lewis,  M  May. 
Evesham,  4  Aug. 
Bannockburn,  25  June. 
Halydown-Hill,  19  July. 
Crevsy,  26  Aug. 
Battle  of  Durham,   when  David, 

king  of  Scots,  was  taken  prison- 

er, 17  Oct. 
Calais  taken  by  the  English,  Au- 

gust 4. 
Battle  of  Poictiers,  when  the  Fr, 

kiwg  and  his  son  were  taken  pri- 

soners, 19  Sept. 
3? 


42 


BAT 


BAT 


A.  D 

3357. 


1388. 


1415- 

1421. 
1423. 
1424. 
3420. 

M53- 


1455- 
i45<). 
1460. 

3461. 

1464. 


1485. 
1487. 
J494. 
1497- 


1516. 
1525 

1542- 

1547- 


1596 
1632. 
1641. 

I6..J2. 

1643. 


l644. 

1644. 
1650. 
1651. 
1658. 


John,  king  of  France,  taken  priso- 
ner by  Edward  the  Black  Prince, 
brought  to  England,  and  ranso- 
med for  3,000,000  crowns,  but 
being  unable  to  pay  this  sum,  he 
returned  to  England,  and  died  in 
prison  1364. 

Timour   (vulgarly   called  Tamer- 
lar.e)  appears  a  warrior,  and  con- 
quers Asia,  re-gns  35  years. 
Battle  ol'Otterburn,  between  Hot- 
r  and  earl  Douglas,  31  July. 
Battle  of  Shrewsbury,  12  July. ' 
Aglhcourt,  25  Oct. 
Beauge,  3  April. 
Crevaut,  June. 
Fcrneuil,  27  Aug. 
Herrings,   12  Feb. 
Mahomed  11.  takes  Constantino- 
ple, and  begins  the  Turkish  Em- 
pire in   Europe,  which  put    an 
end  to  the  eastern  empire. 
Same  ye?.r,  the  wars  of  the  two 

looses  in  England  commence. 
Battle  of  St.  Alban's,  22  May. 
Black  heath,  23  Sept. 
Northampton,  10  July. 
Wakefieki,  24  Dec. 
Tourton,  29  March. 
Ilexham,  15  May. 
Banbury,  26  July. 
Stamford,  March. 
Barnet,  14  April. 
Tewkesbury,  4  May, 
Bosworth,  22  Aug. 
Stoke,  6  June. 
Formonte,  6  July. 
Black  heath,  22  June. 
Battle  of  Fiouden,   9  Sept.  when 
James  IV.  king  of  Scots,  was 
'killed. 

Battle  of    Marignano,    Francis   I. 
gains  victory,  14 — 15 — 25  Sept. 
Ej:ypt  conquered  by  the  Turkb. 
Battle  of  Pavia,  Francis  1.    loses 

all  but  honor,  24  Feb. 
Battle  of  Sohvay,  24  Nov. 
Pinkey,  20  Sept. 
St.  Quintin,  10  Aug. 
Calais     retaken    by    the    French, 

January  10. 

Cadiz,  in  Spam,  taken  by  the  En- 
glish. 
Battle  of  Lutzen,  Gustavus  Adol- 

ph-js,  killed. 
Kitschy,  June. 
Edgehill,  24  Oct. 
Shatton,  16  May. 
L  tjsdown,  5  July. 
Rounda  way  down,     ijth 
July- 

Newbury,  20  Sept. 
Indians,  in   I^cw  England,  at  war 

amongst  themselves. 
Battle  of  Mars  ton- moor,  2  July. 
D  unbar,  3  Sept. 
Worcester,  3  Sept. 
Oster.d  attempted  to*  be  taken  by 
the  French,  but  they  were  defea- 
ted with  great  loss. 


A.  D. 

1658.  Dunkirk  taken  by  the  English, 
June  24. 

1662.  Buttle  of  Stcmkirk. 

1675.  Providence,  the  town  of,  in  Rhode 
Island,  almost  destroyed  by  In- 
dians. 

1675.  Medfield,  town  of,  in  Massachu- 

setts, about  half-burnt  by  the 
Indians,  Feb 

1676.  Northampton,    and    several   other 

towns  in  Massachusetts,    burnt 

and   plunderevi   by  the   Indians, 

March. 

1679.  Battle  of  Bothwell-bridge,22junc. 
1686.  Bi da  taken  from  the  Turks  by  the 

Imperialists. 

1690.  Battle  of  Staff  arda,    Catemt  de- 

feats the  dr.ke  of  Savoy. 
Port  Royal,  in  Nova  Scotia,  taken 

by  the  Massachusetts  forces. 
Battle  of  Boyne,  Ireland,  i   July. 
Casco  fort,  New  Hampshire,  taken 

by  the  French  ana  Indians. 

1691.  York-town,    in    the    province  of 

Maine,  burnt  and  plundered  by 
the  Indians,  Jan.  25. 
Battle  of  Aughrim,    Ireland,    22d 

July. 

1700.  Port  Royal,  in  Nova  Scotia,  reta- 
ken by  the  French. 

1703.  Deei  field  in  Massachusetts,  burnt» 

and  the  inhabitants  carried  oif 
by  the  French  and  Indians,  as 
prisoners,  February, 

1704.  Battle  of  Bknheim,  13  Aug. 
1/05.  Cassano,  passage  of  the 

Adda,  by  prince  Eugene. 
1706.  Battle  of  Turin,    prince   Eugene 

defeats  tht  French. 
Ramillies,  on  Whitsun- 
day. 

Charleston,  South  Carolina,  in- 
vaded by  the  French,  who  were 
repulsed  with  loss. 

1708.  Battle  of  Oudcnard,  30  June. 

Wynendale,  28  Sept. 

1709.  Malplaquet,    Eugefie  de- 

feat:.  Villeroy. 
Blarigi.ies,  14  Sept. 
Pultowa,    Charles    XII. 

defeated. 

Canada  unsuccessfully  attacked  by 
the  New-Yorkers. 

1710.  Port  Royal,  in  Nova  Scotia,  re-ta- 

ken by  the  English,  when  it  re- 
ceived the  name  of  Annapolis. 

1711.  Canada    attacked    by    the   British 

troops  and  those  of  New  Eng- 
land . 

1712.  Indian  war  in  North  Carolina. 
1715.  Bartle  of  Du.mblain,  12  Nov. 
1717.   Indians   instigated  by  a  Jesuit  to 

make  incursions  upon  the  colony 
of  Massachusetts. 
1-734.   Dantzic  taken  by  the  Swedes. 

1743.  Dettingen,   the  battle  of,  won  by 

the  English  and  allies,  in  favour 
of  the  queen  of  Hungary,  26th 
June. 

1744.  Battle  of  Fontenoy,  30  Apr, 


BAT 


BAT 


43 


A.  D. 

1745.  Louisburgh   taken  by  the  Massa- 

chusetts forces,  June  17. 
Battle  of  Preston-pans,  21  Sept. 

1746.  Falkirk,  17  Jan. 
Culloclen,  16  Apr 

Madras  taken  from  the  English. 

1747.  LafFeldt,  20  July. 
1749.    Lou!sbii''v{  given  up  to  the  French. 
1755.   Fort  Du  Ouesne,   now  Pittsburgh) 

battle  of,  Julv  9. 
$756.   Oswego  taken  by  the  English. 

Grenada,    the  island  of,  taken  by 

Admiral  Rodney,  Feb. 
Battle  of  Lobositz,  i  Oct. 
5757.  Battle  of  Rosbach,  5  Nov. 

R^ichenberg,  21  April. 
Gros  Je.T,>  rndortf', 30  Aug. 
Breslau,  22  Nov. 
Lissa,  5  D  jc. 
Flastenbeck,  26  July. 
Kolin,  13  June. 
Prague,  6  May. 
1758.  Fort  Du  Qnesne  (Pittsburg)  taken 

by  General  Forbes. 
Hanover  desolated  by  the  French. 
Louisburgh  re-tak  n,  July  22. 
Dresden  taken  by  the  Prussians. 
Battle  of  Sandershausen,  23  July. 
Crevelt,  23  June. 
Mter,  5  Aug. 
ZorndorfT;  25  Aug. 
Sandershagen,  10  Oct. 
Munden,  11  Oct. 
Hochkirken,  14  Oct 
•k--^.  Kunersdorf,  ii  Aug. 

Niagara  taken  by  the  English,  Ju- 
ly 24 
Ticonderoga    taken  by  the    Eng- 

.lish. 

Quebec  taken  by  the  English.  Sep- 
tember 13. 

Canada  taken  by  the  English,  Sep- 
tember 13. 

Arcot,  Carnatic,  taken  by  the  Eng- 
lish from  the  Hindoos. 
Frankfort    upon    the   Oder,     the 
Prussians  and  Russians,  20,000 
men  on  field  of  battle. 
Dresden  taken  by  the  Imperialists. 
Crown  Point  taken  from  the  Eng- 
lish. 
Battle  of  Bergen,  13  April. 

Zullichau,  23  July. 
Coefeld,  i  Aug. 
Minden,  i  Aug. 
Torguu,  8  Sept . 
Pretsch,  29  Oct. 
Plains  of  Abraham.    13 

Sept.  Wolf  killed. 
Maxen,  20  and  21  Nov. 
^760.  Montreal  taken  by  the  English. 
Battle  of  Cosdorif,  20  Feb. 

guebec,  28  Aprih 
rabensteyn,  4  June. 
Corbach,  24  June. 
Emsdonf,  9  July. 
Warour^,  31  July. 
Strehlen, 


Leigr.'itz,  15  Aug. 
Torgau,  i  Nov. 


\\A.  D. 

1760.  Dresden  taken  by   the    Prussians 

again. 

Chamblee  taken  from  the  French 
by  the  Br'tish,  Sept.  7. 

1761.  Cherokee  Indians  in  Carolina,  de- 

feated by  the  Americans  under 
Col.  Grant. 

Dominica  taken  by  the  English. 
Battle  of  Langensal-?,,  15  Feb. 
Grumbcrg,  21  March, 
Vellinghausen,  16  July, 
Kirkdcnckern,  15  July. 
Eiubcck,  24  Aug. 

1762.  Dobeln,  12  M;iy. 
Wilhelmstahl,  24  June. 
Fulda  2-j  J  u.y. 
Friedberg,  30  Aug. 

F  re y berg    10  and  29  Oct. 

1773.  Dantzic  taken  by  the  Prussians. 

1774.  Fort  William  uni  Mary,  in  New- 

Hampshire,  seized  by  the  ii  ha- 
bitants, who  possessed  t-;e,n- 
selves  of  a  quantity  of  powder 
and  military  stores,  Dec.  14. 

1775.  Cedars,  fort  at    the,  given   up   to 

the  British  by  Major  Ruthcr- 
field,  March  15. 

Engagement  <it  Concord  and  Lex- 
ington. The  gre;  adders  and  light 
infantry  of  the  British  army  at 
Boston,  under  colo  el  Smith, 
iotii  foot,  and  Major  Pitc.i  ;n, 
detached  to  destroy  the  maga- 
zines at  Concord,  20  miles  from 
Buitnn,  18 — 19  .-•*  ,  ril 

Another  detachment  march  under 
carl  Percy,  of  16  coui  ames  of 
infantry  and  a  corps  of  marines, 
19  April. 

At  Lexington,  15  miles  from  Bos- 
ton, fell  in  with  the  continentals 
about  five  in  the  morning.  The 
British  fire  on  them  and  a  skir- 
mish is  continued  to  Concord ; 
the  British  are  forced  to  retreat  to 
Boston,  driven  before  the  Ame- 
ricans like  sheep;  the  British 
lost  1 14  killed,  and  127  wound- 
ed, beside  52  missing :  the  Ame- 
ricans .ad  62  men  killed  and 
wounded;  about  the  third  re- 
covered of  their  wounds. 

Ticonderoga  taken  by  Ethan  Allen, 
"  in  the  name  of  Great  Jehovah 
and  the  continental  Congress," 
containing  120  pieces  of  iron  ord- 
nance, between  6  and  24  poun- 
der-, 50  swivels,  2  ten  inch  mor- 
tars, i  howitzer,  i  cohorn,  10 
tons  of  leaden  ball,  3  carts  laden 
with  flints,  30  new  field  car- 
riages, a  quantity  of  shells,  too 
stand  of  small  arms,  10  casks 
gun- powder,  2  pieces  of  brass 
artilL-n  ,  3  Ma-. . 

Crown  Point  taken  by  the  Ameri- 
cans, May  14. 

Bunkei's-hili,  the  Brit^ii  Kgan 
the  attack  about  noon  ;  tne  Lnt- 
ish  lost  1440  men  killed,  857 


44- 


BAT 


BAT 


,7.  D. 

]  7;r5-  wounded  ;  among  the  killed  were 
26  commissioned  officers,  and 
81  among  the  wounded.  Tne 
Ameiicans  had  452  men  killed, 
301  wounded  and  missing  ;  among 
the  killed  was  the  gallant  Dr. 
Warren,  who  commanded  the 
American  forces.  The  American 
fire  was  conducted  with  great 
judgment;  and  the  British  were 
blockaded  in  Boston,  17  June. 

Charlestow  p,  Massachusetts,  burnt 
by  the  British,  June  17. 

Stonington,  Connecticut,  set  on  fire 
by  the  British,  Sept.  3. 

Canada  invaded  by  the  American 
forces,  October. 

Chainbi-e  taken  by  the  Americans 
commanded  by  Col.  Brow,:  and 
Major  Livingston,  October  18. 

Falmouth,  New  England,  destroy- 
ed by  the  British  forces,  Octo- 

bvr  i  a 

Chamblec  fort,  in  Canada,  attacked 
by  the  Americans,  Oct.  20. 

Cliamblee  taken  by  Montgomery, 
124  barrels  gun-powder,  6564 
musket  cartridges,  150  stand 
French  made  arms,  3  mortars, 
61  shells,  83  stand  English  arms; 
and  other  valuable  military  and 
naval  stores,  3  Nov. 

Montreal  taken  by  the  Americans, 
Nov.  12. 

Sf.  John's  taken  by  Montgomery, 
17  brass  ordnance,  2  eight  inch 
howitzers,  22  iron  ordnance, 
shot,  shells,  powder,  800  stand 
small  arms,  and  naval  stores,  13 

T'-JOV. 

,toim    of   Quebec,     Montgomery 
fulls,  Arnold  wounded,  the  A- 
mcricans  obliged  to  retreat,  but 
*  encamp  on  the   Plains  of  Abra- 

ham, 31  Dec. 

Great  Bridge  in  Virginia,  battle  of, 
in  which  the  British  were  de- 
feated, Dec. 

776.  Norfolk,  in  Virginia,  burnt  by 
order  of  Lord  Dunmor^  tru  i>ri- 
tish  governor,  and  great  damage 
sustained,  Jan.  i. 

Chamblec  fort  retaken  by  the  Bri- 
tish, (an  l&. 

Highlanders,  and  regulators  of  N. 
Carci.na,dereaied  with  great  loss 
near  Moore's  Creek  bridge,  by 
Gen,  Moore,  Feb.  27. 

Dorchester  Point  fortified  in  the 
niy-iii,  so  as  to  render  Boston  no 
longer  tenable  by  the  British, 
March  4. 

Boston  evacuated  precipitately,  ths 
Bntish  leaving  Dehiiid  their  arms, 
mihtdt}  stor.s  and  provisions; 
sir  Archibald  Campbell,  with 
170°  m-jn,  enters  the  harbor,  and 
are  made  prisoners  by  ge-neral 
"Washington,  18  March. 


A.  D. 

1776.  Crown  Point  re- taken  by  the  Bri- 
tish. 

British  attack  on  the  Cedars,  Ar- 
nold capitulates  ;  Ameiicans 
treated  with  barbarity  ;  congress 
annuls  the  capitulation  in  con. 
sequence,  26  May. 

British  tones  defeated  at  Moore's 
creek,  in  North  Carolina,  by 
colonel  Caswell,  and  the  tory 
leader  Macleod  killed. 

Portsmouth,  Virginia,  destroyed 
by  the  British,  June  i. 

General  sirH.  Clinton  attacks  Sul- 
livan's islard,  in  concert  with 
Sir  P.  Parker,  and  is  defeated  by 
general  Lee,  15  June. 

Montreal  retaken  by  the  British, 
June  15. 

Charleston,  S.  C.  attacked  by  a 
squadron  of  sh.ps  under  Sir  Pe- 
ter Parker,  and  a  body  of  troops 
unde;  Generals  Clinton  and  Corn- 
\vallis,  who  we>e  neieatcd  with 
great  slaughter,  June  25. 

Battle  of  Lons  Island,  or  Flat 
bush  ;  the  American  lines  at- 
tacked by  sir  William  Howe, 
with  20,000  men,  and  the  Ame- 
rican army  sufiers  great  loss  from 
an  injudicious  disposition  01  the 
forces  ;  the  retreat  however  was 
conducted  with  admirable  skillr 
in  thirteen  hours  9000  men  with 
artillery,  and  all  their  equipage, 
crossed  an  arm  of  the  sea  a  rnili 
wide,  in  the  face  of  a  superior 
and  victorious  armv.  In  this  ac- 
tion the  Americans  had  2000 
men  killed  and  wounded,  and 
1000  raken  prisoners.  26  Aug. 

Fort  on  Sullivan's  Island,  unsuc- 
cessfully attacked  by  the  British, 
June  28. 

New-York  surrendered  to  the  Bri- 
tish forces,  Sept.  {5. 

General  Armld  opposes  the  force 
sent  by  Carleton  from  Canada 
against  Ticoncieroga,  but  is  de- 
feated on  Lake  Champiam  ;  he 
raakts  an  admirable  retreat  to 
Crown  point,  n  Oct. 

Battle  of  White  Plains;  generals 
Kny^.hausen,  Coruwallis,  and 
Percy,  commanded  columns; 
HOWL-  commander  in  chief  of  the 
British,  with  15,000  cflectiTes ;, 
general  Washington  commander 
iw  chief  of  the  American  army, 
consisting  of  5000  regulars,  and 
f  i  ,oco  militia  ;  the  British  attack 
the  American  entrenchments  but 
are  defeated,  28  Oct. 

Fort  Washington,  near  King's 
Bridge,  taken  by  the  British, 
with  a  loss  of  loco  men !  15 
Nov. 

Fort  Lee,  near  New-York,  takeii 
by  the  British,  Nov.  18, 


BAT 


BAT 


45 


A.  D. 

1776.  Newport,  R.  Island,  taken  by  the 

British,  Dec.  7. 

General  Washington  surprises  the 
Hessians  at  Trenton;  general 
William  Irvine  commanding  the 
advance  ;  general  Cadwaliader, 
the  second  column,  and  general 
Washington  the  principal  divi- 
sion, general  G  reene  and  general 
Sullivan  formed  his  suite ;  the 
enemy  ,md  their  artillery  were 
captured,  26  Dec. 
Strength  of  British  and  American 
armies  in  1776. 

British.  Americans. 

Aug.     24000  16000 

Nov.     26900  4>oo 

Dec.     27000  3300 

£777.  Princetown,   battle  of,    when  the 
Americans  under  General  Wash- 
ington, defeated  the  Britisn  with 
great  loss.  Jan.  2. 
Providence,  the  island  of,  taken  by 

Commodore  Hookins,  March. 
Danbury,  townoi,  in  Connecticut, 
burnt  by  the  British,  and   large 
quantities  of  continental   stores 
destroyed,  April  26. 
Tico  idero^a  taken  by  the  British, 

5  July.' 

Action  at  Hubberton,  the  British 
general  F razor  attacks  the  re- 
treating Americans  under  colonel 
Francis,  aad  defeats  them,  6 
July. 
Fan-field,  in  Connecticut,  burnt  by 

the  British,  July  7. 
Bennington  battle,  16  Aug. 
General  Stark  defeats  the  Hessian 
general  Baum,  and  colonel  Brey- 
man,  on  Walloon  Creek,  16  Aug. 
Fort  Stanwix,  alias  Fort  Schuyler, 
the  siege  of,  raised  by  Sir  John 
Johnson  and  Lieut.  Col.  St.  Le- 
ger,  Aug.  22. 

Eutaw  Springs,  the  battle  of,  in 
which  General  Green  defeats  the 
British,  Sept.  8, 

Battle  of  Brandy  wine;  the  dispo- 
si  ions  of  the  British  were  mas- 
terly in  this  action  ;  the  Ameri- 
can army  discomrhted  and  iruke 
a  precipitate  but  circuitous  re- 
treat, ii  Sept. 
Massacre  at  the  Paoli,  by  sir 

Cnaiies  Grey,  20  Sept. 
Philadelphia  taken  by  the  British 

ui^ier  General  Howe,  Sept.  26. 
JSattie  of  Germamown  ;  800  Eng- 
lish, QOO  Americans  killed  and 
woi.-.;ued;  the  British  lost  ge- 
neral Af  new  and  colonel  Kird ; 
the  Americans,  colonel  Haslet, 
of  Delaware  state,  a  gallant  of- 
ficer, 4  Oct. 

Battle    of-  Stiilwater,    about    600 
men  kii'ed  on  each  bide  ;  no  vic- 
tory ;    th.1   action  us  mire^d  as 
any    kn^.v^    i'or    the    am,, 
Bureoyne  retreats  aad  eiurejjch- 


A.  D. 

1777.  es  himself  at  Saratoga,  17  Sep- 

tember. 

British  entrenchments  near  Lake 
George  attacked  by  general  Gates, 
and  the  British  completely  beat- 
en ;  the  British  general  Frazer, 
and  the  Hessian  coloi.el  Breyman 
killed;  Arnold  who  command- 
ed on  the  right,  was  wounded 
in  the  tendon  Achilles ;  Gates 
took  200  prisoners  and  9  brass 
field  pieces.  Burgoyue  makes 
a  precipitate  retreat  to  Saratoga, 
where  he  capitulates  on  the  i7th 
of  October,  surrendering  5790 
men,  and  35  pieces  of  field  ar- 
tillery, &c.  17  Oct. 

Esopus,  in  New- York,  was  total- 
ly destroyed  by  the  British,  with 
grsat  quantities  of  stores,  Octo- 
ber 15. 

Kingston,  in  Ulster  county,  New- 
York,  burnt  by  the  BntLh,  Oc- 
tober 15. 

Action  at  Red  Bank,  the  Hessian 
general  Donop  killed,  and  the 
Biitish  attack  frustrated,  and  the 
ship  of  war  Augusta  blown  up, 
22  Oct. 

Forts  Montgomery  and  Clinton  ta- 
ken by  the  British,  October. 

Martha's  Island,  pillaged  by  the 
British,  who  carried oli' 300  oxen, 
and  2000  sheep. 

Attatk  of  Mud  Fort,  (now  Fort 
Mifliin)  by  Cornwallis  ;  gallantly 
defended  by  Col.  Samuel  Smith, 
15  Nov. 

Strength  of  British  aad  American 
armies  in  177?. 

British.  Americans. 
March,  27000  4500 

June,        30000  8000 

1778.  Battle  of  Savannah,  15  Jan. 

Monmouth,  the  British 
retreat  by  forced  marches  to  New- 
York,  28  June. 

Wyoming,  out  ot  41?  Americans 
stationed  there,  360  were  inhu- 
manly butchered  by  a  party  or" 
Tories  and  Indians,  commanded 
by  Col.  John  Butler,  July  i. 

Dominica  taken  by  tke  French  un- 
der the  Marquis  de  Bouilie, 
when  164  pieces  of  cannon  and 
24  brass  mortars  were  fouiid 
therein.  Sept  7. 

Attack  of  Savannah,  28  Dec. 

1779.  Sunbury  taken  by  Gen.  Provost, 

Jan.  9. 

Briars  creek,  American  general 
Ashe  defeated,  3  March. 

Portsmouth,  in  Virginia,  invaded 
again  by  the  British,  unoer  Sir 
George  Coilierand  General  Mat- 
thews, who  burnt  vast  quanti- 
ties of  property  there,  May  10. 

Stoney  Point  and  Verplanks  t.;k?n. 
by  the  British  under  general 
Vaughan,  30  May. 


43 


BAT 


BAT 


A,  D.                                                          ; 

A.   D. 

1779.  Stonoferry,  in  Carolina,  the  battle  i 

1780.      mounted  riflemen  collected  from 

of,  June  20. 

Kentucky,  Georgia,  and  the  Ca- 

Grenada  taken  by  the  French,  Ju-  ! 

rolinas,   :ttnck  and  kill  the   tory 

ly  6. 

leader  Ferguson,  and  take  800  of 

Nor  walk,    in    Connecticut,  burnt 

his  party  prisoners,  7  Oct. 

by  the  Brtis'i,  July  7. 

Clermont,  S.  C    taken  by  Colonel 

General   Wayne  storms  and  takes 

Washington,  Dec.  4. 

Stony  Point,  16  July. 

1781.   Richmond,  in  Virginia,  destroyed 

Pawlus-hook  taken  by  the  Am  TU 

by   the    British    under    General 

cans   under  General  Lee,   when 

Arnold,  Jan.  5. 

30  of  the   British   were  killed, 

5?  illsborough,  in  Carolina,  the  roy- 

and 160  made  prisoners,  J  ily  19. 

al  standard  erected  there  by  Lord 

•\    conflagrating    war  carried    into 

Cornwall  s,  Feb.  20. 

Connecticut,  by  governor  Tryon  ', 

Colonel   Henry  Lee,    with  his  le- 

and general  Garth,  New  Haven 

gion,    attacks   a  body   of  lories 

taken  ;   Fairfield,  Norwalk,   and 

upon  the  Haw  river,    within  a. 

Greenfield  burnt  to  the  ground, 

mile  of  Tarleton's  encampment, 

July. 

and  cuts  them  to  pieces,  25  Feb. 

Newhaven,    town  of,    ravaged  by 

Battle  of   Guil  ford*  court   house; 

the  British,  July. 

general   Greene  commanded  the 

General  Lincoln  attacks  the  British 

Americans  ;    general   Cornwallis 

under  colonel  Maitland,  27  June. 

the  British  ;  a  hard  fought  bat- 

Attack of  the  British  lines  at  Sa- 

tle, the  Americans  defeated,  but 

vannah,  by   Lincoln  and  D'Es- 

the  victory  was  fatal  to  the  vic- 

taign, who  are  repulsed  and  raise 

tors,  15  March. 

the  siege,  9  Oct. 

Fort  Watson,    South  Carolina,  ta- 

lortofOmoa, key  to  the  Bay  of 

ken  by  the  Americans,  April  15. 

Honduras,  taken   by  the  Britisli 

Camden,    battle  at,   in  South  Ca. 

from  the  Spaniards,  Oct.  20. 

rol;na,    between  General    Green 

178-.   Fort  on  Sullivan's  Island  taken  by 

and   Lord    Rawdon,    when    the 

the  British,  May  6. 

Americans  retreated,  April  25. 

Wachaws,   North  Carolina,  where 

Petcrsburgh,  in  Virginia,  the  ship- 

Colonel  Tarleton  surprised  300 

pine  and  stores  destroyed  at,  by 

Americans,   of  whom  he  killed 

Phillips  and  Arnold,  April  26. 

by  far  the  greatest  number,  May. 

Fort  Motte,  in  South  Carolina,  ta- 

Charleston, South  Carolina,  taken 

ken  by  the  Americans,  May  12. 

by  the   British,   after  a  siege    .f 

Carndeii,  S.   C.   burnt  by  the  Bri- 

several   weeks,    by   Gen.    Clin- 

tish, May  13. 

ton,  12  May. 

Fort    Granby,    in  South  Carolina, 

Elizabeth  town,  New-  Jersey,  tak- 

taken by  the  Americans,  May  15. 

en  by  the  British,  June  7. 

Fort  Cornwallis,  at  Augusta,  tak- 

Springfield attacked  and  burnt  bv 

en  by  the  Americans  under  Gen. 

the  British  from  New  York  ;  the 

Marion  and  Col.  Lee,  June  5. 

British  severely  handled  and  forc- 

Augusta, Georgia,  taken  by   Col. 

ed  to  retire,  23  June. 

Pic  kens  and  Lee,  5  June. 

General  Sumpter,  after  three  re- 

Battle of   the  ,  Cowpens,    general 

pulses  storms  and  takes  the  Brit- 

Mo'van defeats  Tarleten,  whose 

ish  post  at  Rocky   Mount,   on 

whole  force  is  cut  to  pieces  ;  the 

the  Catawba  river  ;    but  aban- 

British had  600  men  killed  on  the 

dons  it  and  attacks  the  post  at 

fkld;    the   Americans   12.  killed 

Hanging  Rock,  30  July. 
Battle  of  Camden,    Gates  against 

and  60  wounded,  7  June. 
Battls  'f  Ninety-six.  19  June. 

'Cornwallis,  both  armies  set  out 

Grotton,  in  Connecticut,  burnt  by 

at  midnight,  and  their  advanced 

Gen.  Arnold,  Sept.  6. 

guards    began    the    action   at   ^ 

Battle  of   Hobkirks   hi:l,    general 

o'clock  in  the  morning,  16  Aug. 

Greene  and  lord  Ra-.vdon,  8  Sept. 

I'-irleton  attacks  Sumptev  on  the 

Eutaw  Springs,  the  Britisli  under 

v/atsree,  a  skirmish  without  any- 

general  Stewart,  defeated  by  ge- 

other   effect  than  the  display  of 

ner.u  Grtene  ;  the  sta.  dard  of  the 

enterprise  and  intrepidity  on  both 
bides,  1  8  Aug. 

3d  ii'itish  regiment,  or  old  Euiis, 
taken    by   the    Americans  ;    the 

Au>iUbtaf     Georgia,    attacked    by 

'    American    colonel     Washington 

American  general  Clark,  without 

wov;-i  -Ai  and  taken  by  liie  Brit- 

success,  14  Sept. 

ish,  8  Sept. 

T.iriuon  attacks  Sumpter  at  Black 

New  London,  Connecticut,  burnt 

Rock,  on  the  Tyger  river,  and  is 

by  Benedict  Arnold,  Sept.  13. 

ciricated;  both  commanders  se- 

Battle* Oi'  Porto  Novo  and  Mootea- 

verely  wounded,  Oct. 

pollaiB,  E.  Indies. 

Battte     ot    King's     Mountain,    in 

1782,  Floating  batteries,  the,   destroyed 

,h    a    party    oi     American 

before  Gibraltar,  Sept.  13^ 

BAT 


A-  D. 

Surrender  of  Yorktown,  by  Corn- 
v/allis,  with  his  whole  army, 
consisting  of  7000  men,  to  the 
united  armies  of  America  and 
France,  under  the  command  of 
general  Washington,  which  clos- 
ed the  battles  ef  the  American 
revolution,  17  Oct. 

Mohawk  river,  battle  at,  when 
Colonel  Willet  defeated  the  Bri- 
tish, Oct.  24. 

1790.  The  Miami  Indians  defeat  General 

Harmar  with  great  loss,  Septem- 
ber 30. 

1791.  The  Indians  defeat  Gen.  St.  Clair 

with  great  loss,  Nov.  4. 
Bangalore,    battle  of,    Cornwallis 
captures  the  place. 

1792.  Ostend  taken  possession  of  by  the 

French  under  D-smourier,   Dec. 

Nice  taken   by   the  French  under  j 
General  Anselm,  Sept.  29. 

Savoy,  part  of  the  king  of  Sardi- 
nia's dominions,  taken  by  the 
French  under  General  Monies- 
quieu,  Oct. 

Battle  of  Jemappe,  Dumourier, 
French  40,000,  Clairfayt,  Aus- 
trians  28,000,  Nov.  5. 

Frankfort  treacherously  given  up 
to  the  Austrians,  when  1300 
Frenchmen  were  massacred  by 
the  Hessians,  and  several  whose 
lives  were  spared  had  their  hands  j 
cut  off,  Dec.  2. 

1793.  Neuingen,  the  battle  of,  between 

the  combined  armies  and  General 
Dumourier,  when  the  French 
were  defeated  with  great  loss, 
March  20. 

Battle  of  Tirlemont,  Clairfayt  de- 
feats Dumourier,  March  18. 

Battle  of  St.  Amand,  in  which 
Dampierre  the  French  comman- 
der was  killed  by  a  cannon  ball, 
in  an  engagement  near  the  woods 
of  Rhernes  and  Vicoigne,  when 
the  allies  were  defeated  with 
great  loss  ;  General  Clairfayt 
and  Duke  of  York  commanded 
the  coalesced  army.  May  8. 

Famars,  battle  of,  between  the 
French  and  combined  powers, 
when  fhe  former  were  defeated, 
by  Cobourg  and  Duke  of  York, 
May  23. 

Carlberg,  the  battle  of,  when  the 
French  under  Custine,  defeated 
the  Prussians,  May  18. 

Arlcn,  French  and  Austrians,  latter 
defeated,  9  June. 

Valenciennes,  taken  by  the  combi- 
ned powers,  and  soon  after  reta- 
ken, June. 

Marseilles,  which  had  revolted  a- 
gainst  the  convention,  subdued  ! 
Aug.  24. 

Verdun,  the  French  garrison,  taken  | 
by  the  Prussians,  a.nd  retaken 
soon  after,  Sept.  2, 


A.  D. 

1793.  Battle  of  Weissemberg,  (or  attack 
and  repulse  of,)  Aug.  27. 

Battle  of  Hondschoote,  French  un- 
der Houchard  commander,  Mar- 
shal Freytag  taken,  duke  of  York 
escapes,  Sept.  6. 

Dunkirk  besieged  by  the  combined 
army  und:-r  the  Duke  of  York, 
August  25,  who  were  repulsed 
with  great  slaughter,  Sept.  7, 
following. 

Battle  of  Dunkirk,  Duke  of  York 
and  Marshal  Freytag  defeated  by 
the  French  under  Houchard 
and  Jourdan,  32  24- pounders, 
and  68  other  pieces  of  cannon  ta- 
ken by  the  French,  Sept.  8. 

Battle  of  Pirmasens,  on  the  Rhine, 
Duke  of  Brunswick  victorious 
over  the  French. 

Battle  of  Saorgia,  King  of  Sardinia 
beaten,  Sept.  20. 

Spaniards  defeated  at  Pcrpignan 
under  Ricardos. 

Boi:fflers,  from  8  in  the  morning  to 
7  at  night,  Austrians  retreat  un- 
der cover  of  night. 

Battle  ol  Mauhege,  Cobourg  Aus- 
trian, Jourdan  French,  lasted 
two  days,  from  day  light  'till 
night. 

Jercmic  fort,  St.  Domingo,  taken 
by  tlu-  British,  Oct. 

Limbach,  battle  of,  when  flic 
French  were  victorious,  Sept.  14. 

Maubeuge,  the  battle  of,  between 
the  Austrians  and  the  French, 
whfn  the  former  were  defeated 
with  great  loss,  Oct.  15  &  16. 

Toulon  surrendered  to  the  English 
Admiral  Lord  Hood,  who  took 
possession  of  the  town  and  ship- 
ping in  the  name  of  Louis  XVII, 
when  the  tree  of  liberty,  which 
had  been  erected  there,  was  con,- 
verted  into  a  gibbet  for  the  re- 
publicans. On  December  19, 
following,  the  republicans  at- 
tacked the  town  in  a  most  vigo- 
rous manner ;  when  the  combin- 
ed forces,  finding  that  all  future 
resistance  was  useless,  after  hav- 
ing set  fire  to  the  shipping,  arse- 
nals, &c.  made  a  precipitate  re- 
treat. 

Tirlemont,  battle  of,  when  after  a 
contest  of  several  days,  the 
French  under  Dumourier  were 
defeated. 

Battle  of  Deuxponts,  Hoche  and 
Wurmser,  Hoche  victorious  at 
4  o'clock,  afternoon,  loss  of 
Austrians  6000,  French  2000, 
21  Nov. 

Hainan,  Hoche  gains  a  victory, 
8—9  Dec. 

Action  five  days  at  Weissemberg, 
and  Austrians  driven  from  Bal- 
berotte,  31  Dec. 


48 


BAT 


BAT 


A.  D. 

1794.  Noimoutier.  the  islnnd  of,  taken 
from  the  Insurgents  of  La  Ven- 
dee, by  the  arms  of  the  French 
Republic,  Jan  3. 

Battle  between  Russians  and  Poles, 
former  defeated,  4  Jan. 

Fort  Vauban  taken  by  the  French, 
Jan.  7. 

Battle  of  Villers .  en  Couchce,  24 
April. 

Battle  of  C^teau. 

jV'Ioucron,  battle  of,  when  the  al- 
lied forces  under  Clairfayt  were 
totally  defeated  by  the  '  Trench 
under  Pichegrti,  April  26. 

Courtray,  the  same,  n  May. 

Tcurnay,  battle  of,  between  the 
Irench  and  English,  when  the 
former  were  defeated,  May  10; 
again  between  the  French  and 
combined  powers,  when  tiie  lat- 
ter were  defeated  with  great  ioss, 
May  17  &  18  following. 

Lannoy,  Pichci'ru  defeats  duke  of 
York,  18  May,  takes  60  pieces; 
here  the  duke  won  the  race,  but 
lost  the  battle. 

Turcping,  richegru  and  Clairfayt, 
a  victory  on  neither  side,  though 
a  desperate  battle,  22  May 

Coilloure,  the  Spanish  garrison  of, 
also  Port  Vendre,  Fort  St.  El- 
mo, &c.  with  8000  prisoners,  ta- 
ken by  the  French  under  Gen. 
Dugoumier,  May. 

Battle  of  Espierres,  25  May. 

Hoogleden,  Macdouald  defeats 
Clairfayt,  13  June 

Charieroy,  a  garr;so.;  consisting  of 
3000  <Vustrhns,  surrendered  to 
the  French  under  Gen.  Jourdan, 
June  25. 

Bat ile  of  Fleurus,  Jourdan  victo- 
rious over  Cobourg,  began  at  3 
o'clock  in  the  morning ;  the 
French  three  times  fell  back  from 
the  powerful  artillery  of  the 
Austrians,  and  returned  fresh  to 
the  tight.  The  French  word  of 
battle  was,  no  letreat  to  day ,  for 
9  hours  victory  indecisive  ;  when 
Jourdan  collecting  his  corps  de 
reserve,  Lefebvre  leading  the  ca- 
valry, the  Ausvnans  were  put  to 
the  route.  In  this  action  recon- 
noiterihg  with  balloons  was  prac- 
tised \vith  the  greatest  eilect, 
the  combined  forces  lost  aboui 
iJcco  men  killed  and  15000  priso- 
ners, June  28.  Inconsequence  of 
of  this  victory,  Le  Chateau  de 
Namur  soon  alter  submitted  to 
the  French  republic. 

Battle  of  Bellegardq,  in  the  Eastern 
Pyrennces,  Spaniards  defeated, 
i-'jvnch  general  Mirabel,  killed, 
13  July. 

Fontarabia,  the  key  of  Spain,  was 
fH.ke.ii  by  the  French,  July. 


A    D. 

1794.   Chandernagore     taken 


from    the 


French  by  the  British,  July. 

Indians  defeated  by  Gen  Wayne, 
Aug.  20. 

Juliers,  the  fortress  of,  submitted 
to  the  French,  when  all  the  pro- 
vinces west  of  the  Rhine  ii.ll  into 
their  hands. 

.Boxtel,  Moreau  pursues  duke  of 
York.  74,  15,  16,  Sept. 

Bellegarde  taken  after  an  action, 
the  last  place  possessed  bv  the 
coalesced  powers  in  France,  18 
Sept. 

Battle  of  Warsaw,  between  the 
Russians  and  Poles,  in  which 
Koscmsko  was  taken  prisoner 
covered  with  wounds,  10  Oct. 

Battle  of  Rerzese,  in  Poland,  in 
which  Suwarrow  annihilated  the 
Pole?,  took  all  their  artillery, 
19  Oct. 

Berterzel,  Moreau,  beats  the  Duke 
of  York ;  general  Fox  wins  a 
race  here,  19  Oct. 

Praga,  the  snburbof,  near  Warsaw 
in  Poland,  taken  by  the  Russian 
General  Suwarrow,  who  gave 
the  barbarous  orders  to  his,  army 
to  give  quarters  to  no  one,  in 
consequence  of  which,  upwards 
of  30,000  Poles,  men,  women 
and  children,  were  massacred, 
Nov.  .4 

Mimeguen,  port  of,  evacuated  by 
the  British,  Nov.  7. 

Warsaw,  the  capital  of  Poland,  ta- 
ken by  the  Russians  under  Su- 
warrow, Nov.  9. 

Maestrecht,the  garrison  of,  consist- 
ing of  8000  Austrians,  surrender- 
ed to  the  French,  Nov.  9. 

Battle  of  the  Black  Mountain, 
Eastern  Pyrennees,  in  which  Du- 
gomier,  "commander  of  the 
French,  gained  a  complete  vic- 
tory, but  fell  in  rhe  battle;  took 
50 'pieces  of  cannon  and  the 
Spanish  founderies  of  Egui  and 
Orbayc^tte,  17  Nov. 

Another  battle,  French  took  tents 
for  50,000  men,  at  Figueras, 
"20  Nov. 

Graves,  the  fortress  of,  taken  by 
the  French,  D^c.  30. 

1795.  Battle    of     Bonnel,    in    Holland, 

French  under  Moreau,  took  120 
pieces  of  cannon,  7  Jan. 

Grenada,  bloody  battle  fought  be- 
tween the  French  and  English  in 
that  island,  in  which  the  latter 
were  defeated,  March  3. 

Biittie  of  Quiberoon,  Puissayede- 
fcatcci  by  Hoche,  3  Aug. 

1796.  Battie  of  Kreutsnach,    in    which 

the  French  general  Mpreau,  de- 
feats tin.   Austrian  generals  Kray 
and  Wurmser,  4  Jan. 
Bonaparte's  first  campaign  in  ltaK« 


BAT 


BAT 


49 


D. 

.  Montenotte,  Bonaparte  with  $6,000 
men,  defeats  Bo.'eau  with  84,000, 
took  from  the  Austrians  40  pieces 
of  cannon,  n  April. 
Battle  of  Fonubio,  7  Ma^. 

Pavi -.;,  17  May. 
Milessirrv),   irMay. 
Dego,  the  same,  14  April. 
Battle  of  Monuovi,  in  which  the 
French  general  Stengel  was  kil- 
led. 22  April. 
Battle  of   Lodi,  over   Boileau,  II 

May. 
Passage  of  the  Mincio  and  battle  of 

Borghetta,  4  June. 
Battle  of  Renchtn,    Moreau  vic- 
torious over  the  Austrians,    28 
June. 
Battle  of    Etingen,    the    corps  of 

Conde  cut  to  pieces,  i  July. 
Battle    of   Neukirchen,     Lefebvre 

defeats  the  Austrians,  6  Juiy. 
Battle  of    Castiglione    laste '    five 
days,  Wurmoer  defea  ed,  70  field 
pieces,     .  5,000     prisone/s,    and 
killed  6coo,  ^  Aup.. 
Battle  of  Peschiera,  6  Aug. 
Rovered<.>,  6  Sept. 
Bassano,  8  Sept. 
Castellaro,  14  Sept. 
Legonaro,  n  Oct. 
Caldiero,  12  Oct. 
Arrole,  15  Oct. 
Altcnkirken,  Jourdan  de- 
defeatj  vVuraiser,!  J  uue. 
Moreau  attacks    Wurmbcr   and  de 
feats    him    at    Frankenthal,    15 
June. 
Moreau  defeats   the  Austrians   at 

Nordlingen,  10  Aug. 
Jourdan  defeated  and  retreats  from 
Frankfort    towards    the    Rhine, 
30  Aug.  to  3  Sept. 
Desa  x    defeats   the   Austrians  at 
Ma'rienburg  and  covers  Moreau's 
retreai,  7  Sept. 
Battle  near  Laforma  on  the  Adige, 

13  Jan. 
Provera  beaten  and  made  prisoner 

at  La  Favor  ta,   15  Jan. 
Passage  of  Tagliamento  and  defeat 
of  the  Archduke  near  Gradisca  ; 
who  narrowly  escapes,   r6  Feb. 
Battle  of  Tagliamento,  Austrians 
und'^r  arch  duke   Charles,    de- 
feated by  Masseua,  16  March 
Battle  of  Neuwied,  Hoche  defeats 
the   Austrians  under  Kray,  and 
takes  4000  prisoners,  18  March. 
Battle  of  Tarns  in  the  None  Alps, 
Massena  defeats  the  Austrians 
20  March. 
Battle  of   Lavis,    Joubert  defeat 

the  Austrians,  22  March. 
Battle  of  Pufero,  Austrians  defeat- 
ed by  general  Guyeux,  23  March, 
Battle  of  Tarvis,  fought  above  th< 
clouds,    Austrians    defeated    b] 
Massena,  the  imperial  cuirassier 
annihilated,  25  March, 


D    A 

797.  Battle  of  the  defiles  of  Neumark, 

Massena  defeats  the  Austrians, 
2  April. 

798.  General  Berthier,  enters  and  occu- 

pies the  city  of  Rome,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  assassination  of 
general  Duphot,  and  an  attempt 
to  assassinate  Joseph  Bonaparte 
the  French  ambassador,  10  Feb. 

General  Brune  takes  possession  of 
Fribourg  in  Switzerland,  after  a 
severe  action,  3  March. 

A  revolt  in  Ireland,  several  ac- 
tions between  the  Irish  and  Brit- 
ish troops  with  various  success, 
during  this  month,  April. 

Action  at  Killalla,  19  April. 

Action  at  Hacketstown,  between 
the  Irish  insurgents  and  British 
troops;  same  day  actions  in  Clare, 
Lucan,  Lusk,  and  Kilcullen, 
25  May. 

Action  at  Tarragh,  very  desperate 
and  bloody  ;  same  day  the  in- 
surgents in  WeXiOr  i,  capture  a 
British  detachment,  27  May. 

Battle  at  Enniscoithv,  Ireland; 
same  day  a  d-sperate  action  neac 
Limeiick,  28  May. 

Battle  of  A  kiow,  the  Irish  insur- 
gents defeat  the  British  regulars, 

29  May. 

Battle  01  Vinegar  Hill,  the  British 
under  general  Fawcett,  defeated, 

30  May. 

Action  at  Newtownbarry,  the 
British  compelled  to  retreat  be- 
fore the  insurgents ;  the  pike  the 
chief  weapon  or  the  Irish,  i  June. 

The  insurgents  from  Wextord,  de- 
feat the  British  under  colonel 
Walpole,  the  colonel  is  killed, 
and  the  cannon  are  taken  by  the 
insurgents,  4  June. 

Desperate  action  at  New  Ross, 
county  Wexford;  the  Batish  ar- 
my under  general  Johnson,  se- 
verely cut  up,  thsir  cannon  tak- 
en, and  lord  Mountjoy  killed. 
Several  actions  during  this  month 
in  which  the  British  are  defeated, 
5  June. 

Battle  of  Antrim,  lord  O'Neil  kil- 
led, with  a  pike,  7  June. 

Battle  of  Baihnahinch,  the  British 
army  severely  handled  by  the 
insurgent  geeeral  Munroe,  who 
•was  wounded  and  taken  prisoner 
and  afterwards  executed;  the 
British  in  vengeance  burned  the 
town  of  Saintfieid,  12  June. 

Insurgents  camp  at  Vinegai  hill, 
stormed  by  general  Lake,  and 
carried  with  great  slaughter,  21 
June. 

Sir  Charles   Asgill,  defeated  by  a 
body   of  insurgents,    under  the 
command  of  Murphy,  an  IrJSh 
priest,  23. June. 
G 


BAT 


BAT 


A.  D. 

1798.  Sir  Charles  Asgill,  attacks  the 
Irish  insurgents  on  Kilconnel 
Hill,  and  defeats  them,  but  with 
the  loss  of  toco  men  ;  the  insur 
gents  lose  as  many  with  all  tiicir 
cannon,  and  their  leader  Mur- 
phy falls  in  battle,  ;6  June. 

Several  actions  in  this  month  be- 
tween the  revolted  Irish  and 
British  troops,  July. 

K  French  army  under  general 
Humbert,  lands  in  Ireland,  and 
takes  possession  of  Kilalla,  22 
Aug. 

Humbert  attacks  Lake  at  Castle- 
bar,  and  defeats  him,  taking  six 
pieces  of  British  artillery,  27 
Aug. 

Battle  of  Underwalden  in  Swisser- 
land,  between  the  adherents  of 
the  aristocracy  of  Berne  and  the 
Trench,  under  Schauenburg  ;  the 
town  of  Stantz  was  burnt  to  the 
ground,  9  Sept. 

The  Irish  insurgents  defeat  a  Brit- 
ish force  at  Rathiarnham,  18 
Oct 

Desperate  action  at  Kilcock,  the 
British  troops  suffer  from  the 
pike,  28  Oct. 

General  Mack  commences  hostili- 
ties in  Italy  against  the  French, 
by  an  attack  on  five  different 
points  oftne  French  lin«s,  in  the 
Roman  territory,  12  Nov. 

Battle  of  Porto  Fcrrno,  on  the  A- 
driatic,  the  French  defeat  the 
Neapolitans  and  take  their  can- 
non and  baggage,  28  Nov. 

Macdonald  defeats  the  Nea.-olitans 
at  Civita  Caste'.lano,  5  Dec. 

\gain  defeats  Mack  at  Calvi,  8 
Dec. 

Championnet  defeats  Mack  in  a  ge- 
neral action,  n  Dec. 

Macdonald  defeats  the  Neapolitans 
under  Dumas.  The  fruit  of  these 
battles,  was  12,000  prisoners, 
99  pieces  of  cannon,  21  stand- 
ards, 3000  horses,  and  all  the 
baggage  of  the  Neapolitan  ar- 
mies 

Egypt  conquered  by  the  French. 
-99.  Battle  of  El  Arish,  Bonaparte  de- 
feats the  Mamalukes,  9  Feb. 

Jalia  taken  by  storm,  by  generals 
Lasnes  antl  Bonaparte,  5  March. 

Battle  of  Saciaseer,  near  Penptnam 
first  action  on  the  invasion  of 
Mysore,  5  March. 
Battle  of  Lucici'steigjMassena  forces 
that  place  with  dreadful  slaught- 
er; and  thus  >?ains  the  key  of 
Tyrol  and  the  Grisons,  7  March. 

Battle  at  houhi,  on  the  river  Jor- 
dan, near  Nazareth  ;  Bonaparte, 
Murat,  and  Junot  commanded, 
8  March. 

'Kleber  deteats  the  Syrians  at  Led- 
Jarra.  10  March, 


A.  D. 

1799.  Battle   of    Esdrelon,   near  Mount 

Tabor,  17  March. 
General  Desolles  scales  the  Julian 
Alps,  takes  the  intrenched  defiles 
of  Tautters  in  the  rear,  and  gains 
a  complete  victory  over  Lau- 
dohn,  17  March. 

Ostrach,  Jourdan  with  40,006" 
men,  is  attacked  by  the  archduke 
with  80,000,  and  is  forced  to  re- 
treat, 21  March. 

Samanlymt,  a  new  and  elegant  dis* 
position,  infantry  squares  form- 
ed the  two  flanks,  cavalry  in  a 
square  the  centre  ;  the  troops  to 
oppose  were  Mamelukes  and 
horssmen.  Davoust  command- 
ed the  French  horse,  Friant  and 
Belliard  the  two  squares  of  in. 
fantry,  22  March.  Several  bat- 
tles at  Biramba,  Bardis,  Girge, 
gained  by  Desaix  in  this  month. 
Stockach,  Jourdan  attacks  Arch- 
duke, but  is  defeated  and  forced 
to  retreat ;  Jourdan's  force  under 
40,000  men,  the  Archduke's 
above  80,000 ;  the  battle  was- 
principally  fbugh  by  infantry 
and  was  terribie ;  j  0,000  men  lay 
on  tht  field  of  nattU.-,  25  March. 
Schererand  Morcau  attack  the  A  us- 
trians  between  tne  Garda  and 
Adige,  gain  a  hard  earned  vie- 
tory,  fought  from  day  break  to 
ii  at  night,  26  March. 
Scherer  and  Moreau  attack  general 
Kray  before  Verona,  and  are  de- 
feated, 30  March 
Battle  of  Magnan,  the  French  arc 

defeated,  5  April. 
Battle Malanelly,E  Indies,  5  April. 
Lacourbe  ue feats  Bellegarde  in  the 

Engadme,  i  May. 
Seringapatam  taken  by  storm.  Tip- 
poo   put    to  death,    partition  01 
Mysore  followed,  4  May. 
Attack   of  St.   Jean  d'Acre,   and 
Bonaparte    forced    to    raise    v\. 
siege,  7  May. 
Moreau  defeats  the  Russians  on  the 

Po,  12  May. 
Lecourbe  defeats  the  Austrians  on 

the  Reuss,  2  ];.;nc. 
Battle  of    Zurich,    the    Austriau 
Generals      Iloue,      and     Wai- 
lis,  Kerpen  and  Hillier  wound- 
ed ;  and    Judinot  and  Humbcf 
of  the  French,   5  June. 
Battle  of  Modena,  Macdonald  de- 
feats Hohenzollera,  10  June. 
Battle  of  the  Trebia,  at  St.  Juliano, 
f       Moreau     and     Suwarrow;     the 

French  defeated,  18  June. 
Battle    of    Chebrisa,     Bonaparte 
against  the  Mamelukes;  a  new 
disposition,  echellons  of  squares 
with  artillery  and  baggage  of  each 
square  in  its  centre — and  giving  a 
front  and  flank  fire. 
Turks  land  and  take  Aboutir  after 


BAT 


BAT 


A.  D. 

*799.  a  battle  very  desperate,  the  Turk: 
defeated,  Bonaparte  embarks  fo 
France,  15  July. 

Battle  of  the  Pyramids,  the  sam< 
order  of  battle — very  decided  vic- 
tory over  Murari  Be'y,  21  July. 

Second  battle  of  Zurich,  'rnos 
terrible  and  brilliant,  Massena 
attacks  the  Archduke;  indeci- 
sive, 14  Aug. 

-Suwarrow  attacks  Joubert  at  Novi, 

who  is  killed,  Moreau  takrs  the 

command  but  is  forced  to  retreat, 

a  bloody  ba.tle,  15  Aug. 

Hdder,  27  Aug. 

Battle  of  Berg-n,  in  Holland, 
general  Brune  attacks  Abercrom- 
bie,  io  Sept. 

Second  battle,  the  British  and  Rus- 
sians under  the  Duke  of  York, 
defeated  by  Brune,  and  forced  to 
retire  within  intrenchments,  19 
Sept. 

Third  battle  of  Zurich,  terrible 
and  decisive,  one  of  the  most 
brilliant  in  history;  Massena  com- 
manded, the  Austrian  general 
Hotze  killed,  the  French  tri- 
umph, 7  to  24  Sept. 

Battle  of  Fossano,  14  Sept. 

<Gaeta,  Aquila  taken  by  storm, 
Mack  defeated,  and  the  Neapo- 
litans capitulate  to  Chanij  ionnet, 

1  O  t. 

Battle  of  Berghen,  i  Oct. 

Sand  hills  near    Bergen, 

2  Oct. 

Battle  of  Egmont,  duke  of  York 
aga.n  defeated  and  capitulates, 
6  Oct. 

Battle  of  Fossano,  French  defeat- 
ed ny  Melas,  4  Nov. 
2800.  Egypt  conquered  by  the  English, 

Moreau  crosses  the  Rhine,  and  de- 
fears  the  Austrians  at  Engen, 

2  May. 

Battle  of  Gremback,  same,  3  May. 

Biberach,  same  effect,  9  May. 

Severe  action  at  Memmutgen,  Kray 

^  forced  to  retreat,  n  May. 

Signal  defeat  of  five  Austrian  co- 
lumns, by  two  French  on  the 
lilcr,  5  'uiie. 

Battle  of  Hochstedt,  the  Austrians 
defeated  by  Moreau,  18  June 

Action  at  Unbjrhauscn,  26  June. 

Celebrated  battle  at  Hohenlinden, 
gained  by  Moreau,  takes  80  pieces 
of  cannon  and  10,000  prisoners  ; 
action  begaa  at  day  break  and 
ended  at  4  o'clock. 

Battle  of  Caste^io,  Austrians  de- 
feated by  Bertluer,  8  June. 

Battle  of  Marengo,  one  of  th«  most 
brilliant  in  history,  and  import- 
ant in  its  consequences  ;  it  ias«- 
ed  ii  hours  ;  decided  the  iaie  of 
,  and  placed  the  iron  crown 


A.  D. 

1800.  Rattle  at  Muhldorf,  i  Dec. 

1801.  Alexandria,   E^ypt,    Abercrombie 

fell,  French  defeated  by  Hutchiru 
son,  21  March. 

1805.  Battle  of  Wertingen  in  Bavaria,  the 
first  of  the  coalitio  of  Austria 
and  Russia  ;  Austrians  defeated 
and  all  their  cannon  taken. 
Oct.  8. 

Batrle  of  Giintzburr,  marshal  Ney 
defeats  the  Austrians,  9  Oct. 

Battle  on  the  Adige,  Massena  forces 
a  passage  at  Verona,  and  defeats 
the  archduke  Charles,  Oct.  18, 

Surrender  of  Ulm  by  Mack,  Oc- 
tober 20. 

Murat  defeats  prince  Ferdinand  at 
Nuremburg,  Oct.  zi. 

Battle  of  Calfclierc,  Mass.naattack? 
the  whok  Austrian  line,  defeats 
them  ;  captures  one  of  their  divi- 
sions ;  the  arch  duke  escapes  at 
night,  Oct.  30. 

Battle  of  Amstetten,  the  Russians 
defeated  by  Murat,  4  Nov 

Battle  of  Marienzel,  Davoust  de- 
feats the  Austrian  General  Meer~ 
feldt,  8  Nov. 

Mortier  defeats  the  Russians  under 
Kutasoffat  Diernstein,  Nov  IT.. 

Murat  and  Lasnes  defeats  the  Rus- 
sians under  Kutasolt"  at  Ilola. 
brunn,  15  Nov. 

£oult  again  at  G  untcrsdoriF,  16 
Nov. 

Battle  of  Austerlitz  or  of  the  three 
emperors,  500  pieces  of  cannon 
and  150,000  men  were  engaged 
in  this  battle,  which  was  one  of 
the  most  f» rofouno  in  the  history 
of  tactics,  and  the  most  brilliant 
in 'the  annals  of  vicsory;  150 
pieces  of  artillery  were  taken  by 
the  victors  ;  this  bat!  le  deprived 
the  housv  of  Austria  of  the  title 
of  Emperor  of  Germany,  a  Dec, 

806.  Battle  of  Jena,  Oct.  14. 

Pr  issia  .ubdued  by  Bonaparte, 

807.  Daritzick  taken.  May  20. 
Battle  of  S^audau,  June  5. 

Lonutten,  same  day. 

Deppen,  battle  of.  Marshal  Ney 
niakss  a  fictions  retreat,  ana  cuts 
a  body  qf  Russians  to  pieces, 
June  6. 

Eylau,  battle  of,  very  bloody  and 
desperate,  Russians  lost  30,300 
-men  killed.  June  6—12. 

Friediand,  battle  of,  ;his  action 
decided  t  e  :ate  of  the  CoaLtion, 
and  produced  the  p  ace  01' Tilsit 
on  the  7th  July  succeeding. — 
This  battle  stands  in  the  same 
rank  with  Jemappe,  Fleurus, 
Nordlingen,  Zurich,  Marengo^ 
Jena  and  Austeriitz. 

the  method  and  or- 


Line  o/BAt  TLE,  $     citr    of   arrar,u,ii'fc 

»n    the  head  of  the   Bpneparte  i' the  troops  tn  order  or  line  of  battle ;  th'; 
..Pynastr,  14  June.  \  f^rpn  of  €fr?.',ving  up  the  army  f»r  gn  er-^ 


52 


BAT 


BED 


gagement.  This  method  generally  con- 
sists of  three  lines,  viz.  the  front  line, 
the  rear  line,  and  the  reserve 

The  second  li.ie  should  be  about  30® 
paces  behind  the  first,  and  the  reserve  at 
about  5  or  600  paces  behind  the  second. 
The  artillery  is  lik<  wise  divided  along  the 
front  of  the  first  line  Tht  front  line 
should  be  stronger  than  the  rear  line,  that 
its  shock  maybe  more  violent,  and  that, 
by  having  a  greiter  front,  it  may  more 
easily  close  on  the  enemy's  flank.-.  If 
the  first  line  has  the  advantagi ,  it  should 
continue  to  act,  and  attack  the  enemy' 
second  line,  terrified  by  the  defeat  of  their 
first.  The  artillery  must  always  accom- 
pany the  line  of  battle  in  the  .rder  it  was 
at  first  distributed,  it  the  ground  permit 
it ;  and  the  rest  of  the  army  should  fol- 
low the  motions  of  the  first  line,  when  it 
contii.ues  to  march  on  alter  its  first  suc- 
cess. 

BATTLE-^*,  an  offensive  weapon,  for- 
merly much  used  by  the  Danes,  and  other 
northern  infantry.  It  was  a  kind  of  h;il- 
bert,  and  did  >:reat  execution  when  wield- 
ed by  a  strong  arm. 

Main-#A.TTLK.     See  B ATTLE-ytfmy. 

BATTLEMENTS,  in  military  affairs, 
are  the  indentures  in  the  tops  oi  old  castles 
or  fortified  walls,  01  other  buildings,  in 
the  form  of  embrasures,  for  the  greater 
conveniency  of  firing  or  looking  through. 

BATTRE  I'estrade,  Fr.  to  send  out 
scouts. 

BATTRE  la  campagnc,  Fr.  to  scour  the 
country  or  make  incursions  against  an 
enemy . 

BATTRE,  Fr  to  direct  one  or  more 
pieces  of  ordnance  in  such  a  manner,  that 
any  given  object  may  be  destroyed  or 
"broken  into  by  the  continued  discharge  of 
cannon  ball,  or  of  other  warlike  mate- 
rials; it  likewise  means  to  silence  an 
enemy's  fire. 

BATTRE  de  front,  Fr.  to  throw  can- 
non-shot in  a  perpendicular  or  almost 
perpendicular  direction  against  any  body 
or  place  which  becomes  an  object  of  at- 
tack. This  mode  of  attack  is  less  efiec- 
tual  than  any  other  unless  you  batter  in 
breach. 

BATTRE  de'echarpe,  Fr.  to  direct  shot, 
so  that  the  lines  of  fire  make  a  manifest 
acute  angle  with  respect  to  the  line  of 
any  particular  object  against  which  can- 
non is  discharged. 

BATTRE  enflanc,  Fr  is  when  the  s'hot 
from  a  battery  runs  along  the  length  of 
Ihe  front  of  any  object  or  place  against 
"which  it  is  directed. 

BATTRE  a  dos^  Fr.  to  direct  the  shot 
from  one  or  several  pieces  of  cannon  so  as 
to  batter,  almost  perpendicularly,  from 
behir.dany  body  of  troops,  part  ofatain- 
part  or  intrenchment. 

BATTRE  de  rtvers,  Fr.  to  direct  shot, 
in  such  a  manner  as  to  run  between  the 
two  last  mentioned  lines  of  fire.  When 
you  batter  from  behind,  the  shot  fall  al- 
most perpendicularly  upon  the  reverse  of 


the  parapet.  When  yov  batter  from  the 
reverse  side,  tin  t  ajectories  or  lines  or 
fire  describe  aci'te  angles  of  forty  five  de- 
grees or  under,  with  rh/.  prolong1  ion  of' 
that  reverse. 

BATTRE  de  brlcole^  Fr.  This  method 
can  fkily  b-j  put  in  practice  a*  sieges,  and 
against  works  which  have  bee:  coi'»stru«.t- 
ed  m  front  of  others  that  are  invested.  A 
good  billiard  player  will  readily  compre- 
hend what  is  ir.cant  by  the  brlcole  or  back 
stroke  ;  it  means  simply  the  firing  of  shot 
against  a  wall  so  that  the  oails  ir  ay  re- 
bound and  in  the  rebound  strike  men  or 
objects,  that  could  not  be  struck  di- 
rectly. 

BATTRE  la  Caisse>  Fr.  to  beat  a  drum. 

Mener  battart,  to  overcome . 

Metier  quelqu'un  au  Tambour  battant . 
To  overcome  by  strokes  of  the  drum. 
To  disconcert,  to  confound,  puzzle  and 
perplex  any  body. 

BAVINS,  in  military  affairs,  implies 
small  taggots,  made  of  brush- wood,  of  a 
considerable  length,  no  part  of  the  brush 
being  taken  off".  See  FASCINFS. 

BAYARD,  Fr.  a  provine-ia'term  used 
in  ancient  Languedoc  and  Roussilion  to 
signify  a  wheel-barrow 

BAYONET,  a  kind  of  triangular  dag- 
ger,  made  with  a  hollow  handle,  and  a 
shoulder,  to  fix  on  the  muzzle  ot  a  fire- 
lock or  musket,  so  that  neither  the  charg- 
ing nor  firing  is  prevented  by  its  being 
fixed  ori  the  niece.  It  is  oi  fnfini  ser- 
vice against  horse.  At  first  the  bayo- 
net was  screwed  into  the  muzzle  of  the 
barrel,  consequently  could  not  bt-  used 
during  the  fire.  It  is  said  by  some  to 
h<we  boen  invented  by  the  people  of  Ma- 
lacca, and  first  made  use  ef  on  quitting 
the  pikes.  According  to  others,  it  was 
first  used  Sy  the  fusi leers  in  France,  and 
invented  or  used  at  Bayonne.  At  present 
it  is  give'n  to  all  infantry. 

BEACON,  a  signal  for  securing  and 
guarding  against  dangers. 

On  certain  eminent  places  of  the  coun- 
try are  placed  long  poles  erect,  whereon 
are  fastened  pitch-barrels  to  be  fireu  by 
night,  arid  smoke  made  by  day,  to  give 
notice,  in  a  few  hours  of  an  approaching 
invasion;  the  Irish  are  reported  to  have 
risen  upon  and  extirpated  the  Danes  by 
beacons  or  fires  lighted  on  their  hills. 

BEAR,  in  gunnery .  A  piece  ot  ord- 
nanci  is  said  to  bear,  or  :ome  to  bear,  or 
brought  to  bear  when  pointed  directly 
against  the  object ;  tfut  is,  pointed  to 
hit  the  object. 

BEARD,  the  reflected  points  of  the 
head  of  an  ancient  arrow,  particularly  of 
such  as  were  jagged. 

BEAT,  in  a  military  sense,  signifies  to 
gair  the  day,  to  win  the  battle,  &c. 

To  BEAT  a  parley.     SeeCHAMADE. 

BEAVER,  that  part  of  the  ancient  hel- 
met which  covered  the  face,  and  which 
was  moveable  so  as  to  expose  the  face 
without  removing  the  beaver  from  the 
helmet. 


BED 


BEN 


53 


BECHE,    Fr.  a  spade  used  by   pio-  | 
neers. 

BEDS,  in  the  military  language,  are  of 
various  sorts,  viz. 

Mt>rtar-BE.Ds  serve  far  the  same  pur- 
pose as  a  carriage  does  to  a  cannon  :  they 
are  made  of  solid  timb  < ,  consisting  ge- 
nerally of  2  pieces' fastened  together  with 
strong  iro.<i  bolts  and  bars.  Their  sizes 
are  according  to  the  kind  of  mortar  they 
carry. 

BEDS  far  Mortars. 


•J^    oo     o         £ 

,       1    'V^O- 

\y»       *"^ 

/^ 

"  -?£% 

T"  %* 

2 

P     y     C 

~l   ^ 

2: 

o  o  *-*^*  _ 

^  .        *"' 

-1-  ( 

a 

^  C-  o  3*  ~* 

^        O 

^ 

y* 

J-l 

O    .      3 

1' 

O   •+   U  OOJ 

o'^ 

*•'   oo 

1 

W    0   0   0   G 

0^0 

kOW 

w" 

**    ^        |0        K>  >  • 

1-1    t->   O    O    O    O  -fc>    •*>  -  -  '  •' 

J* 

0   0   0  0  - 

•  £>  H 

-c~ 

-1 

M     t-)    £*>  **J  OO 

£*S 

<*w 

1 

p  0   0  ti  0 

*->  W  0 

0  W 

8 

tj  W^^-fr- 

0        0-4 

r 

i£lvO    o    »•>   00  O       Ui 

o 

3 

M   -   M  "M"  M 

M            OJ 

"^ 

"cc 

U  -fc>  -  -.1  ^, 

CO          M 

o,     • 

^ 

.p 

M     —  ~-J     1- 

M 

p 

/ 

xO     O     M  *>-«*• 

•  O         O" 

w 

SW-BEDS  ror  guns. 

Incii.     In 

42  Prs.     o      20 

OIO 

2    IO 

[i  to8|  3J 

32  —  -     o       14 

0    I    0 

2    10 

«o      ^.  3i 

24  o       14 

0    I    0 

2     9 

Ioi    "2  4 

j8   0         12 

OIO 

2      8 

9^      ^2   SA 

iz  o       10 

0   0  2f 

2      8 

10      6j  4 

o  i     4 

002 

2      7 

9i      5l  3^ 

O     I        0 

O    O    1^ 

2      6 

9       4^  .li 

4  —          oio 

b  o  i 

2     6    «i       ci  " 

,  are  made  oi  solid 
timber,  having  a  hole  in  the  centre 
to  receive  the  pintle  or  strong  iron  bolt, 
about  which  the  bed  turns.  Sea-mor- 
tars are  mounted  on  these  beds,  on 
board  of  the  bomb-ketches. 

These  beds  are  placet  upon  very  strong 
timber  frames,  fixed  into  the  bomb- 
ketch,  in  which  the  pintle  is  fixed,  so 
as  the  bed  may  turn  about  it,  to  fire  any 
way.  The  fore  part  of  these  beds  is  an 
arc  of  a  circle  described  from  the  same 
centre  as  the  pintle- hole. 

.SV0S/-BED,  is  a  piece  of  wood  on  which 
the  breech  of  a  eun  rests  upon  a  truck- 
carriage,  with  another  piece  rixed  to  it  at 
the  himi  end,  that  rests  upon  the  body  ot 
the  hind  axle-tree;  and  the  fore  part  is 
supported  by  an  iron  bolt.  Sec  CAR 

£  I A  C  E  . 


,  the  yeomen  of  the  uard 
:o  the  king  of  Great  Britain  a-c  3o  culled, 
be.ng  ke^f  up  rather  for  ;>asea:ir<y,  v-au 
"or  any  rnil'tary  service  Their  arms  .re  u 
sabre  ,nd  lance ;  and  the  dress  of  the  ijth 
century. 

BEETLES,  in  a  military  sense,  are 
ar*e  wooden  hammers  for  driving  down 
lall  sades,  anti  for  other  uses,  &c. 

BEETLESTOCK,  the  stock  or  han- 
dle or  a  bi.ftlf . 

BELLIGERENT,  in  a  state  of  war- 
'are.  Hence  any  two  or  more  nations  at 
war  are  called  bclligejrent  powers. 

BELTS,  in  the  army  arc-  of  different 
sorts,  and  tor  '  arious  purpo.ses,  viz. 

,  a  leathern  strap  in  which 
a  sword  hangs. 

.S'/Wdtr-BELT,  a  leathern  belt,  which 
goes  over  the  siioulder,  and  to  which  the 
pouch  is  fixed.  It  is  made  of  stout  lea- 
ther. See  POUCH. 

Shoulder- BELTS  for  the  li^ht  cavalry 
and  dragoons,  2^  i.'.ches  broad.  Regi- 
ment that  have  bull' waistcoats,  usually 
have  butt-colourecj  accoutrements,  and 
those  which  have  white  waistcoats,  wear 
white. 

^z/;/-BELTs,  are  ij|  inches;  to  have 
buckles  or  clasps. 

BELTS  are  known  among  the  ancient 
and  middle-age  writers  by  divers  names, 
as  zona,  cingulumy  reminiculum^  rlnga^ 
and  baldrcllus.  The  belt  was  an  essential 
piece  of  the  ancient  armor,  insomuch 
that  we  sometimes  find  it  used  to  denote 
the  whole  armor.  In  latter  ages  the  belt 
was  given  t  •  a  person  when  he  was  raised 
to  knighthood :  whence  it  has  also  been 
used  as  a  badge  or  mark  of  the  knightly 
order. 

BELTS  among  the  aborigines  of  Aane- 
rica,  are  the  symbols  of  peace  or  war; 
they  are  made  in  a  rude  fanciful  taste,  of 
colored  beads,  and  are  usually  presented 
at  all  conferences  or  talks. 

BENDINGS,  in  military  and  sea  mat- 
ters, are  ropes,  wood,  &c.  bent  for  seve- 
ral purposes.  M.  Amontons  gives  seve- 
ral experiments  concerning  the  bending  of 
ropes.  The  friction  of  a  rope  6e»i,  or 
wound  round  an  immovabl  cylinder,  is 
sufficient,  with  a  very  smallpower,  to 
sustain  very  great  weights.  Divus  me- 
thods have  been  contrived  lor  bending 
timb.-r,  in  order  to  supply  eroooked  planks 
a  .d  pieces  for  building  ships ;  such  as  by 
sand,  boiling  water,  steam  of  boiling 
water,  and  by  fire.  See  M.  Du  Hamel, 
in  his  book  called  Du  Transport,,  de  la 
Conservation,  &  de  la  Force  des  Bois.  M. 
Deie^me  ingeniously  enough  proposed  to 
have  the  young  trees  bent,  while  growing 
in  the  forest.  The  method  of  bending 
planks  by  sand- heat,  now  used  in  the 
British  navy  yards,  was  invented  by  cap- 
tain Cumberland. 

A  method  has  been  lately  invented  and 
practised  for  bending  pieces,  ot  timber,  so 
as  to  make  tne  wheels  .1  carnages  with- 
out joints.  The  herding  of  boards,  an?? 


BI  V 


BLO 


other  pieces  of  timber  for  curved  works 
In  joinery,  is  effected  by  holding  them  to 
the  fire,  then  giving  them  the  figure  re- 
quired,  ana  keeping  them  in  this  figure 
by  tools  for  the  purpose. 

BENEFICIARII,  in  ancient  military 
history,  denotes  soldiers  who  attend  rhe 
ehief  officers  of  the  army,  being  exempt- 
ed from  all  other  duty.  In  the  Americai 
service  called  waiters  ;  each  commissionec 
offi  er  being  allowed  one. 

BFNEFICIARII  were  also  soldiers  dis- 
charged from  the  military  service  or  duty 
and.  provided  with  benejicia  to  subsist  on. 

BE  RM,  in  fortification,  is  a  little  space 
or  path,  of  about  3,  4,  6,  or  8  feet  broad, 
according  to  the  heigh c  and  breadth  of  '.he 
•works,  between  the  ditch  and  the  para- 
pet, when  made  of  turf,  to  prevent  the 
earth  from  rolling  into  the  ditch  ;  and 
serves  likewise  to  pass  and  repass. 

To  BESIEGE,  to  lay  siege  to  or  invest 
anv  place  with  armed  forces. 

BESIEGERS,  the  army  that  lay 
siege  ,o  a  "iortifuvi  place. 

BESI1  GKD,  the  garrison  that  defends 
thi1  (.lace  against  the  army  that  lays  siege 
to  it.  See  SIEGE. 

'  To  BETRAY,  to  deliver  perfidiously 
any  place  or  body  of  troops  into  the  hands 
of  the  enemy.  "To  discover  that  which 
has  been  entrusted  to  secrecy. 

HETTY,  a  machine  used  for  forcing 
open  gates  01  doors.  See  PETARD. 

BK-OQUE,  Fr.  a  term  used  in  France 
to  SN.mty  a  place  ill-fortified  ana  incapa- 
ble of  much  defence  It  is  derived  from 
a  place  on  the  road  between  Lodi  and  Mi- 
lan, which  was  originally  a  gentleman's 
country  house  surrounded  by  ditches.  In 
the  year  1522,  a  hod.y  of  Imperial  troops 
were  stationed  in  it,  and  stood  ihe  attack 
of  the  whole  French  army,  during  the 
rei.ui  of  Francis  I.  This  engagement  was 
called  the  battle  of  Biccque. 

BILBO,  a  rapier,  or  small  sword,  was 
;!onncrly  so  calleii:  from  Bilboain  Spain, 
whirs  excehcnt  s words  are  made. 

BILL  or  BILL-HOOK,  a  small  hatchet 
used  for  cutting  wood  for  fascines,  ga- 
bions, bavins,  &c. 

BILLET,  in  England  is  a  ticki-t  for 
quartering  soldiers,  which  intitles  each 
soldier,  by  act  oi  parliament,  to  candles, 
vinegar,  and  salt,  with  the  use  of  fire, 
and  the  necessary  utensils  for  dressing  and 
eating  theii  meat.  The  allowance  of 
small  beer  has  been  added  by  a  late  regu- 
lation. 

BI  LLET  de  lcgetnenty  Fr.  a  billet  for 
quarters.  This  billet  or  ticket  was  for- 
merly delivered  out  to  the  French  troops 
vi  |  on'  the  same  general  principles  that  it  is 
issued  in  England. 

BiLi.sriNr,,  in  the  army,  implie^  the 
quarter. ng  soldiers  in  the  houses  of  any 
town  or  village. 

BINACLE,  a  telescope  with  2  tubes, 
so  constructed,  thai  a  distant  object  might 
bescui  v\ir<  both  eyes,  now  rarely  used. 

BJYQUAC,  IkoyAc,    BJOUVAC,  or 


Bio  VAC,  Fr.  [from  the  German  wey. 
ivacbt,  a  double  watch  or  guard.]  A 
night-guard,  or  a  detachment  of  the  whole 
army,  which  during  a  siege,  or  in  the  pre- 
sence of  an  enemy,  marches  out  every 
night  in  squadrons  or  battalions  to  line  the 
cifcumvallations,  or  to  take  post  in  front 
of  the  camp,  for  the  purpose  of  securing 
their  quarters,  preventing  surprises,  and 
of  obstructing  supplies.  When  an  army 
does  not  encamp,  but  lies  under  arms  all 
night,  it  is  said  to  bivcac.  Thus  before 
the  b.'ttle  of  Austerlitz,  Bonaparte  was 
all  night  in  bivoac,  or  with  the  advanced, 
guard. 

BIT,  the  bridle  of  a  horse,  which  acts 
by  the  assistance  of  a  curb.  See  CURB 
and  BRIDON. 

BLACK-HOLE,  a  place  of  confine- 
ment for  soldiers,  in  the  English  disci- 
pl:nc,  who  may  be  confined  therein  by 
the  commanding  officer,  but  not  by  any 
i./ferior  officer.  In  this  place  they  are 
<en.  rally  restricted  to  bread  and  water. 

BLANKETS,  are  made  of  coarse  pa  per 
steeped  in  a  solution  of  saltpetre,  and 
when  dry  are  again  dipt  in  a  composition 
oi  tallow,  resin,  and  sulphur.  They  arc 
used  only  in  fire-ships. 

BLAST,  and  BLASTING.  See  MINK 
and  M  i  N  i  N  c- . 

BLINDS,  in  military  affairs,  are  wood- 
en frames,  composed  of  4  pieces,  either 
flat  or  round,  two  of  which  are  6  feet 
long,  and  the  others  3  or  4  f1;et,  which 
serve  as  spars  to  fasten  the  two  first  toger 
ther  :  the  longest  are  pointed  at  both  ends, 
and  the  two  others  are  fastened  towards 
the  extremities  of  the  former,  at  about  10 
or  12  inches  from  their  points,  the  whole 
forming  a  rectangular  parallelogram,  the 
long  sities  of  which  project  beyond  the 
other  about  10  or  12  inches.  Their  use  is 
to  fix  them  either  upright,  or  in  a  vertical 
position,  against  the  sides  of  the  rrenchcs 
or  saps,  to  sustain  the  earth.  Their 
points  at  the  bottom  serve  to  fix  them  in 
the  earth,  and  those  at  top  to  hold  the 
fascines  that  are  placed  upon  them  ;  so 
that  the  sa,>  or  trench  is  formed  into  a 
kind  of  covered  gallery,  to  secure  the 
troops  from  stones  and>«enades. 

The  term  Blind  is  also  used  to  express  a 
kind  of  hurdle,  made  of  the  branches  of 
trees,  behind  which  the  soldiers,  miners, 
or  labourers,  may  carry  on  their  work 
without  being  seen.  See  HURDLE. 

BLINDS  are  sometimes  only  canvas 
stretched  to  obstruct  the  sight  of  the  enc-  - 
my  Sometimes  they  are  planks  set  up, 
for  which  see  MANTLET.  Sometimes 
they  are  made  of  a  kind  of  coarse  basket- 
work  ;  sec  GABIONS.  Sometimes  of 
barrels,  or  sacks  filled  with  earth.  In 
short,  they  signify  any  thing  that  covers 
the  labourers  from  the  enemy. 

BLIND  See  OB.ILLON  and  FORTI- 
FICATION. 

BLOCKADE,       ;  in  militwy  affairs. 
BLOCKADING,  $  implies  The    sur- 
rounding a  place  with  different  bodies  <jf 


BOA 


B  O  M 


troops,  who  shut  up  all  the  avenues  on 
every  side,  and  prevent  every  tiling  from 
going  in  or  out  of  the  place  ;  this  is  usu- 
ally efFecte-l  by  means  of  the  cavalry. 
The  design  of  the  blockade  is  to  oblige 
those  who  are  shut  up  in  the  town,  to 
consume  all  their  provisions,  and  by  that 
means  to  compel  rhem  to  surrender  for 
want  of  subsistence, 

Hence  it  appears  that  a  blockade  must 
last  a  long  time,  when  a  placois  well  pro- 
vided with  necessaries  ;  for  which  reason 
this  method  of  reducing  a  town  is  seldom 
taken,  but  when  there  is  reason  to  believe 
the  magazines  are  unprovided,  or  some- 
times when  the  nature  «.r  situation  of  the 
place  permits  not  the  approaches  to  be 
made,  which  are  necessary  to  attack  it  in 
the  usual  way 

Maritime  towns,  which  have  a  port, 
are  in  much  the  same  case  as  other  towns, 
when  their  port  can  be  blocked  up,  and 
Hie  besiegers  are  master  J  of  the  sea,  and 
ean  prevent  succours  from  being  convey- 
ed Mat  way  mto  the  place. 

To  BLOCKADE,  or  to  block  up  a  place, 
is  to  shut  up  ali  thcr  avenues,  so  that  it 
caanot  rec,  ive  any  relief  either  of  men  or 
provisions,  &c. 

To  ruhe  a  BLOCKADE,  is  to  march 
from  before  a  place,  a  d  leave  it  free  and 
open  as  before 

To  turn  a  siege  into  a  BLOCKADE,  is  to 
demist  from  a  regular  m  -ttvui  of  oesieging, 
and  to  surround  th"  lace  with  those 
troops  who  had  ormedthc-  sirge. 

To  jj  nn  a  BLOCKADE,  is  to  s  u  rrour.d 
the  place  with  troops,  and  hinder  any 
tiling  from  &oing  in  jt  coming  out. 

A  new  species  of  BJLOCK.ADF.  has  been 
discovered  during  the  French  Revolution, 
a  blockade  by  proclamation 

B  L  O  C  U  S  ,  Fr.     See  Blockade. 

BLOCK  battery^  in  gunners7,  a  wo.oclcn 
battery  for  two  or  more  small  | 
mounted  on  wheels,  and  inoveabie  irorn 
place  to  place  :  very  ready  to  tiiv  «•>/  Lar- 
«tf-f  in  tne  galleries  and  casemates,  &-C. 
wntre  room  is  warned. 


BOAT.  See  AJvice-Bo*;,  Ponton  x- 
Boat,  &c. 

BOD  Y,  in  the  art  of  war,  is  a  numbef 
offerees,  horse  or  foot,  united  and  march- 
ing under  one  commander. 

Main  BODY  of  an  army^  sometime- 
means  the  troops  encamped  in  the  cento;1 
between  the  two  wings,  and  general ly 
consists  of  infantry.  The  main  body  oil 
a  march,  signifies  the  whole  of  the  ar- 
my, exclusive  of  the  van  and  rear-guard, 

BoDYe/rf   Reserve.     See  Preserve. 

Bo  BY  of  a  f/acf,  is,  generally  speaking, 
the  buildlggs  in  a  fortified  town;  yet  the 
inclosure  round  them  is  generally  under- 
stood by  it. 

BO JS  df  rentontagCy  Fr.  every  species 
of  timber  which  is  used  to  new  mount 
cannon,  or  refit  ammunition  waggons, 

Bo  is  de  cbauffagt,  Fr.  the  fuel  which 
is  distributed  among  French  troops. 

BOLT,  an  iron  pin  used  for  strength- 
ening a  piece  of  timber,  or  for  fastening 
two  or  more  articles  together.  Bolts  in 
gunnery,  being  of  several  sorts,  admit  of 
various  denominations,  which  arise  from 
the  specific  application  of  them,  as 

1.  Eye  "1 

2.  joint 

3 .  Transom 

4.  Be d 

i:  &*    B°- 

7.   Stwt-bed 

y.    Ax  it  tree 
it),   t^iiisier 


ROMP 

1 


.K.-ousCj  n  the  military  art,  a 
kind  of  wooden  fort  or  fortification,  some- 
times  in'.iimt.d  on  rollc;^,  ur  or.  a  fiat-bot- 
tomed vessel,  serving  either  on  the  lakes 
or  rivers,orincouuter-s<_aips  andcou;.ttr- 
approaches.  This  name  is  sometimes 
Riten  to  a  brick  or  stone  building  on  a 
bridge,  or  the  brink  of  a  river,  serving  not 
•nly  for  its  define--.-,  but  ior  trie  command 
«f  the  river,  bom  above  and  bc'hAv. 

BLUNDiiRbu'SS,  a  well  Known  fire- 
arm, Consisting  oi  a  wide,  short,  but  very 
lar^-c  bore,  cuj-abL.-Oi  holding  a  number  of 
nuucjuet  or  pistol  bails,  very  fit  KH  doiii/ 
great  execution  in  a  croud,  making  good 
a  njfrrow  passage,  d.,-iondiii6  r  .cdoor  of  a 
house,  stuir-case,  &c.  or  lensliing  an  atT 
tempt  to  boaui  a  ship. 

BOARD  of  Ordnance.     See  Ordxanct. 

BOARD,  also  implies  an  otace  under 
the  government,  when-  theatf>irs  of  some 
Departments  are  transacted  ;  of  which 
rts  in 


See  SHELL. 

See  CA  is  so::. 

'-'ftsefsj  P      small    vessels* 
C    Ketibesy  )  made  vry  strong 
with  large   beams,  ^articularl1/   calcula-- 
ted  for  throwing  sheiis  into  a  iown,  cas~ 
fl.-,  or  fortiiic-tiorj,   .rom  .13  aiul  lo-inch 
mortars  ;    tv/o  of  which  arc    placed    on 
boaru  of  eaoh   ship.     They  are   said  to 
have    been   iuvcnt'jd  by    M.    Keyr.eau,  2 
. .juan,  and  ro  ruvc  been  iirst  i>ut  in 
at  the  bombaniment  of  Algiers  in 
i63i  :   till   then  it  had  been  judged  ini-» 
pracfcable  to  bombard  a  place  Ircrn  the 
sea. 

Bs;viB  Kttcb.  The  eld  bomb- ketches 
carried  o;tc  i3-inch  and  i  lo-inch  mortar? 
with  8  iix- pounders,  besides  swivels,  for 
their  own  imnudku'j  dc-ience.  The  mo- 
di T  i  bfoirib-vessel^  carry  i  io-in;;h  rrior  tars 
46S-pounci^r.s  and  6  tS-pou.iders  carro- 
nuiub  ;  and  rht  morrars  may  be  fired  at  as 
low  a/3  angle  as  20  degrees  ;  thougn  these 
ru-.irtars  are  not  inteudud  tt>  be  utc-x 
but  on  very  particular  occasions;  their 
princi;.:*!  'ntcntinn,  .a  these  low  an>!lc^, 
b.ing  'to  cover  the  landing  of  troops/and 
j>rotect  coasts  and  harbours.  A  bomb- 
ketch  is  generally  flora  60  to  70  feet  long 
from  stem  to  stern,  and  ,;rawa  8  or  9  feet 
water.  The  tender  is  general i>  a  bnv.,on 
board  of  whic^  tht:  :.ar:\  or  artiiler,  re- 
njiim,  till  tneir  services  "arc  required  cr. 
board  ths  bomb-vesiel. 


56 


BOM 


BOM 


fnstruc  lions  for  their  ALina^ement  and  Secu- 
rity in    Action. 

Proportion     of    Ordnance, 

& 

i.  A  Dutch  pump,  filled  with  water, 

&c.for  a  Bomb  Vessel. 

^~Q         -^               "5 

must  be  placed  in  each  round-top,  one 

(Continued.) 

upon  the  forecastle,  one  on  the  main-deck, 

OQ      K           h» 

and  one  on  the   quarter-deck;  and  fur- 

Spunks, with  ram.  heads 

4    —          4 

nished  with  leather  buckets,  for  a  fresh 

Handscrews,  small     - 

2     —            2 

supply  of  water. 

Haudcrow  levers  —  6  feet 

4    -          4 

2.  The  bcoms  must  be  wetted  by  the 

Handspikes,  common 

6     -          6 

pumps  hi/for.-  the  tarpaulins  and  mortar- 

Lins'ocks,  with  cocks    - 

4    -          4 

hatches   are    taken   olF;    and    a    wo  en 

Powder  horns,  new  pat. 

4    ~          4 

skrecn,  5  te_t  square,  is  to  be  hung  under 

Match          -          cwts  . 

i    —          r 

the  booms,  over  each  mortar,  to  receive 

Marline       -  -        skeins 

—         12         12 

the  fire  from  'he  vents. 

Budge  bar.  cop    hooped 

I           I           2 

3.  The   embrasures    beiiv,:    fixed    and 

Lauthorns,  Muscovy 

224 

f  roperly  secured,   the   port  must  be  let 

<hrk      -      - 

224 

down  low  enough  to  b~  covered  by  the 

Carronades,  68  »'rs. 

4    —          4 

role  of  the  embrasure.     Previou  ,  to  its 

18  Prs. 

6    —          6 

being  let  down,  a  spar  must   be  lashed 

ha  vim.  sliding  carriages, 

across  it,  to  vroich  the  tackles  for  raising 

elevating  screws,  spun- 

it  again  must  be  fixed  ;  this  s^ar  s  rves  to 

ces,  rammers  &c.  com- 

project  the  tackles  clear  of  the   explo- 

" i 

plete 

sion. 

Gun    .tackles,   complete 

| 

4.    The    mortars    must   not    be-    fired 

for  traversing  mortars, 

through  the  embrasures  at  a  lower  angle 

12  Prs 

4    —          4 

than  20  degrees,  <ior  with  a  greater  charge 

Wads,  68  Prs.     -     -     - 

270    270    540 

tha.i  5  Ibs,  of  powder. 

18  Prs.  .  .-     -     - 

480    1  80    660 

5.  Previous  to  finng,  the  doors  of  the 

<,  Bright 

-2     ^2. 

bulkhead,  under  the  quarter-deck,  must 

Musquets    <  g^k 

8     —          8 

be  shut,  to  prevent  the  cabin  being  injur- 

Pistols, pairs       -     -     - 

15     —         15 

ed  bv  the  explosion 

4.O     -•—           4o 

6.'  The  bed  must  be  wedged   in   the  j!  poie  axes      -      -    -    - 

*T*-'                                  *T^J 

6    —          6 

Ar\      _                  Ar\ 

poimcd,  to  prevent  re-actio,    ;    the  first  '  Musquetoons      _     _     _ 
wedge  being  driven  tight,  before  the  rear  j  Flints,  musquet      -    - 

4                            4^ 
2      2 
900      900 

ones  are  fixed,  in  order  to  give  the  full  ]               mstol       .     -     - 

150      —         150 

bcann.  en  the  table,  as  well  as  the  rear  of 
th.-  bed.     Tne  holes  for  dog-bolts  must 

Ball  cartridges,  musq. 
pistol    - 

2000      —      2000 
2000      —      2oOO 

be  corked  up,  to  prevent  the  sparks  tailing 

Shot,  musq.  cwt.qr.lb. 

I.O.O      —      I.O-O 

into  th;m. 

pistol     —  i 

[.O.O      —      l.O-O 

7.  When  any  shells  are  to  be  used  on 

i  Round  car.  fixed,  ioin. 

40       152      200- 

board  the  bomt:>,  thev  mi'st  be  fixed  on 

Empty  shells,  lOinch. 

48    352        400 

bo.-rd  the  tender,  and  brought  from  thence 

'.  Iron  shot,  t  Ib.            - 

iooo  4000  cooo 

in  boxes  \\\  her  long-boat  ;  and  kept    long 

1  Fixed  shells,  10  inch 

48   —      48 

side  the  bomb-ship  till  waited,  carefully 

Case  shot,  68  Prs.  cai. 

20       20       40 

covered  u;>. 
8.   In  the  old  constructed  bcmb-vesse:s 

Emp.  sh.  8  in  for  car. 
Shot,  round,    68  Prs. 

52     ioo     132 

50       50     ioo 

it  wa.>  necessary  to  hoist  out  the  booms,and 

i  Carcasses  do.  63  Prs. 

96      104      200 

Vaft   :htm  al<.>n>;  side  previous  to  firing; 

Shot,  round,       18  Prs. 

300    —      300 

but  in  these  new  ones,  wi:h  embrasures, 

Case  shot,           18  Prs, 

30       30       60 

only  tlu  boats  need  be  hoisted  out  ;  after 
which  the  mortars  may  be  prepared  for 

Carcas.  do.  fix.  18  Prs. 
Hand  shells,  fixed,  sea 

150    150    300 

action  in  10  minutes. 

service 

—     150    150 

Proportion  of  Ordnance  and  Ammunition  for 
a  Evmb  Ship)  carrying  ."wo  IO  Inch  Mc.r- 

Fuzes  ror  do.  spare 
Pup.  cov.  tor  cart.  10  in. 

—        J5       15 

106    609     715 

tars,  tsjire  at  Iniv  angles,  and  at  45  de- 

68  Pr. 

293     301     594 

i,  jour  68  Prs.  and  six  18  Prs.  Cairo. 

18  Pr 

258     198    4^,6 

Flan,  cartridg.  ")  to  hold 

cuin    for  lOp-    *5  It). 

I  O6                             I  O{5 

^ 

in.  mor.         )  do.io.lb 

.  —      609    609 

-53 

Flan,  cartridg.  j  to  hold 

Kl^ES*             ^^     £      K.J 

emp.  for  68  S    5  ,b. 

293     IS'? 

•^    §          §              T 

Prs.  car.       )uo.4lb. 

—       i5oS594 

«§    £     £ 

Fianiiel  cartridges,  emp. 

Mr-ruts,  sea  service,  wan 

for  1  8   Prs.    to    hold 

Beds,  &c.  10  inch 

ij  Ibs. 

528     148    676 

Quoins  for  '.io  —  2  for  45° 

Paper     cartridges       for 

—  2  for  20°  elevation 

bursting,    10    inches, 

Cap:  quires,  with    keys, 

empty, 

-    352     352 

&c.  spar.      -     -     -  '  - 

Paper     cartridges,     for 

Handspikes,  large     -              4    —          4 

bursting,     8    inches, 

empty 

—  -       ,j£t>      I  CO 

BOM 


BON 


f report  ion     of    Ordnance, 

&c.  for  a  Bomb  Vessel. 

(Continued.) 


1 


Paper  cartridges  filled 
wit  ;  2  Ib.  io  oz  for  10 
inch 48  —  48 

•o.  filled  with  i  Ib.   14 

oz.  for  8  inch 

Fuzes,  drove.  10 'nch.  52     388    440 

8  —    -         57     no     166 
—       f~2oo  for  10  inch.  ^ 

shells  at  i4oz.  >•    —      175     175 
each,  Ibs.          } 
768  for  10  inch.  ^ 

-jg  5  shells,  at  o  oz   >•    —        42      42 

>°    L    each,  Ibs.          ) 
Tui>e  boxes,  tin     -     --  12    —        12 

Fuze     composition,    for 

primin-  carcasses,  Ibs.    —        10       10 
Powder  hags     -     -     -     -   —          6        6 

Portfires     ------     200    2oo 

Quick  match,  cotton,  Ibs,  —  20  20 
Spirits  of  wine,  gals.  —  44 
Kitt  Ibs.  —  80  80 

Bottoms  of  wood,  10  in.  10  40  50 
Signal  rockets,  i  Ib.  doz.  —  22 
Blue  fights,  Ho  —  33 

Gunpowder  for  the  mor- 
tars   and    carronades,    72       150    222 
half  barrels 

Powder  for  priming,  do.     —  i         i 

burst  ng,  do.    — •         28      28 
with  all  th«  simllarti.  4 
cles  which  visually  at-** 
tend  mortars  on  every 
service,   and  the  arti- 
cles necessary  for  the 
service  ot    canonadcs 
at  sea. 

Laboratory  chests,  4  ft.    —  a        2 

3  ft.    —  32 

Handpumps  for  wetting 

the  rigging,  &c.  6      —          6 

Leather  buckets      -     -       24      —        24 


BOMB  Tender,  a  small  vessel  of  war  la 
den  with  ammunition  for  the  DomD-keuh, 
and  from  which  the  latter  is  constantly 
supplied. 

BOMBARD,  an  ancient  piece  of  ord- 
nance, so  called,  very  short,  and  very 
thick,  with  an  uncommon  large  bore. — 
There  have  been  bombards  which  have 
thrown  a  ball  or  shell  of  300  weight  : 
they  made  use  of  cranes  to  load  them. 
The  Turk  ,  use  some  of  taem  as  present. 
To  BOMBARD,  ;  the  act  of  as- 
BOMBARD1NG,  £  saulting  a  chy 
BO  M  B  A  ROME  N  T,  >  or  fortress,  by 
throwing  shells  into  it  in  order  to  sei  fire 
to  and  ruin  the  houses,  churches,  maga- 
zines, &c.  and  to  do  other  mischief.  "AS 
one  of  the  effects  of  the  sneb  results  fr  >m 
its  weigh%  it  is  never  discharged  as  a  ball 
from  a  cannon,  that  is,  by  pointing  it  at  a 
certain  object :  but  the  mortars  are  fixed 
at  an  eleva'ion  of  or  about  45  decrees  ; 
tiiat  is,  inclined  so  many  degrees  from  the 
horizon,  that  the  shell  describes  a  curve, 


called  the  military  projectile  :  hence  a 
mortar,  whose  trunnions  are  placed  at 
the  breech,  can  have  no  point-blank 
range,  Mortars  should  be  so  contrived, 
that  they  may  be  elevated  to  any  degree 
required,  as  much  preferable  to  those  fix- 
ed  at  an  angle  of  45° ;  because  shells 
should  never  be  thrown  at  that  angle  but 
in  one  single  case  only,  which  seldom 
happens ;  that  is,  when  the  battery  is  so 
far  off,  that  they  cannot  otherwise  reach 
the  works :  for  when  shells  are  thrown 
from  the  trenches  inte  the  works  of  a  for- 
tification, or  from  the  town  into  the  tren- 
ches, they  should  have  as  little  elevation 
as  possible,  in  order  to  roll  alocg,  and  not 
bury  themselves ;  whereby  the  damage 
they  do,  and  the  terror  they  cause  to  the 
troops,  is  much  greater  than  if  they  sink 
into  the  ground  On  the  contrary,  when 
shells  are  thrown  upon  magazines,  or  any 
other  buildings,  with  an  intention  to  de- 
stroy them,  the  mortar  should  be  elevat- 
ed as  high  as  possible,  that  thi  shells  may 
acquire  a  greater  force  in  their  fall. 

Shells  should  be  loaded  with  no  more 
powaer  than  is  requisite  to  burst  them 
into  the  greatest  number  of  pieces,  and 
the  length  of  the  fuzes  should  be  exact- 
ly calculated  according  to  th?  required 
ranges  ;  for,  should  the  fuze  set  fire  to  the 
powder  in  the  shell,  before  it  falls  on  the 
place  intended,  the  shell  will  burst  in  the: 
air,  and  probably  do  more  mischief  to 
those  who  fired  the  mortar,  than  to  those 
against  whom  it  was  discharged.  To  pre- 
vent this,  the  fuzes  aix  divided  into  as 
many  seconds  as  the  greatest  range  re- 
quires, consequently  may  be  cu:  to  any 
tance,  at  an  elevation  of  45  degrees. 

Mortars  are  not  to  be  fired  with  two 

es  ;  tor  when  the  fuze  is  properly  fix- 
ed, and  both  fuze  and  shell  ctredged  with 
TK.al.  d  ^owder,  the  blast  of  the  no'-vder 
.i  the  chamber  of  the  mortar,  when  in- 
flamed by  the  rube,  will  likewise  set  fire 
o  the  fnze  fixed  in  the  shell. 

BOMBARDIERS,  artillery  soldiers, 
who  are  employed  in  mortar  and  howitzer 
duty.  They  are  to  load  them  on  ali  occa- 
sions ;  and  in  most  services  they  load  the 
shells  and  grenades,  fix  the  fuzes,  pre- 
pare the  composition  both  for  fuzes  and 
:ubes,  and  fire  both  mortars  and  howitzers 
m  every  -i-ccasion.  In  the  English  ser- 
vice, shells  and  grenades,  composition  for 
he  same,  fuzes,  Sec.  are  prepared  in  the 
abor.ttory  by  people  well-skilled  in  that 
justness. 

In  most  other  armies  both  officers  and 

oldiers  belonging   to   the   companies  of 

bombardiers,  have  an  extraordinary  pay, 

as  it  requires  more  mathematical  learn-'- 

ng  to  throw  shells  with  some  de.,ree  of 

exactness,  than  is  -equisite  /or  the  re^c 

of  the  artillery.     In  the  British  service  ;i 

peciric  number  is  attached  to  each  com- 

3an>  of  artillery,  and  uo  not  form  a  sepa* 

ate  corps  as  in  oti  ercoui. tries. 

BONAVOGLIE,   Fr.  a  man  tfiat  for 


58 


BOS 


B  OU 


a  certain  consideration  voluntarily  engages 
to  row. 

BONNET,  in  fortification,  implies  a 
small  but  useful  work,  that  greatly  an- 
noys  the  enemy  in  their  lodgments.  This  j 
work  consists  of  two  faces,  which  make 
a  salient  angle  in  the  nature  of  a  ravelin, 
without  any  ditch,  having  only  a  parapet 
3  feet  high,  and  10  or  12  feet  broad.  They  j 
are  mad  -at  the  salient  andes  of  the  glacis, ; 
outworks,  and  bod  "f  the  place,  beyond  j 
the  counterscarp,  and  in  the  faussebray. 
See  FORTIFICATION. 

BONNET  a  Pretre,  or  Priest's  Cap,  in 
fortification,  is  an  outwork,  having  three 
salient  and  two  inward  angles,  and  dif-  ! 
fers  from  the  double  tenaille  only  in  hav-  j 
ing  its  sides  incline  inwards  t'  wards  the' 
gorge,  and  those  of  adouble  tenailL  are  pa- 
rallel to  each  other.  See  FORTIFICATION. 

BORDER,  in  military  diawir.>;s,  im- 
plies single  or  double  lines,  or  any  other  : 
ornament,  round  a  drawing,  &c. 

BOOKS.     There  are  differ:  nt  books! 
made  use  of  in  the  army,  for  the  specific 
purposes  of  general  and  regimental  eco- 
nomy. 

The  general  orderly  BOOK  is  kept  by  the 
brigade  major,    from   which   the  leading  . 
orders  of  regiments,  conveying  the  parole 
and  countersign,  are  always  taken. 

The  regimental  orderly  BOOK  cor, tains  the 
peculiar  instructions  of  corps  which  are 
given  by  a  colonel  er  commanding  officer 
to  the  adjutant — hence  adjutant's  orderly  ' 
BOOK — and  from* him  to  the  Serjeant-  ;! 
major,  who  delivers  the  same  to  the  dif-  i 
ferent  Serjeants  of  companies  assembled 
in  the  orderly  room  for  that   purpose —  | 
Jience  the  company'!,  erderly  BOOK. 

The  regime ntal  B o o K  is  kept  by  the 
clerk  of  the  regiment,  and  contains  all ; 
the  records,  &c.  belonging  to  the  corps,  j 

The   Company    BOOK,    is  kept   by  the} 
commanding  officer  of  every  company  ;  ' 
and  contains  returns  of  all  incidents  and 
payments. 

The  black  BOOK  is  a  sort  of  memoran-  | 
dum  which  is  kept  in  every  regiment,  to ! 
describe  the  character  and  conduct  of! 
non-commissioned  officers  and  soldiers  ;  j 
when  and  how  often  they  have  been  re- 
duced or  punished,  &c. 

Every  quarter-master  belonging  to  the 
cavalry  and  infantry,  has  likewise  a  book 
which  may  not  improperly  be  called  a 
hook  or  inventory  of  regime:. tal  stores, 
&c. 

Practice  BOOK.  Every  officer  of  the 
artillery  cught  to  have  a  beck  in  which 
he  should  note  every  useful  fact  that 
occurs  in  practice. 

KOOivj,  in  marine  fortification,  is  a 
long  piece  of  timber,  with  which  rivers 
or  harbors  are  stopped,  to  prevent  the 
enemy's  coining  in  :  it  is  sometimes  done 
by  a  cable  or  chain,  and  floated  with 
yards,  topmasts,  or  spars  of  wood  lashed 
to  it. 

BORE,  in  gunnery,  implies  the  cavity 
of  the  barrel  oi  a  gun,  morta;,  howitzer, 
or  any  other  piece  of  ordnance. 


BOSSE,  Fr.  a  term  used  in  the  French 
artillery,  to  express  a  glass  bottle  which 
is  very  thin,  contains  four  or  five  pounds 
of  powder,  and  round  the  neck  of  which 
four  or  five  matches  are  hung  under,  af- 
terlt  has  been  well-corked.  A  cord,  two 
or  three  feet  in  length,  is  tied  to  the  bot- 
tle, which  stives  to  throw  it.  The  in- 
stant the  botte  breaks,  the  powder 
catches  fire,  and  every  thing  within  the 
immediate  eficcts  of  the  explosion  is  de- 
stroyed. 

BOTTE S,  Fr.  boots. 

Grosses  BOTTES,  Fr.  jack -boots. 

BOTTJNE,  Fr.  half-boots  worn  by 
the  hussars  and  dragoons  in  f  reign  ar- 
mies. 

BOUCHE.  Fr.  means  the  apenure  or 
mouth  of  a  piece  of  ordnance,  that  of  a 
mortar,  of  the  barrel  oi  a  musket,  ar.d  of 
every  species  of  fire-arms  from  which  a 
ball  or  bullet  is  discharged. 

DOUCHES  a  /?*,  Fr.  is  generally 
used  to  signify  pieces  of  ordnance. 

BOULER  la  Matiere^  Fr.  to  stir  up 
the  dillerent  metals  which  are  used  in 
casting  cannon. 

BO U LETS  a  dtux  tetes,  chain-shot. 

BOULEVART,  Fr.  formed y  meant 
a  bastion.  It  is  no  .longer  u*>t.d  as  a  mili- 
tary ph  ase,  although  it  sometimes  oc- 
curs in  the  description  of  works  or  lines 
which  cover  a  whole  country,  and  pro- 
tect it  from  the  incursions  of  an  enemy. 
Thus  Strasburgh  and  Landau  may  be 
called  two  principal  boulevarts  or  bul- 
warks, by  which  France  is  protected  on 
this  side  of  the  Rhine-. 

The  elevated  line  or  rampart  which 
reaches  from  the  Champs  Elysees  in 
Pans  beyond  the  spot  wkere  the  bastille 
was  destroyed  in  1789,  is  stiled  the  Bou- 
levart. 

In  ancient  times,  when  the  Romans 
attacked  any  place,  they  raised  boulevarts 
near  the  circumference  of  the  walls.  These 
boulevarts  were  80  feet  hi^h,  300  feet 
broad,  upon  which  wr.cd<  n  towers  com- 
manding the  ramparts  were  erected  co- 
vered on  all  sides  with  iron- work,  and 
from  which  the  besiegers  threw  upon  the 
besieged  stones,  darts,  fire-works,  &c. 
to  facilitate  the  approaches  of  the  archers 
and  battering  rams, 

BO  U  LINER,  Fr.  a  French  military 
phrase.  Bouliner  dans  uti  campt  means  to 
steal  or  pilfer  in  a  camp.  Un  soldat  6ou- 
lixenry  signifies  a  thief. 

BOURGUIGNOTE,  Fr.  Is  a  hel- 
met or  morion  which  is  usually  worn 
with  a  breast-plate.  It  is  prool  against 
pikes  and  swords. 

BOURRELET,  Fr.  the  extremity  of 
a  piece  of  ord,  ance  toward*  its  mouth.  It 
is  usually  cast  in  the  shape  of  a  tulip  on 
account  of  its  aptur.de  to  fit  the  construc- 
tion of  embrasures.  Bourrelet  means  like- 
wise a  pud  or  collar. 

DOURRER,  Fr.  to  ram  the  wad  or 
any  other  materials  into  the  barrel  of  a 
lire- arm. 


BOX 


BRA 


59 


BOURRIQUET,  Fr.  a  basket  made 
use  of  in  mining,  to  draw  up  the  earth, 
and  to  let  down  whatever  may  be  neces- 
sary for  the  miner. 

BOUSSOLE,  Fr.  a.  compass  which 
every  miner  must  be  in  possession  of  to 
direct  him  in  his  work. 

BOUTE-SELLE,  Fr.  the  signal  or 
word  which  s  given  to  the  cavalry  to  sad- 
dle their  horses. 

BOUTON,  Fr.  the  sight  of  a  mus- 
qu  t. 

BOW,  an  ancient  weapon  of  offence, 
made  of  steel,  wood,  or  other  elastic  mat- 
ter; which,  after  being  bent  by  means  of 
a  string  fastened  to  its  two  encis,  in  re- 
turning to  its  natural  state,  throws  out 
an  arrow  with  prodiekms  force. 

The  use  of  the  bow  is,  without  all 
doubt,  of  the  earliest  antiquity.  It  has 
likewise  been  the  most  universal  of  all 
weapons,  having  obtained  amongst  the 
most  ba.  barous  and  remote  people,  who 
had  the  least  communication  with  the 
rest  of  mankind. 

The  bow  is  a  weapon  of  offence  amongst 
th?  inhabitants  of  Asia,  Africa,  and  Ame- 
rica, at  this  day  ;  and  in  Europe,  before 
the  invention  of  fire-arms,  a  part  of  the 
infantry  was  armed  with  bows.  Lewis 
XII.  first  abolished  the  use  of  them  in 
France,  introducing,  in  their  stead,  th« 
halbert,  pike,  and  broadsword.  The  long- 
bow was  formerly  in  great  use  in  Eng- 
land, and  many  laws  were  made  to  en- 
courage the  use  of  it.  The  parliament 
under  Henry  VII.  com  plained  of  the  dis- 
use of  1  ng  bows,  theretofore  the  safe- 
guard and  defe  ce  of  that  kingdom,  and 
the  dread  and  terror  of  its  enemies. 

CVojf-Bow,  is  likewise  an  ancient  wea- 
pon of  oiience,  of  tiie  eleventh  century. 
Philip  II.  su mamed  the  Conqueror,  in- 
troduced cross-bows  into  France..  In 
this  reign  Richard  I,  of  England,  was 
killed  by  a  cross-bow  at  the  siege  of 
Chalus. 

BOWMAN.     See  ARCHER. 

BOWYER.  The  man  who  made  or 
repaired  the  military  bows  was  so  calied. 

BOXES,  in  military  aiiairs,  are  of  se- 
veral sorts,  and  for  various  purposes. 

Zfo/#ry-BoxE«.      See  BATTERY. 

Cartouc/j-Eo\.KS.     See  CARTOUCH. 

Nave  BOXES,  are  made  of  iron  or  brass, 
and  fastened  one  at  each  end  of  the  nave,  to 
prevent  the  arms  of  the  axle-tree,  about 
which  the  boxes  turn,  from  causing  too 
much  friction. 

7»-BoxEs,  such  as  are  filled  with 
small  snot  for  grape,  according  to  the  size 
of  the  gun  they  are  to  be  fired  out  of. 

/j^0£/-BoxEs,  with  lids,  for  holding 
grape-shot,  &c.  each  calibre  has  its  ow.;, 
distinguished  by  marks  of  the  calibre  on 
the  lid. 

BOXES  fcr  Ammunition.  The  dimen- 
sions of  the  common  ammunition  boxes 
vary  according  to  the  ammunition  they 
are  made  to  contain,  in  order  that  it  may 
pack  tight :  this  variation,  however,  is 


confined  to  a  few  inches,  and  does  not  ex- 
ceed the  following  numbers. 

Table  of  general  dimensions  of  Ammu- 
nition Boxes. 


Exter  or. 

Weight 
when 

Len 

Br«-.  ;  De;>th. 

empty. 

ft.  iii. 

r't.  in.i  rt     in. 

IDS. 

From 

2    2 

o   jo,    o    8*- 

20 

To 

2    9 

i      6    i    6 

3° 

Weight  when  filled,  and  number  con- 

tained in  each. 

Kinds  of  Ammunition. 

Is. 

!i 

?ll 

|1 

111 

K.5i 

III 

°1 

1  1 

cwt.  qrs. 

Ibs. 

NO. 

nil 

,  .  ,  S  ?  *> 

B     ZT 

"i2Prs.  < 
6  Prs.j 

Round 
Case. 
Round 
Case. 

I 
o 

10 

15 

7 

6 

12 
12 

a  <-  -C 

111 

r 

j>  Prs.  ) 

Round 
Case. 

J 

*J 

16 
14 

Rounc 

I 

26 

6 

T"S              • 

•*4"  rs.  • 

Case. 

0 

0 

6 

III 

i  -Prs.  J 

Rounc 
Case. 

2 

20 
22 

8 

2o2 

•G  jQ    >—  < 

6  Prs.  | 

Rounc 

Case. 

2 
I 

20 
12 

24 

18 

111 

3  Prs.  j 

Rounc 
Case, 

1 
I 

0 
0 

3° 

«2  £ 

How'r  < 

2 

2 

3 

Case.    1 

m 

2 

12 

10 

j4* 

2 

22 

20 

ij^jS 

How'r  5 

2 

2 

12 

3 

10 

OQ       c^   C. 

bc 

*i  ->  C 

2 

?.  2 

20 

*  Shells  called  four  ana  an  half,  are  really  Four  and 
two-fifths. 

The  common  ammunition  waggon  will 
hold  from  9  to  13  of  these  boxes  in  cut- 
tier. 

The  tonnage  of  ammunition  in  boxes  is 
equal  to  its  weight :  about  12  boxes  make 
one  ton. 

BOYAU,  in  fortification,  is  a  parti- 
cular trench  separated  from  the  others, 
which,  in  winding  about,  incloses  di if er- 
ent  spaces  of  ground,  and  runs  parallel 
with  the  works  of  the  place,  that  it  may 
not  be  enfiladed.  When  two  attacks  are 
made  at  once,  one  near  to  the  other,  the 
boyau  makes  a  communication  between 
the  trenches,  and  serves  as  a  line  of  con- 
travallation,  not  only  to  hinder  the  sallies 
of  the  besieged,  but  likewise  to  secure 
the  miners. 

BRACES,  in  a  military  sense,  are  a 
kind  of  armor  for  the  arm  :  they  were  for- 
mer! y  a  part  of  a  coat  of  mail. 

BRACKETS,  in  gunnery,  are  the 
cheeks  of  the  travelling  carriage  of  a  mor- 
tar ;  they  are  made  of  strong  wooden 
planks,  This  name  is  also  given  to  that 
part  of  a  large  rnortar-bed,  where  the 


60 


BRE 


BR  I 


trunnions  are  placed,  for  the  elevation  of  ||     BREAK  of,  a  term  used  when  cavalry 


the  mortar  :  they  are  sometimes  made  of 
•wood,   and   more   frequently  of  iron,   of 
almost  a  semicircular  figure,  well  fasten- 
ed with  nails  and  strong  plates. 
BRANCH.      See   MINE    and   GAL- 

lERY. 

BRAND,  an  ancient  term  fora  sword  ; 
so  called  by  the  Saxons. 


j  or  infantry   are  ordered   to  diminish   it» 
:  front.     It  is  also  used  to  signify  wheeling 
j  from  line;  as  BREAKiNc-oit' to  the  left, 
for  'wheeling  to  *h    left. 

BREAK.-Or»«W,  the  first  opening  of 
the  earth  to  form  entrenchments,  as  at 
the  commencement  of  a  sitge.  It  applies 
also  to  ti'e  striking  of  tents  and  quitting 


BRAQUER,  Fr.   is  improperly  used;  the  ground  on  which  any  troops  had  been 


to  express  the  movement  of  a  cannon  to 
any  particular  side.  The  correct  ex- 
pression is,  to  point  the  cannon,  pointer 
K  canon. 

BRASSARTS,  Fr,  thin  plates  of  beat- 
en  iron  which  were  anciently  used  to 
cover  the  arms  above  the  coat  of  mail. 

Brassarts  and  cuirasses  were  worn  in 
the  days  ot  St.  Louis. 

BRASSER  la  Maticre,  Fr.  to  mix  the 
different  ingredients  which  are  required 
for  the  making  of  gunpowder  or  other 
combustible  matter. 

BREACH,  in  fortification,  a  gap,  or 
opening,  in  any  part  of  the  works  of  a 
fortified  pla  -e,  made  by  the  ar,illcry  or 
mines  of  the  besi-gers,  preparatory  to  the 
making  ai.  assault. 

The  batteries  to  make  a  breach,  should 
commence  by  marking  out  as  near  as  pos- 
sible, the  extent  of  the  breach  intended  to 
be  made  ;  first,  by  a  horizontal  line  with- 
in a  fathom  of  the  bottom  of  the  revete- 
ment  in  a  dry  ditch,  and  close  to  the  wa- 
ter's edge  in  a  wet  one ;  and  then  by  lines 
perpendicular  to  this  iine>  at  short  dis- 
tances from  each  other,  as  high  as  the 
cordon;  then,  by  continuing  to  deepen 
all  these  cuts,  the  wall  will  give  way  in 
a  body.  The  guns  to  produce  the  greatest 
effect  should  be  fired  as  near  as  possible 
in  salvos  or  vollies.  The  breach  should 
be  one  third  the  length  of  the  face,  from 
the  centre  towards  the  fianked  angle. 
When  the  wall  has  given  way,  the  firing 
must  be  continued  to  make  the  slope  of 
the  breach  practicable. 

Four  24  pounders  from  the  lodgement 
in  the  covert  way  will  effect  a  breach  in  4 
or  5  days,  which  may  be  made  practi- 
cable in  3  days  more. 

Another  way  of  making  a  breach  is  by 
piercing  the  wall  sufficiently  to  admit  two 
cr  three  miners,  who  cross  the  ditch,  and 
make  their  entry  during  the  night  into  the 
wall,  where  they  establish  two  or  three 
small  mines,  sufficient  to  make  a  breach. 
See  ARTILLERY  at  Siege;  see  also  BAT- 
TERY. 

To  repair  a  BREACH,  is  to  stop  or  fill 
tip  the  gap  with  gabions,  fascines,  &c. 
and  prevent  the  assault. 

To  fortify  a  BREACH,  is  to  render  it 
inaccessible  by  means  of  chevaux--de- 
frize,  crow's-feet,  &c 

To  make  a  lodgment  in  tht  BREACH. 
After  the  besieged  are  driven  away,  the 
besiegers  secure  themselves  against  any 
future  attack  in  the  breach. 

To  dear  the  BREACH,  that  is,  to  re- 
unove  the  ruins,  that  it  may  be  the  better 


encamped. 

To  BREAK  ground,  to  begin,  to  open 
and  work  at  the  trenches  in  *  siege,  &c. 

BREAST  PLATE,  in  military  an- 
tiquity,  a  piece  of  defensive  armor  worn 
on  the  breast  o;  both  men  and  horses. 
They  are  b  :t  seldom  ustd  now 

B  K  E  A  s  T-ruork      See  PARAPET. 

BREECH  of  a  gun,  the  end  near  the 
vent.  See  C  AN  NO  A. 

BREVET  rank,  is  a  rank  in  the  army 
higher  than  that  for  which  yoi:  receive 
pay  ;  and  gives  a  precedence  fwhcn  covps 
are  brigaded;  to  the  date  of  the  brevet 
commission. 

BREVET,  Fr.  commission,  appoint- 
ment. Under  the  old  government  of 
Fiance  it  consisted  in  letters  or  «pj-oint- 
ments  signed  bv  the  king,  by  virtue  of 
which  every  officer  was  authorised  to 
discharge  his  particular  duty.  All  of- 
ficers in  the  old  French  service,  irom  a 
cornet  or  sub-lieutenant  up  to  a  mar- 
shal of  France  were  stiled  Ojhciers  a 
Brevet. 

BREVET  d*  Assurance  ou  de  Retenue 
d' Argent,  Fr.  certain  military  and  civil 
appointments  granted  by  the  old  kings  of 
France,  which  were  distinguished  from 
other  places  of  trust,  in  as  much  as  every 
successor  was  obliged  to  pay  a  certain 
sum  of  money  to  tiie  heirs  of  the  deceas- 
ed, or  tor  the  discharge  ot  his  debts. 
Hence  the  term  brevet  d*  Assurance  ou  de 
retenue. 

BRICKS,  in  military  architecture, 
supply  the  place  of  stone  in  common 
buildings,  and  are  composed  of  an  earthy 
matter,  hardened  by  art,  to  a  resem- 
blance of  that  kind :  they  may  be  very 
well  considered  as  artificial  stone.  The 
Greeks  and  Romans,  &c.  generally 
used  'bricks  in  their  buildings,  witness 
the  Pantheon,  £c.  In  the  east  they  bak- 
ed their  bricks  in  the  sun.  The  Romans 
used  them  unburnt,  having  first  left  them 
to  dry  it.  the  air  for  3,  4,  or  5  years. 

The  best  hicks  must  not  be  made  of 
any  earth  that  abounds  with  sand  or  gra- 
vel, nor  of  such  as  is  gritty  or  stony  ;  but 
of  a  greyish  marie,  or  yellow  clay,  or  at 
least  of  reddish  earth.  But  if  there  is  a. 
necessity  to  use  that  which  is  sandy, 
choice  should  be  made  of  that  which  is 
tough  and  strong. 

The  best  season  for  making  bricks  is 
the  spring ;  because  they  are  subject  to 
crack,  when  made  in  the  summer :  the 
loam  should  be  well  steeped  or  soaked, 
and  wrought  with  water.  They  are  shap- 
ed in  a  mould,  and,  after  some  drying  ui 


BR  I 


B  RI     * 


61 


the  sun  or  air,  are  burnt  to  a  hardness. 
This  is  our  manner  'of  making  bricks ; 
but  whether  they  were  always  made  in 
this  manner  admits  a  doubt.  We  are  not 
clear  what  was  the  us  of  straw  in  the 
bricks  for  building;  in  Egypt,  or  why  in 
some  part  of  Germany  they  mix  saw-dust 
in  their  clay  for  bricks. 

We  are  in  general  tied  down  by  custom 
to  one  form,  and  one  size ;  which  is  truly 
ridiculous  :  8  or  9  inches  in  length,  and  4 
in  breadth,  is  the  general  measure:  but 
beyond  doubt  there  might  be  other  forms, 
and  other  sizes,  introduced  very  advan- 
ta^eously. 

Compass  BRICKS,  are  of  a  circular  form  ; 
their  use  is  for  stecningpf  walls ;  we  have 
also  concave,  and  semi-cylindrical,  used 
for  different  purposes. 

Grey-Stocks,  are  made  of  the  purest 
earth,  and  better  wrought :  they  are  us-d 
in  front  in  building,  being  the  strongest 
and  handsomest  of  this  kind: 

P/We-BRicKs,  are  made  of  the  same 
earth,  or  worse,  and  being  carelessly  put 
out  of  hand,  are  therefore  weaker  and 
rnore  brittle,  and  are  only  used  out  of 
sight,  and  where  little  stress  is  laid  on 
them. 

Red  Stocks^  are  made  of  a  particular 
earth,  well  wroujhr,  and  little  injured 
by  mixtures :  they  are  used  in  tine  work, 
and  ornaments. 

Hedgerly  BRICKS,  are  made  of  a  yel- 
lowish colored  loam,  very  hard  to  the 
touch,  containing  a  great  quantity  of 
sand  :  their  particular  excellence  is,  that 
they  wdl  bear  the  greatest  violence  of  lire 
without  hurt. 

BRICOLE,  an  improved  kind  of  traces 
used  by  the  French  in  drawing  and  ma- 
noeuvring artillery  ;  analogous  to  the  old 
drag  rope,  but  having  the  addition  of  a 
leather  strap  or  girdle  with  a  buckle,  to 
•which  the  drag  is  affixed;  and  an  iron 
ring  and  hook  at  the  end  to  drag  by. 

BRIDGES.  Manner  of  laying  a  pon- 
toon bridge  across  a  river. 

The  bank  on  each  side,  where  the  ends 
of  the  bridge  are  to  be,  must  be  made 
solid  and  firm,  by  means  of  fascines,  or 
otherwise.  One  end  of  the  cable  must 
be  carried  across  the  river ;  and  being  fixed 
to  a  picket,  or  any  thing  firm,  must  he 
drawn  tight  bymeansofa  capstan,  across 
where  the  heads  of  the  boats  are  to  be 
ranged.  The  boats  are  then  launched, 
having  on  board  each  two  men,  and  the 
nect-ssary  ropes,  &c.  and  are  floated  down 
the  stream,  under  the  cable,  to  which 
they  are  lashed  endwise,  by  the  rings  and 
small  ropes,  at  equal  distances,  and  about 
their  own  breadth  asunder;  more  or  less, 
according  to  the  strength  required.  If 
the  riv<-r  be  very  rapid,  a  second  cable 
must  be  stretched  across  it,  parallel  to 
the  first,  and  at  the  distance  of  the  length 
of  the  boats  ;  and  to  which  the  other 
ends  of  the  boats  must  be  lashed.  The 
spring  lines  are  then  lashed  diagonally 
-iVom  one  boat  to  the  oth^r,  to  brace 


ti^ht ;  and  the  anchors,  if  necessary,  car- 
ried out,  up  the  stream,  and  fixed  to  the 
cable  or  sheer  line  across  rhe  river.  One 
of  the  chesses  is  then  laid  ou  the  ed?e  of 
the  bank,  at  each  end  of  the  bridge,  bot- 
tom up  ;  these  serve  te  lay  the  ends  of 
the  baulks  upon,  and  as  a  direction  for 
placing  them  at  the  proper  distances,  to 
fit  the  chesses  'ha*  cover  the  bridge.  The 
baulks  sh  uld  then  be  laid  across  the 
boats,  and  keyed  together:  their  numbers 
proportioned  to  the  strength  required  in 
the  bridge.  If  the  gangboards  are  laid 
across  the  heads  and  sterns  of  the  boats 
from  one  side  of  the  river  to  the  other, 
they  will  give  the  men  a  foo  ing  for  doing 
the  rest  of  the  work.  '.cross  the  baulks 
are  laid  the  chesses,  one  after  another,  the 
edges  to  meet ;  and  the  baulks  running  be- 
tween the  cross  pieces  on  the  under  side 
of  the  chesses.  The  ga  -.gboards  ave  than 
laid  across  the  ends  of  the  chesses  on  each 
edge  of  the  bridge. 

Precautions  for  passing  a  bridge  of 
boats. 

Whatever  size  the  bridge  may  be,  in- 
fantry should  never  be  allowed  to  pass  at 
the  same  time  with  carriages  or  cavalry. 
The  carriages  should  always  move  at  a 
certain  distance  behind  each  oth  r,  that 
the  bridge  may  not  be  shook,  by  being 
overloaded.  The  horses  should  not  be 
allowed  to  trot  over  the  bridge ;  and  the 
cavalry  should  dismount  and  lead  their 
horses  over.  Large  flocks  of  cattle  must 
not  be  allowed  to  cross  at  once. 

For  the  dimensions,  weight,  and  equi- 
page of  a  pontoon,  see  the  word  Pontoon. 

When  bridges  are  made  to  facilitate  the 
communication  between  different  parts  of 
the  approaches  at  a  sie?;e,  they  should, 
if  possible,  be  placed  above  the  town; 
or  the  besieged  will  take  advantage  of  the 
current  to  float  down  large  trees,  or  other 
bodies,  in  order  to  destroy  the  bridge. 
Two  of  such  bridges  should  always  be 
placed  close  to  each  other,  inorderto  pre- 
vent the  confusion  ot  crossing  and  recross- 
ing  on  the  sam>  bridge;  the  one  being 
intended  to  pass  over  one  way,  and  the 
other  to  return.  Pontoon  nndges  will 
generally  net  support  a  greater  weight 
than  4 or  5,000  jjounds.  Pontoon:,  when 
united  as  a  bridge,  will  no  doubt  bear 
more  in  proportion,  than  when  acted 
upon  separately  :  but  the  weight  which 
a  pontoon  will  bear  may  be  easily  ascer- 
tained, by  loading  it  with  water  till  it 
siftks  to  any  required  depth,  and  then  by 
calculating  the  number  of  cubic  feet  of 
water  it  contains,  ascertain  the  number  of 
pounds  required  to  sink  it  to  that  par- 
ticular doj>th. 

BRIDGES,  in  military  affairs,  are  of 
several  sorts  and  denominations,  viz. 

Rusib-ViR  IDGES,  are  made  of  large  bun- 
dles of  rushes,  bound  fa»t  together,  over 
which  planks  are  laid,  and  fastened  : 
these  are  put  in  marshy  places,  for  an 
army  to  pass  over  on  any  emergency. 

!  or  btngi-xg  BaiuGiis,  arc  those 


62 


BRI 


B  RI 


not  supported  by  posts,  pillars,  or  but- 
ments,  but  hunt,  at  large  in  the  air,  sus- 
tained only  at  the  two  ends ;  as  the  new 
bridge  at  the  Falls  of  Schuylkill,  five 
miles  from  Philadelphia,  1809. 

-Draw-B RIDGE,  that  which  is  fastened 
with  hinges  at  one  end  only,  so  that  the 
other  may  be  drawn  up  fin  which  case 
the  bridge  is  almost  perpendicular)  to 
hinder  the  passage  of  a  ditch,  &c.  There 
are  others  made  to  draw  back  and  hinder 
the  passage ;  and  some  that  open  in  the 
middle ;  one  half  of  which  turns  away 
to  one  side,  and  the  other  half  to  the 
other,  and  both  again  join  at  pleasure. 

Flying-R*  IDGE,  is  generally  made  of 
two  small  bridges,  laid  one  over  the 
other,  in  such  a  manner  that  the  upper- 
most stretches,  and  runs  out  by  the  help 
of  certain  cords  running  through  pullies 
placed  along  the  sides  of  the  upper  bridge, 
yvhich  push  it  forwards,  till  the  end  of  it 
joins  the  place  it  is  intended  to  be  fixed 
on.  They  are  frequently  us  d  to  surprise 
•works,  or  out- posts  that  have  but  nar- 
row ditches.  There  is  a  curious  bridge 
of  this  kind  on  the  Ohio,  worthy  of  at- 
tention. 

BRTDGE  of  boats,  is  a  number  of  com. 
mon  boats  joined  parallel  to  each  other, 
at  the  distance  of  6  feet,  till  they  reach 
across  the  river ;  which  being  covered 
•with  strong  planks,  and  fastened  with 
anchors  and  ropes,  the  troops  march 
over. 

BRIDGE  of  communication,  is  that  made 
over  a  river,  by  which  two  armies,  or 
forts,  which  are  separated  by  that  river, 
have  a  free  communication  with  one 
another. 

F/oadfig-'BRioGf.,  a  bridge  made  use 
of  in  form  of  a  work  in  fortification  called 
a  redoubt ;  consisting  of  two  boats,  co- 
vered with  planks,  which  are  solidly 
framed,  so  as  to  b.ar  either  horse  or  ar- 
tillery. Bridges  of  this  kind  are  frequently 
used. 

Floating  bridges  made  of  large  logs  of 
light  timber  bound  together  with  a  floor 
along  them  are  common  in  the  United 
States. 

/WC«.BRIDGE,  a  number  of  tin  or 
copocr  boats  placed  at  the  distance  of  7 
or  8  feet  asunder,  each  fastened  wth  an 
anchor,  or  a  strong  rope  that  goes  across 
the  river,  running  through  the  rings  of 
the  pontons.  They  are  covered  with 
baulks,  and  then  with  chests  or  planks, 
for  the  army  to  march  over.  See  PON- 
TON. 

Cask,  or  Barrel  BRIDGE,  a  number  of 
empty  casks  that  support  baulks  and 
planks,  made  as  above  into  a  bridge, 
where  pontons,  Sec.  are  wanting.  Expe- 
rience lias  taught  us  that  5  ton  "of  empty 
casks  will  support  above  water  9000 
pounds  :  hence  any  calculation  may  be 
made. 

BRIDGES  are  made  of  carpentry  o-  ma- 
sonry. The  number  of  arches  ot  a  bridge 
is  generally  made  odd;  either  that  the 


'  middle  of  the  stream  or  chief  current  may 
1  flow  freely  without  interruption  of  a  pier; 
or  that  the  two  halves  of  the  bridge,  by 
i  gradually  rising  from  the  ends  to  the 
1  middle,  may  there  meet  in  the  highest 
;  and  largest  arch  ;  or  else,  for  the  sake  of 
i  grace,  that  by  being  open  in  the  middle, 
the  eye  in  viewing  it  may  look  directly 
through  there  as  we  always  expect  to 
do  in  looking  at  it,  and  without  which 
opening  we  generally  feel  a  disappointment 
in  viewing  it. 

If  the  bridge  be  equally  high  through- 
out, the  arches,  being  all  of  a  height,  are 
made  all  of  a  size,  which  causes  a  great 
saving  of  centering.  If  the  bridge  be 
higher  in  the  middle  than  at  the  ends,  let 
the  arches  decrease  from  the  middle  to- 
wards each  end,  but  so  that  each  half 
have  the  arches  exactly  alike,  and  that 
they  decrease  in  span  proportionally  to 
their  height,  so  as  to  be  always  the  same 
kind  of  figure.  Bridges  should  rather  be 
of  few  and  large  arch  s,  than  of  many  and 
small  ones,  if  the  height  and  situation 
wiil  allow  of  it. 

Names  of  all  the  terms,  peculiar  to 
BRIDGES,  &c. 

Abutment.     See  Butments. 

Arch,  an  opening  of  a  bridge,  through 
or  under  which  the  water,  &c.  passes, 
and  which  is  supported  by  piers  or  but- 
ments.  Arches  are  denominated  circular, 
elliptical,  cycloidal,  caternarian,  cquili- 
brial,  gothic,  &c.  according  to  their  figure 
or  curve. 

Arcbivoit,  the  curve  or  line  formed  by 
the  upper  sides  of  the  voussoirs  or  arch- 
stones.  It  is  parallel  to  the  intrados  or 
under  side  of  the  arch  when  the  vous- 
soirs are  all  of  the  same  length ;  otherwise 
not. 

By  the  archivolt  is  also  sometimes  un. 
d  rstood  the  whole  set  of  voussoirs 

Banquet,  the  raised  foot-path  at  the 
sides  of  the  bridge  next  the  parapet :  it  is 
generally  raised  about  a  foot  above  the 
middle  or  horse- passage,  and  3,  4,  5,  6, 
or  7,  &c.  feet  broad,  according  to  the  size 
of  the  bridge,  and  paved  with  large  stones, 
whose  length  is  equal  to  the  breadth  of 
the  walk. 

Buttardeau,  or  £  a  case  of  piling,  &c. 

Cojfer-dant,  ^  without  a  bottom, 
fixed  in  the  river,  water-tight  or  nearly 
so,  by  which  to  lay  the  bottom  dry  for  a 
space  large  enough  to  build  the  pier  on. 
When  it  is  fixed,  its  skies  reaching  above 
the  level  of  the  water,  the  water  is  pump- 
ed out  of  it,  or  drawn  ofi'by  engines,  &c. 
till  the  space  be  dry  ;  and  it  is  kept  so  by 
the  same  means,  until  the  pier  is  built  up 
in  it,  and  then  the  materials  of  it  are 
drawn  up  again.  Battardeaux  are  made 
in  various  manners,  either  by  a  .single  in- 
ciosure,  or  by  a  double  one,  with- clay  or 
chalk  rammed  in  between  the  two,  to 
prevent  the  water  from  coming  through 
the  sides  :  and  these  mclosures'  are  also  ' 
made  either  with  piles  only,  driven  close 
by  one  another,  and  sometimes  notched 


BRI 


BRI 


63 


or  dove- tailed  into  each  other,  or  with 
piles  grooved  in  the  sides,  driven  in  at  a 
distance  from  one  another,  and  boards  let 
down  between  them  in  the  grooves. 

Butments,  are  the  extremities  of  a  bridge, 
by  which  it  joins  to,  or  abuts  upon,  the 
land,  or  sides  of  the  rivur,  &c. 

These  must  be  made  very  secure,  quite 
immbveable,  and  more  than  barely  suffi- 
cient to  resist  the  drift  of  its  adjacent  arch, 
so  that,  if  there  are  not  rocks  or  very  solid 
banks  to  raise  them  against,  they  must  be 
wed  re-intbrccd  with  proper  walls  or  re- 
turns, &c. 

Caisson,  a  kind  of  chest,  or  flat-bot- 
tomed boat,  in  which  a  pier  is  built, 
then  sunk  to  the  bed  of  the  river,  and 
the  sides  loosened  and  taken  off  from  the 
bottom,  bv  a  contrivance  for  that  pur- 
pose ;  the  bottom  of  it  being  left  under 
the  pier  as  a  foundation,  ft  is  evident, 
therefore,  that  the  bottoms  of  the  caissons 
must  be  made  very  strong  and  fit  for  the 
foundations  of  the  piers.  The  caisson  is 
kept  afloat  till  the  pier  be  built  to  the 
height  of  low  water  mark ;  and  for  that 
purpose,  its  sides  must  either  be  made  of 
more  than  that  height  at  first,  or  else 
gradually  raised  to  it,  as  it  sinks  by  the 
weight  of  the  work,  so  as  always  to  keep 
its  top  above  water:  and  therefore  the 
sides  must  be  made  very  strong,  and  kept 
asunder  by  cross-timbers  within,  lest  the 
great  pressure  of  the  ambient  water  crush 
the  sides  in,  and  so  not  only  endanger  the 
work,  but  also  drown  the  workmen  with- 
in it.  The  caisson  is  made  of  the  shape 
of  the  pier,  but  some  feet  wider  on  every 
side  to  make  room  for  the  men  to  work  ; 
the  whole  of  the  sides  are  of  two  pieces, 
both  joined  to  the  bottom  quite  round, 
and  to  each  other  at  the  salient  angle,  so 
as  to  be  disengaged  from  the  bottom,  and 
from  each  other,  when  the  pier  is  raised 
to  the  desired  height,  and  sunk.  1 1  is  al- 
so convenient  to  have  a  little  sluice  made 
in  the  bottom,  occasionally  to  open  and 
shut,  to  sink  the  caisson  and  pier  some- 
times by,  before  it  be  finished,  to  try  if  it 
bottom  ievel  and  rightly  ;  for  by  opening 
the  sluice,  the  water  will  rush  ia  and  fill 
it  tu  the  height  of  the  exterior  water,  and 
the  weight  of  the  work  already  built  will 
sink  it :  then  by  shutting  the  sluice  again, 
and  pumping  out  the  water,  it  will  be 
made  to  float  agrin,  and  the  rest  of  the 
work  may  be  completed.  It  must  not 
however  be  sunk  except  when  the  sides 
are  hi&h  enough  to  icach  above  the  sur- 
face of  the  water,  otherwise  it  cannot  be 
raised  and  laid  dry  again.  Mr.  Labelye 
states,  that  the  caissons  in  which  he  built 
Westminster  bridge,  London,  contained 
above  150  load  of  fir  timber,  of  40  cubic 
feet  each,  and  were  of  more  tonnage  or 
capacity  than  a  40  gun  ship  of  war. 

Centres,  are  the  timber  frames  erected 
in  the  spaces  of  the  arches  to  turn  them 
on,  by  building  on  them  the  voussoirs  of 
the  arch.  As  the  centre  serves  as  a  foun- 
dation for  the  arch  to  be  built  on,  when 


the  arch  is  completed,  that  foundation  is 
struck  from  under  it,  to  mak,  way  for 
the  water  and  navigation,  and  then  the 
arch  will  stand  of  itself  from  its  curved, 
figure.  The  centre  must  be  constructed 
of  the  exact  figure  of  the  intended  arch, 
convex,  as  the  arch  is  concave,  to  r.-ceive 
it  on  as  a  mould.  If  the  form  be  circu- 
lar, the  curve  is  struck  from  a  central 
point  by  a  radius  ;  if  it  be  elliptical,  it 
should  be  struck  with  a  double  cord,  pass- 
ing over  two  pins  fixed  in  the  focusses, 
as  the  mathematicians  describe  their  ellip- 
ses ;  and  not  by  striking  different  pieces 
or  arcs  of  circles  from  several  centres  ; 
for  these  will  form  no  ellipsis  at  all,  but 
an  irregular  misshapen  curve  made  up  of 
broken  pieces  of  different  circular  arches  ; 
but  if  the  arch  be  of  any  other  form,  the 
several  abscissas  and  ordinates  should 
be  calculated  ;  then  their  corresponding 
lengths,  transferred  to  the  centering,  will 
give  s>>  many  points  of  the  curve  ;  by 
bending  a  bow  of  pliable  matter,  accord- 
ing to  those  points,  the  curve  may  be 
drawn. 

The  centres  are  constructed  of  beams 
of  timber,  firmly  pinned  and  bound  toge- 
ther, into  one  entire  compact  frame,  co- 
vered smooth  at  top  with  pianks  or  boards 
to  place  she  voussoirs  on;  the  whole  sup- 
ported by  off-sets  in  the  sides  of  the  piers, 
and  by  piles  driven  into  the  bed  of  the 
river,  and  capable  of  being  raised  and  de- 
pressed by  wedges  com  rived  for  that  pur- 
pose, and  for  taking  them  down  when  the 
arch  is  completed.  They  should  also  be 
constructed  of  a  strength  more  than  suf- 
ficient to  bear  the  weight  of  the  arch. 

In  taking  the  centre  dow;;,  first  let  it 
down  a  little,  all  in  a  piece,  by  easing 
some  of  the  wedges  ;  then  let  it  rest  a  few 
days  to  try  if  the  arch  makes  any  efforts 
to  fall,  or  any  joints  open,  or  any  stones 
crush  or  crack,  &c.  that  the  damage  may 
be  repaired  before  the  centre  is  entirely 
removed,  which  is  not  to  be  done  till 
the  arch  ceases  to  make  any  visible  ef- 
forts. 

C/jfst.     See  CAISSON. 

Cojfer. Jam.     See  BATTARDFAU. 

D>'iffi      )  of  an  arch,  is   the  push  or 

Shoot,  or  >  force  which  it  exerts   in  the 

Thrust,  }  direction  ot  the  length  of  the 
bridge.  This  force  arises  from  the  per- 
pendicular gravitation  of  the  stones  ot  the 
arch,  which  being  kept  from  descending 
by  the  form  of  the  arch,  and  the  resistance 
of  the  pier,  exert  their  force  in  a  lateral  or 
horizontal  direction.  This  force  is  com- 
puted in  Prop.  10,  of  Mr.  Button's 
Principles  of  Bridges,  where  the  thickness 
of  the  pier  is  determined  that  is  necessary 
to  resist  it,  and  is  greater  the  lower  the 
arch  is,  c&ttrh  parlbus. 

Elevation,  the  orthographic  projection 
of  the  front  of  a  bridge,  on  the  vertical 
plane,  parallel  to  its  length  This  is  ne- 
cessary to  shew  the  form  and  dimensions 
of  the'arches  and  other  parts,  as  to  height, 
and  breadth,  and  thereforo  has  a  plain 


64 


B  R  I 


B  R  I 


scale  annexed  to  ii,  to  measure  the  parts 
by.  It  also  shews  the  manner  of  work- 
ing up  and  decorating  the  fronts  of  the 
bridge. 

E  \rrados,  the  exterior  curvature  or  line 
of  an  arch.  In  the  propositions  of  the 
second  section  in  Professor  Hutton's 
Principles  of  Bridges,  it  i  th':  outer  or  up- 
per line  of  the  wall  above  the  arch  ;  but 
it  otten  means  only  the  upper  or  extenor 
curve  of  tlie  voussoirs. 

Foundations,  the  bottoms  of  the  piers,  ii 
&c.  or  th  bases  on  which  they  are  built. 
These  bottoms  are  always  to  be  made 
with  projections,  .reatei  or  less,  accord- 
ir.  tq  the  s  >aces  on  which  they  are  built : 
and  according  to  the  nature-  of  the  ground, 
deptii  and  velocity  of  ^ater,  £c.  the 
foundations  arc  laid  and  the  piers  built 
after  dilierent  manners,  either  in  caissons, 
in  battardeaux,  on  stilts  with  sterli  ,-/s, 
&c.  for  the  particular  method  of  doing 
•which,  see  each  under  its  respective 
term. 

The  most  obvious  and  simple  method 
©f  laying  the  foundations  and  raising  the 
piers  up  to  the  water-mark,  is  to  turn 
the  riv  r  out  of  its  course  above  the 
place  or  the  bridge,  into  a  new  channel 
cut  for  it  near  the  place  where  it  makes 
an  elbow  or  tiirn  ;  then  the  piers  are  built 
on  dry  Cronus*,  and  the  water  turned  it. to 
its  old  course  again  ;  the  new  oi.e  being 
securely  banked  up.  This  is  certainly 
the  best  method,  when  the  new  channel 
can  be  easily  and  conveniently  made. — 
This,  however,  is  seldom  or'never  the 
case. 

Another  method  is,  to  lay  only  the 
space  of  each  pier  dry  till  it  be  buiit,  by 
surrounding  it  with  piles  and  planks  dri- 
ven down  into  the  bed  of  the  river,  so 
close  together  as  to  exclude  the  water 
from  coming  in  ;  then  the  water  is  pump- 
eel  out  of  tne  jnclosed  space,  the  pier 
built  in  it,;:/>d  lastly  the  piles  a-.d  planks 
« rawr.  up.  This  is  cotter-dam  work, 
but  evidently  cannot  be  practised  if  the 
bottom  be  of  a  loose  consistence,  admit- 
ting the  water  to  ooze  and  spring  up 
through  it. 

\V  hen  neither  the  whole  nor  part  of  the  j 
river  can  be  easily  lam  dry  as  abo\e,  other 
methods  are  to  be  used  ;  such  as  to  build 
either  in  caissons  or  on  stilts,  both  which 
nxthods  are  described  under  their  proper 
words  ;  or  yet  b\  .u.otiier  u.eth  d,  which 
h;u,i,  though  seldom,  been  sometimes 
usi:u,  without  laying  I!K.  boitom  dry,  and 
\v liu.ii  is  thus-,  ihc  pier  is  tu.i.t  upon 
Wrong  rafts  o;  g;-;umgs  of  timber,  well 
bound  together,  and  buoyed  up  on  the 
suri.ice  of  the  water  by  strong  cables, 
fixed  10  the  other  heats  o:  machines,  till 
the  pier  is  built  ;  ;nc  whole  i-.  then  gent- 
ly let  down  to  the  bottoin,  which  must 
be  n  ,:<te  Lvcl  tor  the  purpose;  but  cl 
these  methods,  that  of  building  in  cais- 
son:>  is  best. 

L'ui  before  the  pier  can  be  bruit  in  ai.y 
manner,  tlie  ground  at  the  bottom  must 


be  well  secured,  and  made  quite  good  and 
safe,  if  it  be  not  so  naturally.  The  space 
must  be  bore'd  into,  to  try  the  consistence 
of  the  ground ;  and  if  a  good  bottom  of 
stone,  or  firm  gravel,  clay,  &c.  be  met 
with,  within  a  moderate  depth  below  the 
bed  of  the  river,  the  loose  sand,  &c.  must 
be  removed  and  digged  out  to  it,  and  the 
foundation  laid  on  the  firm  bottom  on  a 
strong  grating  or  base  of  timber  made 
much  broader  every  way  than  the  pier, 
that  there  may  be  the  greater  base  to  press 
on,  to  prevent  its  being  sunk  ;  but  it"  a 
solid  bottom  cannot  be  found  at  a  conve- 
nient depth  to  dig  to,  the  st>aremust  then 
be  driven  full  of  strong  piles,  whose  tops 
must  be  sawed  off  level  some  feet  below 
the  bed  of  the  water,  the  s;<nd  having 
been  previously  dug  out  for  that  purpose  ; 
and  then  the  foundation  on  a  grating  of" 
timber  laid  on  their  tops  as  before :  or, 
when  the  bottom  is  net  good,  if  it  be 
made  level,  and  a  strong  grating  of  tim- 
ber, 2,  3,  or  4  times  as  large  as  the  base 
of  the  pier  be  made,  it  will  form  a  good 
base  to  build  on,  its  great  size  preventing 
it  from  sinking.  In  driving  the  piles,  be- 
gin at  the  middle,  aisd  proceed  outwards 
all  the  way  to  the  borders  or  margin  ;  the 
reason  of  which  is,  that  if  the  outer  ones 
were  driven  first,  the  earth  of  the  inner 
space  would  be  thereby  so  jammed  toge- 
ther, as  not  to  allow  the  inner  piles  to  be 
driven  ;  and  besides  the  piles  immediately 
under  the  j.iers,  it  is  also  very  prudent  to 
drive  in  a  single,  double,  or  triple  row  of 
them  round,  and  close  to  the  frame  of  the 
foundation,  cutting  them  off  a  little  above, 
it,  to  secure  it  trom  slipping  aside  out  of 
its  place,  and  to  bind  the  ground  under  the 
pier  firmer  :  for,  as  the  safely  of  the 
whole  bridge  depends  on  the  foundation, 
too  much  care  cannot  be  used  to  have  the 
bottom  made  quite  secure. 

Jettte,  the  border  made  round  the  stilts 
under  a  pier.  See  STERLING. 

Impost,  is  the  part  of  the  pier  on  which 
the  iect  of  the  arches  stand,  or  frcm 
whii  h  they  spring. 

Key, stone,  the  middle  voussoir,  or  the 
arch-stone  in  th<-  top  or  immediately  over 
I  the  centre  of  the  arch.  The  length  ot" 
the  key-stone,  or  thickness  of  the  archi- 
voit  at  top,  is  allowed  to  be  about  i-i5th 
or  T-i6th  of  the  span,  by  the  best  ar- 
chitects. 

Qnbograpbyt  the  elevation  of  a  bridge, 
or  front  view,  as  seen  at  an  infinite  dis- 
tance. 

l'attif£tt  the  breast- wall  made  on  the 
top  ot  a  bridge  to  prevent  passei<gers  from 
falling  over.  In  good  bridges,  to  bu  Id 
the  parapet  but  a  little  part  of  its  height 
close  or  solid,  and  upon  t;  at  a  balustrade 
to  above  a  man's  height,  has  an  elegant 
eflect. 

/Vtrj,  the  wails  built  tor  the  support 
of  the  arches,  and  from  which  they  spring 
as  their  bases.  Thev  s>hci;ki  b,  built  of 
large  blocks  of  stone,  soiiu  throughout, 
anil  cramped  together  with  iron,  which 


BRI 


BRI 


65 


•will  make  the  whole  as  one  solid  stone. 
Their  faces  or  ends,  from  the  base  up  to 
high-water-mark,  should  project  sharp 
out  with  a  salient  angle,  to  d'vide  the 
stream :  or,  perhaps  the  bottom  of  the 
pier  should  be  built  flat  or  square  up  to 
about  half  the  height  of  low- water-mark, 
to  allow  a  lodgement  against  it  for  tht- 
sand  and  mud,  to  go  over  the  foundation ; 
lest,  by  being  kept  bare,  the  water  should 
in  time  undermine,  and  so  ruin  or  injur. 
it.  The  best  form  of  the  projection  fo 
dividing  the  stream,  is  the  triangle ;  a,  d 
the  longer  it  is,  or  the  more  acute  the  sa- 
lient angle,  the  better  ir  will  divide  it, 
and  the  less  will  the  force  of  the  wat  r 
be  against  the  pier ;  but  it  may  be  suffi- 
cient to  make  that  angle  a  right  one,  as 
it  will  make  the  work  stronger;  and  i;. 
that  case  the  perpendicular  projection 
\vill  be  equal  to  half  the  breadth  or  thick- 
ness of  the  pier.  In  rivers,  on  which 
large  heavy  craft  navigate  and  pas*  the 
arches,  it  may,  perhaps,  be  better  o 
make  theends  semicircular :  for,  although 
it  does  not  divide  the  water  so  well  as  the 
triangle,  it  will  both  better  turn  off  and 
tear  the  shock  of  the  craft. 

The  thickness  of  the  piers  should  be 
such  as  will  make  them  of-  wei  :ht  or 
strength  sufficient  to  support  their  in- 
terjacent arch  independent  of  any  other 
arches  ;  and  then,  if  the  middle  of  tii-_ 
pier  be  run  up  to  its  full  height,  the  cen- 
tering may  be  struck  to  be  used  in  another 
arch  before  the  handles  ar.  filled  p.— 
The  whole  theory  of  the  piers  may  be 
seen  in  the  third  section  of  Professor 
Hu iron's  Principles  of  Bridges. 

They  should  be  made  with  a  broad 
bottom  on  the  foundation,  and  gradually 
diminishing  in  thickness  by  off-sets  up  to 
low- water- mark. 

Piles,  are  timbers  driven  into  the  bed 
of  the  river  for  various  purposes,  and  are 
either  round,  square,  or  rial  like  planks. 
They  may  be  of  any  wood  which  will  .not 
rot  under  water  ;  but  oak  and  fir  are 
mostly  used,  especially  the  latter,  on  ac 
count  of  its  length,  straightness,  and 
cheapness.  They  are  shod  with  a  pointed 
iron  at  the  bottom,  the  better  to  penetrate 
into  the  ground,  and  are  bound  \vith  a 
strong  iron  band  ur  ring  at  top,  to  prevent 
them  from  being  split  by  the  violent 
strokes  of  the  ram  by  which  they  are 
driven  down. 

Piles  are  either  used  to  build  the  foun- 
dations on,  or  they  are  driven  about  the 
pier  as  a  border  of  defence,  or  to  support 
the  centres  on  ;  and  in  this  case,  when 
the  centre  ng  is  removed,  they  must  either 
be  drawn  up,  or  sawed  off  very  low  under 
water ;  but  it  is  better  to  saw  them  oft' 
and  leave  them  sticking  in  the  bottom, 
lest  the  drawing  of  them  out  should  loosen 
the  ground  about  the  foundation  of  the 
pier.  Those  to  build  on,  are  either  such 
as  are  cut  oifby  trie  bottom  of  the  water, 
or  rather  a  few  feet  within  the  bed  of 
the  river ;  or  else  such  as  are  cut  off  at 


low- water  mark,  and  then  they  are  called 
stilts.  Those  to  form  borders  of  defence, 
are  rows  driven  in  close  by  the  frame  of  a 
foundation,  to  keep  it  firm,  or  else  they 
are  to  form  a  case  or  jet  tee  about  the 
stilts,  to  keep  the  stones  within  it,  that 
are  thrown  in  to  fill  it  up  :  in  this  case, 
the  piles  are  grooved,  driven  at  a  little 
distance  from  each  other,  and  flank-piles 
L-t  into  the  grooves  between  them,  and 
driven  down  also,  till  the  whole  space  is 
surrounded.  Besides  using  this  for  stiltsj, 
•t  is  sometimes  necessary  to  surround  a 
stone  pier  with  a  sterling,  or  jettee,  and 
rill  it  u •>  with  stones  to  secure  an  injured 
pier  from  being  still  more  damaged,  and 
he  whole  bridge  ru-ned.  The 'piles  to 
support  the  centres  may  also  serve  as  a 
border  of  piling  to  secure  the  foundation, 
cutting  them  off  low  enough  after  the 
..entre  is  removed. 

Pile-dri'ver,  an  engine  for  driving  down 
the  piles.  It  consists  of  a  large  ram  or 
itvn  sliding  perpendicularly  down  between 
two  guide  posts ;  which  being  lifted  up 
to  the  top  of  them,  and  there  let  fall  from 
a  y,reat  height,  comes  down  upon  the  top 
of  the  pile  with  a  violent  blow.  It  is 

,-rked  either  with  men  or  horses,  and 
ither  with  or  without  wheel-work  The 
bridge  on  Schuylkill,  Philadelphia,  is  a 
master-piece  of  workmanship  ;  and  the 
i  L-W  brid.-e  at  Trenton,  over  the  Delaware, 
is  equally  bold  and  ingenious  in  its  plan 
— hi  t-.e  latter  the  floor  is  suspended  from 
tiie  voussoirs  of  the  arches,  by  stirrups  of 
ran 

Pitch,  of  an  arch,  the  perpendicular 
height  from  the  spring  or  impost  to  the 
•vcy  stone. 

Plan,  of  any  part,  as  of  the  founda- 


tio.  s,  or  piers,  or  superstructure,  is  the 
rapliic  projection  of  it  on  a  plane 
>arallei  to  the  norizon. 


ortho^rap 


PUS/J,  of  .m  arch.     Se  DRIFT.  , 

Salient  angles,  of  a  pier^  the  projection 
of  the  end  against  the  stream*  to  divide 
itself.  The  right-lined  angle  best  divides 
the  stream,  and  I  he  more  acute,  the  bet- 
ter for  that  purpose;  but  the  right  angle 
is  generally  used,  '  s  making  the  best  ma- 
sonry. A  semicircular  end$  though  it 
does  not  divide  the  stream  so  well,  is 
sometimes  better  in  large  navigable  rivers, 
as  it  carries  the  craft  the  better  ott',  or 
bears  their  shocks  the  better. 

Shoo'.,  of  an  arch.     See  DRIFT. 

Springers,  a?e  the  first  or  low-st  stones' 
of  an  arch,  being  those  at  its  feet,  and 
beuring  immediately  on  the  impost. 

St«rhngi\  or  Jeitecs^  a  kind  of  case  made 
about  a  pier  of  stilts,  &c  to  secure  it, 
and  is  particularly  described  under  the 
next  word,  Stilts. 

Stilly  a  set  of  piles   driven    into   the 

space  intended  for  the  pier,  whose  tops 

being  sawed  level  oft",   above  low- water 

jlmark,  the  pier  is   then  raised  on  them. 

!  This  method  was   formerly  used  when 

H  the  bottom  of  the  river  could  not  be  laid 

idry  ;  and  these  stilts  were  surrounded,  a* 


66 


BRI 


BRI 


a  few  feet  distance,  by  a  row  of  piles 
and  planks,  &c.  close  to  them  like  a 
coffer-dam,  and  called  a  sterling,  or  jettee  ; 
after  which  loose  stcnes,  Sec.  are  thrown 
or  poured  down  into  the  space,  till  it  is 
filled  up  to  the  top,  by  that  means  form- 
Ing  a  kind  of  pier  of  rubble  of  loose 
work,  and  which  is  kept  together  by  the 
sides  or  sterlings :  this  is  then  paved 
level  at  the  top,  and  the  arches  turned 
upon  it.  This  method  was  formerly 
Miucli  used,  most  of  the  large  old  bridges 
in  England  being  erected  that  way,  such 
i ;  London  bti  ige,  Newcastle  bridge,  Ro- 
chester bridge,  &c.  But  the  inconve- 
niences attending  it  are  so  great,  that  it  is 
r.ow  quite  disused  ;  for,  because  of  the 
loose  composition  of  the  piers,  they  must 
be  made  very  large  or  broad,  or  else  the 
arch  must  push  them  over,  and  rush 
down  as  soon  as  the  centre  was  drawn  ; 
which  great  breadth  of  piers  and  ster- 
lings so  much  contracts  the  passage  of 
the  water,  as  not  only  very  much  to  in- 
commode the  navigation  through  the  arch, 
from  the  fall  and  quick  motion  of  the 
water  ;  but  likewise  to  put  the  bridge 
itself  in  much  danger,  especially  in  time 
of  floods,  when  the  water  is  too  much 
for  the  passage.  Add  to  this,  that  be- 
sides the  danger  there  is  of  the  pier  burst- 
ing out  the  sterlings,  they  are  also  swbject 
to  much  decay  and  damage  by  the  velo- 
city of  the  water  and  the  craft  passing 
through  the  arches. 

Thrust.     See  DRIFT. 

youssoirS)  the  stones  which  immedi- 
aiely  form  the  arch,  their  undersides  con- 
stituting the  intrados.  The  middle  one, 
or  key-stone,  should  be  about  i-isth  or 
7  -  i6th  of  the  span,  as  has  been  observed  ; 
and  the  rest  should  increase  in  size  all  the 
way  down  to  the  impost :  the  more  they 
.  increase  the  better,  as  they  will  the  bet- 
ter bear  the  great  weight  which  rests  up- 
on them  without  being  crushed;  and  also 
will  bind  the  firmer  together.  Their 
joints  should  also  be  cut  perpendicular  to 
the  curve  of  the  intrados.  For  more  in- 
formation, see  Professor  Hutton's  Prin- 
ciples of  Bridge  j,  in  8vo. 

BRIDGE,  in  gunnery,  the  two  pieces  of 
timber  which  go  between  the  two  tran- 
soms of  a  gun-carriage,  on  which  the 
coins  are  placed,  for  elevating  the  piece. 
See  CARRIAGE. 

BRIDLE-^;-?;;  Protect ',  a  guard  used 
by  the  cavalry,  w  Inch  consists  in  having 
the  sv.  ui\l-hiit  above  the  helmet  ;  the 
blade  crossing  the  back  of  the  head,  the 
point  of  the  left  shoulder,  ai;d  the  bridle- 
arm  ;  its  edge  directed  to  the  left,  and 
turned  a  little  upwards,  in  order  to  bring. 
?]K;  mounting  in  a  proper  direction  to 
j'rotcct  the  hand. 

BRI  DON,  or  BRI  DOCK,  the  snaffle 
;-nd  rein  of  a  military  bridle,  which  acts 
independent  of  the  bit  and  curb  at  the 
pleasure  ol  the  rider. 

BRI GA DE,  in  military  aflairs,  implies 
a  party  or  diviiioa  of  a  body  of  soldiers, 


whether  horse,  foot,  or  artillery,  under 
the  command  of  a  brigadier.  There  are, 
properly  speaking,  three  sorts  of  brigades, 
viz.  the  brigade  of  an  army,  the  brigade 
of  a  troop  of  horse,  and  the  brigade  of  ar- 
tillery. A  brigade  of  the  army  is  either 
foot  or  dragoons,  whose  exact  number  is 
not  fixed,  but  generally  consists  of  3,  4, 
5  or  6  regiments,  or  battalions  :  a  brigade 
of  horse  may  consist  of  8,  10  or  12  squad- 
rons ;  and  that  of  artillery,  of  6,  8  or  10 
pieces  of  cannon,  with  all  their  appurte- 
nances. The  eldest  brigade  takes  the 
right  of  the  first  line,  the  second  of  the 
second  line,  and  the  rest  in  order,  the 
youngest  always  possessing  the  centre, 
unless  the  commander  deems  a  different 
arrangement  expedient ;  and  in  such  case 
mere  etiquette  always  bends  to  orders. — 
The  cavalry  and  artillery  observe  the  same 
order. 

The  Horse  Artillery  in  the  British  ser- 
vice are  called  the  horse  Brigade ;  and 
consist  of  6  troops,  with  their  guns  and 
stores.  Their  head-quarters  are  at  Wool- 
wich, where  handsome  barracks,  detach- 
ed from  those  of  the  royal  artillery,  have 
been  erected  for  their  accommodation. 

A  BRIGADE,  in  the  French  ordination, 
is  the  same  as  our  Regiment ;  but  it  con- 
sists of  3  battalions,  each  of  which  is 
equal  to  one  of  our  regiments  or  1000 
men  ;  a  demi  brigade  is  half  a  regiment, 
or  a  French  battalion. 

BRiGADE-A/dyor,  an  officer  appointed 
by  the  brigadier,  to  assist  him  in  the  ma- 
nagement of  his  brigade.  The  most  ex- 
perienced captains  are  generally  nomina- 
ted to  this  post ;  who  act  in  the  brigade 
as  major-generals  do  in  the  armies,  re- 
ceiving their  orders  from  their  comman- 
ders. 

BRiGADE-^&j/sr-Gm'ttz/.  The  mili- 
tary commands  in  Great  Britain  being  di- 
vided into  districts,  an  office  has  been 
established  for  the  sole  transaction  of  bri- 
gade duties.  Through  this  office  all 
orders  from  the  commander-in-chief  to 
the  generals  of  districts  relative  to  corps 
of  officers,  &c.  must  pass.  For  further 
information  on  this  head,  see  James's 
Regimental  Companion,  2d  edition,  vol.  i. 
page  25. 

BRIGADE  de  Boul&ngers,  Fr.  It  \vas 
usual  in  the  old  French  service,  to  brigade 
the  bakers  belonging  to  the  army.  Fach 
brigade  consisted  of  one  master  baker  and 
three  boys  ;  the  system  is  continued  in 
the  modern  French  army. 

BRIGADIER,  a  military  officer, 
whose  rank  is  next  above  that  of  a 
colonel  ;  appointed  to  command  a  corps, 
consisting  of  several  battalions  or  regi- 
ments, called  a  brigade.  This  title  in 
England  is  suppressed  in  time  of  peace, 
but  revived  in  actual  service  in  the  field. 
Every  brigadier  marches  at  the  head  of 
his  brigade  upon  duty.  On  the  Uni- 
ted States  establishment,  there  is  only 
oi.e  brigadier. general,  who  is  chief  in  ac- 
tual command  -t  provision  has  been  lately 


BRO 


BUI 


67 


made  by  law  for  two  more  in  case  of 
war. 

BRIGANDINE,orBRiGANTiNE,in 
ancient  military  history,  a  coat  of  mail, 
or  kind  of  defensive  armor,  consisting  of 
tin. 

BRING ERS-/tf,  an  antiquated  mili- 
tary expression,  to  signify  the  whole  rear 
rank  of  a  battalion  drawn  up,  as  being 
the  hindmost  men  of  every  file. 

BRINS-</'£.i7,  Fr.  large  sticks  or  poles 
resembling  small  pickets,  with  iron  at 
each  end.  They  are  used  to  cross  ditches, 
particularly  in  Flanders. 

BRISURE,  in  fortification,  is  a  line 
of  four  or  five  fathom,  which  is  allowed 
to  the  curtain  and  orillon,  to  make  the 
hollow  tower,  or  to  cover  the  concealed 
flank. 

BROADSIDE,  in  a  sea  fight,  implies 
the  discharge  of  all  the  artillery  on  one 
side  of  a  ship  of  war. 

BROAD-SWORD,  a  sword  with  a 
broad  blade,  chiefly  designed  for  cutting ; 
not  at  present  much  used  in  the  British 
service,  except  by  some  few  regiments  of 
cavalry  and  Highland  infantry.  Among 
the  cavalry,  this  weapon  has  in  general 
given  place  to  the  sabre. 

The  principal  guards  with  the  broad, 
sword  are : 

The  inside  guard,  (similar  to  carte  in 
fencing,)  which  is  formed  by  directing 
your  point  in  a  line  about  six^  inches 
higher  than  your  antagonist's  left  eye, 
the  hilt  opposite  your  own  breast,  the 
finger-nails  turned  upwards,  and  the  edge 
of  the  sword  to  the  left. 

The  outside  guard,  (resembling  tierce,) 
in  which,  by  a  turn  of  the  wrist  from  the 
former  position,  the  point  of  the  sword  is 
directedabove  your  antagonist's  right  eye, 
the  edge  of  the  weapon  turned  to  the  right, 
and  the  finger-nails  downward ;  the  arm 
sufficiently  straightened  to  the  right  to 
protect  the  outside  of  your  body  from  the 
attack. 

The  medium  guard,  which  is  a  position 
between  the  inside  and  outside  guard, 
,  seldom  used,  as  it  affords  very  little  pro- 
tection. 

The  hanging  guard,  (similar  to  prime 
and  seconde)  in  which  the  hilt  of  your 
sword  is  raised  high  enough  to  view  your 
opponent  under  the  shell,  and  the  point 
directed  towards  his  body. 

The  St.  George's  guard,  which  protects 
the  head,  and  differs  from  the  last-de- 
scribed only  in  raising  the  hand  some  what 
higher,  and  bringing  the  point  nearer  to 
yourself. 

The  swords  worn  by  officers  of  the  in- 
fantry being  constructed  either  for  cutting 
or  thrusting,  it  is  necessary  for  gentlemen 
to  be  acquainted  both  with  the  method 
of  attacking  and  defending  with  the  broad 
sword  and  with  the  rapier.  Those  who 
have  not  opportunity  of  regular  lessons 
from  a  professed  teacher,  may  obtain 
much  useful  information  from  a  work 
sntithd  the  Art  of  Defence  on  Foot, 


with  the  Broad  Sword,  &c.  in  which 
the  spadroon  or  cut  and  thrust  sword 
play  is  reduced  into  a  regular  system. 

BROND.     See  BRAND. 

BROWN  BILL,  the  ancient  weapon 
of  the  English  foot,  resembling  a  battle. 
ax. 

BRUNT.  The  troops  who  sustain 
the  principal  shock  of  the  enemy  in  ac- 
tion, are  said  to  bear  the  brunt  of  the 
battle. 

BRUSQUE R  une  attaque,  Fr.  is  to 
open  the  trenches  in  the  nearest  ap- 
proaches to  a  place,  completing  \\\s 
works  from  the  front  towards,  the  rear. 
This  undertaking  is  extremely  hazar- 
dous, unless  the  object  invested,  or  at- 
tacked, be  ill-garrisoned,  have  a  nar- 
row front  to  besiege,  the  ditches  be  cliv, 
&c. 

BRUSQUER  P*ffqirtt  Fr.  to  attack 
suddenly,  and  without  attending  to  any 
regular  rule  of  military  manoeuvre. 

BUCCANEERS,  in  military  history, 
a  name  frequently  applied  to  those  fa- 
mous adventurers,  consisting  of  pirates, 
&c.  from  all  the  maritime  nations  of 
Europe,  who  formerly  joined  together, 
and  made  war  upon  the  Spaniards  in 
America. 

BUCKETS.  Water-buckets  are  ne- 
cessary appendages  to  field- pieces,  to  cool 
the  gun  when  hotly  engaged  ;  other- 
wise it  might  fire  itself,  or  run  at  the 
muzzle. 

BUCKLER,  a  piece  of  defensive  ar- 
mor used  by  the  ancients.  It  was  al- 
ways worn  on  the  left  arm,  and  com- 
posed of  wicker-work,  of  the  lightest 
sort,  but  most  commonly  of  hides,  for- 
tified with  plates  of  brass  or  other  me- 
tals. The  shape  of  it  vari&d  considera- 
bly, being  sometimes  round,  sometimes 
oval,  and  often  nearly  square.  The  shield 
of  Achillesin  the  I  Iliad,  as  well  as  the  book 
itself  merits  the  attention  of  the  military 
student. 

E\JDGE -Barrels.     SeeBARREL. 

BUfP-Lfatbtr,  in  military  accoutre- 
ments, is  a  sort  of  leather  prepared  front 
the  buffalo,  which,  dressed  with  oil,  al- 
ter the  manner  of  shamoy,  makes  what 
is  generally  called  buff-skin.  Sword- 
belts  were  made  of  this  leather. 

BUGLE- HORN,  the  old  Saxon  horn; 
it  is  now  used  by  the  light  infantry,  and 
particularly  by  riflemen.  By  its  sound- 
ings, their  manoeuvres  are  directed,  either 
in  advancing,  skirmishing,  or  retreating. 
It  is  also  used  by  the  horse  artillery,  and. 
some  regiments  of  light  cavalry . 

BUILDING,  in  a  general  sense,  a 
fabric  erected  by  art,  either  for  devo- 
tion, magnificence,  conveniency,  or  de- 
fence. 

Military  BUILDINGS,  are  of  various 
sorts,  viz.  powder-magazines,  bridges, 
gates,  barracks,  hospitals,  store-houses, 
guard-rooms,  &c. 

Regular  BUILDING,  is  that  whose 
plan  is  sou  are,  the  opposite  sides  equal, 


68 


BUI 


B  UL 


and  all  the  parts  disposed  with  sym- 
metry. 

Irregular  BUILDING,  that  whose  plan 
is  not  contained  within  equal  or  parallel 
lines,  either  by  the  accident  of  situation, 
or  the  design  of  the  builder,  and  whose 
parts  are  not  relative  to  one  another  in  the 
elevation. 

Insulated  BUILDING,  that  which  is 
not  contiguous  to  any  other,  but  is  en- 
cornpass-d  with  streets,  open  squares, 
&c,  or  any  building  which  stands  in  a 
river,  on  a  rock  surounded  by  the  sea, 
marsh,  &c. 

Engaged  BUILDING,  one  surrounded 
•with  other  buildings,  having  no  front  to 
any  street  or  public  place,  nor  any  com- 
munication without,  but  by  a  common 
passage. 

Interred  or  sunk  BUILDING,,  one  whose 
area  is  below  the  surface  of  the  place 
•where  it  stands,  and  at  which  the  lowest 
courses  of  stone  are  concealed. 

In  bbilding  there  are  three  things  to  be 
considered,  viz.  commodity  or  conve- 
niency ;  secondly,  firmness  or  stability ; 
thirdlyy  delight. 

To  accomplish  which  ends,  Wotton 
considers  the  whole  subject  ;inder  two 
heads,  namely,  the  seat  or  situation,  and 
the  work. 

1.  As  for  the  seat,  either  that  of  the 
v/hole  is  to  be  considered,  or  that  of  its 
parts. 

2.  As  to  the  situation,  regard  15  to  be 
had  to  the  quality,  temperature,  and  sa- 
lubrity or  healthiness  of  the  air;  that  it 
be  a  good   healthy   jir,    not   subject   to 
foggy  noisomeness  from  adjacent  fens  or 
marshes;  also  free  from  noxious  mineral 
exhalations  ;  nor  should  the  place  want 
the  sweet   influence  of  the  sun-beams, 
nor  be  wholly  destitute  of  the  breezes  of  il 
wind,  that    will  fa;,  and  purge  the  air;  | 
the  want  of  which  would  render  it  like  a  \ 
stagnated  pool,  and  would  be  very  un- 
healthy. 

In  the  foundations  of  buildings,  Vitru- 
vius  orders  the  ground  to  be  dug  up,  to 
examine  its  firmness;  that   an  apparent 
soliujty  is  not  to  De  trusted,    unless  the 
whole  mould  cut  through  be  sound  and  \ 
solid:  'tis  true,  he  docs  not  say  to  what  j 
depth  it   shoula   b.  dug:    but   Pailadio 
determines  it  to  be  a  sixth  part  of  the  i 
height  of  the  building. 

The  great  laws  of  walling  are : — I .  That  \ 
the  walls  stand  perpendicular  on  the, 
ground- work,  the  right  angle  being  the  j 
foundation  of  all  stability.  2.  That  the:; 
largest  and  heaviest  materials  be  the!! 
lowest,  as  more  proper  to  sustain  oihers  ' 
than  be  sustained  themselves.  3.  That  j 
the  work  diminish  in  thickness',  as  itr 
rises,  both  for  the  ease  of  weight  and  to  I 
lessen  the  expence  4.  That  certain  ;j 
courses,  or  lodges,  of  more  strength  than  I 
the  rest,  be  interlaid,  like  bones,  to 
sustain  the  wall  torn  total  ruin,  if  some-} 
of  the  under  baits  chance  to  decay.  5.  j 
,  that  the  angles  be  firmly  bound,  I! 


they  being  the  nerves  of  the  whole  fabric. 
These  are  sometimes  fortified  on  each 
side  the  corners,  even  in  brick  buildings, 
with  square  stones;  which  add  both 
beauty  and  strength  to  the  edifice.  See 
STONE,  BRICKS,  LIME,  SAND. 

BULLETIN,  Fr.  any  official  account 
which  is  given  of  public  transactions.  See 
GAZETTE. 

BULLETS,  are  leaden  balls,  where- 
with all  kinds  of  small  fire-arms  are  load. 
ed.  The  diameter  of  any  bullet  is  found, 
by  dividing  1.6706  by  the  cube  root  of  the 
number,  which  shews  how  many  of  them 
make  a  pound  ;  or  it  may  be  done  in  a 
shorter  way  From  the  logarithm 
.2228756  of  1.6706  subtract  continually 
the  third  part  of  the  logarithm  of  the  num- 
ber of  bullets  in  the  pound,  and  the  differ- 
ence will  be  the  logarithm  of  the  diameter 
required. 

Thus  the  diameter  of  a  bullet,  whereof 
12  weigh  a  pound,  is  found  by  subtract- 
ing 3597270,  a  third  part  of  the  loga'i thin- 
of  12,  from  the  given  logarithm  .2228756-,, 
or,  when  the  logarithm  is  less  than  the 
former,  an  unit  must  be  added,  so  as  to 
have  1.2228756,  and  the  difference 
8631486  will  be  the  logarithm  of  the* 
diameter  sought,  which  is  .7297  inches; 
observing  that  the  number  found  will 
always  be  a  decimal,  when  the  logarithm, 
which  is  to  be  subtracted,  is  greater  than 
that  of  one  pound  ;  because  the  divisor 
is  greater  than  the  aividend  in  this  case. 

Hence,  from  the  specific  gravity  of 
lead,  the  diameter  of  any  bullet  may  be 
found  from  its  given  weight :  for,  since 
a  cube  foot  weighs  11325  ounces,  and  678 
is  to  355  as  the  cube  1728  of  a  foot,  or  12 
inches,  is  the  content  of  the  sphere, 
which  therefore  is  5929.7  ounces:  and' 
since  spheres  are  as  the  cubes  of  their 
diameters;  the  weight  5929.7  is  to  16 
ounces,  or  i  pound,  as  the  cube  1728  is 
to  the  cube  of  the  diameter  of  a  sphere 
which  weighs  a  pound;  which  cube 
therefore  is  4.66263,  and 'its  root  1.6706 
inches,  the  diameter  sought. 

The  diameter  of  musket  bullets  differs 
but  i.5oth  part  from  that  of  the  musket 
bore;  for  if  the  shot  but  just  rolls  into 
the  barrel,  it  is  sufficient.  The  English 
allow  ii  bullets  in  the  pound  for  the 
proof  of  muskets,  and  14  in  the  pound, 
or  29  in  two  pounds,  for  service  ;  17  for 
the  p-oof  ol  carbines,  and  20  for  service; 
and  28  in  the  pound  for  the  proof  of 
pistols,  and  34  for  service  The  proof 
bullet  of  the  U.  S.  musket  made  at  Har- 
per's terry  in  Virginia,  the  barrel  of  which 
is  3  feet  85  inches,  is  one  fftee nth  of  a 
pound;  the  service  ball  one  nineteenth. 
The  Rifle  of  Harper's  ferry,  tae  barrel  of 
which  is  2  feet  10  inches  ;  the  proof  ball 
is  onc-tiuenty-eighth  of  a  pound;  the  ser- 
vice bali  i:,  ane  thirty -secondth  part  of  a 
pound.  See  GUN  arid  RIFLE. 

tiollciu  BULLETS,  or  shells,  of  a  cylin- 
drical shape.  These  have  an  opening  and 
•A  fuze  at  the  end,  by  which  fire  is  eom- 


BUR 


CAB 


69 


municated  to  the  combustibles  within, 
and  an  explosion  take-  place,  similar  to 
that  occasioned  by  the  blowing  up  of  a 
mine. 

Chain  BULLETS,  are  two  balls  which 
are  joined  together  by  a  chain,  at  any 
given  distance  from  each  other. 

Branch  BLLLETS,  two  balls  joined  to- 
gether by  an  iron  oar. 

Two-headed  BVLLZTS,  sometimes  called 
ang'es,  are  two  halves  of  a  bullet  which 
are  kept  together  by  means  of  a  bar  or 
chain. 

BULWARK,  the  ancient  name  for 
bastion  or  rampart,  which  words  see. 

BURDEN,     ;  in  a  general  sense,  im- 

BURTMEN,  S  plies  a  load  or  weight, 
supposed  to  be  as  much  as  a  man,  horse, 
&c.  can  well  carry.  A  sound  healthful 
man  can  raise  a  weight  equal  to  his  own, 
can  also  draw  and  carry  solb.  a  moderate 
distance.  An  able  horse  can  draw  35011*. 
though  in  length  of  time  300  is  sufficient. 
Hence  all  artillery  calculations  arc  made. 
One  horse  will  draw  as  much  as  7  men, 
and  7  oxen  will  draw  as  much  as  n  or  12 
horses.  Burthen  iik  wise  in  a  figurative 
sei'Se  means  impost,  tax,  &c. 

BURCTANET,  or  BURGONET,  Fr.  a 
kind  of  helmet  used  by  the  French. 

BURIALS,  as  practised  by  the  mili- 
tary, are  as  follows,  in  th  British  ser- 
vice, viz.  The  funeral  of  a  field,  marshal 
shall  b>:  saluted  with  3  rounds  of  15  pieces 
of  cannon,  attended  by  6  battalions,  and 
8  squadrons. 

That  of  a  general,  with  3  rounds  of  n 
pieces  of  cannon,  4  battalions,  and  6 
squadrons. 

That  of  a  lieutenant-general,  with  3 
rounds  of  9  pieces  of  cannon,  3  battalions, 
and  4  squadrons. 

Thatot  a  major-general,  with  3  rounds 
of  7  pieces  of  cannon,  2  battalions,  and  3 
squadrons. 

That  of  a  brigadier-general,  3  rounds 
of  5  pieces  of  cannon,  i  battalion,  and  2 
squadrons. 

That  of  a  colonel,  by  his  own  bat- 
talion, or  an  equal  iv.miber  by  detach- 
ment, with  3  rounds  of  small  arms. 

That  of  a  lieutenant-colonel,  by  300 
men  and  officers,  with  3  rounds  of  small 
arms. 

That  of  a  major,  by  200  men  and  offi- 
cers, with  3  rounds  of  small  arms. 

That  of  a  captain,  by  his  own  com- 
pany, or  70  rank  and  file,  with  3  rounds 
of  small  arms. 

That  of  a  lieutenant,  by  i  lieutenant, 
I  serjeant,  i  drummer,  i  fifer,  and  36 
rank  and  rile,  with  3  rounds. 

That  of  an  ensign,  by  an  ensign,  a  ser- 
jeaut,  and  drummer,  and  27  rank  and  file, 
with  3  rounds. 

That  of  an  adjutant  surgeon,  and 
quarter-master,  the  same  party  as  an 
ensig'-i. 

That  of  a  serjeant,  by  a  serjeant,  and 
19  rank  and  file,  with  3  rounds  of  small 
arms; 


That  of  a  corporal,  musician,  private 
man,  drummer,  and  fifer,  by  i  serjeant 
and  13  rank  and  file,  with  3  rounds  of 
small  arms. 

All  officers,  attending  the  funerals  of 
even  their  nearest  relations,'  notwith- 
standing wear  their  regimentals,  and  a 
black  crape  round  the  left  arm. 

Tne-pali  to  be  supported  by  officers 
of  the  same  rank  with  that  of  the  deceas- 
ed :  if  the  number  cannot  be  had,  of- 
ficers next  in  seniority  are  to  supply  their 
place. 

The  order  of  march  to  be  observed  in 
military  funerals  is  reversed  with  respect 
to  rank.  For  instance,  if  an  officer  is 
buried  in  a  garrison  town  or  from  a  camp, 
it  is  customary  for  the  officers  belonging 
toother  corps  to  pay  his  remains  the  com- 
pliment of  attendance.  In  which  ^asc 
the  youngest  ensign  marches  at  the  head 
immediately  after  the  pall,  and  the  gene- 
ral, if  there  be  one,  in  the  rear  of  the 
commissioned  officers,  who  take  their 
posts  in  reversed  order  according  to  seni- 
ority. The  battal.on,  troop  or  company 
follow  the  s.mie  rule. 

Theexpence  ior  a  regimental  burial  is 
to  be  charged  against  the  captains  of  the 
respective  troops  or  companies. 

For  further  particulars,  see  Reid's  Mi- 
litary Discipline. 

BURR,  in  gunnery,  a  round  iron  ring, 
which  serves  to  rivet  the  end  of  the  bolr, 
so  as  to  form  a  round  head. 

BURREL-j/jo/,  small  bullets,  nails, 
and  stones  discharged  from  any  piece  of.' 
ordnance. 

BUSKINS,  a  kind  of  shoe,  or  half 
boot,  adapted  to  either  foot ;  formerly  a 
part  of  the  Roman  dress,  particularly  for 
tragic  actors  on  the  stage.  They  are  now 
mucli  worn  by  the  army. 

BUTIN,  Fr.  booty  or  pillage.  At  the 
beginning  of.  the  French  monarchy,  and 
for  a  long  time  after  its  establishment,  a 
particular  spot  was  marked  out  by  the 
prince  or  general,  to  which  all  persons 
belonging  to  the  victorious  army  were 
directed  to  bring  every  species  of  booty 
that  might  have  fallen  into  their  hands. 
This  booty  WAS  not  divided,  or  appro- 
priated according  to  the  will  and  pleasure 
of  the  prince  or  general,  but  was  thrown 
into  dirfcrent  lots,  and  drawn  for  in  com- 
mon. 

BUTMENTS.     See  BADGES. 

BUTT,  in  gunnery,  is  a  solid  earthen 
parapet,  to  fire  against  in  the  proving  of 
guns,  or  in  practice. 

BUTTON,  in  gunnery,  a  part  of  the 
cascable,  in  either  a  gun  or  howitzer,  and 
is  the  hind  part  of  the  piece,  made  round 
!  in  the  form  of  a  ball.    See  CANNON. 

BUTTRESS.     See  COUNTER  FORT, 

BUZE,  u  wooden,  or  leaden  pip-:  t- 
convey  ihe  air  out  of  mines . 


7O 


CAM 


C  A  I 


c. 

CABAS,  Fr.  a  basket  made  of  rushes, 
used  in  ancient  Languedoc  and  Roussil- 
lon,  for  the  purpose  or  conveying  stores 
and  ammunition.  This  term  is  adopted 
in  military  inventories. 

CABINET  COUNCIL,  a  council  held 
with  privacy  and  unbounded  confidence. 

CABLE  ou  CHABLE,  Fr.  a  large  rope. 

CADENCE,  in  tactics,  implies  a  very 
regular  and  uniform  method  of  marching, 
by  the  drum  and  music,  beating  time ; 
it  may  not  be  improperly  called  mathe- 
matical marching ;  tor  after  the  length  of 
a  step  is  determined,  the  time  and  dist 
ance  may  be  found.  It  is  by  a  continual 
practice  and  attention  to  this,  that  the 
Prussians  arrived  at  that  point  of  perfec- 
tion, once  so  much  admired  in  their  evo- 
lutions. 

CADENCE  or  Cadency,  in  cavalry,  is 
an  equal  measure  or  proportion,  which 
a  horse  observes  in  all  his  motions. 

CADET,  among  the  military,  is  a 
young  gentleman,  who  applies  himself 
to  the  study  of  fortification  and  gunnery, 
&c.  and  who  sometimes  serves  in  the 
army,  with  or  without  pay,  'till  a  va- 
cancy happens  for  his  promotion.  The 
proper  signification  of  the  word  is, 
younger  brother.  See  ACADEMY. 

CADET,  Fr.  differs  in  its  signification 
from  the  term  as  it  is  used  in  our  lan- 
guage. A  cadet  in  the  French  service 
did  not  receive  any  pay,  but  entered  as  a 
volunteer  in  a  troop  or  company,  for  the 
specific  purpose  of  becoming  master  of 
military  tactics. 

In  the  reign  of  Louis  XIV.  there  weie 
companies  of  Cadets.  The  sons  of  no- 
blemen and  gentlemen  of  fashion  were 
received  into  these  companies,  and  when 
reported  fit  to  undertake  a  military  func- 
tion, were  nominated  cornets,  sub-lieu- 
tenants or  ensigns.  In  the  reign  of  Louis 
XV.  a  regulation  was  made,  by  which 
no  cadet  could  be  admitted  unless  he  had 
passed  his  fifteenth  year  and  was  under 
twenty. 

He  was  likewise  obliged  to  prove  his 
nobility  by  the  testimony  of  four  gentle- 
men !  officers'  sons,  however,  were  ad- 
mitted on  proof  being  given,  that  their 
fathers  had  actually  served,  or  had  died 
in  the  service, 

A  chaplain  was  appointed  to  every 
cadet-company,  whose  duty  it  was  to 
instruct  the  cadets  in  reading  and  writing. 
They  had  likewise  a  master  in  mathe- 
matics, a  drawing  master,  a  fencing 
master  and  dancing  master. 

CADET,  Fr.  likewise  means  any  officer 
thai  is  junior  to  another. 

C/EiYIENT,    ~)  among    engineers,     a 

CEMENT,  5  strong  sort  of  mor- 
tar, used  to  bind  bricks  or  stones  together 
for  some  kind  of  moulding  ;  or  in  cement- 
ing a  block  of -bricks  for  the  carving  of 
capitals,  scrolls,  or  the  like.  There  are 


two  sorts,  i.  e.  hot  cement,  which  is  the 
most  common,  made  of  resin,  beeswax, 
brick  dwst,  and  chalk,  boiled  together. 
The  bricks  to  be  cemented  with  this 
mixture,  must  be  made  hot  in  the  fire, 
and  rubbed  to  and  fro  after  the  cement  is 
spread,  in  the  same  manner  as  joiners  do 
when  they  glue  two  boards  together. 
Cold  cement,  made  of  Cheshire  cheese, 
milk,  quick  lime,  and  whites  of  eggs. 
This  cement  is  less  used  than  the  former, 
and  is  accounted  a  secret  known  but  to 
very-  few  bricklayers. 

C^ESTUS,  in  military  antiquity,  was 
a  large  gauntlet,  composed  of  raw  hides, 
used  by  pugilists  at  the  public  games. 

CAGE  de  la  Bascule,  Fr.  a  space  into 
which  one  part  of  the  draw-bridge  falls, 
whilst  the  other  rises  and  conceals  the 
gate. 

CAIC,  Fr.  a  skiff  or  boat  belonging 
to  a  French  galley. 

CAIMACAN,  in  military  history,  an 
officer  among  the  Turks,  nearly  answer- 
ing to  our  lieutenant. 

CAISSE,  Fr.  Battre  la  cahse  is  used 
in  the  French  service  to  express  the  beat- 
ing of  a  drum  instead  oi  battre  la  Tam~ 
hour. 

CAISSON,  in  military  affairs,  as  s. 
wooden  frame  or  chest,  made  square,  the 
side  planks  about  a  inches  thick  ;  it  may 
be  made  to  contain  from  4  to  20  loaded 
shells,  according  to  the  execution  they  are 
to  do,  or  as  the  ground  is  firmer  or  looser. 
The  sides  must  be  high  enough,  that 
when  the  cover  is  nailed  on,  the  fuzes 
may  not  be  damaged.  Caissons  are  buried 
under  ground  at  the  depth  of  5  or  6  feet, 
under  some  work  the  enemy  intends  to 
possess  himself  of;  and  when  he  becomes 
master  of  it,  fire  is  put  to  the  train  con- 
veyed through  a  pipe,  which  inflames  the 
shells,  and  blows  up  the  assailants. 
Sometimes  a  quantity  of  loose  powder  is 
put  into  the  chest,  on  which  the  shells 
are  placed,  sufficient  to  put  them  in 
motion,  and  raise  them  above  ground : 
at  the  same  time  that  the  blast  of  powder 
sets  fire  to  the  fuze  in  the  shells,  which 
must  be  calculated  to  burn  from  i  to  2^ 
seconds.  When  no  powder  is  put  under 
the  shells,  a  small  quantity  of  mealed 
powder  must  be  strewed  over  them, 
having  a  communication  with  the  sau. 
cissoa,  in  order  to  convey  the  fire  to  the 
fuzes. 

CAISSON,  is  a  covered  waggon,  to  carry 
bread  or  ammunition. 

CAISSON,  Fr.  is  variously  used  in  the 
French  service. 

CAISSON  des  bombes,  is  a  tub  which 
is  filled  with  loaded  shells  and  buried  even 
with  the  ground.  It  is  inclined  a  little  on 
one  side,  and  by  means  of  a  quantity  of 
powder  which  is  scattered  on  the  top  and 
connected  with  the  bottom  by  a  saucis- 
son,  an  explosion  may  be  effected  so  as  to 
throw  the  shells  into  the  open  air  towards 
any  given  point.  Caissons  which  are  bu- 
ried in  the  glacis  produce  great  effect. 


C  A  L 


CAM 


71 


CAISSON  pour  les  -vi-vres,  Fr.  a  large!! 
chest  whose  lid  rises  in  the  centre  some-  'j 
what  like  the  capital  of  a  pillar,  in  order  ,; 
that  the  rain  may  runoff.  The  following  !; 
dimensions  were  adopted  to  contain  eiglit 
hundred  rations  at  least. 

The  caisson  or  chest  must  be  8  French 
i'eet  4  inches  long  at  least,  3  feet  4  inches 
high  from  the  bottom  to  the  extreme 
point  of  the  lid,  or  chapiter,  2  feet  6 
inches  from  its  square  sides  to  the  bottom, 
2  feet  5  inches  broad  at  the  bottom,  out- 
side, 2  feet  9  inches  bioad  at  top,  and 
the  cover  or  lid  must  be  5  feet  4  inches 
long.  Poplar  trees  afford  the  best  wood 
for  the  construction  of  caissons,  because 
that  species  has  a  close  grain,  and  is  cal- 
culated to  keep  out  rain. 

CALATRAVA,  a  Spanish  military 
order  so  called  from  a  Fort  of  that  name. 
The  knights  of  Calatrava  bear  a  cross ; 
gules,  fleur-de-lissed  with  green,  &c. 

CALCULATION,  inmilitary  affairs, 
js  the  art  of  computing  the  amplitudes  of 
shells,  time  of  flight,  projectile  curve, 
velocity  of  shots,  charges  of  mines,  £c. 
together  with  the  necessary  tables  for 
practice. 

*"  CALIBER,  in  gunnery,  signifies  the 
same  as  the  bore  or  opening:  and  the 
diameter  of  the  bore  is  called  the  diame- 
ter of  its  caliber.  This  expression  regards 
all  pieces  of  artillery. 

C  A  L  i  B  E  ^.-Compasses,    )  the  name  of  a 

CALi.iPER-Cfw^TJi'fj,  $  particular  in- 
strument used  by  gunners,  for  measuring 
the  diameters  of  shot,  shells,  &c.  as  also 
the  cylinder  of  cannon,  mortars,  and  how- 
itzers. They  resemble  other  compasses, 
except  in  their  legs,  which  are  arched,  in 
order  that  the  points  may  touch  the  ex- 
tremities of  the  arch.  To  find  the  true 
diameter  of  a  circle,  they  have  a  quadrant 
fastened  to  one  leg,  and  passing  through 
the  other,  marked  with  inches  and  parts, 
to  express  the  diameter  required :  the 
length  of  each  ruler  or  plate  is  usually 
between  the  limits  of  6  inches  and  a  toot. 
On  these  rulers  are  a  variety  of  scales, 
tables,  proportions,  &c.  such  as  are 
esteemed  useful  to  be  known  by  gunners. 
The  following  articles  are  on  the  com- 
pletest  gunners-callipers,  viz.  i.  The 
measure  of  convex  diameters  in  inches. 
2.  Of  concave  ditto.  3.  The  weight  of 
iron  shot  from  given  diameters.  4.  The 
weight  of  iron  shot  from  given  gun  bores. 
5.  The  degrees  of  a  semicircle.  6.  The 
proportion  of  troy  and  avoirdupois  weight. 
7.  The  proportion  of  English  and  French 
feet  and  pounds.  8,  Factors  used  in  cir- 
cular and  spherical  figures.  9.  Tables  of 
the  specific  gravity  and  weights  of  bodies. 
10.  Tables  of  the  quantity  of  powder  ne- 
cessary for  proof  a,  d  service-  of  brass  and 
iron  guns.  TI.  Rules  for  computing  the 
number  of  shot  or  shells,  in  a  finished 
pile.  12.  Rule  concerning  the  fall  of 
heavy  bodies.  13  Rules  for  raising  of 
water.  14.  Rules  for  tiring  artillery  and 
mortars.  15.  A  line  of  inches.  16,  Lo- 


garithrnetic  scales  of  numbers,  sines, 
versed  sines  and  tangents.  17.  A  sectoral 
line  of  equal  parts,  or  the  line  of  lines. 
1 8.  A  sectoral  line  of  plans,  and  super- 
ficies. 10.  A  sectoral  line  of  solids. 

CALIBRE,  .Pf.     See  CALIBER. 

CALIBRE,  Fr.  signifies,  in  a  figurative 
sense,  ^ast  or  character;  as  ua  bomme  dt 
ce  calibre,  a  man  of  this  cast. 

C  A  LI  BRER,  Fr.  to  take  the  measure- 
ment of  the  calibre  of  a  gun.  A  particular 
nstrument  has  been  invented  for  this 
purpose.  It  resembles  a  compass  with 
curved  branches,  which  serve  to  grasj* 
and  measure  a  ball. 

C  A  L I V  E  R,  an  old  term  for  an  arque- 
buse  or  musket. 

CALOTE,  Fr.  a  species  of  scull  cap 
which  officers  and  soldiers  wear  under 
their  hats  in  the  French  cavalry,  and 
which  are  proof  against  a  sabre  or  sword. 
Calotes  are  usually  made  of  iron,  wick, 
or  dressed  leather,  and  every  officer  chuses 
the  sort  he  likes  best.  Those  delivered 
out  to  the  troops  are  made  of  iron. 

CALQUING,;  the  art  of  tracing  any 

'CALKING,  $  kind  of  a  military- 
drawing,  &c.  upon  some  plate,  paper, 
Sec.  It  is  performed  by  covering  the 
backside  of  the  drawing  with  a  black  or 
red  colour,  and  fixing  the  side  so  covered 
upon  a  piece  of  paper,  waxed  plate,  &c: 
This  done,  every  line  in  the  drawing  is  to 
be  traced  over  with  a  point,  by  which 
means  all  the  outlines  of  the  drawing  will, 
be  transferred  to  the  paper  or  plate,  &c. 

CALTROPS,  in  military  affairs,  is  a 
piece  of  iron  having  4  points,  all  disposed 
in  a  triangular  form :  so  that  3  of  them 
always  rest  upon  the  ground,  and  the  4th 
stands  upwards  in  a  perpendicular  direc- 
tion. Each  point  is  3  or  4  inches  longw 
They  are  scattered  over  the  ground  and 
passages  where  the  enemy  is  expected  to 
march,  especially  the  cavalry,  in  order  to 
embarrass  their  progress. 

CAMARADE.     See  COMRADE. 

CAMION,  Fr.  a  species  of  cart  or 
dray  which  is  drawn  by  two  men,  and 
serves  to  convey  cannon-balls.  These 
carts  are  very  useful  in  fortified  towns. 

CAM1SADE  cr  CAMISADO,  inmili- 
tary transactions,  implies  an  attack  bv 
surprise,  either  during  the  night,  or  ar. 
break  of  day,  when  the  enemy  is  suppos- 
ed to  be  in  their  shirts  asleep,  or  off  his 
guard.  The  attack  on  Cremona  was  a 
camisade;  the  Irish  regiment  of  Mac- 
guire,  fought  in  their  skirts,  and  frus- 
trated the  attack. 

CAMOUFLET,  in  war,  a  kind  of 
stinking  combustibles  blown  out  of  paper 
cases,  into  the  miners  faces,  when  they 
are  at  work  in  the  galleries  of  the  coun- 
ter mines. 

CAMPEMENT,  Fr.  an  encampment. 
This  word  is  also  used  to  dvnote  a  de- 
tachment sent  before  the  arrny  to  mark 
out  the  ground  for  a  camp. 

CAMP.  With  some  trifhog  vanaiion;;, 
camps  ar;'  formed  a  tier  the  same 


CAM 


CAM 


in  all  countries.  This  principle  seems 
general,  that  there  should  nor  be  more 
ground  occupied  by  tne  camp  of  a  body 
of  men,  in  front,  than  the  extent  of  their 
line  vvhun  drawn  out  in  order  of  battle 
Intervals  are  however  generally  left  be- 
tween battalions  of  infantry  of  about  one 
eighth  their  front,  a^dbefwe  n  squadrons 
of  cavalry  of  thirty  or  forty  paces.  An 
army  is  sometimes  encamped  in  two  lines, 
and  sometimes  in  three ;  the  distance  be- 
tween the  lines  varies  according  f>  the 
face  of  the  country,  from  200  10600  yards, 
or  more. 

In  the  distribution  of  the  front  of  a 
camp,  two  feet  are  generally  allowed  for 
every  file  of  infantry,  and  three  feet  for 
each  file  of  cavalry.  Whrn  the  ground 
will  admit  of  it,  the  infantry  are  usually 
arrj'i.ccl  in  rows  perpendicular  to  the 
front ;  each  row  containing  the  tents  of 
one  company  ;  and  the  cavalry  in  the 
same  j  osition,  each  perpendicular  row 
containing  the  horses  of  a  troop. 

Tiie  grenadiers  and  light  infantry  .are 
usually  placed  i1  single  rows  on  the 
flanks,  and  the  battalion  companies  in 
double  rows. 

A  single  row,  or  one  company,  occu- 
pies in  front,  nine  feet ;  and  a  double 
row,  or  two  com  anies,  tv\enty-one  feet, 
if  formed  of  the  old  pattern  rectangular 
tents,  which  hold  o  ly  five  men  each. 
But  if  the  new  bell  tents  are  used,  15  feet 
rnust  be  allowed  for  a  single  row,  and  30 
feet  for  a  double  row  in  front. 

In  the  cavalry,  a  row  or  troop  occupies 
in  front  as  follows  : 

Old  Tents.      New  Tents. 

Tent  3  yards  5  >ards. 

From  the  front  pole  p 

of    the    tent     to  >•  3  3 

picket  rope  ) 

For  the  horse  6  6 

For  the  dung        -      2  2 

14  yards.  16  yards. 

The  breadth  of  a  row  in  front,  whether 
of  infantry  or  cavalry,  bring  multiplied 
by  the  number  of  rows,  and  »hs  product 
subtracted  from  the  whole  extent  of  front 
for  a  battalion  of  infantry,  or  a  squadron 
of  cavalry,  will  leave  the  space  for  the 
.streets,  which  are  generally  divided  as 
lbl:ows : 

For  the  infantry,  59^  feet  each. 

For  the  cavalry,  30  feet  each  b.tween 
the  to 

For  the  cavalry,  46  feet  each  between 
the  hordes. 

The  following  is  the  distribution  of  the 
depth  oi  a  camp  of  inlana y  or  cavalry, 
when  the  ground  (>ermits. 

Distribution  of  tie   Depth  of  a     ^          -|? 
Camp.  ^          | 

5*     £ 

Yards.    Yards. 

*rom  the  quarter  guard  parade 
to  the  line  of  parade  of  bat- 
talion -  62 


Distribution   of  the  Depth  of  a     |;" 
Camp.  <>^ 


Yards. 

From  this  first  line  of  parade  to 
the  front  j>  Serjeant's  tents         16 
of  the       S  quarter  master's      — 
N    B     These  tents  open  to  the 

front. 

To  the  first  picket  of  horses 
Infant,  for  every  tent  in  depth 
--  old  pattern,  9  feet 
-  new  patter  •,  15  feet 


O 

Yards, 


—          5 


36        60 


10 


14 


Caxt<lry  :  for  every  horse,  3  feet 

The  soldiers  tents  for  the  infantry 
open  to  the  streets  The  cavalry 
tents  front  to  the  horses  heads. 

Suppose  infantry  1 2  tents  \ 
aecp,  old  pattern  ( 

Suppose  cavalry,  60  horses,  f 
old  pattern  '  ) 

From  the  last  tent  of  infantry, 
or  the  last  horse  of  the  caval- 
ry, to  the  front  of  the  subal- 
terns' tents 

These  tents  open  to  the  rear. 

To  the  front  of  the  line  of 
captains  - 

These  open  to  the  front.  The  cap- 
tains and  subalterns  in  the  rear 
oj  their  troops  or  companies. 

To  the  front  of  the  field  officers 

Open  to  the  front,  opposite  the 
outside  street  of  the  battalion. 

To  the  colonel's 

Opens  to  the  front^  opposite  the 
main  street  oj  the  battalion. 

To  the  stall' officers 

Open  up  the  streets  next  the  main 
street. 

To  the  first  row  of  batmen's 
tents  - 

The  batmen's  tons  front  their 
horses. 

To  the  first  row  of  pickets  for 
bat  horses  - 

To  the  second  row  of  ditto 

To  the  second  row  of  batmen 

To  the  front  of  the  grand  sut- 
ler's tent  - 

The  grand  sutler  is  in  the  rear  of 
the  colonel. 

To  the  centre  of  th    kitchens 

The  kitchens  are  1 6  feet  in  di- 
ameter. 

To  the  front  of  the  petty  sut- 
lers -  -  -  '  - 

Directly  in  the  rear  of  the  kitch- 
ens :  (here  are  allowed  6 yards 
in  front  by  8  deep. 

To  the  rear  guard        — 

Opens  to  the  rear. 


Total  depth  required — Yards  253  220 
If  the  round  on  which  the  camp  is  to 
be  fornud  will  not,  from  a  swamp  in  ther 
rear,  or  any  other  circumstance,  admit  of 
each  troop  or  company  being  formed  ia 
one  row  perpendicular  to  the  front;  the 
distribution  of  the  front  of  a  battalion  o- 


10 

2 
IOJ 


CAM 


CAM 


squadron  must  be  more  contracted  than 
the  above,  and  laid  out  as  follows  :  Find 
how  many  perpendicular  rows  will  be 
required,  by  dividing  the  number  of  men 
in  the  battalion  or  squadron  by  the  num- 
ber the  ground  will  admit  of  in  one  row  ; 
then  the  numberof  rows  being  multiplied 
by  the  breadth  of  one  in  front,  will  give 
that  part  of  the  front  to  be  occupied  by 
the  rows:  and  the  difference  between  it 
and  the  whole  front  allowed  for  the  bat- 
talion or  squadron,  v/ill  be  left  for  the 
streets ;  which,  if  the  streets  are  to  be 
equal,  must  be  divided  by  their  number, 
to  find  a  breadth  of  each  ;  or  is  otherwise 
easily  divided  into  streets  of  unequal 
breadths.  When  two  guns  are  attached 
to  a  battalion,  they  are  posted  on  the  right 
iu  the  following  order  :  from  the  right  of 
battalion  to  the  centre  of  the  first  gun, 
four  yards — from  this  to  the  second  gun, 
6  yards. — The  muzzles  of  the  guns  in  a 
line  with  the  Serjeants'  rents. 

The  subaltern  of  artillery,  if  any,  in  a 
line  with  the  subalterns  of  infantry. — The 
i  the  gunner's  tents  in  a  line  with 
the  rear  of  the  battalion  tents. 

For  the  proper  positions  for  camps,  see 
the  word  RECONNOITRING  ;  and  for  the 
encampment  of  a  park  of  artillery,  see  the 
word  PARK. 

CAMP,  in  military  affairs,  is  the  whole 
extent  of  ground,  in  general,  occupied  by 
an  army  pitching  its  tents  when  in  the 
field,  and  upon  which  all  its  baggage  and 
apparatus  are  lodged.  It  is  marked  out 
by  the  quarter-master-general,  who  allots 
every  regiment  its  ground.  The  extent 
of  the  iront  of  a  regiment  of  infantry  is 
200  yards,  including  the  two  battalion 
guns,  and  depth  520,  when  the  regiment, 
contains  9  companies,  each  of  100  private 
me::,  and  the  companies  tents  in  two 
rows;  hut  when  the  companies  tents 
stand  in  one  row,  and  but  70  private  men 
to  each  row,  the  front  is  then  but  155 
yards.  A  squadron  of  horse  has  120  yards 
in  front,  and  100  for  an  interval  be  i  ween 
tacli  regiment. 

The  nature  of  the  ground  must  also  be 
consulted,  both  for  defence  against  the 
enemy,  and  for  supplies  to  the  army.  It 
should  have  a  communication  with  that 
army's  garrisons,  and  have  plenty  of 
water,  forage,  fuel,  and  either  rivers, 
marshes,  hills,  or  woods  to  cover  it.  An 
army  always  encamps  fronting  the  enemy, 
and  generally  in  two  parallel  lines,  be- 
sides a  corps  de  reserve,  about  500  yards 
distant  from  each  other  j  the  horse  and 
dragoons  on  the  wings,  and  the  foot  in 
the  centre.  Where,  and  how  the  train  of 
artillery  is  encamped,  see  Pa>-!.-.  of  aniiioj, 
and  Enc&mpmenl  of  a  regime  fit  vj  artUlety^ 
under  the  woid  ARTILLERY.  Each  n - 
giment  posts  a  subaltern's  g:-ard  at  So 
yards  from  the  colors  to  the  officers  ten;, 
called  the  quarter  guard^  besides  a  corpo- 
ral's guard  in  the  rear:  ai.  i  e:u:h  r  >.',  merit 
of  horse  or  dragoons,  a  small  guard  on 


same  distance.  The  grand  guard  of  the 
army  consists  of  horse,  and  is  posted 
about  a  mile  distant  towards  the  enemy. 

In  a  siege,  the  camp  is  placed  all  along 
the  line  <  f  circurrivallatton,  or  rather  in 
the  rear  of  the  approaches,  out  of  cannon, 
shot :  the  army  faces  the  circumva'latioiij 
if  there  be  any  ;  that  is,  the  soldiers  have 
the  town  in  their  rear. 

One  thing  very  essential  in  the  estab- 
lishing a  camp,  and  which  should  be  par* 
ticularly  attended  to,  if  th.>-  enemy  is 
near  ;  is,  that  there  should  not  only  be  a 
commodious  spot  of  ground  at  the  head 
of  the  camp,  where  the  army,  in  case  of 
surprise,  may  in  a  moment  be  '.nder 
arms,  and  in  condition  to  repul: 
enemy  :  but  also  a  convenient  tield  oi  bat- 
tle at  a  small  distance,  and  of  a  sufficient 
extent  for  them  to  form  advantageously, 
and  to  move  with  facility. 

The  arrangement  of  the  tents  in  camp, 
i<  nearly  the  same  all  over  Europe,  wh.ch 
is)  to  dispose  them  in  such  a  manner, 
that  the  troops  may  form  vuth  safety  and 
expedition 

To  answer  this  end,  the  troops  are  en- 
camped in  the  same  order  as  that  in  which 
they  are  to  engage,  which  is  by  battalions 
ana  squadrons  ;  hence,  the  post  of  each 
battalion  and  squadron  in  the  line  of  bat- 
tle, must  necessarily  be  at  the  head  of  its 
own  encampment.  Gustavus  Adolphus, 
king  of  Sweden,  was  the  first  who  formed 
encampments  according  to  the  order  of 
battle, 

By  this  disposition,  the  extent  of  the 
camp  from  right  to  left,  of  each  battalion 
and  squadron,  will  be  equal  to  the  iront 
of  each  in  line  of  battle  ;  and  consequent- 
ly, the  extent  from  right  to  left  of  the-, 
whole  camp)  should  be  equal  to  the  front 
of  the  whole  army  when  drawn  up  in  line 
of  battle,  with  the  same  intervals  between 
the  several  encampments  of  the  battalions 
and  squadrons,  as  are  in  the  line. 

There  is  no  fixed  rule  for  the  intervals  r 
some  will  have  nc  intervals,  some  small 
ones,  and  others  are  tor  ntervals  equal  to 
the  fr;  nt  of  the  battalion  or  squadron. 
The  most  general  method  is,  an  interval 
of  60  feet  between  each  battalion,  and  of 
36  teet  between  each  squadron. 

Hence  it  follows,  ist,  That  the  front 
ine  of  the  ezmp  must  be  in  a  direction  to 
face  the  enenn  ;  idly,  That  at  the  head 
of  the  encampment  of  each  battalion  and 
squadron,  there  must  be  a  clear  space  oi" 
ground,  ou  which  thev  may  form  in  line 
of  battle:  and  jdly,  That  when  the  space 
taken  up  bv  the  army  is  embarrassed  with 
woovis,  ditches,  and' other  obstructions, 
a  communication  must  be  opened  for  the 
troops  to  move  with  ease  tathe  ass. stance 
of  each  other, 

The  camps  of  the  G  reeks  and  Romaic 
were  either  round,   square,  or  oval^    or 
rather  of  an  oblong  square    figure, 
the  sharp  corner. \  uken  oir';  and  to  s  cure 
I    surprises,  it   was  the  pre- 
;in  to  surround  them 

K 


74 


CAM 


CAM 


intrenchments.  The  camps  of  the  Anglo- 
Saxons  and  Danes  were  generally  round, 
as  likewise  those  of  the  Anglo-Normans. 
The  camps  of  the  ancient  Britons  were  of 
an  oval  form,  composed  of  stakes,  earth, 
and  stones,  rudely  heaped  together  :  but 
the  practice  of  the  present  times  is  quite 
different ;  for  the  security  of  our  camps t 
•whese  form  is  a  rectangle,  consists  in 
being  able  to  draw  out  the  troops  with 
case  and  expedition  at  the  head  of  their 
respective  encampments. 

CAMP  of  a  battalion  of  infantry,  is  the 
ground  on  which  they  pitch  their  tents, 
&c. 

The  principal  object  in  the  arrange- 
ment  of  a  camp^  is,  that  both  officers  and 
men  may  repair  with  facility  and  expe- 
dition to  the  head  of  the  line  ;  for  which 
reason  the  tents  are  placed  in  rows  per- 
pendicular to  the  front  of  the  camp,  with 
ipai.es  between  them,  called  streets.  The 
general  method  is,  to  form  as  many  rows 
of  tents  as  there  are  companies  in  the 
battalion ;  those  for  the  private  men  in 
the  front,  and  those  for  the  officers  in 
the  rear.  In  the  British  service  the  seve- 
ral companies  of  a  battalion  are  posted  in 
camp,  in  the  same  manner  as  in  the  line 
of  battle;  that  is,  the  company  of  grena- 
diers on  the  right,  and  that  of  light-in- 
fantry on  the  left ;  the  colonel's  company 
on  the  left  of  the  grenadiers,  the  lieuten- 
ant-colonel's on  the  right  of  the  light- 
infantry,  the  major's  on  the  left  of  the 
colonel's,  the  eldest  captain's  on  the  right 
of  the  lieutenant-colonel's ;  and  so  on 
from  right  to  left,  'till  the  two  youngest 
companies  come  into  the  centre. 

The  battalion  companies  are  posted 
two  by  two:  that  is,  the  tents  of  every 
two  of  these  companies  are  ranged  close 
together,  to  obtain,  though  they  be  fewer 
in  number,  larger  and  more  commodious 
streets :  the  entrances  of  all  the  com- 
panies tents  face  the  streets,  except  the 
;irst  tent  of  each  row  belonging  to  the 
serjeants,  which  faces  tke  front  of  the 
camp. 

The  number  of  tents  in  each  perpen- 
dicular row,  is  regulated  by  the  strength 
of  the  companies,  and  the  number  of  men 
allowed  to  each  tent,  which  is  5  men  to 
7  men  :  thence  it  follows,  that  a  com- 
pany of  60  men  will  require  9  to  12  tents, 
a  company  of  75  men  n  to  15  tents,  and 
a  company  of  100  men  15  to  20  tents; 
but  as  it  always  happens,  that  some  are 
on  duty,  fewer  tents  may  s^rve  in  time  of 
necessity. 

When  the  battalion  is  in  the  first  line 
»f  encampij.tni,  the  privies  are  opened  in 
the  front,  and  at  least  150  feet  beyond 
the  quarter-guard ;  and  when  in  the 
second  line,  they  are  opened  in  the  rear 
of  that  line. 

To  distinguish  the  regiments,  camp 
col<  rs  are  fixed  at  the  flanks,  and  at  the 
quarter  and  rear  guard. 

Tne  colors  and  drums  of  each  bat- 
talion are  placed  at  the  head  of  its  own 


grand  street,  in  a  line  with  the  bells  of 
arms  of  the  several  companies.  The  of- 
ficers espontoons  were  formerly  placed 
at  the  colors,  with  the  broad  part  of 
their  spears  to  the  front.  The  serjeants 
halberts  we--e  placed  between,  and  on 
each  side  of  the  bells  of  arms,  with  their 
hatchets  turned  from  the  colors. 

When  two  field- pieces  are  allowed  to 
each  battalion,  they  are  posted  to  the 
right  of  it.  Gustavus  Adolphus,  king 
of  Sweden,  was  the  first  who  ordered  two 
field- pieces  to  each  battalion,  which  are 
generally  light  6  pounders. 

Distnbution  of  the  front  and  depth  of  the 
CAMP  for  a  battalion  of  Infantry.  The 
present  mode  of  encampments  differs 
from  what  was  formerly  adopted.  The 
front  of  the  camp  for  a  battalion  of  10 
companies  of  60  men  each,  is  at  present 
400  feet,  and  during  the  late  wars  only 
360  feet ;  the  depth  at  present  759  feet, 
and  during  the  late  war  960.  The  front 
of  the  camp  of  a  battalion  of  10  companies 
of  100  men  each,  is  at  present  668  feet, 
and  formerly  only  592.  The  breadth  of 
the  streets  from  45  to  55  feet,  excepting 
the  main  street,  which  is  sometimes  from 
60  to  90  feet  broad. 

Of  the  CAMP  of  a  battalion  by  a  new 
method.  This  is,  by  placing  the  tents  in 
3  rows  parallel  to  the  principal  front  of 
the  camp;  which  is  suitable  to  the  3 
ranks  in  which  the  battalion  is  drawn  up  : 
the  tents  of  the  first  row,  which  front 
the  camp)  are  for  the  men  of  the  front 
rank  :  the  tents  of  the  second  row  front 
the  rear,  and  are  for  the  men  of  the  second 
rank  ;  and  the  tents  of  the  third  row, 
which  front  the  centre  row,  are  for  the 
men  of  the  rear  rank. 

CAMP  of  Cavalry.  The  tents  for  the 
cavalry,  as  well  as  for  the  infantry,  are 
placed  in  rows  perpendicular  to  the  prin- 
cipal front  of  the  camp  ;  and  their  number 
is  conformable  to  the  number  of  troops. 
The  horses  of  each  troop  are  placed  in  it 
line  parallel  to  the  tents,  with  their  heads 
towards  them. 

The  number  of  tents  in  each  row,  is 
regulated  by  the  strength  of  the  troops, 
and  the  number  of  troopers  allotted  to 
[  each  tent  is  5  :  it  follows,  that  a  troop  of 
30  men  will  r. quire  6  tents,  a  troop  of  60 
irun  12  tents,  and  a  troop  of  100  men  20 
tents  The  tents  fur  the  cavalry  are  of 
the  same  form  as  those  of  the  mtantry  but 
more  spaciou?.,  the  better  to  contain  the 
fire-arms,  accoutrements,  saddles,  bridles, 
boots,  &c.  See  TENTS. 

Distribution  of  the  jront  and  depth  of  a 
CAMP  of  ca-uaiiy.  Supposing  the  regi- 
ment  to  consist  of  2  squadrons,  ot  3  troops 
eath,  and  01  50  men  in  each  troop,  the 
exient  of  the  trout  will  be  450  feet,  if" 
drawn  up  in  2  ranks  ;  but  if  drawn  up  in 
3  ranks,  the  front  will  be  only  300  feet, 
the  depth  220,  and  the  breadth  of  the 
b,-ck  streets  30  ieet,  and  the  other  streets 
46  feet  each,  in  the  last  war  600  feet 
were  allowed  each  regiment  of  cavalry  ir> 


CAM 


CAM 


75 


front,  774  feet  for  the  depth,  and  the 
breadth  of  the  streets  as  above. 

The  standard-guard  tents  are  pitched 
in  the  centre,  in  a  line  with  the  quarter- 
master's, The  camp  colors  of  the  ca- 
valry are  also  of  the  same  color  as  the 
facings  of  the  regiment,  with  the  rank  of 
the  regiment  in  the  centre  :  those  of  the 
horse  are  square,  like  those  of  the  foot ; 
and  those  of  the  dragoons  are  swallow- 
tailed.  The  dung  of  each  troop  is  laid  up 
behind  the  horses. 

CAMP  duty,  consists  in  guards,  both 
ordinary  and  extraordinary  :  the  ordinary 
guards  are  relieved  regularly  at  a  certain 
hour  every  day  (generally  about  9  or  10 
o'clock  in  the  morning)  the  extraordinary 
guards  are  all  kinds  of  detachments  com- 
manded on  particular  occasions  for  the 
further 'security  of  the  camp,  for  covering 
the  foragers,  for  convoys,  escorts,  or  ex- 
peditions. 

The  ordinary  guards  are  distinguished 
into  graad  guards,  standard,  and  quarter 
guards;  rear  guards,  picket  guards,  a.id 
guards  for  the  general  officers  ;  train  of 
artillery,  bread  waggons,  pay-master  ge- 
neral, quarter-master  general,  majors  of 
brigade,  judge  advocate,  and  provoit 
marshal. 

The  number  and  strength  of  the  grand 
guards  and  out- posts,  whether  of  cavalry 
or  infantry,  depend  on  the  situation  of 
the  camp,  "nature  of  the  country,  and  the 
position  of  the  enemy.  The  strength  of 
general  officers  guards  is  limited. 

CAMP  maxims,  are  i.  The  principal 
rule  in  forming  a  camp,  is  to  give  it  the 
same  front  the  troops  occupy  in  order  of 
battle. 

2.  The  method  of  encamping  is   by 
battalions  and  squadrons,  except  the  seve- 
ral corps  of  artillery,  which  are  encamped 
on  the  right  and  left  of  the  park  of  artil- 
lery.    See  ARTILLERY  PARK,  and  En- 
cAmpment  of  a  regiment  of  artille  y. 

3.  Each  man  is  allowed  2  feet  in  the 
ranks  of  the  battalion,  and  3  feet  in  the 
squadron :  thence  the  font  of  a  battalion 
of  500  men,  formed  3  deep,  will  be  324 
teat ;  and  the  front  of  a  squadron  of  150 
men,  formed  2  deep,  will  be  225  feet. 

4.  The  depth  of  the  camp  when  the 
army  is  encamped  in  3  lines,  is  at  least 
2750  feet ;  that  is,  750  feet  for  the  depth 
of  each  line,  and  250  feet  for  the  space 
between  each  of  those  liius. 

5.  The  park  of  artillery  should  always 
be  placed  on  a  dry  rising  ground,  if  any 
such  situation  olfers;  either  in  the  centre 
of  the  front  line,   or  in  the  rear  of  the 
second  line  ;  with  all  the  train  horses  en- 
camped in  the  rear  of  the  park. 

6.  The     bread-waggons     should     be 
stationed  in  the  rear  of  the  camp,  and  as 
near  as  possible  to  the  centre,  that  the 
distribution  of  the  bread  may  be  rendered 
easy. 

7.  When  the  commander  in  chief  en- 
camps, it  is  generally  in  the  centre  of  the 


army  ;  and  the  town  or  village  chosen  for 
his  residence  is  called  head  quarters. 

8.  That  general  is  inexcusable,  who, 
for  his  own  personal  accommodation, 
makes  choice  of  quarters  that  are  noi 
properly  secured,  or  at  too  great  a  dis* 
tance  to  have  an  easy  communication 
with  >he  camt). 

9  If  the  ground  permits,  the  troops 
shouid  b  encamped  as  near  to  good  watei 
as  possible. 

10.  W  hen  there  are  hussars  or  rifle  corps, 
they  are  generally  posted  near  the  head 
quarters,  or  in  the  front  of  the  army. 

n.  The  ground  taken  up  by  the  en- 
campment of  an  army,  should  be  equally 
distributed,  and,  if  possible,  in  a  straight 
line;  for  then  the  whole  will  have  more 
room  :  for  a  crooked  line,  and  an  ine- 
quality of  disposition,  aifbrd  a  very  un- 
pleasing  view  both  of  the  camp,  and  of 
the  troops  when  they  are  under  arms. 

12.  Cleanliness  is  essentially  necessary 
to  the  health  of  a  camp,  especially  when 
it  is  to  remain  for  any  length  of  time. 
To  maintain  this,  the  privies  should  be 
often  filled  up,  and  others  opened ;  at 
least  every  6  days.  The  offal  of  cattle, 
and  the  carcasses  of  dead  horses,  should 
be  buried  very  deep  :  and  all  kinds  of 
corrupt  effluvia,  that  vnay  infect  the  air 
and  produce  epidemical  disorders,  should 
be  constantly  removed. 

Choice  of  CAMPS,  i.  At  the  beginning 
of  a  campaign,  when  the  enemy  is  at  too 
gr«at  a  distance  to  occasion  any  alarm,  all 
situations  for  camps  that  are  healthy  are 
good,  provided  the  troops  have  room, 
and  are  within  reach  of  water,  wood,  anti 
provisions.  More  ground  should  be  al- 
lowed to  the  troops  in  camps  of  duration, 
than  in  temporary  ones. 

2.  Camps  should  be  situated  as  near  as 
possible  to  navigable  rivers,  to  facilitate 
the  conveyance  of  all  manner  of  supplies  ; 
for  convenience  and  safety  are  the  prin- 
cipal objects  for  camps. 

3.  A  camp  should  never  be  placed  too 
near  heights,    from  whence   the  enemy 
may   overlook  it;  nor   too   near   woods', 
from  whence  the  enemy  may  surprise  it. 
If  there  are  eminences,  not  commanded 
by  others,  they  should  be  taken  into  the 
camp-,    and  when  that  cannot   be   done, 
they  should  be  fortified. 

4.  The  choice  of  a  camp  depends  in  a 
great    measure    on   ths   position    of  the 
enemy,  on  his  strength,  and  on  the  na- 
ture and  situation  of  the  country. 

5.  A  skilful  general  will  avail  himself 
of  all  the  advantages  for  a  camp,  which" 
nature  may  present,  whether  in  plains, 
mountains,     ravines,     hollows,     woods, 
lakes,  inclosures,  rivers,  rivulets,  &c. 

6.  The    disposition   of  the  troops  in 
camp  should  depend  on  the  nature  and 
situation  of  th»  ground  :  as  there  are  oc- 
casions which  require  all  the  infantry  to 
encamp  on  the  right,  and  the  cavalry  on 
the  kit ;  2nd  :hcr«  art  ethers  which  re- 


CAM. 


CAM 


quire  the  cavalry  to  form  in  the  centre, 
and  the  infantry  on  the  wings. 

7.  A  camp  should  never  be  formed  on 
the  banko  of  a  river,  without  the  space 
of  at  least  2.  or  3000  feet,  for  drawing  out 
the  army    in   order  of    battle:    the  the 
enemy  cannot  then  easily  alarm  the  camp, 
by  artillery  and  small  arms  from  the  other 
side. 

8.  Camps  should  never  be  situated  near 
rivers  that  are  subject  to  be  overflowed, 
either  by  the  melting  of  the  snow,  or  by 
accidental  torrents   from   the  mountains. 
Marshy  grounds  should  also  be  avoided, 
on  account  of    the  vapors    arising   from 
stagnant  water,  which  infect  the  air. 

q.  On  the  choice  of  camps  and  posts, 
frequently  depends  the  success  of  a  cam- 
paign, and  even  sometimes  of  a  war. 

CAMP  guards.  They  are  of  two  sorts  , 
the  one  serves  to  mar  tain  good  order 
within  the  camp ;  and  the  ether,  which 
is  stationed  without  the  camp,  serves  to 
cover  and  secure  it  against  the  enemy. 
These  guards  are  formeU  of  both  infantry 
and  cavalry ;  and  in  proportion  to  the 
strength  of  the  army,  situations  of  the 
campy  and  disposition  of  the  enemy. 
Sometimes  it  is  required,  that  these 
guards  should  consist  of  the  8th  part  of 
the  army  ;  at  others,  of  the  3d  part ;  and 
•\vhe:i  an  attack  from  the  enemy  is  appre- 
hended, even  of  the  half. 

Manner  ef  stationing  the  CAMP  guards. 
It  is  of  the  utmost  consequence  to  station 
the  guards  in  such  places,  as  may  enable 
them  to  discover  easily  whatever  ap- 
proaches the  camp. 

2.  The  guards  of  the  cavalry  are  gene- 
rally  removed  further    from    the  campy 
than  those  of  the  infantry  ;  but  never  at 
so  great  a  distance,  as  to  endanger  their 
being  cut  off:    within  cannon-shot  is  a 
very    good    distance.      They    are    often 
stationed  in   highways,  in  open   places, 
and  on  small  heights ;  but,  they  are  al- 
ways so  disposed,  as  to  see  and  commu- 
nicate with  one  another. 

3.  The  vedett;  sto  the  out- posts  should 
be  double:  for,  should  they  make  a  dis- 
covery, one  may  be  detached  to  inform 
the  officer  commanding  the  out-post,  and 
the  other  remain  on  duty  :  they  should 
not  be  at  too  great  a  distance  from   their 
detachment :    probably,   about  50  or  60 
paces  will  be  bufficient. 

4.  The  guards  of  infantry  have  differ- 
ent objects,  and  are  diflerently  stationed : 
their  duty  is,  to  receive  and  support  the 
guards  or  cavalry  in  cases  if  need  :  to  pro- 
tect the  troops  sent  out  for  wood,  forage, 
or   water;  in  short  to  prevent  any   ap- 
proaches from  the  small   parties  of  the 
enemy.       Some    are     s rationed    in    the 
Uuirches  or  the  neighboring  villages,  in 
barns,   houses,   and  in  passages  and  ave- 
nues of  woods:  others  are  stationed  on 
the  borders  of  rivulets,  and  in  every  place 
necessary   t-j  secure  the  camp.     Guards 
that  are  stationed  in  churches,  in  woods 
or   among    trees,     barns,     and  houses, 


should  if  possible,  be  seen  from  the  armv  . 
or  at  least  from  some  grand  guard  in  it 
neighborhood,  that  signals  may  be  readil. 
perceived  and  repeated. 

5.  The  guards  of  infantry  are  generally 
fixed ;  that  is,  they  have  the  same  post 
both  day  and  night,  except  such  as  arc- 
to   support  and  protect  the    guards    of 
cavalry,  and  to  cover  the  forage  grounds. 
All  out-guards  should  have  intrenching- 

;  tools  with  them. 

6.  The  guards  of  cavalry  have  generally 
:a  day -post  and  a  night-post;  the  latter 
!  is  seldom  more  than  4  or  500  paces  from 
|  the  camp  ;  one  third  should  be  mounted, 
j  one  third  bridled,  and  one  third  feeding 

their  horses  ;  but  when  near  the  enemy, 
the  whole  guard  should  be  kept  mounted 
during  the  ni^ht. 

7.  The  security  and  tranquillity  of  a 
camp  depending  upon  the  vigilance  of  the 
guards,  the  officers  who  command  them 
cannot  be  too  active  in  preventing  sur- 
prise:: :    a  neglect    in   this   particular  is 
often  of  fatal  consequence.     Though  an 
officer  should,  at  all  times,  be  strictly 
attentive  to  every  part  of  the  service,  yet 
he  should  be  more  particularly  watchful 
in  the  nighr  than  in  the  day.     The  night 

j  is  the  time  most  favorable  for  surprises  : 
j  as  th.se  who  are  not  on  duty,  are  gene- 
rally asleep,  and  cannot  immediately  af- 
ford assistance;  but  in  the  day  time,  the 
attention  of  all  the  troops  is  turned  to  the 
movements  of  the  enemy  :  they  are  sooner 
under  arms,  sooner  in  readiness  to  march, 
and  in  much  less  danger  of  being  thrown 
into  confusion.  Those  who  wish  to  be 
better  acquainted  with  the  nature  and 
mode  of  encampments,  may  read  Mr. 
Lochee's  useful  Essay  on  Castrametation. 

Concerning  the  healthiness  of  the  dif- 
ferent seasons  of  a  campaign,  the  ingeni- 
ous Dr.  Pringle  has  the  following  obser- 
vations. The  first  3  weeks  is  always 
sicklv  ;  after  which  the  sickness  decreases, 
and  the  men  enjoy  a  tolerable  degree  of 
health  throughout  the  summer,  unless 
they  get  wet  clothes.  The  most  sickly 
part  of  the  campaign  is  towards  the  end 
of  August,  whilst  the  days  are  still  hot, 
j  but  the  nights  cold  and  damp  with  logs 
j  and  dews  ;  then,  if  not  sooner,  the  dysen- 
tery prevails;  and  though  its  violence  is 
over  by  the  beginning  of  October,  yet  the 
remitting  fever,  gaining  ground,  continues 
throughout  the  rest  of  the  campaign,  and 
never  entirely  ceases,  even  in  winter  quar- 
ters, 'till  the  frost  begins.  He  likewise 
observes,  that  the  last  14  days  of  a  cam- 
paign,  if  protracted  'till  the*  beginning  of 
November,  are  attended  with  more  sick- 
ness than  the  two  first  monrhs  of  the  en- 
campment. As  to  winter  expeditions, 
though  severe  in  appearance,  he  tells  us, 
they  are  attended  with  iittle  sickness,  if 
the  men  have  strong  and  good  shoes p 
wann  quarters,  fuel,  and  provisions 
enough. 

CAMP -Color, mex.     Each  regiment  has 
generally  6,  and  soim-nnK  s   i    i  >'\  Ycm- 


CAN 


CAN 


77 


pany  :  they  always  march  with  the  quar- 
ter-master, to  assist  in  making  the  ne- 
cessary preparations  against  the  arrival  of 
the  regiment  in  a  new  encampment.  They 
likewise  carry  the  camp-colors. 

CA.M*- Fight  t  an  old  term  for  COM- 
BAT. 

/Vy/wg-CAMF,  or  army,  generally 
means  a  strong  body  of  horse  and  foot, 
commanded  for  the  most  part  by  a  lieu- 
tenant-general, which  is  always  in  motion 
both  to  cover  its  own  garrisons,  and  to 
keep  the  enemy's  army  in  a  continual 
alarm.  It  is  sometimes  used  to  signify 
the  ground  on  which  such  a  body  of  men 
encamps. 

CAUP-Utettsi'ft,  in  war  time,  are  hatch- 
ets, shovels,  mattocks,  blankets,  camp- 
kettles,  canteens,  tents,  poles  and  pins  : 
that  is,  each  company  has  10  shovels,  and 
5  mattocks ;  each  tent  i  hatchet,  2 
blankets,  i  camp-kettle,  with  its  linen 
bag ;  and  each  soldier  i  canteen,  i  knap- 
sack, and  i  havre-sack. 

C  AMP -diseases  are  chiefly  bilious  fevers, 
malignant  fevers,  fluxes,  scurvy,  rheu- 
matism, &c. 

CAMP  is  also  used  by  the  Siamese  and 
some  other  nations  in  the  East  Indies,  to 
express  the  quarters  where  the  persons 
from  different  countries,  who  come  to 
trade  with  them,  usually  reside. 

CAMPUS  Mali,  an  anniversary  assem- 
bly which  was  observed  by  ancient  pagans 
on  May-day,  when  they  mutually  pledg- 
ed themselves  to  one  another  for  the  de- 
fence of  the  country  against  foreign  and 
domestic  foes. 

CAMPUS  Mart/us,  a  public  place  so 
called  among  the  Romans  from  the  God 
Mars. 

CAMPAIGN,  in  military  affairs,  the 
time  every  year  that  an  army  continues  in 
the  lield,'  in  war  time.  We  also  say,  a 
man  has  served  so  many  campaigns,  i.  e. 
years  :  the  campaign  will  begin  at  such  a 
"time;  this  will  be  a  long  campaign,  &c. 
The  word  is  also  used  for  an  op'sn  country 
before  any  towns,  Sec. 

CANNIPERS.       See  CALLIPERS. 

CANNON  or  pieces  o/  O  u.  D  >:  A  N  c  E  ,  in 
the  military  aft,  imply  machines  having 
tubes  of  brass  or  iron.  Thsy  are  charged 
with  powder  and  ball,  or  sometimes  car- 
tridges, grape  and  ca^nister  shot,  £c. 

The  length  is  dbi'inguished  by  three 
parts  ;  the  first  re-inibrce,  the  second  re- 
inforce, and  the  chacc  :  the  first  re-in- 
force  is  z-yths,  and  the  second  i-7th  and 
a  half  of  the  diameter  of  the  shot.  The 
inside  hollow,  wherein  the  powder  and 
shot  are  lodged,  is  calL-dthe  bore,  Sec, 

History  G/CANUON  or  pieces  »/'  ORD- 
NANCE.    They  were  originally  made  of 
iron  bars  soldered  toget'^r    and 
with  strong  iron  hoops  ;  so: 
are  sti;l  to  be  seen,  viz    one  in  the  tower 
of  London,  two  at  Woolwich,  o;»e  in  ihe 
royai  arsenal  at  Lisbon,  tJK 
rous  in  ail  parts  of  Asia;  ai. 
describes  them  in  Turkey.     •- 


made  of  thin  sheets  of  iron  rolled  up  to- 
gether, and  hooped  ;  and  on  emergencies 
they  were  made  of  leather,  with  plates  of' 
iron  or  copper.  These  pieces  were  made 
in  a  rude  and  imperfect  manner,  like  the 
first  essays  of  many  new  inventions. 
Stone  balls  were  thrown  out  of  these 
cannon,  and  a  small  quantity  of  >>owdcr 
used  on  account  of  their  weakness.  These 
pieces  have  no  ornaments,  are  placed  on 
their  carriages  by  rings,  and  are  of  cylin- 
drical form.  When  or  by  whom  they 
were  made,  is  uncertain ;  however  we 
read  of  cannon  bung  used  as  early  as  the 
1 3th  century,  in  a  sea  engagement  be- 
tween the  king  of  Tunis  and  the  Moorish 
king  of  Seville.  The  Venetians  used. 
cannon  at  the  siege  of  Claudia  jessa,  now 
called  Chioggia,  in  1366,  which  wen- 
brought  thither  by  two  Germans,  with 
seine  powder  and  leaden  bulls  ;  as  like- 
wise in  their  wars  with  the  Genoese  in 
1369.  Edward  III.  of  England  made 
use  of  cannon  at  the  battle  of  Civ 
1346,  and  at  the  siege  of  Calais  in 
Cannon  were  made  use  of  by  the  T  ; 
the  siege  of  Constantinople,  then  in  pos- 
session of  the  Christians,  in  1394,  or  in 
that  of  1452,  that  threw  a  weight  of 
5oolb.  but  they  generally  burst,  either 
the  first,  second,  or  third  shot.  Louis 
XII.  had  one  cast  at  Tours,  of  the  same 
size,  which  threw  a  ball  from  the  Eastille 
to  Charenton.  One  of  those  famous  can. 
non  was  taken  at  the  siege  of  Diu  in  1546, 
by  Don  John  de  Castro,  and  is  in  the 
castle  of  St.  Juiliao  da  Barra,  10  miles 
from  Lisbon  :  its  length  is  20  feet  7 
inches,  diameter  at  the  centre  6  feet  3 
inches,  and  discharges  a  ball  of  loolb. 
It  has  neither  dolphins,  rings,  nor  but- 
ton, is  of  a  curious  kind  of  metal,  and 
h.;o  a  large  Hindu  stance  inscription  upon 
it,  which  says  it  was  cast  in  1400. 

Ancient  and  •present  na;ncs  of  C  A  N  N  o  N . 
Formerly  they  were  distinguished  by  un- 
common names;  for  in  1503,  Louis  XI! . 
had  12  brass  cannon  cast,  of  an  uncom- 
mon size,  called  after  the  names  of  the 
12  peers  of  France.  The  Spanish  and 
Portuguese  called  them  after  their  saints. 
The  emperor  Charles  V.  when  he 
marched  before  Tunis,  founded  the  12 
Apostles.  At  Milan  there  is  a  70  pound- 
er, called  the  Pirnontelle ;  and  one  at 
Bois-le-duc,  called  the  devil.  A  bo- 
pounder  at  Dover  castle,  called  Queen 
Elizabeth's  Pocket-pistol.  An  Bo-poun- 
der in  the  tower  of  London  (formerly  in 
Sterling  castle;  called  Mounts-meg.  An 
8o-pounder  in  the  royal  arsenal  at  Berlin, 
called  the  Thunderer.  An  So.  pounder 
iaga,  called  the  Terrible.  Two 
curious  6o-pounders  in  the  arsenal  at 
Bremen,  called  the  Messengers  of  bad 
news.  And  lastly  an  uncommon  70- 
pounder  in  the  castle  of  St.  Angelo  at 
Rome,  made  of  the  nails  that  fastened 
the  copper  plates  which  covered  the  an- 
cient Pantheon,  with  this  inscription  upon 
it:  Ex  da-vis  trabalibus  partictti  Ag' 


CAN 


CAN 


about  90 

79 
60 

5° 
3° 
25 


In  the  beginning  of  the  isth  century 
these  uncommon  names  were  generally 
abolished,  and  the  following  more  uni- 
versal ones  took  place,  viz. 

Pounaers      Cwt. 
Cannon  royal,  or  car-  )        .R 

1  '  V     ;=      4O 

thoun  ) 

Bastard  cannon,  or  %  ^ ^ 

corthoun  }        ^ 

3t  carthoun  =  24 

Whole  culverins  =  18 

Demy  culverins  =    9 

Falco'n  =    0 

r  lowest  sort  =6 

Saker  ^ordinary  =5                J5 

([largest  size  =8                 18 

Basilisk  =  48                85 

Serpentine  =4                 8 

Aspik  =    a                  7 

Dragon  =6                 12 

Syrc'n  =60                 8 1 

Falconet                =  3,  2,  &  i     15,  10,  5. 

M ovens,  which  carried  a  ball  of  10  or 
12  ounces,  &c. 

Rabiaet,  which  carried  a  ball  of  16 
ounces. 

These  curious  names  of  beasts  and  birds 
of  p  rev  were  adopted,  on  account  of  their 
.  c;ss  in  motion,  or  of  their  cruelty  ; 
as  the  falconet,  falcon,  sakcr,  and  culver- 
;"»,  &c.  for  their  swiftness  in  flying;  the 
basilisk,  serpentine,  aspik,  dragon,  syren, 
&r.  for  their  cruelty.  See  the  Latin  poet 
Forcastarius.. 

At  present  cannon  or  pieces  of  ordnance 
takt-  their  names  from  the  weight  of  the 
ball  they  discharge:  thus  a  piece  that 
«ii.ic  harges  a  ball  of  24  pounds,  is  called  a 
24  pounder  ;  one  that  carries  a  ball  of  12 
pounds,  is  called  a  i2-pounder;  and  so 
of  the  rest,  divided  into  the  following 
sorts,  viz. 

Ship-g-.-.ns,  consisting  of  42,  32,  24, 
1 8,  12,  9,  6,  and  3  pounders. 

Garrison-nuns,  of  42,  32,  24,  18,  12, 
9,  ;,nd  6  pounders. 

Battering-guns,  of  24,  18,  and  12 
pounders. 

Field-pieces,  of  18,  12,  9,  6,  3,  2,  i£, 
7,  and  £  pounders. 

Tne  British  seldom  use  any  of  lower 
ealibr  •  tnan  6  in  the  field. 

The  metal  of  which  brass  cannon  is 
made,  is  in  a  manner  kept  a  secret  by  the 
founders  ;  yet,  with  all  their  art  and  se- 
crecy, they  have  not  hitherto  found  out 
a  com  position  that  will  stand  a  hot  en- 
j!3'  meat  without  melting,  or  at  least 
being  rendered  useless.  Those  cast  at 
Woolwich  bid  fair  t  wards  this  amend- 
ment. The  respective  quantities  which 
sho  ild  enter  into  this  composition,  is  a 
point  not  decided  ;  every  founder  has  his 
own  proportions,  which  are  peculiar  to  j 
if.  Tne  most  common  proportions 
of. the  ingredients  are  the  following,  viz. 
To  24016.  of  metul  tit  for  casting,  they 
put  68!b.  ot  coj/per,  52lb.  ot  brass,  and 
)  2lb.  of  tin.  To  4zoolb.  of  metal  fit  for 
casting,  the  Germans  put  3687  33-4ilb. 


of  copper,  204  ij-4ilb.  of  brass,  and 
307  36-41  lb.  of  tin.  Others  again  use 
loolb.  of  copper,  61b.  of  brass,  and  9lb. 
of  tin  ;  and  lastly,  others  loolb.  of  cop- 
per, tolb.  of  brass,  and  isjb.  of  tin. 
With  respect  to  iron  guns,  their  structure 
is  the  same  as  that  of  the  others,  and  they 
generally  stand  the  most  severe  engage- 
ments, being  frequently  used  on  ship- 
board. Several  experiments  have  taught 
that  the  Swedish  iron  guns  are  prefer- 
able to  all  others  in  Europe. 

CANNON  is  now  generally  cast  solid, 
and  the  cavitv  bored  afterwards  by  a  very 
curious  machine  for  that  purpose,  where 
the  gun  is  placed  in  a  perpendicular  po- 
sition ;  but  of  late  these  machines  have 
been  made  to  bore  horizontally,  and  much 
truer  than  those  that  bore  i'n  a  vertical 
form.  This  new  machine  was  first  in- 
vented at  Strasburg,  and  greatly  improved 
by  Mr.  Verbruggen,  a  Dutchman,  who 
was  head  founder  at  Woolwich,  where 
probably  the  best  horizontal  boring  ma- 
chine in  Europe  has  been  lately  fixed  ;  it 
both  bores  the  inside,  and  turns  and  po- 
lishes the  outside  at  once.  For  length 
and  weight  of  French  and  English  cannon 
see  GUNS. 

Names  of  the  several  Parts  of  a   CAN« 

NOW. 

The  grand  divisions  exterior }  are  as  fal- 
lows, viz. 

First  re-ififorce,  is  that  part  of  a  gun 
next  the  breech,  which  is  made  stronger, 
to  resist  the  force  of  powder. 

Second  re -in force.  This  begins  where 
the  first  ends,  and  is  made  something 
smaller  than  the  first. 

The  cbace,  is  the  whole  space  from  the 
trunnions  to  the  muzzle. 

The  mux.-x.le,  properly  so  called,  is  the 
part  from  the  muzzle  astragal  to  the  end 
of  the  piece. 

Small  divisions  exterior. 

The  cascable,  the  hindermost  part  of 
the  breech,  from  the  base-ring  to  the  end 
of  the  button. 

The  cascable-astragal,  is  the  diminish,- 
ing  part  between  the  two  breech  mould- 
ings. 

The  neck  of  the  eascable,  is  the  narrow 
space  between  the  breech  moulding  and 
the  button. 

The  breech,  is  the  solid  piece  of  metal 
behind,  between  the  vent  and  the  extre- 
mity of  the  base-ring,  and  which  termi- 
nates the  hind  part  of  the  gun,  exclusive 
of  the  cascable. 

The  breech-mouldings,  are  the  eminent 
parts,  as  squares  or  rounds,  which  serve 
only  for  ornaments  to  the  piece,  &c. 

The  base-ring  and  ogee,  are  ornamental 
mouldings  ;  the  latter  is  always  in  the 
shape  of  an  S,  taken  from  civil  architec- 
ture, and  used  in  guns,  mortars,  and 
howitzers. 

The  vent -fold,  is  the  part  from  the  vent 
to  the  first  re-inforce  astragal. 

The  vent-astragal  and  Jillets,  are  the 
mouldings  and  fillets  at  or  near  the  vent. 


CAN 


CAN 


79 


The  charging  cylinder,  is  all  the  space 
from  the  chace-astragal  to  the  muzzle- 
astragal. 

The  first  rt-inforce  ring  and  ogee,  is  the 
ornament  on  the  second  re-inforce. 

The  first  re-inforce  astragal,  is  the  or- 
nament between  the  first  and  second  re- 
inforce. 

The  chace-girdle,  is  the  ornament  close 
to  the  trunnions. 

The  trunnions,  are  two  solid  cylindrical 
pieces  of  metal  on  every  gun,  which  pro- 
ject from  the  piece,  and  by  which  it  is 
supported  upon  its  carriage  as  an  axis. 

The  dolphins,  are  the  two  handles,  pla- 
ced on  the  second  re-inforce  ring  of  brass 
jruns,  resembling  the  fish  of  that  name  : 
they  serve  for  mounting  and  dismounting 
the  guns. 

The  second  re-inforce  ring  and  ogee,  are 
the  two  ornaments  joining  the  trun- 
nions 

The  second  re-inforce  astragal,  is  the 
moulding  nearest  the  trunnions. 

The  chase-astragal  and  fillets,  the  two 
last-mentioned  ornaments  jointly. 

The  muzzle -astragal  andjilleti,  the  joint 
ornaments  nearest  the  muzzle. 

The  muz.-z.le -mouldings,  the  ornaments 
at  the  very  muzzle  of  the  piece. 

The  swelling  of  the  muzzle,  the  pro- 
jected part  behind  the  muzzle-mould- 
ings. 

Interior  Parts. 

The  mouth,  or  entrance  of  the  bore,  is 
that  part  where  both  powder  and  ball  are 
put  in,  or  the  hollow  part  which  receives 
the  charge. 

The  vent,  in  all  kinds  of  fire-arms,  is 
commonly  called  the  touch-hole  ;  it  is  a 
small  hole  pierced  at  the  end,  or  near  it, 
of  the  bore  or  chamber,  to  prime  the 
piece  with  powder,  or  to  introduce  the 
tube,  in  order,  when  lighted,  to  set  fire 
to  the  charge. 

The  chamber,  which  is  only  in  large 
calibers,  is  the  place  where  the  powder 
is  lodged,  which  forms  the  charge. 

Tool*  for  loading  and  firing  CANNON, 
are  rammers,  sponges,  ladles,  worms, 
hand-spikes,  wedges,  and  screws. 

Coins,  or  Wedges,  to  lay  under  the 
breech  of  the  gun,  in  order  to  elevate  or 
depress  it. 

Handspikes,  serve  to  move  and  to  lay 
the  gun. 

Ladles,  serve  to  load  the  gun  with 
loose  powder. 

Rammers,  are  cylinders  of  wood,  whose 
diameter  and  axis  are  equal  to  those  of 
the  saot :  they  serve  to  ram  home  the 
wads  put  upon  the  powder  and  :hut. 

SpoKge,  is  fixed  at  the  opposite  end  of 
the  rammer,  covered  with  lamb-skin, 
and  serves  to  clean  the  gun  when  fired. 

Screws,  are  used  to  field- pieces,  instead 
of  coins,  by  which  the  gun  is  kept  to  the 
same  elevation. 

Tools  necessary  for  proving    CANNON, 
are,    a  searcher    with   a  reliever,  *.r:J  u 
v»:rh  one  •  . 


Searcher,  is  an  iron,  hollow  at  one  end 
to  receive  a  wooden  lundle,  and  on  the 
other  end  has  from  four  to  eight  flat 
spring*  of  about  eight  or  ten  inches  lon^;, 
pointed  and  turned  outwards  at  th 
ends. 

The  reliever,  is  an  iron  flat  ring,  with  A 
wooden  handle,  at  right  angles  to  it. — 
When  a  gun  is  to  be  searched  after  it  has 
been  fired,  th  s  searcher  is  introduced  ; 
and  turned  every  way,  f-om  end  to  end, 
and  if  f  here  is  any  hole,  the  point  of  one 
or  other  of  the  springs  >:ets  into  it,  and 
remains  till  the  reliever,  passing  round 
the  handle  of  the  searcher,  and  pressing 
the  springs  together,  relieves  it. 

When  there  is  any  hole  or  roughness  in 
the  gun,  the  distance  from  the  mouth  is 
maiked  on  the  outside  with  chalk. 

The  other  searcher  has  also  a  wooden 
handle,  and  a  point  at  the  fore  end,  of 
about  an  inch  long,  at  right  angles  to 
the  length  :  about  this  point  is  put  some 
wax,  mixed  with  tallow,  which,  when 
introduced  into  the  hole  or  cavity,  is 
pressed  in,  when  the  impression  upon 
the  wax  gives  the  depth,  and  the  length 
is  known  by  the  motion  of  the  searcher 
backwards  and  forward  :  if  the  fissure 
be  one  ninth  of  an  inch  deep,  the  gun  is 
rejected.  See  INSTRUMENTS. 

N.  B.  The  strength  of  gunpowder 
having  been  considerably  increased  by 
Col.  Congreve,  of  the  British  Artillery, 
the  quantity  for  service  has  been  some- 
what reduced.  That  for  proof  remain- 
ing as  heretofore. 

PAwoM^'7     See  BALLS. 

LANNONS-V/^/.     See  SHOT. 

CANNONIER,  a  person  who  ma- 
nages a  gun.  See  GUNNER. 

C  A  N  N  o  ^-Baskets.     See  GABIONS. 

To  nail  CANNON.     See  N  AIL. 

CANNONADE,  in  artillery,  may  be 
defined  the  application  of  artillery  to  the 
purposes  of  a  land  war,  or  the  direction 
of  its  eifbrts  against  some  distant  c 
intended  to  be  seised  or  destroyed^  as  the 
troops  in  battle,  battery,  foi tress,  or  out- 
work. 

Cannonading  is  therefore  used  from  a 
battery,  to  take,  dtsToy,  bum,  or  drr ,•:. 
the  enemy  from  the  defences,  &c. 
to  batter  "and  ruia  the  works  or  fortified 
towns. 

CANON-Bir,  that  part  of  the  bit 
whicn  -s  let  into  the  horse's  mouth. 

CANTEENS,  in  military  articles,  as- 
tin  v,  sseh,  used  oy  the  sold  ers  on  a  march, 
£:c.    (o   carry    water     r   othsr  liqu 
•  at.h  holds  about  i  quarts. 

CANTON' ME  NTS  are  distinct  situa- 
tions, where  thed:ucrent  parts  of  anxran 
he  as  near  to  each  o.her  as  poss.bl  , 
in  the  same  manner  a^  they  enca-     . 
the  field.     The  chief  reasons  for  cai 
ing  an  army  arc,  firsr,  when  the  can: 
begins  early  ;  on  which  occasion,  in  can- 

your  troops,  t\v     obj>  cts  tk 
iiiiCiittun,  viz.   the  military  ohjccc. 
• 


80 


CAP 


CAP 


an  army  has  finished  a  siege  early,  tho 
troops  are  allowed  to  repose  till  the  fields 
produce  forage  for  their  subsistence:  the 
third  reason  is,  when  the  autumn  proves 
rainy,  and  forage  scarce,  the  troops  are 
cantoned  to  protect  them  from  the  bad 
weather. 

CANVAS-BAGS.  See  BAGS,  Sand- 
BAGS,  &c. 

CAPARISON,  under  this  term  is  in- 
cluded the  bridle,  saddle,  and  housing, 
of  a  military  horse. 

CAPITAlNE  en  pled,  Fr.  an  officer 
vvho  is  in  actual  pay  and  does  duty. 

CAT  IT  A  IKE  rtfffrme,  tr.  a  reduced 
officer. 

CAPITA  IKE  general  des  vivres,  Fr. 
the  person  who  has  the  chief  management 
i.iul  superin tendance  of  military  stores 
and  provisions. 

CAPITAINE  des  portes,  Fr.  a  commis- 
sioned officer  who  resides  in  a  garrison 
town,  and  whose  sole  duty  is  to  receive 
the  keys  of  the  gates  from  the  governor 
i- very  morning,  and  to  deliver  them  to 
him  every  night,  at  appointed  hours. 

CAPITAL,  in  fortification,  is  an  ima- 
ginary line  which  divides  any  work  into 
two  equal  and  similar  parts.     It  signifies 
also,  a  line  drawn  from  the  angle  of  a  po-  j 
lygon  to  the  point  of  the  bastion,  or  from  j 
the  point  of  the  bastion  to  the  middle  of 
the  gorge. 

To  CAPITULATE,  to  surrender  any 
place  or  body  of  troops  to  the  enemy,  on 
ce.ftain  stipulated  conditions. 

CAPITULATION,  in  military  af- 
fairs, implies  the  conditions  on  which  the 
varnson  of  a  place  besieged  agrees  to  deli- 
ver it  up,  Sec.  This  is  likewise  the  last 
action,  both  in  the  attack  and  defence  of 
a  fortification,  the  conditions  of  which 
may  be  of  various  kinds,  according  to  the 
different  circumstances  or  situations  in 
v.'hkh  the  parties  may  be  placed. 

As  soon  as   the  capitulation  is  agreed 
on,  and  signed,  hostages  are  generally  de- 
livered on  both  sides,  for  the  exact  per- 
formance of  the  articles  ;  part  of  the  place 
is  delivered   to   the  besiegers,  and  a  clay 
appointed  for  the  garrison  to  evacuate  the 
t.'idcc.     The  usual  ai;d   most    honorable 
•;ons  arc,  with  arms   and  baggage, 
drums  beating  and  colors  flying,  matches 
ii^huvl,    ana   some    pieces    of  artillery; 
its,  and  convoys  for  the  baggage, 
,  &c. 

CAPONN1  ER,    in   fortification,  is  a 

m  one  work  to  another, 

>r  r~  tcel  wide,  and  about  five  feet 

•  -adi  iide  by  a  parapet, 

glacis;.     Caponuicrs  are 

h  planks  and  earth. 

:  e  A  T  i  o  x . 

are  pieces  of  Ica- 

t;;cr,  '  v  sheep- skips,  to 

,  ^ars  when  loaded, 
;,  to  prevent  dai, 
.  in. 

ee  CAR  ni  AQES. 

C  A 


plies  being  clothed  in  armor  from  head 
to  foot. 

CAPSTERN,  Pin  military  machines. 
CAPSTAN,  ^  signifies  a  strong  mas- 
sy piece  of  timber,  in  the  form  of  a  trun- 
cated cone,  having  its  upper  part,  called 
the  drum-head,  pierced  with  a  number 
of  square  holes,  for  receiving  the  levers. 
By  turning  it  round,  several  actions  mar 
be  performed  that  require  an  extraordina- 
ry power. 

CAPTAIN  is  a  military  officer,  who 
is  commander  of  a  troop  of  cavalry,  or  of 
a  company  of  foot  or  artillery.  The  name 
of  captain  was  the  first  term  made  use  of 
to  express  the  chief  or  bead  (caput)  of  a 
company,  troop,  or  body  of  men.  He  is 
both  to  march  and  fight  at  the  head  ot 
his  company.  A  captain  of  artillery  and 
engineers  ought  to  be  master  of  the  attack 
and  defence  of  fortified  places,  and  cap- 
tains of  infantry  or  cavalry  should  acquire 
someknowlege  of  those  branches  ;  artil- 
lerists should  be  good  mathematicians,  and 
understand  the  raising  of  all  kinds  of  bat- 
teries, to  open  the  trenches,  to  conduct 
the  sap,  to  make  mines  and  fougasses, 
and  to  calculate  their  charges.  They 
|  ought  further  to  be  well  acquainted  with 
j  the  power  of  artillery,  the  doctrine  of  the 
',  military  projectile,  and  the  laws  of  mo- 
tion, together  with  the  system  of  mecha- 
nics ;  and  should  be  good  draughtsmen. 
A  captain  has  in  most  services  the  power 
of  appointing  his  own  Serjeants  and  cor- 
porals, and  may  by  his  own  authority  re- 
duce or  break  them ;  but  he  cannot 
punish  a  soldier  with  death,  unless  he 
revolts  against  him  on  duty. 

The  captains  of  artillery  in  the  Prus- 
sian service,  rank  as  majors  in  the  army, 
and  have  an  extraordinary  pay,  on  ac- 
count of  the  great  qualifications  demand- 
ed of  them  ;  and  the  captains  of  bumbar- 
diers,  miners,  and  artificers,  in  the  Por^ 
tngiK-se  service,  have  9  dollars  a  month 
more  than  the  captains  of  artillery  in  the 
same  regiment. 

C  A  P  T  A  i  N  -  General.  The  King  is  cap. 
lain- general  of  all  the  forces  of  Great  Bri 
tain.  This  term  implies  the  first  rank, 
power,  and  authority  in  the  British  army. 
Tins  power  was  delegated  to  the  Duke 
of  York,  in  1799. 

CAPTAIN-  Lieutenant,  the  commanding 
officer  of  the  colonel's  troop  or  company 
iu  the  British  army,  in  case  the  colontl  is 
absent,  or  he  gives  up  the  command  of  it 
to  him.  He  take>:  rank  as  full  ca;  lain, 
by  an  order  in  1772,  and  by  a  late  regula- 
tion, succeeds  to  the  first  vacant  troop  or 
company  ;  the  price  of  a  captain-lieuten- 


ancy bcb1)!,  the  same  as  that  of  a  cap- 
taincy. This  title  is  still  used  in  fort-igu 
services. 

CAPTAIN  reformed,  one  who,  upon  a 
reduction  of  the  forces,  on  the  termina- 
tion of  v.'.ir,  loses  his  company,  yei  ku-p> 
l-.'and  pay,  whether  on  duty  or  not. 

CAPTAIN  on  half  pay,  is  one  who  loses 
his  company  on  the  jeuuuion  of  an  ami) , 


CAR 


CAR 


81 


and   retires   on   half-pay,  until  seniority 
puts  him  into  duty  and  full  pay  a^ain. 

CAPTAIN  en  second,  or  second  captain, 
is  one  whose  company  has  been  broke, 
and  who  is  joimcl  to  another,  to  serve 
under  the  captain  of  it. 

In  some  armies  the  captain  en  scconde, 
is  also  a  second  captain  to  the  s.jme  com- 
pany, whose  rank  is  above  all  the  lieu- 
tenants, and  below  all  the  captains  of  the 
.sam  •  corps. 

CAPTURE  dedewtturs,  Fr.  Under 
the  old  government  of  France,  a  particu- 
lar oraer  existed,  by  which  every  intend- 
ant  de  province  or  commissaire  de  guerre 
•was  authorised  to  pay  one  hundred  livres, 
or  twenty  dollars,  to  any  pe:son  or 
persons  who  should  apprehend  and  se- 
cure a  deserter  ;  ana  three  hunured  li- 
vres, or  seventy  dollars  for  every  man  that 
could  be  proved  to  have  enticed  a  soldier 
from  the  regular  army  or  militia. 

CAOUE  de  poudre,  Fr.  a  term  synony- 
mous to  a  tun  or  barrel  of  powder. 

CAR,  in  military  antiquity,  a  kind  of 
small  carriage;  figuratively,  used  by  the 
poets  for  a  chariot :  it  is  mounted  on 
wheels,  representing  a  stately  throne, 
vised  in  triumphs  and  on  other  solemn 
occasions. 

CARABINIERS,  Fr.  One  complete 
regiment  of  carabineers  was  formed,  dur- 
ing the  monarchy"  of  France,  out  of  the 
different  corps  of  cavalry.  They  were 
usually  distributed  among  other  bodies  of 
troops,  and  it  was  their  duty  to  charge 
the  advanced  posts  of  the  emmv. 

CARABINS,  Fr.  These  were  light- 
armed  horsemen,  who  somerimes  acted 
on  foot.  They  were  generally  stationed 
in  the  out- posts,  for  the  purpose  of  har 
rassing  the  enemy,  defending  narrow 
passes,  &c.  In  action,  they  usually 
fought  in  front  of  the  dragoons,  or  upon 
the  wings  of  the  first  line.  Their  name 
is  derived  from  the  Arabian  word  Karab, 
which  signifies,  generally,  any  warlike 
instrument. 

CARAVAN  ;  Caravanne*  Fr.  from  a 
Turkish  word,  which  signifies,  a  troop 
or.  travellers,  who  go  armed  by  sea  or  land. 

CARBINE,  in  military  a;ia;rs,  is  a 
fire-arm  somewhat  smaller  than  the  fire- 
lock of  the  infantry,  and  used  by  the  ca- 
valry. It  carries  a  ball  of  24  in  the 
pound :  its  barrel  is  three  feet  long,  and 
the  whole  length,  including  the  stock, 
4  feet. 

/J/X<f</-CARBiNES,  are  generally  of  the 
same  dimensions  with  the  above,  and 
have  their  on  rJs  rifled  sni  ally  from  the 
breech  to  the  mouth  ;  so  that  when  the 
ball,  which  is  forced  into  it,  is  driven  out 
ag-;in  by  the  strength  of  the  powder,  it  is 
lengthened  about  the  brcadtn  of  a  i.in,,er, 
and  marked  vvitr,  the  nrie  of  the  bore. — 
Fire-arms  of  this  kind  have  a  much  great- 
er r.inge  tiian  any  other,  because  th.:j  ririe 
of  the  Da  r  re  I  gives  a  sp  ral  direction,  - 
stead  of  a  rotatory  direction  to  ihe  nail, 
which  bv  that  nirans  makes  the  i 


resistance  at  the  first  inflammation  ui  the 
powder,  giving  time  for  the  whole  charge 
to  take  fire,  before  the  ball  is  out  of  the 
bore.  These  arms  are  used  by  horse-rifle- 
men, the  chasseurs,  or  lighr  inf.-ntry, 

CARBINEERS,  or  Carabineers.  All 
regiments  of  light  armed  horse  were  for- 
rru-rly  called  so;  but  since  the  establish- 
ing of  hussars  and  chasseurs,  they  have 
lost  that  denomination  ;  and  now  ail  the 
cavalry  are  called  carabineers,  who  carry 
the  caiabine. 

CARACOLE,  a  semi-circular  motion 
or  halt-wheel  ;  chiefly  applied  to  that 
used  either  by  individuals  or  squadrons  of 
cavalry,  to  prevent  an  enemy  from  dis- 
covering where  they  intend  to  make  their 
attack. 

CARBON,  charcoal.  It  is  the  name 
in  the  new  chemistry  given  to  every  body 
which  has  the  properties  or  qualities  ot" 
the  carbonic  acid  or  charcoal;  impreg- 
nated ,n  ceita  n  degrees,  bodies  are  called 
carbonates.  See  AIGREMONE. 

CAR  BONE.  Pure  charcoal  is  called 
carbone  in  the  new  chemical  nomencla- 
ture. It  is  he  black  residuum  of  vegeta- 
bles, which  have  suffered  a  complete 
decomposition  of  their  volaiile  principles 
by  fire.  Charcoal  is  black,  brittle,  sono- 
rous, and  light.  It  is  placed  among  sim- 
ple bodies,  because  no  experiment  has 
hitherto  show-  the  possibility  of  decom- 
posing it.  It  exists  in  the  animal,  vege- 
table, and  mineral  regions  When  tt  is 
required  to  procure  carbone  in  a  state  of 
great  purity,  it  must  be  dried  by  strong 
ignition  in  a  closed  vesbel. 

CARBONIC  ACID.  Carbonaceous  acid. 
Fixed  air.  Mephitic  gas.  Aerial  acid. 
The  name  of  cretac.ous  acid  appears  to 
agree  best  with  this  substance,  because 
it  is  contained  in  very  large  quantities  in 
chalk ;  and  there  is  no  other  body  with 
which  it  has  so  strong  an  affinity,  as  with 
iime.  which  composes  the  base  of  this 
earthy  salt.  The  ca.bonic  acid  possesses 
ali  tlu>  more  obvious  qualities  of  air,  and 
exists  :n  the  atmosphere,  of  which  it  is 
a  small  part. 

Atmotpbcric  air.  In  100  parts  of  at- 
mospheric air  there  are  720!'  azote,  27  of 
oxygrne,  and  i  of  carbonic  acid. 

CARCASS,  a  composition  of  com- 
bustibles. Carcasses  are  of  two  sorts, 
oblong  and  round  :  the  uncertain  flight  or 
the  first  sort  has  almost  rendered  them, 
useless.  They  are  prepared  in  the  fol- 
lowing ma.  nef  :  boil  12  or  13  Ib.  of  pitch 
in  a  ..lazed  earthen  pot ;  mix  with  that. 
Ib.  of  taliow,  30  Ib.  of  powder,  6  Ib.  of 
sait-petre,  and  as  many  stopins  as  can  be 
put  in.  Before  the  composition  is  cold, 
tiie  carcass  must  be  filled  ;  10  do  which, 
smear  youi  hands  wMi  oJ  or  tallow,  and 
rill  the  carcass  i-thircl  full  with  tin- 
aoove  composition  ;  then  put  in  ! 
pieces  of  gi;n  or  pistol  barrels,  1. 
grenades,  and  fill  the  intervals  wth  corn- 

sition  ;    cover    til      whole    ev- 
•  ,.11  i;ew<?<;  ru.«i-: ' 


CAR 


CAR 


,ng  it  in  a  round  form.  Tlien  put  it  into 
ihe  carcass,  having  a  hollow  top  and 
bottom,  with  bars  running  between  them 
to  hold  them  together,  and  composed  of 
lour  slips  of  iron  joined  at  top,  and  fixed 
at  the  bottom,  at  equal  distances,  to  a 
piece  of  iron,  which,  together  with  the 
hoops,  when  filled,  form  a  complete  glo- 
bular body.  When  quite  finished  and 
-.old,  the  carcass  must  be  steeped  in  melt- 
ed pitch,  and  then  instantly  nmnerged.  in 
cold  water.  Lastly,  bore'  three  or  four 
holes  at  top,  and  fill  the  same  with  fuze 

-in position,  covering  the  holes  with 
pitch  until  used.  Carcasses  are  thrown 
<;ut  of  mortars,  and  weigh  from  50  to 

,,o  lb.  according  to  the  size  of  the  mor- 
tars they  are  to  be  thrown  out  of.  There 
are  other  carcasses  for  the  sea-service, 
which  differ  from  a  shellonly  in  the  com- 
position, and  in  the  four  holes  from  which 
it  burns  when  fired. 

CARCASSES  were  first  used  by  the 
'bishop  of  MuRSter,  at  the  siege  of  Groll, 
in  1672,  where  the  duke  of  Luxemburg 
commanded. 

CARCASSES.  Their  dimensions  and 
weight,  1796. 


Weight. 

S* 

Kinds. 

Empty. 

Of  com- 

position. 

Complete. 

|l 

l\'Jli>tj 

for 

Ib.oz.  dr. 

ib-oz.dr. 

Ib.oz.  dr. 

Mir. 

•^j,  13 

194  10  ii 

18  14  — 

213    8  16 

11 

5S"|  10 

89  13  ii 

7     8  ii 

97    6  ii 

8j 

2.  a    ^ 

44    9     5 

4    4ii 

48  14  — 

5- 

•      42 
K      " 

^7    3  - 

2711 

29  10  ii 

5 

I      3^ 

20  1  3      S 

i   14    5 

22    II  11 

4- 

24 

I4  12   -- 

i     911 

16     5  ii 

4 

'£     18 

ii  13  ii 

i     i    5 

12  i<;  — 

4 

68 

13 

•    4- 

26  

2    7  — 

28    7- 

4- 

CS    32 

21  IO  — 

i  13- 

^3    7- 

4 

24 

14    5  — 

-    5  — 

10  10  — 

3~ 

'       iSi 

ic    4  — 

I      2  — 

ii     6  — 

3 

Oblong 

for 

„,      .    1C 

?°    7     5 

35  10  — 

72     i    5 

12 

ST,?    8 

Pis* 

16    5     5 

I   12      2 

18    2  — 
615- 

34    7    5 
8  TI    3 

10 
6 

_  4- 

i    o     6 

3H7 

4  ii  13 

4 

AW. — It  being  found  at  the  siege  of 
Quebec,  that  the  quantity  of  powder  re- 
quisite for  throwing  the  carcasses  into  the 
town,  always  destrojed  than,  the  me- 
thod of  filling  the  interval  between  the 
powder  and  carcass  with  turf  was  adopt- 
u  found  to  preseivj  the  carcass, 
and  to  produce  ever}  desiu-:!  jilcct. 

C  A  RIP  I,  a  kind  of  cavalry  in  the 
Turkish  army,  which  to  the  number  of 
i  oco  are  not  slaves,  nor  bred  up  in  the 
seraglio,  like  the  icst,  but  are  generally 
Moors,  or  rene^ado  Christians,  who  have 
obtained  the  rank  of  horse-guards  to  the 
Grand  -Se  gnior. 

CARMINE,  a  bright  scarlet  color, 
!>  is  used  in  plans  of  fortification, 


and  serves  to  describe  those  lines  tha' 
have  mason  work. 

CA  ROUSAL,  in  military  history,  sig- 
nifies a  magnificent  entertainment,  exhi- 
bited by  princes  or  other  great  personages, 
on  some  public  occasion,  consisting  of 
cavalcades  of  gentlemen  richly  drcsse<< 
and  equipped,  after  the  manner  of  the 
ancient  cavaliers,  divided  into  squadrons, 
meeting  in  some  public  place,  and  per- 
forming justs,  tournaments,  £c. 

CARRIAGES,  in  military  affairs,  are 
of  various  kinds,  viz. 

Grfm.ro/-CARR. i  AGES,  are  those  on 
which  all  sorts  of  Rarrison-pieces  are 
mounted.  They  are  made  much  shorter 
than  field-carriages,  and  have  generally 
iron  trucks  instead  of  wheels. 

As  the  trucks  of  garrison- carriages  are 
generally  made  of  cast-iron,  their  axle- 
trees  should  have  copper-clouts  under- 
neath, to  diminish  the  friction  of  the  iron 
against  the  wood.  Travelling-carriages 
are  in  many  respects  very  unfit  for  gar- 
rison service,  though  they  are  frequently 
used. 

TtavelttKg-C  A  R  R  i  A  c  F.  s  are  such  a  i 
guns  are  mounted  on  for  sieges,  and  for 
the  field ;  they  are  much  longer,  and  dif- 
ferently constructed  from  garrison -car- 
riages ;  having  4  wheels,  2  for  the  car- 
riage, and  2  for  the  limber,  which  last  arc- 
only  used  on  marches. 

Field.  CARRIAGES  are  both  shorter  and 
lighter  than  those  before-mentioned,  bear- 
ing a  proportion  to  the  pieces  mounted 
upon  them. 

Limbers  are  two-wheel  carriages,  some- 
times made  with  shafts,  and  sometimes 
with  beams  for  drawing  double;  they 
serve  to  support  the  trail  vijield carriage* t 
by  means  of  the  pintle  or  iron  bolt,  when 
artillery  is  transported  from  oj.e  place  to 
another,  and  are  taken  oil'  again  when 
the  pieces  are  to  be  fired,  unless  upon  a 
march,  when  harras^ed  by  the  enemy, 
&-c. 

GaJ!opcr-C\RRi  ACL-,  serve  for  i  1-2 
peundcrs.  The \sc  cai  r.^cs  are  made  with 
shafts,  so  as  to  be  drawn  without  a  iim- 
ber.  In  the  \\ar  of  1756,  the  King  of 
Prussia,  mounted  light  3- pounders  on. 
these  carriages,  which  answered  veiy 
well.  The  horse. artillery  is  an  improve- 
ment of  this  method  of  the  Prussian. 

tloivitz,  •  C  A  K  K  i  A  i;  E  s  a  re  lor  t  runs  port  - 
ing  howitzers  ;  and  those  for  the  6  and  5-8 
inch  howitzers,  are  made  with  screws  to 
elevate  them,  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
light  6  pounders;  for  which  reason  the/ 
are  m;ide  without  a  bed,  and  the  centre- 
transom  must  be  y  inches  broad  to  fix  the 
screw,  iiistt.;,d  of  4  for  those  made  with- 
out :  in  the  centre,  between  the  trail  and 
ccntiY-trar.iom,  there  L  a  tiansom-bolt, 
which  is  r.ot  in  others,  because  the  cen- 
tre-transom must  be  made  to  be  taken 
out;  after  which,  the  howitzer  can  be 
elevated  to  an}-  angle  under  ninety  de- 
grees. 

'1  "umbrel- CARRIAGE.    See  TUMBREL. 


CAR 


CAR 


83 


Z?/<?r/£-CARRi  AGE,  a  carriage  which  is 
made  from  a  solid  piece  of  timber,  hol- 
lowed out  so  as  to  receive  the  gun  or 
howitzer  into  the  cap-squares.  The 
lower  part  of  the  cap-square  is  let  into 
the  solid  wood,  and  the  gun  or  howitzer 
is  either  elevated  or  depressed  by  a  screw, 
:)s  in  other  carriages.  The  limber  for 
this  carriage  carries  two  large  chests  for 
ammunition,  and  takes  four  men.  The 
pintle  of  the  limber  is  so  constructed  as 
to  receive  the  gudgeon  of  the  carriage ; 
by  which  means  a  greater  relief  is  af- 
forded when  the  carriage  pushes  over 
rou^h  cround. 

Bt'ocK-C ARRIAGES  are  also  used  by 
the  horse-artillery  as  curricles.  They 
are  particularly  useful  on  mountain  ser- 
vice. Theoriginal  inventor  of  them,  is  the 
British  Colonel  Congreve,  author  of  ma- 
ny other  important  military  inventions. 

Truck -C ARRI AGES  are  to  carry  tim- 
ber and  other  heavy  burthens  from  one 
place  to  another,  at  no  great  distance : 
they  serve  also  to  convey  guns  or  mor- 
tars upon  a  battery,  whither  their  own 
carriages  cannot  go,  and  are  drawa  by 
men  as  well  as  horses. 

Ponton~C.\ R R i  A G E .  Carriages  of  this 
kind  are  solely  for  transporting  the  pon- 
tons ;  they  had  formerly  but  two  wheels, 
but  are  generally  now  made  with  four. — 
The  making  use  of  two- wheel  carriages 
for  travelling  a  great  way,  is  contrary  to 
sense  and  reason  ;  because  the  whole 
"weight  lying  upon  the  two  wheels,  must 
make  them  sink  deeper  into  the  ground, 
than  those  of  a  four-wheel  carriage. 
^  CARRIAGE.— Weight  of  Field  Car- 
riages at  present  in  use. 


45 


Horse  Artillery  Carriages 

.-  Prs.  gun  and  carriage 
complete  for  service,  with 
two  men,  and  their  ap- 
pointments on  the  limber, 
and  1 6  rounds  of  am  mu- 
ni tion.  -  - 

Ammunition  caisson  for  do. 
complete,  with  two  men 
on  the  limber,  and  i  spare 
wheel,  2  spare  skafts,  with 
78  rounds  of  ammunition. 

ft  Prs.  equipped  as  above 
with  with  42  rounds 

Ammunition  caisson  as  above, 
ic8  rounds 

$  1-2  Inchhowitzer,equipped 
as  above,  with  20  rounds 

Ammunition  caisson  for  do. 
as  above,  with  52  rounds 

i.  orge  waggon,  complete  for 
travelling  - 

Large  tilted  baggage  waggon, 
empty  - 

Equipage  to  be  carried 
Purk  Carriages* 

cwts.  qr.  lb. 

;2Prs.  Med.guncar-P    , 

nage,  without  box.  $ 
Limber  to  i.',d.         -        7214 


cwts.  qrs.lhs. 


39 


35    3 

39    ^ 


•42  o     - 


cwts.  qr.  Ih. 


fejv 


2      _ 
*     J 


3  16 


I  17 


34 


24  o  14 


«     „ 
' 


cwts.  qr.  !b. 

12  Pr.  light  gun  12  o  — 

Carriage  complete  12  3  7 
Limber,  with  em.  box.  12  3  14 
6  Prs.  Desatuiliers  120  — 
Carriage  complete  n  ©  14 
Limb,  to  do.  em.  box.  IT  o  27 
6  Prs.  light  batt.  gun  60  — 
Carriagewithout  box.  )  _ 

iron  axletrees  $ 

Limber,  withem.  box.  8  3  21 
51-2  Inch  howit.  light  437 
Carriage,  without  box.  10  o  7 
Limber,  withem.  box.  91  — 
24  Prs.  platform  tra-  ^ 

veiling  carriage        ^ 
Standing  carriage  for") 

do.  iron  trucks,  and  >  13 

tackles  of  the  carr.  }  ,' 

Iron  gun        -         -       48  o  —  j 
Ball  cartridge    wag-"} 

gon,  Dukeof  Rich-  j 

rnond's        pattern,  )»i6 

with  spare  pole  and  j 

swingle  tre.s 
Charge    of   rnusquet  )  -         _ 

ammunition  \ 

Common  pattern  am-  ") 

munition     caisson,  >  16 

altered      -        -      j 
Charge  of  ammunition  20  o 
New  infantry  ammu-  ) 

nition  cart        -        j    ^ 
Charge  of  ammunition  12  o  — 
Common  sling  cart,  complete 
Common  truck  carriage 
Common  hand  cart 
Forge  waggon,  complete 

Dimensions  of  certain  parts  of  carriages, 
the  knowlege  of  which  may  prevent 
many  mistakes  in  arranging  the  different 
pieces  for  disembarkation,  or  in  other 
similar  situations. 

Axletrees. — Most  of  the  field  carriage: 
are  now  made  with  Iron  axletrees;  th. 
dimensions  of  which  are  as  follows  : 


17  i 

12   2 

4  i 

13 2 


14 


14 


Len.ofana 

Dia.  of 

s^'^V^v-' 

llieann.  % 

... 

Iron  Axletrees. 

z  . 

o 

«4 

z~  °k 

85 

*2g 

'-  ^ 

-t  " 

#  ~ 

21 

H 

21 

6  Pr.  Light           -^ 

irf 

ia. 

in. 

in. 

inc-h 

<a 

3  Pr.  Heavy 

5  1-2  in.  Howit  z.    j 

0 

Ammu.    caisson    j 

14 

Ball  cartridge  do.   [ 
whether     horse  ^* 
artillery    or  the  j 

,] 

,?, 

13 

6 

' 

park,     whether 

limber  or  carri- 
age                      J 

.lb. 

Light  \i  Pounder  p 
and  limber             \ 

34 

ii 

1  6 

I 

i', 

Medium  n  Pr. 

•  i 

,  v 

1  6 

i 

f  '" 

Limber  to  do. 

-i 

2 

13 

-; 

84 


CAR 


CAR 


Carriage,  j 

Limber. 

Di.  of  arm. 

/"V-A^N 

Wood 

s^J 

<^^s 

-3  ; 

fc 

uJ     |j 

Ax:etrees. 

1 

<l 

P.I 

i!1 

In 

In 

in 

In. 

In. 

In. 

24  Prs.  Heavy 
12  Prs.  M  d. 

X 

4-9 
4 

18 
16 

6 

6 

3-3 

4 

16 

I  2 

6  Prs   Des'rs. 

5i 

i3l 

si 

^   1-2 

I3J 

6  Prs.  Light 

9 

3 

5 

3 

13 

3  Prs.  Des'rs. 

2- 

1* 

3  Prs.  Light 
Hovv'r.  8   In. 

6- 

17 

5- 

I5 

5  1-2  in. 

5- 

4J 

1  1- 

4  2.5  in. 

4- 

12 

4 

10 

fore 

hind 

Ammunition 

t  

..A-. 



c  

—>v_ 

^ 

wagg  ,n,  with 
folding  sides 
Close   bodied 

5 

2.9 

, 

5 

2.9 

-3 

Ammunition 

caisson 

5 

3-3 

14 

? 

2.9 

14 

Dimensions   and  Weight    of   Standing 
Gun  Carriages. 


C 

•^i-o        o 

£co 

o 

_ 

co       to          cl 

o  ^ 

C 

ro         H 

w!  CT 

Os 

w 

**J 

vo           c^ 

4-!  co 

'—  ^ 

CO 

o 

2 

jit  r  ii 

oo 

5 

*       10         r} 

^° 

0 

c 

t^.       o           t^-- 

»-'  o 

fl 

w^ 

£ 

•tfo         ci 

t3°° 

i 

rl 

F: 

ON        Tf             Ox 

^° 

2 

^        ^0             r\ 

o  * 

f^J^ 

"5  c 

fN*A/*<  —     Q 

^rv^y-x 

rt 

T3 

^Lfl 

•sl 

X 

i  &'°-S-§  ^ 

llll 

**1         t/3         !^ 

^ 

Carriages  on  a  march.     See   MARCH- 

The  carriages  for  horse  artillery  guns, 
a  i ",  9,  an-.i  4  pounders,  are  constructed 
lighter  than  formerly;  the  two  first  oi 
thes:'  calibres  have  an  additional  trunnion 
plate  ;  and  indeed  it  does  not  appear  why 
every  travelling  carriage  should  not  have 
this  im^ortanr  improvement  since  it  eases 
the  horses  an  1  sav;  s  the  carriage  ;  and  by 
lessening  the  fatigue  increases  the  celerity 
of  UK-  movements,  and  spares  the  cattle 
vice. 

For  wood  of  which  carriages  are  made, 
cee  the  word  WOOD. 


CARRIER,  a  kind  of  pigeon,  so  cal- 
ed  from  its  having  been  usef  in  armies, 
to  carry  orders  from  one  division  of  an  ar- 
my to  another,    <  r  intelligence   to  some 
officer  commanding  a  post  or  army  at  a 
distance. 
C  A  R  R  O  N  A  D  E  S  .     Their  weight  and 
dimensions 

% 

<s>            I 

1    \ 

*  I 

oTFTTs; 

42    —6. 

24    —5. 
18    -  5 
12    —4 

\  o 

a  , 
5  o 

Leng 

I  / 
it.  in. 

th  in 

L  - 

Weight 

-11 

Cal,! 

cwt.q. 

05- 

84- 
35- 
68^ 

5*. 

-    5  2 
-  4  o 

-   4  c- 
3  7- 
3  o 
3  3 
2  4 

-22 

7.702  36  59  toi 
5.962  29  
7.51822    i  —58101 
7.67917  —  1462101 
7-656:13  36toi 
633611     225 
7.587    9  56101 
5-447    8     i  25 
5.778!  5    3  1056101 

N.  B. 
windage 
RANG 
charge  ib 
and   A-it 
line  of  fi 
of  the  w 

Carronades  have  not  so  much 
as  guns.     See  WINDAGE. 
ES  with  Carronades,  1798.    The 
i-i2th  the  weight  of  the  shot  ; 
i  one  shot  and  one  wad.     The 
re  from  6  to  9  feet  above  the  leve' 
ater. 

2 

6 

O    O   O    0    O    0 

oo 

H 

000 

r^t^f 

c<  ^t  r- 

80  o 
r-O 

•00  00    O 

ct 

4 

o  o  o 
o  ooo 
ro  10  r- 

C;    O   O 
1^  C<    "O 

-CO    0>O 

CO 

N 

O 

.O 

coo 

§o  »^ 
ii.oo 

* 

N 
0? 

To 

OOO 

ooo 

OO    cl    £-* 

»-«     Hi 

co 

N 
0 
00 

in 

"S 

rt 

o  o  o  o  o  o 
10  10  o>  o  o  oo 

1 

"d 
^   1 

rt 
U 

•38 

Note. — The  highest  charge  for  carron- 
ades  is  i-Sth  the  weight  of  the  shot ;  the 
lowest  i-i6th. 

Diameter  of '  tht  iu 'heels  of  the  Field  Carriage 
at  preseni  in  use  ; 

Diameter, 

All  the  horse  artillery  carriages, ^  Ji.  in. 
limbers,     and    caissons;     the  I 
heavy  6  Prs.  and  long  3  Prs.  { 
and  their  limbers  ;  the  carriage  I 
of  a  6  Pr.  battalion  gun,  and  a  ;    •* 
light  5  1-2  inch  howitzer;  the  1 
liind  wheels  oi  a  common  am-  I 
munition  caisson 


CAR 


CAR 


85 


Diameter  of  the  ff'heels  of  Field  Carriages,  I 

continued.  ft.  in* 

Limber  to  light  6  Pr.  and  5  1-2  ) 

howitzer  C   4.    8 

Med    12  Pr. — limber,  4  ft.  6  in.  C 

carriage  ) 

Sling  cart  C     8 

Fore  wheels  of  an  ammunition 

caisson 


Pontoon  carriage 

8  Inch  Howitzer 
Ball  Ammunition  Cart 
24  Prs.  Platform  Carriage 

Ranges  with  8  inch  shells,  from  68  Pr. 
carronades. 


!=  S 


U 


To  CARRY  on  the  trench's.  Sec 
TRENCHES. 

CART,  in  a  military  sense,  is  a  ve- 
hicle mounted  on  two  wheels,  and  drawn 
by  one  or  more  horses ;  of  which  there 
are  several  sorts,  viz. 

Powder  JCXKTS,  for  carrying  powde 
•with  the  army  ;  they  are  divided  into  i 
parts,  by  boards  of  an  inch  thick,  which 
enter  about  an  inch  into  the  shafts.  Each 
of  these  carts  can  only  stow  4  barrels  o 
powder.  The  roof  is  covered  with  ar 
oil-cloth,  to  prevent  dampness  from  com- 
ing to  the  powder. 

Sting-C  ARTS,  used  to  carry  mortars  o 
heavy  guns  from  one  place  to  another  a 
a  small  distance,  but  chiefly  to  transpor 
guns  from  the  water  side  to  the  proof 
place,  and  from  thence  back  a<.in;  a: 
also  to  convey  artillery  to  the  baueries  in 
a  fortification  ;  they  have  wheels  of  a 
•very  considerable  diameter,  and  the  gun: 
or  other  heavy  articles  which  they  carr} 
are  slung  in  chains  from  th.:  axle. 

CARTE,  is  a  thrust  with  a  sword  a 
the  inside  of  the  upper  part  of  the  body 
with  the  nails  of  vour  sword  hand  uo- 


wards  Low  carte,  is  a  thrust  at  the  in. 
ide  of  the  lower  half  of  the  body  ;  the: 
position  of  the  hand  being  the  same  as  in 
the  former. 

/a«<r£«  Fr.  a  full  and  absolute 
power  which  is  lodged  in  the  hands  of  a 
general  of  an  army,  to  act  according  to 
the  best  of  his  judgment,  without  wait- 
ing for  superior  instructions  or  orders.  It 
likewise  strictly  means  a  blank  paper  ;  a 
paper  to  be  filled  up  with  such  conditions 
as  the  person  to  whom  it  is  sent  thinks 
proper. 

CARTEL,  in  military  transactions, 
an  agreement  between  two  states  at  war 
for  the  exchange  of  their  prisoners  of 
war. 

CARTOUCH,  in  military  affairs,  is  a 
case  of  wood  about  3  inches  thick  at  bot- 
tom, bound  about  with  marline,  holding 
about  400  musquet  balls,  besides  8  or  10 
iron  balls  of  a  pound  each,  to  be  fired  out 
of  a  howitzer,  for  the  defence  of  a  pass, 
&c.  See  GRAPE  SHOT. 

CARTOUCHES,  in  artillery,  arc 
made  of  leather,  to  sling  over  the  shoulder 
of  the  matross,  who  therein  carries  the 
ammunition  from  the  magazine  or  wag- 
gon, for  the  service  of  the  artillery,  when 
at  exercise  or  on  real  service. 

CARTOUCHES  oufprmules,  Fr.  military 
passes  which  were  given  to  soldiers  going 
on  furlough. 

CARTRIDGE,  a  case  of  paper,  parch- 
ment, or  flannel,  fitted  to  the  bore  of 
a  piece,  and  holding  exactly  its  proper 
charge.  Musket  and  pistol  cartridges  are 
always  made  of  strong  paper,  between  30 
and  40  of  which  are  made  fVom  i  pound 
of  powder,  including  their  priming.  Ball 
cartridges  should  be  made  of  a  different 
coloured  paper  to  what  is  used  for  blank. 
The  French  musquet  ball-cartridges  are 
all  capped  with  flannel.  Cannon  and 
howitzer  cartridges  are  sometimes  made 
of  parchment,  though  more  generally  of 
flannel  :  the  charges  they  contain  are 
adapted  to  the  service  they  are  intended 
for. 

Cartridges  for  cannon,  are  made  with 
the  best  effect,  when  the  flannel  does  not 
admit  the  leakage  of  powder  ;  to  etl'ect 
this  tiie  flannels  are  hrst  sewed  to  the 
size  of  a  mandril  or  wooden  roller;  and 
the  sjwing  completed,  the  end  is  tied, 
a  d  hammered  on  the  end  of  the  mandril, 
the  whole  is  then  smeared  wkh  a  coat  of 
paste  made  of  wheat  flour  and  gum  ;  and 
then  drawn  over,  so  thai  the  pasted  side 
may  be  inward  ;  then  set  to  dry,  bufore 
filling  they  must  be  examined. 

The  experiment  is  worth  the  trial  of 
making  cartridges  of  cotton  saturated  with 
alum;  its  cheapness,  its  abundance,  and 
easy  formation,  all  recommend  it.  The 
alum  would  render  it  fire  proof. 

C  ARTR  iDGE-AVy,    a   case    of  wood, 


made  in  a  circular  form,  to  wear  before 
the  body  of  the  soldier,  holding  24  o»" 
more  musket-ball  cartridges  in  rows  :  it- 
is  covered  with  leather,  aad  worn  \\ 


86 


CAR 


CAS 


belt,  both  on  duty,  and  on  the  day  of 
battle.     See  POUCH. 
The  light  infantry  in  the  French  ser- 
vice carry  a  cartridge  box  in  front  which 
.jovers  the  abdomen  ;  and  contains  several 
rounds  ;  some  carry  the  cartridges  on  the 
^ide  one  above  the  other. 
CARTR  inoES  for  guns. 

Of  Paper. 

Weight  of 
one 
Dozen. 

tuO 

G 
O 
I-) 

Tonnage. 
No.  packed 
^  Ton  Vat. 

Pounders. 

42  

5  — 

Ib  oz.dr. 

300 
300 
300 
2  14  o 

240 
240 

i     5  o 

I       I    O 

110 

220 
I    12   0 

I     6  o 
i     i  8 
i     6  o 

i     3  o 

0    II    0 

060 
o  10  o 
o  14  o 

o     c  o 
060 

I      2   8 

o  10  8 

070 
040 
030 
o  10  8 
048 
o     40 

Ft.  in. 

2     4 
2    4 
2    4 

2    4 
2    4 

2      0 

i    7 

i     7 

2    3 
I   10 

i     5 

I      0 

-    3 
i     6 

I      2 
0    10 

I     4 
I     I 

0     oj 
o    8 
i    6 
i     i- 

I       0 

o    9 
o    7 
i     i- 
o    9- 
o     9- 

Number. 

JOOO 
I  TOO 

1400 
1500 
1600 
1  800 

2OOO 
2200 
2200 

Thetonnage 
of  flannel 
cartridges 
is  i  -fifth 
more  than 
that  of 
paper. 

•  -  — 

Ur  Flannel. 
42  and  3  a 
("Heavy 

C  Light 

(  Heavy 

t2  Hied. 
I  Light 

(  Heavy 
6  -Hied. 
C  Light 

j  3  in.  Morts. 
g  

1  2    P     ,  ,  ..  _ 

8  in.  How'r 
51.2  

i  "*     t       • 

CARTRIDGES  tor 

small  arms. 

One    Sheet  of   paper 
makes 

Z          ~  "  r*  w 

i  r  »•*• 
-  • 

:Jf™:, 

a  1 

2             i    Whole. 
'S             \ 

u.'    rt    to  CO  CO 

«J     rt     M     n     W 

u 

iy  Kaif- 

•  o  o  o  o  o  6       v> 

°'~$  ? 

o"25  >          Whole. 

• 

0  0  0  ' 

1 

No.   of  each   tieti   in   one 
Bundle. 

0 

D   0   '* 

£  00  •*  toc^^ 

C^rtridov 

. 

"S 

'EL  s  c.sfi'SLo* 

CARTRIDGES,    by    differen 
powers  in  Europe. 


J3 

o 

g 

*-     wl 

bo 

O 

o 

^ 

N    0 

H 

O 

0 

u    0 

t 

Q 

NJ  O 

M 

O 

c 

v,%  *7 

<* 

«j 

tn 

-5° 

0 

< 

o 

C 
a 

bflw 

0 

s 

"So 

O 

w 

o 

/" 

V-A^^^N 

'S 

O 

til 

CASCABLE,  in  artillery,  is  the  verv 
hindermost  knob  or  button  of  the  can- 
non, or  the  utmost  part  of  the  breech. 


CASCANS,  in  fortification,  holes  in 
the  form  of  weils,  serving  as  entrances  to 
galleries,  or  giving  vent  to  the  enemy's 
mines .  See  FORTIFICATION. 

CASEMATE,  in  fortification,  a  vault, 
or  arch  of  mason- work,  in.  that  part  of 
the  flank  of  a  bastion  which  is  next  the 
curtain,  made  to  defend  the  ditch,  and 
the  face  of  the  opposite  bastion,  See 
FORTIFICATION. 

CASEMATES  nou'veUes,  Fr.  arched  bat- 
teri':s  which  are  constructed  under  all  the 
openings  of  revetements  or  ramparts. 
The  dih'erent  forts  at  Cherbourg,  are  de- 
fended by  these  casemates :  the  works 
erected  round  Dover  Castle,  come  like- 
wise under  this  description;  the  works 
at  tort  Columbus,  New  York,  are  erect- 
ed on  the  same  principles. 

CASERNES,  in  fortification,  are 
buildings  for  the  soldiers  of  the  garrison 
to  live  in;  generally  erected  between  the 
houses  of  fortified  towns,  and  the  rarn- 
part. 

CASERNES,  in  a  general  acceptation, 
signify  barracks. 

SE-Wo/.     See  SHOT,   and  LABO- 
RATORY. 

CASHIERED.  An  officer  sentenced 
by  a  general  court-martial,  or  perempto- 
i!v  ordered  by  the  king,  to  be  dismissed 
roiu  the  service,  is  said  to  be  cashiered 


CAS 


C  A  V 


87 


CASK,  er  CASQUE,  the  ancient  hel- 
met or  armor  for  the  head. 

CASSINE,  in  military  history,  sig- 
nifies a  small  house  in  the  country,  gene- 
rally surrounded  by  a  ditch.  Cassines 
are  very  convenient  to  post  small  partie 
in,  where  they  will  be  sheltered  from 
nny  sudden  attack,  and  can  even  make 
head  till  the  nearest  detachments  can  come 
and  relieve  them. 

CASSIONS.     See  CAISSONS. 

CASTING,  in  founding  guns,  im- 
plies the  operation  of  running  any  sort 
of  metal  into  a  mould  prepared  for  that 
purpose. 

CASTLE,  in  military  affairs,  a  forti- 
fied place,  or  strong  hold,  to  defend  a 
town  or  city  from  an  enemy.  English 
castles  are  for  the  most  part  no  higher  in 
antiquity  than  the  Norman  conquest;  or 
rather  about  the  middle  of  king  Stephen's 
reign.  Castles  were  erected  in  almost  all 
parts  of  that  kingdom,  by  the  several 
contending  parties  ;  and  each  owner  of  ? 
castle  was  a  kind  of  petty  prince,  coining 
his  own  money,  and  exercising  sovereign 
jurisdiction  over  his  people.  History  in- 
forms us  that  1017  castles  were  built  in 
one  reign. 

CAST RAMETATIOV,  is  theart  of 
measuring  or  tracing  out  the  form  of  a 
camp  on  the  ground  ;  yet  it  sometimes 
has  a  more  extensive  .signification,  by  in- 
cluding all  the  views  and  designs  of  a 
general;  the  one  requires  only  the  know- 
Icge  of  a  mathematician,  the  other  the 
experience  of  an  old  soldier.  The  an- 
cients were  accustomed  to  fortify  their 
camps  by  throwing  up  entrenchments 
round  them.  The  Turks,  and  other 
Asiatic  nations,  fortify  themselves,  when 
in  an  open  country,  with  their  waggons 
and  other  carriages.  The  practice  oi  the 
Europeans  is  quite  different;  for  the 
surety  of  their  camp  consists  in  the  faci- 
lity and  convenience  of  drawing  out  their 
troops  at  the  head  of  their  encampment ; 
for  which  reason,  whatever  particular 
order  of  battle  is  regarded  as  the  best  dis- 
position for  fighting,  it  follows  of  course, 
that  we  should  encamp  in  such  a  manner 
ris  to  assemble  and  parade  our  troops  in 
that  order  and  disposition  as  suoa  as  pos- 
sible. It  is  therefore  the  order  of  battle 
that  should  regulate  the  order  ofencamp- 
liicnt;  that  is  to  say,  the  post  of  each 
regiment  in  the  line  of  battle  should  be 
at  the  head  of  its  own  encampment ;  from 
whence  it  follows,  that  thu  extent  of  the 
line  of  battle  from  right  to  left  of  the 
-  amp,  should  be  equal  to  the  front  of 
the  troops  in  line  of  battle,  with  the  same 
intervals  in  the  camp  as  ir,  the  line.  By 
rlvii  means  every  baualio.;  covers  its  own 
tents,  and  they  can  all  lodge  themselves, 
or  turn  out  in  case  of  necessity,  ai  a 
minute's  warning. 

If  the  front  of  the  camp  is  greater  than 
the  line,  the  tioops  mu^t  leave  large  in- 
j  or  expose   iheir  fhnlis  ;  ir  LY.S, 


the  troops  will  not  have  room  to  form 
with  the  proper  intervals. 

The  front  or  principal  line  of  the  camp 
is  commonly  directed  to  face  the  enemy. 
See  CAMI>. 

CAT  &'  nine  tail's,  a  whip  with  nine 
knotted  cords,  with  which  the  British 
soldiers  are  punished.  Sometimes  it  has 
only  five  cords.  A  barbarous  and  un- 
military  usage,  unknown  in  any  other 
European  army. 

CATAFALCO,  in  military  architec- 
ture, a  sea  Hold  of  timber,  decorated  with 
sculpture,  painting,  &c.  for  supporting 
the  coffin  of  a  deceased  hero,  during  the 
funeral  solemnity 

CATAPHRACT,  the  old  Roman 
term  for  a  horseman  in  complete  armor. 

CATAPHRACTA,  in  the  ancient 
military  art,  a  piece  of  heavy  defensive 
armor,  formed  of  cloth  or  leather,  forti- 
fied with  iron  scales  or  links,  wherewith 
sometimes  only  the  breast,  sometimes  the 
whole  body,  and  sometimes  the  horse  too, 
was  covered. 

CATAPULTA,  in  military  antiquity, 
an  engine  contrived  for  throwing  of  ar- 
rows, darts  and  stones,  upon  the  enemy. 
Some  of  these  engines  were  so  large,  and 
of  such  force,  that  they  would  throw 
stones  of  an  hundred  weight.  Josephus 
takes  notice  of  the  surprising  effects  of 
these  engines,  and  says,  that  the  stones 
thrown  out  of  them  beat  down  the  bat- 
tlements, knocked  off  the  angles  of  the 
towers,  and  had  force  sufficient  to  level  a 
very  deep  file  of  soldiers 

CATATROME.     See  CRANE. 

CATERVA,  in  ancient  military  writ- 
ers, a  term  used  in  speaking  of  the  Gaul- 
ish or  Cehiberian  armies,  denoting  a  body 
of  6oco  armed  men.  The  word  is  also 
used  to  denote  a  party  of  soldiers  in  dis- 
array; in  opposition  to  cohort  or  turmat 
which  signify  in  good  order. 

CATTUS,          ?  in     ancient    military 

CATHOUSE,  $     history,  was  a  kind 
of  covered    shed,     sometimes  fixed    or 
wheels,  and  similar  to  the  ^7/fctt  and  P/« 
tens  of  the  ancients. 

CAVALCADE,  in  military  history, 
implies  a  pompous  procession  of  horse- 
men, equipages,  &c.  by  way  of  parade, 
to  grace  a  triumph,  public  entry,  or  tlu 
like. 

CAVALIER,  in  fortification,  is  a 
work  generally  raised  within  the  body  of 
the  place,  ic'or  12  feet  higher  than  the 
rest  of  the  works.  Their  most  common 
situation  is  within  the  bastion,  and  made 
much  in  the  same  form  :  sometimes  they 
are  placed  in  the  gorges,  or  on  the  mid- 
dle of  the  cunain;  they  are  then  madv 
in  the  form  of  a  horse-shoe.  See  FOR- 
TI-MCATION.  Thur  use  is  to  commar,;- 
all  the  adjacent  works  and  country  round 
about  it;  they  are  seldom,  or'; 
made  but  when  tha'c  is  a  nill  or  risins 
ground,  which  overlooks  sotne  of  tk. 
works. 

b-  C  A  v  A  L  i  E  R  ,  in  the 


88 


C  AU 


CE  N 


an  elevation  which  the  besiegers  make 
by  means  of  earth  or  gabions,  within  half- 
way, or  two  thirds  of  the  glacis,  to  dis- 
cover, or  to  enfilade  the  covert  way. 

CAVALRY,  in  military  aiiairs,  that 
body  of  soldiers  which  serves  and  fights 
on  horseback  :  under  this  denomination 
are  included, 

Hone,  that  is,  regiments  or  troops  of 
horse.  The  first  English  troop  of  horse 
was  raised  in  1660. 

Dragoons,  are  likewise  regiments  of 
horse,  but  distinguished  from  the  former 
by  being  taught  to  fight  both  on  foot  and 
on  horseback.  The  first  English  regiment 
of  dragoons  was  raised  in  1681.  See  Ame- 
rican Mil.  Lib.  Art.  CAVALRY. 

Hunters.     See  LIGHT-HORSE. 

Lig&t-borsej  are  regiments  of  cavalry, 
mounted  on  light,  swift  horses,  whose 
men  are  but  small,  and  lightly  accoutred. 
They  were  first  raised  by  the  British,  in 

1757- 

Hussars,  generally  Hungarian  horse ; 
Their  uniform  is  a  large  furred  cap,  adorn- 
ed with  a  cock's  feather ;  those  of  the 
officers,  either  with  an  eagle's  or  a  heron's  ; 
a  very  short  waistcoat,  with  a  pair  of 
breeches  and  stockings  in  one;  .short  light 
boots,  generally  of  red  or  yellow  leather  ; 
with  a  curious  doublet,  having  five  rows 
of  buttons,  which  hang  loosely  on  the  left 
shoulder.  Their  arms  are  a  long  crooked 
sabre,  light  carbines,  and  pistols.  Before 
they  begin  an  attack,  they  lay  themselves 
so  flat  on  the  necks  of  their  horses,  that 
it  is  hardly  possible  to  discover  their 
force;  but  being  come  within  pistol-shot 
of  the  enemy,  they  raise  themselves  with 
surprising  quickness,  and  fall  on  with 
such  vivacity,  that  it  is  very  difficult  for 
the  troops  to  preserve  their  order.  When 
a  retreat  is  necessary,  their  horses  have 
so  much  fire,  and  are  so  indefatigable, 
their  equipage  so  light,  and  themselves 
such  excellent  horsemen,  that  no  other 
cavalry  can  pretend  to  follow  them  ;  the> 
leap  over  ditches,  and  swim  over  rivers, 
with,  a  surprising  facility.  Most  of  the 
Cerraan  powers  have  troops  under  this 
r.anv,  as  also  France ;  into  wlihch  country 
they  were  originally  introduced  under 
Louis  the  XIII.  and  wt>re  called  Hun- 
garian cavalry.  This  description  of  ca- 
valry was  accordingly  more  ancient  in  the 
Trench  service,  than  that  of  hussars. 

CAVEAT1NG,  in  fencing,  implies  a 
motion  whereby  a  person  in^an  instan 
brings  his  sword,  which  was  presentee 
to  one  side  of  hi;>  adversary,  to  the  op- 
posite side. 

CAV1N,  in  military  affairs,  implies  a 
natural  hollow,  sr. iHciently  capacious  t< 
lodge  abody  of  troops,  and  facilitate  thei 
approach  to  a  place.   1  f  it  be  within  mus- 

:iot,  it  is  a  pincc  of  arms  read.  . 
and  serves  for  opening  the  trenches,  free 
from  the  enemy's  shot. 

CAUTION,  an  explanation  given  pre- 
vious to  the  word  of  command,  by  which 
Tie  r-d'e-t  to  attention,  th:>t 


they  may  execute  the  movement  to  be 
directed  with  unanimity  and  correctness. 

CAZEMATTE.     See  CASEMATE. 
CAZEMATE,£in  fortification,  is  a 
CASEMATE,  $     certain  retired  place 
n  the  flank  of  a  bastion,  for  the  defence 
of  the  ditch,  and  face  of  the  opposite 
Bastion;   not  used  at   present.      It  also 
implies  a  well,  having  several   subterra- 
nean branches,  which  are  extended  when 
they   suspect    the  enemy    is    forming  a 
mine,  till  they  hear  the  miners  at  work. 

CAZERNES,  Fr.     SeeCASERNEs. 

CEINTURE  militaire,  Fr.  a  broad 
leather  belt  which  was  worn  round  the 
waist,  and  was  ornamented  with  gold  or 
silver  plates. 

CELERES,  the  life-guards  which  at- 
tended  Romulus,  in  the  infancy  of  Rome, 
were  so  called.  They  were  laid  aside  by 
Numa  Pompilius.  Celeres  are  properly 
distinguished  from  other  troops,  by  being 
lightly  armed  and  acting  always  on  foot. 
The  Celeres  cannot  be  considered  under 
the  same  head  as  Velites. 

CEMENT.     SeeC.tMENT. 

CENOTAPH,  in  military  history, 
implies  the  empty  tomb  of  a  here,  or  a 
monument  erected  to  the  honor  of  a  per- 
son, without  the  body  of  the  deceased 
being  interred  in  or  near  it. 

CENTESIMATION,  in  ancient  mi- 
litary history,  a  mild  kind  of  military 
punishment,  in  cases  of  desertion,  mu- 
tiny, and  the  like,  when  only  every  looth 
man  was  executed. 

CENTER,  )  in  a  general   sense,    sig- 

CENTRE,  $  nifies  a  point  equally 
distant  from  the  extremities  of  a  line', 
surface,  or  solid. 

CENTRE  of  a  battalion  y  on  parade,  is  the 
middle,  where  an  interval  is  left  for  the 
colors ;  of  an  encampment,  it  is  the 
main  street :  and  on  a  march,  is  an  inter- 
val for  the  baggage,  &c. 

CENTRE  of  a  bastion,  is  a  point  in  the 
middle  of  the  gorge  of  the  bastion,  from 
whence  the  capital  line  commences,  and 
which  is  generally  at  the  inner  polygon 
of  the  figure. 

CENTRE  cf  gravity,  in  military  me- 
chanics, is  that  point  about  which  the 
several  parts  of  a  body  exactly  balance 
each  other  in  an>  situation. 

CENTRE  cf  a  conic  section,  is  the  point 
where  all  the  diameters  meet. 

CENTRE  of  an  ellipsis,  is  that  point 
where  the  transverse  and  conjugate  dia- 
meters intersect  each  other. 

CENTRE  of  motion,  is  that  point  which 
remains  at  rest  while  all  the  other  parts 
of  the  body  mpve  about  it. 

CENTRE  of  percussion,  is  that  point  in 
which  the  force  of  the  stroke  is  the  great- 
est possible.  When  the  moving  body  re- 
volves round  a  fixed  point,  the  centre  of 
|  percussion  is  the  same  with  the  centre  of 
oscillation,  and  found  by  the  same  me- 
thod ;  but  when  the  body  moves  in  a 
parallel  direction,  the  centre  of  peicussion 
•-  same  with  the  centre  of  gravity. 


CE  R 


C  H  A 


89 


CEMTINEL,  Pis  a  private  soldier 
GENTRY,  ;>  from  the  guard,  post- 
ed upon  any  spot  of  ground,  to  stand  and 
watch  carefully  for  the  security  of  the 
guard,  or  of  'any  body  of  troops,  or 
post,  and  to  prevent  any  surprise  from 
the  enemy.  All  centinels  are  to  be  very 
vigilant  'on  their  posts  ;  neither  are  they 
to  sing,  smoke,  or  suiter  any  noise  to  be 
made  near  them.  They  are  not  to  sit 
down,  lay  their  arms  out  of  their  hands, 
or  sleep  ;  but  keep  moving  about  on  their 
posts  during  the  two  hours  they  stand,  if 
the  weather  will  allow  of  it.  No  centry 
to  move  more  than  50  paces  to  the  rL:ht, 
and  as  many  to  the  left  of  his  post,  and 
let  tire  weather  be  eve:  so  bud,  he  must 
not  get  under  any  other  cover,  but  that 
of  the  centry  box.  No  one  to  be  allowed 
to  go  from  his  post  without  leave  from 
his  commanding  officer;  and,  to  prevent 
desertion  or  marauding,  the  ceutrie-s  and 
vedettes  must  be  charged  to  let  no  soldier 
pass 


Certificate  of  an  officer  in  the  English 
atmv  upon  honor,  that  he  does  not  ex- 
ceed the  regulation  in  the  purchase  cf  Li: 
Commission. 

Certificate  from  a  general  officer  to  affirm 
and  prove  the  losses  which  officers  may 
Sustain  in  the  field. 

Certificate  fom  colonels  of  regiments  to 
the  board  for  admission  of  proper  objects 
to  the  hospital. 

Certificate  from  a  magistrate  to  identify 
the  pers m  of  a  recruit,  and  to  affirm,  that 
he  has  enlisted  himself  voluntarily  into 
the  service;  likewise,  that  the  a'iticle., 
of  war  have  been  read  to  him. 

Certificate  from  regimental  surgeons, 
whe  her  men  whe.i  they  join  ate  proper 
and  fit  objects  to  be  enlisted  ;  this  is  re- 
quired in  the  United  States  army,  to  be 
on  the  back  of  every  paper  or  eniist- 
m  nt. 

Certificate  of  commanding  officers  for 


Certificate ',  to  enable  an  officer  to  receive 

CENTINEL  perdu,  a  soldier  posted  near  ',  h-.lf  pay. 
•an  enemy  in  some  very  dangerous  post,  r      Cenjlcate  of  surgeons  and  assistant  sur- 
where  he  is  in  perpetual  danger  of  being  jj^co  s,  to   prove  their    having    passed  u. 
r-hot  or  taken.  ji  proper  explanation. 

CENTRY-^OX,  a  sort  of  box,  or  hut,  CESSATION,  or  cessation  of  arms,  in 
to  shelter  the  ccntinel  from  the  injuries  ii  a  maitan  fi^'iranv ••  s<V;Se,  means  a  truce, 
of  the  weather;  in  fortifications  they  are  fi  or  the  t<  tion  of  all  military  ope,- 

;;ometimes  made  of  masonry,  and  of  stcne,  I  rati  ns  .or  a  ii.o-^ed  rime, 
in  a  circular  form.  CHACE  of  a  gun,  means   the   length 

CENTURION,  a  military  officer  from  the  trunnions  to  the  muzzle.  Sqe 
among  the  ancient  Romans;  who  com-  {CANNON. 

manded  an  (centum)  hundred  men.  Th.  ;  Cf  1 A  'c  FHRY,  that  part  of  the  foun- 
icrm  <s  now  obsolete.  It  answers  to  tlu  j'  dry  where  the  ior/es  are  placed  for  ham- 
modern  captain  of  a  compa-.iy,  |  mering  iron  into  com;  letebars,  and  mere- 

CENTURY,  in  a  military  sense,  means  ij  by  bringing  it  to  perfection, 
a  hundred  soldiers,  who  were  employed  |]      CHAlN/cr  engineers,  is  a  sort  of  wire 


working  rhe  battering-ram. 

CERCLE,  Grand-cerci'e,  Fr.  a  form 
observed  under  the  old  government  of 
J  ranee,  by  which  it  was  directed,  that 
every  evening  at  a  specific  hour  the  ser- 


1  chain  divided  into  links  of  an  equa 

made  use  of  for  setting  out  works  en  the 
;  ground,    because  cord    lines   are 
shrink  and  give  way. 

There  arj  several  sorts  of  chains  made 


jeants  and  corporals  of  a  brigade  should  jl  use  of    in    mensuva-.ioii ;   as  ,vlr.    Ruth- 


assemble  to  receive  orders ;  the  former 
standing  in  front  of  the  latter.  Subse- 
quent to  the  grand  cercle,  a  smaller  -ne 
was  made  in  each  regiment,  when  gene- 
ral, or  regimental  orders  were  again  re- 
peated to  the  Serjeants  of  each  regiment, 


bone's,  of  two  perches  in  length;  others, 
one  perch  lo.ig ;  some  of  1000  feet  in 
leriith;  but  that  which  is  most  in  use 
amongst  engineers  is  Mr.  Gunter's,  which 
is  4  poles  long,  and  contains  100  links, 
each  lir.k  being  7  92-100  inches  in  length. 


See  SHOT. 
CHALLENGE,  a  cartel,  or  invitation 
to  a  duel,  or  other  combat ;  it  may  with 


and  from  them  communicated  to  the  of- 
licers  of  the  several  companies. 

CERTIFICATES,    are    of   various, 

kinds,  as  applied  to  officers  generally,  or  !J  propriety  be  called  a  provocation,  ortiun- 
TO  commissaries,  commanding  olficerj,  or  jl  mons  to  fight,  when  an  affront  in  dcro- 
stalf.     They  are   a   testimonial    bearing  i|  gation  of  honor  has  been  oiicicd 
witness  to  the  existence  of  some  requisite  j       CHALLENGE  is  also  a  term  applied  to 


qualifications,  or  to  the   performance  of 
some  act  required  by  the  regulations  of 


an  objectioq  maiie  against  auy  member  of 
a  court-martial,  ou   the  score  of  real  or 


The  army,  and  for  which  the  officer  who  ,1  presumed  partiality.  The  prisoner,  how- 


signs  is  responsible,  whether  he  certifies 
ii'br  himself,  or  for  any  other  officer, 

Military  C  E  R  T  i  F  i  c  A  T  E  s  are  of  various 
denominations,  and  consist  chiefly  of  the 
following  kinds,  viz. 

Certificate  from  a  field  officer  to  the 
commander  in  chief,  affirming  the  eligi- 
pility  of  a  young  imn  to  hold  u  com- 
:-m. 


ever,  in  this  case,  must  assign  his  cause 
of  challenge  ;  of  the  relevancy,  or  validity 
of  which  the  members  are  themselves  the 
judges;  so  that  i>eremptory  challenges, 
though  allowed  m  civil  cases,  aru;  not 
acknowkged  in  military  law  The  \>i\~ 
vilege  of  challenging  belongs  equally  to 
the  prisoner  and  the  prosecutor. 

CHAMADE,    in    a    military    sense, 
nwrTs  a  signal  made  by  the  enemy, 
M 


90 


CH  A 


CH  A 


by  beat  of  drum,  or  sound  of  trumpet, 
when  they  have  any  matter  to  propose; 
such  as  to  bury  their  dead,  &c.  See 
PARLEY. 

CHAMBER  of  a  cannon,  in  artillery, 
that  pare  of  the  bore  of  a  cannon  which 
receives  the  powder  with  which  it  is 
cha rged .  See  C  A  N  N  o  N  . 

CHAMBER  oj  a  mortar,  the  space  where 
the  powder  lies,  and  generally  of  several 
forms  and  -iimensions,  such  as  the  conic, 
spheric,  cylindric,  parabolic,  and  con- 
cave, or  bottled  chambers.  See  MOR- 
TARS. 

In  1787  and  1789  experiments  were 
made  at  Woolwich  with  an  8  inch  mortar, 
with  four  shifting  chambers,  to  ascertain 
which  form  gives  the  longest  range. 

The  chambers  were  all  of  the  same  ca- 
pacity, viz.  63.7  cubic  inches,  and  con- 
tained two  pounds  of  powder.  Their 
forms  were : 

ist.  Common  conical  chamber  with  the 
circulai  bottom. 

2d.  The  same  reversed. 

3d.  The  cylindric  chamber  with  cir- 
cular bottom. 

4th.  'I  he  spheric  chamber. 

The  ranges  were  the  mcdiiun  of  6 
rounds;  irom  them  it  appears,  that  when 
the  spheric  chamber  is  filled  with  pow- 
der, it  has  the  advantage  in  point  of  range; 
but  when  smaller  charges  are  used,  its 
ranges  are  found  to  be  shorter  than  those 
of  other  forms.  The  conical  (No.  i.) 
chamberof  the  present  British  establish- 
ment giv.-.s  the  longest  range  under  other 
circumstances. 

CHAMBER  of  a  mine,  that  place  where 
the  charge  of  powder  is  lodged,  to  blow 
up  the  works  ovrit.  See  MINE. 

CHAMBER  of  a  battery,  is  a  place  sunk 
tinder  ground  for  holding  powder,  loaded 
shells,  and  fu/.es,  where  they,  may  be 
out  of  danger,  and  preserved  from  rain  or 
moisture. 

CHAMBRER,  faire  chambree,  a  military 
phrase  among  the  French,  to  signify  se- 
veral persons  lodged  in  the  same  room, 
banack,  or  tent.  . 

CHAMP  de  batalllc,  Fr.  field  of  bat- 
tle ;  the  ground  on  which  two  armies 
meet. 

CHAMP  de  Mars,  the  field  of  Mars,  an 
open  place  in  the  neighborhood  oi  Pans, 
where  troops  are  frequently  reviewed 
and  in  which  the  public  festivals  have 
bet  n  held. 

CHAMPION,  he  who  undertook  to 
settle  the  difference  of  contending  armies, 
by  single  combat. 

CHANDELIERS,  in  military  ailairs, 
a  kind  vU  moveable  parapet,  consisting  of 
wooden  frames,  on  which  iat>cmes  are  laid 
to  cover  the  workmen  when  at  work  on 
the  trenches.  They  ar<.  made  oi  various 
sorts  and  sizes,  according  to  the  use  they 
are  fcr. 

CHAN  TIER,  Fr.  a  square  piece  of 
wood,  which  is  used  for  the  purpose  of 
raising  any  thing.  It  serves  to  place  bar- 


rels of  gunpowder  in  a  proper  manner, 
and  frequently  to  try  pieces  of  ordnance 
in  stead  of  frames. 

CHAPE,  the  metalline  part  put  on  the 
end  of  a  scabbard,  to  prevent  the  point  of 
the  sword  or  bayonet  from  piercing 
through  it. 

CHAPELET,  Fr.  a  piece  of  fiat  iron 
with  three  tenons  or  ends  of  timber,  which 
is  fixed  to  the  end  of  a  cannon. 

CHAPITEAU,  Fr  two  small  boards 
which  are  joined  together  obliquely,  and 
serve  to  cover  the  touch- hole  of  a  piece 
of  ordnance. 

CHAPPE,  Fr.  a  barrel  containing 
another  barrel,  which  holds  gunpowder. 
It  likewise  means  a  composition  of  earth, 
horse  dun?,  and  wad,  that  covers  the 
mouth  of  a  cannon,  or  mortar. 

CHARACTER,  in  a  general  sense, 
implies  any  mark  used  for  representing 
either  ideas,  or  objects. 

Military  CHARACTERS,          } 

Mathematical  CHARACTERS,^' 
tain  marks  invented  for  avoiding  prolixity, 
and  more  clearly  conveying  the  thoughts 
of  the  learned  in  those  sciences  to  begin- 
ners ;  the  chief  of  which  are  as  follow : 

-f  in  algebra  is  the  sign  of  the  real  ex- 
istence of  the  quality  it  stands  before, 
and  is  called  an  affirmative,  or  positive 
sign.  It  is  also  the  mark  of  addition, 
ar.d  signifies,  that  the  numbers,  or  quan- 
tities on  each  side  of  it  are  added  together. 

—  This  is  the  note  ol  negation,  nega- 
tive existence,  or  non-entity.  It  is  the 
sign  of  subtraction,  and  signifies,  that  the 
number*,  or  quantities  which  come  after 
it,  are  to  be  taken  from  the  numbers,  or 
quantities  which  stand  before  it.  As  Hh 
signifies  a  positive  or  affirmative  quantity, 
or  absolute  number  ,  so  —  signifies  •a.Jicti- 
tious  or  negative  number  or  quantity. 
Thus  —  3,  is  8  times  less  than  nothing. 
So  that  any  number  or  quantity  with  the 

sign  -f-  being  added  to  the  same  number, 
or  quantity  with  the  sign  — ,  their  sum 
will  be  equal  to  nothing.  Thus  8  added 
to  —  8  is  equal  to  o,  but  —  8  taken  from 

-j-  8,  is  equal  to  16. 

X  is  the  sign  of  multiplication.  It 
signifies  into,  or  multiplied  by. 

•f-  is  the  mark  of  division,  and  signi- 
fies, that  the  numbers,  or  quantities 
before  it  are  to  be  divided  by  the  numbers 
after  it. 

=  are  the  signs  of  equality,  and  sig- 
nify, that  the  quantities  and  numbers  fm 
the  one  side  of  it  are  equal  to  the  quantities 
and  numbers  on  the  other. 

V  is  the  sign  of  radicality,  and  shews 
(according  to  the  index  of  the  power  that 
is  set  over  or  after  itj  the  square,  cube, 
or  other  root,  that  is  extracted,  or  is  to  be 
so,  out  of  any  quantity. 

V  is  the  sign  of  the  cabe  root,  and 
signifies  the  extraction  of  it,  as  in  the- 
square  root  above. 


CH  A 


C  II  A 


91 


•ff  is  the  sign  of  continued,  or  geome- 
trical proportion. 

: :  is  the  mark  of  geometrical  propor- 
tion disjunct,  and  is  usually  placed  be- 
tween two  pair  of  equal  ratio's ;  as  3  :  6 
:  :  4  :  8,  shews,  that  3  is  to  6,  as  4  is  to  8. 
Or  a  :  b  :  :  d  :  e,  and  are  thus  read,  as  a 
is  to  b,  so  is  dlo  e,  &c. 

>  or  C™  are  signs  of  majority ;  thus 
a  >  b  expresses  that  a  is  greater  than  k. 

<  or  -3  are  signs  of  minority ;  and 
when  we  would  denote  that  a  is  less  than 
^,  we  write  a  <  b,  or  a  -3  b,  &c. 

—  signifies  more,  or  less  such  a  quan- 
tity, and  is  used  often  in  the  extraction 
of  roots,  completing  of  squares,  &c. 

Arti/Seiy-CnAR ACTERS,  most  gene- 
rally used,  are  as  follow  : 

C.  qr.  Ib.  which  signifies  centners,  or 
hundreds  of  112  pounds,  qr.  quarters  of 
28  pounds,  Ib.  pounds  of  16  ounces 
avoirdupois.  Thus  a  piece  of  artillery 
with  14  c.  3  q.  1 6  Ib.,  is  14  hundred, 
3  quarters,  and  16  pounds. 

Pr.  signifies  pounder.  Thus  24  pr.  is 
a  24  pounder. 

T.  C.  qr.  Ib.  signifies  tons,  hundreds, 
quarters,  pounds ;  and  28  Ib.  is  one  quar. 
ter:  4  qr.  is  one  centner,  or  112  pounds; 
and  20  C.  orcivt.  is  one  ton. 

Ib.  oz.  dr.  means,  pounds,  ounces  and 
drams  :  16  dr.  is  one  ounce,  and  16  ox;. 
is  one  pound  avoirdupois. 

Ib.  ox.  divts.  gr.  is  pounds,  ounces, 
penny -weights,  and  grains  ;  of  which  24 
gr  make  one  penny-weight,  20  diut. 
make  one  ounce,  and  12  ox.  one  pound  of 
troy-weight. 

CHARACTERS  in  fire- works,  are  the 
following. 


M 
9 

e 

Z 

cz 


cs 

BR 

S  X 

B  X 

G  X 

T  X 

C  I 

CA 

X 

AY 

LS 

CT) 

KL 

GI 

W 

ST 

PO 


Meal- powder. 
Corned  powder. 

Saltpetre. 
Brimstone. 
Crude  Sulphur. 

Carbon  or  charcoal. 
Sea- Coal. 
Beech  raspings. 

Steel  or  iron  filings. 
Brass-dust. 
Glass-dust. 
Tanners  dust. 
Cast-iron. 
Crude  antimony. 
Camphor. 
Yellow  amber. 
Lapis  calaminaris. 

Gum. 

Lamp-black. 
Ising-glass; 
Spirit  of  wine. 
Spirit  of  turpentine. 
Oil  of  spike. 


ing  the  character  of  an  infinitesimal,  01 
fluxion.  Thus  the  first  fluxions  of  x,y,  x, 
being  marked  thus,  x,  y,  x ;  the  second 

are  x,  y,  x,  and  the  third  x,  y,  x. 

Geographical  CHARACTERS,  are  p, 
",  "',  &c.  which  signify  degrees,  mi- 
nutes, seconds,  thirds.  Thus  40°,  55', 
18",  55//x,  is  read  40  degrees,  35  mi- 
nutes, 18  seconds,  55  thirds.  It  is  also 
used  in  the  elevation  of  pieces  of  artillery. 
Characters.  See  C  u  N  PO  w  D  E  R  . 
CHARBON,  See  AIGREMORE. 
CHARGE,  Fr.  The  French  techni- 
cally use  this  term  in  two  different  sen-es, 
viz.  charge  precipitte  and  charge  a  -volant*. 
Charge  precipitee  is  given  when  the  four 
times  are  expressly  marked,  as  chatge-z 
•vos  arms,  nn,  dfiix,tiois,  qttatre ;  and  ap- 
plies chiefly  to  the  drill.  Charge  a  -volcnti 
is  executed  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
charge  precipitee,  with  this  difference, 
that  the  soldiers  do  not  wait  for  the  spe- 
cific words. 

CHARGES  for  field  guns. 

Ibs. 
42  Prs.  med  and  heavy  for  Rnd.  Shot    4 

Case  3^ 

12  Prs.  Light        -       Round  Shot       3 
Case  3 

6  Prs.  Desaguliers        Round  Shot       ~1 
Case  2 

6  Prs.  Medium  Round  Shot       2 

Case 

6  Prs.  light        -          Round  Shot        i\ 
Case  ii 

3  Prs.  Heavy        -        Round  Shot      i 

Case 

3  Prs.  Light  -  Round  1202. 
The  charge  for  battering  guns  is  one 
third  the  weight  of  the  round  shot,  for 
round  shot,  and  one  fourth  of  it  for  case 
shot. 

The  charge  for  carmnades  is  usually 
one  twelfth  the  weight  of  the  shot.  The 
highest  is  one  eighth,  and  the  lowest  one 
sixteenth. 

By  the  experiments  made  at  Woolwich 
in  March  1801,  it  is  recommended,  that 
when  cylinder  powder  is  used  on  service, 
the  charges  of  field  ordnance  with  round 
shot,  shall  be  reduced  to  the  usual  quan- 
tities for  case  shot.  The  same  experi- 
ments recommend,  that  the  thickness  or 
length  of  the  wood  bottom  be  varied,  in 
order  to  change  the  position  of  the  shot, 
and  thereby  save  the  bore ;  and  that  the 
paper  cap  which  is  usually  thrown  away 
on  service,  shall  be  put  over  the  shot 
before  it  is  introduced  into  the  piece. 

For  charges  for  small  arms  see  the  word 
CARTRIDGES. 

Charges  of  French  guns  in  French 
weights. 

IDS. 


CHARACTERS,  used  in  the  arithmetic 
of  infinites,  are  dots  over  letters,  denot- 


•Sg: 


92 


C  H  A 


C  H  A 


CHARGE  dc  mixr,  Fr.  the  disposition 
of;  c  t  .n  quantity  of  powder,  which  is 
usrd  r>r  the  explosion  of  a  mine. 

CHARGE,  in  .eunnery,  impii.s  tlie 
quantity  ot"  powcle  ,  shot,  ball,  shells, 
gre  aucs,  &c.  with  which  a  g:  n,  mortar, 

•.  iczcr,  is  loaded. 
<//..;; £Y A  /6r  heavy  guns  from  a  Ql-poiiKdcr 

fo    a   3  pounder,   b"tb  brass  and  iron,   in 
<  •     ,'Vf,  sai:<thi(f,  tftfd1 .  «v 


q     o 


o     6 


ib.    oi.   'Ib.    07..  Ib.   oy. 


:.      8ji  -   10.  <;     4j  8 


>5    °  i  °    ° 


(  8     cj  6     c 
oj  4     fi 


4     '' 


6     o, 


40 


o   ;2 


Rico- 
chet. 


.••  :  2 
o 

I  i  - 
"7  6 

i     4 

i  o 
~o~~6 


Charger  for  Medium  Guns. 


«  |  o  j  «| 


As  pieces  of  artillery  are  of  various  de- 
nominations, and  consequently  made  use 
of  on  several  occasions,  their  charges  must 
of  course  have  many  variations. 

CHARGE,  is  also  the  attack  of  cavalry; 
and  charge  bayonet  is  a  word  of  command 
V.ivjn  to  infant  y,  to  force  the  enemy 
whom  they  arc  to  charge  at  the  point  of 
he  bayonet  To  sound  a  charge,  is  the 
sound  of  the  trumpet  as  a  signal  for  ca- 
valry to  begin  the  attack. 

CHARGE,  in  military  law,  is  the  speci- 
fication of  any  crime,  or  offence  lor  which 
a  non-ccmmissioned  oih'c  r  or  soldier  i;, 
tried  before  a  court  martial.  In  all  charges 
of  this  nature,  th  time  and  place,  when 
and  where  the  crime,  or  oli'ence  was  com- 
mitted, must  be  set  forth  with  accuracy 
and  precision. 

CHARGED  Cylinder,  in  gunnery,  im- 
plies that  part  of  the  chace  of  a  gun, 
which  contains  the  powder  and  ball. 

CHARGER,  any  horse  belonging  to  an 
officer  on  which  he  rides  in  action. 

CHARGERS  are  also  either  bandoliers, 
or  little  flasks  that  contain  powder  for 
charge  or  priming. 

CHARIOT,  a  car,  in  which  men  of 
arms  were  anciently  placed.  These  were 
armed  with  scythes,  hooks,  &c.  The 
person  who  drove  the  chariot  .was  called 
the  charioteer. 

CHARPENTIER,  Fr.  a  carpenter. 

CHART,  or  «#-CHART,  is  a  hydro- 
graphical  map,  or  a  projection  of  some 
part  of  the  earth's  superficies  in  piano,, 
for  the  use  of  navigators  and  geographers. 

PAZW-CHART,  is  a  representation  of 
some  part  of  the  earth's  superficies  of  the 
terraqueous  globe,  in  which  the  meridians 
are  supposed  parallel  to  each  other,  the 
parallels  of  latitude  at  equal  distances, 
and  consequently  the  degrees  of  latitude- 
and  longitude  every  where  equal  to  each 
other. 

CHART  of  reduction,  is  that  where  the 
meridians  arc  represented  by  right  lines, 
inclining  towards  each  other;  thence  it 
appears  by  construction,  that  these  charts 
must  corn  ct  the  errors  of  the  plane  ones. 
But  since  these  parallels  should  cut  the 
meridians  at  right  angles,  and  do  not, 
they  are  defective,  inasmuch  as  they  exhi- 
bit the  parallels  inclined  to  the  meridians. 

Afcrcatorj-Cu\AT,  is  that  where  the 
meridians  are  straight  lines  parallel  ta< 
each  other,  and  equidistant  :  these  paral- 
lels are  also  straight  lines,  and  parallel  to 
each  other ;  but  the  distance  between  in- 
creases from  the  equinoctial  towards  each 
pole,  in  the  ratio  of  the  secant  of  the  lati- 
tude to  the  radius. 

•Globu/ar-CuART,  a  meridional  pro- 
jection, wherein  the  distince  of  the  eye 
from  the  plane  of  the  meridian,  upon 
which  the  projection  is  made,  is  sup- 
posed to  be  equal  to  the  sine  of  the  angle 
of  45  degrees.  This  projection  conies 
the  nearest  of  all  to  the  nature  ot  the 
globe,  because  the  meridians  therein  •»£•- 
placed  a*  equal-distances. 


C  H  A 


CHE 


93 


Cborograpbic-C  HARTS,  arc  descriptions 
of  particular  countries. 

Heliograpbic-  CHARTS,  clescri ptions  of 
the  body  of  the  sun,  and  of  the  macula,- 
or  spots  observed  in  it. 

Se/enograpbic-CnA.K.Ts,  particular  ap- 
pearances of  the  spots  of  the  moon,  her 
appearance  and  maculae. 

Telegraphic- CHARTS,  are  descriptions 
of  the  telegraph  on  paper. 

Top0grap6ic-CitA.iiT&,  arc  specific  de- 
lineations of  military  positions,  in  any 
given  tract  of  country.  Companies  of 
topographers  have  been  formed  among- 
the  French,  for  the  purpose  of  accurate- 
ly and  expeditiously  pointing  out  to  ge- 
nerals and  commanding  officers,  all  the 
relative  points  of  locality,  &e.  See  Ame- 
ican  Mil.  Lib.  article  RECONNOI- 
TRING. 

CHASE  of  a  gun.     See  C  H  A  c  E  . 

To  CHASE  the  enemy,  means  1o  march 
after  them  on  horseback  in  full  speed. 
To  pursue  a  ship  at  sea. 

CHASSEURS.  The  French  light  in- 
fantry, answering  to  the  American  rife- 
tnen  and  German  yagers,  are  called  chas- 
seurs a.  pied ;  they  have  also  chasseurs  a 
cheval.  The  word  means  literally  a 
hunter. 

CHAT,  Fr.  a  piece  of  iron  having 
one,  two  or  three  very  sharp  prongs,  or 
claws  ;  arranged  in  a  triangular  shape, 
when  it  has  three  prongs.  This  piece  of 
iron  is  fixed  to  a  shaft.  It  is  used  in  the 
examination  of  a  piece  of  ordnance,  and 
by  being  introduced  into  the  bore,  shews 
whether  it  be  honey-combed,  damaged, 
or  otherwise  defective. 

There  is  another  species  of  Chat  which 
differs  a  little  from  the  one  we  have  just 
described.  It  consists  of  two  branches 
of  iron,  that  are  fixed  to  the  end  of  a 
piece  of  the  same  metal,  and  have,  each 
of  them  two  steel  prongs  or  claws.  One 
of  these  branches  contains  a  hinge  with 
a  spring  so  fixed,  that  when  the  c  hat  is 
put  into  the  bore,  the  least  cavity  releases 
the  spring,  and  the  defect  is  instantly  dis- 
covered. Master  Founders,  who  by  no 
means  like  the  invention,  call  the  com- 
mon chat  Le  Diable,  the  devil ;  and  they 
distinguish  the  one  with  two  branches, 
by  terming  it  la  malice  du  diable^  the  malice 
of  the  devil. 

CHATTER  Us  pieces,  Fr.  to  search, 
to  probe,  or  examine  pieces  of  ordnance 
•with  a  chat,  in  order  to  discover  whether 
there  are  any-,4e^ects  within  the  bore  of  a 
cannon. 

CHAUDIERES,  Fr.  are  vessels  made 
use  of  in  military  magazines,  to  boil  pitch 
In,  for  various  purposes. 

CHAUFFE,  Fr.  a  spot  where  the 
wood  is  collected  and  burnt  in  a  foundry. 
The  cbazijfe  stands  three  feet  under  the 
side  of  the  furnace,  the  flames  winch 
issue  from  it,  spread  over  every  part  of 
the  inside  of  the  furnace,  and  by  their 
intense  heat  dissolve  the  metal. 

f'HAussE-'/Y.f/j;r,  Fr.  arc  what  we  call 


eet)  they  consist  of  nails  with  4  or 
5  points,  of  which  one  always  stands  up- 
wards above  the  level  of  the  ground; 
each  point  is  2,  3,  4  or  5  inches  long. 
They  are  usually  fixed  in  different  parts 
of  a  breach,  or  in  any  place  which  is  ac- 
cessible to  cavalry ;  to  prevent  its  ap- 
proach :  sometimes  they  are  of  use  to  ob- 
struct the  passage  of  cavalry  through  the 
streets  of  towns. 

CHAUSSEE,  or  Rts  eie  CHAUSSEE,  an 
old  expression  for  the  level  of  the  field  or 
the  plain  ground. 

CHEEKS,  a  general  name  among  me- 
chanics, for  those  pieces  of  timber  in 
their  machines,  which  are  double  and 
perfectly  corresponding  to  each  other.  In 
the  construction  of  military  carriages,  &c . 
the  term  is  used  to  denote  the  strong 
planks  which  form  the  sides  of  gun  car- 
riages. 

CHEF,  Fr.  Chef  has  various  signifi- 
cations in  the  French  service.  With  re- 
gard to  private  soldiers,  it  serves  to  mark 
out  the  corporal  or  oldest  soldier,  who 
has  the  management  of  their  provisions 
in  quarters,  or  in  the  field ;  this  person 
was  called  chef  de  cbambree.  A  chef  de 
chambree  among  the  Romans,  was  called 
a  decanus,  whence  our  church  deacon. 

CHEF  d*  escadre,  Fr.  a  general  officer, 
who  commands  any  part  of  an  army,  01 
division  of  a  fleet.  His  duty  in  the  sea- 
service  is  nearly  the  same  as  that  of  a  com- 
modore or  a  brigadier  general  on  shore. 
Chefs  d'  escadre  sit  upon  all  general  courts- 
martial,  and  rank  according  to  the  dates  of 
their  commissions. 

CHEFS  de  Jilei,  Fr.  the  front  rank  of 
a  battalion,  consisting  generally  of  the 
best  and  bravest  soldiers.  When  an  en- 
gagen.ent  takes  place,  par  file,  by  files,  as 
in  the  action  of  riflemen,  the  order  of  the 
battalion  is  necessarily  changed ;  that 
which  was  rank  becomes  file,  and  what 
was  file  becomes  rank. 

CHELSEA  HOSPITAL,  a  noble 
edifice  which  was  built  by  Charles  the 
2d  of  England  on  his  restoration,  and  af- 
terwards improved  by  his  successor 
James  the  20.  Non-commissioned  of- 
ficers and  private  men,  who  have  been 
wounded  or  maimed  in  the  service,  arc 
entitled  to  the  benefit  of  this  hospital. 
There  are  in  and  out-pensioners  belonging 
to  the  establishment,  and  the  provisions 
of  it  extend  to  the  militia  under  the  fol- 
lowing restrictions  :  Serjeants  who  have 
served  fifteen  years,  and  corporals  or 
drummers  who  have  served  twenty,  may 
be  recommended  to  the  bounty.  Ser- 
jeants on  the  establishment  may  likewise 
receive  that  allowance,  with  their  pay  in 
the  militia.  But  serjeants  who  have  been 
appointed  subsequent  to  the  passing  of 
the  26th  of  George  the  3d,  are  not  entitled 
to  it  under  twenty  years  service. 

CHEMlK-Ceuvtrf.  SEE  COVERT- 
WAY. 

•CHEMIN  des  rondfs,  in  forti/fcatieat  f= 
space  between  the  rampart  aau  low  pa- 


94 


CHE 


C  I  R 


rapct  under  it,  for  the  rounds  to  go  about 
it. 

CHEMISE,  Ft:  an  obsolete  term  to 
signify  the  revetement  made  of  brick 
work,  which  was  formerly  constructed 
to  secute  works  madj  of  earth,  especially 
those  that  were  formed  cf  sandy  soil,  and 
would  necessarily  require  too  large  a  talus 
to  support  the  weight.  The  modern  term 
is  GUI 'rage  revet  u,  place  revet  ue. 

CHEMISE  d?  jeu,  Fr.  a  French  sea- 
term,  to  signify  several  pieces  of  old  sails 
of  various  sizes,,  which  after  they  have 
been  pitched,  and  thoroughly  soaked  in 
other  combustible  matter,  such  as  oil  of 
petrol,  camphor,  &c.  may  be  nailed  to 
an  cr.emy  's  ship  on  boarding  her,  and  when 
set  rire  to,  will  consume  th .  same. 

Cu.EMise.dt  maiUf,  Fr  a  shirt  of  mail, 
or  budy  lining  made  of  several  scales  or 
iron  rinks,  which  was  worn.. under  the 
coat  to  protect  the  body  of  a  man 

CHEMISTRY,  the  art  of  examining 
bodies,  and  of  extracting  from  them  any 
of  their  component  parts  ;  a  science  of 
the  first  importance  to  military  men  ;  it 
opens  to  the  mind  so  many  sources  of 
knowlege  applicable  to  military  uses. 

CHESS,,  a  nice  and  abstruse  game, 
supposed  to  have  been  invented  during 
the  siege  of  Troy.  This  game  is  particu- 
larl\  adapted  to  military  capacities. 

CHEVAL  dt  Bois,  Fr.  a  wooden- 
horse,  a  military  chastisement,  which 
prostitutes  who  followed  the  French 
army,  were  subject  to  undergo,  by  ex- 
posing thnn,  we  presume,  on  a  wooden- 
horse. 

CHEVALER,  in  the  manege,  is  said 
of  a  horse,  when,  in  passing  upon  a  walk 
or  trot,  hioofi  fore  leg  crosses  the  near  fore 
leg  every  second  motion. 

CHEVALET,  Fr.  a  sort  of  bell-tent 
formerly  used  in  the  French  service,  whei 
an  army  encamped.  It  resembled  in 
somede'giees  the  wigwam  of  the  Indian. 
CHEVALIER,  in  &  general  seme,  sig 
nifus  a  knight  or  hois  :man. 

CHE  VAUX-t/;-'  Jri-ACj  \njortijication,  a 
large  joist  or  piece  or  timber,  about  5  or 
6  inches  square,  and  ro  or  i^  feet  in  Imgth; 
into  the  sides  whereof  are  driven  a  grea 
number  of  wooden  pins,  about  6  feet  long 
and    i    1-2   ;nch  diameter,  crossing   one 
another  at  right  angles,  aiuJ  pointed  with 
iron.     They  ajcused  on  number  less  occa 
sions,  as  to  stop  up  bleaches,  to  secure 
aveniifS  to  a  camp  from  the  inroads  both 
of  horse  and  foot.     They  are  sometime 
mounted  on  wheels,  with  artificial  fifes 
to  ioil  down  in  an  assault,  &c.     The' 
were  first  used  at  the  siege  of  Croningen 
in  1658. 

CUE  v  A  u  :i.dc-fn'z.c.     The  body  or  beam 


s  used  in  raising  a  mortar,  it  is  placed  be- 
:ween  the  frame  and  swell  of  the  mortar. 

CHEVISANCE,  Fr.  enterprize,  feat, 
or  achievement. 

CHE V RE,   Fr.   a  crab  or  gin.      See 

I'HEYRETTE. 

CHEVRETTE,akindofgin.  Among 
:he  many  inventions  for  raising  euns  or 
nortars  into  their  carriages  this  engine  is 
very  useful ;  it  is  made  of  two  pieces  of 
wood  about  four  feet  long,  standing  up- 
right upon  a  third,  wjnchis  square  :  they 
are  about  a  foot  asunder,  and  parallel; 
pierced  with  holes  opposite  one  another, 
to  hold  a  strong  bolt  of  iron,  which  may 
be  raised  higher  or  lower  at  pleasure  :  it 
may  be  used  with  a  hand-spike,  which 
takes  its  poise  over  this  bolt,  to  raise  any 
thing  by  force 

CHEVROTINES,  Fr.  leaden  bullets 
of  small  i.alibre ;  there  are  generally  sixty 
to  a  pound  weight. 

CHIEFor  CHIEFTAIN,  the  head  lead- 
er, or  commander  of  any  clan  in  time  of 
war,  was  so  called,  especially  among  the 
Scotch. 

CHIORME,  Fr  the  crew  of  galley 
slaves  and  bonavogliers  01  volunteers. 

CIMIER,  Fr.  a  heavy  ornament, 
which  the  ancient  knights  or  chevaliers 
in  France  and  in  other  countries  were  ac- 
customed to  wear  upon  their  helmets  ; 
small  figures  were  afterwards  substituted 
in  their  stead. 

CH OROGRAPHY,  in  engineering,  is 
the  art  of  making  a  drawing  or  map  of  a 
country,  province  or  district. 

CIMETAR,  See  SCIMITAR. 

CINQUAIN,in  ancient  military  history, 
was  an  order  of  battle,  to  draw  up  5  bat- 
talions, so  that  they  might  make  3  lines  ; 
that  is,  a  van,  main-body,  and  reserve. 
Supposing  the  5  battalions,  to  be  in  a 
line,  t!;e  -d  and  4th  advance  and  form -the 
ran,  the  3d  falls  back  and  forms  the  rear, 
the  ist  and  5th  form  the  main  body  upon 
the  same  ground.  Lastly,  every  batta- 
lion ought  to  have  a  squadron  ot  horse  on 
both  the  right  and  left  wings.  Any 
number  of  regiments,  produced  by  mul- 
tij  lying  by  5,  may  be  drawn  up  in  the 
same  manner. 

CIRCLE,  in  mathematics •,  is  a  plane 
figure,  comprehended  under  one  line  only, 
to  which  all  right  lines  drawn  from  a  point 
in  the  middle  of  it  are  equal  to  One 
another 

CIRCUMFERENTER,  an  instru- 
ment used  by  engineers  for  measuring  an- 

8  C I  R.CUM  VAL  LATI  ON,  or  line  cj 
circumvallatiov,  in  military  affairs^  implies 
a  fortification  of  earth,  consisting  of  a  pa- 
rapet and  trench,  made  round  the  town 


of  a  chevaux-de-frize  is  generally  made  9  I  intended  to  be  besieged,  when  any  moles- 
feet  long,  anu  6  inches  square,  and  weighs  !  tation  is  ap.prehended  liom  parties  of  the 
4ilbs.  The  spears  are  33  in  number,  j  enemy,  which  may  march  to  relieve  the 
:iiv.  2ib.  each,  are  5  feet  long,  and  j  place. 

square.     They  are  placed  j      Before  the  attack  of  a  place  is  begun, 


i  1-4  inches 

i-~  luclu-s  asunder. 

C  Fit  VET,  Fr.  a  small 


wed 


care  is  to  be  taken  to  have  the  most  exact 
which  ij  plan  of  it  possible;  and  upon  this  the  line 


CIV 


CLU 


95 


of  circumvallation  and  the  attack  arc  pro- 
jected. This  line,  being  a  fortification 
opposed  to  an  enemy  that  may  come  from 
the  open  country  to  relieve  the  besieged, 
ought  to  have  its  defence  directed  against 
them  ;  that  is,  so  as  to  fire  from  the  town: 
and  the  besiegers  are  t •>  be  encamped  be- 
hind this  line,  and  between  it  and  the 
place.  The  camp  should  be  as  much  as 
possible  out  of  the  reach  of  the  shot  of 
the  place ;  and  the  line  of  circumvallation, 
which  is  to  be  farther  distant  from  the 
place  than  the  camp,  ought  still  more  to 
be  out  of  the  reach  of  its  artillery. 

As  cannon  are  never  to  be  fired  from  the 
rear  of  the  camp,  this  line  should  be  up- 
wards of  1200  fathoms  from  the  place : 
\ve  will  suppose  its  distance  fixed  at  1400 
fathoms  from  the  covert  way.  The  depth 
of  the  camp  may  be  computed  at  about 
30  fathom,  and  from  the  head  of  the  camp 
to  the  line  of  circumvallation  120  fa- 
thoms, that  the  army  may  have  room  to 
draw  up  in  order  of  battle  at  th:  head  of 
the  camp,  behind  the  line  This  distance 
adi'ed  to  the  30  lathoms,  makes  150  fa- 
thoms, which  being  added  to  the  1400, 
makes  1550  fathoms  constitute  the  dis- 
tance of  the  line  ot  circumvallation  from 
the  covert-way.  The  top  of  this  line  is 
generally  12  feet  broad,  and  7  feet  deep  : 
the  parapet  runs  quite  round  the  top  ot 
it ;  and  at  certain  distances  is  frequently 
strengthened  with  redoubts  and  small 
forts  ;  the  base  18  feet  wide,  the  height 
within  6,  and  on  the  outside  5  feet,  with 
a  banquette  of  3  feet  wide,  and  i  i-.-  high. 
See  CONTRAVALLATION,  or  COUN- 

TERVALLATION. 

CIRCUS,  in  military  antiquity ',  a  very 
capacious  building,  of  a  round  or  oval 
form,  erected  by  the  ancients  for  exhibit- 
ing  shews  to  the  people. 

CISEAUX,  Fr.  chissels  made  use  of 
by  miners,  to  loosen  earth  from  the  sides 
of  the  excavation,  without  making  a 
noise,  which  the  miner  effects  by  striking 
the  handle. 

CITADEL,  is  a  fort  with  4,  |,  or  6 
bastions,  raised  on  the  most  advantageous 
ground  about  a  city,  tiie  better  to  com- 
mand it ;  and  commonly  divided  from  it 
by  an  esplanade,  the  better  to  hinder  the 
approach  of  an  enemy  ;  so  that  the  citadel 
defends  the  inhabitants  if  they  continue  in 
their  duty,  and  punishes  them  if  they  re- 
volt. Besiegers  always  attack  the' city 
first,  thai,  being  masters  of  it,  they  may 
cover  themselves  the  better  against  the 
fire  of  the  citadel.  Its  having  bastions 
distinguishes  it  from  a  castle.  Sometimes 
the  citadel  stands  half  within,  and  half 
without  the  ramparts  of  the  piace. 
CIVIC. CROWN,  among  t  hs  ancient 
omans,  was  a  crown  given  to  any  solutcr 
ho  had  saved  the  tif'e  of  a  citizen,  it 
as  composed  only  of  oaken  boughs,  but 
accounted  more  honorable  than  any  other. 
C I V  i  E  R  E ,  Fr.  a  small  hand-barrow, 
which  is  carried  by  2  men,  and  is  much 
•jsed.  by  the  artillery. 


CLARENCIEUX,  a  silly  pageant 
which  has  survived  the  feudal  and  heral- 
ic  ages,  and  kept  up  for  shew  in  the 
court  of  England,  he  is  called  the  second 
x'  at  arms,  from  the  duke  of  ClaiCi.ex-, 
third  son  or'  king  Edward  III. 

C  L  A  R  I  G  AT  I O  N ,  in  Raman  antiquity, 
a  ceremony  which  always  preceded  a  for- 
mal declaration  of  war.  It  was  performed 
in  the  following  manner:  the  chief  of  the 
heralds  went  to  the  territory  of  the  enemy ; 
where,  after  some  solemn  prefatory  indi- 
cation, he,  with  a  loud  voice,  intimated, 
that  he  declared  war  against  them  for  cer- 
tain reasons  specified ;  such  as  injury 
done  to  the  Roman  allies,  or  the  like. 

CLAN,  a  term  used  among  the  Scotch 
for  a  number  of  families  s  bject  to  one 
heao,  or  chief,  who  led  them  to  war.  The 
word  is  claoivn  Celtic  signify  ing  Ct/^f^. 

CLAY!!'  (    See  HURDLES. 

CLAYONAGES,/^.  a  species  ofhur- 
ale,  with  which  the  timber  work  of  u 
gallery  is  covered.  It  is  likewise  used  in 
saps. 

C  LEAR,  to  clear  the  trenches.  Sec 
TR  ENCHES. 

CLERK,  in  the  general  acceptation  of 
the  term,  a  writer  in  a  public  office;;  mili- 
tary departments  have  persons  of  this 
description.  See  Regimental  BOOK.. 

CLOCHE,   Fr.  a  bell. 

CLOTHING.  Clothing  of  the  army 
of  the  United  States  is  provided  under  the 
order  of  the  war  department,  by  a  pur- 
veyor of  public  supplies,  who  buys  and 
sees  the  clothing  made;  it  is  then  placed 
in  the  military  stores  and  issued  upon 
order.  The  clothing  of  the  British  armv 
is  determined  by  a  permanent  board,  com- 
posed of  the  commander  in  chief,  and  a 
certain  number  of  gei.eral  officers,  who 
act  under  the  king's  immediate  authority  : 
The  annual  clothing  of  tiic  infantry  of 
the  line,  or  fencible  infantry,  serving  in 
Europe,  in  North  America,  or  at  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope,  (Highland  corps  c-x-- 
cepted)  consists  in  a  coat,  waistcoat,  or 
waistcoat  front,  a  pair  of  brerches,  un- 
lined,  except  the  waistband,  and  with 
one  pocket  only  :  a  cap  mada  of  felt  and 
leather,  with  brass  plate,  cockade  and 
tuft.  The  felt  crown  of  the  cap,  cock- 
ade, and  tuft  to  be  supplied  annually, 
the  leather  pait  and  brass  plate,  evef) 
two  years.  Twr>  pair  of  good  shoes,  or' 
the  value  oi:  5.1-.  bd  each  pair,  arc  to  be 
supplied  annually  in  lieu  of  the  halt' 
mounting,  and  each  serjeant  is  to  be 
credited  with  the  sum  of  3*.  being  the 
difference  between  the  value  of  the  former 
articles  or  half  mounting  for  a  servant 
and  private  man,  Som:-  exceptions  are- 
made  with  respect  to  nig!;lai:d  corps,  and 
regiments  serving  in  the  East  and  West 
indies. 

C  LO  Y,  or  to  cloy  guns.    See  To  NAIL. 

CLOU,  Fr.     See  NAILS. 

CLOUTS.     Sec  AXLE-TREE. 

To  CLUB  a  Battalion  implies  generalh 


96 


COG 


COL 


u  temporary  inability  in  the  commanding 
officer  to  restore  any  given  body  of  men  to 
rheir  natural  front  in  line  or  column. 
This  occurs  after  some  manoeuvre  has 
been  performed,  and  is  occasioned  by 
ialse  directions  being  given  to  the  differ- 
ent component  parts,  ignorant  and  in- 
experienced officers  may  frequently  com- 
mit this  error ;  sometimes  however,  the 
circumstance  may  arise  from  an  erroneous 
.movement  of  a  division  or  company,  not- 
withstanding that  the  word  of  command 
was  correct.  An  able  officer  in  that  case 
will  instantly  know  how  to  unravel  the 
several  parts.  The  less  informed  and  the 
less  capable  may  find  a  relief  in  sounding 
the  disperse,  which  see.  It  does  not, 
however,  always  follow,  that  because  an 
officer  may  occasionally  commit  this  error 
with  respect  to  the  minute  movements  of 
a  battalion,  he  must  therefore  be  unequal 
to  the  superior  functions  of  command  ;  or 
that  when  a  man,  who  has  risen  from  the 
ranks,  is  perfectly  master  of  the  mecha- 
nical arrangement  of  inferior  movements, 
he  should  be  able  to  act  upon  the  enlarg- 
ed scale  of  locality  and  position.  The 
military  science  which  is  required  in  each 
of  these  cases  essentially  differs  in  its 
appropriate  exercise,  but  both  are  neces- 
sary. In  the  confusion  of  a  manoeuvre, 
the  best  mode  would  be  to  halt  those 
parts  which  are  not  disordered,  and  bring 
the  rest  either  forward  in  line — under  se- 
parate officers  in  detachments  different 
ways,  or  to  rear,  right,  and  left :  and  halt 
each  as  they  recover  some  order;  and 
then  marching  the  partb  to  the  positions 
analogous  to  those  from  which  they  had 
been  deranged  ;  it  would  be  a  useful  ex- 
ercise to  create  this  disorder,  in  order  to 
be  ready  at  correcting  it. 

C  L  E  Y-  M  O  R  E ,  (Celtic  t  the  large  sword] 
a  great  sword,  formerly  in  use  among  the 
Highlanders,  two  inches  broad,  doubly 
edged  :  the  length  of  the  blade,  3  leet  7 
inches  ;  the  handle,  14  inches;  of  a  plain 
transverse  guurci,  i  foot ;  the  weight,  6 
pounds  and  a  half..  These  swords  were 
the  original  weapons  of  England,  as  ap- 
pears by  the  figure  of  a  soldier  found 
among  the  ruins  of  London,  after  the  great 
fire  in  1666. 

COALITION,  see  CONFEDERACY. 

COAT  of  Mai  1 1  armor  made  of  scales 
or  iron  rings. 

COCK,  that  part  of  the  lock  of  a 
musket,  which  sustains  'he  two  small 
pieces  of  iron  called  jaws,  between  which 
the  flint  is  fixed. 

To  COCK,  to  fix  the  cockot  a  musquet 
or  pistol,  so  as  to  have  it  ready  lor  an  in- 
stant discharge. 

COCKADE,  a  ribbon  worn  in  the  hat. 
Tins  military  mark  succeeded  the  scarf 
th  r  was  formerly  worn  by  the  officers 
and  soldiers  belonging  to  European  na- 
ri(V:.i,  which  arc  principally  distinguished 
in  he  following  manner.  In  the  army 
and  navy  of  Gr.at  Britain,  black  silk  ri- 
band for  the  officers,  and  hair  cockades  for 


the  non-commissioned  officers,  private 
soldiers  and  mariners  ;  light  blue,  pink 
and  white  ribands  mixed,  called  tricolor 
or  three-colored,  distinguish  the  Fnnch  ; 
r.  d  marks  the  Spaniard,  black  the  Prus- 
sian and  Austrian,  green  the  Russian, 
&c.  Under  the  old  government  of  France, 
officers  were  not  permitted  to  wear  a 
cockade,  unless  they  were  regimentally 
dressed;  and,  singular  as  it  may  appear, 
the  officers  and  men  belonging  to  a  certain 
number  of  old  regiments  in  the  Prussian 
service  do  not  wear  any  mark  in  their  hats. 
Fn  the  United  States  the  cockade  is  worn, 
in  and  out  of  regimentals,  by  every  species 
of  military  character. 

COFFER,  in  fortification,  a  hollow 
lodgment  sunk  in  the  bottom  of  a  dry 
ditch,  from  6  to  7  feet  deep,  and  from  16 
to  18  re 't  bread,  and  the  length  of  it,  the 
whole  breadth  of  the  said  ditch,  from 
side  to  side.  The  besieged  generally 
make  use  of  these  coflers  to  repulse  the 
besiegers,  when  they  attempt  to  pass  the 
ditch  :  they  are  distinguished  only  by 
their  length  from  Crfoniers ;  the  differ- 
ence between  coffers  and  the  traverse  and 
gallery,  consists  in  this,  that  the  latter 
are  made  by  the  besiegers,  and  the  former 
by  the  besieged.  They  are  covtred  with 
joists,  hurdles,  and  earth,  raised  2  feet 
above  the  bottom  of  the  ditch ;  which 
rising  serves  instead  of  a  parapet,  with 
loop-holes  in  it. 

COFFRE.     See  COFFER. 

COGNIZANCE.  Judicial  notice, 
trial,  judicial  authority.  In  a  military 
sense,  implies  the  investigation  to  which 
any  person  or  action  is  liable.  During 
the  suspension  of  civil  authority,  every 
offence  conies  under  military  cognizance, 
is  subject  to  military  law,  and  may  be 
proceeded  upon  according  to  the  summary 
spirit  of  its  regulation.  Hence,  a  drum- 
head court-martial  is  the  strongest  in- 
stance of  military  cognizance. 

COHORT,  in  R^man  antiquity,  a  name 
given  to  part  of  the  Roman  legion,  com- 
prehending  about  600  men. 

COINS,  in  gui.nery,  are  a  kind  of 
wedges  to  lay  under  the  breech  of  a  gun, 
to  raise  or  depress  the  metal. 

COLLET,  Fr.  that  part  of  a  cannon 
which  is  between  the  astragal  and  the 
muzzle. 

COLONEL,  the  commander  in  chief 
of  a  regiment,  whether  of  horse,  foot, 
dragoons,  or  artillery :  but  in  France, 
Spain,  and  son  e  other  southern  nations, 
the  colonels  of  horse  are  called  Maitres  de 
Camp  ;  in  Germany,  and  most  northern 
nations,  they  are  cal  ed  Ritmeesters.  Co- 
lonels of  foot  in  the  English  army  take- 
place,  and  command  on-,  another,  accord- 
ing to  the  seniority  of  their  regiments,  and 
not  of  their  commissions ;  but  those  or" 
horse,  on  the  contrary,  according  to  the 
dates  of  their  commissions. 

COLONEL  «/'  horse,  who  is  the  first  of- 
ficer of  the  regiment ;  hence  his  attention 
ought  to  be  given  to  keeping  the  regimen*. 


COL 


COL 


complete,  to  have  it  composed  of  both 
men  and  horses  fit  for  service,  and  to  take 
particular  care  to  have  them  well  exer- 
cised and  taught  the  different  evolutions ; 
to  be  able  on  all  occasions  to  form  them- 
selves according  to  the  ground,  or  manner 
in  which  they  may  attack,  or  be  at- 
tacked. 

COLONEL  of  foot,  or  infantry.  His 
functions  are  more  extensive  than  those 
of  the  cavalry,  as  the  infantry  are  em- 
ployed  to  more  and  different  purposes. 
A  colonel  of  infantry  should  understand 
something  of  fortification,  and  be  well 
acquainted  with  field  engineering.  He 
cannot  be  too  careful  to  maintain  union 
and  harmony  among  his  officers;  and,  to 
succeed  in  this,  he  must  acquire  their 
esteem  and  confidence,  and  make  himself 
to  be  respected.  The  true  way  to  suc- 
ceed in  this,  is  to  keep  up  subordination 
with  unalterable  firmness;  to  do  justice 
to  every  one,  to  employ  all  his  credit  to 
procure  favors  to  the  corps  in  general,  and 
to  the  officers  in  particular,  without  ever 
losing  sight  of  the  health,  comfort,  and 
contentment  of  his  men. 

COLONEL  of  dragoons  is  nearly  connect- 
ed with  that  of  horse,  to  which  word  we 
refer  the  reader. 

COLONEL  uf  artillery .  The  comman - 
der  of  a  battalion  of  artillery  is  one  of  the 
most  laborious  employments  both  in  war 
and  peace,  requiring  the  greatest  ability, 
application,  and  experience.  He  is  sup- 
posed to  be  a  very  able  mathematician  and 
engineer,  to  be  thoroughly  acquainted 
with  the  power  of  artillery,  to  understand 
the  attack  and  defence  of  fortifications  in 
all  the  different  branches  ;  to  be  able  on 
all  occasions  to  form  the  artillery  accord- 
ing to  the  ground  or  manner  in  which 
they  may  attack  or  be  attacked  ;  in  short, 
he  should  be  master  of  every  thing  be- 
longing to  that  important  corps. 

COLONEL  of  engineers,  should  be  a  very 
able  mathematician  and  mechanician,  he 
should  be  master  of  fortification,  and  be 
correctly  versed  in  the  art  of  planning, 
(Constructing,  attacking,  and  defending. 
See  ENGINEER. 

Lieutenant  COLONEL,  is  the  second 
person  in  command  of  a  regiment.  Under 
his  direction  all  the  affairs  of  the  regiment 
are  conducted.  His  military  qualifica- 
tions shouldbe  adequate  to  the  size  and  the 
importance  of  the  corps  in  which  he  has 
the  honor  to  serve. 

COLONEL  general  of  the  French  infan- 
try. An  appointment  of  great  trust  and 
authority,  which  was  suppressed  during 
the  oid  government  of  France.  A  colo- 
nel-general was  formerly  entitled  to  the 
nomination  of  every  commission  and  place 
of  trust  in  the  infantry.  He  could  order 
courts-martial,  and  enforce  the  sentences 
awarded  by  them  without  ulteripr  lefer- 
ence  ;  and  he  had  a  company  in  every  re- 
giment which  was  called  the  colonel-ge- 
neral's company. 

This  appointment  was  created  during 
the  reign  of  Francis  I.  in  1544,  and  be- 


came   an  immediate   gift   of  the    king, 
under  Henry  III.  in  1584. 

There  was  likewise  a  colonel-general 
of  the  cavalry ;  which  appointment  was 
entrusted  to  two  officers  under  the  reign 
of  Louis  XIII.  One  commanded  the 
French  and  the  other  the  German  ca- 
valry. 

The  appointment  of  colonel-general  of 
dragoons  was  created  by  Louis  XIV.  hi 
1688. 

COLONELLE,  JFV.  was  formerly  the 
first  company  in  a  French  regiment.  Ma- 
dame la  Colonelle  is  still  the  colonel's 
wife. 

COLORS  in  the  military  art,  arc- 
large  silk  flags  fixed  on  half  pikes,  and 
carried  by  the  ensigns  ;  when  a  battalion  is 
encamped,  they  are  placed  in  its  front; 
but  in  garrison  they  are  lodged  with  the 
commanding  officer. 

The  size  of  the  colors  to  be  6  feet  6 
inches  flying,  and6  feet  deep  on  the  pike. 
The  length  of  the  pike  (spear  and  ferril 
included)  to  be  q  feet  10  inches.  Thr 
cords  and  tassels  of  the  whole  to  be  of  the 
standard  color,  mixed  with  gold  or  silver ; 
silver  for  the  infantry  and  cavalry  ;  £old 
for  the  artillery,  rifle  corps,  and  engineers. 

Crfw/-CoLORS,  are  a  small  sort  of 
colors  placed  on  the  right  and  left  of  the 
parade  of  a  regiment  when  in  the  field  ; 
one  or  two  to  each  company  ;  they  are  18 
inches  square,  and  of  the  color  of  the 
facing  of  the  regiment,  with  the  number 
of  the  regiment  upon  them.  The  polv.-.-, 
to  be  7  feet  6  inches  long,  except  those 
of  the  quarter  and  rear-guards,  which  are 
to  be  9  feet.  See  B  *NNE ROLLS. 

COLOR  -guard.     See  GUARD. 

COLORS,  I'.sed  in  the  drawings  of f 01  ti- 
fication.  It  is  necessary  to  use  colors  in 
the  drawings  of  plans  and  profiles  of  a 
fortification,  in  order  to  distinguish  every 
particular  part,  and  separate,  as  it  were, 
the  one  from  the  other,  so  as  to  make 
their  diiFe-ence  more  sensible.  The  dif- 
ferent sorts  of  colors,  generally  used  in 
these  kinds  or'  drawings,  are,  Indian-Ink^ 
carmine,  verdigrease,  sap-green,  gnm-Lsuget 
Prussian  blue,  indigo,  and  umber. 

Indian-ink  is  the  first  and  most  neces- 
sary thing  required  in  drawing;  far  it 
serves,  in  drawing  the  lines,  to  express 
hills  or  rising  grounds,  and,  in  short,  for 
all  what  is  called  shading  in  drawings. 
The  best  sort  of  Indian  ink  is  of  a  bluish 
black,  soft  and  easily  reduced  into  a  li- 
quid, free  from  sand  or  gravel.  It  is 
made  in  oblong  squares.  The  manner  of 
liquefying  it,  is  by  putting  a  little  clear 
water 'into  a  shell  or  tea-cup,  and  rr.bi-'inj; 
it  gentiy  'till  the  wattr  is  black,  ai:.;  ui  a 
consistence  much  like  common  ink  :  vi  neri 
it  is  used  for  drawing  lines,  it  must  be 
made  very  bua*  k,  'ho'.gh  not  too  thick, 
otherwise  it  will  not  easily  flow  out  of' 
the  camel  hair  pencil;  but  when  it  is  for 
shading,  it  must  be  pale,  so  as  to  go  over 
the  same  shade  s.  veral  times,  which  adds 
a  beauty  to  the  shad  ng. 
N 


98 


COL 


COM 


Carmine,  is  an  impalpable  powder,  and 
the  fairest  red  we  know  of:  it  serves  for 
coloring  the  sections  of  masonry,  the 
plans  of  houses,  and  all  kinds  of  military 
buildings;  as  likewise  their  elevation; 
but  then  it  is  made  of  a  paler  color.  It  is 
also  used  for  drawing  red  lines  in  plans, 
to  represent  walls.  It  is  of  a  high  price, 
but  a  little  will  go  a  great  way.  1 1  must 
be  mixed  with  a  little  gum-  water. 

Verdigrea&i  or  sea-green,  us.'d  in  draw- 
ings, is  either  liquid  in  small  phials,  or 
mixed  in  little  pots  or  shells,  &c.  it 
serves  to  color  wet  ditches,  rivers,  seas, 
and  in  general  to  represent  all  watery 
places ;  it  is  most  soluble  in  vinegar  ;  and 
mixed  with  vinegar  makes  a  fine  green 
ink. 

Sap-greeny  is  a  stone  of  a  faint  yellow- 
ish green,  when  liquefied  with  clear 
water :  but  when  mixed  with  a  little  sea 
green,  it  makes  a  beautiful  gras screen ; 
but,  as  all  mixed  colors  are  liable  to  fade, 
if  verdlgrcase  can  be  had,  it  will  be  much 
better.  Sap-green  is  very  cheap. 

Gum-bouge,  is  a  fine  yellow  gum.  It 
may  be  dissolved  in  water,  but  requires 
no  other  gum:  it  serves  to  color  all  pro- 
jects of  works  ;  as  likewise  to  distinguish 
the  works  unfinished  from  those  that  are 
complete.  It  serves  also  to  color  the 
trenches  of  an  attack. 

Indigo,  is  in  small  cakes,  and  very 
cheap;  it  serves  to  color  iion,  and  roofs 
of  buildings  which  are  covered  with 
slates:  it  must  be  well  ground  upon  a 
smooth  stone  or  glass,  and  mixed  with  a 
little  gum- water. 

Prussian  blue,  is  a  kind  of  friable  sub- 
'  stance  of  an  exceeding  fine  blie:  it  is 
used  to  represent  the  color  of  blue  cloth 
in  drawing  encampments,  battles,  &c.  It 
must  be  well  ground,  and  mixed  with  a 
little  gum-water. 

Smalt,  also  a  good  sort  of  blue,  and  may 
be  used  for  the  same  purposes. 

Ultramarine,  is  an  impalpable  powder, 
and  of  a  very  delicate  sky-blue.  It  is  a 
color  of  high  price. 

Umber,  is  a  yellowish  brown  color  in 
powder:  when  it  is  mixed  with  gum- 
water,  it  serves  to  color  dry  ditches, 
sand,  and  all  kinds  of  earth.  By  mixing 
a  little  red  ink  with  it,  it  will  make  a 
wood  color. 

If  some  tobacco-leaves  be  steeped  in 
clear  water  for  several  hours,  and  filtered 
through  a  woollen  cloth,  or  brown  paper, 
with  a  little  red  ink  mixed  with  it,  it  will 
make  the  best  earth  or  wood  color,  as  lying 
smoother  than  any  other. 

Gum-ivater,  is  best  when  it  is  made 
some  time  before  it  is  used ;  for  which 
purpose  take  some  gum  arable  and  steep  it 
in  clear  water  for  some  hours,  'till  it  is 
dissolved  ;  then  strain  it  through  a  wool- 
len cloth  or  brown  paper,  and  preserve  it 
in  phials,  weil  stopped,  'till  wanted. 

COLUMN,  in  the  art  of  war,  along, 
deep  file  of  troops  or  baggage.     The  ad 
\antages  and  disadvantages  of  columns 


are  so  numerous,  that  \ve  shall  only  men- 
tion, that  columns  ought  to  be  able  to 
form  near  the  enemy;  and  in  such  a  posi- 
tion, as  not  to  suffer  much  from  the  artil- 
lery ;  that  their  motions  be  quick,  so  as 
not  to  suffer  much  during  the  operation  ; 
and  that  the  divisions,  in  short,  which 
compose  each  column,  be  so  arranged  as 
to  afford  each  other  a  mutual  defence  and 
assistance,  in  case  they  should  be  attacked. 
Such  are  the  principles  that  should  guide, 
in  foiming  of  columns  judiciously,  and  of 
freeing  them  from  that  multiplicity  of  in- 
conveniencies  whirh  make  them  liable  to 
the  most  melancholy  accidents.  The 
chevalier  Folard  has  written  a  treatise  on 
the  disposition  of  the  column  as  the  best 
order  of  battle  ;  after  his  death  the  theory 
sunk  into  disregard ;  but  the  French  re. 
volution  has  revived  and  realized  all  the 
advantages,  held  forth  by  Folard. 

CYiw- COLUMN,  a  compact, solid  column, 
with  very  little  space  between  the  divi- 
sions of  which  it  is  composed. 

0/>d7/- COLUMN,  a  column  with  inter- 
vals between  the  divisions  -qual  to  their 
respective  fronts. 

COMBAT,  a  battle  or  duel.  Anciently 
it  was  not  uncommon  for  contending  pow- 
ers to  adjust  their  disputes  fey  single  com- 
bat, when  each  party  chose  for  itself  -4 
champion  who  contested  the  point  in  pre- 
sence of  both  armies. 

COME-/*,  soldiers  are  said  to  come 
in,  as  volunteers,  recruits,  &c.  when  in- 
vited to  join  any  particular  standard. 

CoME-over,  when  men  desert  from  an 
enemy,  and  join  the  army  that  opposes 
them,  they  are  said  to  come  over.  This 
term  is  opposed  to  go  over. 

To  COME-/;/  to,  to  join  with,  to  bring 
help.  "  They  marched  to  Wells,  where 
the  Lord  Audley,  with  whom  their  lead- 
ers had  before  secret  intelligence,  camt  in 
to  them."  English  History. 

To  COME- up,  to  overtake.  To  come  up 
with  an  enemy,  is  a  military  phrase  much 
in  use. 

COMINGE,  Fr.  a  shell  of  extreme 
magnitude,  which  takes  its  name  from 
the  person  who  originally  invented  it. 

COMMAND,  generally  called  the. 
'word  of  command,  is  a  term  used  by  officers 
in  exercise,  or  upon  service. 

COMMAND,  in  military  matters.  All 
commands  fall  to  the  eldest  in  the  same 
circumstances,  whether  of  horse,  dra- 
goons, artillery,  foot,  or  marines. 

COMMANDS,  a  rope  made  use  of  in 
boats  and  pontoons. 

COMMANDS,  in  fortification,  are  : 

A  command  in  front,  when  any  eminence 
is  directly  facing  the  work  which  it  com- 
mands. 

A  command  in  rear,  when  any  eminence 
is  directly  behind  the  work  whichit  com- 
mands. 

A  command  by  enfiladt,  when  an  emi- 
nence is  situated  in  the  prolongation  of 
any  line  ot  a  work,  and  a  considerable 
part  of  it  may  be  seen  from  thence. 


COM 


COM 


99 


COMMANDANT,  is  that  person  who 
has  the  command  of  a  garrison,  fort,  cas- 
tle, regiment,  company,  &c.  called  alse 
commander. 

COMMANDEMENT  Fr.m  a  milita- 
ry sense,  means  any  spot  which  is  higher 
than  another.  A  co'mmandement  is  called 
simple,  when  the  difference  between  two 
heights  is  only  9  feet,  tt  is  called  double, 
when  the  difference  is  1 8  feet ;  triple  when 
27,  and  so  progressively,  taking  9  feet  in- 
variably, for  the  height  of  each  comraan- 
dement.  A  commandement  may  be  consi- 
dered in  three  lights.  In  front,  in  tnfilade, 
and  in  reverse.  The  commandement  in 
front,  is  when  you  see  all  the  persons  who 
are  employed  in  protecting  a  work ;  in 
enfilade,  when  you  only  see  them  from  a 
flank  ;  and  in  re-verse,  when  you  see  them 
obliau?ly  from  behind. 

COMMANDING-grcW,  implies  in  a 
military  sense,  a  rising  ground  which  over- 
looks any  post,  or  strong  place.  There 
are,  strictly  speaking,  three  sorts  of  com- 
manding grounds;  namely, 

Front  CoMMANBiNG-gr0//W,  Every 
height  is  called  so,  that  lies  opposite  to 
the  face  of  the  post  which  plays  upon  its 
front. 

Reverse  COMMANDING  -gt  ound,  an  emi- 
nence which  plays  upon  the  rear  of  a 
post. 

Enfilade  COMMANDING  -ground,  o  r  Cur- 
tain COMMANDING -ground,  a  high  place, 
which,  with  its  shot,  scours  all  the  length 
of  a  line,  &c. 

COMMANDERY,  a  certain  benefice 
belonging  to  a  military  order.  A  body  of 
the  knights  of  Malta,  were  so  called. 
They  have  now  only  a  nominal  existence. 

COMMIS,  Fr.  Clerk  or  inferior  per- 
son, who  i»  employed  in  any  of  the  French 
vrar-dep  rtments. 

COMMISSAIRE,  Fr.  Commissary. 
This  term  was  used  in  the  old  French 
service,  to  express  a  variety  of  military 
occupations.  The  following  are  the 
principal  designations. 

COMMISSA  iRE-gexera/  dts  aimees. 
Commissary-general  of  the  armies.  His 
duties  were  correspondent  to  those  of  a 
quarter  master,  forage  master,  or  agent 
for  supplying  an  army  with  provisions 
and  stores. 

COMMISSAIRE- general  de  la  cavalerie 
dtgere.  Fr.  Commissary  general  of  light 
cavalry. 

COMMISSAIRE  a"  artillerie.  Fr.  Com- 
missary of  artillery.  One  commissary 
general  superintended  in  each  department 
of  the  ordnance,  and  had  one  of  the  three 
keys  which  belonged  to  the  general  maga- 
zine. This  officer  had  the  power  of  giv- 
ing directions  respecting  the  cleanliness 
and  the  general  government  of  the  ma- 
gazines. 

COMMISSAIRE  frovinciaux  d'artillerie, 
Fr.  Provincial  commissaries  attached  to 
the  ordnance. 

COMMISSAIRE  ordinaire^  d'artillerie, 
Fr.  Commissaries  in  ordinary  attached  to 


the  ordnance.  Th-  se  were  subordinate  to 
the  provincial  commissaries,  and  were 
d  stributed  among  the  navy,  forts,  and 
garrison  towns. 

COMMISSAIRES  extrawdlr.airfs  d'artil- 
lerie, Fr.  Extraordinary  commissaries 
attached  to  the  ordnance."  These  formed 
the  third  class  of  commissaries  under  the 
monarchial  government  in  France.  They 
likewise  did  duty  on  board  the  king's 
ships,  or  in  garrisoned  towns. 

COMMISSAIRE  provincial  en  I'  Arsenal  de 
Paris-,  an  department  de  I' Lie  de  France. 
Provincial  commissary  belonging  to  the 
arsenal  in  Paris.  This  officer  received  his 
commisbion  from  the  grand  master,  in 
whose  gift  the  situation  lay,  and  had  the 
exclusive  privilegeof  being  rendered  privy 
to  every  alteration  or  movement  that  was 
made  in  the  arsenal. 

COMMISSAIRE  general  des  fcudres  tf. 
saltpetres,  Fr.  Commissary  Central  of 
gun.powder  and  saltpetre. 

COMMISSAIRE  general  des  fontes ,  F  r . 
Commissary  general  of  the  Founderies. 

COMMISSAIRES  des  guerrts,  Fr.  Com- 
missaries of  the  war  departments  or  mus- 
ter masters  general. 

COMMIS  s  AIRES  ordinal  tes  des  guerre  a, 
Fr.  Commissaries  in  ordinary,  or  deputy 
muster  masters.  These  we  re' subordinate 
to  the  former,  and  were  entrusted  with 
the  superintendence  of  hospitals,  to  see 
that  proper  provisions  were  procured  for, 
and  distributed  among  the  sick.  They 
likewise  gave  prop-  r  vouchers  to  account 
for  the  absence  of  soldiers,  and  regulated 
what  number  of  extraordinary  waggons 
should  be  furnished  to  the  troops  on 
marches. 

COMMISSAIRE  -provincitux  el  trShtaires 
guerres,  Fr.  Provincial  or  ordinary 
commissaries  of  war.  Specific  duties 
were  attached  to  their  appointments,  the 
discharge  of  which  was  principally  con- 
fined to  the  different  provinces. 

COMMISSAIRES  des  guetres  cntretenu.-- 
dans  I' hotel  des  in-valides  Fr.  Commissa- 
ries of  war,  specifically  attached  to,  and 
resident  in  the  hotel  des  invalicies.  It 
was  their  duty  to  keep  a  regular :  oil,  con- 
taining all  the  names  of  the  diflerent  offi- 
cers, non-commissioned  officers,  and  sol- 
diers who  might  be  detached  on  garrison 
duty,  &c.  which  return  was  made 
monthly  by  them  to  the  secretary  at 
war.  Each  commissary  at  every  review 
or  inspection  of  the  corps  of  invalids, 
tiad  particular  directions  to  mark  out 
those  men  who  appeared  capable  of  serv- 
ng ;  and  a  regular  return  to  that  effect 
was  made  to  the  secretary  at  war. 

COMMISSAIRE  des  vivres,  Fr.  Com- 
missary of  stores.  The  commissary  of 
stores  had  several  deputies,  who  acted 
immediately  under,  and  were  in  every  re- 
spect  accountable  to  him  for  the  manage, 
ment  of  their  trust. 

COMMISSAIRE  general  des  fortijtcations, 
Fr.  Commissary  general  of  Fortifica- 
tions. This  was  a  very  important  sitnr 


100 


COM 


COM 


ation  during  war,  as  it  was  the  duty  of 
the  commissary  Reneral  to  trac.  the  lines 
»f  circurnvallation,  &c.  at  the  siege ;  to 
determine  upon  the  mode  of  attack  and 
defence,  and  to  sre,  that  the  necessary 
repairs  were  made. 

COMMISSARY,!'  military  affairs, 
is  or  various  denominations,  though  ge 
nerally  a  civil  officer  appointed  to  inspect 
the  musters,  stores,  and  provisions  for 
th'.-army.  In  war-time  their  number  is 
proportioned  to  the  service  required. 

COMMISSARY  -general  of  the  musters,  or 
muster-mutter  general.  He  takts  account 
of  the  strength  o  every  regiment  as  often 
as  he  pleas,  s;  reviews  them,  sees  that 
the  horse  are  well  mounted,  and  all  the 
men  well  armed  and  clothed.  He  re- 
ceives and  inspects  the  muster  rolls,  and 
knows  exactly  the  strength  of  the  army. 
The  British  have  created  an  inspector  ge. 
ncral  of  cavalry,  which  answers  every 
purpose  for  which  that  of  muster  master 
general  was  mended. 

COMMISSARY  -general  of  stores,  a  civil 
officer  in  the  artillery,  who  has  the  charge 
of  all  the  stores,  for  which  he  is  account- 
able to  the  office  of  ordnance.  He  is  al- 
lowed various  other  commissaries,  clerks, 
and  conductors,  especially  in  war-time. 

COMMISSARY  of  the  train  horses,  a  civil 
officer  likewise  of  the  artillery,  who  has 
the  inspection  of  all  horses  belonging  to 
the  tram,  the  hospital,  and  the  bakery  ; 
having  under  him  a  number  of  conduc- 
tors, drivers,  &c. 

COMMISSARY  of  accounts  is  a  respon- 
sible person  who  attends  each  army, 
where  the  numbers  are  of  sufficient  im- 
portance, with  a  proper  establishment, 
for  the  purpose  ot  examining  and  con- 
trolling accounts  on  the  spot.  All  com- 
missaries  of  accounts  make  returns  of 
their  examination,  and  on  these  docu- 
ments the  comptrollers  of  the  army  ac- 
cou:  ts  found  the  best  enquiry  into  the 
expenditure  which  the  nature  of  the  sub- 
ject admits  of. 

COMMISSARY  -general  of  provisions,  has 
the  charge  of  furnishing  the  army  in  the 
fielu  with  all  sor's  of  provisions,  forage, 
&c.  bv  contract;  he  must  be  very  vigi- 
la1  t  and  industrious,  that  the  troops  may 
never  suffer  want  He  has  under  him 
various  commissaries,  store-keepers, 
clerks,  &c. 

COMMISSION,  in  a  military  sense, 
any  situation  or  place  which  an  individual 
mu\  hold  in  the  army,  or  militia.  In  the 
United  States  the  President  nominates 
the  officer,  who  enters  upon  service  and 
pay  immediately  on  his  acceptance,  but 
th  appointment  must  be  submitted  to 
the  senate,  and  approved  by  a  majority, 
before  the  commission  issues 

Militia  COMMISSIONS  are  issued  in 
clitr  rent  modes  in  all  the  United  States; 
officers  beiiv.  elective  by  the  line  m  some 
states,  as  in  Pennsylvania;  they  are  ap- 
•;oint(U  by  the  governor,  as  Mary  ia. id 

COMMISSION  of  array.    In  the  reign 


of  Henry  II.  1181,  an  assize  of  arms  was 
settled  to  the  following  effect  That 
every  person  possessed  of  a  knight's  fee, 
was  to  have  a  coat  of  mail,  an  helmet,  a 
shield,  and  a  lance,  and  as  many  of  these 
as  he  had  fees.  Every  free  layman  that 
had  in  goods  or  rents  to  the  value  of  16 
marks,  was  to  have  the  same  arms  ;  and 
such  as  had  10  marks  were  to  have  a  les- 
ser coat  of  mail,  an  iron  cap,  and  a  lance  ; 
the  two  last  of  which  with  a  nvamhoh- 
were  assigned  for  rha  arms  of  burgesses, 
and  all  the  freemen  of  boroughs.  These 
arms  were  all  to  bi-  provided  before  the 
feast  of  St.  Hilary  next  following. 

To  enforce  these  regulations,  it  was 
customary  for  the  time,  at  certain  seasons 
of  the  year,  to  issue  commissions  to  ex- 
perienced officers,  to  draw  out  and  array 
the  fittest  men  for  service  in  each  countyr 
and  to  march  them  to  the  sea  coasts,  or 
to  such  osher  quarters  of  the  country  as 
were  judged  to  be  most  in  danger.  Of 
these  commissions  of  array,  there  are  many 
hundreds  in  the  Gascon  and  French  rolls 
in  the  tower  of  London,  from  the  j6th  of 
Henry  III.  to  the  reign  of  Edward  IV. 
The  form  of  the  ancient  commissions  of 
array  may  be  seen  in  Rushworth's  histo- 
rical collection  published  in  1640.  These 
commissions  were  again  attempted  to  be 
revived  by  Charles  I .  but  they  were  \oted 
i  illegal  and  unconstitutional  by  the  parlia- 
ment. 

NOW-COMMISSIONED,  applies  to  that- 
particular  class  of  men  who  act  between 
what  ;<re  called  the  rank  and  file  of  a  bat- 
talion, and  the  commissioned  or  warrant 
officers.  See  SERJEANTS 

COMMITTEE,  a  select  number  of 

ij  persons  to  whom  the  more  particular  con. 

|j  si(ieration  of  some  matter  is  referred,  and 

I  who  are  to   report  their  opinion  to  the 

court,  &c.  of  which  they  are  members. 

COMMUNICATION,  in  fortifica- 
tion signifies  all  sorts  of  passages,  or  ways 
which  lead  from  one  work  to  another. 
The  best,  and  indeed  the  only  good  com- 
munications are  those  which  the  besieger 
cannot  annoy,  or  interrupt  by  his  fire. 
The  obstinate  defence  of  a  work  is  ren- 
dered almost  impracticable,  if  you  are 
destitute  of  £ood  communications  Sub- 
terraneous galleries,  cotters,  or  caponiers, 
slopes  made  on  the  outside  of  gorges,  may 
be  termed  communications.  When  the 
ditches  are  filled  with  water,  floating 
bridges,  &c.  serve  as  communications. 

COMPAGNE,  Fr.  a  room  or  cabin 
belonging  to  the  chief  of  a  galley. 

CoMfANizs-Francbes,  Fr.  free  corps 
or  companies,  which  during  the  old  go- 
vernment of  France,  were  put  upon  a 
certain  establishment  in  war  time.  The 
Austrians  and  Prussians  had  free  corps  in 
the  seven  years  war ;  there  were  some  in 
France  at  the  beginning  of  the  revolution, 
but  they  were  more  fatal  to  friends  than 
enemies,  and  utterly  destitute  of  dis- 
cipline. 
COMPANY,  in  a  military 


COM 


C  O  M 


tneans  a  small  body  of  foot,  or  artillery, 
the  number  of  which  is  never  fixed,  but 
5s  genetally  from  50  to  120,  commanded 
by  a  captain,  a  lieutenant,  and  aa  ensign, 
and  sometimes  by  a  first  and  second  lieu- 
tenant,  as  in  the  artillery  and  flank  com- 
panies of  the  line.  A  company  has  usually 
4  or  6  serjeants,  4  or  6  corporals,  and  2 
drums.  A  company  should  have  at  least 
4  commissioned  officers,  a  serjeant  and 
corporal  for  every  ten  men  and  a  company 
consist  of  120.  In  the  Austrian  service 
a  company  consists  of  200  m  n. 

Free  COMPANY,  is  one  of  those  corps 
commonly  called  irregular;  is  seldom  or 
never  under  the  same  orders  with  the 
regular  corps  of  the  army,  but  for  the 
most  part  acts  like  a  detached  army,  either 
by  itself,  or  in  conjunction  with  some  of 
its  own  kind  ;  therefore  their  operations 
are  properly  considered  under  the  title  of 
the  petite  guerre.  Same  as  companies 
Tranches. 

Independent  COMPANY,  that  which  is 
not  incorporated  in  a  regiment.  Two 
such  companies  generally  belong  to  each 
regiment  in  England,  who  are  to  supply 
the  regiments  with  recruits. 

COMPARTIMENT  de  ftu,  Fr.  a 
specific  division  of  the  intermediate  spaces 
belonging  to  a  mine,  and  the  regular  allot- 
ment of  the  saucissons  or  train-bags  to 
convey  fire  to  the  furnaces  at  one  and  the 
same  time. 

C  O  M  P  L  E  M  E  N  T \of  the  curtain ,  that 
parr  in  the  interior  side  of  a  fortification 
\vhich  makes  thedemi-gorge.  See  FOR 

TIFICATION. 

COMPLFMENT  of  the  line  of  defence,  the 
remainder  of  the  line  of  defence,  after  you 
have  taken  away  the  angle  of  the  flank. 
See  FORTIFICATION. 

COMPLETE,  a  regiment,  troop,  or 
company,  is  sard  to  be  complete  when 
it  has  the  whole  number  of  officers,  non- 
commissioned officers  and  privates,  ac- 
cording to  the  regulation  for  the  time 
being. 

COMPLIMENT  of  the  line  of  the  army. 
See  HONORS. 

COMPLIMENT  from  guards.  See  HO- 
NORS. 

COMPOSITION.— For  the  compo- 
sition of  FUZES,  PORTFIRES,    TUBES, 
CARCASSES,  see  those  words. 
Comp«sition  far  Kitt . 

Ibs. 


Bengal  £/#6/;. 
First  Composition. 

Ibs.  oz. 

Saltpetre        .  .»  .70 

Su'phur    .  .  .  i     12 

Red  orpiment  .  .        o      i 

Second  Composition. 

Ibs.  oz. 

Saltpetre        .  .  .24 

Sulphur     .  .  .  08 

Antimony      .  .  .04 

Orpiment  .  <  o    i£ 

Light  Balls. 

Nitre  ...          40  parts 

Sulphur  .  .  15 

Antimony    . 
Pitch      . 

This  composition  to  be  carefully  fused, 
and  cast  into  the  shape  of  balls,  which 
when  cold  will  be  sufficiently  hard  to  be 
fired  from  a  small  mortar. 

Composition  for  Suffocating  Pots. 
Sulphur  6  parts 

Nitre         .  .  .  5 

This  composition  when  intimately 
mixed,  to  be  rammed  into  wooden  boxes, 
and  primed  in  the  usual  way. 

This  composition  will  answer  for  fu- 
migation. 

Chinese,  or  Pf'&itt  Light. 
Nitre  from  50  to  60  parts. 
Sulphur       16  to  20 
Antimony       c 
Orpiment       8  to  10 

For  Smoke  Bal!.:. 


Rosin 
Pitch    . 

? 

6 

Tallow          .... 

T 

For  Fire  Balh,  1794. 

Ibs.  oz. 

Rosin        .            .            4 

5      8 

Sulphur 
Alum  powder 

i      8 

Starch,  Do. 

o      8 

•Saltpetre               .            . 

4      6 

Mealed  powder 

8      o 

Linseed  oil 

1-4  pint 

Oil  of  spike 

i  pint. 

Corned  powder  .  10 

Seltpetre 

Pitch  .  .  4 

Seacoal 

Tallow  .  .  i 

For  Fire  Hoops,    Fire    Arrowi,   and  Firs 
Lances. 

Ibs.  oz. 

Mealed  powder     .  .  i      o 

Saltpetre        .  .  3      o 

Flowr  of  Sulphur  .  o      8 

Linseed  oil    .  .  .       1-2  pint. 

Composition  to  fill  cases  for  setting  fire  to 
Fascine  Batteries. 

Ibs.  oz. 

Mealed  powder  .  i      4 

Saltpetre  .  .60 

Sulphur  •  i      8 

All  dry  compositions  must  be  well 
mixed  ;  first  by  the  hands,  and  then  pas- 
sed several  times  through  fii.e  hair  sieves, 
that  the  ingredients  may  be  thoroughly  in- 
corporated. In  mixing  compositions 
which  require  fire,  the  greatest  precau- 
tions are  necessary ;  particularly  in  those 
where  gunpowder  enters.  The  dry  parts 
of  the  composition  may  in  general  be 
mixed  together  first,  and  put  by  degrees 
into  the  cauldron,  while  the  other  ingre- 
dients are  fluid,  being  well  stirred  all  the 
time  of  putting  in.  When  the  dry  ingre- 
dients are  inflammable,  the  cauldron  must 
not  only  be  taken  off  the  fire,  bur  the  hot- 
torn  must  be  dipt  in  water,  to  prevent  the 
possibility  of  accident  while  mixing  them, 


102 


CON 


CON 


COMPOUND    motion*       See    GUN- 

'l\  £  R  Y  , 

COMPTROLLER*/  the  artillery,  in- 
spects the  musters  of  the  artillery,  makes 
the  pay-list,  takes  the  account  and  re- 
mains of  stores,  and  is  accountable  to  the 
office  of  ordnance.  This  post  is  only  in 
war-time.  Also  an  officer  who  superin- 
tends the  accounts  of  the  army  at  large. 

COMRADE,  a  fellow  soldier  in  the 
same  regiment,  troop,  or  company. 

To  CONCERT,  in  a  military  sense,  is 
lo  digest,  arrange,  and  dispose  matters  in 
such  a  manner,  that  you  may  be  able  to 
act  in  conjunction  with  other  forces, 
however  much  divided,  at  any  given  point 
of  offensive  or  defensive  operation. 

CONCORDANT,  Fr.  a  certain  agree- 
ment, which  officers  belonging  to  the  same 
corps  in  the  French  service  formerly  en- 
tered into,  for  the  specific  purpose  of  pro- 
viding for  .1  comrade  who  left  the  regi- 
ment. This  contract  was,  however, 
without  the  sanction  of  government,  and 
if  known  incurred  its  displeasure, 

CONDUCTORS,  are  assistants  to  the 
commissary  of  stores,  to  conduct  depots, 
or  magazines,  from  one  place  to  another : 
they  have  also  the  care  of  the  ammunition 
waggons  in  the  field  ;  they  report  to  the 
commissary,  and  are  under  his  command. 

CONFEDERATE  Troops.  Troops 
of  different  nations  united  together  in  one 
common  cause  against  an  enemy.  Hence 
the  league  by  which  they  are  so  engaged, 
is  called  a  confederacy.  The  same  as  coali- 
tion, the  powers  of  Europe  coalesced  in 
1791,  to  partition  France,  and  weredefeat- 
ed;  there  were  several  other  coalitions 
since, which  have  ended  in  the  subjugation 
of  them  all. 

CONFIDENCE,  ina  military  sense, 
implies  an  explicit  reliance  upon  the  skill, 
courage,  &c.  of  an  individual.  Next  to 
a  perfect  knowlege  of  military  tactics, 
the  faculty  of  securing  the  confidence  of 
the  soldiers  is,  perhaps,  one  of  the  surest 
means  of  becoming  successful  in  war. 
There  are  instances,  indeed,  which  prove 
that  many  victories  have  been  gained  by 
men  who  had  the  entire  confidence  of 
their  army,  without  being  remarkable  for 
much  military  knowlege;  whilst  on  the 
other  hand,  battles  have  been  lost  by  the 
most  celebrated  generals,  because  they 
did  not  possess  the  good  opinion  of  their 
men.  When  confidence  and  military  sci- 
ence go  together,  an  army  must  be  unfor- 
tunate not  to  succeed  in  the  most  despe- 
rate enterpi ize. 

CONFLICT.     See  COMBAT. 

CONGE,  Fr.  leave  of  absence,  The 
old  service  of  France  admitted  of  two 
sorts.  The  Conge  limits,  a  limited  or  spe- 
•:ifii  leave,  and  Conge  absolu,  a  full  dis- 
charge :  in  time  of  war,  the  latter  was 
Always  suspended, 

CONGLOMERATE,  to  gather  to- 
to  assemble  in  a  knot. 

C  v'isGRESS,  hi  military  and  political 
affairs,  is  an  assembly  of  commissioners. 


deputies,  envoys,  &c.  from  several  powers 
meeting  to  agree  on  terms  for  a  general 
pacification,  or  to  concert  matters  for 
their  common  good.  A  committee  of 
the  American  Congress  conducted  the 
war  during  the  first  years  of  the  revolution. 

CON  NET  ABLE  de  France.  Con- 
stable  of  France.  This  appointment 
succeeded  to  that  of  Grand  Senechal  de 
France.  It  was  not  originally  a  military 
place  of  trust,  but  merely  an  office  be- 
longing to  the  king's  household. 

CONSCRIPT,  rontcriptus,  a  term  an- 
ciently  applied  to  the  senators  of  Rome, 
from  their  names  being  entered  all  in  one 
register.  It  was  used  by  congress  in  our 
revolution. 

CONSCRIPTS, men  raised  to  recruit 
the  French  armies.  In  Bohemia  and 
Hungary,  all  men  capable  of  bearing  arms 
are  enregistered,  and  must  march  when-, 
ever  there  is  occasion  for  their  services. 
The  conscripts  in  France  have  been  raised 
during  the  present  war  upon  similar  prin- 
ciples. 

The  militia  of  Great  Britain  come  un- 
der the  appellation,  with  this  difference, 
that  the  men  are  raised  by  ballot,  and  do 
not  march  out  of  their  native  country, 
unless  they  be  voluntarily  disposed  so  to 
do.  Ina  republic  every  man  is  a  soldier, 
and  as  the  word  means  must  have  his 
name  •written  on  the  militi*  roll. 

CONSEILLE-^-gwm-*,  Fr.  not  on- 
ly signifies  a  council  of  war,  at  which  the 
French  king  and  his  minister  sat  to  deter, 
mine  upon  military  matters,  both  by  sea 
and  land,  but  it  likewise  meant  a  general 
or  regimental  court  martial. 

CONSIGNS,  Fr.  parole  or  counter- 
sign. 

It  likewise  means,  when  used  in  the 
masculine  gender,  a  person  formerly  paid 
by  the  French  government  for  constantly 
residing  in  a  garrisoned  town,  in  order  to 
take  cognizance  of  all  persons  who  enter- 
ed or  went  out  of  the  gates.  He  had  a 
place  allotted  to  him  in  the  half-moon, 
and  delivered  a  regular  report  to  the  go- 
vernor or  commandant  of  the  place. 

CONSPI RATION,  Fr.  Conspiracy. 

CON SPIRATION  contre  le  service du  Roi, 
Fr.  a  conspiracy  against  the  King's  ser- 
vice. During  the  existence  of  the  old  go- 
vernment of  France,  any  conspiracy,  col. 
lusion,  or  unlawful  understanding,  which 
was  discovered  to  exist  against  the  king, 
his  governors,  commandants,  or  other  in- 
ferior officers,  was  reckoned  a  capital 
military  offence;  and  by  an  order  which 
took  place  on  the  ist  of  July,  1727  ;  it 
was  enacted,  that  every  person  convicted 
of  the  crime  should  be  broken  upon  the 
wheel. 

CONSTABLE,  chief.  A  person  em  - 
ployed  under  the  militia  establishment  to 
collect  fines. 

They  may  likewise  apprehend  persons 
uspected  of  being  deserted  Serjeants,  cor. 
por?ls  or  drummers. 

High  Co.\  STABLE  and  Marshal  were  oft 


CON 


CON 


103 


•ficers  of  considerable  weight  and  digni- 
ty, not  only  in  France,  but  throughout 
all  the  feudal  governments  of  Europe. 
The  ritle  of  constable  or  comes  stabuH^  ac- 
cording to  the  ingenious  author  of  an  es- 
say on  military  law,  explains  th  original 


CONTRA  MURE,  in  fortification,  is 
a  wall  built  before  another  partition  wall 
to  strengthen  it,  so  th~t  it  may  receive  r.o 
damage  from  the  adjacent  buildings. 

CGNTRAVALLATION,  in  mili- 
tary art,  implies  a  line  formed  in  the  same 


nature  of  this  office,  which  was  that  of  ji  manner  as  the  fine  of  circumvallation,  to 
commander  of  the  cavalry,  and  as  these  '(  refend  the  besiegers  against  the  enter- 
once  constituted  the  principal  strength  of  i  p.  rises  of  the  garrison  :  so  that  the  army, 
the  imperial  or  royal  armies,  this  officer  \\  rooming  a  siege,  lies  between  the  lines  of 
became  naturally  the  commander  in  chief  ,j  circumvallation  and  contravallation.  The 
of  those  armies.  The  office  of  marshal  j  trench  of  this  is  towards  the  town,  at  the 
appears  originally  to  have  been  of  a  much  j  foot"  of  the  parapet,  and  is  never  made  but 
interior  nature,  the  person  who  exercised  j  when  the  garrison  is  numerous  enough  to 
it  being  the  actual  superintendant  of  the  I]  harness  and  interrupt  the  besiegers  by 
stables,  or  chief  of  the  equerries,  whose  i  sallies.  This  line  is  constructed  in  the 
duty  was  to  furnish  the  provender  for  the  jj  rear  c-f  the  camp,  and  by  the  same  rule  as 
horses,  and  to  oversee  their  proper  ma-  ;i  the  li.t;e  of  circumvallation,  with  this  dif. 


naement.     But  in  process  of  time  this 


ference,  that  as  it  is  only  intended  to  resist 


office  grew  into  high  consideration,  and  :  a  bod}'  of  troops  much  inferior  to  a  force 
the  marshal  subordinate  only  to  the  con-  jj  which  might  attack  the  circumvallation, 
stable,  became  the  second  in  command  of  |!  so  its  parapet  is  not  made  so  thick,  nor 
the  armies,  and  in  the  absence  of  the  lat-  the  ditch  so  wide  and  deep ;  6  feet  is  suf- 
ter  supplied  his  place.  See  MARSHAL.  !|  ficient  for  the  ist,  and  the  ditch  8  feet 

The  powers  of  tke  constable  as  a  field  j  broad,  a'Jid  5  feet  deep, 
officer,  were  extremely  ample  and  digni-  j       Amor.  £st  the  ancients  this  line  was  very 
fied.   The  constable  was  subordinate  only  j;  common  ,  but  their  garrisons  were  much 
to  the  king  in  the  command  of  the  army  ;  !  stronger  t  han  ours  ;  for,  as  the  inhabitants 
and  even  when  the  king  was  actuallv  in  j  of  towns   were  then  almost  the  only  sol- 

..1 /»       'I  -1 ^£C        ' ,  1         _/*„!_  T  .1  _.      1      _  _ 


the  fieid,  the  efficient  command  of  the 
troops  seems  to  have  been  in  this  officer, 
and  all  the  general  orders  were  issued 
jointly  in  the  sovereign's  name  and  in  the 
constable's. 

CONSUL.     The  person  invested  with 
the  powers  of  the  consulate. 

CONSUL  chief,  or     )       The    first   or, r ,  __ 

premier  CONSUL,  Fr.  $  chief  magistrate  I  the  first  invent  or  of  them  ;  but  it  appear* 
of  three  persons,  each  bearing  the  tide  of  i  from  the  chevalier  de  Folard's  treatise 
consul,  according  to  the  constitution  of  on  the  method  of  attack  and  defence  of 
France,  in  1799,  the  chief  consul  com-  places,  used  by  the  ancients,  how  little 
znanded,  directed,  and  superintended  all  j  foundation  there  is  tor  this  opinion.  This 
the  military  establishments  of  the  court-)]  author  asserts  w  ith  great  probability  on 


diers,  the 're  were  commonly  as  many 
troops  to  defend  a  place,  as  there  were 
inhabitants  in  it.  The  lines  of  circum- 
valiation  and  contravallation  are  very  an- 
cient, examples  of  them  being  found  in 
histories  of  Lne  remoust _  antiquity.  Ths 
author  of  the  military  history  of  Louis  A- 
Grand  pretend  s  however,  that  Caesar  was 


try,  and  whenever  it  was  judged  expedi- 
ent led  the  armies  into  battle.  Bona- 
parte, was  appointed  chief  consul ;  but 
soon  after  emperor. 

CONSULAR,  relating,  or  appertain- 
ing to  the  consul. 

CONSULATE,  a  civil  and  military 
power  which  was  oriv-.inally  instituted  by 
the  Romans,  on  the  extinction  of  their 
kings  in  Tarquin  the  Proud.  It  has 
beea  revived  in  France,  and  was  the  prin- 
cipal feature  of  he-  last  constitution. 

CONSULSHIP.  The  office  of  consul. 

CONTACT,  a  touching,  or  the  point 
or  points  where  one  body  touches  another. 

CONTINGENT,  something  casual  or 
uncertain,  that  may  or  may  not  h<ip;-en. 

The  CONTINGENT  bill  of  a  re^iiii  ut, 
is  an  iccount  of  extra  charges,  which  de- 
pend on  the  accidental  sir-atijn  or  cir- 
cumstances, which  may  attend  any  regi- 
ment :n  its  due  course  of  service.  Sec 
RECRUITING. 

CONTRABAND,  this  term  is  appli- 
cable to  various  foreign  commodities 
whicn  are  either  totally  prohibited  by  the 
laws,  or  are  subject  to  severe  penalties 
and  heavv  duties. 


his  side,  that  thes/e  lines  are  as  ancient  as 
the  time  in  which  towns  were  first  sur- 
rounded with  wall  s,  or,  in  other  words. 
were  fortified. 

CONTREBAND'E,    Fr.     See   CON- 
TRABAND. 

Faire  la  C  o  N  T  R  E  8 .  *  N  D  B. ,  Fr.  to  smug- 
gle. 

CONTREBANDI.ER,  Fr.  a  smug, 
gler. 

CONTRE-Fof/j,  Fr.  Br;ck-work 
which  is  added  to  the  revetement  ot  u 
rampart  on  the  side  of  the  terre-pleine, 
and  which  is  equal  to  its  height.  Centre- 
forts  are  used  to  support  the  body  of  earth 
with  which  the  rampart  i  s  formed.  They 
are  likewise  practised  in  t  he  revetement:; 
ot  counterscarps,  in  got  ges  and  demi .. 
gorges,  &c.  The  latter  a  Tre  constructe  ci 
upon  a  less  scale  than  the  1  brine- 1 .  It  h;is 
been  suggested  by  an  able  <  engineer  in  the 
French  service,  to  unite  co,  Ure-  forts,  a  r,d 
consequently  to  strength*,  n  them,  by- 
means  of  arches. 

Contre- forts  likewise  form  a  part  of  the 
construction  of  powder  wiaga  zines,  which 
are  bomb  proof. 

derjotes 


104 


CON 


COO 


the  figure  or  shape  which  is  made  by  the 
oblique  direction  of  the  wings,  or  long 
sides  of  a  horned  or  crowned  work,  whose 
branches  widen  as  they  approach  any 
place. 

CONTRIBUTION,  in  military  his- 
tory, is  an  imposition  or  tax  paid  by  coun- 
tries who  suffer  the  afflictio,  s  of  war,  to 
redeem  themselves  from  being  plundered 
and  totally  destroyed  by  the  enemy  ;  or 
when  a  belligerent  prince,  wanting  money, 
raises  it  by  contribution  on  the  enemy's 
country,  and  is  either  paid  in  provisions 
or  in  money,  and  sometimes  in  both. 

CONTROL,  comptrc/,  or  controle,  is 
properly  a  double  register  kept  of  acts, 
issues  o'f  the  officers  or  commissioners  in 
the  revenues,  army,  &c.  in  order  to  as- 
certain the  true  state  thereof. 

CONTROLS R,  an  officer  appointed 
to  control  or  oversee  the  accounts  of  other 
«>fficers,and  on  occasions  to  certify  whether 
or  no  things  have  been  controled  or  ex- 
amined 

CONTROLES,   Fr.     See  MUSTER- 

Jl  O  L  L  S  . 

CONTROLEURS  des  guerrts,  Fr. 
Muster-masters.  This  term  was  likewise 
applied  to  signify  various  other  appoint- 
ments belonging  to  the  interior  arrange- 
ment of  the  French  array,  viz.  control- 
leurs  general  d'artillerie,  controleurs  des 
hopiteaux  militaires.  See  SUPERINTEND- 
ANT  of  military  hospitals. 

CONTROLEUR  general  des  -vivres .  S ee 
COMMISSARY  general  of  stores. 

CONVALESCENT,  recovering,  re- 
mrning  to  a  state  of  health. 

List  of  CONVALESCENTS,  is  a  return 
made  out  by  the  surgeon  belonging  to  a 
battalion,  hospital,  &c,  to  ascertain  the 
specific  number  of  men  who  may  shortly 
be  expected  to  do  duty. 

CONVENTION,  a  treaty,  contract, 
or  agreement  between  two,  or  more  par- 
ries. 

CONVERSION,  is  a  military  motion 
or  manoeuvre,  which  turns  the  front  of  a 
battalion  where  the  fiank  was,  when  the 
rlank  is  attacked.  The  old  method  of 
Conversion  is  now  exploded,  and  the  new 
method  which  has  superceded  it;  has 
Deceived  the  name  of  counter-march,  or 
.-.'hanging  front  by  counter -march  ;  this  is 
best  effected  in  column  ;  and  is  never  at- 
lempted  in  line  in  the  face  of  an  enemy. 
Vor  the  manner  of  performing  it  and  the 
bad  eiiects  of  attempting  it  in  the  face  of 
an  enemy,  see  Am. Mil.  Lib. 

CONVOY,  in  military  affairs,  a  de- 
tachment of  troops  employed  to  guard  any 
,,upply  of  men,  money,  ammunition, 
provisions,  storus,  &c.  conveyed  in  time 
<>f  Avar,  by  laud  or  sea,  to  a  town,  or 
army.  A  body  of  men  that  marches  to 
secure  any  thing  from  falling  iwto  the 
enemy's  hand,  is  also  called  a  conv»y.  An 
officer  having  the  command  of  a  convoy, 
must  take  all  possible  precautions  for  its. 
security  ;  and  endeavor,  before  its  march, 
vood  intelligence  con- 


cerning the  enemy's  out-parties.  And  as 
the  commanding  officer  of  the  place  from 
which  the  convoy  is  to  march,  and  those 
of  such  other  places  as  he  is  to  pass  by, 
are  the  most  proper  persons  to  apply  to 
few  assistance;  he  must  therefore  take 
such  measures  as  will  enable  him  to  keep 
up  a  constant  intercourse  with  them. 
The  conducting  a  convoy  is  one  of  the 
most  important  and  most  difficult  of  all 
military  operations. 

CONVOYS.  A  waggon  with  four  horses 
occupies  about  sixteen  paces;  a  mile  wil; 
therefore  hold  about  117  waggons:  but 
allowing  a  short  distance  between  each 
waggon  in  travelling,  a  mile  may  be  said 
to  contain  100  waggons.  Waggons  in 
convoy  may  travel  from  one  to  two  miles 
per  hour,  according  to  the  roads  and  other 
circumstances.  A  great  object  in  convoys 
is  to  preserve  the  horses  as  much  as  pos- 
sible from  fatigue.  For  this  purpose,  if 
the  convoy  amounts  to  many  hundred 
waggons,  they  must  be  divided  into  divi- 
sions of  not  more  than  500  each.  Should 
it  consist  of  thousands,  it  will  be  advise- 
able  to  divide  them  into  grand  divisions, 
and  then  again  into  subdivisions  of  500 
each  :  by  this  means,  and  the  time  of  de~ 
parture  being  calculated  by  the  following 
rules,  each  division  may  remain  at  rest, 
till  just  before  its  time  of  movement ; 
and  which  will  prevent  the  necessity  of 
the  latter  part  of  a  large  convoy  being 
harrassed  for  a  considerable  time  befor  eits 
turn  to  move. 

Rule  I.  To  find  the  time  in  "which  any 
number  of  ivaggons  may  be  driven  off.- 
Divide  the  number  of  waggons  by  100, 
and  multiply  by  the  time  of  travelling  one 
mile. 

Rule  2.  To  Jind  the  time  in  ivhich  any 
number  of  "waggons  iv  ill  drive  over  any  num- 
ber of  miles :  To  the  time  they  take  in 
driving  oft,  add  the  time  any  one  of  the 
waggons  takes  to  travel  the  distance. 

The  different  divisions  of  the  convoy 
should  be  numbered,  and  obliged  each 
day  to  change  the  order  of  their  marching. 

Whenever  the  progress  of  a  train  of 
waggons  is  arrested  by  the  breaking  down 
of  any  one  of  them,  or  other  delay,  all  the 
waggons  in  the  rear  of  the  stoppage, 
should  immediately  drive  up  into  the  first 
open  space,  to  as  great  a  number  as  the 
open  space  will  hold ;  this  keeps  the  con- 
voy together  and  better  under  the  care  of 
the  escort. 

The  escort  for  a  convoy  should  be  di- 
vided into  front,  centre,  and  rear  guards  ; 
beside  the  divisions  for  the  flanks,  which 
should  never  be  beyond  musquet  shot,  or 
at  most  400  yards  from  each  other.  The 
whole  escort  should  never  be  so  separated 
that  they  could  not  be  collected  in  an 
hour.  Under  proper  precautions  against 
an  enemy,  a  convoy  of  any  size  cannot 
travel  more  than  ten  or  fifteen  miles  per 
day. 

To  CO-OPERATE,  to  put  a  well 
digested  plan  into  execution,  so  tha* 


COR 


COR 


105 


forces,  however  divided,  may  act  upon 
one  principle  and  towards  one  end. 

COOK,  each  troop  or  company  has 
epoks,  who  are  excused  from  other  du- 
ties. 

COPPER.  No  other  metal  is  allow- 
ed  to  the  magazines,  or  barrels  of  gun- 
powder. 

COQUILLES  a  boulct,  Fr.  shells  or 
moulds.  They  are  made  either  ot  brass 
or  iron  ;  two  are  required  for  the  casting 
of  a  cannon  ball ;  but  they  never  close  so 
effectually  as  to  prevent  the  liquid  metal, 
"which  has  been  poured  in,  from  running 
somewhat  out  of  the  part  where  they 
join.  This  excrescence  is  called  the 
beard,  which  is  broken  off  to  render  the 
ball  completely  round. 

CORBEILLES,  Fr.  Large  baskets, 
which  being  filled  with  earth,  and  placed 
one  by  another  along  the  parapet,  serve 
to  cover  the  besieged  from  the  snot  of  the 
besieging  enemy.  They  are  made>wider 
at  top  than  at  the  bottom,  in  order  to  af- 
ford loop-holes,  through  which  the  men 
may  fire  upon  the  besiegers.  Their  usual 
dimensions  are  one  foot  and  a  half  high, 
as  much  in  breadth  at  the  top,  and  eight 
or  ten  inches  at  the  bottom.  See  GABION. 

CORDE,  Fr.  Cord,  in  geometry  and 
fortification,  means  a  straight  line  which 
cuts  the  circumference  into  two  parts, 
without  running  throw  h  the  centre. 

CORDEAU,  Fr.  a  cord  which  is  used 
in  measuring  ground.  It  is  divided  into 
toiscs,  feet,  and  inches,  for  the  purpose 
of  ascertaining  with  precision,  the  open- 
ing of  angles  and  the  extent  of  lines.  In 
wst  weather  a  small  chain  made:  of  wire 
is  substituted  to  prevent  mistakes  that 
would  necessarily  occur,  from  the  cord 
becoming  shorter  or  longer,  according  to 
the  influence  of  the  weather.  The  tech- 
nical terms  among  French  Engineers,  are 
Manier  le  cordeau.  Pendre  le  ctraeait, 
Travailler  au  cordeau. 

CORDON,  in  fortification,  is  a  row  of 
stones  made  round  on  the  outside,  and 
placed  between  'he  termination  of  the 
slope  of  the  wall,  and  the  parapet  which 
stands  perpendicular,  in  such  a  manner, 
thut  this  difference  may  not  be  offensive 
to  the  eye  ;  whence  those  cordons  serve 
only  as  ornaments  in  walled  fortifications. 

The  CORDON  of  the  revetement  of  the 
rampart  is  often  on  a  level  with  the  terre 
pleii.e  of  the  rampart.  It  has  been  ob- 
served in  a  late  French  military  publica- 
tion, that  it  might  be  more  advantage- 
ously placed  some  feet  lower ;  especially 
when  there  is  a  wall  attached  to  the  pu'- 
rapet,  to  shield  the  rounds  from  the ene- 
jny's  fire. 

COR<DON,  in  military  history,  isa  chain 
of  posts,  or  an  imaginary  line  of  separa- 
tion between  two  armies,  either  in  the 
field  or  in  winter  quarters, 

CORIDOR,  the  covert  way  which  is 
formed  between  the  fosse  and  the  palii- 
sade  on  the  eounterscrap.  See  COVERT. 
This  word  h  becoming  obsolete 


.•u>*j:     in: 


as  a  military  term,  and  is  chiefly  confined 
to  domestic  buildings. 

CORNAGE,an  ancient  tenure,  which 
obliged  the  land-holder  to  give  notice  of 
an  invasion  by  blowing  a  horn. 

CORNE  ou  OUVRAGE  a CORNE,  Fr. 
See  HORNED  WORK. 

CORNET,  in  the  military  history  of 
the  ancients,  an  instrument  much  in  the 
nature  of  a  trumpet:  when  the  cornet 
only  sounded,  the  ensigns  were  to  march 
alone  without  the  soldiers;  whereas, 
when  the  trumpet  only  sounded,  the  sol- 
diers were  to  move  forward  without  the 
ensigns.  A  troop  of  horse  was  so  called. 

CORNET,  in  the  military  history  of  the 
moderns,  the  junior  commissioned  offi- 
cer in  a  troop  .  f  horse  or  dragoons,  subor- 
dinate  to  thecaptam  and  lieutenants,  equi- 
valent to  the  ensign  amongst  the  foot. 
His  duty  is  to  carry  the  standard,  near 
the  centre  of  the  front  rank  of  the  squad- 
ron. 

CORNETTE-BLANCHE,  Fr.  an 
ornament  which  in  ancient  times,  served 
to  distinguish  French  officers  who  were 
high  in  command.  It  was  worn  by  them 
on  the  top  of  their  helmets.  It  likewise 
meant  a  royal  standard,  and  was  substi- 
tuted in  the  room  of  the  Pennon  RoVal. 
Thecornette-blanche  was  only  unfurled 
when  the  king  joined  the  army  ;  and  the 
persons  who  served  under  it  were  princes, 
noblemen,  marshals  of  France,  and  old 
captains,  who  received  orders  from  the 
king  direct. 

CORNETTE,  Fr.     See  CORNET. 

The  CoRNETT£s  or  Corned,  of  the  co- 
lonel general  of  cavalry,  in  tiie  old  French 
service,  as  well  as  those  attached  to  the 
quarter-master  general  a-.d  c-  mmissary 
general,  ranked  as  lieutenants,  and  the 
cornettes  of  la  coionellt  general  des  dra- 
gons ranked  as  youngest  lieutenants,  and 
commanded  all  <  ther  cornets. 

CORNETTE,  Fr.  was  likewise  the  term 
used  to  signify  the  standard  peculiarly 
appropriated  to  the  light  cavalry.  Hx<ncc 
cornettes  and  troops  were  synonimous 
terms  to  express  the  number  of  light- 
horse  attached  to  an  army.  The  standard 
so  called  was  made  of  tafieta  or  glazed 
siik,  one  foot  and  a  half  square,  upon 
which  the  arms,  motto,  and  cypher  of 
the  officer  who  commanded  the  cavalry 
were  engraved.  A  sort  or  scarf  or  long 
picceof  vthitesilk,  (theold  Frenchcolors] 
was  tied  to  the  cornette  whenever  the 
cavalry  went  into  action,  in  order  to  ren- 
der the  standard  conspicuous,  that  the 
men  might  rally  round  it. 

CORNISH  ringy  in  gunnery,  the  next 
in.',  from  the  muzzle  backwards.  See 
CANNON, 

CORPORAL,  a  rank  and  file  man 
with  superior  pay  to  that  of  common  t,gl~ 
diers,  and  with  nominal  rank  under  a  :>tr- 
jeant.  He  has  charge  of  one  of  the  squads 
of  tiie  compawy,  places  and  relieves  centi- 
nels,  and  keep*  good  order  in  the  guard, 
receives  the  word  of  the  inferior 


106 


COT 


COU 


rounds  that  pass  by  his  guard.  Every  j 
company  should  have  a  corporal  for  every  j 
ten  men. 

Lance-CoRPOx  AL,  one    who  acts    as! 
corporal,  receiving  pay  as  a  private. 

CORPS,  any  body  of  forces,  destined  to  j 
act  together  under  one  commander. 

CORPS  de  garde,   Fr.    an  interior  post 
\vhich  is   sometimes  covered  in,  and  at  j 
others  is  in  the  open  air,  garrisoned  and  ! 
defended  by  troops  who  are  occasionally 
relieved,  and  whose  immediate  duty  is  to  ; 
prevent    a  post  of   greater  consequence  ' 
from  being  surprised.     Corps  de  garde,  m 
the  French  acceptation  of  the  word,  sig- 
nifies not  only  the  place  itself,  but  like- 
wise the  men  who  are  stationed  to  pro- 
tect it. 

CORPS  de  garde  avances,  Fr.  These 
posts  are  occupied  by  cavalry  and  infantry, 
according  to  the  exigency  of  the  service, 
and  the  peculiar  nature  of  the  ground. 
When  a  camp  is  secured  by  entrench- 
ments, and  has  one  line  of  defence,  the 
corps  de  garde,  or  advanced  post  of  the 
cavalry  is  on  the  outside  of  the  line,  and 
each  part  has  its  quarter  and  main  guard. 
These  guards  are  always  within  sight  of 
the  same  line,  unless  the  unevenness  of 
the  ground  should  obstruct  the  view. 
The  quarter  guard  or  petit  corps  de  garde 
is  more  in  front,  but  still  in  sight  of  the 
main  guard,  and  the  vedette  is  s.till  further 
in  advance  lor  the  security  of  both. 

CORPS  de  battaille,  Fr.  the  main  body 
of  an  army,  which  marches  between  the 
advanced  and  the  rear  guard. 

CORPS  de  reserve.  See  REAR  GUARD. 
CORRESPOND,  an  officer  or  soldier 
•who  corresponds  with  the  enemy,  is  liable 
to  sutler  death,  by  the  articles  of  war. 

CORSAIR,  in  naval  history,  a  name 
given  to  the  piratical  cruisers  of  Barbary, 
v  ho  frequently  plunder  the  merchant 
ships  of  countries  with  whom  they  are 
at  peace. 

CORSELET,  a  little  cuirass  ;  or  ac- 
cording to  others,  an  armor,  or  coat 
made  to  cover  the  whole  body,  anciently 
won.  b\  the  pike-men,  who  were  usually 
placed  in  the  fronts  and  flanks  of  the  bat- 
tle, for  the  better  resisting  the  enemy's 
assaults,  and  guarding  the  soldiers  postec 
behind  them. 

COSECANT,  the  secant  of  an  arch 
which  is  the  complement  of  another 
to  90°. 

COSINE,  the  right  sine  of  an  arch 
which  is  the  complement  of  anothe 
to  90* 

COSSACS,  in  military  history,  a  wild 
irregular  people,  who  inhabit  the  Ukraine 
and  live  by  plunder  and  piracy,  in  smal 
vessels  on  the  Black  Sea.  A  scythe  fix- 
ed on  the  end  of  a  pole  was  their  ancien 
•weapon.  They  are  now  a  regular  militia, 
and  use  the  same  arms  as  the  Croats  anc 
Pandours. 

COTANGENT,  the  tangent  of  ar 
arch  which  is  the  complement  of  anothe 
1090°. 


COTE  exterieur  du  polisgnei  Fr.  exte- 
ior  side  of  the  polygon.  The  line  which 
s  drawn  from  the  capital  of  one  bastion 
o  another. 

COTE  interleur  dit  poligone,  Fr.  inte- 
:or  side  of  the  polygon.  The  line  which 
;  drawn  from  the  angle  of  one  gorge  to 
he  angle  o.'"  the  gor<e  most  contiguous  to 
t.  See  sides  of  the  POLYGON. 

COUNCIL  of  war,  in  military  affairs, 
s  an  assembly  of  principal  ollicers  of  an 
irmy  or  fleet,  ca'led  by  the  general  or  ad- 
niral  who  coir.mands,  to  concert  mea- 
ures  for  their  conduct. 

COUNTER-APPROACHES,   lines    or 
renches  made  by  the  besieged,  when  they 
come  out  to  attack  the  lines  of  the  be- 
siegers in  form. 

LiKenfCouKTZR  AppROACK,a  trench 
.vhich  the  besieged  make  from  their  co- 
vered way  to  the  right  and  left  of  the  at- 
tacks, in  order  to  scour  or  enfilade  the 
enemy's  works. 

,  a  battery  used  to 
play  on  another  in  order  to  dismount  the 
juns.  See  BATTERY. 

See  FAUSSE- 


B  R  A  Y  E  . 

C  o  u  N  T  E  Ji  -/or/j,  in  fortification,  are 
certain  pillars  and  parts  of  the  wall,  dis- 
tant from  15  to  20  feet  one  from  another, 
which  are  advanced  as  much  as  may  be 
in  the  ground,  and  are  joined  to  the  height 
of  the  cordon  by  vaults,  to  sustain  the 
chemin  de  rondes,  and  the  part  of  the 
rampart,  as  well  as  to  fortify  the  wall, 
and  strengthen  the  ground.  See  BUT- 
TRESSES. 

CouNTER-g*w</r,  in  fortification,  are 
small  ramparts,  with  parapets  and  ditch- 
es, to  cover  some  part  of  the  body  of  the 
place.     They  are  of  several  shapes,  and 
differently  situated.     They  are  generally 
made  before  the  bastions,  in  order  to  co- 
ver the  opposite  flanks  from  being  seen 
from  the  covert  way  ;  consisting  then  of 
2  faces,  making  a  salient  angle,  and  pa- 
rallel to  the  faces  of  the  bastion.     They 
are  sometimes  made  before  the  ravelins. 
See  FORTIFICATION. 
CouNTER-r<?«#</.     See  ROUNDS. 
COUNTER-W/WJ.     See  MINES. 
C  o  u  N  T  E  ^.-trenches.     See  S  i  E  c  F  . 
CoBNTEK-ttw&«£,   is  the  raising   of 
works  to  oppose  these  of  the  enemy. 

CoUKTJUi-.raKi//0ty'.f.te//,  in  fortifica- 
tion, is  a  kind  of  an  out-  work  very  much 
resembling  a  single  tenaille. 

To  COUNTERMAND,  is  to  give  contra- 
ry orders  to  those  already  given  ;  to  con- 
tradict former  orders,  &c. 

COUNTERMURE,  a  wall  built  up 
behind  another  in  order  to  increase  the 
strength  of  any  work. 

COUNTERMARCH,  a  change  by- 
wings,  companies,  subdivision*,  sec- 
tions, or  files,  whereby  those  who  were 
on  the  right  take  up  the  ground  originally 
occupied  by  the  left  ;  generally  used  in 
changing  the  front.  See  MARCH. 
C  O  U  N  T  E  R  S  C  A  R  P  ,  in  fortification, 


c  o  u 


cou 


107 


is  properly  the  exterior  talus ',  or  slope  of  I  carry  dispatches  of  battles  gained,  lost, 

•'        &c.  or  any  other  occurrences  that  happen 
in  war. 

COURIERS^  vivres,  Fr.  were  two 
active  and  expert  messengers  attached  to 
the  French  army,  whose  duty  consisted 
wholly  in  conveying  packets  of  import- 


the  ditch,  on  the  farther  side  from  the 
place,  and  facing  it.  Sometimes  the 
covert  way  and  glacis  are  meant  by  this 
cxpressi.- n.  See  FORTIFICATION. 

COUNTERSIGN,  in  a  general  ac- 
ceptation of  the  term  means  any  particu- 
lar word,  such  as  the  name  of  a  place  or 
person,  whr;h,  like  the  parole,  is  ex- 
changed between  guards,  entrusted  to 
persons  who  visit  military  posts,  go  the 
ro.mds,  or  have  any  business  to  transact 
with  soldiers  in  camp  or  garrison.  It 
ought  always  to  be  given  in  the  language 
known  to  the  troops 

COUNTERVALLATION,    or   line 


ance  to  and  fro,  and  in  taking  charge  of 
pecuniary  remittances. 

COURONEMENT,  or  Couronnement, 
in  fortification,  implies  the  most  exterior 
part  of  a  work  when  besieged. 

COURSER.     See  CHARGER. 

COU  RSI  ER,  Fr.  a  gun  which  was 
formerly  placed  in  the  forecastle  of  a  gal- 
ley for'  the  purpose  of  firing  over  the 
The  weight  of  its  ball  was 


court  appointed 
for  the  investigation  and  subsequent  pun- 
ishment of  offences  in  officers,  under- 
officers,  soldi  -rs,  and  sailors;  the  powers 
of  which  are  regulated  by  the  articles  of 
war  for  the  government  cf  the  armies  of 
the  United  States,  passed  in  the  vear 
1806. 

Art.  64.  General  courts  martial  may 
consist  of  any  number  of  commissioned 
jfficers  rrom  five  to  thirteen  inclusively. 


but  desperate  operation,  or  Cwp-de-main. 
COUP-d"fl?/7,  Fr.  in  a  military  sense, 
signifies  that  fortunate  aptitude  of  eye  in 
a  general,  or  other  officer,  by  which  he  is 
enabled  at  one  glance  on  the  ground  or  on 
a  map  to  see  the  weak  parts  of  an  enemy's 


of  counter  vallation,  a  trench  with  a  para-    ship's  beak.     The  weij 
pet,  made  by  the  besiegers,  betwixt  them    from  33  to  34  Ib. 
and  the   place  besieged,  to  secure  them        COURT-wwrt/tf/,    a 
from  the  sallies  of  the  garrison ;  so  that 
the  troops  which  form  the  siege,  are  en- 
camped between  the  lines  of  circumval- 
lation  and   countervallation.     When  the 
enemy  has  no  army  in  the  field,  these 
lines  are  useless. 

COUP-DE-MAIN,  in  military  af- 
fairs, implies  a  desperate  resolution  in  all 
small  expeditions,  of  surprise,  &c.  The 
favorable  side.of  the  proposed  action  must 

ever  be  viewed  ;  for  if  what  may  happen,  jj  but  they  shall  not  consist  of  less  than 
arrive,  or  fall  out,  is  chiefly  thought  i  thirteen,  where  that  number  can  be  con- 
upon,  it  will,  at  the  very  best,  nor  only  j  vened,  without  manifest  injury  to  the 
greatly  discourage,  but,  in  general,  it  I  service. 

'will  produce  a  total  failure.  The  very;}  Art.  65.  Any  general  officer  command- 
name  of  an  expedition  implies  risk,  ha-  >'  ing  an  army,  or  colonel  commanding  a  se- 
zard,  precarious  warfare,  and  a  critical :  parate  department,  may  appoint  general 

'  courts  martial  whenever  necessary.  But 
no  sentence  of  a  court  martial  .shall  bt 
carried  into  execution  until  after  the 
whole  proceedings  shall  have  been  laid 
before  the  officer  ordering  the  same,  or 
the  officer  commanding  the  troons  for  the 

country,  or  to  discern  the  strong  ones' of  •;  time  being;  neither  shall  any  sentence  of 
his  own.  By  possessing  a  ready  coup  j  a  general  court  martial,  in  time  of  peace, 
d'ceil,  a  general  may  surmount  the  greatest '!  extending  to  the  loss  of  life,  or  the  dis- 
difficulties,  particularly  in  offensive  ope-  mission  of  a  commissioned  officer,  or 
rations.  On  a  small  scale  this  faculty  is  '  which  shall,  either  in  time  of  peace  or 

war,  respecting  a  general  officer,  be  car- 
ried into  execution,  until  after  the  whole 
proceedings  shall  have  been  transmitted 
to  the  secretary  of  war,  to  be  laid  before 
the  President  of  the  United  States,  for 
his  confirmation  or  disapproval  and  orders 
in  the  case.  All  otiier  sentences  may  be 
confirmed  and  executed  by  the  officer  or- 
dering the  court  to  assemble,  or  the  com- 
manding officer  for  the  time  being,  as  the 
case  may  be. 

Art.  66.  Every  officer  commanding  a 
re>  iment,  or  corps,  may  appoint,  for  his 
own  regiiiient  or  corps,  courts  martial,  to 
consist  of  three  commissioned  officers,  for 
the  trial  and  punishment  of  offences,  not 
capital,  and  decide  upon  their  sentences. 
For  the  same  purpose  all  officers,  com- 
manding any  of  the  garrisons,  forts,  bar- 
racks, or  other  piaces  where  the  troop.:, 
consist  of  different  corps,  may  assemb1- 
courts  martial,  to  consist  of  three  com- 
missioned officers,  and  decide  upon  th.'i:' 
sentences. 


faculty 

of  the  greatest  utility.  Actions  have 
been  recovered  by  a  sudden  conception  of 
different  openings  upon  the  enemy,  which 
could  only  be  ascertained  by  a  quick  and 
ready  eye,  during  the  rapid  movements 
of  opposing  armies.  See  Am.  Mil.  Lib. 
articles  RECONNOITRING,  and  COUP  D' 
o  E  i  L  . 

COUPURE,  in  fortification,  are  pas- 
sages, sometime*  cut  through  the  glacis, 
of  ab  ;ut  12  or  i;  feet  broad,  in  the  re- 
entering  angle  of  the  covert  way,  to  faci- 
litate the  sallies  of  the  besieged.  They 
are  sometimes  made  through  the  low.  r 
curtain,  to  let  boats  into  a  little  haven 
built  on  the  rentrant  angle  of  the  counter- 
scarp of  the  out  works. 

COURA.NTIN,  Fr.  a  squib;  a  term 
used  among  French  artificers. 

COURCON,  Fr.  a  long  piece  of  iron 
which  is  used  in  the  artillery,  and  serves 
to  constrain,  or  tigaten  cannon. 

C  O  U  R 1 E  R,  in  a  military  sense,  means 
a  messenger  sent  past,  or  express,  to 


108 


cou 


c  ou 


Art.  67.    No  garrison,    or  regimental  ji 
court  martial  shall  have  the  power  to  try 
capital  cases,  or  commiss'oned  officers; 
neither  shall  they  inflict  a  fine  exceeding 
one  month's  pay,  nor  imprison,  nor  put  j 
to  hard  labor,  any  non-commissioned  of-  ; 
ficer  or  soldier,  for  a  longer  time  than  one  j 
month.  i 

Art.  68.    Whenever  it  may  be  found  , 
convenient  and  necessary  to  the  public  , 
service,  the  offio  rs  of  the  marine  shall  ] 
be  associated  with  the  officers  of  the  land 
forces,  for  the  purpose  of  holding  courts  . 
martial  and  trying  offenders  belonging  to  | 
cither ;  and  in  such  cases  the  orders  of  the  : 
senior  officers  of  either  c«-rps  who  may  be  j 
present  and  duly  authorised,  shall  be  re- 
ceived .  nd  obeyed. 

Art.  69  The  judge  advocate,  or  some 
person  deputed  by  him,  or  by  the  general, 
or  officer  commandii  g  the  army,  detach- 
ment, or  yarrison,  shall  prosecute  in  the 
name  of  the  United  Stat  s,  but  shall  so 
i&r  consider  himself  as  council  for  the 
prisoner,  after  the  said  prisoner  shall  have 
made  his  plea,  as  to  object  to  any  leading 
question  to  any  of  the  witnesses,  or  any 
question  to  the  prisoner,  the  answer  to 
which  might  tend  to  criminate  himself; 
and  administer  to  each  member  of  the 
court  before  they  proceed  upon  any  trial, 
the  following  oath,  which  shall  also  be 
taken  by  all  members  of  the  regimental 
and  garrison  courts  martial. 

"  You  A.  B.  do  swear  that  you  will 
•well  and  truly  try  and  determine,  accord- 
ing to  evidence;  ihe  matter  now  before 
you,  between  the  United  States  of  Ame- 
rica, and  the  prisoner  to  be  tred,  and 
that  you  will  duly  administer  justice,  ac- 
cording to  the  provisions  of  '*  An  act 
est  -Wishing  rules  and  articles  for  the  go- 
vernment of  i  he  armies  of  the  United 
States,"  without  partialitv,  favor  or  af- 
fection ;  and  if  any  cio'^bt  shall  arise,  not 
explained  by  eaid  articles,  according  to 
your  conscience,  the  best  of  your  under- 
standing, and  the  custom  of  war,  in  like 
cases;  and  you  do  further  swear,  that 
you  will  not  divulge  the  sentenc>  of  the 
court  until  it  shall  be  published  by  the 
proper  authority  ;  neither  will  you  dis- 
close or  discover  the  vote  or  opinion  of 
any  particular  member  of  the  court  mar- 
tial,  unless  required  to  give  evidence 
th.reofas  a  witness,  by  a  court  of  jus- 
tice, in  a  due  course  of  law.  Ss  help  you 
Gcd." 

And  as  soon  as  the  said  oath  shall  have 
been  administered  to  the  respective  mem- 
bers), the  president  of  the  court  shall  ad- 
rainiste-  to  the  judge  advocate,  or  person 
officiating  as  such,  an  oath  in  the  follow- 
ing \\  ords : 

"  You  A.  B.  do  swear,  that  you  will 
net  disclose  or  discover  the  vote  or  opinion 
of  any  particular  member  of  the  court 
martial,  unless  required  to  give  evidence 
thereof  as  a  witness,  by  a  court  of  justice 
jn  due  course  of  law.  Nor  divulge  the 
St'iuei7ceof  the  court  toa/iy  but  the  proper 


authority,  until  it  shall  be  duly  disclosed 
by  the  same.     So  help  you  God." 

Art.  70.  When  any  prisoner  arraigned 
before  a  general  court  martial  shall,  from 
obstinate  and  deliberate  design,  stand  mute 
or  answer  foreign  to  the  purpose,  the 
court  may  proceed  to  trial  and  judgment 
as  if  the  prisoner  had  regularly  pleaded 
not  iuilty. 

Art.  71.  When  a  member  shall  be 
challenged  by  a  prisoner,  he  must  state 
his  cause  of  challenge,  of  which  the 
court  shall,  after  due  deliberation  deter- 
mine the  relevancy  or  validity,  and  decide 
accordingly  ;  and  no  challenge  to  more 
than  one  member  at  a  time  shall  be  re- 
ceived by  the  court. 

Art.  72.  All  the  members  of  a  court 
martial  are  to  b_have  with  decency  and 
calmness ;  and  in  giving  their  votes,  are 
to  begin  with  the  youngest  in  com- 
mission. 

Art.  73.  All  persons  who  giveevidence 
before  a  court  martial,  are  to  be  examin- 
ed on  oath  or  affirmation  in  the  following 
form  : 

**  You  swear  or  affirm  (as  the  case  may 
be)  the  e^  idence  you  shall  give  in  the  cause 
now  in  hearing,  shall  be  the  truth,  the 
whole  truth,  and  nothing  but  the  truth. 
So  help  you  God  ' ' 

Art.  74.  On  the  trials  of  cases  not 
capital,  before  courts  martial,  the  depo- 
sition of  witnesses  not  in  the  line  or  staff 
of  the  army,  may  be  taken  before  some 
justice  of  the  peace,  and  read  in  evidence ; 
provider,  the  prosecutor  and  person  ac- 
cused are  present  at  the  taking  the  same, 
or  are  duly  notified  thereof. 

Art.  75.  No  officer  shall  be  tried  but 
by  a  general  court  manial,  no>  by  officers 
of  interior  rank,  if  it  can  be  avoided.  Nor 
shall  any  proceedings  or  trials  be  carried 
on  excepting  between  the  hours  of  eight 
in  the  morning,  and  thr  e  in  the  after- 
noon, excepting  in  cases,  which,  in  the 
opinioi.  of  the  officer  appointing  the  court 
martial,  require  immediate  example. 

Art.  76.  No  person  whatsoever  shall 
use  any  menacing  words,  signs,  or  ges- 
tures, in  presence  of  a  court  martial,  or 
shall  cause  any  disorder  or  riot,  or  disturb 
their  proceedings,  on  the  penalty  of  being 
punished  at  the  discretion  of  the  said  court 
martial. 

Art.  77.  Whenever  any  officer  shall  be 
charged  with  a  crime,  he  shall  be  arrested 
and  confined  in  his  barracks,  quarters,  or 
tents,  and  deprived  of  his  sword,  by  the 
commanding  officer.  And  ary  officer  who 
shall  leave  his  confinement  before  he  shall 
be  set  at  liberty  by  his  commanding  of- 
ficer, or  by  a  superior  officer,  shall  be 
cashiered. 

Art.  78.  Non-commissioned  officers 
and  soldiers,  charged  with  crimes,  shall 
be  confined  until  tried  by  a  court  martial, 
or  released  by  proper  authority. 

Art.  79.  No  officer  or  soldier  who  shall 
be  put  in  arrest,  shall  continue  in  con- 
finement more  than  eight  days,  or 


c  o  u 


cou 


109 


such  time  as  a  court  martial  can  be  as-  ; 
sembl  d. 

Art.   80.     No   officer    commanding    a  ': 
guard,  or  provost  martial,  shall  refuse  to  ! 
receive  or  keep  any   pr'soner  committed 
to  his  charge  by  an  -fiker  belonging  to  the  : 
forces  of  tlv  United  States  ;   provided  the 
officer  committing,    shall,   at   the  same 
time,  deliver  an  account  in  writing,  signed  jj 
by  hrns.-lf,  ©f  the  crime  with  which  the 
said  prison  r  is  charged. 

Art.  8r.  No  officer  commanding  a, 
guard,  or  provost  martial,  shall  presume  ( 
to  re  ease  any  person  committee!  to  his  ;| 
charge,  without  proper  authority  for  so  jl 
doing,  nor  bhall  be  surfer  any  person  to  j 
escape,  on  the  penalty  of  being  punished  j| 
for  it  by  the  sentence  of  a  co«trt  martial. 

Art  82.  Every  officer  or  provost  mar 
shal,  to  whose  charge  prisoners  shall  be 
committed,  shall  within  twenty-four 
hours  after  such  commitment,  or  as  soon 
as  he  shall  be  relieved  from  his  guard, 
make  report  in  writing,  to  the  command, 
ing  officer,  of  their  names,  their  crimes, 
and  the  names  of  the  officers  who  com- 
mitted them,  on  the  penalty  of  being 
punished  for  disobedience  or  neglect,  at 
the  discretion  of  a  court  martial. 

Art.  83.  Any  commissoned  officer  con- 
victed before  a  general  court  martial  of 
oond'ict  unbecoming  an  officer  and  a  gen- 
tleman, shall  be  dismissed  the  service. 

Art.  84.  Incases  where  a  court  martial 
may  think  it  proper  to  s -ntence  a  com- 
missioned officer  to  be  suspended  from 
command,  they  shall  have  power  also  to 
suspend  his  pay  and  emoluments  from 
the  same  time,  acco-ding  to  the  nature 
and  heinousness  of  the  orlence. 

Art.  85.  In  all  cases  where  a  commis- 
sioned officer  is  cashiered  for  cowardice  or 
fraud,  it  shall  be  a  :ded  in  the  sentence, 
that  the  crime,  name,  and  place  of  abode, 
and  punishment  of  the  delinquent,  be 
published  in  the  newspapers,  in  and  about 
the  camp,  and  of  a  particular  state  r'rom 
which  'the  off  nder  came,  or  where  he 
usually  resides,  after  which  it  shall  be 
deemed  scan  ialous  for  an  officer  to  asso- 
ciate with  him. 

Art.  86.  The  commanding  officer  of 
any  post  or  detachment,  in  which  there 
shall  n»t  be  a  number  of  officers  adequate 
to  form  a  general  court  martial,  shall,  in 
cases  which  require  the  cognizance  of 
such  a  court,  report  to  the  commanding 
officer  of  the  department,  who  shall  order 
.a  court  to  be  assembled  at  the  nearest 
poster  detachment,  and  the  party  accus- 
ed, with  n  cessary  witnesses,  to  be  trans- 
ported to  the  place  where  the  said  court 
shall  be  assembled. 

Art.  87.  No  person  shall  be  sentenced 
to  suffer  death  but  by  the  concurrence  of 
two  tairds  of  a  general  court  martial,  nor 
except  in  the  cases  herein  expressly  men- 
tioned ;  nor  shall  more  than  fifty  lashes 
be  inflicted  on  any  offender,  at  the  dis- 
cretion oi  a  court  martial,  and  no  officer, 
non-commissioned  officer,  soldier,  »r  fol- 


lower of  the  army,  shall  be  tried  a  secoml 
time  f  >r  the  same  offence. 

Art.  88.  No  person  shall  be  liable  to  be 
tried  and  punished  by  a  general  court 
martial  for  any  orlence  which  shall  ap- 
pear TO  have  been  committed  more  than 
two  vears  before  the  issuing  of  the  order 
for  such  trial,  unless  the  person  by  reason 
of  having  absented  himself,  or  soire  other 
manifest  im pediment,  shall  not  have  been 
amenable  to  justice  within  that  period. 

Art.  89.  Every  officer  authorised  t» 
order  a  general  court  martial,  shall  have 
power  to  pardon  or  mitigate  any  punish- 
ment ordered  by  such  court,  excep'  the 
sentence  of  death,  or  of  cashiering  an  of- 
ficer ;  which  in  the  cases  where  he  has 
authority  (by  article  65)  to  carry  them, 
into  execution,  he  may  suspend  until  the 
pleasure  of  th..  President  of  the  United 
States  can  be  known;  which  suspension, 
together  with  copies  of  the  proceedings  of 
the  court  martial,  the  sa  d  officer  shall 
immediately  transmit  to  the  President  for 
his  determination  And  the  colonel  or 
commandi.  g  officer  of  the  regiment  or 
garrison,  where  any  regimental  or  garri- 
son co'jrt  martial  shall  be  held,  may  par- 
don or  mitigate  any  punishment  ordered 
by  such  court  to  be  inflicted. 

Art.  90.  Every  judge  advocate,  or  per- 
son officiating  as  such,  at  any  general 
court  martial,  shall  transmit,  with  as 
much  expedition  as  the  opportunity  of 
time  and  distance  of  place  can  admit,  the 
original  proceedings  and  sentence  of  such 
court  martial,  to  the  secretary  of  war, 
which  said  original  proceedings  and  sen- 
tence shall  be  carefully  kept  and  preserved 
in  the  office  of  the  said  secretary,  to  the 
end  that  the  persons  entitled  thereto  may 
be  enabled,  upon  application  to  the  said 
office,  to  obtain  copies  thereof. 

The  party  tried  by  any  general  court 
martial,  shall,  upon  demand  thereof  made 
by  himself,  or  by  any  person,  or  persons 
in  his  behalf,  be  entitled  to  a  copy  of  the 
sentence  and  proceedings  of  such  court 
martial 

I  he  following  section  is  extracted  from 
the  laws  of  Congress  of  1808. 

Sec.  10.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  That 
the  officers,  non-commissioned  officers, 
musicians,  and  privates  of  the  said  corps, 
shall  be  toverned  by  The  rules  and  articles 
of  war,  which  have  been  establish  rd  by 
the  United  States  in  Congress  assembled, 
or  by  such  rules  and  articles  as  may  be 
hereafter,  by  law  established;  Provided 
nevertheless.  That  the  sentence  of  general 
courts  martial,  extending  to  the  loss  of 
life,  the  dismission  of  a  commissioned 
officer,  or  which  shall  respect  the  general 
officer,  shall,  with  the  whole  of  the  pro- 
ceedings of  such  cases,  respectively,  be 
laid  before  the  President  of  the  United 
States,  who  is  hereby  authorised  to  direct 
the  same  to  be  earned  into  execution,  or 
otherwise,  as  he  shall  judge  proper. 

COURT  of  inquiry i  an  assemblage  of 
officers  who  are  empowered  to  inquire 


110 


c  o  v 


C  R  I 


into  the  conduct  of  an  officer,  or  to  see  [ 
whether  there  is  ground  for  a  court-mar-   { 
tial,    Sec.       Courts    of    inquiry    cannot 
award  punishment,  but   must  report  to  j 
the  officer  by  whose  order  they  were  as-   j 
sembled,     Courts  of  inquiry  are  also  ap-   , 
pointed  to  examine  into  the  quality  and 
tiistribution  of  military  stores.     See  AR- 
TICLES o  F  VV  A  R  ,  ^ .  91,  and  92. 
-  A   regimental  C  o  u  a  T  -  M  A  R  T  i  A  L  can- 
not sentence  to  the  loss  of  lhe  or  limb. 
The  colonel  or  commanding   officer  ap- 
proves the  sentence  of  a  regimental  court- 
martial. 

A  garrison  COURT-MARTIAL  resem- 
bles a  regimental  one  in  as  much  as  the 
members  are  not  sworn,  and  only  differs 
by  its  being  composed  of  officers  of  dif- 
ferent regiment-.     The  governor,  or  other 
commanding  officer  of  the  garrison,  ap- 
proves the  sentence. 
COURTINE,  Fr.    See  CURTAIN. 
CO  US  SI  NET    a    mousquetaire,    Fr.    a 
bag  formerly  worn  by  a  trcncn  soldier  on 
his  left  side  bent-ath'  the  cross  belt.     It 
hung  upon   hooks  near  the  but  of  his 
musquet.     It  likewise  signifies  a  wedge 
used  to  support  the  mortar  in  its  frame. 
COUTELAS,  Fr.     See  CUTLASS. 
COUVERT,  Fr.     See  COVER. 
COUVRE-FACE,    Fr.  a  term   used 
by  some  engineers,  and  among  others  by 
Cehorn,  to   express  ttv.:  counter-g.'ard  : 
others,   particularly  Montalembert,  con- 
vey by  couTjre  face  general  a  second  line  of 
complete  investment. 

To  COVER,  in  the  mechanical  dispo- 
sition of  a  battallion,  company  or  squad, 
only  means  that  a  man  is  to  stand  in  such 
a  position  in  files,  as  that  when  he  looks 
exactly  forward  to  the  neck  of  the  man 
•who  leads  him,  he  cannot  see  the  second 
man  from  him  Nothing  but  great  atten- 
tion at  the  drill  can  bring  men  to  cover 
so  truly  as  never  to  destroy  the  perpen- 
dicular direction  of  any  leading  butty. 
The  least  deviation  in  the  men  who  cover 
upfni  either  flank  of  a  leading  coiun.n  or 
division,  will  throw  all  that  follow  out 
of  the  true  line. 

To  COVER  ground^  is  to  occupy  a  cer. 
tain  proportion  of  ground  individually,  or 
collectively.  A  foot  soldier  upon  an  ave- 
rage '-.overs  22  inches  of  ground  when  lie 
stands  in  the  ranks.  The  dimensions  arc 
taken  from  his  sholder  points. 

A  file  on  horseback  covers  or  occupies 
in  the  rasiks  ab-.mt  -  leet  8  inches.  Thus 
thrre  file,  8  feet;  twelve  file  will  occupy 
about  32  feet  or  10  yards  and  2  leet;  thir- 
teen file,  34  tlet  8  inches,  or  n  yards, 
I  foot  8  inches;  fourteen  file,  37  feet  4 
inches,  or  12  yards  i  foor  4  inches,  and 
so  on. 

One  horse's  length  from  nose  to  croop, 
en  an  average,  3  feet  and  about  2  inches, 
or  2  yards  2  feet  2  inches.  This  conse- 
quently will  be  the  space  which  about 
three  files  occupy  in  front. 

Cavalry  and  infantry  officers  cannot 
pay  too  much  attention  to  the  calculation 


of  distances  by  an  accurate  knowlege  of 
which,  ground  will  be  properly  covered, 
and  any  proportion  of  men,  on  horseback 
or  on  foot,  be  drawn  up  so  ?s  to  answer 
the  intentions  of  aa  able  general.  The 
best  way  that  an  officer  can  form  his  eye, 
s  to  exercise  it  to  the  measurement  of 
round  by  the  regular  pace  of  two  f.et, 
used  in  the  military  drawing  ;  by  this  he 
can  calculate  his  interval  exac:lr,  when 
iie  once  knows  how  many  feet  his  divi- 
sion occupies  ;  for  it  is  only  halving  the 
number  of  feet,  and  th.  number,  so  pro- 
duced, is  his  distance  in  paces  of  two  feet 
each.  This  instruction  has  been  given 
to  cavalry  officers,  by  a  very  able  Tac- 
tician. 

COVER,  a  term  in  war  to  express  secu. 
rity  or  protection  :  thus,  to  land  under 
cover  of  the  guns,  is  to  advance  offensively 
against  an  enemy  who  dares  not  approach 
on  account  of  the  fire  from  ships,  boats  or 
batteries,  It  likewise  signifies  whatever 
renders  any  movement  imperceptible:  as, 
under  cover  of  the  night,  under  cover  of 
a  wood,  £c.  The  gallery  or  corridor  in 
fortification  is  however,  particularly  dis- 
tinguished by  the  term  Cbtmln  Couvert, 
covert  way,  because  the  glacis  of  the  pa- 
rade is  its  parap- 1. 

COVERT-WAY,  in  fortification,  is 
a  space  of  5  or  6  fathoms  on  the  border 
of  the  ditch  towards  the  country,  cover- 
ed by  a  rising  ground,  which  has  a  gentle 
slope  towards  the"  field.  This  slope  is 
called  the  glacis  of  the  covert- way.  See 
FORTIFICATION. 

•SrcoWCovKRT-wA  Y,  or  as  the  Frencli 
call  it  avant  chemln  convert^  is  the  covert- 
way  at  the  foot  of  the  glacis.  See  FOR. 

TIP  1C  AT  ION. 

CRAB.     See  GIN. 

CRANE,  an  instrument  made  with 
ropes,  pullies,  and  hooks,  by  which  great 
weights  are  raised. 

CREDITS.     See  DEBTS  and  Credits. 

CREMAILLE,  in  field  fortification,  is 
when  the  inside  line  of  the  parapet  is 
broken  in  such  a  manner  as  to  resemble 
the  teeth  of  a  saw  ;  whereby  this  advan- 
tage is  gained,  that  a  greater  fire  can  be 
brought  to  bear  uj>on  the  defile,  than  if 
only  a  simple  fuce  were  opposed  toil; 
and  consequently  the  passage  is  rendered 
more  difficult. 

Redouts  en  CRE^TAILLERE,  or  Ct'e- 
maillc,  are  such  as  are  constructed  as 
above  mentioned. 

CRESSET,  any  great  light  upon  a 
beacon,  light-house,  or  watch-tower. 

CRETE,  in  fortification,  implies  ths 
earth  thrown  out  of  the  Uitch  in  a  forti- 
fication, trench,  &c.  The  most  elevated 
part  of  a  parapet  or  glacis. 

CR1  ties  armcs^  Fr.  a  savage  custom 
which  is  still  preserved  by  the  Turks 
and  other  uncivilized  nations,  whenever 
they  go  into  action.  It  was  formerly 
practised  among  the  French,  Spaniards, 
and  the  English,  &c.  The  national  excla- 
mations wers  Montioieand  St.  Dennis  fcr 


CRO 


C  RO 


ill 


France,  St.  James  for  Spain,  St.  George 
for  England,  St.  Malo  or  St.  Yves  for  the 
Dukes  of  Britam.v,  St.  Lambert  for  the 
principality  of  Liege,  &c.  The  war- 
whoop  may  likewise  be  considered  in  this 
light.  It  is  still  practised  among  the  sa- 
vages o  f  A  merica .  See  W  A  R  -  \v  HOOP. 

Every  species  of  noi^-e  however  is  now 
exploded  in  Europe.  When  two  armies 
are'  upon  the  point  of  engaging,  a  dead  si- 
lence prevails,  the  eye  and  ear  of  the 
soldier  are  rivetted  to  the  word  of  com- 
marul ;  and  when  he  comes  into  close 
contact  with  the  enemy,  nothing  is  heard 
besides  tht.  noise  of  drums,  trumpets  and 
cymbals,  to  which  are  added  the  dis- 
charge of  ordnance  and  the  tire  of  the 
musquetry. 

In  making  any  desperate  assault,  or  in 
charging  bayonet,  or  when  one  battalion 
is  directly  opposed  to  another,  or  squad- 
ron to  squadron,  the  French  soldiery  fre- 
quently use  tne  cri  des  annes ;  tue  tue 
and  the  Spaniards  vociferate  ama/.  Silence 
and  calmness  in  the  soldier,  with  steadi- 
ness and  observation  in  tne  officer,  are 
nevertheless  superior  to  such  ungoverna- 
ble eitusions.  The  former  mu^t  contri- 
bute to  regularity,  the  latter  seldom  fails 
to  create  disorder. 

CRIQUES,  Fr.  small  ditches  which 
are  made  in  different  parts  of  a  ground 
for  tiie  purpose  of  inundating  a  country 
in  order  to  obstruct  the  approaches  of  an 
enemy. 

CROATS,  in  military  history,  ligh 
irregular  troops  so  ca.led  ;  generally  peo- 
ple of  Croatia.  They  are  ordered  upoi 
all  desperate  services,  and  their  met  hoc 
of  fighting  is  the  same  as  the  Pandours 
They  wear  a  short  waist-coat,  and  Ion; 
white  pantaloons,  with  light  boots,  a  caj 
greatly  resembling  the  hussar  cap.  Thei 
arms  area  long  firelock  with  rifled  barrel 
and  short  bayonet,  a  crooked  hanger,  am 
brace  of  pistols. 

CROCUS,  a  calcined  metal  used  b 
the  soldiers  to  clean  their  musquets,  &c 
CRO1X  </«?£/.  Louis,   Fr.    The  cros 
of  St.   Louis,  a  French  order  which  was 
purely  of  a  military  nature.     It  was  in- 
stituted by  Louis,  surnamed  the  Great, 
in  1693. 

In  1719  the  number  of  grand  crosses 
to  be  distributed  in  the  French  arrny  was 
limited,  with  appropriate  allowances,  in 
the  following  maun.-r. 

445  Commandeurs  and  chevaliers.  12 
grand  crosses  at  6000  livres,  i3comman- 
Ueurs  at  4000  livres,  '?.y  ditto  at  3000,  25 
chevaliers  at  aooo,  38  ditto  at  1500,  106 
ditto  at  looo,  i  ditto  at  900,  99  d.uo  at 
800,  45  ditto  at  600,  25  ditto  it  500,  35 
ditto  at  400,  5  ditto  at  300,  and  4  ditto  a.: 
200. 

The  King  was  Sovereign  Grand  AL.s- 
tcr  of  the  order.  Land  and  sea  c.iicvrs> 
wore  it  promiscuously.  The  cross  con- 
sisted ot  an  enamelled  golden  Jleur  de  Us 
which  was  attached  to  the  button  hole 


f  the  coat  by  means  of  a  small    riband, 
rimson  colored  and  watered 

Onor.e  side  was  the  cross  of  St.  Louis, 

vith  this  inscription  Ludovicus  Magnus 

stituit,    1693 ;    on    the    reverse   side   a 

lazing  sword  with  the  following  words, 

\tlliC4C  virtutis)  prte/t:iuttt. 

This  is  the  only  order  which  could  fcs 

roperly   and    strictly    called    military. 

There   were    several    others   during  the 

Id  French  government,  which  we  judge 

uperrluous  to  the  present  work. 

CROSS,  the  ensign  or  grand  standard 
>orne  by  the  crusacbrs  in  the  holy -war. 

C  ROSS./rf,  in  the  art  of  war,  is  when 
he  lines  of  fire  of  two  or  more  adjoining 
ides  of  a  field-redoubt, &c.  cross  one  an- 
>ther  ;  it  is  frequently  used  to  prevent  an 
enemy's  passing  a  defile.     Itmaybettvo 
ways  obtained :  first,  by  constructing  the 
edoubt  with  the  face  opposite  the  defile, 
enailled ;  that  is,  forming  a  re-entering 
angle.     The  other  way  is,  to  defend  the 
defile  by  2'  redoubts,  whose  faces  com- 
mand the  passage,  flanking  each  other  at 
the  same  time. 

CRoss-&zr  shot,  shot  w'rth  iron  bars 
crossing  through  them,  sometimes  stand- 
ing 6  or  8  inches  out  at  both  sides  :  they 
are  used  at  sea,  for  destroying  the  ene- 
my's rigging.  At  a  siege  they  are  of 
great  service  in  demolishing  the  enemy'* 
palisadine,  &c. 

CROSS-^J.     See  CARRIAGES. 
CROSS- 6fwt  a  missive  weapon  used  to 
propel  arrows,   &c.    previous  to  the  use 
of  gunpowder. 

CROTCHET,  of  cavalry.  See  CROSS. 
CROW,  an  iron  bar  used  as  a  lever, 
in    moving  heavy  ordnance,  or  carriages, 
&c. 

CROWS-/«r,  or  CALTROPS,  in  the 
art  of  war,  are  4  pointed  irons,  so  made 
that  what  way  soever  they  fail,  one  point 
is  always  uppermost.  The  short  ones 
are  about  4  inches  in  length,  and  the  lon^ 
ones  6  or  7.  The  short  ones  are  thrown 
on  bridges,  &c.  and  the  long  ones  on  the 
earth,  both  to  incommode  the  cavalry, 
that  they  may  not  approach  without  great 
difficulty. 

CROWN-toenS,  in  fortification,  an 
out  work  that  takes  up  more  ground  than 
any  other.  It  consists  of  a  large  gorge, 
and  two  sides  terminating  towards  the 
country  in  two  demi-bastions,  each  of 
which  is  joined  by  a  particular  curtain, 
forming  two  half  bastions  and  one  whole 
one:  they  are  maae  before  the  curtain, 
or  the  bast'.cn,  and  gencr.diy  serve  to  in- 
close some  buildings  which  cannot  be 
wrought  within  the  body  of  the  place,  or 
to  cover  the  town  gates,  or  else  to  occupy 
a  spot  of  ground  which  might  be  advan- 
tageous to  the  enemy.  See  FORTIFI- 
CATION. 

CROWNED  bortic4-'u>ork1    in  fortifi- 
,    is    a   hur.,  work,  with  a  ciown- 
w;>;k.  bei'orj  I.-. 
CROWNS,  in  ancient  military  histo- 


112 


CUB 


CUT 


ry,  were  of  various  uses  and  denomina- 
tions, viz. 

Oval  CROWN,  corona  avails y  given  to 
a  general  who,  without  effusion  of  blood, 
had  conquered  the  enemy. 

Naval  CROWN,  corona  navalis  distri- 
huted  to  those  who  first  should  board  an 
enemy's  ship. 

Camp  CROWN,  corona  cattrensh,  the 
reward  of  those  who  first  passed  the  pali- 
sades of,  and  forced  an  enemy's  camp. 

Mural  CROWN,  corona  muralis^  the  re- 
compense and  mark  of  honor  due  to  those 
\vhofirst  mounted  the  breach  at  an  as- 
sault of  a  besieged  town. 

Civic  CROWN,  corona  clvlca^  more  es- 
teemed than  the  preceding:  it  was  the 
distinguishing  mark  of  those  who  had 
saved  the  life  of  a  Roman  citizen  in  bat- 
tle. It  was  given  to  Cicero  for  dissipat- 
ing the  conspiracy  of  Catiline,  and  denied 
to  Caesar,  because  he  embrued  his  hands 
in  the  blood  of  his  fellow  citizens. 

Triumphal  CROWN,  corona  triumphalis, 
the  symbol  of  victory,  and  presented  to  a 
general  who  gained  any  signal  advantage 
to  the  republic. 

Grats  CROWN,  corona  graminea  was 
delivered  by  the  whole  Roman  people  to 
any  general  who  had  relieved  an  army 
invested  or  besieged  by  the  enemy.  The 
other  ctoivns  were  distributed  by  the  em- 
perors and  generals;  this  was  given  to 
Fabius  by  the  Roman  people,  for  oblig- 
ing Hannibal  to  decamp  from  Rome, 

Olive  CROWN,  corona  olivay  the  sym- 
bol of  peace,  and  presented  to  the  nego- 
tiators of  it. 

CROISADEPin    military    history, 

CRUSADE  \  also  called  a  holy  war, 
barbarous  expeditions  or  the  Christians 
against  the  Saracens  or  Turks  for  the  re- 
covery of  the  holy  land,  and  so  called 
from  those  who  engaged  in  it  wearing  a 
cross  on  their  clothes. 

CUBE  a  solid,  consisting  of  6  equal 
square  sides.  The  solidity  of  any  cube 
is  found  by  multiplying  the  superficial 
content  of  any  one  of  the  sides  by  ihe 
height.  Cubes  are  to  one  another  in  the 
triplicate  ratio  of  their  diagonals. 

CuBE-rco/,  is  the  side  of  one  of  the 
squares  constituting  the  cube. 

CUBIC  foof,  implies  so  much  as  is 
contained  in  a  cube  whose  side  is  i  foot, 
or  12  inches. 

CUBIC  hyperbola^  is  a  figure  expressed 
by  the  equation  xy  2c=^,  having  2  asymp- 
totes, and  consisting  of  2  hyperbolas,  ly- 
ing in  the  adjoining  angles  of  the  asymp- 
totes, aiui  not  in  the  opposite  angles, 
like  the  Apollonian  hyperbola,  being 
otherwise  called,  by  Sir  Isaac  Newton, 
in  his  ennmeratio  linearum  tertii  ord'tnis,  an 
hyperbolismus  of  a  parabola  :  and  is  the 
65th  species  of  lines,  according  to  him. 

CUBIC  number  y  is  that  which  is  pro- 
duced by  multiplying  any  number  by 
itself,  and  then  again  the  product  by  that 
number. 

CUBIC  parabola,  a  curve  ef  the  second 


order,  having  infinite  legs,  diverging  con- 
trary ways. 

CUE  or  QUEUE,  the  hair  tied  in  form 
of  a  tail.  All  th..  British  soldiers,  ex- 
cepting the  grenadiers  and  light  infantry, 
till  very  lately  wore  their  ha-r  ciu'd. 

CUIRASSE,  a  piece  of  defensive  ar- 
mor, made  of  plate,  well  hammer-  d,  serv- 
ing to  cover  the  body,  from  the  n<  ck  to 
the  girdle,  both  before  and  behind,  called 
breast  and  back  plate. 

CUIRASSIERS,  in  the  military  art, 
are  a  sort  of  heavy  cavalry  armed  with 
cuirasses,  as  i  ost  of  the  "German  horse 
are.  The  several  German  powers  have 
regiments  of  cuirassiers,  especially  the 
emperor,  and  the  king  of  Prussia  The 
late  king  of  France  had  also  one  rsgimtnt.; 
but  thi're  were  none  in  the  English  army 
since  the  revolution  of  1688. 

CUISH,  the  ancient  armor  which  co- 
vered the  thighs,  was  so  called. 

CUISSARS,  Fr  are  plates  or  scales 
made  of  beaten  iron,  which  formerly 
served  tocovLr  the  thighs. 

CUITE,  Fr.  a  technical  word  to  ex- 
press the  preparation  of  saltpetre  for  the 
making  of  gunpowder.  See  SALTPETRE. 

CULASSE,  Fr.  See  BREECH  of  a 
GUN. 

CULBUTER,  une  Cohnnt,  to  over- 
throw a  column.  This  term  is  frequently 
used  when  cavalry  attack  infantry  by  ra- 
pidly charging  it. 

CULEE  d'un  font,  Fr.  burment  of  a 
bridge. 

CULVERIN,  1     See 

CULVERIN  ordinary,  >  CAN- 

CULVER  i  N  of  the  largest  sixt,  j  N  O  N  . 

CUNEUS.     See  WEDGE. 

CUNETTE.     SeeCuLVETTE. 

CURFEW-^//,  a  signal  given  in  cities 
taken  in  war,  &c.  to  the  inhabitants  to 
go  to  bed.  The  most  eminent  curfew  was 
that  in  England,  established  by  William 
the  Conqueror,  who  appointed,  under 
severe  penalties,  that,  at  the  ringing  of  .1 
bell,  at  8  o'clock  in  the  evening,  every 
on-1  should  put  out  their  lights  and  fires, 
and  go  to  bed,  &c. 

CURTAIN,  in  fortification,  is  that 
part  of  the  body  of  the  place,  which  joins 
the  fiank  of  one  bastion  to  that  of  the 
next.  See  FORTIFICATION. 

Angle  of  the  CURTAIN.     See  FORTI- 

F  ICA  TION. 

Complement  of  the  C  u  R  T  A  i  N  .   See  F  o  R  - 

TI  F1C  ATION. 

CURTELASSE,  >  ~      -,_  .- 
CURTELAX,       S  SecCuTLA>s- 
CUSTREL,  the  shield-bearer  of  th<5 
ancients  was  so  called. 

CUT.  There  are  six  cuts  used  by  the 
cavalry,  to  be  made  with  the  broad  sword, 
or  sabre.  See  SWORD  Exercise. 

To  CUT  off.  To  intercept,  to  hinder 
from  union  or  return.  In  a  military  sense, 
this  phrase  is  variously  applicable,  and 
extremely  familiar. 

To  CUT  off  an  enemy's  retreat,  is  to  ma- 
noeuvre in  such  a  mwrner  as  to  prevent  au 


C  Z  A 


DEB 


113 


opposing  army,  or  body  of  men,  from 
Totirins,"  when  closely  pressed,  either  to 
their  entrenchments, 'or  into  a  fortified 
town  from  which  they  had  marched  or 
sallied.  Whole  a-mies  may  be  cut  off 
either  through  the  mismanagement  of 
their  own  generals,  by  extending  the  line 
of  operation  too  far,  or  through  the  su- 
perior talents  of  an  individual,  who  in  the 
midst  of  the  hurry,  noise,  and  desola- 
tion, which  invariably  attend  a  pitched 
battle,  suddenly  takes  advantage  of  some 
opening  in  the  wings  or  centre,  and  cuts 
oif  a  material  part  of  his  enciny't;  line. 
When  one  army  is  superior  to  another  in 
numbers,  and  is  commanded  by  a  shrewd 
and  intelligent  officer,  it  may  always  cut 
off  a  part  at  least  of  the  opposing  forces 
\hnt  corne  into  action. 

To  CUT  short.  To  abridge:  as  the  sol- 
diers were  cut  short  of  their  pay. 

To  CUT  up.  When  the  cavalry  are  sent 
n  pursuit  of  a  flying  enemy,  the  latter 
are  generally  cut  up. 

To  CUT  through.  A  small  body  of 
brave  men,  headed  by  a  good  officer,  will 
frequently  extricate  Itself  from  apparent 
captivity,  or  destruction,  by  cutting  its 
way  through  superior  force. 

CUTLER,  a  military  artificer,  whose 
business  is  to  forge,  temper,  and  mount 
,iil  sorts  of  sword  blades. 

CUTTlNG-c/:      See      RETRENCH- 

M  t  J 1  T  . 

CUVETTE,'  in  fortification,  is  a  small 
ilitch  of  10  or  12  feet  broad,  made  in  the" 
middle  of  a  large  dry  ditch,  about  4  or  4^ 
feet  deep,  serving  as  a  retrenchment  to 
def.nd  the  ditch,  or  else  to  let  water  in, 
'if  it  can  be  had  during  a  siege,)  and  afford 
an  obstacle,  should  the  enemy  endeavor 
to  cross  the  fosse. 

CYCLOPOEDIA.     Sec   ENCYCLO- 

9  O  E  D  I  A  . 

CYCLOID,  a  curve  in  geometry. 

CYLINDER,  or  cunca-ve  cylinder  of  a 
%tiHi  is  all  the  hollow  length  of  the  piece, 
or  bore,  See  C  A.  N  N  o  N  . 

Charged  CYLINDER,  the  chamber,  or 
that  part  which  receives  the  powder  anc 
bail.  See  CANNON. 

Vacant  CYLINDER,  that  part  of  the 
hollow  or  bore  which  remains  empty 
when  the  piece  is  loaded. 

CYMAR,  a  slight  covering;  a  scarf. 

CYMBAL,  in  ancient  military  history, 
a  war-like  musical  instrument  in  use 
among  the  ancients,  rna-,!e  of  brass  anc 
silver.  They  art:  derived  from  Asia,  where 
they  .ire  of  a  variety  of  sizes.  They  arc. 
now  used  by  the  British  and  orher  Eu 
ropeau  nations,  in  their  manial  music. 

C/.AR,  in  military  history,  a  titl 
assumed  by  the  great  Jukes,  or,  as  they 
are  now  stiled,  emperors  of  all  the  Rus- 
sias.  This  title  is  no  doubt,  by  corrup- 
tion, taken  from  Caesar,  emperor;  anc 
the  Czars  accordingly  bear  an  eagle,  a 
the  symbol  of  their  empire.  The  firs 
L'ore  this  title  was  Basil,  the  sen  o 


Basilides,  about  the  year  1470.  The  Em- 
>ress  is  called  the  Czarina  or  Tzarina. 


D. 

DAGGER,  in  military  affairs,  a  short- 
word,  or  poijiard,  about  12  or  13  inches 
3ii£.  It  is  not  long  since,  that  duellist.; 
ought  with  sword  and  dagger. 

DAGUE,  Fr.  dagger,  a  short  thick 
)oniard  which  was  formerly  used  whe.fi 
ndividuals  engaged  in  singL  combat. 

DAM.     Sei;  DYKE. 

DAME,  Ft.  among  nvners  any  por- 
:ion  of  earth  which  may  remain  after  the 
explosion  of  a  mine  has  taken  place  lf 
ikewise  means  a  piece  of  wood  with  two 
landles  used  to  press  down  turf  or  dirtiu 
a  mortar. 

DARE,  a  challenge  or  defiance  to  single 
combat. 

DARRAIN.     See  BATTLE^T^. 

DART,  in  ancient  military  history, 
m plies  a  small  kind  of  lance,  thrown  by 
the  hand. 

DAY,  in  a  military  sense  implies  any 
time  in  v/hich  armies  may  be  engaged', 
from  the  rising  of  one  day's  :iun  to  that- 
f  another.  According  to  Johnson  it  sig- 
nifies the  day  of  contest,  the  contest, 
the  battle. 

DAY  S  MAM,  an  umpire  of  the  combat 
was  so  called. 

D  E  B  A  N  D  A  D  E  .  A  .'.  /  ,  / j  jjtiJade,  hel  - 
ter- skelter. 

Sc  batire  a  la  debattdadc,  to  fight  in  a 
loos,',  dispersed  manner. 

Laisser  a.  la  debandade%  to  leave  at  ran* 
dom,  or  in  disorder. 

DEBARK,      see  DISEMBARK. 

DEBAUCHER,  Fr.  to  debauch  or 
entice  a  soldier  from  the  service  oT  his 
country.  During  the  reign  or  Louis 
the  XV.  and  in  former  aligns,  it  was 
enacted,  that  any  person  who  should  be 
convicted  of  having  debauched  w  enticed  a 
soldier  from  his  duty  should  suffer  death. 
By  a  lute  act  of  the  British  parliament  it 
is  made  a  capital  ofience  to  entice  or  se- 
duce a  suldier  from  any  regiment  in  the 
British  service. 

By  the  ^d  section  of  the  articles  of  war 
of  the  United  States,  the  advising  or  per-1 
S'jacLng  any  officer  ot  the  United  States 
army  to  des'ert,  subjects  the  adviser  to  rhe 
puiv.s.'inent  oi  de.tth,  or  such  other  pu- 
.-hsiimenr  as  a  court  mai  rial  may  inflict. 

DEBENTURE,  is  a  kind  or'  warrant, 
»;iven  in  the  office  of  the  British  board  of 
ordnance,  whereby  the  person  whose 
name  is  therein  specified,  is  intitled  to 
receive  such  a  sum  of  money  as  by  former 
contract  had  been  agreed  on,  whether 
wages,  or  otherwise.  Debenture,  in 
iome  of  the  British  acts  of  parliament, 
denotes  a  kind  of  bond  or  bill,  first  given 
in  1649,  whereby  the  government  is 
charged  to  pay  the  soldier,  creditor,  or  his 
assigns,  the  money  due  on  auditing  the 
T? 


114 


DEC 


DEC 


account  of  his  arrears.  The  payments  of 
the  board  of  ordnance  for  the  larger  ser- 
vices at  home  arc  always  made  by  deben- 
tures; and  the  usual  practice  has  been  to 
make  those  payments  which  are  said  to 
be  in  course  of  office,  at  a  period  which 
is  always  somewhat  more  than  three 
months  after  the  date  of  each  debenture, 
ard  which  can  never  exceed  six  :  to  pay, 
for  instance,  at  once  for  the  three  months 
of  January,  February,  and  March,  as 
early  as  possible  after  the  30th  of  June. 

Debentures  were  generally  made  up  at 
the  Pa>  -Office  by  virtueof  warrants  from 
the  War-Office,  with  the  state  of  regi- 
inertal  charges  annexed,  after^  which  is 
issued  the  final,  or  clearing  warrant.  See 

W ARRANT 

D  E  B  L  A  Y  E  R  u »  Camp ,  F  r .  To  eva- 
cuate a  £amp  tor  the  purpose  of  cleaning 
and  purifying  the  ground. 

DEBTS  and  Credits.  Every  captain 
of  a  troop  or  company  in  the  British  ser- 
vice is  directed  to  >.ive  in  a  monthly  state- 
ment of  the  debts  ami  credits  of  his  men  ; 
and  it  is  the  duty  of  every  commanding 
officer  to  examine  each  list,  and  to  see, 
that  no  injustice  or  irregularity  has  been 
countenanced  or  overlooked  in  so  import- 
ant an  object,  as  every  money  matter  be- 
tween officer  and  soldier  most  unques- 
tionably is. 

DECAGON,  in  fortification,  is  a  po- 
lygon figure,  having  ic  sides,  and  as  many 
angles  ;  and  if  all  the  sides  are  equal,  and 
all  the  angles,  it  is  called  a  regular  deca- 
gon, and  may  be  inscribed  in  a  circle. 
I'h  sides  of  a  regular  decagon  are,  in 
power  and  length,  equal  to  the  greatest 
oegmcnt  of  an  hexagon  inscribed  in  the 
.same  circle,  and  cut  in  extreme  and 
mean  proportion. 

D1  CAGONE.  Fr.     See  DECAGON. 

To  DECAMP,  to  march  an  army  or 
body  .4'  men  from  the  ground  where  it 
before  lay  encamped.  It  also  signifies  to 
quit  any  place  or  position  in  an  unex- 
pet .ted  manner.  See  C 

DEC  ANUS,  in  Roman  military  histo- 
ry, aii  officer  who  presided  over  ten  other 
officers,  a. id  was  head  of  the  contuber- 
niurn,  or  Serjeant  ot  a  file  of  Roman  sol- 
diers :  hence  our  Deacons. 

DECHAf- GEURS,  Fr.  are  men  ap- 
pointed to  atter.d  the  park  of  artillery, 
and  to  assist  the  non  commissioned  ot. 
h'ce-rs,  &c.  who  arc  employed  on  that  ser- 
vice. It  is  the  duty  of  the  former  to 
keep  a  specific  account  of  articles  receiv- 
ed and  consumed,  in  order  to  enable  the 
iaftei  to  furnish  their  officers  with  accu- 
rate statements. 

Jo  DECIMATE,  to  divide  any  body 
of  men  into  as  many  tenths  as  the  ag^-.re- 
^ate  numb:  r  will' afford,  and  to  make 
fhem  cast  lots  for  the  purpose  of  being 
punished, 

'DECIMATION,  in  Roman  military 

history,  a  punishment  inflicted  upon  such 

soldiers  as  quitted  their  post,  or  behaved 

^-.Ives  cowardly  in  "the  field.    The 


names  of  all  the  guilty  were  put  into  an 
urn  or  helmet,  and  as  many  were  drawn 
out  as  made  the  tenth  part  of  the  whole 
number  :  the  latter  were  put  to  the  sword 
and  the  others  saved. 

DECIMER,  Fr.     See  DECIMATE. 

DECLARATION  of  war,  a  public 
proclamation  made  to  the  citizens,  or 
subjects  of  a  state,  declaring  them  to  be 
at  war  with  any  foreign  power,  and  for- 
bidding all  and  every  one  to  aid  or  assist 
the  common  enemy,  at  their  peril. 

DECLIVITY/  as  opposed  to  accli- 
vity, rneajis  a  gradual  inclination,  or  ob- 
liquity reckoned  downwards. 

DECOMPTE,  Fr.  signifies  a  liqui- 
dation, or  balance,  which  from  time  to 
time  was  made  in  the  old  French  service, 
between  the  captain  of  a  company  and 
each  private  soldier,  for  monies  advanced, 
or  in  hand.  In  the  British  service  every 
infantry  soldier  is  settled  with  on  the  24th 
day  in  each  month.  The  cavalry  is  paid 
every  second  month.  In  the  American 
army  the  soldiers  are  required  to  be  paid 
every  two  months  at  least. 

DECOUVERTE,  Aller  a  la  decou- 
•verte,  Fr.  To  patrole.  In  the  old  French 
service,  the  party  ordered  to  perform 
this  duty,  when  in  a  garrison,  usually 
went  three  miles  round  the  fortifications 
to  pick  up  stragglers  who  could  not  ac- 
count for  themselves,  and  to  secure  spies, 
should  any  be  lurking  about. 

Alk f  a  la  DECOUVERTE,  when  applied 
to  any  party  that  is  detached  from  the 
army,  signifies  to  reconnoitre  the  enemy. 
Cavalry  are  usually  employed  upon  this 
duty. 

DECOY,  a  stratagem  to  carry  off*  the 
enemy's  horses  in  a  foraging  party,  or 
from  the  pasture;  to  execute  which,  you 
must  be  disguised,  and  mix  on  horseback 
in  the  pasture,  or  amongst  the  foragers  on 
that  side  on  which  you  propose  to  fly  : 
you  must  then  begin,  by  firing  a  few 
shots,  which  are  to  be  answered  by  such 
of  your  party  as  are  appointed  to  drive  up 
the  rear,  ard  are  posted  at  the  opposite 
extremity  of  the  pasture,  or  foraging 
ground ;  after  which  they  are  to  gallop 
irom  their  different  stations  towards  the 
Side  fixed  for  the  flight,  shoutiu^  and  fir- 
ing all  the  way  :  the  horses  bek-g  thus 
alarmed,  and  provoked  by  the  example 
of  others,  will  break  loose  from  the 
pickets,  throw  down  their  riders  and  the 
trusses,  and  setting  up  a  gallop,  will 
naturally  direct  their  course  to  the  same 
side ;  insomuch  that,  if  the  number  of 
the-m  was  ever  so  gnat,  you  might  lead 
them  in  that  manner  for  'several  leagues 
together:  when  you  are  got  into  some 
road,  bordered  by  a  hedge,  or  ditch,  you 
must  stop  as  gently  as  possible;  and 
without  making  any  noise;  the  horses 
will  then  suffer  themselves  to  be  taken 
without  any  opposition  It  is  called  in 
French  Haraitx ;  and  marshal  Saxe  is  the 
only  author  that  mentions  it. 

DECOYED,  an  enemy  is  eaijl  to  be 


D  E  F 


D  E  F 


115 


decoyed  when  a  small  body  of  troops 
draws  them  into  action,  whilst  the  main 
body  lies  in  ambush  ready  to  act  with  the 
greatest  effect. 

DECURIO,  in  Roman  military  his- 
tory, a  commander  of  ten  men  in  the 
army,  or  chief  of  a  decury. 

DECURY,  ten  Roman  soldiers  ranged 
under  one  chief,  or  leader,  called  the  De- 
curio. 

DEEP,  troops  are  told  off  in  ranks  of 
two,  or  3  deep,  and  on  some  occasions  in 
4  or  more. 

DEFAULTER.     See  DESERTER. 

DEFEAT,  theoverthrow  of  an  army, 

DEFECTION.     See  MUTINY. 

DEFENCE,  in  fortification,  consists 
of  all  sorts  of  works  that  cover  and  defend 
the  opposite  posts ;  as  flanks,  parapets, 
casemates,  and  fuisse- brays.  It  is  al- 
most impossible  to  fix  the  miner  to  the 
face  of  a  bastion,  till  the  defences  of  the 
opposite  one  are  ruined;  that  is,  till  the 
parapet  of  its  flank  is  beaten  down,  and 
the  cannon,  in  all  parts  that  can  fire  upon 
that  face  which  is  attacked,  is  dismount- 
ed. See  FORTIFICATION. 

Active  DEFENCE,  generally  considered, 
means  every  species  of  offensive  operation 
which  is  resorted  to  by  the  besieged,  to 
annoy  the  besiegers.  Such  for  instance, 
is  the  discharge  of  heavy  ordnance  from 
the  walls,  the  emission  of  shells,  and  the 
firing  of  musquetry.  A  mass  of  water 
may  likewise  be  understood  to  mean  ac- 
tive defence,  provided  it  can  be  increased 
according  to  the  exigency  of  the  service, 
and  be  suddenly  made  to  overflow  the 
outworks,  or  entrenchments  of  the  be- 
sieging enemy.  Mines  which  are  carried 
beyond  the  fortifications  may  likewise  be 
included  under  this  head. 

Passive  DEFENCE  is  chiefly  confined 
to  inundations,  and  is  effected  by  letting 
out  water  in  such  a  manner,  that  the  level 
ground  which  lies  round  a  fortified  town 
or  place  may  be  entirely  overflowed  and 
become  an  inert  stagnant  pool.  Mere  sub- 
mersion is,  in  fact,  the  distinguishing  cha- 
racter of  this  species  of  defence,  which 
does  not  afford  any  other  movement  than 
what  naturally  arises  from  the  greater  or 
lesser  elevation  of  the  waters,  without 
the  means  of  urging  them  beyond  a  given 
point. 

Distant  DEFENCE,  consists  in  being 
able  to  interrupt  the  enemy's  movements 
by  circuitous  inundations ;  to  inundate, 
tor  instance,  a  bridge,  when  a  convoy  is 
passing,  or  to  insulate  batteries,  the  heads 
of  saps  or  lodgments  which  have  been 
made  in  the  covert  way  is  to  act  upon  a 
distant  defence.  By  this  species  of  de- 
fence an  enemy's  communications  may  be 
perpetually  intercepted,  and  his  approach^ 
es  so  obstructed  as  to  force  him  to  leave 
dangerous  intervals. 

See  Belidor's  treatise  on  Hydraulic  Ar- 
chitecture. 

Line  of  D  E  K  E  N  c  E,  represents  the  flight 
of  a  musquet  ball  from  the  place  where 


the  musqueteers  stand,  to  scour  the  face 

of  the  bastion.     It  should  never  exceed 

the  reachof  amusquet.  It  is  either  fichani 

or  razant :  the  first  is  when  it  is  drawn 

from  the  angle  of  the  curtain  to  the  hank. 

j!  ed  angle ;   the  last,  when  it  is  drawn  from 

''  a  point  in  the  curtain,  razing  the  face  of 

the  bastion 

Line  of  DEFENCE  is  the  distance  be- 
tween the  salient   angle  of  the  bastion, 
and  the  opposite  flank  ;  that  is,  it  is  the.* 
face  produced  to  the  flank.     See  1-  OR  T  i 
F  i  c  A  T  i  o  N  . 

DEFENCE  ofri;'ers,  in  military  affairs, 
is  a  vigorous  elibrt  to  prevent  the  eneni1 
from  passing  ;  to  eilect  which,  a  careful 
and  attentive  officer  will  raise  redoubts, 
and  if  necessary  join  curtains  thereto  :  he 
will  place  them  as  near  the  banks  as  pos- 
sible, observing  to  cut  a  trench  through' 
the  ground  at  the  \vindings  of  the  river, 
which  may  be  favorable  to  the  enemy, 
and  to  place  advanced  redoubts  there,  to 
prevent  his  having  any  ground  fit  to  form 
on,  &c.  Sc?e  RIVERS. 

To  be  In  a  -posture  oj  D  E  ;•  E  N  c  E,  is  to  b^ 
prepared  to  oppose  an  enemy,  whether  iu 
regard  to  redoubts,  batteries,  or  in  the 
open  field. 

To  DEFEND,  to  fortify,  secure,  G: 
maintain  a  place  or  cause. 

DEFENSE,  Fr.  See  L/gne  de  DE- 
FENSE. 

DEFENSE,  F r .  ctrc  en  dc  defense,  tech- 
nically signifies  to  be  in  a  state  of  defence, 
or  able  to  resist.  The  French  usually 
say  :  Cette  redout e  est  en  dejense .  This  r£- 
doubt  is  in  a  state  of  defence. 

DEFENSES  J'line  place,  Fr.  See  Y)Z- 
FENCE  in  FORTIFICATION. 

DEFENSIVE,  serving  to  defend  ;  in 
a  state  or  posture  of  defence. 
DEFENSIVE-IIW.     Sec  WAR. 
DEFIANCE.     See  CHALLENGE. 
DEFICIENT,  wanting  to  complex, 
as  when  a  regiment,  troop,  or  companv 
has  not  its  prescribed  number  of  men. 

DEFILE,  in  military  affairs,  astral. 
narrow  passage,  or  road,  through  which. 
the  troops  cannot  march,  otherwise  than 
by  making  a  small  front,  and  filing  off',- 
so  that  the  enemy  may  take  an  opportu  - 
nity  to  stop,  or  harrass  their  march,  and 
to  charge  them  with  so  much  the  more 
advantage,  because  the  rear  cannot  come 
up  to  the  relief  of  the  front. 

To  DEFILE,  is  to  reduce  divisions  or 
platoons  into  a  small  front,  in  order  to 
march  through  a  defile;  which  is  most 
conveniently  done  by  quarter  facing  to 
either  the  right  or  left,  and  then  cover- 
ing to  either  right  or  left,  and  marching 
through  by  files,  Sec.  It  has  been  men- 
tioned by  a  writer  on  military  man  ecu  v  res, 
that  defiling  should  be  performed  with 
rapidity,  for  this  obvious  reason,  that  a. 
body  of  men  which  advances  towards,  o; 
retires  from  an  approaching  enemy,  may 
get  into  line,  or  into  columns  prepared 
for  action,  without  loss  of  time.  Theiv 
may,  however,  be  exceptions  to  this  rr> 


116 


D  E  H 


DEN 


neral  rule.     For  instance,  if  the  regiment 
is  passing  a  bridge,  either  retreating  or 
jut'-ancing,  -;nd  the  bridge  is  not  firm,  the 
'r    upon  it  must  be  as  little  as  pos- 
se  T'  it  should  break  down, 
th     refill  nt  is  suddenly  separated,  and 
uainder  may  be  cut  to  pieces.     In 
ommon  delile  the  pace  must 
onortioned  to   the    nature    of  the 
ground. 
'  DEFILING   a  lodgment.     See   ENFI- 

1.  A  I:  ' 

I      r      RMHK,  Fr.  :n  a  military  sense, 
:'reak  :  as  dc former  unc'  colcntie, 
acolum   . 

See  CHALLI-.NCE. 

Ii  •'      AST,   Fr.    the    hiving  waste  an 

's    co tii'. try,     particularly    in     the 

neighborhood  oi  a  town  which  an  army 


some  distance  from  the  walls  of  a  fortifi- 
cation, the  better  to  secure  the  main 
places,  and  to  protect  the  siege,  &c. 
See  FORTIFICATION. 

DELINEATION,  an  outline  or 
sketch.  Se  DESIGN. 

DELIVER.     See   SURRENDER. 
DEMI-BASTION,  or  half. bastion,  is 
a  work  with  only  one  face  a:  d  one  flank* 
S  c"    FORTIFICATION. 

DEMI-CANNON.     See  CANNON-. 
DEMI-CULVERIN,    See  CANNON- 
DEMI-DISTANCE,     aes    poly  gone*, 
Fr.  is  the  distance  between  the  exterior 
polygonsand  vhe  angles. 

DEMI-DISTANCES,  Fr.  half  distances; 
as  serrez,  la  cologne  a  demi-dlstances^  close  to 
the  column  at  half  r'.istances 

DEM  I- FILE,    Fr.  is  that  rank  in  a 


reduce  by  famine,  or  which  jj  French  battalion,  which  immediately  sue- 
to  p;i\  military  exactions.  !i  ceeds  to  the  serre-demi-fle^  and  is  at  the 
GORGEOIR,  Fr.   a  sort  of  steel  j!  head  of  the  remaining  hair  of  its  depth. 


pi  ck  r   v.SL-d    in   examining    the  touch-, 

no  >  ;  called  a  piiming  wire. 
DEGRADATION,  in  a  military  life, 
tK-  act  of  deprivin.  an  officer  for  ever  of 
liis  commiSbio  ,  rank,  dignity,  or  degree 
of  honor  ;  and  taking  away,  at  the  same 
time,  title,  had,.e,  and  every  other  privi- 
leee  '>f  an  officer. 

'D  E  G  R  A  D  E  R ,  Fr.  To  degrade .  T  he 
character  or  a  soldier  in  F'ance  was  for- 
merly, an'  \ve  ;>  esume  still  is,  so  scrupu- 
lously watched,  that  criminals  were  ne- 
ver delivered  over  to  the  charge  of  the  ci- 
vil pow.-r,  or  sent  to  hi'.  ..xecsited,  without 
liaving  been  previously  degraded;  which 
•was  done  in  the  following  manner  : 

As  soon  as  the  scrjeant  <>f  the  company 
to  which  the  culprit  belonged,  had  re- 
ceived orders  from  the  major  of  the  regi- 
iii' nt,  to  degrade  and  render  hi.rn  incapa- 
pable  of  bearing  arms  ;  he  accoutred  him 
<:ap-a-picd,  taking  care  to  place  his  ri^ht 
h:i ::d  upon  the  but-end  of  the  musqwct, 
vv-Kile  the  soidier  remained  tied.  He  then 
repeated  th,  following  words  :  jindhigthee 
unworthy  to  bear  arms,,  -we  thus  degrade  tbee. 
"  Te  tr -u  ant  indignedc  porter  iesarmes, 
nous  t'cn  deg  radons."  He  then  drew  the 
musquet  fiom  his  arm  backwards,  took 
off  his  cross-belt,  sword,  &c.  and  finally 
gave  him  .1  kick  upon  the  posteriors. 
Afur  which  the  serjeant  retired,  and  the 
executioner  seized  the  criminal.  See 
DR  IJM-OL:  r. 

DEGRE.  See  DEGREE. 
DEGREE.  Though  this  term  pro- 
perly belongs  to  geometry,  nevertheless  i 
is  frequently  used  both  in  fortification, 
and  unnery  Hence  it  will  not  be  im- 
proper to  state,  that  it  is  a  division  of  a 
circle,  including  a  36oth  part  of  its  cir 
•amii'crcnce.  Every  circle  is  supposed  u 
be  divided  into  36-°,  parts  called  degrees 
and  each  degree  into  60',  other  parts 
called  minuti  s  ;  each  of  these  minute 
being  divider  into  607'  seconds,  each  se- 
^ond  into  thirds,  and  soon. 

DEHORS,  m  the  military  art,  area! 
,.jftj  of  out. works  i.n  general,  placed 


DEMI-LANCE,  a  1  ight  lance  or 
pear. 

DEMI- LINE,  in  fortification,  is  a 
vork  piaced  before  the  curtain  to  cover 
t  and  prevent  the  flanks  from  being  d'us- 
overed  sideways.  It  is  made  of  two 
aces,  meeting  in  an  outward  angle.  Sec 

7OKTIFICATION. 

DEMI- GORGE,  in  fortification,  is 
lalf  the  gorge,  or  entrance  into  the  bas- 
ion,  not  taken  directly  from  angle  to 
angle,  where  the  bastion  joins  the  cur- 
ain,  but  from  the  angle  ©f  the  flank  to 
he  centre  of  the  bastion ;  or  the  angle 
A'hich  the  two  curtains  would  make,  by 
heir  prolongation.  See  FORTIFICA- 
TION. 

DEMISSION,  Fr.  Resignation. 

DEMOLITION,  the  act  of  over- 
hrowing  buildings. 

DENIZEN,  a  free  man,  residing  in  a 
country  or  state,  and  owing  allegiance,  a^ 
opposed  to  Alien,  which  means  a  person 
not  a  citizen,  and  who  owes  or  acknow- 
eges  a  foreign  allegiance. 

D  E  N  O  N  C 1  AT  E  U  R  d'u>i  desert ur,  F  r 
During  the  old  government  of  France, 
a  military  regulation  existed  by  which 
any  person  who  discovered  a  deserter,  was 
ent.tled  to  his  full  discharge,  if  a  soldier  : 
and  to  one  hundred  livres,  or  eleven  dol- 
lars reward. 

DENONCIATEUR,  in  a  general  sense, 
may  not  improperly  be  called  a  military 
informer.  So  rigid  indeed,  wtre  the  re- 
gulations (even  in  the  most  corrupt  state 
of  the  French  government)  against  every 
species  of  misapplication  and  ernbez/Je- 
ment,  that  if  a  private  draeoon  gave  infor- 
mation to  the  commissary  of  musters 
ot  a  troop  horse  that  had  passed  muster, 
having  been  used  in  the  private  service 
of  an  officer,  he  was  entitled  not  only  to 
his  discharge,  but  received  moreover  one 
hundred  livres  in  cash,  and  became  mas- 
ter of  the  horse  and  equipage,  with  which 
he  retired  unmolested.  It  is  not  men- 
tioned m  the  publication  from  which  we 
extract  this  remark,  whether  thy  cifice: 


D  E  P 


D  E  P 


was  cashiered,  £c.  but  we  presume  he 
was. 

One  hundred  and  fifty  livres  were  like- 
wise paid  to  any  dragoon,  or  soldier  who 
should  give  information  of  a  premedi- 
tated duel ;  he  obtained  moreover  his 
discharge. 

DENSITY  of  bodies.  See  MOTION. 
DEPASSER  (or  DEBOKDER),  Fr. 
To  over-run.  In  oblique  movements, 
particular  care  should  be  taken  not  to  af- 
ford an  enemy  thar  advances  on  the  same 
points  with  yourself,  the  means  of  out- 
flanking you ;  which  must  inevitably 
happen,  should  any  part  of  your  troops 
over  run  their  proper  ground.  For  the 
instant  such  an  error  occurs,  your  anta- 
gonist will  only  have  to  form  a  retired 
flank,  oppose  you  in  front  on  that  part, 
and  charge  the  remainder  in  flank,  after 
having  cut  off  all  the  troops  that  had 
over- run. 

Se/aisser  DEPASSER,  to  suiter  yourself 
to  be  overtaken. 

DEFENSES,  Fr.  In  a  military  sense, 
implies  secret  service  money. 

DEPLOY,  to  display,  to  spread  out ; 
a  column  is  said  to  deploy,  when  the  di- 
visions opt-n  out,  or  extend  to  form  line 
on  some  one  of  those  divisions. 

DEPLOYMENT,  or  Jiank  march,  in 
a  military  sense,  the  act  of  unfolding  or 
expanding  any  given  body  of  men,  so  as 
to  extend  their  front.  A  deployment  may 
be  made  in  various  ways.  The  prin- 
cipal one  is,  from  the  close  column  into 
line.  A  battalion  in  close  column  may 
form  in  line  on  its  front,  on  its  rear,  or  on 
any  central  division,  by  the  deployment, 
or  flank  march,  and  by  which  it  succes 
sively  uncovers  and  extends  its  several 
divisions. 

In  the  passage  of  an  obstacle,  parts  of 
the  battalion  are  required  to  form  in  close 
column,  and  again  deploy  into  line;  al- 
though the  division  formed  upon,  con- 
tinues to  be  moveable.  This,  however, 
depends  wholly  upon  the  nature  of  the 
ground  or  country,  over  which  the  bat- 
talion is  marching. 

DEPLOYMENT  into  line  on  a  front  divi- 
sion, the  right  in  front ,  is  effected  by  halting 
that  division  in  the  alignement,  and  al 
the  others  in  their  true  situations,  paral 
lei  and  well  closed  up  to  it ;  and  then  by 
taking  a  point  for  forming  upon,  ant 
dressing  by  it  in  the  prolongation  o 
that  division.  For  a  minute  explanation 
of  the  deployments  on  a  rear  and  centra 
division.  See  American  Military  Library 
Oblique  Deployments  differ  from  thosi 
movements,  which  are  made  when  a  bat 
talion  stands  perpendicular  to  the  line  01 
which  it  is  to  form.  '1  hese  deployment 
are  frequently  made  on  an  oblique  lin< 
advanced,  on  an  oblique  line  retired :  am 
when  the  close  column  halted  is  to  form 
In  line  in  the  prolongation  of  its  flank 
and  on  either  the  front,  rear,  or  centra 
division.  See  Am.  Mil,  i/ib. 
.DEPOT,  any  particular  place  h 


vhich  military  stores  are  deposited  for  the 
use  of  the  army.  In  a  more  extensive 
ense,  it  means  several  magazines  collect- 
ed together  for  that  purpose.  It  also 
.ignifies  an  appropriated  fort,  or  place, 
'or  the  reception  of  recruits,  or  detached 
>arties,  belonging  to  different  regiments. 
iing  hostilities,  the  greatest  attention 
should  be  given  to  preserve  the  several 
depots  which  belong  to  the  fighting  army. 
Hence  the  line  of  operation  should  be  in- 
variably connected  with  them  ;  or  rather 
no  advance  should  be  made  upon  that  line, 
without  the  strictest  regard  being  paid  to 
the  one  of  communication. 

DEPOT  is  also  used  to  denote  a  particu- 
ar  place  at  the  tail  of  the  trenches,  out  of 
the  reach  of  the  cannon  of  the  place, 
where  the  troops  generally  assemble,  who 
are  ordered  to  attack  the  out-works,  or 
upport  the  troops  in  the  trenches,  when 
there  is  reason  to  imagine  the  besieged  in- 
tend making  a  vigorous  sally. 

DEPOT,  likewise  means  a  temporary 
magazine  for  forage,  for  fascines,  gabions, 
tools,  and  every  other  thing  necessary  for 
the  support  of  an  army,  or  for  carrying  on 
a  siege. 

DEPOUILLE,Fr.  niettrc  en  Mpoullle, 
is  an  expression  made  use  of  in  casting  of 
cannon,  and  signifies  to  strip  it  of  the  mat - 
'  ie;,  clay,  Sec. 

D  E  P  o  u  I  L  i,  E  s  de  ."  cnnewl,  F  r .  S  ce 
SPOILS. 

DEPRESSION,  the  placing  of  any 
piece  of  ordnance,  so  that  its  shot  be 
thrown  under  the  point  blank  line. 

DEPRESSED  gunt  any  piece  of  ord- 
nance having  its  mouth  depressed  below 
the  horizontal  line. 

DEPTH  of  a  battalion  or  squadron,  in 
military  affairs,  the  number  of  ranks,  or 
the  quantity  of  men.  Infantry  were  for- 
merly drawn  up  6  or  8  deep,  that  is,  ii 
consisted  of  so  many  ranks  ;  but  now  the 
line  of  infantry  are  generally  drawn  up 
only  3  deep,  and  in  defence  of  a  breast- 
work but  two  deep.  When  infantry  is 
drawn  up  3  deep,  the  first  rank  is  called 
the  front  rank;  the  second,  the  centr-: 
rank  ;  and  the  third,  the  rear  rank  ;  and 
the  files  which  bind  the  right  and  left,  are 
called  the  flanks.  The  cavalry  is  drawn, 
up  2  deep. 

DEPTH,  a  technical  word  peculiarly 
applicable  to  bodies  of  men  drawn  up  in 
line  or  celumn. 

DEPTH  of  formation.  The  fundamen- 
tal order  of  the  infantry  in  which  tht.y 
should  always  form  and  act,  and  for 
which  all  their  various  operations  and 
movements  are  calculated,  is  thru- ranks. 
The  formation  in  tiuo  ranks  is  regarded  a^ 
an  occasional  exception  that  may  be  made 
from  it,  where  an  extended  and  covered 
front  is  to  be  occupied,  or  where  an  ir- 
regular enemy,  who  deals  only  in  fire,  is 
to  be  opposed.  The  formation  in  two 
ranks,  and  at  open  files,  is  calculated, 
only  for  light  troops  in  the  attack  and 
pqrsui  "'^y;  h'.it  not  fo 


118 


D  E  S 


D  E  S 


any 


making  an  impression  on  an  opposite  re- 
line,  which  vigorously  assails,  or 
.resists. 

DEPTH  is  not  only  applicable  to  men 
.ii';i\vn  up  in  line,  and  standing  at  close, 
or  open  files  two  or  three  <£'(/>,  but  it  may 
likewise  signify  the  relative  depth  of  an 
army  marching  towards  any  given  object, 
in  desultory  columns. 

DEPUTY,  a  t.  rm  given  to  persons 
employed  in  the  civil  departments  of  the 
army,  and  subject  to  superior  trusts. 

D  E  f  u  T  v  fay -masters. 

DEPUTY  muster-masters. 

DEI  U~Y  cfitr.tnh". 

DEPUTY  jtutge-advtcate, 

DE  ROUTE,  Fr.  The  total  over- 
throw ot  an  army,  battalion,  or  of  any 
armed  party.  See  DEFEAT. 

To  DESCEND,  sign  ties  to  leave  any 
position  on  an  eminence  for  immediate 
action. 

To  DESCEND  upon,  to  invade.  Wh  n 
an  enemy  from  surrounding  heights  sud- 
denly marches  against  a  fortified  place,  he 
is  said  to  descend  upon  it.  The  term  is 
also  applied  to  troops  debarking  from 
iheir  ships  for  the  purpose  of  invasion. 

DESCENT.     Hostile  invasion  of  ai 
State  or  kingdom. 

DESCENTES,da»j  U  fosse,  Fr.  See 
DESCENTS  into  the  ditch . 

DESCENTS  into  the  ditch  y  are  cuts  and 
excavations  which  are  made  by  means 
of  saps  in  the  counterscarp  beneath  the 
covert  way.  They  arc  covered  with  thick 
boards  and  hurdles,  .md  a  certain  quantity 
of  earth  is  thrown  upon  the  top,  in  order 
to  obviate  the  bad  effects  which  might 
arise  from  shells,  &c. 

When  the  ditch  or  fosse  is  full  of 
'water,  the  descent  must  be  made  to  its 
edge,  after  which  the  ditch  must  be  filled 
•with  strong  fascines  covered  with  earth. 
When  the  ditch  is  dry,  the  saps  are  carried 
on  to  the  bottom,  and  traverses  arc  made 
in  order  to  secure  a  lodgment,  or  to  ren- 
der the  approaches  of  the  miner  more 
practicable.  When  the  ditch  cr  fosse 
which  is  full  of  water,  has  little  or  no 
bank,  the  descent  is  simply  made  over  it, 
care  being  taken  to  rover  its  enfilade  or 
range  with  blinds  and  chandeliers,  or  to 
execute  it  as  much  out  of  that  line  as 
possible. 

DESCENTS,  in  fortification,  are  the 
holes,  vaults,  and  hollow  places,  made 
by  undermining  the  ground. 
'DESCRIPTION,  Sigfia/etxent,  F  r. 
The  description  of  a  man's  person,  his 
.ppearance,  &c.  It  not  only  signifies  the 
'•^ure,  but  an  exact  and  specific  detail  of 
:iich  marks  and  prominent  features,  that 
by  comparing  the  copy  taken  on  paper 
with  the  original,  the  'latter  may  be  in- 
-•-tantly  recognised.  It  is  the  custom  in 
.11  well  regulated  armies  for  every  regi- 
•nent  to  have  an  exact  description  of  each 
man  that  belongs  to  it,  specifically  drawn 
out  in  the  adjutant's  books.  So  that  u 
rts,  a  cop*;  is  instantly  [j 


taken,  and  forwarded  to  those  places  to 
which  he  is  most  likely  to  resort. 

DES1-RTER,  in  a  military  sense,  a 
soldier  who,  by  running  away  from  his 
regimen',  troop,  or  company,  abandons 
the  service. 

DESERTERS.  A  prudent  officer  will 
always  be  cautious  of  what  he  entrusts 
to  a  deserter;  the  judgment  of  the  offi- 
cer and  his  knowlege  of  human  charac- 
ter, are  the  only  guides  which  he  has  in 
his  conduct ;  the  motives  of  the  deserter 
are  therefore  to  be  considered,  whether 
it  was  the  result  of  depravity  in  himself 
or  of  causes  which  might  affect  a  gene, 
rous  mind.  In  this  case,  however,  he 
should  be  as  cautious  as  if  it  proved  to  be 
depravity  only.  A  deserter  on  reaching 
the  lines  is  put  under  arrest  and  conduct- 
ed to  the  commanding  officer,  where  he 
is  examined,  ami  it  is  usual  to  notify 
him  he  will  be  punished  with  death  as 
a  spy  if  he  gives  false  information. 
Though  ereat  caution  is  required  in  re- 
gard to  the  information  given  by  deserters, 
great  advantage  may  be  derived  from  their 
information,  as  attacks  premeditated,  the 
positions  of  officers,  corps,  and  maga- 
zines, and  head  quarters,  of  discontents 
in  the  army,  or  disagreements  among  the 
superior  officers. 

DESERTERS  from  the  militia  may  be 
apprehended  by  any  person  in  the  same 
.manner,  that  deserters  arc  from  the  regu- 
lar army.  Persons  apprehending  a  de- 
serter are  entitled  to  10  dollars. 

Penalty  oj  DESERTION,  All  officer-S 
and  soldiers,  who  having  received  pay,  or 
having  been  duly  enlisted  in  the  U.S.  ser- 
vice, shall  be  convicted  of  having  deserted 
the  same,  shall  sutler  death  or  such  other 
punishment  as  by  a  court-martial  shall 
be  inflicted.  An.  War,  ')  20,  21,  22,23. 

Any  non  commissioned  officer  or  sol. 
dier,  who  shall,  without  leave  from  hi; 
commanding  officer,  absenf  himself  from 
his  troop  or  company,  or  from  any  de- 
tachment with  which  he  shall  be  com- 
manded, shall,  upon  being  convicted 
thereof,  be  punished  according  to  the 
nature  of  the  offence,  at  the  discretion  of 
a  court-martial. 

No  non  commissioned  officer  or  soldier 
shall  inlist  himself  in  any  other  regiment, 
troop,  or  company,  without  a  regular 
discharge  from  the  regiment,  troop,  or 
company  in  which  he  last  served,  on  the 
penalty  of  being  reputed  a  deserter  and 
suffering  accordingly:  and  in  case  any 
officer  shall  knowingly  receive  and  en- 
tertain such  non  commissioned  officer  or 
soldier,  or  shall  not,  after  his  being  dis- 
covered to  be  a  deserter,  immediately  con- 
fine him,  and  give  notice  thereof  to  the 
corpse  in  which  he  last  served,  he,  the 
>aid  officer  so  offending,  shall  by  a  court- 
nartial  be  cashiered. 

Whatsoever  officer  or  soldier  shall  be 
convicted  of  having  advised  any  other  of- 
icer  or  soldier,  to  desert  our  service,  shall 
Sl,u:,..  sucj,  ivinbhment  as  sliall  be  in- 


D  ET 


D  I  A 


119 


dieted  upon  him  by  the  sentence  of  the 
court-martial. 

Penalty  for  concealing  British  DESERT- 
ERS, or  buying  their  arms,  clothes,  &c. 
Provided  always,  that  if  any  person  shall 
harbor,  conceal,  or  assist  any  deserter  from 
his  majesty's  service,  knowing  him  to  be 
such,  the  person  so  offending  shall  for- 
feit for  every  such  oflence,  the  sum  of  5/. 
or  if  any  person  shall  knowingly  detain, 
buy,  or  exchange,  or  otherwise  receive, 
any  arms,  clothes,  caps,  or  other  furni- 
ture belonging  to  the  king,  from  any  sol- 
dieroi  deserter,  or  any  other  person,  upon 
any  account  or  pretence  whatsoever,  or 
cause  the  color  of  such  clothes  to  be 
changed  ;  the  person  so  offending,  shall 
forfeit  for  every  such  offence  the  sum  of 
5/.  and  upon  conviction  by  the  oath  of 
one  or  more  credible  witness  or  witnesses, 
before  any  of  his  majesty's  justices  of  the 
peace,  the  said  respective  penalties  of  $!. 
and  5/.  shall  be  levied  by  warrant  under 
the  hands  of  the  said  justice  or  justices 
of  the  peace,  by  distress  and  sale  of  the 
goods  and  chattels  of  the  offender;  one 
moiety  of  the  said  first  mentioned  penalty 
of'5/.  to  be  paid  tothe  informer,  by  whose 
means  such  deserter  shall  be  apprehend- 
ed ;  and  one  moiety  of  the  said  last  men- 
tioned penalty  of  5/.  to  be  paid  to  the 
informer;  and  the  residue  of  the  said  re- 
spective penalties  to  b<;  paid  to  the  offi- 
cer to  whom  any  such  deserter  or  soldier 
did  belong  :  and  in  c.ise  any  such  offender, 
who  shall  be  convicted,  as  aforesaid,  of 
harboring  or  assisting  any  such  deserter 
or  deserters,  or  having  knowingly  receiv- 
ed any  arms,  clothes,  caps,  or  other  fur- 
niture belonging  to  the  king  or  having 
caused  the  color  of  such  clothes  to  be 
changed,  contrary  to  the  intent  of  this 
act,  shall  not  have  sufficient  goods  and 
chattels,  wherein  distress  may  be  made, 
to  the  value  of  the  penalties  recovered  j 
against  him  for  such  offence,  or  shall  not 
pay  such  penalties  within  4  days  after 
such  conviction  ;  then,  and  in  such  case, 
such  justice  of  the  peace  shall  and  may, 
by  warrant  under  his  hand  and  seal,  either 
commit  such  offender  to  the  common 
gaol,  there  to  remain  without  bail  or 
inainprise  for  the  space  of  three  months, 
or  cause  such  offender  to  be  publicly  jj 
whipped  at  the  discretion  of  such  jus'-  i; 
tice. 

DESERTEUR,  Fr.   See  DESERTF.R. 

DESIGN,  in  a  general  sense,  implies  j 
the  plai'j,  orier,  representation,  or  con- 
struct  ion  of  any  kind  of  military  building, 
chart,  map,  or  drawing,  &-c  In  build- 
ing, the  term  icbnegrapiy  may  be  used, 
when  by  design  is  only  meant  the  plan  of 
a  building  or  a  fla~  figure  uruwn  on  paper  : 
when  some  side  or  face  of  the  building 
is  raised  trom  the  ground,  we  may  use 
the  term  orthography,  and  when  both 
front  and  sides  are  seen  iu  perspective,  we 
may  call  it  sceaography, 

DESIGNING,  the  art  of  delineating 
or  drawing  the  a.  peai  nice  of  natural,  or:  - 
"  ,  by  lines  or.  a  plane. 


DESORDE,  Fr.   See  DISORDER. 

DESTINATION,  the  place  or  pur- 
pose, to  which  any  body  of  troops  is  ap- 
pointed in  order  to  do  or  attempt  some 
military  service. 

To  DETACH,  is  to  send  out  part  or 
a  great  number  of  men  on  some  particular 
service,  separate  from  that  of  the  main 
body. 

DETACHED  pieces,  in  fortification, 
are  such  out-works  as  are  detached,  or 
at  a  distance  from  the  body  of  the  place  ; 
such  as  half-moons,  ravelines,  bastions, 
&e. 

DETACHEMENT,     Fr.     See    DF.~ 

TACHMENT. 

DETACHMENT,  in  military  affair.--, 
an  uncertain  number  of  men  drawn  out 
from  several  regiments  or  companies 
equally,  to  march  or  be  employed  as  the 
general  may  think  proper,  whether  on  an 
attack,  at  a  siege,  or  in  parties  to  scour 
the  country.  A  detachment  of  2000  or 
3000  men  is  a  command  for  a  general  offi- 
cer; 800  for  a  colonel,  500  for  a  lieuten- 
ant-colonel, 200  or  300  for  a  'major,  80 
or  100  for  a  captain,  40  for  a  lieutenant 
or  ensign,  12  fora  scrjeant,  ami  6  fora, 
corporal.  Detachments  are  sometimes 
made  of  intir«  squadrons  and  battalions. 
One  general  rule  in  all  military  projects 
that  depends  upon  us  alone,  should  be 
to  omit  nothing  that  can  insure  the  suc- 
cess of  our  detachment  and  design  ;  but, 
in  that  which  depends  upon  the  enemy, 
to  trust  something  to  hazard. 

DETAIL,  Fr.  faire  le  detail  d'u.-tt 
arnice,  cfune  compagnie,  cu  d'  une  corps  dn 
gens  de  guerre  ;  is  to  keep  a  strict  eye  upoa 
every  part  of  the  service,  and  to  issue  out. 
instructions  or  orders,  that  every  indi 
vidtial  belonging  to  a  military  profession 
may  discharge  his  trust  with  accuracy 
and  fidelity.  Falre  le  detj.ll  d'une  com^u?- 
;//<.-,  likjwise  means  to  make  up  a  com- 
pany's report,  &c. 

DETAIL  of  duty,  In  military  affairs, 
is  a  roster  or  table  for  the  regular  and  exact 
performance  of  duty,  either  in  the  field, 
garrison,  or  cantonments.  The  general 
detail  of  duty  is  the  proper  care  of  the 
majors  of  brigade,  who  are  guided  by  the 
roster  of  the  officers,  and  by  the  tablei 
for  tiie  men,  to  be  occasionally  furnished. 
The  adjutant  of  a  regiment  keeps  the 
de-tail  of  duty  tor  the  officers  of  his  regi- 
ment, as  does  the  Serjeant- major  that  for 
the  non-commissioned,  and  the.  J;jttei 
that  for  the  privates. 

DEVASTATION,    in    militur. 
tory,  the  act  of  destroying,  laying  waste, 
demolishing,  or  unpeopling  towns,  &c. 

DEVELOPPE,  Fr.  to  unfold,  to  r.a 
ravel;   as    St  developper  sur  la    it  is    </'/,, yp 
colonne,   to    form   line  ou  the   head  of  u 
column. 

DEVICE,  the  emblems  on  a  shield  or 
standard. 

D  E  U I  L  mllltalre,  Fr.  military  mourn- 
ing. 

DEVUIDER,    in  the  manege,  is  ar. 


120 


D  I  A 


D  I  A 


:>iied  to  a  horse  that,  upon  working  upon 
.  makes  his  shoulders  go  too  fast  for 
ihc croupe  to  follow. 

DIABLE.   Fr.     See  CHAT. 

DI  AGON  AL,  reaching  from  one  angle 
to  another;  so  as  to  divide  a  parallelo- 
gram into  equal  parts. 

DIAGONAL     MOVEMENTS.        See-    E- 

C MELLON. 

DIAMETER,  in  both  a  military  and 
geometrical  sense,  implies  a  right  line 
passing  through  the  centre  of  a  circle, 
and  terminated)!  at  each  side  by  the  cir- 
cumference thereof.  See  CIRCLE. 

The  impossibility  or'  expressing  the 
exact  proportion  of  the  diameter  of  a  cir- 
cle to  its  circumference,  by  any  received 
\vay  of  notation,  and  the  absolute  neces- 
sity of  having  it  as  noar  the  truth  as  pos- 
sible, has  put  some  of  the  most  celebrat- 
ed men  in  all  ages  upon  endeavoring  to 
approximate  it.  The  first  who  attempt- 
ed it  with  success,  was  the  celebrated 
Van  Culen,  a  Dutchman,  who  by  the 
ancient  method,  though  so  very  laborious, 
Carried  it  to  36  decimal  places  :  these  he 
ordered  to  be  engraven  on  his  tomb-stone, 
chinking  he  had  set  bounds  to  improve- 
ments/ However,  the  indefatigable  Mr. 
Abraham  Sharp  carried  it  to  75  places  in 
decimals  ;  and  since  that,  the  learned  Mr. 
*ohn  Machin  has  carried  it  to  ico  places, 
vv'hich  are  as  follows  : 

If  the  diameter  of  a  circle  be  i,  the 
circumference  will  be  3.1415926535,89 
793-3846,2643383279» 5028841971, 693993 
7510,5820974944,5923078164,0528620899, 
3628034825, 3421 170679,  _j_ of  the  same 

parts;  which  is  a  degree  of  exactness  far 
surpassing  all  imagination. 

But  the  ratios  generally  used  in  the 
practice  or  military  mathematics  are 
these  following.  The  diameter  of  the 
circle  is  to  its  circumference  as  113  is  to 
J55  nearly. — The  square  of  the  diameter 
is  to  the  area  of  the  circle,  as  452  to  355. 
The  cube  of  the  diameter  is,  to  the  solid 
content  of  a  sphere,  as  678  to  355. — The 
»jubes  of  the  axes  are,  to  thc'solid  con. 
rents  of  eciui-altitude  cylinders,  as  452  to 
;>55. — The  solid  content  of  a  sphere  is, 
if)  the  circumscribed  cylinder,  as  2  103. — 

lio<w  to  Jind  the  D  i  A M E T  EH  of  shut  or 
I1  or  an  iron  ball,  whose  diameter 
is  given,  supposing  a  9-pouncitr,  which  is 
nearly  4  inches,  say,  the  cube  root  of 
-\.oB  of  9  pounds  is,  to  4  inches,  as  the 
ube  root  of  the  given  weight  is  to  the 
viiameter  sought.  Or,  if  4  be  divided  by 
-.08,  the  cube  root  of  9,  the  quotient 
5.923  will  be  the  diameter  or  a  i-pound 
•.hot ;  which  being  continually  multi- 
ply the  cube  root  of  the  given  weight, 
the  diameter  required. 

Or  by  logarithms  much  snorter,  thus: 
If  the  logarithm  of  1.923,  which  is 
•  ^83979,  be  constantly  added  to  the  third 
part  of  the  logarithm  "of  the  weight,  the 
sum  will  be  the  logarithm  of  the  diame- 
ter. Suppose  a  shot  to  wdvh  :-j  pounds: 


add  the  given  logarithm  .283979  to  the 
third  part  of  .460070  of  the  logarithm 
1.3802112  of  24,  the  sum  .7440494  will 
be  the  logarithm  of  the  diameter  of  a  shot 
weighing  24  pounds,  which  is  5.5468 
inches. 

If  the  weight  should  be  expressed  by 
a  fraction,  the  rule  is  still  the  same  :  fox- 
instance,  the  diameter  of  a  i£  pound  ball, 
or  3-2,  is  found  by  adding  the  logarithm 
.2839793,  found  above,  to  .0586971  1.3 
of  the  logarithm  of  2-3,  the  sum  .3426764 
will  be  the  logarithm  of  the  diameter 
required,/,  e.  2.2013  inches. 

As  the  diameter  of  the  bore,  or  the 
calibre  of  the  piece,  is  made  1-20  part 
larger  than  that  of  the  shot,  according  to 
the  present  practice,  the  following  table 
is  computed  for  this  proportion. 


EXPLANATION. 

The  numbers  in  the  first  line  of  the  table 
are  units,  and  those  in  the  first  column  of 
the  left  side  of  the  table  tens  ;  tlu-  other 
numbers,  under  the  one,  and  opposite  to 
the  others,  are  the  respective  diameters  of 
shot  and  calibres.  Thus,  to  find  thediame- 
•er  of  the  shot,  and  the  calibre  of  a  24  pr. 
look  for  the  number  2  on  the  left-hand 
side,  and  for  4  at  top  ;  then  the  number 
5.547.  under  4,  and  opposite  2,  will  be 
the  diameter  of  the  shot  in  inches  and 
decimals,  and  the  number  58.24,  under 
the  fmr,  the  calibre  of  a  24-poundet 
&c. 


DIM 


D  IS 


121 


ON 

CO 

o 
•o 

s 

? 

CO 

<? 

i 

a 

f 

- 

00 

8, 

O 

C; 

O 

0 

Os 

£ 

^ 

% 

-, 

ON 

r- 

? 

\s\ 

- 

in 
o 

» 

Os 

r^ 

CO 

M 

r?T 

s 

J 

- 

! 

O 
ro 

«O 

U 

H 

5 

»n 

O 

s 

O 

0 

^ 

IT) 

00^ 

o 

w 

CO 

The  diameter  of  musquet  bores  differs 
;ibout  i-5oth  part  from  that  of  the  bul- 
let. 

DIAMETER,  of  powder  measures.  See 
POWDER  MEASURES. 

DICTATOR,  a  magistrate  of  Rome, 
made  in  times  of  exigence  and  public  dis- 
tress, and  invested  with  absolute  au- 
thority. 

DIFFERENCE.  The  sum  paid  by 
an  officer  in  the  British  service,  when  he 
exchanges  from  half  to  full  pay.  It  like- 
wise means  the  regulation  price  between 
an  inferior  and  a  superior  commission. 
Officers  who  retire  upon  half  pay,  and 
take  the  difference,  subject  themselves 
to  many  incidental  disadvantages,  should 
ihey  wish  to  return  into  active  service. 

DIGGING.     See  MINING, 

DIGLADIATION,  a  combat  with 
s  words. 

DIGUON,  Fr.  a  staff  at  the  end  of 
which  is  suspended  a  vane  or  streamer. 
This  term  is  properly  marine. 

DIKE  or  DYKE,  a  channel  to  receive 
wau-r,  also  a  dam  or  mound,  to  prevent 
inundation.  S*e  FORTIFICATI  .N 

DIMACH^,  in  ancient  military  af- 
fairs, were  a  kind  of  horsemen,  answer- 
ing t.;  the  dragoons  of  the  moderns. 

DIMICATION       Sec  BATTLE. 

To  DIMINISH  or  increase  the  front  of 
a  battalion,  is  to  adapt  the  c.ilumn  of 
march  or  mance'ivre  acc.irdint;  to  the  ob- 
st.  uctions  and  difficulties  which  it  meets 
in  advancing.  This  is  one  9f  the  most 
important  movements,  and  a  battalion 


which  does  not  perform  this  operation 
wi»h  the  greatest  exactness  and  attention, 
so  as  not  to  lengthen  out  in  the  smallest 
degree,  is  not  fit  to  move  in  the  column  of 
a  considerable.-  corps. 

DIRECTEUR  General,  Fr.  A  mili- 
tary post  of  nominal  importance  which 
was  originally  instituted  by  Louis  XIV. 
This  charge  was  entrusted  to  ei.^ht  lieu- 
tenant generals,  four  to  command  and 
superintend  the  infantry,  and  four  tor  the 
cavalry.  They  possessed,  however,  little 
or  no  authority  over  the  army  in  general ; 
being  subordinate  in  some  degree  to  the 
general  officer  whose  corps  they  might 
inspect,  and  to  whom  they  rendered  a 
correct  account  of  its  interior  rcconomy. 
They  were  likewise  assisted  by  Inspec- 
tors general.  The  four  directors  were 
afterwards  replaced  by  the  inspectors, 
from  a  principle  of  ceconomy.  The  per- 
manent ones  of  that  appellation  were: 
director  general  of  the  royal  artillery 
j  school ;  director  general  of  military  hos- 
j  pitals ;  director  general  of  fortification ; 
director  general  of  the  cavalry ;  'director 
'  general  of  stores. 

DIRECTION,  in  military  mechan- 
ics, signifies  the  line  or  path  of  a  body  in 
I  motion,  along  which  it  endeavors  to 
1  force  its  way,  according  to  the  propelling 
power  that  is  given  to  it. 

Angle  O/DIRECTION,  that  formed  by 
the  lines  of  direction  of  two  conspiring 
powers. 

Quantity  of  DIRECTION,  a  term  used 
by  military  mathematicians  for  the  pro- 
duct of  the  velocity  of  the  common  centre 
of  gravity  of  a  system  of  bodies,  by  the 
sum  of  their  qv:antities  of  matter :  this  is 
no  ways  altered  by  any  collisions  among 
the  bodies  themselves. 

DIRK,  a  kind  of  dagger  used  by  mili- 
tary men,  and  by  the  highlandcrs  in  Scot- 
land. 

To  DISARM.  To  deprive  a  soldier 
of  every  species  of  offensive  or  defensive 
weapon. 

DISARMED.  Soldiers  divested  of 
their  arms,  either  by  conquest,  or  in  con- 
sequence of  some  defection. 

DISBANDED,  the  soldiers  of  any  re- 
giment, who  are  in  a  body  dismissed  from 
the  conditions  of  their  military  service. 

DISBARK.     See  DISEMBARK. 

DISCHARGE,  in  a  military  sense,  is 
the  dismissing  a  soldier  from  the  troop  or 
company  he  belonged  to,  either  at  his 
own  request,  or  after  long  services. 

This  term  is  also  applied  to  the  firing: 
of  cannon  or  musqucts,  as  a  discharge  of 
cannon,  or  o.^  small  arms. 

DISCIPLINARIAN,  an  officer  who 
pays  particular  regard  to  the  discipline  of 
the  soldiers  under  his  command 

DISCIPLINE,  in  a  milhary  sense, 
s';g< "H <;s  the  instruction  and  government 
of  soldiers. 

M  Hilary  DISCIPLINE,   )    By    military 

Muitary  Constitution^  \  constitution 
is  meant?  the  authoritative  declared  laws 


122 


D  IS 


D  IS 


for  the  guidance  of  all  military  men,  and 
all  military  matters ;  and  by  discipline  is 
meant,  the  obedience  to,  and  exercise  of 
those  laws.  As  health  is  to  the  natural 
body,  so  is  a  sound  military  constitution 
to  the  military  one  ;  and  as  exercise  is  to 
the  first,  so  is  discipline  to  the  last.  Bra- 
very will  perchance  gain  a  battle;  but 
every  one  knows  that  by  discipline  alone 
the  long  disputed  prize  of  a  war  can  be 
ultimately  obtained. 

The  kingdom  of  Prussia  was  a  striking 
example  in  favor  of  perfect  discipline ;  for 
while  that  state  had  a  strong  army,  and 
maintained  that  army  in  strict  discipline, 
it  had  held  a  very  considerable  share  in 
the  sysfem  of  Europe. 

Marine  DISCIPLINE,  is  the  training u p 
soldiers  for  sea  service,  in  suoh  exercises 
and  various  positions  as  the  musquet  and 
body  may  require:  teaching  them  like- 
wise every  manoeuvre  that  can  be  per- 
formed on  board  ships  of  war  at  sea,  &c. 

DISCIPLINE  miliiaire.  See  MILI- 
TARY DISCIPLINE. 

DISCRETION,  Fr.  discretion.  Se 
tendrc  a  discretion,  to  surrender  at  dis- 
cretion, implies  to  throw  on  's  .self  upon 
the  mercy  of  a  victorious  enemy.  The 
Trench  likewise  say,  les  soldats  vivent  a 
discretion  dans  un$ays  ;  which  in  familiar 
English  signifies,  soldiers  live  scot-free  in  a 
country. 

To  DISENGAGE,  to  clear  a  column 
or  line,  which  may  have  lost  its  proper 
front  by  the  overlap  ping  of  any  particular 
division,  company,  or  section  when  or- 
dered to  form  up.  To  do  this,  ground 
must  be  taken. to  the  ri^ht  or  left.  It  is 
however,  a  dangerous  operation  when  the 
army  or  battalion  gets  into  a  line  of  fire. 
In  that  case  the  files  that  overlap  must 
remain  in  the  rear,  and  fill  up  the  first 
openings. 

To  DISENGAGE,  is  also  to  extricate 
yourself  and  thk  men  you  command  from 
a  critical  situation.  A  battalion,  tor  in- 
stance, which  may  have  advanced  too  far 
during  an  action,  and  got  between  two 
fires,  may,  by  an  able  manoeuvre,  disen- 
gage itself. 

To  DISENGAGE  the  ivings  of  a  battalion . 
This  is  necessary  when  the  battalion 
countermarches  from  its  centre,  and  on 
its  centre  by  files.  The  baralion  having 
received  the  word  "  by  ivings,  inward 
face,"  is  next  ordered  **  by  wings,  three 
side  steps  to  the  right,  march,"  by  which 
the  wings  are  disengaged  from  each  other, 
or  this  may  be  done  by  a  quarter  face  to 
rhe  right  and  left  alter  facing  inward.  In 
counter-marching,  &c.  the  lead  ng  files 
must  uniformly  disengage  themselves. 

To  DISENGAGE,  in  fencin  ,  to  quit 
that  side  of  your  adversary's  blade,  on 
which  you  are  opposed  by  his  guard,  in 
order  to  eliect  a  cut  or  thrust  where  an 
opportunity  may  present. 

DISMANTLE,  to  strip  a  town  or 
fortress  of  its  outworks. 

To  DISMANTLE  a  gun.    To  render  it 


unfit  for  use.     Guns  are  frequently  dis- 
mantled and  L-ft  upon  the  field  of  battle. 

DISCOMFIT,  defeat,  rout,  over, 
throw. 

DISCOVERER,  a  scout;  one  who 
is  set  to  descry  the  enemy. 

DISEMBARK,  to  land  from  on  board 
any  vessel  or  craft,  used  to  convey  troops 
on  the  sea. 

DISEMBODIED.  See  DISBANDED. 

To  DISEMBODY.     To  disband. 

DISGARNISH,  to  take  guns  from  a 
fortress. 

D I S  L  O  D  G  L" ,  to  drive  an  enemy  from 
their  post  or  station. 

DISMISSED,  An  officer  in  the  Bri- 
tish service  may|be  dismissed  generally  ox 
specifically.  When  an  officer  is  dismissed 
generally,  it  is  signified  to  him,  that  there 
is  not  any  further  occasion  for  his  ser- 
vices. When  an  officer  is  dismissed  spe- 
cifically, it  is  expressly  notified,  that  he 
is  rendered  incapable  ot  ever  serving  again. 
Sometimes,  indeed  this  species  of  dis- 
missal is  attended  with  public  marks  of 
extreme  disgrace  and  degradation.  In  the 
Austrian  service  a  colonel  has  been  dis- 
missed at  the  head  of  his  regiment,  and 
has  had  his  sword  broken  before  him,  Sec. 
During  the  present  war  the  colonel  of  a 
mili'ia  regiment  has  not  only  been  ren<* 
dered  incapable  of  ever  serving  agahv 
but  has  been  expelled  the  house  of  com- 
mons for  military  misconduct.  The 
charges  against  him,  together  with  the 
circumstantial  proofs  of  his  guilt,  and 
the  king's  approbation  of  the  sentence 
were  read  in  the  circle  of  every  regiment 
throughout  Great  Britain,  in  1795,  and 
nothing  but  a  plsa  of  severe  indisposition 
saved  the  culprit  from  having  the  minutes 
publicly  communicated  to  him  at  the 
horse  guards, 

DISMOUNTING,  in  a  military  sense^ 
is  the  act  of  unhorsing.  Thus,  to  dis- 
mount the  cavalry,  &c.  is  to  make  them 
alight. 

To  DISMOUNT  cannon ,  is  to  break 
their  carriages,  wheels,  axle-trees,  or  any 
thing  else,  so  as  to  render  them  unfit  fo^ 
service.  It  also  implies  dismounting  by 
the  gin,  &c. 

DISOBEDIENCE  of  orders.  Any 
infraction,  by  neglect  or  wilful  omission, 
of  general  or  regimental  orders.  It  is 
punishable  by  the  articles  of  war. 

DISPART,  in  gunnery,  is  to  set  a 
mark  on  the  muzzle  ring,,  so  that  it  may 
be  of  an  equal  height  with  the  base  ring  : 
hence  a  line  drawn  between  them,  will 
be  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  concave  cy- 
linder, for  the  gunner  to  take  aim  by  it, 
to  hit  the  mark  he  is  to  fire  at ;  for  the 
bore  and  this  imaginary  line  being  paral- 
lel, the  aim  so  taken  must  be  true.  This 
exactness  cannot  be  made  use  of  in  an  en- 
gagement, and  but  very  seldom  at  a  siege; 
lor  in  those  cases  practice  and  the  eye 
must  be  the  only  guides. 

DrspART.  The  dispartof  agun  is  the 
half  diflerence  between,  the  diameter  of 


D  IS 


D  IS 


123 


parts   for  the  ultimate   benefit   of  the 
whole,  &c. 

A  particular  disposition  or  arrangement 
of  war  signifies  the  detail  of  minute  ob- 
jects, and  the  appropriation  of  various 
parts,  one  with  another,  for  the  purpose 
of  effecting  a  general  combination.  This 
disposition,  (without  which  the  other 
must  prove  abortive,)  consists  in  an  ob- 
servance of  the  strictest  discipline  by 
every  individual  that  belongs  to  a  troop 
or  company.  To  this  end,  general  of- 
ficers should  be  scrupulously  exact  in 
attending  to  the  inspection  of  particular 
corps  ;  specific  instructions  for  regimen- 
tal ceconomy  and  discipline  should  be 
given,  and  the  strictest  regard  be  paid  to 
the  execution  of  orders. 

DISTANCE,  in  military  formation, 
signifies  the  relative  space  which  is  left 
between  men  standing  under  arms  in 
rank,  or  the  intervals  which  appear  be- 
tween those  ranks,  £c, 

DISTANCES.      Inaccessable   distances 

DISPLACED,  officers  in  the  British  I  may  be  found  several   ways;  the  most 
service  are  sometimes  displaced  from  a    correct  of  which  of  course  is  by  means  of 
particular    regiment   in   consequence  of    proper  mathematical  instruments;  v  '" 
misconduct  proved  upon  the  minutes  of    however,  are  not  always  to  be  had 
a  general  court  rnaitial ;  but  they  are  at  |  field. 


the  gun  at  the  base  ring,  and  at  the  swell 
of  the  muzzle.  The  general  dispart  of 
all  guns  is  about  the  1.56  part  of  their 
length.  See  the  disparts  of  French  and 
English  guns  under  the  word  TANGENT 
SCALE 

DisPART-frcnttet.  See  FRONTLET. 
TV  DISPERSE  In  a  military  sense, 
rnay  be  variously  understood.  In  an  ac- 
tive one,  it  signifies  to  disperse  any  body 
of  men,  armed  or  unarmed,  who  may 
have  assembl  -d  in  an  illegal  or  hostile 
manner.  1'he  cavalry  are  generally  em- 
ployed on  these  occasions. 

r<?  DISPERSE,  like  wise  means  to  break 
suddenly  from  any  particular  order,  in 
line  or  column,  and  to  repair  to  some  ral- 
lying point.  Hence  to  sound  the  dis- 
perse, is  to  give  notice  that  the  battalion 
or  battalions  are  to  retreat  from  their  ac- 
tual position,  in  a  loose  and  desultory 
manner,  and  to  reassemble  according  to 
the  natural  line  of  formation,  taking  the 
colors  as  their  central  points  to  dress  by 


liberty  to  serve  in  arty  other  corps. 

To  DISPLAY,  in  a  military  sense,  is 
to  extend  the  front  of  a  column,  and 
hereby  bring  it  into  line.  See  DEPLOY. 

DISPOS£,  to  dispose  cannon,  is  to 
place  it  in  such  a  manner,  that  its  dis- 
charge may  do  the  greatest  mischief.  For 
instance,  to  dispose  cannon  along  the 
front  of  the  line. 

DISPOSITION,  in  a  general  sense, 
is  the  just  placing  an  army  or  body  of  men 
upon  the  most  advantageous  ground,  and 
in  the  strongest  situation  for  a  vigorous 
attack  or  defence. 

DISPOSITION  Je  guerre,  Fr  war- 
like arrangement,  or  disposition  Under 
this  head  may  be  considered  the  mode  of 
establishing,  combining,  conducting,  and 
finally  terminating  a  war,  so  as  to  pro- 
duce success  and  victory. 

Wisdom  and  discretion  in  council  point 
out  the  form  necessary  for  the  first  estab- 
lishment'of  a  warlike  enterprise,  or  dis- 
position, afford  the  means  of  bringing  it 
to  a  conclusion,  and  assimilate  all  the 
various  parts  so  as  to  unite  the  whole. 

The  following  maxims  are  in  the  me- 
moirs of  general  Montecuculi. 

I .  Deliberate  leisurely ,  execute  -promptly. 

d,  Let  the  safety  of  your  army  be  your  first 
object. 

3.  Leave  something  to  chance. 

4.  Take  advantage  of  circumstances. 

5 .  Use  all  the  Means  in  your  fewer  to  se- 
cure a  good  reputation. 

The  disposition  or  arrangement  of  a 
warlike  enterprise  may  be  universal,  or 
particular. 

An  universal  disposition  or  arrange- 
ment of  war  implies  every  thing  which 
relates  to  that  system  upon  an  extensive 
such  as  the  combination  of  many 


which, 
in  the 


The  following  different  methods  are 
laid  down  by  several  authors,  wherein- 
struments  cannot  be  hid. 


I.  Wishing  to  know 
the   distance  of  the 
object  A  from  B  (fig. 
i.j  place  a  picket  at 
B  and  another  at  C, 
at  a  few  fathoms  dis- 
tance, making  ABC 
a  right  angle,  and  di- 
vide B  C  into  4,  5,  or 
any  number  of  equal 
parts:  make  another 
similar  angle  at  C,  in 
a  direction  from  the 
object,and  walk  along 
the  line  C  D  till  you 
bring  yourself  in  a  line 
with  the  object  A, 
and  any  of  the  divi- 
sions, (say  c)  of  the 
line  BC.     Then,  as 
Co:  CD:  :B0:BA. 
VAUBAN. 


2.  To  gain  the  distance  between  two 
objects  C  and  D  (fig.  2.)  from  any  point 
A,  taken  in  the  line  C  D,  erect  the  per- 
pendicular A  E  :  on  which  scr  oft  from 
A  to  E,  i  or  200  feet,  more  or  less,  ac- 
cording to  the  distance  between  the  points 
C  and  D ;  Get  off  from  E  to  G  in  the  pro* 
longatioti  A  E,  one  eighth  or  one  tenth  of 


124 


D  I  S 


D  IS 


A  E  ;  at  G  raise  the  perpendicular  G  F, 
and  produce  it  towards-  1  ;  plant  pickets 
at  E  and  G,  then  move  with  another 
picket  on  G  F  till  it  becomes  in  a  line 


with  E  and  D  :  and  on  the  prolongaton 
of  the  perpendicular  F  G  place  another 
picket  at  I  in  the  line  with  E  and  C  ;  mea- 
sure F  I,  and  it  will  be  as  G  E  :  A  E 
:  :  FI  :  CD. 

3  To  gain  the  inaccessible  length  A  B, 
(fig.  3.)  of  the  iront  of  a  fortification; 
plant  a  picket  at  C,  from  whence  both 
po'nts  may  be  seen  :  fiud  the  lengths  C  A 
and  C  B  by  th;  method  just  given  (Is'o.  i.) 
make  C  E  £,  or  any  part  ot  C  B,  and 
make  C  D  bear  the  same  proportion  to 
CA:  measure  D  E,  then  it  will  be  as 
C  D  :  D  E  :  :  C  A  :  A  B. 


Am.    Mil.    Lib,   Article    FIELD 
FORTIFICATION. 


Nearly  after  the  same  manner  may 
be  ascertained  the  distance  from  B  to 
A  when  the  point  B  is  accessible;  for 
having  tv.easured  the  line  C  B,  and  made 
the  an  le  C  E  D  equal  to  C  B  A,  it  will 
be,  as  C  E  :  D  E  :  :  C  B  :  B  A. 

4  The  distance  of  a  battery,  or  other 
object,  may  be  ascertained  by  the  tai  gent 
scale  on  the  breech  of  a  gun.  It  is  how. 
ever  necessary  in  this  case  to  know  the 
height  of  the  object,  the  distance  of 
which  ss  required.  Lay  the  gun  by  the 
upper  line  of  metal  for  the  top  of  the  ob- 
ject, then  raise  the  tangent  scale  till  the 
top  of  the  scale  and  the  notch  at  the  muz- 
zle are  in  a  line  with  the  bottom  of  the 
object,  and  rote  what  height  of  the  tan- 
g  nt  scale  is  required  :  then  say,  as  the 
length  of  the  scale  a  ove  the  base  ring 
of  the  gun  is  to  the  1  ngth  from  the  base 
ring  to  the  swell  of  the  muzzle,  so  is  the 
height  of  the  object  to  its  distance  from 
the  muzzle  ef  the  gun. 

5.  The  breadth   of  a  river,   or  other 
short  distance,  may  be  taken  thus  :  take 
two   pickets  of  eiifterent    lengths,   drive 
the  shortest  into  the  ground  close  to  the 
edge  of  the  bank ;  measure  som?  paces 
back  from  it,  and  drive  in  the  other  till 
you   find,    by  looking  over   the   tops  of 
both,   that  your  sight  cuts  the  opposite 
side — Then  pull  up  the  first  picket,  mea- 
sure rh    same  distance  from  the  second, 
in  any  direction  the  most  horizontal,  and 
drive  it  as  o.eep  in  the  ground  .is  before. — 
Consequently,   it    you   look  over   them 

:  a^am,  and  observe  where  the  line  of  sight 
falls,  you  will  have  the  distance  re- 
quired 

6.  The  following  simple  method  of  as  - 
certaming  the  breadth  of  a  river  may  be 

I  sufficiently  correct  for  some  cases  :  Place 

i  your^ell   at  the  edge  of  one  bank,  and 

i1  lower  one  corner  of  your  hat  till  you  find 

;i  the  edge  of  it  cuts  the  other  bank  ;  then 

steady  your,  head,  by  placing  your  hand 

umier  your  chin,  and  turn  gently  round 

to  some  level  spot  of  ground,  and  observe 

where  your  eyes  and  the  edge  of  the  hat 

again   meet    the   ground :    your  distance 

from  that  point  will  be  nearly  the  breadth 

of  the  river. 

7.  DISTANCES  ascertained  by  the  dif- 
ference between  the  true  and  apparent 
level.     See  LEVELLING. 

8.  DISTANCES    measured  by  sound. 
See  SOUND, 

9.  The    following  simple  micrometer 
may  be  so  usefully  applied  to  military 
purposes, that  w   shall  extract  it  verbatim 
from  the  Philosophical  Transactions  for 
1791,  where  it  is  described  by  Cavallo. 
This  micrometer  consists  of  a  thin  and 
narrow  slip  of  mother  of  pearl,  finely  di- 
vided, and  placed  in  thefecus  of  the  eye- 
glass«, fa  telescope,  just  where  the  image 
is  formed.     It  is  immaterial  whether  the 
telescope  be  a  reflector,  or  a  refractor, 
provided  the  eye  glass  be  a  convex  lens 
ami  not  a  concave  one,  as  in  the  Galilean 
construction.    The  simplest  way  to  fix 


D  IS 


D  IS 


125 


it,  is  to  stick  it  on  the  diaphragm,  which 
generally  stands  within  the  nibe,  and  in 
the  iocus  of  the  eye  glass.     When  thus 
fixed,  if  you  look  through  the  eye  glass, 
the  divisions  on  the  scale  will  appear  very 
distinct,  unless  the  diaphragm  is  not  >.x- 
actly  in  the  focus  :    in  which  case  the 
scale  must  be  placed  exactly  in  the  focus, 
by  pushing  the  diaphragm,  backwards  or 
forwards,    when  this  is   pracfcable ;  or 
else  the  scale  may  be  easily  removed  trom 
one  surface  of  the  d  aphragm  to  the  other, 
by  the  interposition  of  a  circular  bit  of 
paper  or  card,  or  a  piece  of  sealing  wax. 
This  construction  is  fully  sufficient  when 
the  telescope  is  always  to  be  used  by  the 
same  person  ;  but  when  different  persons 
are  to  us*  it,  then  the  diaphragm,  which 
supports  the  micrometer,  must  be  so  con- 
structed as  to  be  easily  moved  backwards 
or  forwards,  though  that  motion  need  not 
be  greater  than  about  the  tentu  or  eighth 
of  an  inch.     This  is  necessary,  because 
the  distance  of  the  focus  of  the  same  lens 
appears  different  to  the  eyes  of  different 
persons ;  and  therefore  whoever  is  going 
to  use  the  telescope  for  the  mensuration 
of  an  angle,  must  first  unscrew  the  tube 
which  contains  the  eye  glass  and  micro- 
meter,  from  the  rest  of  the  telescope, 
and,  looking  through  the  eye  glass,  place 
the  micrometer  where  the  divisions   of 
it  may  appear  most  distinct  to  his  eye. 
The  mother  of  pearl  scale  may  be  about 
the  24th  part  of  an  inch  broad ;  its  length 
is    determined  by  the  aperture  of    the 
diaphragm;  its  thickness  that  of  writing 
paper.     The  divisions  on  it  maybe  the 
2ooth  of  an  inc1',  which  may  reach  from 
one  edge  of  the  scale  to  about  the  middle  ; 
and  every  fifth  and  tenth  division  may  be 
a  little  longer,    the  tenths  going  quite 
across.      When   the    telescope  does  not 
magnify   above  30   times,  the  divisions 
need  not  be  so  minute      For  the  sake  of 
those  not  conversant  in  trigonometry,  the 
following  is  an  easy  method  of  determin- 
ing the  value  oi  the  divisions  on  the  scale. 
Mark   upon  a  wall  or  other   place,  the 
length  of  6  inches  ;  then  place  the  teles- 
cope before  it  so  that  the  6  inches  be  at 
right  angles  to  it,  and  exactly  57  fei-t  3^ 
inches  distant  from  the  object  glass  of  the 
telescope.     This  done,  look  through  the 
telescope,  and  observe  how  many  divi- 
sions of  the  micrometer  are  equal  to  it, 
and  that  same  number  of  divisions  will  be 
equal  to  half  a  degree,  or  30';  and  this  is 
all  that  need  be  done  to  ascertain  the  value 
of  the  scale.     The  reason  on  which  it  i 
founded  is,  that  an  extension  of  six  inches 
at  the  distance  of  57  feet,  3^ inches,  sub- 
tends an  angle  of  30',  as  is  easily  calcu- 
lated   by    trigonometry.      To   save  the 
trouble  of  calculation,  a  scale  may   be 
made  requiring  only  inspection      Thus 
draw  a  line  equal  to  the  diameter  of  th< 
field  of  the  telescope,  and  divide  its  unde 
side  into  the  same  number  of  parts  as  an 
on  your  micrometric  scale,  and,  by  the 
above  operation  on  ths  wall,  having  de- 


ermined  the  value  of  30',  which  we  will 
uppose  to    orrespond  with  16  divisions 
n  the  scale,  mark  30'  o.    the  opposite 
ide  of  the  line,  opposite  16  on  the  lower  ,- 
5  opposite  8,  and  so  on. 
By  the  following  table  the  results  may 
be  ascertained  by  inspection  only :  thus, 
uppose  an  extension  of  i  foot 'is  found 
>y  the  table  to  subtend  an  an^le  of  22', 
the  distance  will  be  156.2  :  and  suppose 
at  the  distance  of  171.8  an  object  sub- 
ends  an  angle  of  20',  its  height  w;l;  be 
found  to  be  i  foot ;  or,  suppose  aw  object 
of  6  feet  high  to  subtend  an  angle  of  20 ', 
the  distance  is  1030.8,   by  multiplying 
71.8  by  6. 

Table  cf  Anglts  subtended  by  I  Foot,  at  dif- 
ferent Distances. 


o 

V     • 

•n 

u  *^ 

d 

u    . 
o  *-• 

i\  i« 

j3 

c3  -^ 

p 

03  r^j 

a 

ca  (^ 

^  *  ^  -^ 

C 

•-.S 

5 

tl        „ 

•-    C 

c 

•-   G 

S 

D'" 

S 

g.a 

S 

s 

I 

3437-7 

1  6 

214.8 

j, 

II0.9 

46 

74-7 

2 

3 

1718.9 
1145-9 

17 
18 

202.2 
I9I.O 

3- 
33 

107  '4 

104  2 

S 

4 

859.4 

19 

l8o.  p 

34,    iOI    1 

49 

70.1 

5 

687.5 

,2C 

171  8 

35!     98.2 

50 

68.7 

6 

572.9 

21 

162.7 

36!    95-5 

51 

67.4 

7 

40  1    I 

"*  .2 

I  *T!&   2i77'       02    U 

66.1 

8 
9 

429.7 
382.0 

,23 

149.4 

143-2 

38      yO-4 
39,     88.1 

53 
54 

64.8 
63.6 

10 

34^.7 

:25 

137-5 

40 

85-9 

55 

62.5 

ii 

312.5 

j26 

132.2 

41 

838 

56 

61.4 

12 

286.5 

•27  127.2 

42 

8l.8 

57 

60.3 

I-; 

264.4 

;28 

122.7 

43 

79-9 

5« 

59.2 

'« 

245-5 
229.2 

!2gi    118.5 
130!    II4.6 

44 
45 

78.1 

76.4 

tt 

58.2 

_-  57-3 

DISTANCE  efjiles.  E  very  soldier  when 
in  his  true  position  under  arms,  shoul- 
dered and  ia  rank,  must  just  fael  with 
his  elbow  the  touch  of  his  neighbor  with 
whom  he  dresses  ;  nor  in  any  situation  oL 
movement  in  front,  must  he  ever  relin- 
quish such  touch,  which  becomes  in  ac- 
tion the  principal  direction  for  the  preser- 
vation of  his  order,  and  each  file  as  con- 
nected with  its  two  neighboring  ones, 
must  consider  itself  a  complete  body,  so 
arranged  for  the  purpose  of  attack,  or  ef- 
fectual defence.  Close  fik-s  must  in- 
variably constitute  the  formation  of  all 
corps  that  go  into  action.  Ths  peculiar 
exercise  of  the  light  infantry  is  the  only 
exception  See  Am  Mil.  Lih. 

DISTANCE  of  ranks,  open  distances  of 
ranks  are  two  ,;aces  asunder ;  when  close 
they  are  one  pace ;  when  the  body  is  halt- 
ed  and  to  fire,  they  are  still  closer  locked 
up.  Close  ranks,  order  or  distance  is  the 
constant  and  habitual  order  at  which 
troops  are  at  all  times  formed  and  move,; 
open  ranks,  order  or  distance  is  only  an 
occasional  exception,  made  in  the  situ- 
ation of  parade,  or  in  light  infantry  mo- 
nceuvres. 

DISTANCES  oj Jilts  and  ranks ,  relate  to 
the  trained  soldier,  but  in  the  coarse  of 
b.;s  tuition  he  must  be  much  exercised  at 


126 


D  IV 


DOS 


open  files  and  ranks,  and  acquire  tliercb; 
independence  and  the  command  of"  hi 
•  imbs  and  bodv. 

DISTANCE  of  the  bastions,  in  forti 
fication,  is  the  side  of  the  exterior  poly 
gon.  See  FORTI  ?ICATION. 

DISTRIBUTION.  In  a  militarj 
nense,  generally  applies  to  any  division 
or  allotment,  which  is  made  for  the  pur 
poses  of  warfare.  Thus  an  army  may  bi 
distributed  about  a  country.  In  a  mon 
confined  sense,  it  means  the  minute  ar- 
rangements that  arc  made  for  the  interio 
ceconomy  of  corps ;  as  distribution  of  pa] 
or  subsistence,  distribution  of  allowances 
Sec. 

DISTRICT,  in  a  military  sense,  on< 
of  those  parts  into  which  a  country  is  di- 
vidod,  for  the  conveniences  of  command 
2nd  to  secure  a  ready  co-operation  be- 
tween  distant  bodLs  of  armed  men. 

DITCH.  See  FORTIFICATION 
MOAT. 

To  drain  a  DITCH,  is  to  make  the 
".vater  run  oft'into  lower  ground,  by  means 
'vf  sm:ill  trenches  cut  for  this  purpose. 

DIVERSION,  in  military  history,  is 
vh  an  enemy  is  attacked  n  one  place 
lie  is  weak  and  unprovided,  in 
orcu-r  to  draw  off  his  forces  from  making 
an  irruption  somewhere  else;  or  where 
an  enemy  is  strong,  and  by  an  able  ma 
iioeuvre  he  is  obliged  to  detach  part  of  his 
.forces  to  ies>stany  feint  or  menacing  at 
tempt  of  his  opponent.  To  derive  ad- 
vantage from  a  diversion,  taken  in  an  ex- 
tended acceptation  of  the  term,  it  is  ne- 
cessary, that  one  state  should  have  great- 
er resources  than  another ;  for  it  would 
be  absurd  to  attack  the  territories  o 
another  before  you  had  secured  your  own. 
It  is  likewise  requisite,  that  the  coun 
>ry  you  attack  by  htrata^em  or  diversion, 
:-houldbe  easy  of  access,  and  the  invasion 
you  make  must  be  prompt,  vigorous  and 
unexpected,  directed  againt  a  weak  and 
vulnerable  quarter.  A  little  good  fortune 
""s  however  essential  to  render  a  diversion 
perfectly  successful,  as  all  the  ways  and 
means  by  which  it  ought  be  made,  cannot 
be  reduced  to  rule. 

The  most  memorable  instance  of  a  di- 
version well  executed,  which  we  meet 
with  in  ancient  history,  was  performed  by 
Scipio in  Africa, whilst  Annibal  carried  th~ 
•war  into  Italy.  In  1659,  a  diversion  no  less 
remarkable,  was  practised  by  the  imperial 
and  allied  armies  against  the  Swedes. 

DIVISIONS  of  a  battalion,  are  the 
several  platoons  into  which -a  regiment  or 
battalion  is  divided,  either  in  marching 
or  firing ;  each  of  which  is  commanded 
by  an  officer. 

DIVISIONS  of  an  armvt  are  the  number 
of  brigades  and  squadrons  it  contains. 

The  advance,  the  main,  and  the  rear 
guards  are  composed  out  of  the  several 
brigades,  and  march  in  front,  in  the  cen- 
tre, and  in  the  rear  of  an  army.  Each 
army  has  its  right  wing,  its  centre,  and  its 
ring.  When  armies  march  they 


advance  in  column,  that  is,  they  are  di- 
vided into  several  squadrons  and  bat- 
talions of  a  given  depth,  successively 
formed  upon  one  another.  If  an  army 
be  drawn  out  or  displayed  in  order  of 
battle  it  is  usually  divided  into  the  first 
line,  which  constitutes  the  front,  the 
second  line,  which  makes  the  main  body, 
and  the  third  line  or  reserve. 

DODECAGON,  in  geometry,  is  a 
regular  polygon,  consisting  of  12  equal 
sid?s  and  angles,  capable  of  being  regu- 
larly fortified  with  the  same  number  of 
bastions. 

DODECAHEDRON,  is  one  of  the 
platonic  bodies,  or  five  regular  solids, 
and  is  contained  under  12  equal  and  re- 
gular pentagons. 

The  solidity  of  a  dodecahedron,  is  found 
by  multiplying  the  area  of  one  of  the  pen- 
tagonal faces  of  it  by  12  ;  and  this  latter 
product  by  i-3d  of  the  distance  of  the 
face  from  the  centre  of  the  dodetabedron, 
which  is  the  same  as  the  centre  of  the 
circumscribing  sphere. 

The  side  of  a  dodecahedron  inscribed  in  a 
sphere,  is  the  greater  part  of  the  side  of  a 
cube  inscribed  in  that  sphere,  cut  into 
extreme  and  mean  proportion. 

I  f  the  diameter  of  the  sphere  be  i,oooa, 
the  sidet>f  a  dodecahedron  inscribed  in  it 
will  be  .35682  nearly. 

All  dodecahedrons  are  similar,  and  are  to 
one  another  as  the  cubes  of  the  sides  ; 
and  their  surfaces  are  also  similar,  and 
therefore  they  are  as  the  squares  of  their 
sides;  whence  as  .509282  is  to  10.51462, 
so  is  the  sqviare  of  the  side  of  z\\y  dodeca- 
hedron to  the  superficies  thereof;  and  as 
.3637  is  to  2.78516,  so  is  the  cube  of 
the  side  of  any  dodecahedron  to  the  solidity 
ofJt. 

DOG.Nai/s.     See  NAILS. 

DOLPHINS.     See  CANNON. 

DOMMAGE,  Fr.  in  a  general  accep, 
tation  of  the  term,  signified  in  the  old 
French  service,  the  compensation  which 
every  captain  of  a  troop,  or  company  was 
obliged  to  make  in  consequence  of  any 
damage  that  their  men  might  have  done 
n  a  town,  or  on  a  march.  If  any  disa- 
greement occurred  between  the  officers 
ind  the  inhabitants,  with  respect  to  the 
ndemKification,  a  statement  of  losses 
sustained  was  sworn  to  by  the  latter, 
)efore  the  mayor  or  magistrates  of  the 
ilace,  who  determined  the  same.  But  if 
he  officers  should  refuse  to  abide  by 
heir  decision,  a  remonstrance  was  drawn 
up  and  transmitted  to  the  secretary  at  war. 
vith  a  copy  of  the  same  to  the  intendant 
)f  the  province.  Officers  have  frequently 
jeen  displaced  or  degraded  on  this  ac'- 
ount.  Hence  the  term  dommage  is 
up  posed  to  have  heen  derived  from  the 
atm  words  damnum  jc.ctura,  and  signifies 
he  loss  or  privation  of  a  step. 
DONJON.  See  DUNGEON. 
DOSSER,  in  military  matters,  is  a, 
ortof  basket,  carried  on  the  shoulders  oi 
men,  used  in  carrying  the  earth  from  ope 


DR  A 


D  R  A 


127 


part  of  a  forrification  to  another,  where 
it  is  wanted 

DOUBLING,  in  the  military  art,  is 
the  placing  two  or  more  ranks,  or  files 
into  one. 

DOUBLE  your  ranks,  is  for  the  zd, 
4th,  and  6th  ranks  (when  so  drawn  up] 
to  march  into  the  ist,  3d,  and  5th;  so 
that  of  6  ranks  they  are  made  hut  3  ; 
which  is  not  so  when  they  double  by 
half  files,  because  then  3  ranks  stand  to- 
gether, and  the  3  other  com<i  up  to  double 
them;  that  is,  the  ist,  id,  and  3d,  are 
doubled  by  the  4th,  $th,  and  6th,  or  the 
contrary. 

DOUBLE  your  fles^  is  for  every  other 
file  to  march  into  that  which  is  next  to 
it,  on  the  right  or  left,  as  the  word  ot 
command  directs ;  and  then  the  6  ranks 
are  doubled  into  12,  the  men  standing  12 
deep  ;  and  the  distance  between  the  files 
is  double  what  it  was  before.  By  this 
method  3  files  may  be  doubled  into  6, 
&c. 

To  DOUBLE  rour.d^  in  military  move- 
ments, is  to  march  by  an  inversion  of  a 
second  line,  on  the  extremity  of  a  first 
line,  thereby  to  outflank  an  enemy. 

DOUBLE  lenallle.     See  T E  N  A  i  L  L  E  . 

DOUILLE,  Fr.  a  small  iron  socket 
which  is  at  the  heel  of  the  bayonet,  and 
receives  the  extreme  end  of  the  musquet, 
so  as  to  be  firmly  united  together. 

DOUILLE  likewise  signifies,  the  cavity 
which  belongs  to  the  round  piece  of  iron 
that  is  fixed  to  the  end  of  the  ramrod,  by 
means  of  two  nails  through  two  small 
holes,  called^tf*  or  eyes,  and  to  which 
the  worm  is  attached. 

DRAGON  etDRAGON  VOLANT, 
Fr.  some  old  pieces  of  artillery  were  an- 
ciently so  tailed.  The  Dragon  was  a 
4°- pounder;  the  Dragon  Volant  a  32. 
But  neither  the  name  nor  the  size  of  the 
calibre  of  either  piece  is  now  in  use. 

DR  A  CONNER,  Fr.  According  to 
the  French  acceptation  of  the  term,  is 
to  attack  any  person  in  a  rude  and  violent 
manner ;  to  take  any  thing  by  force ;  to 
adopt  prompt  and  vigorous  measures  ; 
and  to  bring  those  people  to  reason  by  hard 
blows,  who  could  not  be  persuaded  by 
fair  words. 

DRAGOONS,  in  military  affairs,  are 
a  kind  of  horsemen,  or  cavalry,  who 
serve  both  on  horseback,  and  foot ;  being 
always  ready  on  every  emergency,  as 
being  able  to  keep  pace  with  the  horse, 
and  to  do  infantry  duty.  In  battle,  or  on 
attacks,  they  generally  fi.ht  sword  in 
hand  after  the  first  fire.  In  the  field  they 
encamp  on  the  right  a*  d  left  of  the  lines. 
They  are  divided  into  brigades,  regiments, 
and  squadrons.  Their  martial  music  is 
the  clarion  or  trumpet.  The  first  regiment 
of  dragoons  in  England  was  raided  in 
1681,  and  called  the  royal  regimem  of 
dragoons  of  North  Britain.  This  name  is 
derived  from  the  Latin  \vord  Draconariiy 
used  amongiit  the  Romans.  The  stand- 
ard of  the  Roman  cavalry  bore  as  its  de- 


ll vice  a  dragon  ;  as  that  of  the  infantry  bor£ 
an  eagle. 

To  DRAGOON,  is  to  persecute  by 
abandoning  a  place  to  the  rage  of  the  sol- 
di.-ry. 

DRAG-ropcs.    SeeRo?££.    SeeBRi- 

COLE. 

DRAIN  or  DREIN,  in  the  military- 
art,  is  a  trench  made  to  draw  water  out 
of  a  ditch,  which  is  afterwards  filled. 
with  hurdles  and  earth,  or  with  fascines, 
or  bundles  of  rushes  and  planks,  to  fa- 
cilitate the  passage  over  the  mud.  Se^- 
TRENCH. 

DRAKE,  a  small  piece  of  artillery. 

DRAUGHT,  a  plan  or  delineation  of 
any  place;  a  body  of  troops  selected  fror<u 
others. 

To  DRAUGHT,  to  draw  forces  from 
one  brigade,  &c.  to  complete  another; 
to  select  a  proportion  from  brigades,  re- 
giments, or  companies  for  any  particular' 
service. 


O,,  n  a  xun-carrage,  are 
fixed  to  the  transom-  bolts  on  the  cheeks 
of  artillery  carriages,  near  the  trunnion 
holes  and  trails:  they  are  used  to  draw 
the  guns  backwards  and  forwards  by  meu 
with  drag  ropes  fixed  to  those  hooks. 

DRAUGHTED,  the  soldiers  of  any 
regiment  being  allotted  to  complete  other 
regiments  are  said  to  be  draughted. 

DRAUGHTSMEN,  a  body  of  men 
educated  to  assist  the  engineers  in  draw- 
ing plans,  fortifications,  and  surveying; 
every  officer  should  endeavor  to  be  a  good 
draughtsman  ;  and  every  corps  ought  to 
have  a  master  to  teach  in  camp  or  quar- 
ters. 

To  DRAW,  to  delineate  or  make  s. 
sketch. 

DRAW  RAMROD,  a  word  of  com- 
mand, used  in  the  drill  exercise,  on 
which  the  soldier  draws  his  ramrod  hali? 
from  the  pipes,  and  seizing  it  back  hand- 
ed by  the  middle,  waits  for  the  signal  for 
the  next  motion,  when  he  turns  it  round, 
and  with  an  extended  arm,  places  the 
butt  of  the  rod  about  one  inch  in  the  muz- 
zle of  the  firelock,  in  which  position  he 
waits  for  the  command  ram  dwvn  cart- 
ridge, 

DRAW  SWORDS,  a  word  of  command 
in  the  sword  exercise  of  the  cavalry. 

The  drawing  of  swords  is  performed  i;} 
3  motions,  ist,  Bring  the  right  hand 
smartly  across  the  body  to  ;he  sword 
knot,  which  being  placed  on  the  wrist, 
and  secured  by  giving  the  hand  a  couple 
of  turns  inwards,  seize  the  hilt  of  the 
sword.  2dk  Draw  the  sword  with  an  e#- 
tended  arm  ;  sink  the  hand  till  the  hilt  of 
the  sword  is  immediately  againt  the  left 
ni  p  ,  le,  the  blade  of  the  sword  perpendicu  - 
lar,and  the  back  of  the  hand  outwards.  3d. 
Bring  down  the  hilt  till  in  a  line  with  the 
bridle  hard,  the  blade  perpendiculi  r,  the 
edge  turned  towards  the  horse's  left  ear. 

Officers,  01  infantry,  when  the  IHCJI  are 
undei  arms,  d:avv  their  swords  without 
waiting  for  any  v/ord  of  command, 


128 


D  RI 


DRU 


To  DRAW  off,  to  retire. 

To  DRAW  e,v,  to  advance. 

To  D  A  w  out,  to  call  the  soldiers  forth 
in  arra>  for  action. 

To  DR  A\V  up,  to  form  in  battle  array. 

DKAW  l-riiige.     See  BRIDGE. 

DRAWING,    in  a  military   sense,  is 
the  art. of  representing  the  appearances 
of  all  kinds  cf  miKtary  objects  by  imita- 
tion, or  copying,  both  with  and  without 
ssistauce  of  mathematical  rules. 

DRESS-w/Y/Ajy.  The  clothing  of  the 
army  is  generally  called  regimentals,  every 
part"  of  which  'should  facilitate,  and  not 
hinder,  the  various  motions  of  the  ma- 
nual exercise.  A  soldier,  wi  hout  regard 
to  fashion  or  taste  (to  use  th  words  of  a 
modern  author)  should  be  dressed  in  the 
most  comfortable  and  least  embarrassing 
mann.r  possible;  and  the  keep  ng  him 
warm,  and  leaving  him  the  en  lire  use  of 
his  limbs,  are  objects  always  to  be  had  in 
view. 

To  DRESS,  in  a.  military  sense,  is  to 
keep  the  body  in  such  a  relative  position, 
as  to  contribute  towards,  and  form  a  part 
of,  an  exact  continuity  of  line,  upon 
whatever  front,  or  in  whatever  shape, 
the  battalion  may  be  formed.  Soldiers 
dress  by  one  another  in  ranks,  and  the 
body  collectively  dresses  by  some  given 
object. 

DRESSING  of  a  battalion  after  the 
hah,  is  to  bring  all  its  relative  parts  in  a 
line  with  the  point,  or  object,  towards 
which  it  was  directed  to  move.  What- 
ever correction  is  necessary,  must  be  made 
by  adva:.cing  or  retiring  the  flanks,  and 
not  by  moving  the  centre;  which,  hav- 
ing bee>>  the  guide  in  the  march,  has  pro- 
perly stopped  at  the  point  where  it  has 
arrived. 

DRESSING  of  a  hatt  alien  ivhen  it  is  to 
retire,  is  to  have  some  intelligent  officer 
placed  thirty  paces  in  the  rear,  so  as  to 
stand  perpendicular  to  the  front  directing 
Serjeant,  by  whom  the  direction  of  the 
march  is  to  be  ascertained,  as  the  officer 
~.viil,  of  course,  be  in  the  line,  or  nearly 
.so,  of  the  directing  Serjeants. 

DRESNER,  Fr.     Ste/oDRESs. 

D  R I N  K 1 N  G  to  excess  in  the  army  is 

at  all  times  highly  criminal,  but  upon 

service  it  ought  never  to  be  overlooked  ; 

and  the  consequence  will  be  a  tiial  by  a 

court  martial.     It  has  been  productive  of 

almost  innumerable  mischiefs,  and  is  a 

most  detestable  and  horrid  [.ractic-j.  What- 

ever  commissioned  officer  shall  be  found 

drm  k  on  his  guard,  party,  or  other  duty, 

: ruler  arms,  shall  be  cashiered  ;  any  non- 

.  ijsioned  officer  or  soldier,  so  offend- 

aall  suffer   such  corpora'    punis/i- 

mcnt  as  shall  he  inflicted  by  the  sentence 

of  i)  court  martial.      Art.  cf  ' 

To  DRILL,  to  teach  young  recruits 
the  first  pr'n.cipks  of  military  movements 
and  position.-, 

T'J  ')€  feat  t-j  .,    ILL,  to  be  placed  under 
ii!  oiii'ce;,  or  non- 
commissioned officer,  and  made  to  join 


the  recruits  in  performing  the  manual  and 
platoon  exercise,  Sec.  This  is  sometimes 
ordered  as  a  punishment  to  those  who  are 
perfect  in  their  exercise,  when  a  battalion,, 
company,  or  indivi  ual  has  done  some- 
thing to  merit  exposure. 

DRIVERS  of  baggage  or  artillery ,  men 
who  drve  the  baggage,  artillery,  and 
stores,  having  no  other  duty  in  he  army. 

DRUM,  is  a  martial  musical  instru- 
ment in  the  form  of  a  cylinder,  hollow 
within,  and  covered  at  the  two  ends  with 
vellum,  which  is  stretched  or  slackened 
at  pleasure,  by  means  of  small  cords  and 
slidin  leathers.  This  instrument  is  used, 
both  by  infantry  and  artillery  ;  which  is 
done  in  several  manners,  either  to  give  no- 
tice to  the  troops  of  what  they  are  to  do,  or 
to  demand  liberty  to  make  some  proposal 
to  an  enemy .  Every  company  of  foot  or  ar- 
tillery, has  two  or  more  drums,  according 
to  the  effective  strength  ©f  the  party.  The 
drum  was  first  invented  hy  Bacchus,  who, 
as  Polyenus  reports,  fighting  against  the 
Indians,  gave  the  signal  of  battle  with 
cymbals  and  drums;  and  the  Saracens, 
who  invaded  Christendom,  introduced 
the  drum  into  the  European  armies  The 
various  beats  are  as  follow,  among  the 
British. 

The  general,  is  to  give  notice  to  th6 
troops  that  they  are  to  march. 

The  assembly,  )  to   order   the   troops  to 

The  troop,  \  repair  to  the  place  of 
rendezvous,  or  to  their  colors. 

The  march,  to  command  them  to  movCj, 
always  with  the  left  fo^t  first. 

Tat-too,  to  order  all  to  retire  to  their 
quarters. 

The  reveille,  always  beats  at  break  of 
day,  and  is  to  warn 'the  soldiers  to  rise, 
and  the  centinels  to  forbear  challenging, 
and  to  *,ive  leave  to  come  out  of  quarters. 

Toa>-tns,  for  soldiers  who  are  dispersed, 
to  repair  to  them. 

The  retreat,  a  signal  to  draw  off  from  the 
enemy.  It  likewise  means  a  beat  in  both 
camp  and  garrison  a  little  before  sun-set, 
at  -vhich  time  the  gates  art  shut,  and  the 
soldiers  repair  to  their  barracks. 

The  alarm,  is  to  give  notice  of  sudden 
danger,  that  all  may  be  in  readiness  for 
immediate  duty. 

The  par  ley,      )  is  a   signal    to    demanti 

The  cbamaie,  \  some  conference  with 
the  enemy. 

DRUM,  or  DRUMMER,  the  person  who 
beats  the  drum. 

jT<r///f-DjtuMs,  are  two  sorts  of  large 
basons  of  copper  or  brass,  rounded  at  the 
bottom,  and  covered  with  vellum  or  goat- 
skin, which  is  kept  fast  by  a  circle  of 
iroti,  and  several  holes,  fastened  to  the 
body  of  the  drum,  and  a  like  number  of 
screws  to  stretch  't  at  pleasure.  They 
are  used  among  the  horse. 

DHUM-WM/V,  is  always  that  person  in 
the  re; 'ment,  wh>.  beats  the  best  drum, 
I)  :s  r.c  command  over  the  other  drums, 
and  teaches  them  their  duty,  Every  re« 
girn.cn  •:• -major. 


DUE 


D  U  M 


129 


DRUM- STICKS,  the  sticks  with  which  I!  abilities,  accompanied  with  the  strongest 


the  drummer  beats  his  drum. 

DUEL,  is  a  single  combat,  at  a  time! 
and  place  appointed,  in  consequence  of  a' 
•  art-.-l  or  challenge.  Duelling  was  an-i 
ciently  authorised ;  but  the  motive  of  I 
the  duellists  was  the  good  of  their  coun-  i 
try,  when  one,  or  a  small  number  of  com- 
batants were  chosen  to  save  the  blood  of 
a  whole  army,  and  decide,  by  victory  or 
death,  the  quarrels  of  kings  or  nations. 
Thus  it  was  with  Goliah  and  David, 
the  Horatii  and  Curatii,  and  several 
others. 

DUELLING  was  so  general  a  method 
of  determining  differences  among  the 
nobles,  that  even  ecclesiastics  were  not 
excused ;  only,  to  prevent  their  being 
stained  with  blood,  they  procured  cham- 
pions to  light  for  them.  None  were  ex- 
cepted  from  combat,  but  sick,  people, 
cripples,  and  such  as  were  under  21  years 
of  age,  or  above  60.  Justs  and  tourna- 
ments, doubtless,  rendered  duels  more 
frequent. 

No  officer  or  soldier  shall  pretend  to 
send  a  challenge  to  any  other  officer  or 
soldier,  to  fight  a  duel ;  if  a  commission- 
ed officer,  on  pain  of  being  cashiered;  if 
a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier,  of 
•;uiFering  corporal  punishment,  at  the 
discretion  of  a  court  martial.  Articles  of 
war. 

Pharamond  king  of  the  Gauls,  in  the 
year  420,  issued  the  following  edict 
against  duelling. 

"WHEREAS  it  has  come  to  our  royal 
notice  and  observation,  that  in  contempt 
of  all  laws,  divine  and  human,  it  has  of 


passion  for  true  glory,  are  such  as  are 
i;;ost  liable  to  be  involved  in  the  dangers 
arising  from  this  licence.  Now,  taking 
the  said  premises  nto  our  serious  consi- 
deration, and  well  weighing,  that  all  such 
emergencies  (wherein  the  mind  is  incapa- 
ble of  commanding  itself,  and  where  thi: 
injury  is  too  sudden,  or  too  exquisite  to  be 
borne)  are  particularly  provided  for  by 
laws  heretofore  enacted ;  and  that  the 
qualities  of  less  injuries,  like  those  of 
ingratitude,  are  too  nice  and  delicate  to 
come  under  general  rules  ;  we  do  resolve 
to  blot  this  fashion,  or  wantonness  of 
anger,  out  of  the  minds  of  our  subjects, 
by 'our  royal  resolutions  declared  in  this 
edict,  as  follows  : — No  person  who  either 
sends  or  accepts  a  challenge,  or  the  pos- 
terity of  either,  though  no  death  ensues 
thereupon,  shall  be,  after  the  publica- 
tion of  this  our  edict,  capable  of  bearing 
office  in  these  our  dominions  : — The  per- 
son who  shall  prove  the  sending  or  re- 
ceiving a  challenge,  shall  receive  to  his 
own  use  and  property,  the  whole  per- 
sonal estate  of  both  parties  ;  and  their 
real  estate  shall  be  immediately  vested  in 
the  next  heir  oftthe  offenders,  in  as  ample 
a  manner  as  if  the  said  olfenders  were  ac- 
tually deceased: — Incases  where  the  laws 
(which  we  have  already  granted  to  our 
subjects)  admit  of  an  appeal  for  blood : 
when  the  criminal  is  condemned  by  the 
said  appeal,  he  shall  not  only  suffer 
death,  but  his  whole  estate,  real,  mixed, 
and  personal,  shall,  from  the  hour  of  his 
deatii,  be  vested  in  the  next  heir  of  thj 
person  whose  blood  he  spilt : — That  it 


late  become  a  custom  among  the  nobility  jj  shall  not  hereafter  be  in  our  royal  power, 
and  gentry  of  this  our  kingdom,  upon  jj  or  that  of  our  successors,  to  pardon  the. 

1     said  offences,  or  restore  the  oiienders  to 


slight  and  trivial,  as  well  as  great  ancl 
urgent  provocations,  to  invite  each  other 
into  the  field,  there,  by  their  own  hands, 
and  of  their  own  authority,  to  decide 
their  controversies  by  combat :  we  have 
fhought  fit  to  take  the  said  custom  into 
our  royal  consideration,  and  find,  upon 
inquiry  .into  the  usual  causes  whereon 
such  fatal  decisions  have  arisen,  that  by 
ihis  wicked  custom,  maugre  all  the  pre- 
cepts of  our  holy  religion,  and  the  rules 
of  right  reason,  the  greatest  act  of  the  j 
human  mind,  fergrveaess  of  injuries,  is  | 
become  vile  and  shameful ;  that  the  rules  j 
of  geod  society  and  virtuous  conversation  j 
are  hereby  inverted ;  that  t'he  loose,  the  j 
vain,  and,  the  impudent,  insult  the  care-  j 
ful,  the  discreet,  and  the  rnodcst ;  that 


their  estates,  honor,  or  blood,  for  ever — 
Given  at  our  court,  at  Rlois,  the  eighth 
of  February,  420,  in  the  second  year  of 
our  reign." 

DUELLING  was  authorised  before  the 
Normans  came  into  England,  but  the 
practice  was  not  so  frequent  as  after  the 
conquest. 

DULEDGE,  a  peg  of  wood  which 
joins  the  ends  of  the  felloes,  forming  the 
circle  or  the  wheel  of  a  gun  carriage;  and 
don  the  outside 


the  joint  is  strengthene 


ieof 


the  wheel  by  a  strong  plate  of  iron,  called 
the  dulftfee  plate. 

DUMB-BELLS,  weights  which  were 
used  in  drilling  the  soldier,  who  held 
one  in  each  hand,  which  he  swung  back- 


all  virtue  is  suppressed,  and  all  vice  sup-  ij  wards  and  forwards,  to  open  his  chest, 
ported,  in  the  one  act  of  being  capable  to  ij  increase  muscular  strength,  throw  back 
dare  to  death.  We  have  also  further,  jj  his  shoulders,  and  accustom  him  to  that 
;vith  great  sorrow  of  mind,  observed  that  i|  freedom  of  action  in  the  arms,  and  to  that 
this  dreadful  action,  by  long  impunity,  ;!  erect  position  of  body  which  are  so  essen- 
'our  royal  attention  being  em  ployed  upon  ij  tially  necessary  to  a  soldier, 
matters  of  more  general  concern)  is  be-  !  The  following  method  of  exercising 

:ome  honorable,  and  the  refusal  to  engage  •;  recruits  with  the  dumb-bells,  is  extract- 
m  it  ignominious.  In  these  our  royal  :icd  from  a  work  entitled  Military  Instruc- 
,;ures  and  inquiries,  we  are  yet  farther  ij  lion. 

uavle  to  understand,  that  the  persons  of  jj     The  dumb-bells  being  placed  one  en 
minent  worth,,  of  most  .hc>  P, 


130 


D  UT 


E  A  G 


well  side  of  the  recruit,  and  himself  in 
;in  erect,  steady  posture — on  the  word, 

Raise  bells — he  will  take  one  in  each 
hand,  and  by  a  gentle  motion,  raise  them 
:is  high  as  his  arm  will  suffer  him  above 
his  head  ;  then  gradually  sinking  them 
with  stretched  arm,  as  much  behind  him 
,ts  possible,  he  will  form  a  circle  with 
them,  making  the  circle  complete,  by 
•  ausing  the  backs  of  his  hands  to  meet 
behind  his  body;  this  will  be  repeated 
tccording  to  his  strength,  5  or  6  times. 

Extend  bells. — The  bells  being  raised  to 
the  shoulder,  they  will  be  forced  for- 
wards, keeping  the  same  height,  then 
brought  back  in  the-  same  manner;  this 
•will  throw  the  chest  forward,  and  force 
back  the  neck  and  shoulders,  this  must 
be  frequently  repeated. 

•V •.  ".'//vg-  belL . — Tin-  top  part  of  the  bells 
to  be  made  meet  together  in  front,  the 
height  of  the  breast  •  then  forced  back, 
wards  with  an  extended  aim,  and  be 
made  to  touch  behind  :  in  doing  this,  the 
palm  of  the  hands  must  be  uppermost, 
and  the  elbows  well  down  :  this  circle 
must  be  repeated  14  or  15  times  :  Time, 
the  circle  performed,  in  2  seconds. 

Ground  bells. — The  recruit  will  let  fall 
the  bells  by  his  sides,  and  remain  steady 
and  firm. 

DUNES,  Fr.  sand  hills,  commonly 
callt  d  downs.  As  let  dunes  sier  la  cote  dc 
Fiandres ;  the  downs,  or  sand  hills  along 
the  coast  of  Flanders. 

DUNGEON,  )  in  fortification,  iscom- 

DONJON.fr.  S  monly  a  lar,;e  tower 
or  redoubt  of  a  fortress,  whither  the  gar- 
rison  may  retreat,  in  case  or  necessity, 
and  capitulate  with  greater  advantage. 
Also  a  dark  and  secluded  place  in  which 
prisoners  were  kept. 

DUTY,  in  a  military  sense,  is  the  ex- 
ercise of  those  functions  that  belong  to  a 
soldier ;  yet  with  this  nice  distinction, 
that  duty  is  counted  the  mounting  guard, 
&c.  where  no  enemy  is  directly  to  be  en 
gaged ;  for  when  aay  body  of  men  marches 
to  meet  the  enemy,  this  is  strictly  called 
going  uj>on  tervice. 

On  all  duties,  whether  with  or  wirh- 
•:>ut  arms,  picquets,  or  courts  martial, 
ihe  tour  of  duty  begins  with  the  eldest 
downwards.  An  officer  who  is  upon  duty 
cannot  be  ordered  *  for  any  other  befoiv 
that  duty  is  finished,  except  he  be  on  the 
inlying  picquet,  as  then  he  shall  be  re- 
lieved, and  go  on  the  duty  ordered. 

Military  DUTIES  may  be  divided  into 
two  general  classes,  under  the  heads  of 
Brigade  and  Regimental  duties. 

Brigade  duties,  are  those  which  one  re- 
giment does  in  common  with  another, 
collectively  or  by  detachments;  and  of 
which  the  brigade  major  keeps  a  regular 
roster. 

-Regimental  Duties,  are  those  which  the 
several  companies  of  a  regiment  perform 
among  themselves,  and  of  which  the  ad- 
keeps  a  regular  roster. 

The  following  general  legislations  are 


to  be  observed,  respecting  duties  in  ge- 
neral . 

When  field  or  other  commissioned  offi- 
cers, are  given  out  at  head  quarters  for 
one  duty,  they  cannot  be  taken  off'  to  be 
put  on  any  other  duty. 

No  officer  is  allowed  to  exchange  his 
duty  with  another,  after  he  has  been  put 
in  orders  for  it,  without  k-ave  of  the  com- 
manding  officer  of  his  regiment. 

Guards,  or  detachments,  which  have 
not  marched  oft'  from  the  parade,  are  not 
to  be  reckoned  as  for  a  duty  done ;  but, 
if  they  should  have  marched  from  the 
parade,  it  stands  for  a  duly  done,  though 
they  should  be  dismissed  immediately. 

If  any  officer's  tour  of  duty  for  the  pic- 
quet, general  court  martial,  or  duty  of 
fatigue,  happen  when  he  is  on  duty,  he 
shall  not  make  good  such  duty  when  he 
comes  off. 

No  regiment  can  demand  a  tour  of  duty, 
unless  it  has  marched  oft"  the  place  of  pa- 
rade, and  b  yond  the  main  guard. 

General  courts  martial  that  have  as- 
sembled, and  the  members  sworn  in, 
shall  be  reckoned  for  a  duty,  though  they 
should  be  dismissed  without  trying  any 
person. 

Whenever  the  picquets  are  ordered  to 
march  to  any  parade,  it  is  not  to  be  ac- 
counted a  duty,  unless  they  march  oft  that 
parade. 

All  commands  in  the  regular  forces,  fall 
to  the  eldest  officers  in  the  same  circum- 
stances, whether  of  cavalry  or  infantry,, 
entire,  or  in  parties.  In  case  two  com- 
missions, of  the  same  date,  interfere, 
a  retrospect  is  to  be  had  to  former  com- 
missi-.ns,  or  to  lot. 

Officers,  on  all  duties  under  arms,  arc 
to  have  their  swords  drawn,  without  wait- 
ing for  any  word  of  command  for  that 
purpose. 

E. 

EAGLE.  .Black-  EAGLE,  an  order  ot 
military  knighthood  in  Prussia,  instituted 
by  the  elector  of  Brandenburg,  in  1701, 
on  his  being  crowned  king  of  Prussia, 
The  knights  of  this  order  wear  an  orange 
colored  riband,  from  which  is  suspended 
a  black  eagle. 

White-  EAGLE,  is  a  like  order  in  Poland, 
instituted  in  1325,  by  Uladislaus  V.  on 
occasion  of  the  marriage  of  his  son  Casi- 
mii  to  the  dau;  liter  of  the  great  duke  of 
Lithuania  The  knights  of  this  order 
wear  a  chain  ot'  gold,  to  which  a  silver 
eagle,  crowned,  is  suspended. ' 

The  white  headed  eagle,  peculiar  to 
America,  is  the  standard  of  the  United 
States. 

EAGLE.  The  standard  of  the  ancient 
Romans.  In  a  general  sense,  it  formerly 
meant  the  standard  of  the  Roman  armies; 
in  a  more  limited  acceptation,  the  sign  or 
flag  of  tht  several  legions. 

The  standard  of  the  German  empire 


E  A  U 


E  CH 


131 


was  an  eagle  with  two  heads,  referring  to 
the  eastern  and/western  Roman  empires, 
whose  successors  they  claimed  to  be,  and 
called  themselves  Keisar,  or  Caesar. 

The  difference  between  the  Roman  and 
the  Imperial  eagle  consists  in  this,  that 
the  first  were  eagles  of  gold  or  silver, 
fixed  at  the  end  of  a  pike,  having  their 
wings  extended,  and  holding  the  light- 
ning in  their  claws  ;  the  second  are  eagles 
painted  or  embossed  upon  the  colors  and 
standards  of  the  em  perors .  T  he  eagle  like- 
wise signified,  in  a  figurative  sense,  the 
German  empire,  now  extinct. 

EARL- MARSHAL.  An  officer  who 
has  the  care  and  direction  of  military 
solemnities.  The  dukes  of  Norfolk  are 
by  hereditary  right,  earls  marshal  of  Eng- 
land 

E  A  RT H-6ags      See  B  A  c  s . 

EASE,  in  a  military  sense,  signifies  a 
prescribed  relaxation  of  the  frame,  from 
the  erect  and  firm  position  which  every 
well  dressed  soldier  should  observe.  He 
is,  o:i  no  account  to  lounge,  or  in  his  com- 
mon gait  so  far  to  giv .-  way  to  an  idle  fluc- 
tuation of  his  limbs,  as  to  feel  himself 
constrained  when  he  returns  to  duty.  A 
habit  ot  this  sort  will  gradually  gain  upon 
recruits,  if  they  are  not  corrected  during 
the  intervals  of  drill 

To  stand  at  E  \SE,  in  a  technical  accep- 
tation of  the  term,  is  to  draw  the  right 
foot  back  about  six  inches,  and  to  bring 
the  greatest  part  of  the  weight  of  the  body 
upon  it.  The  left  knee  must  be  a  little 
bent,  and  the  hands  brought  together 
before  the  body,  the  right  hand  in  front. 
But  the  shoulders  must  invariably  be  kept 
back  and  square,  the  head  to  the  front, 
and  the  vyhole  carriage  of  the  person  be 
unconstrained 

In  cold  weather,  when  standing  at  ease, 
the  men  are  permitted  by  command,  to 
move  their  limbs  without  quitting  their 
ground. 

Stand  at  EASE,  (from  the  su  port)  on 
this  command  the  soldier  retires  his  right 
foot  6  inches,  bends  his  left  knee,  and 
carrying  the  right  hand  smartly  across  the 
body,  seizes  the  firelock  by  the  small  of 
the  butt,  and  raises  it  sufficiently  to  slope 
it  over  his  left  shoulder,  and  relieve  the 
left  arm  from  the  pressure  of  the  cock. 
In  some  corps,  instead  of  seizing  the 
small  of  the  butt  with  the  right  hand, they 
only  place  the  hollow  of  the  hand  below 
the  left  elbow. 

EASE  arms)  a  word  of  command,  given 
immediately  after  the  order,  to  handle 
arms,  by  which  the  soldier  is  directed  to 
drop  his  right  hand  to  the  full  extent  of 
the  arm,  from  the  top  of  the  ramrod  on 
the  front  of  the  sling,  with  his  fingers 
r.pread  along  it. 

EAU,  Fr.  water,  is  a  principal  object 
*o  be  considered,  v/henever  an  army  ad- 
vances, retreats,  or  encamps.  It  is  the 
quarter  master  general's  business, 
through  his  subordinate  deputies,  to  se- 
cure this  j.ndispensibl?  necessary  of  life. 


Small  running  rivulets  are  preferable  to 
large  rivers,  because  the  latter  cannot  ht 
so  easily  turned  for  the  convenience  of  riv 
army ;  whereas  the  former  may  b..-  al- 
ways stopped,  or  diverted  from  their  na- 
tural course. 

Wells  are  never  resorted  to,  but  in 
of  absolute  necessity.     Stagnant  or  porul 
water   is   in  general  unwholesome,  and 
rarely  limpid  or  clear. 

Haute  EAU.     Hi^li  water. 

B.isse  EAU.  Low  water. 

EAUX  Meres  ou  AMERES,  Fr.  The 
water  which  remains  after  the  first  boil- 
ing of  saltpetre.  It  has  a  bitter  salt  taste, 
and  is  used  to  fill  the  tubs  a  second  time. 

Pctites  EAUX,  Fr,  The  water  which 
remains  after  the  saltpetre  has  been  boiled 
to  a  certain  degree.  See  SALTPETRE. 

ECHANTILLON,.F>  means  literally 
a  pattern  or  model.  In  a  military  sense, 
it  signifies  a  plank,  which  is  covered  on 
one  side  with  iron,  and  serves  to  finish  th.1 
mouldings,  &c.  of  apiece  of  ordnance. 

E  S  C  H  A  R  P  E ,  Fr  a  scarf .  In  ancien  v 
times,  a  military  mark  to  distinguish  of- 
ficers and  soldiers  from  the  rest  of  the 
people.  Before  a  regular  clothing  was 
adopted  among  the  nations  in  Europe, 
officers  and  soldiers  appeared  with  two 
scarfs  of  different  colors,  which  crossed  » 
each  other  before  and  behind,  in  order  u 
point  out  the  country  and  the  corps  to 
which  the  wearer  of  it  belonged  Th? 
scarf  was  preserved  among  the  French, 
as  late  down  as  the  reign  of  Louis  tht* 
XlVth.  It  consisted  of  a  piece  of  white 
silk,  which  previous  to  the  revolution, 
was  the  national  color  of  France. 

Scarfs,  however,  were  continued  much 
later  among  other  nations,  particularly 
among  the  Germans,  who  wear  them  to 
this  day  across  their  uniforms.  Crosj 
belts  succeed  the  scarf. 

En  ECHARPE,  in  tire  military  ar: 
To  batter  in  ccharpr,  is  to  fire  obliquely 
or  sideways  See  BATTERY. 

ECHAUGETTE,  in  military  history, 
signifies  a  watch-tower,  or  kind  of  ccntry* 
box. 

ECHELLE,  Fr.  scale.  In  a  mathe- 
matical sense,  is  a  straight  line  drawn 
double,  which  is  divide*!  into  a  certain 
number  of  parts,  each  part  containing  a  , 
many  toises  or  yards.  Sec.  as  the  size  of 
the  chart  or  paper  will  admit,  which  are 
a^ain  reducsd  into  feet. 

ECHELLE,  Ft.  ladder,  in  civil  and  mi« 
litary  architecture,  means  a  machine^ 
which  is  made  of  two  side  pieces  or  arms , 
that  receive  a  certain  number  of  small 
steps,  at  equal  distances  from  one  another., 
These  echslles  or  ladders,  are  of  two  kinds: 
large  and  small.  The  small  ladders  are 
used  to  descend  into  the  ditches  of  forti- 
fied places,  and  the  large  ones  for  scaling 
the  walls,  &c.  See  SCALING  LADDERS, 

ECHELLON,  Fr.  from  ecbetle,  a  lad- 
der. A  position  in  military  tactics, 
where  each  division  follows  the  preceding. 
one,  like  the  steps  of  a  ladder, -and  is  cor. 


132 


ECU 


E  DU 


venient  in  remo  ing  from  a  direct  to  an 
oblique,  or  diagonal  line.  When  troops 
advance  in  ecbeflon,  t'-ey  almost  invariably 
adept  the  ordinary  time.  Hence  to  march 
mecbellon,  may  not  improperly  he  said  to 
upproacu  towards  any  given  object  by  a 
gradual  movement. 

ECHELLON  tnvcentents  and  positions^  arc 
not  on  y  necessary  and  applicable  to  the 
immediate  attacks  and  retreits  of  great 
bod  es,  but  also  to  the  previous  oblique 
or  dinx-t  changes  of  situation,  which  a 
batta'i.-n,  or  a  more  considerable  corps 
already  formed  in  line,  may  be  obliged  to 
make  to  the  front  or  rear,  or  on  a  particu- 
lar tixe<.:  division  of  the  l;ne 

The  oblique  changes  are  produced  by 
any  wheel  of  less  than  the  quarter  circle  of 
divisions  from  line,  which  places  them  in 
the  echellon  situation.  The  direct 
chances  are  produced  by  the  perpendicu- 
lar and  successive" march  of  divisions 
from  line  to  front,  or  rear.  See  Amer. 
Mil.  Lib. 

ECLAIREURS,  Fr.  a  corps  of  ere- 
nadiers  raised  by  Bonaparte,  in  France, 
wh  >  from  their  celerity  of  movement 
were  compare.!  tolightnin 


E '"LOPES,  a   French  military  term,  ||  Europe. 


former  being  entirely  round,  and  the  lat- 
ter oval. 

EDGE.  The  thin  or  cutting  part  of  a 
sword  or  sabre. 

EDICT      See  PROCLAMATION. 

EDUCATION,  in  a  military  sense, 
im  plies  the  training  up  of  youth  to  the  art 
of  war;  the  first  object  to  be  considered  is, 
whether  nature  has  given  the  young  man 
the  talents  necessary  for  the  profession  or 
not ;  for  here  sense,  parts,  courage,  and 
judgment,  are  required  in  a  very  eminent 
degree.  The  natural  qualities  of  an  of- 
ficer are,  a  robust  constitution,  a  noble 
open  countenance,  a  martial  genius,  fire 
to  roducc  activity,  phlegm  to  mode- 
rate his  transports,  and  patience  to  sup- 
port the  toils  and  fatigues  of  war,  almost 
without  seeming  to  feel  them  Acquired 
qualities  in  an  officer  consist  in  moral  vir- 
tues and  sciences  ;  by  the  first  is  meant, 
a  regular  good  Conduct,  economy,  pru- 
dence, and  a  serious  application  to  what 
regards  the  service.  Military  sciences 
indispensibly  demand  the  reading  of  an- 
cient and  modern  historians ;  a  good 
knowlege  of  military  mathematics  ;  and 
the  study  of  the  chief  languages  of 


to  express  those  soldiers  who,  though  in- 
valids, are  yet  well  enough  to  follow  the 
-army.  Among  these  may  be  classed  dra- 
goons or  horsemen,  whose  horses  get 
suddenly  anic,  ar.d  cannot  keep  up  with 
the  troop  or  sqr.adron.  They  always 
march  in  the  rear  of  a  column. 

ECLUSES,  Fr.     See  SLUICES. 

ECONOMY,  in  a  military  sense,  im- 
plies the  minutiae,  or  interior  regulations 
of  a  regiment,  troop,  or  company.  Hence 
regimental  economy. 

£  C  O  R  E ,  Fr,  steep  shore.  Cote  en  ecorc, 
Minifies  a  very  steep  descent 

ECOUPK,  Fr.  An  instrument  used 
by  the  pioneers.  SeeOuru.s. 

ECOUVILLQN,  Fr.  a  manikin  or 
drag.  The  spunge  made  use  of  to  clean 
and  to  cool  the  inside  of  a  cannon,  when 
it  has  been  discharged. 

ECOUVILLONER,  Fr.  To  clean  a 
piece  of  ordnance  before  it  has  been  fired, 
or  to  cool  it  after. 

ECRETER,  Fr.  To  batter  or  fire 
at  the  top  of  a  wall,  redoubt,  epaule- 
nient,  &c.  so  as  to  dislodge  or  drive  away 
the  men  that  may  be  statioi.ed  behind  it, 
in  order  to  render  the  approach  more  easy. 
Maeter  les  pointes  des  paJissades,  is  to  blunt 
the  sharp  ends  of  the  palisades.  This 
ou<:ht  always  to  be  done  before  you  attack 
the  covert  way,  which  is  generally  fenced 
by  them. 

ECU,  Fr.  A  large  shield  which  was 
nsecl  by  the  ancients,  and  carried  on  their 
left  arms,  to  ward  off  the  blows  of  a 
sword  or  sabre,  This  instrument  of  de- 
i'cncc  was  originally  invented  by  the  Sam- 
nites.  The  Moors  had  ecus  or  shields, 
sufficiently  large  to  cover  the  whole  of 
their  bodies.  The  clipei  of  the  Romans, 
•'only  diitejred  from  the  ecu  in  shape  5  the 


it  is  in  ancient  authors  we  find  all  that 
is  excellent,  either  in  politics  or  war  : 
the  make  and  form  of  arms  are  changed 
since  the  invention  of  gunpowder;  but 
the  science  of  war  is  always  the  same. 
On  one  hand,  history  instructs  us  by  ex- 
amples, and  furnishes  us  with  proofs,  of 
the  beautiful  maxims  of  virtue  and  wis- 
dom, which  morality  has  taught  us  :  it 
gives  us  a  kind  of  experience,  beforehand, 
of  whar  we  are  to  do  in  the  world ;  it 
teaches  us  to  regulate  our  life,  and  to  con- 
duct ourselvesw'ith  wisdom,  to  understand 
mankind;  ever  to  carry  ourselves  with 
integrity  and  probity,  never  to  do  a  mean 
action ;'  and  to  measure  grandeur  with  the 
level  of  reason,  that  we  may  despise  it 
when  dangerous  or  ridiculous. 

On  the  other  hand,  history  serves  to 
give  us  a  knowlege  of  the  universe,  and 
the  different  nations 'which  inhabit  it; 
their  prejudices,  their  governments,  their 
interests,  their  commerce,  their  politics, 
and  the  law  of  nations.  It  shews  us  the 
origin  of  the  illustrious  men  who  have 
reigned  in  the  world,  and  given  birth  to 
their  successors . 

The  knowlege  of  military  mathematics, 
regards  the  operations  of  war  in  general; 
every  thing  there  consists  in  proportion, 
measure,  and  motion  :  it  treats  of  marches, 
encampments,  battles,  artillery,  fortifi- 
cation, lines,  sieges,  mines,  ammunition, 
provisions,  fleets,  and  every  thing  which 
relates  to  war ;  but  no  perfect  notion  can  be 
acquired  without  geometry,  natural  phi- 
lophy,  mechanics,  military  architecture, 
and  the  art  of  drawing. 

The  study  of  languages  is  most  useful 
to  an  officer',  and  he  feels  the  necessity  of 
it,  in  proportion  as  he  rises  to  higher  em- 
ployments. Thus  the  tatin,  Germ.au, 


E  DU 


E  M  B 


133 


.and  French  languages,  are  very  necessary 
for  an  English  officer;  as  the  English, 
French,  and  Italian,  are  for  a  German. 

French  MILITARY  EDUCATION.  He' 
•who  undertakes  to  investigate  the  causes 
x>f  the  military  superiority  of  the  modern 
French,  will,  perhaps,  be  inclined  to  at- 
tach some  importance  to  the  facts  con- 
tained in  the  following  anecdote  : 

In  the  course  of  the  winter  of  1806, 
parr  of  the  pupils  of  the  Prytaneum,  at 
Paris,  left  that  cit\  to  receive  appoint- 
ments as  officers  in  the  grand  army  in  Po- 
land. The  route  of  these  youths,  of 
whom  many  had  not  obtained  their  full 
stature,  and  others  had  a  weakly  appear- 
ance, though  they  were  neither  so  small 
nor  so  weak  as  were  formerly  many  su- 
balterns in  the  Prussian  army — led  them 
through  Berlin/  An  officer  accompanied 
them  in  quality  of  inspector.  They  passed 
one  night  in  that  capital. 

A  well-informed  inhabitant  of  the  city, 
who  had  formerly  been  in  the  army,  and 
possessing  considerable  military  attain- 
ments, had  occasion  te  be  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  their  quarters.  Their  juvc 
nile  appearance  induced  him  to  ask  the 
officer  who  accompanied  them,  whether 
these  youths  would  be  capable  of  endur- 
ing the  fatigues  and  da  -gers  of  field  en- 
cam  oments  in  a  northern  climate,  at  so 
inclement  a  season,  and  in  such  a  country 
as  Poland.  The  officer,  a  polite  and  sen- 
sible man,  made  this  reply  : — 

*'  These  young  men,  sir,  can  scarcely 
be  subjected  to  any  contingency  for  which 
they  are  not  perfectly  prepared  by  edu- 
cation and  practice.  You  are  mistaken 
if  you  imagine  that  the  Emperor  Napo 
leon  considers  theoretical  instruction  suf- 
ficient for  a  soldier ;  our  institution  goes 
farther,  a  great  deal  farther.  All  these 
youths  whom  you  here  see,  have  had 
much  more  experience  than  many  officers 
in  actual  service  in  other  armies.  Their 
constitution  is  early  inured  to  all  the  pre- 
judicial influences  which  menace  the 
practical  soldier.  Among  these  young 
men  there  is  not  one  but  what  has  work- 
ed with  his  own  hands  at  the  construction 
of  real  forts ;  not  one  but  what  has  stood 
ceritinel  whole  nights  together.  All  of 
them  have  slept  many  cold  and  tempestu- 
ous nights  in  the  open  air,  and  next  day 
performed  a  march  of  16  or  18  miles ; 
nave  climbed  lofty  mountains,  beneath 
the  scorching  rays  of  a  meridian  sun;  have 
swam,  sometimes  in  their  clothes,  some- 
times without,  through  impetuous  rivers 
and  chilling  streams ;  have  even  been  ob- 
liged to  abstain  for  whole  days  from  food, 
and  during  the  hottest  weather  from 
drink,  that  they  might  learn  to  endure  all 
possible  inconveniences  incident  to  a  sol- 
dier's lite,  and  that  they  might  be  inti- 
mately acquainted  with  them  before  they 
•were  involved  in  them  by  necessity. 
Nothing  would  terrify  them  in  an  uncom- 
/non  degree :  for  in  the  sham  fights  in  our 
institution,  the  rapigr  is  thrown  away 


after  the  first  few  hours,  and  a  sharp 
sword  is  put  into  the  hands  of  the  pupils. 
If  any  ot  them  receive  a  wound,  he  has 
nothing  but  his  own  aukwardness  to 
blame  for  it  It  is  his  business  to  protect 
himself  by  his  superiority.  Would  you 
now  repeat  your  question  r" 

1 1  is  easy  to  conceive  what  an  effect  such 
a  practical  education  must  have  upon  the 
soldier  in  the  higher  ranks  !  What  may 
be  expected  of  an  officer  thus  prepared  for 
every  event  ?  That  th-  conduct  of  th-ir 
leader  operates  with  a  powerful  impulse 
on  all  those  who  are  under  his  command, 
is  not  to  be  denied.  Exercise  begets 
courage  and  e.-ergy,  and  at  a  period  when 
war  is  a  trade,  those  who  possess  these 
two  qualities  in  the  highest  degree,  must 
predominate. 

EFFECTIVE  men,  in  a  military 
sense,  are  soldiers  fit  for  servce;  as  an 
army  of  30,000  effective  (fighting)  men 

EF  F O RT  du  Cannon,  Fr.  The  effect 
or  impression  made  by  a  piece  of  ordnance, 
which  wholly  depends  upon  the  manner 
it  is  loaded  and  fired. 

EGUILLETTES.     Shoulder  knots. 

ToELANCE,  to  throw  darts,  &c. 

ELDER  battalion.  A  battalion  is 
counted  elder  than  another,  by  the  time 
since  it  was  raised .  See  SENIORITY. 

ELDER  officer,  is  he  whose  commission 
bears  the  oldest  date.  See  SENIORITY. 

ELEMENTS,  in  a  military  sense, 
signify  the  first  principles  ot  tactics,  for- 
tification, and  gunnery. 

ELLIPSIS,  an  oval  figure,  made  by 
the  section  of  a  cone,  by  a  plane  dividing 
both  sides  of  a  cone  ;  and  though  not  pa- 
rallel to  the  base,  yet  meeting  with  the 
base  when  produced. 

ELEVATION,  in  gunnery,  that  com- 
prehended between  the  horizon  and  the 
line  of  direction  of  either  cannon  or  mor- 
tars ;  or  it  is  that  which  the  chace  of  a 
piece,  or  the  axis  of  its  hollow  cylinder, 
makes  with  the  plane  of  the  horizon. 

EMBARKATION.  The  act  of  put. 
ting  troops  on  board  of  ship,  when  destin- 
ed to  be  conveyed  on  an  expedition. 

EMBARKATION.  I.  Of  ordnance  and 
stores. — The  first  thing  necessary  is  to 
prepare  a  list  of  all  the  articles  to  be  em- 
barked, with  the  weight  of  each.  This 
list  must  have  a  large  column  for  remarks. 
The  tonnage  required  for  bulky  articles 
will  be  generally  one  third  more  than 
their  actual  weight ;  but  the  tonnage  of 
ordnance,  shells,  shot,  Sec.  will  be  equal 
to  their  weight.  If  vessels  be  paid  ac- 
cording to  the  tonnage  they  carry,  the 
masters  will  of  course  stow  away  as  ni'ich 
as  the  ships  will  hold ;  but  if,  by  the 
voyage,  they  will  be  averse  to  loading 
their  ships  too  much;  a  naval  officer 
should  therefore  always  attend  to  see  that 
the  ships  are  properly  stowed. 

Ordnance  and  stores  may  be  embarked 
either  for  the  purpose  of  merely  trans- 
porting them  to  another  situation,  or  for 
a  military  expedition ,  In  the  first  case, 


134 


E  M  B 


EMB 


r;ach  ship  must  be  stowed  with  as  much 
<s  -t  will  carry,  and  every  article  that  re- 
lates to  one  particular  species  of  service  or 
ordnance,  must  be  put  on  board  the  same 
-,  that  in  case  one  ship  he  lost,  the 
-;  may  remain  in  themselves  com- 
This  principle  must  of  course  be 
likewi-se  attended  to  in  an  embarkation  for 
•>e  :ition ;  but  a  more  particular  dis- 
tribution must  take  place  of  the  stores 
vvhc-non  board.  With  each  piece  of  ord- 
nance must  be  placed  every  thing  neces- 
ary  for  its  service;  its  side  arms,  car- 
ria^e,  limber,  ammunition,  &c.  so  as  to 
he  readily  come  at,  when  required  to  be 
lisi  mbarked.  1  f  it  be  an  embarkation  of 
orunance,  &c.  fora  siege,  not  only  ev^ry 
thing  necessary  for  the  service  of  the 
pieces  of  ordnance  should  b"  arranged 
with  them  ;  but  also  every  thing  ne<  es- 
sary  lor  the  construction  of  the  battery 
on  which  thtyare  mounted.  It  will  be 
adviseable  in  this  case,  to  put  different 
kinds  of  ordn.mce  in  the  same  ship,  in 
•  proportions  according  to  the  service  re- 
quired of  them.  Jn  general  it  will  be 
best  to  put  the  heavy  articl  s  in  first,  and 
every  thing  that  is  light,  easy  ro  be  re- 
moved, or  likely  to  be  first  wanted,  on 
the  top.  Previous  to  embarkation,  the 

funs,  carriages,  wag.ons,  &c.  must  be 
ismounted,  but  first  numbered  as  fol- 
*  lows :  and  the  number  of  each  article 
marked  in  the  list,  in  the  column  of  re- 
marks. Give  each  piece  of  ordnance  and 
cts  carriage  tha  same  number.  Give  the 
ammunition  and  other  carriages,  different 
numbers  frcm  the  ordnance  carriages. 
Then  give  every  limber,  whether  of  ord- 
nance carriage,  ammunition  carriage,  or 
on,  the  number  of  its  respective  car- 
riage. If  for  a  simple  transport,  arrange 
ihe  small  stores,  sioc  arms,  &c.  accord- 
ing to  their  several  kinds ;  but  if  for  an 
expedition,  every  thing  belonging  to  each 
particular  piece  of  ordnance  must  be  col- 
lected together,  and  the  cases  or  chests  in 
.which  they  are  put,  marked  with  the 
number  of  the  piece  of  ordnance  to  which 
*hey  lie  erg,  their  kinds  and  descrip- 
ti>.-n.  If  (here  be  any  doubt  of  the  differ- 
?n.  parts  of  the  carriages,  being  made 
wuh  chat  uniformity,  so  essentially  ne- 
cessary, every  part  which  is  separated, 
ms  st  hear  the  number  of  its  carriage. 
Th's  precaution  at  any  rate  may  be  a  good 
>r.v ,  if  tt-e  same  vessel  contain  different 
Rinds  of  ordnance  or  carriages. 

The  axletre  s  need  not  be  taken  off  the 

rarriaxes,  if  the  vessel  be  of  a  sufficient 

-ize  t'    admit  th  m  when  fixed,  as  they 

it  easily  replaced  without  workmen 

edious  operation.     When  a  carriage 

-sci.snio  .nied,  all  the  small  articles,  such 

vating    screws,    linen   pins,    drag 

is,  cap  squares,  &c.  must  be  care. 

collect. d,   and  secured  in   a  box, 

'•    v.  Lth  the  description  of  stores, 

mber  of  the  carriage  to  which  they 

•'V'    All  carriages  or  waggons  em- 


barked with  their  axletrees  fixed,  must 
be  arranged  in  the  ship,  side  by  side,  and 
alternately  front  and  rear,  that  their  axle, 
trees  may  not  interfere  with  each  other, 
and  take  too  much  room.  Every  trans- 
port or  other  vessel  employed  in  carrying 
troops  or  stores  for  an  expedition,  should 
be  numbered  on  the  quarters  and  on  the 
bows,  with  figures  as  large  as  2  or  3  feet, 
and  on  the  sails,  that  they  may  be  known 
at  a  distance.  The  i  umber  of  the  ship, 
i.er  name  and  tonnage,  and  the  master's 
name  should  be  entered  in  the  list  of  the 
stores  which  she  carries. 

In  uisem barking  ordnance  and  stores, 
they  must  be  landed  exactly  in  order,  the 
reverse  of  what  they  were  shipped.  The 
carriages  and  waggons  must  be  mounted 
as  soon  :is  possible,  and  every  kind 
must  be  arranged  as  far  from  the  shore  as 
possible  to  prevent  confusion.  If  the 
disembarkation  take  place  in  the  presence 
of  an  enemy,  the  vessels  of  course  must 
be  loaded  accordingly  ;  and  the  field  ord- 
nance, with  their  carriages,  ammunition, 
&c.  must  be  so  arranged  as  to  be  first 
landed,  and  with  the  greatest  ease  pos- 
sible. In  this  case,  the  entrenching  tools 
must  also  be  kept  in  the  greatest  readi- 
ngs.— Aide  Memoire. 

2.  Of  troops. — All  transports  taken  into 
the  public  setvice,  are  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  naval  agents,  and  of  rher  agents 
at  the  diflr  rent  ports  at  home  and  abroad. 
No  troops  or  other  persons  can  be  p  t  on 
board  them,  or  victualled,  but  by  an  order 
from  the  navy  department,  or  one  of  its 
agents.  Troops  embarked  on  board  trans- 
ports or  ships  of  war  (except  as  marines) 
are  only  allowed  two  thirds  of  a  seaman's 
allowance  of  provisions.  (See  the  wore 
RATION.)  It  is  therefore  necessary  to 
divide  the  men  into  messes  of  6  each.  Six 
women  to  100  men  embarked  on  foreign 
service,  are  allowed  rations;  and  ic 
women  to  100  men  on  home  service.  The 
births  on  board  transports,  are  usually 
made  6  feet  square,  ar.d  each  admits  4- 
men  at  a  time;  but  one  third  of  the 
men  should  always  be  on  deck ;  there 
fore  6  men  (or  one  mess)  are  toM  oi!' 
to  each  birth,  one  third  of  whom  are  al- 
ways on  watch.  The  commanding  of- 
ficer of  the  troops  on  board  a  transport, 
has  a  right  to  peruse  the  charter  party  of 
the  ship,  which  points  out  every  differ- 
ent article,  as  firing,  candles,  boats, 
utensils,  £c.  which  the  ship  is  engaged 
to  find  for  th  -  use  of  the  troops  on  board. 
It  likewise  expresses  the  part  of  the  ship 
allotted  to  the  officers,  to  the  master,  the 
mate,  and  the  agent,  should  there  be  one 
on  board. 

EMBARGO,  a  prohibition  for  any 
ships  to  leave  a  port :  generally  enforced 
on  the  rupture  of  any  two  or  more  na- 
tions, or  by  law. 

EMBARK.     See  EMBARKATION. 

EMBARRASS,  fr.  a  cheval  de  irise. 

EMBATTLE.  SecBATTiE  ARRAY 


E  M  P 


E  NC 


135 


EMBEZZLING,          ?   of   military 

EMBEZZLEMENT,    5       stores,   is 
punishable  by  the  articles  of  war,  but 
not  at  the  discretion  of  a  general  court 
martial,  as  the  offender  must  be  sentenced  j 
to  be  cashiered. 

EMBLEE,  Fr.  a  prompt,  sudden,  and 
vigorous  attack,  which  is  made  against 
the  covert  way  and  out  works  of  a  forti- 
fied place.    This  military  operation  is  ex-  • 
ecuted  by  means  of  a  rai>id  march,  and  an 
unexpected  appear  ince   before  a   town,  ; 
followed  by  an  instantaneous  assault  up-  ' 
on  the  out  posts  of  the  enemy,  who  is 
thrown  into  so  much  confusion,  that  the 
assailants  force  their   way  at  the  same 
time,  and  endeavor  to  get  possession  of 
the  town, 

EMBOUCHURE  du  canon,  Fr.  the 
muzzle  of  a  cannon. 

EMBRASSEUR,  Fr.  from embrasser, 
to  embrace  or  close  round.  A  piec"  of 
iron,  which  grasps  the  trunnions  of  a  piece 
of  ordnance,  when  it  is  aised  upon  the 
boring  machine,  to  widen  its  calibre. 

EMBRASURE,  in  fortification,  is  ar. 
opening,  hole,  or  aperture  in  a  parapet, 
through  which  cannon  is  pointed  to  fire 
at  th«  enemy.  Embrasures  a<e  generally 
made  from  10  to  12  feet  dist-.nt  from  one 
another,  every  one  of  them  being  from  6 
to  9  feet  wide  without,  and  2  or  a£  with- 
in :  their  height  above  the  platform  is  2J 
»r  3  feet  towards  the  town,  and  i|  foot 
on  the  other  side  towards  the  field,  so 
that  the  muzzle  of  the  piece  may  be  sunk 
on  occasion,  and  brought  to  tire  low.  See 
BATTERY  and  FORTIFICATION. 

EMBUSCADE,  Fr.  Sec  AMBUS- 
CADE. 

EMERILLON,  Fr.  amislin,  or  small 
piece  of  brass  or  cast  iron,  which  does 
not  exceed  a  pound  weight. 

EMERY,  a  ground  iron  ore.  The 
British  soldiers  are  each  allowed  a  certain 
quantity  forcleaning  their  arms 

EMIGRANTS,  persons  who  have 
quitted  their  native  country. 

EMINENCE,  in  military  art,  a  high 
or  rising  ground,  which  overlooks  and 
commands  the  low  places  about  it :  such 
places,  within  cannon  shot  of  any  forti- 
fied place,  are  a  great  disadvantage;  for 
if  the  besiegers  become  masters  of  them, 
they  can  from  thence  fire  into  tne  place. 

EMISSARY,  a  person  sent  ny  any 
power  that  is  at  war  with  another,  for  the 
purpose  of  creating  disaffection  among  the 
people  of  the  latter. 

EMOUSSER,  Fr.  to  blunt,  to  dull. 
In  a  military  sense,Jt  s  ;;.  iries  to  take 
off  the  four  coiners  of  a  battalion,  which 
has  formed  a  square,  and  to  give  it,  by 
those  means,  an  octagon  figure  ;  from  the 
different  obtuse  angles  of  which  it  may 
fire  in  all  directions. 

EMPALE.     See  FORTIFY. 

EMPATTEMENT,  in  fortification. 
See  TALUS. 

EMPILEMENT,  Fr.  from  empiter, 
*o  pile  up.  The  act  of  disposing  balls. 


grenades,  and  shells,  in  the  most  secure: 
and  convenient  manner.  This  generally 
occurs  in  arsenals  ai.d  citadels. 

EMPR1ZE.     See  EXPEDITION. 

EMULATION,  in  a   military  sense, 
|  is  a  noble  jealousy,  without  the  slightest- 
tin' ; ui re  of  envy,  whereby  gentlemen  en- 
deavor to  surpass  each  other  in  the  acqui- 
sition of  military  knowleg-^.     Is  not  the 
•  want  of  encouragement  to  exciie  emula- 
tion, the  great  cause  of  misconduct  among 
;  military  men  ?  An  officer  who  is  not  pro- 
'  tected,  who  is  never  sure  of  the  least  fa- 
vor,   neghcts    himself,    and    takes    less 
trouble  to  acquire  glory,  rarely  heard  of, 
though  merited  by  the  bravest  actions, 
than  to  enjoy  the-  tranquillity  of  an  ordi- 
nary Deputation.  Brave  actions,  by  whom- 
soever  accomplished,    should    never   be 
buried  in  oblivion,  as  they  excite  to  emu- 
lation, and  are  full  of  instruction. 

ENAMBUSH.     See  AMBUSH. 

ENCAMPMENT,  the  pitching  of  a 
camp.  See  CAMP. 

In  the  regulations  published  by  au- 
thority, are  particularly  enjoined  the  fol- 
lowing: 

Attentions  relative  to  ENCAMPMENTS. 
On  tlv  arrival  of  a  brigade,  o:  a  battalion, 
on  the  ground  destined  for  i;s  camp,  the 
quarter  and  rear  guards  of  the  respective 
regiments  will  immediately  mount ,-  and 
when  circumstances  require  them,  the 
advanced  picquets  will  be  posted.  The 
grand  guards  of  Cavalry  will  be  formed, 
and  the  norses  picqueted.  The  mens' 
tents  will  then  be  pitched,  and  till  this 
duty  is  completed,  the  officers  are  on  no 
account  to  quit  their  troops  or  companies, 
or  to  employ  any  soldier  for  their  own 
accomm<  elation. 

Necessar  e  are  to  be  made  in  the  most 
convenient  situations,  and  the  utmost  at. 
t-ntum  is  required  in  this,  and  every 
other  particular,  to  the  cleanliness  ot  the 
camp. 

If  circumstances  willallew  the  ground 
on  which  a  regiment  is  to  ei-camp  to  be 
previously  ascertain  d,the  pione..rs  should 
make  these,  and  other  esseatial  conve- 
niences, before  the  corps  arrives  at  its 
encampment. 

Whenever  a  regiment  remans  more 
than  «..ij  ni^li*  T  r.  cam:  ,  !  kitch- 

ens are  to    u  constructed. 

No  tents,  or  huts,  are  to  be  ah 
front  of,  or  between  the  intervals  o 
battalions.      A  spoi'  or  ground   rur  thi. 
purpose  should  oc  marked  by  the  quarter  - 
master,  with  ; he  approbation  of  the  com- 
manding officer. 

On  arriving  in  a  camp  which  is  inter 
sected  by   hedges,    ditches,   uneq  ai  or 
boggy  ground,    regim.nts   will   immedi- 
ately make  openings  ot  communication, 
of  60  icot  in  width. 

Thft  ground  in  front  of  the  encampmeni 
is  to  be  cleared,  and  every  ohstr   Ic  to  the; 
movement  of  t  hr  urr;  Lie •  y  a 
be  r.^ioved. 

Commanding  officers  of  retainer 


136 


E  N  G 


E  NG 


take  care  that  their  communication  with 
the  nearest  grand  route  is  open,  and  free 
from  any  impediments. 

ENCEINTE,  in  fortification,  is  the 
interior  wall  or  rampart  which  surrounds 
a  place,  sometimes  composed  of  bastions 
or  curtains,  either  faced  or  lined  with 
brick  or  stone,  or  only  made  of  earth. 
The  enceinte  is  sometimes  only  flanked  by 
round  or  square  towers,  which  is  called  a 
Roman  wall. 

ENCLOUER  un  canon  t  Fr.  to  spike 
the  cannon 

ENCLOUEURE,  Fr,  this  term  is 
used  in  the  artillery,  to  signify  the  actual 
state  and  condition  of  any  thing  that  has 
been  spiked. 

ENCOUNTERS,  in  military  affairs, 
arc  combats,  or  fights,  between  two  per- 
sons only.  Figuratively,  battles  or  at- 
tacks by  small  or  large  armies  The 
marquis  de  Feuquieres  mentions  four  in- 
stances of  particular  encounters  brought 
on  by  entire  armies,  with  a  design  to 
create  a  general  engagement. 

ENCOURAGE.     See  ANIMATE. 

ENCROACHMENT,  the  advance. 
ment  of  the  troops  of  one  nation,  on  the 
rights  or  limits  of  another. 

EN  DORM  I,  Fr.  asleep;  soldat  en. 
dormit  a  soldier  asleep  on  guard.  See  the 
articles  of  war,  which  direct  that  any 
centinel  who  is  found  asleep  during  the 
period  of  his  duty,  shall  be  punished 
with  dvath. 

ENDECAGON,  a  plain  figure  of  n 
oides  and  angles. 

ENEMY,  in  a  military  sense,  one  who 
is  of  an  opposite  side  in  war,  or  who  pub- 
licly invades  a  country. 

EN  FANS  perdus,  forlorn  hope,  in  mi- 
litary history,  are  soldiers  detached  from 
several  regiments,  or  otherwise  appoint- 
ed to  give  the  first  onset  in  battle,  or  in 
an  attack  upon  the  counterscarp,  or  the 
breach  of  a  place  besieged;  so  called  (by 
the  French)  because  of  the  imminent  dan- 
ger they  are  exposed  to. 

ENFILADE,  in  fortification,  is  used 

In  speaking  of  trenches,  or  other  places, 
which  may  he  scoured  by  the  enemy's 
shot,  along  their  whole  length.  In  con- 
ducting the  approaches  at  a  siege,  care 
must  be  taken  that  the  trenches  be  not 
enfiladed  from  any  work  of  the  place.  See 
TRENCHES. 

To  ENFILADE,  is  to  sweep  the  whole 
length  of  any  work  or  line  ot  troops,  with 
the  shot  of  artillery  or  small  arms. 

ENFILER,  Fr.  to  enfilade,  is  to  bat- 
ter and  sweep  with  cannon  shot,  the 
whole  extent  of  a  strait  line. 

ENGAGEMENT,  Fr.  See  ENLIST- 
MENT. 


ENT.     See  BATTLE. 

ENGARR1SON,  to  protect  any  place 
by  a  garrison. 

ENGINES,  in  military  mechanics,  are 
compound  machines,  made  of  one  or  more 
mechanical  powers,  as  levers,  pullies, 
screws,  &c.  in  osder  to  raise,  project, 


or  sustain  any  weight,  or  produce  any 
effect  which  could  not  be  easily  effected 
otherwise. 

ENGINE  to  drive  fuzes,  consists  of  3 
wheel  with  a  handle  to  it,  to  raise  a  cer- 
tain weight,  and  to  let  it  fall  upon  the 
driver,  by  which  the  strokes  become 
more  equal. 

ENGINE  to  draw  fuzes,  has  a  screw 
fixed  upon  a  three-iegged  stand,  the  bot- 
tom of  which  has  a  ring  to  place  it  upon 
the  shell ;  and  at  the  end  of  the  screw  is 
fixed  a  hand  screw  by  means  of  a  collar, 
which  being  screwed  on  the  fuz.,  by 
turning  the  upper  screw,  draws  out  or 
raises  the  fuze. 

ENGINEER,    is  commonly  applied 
to  an  officer  who  is  appointed  to  inspect 
and  contrive  any  attacks,  defences,  &c 
of  a  fortified  place,  or  to  build  or  repair 
them,  £c. 

The  art  of  fortification  is  an  art  which 
stands  in  need  of  so  many  others,  and 
whose  object  is  so  extensive,  and  its  ope- 
rations accompanied  with  so  many  vari- 
ous circumstances,  that  it  is  almost  im- 
possible for  a  man  to  make  himself  mas- 
ter of  it  by  experience  alone,  even  sup- 
posing him  born  with  all  the  advantages 
of  genius  and  disposition  possible  for  the 
knowlege  and  practice  of  that  important 
art.  We  do  not  pretend  to  deny  that  ex- 
perience is  of  greater  efficacy,  than  all  the 
precepts  in  the  world  :  but  it  has  like, 
wise  its  inconveniences  as  well  as  its  ad- 
vantages ;  its  fruits  are  of  slow  growth  ; 
and  whoever  is  content  with  pursuing 
only  that  method  of  instruction,  seldom 
knows  how  to  act  upon  emergencies  of  all 
kinds,  because  old  age  incapacitates  him 
from  exercising  his  employment.  Expe- 
rience teaches  us,  through  the  means  of 
the  errors  we  commit  ourselves,  what 
theory  teaches  us  at  theexpence  of  others. 
The  life  of  man  being  short,  and  oppor- 
tunities of  practice  seldom  happening, 
it  is  certain  nothing  less  than  a  happy 
genius,  a  great  share  of  theory,  and  intent 
application  joined  to  experience,  can 
make  an  engineer  one  day  shine  in  his  pro- 
fession. From  whence  it  follows,  that 
less  than  the  three  first  of  those  four  qua- 
lities, should  not  be  a  recommendation 
Yor  the  reception  of  a  young  gentleman 
into  a  corps  of  engineers. 

The  fundamental  sciences,  and  those 
absolutely  necessary,  are  arithmetic,  geo- 
metry, mechanics,  hydraulics,  and  draw- 
ing. Without  arithmetic,  it  is  impos- 
sible to  make  a  calculation  of  the  extent, 
and  to  keep  an  account  of  the  disburse- 
ments made,  or  to  be  made ;  nor  without 
it  can  an  exact  computation  be  made  upon 
any  occasion  whatsoever. 

Without  geometry,  it  is  impossible  to 
lay  down  a  plan  or  map  with  truth  and 
exactness,  or  settle  a  draught  of  a  fortifi- 
cation, or  calculate  the  lines  and  angles, 
so  as  to  make  a  just  estimation,  in  order 
to  trace  them  on  the  ground,  «rnd  ta 


E  NG 


E  NG 


137 


measure  the  surface  and  solidity  of  their 
parts. 

Mechanics  teaeh  us  the  proportions  of 
the  machines  in  use,  and  how  to  increase 
or  diminish  their  powers  as  occasion  may 
require;  and  likewise  to  judge  whether 
those  which  our  own  imagination  suggests 
to  us,  will  answer  in  practice. 

Hydraulics  teach  us  how  to  conduct 
waters  from  one  place  to  another,  to  keep 
them  at  a  certain  height,  or  to  raise  them 
higher. 

How  fluently  soever  we  may  express 
ourselves  in  speaking  or  writing,  we  can 
never  give  so  perfect  an  idea  as  by  an  ex- 
act drawing ;  and  often  in  fortification 
both  are  wanted ;  for  which  reason  the 
art  of  drawing  is  indispensibly  necessary 
for  engineers. 

To  the  qualities  above  mentioned,  must 
be  added  activity  and  vigilance ;  both 
which  are  absolutely  necessary  in  all  ope- 
rations of  war,  but  especially  in  the  at- 
tack of  such  places  as  are  in  expectation 
of  succours.  The  besieged  must  have  no 
time  allowed  them  for  consideration  ;  one 
hour  lost  at  such  a  juncture  often  proves 
irreparable.  It  is  by  their  activity  and 
vigilance,  that  engineers  often  bring  the 
besieged  to  capitulate,  much  sooner  than 
they  would  have  done,  if  those  engineers 
had  not  pushed  on  the  attack  with  firm- 
ness and  resolution.  Want  of  vigilance 
and  activity  often  proceed  from  irreso- 
lution, and"  that  from  weakness  of  ca- 
pacity. 

As  the  office  of  an  engineer  requires 
great  natural  qualifications,  much  know- 
lege,  study,  and  application,  it  is  but 
reasonable  that  the  pay  should  be  propor- 
tioned to  that  merit  which  is  to  be  the 
qualification  of  the  person  employed  :  he 
must  be  at  an  extraordinary  expence  in 
his  education,  and  afterwards  for  books 
and  instruments  for  his  instruction  and 
improvement,  as  well  as  for  many  other 
things  ;  and  that  he  may  be  at  liberty  to 
pursue  his  studies  with  application,  he 
must  not  be  put  to  shifts  for  necessaries. 
It  should  likewise  be  considered,  that  if 
an  engineer  do  his  duty,  be  his  station 
what  it  will,  his  fatigue  must  be  very 
great ;  and,  to  dedicate  himself  wholly 
to  that  duty,  he  should  be  divested  of  all 
other  cares. 

The  word  engineer  is  of  modern  date  in 
England,  and  was  first  used  about  the  year 
1650,  when  one  captain  Thomas  Rudd 
had  the  title  of  chief  engineer.  In  1600,  the 
title  given  to  engineers,  was  trench-mas- 
ter ;  and  in  1622,  sir  William  Pelham,  and 
after  him  sir  Francis  Vere,  acted  as 
trench-masters  in  Flanders.  In  the  year 
1634,  an  engineer  was  called  camp-master 
general,  and  sometimes  engine-master, 
being  always  subordinate  to  the  master  of 
the  ordnance. 

At  present  the  corps  of  engineers  in 
England^  consists  of  i  colonel  in  chief,  I 
colonel  en  second,  i  chief  engineer,  5  co- 
Ibhels,  6  lieutenant  colonels,  18  captains, 


15  captain  lieutenants,  and  captains,  31 
lieutenants,  16  second  lieutenants. 

The  establishment  of  the  corps  of  /.»/« 
•valid cngtnctr*%  comprises  a  colonel,  lieu- 
tenant colonel,  captain,  captain  lieuten- 
ant and  captain,  first  lieutenant,  and  se- 
cond lieutenant. 

The  corps  of  engineers  in  Ireland  con- 
sists of  a  director,  colonel,  lieutenant  co- 
lonel, major,  captain,  captain  lieutenant 
and  captain,  and  a  first  lieutenants. 

During  the  administration  of  general 
Washington,  the  necessity  of  some  mili- 
tary institute,  or  school,  was  frequently 
recommended  ;  and  in  the  administration 
that  followed,  the  same  policy  was  pur- 
sued ;  particularly  at  the  period  of  raising 
the  additional  army  in  1798.  In  the  year 
1792,  military  subjects  were  very  much 
pressed  upon  congress,  as  arising  out  of 
the  state  of  the  world,  and  the  necessity 
of  being  prepared  to  ward  against  the 
dangers  which  might  arise.  In  1800,  the 
subject  of  military  defence  was  discussed, 
with  increased  zeal,  and  a  very  able  and 
judicious  report  of  the  then  secretary  at. 
war  was  laid  before  congress,  in  which 
it  was  proposed  to  establish  a  military 
academy  to  be  divided  into  four  general 
departments,  i.  A  fundamental  school. 

2.  A  school  of  artillerists  and  engineers. 

3.  A  school  of  cavalry  and  infantry.    4. 
A  naval  school.     The  objects  of  this  re- 
port  fell  to  the  ground.     In  1802,  (16 
March)  a  law  was  passed,  in  which  it 
was  provided,   Sect.  26.  That  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States  is  hereby  au- 
thorised and  empowered,  when  he  shall 
deem  it  expedient,  to  organize  and  estab- 
lish a  corps  of  engineers,  to  consist  of  one 
engineer,  with  the  pay,  rank, ,  and  emo- 
luments of  a  major ;  two  assistant  en- 
gineers, with  the  pay,  rank,  and  emolu- 
ments of  captains ;  two  other  assistant 
engineers,  with  the  pay,  rank,  and  emo- 
luments of  first   lieutenants ;  two  other 
assistant  engineers,  with  the  pay,  rank, 
and  emoluments  of  second  lieutenants  j 
and  ten  cadets,  with  the  pay  of  sixteen 
dollars  per  month,  and  two  rations  per 
day:    and  the   President   of  the   United 
States    is,    in   like  manner    authorised, 
when  he  shall  deem  it  proper,  to  make 
such  promotions  in  the  said  corps,  with 
a  view  to  particular  merit,  and  without 
regard  to  rank,  so  as  not  to  exceed  one 
colonel,  one  lieutenant  colonel,  two  ma- 
jors, four  captains,  four  first  lieutenants, 
four  second  lieutenants,  and  so  as  that 
number  of  the  whole  corps  shall,  at  no 
time,  exceed  twenty  officers  and  cadets. 

Sec.  27.  And  be  it  further  enacted.  That 
the  said  corps  when  so  organized,  shall 
be  stationed  at  West  Point  in  the  state  of 
New  York,  and  shall  constitute  a  mili- 
tary academy  ;  and  the  engineers,  assist- 
ant engineers,  and  cadets  of  the  said 
corps,  shall  be  subject  at  all  times,  to 
do  duty  in  such  places,  and  on  siich  ser- 
vice, as  the  President  of  the  United  Starr-, 
sh;i!!  'Urect, 


138 


ENS 


E  N  V 


Sec.  28.  And  be  It  further  enacted,  That 
the  principal  engineer,  and  in  his  absence 
the  next  in  rank,  shall  have  the  super- 
intendance  of  the  said  military  academy, 
under  the  direction  of  the  President  of  the 
United  States ;  and  the  secretary  of  war 
is  hereby  authorised,  at  the  public  ex- 
pence,  under  such  regulations  as  shall 
be  directed  by  the  President  of  the  United 
States,  to  procure  the  necessary  books, 
implements  and  apparatus  for  the  use  and 
benefit  of  the  said  institution. 

This  school  of  engineers  of  the  U.  States 
has  been  since  augmented;  and  it  is  pro- 
posed to  place  it  at  Washington  city. 

ENGINERY,  the  act  of  managing 
artillery  ;  also  engines  of  war. 

ENGUARD.     See  GUARD. 

ENLARGEMENT,  the  act  of  going 
or  being  allowed  to  go  beyond  prescribed 
limits :  as  the  extending  the  boundaries 
of  an  arrest,  when  the  officer  is  said  to 
be  enlarged,  or  under  arrest  at  large. 

E  N  N  E  A  G  O  N ,  in,  geometry,  or  fortlfi- 
caiiony  is  a  figure  consisting  of  9  angles, 
and  as  many  sides,  capable  of  being  for- 
tified with  the  same  number  of  bastions. 

ENNEGONE      See  ENNEACON. 

ENRANK,  to  place  in  orderly  or  re- 
gular rows. 

ENROLEMENT,  Fr.  enrollment.  This 
term,  according  to  the  military  accepta- 
tion of  it  in  the  French  service,  diners 
from  the  words  engagement,  enlistment, 
inasmuch  as  in  some  instances,  the  officer 
enrolls  or  enlists  a  soldier  without  his  con- 
sent ;  whereas  in  others  the  soldier  is 
enrolled,  after  having  declared  that  he 
voluntarily  enlisted. 


ENSCONCE,  to  cover  as  with  a  fort. 

ENSEIGNE,  Fr.  the  colors,  origi- 
nally derived  from  the  Latin  word  Insig- 
nhe.  The  French  designate  all  warlike 
symbols  under  the  term  ensetgne ;  but 
they  again  distinguish  that  word  by  the 
appellations  of  drapeaux,  colors,  andeten- 
aartst  standards.  Drapeaux  or  colors  arc 
particularly  characteristic  of  the  infantry  ; 
Itendarts  or  standards  belong  to  the  caval- 
ry. We  make  the  same  distinctions  in 
our  service.  See  COLORS. 

E  N  s  E  i  G  N  E  de  vaisseau,  Fr.  The  low- 
est commissioned  officer  in.  the  French 
navy. 

E'NSHIELD,  to  cover  from  the 
enemy. 

EN  SI  FORM,  having  the  shape  of  a 
sword. 

ENSIGN,  in  the  military  art,  a  ban 
ne;,  under  which  the  soldiers  arc  ranged 
according  to  the  different  regiments  they 
belong  to.     See  COLORS. 

ENSIGN,  or  ensign-bearer,  is  an  officer 
who  carries  the  colors  being  the  lowest 
commissioned  officer  in  a  company  of  foot, 
subordinate  to  the  captain  and  lieutenant. 
The  word  ensign  is  very  ancient,  being 
used  both  by  the  Greeks  and  Romans, 
and  amongst  both  foot  and  horse.  En- 


igns  belonging  to  the  foot,  were  either 
he  common  ones  of  the  whole  legion,  or 
he  particular  ones  of  the  manipuli.  The 
common  ensign  of  the  whole  legion  was 
an  eagle  of  gold  or  silver,  fixed  en  the 
:op  of  a  spear,  holding  a  thunderbolt  in 
lis  talons  as  readv  to  deliver  it.  That 
this  was  not  peculiar  to  the  Romans,  is 
evident  from  the  testimony  of  Xenophon, 
who  informs  us,  that  the  royal  ensign  of 
Cyrus  was  a  golden  eagle  spread  over  a 
shield,  and  fastened  on  a  spear,  and  that 
:he  same  was  still  used  by  the  Persian 
tings.  In  the  rustic  age  of  Rome,  the 
ensigns  were  nothing  more  than  a  wisp  of 
hay  carried  on  a  pole,  as  the  word  mani- 
pu!us  properly  signifies.  The  ensign  of 
the  cavalry  was  a  dragon ;  but  there  were 
some  of  cloth,  somewhat  like  our  colors, 
distended  on  a  staff;  on  which  the  names 
of  the  emperors  were  generally  depicted. 
The  religious  care  the  soldiers  took  of 
their  ensigns,  was  extraordinary:  they 
worshipped  them,  swore  by  them  (as  at 
present  several  European  powers  do)  and 
incurred  certain  death  if  they  lost  them. 
The  Turks  and  Tartars  make  use  of 
horses  tails  for  their  ensigns,  whose  num- 
ber distinguishes  the  rank  of  their  com- 
manders; for  the  Sultan  has  7,  and  the 
Grand  Vizier  only  3,  &c. 

ENTERPRIZE,  in  military  history, 
an  undertaking  attended  with  some  hazard 
and  danger. 

ENTERPRISER,  an  offieerwho un- 
dertakes or  engages  in  any  important  and 
hazardous  design.  This  kind  of  service 
frequently  happens  to  the  light  infantry, 
light  horse,  and  hussars. 

ENTIRE,  or  rank  ENTIRE,  a  line  of 
men  in  one  continued  row  on  the  side  of 
each  other.  When  behind  each  other, 
they  are  said  to  be  in  file.  See  INDIAN 
file*. 

ENTONNOIR,  Fr.  the  cavity  or  hole 
which  remains  after  the  explosion  of  a 
mine.  It  likewise  means  the  tin-case  or 
port- feu  which  is  used  to  convey  the 
priming  powder  into  the  touch-hole  of  a 
cannon. 

ENTREPOSTS,  Fr.  magazines  and 
places  appropriated  in  garrison  towns  for 
the  reception  of  stores,  Sec.  In  a  mer- 
cantile sense  it  means  an  intermediate 
public  warehouse,  where  goods  were  de- 
posited, and  from  whence  they  might  be 
forwarded  to  different  quarters  within 
or  beyond  the  immediate  confines  of  a 
country. 

ENTREPRENEUR,^-.    See  CON- 

TR  ACTOR. 

ENVELOPE,  in  fortification,  a  work 
of  earth,  sometimes  in  form  of  a  single 
parapet,  and  at  others  like  a  small  ram- 
part :  it  is  raised  sometimes  in  the  ditch, 
and  sometimes  beyond  it.  Envelopes  are 
sometimes  en  x,ic-zac,  to  inclose  a  weak 
ground,  where  that  is  practicable,  with 
single  lines,  to  save  the  great  charge  of 
horn  works,  crown  works,  and  tenailles, 
or  where  room  is  wanting  for  such  large 


E  PI 


ESC 


139 


works.  These  sort  of  works  are  to  be 
seen  at  Besancon,  Douay,  Luxembourg,  | 
&c.  Envelopes  in  a  ditch  are  sometimes 
called  sillons,  contregardes,  conserves,  i 
lunettes,  &c.  which  words  see. 

To  ENVIRON,  to  surround  in  a  hos-  j 
tile  manner,  to  hem  in,  to  besiege. 

EPAULE,  in  fortification,  denotes  the 
shoulder  of  a  bastion,  or  the  place  where 
its  face  and  flank  meet,  and  form  the  an- 
gle, called  the  angle  of  the  shoulder.  See 
FORTIFICATION. 

EPAULEMENT,  in  fortification,  is 
a  kind  of  breast  work  to  cover  the  troons 
in  front,  and  sometimes  in  flank.  In  a 
siege,  the  besiegers  generally  ;aise  an 
epaulement  of  8  or  10  feet  high,  near  the 
entrance  of  the  approaches,  to  cover  the 
cavalry,  which  is  placed  there  to  support 
the  guard  of  the  trenches.  These  works 
are  sometimes  made  of  filled  gabions,  or 
fascines  and  earth.  This  term  is  fre- 
quently used  for  any  work  thrown  up  to 
defend  the  flank  of  a  post,  or  any  other 
place.  It  is  sometimes  taken  for  a  demi- 
bastion,  and  at  other  times  for  a  square 
orillon  to  cover  the  cannon  of  a  casemate. 
See  FORTIFICATION 

EPAULETTES,  are  shoulder  knots, 
worn  by  officers;  those  for  the  officers 
are  made  of  gold  or  silver  lace,  with  rich 
fringe  and  bullions,  those  of  non-com- 
missioned are  of  cotton  or  worsted  They 
are  badges  of  distinction  worn  on  one  or 
both  shoulders.  When  a  Serjeant  or  cor- 
poral is  publicly  reduced,  the  shoulder- 
knot  is  cut  off  by  the  drum  major  in  the 
front  or  circle  of  the  battalion. 

Among  the  French,  all  the  degrees  of 
rank,  from  a  cadet  to  a  general  officer, 
were  so  minutely  marked  out  by  the 
epaulette,  that  a  common  centinel  might 
instantly  know  what  officer  approached 
his  station,  and  could  pay  the  prescribed 
honors  without  hesitation  or  mistake. 

All  officers  above  the  rank  of  captain 
wear  two  in  the  United  States  army  and 
militia ;  captains  wear  one  on  the  right 
shoulder:  lieutenants  and  ensigns  on  the 
left ;  Serjeants  and  corporals  wear  as  cap- 
tains and  lieutenants. 

Epaulettes  have  been  introduced  into 
the  British  navy. 

The  following  are  the  gradations  of 
rank  as  distinguished  by  epaulettes. 

Masters  and  commanders  have  one 
epaulette  on  the  left  shoulder. 

Post  captains  under  three  years,  one 
epaulette  on  the  right  shoulder. 

And  after  having  been  post  three  years, 
two  epaulettes. 

Rear  admirals  have    one  star  on   the 
strap  of  the  epaulette,  vice  admirals  two 
stars,  and  admirals  three  stars. 
EPEE,  Fr.  a  sword. 
EPERON,  Fr.  a  spur. 
EPICYCLOID,  a  curve  formed  by 
the  revolution  of  the  periphery  of  a  cir- 
cle along  the  convex  or  concave  part  of 
another  circle. 
F.PIGNARE,   Fn  a  small  piece  of 


ordnance  -which  does  not  exceed  one 
pound  in  calibre, 

EPREUVE,  Fr.     See  PROOF. 

EPROUVETTE,  is  a  machine  to 
prove  the  strength  of  gunpowder.  There 
ire  different  sorts  of  eprouvettes,  accord- 
ing to  the  fancy  of  different  nations  who 
use  them.  Some  raise  a  weight,  and 
others  throw  a  shot,  to  certain  heights 
and  distances. 

EPTAGON.     See  HEPTAGON. 

EQU  ANGULAR,  having  equal  angles. 

EQUATION,  an  expression  of  the 
same  quantity  in  two  dissimilar  terms, 
but  of  equal  value>  See  ALGEBRA. 

EQUERRE,  Fr.  a  sort  of  rule  which 
s  absolutely  necessary  to  the  miner  in 
order  to  make  his  descent  at  ri^ht  angles, 

EQUERRY,  the  master  of  the  horse. 
It  likewise  means  any  person  who  is  ap- 
pointed to  attend  horses. 

EQUESTRIAN  statue,  the  inanimate 
resemblance,  in  bronze,  stone,  or  marble, 
of  any  person  mounted  on  horseback. 

EQUESTRIAN  order ,  among  the  Ro- 
mans, signified  their  knights  or  equites  ; 
as  also  their  troopers  or  horsemen  in  the 
field ;  the  first  of  which  orders  stood  in 
contradistinction  to  the  senators,  as  the 
last  did  to  the  foot ;  each  of  these  dis- 
tinctions was  introduced  into  the  state  by 
state  cunning. 

EQUILIBRIUM,  equality  of  weight 
or  powder. 

To  EQUIP,  to  furnish  an  individual, 
a  corps,  or  an  army,  with  every  thing 
that  is  requisite  for  military  service, 
such  as  arms,  accoutrements,  uniforms, 

.  &c. 

EQUIPAGE,  in  a  military  sense,  is 
all  kinds  of  furniture  made  use  of  by  the 
army  ;  such  as 

CVzw/>-Eo,uiPAGE,  P  are  tents,  kitchen 

Field- EGUIPAGE,  \  furniture,  saddle 
horses,  baggage  waggons,  bat  horses,  &c. 

EQUIPMENT,  the  act  of  getting 
completely  equipped,  or  supplied  with 
every  requisite  for  military  service. 

EQUITES,  an  order  of  equestrian 
knights  introduced  among  the  Romans  by 
Romulus. 

ESC  AD  RON,  Fr.  Squadron.  This 
term  is  derived  from  the  I  talian  scara  or 
scadra,  corrupted  from  the  Latin  quad, 
rum.  Froissart  was  the  first  French  writer 
that  made  use  of  the  word  escadron  to 
signify  a  troop  of  horse  drawn  out  in 
order  of  battle.  The  term  escadron  is 
more  ancient  than  battalion.  See  S  c  u  A  D- 

RON. 

ESCALADE.     See  SCALADE. 

ESCALADE  d'un  soldat  was  used  in  the 
old  French  service  to  express  the  act  of  a 
soldier  who  got  into  a  town,  camp,  or 
quarters,  by  scaling  the  ramparts,  &c. 
When  discovered  in  the  act  of  so  doing, 
the  centinels  had  orders  to  fire  at  him  ; 
and  if  apprehended,  he  was  tried  and 
condemned  to  death. 

ESC  ALE,  Fr.  a  machine  used  to  apr 
ply  the  petard. 


140 


ESP 


E  T  A 


ESCARMOUCHE,  Fr.  See  SKIR- 
MISH. 

ESCARPE,  is  the  outward  slope  or 
talus  of  the  rampart. 

ESCARPMENT.     See  DECLIVITY. 

ESCORT,  in  the  art  of  war.  See 
CONVOY. 

ESCORTS,  Ft:  See  CONVOY. 

ESCOUADE,  Fr.  in  the  old  French 
service  generally  meant  the  third  part  of 
a  company  of  foot  or  a  detachment. 
Companies  were  divided  in  this  manner 
for  the  purpose  of  more  conveniently 
keeping  the  tour  of  duty  among  the  men. 

1  he  word  escouade  is,  however,  more 
specifically  applicable  to  the  old  distribu- 
tion of  a  French  artillery  company, 
which  was  divided  into  three  parts  called 
escouades.  The  first,  containing  double 
the  complement  of  the  rest,  was  com- 
posed of  24  artillerists  or  bombardiers, 
including  two  Serjeants,  two  corporals, 
two  anspessades  or  lance  corporals  of  the 
same  profession,  and  twenty-four  soldiers 
called  soldats  apprentis.  The  second  es- 
couade was  composed  of  twelve  miners 
or  sappers,  including  one  serjeant,  one 
corporal,  and  one  anspessade  or  lance 
corporal  of  the  same  profession,  and 
twelve  soldats  apprentis. 

The  third  escouade  was  composed  of 
twelve  workmen  or  artificers  in  wood  or 
iron  attached  to  the  artillery,  amongst 
whom  were  included  one  Serjeant,  one 
corporal  and  one  anspessade  or  lance  cor- 
poral of  the  same  trade,  together  with 
twelve  soldats  apprentis.  We  have  cor- 
rupted the  terra  and  called  it  squad.  See 
SCUAD, 

ESCOUT.     See  SPY. 

ESCUAGE,an  ancient  feudal  tenure 
by  which  the  tenant  was  bound  to  follow 
his  lord  to  war  or  to  defend  his  castle. 

ESP  A  DON,  in  old  military  books, 
a  kind  of  two-handed  sword,  having  two 
edges,  of  a  great  length  and  breadth ; 
formerly  used  by  the  Spanish. 

ESPION,  Fr.  a  spy. 

ESPLANADE,  in  fortification,  the 
sloping  of  the  parapet  of  the  covert- way 
towards  the  field,  and  is  therefore  the 
fame  as  the  glacis  of  the  counterscarp ; 
but  begins  to  be  antiquated  in  that  sense, 
and  is  now  only  taken  for  the  empty 
space  between  the  glacis  of  a  citadel,  and 
the  first  houses  of  the  town. 

ES PONTOON,  Fr.  A  sort  of  half 
pike.  On  the  loth  of  May,  1690,  it  was 
ordered  by  the  French  government  that 
every  espontoon,  or  half  pike,  should  be 
8  feet  in  length.  The  colonels  of  corps 
as  well  as  the  captains  of  companies  al- 
ways used  them  in  action.  The  officers 
of  the  British  army  have  likewise  been 
provided  with  this  weapon  :  but  it  has 
been  replaced  by  the  strait  sword  hi  both 
countries ;  and  is  generally  exploded. 

ESPR1NGAL,  in  the  ancient  art  of 
war,  a  machine  for  throwing  large  darts, 
generally  called  muchetta?. 
ESPRIT  4c  Corp,*,   Fr.  this  term  is 


generally  used  among  all  military  men 
in  Europe.  It  may  not  improperly  be 
defined  a  laudable  spirit  of  ambition 
which  produces  a  peculiar  attachment  to 
any  particular  corps,  company  or  service. 
Officers  without  descending  to  mean  and 
pitiful  sensations  of  selfish  envy,  under 
the  influence  of  a  true  Esprit  ds  corps  rise 
into  an  emulous  thirst  after  military 
glory.  The  good  are  excited  to  peculiar 
feats  of  valor  by  the  sentiments  it  en- 
genders, and  the  bad  are  deterred  from 
ever  hazarding  a  disgraceful  action  by  a 
secret  consciousness  of  the  duties  it  pre- 
scribes. 

ESQUADE.     See  SQUAD, 

ESQUIRE.     See  ARMICER. 

S'ESQUIVER,  Fr.  to  steal  away. 

ESSES,  in  the  train  of  artillery,  arc 
fixed  to  draught  chains  and  made  in  the 
form  of  an  S,  one  end  of  which  is  fastened 
to  thecha.n,  and  the  other  hooks  to  the 
horses  harness,  or  to  a  staple :  they  serve 
likewise  to  lengthen  and  piece  chains 
together. 

ESSUYER/V/^,  Fr.  to  remain  ex- 
posed to  the  fire  of  cannon  or  musquetry. 

KSTABLAGE,  Fr.  the  harness  which 
is  between  the  two  shafts  of  a  cart,  and 
serves  to  support  them. 

To  ESTABLISH,  To  fix,  to  settle. 
It  is  likewise  a  technical  phrase,  to  ex- 
press the  quartering  of  any  considerable 
body  of  troops  in  a  country.  Thus  it  is 
common  to  say  :  The  army  took  up  a  po- 
sition in  the  neighborhood  of and 

established  its  head  quarters  at . 

ESTABLISHMENT,  in  a  military 
sense,  implies  the  quota  of  officers  and 
men  in,  an  army,  regiment,  troop,  or 
company. 

Peace- ESTABLISHMENT,  is  the  reduc- 
tion of  corps  to  a  certain  number,  by 
which  the  aggregate  force  of  a  country  is 
diminished,  and  its  expenditure  lessened, 

fVar- ESTABLISHMENT,  is  the  aug- 
mentation of  regiments  to  a  certain  num- 
ber, by  which  the  whole  army  of  a  coun- 
try is  considerably  increased. 

E  ST A  F  F  E ,  contribution  money. 

ESTIMATE,  army  estimates  are  the 
computation  of  expences  to  be  incurred 
in  the  support  of  an  army  for  a  given 
time. 

ESTOFETTE,  a  military  courier, 
sent  express  from  OHC  part  of  an  army 
to  another. 

ESTOILE.     SeeE-roiLE. 

ESTRADE,  Fr.  a  road  or  way.  This 
word  is  derived  from  the  I  talian  sirada^ 
which  signifies  road,  street,  or  way. 
Some  writers  take  its  etymology  from 
EstradictS)  a  class  of  men  on  horseback, 
who  were  employed  in  scouring  the  roads, 
and  in  procuring  intelligence  respecting 
the  movements  of  an  army.  See  BAT- 

TEUR    d'EsTRADE. 

ETAIM  or  ETA  IN,  Fr.  Tin,  A 
white  metal  of  a  consistency  less  hard 
than  silver,  but  fifmtr  than  lead.  It  is 


ETA 


EVE 


141 


used  in  the  casting  of  cannon.  The  best 
quality  is  found  in  Cornwall. 

ETANCONS,  Fr.  Stays,  supporters. 
Large  pieces  of  wood  which  are  fixed 
vertically  in  the  cavities  of  mines,  for  the 
purpose  of  sustaining  the  weight  of  earth 
that  is  laid  upon  the  galleries. 

ETAPE,  Fr.  subsistence,  or  a  sol- 
dier's daily  allowance.  See  SUBSIS- 
TENCE. 

ETAP1ERS,  Fr.  were  military  pur- 
veyors, who  accompanied  the  French 
armies  or  were  stationed  in  particular 
places  to  supply  the  troops  on  their 
march. 

ET  AT- Major,  Fr.  Staff.  Etat  ma- 
jor  in  the  French  service,  is  a  more  com- 
prehensive term  than  staff  appears  to  be 
in  our  acceptation  of  the  word.  As  we 
have  in  some  degree  adopted  the  term,  it 
cannot  be  superfluous  to  give  a  short  ac- 
count of  its  origin,  &c.  Among  the 
French,  according  to  the  Author  of  the 
Recueil  Alpbabetique  de  tous  /es  termes  jn'o- 
pres  a  /'art  de  la  guerre,  etat-major  signi- 
fies a  specific  number  of  officers  who  are 
distinguished  from  others  belonging  to  the 
same  corps.  It  did  not  folio vy  that  every 
regiment  was  to  have  its  staff,  as  the  king 
had  the  power  of  appointing  or  suppress- 
ing staff  officers  at  pleasure. 

The  etat-major  general  de  I'hifanterie,  or 
the  general  staff  of  the  infantry,  was 
created  under  Francis  I.  in  1525.'  That 
of  the  lieht  cavalry  under  Charles  IX.  in 
1565.  That  of  the  dragoons  under  Louis 
XIV.  in  1669. 

The  etat-major  of  an  infantry  regiment, 
was  composed  of  the  colonel,  the  major, 
the  aid- major,  quarter- master,  the  chap- 
lain, the  provost-marshal,  the  surgeon, 
and  the  attendant  commissary,  who 
was  called  le  cammlssahe  a  la.  conduite. 
To  these  were  added  the  lieutenant  of  the 
provostship,  the  person  who  kept  the 
regimental  register,  or  the  greffier,  the 
drum-major,  six  archers,  and  the  execu- 
tioner. By  this  establishment  it  is  pre- 
supposed, that  a  provostship,  was  al- 
lowed in  the  regiment,  which  was  not  a 
general  regulation,but  depended  upon  the 
king's  pleasure. 

The  etat-major,  or  staff  of  an  old 
French  regiment  of  cavalry ,  according  to 
the  Ordonnance,  or  military  regulation 
which  was  issued  on  the  4th  of  Novem- 
ber in  1651,  consisted  of  the  mestre  de 
camp,  or  colonel  of  the  horse,  the  major 
and  the  aid-major.  It  is  therein  particu- 
larly stated,  that  the  etat-major  of  a 
cavalry  regiment  shall  not  have  a  pro- 
vostship, a  chaplain,  a  surgeon,  nor  any 
other  subordinate  officer  under  thatdeno- 
ruination. 

Every  fortified  town  or  place  had  like- 
wise its  appropriate  etat-major,  consist- 
ing of  a  certain  number  of  officers  who 
were  subject  to  specific  and  distinct  re- 
gulations. 

By  an  order  dated  the  ist  of  August, 
^733,  the  officers  belonging  fo  the  etrat 


major  of  a  garrison  town,  or  citadel,  weu> 
strictly  forbidden  to  absent  themselves 
more  than  four  days  from  their  places  of 
^residence,  without  especial  leave  from  the 
king,  nor  for  four  days,  unless  they  ob- 
tained permission  from  the  governor  or 
commandant  of  the  town  or  citadel.  See 
Amer.  Mil.  Lib.  Art.  STAFF. 

ETENDART.  Fr.  Standard.  This 
word  derives  its  name  from  the  circum- 
stance of  its  application,  being  constantly 
stretched  out,  etendu  or  displayed.  This 
etymology  does  not  appear  to  hold  good 
with  our  translation  of  the  word. 

ETERCILLON,  ou  arcboutant,  Fr. 
Buttress.  A  piece  of  wood  which  is 
placed  transverse,  or  horizontally  in  the 
galleries  of  a  mine,  in  order  to  sustain  the 
earth  on  both  sides ;  but  most  especially 
to  keep  the  chamber  well  closed,  and  to 
support  the  corners  of  the  gallery. 

ETIQUETTE,  a  French  term,  pri- 
manly  denoting  a  ticket,  or  title  affixed  to 
a  bag,  or  bundle  of  papers,  expressing  its 
contents.  It  is  also  used,  when  appiiecl 
to  the  Spanish  and  some  other  courts 
to  signify  a  particular  account  of  what  is 
to  be  done  daily  in  the  king's  household. 
It  likewise  denotes  those  forms  that  re, 
gulate  the  decorum  of  conduct  towards 
persons  of  various  ranks  and  stations. 
In  the  Austrian  service,  military  eti- 
quette is  punctiliously  attended  to  ;  and  in 
the  old  t  rench  service  the  utmost  defer- 
ence was  paid  to  a  superior  officer  by  an 
inferior,  at  all  times,  and  on  all  occasions. 

ETOILES,  Fr.  small  redoubts,  which 
are  constructed  by  means  of  angles  ren- 
trant  and  angles  sortant,  and  have  from 
five  to  eight  saliant  points.  Each  one  of 
their  sides  or  faces  may  contain  from  12. 
to  25  toises.  This  species  of  fortification 
has  fallen  into  disuse,  not  only  because 
etoiles  do  not  possess  the  advantage  of 
having  their  angle  rentrant  effectually 
flanked,  but  because  they  have  been  su- 
perceded  by  square  redoubts,  which  are 
sooner  built,  and  are  applicable  to  the 
same  purposes  of  defence. 

ETOUPILLE,  Fr.  an  inflammable 
match,  composed  of  three  threads  of  very 
fine  cotton,  which  is  well  steeped  in 
brandy  mixed  with  the  best  priming  gun- 
powder. 

EVACUATE,  in  military  history,  a 
term  made  use  of  in  the  articles  of  ca- 
pitulation granted  to  the  besieged  at  the 
time  they  surrender  to  the  besiegers ;  and 
is  the  same  as  quitting  a  place. 

EVENT,  Fr.  Vent.  This  word  is  par- 
ticularly applicable  to  the  vent  or  cavity 
which  is  left  in  cannon,  or  other  fire 
arms,  after  they  have  been  proved  and 
found  defective.  The  vent  is  sometime-; 
round  and  sometimes  long.  Vents  are 
frequently  so  exiguous,  that  they  appear 
like  the  lines  of  a  small  fibre,  through 
which  water  will  ooze,  and  smoke  eva- 
porate. These  pieces,  whether  of  ord- 
nance, or  of  musnuetry,  arc  of  course 
rejected, 


142 


E  VO 


E  X  A 


EVIDENCE,  a  declaration  made  viva 
•voce  of  what  any  person  knows  ofhisown 
knowlege  relative  to  the  matter  in  ques- 
tion. Military  men  are  obliged  to  attend 
and  give  evidence  before  courts-martial, 
•without  any  expence  to  the  prosecutor, 
or  prisoner 

Hearsay  EVIDENCE,  the  declaration  of 
•what  one  has  heard  from  others.  As  in 
all  other  courts  of  ordinary  judicature, 
this  species  of  evidence  is  not  admissible 
in  courts-martial. 

EVOCAT1,  were  a  class  of  soldiers 
amoug  the  Romans,  who,  after  having 
served  their  full  time  in  the  army,  entered 
as  volunteers  to  accompany  some  favo- 
rite general.  Hr-nce  rney  were  likewise 
called  emeriti  and  beneficiari'i. 

EVOCATION.  A  religious  ceremo- 
ny which  was  always  observed  among 
the  Romans,  at  the  commencement  of  a 
sic ..f,  wherein  they  solemnly  called  upon 
;ht  £ods  and  goddesses  of  the  place  to 
forsake  it,  and.  come  over  to  them 
When  any  place  surrendered,  they  al- 
ways took  it  for  granted,  that  their 
prayer  had  been  heard,  and  that  the  Dll 
Penatesj  or  the  household  gods  of  the 
place  had  come  over  to  them. 

EVOLUTION,  in  the  art  of  war, 
the  motion  made  by  a  body  of  troops, 
when  they  are  obliged  to  change  their 
form  and  disposition,  in  order  to  preserve 
a  post,  occupy  another,  to  attack  an  ene- 
my with  more  advantage,  or  to  be  in  a 
condition  of  defending  themselves  the 
better.  That  evolution  is  best,  which, 
with  a  given  number  of  men,  may  be 
executed  in  the  least  space,  and  conse- 
quently in  the  least  time  possible. 

EVOLUTION  of  the  moderns ,  is  a  change 
of  position,  which  has  always  for  its 
object  either  offence  or  defence.  The 
essentials  in  the  performance  of  an  evolu- 
tion are,  order,  directness,  precision,  and 
the  greatest  possible  rapidity. 

EVOLUTIONS  may  be  divided  into  two 
classes,  ihe  simple  and  the  compound ; 
simple  evolutions  are  those  which  con- 
sist in  simple  movements,  which  do  not 
altar  the  shape  or  figure  of  the  battalion, 
but  merely  afford  a  more  or  less  extended 
front  or  depth,  keep  it  more  or  less  closed 
to  its  flanks  or  centre,  turn  its  aspect  to 
Hank  or  rear,  or  break  it  into  divisions, 
subdivisions,  sections,  or  files,  in  order 
that  it  may  unfold  itself,  or  defile  and 
resume  its  proper  front  or  order  of  battle. 
All  the  various  ways  of  defiling,  forming 
line,  opening  to  right  and  left,  closing  or 
deploying,  doubling  the  ranks  or  tiles,  or 
changing  front  upon  eitker  of  the  flanks 
by  conversion,  a're  called  simple  evolu- 
tion. 

Compound  evolutions  are  those  which 
change  the  shape  and  figure  of  battalions, 
break  them  into  divisions  or  companies, 
separate  the  companies  from  the  main 
body,  and  again  replace  or  rejoin  them; 
in  a  word  which  afford  the  means  of  pre- 
senting a  front  at  every  direction.. 


Compound  evolutions  are  practised 
either  by  repeating  the  same  simple  evo- 
lution several  times,  or  by  going  through 
several  simple  evolutions,  or  moving  in 
different  modes  with  different  parts  of  the 
same  corps,  which  ultimately  tend  to  the 
same  object. 

The  EVOLUTIONS  of  the  ancients  were 
formed  and  executed  with  uncommon 
good  sense  and  ability.  Considering  the 
depth  and  size  of  the  Grecian  phalanx, 
it  is  astonishing  how  the  different  parts 
could  be  rendered  susceptible  of  the  most 
intricate  and  varied  evolutions.  The  Ro- 
man legion,  though  more  favorable  to 
such  changes  and  con  versions,  from  being 
more  loose  and  detached,  did  not  ex- 
ecute them  upon  more  sound  or  better 
principles. 

EVOLUTION  (in  geometry)  the  equal 
evolution  of  the  periphery  or  a  circle,  or 
any  other  curve,  is  such  a  gradual  ap- 
proach of  the  circumference  to  rectitude, 
as  that  all  its  parts  do  meet  together,  and 
equally  evolve  or  unbend ;  so  that  the 
same  line  becomes  successively  a  less  arch 
of  a  reciprocally  greater  circle,  till  at  last 
they  turn  into  a  straight  line. 

EVOLUTION  of  powers  (in  algebra)  ex- 
tracting of  roots  from  any  given  power, 
bei«g  the  reverse  of  involution. 

EXAGON.     See  HEXAGON. 

EXAMINER.    One  who  scrutinizes. 

EXCAVATION,  the  act  of  cutting 
or  otherwise  making  hollows ;  also  the 
cavity  formed.  In  military  matters,  it 
is  generally  applied  to  the  place  from 
whence  the  earth  or  other  substance  has 
been  taken  by  mining. 

EXAMPLE,  any  actor  word  which 
disposes  to  imitation.  The  example  of  a 
superior  officer  has  considerable  influence 
over  the  mind  of  an  inferior ;  but  in  no 
instance  does  it  appear  more  important 
than  in  the  good  and  bad  behaviour  of  a 
non-commissioned  officer  or  corporal. 
These  characters,  therefore,  should  be 
particularly  correct  in  their  duties,  tena- 
cious of  every  principle  of  military  honor, 
and  remarkable  for  honesty.  Old  soldiers 
should  likewise  direct  their  attention  to 
the  strict  observance  of  rules  and  regula- 
tions, as  young  recruits  always  look  up  to 
them  for  example. 

EXAMINATION,  a  scrutiny  or  in- 
vestigation of  abilities,  conduct,  &c.  All 
officers  of  artillery  and  engineers  should 
undergo  an  examination  in  mathema- 
tics, fortification,  and  gunnery,  prior 
to  their  having  commissions.  Surgeons 
and  assistant  surgeons  should  be  examined 
before  a  medical  board. 

EXAUCTO  RATIO,  in  the  Roman 
military  discipline,  differed  from  the  mis- 
sio,  which  was  a  full  discharge,  and  took 
place  after  soldiers  had  served  in  the  army 
20  years ;  whereas  the  exauctoratio  was 
only  a  partial  discharge :  they  lost  their 
pay  indeed,  but  still  kept  under  their  co- 
lors or  vexilla,  though  not  under  the 
aquila  or  eagle,  which  was  the  standard 


EXE 


EXE 


143 


of  the  legion :  whence  instead  of  Iegiorutrli9\ 
they  were  called  ttt&signani,  and  were  re-  ' 
tained  till  they  had  either  served  their  full 
time,  or  had  lands  assigned  them.     The 
exauctoratio  took  place  after  they  had 
served  17  years. 

EXCELLENCY,  a  title  absurdly 
given  to  kings  and  emperors,  in  Europe, 
and  with  equal  falsehood  and  absurdity 
given  to  governors,  ambassadors,  generals, 
and  other  persons. 

EXCHANGE,  in  a  military  sense, 
implies  the  removal  of  an  officer  from  one 
regiment  to  another,  or  from  full  to  half 
pay,  and  vice  versa  :  It  is  usual  on  these 
occasions  for  individuals  belonging  to  the 
latter  class  to  receive  a  pecuniary  consi- 
deration. See  DIFFERENCE. 

EXCHANGE  of •prisoners ,  the  act  of  giv- 
ing up  men,  that  have  been  taken  in  war, 
upon  stipulated  conditions  which  are  sub- 
scribed to  by  contending  powers. 

EXCHANGE,  in  a  general  sense,  signi- 
fies any  contract  or  agreement  whereby 
persons  or  things  are  exchanged  for 
others. 

EXCHEQUER.  The  public  office 
from  whence  all  monies  are  issued  for  the 
use  of  the  English  army.  With  respect  to 
the  militia,  it  is  enacted  that  the  money 
paid  for  that  particular  service,  shall  be 
kept  apart  from  all  other  money. 

Officers  belonging  to  the  exchequer, 
are  not  to  take  any  fees  for  receiving,  or 
issuing  such  money. 

EXCITE.     See  ANIMATE. 
EXCUBI^E,  in  antiquity,  the  watches 
and  guards  kept  in  the  day  by  the  Roman 
soldiers.     They  differed  from  the  -vlgiliee 
which  were  kept  in  the  night. 

EXECUTE R,  Fr.  The  French  use 
this  verb  technically.  They  say,  executer 
et  scrvir  une  toiece.  See  the  particular 
method  of  so  doing,  under  TIRER  le  can- 
»0tf,  to  fire  a  gun  or  cannon. 

EXECUTER,  Fr.  to  execute,  to  put  to 
death. 

EXECUTION.  Military  EXECUTION 
is  the  pillaging  or  plundering  of  a  country 
by  the  enemy's  army. 

Military  EXECUTION  also  means  every 
kind  of  punishment  inflicted  on  the  army 
by  the  sentence  of  a  court  martial ;  which 
is  of  various  kinds.  When  a  soldier  is  to 
be  punished  with  death,  a  detachment  ol 
about  200  men  from  the  regiment  he  be- 
longs to  form  the  parade,  when  a  file  of 
grenadiers  shoots  the  prisoner  to  death. 

Every  nation  has  different  modes  of  mi- 
litary execution. 

EXEMPT,  men  of  45  years  of  age  are 
exempt  from  serving  in  the  militia.  An 
aid-de-camp  and  brigade  major  are  ex- 
empt from  all  regimental  duties  while 
serving  in  these  capacities.  Officers  on 
courts  martial  are  sometimes  exempt 
from  all  other  duties  until  the  court  is 
dissolved.  The  people  called  Qua&frs,anc 
all  others  who  are  religiously  scrupulous, 
are  by  the  laws  of  the  U.  States  exempt 
from  militia  duty,  an  indulgence  which 


they  have  hitherto  repaid  with  extreme 
ngratitude 

EXEMPTION,  the  privilege  to  be 
free  from  some  service  or  appearance. 
Thus  officers  in  the  British  militia 
who  have  served  during  the  war,  accord- 
ng  to  prescribed  regulations,  are  exempt- 
ed from  being  balloted  for. 

EXEMTS,  Fr.  so  called  originally, 
irorn  being  exempted  from  certain  ser- 
vices, or  entitled  to  peculiar  privileges. 
EXEMTS  du  ban  et  arriere  ban,  persons 
xempted  from  being  enrolled  for  that 
^articular  service,  were  so  called.  They 
:onsisted  of  the  domestic  attendants  be- 
longing  to  the  palace,  those  attached  to 
the  princes  and  princesses  of  the  blood; 
all  persons  actually  serving  his  majesty, 
together  with  the  sons  of  officers  who 
were  in  the  army . 

EXEMTS  des  gardes  du  corps .  E xempts 
belonging  to  the  body  guards.  They 
were  twelve  in  number,  and  held  the 
rank  of  captains  of  cavalry,  taking  prece- 
dence of  all  captains  whose  commissions 
were  of  a  younger  date  to  the  brevet  of 
the  exempts. 

These  brevet  commissions  were  given 
away  under  the  old  government  of  France. 
EXEMTS  des  marechaussees.  Certain 
persons  employed  to  keep  the  public- 
peace.  Marechaussee  means  in  a  literal 
sense,  marshalsey.  But  the  functions  o£ 
the  exempts  were  ef  a  nature  peculiar  to 
France.  They  held  their  situations  under 
commissions,  bearing  the  great  seal,  which 
were  forwarded  to  them  by  the  secretary 
at  war.  The  privileges  they  enjoyed 
were  to  be  exempted  from  all  taxes,  &c. 
but  they  could  not  institute  any  species 
of  criminal  information  without  the  con- 
currence of  the  greffier  or  sheriff. 

EXERCISE,  in  military  affairs,  is 
the  practice  of  all  those  motions  and  ac- 
tions, together  with  the  whole  manage- 
ment of  arms,  which  a  soldier  is  to  be 
perfect  in,  to  render  him  fit  for  service, 
and  make  him  understand  how  to  attack 
and  defend.  Exercise  is  the  first  part  of 
the  military  art ;  and  the  more  it  is  con. 
sidered  the  more  essential  it  will  appear. 
It  disengages  the  human  frame  from  the 
stiff  rusticity  of  simple  nature,  and  forms 
men  and  horses  to  all  the  evolutions  of 
war.  The  honor,  merit,  appearance, 
strength,  and  success  of  a  corps  depend 
wholly  upon  the  attention  which  has  been 
paid  to  the  drill  and  exercise  of  it,  accord- 
ing to  prescribed  rules  and  regulations; 
while  on  the  other  hand  we  see  the  great- 
est armies,  for  want  of  being  exercised, 
instantly  disordered,  and  that  disorder  in- 
creasing in  spite  of  command;  the  con- 
fusion oversets  the  art  of  skilful  masters, 
and  the  valor  of  the  men  only  serves  to 
precipitate  the  defeat :  for  which  reason 
it  is  the  duty  of  every  officer  to  take  care, 
that  the  recruits  be  drilled  as  soon  as  they 
join  the  corps. 

The  greatest  advantage  derived  from 
the  exercise,  is  theexpertness  with  which 


E  X  E 


EXE 


men  become  capable  of  loadhng  and  firing 
and  their  learning  an  attention  to  act  r 
conformity  with  those  around  them.  I 
has  always  been  lamented,  that  men  hav 
been  brought  on  service,  without  bein 
Informed  of  the  uses  of  the  different  ma 
noeuvres  they  have  been  practising ;  ant 
that  having  no  ideas  of  any  thing  but  the 
xmiformity  of  the  parade,  they  instanth 
fall  into  disorder  and  contusion  when 
they  lose  the  step,  or  see  a  deviation  from 
the  straight  lines  they  have  been  accus- 
tomed to  at  exercise.  It  is  a  pity  to  se< 
so  much  attention  confined  to  show,  am 
so  little  given  to  instruct  the  troops  in 
•what  may  be  of  use  to  them  on  service. 
Though  the  parade  is  the  place  to  form 
the  characters  of  soldiers,  and  to  teach 
them  uniformity,  yet  when  confined  to 
that  alone,  it  is  too  limited  and  mechani- 
cal for  true  military  use. 

The  great  loss  which  the  British  troops 
sustained  in  Germany,  America,  and  the 
West  Indies,  during  the  war  of  1783,  from 
sickness,  as  well  as  from  the  enemy,  was 
chiefly  owing  to  a  neglect  of  exercise.  An 
army  whose  numbers  vanish  after  the 
first  4  months  of  a  campaign,  may  be 
very  ready  to  give  battle  in  their  existing 
-period;  but  the  fact  is,  that  although 
lighting  is  one  part  of  a  soldier's  business, 
yet  bearing  fatigue,  and  being  in  health, 
is  another,  and  at  Jeast  as  essential  as  the 
first.  A  campaign  may  pass  without  a 
battle;  but  no  part  of  a  campaign  can  be 
gone  through  without  fatigue,  without 
inarches,  without  an  exposure  to  bad 
weather;  all  of  which  have  exercise  for 
their  foundation ;  and  if  soldiers  are  not 
trained  and  enured  to  these  casualties, 
but  sink  under  them,  they  become  in- 
adequate to  bodily  fatigue,  and  eventually 
turn  put  a  burthen  to  the  country. 

It  is  not  from  numbers,  nor  from  incon- 
siderate valor,  that  we  are  to  expect  vic- 
tory; in  battle  she  commonly  follows 
capacity,  and  a  knowlege  of  arms.  We 
do  not  see,  that  the  Romans  made  use  of 
any  other  means  to  conquer  the  world, 
than  a  continual  practice  of  military  ex- 
ercises, an  exact  discipline  in  their  camps, 
and  a  constant  attention  to  cultivate  the 
art  of  war.  Hence,  both  ancients  and 
moderns  agree,  that  there  is  no  other  way 
to  form  good  soldiers  but  by  exercise  and 
discipline;  and  it  is  by  a  continual  prac- 
tice and  attention  to  this,  that  the  Prus- 
sians arrived  at  that  point  of  perfection 
which  was  long  so  much  admired  in  their 
evolutions,  and  manual  exercise. 

Formerly  in  the  British  service  every 
commander  in  chief,  or  officer  command'- 
ing  a  corps,  adopted  or  invented  such 
manoeuvres  as  he  judged  proper,  except- 
ing in  the  instance  of  a  few  regulations  for 
review :  neither  the  manual  exercise,  nor 
quick  and  slow  marching  were  precisely 
defined  by  authority.  In  consequence 
when  regiments  from  different  parts  were 
brigaded,  they  were  unable  to  act  in  line 
till  the  general  officer  eorrrmjmdirrg  had 


established  some  temporary  system  to  be 
observed  by  all  under  his  command. 

These  inconveniences  were  at  length 
obviated  by  the  rules  and  regulations 
compiled  by  general  Dundas  on  the  sys- 
tem of  the  Prussian  discipline,  as  estab- 
lished by  Frederic  the  Great. 

During  the  American  revolution,  a  com- 
mit tee  of  officers  was  appointed  bycongress 
to  digest  a  system  of  discipline  for  the  mi- 
litary forces  of  the  United  States.  A  con. 
side/able  body  of  materials  were  thrown 
together  by  the  several  officers,  which 
proving  too  voluminous,  amounting  to 
three  volumes  folio,  Baron  Steuben,  an 
officer  who  had  been  in  the  Prussian  ser- 
vice, was  appointed  to  make  a  digest, 
which  was  afterwards  adopted,  and  con- 
tinues still  to  be  the  only  regulation  for 
discipline.  This  work  which  is  very 
brief,  was  of  much  use  where  there  was 
no  sort  of  order  established,  or  rather 
where  utter  disorder  prevailed ;  but  is 
not  by  any  means  adapted  to  the  uses  of 
a  good  discipline  in  the  present  state  of 
military  knowlege.  It  is  confined  to  the 
duties  of  a  regiment  of  infantry  only,  and 
is  in  fact  no  more  than  an  abstract  modi- 
fication of  the  Prussian  system  of  1741. 
The  war  department  of  the  United  States, 
has  had  the  provision  of  a  more  enlarged 
and  competent  system  under  preparation 
for  three  or  four  years,  and  the  comman- 
der in  chief  (general  Wilkinson)  had  made 
great  progress  in  a  general  arrangement  of 
a  system  comprehending  all  the  details  of 
drill,  exercise,  manoeuvre,  formations  of 
separate,  and  co-operating  bodies,  and  of 
various  kinds  of  troops ;  as  well  as  the 
police  of  camps,  garrisons,  rank,  and  ro- 
tation ;  and  other  regulations,  but  public 
service  having  called  him  off  to  the  south- 
ern frontier,  and  general  Dearborne  hav- 
ng  resigned,  the  system  of  Steuben  re- 
mains, while  the  new  discipline  of  Eu- 
rope has  become  known  to  all  the  volun- 
teer corps  of  the  Union,  commanded  by 
ntelligcnt  officers ;  and  the  old  discipline 
of  Steuben,  has  from  actual  deficiency 
)een  superceded. 

Infantry  EXERCISE,  includes  the  use 
f  the  firelock  and  practice  of  the  ma- 
noeuvres for  regiments  of  foot,  according 
:o  the  regulations  issued  by  authority. 

When  a  regiment  of  foot  is  drawn  up, 
>r  paraded  for  exercise,  the  men  are  placed 
:wo  and  sometimes  three  deep,  which 
atter  is  the  natural  formation  of  a  bat- 
alion.  In  order  to  have  the  manual  ex- 
ircise  well  performed,  it  is  in  a  particular 
nanner  requisite,  that  the  ranks  and  files 
be  even,  well  dressed,  and  the  file  lead- 
:rs  well  covered :  this  must  be  very 
tric.tly  attended  to  both  by  the  major, 
,nd  his  adjutant:  all  officers  also,  on 
ervice  in  general,  where  men  are  drawn 
up  under  arms,  or  without,  must  be 
areful,  that  the  ranks  and  files  are  ex- 
ctly  even ;  and  the  soldiers  must  learn 
o  dress  themselves  at  once,  without  the 
ccessity  of  being  directed  to  do  it.  The 


EXE 


EXE 


145 


beauty  of  all  exercise  and  inarching,  con- 
sists in  seeing  a  soldier  carry  his  arms 
well,  keep  his  firelock  steady  and  even  in 
the  hoilow  of  his  shoulder,  the  right 
hand  hanging  down,  and  the  whole  body 
without  constraint.  The  musquets  when 
shouldered,  should  be  exactly  dress£d  in 
rank  and  file;  the  men  must  keep  their 
bodies  upright,  and  in  full  front,  not 
having  one  shoulder  too  forward,  or  the 
other  too  backward.  The  distances  be- 
tween the  files  must  be  equal,  and  not 
greater  than  from  arm  to  arm,  which  giv:s 
the  requisite  room  for  the  motio  ,s.  Th,- 
ranks  are  to  be  two  paces  distant  from 
each  other.  Every  motion  must  be  done 
with  life,  and  aJl  facings,  wheelings,  and 
marchings,  performed  with  the  greatest 
exactness.  Hence  a  regiment  should 
never  be  under  arms  longer  than  three 
hours  without  rest.  See  FIRINGS,  MA- 
NUAL and  MANOEUVRES. 

Ca-ualty  EXERCISE,  is  of  two  sorts, 
on  horseback,  and  on  foot.  The  squad- 
rons for  exercise  are  sometimes  drawn  up 
three  deep,  though  frequently  two  deep ; 
the  tallest  men  and  horses  in  the  centre 
and  front.  When  a  regiment  is  formed 
in  squadrons,  the  distance  of  24  feet,  as  a 
common  interval,  is  always  to  be  left  be- 
tween the  ranks;  and  the  files  must  keep 
boot  top  to  boot  top.  The  officers  com- 
manding squadrons  must,  above  aJl  things, 
be  careful  to  form  with  great  celerity, 
and,  during  the  whole  time  of  exercise, 
to  preserve  their  several  distances.  In  all 
wheelings,  the  flank  which  wheels,  must 
come  about  in  full  gallop.  The  men 
must  keep  a  steady  seat  upon  their  horses, 
ind  have  their  stirrups  at  a  fit  length. 

Cavalry  Sword  EXERCISE.  See  SWORD 
EXERCISE 

Artillery  EXERCISE,  is  the  method  of 
teaching  the  corps  of  artillery  the  use 
and  practice  of  all  the  various  machines 
of  war,  viz. 

EXERCISE  of  the  light  field  pieces, 
teaches  the  men  to  load,  ram,  and  spunge 
the  guns  well ;  to  elevate  them  accord- 
ing to  the  distance,  by  the  quadrant  and 
screw  ;  to  judge  of  distances  and  eleva- 
tions without  the  quadrant ;  how  to  use 
the  port  fire,  match,  and  tubes  for  quick 
firing ;  how  to  fix  the  brlcole  and  prolonge, 
and  use  them  in  advancing,  retreating,  and 
wheeling  with  the  field  pieces ;  how  to  fix 
and  unfix  the  trail  of  the  carriage  on  the 
Jimbers,and  how  to  fix  and  unfix  the  boxes 
for  grape  shot  on  the  carriages  of  each 
piece. 

EXERCISE  of  the  garrison  and  tattering 
.irtilieryj  is  to  teach  the  men  how  to  load, 
ram,  and  spunge ;  how  to  handle  the 
handspikes  in  elevating  and  depressing 
the  metal  to  given  distances,  and  for  ri- 
cochet ;  how  to  adjust  the  coins,  and 
work  the  gun  to  its  proper  place  ;  and 
Iiow  to  point  and  fire  with  exactness,  &c. 

Mortar  EXERCISE,  is  of  two  different 
^prts,  viz.  with  powder  and  shells  un- 
\>aded,  and  with  powder  and  shells  load- 


ed;  each  of  which  is  to  teach  the  men 
their  duty,  and  to  make  them  handy  in 
using  the  implements  for  loading,  point- 
ing, traversing,  and  firing,  &c.  See  PRAC- 
TICE. 

Howitz.  EXERCISE,  differs  but  littl? 
from  the  mortar,  except  that  it  is  liable 
to  various  elevations  ;  whereas  that  of  the 
mortar  is  usually  fjxed  to  an  angle  of  45°; 
but  the  men  should  be  taught  the  method 
of  ricochet  firing,  and  how  to  practise 
with  grape  shot :  each  method  requiring 
a  particular  degree  of  elevation.  See 
PRACTICE. 

EXERCISE  of  guns  ivitb  reduced  num~ 
ben.  When  15  men  are  attacned  to  the 
service  of  a  gun  in  the  field,  they  may  be 
classed  to  the  right  and  left  sides  of  tht* 
gun  ;  or  they  may  be  placed  in  a  kind  of 
roster,  by  a  succession  of  numbers  from 
i  to  15  ;  the  two  first  numbers  of  each 
gun  being  the  first  and  second  gunner;  and 
the  remaining  13  as  aids.  This  numerical 
distribution,  upon  a  little  practice,  will 
be  found  as  easy  as  the  regulation  of  the 
guard  duties,  and  is  well  calculated  for 
service  where  discipline  is  good.  It  is  by 
this  arrangement  also  well  suited  to  use, 
where  there  are  men  not  well  disciplined, 
as  these  can  be  placed  on  the  remotesr 
numbers.  So  it  is  also  well  calculated  for 
horse  artillery,  where  it  will  require  some 
men  to  take  care  of  the  horses  ;  and  it  is 
also  well  adapted  to  service  where  men 
are  lost  by  the  casualties  of  war. 

Supposing,  therefore,  that  a  12  pound 
gun  with  15  men,  is  required  to  exercise 
with  9  men.  The  six  numbers,  begin- 
ning with  the  4th  aid  of  the  left,  or  Nos. 
10,  n,  12,  13,  14,  15,  that  is,  the  fourth 
of  the  left,  fitth  and  sixth  aids  of  the  righr 
and  left,  in  the  practice;  they  are  either 
em  ployed  on  other  service, or  engaged  in  se- 
curing the  horses,  or  in  preserving  and 
securing  the  caisson.  The  first  gunner 
has  provided  a  return  of  the  names  and 
stations  of  each  man  at  the  gun.  They 
are  posted  as  follows  :  and  the  numbers 
which  precede  their  stations  are  the  num- 
bers of  their  roster,  and  they  should  be. 
prepared  to  answer  by  their  number, 
whenever  called  for. 

No.  i.   First  gunner  on  the  right. 

2.  Second  gunner  an  t lie  lei'; 

3.  First  aid  on  the  right. 

4.  First  aid  on  the  left. 

5.  Second  aid  on  the  righi,. 

6.  Second  aid  on  the  left. 

7.  Third  aid  on  the  right. 

8.  Third  aid  on  the  left. 

9.  Fourth  aid  on  the  right. 

10.  Fourth  aid  on  the  left. 

11.  Fifth  aid  on  the  righr. 

12.  Fifth  aid  on  the  left. 

13.  Sixth  aid  on  the  right. 

14.  Sixth  aid  on  the  left, 

15.  Thirteenth  aid. 

A  reference  to  the  number  prefixed  to 
these  stations,  simplifies  the  return,  and 
points  out  the  duty  of  each,  which  may 
be  done  bv  either  telling  tl\em  n|Kin  rat$  • 


146 


E  X  E 


EXE 


inj.%  or  giving  thorn  a  ballot  with  their 
number  on  it,  or  any  other  arbitrary  sign 
that  may  he  devised.  It  is  proposed  then 
to  post  the  artillerists  to  a  gun  on  the 
iiiarch  ;  and  so  of  several  guns.  A  twelve 
pounder  is  detached  with  15  men,  and 
they  are  numbered,  it  is  required  to  know 
the  stations  of  the  artillerists  according  to 
their  numbers,  and  according  with  the 
depositions  of  the  men  to  the  same  duties. 

First  rule,  all  the  odd  numbers  are  on 
the  right  side  of  the  gun ;  all  the  even 
hufnbers  on  the  left  side.  This  is  their 
position  in  battery,  and  prepared  for  ac- 
tion. The  next  rule  is  their  positions  in 
advancing. 

JJ/.'f  of  march.    Nos.  2,  4,  6,  and  8,  are 

on  the  left,  which  numbers  correspond 

-rith  the  second  gunner,  the  first,  second, 

.ird  aids  of  the  left ;  so  on  the  right 

of  the  gun,  arc  the  Nos.  i,  3,  5,  7,  and  9, 

.  >  the  first  gunner  of  the  right, 

and  the  first,  second,  third,  and  fourth 

i' the  right,  making  in  all  nine,  The 

uther  six  aids,  that  is  to  say,  the  fourth 

aid  of  l  lie  left,  the  fifth  aids.of  right  and 

.th  aids  of  right  and  left,  and 

-Tho  thirteenth   aid,    are  thus  dispensed 

with,  and  may  be  thus  dispensed  with, 

the  men  are  required  with  their 

hricoles  to  manoeuvre  the  gun  ;   if  this  is 

vith  horse,  their  aid  is  only  required 

with  the  horses,  and  it  exemplifies  the 

excellent  adaptation  of  the  means  of  this 

new  discipline  to  its  proposed  end. 

The  third  rule  is,  to  find  the  men,  and 
their  stations  by  their  numbers,  it  is  only 
requisite  to  refer  to  the  preceding  table  of 
numbers,  i  and  2  are  stationed  opposite 
the  trail,  they  are  the  two  gunners ;  3  and 
".  are  opposite  the  muzzle  in  the  march, 
;  ;\ey  load  and  ram  the  cartridge  and  shot ; 
<;  and  6  are  opposite  the  breech ;  they 
have  charge  of  the  port  fire  and  priming  ; 

a;;d  S  march  opposite  theaxletree  of  the 
umber;  they  are  the  third  aids  of  right 
-ind  left,  and  have  to  supply  ammunition, 
and  move  the  tumbril  on  unlimbering; 
they  are  purveyors  of  the  gun  ;  9  leads  the 
limber  horse,  and  takes  charge  of  the  tum- 
hril  when  the  gun  is  in  battery. 

'Duties  of  n'tr.c  men  as  numbered  in 

Light  Artillery  duties. 
'.   Commands  the  gun. 

ops  the  vent,  and  elevates  the  gun. 
;iis  and  spunges. 

r;   Loads  with  cartridge  and  shot. 
,   Fires  the  gun. 
{>  Clears  the  vent  and  prime--. 

3    <  Supply  cartridge, 
t  Takes  charge  of  the  tumbril  or  caisson 

Positions. 

T  At  the  right  handspike. 
•2  At  the  left  handspike. 

3  Outside  of  the  right  wheel,  in  front. 

4  Outside  of  the  left  wheel,  in  front. 

•l    ?  Covering  3  and  4,  and  dressing  wit) 
6  >     the  rear  of  the  wheels. 


^  Cover  the  aids  in  front,  at  a  distance 
(_     of  5  yards  in  their  rear. 
)  Is  posted  with  the  tumbril  or  caisson, 

~,  Vards  in  the  rear 

Heavy  guns. — The  duties  and  positions 
ire  the  same,  only  that  4  aids  3  in  ram- 
Tiing  home  the  charge. 

Howitzers. — The  positions  and  duties 
ire  nearly  the  same  as  at  the  hea,vy  guns  4 
jnlythat  3  spunges,  uncaps  the  fuze,  and 
Hits  in  the  shell;  4  takes  the  sh.ep-skin 
>ut  of  the  piece,  lays  it  on  the  ground, 
with  the  woollen  side  up,  loads  with 
cartridge,  wipes  the  bottom  of  the  shell, 
when  2  holds  it  up)  puts  in  the  sheep- 
skin again,  and  pulls  it  out  with  his  left 
hand,  on  the  word  Ready :  He  stops  the 
muzzle  with  it  immediately,  when  the 
piece  !S  fired  :  6  serves  the  vent ;  5  fires  ; 
commands ;  7  carries  the  slow  match 
and  bucket ;  8  serves  4  with  cartridges 
from  a  cartouch;  9  serves  3  with  shells 
from  the  limber,  which  he  lays  on  the 
sheep-skin.  As  from  unavoidable  acci- 
dents, the  number  of  men  attached  to  a 
gun  may  be  reduced,  it  will  be  necessary, 
f  the  vacancies  happen  amongst  those 
doing  the  most  essential  duties,  to  im- 
mediately replace  them  by  those  doing  the 
most  subordinate  duties. 
The  following  method  of  distributing  the  du- 
ties amongst  a  smaller  number  of  men,  -will 
be  equally  applicable  to  all  kinds  of  field 
ordnance. 


To  limber  up,  light  Guns  and  Howitzers. 
The  whole  of  the  men  face  towards  the 
gun  ;  i  unships  the  traverint7  handspikes  ; 
the  limber  is  brought  up  by  9,  rather  to 
the  sight  of  the  gi;n,  and  then  turned  to 
the  left  about ;  7  and  8  raise  the  trail,  and 
place  it  on  the  limber,  in  which  they  are 


EXE 


EXE 


147 


assisted  by  3  and  4  bearing  down  on  the 
muzzle,  and  5  and  6  at  the  wheels ;  2 
chains  the  limber 

Heavy  Field  Guns,  of  Howitzers. — The 
only  diiierence  from  the  above  is,  that  3 
and  4  assist  7* and  8  to  raise  the  trail,  and 
9  aids  5  and  6  at  the  wheels ;  i  stands  to 
the  carriage  wheels. 

To  unlimber,  Light  Guns  and  Hoivitxers. 
The  whole  face  towards  the  gun ;  i  un- 
chains the  limber ;  2  and  7  lift  the  trail 
off'  the  pintle,  and  set  it  on  the  ground, 
in  which  they  are  assisted,  as  in  limber- 
ing up,  by  3,  4,  5,  and  6  ;  2  ships  the 
traversing  handspikes,  arid  the  whole  as- 
sume the  position  for  action.  The  lim- 
ber is  led  by  9  and  the  driver,  25  yards  to 
the  rear,  and  there  turned  to  the  left 
about.  The  leaaing  horse  is  unhooked  by 
the  driver,  and  tied  to  the  rear  of  the 
limber. 

Heavy  Field  GUNS,  and  Howitzers. — 
The  same  as  the  light  ones,  except  that 
5  and  6  assist  2  and 7  to  raise  the  trail,  and 
8  and  9  stand  to  the  gun  wheels. 

It  must  be  understood,  that  simply  to 
limber  up,  or  to  imlimber,  means  that  the 
gun  is  to  be  placed  upon  its  limber,  or 
Jifted  off,  without  changing  its  direction  : 
but  vans  may  be  limbered  up  to  the  front, 
to  the  right  i  or  to  the  left,  according  as  it 
is  intended  to  advance  in  any  of  those  di- 
rections ;  and  unlimbered  to  the  reary  to 
prepare  fur  action  to  the  front,  to  the  left 
for  action  to  the  right,  and  to  the  right  for 
action  to  the  left.  To  limber  up,  or  to 
unlimber,  in  any  of  these  situations,  is 
exactly  the  same  as  those  already  given, 
except  that  in  the  first,  previous  to  lim- 
bering up,  the  trail  is  thrown  round  by 
No.  i,  assisted  by  2,  if  necessary,  into 
the  direction  specified  by  the  word  of 
command,  and  the  limber  is  brought  up 
to  that  side  to  meet  it ;  and  in  the  second, 
the  trail,  after  being  taken  oft'the  limber, 
is  carried  round  to  the  rear,  right,  or  left, 
according  as  the  word  of  command  ex- 
presses, before  it  is  put  to  the  ground, 
and  the  limber  goes  round  to  the  rear  of 
the  gun. 

It  must  be  constantly  kept  in  mind, 
that  the  front  of  a  gun,  or  line  of  guns,  or 
column  of  guns,  is  that  to  which  the  men 
at  the  gun  front,  without  any  respect-  to 
the  situation  of  the  gun  or  carriage.  The 
trail  of  the  carriage,  when  moved  round 
to  the  rear,  or  the  contrary,  whether  in 
limbering  up,  or  unUmbering,  must  al- 
ways be  carried  round  to  the  right,  and 
the  limber,  or  a  horse,  when  brought  up 
to  advance  or  retire  a  gun,  must  always 
be  brought  up  on  the  right  side,  and  go 
off  on  the  left ;  and  whenever  the  limber 
is  turned  about,  it  must  be  to  the  left 
about  By  attending  to  these  precautions, 
the  greatest  confusion  is  avoided. 

Prepare  to  advance   ivitb  a  horse  and 
prolongs. 

Light  pieces. — 3  gives  his  spunge  to  5  ; 
3  and  4  unhook  the  chain  traces  from  the 


breast  of  the  carriage,  and  lay  them  over 
the  spokes  of  the  wheels;  the  driver 
brings  up  a  horse  to  the  front,  by  the 
right ;  3  and  4  unhook  the  horses  t faces 
from  the  back  band,  and  hook  them  to 
the  gun,  and  then  take  post  outside  the 
wheels  ;  3  takes  his  spunge ;  7  and  8  hook 
the  traces  to  the  swingle- trees. 

Hea-vy  pieces. — This  is  done  with  two 
horsts,  one  before  the  other;  3  and  4 
hook  the  horses,  the  driver  rides  to  the 
rear  horse,  and  6  and  8  hook  the  rear 
horse  to  the  gun  ;  i  and  9  look  to  the 
unfixing  length  and  fastening  of  the  pro- 
longe. 

Prepare  for  action. — The  different  num- 
bers exactly  undo  what  they  had  jus;; 
done  ;  i  and  9  beginning  to  loose  the  pro- 
longe  as  soon  as  the  gun  is  fronted  or  about 
to  be  limbered. 

Prepare  to  advance  ivi'tb  a  limber. 

The  only  difference  between  this  and 
advancing  with  a  horse,  is,  that  the  lim- 
ber is  brought  up  to  the  front  ,•  and  9  or 
15  brings  up  the  prolonge,  and,  takes  s. 
turn  on  the  lashing  rings  of  the  trail;  or 
if  the  gun  is  to  be  limbered,  it  is  '  , 
as  in  the  drill. 

Exercise  ivith  heavy  or. 
Battery. 

32,  or  42  Pou?idfr 

10  Men. 
3  spunges;  4  loads. 

7  and  8  run  the  gun  up. 

5  and  2  run  up  and  elevate. 

6  serves  the  vent,  traver. 
runs  up. 

5  f'-res. 

8  brings  cartridges. 

1  points  and  commands. 

9   •'• 
3  spunges  ;  4  loads. 

7  and  8  run  up. 

2  brings  cartridges. 

6  serves  the  vent,  runs  up,  ami  prim<$, 

3  runs  up,  traverses,  and  fir 

1  points  and  fires. 

2  traverses  and  elevates. 

8  Men. 

spunges :  4  loads  and  runs  up . 
runs  up. 

5  and  6  run  up  and  elevate. 

7  brings   cartridges,    runs   u;-. 
verses. 

2  serves  the  vent,  runs  up,  travci:-. 
primes. 

t  points,  fires,  and  command-: 
7  Men. 

3  spunges  and  runs  ur, 

4  loads  and  runs  up. 

7  runs  up  and  elevates. 

6  brings  cartridges,  runs  up,  amlck 

2  serves  the  vent,  runs  up,  tr-i 
primes* 

5  runs  up,  traverses,  and  lire:-. 
i  points  and  commands* 

6  Mtn. 

3  Spunges  and  runs  up. 
\  loads,  runs  up,  an 


148 


EXE 


EXE 


6  runs  up  and  elevates. 

5  brings   cartridges,   runs  up,   and  tra 
verses. 

:z  serves  the  vent,  runs  up,  traverses,  an< 

primes, 
i  runs  up,  points,  fires,  and  commands 

5  Men. 

3  and  4  load  and  run  up. 
-  and  3  prime,  fire,  and  run  up. 
1  elevates,  points,  and  commando. 

24  Pounder,  G?f. 

8  Men. 
3  spunges  ;  4  loads. 

6  and  7  run  up  and  elevate. 

i  serves  the  vent,   runs  up,   traverses 
and  primes. 

5  runs  up,  traverses,  and  fires. 
;>  brings  cartridges. 

T  points  and  commands. 
7  Men. 
3  spunges;  4  loads. 

7  runs  up  and  elevates. 

6  brings  cartridges,    runs  up,   and  ele- 
vates. 

2  serves  vent,  traverses,  and  primes, 
s  runs  up,  traverses,  and  fires. 

1  points  and  commands. 

6  Men. 

3  spunges,  runs  up,  elevates. 

4  loads,  runs  up,  and  elevates. 

^  serves  the  vent,   runs   up,    traverses, 
and  primes. 

5  runs  up,  traverses,  fires. 
ft  brings  cartridges. 

7  points  and  commands. 

5  Mc». 

3  spunges,  runs  up. 

4  brings  cartridges,  loads,  runs  up. 

2  serves  vent,    runs  up,    elevates,   and 
primes. 

5  runs  up,  traverses,  fires, 
i  points  and  commands. 

4  Men. 

3  spunges,  runs  up,  points. 

4  brings  cartridges,  loads,  runs  up,  and 
elevates. 

-  serves  vent,  runs  up,  traverses,  ele- 
vates, and  primes. 

i  runs  up,  traverses,  fires. 
3  Men. 

I  spunges,  runs  up,  points,  and  fires. 

a  brings  cartridges,  loads,  runs  up,  ele- 
vates, traverses. 

3  serves  vent,    runs  up,   elevates,    tra- 
verses, and  primes. 

4  2.5,  or  5  1-2  Inch  Mortar. 

2  Men. 

1  spunges,  runs  up,  brings  shells,  puts 
them  in,  traverses,  and  primes. 

2  serves  the  vent,  runs  up,  brings  cart- 
ridges, puts  them  in,  points,  andrirus. 

3  Men. 

2.  spunges,    runs    up,    traverses,    brings 
sneils,  and  puts  them  in. 

3  brings  cartridges,    puts  in,   serves  the 
vent,  runs  up,  primes,  and  fires. 

i  points,  elevates,  and  commands. 


8  Inch  Mortar,  or  H<ru.< itz.fr. 

5  Men. 

3  spunges,  runs  up,  dredges. 

5  runs  up,   brings  cartridges,  and  putjs 
them  in. 

4  runs  up,  brings  cartridges,  and  puts 
them  in. 

4  runs  up,  brings  shells,  puts  them  ui> 

elevates,  primes. 
^  runs  up,  traverses,  fires. 

1  serves  vent,  points,  and  commands1. 

4  Men. 

3  spunges,  runs  up,  dredges. 

4  runs  up,    brings  cartridges,  and  putt; 
them  in. 

2  serves  the  vent,  brings  shells,  and  puts 
them  in,  runs  up,  traverses,  and  fires. 

1  runs   up,   points,  elevates,  and  com- 
mands. 

jo,  or  13  Inch  Mortar. 

IO  Men. 

3  spunges,  runs  up,  puts  in  shells,  and 
dredges. 

4  runs  up,  brings  cartridges,  puts  thc-rp 
in,  and  puts  in  the  shells. 

6  brings  cartridges. 

7  and  8  bring  shells. 

9  and  10  run  up  and  traverse, 

2  serves  vent  and  primes. 

5  fires;     i    points,    elevates    and    corn- 
mands. 

6  Men. 

3  spunges,    runs    up,    puts  in    shells, 
dredges,  and  traverses . 

4  runs  up,   brings  cartridges,   and  puts 
them  in,  puts  in  shells,  and  traverses, 

5  and  6  run  up,  bring  shells,   and  tra- 
verse. 

2  runs  up,  serves  vent,  and  primes, 
i  runs  up,   points,   elevates,  fires,  anr 
commands. 

Of  the  exercise  of  auxiliary  machines. 

Exercise  oj  the  Gia. 

The  complement  of  men  for  a  gin  Li 
usually  i  con-commissioned  officer  and 

10  men ;  they  are  numbered  from  i  to  10, 
lie  non-commissioned  officer  being  u. 

To  carry  a  Gin. 

i  and  2  carry  a  pry-pole,  3  and  5  the 
•ight  cheek,  4 and  6  the  left,  7  the  wind, 
ass  and  side,  8  and  9  the  blocks  and 
;ackles,  10  the  handspikes,  &c. 

To  set  up  a  Gin. 

i  and  2  put  a  common  handspike 
hrough  the  ring,  near  the  foot  of  the 
?ry-pole,  at  which  they  lift;  3  and  4 
iteady  the  cheeks,  by  placing  eaci;  a 
landspike  against  the  lower  cross  bur  ;  5, 
7,  and  9,  lift  the  right  cheek ;  6,  8,  and 
10,  the  left  cheek;  n  gives  direcuMis. 
The  tackles  must  be  hooked  on  beiore 
he  gin  is  raised. 

To  tvork  a  Gin. 

i  and  3  man  the  right  handspikes  of  the 
in :  2  and  4  the  left ;  5,  6,  7,  and  8,  hold 
>a  the  fall,  and  pull  in  the  slack ;  9  and 
o  steady  the  gun,  9  at  the.  muzzle,  10 


EXP 


E  XP 


149 


at  the  breech.  The  tackle  hook  must  be 
fixed  directly  over  the  dolphins,  if  any, 
wr  a  little  behind  the  trunnions. 

In  heaving,  when  the  ends  of  J  and  45s 
handspikes  come  as  low  as  their  knees,  2 
and  3  put  theirs  into  the  upper  holes  of 
the  windlass,  and  3  gives  the  word  Bear, 
lipon  which  i  and  4  clear  their  handspikes 
from  the  windlass,  ano  i  gives  the  word 
Heave;  2  and  3  then  bear  down  their 
handspikes,  and  remain  fast  till  I  and  4 
having  taken  their  fresh  purchase,  i  gives 
the  word  Bear,  when  2  and  3  clear  their 
handspikes,  and  3  gives  the  word  Heave  ; 
and  soon  alternately,  till  the  gun  is  at  its 
proper  height,  when  the  handspikes  in 
the  upper  holes  are  made  to  rest  against 
the  upper  cross  bar,  and  $  makes  fast  the 
fall  to  the  lower  cross  bar  ;  and  if  requir- 
ed to  lower  the  gun,  eases  the  fall  off' from 
the  windlass ;  5,  6,  7,  and  8,  move  the 
carriage,  as  required,  under  the  gun. 
Exercise  of  the  Sling  Cart. 

The  men  for  the  service  of  the  sling 
eart  are  numbered  from  i  to  7  ;  the  non- 
commissioned officer|being  No.  (i) ;  Nos. 
i  and  3  sling  the  gun.  The  gun  must  be 
laid  with  one  trunnion  touching  the 
ground,  and  the  sling  passes  diagonally 
round  the  gun,  being  before  one  trunni  n, 
and  behind  the  other ;  and  that  endof  the 
sling  which  goes  round  the  lower  side  of 
the  gun,  must  be  the  end  to  be  acted  on 
Dy  the  windlass ;  as  by  that  means  the 
trunnions  become  horizontal  when  the 
gun  is  raised;  Nos.  4,  and  6,  man  the 
right  lever  ;  5,  and  7,  the  left  lever;  and 
upon  the  word  from  the  non  commission- 
ed officer,  then  directs,  left  hand  /ever 
bold  on,  right  lever  bear ;  the  right  lever 
takes  a  iresh  purchase :  then,  right  lever 
hold  on,  left  lever  bear  ;  the  left  lever  takes 
a  fresh  purchase;  they  then  heave  to- 
gether again.  When  the  gun  is  high 
enough,  (i)  puts  in  the  pall  ;  2  and  3 
take  out  the  levers,  and  put  in  the  pry- 
pole  ;  4  and  5  raise  the  breech  of  the  gun 
with  uvo  common  handspikes,  and  6  and 
7  lash  it  tothe  pry-pole  :  2  and  3 then  lay 
their  levers  along  side  the  pry -pole,  and 
4  and  5  their  handspikes  on  the  top  of 
them,  which  6  and  7  lash  all  fast  to- 
gether. 

EXERCISES,  are  also  understood  of 
what  young  gentlemen  or  cadets  learn  in 
the  military  academies  and  riding  schools ; 
such  as  fencing,  dancing,  riding,  the  ma- 
nual exercise,  &o. 

EXHORT.     See  ANIMATE. 

EXPEDITION,  in  a  general  sense, 
signifies  haste,  speed,  rapidity.  In  a 
military  sense,  it  is  chieriy  used  to  de- 
note a  voyage  or  march  against  an  enemy, 
the  success  of  which  depends  on  rapid 
and  unexpected  movements.  It  is  out 
of  the  nature  of  the  thing  itself  to  lay 
down  fixed  rules  for  the  minute  conduct- 
ing of  small  expeditions  ;  their  Jirst  prin- 
ciples only  can  be  with  certainty  fixed, 
and  men  will  often  disagree  abouv  prepa- 
ntiqns,  and  ditfer  in  their  conduct, 


though  they  acknowlege  the  same  prin- 
ciples. 

One  of  the  principles  of  many  small 
expeditions,  is  surprise  ;  and  6  battalions, 
without  much  accompaniment,  may 
sometimes  do  that  which  24,  and  a  great 
fleet,  would  not  succeed  in. 

There  is  no  part  of  war  so  interesting 
to  an  insulary  soldier  as  an  expedition; 
nor  can  there  be  any  part  more  worthy  ot 
attention. 

EXPEDITIONS  have  h<  retofore  had  no 
rules  laid  down  for  their  conduct,  and 
that  part  of  war  had  never  been  reduced 
to  a  system.  The  slow  rules  of  a  great 
war  will  not  do  in  expeditions  ;  the  blo\v 
must  be  struck  with  surprise,  and  inti- 
midation be  produced  in  the  invaded 
enemy,  before  succors  can  arrive.  De- 
bate is  out  of  season,  and  all  slow  pro- 
ceedings are  ruin.  Not  to  advance,  is  to 
recede;  and  not  to  be  on  the  road  to  con- 
quest, is  to  be  already  conquered.  There 
must  be  that  glance,  which  sees  certain- 
ly, though  instantly  ;  that  rapidity, which 
executes  on  the  surest  rules,  when  it 
seems  least  to  act  on  any.  The  French 
have  given  all  their  campaigns  the  cha- 
racters of  expeditions. 

In  all  small  expeditions,  such  as  ex- 
peditions of  surprise,  or  coup-de-main^ 
the  favorable  side  of  the  proposed  action 
must  ever  be  viewed;  fur  if  what  may 
happen,  what  may  arrive,  what  may  fail 
out,  is  chieriy  thought  upon,  it  will,  at 
the  very  best,  greatly  discourage,  but  iu 
general  end  in  a  total  failure.  Hence  the 
very  name  of  an  expedition  implies  risk, 
hazard,  precarious  warfare,  and  a  critical 
operation. 

An  expedition  is  governed  by  five  prin- 
cipal maxims. 

ist,  A  secrecy,  if  possible,  of  prepara- 
tion, and  a  concealment  of  design,  &c. 

2dly,  That  the  means  bear  proportion 
to  the  end.  In  this  there  will  ever  be  n 
difference  in  opinion 

3dly,  A  knowlege  of  the  state  and 
situation  of  the  country,  where  the  scene 
of  action  is,  or  the  place  or  object  that  it, 
to  be  attacked. 

4thly,  A  commander  who  has  the  par- 
ticular turn  of  mind,  which  is  most. 
adapted  to  such  particular  sort  of  war- 
fare. 

Lastly,  The  plan  of  an  expedition, 
great  or  small,  is  ever  to  be  arrany.ea  as 
much  as  possible  before  setting  out,  and 
then  any  appearances  that  rmy  vary  a 
little  from  what  might  have  been  expect- 
ed, will  not  perplex. 

EXPEDITION,  Fr.  See  expedition. 
The  French  likewise  use  this  word,  to 
express  any  particular  military  quality, 
which  an  officer  or  soldier  may  possess. 
As,  cet  officier  est  un  hotnme  a'  expedition  , 
this  orhcer  is  a  man  of  enterprise,  is  cou- 
rageous  and  daring. 

EXPLOIT.     See  ATCHIEVEMENT. 

To  EXPLODE,  burst  or  blow  up. 

EXP  LOSION,  the  dischargeot'a  gun 


150 


E  Y  E 


F  A  C 


the  blowing  up  of  a  mine,  or  the  burst- 
ing of  a  shell. 

EXPRESS.  A  messenger  sent  with 
direct  and  specific  instructions. 

To  send  by  EXPRESS,  to  send  any  thing 
by  extraordinary  conveyance. 

EXPUGN,  >the  taking   any 

EXPUGNATION,  $  place  by  as- 
sault. 

EXPERIMENTS,  ina  military  sense, 
are  the  trials,  or  applications  of  any  kind 
of  military  machines,  in  order  to  ascer- 
tain their  practical  qualities  and  uses. 

EXTEND,  when  the  files  of  a  line, 
or  the  divisions  of  a  column  are  to  occupy 
a  greater  space  of  ground,  they  are  said 
to  extend  their  front  or  line.  Extended 
order  is  applicable  to  the  light  infantry. 

EXTORTION,  the  act  of  obtaining 
money  or  property  by  violence  or  unjust 
means  :  taking  advantage  of  the  ignorance 
or  peculiar  circumstances  of  a  purchaser, 
to  demand  more  than  a  fair  price  for  an 
article.  All  sutlers,  or  camp  followers, 
who  are  guilty  of  extortion  in  the  sale  of 
necessaries,  are  punishable  by  a  general 
or  regimental  court-martial. 

EXTRADOS,  Fr.  The  exterior  sur- 
face of  a  regular  arch,  used  in  the  con- 
struction of  powder  magazines. 

EXTRAORDiNARIES  of  the  army. 
The  allowances  to  troops,  beyond  the 
y.ross  pay  in  the  pay  office,  come  under 
the  head' of  extraordinaries  to  the  army. 
Such  are  the  expences  for  barracks, 
marches,  encampments,  staff,  &c. 

EXTRAORDINARII,  among  the 
Romans,  were  a  body  of  men  consisting 
of  a  third  part  of  the  foreign  horse,  and 
a  fifth  of  the  foot,  which  hocly  was  sepa- 
rated from  the  rest  of  the  forces  borrowed 
from  the  confederate  states,  with  great 
caution  and  policy,  to  prevent  any  design, 
that  they  might  possibly  entertain  against 
the  natural  forces,  A  more  choice  body 
of  men  was  drawn  from  amongst  the  ex- 
traordinarii,  under  the  name  of  ablecti. 
See  AKLECTI. 

EXTRAORDINARY.  Something 
out  of  the  common  course. 

EXTRAORDINARY  couriers,  persons 
sent  with  some  information  or  order  of 
great  importance. 

EXTRAORDINARY  guards.  G  uards  out 
of  the  common  routine  of  duty.  They 
;tre  frequently  given  as  a  punishment  for 
military  offences. 

EYES  Centte,  an  old  word  of  command 
given  wh'.n  the  battalion  was  advancing  in 
line,  denoting,  that  the  men  were  to  look 
<>  the  centre  in  which  the  colors  are 
placed,  and  dress  by  them. 

EYES  right,  )  words   of  command  de- 

EYES/V//,  $  noting  the  flank  to 
which  the  soldier  is  to  dress,  in  cast- 
eyes  to  either  fiar.k  care  must  be 
iaken  that  the  shoulders  are  kept  square 
io  the  front. 

EvKsfroxt,  a  word  of  command  given 
.  i'ter  the  dressing  in  line  is  completed,  on 


ward,  which  is  the  habitual  position  of 
the  soldier.  These  motions  are  only  use- 
ful on  the  wheeling  of  divisions,  or  when 
dressing  is  ordered  after  a  halt,  and  par- 
ticular attention  must  be  paid  in  the  se- 
veral turnings  of  the  eyes,  to  prevent  the 
soldier  fron.  moving  his  body,  which 
must  invariably  be  preserved  perfectly 
square  to  the  front.  In  the  American 
practice  the  direction  of  the  eye  :s  under- 
stood to  follow  the  word  dress — *j  right, 
centre,  or  left  dress. 

EYE-£C?/^.     See  BOLTS. 

F. 

FACADE,  in  military  fortification. 
See  FACE. 

FACE,  in  fortification,  is  an  appella- 
tion given  to  several  parts  of  a  fortress  ; 
as  the 

FACE  of  a  bastion •,  the  two  sides,  reach- 
ing  from  the  fianks  to  the  saliant  angle. 
These  in  a  siege  are  commonly  the  first 
undermined,  because  they  extend  most 
outwards,  and  are  the  least  flanked;  con- 
sequently the  weakest. 

FACE  prolonged,  )  that  part  of  the  line 

FACE  extended,  $  °f  defence  razant, 
which  is  terminated  by  the  curtain  and 
the  angle  of  the  shoulder,  that  is,  it  is, 
strictly  taken,  the  line  of  defence  razant, 
diminished  by  the  face  of  the  bastion. 

FACE  of  a  place,  is  the  front  comprer- 
hended  between  the  flanked  angles  of 
two  neighboring  bastions,  composed  of 
a  curtain,  two  flanks,  and  two  faces  ; 
and  is  sometimes  called  the  Tenaille  of 
the  place. 

FACE  of  a  gun,  is  the  superficies  of 
the  metal  at  the  extremities  of  the  muz- 
zle of  the  piece. 

FACE,  (to  the  right,  left,  &c. )  a  word 
of  command  on  which  the  soldiers  indi- 
vidually turn  to  the  side  directed  ;  in  per- 
forming which,  the  left  heel  should 
never  quit  the  ground,  th£  knees  must 
be  kept  straight,  and  the  body  turned 
smoothly  and  gracefully .  The  moving  of 
the  right  foot  forward  or  backward,  is 
wholly  exploded  ;  all  the  facings  are  now 
made  upon  the  left  heel  as  a  pivot.  The 
following  are  the  old  methods. 

To  the  right,  FACE.  2.  motions. — TSt, 
Place  the  hollow  of  the  right  foot  smart- 
ly against  the  left  heel ;  zd,  Raise  the 
toes,  and  turn  (a  quarter  of  the  circle)  to 
the  right  on  both  neels. 

To  the  right  ahout,  FACE,  3  motions. — 
— ist,  Place  the  ball  of  the  right  tee 
against  the  left  heel ;  2d,  Raise  the  toes, 
and  turn  (half  of  a  circle)  to  the  right 
about  on  both  heels  ;  3d,  Bring  the  right 
foot  smartly  back  in  a  line  with  the  left. 

To  the  lift,  FACE.  2  motions. — ist, 
Place  the  right  heel  against  the  hollow  of 
the  left  foot ;  2d,  Turn  (a  quarter  of  the 
circle]  to  the  left  on  both  heels. 

To  the  left  about,  FACE.     3  motions. — 
ist,  Place  the  right  heel  against  the  ball 
••\v.  the  toes,  ahd 


FAG 


F  AL 


151 


turn  (half  of  a  circle)  to  the  left  about 
on  both  heels;  3d,  Bring  up  the  right 
foot  smartly  in  a  line  with  the  left. 

Quarter  FACE  to  the  right  or  left,  is 
now  substituted  for  the  old  and  awk- 
ward mode  of  oblique  marching,  the 
quarter  facing  being  referred  to  the  posi- 
tions of  action  being  all  on  the  face  of  a 
semicircle;  half  of  which  is  facing  to  the 
right  or  left ;  tint  is  the  side  of  the  soldier 
is  thrown  to  the  previous  front ;  in  quar- 
ter facing  the  side  is  thrown  diagonally 
between  the  front  and  flanks ;  marching 
quarter  face  is  called  marching  by  the 
line  of  science, 

Great  precision  must  be  observed  in 
these  facings  ;  otherwise  the  dressing  will 
be  lost  in  every  movement. 

FACES  of  a  square.  The  different 
sides  of  a  battalion,  &c.  when  formed 
into  a  square  are  all  denominated  faces, 
viz.  the  front  face,  the  right  face,  the  left 
face,  and  the  rear  face.  See  SQUARE. 

FACE  ou  •pan  de  bastion,  Fr.  See  FACE 
of  a  bastion. 

FACE  d'une  pface,  Fr.  See  TE N  A I  L  i.  E . 
FACINGS,  are  the  different  move- 
ments of  a  battalion,  or  of  any  other  body 
of  men,  to  the  right,  to  the  left,  or  right 
and  left  about.  All  facings  must  be  exe- 
cuted with  a  straight  knee  ;  and  the  body 
must  be  kept  firm,  and  turn  steadily, 
•without  drooping  forward  or  jerking. 
The  plant  of  the  foot,  after  facing  about, 
must  be  sharp. 

FACINGS,  likewise  signify  the  lappels, 
cuffs,  and  collar  of  a  military  uniform, 
and  are  generally  different  from  the  color 
of  the  coat  or  jacket. 

FACTION,  Fr.  the  duty  done  by  a 
private  soldier  when  he  patrokjs,  £,oes  the 
rounds,  &c.  but  most  especially  when  he 
stands  centry.  The  French  usually  say, 
intrer  en  faction,  to  come  upon  duty  ; 
£tre  en  faction,  to  be  upon  duty  ;  sortlr  de 
faction,  to  come  off  duty. 

FACTIONNAIRE,  Fr.  Sohlal  fac- 
fionnaire,  a  soldier  that  does  every  spe- 
cies of  detail  duty. 

The  term  facthnnairc,  was  likewise 
applicable  to  the  duty  done  by  officers  in 
the  old  French  service.  Premier  faction. 
•naire  du  regiment  implied,  that  the  offi- 
cer, so  called,  was  the  fourth  captain  oi 
a  battalion  ;  as  the  colonel,  lieutenant  co- 
lonel, major,  and  the  captain  of  grena- 
diers did  not  mount  the  ordinary  guards. 
FAGOTS,  in  the  military  history  were 
men  hired  to  muster  by  officers  whose 
companies  are  not  complete;  by  which 
means  they  cheated  the  public  of  the 
men's  pay,  and  deprive  the  country  of  its 
regular  establishment.  See  False  return 
A  British  general  in  the  East  Indies 
made  an  immense  fortune  by  bullock  fa. 
gots.  Artillery  are  all  drawn  by  oxer 
ji\  Asia,  as  well  as  all  baggage ;  upon  ar 
Inspection  of  bullocks,  the  inspecto 
counted  12,000  :  it  appeared  there  wen 
•>nly  4,000,  they  were  drawn  up  in  fron 
a  y,*wl.  rind  rr  -onn.  as  <h;  Inline!-, 


m  the  right  were  inspected  ;  they  were 
drav/n  off  successively  by  the  rear,  and 
ippeared  again  in  ranks  on  the  left;  so 
hat  every  bullock  was  three  times  in- 
pected,  and  the  round  Number  returned. 

FAGOTS.     See  FASCINES. 

FAILER.     SeeDESERTKR. 

FAILURE,  an  unsuccessful  attempt, 
is  the  failure  of  an  expedition. 

FAIRE  faux  feu,  Fr.  to  miss  fire; 
o  flash  in  the  pan. 

FALAISE//V.  Any  part  of  the  sea- 
coast  is  so  <  ailed  by  the  French,  when  it 
s  extremely  steep,  and  broken  into  pre- 
ipices. 

FALAISER,^.  to  break  upon.  La- 
ner  falaise  signifies,  the  sea  breaks  upon 
he  shore. 

FALCHION,  a  short  crook-jd  sword. 

FALCON,  or  Faucon,  an  ancient 
name  given  to  a  3-  pounder.  See  CAN* 
NON. 

FALCONET,  an  ancient  name  given 
to  a  I  A  -  pou  nde  r  .  S  ee  C  A  N  N  o  N  . 

FALL.  The  fall  of  a  place  after  it 
las  been  besieged.  See  SURRENDER. 

Tn  FALL  back,  to  recede  from  any 
situation  in  which  you  are  glared.  This 
phrase  is  frequently,  indeed,  always 
made  use  of  in  the  drill,  or  exercise  of 
soldiers  ;  particularly  during  the  forma- 
tion of  a  line,  when  individuals,  or  whole 
divisions  are  apt  to  overstep  their  ground 
and  get  beyond  the  dressing  point. 

FALL  /;/,  a  word  of  command  for 
men  to  form  in  ranks,  as  in  parade,  line, 
or  division  &c. 

To  fall  in  likewise  means  the  minute 
arrangement  of  a  battalion,  company, 
guard  or  squad,  by  which  every  man  is 
ordered  to  take  his  proper  post.  The 
long  roll,  a  peculiar  beat  of  the  drum, 
is  the  usual  signal  for  soldiers  to  assemble 
and  fall  in. 

To  FALL  into,  to  become  the  property 
of  another,  as,  we  fell  in  with  a  large 
convoy  of  the  enemy,  which  after  a  short 
resistance  made  by  the  escort,  fell  into  out 


To  FALL  ///  with.  A  military  tech- 
nical phrase,  signified  any  sudden  or  un- 
locked for  rencontre  of  any  enemy.  As 
our  light  cavalry  patroles  fell  in  with  a 
party  of  foragers  belonging  to  the  ene- 
my's army. 

To  FALL  off,  to  desert  ;  to  fail;  to  re- 
lax in  exertion. 

To  FALL  out,  to  quit  the  rank  or  file 
in  which  you  were  firbt  posted.  Dirty 
soldiers  on  a  parade  are  frequently  or- 
dered to  fall  out,  and  remain  in  the  rear 
df  their  companies.  The  phrase  is  ap- 
plicable in  a  variety  of  other  instances; 

To  FALL  upon.  To  attack  abruptly, 
as,  <we  no  sooner  came  in  sight  of  the 
enemy,  but  our  advanced  guard  instantly 
fell  upon  his  out-posts  and  beat  them  in. 
According  to  the  celebrated  General 
Monk  it  is  very  fit,  that  a  general  should 
often  command  his  horse  and  dragoon^ 
to  fall  i!  nor 


152 


FA  N 


FAR 


quarters ;  which  mode,  lie  says  is  one 
of  the  easiest,  readiest,  and  securest  ways 
to  break  an  enemy's  army. 

FA  LOTS,  Fr.  small  lanthorns  fixed 
upon  the  end  of  a  stick  or  pole.  Small 
lamps  are  likewise  used,  attached  in  the 
same  manner,  for  the  purpose  of  carry- 
ing them  readily  about  to  light  a  camp,  or 
!  townsfc  as  occasion  may  require. 

FALSE  alarms,  an  alarm  or  appre- 
hension which  is  either  designedly  or 
unintentionally  created  bv  noise,  report, 
or  signals  without  being  dangerous. 

FALSE  attack,  an  approach  which  is 
made  as  a  feint  for  the  purpose  of  divert- 
.ng  your  enemy  from  the  real  object  of 
attack, 

FALSF,  fires,  any  fire  or  light  which 
is  made  use  of  for  the  purpose  of  deceiv- 
ing an  enemy.  Falso  fires  or  lights  are 
frequently  resorted  to  when  an  army 
finds  it  necessary  to  retreat  from  an  ad- 
vanced position.  On  this  occasion  large 
fires  are  lighted  in  different  parts  of  the 
•  •amp  and  round  the  lines,  previous  to 
the  departure  of  the  troops,  \v>hich  gene- 
rally happens  in  the  night. 

FALSE  lights,  in  debarkations  under 
cover  of  the  night,  may  likewise  be  used 
as  signals  of  deception,  when  it  is  found 
expedient  to  attract  the  attention  of  the 
nvaded  country  towards  one  part  of  the 
coast  or  territory,  whilst  a  real  attack  is 
meditated  against  another. 

FALSE  muster,  an  incorrect  statement 
of  the  effective  number  of  men  or  horses, 
by  which  government  is  defrauded.  By 
"he  articles  of  war  every  officer,  pay- 
master, or  commissary,  found  guilty  of 
false  mustering,  is  ordered  to  be  cashiered. 

FALSE  report.  A  false  report  in  mili- 
tary matters,  may  be  truly  said  to  be  the 
ground  work  of  a  false  retvirn  and  a  false 
muster,  and  consequently  the  primary 
cause  of  imposition  upon  the  public. 
The  strictest  attention  should,  therefore, 
be  paid  to  the  most  trifling  report  which 
: ,  made  in  a  troop  or  company  respect- 
ing the  presence  or  absence  of  men  or 
horses,  the  state  of  clothing,  accoutre- 
ments, or  necessaries.  This  can  only  be 
done  by  the  commanding  officer  of  such 
troop  or  company  having  constantly  the 
general  good  of  the  service  at  heart  in 
preference  to  his  own  convenience,  or  to 
that  of  others.  Every  Serjeant  or  cor- 
poral of  a  squad  should  be  severely  pun- 
ished when  detected  in  making  a  false 
report. 

FALSE  return,  a  wilful  report  of  the 
actual  state  of  a  brigade,  regiment,  troop, 
or  company,  by  which  the  commander 
in  chief  or  the  war-office  is  deceived,  as 
to  the  ell'.'ctive  force  of  such  regiment, 
troop  or  company. 

FANION,  Fr.  corrupted  from  the 
Italian  word  gonfanone,  a  particular 
.standard  which  was  carried  in  the  front 
of  the  ordinary  baggage  belonging  to  a 
brigade  in  the  old  French  service.  It 
of  serge,  and  resembled  in 


color  the  uniform  or  livery  of  the  bri- 
gadier, or  of  the  commandant  of  any  par- 
ticular corps. 

FANTASSIN,  Fr.  A  foot  soldier. 
The  term  is  derived  from  the  Italian  fante^ 
a  boy,  the  light  troops  in  the  I4th  and  1 5th 
centuries  being  formed  of  boys  who  fol- 
lowed the  armies,  that  were  formed  into 
corps  with  light  arms,  hence  the  origin 
of  the  word  infantry ;  the  French  still 
use  the  words  mcs  enfant, 

FARAILLON,  Fr.  a  light  house. 

FA  RIAL,  Fr.  a  light  house;  also  a 
watch  light. 

FARRIER,  in  a  general  acceptation 
of  the  term,  any  person  who  shoes  horses, 
or  professes  to  cure  their  diseases.  In  a 
practical  military  sense  a  man  appointed 
to  do  the  duty  of  farriery  in  a  troop  of  ca- 
valry. Troop  farriers  should  be  under 
the  immediate  superintendance  and  con- 
troul  of  a  veterinary  surgeon,  to  whom 
they  ought  to  apply  whenever  a  horse  is 
ill  or  lame,  that  he  may  report  the  same 
to  the  officer  commanding  the  troop.  No 
farrier  should  presume  to  do  any  thing 
without  having  first  received  directions 
from  his  superior. 

When  the  farrier  goes  round,  after  rid- 
ing out,  or  exercise  on  horseback,  ht^ 
must  carry  his  hammer,  pincers,  PIK! 
some  naih  to  faten  any  shoe  that  may  be 
loose. 

When  horses  at  out  quarters  fall  par- 
ticularly ill,  or  contract  an  obstinate  lame- 
ness, the  case  must  be  reported  to  the 
head  quarters  of  the  regiment ;  and  if  the 
veterinary  surgeon  cannot  prescribe  for 
him  at  a  distance,  he  must,  if  time  and1 
distance  will  permit,  be  personally  sent 
to  examine  the  horse. 

No  farrier  should  make  up  any  medi- 
cine or  any  external  application  contrary 
to  the  receipt  given  him  by  the  veterinary 
surgeon. 

If  any  farrier,  through  carelessness  or 
inattention,  lames  a  horse  belonging  to 
another  troop,  he  ought  to  be  at  all  the 
expence  in  curing  the  horse  so  lamed.  In 
some  well  regulated  cavalry  corps  thit 
forms  one  of  the  standing  regimental 
orders. 

Farriers  are  in  every  respect  liable  to 
be  tried  according  to  the  articles  of  war. 
They  may  be  ordered  to  inflict  punish 
ments ;  and  they  must  constantly  recol- 
lect, that  the  circumstance  of  being  a 
farrier  is  no  extenuation  for  dirty  appear- 
ance, or  excuse  for  drunkenness.  The 
guilt  of  the  latter  vice,  indeed,  is  aggravat- 
ed by  the  responsibility  of  their  situation. 

FARRiER-A/rf/w,  a  person  who  was 
formerly  appointed  by  the  colonel  of  a 
dragoon  regiment  to  superintend  the  far- 
riers of  troops,  who  are  named  by  the 
several  commanding  officers  of  them.  He 
has  since  been  superceded  or  replaced  by 
a  veterinary  surgeon,  who,  as  the  farrier- 
major  was  formerly  directed,  is  to  have 
free  access  to  every  stable  of  the  regiment 
whenever  Jie  chuses.  It  is  bis  du 


F  AU 


FEN 


153 


po  frequently  into  the  cantonments  of  the 
different  troops,  and  examine  the  horses 
feet;  and  if  he  finds  a  shoe  contrary  to 
the  regimental  pattern,  or  discovers  any 
thing  amiss  in  the  management  of  the 
troop  horses,  he  is  to  report  it  immediate- 
ly to  the  officer  commanding  the  regi- 
ment. In  all  his  duty  he  is  to  receive  the 
utmost  support  from  every  officer  and 
quarter  master ;  and  any  farrier  that  dares 
to  act  contrary  to  his  instructions,  should 
he  punished.  There  ought,  in  fact,  to 
be  a  chain  of  mutual  support  and  co- 
operation from  the  veterinary  surgeon,  up 
to  the  commanding  officer  of  every  caval- 
ry regiment,  each  farrier  looking  to  the 
veterinary  surgeon  for  correct  instructions 
relative  to  the  preservation  of  every  horse's 
health. 

FASCINES,  in  fortification,  are  a 
kind  of  fagots,  made  of  small  branches  of 
trees  or  brush  wood,  tied  in  3,  4,  5,  or  6 
places,  and  are  of  various  dimensions,  ac- 
vording  to  the  purposes  intended.  Those 
that  are  to  be  pitched  over,  lor  burning 
lodgments,  galleries,  or  any  other  works 
of  the  enemy,  should  be  i£  or  two  feet 
long.  Those  that  are  for  making  epaule- 
ments  or  chandeliers,  or  to  raise  works, 
T or  fill  up  ditches,  are  10  feet  long,  and  i 
'or  i£  feet  in  diameter.  They  are  made  as 
follows  :  six  small  pickets  are  struck  into 
the  ground,  2  and  2,  forming  little  cros- 
ses, well  fastened  in  the  middle  with  wii- 
low  bindings.  On  these  tresles  the 
branches  are  laid,  and  are  bound  round 
with  withes  at  the  distance  of  every  2  feet. 
Six  men  are  employed  in  making  a  fas- 
cine ;  2  cut  the  boughs,  2  gather  them, 
and  the  remain  ng  2  bind  them.  These 
six  men  can  make  20  fascines  every  hour. 
Each  fascine  requires  rive  pickets  to 
fasten  it. 

FASTNESSES,  strong-  places  not 
easily  forced. 

FATHOM,  in  fortification,  originally 
denoted  that  space  which  a  man  could 
peach  when  both  his  arms  were  extend- 
ed ;  but  it  now  means  a  measure  of  6  feet 
or  2  yards,  equivalent  to  the  French  word 
toise.  See  To  is  £. 

FAUCON.     See  FALCON. 

FAUCON  ou  FAUCONNEAU,  Fr,  a 
small  piece  of  ordnance,  carrying  from  i 
to  i  J  pound  ball. 

FAUCHION.     See   FALCHION. 

FAUCONET.     See  FALCONET. 

FAULX,  Fr.     an   instrument  nearly  , 
resembling  a  scythe.     It  is  often    used; 
to  defend   a   breach,   or  to   prevent  an  !j 
enemy  from  scaling  the  walls  of  a  tor-  j' 
tificd  place.     This  weapon  was  first  re-  ;j 
sorted  to  with  some  success,  when  Louis 
the  XIV.  besieged  Mons.     On  the  sur- 
render of  that  town,  the  besiegers  found 
lar^e  quant. ties  of  faulx,  or  scythes  in 
the  garrison. 

FAUSSE-BRAIE.  See  FAUSSE 
BRA  YE. 

FAUSSE-BRAYE,  in  fortification, 
rs  a  low  rampart  encircling  the  body  of  I 


the  place;  ;ts  height  is  about  3  feet 
above  the  level  ground,  and  its  parapef: 
about  three  or  four  toises  from  that  o.i 
the  body  of  the  lac?.  These  works 
have  been  entirely  rejected  by  the  mo- 
dern engineers,  excepting  M.  Vauban, 
who  makes  them  only  before  the  cur- 
tains; and  then  they  'ar^  called  more 
properly  tenailles. 

FEATHERS,  are  ornamental  marks 
worn  b\  officers  and  soldiers  in  their 
caps  or  hats.  The  following  distinctions 
are  ma  ie,  and  directed  by  authority  to  be 
observed  in  tii.e  British  service.  In  the 
royal  artillery,  both  officers  and  men, 
have  white  feathers.  The  cavalry  and. 
batralioji  corps  scarlet  and  white;  the 
grenadiers  all  white,  and  the  light-infan- 
try all  vre.^n. 

FEDERATE.     See  CONFEDERATE. 

FEES,  arc  sums  of  money  claimed  by 

persons  in  office,  and  to  the   payment  of 

which  every  British    officer  is    subject. 

Fees  are  pai'dat  the  British  war  office  for 

different  commissions,    and  are    charged 

'  to  their  respective  owners  by  tire  army 

agents. 

FEINT,  a  mock  attack,  or  assault, 
often  made  to  conceal  the  true  one. 

FELLOES,  or  FELLIES,  in  artil- 
lery, are  the  parts  of  a  wheel  which  form 
its  circumference.  The  dimensions  of 
fellies  of  British  wheels  are  as  follow  ; 
for  a  24. pounder,  5  inches  thick,  and  6.5 
inches  broad;  for  a  12-poundL-r,  4.5 
inches  thick,  and  6  inches  broad;  for  a 
6-pounder,  4  inches  thick,  and  5.  5  inches 
broad,  &c.  made  of  dry  elm.  There 
are  generally  6  in  each  wheel  See 
WHEEL.  ' 

F  E  L  LOW  soldier  one  who  fights  under 
the  sanK  commander,  a  comrade.  Dr. 
Johnson  very  properly  calls  this  term 
an  endearing  appellation  used  by  officers, 
to  their  soldiers.  The  French  use  an 
equivalent  expression,  camarade,  or  com- 
rade ;  the  olficers  also  calls  the  soldiers 
mesenfans,  rny  boys  or  my  children.  The 
toils  and  perils,  in  fact  of  a  military  life, 
are  so  many,  that  an  army  fighting  under 
the  same  banners  may  be  truly  called 
one  family,  and  every  officer  should  look 
upon  himself  as  the  father,  the  guardian, 
and  the  protector  of  his  men. 

FENCE,  a  guard,  security,  outwork, 
Sec. 

To  FENCE,  to  practice  with  foil*;  to 
fight  with  swords  ;  to  secure  any  place 
by  pallisacles,  &c. 

FENCIBLE,  any  thjn,i  capable  of 
defence.  Such  regiments  as  are  vailed 
for  limited  service,  and  for  a  limited 
time,  are  called  fencibie  regiments. 
They  rank  junior  to  the  line. 

FENCING,  is  the  art  or  science  of 
making  a  proper  use  of  the  sword,  as 
well  for  attacking  an  enemy,  as  for  de- 
fending one's  self.  Fencing  is  a  genteel 
exercise,  of  which  no  military  gentle- 
man should  be  ignorant.  It  is  leaned  b" 
practising  with  .steel  foils.  See  FOILS' 


154 


FEN 


FEU 


Fencing  is  either  simple,  or  compound. 
Simple  is  that  which  is  performed 
nimbly,  and  off  hand,  on  the  same  line. 
In  this  the  principal  intention,  in  respect 
1.0  the  off,  nsive  part,  should  be  to  attack 
the  enemy  in  the  most  unguarded  quar- 
ter; and  in  the  defensive,  to  parry  or 
ward  off  the  enemy's  thrusts  or  blows. 

Attitude,  in  FENCING,  the  heud  up- 
right, though  the  bc-cly  hath  a  forward 
inclination  on  a  longe  ;  and  all  the  weight 
resting  on  the  left  haur.ch  when  on  guard. 
The  feet,  hand,  body,  arm,  and  sword, 
must  be  to  the  line. 

Apfel,  in  FENCING,  is  a  sudden  beat 
of  your  blade,  on  the  contrary  side  to 
that  you  join  your  adversary  on,  and  a 
quick  disengagement  to  that  side  again. 

Beating,  in  FENCING,  is  when  you 
parry  with  a  sudden  short  beat,  to  get  a 
quick  repost ;  or  when  you  beat  with 
your  fool,  to  try  if  you  are  firm  on  it,  or 
on  both  feet. 

Battsrfog)  /*•  FBNC  i  N  G,  is  to  strike  the 
Veeble  of  your  adversary's  blade  on  the 
side  opposite  to  that  you  join,  &c. 

Back-yuarte,  is  a  parade  of  a  late  in 
vention,  and  is  a  round  quarts  over  the 
arm. 

Cave,  in  FENCING,  is  a  tierce  on  a 
quarte  side,  also  the  thrust  of  a  prime, 
or  a  secoade,  at  the  low  quarte  side. 

Darting^  in  FENCING,  to  defend  a  blow 
with  some  contraction  of  your  arm,  and 
to  dart  a  thrust  right  forward. 

Feint  forward,  ia  FENCING,  made  by 
advancing  your  point  a  little  from  its 
line  and  comwg  to  it  again. 

Guaid,  in  FENCING,  is  any  of  the  pa- 
rades you  stand  on. 

On  guard t  is  being  placed  properly  on 
your  feet,  and  well  covered  with  your 
weapon. 

Lure  hi?;  g  In  FENCING,  to  make  an 
opening,  to  invite  your  adversary  to  thrust 
at  you,  when  you,  being  ready,  may  find 
a  favorable  repost  at  him. 

Locking,  In  FENCING,^  to  seize  your 
adversary's  sword  arm  by  twining  your 
left  arm  round  it,  after  you  close  your 
parade,  shell  to  shell,  in  order  to  disarm 
him* 

Guards  in    *> Carte*  I  imPlies    the  Put~ 
n   I  tierce,  $  ting  of  the  body 

und  sword  in  such  a  state  of  defence,  as 
to  prevent  the  antagonist  from  wounding 
-'ou,  by  either  of  the  thrusts  so  denomi- 
nated. These  ars  the  principal  positions 
on  which  to  engage.  The  others,  via. 
prime,  seconde,  quinte,  half-circle,  &c. 
are  termed  parades,  when  used  with  the 
small  sword. 

Hanging-guard,  one  of  the  broad-sword 
guards.  See  BROAD-SWORD. 

Thrust!,  are  of  various  denominations, 
according  to  the  direction  of  the  point, 
and  position  of  the  wrist. 

The  thrusts  directed  at  the  inside  of  the 
body,  are  called  prime,  carte,  and  low- 
carte  ;  those  at  the  outside,  are  stjconde, 


ierce,    carte  over   the  arm,  quinte  and 
flanconade. 

In  teaching,  the  thrusts  are  not  ar- 
ranged according  to  the  above  order;  it  is 
usual  to  begin  with  caite  (or  quarte} 
and  tierce,  the  names  of  which  prove 
them  to  have  been  originally  the  4th  and 
3d  positions  in  the  art;  but  which  are 
now  justly  considered  as  the  chief  and 
most  elegant. 

Parrying  in  FENCING,  the  action  of" 
warding  oit  the  blows  aimed  at  each 
other. 

Flanconadc,  in  FENCING,  is  the  ac- 
tion of  dropping  the  point  of  your  sword 
under  your  adversary's  hilt,  in  seizing 
with  force  the  feeble  of  his  blade;  which 
binding,  without  quitting  it,  form  the 
parade  in  octave  and  then  throw  in  your 
thrust.  See  Art  of  defence  ivitb  swords 
by  the  author  of  Am.  Military  Library . 

Glissade,  in  FENCING,  is  performed 
by  dexterously  making  your  sword  slip 
along  your  adversary's  blade,  and  form- 
ing at  the  same  time  your  extension,  &c. 

FUR,  Fr.  Iron.  Figuratively,  this 
word  is  used  for  a  sword  or  dagger ;  as 
manier  le  fer,  to  wear  the  sword,  to  fol- 
low the  profession  of  arms,  Batt>elefer9 
to  fence. 

FZR  a  cl>£*val,  Fr.  In  fortification,  a 
horse-shoe,  which  see.  It  further  meam> 
according  to  the  French  acceptation  oi" 
the  term,  a  work  constructed  for  the  pur- 
pose of  covering  a  gate,  by  having  with- 
in it  a  guard-house,  to  prevent  the  town 
from  being  surprised. 

FERDWIT,  in  ancient  military  his- 
tory, a  term  formerly  used  to  denote  a 
freedom  from  serving  upon  any  military 
expedition  ;  or  according  to  some,  the 
being  quit  of  manslaughter  committed  in 
the  army. 

FERRIES,  water  conveyances,  made 
use  of  to  cross  rivers,  or  branches  of  the 
sea. 

PERTH  or  FORTH.     See  ARMY. 

FEU,  Fr.  lire.  Fairs  Jeu,  to  dis- 
charge any  sort  of  firearms. 

FEU,^-?,  is  also  understood  to  mean 
any  light  combustible,  which  is  kept  uP 
in  the  front  of  a  camp,  and  at  each  posc 
during  the  night  to  keep  the  soldiers 
alert,  and  to  prevent  than  from  being 
surprised. 

Every  species  of  fire,  or  light  is,  how. 
ever,  strictly  forbidden  on  a  march „ 
when  the  object  is  to  surprize  an  enemy 
Soldiers  on  these  occasions  are  not  per~ 
mitted  to  smoke.  Bundles,  and  large 
wisps  of  lighted  straw,  which  are  hung 
out  from  the  tops  of  steeples,  or  from 
any  other  elevation,  frequently  serve  to 
give  the  alarm  when  an  enemy  is  disco- 
vered in  the  act  of  passing  a  river. 

Lights  are  likewise  resorted-  to  on  va» 
rious  other  occasions.  See  LIGHTS. 

FEU  de  JQ'IC      Sec  R u N x i N c - F i R E . 

FEU  rasant,  Fr.  a  grazing  fire,  or  a 
discharge  of  ordnance  or  musquetry  so 
directed  that  the  shot  rfiall  lun  paralk' 


annon. 
Lh,t*tock. 


with  the  ground  they  fly  over,  within  3 
or  4  feet  of  the  surface. 

That  is  likewise  called  a  feu  rasant,  or 
grazing  fire,  which  is  sent  in  parallel  di- 
rections with  the  faces  of  the  different 
works  belonging  to  a  fortification 

FICHANT.     See  LiKF.of  DEFENCE, 

I-'ORTTFICATION. 

FIELD.  The  ground  of  battle.  A 
battle,  campaign,  or  the  action  of  an  army 
while  it  keeps  the  field. 

FIELD.&YZ',  a  folding  bed  used  by  offi- 
""ers  in  their  tents. 


Pu-c 
Staff, 


FIELD-  Fort.   See  FORT. 

FIELD.  marshal,  a  military  rank  supe- 
rior to  all  others,  except  the  captain  ge- 
neral. 

This  rank  formerly  existed  and  has  been 
again  revived  in  England.  The  French 
i<n  their  modern  system,  have  given  it  an 
effective  character,  it  being  the  superior 
rank  of  distinguished  generals  ;  the  num- 
ber of  which  have  a  temporary  limitation. 
Their  corps  d'armieor  legion  of  25,000 
msn,  are  each  commanded  by  a  marshal. 

FIFE,  a  military  instrument  of  the 
-.vind  kind,  generally  used  as  an  accom- 
paniment to  the  drum. 

FIFRE,  Fr.  Fife.  In  French,  this 
fPord  likewise  means  fifer. 

FIGHT.     See  BATTLE. 

FIGHTING-*:?;?,  such  as  are  efFec- 
tlve,  and  able  to  bear  arms. 

£«»«/>£-  FIGHT,  that  in  which  the 
i-nemy  is  continually  chased. 

FIGURE,  in  fortification,  the  plan  of 
any  fortified  place,  or  the  interior  polygon. 
Of  this  there  are  two  sorts,  regular,  and 
irregular;  a  regular  figure  is  that  where 
the  sides  and  angles  are  equal;  an  irregu- 
lar one  where  they  are  unequal. 

FILE,  in  the  art  of  war,  is  an  unli- 
mited term,  comprehending  any  num- 
ber of  men,  drawn  up  in  a  direct  line 
behind  each  other;  as  a  rank  on  the 
other  hand,  includes  any  number  drawn 
up  beside  each  otner  ;  whether  in  either 
respect,  they  be  in  close  or  open  order. 
Or  rather,  by  file  is  meant  the  line  of  sol- 
diers standing  one  behind  another,  which 
makes  the  depth  of  the  battalion  ;  and 
>s  thus  distinguished  from  the  rank, 
v;hich  is  a  line  of  soldiers  drawn  up  side 
by  side,  forming  the  length  of  the  bat- 
talion. A  file  is  i  or  3  deep;  hence  a 
battalion  or  regiment  drawn  up,  consists 
of  2  or  3  ranks,  and  of  as  many  files  as 
there  are  men  in  a  rank. 

The  files  of  a  battalion  of  foot  were 
formerly  12  and  6  deep,  but  now  only 
3,  which  is  its  natural  formation.  Those 
of  the  cavalry  are  but  2  deep. 

A  FILE  on  horseback,  in  marching 
~:-''er,  occupies  in  the  ranks  3  feet  : 


thus  3  file  9  feet.     A  file  on  foot  occu- 
pies in  the  ranks  s?  inches. 

<?/W  FILES  in  cavalry,  arc  at  the  dis.. 
tance  which  \vas  taken  before  dismount- 
ing,  when  each  man's  boot-top  touches, 
but  does  not  press  that  of  his  neighbor. 

Loots  FILF. s,  in  cavalry  movements, 
are  6  inches  distant  from  boot  top  to  boot 
top  being  calculated  for  the  gallop  as 
well  as  the  walk  of  a  squadron. 

Open  FII.F.  s  in  cavalry  are  the  fuU 
breadth  of  a  horse  from  boot-top  to  boot- 
top.  They  contain  the  distance  which 
is  left,  when  from  close  files  the  lel- 
files  rein  back  to  dismount.  Recruits 
and  horses  must  be  frequently  exercised 
at  this  distance.  See  American  Militaij. 
'Library . 

Flank  FILE,  the  extreme  file  on  the 
right  or  left  of  a  squadron  or  troop,  bat~ 
talion  or  company,  &c. 

Forming  fr^m  \  ILE,  is  when  the  fronv 
file  halts,  and  the  rest  ride  up  at  a  very 
smart  gallop,  taking  care  to  halt  in  timev 
and  not  to  over-run  the  front.  If  the 
formation  is  by  doubling  round  the  front 
file  (for  instance,  when  a  formation  is 
made  to  the  rear  of  the  march,  or  to  th? 
right,  when  marched  from  the  right)  tlw 
files  must  double  round  as  close  and  a.- 
expeditious  as  possible, 

In  all  formings  from  file,  the  leaders 
of  ranks  instantly  cowr  each  other,  takf 
the  ordered  front  and  halt.  See  Atntricar. 
Military  Library. 

In  the  covering  of  files  on  horseback, 
the  same  directions  hold  good  as  on  foot. 
In  addition,  it  must  be  scrupulously  ob- 
served that  every  man's  horse  stands 
exactly  straight  to  the  same  front  as  thai: 
of  the  man  before  him.  Both  in  the 
horse  and  fqot  drill,  the  men  should  br 
often  practised  in  covering.  Tlu-  former 
are  thereby  taught  to  place  their  horses 
straight  under  them, 

Close  FILES  of  infantry,  arc  soldiers, 
standing  in  rank,  contiguous  to  one  ano- 
ther, upon  any  given  depth  of  line  or  co- 
lumn. Whenever  a  regiment  marches  in 
front,  every  man  should  feel  the  arm  of 
his  next  man  which  ever  way  he  dresses  ; 
but  he  must  not  lean  on  him,  nor  must 
he  move  his  arm  from  the  body  to  fee; 
him.  So  that  close  files  mean  nothing 
more  than  that  soldiers  in  the  rank* 
should  lightly  touch  each  other,  witnsu; 
crowding  or  pressing, 

Open  F i L E s ,  are  soldiers  standing  i:. 
rank  at  given  distances  without  touching 
one  another.  The  formation  at  open 
files  is  only  practised  as  a  preparatory 
drill  for  forming  at  close  files,  (which  iV 
the  order  for  action)  so  that  every  mar 
may  be  taught  to  stand  and  move  in  a 
proper  position,  without  acquiring  « 
habit  of  leaning  upon  his  neighbor.  "On 
this  account  every  intelligent  officer  who 
has  the  management  of  recruits,  wil'. 
form  them  sometimes  at  open  files,  and 
march  them  in  that  order.  Soldiers  that 
have  been  regularh-  drilled,  should  J>;k.<j» 


156 


F  IL 


FIL 


•wise  be  occasionally  practised  in  advanc-?j 
ing  by  open  tiles. 

Double  FILES  are  formed  by  the  left' 
files  in  each  rank  stepping  to  the  rear  of' 
the  ihht  files;  or  the  contrary. 

Indian  FILES,  a  line  of  men  advancing 
or  retreating  from  either  of  the  flanks, 
from  the  centre  or  from  any  proportion; 
of  ;i  line  in  succession  to  one  another  j 
They  are  sometimes  called  goose  files  ; ; 
but  the  term  is  only  familiarly,  or  rather! 
vulgarly  used  among  soldiers,  and  de  i 
rives  its  appellation  from  a  flock  ofj 
geese,  generally  following  a  leader,  one! 
by  one.  The  Prince  de  Ligne,  says,  that ; 
men  march  forward  in  file,  or  en  ordre\ 
mince,  par  unf  instinct  muiitonnler,  meaning,  j 
that  they  follow  each  other  like  so  many 
s-heep,  who  move  by  instinct. 

FiLE-/eWfr,  is  the  soldier  placed  in' 
the  front  of  any  file,  or  the  man  who  is 
to  cover  all  those  that  stand  directly  in 
the  rear  of  him,  and  by  whom  they  are 
to  be  guided  in  all  their  movements. 

File  leaders  must  be  particularly  care- 
ful to  preserve  their  proper  distances 
from  which  ever  hand  they  are  to  dress, 
and  the  follower-,  of  each  file  must 
only  be  attentive  to  cover,  and  be  regu- 
lated by  their  proper  file  leaders.  In 
file  the  rear  rank  invariably  dresses  by, 
and  is  regulated  by  the  front  rank. 

To  double  the  F  1 1.  K  s ,  ij  ro  put  2  files 
into  one,  making  the  depth  of  the  batta- 
lion double  to  what  it  was,  in  number 
of  men.  Thus  four  deep  are  double  files. 

FIJ. E  marching  on  /cot,  all  recruits 
must  be  taught  first  to  faa,  and  then  to 
cover  each  other  exactly  in  file,  so  that 
the  head  or  the  man  immediately  in  front 
may  conceal  the  heads  of  all  the  others 
beh'u.d  him.  The  principal  points  to  be 
attended  to  are,  that  the  men  move  in 
equal  time  an  equal  pace  of  2  feet,  that 
the  front  rank  men  cov.-r  exactly,  and 
that  the  rear  rank  men  keep  closed  and 
ilressedto  the  front  rank, 

File  marching  may  be  practised  to  the 
front,  to  the  rear,  and  to  either  flank  ; 
iti  all  which  cases  the  men  must  be 
tdiight  to  cover  well.  When  recruits  are 
at  drill,  on  the  word  march,  the  wheleare 
to  step  off  with  the  left  foot  together, 
jraining  at  the  very  first  step  24  inches, 
and  so  puntinuing  each  step,  without  in- 
ore.^ir.g  the  distance  betwixt  each  re- 
cru'u,  every  ma:,  placing  his  advanced 
foot  on  the  ground,  before  the  spot  from 
•whence  his  preceding  man  had  taken  up 
his.  See  Amer  Mil.  Lib. 

Marching  in  open  order  to  the  front,  is 
\vhen  any  body  ot  men  advances  by  ranks 
at  open  order,  and  dress  to  some  given 
object  without  touching  one  another. 
The  flank  man  of  the  flank  the  soldiers 
dress  to,  must  be  a  non-commissioned 
officer,  and  he  must  take  especial  care 
not  to  incline  to  one  hand  or  the  other. 
Ills  h'-aa  must  be  kept  quite  straight  to 
the  front,  his  body  must  be  erect,  and  he 
must  advance  without  deviating  in  the 


most  trifling  manner  to  the  right  or  left. 
In  order  to  execute  this  essential  part  OT' 
the  drill  with  any  degree  of  accuracy,  two 
persons  should  be  present,  one  in  the 
front,  and  the  other  on  the  flank,  to  ob- 
serve the  dressing.  Young  officers  should 
be  exercised  themselves  in  the  presence 
of  a  superior  officer;  for  upon  then: 
thereafter  will  greatly  depend  the  move- 
ment of  the  battalion  in  line  or  column. 

Marching  to  the  front  in  close  order,  \Y, 
when  any  number  of  men  advance  by 
ranks  at  close  order,  and  dress  to  some 
given  objects  each  man  lightly  touching 
his  next  man,  without  crowding  or  press- 
ing. The  march  in  front  by  closed  files 
is  much  easier  than  that  at  open  files, 
because  every  man  feels  h.s  next  man, 
which  ever  way  the  rank  dresses,  and 
into  whatever  direction  the  line  or 
column  moves. 

To  FILE,  is  to  advance  to,  or  move 
from  any  given  point  by  files ;  as  to  file  to 
the  front,  to  file  to  the  rear,  to  file  from 
the  right  or  left  flank,  or  to  file  from  any 
given  company  In  some  of  which  cases, 
the  leading  files  must  disengage  them- 
selves according  to  the  directions  given. 

To  FILE,  off,  5  to  wheel  off  from  march  - 

To  defile,  \  ing  in  a  spacious  front, 
and  march  in  length  by  files.  When  a 
regiment  is  marching  in  fulJ  front,  or  by 
divisions  or  platoons,  and  comes  to  a  de- 
file or  narrow  pass,  it  may  file  off  to  the 
right  or  left,  as  the  ground  requires,  &c. 

FILINGS,  are  movements  to  the  front, 
rear,  or  flank  by  files.  Thes^moveraents 
must  be  executed  with  great  quickness. 
The  files  must  go  off  at  a  smart  gallop, 
and  continue  so  till  all  are  in  file",  the 
rear  rank  men  dressing  well  to  their  front 
rank ;  the  front  rank  covering  well,  and 
keeping  close  to^the  croup,  if  the  filings 
are  to  be  made  from  a  flank  to  the  front 
or  rear,  the  whole  must  keep  passaging 
up  to  the  ground  from  whence  the  first 
file  went,  before  they  gooff;  if  to  a  flank, 
the  horses  must  be  turned  as  soon  as 
there  is  room.  If  the  filings  are  from  a 
flank  to  march  along  the  front  or  rear, 
past  the  other  flank,  every  file  must  come 
off  from  its  own  ground  as  the  next  gets 
into  file. 

General  and  necess&iy  FILINGS,  are 
from  either,  or  both  flanks  of  the  squad- 
ron to  front,  flank  or  rear;  filing  from 
the  centre  of  the  squadron  to  the  front^ 
or  to  the  flank.  Filing  single  men  by 
ranks,  or  by  front  or  rear  rank  men 
alternately  from  either  flank  of  the 
squadron. 

In  the  filings  of  the  squadron,  the 
serre-jiles  take  their  places  in  the  rear 
of  the  files  unless  the  ground  will  allow 
them  to  remain  on  the  flanks  of  the  rear 
rank  ;  but  their  general  and  proper  posi- 
tion is  in  the  rear  of  the  files. 

///  cavalyJiLing,  the  greatest  attention 
must  bf.  paid  to  keep  the  squadron  as 
compact  together  as  the  nature  of  the 
rnov$rn,ent  wiU permit.  It  is  j  situatfbir 


F  I  R 


FIR 


157 


in  which  horses  move  free,  and  with-  |[ 
out  confinement,  but  in  which  the  parts 
of  a  squadron  are  apt  to  lengthen  out, 
;.-nd  tak*  up  much  more  ground  than 
vyhat  they  stand  upon  in  line,  and  is 
therefore  to  be  adopted  only  from  neces- 
sity, in  broken  or  embarrassed  ground. 
When  the  word  file,  has  been  given,  and 
*he  heads  of  the  horses  have  been  turned 
:cady  to  move  off  without  loss  of  dis- 
tance, the  leaders  of  files  must  go  off 
short  and  quick  in  their  ordered  direc- 
tion. They  are  followed  close  by  each 
man  as  it  comes  to  his  turn,  so  as  to 
leave  no  unnecessary  interval  from  one 
to  another,  and  instantly  to  put  oft  the 
ground.  After  being  once  in  file,  a  dis- 
tance of  a  yard  from  head  to  tail  may  be 
taken  so  as  to  trot  or  gallop  the  easier  if 
required.  E  very  alteration  of  pace  ought 
TO  be  made  as  much  as  possible  by  the 
whole  file  at  once :  if  this  is  not  ob- 
served, a  crowding  and  stop  in  the  rear 
will  always  attend  such  alteration. 

FIRE,  in  the  art  of  war,  a  word  of 
command  to  soldiers  of  all  denominations, 
to  discharge  their  fire  arms,  grenades, 
cannon,  &c. 

FIRE,  is  also  used  to  denote  the  dis- 
charge of  all  sorts  of  fire  arms  against 
theenemy.  The  fire  of  the  infantry  is  by 
a  regular  discharge  of  their  fire-locks,  in 
platoons,  divisions,  &c.  that  of  the  ca- 
valry, with  their  pistols  ;  and  that  of  a 
place  besieged  with  their  artillery. 

FIRE  of  the  curtain  or  second  flank ,  is 
from  that  part  of  the  curtain  compre- 
hended between  the  face  of  the  bastion 
prolonged  and  the  angle  of  the  flank  ;  fre- 
quently called  the  line  of  defence  fichant. 
FIRE  rasa»t,  is  produced  by  firing 
the  artillery  and  small  arms  in  a  line 
parallel  with  the  horizon,  or  parallel 
with  those  parts  of  the  works  you  are 
defending. 

FiRE-arttis,  are  all  kinds  of  arms 
charged  with  powder  and  ball;  every 
one  of  which  is  mentioned  under  its  re- 
spective head. 

£z^»/wg-FiRE,  is  when  a  rank  or 
tanks  of  men,  drawn  up,  fire  one  after 
another;  or  when  the  lines  of  an  army 
ure  drawn  out  to  fire  on  account  of  a 
victory  ;  when  each  squadron  or  batta- 
lion takes  it  from  that  on  its  right,  from 
the  right  of  the  first  line  to  the  left,  and 
from  the  left  to  the  right  of  the  second 
]ine  ;  also  called  feudejoie. 
FIRE-&Z//J.  See  BALLS. 
FiRE-<rrar.r,  an  ancient  token  in  Scot- 
land for  the  nation  to  take  up  arms. 

FIRE-J/J/'_P,  a  ship  filled  with  a  variety 
of  combustibles  to  set  fire  to  the  vessels 
of  theenemy. 

F  i  R  "i-ship.  Proportion  of  combustible  stores 
for  a f re-ship  0/150  tons. 

No. 

Tire  barrels,   filled  with  composi- 
tion 

Iron  chambers,  to  blow  open  the 
por.t<>  <  ,12, 


Composition  for  priming  barrels 
Quick  match  do. 

Curtains,  dipped         , 
Reeds,  long,  single  dipped 


Do.  short, 


double  dipped 


No. 
.*t 

ji-v 
i 

48 
150 
75 
75 
-50 
feet  4 


single  dipped 
Bavins,  single  dipped 

The    fire   barrels   are  about   z . 

inches  high,  and  I  foot  6  inches  diameter. 
Each  barrel  must  have  four  holes  of  about 
6  inches  square  cut  in  its  sides  ;  and  these 
holes  must  have  a  square  piece  of  canvass 
nailed  over  them  quite  close.  They  are 
then  filled  with  the  same  composition  as 
for  carcasses,  and  4  plugs  of  about  i  inch 
diameter  and  3  inches  long,  and  well 
greased  are  thrust  into  the  top,  and  then 
left  to  dry.  When  dry,  these  plugs  are 
taken  out'and  the  holes  driven  with  fuze 
composition  and  quick  match  at  the  top; 
which  goes  from  one  hole  to  the  other: 
after  this  the  top  is  smeared  over  with 
mealed  powder  mixed  up  with  spirits  of 
wine.  When  dry  again  a  sheet  or  two  of 
brown  paper  is  laid  over  the  top,  and 
then  one  ot  the  canvass  covers,'  which  is 
made  secure  by  the  upper  hoop  of  the 
barrel. 

it'iuri  for  dipping  Resds,  Bavins,  and 
Curtains.  IbS. 

Rosin  .  .  •  J2° 

Coarse  Sulphur  .  9° 

Pitch          .  .  .  .      60 

Tallow 
Mealed  powder 

Tins  proportion  will  dip  I'bout  100 
reeds  and  25  bavins. 

Each  curtain  coniains  i  square  yard  ot 
barras.  • 

Each  cover  for  fire  barrels  i  do.  OL 
sacking. 

Immediately  that  the  curtains,  covers^ 
.  are  dipped,  they  are  to  be  strewcv 
over   with    fine    brimstone,    before   the 
composition  grows  cold. 

The  iron  chambers,  for  blowing  open 
the  ports,  hold  from  9  to  1 1  ounces  of 
powder.  They  are  fixed  in  such  a  man- 
ner as  to  prevent  their  recoil,  and  to  en- 
sure the  ports  being  blown  open.  The 
vents  are  generally  corked  up,  and  cover- 
ed with  a  piece  of  barras,  till  required 
to  be  primed. 

To  fit  cut  a  fire  ship.  The  whole 
breadth  of  the  fire  room  is  to  be  divided 
into  o  parts,  and  troughs  laid  the  whole 
length  of  the  room.  Cross  troughs  of 
communication  are  laid  between  them, 
about  20  in  each  row,  perpendicular  to 
the  long  troughs.  These  troughs  arc 
usually  4  inches  wide,  and  4  deep. 
There  are  two  fire  trunks  and  two  fire 
scuttles  on  each  side,  under  which  the 
eight  fire  barrels  are  to  be  placed. 

The  reeds  and  bavins  are  to  be  tied 
down  in  the  troughs.  The  curtains  are 
to  be  nailed  up  to  the  beams,  equally- 
through  the  fire  room.  The  ship  is  not 
to  be  primed  when  fitted  out,  but  only 
when  intended  tp  be  fired. 


158 


F  I 


FIR/ 


To  Prime. 

Composition  for  priming, 
Saltpetre  pulverized        .        2zlbs.  8oz. 
Rosin         .  .  .  ill 

Sulphur  .  .        18      — 

Mealed  powder        .  45      — 

Linseed  oil        .  .  i  pint. 

All  the  reeds  and  bavins  are  to  be  taken 
up,  and  a  little  of  the  above  composition 
sprinkled  in  the  bottom  of  the  troughs  ; 
the  reeds,  Sec.  to  be  then  gently  tied 
•down  again.  Quick  match  of  6  or  8 
threads  doubled  must  be  laid  along  on  the 
tops  of  all  the  reeds,  &c.  and  priming 
composition  strewed  over  it,  and  over  all 
the  tire  room.  The  covers  of  all  the  fire 
barrels  must  be  cut  open,  and  mad:?  to 
}iang  down  on  the  sides  of  the  barrels. 
Leaders  of  strong  quick  match  must  be 
laid  from  the  reeds  to  the  barrels  .md  to 
the  chambers ;  and  must  be  tied  down  to 
the  vents  to  ensure  its  not  falling  oil". 
Strong  leaders  of  qujck  match,  4  or  5 
times  doubled,  must  be  laid  from  the 
reeds  to  the  sally  ports;  and  the  sally 
ports  must  be  connected  by  quick  match, 
that  the  whole  may  take  fire  at  once. 

The  following  method  is  now  adopt- 
ed of  producing"an  external  fire,  in  ad- 
dition to  the  internal  fire,  before  gained 
by  the  fire  room. 

Fireboxes  filled  with  the  carcass  com- 
position, are  distributed  in  the  following 
ananner,  in  a  ship  of  three  masts  : 
::  Suspended  from  each  of  the  catheads 

and  davits,  on  each  side  the  bow    4 
8  Slung  across  the  bowsprit  8 

4  Across    each    of    the    outriggers 

abaft  .  .  8 

•  .front  the  graplins  of  each  of  the 

lower  yard-arms      .  .12 

2,  From  the  dead-eyes  on  each  side  of 
the  thru;  round  tops          .  6 

*  From  the  middle  of  the  inside  of 

the    iiiain,     fore,    and    mizen 
shrouds  6 


44 


The  boxes  are  suspended  by  chains  and 
uooks,  and  those  slung  across  the  bow- 
sprit and  outriggers,  are  fixed  by  staples. 
The  two  inner  ones  are  laid  witli  leaders 
of  quick  match,  which  fire  instantly,  or 
portfires,  winch  burn  a  given  time  ; 
Ji'.-v  communicate  with  the  outer  ones  by 
^eecis,  which  are  tied  down  on  the  bow- 
sprit and  outriggers.  The  boxes  hanging 
from  the  dead-eyes  and  shrouds,  arc  fired 
by  curtains  suspended  from  the  shroud:;, 
:  he  lower  one  of  which  hangs  immedi- 
ately over  one  of  the  large  fire  barrels. 
The  two  boxes  on  each  yard-arm  art 
liung  one  over  the  other  ;  the  upper  one 
having  a  leather  of  quick  match  carried 
along  the  yard  from  the  shrouds  ;  and  in 
burning  will  no  doubt  fire  the  lower  one. 
Besides  the  boxes,  tin  re  are  fire  barrels 
;inanged  as  follows  ;  2  half  barrels  on  the 
forecastle  ;  2  abaft  the  main  deck,  and  4 
on  the  main  deck  ;  2  in  each/  roundtop, 


placed  against  the  masts ;  and  4  large 
tire  barrels  under  fire  trunks,  to  convey 
fire  to  the  curtains  on  the  shrouds.  All 
these  fire  barrels  and  boxes  are  to  be  fired 
by  separate  leaders  of  quick  match  or 
portfire,  in  order  that  any  part  of  the 
ship  may  be  fired,  to  cover  its  approach 
by  the  smoke;  and  the  rejnaining  part 
instantaneously  upon  quitting  the  ship. 
It  has  been  found  by  experiment,  that 
two  men  with  lighted  portfires  can  set 
fire  to  the  whole  of  the  leaders  on  the 
deck,  bowsprit,  catheads,  outriggers,  &c. 
in  less  than  a  minute;  therefore  the  risk 
ot  trusting  to  one  main  leader  to  thr 
whole  may  be  avoided. 

The  leaders  are  laid  in  painted  canvass 
hose  made  for  the  purpose. 

Fi  x.£.-wasttrt  in  the  artillery,  gives  the 
directions  and  proportions  of  all  ingrc-. 
dients  for  each  composition  required  in 
fire- works,  whether  for  the  service  of 
war,  or  for  rejoicings  and  recreations. 

FIR  TZ.-masters-tna.te.  His  duty  is,  to  aid 
and  assist  the  chief  fire-master,  and  he 
f.hould  be  skilled  in  every  kind  of  labora- 
tory works. 

YiRf.-pan  cfagurt)  is  the  receptacle  for 
the  priming  powder. 

FIRE-/JO/,  in  the  military  art,  a  small 
earthen  pot,  into  which  is  put  a  charged 
grenade,  and  over  that,  powder  enough 
to  cover  the  grenaue  ;  the  whole  covered 
with  a  piece  of  parchment,  and  two  piece:, 
of  quick  match  across  lighted:  it  break., 
and  fires  the  powder,  as  also  the  powder 
in  the  grenade,  which  has  no  fuze,  rha: 
its  operations  may  be  quicker:  it  burn: 
all  that  is  near  it. 

FiR.s-U'or&r,  are  particular  Composi- 
tions of  different  sorts,  made  with  sul- 
phur, salt-petre,  and  charcoal.  The;* 
are  used  in  war,  ana  on  rejoicing  days. 

FiKE-Ttw^rr,  were  formerly  subor- 
dinate to  the  fire-master  and  his  mate . 
hati  afterwards  the  rank  of  youngesi 
lieutenants  to  the  regiment  of  ar- 
tillery; but  now  that  rank  is  abolished, 
and  they  are  all  second  lieutenant? 
They  were  supposed  to  be  well  skilled  :r 
every  kind  of  laboratory- work,  \vhici. 
knowlege  is  an  essential  qualification  if- 
every  officer  of  that  regiment. 

FIRE- LOCKS,  so  called  from  their  pro.-> 
ducingfire  of  themselves,  by  the  actior 
of  the  flint  and  sttel ;  the  arms  carried 
by  a  foot-soldier :  they  were  formerly  ;• 
feet  8  inches  in  the  barrel,  and  weighed 
I4lb.  at  present  the  length  of  the  barrel 
is  from  3  feet  3  inches  to  3  feet  6  irche 
and  the  weight  of  the  piece  from  9  to  J2lb. 
British  fire-locks  carry  a  leaden  bullet  of 
which  29  make  2lb.  its  diameter  is 
.550  of  an  inch,  and  that  of  the  barrel 
i -5oth  part  of  the  shot.  Fire-locks  wciv 
first  made  use  of  in  1690,  when  match- 
locks were  universally  disused ;  but 
when  invented  we  cannot  ascertain.  A 
fire-lock  is  called,  by  writers  of  about  the 
middla  of  the  last  century,  asnafbuan^ 
which  being  3  3ow  Dutch  word,  seems 


FIR 


FIR 


159 


'o  indicate  its  being  a  Dutch  invention,  fire  independent  and  quick,  so  that  nc 
Formerly,  both  in  the  manual  and  pla-  '\  unnecessary  pauses  being  made  betwixt 
toon  exercisesj  the  term  lire-luck  was  al-  i|  the  firing  words,  the  fire  of  the  line 
vays  adopted — as  shouider  your  fire-lock,  ;•  should  be  that  of  a  volley  as  much  a;; 
present  your  fife-lock — At  present  a  more 
simple  and  brief  mode  of  expression  pre- 
vails as,  shoulder 


arm:.,  carry  arms,  6iC, 
FIRING  inline.     According  to  regu- 
lations, the  following  principal  heads  con- 
stitute firing  in  line. 

The  object  of  lire  against  cavalry  is 
to  keep  them  at  a  dist  nee,  and  to  deter 
»htm  irom  the  attack  ;  as  their  move- 
ments are  rapid,  a  reserve  is  always  kept 
up.  But  when  the  fire  commences 
against  infantry,  it  cannot  be  too  heavy, 
nor  too  quick  while  it  lasts  ;  and  should 
be  continued  till  the  enemy  is  b  aten  or 
repulsed.  This  may  not  improperly  be 
called  offensive  fire. 

Defensive  Jire,  belongs  principally  to 
'infantry,  when  posted  on  heights,  vvnich 
are  to  be  defended  by  musquetry.  As 
soldiers  generally  aim  too  high,  and  as 
fire  is  of  the  grea.est  consequence  to 
troops  that  are  on  the  defensive,  the 
habitual  mode  of  firing  should  therefore 
be  rather  at  a  low  level  of  three  or  four 
fret  than  a  high  one. 

On  these  occasions  the  men  are  gene- 
rally drawn  up  3  deep;  in  which  case 
the'  front  rank  may  kneel  when  it  can  be 
safely  and  usefully  done ;  but  this  is 
now  generally  rejected,  and  the  third 
rank  loads  for  the  centre  rank,  which  fires 
the  guns  of  both  centre  and  rear  rank. 

FIRING  by  half  battalions,  the  line  ad- 
vancing. The  left  wings  halt,  and  the 
right  ones  continue  to  march  15  paces, 
at  which  instant  the  word  march  being 
given  to  the  left  wings,  the  right  at  the 
same  time  are  ordered  to  halt,  fire,  and 
lead;  during  which  the  left  march  on  and 
pass  them,  till  the  right  wings,  being 
loadsd  and  shouldered,  receive  tin;  word 
march,  on  which  the  left  ones  halt,  Jire, 
&c.  and  thus,  they  alternately  proceed. 
FIR.INJC  by^half  battalions,  the  line  re- 
tiring. The  ri^ht  wings  come  to  the  right 
about  aud  march  15  paces,  are  ordered  to 
kalt,  front,  ami  when  the  Lr't  wings  have 
gained  15  pac  s,  and  have  received  the 
word  halt,  front,  the  right  wings  are  in- 
stantly ordered  to  Jire,  load,  about 
and  march  15  paces  beyond  the  left  ones 
where  they  receive  the  word  bait,  front 
on  which  the  left  wings  Jire,  &c.  am 
thus  alternately  proceed. 

In  manoeuvring  many  battalions  there 
should  be  a  regulating  battalion  named 
by  the  half  battalions  of  which  each  line 
may  move,  halt,  and  fire  :  the  comman- 
der oreachline  to  be  with  sueh  half  bat- 
taiion  and  in  giving  his  several  command 
to  have  an  attention  to  the  general  rea- 
diness of  the  lin.e,  especially  after  load- 
in  .  tint  the  whole  be  prepared  to  stei 
ol.f  together  at  the  woid  "match.  The 
firing  of  the  advanced  wing  succeeds  the 
march,  or  the  bait,  j'.'ont,  of  vhe  retiree 
wing  instantly  ;  and  each  halt' batt«Hoi 


oss'ble;  and  the  whole  being  thereby 
oadtd  together,  to  be  ready  for  the  next 
ommand  of  movement.  In  these  limit; 
jf  the  line  advancing  or  retiring,  the  two. 
first  ranks  fire  standing,  and  the  rear  rani-: 
upport  their  arms,  and  may  change  pla- 
es  at  the  second  fire  with  the  centre  rank. 
In  this  manner  also  may  the  alternate 
)attalions  of  a  line  advance  or  retire,  ami 
when  the  whole  are  to  form,  and  thav 
he  last  line  moves  up  to  the  fir&t,  ever.' 
previous  help  of  advanced  guides  will  b«r 
^iven  to  ensure  its  correctness. 

Fire  in  line  advancing,  is  when  th. 
"antry  marches  in  line  to  attack  the  ene- 
my and  in  advancing  makes   use  of  it 
lire      On  these  occasions  it  is  better  to 
fire  the  two  first  ranks  only  standing,  re- 
serving the  third,  than  to  make  the  from, 
rank  kneel,  (as  was  formerly  the  practice) 
and  to  fire  the   whole;  but   when  it  i 
necessary  to  fire  a  considerable  -distance, 
or  on   a' retiring  enemy,   vollies  may  be 
liven  by  the  three  ranks,  the  front  onw 
kneeling, 

FIRING  by  platoons  is  practised  when  a 
ne  is  posted,  or  arrives  at  a  fixed  situa- 
tion, in  this  position  battalions  fire  in- 
dependent of  one  another,  and  the  fire 
generally  commences  from  the  centre  of 
each.  The  first  fire  of  each  battaliou 
must  be  regular,  and  at  established  pauses 
and  intervals ;  after  which  each  platoon 
may  continue  to  fire  as  soon  as  it  is  loaded 
independent  and  as  quica.  as  possible. 
The  use  of  this  is  to  acquire  the  habit  oi" 
obedience  to  command ;  for  ia  close  ac- 
tion platoon  firing  is  both  absurd  an;t 
impracticable. 

FIRING  hy  f.les,  is  generally  used  be- 
hind a  parapet,  hedge,  orabbatis.  Inthi:: 
situation  the  two  first  ran'"  s  only  can 
fire,  and  that  must  be  by  the  2  men  or 
the  same  file  always  firing  together,  with 
coolness  and  cleiibi'rat;  how 

the   j.-ttiapet  abbatis  i 

but  a  little  raised,  platoon  firing  may  b>- 
resorted  to. 

Oblique  FIRING  by  battalions,  c.- 
otherwise,  according  to  the  ground,  i; 
extremely  ad\antageous  when  it  is  founU 
expedient  to  give  an  oblique  directic-j 
to  part  of  a  line,  or  when  it  is  discover*-.* 
that  their  fire  can  in  thL>  manner  b;; 
thrown  against  the  opening  of  a  defile,, 
the  flanks  of  a  column,  or  against  ca- 
valry or  infantry  that  direct  their  . 
on  sovru;  particular  battalion  or  portici. 
of  the  line.  See  Am.  Mil.  Lib. 

Oblique  firing,    is  cither  to  tl.e  righ_t 
and  left,  or  from  the  right  and  left  tc 
the  centre,  depending  entirely  on  the  si- 
tuation of  the  object  10   be  fired  c  gains: 
The  Prussians   have  a   particular  COM 
trivance  for  this  purpose  :   If  they  are  u- 
level  to  the  right,  the  rear  ranks  oi-ever\ 
u'atr^n  -^ .>  ?r>  .rrjakr  tvro  ouick  hi:t  c;Y*cri 


160 


F  I  R 


FLA 


paces  to  the  left,  and  the  body  of  each 
soldier  to  quarter  face  or  turn  r-Srp  of  a 
Circle;  and  are  to  takr  the  same  distance 
tp  the  right  if  they  are  tok'vel  to  the  lefr 
When  a  line  halts  at  its  points  of  firing 
no  time  is  to  be  lost  in  scrupulous  dress- 
ing, and  the  firing  is  instantly  to  com- 
mence.  But  when  a  line  halts,  and  is 
not  to  fire,  the  usual  dressings  must  be 
attended  to;  and  every  thing  will  depend 
uoon  the  coolness  and  attention  of  the 
officers  and  non-commissioned  officers. 
It  sliould  be  observed  with  respect 
to  firings  in  general,  that  after  the  march 
in  front,  and  halt  of  the  battalion,  com- 
pany, or  platoon,  firing  ought  invariably 
to  begin  from  the  centre,  and  not  from 
the  flank,  in  other  cases,  and  in  suc- 
cessive formations,  it  may  begin  from 
whatever  division  first  arrives,  and  halts 
on  its  own  ground. 

Square  FIRING,  is  that  method  of  fir- 
ing where  either  a  regiment  or  any  body 
of  men  are  drawn  up  in  a  square,  each 
front  of  which  is  generally  divided  into 
divisions  or  firings,  and  the  flanks  of  the 
square,  as  being  the  weakest  part,  are 
sometimes  covered  by  platoons  of  grenar 
diers  who  flank  the  angles.  The  first  tire 
is  from  the  right  division  of  each  face  ;  the 
second  fire  from  the  left  division  of  each 
face,  and  so  on ;  the  grenadiers  making 
the  last  fire. 

Street  FIRING,  is  the  method  of  firing 
adopted  to  defend  or  scour  a  street,  lane, 
or  marrow  pass  of  any  kind  ;  in  the  ex- 
ecution of  which  the  platoon  must  be 
formed  according  to  the  width  of  the 
place,  leaving  sufficient  room  on  the  flanks 
for  the  platoons  which  have  fired,  suc- 
cessively to  file  round  to  the  rear  of  the 
others. 

Street  FIRING  advancing.  When  the 
«.  olumn  has  arrived  at  the  spot  where  the 
firing  is  to  commence,  the  commanding 
officer  from  the  rear  gives  the  word  halt ! 
aid  the  officer  commanding  the  platoon, 
orders  it  to  make  ready  ^  aim,  fire ;  recover 
arms,  load  ;  he  then  orders  the  rear  pla- 
toon of  the  column  outward  face,  (by  half 
platoons)  quick  march, 

At  the  instant  the  men  in  the  first  pla- 
toon recover  their  arms  after  firing,  the 
icar  platoon  ntakes.'rea.dy^  and  moves  up  the 
ilank  to  the  front  of  the  first  platoon  hav- 
ing filed  round  the  flanks  towards  the 
front,  when  the  secosd  from  the  rear 
advances,  with  recovered  arms,  until  it 
receives  the  words  haltt  ready,  aim,  Jire. 
The  platoon  which  has  fired, primes  and 
loads  in  its  ground  immediately,  without 
moving;  the  rear  platoons  only  advancing. 
Street  FIRING  retiring,  is  conducted 
on  the  same  principles,  except  that  the 
platoons  fire  without  advancing,  on  the 
iront  being  cleared  by  the  former  platoon 
filing  round  the  flank. 

Another  method  of  street  firing,  advanc- 
,>£>•,  generally  esteemed  more  eligible,  is, 
after  firing,  to  wheel  out  by  subdivisions, 
nhe  pivots  having  taken  a  side  step  to 


right  and  left  outwards)  prime  and  load, 
and  as  soon  as  the  last  platoon  has  passed, 
file  inwards  and  form. 

FISSURE,  a  narrow  chasm  where  a 
small  breach  has  been  made. 

FIT.  Qualified,  proper;  adapted  to 
any  purpose  or  undertaking. 

FIT  for  service  strong,  healthy  men, 
from  18  to  45  years  of  age,  of  a  certain 
height,  and  not  subject  to  fits  ;  are  con 
siclered  fit  objects  for  service,  and  may 
be  enlisted  into  the  United  States  regi- 
ments. The  principal  heads  under  which 
every  recruit  should  be  rejected,  consist 
of  rupture,  venereal  lues,  or  incurable 
pox,  habitual  ulcers,  sore  legs,  scurvy, 
scald  head;  and  fits. 

Fir,  a  paroxysm.  Any  violent  affec- 
tion of  the  bodv,  by  which  a  man  is  sud- 
denly rendered  incapable  of  going  through 
the  necessary  functions  of  life. 

FITS,  habitual  affections  of  the  body 
to  which  men  and  women  are  subject, 
and  by  which  they  may  be  frequently  at- 
tacked without  any  other  immediate  con- 
sequence, than  a  temporary  suspension 
of  the  mental  powers,  accompanied  by 
a  disordered  and  painful  action  of  the 
frame. 

T ix- Bayonets,  a  word  of  command  in 
the  manual  exercise.  See  MANUAL. 

FLAGS  in  the  United  States  navy,  are 
the  colors  of  the  Union,  red  and  white 
alternate  stripes,  equal  to  the  number  of 
states ;  with  a  square  in  the  up'per  angle 
of  blue,  upon  which  are  wrought  white 
stars  equal  in  number  to  the  states  of  the 
Union.  A  custom  has  grown  up  among 
commanders  of  ships  of  appropriating  a 
peculiar  flag  foreaeh  state,  but  as  this  is 
not  a  settled  regulation  requires  no  further 
notice. 

FLAGS.  See  C  o  L  o  R  s ,  S  T  A  N  B  A  R  D  s  > 
&c. 

FLAGS,  in  the  British  navy,  are  either 
red,  white,  blue,  or  yellow,  and  they 
are  hoisted  either  at  the  heeds  of  the 
main-mast,  fore-mast,  or  mizen-mast. 

FLAGS,  when  displayed  from  the  top 
of  the  main-mast,  are  the  distinguishing 
marks  of  admirals  ;  when  from  the  fore- 
mast, of  vice  admirals;  and  when  fronj 
the  mizen-mast,  of  rear  admirals. 

The  highest  flag  in  the  British  navy,  is 
the  anchor  and  cable,  which  is  only  dis- 
played when  their  lord  high  admiral,  or 
lords  commissioners  of  the  admiralty  are 
on  board  ;  the  next  is  the  union,  the  dis- 
tinction peculiar  to  the  second  officer, 
called  admiral  of  the  fleet;  and  the  low- 
est flag  is  the  blue  at  the  mizen-mast. 

¥  LAG -Officer,  a  naval  officer  com- 
manding a  aquadron. 

FLAG-STAFF, the  staff  on  which  the 
flag  is  fixed. 

'FLAM,  a  word  formerly  made  use  of 
in  the  British  service,  signifying  a  parti- 
cular tap  or  beat  upon  the  drum,  accord^ 
ing  to  which  each  battalion  went  through 
its  firings  or  evolutions.  The  practice  i? 
1-aid  a.-'jde.  i-^pjv  a  matter  of  mere  nsrn!-'. 


FLA 


FLA 


161 


•without  any  practical  utility ;  top  often 
employed  by  officers  to  cover  their  igno- 
rance or  incapacity,  or  to  indulge  their 
indolence ;  therefore  it  is  the  usage  now 
wherever  discipline  is  well  understood 
and  practised,  for  every  battalion,  troop 
or  company  to  be  exercised  by  specific 
words  of  command,  delivered  in  a  distinct 
auid  audible  tone  of  voice. 

FLAMME,  or  ORIFLAMME,  Fr.  in 
the  old  French  marineestablishment,  was 
a  mark  of  distinction  which  exclusively 
belonged  to  the  French  king's  ships. 

FLAMME,  au pendant,  Fr.  Bolting  cloth 
or  ticking.  It  is  a  long  streamer  which 
generally  hangs  either  from  the  topmast 
head,  and  serves  for  ornament,  or  to  j:ive 
signals. 

FLAMBEAU,  a  torch. 

FLANC  du  banion,  Fr.  See  flank  of 
the  bastion. 

FLANC  •<  convert,  >  See  Retired  FLANC. 
(,  retire,      j 

FLANKS,  in  the  art  of  war  and  in  for- 
tification,  are  of  several  denominations, 
according  to  their  uses,  viz. 
_  FLANKS  of  an  army.  Certain  propor- 
tionsof  offensive  or  defensive  forces  which 
are  extended  to  the  right  and  left  of  a 
main  body,  and  ought  to  be  posted  in  1 
such  a  manner,  that  it  would  be  certain 
ruin  to  the  enemy  were  he  to  attempt  any 
impression  between  them  In  a  more 
confined  senss,  the  troops  which  are  sta- 
tioned on  the  right  and  left  of  each  line  of 
encampment.  See  WINGS. 

FLANK-/?/«,  are  the  two  first  men  on 
the  right  and  the  two  last  men  on  the 
left,  telling  downwards  from  the  right,  of 
a.  line,  battalion,  company,  division,  sub- 
division or  section.  When  a  battalion  is 
drawn  up  three  deep,  its  flank  flies  con- 
sist of  three  men,  or  as  the  French  call 
its  file  and  demi-file.  When  four  deep, 
the  flank  flies  are  termed  double  files ; 
so  that  a  column  formed  from  any  of  these 
alignements  will  have  all  its  relative  flank 
files,  be  the  depth  of  formation  what  it 
will. 

Inward  FLANK  in  manoeuvring.  The 
first  file  on  the  left  of  a  division,  subdi- 
vision^r  section  when  the  battalion  stands 
at  close  or  open  column  with  the  right  in 
front.  Upon  this  flank,  which  is  called 
the  proper  flank,  and  on  which  the  pivot 
rests,  the  division,  £c.  wheels  backward 
from  line  into  column,  or  forward  from 
column  into  line.  When  the  left  is  in 
front  the  right  becomes  the  proper  flank 
and  pivot. 

Out-ward  FLANK,  of  aline  or  battalion, 
the  extreme  file  on  the  right  or  left  of  a 
division,  subdivision,  or  section,  accord- 
ing to  the  given  front,  when  the  battalion 
is  at  close  or  open  column,  and  which  is 
the  furthest  wheeling  point  from  line 
into  column,  cr  from  column  into  line. 
It  is  likewise  called  the  reverse  flank. 
The  general  rule  which  directs,  that  lead- 
tug  officers  shall  march  iuvjiriabiy  '.in  th<* 


inward  flank,  where  the  proper  pivot 
rests,  is  in  one  instance  dispensed  with, 
when,  after  marching  by  the  right  in 
front,  the  wheeling  of  the  column  or 
guard  is  to  the  right.  On  this  occasion, 
the  officer  who  had  shifted  from  the  right 
to  his  proper  flank,  instead  of  being 
wheeled  upon,  wheels  with  the  flank,  and 
continues  his  march.  It  has  been  re- 
marked in  a  late  military  publication,  that 
the  squareness  of  the  division  Would  cer- 
tainly be  preserved  with  greater  ease, 
were  the  officer  to  remain  upon  the  right, 
though  the  right  be  in  front,  until  the 
wheel  in  that  direction  should  be  com~ 
pleted,  when  he  might  shift  to  his  proper 
flank.  Where  the  column  or  guard  has 
only  a  few  paces  to  proceed  beyond  the 
passing  or  saluting  point,  this  certainly 
is  advisable.  The  regulation  of  guides> 
that  is,  non-commissioned  officers  on  both 
flanks  of  every  subdivision  of  a  line,  ren- 
ders it  of  less  moment  where  the  officer 
is  posted ;  but  the  pivot  is  the  most  ra- 
tional position 

FLANK  company,  a  certain  number  of 
men  drawn  up  on  the  right  or  left  of  a 
battalion.  Thus  where  there  are  grena- 
diers they  compose  the  right,  and  the 
light  infantry  the  left  flank  company. 
When  these  are  detached,  the  two  ex- 
treme battalion  companies  become  such. 

The  grenadiers  and  light  infantry  are 
generally  called  flank  companies,  whe- 
ther attached  or  not  to  their  several  bat- 
talions ;  rifle  corps  are  always  flanksrs. 

FLANKING  party,  a  select  body  of 
men  on  foot  or  on  horseback,  whose  ob- 
ject is  to  harrass  and  perplex  the  enemy, 
to  get  up^on  his  wings,  or  by  any  ma. 
nceuvre  to  hang  upon  the  flank  of  an  op- 
posing force. 

FLANK  en  poteuce,  is  any  part  of  the 
right  or  left  wing  formed  at  a  projecting 
angle  with  the  line.  See  POTENCE. 

Leading  FLANK,  when  tlue  line  breaks 
into  column  in  order  to  attack  an  enemy, 
it  is  the  flank  which  must  almost  always 
preserve  the  line  of  appui  in  all  movements 
in  front.  The  first  battalion,  division  or 
company  of  every  column  which  coo- 
ducts  is  called  the  head  or  leading  flank 
of  that  column.  All  the  writhings  and 
turnings  to  which  it  must  unavoidably 
be  subject,  are  followed  by  every  other 
part  of  the  body,  and  such  head  becomes 
a  flank,  right  or  left,  when  formed  into 
line.  The  comrmnder  must  therefore  be 
on  whichever  flank  directs  the  operations 
of  the  line,  and  by  which  he  proposes  to 
attack,  or  to  counteract  the  attempts  of 
the  enemy.  _ 

FLANK  in  fortification,  in  general,  \s 
any  part  of  a  work  that  defends  another 
work,  along  the  outside  of  its  parapet. 

FLANK  cj-  a  bastion,  in  fortification,, 
that  part  which  joins  the  face  to  thR 
curtain,  comprehended  between  the  angle 
of  the  curtain  and  tnat  of  the  shoulder, 
and  is  the  principal  defence  of  the  place. 
Its  \\.;z  i: ,  TO  defend  the  curuii; 
X 


162 


FLA 


FLA 


flank,  and  face  of  the  opposite  bastion, 
as  well  as  the  passage  of  the  ditch  ;  and 
to  hatter  the  salient  angles  of  the  coun- 
ter-scarp and  glacis,  from  whence  the 
besieged  generally  ruin  the  flanks  with 
their  artillery  ;  for  the  flanks  of  a  forti- 
fication are  those  parts  which  the  besieg- 
ers endeavor  most  to  ruin,  in  order  to 
take  away  the  defence  of  the  face  of  the 
opposite  bastion. 

Oblique  )  F  $  tnat  Part  °f tne  cur' 

Second  $  •  N  '?  tain  from  whence 
the  face  of  the  opposite  bastion  may  be 
discovered,  and  is  the  distance  between 
the  lines  rasant  and  fichant,  which  are 
rejected  by  most  engineers,  as  being  liable 
to  be  ruined  at  the  beginning  of  a  siege, 
especially  when  made  of  sandy  earth. 
The  second  parapet,  which  may  be  rais- 
ed behind  the  former,  is  of  no  use ;  for  it 
neither  discovers  nor  defends  the  face  of 
the  opposite  bastion :  besides,  it  shortens 
the  flank,  which  is  the  true  defence ;  and 
th<.  c->  itinual  fire  of  the  besiegers'  cannon 
•will  never  suffer  the  garrison  to  raise  a 
second  parapet.  This  second  flank  de- 
fends very  obliquely  the  opposite  face, 
and  is  to  be  used  only  in  a  place  attacked 
by  an  army  without  artillery. 
Retired  ~j)  ( the  platform  of  the 

Low      £FLANK,<  casemate,   which 
Covered)  C   lifs  hid  in  the  bas- 

tion. These  retired  flanks  are  a  great 
defence  to  the  opposite  bastion  and  pas- 
sage of  the  ditch  ;  because  the  besiegers 
cannot  see,  nor  easily  dismount  their 
guns. 

FLANK  'prolonged,  in  fortification,  is 
the  extending  of  the  flank  from  the  angle 
oftheepaule  to  the  exterior  s«le,  when 
the  angle  of  the  flank  is  a  right  one. 

Concave  FLANK,  is  that  which  is 
made  in  the  arc  of  a  semi-circle  bending 
outwards. 

FLANKS  of  a  frontier.  A  re  the  di  ffcr  - 
ent  salient  points  of  a  large  extent  of  ter- 
ritory, between  each  of  which  it  would 
be  impolitic  for  any  invading  army  to 
hazard  ah  advanced  position.  The  late 
celebrated  gen.  Lloyd  (whose accuracy  of 
observation  and  solidity  of  conclusion  with 
respect  to  the  iron  frontier  of  old  France 
have  been  universally  acknowleged)  has 
furnished  military  men  with  a  full  and 
succinct  account  of  the  relative  positions 
upon  it.  This  long  line  he  begins  at  Basle 
in  Switzerland,  and  runs  into  various  di- 
rections from  thence  to  Dunkirk  in  old 
French  Flanders,  he  divides  it  into  three 
parts,  and  considers  each  of  them  sepa- 
rately. The  first  part  goes  r'tom  Basle  to 
Landau  and  covers  old  Alsace,  near  130 
miles  in  length.  The  second  from  Lan- 
dau to  Sedan  on  the  Moselle,  covers  an- 
cient Lorrainon  the  side  of  Treves,  Deux- 
Ponts,  Luxemburgh,  and  Limburg;  190 
miles  in  length.  From  Sadan  down  the 
MeusetoCharlemont  in  old  Flanders,  and 
thence  to  Dunkirk,  is  the  third  part,  and 
is  about  150  miles;  so  that  the  whole 
natural  frontier  of  old  France  was  470 


miles.  The  greatest  part,  if  not  the 
whole  of  which,  is  in  theshapeof  a  horse 
shoe,  and  presents  impregnable  flanks. 
An  anonymous  writer,  after  referring  the 
reader  to  general  Lloyd  for  a  specific  ac- 
count of  the  first  and  second  lines  of  the 
French  frontier,  has  made  the  following 
observations  relative  to  the  third  and  last 
which  runs  from  Sedan  down  the  Mcuse 
to  Charlemont,  from  thence  to  Dunkirk, 
and  is  150  miles  in  length.  His  wurds 
are— While  the  duke  of  Brunswick  and 
the  king  of  Prussia  were  ruining  the  most 
formidable  armies  in  Europe  by  endea- 
voring to  penetrate  a  few  miles  into  Lor- 
rain  and  Champagne  through  the  first 
and  second  line,  (without  having  previ- 
ously secured  the  two  flanks,)  the  French 
with  redoubled  activity  operated  upon 
the  third,  and  finally  subdued  a)'.  Flan- 
ders. Those  very  difficulties,  in  fact, 
which  presented  themselves  to  oppose 
the  progress  of  the  allied  army  into 
France,  facilitated  every  excursion  on  her 
part,  as  the  direction  of  the  line  "which  goes 
from  Sedan  to  Landau  is  concave  towards 
that  part  of  Germany. 

The  remainder  of  this  line,  (within 
which  so  many  faults  were  committed, 
or  rather  could  not  be  avoided,  because 
the  impression  itself  was  founded  in 
error,)  runs  to  Dunkirk.  It  has  been  the 
scene  of  successive  wars  for  near  two  cen- 
turies, the  most  expensive,  bloody,  and 
durable  of  any  recorded  in  the  annals  of 
mankind.  This  line,  continues  general 
Lloyd,  is  stronger  by  art  than  nature, 
having  a  prodigious  number  of  strong  for- 
tresses and  posts  upon  it,  moreover  it 
projects  in  many  places,  so  that  an  enemy 
can  enter  no  where,  without  having  some 
of  them  in  front  and  on  his  flanks. 

The  United  States  are  flanked  by  Ca- 
nada and  Florida. 

FLANKS,  in  farriery,  a  wrench,  or  any 
other  grief  in  the  back  of  a  horse. 

To  FLANK,  in  fortification,  is  to  erect 
a  battery  which  may  play  upon  an  ene- 
my's works  on  the  right  or  left  without 
being  exposed  to  his  line  of  fire.  Any  for- 
tification, which  has  no  defence  hut  right 
forward,  is  faulty  ;  and  to  make  it  com- 
plete, one  part  ought  to  flank  the  other. 

To  FLANK,  in  evolutions,  totakesuch 
a  position  in  action  as  either  to  assist  your 
own  troops,  or  to  annoy  those  of  your 
enemy  by  attacking  either  of  his  flanks, 
without  exposing  yourself  to  all  his  fire. 

To  OUT- FLANK.  A  manoeuvre  by 
which  an  army,  battalion,  troop,  or  com- 
pany outstretches  another,  and  gets  upon 
both  or  either  of  its  flanks. 

To  OUT-FLANK,  in  an  extensive  ac- 
ceptation of  the  term,  when  applied  to 
locality,  means  to  possess  any  range  of 
opposite  parts,  of  territory,  whence  you 
might  invade  your  neighbor.  Thus 
France,  by  her  present  possessions  along 
the  Dutch  and  Flemish  coasts,  outflanks 
ail  the  opposite  shores  of  England,  pro- 
perly so  called;  resting  her  left  flank  a1. 


FLA 


FLO 


Ushant  in  Finisterre,  and  her  right  at 
Schelling,  in  North  Holland,  in  the  Pro- 
vince of  Friesland.  By  the  conquest  of 
Spain  ^nd  Portuga1,  the  French  have 
extended  their  south  western  flank,  and 
rendered  the  invasion  of  I  reland  more  easy. 
Ireland  again  is  completely  outflanked  by 
Great  Britain  at  Penzance,  hi  Cornwall, 
and  at  the  Hebrides  or  Western  Isles,  in 
dependent  of  the  continental  part  of  Scot- 
land. 

FLANKER,  a  fortification  jutting  out 
so  as  to  command  the  side  or  flank  of  an 
enemy  marching  to  the  assault  or  attack. 
Riflemen  and  all  light  troops  are  also 
called  flankers. 

FLANKEXS,  in  cavalry  manreuvres, 
the  most  active  men  and  horses  are  se- 
lected to  do  the  duty  of  flankers.  The 
me  •  of  course  must  be  perfect  masters  of 
thci:  horses.  On'-  complete  file  of  each 
four  must  be  a  file  of  flankers ;  it  does  not 
signify  which  file,  but  if  it  can  conveni- 
ently be  done,  the  centre  file  should  be 
taken,  as  in  that  case  neither  the  flank 
men,  nor  the  telling  off  of  the  squadron 
or  division  will  be  affected. 

When  yon  manoeuvre  by  whole  squad- 
rons, six  or  ei^ht  flankers  are  sufficient  in 
general  for  the  whole  squadron. 

The  word  of  command,  when  the 
flankers  come  out  to  the  front,  is  flankers 
forward. 

In  flanking,  a  great  deal  depends  upon 
the  officer  or  serjeant ;  he  must  be  ex- 
tremelv  active,  and  not  only  attend  to  the 
movements  of  the  division  from  which  he 
-is  detached,  but  likewise  to  his  flankers. 

As  horses  frequently  refuse  to  quit  the 
ranks  and  hang  back  obstinately,  the  men 
indiscriminately  should  be  often  called 
out  of  the  ranks  one  by  one,  and  practised 
is  flankers. 

To  F  L  A  N  K  E  R  ,  in  F  rench  fianquer.  To 
fortify  the  walls  of  a  city  with  bulwarks 
or  countermines. 

FLANKING,  is  the  same  in  fortification 
as  defending. 

FLANKING  party — Any  body  of  men 
detached  from  the  main  army  to  get  upon 
the  flanks  of  an  enemy .  See  FLANKERS. 
F  L  A  N  K  i  N  G  angle,  in  fortification,  that 
composed  of  the  two  lines  of  defence,  and 
pointing  towards  the  curtain.  See  TE- 

NAILLE. 

FLANKING  line  of  defence.  See  line  of 
Jefence. 

FLANKING-POINT,    See  POINT. 

FLASH. — The  flame  which  issues 
from  any  piece  of  ordnance  on  its  being 
fired. 

FLASH  in  the  pan,  an  explosion  of  gun- 
powder without  any  communication  be- 
yond the  touch  hole.  When  a  piece  is 
loaded,  and  upon  the  trigger  being  drawn, 
nothing  but  the  priming  takes  fire,  that 
piece  is  said  to  flash  in  the  pan. 

FLASK,  a  measure  made  of  horn, 
used  to  carry  powder  in,  with  the  mea- 
sure of  the  charge  of  the  piece  on  the  top 


FLASQUES,  Fr.  in  the  artillery,  aretlu- 
two  cheeks  of  the  carriage  of  a  great  gun. 
See  AFFUT. 

FLASQUE  likewise  means  a  gun-pow- 
der flask. 

FLAT-  bottomed  boats ,  in  military  af- 
fairs, are  made  to  swim  in  shallow  water, 
and  to  carry  a  great  number  of  troops,  ar- 
tillery, ammunition,  &c.  They  are  con- 
structed in  the  following  manner:  a  12. 
pounder,  bow  chase,  an  18  ditto,  stern 
chase ;  90  to  100  feet  keel ;  12  to  24  ditto 
beam;  i  mast,  a  large  square  main-sail; 
a  jib-sail:  they  are  rowed  by  18  or  20 
oars,  and  can  each  carry  400  men.  The 
gun  takes  up  one  bow,  and  a  bridge  the 
other,  over  which  the  troops  are  to  march. 
Those  that  carry  horses  have  therefore 
parts  of  the  boats  made  to  open. 

FLAW,  any  crack  or  small  opening  in 
a  gun  or  its  carriage  is  so  called. 

FLEAU,  Fr.  the  beam,  or  balance  of 
a  pair  of  scales. 

There  are  some  fleaux  or  scales  among 
the  French,  which  hold  6000  Ib.  weight 
in  one  scale,  and  6000 Ib.  weight  of  am- 
munition in  the  other,  making  together 
12000  weight. 

FLEAU  de  fert  an  iron  instrument  or 
weapon,  that  resembles  in  shape  the  flails 
with  which  corn  is  thrashed. 

F  L  E  C  H  E ,  in  field  fortification^  a  work 
of  two  faces,  usually  raised  in  the  field, 
to  cover  the  quarter  guards  of  a  camp  or 
advanced  post. 

FLETCHER.     SecBowvER. 

FLIGHT,  is  used  figuratively  for  the 
swift  retreat  of  an  army  or  any  party  from 
a  victorious  enemy. 

To  put  to  FLIGHT,  to  force  your  enemy 
to  quit  the  field  of  battle. 

FLIGHT,  is  likewise  applicable  to  mis- 
sile weapons  or  shot,  as  a  flight  of  ar- 
rows, a  flight  of  bombs,  &c. 

FLINT,  a  well  known  stone,  used  at 
present  with  every  sort  of  fire  arms. 
Every  soldier  ought  to  have  one  or  two 
spare  flints  when  on  service. 

FLINTS — are  usually  packed  in  half 
barrels. 

Weight, 
qrs.lbs. 

Ei  5 

The  most  transparent  and   free   from 
veins  are  esteemed  the  best  flints. 
28  kegs  of  musquet  flints  take  18  cwt.  in 

tonnage. 

10  kegs  of  pistol  flints  take  3  cwt.  2qrs. 
in  tonnage. 

To  FLOAT,  a  column  is  said  to  float 
when  it  loses  its  perpendicular  line  hi 
march,  and  becomes  unsteady  in  its  move- 
ments. 

F  LO ATI  NG-6a(tertes,  vessels  used  as 
batteries,  to  cover  troops  in  landing  on  at 
enemy's  coast. 

FLOGGING,  a  barbarous  punish- 
ment in  general  use  among  the  British 
foot  soldier?.  It  is  ibfiicted  with  u  '.vhio 


164 


FON 


FOO 


having  several  lashes,  and  is  calculated  to  I 
degrade  and  render  the  man  totally  unfit  j 
for  a  sold'er.  It  is  not  practised  in  any  j 
other  armv  In  Europe. 

FLOOD-GATE,  in  fortified  towns,  is 
composed  of  a  or  4  gates,  so  that  the  be- 
sieged by  openin?  the  gates  may  inundate ; 
the  environs  so  as  to  keep  the  enemy  out 
of  gun  shot. 

FLOOR.     See  PLATFORM. 

To  FLOURISH,  in  a  general  musical  j 
acceptation  of  the  term,  is  to  play  some 
prelude  or  preparatory  air  without  any  | 
settled  rule. 

A  FLOURISH,  any  vibration  of  sound: 
that  issues  from  a  musical  instrument. 

The    trutnptt     FLOURISH    in   drawingij 
swords,  is  used  regimentally  by  corps  of  i 
cavalry  on  their  own  ground,  and  is  the 
sounding    used    in    receiving    a    general 
officer. 

FLOWER  de  Luce,  >  The    arms    of 

FLEUR  de  Lis,  5       France  under 

the  old  monarchy .  They  consisted  in  three 
flowers  de  lis  or,  or  gold,  in  a  field  azure, 
or  blue.  These  arms  were  superccded  by 
the  three  colored  flag,  when  the  bastile 
was  taken  and  destroyed  by  the  inhabi- 
tants of  Paris. 

FLUSHED,  a  term  frequently  applied 
•when  men  have  been  successful,  as,  flush- 
ed with  victory,  &c. 

FLUTE,  a  wind  instrument  which  is 
sometimes  used  in  military  bands;  but 
never  on  service. 

FLUX,  an  extraordinary  evacuation  of 
tfce  body,  to  which  soldiers  are  frequent-  jj 
ly  subject  on  service.     Towards  the  fall  ;i 
of  the  year  this  disorder  is   particularly  jj 
prevalent,  especially  in  camps.     It  is  of 
a  contagious  nature,  and  the  greatest  care 
should  be  taken  to  prevent  the  healthy 
men  in  a  regiment  from  frequenting  the 
privies  to  which  those  infected  by  this 
cruel  disorder  are  permitted  to  resort.     A 
tentry  should  always  be  posted  in  the  vi- 
cinity of  every  hospital  for  that  specific 
purpose. 

pTviMr   *>  army-     See  ARMY, 

FWNG-f*r%.     See  BRIDGE. 

FLYING  Artillery.  See  HORSE  AR- 
TILLERY. 

FLYING-Orw/>.     See  CAMP. 

FOCUS,  in  mining.     See  M  i  N  E . 

FODDER.     See  FORAGE. 

FOE.     See  ENEMY. 

FOIL,  in  fencing,  a  long  piece  of  steel 
of  an  elastic  temper,  mounted  somewhat 
like  a  sword,  which  is  used  to  learn  to 
fence  with ;  it  is  without  a  point,  or  any 
sharpness,  having  a  button  at  the  ex- 
jremity,  covered  with  leather. 

To  FOIL,  to  defeat. 

FOLLOWERS   of  a  camp,    Officers 
servants,  sutlers,  &c.     All  followers  of  j 
a  camp  are  subject  to  the  articles  of  war 
equally  with  the  soldiery. 

FOND,    ground,  properly  means  the 
surface  of  the  earth  which  lies  above  the 
•yater. 
'  JONDEMENS,  Fr.  foundation. 


FONDER  IE,  Fr.  forge,  ou  Four., 
neaux.  See  F^UNDERY. 

FONDS  destines  pour  le  payement,  dc 
troupes.  Fr.  Monies  issued  for  the  ser- 
vice of  the  army. 

FONTE  des  pieces  d1  artillerie.  The 
metal  used  in  the  casting  of  cannon  which 
consists  of  three  sorts  well  mixed  toge- 
ther, viz.  copper,  tin,  and  brass. 

FOOT,  in  a  military  sense,  signifies  all 
those  bodies  of  men  that  serve  on  foot. 
See  INFANTRY. 

FOOT  is  also  a  long  measure,  consist- 
ing of  12  inches.  Geometricians  divide 
the  foot  into  10  digits,  and  the  digits  into 
10  lines ;  but  we  after  the  manner  of  the 
English  divide  the  foot  into  12  inches, 
and  an  inch  into  12  lines,  and  a  line  into 
12  points.  The  French  call  the  i2th  part 
of  a  foot,  a.  line. 

A  square  FOOT,  is  the  same  measure, 
both  in  length  and  breadth,  containing 

12  -f-  12  =  144   square   or   superficial 
inches. 

A  cubic  FOOT,  is  the  same  measure  in 
all  the  three  dimensions,  length,  breadth, 
and  thickness ;  containing  12  -f-  12=  144 
-f-  12=*  1728  cubic  inches.  The  foot  is 
of  different  length  in  different  countries. 
The  Paris  royal  foot  exceeds  the  English 
by  9  lines ;  the  ancient  Roman  foot  of 
the  capitol  consisted  of  4  palms  =  1 1  4-  to 
English  inches ;  an.i  the  Rhineland  or 
Leyden  foot,  by  which  the  northern  na- 
tions go,  is  to  the  Roman  foot  as  950  to 
jooo.  The  proportions  of  the  principal 
feet  of  several  nations  are  as  follow .  The 
English  foot  divided  into  1000  parts,  or 
into  12  inches,  the  other  feet  will  be  as 
follow  : 


PLACES. 

IGOO 

parts 

tu 

o 

G 

1 

London  foot 

1000 

— 

12 

— 

Amsterdam 

942 

— 

11 

3 

Antwerp 

946 

— 

I  I 

2 

Bologna        - 

1204 

I 

2 

4 

Berlin 

1010 

I 

— 

2 

Bremen 

964 

— 

II 

6 

Cologne 

954 

— 

II 

4 

Copenhagen 

965 

— 

tl 

6 

Dantzic 

944 

— 

11 

3 

Dort 

1184 

I 

2 

Frankfort  on  the  Main 

948 

— 

II 

4 

The  Greek 

1007 

I 



i 

Mantua 

1569 

I 

6 

8 

Mechlin 

999 

— 

ii 

— 

Middlebourg 

991 

— 

ii 

9 

Paris  Royal 

1068 

I 



9 

Prague 

1026 

I 

— 

3 

Rhineland 

1033 

1 

— 

4 

Riga 

1831 

I 

9 

9 

Roman 

907 

— 

ii 

6 

Old  Roman 

970 

— 

ii 

8 

Scotch 

1005 

I 

— 

5-7 

Strasbourg 

920 

— 

ii 

Madrid 

899 

_  _ 

10 

7 

Lisbon 

I  ooo 

I 

6 

Turin 

1062 

I 

— 

7 

1  Venice 

1162 

I 

i 

9 

Tt  be  on  tie  SAME  FOOTING  luhb  ano- 
ther•,  is  to  be  under  the  same  circum- 
stances in  point  of  service;  to  hzive  the 
same  number  of  men,  and  the  same  pay, 
&c. 

To  gain  or  lose  ground  FOOT  by  FOOT, 
is  to  do  it  regularly  and  resolutely ;  de- 
fending every  thing  to  the  utmost  ex- 
trernity,  or  forcing  it  by  dint  of  art  or 
labor. 

FooT-&z>i'/£,  in  fortification.  See  BAN- 
QUETTE. 

FORAGE,  in  the  art  of  war,  implies 
hay,  straw,  and  oats,  for  the  subsistence 
of  the  army  horses.  This  forage  is  divid- 
ed into  rations,  one  of  which  is  a  day's 
allowance  for  a  horse,  and  contains  20  lb. 
of  hay,  loib.  of  oats  and  sib.  of  straw. 

Dry  FORAGE,  oats,  hay,  &c,  which 
are  delivered  out  of  magazines  to  a  gar- 
rison, or  to  troops  when  they  take  the 
field,  before  the  green  forage  is  sufficient- 
ly grown  to  be  cut  or  gathered. 

Green  FORAGE,  oats,  hay,  &c.  that 
have  been  recently  cut.  It  likewise 
means  meadow  pasture,  into  which  horses 
are  turned. 

When  the  British  cavalry  are  station- 
ed in  barracks,  the  number  of  rations 
of  forage  to  be  issued  to  the  horses  of 
the  officers,  Hon-commisskmed  officers, 
and  soldiers  is  not  to  exceed  what  fol- 
lows, and  is  to  be  confined  to  those 
"which  are  actually  effective  in  the  bar- 
racks. 

Rations. 

Field  officers,  having  4  effective 
horses  .  .  .4 

Captains,  having  3  ditto      .  3 

Subalterns    and    staff  officers, 
having  a  ditto  .  .          2 

Quarter  masters,  each        .  i 

Non-commissioned  officers  and 
private  men,  each  .  .          i 

For  each  of  which  rations  a  stoppage 
is  to  be  made  of  8j</.  per  diem. 

On  foreign  service  this  article  is  go- 
verned by  circumstances. 

FORCE,  an  armament  or  warlike 
preparation 

FORC  E,  in  a  military  sense,  any  body 
of  troops  collected  together  for  warlike 
enterprise 

Ejftctive  FORCES.  All  the  efficient 
parts  of  an  army  that  may  be  brought 
mto  action  are  called  effective,  and  ge- 
nerally consist  of  artillery,  cavalry,  and 
infantry,  with  their  necessary  appendages 
such  as  hospital  staff,  waggon-train,  ar- 
tificers and  pioneers  :  the  latter,  though 
they  cannot  be  considered  as  effective 
lighting  men,  constitute  so  far  a  part  of 
effective  forces,  that  no  army  could  main- 
tain the  field  without  them. 

Effective  FORCES  nj  a  country.  All 
the  disposable  strength,  vigour  and  acti- 
vity of  any  armed  proportion  of  native 
or  territorial  population.  The  navy  of 
Great  Britain  must  be  looked  upon  as 
part  of  the  effective  force  of  England,  to 
v/hhh  k  added  the  body  of  marines. 


Distribution  of  the  effective  FORCES  of 
a  country.  Under  this  head  may  be  con- 
sidered, not  only  the  effective  forces 
which  might  engage  an  enemy,  but  like- 
wise those  included  in  the  several  returns 
that  are  made  from  home  to  foreign  sta- 
tions to  the  war  office,  and  out  of  which 
a  grand  total  :;  formed  to  correspond 
with  the  estimates  that  are  annually  laid 
before  the  government. 

To  FORCE  <s  to  take  by  storm  ;  also 
to  man  the  works  of  a  garri 

To  FORCE  an  enemy  to  g:ve  battle.  To 
render  the  situation  of  an  enemy  so  ha- 
zardous, that  whether  he  atremp:  to 
quit  his  position,  or  endeavor  to  keep 
it,  his  capture  or  destruction  must  be 
equally  inevitable.  In  either  of 
desperate  cas^-s,  a  bold  and  determined 
general  will  not  wait  to  be  attacked,  but 
resolutely  advance  and  give  battle;  es- 
pecially if  circumstances  should  com- 
bine to  deprive  him  of  the  means  of 
honorable  capitulation.  This  can  only 
be  safely  effected,  by  having  previously 
disposed  your  own  forces  so  as  to  defy 
any  impression  on  his  part,  and  by  sub- 
sequent able  manoeuvres  to  have  it  in 
your  power  to  foil  his  attack 

To  FORCE  a  passage.  To  oblige  your 
enemy  to  retire  from  his  fastnesses,  and 
to  open  a  way  imo  the  country  which  he 
had  occupied.  This  may  be  clone  either 
by  coup  de  main,  or  renewal  of  assaults. 
in  either  case,  the  advancing  body 
should  be  well  supported  and  its  flanks  be 
secured  with  the  most  jealous  attention, 

FORCING  an  adversary's  guard  or 
blade,  a  term  used  in  the  science  of  broad- 
sword. 

"  If  at  any  time  your  antagonist  ap»- 
pears  languid  and  weak  on  his  guard, 
and  barely  covers  his  body  on  the  side  he 
is  opposed ;  by  stepping  well  forward, 
and  striking  the  fort  of  your  sword  smart- 
ly on  his  blade,  you  may  be  enabled  to 
deliver  a  cut  without  risk,  even  at  the 
part  he  intends  to  secure,  taking  care  to 
direct  your  blade  in  such  a  manner,  that 
the  plate  or  cross  bar  of  your  hilt  shall 
prevent  his  sword  from  coming  forward." 
Art  of  dejenceon  foot. 

FORCEPS,  an  instrument  used  in 
chirurgery,  to  extract  any  thing  out  of 
wounds  or  to  take  hold  of  dead  6r  cor- 
rupt flesh,  to  amputate.  It  is  made 
somewhat  in  the  shape  of  a  pair  of  tongs 
or  pincers,  with  grappling  ends.  Every 
regimental  surgeon,  or  assistant  surgeon, 
should  have  a  pair  among  his  set  of  in- 
struments. 

FORD.  The  shallow  part  of  a  river 
where  soldiers  may  pass  over  without  in- 
juring their  arms. 

FORE- RANK,  first  rank,  front. 

FO  R  E I G  i\  service,  in  a  general  sense, 
means  every  service  but  home.  In  a  more 
confined  and  native  acceptation  of  the 
term,  it  signifies  any  service  done  out  of 
the  limits  of  the  United  States,  or  thj 
dependent  territo: 


166 


FOR 


FOR 


FOREIGN  troops,  in  an  English  accep- 
tation, regiments  or  companies  which  are 
composed  of  aliens,  as  the  Hessians  in  the 
American  revolution.  Before  the  present 
war,  no  foreigner  could  bear  a  commis- 
sion in  the  British  service,  or  be  enlisted 
as  a  soldier. 

FORELAND,  in  fortification,  called 
by  the  French  pas  de  sour  is,  relais,  re- 
iraite,  berm  or  1'fx.ier,  a  confined  space  of 
ground  between  the  rampart  of  a  town 
or  fortified  place,  and  the  moat.  When- 
ever a  fortification  can  be  completed 
without  having  recourse  to  this  substi- 
tute for  stone,  (with  which  the  rampart 
ought  to  be  faced  )  it  certainly  is  advisa- 
ble to  go  to  -the  expence.  For  a  bold 
enemy,  who  has  once  made  his  way 
over  the  moat,  will  derive  considerable 
advantage  from  having  this  path  to  stand 
on.  It  is  generally  from  3  to  8  or  10  feet 
wide.  This  space  serves  to  receive  the 
demolished  parts  of  the  rampart,  and 
prevents  the  ditch  from  being  filled  up. 
In  Holland  the  foreland  is  planted  with 
thickset,  but  it  is  generally  faced  with 
palisades.  See  BERM. 

FORELAND,    )  any  point   of   land 

or  FORENESS,  $  which  juts  out  into 
the  sea. 

FORGE,  in  the  train  of  artillery,  is 
generally  called  a  tt avellittg  forge^  and 
may  not  be  improperly  called  a  portable 
smith's  shop  :  at  this  forgt-  all  manner  of 
smith's  work  is  made,  and  it  can  be  used 
upon  a  march,  as  well  as  in  carnp.  For- 
merly they  were  very  ill  contrived,  with 
2  wheels  only,  and  wooden  supporters  to 
prop  the  forge  for  working  when  in  the 
park.  Of  late  years  they  are  made  with 
4  wheels,  which  answers  the  purpose 
much  better. 

FORCE  for  red  hot  balls,  is  a  place 
where  the  balls  are  made  red-hot  before 
they  are  fired  off:  it  is  built  about  5  or 
6  feet  below  the  surface  of  the  ground, 
of  strong  brick  work,  and  an  iron  grate, 
iipon  which  the  balls  are  laid,  with  a 
very  large  fire  under  them.  See  RED-HOT 
BALLS. 

FORKHEAD.     See  BARB. 

FORLORN->6opf,  in  the  military  art, 
signifies  men  detached  from  several  re- 
giments, or  otherwise  appointed  to  make 
the  first  attack  in  the  day  of  battle ;  or  at 
a  siege,  to  storm  the  counterscarp,  mount 
the  breach,  &c.  They  are  so  called  from 
the  great  danger  they  are  unavoidably 
exposed  to;  but  the  expression  is  old, 
and  begins  to  be  obsolete. 

To  FORM,  in  a  general  acceptation  of 
the  term,  is  to  assume  or  produce  any 
shape  or  figure,  extent  or  depth  of  line 
or  column,  by  means  of  prescribed  rules 
in  military  movements  or  dispositions. 

To  FORM  from  file,  among  cavalry .  The 
f.-ont  tile  halts  at  a  given  point :  the  rest, 
or  remaining  files  successively  ride  up  at 
smart  gallop,  taking  care  to  halt 
tn  time,  and  not  to  over-run  the  ground, 
if  the  formation  is  by  doubling  round 


the  front  file,  (in  a  formation,  for  in- 
stance, to  the  rear  of  the  march,  or  to 
the  right  when  inarched  from  the  right,) 
the  files  must  double  as  close  round  as 
possible  and  with  the  utmost  expedition. 
In  forming  from  file,  particular  attention 
should  be  given  to  make  the  men  put 
their  horses  quite  straight  as  they  come 
in.  They  must  keep  their  bodies  square, 
dress  by  a  slight  cast  of  the  eye  towards 
the  point  of  formation,  and  close  and 
dress  in  an  instant,  A  dragoon,  in  fact, 
must  no  sooner  get  into  the  ranks,  than 
his  attention  should  be  given  to  remain 
steady,  well  closed  and  dressed.  It  is  ge- 
nerally required,  that  when  the  cavalry 
forms,  each  man  must  come  up  in  file  to 
his  place,  and  by  no  means  move  up  to  his 
leader,  till  that  leader  has  formed  to 
which  ever  hand  the  file  is  forming  to. 
The  whole  must  follow  the  exact  track 
of  the  first  leader,  and  come  up  one  by 
one  into  their  respective  places  in  squad, 
ron. 

To  FORM  to  the  front.  To  move  nim- 
bly up  from  file  into  ranks,  and  close 
to  your  leader,  whether  on  foot,  or  horse- 
back. 

To  FORM  to  the  rear.  To  double  round 
your  leaders,  who  have  themselves  turn- 
ed and  faced. 

To  FORM  to  a  proper  Jlank .  To  turn  and 
close  in  to  your  leader. 

To  FORM  to  a  reverse  ^flank.  To  pass, 
turn  and  successively  close  to  your  leaders. 

In  all  formations  from  file,  the  whole, 
till  otherwise  directed,  dress  to  the  hand 
to  which  the  squadron,  or  division  forms. 
See  Am.  Mil.  Lib. 

To  FORM  by  moving  in  front,  and  suc- 
cessively arriving  in  line,  is  by  divisions, 
or  distinct  bodies,  to  advance  forward  by 
word  of  command  towards  any  given 
point  of  alignement,  On  these  occasions 
the  eyes  of  the  whole  are  turned  to  the 
hand  to  which  they  are  to  form,  and  from 
which  they  preserve  required  distances. 
The  leading  officer  must  be  on  the  inivard 
flank  of  his  division  ;  he  conducts  it  to  its 
point  of  junction  in  line,  and  from  thence 
dresses  and  corrects  it  on  the  person,  who 
is  previously  placed  beyond  him,  and  pro. 
longing  the  general  line.  The  outward 
dank  of  the  last  formed  and  halted  body, 
is  always  considered  as  the  point  of  con- 
junction (necessary  intervals  included)  of 
the  succeeding  one.  Thus  the  looking 
and  lining  of  the  soldier  is  always  towards 
that  point,  and  the  flank  of  the  line  form- 
ed to ;  and  the  correction  of  dressing  by 
the  officer  is  always  made  from  that  point 
towards  the  other  flank.  Therefore  on 
all  occasions  of  moving  up,  forming  and 
dressing  in  line,  by  the  men  lining  them, 
selves  to  one  hand  ( inwards}  and  the  of- 
ficers correcting  to  the  other  ( ' outwards} 
the  must  perfect  line  may  be  obtained. 
Commanding  officers  of  regiments,  when 
a  considerable  line  is  forming,  must  take 
every  advantage  from  timeously  throw- 
ing but  intelligent  guides  to  give  them 


FOR 


FOR 


true  points  in  the  general  line.  In  the 
French  service  these  persons  are  called 
jalonneurs  from  jalonner,  to  fix  any  thing, 
by  which  any  true  direction,  perpendi- 
cular or  otherwise,  may  be  obtained;  the 
word  guide  is  the  best  translation  of  the 
word  jalonneur,  and  it  is  so  used  in  the 
American  Military  Library. 

To  FORM  //>«-,  is  to  wheel  to  the  right 
or  left  from  open  column  of  divisions, 
subdivisions,  or  sections,  according  to 
prescribed  rules,  so  as  to  present  one  con- 
tinued front  or  straight  line ;  or  to  deploy 
from  close  column  for  the  same  end,  or 
to  file  to  the  front. 

To  FORM  rank  entire,  is  to  extend  the 
front  of  a  battalion  or  company  by  re- 
ducing  it  to  the  least  possible  depth,  from 
any  existing  number  of  ranks. 

To  FORM  two  Jeep,  is  from  rank  entire 
or  from  three  deep  to  produce  a  regular 
line  of  files. 

To  FORM  three  deep,  is  to  add  the  depth 
of  one  half  file  to  two  deep,  and  to  pro- 
duce the  natural  formation  of  a  battalion 
in  line. 

To  F o  R  M  four  deep,  is  to  diminish  the 
natural  extent  of  a  battalion  formed  in 
line,  by  adding  one  half-file  to  its  depth. 

To  FORM  ecbellon,  is,  from  line,  or 
open  column,  to  wheel  a  given  number 
of  paces  forward  or  backward,  so  as  to 
produce  a  diagonal  or  oblique  direction 
in  the  different  proportions  of  a  line,  the 
outward  flank  of  each  succeeding  d;  vision, 
company  or  section,  constantly  preserv- 
ing a  perpendicular  direction,  at  a  regu- 
lated distance,  from  the  inward  flank  of 
its  leader,  until  it  arrive  at  its  point  of 
junction. 

To  FORM  line  by  echillon,  is  to  advance 
in  column  towards  any  given  object  by  a 
diagonal  movement,  so  as  eventually  to 
produce  a  regular  continuity  of  front. 
See  ECHELLON  or  DIAGONAL  move- 
ment. 

To  FORM  close  column,  is  to  march  by 
files  in  detached  proportions  of  a  line,  till 
each  proportion  shall  arrive  in  front  or  in 
rear  of  any  given  body. 

To  FORM  open  column,  is  to  wheel 
backwards  or  forwards,  or  to  march  out 
by  files,  so  that  the  several  proportions 
of  a  line  may  stand  in  a  perpendicular 
direction  to  one  another,  with  intervals 
between  them  equal  to  the  extent  of 
their  front. 

To  FORM  circle,  is  to  march  a  battalion 
or  company  standing  in  line  from  its  two 
flanks;  the  leading  files  bringing  their 
right  and  left  shoulders  forward,  so  as  to 
unite  the  whole  in  a  circular  continuity 
of  files.  On  the  word  of  command — To 
the  right  and  left,  form  circle,  the  two  flank 
files  bring  their  right  and  left  shoulders 
forward;  and  on  the  word  quick,  march, 
the  whole  advance.  The  centre  marks 
time,  each  file  from  the  direct  central 
i  one  gradually  inclining  to  right  and  left 
till  the  junction  of  the  two  extremes  has 
been  completed. 


The  general  use  which  is  made  of  this 
formation  is  to  punish  offenders,  or  to 
convey  public  orders  to  the  men  in  such 
a  manner,  that  every  individual  may  have 
an  equal  opportunity  of  hearing  what  is 
read,  or  delivered  to  the  whoje  battalion. 

To  FORM  on,  is  to  advance  forward, 
so  as  to  connect  yourself  with  any  given 
object  of  formation,  and  to  lengthen  the 
line. 

To  FORM  on  a  front  division,  is  from 
close,  or  open  column,  or  by  the  march 
in  echellon,  to  arrive  by  a  parallel  move- 
ment at  the  right  or  left  of  any  given  di- 
vision, by  which  means  a  prolongation 
of  the  line  is  produced.  XVV hen  this  for- 
mation takes  place  with  the  right  in  front, 
the  officer  of  the  second,  or  leading  divi- 
sion [the  first  standing  fast,  and  all  the 
rest  facing  to  the  left)  having  stepped  out 
to  the  right  at  the  words  quick  March !  al- 
lows his  division  led  by  his  serjeant  ta 
go  on  a  space  equal  to  its  front,  and  then 
gives  his  word  front,  dtess,  halt ;  his  Ser- 
jeant still  remaining  on  the  left  of  his  di- 
vision. The  officer  being  still  on  the 
right  of  his  division,  immediately  gives 
the  word  march !  and  the  division  pro- 
ceeds at  the  ordinary  step  towards  its 
place  in  the  alignement.  He  steps  nim- 
bly forward,  and  obliques  so  as  to  be 
within  the  third  file  of  the  left  flank  of 
the  preceding  division,  and  is  thui>  ready 
to  give  the  words,  dress,  bah !  at  the  in- 
stant his  inward  flank  man  joins  that  di- 
vision. He  then  expeditiously  corrects 
his  men,  (who  have  dressed  upon  the 
formed  part  of  the  line,  on  the  distant 
given  point)  and  resumes  his  proper  post 
in  line.  Great  care  should  be  taken  in 
these  movements  to  prevent  the  outward 
flank  of  every  advancing  division  from 
over-stepping  its  ground  ;  as  it  is  a  gene, 
ral  principle  in  dressing,  to  be  rather  be- 
hind the  preceding  formed  division  at  the 
word  dress,  than  before  it ;  the  word  halt 
being  the  final  and  conclusive  direction, 
and  the  dressing  of  ranks  being  more  ea- 
sily attained  by  a  forward  than  a  back- 
ward movement. 

In  this  manner  every  other  division 
proceeds  ;  each  officer  advancing,  with  a 
firm,  steady  step,  in  a  perpendicular  di- 
rection towards  his  point  of  formation, 
while  the  flank  serjeant  remains  at  his 
point  in  the  line,  till  the  succeeding  offi- 
cer, who  has  dressed  his  division,  arrives 
to  replace  him;  after  which  the  serjeant 
overs  his  own  officer. 

To  FORM  on  a  rear  division,  is  to  face 
all  the  preceding  divisions  which  are  in 
column  to  the  right,  (the  point  of  form- 
ing having  been  previously  taken  in  that 
direction,  as  far  as  the  prolongation  of  the 
head  division  will  extend,  and  just  be- 
yond where  the  right  of  the  battalion  is  to 
come)  and  to  uncover  the  rear  one,  so  a.-, 
to  enable  it  to  advance  forward  to  a  given 
point  on  the  left,  and  take  up  its  place  in 
the  aligtfement. 

ke  leader  of  the  front  or  head  {'>• 


168 


FOR 


FOR 


having  been  shewn  the  distant  point  in 
the  alignement  on  which  lie  is  to  march, 
a;:c]  having  taken  his  intermediate  points, 
if  necessary,  at  the  wordmarcb,  the  laced 
divsi  ,!.b  b'icp  oil"  quick,  heads  of  tiles  are 
dr.  ssixJ  to  the  left,  the  front  one  moves  in 
tin  ,-inuiV-nunt  with  scrupulous  exacti- 
d'ld  the  others  continue  in  a  paral- 
lel direction  close  on  its  right ;  each  care- 
fuilv  preserving  its  relative  points  of  pro- 
longation, and  being  fronted  by  its  officer  I 
the  instant  it  >;ets  upon  the  ground, 
vhich  is  perpendicular  to  its  intended 
formation  in  line. 

As  soon  as  'he  rear  division  is  un- 
covered, ."nd  lias  received  the  word  march, 
it  proceeds  forward,  and  when  arrived 
•within  a  lew  paces  of  its  ground,  the 
officer  commanding  steps  nimbly  up  to 
the  detached  officer  or  Serjeant,  who  has 
carefully  marked  its  left  in  the  new  po- 
sition, gives  the  words  dress,  halt,  and 
quickly  corrects  his  division  on  the  dis- 
tant point  of  formation  ;  after  which  he 
replaces  his  serjeanton  the  right  of  his  di- 
vision. As  the  officer  who  conducts  this 
division  has  necessarily  the  longest  ex- 
tent of  ground  to  march  on,  he  must  take 
especial  care  to  observe  his  perpendicular 
direction,  constantly  keeping  the  diffe- 
rent points  of  formation  in  his  eye,  and 
preserving  a  perfect  squareness  of  per- 
son. Tha  intermediate  divisions  will 
successively  proceed  and  advance  as  the 
ground  opens  before  them. 

To  FORM  en  a  central,  division.  To 
execute  this  manoeuvre,  the  front  and  rear 


divisions  must  deploy,  or  open,  so  as  to 
uncover  the  named  division,  and  enable  it 
to  move  up  to  a  given  point  of  aligne- 
ment. A  forming  point  must  be  given 
ro  both  flanks  in  the  prolongation  of  the 
head  division. 

When  the  caution  of  forming  on  a  cen- 
tral division  has  been  given,  the  leading 
officers  will  shift  to  the  heads  of  their 
several  divisions,  the  instant  they  have 
been  faced  according  to  the  hand  which 
leads  to  their  ground.  The  files  during 
their  deployment  must  be  kept  close, 
and  well  locked  up  ;  and  when  fronted, 
must  instantly  be  corrected  in  their 
dressing  before  they  march  forward. 
The  central  division,  wlien  uncovered, 
moves  up  into  line  to  its  marked  flank. 
Those  that  were  in  front  of  it  proceed  as 
in  forming  on  a  rear  division;  those 
that  were  in  rear  ot  it  proceed  as  in 
forming  on  a  front  division.  By  means 
of  those  three  formations,  which  are 
eilccted  by  the  deployment,  or  flank 
march,  every  battalion  in  close  column, 
;n;iy  uncover  and  extend  its  several  di- 
visions. The  previous  formation  of 
close  column  upon  given  proportions  of 
4  brigade,  battalion',  &c.  is  done  by 
facing,  and  moving  iaivafds,  and  thus 
contracting  the  Original  line  with  any 
given  division  for  the  head;  which  line 
may  again  be  restored  by  the  different 


divisions  facing  and  moving  outwards,  as 
we  have  just  described. 

To  FORM  line  on  a  rear  company  of  the 
open  column  standing  inechellen,  that  com- 
pany remains  placed;  the  others  face 
about,  wheel  back  on  the  pivot  flanks 
of  the  column,  as  being  those  which 
afterwards  first  come  into  line.  On  the 
word  march,  they  move  forward,  and 
then/re;//,  halt,  dress,  successively,  in  the 
line  of  the  rear  company. 

To  FORM  line  on  the  rtar  company  facing 

|  to  the  rear  of  the  open  column  standing  in 

;  cchelu.n,  the    whole   column  must   first 
countermarch,    each   company  by  files, 

j  and  then  proceed  as  in  forming  on  a  front 

;  company. 

To  F  o »  M  line  on  a  central  company  cf 
the  open  column,  that  company  stands  fast, 
or  is  wheeled  on  its  own  centre  into  a 
new  required  direction.  Those  in  front, 
must  be  ordeied  to  face  about.  The 
whole,  except  the  central  company, 
must  wheel  back  the  named  number  of 
paces.  Those  in  front,  on  the  proper 
pivot  flanks  of  the  column,  and  those  in 
its  rear  on  the  reverse  flanks,  such  being 
the  flanks  that  first  arrive  in  line.  The 
whole  then  marches  in  line  with  the 
central  company.  See  Am.  Mil.  Lib. 

To  FORM  line  from  close  column  on  a 
rear  company  facing  to  the  rear,  the  whole 
of  the  column  changes  front  by  counter- 
marching each  company  by  files.  The 
rear  company  stands  fast,  and  the  remain- 
ing coin  panics  face  to  the  right,  deploy, 
successively  front,  halt,  dress,  and  move 
up  into  the  alignement. 


up  into  the  alignement. 

To  FORM  line  from  close  column  on  a 
central  company  facing  to  the  rear,  the  cen- 
tral company  countermarches  and  stands 
fast;  the  other  companies  face  out- 
wards, countermarch,  deploy,  and  suc- 
cessively march  up  to  the  alignement. 

Whenever  the  column  is  a  retiring  one, 
and  the  line  is  to  front  to  the  rear,  the 
divisions  must  each  countermarch  before 
the  formation  begins.  In  which  case 
the  head  would  be  thrown  back,  and  the 
the  rear  forward. 

To  FORM  en  potence,  tp  wheel  the  right 
or  left  flank  of  a  body  of  men,  or  to 
march  them  forward  by  files,  so  as  to 
make  that  proportion  of  a  line  face  in- 
wards, and  resemble  a  -potence  or  angle. 
A  double  potence  may  be  formed  by  run- 
ning out  both  flanks,  so  that  they  stand  in 
a  perpendicular  direction  facing  towards 
each  other  like  the  letter  A,  or  thus,  N —  /; 
these  oblique  lines  are  the  potence,  so  na- 
med by  the  power  of  their  crossfire.  This 
formation  is  not  only  extremely  useful  on 
actual  service,  but  it  conduces  greatly  to 
the  accommodation  of  any  body  of  men 
which  may  be  marched  into  a  place  that 
has  not  sufficient  extent  of  ground  to  re- 
ceive it  in  line. 

FORMATION,  in  a  military  sense, 
the  methodical  arrangement,  or  drawing 
up  of  any  given  body  of  men  mounter!, 


FOR 


FOR 


169 


or  on  foot,  according  to  prescribed  rules 
and  regulations. 

Cavalry  FORMATION,  consists  of  the 
following  proportions. 

Squadrons  of  cavalry  are  composed 
each  of  two  troops  ;  regiments  are  com- 
posed of  ten. 

FORMATION  of  a  troop,  is  the  drawing 
out  of  a  certain  number  of  men  on 
horseback  on  their  troop  parade,  in  a 
rank  entire,  fixed  according  to  the  size 
roll,  the  tallest  men  in  the  centre. 

FORMATION  of  the  squadron,  is  the 
military  disposition  of  two  troops  that 
compose  it  closed  into  each,  from  their 
several  troop  parades.  In  this  situation, 
the  officers  move  out,  and  form  in  a  rank 
advanced  two  horses  length,  fronting  to 
their  troops.  The  se.  jeants  and  covering 
corporals 'rein  back,  a,:d  dress  with  the 
quarter- master  in  the  rear.  When  the 
formation  of  a  squadron  has  been  com- 
pleted, and  its  component  parts  have 
been  accurately  told  elf,  the  commanding 
officer  is  advanced  a  horse's  length  before 
the  standard.  Two  officers  are  posted,  one 
on  each  flank  of  the  front  rank,  covered 
by  a  ::on-commissioned  officer.  One  offi- 
cer is  posted  in  the  centre  of  the  front  rank 
with  the  standard,  and  is  covered  by  a  cor- 
poral. The  Serjeants  are  placed,  o::e 
on  the  right  of  the  front  of  each  of  the 
four  divisions,  except  the  right  one,  and 
each  is  covered  by  a  corporal  or  private 
dragoon.  The  serre-files  or  supernumc. 
rary  officers  and  Serjeants,  the  quarter- 
masters and  trumpeters,  are  in  the  rear 
of  their  several  troops,  divided  in  a  line, 
at  two  horses  distance  from  the  rear  rank. 
Farriers  are  behind  the  serre-files  a 
horse's  length.  Allowance  is  always 
made  for  sick  and  absent  officers  and 
non-commissioned  officers  ;  and  if  a  suf- 
ficient number  of  any  rank  is  not  present, 
then  Serjeants  replace  officers,  corporals 
replace  Serjeants,  and  lance-corporals  or 
intelligent  men  replace  corporals. 

Formation,  considered  as  to  general 
circumstances,  admits  of  a  few  deviations 
irom  the  strict  letter  of  the  term.  In 
order  to  preserve  each  troop  entire,  it 
is  not  material,  if  one  division  be  a  file 
stronger  than  another.  The  flank  di- 
visions indeed,  both  in  cavalry  and  in- 
fantry regiments,  will  be  strongest  from 
the  addition  of  officers.  Officers,  in  the 
formation  of  squadrons,  are  recommended 
to  be  posted  with  their  troops.  Corpo- 
rals not  wanted  to  mark  the  divisions,  or 
to  cover  officers  or  Serjeants,  will  be  in 
the  ranks  according  to  their  size,  or  be 
placed  in  the  outward  flank  file  of  their 
troops.  Farriers  are  considered  as  detach- 
ed in  all  situations  of  manoeuvre. 

All  these  general  circumstances  of  for-  , 
mation  apply  and  take  place,  whether  the 
squadron  be  composed  of  two,  or  more 
troops,  and  whether  the  troops  be  more 
or  less  strong. 

General  modes  of  FORMATION,  are 
when  a  regiraent^broken  into  and  march- 


ing in  open  column,  must  arrive  at  and 
enter  on  the  ground  on  which  it  is  to 
form  in  line,  either  in  the  direction  of  that 
line,  perpendicular  to  that  line,  or  in  a 
direction  more  or  less  oblique  betwixt  the 
other  two. 

Infantry ^  FORM  \TION,  is  the  arrange- 
ment or  disposition  of  any  given  number 
of  men  on  foot  according  to  prescribed 
rules  and  regulations.  When  the  com- 
panies join,  which  are  generally  ten  in 
number,  the  battalion  is  formed ;  there  is 
not  to  be  any  interval  between  the  relative 
parts,  but  the  whole  front  must  present 
a  continuity  of  points,  and  one  compact 
regular  line  from  one  flank  file  to  the 
other. 

The  formation  or  drawing  up  of  the 
companies  will  be  from  right  to  left. 
There  is  much  folly  prevalent  on  the  sub- 
ject of  positions  of  companies.  Steuben's- 
work  has  endeavored  to  fix  a  plan  of  al- 
ternation ;  but  failed.  A  simple  prin- 
ciple would  be  to  number  the  companies 
from  right  to  left,  and  form  the  first  bat- 
talion of  i,  3,  5,  7,  9,  and  the  second  of 
2,  4,  6,  8,  10.  Officers  commanding  com- 
panies or  platoons  are  all  on  the  right  of 
their  respective  ones. 

The  eight  battalion  companies  will 
compose  four  grand  divisions — eight  com- 
panies or  platoons — sixteen  subdivisions 
— thirty-two  sections,  when  sufficiently 
strong  to  be  so  divided,  otherwise  twenty- 
four,  for  the  purposes  cf  march.  The 
battalion  is  likewise  divided  into  right 
and  left  wings.  When  the  battalion  is 
on  a  war  establishment,  each  company 
will  be  divided  into  two  equal  parts. 
When  the  ten  companies  are  with  the 
battalion,  they  may  then  be  divided  into 
five  grand  divisions  from  right  to  left. 
This  is  done  to  render  the  firings  more 
exact,  and  to  facilitate  deploy  move- 
ments. 

The  battalion  companies  will  be  num. 
bered  from  the  right  to  the  left  i.  2.  3.  4. 
5.  6.  7.  8.  The  subdivisions  will  be 
numbered  1.2.  of  each.  The  sections  will 
be  numbered  i.  2.  3.  4.  of  each.  The 
files  of  companies  will  also  be  numbered 
i.  2.  3.  4.  &c.  the  grenadier  and  light 
companies  will  be  numbered  seperately 
in  the  same  manner,  and  with  the  addi- 
tion or'  those  distinctions.  No  alteration 
is  to  be  made  in  these  appellations 
whether  the  battalion  be  faced  to  front 
or  rear. 

FORMATION  at  close  order,  re  the  ar- 
rangement of  any  given  number  of  men  in 
ranks  at  the  distance  of  one  pace,  except 
where  there  is  a  fourth,  or  supernume- 
rary rank,  which  has  three  paces.  In 
firing  order  the  ranks  are  more  closely 
locked  in. 

When  a  battalion  is  formed  in  close 
order,  the  field  officers  and  adjutant  are 
mounted.  The  commanding  officer  i:; 
the  only  officer  advanced  in  front  tor  the 
general  purpose  of  exercise,  when  the 
battaVion  i*  single ;  but  in  the  march  in 
T 


170 


F  O  R 


line,  and  during  the  firings,  he  is  in  the 
rear  of  the  colors.  The  lieutenant  colo- 
nel is  behind  the  colors,  six  paces  from 
the  rear  sank.  The  major  ami  adjutant 
are  six  pacts  in  the  rear  of  the  third  and 
.•'ixth  companies.  One  officer  is  on  the 
right  of  tlie  front  rank  of  each  company 
or  platoon,  and  one  on  the  left  of  t'.ic  bat- 
talion. All  these  are  covered  in  the  rear 
by  their  respective  Serjeants,  and  the  re- 
maining oilicers  and  Serjeants  arc  in  a 
fourth  rank  behind  their  companies. 
There  are  no  toverers  in  the  <.er,trc  rank 
to  officers  or  colors.  The  colors  arc  plac- 
ed between  the  fourth  and  fifth  battalion 
companies,  both  in  the  front  rank,  and 
each  covered  by  a  non-commissioned  of- 
ficer, or  steady  man  in  the  rear  rank. 
One  serjcant  is'  in  the  front  rank  betwixt 
the  colors  ;  he  is  cov,  red  by  a  second  ser- 
jeant in  the  rear  rank,  and  by  a  third  in 
the  supernumerary  rank.  The  sole  busi- 
ness of  the^c  three  Serjeants  is,  when  the 
battalion  moves  in  line,  to  act  as  guides, 
and  direct  the  march  according  to  pre- 
scribed instructions.  The  place  of  the 
first  of  those  Serjeants,  when  they  do 
move  out,  is  preserved  by  a  named  officer 
or  serjeant,  who  moves  up  from  the  su- 
pernumerary rank  for  that  purpose.  The 
pioneers  are"  assembled  behind  the  centre, 
formed  two  dee]),  and  nine  paces  from 
the  third  rank.  The  drummers  of  the 
eight  battalion  companies  are  assembled 
in  two  divisions,  six  paces  behind  the 
third  rank  of  their  2d  and  7th  compa- 
nies. The  music  are  three  paces  behind 
the  pioneers,  in  a  single  rank,  and  at  all 
times,  as  well  as  the  drummers  and  pio- 
neers, are  formed  at  loose  files  only,  oc- 
cupying no  more  space  than  is  necessary. 
The  staff  officers  are  three  paces  behind 
the  music. 

FORMATION  at  open  order,  is  any  oprn 
disposition,  or  arrangement  of  men  by 
ranks,  at  straight  lines  paralU-1  to  each 
other. 

When  a  battalion  is  directed  to  take 
open  order,  the  rear  ranks  fall  back  one 
and  two  paces,  each  dressing  by  the  right 
the  instant  it  arrives  on  the  ground.  The 
officers  in  the  front  rank,  as  also  the  co- 
lors, move  out  three  paces.  Those  in 
the  rear,  together  with  the  music,  ad- 
vance through  the  intervals  left  open  by 
the  front  rank  officers,  and  divide  them- 
selves in  the  following  manner  :  the  cap- 
tains covering  the  second  file  from  the 
right,  the  lieutenants  the  second  file  from 
the  left,  and  the  ensigns  opposite  the 
centre  of  their  respective  companies.  The 
music  form  between  the  colors  and  the 
front  rank.  The  serjeant  coverers  move 
up  to  the  front  rank,  to  fill  up  the  inter- 
vals left  by  the  officers.  The  pioneers 
fall  back  to  six  paces  distance  behind  the 
centre  of  the  rear  rank.  The  drummers 
take  the  same  distance  behind  their  di- 
visions. The  major  moves  to  the  right 
of  the  line  of  officers  ;  the  adjutant  to  the 

left  of  the  front  rank.    The  staff  place 


themselves  on  the  rijrht  of  the  front  rank 
of  the  grenadiers.  The  coloml  and  lieu- 
tenant-colonel dis;:.ounted,  advance  be- 
fore the  colors  four  and  two  paces. 

FORMERS,  round  pieces  of  wood 
that  aie  fitted  to  the  d:ameter  of  the  bore 
of  a  gun,  round  which  the  cartridge  paper, 
parchment,  lead,- or  cotton  is  rolled  before 
it  is  sewed. 

FORMERS  were  likewise  used  among 
officers  and  soldiers  to  reduce  their  clubs 
to  an  uniform  shape,  before  the  general 
introduction  of  tails. 

F  o  R  M  A.T  i  o  K  of  guards.  See  GUARDS. 

FORT,  in  the  military  art,  a  small 
fortified  place,  environed  on  all  sides  with 
a  ditch,  rampart,  and  parapet.  Its  use 
is  to  secure  some  high  ground,  or  the  pas- 
sage of  a  river,  or  to  make  good  an  advan- 
tageous post,  to  defend  the  lines  and 
quarters  of  a  siege,  &c. 

Forts  are  made  of  different  figures  and 
extents,  according  to  the  exigency  of  the 
service,  or  the  peculiar  nature  of  the 
ground.  Some  are  fortified  with  bastions, 
others  with  demi-bastions.  Some  are  in 
form  of  a  square,  others  oF  a  pentagon. 
Some  again  are  made  in  the  form  of  a  stary 
having  5  or  7  angles.  A  fort  differs  from 
a  citadel,  the  last  being  built  to  command 
some  town.  See  CITADEL. 

.Kyc;/-FoRT,  one  whose  line  of  defence 
is  at  least  26  toises  long. 

Triangular  FORTS,  are  frequently  made 
with  half  bastions  ;  but  they  are  verv 
imperfect,  because  the  faces  are  not  seen 
or  defended  from  any  other  part.  If,  in- 
stead af  being  terminated  at  the  angle, 
they  were  directed  to  a  point  about  20 
toises  from  it,  they  would  be  much  bet- 
j  tcr,  as  then  they  might  be  defended  by 
that  length  of  the  rampart,  though  but 
very  obliquely.  The  ditch  ought  to  be 
from  8  to  10  toises.  Sometimes  instead 
of  half  bastions  at  the  angles,  whole  ones 
are  placed  in  the  middle  of  the  sides.  The 
gorges  of  these  bastions  may  be  from  20  to 
24  toises,  when  the  sides  are  from  100  to 
120;  the  flanks  are  perpendicular  to  the 
sides,  from  10  to  12  toises  long;  and  the 
capitals  from  20  to  24.  If  the  sides  hap. 
pen  to  be  more  or  less,  the  parts  of  the 
bastions  are  likewise  made  more  or  less  in 
proportion.  The  ditch  round  this  fort 
maybe  10  or  12  toises  wide. 

The  ramparts  and  parapets  of  these 
sorts  of  works  are  commonly  made'  of 
turf,  and  the  outside  of  the  parapet  is 
fraiscd;  that  is,  a  row  of  pallisades  arc 
placed  about  the  middle  of  the  slope,  in 
an  horizontal  manner,  the  points  declin- 
ing rather  a  little  downwards,  that  the 
grenades  or  fireworks  thrown  upon  them 
may  roll  down  into  the  ditch  -T  and  if  the 
ditch  is  dry,  a  row  of  pallisades  should 
be  placed  in  the  middle  of  it,  to  prevent 
the  enemy  from  passing  over  it  unper- 
ceived,  and  to  secure  the  fort  from  any 
surprise. 

FORT  de  catnpagne,  Fr.  a  field  fortifi- 
cation. See  FORTIFICATION. 


FOR 


FOR 


in 


FORTE  RE SSE,  />.  Fortress.  Any 
strong  place  rendered  so  by  art,  or  origi- 
nally so  by  local  ad  vantages,  or  by  means 
of  both  nature  and  art.  Places  which  are 
strong  by  nature  generally  stand  upon 
mountains,  precipices,  in  the  middle  of  a 
Hiarsh,  on  the  sea-coast,  in  a  lake,  or  on 
the  banks  ot  some  large  river.  Places 
which  are  strong  by  art,  owe  their 
strength  to  the  labor  of  man,  whose  inge- 
nuity and  perseverance  substitute  ditches 
and  ramparts  where  mountains  and  rivers 
are  wanting. 

FORTIFICATION,  is  the  art  of  for- 
tifying  a  town,  or  other  place;  or  of  put- 
ting it  in  such  a  posture  of  defence,  that 
every  one  of  its  parts  defends,  and  is  de- 
fended by  some  other  parts,  by  means  of 
ramparts,  parapets,  ditches,  and  other 
outworks  ;  to  the  end  that  a  small  num- 
ber of  men  within  may  be  able  to  defend 
themselves  for  a  considerable  time  against 
the  assaults  of  a  numerous  army  without ; 
so  that  the  enemy,  in  attacking  them, 
jrmst  of  necessity  suffer  great  loss. 

Fortification  may  be  divided  into  ancient 
and  modern ;  offensive,  and  defensive ; 
regular,  and  irregular;  natural,  and  ar- 
tificial, &c. 

Anchnt  FORTIFICATION,  at  first, 
consisted  of  walls  or  defences  made  of 
trunks,  and  other  branches  of  trees,  mix- 
ed with  earth,  for  security  against  the 
attacks  of  an  enemy,  invention  owes  its 
origin  to  necessity ;  fortification  seeir.s  to 
have  had  fear  for  its  basis  ;  for  when  man 
had  no  other  enemy  but  the  wild  beasts, 
the  walls  of  his  cottage  were  his  security  j 
but  when  pride,  ambition,  and  avarice, 
had  possessed  the  minds  of  the  strong  and 
the  daring  to  commit  violences  upon  their 
weaker  neighbors,  either  to  subject  them 
to  new  laws,  or  to  plunder  their  little  in- 
heritance, it  was  natural  for  the  latter  to 
contrive  how  to  defend  themselves  from 
such  injuries. 

Our  Aborigines  of  North  America, 
have  left  traces  of  fortification  in  its  infan- 
cy, of  which  there  are  some  curious  and 
magnificent  remains  on  the  Miami  river, 
in  the  state  of  Ohio. 

There  are  abundance  of  Indian  villages 
fenced  round  by  long  stakes  driven  into 
the  ground,  with  moss  or  earth  to  fill  the 
intervals  ;  and  this  is  their  security  (to- 
gether with  their  own  vigilance)  against 
the  cruelty  of  the  savage  neighboring 
nations 

Nor  is  fortification  much  less  ancient 
than  mankind  ;  for  Cain,  the  son  of  Adam, 
built  a  city  with  a  wall  round  it  upon 
mount  Liban,  and  called  it  after  the  name 
of  his  son  Enoch,  the  ruins  of  which,  it 
is  said,  are  to  be  seen  to  this  day ;  and 
the  Babylonians,  soon  after  the  deluge, 
built  cities  and  encompassed  them  with 
strong  walls. 

At  first  people  thought  themselves  safe 
enough  with  a  single  wall,  behind  which 
they  made  vise  of  their  darts  and  arrows 


with  safety  :  but  as  other  warlike  instru- 
ments were  contlnhtilly  invented  to  de- 
stroy these  feeble  structures,  so  on  the 
other  hand  persons  acting  on  the  defen- 
sive were  obliged  to  build  stronger  and 
stronger  to  resist  the  new  contrived  force.-. 
of  the  desperate  assailants. 

What  improvements  they  made  in 
strengthening  their  walls  many  ages  ago, 
appear  from  history.  The  first  walls  we 
ever  read  of,  and  which  were  built  by 
Cain,  were  of  brick ;  and  the  anciou 
Grecians,  long  before  Rome  was  ever 
thought  of,  used  brick  and  rubble  stone, 
with  which  they  built  a  vast  wall,  join- 
ing mount  Hymetus  to  the  city  of  Athens. 
The  Babylonian  walls,  built' by  Semiru- 
mis,  or,  as  others  will  have  it,  by  Belus, 
were  32  feet  thick,  and  TOO  feet  high, 
with  towers  10  feet  higher,  built  upon 
them,  cemented  with  bitumen  or asphal« 
tus.  Those  of  Jerusalem  seem  to  have 
come  but  little  short  of  them,  since,  hi 
the  siege  by  Titus,  all  the  Roman  batter- 
ing rams,  joined  with  Roman  art  and 
courage,  could  remove  but  4  stones  out 
of  the  tower  of  Antcniaina  whole  night's 
assault. 

After  fortification  had  arrived  at  this 
height  it  stopped  for  many  a?;cs,  'till  the 
use  of  gunpowder  and  guns  was  found 
out;  and  then  the  round  and  si]i;art; 
towers,  which  were  very  good  flanks 
against  bows  and  arrows,  became  but  in- 
different ones  against  the  violence  of  can- 
ion  ;  nor  did  the  battlements  any  longer 
oiler  abiding  place,  when  tin;  force  of  one 
shot  both  overset  the  battlement,  and  de- 
stroyed those  who  sought  security  from 
it. 

Modern  FORTIFICATION,  is  the  way 
of  defence  now  used,  turning  the  wall's 
into  ramparts,  and  square  and  round 
towers  into  bastions,  defended  by  nume- 
rous outworks;  all  which  are  made  so 
solid,  that  they  cannot  be  beat  down,  but 
by  the  continual  fire  of  several  batteries 
of  cannon.  These  bastions  at  first  were 
but  small,  their  gorges  narrow,  tlu-ir 
flanks  and  faces  short,  and  at  a  great  dis- 
tance from  each  other,  as  are  those  now 
to  be  seen  in  the  city  of  Antwerp,  built 
in  1540  by  Charles  V.  emperor  of  Ger- 
many; since  which  time  they  have  been 
greatly  irnproved  and  enlarged,  and  are 
now  arrived  to  that  degree  of  strength, 
that  it  is  almost  a  received  opinion,  that 
the  art  of  fortification  is  rtits  height,  and 
almost  incapable  of  being  carried  to  a 
much  greater  perfection. 

Offensive  F  o  R  T I  s  l  c  A  T  I  o  N  ,  she W S  how 
to  besiege  and  take  a  fortified  place;  it 
further  teaches  a  general  how  to  take  all 
advantages  for  his  troops  ;  the  manner  of 
encamping,  and  method  of  carrying  on 
either  a  regular  or  irregular  siege,  accord- 
ing as  circumstances  may  direct. 

Defensive  FORTIFICATION,  shews  a 
governor  how  to  make  the  most  of  a  gar- 
rison committed  to  his  care,  and  to  pro- 
vide all  tilings  necessary  for  its  d;iica<  •;• 


FOR 


FOR 


Regular  FORTIFICATION,  is  that  built 
in  a  regular  polygon,  the  sides  and  angles 
of  which  are  all  equal,  being  commonly 
a  musquet  shot  from  each  other,  and  for- 
tified according  to  the  rules  of  art. 

Irregular  F  o  R  r  i  F  i  c  A  T  i  o  K  ,  on  the  con- 
trary, is  that  where  the  sides  and  angles 
are  not  uniform,  equi-distant,  or  equal  ; 
•which  is  owing  to  the  irregularity  of 
the  ground,  vallies,  rivers,  hills,  and  the 
like. 

To  FORTIFY  inwards,  is  to  represent 
the  bastion  within  the  polygon  proposed 
to  be  fortified  ;  and  tlu-n  that  polygon  is 
called  the  exterior  polygon,  and  each  of  its 
sides  the  exterior  side,  terminating  at  the 
points  of  the  two  nearest  bastions. 

To  FORTIFY  outivards,  is  to  represent 
the  bastion  without  the  polygon  proposed 
to  be  fortified,  and  then  the  polygon  is 
called  the  interior  polygon ^  and  each  of  its 
sides  th  •  interior  side,  terminating  in  the 
centres  of  the  two  nearest  bastions. 

Elementary  FORTIFICATION,  by  some 
like  wise  called  the  theory  of  fortification, 
consists  in  tracing  the  plans  and  profiles 
of  a  fortification  on  pape;,  with  scales 
and  compasses ;  and  examining  the  sys- 
tems proposed  by  different  authors,  in 
order  to  discover  their  advantages  and  dis- 
advantages. The  elementary  part  is  like- 
wise divided  into  regular  and  irregular  for- 
tification, which  see. 

Front  FORTIFICATION,  any  propor- 
tion of  the  body  of  a  place,  consisting  of 
two  half  bastions  and  a  curtain. 

Practical  FORTIFICATION,  consists 
informing  a  project  of  a  fortification,  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  the  ground,  and 
other  necessary  circumstances,  to  trace 
it  on  the  ground,  and  to  execute  the  pro- 
ject, together  with  all  the  military  build- 
ings, such  as  magazines,  store  'houses, 
barracks,  bridges,  &c. 

The  names  of  every  fart  of  a  FORTIFI- 
CATION; and  first  of  lines,  which 
are  divided  into  right  lines,  and  curve 
lines. 

Line  of  defence,  is  the  distance  between 
the  saliant 'angle  of  the  bastion,  and  the 
opposite  flank  ;  that  is,  it  is  the  face  pro- 
duced to  the  flank .  Common  experience, 
together  with  some  of  the  greatest  artists 
in  fortification,  unanimously  agree,  that 
the  lines  of  d'eft  nee  may  extend  (though 
not  exceed)  150  fathom.  Some  indeed 
•will  affirm,  that  as  a  musquet  does  hot 
carry  more  than  130  fathom  point  blank, 
the  angle  of  the  bastion  should  be  no  fur- 
ther removed  from  its  opposite  flank 
We  agree  that  a  musquet  carries  no  fir 
ther  point  blank ;  but  we  are  sure  it  will 
do  execution,  and  kill,  at  180  fathom. 
The  enemy  generally  makes  his  breaches 
near  the  middle  of  the  face;  which  if 
granted,  the  line  of  fire  from  the  flank  to 
the  breach,  scarcely  exceeds  130  fathom  ; 
besides,  the  cannon  of  the  flank  does  less 
execution  upon  a  short  line  of  defence  than 
on  a  long  one. 


Line  of  defence  Jichant)  is  a  1'ne  drawn 
from  the  angle  of  the  curtain,  to  the  point 
of  the  opposite  bastion,  which  is  not  to 
exceed  12,0  fathom  ;  and  from  the  point 
of  the  curtain,  and  fiank,  to  rhe  face  of 
the  opposite  bastion,  which  is  to  be  de- 
fended. This  line  may  not  improperly 
be  called  in  good  English  the  butting  flank* 
since  it  partly  sees  the  opposite  faces  in 
reverse ;  and  the  shot  from  it,  especially 
near  the  orillon,  strike  against  the  faces. 
Authors  are  numerous  both  for  and  against 
the  fichanl  and  rasant  lines  ;  we  can  only 
set  down  as  a  fixed  rule,  that  the  more 
powerful  the  active  quality  is,  the  more 
the  passive  must  suffer ;  that  in  fortifi- 
cation the  active  quality  is  the  fire,  which 
discovers  the  assailants  (who  are  the  pas. 
sive)  going  to  attack  the  face  of  the  oppo- 
site bastion  ;  consequently,  the  more  this 
active  quality  is  augmented,  by  so  much 
the  more  must  the  passive  subjects  suf- 
fer ;  and  from  thence  we  argue  for  the 
fichant  JJank,  since  it  augments  this  active 
quality,  by  all  the  fire  of  the  curtain  add- 
ed to  the  'flank,  which  is  the  principal 
action  in  the  art  of  defence. 

Line  of  defence  rasant,  is  a  line  drawn 
from  the  point  of  the  bastion  along  the 
face,  'till  it  comes  to  the  curtain,  which 
shews  how  much  of  the  curtain  will 
clear,  or  defend  the  face.  This  line  may 
very  justly  in  our  language  be  called  the 
sweeping  jlank  ;  because  the  shot  as  it 
were  sweeps  alons  the  opposite  faces. 
This  line,  as  well  as  the  Jicbant,  has 
many  supporters,  and  as  many  oppo- 
nents. In  our  humble  opinion,  tht  line 
Jicbant  is  preferable  to  the  line  ralant. 

Line  of  circumvallation.  See  SIEGE. 
See  CIRCUMVA i. LOTION. 

Line  of  contravallatlon .     See  CONTRA-. 

VALUATION. 

Line    of    counter. abroach.       See    AP- 

PROACHF.S. 

Capital  line,  is  an  imaginary  line  which 
divides  the  work  into  two  equal  and  si. 
milar  parts,  or  a  line  drawn  from  the 
point  of  the  bastion  to  the  point  where 
the  two  demi-gorges  meet,  &c. 

Line  of  defence  prolonged.  In  the  square, 
and  most  polygons  of  the  lesser  fortifi- 
cation, you  prolong  the  line  of  defence ; 
but  in  the  polygons  of  the  greater  and 
meaner,  you  draw  a  line  from  the  angle 
of  the  opposite  shoulder  to  the  angle  of 
the  curtain,  upon  which  you  raise  a  per- 
pendicular, which  serves  for  the  first 
line  of  the  flank. 
Names  of  the  angles  in  a  FORTIFICATION. 

Angle  of  the  centre,  in  a  polygon,  is, 
formed  by  two  radii  drawn  to  the  extre- 
mities of  the  same  side,  or  from  the  cen- 
tre, terminating  at  the  two  nearest  angles 
of  the  figure. 

Angle  of  a  bastion^  )  that  which  is  made 

Flanked  angle ,         $     by  the  two  faces, 

being  the  outermost  part  of  the  bastion, 

Jl  most  exposed  to  the  enemy's  batteries, 

I  frequently  called  the  saliant  angle,   of 

ji  point  of  the  bastion. 


FOR 


173 


Angle  of  the  polygon,  is  made  by  the 
concourse  of  two  adjacent  sides  of  a  poly- 
gon, in  the  centre  of  the  bastion 

Angle  of  the  tiianglet  is  half  the  angle  of 
the  polygon. 

Angle  of  the  shoulder %  )  is  made   by  the 

Angle  of  the  epaule,  $  face  and  flank 
of  the  bastion. 

Angle  of  the  flank,      ?  that     which      is 

An^le  of  the  curtain  $  made  by,  and 
contained  between  the  curtain  and  the 
flank. 

Angle  of  the  tenaille,  )  made  bytwo  lines 

Flanking  angle,  $  fichant,  that  is, 
the  face  of  the  two  bastions  extended  till 
they  meet  in  an  angle  towards  the  cur- 
tain, and  is  that  which  always  carries  its 
point  towards  the  work. 

Dead-angle.  Every  angle  is  so  called, 
that  points  inwards,  or  is  not  well  de- 
fended 

Angle  of  the  ditch,  is  formed  before  the 
centre  of  the  curtain,  by  the  outward 
line  of  the  ditch. 

Angle  rentt  ant,       )  is  any  angle  whose 

Re-entering  angle,  )  point  turns  in- 
wards, or  towards  the  place;  that  is, 
whose  legs  open  towards  the  field. 

Saliant  angle ,  is  that  which  points  out- 
wards or  whose  legs  open  towards  the 
place. 

Angle  of  the  complement  of  the  line  of 
defence,  is  the  angle  formed  by  the  inter- 
section of  the  two  complements  with  each 
"other. 

Inward ^flanki fit  <w£/ft  that  which  is 
made  by  the  flanking- line  and  the  cur- 
tain. See  ANGLE. 

Names  of  the  solid  -works  of  a    FORTIFI- 
CATION. 

Advanced -fas,  ~)  or  ditch,  made  at  the 

Avant -fosse,  <>  root  of  the  glacis:  it 
is  but  very  seldom  made,  because  it  is 
easily  taken,  and  serves  for  a  trench  to 
the  besiegers. 

Appareille,  is  that  slope  or  easy  ascent 
vyhich  leads  to  the  platform  of  the  bas- 
tion, or  to  any  other  work,  where  the  ar- 
tillery, &c.  are  brought  up  and  carried 
down. 

Approaches,  are  a  kind  of  roads  or 
passages  sunk  in  the  ground  by  the 
besiegers,  whereby  they  approach  the 
place  under  cover  of  the  lire  from  the 
garrison. 

Area,  the  superficial  content  of  a  ram- 
part, or  other  work. 

Arrow,  is  a  work  placed  at  the  saliant 
angle  of  the  glacis,  and  consists  of  two  pa- 
rapets,each  about 40  fathoms  long;  this 
work  has  a  communication  with  the  co- 
vert-way, of  about  24  or  28  feet  broad, 
called  a  caponniere,  with  a  ditch  before 
it  of  about  5  or  6  fathom,  and  a  traverse 
at  the  entrance,  of  three  fathom  thick, 
and  a  passage  of  6  or  8  feet  round  it. 

Banquette,  whether  single  or  double, 
is  a  kind  of  step  made  on  the  rampart 
of  a  work  near  the  parapet,  for  the 
troops  to  stand  upon,  in  order  to  fire 
ever  the  parapet :  it  is  generally  3  feet 


high  when  double,  and  i^when  single, 
and  about  3  feet  broad,  and  4£  feet  lower 
than  the  parapet. 

Bastion,  is  a  part  of  the  inner  inclosure 
of  a  fortification,  making  an  angle  to- 
wards the  field,  and  consists  of  2  faces, 
2  flanks,  and  an  opening  towards  the 
centre  of  the  place,  called  the  gorge :  or 
it  is  rather  a  large  mass  of  earth,  usually 
faced  with  sods,  sometimes  with  brick, 
but  rarely  with  stone;  having  the  figure 
described. 

With  regard  to  the  first  invention  of 
bastions,  there  arc  many  opinions  amongst 
authors.  Some  have  attributed  this  in- 
vention to  Zisca,  the  Bohemian ;  others 
to  Achmet  Bashaw,  who  having  taken 
Otranto  in  the  year  1480,  fortified  it  in 
a  particular  manner,  which  is  supposed 
to  be  the  first  instance  of  the  use  of 
bastions.  Those  whd  wrote  on  the  sub- 
ject of  fortification  2co  years  ago,  seem 
to  suppose,  that  bastions  were  a  gradual 
improvement  in  the  ancient  method  of 
building,  rather  than  a  new  thought, 
that  any  one  person  could  claim  the  ho- 
nor of.  It  is  certain,  however,  that  they 
were  well  known  soon  after  the  year 
1500;  for  in  1546,  Tartalea  published 
Qutfiti  &  invention!  diverse,  in  the  6th 
book  of  which  he  mentions,  that  whilst 
he  resided  at  Verona  (which  must  have 
been  many  years  before)  he  saw  bastions 
of  a  prodigious  size  :  some  finished,  and 
others  building :  and  there  is  besides, 
in  the  same  book,  a  plan  of  Turin,  which 
was  then  fortified  with  4  bastions,  and 
seems  to  have  been  completed  some  time 
before. 

The  great  rule  in  constructing  a  bas- 
tion ist  that  every  part  of  it  may  be  seen 
and  defended  from  some  other  part. 
Mere  angles  are  therefore  not  sufficient, 
but  flanks  and  faces  arc  likewise  neces- 
sary. The  faces  must  not  be  less  than 
50  fathom,  nor  more  than  65.  The  Ion* 
ger  the  flanks  are  the  greater  is  the  ad- 
vantage which  can  be  derived  from  them. 
They  must  therefore  srandat  right  angles 
with  the  line  of  defence.  At  the  same 
time  the  disposition  of  the  flanks  makes 
the  principal  part  of  a  fortification,  as  on 
them  the  defence  chiefly  depends  ;  and 
it  is  this  that  has  introduced  the  various 
kinds  of  fortifying. 

The  angle  of  the  bastion  must  exceed 
60°;  otherwise  it  will  be  too  small  to 
give  room  for  the  guns,  and  will  either 
render  the  line  of  defence  too  long,  or 
the  flanks  too  short.  It  must  therefore 
be  cither  a  right  angle  or  some  interme- 
diate one  between  that  and  60  degrees. 

Full  Bastions  are  best  calculated  for  in- 
trenchments,  which  are  thrown  up  at  the 
gorge,  or  by  means  of  a  cavalier,  whose 
faces  are  made  parallel  to  those  of  the 
bastion  at  the  distance  of  15  toises  ;  hav- 
ing its  flanks  at  the  distance  of  12  toises, 
and  a  ditch  measuring  5. 

Large  bastions  have  the  advantage  of 
small  ones,  for  this  palpable  reason  ;  the 


174 


FO  R 


FOR 


bastion  being  considered  the  weakest  part 
wf  the  body 'of  a  place,  is  always  attack- 
ed; when  there  is  room  for  troops,,  can- 
non and  mortars,  its  natural  weakness  is 
greatly  remedied . 

Gorge  of  z  bastion ,  the  interval  between 
the  extremity  of  one  flank  and  that  of 
the  next. 

Flat  bastion.  When  a  bastion  upon  a 
right  line  is  so  constructed,  that  its 
dcmi-gorges  do  not  form  an  angle,  it  is 
called  a  flat  bastion. 

Gorge  of  a  fat  bastion,  is  a  right  line, 
which  terminates  the  distance  between 
two  flanks. 

Solid  bastion,  )  A  bastion  is  said  to  be 

Full  bastion,  \  solid  or  full,  when  the 
level  ground  within  is  even  with  the 
rampart;  that  is,  when  the  inside  is 
quire  level,  the  parapet  being  only  more 
elevated  than  the  rest.  Solid  bastions 
have  this  advantage  over  others,  that 
they  afford  earth  enough  to  make  a  re? 
trenchment,  in  case  the  enemy  lodge 
themselves  on  the  top  of  the  bastion,  and 
the  besieged  are  resolved  to  dispute  every 
inch!  of  ground. 

tMl<fU)  bastion,  }  is     that     where     the 

Empty  bastisn,  \  level  ground  within 
is  muchlosver  than  the  rampart,  or  that 
part  next  to  the  parapet,  where  the 
troops  are  placed  to  defend  the  bastion. 
The  disadvantage  of  these  kinda  of  bas- 
tions is,  the  earth  being  so  low,  that  when 
an  enemy  is  once  lodged  on  the  rampart, 
there  is  no  making  a  retrenchment  to- 
wards the  centre,  but  what  will  be  un- 
der the  fire  of  the  besiegers. 

Detached  bastion,  is  that  which  is  sepa- 
rated or  cut*  off  from  the  body  of  the 
place,  and  cli tiers  from  a  half  mcon, 
whose  rampart  and  parapet  are  lower, 
;;nd  not  so  thick  as  those  of  the  place, 
having  the  same  proportion  with  the 
works  of  the  place.  Cotmter-guaids 
with  flanks  are  sometimes  called  detach- 
ed bastions. 

Cut  bastion,  is  that  whose  saliant  angle 
or  point  is  cut  oil',  instead  of  which  it 
lias  a  re-entering  angle,  or  an  angle  in- 
wards. It  is  used,  cither  when  the  an- 
;.2le  would,  without  t>uch  a  contrivance, 
!<c  too  acute,  or  when  water,  or  some 
other  impediment,  prevents  the  bastion 
Jrom  being  carried  to  its  full  extent. 

Composed  bastion,  is  when  two  sides  of 
the  interior  polygon  are  very  unequal, 
v.-hich  also  renders  the  gorges  unequal; 
jt  may  not  improperly  be  called  a  forced 
?zsiiont  being  as  it  were  forced  into  that 
form. 

Deformed  bastion,  is  when  the  irregu- 
larity of  the  lines  and  angles  causes  the 
bastion  to  appear  deformed,  or  out  of 
.shape. 

Demi-bastion,  is  composed  of  one  face 
only,  has  but  one  flank,  and  a  demi- 
gorge. 

Double  bastion,  is  that  which  is  raised 
•>n  the  plane  of  another  bastion,  but  much 
V'gher  ;  leaving  12  or  1 8  feet  between  the 


parapet  of  the  lower,  and  the  foot  of  the 
higher;  and  is  sometimes  in  the  nature 
of  a  cavalier. 

Regular  bastion,  is  that  which  has  its 
true  proportion  of  faces,  flanks,  and 
gorges. 

Irregular  bastion,  is  that  wherein  the 
above  equality  of  just  proportion  is 
omitted. 

Barriers,  in  fortification,  a  kind  of  rails 
to  stop  the  horse  or  foot  from  rushing 
in  upon  the  besieged  with  violence.  In 
the  middle  of  this  kind  of  defence  there 
is  a  moveable  bar  of  wood,  which  opens 
or  shuts  at  pleasure. 

Berw,  is  a  little  space  or  path,  of  4  to 
8  feet  broad,  between  the  ditch  and  the 
talus  of  the  parapet;  it  is  to  prevent  the 
earth  from  rolling  into  the  ditch,  and 
serves  likewise  to  pass  and  repass  As 
it  ib  in  some  degree  advantageous  to  the 
enemy,  in  getting  footing,  most  of  the 
modern  engineers  reject  it. 

Bonnet,  in  fortification,  is  a  sort  of 
work  placed  before  the  saliant  angle  of 
the  ravelin  to  cover  it:  it  consists  of  - 
faces,  parallel  to  the  ravelin,  or  perpen- 
dicular to  those  of  the  lunette.  They 
are  generally  made  10  fathom  broad  at  the 
ends  with  a  ditch  of  the  same  breadth, 
the  covert-way  6,  and  the  glacis  20  fa- 
thom. 

reach,  is  on  opening  or  gap  made  in 
a  wall  or  rampart,  with  either  cannon  or 
mines,  sufficiently  wide  for  a  body  of 
troops  to  enter  the  works,  and  drive  the 
besieged  out  of  it. 

Practical  breach,  is  that  where  men 
may  mount,  and  make  a  lodgment,  and 
should  be  15  or  20  feet  wide. 

Capital  of  a  work,  is  an  imaginary  line 
which  divides  that  work  into  two  equal 
parts. 

Capital  of  a  bastion,  a  line  drawn  from 
the  angle  of  the  polygon  to  the  point  of 
the  bastion,  or  from  "the  point  of  the  bas- 
tion to  the  centre  of  the  gorge.  These 
capitals  are  from  35  to  40  toises  in  length, 
from  the  point  ot  the  bastion  to  the  place 
where  the  two  dcmi-gorges  meet  ;  being 
the  difference  between  the  exterior  and 
the  interior  radii. 

Caponnin  is  a  passage  made  in  a  dry 
ditch  from  one  work  to  another:  when 
it  is  made  from  the  curtain  of  the  body 
of  the  place  to  the  opposite  ravelin,  or 
from  the  front  of  a  horn  or  crown- work, 
it  has  a  parapet  on  each  side,  of  6  or  7 
feet  high,  sloping  in  a  glacis  of  to  or  12 
toises  on  the  outside  to  the  bottom  of  the 
ditch;  the  width  within  is  from 20  to  25 
feet,  with  a  banquette  on  each  side: 
there  is  a  br,ick  wall  to  support  the  earth 
within  which  only  reaches  within  i* 
foot  of  the  top,  to'  prevent  grazing  shot 
from  driving  the  splinters  amongst  the 
defendants. 

Caponnieres  with  two  parapets  may 
properly  be  called  double;  as  there  are 
some  made  with  one  rampart  only,  in 
dry  ditches  of  the  ravelin,  and  in  that  of 


FOR 


F  O  R 


175 


its  redoubt,  towards  the  saliant  angles, 
and  to  open  towards  the  body  of  the 
place. 

Capottnieres,  made  from  the  body  of  the 
place  to  the  out-works,  are  sometimes 
arched  over,  with  loop-holes  to  fire  into 
tUe  ditch  The  single  ones  in  the  ditch 
of  the  ravelin  and  redoubt  are  likewise 
made  with  arches  open  towards  the  place ; 
for  by  making  them  in  this  manner,  the 
guns  which  defend  the  ditch  before  them, 
can  no  other  way  be  dismounted  than  by 
mines. 

Ciscanes,  in  fortification,  a  kind  of  cel- 
lars made  under  the  capital  of  a  fortifica- 
tion; also  subterraneous  passages  or  galle- 
ries to  discover  the  enemy's  mines. 

Casemate^  in  fortification,  is  a  work 
made  under  the  rampart,  like  a  cellar 
or  cave  with  loop-holes  to  place  guns 
in  it. 

Cavaliers,  are  works,  raised  generally 
within  the  body  of  the  place,  10  or  12 
feet  higher  than  the  rest  of  the  works. 
Their  most  common  situation  is  within 
the  bastion,  and  they  are  made  much  in 
the  same  form :  they  are  sometimes  placed 
in  their  gorges,  or  on  the  middle  of  the 
curtain,  and  then  are  in  the  form  of  a 
horse-shoe,  only  flatter. 

The  use  of  cavaliers  is,  to  command  all 
the  adjacent  works  and  country  round 
-them:  they  are  seldom  or  never  made,  but 
when  there  is  a  hill  or  rising  ground  which 
overlooks  some  of  the  works. 

Centre,  the  middle  point  of  any  Avork. 
From  the  centre  of -a.  place  are  drawn 
the  first  lines  to  lay  down  the  form  of  a 
fortification , 

Centre  of  the  bastion,  is  that  point  where 
the  two  adjacent  curtains  produced  inter- 
sect each  other. 

Citadel^  is  a  kind  of  fort,  or  small  for- 
tification, of  4,  5,  or  6  sides;  sometimes 
joined  to  towns,  &c.  Citadels  are  always 
built  on  th~  most  advantageous  ground. 
They  are  fortified  towards  the  city,  and 
towards  the  country  ;  being  divided  from 
the  former  by  an  esplanade,  or  open  place: 
and  serving  In  one  case  to  overawe  the 
inhabitants;  and  in  the  other,  not  only 
to  hinder  the  approach  of  an  enemy  ;  but 
to  become  a  retreat  to  the  garrison,  should 
the  town  be  taken. 

Coffers .     S  ee  C  o  F  F  F.  R  s . 

Command\s  when  a  hill  or  rising  ground 
overlooks  any  of  the  works  of  a  fortifica- 
tion, and  is  within  reach  of  common  jhot ; 
such  a  hill  is  said  to  command  that  work. 
See  COMMAND. 

Complement  of  the  curtain,  is  that  part 
of  the  interior  side  which  forms  the  demi- 
gorge. 

Complement  of  the  line  of  defence ,  is  a 
horn-ivork  with  a  croivn-iuork  before  it. 
See  CROWN- WORK. 

Cordon,  in  fortification,  is  a  round  pro- 
jection made  of  stone,  in  a  semi-circular 
form,  whose  diameter  is  about  i  foot,  and 
g^oes  quite  round  the  wall,  and  within  4 
leet  from  the  upper  part. 


The  cordon  being  placed  on  the  top  of 
the  revetement  of  the  scarp,  is  a  conside- 
rable obstacle  to  the  besiegers,  when  they 
attempt  to  storm  a  place  by  applying 
scaling  ladders  to  the  scarp. 

Covcrt-i'dij  is  a  space  of  five  or  six 
toises  broad,  extending  round  the  coun- 
terscarp of  the  ditch,'  and  covered  by  a 
parapet  from  six  to  seven  feet  and  a  half 
high,  having  a  banquette:  the  superior 
part  of  this  parapet  forms  a  gentle  slope 
towards  the  country,  which  terminates 
at  tiie  distance  of  twenty  to  twenty  five 
toises  ;  this  slope  is  called  the  glacis. 

Sometimes  the  covert-way  is  sunk  i  or 
3  feet  below  the  horizon  of  the  field;  for, 
as  such  works  are  never  made  to  discover 
the  enemy  in  their  trenches,  so  this  me.. 
thod  of  lowering  the  covert-way  will 
give  room  for  the  fire  of  the  lower  curtain 
(in  works  that  have  one)  to  scour  the  es- 
planade; and  the  cxnence  of  it  should 
be  the  most:  material  objection  against  it. 

Counter-forts  t  in  fortification,  are  bv 
some  called  b i:ti re t ;<> .r ;  they  arc  solids  of 
masonry,  built  behind  wails,  and  joined 
to  them  at  18  feet  distance  from  the  cen- 
tre to  centre-,  in  order  to  strengthen  them, 
especially  when  they  sustain  a  rampart  or 
terrace. 

C'Jitnitr.zutrd,  in  fortification  is  a  work 
placed  before  the  bastions  to  cover  the 
opposite  flanks  from  being  seen  from  the 
covert  way.  It  is  likewise  made  before 
the  ravelins. 

When  counter-guards  are  placed  before 
the  collateral  bastions,  they  are  esteemed 
of  very  great  use,  as  the  enemy  cannot 
batter  them  without  having  first  secured 
the  possession  of  the  counter-guards. 
They  were  first  invented  by  Pasino,  in 
J5;y,  and  greatly  improved  by  Speckle, 
in  1589. 

Counterscarp,  is  properly  the  exterior 
talus  of  the  ditch,  or  that  slope  whicu 
terminates  its  breadth,  and  is  the  further 
side  from  the  body  of  the  place.  It  is  so 
called  from  being  opposite  to  the  scarp. 

Croivn-ivork,  in  fortification  is  a  kir.il 
of  work  not  unlike  a  crown  :  it  has  ^ 
fronts  and  2  branches.  The  fronts  are 
composed  of  ^  half  bastions  and  i  whole 
one  :  they  are  made  before  the  curtain  or 
the  bastion,  and  generally  serve  to  enclose; 
some  buildings  which  cannot  be  brought 
within  the  body  of  the  place,  or  to  co- 
ver the  town- gates,  or  else  to  occupy  u 
spot  of  ground  which  might  be  advanta- 
geous to  an  enemy.  They  are  of  su^.'; 
an  expence,  that  they  are  rarely  found  in 
practice.  The  best  use  this  work  car. 
possibly  be  put  to,  is  to  cover  2  joinii'.- 
curtains,  when  the  sides  of  it  will  bo 
parallel  to  the  sides  of  the  place,  ar.d  it 
should  be  fortified  with  the  same  strength, 
and  in  the  same  manner. 

The  authors  who  have  written  on  the 
subject,  have  never  thought  of  this  usefn ' 
part ;  and  we  often  see  ^  horn- works  put 
in  practice  to  cover  two  curtains,  where 
crown- work  wcr.:!d  do  it  much  chcapc; 


176 


FOR 


FOR 


and  much  better.  The  crown-work  is 
adopted  for  the  same  purposes  as  the 
horn  work. 

Croiuned  hotn-ii'ork,  is  a  born-iusrk 
with  a  ci-own-ivork  before  it.  See 

C  R  O  W  N  -  W  O  R  K  , 

Curtain,  in  fortification,  is  that  part  of 
the  body  of  the  place,  which  joins  the 
Hank  of  one  bastion  to  that  of  another. 
The  straight  curtains  have  always  been 
preferred  to  the  different  designs  which 
have  been  proposed,  of  which  some  have 
diminished  the  ex  pence,  and  (at  the  same 
time)  the  strength  of  the  place,  others 
have  somewhat  augmented  the  strength, 
but  greatly  diminished  its  area. 

Cuvette, )  in    fortification,    is    a    small 

Cunette,  $  ditch  from  15  to  20  feet 
broad,  made  in  the  middle  of  a  large  dry 
ditch,  serving  as  a  retrenchment  to  de- 
fend the  same,  or  otherwise  to  let  water 
into  it,  when  it  can  be  had  during  a  siege. 

When  there  is  a  dinette,  there  should 
be  a  caponniere  to  flank  it. 

Defilement,  in  fortification,  is  the  art 
of  disposing  all  the  works  of  a  fortress  in 
such  a  manner,  that  they  may  be  com- 
manded by  the  body  of  the  place.  It 
also  includes  the  relative  disposition  of 
the  works,  and  the  ground  within  cannon 
shot,  so  that  the  one  may  be  discovered, 
and  the  other  not  observed. 

Demi-gorge,  is  half  the  gorge,  or  en- 
trance into  the  bastion,  wot  taken  directly 
from  angle  to  angle,  where  the  bastion 
joins  the  curtain,  but  from  the  angle  of 
the  flank  to  the  centre  of  the  bastion,  or 
rather  the  angle  the  two  curtains  would 
make  were  they  protracted  to  meet  in  the 
bastion.  Mr.  Landmann  determines  it 
to  be  the  line  which  is  formed  by  the  pro- 
longation of  the  curtain  meeting  the  ob- 
lique radius. 

Demi-lune.     See  RAVELIN. 

Descents  in  fortification,  are  the  holes, 
vaults,  and  hollow  places  made  by  un- 
dermining the  ground. 

Descents  Into  the  ditch  or  fosse,  areboyaux 
or  trenches  effected  by  the  means  of  saps 
in  the  ground  of  the  counterscarp,  under 
the  covert  way.  They  are  covered  with 
madriers,  or  hurdles,  well  loaded  with 
earth,  to  secure  them  against  fire.  In 
ditches  that  are  full  of  water,  the  descent 
is  made  even  with  the  surface  of  the 
water;  and  then  the  ditch 'is  filled  with 
fagots,  fast  bound,  and  covered  with 
earth.  In  dry  ditches  the  descent  is  car- 
ried down  to  the  bottom ;  after  which, 
traverses  are  made  either  as  lodgments 
for  the  troops,  or  to  cover  the  miner. 
When  the  ditch  is  full  of  water,  the  de- 
scent must  be  made  over  its  surface ; 
which  is  done  by  securing  it  with  blinds 
or  chandeliers,  from  being  enfiladed,  or 
by  directing  the  course  of  the  descent 
from  the  point  of  enfilade  in  the  best  way 
srou  can. 

Detached  bastion.     See  BASTION. 

Detached  redoubt.     See  REI>OWBT. 


Ditch,  in  fortification,  is  a  large  deep 
trench  made  round  each  work,  generally 
from  12  to  22  fathom  broad,  and  15  to  16 
feet  deep  :  the  earth  dug  out  of  it  serves 
to  raise  the  rampart  and  paraper.  Almost 
every  engineer  has  a  particular  depth  and 
breadth  for  ditches ;  some  are  for  narrow 
ones  and  deep,  others  for  broad  ones  and 
shallow ;  and  it  is  most  certain  that 
ditches  should  be  regulated  according  to 
the  situation.  In  regard  to  wet  and  dry 
ditches,  almost  all  authors  have  given  i't 
in  favor  of  the  latter;  and  we  shall  only 
add,  that  the  best  ef  all  are  those  which 
can  either  be  filled  or  kept  dry  at  plea- 
sure. 

Wet  ditches,  which  have  stagnant  wa- 
ters, are  liable  to  great  inconveniences. 
They  are  said  to  be  well  calculated  to 
prevent  sudden  surprises  and  assaults  ; 
but  we  are  convinced  of  the  contrary, 
especially  during  a  hard  frost.  Some 
again  assert,  that  they  stop  all  commu- 
nication between  ill  disposed  persons  in 
the  garrison  and  the  besiegers.  Every 
man  with  the  least  experience,  must  be 
of  a  different  opinion. 

Wet  ditches  might  certainly  be  so  con- 
structed, as  to  let  the  surface  of  the  water 
remain  12  or  15  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
adjacent  country.  In  which  case  they 
would  serve  as  large  reservoirs,  and  not 
only  contribute  to  the  defence  of  a  for- 
tified place,  but  enrich  the  grounds  by 
being  occasionally  let  out.  The  additional 
value  which  the  neighboring  meadows 
would  bear  from  these  seasonable  over- 
flowings, might  in  some  degree  compen- 
sate for  the  expence  of  the  fortification. 
During  a  siege,  these  waters,  with  pro- 
per management,  must  give  considerable 
uneasiness  to  the  enemy  that  invests  the 
place. 

To  answer  this  double  purpose,  the 
ditch  must  be  separated  into  several  large 
basons,  which  might  be  filled  or  emptied 
at  discretion,  as  often  as  circumstances 
would  require. 

Dry  ditches.  There  are  some  ditches 
which  may  be  filled  at  wi41 ;  and  others 
which  cannot,  except  by  extraordinary 
means.  If  they  should  be  intended  to 
answer  the  purpose  of  agriculture,  aque- 
ducts might  be  constructed,  or  the  waters 
poured  in  through  artificial  channels.  In 
which  case  the  ditches  would  not  require 
much  depth.  The  glacis  might  be  raised 
in  such  a  manner  as  to  serve  to  dam  in  the 
body  of  water,  and  to  afford  a  second 
glacis  from  whence  the  besieger  might  be 
considerably  embarrassed. 

Ditches  that  arc  lined,  ditches  whose 
counterscarp  is  supported,  and  kept  up 
by  a  stone  or  brick  wall. 

Ditches  that  are  not  lined,  whose  coun- 
terscarp is  supported  by  earth  covered 
with  sods.  These  ditches  are  not  so  secure 
as  the  former,  on  account  of  the  breadth 
which  must  he  given  to  the  talus,  and 
by  which  an  enemy  might  easily  surprise 
a  place. 


F  O  R 


FOR 


177 


So  that  ditches  in  fortification  may  be 
briefly  distinguished  under  three  separate 
heads,  viz  : 

Dry  ditches,  which  from  the  facility 
with  wiiich  they  may  be  repaired,  and 
their  capability  of  containing  other  works 
proper  for  their  security,  are  in  most  in- 
stances preferable  to  any  others. 

IVcl  ditches  that  are  always  full  of 
.vater,  and  consequently  must  have 
bridges  of  communication  which  are 
liable  to  be  destroyed  very  frequently 
during  a  siege. 

Wet  ditches  are  subject  to  many  in- 
conveniescvs,  are  ill  calculated  to  favor 
salli..s,  and  have  only  the  solitary  advan- 
tage of  preventing  a  surprise 

The  third  sort  of  ditch  has  all  the  ad- 
vantages of  the  other  two  kinds  ;  if,  as 
we  have  just  observed,  it  can  be  so  con- 
trived, as  to  -admit  water  occasionally 
Into  the  different  basons  by  means  of 
aqueducts,  and  be  drained,  as  circum- 
stances may  require 

Dtsrtv -bridge.     See  BRIDGE. 

Ejnb-rasures .      S  ee  E  M  B  R  A  s  u  R  E . 

En^ehpe,  is  a  work  of  earth  raised  oc- 
casiona.ly  in  the  ditch,  sometimes  like  a 
olat>,  parapet,  ar  others  like  a  small  ram- 
part with  a  parapet  to  it.  Envelopes  are 
generally  made  before  weak  places. 

Epf.u/eme}it       Sec  E  ?  A  u  L  i,  M  E  N  T  „ 

Epaule,  or  the  shoulder  of  the  bastion, 
The  angle  made  by  the  union  of  the  face 
and  flank. 

Escarp .     See  S.c  A  R  P  . 

Esplai- a  ,~'e ,     See  E  s  F  L  A  N  A  D  B. 

Exterior  .tide  r,f  ajurtijicaticn,  is  thedist- 
.uice,  or  imaginary  line  drawn  from  one 
point  or' the  bastion  to  that  of  the  next. 

Faces  of  the  bastion .     bee  B  A  s  TI  o  N  . 

Faces,  of  any  work,  in  fortification, 
arc  those  parts  where  the  rampart  is 
made,  which  produce  an  angle  pointing 
outwards. 

Face  prolonged,  that  part  of  the  line  of 
defence  rasant,  which  is  terminated  by 
•the  curtain,  and  the  angle  of  the  shoulder. 

Fascine.     See  F  AS  c  INKS. 

Fausse  bray,  is  a  low  rampart  going 
quite  round  the  body  of  the  place ;  its 
height  is  about  3  feet  above  the  level 
ground,  and  its  parapet  is  about  3  or  4 
fathom  distant  from  that  of  the  body  01 
the  place.  These  works  are  made  at  a 
very  great  expence:  their  faces  are  very 
easily  enfiladed,  and  their  flank  of  course 
is  seen  in  reverse :  the  enemy  is  under 
cover  the  minute  he  becomes  master  of 
them;  and  a  great  quantity  of  shells 
which  may  be  thrown  into  them,  and 
must  of  necessity  lodge  there,  will  go 
near  to  make  a  breach,  or  at  worst  to 
drive  every  one  out.  Hence  they  are 
liable  to  do  more  harm  than  good,  and 
contribute  no  way  to  the  defence  ot  the 
place.  M.  Vauban  only  makes  them 
before  the  curtains,  and  as  such  calls 
them  tenailles 

Flanks,  in  fortification,   ar/,  generally 
r»y    nurts  of  a   v-'ork,  whicn 


defend  another  work  along  the  outsidesoi' 
its  parapets. 

Flank  of  the  bastion^  is  the  part  be- 
tween the  fa^e  and  the  curtain  ;  the  flank 
of  one  bastion  serves  to  defend  the  ditch 
before  the  curtain  and  face  of  the  oppo- 
site bastion. 

L-lng,  is  the  same  thing  in  fortif •  . 
canon,  a-,  defending. 

Retired  flanks,  are  those  made  behind 
the  line  which  joins  the  extremity  of  tru? 
face  and  the  curtain,  towards  the  capital 
of  the  bastion. 

Concave  flanks,  are  those  which  ar;1 
made  in  tue  arc  of  a  circle. 

Direct,  or  grazing  flan kj  is  that  which 
is  perpendicular  to  the  opposite  face  pro- 
duced, and  oblique  cr  fichant,  when  it 
makes  an  acute  angle  w.ith  that  face. 

Second  flank  When  rhe  face  of  a  bas- 
tion produced  does  not  meet  the  curtain 
at  its  extremity,  but  in  some  other  point. 
then  the  part  of  the  curtain  between  that 
point  and  the  hank,  is  calltd  the  second 
flank.  The  modern  engineers  have  re- 
jected this  method  of  fortifying.  Set; 
F  i.  A  x  i; . 

Flecbc,  a  work  of  two  faces,  often  con- 
structed before  the  glacis  of  a  fortified 
place,  when  threatened  with  a  siege,  in 
order  to  keep  the  enemy  as  long  at  a  dist- 
ance as  possible. 

Gallery,  is  a  passage  made  underground, 
leading  to  the  mines:  galleries  are  from 
4  i-2  to  5  feet  high,  and  about  3  1-2,  or  4 
feet  broad;  supported  at  top  by  wooden 
frames,  with  boards  over  then;! 

Genouilliere,  the  undermost  part;  of  the 
rampart  of  a  battery,  or  that  part  from 
the  platform  to  the  sole  of  the  embrasures:, 

Glacis,  is  the  part  beyond  the  covert 
way,  to  which  it  serves  as  a  parapet,  and 
terminates  towards  the  field  in  an  easy 
slope  at  any  required  number  of  fathoms 
distance.  Sometimes  double  glacis  ;u\- 
made  parallel  to  the  esplanade,  and  at  :he 
distance  of  16,  or  20  fathoms. 

Some  authors  think  these  works  never 
answer  the- tx pence;  however,  M.  Vau- 
ban was  so  sensible  of  their  utility, 
that  he  never  failed  to  make  them  when 
the  ground  was  convenient  for  it ;  be- 
caus  ,  when  such  works  .re  defend'  d  by 
a  skilful  governor,  they  will  allord  the 
means  of  being  valiantly  supported. 

Gcrg?,  of  a  bastion,  is  the  interval  be- 
tween the  extremity  of  one  flank  and  that 
of  the  other. 

Gorge,  of  any  work,  is  that  part  next 
to  the  body  of  the  place,  where  there  is 
no  rampart  or  parapet ;  that  is,  at  the 
counterscarp  of  (he  ditch. 

lL:lJ-moon.  ( Fr.  Demi-Lune.)  Is  an 
out- work  that  has  two  faces  which  form 
a  saliant  angle,  the  gorge  of  which  re- 
sembles a  crescent.  It  owes  its  original 
invention  to  the  Dutch,  who  use  it  to 
cover  the  points  ot  their  basiiom. 
kind  of  fortification,  is,  however,  defec- 
tive, because  it  is  weak  on  its  flanks. 
Half-moons  are  now  callc  i 


1/8 


FOR 


FOR 


•which  species  of  work  is  constructed  in 
front  of  the  curtain .     See  R  A  v  K  L  i  N  s . 

Gorge  of  a  half  mew,  the  distant. e  be- 
tween the  two  fi  ,nks,  taken  on  the  right 
of  the  counterscarp. 

Head  of  a  ivork,  its  front  next  the  ene- 
my, and  farthest  from  the  place. 

Horn-work  i  is  composed  of  a  frort  and 
2  branches:  the  l'i;>:;t  is  made  into  2 
half  bastions  and  a  cu-tain  :  this  work  is 
of  the  nature  of  a  crown-work,  only 
smaller,  and  serves  for  the  same  purposes. 
Th  use  of  horn- /vorks  in  general  is  to 
take  possession  of  some  rising  ground  ad- 
vanced froiii  ihe  fortification;  the  dis- 
tance of  which  determine  that  of  the 
horn-work;  and  thev  are  placed  cither 
before  the  curtain,  or  before  the  bastions, 
according  to  circumstances. 

Horse-rfae,  is  a  small  round  or  oval 
work,  with  a  parapet,  generally  made  in 
a  ditch,  or  in  a  marsh. 

Insult.  A  work  is  said  to  be  insulted, 
v/hen  it  is  attacked  suddenly  and  c 

•  :t'iG>i,  an  ima-.-ina- 

e  drawn  from  the  centre  of  one 
bastion  to  that  of  the  next,  or  rather  the 
•.  urtain  produced  till  they  meet. 

Lo-Jgmcnt.     See  S ; ;.  i 

Loot>-/:  :!c.-,  are  citiiu'  square,  or  oblong 
holes,  made  in  the  wall,  to  fire  through 
with  musquets.  They  are  generally  8 
or  9  inches  long,  6  or  7  inches  wide 
within,  and  2<;r  5  i;  ct  without ;  so  that 
re  from  them  direct  in 
front,  or  oblique  to  right  or  left,  according 
to  circumstances. 

L.unctta-\\\  fortification,  are  works  made 

on  both  sides  of  a  ravelin:  one  of  their 

i:;  perpendicular  to  half  or  2_3ds  of 

the   faces  of  the  ravelin,  and    the  other 

nearly  so  to  those  of  the  bastion. 

There  are  lik^wL-e  lunettes,  whose 
faces  are  drawn  perpendicular  to  those  of 
the  ravelin,  within  1-3  part  from  the 
saliant  angle  ;  whose  si  mi-gorges  are  only 
20  fathoms. 

These  kind  of  works  make  a  good  de- 
fence, and  are  of  no  great  ex  pence;  for 
as  they  are  so  near  the  ravelin,  the  com- 
munication with  it  is  very  easy,  and  one 
cannot  well  be  maintained  till  they  are  all 
three  taken. 

Lunettes,  are  also  works  made  beyond 
the  second  ditch,  opposite  to  the  places 
tns:    they   differ  from   the  ravelins 
only  in  their  situation 

LunetfoKstzrc  small  lunettes. 

Mtrlon,  is  that  part  of  the  breast- work 
of  a  battery  which  is  between  the  embra- 
"ures. 

Ori/la-:,  is  a  part  of  the  bastion  near  the 
shoulder,  which  serves  to  cover  the  retired 
flank  from  being  seen  obliquely :  it  is 
;mes  faced  with  stone,  on  the 
shoulder  of  a  casemated  bastion,  to  cover 
the  cannon  of  the  retired  flank,  and  hin- 
der them  from  being  dismounted  by  the 
enemy's  cannon. 

Of  all  ihe  works  in  a  fortification,  there 
'•'le  of  defender- 


sage  of  the  ditch,  and  to  destro-. 
miner,  wheresoever  he  enters  hi: 
than  the  or. lion.  Experience  in  the  last 
war  has  shewn  us  o'~  what  vast  advan- 
tage it  is  o  have  2  or  3  reserve  piece:; 
of  cannon,  which  command  the  ditch, 
and  the  face  of  th'.'  opposi:e  bastion,  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  destroy  the  Attempts 
of  the  miners,  and  see  the  breach  in  re- 
verse. Hence  the  great  advantages  of  a 
double  flank  thus  concealed  weigh  so 
very  much  with  us,  and  convince  us  so 
entirely  of  their  usefulness,  that  we  af- 
firm no  place  to  be  well  fortified  with- 
out theorillon,  and  that  th.-  straight  flank 
is  fit  foi  nothing  but  field  works. 

The  crillon  :s  as  old  as  the  bastion,  and 
was  first  made  use  of  about  the  year  1480; 
ai:d  we  find  it  frequently  mentioned  in 
the  works  of  Pasino  and'  Speckle,  first 
published  in  1579 

Out-tvorks.     See  WORK  s. 

Palisades,  in  fortification,  are  a  kind 
of  stakes  made  of  strong  spars  about 
9  feet  long,  fixed  3  deep  in  the  ground, 
in  rows  about  6  inches  asunder:  they 
are  placed  in  the  covert- way,  at  3  feet 
from,  and  parallel  to  the  parapet  of  the 
glacis,  to  secure  it  from  being  surprised 

Para-fret,  in  fortification,  is  a  part  of  the 
rampart  of  a  work,  iS  to  20  feet  broad, 
and  raised  6  or  7  feet  above  the  rest  of  the 
rampart:  it  serves  to  cover  the  troops 
placed  there  to  defend  the  work  against 
the  fire  of  the  enemy. 

Parallels*     See  SIEGE. 

Port-culllce,  in  fortification,  is  a  falling 
gate  or  door,  like  a  harrow,  hung  over  the 
gates  of  fortified  places,  and  let  down  to 
keep  out  the  enemy. 

Place  is  the  term  commonly  used  in  for- 
tification instead  of  a  fortified  town. 

Regular  place,  one  whose  angles,  sidei, 
bastion,  and  other  parts  are  equal,  &c. 

Irregular  place,  one  whose  sides  and  an- 
gles are  unequal,  &c. 

Place  of  arms,  in  fortification,  is  a  part 
of  the  covert-way,  opposite  to  the  re- 
entering  angle  of  the  ccunterscarp,  pro- 
jecting outward  in  an  angle.  It  is  gene- 
rally 20  fathoms  from  the  re-entering  an- 
gle "of  the  ditch  on  both  sides,  and  the 
faces  are  found  by  describing  a  radius  of 
25  fathoms. 

Places  of  arms .     See  SIEGE. 

Pits,  or  ponds,  in  fortification,  are  little 
holes  ug  between  the  higher  and  lower 
curtains,  toho'd  water,  in  order  to  prevent 
the  passing  from  the  tenailies  to  the  flanks, 

Profiles,  in  fortification,  are  a  represen- 
tation, 01  the  vertical  sections  of  a  work  ; 
and  serve  to  shevv  those  dimensions  which 
cannot  be  described  in  plans,  and  are  yet 
necessary  in  r^e  building  of  a  fortifica- 
tion ;  they  may  be  very  well  executed 
and  constructed  upon  a  scale  of  30  feet  to 
an  inch.  By  a  profile  are  expressed  the 
several  heights,  v/idths,  and  thicknesses, 
such  as  they  would  appear  were  the 
works  cut  down  perpendicularly  from 
the  top  to  the  bottom.  See  PROFILES 


FOR 


FOR 


179 


Rampart,  is  an  elevation  of  earth  raised 
along  the  faces  of  any  work,  10  or  1 5 
feet  high,  to  cover  the  inner  part  of  that 
work  against  the  fire  of  an  enemy  :  its 
breadth  differs  according  to  the  several 
systems  upon  which  it  may  be  constru-t- 
cd  :  for  De  Ville  makes  them  1212  fa- 
thoms, M,  Vauban  6,  and  others  10  fa- 
thoms. 

Rams-horns,  in  fortification,  are  a  kind 
of  low  wo  k  made  in  the  ditch,  of  a 
circular  arc;  they  were  first  invented  by 
Mr.  Belidor,  and  serve  insteadof  tenailles. 

Ravelin,  in  fortification,  is  a  work 
placed  before  the  curtain  to  cover  it,  and 
prevent  the  flanks  from  being  discovered 
sideways,  it  consistsof  2,  faces  meeting  in 
an  outward  angle  Some  ravelins  are 
counter -guarded,  which  renders  them  as 
serviceable  as  either  the  cunettes,  or  te- 
naillons. 

Gorge  of  the  ravelin,  is  the  distance  be- 
tween  the  two  sides  or  faces  towards  the 
place. 

Gorges,  of  all  other  outworks,  are  the 
intervals  or  spaces  which  lie  bet  ween  their 
sev  val  wings  or  sides  towards  the  main 
ditch  See  Go  RGBS. 

Redans,  in  fortification,  are  a  sort  of 
indented'  works,  consisting  of  lines  or 
facings  that  form  sallying  or  re-entering 
Angles,  flanking  one  another,  and  are 
generally  used  on  the  sides  of  a  river 
running'through  a  garrisonedtown.  They 
were  used  before  bastions.  Sometimes 
the  parapet  of  the  covert-way  is  carried 
on  in  this  manner. 

Redoubt,  is  a  kind  of  work  placed  be- 
yond the  glacis,  and  is  of  various  forms. 
Its  parapet,  not  being  intended  to  resist 
cannon,  is  only  8  or  9  fe  t  thick,  with  £ 
or  3  banquettes.  The  length  of  the  sides 
may  be  from  10  to  20  fathoms. 

Redoubt,  is  also  the  name  of  a  small 
work,  made  sometimes  in  a  bastion,  and 
sometimes  in  a  ravelin,  of  the  same  form. 

Redoubt,  is  likewise  a  square  work 
without  any  bastions,  placed  at  some 
distance  from  a  fortification,  to  guard  a 
pass  or  to  prevent  an  enemy  from  ap- 
proaching that  way. 

Detached-redoubt,  is  a  kind  of  work 
m»ch  like  a  ravelin,  with  fianks  placed 
beyond  the  glac's:  it  is  made  to  occupy 
some  spot  of  ground  which  might  be  ad- 
vantageous to  the  besiegers  ;  likewise  to 
oblige  the  enemy  to  open  their  trenches 
farther  oif  than  they  would  otherwise 
do.  Their  distance  from  the  covert-way 
.should  not  exceed  120  toises,  that  it  may- 
be defended  by  musquet  shot  from  thence. 

Redouts -en  fCremaillere,  so  called  from 
their  similitude  to  a  saw  ;  the  insid-.-  line 
of  the  parapet  being  broken  in  such  a 
manner,  as  to  resemble  the  teeth  of  a 
:?a\v ;  whereby  this  advantage  is  gained, 
that  a  greater  fire  can  be  brought  to  bear 
upon  the  defile,  than  if  only  a  simple  face 
was  opposed  TO  it,  and  consequently  the 
passage  .s  rendered  more  difficult. 

Retrenchment,    in  fortification,    is  any 


work  raised  to  cover  a  post,  and  fortify 

it  against    an   enemy,    such   as    fascines 

loaded  with  earth,  gabions,  sand-bags,  &c, 

Revetement,  in  fortification,  is  a  strong 

wall  built  on  the  outside  of  the  rampart 

and  parapet,  to   support  the  earth,  and 

prevent  its  rolling  into  the  ditch.     When 

the  revctement  of  a  rampart  goes  quite  up 

to  the  top,  4  feet  of  the  upper  part  is  i\ 

vertical  wall  of  3  feet  thick,  with  a  square 

;  stone  at  the  top  of  it,  projecting  about  5 

j  or  6  inches,  and  a  circular  one  below,   or 

j  where  the  srope  begins,  of  8  or  10  inches 

diameter.     They  go  quite  round  the  ram- 

I  part,  and  the  circular  projection  is  called 

it  he  cordon 
Rideaie,  in  fortification,  is  a  small  ele- 
va  ion  of  earth,  extending  lengthways  on 
a  plane,  and  serving  to  cover  a  camp,  or 
to  give  an  advantage  to  a  post.  They  are 
also  convenient  for  the  besiegers  of  a  place, 
as  they  serve  to  secure  the  workmen  in 
their  approaches  to  the  foot  of  a  fortress. 

Rideau  is  also  used  sometimes  for  a 
trench,  the  earth  of  wlvch  is  thrown  up 
on  its  sides,  to  serve  as  a  parapet  for  co- 
vering the  men. 

Sap.     See  SIEGE 

Scarp,  is,  properly  speaking,  any  thing 
high  and  steep,  and  is  used  \\-\Jortij;. 
to  express  the  outside  of  the  rampart  of 
any  work  next  to  the  ditch. 

Sillo>!,  in  fortification,  a  work  raised  in 
the  middle  of  a  ditch  to  defend  it  when 
too  broad.  This  work  has  no  particular 
i  construction,  but  as  it  runs,  form:-  little 
bastions,  half  nv.ons,  and  redans,  which 
are  lower  than  the  rampart  of  the  place, 
but  higher  than  the  covert  way.  It  is  run 
much  used  at  present. 

Sillon  means  literally  a  furrow.  In  for- 
tification, it  Is  a  work  raised. 

&<wjlloiu's-tail,  a  kind  of  out-  work, 
only  differing  from  a  single  tenaille,  in 
that  its  sides  are  not  parallel  as  those  of 
the  tenaill  ,  but  narrower  towards  the 
town  than  towards  the  country. 

Talus  signifies  a  slope  made  either  on 
the  outside  or  inside  of  any  work,  to  pre- 
vent tne  earth's  rolling  down  ;  it  is  of  va- 
rious denominations,  viz. 

Talus  of  the  banqitelte'v*  that  gentle  slope 
from  the  top  of  the  banquette  to  the  hori- 
zontal line. 

Interior  talus  of  the  parapet,  the  slope 
from  the  top  of  the  parapet  to  the  ban- 
quette. 

Talus  of  the  top  of  the  parapet,  that  slope 
which  lessens  the  height  of  the  parapet 
towards  the  berm,  by  which  means  tht 
troops  firing  from  the  banquette  can  de- 
fend the  covert  way. 

Exterior  talus  of  the  parapet,  the  slope 
of  the  parapet  from  the  top  to  the  berm. 

interior  talus  of  'the ditch,  the  slope  fron: 
the  top  ot  the  ditch  to  the  bottom, 
within. 

Tenailles  are  low  works  made  in  the 
ditch  before  the  curtains  ;  of  which  there 
are  three  sorts.  The  first  are  the  lace- 
of  the  bastion  produced  til! 


180 


F  O  R 


FOR 


but  much  lower  ;  the  second  have  faces, 
iianks,  and  a  curtain  ;  and  the:  third  have 
only  faces  and  flanks.  Their  hciU't  is 
about  2  or  3  feet  higher  than  the  level 
ground  of  the  ravelin.  Thur  use  is  to 
defend  the  bottom  of  the  ditch  by  a  graz- 
;ng  fire,  ;:s  likewise  the  level  ground  (*t 
-•din,  and  especially  the  ditch  be- 
fore the  redoubt  within  the  ravelin,  which 
cannot  be  defended  from  any  other  quarter 
so  well  as  from  them. 

Tenailhas  are  wo  ks  made  on  each  side 
of  the  ravelin,  much  like  the  lunettes; 
with  this  difference,  that  one  of  the  faces 
in  a  tenaillwi  is  in  the  direction  of  the  ra- 
velin ;  whereas  that  of  the  lunette  is  per- 
pendicular to  it 

Terre~p/ei»et  in  fortification,  the  hori- 
zontal superficies  of  the  rampart,  between 
th.-  interior  talus  and  the  banquette.  It 
is  on  the  terre  pleine  that  the  garrison  pass 
and  repass ;  it  is  also  the  passage  of  the 
rounds. 

Toiler  bastions  are  small  towers  made 
in  the  form  of  basti  ns ;  first  invented  by 
JVi.  Vaub'in,  and  used  in  his  second  and 
third  nuthod  ;  with  rooms  or  cellars  un- 
derneath, to  place  men  and  artillery  in 
them.  As  these  towrrs  are  alir.o  t  a  solid 
piece  of  masonry,  they  must  be  attended 
with  gr.at  ex  ence,  thou?  h  their  resist- 
ance  can  be  but  little  ;  for  it  has  been 
foiui-i  by  experience,  that  the  casemates 
are  but  of  little  use,  b  cause  as  soon  as 
they  have  fired  ow-.e  or  twice,  the  smoke 
will  oblige  the  defenders  to  leave  them, 
notwithstanding  the  smoke  holes:  hence 
it  may  be  concluded,  that  the  strength  of 
these  tower  bat,t  ens  dots  by  iv:  means 
answer  their  cxp  i.ces;  and  that,  if  small 
bastions  were  made  instead  of  them, 
without  casemates,  they  would  be  much 
better,  and  less  ex;  ensive. 

Traatiort,  in  fortification,  s  gnifies  the 
concealed  or  hidden  guns  in  a  fortification, 
behind  th.  reverse  of  the  orilL  n. 

Traverse,  in  fortification,  is  a  parapet 
made  across  the  covert  way,  opposite  to 
the  saliant  angles  of  the  works,  and  near 
the  ,)laces  of  arms,  to  prevent  enfilades  ; 
they  are  18  or  20  feet  thick,  and  as  high 
as  tiie  ridge  of  the  glacis.  There  are  also 
traverses  made  in  the  capcni.iers,  but 
then  they  are  called  tambours. 

Traverses  are  likewise  made  within 
other  works,  when  there  a  e  any  hills  or 
rising  grounds  from  whence  the  interior 
parts  of  these  works  may  be  observed. 
Traverses  that  are  made  to  cover  the  en- 
trances of  redoubts  in  the  field,  nei:d  not 
be  above  8  or  10  feet  thick. 

Trous-dt-loup,  or  wolf  holes,  round 
holes  madt  abuut  5  or  6  feet  deep,  with 
a  srake  in  thu-  miac-lle :  they  are  generally 
<h:^  ounda  field  redoubt,  toobstruct  the 
energy's  approach  ;  circular  at  top,  and 
aboui  4  1-2  feet  diameter;  pointed  at  the 
bottom  like  an  inverted  cone.  '1  wo  or 
three  rows  ot  them  arc  dug  chequerwise, 
about  6  :-acci  from  the  edge  of  the  ditch, 
vi£.  tvro  rows  of  holes  exactly  opposite 


to  each  other,  and  a  third  row  in  the  mid- 
dle, coverii.g  the  intervals. 

./,  a  smallek'orin  the  ,'ate  of  a  for- 
tiiifd  place,  at  which  a  man  on  foot  may 
go  in,  anti  which  may  IK:  opened  t: 
the  >.ate  itself  be  kept  shut. 

i!  \-rks.  All  the  fortifications  about  a 
place,  are  called  the  iuoks  of  a  place. 

Out-ivorks.  All  detached  ivorks  in  % 
fortification  are  so  called.  See  Debars. 

Zig- Zag.     See  SIEGE 

The  principal  maxim  i  of  fortification^  are 
these,  viz.  i.  That  every  "part  of  the 
works  be  seen  and  .  other  parts, 

so  tfiat  an  enemy  cannot  lodge  any  wl  ere 
without  being  exposed  to  the  fire  oi  ih? 
l)lace. 

2.  A    fortress    should    command    all 
places  round  it :  and  therefore  al)  the  out 
wors-s  should  be  lower  than  the  body  of 
tile  place 

3.  The  works  farthest  from  the  centre 
should  always  be  open  to  those  tr.at  are 
nearer. 

4.  The  defence  of  eve-  y   part   should 
always  be  within  the  reacn  of  musquet 
shot,  that  is,  from  120  to  150  fail.'  ins. 
so  as  to  be  defended  both  by  o 

small  fire  arms ;  for  Jt  it  be  only  IK 
by  cannon,  the  enemy  may  dis-nnn  nt 
them  by  the  superiority  of  their's,  and 
then  the  defence  will  be  destroyed  at  om:e ; 
whereas,  if  a  work  is  likewise  deiendt.a  by 
small  arms,  if  the  one  be  destroyed,  the 
other  Will  still  subsist. 

5.  All  the  defences  should  be  as  nearly 
direct  as  possible;  for  it  has  been  found 
by  experience,  that  the  soldiers  are  too 
apt  to  fire  directly  before  them,  v,  ithout 
troubling   themselves  whether   they   do 
execution  or  not. 

6.  A   fortification    should    be  equally 
strong  on  all  sides  ;  otherwise  the  enemy 
will  attack  it  in  the  weakest  part,  where- 
by its  strength  will  become  useless. 

7.  The  more  acute   the  angle  at  the 
cvntre  is,  the  stronger  will  fte  the  p. ace, 

8.  In  great  places,  dry  ditches  are  pre- 
reiable  to  those  rilled  with  water,  because 
saliies,  re  reats,  succors,  &c.  are  neces- 
sary ;     but,     in    small    fortresses,     wet 
ditches,  that  can  be  drained,  arv,  the  best, 
as  standing  in  need  of  no  sallies. 

Field  FORTIFICATION  is  the  art  o!' 
constructing  ail  kinds  of  temporary  workr 
in  the  field,  such  as  redoubts,  field  forts, 
star  f'-rts,  triangular  and  square  forts, 
heaus  of  bridges,  and  various  sorts  of  lines, 
&c.  An  army  intrenched,  or  fortified  in 
the  field,  produces,  in  many  respects, 
the  same  eilect  as  a  fortress ;  for  it  covers 
a  country,  supplies  the  want  of  numbers, 
stops  a  superior  enemy,  or  at  least  obliges 
him  to  engage  at  a  elisaei vantage. 

The  knowlege  oi  a  field  engineer  being 
founded  on  the  principles  of  fortification, 
it  must  be  allowed,  that  the  art  of  for- 
tiiyiirc  is  as  iuce:;s,iry  to  an  army  in  the 
field,  as  m  fort;i;eu  places;  and  though:. 
the  maxims  are  nearly  the  same  in  both, 


FOR 


FOR 


181 


vet  the  manner  of  applying  and  executing 
them  with  judgment,  is  very  different. 

A  project  of  fortification  is  commonly 
the  result  of  much  reflexion;  but  in  the 
field  it  is  quite  otherwise :  no  regard  is 
to  be  had  to  the  solidity  of  the  works  ; 
every  thing  must  be  determined  on  the 
.spot;  the  works  are  to  be  traced  out  di- 
rectly, and  regulated  by  the  time  and 
number  of  workmen,  depending  on  no 
other  materials  than  what  are  at  hand, 
and  having  no  other  tools  than  the  spade, 
shovel,  pick-axe,  and  hatchet.  It  is 
therefore  in  the  field,  more  than  any 
Avhere  else  that  an  engineer  should  be 
ready,  and  know  how  to  seize  all  advan- 
tages at  first  sight,  to  be  iortile  in  expe- 
dients, inexhaustible  in  inventions  and 
indefatk'ably  active. 
Quantity  and  quality  nj  the  materials 'which 

are  required  in   the  construction  of Jitld- 

fortijication, 

1.  .Every  common  fascine  made  use  of 
in  the  construction  of  field  works  or  for- 
tifications, should  be  10  feet  long  and  i 
foot  thick.     A  fascine  is  raised  by  means 
of  6  pickets,  which  are  driven  obliquely 
into  the  earth,  so  that  2  together  form 
the  shape  of  a  cross.     These  pickets  are 
tied  with  willows,  or  birch  twigs.     It  is 
upon  supporters  or  tressels  of  this  kind, 
that   fascines    are  made,  which  are  pro- 
perly  fagots  bound  together  with  rods, 
at  intervals  of  i   foot  each    in   breadth. 
Six  men  are  required   to  complete  each 
fascine  ;  viz.  2  to  cut  the  branches,  2  to 
gather  them  up,  and  2  to  bind  the  fascines. 
Six  men  may   with  great  ease,  make  12 
fascines  in  an  hour.     The  srraller  sort  of 
willows,  or  birch  twigs,  are  best  calcu- 
lated for  this  work.      The  fascines   are 
fastened  to  the   parapet,   which   would 
otherwise  crumble  and  fall  down.     A  re- 
doubt,   constructed   en  crcni.illUve^  must 
have  fascines  8  feet  long. 

2.  There  must  be  5  pickets  for  each 
fascine,  and  each  picket  must  be  3  or  4 
feet  long,  an  inch  and  a  half  thick,  and 
sharp  at  one  end  ;  they  serve  to  fasten  the 
fascines  to  the  parapet. 

3.  When  you  cannot  procure  wood  for 
the  fascines,  the  parapet  must  be  cover- 
ed or  clothed  with  pieces  of  turf,  4  inches 
thick,  and  a  foot  and  a  half  square ;  these 
are  fastened  to  the  parapet  with  4  small 
pickets  8  inches  long. 

4.  Thefraises,  or  pointed  stakes,  must 
be  8  feet  long,  5  inches    thick,   and   be 
sharp    at    the   top.     The    beams    upon 
which   they   are  laid,    must   be  12  feet 
loiv  arci  6  inches  thick.     These   beams 
are  spread  horizontally  along  the  parapet, 

.andfrais-s  arc-  fixed  to  them,  with  nails  7 
inch  s  loiv, ;  after  which  the  beams  are 
covered  wit  hearth.  Two  men  will  make 
12  fraiies  in  an  hour. 

5.  The  palisades,  by   which  the  ditch 
or  fosse  of  a  work  is  fortified,  must  be 
«>  or  io  feet  long,   and  6  inches  thick; 
they  must,  likewise,  be  sharpened  at  the 
end.     If  vou  cannot  procure   them    of 


these  dimensions,  you  must  use  smaller 
ones  ;  in  which  case  you  will  have  the 
precaution  to  mix  a  few  large  stakes. 

6.  The   pickets,    which    are  fixed   in 
trous-de-loup  or  wolf-holes,    must  be  6 
feet  long,  4  inches  thick,   and  sharp  ?.t 
the  top. 

7.  The  beams  belonging  to  a  cbevaux. 
de-frizet  must   be   12  feet    long,    and   6 
inches  broad.      The  spokes   which    are 
laid  across,  must  be  7  feet  long,  4  inches 
thick,  and   placed  at  the  distance  of  6 
inches  from  each  other.     These  chevaux- 
de-jriz.es  are  made  use  of  to  block  up  the 
entrances  into  redoubts,  to  close  passages 
or  gates,  and  sometimes  they  serve  to  ob- 
struct the  fosse. 

8.  Gabions  are  constructed  of  various 
sizes.     Those    which  are    intended    for 
field  works,  must  be  3  or  4  feet  high,  and 
contain  2  or  3  feet  in  diameter.     These 
gabions  are  made  by  means  of  long  stakes, 
3  or  4  feet  long,  which  a>e  placed  so  as  to 
form  a  circle,  which  is  2  or  3  feet  in  di- 
ameter.    The   pickets  must  be  covered 
and  bound  in  the  same  manner  as  hurdles 
are.     Gabions  are  chiefly  of  use  in  em- 
brasures.    They  are  fixed  close  to  each 
other,    and   are    afterwards    filled    with 
earth.    There  are  also  gabions  of  one  foot, 
with  12  inches  diameter  at  the  top,  and 
9  at  the  bottom      The  bank  of  the  para- 
pet is  lined  with  gabions  of  this  construe 
tion,  b-hmd  which  troops   may  be  sta- 
tioned, so  as  to  ti'-e  under  cover  through 
the  intervals.  A  quantity  of  large  wooden 
mallets,    rammers,    hatchets,    axes,  and 
grappling    irons,     is     required    for    thi> 
work. 

Names  of  all  works  used  injicld  FORTIFI- 
CATION. 

Bridge  bexdsy  or  tctes  dc  pont,  are  made 
of  various  figures  and  sizes,  sometime  , 
like  a  redan  or  ravelin,  with  or  without 
flanks,  sometimes  like  a  horn  or  crown 
work,  according  to  the  situation  of  the 
ground,  or  to  the  importance  of  its  de- 
fence. Their  construction  depends  011 
various  circumstances;  for,  should  the 
river  be  so  narrow,  that  the  work  may  be 
flanked  from  the  other  side,  a  single  red  an 
is  sufficient ;  but  when  the  river  is  so 
broad,  that  the  saliant  angle  cannot  be 
well  defended  across  the  river,  flanks 
must  be  added  to  the  redan;  but  should^ 
a  river  be  icotoises,  or  more  across,  halt" 
a  square  may  be  made,  whose  diagonal  is 
the  river  side  ;  and  where  the  river  is  from 
3  to  500  toises  broad,  a  horn,  or  crown- 
work  should  be  made.  All  the  different 
sorts  of  heads  of  bridges,  are  to  be  esteem- 
ed as  ;:<.'od  wurks  against  a  sudden  ons'jt 
only,  and  their  use  is  almost  momentary, 
as  they  sometimes  serve  but  for  a  few 
days  only,  and  at  most  during  a  cam- 
pa'gn. 

Dams  are  generally  made  of  earth,  but 
:> .onetimes    of  other  materials,  as  occa 
..'.ay  require  :  their  use  is  to  confin.' 
water. 

Flcche  a  work  consisting  of  two  faces.. 


182 


FOR 


FOR 


terminating  in  a  saliant  angle  of  gop,  the 
faces  are  eenerally  75,  or  80  feet  long,  the 
parapet  6  feet  thick,  and  the  ditch  7  feet 
broad. 

Fotts,  in  field  fortification,  are  of  vari- 
ous sorts,  viz 

Field  forts  may  be  divided  into  two 
kinds:  the  one  defending  itself  on  all 
sides,  as  being  entirely  surrounded  ;  the 
other,  bordering  on  a  river,  &c.  remain 
open  a-  the  gorge.  They  havv  the  ad- 
vantage otr. doubts,  in  being  flanked,  and 
thedisadvantage  in  containing  l-.'ss  within, 
in  proportion  to  their  extent. 

Star  forts  are  so  called,  bccausethey  re- 
semble that  figure  They  were  common- 
ly mide  ot  4  angles,  sometimes  of  5,  and 
very  rarely  ot'6;  but  we  find  them  now 
made  of  7  and  8  angles.  Let  their  figure 
however,  be  what  it  will,  their  a..gles 
should  be  equal;  if  formed  of  equilateral 
triangles,  so  much  the  better ;  for  then 
the  flanking  angle  being  120°,  the  fires 
cross  better  and  nearer ;  and  as  the  2  flank's 
are  on  the  same  line,  the  space  not  de- 
fended before  the  saliant  aru'le,  is  reduced 
to  a  parallelogram,  whose  smallest  side 
is  equal  to  the  gorge. 

Bastfaned  forts  differ  in  nothing  from 
that  of  places,  except  that  the  figure  is 
less,  and  the  attack  supposed  of  another 
Icind.  It  is  reckoned  sufficient  to  flank 
them  with  half  bastions. 

Triangular  forts.  As  these  kind  efforts 
contain  less  in  proportion  tuan  any  other, 
they  are  consequently  used  as  seldom  as 
possible. 

Square  Jorts  are  in  many  respects  pre- 
ferable to  the  triangular  ones.  See 
FORT. 

Lines,  in  field  fortification,  ore  of  se- 
veral sorts,  viz.  the  front  of  a  fortifica- 
tion, or  any  other  field  work,  which  with 
regard  to  the  defence,  is  a  collection  if 
lines,  contrived  so  as  reciprocally  te  flank 
each  other. 

Lines  of  inirenclment  arc  made  to  cover 
an  army  ;  or  a  place  indifferently  fortified, 
.md  which  sometimes  contains  the  prin- 
cipal magazine  of  an  army  ;  or  to  cover  a 
considerable  extent  of  ground,  to  prevent 
an  enemy  trum  entering  into  the  country 
to  raise  contributions,  &c. 

Lines  y  of  whatever  form  or  shape, 
should  be  every  where  equally  strong, 
and  alike  guarded. 

Maxims.  i;>t.  To  inclose  with  the 
•work  as  much  ground  as  possible,  hav- 
ing regard  to  circumstances.  This  atten- 
tion chiefly  concerns  redoubts  and  small 
works. 

2d.  If  there  are  several  works  near 
each  other,  their  lines  ol  defence  should 
be  so  directed,  as  to  defend  each  other 
without  being  annoyed  by  their  own  fire. 

3d.   Not  to  depend  on   the  defence  of 

small  arms,  but  where  they  can  fire  at 

nght  angles;    as  they  too   generally  fire 

without  aim,  and  directly  before  them. 

*4^h.    Not  to  have  recourse  to  the  2d 


flank  or  fireof  the  curtain,  but  when  there- 
is  an  absolute 

5th.  That  the  f!a>  .king  angle  be  always 
a  right  one,  or  at  least  obtuse,  but  never  to 
exceed  100°,  if  possible,  there  being  no 
fear  here,  as  in  a  fortification,  of  the  flank 
being  too  much  exposed.  Besides,  it  is 
not  necessary  to  graze  the  faces,  or  even 
to  fire  obliquely  on  them  ;  since  there  is 
no  danger  of  being  exposed  to  the  defence 
of  a  breach,  or  lodgment  or  the  miners. 
The  only  thing  to  apprehend,  is  a  sudden 
ttack. 

6th.  That  the  flanking  parts  be  suf- 
ficiently extended,  so  that  the  interior  of 
their  parapets  at  least  may  rake  the  whole 
breadth  of  the  opposite  ditch. 

7th.  Never  to  make  an  advanced  ditch 
in  dry  ground,  unless  it  can  be  enfiladed 
throughout,  and  under  a  proper  angle  be 
defended  by  the  work  which  it  covers,  or 
surrounds. 

8th.  Not  to  allow  more  than  from  60 
to  80  toises  for  the  lines  of  defence,  when 
they  proceed  from  two  flanks  separated 
by  two  branches,  forming  a  saliant  angle*,, 
or  when  not  made  to  cross,  though  pro- 
duced. 

9th.  That  the  parts  most  extended, 
and  consequently  the  weakest  in  them- 
selves, be  as  much  defended  as  |  .sihle, 
and  have  at  least  the  fire  of  two  iianks-, 
besides  their  own  direct  fire. 

Ri-davs  are  a  s>>rt  of  indented  works, 
consisting  of  lines  and  faces,  that  forr  sa- 
liant and  re-entering  angles,  ff mking  one 
another  Lines  are  often  constructed 
with  redans :  their  saliant  angles  are  gene- 
rally from  50  to  70°. 

.;re  when  the  t\\ 

are  indented,  in  that  case  the  faces  of  each 
indented  angle  is  8   1-2  f  jet  only. 

'f  awl>our,  a  kind  of  work  formed  of  r>a- 
iisad'/s,  10  feet  lon^,  and  6  inch- ., 
"lasted  close  together,  and  driven  2  or 
3  feet  into  the  ground;  so  that  when  fi- 
nished it  has  the  appearance  ot  a  square  re- 
d  vibt  cut  in  two.  Loop-holes  .-.re  made 
6  feet  from  the  ground,  and  3  feet  asun- 
der, for  the  soldiers  to  fire  through,  who 
are  placed  on  scaffolds  2  feet  iiiglu  They 
have  often  been  used  by  the  French  with, 
great  advantage. 

Tetes-de-pGnt.      See  Bridge-heads. 

Truus-Je-loitp  ai\-  holes  dug  in  the 
ground,  circular  at  top,  aoout  4  1-2  feel 
diam  ter,  and  6  feet  deep,  pointed  at  bot- 
tom, like  an  invert,  d  core,  or  sugar  loaf. 
A  stake  six  feet  long  is  fixed  .n  their 
centre,  driven  2  feet  into  the  ground,  and 
made  sharp  at  top.  Two  or  three  row? 
or  them  are  dug  chequerwise,  abemt  6 
paces  from  the  ditch  of  a  field-work. 
They  prevent  the  approach  of  horse, 
&c.  ' 

PERPENDICULAR  F  o  R  x i r i c  A  T i o  N . 
The  principles  of  Vauban  for  direct  or 
horizontal  works,  are  the  most  perfect 
of  all  others  :  indeed  all  the  masters  of  the 
art  in  modern  times,  who  have  introduced 
any  thing  nc\v,  allow  that  their  works 


FOR 


FOR 


18.1 


arc  only  improvements  of  Vauban.  The 
writings  of  Cormontagne  are  the  most  ap- 
proved of  the  late  writers  on  military  de- 
fence. The  principles  of  elevated  works 
to  cover  naval  roads  and  harbors,  is  among 
the  improvements  on  Vauban  ;  the  works 
at  Cherbourg,  in  France,  and  at  fort  Co- 
lumbus, New  York  harbour,  arc  very 
happy  examples  of  the  power  of  such 
works,  as  well  as  of  the  talents  of  the 
Engineers  who  erected  them.  Those  at 
New  York  were  by  Col.  Williams  of  the 
United  States  engineer  corps 
Subterraneous  FORTIFICATION. 
These  consist  of  the  difiert-nt  galleries 
and  branches  which  lead  to  mines,  to  the 
chambers  belonging  to  them,  or  to  fou- 
gasses,  and  which  are  required  whenever 
it  is  found  necessary  to  explode  for  the 
purposes  of  attack  or  defence.  A  sub- 
terraneous fortification  may  be  of  a  per- 
manent or  temporary  construction,  offen- 
sive or  defensive  nature.  Whenever  this 
sort  of  wo-k  is  adopted  to  strengthen  and 
.secure  a  lortifud  place,  it  is  generally 
built  of  stone  or  brick,  and  made  suffi- 
ciently solid  to  last  a  Ions  tinit; ;  lf  IS 
then  'called  permanent  and  defensive. 
Any  place  which  is  put  in  a  state  to 
withstand  the  subterraneous  attacks  of  a 
besieging  enemy,  is  said  to  be  counter- 
*nined. 

When  the  besieger  wishes  to  make  an 
impression  on  a  fortification  of  this  son, 
he  mustiirst  construct  ^alk-ries  which  he 
.-overs  with  wood,  &c.  Fie  then  prac- 
tices offensive  and  temporary  fortifica- 
tions of  the  subterraneous  sort.  Tnese 
works  are  well  calculated  to  aid  him  in 
securing  a  lodgment  for  his  subterraneous 
artillery,  and  in  establishing  chambers, 
ibugasses,  &c. 

With  respect  to  fortification  in  general, 
different  authors  recommend  different 
methods;  but  the  principal  are  those  of 
!\van,  Blondel,  Vauban,  Coehorn,  Be- 
iidor,  Scheiter,  and  Muller. 

It  must,  however,  be  constantly  re- 
collected by  every  engineer,  that  his  views 
are  not  to  be  confined  to  the  mere  art  of 
•fortifica  ion.  He  ought  further  to  know 
the  use  which  different  generals,  in  dif- 
ferent periods,  have  made  of  natural 
.strength  and  position  ;  without  an  atten- 
'ion  of  this  sort,  he  will  fall  very  short 
of  that  extensive  knowljge,  which  every 
military  man,  who  aims  at  military  fame, 
must  be  ambitious  of  acquiring.  Chains 
of  mountains,  and  volumes  of  water,  to- 
gether with  the  influence  which  different 
climates  have  upon  the  latter  element, 
should  always  constitute  a  part  of  the 
natural  system  that  ought  to  form  an  es- 
sential portion  of  his  application.  Hy- 
drography will  likewise  assist  him  in  this 
pursuit.  To  enlarge  upon  tlxis  important 
branch  of  geography,  and  to  point  out  the 
great  means  which  it  affords  of  natural 
defence  and  offence  in  fortification,  would 
be  to  exceed  the  limits  of  our  present  un- 
;'in£.  W.'  'Oiall,  th'-v 


our  military  readers  to  Belair's  Elemens  dt 
Fortification,  and  content  ourselves  with 
submit  ring  a  short  account  of  the  differ- 
ent authors  who  have  either  given  original 
systems,  or  have  greatly  improved  those 
that  were  alreadv  known.  Independent 
of  whom,  may  be  named  the  following 
waters,  who  have  likewise  contributed 
to  the  general  knowlege  of  fortificat  on, 
viz.  Errard  Deville,  Belidor,  D'Alem- 
bert,  Cormontagne,  Folard,  Clairac,  Mul- 
ler, Robins,  LeBlond,  D  ditr,  Marshal 
Saxe,  Cugnot,  Tielke,  La  dsb  rghen, 
Trincano,  Fallios,  Rosard,  Belair,  &c. 

FORTIFICATION,  according  to  tlu 
method  of  Pagan,  consists  in  three  dif- 
ferent sorts,  viz.  the  gnat,  the  mean,  and 
little,  whose  principal  dimensions  ara 
contained  in  the  following 

TABLE. 


for   all    ci- 

r< 

-t 

« 

TJ 

ther  po- 

-, 

,.^ 

0 

c, 

.tl 

lygons 

^x 

'  ' 

m 

7| 

o> 

":. 

in 

u^, 

h 

for  squares 

| 

- 

oo 

^ 

-£' 

for  all    o 

T 

E 

^ 

ther  po- 
lygons 

00 

« 

'•; 

- 

^ 

1 

_. 

-t 

M 

U 

H 

for  squar.-s 

06 

;'- 

.-" 

HH 

for     all  o. 

''• 

'•" 

r4 

2 

O 

ther   po- 
lv^on 

s» 

0 

t 

: 

r-4     ' 
•* 

H 

r» 

o 

for  squares 

o 

t  - 

'\ 

r? 

UH     . 

H 

OS 

N 

• 

A>    ! 

0 

_ 

:;  : 

* 

u 

U 

1 

1 

~^r 

| 

^ 

•S 

3 

CJQ 

l_ 

o 

c 

•^ 

u 

<U 

c 

^1. 

-U" 

X! 

^ 

H 

~ 

U 

-5 

^ 

£ 

J 

—  • 

Blondel  fortifies  within  the  given  poly- 
gon :  he  establishes  two  sorts  of  fortifica- 
tion ;  the  great  one,  whose  exterior  side 

is  200  toises,  and  the  lesser  one  170,   be- 
cause he  will  net  have  the  li,.e  of  defence 
exceed  140  toises,  which  is  the  greates: 
musquet  shot,  nor  less  than  120  toises. 
not  to  increase  the  number  of  ba/ 
He    begins   by   the    tiiminishin,    angle, 
which  may  be  found  by  taking  90  d. 
from  the  angle  of  the  poiygon,  and  b> 
adding  15  degrees  to  the  third  of  the  re- 
mainder. 

Vauban's  method  is  divided  into  little, 
me.m,  and  great:  the  little  is  chiefly  used 
in  the  const  -uction  of  citadels  ;  the  mean, 
i     that  of  all   sorts  of  towns;  ar 
great,  in  particular  cases  only. 


184 


FOR 


FOR 


TABLE. 


i\* 

g 

o 
o 

o 

IM 

u 

§ 

«n 

» 

o 

j 

cri 

•"1 

c 

'0 

m 

--n 

0 
CO 

o 

KJ 

o 

m 
m 

6 

"-> 

t-« 

M 

rt 

r^ 

in 

_0 

v8 

C? 

^ 

o 
m 

i 

o 
in 

|_| 
rl 

n 

o 

I 

1 

o 

O 

o 

•" 

cl 

-t 

o 

0 

in 

Q 

w 

" 

pi 

T^ 

o 

LTl 

n 

CO 

1-1 

M 

(-0 

Cl 

*2 

-  1  -:^ 

Hi           | 

o 

3 

0 

U-i 

O 
0 

?  |  «s 

o 

i 

8,  |    : 

C? 

CO 

o 

o 

r, 

in 

CO 

ct 

c) 

"3 

"o"5 

^    CJ      1 

'  o  2 

C    '„ 

0    (- 

'ti-'i  1 

0     ^ 

c/j    O 

o  •£ 

'0    y> 

•o 

rO    O 

r~;  cr 

^  i; 

U  Ci 

w 

SL 

fn  tfte  first  vertical  column  are  the  num- 
bers expressing  the  lengths  of  the  exterior 

from  80  to  ;6o. 

In  the  second,  the  perpendiculars  an- 
\vcr;ng  to  these  sides. 

In  the  third,  the  lengths  of  the  faces  of 
the  bastions ;  and  in  the  fourth,  the 
ilis  of  the  capitals  of  the  ravelins. 

Belidor's  method  is  divided  also  into 
little,  mean,  and  great:  and  in  all  three 
the  exterior  side  is  200  toiscs ;  the  per- 
pendicular of  the  little  is  50,  that  of  the 
:mean  55,  and  the  great  40 :  the  faces  of 
the  first  70,  the  second  70,  and  the  third 
55  toises. 

Scheittr's  method  is  divided  into  the 
great,  mean,  and  small  sort.  The  ex- 
terior .side  ofthe  polygon  for  the  great  sort 
is  200  toises,  the  mean  sort  180,  and  rhe 
^mall  160  The  line  of  defence  in  the 
.lirst  is  140  toises,  the  second  130,  and 
the  third  120.  This  line  is  always  rasant. 
All  the  other  lines  are  fix-d  at  the  same 
length  for  all  polygons,  whose  structure 
chiefly  depends  upon  the  knowlegeof  the 
exterior  shu-,  of  the  capital,  or  of  the 
tanked  angle,  the  rest  being  easily  finis h- 
°d. — See  the  TABLE. 


TABLE  oj  capitals  and  fianked  A^ngles, 


~ 

O 

~ 

^ 

0 

X 

in 

in 

in 

s 

0 

oo 

X 

8> 

X 

c\ 

O 

in 

CO 

X 

^ 

.*. 

M 

HOi 

0 

in 

*° 

* 

s 

v-i 

<*} 

O 

<5 

> 

0 

m 

«n 

* 

i^j 

O 

oo 

^ 

o\ 

"» 

* 

> 

5 

£ 

f 

Htt 

HM 

> 

& 

01 

^ 

>^ 

bfc't 

j<5 

0> 

•o 

5  "* 

** 

to 

M 
,5.8 

en 

0    . 

o 

'*J 

*_, 

B 

—  • 

o 

fc/3 

0    o 

"5:5 
«| 

CJ 
bC 
Jg 

s 

CJ 

JS 

s 

10 

Cl 

O 

Io 

<2 

g 

g 

C     CO 

M-4 

-M 

CC  o 

,2 

5 

« 

Jg£ 

& 

u 

C3" 

c. 

rt 
U 

Errard,  of  Bois  le-Duc,  who  was  em 
)!oyed  by  Henry  IV.  and  Avas  the 
hat  laid  down  rules  in  France  respecting 
he  best  method  of  fortifying  a  place  so 
s  to  cover  its  flank,  constructs  that  flan!: 
)erpendicular  to  the  face  of  the  bastion  ; 
)ut  by  er.deavor  ng  to  cover  it  effectually, 
ic  makes  the  gorges  too  exiguous,   tl'v; 
rabrasures  too  oblique,  and  leaves  tlu: 
[itch  almost  defenceless. 

TheChevalierde  Ville,  who  succeeded 
irrard,  draws  the  flank  line  perpendicu- 
ar  to  the  curtain  ;  but   here  again   the 
mbrasures  are  too  oblique,  especially  in 
he  polyg"ns,  and  the  ditch  is  necessa'tily 
[1  guarded      This  engineer's  method  o'f 
»rtifyir.g  is  stiled  by  most  authors,  the 
French  method.     His  favorite  maxim  is  to 
make  the  flai.k   angle  straight,  and   the 
ank  equal  to  the  demigorge. 
Count  Pagan  makes  the  flank  perpen- 
icular  to  The  line  of  defence,  which  me- 
hiod  s  cms  to  agree  perfectly  with  this 
maxim,  because  by  that  means  the  flank 
o  raised  covers  as  much  as  possible  the 
face  of  the  opposite  bastion  ;  but  notwith- 
standing this  apparent  advantage  the  flank 
becomes  too  small  and  is  too  much  ex- 
posed to  the  enemy's  batteries     ThL 


FOR 


FOR 


185 


engineer  acquired  great  reputation  during 
the  several  sieges  which  he  assisted  in 
conductin  under  Louis  XIII  His  sys- 
tem has  been  improved  upon  by  Alain 
Marrison  Mallet,  and  nis  construction  in 
fortification  is  to  this  day  esteemed  the 
most  perfect.  It  differs  very  little  from 
Marshal  Vauban's  first  system.  Count 
Pagan  has  pointed  out  the  method  of 
building  casemates  in  a  manner  peculiar 
to  himself. 

Marshal  Vauban  has  judiciously  steered 
between  these  different  methods.  He  has 
drawn  his  flank  in  such  a  manner,  that  it 
does  not  stand  too  much  exposec ,  nor 
does  iis  collateral  line  of  defence  extend 
too  far  from  the  direct  line  of  defence.  He 
lias  effected  this  by  lengthening  out  his 
flank  and  giving  it  a  circular  form. 

It  cannot  be  disputed  but  that  large 
and  extensive  flanks  and  demi-gorges  are 
superior  to  narrow  and  confined  ones. 
The  more  capacious  the  flank  is,  the 
better  calculated  will  it  prove  for  the  dis- 
position of  a  formidable  train  of  artillery. 
From  this  conviction  many  writers  in 
their  proposed  systems  of  fortification, 
have  added  a  second  flank,  in  order  to 
augment  the  line  of  defence;  but  they 
did  not  foresee,  that  this  second  flank  is 
not  only  incapable  of  covering  the  face  of 
the  opposed  bastion,  except  in  a  very 
oblique  and  insecure  direction,  but  that 
the  ri<ht  flank,  or  the  flank  of  the  bastion, 
is  thereby  more  exposed  to  the  enemy's 
batteries,  which,  it  must  beacknowleged, 
is  a  great  fault. 

The  prevailing  system  of  the  present 
day  is  to  make  the  flanks  of  the  bastion 
as  wide  as  possible,  without  having  re- 
course to  a  second  flank,  unless  it  beao- 
solutely  necessary.  Thoscgorges  are  like- 
wise best  which  are  most  capacious,  be- 
cause they  afford  space  and  ground  in  the 
bastion  for  the  construction  of  int.ench- 
ments  within,  should  theenemy  have  ef- 
fected a  practicable  breach. 

All  parts  of  a  fortification  which  stand 
exposed  to  the  immediate  attacks  of"  a  be- 
sieging enemy,  must  be  strong  enough  to 
bear  the  boldest  attempts,  and  the  most 
vigorous  impressions.  Tliis  is  a  self- 
evident  maxim,  becauseit  must  be  mani- 
fest to  the  most  common  undemanding, 
that  works  are  erected  round  a  plate  for 
the  specific  purpose  of  preventing  an 
enemy  from  getting  possession  of  it.  It 
consequently  follows,  that  rianked  angles 
are  extremely  defective  when  they  are  too 
•icuie,  since  their  points  may  be  easily 
flanked  and  destroyed  by  the  besieger's 
cannon. 

The  Dutch  construct  at  sixty  degrees; 
but  according  to  Vauban's  method,  no 
work  should  be  under  seventy-five  de- 
grees, unless  circumstances  and  situation 
should  particularly  require  it 

A  place  to  be  in  a  state  of  defence, 
should  be  equally  strong  in  all  its  relative 
directions;  for  the  enemy  would  of  course 
\veak  part  hi*  object  of  dfuu-k, 


and  finally  succeed  in  getting  possession 
of  the  town  The  body  of  the  place 
must  have  a  command  towards  the  coun- 
try, and  no  quarter  in  the  outward  vi- 
cinity of  it  must  overlook,  or  command 
either  tht  place  itself,  or  its  outworks. 
Those  works  which  are  nearest  to  the 
centre  of  the  place,  must  hav\  a  greater 
elevation  than  the  more  distant  ones. 

The  first  regular  system  of  fortification 
which  appeared  and  was  adopted  in 
f-  ranee,  owed  its  origin  to  Errard  of 
Bois-le-Duc,  whom  we  have  just  men- 
tioned. His  method,  howver,  has  been 
uniformly  rejected  hy  able  engineers ;  and 
if  we  may  give  credit  10  the  report  of 
Ozanan,  Errard  himself  never  carried 
his  own  system  into  practice. 

Next  to  Errard  of  Bois-le-Duc,  came 
the  Chevalier  Antoine  de  Ville,  who  was 
engineer  under  Louis  XIII.  andprblish- 
ed  an  excellent  treatise  upon  fortifi  aiion. 
His  method  is  stiledby  most  authors,  the 
Fifucb  method.  Others  call  it  the  Corn- 
found  System,  or  Systeme  a  trait  Compose^ 
because  it  united  the  Italian  and. Spanish 
methods.  He  was,  indeed,  by  no  means 
an  advocate  for  new  systems ;  for  he  ge- 
nerally observed,  that  -,ny  m-w  method, 
or  invention  was  extremely  easy,  so  long 
as  it  was  confined  to  the  mere  alteration 
of  something  in  the  measure,  or  in  the 
disposition  of  those  parts  of  fortification 
which  have  been  discussed  by  other 
authors. 

The  Count  de  Pagan  followed  after, 
and  had  tne  goo*'  fortune  to  propose  a  sys- 
tem which  entirely  superseded  rhe  other 
two.  We  have  already  mentioned  the 
principal  feature,  in  his  method. 

Marshal  Vauban,  whose  reputation 
rose  upon  the  manifest  superiority  which 
his  skill  gave  him  over  all  others  that  had 
written  upon  fortification,  likewise  pro- 
posed thre:  methods,  with  considerable 
improvements:  i>ix.  "The great,  t^Qtnean^ 
and  the  little. 

The  great  method,  according  to  Vau- 
b.m,  contains  on  its  exterior  side  from  200 
to  230,  or  240  toise:-  This  extern  is  not 
unitormly  the  same  throughout  nil  the 
sides  of  a  place,  but  is  confined  to  that 
side  which  ik-s  along  the  banks  of  a  river, 
where  he  uniformly  erects  consideiable 
outworks. 

Vauban  made  use  of  his  second  method 
in  fortifying  Betoit  and  Landau.  On  ac- 
count of  the  bad  local  shun  turn  of  Befort, 
and  the  impossibility  of  fortifying  it  with 
common  bastions  that  would  not  be  ex- 
posed to  an  enfilade  in  almost  every  direc- 
tion, in  spits  of  the  traverses  or  rechutes 
which  might  b<.  made :  he  invented  arch- 
ed bastions  that  were  bomb  proof,  wh;ch 
he  called  tours  b*»thn*kes,  or  towers  ivith 
bastions  These  arched  bastions  are  co- 
vered by  counter-guards,  the  height  of 
whose  parapet  almost  equals  the  elevation 
of  the  towers  themselves.  Although 
itnctly  speaking,  both  these  places  ar^ 
rregularly  fortifiee,  nevertheless  a  method 


186 


FOR 


FOR 


of  regular  defence  may  be  established  from 
the  construction  of  their  works. 

Vauban's  third  system  grows  out  of 
the  second;  and  for  that  reason  it  is  called 
crdre  rexjorcs,  \.\\e  reinforced  order  or  method. 
It  was  adopted  in  the  fortifications  of 
New  Brisac.  Vauban  left  nothing  un- 
tried to  bring  this  system  to  perfection, 
and  he  had  the  inge'nuity  to  execute  his 
plan  at  a  less  expence,  than  it  would 
otherwise  have  been  ejected,  by  means 
of  half  revetements  which  he  threw  up 
in  the  outward  works  called  the  dehors 

This  system,  however,  (ingenious  and 
unrivalled  as  it  certainly  is,)  has  not  es- 
caped the  censure  of  some  writers  It 
must  nevertheless  be  acknowledged,  that 
their  remarks  are  either  founded  in  envy, 
or^that  they  proceed  from  ignorance. 

There  are  other  systems  of  fortification 
which  have  been  proposed  by  the  writers 
of  other  countries  besides  France.  We 
shall  give  a  brief  detail  of  them,  and  leave 
the  inquisitive  to  go  more  at  length  into 
the  nature  of  their  methods,  by  referring 
them  to  the  different  treatises. 

The  Italians  have  furnished  several 
authors  who  have  written  varously  on 
the  subject  of  fortification.  The  method 
proposed  by  Sardis  has  been  generally 
esteemed  the  best. 

The  Spaniards  in  their  methods  of  for- 
tifying, never  adopt  that  which  adds  a 
second  flank.  The  obtuse  Hanked  angle 
is  not  looked  upon  by  their  best  engineers 
as  a  defecti  vtf'system  in  fortification. 

Both  the  Italians  and  the  Spaniards 
speak  frequently  of  the  ordrg  res/force, 
which  was  originally  invented  to  lessen 
the  number  of  bastions  in  a  great  town  or 
fortified  place,  and  to  render  consequent- 
ly the  line  of  defence  equal  to  the  range  of 
liiusquetry. 

The  Chevalier  St.  Julien,  a  very  able 
engineer,  has  published  a  method,  by 
which,  he  asserts,  that  works  may  be 
constructed  not  only  at  a  less  expenee 
than  others  require,  but  in  a  manner  that 
must  render  his  defence  or  attack  more 
formidable.  He  has  likewise  invented  a 
new  method  for  the  defence  of  small 
places,  which  is  preferable  to  the  first, 
although  it  is  not  without  faults.  Ac- 
cording to  his  system,  the  reach  of  the 
musquet  is  taken  from  the  centre  of  the 
curtain.  To  this  end  he  directs,  that  a 
covert  lodgment,  7  feet  high,  and  10 
toises  wide,  be  constructed  from  that 
bpot  to  tiie  gorge  of  the  halt  moon  or  ra- 
velin. C.aunon  is  disposed alcn^,  the  faces, 
mid  a  gailery  is  erected  for  the  nmsquctry, 
which  likewise  serves  as  a  pu^^j  to  the 
ravelin. 

Francis  Marchl,  a  gentleman  of  Bo- 
logna, in  his  folio  edition,  has  furnished 
us  with  upwardsof  160  diiieieut  methods 
ijf  constructing  fortifications. 

The  Dutch  uniformly  pursue  the  sys- 
tem published  by  Marollois. 

boinbciic  has  likewise  established  three 
oi  fortification,  the  jj,reat  royal, 


grand  royal;  the  mean;  and  the  little 
royal,  petit  rojul.  His  method  agrees 
with  the  sound  maxims  of  good  fortifi- 
cation much  more  than  any  of  the  pre- 
ceding ones. 

Blondel  has  published  a  system  of  for- 
tification,  which  he  divides  into  two 
principal  heads;  the  great,  whose  exte- 
rior side  contains  200  toiscs  ;  and  the /////<?, 
where  the  side  does  not  exceed  170  toises. 
His  reason  is,  because  he  objects  to  thu 
line  of  defence  having  more  than  140 
toises,  which  is  the  furthest  reach  of 
musquetry,  or  less  than  120  toi*es,  to 
prevent  an  unnecessary  increase  of  bas- 
tions. The  principles  of  Blondel's  sys- 
tem resemble,  in  a  great  degree,  those 
upon  which  Pagan's  is  founded,  and 
chiefly  consist  in  methods  of  fortifying 
inward  posts.  The  invention  has  cer- 
tainly great  merit,  but  its  adoption  must 
prove  expensive  in  all  its  practical  bran- 
ches. It  must,  moreover,  be  manifest, 
that  the  four  long  batteries  which  are  sup- 
ported by  flanks  of  his  construction, 
must  serve  as  so  many  scaling  ladders,  or 
steps  to  the  besiegers,  the  instant  they 
have  effected  a  breach  by  cannon  shot,  or 
shells. 

in  1689,  a  work  was  published,  en- 
titled : 

Noui/elle  waniere  de  fortifier  les  "places t 
tlree  de  meth&des  du  Chevalier  dt  faille,  du 
Comte  de  Pagan,  et  de  M.  de  Vauban;  avec 
des  retnarque*  sur  I'ctdre  r  enforce,  sur  Its 
desseins  du  Capitaine  Marc  by,  e/  sur  ceux 
dt  M .  Blondel.  This  work  is  full  of  strong 
reasoning,  from  the  result  of  which  the 
author  has  formed  a  new  method,  con- 
taining indeed,  nothing  original,  but  giv- 
ing references  to  what  has  already  ap- 
peared, and  disposing  the  different  parts 
in  so  judicious  a  manner,  as  to  shew  how 
a  place  may  be  rendered  stronger,  and  he- 
subject  at  the  same  time  to  a  less  ex- 
pence.  This  writer  divides  fortification 
into  three  parts,  the  great,  the  mean,  anu 
the  little. 

There  is  a  second  and  a  third  method 
proposed  anonymously,  and  containing 
mere  simple  designs.  That  method  in 
which  a  modern  author  gives  it  the  pre- 
ference over  the  system  of  New  Brisac., 
contains  little  useful  information,  and: 
contributes  less  to  the  real  art  of  fortify- 
ing places. 

Donato  Rosetti,  a  Canon  belonging  to 
Livournia,  professor  of  mathematics  in 
the  academy  at  Piedmont,  and  mathema- 
tician to  the  Duke  of  Savoy,  has  written 
upon  a  method  of  constructing  works  ir. 
what  he  calls  foitijScalioa  a  reboun,  01 
fortification  in  reverse;  so  called  not  only 
because  the  re-entering  angle  of  the  coun- 
ter scarp  is  opposite  to  the  flanked  angle  j 
but  because,  in  his  idea,  it  will  be  ne- 
cessary to  attack  it  from  the  reverse  iide 
of  other  works.  His  system  is  very 
simple,  and  does  not  require  a  sacrifice 
of  much  money,  or  stand  in  need  of  many 
men  to  defeat!  the  works :  although  k$ 


FOR 


FOR 


187 


can,  on  his  side,  pour  as  much  fire  upon 
the  enemy,  as  could  be  furnished  by  more 
complicated  methods. 

Antonio  de  Herbart,  major  of  artillery, 
in  th>>  Dukeof  Wurtemberg's  service,  in 
1735,  published  a  treatise  on  fortifications 
with  square  angles,  which  he  calls  an- 
gular  polygons. 

Monsieur  de  Montalembert  has  lately 
endeavored  to  bring  arches,  which  are  so 
much  condemned  by  the  Chevalier  de 
Ville,  into  repute.  He  treats  the  sub- 
ject in  a  manner,  and  upon  principles  so 
similar  to  those  proposed  by  Antonio  de 
Herbart.  that  it  is  almost  impossible  to 
separate  the  two  systems.  M.  de  Mon- 
talembert asserts,  that  the  science  of  for- 
tification, (as  it  is  established  and  taught 
at  present)  can  only  be  valued  by  the 
public  on  account  of  its  illusion.  He 
looks  upon  the  use  of  bastions,  as  the  ef- 
fect of  prejudice ;  he  rejects  them  vy  holly,, 
and  substitutes  in  their  room,  a  front  of 
Angular  tenailles,  polygons  luith  small -wings, 
•And  angular  polygons.  The  engineers  of 
the  present  day  assert  with  confidence, 
that  the  chief  security  to  be  derived  in 
works  that  aie  supported  by  bastions, 
must  depend  upon  cross  and  reverse  firing 
directed  against  the  enemy's  lodgments 
on  the  ghcis.  Large  half- moons  are 
made,  not  only  for  the  purpose  of  cover- 
ing the  curtains  and  the  rlanks  of  bas- 
tions, but  principally  to  obtain  a  reverse 
iiring,  which  effectually  prevents  the 
enemv  from  maintaining  his  ground  on 
the  glacis  of  a  bastion,  before  he  has  taken 
the  two  collateral  half-moons. 

M.  Minno,  Baron  of  Coehorn,  who  was 
general  of  artillery  in  the  Dutch  service, 
lieutenant-general  of  infantry,  director- 
general  of  all  the  fortified  places  belong- 
ing to  the  united  provinces,  and  governor 
of  Flanders  and  all  the  fortresses  that  lay 
along  the  Scheldt,  has  been  justly  esteem- 
ed for  his  extensive  knowlege  in  the  art 
of  fortifying  places.  He  was  cotempo- 
rary  with  Vauban.  This  intelligent  and 
sagacious  officer  being  thoroughly  con- 
vinced, that,  however  expensively  the 
rampart  of  a  town  may  be  constructed, 
it  could  not  long  sustain  the  shock  of 
heavy  ordnance,  invented  three  different 
systems,  by  which  he  throws  so  many 
obstacles  in  the  way  of  a  besieging  enemy, 
that  although  the  place  be  not  in  reality 
rendered  impregnable,  it  is  nevertheless 
so  far  secured  as  to  make  its  conquest  a 
business  of  considerable  hazard  and  ex- 
pence.  We  must  however  acknowlegc, 
that  the  three  methods  which  have  been 
pointed  out  by  this  Dutch  general,  can 
only  suit 'places  and  grounds  that  are 
nearly  on  a  level  with  the  surface  of  the 
water ;  that  is  to  say  of  3,  4,  or  5  feet ; 
which  circumstance  plainly  indicates, 
that  his  attention  has  been  chiefly  di- 
rected to  the  soil  and  ground  of  Hol- 
land ;  so  that  his  instructions  are  pe- 
culiarly applicable  to  low  and  aquatic  M- 
suations.  There  is  much  skill  di^cover- 


ed  in  his  manner  of  treating  the  subject, 
and  considerable  ingenuity  in  the  treatise 
he  has  published,  which  certainly  con- 
tains several  improvements  that  are  ex- 
clusively his  own.  It  would  be  impos- 
sible to  force  a  passage,  or  to  penetrate 
into  any  of  his  works,  without  being  ex- 
posed on  all  sides,  to  the  fire  of  the  be- 
sieged, who  are  under  cover,  and  from 
whose  discharge  of  ordnance  and  inus- 
quetry,  it  is  scarcely  possible  for  an  as- 
sailing enemy  to  secure  himself 

Scheiter,  a  German  writer,  describes 
two  kinds  of  fortifications,  the  threat  or 
the  superior,  and  tne  J mall  or  the  inferior 
species.  It  has  been  erroneously  and  un- 
justly stated,  that  the  celebrated  Vauban 
only  copied  after  Scheiter,  at  New  Bri- 
sac. 

Every  man  of  the  least  knowlege  or 
penetration  must  see,  that  the  whole  sys- 
tem of  that  illustrious  engineer  differs 
essentially  from  the  author  we  have 
quoted. 

The  defects  which  are  manifest  in  all 
these  different  systems  shew  the  superio- 
rity which  exists,  to  this  day,  in  all  the 
fortifications  that  have  been  constructed 
by  Vauban. 

An  anonymous  writer  in  the  Sardinian 
service,  proposes  two  new  methods  of 
fortification  In  a  work  entituled  Science 
de  ki  Guerre,  which  was  published  at 
Turin9  in  1744  After  having  discussed, 
at  considerable  length,  the  art  of  fortifi- 
cation in  general,  its  utility,  the  differ- 
ent sciences  which  must  be  acquired  to- 
wards obtaining  any  degree  of  perfection 
in  that  art,  the  various  systems  in  it,  re- 
gular and  irregular,  and  the  construction 
of  palisades,  gates,  mines,  casemates, 
magazines,  Sec.  &c.  he  concludes  with 
this  extraordinary  sentence:  "It  is  not 
my  intention  to  propose  any  alteration  iu 
the  general  system,  but  merely  to  sug- 
gest, that  the  style  be  rendered  more  in- 
telligible." It  must  be  noticed,  that 
this  Italian  writer  in  his  preface,  frankly 
confesses  his  deficiency  in  the  F;encu 
language.  We  shall  however  pass  over 
what  he  says  relative  to  the  approbation 
which  his  'proposed  systems,  or  rather 
his  explanation  of  methods  a  I  read)  known 
has  met  with  from  scientific  men,  and 
give  his  own  observations  concerning  the 
improvements  that  might  be  made  His 
words  are — 

**  The  first  method  which  I  propose, 
consists  of  a  new  figure  and  position  that 
should  be  given  to  exterior  works  in  for- 
tifJcation.  Having  constructed  :he  body 
of  t lie  place  after  Vauban's  manner,  mv 
next  object  is  to  erect  counter  guaius 
with  bastions  at  the  head,  and  riarik* 
upon  the  wings.  I  have  been  induced  u 
adopt  this  species  of  work,  in  order  to 
remedy  trie  inconveniences  and  the  u<uu 
gers  which  invariably  attend  works  erect- 
ed at  the  foot  of  the  glacis.  These  works 
contribute  very  little  to  the  security  of 
the  place,  and  can  w;iy  bi  ucfciic'ud  hy 


18 


F  O  R 


FOR 


cannon,  which  eventually  do  more  harm 
to  the  garrison  than  to  the  besieging 
enemy,  since  they  serve  as  an  epaulement 
to  the  battery,  which  the  latter  will  na- 
turally erect  the  instant  he  obtains  loot- 
ing in  that  quar  er.  This  was  proved 
during  the  siege  of  Turin,  where  in  a 
very  short  space  of  time  the  French  car- 
ried the  bonnets  and  fleshes,  and  made 
us  of  them  for  the  purpose  of  bringing 
up  their  artillery. 

By  means  ot  the  small  bastions  which 
I  have  proposed,  and  which  must  be 
pushed  forward  into  the  country,  the 
enemy's  approaches  aienecxssnily  check- 
ed, the  saliant  aru;le  of  the  counter-guard 
is  covered,  the  dhch  is  completely  flank- 
ed, and  the  garrisoi.  are  impressed  with 
confidence,  because  the  artillery  and  the 
trpo:  s  can  always  be  called  in,  in  cases 
of  exigency.  They  moreover  equal  the 
enemy  in  the  fire  which  they  can  furnish, 
and  the  whole  body  of  the  place  is  cover 
ed  by  th>  m. 

I  construct  the  bastions  and  flanks  out 
of  the  sides  of  the  counter-guard,  which 
arc  detached  by  means  of  a  ditch  4  toises 
•wide.  This  ciitch  is  covered  above  by 
vaults  made  of  brick  or  timber,  and  by 
boards  well  supported  underneath  by 
strong  stakes,  the  whole  being  strength- 
ened and  rendered  bomb- proof  with  earth 
.-?  ;  4  feet  thick.  This  earth  keeps  the 
upper  plan  of  the  bastion  compact,  and  is 
sufficient  to  form  a  parapet  to  the  coun- 
ter.guard  when  the  bastion  is  destroyed. 
If  tne  vaults  should  be  blown  up  by 
mines,  and  the  besiegers  set  fire  to  the 
beams  that  supported  them,  a  fresh  work 
•will  present  itself,  together  with  a  ditch 
which  they  had  not  foreseen  or  expected, 
and  whicn  they  must  cross  before  any 
further  impression  can  be  made. 

This  sort  of  subterraneous  fortification 
is  extremely  advantageous,  and  may  be 
converted  tc  various  purposes,  It  serves 
for  casemates  and  galleries  to  the  mines, 
which  I  would  construct  along  the  whole 
extent  of  the  faces  belonging  to  these 
bastions  ;  a  communication  with  them  ib 
kept  up  by  means  o)  the  galleries  artach- 
ed  to  the  counter-guard.  These  galleries 
must  be  blocked  up  the  instant  the  bas- 
tion is  demolished.  The  flanks  of  the 
side  will  be  built  after  the  same  method 
with  a  ditch  as  wide  as  the  one  dug  in 
front  of  the  bastion,  and  which,  accord, 
ing  to  c  rcurm.tahces,  may  be  uncovered 
like  that  already  described.  The  flank 
will  be  of  a  round  figure,  in  order  to  avoi< 
the  projection  of  any  angles  towards  th 
body  of  the  place,  which  would  be  th 
case,  should  the  work  be  carried  ;  for  tin 
enemy  availing  himself  of  the  earth  ir 
fro  it  of  the  walls,  and  throwing  it  up 
would  derive  considerable  advantage  fron 
these  angles. 

The  principal  advantage  to  be  obtainec 
from  my  system  arises  out  of  the  doubl 
defence  which  it  affords  to  the  saliant  an 
gles  of  the  bastions,  by  covering  a  part  o 


le  dtml-lunes  mitrtes,    or    mitred   half- 
moons  (which  are  their  chief  protection,) 
nd  by  the.^e  means  concealing  the  body 
f  the  place  from  any  outward  ccmmand, 
r  eminence.     This  cover  or  defence  can- 
jot,  in  ract,  be  taken,  before  the  enemy 
as  got  complete  possession  of  the  out- 
works. 

I  have  spoken  of  these  sorts  of  fortifi- 

:ation  in  the  chapter  that  treats  of  feld 

works,  which,   in  my  humble  opinion, 

.re  more  useful,  more  solid,  less  exp>  n- 

ive,  and  more  easily  built  than  a  variety 

>f  others  that  have  beet,  adopted  to  this 

day. 

The  demi-lunes  or  half-moons  which 
ire  nearly  mitr.'d  or  crossed,  and  which 
!  dispose  between  the  counter-guards, 
iave  been  constructed  ir.  that  manner  for 
:he  purpose  of  stretching  as  far  as  pos- 
sible, beyond  the  body  of  the  place  to- 
wards the  country.  O,  e essential  advan- 
ta  e  att.-nds  this  method,  which  is,  that 
the  work  being  more  spacious,  it  is  better 
calculated  to  hold  a  greater  quantity  of 
artillery-,  and  a  large  garrison;  that  it 
3f comes  double  by  means  of  the  ditch, 
which  separates  it  from  the  advanced 
work,  which  it  covered  as  described 
above,  and  which  is  joined  to  the  interior 
reve-ement  by  plain  walls,  separating  a 
whole  half-moon  from  it ;  in  which  space 
a  small  fort  with  loop-holes  may  be  con- 
structed to  enable  the  garrison  to  dispute 
every  inch  of  ground  as  the  enemy  ad 
vances.  Under  the  main  body  of  the 
place,  I  build  a  subterraneous  chamber, 
to  serve  as  occasion  may  require,  either 
fora  powder  magazine;  or  for  mines. 

Between  the  half-moons  and  counter- 
guards,  I  construct  another  kind  of  ra 
velins,  which  are  open  towards  the  body 
of  the  place,  cover  the  curtains  of  the 
counter-guards,  and  supply  a  double  fire 
against  the  enemy  and  the  covert  way. 
These  ravelins  are  not  raised  so  high  as 
the  other  works,  in  order  to  keep  them 
under  their  fire;  and^  I  preserve  a  com- 
munication by  means  of  palisaded  capon- 
nieres.  I  leave  them  empty  within,  that 
the  besiegers  may  have  as  little  ground  as 
possible;  they  are  moreover  sufficiently 
thick  and  solid  to  withstand  the  discharge 
of  ordnance,  which  can  only  batter  in 
breach  from  the  counterscarp,  which  ac- 
quires double  strength,  because  by  means 
of  these  works,  it  is  enfiladed,  and  se- 
cured against  the  enemy's  attack  or  at- 
tempt to  make  a  lodgment. 

If  the  plan,  which  I  had  the  honor  of 
laying  before  the  king  of  Sardinia,  be  care- 
fully examined,  it  must  be  apparent  to 
every  military  man,  that  the  works  I 
therein  describe,  are  not  only  more  use- 
ful, but  capable  of  being  constructed  at 
a  less  expence,  than  those  which  are  ge- 
nerally practised  to  this  day.  It  will  be 
clearly  seen,  that  I  have  done  nothing 
more,  than  add  some  additional  propor- 
tions of  the  flanks  and  bastions  to  the 
counter-guards,  which  are  usually  erect- 


FOR 


FOR 


189 


<-d;  and  that  I  have  augmented  their 
vjoub  e  face,  by  joining  it  to  the  half- 
moons  of  the  curtain.  The  object  of  this 
addition,  is  to  throw  obstacles  in  the 
enemy's  way,  should  he  attempt  to  make 
close  approaches,  to  cover  the  body  of 
the  place,  to  render  the  siege  difficult,  to 
increase  the  besieger's  expence,  and  to 
vive  confidence  to  the  troops  of  the  gar- 
rison, who  are  thereby  no  longer  exposed, 
as  they  must  be  in  all  outworks  erected 
upon  the  foot  of  the  glacis. 

It  is  not,  however,  my  design  to  throw 
works  of  this  kind  ir.to  utter  disrepute. 
There  are  situations  an-l  local  circum- 
stances, which  not  only  make  their  adop- 
tion useful,  but  rendv  r  it  absolutely  ne- 
cessary. I  cannot  pretend  to  describe 
the  specific  nature  of  such  exigencies,  as 
they  grow  out  of  existing  cases,  which 
an  able  general  and  an  engineer  will  know 
how  to  discriminate  by  examining  the 
ground. 

The  ditch  belonging  to  the  body  of  the 
place,  be  its  soil  what  it  may,  must  r>e 
very  broad,  as  the  chief  security  to  be 
derived  from  it,  depends  entirely  upon 
its  width.  The  enemy  cannot  easily  fill 
it  up,  and  he  must  suffer  a  considerable 
ioss  of  men,  should  he  attempt  to  cross 
it ;  being  exposed  to  the  discharge  of  ar- 
tillery from  the  flanks,  which  "artillery 
cannot  be  dismounted  from  any  quarter 
'or  lodgment,  before  the  counter-guards 
are  taken.  The  storming  of  the  place 
must  depend  entirely  upon  the  previous 
conquest  of  the  side  ravelins,  and  of  the 
centre  half  moons ;  for  unless  the  enemy 
has  first  effected  this,  he  will  not  be  able 
to  cross  the  ditch,  or  make  any  lodg- 
ment, since  at  every  approach  he  must 
be  annoyed  frortf'lhe  flanks,  and  battered 
in  front;  he  must,  in  fact,  attack  and 
get  the  better  of  five  works  at  once.  The 
execution  of  any  part  of  so  important  a 
task,  must  be  the  more  dangerous,  be- 
cause in  proportion,  as  he  overcomes  one 
line  of  defence,  another  presents  itself 
which  is  equally  formidable,  and  the  rest 
increase  in  difficulty  and  hazard. 

When  I  submitted  this  new  method  to 
the  consideration  of  able  and  intelligent 
men,  only  one  opponent  started  to  con- 
trovert the  property  of  its  general  adop- 
tion. This  was  a  celebrated  Dutch  en- 
gineer, who  asserted  that  it  could  not  be 
or.'  any  essential  service,  except  in  hexa- 
gons, or  figures  that  had  many  sides  ;  he 
'u rt her  argued,  that  the  method  was  more 
faulty  in  small  works,  because  the  an- 
gles became  more  acute,  and  that  no  use 
could  be  made  of  them  in  regular  forti- 
fication. 

I  had  the  good  fortune  to  satisfy  this 
man,  and  to  convince  him,  that  his 
objections  were  not  well  founded.  I 
••-.tared  to  him,  that  bv  increasing  the 
width  of  the  ditch  at  the  angle  of  the 
flanks  of  the  bastion,  I  reduced  that  angle 
to  any  size  I  judged  necessary  ;  I  main- 
tained, that  by  so  doing  I  did  not  weaken 


the  place;  but  that  on  the  contrary  by 
cancelling  the  parallelogram  of  the  coun- 
ter-guards, I  rendered  more  oblique  any 
battery  which  the  enemy  might  erect  u; 
front  of  the  bastion,  whilst  the  ram  part- 
belonging  to  it  fell  under  a  cross  fire  fron: 
the  mitred  half-moon. 

With  respect  to   its  uselessness  in  ir- 
regular fortification,  after  having  discussed 
'  the  subject  at  some  length,  I  got  him  to 
ij  agree  with  me,  that  every  detached  piece 
'i  of  fortificatk  n  might  be  constructed  any 
ii  where  (and  with  greater  advantage  to  the 
!<  ultimate  defence  of  a  place)  sooner  than  in 
pi  plain   counter- guards,    horn    or   crown- 
,  works,   tenailles  and  such  like  fortifica- 
ij  tions,   because   by   means  of  the  retreat 
i  which  was  secured  under  a  second  line  of 
ii  retrenchment,   by  means  of  the  regular 
,'•  resistance  it  afforded,  without  having  one 
'..  dead  angle  attached,  ano   by  means  of  the 
j,  little  ground  it  left  for  the  enemy  to  lodge 
|  on,  the  main  body  of  the  place  was  more 
ij  effectually  protected,  and  the  approaches 
'  of  the  enemy  were  considerably  checked. 
With  regard  to  the  construction  pro- 
posed in  this  new  method,  I  take  all  the 
measurements,  and  I  mark  all  the  essen- 
tial points  upon  capital  lines;  that  is  to 
say,  I  prolong  the  lines  of  the  saliant  an- 
gles of  the  bastion,  and  those  of  the  centre 
of  the  curtain ;  after  which  I   determine 
the  width  of  the  ditch  at  23  or  24  toises, 
in  order  to  make  the  parallels  of  the  f  cet> 
I  of  the  differ-  nt  bastions  for  the  counter- 
scarp of  the  c junter-giiards  and  of  the 
great  halt-moon,  and  finally  the  thickness 
of  the  works,  to  agree  with  the  ditches  ii: 
front. 

With  regard  to  the  ravelins  which  are 
made  between  the  mitred  hair-moo, 
the  counter-guards,  I  p. ace  the  saliant 
angle  in  the  centre  of  the  scite,  and  I  con- 
struct faces  to  them  in  such  a  manner, 
that  they  are  under  a  straight  line  of  de- 
fence from  the  half- moons  and  counter- 
guards  I  erect  the  counterscarp  and  gla- 
cis in  the  usual  manner,  only  with  this 
difference  that  1  wish  to  have  a  diteh  of 
moderate  breadth  and  depth  between  the 
covert- way  and  the  glacis  :  say,  two  tois- 
es broad  uoontwo  deep. 

In  order  to  clear  the  ditch  of  occasional 
rubbish  tint  may  fall  in,  or  of  pieces  that 
may  drop  from  'the  demolished  parts  of  a 
fortification  during  a  sie^e,  square  excava- 
tions or  wells  must  occasionally  be  made 
alonu  the  flanks  and  faces  of  the  diiierenc 
works ;    by    which  means    th;;    ditch  is 
always  kept  clean,  and  you  may  at  any 
time  repair   the  fortifications,  whilst  on 
the  other  hand,    the  enemy,   should   he 
attempt  to  storm  the  j>iatv,  must  have 
Jj  recourse  to  fascines,  as  heconid  derive  no 
^advantage  from  tiic  n;aiL-n;;!s  that  would 
j!  otherwise  be  xound  under  the  walls." 

This    ingenious    wrirer    has  des> 
|!  every  part  of  the  method  proposed  in  a. 
|!  clear  ana  perspicuous  manner.     His  piar 
jj  is  particularly  valuable,  on  account  of  thi- 
ll exact  measurements  it  contains,  v.  '• 


190 


FOR 


FOR 


the  most  common  understanding  may 
become  acquainted  with  the  construction. 
He  appears  singularly  anxious  to  have  it 
practically  proved,  that  works  can  be 
erected  according  to  this  method  at  a  less 
expence  than  by  any  other,  and  that  there 
is  no  comparison  between  the  advantages 
it  affords  in  point  of  real  utility .  I  n  chap. 
16,  p.  6r,  the  following  account  is  given 
of  his  second  system,  >vhich  he  calls  the 
Great  System. 

"  After  I  had  thoroughly  digested  my 
plan,  relative  to  the  best  method  of  co- 
vering a  town  or  fortified  place  by  out- 
works, it  naturally  occurred,  that  I  had 
not  provided  the  necessary  means  of  keep- 
ing the  troops  under  shelter,  of  securing  a 
retreat  to  the  artillery,  which  is  always 
seized  whenever  a  work  is  taken  by  as- 
sault, nor  of  furnishing  u  heavier  dis- 
charge of  ordnance  and  musque.try  than  the 
enemy  could  pour  in.  These  important 
objects  put  my  invention  to  work,  and  I 
directed  all  the  faculties  of  my  mind  to- 
wards discovering  a  kind  of  fortification 
which  might  not  only  coyer  the  body  of 
the  place,  and  by  a  new  disposition  of  its 
relative  parts  communicate  equally  with 
every  quarter,  without  there  being  any 
necessity  to  carry  the  heavy  ordnance  in- 
to the  ditch;  but  likewise  oblige  the  be- 
sieging enemy  to  increase  his  means  of 
Attack,  and  make  extraordinary  efforts. 
I  necessarily  saw,  that  the  saliant  angles 
of  the  bastions  should  be  well  covered, 
and  that  the  strongest  ought  to  be  raised 
before  the  curtain  belonging  to  the  body 
of  the  place,  in  order  to  force  the  assail- 
ants to  make  their  attack  on  a  quarter 
from  whence  the  concentrated  fire  of  se- 
veral works,  presenting  a  wide  front  of 
artillery,  would  issue  with  considerable 
effect. 

After  having  for  several  years,  directed 
the  whole  of  my  attention  to  this  spe- 
cific object,  and  tried  the  result  of  my 
reflections  upon  paper  by  a  variety  of  de- 
signs ;  I  had  the  good  fortune  to  discover 
a  method,  whose  plan  exhibits  to  the  eye 
several  pieces  that  are  joined  together  by- 
theirdiiierent  walls,  and  in  front  of  which 
there  are  ditches  covered  in  with  beams 
and  strong  oak  boards,  and  made  bomb- 
proof by  means  of  a  sufficient  quantity  of 
earth  that  is  spread  upon  the  whole.  So 
that  it  appears  evident  to  me,  that  there 
is  only  one  species  of  fortification,  which 
afibrds  the  means  of  concentrating  your 
line  of  defence  from  every  quarter,  and 
of  lining  the  parapets  with  heavy  ord- 
nance. By  means  of  this  construction, 
the  Hues  and  glacis  will  be  secured  against 
any  immediate  approaches  of  the  enemy, 
during  which  seasonable  interruption,  the 
xrriliery  may  without  ribk,  be  withdrawn 
a; id  lodged  in  the  interior  work  ;  a  con- 
verience  which  cannot  be  obtained  in  de- 
tached pieces,  on  account  of  the  difficulty 
-.vhich  always  attends  the  first  erection, 
nr  ultimate  demolition  of  them. 

r. -•  taking  awa'y  thrbeair.j,  or  by  de-  ' 


stroying  them  at  once,  and  by  pulling 
down  the  walls  which  compose  the  flanks, 
you  suddenly  open  a  new  work  upon  the 
enemy ;  which  work  has  the  advantage 
of  being  considerably  larger  than  the  one 
he  has  just  attacked  and  taken,  and 
against  which  he  must  raise  fresh  batte- 
ries, and  prepare  the  means  of  crossing  a 
ditch,  he  had  not  foreseen,  and  which  he 
cannot  easily  pass.  This  work  either 
communicates  with  a  tenaille  that  com- 
mands it,  or  is  connected  with  a  horned 
work,  flanked  by  two  others  of  similar 
construction.  The  tenanle  is  open  in 
the  centre  (being  divided  into  two  parts  by 
a  ditch)  in  order  to  leave  as  little  room  as 
possible  for  the  enemy  to  lodge  on,  and  u> 
multiply  the  enfilading  points  of  the 
place. 

Between  these  large  works,  demi-lunes 
or  half-moons,  of  three  orders,  are  con- 
structed in  the  shape  of  bastions.  These 
have  orillons  and  ditches  between  the 
two,  which  flank  the  side- works,  and  are 
always  protected  by  an  enfilade,  that  the 
enemy  never  can  lodge  without  being  ex- 
posed  to  a  cross  and  rear  fire.  In  order  to 
cover  the  whole  body  of  the  place,  I  con- 
struct other  intermediate  demi-lunes, 
which  are  equal  in  elevation  to  the  first 
works.  These  contribute  greatly  to- 
wards preventing  the  enemy's  approaches; 
for  they  not  only  enfilade  the  covert- way, 
but  they  likewise  double  the  defences  in 
such  a  manner,  that  the  enemy,  as  has 
already  been  observed,  cannot  attack  one 
place  without  experiencing  a  necessity  to 
attack  four  others  at  the  same  time :  to 
which  may  be  added  this  disheartening 
circumstance,  that  as  fast  as  he  advances, 
so  fast  a  retreat  is  made  behind  some  new 
work,  and  he  is,  of  cours^1,  obliged  to  re- 
commence his  attack. 

The   regular  communication   between 
the  several  works  must  be  kept  up  by 
aeans  of  sleeping  bridges,  which  are  well 
upportcd  underneath  by  strong  beams  or 
stakes.     Those  which  form  a  part  of  the 
rampart  must  be  covered  with  four  feet 
of  earth,    well   pressed  together.     The 
walls  by  which  the  works  are  connected, 
must  be  so  built  as  to  be  easily  demolish- 
ed, and  they  must  only  serve  to  cover  the 
subterraneous  fortifications.    These  walls 
are  never  within  the  reach  of  the  enemy'*; 
cannon,  and  when  they  are  pulled  down, 
their  ruins  are  thrown  into  wells,  or  ex- 
cavations, which  have   been   previously 
dug  at  the  foot  of  the  main  wall,  to  pre- 
ent   the  ditch    from   being    fiikd  with 
hem :     subterraneous     embrasures     are 
opened  from  within  to  enfilade  the  ditch, 
and  to  obstruct  the  passage. 

When  by  dint  of  perseverance,  and  after 
laving  expended  considerable  sums  of 
money,  lost  many  lives  and  consumed 
much  time  the  enemy  has  at  last  obtained 
^obsession  of  these  works,  he  discovers, 
:hat  his  sacrifices  have  only  led  him  to 
an  unexpected  body  of  the  place  which 
ic  cannot  injure.  This  new  construe- 


FOR 


FOR 


191 


tion  he  finds  flanked  on  both  sides  by 
two  double  bastions,  and  a  broad  curtain 
lined  with  a  triple  front  of  artillery, 
having  a  very  wide  ditch,  traversed  by 
tenailles,  batteries  from  casemates,  and 
defended  by  Hanks  with  the  two  cava- 
liers belongiwg  to  the  bastions,  which 
keep  up  an  incessant  fire  upon  the  artil- 
lery that  is  planted  in  the  carried  out- 
works, and  render  it  almost  impossible 
for  him  to  establish  a  lodgment. " 

"  I  need  not  pretend,"  continues  the 
same  author,  "  to  have  discovered  by 
this  new  method,  any  certain  means  of 
lendering  a  place  impregnable;  such  an 
idea  would  be  chimerical  and  absurd. 

Let  a  town  be  ever  so  well  fortified, 
that  town,  if  properly  invested  and  reso- 
lutely attacked,  must  eventually  fall, 
unless  it  be  seasonably  succoured  from 
without.  My  chief  object  is  to  correct 
the  errors  into  which  former  writers 
seem  to  have  fallen,  and  by  the  methods 
I  have  proposed,  to  harrass  a  besieging 
army,  not  only  bv  increasing  its  ex  pence, 
but  by  occasioning  a  considerable  loss  of 
men;  I  thereby  prolong  the  siege,  and 
gain  time  for  the  garrison,  so  that  suc- 
cours may  arrive,  or  such  conditions  be 
entered  into  as  will  secure  the  country, 
which  the  place  attacked  is  destined  to 
cover. 

Counter-guards,  ravelins,  and  demi- 
lunes are,  in  fact,  a  species  of  fortifica- 
tion by  which  they  flank  one  another 
obliquely,  and  which  only  tend  to  em- 
barrass the  troops  of  the  garrison,  when- 
ever it  is  judged  expedient  to  manoeuvre 
under  the  fire  of  artillery  ;  a  circumstance 
that  invariably  causes  confusion ;  whereas 
the  works  which  I  have  proposed  are 
Capacious  enough  to  admit  of  every  move- 
ment and  evolution  without  inconve- 
nience. 

Horned  and  crowned  works  are  ex- 
tremely expensive  in  their  construction, 
and  of  little  use  when  completed  ;  their 
lines  of  defence,  their  faces  and  their 
flanks  are  so  short  and  limited,  that  a 
Besieging  enemy  can  with  great  ease  at- 
tack, and  carry  them  by  means  of  an 
equal  front  and  range  of  fire :  and  when 
he  has  so  far  succeeded,  he  derives  con- 
siderable advantage  from  having  opened  a 
wide  space  of  ground  on  which  he  can 
erect  angles  to  annoy  and  batter  the 
place.  Whereas  in  the  works  of  my  pro- 
posed method,  the  foundations  are  broad- 
er, the  defences  are  more  direct  and  with- 
in musquet  shot,  and  when  the  garrison 
retreats  towards  the  body  of  the  place, 
tiie  ground  which  it  abandons  is  scarcely 
sufficient  for  the  erection  of  a  small  bat- 
tery ;  it  is  moreover  exposed  to  all  the 
ictrenched  and  flanking  points,  so  that 
ihe  enemy  would  be  instantly  dislodged. 

Tenailles  and  queues  d'hirondelle  contain 

dead  angles  which  may  always  be  taken 

advantage  of   by   tha    besieging  enemy. 

This  does  not  exist  in  the  works  I  pro- 

For  lit  rvctv  approach,  not  only 


fresh  expences  must  be  incurred  by  the 
assailant,  but  he  will  remain  exposed  to 
several  fires  at  once,  without  being  able 
to  cover  himself  from  the  reverse  and 
cross  ones. 

Double  ditches  afford  the  means  of 
creating  perpetual  uneasiness  in  the  ene- 
my, by  uncovering  fresh  works  as  he  ad- 
vances. So  that  the  siege  is  protracted, 
his  expences  are  increased,  and  his  loss  of 
men,  ammunition,  stores,  and  artillery  is 
proportionably  multiplied. 

In  the  examination  which  was  made 
of  the  relief  proposed  by  me ;  some  per- 
sons well  acquainted  with  the  particular 
subject,  objected  to  its  adoption  on  ac- 
count of  the  expencs.  I  made  an  accu- 
rate calculation  of  the  amount,  and  I 
found  that  it  cost  a  sixth  more  than  the 
usual  fortification.  This  does  not  assur- 
edly form  sufficient  ground  to  outba- 
lance the  many  advantages  which  can  be 
derived  from  the  construction.  Besides, 
there  is  no  occasion  of  fortifying  all  the 
parts  of  a  town  in  this  manner,  since  it 
would  be  advisable  to  strengthen  the 
weak  points  only." 

The  construction  which  is  proposed 
in  this  new  method,  is  simple,  and  easily 
understood.  The  principal  objects  to  be 
attended  to  are  these ;  that  there  be  mines 
under  all  the  works,  and  that  a  regular 
communication  be  kept  up  with  the 
chambers  by  means  of  subterraneous  gal- 
leries, which  must  be  resorted  to  in  pro- 
portion as  the  enemy  approaches. 

The  Piedmontese  engineer,  from  whom 
we  have  made  these  extracts,  has  added 
to  Vauban's  and  Coehorn's  systems.  We 
leave  the  subject  to  the  consideration  of 
those  professional  men  who  have  made 
the  art  of  fortification  their  peculiar 
study  ;  they  must  determine  whether  the 
theory  of  the  proposed  method  be  sus- 
ceptible of  practice,  and  if  so,  whether 
it  can  be  rendered  so  generally  useful,  as 
the  author  seems  to  promise  it  would. 

On  a  general  view  of  the  subject  it 
must,  however,  be  acknowleged,  that  a 
situation  is  not  always  found  which  will 
admit  of  the  improvements  and  additions 
that  might  otherwise  be  made.  There 
are  some  old  places  in  which  the  figure  of 
the  fortifications  erected  for  their  defence, 
is  so  strange  and  whimsical,  that  the  least 
correction  of  its  errors,  must  be  attended 
with  an  enormous  expence. 

A  town  may  be  irregularly  fortified, 
and  owe  that  irregularity  either  to  the 
figure  of  the  works  only^,  by  the  angles 
not  being  equally  distant  from  the  centre, 
although  every  one  may  admit  of  a  good 
bastion,  and  the  lines  be  tolerably  ex  ten  > 
sive  ;  or  by  the  figure  and  the  angles  dif- 
fering, from  some  being  too  acute,  and 
others  being  rentrant ;  or  by  the  ine- 
quality of  the  figure  aad  its  sides  ;  sonic: 
being  too  long  and  others  too  short;  or  fi- 
nally by  a  disparity  all  together  in  the 
figure,  in  its  sides  and  angles. 

If  the  three  first  kinds   of  irreguhritT 


192 


FOR 


FOR 


are  judiciously  corrected,  the  correction 
of  the  fourth  follows  of  course,  as  it  is 
only  the  natural  consequence  of  the  others. 
Those  irregularities  may  be  occasioned 
by  a  neighboring  Tver,  by  the  entrance 
into  a  creek  or  harbor,  or  by  steep  rocks 
beyond  which  it  is  impossible  to  carry 
the  works. 

It  is  a  sound  and  general  maxim  in  the 
art  of  fortifying,  to  reduce  the  irregular 
proportions  of  its  lines,  &c  of  defence  to 
as  much  regular  ty  as  the  ground  and 
situation  will  permit.  For  by  so  doing, 
their  strength  becomes  equally  great 
throughout  If  you  should  not  be  able 
to  surmount  the  natural  (j^stacle  which 
may  be  thrown  in  your  way,  you  must 
never  deviate  from  the  general  rules  that 
are  laid  down  in  regular  fortification. 
These  are,  that  all  the  parts  be  well 
flanked,  that  the  angles  of  the  bastions  do 
not  fall  under  sixty  degrees,  that  the  line 
ol  defence  be  within  musquet  shot,  or  that 
outworks  be  established  to  bring  it  within 
that  range  ;  and  finally,  that  the  means  of 
resistance  be  distributed  in  as  many  equal 
proportions  as  the  irregularity  of  the 
works  will  suffer. 

You  must,  however,  be  careful  to  avoid 
an  error  into  which  many  have  fallen. 
You  must  not  weaken  the  collective 
means  of  defence,  in  order  to  strengthen 
any  particular  vulnerable  quarter;  for  by 
so  doing  you  are  sacrificing  a  great  line  of 
defence,  to  the  security  of  a  small  part 
which  might  be  strengthened  by  out- 
works. 

The  author  of  Oeuvres  Militares,  in 
his  jd  volume,  page  45,  has  given  obser- 
vations and  maxims  relative  to  irregular 
fortification. 

Baron  d'Espagnac,  in  consequence  of 
the  remarks  which  are  made  by  Marshal 
Saxe,  in  his  Reveries,  has  in  his  supple- 
ment to  that  work  amply  discussed  the 
subject  of  fortification,  and  described  the 
different  means  of  attack  and  defence. 
We  refer  the  inquisitive  officer  to  those 
works  Before  we  conclude  these  inte- 
resting remarks  upon  an  art,  which  is 
certainly  equal  to  any  invention  that  has 
employed  the  skill  and  ingenuity  of  man, 
we  must  observe  that  in  all  periods,  pro- 
ductions on  that  head  have  been  as  nu- 
merous as  the  subject  has  hitherto  proved 
inexhaustible.  It  must,  however,  be  ac- 
knowleged  with  some  regret,  that  the 
tendency  of  the  greater  part,  if  not  of  all, 
seems  to  be  an  indiscriminate  and  bold 
mack  upon  the  works  of  the  immortal 
Vauban.  These  writers  censure  the  me- 
thods of  that  great  engineer  by  proposing 
something  of  their  own,  which  only  dif- 
fers in  appearance,  and  which  they  think 
proper  to  call  a  superior  system.  Asser- 
tions, and  promises  to  afrbrd  new  lights 
upon  the  science  of  fortification,  have  al 
ways,  in  fact,  been  profusely  given  by 
authors  of  this  description.  Their  la- 
bors, however,  are  only  so  far  to  be  re- 
garded and  esteemed,  in  as  much  as  their 


different  systems  tend  to  point  out  Un- 
necessary calculations  which  are  required 
to  shew  the  expence  attending  their  con- 
struction, and  to  prove  the  effects  they 
might  produce.  The  memoirs  upon  per- 
pendicular fortification,  written  by  M. 
Montalembert  engineer,  will  throw  con- 
siderable  light  upon  these  observations. 

With  respect  to  the  knowlege  of  forti- 
fication, it  must  be  manifest  to  every 
thinking  man,  that  from  a  civet"  magis- 
trate, or  h  aa  of  a  country,  down  to  the 
lowest  infantry  officer,  the  acquirement 
of  it  is  more  or  less  indispensibly  neces- 
sary. 

A  chief  magistrate  of  a  country,  should 
be  well  versed  in  the  science) of  fortifica- 
tion, in  order  to  examine  the  plans  that 
are  laid  before  him,  and  to  determine  up- 
on the  execution  of  proposed  projects. 

A  secretary  of  war  should  kn^w  it,  in 
order  to  explain  the  nature  of  the  plans 
when  questioned  by  a  superior  power,  to 
calculate  the  expences  which  will  attend 
the  construction  of  works,  and  to  distin- 
guish good  on  s  from  those  which  might 
be  useless  and  expensive. 

Ev-ry  commandant  of  a  town  or  forti- 
fied place,  should  be  well  acquainted  with 
the  subject,  because  it  may  iall  to  his  pe- 
culiar snare  to  construct  works  in  cases  o> 
emergency,  or  to  add  to  those  already 
erected  for  the  defence  of  the  place  en- 
trusted to  his  care.  He  likewise  ought, 
at  all  times,  to  be  able  to  ascertain  how 
far  such  a  place  is  capable  of  holding 
out. 

Every  director  of  fortification  should 
be  master  of  it,  in  order  to  discriminate 
between  what  is  proper,  or  what  is  de- 
fective, and  make  his  report  accordingly. 

Every  infantry  officer,  in  a  word, 
should  be  conversant  in  field  fortification 
at  least,  if  not  acquainted  with  the  gene- 
ral system.  For  without  some  know- 
lege  of  its  branches,  how  will  he,  in 
cases  of  emergency,  be  capable  of  throw- 
ing up  a  temporary  redoubt,  of  fortifying 
a  spot  of  ground  which  lie  is  ordered  to 
maintain,  or  of  securing  a  common  out- 
post ? 

Field  F  o  RATIFICATIONS,  fortification  I 
de  campagve,  Fr.  consist  in  the  art  of  for- 
tifying, constructing,  attacking,  and  de- 
fending all  sorts  of  temporary  field  works 
during  a  campaign. 

Although  an  engineer  may  be  perfectly 
master  of  ;he  different  methods  by  which 
a  town  can  be  strengthened  and  secured 
by  permanent  works,  he  should  not  re- 
main satisfied  with  that  acquisition,  but 
carefully  direct  his  attention  to  the  dis- 
tribution of  ground,  for  field  fortification. 
He  should  be  able  to  ascertain,  with  geo- 
metrical precision,  all  the  relative  divi- 
sions and  corresponding  points  of  any 
situation  in  which  it  might  be  judged  ex- 
pedient to  construct  that  species  of  forti- 
fication which  consists  in  intrenched 
lines,  fortins,  or  small  forts,  and  in  re- 
doubts ol  various  denominations.  Tu?v 


FOR 


FOR 


193 


shape  or  figure  of  these  works  is  exactly 
similar  to  those  of  the  permanent  kind. 
Ditches,  ramparts,  and  parapets  must  be 


constructed  in  placvs  the  preservation  of 
which  is  judged  to  be  indispensibly  ne- 
j  cessary.  Such,  for  instance,  are  necks 


dug  and  thrown  up,  to  secure  the  former,  ij  of  land  that  stretch  into  a  marsh,  and 
in  the  same  manner  as  they  are  practised  |)  are  surrounded  by  it;  the  passage  of  a 
for  the  protection  of  the  latter.  They  |!  road,  teles  de  poxts,  or  heads  of  bridges, 
only  differ  in  their  measurement  and  pro-  ij  and  other  objects  of  similar  importance 


portions.  Intrenched  lines  are  made  for 
the  purpose  of  covering  a  carnp  from  any 
sudden  insult  of  the  enemy,  which  should 
always,  on  this  account,  be  pi. ched  in  the 
most  advantageous  manner ;  contiguous 
to  and  facing  thatquarte?  where  it  is  pro- 
bable the  attack  will  be  made,  a  ditch 
must  be  dug,  having  three  toises  at  least 
in  width  and  two  in  depth.  This  must 
be  defended  by  a  parapet  en  redans^  or  be 
occasionally  flanked  with  small  bastions, 
two  toises  thick,  consisting  of  solid  ^ood 
earth  well  pressed  together,  covered  and 
supported  with  fascines;  having  like- 
wise banquettes  behind  them  sufficiently 
high  to  conceal  the  soldiers'  tents.  If 
water  could  be  conveyed,  or  drawn  into 
the  ditch  from  any  adjacent  rivulet,  or 
river,  the  security  would  be  greater,  i 
When  the  lines  of  intrench  men  t  are 
thrown  up  with  an  intention  to  maintain 
the  ground  any  length  of  time,  a  covert- 
way  must  be  made,  which  should  be  re- 
gularly fenced  with  palisades. 

There  is  another  sp  cies  of  field  forti- 
fications, which  is  resorted  to  in  order  to 
keep  up  a  communication  between  two 
places;  in  which  case  great  care  must  be 
taken  to  prevent  the  lines  from  being  en- 
filaded  in  any  quarter ;  and  if  the)  should 
be  exposed  in  that  manner,  no  time  ought 


in  offensive,  or  defensive  operations.  On 
these  occasions  the  shape  and  size  of  the 
construction  must  depend  upon  the  na- 
ture of  the  ground,  the  importance  of  the 
undertaking,  and  on  the  number  01"  men 
by  which  the  works  are  to  be  garrisoned. 

Many  forts  in  field  fortification  are  built 
in  triangular  forms  ;  some  are  square, 
some  starred,  or  enetoile,  some  as  redoubts, 
in  the  shape  of  demi-lunes,  others  hi 
crown,  or  horn- work,  and  others  again  in 
the  figures  of  tenailles  or  queues  d'bircn- 
delle. 

When  the  object  of  defence  is  a  wind- 
mill, a  castle,  or  a  sm  <11  dwelling-house, 
the  first  step  to  be  taken,  is  to  select  a 
spot  of  ground  upon  which  you  are  to 
build  the  field  work,  so  as  to  check  and 
prevent  the  enemy's  approaches.  .  In  or- 
der to  do  this  effectually,  the  shap*:-  and 
adjacent  parts  of  the  building  must  bs 
closely  attended  to,  and  the  work  be 
thrown  up  without  exposing  it  to  a  rear 
attack  ;  but  if  the  place  to  be  defended 
stand  alone,  and  be  not  supported  by  any 
ditch  or  eminence  on  its  flanks,  or  in  its 
rear,  you  must  trun  fortify  it  all  round. 
The  earth  which  is  dug  out  of  the  ditch 
will  serve  to  raise  the  rampart,  or  para- 
pet. Sjliant  angles,  distributed  at  equal 
distances,  in  the  shape  of  bastions,  must 


to   be    lost    in  strengthening    the   weak  >  be  i-rected  with  good  flanks  to  protect  and 


points  by  constructing  redoubts,  or  snii 
forts.  The  defence  of  these  redoubts 
and  forts  must  be  entrusted  to  small  arms 
and  musquetry,  but  not  to  cannon,  as  the 
range  of  the  latter  is  always  too  ex  ensive 
to  prevent  an  enemy's  close  approaches 
to  the  lines  of  communication  from  their 
field  works,  or  forts.  Necessary  drains  < 


cov.r  theintrenchment.  If,  on  account 
of  the  ground,  the  work  should  not  be 
much  raised,  the  parapet  must  be  raised, 
in  order  to  prevent  the  enemy  from  at- 
tempting an  easy  assault. 

An  engineer  from  Piedmont,  who  has 
proposed  some  new  methods  in  field  for- 
tification, is  decidedly  against  stone  and 


must  be  made  to  let  out  the  water  that  !  masonry,  in  the  construction  of  parapets 
collects,   as  it  would  otherwise  destroy  |i  and  field  works.     His  reason  is  self-evi- 
the  works,  drown  the  sentries,  and  cut  ij  dent ;  for  as  he  justly  observes,  the  scat- 
tered   pieces   which   must  naturally   be 
thrown  about  in  all  directions  by  the  de- 
molishing of  the  walls  in  the  discharge  of 
heavy  cannon,  would  do  more  mischief 
than  the  cannon  itself. 

It  is  frequently  found  necessary  to  for- 
tify   a    bridge ;    the  means  adopted    for 
this  purpose  must  depend  entirely  upon 
i  the  size  and  current  of  the  river.     If  the 


oft  all  communication    with    the 
body. 

When  a  position  is  taken  upon  a  steep 
rock,  or  eminence  extremely  difficult  of 
access,  the  lines  which  surround  it  do  not 
absolutely  require  ditcrus  for  their  safety, 
as  the  parapet  and  banquette  may  proba- 
bly be  sufficient ;  hut  if  any  vulnerable  or 
weak  pa;t  be  observed,  every  effort  should 


be  used  to  get  at  a  spring,  'and  to  fill 


up 


should   be  broad  and  navigable, 


surprises.     An  able  engineer  will  be  par- 1'  not  be  defended  by  the  ordinance  of  the 
ticuiarly  careful  in  drawing  his  plan  of  ,  town  or  fortihVd  place,   in   that  case  u 

large  retrenchment,  resembling  a  place  oi 
arms,  must  be  constructed,  with  strong 
bastions  to  support  and  cover  it,  curtain:; 
and  half-moons,  a  broad  and  deep  ditch, 


communication,  to  ascertain  the-  exact 
points  whereby  they  may  be  protected  by 
an  enfilade  from  one  fort  to  another ;  so 
that  if  the  enemy  should  make  a  lodgment 


any  where,  he  will  not  be  a'ole  to  main-  []  and  co 
tain  his  position  on  account  of  his  being 
flanked  by  other  works. 
Field  works,  or  small  forts  are  generally 


that  must  be  well  secur- 
ed by  palisades.  Tin's  retrenchment,  or 
place  of  arms,  must  bo  made  sufficiently 

capacious  to  holxl  a  gar:>,on  tlut 


194 


FOR 


FOR 


be  capable  of  opp  sing  the  attack  of  a 
large  ci"tachir,cnt  from  the  iria:r  army  of 
an  fiu. my.  A  half-moon  must  be  con- 
strut  >  ,d  "within  the  lin>:s,  with  a  ditch  in 
front,  to  serve  as  a  work  behind  which 
the  ga;rison  might  retreat  with  its  :<rt'lle- 
ry,  disputing  every  inch  of  .-round,  and  by 
that  means  affording  sufficient  time  to  cut 
down  tile  bridge. 

If  th>-  river  should  be  narrow,  yet  wide 
en<'  >,h  to  prevent  any  sudden  irruption 
into  the  country  beyond  it,  the  brides. 
that  are  across  must  "be  fortified  by  works 
made  of  earth,  which  are  to  be  covered  b 
ditch  s  dug  in  front  Halr-mrons,  tcn- 
ailles,  crown  and  hor  -works,  and  sinii 
lar  construct!'  ns,  provided  they  be  well 
tented  with  palisades,  will  answer  all  the 
purposes  required  in  such  cases.  The  en- 
gineer, by  the  first  glance  of  his  eye,  will 
be  able  to  ascertain  the  situation  of  the 
country,  and  to  fit  his  plans  accordingly. 
Srnali  lodgments,  or  wooden  recesses, 
nius:  be1  made  as  guard-houses,  in  which 
detached  parties  of  men  should  be  station- 
ed to  meet  the  first  attacks  of  the  enemy, 
ana  *o  keep  him  in  check  while  the  whole 
army  passes  over  the  river,  or  is  drawn  up 
in  order  of  battle  to  dispute  the  passage. 
These  intrenchments  must  invariably  be 
Avell  furnished  with  liitht artillery,  foi  the 
purpose  of  annoying  the  approaching  ene- 
my. But  the  disposition  and  arrang  - 
merit  of  these  pieces  must  always  be  such 
as  to  admit  of  their  being  instantly  re 
moved,  when  the  intrenchments  are  car- 
ried, under  the  cover  of  heavier  ordnance 
which  is  kept  pl;ying  upon  the  enemy 
from  the  opposite  side  of  the  river. 

Practical  Maxims  hi  building  Field 
JForks.  ist  The  s,;ot  on  which  works 
are  to  be  constructed  should  determne 
their  figure  ;  J.or  should  any  attention  be 
paid  to  preserve  a  regular  form  which 
does  not  cccupy  the  ground  to  advan- 
tage 

2d  Every  line  must  be  5:0  disposed, 
that  the  slope  of  hills  all  around  even  to 
the  very  bottom,  be  o<  en  to  the  small 
arms  of  the  garrison;  and  every  part 
s  IK  i  ud  be  discoverable  to  the  distance  of 
at  least  500  paces 

3<I.  Works  thrown  up  for  the  defence 
of  a  defile,  should  always  be  within  mus- 
quet  shot  of  it,  which  must  not  be  more 
than  200  yards. 

4th.  The  best  defence  in  works  that 
are  rla.Ae-J,  or  where  or,e  sid?-:  is  defend,  d 
by  t lie  lire  of  another,  is  that  formed  by 
right  a;.;.ies. 

5th.  A  saliant  angle  should  never  be 
less  fl)ur!  60,  and  a  re-enterirg  anv.le  than 
90  ..iev.rr.-s  ;  nor  greater  than  120  de^re^s. 

6th    The  entrance  to  the  woik  should 
alw;  y-b  !x  made  in  the  part  leas:  exposed 
-e;k,  and  if  possible  in  a  re-entering 
angle. 

7th.   End;-.-  ;b!e,  a 

larger  from  , 
cupy  in  mak ...0 

Sth.  Avoid  all  ground  commanded  by 


an  eminence,  either  in  front,  flank,  or 
rear. 

gth.  Never  leave  the  rear  of  a  work  so 
exposed  that  th  ei;err>y  may  turn  it. 

icth     Always   make   the  angles  of  a 
!  v.-<  rk  in  the  directions  least  exposed  to  at- 
i  tacks*  and  consequently  always  present  a 
front  to  the  most  exposed 

nth.  The  garnson  should  never  be 
drawn  up  more  than  two  deep;  and  an 
ordinary  pac--  of  two  feet  is  usually  al- 
lowed for  each  file,  and  from  6  to  8  paces 
from  each  piece  of  ordnance. 

i2th.  If  a  work  is  so  large  as  to  be  de- 
fended by  a  battalion  or  two,  a  reserve 
should  be  allowed  of  about  one  sixth  of 
the  number 

i3th.  The  space  within  a  work  should 
always  be  sufficient  for  the  men  to  move 
and  lie  down  Every  soldier  will  require 
at  least  18  square  feet,  and  every  field  gun 
at  least  216  squar  feet 

14th.  Provided  the  line  is  not  made  too 
extensive,  the  more  inward  space  there  is 
the  bett>  r. 

1 5th.  A  parapet  to  resist  cannon  shot 
should  nevtr  be  less  than  12  feet  ihick  ; 
and  for  musquet  shot  not  less  than  6 
feet. 

i6th  The  height  of  the  parapet  must 
be  regulated  by  the  situation  of  the  work, 
ana  of  the  adjoining  ground ;  with  this 
consideration,  that  its  height  above  the 
banquette  does  not  exceed  4  1-2  feet. 

i7th.  The  depth  and  breadth  of  the 
ditch  must  be  regulated  by  the  quantity 
of  earth  requled  for  the  parapet  and  ban- 
quette. 

i8th.  A  titt  de pont,  or  work  to  cover 
the  embatkation  of  troops,  or  the  passage 
of  a  river,  should,  if  possible,  be  made 
where  the  line  of  the  river  or  coast  forms 
a  kind  of  re-entering  angle  ;  that  thefianks 
of  the  corps,  as  well  as  those  of  the  works, 
may  be  covered. 

To  carry  on  the  ivork. — The  number  of 
workmen  mus:  be  proportioned  to  the 
time  allotted  for  carrying  on  the  w  rk, 
the  quantity  of  labor,  and  the  number  of 
hands  capabl-  of  being  employed  at  th^ 
same  time.  When  the  ditches  are  broad, 
the  workmen  may  be  posted  in  two  rows  ; 
but  if  narrow,  o,  ly  in  one.  In  the  first 
case,  the  earth  will  be  thrown  by  those 
who  are  on  the  outward  edge  of  the  ditch 
to  thf  sec<,nd  row,  and  by  them  upon  the 
rarapet;  for  which  reas  n  the  second  row, 
to  keep  pace  with  the  first,  ought  to  be 
twice  as  numerous.  The  workmen  .should 
never  be  p  aced  nearer  than  2  paces,  or  4 
feet,  irom  each  other ;  and  two  men  with 
shovels  should  be  preceded  by  one  with 
a  pickaxe.  If  more  than  usual  expedi- 
tion be  required,  one  man  with  a  whec. 
M  barrow,  or  basket,  may  be  added  to  six  or 
eight  with  slvovels.  Another  row  of 
|j  workmen  should  also  be  placed  upon  the 
<!  parapet,  to  spread  the  earth  and  beat  ir 
n,  as  it  is  t . 

In  fixing  t  ',  three  men  wil! 

jj  be  sufficient  for  every  24  feet  of  the  work, 


FOR 


FOR 


195 


who  should  be  provided  with  mallets,  a  |j 
saw,  and  a  haadbil,  or  hatchet 

In  order  to  form  some  idea  of  the  time  ii 
in  which  a  field  work  may  be  completed,  ! 
compute  the  number  of  cubic  feet  ot ,; 
earn  to  be  excavated,  thus;  multiply  j| 
ha-: f  the  sum  of  the  br  adth  of  the  ditch  |j 
at  top  and  at  bottom,  by  the  depth,  for  !| 
the  number  of  square  feet  in  the  profile ;  ji 
and  this  multiplied  by  the  distance  be- 
tween the  workmen  in  feet  will  give 
th"  number  of  cubic  feet  each  man  has  .. 
to  d>&  :  or  being  multi plied  by  tlu  length  i. 
of  the  ditch,  gives  the  cubic  consents  of  I 
the  ditch.  Now  one  man  is  supposed  ij 
to  be  able  to  move  216  cubic  teet  of  earth  |i 
in  a  day,  during  tlie  su.  imei  ;  but  this  is  || 
no.'  always  the  case.  Ifafiela  vork  be  jj 
completed  in  24  hours,  it  will  be  as  much  ;| 
as  the  most  diilyent  workmen  are  capa-  ) 
ble  of.  This  time  is  generally  allowed  | 
for  the  formation  of  a  weak  ,  rofile;  48  ' 
hour.-,  for  that  of  a  stronger,  wi;h  a  revete- 
ment  of  tascmrs  ;  and  72  for  the  strongest. 

Tne  different  slopes  for  the  works 
must  depend  upon  the  nature  of  the  soil, 
and  the  materials  of  which  the  work  is 
composed.  The  interior  slope  of  th  pa- 
rapet, toough  it  be  fascined,  should  be 
j-6  of  its  height ;  exterior  about  2-3  its 
height.  The  slope  of  the  banquette  equal 
to  its  height.  The  slo,*e  of  the  scarp  or 
counterscarp  of  the  ditch,  should  be  from 
half  its  height  to  its  full  height,  accord- 
ing to  the  soil.  The  superior  slope  of  the 
par.ipets  must  entirely  depend  upon  the 
situation  of  the  work,  and  that  of  the  sur- 
rounding country.  The  interior  slope  uf 
the  parapet  is  generally  lined  with  fas- 
cines, to  keep  xi p  the  earth  ;  but  it  is  not 
absolutely  necessary  to  fascine  the  exterior 
slope,  if  the  soil  be  pretty  stiff.  Theem- 
brasures  are  generally  made  20  inches 
wide  on  the  inside,  and  9  feet  on  the  out- 
side ;  they  musr  always  be  lined  with 
something  to  retain  the  earth  ;  turf  is  gen- 
erally preferred,  as  fascines  are  so  apt  to 
take  fire. 

The  manner  of  making  the  materials 
for  field  works,  may  be  seen  under  the 
heads  Fascine T,  Gabions ,  Hurdles ,  Sec.  and 
the  manner  of  estimating  the  quantity 
of  materials  for  works  of  this  kind,  may 
be  seen  under  the  word  Battery  See  Am. 
MIL  Lib. 

FORTIFICATION Permanent. 

A  parapet,  to  resist  cannon  should 
never  be  less  than  18  feet  thick  in  earth, 
and  8  or  9  in  masonry,  A  wall  need  only 
be  two  feet  thick  in  masonry  to  resist 
musquctry.  The  parape;  should  always 
be  4  i -2  feet  above  trie  banquette, and  7  1-2 
or  8  feet  above  the  rampart,  or  terre- 
plein. 

The  Rampart  should  always  be  suf. 
ficiently  wide  to  allow  for  the  platform, 
and  for  two  carriages  passing  each  other; 
about  9  fathoms  at  top.  A  parapet  of 
earth,  though  it  takes  more  room,  is  al- 
ways ^referable  to  one  of  masonry,  when 
h  can  be  raised  ;  though  the  only  objec- 


tion to  the  masonry,  is  the  number  of 
splinters  it  produces. 

Entire  Re-vetements  of  masonry  are  not 
advantageous  tor  the  same  reason.  The 
masonry  o f  revet  jments  should  not  be  so 
hk'.h  as  to  be  seen  or  battered  from  a  dis- 
tance; earth  parapets  are  battered ii;  vain, 
as  tne  earth  forms  a  nat-Tal  slope. 

The  best  Scarf)  is  made  of  masonry, 
either  in  wet  or  dry  dit.hes,  be  the  earth- 
en one  ever  so  weii  traized  or  palisaded. 
TJiefa:then  one  may  be  stormed  without 
makiiu  a  breach.  The  scarp  should  b3 
3'^or  35  fee-  ,ii  h. 

T-.e  Counterscarp  should  also  be  of  ma- 
sonrv,  and  not  j~is  than  12  i'-.'ct  high. 
The  inconveniences  of  an  earth  or  'o\v 
counterscarp,  a  re  the  iuiposs  bi'ir 
fendm?  to  the  last  the  cov  rt  way  5  :>s  ihe 
enemy  may  descend  m;o  ti.e  u-tch,  and 
again  mount  the  covert  way,  a  c'  ,r>  .  < _\  m 
the  rear  of  the  inverses.  Tii'  n>  -y 
may  find  his  way  along  the  natural  iiupe 
of  an  earth  counterscarp,  and  is  not  delay- 
ed by  a  tedious  operation  of  fettm.,  into 
the  ditch  Besides  the  natural  s.oue  of 
the  end  of  an  earth  traverse  prevents  its 
effectually  covering  the  covert  way. 

Ditches  are  generally  15  or  18  toises 
wide.  Dry  ditches  are  always  preferable 
to  wet  ones,  on  account  of  the  shelter  they 
arfbrd  the  troops,  and  the  ready  commtf- 
nication  with  the  outworks,  without  the 
constant  trouble  and  danger  of  bridges. 

The  Covert  ivay  should  be  5  toises  wide ; 
less  would  croud  the  troops,  ^<nd  more 
would  allow  room  for  the  enemy  10  erect 
batteries  in  it 

The  whole  of  the  glacis  should  be  seen, 
not  .>nly  from  the  crest  of  the  parapet, 
but  from  the  embrasures  in  the  parapet. 

The  Tenaille^  must  not  be  so  high  as  to 
prevent  the  flank  guns  in  one  basti  m  see- 
ing the  breach  that  may  be  made  in  the 
collateral  one. 

Ravelins  are  best  without  flanks ;  their 
faces  directed  to  10  toises  from  the  shoul- 
ders of  the  bastions. 

The  crest  of  the  parapet  of  the  body  of 
the  place  should  be  8  feet  above  the  crest 
of  the  glacis,  to  command  it  across  a  ditch 
of  15  or  20  toises. 

T,,e  cre.-,t  of  the  parapet  of  the  javelin 
is  3  feet  lower  than  that  of  the  body  of  rhe 
place,  in  order  that  it  may  be  more  effec- 
tually commanded  from  the  place;  and 
therefore  to  enable  the  parapet  of  the  ra- 
velin to  command  its  own  glacis,  the 
ditch  is  only  made  10  toises,  and  this 
glacis  is  a  foot  lower  than  that  of  the 
body  of  the  place 

Theremust  be  an  equilibrium  of  defence 
established  through  every  front  of  a  forti- 
fied place;  for  it  will  be  iv.-edless  to 
st<e;;>;then  any  particular  froi.t,  if  the 
others  from  their  weakness  be  let"'  ^xpos- 
ed.  The  following  remarks  may  -liable 
an  observer  to  appreciate  the  value  t  par- 
ticular works,  in  the  proper  ap.-tication 
an't  arrangement  of  which  that  equili- 
brium consists. 


196 


FOR 


FOR 


Intrenchments  within  the  works  add 
much  to  their  defence.  In  large  bastions 
with  obtuse  flanked  angles,  the  best  in- 
trenchment  is  formed  of  the  fro  at  of  a 
fortification,  or  of  two  demi-bastions  and 
a  curtain,  connecting  the  angles  formed  by 
<rhc  flank  and  curtain.  If  this  intrench- 
ment  be  advanced  to  the  shoulders  of  the 
bastion,  so  as  to  include  its  flanks,  as  is 
often  the  case,  it  will  be  subject  to  be 
takm  in  the  rear,  by  the  fire  from  the 
counter  batteries  opposed  to  the  flanks. 
But  in  bastions  win  acute  flanke  <  angles 
which  do  not  afford  sufficient  space  for 
this  kind  of  intrenchment,  Cormontaigi.e 
proposes  one  inthe  form  of  a  cavalier,  whose 
faces  and  flanks  ".re  parallel  to  those  of  the 
bastion.  The  first  kind  of  intrcnchment 
does  not  operate  in  the  defence  of  the 
place,  till  after  the  passage  of  the  ditch  ; 
till  which  time  it  remains  entire,  and 
then  capable  of  a  very  gR-at  defence.  The 
second  kind  becomes  a  support  to  the 
bastion  from  the  first  cemmencementof  the 
Fiege;  but  it  is  therefore  subject  to  have  its 
defence  destroyed  at  a  distance.  Nor  is  its 
defence  equal  to  that  of  the  other  fo  m. 

Counterguards  should  possess  the  three 
following  properties  :  isr.  They  must 
cover  effectually  the  principal  work  before 
which  they  are'  placed  ;  at  least  that  part 
of  it,  which  can  be  battered  in  breach,  zd. 
They  must  be  lower  than  the  work 
which  they  cover;  but  not  so  low  as  to 
permit  its  revetement  to  be  se.'n.  3d. 
They  must  be  so  narrow  as  not  to  afford 
room  for  the  besiegers  to  erect  batteries  in 
them,  against  the  work  which  t^iey  cover, 
and  therefore  not  leave  the  besiegers  a 
choice  of  positions.  The  counter-guards 
|n  Coehorn's  system  are  only  of  earth, 
through  which  it  is  necessary  to  make  an 
opening,  before  the  capital  'work  can  be 
battered. 

Horn  or  CroivN  works,  unless  to  occupy 
some  important  point,  to  strengthen  kome 
weak  side,  or  to  afford  more  room  for  a 
confined  garrison  are  rather  a  weak  than  a 
strong  arm  to  a  place.  This  is  particu- 
larly the  case  when  they  are  constructed 
with  smaller,  and  consequently  weaker 
fronts,  than  that  part  of  the  body  of  the 
place  which  they  cover:  as  they  facili- 
tate, when  taken,  the  approaches  to  ths 
body  of  the  place.  This  is  remedied  by 
constructing  their  fronts  of  the  same 
strength  as  the  front  or  fronts  which  they 
cover.  They  also  facilitate  the  taking  of 
the  place,  by  exposing  the  revetement  of 
the  work  on  which  their  branches  are  di- 
rected to  be  battered  in  breach,  along  the 
ditches  of  those  branches  This  is  a 
great  evil,  even  to  an  outwork,  but  is  of 
serious  consequence  if  they  rest  upon  the 
body  of  the  place.  This  defect  has  been 
remedied  by  placing  these  works  alto- 
gether uutside  of  the  covert  way,  and  al- 
iowng  their  ditch  no  communication  with 
those  in  the  rear.  In  this  case  their  gorge 
rnust  be  made  very  secure  to  prevent  its 
being  turned. 


An  Advanced  Covert  way,  is  esteemed 
amongst  the  best  means  of  adding  to  the 
d. fence  of  places.  Besides  the  advan- 
tages common  to  the  usual  covert  way,  it 
has  many  peculiar  to  itsilf.  It  however 
seems  necessary  to  ensure  to  it  the  many 
advantages  of  which  it  is  susceptible, 
(beside  being  properly  palisaded,)  that  it 
should  be  secured  in  the  rear  by  a  wet 
ditch,  as  the  only  means  of  giving  it  an 
inaccessible  counterscarp,  and  at  the  same 
time  keeping  it  under  the  fire  ot"  the  mus- 
quetry  of  the  place.  This  kind  of  covert 
way  is  generally  supported  by  redoubts 
upon  the  capitals  of  the  bastions  and  rave- 
lins which  from  their  position  cannot 
mask  the  fire  of  the  place;  and  being 
mounted  with  artillery,  oblige  the  be- 
siegers to  commence  their  attack  at  a 
j:rcat  distance,  and  very  much  to  extend 
their  operations ;  and  as  their  establish- 
ment upon  this  covert  way  must  effectu- 
ally mask  the  fire  of  their  first  battenes, 
i  it  must  greatly  increase  their  labor.  The 
!  retreat  from  these  redoubts  must  be  se- 
cured by  an  underground  passage. 

Countermines  are  undoubtedly  one  of  the 
first  means  of  strengthening  places.  For 
this  article  we  refer  to  the  word  Mines. 
Detached  redoubts,  when  circumstances 
of  situation  favor  them,  are  employed 
with  great  success.  They  are  usually  de- 
tach-ji  and  totally  unconnected  with  any 
of  the  works  of  the  place,  by  any  covert 
way  or  other  above  ground  work;  and 
have  tor  objects,  either  the- opposing  an 
additional  obstacle  to  the  besiegers  at  the 
point  they  occupy,  or  the  rendering  the 
adjoining  fronts  inaccessible,  by  an  enfi- 
lade or  reverse  fire  upon  the  approaches. 
They  also  afford  at  their  gorge,  a  most  ex- 
cellent rendezvous  and  retreat  for  sorties  ; 
upon  the  level  of  the  country,  and  with- 
out the  difficulty  of  filing  troops  through 
the  barrier  of  a  covert  way. 

But  in  order  to  insure  to  the  detached 
work  or  works,  all  t,:ese  advantages,  it  is 
necessary  that  they  should  be  either  total- 
ly inaccessible  to  the  besiegers,  by  rea- 
son of  the  natural  difficulties  of  their  si- 
tuation, as  in  an  inundation,  morass,  &c. 
or  be  made  secure  by  art,  from  being  tak- 
en by  storm,  and  only  attackable  by  re- 
gular approaches.  They  should  be  un- 
der cover  of  the  fire  of  the  place;  but  if 
their  distance  be  too  great  for  that,  an  in- 
termediate work  must  be  established  to 
£ive  them  support.  Their  best  form  is 
that  of  a  bastion  with  retired  flanks  ;  and 
a  strong  system  of  countermines  the  most 
effectual  wayof  prolonging  their  resistance. 
General  remarks. ..The  larger  the  flank- 
ed angles  of  works,  the  more  direct  will 
be  their  fire,  and  that  of  their  covert  way, 
upon  the  approaches  ;  the  greater  extent 
will  they  oblige  the  besiegers  to  occupy 
in  their  parallels  and  batteries;  and  the 
more  will  they  oblige  the  besiegers  to  ex- 
pose themselves  to  the  fire  of  the  fronts^ 
collateral  to  the  one  attacked.  Faces  of 


FOR 


FOR 


197 


works  directed  to  inaccessible  situations,  I 
such  as  rivers,  lakes,  &c.  from  whence 
they  cannot  be  enfiladed  by  ricochet  batte- 
ries, add  greatly  to  the  strength  of  a  front. 

It  the  flanked  angle  of  a  ravelin  be  so  j 
advanced  as  to  sec  in  reverse  any  battery  I 
erected  upon  the  crest  of  the  glacis,  or  in  j 
the  covert  way  of  the  Bastions,  it  will  in-  j 
crease  the  strength  of  that  front ;  because 
it  will  oblige  the  besiegers  to  pain  posses-  j 
sion  oi  the  ravelin,  before  they  can  make 
any  lodgment,  from  which  they  can  bat-  j 
ter  the  bastions.  This  is  the  case  in  C«r- 
inonraigne's  system  :  and  a  place  thus 
fortified,  obliges  the  besiegers  to  attack 
and  gain  two  ravelins  to  get  at  the  bastion 
between  them.  Beside,  if  this  system  be 
applied  !o  aright  line,  or  to  a  polygon  of 
many  sides,  the  prolongations  of  the  faces 
of  the  bastions  will  be  intercepted  by  the 
flanked  angle  of  the  ravelins,  and  conse- 
quent!; make  the  establishment  of  enfi- 
lading batteries  against  them  very  difficult. 
A  work  which  admits  of  a  broach  being 
mad?  in  it  (particularly  the  body  of  the 
place)  at  a  distance,  very  much  facilitates 
its  beinv-  taken.  The  ditch  of  the  ravelin 
affords  an  opening  through  which  the  be. 
sieger?  may  make  a  breach  in  the  face  of 
the  bastion  from  the  glacis,  opposite  the 
flanked  angle  of  the  rav olio,  and  is  there- 
fore subject  to  this  defect.  A  counter- 
guard  before  the  bastion,  lessens  this  evil, 
by  transferring  the  breach  from  the  body 
of  the  plac-'  to  the  ravelin  ;  but  it  requires 
a  counterguard  also  before  the  ravelin,  ef- 
fectually to  cure  it  A  crown  or  horn 
work  also  produces  this  evil ;  its  remedy 
was  given," in  speaking  of  those  works. 

The  direction  of  the  flanks  or  faces  of  a 
work  is  not  so  material  as  relating  to  the 
fire  of  artillery,  as  to  that  of  musquetry  ; 
for  artillery  is  never  fired  without  being 
pointed,  but  musquetry  is  fired  mechani- 
cally, and  perpendicular  to  the  parapet, 
without  much  attention  to  the  object  to 
be  struck. 

A  work  in  the  neighborhood  of  a  height 
must  be  defiladed*  from  that  height,  that 
is,  instead  of  being  built  upon  a  horizon- 
tal plane,  it  must  be  erected  upon  an  im- 
aginary inclined  plane,  passing  from  some- 
where in  the  interior  of  that  work,  over 
the  most  commanding  points  of  the 
height :  and  every  part  of  the  works 
must  bear  the  same  relation  to  this  inclin- 
ed plane,  that  they  would  do,  to  a  hori- 
zontal plane  in  a  level  country. 

A  work  is  not  therefore  always  to  be 
condemned,  because  it  is  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  a  height;  for  if  it  be  properly 
defiladed  tVom  that  height,  it  will  receive 
a  great  advantage  over  the  approaches  of 
the  besiegers,  carried  on  down  an  inclined 
plane  towards  it.  But  a  work  to  be  pro- 

*  The  French  use  the  ivord  defile  in  a  con- 
trary sense  to  enfile ;  and  as  ive  admit  the 
•wards  er>filid(  and  enfiladed  frcm  the  latter , 
ive  cannot  refuse  the  Terms  defilade  and  de- 
^filadf d  from  the  former. 


perly  constructed  in  the  neighborhood  of 
heights,  must  not  uniformly  preserve  the 
same  distance  from  those  heights,  unless 
their  summits  be  all  upon  the  same  level ; 
but  must  approach  them  at  their  lowest 
parts,  and  recede  from  them  as  they  rise; 
thus  will  the  necessary  plane  of  defilement 
preserve  nearly  the  same  degree  of  obli- 
quity throughout. 

Dimensions  of  Walls  and  their  Ccunte*-fort<;% 
frcm  10/1750   Feet  high,  having  a 
of  1.5  their  Height. 


I 

cc 

11= 

I  je~ 


<3-  GOO  rf  O 


8S  Si 


beight  ~  %  ^8 


The  heights  in  the  above  table  are  taken 
only  from  the  bottom  of  the  ditch,  and  do 
not  include  the  foundations. 

When  the  rampart  is  partly  walled  and 
partly  turfed;  then  1-5  of  the  h  ight  of 
the  turfed  part  must  be  added  to  the 
breadth  of  thj  wall  at  the  top  given  in  the 
table. 

The  bases  of  all  inward  slopes  of  earth 
should  be  equal  to  their  height,  if  not 
more. 

The  bases  of  all  outward  slopes  of  earth 
2-3  of  their  height. 

The  superior  slopes  of  all  parapets  1-6 
of  their  breadth. 

The  slope  of  all  walls,  or  revetcment? 
1-5  of  their  height. 

Though  the  above  principles  given  for 
the  erection  of  field  works  may  assist 
an  officer's  recollection  who  may  be  em- 
ployed on  that  duty,  the  memorandums 
given  respecting  permanent  fortification 
pretend  to  no  such  object :  but  may  serve 
to  remind  an  officer,  if  he  should  visit  a 
fortification,  of  its  essential  requisites  ; 
and  may  assist  his  observations  in  passing 
round  the  works 

FORTIN,  FORTLETT,  or  FOR- 
TILAGE.  See  FIELD-FORT. 

FORTRESS,  any  place  strongly  for- 
I  tified. 
!|     FORWARD,    a    word  of  command, 


198 


FOU 


FOU 


which  is  given  when  a  rejriment,  or  com- 
pany has  been  interrupted  in  its  regular 
jnoven.ent,  and  the  march  is  continued. 
On  this  occasion  e%ery  succeeding  division 
mus.  preserve  its  proper  distance  and 
jnark  rime  until  the  word  Forward,  is 
given.  This  frequently  occurs  in  the 
pass  .  or  obsuicxs,  and  in  the  winding 
of  roads,  streets,  &c, 

Rigbt   ")  shoulders    FORWARD,    an    ab- 
or       >  surd  word  of  command,  used 

Left  O  in  the  British  exercise.  It  is 
a  gross  misconception  of  the  French  line 
of  science,  which  requires  the  whole 
body  to  face  .n  the  giver;  inclination;  <  very 
man  mus:  see  that  it  is  impossible  io  a 
soldier  to  march  either  with  ease  or  grace 
in  such  a  position.  See  LIKE  of  SCI- 
ENCE. 

FOSSE,  in  fortification.     See  DITCH. 

fo£&s.ipleliit'jtta*\  Fr.  Wet  Ditches. 
See  FORTIFICATION. 

FOSSES  sees,  Fr.  Dry  ditches. 

FOSSES  rwetus,  Fr  Ditches  that  are 
lined. 

FOSSES  non  revctus^  Fr  Dirches  that 
are  not  lined. 

FOUCADE,  FOUGADE,  a  small 
mine. 

FOUGASS,  in  mining,  a  small  mine, 
from  6  to  8  feet  under  ground :  It  is  ge- 
nerally placed  under  the  glacis  or  dry 
ditches. 

FOUGETTE.  Fr.  Indian  sky-rocket, 
a  species  of  fire- work  which  is  frequently 
used  by  the  Asiatics.     The  author  of  a 
late  military  production  in  France  makes 
the  following  observations  relative  to  ad- 
vantages which  might   be  derived  from 
this  weapon  against  cavalry,  and  for  the 
defence  of  fortified  places,  or  intrench- 
ments.     He  observes,    that  the  fougette, 
in  shape,  resembles  v.  sky-rocket,  whose 
flight  is  gradually  brought  to  run  along  an 
horizontal  direction.     By  throwing  seve- 
ral i'i'Ugettes  into  parks  of  artillery  and 
xjpon  the  caissons,  &rc.  considerable  da- 
mage might  be  occasioned  from  the  fire  ;; 
which  would  inevitably  be  communicated  ii 
to   some  part.     A  fougette  forces  itself  jj 
immediately  forward,  cuts    as    it  pene- 
trates,    by  the  formation    of  its    sides,  j 
which  are  filled  with  small  spikes,  be- i 
comes  combustible  and  on  fire  at  all  itsij 
points;  and  possesses  within  itselrathou- 1! 
taiul  va.ious  means  by  which  it  can  ad- j: 
here  to  whatever  object  it  is  destined  to 
set  on  fire  or  to  destroy.     This  weapon  ij 
would  be  more  effectual,  because  it  might  i| 
be  more  variously  applied,  to  defend  the 
mouth   of  a    harbor   against  an  enemy's  ji 
shipping,  than   red-hot    balls   can    ever1' 
prove.     FouiCttes  might  be  used  on  board  ' 
ships  of  war,  but  there  would  certainly  i' 
be  some  danger  in  the  experiment;  ai-  !; 
though,  in  my  humble  opinion,  a  little,  \> 
experience  would  effectually  lemove  that  |j 
difficulty  ;  in  which  case  ships  might  run 
along    a   coast,    and    easily    d  -strn    the 
wooden  works  tiiat  are  sometimes  erected  , 
i;pon  it.     They  would  in  the  first  place  ji 


,,  occasion  more  havoc  than  rcci-hoi 
and  in  the  next,  the?  might  be  used  whilst 
the  vessel  was  in  tui!  sai: ;  which  .j.inot 
be  done  in  the  first  instance.  By  i, 
their  natural  velocity  t'.ey  would  do  more 
execution  in  a  less  space  of  time,  rhai  .he 
•;  most  active  pieceof  ordnance  could 
!j  and  they  would  require  fewer  hart's,  a? 
the  only  necessary  opeut.'cn  won,  bt  to 
lii-ii'  -nd  dart  them  ioj->v.i  ..  As  a  de- 
fensible weapon  it  must  natural))  be  al- 
lowed, that,  whe-e  a  small  body  rf  r,en 
is  attacked,  the  four/- tie  might  he  adopt, 
ed  with  considerable  advantage. — The 
writer  of  this  article,  who,  we  find,  is 
likewise  the  inventor  of  a  icugette  winch 
has  been  submitted  to  the  French  i/ovcrn- 
men,  continues  to  argue  much  in  favor 
of  its  adoption.  If,  adds  he,  our  enemies 
should  imitate  the  invention,  we  must 
then  have  recourse,  especially  h.  sea- 
fights  to  those  pieces  of  ordnance  which 
are  calculated  to  do  more  execution  at  a 
distance;  and  it  wilt  then  beour business 
tocontrive  fougettes  that  shall  reach  their 
ship,  ing,  by  means  of  a  greater  degrre  of 
force  and  velocity  which  might  be  given 
to  them,  than  they  would  be  capab.e  of 
attaining.  See  ROCKET. 

FOUILLER,  Fr.  To  search.  In  a 
military  sense,  it  signifies  to  detach  s.nall 
bodies  of  infantry  round  the  flanks  of  a 
column  that  is  marching  through  a  wood, 
for  tiie  purpose  of  discovering  an  ambus- 
«.ade,  and  of  giving  timely  notice  that  it 
may  be  avoided.  The  same  precaution 
is  necessary  when  a  body  of  mu,  advan- 
ces towards  or  enters  a  village. 

FOUNDATION,  in  military  archi- 
tecture, is  that  purt  of  a  building  which 
is  under  ground,  or  the  mass  of  stone, 
brick,  £c.  which  supports  a  building,  or 
upon  which  the  walls  of  a  superstructure 
are  raised  :  or  it  is  the  coffer  or  bed  dug 
below  the  level  ot  the  ground,  to  raise  a 
building  upon  ;  in  which  sense,  the  foun- 
dation cither  goes  to  the  whole  area  or  ex- 
tent of  the  building,  as  when  there  are 
to  be  vaults,  galleries,  casemates,  or  the 
like;  or  is  drawn  in  cuts  or  trenches,  as 
when  only  w ..ills  are  to  be  raised.  Some- 
times the  foundation  is  massive,  and  con- 
tinued under  tht  whole  building,  as  in  the 
antique  arc'  es  and  aqueducts  ;  but  it  is 
more  usually  in  spaces,  or  intervals ;  in 
which  latter  case,  insulated  pillars,  bound 
together  by  arches,  should  be  used. 

There  are  several  things  to  be  well  con- 
sidered in  laying  \ht foundation  of  a  milita- 
ry building,  We  must  first  examine  the 
bed  of  the  earth  upon  which  we  ^re  to 
build,  and  then  the  under  fillings  or  sub- 
struction.  We  are  not  to  rest  upon  any 
seeming  solidity,  unless  the  whole  mould 
through  which  we  cut  has  likewise  been 
solid;  and  in  such  cases,  allow  i-6th 
part  of  the  height  of  the  building  for  the 
hollowing  or  under-digging,  unless  there 
be  cellars  under  nound,  i  .  which  case 
it  may  be  something  less.  There  are 
many  wav?  to  trv  the  firmness  of  the 


FO  U 


FOU 


199 


groun  i ;  but  the  following,  in  our  opi- 
nio  ,  is  the  best.  Take  an  iron  crow,  or 
such  a  borer  as  well  diggers  use,  which 
at  once  will  point  out  the  goodness  and 
tenacity  ..f  the  ground. 

Engineers  should  use  the  utmost  dili- 
gence in  this  '  oint;  for,  of  all  the  errors 
that  may  happen  in  building,  those  are 
the  mosf  pern;  :ious  which  are  commit  ted 
in  the  foundation,  because  they  bring 
with  them  the  ruin  of  the  whole  building; 
nor  c.<n  'hey  b.1  amended  without  very 
great  diffio  Ity. 

FOUNDATIONS  are  cither  natural,  or 
artificial :  natiiral,  as  when  we  build  on 
a  rock,  or  vtry  solid  earth  ;  in  which  case 
\ven-.d  no"  seek  for  any  other  strengtn 
en.hu1: ;  f<>r  hesr,  without  dicing,  or  other 
ait»'v;uil  hel'-s,  are  of  themselves  excel 
]&&t  foundations, and  most  fir  to  uphold  the 
greatest  bu'ldinirs  But  if  the  ground 
be  san<iy  or  n;;.r.$hy,  or  have  lately  been 
dug,  in  such  case  recourse  iwus-  b  had 
to  a»t.  In  the  foimei  case,  the  engineer 
must  adjust  the  depth  of  the  foundation 
by  the  height,  wei^h*,  &c  ol  the  build. 
ing:  i-6th  part  of  the  whole  height  is 
locked  upon  as  a  medium  ;  and  as  to  the 
thickness,  double  that  of  the  wi-,;th  of  a 
wall  is  a  good  rule.  If  you  build  ':pcn 
mossy  a.  d  loose  earth,  then  you  must  dig 
until  you  find  sound  ,  round.  This  sound 
ground,  fit  to  support  a  buildine,  is  of 
divers  kinds :  in  some  pkces  so  hard,  as 
scarcely  to  be  cut  with  iron ;  in  other 
places  very  stiff;  in  other  places  black- 
ish,  which  is  accounted  the  weakest;  in 
others  like  chalk,  and  in  others  sandy: 
but  of  a!ltlv-.jse,  that  is  the  best  which  re- 
quires most  labor  in  cutting  or  digging, 
and  when  wet,  does  net  dissolve  into 
dirt. 

If  the  eartli  to  be  built  upon  is  very 
soft,  as  in  moorish  grounds,  or  such  that 
the  natural  foundation  cannot  be  trusted, 
then  you  must  get  good  pieces  of  oak, 
whose  length  should  be  the  breadth  of 
the  trench  or  about  2  feet  longer  than 
the  wall;  these  must  be  laid  across  the 
foundation  about  2  feet  assunder,  and  be- 
ing well  rammed  down,  lay  loiu  planks 
upon  them;  which  planks  i.eed  not  lie 
so  broad  as  the  pieces  are  long,  but  only 
about  four  inches  on  a  sidw  wider  than 
the  basis,  or  foot  cf  the  wall  is  to  be. 
But  if  the  ground  b^  so  very  bad,  that 
this  will  not  do,  then  you  must  provide 
good  piles  of  oak  of  such  a  length  as  will 
reach  the  good  ground,  and  whose  diame- 
ter must  be  about  i-i2th  part  of  thur 
length.  These  piles  must  be  driven 
down  by  an  engine  for  thar  purpose,  and 
must  be  placed  as  close  as  one  can  itaiui 
by  another;  then  lay  planks  upon  them, 
and  pin  them  fast.  But  it  the  ground  be 
faultv  in  some  parts,  and  firm  in  others, 
you  may  turn  arches  over  those  loose 
places,  which  will  discharge  them  of  the 
weight.  You  must  not  forge;  to  place 
the  piles  under  the  iiiher,  as  well  as  th? 
outer  walls;  for  if  trus*  should  sink,  it 


would  be  a  means  to  make  'he  outer 
walls  crack,  and  so  ruin  the  whole  build- 
ing. 

Having  thus  far  considered  the  bed  of 
the  earth  on  which  the  building  is  to  be 
erectpd,  we  bhall  next  consider  the  sub- 
struction, as  it  was  called  by  the  ancients; 
but  our  modern  engineers  call  it  the 
foundation.  This  is  the  ground- work  of 
the  whole  edifice,  which  must  sustain 
the  walls,  and  may  be  termed  artificial, 
as  the  other  was  i.atural ;  with  regard  to 
which,  ti  e  following  things  are  most  ne- 
cessary to  be  observed  :  i.  That  the  bot- 
tom be  exactly  level ;  ther  fore  lay  a 
piationi:  of  soocl  boards  2.  That  the 
lowest  !e-.;  e  or  row  b  all  of  stone,  the 
broatltrr  the  better,  laid  closely  without 
mortar;  which  is  a  general  caution  for 
all  part-  of  a  buildi  g  that  are  contiguous 
to  board  or  t.mber,  because  lime  and 
woo,:,  are  utter  enemies  to  one  nother, 
and,  if  unfit  confiners  any  where,  they 
are  more  especially  so  in  the  foundation. 
3.  That  the  breadth  of  the  foundation  be 
at  least  double  the  breadth  of  the  wall 
which  is  to  be  raised  upon  it:  but  even 
in  this  case  art  should  give  way  to  dis- 
cretion :  and  the  foundation  may  be 
madi"  either  broader,  or  narrower,  ac- 
cording as  the  ground  and  the  ponderosity 
of  the  edifice  require.  4.  That  the  foun- 
dation bema-'e  to  diminish  as  it  rises,  but 
yet  so  that  there  may  be  as  much  left  on 
the  one  sk>e  as  on  the  other;  so  that  the 
middle  of  that  above  may  be  perpendicu- 
larly over  the  middL- of  that  below,  which 
should  in  like  manner  be  observed  in  di- 
minishing the  walls  above  ground;  for 
by  this  mear.s  the  building  will  become 
much  stronger  than  it  would  be  if  the 
diminution  were  made  by  any  oth-.-r  way. 
5.  That  you  should  never  build  on  the 
ruins  of  an  old  foundation,  unless  you  are 
well  assured  of  its  depth,  and  that  its 
strength  is  sufficient  to  bear  the  building. 
The  stones  in  the  foundation  should  be 
laid  as  they  naturally  lay  .in  the  quarry, 
for  they  have  the  most  s.rength  in  their 
natural  position.  This  should  be  observ- 
ed in  all  parts  of  a  building,  because  all 
stones  have  a  cleaving  grain  ;  consequent- 
ly, if  the  horizontal  position  of  the  stone.. 
in  the  quarry  should  be  placed  vertically 
iii  the  buiklin.",  the  superincumbent 
weight  would  be  apt  to  cleave  them,  and 
so  render  the  building  ruinous. 

FOUNDER,  a  person,  who  casts  can- 
non, &c. 

F  O  U  N  D  E  R I N  G ,  a  disorder  in  horses , 
which  may  be  considered  under  two  head?, 
viz. 

FOUNDERING  ///  the  feef%  wh ich  is  an 
i  univ  rsal  rheumatism, or  deHuxkmof  hu  - 
1  mors  :.'pon  the  sinews  of  a  horse's  feet; 
I  so  that  in  the  course  cf  time  the  hoof? 
I  become  siitf  and  callous,  and  the  horsi; 
|  has  no  sense  or  feeling  of  them.  Tim 
'disorder  is  generally  brought  on  by  haul 
I  rkiing.  Sometimes  it  proceeds  from  sxid- 
j  el  :-n  hea:s  4.rd  colds  ;  and  frequent'---  f-orrt 


200 


F  O  U 


FR  A 


the  horse  being  watered  when  he  is  very  I 
hot  Too  tight  a  shoe,  or  frequent  trav-  | 
ell':ngupon  hard  flinty  ground,  will  like-  i 
wise  produce  this  disorder. 

FOUNDERING  in  the  chest ,  a  disorder 
which    lay  be  occasioned  by  crudities  col- 
lected <n  the  stomach,  or  by  other  infirmi-  \ 
ties  which  obstruct  the  free  act:on  of  the 
lungs.     It  ;s  discovered  by  the  horse  not 
b  ing  lible  to  bend  his  joints,  and,  when 
cnce  laid,  by  not  be'ng  able  to  rise  a-.ain. 
A  swelling  in  th"  legs  is  likewise  symp-  ' 
tomatic  of  it 

FOUND ERY,  Jin  military  matters,  . 

FOUNDRY,      $  the  art  of  casrng  all  : 
kinds  of  ordnance,  such  as  cannon,  mor- 
tars, howitzers,  &c.     Ir  likewise  signifies 
the  place  or  work- house  wherein  these 
operation  are  performed.     At  present  all 
pieces  of  artilK  ;y  are  cast  solid,  and  bored 
afterwards.     Formerly  guns  were   bored 
perpendicularly,  but  at  present  in  a  hori- 
zontal  position  :    the   boring   instrument 
is  fixed  immoveably,  and  forced  into  the 
gun  or  mortar  by  a  mechanical    power. 
The  piece  of  artillery  is  turned  round  by 
a  large  wheel,  and  at  the  same  time  the 
gun   is  bore  ,  the  outside  is  turned  and 
polished,  by  another   very  curious  ma-  i 
ehine  for  that  purpose,  invented  by  the  j 
very  inpe  ious  Messrs. Verbruggen,  foun-  j 
dcrs    at    Woolwich.       Guns    were   first  i 
fou r.ded  in  England  in  1587. 

FOURAGE,  Fr.  Forage.     In  the  ar-  ! 
tillery,  it  is  used  figuratively  to   signify  I 
hay,  straw,  or  any  thing  else  "of  vegetable 
growth,  which   is   used  to  ram  into  the 
bore  of  a  cannon  for  the  purpose  of  cleans- 
ing it. 

Alter  au  FOUR  AGE,  to  go  a  foraging. 

FOUR  ACER,  Fr.  To  forage,  or  took 
about  for  provender  and  provisions. 

FOURAGER  likewise  means  among  the 
French  to  ravage,  desolate,  pil!a:e,  and 
waste  a  country  for  the  purpose  of  throw. 
ing  the  inhabitants  into  disorder.  The 
word  is  derived  from  jcras  agere,  or  to  seek 
for  forage  in  the  fields. 

FOUR  AGE  UR,    Fr.    foragers,    or    men 
employed  to  procure  forage,  &c    for  an 
army.      They    are    generally    escorted. 
Hence  the  expression  :  so  many  men  have  J 
been  ordered  to  escort  the  foragers.     Thej 
body  of  foragers  has  been  charged  by  the 
enemy's  cavalry. 

FOURBISS'EURS,  Fr.  a  sword  cut- 
ler. The  French  familiarly  say  of  two 
;  croons  who  are  cxtre  -  ely  ntimat< ,  Ces 
gi't?\  sont  tete-a-tete  comme  dtsfourbhsatrs^ 
ii.eunmn,  that,  like  s>word  cutlers,  (who 
"vhen  they  work  sir  clossly  opposite  to 
r.i,  h  other)  they  arc  putting  their  heads 
Together. 

Se  lattre  a  I'cpee  qul  est  chex.  le  jourbis- 
<>fur,  to  tight  with  a  sword  which  is  still 
ni  the  cutler's  ham's;  signifying  figu- 
ratively to  dispute  about  any  thing  that 
uocs  not  concern  either  partv. 

FOURGON,  Fr.  a  sort  of  waggon. 
It  likewise  signifies  a  poker. 


FOURNEAU,  Fr.  furnace,  also  the 
chambero*  a  mine. 

FOURIER,  Fr.  A  quarter  master 
belonging  to  a  cavalry  or  infantry  regi- 
ment. In  France  there  were  Jouriers  • 
majors  of  cavalry  who  composed  a  part  of 
the  >  avalry  staff,  Serjeant  fourier,  and 
corporal  fourier,  answer  to  our  quarter 
master  serjcant. 

FOURNlMENT,  Fr.  A  horn  which 
holds  about  one  pound  of  gun-  powder  to 
prime  cannon.  It  is  likewise  used  by 
cavalry  and  infantry  soldiers,  who  hang 
it  across  their  shoulder.  The  artillerists 
keep  it  in  a  belt 

FOURCHETTES  a  mousquet,  Fr. 
Rests  for  a  musquet.  They  are  some- 
times used  to  relieve  men  who  do  duty  on 
the  rampart  of  a  town. 

Chemin  FOURCHU,  a  cross  way 

Paix  FOURREE,  Fr.  a  peace  sudden- 
ly  patched  up. 

Pays  FOUR  RE,  Fr.  a  country  thick 
set  with  hedges,  &c.  properly  called  a 
close  country 

FOURREAU  dephtolet,  a  holster. 

Faux  FOURREAU  de  pist^Iei,  pistol 
bag. 

FOURREAU  d'epee,  the  scabbard  of  a 
sword 

FOURMILLER,  Fr.  to  swarm  with* 
La  France  fourmllle  en  braves  sddats  — 
France  swarms  with  brave  soldiers; 
L'  Angleterre  fourmille  eft  braves  marlns  — 
En  land  swarms  with  brave  seamen* 

F  O  U  R  de  campagve      A  field  oven. 

FOUR,  a  place  of  confinement  in  Pa- 
ris to  which  vagabonds  and  persons  who 
could  not  give  any  satisfactory  account  of 
themselves  were  committed  ;  and  when 
once  shut  up  had  their  names  enregister- 
ed,  and  were  enlisted  for  tlu  service  of 
the  old  French  government.  A  four  in 
this  acceptation  of  the  term  means  a  room 
arched  over  without  having  the  kast 
aperture  to  receive  day  light.  There  were 
several  such  places  of  confinement  in  Pa- 
ris. They  owed  iheir  invention  to  a  Mon- 
sieur D'Argenscn,  and  wer.  supposed  to 
add  annually  two  thousand  men  at  least 
to  the  king's  regular  army  ;  by  which 
means  the  capital  was  relieved  from  a  mul- 
titude  of  rlveves,  pick-j  ockets,  &c. 


Fr.  See 
STORES,  &c. 

FOYER,  Ft.  Focus,  or  centre  of  the 
chamber.  See  MINE. 

F  RAISE,  in  fortification,  a  kind  of 
stakes  or  palisades  placed  horizontally  on 
the  outward  slope  of  a  rampart  made  of 
earth,  to  prevent  the  work  being  takei,  by- 
surprise.  They  are  generally  7  or  8  feet 
lon£,  and  about  5  inches  thick.  When  an 
army  intrenches  itself,  the  parapets  of  the 
retrenchments  are  of  fen  fraiscd  in  the 
parts  exposed  to  un  attack. 

To  PRAISE  a  battalion  ,  is  to  line,  or 
cover  it  every  way  with  pikes,  that  it 
may  withstand  the  shock  of  a  body  of 
horse. 


F  RI 


F  RI 


201 


F  RAISER,    Fr.   To  plait,    knead  or 

drill In  a   military  sense  to  fraise  or 

fence  ;  as  /raiser  un  battalion,  is  to  fraise 
or  fence  all  the  musquetry-men  belong- 
ing to  a  battalion  with  pikes,  to  oppose 
the  irruption  of  cavalry  should  it  charge 
them  in  a  plain.  At  present  it  means  to 
secure  a  battalion  by  opposing  bayonets 
obliquely  forward,  or  cross-ways  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  render  it  impossible  for  a 
hvrsernan  to  act  against  it. 

PRAISES,/)'.  See  FRAI  SE  an  adopted 
En-lish  term. 

F  R  A  N  • . .  H  E  S ,  Fr  ...  Les  campagaies 
/ranches,  free  companies,  were  bodies  of 
men  detached  and  separated  fnm  the  rest 
of  the  army,  having  each  a  chief,  or  com- 
mandant. They  consisted  chiefly  of  dra 
goons,  hussars,  &c.  and  the.r  peculiar 
dutv  was  to  make  irruptions  into  an  ene- 
ray's  country  ;  and  may  not  improperly 
be  called  land  pirates,  as  their  chief  occu- 
pation was  to  harra  s  and  plunder  the  ene- 
my and  his  adherents,  in  whatever  man 
ner  they  could,  without  paying  any  re- 
gard to  military  forms.  The  persons  who 
compos  d  these  corps  were  termed  parti- 
sans They  always  accompanied  the 
main  army  in  time  of  war,  and  were  distri- 
buted among  the  differ  nt  garrison  towns 
in  France  during  peac<.-.  They  were  com- 
mon to  every  power  in  Europe;  the  Pan- 
elours  and  Hulans  were  of  this  descrip- 
tion. They  were  the  worst  afflictions  of 
war ;  and  generally  as  fatal  to  their/m w& 
as  their  enemies. 

FRAY,  a  battle,  combat,  or  duel. 

FRICTION,  in  mechanics,  the  rub- 
bing of  the  parts  of  engines  and  machines 
against  each  other,  by  which  a  considera- 
ble part  of  their  effect  is  destroyed. 

It  is  hardly  possible  to  lay  down  gene- 
ral rules  for  computing  tiie  quantity  of 
friction,  because  it  depends  upon  a  mul- 
tiplicity of  circumstances,  as  the  struc- 
ture, firmness,  elasticity,  Sec.  of  bodies 
rubbing  against  each  other.  Some  authors 
make  the  friction  upon  a  horizontal  plane, 
equal  to  i  3d  of  the  weight  to  be  moved  ; 
while  others  have  found  it  to  be  consider- 
ably less.  But  however  this  be,  the  doc- 
trine of  friction,  as  ascertained  by  the 
latest  experiments,  may  be  summed  up 
in  the  following  manner. 

1.  When  one   body   rests  on   another 
upon  a  horizontal  plane,  it  presses  it  with 
its   whole  weight,  which  being  equally 
reacted  upon,  and  consequently  the  whole 
elfrct   of   its   gravity   destroyed    by    the 
plane,   it  will  be  absolutely  f>ee  to  move 
m  any  horizontal   direction   by   any    the 
least   power    applied    th  reto,    provided 
both  the  touching  surfaces  be  smooth. 

2.  But  since  we  find  no  such  thing  as 
perfect    smoothness    in    the  surfaces  of 
bodies,   arising  from  their    porosity   and 
peculiar  texture,  it  is,  easy  to  understand, 
that  when  two  such  surfaces  come  to- 
gether, the  prominent   parts  of  the  onp 
wiil,  in  some  measure,  fall  into  the  con- 
cave parts  of  the  other;   and  therefore, 


when  an  horizontal  motion  is  attempted 
in  one,  the  fixed  prominent  parts  of  the 
other  will  giv.*.  more  or  less  resistance  to 
the  moving  surface,  by  holding  and  re- 
taining its  parts  ;  and  this  is  what  we  call 
friction. 

3.  Now  since  any  body  will  require  a 
force  equal  to  its  weight,  to  draw  it  over 
a  given  obstacle,  it  follows  that  the  fric- 
tion arising  to  the  moving  body,  will  al- 
ways  be  in  proportion  to  its  weight  only, 
and  not  to  the  quantity  of  the  surface,  by 
which  it  bears  "pon  the  resisting  plane  or 
surface.     Thus  if  a  piece  of  wood  4  in- 
ches wide,   and   i    thick,   be  laid   upon 
a  other  fixed  piece  of  the  same  wood,  it 
will  require  the  same  weight  to  diaw  it 
alon/,  whether  it  be  laid  on  its  broad  Di- 
nar row  side. 

4.  For,   though  there  be  4  times  tlte 
number  of  touching  particles  o:.  the  broad 
side  (cctxrls  paribus)  yet  each  particle  is 
pressed  with  only   i-4th  of  the  weight, 
that  those  are  on   the  narrow  side,  and 
since  4  times  the  number  multiplied  by 
one  fourth  of  the  weight,  it  is  plain  the 
resistance   is  equal  in   both   places,  and 
so  requires  the  same  force  to  overcome  it. 

5.  The  reason  why  friction  is  propor- 
tional to  the  weight  of  the  moving  body, 
is,  because  the   power  applied  to  move 
the  body  must  raiseit  over  the  prominent 
parts  of  the  surface  on  which  <t  is  drawn  j 
and  this  nvtion  of  the  body,  as  it  is  not 
upright,  will  not  require  a  power  equal 
to  its  whole  weight ;    but  being  in  the 
nature  of  the  motion  on  an  inclined  plane, 
it  will  only    require  a   part  of  its  own 
weight,  which  will  vary  with  the  vari- 
ous degrees  of  smoothness  and  asperity. 

6.  It  is  found  by  experiment,  that  a 
body,  maybe  drawn  along  by  nearly  i-jd 
of  its  weight;  and  if  the  surfac'.s  be  hard 
and   well    polished,   by   less   than    1-33 
part;    whereas,   if  the  parts   be  soft  or 
rugged,   it   will   require  a  much  greater 
weight. 

The  ingenious  Mr.  Emerson,  in  his 
principles  of  Mechanics,  has  given  the 
following  rules  deduced  from  experi- 
ments ;  but  they  require  some  variation 
under  dilierent  circumstances,  which 
must  be  left  to  the  judgment  of  the 
artist. 

I.  Wood  and  all  metals,  when  greased, 
have  nearly  the  same  friction;  and  the, 
smoother  they  are,  the  less  friction  they 
have;  yet  metals  may  be  so  far  polished 
as  to  increase  friction  by  the  cohesion  of 
their  parts. 

Vy'o.d  slides  easier  upon  the  ground  in 
wet  weather  than  in  dry,  and  easier  than 
ron  in  dry  weather;  but  iron  slides  easier 
than  wood,  in  wet  weather.  Lead  makes 
a  great  deal  of  resistance.  Iron  or  steel 
running  in  brass,  makes  the  least  friction 
of  any.  In  wood  acting  against  wood, 
grease  makes  the  motion  twice  as  easy, 
or  rather  2-3ds  easier.  Wheel-nave^, 
greav.d  or  tarred,  go  4  times  easier  than 
when  wet. 

C  C 


202 


FR  I 


FRI 


Mitals  oiled  make  the  friction  less 
than  w  n  polished,  and  twice  as  lifle  as 
when  unpol'sh  d 

In  genera1,  the  softer  or  ton  her  the 
bodies,  rhe  ,fss  or  ^reater  their  frction 

2.  As    to   partu  uiar    cases :    a    cubic 
piece  of  s>oft  woo."  of  8  pounds  w--ivht, 
mov't;\  upon  a  smooth  plane  of  soft  wood, 
at  the  rate  of  3  feet  per  second  ;    ts  fric- 
tiop  is  cibout  i  3d  of  tlie  weight  of  it  ; 
bur  if  it  be  routh,  the  ;nctioa  is  I  ttle  less 
tl.an  or.e  naif  th     weight. 

Upr  i  th'-  same  s  ip  posit  ton,  other  sof 
woo;;  I'poi  soft  w  od  v  ry  smooth,  the 
friction  is  oout  i  4t'  of  the  wei  ht. 

Soff  wo  d  upon  Hard,   or  hard    wood 
upot   soit,  1-51!   or  i-half  ot  t  -e  w  ight 
Hard  w  >od  .i,on  hard   wood,   i-yth  or 
i-8t.i  of  the  weight 

Polished  s:ev>l  movi  g  upon  steel  or 
pewter,  i-4th  of  the  weight ;  moving  on 
co)  p.  r  or  lead,  i-fjth  •  f  the  weight ;  on 
brass  1-5111  of  the  weight.  Metals  of 
the  >>ame  sor  have  more  friction  than 
different  sorts. 

The  t  fiction,  c  <f  ten's  fariltus,  increases 
with  the  weiiiht  almost  in  the  same  pro- 
portion. !  he  friction  is  also  greater  with 
a  greater  ve  ocity,  b  t  not  in  ;;roport.'on 
to  i',  except  in  very  few  cases.  A 
greater  surface  also  causes  somewhat 
more  friction,  \v:rii  th  s.,me  weight  and 
velocity  ;  yet  friction  may  sometimes  be 
increased  by  having  t  o  little  surface  :o 
move  on;  as  upon  clay,  &c.  where  the 
body  sinks 

3.  Th    friction  aris  ngfrum  the  bend- 
ing of  ropes  about  machines,  differs  ac 
cordniv    to  their  stiffness,  th;    tempe-  of 
tht  wea  her,  degree  of  flexibility,   &c 
bii  ,  extern  paribus,  the  force  or  difficuhy 
of  ;x.-;:.-iiMg  a  rope  is  as  the  square  of  the 
dian  c>er  of  the   rope,    a  d   its   tensip.  , 
direct  i>  ;  and  the  diamrter  of  the  cylin 
der    -i  i>ulley  tt  goes  about,  reciprocally. 

A  ro;.e  of  i  inch  diameter,  whose  ten- 
sion or  weight  drawr.g  it  is  5  pounds, 
go  in*  over  a  puliy  3  inches  diamete',  re- 
quires a  force  of  i  pound  to  b  nd  it. 

4.  The    resistance  of  a     lane  moving 
through  a  fluid  is  as  the  square  of  the 
velocity;  and  putti:  t  -y==velocity  in  feet 
in  a  second;    it  is  equal  to  the  weight 
of  a  column  of  the  flu, d,  whose  base  ii  the 

w 
plane,  and  height  —  And  in  a  globe  it 

64  • 
is  but  ha -i  so  much. 

5  A      to  the   mechanic  powers,  the 
single  lever  makes  no  resistance  by  fric- 
tion ;   but  if,  by  the  motion  of  tht  lever 
in  lifting  the  fulcrum,  or  place  of  sup- 
port, he  changed  further  from  the  weight, 
the  power  will  be  decreased  thereby. 

6  In  any  wheel  of  any  machine,  r>:n- 
nin#_  upon  an   axis,   the   friction  on  ?h 
axis  is  as  the  wii.ht  upon  it,  theuianK- 
teroi  i  tie  ax  ;>,  and  th^  angular  velocity. 
This  s  jrt  of  friction  is  but  small. 

7.  In  the  pully,  if />,  y,  be  2  weights, 


and  q  the  greater  ; 


then  TV 


is  the  weight  upon  the  axis  ot  the  single 
pulley  i  and  it  is  not  increased  by  the  ac- 
ce'e-ation  of  the  wi  ight  j,  bur"  rei;  ains 
always  the  same. 

The  fricti.-r,  of  the  pnllies  is  v  rv  con- 
siderable, when  the  sheaves  rub  i-iainst 
the  blocks;  and  by  the  wearing  of  the 
hole.->  and  axies. 

Th  •  trict  on  of  the  ax's  of  th'.  pulley 
is  as  the  weiaht  w,  its  i-nenlar  ve  ocity, 
the  diameter  of  the  axis  directly  .  and  the 
diameter  of  the  pull  y  inversely.  A  p  wer 
of  100  pounds,  with  the  addition  o  50 
prumls,  will  ot.ly  draw  up  500  ith  a 
tackle  of  C;  anu  15  pound*  over  a  single 
pully  will  draw  up  only  14  pounds 

8  In  the  screw,  tht  re  is  a  reai  d-al  of 
friction  :  those  with  sharp  thre..ds  have 
more  friction  tha..  those  with  square 
threads;  and  endl  ss  screws  havs  ipore 
than  either.  Screws,  with  a  square 
thread,  raise  a  weight  with  more  ease 
than  those  with  a  sharp  thread. 

In  i  he  corvmon  screw  the  friction  is  so 
v.reat,  that  it  will  sustain  the  weight  in 
any  position  given,  when  the  power  is 
taken  off';  and  tneretVe  the  friction  is  at 
least  equal  to  the  pcwi'r.  From  whence 
it  will  follow,  that  in  the  screw,  the  pow- 
er must  be  to  the  weight  or  resistance,  at 
least  as  twice  the  perpendicular  h  is  htof 
a  t  head  to  the  circumference  described 
by  one  revolution  of  the  power;  if  t  be 
able  to  raise  the  weight,  or  only  sustain 
it.  This  friction  of  the  screw  is  01  great 
use,  as  it  s  rves  to  keep  the  weight  in 
any  gi-en  posi'iou. 

9.  In    the    wedge,   the  friction  is   at 
least  equal  to  the  power,  as  it  retai  .s  any 
po»»iti"n   t  is  driven  into  ;  therefore  in  the 
wedge,  the  power  must  be  to  the  weight 
at  least  as  twice  the  r>ase  to  the  hekht, 
to  '  vercome  ai  y  resistance, 

10.  T     find  the  friction  of  any  engine, 
begin  at  the  power,  and  consider  the  ve- 
locity and  the  .veijiht  at  the  first  rubbing 
part  ;  and  estimate  its  quantity  of  fric- 
tion  by  some  of  the  foregoing  articles  j 
then   proceed  to  the  nex1    rub:".inv  part, 
and  do  the  same  for  it,  and  so  on  through 
the  whole. 

And  note  that  something  more  is  to  be 
allowed  for  increase  of  friction  by  every 
new  addition  to  the  power. 

FklLL.  A  r  ornamental  appendage  to 
the  shirr  which  ofiicers  and  soldiers  gene- 
rally wea:  with  regimentals.  A  small 
aperture  is  usually  made  at  the  top  to 
admit  th<-  hook  and  eye  of  the  uniform 
coat  Detached  fril.s  for  the  privat  s  arc 
certain!)  preferable  to  thos.  which  arc 
fix  d  to  «he  snirts,  as  rhree  per  week,  at 
the  regular  times  alotted  lor  a  chan.e  of 
linen,  would  answer  every  purpose  of 
cleanliness. 

r-  R  1  S  K    Fr.     Se;  C  H  E  v  A  L  x  de  l-'rixe. 

IRISKUTTER.  An  instrument 
made  of  iron,  and  used  for  the  purpose  of 


FRO 


FU  M 


203 


blocking  up  an  haven,  or  a  river.  The 
following  description  ot  it  is  amonji  Gene- 
ral Monk's  observations  on  political  and 
mili vary  affairs. 

The  bams  through  which  the  upright 
bars  pass  must  be  twelve  feet  in  length, 
and  Ths'ui'righ.  bars  that  go  through  the 
beam  must  beof  nat  length,  so  that  when 
one  of  tnese  iron  frisrutters  is  le.t  down 
into  an  haven  or  aver,  the  perpendicular 
bars  f  this  iron  instrument  shall  be  deep 
enough  to  reach  at  h'jzh  water  within  fiVt 
feet  ot"  the  urface.  See  CHEVAUX-DE- 
F  R  i  z  F  . 

FROCK,  the  undress  regimental  coat 
is  verv  often  so  called. 

F  R  O  N  D  E ,  Ff ,  a  sling.  This  weapon 
was  used  in  France  by  the  Hu.uenots  at 
Sanccrre,  as  late  as  the  year  1572,  in  or- 
der to  save  their  powder.  There  ar  two 
sorts,  o,;e  which  is  used  in  throwing  a 
stone  from  the  arm,  and  the  other  that 
was  fixed  to  a  lever,  and  was  so  contrived, 
that  a  large  quantity  of  stones  might  he 
throw  out  of  a  machine,  either  from  a 
camp  into  a  besie  ed  town,  or  from  a 
Town  into  the  enemy's  camp.  This  ma- 
chine has  been  used  since  the  invention 
of  cannon. 

The  tronde  or  sling  was  used  by  the 
Romans  bn  three  different  occasions,  viz. 
when  they  sent  their  light-armed  men, 
called  ve//'ttst  forward  to  skirmish  befon 
a  general  e  gagemem  ;  when  they  wished 
to  drive  the  enemy  from  under  the  walls 
of  a  town  which  they  were  preparing  to 
storm,  and  final  y  to  harrass  and  wound 
the  m:n  in  the  enemy's  works.  This 
weapon,  in  fact,  together  w.th  the  how 
and  arrow,  may  be  numbered  amonc  the 
primitive  arms  of  mankind 

FRONT,  a  word  of  command  signi- 
fying, that  the  men  are  to  turn  to  their 
proper  front;  this  movement  is  perform- 
ed at  oner  by  revolving  on  the  left  heel, 
with  -it  first  'planting  the  rie,ht  foot,  as  in 
the  ucings  If  the  battalion  has  been 
faced  to  the  right,  the  men  turn  on  this 
word  a  quarter  circle  to  the  left ;  if  faced 
to  ?he  left,  they  turn  a  quarter  circle  to 
the  n>:ht,  'f  they  have  been  faced  to  the 
right,  or  left  about,  they  lurna  half  circle 
to  the  rurht.  When  the  battalion  is  march- 
ing br  files,  or  is  put  through  its  right  or 
left  facings,  as,  To  the  Right,  Face,  To 
the  Left,  Face,  the  word  front  is  some 
tinvs  used  to  restore  it  to  its  natural  s  tua- 
tion  *n  i.ne.  In  displaying,  or,  to  use  the 
French  term,  in  deploying,  from  close  or 
ope,,  column,  or  in  executing  either  of 
those  ...ovvinents  from  line,  the  word 
front  p recedes  halt. 

FRONT  of  a  regiment,  the  foremost  rank 
of  a  battalion,  squadron,  o-  any  other 
body  of  men.  To  front  every  way,  is 
wh  n  the  nun  are  faced  to  all  sides. 

Qua  ire  bomtnes  de  front,  four  men  in 
froi.i 

F:;ONT    cj  a  fortification.     Se:    FACE 

Front  d'un  bataillon,  Fr.  The  front  o 
a  battalion,  consisting  of  the  leading  man 


f  each  file.  This  term  is  variously  used 
n  he  Hr inch  service,  as  Unbutiaiiv  f»/ 
raif  front  de  tous  cotes,  et  present?  ics  .times 
tout  A  battalion  which  is  -:ted 
ow0rds  every  quarte  and  pres  nt  vms 
n  evi-ry  direction.  Un  battalion  tJ/  sur 
on  front  signifies,  that  a  battalion  is  .1. wn 
up  s<>  ttiat  it  presents  its  natural  front 
n  1  re. 

•  RONT  i-ive  point,  a  nvvemen1  ot'  the 
word  used  by  the  cavalry  See  SWORB 
IXERCISE 

/?ft*r-F«ONT   is   the  disposition   of  a 

>odv  of  met1,  in  line,  or  column,  so    hat 

h     natural  formation  or   the  bjf.ai'on  is 

chaneeu  with  regard  to  aspect,  hut  r.r-t  to 

hape.     Those  riles,  which  in  fin   tirst 

llingufY  were  leaders,  becom  ioilow.  rs. 
[t  somet.mes  happens,  that  to  savr  t  me 
a  column  is  ordered  suddenly  to  face 
about  and  retire  ;  in  this  c;j-.e  tiied'n.  ;ent 
com[)anies  march  rear  fro^t.  In  -he 
conversion  of  a  regiment,  an.i  dunn  the 
various  manos  vres,  the  division.-,,  &c. 
requentiy  appear  rear  front.  The\  are 
restored  to  their  natural  order  oy  rhe 
countermarch.  Thus  a  battalion  siand- 
ng  in  open  column,  the  right  in  tront, 
when  f  ce«.'  about  stands  rear  front ;  when 
countermarched  it  resumes  its.  original  or 
natural  formation,  and  s'ands  left  in  front 
with  its  proper  leading  tiles  When  a 
3.(ttalion  retiring  in  liiv  ,  tires  by  vvine;, 
or  a^ernate  companies,  every  retrograde 
movement  is  made  rear  front. 

FRONTIER,  the  limits,  c  nfines,  or 
boundaries  of  any  country.  See  BAR- 
RIER Towns . 

FUEL,  the  matter  or  aliment  of  fire  ; 
any  thing  capable  of  ignition. 

There  is  a  certain  and  regulated  allow- 
ance of  fue  made  by  government,  to 
regiments  arid  companies. 

When  there  is  a  sufficient  numb  r  oi 
rooms  in  a  barrack  to  allow  of  one  to  a 

baliern  of  infantry,  a  full  allowance  of 
fuel  and  candles  may  be  issued   for  the 
ame. 

The  weekly  deliveries  of  fuel  and  can- 
dles for  every  room  are  not  to  exceed  the 
2;iven  quantities. 

FUGEL-MAN,  (an  incorrect  method 
of  pronouncing  flugel-man,  a  well  drilled 
intelligent  soldier  advanced  in  front  of  the 
line,  to  ave  the  time  in  the  manual  and 
platoon  exercises.  The  word  Jiugfl  is 
derived  fr>m  the  German,  and  signifies  a 
wing;  the  man  having  been  orit;naily 
pi  st«don  the  ri>iht  wing. 

FUGITIVE,  one  who  runs  from  his 
post,  station  or  duty. 

To  FUMIG  \  i  E,  in  a  general  accep- 
tation of  the  term,  to  medicate  or  heal  b>' 
vapours;  to  correct  any  infected  build- 
in  ,  or  limited  circumference  of  atmos- 
phere, by  smoke,  impr.-gnat  d  with  an- 
tijmtrescen!  particles  of  heat.  Hos  ,tals 
are  st-ictly  ordered  to  be  atttncieo  to  on 
this  heau ;  especially  when  any  c  ^ita^i- 
ou--  <  i  sortie  r  ^as  pr  vailui.  But  in  ..u  in- 
stance ought  this  important  precaution  in 


204 


FUR 


F  UK 


be  so  scrupulously  observed  as  when 
troops  are  embarked  ior  any  space  of 
time. 

FUMIGATION,  the  act  of  fumigat- 
ing or  conveying  smoke  into  any  confined 
plate. 

The  frequent  fumigation  of  every  ship 
on  which  troops,  or  prisoners  of  war  are 
embarked,  is  deemed  highly  material,  in 
or.i^r  to  prevent  mischief  from  confined 
air.  i  he  materials  for  fumigation  ,  av 
be  brimstone  with  saw-dust;  or  the 
brimstone  may  be  thrown  over  hot  c-als 
Nitre,  to  which  a  littie  vitriolic  acid  is 
added;  or  common  salt,  with  the  same 
addition  of  vitriolic  acid.  Gun  powder 
wetted,  or  the  heated  loggerhead  in  the 
pitch  pot. 

This  operation  should  always  he  per- 
fomvd  under  the  immediate  eye  of  the 
medical  officer  on  board,  to  prevent  impro- 
per quantities  of  the  articles  being 
used 

FUND.     See  Stock  Purse. 
UNFRALS.     SeeBuRiALs. 

FUNNEL,  any  pipe  or  passage  of 
communication  from  one  place  tw  an- 
other. 

To  FURL,  in  regard  to  military  flags 
or  colors,  is  opposed  to  their  exposure  ; 
and  is  used,  to  express  the  act  of  folding 
them  so  as  to  be  cased. 

FURLOUGH,  a  leave  of  absence. 
"Every  non-commissioned  officer  and  sol- 
dier who  obtains  leave  of  absence  from 
his  regiment  must  b?  provided  with  a  pro- 
per voucher  to  satisfy  t:.e  commanding 
officer  of  any  place  or  party,  that  he  h.is 
the  sanction  of  his  supeiiors  to  pass  and 
repass  within  a  given  period. 

The  following  is  an  eligible  form  : 

According   to   the  authority  vested  in 

me  by  law,  I lieutenant  colonel 

comma:  ding  the  -- quartered 

at do  issue  the  following. 

"  Permit  the  bearer  —  private 

m  the  above  regiment  and  in  captain 

"« to  pass  to in  the  state  of  - 

coumy  of for  the  space  of end- 
ing the of and  then  to  re  un  to 

—  as  no  excuse  will  be  taken  but  that 
of  sickness,  for  his  over-staying  his  fur- 
lough ;  and  that  to  be  certified  b)  an  of- 
ficer of  the  army,  or  civil  magistrate  ;  lie 

behaving  as  becometh.     He  is feet 

inches  high, years  of  age,  • 

complexion, hair, eyes,  &c." 

All  soldiers  found  hair  a  mile  from  a 
camp  or  garrison,  going  towards  an  ene 
my 's  country,  or  quarters,  without  a  pass, 
are  deemed  and  treated  as  deserters. 

FURNACE.  In  a  ge  eial  accepta- 
tion or  the  term,  any  vessel  or  utensil  for 
maintaining  a  strong  and  searching  fire, 
either  of  coal  or  wood. 

FURNACE  is  sometimes  applied,  but 
imp.o;  erly  so,  to  that  used  in  the  melting 
ot  iron,  and  by  some  authors  it  is  ton- 
founded  with  iron  forges;  although  tiu-re 
5s  a  considerable  difference  between  them. 
>ee  F  o  u  N  r»  P  y . 


FURNACE  in  mining,  signifies  a  hol- 
low, or  excavation  which  is  made  in  the 
earth  and  is  charged  with  gun- powder, 
for  the  purpose  of  blowing  up  a  rock, 
wall,  or  any  part  oi  a  fortification. 

Mine  F  u «  N  ACE  s  must  be  made  under 
that  oart  of  the  glacis  belonging  to  the 
covert  Way,  which  faces  the  quarter  from 
whence  the  besiegers  will  make  their 
principal  attacks,  the  >nstant  they  can  be 
ascertained  by  the  opening  of  the  trenches. 
Several  small  ones  must  likewise  be  sunk 
under  the  glacis  of  'he  outworks,  in  order 
to  blow  up  the  lodgments  which  the  ene- 
my may  have  made  when  he  has  carried 
the  advanced  posts.  Mine  furnaces  are 
moreover  extremely  useful  in  the  defence 
of  the  covert  way,  especially  to  over- 
throw the  saps  and  lodgments,  together 
with  the  batteries  that  may  hava  been 
erected  by  the  besieging  enemy.  to\  a 
scientific  explanation  or  ih  s  article,  see 
Foissac's  last  edition  ofTraite  de  la  defense 
de?  places  far  le  Ma^echal  Vauban^  torn,  ii 
pages 2C2,  224,  240. 

FURNITURE,  In  a  general  sense 
m^ans  all  sorts  of  moveables  made  use  of 
tor  the  comfort,  or  decoration  of  a  house. 
In  a  military  sense  it  applies  toc.rtain  ar- 
ticles which  are  allowed  in  barracks,  to 
which  are  added  household  utensils,  ac- 
cording to  the  number  of  rooms. 

By  the  British  regulations,  commis- 
sioned and  warrant  officers'  rooms  of  ca- 
vairy  and  infantry  are  to  have  a  closet,  i 
table,  2  chairs,  a'coal  box,  coal  tray,  bel- 
lows, fire  irons  and  f  nder. 

Non-commissioned  officers  a'  d  private 
mens'  rooms  of  cavalry  and  infantry  are 
to  be  furnished  with  bedsteads,  mattras- 
ses,  or  pailla.sses,  bolsters,  blankets, 
sheets,  riii,s,  round  towel,  closet  or 
shelves,  i  table,  rack  for  arms,  set  of  fire- 
irons,  a  feudtr  and  three  forms. 

The  following  utensils  are  also  allowed 
for  each  room  :  2  iron  pots  with  wooden 
lids,  2  pair  of  iron  pot  hooks,  2  iron 
trivets,  2  wooden  ladles;  an  iron  flesh- 
fork,  and  a  frying-pan,  2  large  bowlo  or 
platters;  8  small  bowls  or  porringers,  8 
trenchers  am.  8  spoons  for  cavalry  rooms  ; 
12  of  each  of  the  three  last  articles  for 
infantry  rooms;  a  water  bucket,  coal-tray, 
candlestick,  tin  can  for  beer,  large  earthen 
pan  for  meat,  box  or  basket  for  carrying 
coals  ;  2  drinking  horns  ;  a  woodes  urinal, 
broom  and  mop. 

The  guard  rooms  of  cavalry  and  infantry 
are  furnished  with  a  water  bucket,  candle- 
srick,  tin  can  for  beer,  drinking  horns; 
also  with  fire  irons  and  a  coal-tray,  from 
ist  Sept.  to  ist  May,  when  they  are  to 
bs.  taken  in  to  store. 

The  rooms  of  the  qunrter  masters  and 
Serjeants  f  cavalry,  and  the  set jeant  ma- 
jor, and  quarter  master  serjeant  of  infan- 
try, to  be  furnished  with  the  necessary 
bedding  and  utensils,  in  the  same  manner 
as  is  allowed  to  the  soldiers'  rooms. 

Each  stable  ot  cavalry  for  8  horses  is 
provided  with  2  pitchforks,  2  shovels,  > 


F   J  S 


F  US 


205 


lantern,  T  wheel-barrow,  2  water  buck- 
ets ;  and  allowed  4 brooms  per  month. 

tl'jfse  FURNITURE,  ornaments  and  em- 
bellishments which  are  adopted  by  miU- 
tary  men  when  they  are  mounted  fo 
service  or  i  arade,  consisting  chiefly  o 
housins,  saddle  cloth,  &c.  The  fol- 
lowing are  the  usual  distinctions  in  the 
British  service  : 

1        Saddle  cloth  o 


Gfneral>  fsk  in  trimmed  with 
Bri^di?rTeneral,     J  black  bear  .kin, 
Colonel  of  Infantry    ^ 
Lt.  Colonelof  ditto>  White  furniture. 
Major  of  ditto  j 

Aid  de  Camp  )      White  do.   trim- 

Brigade  Major  $  med  with  black. 

Cavalry — cloth  trimmtd  with  silver,  o 
gold.  Privates  in  cavalry  regiments — 
large  saddle  cloths,  the  centre  of  whicl 
is  yellow,  with  a  border  to  agree  with  the 
facings  of  the  regiment.  The  tenth  re- 
giment of  light  dragoons  is  an  exception  to 
this  general  custom.  The  privates  ol 
that  corps  have  a  large  piece  of  broac 
bl>:e cloth  which  is  thrown  over  the  sad- 
dle, and  covers  the  horse's  loins. 

At  th>  commencement  of  the  present 
war,  officers  were  dispensed  from  wear- 
ing furnitures  at  reviews,  because  it  was 
judged  very  properly  that  the  expence  ot 
14  or  15  guineas  for  an  aricle  which  was 
worn  one  day  in  the  year,  was  at  such  a 
moment  unnecessary. 

FUSES,  in  artillery,  are  chiefly  made 
of  very  dry  beach  wood,  ana  sometimes 
of  horn-beam  taken  near  the  root.  They 
are  turned  rough  and  bored  at  first,  and 
then  kept  f>r  several  years  in  a  dry  place. 
The  diameter  of  the  hole  is  about  i-4th  of 
an  inch ;  the  hole  does  not  go  quite 
through,  having  about  1-4  of  an  inch  at 
the  bottom  ;  and  the  head  is  made  hollow 
in  the  form  of  a  bowl. 

The  composition  for  fuses  is,  salt  pe- 
tre  3,  sulphur  i,  and  mealed  powder  3, 
4,  and  sometimes  5.  This  composition 
is  driven  in  with  an  iron  driver,  whose 
ends  are  capped  with  copper,  to  prevent 
the  composition  from  taking  fire;  and  to 
keep  it  equally  hard;  the  last  shovel-full 
being  all  mealed  powder,  and  2  strands  of 
quick  match  laid  across  each  other,  being 
driven  in  with  it,  the  ends  of  which  are 
folded  up  into- the  hollow  top,  and  a  cap 
of  parchment  tied  over  it  until  it  be 
used. 

When  these  fuses  are  driven  into  the 
loaded  shell,  the  lower  end  is  cut  off  in 
a  slope,  so  that  the  composition  may  in- 
iiame  the  powder  in  the  .shell.  The  fuze 
must  oe  of  such  a  length  as  to  continue 
burning  all  the  time  the  shell  is  in  its 
ran:-e,  and  to  set  fire  to  the  powder  as 
soon  as  it  touches  the  ground,  which  oc- 
casions the  shell  instantly  to  burst  into 
many  pieces 

When  the  distance  of  the  battery  from 
the  object  is  known,  the  time  of  the 


shell's  fliehtmay  be  computed  to  a  second 
or  two;  which  beine  ascertained,  the 
fuse  may  be  cut  accordingly,  by  burning 

twoor  three,  and  making  use  of  a  watch, 
or  of  a  strin  by  way  of  a  pendulum,  to  vi- 
brat.  seconds. 

FUSEE,  according  to  the  French  accep- 
tation of  the  ,ord,  is  applied  to  vari  -us 
purposes,  and  belongs  to  various  instru- 
ments of  destruction  which  are  used  ia 
var.  The  fusee  is  ditlerently  made  by 
viirterent  artificers.  Some  make  it  consist 
o  one  pound  of  gunpowder,  anu  two  or 
three  ounces  of  charcoal  well  mixed  to- 
gether; others  of  four  pounds  of  gun- 
powder, two  of  saltpetn.,  and  one  of  sul- 
phur. It  miist  be  generally  remarked, 
that  th...'  time  a  bomb,  or  grenade,  will  take 
to  burst  after  it  has  been  thrown  out  of 
the  mortar,  must  depend  entirely-upon  the 
length  and  quality  ot  the  fusee. 

FUSEES  a  bombesy  Fr.  bomb  fuses. 
The  intent  and  object  of  these  fuses,  are 
to  communicate  fire  to  the  gun -powder, 
with  which  the  bomb  is  filled,  in  order  to 
force  it  to  burst  and  separate  in  broken 
pieces  on  any  given  spot.  These  fuses 
are  usually  made  in  the  shape  of  a  wooden 
pipe  or  tap,  out  of  the  linden  tree,  the 
alder,  or  any  other  dry  and  solid  wood, 
and  are  afterwards  filled  with  aslow  com- 
bustible composition.  The  materials  are 
increased,  or  diminished,  according  to  .he 
nature  of  their  application.  Fuses  are 
sometimes  made  of  copper,  and  they  must 
not  have  the  least  aperture  or  fissure. 

There  are  fuses  for  bombs  of  12,  of 
10,  and  of  8  inches  diameter.  Fuses  for 
bombs  of  12  inches  diameter,  are  8  inches 
4  lines  long,  being  i  inch  8  Ihv  s  broad  at 
the  thick,  and  i  inch  2  lines  broad  at  the 
thin  end  ;  the  b;eadth  or  diameter  of  the 
light,  or  aperture,  is  5  lines.  Fuses  de- 
crease nearly  i  inch  in  length  and  2  lines 
indiamete'-,  according  to  the  calibre  of  the 
b:>mb.  The  diameters  of  the  lights  or 
apertures,  only  dimmish  one  half  line. 

The  composition  for  bomb  fuses  co;i- 
sists  of  seven  parts  of  priming  powde1  to 
four  of  salt-petre,  and  three  of  sulnhur. 
These  different  materials  are  (each  sepa- 
rately) first  passed  through  a  silk  sieve; 
and  aft.r  they  have  been  well  mixed  to- 
gether, ihe  whole  mass  is  thrown  into  ,-j 
moderate  sized  hair  sieve,  and  a  vain  passed 
through. 

The  fuse  is  gradually  filled  with  th=> 
composition,  each  proportion  being  we!' 
pressed  in,  without  violence.  Iron  ram- 
rods,  fitted  to  the  bore  of  the  fuse  ap> 
used  for  this  purpose,  livery  time  th;> 
materials  are  poured  in,  the  ramrod  i-. 
inserted,  and  by  nv°ans  of  a  small  mailer, 
with  which  it  is  strucK  14  or  15  times, 
the  composition  is  pressed  into  a  hard 
consistency. 

When  fuses  have  been  well  loaded,  an<t 
the  materials  have  previously  been  pro- 
perly mixed,  they  will  naturally  burn 
vitli  an  equal  steady  fire,  preserving  ir. 


206 


FUS 


F  US 


general  an  even  length  of  flame,  without  jj 
spitting  or  irregularly  shaking. 

In  order  to  preserve  fuses  for  a  length  ! 
of  time,  the  composition,  when  thorough-  | 
Jy  prepared,  must  he  covered  with  a  mas-  jj 
tick  or  cement  made  of  2-3ds  bees-wax  j! 
and  1-3!  rosin,  well  mixed  together.  !j 
B'.mb  i'us-'s  prepared  in  this  manner,  will  i| 
burn  either  in  water,  or  in  earth,  nearly  ji 
70  seconds,  without  being  extinguished,  jj 

T)>  us  Mai  method  of  priming  fuses,  is 
to  tirate  about  one  third  of  a  French  inch 
of  composition.  Two  small  matches 
about  5  or  6  inches  long,  with  the  ends 
bent  inwards,  are  then  well  fixed  with 
poiu.ded  composition  to  the  eye  of  the 
fuse,  b;  which  last  operation  it  is  com- 
plete; y  filled  and  closed  TIMS  part  is 
»nally  covered  over  with  cartridge  paper 
that  is  tied,  and  remains  s  till  there  is 
occasi  in  to  use  it  Before  the  fuse  is 
driven  into  the  bomb,  the  thin  or  small 
end  must  be  cut  off",  inorde  rhat  the  fire 
may  b<-  easily  communicated  to  the  mass 
of  gun-powder,  which  is  lodged  in  the 
bomb 

FUSEES  a  bomb<s,  a  feu-mart^  bomb  fu- 
ses with  uead  light.  There  is  a  species 
of  bomb- fuse,  which  is  distinguished  by 
the  r-rrn -feu  mort,  or  dead-light.  The 
difference  between  these  fuses  and  the 
ordinary  ones  consists  in  this,  that  the 
eye  instead  •  f  being  pierced  and  hollow, 
is-  full  and  of  a  half  spherical  shape. 
In  both  cases,  however,  the  composition 
is  introduced  throu  h  the  small  end 

The  conjposiiion  for  fuses,  a  feu-m&rt, 
consists  of  16  parts  of  pounded  gunpow- 
der and  9,5  parts  of  ashes.  The  ashes 
must  be  baked  ver  again,  and  run 
through  a  silk  sieve.  Potter's  earth  or 
tlay  will  produce  the  same  effect  as  ashes. 

In  proceeding  to  charge  a  bomb-fuse 
that  is  made  of  ordinary  wood,  the  eye, 
OH-  apertur  is  first  closed  with  pipe-clay, 
•nrhie'i  is  well  beaten  and  pressed  against 
she  fuse  in  a  small  platter;  the  thin  end 
of  the  fuse  being  held  upwards.  Three 
lines  (or  3  liths  of  a  French  inch)  of 
this  earth  will  be  sufficient  to  stop  the 
communication  of  any  fire.  A  tub,-,  or 
trundle,  filled  with  pounded  gunpowder 
jb-r  the  purpose  of  sotting  fire  to  the  com- 
j>osition  called  feu  »iort,\s  thrustinto  the 
fuse,  by  which  it  is  finally  charged.  If 
this  charge  of  pounded  gunpowder  were 
to  be  omitted,  the  fuse  might  not  be 
susceptible  of  ignition  ;  but  the  quantity 
never  ought  to  exceed  3  lines,  as  the  fuse 
would  split  by  the  explosjon. 

When  the  grains  of  gunpowder  have 
been  well  pounded, &  trundle,  or  tube  filled 
•with  the  aforementioned  composition 
?mist  be  applied,  and  it  is  finally  loaded 
like  the  rest. 

1 1  must  be  recollected,  that  two  inches 
of  this  composition  will  last  as  long  as 
one  of  the  quality  with  which  common 
fuses  are  charged.  Before  the  fuse  is 
driven  into  the  bomb,  it  must  be  pierced 
through  with  a  gimblct  of  one  line  di- 


ameter, taking  care,  that  the  h<;le  -s  made 
precisely  through  the  charge  of  oin.ded 
gunpowder.  On-  end  of  a  pruning 
match  must  be  fore  d  in,  and  three  others 
be  tied  to  it,  wh'ch  three  are  t  fall  upon 
the  bomb  when  it  l'u-s  in  the  mortar. 

The  particular  object  to  bt  obtained 
from  this  sort  of  fuse,  is  to  prev.r.t  the 
least  trace  of  fire  or  li  hr  bi  ing  visible  in 
it  projec'ion  ;  so  that  the  enemy  may  re- 
main ignorant  of  the  range,  or  direction 
of  the  bomb,  and  not  be  able,  of  course, 
to  gel  out  of  the  way  when  it  falls,  or 
to  avoid  the  effects  of  its  explosion. 

These  fuses  w  re  made  rsc  of  at  the 
siege  of  Ham  in  1761.  The  experiments 
which  were  mad  in  1792,  with  this 
composition,  by  an  artifie  r  belonging  to 
the  ordnance-board  at  Douay,  have  prov- 
ed, tha*  it  answers  every  purpose  for 
which  it  is  invented 

The  author  of  the  Manual  del'Artil- 
leurj  from  whose  treatise  these  ohse-'va- 
tions  are  taken,  concludes  this  article  by 
statin^  .hat  the  advantages  to  be  derived 
from  this  invention  are  not  so  great  as  they 
at  first  appear. 

He  remarks  that  with  respect  to  the 
real  utility  of  the  fust  a  feu  W:T/T  it  it  be 
considered  as  tending  materially  to  the 
de-fence  or  any  besieged  place,  tne  argu- 
ment cannot  be  vt;y  forcible,  when  we 
reflect,  that  to  gain  time  constitutes  one 
of  me  principal  means  of  defence,  and  that 
the  only  way  to  obtain  it  is  by  re  arding 
the  besieg  rs'  operations  These  ends 
are  gained  by  various  expedients.  Among 
otners,  the  common  lighted  fuse  con- 
duces not  a  little;  since  during  -he  whole 
direction  of  the  bomb  against  the  woiks 
of  'he  assailants,  the  attention  of  the 
workmen  is  diverted  from  their  immedi- 
ate labour,  and  as  long  as  it  continues  in 
iis  range,  much  uneasiness  is  created, 
because  its  ultimate  explosion  and  con- 
com-.tant  destruct  on  are  unk-.own. 

Add  to  this,  tnat  independent  of  the 
confusion  which  is  occasioned  among  the 
assailants  by  r  peated  projectiles,  the 
bombadit  r  by  means  •!  the  lighted  ruses, 
is  .nab led  to  correct  his  aim  during  the 
dark.st  night  The  same  principles  must 
cer.ainly  hold  good  in  attacks;  and  from 
a  conviciion  o:  their  solid  utility  in  both 
instances,  th^-  common  fuses  have  been 
hitherto  adopted,  although  the  kind  in 
question  nas  been  known  for  several 
years 

FUSF :ES  a  grenades,  Fr.  fuses  for  gre- 
i  ades.  These  fuses  are  made  of  the 
same  quality  of  wood  as  those  adopted 
for  bombs.  Thei.  length  is  2  inches  6 
lines;  their  diameter  at  tne  head  is  10 
lines  ;  7  lines  in  diameter  i  inch  from  the 
head,  and  z  lines  in  diameter  10  the  sight 
or  aperture.  The  composition  of  these 
fuses  consists  of  5  parts  of  prming  gun- 
powder, 3  (.arts  of  sulphur,  and  2  of  ,alt- 
petre  :  or  3  partsot  pumin^  powder,  2  of 


saltpetre,  and  one  of  sulphur. 
These  fuses  must  be  loaded  with  the 


FUS 


FUS 


sor 


same  care  and  precision  as  are  required  L, 
bomb-cha'-.es;  that  is,  the  thick  end  of 
th  rub:-  mus.  be  plac  d  downwards,  so 
that  it  stands  upright;  the  composition 
mi'.st  then  be  introduced  b  mean.-,  of  a 
tru ..die,  which  the  Frei;ch  call  Janterne, 
mad  jor that  specific  purpose;  the  com 
p  s.tiou  must,  after  that,  at  well  ,  ^essed 
in  with  an  ;ron  ramrod  fitted  to  the  bore 
of  the  fuse,  and  gradually  forced  in  by 
genr.e  taps  with  a  mallet.  Great  pre 
caution  must  be  observ-d  during  this 
op  ra  ;on,  as  t>:-<-.  mucii  violence  migrr 
spit  CMC  fuse  When  the  fuse  has  been 
han 'filhd,  i  shorter  ramrod  m"St  be  used, 
with  wh'chth.1  charge  is  completed.  In 
making  bomb- fuses  great  care  must  be 
taken  to  strike  equal  blows  with  the 
mallet  irntil  you  get  to  the  three  last, 
when  the  strength  of  e  ch  blow  must  be 
increased. 

FUSEES  d'ohus,  Fr.  hbwitfcef- fuses. 
These  are  generally  made  01  tne  same 
com  position  and  wood,  as  serve  tor 
bombs,  and  are  loaded  in  a  similar  man 
ner.  They  have  the  same  >.imensi.>ns 
when  applied  to  calibres  of  8  or  6  i;  ches 
diameter;  that  is,  they  contai  5  inches 
4  lines  in  length  ;  15  lines  diameter  at 
the  small  :.nd,  3  lines  diameter  at  the 
thick  end;  13  tines  diameter  i  inch  from 
the  head;  the  eye,  or  vent  is  io  liivs. 
These  iVises  Uo  not  exceed  the  vent  ot 
an  iiowi!zi-r,  so  much  as  bomb  fuses  do 
the  .em  of  bombs.  They  are  in  fact, 
shorter 

Fus^*  vo/iwiest  Fr.  sky-rockets. 
These  fuses  are  made  of  vatious  dimen- 
sions, and  serve  for  signals  in  tim  of  war. 
They  are  sometimes  2  inches  and  more 
in  diameter.  The  cartridges  with  which 
they  are  \oa  led,  contain  in  thickness  the 
sixteenth  part,  -r  more  of  the  diameter. 

The  composition  which  is  used  for 
fuses  01  this  description,  consists  of  16 
parts  of  saltpetre,  7  1-2  of  charcoal,  and 
4  ot'  .sulphur;  ;>r  of  16  parts  of  saltpetre, 
6  of  charcoal,  4  of  sulphur,  and  2  or 
priming  gunpowder.  The  materials  must 
be  ca  efully  pounded  ana  well  mixed  to- 
gether. Hollow  rods  of  various  lengths 
are  us  u  to  charge  these  fuses.  They 
must  nave  cavity  enough  to  admit  the 
stick 

Fuses  are  tied  to  long  stick*,  or  rods 
rnaule  ot  very  light  wood,  such  as  hazijl 
tree  which  must  h<tve  been  cu:  some 
time,  a..d  be  perfectly  dry.  They  mutt 
likewise  be  straight,  and  contain  froia  7 
to  8  iect  in  length;  the  thick  ,nu  of  the 
rod,  in  which  2  not.  hes  are  made  to  fix 
it  to  the  fuse,  must  be  7  or  8  lines  in  di- 
ameter, and  a,  the  small  end  3  to  4  lines 
tiiamc:er.  When  the  rod  is  rather  heavy, 
it  takes  a  more  upright  direction  than 
wheo  h  iS  light;  bin  it  does  not  acquire 
so  many  d*. ...;tces  <-f  elevation. 

li  miiot  be  .eneraliy  temarked,  thai  as 
soon  as  a  ruse  is  fixeu  to  a  ^ren-de,  which 
is  not  intended  fur  immediate  us..,  jou 
must  melt  some  pitch  and  immerse  the 


head  of  the  fuse,  instantly  dr  pi.  g  it  into 
cold  water,  by  which  precaution  the 
!  composition  will  remain  unaltered ;  un- 
less the  wood  be  rotten. 

FUSEE,  FUSIL,  or  FUZEE,  a  light 
nuuquer. 

FUSILS  at'eptf,  Fr.  fusils  w;th  long 
bayonets,  shaped  like  a  cut  a<:d  thrust 
swotd  These  weapons  have  been  ;.ro- 
posed  by  -he  writer  or  Melanges  M;titui>-t^\, 
as  being  extremely  useful  in  the  rear 
rank  of  a  battalion,  or  in  detached  bodies 
that  are  stationed  for  the  defence  of  bag. 
gag.-,  &c. 

Some t hi <  g  similar  to  this  invention  has 
been  adopted  by  he  dismounted  li^ht 
horse  volunteers  in  London,  who  have  in 
addition  temporary  swo  d  hilts  made  to 
fit  i he  socke:s  o'  their  bayonets. 

FUSILS,  ntousquets,  Fr.  a  sort  of  fusil 
which  was  invented  by  Marshal  Vauban, 
ana  which  was  so  contrived,  that  i  case 
the  flint  did  not  strike  fir ',  the  powder 
might  lie  inflamed  by  means  of  a  small 
match  which  wasfix'-'dto  the  breech. 

FUSILS  a  che<valetsy  a  species  of  fusils 
upon  'ests,  which  is  recommended  by 
Marsha:  Va  ban,  to  be  used  at  the  corri- 
m  ncem  nt  oi  a  sie,,c,  about  50  or  100 
toises  in  front  of  th-.:  glacis,at  the  entrances 
oi  narrow  passes,  &c. 

FUSILEPRS,  are  soldiers  armed  tike 
the  infantry,  w.th  this  difference  only, 
that  i  heir  musquets  an  shorter  and 
li  liter  than  those  of  the  battalion  and  the 
grenadiers.  They  wear  caps  which  are 
somewhat  less  in  point  ot  height,  rhan 
common  grenadier  gaps.  There  are  three 
regiments  in  ti.e  English  service:  the 
royal  regiment  ot  Scotch  F  us- leers,  raised 
in  1678;  the  royal  regiment  of  Welch 
Fusileers,  raised  in  1685;  and  the  royal 
re  iment  of  Welch  Fusileers,  raised  in 
1688-9. 

1:  is  always  presumed,  that  these  corps, 
like  the  guards,  possess  ar  esprit  de  corps, 
which  is  peculiar  to  themselves. 

As  the  fi.'siie'er  regiments  upon  the 
British  establishment  are  distinguished 
from  other  corps  by  some  peculiarities, 
we  shall  briefly  state  what  has  occurred 
to  us  on  the  subject.  In  former  times 
the  officers  of  these  r.giments  did  nor  car- 
ry spontoons,  but  had  fus  Is  like  the 
officers  of  tlauk  companies  throughout  the 
lin ..-.  At  present  they  wear  swords.  It 
is  nec.ssary  to  remark,  that  there  are  not 
any  ensigns  in  t  us  leer  regiments;  their 
junior  officers  rank  as  second  lieutenants, 
•taking  precedence  ot  ail  ensigns,  and 
rhose  of  the  7th  or  Royal  Fusileers,  have 
no  seco  d  lieutenants;  so  that  they  rank 
with  the  rest  of  the  army  accord ng  to  the 
dates  ot  thei  several  commissions,  as 
lieuten  nts.  On  account  o:  this  difference, 
the  first  commission  in  the  fusilet-rs  was, 
by  a  regulation  issued  from  the  War  Of- 
fice in  1773,  rated  fifty  Bounds  higher 
than  that  of  an  ensigi; ;  whilst  the  hrst 
commission  in  the  7th  having  ihe  pay  of 
lieutenant  attached  to  it,  was  rated  at 


208 


FUZ 


GAB 


5oc/.  that  of  the  other  two,  having  only!!      Thick!  ess  of  wood  at  bottom  of  the 

bore,  2  diameters. 

Tofr.d  t he  length  of Fuz.es  for  any  Range. 
The  13  and  10  inch  fuzes  of  the  same- 
length  burn  so  nearly  equal,  that  one  com- 
mon length  answer's   both,  as  do  the  8 
inch,    51-2  and  4   2.5.     Therefore,    to 


the  pay  of  ensign  annexed,  was  45°/. 

Wlvnthe  estimates  of  the  British  army 
were  made  out  for  the  year  1-55,  the  ex- 
tra  sum  of  i64/.  5*  per  annum  was  charg- 
cd  against  the  7th  regiment.  Th:s  sur- 
plus,  however,  was  easily  explained  w'.en 


it  came  to  be  understood,  that  that  re  i-  ;i  find  the  length  of  iuze  for  any  range,  inul- 
menr,  being  a  fusilcer  corps,  had  20  lieu-  ij  tiply  the  time  of  flitht  by  22  for  the  13 
tenants,  instead  of  n  licutena  ts  and  9  '•  and  10  inch,  and  by  24  for  the  8  5i-2and 


ensigns.     The  difference  between   these 
commissions   amounted  to  gs.  per  diem, 

and  the  sum  total  to  1647.  5*.  per  annum,  ij  thought  to  keep  better  by  neing  painted  • 
of  Welch  fu-  !!  and  for  field  service,  are  "often  marked  off 


4  1-5  ;  which  is  the  decimal   part  of  an 
inch  a  fuze  burns  in  a  second.   Fuzes  are 


The  23d,  or  royal  regiment 

sileers,    wear    helmets  ;    and  all  officers 

belonging  to  fusileer  corps  have  two  epau- 

lettes. 

FUSIMERS,  Fr.  Fusileers  are  men 
armed  with  fusils  or  light  musquets. 
When  pikes  were  in  use  among  the 
French,  each  regiment  had  only  four 
fu  si  leers,  exclusive  often  grenadiers  who 
carried  the  fusil  or  musquet.  At  present 
fusils  or  musquets  i're  universally  adopt- 


ed in  the  European  armies  Among  the 
French  th  re  was  a  distinct  regiment  of 
fusileers  under  the  immediate  command 


the  calibre  to  have  the  diameter  of  a  ba 
takim  tv  ..nty  to  the  pound. 

FUYARD,      Fr.      a    run-a-wa  , 
coward. 

Un  corps  ft/jar  J,  Fr.  a  regiment  that  ha 
been  in  the  habit  of  running  away. 

i-UZE.     S-e  FUSE. 

FUZES.     Composition . 
Saltpet  e        .  .  slbs.  4ex 

Sulphur     ....       i         — 
Mealed  powder      .         .  2        12 


by  black  lines  into  seconds  and 
conds. 


GABION,  in  fortification,  is  a  kind  of 
basket,  made  ot  ozier- twigs,  of  a  cylin- 
drical form,  having  different  dimensions, 


according  t,  what  purpose  it  is  used  for. 
^ome  gabions  are  5  or  6  fU-t  high,  ai.d  3 

feet  in  diameter:  these  serve   in  sieves, 

of  the  grand  master  of  the  ordnance.  The  ,:  to  carry  on  the  approaches  under  CCV.T, 
length  of  a  French  fusil  was  directed  to  ';  when  they  come  pretty  near  the  fbrtifica- 
consisiof  rhree  French  feet  eight  inches  I  tion.  Those  used  in  fi.  Id-works  are  3  or 
from  the  touch-hole  to  the  muzzle,  and!,  4  feet  high,  and  2  1-2  or  3  feet  diameter. 

There  are  aho  gabions,  about  i  foot  hi  .h, 
12  incites  diameter  at  top,  and  fiom  8  to 
jo  at  bottom,  which  are  placed  alonj:  the 
top  of  the  parapet,  to  cover  th  troops 
in  firing  over  it,  they  are  filled  with 
earth. 

In  order  to  make  them,  some  pickets, 
3  or 4  feet  long,  are  struck  into  the  ground, 
in  form  of  a  circle,  ,ndof  a  proper  diame- 
ter, wattled  together  with  small  branches, 
in  the  manner ol  wattled  fences.  Batte- 
ries are  often  made  of  gabions.  See  BAT- 
TERY. 

GABIONS.— Small  gabions  of  3  feet 
high,  and  2  feet  diameter,  are  made  with 
leasi.  trouble,  and  are  ea^i;st  carried.  The 
pickets  for  them  must  be  i  1-2  or  2  inches 
thick,  and  4  fret  long.  Large  gabions  are 
6  feet  high,  and  3  ieet  in  diameter;  and 
require  two  men  to  arry  them.  The 
niallest  gabions  or  baskets  are  formed  of 
picket  ,  i  inch  in  thickness,  and  i  f  ot 
"ong  :  they  are  12  inches  h.  diameter  at 
op,  a.'.d  10  at  bottom.  The  small  ga- 
bions have  7  or  8  pickets,  the  large  ones 
9  or  10 

T:  taake  them  — The  pickets  are  first  to 
be  fixed  in  the  ground  in  a  circle,  the  size 
or  the  boitoi:-  of  the  intended  gab. on  ;  then 
a  f  w  tw.gs  are  to  :e  wove  through  the 
upper  eiv.s,  to  keep  them  from  riving  out ; 
afterwards  the  ^  ork  must  be    begun  at 
he  bottom  and  continued  upwards;  and 
he  whole  beinn  wdi  uriven  down  with  a 
naliet,    the  ed^es  must    be  secured    by 
\\  ivs,  wattled  up  and  down.     The  rwigs 
of  willow,  birch,  hazle,  akier,  poplar,  and 
.hameter  inside  the  cup  is  3  diame-  |  beech  are  \  roper  ror  this  purpose.     The 
tersot  the  bore.  top  of  the  gabion  must  be  made  very  eren, 

Depth  of  the  cup  i  1.2  do.  because  that  becomes  the  bottom  when 


i  Drove  by  one 
[man    in  "i  dav. 

0 

vo  in  o  O  no 
c<  c<  n  m  o  o 

X-O 

is    f          .Hie  it 
'.2  j     burns. 

5 

fo  m  ooo  in 

!<?<>      Length. 

. 

r^           m 

^H  fi^)-  in« 

!    * 

_ 

00   r-O  t  rr.t* 

i  = 
}^      Diamete.. 

c 

oo   10  :n 

!  J  f      at  the 
cup. 

j  ^ 

u 

f^^Cs 

!|<       at  the 
"   .     bottom. 
•'  % 

| 

Ss^j?^ 

.,=         be!o\v 

•^   (    the  CUP. 

= 

-  00    f^  i-    C  OC 

«       ^      M.'       ^       «       O 

t 

!  i 

~j 

rl  O  00    in  -^TJi 

—   "-                   -j; 
p 

GAL 


GAL 


209 


finis'ied.  Four  men  :ire  usually  employed 
on  each  gabi<>  ,  w  th  a  billhook,  a  mallet, 
a  spade,  aiul  two  axes.  Two  collect  the 
,  wiiile  the  other  two  form  the 
Sab  on.  A  3  toot  gabion  ought  to  be  made: 
m  ha  If  an  hour 

6V////.GAB10KS,  in  fortification,  arc 
made  in  the  sanu  manner  as  the  form  r: 
they  are  only  til  led  with  all  sorts  of  bran- 
ches and  small  wood,  ar.d  are  4  °r  6  feet 
long  :  they  ^rve  to  r  .11  before  the  work, 
nu.-n  iii  the  tivnches  tc.  cover  them  ui  trout 
against  musquct-slvt. 

GABION  farci,  Fr.  a  stuff  gabion. 

GABIONADE,  Fr.  a  term  made  use 
of  when  a  r.-trcnchmcnt  is  .suddenly 
thrown  up  and  formed  ot  gabions,  for  the 
purpose  of  covering  th.-  retreat  of  tr>ops, 
who  may  be  obliged  to  abandon  a  work, 
after  having  defended  it  to  the  last  extre- 
mity. Every  parapet  that  is  made  of 
gabions  is  gcnc.ally  called  gabionade. 

GABION  NER",  Fr.  to  cover  or  secure 
with  gabi.  ns. 

G  A  F  FLES,  the  steel  lever  with  which 
the  ancients  bent  tneir  cross-bows. 

GAGES,  Fr.  wages  Among  the 
French  this  phrase  signified  the  fruits  or 
compensations  which  were  derived  by  in- 
dividuals from  appointments  given  by  the 
crown,  whether  of  a  military,  civil,  or 
judicial  nature,  or  for  service  done  at  sea 
or  by  land 

!  N  is  frequently  used  in  a  military 
sense,  as  tiny  gained  the  day,  &c. 

To  G  A  i  N  ground.      Sec  G  R  o  u  N  n . 

GAl  N  E  d't  flaw  we,  Fr.  a  sort  of  linen 
^heath  or  cover,  into  which  the  stall'  oi'  a 
;!a;:  or  pendant  is  put. 

GAINE    Jc  pavilion,     Fr.    a   cloth,  or 
linen- band,  which   is  sewed   across   the 
.  ,d  throti'  n  which  the  cuilcrent  ri- 
bai.dsarc  intcrlac  d 

GAINFS  ,     Fr.    bands,   or 

pieces  of  linen,  with  which  the  vanes  are 
tied  to  the  staif. 

GAITERS,  a  sort  of  cover  for  the  lei:, 

usually    made  of  cloth,   ai'.d  aie    either 

long    as  reaching  to  tne  knee,  or  short,  as 

only   rcachiir.'  just  above  the  ancle  ;   ihe 

re  termed  !-ah-  /alters. 

G  A  i.  ER  IES  Capitals,  Fr.  are  those  gal- 
leries vhich  ii.-  und.r  the  capitals  in 
works  of  fortification. 

GAL ERIE  tratii'ei'sai't-,  Fr.  is  a  gallery 
in  fortification  which  cuts  the  capital  in 
a  perpendicular  diivc'ion. 

GAL  ERIE   >;;<:i'ri  i  ;L>  c   on  ds  f  )'(•>.>;. 

,  Fr.  a  gallery  which  runs  under 
the  wild'-1  xtvnt  oi'ihe  covert-  wa\ ,  and 
is  frequently  earned  (  lose  to  the  counter- 
•.carp,  in  order  to  alibrd  a  circulation  of 
air. 

CALERII  ,    Fr.    a    g;d!er> 

whicn  is  constructed  at  the  extremity  of 

icis,  am!  is  commonly  made  pa'tal- 

!el   to  t!.e  m.i,.-.istrat  or   principal   1'me  of 

,  ation.     'l'ii 

in  a  fortress  or  >.  ainson-to.vn,  and 
as   a    path   of  communion* 
\l  \v;iv  to  ;kl!  tin1  : 


It  is  of  the  utmost  consequence  to  the 
besieged  to  secure  this  gallery   from  every 
approach  of  the  enemy  ;  and  if  any  im- 
pression  should  be  rnaJc,    to  repair  the 
injury  without  delay.      From  this  -allcry 
tin-  garrison  always  direct  their  atl 
whenever  it  is  necessary  to  keep  t. 
sailantsout  of  the  covert- way. 

G  A  L  F  K  i  E  d'ccoute,  Fr.  a  ga'liery  in  front 
of  the  envelope,  Ec-nco-,  which  soni- 
fies to  list  n,  sufficiently  xplams  the 
purpose  for  which  these  galleries  are 
erec.cd. 

Fe files  GALERIES,  ou  nnncaux,  Fr. 
small  galleries,  branches,  or  arrai^ 
fortification,  which  issue  from  trie  coun- 
ter-mine, and  at  the  extremities  of  which 
the  furnace  or  chamber  for  the  lodgmer.r 
of  gunpowder  is  constructed.  There  \\ 
not  any  established  or  lixed  rule  to  direct 
the  height  to  which  small  galleries,  bran- 
ches, or  tin-.i/gaccs  ought  to  be  carried ; 
in  general  they  should  have  the  least  pos- 
sible elevation. 

When  galleries  are  buii  -work 

their  height  is  from  five  to  six  feer,  their 
breadth  from  three  to  four,  and  some- 
times only  three 

GAI.EKIES  de  tnhics,  Fr.  gall.:' 
mining  dillcr  from  counter-mines,  in  a  , 
much  as  that  they  are  .supported  by  cof- 
fers resting  upon  frames,  which  ,•  re- 
covered with  earth  three  feet  in  depth  ; 
that  is,  two  feet  and  a  half  irom  one 
frame  to  another.  These  galleries  are 
usually  built  three  feet  and  a  half  high, 
and  two  and  a  half  broad  ;  and  whenever 
there  is  a  necessity  to  woik  in  the  ramcau 
or  arraignee,  the  galleries  in  that  case  a.e 
reduced  tj  smaller  propoi 

GAI.EKIF.  ;//./g7.v//'<//t',  Fr.  in  miiiim:; 
si .',m lies  any  covered  avenue  or  gallery 
which  is  parallel  to  the  magistral  or  prin- 
cipal line  of  the  place,  and  exists  under 
the  whole  or  part  of  the  front  of  the  forti- 
fications. This  gallery  is  usually  as  thick, 
as  the  enemy's  mason-work  against  which 
j. nter-mine  is  Erected.  By  mraiu; 
of  this  work,  the  besieged  generally  endeaJ 
vonr  t>>  interrupt  every  attempt  which 
the  bcsicg-.rii  may  make  in  the  passage  of 
the  fosse  or  ditch 

G  AI.KK.  I  K  ./  passer  /.• 
constructed  for  the  purpose  of  crossing  a 
ditch.  It  is  a  small  passage  made,  of  tim- 
ber-work, having  its  be:.mis  or  suppMtcr:; 
diivni  into  the  bottom  «  f  the  ditch,  ami 
bein  coveieil  at  top  with  bnarus  that  are 
again  covered  with  canh,  siifliciently 
strong  to  l)car  the  miner,  and  to  with- 
,^fa  ;d  the  elli  ct  of  artificial  tire,  or  the 
weight  of  stones  which  the  enemy  might 
.t  them.  This,  sort  of  gallery 
is  sometimes  called  the  traverse,  or  cross 

Tn.  se  galleries  have  been  out  of  use  for 

ears.     The  miner  gets  at  tlv 
of   the    place    which    is  attacked,    eith;-' 
throngli  a   subterraneous   gallery    til 

-  -neath    the   ditch,    when  th 
t;irc  of  1  h;'  gro'-nul  will  perm:;  !  Ir.-.'J  : 
13   J) 


210 


GAL 


GAL 


or  under  cover  of  the  epaulement,  which 
covers  th:  passage  of  the  ditch.  When 
the  ditch  is  full  of  water,  and  the  miner 
has  made  considerable  progress  under  it, 
he  instantly  makes  the  best  of  his  way  to 
the  breach,  either  by  swimming,  or  by 
supporting  his  body  on  a  raft  of  timber  ; 
as  soon  as  lie  has  reached  the  spot,  he 
works  into  the  earth  among  the  ruins  of 
the  wall,  and  completes  the  object  of  his 
enterprize. 

GALERIES  de  communication,  Fr.  are 
subterraneous  galleries,  by  means  of 
•which,  the  garrison  of  a  besieged  town  or 
place  may,  without  being  perceived  by 
the  enemy,  communicate  from  the  body 
of  the  place,  or  from  the  counterscarp, 
with  the  different  outworks. 

GALERIES  souterraines  des  anciens,  Fr. 
Subterraneous  galleries  as  originally  in- 
vented  by  the  ancients.  The  author  of 
the  Dictionnaire  Militaire  in  his  last  edi- 
tion of  that  work  enters  upon  the  expla- 
nation of  these  galleries  by  the  following 
curious  assertion. 

"  I  must,  he  observes,  in  this  place, 
assert  with  the  cheva'ier  Folard,  that  it 
•would  be  absurd  to  deny  the  superiority 
which  the  ancients  possessed  over  us  in 
the  essential  khowlege  and  requisites 
of  war,  and  that  they  pushed  the  differ- 
ent branches  of  that  science  to  as  high 
a  pitch  of  perfection  as  it  was  possible  to 
raise  it. 

'*  The  only  inventions  which  the  mo- 
derns  can  boast  of,  are  those  of  fire-arms, 
mines,  and  furnaces  But  then,  on  the 
other  hand,  we  stand  indebted  to  them  for 
our  lines  of  circumvallation  and  of  con- 
travallation,  "iir  approaches  or  trenches 
which  arc  effected  from  a  camp  to  its 
dilflrrent  batteries,  together  with  the  con- 
struction of  those  batteries  ;  our  parallel 
entrenchments  or  places  of  arms,  the 
descent  into,  or  the  filling  up  of  the  ditch, 
our  covered  sapc  in  mining,  and  our  open 
galleries;  we  owe  to  them,  in  fact,  th 
original  art  of  throwing  up  works  and  of 
creating  obstacles,  by  which  we  are  ena- 
bled to  secure  ourselves,  or  by  various 
Stratagems  to  annoy  our  enemies.  The 
ancients  were  indeed  superior  to  us,  in  the 
means  of  defence. 

"  The  origin  of  subterraneous  galleries 
or  passages  in  mining,  is  totally  unknown 
to  us;  a  circumstance  which  proves  their 
antiquity.  We  read  in  the  History  of 
josephus,  that  the  Jews  frequently  made 
use  of  them  ;  so  that  neither  the  Creeks 
nor  the  Romans,  who,  in  many  instances 
arrogate  to  themselves  the  exclusive  glory 
of  invention,  were  the  authors  of  this 
discovery. 

"  The  method  which  was  pursued  by 
the  ancients  in  their  passages  of  mines, 
resembled  the  one  that  is  invariably  fol- 
lowed by  the  moderns.  .But  the  latter 
possess  a  considerable  advantage  over  the 
former,  in  this  sort  of  attack  and  defence, 
which  advantage  consists  wholly  in  the 
invention  of  gunpowtter. 


"  The  ancients,  it  is  well  kown,  could 
only  undermine  in  one  way  ;  namely  un- 
der the  terraces  or  cavaliers,  or  under  the 
towers  and  battering-testudo-machines 
ftortuts  Ae/ieresyJ  and  in  order  to  do  any 
execution,  they  were  obliged,  in  the  first 
place,  to  construct  a  spacious  high  sub- 
terraneous  chamber,  to  carry  away  and 
raise  the  earth,  to  support  the  remainder 
by  powerful  props,  and  afterwards  to  fill 
the  several  chambers  with  dry  wood  and 
other  combustible  materials,  which  were 
set  fire  to  in  order  to  r  duce  the 
towers  and  various  machines  that  were 
placed  above,  into  one  common  heap  of 
ruins.  But  this  attempt  did  not  always 
succeed  ;  for  owing  to  the  magnitude  of 
the  undertaking  and  the  time  it  required, 
the  enemy  might  either  trace  the  miners, 
cut  off*  their  con.munication  with  the 
main  ^ody  of  the  place,  or  get  into  the 
chambers  before  they  could  be  finished, 
or  be  properly  prepared  for  inflammation. 

"The  ancients  consiructed  their  gal- 
leries on  a  larger  scale  than  we  adopt. 
They  were  wider,  but  less  elevated ; 
whereas  those  that  we  use  require  less 
trouble;  ourcharrber  mines  being  more 
contracted,  and  having  an  advantage  of 
access  by  means  of  the  different  branches, 
On',  or  two  small  chambers  are  sufficient 
with  us  to  blow  up  the  whole  face  of  a 
bnstion.  But  the  ancients  only  sapped 
in  proportion  to  the  extent  of  wall  which 
they  were  determined  to  demolish.  This 
was  a  tedious  operation ;  for  when  the 
besieger  had  reached  the  foot  of  the  wall, 
it  became  necessary  to  run  a  gallery  along 
the  whole  extent  of  what  he  proposed  to 
demolish.  Subsequent  to  this,  he  had 
to  operate  upon  the  entire  front,  during 
which  the  besieged  found  time  and  oppor- 
tunities to  open  subterraneous  passages, 
and  to  discover  those  which  the  assailants 
were  practising  against  them.  In  the 
latter,  indeed  they  seldom  failed. 

"  The  Romans  were  extremely  partial 
to  subterraneous  galleries.  By  means  of 
these  secret  passages  they  took  Fidena?, 
and  Veicc  ;  and  Darius,  king  of  Persia, 
by  the  same  method  took  Chalcedon. 
That  species  of  gallery  which  is  run  out 
under  the  soil  of  an  encampment,  and 
pushed  forward  into  the  very  body  of  a 
town,  has  been  known  from  time  im- 
memorial. The  Gauls  were  likewise 
very  expert  in  their  management  of  sub- 
terraneous galleries.  Caesar  mentions  the 
use  of  them  in  five  or  six  places  of  his 
Commentaries." 

G  ALERI  E  de pourtoW)  Fr.  in  architec- 
ture, a  sort  of  gallery  which  is  raised 
either  in  the  inside,  or  on  the  outside,  and 
surrounds  the  whole  or  part  of  a  build- 
ing. 

GALEA,    Palow  built  vessel  for  the 

GALIOT,  \  conveyance  of  troops  and 
stores,  having  both  sails  and  oars. 

G  A  LI  ON,  Fr.  a  name  which  was  for- 
merly given  to  French  ships  of  war  that 
had  "three  or  four  deck?.  The  term. 


GAL 


G  A  U 


211 


however,  is  in  disuse,  except  among  the 
Spaniards,  who  call  vessels  gallons,  that 
sail  to  Santa  Margueiita,  to  Terra  Firma, 
Carthagena,  Porto-Bello,  &c. 

GALIOTE  a  bowbes,  Fr.  a  bomb- 
ketch.  A  vessel  built  of  verr  strong 
timber,  with  fiat  ribs  and  half  decks. 
It  is  used  for  the  carriage  of  mortars,  that 
arc  placed  upon  a  false  deck  which  is 
made  in  the  hold.  Cht-valier  Renau  first 
invented  this  species  of  n  <val  battery, 
and  submitted  it  to  the  French  govern- 
ment. The  Dey  of  Algiers  having  de- 
clared war  against  France,  this  ingeni- 
ous man  naturally  imagined,  that  the 
most  effectual  method  which  ceuld  be 
adopted  to  strike  terror  into  the  barba- 
rians, would  be  to  bombard  their  capital, 
ant'  this,  he  knew,  could  not  be  done, 
except  from  the  decks  of  ships.  His 
proposal  was  at  first  treated  with  ex- 
treme neglect,  and  was  considered  in 
full  council,  as  the  project  of  a  visionary 
madman. 

This  disheartening  circumstance,  how- 
ever, (which  as  Monsieur  Belidor  has 
very  justly  remarked,  almost  always  at 
tends  original  plans  and  inventions)  did 
not  check  the  warm  mind  of  Chevalier 
Renau.  His  known  abilities  had  securjd 
some  powerful  partisans  in  his  favor,  and 
the  French  government  at  last  consented, 
that  he  should  construct  two  galiotes  a 
at  Dunkirk,  and  three  at  Havre  de 


Grace.  Having  completed  them,  ho  sail- 
e.d  for  Algiers  ;  and  after  having  braved 
the  most  tempestuous  weather,  got  before 
the  place  with  live  vessels  of  that  descrip- 
tion. The  town  was  bombarded  during 
the  whole  of  the  night  ;  and  so  great  was 
the  consternation  of  the  inhabitants,  that 
they  rushed  out  of  the  gates,  to  avoid  the 
dreadful  elFjcts  of  so  unexpected  an  at- 
tack. The  Algerincs  immediately  sued 
for  peace,  and  as  M.  de  Fontenelle  has 
shrewdly  remarked,  the  Chcvali.T  Renau 
returned  to  Franco  with  his  ga!i»tcs  a 
6om!/es,  having  obtained  a  complete  tri- 
umph, not  only  over  the  Algerines,  but 
over  the  petty  cavillers  against  his  inven- 
tion. 

Orders  were  instantly  issued  to  con- 
struct others  after  the  same  model,  and  the 
king  gave  directions,  that  a  new  corps  of 
artillery  officers  should  be  formed,  for  the 
specific  purpose  of  doing,  duty  on  board 
the  galiotes  or  bomb-ketches. 

GALLERY,  a  passage  of  communica- 
tion to  that  part  of  a  mine  where  the 
powder  is  lodged.  Sec  GALERIE, 

GALLET.  Fr.  SeejALET. 
^.GALLIVATS  are  large  row-boats, 
used  in  India.  They  are  built  l:ke  the 
grab,  but  of  smaller  dimensions,  the 
largest  rarely  exct-eding  70  tons  ;  they 
have  two  masts,  of  which  the  mizen  is 
very  slight  ;  the  fnizcn  mast  bears  only 
one  sail,  which  is  triangular  and  very 
large,  the  peak  of  it,  when  hoisted,  being 
much  higher  than  the  mast  itself.  In 
general  the  gallivats  are  covered  with  a 


spar  deck,  made  for  lightness  of  bam- 
boos  split,  and  these  carry  only  pattera- 
roes,  which  are  fixed  on  swivels  in  the 
gunnel  of  the  vessel ;  but  those  of  the 
largest  size  have  a  fixed  deck,  on  which 
they  mount  six  or  eight  pieces  of  cannon, 
from  two  to  four  pounders  ;  they  have 
forty  or  fifty  stout  oars,  and  may  be 
rowed  four  miles  an  hour. 

GALLOPER,  a  piece  of  ordnance  of 
small  calibre. 

GAMACHE,  Fr.  See  GAITERS. 

GAMBESON,  .Fr.  a  term  which  the 
French  formerly  applied  to  a  coat  of 
mail  that  was  worn  under  the  cuirass. 
It  was  likewise  called  cotte  gamboisc*. 
It  was  made  of  two  strong  cloths  inter- 
i  woven  with  pointed  worsted. 

GAMBLING.  Every  species  of  chance 
play,  such  as  hazard,  &c.  should  be 
strictly  forbidden  in  the  army.  The  non- 

I  commissioned  officers  and  private  soldiers 
,  are  severely  punished  when  found  guilty 
;  of  this  mischievous  practice  ;  and  in  some 
:  services  the  officers  are  treated  with  equal 
:  severity. 

|j  GAMELLE,  Fr.  a  wooden  or  earthen 
!  bowl  used  among  the  French  soldicis  for 
j|  their  messes.  It  generally  contained  the. 
ji  quantity  of  food  which  was  allotted  for 
':  thret.,  five,  or  seven  men  belonging  to  the 
:  same  room.  The  porridge-pots  for  the 
navy  were  made  of  wood,  and  held  a  cer- 

I 1  tain  allowance.     During  the  monarchy  of 
France,  subaltern  officers  and  volunteers 

h  were  frequently  punished  for  slight  of- 
fences by  being  sent  to  the  gamelle,  and 
excluded  their  regular  mess,  and  putuv'Oit 
short  allowance,  according  to  the  nature 
of  their  transgression. 

G  ANTE  LET,  Fr.   See    GAUNTLET. 

GANGES,  a  considerable  river  in  In- 
dia in  Asia.  It  rises  in  the  mountains 
which  border  on  Little  Thibet,  in  82  de- 
grees of  cast  loi.^itude,  and  32  degrees  45 
minutes  of  north  latitude.  According  to 
the  ingenious  author  of  the  History  of 
Indostan,  it  disembogues  itself  into  that 
country  through  a  pass  called  the  staights 
of  Kupele,  which  are  distant  from  Delhi, 
about  30  leagues,  in  the  longitude  of  96, 
and  in  the  latitude  of  30*  2'.  These 
straights  are  believed  by  the  Indians,  who 
look  yery  little  abroad,  to  be  the  sources 
of  the  Ganges;  ami  a  rock  15  miles  dis- 
tant from  ihem,  bearing  some  resemblance 
to  the  head  of  a  cow,  has  joined  in  the 
same  part  of  the  country  two  very  impor- 
tant objects  of  their  religion  ;  the  grand 
image  of  the  animal  which  they  almost 
venerate  as  a  divinity,  and  the  first  ap- 
pearance of  that  iiv.mense  body  of  holy 
water,  which  is  to  wash  away  all  thei'i 
sins. 

GANTLET,      ?  in    ancient    militar, 

GAUNTLET,  <|  history,  a  large  kind 
of  glove,  made  of  iron,  and  the  fingerti 
covered  with  small  plates :  it  was  ibr- 
merlv  worn  by  cavaliers,  or  single  knight-. 
of  war,  when  armed  at  all  points,  bur  ij. 
now  in  disu.sc. 


212 


GAR 


GAR 


GANTLET  or  gantelopc,  denotes  a  kind 
of  ni'litary  punishment,  in  which  the 
criminal  running  between  the  ranks  re- 
ceives a  lash  from  every  man.  See  RUN 
THE  GANTLET. 

GAP.   See  BREACH. 

GAR,  the  general  term  used  by  the 
Saxons,  fora  weapon  of  war. 

GARCQN- Major,  Fr.  an  officer  so 
called  in  the  old  French  service.  He  was 
selected  from  among  the  lieutenants  of  a 
regiment  to  assist  the  aid-majors  in  the 
general  detail  of  duty. 

GARDE  d'une  Place,  Fr.  the  garrison 
of  a  place.  See  GARRISON. 

GARDE  dul\irmce^  Fr.  the  grand  guard 
cf  an  army.  Guards  in  the  old  French 
service  were  usually  divided  into  three 
sorts :  Guard  of  Honor ,  Fatigue  Guard, 
and  the  Genet al's  Guard.  That  was  called 
a  guard  of  boner  in  which  the  officers  and 
men  were  most  exposed  to  danger;  for 
the  quintessence  of  military  honor  is  to 
be  often  in  peril,  and  either  to  fall  cou- 
rageously in  the  discharge  of  duty,  or  to 
return  from  the  field  after  having  ex- 
hibited proofs  of  valor,  prudence  and  per- 
severance A  fatigue  guard  belonging  to  a 
garrison  or  to  a  camp.  A  general's  guard 
was  mounted  before  the  door  or  gate  of 
the  house  in  which  the  commanding  of- 
ticu  resided.  For  a  more  specific  ac- 
count ot  guards  in  general  See  GUARD. 

C  AR  DF. s  de  corps,  Fr.  the  body  guards. 
Under  the  old  government  of  France  they 
consisted  -f  a  certain  number  of  gentlemen 
or  cavaliers  whr.se  immediate  duty  was  to 
attend  the  king's  person.  They  were 
divided  into  tour  companies,  under  as 
ir.a  y  captains,  who  e  tour  of  duty  came 
cverv  quarter.  They  took  rank  above 
the  Gens-d'armes  and  the  king's  light 
cavalry 

The'  first  and  most  ancient  of  the  four 
companies  was  called  the  Scotch  company. 

In  1423  Charles  VII  of  France  estab- 
lished tins  body  of  ccntleman  or  cava- 
liers, for  the  purpose  of  shewing  the  great 
confidence  which  he  place.;  in  the  Scots  ; 
•who  were  not  a  little  indebted  for  this 
mark  of  distinction  to  the  service  which 
their  countryman  Lord  Buchan,  eldest 
son  to  the  Duke  of  Albany,  rendered  the 
French  in  14-1  at  the  battle  of  Bange  en 
Anjou,  where  the  English  army  was  com- 
pletely routed.  In  order  to  preserve  the 
sen.  mbrance  of  thJr  behaviour,  and  in 
token  of  their  gratitude  to  the  Scotch 
ration,  the  French  king  gave  orders  that 
whenever  the  roll-call  tooK  place  in  the 
Scotch  company,  cs-jh  individual  instead 
ot  answering  Me  voila  !  should  say  I  am 
here  !  or  here  ! 

G  A  R  nii's-/£'tf.v,  Fr.  wooden  cases  or 
boxes  used  to  hold  cartridges 

,  Fr.  the  rails  of  a  bridge. 
imptr/a/e,   Fr.    The  only  guard 
of    honor    which    at   present    exists  in 
France 

GAKDJS    Frarrcoises,    Fr.   the  French 
•  ti~- In  1563  C  harks   IX.  King  of 


th-  French,  raised  a  regiment  for  the  im- 
mediate protection  of  the  palace.  The 
colonel  or  the  gardes  Francoises  was  on 
duty  throughout  the  year,  and  was  en- 
titled to  the  baton  de  comntandemenl  ir 
mon  with  the  four  captains  "f  the  body 
guards.  Peculiar  privileges  were  attach- 
ed to  every  officer  belonging  to  this  body. 
No  stranger,  not  evc*n  a  native  of  Stras- 
burg,  Savoy,  Alsace,  or  Piedmont,  could 
hold  a  commission  in  the  French  guards. 
The  age  at  which  men  were  enlisted  was 
above  18  and  under  50  years.  The  height 
5  French  feet  4  inches  and  upwards. 
The  Serjeants  were  strictly  forbidden  to 
exercise  any  trade  or  business,  and  many 
of  them  got  the  Creix  de  St.  Louis. 

In  the  revolution  of  1789  the  French 
guards  took  a  very  active  and  leading 
part. 

G  A  R  DEs-w.2£<zx,//7j,  Fr.  In  the  old 
French  service  there  were  two  sorts  of 
magazine  guards  : — one  for  the  military 
stores  and  the  other  for  the  artillery.  The 
first  was  subject  to  the  grand  master,  and 
the  second  was  appointed  by  the  secretary 
at  war.  • 

G ARDE-g<?7/mz/ d'artiller'iCj  Fr.  An  of- 
ficer was  so  called  under  the  old  govern- 
ment of  France,  who  had  charge  ot  all 
the  ordnance  and  stores  belonging  to  his 
majesty  tor  the  land  service  He  gave 
receipts  for  all  ammunition,  &c.  and  his 
bills  wc-r^  paid  by  the  treasurer  general  of 
the  artillery. 

GARDES  pvovinciatty,  Fr.  Provin- 
cial guards,  were  persons  appointed  to 
superintend,  take  charge  of,  and  be  re- 
sponsible, for  the  arti:lery  belonging  to 
Paris,  iVietz,  Chalons,  Lyons,  Amiens, 
Narbonn  ,  aiid  Calais. 

GARDF.S  fariicuiitrs  dcs  nhigif&ins  d' 
artillerie.,  Fr.  Officers  appointed  by  the 
grand  master  of  the  ordnance  for  the  spe- 
cific purpose  of  attending  to  the  ammu- 
nition, &c  IV.eir  pay  was  in  proportion 
to  the  quantity  of  stores  with  which  they 
were  entrusted  They  enjoyed  some  par- 
ticular privileges,  and  were  lodged  at  the 
expence  of  goven.ment. 

G  A  ;;  D  E  magazhi  d' ' un  arsenal  de  marine , 
Fr.  An  officer  in  France  appointed  to 
take  charge  and  to  keep  a  register  of  ail 
warlike  stores,  &c  for  the  service  of  the 
navy. 

GARDES  de  Li  pcrfe,  Fr.  A  company 
so  called  during  the  monarchy  ot  France, 
and  of  so  ancient  a  date,  indeed,  with  re- 
spect to  original  institution,  that  it  ap- 
p-:ars  to  have  been  coeval  wit  hit.  Men- 
tion is  made  of  the  gardes  tie  la  porte  in 
the  oldest  archives  or  records  belonging  to 
the  king's  household,  in  which  service 
they  were  employed,  without  being  re- 
sponsible to  any  particular  treasurer  as 
other  companies  were. 

This  company  consisted  of  one  captain, 
four  lieutenants,  and  fifty  guards.  The 
captain  and  ofiicers  received  their  com- 
missions from  the  king.  The  first  took 
an  oath  of  fidelity  to  the  king  in  pencil, 


GAR 


GAR 


213 


and  received  the  baton  from  his  hands. 
Thecluty  hed'd  was  purely  discretionary, 
and  depended  on  his  own  ^  will.  The 
iieutemnts  served  by  detachment,  and 
took  their  tour  of  duty  every  quarter. 
Their  specific  service  consisted  in  guard- 
ing the  principal  gate  belonging  to  the 
king's  apartments.  Their  guard- house 
was  within  the  pilace,  which  th.  y  oc- 
cupied from  six  o'clock  in  the  morning 
until  six  in  theevenin.1  ;  when  they  were 
relieved  by  the  body  guards.  Tlv'y  de- 
livered the  keys  to  a  brigadier  belonging 
to  the  Scotch  garrison. 

GARDES  6V.wj,Fr.  The  Swiss  guards. 
This  body  originally  consist,  d  of  a  cer- 
tain number  of  companies  which  were 
taken  into  the  French  service  iw  conse- 
quence of  the clos  alliance  that  subsisted 
between  the  Swis;  cantons  and  France; 
but  they  were  not  distinguished  from 
other  troops  by  the  appellation  or  guards, 
until  a  considerable  period  had  elapsed 
from  their  first  establishment.  The  zeal, 
ikleiity.  and  attachment  which  they  uni- 
formly evinced  whenever  they  were  en- 
trusted with  this  distinguished  part  of 
the  service,  i  duced  the  crown  in  1616 
ts  bestow  upon  them  this  additional 
name. 

Th.-  regiment  was  composed  of  twelve 
companies  of  two  hundred  erlectiveseach. 
Some  consisted  of  half  companies  com- 
plete in  men.  They  were  commanded 
by  the  three  followin,  officers,  subordi- 
nate to  each  other,  and  c reared  in  1689, 
viz.  One  colonel  general  of  the  nation, 
one  particular  colonel  of  the  regiment, 
and  one  lieutenant  colorel.  The  Swiss 
guards  received  double  the  pay  which 
was  given  to  the  French  guards.  It  is 
somewhat  remarkable,  that  one  hundred 
and  three  years  after  the  regular  estab- 
lishment of  the  regiment  under  the  three 
mentioned  field  officers,  this  brave  body 
of  men  should  have  fallen  victims  to  their 
attachment  to  the  monarchy  of  France. 
On  the  zoth  of  August,  1792,  they 
withstood  the  Parisian  populace,  and 
defended  the  palace  in  the  Louvre  until 
almost  every  man  was  killed  During 
the  resistance  which  the  Swiss  guards 
made,  Louis  the  XVIth,  with  his  fa- 
.'.lily  .scaped,  and  took  shelter  in  the  na- 
tional assembly. 

GARDES  (cent)  Suisses  du  corps  du  R^iy 
Fr.  One  hundred  Swiss  guards  immedi- 
ately attached  to  the  king's  person.  They 
were  a  select  body  or  men  who  took  an 
oath  ol  fidelity  to  the  kin.-,  and  were  form, 
ed  t>ito  a  regular  troop.  Louiu  XIV 
durin  several  sieges  which  he  personally 
attended,  gave  directions,  that  the  hea  i 
of  th_  trench  should  be  guarded  by  a  de- 
tachmen'  of  this  troop;  so  that  the  hun- 
dred Swiss  guards  might  properly  b 
ranked  as  military  men,  although  their 
officers  did  not  wear  any  uniform,  and  in 
the  last  periods  of  the  monarchy  of 
France,  the  principal  <."•• 


dred  Swiss  guards  consisted  in  domestic 
and  menial  attendance. 

G  A  R  D  F  qiii  wont",  Fr.  The  new  guard. 

GARDE  qui  descend^  Fr.  The  old  guard. 

GARDES  ordinaires dcs  lignes^  Fr.  urdi- 
narv  guards, 

CARDS  de  la  tranche,  Fr.  Guard  for 
the  trenches.  Among  the  French,  this 
gvard  usually  consisted  of  four  o;  six  bat- 
talions. It  was  entrusted  to  three  gene- 
ral officers,  viz.  one  lieutenant  genera!  on 
the  right,  one  major  general  on  the  left, 
and  one  brigadier  general  in  the  centre. 
All  general  officers,  when  on  duty  for  the 
day  in  the  trenches,  remained  the  suc- 
ceeding night,  and  never  left  them  until 
they  were  regularly  relieved  by  others  of 
their  own  rask. 

When  it  came  to  the  tour  of  any  par- 
ticular battalion  to  mount  the  trench 
guard,  it  was  the  duty  of  the  major  of 
that  battalion  to  examine  the  ground  on 
which  it  was  to  be  drawn  up,  to  look  at 
the  piquets,  and  to  see  where  the  grena- 
diers were  post  d,  in  order  to  go  through 
the  relief  with  accuracy  and  expedition. 

The  battalion  was  drawn  up  in  front  of 
the  camp;  the  grenadiers  being  stationed 
on  the  right,  next  to  them  the  piquet, 
and  on  its  left  liank  the  body  of  the  bat. 
talion.  The  latter  was  divided  into  dif- 
ferent piquets,  and  formed  in  order  of 
battle.  So  that  instead  of  ti.e  several 
companies  being  posted  together,  tru  men 
were  drafted  out,  and  distributed  in  sucfy 
a  manner,  that  the  whole  battalion  was 
separated  into  troops  or  companies,  each 
consisting  of  forty  eight  men,  promiscu- 
ously thrown  together. 

The  advantage  which  was  derived  from 
this  disposition  of  the  battalion,  and  from 
its  having  been  previously  told  off 'accord- 
ing to  each  company's  roster,  is  manifest; 
:ien  a  second  or  third  battalion 
piquet  was  wanted  in  the  trenches,  the 
different  detachments  werealready  formed 
without  going  into  the  small  detail  of 
companies.  The  officers  in  conformity 
to  their  roste<  were  ordered  to  march,  and 
the  piquet  moved  out  without  a  mo- 
ment's de-lay. 

Add  to  this  that  whenever  it  was  found 
necessarv  to  make  a  sortie,  the  loss  of 
men  did  not  fall  upon  oue  company,  but 
was  divided  among  the  whole  battalion. 

A  general  rendezvous  or  parade  was 
fixed  for  all  the  regiments  who  were  to 
do  duty  in  the  trenches;  they  assembled 
in  that  ouar: er,  and  were  drawn  up  in 
line,  with  all  the  grenadiers  on  the  right, 
and  the  whole  of  the  piquets  upon  the 
same  uligneniL-nt.  At  the  hour  appointed 
the  latter  began  to  file  off,  and  each  re- 
giment followed  according  to  its  seniority. 
The  lieutenant  general  whose  tour  of  com- 
mand was  in  the  trenches,  placed  him- 
self at  the  head  of  those  troops  who  we:  - 
to  attack  i'r.m  the  right ;  the  major  ge- 
m-ral  at  the  head  of  those  belonging  to  the 
left,  and  the  brigadier  general  took  the 
•  , 


214 


GAR 


GAR 


right,  the  next  in  seniority  stood  in  front 
of  the  left,  and  the  third  preceded  the 
centre. 

As  soon  as  the  troops  reached  the  tail 
of  the  trench,  the  men  marched  by  In- 
dian files,  or  rank  entire,  and  each  one 
took  his  post.  Sentries  were  stationed, 
and  the  necessary  detachments  wer  •  made. 
The  colors  were  planted  upon  the  para- 
pet of  the  trench.  At  night  the  adjutants 
of  corps  went  to  head  quarters,  to  receive 
instructions  relative  to  the  projected  at- 
tack, and  got  the  parole  and  countersign 
from  the  general.  The  senior  adjutant 
communicated  his  orders  to  the  rest,  who 
conveyed  the  sanre,  first  to  their  several 
colonels,  and  afterwards  to  the  serj_ants 
of  each  regiment. 

When  on  duty  in  the  trenches,  soldiers 
must  not,  on  any  account,  quit  their  fire- 
arms  ;  and  the  instant  the  least  noise  is 
heard,  it  is  their  duty  to  throw  them- 
selves upon  the  back  of  the  trench,  and 
there  remain  till  the  order  is  given  to 
march.  When  an  attack  is  directed  to 
be  made,  the  execution  of  it  is  always 
entrusted  to  the  grenadiers.  These  are 
supported  by  the  different  piquets,  and 
the  main  body  of  the  corps  follows  with 
the  colors. 

When  the  chamade  was  beat  by  the 
besieged  with  a  view  to  capitulate,  it  was 
a  rule  among  the  French,  that  the  bat- 
talions which  were  posted  in  the  trenches, 
might  refuse  to  be  relieved,  and  could 
remain  at  their  station  until  the  garrison 
marched  out.  When  the  capitulation 
was  signed,  it  fell  to  the  oldest  regiment 
belonging  to  the  besieging  army  to  take 
possession  of  the  gate  that  was  delivered 
up,  and  that  corps  remained  in  the  town 
until  a  governor  was  named,  and  a  regu- 
lar garrison  appointed. 

GARDE  du  camp,  Fr.  See  Quarter 
GUARD. 

GARDE  avancte^  Fr.  a  small  body  of 
cavalry,  consisting  of  15  or  20  horsemen, 
under  the  command  of  a  lieutenant, 
whose  station  is  beyond,  but  still  insight 
of  the  main  guard.  The  particular  duty 
of  those  men  is  to  watch  the  motions  of 
the  enemy  lor  the  greater  security  of  the 
camp. 

During  the  famous  crusade  to  the  Holy 
Land,  the  Christians  having  taken  the 
town  ofDamietta,  and  rinding  it  impos- 
sible to  make  further  progress,  on  account 
of  thci  overflowings  of  the  river  Nile,  ef- 
fected a  passage  over,  but  neglected  to  en- 
trench themselves  according  to  the  cus- 
tom  of  those  days.  The  consequence  was, 
tiiat  the  Arabs  insulted  them  in  their 
camp,  and  frequently  murdered  their 
sentries  at  their  very  tents.  In  order  to  i 
prevent  these  incursions,  advanced  guards 
of  the  description  just  mentioned  were! 
resorted  to.  V-'dcttes  were  posted  round 
the  camp,  and  from  hence  most  probably 
was  derived  their  origin. 

Many  methods  have  been  proposed  by 
rhe  military  writers  of  all  aees  to  secure 


advanced  guards  from  surprise.  Fro- 
chetta  advises  fires  to  be  lighted  during 
the  night  in  one  quarter,  while  the  ren- 
dezvous and  station  of  the  guard  are  in 
another.  His  reason  is  this  :  if  the  ene- 
my should  approach  the  quarter  which  is 
lighted  up,  the  soldiers  belonging  to  the 
advanced  guard  may  readily  discover  him, 
without  being  themselves  exposed  to  a 
direct  attack.  Onosander  is  of  the  same 
way  of  thinking.  Silence  on  these  occa- 
sions is  indispensibly  requisite.  Xeno- 
phon,  on  the  other  hand,  has  proposed, 
that  the  station  should  be  often  changed, 
and  that  the  guard  should  consist  of  dif- 
ferent numbers.  His  object  is  to  form  a 
considerable  ambuscade  in  front  of  the 
spot  where  the  guard  has  been  usually 
posted,  so  that  when  the  enemy  ap- 
proaches towards  it,  he  may  be  suddenly 
surprised  by  a  larger  body  of  men  than 
he  expected,  and  instead  of  carrying  oil" 
the  ordinary  guard,  b"  himself  taken  pri- 
soner. 

GARDE  du  por.t,  Fr.  Guard  for  the  se- 
curity of  a  bridge.  The  same  author 
(Frochetta)  proposes  that  one  or  two  sen- 
tries be  posted  at  each  end  of  the  bridge, 
if  it  be  of  any  length.  His  motive  is  to 
prevent  too  heavy  loads  from  being  con- 
veyed upon  it,  and  to  check  bodies  of 
cavalry  who  might  be  disposed  to  gallop 
or  trot  across  it.  If  the  bridge  be  con- 
structed upon  barges  or  boats,  there  musp 
always  be  a  certain  number  of  wooden 
scoops  to  drain  off  the  water  as  it  rises, 
or  gets  through  small  apertures  upon  the 
surface.  The  commanding  officer  of  the 
guard  must  order  frequent  rounds  to  be 
made,  both  night  and  day,  lest  the  enemy 
should  send  divers  to  get  under  the  boats 
and  pierce  the  bottoms. 

Foresti,  the  historian,  relates,  that  the 
Emperor  H?nry  III.  having  ordered  se- 
veral barges  to'  be  constructed  and  s ra- 
tioned on  the  Danube  for  the  purpose  of 
storming  Posonio>  his  project  was  defeat- 
ed by  the  bold  and  desperate  act  of  an 
individual.  One  Zormonde,  a  Hungari. 
an,  having  provided  himself  with  a  ginib- 
let,  swam  under  the  surface  of  the  water, 
and  got  beneath  the  boats,  which  he- 
bored  in  several  places,  without  the  least 
suspicion  or  knowlege  of  the  mariners. 
The  boats  gradually  fillul,  and  were  fi- 
nally sunk,  which  circumstance  obliged 
the  emperor  to  raise  the  siege. 

GARDE  des  travailleurs,  Fr.  A  particu- 
lar guard  which  is  kept  among  the  work- 
men and  artificers  during  a  sie>;e.  In 
France  they  had  a  particular  roster  among 
themselves ;  beginning  from  the  eldest 
downwards,  as  well  among  the  officers  as 
among  the  men. 

GARDE  relevte,  Fr.  the  guard  that  is 
relieved,  commonly  called  the  old  guard. 

GARDES  de  la  marine,  Fr,  During  the 
existence  of  the  old  French  government, 
several  young  gentlemen  received  brevet 
commissions  from  the  king,  and  were 
permitted  to  serve  o,n  board  ships  of  war. 


GAR 


GAR 


215 


They  were  distributed  among  the  fleet, 
and  when  they  had  acquired  a  knowlege 
of  their  profession,  were  promoted  to  the 
rank  of  officers.  Their  duly  was  near  the 
admiral,  when  he  commanded  in  person  ; 
and  during  his  absenct  they  were  placed 
on  board  the  different  vessels,  in  order  to 
assist  the  several  officers,  particularly  in 
the  discharge  of  their  functions  at  the 
batteries. 

GARDES  castes,  Fr.  from  the  Spanish 
gitarda  costa,  signifying  ships  of  war  that 
cruize  along  the  coast  to  protect  mer- 
chantmen, and  to  prevent  the  depreda- 
tions of  pirates 

GARDES  cosies  (capitaineries)  Fr.  The 
maritime  divisions,  into  which  France 
was  formerly  divided,  were  so  called. 

Each  division  was  under  the  immediate 
su perin tendance  of  a  captain,  named  capi- 
tai'te  gardes-cosies,  who  was  assisted  by  a 
lieutenant  and  an  ensign.  Their  duty 
was  to  watch  the  coast,  and  to  attend 
minutely  to  every  thing  that  might  af- 
fect the'  safety  of  the  division  they  had 
in  charge. 

There  were  thirty-seven  capitaineries 
gardes  cotes  in  Normandy,  four  in  Poi- 
tou,  two  in  Guienne,  two  in  Languedoc, 
and  six  in  French  Flanders,  Picardy,  Bou- 
logne, Calais,  &c. 

The  establishment  of  sea  fencibles  in 
Great  Britain,  which  has  taken  place  du- 
ring the  present  war,  most  probably  owes 
its  origin  to  the  gardescostes. 

GARDE  d'epee,   Fr.  Sword-hilt. 

GARDE,  Fr.  Watch,  guard,  pro- 
tection. 

Corps  de  GARDE  du  guet,  Fr.  Watch- 
house  or  rendezvous  for  the  street  pa- 
troles, 

GARDE  l>ois,  Fr.  a  forest-keeper. 

GARDE  du  corps.  F  r.  life-guard. 

GARDE  cbasse,  Fr.  a  game-keeper. 

GARDE  p/uie,  Fr.  literally  means  a 
fenc.1,  or  cover  against  rain.  This  ma- 
chine was  originally  invented  by  a  French- 
man, who  left  his  native  country  to 
avoid  persecution  or  unmerited  neglect, 
and  submitted  it  to  the  Prussians,  who 
adopted  it  for  the  use  of  their  infar  try. 
Other  armies,  however,  either  seem  ig 
norant  of  the  invention,  or  do  not  think 
it  worthy  of  imitation.  Belair,  the  au- 
thor of  Elemens  de  Fortification,  in  his 
military  dictionary,  (which  forms  a  small 
part  of  that  interesting  work,)  observes, 
that  "  these  machines  might  be  rendered 
extremely  useful  in  the  defence  of  ior- 
tresses,  outposts,  redoubts,  or  retrench- 
ments. Under  the  cover  of  them,  the 
besieged,  or  the  troops  stationed  in  the 
posts  attacked,  would  be  able  to  keep  up 
a  brisk  and  effectual  discharge  of  mus* 
quetry  during  the  heaviest  fall  of  rain, 
and  thereby  silence,  or  considerably  damp 
the  fire  of  the  enemy.  The  garde  ptuie 
is  capable  of  being"  much  improved. 
Light  corps  ought  to  be  particularly 
anxious  for  its  adoption,  as  the  service 
»u  which  they  are  generally  employed, 


exposes  their  arms  to  every  change  oi 
weather;  and  by  means  of  this  cover,  Doth 
themselves,  and  their  rifles,  or  musquets, 
would  be  secured  against  rain." 

Attaquer  la  GARDE,  Fr.  to  make  an 
attempt  on  the  guard. 

Une  forte  GARDE,  Fr.  a  strong  guard. 

Ua  piqitete  de  GARDE,  Fr.  a  piquet 
guard. 

La  GARDE  a  pied,  Fr.  the  foot  guards. 

La  GARDE  a  cbtval,  Fr.  the  horse 
guards. 

La  GARDE  Ecossohe.  Fr.  the  Scotch 
guards. 

IM  GARDE  Itelandoise,  Fr.  the  Irish 
guards. 

Faire  mutter  Li  GARDE,  Fr.  to  set  the 
guard. 

Eire  de  GARDE,  Fr.  to  be  upon  guard. 

Motiter  la  GARDE,  Fr.  to  mount  guard. 

De scendre  la  GARDE,  Fr.  to  come  oft' 
guard. 

Re  lever  on  changer  la  G  A  R  DE,  Fr.  to  re- 
lieve guard. 

La  GARDE  montanic,  Fr.  the  guard  that 
mounts,  cr  the  new  guard. 

La  GARDE  descer-dante,  Fr.  the  guard 
that  comes  off,  or  the  old  guard. 

GARDE  a  vans,  Fr.  A  cautionary 
phrase  made  use  of  in  the  French  service'. 
We  formerly  adopted  the  term,  take  care, 
or  have  a  care — at  present  we  use  t he- 
word  attention,  which  is  usually  pro- 
nounced Mention. 

GARDENS,  in  ancient  military  history ^ 
places  of  resort  to  practice  military  ex- 
ercises. 

GARGOUILLIS,  Fr.  the  powder 
with  which  cannon  is  charged. 

GARGOUSSE,  Fr.  a  cartouch,  a 
cartridge 

GARGOUSSIERE,  Ft.  a  pouch  for 
cartridges. 

GARLAND,  a  sort  of  chaplet  made 
of  flowers,  feathers,  and  sometimes  of 
precious  stones,  worn  on  the  head  in  the 
manner  of  a  crown.  The  word  is  form- 
ed of  the  French  guirlande,  and  that  of 
the  barbarous  Latin  garianda,  or  Italian 
ghirlanda.  Both  in  ancient  and  modern 
times  it  has  been  customary  to  present 
garlands  of  flowers  to  warriors  who  havr; 
distinguished  themselves.  Among  the 
French  the  practice  is  still  familiar.  A 
beautiful  young  woman  is  generally  se- 
lected for  t'he  purpose. 

GARNIR  d'ar:il/cnc,  Fr.  to  line  with 
artillery.  Un  rampart  garni  de  gross?  artil- 
leiie,  a  rampart  covered  or  lined  with 
heavy  ordnance 

Se "GARNIR,  Fr.  To  seize. 

GARNISH-wrt/Vj.  Diamond  head;',; 
nails,  formerly  used  to  ornament  artillery 
carriages. 

GARNISON,   Fr.     See  GARRISON, 

GARNITURE,    See  Eo  u  JPAGF.,  &•- 

GARRISON  des  Janitsaires,  Fr.  The 
elite  or  flower  of  the  Janissaries  of  Con- 
stantinople is  frequently  sent  into  garrison 
on  the  frontiers  of  Turkey,  or  to  place:, 
where  the  loyalty  of  the  inhabitants  i  • 


216 


GAR 


GAR 


doubted,  The  Janissaries  do  not  tndeed 
assist  in  the  immediate  defence  of  a  be- 
sieged town  cr  fortress,  but  they  watch 
the  motions  of  all  suspectul  persons, 
and  ar  subject  to  the  orders  of  thc:roi!i- 
cers,  who  snaliy  command  the  garrison. 

GARRISON",  in  the  art  ofiuai;  a  body 
of  force's,  disposed  in  a  fortress  or  forti- 
fied town,  to  defend  it  against  the  enemy, 
or  to  keep  the  inhabitants  in  Mib  ectLn  ; 
or  even  to  be  subs' stcd  during  the  winter 
season  :  h  nee  garrison  and  winter-quar- 
ters are  sometimes  used  indiscriminately 
for  the  same  thing;  while  at  others  they 
denote  different  tilings.  In  the  latter 
case  a  garrison  is  a  ptace  wherein  forces 
are  maintained  to  secure  it,  and  where  they 
keep  regular  guards,  as  a  frontier  town,  a 
citadel,  castle,  tow^r  &c.  The  prison 
should  always  be  stronger  than  the  towns- 
men. 

Winter-  quarters  signifies  a  place  where 
a  number  of  forces  are  laid  up  in  the  win- 
ter season,  without  keeping  the  regular 
guard.  See  WINTER-QUARTERS. 

G ARKisoN-/o<avz,  generally  a  strong 
place  in  which  troops  are  quartered,  and 
do  duty,  for  the  security  thereof,  keeping 
strong  guards  at  each  poit,  and  a  main- 
guard  in,  ur  near  the  market- "lace. 

Order  of  /^CARTER,  an'  English  or- 
der of  knighthood,  instituted  by  Edward 
III.  This  order  consists  of  26  knights 
con  j  amons,  whereof  the  king  ot* England 
is  the  sovereign  or  chief. 

Tins  piece  of  regal  mummery  is  rot 
strictly  military,  but  is  inserted  here  as 
matter  of  curiosity. 

All  these  -.  fucers,  except  the  prelate, 
have  fees  and  j.tnbicns.  Tlu  college  of 
the  order  i,s  in  ihe  castle  of  Windsor,  with 
tiie  chapel  of  St.  George,  and  the  chap- 
ter, house,  erected  by  the  founder  for 
that  purpose.  The  habit  and  ensign  of 
the  order  art,  a  garter,  mantic,  cap, 
-c,  and  cellar.  Tne  3  first  were  as- 
signed the  kiii.i.:i.ts  companions  by  I!K- 
..--. ;  rti.d  the  Ge;r>e  and  coiiar  by 
king  Henry  VI II.  The  garter  challenges 
pre-c;  er  all  other  parts  of  tiie 

dress,  because  from  it  the  ncbl-  order  is 
den  n,u;..!cd;   that  it  is  the  first  part  ot 
flu-   habit   presentee;   to   foreign    princes, 
and  absent  knights,  whr,  together  \vit.i 
all  c-iner  knights  elect>  are  therewith  first ; 
adorned ;    and  it    is   of  suck    honor  and 
grandeur,  that   by    the   bare  in\estitu.e 
with  tiiis  nobk  cnaun,   the  knights  a.-ej|aDo 
esteemed  companions  of  the  greatest  miii-  [l  of 
tary  rrcu-r  in  the  world.    It  is  worn  on  the   ;  Cr, 


order,  was  such  as  would  enable  him  to 
maintain  the  quarr.l  against  those  that 
tl  ought  ill  of  it. 

The  mantle  is  the  chief  of  those  vest- 
ments made  use  of  upon  all  solemn  occa- 
sions, 'i  he  color  of  the  mantle  is  by 
the  statutes  appointed  to  be  blue  The 
length  of  the  train  of  the  mantle,  ur,ly, 
distinguishes  the  sovereign  from  the 
knights 'companions.  To  the  collar  of 
the  mantle  is  fixed  a  pair  of  long  strings, 
anciently  wove  with  blue  silk  or.ly,  but 
now  twisted  rounci,  and  made  of  Venice 
gold  and  silk,  of  the  color  of  the  robe, 
with  buttons  and  tass  Is  at  theenc..  The 
left  shoulder  of  the  mantle  is  adorned  \\  ith 
a  large  garter,  and  device  Honi  soil,  Sec. 
Within  this  is  the  cross  of  the  order, 
which  was  ordained  to  be  worn  at  all 
times  by  king  Charles  I.  At  length  the 
star  was  introduced,  being  a  sort  of  cross 
irradiated  with  beams  of  silver. 

The  collar  is  composed  of  pieces  of 
gold  in  fashion  of  garters,  the  ground 
enamelled  blue,  and  the  motto  gold. 

The  garter  is  of  blue  velvet  bordered 
with  fine  gold  wire,  having  commonly  the 
letters  of  the  motto  of  the  sime  :  it  is,  i'.t 
the  time  of  installation,  buckled  upon  the 
left  leg,  by  two  of  the  senicr  companions, 
who  receive  it  from  the  sovereign,  to 
whom  it  is  presented  upon  a  velvet 
cushion  by  Garter  king  at  arms,  with  the 
usual  reverence,  whilst  the  chancellor 
reads  the  following  admonition,  enjoined 
by  the  statutes.  "  To  the  honor  of  God 
omnipotent,  and  in  memorial  of  the  bless- 
ed martyr  St.  George,  tie  about  thy  leg, 
for  thy  "renown,  this  noble  garter ;  wear 
it  as  the  symbol  of  the  most  illustrious 
ordu',  never  to  be  forgotten,  or  laid  a;,ide  ; 
thar  thereby  thou  mayest  be  admonished 
to  be  courageous,  and  having  undertaken 
a  just  war,  in  which  thou  shall  be  en- 
gaged, thou  mayest  stand  firm,  valiantly 
fi^ht,  and  successfully  conquer." 

The  princely  garter"  being  thus  buckled 
on,  and  the  words  of  its  signification  pro- 
noui.ced,  the  knight  elect  is  brought  be- 
ior.  the  sovereign,  who  puts  about  his 
neck,  kneeling,  a  sky  colored  riband, 
\viiereon  is  appcndant,  wrought  in  gold 
within  the  garter,  the  image  of  St. 
George  on  horseback,  with  his  sword 
drawn,  encountering  the  dragon.  In  the 
nu an  tin..  t!:e  chancdlor  reads  the  fol- 
lowing admonition:  "Wear  this  riband 
about  thy  neck,  adorned  with  the  mnagc_ 
of  the  blessed  niartvr  and  soldier  of 


;rist,  St.   George,  by   whose  imitation 

left  leg.  between  the  knee  and  calf,  and  is  ;i  provoked,  thou  mayest  so  overpass  both 

f  £*/ (L  prosperous  and  adverse  adventures, 

,1  -      1 .        -1       .   '     . 


,.  , 

enamelled  with  this  mcito,  Her!  s^'t 


that 


l»ai j> petrse ;  that  is,  "  j-,v;l  b:  to  him, 
who  evil  thinks/'  The  in.-ar.ir:,  ct  w'hicn 
is,  that  king  Edward  havi;i>:  laid  cl; 


the  kingdom   of  France,  retorted 

e  upon  turn  thiii  should  dare  to 


..miss  or  tin-  ju;-r 

own;  and  that  t!> 
'     v.hom  he 


having  stoutly  vanquished   thy    enemies 
both  of  body  ar.cj  soul,  thou  may. 
only   receive  the   praise  oi   th'S   U:.:. 

: ,  but  be  crowned  with  the  palm  x:f 


al  victory." 
Then  the 
reign's 


.1     - 


kisses  hi.s  syvc- 
r.iajcsty   for  the' 


G  A  Z 


GEN 


217 


lutes  all  his  companions  severally,   who 
return  theircongratuiations. 

Since  the  institution  or"  this  order,  there 
have  been  8  emperors,  and  28  kings,  be- 
•fides  numerous  sovereign  pr:nces,  enrolled 
as  companions  thereof.  It:>  origin  is 
somewhat  differently  related  :  tne  com- 
mon account  is,  that  it  was  erected  in 
honor  of  a  garter  of  the  countess  of  Salis- 
bury, which  she  dropped  dancing  with 
king  Edward,  and  which  that  prince  pick- 
ed up  ;  but  others  think  it  was  insti 
tuted  on  account  of  the  victory  over  the 
French  at  Cressy,  where  the  kin>;  or- 
dered his  garter  to  be  displayed  as  a  sig- 
nal ot  the  battle. 

GASCONADE,  a  boast  or  vaunt  of 
.something  very  improbable.  The  term 
;.s  originally  derived  from  the  Gascons,  or 
people  of  Gascony  in  France,  who  it 
seems  have  been  particularly  distinguish- 
ed for  extravagant  stories. 

GASCONADE,  IT.  pour  tnenterie,  rodo- 
•^wntade^  Jiiouterle  ;  a  lie,  a  r'odomontddf%  an 
imposition. 

GASCONNER,  />.  to  gasconade,  to 
cpeat  extravagant,  wild  stories. 

GATE,  an    entrance,    a    large    door, 
the  passage  into  a    walled  place;    in  ar 
military  sense,  is  made  of  strong  planks  j 
with   iron    bars     to  oppose    an    enemy. 
Gates   are  generally   fixed   in   the   mid- 
dle of  the  curtain,    from    wheno.    they 
are  seen  and  defended  by  the  two  flanks  of  j| 
the  bastions.  They  should  be  covered  with  i! 
a  good  ravelin,  that  they  may  not  be  seen!' 
or  enfiladed  by  the  enemy.     The   pali-!1 
sades  and  barriers  before  the  gates  wuhin 
the  town  are  often  of  great   use.     The 
fewer  ports  there  are  in  a  fortress,  the 
more  you  are  secured  against  the  enemy. 
At  the  opening  of  a  gate,  a  party  of  hcrse 
•s  sent  out  to  patrole  in  the  country  round 
the    place,    to  discover   ambuscades    or 
lurking  parties  of  the  enemy,  and  to  see 
If  the  country  be  clear. 

GAUCHE,^.    The  left. 

A  GAUCIIE,  Fr,  On  the  left. 

GAUGE.   See  STANDARD. 

GAUGES,  in  gunnery,  arc  brass  rings 
with  handles,  to  lind  the  diameter  of  all 
^.inds  of  shot  with  expedition. 

GAULS,  the  name  given  by  the  Ro- 
mans to  the  inhabitants  of  the  country  j 
;har  now  forms  part  of  the  kingdoms  of' 
Italy  and  France.  The  countries  were 
called  cisalpine^  and  transalpine  Gaul, 
with  reference  to  the  position  of  Rome, 
The  original  inhabitants  were  descended 
from  the  Celtes  or  Gomerians,  by  whom 
the  greatest  part  of  Europe  was  peopled  : 
the  name  of  Galli  or  Gauls,  being  proba- 
bly given  them  long  after  their  settlement 
in  that  country. 

GAUNTELOPE.     )  See    GAUNTE- 

GAUNTLET.  SLOPE.     Run  the 

GAUNTF.LOPE. 

GAZETTE,  a  newspaper.  The  word 
is  derived  from  gaz.etiay  a  Venetian  coin, 
which  was  the  usual  price  of  the  first 
newspaper  printed  there,  and  which  name 
was  afterwards  pivru  to  thr:  paper  itself. 


The  first  gazette  in  Engla;  d  was  pub- 
lished at  Oxford,  the  court  being  th- re, 
in  a  folio  half  sheet,  November  the  7th, 
1665  On  the  removal  o!  the  con:t  to 
London,  the  title  was  changed  to  the 
London  Gaztttz.  The  Oxford  G<,z  tte 
was  publLhcu'on  Tuesdays,  the  Lo  ;on 
on  Saitirdays.  And  these  have  continued 
to  be  the  days  of  publication  ever  since 
that  publication  has  been  contii.ea  to 
London. 

All  commissions  in  the  British  army, 
militia,  fencible,and  volunteer  corps  must 
be  gazetted.  The  dates  specified  in  the 
gazette  generally  agree  in  every  point  with 
those  of  the  original  commissions.  So 
that  by  referring  to  the  gazette,  an  officer 
may  always  know  the  precise  day  on 
which  he  is  entitled  to  receive  subsistence 
from  the  agent,  and  to  assume  rank  in  the 
British  army.  Should  an  erroneous  state- 
ment, however,  get  into  the  gazette,  or  a 
commission  be  wrong  dated  therein,  a 
reference  to  the  latter  will  always  super- 
sede any  notification  in  the  former. 

GAZONS,  in  fortification,  are  pieces 
of  fresh  earth  or  sods,  covered  with  grass, 
and  cut  in  the  form  of  a  wedge,  about  a 
foot  long,  and  half  a  foot  thick,  to  line 
the  outsides  of  a  work  made  of  earth  ;  as 
ramparts,  parapets,  banquettes,  &c.  The 
first  bed  of  gazons  is  fixed  with  pegs  of 
wood  :  and  the  second  bed  is  so  laid  as  to 
bind  the  former,  by  being  placed  over  its 
joints;  and  so  continued  till  the  works 
are  finished.  Betwixt  those  sods  it  Is 
usual  to  sow  all  sorts  of  binding  weed 
or  herbs,  in  order  to  strengthen  the  ram- 
part. 

GEAR,  furniture, equipage,  or  capari- 
son. 

GEAT,  the  hole  through  which  the 
metal  is  conveyed  to  the  mould  in  cast- 
ing ordnance. 

GEBEGIS.  Armorers  among  the 
Turks  aresocalled. 

GEBELUS.  Every  timarist  in  Tur- 
key, during  a  campaign,  is  obliged  to 
take  a  certain  number  of  horsemen,  who 
are  called  gebelus,  and  to  support  them 
at  his  own  expence.  He  is  directed  to 
take  as  many  with  him  as  would  annu- 
ally cost  three  thousand  aspres  (each  as- 
pre  being  equal  to  two-pence  farthing 
English)  for  subsistence. 

GELD,  in  the  English  old  customs, 
a  Saxon  word  signifying  money ,  or  tribute. 
It  also  denoted  a  compensation  for  some 
crime  committed.  Hence  -werge/J,  in 
the  old  Saxon  laws,  was  used  for  the 
value  of  a  man  slain ;  ami  or/geld,  for 
that  of  a  beast. 

GELIBACH.  A  sort  of  superintend- 
ant  or  chief  of  the  gebegis,  or  armorers 
among  the  Turks.  He  is  only  subordi- 
nate to  thctojfpi  bachl)  or  the  ^rand. mas- 
ter of  the  Turkish  artillery. 

GENDARMERIE,   Fr .    the  gendar- 
merie was  a  s.lect  body  of  cavalry  that 
took    precedence   of  every   regiment   of 
horse  in  frhe  French  service,  and  ranked 
E  e 


218 


GEN 


GEN 


Immediately  after  the  king's  household. 
The  reputation  of  the  gendarmerie  was 
so  great,  and  its  services  so  well  esti- 
mated by  the  king  of  France,  that  when 
the  emperor  Charles  V.  in  1552,  sent  a 
formal  embassy  to  the  Court  of  Versailles 
to  request  a  loan  of  money,  and  the  «s- 
>is  anceof  the  gendarmerie  to  enable  him 
to  repulse  the  Turks;  Franc  s  I.  return- 
ed the  following  answer:  *'  W;th  respect 
to1  the  first  object  of  your  mission,  (ad- 
dressiiic  himself  to  the  ambassador)  I  am 
not  a  banker;  and  with  regard  to  the 
other,  as  my  gendaimerie  is  the  arm 
Which  supports  my  sceptre,  I  never  ex- 
pose it  to  danger,  without  myself  scaring 
its  fatigue  and  glory." 

The  uniform  of  the  gendarmerie,  as 
well  as  of  the  light  cavalry,  under  the  old 
French  government,  was  scarlet,  with 
lacings  of  the  same  color.  The  coat 
was  formerly  more  or  less  laced  with 
silver  according  so  the  king's  pleasure, 
A  short  period  before  the  revolution,  it 
\vas  only  laced  on  the  cuff.  The  waist- 
coat of  buif  leather,  and  the  bandoulecr 
of  the  same,  silver  laced;  the  hat  was 
edged  with  broad  silver  lace.  The  horse- 
cloths and  holster-caps  were  red,  and 
the  arms  of  the  captain  embroidered  on 
the  corners  of  the  saddlecloths,  and  on 
the  front  of  the  holsters.  In  1762,  a  con- 
siderable body  of  men  was  raised  by  or- 
der of  Louis  XIV.  The  soldiers  who 
composed  it  were  called  gensdarmes. 
And  in  1792,  the  number  was  considera- 
bly augmented,  consisting  of  horse  and 
-foot,  and  be:n>:  indiscriminately  called 
gens  d'armes ;  but  their  clothing  was  al- 
tered to  deep  blue.  Their  pay  was  greater 
than  what  the  rest  of  the  army  enjoyed, 
and  when  others  were  paid  in  paper  cur- 
vency,  they  received  their  subsistence  in 
hard  cash  (en  argent  sonant.)  They  pos- 
sessed these  privileges  on  account  of  the 
proofs  they  vVereobliged  to  bring  of  supe- 
rior claims  to  military  honor,  before  they 
could  be  enlisted  as  gendarmes.  It  was 
necessary,  in  fact,  that  every  individual 
amongst  them  should  produce  a  certifi- 
cate of  six  or  eight  years  service. 

GENDARMES  (gens  d'armes}  tie  la 
garde,  a  select  body  of  men  so  called  dur- 
ing the  old  government  of  France,  and 
still  preserved  in  that  country  ;  but  their 
services  are  applied  to  different  purposes. 
They  consisted  originally  of  a  single  com- 
pany which  was  formed  by  Henry  IV. 
when  he  ascended  the  throne.  He  dis- 
tinguished them  from  his  other  troops, 
by  stilhr:  them  homines  d'armes  de  ses  or. 
.ionnance s :  men  at  arms  under  his  own 
immediate  orders.  They  consisted  of  men 
best  qualified  for  every  species  of  mili- 
tary duty,  and  were  to  constitute  a  royal 
squadron  at  whose  head  the  king  himself 
jrught  personally  engage  the  enemy,  as 
necess  ty  might  require.  He  gave  this 
sqxia'iro  i  to  his  son,  the  Dauphin,  who 
was  afterwards  king  of  Frar.ce,  under  the 
name  and  title  of  Louis  XII 1 . 


GENERAL,  in  a  military  sense,  is  an 
officer  in  chief,  to  whom  the  government" 
rf  a  country  have  judge:  proper  to  en- 
trust the  command  of  their  troops.  He 
holds  this  important  trust  under  various 
titles,  as  captain-general,  in  England  and 
Spain,  feldt  marcschal,  in  Germany,  or 
mareschalt  in  France.  • 

In  the  British  service  the  king  is  com- 
stitutionally,  and  in  his  official  right, 
captain-general.  He  has  ten  aids-de- 
camp ;  every  one  of  whom  enjoys  the 
brevet  rank  of  full  colonel  in  the  army.  . 
Next  to  the  king  is  the  commander  in 
chief,  whom  ic  sometimes  honors  with 
the  title  of  captain-general.  During  the 
expedition  to  Holland  the  Duke  >  f  York 
was  entrusted  with  this  important  charge. 
The  natural  qua/ities  of  a  GENERAL, 
are  a  martial  genius,  a  solid  j'/dgment,  a 
healthy  robust  constitution,  intrepidity 
and  presence  of  mind  on  critical  occasions. 
indefat  inability  in  business,  goodness  of 
heart,  liberality,  a  reasonable  age;  if  too 
young,  he  may  want  experience  and  pru- 
dence ;  if  too  old,  he  may  not  have  vivacity 
enough.  His  conduct  must  be  uniform, 
his  temper  affable,  but  inflexible  in  main- 
taining the  police  and  discipline  of  art 
army. 

Acquired  qualities  O/#GENERAL  should 
be  secrecy,  justice,  sobriety,  temperance, 
knowleg1'  of  the-art  of  war  from   theory 
and  practice,  the  art  of  commanding,  and 
speaking   with   precision  and  exactness ; 
great  attention  to  preserve  the  lives  and 
supply  the  wants  of  the  soldiers,  and  a 
constant  study   of  the   characters  of  the 
officers  of  his  army,  that  he  may  employ 
them  according  to  their  talents.     His  con- 
I  duct  appears  in  establishing  his  magazines 
jl  in  the  most  convenient  places  ;  in  examin- 
ing the  country,  that  he  may   not  engage 
his  troops  too  far,  while  he  is  ignorant  of 
the  means  of  bringing  them  off;  in  sub- 
sisting them,  and  in  knowing  how  to  take 
!  the  most  advantageous  posts,  either  for 
i  fighting,  retreating,  or  shunning  a  battle. 
!  His  experience  inspires  his  army  with  con- 
fidence, and  an  assurance  of  victory  ;   and 
!  his  good   qualities,  by    creating   respect, 
||  augment  his  authority.  By  his  liberality  he 
|  j:e:e  intelligence  of  the  strength  and  de- 
I  signs  or  the  enemy,  and  by  this  means  it> 
enabled  to  take  the  most  successful  mea- 
sures.    He  ought  to  be  fond  of  glory,  to 
have    an   aversion   to  flattery,  to  render 
himself  beloved,    and    to  keep  a    strict 
discipline  and  regular  subordination. 

The  office  of  a  GENERAL  is  to  regulate 
the  march  and  encampment  of  the  army  ; 
in  the  day  of  battle  to  choose  out  the 
most  advantageous  ground ;  to  make  the 
disposition  of  the  corps;  to  post  the  ar- 
tillery, and,  where  there  is  occasion,  to 
send  his  oruersby  his  aids-de-camp.  At 
a  siege  he  is  to  cause  the  place  to  be  in- 
vested, to  regulare  the  approaches  and 
attacks,  to  visit  the  works,  and  to  send 
out  detachments  to  secure  the  convoy, 
and  foraging  parties* 


GEN 


GEN 


219 


GENERALISSIMO,  a  supreme  and 
absolute  commander  in  the  field.  This 
•word  is  generally  used  in  most  foreign 
languages.  It  was  first  invented  by  the 
absolute  authority  of  cardinal  Richelieu, 
when  he  went  to  command  the  French 
army  in  Italy. 

GENERAL  of  the  artillery.  See  ORB- 
ilANCE, 

GENERALS  of  horse  are  officers  next  un- 
der the  general  of  the  army  They  have 
an  absolute  command  over  the  horse  be- 
longing to  an  army,  above  the  lieutenant 
generals. 

GENERALS  of  foot  are  officers  next 
um;er  the  general  of  the  army,  having 
an  absolute  command  over  the  foot  of 
the  army. 

GENERAL  officers.  All  officers  above 
the  rank  of  colonel  in  the  line  are  so 
call  d. 

GENERAL-     In  the    German  armies, 
and  among  the  sovereigns  of  the  North, 
there  are  certain  generals  of  cavury,  and 
others  of  infantry,   who  take  rank  of  all 
lieutenant  tenerals.     Those  belonging  to 
the  infantry,  in  the  imperial  service,  and 
•who   are  of  this  description,  are  called 
general Jield xeugme / r ters .      In  Russia  they 
bear    the  title  of  generals  in   chief;    of 
which  class  there  are  four  belonging  to 
the  armies  of  that  empire,  two  for  the 
infantry  and  two  for  the  cavalry.     They  ( 
are  only  subordinate  to  field   marshals ;  ; 
•which    title  or   dignity  is    the  same    in  ' 
Russia  as   was  formerly  that  of  marshal  j 
of  France. 

In  the  two  imperial  armies  just  men- 
tioned, it  is  usual  for  generals,  lieutenant 
generals,  and  major  generals  o  take  their 
routine  of  duty,  and  rise  progressively  in 
the  infantry  or  cavalry  corps,  to  which 
they  were  originally  appointed,  until  they 
arrive  at  a  chief  command ;  whereas  in 
France  a  major  general  might  be  employ- 
ed to  take  charge  of  either  infantry  or 
cavalry,  without  any  regard  being  paid 
to  the  particular  line  of  service  in  which 
he  was  bred 

GFNERAL  chfzles  Twcs,  Fr.  Turkish 
generals. 

The  Turks  have  had  brave  generals. 
They  possess  experience,  because  from 
their  earliest  infancy  they  become  inured 
to  arms ;  because  through  the  different 
stages  of  acknowleged  service,  they  rise 
l/y  decrees ;  and  because  their  empire  be- 
ing very  extensive,  it  is  necessary  that 
they  should  over-run  several  provinces 
for 'its  protection,  and  be  almost  con- 
stantly en  aged  in  skirmishes  or  battles. 
These,  at  least,  were  the  original  prin- 
ciples upon  which  the  military  code  of 
that  country  was  established.  But 
abuses,  th_-  natural  consequences  of  cor- 
ruption, have  since  crept  in  amongst 
them  ;  for  there  have  been  persons  sud- 
denly raised  from  subordinate  employ- 
ments under  the  Porte  to  the  supreme 
command  of  armies.  The  primary  cause 
pf  this  a,buse  is  to  be  found  in  the  luxury 


and  effeminacy  of  the  grand  sicnors,  who 
are  become  heedless  of  the  Mahomedau 
laws,  and  nev.T  ro  to  war  in  person. 

The  acknowledge!  valor  of  the  Turkish, 
generals  may  be  attributed  to  the  follow- 
ing causes.  Ta  a  constitution  which  is 
naturally  robust,  to  a  practical  know.lege 
of  war,  and  to  habitual  military  exercises. 

To  these  may  be  added  the  confidence 
with  which  they  are  inspired  by  the  re- 
collection of  former  victories;  but  they 
are  influenced  above  ali,  by  the  secret 
dictates  of  a  religion,  which  holds  out 
eternal  happiness  to  those  who  shall  die 
in  battle,  and  which  teaches  them  to  be- 
lieve, that  every  Turk  bears  written  on 
the  forehead,  not  only  the  hour  of  his 
departure  from  this  earth,  but  the  manner 
of  his  removal. 

A  Turkish  general  possesses  a  power 
as  absolute  and  uncontroled  as  that  which 
was  entrusted  to  the  dictators  of  the  Ro- 
man republic.  He  has  no  competitor,  or 
equal  in  the  charge  he  holds,  no  assistants 
or  colleagues  with  whom  he  is  ^irecied  to 
consult,  and  to  who:-.-  assent  or  dissent, 
in  matters  or"  consultation,  he  is  to  pay  the 
least  regard  Not  only  the  army  under 
his  command.!  bt/r  the  whole  country  into 
which  he  marches,  is  subject  to  his  or- 
ders, and  bound  implicitly  to  obey  them. 
Punishments  and  rewards  are  equally 
within  hib  distribution.  If  an  authority 
so  absolute  as  this  be  considered  in  the 
light  of  executive  eflect,  nothing  most 
unquestionably  can  so  readily  produce  it; 
for  the  tardiness  of  deliberation  is  super- 
seded at  once  by  a  prompt  decision,  before 
which  all  so/ts  of  objections,  and  every 
species  of  jealousy,  subside.  When  u 
project  is  to  b--  fulfilled,  secrecy  is  tin: 
natural  consequence  or  this  arbitrary  sys- 
tem, a.nd  rational  plans  are  not  interrupted 
by  a  difference  of  opinion,  by  prejudice, 
or  cabal. 

GENERAL  de  Lettallet  or  ?  a   particular 

G  E  N  E  R  A  L  maj'jY)  \  rank  or  ap- 

pointment, whose  functions  correspond 
with  those  of  a  ci-devant  marshal  of 
France.  This  situation  is  entrusted  tu 
a  general  officer,  and  is  only  known  amonjs 
the  armies  of  Russia,  and  some  other 
northern  powers.  He  takes  precedence 
in  the  same  manner  that  our  major  gene- 
rals do,  of  all  brigadier  generals  and  colo- 
nels, and  is  subordinate  to  lieutenant  ge- 
nerals. The  rank  of  brigadier  general  i> 
known  in  France,  Russia,  England,  Hol- 
land, and  the  United  States.  It  does  not 
exist  in  Austria  or  Sweden. 

GENERAL  det  ga/cres,  Fr.  Superin- 
tendant  officer,  or  general  of  the  gullies. 
This  was  one  of  the  most  important  ap- 
pointments belonging  to  the  old  govern- 
ment of  France.  The  officer  to  whom  it 
was  entrusted  commanded  all  the  ga'!ie.s, 
and  vessels  whichbore  what  the  French 
call  voiles  latines  (a  triangle  rectangular 
sail)  in  the  Mediterranean.  He  had  a  ju- 
risdiction, a.  marine  police,  and  an  arsenal 
fbr  constructing  ships  under  his  o\vu  in.'. ; 


220 


GEN 


GEN 


mediate  command,  without  being  in  the 
"least  subordinate  to  the  French  admiralty 
board.  When  he  went  on  br.urd  IK-  was 
only  inferior  in  rank  to  the  admiral. 

The  privileges  which  were  attached  to 
his  situation,  and  the  authority  he  pos- 
sessed with  regard  to  every  other  marine, 
or  sea  officer,  we  re  specifically  mentioned 
in  the  king's  regulations,  and  were  distin- 
guished by  the  respect  and  compliments 
that  w  re  paid  to  the  royal  standard, 
which  this  general  bore,  not  only  on  board 
h  •>  nvn  galley,  but  whenever  he  chose  to 
hoist  it  it,  another. 

During  the  reign  of  Louis  XIV.  in 
1669,  the  Duke  de  Vivone,  marshal  of 
France,  raised  the  reputation  of  the  galley 
ser .  icv,  ro  a  considerable  d.-gree  of  emil 
nence,  by  gaining  several  hard  fought 
on:  a.^ment:,  His  son  the  Difke  de 
Mortuqisrr  succeeded  him  in  the  appoint- 
ment ;  and  rh  chevalier  d'Oiieat.s,  grand 
prior  oi'  France,  was  general  of  the  gallics 
j  d. cease. 

CENI.KAI.  de<  vlvres^  Fr.  a  sort  of 
chi -i  •  o..'ij-|jssaiy,  oi  superintendant  ge- 
neral oi  sror-.s,  who.'--1  pai'tioular  functions 
v/e  e  to  provide-  ammunition,  bread,  and 
biscuit  for  the  army  There  wen;  several 
subordinate  commissaries  who  watched 
the  distribution  of  these  stores,  and  saw, 
that  ti,e  bakers  gave  biead  of  the  quality 
they  contracted  for.  It  was  likewise 
within  the  department  of  the  su  ;erin- 
tcndant  general  to  attend  to  the  collection 
;>f  grain  and  flour,  and  to  sec  that  proper 
rarna'.Co  and  horses  were  always  at  hand 
lo  c  -r>  •  ey  than  to  riie  scveril  depots  or 
>na  ;i  zincs.  The  different  camps  were 
alb •>  supplied  from  the  same  source.  See 

M  U  N  I  T  IO  N  N  A  I  R  E  . 

GENERAL  and  staff  officers  .ire  all  offi- 
cers as  above  described,  whose  authority 
extends  beyond  the  immediate  command 
of  a  particular  regiment  or  company,  and 
who  have  either  separate  districts  at 
home,  or  commands  on  foreign  service. 

Lieutenant  GENERAL,  this  office  is  the 
first  military  dignit)  after  that  of  a  gene- 
ral. One  part  of  the  functions  belonging 
to  lieutenant  generals,  is  to  assist  the  ge- 
neral with  counsel :  they  ought  therefore, 
if  possible,  to  possess  the  same  qualities 
\vith  the  genera!  himself;  and  the  more, 
as  they  otten  command  armies  in  chief, 
or  succeed  thereto  on  the  death  of  the 
general. 

The  number  of  lieutenant  generals 
have  been  multiplied  of  late  in  Europe, 
in  proportion  as  the  armies  have  become 
numerous.  They  serve  either  in  the  field, 
or  in  sieges,  according,  to  the  dates  of  their 
commissions.  In  battle  the  oldest  com- 
mands the  right  wing  of  the  army,  the 
second  the  left  wing,  the  third  the  centre, 
the  fourth  the  right  wing  of  the  second 
line,  the  fifth  the  left  wing,  the  sixth  the 
centre,  and  so  on.  In  sieges  the  lieutenant 
generals  always  command  the  right  of  the 
principal  attack,  and  order  what  they  j[ 
judge  proper  for  the  advancement  of  the  I) 


siege,  during  the  24  hours  they  are  in  the 
trenches,  except  the  attacks,  which  they 
are  not  to  make  without  an  order  from 
the  general  in  chief.  Lieutenant  generals 
are  entitled  to  two  aids-de-camp. 

Lieutenant  GENERAL  of  the  ordnance, 
See  ORDNANCE. 

Lieutenant  GENERAL  of  artillery,  is,  or 
ought  to  be,  a  very  able  mathematician, 
and  a  skilful  engineer,  to  know  all  the 
powers  of  artillery,  to  understand  the  at- 
tack and  defence  of  fortified  places,  in  all 
its  different  branches;  how  to  dispose  of 
the  artillery  in  the  day  of  battle  to  the  best 
advantage ;  to  conduct  its  march  and  re- 
treat ;  as  also  to  be  well  acquainted  with 
all  the  numerous  apparatus  belonging  to 
the  train,  laboratory,  &c. 

Major  GENERAL,  the  next  officer  to 
the  lieutenant  general.  His  chief  busi- 
ness is  to  r.ceive  orders  from  the  general, 
or  in  his  absence  from  the  lieutenant  ge- 
neral of  the  day  ;  which  he  is  to  distri- 
bute to  the  brigade-majors,  with  whom 
he  is  to  regulate  the  guards,  convoys,  de- 
tachments, &c.  On  him  the  whole  fa- 
tigue and  detail  of  duty  of  the  army  rolL 
It  is  tne  major  general  of  the  day  who 
is  charged  with  the  encampment  of  the 
arrnv,  who  places  himself  at  the  head  of 
it  wfxen  it  marches,  who  marks  out  the 
ground  of  the  camp  to  the  quarter- master- 
general,  and  wno  places  the  new  guard: 
for  the  safety  of  the  camp. 

The  day  the  army  is  to  march,  he  dic- 
tates to  the  fieid  officers  the  order  of  the 
march,  which  he  has  received  irom  the 
general,  and  on  other  days  gives  them  the 
parole. 

In  a  fixed  camp  he  is  charged  with  the 
foraging,  with  reconnoitring  the  ground 
for  it,  posting  the  escorts,  &c. 

In  sieges,  if  there  are  two  separate  at, 
tacks,  the  second  belongs  to  him  ;  but  it 
there  be  only  one,  he  takes  either  from  th» 
right  or  left  of  the  attack,  that  which  the 
lieutenant  general  has  not  chosen. 

When  the  army  is  under  arms,  he  as- 
sh;ts  the  lieutenant  general,  whose  orders 
he  executes. 

If  the  army  marches  to  an  engagement, 
his  post  is  at  the  head  of  the  guards  of 
the  army,  until  they  are  near  enough  to 
the  enemy  to  rejoin  their  different  corps  ; 
after  which  he  retires  to  his  own  proper 
post ;  for  the  major  generals  are  disposed 
on  the  order  of  battle  as  the  lieutenant  ge- 
nerals are,  to  whom  however,  they  are 
subordinate,  for  the  command  of  'their 
divisions.  The  major  general  has  one 
aid-de-camp  and  one  brigade  major. 

Brigadier  GENERAL,  is  the  next  rank 
to  that  of  major  general,  being  superior  tp 
all  colonels,  and  having  frequently  a  sepa- 
rate command . 

GENERAL  of  a  district,  a  general  officer 
who  has  the  charge  and  superin tendance 
of  a  certain  extent  of  country,  in  which 
troops  are  encamped,  quartered,  or  can- 
toned. He  is  entitled  to  have  three  aids* 
de.camp  and  one  brigade  major. 


GEN 


GEN 


221 


He  receives  reports,  &c.  from  the  ma    ,j 
jor  general,  respecting  the-  troops  in  his  1 
disi.icr ;  reviews  andinspects  them, like-  j 
wise  orders  field  days  of  the  whole,  bri-  i 
gaiied,  or  by  separa'te  corps,  when  and  in  i 
what  part  he  pleases,  making  the  necessa 
ry  reports  to  th,.-  war-offic.,  commander 
in  chief,  &c 

Colonel  GENERAL,  an  honorary  title,  or  ! 
military    rank,    winch    is    bestowed    in  \ 
foreign  services.     Thus  the  prince  or  the 
oeace  in  Spain  was  colonel  general  of  the 
Swis»  guards. 

Brigade  major  G E N  E R  A  L .     As  England 
and  Scotland  have  been  divided  into  dif- 
ferent districts,   each  district  under  the 
immediate  command  of  a  general  officer, 
it  has  been  found  necessary,  for  the  dis- 
patch of  business,  to  establish  an  office,  ij 
which  shall  be  solely  confined  to  brigade  ; 
luties.     The  first  brigade  major  general  ; 
was  appointed  in  1797       Skce  which  pe-  i 
riod  all  orders  relative  to  corps  of  officers,  j 
wh.ch  are  transmitted  from  the  comman-  >\ 
der  in  chief  to  the  generals  nf  districts, 
pass  through  this  cMnnei  of  intermediate 
communication. 

Bv  the  British  regulations,  it  is  parti- 
cularly directed,  that  all  general  officers 
commanding  brigades,  snail  very  minutely 
inspect  the  internal  ceconomy  an-:)  disci- 
pline of  the  several  regiments  under  tlv  ir 
order.  They  are  frequently  to  visit  the 
hospitals  and  guards.  On  arriving  in 
camp  they  are  never  to  leave  their  "bri- 
gades till  the  tents  are  pitched,  and  the 
guards  posted  ;  they  must  always  encamp 
with  their  brigades,  unless  quarters  can 
be  procured  for  them  immediately  in  the 
vicinity  of  their  camp.  General  officers 
must  not  at  any  time  change  the  quarters 
assigned  them,' without  leave  from  head 
quarters. 

All  general  officers  should  make  them- 
selves acquainted,  as  soon  as  possible, 
with  the  situation  of  the  country  near  the 
camp,  with  the  roads,  passes,  bridges, 
&c.  leading  to  it ;  and  likewise  with  the 
out-posts,  that  in  case  they  should  be  or- 
dered suddenly  to  sustain,  or  defend  any 
post,  they  may  be  able  to  march  without 
waiting  for  guides,  and  be  competent, 
from  a  topographical  knowlege  of  the 
country,  to  form  the  best  disposition  for 
the  service.  They  should  instruct  their 
aids-de-camp  in  these  particulars,  and  al- 
ways require  their  attendance  when  they 
visit  the  out-posts. 

All  general  officers,  and  others  in  con- 
siderable command,  must  make  them- 
selves thoroughly  acquainted  with  the 
nature  of  the  country,  the  quality  of  the 
roads,  every  circuitous  access  through 
vallies  or  openings,  the  relative  height  of 
the  neighboring  hills,  and  the  course  of 
rivers,  which  are  to  be  found  within  the 
space  entrusted  to  their  care.  These  im- 
portant objects  may  be  attained  by  maps, 
by  acquired  local  information,  and  by  un- 
remitting activity  and  observation.  And 
if  it  should  ever  be  {he  fate  of  a  country, 


to  act  upon  the  defensive,  a  full  and  accu- 
rate possession  of  all  its  fastnesses,  &c. 
must  give  each  general  officer  a  decided 
advantage  over  the  commanding  officer  of 
an  enemy,  who  cannot  have  examined  the 
ground  upon  which  he  may  be  reduced  to 
fight,  and  must  be  embarrassed  in  every 
forward  movement  that  he  makes.  Al- 
though guides  may  serve,  and  ought 
always  to  be  used  in  the  common  opera- 
tions of  marches,  there  are  occasions 
where  the  eye  and  intelligence  of  the  prin- 
cipal officers  must  determine  the  move- 
ments of  troops,  and  enable  them  to  seize 
and  improve  every  advantage  that  occurs 
as  the  enemy  approaches. 

General  officers  on  service  abroad,  or 
commanding  districts  at  home,  may  ap- 
point their  own  aids-de-camp  and  brigade 
majors.  The  latter,  however,  are  to  be 
considered  as  officers  attached  to  their 
several  brigades,  not  personally  to  the 
officers  commanding  them.  The  former 
are  their  habitual  attendants  and  domes- 
tic inmates  In  the  selection  of  aids-de- 
camp  and  brigade  majors,  too  much  at- 
tention cannot  be  given  to  their  requisite 
qualifications ;  and  that  general  would 
not  only  commit  an  act  of  injustice 
against  the  interests  'f  his  country,  but 
deserve  the  severest  censure  and  displea- 
sure of  his  soveriegn,  who  through  mo- 
tives of  private  convenience,  family  con- 
nexion, or  convivial  recommendation, 
could  so  far  forget  his  duty,  as  to  prefer 
an  unexperienced  stripling,  to  a  character 
marked  by  a  knowlege  of  the  profession, 
a  zeal  for  the  service,  and  an  irreproacha- 
ble conduct. 

In  the  day  of  battle  the  station  of  a  ge» 
neral  is  with  the  reserve,  where  he  remain? 
so  situated  that  he  can  see  every  thing 
which  is  going,  forward  ;  and  by  means  ot 
his  own  observation,  or  through  the  com- 
munications of  his  aids-de-camp,  is  ena- 
bled to  send  reinforcements,  as  ihe  exi- 
gencies of  the  conflict  may  require. 

The  celebrated  Marshal  Saxe  has  made 
the  following  remarks  on  the  necessary 
qualifications  to  form  a  good  general.  The 
most  indispensible  one,  according  to  his 
idea,  is  valor,  without  which  .all  the 
rest  will  prove  nugatory.  The  next  is  a 
sound  understanding  with  some  genius; 
for  he  must  not  only  be  courageous,  but 
be  extremely  fertile  in  expedients ;  the 
third  is  health  and  a  robust  constitution. 

"  His  mind  must  be  capable  of  prompt 
and  vigorous  resources ;  he  must  have  an 
aptitude,  and  a  talent  at  discovering  the 
designs  of  others,  without  betraying  the 
slightest  trace  of  his  own  intentions.  He 
must  be  seemingly  communicative,  in  or- 
der to  encourage  others  to  unbosom,  but 
remain  tenacioush  reserved  in  matters 
that  concern  his  own  army  ;  he  must,  in 
a  word,  possess  activity  with  judgment, 
be  able  to  make  a  proper  choice  of  his 
officers,  and  never  deviate  from  the 
strictest  line  of  military  justice.  Old 
soldiers  must  not  be  rendered  wretched 


322 


GEN 


GEN 


and  unhappy,  by  unwarrantable  promo- 
tions, nor  niust  'extraordinary  talents  be 
ke[>t  back  to  the  detriment  of  the  service, 
on  account  of  mere  rules  and  regulations. 
Great  abilities  will  justify  exceptions; 
but  ignorance  and  inactivity  will  not 
makeup  for  years  spent  in  the  profession. 

*'  In  his  deportment  he  must  be  affa- 
ble,  and  always  superior  to  peevishness, 
or  ill-humor;  he  must  not  know,  or  at 
least  seem  to  know,  what  a  spirit  of  re- 
sentment is  ;  and  when  he  is  under  the 
necessity  of  inflicting  military  chastise- 
ment, he  must  see  the  guilty  punished 
without  compromise  or  foolish  humanity  ; 
and  if  the  delinquent  be  from  among  the 
number  of  his  most  intimate  friends,  he 
must  be  doubly  severe  towards  the  unfor- 
tunate man.  For  it  is  better,  in  instances 
of  correction,  that  one  individual  should 
be  treated  with  rigor  fby  orders  of  the 
person  over  whom  he  may  be  supposed  to 
hold  some  influence,]  than  that  an  idea 
should  go  forth  in  the  army,  of  public 
justice  being  sacrificed  to  private  senti- 
ments. 

"  A  modern  general  should  always  have 
before  him  the  example  of  Manlius;  he 
must  divest  himself  of  personal  sensa- 
tions, and  not  only  be  convinced  himself, 
but  convince  others,  that  he  is  the  organ 
of  military  justice,  and  that  what  he  does 
i's  irrevocably  prescribed.  With  these 
qualifications,  and  by  this  line  of  conduct, 
lie  will  secure  theaffec'ions  of  his  follow- 
ers, instil  into  their  minds  all  the  impulses 
of  deference  and  respect;  he  will  be  tear- 
cd,  and  consequently  obeyed. 

"  The  resources  of  a  general's  mind  are 
as  various  as  the  occasions  for  the  exercise 
of  them  are  multiplied  and  chequered  ; 
he  must  be  perfectly  master  of  the  art  of 
knowing  how  to  suppo  t  an  army  in  all 
circumstances  and  situations,  how  to  ap- 
ply its  strength,  or  be?  sparing  of  its 
energy  and  confidence ;  how  to  post  all 
its  different  component  parts,  so  as  not 
to  be  forced  to  give,  or  receive  battle  in 
opposition  to  settled  plans.  When  once 
engaged,  he  must  have  presence  of  mind 
enough  to  grasp  all  the  relative  points  of 
disposition  and  arrangement,  to  seize  fa- 
vorable moments  for  impression,  and  to  be 
thoroughly  conversant  in  the  infinite  vi- 
cissitudes that  occur  during  the  heat  of  a 
battle ;  on  a  ready  possession  of  which  its 
ultimate  success  depends.  These  requi- 
sites are  unquestionably  manifold,  and 
grow  out  of  the  diversity  of  situations, 
and  the  chance  medley  of  events  that  pro- 
duce their  necessity. 

"  A  general  to  be  in  perfect  possession 
of  them,  must  on  the  day  of  battle  be  di- 
vested of  every  thought,  and  be  inacces- 
sible to  every  feeling,  but  what  immedi- 
ately regards  the  business  of  the  day ;  he 
must  reconnoitre  with  ihe  promptitude 
of  a  skilful  geographer,  whose  eye  col- 
lects instantaneously  all  the  relative  por- 
tions of  locality;  and  feels  his  ground  as 
:r  were  by  instinct  j  and  in  the  disposi- 


tion of  his  troops,  he  must  discover  a 
perfect  knowlege  of  his  profession,  and 
make  all  his  arrangements  with  accuracy 
and  dispatch.  His  orders  of  battle  must 
be  simple  and  unconfused,  and  the  exe- 
cution of  his  ulan  be  as  quick  as  if  it 
merely  consisted  in  uttering  some  few 
words  of  commatid ;  as,  the  first  line  luill 
attack  !  the  second  'will  support  it !  or  s  uch 
a  battalion  'will  advance  and  support  the 
line. 

"  The  general  officers  that  act  under 
such  a  general,  must  be  ignorant  of  their 
business  indeed,  if,  upon  the  receii-t  of 
these  orders,  they  should  be  deficient  in 
the  immediate  means  of  answering  them^ 
by  a  prompt  and  ready  co-operation.  So 
that  the  general  has  only  to  issue  out  di- 
rections according  to  the  growth  of  cir- 
cumstances, and  to  rest  satisfied,  that 
every  division  will  act  in  conformity  to 
his  intentions  ;  but  if,  on  the  contrary, 
he  should  so  far  forget  his  situation  as  to 
become  a  drill  serjeant  in  the  heat  of  ac- 
tion, he  must  find  himself  in  the  case  of 
the  fly  in  the  fable,  which  perched  upon 
a  wheel  and  foolishly  imagined,  that  the 
motion  of  the  carriage  was  influence' I  by 
its  situation.  A  general,  therefore,  ought 
on  the  day  of  battle  to  be  thoroughly 
master  of  himself,  and  to  have  both  his 
mind  and  his  eye  rivetted  to  the  immedi- 
ate scene  of  action.  He  will  by  these 
means  be  enabled  to  see  every  th'nK  ;  his 
judgment  will  be  unembarrassed,  and  he 
will  instantly  discover  all  the  vulnerable 
points  of  the  enemy.  The  instant  a  fa- 
vorable opening  offers,  by  which  the  con- 
test ma^  be  decided,  it  becomes  his  duty 
LO  head  the  nearest  body  of  troops,  and, 
without  any  -egard  to  personal  safety,  to 
advance  against  his  enemy's  line. — [By  a 
ready  conception  of  this  sort,  joined  to  a 
great  courage,  general  Desaix  determined 
the  issue  of  the  battle  of  Marengo.]  It  is, 
however,  impossible  for  any  man  to  lay 
down  rules,  or  to  specify,  with  accuracy, 
all  the  different  ways  by  which  a  victory 
may  be  obtained.  Every  thing  depends 
upon  variety  of  situations,  casualties  of 
events,  and  intermediate  occurrences 
which  no  human  foresight  can  positively 
ascertain,  but  which  may  be  converted  to 
good  purposes  by  a  quick  eye,  a  ready 
conception,  and  a  prompt  execution. 

*'  Prince  Eugene  was  singularly  dfted 
with  these  qualifications,  particularly 
with  that  sublime  possession  of  the  mind", 
which  constitutes  the  essence  of  a  military 
character. 

"  Many,  commanders  in  chief  have 
been  so  limited  in  their  ideas  of  warfare, 
that  when  events  have  brought  the  con- 
test te  issue,  and  two  rival  armies  have 
been  cr;'.v.n  out  for  action,  their  whole 
attention  lias  devolved  upon  a  straight 
alignement,  an  equality  of  step,  or  a  re- 
gular distance  in  intervals  of  columns.. 
They  have  considered  it  sufficient  to  ,,ive 
answers  to  questions  proposed  by  their 
aids-de-camp,  to  send  orders  in  various 


GEN 


GEN 


223 


directions  and  to  gallop  themselves  from 
one  quarter  to  another,  without  steadily 
adhering  to  the  fluctuations  of  the  day, 
or  calmly  watching  for  an  opportunity 
to  strike  a  decisive  blow.  They  endea- 
vor, in  fact,  to  do  every  thing,  and 
thereb .  do  nothing.  They  appear  like 
men,  whose  presence  of  mind  deserts 
them  the  instant  they  are  taken  our  of  the 
beaten  track,  or  are  reduced  to  supply 
unexpected  calls  b\  uncommon  exer- 
tions ;  and  from  whence  continues  the 
same  sensible  %vriter,  do  these  contradic- 
tions arise?  from  an  ignorance  of  tfu  se  high 
qualifications  without  which  the  mere 
rour  ne  of  duty,  methodical  arrangement, 
and  studied  discipline  must  fall  to  the 
ground,  and  defeat  themselves.  _  Many 
officers  spend  their  whole  lives  in  put- 
ting  a  fVw  regiments  through  a  regular 
set  of  manoeuvres ;  and  having  done  so, 
they  vainly  imagine,  that  all  the  science 
of  a  real  military  man  consists  in  that  ac- 
quirement. When,  in  process  of  time, 
th.  command  of  a  large  army  falls  to  their 
lot,  they  are  manifestly  lost  in  the  ma,*- 
nitude  ot  the  undertaking,  and  from  not 
knowing  how  to  act  as  they  ought,  they 
remain  satisfied  with  doing  what  thev 
have  partially  learned. 

"  Military  knowlege,  as  far  as  it  regards 
a  general  or  commander  in  chief,  may  be 
divided  into  two  parts,  one  comprehend- 
ing mere  discipline  and  settled  systems 
for  putting  a  certain  number  or  rules  into 
practice;  and  the  other  originating  a  sub- 
limity of  concept  ,on,  that  me;  hod  may 
assist,  but  cannot  give. 

"If  a  man  be  not  born  with  faculties 
that  arc  naturally  adapted  to  the  situation 
of  a  general,  and  if  his  tale  ,ts  do  not  fit 
the  extraordinary  casualties  of  v\ar,  he 
will  never  rise  b.-yond  mediocrity. 

"  It  is.  in  tact,  in  war -as  it  is  in  paint- 
ing, or  in  music.  Perfection  in  either  art 
grow3  out  of  innate  talents,  but  it  never 
can  be  acquired  without  them.  Study 
and  pers  verance  may  correct  ideas,  but 
no  a  plication,  no  assiduity  will  give  the 
lif.  and  energy  of  action ;  those  are  the 
works  ot  i.ature. 

"  It  has  been  my  fate  (observes   the 

Marshal,  to  see  several  very  excellent  co       „_ „.  

lonels  become  indifferent  generals.  I  \  whole  of  bis  life  %  toll  haul  being  one 
have  known  others,  who  have  distin  •  C(j  to  I0me  ,0  a  decisive  action.  Nothing 
guished  themselves  at  sieges,  and  in  the  ii  harrasses  and  eventually  distresses  an 
different  evolutions  of  an  army,  lose  their  ij  enemy  so  much  as  this  species  of  war- 
presence  of  mind  and  appear  ignorant  of  jj  fare>  He  must,  in  fact,  be  frequently 
their  professio.  ,  the  instant  they 


war,  and  tht.  greater  uncertainty  of  the 
means  that  are  adopted  to  carry  it  on, 
some  general  rules  ought  to  be  laid  down, 
not  only  for  the  government  of  the  troops, 
but  for  the  instruction  of  those  who  have 
the  command  ot  them.  The  principles 
to  be  observed,  are :  that  when  the  line 
or  the  col  i  mns  advance,  their  distances 
should  be  scrupulously  observed  ;  that 
whenever  a  body  of  troops  is  ordered  to 
charge,  every  proportion  of  the  line 
should  rush  forward  with  intrepidity 
and  vigor;  that  ii  openings  are  mad'--  in 
the  first  line  it  becomes  the  duty  ot  the 
second  instantly  to  fill  up  the  chasms. 

'  These  instructions  issue  from  the 
dictates  of  plain  nature,  and  do  not  require 
the  least  elucidation  in  writing.  They 
constitute  th>  A,  l>,  C,  of  soldiers.  No- 
thing can  be  more  simple,  or  more  intel- 
ligible ;  so  much  so,  that  it  would  be  ri- 
diculous in  a  general  to  sacrifice  essential 
objects  in  order  to  attend  to  such  minu- 
tiae H:s  functions  in  the  day  of  battle 
are  confined  to  those  occupations  ot  the 
mind,  by  which  he  is  enabled  to  watch 
the  countenance  of  the  en<  my,  to  observe 
his  movements,  and  to  see'  with  an  ea- 
gle's, or  a  king  of  Prussia's  eye,  all  the 
relative  directions  that  his  opponents 
take.  It  must  be  his  business  to  create 
alarms  and  suspicions  among  tht  enemy's 
line  in  one  quarter,  whilst  his  real  inten- 
tion is  to  act  against  another;  to  puzzle 
and  disconcert  him  in  his  plan* ;  to  take 
advantage  of  the  manifold  openings, 
which  his  feints  have  produced,  and 
when  the  contest  is  brought  to  issue,  to 
be  capable  of  plunging  with  effect,  upon 
the  weakest  part,  and  of  carrying  the 
sword  ot  death  where  its  blows  is  certain 
of  being  mortal.  But  to  accomplish  these 
important  and  indispensible  points,  his 
judgment  must  be  clear,  his  mind  col- 
lected, his  heart  firm,  and  his  eyes  in- 
capable of  bein,  diverted,  even  for  a  me- 
nu nt,  by  the  trifling  occurrences  of  the 
day. 

"  I  am  not,  however,  an  advocate  for 
pitched  battles,  especially  at  the  com- 
mencement of  a  war.  A  skilful  genera* 
might,  I  am  persuaded^  carry  on  a  con- 
test between  tu>o  rival  tuitions  during  the 


were 

taken  "from  that  particular  line,  and  be 
incapable  of  commanding  a  few  squaelrons 
of  noise.  Should  a  man  of  this  cast  be 
put  at  the  nead  of  an  army,  he  will  con- 
tine  himself  to  mere  dispositions  and 
manoeuvres  ;  to  t  e-m  he  will  look  for 
safety  ;  and  if  once  thwarted,  his  elefeat 
•will  be  inevitable,  because  his  mind  is  not 
capable  of  other  resources. 

"  In  order  to  obviate  in  the  best  pos- 
sible manner,  tlv    innumerable  disasters 


attacked,  and  by  degrees,  be  broken  and 
unnerved  ;  so  that  in  a  short  time  he  will 
not  be  able  to  shew  hims.lt. 

"It  must  sot  generally  be  inferred 
from  this  opinion,  that  when  an  opportu- 
nity presents  itself,  Whereby  an  enemy 
may  be  crushed  at  once,  the  attack  should 
not  be  made,  or  that  advantage  should 
not  be  taken  of  the  errors  h  may  com- 
mit ;  all  1  mean  to  prove  is,  that  war  can 
be  carried  on  without  leaving  any  thing 
to  chance;  and  in  this  consists  the  per- 


,  to  cance  j  an      n  ts  consists      e  p- 

•vvhich  must  arise  from  rhe  uncertainty  of  I  fection  amj  highest  pc.int  of  ability  bc- 


224 


GEN 


GEN 


longing  to  a  general.  But  when  a  battle 
is  risked,  the  triumphant  party  ought 
well  to  know  all  the  advantages  which 
may  be  derived  from  his  victory.  A  wise 
general,  indeed,  will  not  remain  satisfied 
in  having  marie  himself  master  of  the 
mere  field  or  battle.  This,  I  am  sorry 
TO  observe,  is  too  often  the  custom  ;  and, 
strange  to  say,  that  custom  is  not  without 
its  advocates. 

"It  is  too  much  the  practice  of  some 
governments,  and  as  often  the  custom  of 
generals,  to  follow  the  old  proverb,  which 
>avs,  that  in  order  to  gain  your  ends,  you 
wust  make  swne  sacrifices,  and  even  facili- 
tate the  retreat  of  jour  enemy .  Nothing  can 
be  more  Impolitic  or  more  absurd.  An 
able  surgeon  might  as  well  tarn  per  with  a 
mortification,  and  by  endeavoring  to  save 
an  useless  limb,  run  the  hazard  of  de- 
stroying all  the  vital  parts. 

"  An  enemy,  on  the  contrary,  ought  to 
be  vigorously  pushed,  harrasscd  night  and 
day,  and  pursued  through  every  winding 
he  can  make.     By  a  conduct  of  this  sort, 
the  advancing  army  will  drive  him  from 
all  his  holds  and  fastnesses,  and  the  con- 
clusion of  his  brilliant  retreat,  will  ulti- 
mately turnout  a  complete  and  total  over- 
throw.    Ten  thousand  well  traaied  and 
disciplined  troops,  that  are  sent  forward 
from  the  main  army,  to  hang  upon  the 
rear  of  a  retiring  enemy,   will  be  able  to 
destroy  an  army  ot  an  hundred  thousand 
rnen,  when  that  army  has  once  been  forced  ' 
?o  make  retrogade  movements.     A  wai.t  i 
of  confidence  in  their  generals,  added  to1' 
many  other  disheartening  circumstances, ! 
will  naturally  possess  the  minds  of  the  I 
latter,  while  implicit  faith  und  warm  af- 
tection  must  influence  the  former.    A  first 
defeat  well  followed  up,  almost  always 
terminates  in  a  total  rout,  and  finishes  the 
contest.     But  some  generals  do  not  wish 
to  bring  war  to  a  speedy  issue.     Public  i 
aiisibrtunes  too  frequently  produce  pri-  J 
vate  emoluments,  and  the  accumulation  j 
of  the  latter  is   too  endearing   to  suHcr 
itself  to  be  superseded  by  the  former." 

In  order  to  substantiate  what  he  thus 
advances  with  much  good  sense,  the  Mar-  : 
shal  cites  the  following  particular  in.  j 
stance,  from  among  an  infinity  of  others.  ' 

44  When  the  French  army,  at  the  bat-  ! 
tie  of  Ramillies,  w  js  retiring  in  good  or- 
der over  an  eminence  that  was  rather  con- 
lined,  and  on  both  sides  of  which  there 
were  deep  ravines,  the  cavalry  belonging 
to  the  allies  followed  its  track  leisurely, 
without  even  appearing  to  wish  to  har- 
rass  or  attack  its  rear.  The  French  con- 
tinued their  march  with  the  same  compo- 
sure j  retreatim;  upon  morp  than  twenty 
jines,  on  account  of  the  narrowness  of  the 
ground. 

"  On  this  occasion,  a  squadron  of  En- 
glish horse  got  close  to  two  French  batta- 
lions, and  began  to  fire  upon  them.  The 
two  battalions,  naturally  presuming  that 
;hey  were  going  to  be  attacked,  came  to 
-he  right  about,  snd  fired  t  volley  at  the 


squadron.  What  was  the  consequence 
the  whole  of  the  French  army  took  to  \\-, 
heels;  the  cavalry  went  off  full  gallop, 
and  all  the  infantry,  instead  of  patiently 
retiring  over  the  heights,  threw  itself  into 
the  ravines  in  such  dreadful  disorder,  that 
the  ground  above  was  almost  instantly 
abandoned,  and  not  a  French  soldier  wa.' 
seen  upon  it. 

*'  Let  any  military  man  consider  this  no- 
torious event,  and  then  praise  the  regula- 
rity of  a  retreat  and  the  prudent  foresight 
of  those  who,  after  an  enemy  has  been  van- 
quished in  the  field,  relax  in  their  • xer- 
tions,  and  give  him  time  to  breathe.  I 
do  not,  however,  ,->rctend  to  maintain,  that 
all  the  forces  of  a  victorious  army  should 
be  employed  to  follow  up  the  pursuit; 
but  I  am  decidedly  of  opinion,  that  large 
Bodies  should  be  detached  for  that  pur~ 
pose,  and  that  the  flying  enemy  should 
be  annoyed  as  long  as  the  day  lasts.  This 
must  be  done  in  good  order.  And  let  it 
be  remembered,  that  when  an  enemy  has 
once  taken  to  his  heels  in  real  earnest',  \ou 
may  drive  him  before  you  by  the  mere 
noise  of  empty  bladders. 

"  If  the  officer  who  is  detached  in  pur- 
suit of  an  encmv,  begins  to  manoeuvre 
after  prescribed  rules  and  regulations,  and 
operate  with  slowness  and  precaution,  he 
had  better  be  recalled  ;  for  the  sole  pur- 
pose of  his  employment  is  to  push  on 
vigorously,  to  harrass  and  distress  the  foe. 
Every  species  of  evolution  will  do  on  this 
occasion;  if  any  can  be  defective,  the 
regular  system  might  prove  so. 

"  I  shall  conclude  these  observations  by 
saying,  that  all  retreats  depend  wholly 
upon  the  talents  and  abilities  of  generals, 
who  must  themselves  be  governed  by 
circumstances  and  situations ;  but  I 
will  venture  to  assert,  that  no  retreat  can 
eventually  succeed,  unless  it  be  made  be- 
fore an  enemy  who  acts  with  extreme  cau- 
tion; for  if  the  latter  follow  up  his  first 
blow,  the  vanquished  army  must  soon  be 
thrown  into  utter  contusion." 

These  are  the  sentiments  of  Marshal 
Saxe,as  far  as  they  relate  to  the  qualifica- 
tions which  the  general  of  an  army  should 
indispensibly  possess.  And  no  man  we 
are  persuaded  was  better  enabled  to  form 
an  opinion  on  so  important  a  subject; 
foras  baron  Espagnac  has  justly  observed 
in  his  Supplement  anx  RC-^erfef  de  ce  Mar. 
p.  1 66,  he  possessed  uncommon  courage, 
was  fertile  in  expedients  and  resources; 
he  knew  how  to  distinguish  and  to  make 
use  of  the  abilities  of  individuals,  wa? 
unshaken  in  his  determinations ;  and  when 
the  good  of  the  service  required  chastise- 
ment or  severity,  was  r.ot  influenced  by 
private  feelings,  or  hurried  av.'ay  by  a 
sanguinary  temper;  he  was  uncommonly 
attentive  to  his  men,  watchful  of  thch 
health,  and  provident  to  supply  thcu 
wants  ;  sparing  of  their  blood  in  thu  day 
of  battle,  and  always  inspiring  them,  by 
the  liveliness  of  his  inir.d,  tempered  by 
experience,  with  confidence  and  attach- 


GEN 


GEN 


225 


ment  to  his  measures.  He  knew  the  cast 
of  each  man's  character,  particularly  sc  of 
his  officers  ;  and  whilst  he  directed  the 
former  with  consummate  knowlege  and 
consequent  success,  he  never  lost  sight  of 
the  merits  of  the  latter,  when  they  co- 
operated with  his  designs.  If  the  natural 
yivacity  of  his  mind  .sometimes  led  him 
into  temporary  neglect,  good  sense  and  a 
marked  anxiety  to  be  just,  soon  made 
amends  for  apparent  slights,  by  rendering 
the  most  important  services  ;  he  was  in- 
genious and  subtle  in  all  his  n  anceuvres 
before  an  enemy,  skilful  in  his  choice  of 
camps,  and  equally  intelligent  in  that  of 
posts ;  he  was  plain  in  Ins  instructions 
previous  to  an  engagement,  simple  in  i;is 
disposition  of  the  order  of  battle ;  and  he 
was  never  known  to  lose  an  opportunity, 
through  t!;e  want  of  prompt  decision, 
whereby  a  contest  might  be  ended  by  a 
bold  and  dar  ng  evolution.  When  it  ap- 
peared necessary  to  give  weight  to  his  or- 
ders, and  to  turn  the  balance  of  fortune 
by  personal  exposure,  no  man  became  less 
fearful  of  his  own  destiny,  than  Mar,,hai 
Saxe.  Or.  these  occasions  he  was  daring 
to  an  extreme,  heedless  of  danger,  but 
full  of  judgment,  and  a  calm  presence  of 
mind.  Such,  in  our  humble  opinion,  are 
the  outlines  of  a  real  general,  how  well 
they  were  exemplified  and  filledup  by  the 
subject  of  this  article,  time  and  the 
concurring  testimony  of  events  have 
proved. 

GENERAL'S  Guard.  It  was  custom- 
ary among  the  French,  for  the  oldest  regi- 
mcut  to  give  one  captain,  one  lieutenant, 
one  ensign,  two  Serjeants,  and  fifty  pri- 
vates, as  a  general's  guard.  Whenever 
the  marshals  of  France  were  on  service 
under  the  immediate  orders  of  the  king, 
or  of  the  princes  belonging  to  the  royal 
household,  they  always  retained  the  rank 
of  general. 

GENERAL  d' amice,  Fr.  the  commander 
in  chief  of  any  army. 

Battre  la  GENERAL,  Fr.  to  beat  the 
general.  See  DRUM. 

GENERAL  court-martial.     See  COURTS 

MA  RTI  A  L. 

GENERAL  formations  of  the  battalion, 
are  from  line  into  column,  and  from  co- 
lumn into  line  by  echellon  ;  to  either 
flank,  to  the  front,  or  on  a  line  oblique 
to  any  given  point  front  or  rear. 

GENERAL,  is  also  used  fora  particular 
beat  of  the  drum.  See  DRUM. 

GENETTE,  Fr.  a  particular  sort  of 
snaffle,  which  is  used  among  the  Turks; 
it  resembles  a  large  ring,  and  serves  to 
confine  the  horse's  tongue. 

GENIE,  Fr.  The  art  of  engineering . 
It  consists  in  a  knowlexe  of  lines  so  as 
to  be  able  to  trace  out  all  that  is  requisite 
for  the  attack  or  defence  of  places,  ac- 
cording to  established  rules  in  fortifica- 
tion. Marshal  Vauban  and  the  marquis 
of  Louvois,  have  particularly  distinguish- 
ed themselves  in  this  art. 

GENIUS,  in  a  military  sense,  a  natu- 


ral talent  or  disposition  to  every  kind  of 
warlike  employment,  more  than  any- 
other;  or  the  aptitude  a  man  has  received 
from  nature  to  perform  well,  and  easily» 
that  which  others  can  do  but  indifferently*^ 
and  with  a  great  deal  of  pains. 

From  the  Jiv  rsity  of  ecnius,  the  dif- 
ference of  inclination  arises  in  men  whom 
nature  has  had  the  precaution  of  leading 
to  the  employ  me  nt  for  which  she  designs 
them,  wiih  more  or  h-ss  impetuosity,  in 
proportion  to  the  greater  or  lesser  num- 
b<  r  of  obstacles  they  have  to  surmount, 
in  order  to  render  themselves  capable  or' 
answering  this  occasion.  Thus  the  in- 
clinations of  men  are  so  very  different, 
because  they  follow  the  same  move; 
that  is  the  impulse  of  their  genius. 
This  is  what  renders  one  officer  more 
pleasing,  even  though  he  trespasses  a- 
gainst  the  rules  of  war ;  while  others  are 
disagreeable  notwithstanding  their  strict 
regularity. 

'GENOUILLIERE,  FT.  the  lowtr 

part  of  the  embrasure  or.  a  battery.  The 
genouillicre  is  about  2  J-2  or  3  French 
feet  high  from  the  platform  to  the  open- 
ing of  the  embrasure.  It  lies  immedi- 
ately under  the  arch  of  the  fortification. 
Its 'thickness,  which  usually  consists  of 
fascines  well  put  together,  is  of  the  same 
dimensions  that  merlons  bear ;  name! , 
from  18  to  22  feet.  The  term  genzun-- 
Here  is  derived  front  genou,  signifying  the 
knee,  to  the  height  of  which  it  is  gene- 
rally raised. 

GENS,  Fr.  a  word  in  much  desultory 
useamonj  the  French,  signifying  in  a  ge- 
neral acceptation  of  it,  folks,  people,  ser- 
vants, soldiers,  &c 

G  E  N  s  d'armes .      S ec  G  E  N  D  A  R  M  F  s . 

GENS  de  guerre,  Fr.  men  attached  to  a 
military  profession. 

Mfs  GENS,  Fr.  an  affected  phrase, 
which  was  formerly  used  among  th? 
French,  to  signify  their  servants  or  at- 
tendants. It  :eems  to  have  been  an  ar- 
rogant and  foolish  imitation  of  mon  peu~ 
pie,  my  people.  During  the  monarchy  of 
France,  this  term  was  in  much  vogue 
at  Paris,  and  was  afterwards  adopted 
by  almost  ail  the  petits  maitres,  or  cox- 
combs be.oupingto  the  church,  state,  and 
army. 

GENS  de  sac  et  de  cordc,  Fr.  an  oppro- 
brious term  which  the  French  apply  to 
men  that  ue-erve*  chastisement.  In  for- 
mer times,  the  cord  or  rope,  and  the 
sack,  were  the  common  instruments  and 
means  of  punishment.  The  ropes  served 
to  hang  up  malefactors  :  and  the  sack  was 
used  to  contain  their  bodies  when  it  was 
ordained  that  they  should  be  thrown  into 
a  river. 

GENS<&»«T,  Fr.  sea-faring  men. 

GENS  del'equipagf,  Fr.  men  belong- 
ing t ;  the  train  of  artillery. 

GENT.    Fr.  Nat  on       It  is  only  used 
in    poetry,    viz.     La    gent,    qui  j>orte  If 
Turban.     The  Turkish  Nation.     In  the 
F    f 


22G 


GEN 


GE  O 


plural  number  it  is  only  accepted  accord- 
ing to  the  following  significations. 

Le  droit  des  GENS,  Fr.  the  rights  of 
rations. 

.  Violcr  le  droifdes  GENS,  Fr.  to  infringe 
or  violate  the  rights  of  nations. 

Respecter le droit  des  GENS,  Fr.  to  rc- 
s'pect  the  rights  of  nations. 

Un  traiie  du  troit  des  GENS,  Fr.  a  trea- 
tise on  the  rights  of  nations. 

The  following  phrases  are  in  familiar 
use  among  the  French,  viz. 

GENS  de  marque,  Fr.  men  of  distinc- 
tion. 

GENS  dc  condition,  Fr.  men  of  condi- 
tion. 

GENS  d' '  Lonneur,  Fr.  men  of  honor. 

GENS  de  quaiiie,  Fr.nien  of  fashion,  or 
quality. 

GENS  de  cocur,  Fr.  men  of  spirit. 

GENS  d'epce,  Fr.  this  term  is  used 
among  the  French,  to  distinguish  officers, 
gentlemen,  &c.  who  wear  swords,  from 
those  who  do  not,  particularly  so  in  op- 
position to  gens  de  la  rote,  or  lawyers. 

GENS  de  main,  Fr.  executive  characters. 

GENS  de  service,  Fr.  useful  men,  per- 
sons of  exertions. 

GENS  de  pied,  Fr.  The  same  as  fan- 
tas\ins,  foot  soldiers,  or  men  who  serve  on 
ioot. 

GENS  de c beval,  Fr.  cavalry,  or  men 
who  serve  on  horseback 

Millf  GENS,  cent  mille gens,  Fr.  signi- 
fies an)  considerable  number  of  men. 

GF.NS,  Fr.  this  word  is  likewise  used 
to  distinguish  bodies  of  men  that  are  hi 
opposition  to  each  other,  viz. 

Nos  GENS  ont  battu  let  emiemis,  Fr. 
our  men,  or  people  have  overcome  the 
enemy . 

Nos  GENS  ont  etc  baitus,  Fr.  our  men 
or  people  have  been  beaten. 

Je  cruignois  que  ce  ne  jus sent  des  ennemh, 
ft  c'etoient  de  ncs  G  ENS,  Fr.  I  was  appre- 
hensive that  they  were  our  enemies,  but 
they  proved  to  be  our  own  people. 

AW  GENS  battirent  les  •votres,  Fr,  our 
men  beat  yours. 

GENS,  Fr.  when  followed  by  the  pre- 
position de,  and  by  a  substantive/  which 
points  out  any  particular  profession, 
trade,  &c.  signifies  all  those  persons  that 
belong  to  one  nation,  one  town,  &c.  or 
•who  are  of  one  specific  profession  or  call- 
ing, as 

Les  GENS  d'/glue^  Fr.  churchmen. 

Les  GENS  de  robe,  Fr.  lawyers  or  gen- 
tlemen of  the  long  robe. 

Les  GENS  de  finance,  Fr.  men  con- 
cerned in  the  distribution  of  public  mo- 
ney. 

/.«GENS  de  hi,  Fr.  means  generally 
all  persons  who  have  any  connection  with 
the  law  in  the  way  of  profession. 

Les  GENS  du  roi,  Fr.  Crown  lawyers. 

GENT1  LHOMMES  dela  garde,  com- 
monly called  Ait  bee  de  corbir.,  or  the  bat- 
tle axe.  This  company  went  through 
many  alterations  during  tue  monarchy  c-f 
.France,  During  the  last  years  of  that 


government,  it  consisted  of  200  guard* 
under  the  command  of  a  captain,  a  lieu- 
tenant, and  an  ensign.  The  captain  had 
the  power  of  giving  away  the  subaltern 
j  commissions,  and  had  moreover  the  en- 
j  tire  management  of  the  rest ;  every  va- 
cancy being  in  his  gift.  They  marched 
in  file,  each  holding  his  battle-axe,  be- 
fore the  king  on  days  of  public  ceremony. 
These  were  chieliy  at  the  coronation, 
and  the  marriage  of  the  king,  or  at  the 
reception  of  the  knights  of  the  Holy 
Ghost. 

When  the  company  was  first  raised, 
its  particular  duty  was  to  attend  the  king's 
person,  and  to  be  constantly  near  him  on 
the  day  of  battle. 

GENTILHOMME  a  "drapeau  ttablit 
dar.s  cbaque  compagnie  des  gardes  Fran- 
coises, Fr.  under  the  old  French  govern- 
ment, this  person  ranked  as  officier  en 
second.  He  did  duty  in  oommon  with  the 
ensigns  of  the  French  guards,  and  took 
precedence  immediately  under  them. 
His  name  always  stood  upon  the  muster 
roll,  but  his  appointment  was  purely  ho- 
norary,  as  he  did  not  receive  any  pay ; 
his  tour  of  duty  in  mounting  guards,  went 
with  that  of  the  ensigns,  he  was  obliged 
to  be  present  at  all  field  days,  and  could 
not  absent  himself  without  leave. 

G  E  N  T  i  L  s  H  o  M  M  E  s  pensionnairei,  Fr. 
Gentlemen  pensioners.  See  PENSION- 
ERS. 

GEODOESIA,  GEODESIE,  Fr. 
that  part  of  practical  geometry,  which 
contains  the  doctrine  or  art  of  measuring 
surfaces  and  finding  the  contents  of  all 
plain  figures.  Among  the  French  geo- 
desle  means  likewise  the  division  of  lands. 
See  SURVEYING. 

GEOGRAPHY  is  the  doctrine  or 
knowlegcof  the  terrestrial  globe;  or  the 
science  that  teaches  and  explains  the 
stare  of  the  earth,  and  parts  thereof  that 
depend  upon  quantity;  or  it  is  rather 
that  part  of  mixed  mathematics,  which 
explains  the  state  of  the  earth,  and  of  its 
parts  depending  on  quantity,  viz.  its  fi- 
gure, magnitude,  place,  and  motion,  with 
the  celestial  appearances,  &c.  In  con- 
sequence of  this  definition,  geography 
should  be  divided  into  general  and  special, 
or  universal  and  particular. 

By  universal  GEOGRAPHY,  is  under, 
stood  that  part  of  the  science  which  con- 
siders the  whole  earth  in  general,  and  ex- 
plains its  properties  without  regard  to 
particular  countries.  This  division  is 
again  distinguished  into  three  parts,  ab- 
solute, relative,  and  comparative.  The 
absolute  part  respects  the  body  of  the 
earth  itself,  its  parts  and  peculiar  pro- 
perties ;  as  its  figure,  magnitude,  and  mo- 
tion ;  its  lands,  seas,  and  rivers,  &c. 
The  relative  part  accounts  for  the  ap- 
pearances and  accidents  that  happen  to  it 
from  celestial  causes;  and  lastly,  the 
com  i  arative  contains  an  explanation  of 
those  properties  which  arise  from  com- 
paring diffcrent  parts  of  theearth  together. 


GE  O 


G  E  O 


227 


Special  or  particular  GEOGRAPHY  is 
that  division  of  the  science  which  de- 
scribes the  constitution  and  situation  of 
cac'i  j.ingie  country  by  itself;  and  is  two- 
fold, viz.  chorographical,  which  describes 
cou  : tries  of  a  considerable  extent ;  or  to- 
pographical, which  gives  a  view  of  some 
place,  or  small  tract  of  land.  Hence  the 
object  or  subject  of  geography  is  the 
earth,  especially  its  superficies  and  ex- 
terior parts. 

The  properties  of  GEOGRAPHY  are  of 
three  kinds,  viz.  celestial,  terrestrial,  and 
human.  The  celestial  properties  are  such 
as  affect  us  by  reason  of  the  apparent  mo- 
tion of  the  sun  and  stars.  These  are  8  in 
number. 

1.  The   elevation  of  the  pole,  or  the 
distance  o.  a  place  from  the  equator. 

2.  The  obliquity  of  the  diurnal  motion 
of  the  stars  above  the   horizon  of   the 
place. 

3.  The  time  of  the  longest  and  shortest 
day. 

4.  The  climate  and  zone. 

5.  Heat,  cold,  and  the  seasons  of  the 
year ;  with  rain,  snow,   wind,  and  other 
meteors. 

6.  The  rising,    appearance,    and  con- 
tinuance of  stars  above  the  horizon. 

7.  The  stars    that   pass    through    the 
zenith  of  a  place. 

8.  The  celerity  of    the  motion  with 
which,  according  to  the  Copernican  hy- 
pothesis, every  place  constantly  revolves. 

The  terrestrial  properties  are  those  ob- 
served in  the  face  of  the  country,  and  ace 
10  in  number. 

i.  The  limits  and  bounds  of  each 
country, 

2.^|  f  figure; 

3.  I  j  magnitude; 

,'  mountains  ; 

\  waters,  viz.  springs,  river?, 
|      lakes,  and  bays  ; 
^  woods  and  deserts. 
7. 'The  fruitfulness  and  barrenness  of 
the  country,  with  its    various  kinds  of 
fruits. 

8.  )          r  minerals  andfosils; 

9.  >  The  <  living  creatures  there  ; 

10. }          (_  longitude  and  latitude  of  the 

place. 

The  third  kind  of  observations  to  be 
?nade  in  every  country  is  called  human, 
because  it  chiefly  regards  the  inhabitants 
of  the  place.  It  consists  of  10  specific 
branches. 

1.  The  stature,  shape,  color,  and  the 
length  of  their  lives;  "their  origin,  meat 
and  drink. 

2.  Their  arts,  and  the  profits    which 
arise  from'them,  with   the  merchandize 
they  barter  one  with  another. 

3.  Their  virtues  and   vices,    learning, 
capacities,  and  schools. 

4.  Their  ceremonies    at  births,   mar- 
riages, and  funerals. 

5.  The  language  which    the   inhabi- 
tants use. 


Its 


f  political  government. 
I  religio 


religion  and   church    go- 
Their  <(      vernment. 

I  cities  and  famous  places. 
9.J  (^remarkable    histories    and 

antiquities. 

10.  Their  famous  men,  artificers,  and 
inventions  of  the  natives. 

These  are  the  three  kinds  of  occur- 
rences to  be  explained  in  special  geo; 
graphy. 

The  principles  of  G  E  o  G  R  A  P  H  Y  ,  or  those 
from  which  arguments  are  drawn  for  the 
proving  of  propositions  in  that  science, 
are,  according  to  the  best  authors,  oi 
three  sorts. 

1.  Geometrical,  arithmetical,   and  tri- 
gonometrical propositions. 

2.  Astronomical    precepts    and   theo- 
rems. 

3.  Experience,  being  that  upon  which 
thegreatest  part  of  geography,  and  chiefly 
the  special  is  founded. 

In  proving  geographical  proposition:;, 
we  are  $o  observe,  that  several  properties, 
and  chiefly  the  celestial,  arc  confirmed 
by  proper  demonstrations;  being  either 
grounded  on  experience  and  observation, 
or  on  the  testimony  of  our  senses  :  nor 
can  they  be  proved  by  any  other  means. 
There  are  also  several  propositions  proved, 
or  rather  exposed  to  view,  by  the  terres- 
trial globe,  or  by  geographical  maps. 

Other  propositions  cannot  be  so  well 
proved,  yet  are  received  as  apparent 
truths.  Thus,  though  we  suppose  all 
places  on  the  globe,  and  in  maps,  to  be 
laid  down  in  the  same  .order  as  they  are 
reaily  on  the  earth;  nevertheless,  in 
these  matters,  we  rather  follow  the  de- 
scriptions that  are  given  by  geographical 
writers. 

GEOGRAPHY  is  very  ancient,  at  least 
the  special  part  thereof;  for  the  ancients 
scarce  went  beyond  the  description  of 
countries.  It  Was  a  constant  custom 
among  the  Romans,  after  they  had  con- 
quered or  subdued  any  province,  to  have 
a  map  or  printed  representation  thereof, 
carried  in  triumph  and  exposed  to  the 
view  of  the  spectators.  Historians  re- 
late that  the  Roman  senate,  about  100 
years  before  Christ,  sent  geographers  into 
divers  parts  to  make  an  exact  survey  and 
mensuration  of  the  whole  globe ;  but 
they  scarcely  ever  saw  the  2oth  part  of  it. 

Before  them,  Necho,  king  of  Egypt t 
ordered  the  Phoenicians  to  make  a  sur- 
vey of  the  whole  coast  of  Africa,  which 
they  accomplished  in  3  years.  Darius 
procured  the  Ethiopic  sea,  and  the  mouth 
of  the  Indus,  to  be  surveyed;  and  Pliny 
relates,  that  Alexander,  in  his  expedition 
into  Asia,  took  two  geographers  to  mea- 
sure and  describe  the  roads;  and  that 
from  their  itineraries,  the  writers  of  the 
following  ages  took  many  particulars. 
Indeed  this  may  be  observed,  that  whereas 
most  other  arts  and  sciences  are  sufferers 
by  war,  geography,  artillery,  mining,  ar/i 


GE  O 


GE  O 


fortification,  alone  have  been  improved 
thereby.  Geography,  however,  must 
have  been  exceedingly  detective,  as  a 
great  part  of  the  globe  was  then  unknown, 
particularly  all  America,  the  northern 
parts  of  Europe  and  Asia,  with  the 
Australasia,  and  Magcllanica  ;  and  they 
•were  also  ignorant  of  the  earth's 
being;  capable  to  be  sailed  round,  and  of 
the  torrid  zone  being  habitable,  &c 

The  honor  oi"  reducing  geography  to 
art  and  system,  was  reserved  for  Ptole- 
my ;  who,  by  adding  mathematical  ad- 
vantages to  the  historical  method  in 
which  it  had  been  treated  of  before,  has 
described  the  world  in  a  much  more  in- 
telligible manner:  he  has  delineated  it 
under  more  certain  rules,  and  bv  fixing 
the  bounds  of  places  from  longitude  and 
latitude,  nas  discovered  other  mistakes, 
and  has  left  us  a  me; hod  of  discovering 
his  own. 

GEOLIER  des  by'isotn  niilitairesj  Fr. 
the  superintendant  or  head  jailor  of  mili- 
tary prisons.  LV.der  the  old  French  go- 
vernment, this  person  had  a  right  to  visit 
all  prisoners  that  were  not  confined  in 
dungeons  He  could  order  provisions, 
v/ood,  and  coal  to  be  conveyed  to  them  ; 
but  he  had  not  the  power  of  permitting 
women  to  visit  or  have  any  intercourse 
with  the  soldiers  ;  and  when  their  period 
of  Lmprispcment  expired,  he  could  not 
detain  them  on  account  of  debts  contract- 
ed for  food,  lodging,  or  fees,  &c.  Half  of 
the  prisoner's  subsistence  for  one  day, 
according  to  his  rank,  \v,,<s  given  on  ins 
release. 

GEOMETRICAL  elevations,  just  di- 
mensions "f  as:  lit  proportionate -to  a 
given  scale,  &c.  c-e>  ORTHOGRAPHY. 

GLOMETRIE,  Fr.   Geometry. 

G  F  O  M  E  T  R  I  E    CGMpOSce,     Fr.    CO1TI pOU LIU 

:ry,  which  consists  in  the  know- 
!oce  of  curved  lines,  and  of  the  different 
produced  by 'them,  f  he  immedi- 
ate object  or  intent  of  compound  geome- 
:;y  is  confined  to  conic  sections,  and  to 
.lues  of  that  species. 

GKO.METRIE  sublime  ci  lranscctid.i;:ie, 
:  r.  these  terms  have  been  applied  by  the 
;  :c:,ch  to  the  new  system  of  geometry, 
which  was  produced  by  Leibnitz,  and 
Newton,  when  they  found  out  the  me- 
thod of  calculating  ad  infinitum. 

GEOMETRY,  -.  ri.  n.ally  signified  no 
more  than  the  art  of  measuring  the  earth, 
or  any  distance  or  dimensions  in  it;  but 
at  present  it  denotes  the  science  of  mag- 
nitude* in  general;  comprehending  the 
doctrine  and  relations  ot  whatever  is  sus- 
ceptjbJe  of  augmentation  or  diminution, 
'  onsidered  in  that  light.  Hence,  to  geo- 
•netry  may  be  referred  the  consideration 
not  only  of  lines,  surfaces,  and  solids ; 
•nit  also  of  time,  velocity,  number, 
weight,  &c. 

Plato  thought  the   word  geometry  an 

Improper  na:ne  for  this  science,   and"  ac- 

.'Oriiin  iy   substituted    in    its   place  the 

ixtensive  "ry;  of  mensuration  j  and 


after  him,  others  gave  it  the  name  of 
pantometry,  as  demonstrating  not  only 
the  quantities  of  all  manner  of  magni- 
tudes, but  also  their  qualities,  ratios,  po- 
sitions, transformations, relations,  &c.  and 
Proclus  calls  it  the  kn^wlege  of  magni-. 
tudes  and  figures,  and  their  limitations  ; 
also  of  their  motions  and  affections  of 
every  kind. 

Origin  and  progress  "f  GEOMETRY. 
This  science  h>id  its  rise  in  Asia,  the  in- 
vention, which  at  first  consisted  only  in 
measuring  the  lands,  that  every  person 
might  have  what  belonged  to  him,  was 
called  geometry,  or  the  art  of  measuring 
land;  and  it  ib  probable,  that  r  he  draughts 
and  schemes  which  they  were  ainmally 
compelled  to  make,  helped  them  to  disco- 
ver many  excellent  properties  of  the^e  fi- 
gures ;  which  speculation  has  continued" 
gradually  to  improve  to  th:s  day. 

From  Asia  it  parsed  into  Egypt,  and 
thence  into  Greece,  where  it  continued  to 
receive  improvement  from  Thales,  Py- 
thagoras, Archimedes,  Euclid,  &c.  The 
elements  of  geometry,  written  by  Euclid 
in  15  books,  are  a  most  convincing  proof 
to  what  perfection  this  science  was  car- 
ried among  the  ancients.  However,  it 
must  be  acknowlegecl,  that  it  fell  short 
of  modern  geometry,  the  bound.-  of  which, 
by  the  inventions  of  fluxions,  and  the  dis- 
covery of  the  almost  infinite  order  ot" 
curves  are  greatly  enlarged. 

Division  of  G  EOM  E  TRY.  This  science 
is  usually  distinguished  into  elementary, 
and  higher  or  sublime  geometry.  The 
first,  or  elementary  geometry,  treats  of 
the  properties  of  right  lines,  and  of  the 
circle,  together  with  the  figures  and  solids 
formed  by  them  The  doctrine  of  lines 
comes  first,  then  that  of  surfaces,  and 
lastly  that  of  solids.  The  higher  geo- 
metry comprehends  the  doctrine  of  conic 
sections,  and  numerous  other  curves. 

Speculative  and  practical  GEOMETRY. 
The  former  treats  of  the  properties  of 
lines  and  figures,  as  Euclid's  Elements, 
Apollonius's  Conic  Sections,  &c.  and 
the  latter  shews  how  to  apply  these 
speculations  to  the  use  of  mensuration, 
navigation,  surveying,  takin  heights 
and  distances,  gauging,  fortification,  gun- 
nery, &c. 

Usefulness  of  G  EO  M  E  T  R  v .  Its  useful- 
ness extends  to  almost  every  art  and  sci- 
ence. By  the  help  of  it,  astronomers 
turn  their  observations  to  advantage:  re- 
gulate the  duration  of  tunes,  seasons, 
years,  cycles,  and  epochs;  and  m  asure 
the  distance,  motion,  and  magnitudes  of 
the  heavenly  bodies.  By  it  geographers 
determine  the  figure  and  magnitude  of 
the  whole  earth ;  and  delineate  the  ex- 
tent and  bearings  of  kingdoms,  provinces, 
harbors,  &c.  It  is  from  this  science  al- 
so that  architects  derive  their  just  mea- 
sure and  construction  of  public  edifices, 
as  well  as  of  private  houses. 

It  is  by  the  assistance  of  geometry  that 
engineers  conduct  all  their  works,  take 


GE  S 


GH  E 


229 


the  situation  and  plans  of  towns,  the  dis- 
tances of  places,  and  the  measure  of  such 
things  as  are  only  accessible  to  the  sight, 
fct  is  not  onlv  an  introduction  to  fortifica- 
tion, but  highly  necessary  to  mechanics. 
On  geometry  likewise  depends  the  theory 
of  gunnery,  mining,  music,  optics,  per- 
spective, drawing,  mechanics,  hydraulics, 
pneumatics,  &c. 

We  may  distinguish  the  progress  of 
geometry  into  three  ages ;  the  first  of 
which  was  in  its  meridian  glory  at  the 
time  whe  i  Euclid's  Elements  appeared; 
the  se.md  beginning  with  Archimedes, 
reaches  to  the  time  of  Descartes ;  who 
by  applying  algebra  to  the  elements  of 
geometry,  gave  a  new  turn  to  this  sci- 
ence, which  has  been  carried  to  its  utmost 
perfection  by  our  learned  countryman 
Sir  Isaac  Newton,  and  by  the  German 
philosopher  Leibnitz. 

GEORGE,  or  knight  of  Sf.  George, 
has  been  the  denomination  of  several  mi- 
litary orders.  See  GARTER. 

GERBE,  Fr.  means  literally  a  shealf, 
but  it  here  signifies  a  sort  of  artificial  fire- 
work, which  is  placed  in  a  perpendicular 
manner,  and  resembles  a  sheaf.  See 
JETS  de  feu. 

GERBE  likewise  means  the  tithe  which 
was  formerly  paid  to  the  French  cu- 
rates. . 

Falre  GERBE  de  foarre  a  <//<?«,  Fr.  a  fi- 
gurative expression,  signifying,  that  the 
farmer  made  up  the  worst  sheaf  he  could 
for  the  parson;  filling  it  principally  with 
Straw  instead  of  good  ears  of  corn. 

GERMS,  small  coasting  vessels  em- 
ployed by  the  French,  to  keep  up  an  in- 
tercourse with  Egypt. 

GESE,  Fr.  a  weapon  used  in  former 
times. 

GESES  and  Materes  were  adopted  by 
the  Ailobroges  (a  body  of  ancient  Gauls  so 
called)  independently  of  the  broad  cut 
and  thrust  sword,  which  the  Swiss  still 
wear.  These  instruments  were  only  one 
cubit  long  ;  half  the  blade  was  nearly 
square,  but  it  terminated  in  a  round  point 
that  was  exceedingly  sharp.  Virgil  in 
his  y^Eneid  calls  this  species  of  blade, 
a/pin,  meaning,  no  doubt,  to  convey, 
that  it  was  in  general  use  among  the 
neighboring  inhabitants  of  the  Alps. 
Not  only  the  Romans,  but  the  Greeks 
received  it  into  their  armies.  The  for- 
mer retained  the  full  appellation  and 
called  it  gese,  but  the  latter  corrupted  it 
intoysse.  This  is  the  only  weapon  with 
which  those  soldiers  were  armed  that 
escorted  malefactors,  \vho  were  con- 
demned to  death,  to  the  place  of  execu- 
tion. The  term  gese  was  also  applied  to 
a  sort  of  a  javelin. 

G  ESS  ATE  S,  a  people  of  whom  Poly- 
bi'us  speaks  in  his  history  of  the  ancient 
Gauls,  and  who  inhabited  the  countries 
lying  adjacent  to  the  alps,  and  to  the  river 
Rhone.  According  to  some  writers,  they 
were  so  called  because  they  constantly 
.wore  geser.  The  gesc  is  said  to  have 


been  a  dart  which  the  ancient  Gauls  ex- 
clusively used,  and  which  some  luithors 
since  confounded  with  the  -pertuhane  or 
partisan,  a  sort  of  halbert,  called  by  others 
ZLjave/iiy.  This  word  was  used  i'n  Pro- 
vence, as  late  as  the  year  1300;  for  in 
the  inventory  which  was  tak^n  of  the 
goods,  furniture,  £c  appertaining  to  the 
Templars,  we  findgessusor  gfsus  particu- 
larly specified  in  the  list  ot  weapons  and 
iron  instruments,  which  was  understood 
to  mean  g?sey  and  under  that  appellation 
was  deposited  in  the  king's  archives  at 
Aix.  See  BOUCHER,  Hint.  Prov.  Liv. 
ii.  c.  4.  p.  82.  This  same  author  further 
asserts,  that  the  Gesi,  and  the  Gessates 
took  their  names  from  that  weapon.  He 
quotes  J  ulius  Ccesar's  account  of  the  word 
gesi  in  confirmation  of  his  own  opinion. 
Many  authors  have  mentioned  the  same 
term  :  amon^  others,  Justus,  Lipsus, 
Hugo,  Cheves,  Vossius,  &c. 

G  ESS  ATE  on  GESATE,  Fr.  a  knight 
among  the  ancient  Gauls,  who  took  de- 
light in  war,  and  frequently  volunteered 
his  services  beyond  the  boundaries  of  his 
native  country.  Whenever  a  neighbor- 
ing country  made  a  levy  of  in.,  n,  it  \va:. 
usual  for  the  gessates  to  accompany  the 
troops,  from  a  conviction  that  it  would 
be  dishonorable  in  them  to  r  main  inac- 
tive at  home.  These  adventurers,  or 
knights-errant,  werecalied  gessates,  either 
on  account  of  the  gessus  or  large  dart, 
which  they  carried,  or,  as  Polybius  ima- 
gines, onaccoun!  of  tiie subsistence  which 
was  paid  them,  and  was  called  by  that 
name. 

GESTURE,  a  motion  of  the  body  in- 
tended to  signify  some  idea,  or  passion  of 
the  mind.  All  officers  and  soldiers  who 
make  use  of  any  menacing  gesture  before 
a  commanding  or  superior  officer,  or  before 
a  court-martial,  are  liable  to  be  punished 
by  the  laws  of  war. 

GEZK,  Fr.  a  rentrant  angle,  which  is 
made  with  slate  or  lead,  and  forms  a  gut- 
ter between  two  roofs.  It  is  likewise 
calied  noue,  or  pantile. 

CHERIAH,  a  port  on  the  Malabar 
Mahrattah  coast  of  H  ndustan,  the  capital 
part  of  Angria's  dominions,  which  con- 
sisted of  an  extent  of  coast,  from  whence 
this  warlike  state  was  a  p.  rpetual  source 
of  uneasiness  to  the  trading  ships  o;  all 
the  European  nations  in  India.  It  cost 
the  English  East- India  company  50,000.'. 
annually  to  protect  their  own  ships. 
Eight  or  ten  grabs,  and  forty  or  fifty  gal-  * 
livats,  crowded  with  mm,  generally  com-  < 
posed  Angria's  principal  licet  in  1754,  des- 
tined to  attack  ships  of  force  or  burthen. 
The  vessel  no  sooner  came  in  sight  of  thc 
port  or  bay  where  the  fleet  was  lying,  than 
they  slipped  their  cables  and  put  out  tQ 
sea.  If  the  wind  blew,  their  construc- 
tion enabled  them  to  sail  almost  as  fas£, 
as  the  wind  ;  and  if  it  was  calm,  the  gal- 
livats  rowing  towed  the  grabs  :  when 
within  cannon  shot  of  the  chace,  they 
generally  assembled  in  her  wake,  and  tlr.- 


230 


GIB 


GIR 


grabs  attacked  her  at  a  distance  with  their 
prow  guns,  firing  first  only  at  the  masts, 
and  taking  aim  when  the  three  masts  of 
the  vessel  just  opened  all  together  to  their 
view ;  by  which  means  the  shot  would 
probably  strike  one  or  other  of  the  three. 
As  soon  as  the  chase  was  dismasted,  they 
came  nearer,  and  battered  her  on  all  sides 
until  she  struck  :  and  if  the  defence  was 
obstinate,  they  sent  a  number  of  gallivats, 
with  two  or  three  hundred  men  in  each, 
who  boarded  sword  in  hand  from  all 
quarters  in  the  same  instant. 

The  English  trusting  to  the  report  of 
the  natives,  had  until  the  year  1756)  be- 
lieved Gheriah  to  be  at  least  as  strong  as 
Gibraltar,  and  like  that  situated  on  a 
mountain  which  was  inaccessible  from 
the  sea,  for  this  reason  it  was  resolved  to 
send  vessels  to  reconnoitre  it ;  which  ser- 
vice commodore  James,  in  the  Protector, 
with  two  other  ships,  performed.  He 
found  the  enemy's  fleet  at  anchor  in  the 
harbor,  notwithstanding  which,  he  ap- 
proached within  cannon  shot  of  the  fort, 
and  having  attentively  considered  it,  re- 
turned at  the  end  of  December  to  Bom- 
bay, and  described  the  place,  such  as  it 
truly  was,  very  strong  indeed,  but  far 
from  being  inaccessible  or  impregnable. 
This  place  was  taken  by  the  English 
ttoops  under  the  command  of  colonel 
Clive.  There  were  found  in  it  200  pieces 
of  cannon,  six  brass  mortars,  and  a  great 
quantity  of  ammunition,  and  military  and 
jpaval  stores  of  all  kinds ;  the  money  and 
effects  of  other  kinds,  amounted  to 
i,2co,ooo/.  sterling.  All  this  booty  was 
divided  amongst  the  captors,  without  any 
.reserve  either  for  the  nation,  or  the  com- 
pany. In  less  than  a  month  the  English, 
with  their  allies  the  Mahrattas  got  pos- 
session of  all  the  territories  wrested  from 
the  latter  by  Angria's  predecessors,  and 
which  they  had  for  seventy  years  despaired 
cf  ever  beinc;  able  to  recover. 

GIB  ERNE,  Fr.  a  sort  of  bsg  in  which 
fhe  grenadiers  held  their  hand-grenades. 
It  was  worn  like  a  powder  Mask.  They 
likewise  carried,  independent  of  this 
bag,  a  cartouch  box  containing  18  or  20 
charges. 

GIBRALTAR,  a  strong  fortress  of 
Andalusia,  in  Spain.  Gibraltar  was  for- 
merly thought  to  be  impregnable ;  but  it 
was  taken  by  Sir  George  Rooke  in  1704, 
and  has  remained  in  the  hands  of  the 
English  ever  since.  It  has  been  several 
times  attacked  by  the  Spaniards,  who 
have  always  been  unsuccessful.  Their 
last  effort  to  recover  it  was  made  Sep- 
tember i3th,  1782,  with  floating  batteries, 
in  which  were  mounted  212  brass  can 
non  and  mortars  The  French  united 
with  the  Spaniards  on  this  memorable 
occasion  ;  and  the  brother  to  the  last 
kinr.  of  the  French,  (then  Count  D'Ar- 
toisj  commanded  the  camp  of  St.  Roche, 
from  whence  the  offensive  operations 
were  directed.  General  Elliot,  (aftCi- 
wards  called  lord  Heathfield)  had  pre- 


pared a  great  number  of  red-hot  balls 
against  the  attack  ;  and  these  so  effectu- 
ally destroyed  the  floating  batteries,  that 
the  Spaniards  were  greatly  annoyed,  and 
relinquished  the  enterprize.  For  par- 
ticulars, see  Drink  water's  siege  of  Gib- 
raltar. 

GIN,  in  military  mechanics,  is  a  ma- 
chine for  raising  great  weights :  it  is 
composed  of  3  long  legs,  2  of  which  are 
kept  at  a  proper  distance  by  means  of 
2  iron  bars  fixed  on  one  of  the  legs  by  a 
staple  passing  through  a  hole  at  one 
end:  the  other  end  has  a  hook  which 
enters  into  a  staple  fixed  into  the  other 
leg  so  as  to  be  taken  off  or  put  on  at 
pleasure. 

At  3  feet  from  the  bottom  is  a  roller, 
upon  which  the  cable  was  wound ;  and 
the  3  legs  are  joined  together  with  an 
iron  bolt,  about  which  they  move  :  to 
this  bolt,  is  also  fixed  an  iron  half-ring 
to  hook  on  a  windlass :  when  the  gin 
stands  upright,  so  as  the  legs  stand  at  a 
proper  distance,  one  end  of  the  cable  is 
fastened  to  a  gun,  mortar,  or  other 
weight ;  and  the  other  passes  through  the 
pullies  and  about  the  roller,  which  is 
turned  round  by  means  of  hand-spikes 
passing  through  the  holes  in  the  ends  of 
the  roller  :  whilst  a  man  holds  the  cable 
tight,  the  gun  is  raised  to  the  height  re- 
quired, so  that  the  carriage  may  be  put 
under  it. 

GIN  Triangle — Length  of  arms  of  the 
[gin  16  feet  4  1-2  inches.  Roller,  6  feet 
!  long.  Tackle  fall,  78  feet  of  3  inch  white 
j  rope.  Sling,  6  inch  white  rope. 

The  newly  constructed  gin,  by  having 
;  one  half  of  the  roller  of  a  greater  diameter 
than  the  other,  gives  a  m  w  power,  that 
of  elevating  or  lowering  the  object  in  a 
greater  or  lesser  proportion,  according  to 
1  the  end  of  the  cylinder  upon  which  the 
(cable  is  fixed. 

For  the  different  exercises  of  the  gin, 
see  the  word  EXERCI s F. . 

GINCE,aplace  in  India,  situated  35 
miles  N.  W.  of  Pondichery. 

GINJAULS  or  GINGAULS,  an 
East  Indian  name,  signifying  large  mus- 
quets  used  with  a  rest,  somewhat  similar 
to  those  invented  by  Marshal  Vauban,  for 
the  defence  efforts. 

GIRANDE,  Fr.  the  chief  cluster,  of 
assemblage  of  an  artificial  firework,  with 
which  a  shew  or  illumination  is  gene- 
rally concluded. 

A  glrande  may  be  made  by  uniting 
several  chests  or  clusters  together,  and 
securing  with  a  match  of  communication, 
a  regular  inflammation. 

GIRANDOLE,  Fr.  literally,  a  chan- 
delier ;  a  cluster  of  diamonds. 

G  i  R  A  N-  DO  L  E  s ,  Fr.  circles  ornamented 
with  fusees.  They  are  used  in  fireworks. 
See  SOLEILS  tour  nans, 

GIROUETTES,  Fr.  Weathercocks, 
vanes.  They  are  seldom  or  ever  used  on 
oliore,  except  as  weathercocks  on  tops  of 
church-steeples,  &c. 


GLO 


GO  N 


231 


GIROUETTE  in  the  singular  number, 
likewise  means  figuratively  light,  incon- 
stant, not  to  be  depended  upon.  As  ce 
jeune  vfficier  est  aussi  girouette  que  ce  cou- 
tume.  This  young  officer  is  as  light  as 
usual. 

GISTES,  pieces  of  wood  which  are 
made  use  of  in  the  construction  of  plat- 
forms to  batteries,  and  upon  which  the 
madriers  or  broad  planks  are  placed. 

GLACIS.     See   FORTIFICATION. 

GLACIS  d'une  cornicbe,  Fr.  a  water- 
fall, or  insensible  slope  which  is  made 
upon  the  cymatlum  fa  member  of  archi- 
tecture, whereof  one  half  is  convex,  and 
the  other  concave)  of  a  cornish. 

GLADIATOR,  GLADIATEUR, 
Fr.  a  sword  player,  a  prize  fighter.  The 
old  Romans  were  accustomed  to  make 
their  slaves  fight  with  one  another  at 
their  public  festivals,  and  the  only  weapon 
they  used,  was  a  gladine  or  sword.  This 
barbarous  usage  was  abolished  by  the 
emueror  Theodoric  in  the  year  of  Christ 
500 ;  but  it  prevailed  among  the  ancient 
15ritons,  and  in  England  to  a  much  later 
date. 

GLAIS  militaire,  Ft.  a  military  com- 
pliment which  was  paid  to  the  remains 
of  a  deceased  general.  It  consisted  in  a 
discharge  of  ordnance.  In  a  civil  sense,  it 
means  the  chiming  of  bells  at  the  death  of 
a  pariah  priest. 

GLAISE./'V.  clay,  or  potter's  earth. 

GLAlSER,jpV.  to  do  over  with  potter's 
earth,  or  clay 

GLAIVE,  a  broad  sword,  or  falchion, 
anciently  so  called. 

Le  GLAIVE  d-e  la  justice,  the  sword  of 
justice. 

GLAIZE,  a  kind  of  halbert,  so  called 
by  the  Saxons. 

GLAS,  Fr.  knell. 

GLIB  act,  a  very  ancient  act  of  par- 
liament which  directed  that  the  Irish  no- 
bility and  gentry  who  were  of  English  or 
Norman  -  extraction,  should  forfeit  the 
privileges  of  their  original  country,  if 
they  did  not  shave  the  upper  lip.  This 
act  took  place  when  Ireland  was  first 
conquered,  and  its  object  was  to  distin- 
guish the  descendants  of  the  invaders 
from  the  old  Irish  nobility  that  traced  its 
origin  to  Milesius,  who  wore  their  hair 
and  their  Beards  very  long  ;  hence  glib, 
means  loose,  flowing. 

GLIPHE  ou  GLYPHE,  Ft.  signifies 
generally  every  species  of  canal,  or  hol- 
low, which  constitutes  any  part  of  orna- 
mental architecture. 

GLOBES  OK  Lallans  d*  artifices,  Fr. 
globes  or  balloons,  which  are  filled  with 
artificial  fire.  They  are  used  to  set  fire 
to  an  enemy's  town  or  works,  &c.« 

GLOBES  de  feu,  Fr.  a  cartouch  made 
of  mashed  paper,  which  is  laid  upon  a 
wooden  bowl  and  made  perfectly  round. 
It  is  afterward  perforated  in  several 
places,  and  filled  with  the  inflammable 
Composition  that  is  used  in  the  making 
"'o  of  /,'••.<  .  t)  fen.  The  instant  it 


catches,  a  very  bright  and  lively  fire  is-- 
sues  out  of  the  several  holes. 

GLOBE.     See  GEOGRAPHY. 

GLOIRE,/>.  an  artificial  fire. work, 
which  resembles  a  large  sun.  It  is  made 
by  means  of  an  iron  wheel  containing 
four  circles,  each  circle  diminishing  to- 
wards the  centre,  and  kept  at  equal  dis- 
tances from  one  another.  Forty  eight 
jets  de  feu,  or  fire  spouts,  are  tied  to  these 
circles;  each  jet  is  twenty  French  inches 
long,  and  there  arc  twelve  of  them  fixed 
to  each  of  the  four  circles.  The  gloire  or 
soleil  is  placed  in  the  middle  of  the  prin- 
cipal fire- work. 

Military  GLORY,  honor,  reputation 
and  fame,  acquired  by  military  atchieve- 
ments.  That  precarious  splendor,  w'.iich 
plays  round  the  brows  of  a  warrior,  and 
has  been  collected  by  hard  service,  ex- 
traordinary genius,  and  unblemished  in- 
tegrity ;  but  which  may  desert  the  grea«- 
est  hero  through  one  unfortunate  failure. 

GO.  The  verb  to  go  is  variously  used 
in  a  military  sense,  as  to  march  in  a  hos- 
tile, or  warlike  manner. 

To  Go  off,  implies  to  depart  from  any 
post. 

To  Go  on,  to  make  an  attack. 

To  Go  over,  to  revolt. 

To  Go  out,  to  go  upon  any  expedi- 
tion, &c. 

To  Go  out  is  likewise  frequently  used 
to  signify  the  act  of  fighting  a  duel,  as  he 
ivcnt  out  ivith  a  brotbet  officer,  and  ivas 
slightly  lucunded. 

GO  A,  a  strong  town  on  the  Malabar 
coast,  belonging  to  the  Portuguese.  The 
chief  trade  is  in  arrack  This  fort  was 
taken  by  the  English  April  ad,  1756* 

GOLADAR  01  GOLDAR,  an  East 
Indian  term,  signifying  a  store- keeper,  or 
store-house-keeper. 

GOLANDAAZEE,  the  Indian  term 
for  an  artillery  man. 

GOLCONDA,  a  province  in  India, 
formerly  comprehending  the  nabobships 
of  Arcot,  Canoul,  Cudapa,  Rajamandry, 
and  Chicacole. 

GOL.CONDA,  formerly  a  city  and  the 
capital  of  the  province.  It  stood  at  the 
foot  of  the  rock  and  fortress  of  the  same 
name ;  but  the  city  has  long  since  been 
deserted;  and  its  inhabitants  removed  to 
Hyderabad:  nevertheless  its  nameisstili 
frequently  used  in  Indostan,  when  in  re. 
ality  thq(  city  of  Hyderabad  is  meant. 

GOLDEN  Rock,  a  spot  near  Tritch*. 
nopoly  in  East  India,  which  has  been  re- 
nowned by  the  victory  that  was  gainerf 
by  the  British  troops  over  the  French 
and  their  allies  in  1753. 

GONDECAMA,  Gondcgama,  a  river 
in  India,  which  makes  the  northern 
boundary  of  the  province  of  Arcot ;  Con- 
davir  extends  between  this  and  the  river 
Kristna. 

GONDOLA,  Condole*  Fr.  this  won! 
may  be  taken  in  two  senses,  viz.  to  sig- 
nify a  cup;  or  a  small  barge  which  is 
fiat  aiid  long  in  it's  ronstrncrirjji?  a 


232 


GOT 


G  O  V 


Only  moved,  or  worked  by  oars.  Gondo- 
las are  much  used  upon  the  canals  in  Ve- 
nice ;  they  an  extremely  remarkable  for 
their  shape,  and  the  great  swiftness  with 
which  they  glide  through  the  water. 
The  middle  sized  ones  are  about  thirty 
feet  long,  and  are  only  four  feet  broad 
across  the  middle,  gradually  tapering  to- 
wards each  end,  ana  rising  in  two  sharp 
and  narrow  points  to  the  ordinary  height 
of  a  man.  Upon  the  prow  is  fixed  an 
iron  of  uncommon  length,  which  does  not 
exceed  half  a  finger's  breadth  in  thickness  ; 
but  which  is  four  fingers  broad,  and  is 
so  disposed  as  to  cut  the  air.  The  upper 
part  of  this  iron  which  is  flatter  than  the 
rest,  stretches  out  in  the  shape  of  a  large 
hatchet  a  full  foot  in  length  :  so  that 
when  the  gondo  a  is  on  her  way,  it  seems 
to  men,.ce  <  very  thing  before  'it,  and  to 
force  its  passag,-. 

GONDOLIERS,  Gondoliers,  Fr.  the 
men  who  have  the  management  of  the 
gonctoias  at  Venice,  are  so  called.  The 
equipment  of  a  gondola  seldom  exceeds 
two  persons,  even  on  hoard  ot  those  barges 
that  belong  to  the  foreign  ambassadors. 

It  sometimes  happens  that  there  are 
four,  when  persons  of  distinction  go  to 
the  r  country  houses  The  gondoliers 
never  sit  down  but  row  the  barge  standing 
upright  and  push  forward.  One  man 
always  plies  in  the  fore  part  of  the  gondo- 
la, and  the  other  is  at  :he  poop. 

GONFALON,  Pan  ensign  or  stargl- 

GONFANON,  Sard. 

GONG,  the  Persian  word  for  a  village. 

GONG  WALLAS,  villagers,  tlu  mi- 
litia in  India  so  called;  from  gong,  a  vil- 
lage, and  wallas,  a  nun. 

GORGE.     See  FORTIFICATION. 

GORGE,  Fr  likewise  means  any  hol- 
low, between  a  chain  of  mountains,  that 
affords  a  passage  into  an  open  country. 

GORGE,  Fi •-.  a  sort  of  concave 
moulding  belonging  to  ornamental  archi- 
tecture. 

GO  KG  ERIN,  Fr.  in  ancient  times, 
that  part  of  the  armor  which  covered 
the  neck  of  a  man.  Hence  our  word 
garget. 

GORGON'S,  in  military  antiquity,  a 
warlike  female  nation  of  Lybia,  in  Afri- 
ca, who  had  frequent  quarrels  with 
another  nation  of  the  same  sex,  called 
Amazons. 

GOTHIC,  (Gotbique  Fr.)  any  thing 
constructed  after  the  manner  of  the  Goths. 
Various  works  and  buildings  that  appear 
to  have  been  constructed  without  any 
particular  regard  to  the  rules  of  art,  ate 
so  called.  All  the  old  cathedrals  are  in 
the  Gothic  taste. 

Monsieur  de  Fenelon  has  said,  that 
gothic  architecture  can  support  aw  im- 
mense vault  upon  the  slightest  pillars. 
The  elevation  of  it  is  so  wonderful,  that 
although  it  seems  ready  to  tumble,  is 
perforated  and  fuli  of  windows  in  every 
part,  ami  stands  as  it  were  SviSponckrd  in 
the  skies,  it  nevertheless  lasts  out  centu- 


ries, and  almost  always  proves  more  du- 
rable than  the  most  regular  buildin;  s. 

Fronton  G  O  T  H I  Q  U  E ,  Fr.  a  got  hie 
pediment.  In  modern  architecture,  all 
circular  or  triangular  gable  ends  are  so 
called,  when  they  are  sculptured,  or  three 
leaved. 

GOUDRON  eu  GOUDRAN,  Fr. 
pitch  and  tar. 

GOUDRONS,  Fr.  small  fascines,  or 
faggots  which  are  well  steeped  in  wax, 
pitch,  and  glue,  and  then  are  lighted  for 
the  purpose  of  setting  fire  to  beams, 
planks,  traverses,  galleries,  pontoons,  &c. 
They  are  likewise  used  in  various  shapes 
and  ways,  to  convey  light  into  the  ditches, 
or  upon  the  ramparts. 

GOVERNOR  o/d  fortification,  is,  or 
should  be,  a  person  of  great  military 
knowlege;  and  is  a  very  considerable 
officer,  whose  authority  extends  not  only 
over  the  inhabitants  and  garrison,  but 
over  all  troops  that  may  be  there  in  winter 
quarters,  cantonments,  or  quarters  of  re- 
freshment. 

Duty  of  a  GOVERNOR  in  time  of  peace , 
is  to  order  the  guards,  the  rounds,  and  the 
patroles  ;  to  give  the  parole  and  counter- 
sign every  night  after  the  gates  are  shut; 
to  visit  the  posts,  to  see  that  both  officers 
and  soldiers  do  their  duty,  and  that  ev.ry 
thing  goes  on  regularly  and  in  good  order. 

Duly  of  a  GOVERNOR  in  time  of  ivar. 
He  should  consider  the  place  in  such  a 
manner,  as  if  the  enemy  were  going  to  be- 
siege him,  not  omitting  the  least  thing 
that  may  contribute  to  a  long  and  obsti- 
nate defence;  he  should  therefore  take 
particular  care  to  keep  the  fortifications 
in  good  repair  ;  clearing  the  country  round 
of  all  hedges,  ditches,  trees,  hollow  roads, 
caverns,  and  rising  grounds,  within  the 
reach  of  cannon  shot  ;  not  suffering  any 
houses  to  be  built  within  that  distance', 
nor  in  general  any  thing  to  be  done  that 
may  favor  the  approach  of  an  enemy. 

He  should  consider  weL  with  himself 
every  minute  circumstance  that  may  be 
of  advantage  to  him  during  the  siegi ":  he 
should  thoroughly  examine  the  several 
works,  and  canvas  all  the  dirlere:  t  stra- 
tagems that  may  be  used,  cither  to  de- 
fend them,  or  to  give  way  upon  occasion, 
when  overpowered,  with  an  intent  to  re- 
turn and  dislodge  the  enemy,  after  he  has 
got  possession  of  them  ;  in  short,  how 
to  defend  the  place  entrusted  to  his  care, 
inch  by  inch,  with  the  best  advantage. 

He  should  consider  how,  and  in  what 
manner,  the  works  defend  each  other ; 
whether  their  communications  are  safe, 
or  liable  to  be  interrupted  by  the  besieg- 
ers ;  how  to  incommode  the  enemy  when 
he  is  at  a  distance,  or  to  dislodge  him 
when  near  ;  whether  the  ground  be  proper 
for  mines,  and  where  they  should  be 
made ;  whether  any  part  of  the  country 
may  not  be  laid  under  water,  by  means  of 
dykes  or  sluices:  if  there  are  any  already 
made,  how  to  keep  them  in  constant  re- 
pair, or  to  make  new  ones  if  they  are  want- 


GOU 


G  R  A 


233 


See  governor  of  a   FORTIFI- 
A   witn •  ss   is  so   called  in 


Vessels  peculiar  to  the  Ma- 
They  have  rarely  more  than 
although  borne  have  three; 


ed  ;  taking  care  to  construct  them  so  that  ij  or  place.' 
the  enemy  may  not  have  it  in  his  power  i  CATION. 
to  destroy  them,  either  with  his  cannon  j)      GOVVA. 
or  mortars.  I;  India. 

If  the  governor  be  not  sufficiently  skilled  j  GRABS, 
in  the  systems  of  attack  and  defence,  he  ',  labar  coast, 
should  frequently  converse  with  the  offi-  'j  two  n-.asts, 

ctrs  of  engineers  and  artillery  who  under-  j]  those  of  xhree  areabout  300  tons  burthen  ; 
stand  them;  examine  the  works  together,  ;|  but  tho  others  are  not  more  than  150  tons; 
see  what  may  be  done  to  render  the  de-  |  they  are  built  to  draw  very  little  w.tter, 
fence  of  the  place  as  long  as  the  circum-  j  being  very  broad  in  proportion  to  their 
stances  and  nature  of  the  works  will  ad-  ,  length,  narrowing  from  the  middle  to  the 
mit  of;  and  to  make  it  familiar  to  him-  !•  end,  where  instead  of  bows  they  have  a 
self,  he  should  set  down  a  project  of  de-  |  prow,  projecting  like  that  of  a  Medi- 
fence  on  paper,  and  have  it  canvassed  by  :  terranean  galley,  and  covered  with  a  strong 
the  most  skilful  officers  of  artillery  and  :  dtc It  level  with  the  main  deck  of  the 
engineers  about  him.  This  must  be  '  vessel,  from  which,  however,  it  is  sepa- 
done  in  private  ;  that  spies  or  deserters  j  rared  by  a  bulk  head,  which  terminates 
may  not  discover  the  weak  parts  to  the  i;  the  forecastle.  As  this  construction  sub- 
enemy.  In  short,  nothing  should  be  ne- 
glected on  the  part  of  the  governor. 


He  should  see  that  the  place  be  well ' 
supplied  with  ammunition,  and  whole-  i 
some  provisions;  that  the  hospitals  are  J 


jects  the  grab  to  pitch  violently  when 
'sailing  against  a  head  sea;  the  deck  of 
the  prow  is  not  enclosed  with  sides  as  the 
rest  of  the  vessel  is,  but  remains  bare, 
that  the  water  which  dashes  upon  it  may 
pass  oft'  without  interruption.  On  the 


in  good   order,    and  provided    with  able 

physicians    and     surgeons,     as   likewise  jj  main  deck  under  the  forecastle  are  mount. 
•  with  every  thing  wholesome  ana  neces-  I  ed  t^o  pieces  of  cannon  nine  or  twelve 
.sar?,  that  the  sick  and  wounded  may  be  '  pounders,  which  point  forwards  through 
well  taken  c*reof. 

The  powder  magazines  above  all  things, 
require  his  most  special  care  :  for  though 
they  are  built  bomb-proof,  yet,  when  a 
great  number  of  shells  fall  upon  them,  j 
they  seldom  resist  their  shuck ;  for  which  i 
reason  they  should  be  covered  8or  10  feet  j( 

thick  with  earth,  and  a  layer  ot  fascines,  j|  the  touch-hole  of  a    piece  of  ordnance, 
dung  and  strong   planks,  laid  over  them.  Ij  the  heating  it  in  such  a  manner,  that  the 

It  ,  metal  which  is  poured  in  may  assimilate 
I  and  mix.  When  it  becomes  cold,  a  fresh 
'aperture  is  made  or  bored. 

GRAIS,  Ft\  large  stones  resembling 
Scotch  pebbles.  They  are  used  to  pave 
the  high-roads,  and  streets. 

GRAM,  the  grey    peas  arc  cal  ed  by 


the  port  holes  cut  in  the  bulk  head,  and 
fire  over  the  pr  w  ;  the  cannon  of  the 
broadside  are  from  six  to  nine  pounders, 

GRAFF.     See  DITCH  or  MOAT. 

GRAIN,  Fr.  A  word  used  in  the  re- 
pairing  of  damaged  cannon. 

Mettre  un  G  R  A  IN  a  une  piece ,  to  fill  up 


gnorant    goud-for- 
of    infamous 


GQUJAT,  Fr.'  A  soldier's  boy. 
likewise  signifies  an 
nothing  fellow. 

GOUINE,    a    woman 
character. 

GOURDIN,  Fr.  a  flat  stick,  twofin- 
gers  in  breadth,  which  was  used  by  the 
French  to  punish  galley  slaves. 


GOURGANDINE,  Fr.  a  strumpet 
of  the  lowest  specie.-;,  a  soldier's  trull. 

GOUVERNAIL,  Fr.  a  rudder. 

GOUVERNEMENT,  Fr.  anciently 
meant  a  certain  specific  allotment  of  pro- 
vinces, towns,  &c.  under  the  superin- 
tendence and  government  of  one  person 
•who  received  his  powers  from  the  king, 
and  had  subordinate  officers  under  h.m. 
There  were  twelve  governments  in  F  ranee, 
at  the  first  institution  of  monarchy, 
called  grands  t^ou'verneinens  genet'uux, 
which  were  specifically  noticed  in  all  the 
general  sittings  of  the  kingdom.  They 
were  first  formed  by  Hugues  Capet,  in 
987.  Previous  to  the  revolution  in  1789, 
they  were  subdivided  into  39  geheral  pro- 
vincial governments  with  inferior  officers, 
subject  to  their  jurisdiction  ;  such  as  go- 
vernors of  towns,  and  commandants  of 
fortified  places.  Each  governor  general 
was  entitled  to  a  guard  of  cavalry,  a  cer- 
tain number  of  halberdiers  and  armed  men 
on  toot. 

GOUVERNEUR  d'une  place  de  gucr- 
<•.  the  governor  ojf  a  fortified  town 


this  name  in  Hindustan,  and  is  the  com- 
rnon  food  of  horses,  for  which  purpose  it 
is  previously  ste.pt  in  water. 

GRAMEN,  j,ia»s,  in  botany. 

GRAM  IN  E,  co  ur  Mine  gramine^  Fr.  a 
grass  or  gramineous  crcwa,  which  was 
made  among  the  Romans.  See  OBSI- 

DIONA  L. 

GRANADE.  False  orthography. 
See  GRIN  AD  a. 

GRANAD1ER,  false  orthography. 
See  GRENADIER. 

GRAND.  This  word  is  frequently 
used  both  in  French  and  English  as  9. 
word  of  title  or  distinction;  it  mean* 
great.  In  French  it  also  means  large. 

GRAND  division.  The  battalion  being 
told  oti  by  two  companies  to  ^ach  divi- 
sion, is  said  to  be  told  oft'  in  grand  divi- 
s.ons ;  hence  grand  division  firing  is,  when 
tne  battalion  fires  by  2  companies  at  the 
same  time,  and  i:>  commanded  by  I  offi- 
cer only . 

GRAND  maitre  d'ar  tiller  ie,  Fr.  grand 
master  of  tne  ordnaj.ce,  &c  &c  &c. 

GRAND  soleil  brilianl,  Fr.  a  sun  exhi- 
bited in aruJicialfirework.s.  See GI. 


234 


GR  A 


GR  A 


G  R  A  N  r>  fiz,ir.     See  VIZIR. 

GRANITE,  (granit,  Fr.,/  a  sort  of 
hard  stone  which  is  variegated  by  spots 
and  streaks,  and  is  rather  encrusted.  It 
is  very  common  in  Egypt.  There  is  a 
species  of  granite,  that  is  of  a  white  and 
violet  color ;  and  anotne:  which  is  green 
mixed  with  white.  The  most  ordinary 
kind  has  grey  and  green  spots  scattered 
ever  a  greyish  white. 

Column's  40  feet  high  have  been  s.vn 
in  Egypt  which  consisted  wholly  of  one 
niece  of  granite.  The  Egyptian  Pyra- 
mids a;e  made  of  that  marble ;  such  in- 
deed is  the  quantity  said  to  exist  about 
the  country,  that  s-me  authors  imagine 
the  whole  extent  of  its  foundation  to  be 
a  solid  rock  of  granite.  The  French  dis- 
tinguish this  sort  of  stone  by  calling  it 
inarbre  granit  and  marbre  grant  telle.  In 
natural  history  it  is  generally  called  gru- 
xita,  being  a  distinct  genus  of  stones 
composed  of  separate  and  very  large  con- 
cretions rudely  compacted  together,  of 
great  hardness  and  capable  of  receiving  a 
very  fine  and  beautiful  polish. 

GRANOIR, •  Fr.  a  term  used  in  the 
French  artillery,  to  signify  a  sort  of  sieve, 
in  which  there  are  small  round  hoi  s 
ibr  moist  powder  to  be  passed  through,  in 
order  to  make  the  grains  perfectly  round. 

GRAPES.     See  SHOT. 

G  R  A  P  H  O  M  E  T  E  R ,  (grapbometre, 
fr.J  among  surveyors,  an  instrument  for 
taking  angles,  and  generally  called  a 
semi-circle.  In  mathematics  it  serves 
to  measure  heights  and  elevations,  to 
raise  plans,  &c 

GRAt  PL1NG.  The  French  call  it 
p^ pin,  herisson,  risson,  or  harpea;. ;  it 
is  a  sort  of  small  anchor,  with  tour  or 
five  nukes  or  arms,  commonly  used  to 
ride  a  boat. 

G  *  A  r  P  L  i  N  G-ircnst  in  the  art  of  war,  are 
composed  of  4,  5,  or  6  branches,  bent 
round  and  pointed,  with  a  ring  at  the  root, 
to  whkh  is  fastened  a  rope  to  hold  by, 
when  the ,  rapple  is  thrown  t  any  thing,  in 
order  to  bring  it  near,  so  as  to  lay  hold  of  it. 

Fhe  GRAPPLING,  an  instrument 
\vhich  nearly  resembles  the  above,  only 
that  it  is  fitted  with  strong  barbs  instead 
of  ri  ikes,  and  is  fixed  at  the  yard  arms  of 
afire-ship  to  grapple  her  adversary,  and 
set  her  i;n  fire.  The  French  call  this  in- 
strumentgra/>/#  debrultt. 

GRAS-40/j,  Fr.  in  carpentry,  a  terra  to 
signify  any  ^iece  of  wood  which  is  too 
large  to  fit  the  place  it  was  intended  to 
fill,  and  which  must  necessarily  be  di- 
minished. Hence  the  expression  dcmal- 
&>•/>,  to  thin. 

GRASSifgramenjJ  in  botany  a  general 
name  for  most  of  the  herbaceous  plants 
used  in  feeding  cattle. 

GRASS  platSy  green  walks  which  for 
the  most  part  are  made  by  laying  turfs  or 
green  sods. 

GRATICULER,  Fr.  to  divide  with 
a  pencil  on  a  sheet  of  paper,  any  design 
or  drawing  into  jma.ll  equal  squares,  in 


order  to  reduce  the  original  sketch  or  pic- 
ture, or  to  enlarge  it  by  the  same  proce.-;1 
This  word  is  derived   from   the    It.. 
gratico/a,  a  gridiron. 

GRATIFICATION,  Fr.  In  a  gene, 
ral  acceptation  of  the  term,  this  woru 
meant, amoiu  tne  French,  certain  rci^  arc... 
which  generals  gave  to  the  troops,  after 
a  severe  engagement,  in  testimony  of  thei:' 
valor  and  good  conduct.  These  rewards 
were  distributed  according  to  ranK  .  Thk 
custom  was  prevalent  in  the  rnest  anciei; 
times.  According  to  Vegetius,  all  mo- 
nies distributed  by  the  Romans,  as  mili- 
tary gratifications  or  rewards,  were  de- 
posited in  the  ensign  or  standard-bearer^ 
hands,  to  be  occasionally  given  to  the  sol- 
diers. Sometimes  the  generals  gave  di- 
rections, that  a  certain  proportion  shouhl 
be  sequestered  or  put  apart.  By  de^ret 
a  fund  was  collected ;  and  the  temptations 
to  desert  lost  their  influence  in  thssupc- 
r  or  attachment  which  every  soldier  felr 
to  his  standard,  whose  bearer  was  the 
trustee  of  his  little  property,  and  re 
whom  he  was  consequently  bound  b»' 
one  of  the  most  powerful  ties  of  the  hu- 
man  heart — set/  interest. 

By  gratification  was  likewise  meant  thi; 
accumulation  of  a  certain  sum,  •  whic 
was  deposited  for  the  specific  purposec.'' 
burying  a  deceased  soldier. 

GraliJScathn  signified,  among  th 
French,  in  a  more  extended  cense  of  the 
word,  a  public  reward  given  to  a  body  cr 
soldiers  on  the  recommendation  of  a  .ene~ 
ral,  for  some  signal  act  of  bravery  in  the 
day  of  battle.  'When  this  happened  the 
soldiers  had  a  certain  sum  of  money  dis~ 
tributed  amongst  them,  and  the  office: .- 
received  annual  pensions. 

GRATIFICATION  likewise  means  *• 
certain  allowance  in  money  which  i. 
made  to  prisoners  of  war.  'The  British 
officers  in  France  have  been  allowed  b<t\ 
per  day,  and  the  non-commissioned  an<s 
soldiers  i  \-id.  the  officers  have  also  u-.Ov/. 
in  lieu  of  rations. 

GRATTER  wt  l^aisseau,  Fr.  to  clear-. 
or  careen  a  ship. 

GRATTER  en  macannerie,  Fr.  to  restorr 
the  original  appearance  of  a  waller  build- 
ing by  grating  the  superficies  with  c 
trowel,  or  any  other  iron  instrument. 

GRAVEURS,  Fr.  Persons  employed 
and  paid  by  the  founders  of  cannon  for 
repairing  damaged  pieces  of  artillery. 
Some  individual,  however,  was  distin- 
guished by  the  name  of  Gra-veur  de  I'Ar- 
tillcrie,  Engraver  to  the  Artillery,  and  was 
permitted,  by  the  Grand  Master  of  the 
Ordnance,  to  exhibit  over  his  shop-door 
the  arms  of  the  royal  artillery. 

GRAVITY.— Table     of    the    Specif c 
gravity  of  several  Solid  and  Fluid  bodies. 
Platina  .  .         23403 

Fine  gold  .  19640 

Standard  gold      .  .         18888 

Quicksilver  .  H3-5 

Fine  silver  ,  •        11091 

Standard  silver          .  i°535 


ORE 


ORE 


235 


Copper 

Copper  halfpence 

Gun  metal 

Cast  brass 

Steel 

Iron 

Cast  iron 

Tin 

Crystal  glass 

Marble   '      . 

Common  green  glass 

Flint 

Common  stone   t 

Clay 

Brick 

Common  earth 

Nitre 

Ivory         .  . 

Brimstone 

Solid  gunpowder 

Sar.d 

Coal 

Boxwood 

Sea  water 

Comm  n  water 

Oak 

Gunpowder,  close  slacken 

Do.  in  loose  heap 

Ash 

Maple 

Elm 

Fir 

Charcoal 

Cork 

Air 

The  several  sorts  of  wood  are 


9000 
8915 
8784 
8000 
7830 

7645 
7425 

7320 

3150 

2700 
2600 


2000 

1984 

1900 

1825 

1810 

T74> 
1520 
1250 

1030 
1030 

1000 

925 

937 
836 

800 

753' 

600 

550 

240 
1.232 
supposed 

This  table  also  contains  the  weight  of 
a  cubic  foot  of  each  body  in  avoirdupois 
ounces;  from  whence  results  the  follow- 
ing rules  : 

?  .  To  find  the  magnitude   of  any  Lvdy  from 
it's  Weigbr. 

As  the  tabular  specific  gravity  of  the 
body, 

Is  to  its  weight  in  avoirdupois  ounces, 

So   is  one  cubic   foot,  or  1728  cubic 
inches, 

To  its  contents  in  feet  or   inches  re- 
spectively. 

2.    To  find  the  ivelght   of  a  body  from    Its 
magnitude. 

A  s  one  cubic  foot,  or  1728  cubic  inches, 

Is  to  the  content  of  the  body, 

So  is  the  tabular  specific  gravity 

To  the  weight  of  the  body. 

GRAVOlS,Fr.  rubbish. 

GREAT  fortification.  O  ne  of  t  he  di- 
visions of  the  first  system  of  M.  de  Vau- 
ban. — It  consists  in  a  fortification  whose 
exterior  side  is  from  185  to  260  toises,  or 
from  370  to  520  yards,  and  is  seldom 
^adopted  but  towards  a  nver  oj^a  marsh . 

GREAT  radius.  The  wrrel^  oblique 
radius.  See  FORTIFICATION. 

GRECIAN  fire,  feu  Gregeoir,  Fr.  a 
sort  of  artificial  fire,  which  insinuates 
itself  beyond  the  surface  of  the  sea,  and 
which  burns  with  increased  violence  when 
it  mixes  with  that  element.  Itsdirec- 
tjohs  are  contrary  to  the  course  of  natural 


fire;  for  the  flames  will  spread  them- 
selves downwards,  to  the  right  or  Teft, 
agreeably  to  he  movement  that  is  given. 
It  is  composed  or  made  up  of  naptha, 
sulphur,  bitumen,  gum  and  j>i  ch  ;  and  it 
can  only  be  extinguished  by  vinegar  mixed 
with  urine  and  sand,  or  with  undressed 
leather  or  green  hides.  Some  writers  as- 
sert, that  it  was  invented  •  y  an  e>  gineer 
(belonging  to  Heliopolts,  a  town  in  Syria,) 
whose  name  was  Gailinicus,  and  who 
used  it  with  so  much  skill  and  effect 
during  a  naval  engagement,  that  he  de- 
stroyed a  whole  tk-et  belonging  to  the 
enemy,  upon  which  were  embarked 
30,000  men.  This  cdmbustible  master 
has  retained  the  name  of  Grecian  fire,  be- 
cause the  Greeks  first  practised  the  in- 
vention It  is  asserted  indeed,  that  the 
secret  of  making  Grecian  tire,  which 
should  be unextinguishable,  has-been  long 
since  lost ;  ive  say  uncxtlngithhable,  be- 
cause the  ancients  did  not  know,  as  we  do, 
how  to  repress  or  put  out  the  liame. 
According  to  the  author  of  Qeuvre* 
•<'.•;,  a  powerful  compositionvwhich 
couJd  only  be  extinguished  by  si  rone 
vinegar  (a  secret  unknown  to  the  ancients; 
might  be  made  of  the  following  combus- 
tible materials  :  vi*.  pitch,  rosin,  tallow, 
camphor,  turpenrinc,  salt  of  nitre,  liquid 
varnish,  oil  of  sulphur,  linseed,  rock  oil, 
flax,  charcoal  finely  pulverized;  the 
whole  of  which  being  boiled  together, 
and  before  it  grows  cold,  mixed  with 
quick  lime:  a  consistence  is  formed  thnj 
will  be  susceptible  of  the  most 
and  destructive  fire. 

( :  R  E  N  A  D  E  S ,  ;  in  the  a  rt  c  f 
GRANADES  or  S  are  hollow  balls  or 
GREKADOES,)  shells  of  iron  or 
other  metal,  about  2  1-2  inches  diameter, 
which  being  filled  with  fine  powder,  arc 
set  on  fire  by  means  of  a  small  fuse, 
driven  into  the  fuse-hole,  made  of  well 
seasoned  beech  wood,  and  formerly 
thrown  by  the  grenadiers  ""into  ; 
where  men  stood  thick,  and  particular! ;-' 
into  the  trenches  and  other  lodgrm-;-; 
made  by  the  enemy.  As  soon  .; 
composition  within  the  fuse  gets  to  the 
powder  in  the  grenade,  it  bursts  into  ma- 
ny pieces,  greatly  to  the  injury  of  all  who 
happen  to  be  in  its  way.  Grenades  were 
first  made  about  the  time  shells  were  in- 
vented (which  see)  and  first  used  in  1594? 
Grenades  have  much  sunk  into  disuse; 
but  nothing  is  more  effectual  than  gre- 
nades thrown  into  the  midst  of  the  enemy, 
who  have  jumped  into  the  ditch.  Dur- 
ing the  siege  of  Cassel,  under  the  Count 
de  Lippe,  in  the  campaign  of  1762,  a 
young  engineer  undertook  to  carry  one  of 
the  outworks,  with  a  much  smaller  de 
tachment  than  had  before  attempted  it 
without  success  He  gained  his  object 
with  ease,  from  the  use  of  grenades  • 
which  is  a  proof  that  they  should  not  bo 
neglected,  either  in  the  attack  or  defence 
of  osts. 

grfrtailt,    Fr.    There  h   *• 


236 


G  R  E 


GR  E 


sort  of  grenade  which  is  thrown  out  of  a 
mortar. 

I»  is  sometimes  used  for  the  purpose 
of  annoying  the  besieging  enemy ;  in 
•which  case  quantities  are  rolled  down  the 
rampart  ntothe  lossc,  or  ditch,  upon  the 
•workmen  or  miners. 

A  grenade  rese  -  hies  a  bomb  or  shell, 
with  this  only  difle  ence,  that  the  grenade 
lias  not  any  handles  to  it. 

There  are  some  grenades,  called  gre- 
nades a  main  hand-gr.  nades,  whose  calibre 
is  equal  to  that  oi"  a  four  pounder.  The 
charge  >s  from  five  to  six  ounces  of  gun- 
powder, or  thereabouts.  They  are  ex- 
tremely serviceable  on  many  occasions  : 
but  particularly  so  to  throw  among  the 
men  that  are  wo-king  in  the  trenches; 
numbers  of  whom  the\  must  inevitably 
wound.  The  vent  of  a  ':  -a^d-grenade  con- 
ta;  s  about  six  iin^s,  or  haifan  -nch. 

Tlio  tbilowin;:  proportions  belonged  to 
grenades,  according  to  their  several  diame- 
ters in  former  times;  they  have  been  much 
improved. 

Grenades  whose  calibre  is  equal  to  that 
°f  a  33  pounder,  contain  about  6  French 
inches  or  more  diameter,  8  lines  in  thick- 
ness, and  16  pounds  in  weight. 

Grenades  whose  calibre  is  equal  to  that 
of  a  24  pounder,  contain  5  French  inches 
5  l^ues  diameter,  six  lines  in  thickness, 
and  12  pounds  in  weight. 

Grenades  whose  calibre  is  equal  to  that 
of  a  16  pounder,  contain  4  French  inches 
9  lines  diameter,  5  lines  in  thickness  and 
8  pounds  in  weight. 

Those  that  weigh  6  pounds,  have  3 
French  inches  5  lines  diameter,  and  are 
5  lines  thick. 

Those  that  weigh  £  pounds,  have  3 
French  inches  21-4  lines  diameter,  and 
are  5  lines  thick. 

Those  that  weigh  3  pounds,  have  2 
French  inches  8  lines  diameter,  and  are 
41-2  line;-  thick 

Those  that  weigh  2  pounds,  have  2 
French  inches  4  lines  diameter,  and  arc  4 
lines  thick. 

Those  that  weigh  i  pound,  have  i 
French  inch  ten  lines  diameter,  and  are 
3  lines  thick 

Those  that  weigh  three  quarters  of  a 
pound,  have  i  French  inch  8  lines  diame- 
ter, and  are  3  lines  thick. 

Those  that  weigh  half  a  pound,  have  i 
French  inch  8  lines  diameter,  and  are  3 
lines  thick. 

Those  that  weigh  a  quarter  of  a  pound, 
have  i  French  inch  6  lines  diameter,  and 
are  2  1-2  lines  thick. 

These  proportions  were  formerly  at- 
tended to  in  the  old  French  servicr,  with 
occasional  deviations  from  the  strict  mea- 
surement of  the  lines ;  as  it  was  supposed 
to  be  of  little  consequence  whether  the 
grenades  fitted  the  mortars  exactly.  It 
was,  indeed,  generally  thougbt  advisable 
to  adapt  their  sizes,  so  that  they  might 
be  thrown  out  without  the  kast  resist- 
ance  or  compression. 


Grenades  were  directed  to  be  thicker  at 
the  breech  than  elsewhere,  in  proportion 
to  their  several  diameters. 

Durtubie,  in  his  Manuel de  V  Artilleur, 
gives  the  following  succinct  account  of 
grenades.  That  writer  observes,  "  that 
besides  bombs  or  shells,  and  howitzers, 
hollow  vessels  made  of  iron  in  globular 
shapes,  which  are  called  grenades,  are 
frequently  used;  gunpowder  is  poured  in 
through  'the  cavity  or  vent,  called  in 
Fre;.ch  lumitrc^  into  which  a  fuse  loaded 
with  a  composition  of  combustible  mate- 
rials is  introduced." 

There  are  two  sorts  of  grenades.  Those 
distinguished  by  the  name  of  grenades  de 
rampart,  are  rolled  from  the  top  of  the 
parapet  into  the  ditch  ;  they  are  equal  in 
c  libre  to  that  of  a  33  and  a  16  pounder; 
and  they  weigh  16,  n,  and  8  ounces. 

The  other  species  is  called  grenades  a 
main.  These  are  thrown  into  the  covert 
way,  and  the  trenches,  &c.  Their  cali- 
bre is  that  of  a  4  pounder,  and  they  weigh 
2  pounus.  The  ordinary  thickness  of 
grenades  is  four  lines  throughout. 

It  will  occur  to  our  military  readers, 
that  by  this  account  a  considerable  alte- 
ration has  taken  place  in  the  casting  oi 
grenades,  as  the  intermediate  dill'  >ences 
have  been  consolidated;  hand-grenades, 
instead  of  being  thicker  at  the  breach,  are 
uniformly  of  the  s  ;me  consistency.  It 
cannot,  however,  be  thought  superflu- 
ous to  preserve  an  account  of  the  original 
dimensions. 

GRENADES —Hand  grenades  mav 
be  thrown  to  the  distance  of  13  fathoms. 
For  their  dimensions  see  the  word  SHFLL, 

GRENADES  Tur^ues.  Fr.  Turkish 
grenades  A  sort  of  Krena  ie  which  is 
made  by  the  Turks.  Their  grenades  are 
extremely  defective,  and  do  little  execu- 
tion. 

GRENADIER,  ;  a  foot  soldier  armed 

G  RAN  A  DIER,$  with  firelock,  bayo- 
net, and  in  some  services  with  a  hanger ; 
grenadiers  carry,  besides  their  arms,  a 
cartridge  box  that  will  hold  36  rounds. 
They  are  always  the  tallest  and  stoutest 
men,  consequently  the  first  upon  all 
attacks  Tvery  battalion  of  foot  m  the 
British  army  has  generally  a  company  of 
grenadiers  belonging  to  it,  which  takes 
the  right  of  the  battalion.  Grenadiers 
were  first  instituted  in  France  in  1667,  by- 
having  4  or  5  to  each  company;  but  in 
the  year  1670,  they  were  formed  into 
companies,  and  in  1685,  were  first  known 
in  the  British  sorvic. . 

Horse  GRENADIERS,  called  by  the 
French  grenadiers  volant,  or  flying  grena. 
diers,are  such  as  are  mounted  on  horse- 
back, but  figjp  both  on  foot  and  horse, 
back.  TWy  were  firs,  established  in 
France  by  Lewis  XIV.  in  1676,  and 
formed  into  squadrons. 

GRENABIERS  auxiliaries*  Fr  Aux- 
iliary grenadie-s.  During  a  siege,  and 
when  a  place  was  closely  invested,  a  cer- 
tain number  of  grenadiers  were  chosen 


GR  O 


GU  A 


237 


out  of  the  battalions  belonging  to  the 
trenches,  for  'he  purpose  of  making  head 
against  the  bes  e.'ed,  whenever  they 
might  risk  a  sally,  01  insult  the  works. 
It  was  the  peculiar  duiy  of  these  men  to 
;stand  for  ward  on  ev  ry  occasion,  to  set  fire 
to  the  gabions  at^ache-i  to  the  batteries, 
und  to  crush  every  attempt  which  might 
be  made  by  the  /armor  to  annoy  the  men 
that  were  posted  in  the  Lunches,  &c. 

It  was  customary  amon,  the  French 
to  ncrease  the  number  of  those  grena- 
diers, who  went  first  into  danger  and  did 
th^  duty  of  the  trenches.  These  were 
called  grenadiers  posteicbes,  or  extra  gre- 
.'ia  iiers. 

GRF.NADIERES,  ou  G-BERNES,  the 
bags  or  haversacks  which  no  id  the  gre- 
nades. They  were  worn  like  powder- 
flasks. 

G  R  E  N7 1  E  R ,  Ft.  (men  re  en  gr enter.) 
To  stow  any  thin<  loosely. 

G  RENOIR.  Fr.  (Une  espece  dt 
.-rlble.)  A  sort  of  sieve  through  which 
;^unpowd?r  was  passed,  and  formed  into 
grains  of  different  sizes. 

GREVE,  Fr.  Any  flat  space  of  ground 
on  the  bank  of  a  river,  or  near  tht.  sea 
A  place  in  Paris  is  so  called,  where  dur- 
ing the  old  government  of  France,  ail 
criminals  w:re  executed.  Gre-ve  is  also 
usc-i.1  io  signify  the  gallows. 

GREVS.,  Fr.  armor,  or  covers  for  the 
legs.  They  were  anciently  worn  by  the 
French ;  and  generally  consisted  of  a 
piece  of  steel  or  stilt' leather,  which  pro- 
tect -d  rue  *ront  part  of  the  leg. 

GRIFFE,  Fr.  means  literally  a  claiur 
but  in  a  military  sci.se,  as  accepted  by 
th-.'  French,  it  signifies  an  iron  instru- 
ment which  ib  made  like  a  hook,  and  is 
used  by  miners  to  pick  out  the  small 
.stones  that  are  incorporated  with  ce- 
rnent,  &c. 

GR1GNON,  Fr.  broken  biscuit. 

GR1SONS,  a  people  formerly  in  alii- 
ance  with  the  British  but  since  annexed 
to  SwisserJand.  They  in.  abit  the 
mountainous  ;  arts  of  the  Alps  in  Italy, 
and  supported  a  well  organised  army, 
called  the  army  of  the  Grisons,  under 
general  Macdonald  during  the  war. 

GROS,  Fr.  A  body  of  soldiers  ;  a  de- 
tacnment.  The  French  frequently  say 
— Ungros  de  cavaleric,  a  body  of  cavalry"; 
un  gtos  d'infanterie,  a  body  of  ai  fan  try 

GROUND.  The  field  or  place  of  ac- 
tion 

GROUND-"OW£,  in  military  architec- 
ture. See  FOUNDATION. 

GROUND  arm,  an  old  word  of  com- 
mand on  which  the  soldiers  laid  do-.vn 
their  arms  upon  the  ground. 

This  word  of  command  has  been  ex- 
ploded since  the  introduction  of  the  new 
exercise.  Soldiers  are  now  ordered  to 
file  Of  stack  arms. 

To  take  GROUND.  A  battalion  or  com-i 
pany  is  said  to  take  ground  when  it  ex- 
tends in  any  given  direction.  1  his  term 
S3  likewise  used  in  duelling,  as—  Thry  took 


then    ground  at  eight  or  ten  paces  from  one 
another . 

GRUE,  Fr.  A  crane.  It  is  frequently 
used  in  the  embarkation  and  debarkation 
of  cannon,  £c. 

GUARANTEE.  Anyperspnor  power 
who  undertakes  tor  the  performance  ot" 
any  stipulations  agreed  on  between  two 
other  powers  or  parties. 

GUARD,  in  the  military  art,  is  a  duty 
performed  by  a  body  of  men  to  secure 
an  army  or  place  from  b.~in^  surprised  by 
an  enemy  In  garrison  the  guards  are  re- 
lieved every  day ;  hence  it  comes  that 
every  soldier  mounts  guard  once  ev.ry 
three  or  four  days  in  time  of  peace,  and 
much  oftener  in  ti:.ieof  war.  See  HO- 
NORS. 

G  u  ARDS,  also  imply  the  troops  kept  to 
guard  generals  and  other  public  officers, 
and  sometimes  consist  of  both  horse  and 
foot. 

Horse  -  grenadier  GUARDS.  The  first 
troop  was  raised  in  the  year  1693  in  Eng- 
land; the  second  in  1702.  Each  troop 
had  a  colon- 1,  1>  utenaut  colonel,  i  gui- 
don or  major,  three  exempts  and  captains, 
3  lieutenants,  i  adjutant,  3  cornets,  and 
60  private  men,  they  have  been  abolished. 

Britith  life  GUARDS.  In  consequence 
of  the  reduction  of  the  horse  grenadier 
guards,  two  regiments  inve  been  raised 
for  the  specific  purpose  of  guarding  the 
metropolis,  and  of  ro^al  escorts.  They 
are  generally  called  the  first  and  second 
life-guards.  Each  regiment  consists  ol 
six  troops  of  53  men  and  i  kettle  drum. 

Royai '  Reeiment  of  Hone  GUARDS .  This 
regiment  v\nich  is  commonly  called  the 
Oxford  Blues,  from  having  originally 
been  raised  by  the  earl  of  Oxford,  consists 
of  nine  troops. 

Yeomen  of  the  GUARDS,  a  kind  of  foot 
guards  to  the  B  irish  king's  person,  and  arc- 
generally  called  by  a  ulcV-narne — the  beef" 
eaters.  They  were  first  raised  by  Henry 
VII.  in  the  year  1485,  consisting  o,  250 
men  of  the  first  rank,  under  gentry,  and 
or  a  larger  stature  than  ordinary,  each  be- 
ing required  to  be  6  feet  high.  At  pre- 
sent there  are  but  100  on  constant  duty, 
and  70  more  not  on  duty  ;  and  when  any 
one  of  the  100  dies,  his  place  is  supplied. 
out  of  the  70.  They  go  dressed  altei  the 
manner  of  Henry  VIll.'s  time.  Their 
pay  is  2,  shillings  and  6  pence  per  day. 

Fast  GUARDS,  are  regiments  of  foot  ap- 
pointed for  the  fcUard  of  tUe  British  king 
and  his  palace,  and  for  -er.eral  service. 
Therv  are  three  regiments  of  them,  called' 
the  is-.,  2d,  and  3d  regiment  of  foot- 
guards.  They  were  raised  in  the  yeav 
1660  The  first  regment  is  at  present: 
commanded  by  i  colonel,  i  lieutenant 
coloi.el,  3  majors,  27  captains,  i  captain- 
lieufeaa.:t,  62  'lieutenants,  24  ensigns,  and 
3  adjutants,  and  consists  of  3  ba'tahons, 
The  s>  comi  regiment,  or  Cohlstream, 
has  r  •:  --lonel,  i  lieutenant  culo.u ;i,  2  ma- 
jors, 16  ^aptai:  s,  i  i.a  tan  hi;;.-,iant. 
42  lieutenants,  14  ensigns,  and  *  adju- 


2S8 


GU  A 


G  IT  A 


fsnts,  and  consists  of  two  batt.ilioRS. 
The  third  regiment  is  the  same  as  the 
seco'-.d.  The  li^sr  ic^iinent  of  French 
-:u  nJs  was  raised  in  the  reign  of  Charles 
IX  in  the  year  1563. 

.-rial  GUARDS,  the  name  of  a  body 
of  sek-ct  troops  organised  by  the  French 
->r,    which    greatly    distinguished 
themselves  at  the  battle  of  Austeriitz. 

Trench  GUARD  only  mounts  in  the 
time  of  a  siege,  and  consists  sometimes  of 
3,  4,  or  6  battalions,  according  to  the 
importance  of  the  siege.  This  guard  must 
oppose  the  besieged  when  they  sally  out, 
protecr  the  workmen,  &c. 

.>,  is  always  an  officer's 
guard  that  attends  the  provost  in  his 
rounds,  to  prevent  desertion,  marauding, 
rioting,  &c.  Sec  PROVOST. 

G  UARD-magazine.  S^-e  STORE-KEEP- 
ER. 

Advanced  GUARD,  is  a  party  of  either 
horse  or  foot,  or  both,  that  marches  bf- 
fpre  a  more  considerable  body,  to  give  no- 
tice of  any  approaching  danger.  These 
guards  are  either  made  stronger  or  weaker, 
according  to  the  situation  or  danger  that 
may  be  apprehended  from  the  enemy,  or 
the  country  you  are  to  march  through. 

Van  GUARD.  See  A D  v  A  N  c  F.  n  G  u  A  R  D. 

Artillery  G  u  A  R  D,  is  a  detachment  from 
the  army  to  secure  the  artillery  when  in 
the  field.  Their  corps  de  garde  is  in  the 
front  of  the  artillery  park,  and  their  sen- 
tries distributed  round  it.  This  is  general- 
ly a  48-hours  guaid;  and  upon  a  march 
this  guard  marches  in  the  front  am!  rear 
of  the  artillery,  and  must  be  sure  to  leave 
nothing  behind.  It  a  gun  or  waggon 
breaks  down,  the  officer  that  commands 
the  guard  is  to  leave  a  sufficient  number  of 
men  to  assist  the  gunners  and  aids  in  get- 
ting it  up  again. 

Aititfay  </.v -V.'.  T-G CARD,  is  frequently 
a  non-commissioned  officer's  guard  from 
the  regiment  of  artillery,   whose  corps  de 
is  always  in  the  front  of  their  en- 
campment. 

Artillery  rear-G  u  A  R  D,  consists  in  a  cor- 
poral and  6  men,  posted  in  the  rear  of  the 
park. 

Corps  de  G  u  A  R  D,  are  soldiers  entrusted 
"with  the  guard  of  a  post,  under  the  com- 
mand of  one  or  more  officers.  This  word 
also  signifies  the  place  where  the  guard 
mounts. 

:cr GUARD.  See  FORTIFICATION. 

Grand  GUARD.  A  guard  composed  of 
three  or  four  squadrons  of  horse,  com- 
manded by  a  field  officer,  posted  about  a 
mile,  or  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  camp, 
on  the  right  and  left  wings,  towards  the 
enemy,  for  the  better  security  of  the  camp. 

forage  GUARD,  a  detachment  sent  out 
to  secure  the  foragers,  who  are  posted  at 
all  places,  where  cither  the  enemy's  party 
may  come  to  disturb  the  foragers,  or 
where  they  may  be  spread  too  near  the  ene- 
my, so  as  to  be  in  danger  of  being  taken. 
This  guard  consists  both  of  horse  and 
loot,  who  must  remain  on  their  posts 


till  the  foragers  are  all  comeofTthe  grc. 

Main  G  UARD,  is  that  from  whence  ali 
other  guards  are  dct  ched.  Tho.se  who 
are  for  mounting  guard  assemble  ?t  their 
respective  private  parades,  and  march 
fr»m  thence  to  the  general  parade  in  good 
order,  where,  after  the  whole  guard  is 
drawn  up,  the.-  small  guards  are  detached 
to  their  respective  posts  ;  then  the  sub- 
alterns cast  lots  for  their  guards,  who  are 
all  under  the  command  of  the  captain  of 
the  main  guard.  This  guaul  mounts  in 
garrison  at  different  hcurs,  according  to 
the  pleasure  of  the  governor. 

Picqt.-et  GUARD,  a  good  number  of 
horse  and  foot,  always  in  readiness  in  case 
of  an  alarm  :  the  horses  are  generally  sad- 
dled all  the  time,  and  the  riders  booted. 

The  foot  draw  up  at  the  head  of  the 
battalion,  frequently  at  the  beating  of  the 
tat- too;  but  afterwards  >xturn  to  their 
tents,  wher.  they  hold  themselves  in  rea- 
diness to  march  upon  any  sudden  alarm. 
This  guard  is  to  make  resistance,  in  case 
of  an  attack,  until  the  army  can  get  ready. 

Baggage  GUARD,  is  always  an  officer's 
guard,  who  has  the  care  of  the  baggage  OP 
a  march.  The  waggons  should  be  num- 
bered by  companies,  and  follow  one 
another  regularly  ;  vigilance  and  atten- 
tion in  the  passage  of  hollow- way r-, 
woods,  and  thickets,  must  be  strictly  ob- 
served by  this  guard. 

Ordinary  GUARDS,  such  as  are  fixed 
during  the  campaign,  or  in  garrison  towns, 
and  which  are  relieved  daily. 

Extras dinary  GUARDS,  or  detach- 
ments, such  as  are  only  commanded  on 
particular  occasions;  either  for  the  fur- 
ther security  ot  the  camp,  to  cover  the 
foragers,  or  "for  convoys,  escorts,  or  ex- 
peditions. 

Soldiers  are  sometimes  ordered  to  take 
extraordinary  guards,  as  a  punishment 
for  slight  misconduct. 

Quarter  GUARD,  is  a  small  guard  com- 
manded by  a  subaltern  officer,  posted  in 
the  front  of  each  battalion,  at  200  feet  or 
more  before  the  front  of  the  regiment. 

Rear  GUARD,  that  part  of  the  armV 
which  brings  up  the  rear  on  a  march, 
generally  composed  of  all  the  old  grand- 
guards  of  the  camp. 

The  rear  guard  of  a  party  is  frequently 
8  or  10  horse,  about  500  paces  behind  the 
party.  Hence  the  advanced  guard  go; 
upon  a  party  forms  the  rearguard  in  a  re- 
treat. 

Rear  GUARD,  is  also  a  corporal's  guard 
placed  in  the  rear  of  a  regiment,  to  keeiv 
good  order  in  that  part  of  the  camp. 

Standard  GUARD,  a  small  guard  under 
a  corporal,  which  is  taken  out  of  each  re- 
gibvi.t  of  horse,  and  mounts  on  foot  in 
front  of  each  regiment,  at  the  distance  of 
from  the  streets,  opposite  to  the 
main  street. 

To  be  ui>in  GUARD.  See  Mounting 
GUARD. 

To  relieve  GUARD.     See  R£  L  i  K 

Turn  out  the  GVARD.    A  phrase  used 


GU  A 


GU  A 


239 


when  it  is  necessary  for  the  guard  to  form 
for  the  purpose  of  receiving  a  general  or 
commanding  officer;  on  the  approach  of 
on  armed  party  ;  on  the  beat  of  drum  or 
-sjund  of  trumpet,  or  any  alarm. 

Port  GUARD.  A  guard  detached  from 
•'ic  main  guard.  All  officers  on  port  or 
Detached  guards  are  to  send  a  report, 
,  >ht  and  morning,  to  'the  captain  of  the 
:;iain  guard,  and  at  all  other  times,  when 
•uiy  thin;r  extraordinary  occurs.  Those 
who  command  at  the  ports  are  to  draw 
:;p  the  bridges,  or  shut  the  barriers,  on 
vlie  anproach  of  any  body  of  armed  men, 
of  which  they  are  to  give  notice  to  the 
officer  of  the  main  guard,  and  not  to  suf- 
fer any  of  them  to  come  into  the  garrison, 
without  leave  from  the  governor  or  com- 
mander. 

Gut  GUARDS  Under  this  head  may 
not  improperly  be  considered  outposts, 
advanced  picquelj;,  and  detachments.  The 
duties  of  outposts  are  so  various  as  usually 
'-0  require  detailed  instructions  according 
'-.o  circumstances.  The  following  direc- 
•ions  are  generally  applicable,  and  must 
be  strictly  attended  to  should  there  be  any 
occasion  'for  it  to  act  upon  home-service. 
The  duty  of  outposts,  &c.  is  chiefly  con- 
fined to  light  troops,  who  are  occasionally 
ib^isted  and  relieved  by  the  line.  They 
jie  always,  in  that  case,  under  the  irn- 
Oiediate  direction  of  some  general.  But 
when  circumstances  render  it  necessary, 
iliat  this  duty  should  be  done  from  the 
line,  the  outposts  fall  under  the  com- 
mand of  the  officers  of  the  day,  unless 
some  particular  officer  be  put  in  orders 
ibr  that  specific  command. 

All  outguards  march  off  without 
trumpets  sounding,  or  drums  beating. 
They  pay  no  compliments  of  any  kind  ; 
neither  do  their  sentries  take  any  compli- 
mentary notice  of  officers  passing  near 
their  posts.  No  guards  are  to  presume 
to  stop  any  persons  coming  to  camp  with 
provisions  (unless  they  be  particularly 
ordered  so  to  do,)  and  are  on  no  account 
to  exact  or  receive  any  thing  for  their  free 
passage. 

Any  officer,  trumpeter,  or  other  person, 
Who  comes  from  an  enemy's  camp,  is  to 
be  secured  by  the  first  guard  he  arrives 
at,  till  the  commander  in  chief's,  or  the 
general's  pleasure  is  known.  When  a 
deserter  comes  in  from  the  enemy,  the 
officer  commanding  a  post,  or  guard,  at 
which  he  arrives,  is  immediately  to  send 
him  under  a  proper  escort,  (without  per- 
mitting him  to  be  delayed  or  examined, 
or  any  questions  asked  him]  to  the  officer 
commanding  the  outposts,  who,  after 
inquiring  whether  he  brings  any  intelli- 
gence immediately  relating  to  his  own 
post,  will  forward  him  to  head-quarters. 

The  sentries  on  the  outposts  are  always 
to  be  doubled.  No  officers,  soldiers,  or 
followers  of  the  camp,  are  on  any  account 
to  be  suffered  to  pass  the  outposts,  with- 
out they  are  on  duty,  or  present  a  regular 
j>ass  from  head-quarters. 


The  men  on  advanced  picquets  are  to 
carry  their  provisions  with  them,  ready 
cooked,  when  circumstances  will  permit. 
The  cavaln  to  carry  sufficient  forage  for 
the  time  they  are  to  be  out. 

It  is  the  duty  of  officers  on  all  guards 
to  inspect  every  relief  of  sentries,  both 
when  they  ?o  on,  and  come  oft'  their 
posts  ;  to  call  the  rolls  frequently,  and 
by  every  means  in  the;r  power  to  keep  the 
men  under  their  command  in  the  most 
perfect  state  of  vigilance  and  preparation. 

Officers  commanding  outposts  are  to 
send  guides,  or  orderly  men,  to  the  major 
of  brigade  of  the  day,  or  to  the  brigade- 
major  of  their  own  brigades,  as  circum- 
stances n-quire,  in  order  to  conduct  the 
new  guards,  and  to  carry  such  orders  as 
may  be  necessary. 

When  the  arniy  is  on  a  inarch,  the  of- 
ficers must  apprize  the  brigade-majors  of 
the  situation  of  their  posts,  as  soon  a* 
they  arrive  ar  them.  All  detachm'ents 
of  brigades,  which  are  ordered  to 
Immediately i  are  to  be  taken  from  the  pic- 
quets, andrepiactd  directly  from  the  line. 

Whenever  detachments  excd  d  200  men, 
or  upwards,  a  surgeon  or  surgeon's  mate 
is  to  be  sent  from  the  corps  of  the  officer 
who  commands.  On  particular  duties, 
the  attendance  of  a  surgeon  or  mate  may 
be  requisite  with  smaller  detachments". 
Detachments  of  cavalry,  of  50  or  upwards, 
will  be  attended  by  a  farrier. 

AS  soon  as  an 'officer  commanding  an 
outpost,  or  advanced  picquet,  (whether 
of  cavalry  cr  infantry;  arrives'  on  his 
ground,  he  must  endeavor  to  make  him- 
self master  of  his  situation,  by  careful!/ 
examining,  not  only  the  space  he  actually* 
occupies,  but  the  heights  within  mus- 
quet-shot ;  the  roads  and  paths  leading  to 
or  near  his  post,  ascertaining  their  breadth 
and  practicability  for  cavalry  and  cannon. 
He  should  examine  the  hollow  ways 
that  cover  the  approach  of  an  enemy  ; 
and,  in  short,  consider  all  the  points  from, 
which  he  is  most  likely  to  be  attacked, 
either  by  cavalry  or  infantry.  He  will, 
by  these  means,"  be  enabled  to  take  mea- 
sures to  prevent  the  possibility  of  being 
•j  surprized  ;  and  should  he  be  attacked 
:!  during  the  night,  from  the  previous 
knowlege  he  has  obtained  of  the  ground, 
he  will  at  once  form  a  just  estimate  of 
the  nature  of  the  attack,  and  make  his  ar- 
rangements for  defence  with  promptitude 
and  decision.  In  order  to  convey  the 
same  alacrity  to  his  men,  and  to  prepare 
the  most  inexperienced  for  sudden  and 
unexpected  attacks,  an  officer  upon  an 
outpost  will  do  well  to  put  them  upon  the 
alert,  by  skilfully  occasioning  false  alarms . 
But  these  must  not  be  often  repeated, 
nor  when  practised  be  made  known  to  his 
men  as  having  proceeded  from  himself; 
since  supineness  and  inactivity  might  by 
degrees  be  the  consequence  of  such  a  dis- 
covery. 

An  intelligent  officer  upon  an  outpost, 
even  unprovided  with  entrenching  tools, 


240 


GU  A 


GU  A 


will  materially  strengthen  his  post,  wh 
the  uuobserver  would  remain  inact  \ 
A  tree  re  led  with  judgment ;  brush  woe- 
cut  to  a  certain  distance;  pointed  stakes, 
about  breast  hu:h,  placed  on  the  poii>t. 
\\\'-  ;'.ssa:lable  by  an  enemy,  may  be  at- 
teir'-.'d  with  the  greatest  advantages,  ana 
can  !v  ril-ft  d  wi^h  th;  common  hatch- 
es, ivhl  h  the  men  carry  ocut  fire- wood 
Ir  rt,  every  imped'' ment  which  an 
of  he -i,  °..r:ng  '»n  the  defensive,  can  throw 
in  an  enemy's  way,  oudit  to  be  scrupu- 
lously attended  to  I ndependertly,  there- 
to r  ,  of  the  means  which  he  adopts  tor 
the  immediate  protection  of  his  posts,  he 
must  lootv  beyond  that  point;  and  as 
nothing  checks  the  ardour  of  t<-o<;pr.  more 
than  an  unexpected  obstacl,-,  within  an 
hundred  yards,  more  or  less,  of  the  place 
attacked,  he  must,  on  his  arrival  at  the 
outpost,  rhrow  ur>  some  temporary  im- 
pedimental that  distance.  See  AM.  MIL. 
LIBRARY 

Mount i fig  GUARDS.  It  is  indispensi- 
bly  necessary,  that  every  officer  should 
know  how  to  mount  and  corrie  oif  guard,  j 

All  guards  parade  with  ordered  arms, 
and  unfixed  bayonets,  without  any  inter- 
vals between  them,  .hi,-  ranks  open.  Th  . 
officer  brings  the  guard  to  a  shoulder; 
and  the  officers  with  their  sword?;  drawn, 
and  non-commissioned  officers  command- 
ing vuards,  are  formed  about  forty  paces 
in  front  of  the  centre,  in  two  ranks, 
facing  the  line,  where  they  are  to  rteei\e 
the  old  parole  and  such  orders  as  may  be 
given  them. 

The  major  or  commanding  officer  gives 
the  word  of  command. 

"  Officers  and  non-commissioned  offi- 
cers— Take  post  in  front  of  your  respec- 
tive guards  ! — Outward  face — March  !" 

As  soon  as  they  have  taki-n  post,  front- 
ing their  respective  guards,  the  word  oi 
command  will  be  ^iven — 

"Office  rs  and  non- 1  ommissioned officers 
— to  vour  guards — March  ! — Front  ! — 
Halt  » 

**  Officers  and  non-commissioned  offi- 
cers, inspect  your  guards  !" 

The  several  officers  and  non- commis- 
sioned officers  then  inspect  their  guard  as 
quick  as  possible.  When  there  is  a  cap- 
tain's guard,  each  officer  is  to  take  a  rank, 
the  serjf-ants  acci  mpai;y:n>>  them. 

A&  soon  as  the  inspection  is  over,  the 
adjutant  goes  down  the  line  and  receives 
the  report  of  each  guard  ;  the  officers  re- 
turn to  ;heir  posts;  and  tlv  major,  or 
eorni:  anding  ffice:,  cemmancis — '*  Fix 
bayonets  ! — Shoulder!" 

When  the  c< -lours  are  brought  on  the 
parade,  the  cUv.m  is  beat ;  and  the  drum- 
mer's call  ou  the  fight. 

The  captain  will  face  inwards,  and  the 
lieutenant  and  ensign  will  face  to  the 
right,  and  m..rch,  quick  time,  to  the  head 
of  the  grenadiers,  Tne  captain  goes  to 
the  head  of  the  right  of  his  remaining 
nun.  The  field  officer  then  orders  the 
grenadiers  to  close  their  ranks,  and  to 


.narch  off  in  quick  time,  the  lieutenant 

Vjing  three  paces  advanced  in  front  of  his 

ai'.d  the  enskn  one.     The  colours 

eived  as  usual.     And  the  color  par- 

y  on  their  arrival  on  the  left  flank  of  the 

;ards,  will  file  at  the  slmi>  time, 
Through  the  ranks:  the  liemerant,  and 
the  Colors,  in  front  of  the  front  rank. 
The  guards  are  to  march  off  at  the  slow 
time,  and  by  d  visions,  taking  care, 
that  when  they  open  their  ranks,  the 
front  rank  of  each  keeps  its  jxact  distance 
from  the  front  rank  preceding-  it.  When 
there  are  more  officers  than  one  belonging 
to  the  same  guard,  the  second  in  rank  is 
to  take  post,  dnd  'o  march  past  the  com- 
manding officer  on  the-  parade,  at  the  head 
of  th'.'  last  division,  instead  of  being  in 
the  rear  of  it.  When  therr  is  an  officer, 
senior  to  the  field  officer  of  the  day,  on  the 
parade,  the  guards  are  to  march)  by  and 
salute  him  :  the  field  officer  of  the  day, 
in  that  case,  marching  at  their  head. 

G  u  A  R  a.  roojns  The  following  article:, 
should  properly  come  under  the  heads  of 
furniture  and  utensi's. 

Cavalry  and  infancy  GuARD-rcowj  are 
allowed  a  water  bucket,  candlestick,  tin 
can  for  drink,  and  drinking  cups;  they  are 
also  a'lowvd  fire  irons,  and  coal  tray. 

The  rooms  of  the  quarter- masters  and 
Serjeants  of  cavalry,  and  the  serjeant- 
major  and  quarter-master  serjeant  of  in- 
fantry, to  be  furnished  with  the  necessary 
bidding  and  utensils  in  the  same  manner 
as  is  allowed  to  the  soldiers'  rooms. 

GUARD,  in  fencing,  implies  a  posture, 
proper  to  defcRd  the  body  from  the  sword 
of  the  antagonist. 

The  word  guard  is  seldom  applied 
among  small  swordsmen  to  any  position 
but  those  of  carte  and  tierce,  the  other 
motions  of  defence  are  stiled  parades. 
See  FENCING. 

GUARDS  of  the  broad  sword  The  po- 
sitions of  defence  adopted  with  that  wea- 
pon are  generally  termed  guards,  and  may 
be  <  omprised  under  the  inside  guard, 
half-circle  guard,  hanging  guard,  half- 
hangin*.  guard,  medium  guard,  outside 
guard,  St.Geor,e's  guard,  and  spadroon 
guard.  Se^  BROAD-SWOXD. 

Prepare  to  GUARD,  in  the  cavalry  sword 
exercise,  is  performed  by  bringing  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  sword-hilt  up  to  the  pit  of 
the  stomach,  with  the  back  of  the  hand 
outwards  ;  the  blade  of  the  sword  to  be 
carried  perpendicularly,  with  the  fiat  in 
front  of  the  left  eye.  F'om  this  position 
the  guard  is  taken  by  darting  the  sword 
hand  '  smartly  forward  towards  the  left 
ear  of  the  antagonist. 

GUARD,  in  'heca-vahy  sword  exercise,  is 
used  to  denote  one  particular  position, 
which  consists  in  holding  the  sabre  nearly 
horizontal  across  the  face,  the  poin;  rather 
higher  than  the  hilr,  the  sword-hand 
directed  towards  the  left  ear  of  the  an- 
tagonist Although  this  be  peculiarly  de- 
t.omin..tedg-wj>-</,  yet  it  is  not  to  be  con- 
sidered as  a  position  c&Jculated  to  meet 


GUE 


GUE 


241 


£very  sort  of  attack,  or  an  eligible  position 
to  charge  an  enemy  ;  but  as  the  centra] 
point  from  which  the  requisite  change 
for  attack  or  defence  may  b  effected. 
The  other  position  of  defence  in  the  cav- 
alry exercise  are  stiled  PROTECTS. 

GUASTADOURS,  Fr.  Turkish  pi- 
oneers. Armenians  and  Greeks  are  gene 
rally  employed  in  tho  Turk  sh  armies,  to 
do  the  fetigue-work  that  is  necessary  for 
the  formation  of  a  camp,  or  for  conducting 
a  siege. 

GUDDA,  an  Indian  term  for  a  fool, 
a  small  fort  erected  upon  a  hill  or  rmi- 
nence;  it  means  literally  an  ass,  meta- 
phorically a  fool. 

GUDGE,  an  I.  dian  measure  24 inches 
long. 

GUE  RITE,  Fr.  Centry  box,  small 
turret.  In  fo'tified  towns  t!-ere  are  seve- 
ral small  turrets  of  this  denomination, 
•which  are  sometimes  made  of  wood  and 
sometimes  built  with  stone.  They  are 
generally  fixed  on  the  acute  points  of  bas- 
tions and  centinels  are  posted  within  them, 
.ibr  the  purpose  of  watching  fhe  ditch, 
and  of  preventing  any  surprize  in  that 
quarter. 

Those  used  upon  the  continent  of  Eu- 
rope, particularly  in  France,  contain  from 
3  to 4  French  fret  diameter  within,  and  are 
7  or  8  feet  high.  Their  general  shape  or 
figure  is  round,  pentagonal,  hexagonal, &c. 

There  are  apertures  made  on  every  side, 
through  which  the  centinel  can  observe 
every  thing  that  passes  in  fhe  ditch.  A 
path  about  2  or  3  -'eet  broad  is  cat  through 
the  parapet  and  the  banquette,  up  to  the 
entrance  of  the  guerite.  Wooden  gue- 
rites  are  generally  usetl  where  the  rampart 
is  lined  with  turf  only. 

The  spots  best  adapted  for  guerites, 
are  at  the  flanked  angles  of  bastions,  and  at 
the  angles  of  epaul<  ments.  Sometimes 
indeed,  they  are  placed  in  the  centre  of 
the  curtains.  They  must  jut  out  at  the 
point  of  the  angle,  and  the  ground  floor 
should  be  upon  a  line  with  the  cordon, 
•which  is  a  sort  of  fillet  or  trace  that 
marks  the  separation  of  the  rampart  from 
the  parapet.  They  must  likewise  pro- 
ject  lar  enough  to  afford  the  centinel  who 
is  within,  a  full  view  of  the  faces,  the 
flanks  and  the  curtains,  and,  if  possible, 
a  thorough  command  of  all  the  ditches, 

Gagner  la  GUERITE,  Fr  A  familiar 
phras  to  express  the  escape  of  a  person. 

Enjiler  la  G  u  E  R  i  T  F  ,  Fr.  To  avoid  the 
pursuit  of  another. 

GUERRE,  Fr.  War;   which  sec. 

The  word  guerre  is  indeed  sp  frequently 
used  among  the  French,  that  we  shall  not 
be  thought  too  minute  in  specifying  some 
ge  eral  terms  under  that  Head.  The  prin- 
cipal ones  are, 

G u E R R E  c lviley  Fr.    See  CIVIL  WAR. 

liomme  de  GUERRE,  Fr  a  military  man. 

Nom  de  G  UERRE,  Fr.  a  war  name;  a 
Borrowed  name  ;  it  was  formerly  common 
ta -assume  a -« :.'».«  &  gutrrt  on  entering-  the 
Ijrencharr 


Petite  GUERRE,  Fr  a  harrassin^  spe- 
cies of  warfar  .  A  contest  for  plunder. 

f  lace  de  GUERRE,  Fr.  a  fortified  tnwjj 
or  place. 

Fane  la  C-UFRRE  n  /'avY,  in  a  figura- 
tive sense,  signifies  to  watch  sieufastly,- 
and  without  taking  oft' the  eye  uom  a  par- 
ticular object. 

4  la  guerre  c^mme  a  la  GUERRE  A. 
f  iniliar  expression  among  the  French,' 
which  i;n  lies,  that  things  must  be  akeri 
as  they  COHK-. 

On  ne  Jait  la  GUERRE  que  pnur  faire 
evji?i  la  paix.  War,  after  all,  must  end  in 
peace. 

La  guerre  ncurrlt  la  G  u  E  A  R  t. ,  8$  urati  ve- 
ly  means,  that  an  army  always  subsists  atf 
the  exp.-nce  of  the  country'  in  which  ir 
lies. 

G  U  E  R  R  E  de  Sscours,  Fr.  war  of  alli- 
ance or  confederacy.  This  term  is  more 
especially  applicable  to  th-t  species  of 
contest  in  which  neighboring  princes  or 
countries-  embark  to  'defend  those  with: 
whoiri  they  are  in  alliance,  a.cainst  the 
aggression  or  exorbitant  demands  of  a 
conqueror. 

If  such  a  contest  or  war  be  flfltfed  into 
upon  the  faith  of  settled  treatiesjfce  parJ 
ties  are  bound  not  only  to  supply  the 
stipulated  number  of  soldiers,  but  even  to 
augment  their  q.  ;ota,  if  necessity  should 
require,  and  sometimes  to  march  in  per- 
son against  the  common  enemy. 

If  the  object  be  to  prevent  any  adja- 
cent country  from  falling  into  the  hands 
of  a  conqueror,  who  might  afterwards 
molest  the  contracting  party,  the  latter 
hould  observe  many  precautions  before- 
he  withdraws  from  the  contest ;  the 
principal  one  is  to  demand  the  possc-saion 
of  some  strong  places  upon  the  frontiers,, 
:o  prevent  the  inhabitants  of  the  country 
that  is  attacked  from  making  a  separate 
peace. 

The  general  selected  to  command  an 
auxiliary  army  must  be  endued  with  wis- 
dom and  foresight,     tie  must  be  wise  and 
ntelligent  in  order  to  preserve  discipline 
and  gogd  o/d.er  among  his  troops  :    and 
lave  foresight  to  provide  for  the  wants  of 
lis  army  in  a  strange  country,;  and  to  see 
hat  the  men  are  not  sent  more  into  action 
nan  they  ought,  and  that  nothing  is  done 
contrary  to  the  interest  of  his  co.:ntry. 

GUERRE  dc  montagne,  F  i .  a  war  which 
s  chiefly  carried  on  in  a  mountainous  part 
of  the  country.  This  species  of  warfare 
s:  extremely  hazardous,  as  it  cannot  be 
pursued  without  a  thorough  knowlege 
>f  the  country,  and  by  means  of  able  stra- 
:ageniy.  Marshal  Saxe,  in  his  Reveries, 
ays  it  down  as  a  rule,  that  no-army  orde- 
:achment  must  venture  into  passes  or  nar- 
•ow  ways,  without  having  first  secured 
:he  eminences  round  them  ;  and  if  the 
enemy  should  defend  the  gorges  or  out  • 
ets,  false  attacks  must  be  resorted  to,  in 
order  to  divert  his  attention  from  a  real 
ne  which  is  made  against  a  weak  quarter, 
It  frequently  happens  that  bye- war 


GUE 


CUE 


.'•lit,  which  have  escaped  the  ene- 
my's observation,  and  through  which  de- 
tached bodies  may  penetrate  for  the  pur- 
pose or  turning  his  ilanks.  In  a  guerre  dc 
:xo»tagney  or  mountain-contest,  it  is  ess*  n- 
tiailv  necessary,  that  the  advancing  body 
should  keep  up  a  regular  and  safe  com- 
munication with  its  rear,  as  well  to  se- 
cure a  retreat  if  ncce  sary,  as  to  have  a 
free  intercourse  with  its  convoys.  Sec 
AM.  MIL.  Lia. 

•  u  F.  K  K  E  dc  i:':icat!cy  Fi*.  See  WAR  of 
Cfffc&tte  cr  strut  upctft. 

GUERRE  Satn/e,  Fr.  a  romantic  expe- 
dition which  w-iS  made  by  the  Christians, 
against  the  Infidels  in  Pal  stine,  for  the 
purpose  of  re-conquering  the  Holy  Land, 
:Yom  whence  it  v.  as  called  holy  war,  or 
jintK.  See  CRUSADE. 

Foudre  de  G  u  E  R  R  E,  a  figurative  expres- 
sion among  the  French,  to  mark  the  cha- 
racter of  a  man  who  has  distinguished 
himself  in  battle,  and  is  acknowledged  to 
possess  a  superior  degree  or  valor. 

Flambeau  de  la  GUERRE,  Fr.  the  torch 
of  war.  Any  person  who  causes  war  to  be 
carried  on  with  violence  and  animosity  is 


et/'le  GUERRE,  Fr.  to  go  out 
n  detailed  parties  for  the  direct  purpose 
0*f  plundering  an  enc;.  y's  country. 

Fahe  bonne  GUERRE,  Fr.  to  carry  on 
ijcstihties  with  as  much  humanity  as  the 
lau  s  or  war  will  permit. 

Faire  l>on?ie  GUERRE,  a  quelq  «'//;/,  Fr. 
to  treat  with  a  man  decently,  but  vigo- 
rously, on  matters  that  require  explana- 
tion and  final  arrangement. 

GUERRE  ct  pi  tie  ne  s^accordent  pas  en~ 
:--cinbii,  Fr  a  French  proverb,  signifying 
•war  -nd  commiseration  seldom  go  hand  in 
hand  . 

GUERRE  juste,  Fr.  a  just  and  necessary 
war,  that  is  a  war  of  defence,  such  as  the 
\\ar  of  resistance  against  the  British, 
from  1775  to  1.783;  the  war  of  the 
French  against  the  first  coalition,  in  1792. 

GLERRE  injuste,  Fr.  an  unjust  war. 

Lvigue  GUERRE,  Fr.  along  war. 

GUKRRE  etraugere,  Fr.  a  -fore'yn  war. 

GUERRE  d'sutremer,  Fr  a  war  beyond 
the  seas. 

Gens  de  GUERRE.    Set:  GENS. 

Le  metier  de  la  GUERRE,  Fr.  the  pro- 
fession of  arms.  Hence  it  is  figuratively 
said,  les  Francois  sont  an  Jait  du  metier  de 
la  gue>rede  ten  e,  ei  les  Anglois  sont  an  fait 
du  metier  de  la  guerre  de  nier  Frenchmen 
are  at  the  top  of  the  profession  of  arms 
on  land,  and  Englishmen  are  unrivalled  at 
sea. 

Les  lots  dela  GUERRE,  Fr.  The  laws  of 

TIW. 

Le  droit  de  [a  GUERRE,  Fr.  the  rights  of 
war. 

Rusede  GUERRE,  Fr.  a  warlike  strata- 
gem. 

En  temps  de  GUERRE,  Fr.  in  time  of 
v/ar. 

Munitions  ae  ta  GUERRE  et  de  bouche, 
?r.  warlike  stores,  and  provisions. 


t'fi  de  GUERRE,  Fr.  warlike 
preparations. 

Place  de  GUERRE,  Fr.  a  fortified  place, 

Machine  de  GUKK.EE,  Fr.  a  warlike  in- 
strument or  machine. 

Consell  de  GUERRE,  Fr.  a  council  or 
war.  It  likewise  means  a  court  martial. 

Vahseau  de  G  u  E  R  R  E  ,  F  r  A  shi  p  of  war . 

Fahseau  arms  en  GUERRE,  Fr.  an  arm- 
ed vessel. 

C'est  un  grand,  homnie  de  GUERRH,  Fr. 
he  is  a  warlike  ci  aracter 

Les  mulheurs  de  la  GUERRE,  Fr.  the 
misfortunes  of  war. 

Avoir  GUERRE,  Fr.  to  commence  hos- 
tilities. 

Avoir  la  GUERRE.  Fr.  to  be  in  a  state 
of  warfare. 

Leijruitt  dela  GUERRE,  Fr.  the  fruits, 
or  consequences  of  war. 

Entreprendre  la  GUERRE,  Fr.  to  entef 
into  a  war. 

Deiccirer  la  Guf.RRE,Fr.  to  declare  war. 

Sdutenif  la  GUERRE,  Fr.  to  maint.Ji. 
the  war. 

Efitretenir  la  GUERRE,  Fr.  to  support 
the  war. 

Ces  deux  princes  wnt  eft  GUERRE,  Fr. 
these  two  potentates  are  at  war. 

Eire  en  GUEIIRE  oiiverte,  Fr.  to  be  at 
open  war. 

Se  faire /a  GUERRE,  Fr.  to  make  wa^ 
with  one  another. 

Aller  a  ta  GUERRE,  Fr.  to  go  to  war. 

Allumer la  GUERRE^'/WJ  un  ctat,  Fr.  to 
light  up  a  w.ir,  or  excite  troubles  in  any 
slate  or  country. 

Porter  la  GUERRE  dans  le  c<zur  a' UK 
pays,  Fr.  to  carry  war  into  the  heart  of  a 
country. 

GUERRE  entre  les  puissances  ega/es,  Fr. 
war  between  two  powers  which  are  near- 
ly equal  in  point  of  strength,  ami  do  not 
act  with  auxiliary  troops 

Qui  terre  a  GUERRE  a,  Fr.  a  French 
proverb,  signifying,  every  man  who  has 
.anded  property  is  exposed  to  feuds  and 
litigation. 

GUERRIER,  Fr.  Warrior 

Uf  grand  GUERBIER,  Fr.  a  great  war- 
rior. 

Les  plus  fant^ux  GUERRIERS,  the  most 
celebrated  wainors. 

It  is  also  used  as  a  substantive  in  the 
feminine  gender,  wh.-n  speaking  of  aa 
amazon  ;  as,  la  vaillante  guerriere. 

GUERRIER,  Fr.  as  un  adjective  is  vari- 
ously used,  viz.  warlike,  any  thing  ap- 
pertaining to  war. 

Actions  GUEKR  CERES,  Fr.  warlike  ac- 
tions. 

Travaux  GUERRIERS,  Fr.  works  of  a 
military  or  w  rhke  nature 

Exploits  GUERRIERES,  Fr.  warlike  ex- 
ploits. 

Courage  GUERRIER,  Fr  a  warlike  dis- 
position. 

Hinncur  Gur.  RRIERE,  Fr.  a  warlike 
spi  it  or  temper. 

Nation  GUERRIERE,  Fr.  a  warlike  na« 
tion. 


GU  E 


GU  I 


243 


//  a.  I'1  air  GUERRIER,  Fr.  he  has  a  war- 
like look  or  appearance. 

//  a  la  mine  GUERRIERE,  Fr.  he  has  a 
warlike  as,  ect. 

GUERROYER,  Fr.  to  make  war. 

GUERROYEUR,  Fr.  a  warrior. 

GUET,  Fr.  This  term  was  particu- 
larly attached  to  those  persons  belonging 
to  the  French  body-guards,  that  did  duty 
during  the  night. 

GuET</<f/j  mer,  Fr.  the  Watch  which 
the  inhabitants  belonging  to  parishes, 
towns,  or  fortified  p. aces,  situated  on  the 
sea  coast,  were  bound  to  keep  for  its  se- 
curity. On  occasions  of  this  sort,  the 
signal  of  alarm  was  made  during  the  day 
by  smoke,  and  during  the  night  by  light- 
cd  combustibles. 

GUET,  Fr  in  a  military  sense,  signi- 
fies rounds,  or  those  duties  of  a  soldier,  or 
putrolmg  party,  which  are  prescribed  for 
the  security  of  a  town,  &c.  and  to  prevent 
surprises. 

Fuire  le  GUET  au  haut  du  belfroi^  Fr.  to 
be  put  upon  duty,  or  stand  watch  at  the 
top  of  a  church  belfry. 

As seoir  le  GUET,  Fr.  to  set  the  watch. 

Poser  le  GUET,  to  post  the  watch. 

Eire  au  GUET,  Fr.  to  be  upon  the 
»va'ch. 

GUET  a  pied,  Fr.  foot  patrole. 

GUET  a  cbe-val,  Fr.  horse  patrole. 

Ce  sont  ha  bourgeois  qui  font  le  G  u  E  T,  Fr. 
*he  inhabitants  of  the  place  go  the  rounds. 

Cri  au  GUET,  Fr.  the  hue  and  cr^. 

Le  GUET  vient  de passer,  the  patroie  has 
just  passed. 

Avoir  I' ceil  au  GUET,  Fr.  to  be  minute- 
ly watchful  and  observing. 

Avoir  I' ore! lie  au  GUET,  Fr.  to  be  list- 
ening for  the  direct  purpose  of  acquiring 
information. 

Maison  de  GUET,  Fr.  round-house. 

3/lotdu  GUET,  Fr.  watch- word. 

Donner  le  mot  de  GUET,  to  give  the 
watch- word. 

Se  donner  le  mot  de  GUET,  Fr.  to  un- 
derstand one  another.  In  familiar  inter- 
course it  means  likewise  to  play  booty 
together 

GUET  apens,  Fr.  Ambitch  ;  any  pre- 
meditated design  to  injure  another  in  a 
clandestine  manner.  The  French  fre- 
quently use  this  expression;  as 

Ge  n'est  pohtt  un  rencsnlre  ni  un  duel,  c'est 
•zm  GUET  apens,  Fr.  it  is  neither  an  acci- 
dental me.-ting,  nor  a  duel,  it  is  a  down- 
lieht  plot  to  murder  him. 

DroitduGuzT  et  garde,  Fr.  a  right 
which  was  formerly  enjoyed  in  feudal 
~JFrai.ce,  by  some  lords  of  he  manor,  arul 
by  wiiich  they  were  authorised  to  call 
upon  their  vassals  to  watch  and  patrole 
for  the  security  of  their  castles,  and  to 
silence  the  frogs. 

GUETRE.     See  GAITER. 

Tirer  vos  GUETJJ  ES,  Fr.  Goaboutyour 
business :  'alarm  iar  phrase  which  is  used 
among  the  trench,  when  a  person  is  dis- 
carded, or  turned  away  in  a  summary 
manner. 


II y  a  lahse  sfs  GUETREG,  Fr.  a  figu- 
rative expression  among  French  soldiers, 
Signifying  that  a  person  died  in  such  :\ 
place. 

GUETRER,  Fr.  to  put  on  gaiters. 

GUETTE,  Fr,  a  name  v\ven  by  the 
French  carpenters  to  a  stake  that  is  fixed 
sideways  and  which  serves  for  various 
purposes. 

GUETTER,  Fr.  a  familiar  phrase., 
signifying  to  watch  the  motions  of  any 
body,  for  the  purpose  of  circumvention 
or  surprize. 

GUETTER  likewise  means  to  watch 
for  a  fit  opportunity  to  get  access  lo  any 
person . 

//  y  a  des  sergens  qui  le  G  u  E  T  T  E  w  r ,  /•>« 
he  is  closely  watched  by  some  Serjeants. 

Le  soldai  GUETTOIT  sou  colontl  pour 
lul  -j.rt'senier  un  placet,  Fr.  the  soldier 
watched  his  colonel,  in  order  to  lay  his 
petition  before  him. 

GUEUSE,  Fr.  a  rough  pu-ce  of  iron, 
which  has  been  melted,  and  has  not  gone 
through  any  further  process  or  purifica- 
tion. 

GUICHET,  Fr.  a  small  door  or  out- 
let, which  is  made  in  tt|e  gates  of  fortified 
towns.  It  is  generally  four  feet  high,  and 
two  broad;  sx>  that  a  man  must  stoop  to 
get  through.  In  1669,  the  high  town  of 
the  city  ot  Albuquerque,  in  Spain,  es- 
caped being  surprized  by  means  of  one  of 
these  outlets.  In  garrison  towns,  the 
guichet  is  left  open  for  the  space  of  one 
quarter  of  an  hour  after  the  retreat,  in 
order  to  give  the  inhabitants  time  to 
enter. 

G  r  I  c  u  E  T  d'  une  parti'  d'  ccluse,  an  open- 
ing  which  is  made  in  the  gate  of  a  sluice, 
and  which  closes  by  means  of  a  flood- 
gate.  It  serves  to  let  in  water  whe« 
wanted. 

GUIDES,  (gui&s,  Fr.}  are  generally 
tne  country  people  in  the  neighborhood 
where  an  army  'encamps  :  they  are  to 
give  you  intelligence  concerning  the  coun- 
try, the  roads  by  which  you  are  to  march, 
and  the  route  by  w-.ich  the  enemy  innv 
approach  you.  Guides  should  be  faith- 
ful, because,  in  giving  you  false  int Dili- 
gence, or  guiding  you  wrong,  they  may 
greatly  endanger  the  army.  Several  guides 
are  requisite,  as  every  corps  that  marches 
by  night  should  have  one  at  least  There 
is'  sometimi-s  a  captain,  or  chief  of  the 
guides,  who  should  be  a  man  of  intelli- 
gence, active,  and  attentive  to  the  dili- 
gence and  fidelity  of  his  people.  He 
should  always  have  a  sufficient  number 
wi  h  him,  and  who  are  well  acquainted 
with  the  country. 

In  time  of  war,  particularly  in  the  seat 
of  it,  the  guides  invariably  accompany 
head-quarters,  and  a  certain  number  is 
allotted  not  only  to  general  officers,  but 
to  ail  detathments  made  from  the  main 
body,  either  for  the  purpose  of  combating 
the  advanced  posts  of  an  enemy,  of  pro- 
tecting escorts,  or  securing  convoys. 
Guides,  in  an  army,  may  be  justly  ca.li.e4 


244 


GUI 


GUN 


its  principal  outsets.  They  are  to  a  body 
of  men  what  the  tft'es  are  to  the  human 
frame.  They  cannot.,  however^  be  too 
jealously  watched. 

GUIDFS»  the  name  ,iven  .to  the  non- 
commissioned officers  »vho  take  positions 
to  mark  tht  p  vots,  marches,  formations, 
and  alignenients  in  modern  discipline ;  it  is 
Expressed  in  Trench  by  th-  word  jaloncitrt 
from  jalon  a  post .  Sec  J  A  JL  o  N 

GUIDES  of  »ijrtc£».-vn\  tile  name  given 
to  those  which  the  French  call  j&t&tiurf 
and  thy  British  markers.  The  use  of 
guic'es,  i£  perhaps  ore  of  the  best  con- 
.ceivcd  and  ingenious  methods  which  coukl 
be  devised  to  \  erfect  the  an  of  manoeu- 
vring troops;  and  one  of  its  happiest 
advantares  is  its  titness  for  raw  rr  undis- 
cipiineu  troops,  which  by  the  aid  of 
guides  of  mance.  vre,  may  be  br  night  to 
com  :r  h. .-i.id  a  d  execute  every  >i"cies 
or  'aovenienr  in  company,  platoons, 
div  sions,  or  battalions,  in  one  third  of 
thv  ti:i:;'  formerly  required ;  and  in  a  man- 
ner much  more  perfect  than  \va->  former- 
ly  cons;Uered  as  the  utmost  excellence. 
See  Am.  Mil.  }Ab. 

GUIDES,  corns  <?f,  under  t*ie  new 
French  '.iyilasty  Prave  a  new  organization 
of  wsiich  we  hear  only  by  some  decisive 
,efK.-cts. 

Carps  c&s  GUIDES,  Fr.  T'k-  corps  of 
guides.  This  body  was  originally  formed 
in  France  in  the  year  1756,  and  consisted 
of  one  capt  tin,  one  ist  iieirenam,  one  2d 
lieutenant,  two  Serjeants,  two  .corporals, 
,one  anspessade,  and  twenty  privates, 
called  fus/tier.v-guiJfs. — Twelve  out  of  the 
twenty-rive  (which  was  the  effective 
jvum'iv.  r)  were  mounted.  These  consisted 
of  one  Serjeant,  one  corporal,  and  ten 
fusiliers.  Their  particular  duty  was  to 
'  parry  orders  that  requited  dis;  atch;  and 
on  this  accou  t  t:\ey  were  always  attach- 
ed to  head- quarters.  The  twelve  fusi- 
liers were  mounted  on  srriatt  active  horses, 
about  four  French  feet,  five  or  six  inches 
liK''.  The,  were  supplied  with  ,a  sad- 
dle, blue  saddle-cloth  trimmed  with 
white,  holster-caps  the  same*  arid  they 
were  armed  with  a  tusil  ami  ctit-and- 
thrust  bayonet,  a  pistol*  sabre,  with  a 
Gartouch-box,  containing  20  roundo. 
They  wore  hal < -boots,  or  bottines. — Each 
man  carried,  moreover^  one  field  utensil 
out  f  the  twelve  Belonging  to  the  com- 
pany. These  utensils  consisted  of  four 
hatchers,  four  shoveis,  and  four  pick- 
axes. The  thirteen /ktf/JJrr  guides  on  foot 
were  armed  with  a  fusil  six  inches  shorter 
than  the  regular  u.usquet,  with  a  blade 
bayonet  and  a  cartouch-box,  holding 
twenty  rounds  of  ball  cartridges,  Tneir 
unitonn  was  a  bhi'.  coat,  waistcoat,  and 
breecrie-,,  with  flat  whit,  ITU tal  buttons. 
The  hat  was  bordered  with  common  white 
lace  lor  the  soldiers,  and  of  a  superior 
quality  for  the  Serjeants;  which  la'ter 
had  three  silver  brandenburcs  hanging 
from  each  shoulder  The  corporals  had 
three  made  of  white  worsted,  and  the 


anspessade  two  ditto.  The  daily  pay  ot 
the  ca;  tain  was  4  livres,  or  0s.  8d.  t  he- 
ist l;e'utena,  1 1  livrc,  7  sols,  and  6  deniers,: 
equal  to  25.  4x1.  the  id  lieutenant  i  livre, 
or  lod.  each  Serjeant  13  sols,  cr  6  i-2d. 
each  corporal  to  sols,  or  6d.  each  ans- 
pessade 8  sols,  6  deniers,  or  4  i-2d.  and 
each  private  6  sols,  6  deniers,  or  3  i-2d.- 
GUIDON,  Fr.  See  SIGHT. 
GUIDON,  in  ancient  military  history, 
the  name  of  a  sort  of  standard  broad  at 
one  extreme  and  almost  pointed  at  the 
other,  and  slit  or  divided  into  two 

GUIDON  also  implies  the  officer  who 
carries  the  guidon  or  standard. 

GUIDONS,  in  the  French  service,  were 
exclusive!,  attached  to  the  Gendarmerie; 
and  among  them  the  word  formerly  meant' 
not  o-  ly  the  standard  but  likewise  the 
olHcer  who  Carrie.:  it. 

GUIG'EAU,  Fr.  This  word  means 
the  same  thing  as  cbcvttre.  It  is  a  piece 
of  Wood  which  jo  ns  the  joists  ot  a  floor, 
that  .'.re  cut  to  make  room  for  the  hearth 
of  a  chimney-  piece. 

GUILLAUME,  Fr.  a  tool  .somewhat 
like  a  plane  which  is  used  by  carpenters, 
ando:  which  there  are  several  sorts  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  the  work. 

GUINDAS,  Fr.  Ail  machines  which  \xj 
means  of  a  wheel  and  its  axis  serve  to  raise 
he?vy  loads,  are  so  called  by  the  French. 

GUILDER,  Fr.  to  draw  up  any  weight 
Hence  the  term  ^ulndage^  which  b  applied 
to  tl;c.  movement  of  loads  that  are  raised 
and  let  down. 

GUISARMIERS,  Fr.  a  body  of  free 
archers,  or  bowrn.cn,  who  took  their  name 
from  an  offensive  Weapon  called  ^uisarme, 
or  jusarme,  somewhat  similar  to  the  -vtu/gHe, 
.1  sort-:f  javelin,  which  wa^used  in  hunting 
the  wild  hoar.  Its  length  was  equal  to  that 
of  the  halbert,  and  it  had  a  broad  piece  of 
sharp  iron  fixed  to  one  end. 

GULLY.  Any  hollow  which  has  been 
nsade  by  running  ••  ater.  Ambuscades 
are  frequently  laid  in  such  places. 

GUN,  a  fire  arm,  or  weapon  of  of. 
fence,  which  forcibh  discharge  s  a  bullet 
through  a  cylindrical  bar  1  by  means  of 
gunpowder.  The  term  ics  chiefly  applied 
to  cannon. 

Somnerus  derives  gun  from  mangon,  a 
warlike  machine,  which  was  used  before 
the  invention  ot  guns.  He  establishes 
his  derivation  by  taking  away  the  first 
syllable. 

Curricle  GUNS  are  small  pieces  of 
ordnance,  mounted  upon  carriages  of  two 
wheels,  and  drawn  by  two  horses.  The 
artillery-man  is  -eated  on  a  box,  a;  d  bo 
whole  can  be  moved  forward  into  action 
with  astonishing  rapidity.  The  ti.mbrihs 
belonging  to  curricle  suns  carr;  60  rounds 
or  bail  car' ridges.  Great  improvements 
are  daily  making  in  this  machine  On  ac  •* 
count  of  its  acknowleg  d  utility. 

Great  GVN.     See  CANNON. 

Evening  GUN     P     s  kruieraliy    a   d  or 

Morning  GUN  \  1 2- pounder,  wh:ch 
is  fired  every  night  about  sun- set,  34$ 


GUN 


GUN 


245 


every  morning  at  sun-rise,  to  give  notice 
to  the  drums  and  trumpets  of  the  army, 
to  beat  and  sound  the  retreat  and  the  re- 
Veiilt. 

Morning  and  evening,  and  other  signal 
.guns,  by  the  United  States  regulations, 
are  not  to  be  fired  from  larger  calibres 
than  6  or  12  pounders  ;  which  calibres  are 
Seldom  mounted  on  permanent  works. 

GvN-Jire.  The  time  at  which  the 
-inorning  or  evening  gun  is  fired. 

GUN-£<M/,  a  boat  which  is  generally 
Vised  to  form  a  kind  of  floating  battery,  to 
cover  the  landing  of  Toops. 

GUNNEL,  or  )  the  lower  part  of  any 

GUNWALE,^  port  w  Cere  ordnance  is 

planted.  It  likewise  means  that  beam  in  a 

portoon  which  supports  the  main  v  aste. 

GUNNER,    in    the  artillery,   is    the 

title  of  the  first  and  second  artillerist  at  a 

gun  in  battery  ;  all  the  rest  are  called  aids. 

GUNNERY,    the  art  of  determining 

the  motions  of  bodies  shot  from  cannon, 

mort  irs,  howitzers,  &c.      See  the  article 

PROJECTILE. 

The  late  ingenious  Mr.  Robins,  hav- 
ing concluded  from  experiments,  that  the 
force  of  fired  gunpowder,  at  the  instant 
of  its  explosion,  is  the  same  with  that  ot 
an  elastic  fluid  of  a  thousand  times  the 
density  of  common  air,  and  that  the  elas- 
ticity of  this  fluid,  like  that  of  the  air,  is 
proportional  to  its  density,  proposes  the 
following  problem. 

The  dimensions  of  any  piece  of  artillery, 
the  weight  of  its  ball,  and  the  quantity  of 
its  charge  being  given  ;  to  determine  the 
velocity  which  the  shot  will  acquire  from 
fhe  explosion,  supposing  the  elasticity  or 
force  of  the  powder  at  the  first  instant  of 
Its  firing  to  be  given. 

In  the  solution  of  this  important  prob- 
lem, he  assumes  the  two  following  prin- 
ciples :  i .  That  the  action  of  the  powder 
on  the  shot  ceases  as  soon  as  it  is  got  out 
<9f  the  piece.  2.  That  all  the  powder  of 
the  charge  is  fired,  and  converted  into  .an 
elastic  fluid,  before  the  shot  is  sensibly 
moved  from  its  place. 

These  assumptions,  and  the  conclu- 
sions above  mentioned,  make  the  action 
of  fired  gunpowder  to  be  entirely  similar 
to  that  of  air  condensed  a  thousand  times ; 
and  from  thence  it  will  not  be  difficu.lt  to 
determine  the  velocity  of  the  shot  arising 
from  the  explosion  :  for  the  force  of  the 
fired  powder  diminishing  in  proportion  to 
its  expansion,  and  ceasing  when  it  is  got 
out  of  ihe  piece ;  the  total  action  of  the 
powder  may  be  represented  by  the  area  of 
a  curve,  the  base  of  which  represents  the 
space  through  which  the  ball  is  accele- 
rated, whde  the  ordinates  represent  the 
force  of  tne  powder  at  every  point  of  that 
space  ;  and  these  ordinates  being  in  reci- 
procal proportion  to  their  distance  from 
the  breech  of  the  gun,  because  when  the 
Spaces  occupied  by  the  fired  powder  are 
as  i,  2,  3,  4,  &c.  the  ordinates  represent- 
ing it  will  be  as  i,  i-half,  I-3d,  i-4th,  &c. 
$  appears  tbat  the  curve  will  be  a  com- 


mon parabola,  and  that  the  area  intercept.. 
ed  between  is  an  asymptote ;  and  that  the 
two  ordinates  representing  the  force  ot 
the  powder  at  the  first  explosion,  and  at 
the  muzzle  of  the  piece,  will  represent 
the  total  action  of  the  powder  on  the  shot: 
but  if  the  shot  were  urged  through  the 
same  space  by  an  uniform  force  equal  to 
its  gravity,  the  total  action  of  this  force 
wo1  Id  be  represented  by  a  rectangle,  the 
base  of  which  won  d  be  the  base  of  the 
curve  or  intercepted  portion  of  the 
asymptote  above  mentioned,  and  the 
hei  ht  of  which  would  represent  th«.-  uni- 
form force  ..of  gravity.  Hence  The  sqiurc 
of  the  velocity  of  the  shot  resulting  from 
gravity  is  given,  being  the  velocity  it 
would  acquire  from  a  height  equal  to  the 
space  through  which  the  powder  accele- 
rates it;  and  the  p report  on  .between  the 
hyperbola  and  the  rectangle  is  given  from 
the  analogy  between  the  hyperbolic  paces 
and  logarithms  ;  therefore  the  velocity  of 
the  ball  arising  from  the  action  of  the  fired 
gvujpowder  will  be  given. 

Mr.  Robins  has  also  given  us  an  in- 
genious way  of  determining,  by  .exj.eri- 
ments,  the  velocity  with  which  any  shoe 
moves  .at  any  distance  of  the  piece  it  is 
discharged  from. 

This  may  be  eiiected  by  means  of  a 
pendulum  made  of  Iron,  having  a  broad 
part  at  bat  torn,  covered  with  a  thick  piece 
ot'  wood,  which  is  fastened  to  the  iron  by 
screws  ;  .then  having  a  machine  like  * 
common  artillery-gin,  on  twoor  its  poles, 
toward.-  'heir  tops,  are  screwed  sockets, 
on  which  the  pendulum  is  hung  by  means 
of  a  cross  piece,  which  becomes  its  axis 
of  suspension,  and  on  which  it  should 
vibrate  with  great  freedom.  Somewhat 
lower  than  the  bottom  of  tlu-  penuulum. 
there  should  b~  a  biate,  joining  to  which 
the  pendulum  is  suspended;  and  to  this 
brace  there  is  fastened  a  contrivancejnade 
with  two  edges  of  steel,  something  in  the 
manner  of  a  drawing-pen  ;  the  strength 
with  which  these  edges  prcsi  on  each 
other,  beiiv.  diminished  or  increased  at 
pleasur.  by  means  of  av  screw.  To  the 
bottom  ot  the  pendulum  should  be*  fast- 
ened a  narrow  riband,  which,  passing 
between  the  steel  cages,  may  hang  closely 
down  by  means  of  .an  opening  cut  in  t he- 
lower  piece  of  ;teel. 

The  instrument  being  thus  fitted,  if  the 

weight  of  the  pendulum,  the  respective 

distances  of  its  centre  ol  gravity,  and  of 

its  centre  of  oscil.ation  from  the  axis  oi' 

suspension,  be  known,  it  may  from  thence 

be  found  what  motion  will  be  communi- 

i;  cated  to  this  pendulum  by  the  percussion 

l|  of  a  body  of  a  known  weight,  moving  with 

j!  a  known  degree  of  velocity,  and  sinking 

|  it  into  a  given  po-int ;  that  is,  if  the  pcn- 

diruim  be  supposed  to  rest  before  the  per- 

"cussion,  it  will  be  known  what  vibration 

i  it  should  make  in  consequence  of  such  a 

||blow;    arid  if  the   pendulum,    being  at 

j  rest,  is  struck   by  a  body   of  a  known 

I)  weight,  and  the  vibration  which  the  pen^ 


246 


GUN 


GUN 


dulum  makes  after  the  stroke  is  known, 
the  velocity  of  the  striking  body  may  from 
thence  be  determined. 

Now  the  extent  of  the  vibration  made 
by  the  pendulum  maybe  increased  by  the 
riband  :  for  if  the  pressure  of  the  steel 
edges  on  the  riband  be  regulated  by  the 
screw,  so  as  to  be  free  and  easy,  though 
with  some  minute  resistance  to  hinder  it 
from  slipping  itself;  then  setting  the  pen- 
dulum at  rest,  let  the  part  of  the  riband 
between  the  pendulum  ai.d  the  steel  edges 
be  down  straight,  but  not  strained,  and 
fixing  a  pin  in  the  parr  of  the  riband  con. 
tiguous  to  the  edges,  the  pendulum, 
swinging  back  by  iruans  of  the  impulse 
of  the  ball,  will  draw  out  -the  riband  to 
the  just  extent  of  its  '-ibration,  which  will 
be  determined  by  the  interval  on  the 
riband  between  the  cd.es  and  the  space  of 
the  pin. 

The  computation  by  which  the  velocity 
of  the  shot  is  determined  from  the  vibra- 
tion of  the  pendulum,  after  the  stroke,  is 
founded  on  the  principle  of  mechanics ; 
that  if  a  body  in  motion  strikes  another 
at  rest,  and  they  are.not  separat ,-d  after  the 
stroke,  but  move  on  with  one  comair>n 
motion,  then  that  common  motion  is  equal 
to  the  motion  with  which  the  first  body 
moved  before  the  stroke  ;  whence,  if  that 
common  motion  and  the  masses  of  the 
two  bodies  are  known,  the  motion  of  the 
lirst  body  before  the  stroke  is  thence  de- 
termined. On  this  principle  it  follows, 
that  the  velocity  of  a  shut  may  be  di- 
minished in  any  given  ratio,  by  its  being 
made  to  impinge  or:  a  body  of  weight  pro- 
perly proportioned  to  ;t. 

It  is  to  be  obs.  rvecl,  that  the  length  to 
which  the  riband  is  drawn,  i^  always  near 
the  chord  of  the  arc  described  by  the  as- 
cent ;  it  being  so  plac  d,  as  to  differ  in- 
sensibly from  rhose  chords  which  must 
frequently  occur:  and  these  chords  are 
knv.wn  to  be  in  the  proportion  of  the  ve- 
locities of  the  pendulum  acquired  from 
the  stroke.  Hence  it  follows,  that  the 
proportion  bttw  en  the  lengths  of  the 
riband,  draw:*  n:t  at  different  times,  will 
be  the  ~ame  with  that  of  the  velocities  of 
the  imping'u  g  shots. 

Now  from  the  computations  deliver- d 
by  Mr.  Robins,  it  appears,  that  the  ve. 
locity  of  the  bullet  was  1641  leet  in  one 
second  of  time,  when  the  chord  of  the  arc 
described  by  the  ascent  or  the  pendulum, 
in  consequence  of  the  blow,  was  17  1-4 
inches,  the  proportion  of  the  velocity  with 
which  the  bullets  imping-,  to  the  known 
velocity  of  1641  feet  in  one  second,  will 
be  determined. 

Mr.  Robins  was  (till  of  late)  the  only 
author  who  attempted  to  ascertain 
the  veloc  ty  of  a  military  projectile  by 
experiment;  ye'  his  conclusions  seem  to 
be  unsatisfactory.  P.-rhaps  he  was  too 
much  attached  t»  fhe  forming  of  a  ;ys- 
tem,  and  warped  his  experiments  a  little 
in  favor  of  it.  The  resisting  power  he 
assigns  to  the  air  is  probably  too  great  j 


and  his  notion  of  the  tripling  of  this 
power  when  the  velocity  of" the  projectile 
exceeds  that  of  sound,  se  ms  to  be  rather 
an  ingenious  theory  than  a  well-ground- 
ed fact.  However,  ex  eriment  alone 
must  decide  these  points. 

The  great  importa  ce  of  the  art  of  gun- 
nery is  rhe  re  son  that  we  distinguish  it 
from  the  doctrine  of  proj  ctilesing  n^ral ; 
for  in  truth  it  is  no  more  than  an  applica- 
tion of  those  laws  which  al;  bodies  observe 
when  cast  into  the  air,  to  such  as  ar  put 
in  motion  by  th<.-  explosion  of  guns  or 
other  engines  of  that  sort :  and  it  matters 
not  whether  we  talk  of  projectiles  in  ge- 
neral, or  of  such  only  as  belong  to  gun- 
nery ;  for,  from  the  moment  the  force  is 
impressed,  all  distinction,  with  regard  to 
the  power  which  put  'he  bo'fy  first  in 
m- tion  is  lost,  an  it  can  only  be  consi- 
dered as  a  simple  proje-tilr. 

Every  bodv  cast  into  the  air  moves  un- 
der the  influence  of  two  distinct  forces. 
By  the  one  it  is  carried  forward  with  an 
equa-  motion,  and  describes  equal  spaces 
!  in  equal  times,  in  the  direction  in  which 
i  it    was    projected ;    and   by    the   other, 
i  which  we  call  gravity,  is  drawn  down- 
wards in  lines  perpendicular  to  the  sur- 
|  face  of   the  earth,   with  a  motion  conti- 
nually accelerated,  or  whose  velocity  is  al- 
ways increasing.     If  either  of  these  for- 
ces were  destroyed,  the  body  would  move 
according   fo    the  direction   o-     the  other 
alone,  so  far  as  its  mc'ion  was  not   hin- 
dend  by  the  interposition  of  other  bodies  : 
'  but  as  both  continue  to  act,  the  course  of 
the  projectile  must  be  decermined  by   a 
power  compounded  of  rhoi-e  two  forces. 

GUNNERY  is  also  'he  provi  ce  of  'he 
artillerist,  an;;  comprehends,  ui  a  mictive 
sense,  the  perfect  knowlege  of  the  power 
of  the  machine,  and  the  proportions  of 
powder  to  be  employed  in  order  to  pro- 
duce any  required  effect  It  also  com- 
prehends akno\v:e  e  of  the  properties  and 
composition  ot  gunpcwder,  and  the  a- 
rio'.is  kinds  of  shot,  whicv  are  employed 
in  the  practice  ot  gunnery  ;  the  metal  best 
adapted  to  make  guns,  the  proper  weight 
3:  d  corresponding  proportions  '  etween  the 
calibre  of  the  eun  and  the  shot  fired  from 
it,  and  also  the  dimensions  fitted  for  the 
various  services  in  which  gunnery  is  em- 
ployed: for  batteries  of  permanent  works, 
for  ships,  for  field  service,  and  the  light 
or  flying  artilKry.  Gunnery  indeed  com- 
prehends all  the  cuties  of  the  able  artil- 
lerist and  bombardier. 

GUNNEKY.  By  the  assistance  of 
good  tables  of  practice,  and  the  tables  of 
amplitudes,  sines,  tangents,  and  secants, 
all  the  cases  in  gunnery  in  a  nonresisting 
medium  may  be  easily  solved ;  and  perhaps 
the  solution  may  be  sufficiently  correct 
for  practice,  if  the  initial  velocity  of  the 
projectile  be  not  so  great  as  to  make  the 
air's  resistance  considerable. 

For  the  tables  of  ranges  with  ordnance, 
see  the  different  natures,  as  Gun,  Mortar, 
&c.  and  for  the  tables  of  amplitudes. 


GUN 


GUN 


247 


.sin  s,   tangents,  and  secants,   see    pages 

direction  at  45°  is  with  respect  to  the  plane 

247  aivi  248. 

of  the  horizon. 

Upon  Horizontal  Planes. 

Rules.  —  ist.  The  elevation  which  gives 

i.  1  he  neatest  range  is  at  45°  nearly. 

the  greatest  range  on   a  given  ascent  is 

2.   The  ranges  with  diUereiu  elevations 

equal  to  half  the  sum  ot  90°  added  to  the 

with  the  same  charge,  ar?  as  the  double 

ascent. 

sines  of  the  angles  of  elevation. 

2d.  The  elevation  which    give   equal 

3,   Any  angle  arid  its  complement  give 
the  same  range  nearly. 

ranges  on  a  given  ascent,  are  the  comple- 
ments or  each  other  added  to  the  ascent. 

4.   The  times  of  rl'ght  are  as  the  sines  of 

3d.  The  elevation    which    gives    the 

the  angles  of  elevation. 

greatest  ranv,e  OP  a  descent,  is  equal  to 

5    The  altitude  of  the  curve,  at  any 

half  the  com  pleu  ent  of  the  descent. 

elevation  is  found  by  this  proportion  :  as 

If  the  range  and  inclination  be  given, 

Radius:  tangent  of  angle  of  elevation  :  : 

the  least  chargethat  w;il  reach  the  object, 

range.  altitude> 

may  be  found  as    follows:  multiply  the 

4 

tangent  of  the  proper  elevation  into  the 

6.   The  time  of  flight  at  45°   is  equal 
the  square  root  of  the  range  in  fees,  di- 

proposed  range,  for  the  horizontal  range- 
whose  charge  is  required. 

videa  by  4,  or  more  nearly  =  V  quotient  * 
of  tne  range  in  feet,  divided  by  i6.i,or 

Table  of  Amplitudes. 

the  space  passed  through  in  the  first  se- 

M 

cond  by  gravity  . 

S 

Ascents. 

Descents. 

Having  the  first  graze  with  a  given  ele- 

Multip'rs 

Multip'rs. 

vation  and  cnarge,  to  determine  the  charge 

Q_ 

f..r   any  other  first  graze  and   elevation, 

ist.cl. 

2d.  cl. 

ist.cl. 

2d.  cl. 

multiply  the  known  charge  and  elevation 
into  the   proposed  first   graze;  also    the 

i 

-i 

•983 

.966 

02 
.03 

1.02 
1.04 

.983 

.966 

proposed  elevation  into  the  known  first 

3 

•949 

.06 

1.05 

•95° 

graze,  and  divide  the  first  product  by  the 

4 

•932 

.07 

1.07 

•  932 

las:,  for  the  charge  required. 

Upon  inclined  Planes,  ^M5Q  Elevation. 

.916 

.900 

.09 
.11 

1.09 
1.  11 

.916 
.900 

Case  1st.     Given  the    charge    and   inclina- 

7 

.884 

.13 

I.I3 

.884 

tion  of  the  plane,  tojindihe  range. 

8 

.868 

•  15 

1.15 

.868 

Multiply    the    horizontal  range  with 

9 

.852 

.18 

I.I7 

•853 

this  given  charge,  (found  in  the  tables  of 

10 

.836 

.20 

I.I9 

836 

ranges;  by  the  number  found  opposite  the 

11 

821 

.22 

1.22 

'.821 

aiuL  of  inclination  or   th-  plane,  in  the 

12 

.805 

.24 

1.24 

.805 

first  column  of  muitiplyers,  in  the  table 

13 

.789 

.27 

1.27 

789 

of  amplitudes,  under  the  f.ead  Ascents,  if 
it  be  inclined  above  the  horizon  ;  and  De- 

.29 
.32 

1.29 
1.31 

.774 
767 

scent^  it  oelow  the  horizon,  for  the  range 

i? 

'742 

•35 

1-34 

•  /    o 

.745 

required. 

I  T 

•726 

7^0 

Case  2d.    Given  the  range  and  inclination  of 

1& 

.711 

40 

1.39 

•  /  •} 

.720 

the  plane,  tojinathe  charge. 

19 

45 

1.42 

.704 

Multiply  ti.e   number    found    in    the 

20 

'.677 

.48 

1.45 

above  mentioned  table  opposite  the  angle 

660 

A   '  "  J 

1.48 

.675 

oi  .ncl.naiion  of  the  plane,  m  the  second 

A    - 

Q     ,., 

'56 

I.  1" 

'662 

column   of  multipliers,   under  the  head 

2     > 

'.6z\ 

.60 

*•  •  j~ 

1-55 

,645 

Ascents,  or   Descents,    according  as    it     ;s 

zl 

.607 

.64 

I.  S8 

abovv-  or  beiow  the  horzon,  by  the  given 

2*'      \8(l 

7° 

1.62 

'617 

range  ;  for  the  range,  on  a  horizontal  plane 

26.     '570 

.76 

1.66 

^603 

at  45Q,  the  ciiarge    tor   which   may   be 

-7i     -55° 

.82 

1.69 

.592 

tounu  from  the  tables  of  ranges. 

->  ft' 

.86 

578 

Upon  inclined  planes,  at  any  elevation. 

29i     -510 

.96 

1^78 

J  / 

.562 

There  are  a,  ways  two  ck-vations  with 

2   05 

i  82 

.549 

which  any  range,  (less    ha.-,    lie  greatest) 

31]     .466 

I     2.14 

i!s7 

'  J    fJ 

•534 

may  D'~  made  ;  and  these  el.  vationsareal- 

1 

32!      442 

2.26 

1.92 

.526 

ways    the  complements  of  each    other. 

33     .4i8 

2.41 

1.97 

.508 

T"v;  /tedest  rangeupoi;  ahonzontai  j  lane 

34     .393 

•55 

2  02 

495 

45°;  or  when  the  direction  bisects 

??i         lrt& 

•^•73 

2.o8 

.488 

ti           je  formed  by  the  nors/onta!  and 

J>!       '3    :; 

2.96 

2  53 

•47* 

vein  -a    plane;    also   the   greatest     a  .c 

•"-'     \oo 

3.24 

2.2o 

•455 

iipon  any    i>lane  is  made  with  tnat  direc- 

38     .'278 

3.60 

2.26 

tion  which  bisects  tne  ansle  be.wec-n  the 

4.09 

2.33 

•  43° 

pi  ne  and  tne  zenith  ;  and  all  orlier  Uirtc- 

40      .210 

4  80 

2.4C 

.417 

tions  whicn  jiake  equal  a  igles  with  this 
direction,  (on  ea.  h   side  ot  it)  will   also 
make  equal  .-an^es  on  the  said  3  ahc-  ;  lor 
the  direction   mat  bisects  the  angle  be- 

4i     .173 
42      .134 
43      .092 

44!     .04*) 

5.78 
7.46 
10.90 

22.22 

2.48 
2.56 

2.64 
2  77 

404 
.T9° 
.380 
.370 

tween  any  p.ane  and  the    zenith  is  tne 

4^1     .000 

infinite. 

2.8 

.760 

?rraie  with  respect  t"  that  plane  as  the 

248 


GUN 


GUN 


Table  of  Natural  Sines,  Tangents,  and 
Secants. 


i 

05 
i 

W 

00 

1 

H 

1 

C/} 

3 

.018 

.018 

I  oOCJ 

2 

.°35 

.035 

1.  000 

3 

.052 

.052 

I.  001 

4 

.070 

.070 

I.0o2 

5 

.087 

.087 

1.004 

6 

.105 

.105 

1.  006 

7 

.122 

1.008 

8 

.139 

.141 

1.  010 

9 

.156 

.158 

I  012 

10 

.174 

.176 

1.015 

II 

I9o 

.194 

1.019 

12 

.2o8 

.213 

1.022 

13 

.225 

•231 

I  .  026 

14 

.242 

.249 

1.031 

!5 

.259 

.268- 

j».  03  5,. 

16 

.276 

.287 

1,040 

17 

.292 

.306 

1.046 

18 

.309 

•S2? 

1.05* 

*9 

.326 

•344 

1.053 

20 

•342 

.364 

1.064 

21 

•353 

•384 

i.oyj 

22 

•375 

.404 

1.079 

33 

•39^ 

.424 

r.o86 

24 

.407 
.423 

.445 

.466 

1.095 
1.103 

26 

.438 

.488 

1.II2 

27 

.454 

,.510 

I  122 

28 

.469 

.532 

1  -T33 

39 

.485 

•  554 

1.143 

3° 
31 

.500 
.515 

.601 

1.155 
i-.  167 

•530 

.625 

1.179 

33 

.545 
-559 

.649 
.675 

.192 

.206 

35 

.700 

.221 

36 

.588 

.727 

.236 

"7 

.602 

754 

.2^2 

38 

,616. 

.269 

39 

.629 

.'8  ic 

.287 

40 

.<M3 
.656 

.839 
,869 

•3°5 

43 

.669 
.682 

.900 
•933 

.'34^ 

-367 

44 

.695 

.966 

39° 

45 

.707 

i  ooo 

.414 

46 

,719 

1.036 

•440 

47 

•731 

1.072 

.466 

48 

•743 

I.  ill 

.494 

49 

•  755 

1.150 

.524 

.766 

1.192 

•S5^ 

51 

.777 

i  235 

5*9 

?2 

.788 

1.280 

.624 

*!3 

.799 

I  327 

.662 

54 

.809 

I  376 

.701 

.810 

1.428 

•  743 

56 

.829 

1.483 

.788 

1 

.839 
.848 

1.540 
1.600 

836 
.887 

.857 

1.664 

;   .942 

60 

.866 

1.732 

2.000 

61 
62 

.8/5 
.883 

1.80 
j.88i 

2.063 
SM3° 

Table  of  Natural  Sines,  7  argents,  a 

Secants.  —  ("ontin1  ed. 

i 

1 

G 

i 

u 

C 

G 

In 

h 

63 
64 

.891 
.899 

1.963 

2  050 

2  203 
2  28l 

65 
66 

.906 
.914 

2.145 
2.246 

2366 

2  459 

67 

2.3^6 

2  559 

6f 

'927 

2-475 

2,.  669 

69 

•9M 

2.605 

:   2.79Q. 

7° 

•94° 

2,7-47 

2  924 

71 

.946 

2.904 

3-°72 

72 

•951 

3.078 

3.236 

73 
74 

.956 
.961 
.966 

3-271 

3  487 
3  732 

3.420- 
3.628 
3.864 

76 

.970 

4  oil 

4.134 

77 

•974 

4-331 

4-445 

1 

.978 

4.705 

4  810 

79 

.982 

5-M5 

5.241 

80 
81 

:$ 

6.314 

5759 
6.392 

82 

i 

•99° 
•993 
•995 

I  J1S 
8.144 

9.514 

7  185 
8.206 

9  567 

85 

.996 

11.430 

ii  474 

86 

.998 

14.3°' 

14  336 

87 

•999 

19.081 

19.107 

88 

•999 

28.636 

28.654 

89 

•999 

57.290 

57-299 

9° 

I.  000 

infinite. 

GUNS.—  Cuiibies  oj   European   Guns 

pressed  hi  inches. 

ti  C  -=  ^<» 

'Ill 

cw  Q  ^%*£, 

_Jtj2  2  ^^  1  1  1 

C  {  ,Caj  5j 

J£"tcC~<i^ 

••y>    J    C  <5  >  O  *C  i   10  <*  'f  CO  '      '      ' 

2  (  r  o  o 

•^-oo  <  >  cc  <;    I     1     I 
r<  r,  M              III 

' 

r»  m<O   fioo 

^(|    |   t 

5^55.^  i  i  i 

0  C  "S.I  $ 

•^-««~voj-pj- 

^fj=  ,oT 

^T^   i  '  i 

c  }.=  l<? 

jj   J^  

C—  r     »*-    i  VQ 
<*>    V           1     r- 

$*«*\  \  \  \ 

r"p  —  :           r^.ooooo       ^ 
g  J         '  \O  "O   '•'•>  ^  "3-          •' 

£   (   0.  |  *?  .rT8   -°°     I    "*    I     1 

.x         OO 

n  N  co  o  co  'j-  co  o 

f  VljJ 

oo  f^  <D  *  *  *O  r*  ON  O 

c  /-!_  Pi  ;, 

•^.—  -^  0^  -^p-^-^- 

W   V    D-^f  r' 

>(S    —    -< 

GUN 


GUN 


249 


Length  and  weight  oj  English  Brass  g 


Kind. 

Length  in  , 

Weight. 

42 

Pounders 

CaHb.lft.in 

ct. 

qr. 

Ib. 

32 

15.244'. 

9  6 

66 

— 

/  Heavy 

18.721  10  o 

55 

2 

— 

.4 

j  Medium 
J  Light 
V  Do.  new 

'9574, 
16.483 

10.  302^ 

9  653 
8  041 
5  ofi6 

O 

3 

3 

9 
*3 

yS 

Light  do. 

13.000! 

6     7 

24 

0 

f  Heavy 

13.000' 

5  9,8 

0 

— 

j  Desagulier's 

24.659 

9  031 

2 

8 

1  Medium,  old 

19.468 

7  6 

~z 

I 

21 

j  Medium,  new 

16.872 

6  6J2i 

3 

— 

* 

|  Light 
^Do.  new 

16.872 
12.978 

6  6!i8 
5  o'  8 

3 

4 

13.000 

5  ° 

1  2 

-  — 

— 

t 

f  Heavy 
f  Desag's.   Med. 

22!  876; 

8  o!i9 
7  012 

i 

6 

24 

c  n  w 

18.500 

6  o 

,    « 

3 

27 

* 

i  me"  ^     d   ced 

i7.e»o1  5  61  3 

0 

22 

* 

j  Gen.  Belrbrd's 

>6  3,3. 

5    0'    ) 

2 

21 

1  LightjCornmor 

14  706 

46    5  —  iS 

|  Heavy 

28.836 

7  c 

I11 

3 

19 

•* 

i  Desagulier's 

24.717 

6  c 

6 

— 

*i 

}  Light,  comniot 

362 

2 

27 

I  Li.-iit  u.f'atury 

13.358 

3  c 

i 

3 

16 

I  Gen.  Pattison'- 

12.358 

3  c 

I   i 

2 

»9 

i  Pr.  Amuzette 

29.7 

5  c 

2 

2 

12 

Do. 

356 

6cj  3 

O 

11 

Do. 

41.5 

7    0;     3 

I 

12 

Length  and  weight  of  English  iron  guns. 
Kind.       Length  in     Wt. 


24  — 


Calih.|ft. 
17.09.8!  10 
,16.2441  9 

:i8  721  10 

;  17  725;  9 

20.604  10 

X9-S74  9 
iS.542|  9 

20.408  9 
24.659  9 

22.067  8 
19-468  7 


*  Proportion 
bet  weens  ho: 
and  gun. 


6- 


19.9 
26.  s 
19.6 

22.4 

20.6 

18.6 


in.fct.qr. 

-~_  67  — 
66->  - 


— ;52 
649 

—  47 
642 

—40 

—  32  — 

6.31  2 

6:29  1 

624  2 

_23  _ 

—,22  — 

—  16  2 
— -22  I 

6  1 1  1 

6'  7  i 


249 


29°. 
3°5 


*  This  column  expresses  the  r.uruixT 
;-of  English  pounds  ot  merai  in  tiie  ^unSj, 
:  to  each  j>ound  in  the  shot. 

'  French  iron  guns,  in  English  weights,  C3V- 
I 


The  guns  marked 
nsedbv  the  British 


(*}  are  the  only  ones 
since  1795,  on  general 


Length  and  weight  of  French  brass  <±uns,  in 
their  old  weights  and  measures .  f 


Kind. 

Length  in 

W't. 

«6P-lS1SieSe       \ 

Calib.ttt.  in.li. 
—       911    5 

.    -       9    7~ 

Ibs. 
5628 
4111 

^g   ~   i  Garrison^ 

18.0 

6    6  — 

2175 
1808 

8   —  i  Field       j 

18. 

5    8- 

1196 

18. 

4    6- 

59° 

i    —        - 

!     — 



266 

Kind. 

Length  ir 

Weight. 

ct.  qr.  Ibs, 

74    3    —  '" 

36  Pounders 

Ca<ib.i 
16.18 
18.18 

21   Ol 

IS.  -15 
16.92 

20.5 
17.  *4 

24.64 

17.  -2 
17.  19 

ft.  in. 
9    8 

9    ^ 
9    7 
8    4 
7    £3 

8    I 
6  10 

11 

4    9 

42  

ii  = 

%  j  - 

24     I    — 

16  —  -- 

'  Ranges  of  brass  gi<n«y  with  one  shot.     1793- 


.1^1! 

t  The  French  weights  and  measures 
Lave  assumed  f;e\v  names,  and^ire  reduced 
to  strict  proportions  since  the  revolution. 
•The  weights  here  referred  to  are  the  old. 
For  the  new  French  syrtem  of  weights  , 
Shd measures, -see  the  word  WEIGHTS. 


Kind, 


J    To  the  first  graze  of  the  shot- 


24 


Heavy 
Medium 
Light 
Heavy 
iz    Medium 
Light 


bz.ydsyds.  yds  yds. 
S  o  47.  751:103211405 
1425 
3  o  161  j64>  606 


4-  o 

;?  o. 


,705,  973 
i6oi    »io 


1189 
106} 


6  Feet 

,  J  e  :  6  Med.    2  o 

6<  5  :6Red'd.-zo: 

i  c  Feet         ';i  8 

^4:  6  Feet.  !I8 

3  Desas-uiier's  ,j  o, 

Amu2.ette  ot  5  7  , 

ieet  5  -°  8, 

Do.  7  teet  'o  8 


;6.,6'  966  13ZS 
{683    9.k8 


1003 


K* 


1444 
1150 

95 

991 


yds.'  yds. 
'5li7i° 
557  1745 


I  1 


250 


GUN 


GUN 


N 
P3 

O 

oo   O    to  rr,  r>-, 

11 

O 

03  O"^OT  £? 

*-»  *C  "O    '^  ^'V 

ff, 

HI 

.1 

o  o  o  o  o 

O 

o 

W 

ey 
t,o 

i_ 
rt 

gH«j 

S 

•^  _(.  r,  „+  1-. 

6 

3 

1 

-i   : 
c  iTj  l  ^  '  i 

cT:" 

t.c 

O    O 
|| 

rt 

O   O 

22 

1 
u 

o  o 
o  o 

88 

CO    O 

t? 

£  E 

C  p 

w 

si 

J  ? 

^ 

o    co    ^ 

S8 

00    t^-  ^ 

f-  *- 

^ 

O     Os 

'^  O 

u 

« 

c     •- 

N  0- 

§ 

V 

1"c  °" 

OO    >^l 

f*U 

a 

LO  to 

VO   t> 

."•§ 

0    oc   r^ 
•^-  CO  t^ 

^j-'co 

o 

CX       O     CN 

"?i« 

s 

rO  r-- 

r^  r^~ 

2 

0      00 

r*    -" 

O 

.1 

'-u 

•  Sx6  ' 

1 

rt 

g£ 

0    0 

•C 

O     M 

»^oo 

u 

G 

^>^V^ 

cu 

;       * 

Ok      w 

o 

II 

I! 


Affects  of  case  soot  J)'6m  a  battalion  gun—* 
Light  6  Pr.  Itngib  5  feet  —  Weight  5  ^1L•i, 

3  ^r.y.  21  /^r.  against  a  large!  %  jeet  bigh* 

and  qojeet  lung. 

\ 

i^*r'S 

^iT5 

''"j 

c 
o 

S'^'i.f 

|*£, 

0    gj 

Kind  of  charge. 

« 

.5  w-  'I  g 

.5  2  '£  £ 

> 

i    ^  H 

IS 

W 

§-^j^5 

H-S  *;5 

1    ^ 

d-^t^ 

C'^f 

i£  ±1  o 

^  ^I  O 

Y'ds. 

deg. 

(^ 

\ 

12  balls,  8z.  -\ 

i 

3 

3 

each,  3  ina£ 

500  j 

tier,  i^  ib.  ^ 

J5 

3 

4. 

(. 

powder       ) 

2 

3 

4 

490  5 

=an";ccirge    < 

2 

6 
4 

4 

6 

5 
5 

r 

r 

A 

6 

7 

300  -j 

same  ch'ge  ^ 

I 

3 

C 

£ 

1^ 

4 

6 

f 

34  balls.  37.) 

P     li 

10 

I  2 

••!  °°  *\ 

each,  7  in  a£ 
tier,  i;j  Ib.  T 

i 

9 

10 

c 

powder       J 

I 

6 

8 

300  j 

samcch*;ie  < 

P    I? 

A 

it 

15 

'     (.     T' 

7 

9 

N.  B.  There  were  three  rout.ds  fired 
at  each  change,  but  they  were  all  so  nearly- 
alike,  that  ir  has  been  thought  necessary  to 
put  down  only  one  of  them.  1802. 

Rariges  IV  it  A  set!  ^fi'ltc  iron  guns-,     j  796. 
Kind  of  Guns,  32,  24,  and  a 8  Pounder*. 


Elevation. 

.2  j: 

11 

£t    0 

Kind  oi  shot. 

Flange 

deg- 

Yards. 

With  single  shot  to  the  ? 

2 

J-3 

first  graze                   $ 

X    oo 

2 

i 

Do.            -Do. 

loco 

^ 

i 

2  shot,  ranged  close  to-  > 

* 

i 

get  her,  to                   } 

500 

4 

j_2 

Single  shot 

i6co 

4 

l 

Do. 

7 

j_^ 

Do. 

2150. 

7 

o.v 

Do. 

2O2a 

1 

i  round  shot  and  i  r'd.  ^ 
of  grape  range  with  el-  >• 
feet  together,  to            ) 

4 

j 

One   round  of  grape  ) 
shot,  alone,  to          $ 

IOCO 

One  double  headed,or~) 

2 

X 

bar  shot  will  rangt> 

Scp 

to  the  first  graze      ) 

GUN 


GUN 


251 


'Ranges  with  5  1-2  inch  shells,  from  a  14  Pr.  iron 
Gun.    Length  of  Gun  yj  2  ft.     We.  49  ct.  o6ib. 

~~7     5~~ 


Fligh 


Flight. 


T  a 


=5  I     ~ 


-f  -T  O  <^  0  !  -  C?>  rj"  TO  >- 
r»  <?  O  '^-  "OX)  ^f  "I"  i~O^> 
•vf  tr  O  O  i~»  r-  r--  r-  3^-O 


O  O   O  r>   -^t-  O    O  t'  & 

»M  ^co  oo  co    —  c»  r<  '^- 

in  i^-so  «  f^  -1-u-i  ^^  r- 


VJ3  c'j  ro  <y\  O   r-.  «   rr  « 

irv  •-     ty-i  f<1    -I     1^100     -rJ-O 

T<-    -^-    UOVO       >^V|^      •-}-    L^    l-O 


<•*  r'   !>•<?   'O  O    10  O  i- 

rf-^-N-  -^-e  ir>  vj- 

u-i  -^-  o  OO   Os  >•<   r»  r>    cO 

M     1-1     M     Hi       1 


O    tr» 

o-iOO  O 
oo  —  .0 


"j      Elevation. I  u'M 


* 


Po 


rem 
nge. 


o  in  OSM  M  o 

nj          10  v^  f~-  rt  rf  r< 

K^         fo  rO\o  vo   C>  O 


t 


lisa 


o  rrc^rt  r-«co  M 

wr>  Ovso  O  00   r»    CN30 
M  f  4   c^  ^-  vrio  CO   t^ 


Elevation. 


;'•'.< v^f.f  ?:•/.'.-'  French  bras*  jietA  guts, 
round  s/J'jf. 


12 

Elevation. 

8,5 

c  3 

*H 

Lines  of 

Tan.  Scale. 

Deg.  VI. 

r 

L.  M. 

-58 

300 

2 

3 

350 

12  Pr. 

4  Ibs.  3 

10 

39 

400 

14 

49  4^0 

y  16 

56 

480 

r   L.  M. 

—  58 

300 

1 
I 

6 

24   350 

8  Pr. 

ijlbs.,) 
r 

12 
16 

20 

51   400 
2  8   450 

2  24   480 

I 

L.  M. 

-  58   2S0 

r 

4 

i  10  3QQ 

4  Pr. 

4-lbt.l 

8 

12 

i  40  ;  350 

2  —  1  4OO 

16 

2  20  i  450 

I    18 

2  40   480 

The  above  are  in  old  French  weights  and 
measures. 

Definitions  of  G  u  N  N  E  R  Y  .  I .  The  im- 
petus at  any  point  of  the  curve  is  the  per- 
pendicular height  to  which  a  projectile 
could  ascend,  by  the  force  it  has  at  that 
point ;  or  the  perpendicular  height  from 
winch  a  body  must  fall  to  acquire  the  ve- 
locity it  has  at  that  point. 

2.  The  diameter  to  any    point  of  the 
curve  is  a  line  drawn  through  that  point 
perpendicular  to  the  horizon. 

3.  The  points  where  the  diameters  cut 
the  curve  are  called  vertexes  to  these  dia- 
meters. 

4.  The  axis  is  that  diameter  which  cuts 
the  curve  in  its  highest  or  principal  ver- 
tex, and  is  perpendicular  to  the  tangent  at 
that  point  or  vertex. 

5.  The  ordinates   to  any   diameter  are 
lines  drawn  parallel  to  the  tangent  at  the 
point  where  that  diameter  cuts  the  curve* 
and  intercepted  between  the  diameter  and 
cuive. 

6.  The  absciss  is  that  part  of  the  dia- 
meter which  *is  intercepted  between  tha 
ordinate  and  the  curve. 

7.  The  altitude  of  the  curve  is  the  per- 
pendicular height  of  the  principal  vertex 
above  the  horizon. 

8.  The  amplitude,  random,  or  range,  is 
the  distance  between  the  point  of  projec- 
tion a>id  the  object  aimed  at. 

9.  The  elevation  of  the  piece  is  the  an- 
gle its  axis  (produced)  makes  with  'he  ho- 
rizon, and  the  axis  itself  is  called  the  di- 
rection. 

10.  The  horizontal  distance  to  which  a 
mortar,  elevated  to  a  given  angle,   and 
loaded  with  a  given  quantity  of  powder, 
throws  a  shell  of  a  given  weight,  is  called 
the  range  of  that  mortar,  whh  that  charge 
and  elevation. 

11.  The  inclination  of  a  plane  is  the 
angle  it  makes  v.'ith  the  horizon  eithe: 
above  or  b; ' 


252 


GU  N 


GUN 


12.  The  directrix  is  the  line  of  motion, 
uloiK  which  the  describing  line  or -surface 
is  tarried  in  the  genesis  of  any  plane  or 
soLu  figure. 

Laivs  of  motion  in  GUN  N  F.  R  Y  . 

7.  Spaces  equally  run  through  with 
equal  velocities,  are  to  one  another  as  the 
times  in  which  they  are  run  through, 
and  conversely . 

2.  S pact- a  equally  run  through  in  the 
same  or  equal  'irj-cs,  zrr  to  one  another  as 
the  vclfcitics  with  wb'ch  they  are  run 
through,  and  conversely. 

3.  Spaces  rur.  through  are  in  the  same 
proportion  to  one  another,  as  their  tunes 
multiplied  into  their  velocities,  and  con- 
versely. 

4.  A  body  urged  by\  two  distinct  Ibr- 
ccs  in  two  different   directions,    will   in 
any   given   time   be   found  at   the   point 
\vhere  two  lines  meet  that  are  drawn  pa- 

to  these  dictions,  and  through  the 


ther  by  long  pounding  in  wooden  mortars?. 
\v:;h  u  small  q' •iM.t'ry  of  water.  This 
proportion  of  the  materials  is  the.  luost 
eiiectual.  But  thu  venations  of  strength 
in  different  sampie.s  oi  gur.pov.-cier  are 
generally  occasioned  by  the  more  01  1  .ss 
intimate  division  and  mixtuie  os  tlu  j  arts. 
The  reason  of  this  may  be  easily  deduced 
from  i  he  consideration,  ti>at  nit  re"  does  not 
detor,a:e  until  in  contact  with  inflammable 
inaiter;  whence  the  whole  detonation 
wih  be  more  speedy,  the  more  numerous 
the  s >i ri aces  of  the  contact.  Tht  same 
caused*  rna^ds,  that  the  ingredients  should 
be  very  pure,  because  the  mixture  of" 
Kiu-u'ii  matter  not  only  diminishes  the 
quantity  of  elective  ingredients  which  it 
re|  le.Wits,  hut  I  kew.se  prevents  the  con- 
tacts  by  its  interposition. 

'1  he  iutre  of  the  tir.rd  boiling  is  usually 
chosen  tor  making  gunpowder,  and  the 
charcoal  of  light  woods  is  ,  retered  to  ihat 


points   to    which    the    body    could  have  !  of  those  which  are  heavier^  most 


nioved  in  tie  saint  time,  had  these  forces 
acted  separately. 

5.  The  velocities  of  bodies,  which  by 


I  because  thh>  last,  being  harder 


ost  pro 
,  is  less 


obably 
pul- 


'.  verable.     An  improvement  in  the  method 
of  making  the  charcoal   has  lately    been 


the  action  of  gravity  begin  to  fail  from  I  adopted,  which  consists  in  putting    the 
the  rest,  ar  in  the  same  proportion  as  the  !j  wood,  cut  into  pieces  about  nine  inches 

|  long,  into  an  iron  cylinder  laid  horizontal- 
ily,  closed  at  one  end,  and  furnished  with 
'small  pipes-  at  the  other,  thai,  the  iyio- 
'  ligneous  acid  and  carburetted  hidrogen  may 
escape,  and  thus  exposed  to  the  heat  of  a. 
'  fire  mad;  underneath. 


ti.'n.es  from  iheirbeginnm;..1  ot  their  failing. 

6.  i  he  spaces  run  through  by  the  de- 
scent ot    a  body  which  began  to  fall  from 
rest,  are  as  the  squares  of  the  times,  from 
the  beginning  of  the  fall. 

7.  The  motion  of  a  military  projectile 
is  in  a  curve. 

GuN-/>&W<r,    a   composition   of    m- 


It  is   said,    this 

I  charcoal   improves  ?he  strength  of  gun- 
'  powder  so  much,  that  only  two  thirds  of 

tre,  sulphur,  and  charcoal,  well  mixed  |  the  old  charge  of  gunpowder  tor  ordnance 
together  and  granulated,  which  easily  j:  arc  now  us-edin  our  navy  The  requisite 
ta^cs  lire,  and  expands  with  amazing  '  pounding  of  the  materials  is  performed  iiv 
.force,  being  one  of  the  strongest  propel-  ;  the  large  way  by  a  mili,  in  which  wooden 


tents  known. 


<;!UK?OWDER.    This  well  known  pow- 

ijer  is(i..cmpos.-d  of  seventy  five  parts,  by 

t,  cf  n;tre,  sixteen  of  charcoal,  and 

'•riio  qf  sulphur,  intimately  blended  toge- 


niortars  are  disposed  in  rows,  and  in  each 
ol  wnich  a  pestle  is  moved  by  the  arbor  ot" 
a  water-wh:ei :  it  i&  necessary  to  mois- 
ten the  mixture  from  time  to  time  with 
water,  which  serves  to  prevent  its  being 
dissipated  in  the  pulverulent  form,  and 
likewise  obviates  the  danger  of  explo- 
sion from  tiie  heat  occasioned  by  the 
blows.  Twelve  hours  pounding  is  in 
general  required  to  complete  the  mixture; 
and  when  this  is  done,  the  gunpowder  is 
in  fact  made,  and  only  requires  to  be 
dried  to  render  it  fit  for  use. 

Proojs  of  powder. — The  first  examina- 
tion of  powder  in  the  British  milts,  is  by 
rubbing  it  in  the  hands  to  find  whether  it 
contains  any  irregular  hard  lumps.  The 
second  is  by  blastm...  2  drams  of  eacli  sort 
on  a  copper  plate,  and  in  this  comparing 
it  with  an  approved  powder ;  in  thio  prooF 
it  should  not  emit  any  sparks,  nor  leave 
any  beads  or  foulness  on  the  copper. 
It  is  then  compared  witn  an  approved 
t-owder,  in  projecting  an  iron  ball  ,  f  64 
Ibs.  from  an  8  inch  mo  tar,  with  a  charge 
of  2  ounces.  The  best  cylinder  powder 
generally  gives  about  180  teet  range,  and 
pit  150  ;  but  the  weak.sJ  powder,  or  .K.W- 
der  mat  has  oeen  redned,  &c.  only  front 
107  to  117  icet. 

The  merchants'  powder,  before  it  is  re- 


GUN 


GUN 


253 


•ceived  into  the  government  service,  is  tried 
against  powder  or  the  same  kitid  made  at 
the  royal  mills;  and  it  is  received  if  it 
gives  a  ran^eof  1-20  less  than  the  king's 
powder  with  which  it  is  compared.  In 
this  comparison  both  sorts  are  tried  on  the 
same  day,  ana  at  the  same  time,  and  under 
exactly  the  same  circumstances 

The  proof  of  fine  grained,  or  musquet 
powder,  is  witli  a  charge  of  4  drams  from 
a  musquet  barrel,  to  perforate  with  a  steel 
ball  a  certain  number  or  1-2  inch  wet  elm 
boards,  placed  3-4  inch  asunder,  and  the 
first  39  feet  10  inches  from  the  barrel :  the 
king's  powder  generally  passes  through 
15  or  1 6,  and  restoved  powder  from  9  to 
*2  The  last  trial  of  powder  is  by  expos- 
ing about  i  pou-'d  of  each  sort,  accurately 
weighed,  to  the  atmosphere  for  17  or  i'8 
clays;  dunng  which  time,  it  the  materi- 
als are  pure,  it  wili  not  .nerease  any  thing 
material  in  weight,  by  attracting  moisture 
from  trie  atmosphere. 

In  this  exposure  100  Ibs.  of  good  gun- 
powder should  not  absorb  more  than  12 
oz.  dr  somewhat  less  than  one  per  cent. 

Diitli  nt  modes  of  trying  gunpowder 
nave  been  adopted.  A  ready  one  is,  to  lay 
tvyo  or  three  smu'l  heaps  on  se;  arate  pieces 
©f  writing  pa^er,  aati  fire  one  with  a  red 
hot  wire.  It  the  flam  asci-n-i  quickly, 
vvith  a  good  report,  leaving  the  paper  free 
from  white  specks,  and  no:  burnt  into 
holes;  ami  at  the  same  tune  the  other 
heaps  be  not  fired  by  the  sparks,  the 
powder  is  well  made,  and  the  ingiedients 
are  good. 

Tf  ere  are  experiments  which  seem  to 
show,  that  gunpowder  is  stro,  gtr  in  the 
fine  impalpable  form,  than  whengraimlat- 
ed.  This  appears  to  be  true  with  regard 
to  gunpowder  originally  made,  or  pounacd 
till  it  assumes  that  form;  but  it  may  be 
doubte-l,  whether  it  have  any  foundation 
in  general,  or  indeed  that  the  greatei 
Strength  depends  at  all  upon  this  form 
British  Powder  Marks.—  The  different 
sortsof  powder  are  distinguished  by  the  fol 
Jbwr:s  marks  on  the  neadsof  the  barrels. 

L    G  £  Cylinder  I 

Cylinder  >  Marked  in  Red. 


Cylinder 


JLX  /Y— For  rifle  arms. 

4-7  Cylinder   ^  mixed— Marked  white 
,3-7  Restoved  $   L  G. 
L  G  or  F  G  in  blue,  is  powder  made  of 
fcitcoal 

'  *  L  G  ?  Marked  in  yel- 
N°-  3  F  G  $  low,  isrestoved. 

Th>  rtf  L  ,9,  E  C0  tr  S  G-, 


;:  powder  entirely  made  of  the  cylinder  char- 
coal, and  is  that  which  is  now  always  used 
on  ser  ice  The  white  L  G  bei  g  a  mixed 
powder,  is  not  so  uniform  as  the  other, 
and  is  therefore  generally  used  in  filling 
shells,  or  tor  such  other  purposes  as  dc* 
not  require  much  accuracy.  All  p<,wder 
for  service  is  mixed  in  proportions  accord- 
ing to  its  strength,  so  as  to  bring  it  as  much 
as  possible  to  a  mean  and  uniform  force. 

Frfttcb  Gunpowder.— The  French  proof 
ball  is  of  brass,  and  weighs  60  Ibs. 
French :  the  diameter  of  the  mortar  7 
inch,  s  9  points,  or  3.4  of  a  line,  a.  d  has 
one  line  of  windage.  The  chamber  holds 
exactly  3  ounces ;  and  their  best  powder 
must  give  a  range  of  90  toises,  ana  their 
restoved  powder  a  range  of  80  toises,  to 
be  received  into  the  service.  But  the 
powder  they  now  make,  when  new,  will 
give  a  tan^e  of  100  and  lio  toises  ;  and 
Mr  Lombard  calculates  all  his  tables 
from  experiments  made  with  powder 

giving  12$  tenses  vvith  the  eprouvetre • 

The  above  dimensions  and  weights  a-c  all 
or  old  French  standard. 

Invention  of  Gux-pozi-Jer,  is  usually 
ascribed  to  one  Bartholaus  Schwattz,  a 
German  monk,  who  discovered  it  about 
the  year  1320  ;  it  is  said  to  have  been  riist 
used  m  war  by  the  Venetians  a-ainst 
the  Genoese  in  the  year  1380.  Thevel 
says  its  inventor  was  one  Constantine 
Anclzen,  a  monk  of  Friburg.  Peter 
Mexia  sa\  s  it  was  first  used  by'  Alphon- 
sus  XI.  king  of  Castile,  in  the  year  1342. 
Ducange  adds,  that  there  is  mention 
made  of  this  powder  in  the  registers  of  the 
cnambers  of  accounts  of  France,  so  earlv 
as  the  year  1338  ;  and  friar  Bacon,  ex- 
pressly mentions  the  composition  in  his 
treatise  De  Nullltan  Magia>,  published  at 
Oxford  in  the  year  1216  Some  indeed 
are  of  opinion,  that  the  Arabians  or  the 
latter  Greeks  were  the  first  inventors  of 
gunpowder,  about  the  middle  ages  of  our 
aera;  because  its  Arabic  name  is  said  to 
beexprcssive  of  its  explosive  quality. 

Considerable  improvements  have  late- 
ly been  made  in  die  composition  of  gun- 
powder by  rhe  Chinese. 

Method  of  making  GUNPOWDER.  Take 
nitre,  sulphur,  and  charcoal;  reduce 
these  to  a  fine  powder,  and  continue  to 
beat  them  for  some  time  in  a  stone  mor- 
tar with  a  wooden  pestle,  wetting  the 
mixture  occasionally  with  water,  so  as  to 
form  the  whole  into  an  uruforin  paste, 
which  is  afterwards  reduced  to  grains,  by- 
passing it  through  a  sieve ;  and  in  this 
rorm,  being  cardully  dried,  it  becomes  tht: 
common  gunpowder.  For  greater  quan- 
tifies mills  are  used,  by  means  or  which 
more  work  may  be  performed  in  one  day 
than  a  man  can  do  in  a  hundred.  See 
MILL. 

This  destructive  powder  is  composed 
of  75  parts  nitre,  9  sulphur,  and  16  of 
charcoal,  in  the  100. 

The  granulation  of  gunpowder  i;;  pe- 
firms*  frv  Plains  ffieirva^s,  \vhifcin  ffo 


GUN 


GUN 


form  of  a  stiff  paste,  in  a  wire  sieve,  cov- 
it  with  a  board,  and  agitating  the 
whole  :  by  this  means  it  is  cm  into  small 
grains  or  parts,  which,  when  of  a  requi- 
site dryness,  iiu-y  t>e  rendered  smooth  or 
gloss)  by  rolling  them  i*  a  cylindrical  ves- 
sel or  cask.  Gun  powder  in  tins  form 
takes  fire  ri  v  than  ii'  it  be  after- 

ward re  -.Avder,  as  may  be  easily 

ace  OK:  :n  the  circumstance,  that 

t'le  iniK..''~:vion  is  more  speedily  propa- 
gated through  the  interstices  of  the  grains. 
But  fir.- process  of  granulation  does  itself, 
in  all  probability,  weaken  the  gunpowder, 
in  the  same  manner  as  it  is  weakened  by 
suiieiing  it  to  become  clamp;  for  in  this 
last  case,  the  nitre,  which  is  the  only  solu- 
ble ingredient,  suiters  a  partial  solution  m 
the  water,  and  a  separation  in  crystals  of 
greater  or  le.,5  magnitude  ;  and  accordingly 
the  surfaces  of  contact  are  rendered  less 
numerous. 

The  detonation  of  gunpowder  has  been 
always  an  interesting  problem  in  chemis- 
try. Numfrous  theories  have  been  of- 
fered, to  account  for  this  striking  fact. 
But  it  is  now  very  well  settled,  that  the 
nitric  acid  is  decomposed  by  the  hear  of 
ignition;  that  is  oxi^en,  combines  with 
the  charcoal,  and  forms  carbonic  acid, 
while  the  nitrogen,  or  other  component 
pan,  with  steam  from  the  water  ofcrys- 
tuJl-zation,  becomes  disengaged  in  the 
elastic  form.  Bcrthollet  found,  that  the 
elastic  prouuct,  aiiorded  by  the  detonation 
6f  gunpowder,  consisted  of  two  parts 
nitrogen  gas,  and  one  carbonic  acid  gas. 
The  sudden  extrication  and  expansion  of 
these  airs  are  the  cause  of  the  eiiects  of 
gunpowder. 

The  muriat  afforded  by  combining  the 
OXigenized  muriatic  acid  and  potash, 
affords  gunpowder  of  much  .  reatcr 
strength  than  the  common  nitre,  but  too 
dangerous  for  uae.  For  ;  he  method  of 
making  this  salt,  Sec  ACID  (MURIATIC, 

O  X  I  G  E  M  Z  E  D    ) 

Hoiv  to  rejine  rAt<e.  Put  into  a  cop- 
per, or  any  other  vessel,  TOO  weight  of 
rough  nitre,  with  about  14  gallons  of 
clean  water,  and  let  it  boil  gent'y  for 
half  an  hour,  and  as  it  boils  take  off  the 
scum  ;  then  stir  it  about  in  the  copper, 
and  before  it  settles  put  it  into  your  fil- 
tering-bags, which  must  be  hung  on  a 
rack,  with  glazed  ejrthen  ;>ans  under 
them,  in  which  sticks  must  be  laid  across 
for  the  crystals  to  aciheie  to:  it  must 
stand  in  the  pans  for  two  or  three  days 
fo  shoot ;  then  take  out  the  crystals  and 
let  them  dry.  The  water  that  rema.ns 
in  the  pans  boil  again  for  an  hour,  and 
strain  it  into  the  pans  as  before,  and  the 
nitie  will  be  quite  clear  and  trans- 
parent ;  if  not,  it  wants  more  refining  ; 
to  eiiect  which  proceed  as  usual,  till  it  is 
well  cleansed  of  all  its  earthy  parts. 

Hoiv  to  puiveriz.e  nitre.  Take  a 
copper  kettle,  whose  bottom  must  be 
.sphencai,  and  put  into  it  i4lb,  of  re- 
*iiied  nitre,  with  a  quarts  cr  5  pint? 


of  clean  water;  then  put  the  kettle  on  a 
slow  fire;  and  when  "the  nitre  is  dis- 
solved, ir  any  impurities  arise,  skim  then? 
olf;  and  keep  constantly  stirring  it  with 
•2  large  spattlcs  till  all  the  water  exhales  ; 
and  when  done  enough,  it  will  rppear 
like  white  sand,  and  as  fine  as  flour  ;  but 
if  it  should  boil  too  fast,  take  the  kettle 
off  the  fire,  and  set  it  on  some  wet  sand, 
by  which  means  the  nitre  will  be  pre- 
vented from  sticking  to  the  kettle. 
When  you  have  pulveused  a  quantity  of 
nitre,  be  careful  to  keep  it  in  a  dry  place. 

Different  kinds  of  G  UNPO  WD'EK.  It 
betn.;  proper  that  every  one  who  makes 
use  of  gun- powder  should  know  of  what 
it  is  composed,  we  shall  give  a  brief  ac- 
count of  its  origin  and  use.  Gunpowder* 
for  some  time  after  the  invention  of  ar- 
tillery, was  of  a  composition  much  weaken 
than  what  \ve  now  use,  or  than  that  an- 
cient one  mentioned  by  Marcus  Grascus  : 
but  this,  it  is  presumed,  was  owir.g  to 
the  Weakness  of  their  first  pieces,  rather 
than  to  their  ignorance  of  a  better  mix- 
ture: for  the  first  pieces  of  artillery  were 
of  a  very  clumsy,  inconvenient  make, 
being  usually  framed  of  several  pieces  ot 
iron  bars,  fitted  together  lengthways,  and 
then  hooped  together  with  iron  rings;  and 
as  tlKy  w  ie  firs;  employed  in  throwing 
stone  shot  < ,\  a  prodigious  weight,  m  imi- 
tation of  the  ancient  machines,  to  which 
they  succeeded,  they  were  of  an  enormous 
bore,  When  Mahomed  11.  besieged  Con- 
stantinople 113  the  year  1453,  he  battered 
the  walls  with  stohc  biulets,  ami  his 
pieces  were  some  of  them  of  the  calibre 
of  i2oolb.  but  they  never  could  be  fired 
more  than  four  times  in  the  24  hours,  and 
sometimes  they  burst  by  the  first  dis- 
charge Powder  at  first  was  not  grained, 
but  in  the  form  of  fine  meal,  such  as  it 
was  reduced  to  by  grinding  the  materials 
together ;  ;::\>i  it  is  doubtful,  whether  the 
first  grain  oi  it  was  intended  to  increase 
its  st length,  or  only  to  render  it  more 
convenient  tor  the  filling  it  into  small 
charges,  and  the  loading  of  small  arms, 
to  which  alone  it  was  applied  tor  many 
years,  whilst  meal- powder  was  still 
made  use  of  in  cannon.  But  at  last  the 
additional  strength,  which  the  grained 
powder  was  found  to  acquire  from  the 
free  passage  of  the  fire  between  the  Drains, 
occasioned  the  meal- powder  to  be  entirely 
laid  aside.  The  coal  for  making  /un- 
povvder  is  either  that  of  willow  or  hazle  ; 
but  the  lightest  k.nd  of  willow  is  found 
to  bo  the  b.;st,  well  charred  in  the  usual 
mann  r,  and  reduced  to  powder.  Corned 
powder  was  muse  in  Germany  as  early  as 
the  year  1568;  but  it  was  first  generally 
used  in  England  in  the  reign  of  Charles  1. 

Government  poivdcry  )  such  powder,    as 

Ordnance-powder,  \  having  undergone 
the  customary  proof,  is  so  called,  and  re- 
cciveti  into  the  public  magazines. 

I  has  bevn  recommended  by  a  French 
\vr;...i  to  preserve  gunpowder  at  sea  by 
u;?an:  of  boxes,  which  should"  be  linea 


GYM 


H  A  C 


255 


with  sheets  of  lead.  M.-de  Gentien,  a 
r.aval  officer  tried  the  experiment  by 
lodging  a  quantity  of  gunpowder,  and 
parchment  cartridges,  in  a  quarter  of  the 
•ship  which  was  sheathed  in  this  manner. 
After  they  had  been  stowed  for  a  consi- 
derable time,the  gunpowder  ami  cartridges 
were  found  to  have  suffered  little  from 
the  moisture;  whilst  the  same  quantity, 
when  lodged  in  wooden  cases,  became 
nearly  half  rotted 

Proof  of  Gun  powder  i  first  take  out  of 
the  several  barrels  of  gunpowder  a  mea- 
sure full,  of  about  the  size  of  a  thimble, 
•which  spread  upon  a  sheet  of  fine  writing 
paper,  and  thun  fire  it,  if  the  inflammation 
be  very  rapid,  the  smoke  rise  perpendicu- 
lar, and  the  paper  be  neither  burnt  nor 
sported,  it  is  then  to  be  judged  good  pow- 
der, 

Then  2  drams  of  the  same  powder  are 
exactly  weighed,  and  pur  into  an  eprou- 
vette  ;  which  if  it  raises  a  weight  of  24 
pounds  to  the  height  of  3  1-2  inches,  it 
may  be  received  into  the  public  inag  - 
xine  as  proof. 

G  u  M  -poivdcr     pi-over.        See    E  r  R  o  u- 

V  F.  T  T  E  . 

GUNSHOT,  the  reach  or  range  of  a 
gun.  The  space  through  which  a  shot 
can  be  thrown. 

GtUfSHOT-ww**/.  Any  wound  re- 
ceived from  the  discharge"  of  cannon  or 
lire-arms 

GUNSMITH,  a  man  who  makes  fire- 
arms. 

G  UNSTICK.  The  rammer  or  stick 
with  which  the  charge  is  driven  into  the 
gun. 

GUNSTOCK.  The  wood  to  which 
the  barrel  of  the  >uin  is  fixed. 

GUN  STONE.  Such  materials,  chiefly 
stone,  as  were  formerly  discharged  from 
artillery. 

GUR,  a  house  or  dwelling  in  India. 

GURRIES,  mud  forts  made  in  I  ndia 
so  called.  These  forts  are  sometimes 
Surrounded  with  ditches 

GURRY,  an  indian  te^rn  to  express  a 
certain  division  of  time,  comprehending 
24  minutes;  but  the  word  among  the 
Europeans  is  generally  understood  to  mean 
an  hour.  A  watch  is  called  a  gurry. 

GUALIOR,  a  stupendous  military 
fortification  on  the  summit  of  a  rocky 
.eminence  in  India,  south  of  Jumma,  28 
coss,  or  56  English  miles,  from  Agra.  1 1 
v/as  once  taken  by  a  daring  enterprise  by 
Col.  Popham. 

GHYRETTY,  cantonments  seven 
coss  (14  English  miles)  from  Calcutta. 
It  is  a  palace  built  by  Mr.  Dupleix,  which 
the  British  took  by  force  in  1797,  and  im- 
prisoned the  principal  French  colonists  of 
Chandernagore  there.  This  was  two 
years  be  tore  the  war  in  Europe. 

GYMNASTIC,  (gymnastique,  '  Fr.) 
pertaining  to  athletic  exercises,  such  as 
jeaping,  wrestling,  drawing  the  cross  bow, 
,  &c.  The  Greeks,  arnong  whom 


the  art  originated,  we  re  accustomed  to  strip 
whenever  they  performed  any  part  of  h. 

H 

HABERGEON,  a  small  coat  of  mail, 
or  only  sleevts  and  gorget  of  mail,  formed 
of  little  iron  rings  or  meshes  linket.  to- 
gether. 

HABILIMENTS  of  iw,  in  an- 
cient statutes,  signify  armor,  harness, 
utensils,  or  other  provisions,  vvithouf 
which  it  is  supposed  there  can  be  no  abili- 
ty to  maintain  a  war. 

H  A  B  I  L  L  E  M  E  N  T  a'cs  trOXj)CS,    F  T.   proper* 

ly  means  the  regimental  clothing  or  the 

unifu\m    of    soldiers.      The   clothing  of 

P  the  French  army  was  not  reduced  to  any 

i  regular  system  before  the  reign  of  Louis 

I  the   I4th.      The  following   observations. 

|  relative  to  this  important  object  are  too 

'appropriate,    and   suit   all    countries  too 

well,  to  be  left  unnoticed. 

The  dress  of  a  soldier  should  be  plain, 
and  made  up  so  as  to  facilitate  every 
movement  or  his  person,  to  guard  him 
against  the  inclemency  of  the  weather, 
and  to  be  remarkable  for  irs  collective 
uniformity  or'  appearance.  Next  to  these 
general  requisites,  the  ensc  of  each  indi» 
vidual  should  be  consulted  ;  particularly 
with  regard  to  the  breeches,  trowsers,  o'r 
pantaloons.  Regimental  surgeons  will 
certainly  say,  that  in  some  instances  men 
have  su  lie  red  as  much  from  an  inattention 
to  this  part  of  their  dress,  as  from  the 
most  harrassing  service  in  the  face  of  an 
enemy.  The  loins  should  invariably  be 
covered,  the  stride  be  made  eas-y,  and  tho. 
bend  of  the  knee  be  iet't  unembarrassed. 
Under  the  old  French  government,  the 
whole  infantry  was  clothed  in  white,  with 
facings  of  various  colors  ;  but  both  the 
officers  and  the  men  were  extiemeh 
in  every  part  of  their  dress.  Since  the 
revolution,  the  national  color,  which  was 
white,  has  been  changed  to  blue.  Not 
only  the  soldiers,  but  the  waggon -drivers, 
Sec.  had  a  particular  dress  to  distinguish 
them  from  other  people.  Jjec  UNI  >• 

Un    HABIT    d'  ,  ?  rcghven- 

Ua  HABIT  d'untf&rme,  I'r.  j>  tai  coat, 
or  clothing. 

HACHE,  Fr.    a  hatchet. 

HACHE  d'armcs,  Fr.  a  hatchet  or  battle, 
axe. 

In  ancient  times  this  weapon  was  fre- 
quently resoitedto  by  whole  armies  when 
they  engaged.  At  p;esent  it  is  only  used 
on  particular  occasions,  in  sorties,  &c.  or 
boarding  ships. 

HACHE,  Fr,  A  term  which  was  for-, 
merly  used  among  the  French  to  express 
a  certain  punishment  that  military  delm-. 
quents  were  obliged  to  undergo,  It  con- 
sisteu  ir.  b.mg  loaded  with  a  pack  or  sad- 
dle, winch  tne  ,suilty  person  was  under 
cessity  ot  carrying  a  specified  dis- 
tance, and  which  entailed  disgrace  i^-"- 
the  bearer. 


GUN 


GUN 


form  of  a  stifF paste,  in  a  wire  sieve,  cov- 
ering it  with  a  board,  and  agitating  the 
who ic  :  by  this  means  it  is  cm  into  small 
grains  or  parts,  which,  when  of  a  requi- 
site dry  ness,  m?y  be  rendered  smooth  or 
giess\  by  rolling  them  i.n  :i  cylindrical  ves- 
sel 01  cask.  Gtinpewder  in  this  form 
takes  fire  rr-"  than  U'  it  be  after- 

ward i  'o\vder,  as  may  beeasily 

acct»i-.,,-f'l  i  i  from  rhecircumsiance,  that 
the  i n <k :<~.:: i i.>n  is  more  speeriily  propa- 
gated through  the  interstices  of  the  grains. 
But  th'j  process  of  granulation  does  itself, 
in  all  probability,  weaken  the  gunpowder, 
in  ttie  same  manner  as  it  is  weakened  by 
suiieiing  it  to  become  damp;  for  in  this 
last  case,  the  nitre,  which  is  the  only  solu- 
ble ingredient,  slitters  a  partial  solution  in 
the  water,  and  a  separation  in  crystals  of 
greater  or  le:,s  magnitude  ;  and  accordingly 
races  of  contact  are  rendered  less 
numerous. 

The  detonation  of  gunpowder  has  been 
always  an  interesting  probtem  in  chemis- 
try. Numerous  theories  have  been  of- 
fered, to  account  for  this  striking  fact. 
But  it  is  now  very  well  settled,  that  the 
nitric  acid  is  decomposed  by  the  heat:  of 
ignition;  that  is  oxi;>en,  combines  with 
the  charcoal,  and  forms  carbonic  acid, 
while  the  nitrogen,  or  other  component 
part,  with  steam  from  the  water  of  crys- 
tallization, becomes  disengaged  in  the 
elastic  form.  Berthollet  found,  that  the 
elastic  prouuct,  afforded  by  the  detonation 
6f  gunpowder,  consisted  of  two  parts 
nitrogen  gas,  and  one  carbonic  acid  gas. 
The  sudden  extrication  and  expansion  of 
these  airs  are  the  cause  of  the  eiiects  of 
gunpowder. 

The  muriat  afforded  by  combining  the 
OXtgenized  muriatic  acid  and  potash, 
a  fiords  gunpowder  of  much  '.r  eater 
strength  than  the  common  nitre,  but  too 
dangerous  for  use.  For  :  he  method  of 
making  this  salt,  Sec  ACID  (MURIATIC, 
b  x  i  c  E  M  i  z  E  n  ) 

Hoiv  to  rejine  vit<e.  Put  into  a  cop- 
per, or  any  other  vessel,  TOO  weight  of 
rough  nitre,  with  about  14  gallons  of 
clean  water,  and  let  it  boil  gently  for 
half  an  hou; ,  and  as  it  boils  take  off  the 
scum  ;  then  stir  it  about  in  the  copper, 
and  before  it  settles  put  it  into  your  fil- 
tering-bags,  which  muse  be  hung  on  a 
rack,  with  glazed  earthen  ;>ans  under 
them,  in  which  sticks  must  bs  laidacro^s 
for  the  crystals  to  adhere  to:  it  must 
stand  in  the  pans  for  two  or  three  days 
fo  shoot ;  then  take  out  the  crystals  and 
let  them  dry.  The  water  that  rema.ns 
in  the  pans  'boil  again  for  an  hour,  and 
strain  it  into  the  pan&  as  before,  and  the 
nitie  will  be  quite  clear  and  trans- 
parent ;  if  not,  it  wants  more  refining  ; 
to  eliect  which  proceed  as  usual,  till  it  is 
-well  cleansed  of  all  its  earthy  parts. 

Hoiij  to  pulverise  nitre.  Take  a 
copper  kettle,  whose  bottom  must  be 
spherical,  and  put  into  it  i4lb,  of  re- 
fined nitre,  with  z  quarts  or  5  pint? 


of  clean  water;  then  put  the  kettle  on  a 
slow  fire;  and  when  the  nitre  is  dis- 
solved, ir  any  impurities  arise,  skim  them 
oil';  and  keep  constantly  stirring  it  with 
•2  large  spattlcs  till  all  the  water  exhales  ; 
and  when  done  enough,  it  will  rppear 
like  white  sand,  and  as  fine  as  flour ;  but 
if  it  should  boil  too  last,  take  the  kettle 
off  the  fire,  and  set  it  on  some  wet  sand, 
by  which  means  the  nitre  will  be  pre- 
vented from  sticking  to  the  kettle. 
When  you  have  pulvetised  a  quantity  of 
nitre,  be  careful  to  keep  it  in  a  dry  place. 
Different  1. bids  of  GUNPOWDER.  It. 
bcin^  proper  that  every  one  who  makes 
use  of  gun- powder  should  know  of  whar 
it  is  composed,  we  shall  give  a  brief  ac- 
count of  its  origin  and  use.  Gunpowder, 
for  some  time  after  the  invention  of  ar- 
tillery, was  of  a  composition  much  weakec 
than  what  we  now  use,  or  than  that  an- 
cient one  mentioned  by  Marcus  Graccus  : 
but  this,  it  is  presumed,  was  owing  to 
the  weakness  of  their  first  pieces,  rather 
than  to  their  ignorance  of  a  better  mix- 
ture :  for  the  first  pieces  of  artillery  were 
of  a  very  clumsy,  inconvenient  make, 
being  usually  framed  of  several  pieces  of 
iron  bars,  fitted  together  lengthways,  and 
then  hooped  together  with  iron  rings ;  and 
as  tru\  w  se  firs;  employed  in  throwing 
stone  shot  or  a  prodigious  weight,  m  imi- 
tation ot  the  ancient  machines,  to  which 
they  succeeded,  they  were  of  an  enormoi:  ; 
bore,  When  Mahomed  11.  besieged  Con- 
'  stantinople  113  the  year  1453,  ^ie  battered 
ii  the  walls  with  stone  bullets,  ami  his 
pieces  were  some  of  them  of  the  calibre 
of  i2oolb.  but  they  never  could  be  fired 
more  than  four  times  in  the  24  hours,  and 
sometimes  tiuy  burst  by  the  first  dis- 
charge Powder  at  first  was  not  grained, 
but  in  the  form  of  fine  meal,  such  as  it 
was  reduced  to  by  grinding  the  materials 
together  ;  ar,»i  <t  is  doubtful,  whether  the 
first  grain  oi  it  was  intended  to  increase 
its  stiength,  or  only  to  render  it  more 
convenient  lor  the  filling  it  into  small 
charges,  and  the  loading  of  small  arms, 
tL>  which  alone  it  was  applied  tor  many 
years,  whilst  meal- powder  was  still 
made  use  of  in  cannon.  But  at  last  the 
additional  strength,  which  the  grained 
powder  was  found  to  acquire  from  the 
free  passage  of  the  fire  between  the  Drains, 
occasioned  the  meal- powder  to  be  entirely 
laid  abide.  The  coal  for  making  gun- 
powder is  either  that  of  willow  or  hazle  ; 
but  the  lightest  kind  of  willow  is  found 
to  be  the  best,  well  chaned  in  the  usual 
mam; •  r,  a:ul  reduced  to  powder.  Cornedl 
powder  was  ;n  use  in  Germany  aseady  as" 
the  year  1568;  but  it  was  first  generally 
used  in  England  in  the  reign  of  Charles  1- 
G&verttftient  powder,  )  such  powder,  as 
Ordnance-ftjivder^  $  having  undergone 
the  customary  proof,  is  so  called,  and  re- 
cciveu  into  the  ,  ublic  magazines. 

1  has  L>e'-r,  recommended  by  a  French 
\vr;...<  tc;  preserve  gunpowder  at  sea  by 
u;vun:  cf  co'cci,  which  should"  be  linea 


GYM 


H  A  C 


255 


vvith  sheets  of  lead.     M.-de  Gentien,   a 

r.avai  officer  tried  the  experiment  by 
lodging  a  quantity  of  gunpowder,  and 
parchment  cartridges,  in  a  quarter  or'  the 
whip  which  was  sheathed  in  this  manner. 
After  they  had  been  sto'.ved  for  a  consi- 
derable time,  the  gunpowder  ant'  cartridges 
were  found  to  have  suffered  little  from 
the  moisture;  whilst  the  same  quantity, 
when  lodged  in  wooden  cases,  became 
.nearly  hair  rotted, 

Proof  of  Gunpowder,  first  take  out  of 
the  several  barrels  of  gunpowder  a  mea- 
sure full,  of  about  the  size  of  a  thimble, 
-which  spread  upon  a  sheet  of  fine  writing 
paper,  and  then  fire  it,  if  the  inflammation 
be  very  rapid,  the  smoke  rise  perpendicu- 
lar, and  the  paper  be  neither  burnt  nor 
.spotted,  it  is  then  to  bejudjred  good  pow- 
der. 

Then  2  drams  of  the  same  powder  are 
exactly  weighed,  and  put  into  an  eprou- 
vette  ;  which  h  it  raises  a  weight  of  24 
pounds  to  the  height  of  3  1-2,  inches,  it 
may  be  received  into  the  public  irug  - 
zine  as  proof. 

G  u  x  -/.'-Wi.vr     f  rover.        See    E  r  R  o  u- 

V  F.  T  T  E  . 

GUNSHOT,  the  reach  or  range  of  a 
gun.  The  space  through  which  u  shot 
can  be  thrown. 

O  u  M  s  H  o  T  -"wound.  A  ny  wound  re- 
ceived from  the  discharge  of  cannon  or 
lire- arms 

GUNSMITH,  a  man  who  makes  fire- 
arms. 

GUNSTICK.  The  rammer  or  stick 
vvith  which  the  charge  is  driven  into  the 
gun. 

GUNSTOCK.  The  weed  to  which 
the  barrel  of  the  >'im  is  fixed. 

GUN  STONE.  Such  materials,  chiefly 
stone,  as  were  formerly  discharged  from 
nniilery. 

CUR,  a  house  or  dwelling  in  India. 

CURRIES,  mud  forts  made  in  India 
so  called,  These  forts  are  sometimes 
Surrounded  with  ditches 

GURRY,  an  Indian  te'iri  to  express  a 
certain  diviiion  of  time,  comprehending 
24  minutes ;  but  the  word  among  the 
Europeans  is  generally  understood  to  mean 
an  hour.  A  watch  is  called  a  gurry. 

GUALIOR,  a  stupendous  military 
fortification  on  the  summit  of  a  rocky 
#rniuence  in  India,  south  of  Jumma,  18 
coss,  or  56  English  miles,  from  Agra.  It 
was  once  taken  by  a  daring  enterprize  by 
Col.  Popham. 

GHYRETTY,  cantonments  seven 
coss  (14  English  miles)  from  Calcutta. 
It  is  a  palace  built  by  Mr.  Dupleix,  which 
the  British  took  by  force  in  i797,andim- 
prisonedthe  principal  French  colonists  of 
Chandernagore  there.  This  was  two 
years  before  the  war  in  Europe. 

GYMNASTIC,  (gymnastiqut,  Fr.) 
pertaining  to  athletic  exercises,  such  as 
.leaping,  wrestling,  drawing  the  cross  bow, 
,  &c.  The  Greeks,  among  whom 


the  art  originated,  we  re  accustomed  to  strip 
whenever  they  performed  any  part  of  it. 

H 

HABERGEON,  a  small  coat  of  mail, 
or  only  sleeves  and  gorget  of  mail,  formed 
of  little  iron  rings  or  meshes  linkec  to- 
gether. 

HABILIMENTS     of    mir,     in   an- 
cient  statutes,     signify   armor,    harness, 
utensils,    or    other    provisions,    vvithouf 
|  which  it  is  supposed  there  can  be  no  abili- 
{ ty  to  maintain  a  war. 

H  A  B  i  L  L  F  M  E  N  T  dcs  troupes,  F  r.  proper* 
!  ly  means  the  regimental  clothing  or  the 
unifoYm  of  soldiers.  The  clothing  of 
i  the  French  army  was  not  reduced  to  any 
I  regular  system  before  the  reign  of  Louis 
j  the  i4th.  The  following  observations. 
I  relative  to  this  important  object  are  too 
:  appropriate,  and  suit  all  countries  toa 
well,  to  be  left  unnoticed. 

The  dress  of  a  soldier  should  be  plain, 
and  made  up  so  as  to  facilitate  every 
movement  of  his  person,  to  guard  him 
against  the  inclemency  of  the  weather, 
and  to  be  remarkable  for  its  colk.jrvc 
uniformity  of  appearance.  Next  to  these 
general  requisites,  the  ease  of  each  indi- 
vidual should  be  consulted  ;  particularly 
with  regard  to  the  breeches,  trowsers,  or 
pantaloons.  Regimental  surgeons  will 
certainly  say,  tiiat  in  some  instances  men 
have  suffered  as  much  from  an  inattention 
to  this  part  of  their  dress,  as  from  the 
most  harrass'.ng  service  in  the  face  of  an 
enemy.  The  loins  shouiu  invariably  be 
cohered,  the  stride  be  made  eas-y,  and  tha 
bend  of  the  knee  be  left  unembarrassed. 
Under  the  old  French  government,  the 
whole  infantry  was  clothed  in  white,  with 
facings  of  various  color.-, ;  hut  both  the 
officers  a.id  the  men  were  extiemeh 
in  every  part  of  rheir  dress.  Since  the 
revolution,  the  national  color,  which  was 
white,  has  been  changed  to  blue.  Not 
only  the  soldiers,  but  the  waggon-drivers, 
&c.  had  a  particular  dress  to  distinguish 
them  from  other  people,  bee  UNI  f. 

Un    HABIT    tPordonnatice,  )  regiiveu- 

Un  HABIT  d'unijbrmf,  Fr.  }  tai  coat, 
or  clothing. 

II ACHE,  Fr.    a  hatchet. 

HACHE  d'armes,  Fr.  a  hatchet  or  battle- 
axe. 

In  ancient  times  this  weapon  was  fre- 
quently resoitedto  by  whole  armies  when, 
they  engaged.  At  piesent  it  is  only  used 
on  particular  occasions,  in  sorties,  &c.  or 
boarding  ships. 

HACHE,  />.  A  term  which  was  for- 
merly used  among  the  French  to  express 
a  certain  punishment  that  military  delm-. 
quents  were  obliged  to  undergo,  It  con- 
sisted ;r.  b. ing  loaded  with  a  pack  or  sad- 
dle, wh:cii  tne  /.uiity  person  wac  ur.dcv 
the  necessity  ot  carrying  a  specified  dis- 
tance, and  which  entailed  disgrace  \^--^- 
the  bearer. 


253 


H  A  M 


HAN 


Dunns  the    wheel  up,    the     st~ 
moves   to  its   p.?.c     in   squadron,  and  at 
the  halt  every  individual  must  have  gain- 
ed his  prop-.-r  post. 

HALTE,Fr.      See  HALT. 

HALTER-CAST.  In  farriery,  an 
exco-i;i';.'n  or  hurt  in  the  pastern,  which 
is  occasioned  by  the  hois.-  endeavoring  to 
scr  b  the  itchuu-  {/art  of  the  body  near 
th°  head  and  neck,  a;id  thus  entangling 
one  of  t-.is  hinder  feet  n  the  halter.  The 
consequeece  of  which  is,  that  he  natu- 
rally stru-'gles  to  get  free  and  sometimes 
receives  very  .iangerous  hurts  in  the  hol- 
low of'  h  -  pattern. 

HALTING,  in  farriery,  a  iimpine, 
or  going  inm?;  an  irregularity  in  the  mo- 
tion of  a  horse,  arising  from  a  lameness 
in  the  shoulder,  le. ,  or  foot,  which  obliges 
him  to  trea<i  tender) \ . 

HAMLET,  a  small  village.  _ 

To*wtr  H  A  M  L  E T  s .  The  militia  rais- 
ed in  the  distinct  of  the  Tower  of  Lon- 
don, is  so  called,  and  is  divided  into  two 
battalions. 

HAMMER,  well-known  instrument 
•with  an  iron  head,  for  driving  nails,  &c. 
The  artillerv  aids  each  cany  one  in  his 
heir,  in  order  to  clear  the  vent  from  any 
stoppage. 

HAMMER,  a  piece  of  iron  which  stands 
in  a  perpendicular  uinction  above  the 
cover  of  the  pan,  being  a  part  of  the  same, 
and  setving  to  produce  those  sparks  of 
iire  that  ultimately  occasion  the  explo- 
sion of  the  gunpowder.  The  Germans 
ci'.ll  it  ifannen  deckel,  the  cover  of  the 
pan  ;  but  this  expression  docs  not  convey 
a  distinct  and  clear  idea  of  the  use  that  is 
made  of  it.  Nothing,  however,  can  be 
less  appropriate  than  the  term  ap;  ears 
amongst  us.  We  call  the  part  which  is 
struck  against  to  produce  sparks  of  fire 
the  hammer ;:  and  the  part  which  strikes, 
the  cock. ;  whereas  that  part  of  the  cock 
•which  holds  the  flint  is,  \\  fact,  the  ham- 
mer, and  the  other  is  without  a  proper 
name.  The  Germans  call  the  cock  babn. 
It  is  not  within  our  province  to  propose 
new  terms  ;  we  are  therefore  satisfied  in 
having  pointed  out  the  contradiction. 

HAMMER-SPRING,       the     spring    on 
•which  the  hammer  of  a  gun-lock  works.  \' 
It  is  also  tMe&fealbfr-sprixg, 

HAMMOCK,  (bamac,  Fr.)  a  sort  of 
bed  made.  ->f  cotton  or  canvas.  Those 
ttsed  in  America  consisted  of  abroad  piece 
of  canvas  which  was  suspended  between 
two  branches  of  a  tree,  or  between  two 
stakes,  and  in  which  the  savages  are  ac-  •; 
custorned  to  sleep. 

Among  sailors  the  hammock  is  about 
six  feet  Jom  and  three  feet  broad,  and 
drawn  together  at  the  two  ends,  arid  hung 
horizontally  under  the  deck  for  the  sailors 
to  repose  in.  In  time  of  battle,  the  ham- 
mocks are  stroncly  fastened  and  laid  above 
the  rails  -*n  the  quarter-deck  and  fore- 
cast 1  ,  vo  bamcatte,  and  to  prevent  the 
execution  of  small  shot. 

t-UMPE,  ou  HANTE,  Fr,  a  shaft ;  jj 


a  long  stick  to  which  any  thing  else  is 
attached  ;  as  a  sharp  blade  to  form  a  hal- 
bert  or  pike. 

HANCES,  the  ends  of  elliptical 
arclv  s. 

HAND.  Among  the  Mysoreans  the 
print  of  a  hand  is  reckoned  a  form  equi- 
valent to  an  oath.  The  hand  is  one  of 
their  military  ensigns,  and  always  carried 
by  their  princes  to  war. 

HAND,  a  measure  of  four  inches,  or  of 
a  clinched  fist  by  which  the  height  of  a 
horse  is  computed.  Thus  horses  are  said 
to  be  so  many  hands  high. 

The  sizes  of  military  horses  should  run 
from  15  hands  and  i  inch  to  16  hands 
high,  and  the  age4  or  5  oif,  if  possible. 

Hand  is  also  used  lor  the  division  of  a 
horse  into  the  fore  and  hind  parts.  The 
parts  of  the  fore-hand  are  the  head,  neck, 
and  fore-quarters;  and  those  of  the  hind- 
hand  include  all  the  other  parts  of  his 
body. 

HAND  is  likewise  used  for  the  horse- 
man's hand.  Thus  spear-hand,  or  sword- 
hand,  is  the  horseman's  right  hand,  and 
bridle-hand  is  his  left  hand. 

HAND-BARROW,  a  machine  made  of 
light  wood,  of  great  use  in  fortification 
for  carrying  earth  from  one  place  to  an- 
other .  or  in  a  siege,  for  carrying  shells  or 
shot  along  the  trenches. 

HAND-BARROW.  Weight  13  pounds, 
length  5  feet  4  inches, 

HAND-BREADTH,  a  measure  of  three 
inches,  or  a  space  equal  to  the  breadth 
of  the  hand,  tne  palm. 

HAND-GALLOP,  a  slow  and  easy  gal- 
lop, in  which  the  hand  presses  (he  bridle 
to  hinder  increase  of  speed. 

HAND-GR  EN  ADES,  small  iron  shells, 
from  2  to  3  inches  diameter,  filled  with 
powder  which  being  lighted  by  means  of 
a  fuse,  are  thrown  by  the  grenadiers 
amongst  the  enemy  ;  until  lately  out  of 
use.  See  GRENADES. 

HAND-GUN,   a  gun  held  in  the  hand. 

HAND-M  ALLET,  a  wooden  hammer 
with  a  handle,  to  drive  fuses,  or  pickets, 
£c.  in  making  fascines  or  gabion  bat- 
teries. 

HAND-SCREW,  is  composed  of  a 
toothed  iron  bar,  which  has  a  claw  at 
the  lower  end  and  a  fork  at  the  upper : 
the  bar  is  fixed  in  a  stock  of  wood,  about 
2.5  feet  high,  and  6  inches  thick,  moved, 
by  a  rack-work  so  that  this  claw  or  fork 
being  placed  under  a  weight  raises  it  as 
far  as  the  bar  can  go. 

HAND- SPIKE,  in  gunnery,  a  wooden 
lever  5  or  6  feet  long,  flattened  at  the 
lower,  end,  and  tapering  towards  the 
othei,  useful  in  moving  guns  to  their 
places  after  being  find  and  loadeo  again, 
or  for  moving  other  heavy  \veights. 

HAND-SPIKES.  Common,  weight  10 
pounds,  length  6  feet. 

HAND-TO-HAND,  close  fight;  the 
situation  of  two  persons  closely  opposed 
to  each  other, 

HANDFUL,  used  figuratively,  in  A 


HAN 


H  A  R 


259 


military  sense,  to  denote  a  small  quantity 
or  number,  as  a  handful  of  men. 

To  HANDLE,  to  manage,  to  wield. 

HANDLE  arms,  a  word  of  command; 
(when  the  men  are  at  ordered  arms)  by  J 
which  the  soldier  is  directed  to  brin.  his 
rieht  hand  briskly  up  to  the  muzzle  of 
his  musquct,  with  his  tin>;ers  bent  in-  j 
wai';ls.  This  word  of  command  is  fre-  ! 
quently  used  at  the  private  inspection  of; 
companies,  and  always  precedes — £ase\ 
arms. 

This  term  was  formerly  used  in  the  i 
manual  from  the  support  to  the  cany.  It  j 
is  now  however  used  only  in  the  instance  | 
just  mentioned. 

To  HANG. FIRE.  Fire-arms  are  said. 
to  han^-fire  when  tiie  flame  is  not  speedy 
in  communicating  from  the  pan  to  the  j 
charge.  This  defect  may  arise  from  the  | 
powder  being  damp  or  the  touch-hole! 
foul. 

To  HANG  upon.  To  hover,  to  impede. 

To  HANG   upon  the  rear  of  a  retreating  ' 
zneniy.     To   follow    the    movements    on 
any  body  of  men  so  closely  as  to  be  a  con- 
stant annoyance  to  them. 

It  requires  both  judgment  and  activity 
in  the  commanding  officer  of  a  pursuing  j 
army  toexecute  this  business  without  en-  ; 
dangering  his  troops.     For  it  might  hap- 
pen that   the  retreating  enemy,  seeing  an 
opportunity  to  make  a   retrograde    flank  j 
movement  from  its  front,  would  practice 
a  feint  in  its  rear,  and  suddenly  appear 
upon  the    right  or  left  of  his  pursuers. 
To  prevent  a  surprize  of  this  sort,  con-  u 
stant  vedettes  and  sida-patroles  must  be  ij 
detach jd,  and  the  pursuer    must   never  ;; 
attempt  to  follow  through  any  consulera-  •] 
ble  length  of  defile,  or  cross  rivers,  with-  ]• 
out  having  secured  the  neighboring  emi-  j! 
nences,  and  been  well  informed  as  to  the  I) 
nature  of  the  stream,  for  some  extent  on 
his  right    and  left.     Without  these  pre- 
cautions he  might  himself  be  taken  in 
tlank  and  rear. 

To  HANG  upon  the  flanks  of  an  enemy ,  is 
to  harass  and  perplex  him  in  a  more  de- 
sultory manner  than  what  is  generally 
practised  when  you  press  upon  his  rear. 

Hussars,  light  dragoons,  mounted  ritie- 
inen,  and  light  infantry  detachments  are 
well  calculated  for  this  service.  Light 
pieces  of  artillery  are  likesvise  extremely 
useful,  but  they  should  be  Cautiously  re- 
ported to,  as  ambuscades  might  be  laid, 
and  their  removal  would  require  too 
much  time.  A  perfect  knowlege  of  the 
country  in  which  you  fight,  aided  by  in- 
telligent guides  and  faithful  scouts,  will 
be  one  of  the  best  safeguards  in  all  opera- 
tions of  this  kind. 

PI  ANGER,  a  short-curved  sword. 

HANGING-GUARD,  a  defensive 
position  in  the  art  of  broad-sword  ;  it  is 
ibrmed  by  raising  the  sword-hand  high 
enough  to  view  your  antagonist  under 
your  wrist,  and  directing  your  point  lo- 
\vardshisribs.  See  BROADSWORD. 

NNIBAL,    ^    celebrated    gen—! 


among  the  Carthagenians,  who  crossed 
the  Alps,  and  threatened  Rome.  This 
able  man  lost  all  the  fruits  of  his  un- 
common exertions  and  military  talents 
by  relaxing  fiom  that  active  conduct,  by 
which  he  had  thrown  the  Roman  legions 
into  coi, fusion.  He  is  a  striking  example 
of  the  propriety  of  marshal  Saxe's  obser- 
vations on  the  necessity  of  vigorous  and 
unremitting  operations  against  a  retreat- 
ing enemy.  See  GENERAL. 

HANOVERIANS,  troops  belonging 
to  Hanover,  lormeny  subject  to  tht  king 
of  Great  Br  tain,  ai;d  of  which  a  consider- 
able body  were  employed  to  subjugate 
America,  for  which  forty  pounds  sterling 
a  head  were  paid  out  or  the  British  trea- 
sury to  the  elect  r  of  Hanover;  they  are 
now  subjects  of  France. 

HANSE,  or  HANS,  (Hans  Teuton!  que, 
Fr  J  a  butiy  or  company  of  merchants 
united  logeiher  ior  the  promotion  of 
trade 

HANS  toivns,  (villts  Hanseatiytees,  Fl.J 
Certain  towns  and  places  in  Germany 
and  the  north  of  Europe  in  which  a  com- 
mercial compact,  or  agreement,  for  the 
benefit  of  commerce  was  entered  into  by 
merchants  of  respectability.  The  four 
towns  that  first  united  for  this  purpose 
were  Lubcc,  Brunswick,  Dantzic,  and 
Cologne,  and  on  that  account  they  bore 
the  distinguishing  title  of  mother-towns. 
Atter  the  original  establishment  of  this 
company  had  taken  place,  several  towns 
became  anxious  to  belong  to  so  respecta- 
ble and  useful  a  company.  They  were 
accordingly  adopted,  and  obtained  the 
denomination  of  god-daughters.  The 
number  of  these  Associated  places  amount- 
ed to  8i,and  they  wt  re  generally  called 
the  Hanseatic  or  Auseatic  towns.  In  the 
year  1372,3  treaty  of  alliance  was  entered 
into  between  Denmark  and  the  Hans 
towns.  Amsterdam  and  other  Dutch 
cities  were  included,  as  may  be  seen  in  u 
copy  of  that  treaty  which  has  been  pre- 
served by  Boxhoom. 

HAQUET,  Fr.  a  dray;  a  species  of 
waggon  formerly  used  in  the  artillery ; 
they  dirieied  in  their  sizes  and  demensions 
according  to  the  nature  of  the  service. 

Mitiiary  HARANGUES,  (harangues 
militaircs,  Fr.)  It  was  usual  among  the 
ancients  for  generals,  &c.  to  harangue 
their  soldiers  previous  to  an  engagement. 
This  custom,  however,  is  too  old  to  be 
traced  to  its  origin.  Short  harangues,  if 
any  are  adopted,  will  always  ,,rove  the 
best;  for  that  natural  impulse  by  which 
the  aggregate  of  mankind  a;e  driven  into 
acts  of  peril  and  possible  destruction,  is 
or  too  subule  and  too  volatile  a  nature  to 
bear  suspence. 

We  find  among  the  ancient  historian,--, 
various  instances  in  which  the  generals  of 
armies  have  judged  fit  to  harangue  their 
troops.  It  must,  however,  be  acknow- 
leged,  that  the  greater  part  of  these 
harangues  have  been  studiously  madeou': 
by  ingcnicnrs  Vvrlttrs,  and  £nt  huo  the, 


260 


H  AR 


H  AR 


lips  of  the  heroes  they  have  thought  pro- 
per to  celebrate.  Those  which  contain 
most  common  sense,  and  are  conveyed  ii 
short  pithy  sentences,  will  always  produce 
the  best  etfects. 

Eloquence  is  certainly  a  qualification 
which  every  general  of  an  army  should 
possess;  but,  it  is  not,  in  our  days,  the 
most  essential  requisite  in  his  character. 
Caesar  was  naturally  endowed  with  a 
most  bewitching  talent  in  the  exercise  or 
words ;  and  he  used  it  on  many  occasions 
to  considerable  advantage.  The  manner 
in  whi'.h  he  was  accustomed  to  address 
his  men  became  so  celebrated,  that  several 
persons  belonging  to  the  army  he  com- 
mandcd  carefully  selected  his  military  ha- 
rangues;  and,  if  we  may  believe  the 
ChevaLer  Folard,  the  emperor  Augustus 
was  particularly  pkas-d  and  entertained 
in  having  them  read  to  him. 

In  Chevalier  Fobrd's  opinion,  those 
speeches  which  are  enlivened  by  expres- 
sions of  humor  and  by  occasional  raillery, 
wili  always  have  the  most  influence  over 
the  minds  of  common  soldiers.  War  al- 
though apparently  dictated  by  the  laws 
of  nature  (for  war  and  bloodshed  seem  to 
have  been  the  concomitants  of  man  fiom 
his  first  creation)  cannot  be  so  far  conge- 
nial to  the  feelings  of  civilized  mortality, 
as  to  mingle  with  sober  sense  and  rational 
reflection.  Consequently,  those  discour- 
ses which  lead  the  common  mind  to  think, 
and  which  induce  the  common  heart  to 
feel,  aie  ill  adapted  to  acts  of  violence  and 
mutual  rancour.  A  witticism  or  humor- 
ous expression  has  sometimes  the  most 
happy  effect.  The  answer  which  Han- 
nibal "the  Carthaginian  made  to  one  of  his 
generals,  whose  name  was  Cisco,  produc- 
ed a  fortunate  emotion  among  the  sol- 
diers. 1  he  latter  observed,  that  the  ene. 
tny's  threat  numbers  some*what  surprized  him  ; 
Hannibal,  as  Plutarch  relates  th  story, 
immediately  said,  with  a  sort  of  indig- 
nant look But  thete  is  another  circum- 

stance,  Cisco,  'which  ought  to  surftixe  you 
much  more,  and  ivhich  you  do  not  seem  to 
know.  Cisco  requested  to  know  what  it 
might  be  //  is,  replied  Hannibal,  that 
in  so  large  a  multitude  there  should  not  be  one 
man  whose  name  is  Cisco  This  sarcastic 
observation  created  a  loud  laugh  among  all 
who  surrounded  the  general,  and  the 
humor  of  the  saying  was  instantly  con- 
veyed through  the  ranks. 

Antigonus,  accoiding  to  the  same  au- 
thority, never  adopted  any  other  mode  of 
conveyin-  his  sentiments  to  the  troops. 
The  Lacedemonians  were  even  more  laco- 
nic ;  but  every  thing  they  uttered  was  fulJ 
of  si.und  sense  and  energy  of  thought 
Thucyciio.es,  who  was  not  only  a  good 
historan,  but  akevv  se  an  able'  genera:, 
makes  ni$  heroes  speak  in  a  very  em,  ha 
tic  and  eloqvent  manner,  Tacau&  does 
not  appear  to  possess  much  excellence 
th.  t  vav  ;  and  tlv  speeches  which  we 
find  Polj  us,  are  copied  after  wr.ai 
v/as  spoken  by  the  several  generals,  whom 


he  celebrates.  Titus  Livius  is  too  orna- 
mental and  too  flowery.  An  active  and 
intelligent  general  must  be  a  perfect  stran- 
ger to  that  species  of  oratory. 

We  read  in  Varilias,  a  French  historian, 
who  was  born  in  1624,  and  wrote  a  his- 
tory of  France  beginning  with  Louis  XI. 
and  ending  with  Henry  III.  &c.  that 
Zisca  (or  Ziska)  a  gentleman  and  soldier 
of  Bohemia  (who  was  so  called  because  he 
happened  to  lose  an- eye,)  made  a  remark- 
able speech  to  his  followers.  We  refer 
our  inquisitive  readers  to  that  writer's 
works  for  one  of  the  most  energetic,  most 
soldier-like,  and  persuasive  pieces  of  mi- 
litary eloquence  that  perhaps  is  extant. 
Zisca  succeeded  Huss,  who  had  armed 
the  peasantry  of  Bohemia  to  resist  the  op- 
pressions of  the  emperor  and  the  R  man 
pontiff';  and  although  he  lost  his  other 
eye  at  the  siege  ot  Rabi,  his  influence 
and  courage  were  so  great,  that  he  obliged 
tiie  emperor  Sigismund  to  send  an  embas- 
sy to  him,  and  to  offer  him  the  govern- 
ment of  Bohemia.  Such  was  his  power 
of  persuasion,  that  he  could  not  only  ani- 
mate his  men  to  the  most  desperate  feats 
of  valor,  but  likewise  check  them  in  the 
full  career  of  victory,  to  prevent  plunder 
and  unnecessary  bloodshed.  A  remarka- 
ble instance  of  this  sort  may  be  found  in 
Varillas,  where  he  relates,  that  nothing 
but  the  influence  which  Zisca  possessed 
ove-  the  minds  of  his  followers  could  have 
saved  the  city  of  Prague  from  utter  des- 
truc'ion. 

Several  specimens  of  military  eloquence 
may  be  found  in  Procopius.  They  pos- 
sess the  happy  quality  of  being  very 
short,  full  of  good  sense  and  strength  of 
expression.  Since  the  time  of  Henry  the 
I  Vth,  of  France,  we  find  few  instances  in 
which  the  generals  of  armies  have  thought 
it  expedient  to  harangue  their  troops,  un- 
less we  except  the  battle  of  Nerva,  pre- 
vious to  which  Charles  the  Xllth,  king 
of  S  weden,  addressed  his  little  army. 

It  frequently  happens,  however,  that 
the  commanding  officers  of  corps  and  ot' 
detached  parties,  feel  it  necessary  to  en- 
courage their  men  by  short  and  appropri- 
ate speeches  after  the  manner  of  the  Lace- 
demonians. At  the  famous  battle  of 
Tory,  Henry  the  I  Vth,  of  France,  rode 
down  the  front  of  the  line,  and  pointing 
to  the  white  feather  which  he  wore  in  his 
hat,  spoke  in  the  following  emphatic 
manner  to  his  soldiers :  My  children, 
fmes  enfaKsJ  cried  he,  should-  any  mistake  or 
irregularity  occur  among  the  standard  bear~ 
ers,  and  your  colors  by  any  accident  be  mis- 
led, recollect,  that  this  feather  ivill  sheivyoit 
luhtt'e  you  are  tu  rally  ;  you  ijjill  aliuays. 
find  it  on  the  road  to  honor  and  victory  ! 

At  Flcurus,  general  Jourdan  rode  along 

he  line  with  this  short  speech,  "  no  re- 

reat  to-day."      At  Marengo  Bonaparte 

addressed  the  soldiers,    "  remember  we 

^ays  sleep  the  night  after  victory  on  the 
field  of  battle."  At  Jena  he  told  them~ 

There  is  Rosbach  and  a  column  com- 


H  A  R 


H  A  R 


261 


rnemorating  French  defeat,  we  must  re- 
trieve the  h  .nor  of  France,  and  plant  a 
colnmn  ded  catccito  French  glory."  Ad- 
miral Nelson's  addn-ss  before  the  battle 
of  Trafalgar,  merits  perpetual  record, — 
*'  England  expects  every  man  to  do  his 
duty."  The  English  ladies  very  s:gn:fi- 
canily  embroidered  it  on  their  garters. 

HARASS,  (barcelcr,  Fr.)  In  amiii'a- 
ry  sense,  signifies  to  annoy,  to  perplex, 
and  incessantly  turmoil  any  body  of  men, 
to  hang  u  on  the  rear  and  flanks  of  a  re- 
treating army,  or  to  interrupt  its  opera, 
tions  at  a  siege  by  repeated  attacks.  The 
tr-ops  best  calculated  for  this  duty  are 
hussars,  mounted  riflemen,  and  light 
dragoons.  The  general  most  celebrated 
amomr  the  ancients  for  this  kir.d  of  war- 
fare "as  Sertorius.  By  means  of  the  most 
subtile  and  ingenious  manoeuvres,  aided 
by  a  thorough  knowlege  of  military  tac- 
tics, he  disconcerted  all  the  plans,  and 
finally  defeated  all  the  attempts  which 
were  made  by  Pompey  and  Metcllus  to 
subdue  him.  It  has  been  shrewdly  re- 
marked by  the  commentator  on  Poly- 
bius,  that  had  there  been  one  Sertorius 
within  the  walls  of  Lisle,  when  that  city 
was  besieged  in  1708,  the  whole  combin- 
ed force  of  the  allies  that  was  brought  be- 
fore it  would  have  be  n  rendered  meifec 
tual.  This  wise  and  sagacious  officer 
was  constantly  upo  the  watch  ;  no 
movement  of  the  enemy  escaped  his  no- 
tice ;  and  by  being  master  of  his  designs, 
e\ery  measure  which  was  attempted  to 
be  put  in  execution,  was  thwarted  in 
its  infancy. 

When  he  received  intelligence  that  a 
convoy  was  on  its  way  to  the  e  emy,  such 
was  his  activity,  that  no  precautions  could 
save  it  from  his  attack;  and  howe  er 
seemingly  advantageous  a  temporary  po- 
sition might  appear,  every  possible  peril 
or  surprize  crouded  upon  his  mind,  and 
the  instant  he  judged  it  necessary  to  de- 
camp, such  was  his  sagacity  and  Shrewd- 
ness, that  no  foresight  or  information  of 
the  enemy  could  circumvent  him  on  his 
march.  He  was  full  of  expedients,  mas- 
ter of  military  feints,  and  indefatigably 
active.  When  pur  ued  in  his  retreats, 
he  had  always  the  ingenuity  to  avoid  his 
enemy  by  getting  into  In  Accessible  places, 
or  by  disposing  of  his  tn  ops  in  such  a 
manner,  as  to  render  it  extremely  hazar- 
dous to  those  who  might  attempt  to  har- 
rass  or  perplex  him 

HARBOR,  in  military  architecture,  a 
port  or  haven  for  Chipping.  The  making 
and  inclosing  harbors  w  th  piers,  so  as  to 
resist  the  winds  and  wa<  es,  for  the  pre- 
servation of  ships  in  stormy  weather,  is 
one  of  the  most  useful  and  necessary 
works  that  can  be  made  in  a  ttV. 
tion  ;  since  the  security  of  their  wealth 
and  power  depends  greatly  upon  it. 
Hence  it  should  be  the  particular  .study 
of  every  young  engineer,  who  is  desirous 
of  being  useful  to  his  country,  or  of  dis-  ; 
tinguishing  himself,  to  r?rvk'r  himself i 


master  of  this  branch  of  bus;ness.  The 
woiks  principally  recommended  to  his 
attention  are  L?  Architecture  l-lydra.- 
par  M.  Belidor ;  Essai  sur  la  Resistance 
tifs  Fluldts,  par  M.  d'Alembert,  Maclau- 
rin,  and  Mu'ler. 

H  A  R  C  A  R  R  A  H .  In!  ndia,  a  messen- 
ger employed  to  carry  letters,  and  other- 
wise entrusted  w^th  matters  of  conse- 
quence that  require  secrecy  and  punctu- 
ality. They  are  very  often  Bramins, 
well  acquainted  with  the  neighboring 
countries;  they  are  sent  to  eain  intelli- 
gence, and  are  used  as  guides  in  the  field. 

HARDI,  Fr.  In  French  architec- 
ture, an  epithet  which  is  frequently  at- 
tached to  those  sorts  of  works  that,' not- 
withstanding their  apparent  delicacy  of 
construction,  their  great  extent  and  won- 
derful height,  remain  uninjured  for  a  suc- 
cession cf  years.  Gothic  churches  are 
of  this  description. 

H  A  U  E ,  an  old  Saxon  term  for  an  army. 

HARNESS,  armor,  or  defensive  fur- 
niture of  v/ar.  A  Iso  the  traces  for  horses 
of  draught. 

HARNESS,  For  men  in  the  light  artil- 
lery, one  set,  :6  !bs.  length  ia  feet.  \V  heel 
harness  for  a  pair  of  horses,  such  as  was 
used  in  the  service  of  artillery,  about  i  cwr. 

HARNOIS,  Fr.  harness.     This  word 
was  formerly  used  among  the  French  to 
sig.'ify  the  complete  armor  or  equipment 
of    a  horseman,    including   the  cuirass, 
helmet,  &c      The  term,  however  is  stiti 
adapted  in  a  figurative  sense:  as,  ( 
cien  officier  a  o/axcLi  sout  te  hurn^l^ 
old  office?  ba  t  grown  gtey  beneath  bh  forties  tt 
or  equipment ;  signifying  that  he  has  grown 
old  in  the  service. 

HARNOIS     dii    C<'.>?fa/,     Fr.     Military 
equipment  for  a  horse.     There  are  some 
curious   remarks  on  this  subject  i 
Reveries  ae  MarnchalS 

HARO,  Fr.  hue  and  cry.  . 

HAROL.    An  indun   term  signifying 
the  officer  who  commands  the  van 
army.     1 1  sometimes  means  the  vanguard 
itself. 

HARPE,  Fr.  a  species  of  draw-bridge, 
which  was  used  among  the  ancients,  and 
which  obtained  the  name  of  harp  from  it.-. 
resemblance  to  that    instrument.     This 
bridge,   which     consisted    of    a    wooden 
frame,  and  him;,  in  a  perpendicular  direc- 
tion against  the  turrets  that  were  used  i:i 
those  times   to  carry  on   the   siege  of  a 
place,    had,    like  the    harp,   a  variety  of 
ropes  attached  to  it,  and  was   let  do\\ , 
ui.'on  the  wall  of  a  tovm  bymcansof  pul- 
lies.     The  instant  it  fell  t'he  soldier, 
the  turret  and  rushedacross  the  ten; 
ry  platlorm  upon  the  rampart. 
'  HARQUEBUS,  a  kind  of  fire-arm,  of 
the  length  of  a  musquet,  usually  co 
with  a  wheel.     It  carried  a  bail  of  a 
3  ounces.     Not  used  at  present. 

H  ARQU  EfiUSEIR,  a  soldier  car 
a  harquebus. 

HARROW,  to  lav  waste,  t<     i 
destrov 


262 


HAS 


HA  V 


HAST  AIRES,  Fr.  soldiers  armed 
with  spears.  See  HASTATI. 

HASP,  a  flat  staple  to  catch  the  bolt 
of  a  lock. 

H ASTATI,  from  the  Latin  word  hasta, 
a  spear;  so  that  they  may  literally  be 
called  spearmen.  A  body  of  Roman 
soldiers  who  were  more  advanced  in  age, 
and  had  acquired  a  gieater  reputation  in 
arms  than  the  Velites  possessed,  were  dis- 
tinguished by  this  appellation.  They 
\vore  a  complete  set  of  armor,  and  always 
carried  a  buckler,  made  convex,  mea- 
suring two  feet  and  a  half  in  breadtli  and 
lour  in  length.  The  longest  contained 
about  four  feet  nine  inches,  or  a  Roman 
palm.  The  buckler  was  made  of  two 
boards  glued  together.  These  were  co- 
vered, in  the  first  instance,  with  a  broad 
piece  of  linen,  which  was  again  covered 
over  with  sheep's  skin.  The  edges,  both 
at  top  and  bottom,  were  fenced  with  iron, 
to  enable  them  to  meet  the  broad  sword 
and  sabre,  and  to  prevent  them  from  rot- 
ting when  planted  on  the  ground.  The 
convex  part  was  further  covered  over 
with  iron  plates  to  resist  the  impression 
of  hard  blows,  and  to  withstand  the  vio- 
lent concussion  of  stones,  &c. 

The  bastzti  likewise  wore  a  sword, 
which  they  carried  girted  to  their  right 
thigh,  and  which  was  called  the  Spanish 
sword.  This  weapon  was  calculated  both 
to  cut  and  thrust,  the  blade  being  very- 
broad,  thick, and  pointed.  Each  had  more- 
over two  pikes,  a  brass  helmet,  and  half 
boots.  One  of  the  pikes  was  thick,  and 
the  other  of  a  middling  size,  and  they 
were  in  general  either  round  or  square. 
The  round  ones  were  four  fingers  diame- 
ter, and  the  square  ones  contained  the 
breadth  of  a  side.  The  small  pikes  were 
not  unlike  to  the  darts  which  the  hastati, 
or  spearmen,  were  still  obliged  to  carry. 

The  pole  or  stall'  of  these  pikes,  whe- 
ther large  or  small,  was  nearly  live  cubits 
long.  The  iron  which  was  made  some- 
what in  the  shape  of  a  fish-hook  and  was 
fixed  to  the  pole,  contained  the  same 
length.  It  reached  beyond  the  middle, 
and  was  so  well  nailed  that  nothing  could 
loosen  it  without  at  the  same  time  break- 
ing  the  pole.  This  iron  was  one  linger 
and  a  half  thick,  both  at  the  bottom, 
and  at  the  part  where  it  was  joined  to  the 
wood. 

The  hastati  or  spearmen  wore  upon 
their  heads  a  red  or  black  plume,  con- 
sisting of  three  straight  feathers,  each 
measuring  one  cubit  in  height  These, 
added  to  their  other  accoutrements,  made 
them  appear  uncommonly  tall,  and  gave 
them  a  bold  and  formidable  look.  The 
lowest  class  of  hastati,  or  spearmen,  had 
their  chests  protected  by  a  piece  of  brass, 
containing  twelve  fingers'  breadth  every 
way.  This  plate  was  calkd  a  breast. 
ji/a(e.  All  that  were  wonh  10,000 
drachmae  wore  u  coat  of  mail,  instead  of 
£  breast- plat*. 


Kennet,  in  his  R.  Ant.  p.  190,  gives  a 
similar  account  of  the  hastati;  and  adds, 
that  the  spears  were  afterwards  laid  aside 
as  incommodious. 

Armu  CHASTE,  Fr.  long-hafted- 
weapons. 

HASTE,  Fr.  The  piece  of  wood  or 
long  poie  to  which  the  standard  is  fixed, 
was  formerly  so  called  in  France. 

HASSEJN  and  HOUSSLIN,  two 
brothers,  and  Mahomedan  saints,  whose 
least  is  celebrated  with  great  pomp  and 
much  enthusiasm  in  Asia.  This  festival 
'  is  kept  on  the  i4th  of  November,  in 
!  commemoration  of  the  murder  of  those 
two  brothers.  The  Mahomedans  of  Hin- 
dostan  observe  it  with  a  kind  of  religious 
i  madness,  some  acting  and  others  bewail- 
I  ing  the  catastrophe  of  their  saints  with  so 
I  much  energy,  that  several  die  of  the  ex- 
i  cesses  they  commit.  They  are  likewise 
!  persuaded  that  whoever  falls  in  battle 
against  unbelievers,  during  any  of  the  days 
jj  of  this  ceremony,  shall  be  instantly  trans- 
'  lated  into  the  higher  paradise,  without 
stopping  at  any  of  the  intermediate  pur- 
gatories. On  these  occasions,  to  the 
enthusiasm  of  superstition  is  added 
the  more  certain  efiicacy  of  inebriation ; 
for  the  troops  eat  plentifully  of  bang,  u 
j  vegetable  substance  something  like  hemp 
which  yields  an  intoxicating  juice. 

HAT.  Hats  are  no  longer  used  by 
I1  the  --son  commissioned  officers  or  privates; 
'I  in  the  European  armies  ail  the  infantry 
wear  caps  of  leather,  &c. 

HA  fCHET,usedinthearmy,a  small 
light  sort  of  an  axe,  with  a  bazil  edge  on 
the  left  side,  and  a  short  handle,  used  by 
the  men  tor  cutting  wood  to  make  fascines, 
gabions,  pickets,  &c. 

To  take  up  the  HATCHET,  among  the 
Indians  to  declare  war,  to  commence  hos- 
tilities, &c. 

HAUBERGEON,  Ft.  See  HABER- 
GEON. 

HAUBERGIER,  Fr.  an  individual 
who  held  a  tenure  by  knight's  service, 
and  was  subject  to  the  feudal  system, 
which  formerly  existed  in  France,  and 
by  which  lie  was  obliged  to  accompany 
the  lord  of  the  manor  in  that  capacity 
whenever  the  latter  went  to  war.  He 
was  called  Jief  de  hai<bert,  and  had  the 
privilege  of  carrying  a  halbert.  All  vas- 
sals in  ancient  times  served  their  lords- 
paramount  as  squires,  haubergieis,  lance- 
men,  bow-men,  &c. 

HAUBERJON,  Fr.  See  HABER- 
GEON. 

HAUBERT.     See  HAUTBERT. 

HAVERSACK,  a  kind  of  bag  made  of 
strong  coarse  linen,  to  carry  bread  and 
provisions  on  a  march.  It  is  only  used 
in  the  field  and  in  cantonments,  each  sol- 
dier having  one. 

HAV1LDAR,  or  P  a  non-commission- 

HAV1LDAUR,  $  ed  officer  or  ser- 
jeant  among  the  East  India  sepoys.  He 
ranks  next  to  the  Jemidar. 

HAVOCK,  carnage,  slaughter. 


HAY 


H  E  A 


263 


HAVRESAC,Fr.    See  HAVFRS  ACK. 
HAUSSE-ro/,      Fr.      an    ornamental 
plate  similar  to  the  gorget.     It  is  worn 
by  infantry  officers  only. 

Un  HAussE-rew,  Fr  a  neck  piece. 
HAUT-LE-PIED,  Fr.  a  term  used 
to  distinguish  such  persons  as  were  for- 
merly employed  in  the  French  armies 
•without  having  any  permanent  appoint- 
ment. Commissaires  hauts-le-pied  were 
known  in  the  artillery  during  the  mo- 
narchy of  France.  They  were  usually 
under  the  quarter-master  general. 

Le  HAUT  Rhin,  Fr.  the  Upper 
Rhine. 

Le  HAUTE  Saxe,  Fr.  Upper  Saxony. 
HAUTBERT,  Fr.  a  coat  of  mail, 
which  covered  the  neck  and  arms,  for- 
merly  worn  by  the  seigneurs  de  huubert, 
or  lords-paramount,  in  France,  in  lieu  of 
the  haiisse'col,  brawarts,  and  cuissarts. 

HAUTBOY,  (bautboist  Fr.)  a  wind- 
instrument,  now  almost  universally  a- 
dopted  by  the  European  armies,  and 
Which  form s  a  partoft he  regimental  bands. 
HA.UTES-/><y«,  Fr.  were  soldiers  se- 
lected by  the  captains  of  companies  to 
attend  ,hem  personally,  for  which  service 
they  received  something  more  than  the 
common  pay.  Haute- f aye  became  after- 
wards a  term  to  signify  the  subsistence 
which  any  body  of  men  superior  to,  or 
distinguished  from  the  private  soldier 
were  allowed  to  receive. 

HAUTEUR,  Fr.  in  geometry,  signi- 
fies elevation. 

HAUTEUR,  Fr.  in  architecture,  the 
extreme  height  of  any  building.  Thus, 
un  bailment  est  arrives  a  hauteur  signifies 
that  the  last  stones  or  bricks  are  laid 
ready  for  the  roof  to  be  covered  in. 

HAUTEUR  d'appui,  Fr.    breast-hight. 

HAUTEUR  de  marcbe,  Fr.     The  usual 

height  which  a  man  takes  in  stepping, 

bei  ig  about  six    or  seven  inches  above 

ground. 

HAUTEUR  d' 'un  escadron,  ou  d'un  bat- 
iailloK,  Fr.  the  depth  of  a  squadron  of 
horse,  or  battalion  of  foot.  The  word 
hauteur  in  the  French  service  is  equiva- 
lent to  depth  in  the  English  :  as — an  ar- 
my consisting  of  many  squadrons  of 
horse  and  battalions  of  foot,  one  in  front 
of  the  other  and  forming  several  columns, 
is  said  to  stand  that  number  of  columns 
deep;  the  term  being  applicable  in  all 
services  to  the  army  collectively  or  se-  '; 
par.tely  considered  from  several  columns 
to  a  mere  rank  and  file. 

HAUTS-o^frfrj,  Fr.  superiorofficers.   | 
With  respect  to  an  army  composed  of 
several  regiments,  the  following  fall  un-  ; 
der  the  description  ot  hauls  officiers  ac-  ! 
cording  to  the  old  French  system  :  gene-  -\ 
rals,    lieutenant-generals,    colonels,    and : 
lieutenant-colonels.     The    bauts-officlers^  \ 
or  superior  officers  in  distinct  corps,  were  j 
majors,  aid-majors,  captains,  lieutenants, 
.sub- lieutenants,  and  ensigns. 

HAYE,  Fr.  a  military  disposition  in 
"vhich  soldiers  stpod  aside  one  another  j 


on  a  straight  line.  Se  mettre  en  bate,  is  to 
stand  rank  entire.  Fairs  un  double  bate, 
to  stanil  two  deep.  Border  la  haie^  is  a. 
deposition  to  which  infantry  has  recourse 
when  attacked  by  cavalry.  See  Boa* 
DER  LA  HAVE. 

HAZAREE,  an  East  Indian  term  sig- 
nifying a  commander  of  armed  men 

HEAD,  in  gunnery,  the  fore  part  of 
the  cheeks  of  a  gun  or  howitz  carria.ee. 

HEAD  of  a  ivorkt  in  fortification,  is  the 
front  next  to  the  enemy,  and  farthest 
from  the  place ;  as  the  front  of  a  horn- 
work  is  the  distance  between  the  Hanked 
angles  of  the  demi-bastions  :  the  head  ot* 
a  double  tenaille  is  the  salient  angle  in 
the  centre,  and  the  two  other  sides  which 
form  the  re-entering  angles.  See  FORT. 

HEAD  of  an  army^  or  body  oj  men,  is  the 
front,  whether  drawn  up  in  lines,  or  on  a 
march. 

HEAD  of  a  double  lenaille,  the  salient 
angle  in  the  centre,  and  the  two  other 
sides  which  form  the  re-entering  angle. 

HEAD-/J/VYT,  armor  for  the  head;  an 
helmet,  such  as  the  light  dragoons  wear. 

HEAD-O/  a  ramp,  the  ground  before 
which  the  army  is  drawn  up. 

HEAD-QUARTERS,  the  place  where 
the  officer  commanding  an  army  or  in- 
dependent body  of  troops  takes  up  his 
residence. 

II E  A  D  ST  A  L  L,  that  part  of  the  bridle 
which  goes  over  the  horse's  head. 

HEAUME,  Fr.  A  word  derived 
from  the  German,  which  formerly  sig- 
nified casque,  or  helmet.  The  Leaumt 
has  been  sometimes  called  among  thr 
the  French  salade^  armet,  and  celate  from 
the  Latin  word  which  means  engraved^ 
on  account  of  the  different  figures  which 
were  represented  upon  it.  The  heaume 
covered  the  wholeof  the  face,  except  the 
eyes,  which  \\ereprotected  by  small  iron 
bars  laid  cross-ways. 

The  heaumt  was  not  only  worn  by  the 
chevaliers  or  knights  when  they  went  to 
war,  but  also  at  tilts  and  tournaments. 
It  serves  as  an  ornament  or  helmet  in 
co;tts  of  arms  and  armorial  beari:  gs.  Va- 
rious appellations  have  been  given  to  this 
piece  of  armor,  such  as  babilltment  d?  tete, 
covering  for  the  head,  casque,  helmet; 
and  under  Francis  I .  it  was  distinguished 
by  the  name  of  armet.  It  does  not  re, 
semblethem0r/6ff,th<'  salade,or  headpiece, 
the  potj  or  tourgignote,  .^urganet,  which 
were  worn  only  in  the  infantry.  The 
hcauniS)  as  we  have  observed  above,  co- 
vered the  face.  There  was  an  opening 
opposite,  to  the  eyes  which  was  guarded 
by  small  iron  bars,  or  latue-work,  and 
was  a  kindofvisier.  The  beaumet  or  hel- 
met, is  still  preserved  in  heraldry,  and  is 
a  distinguishing  mark  of  nobility.  In 
tournaments,  the  helmet  was  presented 
as  a  prize  of  honor  to  the  most  active 
champion,  because  it  was  the  principal 
piece  of  defensive  armor;  but  a  sword 
was  given  to  the  assailants,  as  that  was 
an  offensive  weapon- 


264 


HEP 


HER 


H  E  B  D  O  M  A  D I E  R ,   Fr.    T he  person  ( 
whose  week  it  is  to  beonduty. 

HELEPOLIS,  in  the  ancient  art  of  I 
\var,  a  machine  for  battering  down  the 
avails  of  a  place  besieged.  The  inven- 
tion of  it  is  ascribed  to  Demetrius  the 
Poliorcetes.  Diodorus  Sictilus  says,  that 
each  side  of  the  helepolis  was  450  cubits 
broad,  and  90  in  height;  that  it  had  9 
stages  or  floors,  and  was  carried  on  four 
strong  solid  wheels,  8  cubits  in  diameter  ; 
ihat  it  was  armed  with  huge  battering 
rams,  and  had  2  roofs  capable  of  support- 
ing them  ;  that  in  the  lower  stages  there 
•vvere  diilerent  sorts  of  engines  for  casting 
itoncs ;  and  in  the  middle,  they  had 
large  catapulta's  for  lancing  arrows. 

HELICOMETRY,  an  art  which 
teaches  how  to  draw  or  measure  spiral 
rines  upon  a  plane,  and  shew  their  re- 
spective properties. 

H  ELIOID  parabola,  is  a  curve  arising 
!rom  the  supposition  of  the  axis  of  the 
.Apollonian  parabola,  being  bent  into 
'he  periphery  of  a  circle,  and  is  then  a 
line  passing  through  the  extremities  of 
'.he  ordinates,  which  converge  toward  the 
Centre  of  the  circle. 

HELIOSCOPE,  a  prospect  glass  to 
view  the  sun.  The  gbss  is  colored  in 
uruer  to  weaken  the  radiance  of  light. 

HELIX,  a  spiral  line. 

HELM,  or   )  an  ancient  defensive  ar- 

H  EL  MET,  S  mor,  worn  both  in  war 
,*nd  tournaments.  It  covered  both  the 
.bead  and  face,  only  leaving  an  aperture  in 
7 lie  front,  secured  by  bars,  which  was 
vailed  the  visor.  The  Cariunj  first  in- 
vented the  boss  of  shields  and  the  crest  of 
aehnets.  In  remembrance  of  this,  a 
small  shield  and  a  crest  were  always  bu- 
iicd  with  them. 

HELMET-CAP,  ;  a  cap,  or  hat,  the 

HELMET-HAT,  $  crown  of  which 
;:;  shaped  like  the  dragoon  helmet. 

HELVE,  or  P  the  wooden  handle  of  a 

HAFT,         $  hatchet,     hammer,     or 
axe. 

'i  'H  H  E  M  />,  to  surround. 

MEKQJE)  HOMES,    Fr.  a  French 
rcjin    tAen  from     the  Greek,  signifying 
ries  or  guards,  which  were  employed 
the  ancients  to  protect  and  watch 
over  fortified  towns  and  places.     As  soon 
.13   the  gates  were  opened  they  went  out, 
*iiul  continued  to  patrole  round  the  skirts 
of  the  town  during  the  whole  of  the  day. 
Frequently,  indeed  they  advanced  consi- 
,     into  the  country,  in  order  to  dis- 
whether  any  hostile  body  of  men 
':> preaching  in  order  to  surprize  the 
'in. 

HENDECAGON,  a  figure  that  has 
es  and  as  many  angles,   each  capa- 
ble of  a  regular  bastion. 

HINDOO,  or  HINDU,  the  name  by 
«vhich  the  natives  of  Hindustan  distin- 
guish themselves  from  the  inhabitants  of 
•countries. 

HEPTAGON,' a  figure  consisting  of 
seven  *;dci  and  as  many  angles.  If  the 


sides  be  all  equal,  it  is  called   a  regular 
$on. 

HEPTAGONAL  numbers,  are  a  sort 
of  polygonal  numbers,  wherein  the  dif- 
ference of  the  terms  of  the  corresponding 
rithmetical  progression  is  ==5.  One 
of  the  properties  of  these  numbers  is, 
that  if  they  b;-  multiplied  by  40,  and  9 
b,  added  to  the  product,  the  sum  is  a 
square  number. 

HEPTARCHY,  a  government  which 
consisted  of  7  kings  or  sovereign  princes. 
Such  was  the  government  under  which 
England  was  ruled  by  the  Saxon  kings 

HERALD,  an  officer  at  arms,  whose 
duty  is  to  declare  war,  to  proclaim  peace, 
or  to  be  employed  in  martial  messages. 
The  heralds  in  England  are  judges  and 
examiners  of  that  ridiculous  jargon  tailed 
heraldry,  or  coats  of  arms  ;  they  marshal 
all  solemnities  at  the  coronations,  and  fu- 
nerals of  their  princes,  &c.  Theorivin  of 
heralds  is  extremely  ancient.  It  is  reported 
that  the  Greek  herald,  Stentor,  possessed 
such  a  powerful  voice  that  it  exceeded 
tiie  united  clamor  of  fifty  men. 

There  are  three  heraids  called  kings  at 
arms  in  England,  each  bearing  a  name  pe- 
culiar to  himself,  and  six  heralds.  The 
first  king  at  arms  is  that  of  Garter, 
created  by  Henry  V.  that  cf  Clarencieux, 
created  by  Edward  IV.  and  that  of 
Norroy,  so  called  from  the  exercise  of  his 
functions  north  of  the  river  Trent, 

The  heralds  extraordinary  are  those  of 
Windsor  and  Chester,  created  by  Edward 
III.  those  of  Somerset  by  Henry  VIII- 
and  those  of  York  and  Lancaster,' created 
by  the  children  of  Edward  III.  They 
are  pageants  and  sinecures. 

HERALDS  Co/leee,  a  corporation  in 
England  which  consists  of  kings  at  arms, 
heralds,  and  pursuivants,  in  which  the 
nonsense  of  heraldry  is  recorded. 

HERAUT.  Fr.  herald.  During  the 
old  monarchy  of  Fiance  there  were  thirty 
heralds  each  distinguished  by  the  i  ame 
of  some  particular  province.  The  first 
of  these  who  was  king  at  arms,  bore  the 
title  of  Mcntjoy  St.  Denis :  he  had  the  pri- 
vilege of  wearing  a  royal  coroner  over  the 
fieur  de  luce.  On  solemn  occasions  the 
king  and  the  heralds  at  arms  appeared  in 
their  coats  ot  arms  made  of  violet  colored 
crimson  velvet,  with  three  golden  fieurs 
de  luces  before  and  behind,  and  as  many 
on  each  sleeve  where  the  name  of  the 
province  stood,  to  which  the  herald  be. 
longed.  They  wore  a  black  velvet  cap 
ornamented  with  golden  strings,  and  half 
boots,  when  they  appeared  on  peaceable 
occasions,  with  whole  boots  on  warlike 
or  martial  ones.  In  solemn  funerals  they 
had  a  long  robe  of  black  velvet.  The 
only  diflerence  between  the  king  at  arras 
and  the  heralds  with  respect  to  dress,  con- 
sisted  in  the  richness  of  the  embroidery, 
that  of  the  former  being  more  expensive. 
The  coats  of  arms  which  were  peculiar  to 
the  heralds  were  called  Plaques,  those  of 
the  !;ir.g,s  at  ai'ms  were  distiriguishe 


HER 


HE  U 


265 


the  name  of  Tunic*.  They  carried  a  stick 
called  Caduceus  (such  as  Mercury  is  repre- 
sented to  have  borne  in  ancient  mythology.) 
But  this  stick  was  not  ornamented  by  a 
crown  with  fleurs  de  luce,  it  was  only 
eovereu  with  crimson  velvet,  having  a 
few  fleurs  de  luce  scattered  here  and 
there. 

There  was  likewise  a  herald,  whose 
particular  functions  were  to  carry  the 
King's  orders.  He  was  entitled  to  a  coat 
of  arms  upon  violet  colored  velvet,  inter 
spersed  with  tieurs  de  luce  and  gold 
embroidered  flammes  or  pendants,  toge- 
ther with  the  arms  and  collars  both  be 
fore  and  behind.  He  likewise  wore  the 
cross  belonging  to  the  order  which  was 
attached  to  a  black  silk  cord  borne  cross- 
ways . 

The  author  of  the  Dictionnaire  Mili- 
taire  derives  the  French  term  Her  ant 
from  the  German  Herald,  which  signifies 
a  man  at  arms,  un  Gendarme.  Verstegan 
derives  it  from  the  Saxon.  Other  French 
writers  derive  it  from  an  old  Gallic  word 
k>arou^  or  hara,  which  was  used  as  a  chal- 
lenge, a  notification  of  fresh  hostilities, 
a  ban  or  general  assembling  of  the  people, 
a.  loud  and  public  proclamation  of  battles 
fought  and  victories  obtain; d  ;  on  which 
account  heralds,  accc.rding  to  Ducange, 
were  formerly  called  Clariga-vls  as  well  as 
Heraldus. 

HERCOTECTONIQUE,  Fr.  a  term 
in  forufication  signifying  that  branch  of 
Military  architecture  which  specifically 
points  out  the  best  means  of  defence  and 
she  surest  method  of  providing  stores. 
This  word  is  derived  from  the  Greek. 

HEREFARE,  an  old  term  from  the 
Saxon,  signifying  the  same  as  warfare 

HERECELD,  a  term  derived  from  the 
Saxon,  signifying  a  tax  which  was  for- 
merly levied  tor  maintaining  an  army. 

HERESLITA,  Pa  term  derived  from 

HERESILIA,  $  the  Saxon,  signifying 
a  soldier  who  abandons  his  colors,  or  leaves 
the  army  without  leave. 

H  E  R  ET  E  Q,  )  a  term  derived  from  the 

HERETOQ,y  Saxon,    signifying   the 

HERTZOG,)  leader  of  an  army,  a 
Puke,  the  same  asd'tf.v  in  the  Latin. 

HERETUM,  a  court  in  which  the 
guards  or  military  retinue  that  usually 
attended  the  old  British  nobility  and 
bishops  were  accustomed  to  parade  or 
draw  up. 

HERISSON,  Fr.  a  turnpike  which  is 
made  of  one  stout  beam  that  is  fenced  by 
a  quantity  of  iron  spikes,  and  which  is 
Jixed  upon  a  pivot,  in  the  manner  that 
turastiles  are,  so  that  it  can  turn  in  every 
direction. 

HERISSON,  (foudroyant^  Fr.)  a  sort  of 
artificial  firework  which  has  several  sharp 
points  attached  to  it  on  the  outside,  and 
is  filled  with  inflammable  composition 
within.  It  is  frequently  used  in  breaches 
and  retrenchments. 

HE  RG ATE,  a  term  derived  from  the 
signifying  a  tribute   \vhkh  tvas 


paid  in  ancient  times  to  the  lord  of  the 
soil,  to  enable  him  to  carry  on  a  war. 

HE  RO.  This  name  was  given  by  the' 
ancients  to  those  men  who  became  illus- 
trious in  war,  ar.d  who  were  stiled  Demi- 
Gods,  from  a  genera!  notion,  that  their  ac- 
tions entitled  them  to  a  place  in  heaven 
immediately  after  their  decease. 

The  heroes  of  antiquity  were  divided 
into  two  classes,  the  one  of  mortal  genea- 
logy, the  other  ot  heavenly  descent,  being 
the  offspring  of  some  god  or  goddess  who 
had  connexion  with  the  human  species. 

Modern  authors  make  a  distinction  be- 
tween a  hero  and  a  great  man  ;  the  former 
appellation  being  ^iven  to  one  who  dis- 
tinguishes himself  by  feats  ot  hardihood 
in  military  enterprize,  and  the  latter  to  a 
person  eminent  for  his  virtues  and  e*' 
ordinary  talents  in  civil  life. 

HEROINE,  a  term  p«~ 
to    women    who   ha" 
proofs  of  cour?,!''' 

HERRI  SON       « 

HERSE,     in    .  ,     :t    grated 

door   formed   by  b  cs  of  wood, 

jointed  cross- ways  L.c  a  fatticeor  harrow, 
and  stuck  full  of' iron  spikes.  It  is  usu- 
ally hung  by  a  rope  and  fastened  to  a  mo  - 
linett,  which  is  cut  in  case  of  a  surprise, 
or  when  the  firstgate  is  forced  by  surpriv^ 
or  with  a  petard,  to  the  end  that  it  may 
fall  and  stop  the  passage  of  a  gate  or  othei; 
entrance  of  a  fortress. 

These  horses  are  also  often  laid  in  the 
roads,  with  the  points  upwards  instead  of 
the  chevaux-de-frize,  to  incommode  the 
march  of  both  horse  and  foot.  Common 
harrows  are  sometimes  made  use  of  in 
cases  of  emergency,  with  their  points  up- 
wards. 

HERSILLOW,  a  strong  beam,  whosa 
sides  are  stuck  full  of  spikes,  which  i> 
thrown  across  the  breach  made  by  an 
enemy  to  render  it  impassable. 

HESSIAN-,  a  substitute,  a  deputy, 
one  employed  to  do  base  or  dirty  work  fos 
another. 

HESSIANS,  troops  belonging  to  the 
country  of  Hesse-Cassel  in  Germany. 
They  have  been  frequently  hired  by 
Great  Britain,  particularly  in  the  war  of 
American  independence,  when  they  were 
sold  at  4C/.  sterling  a  head  ;  nine  pounds 
of  which  was  to  be  repaid  if  they  re- 
f  urr.ed  alive.  Hesse  has  been  since  made 
subject  to  France,  forming  part  of  the 
kingdom  of  Westphalia. 

HETMAN,  Fr.  sometimes  called 
ATTEMAN,  a  word  derived  from  the  Ger- 
man, which  signifies  the  head-man,  the 
chief  of  a  troop.  The  chief  general  or  grand 
general  in  Poland  is  called  Hetman  Wiclki^ 
and  the  second  general  Hetman  Polny. 

The  chief  or  general  of  the  Cossacks  is 
likewise  invested  with  this  title  by  the 
sovereigns  of  Russia. 

HEURTEQUINS,  Ft:  two  pieces  of 
iron  resembling  a  knocker,  when  are 
placed  over  the  trunnions,  or  axir 

L    1 


H  O  G 


HOLD.    See? 


H££Jt£DROX, 


1*  HOLD  oat,  so 

usa,  *c_ 
HOLLOW 


--*-•    .-.;•;  .-.;•:  ^e  »c 
H»Ae«OT4 
HOLLOW  .  _„.»«. 

KOLSTEES.  cases  fir  a  Ivnemw's 
a^tbeaMk. 
BOLY- GHOST, 

fey  Hcmy  III.  •  i«fa.    It 

::'  rzc 


HY, 
YPHICKS, 


HOME-SEKV] 


HiftCAl  RAH,  -.r 


f iWH 

«wi  has  I&cwne  tew  appferf  t»  t  - 

--.,    -., 
**,l*dto* 


,  sutd 


HOM 


to  IK 

c  rxral. 

ears  r 

in  ttefieU,   to  be 
at  jsit is  i 

— ^r  :c:  _• 


" 


^: 


H  O  M 


II  O  M 


l>j>c,  and  will  at  all  times  inarch  at  the 
h'pad  of  tiic  regiment. 

TlicM-  tools  .in.-  meant  to  be  reach  at  all 
times  for  making  the  openings  so  ri 

ry  HI  an  embarrassed  coim'.  rv,,  conse- 
quently should  he  kept  in  the  front  of 
c»ch  rcgum/nt  or  column. 

•  'v  appointment;,  .mi!  arms  of  every 
:.ind    must    of  course   remain    \vith   the 

rriie  t>atialio:i  !;nns  will  always  march 

flt  the  head  of  i lie.  riy.imenl,  which  ever 
Mank  leads.  The  ammunition  wai^ons 
and  cart.-,  \vi!l  immediately  follow  the 

<  .  of  the  column. 

The  pLue  of  march  r!  ill.-  aitillrry  <>t 
the  p. nk  anil  carriages  will  lie  spccifi-d  in 
ihc  ouier  of  inarch. 

I  '  wish;  d,  that  at  all  tim 

led    with    4    days    bread 
rwyeraack,  and  4  days  more  earneil 

in  the  regimental 'cart  ia^es*    When  tins  is 

ili-livercd    out,  those  carriages,    under  the 

r.ii.ird  i-!\s  serj  -ant  and  4  HUM  pc  r  haM-dimi, 

;al  aiH-1   a  men  PIT  iv.'.ime  .t  oi 

\,  nil!  he  r.cnt  to  the  bakery  to  be 

H  infantry  .soldier  wijl  always  <    ir\ 

•  .nds  in   hi.,   juuieli,  and  40    in    1m 
knapsack  «  :  l.ach  hoiseman 

full. 

The  cavalry-    will  alua)s  cany    -  days 
nd  iia>   avoiding  to 

circui 

{arch. 

When  .1 »  01  p.-,  jiMve.s  nione  column,  the 
•\  ill  in  ;.,em  :al   be   the  order  o 
j.iaix-h,  it  not  Qthcrvt  L.oordcreil,  an  ; 

u.oie    pa, !n  nL.i    van  or    iva 

guards. 

Advanced  i',uanl  consi.stin^,  of  the  jiic 
<|U(.i:.  ot  the  infant  'id  neu 

ip.colo 

.n-.-n. 

1'llMl 

In  fan 

alrj 

•mental   ammunition    wagons  ant 

r.at  lii  1 1  ses  111 1  Jir  oilier  ot  the'rregimcnts 

jrtiller\   of   the  park. 

(ieneial  oilicert,'   carriages,    bread   car 

art  and  ammunition  cart 
^nt  k  rs'c 

S;t  k  1. 1'  I   .. 
:ujn.i>iroii  ol  cavalry. 

.  li.uu  and  small  out-posts  an. 
(L  la  hnu'iit.s  u  Inch  will  be  ordered  to  joii 

:.ird. 

Adv:mred  r.nard   «  on>!:,tn\;;   Ki'thenev 
i,  j;nard  tor  head  i|ii:n 

quct,campcolor.meni 

•s  ii 
Sutler; 

arts  aadatnmunirton  cart 

s 


General  ofRccrs*'carri 

Artillery  of  the- park. 

liai  horses  in  tlie  order  of  their 
nents. 

mental  aniniunition  waggons  anJ 
aits. 

C'avalry. 

Intantry, 

i  Squadron  light  dragoons. 

Rear  >;uard  consisting  of  the  iniantry 
nd  cavalry  picqucts,  okl  grand  guard, 
nit-posts  of  cavalry  or  iniantry  ordered  to 
oin. 

Two  or  more  pieces  of  cannon  will  al- 
ways march  with  the  advanced  guard 
when  retiiing. 

When  tlv  tents  are  ordered  to  be  struck, 
the  advanced  guard  and  camp  color-men 
will  alwa\  s  assemble  at  the  head  of  the 
•;Y,iment  of  iniantry  in  advancing,  or  of 
he  cavalry  in  retiring,  which  leads  tin- 
columns,  orof  such  regiment  a.-,  will  be 
s|>ecilied  when  marchin^.  'iiinin:. 

than  oiu-.      Thf  general  oiik:ers  wili 
end  a  proper  person  with  the  camp  • 
men,  to  take  possession  of  quarters  when 
they  can  be  marked. 

When  the  army  marches  in  more  than 
one  column,  the  columns  will  generally 
be  composed  of  both  ca.alry  and  infantry  ; 
the  particulars  of  rear  and  advanced  guardi 
will  be  specified,  the  generals  who  com- 
mand them  will  be  named,  and  the  par 
ticuiar  corps  in  the  manner  they  follow 
in  each  column.   It  is  always  th«  b'i 
of  general  officers  leading  columns,  to  take 
care  that  every  part  of  that    column  fait 
pi:>peil\    into  Us  place  of  march. 

"When  the  army  marches  from  its  left, 
every    regiment    marches    f.om    its    left  , 
and   when    the    army    marches    from   it 
ii;;ht,  every   regiment  marches   from   it'.- 
right. 

U'hen  the  army  retires,  the  carriages, 
eNvA'pt  such  artillery  ones  as  are  specified, 
will  in  general  be  ordered  under  a  proper 
csO'i't  to  preeede  the  march  of  tlic  army. 

When  the  army  is   to  marjh,  tlu 
ticuiar   detail    and    disposition    of  march 
will  not  al\va\s   b.-   gi\en  out  in   public 
oiMc-.s.      Should  the  only  notice  given  be, 

theaimv  will  march   the exactly  a" 

o'clock;  ai.  our  before  the  time 
fixed  for  the  march,  the  tents  must  be- 
st ruck  ;  the  regiments  will  then  form, 
and  the  baggage  be  loaded  and  ready  in  the 
rear  of  each. 

(iuides  will  be  sent  to  the  heai'  o 
u'guncnts  that  lead  columns  and  a  sealed 
disposition  ot   march,  there  to  be  opened 
by  the  general  or  oldest  tieki  ollicrr  pi  • 
sent.      In  consequence  of  which,  by  him 
the   advanced   guaid    will    be  ordered  to 
foMii  ;     the    regiments   and    can:.: 
close  in  •.  •  iiie  leading  regiments, according 
to  thcon'M  ,'!  mariii,aii'l  \vhentlic  wliok- 
advi  the  column,  or  column-,,  will 
move  oil' in  the  manner  then  prescribed, 
and  at  the  appointed  h' 

In  general  a  rcnde/.vou:;  will  be  appoint 
ed  for  the  bat  Jimsc:;  and  •- . 


HO  M 


H  O  M 


269 


they  may  the  more  readilv  be  directed 
rnto  the  line  of  march. — One  subaltern 
per  bii,;.'dc  will  attend  the  bat  horses; 
one  subaltern  per  brigade  will  attend  the 
Cirri,  i 

The  aids-dc-camp  and  majors  of  bri- 
gade w.ll  always  regulate  their  watches 
i'V  head  quarters,  ut  orderly  time,  that 
regularity  of  movement  in  the  troops  may 
be  observed. 

Commanding  officers  of  battalions, 
Squadrons,  and  brigades  of  artillery,  will 
be  responsible  that  they  are  formed,  tents 
struck,  and  the  bag^a^e  loaded  in  hull'  an 
hour,  from  the  time:  that  the  signal  lor 
the  march  was  given  them,  and  for  this 
purpose  it  is  necessary  that  they  should 
i  ,c  their  men  to  it  where  they  have 
opportunities. 

The  battalions  are  to  march  by  subdi- 
visions, and  the  cavalry  by  subdivisions, 
or  ranks  by  three's  or  two's.  If  the  nar_ 
I  u-iK-ss  of  the  route  obliges  them  to  di- 
minish this  front,  they  must  be  ordered 
to  form  up  again  as  soon  as  the  route 
permits. 

I-.  very  officer  must  remain  with  his  di- 
:,  and  never  quit    it  on  any  account. 
No   soldier  to   be    permitted  to  leave  his 
rank.     No  horses  or  carriages  suUercd   to 
interrupt  the  march  of  the  column.     The 
distance  between  divisions  never  to  exceed 
;he  front  of  divisions.     Commanding  of- 
•  if  brigades  will    take  cure  thai  the 
.•Mtlahons  and   squadrons  march  at   their 
proper  ordered  distance.     When  the  for- 
jua'ion  in  order  ot  battle  may  he  ex  pet  ud 
to  the  Hank,   the  divisions  will  march  at 
wheeling  up  distance ;  when  the  forma- 
may   I>c  expected  to  the    front,  the 
•-livisions    will    inarch  at  half  or  quarter 
distance.     Officers  on  command  will  re- 
juain  with  their  brigades,  and  punctually 
e  the  order  of  march,  and  the  exe- 
cution of  every  article  prescribed. 

I f  a  carriage  breaks,  it  must  be  drawn 
aside,  the  road  cleared,  and  a  proper  es- 
cort left  with  it,  that  the  march  of  the 
•  olninn  be  not  interrupted.  If  it  can  be 
repaired  in  time,  it  will  follow;  if  not, 
the  loading  must  be  divided  among  the 
i  carriages,  who  are  hereby  ordered 
to  give  tlii:;  reasonable  assistance. 

The  troops  at  most  may  march  three 
;iilcs  in  an  hour  and  a  quarter. 

The  guides  serve  only  to  shew  the  way 

for  the  columns;  pioneers  ordered  must 

make  the  necessary  openings  and  repair 

the    roads,     Jlut    the    generals   must   not 

rust  to  those  precaution:,,  they  must  gain 

the   most  exact    knowlege  of   the    route 

they  are  to  march,  and  themselves  reflect 

.'ii  the  most  proper   means    to  avoid  all 

Jtu-s  that  may  embarrass  the  march. 

It  is  always  time  well  employed  u>  halt 
he    head  of    a   column,  and    en!  i 
opening  or  repair  a  bad  step   in  the  mad, 
.Tiber    than    to  diminish    the    front    and 
••ngthcn  out  the  Inn-  of  m.rdi 

No    individual    is  ever  to    piv.,umc    to 
It  on  a  less  fro  m  than  what 


of  the  column  directs,  and  all  doublings 
therefore  must  come  fiom  the  head  only  ; 
and  the  proper  closeness  of  the  inarch  oij 
all  occasions,  is  a  point  of  the  highest 
consequence,  and  it  is  a  most  meritorious 
service  in  any  officer  to  prevent  all  un- 
necessary doublings,  or  to  correct  them 
as  soon  as  made,  and  on  all  occasions 
whatsoever,  in  an  inclosed  country,  when 
in  column,  to  march  on  the  greatest 
front  the  roads  or  openings  will  allow, 
although  tile  regiments  or  divisions  be- 
fore them  may  be  marching  on  a  nar- 
rower front. 

The  carriages  must  be  obliged  to  march 
two  a  breast  when  the  roads  will  allow, 
and  the  bat  horses  to  be  as  connected,  and 
take  up  as  little  space  as  possible.  In 
short,  it  should  be  the  study  and  atten- 
tion of  every  one  to  contract  the  line  01 
march  to  its  just  length,  for  notwith- 
standing every  possible  exertion  it  will  be 
much  too  extended. 

Whenever  the  baggage  is  ordered  to  be 
sent  awav,  all  carriages  whatever  arc  com- 
prehended, except  such  as  are  particularly 
specified. 

The  instant  that  a  regiment  comes  to  its 
ground,  it  must  make  openings  of  com- 
municat.'on  both  to  its  front  and  flanks. 

The  line  ofcai  riagca  must  at  no  time  stop, 
whatever  accident  may  happen  to  any  in- 
dividual one,  but  such  carriage  must  in- 
stantly be  drawn  on  one  side,  and  repaired 
if  po.sible,  whilcthercst  pr  -ceeu  The  of. 
iicers  commanding  tile  several  divisions  of 
carnages  will  Iv  answerable  for  the  strict 
observance  of  tins  article,  a  failure  oi 
which  niidu  ston  and  endanger  tin;  whole 
army. 

Whenever  the  regiments  encamp,  or  take 
up  an  d  position  m  tiont,  it 

will  al  ..  msine  •    d' command- 

ing officer;-  to  find  out,  and  to  nuke  tin- 
most  Convenient  pa.->sar,cs  to  tin- 
routes  by  which  the  column  is  a  tier  ward:, 
to  march.  And  on  m  my  o;  asions,  whc'c 
there  will  not  be  time  to  open  andoccupj 
an  extensive  front,  the  army  will  encamp 
parallel  to  and  a  ion;.',  ihe  great  '"out/,  cov- 
ered by  an  advanced  corps  on  tlu-  flank 
next  the  enemy. 

At  all  times  when  romman 
see,    th.n    there  are  likely  to  be  impcu'i- 
mcnts  from  the  nature  of  the  ground   to 
the    movements  or   inarch  of  Uieu 
ments,  they  should  always  deta<  h  ol 
in  advance  to  reconnoine  and  pou;t  out  the 
means  and  passage.-;  In   which  such 
clesare  to  be  avoided,  and  a    no  ti: 
such  helps  so  necessaiy  as  when  regiment;: 
aie  acting  in    line  in  broken    ground,  ar.d 
when  their  movements  are  combined  with 
those  of  otli 

Whenever  the  army  m  vajor: 

ol  bri;.;a«it:  are.  made  u- ;>u>i.,it)!c-,  that  alJ 
advanced  and  detached  posts  an- called  in 
at  the  proper  time:,  to  their  places  m  th: 
column  ol  march. 

It  must  be  ob-.ervcd  that  this  is  theoU 
Briti  -)i  '  •  iem  or'  i  larch  ;  Hi:.-  \\  •  of  rh>- 


270 


HO  N 


HON 


French  revolution  has  brought  this  part 
of"  the  art  of  war  to  a  degree  of  perfection, 
which  would  have  rendered  the  insertion 
of  this  unnecessary  if  their  system  were 
published 

HOMME,  Fr.aman. 

HouiMzde  mer,  F  r .  a  seaman . 

HOMME  d'armes,  Fr.  a  military  phrase 
among  the  French,  signifying  a  gentleman 
or  cavalier  who  belonged  to  one  of  the  old 
companies,  was  armed  cap-a-pied,  and 
always  fought  on  horseback.  In  ancient 
times  every  man  of  this  description  was 
accompanied  by  two  horsemen  indepen- 
dent of  his  servants.  One  of  the  mount- 
ed attendants  was  armed  with  a  cross-bow, 
and  the  other  with  a  common  bow  or  bat- 
tle-axe; so  that  one  hundred  hommes 
d'armes  composed  a  body  of  three  hundred 
horse.  It  was  a  species  of  cavalry  which 
existed  from  the  reign  of  Louis  XI.  until 
the  reign  of  Henry  II.  Charles  VII.  had 
begun  to  form  the  French  nobility  into 
regular  corps  of  cavalry,  dividing  them  into 
different  troops.  Out  of  these  he  estab- 
lished a  body  of  fifteen  hundred  bommes 
d'armes  or  armed  bowmen,  and  he  gave 
the  troops  or  companies  according  to  their 
sizes,  to  the  princes  and  most  experienced 
captains  in  his  kingdom.  For  particulars 
•we  refer  the  curious  to  Le  Gendre  and 
Gaia,  Traite  des  armes,  L.  14,  and  to  Fau- 
chet,  L.  2.  C.  l.deson  Traite  de la  mi/ice 
et  des  armes. 

Eire  HOMME  de  Cheval,  Fr.  a  term  in 
French  equitation,  signifying,  that  a  man 
is  completely  master  of  his  horse,  or 
knows  how  to  manage  him  thoroughly 
and  according  to  prescribed  rules  and  re- 
gulations. Thus  //  esi  sujfisamment  hotn- 
m?  de  cheval  pour  n'etre  point  enibarrasse  de 
f  el ul  qu'il  monte  en  commandant  sa  troupe — 
He  is  sufficiently  master  of  his  horse, 
or  he  is  horseman  enough,  not  to  be  in  the 
least  embarrassed  by  the  one  he  rides  in 
exercising  his  troop. 

HONDEAANor  HUNDYVEAAN, 
an  Indian  term  signifying  commission  on 
bills  of  exchange. 

HONEY-Cc/H^j,  in  cannon,  flaws  in  the 
metal,  a  fault  in  casting,  which  renders  it 
extremely  dangerous  in  firing.  The  British 
board  of  ordnance  rejects  all  guns  (on 
proof)  having  an  honey-comb  of  i-gthof 
an  inch  deep,  as  being  unfit  for  service. 

HONI  soit  qui  malypense,  Fr.  evil  be 
to  him  that  evil  thinks.  The  motto  of  the 
English  order  of  the  Garter. 

HONNEUR,  Fr.  honor. 

HONNEURS  MlUtaireSy  Fr.  military 
honors.  It  was  directed  by  a  general  in- 
struction in  the  French  service,  that 
whenever  an  officer  saluted  or  paid  a  mi- 
litary honor  to  a  general  officer,  he  should 
make  his  troop  or  company  invariably  face 
towards  the  enemy.  The  same  practice 
prevails  in  our  service. 

HONNEURS  funebrts.  Fr.  funeral  ho- 
nors. See  BURIALS. 

HONOR,  in  a  military  sense,  is  an  ex- 
pression, to  which  custom  has  given  dif- 


ferent meanings.  Honor  consists  in  the 
constant  practice  of  virtue.  Aristotle 
calls  it  the  recompence  of  virtue ;  the 
testimony  of  the  excellence  of  a  man  v\  ho 
distinguishes  himself  by  virtue.  An  Ita- 
lian writer  calls  it  a  state  of  inviolable 
dignity,  above  all  calumny,  and  all  sus- 
picion. Honor  gives  many  advantages : 
it  procures  us  the  consideration  of  the 
public  ;  it  advances  our  fortunes.  The 
best  recompence  of  a  brave  action  is,  un- 
doubtedly, the  satisfaction  of  having  done 
it ;  but  nevertheless  the  honor  resulting 
to  us  from  it  is  a  real  good,  which  should 
be  dear  to  us. 

HONOR,  in  a  general  acceptation  may 
be  properly  called  a  consciousness  of 
worth  and  virtue  in  the  individual,  and  a 
lively  desire  to  preserve  the  reputation  of 
virtue.  As  a  term  it  is  variously  used  in 
military  life,and  frequently  misunderstood 
by  young  and  unexperienced  officers  in 
their  first  outset.  As  a  quality  of  the  mind, 
it  cannot  be  too  much  encouraged  or  too 
much  cultivated  among  military  men  of  all 
ranks  and  descriptions.  The  possession  of 
it  is  a  guarantee  for  good  conduct,  a  bond  of 
fidelity,  and  a  certain  barrier  against  mili- 
tary corruption.  Men  art  excited  to  deeds 
of  valor  and  enterprize  by  a  sense  of  honor, 
who  would  otherwise  remain  inactive,  or 
only  perform  the  mere  drudgery  of  service. 
This  species  of  honor,  is  in  fact,  the 
root  of  that  Esprit  de  corps  which  makes  the 
whole  body  of  an  army  tenacious  of  Te'pu- 
tation,  and  solicitous  to  preserve  it  un- 
sullied from  the  colonel  down  to  the  low- 
est drum  boy. 

This  term  may  likewise  be  considered 
as  esteem,  reputation,  the  glory  which  is 
attached  by  mankind  to  talents  and  the 
virtues. 

_  Affair  of  HONOR.  We  have  already 
given  a  general  outline  of  this  term  under 
DUELLING.  )  he  propriety  or  impro- 
priety, as  well  as  the  legality  or  illegality 
of  which  mode  of  terminating  human  dif- 
ferences is  thus  explained  by  the  celebrated 
English  lawyer  John  Selden.  His  words 
are  under  the  head  Duel ;  we  shall  quote 
them  under  that  of  affair  oj  honor. 

**  A  Duel  may  still  be  granted  in  some 
cases  by  the  law  of  England,  and  only 
there.  That  the  church  alloweu  it  an- 
ciently appears  by  this,  in  their  public 
liturgies  there  were  prayers  appointed  for 
the  duellists  to  say,  the  judge  useu  to  bid 
them  go  to  such  a  church  and  pray,  &c. 
But  whether  this  is  lawful  ?  If  you  make 
any  war  lawful,  I  make  no  doubt  but  to 
convince  you  of  it.  War  is  lawful,  be- 
cause God  is  the  only  judge  between  two, 
that  is  supreme.  Now  if  a  difference 
happen  between  two  subjects,  and  it  can- 
not be  decided  by  human  testimony,  why 
may  not  they  put  it  to  God  to  judge  be- 
tween them,  t>y  the  permission  of  the 
prince  ?  Nay,  what  if  we  should  bring  it 
down  for  argument'^  sake,  to  the  sword 
men ;  one  gives  me  the  lie :  it  is  a  great 
disgracs  to  take  it*  the  law  has  made  no 


RON 


H  O  N 


271 


provision  to  give  remedy  for  the  injury, 'j  compensation  be  paid  for  his  death.     But 
(if  you  can  suppose  any  thing  an  injury  ;  if  the  person  who  gave  the  offence  shall 
for  "which  the  law  gives  no  remedy)  why     ' 
am  not  I  in  this  case  supreme,  and  may 
therefore  ri^ht  myself. 

**  A  duke  ought  to  fight  with  a  gentle- 
man ;  the  reason  is  this  :  the  gentleman 
will  say  to  the  duke,  it  is  true  you  hold  a 
higher  place  in  the  state  than  I  ;  there  is 
a  great  difference  between  you  and  me, 
but  your  dignity  does  not  privilege  you 
to  do  me  an  injury  ;  as  soon  as  ever  you 
do  me  an  injury,  you  make  yourself  my 


equal ;  and  as  you  are  my  equal  I  chal- 
lenge you  ;  and  in  sense  the  duke  is  bound 
to  answer  him." 

In  ad  .ition  to  what  Selden  has  said  upon 
duelling,  we  shall  quote  a  passage  from 
Dr.  Robertson's  History  of  the  reign  of 
Charles  the  V.  which  will  shew  that 
this  mode  of  determining  private  disputes 
is  extremely  ancient. 

44  It  is  evident"  observes  that  author, 
*'  from  Veileius  Paterculus,  lib.  ii.  c.  118, 
that  all  questions  which  were  decided 
among  the  Romans  by  legal  trial,  were 
terminated  among  the  Germans  by  arms. 
The  same  thing  appears  in  the  ancient 
laws  and  customs  of  the  Swedes,  quoted 
by  Jo.  O.  Stiernhook  de  jure  Sueonum 
et  Gothorum  vetusto,  4to  Holmiae  1682, 
lib.  i.  c.  7.  It  is  probable,  that  when 
the  various  tribes  which  invaded  the  em- 
pire were  converted  to  Christianity,  their 
ancient  custom  of  allowing  judicial  com- 
bats appeared  so  glaringly  repugnant  to 
the  precepts  of  religion,  that  for  some 
time,  it  was  abolished,  and  by  degrees, 
several  circumstances  which  I  have  men- 
tior.ed  led  them  to  resume  it. 

"It  seems  likewise  to  be  probable  from 
a  law  quoted  by  Stiernhook  in  the  trea- 
tise which  I  have  mentioned,  that  the 
judicial  combat  was  originally  permitted 
in  order  t  •  determine  points  respecting  the 
personal  character  or  reputation  of  indi- 
viduals, a,  d  was  afterwards  extended  not 
only  to  criminal  case.s,  but  to  questions 
concerning  property.  The  words  of  the  law 
are  *  If  any  man  shall  say  to  another  these 
reproachful  words  *  You  are  not  a  man 
equal  to  other  men'  or,  *  You  have  not 
the  heart  of  a  man,'  and  the  other  shall 
reply  '  I  am  a  man  as  good  as  you,'  let 
them  meet  on  the  highway.  If  he  who 
first  give  offence  appear,  and  the  person 
offended  absent  himself,  let  the  latter  be 
deemed  a  worse  man  even  than  he  was 
called  ;  let  him  not  be  admitted  to  give 
evidence  in  judgment  either  on  man  or 
woman,  and  let  him  not  have  the  privi- 
lege of  making  a  testament.  If  he  who 
gave  the  offence  be  absent,  and  only  the 
person  offended  appear,  let  him  call  upon 
the  other  thrice  with  a  loud  voice,  and 
make  a  .nark  upon  the  earth,  and  then 
let  him  who  absented  himself  be  deemed 
imamoub,  because  he  uttered  words  which 
he  durst  no;  support.  If  both  shall  ap> 
pear  properly  armed,  and  the  person  of- 
fended shall  fall  in  the  combat,  let  a  half 


fall,  let  it  be  imputed  to  his  own  rash- 
ness. The  petulance  of  his  tongue  hath 
been  fatal  to  him.  Let  mm  lie  in  the 
field,  without  any  compensation  being 
demanded  for  his  death.  Lex  Uplandica 
ap.  Stiern,  p.  76.  Martial  people  were 
del" 


extremely  delicate  with  respect  to  every 
thing  that  affected  their  reputation  as  sol- 
diers  By  the  laws  of  the  Salians,  if  any 
man  called  another  a  hare,  or  accused  him 
of  having  left  his  shield  in  the  field  of 
battle,  he  was  ordained  to  pay  a  large  fine. 
Leg.  Sal.  tit.  xsxii,  §  4.  o.  By  the  law 
of  the  Lombards,  if  any  one  called  ano- 
ther arga,  i.  e.  a  good-for-nothing  fellow, 
he  might  immediately  challenge  him  to 
combat.  Leg.  Longob.  lib.  i.  tit.  v.  § 

By  the  law  of  the  Salians,  if  one  called 
another  ccnitus,  a  term  of  reproach  equi- 
valent to  arga,  he  was  bound  to  pay  a 
very  high  fine,  tit.  xxxii.  §  i.  Paulus 
Diaconus  relates  the  violent  impression 
which  this  reproachful  expression  made 
upon  one  of  his  countrymen,  and  the  fatal 
effects  with  which  it  was  attended.  De 
Gestis  Longobard.  lib.  vi.  c.  24.  Thus 
the  ideas  concerning-  the  point  of  honor, 
which  we  are  apt  to  consider  as  a  modern 
refinement,  as  well  as  the  practice  of 
duelling,  to  which  it  gave  rise,  are  derived 
from  the  notions  of  barbarians."  See  Ro- 
bertson's History  of  Charles  V.  pages 
271,  272. 

We  shall  not  take  leave  of  our  learned 
author  without  giving  two  or  three  in- 
stances out  of  his  proofs  and  illustrations 
relative  to  the  termination  of  private  feuds 
by  judicial  or  private  combat. 

This  mode  of  trial  was  so  acceptable, 
that  ecclesiastics,  notwithstanding  the 
prohibitions  of  the  church,  were  con- 
strained not  only  to  connive  at  the  prac- 
tice, but  to  authorize  it.  A  remarkable 
instance  of  this  is  produced  by  Pasquier, 
Recherches,  lib.  iv.  ch.  i.  p.  350.  The 
abbot  Wittikindtis  considered  the  deter- 
mination of  a  point  of  law  by  combat  as 
the  best  and  most  honorable  mode  of  de- 
cision. 

In  the  year  978,  a  judicial  combat  was 
fought  in  the  presence  of  the  emperor. 
The  archbishop  Aldebert  advised  him  to 
terminate  a  contest  which  had  arisen  be- 
tween two  noblemen  of  his  court,  by  this 
mode  of  decision.  The  vanquished  com- 
batant, though  a  person  of  high  rank, 
was  beheaded  on  the  spot.  Chronic. 
Ditrnari.  Episc.  Mersb.  chez  Bouquer 
Recueil  cfcs  Hist.  torn.  x.  p.  121.  Ques- 
tions concerning  the  property  of  churches 
and  monasteries  were  decided  by  combat. 
In  the  year  961,  a  controversy  concern- 
ing the  church  of  St.  Medard,  whether  it 
belonged  to  the  abbey  of  Beaulieu  or  nor 
was  terminated  by  judicial  combat.  Bou- 
quet Recueil  des  Hist.  torn.  ix.  p.  720. 
ibid.  p.  612,  &c  The  emperor  Henry  I. 
declares  that  this  law,  authorizing  the 
practice  of  judicial  combats,  was  enacted 


272 


HO  N 


HO  N 


with  consent  and  the  applause  of  many 
faithful  bishops.  Ibid.  p.  231.  So  re- 
markable did  the  martial  ideas  of  those 
ages  prevail  over  the  genius  and  maxims 
of  the  canon  law,  which  in  other  instan- 
ces was  in  the  highest  credit  and  autho- 
rity with  ecclesiastics.  A  judicial  com- 
bat was  appointed  in  Spain  by  Charles 
V.  A.  D.  1522.  The  combatants  fought 
in  the  presence  of  the  emperor,  and  the 
battle  was  conducted  with  all  the  rites 
prescribed  by  the  ancient  laws  of  chival- 
ry. The  whole  transaction  is  described  at 
great  length  by  Pontus  Heuterus  Rer. 
Austrica.  lib.  viii.  C.  17.  p.  205. 

The  last  instance  which  occurs  in  the 
history  of  France,  of  a  judicial  combat 
authorized  by  the  magistrate,  was  the 
tamous  one  between  M.  Jarnac  and  M. 
dela  Chaistagnerie,  A.  D,  1547.  A  trial  by 
combat  was  appointed  in  England,  A.  D. 
1571,  under  the  inspection  of  the  judges  in 
the  court  of  Common  Pleas;  and  thouch 
it  was  not  carried  to  the  same  extremity 
with  the  former,  queen  Elizabeth  having 
interposed  her  authority,  and  enjoined  the 
parties  to  compound  the  matter,  yet  in 
order  to  preserve  their  honor,  the  lists 
were  marked  out,  and  all  the  forms,  pre- 
vious to  the  combat,  were  observed  with 
much  ceremony,  Spelm.  Gloss.  Voc. 
Campus,  p.  103.  In  the  year  1631,  a  ju- 
dicial combat  was  appointed  between 
Donald  lord  Rea,and  David  Ramsay,  Esq. 
by  the  authority  of  the  lord  high  con- 
stable and  earl  marshal  of  England;  but 
that  quarrel  likewise  terminated  without 
bloodshead,  being  accommodated  by 
Charles  I.  Another  instance  occurs  seven 
vears  later.  Rushworth  in  Observation 
on  the  Statutes,  Sec.  p.  266. 

It  manifestly  appears  from  these  ex- 
tracts, that  in  former  times  not  only  the 
property  of  individuals  was  considered, 
but  their  feelings,  as  men  of  honor,  were 
consulted.  Law,  however,  soon  obtain- 
ed the  entire  ascendancy,  and  judicial  or 
private  combats  were  not  only  laid  aside, 
but  were  moreover  strictly  forbidden. 
The  military  character  alone  seems  to  have 
retained  a  sort  of  tacit  privilege  to  make 
appeals  to  the  sword,  in  cases  where  the 
nice  sensibility  of  the  heart  breaks  through 
the  trammels  of  legal  disquisition,  and 
establishes  points  of  honor  which  can 
only  be  determined  by  personal  exposure. 
Thus  we  find  that  although  premeditated 
duels  were  severely  punished  in  France, 
Rencontres  or  accidental  quarrels  were  al- 
ways overlooked,  whatever  their  issue 
might  be.  Frederic  the  Great  of  Prussia 
seems  to  have  set  his  face  against  duelling 
altogether.  Yet  it  is  singular,  that  not- 
withstanding his  severe  prohibition,  a 
Prussian  officer  was  under  the  necessity 
either  of  vindicating  his  wounded  honor 
by  an  appeal  to  the  sword  or  pistol,  or 
was  disgraced  for  having  suffered  a  personal 
affront.  In  England  the  same  hardship 
exists.  Lord  Kcnyon  declared  from  the 
bench,  that  he  would  personally  interfere 


as  expounder  of  the  British  laws,  should 
any  minister  recommend  mercy  to  his  ma- 
jesty on  the  conviction  of  an  individual 
who  had  murdered  his  fellow  creature  in 
a  duel  See  DUEL. 

Word  of  H  o  *  o  R  ,  (parole  d'honneur,  Fr.) 
A  promise  or  engagement  that  is  made  or 
entered  into  by word  of  mouth,  the  breach 
of  which  entails  disgrace  upon  the  viola- 
tor. 

Point  of  Ho  NOR,  (point  d'honneitr,  Fr.) 
A  delicacy  of  feelins,  which  is  generally 
acquired  by  education,  and  stiengthened 
by  an  intercourse  with  men  of  strict  inte- 
grity and  good  conduct.  It  is  likewise 
very  frequently  the  offspring  of  peculiar 
habits,  received  notions,  and  established 
etiquettes.  The  French  familiarly  say, 
Us  se  sont  Latins  pour  un  point  d'hcnneur, 
they  fought  for  a  point  of  honor ;  they 
likewise  say,  II y  i;a  de  son  honneur,  his 
honor  is  at  stake. 

To  die  upnn  the  bed  of  HONOR,  (mourlr 
an  lit  d' honneur,  Fr.)  is  a  term  particularly 
applied  to  military  men,  who  die  in  battle 
fighting  in  their  country's  cause. 

A  court  of  HONOR.  Although  a  court 
of  honor  may  be  said,  in  some  degree,  to 
resemble  a  court  of  inquiry,  nevertheless 
it  cannot  be  strictly  so;  for  a  court  of 
honor  has  not  only  the  power  of  ascer- 
taining the  degree  of  guilt  which  may  be 
attached  to  misconduct,  but  ir  can  entail 
ignominy  upon  the  gudty  person;  where- 
as a  court  or  inquiry  only  investigates  the 
matter  and  circumstances,  and  determines 
whether  there  be  sufficient  ground  to  try 
the  accused  before  a  general  court  martial ; 
which  is  the  last  resort  of  military  juris- 
diction, and  unites  within  itself  all  the 
qualities  and  powers  of  the  other  two 
courts. 

A  debt  of  HONOR,  an  obligation  whiclj 
among  honorable  men,  especially  officers, 
is  more  binding  than  those  engagements 
or  contracts  that  are  guaranteed  by  law. 
The  reason  is  manifest. 

HONORS  by  Guards,  as  a  compliment  t» 
general  officers,  &c.  ivitb  the  detail  of  offi- 
cers and  me n  they  are  entitled  to  in  the  English 
army  : 

The  commander  in  chief,  if  a  field-mar, 
shal  or  cap  tain -general,  has  i  captain, 

1  lieutenant,    i    ensign,    2  Serjeants,    "2. 
drummers,  2  fifers,  and  50  privates,,  with 
colors. 

A  general  of  horse  and  foot  has  i  cap- 
tain, i  subaltern,  a  Serjeants,  2  drummers., 

2  fifers,  and  50  privates. 

A  lieutenant-general  of  horse  and  foot 
has  i  lieutenant,  i  serjeant,  i  drummer, 
i  fifer,  and  30  privates. 

A  major- general  of  horse  and  foot  has  I 
ensign,  i  serjeant,  i  drummer,  i  fifer,  and 
20  privates. 

A  brigadier  has  i  serjeant  and  li  pri. 
vates. 

A  quarter-master  general  has  i  serjeant 
and  12  privates. 

Majors  of  brigade  encamped  togethery 
lave  i  serjeant  and  2  privates. 


HO  N 


H  O  N 


27: 


A  judge  advocate  has  i  serjeant  and  7 
privates. 

A  provost. marsha'  has  i  serjeant  and  18 
privates. 

A  provost-marshal,  when  he  has  prison- 
ers, has  i  1-eutenant,  2  Serjeants,  i  drum- 
mer, i  firer,a;.d48  privates. 

Military  Ho  N  o  K  s .  A  field-marshal  in 
'.he  British  service  is  to  be  saluted  with  the 
colors  and  standards  of  all  the  forces,  ex- 
cept the  horse  and  foot  guards,  and  except, 
ing  when  any  of  the  roval  family  shall  be 
present ;  but  in  case  a  field-marshal  is  co- 
?one;  of  any  regiment,  or  troop  of  horse  or 
iboe  guards,  he  is  to  be  saluted  by  the  colors 
or  standards  of  the  regiment  or  troop  he 
commands . 

Generals  of  cavalry  and  infantry,  upon 
all  occasions,  are  to  have  the  march  beat 
r.o  them,  and  to  be  saluted  by  all  officers, 
rhose  bearing  the  colors  excepted. 

Lieutenant-generals  of  cavalry  and  in- 
fantry are,  upon  all  occasions,  to  be  sa- 
luted by  all  officers.  They  are  to  have 
rhree  ruffles  given  them,  with  presented 
arms 

Major-generals  are  to  have  two  ruffles 
with  presented  arms. 

Brigadier-generals  are  to  have  one  ruffle 
with  presented  arms. 

To  colonels  their  own  quarter-guards 
in  camp  turn  out,  and  present  their  arms, 
once  a  day,  after  which  they  only  turn  out 
with  ordered  arms. 

To  aiajors  their  own  guards  turn  out 
with  ordered  arms  once  a  day  ;  at  other  ' 
times  they  stand  by  their  arms. 

When  a  lieutenant-colonel  or  major 
commands  a  regiment,  their  own  quarter- 
guards  pay  them  the  same  compliment  as 
js  ordered  for  the  colonel. 

Honors  to  be  <puid  by  the  cavalry. — A  j 
general  of  cavalry  or  infantry  is  to  be  re- 
ceived with  swords  drawn,  kettle  drums  ;! 
beating,  trumpets  sounding  the  march,  ;| 
and  all  the  officers  to  salute,  except  the  ;i 
cornet  bearing  the  standard. 

A  lieutenant-general  is  to  be  received  \ 
with  swords  drawn,  trumpets  sounding 
twice  the  trumpet  flourish,  as  in  d.awing 
swords,  and  all  the  officers  to  salute  ex-   ' 
cept  the  cornet  bearing  the  standard  ;  but 
the  kettle  drums  are  not  to  beat. 

A  major-general  is  to  be  received  with  I 
Swords  drawn,  one  trumpet  of  each  squad- 
ron sounding  once  the  trumpet  flourish,  : 
as  in  drawing  swords ;  no  officer  to  salute, 
nor  kettle  drum  to  beat 

A  brigadier- general  is  to  be  received  with 
swords  drawn  ;  no  trumpet  to  sound,  nor 
any  officer  to  salute,  nor  kettle  drum  to 
beat. 

All  officers  in  the  command  of  forts  or 
garrisons,  have  a  right  to  the  complimen- 
tary honors  from  fhe  troops  under  their 
command,  which  are  due  to  the  rank  one 
degree  higher  than  the  one.  they  actually 
possess. 

Manner  of  paying  honors. —Ik  the  British  >j 
service  the  king's  standard  or  color  in  the  : 
guards,  is.  never  carried  by  any  guard  f! 


except  that  which  mounts  on  his  majet- 
,y's  person. 

The  first  standard,  guidor,  or  color 
of  regiments,  which  is  the  union  color,  is 
not  carried  by  any  guard  bur  that  on  the 
king,  queen,  prince  of  Wales,  or  com- 
mander in  chief  being  of  the  royal  family; 
,md,  except  in  those  cases,  'it  always 
remains  with  the  regiment. 

When  general  officers,  or  persons  en- 
titled to  a  salute,  pass  in  the  rear  of  u 
guard,  the  officer  is  only  to  make  his 
;i,'.;n  stand  shouldered,  and  not  to  face 
his  guard  to  the  ruht  about,  or  beat  his 
drum. 

All  sentries  are  to  pay  a  due  respect  to 
every  officer  who  passJs  by  their  posts, 
but  are  to  keep  their  proper  front  while 
jiaying  the  compliment. 

Ail  governors,  whose  commissions  in 
the  army  are  under  the  degree  of  general 
officers,  shall  have,  in  their  own  garri- 
sons, all  the  guards  turn  out  with  tested 
arms,  and  beat  one  ruffle;  and  though  the 
main  guard  turns  out  with  rested  arms 
every  time  he  passes,  yet  they  give-  him 
the  compliment  of  the  drum  but  once  a 
day;  but  all  the  other  euania  b.-at  as  of- 
ten as  lie  a;. pears  near  them. 

If  they  are  general  officers  likewise, 
they  are  then  to  have  the  further  compli- 
ments paid  them,  by  the  several  beatings 
of  the  drum,  as  practised  in  the  army. 

Regulation  of  honors  tube  pjid  to  Admirals . 
— Admirals,  with  their  hags  on  the  main- 
top, are  to  have  the  sain,  res  ect  roia 
the  troops  as  generals  of  cavalry  and  in- 
fantry; that  is,  upon  all  occasions  to  have 
a  ma  ret)  beat  to  them,  and  to  be  saluted 
by  all  the  officers,  those  bearing  the  colors 
excepted. 

Vice  admirals  are  to  have  the  same  re- 
spect as  lieutenant  generals  of  cavalry  and 
ii.fantry  ;  that  is,  upon  all  occasions  be 
saluted  by  all  the  officers  in  the  garrison  ^ 
the  drummers  beating  3  ruffl.s. 

The  rear  admirals  are  to  have  the  same 
respect  as  major  generals,  who  have  two 
ruffles,  :.nd  not  to  be  saluted  by  any 
officer. 

Commodores  with  broad  pendants  have 
the  same  respect  as  brigadier-generals  ; 
which  is,  to  have  one-  ruffle. 

Rank  and  pt  ecedence  between  sea  and  land 
officers  — '1  he  admiral  or  commander  in 
chief  of  hi*  majesty's  fleet  is  to  rank  with 
a  field- marshal  of  the  army. 

The  admirals  with  their  flags  on  the 
main-top  mast-head,  are  to  have  rant 
with  generals, 

Vice  admirals  are  to  have  rank  as  lieu* 
tenant^,  generals. 

Rear  admirals  are  to  have  rank  as  ma- 
jor-generals. 

Commodores  with  broad  pendants  are 
to  have  rank  as  brigadier-generals. 

Captains  commanding  post  ships,  after 
three  years  from  the  date  of  their  first 
commission  for  a  post  ship,  are  t»  h;ive 
rank  as  cobcels. 

31  m 


HO  N 


H  O  N 


All  other  captains  commanding  post 
ships,  are  to  have  rank  as  lieutenant-co- 
lonels. 

Captains  of  his  majesty's  ships  or  ves- 
sels, not  taking  post,  are  to  have  rank  as 
majors . 

Lieutenants  of  his  majesty's  ships  are 
to  have  rank  as  captains. 

The  rank  ind  precedence  of  sea  officers, 
Sn  the  classes  above-mentioned,  are  to 
take  place  according  to  the  su.iority  of 
their  respective  commissions. 

Post  captains  commanding  ships  01 
vessels  that  do  no1  give  post,  rank  only  as 
majors  during  their  commanding  such 
vessels. 

No  land  officer  is  to  command  on  board 
any  of  his  majesty's  squadrons  or  ships, 
nor  any  sea  officer  to  command  on  land; 
nor  shall  either  have  a  right  to  demand 
military  honors  due  to  their  respective 
ranks,  unless  they  are  upon  actual  service. 

All  guards  and  centincls  are  to  pay  the 
same  cr-mpliments  to  the  officers  of  the 
mvy,  as  are  directed  to  be  paid  to  the 
officers  of  the  army,  according  to  their 
relative  ranks. 

The  compliments  above  directed  are 
to  be  paid  by  the  troops,  to  officers  in 
the"  service  of  any  power  in  alliance  with 
the  British  kin.;',  according  to  their  res- 
pective ranks. 

Turning  out  of  the  line.  The  line  turns 
out  without  arms,  whenever  the  general 
commanding  in  chief  comes  along  the  front 
of  the  camp. 

When  the  line  turns  out,  the  private 
men  are  to  be  drawn  up  in  a  line  with 
the  colors  and  standards  ;  the  corporals 
on  the  right  and  left  of  their  respective 
companies,  the  picquet  forms  behind  the 
colors,  accoutred,  but  without  arms. 

The  officers  and  non-commissioned  of- 
ficers are  to  be  drawn  up  with  their  re- 
spective  companies.  The  field  officers 
in  theii  proper  posts  in  battalion,  two 
ensigns  taking  hold  of  the  colors. 

When  the  commander  in  chief  comes 
along  the  line,  the  carnp  colors  on  the 
Hanks  of  the  parade  are  to  be  struck,  and 
planted  opposite  to  the  bells  of  arms, 
and  the  drums  piled  up  behind  the  colors; 
the  halberts  are  to  be  planted  between, 
and  on  each  side  of  the  bells  of  arms,  the 
hatchets  turned  from  the  colors. 

HONORS  of  -uvzr,  in  one  sense  are 
stipulated  terras  which  are  granted  to  a 
vanquished  enemy,  and  by  which  he  is 
permitted  to  march  out  of  a  town,  from  a 
camp  or  line  of  enttenchments,  with  all 
the  insignia  of  military  etiquette.  In 
another  sense  they  signify  the  compli- 
ments which  arc  paid  to  gn  at  personages, 
military  characters,  &c.  when  they  appear 
before  any  armed  body  of  men  ;  or  such 
as  are  given  to  the  remains  of  a  deceased 
officer.  The  pa-ticular  circumstances 
attending  the  latter  are  well  known,  and 
depend  greatly  upon  the  usages  of  differ- 
ent countries;  those  which  regard  our 
own  service  may  be  seen  under  Burials. 


With  respect  to  the  former  we  think  it 
necessary  to  observe,  that  it  is  extren.vly 
difficult,  and  much  beyond  the  limits 
of  this  work,  to  describe  them  speci- 
fically; as  much,  indeed  almost  every 
thing,  depends  unon  the  disposition  of 
t'-'e  genial  who  gr.  nts  the  capitulation. 
In  some  instances,  the  troops  of  a  besieged 
garrison  are  permitted  to  march  out  with 
drums  beatin'  ,  colors  flying,  &c.  others 
are  only  allowed  to  advance  silently  in 
front  of  their  works,  grounder  pile  their 
arms,  face  to  the  right  and  return  within 
their  line  of  entrenchments.  Others 
again  (as  was  the  case  with  tarl  Coin- 
wailis,  at  York  Town,  in  Virginia)  are 
permitted  to  march  out,  with  drums 
beating,  to  a  given  spot,  there  pile  iheir 
arms,  face  to  the  right  about,  and  march 
back  to  their  works.  In  the  instance 
quoted,  the  officers  retained  their  side 
arms  anil  baggage,  with  such  horses  as 
they  had  lawfully  obtained  by  purchase, 
&c.  A  sloop  ot  war  was  allowed  to  pro- 
ceed to  New  York  with  dispatches  from 
the  British  general  to  sir  Henry  Clinton, 
who  was  commander  in  chief  of  the  forces 
acting  a  ainst  America:  which  vessel  pas- 
sed arid  repas  ed  without  being  searched. 
This  indulgence  proved  extremely  fortu- 
nate to  a  small  number  of  American  re- 
fugees, who  were  peaceably  transp  rted 
into  tlv  Bntish  lines,  instead  of  being 
sacrificed  to  the  jus*,  fury  of  thei<  coun- 
tnmen  in  aims. 

When  the  town  of  Valenciennes  sur- 
rendered to  the  coa'ition  army,  the  gar- 
rison under  the  orders  of  general  Ferrand 
was  permitted  to  march  out  by  the  gate  of 
Cambray  with  the  honors  ot  war.  It 
was,  however,  specifically  stated,  that 
the  troops  should  lay  down  their  arms  at 
a  named  spot,  viz.  at  a  house  called  Is 
Briquet,  where  they  were  to  leave  their 
colors  and  field-pieces  without  damaging 
them  in  the  least.  They  were  likewise 
directed  to  leave  their  troop  horses,  artil- 
lery, provisions,  and  other  military  ef- 
fects. Those  belonging  to  the  officers 
were  restored  to  them,  with  their  swords. 
It  was  further  agreed,  that  the  garrison 
should  march  out  on  the  ist  of  August, 
in  the  manner  mentioned ;  and  as  the 
troops  were  prisoners  of  war,  their  route 
to  return  into  France  was,  to  be  commu- 
nicated to  them  24  hours  previous  to 
their  departure,  in  order  to  receive  their 
parole  ot  honor.  The  officers  and  soldiers 
engaged  not  to  serve  during  the  whole 
course  of  the  present  war  against  the  ar- 
mies of  his  majesty  the  emperor,  and  of 
his  allies,  without  having  been  exchanged 
conformably  to  the  cartels,  under  pain  of 
military  pi  nishment. 

General  Ferrand  had  demanded  that  the 
garrison  should  march  out  from  the  place 
on  the  6th  day  after  the  signature  of  the 
capitulation,  to  repair  to  such  part  of  the 
French  republic  as  he  should  judge  pro- 
per, with  arms  and  baggage,  horses,  drums 
beating,  matches  lighted  at  both  ends, 


HOP 


HOR 


275 


colors  flying,  and  with  all  the  cannon  they 
could  carry  away.  These  articles  were 
refused  by  the  duke  of  York  ;  and  on  th 
28th  of  July,  1793,  Valenciennes  sur- 
rendered to  the  Brirish  arms,  in  trust  for 
the  emperor  of  Germany. 

As  soon  as  the  capitulation  was  signed, 
hostages  were  sent  into  the  town,  namely, 
a  colonel,  a  major,  and  a  captain,  who 
were  exchanged  against  officers  of  an 
equal  rank  of  the  garrison;  which  hos- 
tages were  restored  immediately  after  the 
execution  of  the  articles  of  capitulation. 
When  Mantua  surrendered  to  Bona- 
parte, the  veteran  general  Wurmser,  in 
consideration  of  his  brave  defence  of  the 
plac  ,  was  allowed  to  leave  the  place  with 
all  the  honors  of  war. 

Sev-ral  emigrants  on  this  occasion,  es- 
caped in  the  covered  waggons. 

When  Sara  ossa  was  taken  by  marshal 
Lanncs  m  1809,  it  was  refused  the  honors 
of  a  capitulation,  but  ordered  to  surrender 
peremptorily  at  a  given  hour  on  seve  al 
points,  wlvcli  was  obeyed. 

HONORABLE,  noble,  high  spirited, 
full  of  rectitude,  and  beyond  the  least  ap- 
proach of  meanness  or  corruption.  This 
term  is  frequently  attached  to  sur-names 
from  raise  and  vain  courtesy. 

HOOKS.  Pieces  of  bent  iron  fixed  to 
the  transom  plates  of  a  field-carriage  are 
so  called.  They  serve  to  fix  the  bri- 
coles  or  ropes  for  drawing  it  occasional- 
ly backwards  or  forwards! 

HooKSrfWEvEs.  It  is  directed  in  all 
well-disciplined  corps,  that  every  officer, 
non  commissioned  officer,  and  soldier, 
whe  \  regimentally  dressed,  should  have 
the  uniform  co.it  hooked  across  the  chest. 
This  regulation  has,  in  some  decree,  been 
dispensed  with  during  th.  winter  months, 
as  far  as  it  regards  the  officers  who  have 
been  permitted  to  button  their  coats.  In 
some  corps  the  indulgence  is  rendered  nu- 
gatory, as  the  facings  are  sewed  to  the 
coat.  The  dressing  of  a  line  is  certainly 
rendered  more  perfect  by  tht;  use  of  the 
hooks  and  eyes,  as  they  prevent  any  inter- 
mediate obstacle  along  the  line  of  sight. 
This  nicety  is  indispensible  in  parade 
business,  and  the  propriety  of  some  gen- 
eral rule  being  established  is  manifest, 
since  every  soldier  knows,  that  the  slight- 
est deviation  from  the  laudable  system  of 
uniformity  almost  always  leads  to  gross 
neglect. 

HOOKUM,  an  Indian  word,  signify- 
ing ord.r  or  command. 

HOOKU.VJNAUMEH,  in  India,  sig- 
nifies a  letter  of  instructions,  or  the  pa- 
per that  contains  orders. 

HOOP  cf  irony  a  circular  iron  band. 
Several  sorts  of  hoops  are  used  in  the  con- 
struction of  artillery  carriages,  as  nave 
and  axle  tree  hoops,  &c. 

HOPITAL,  Fr.  hospital.  During  the 
old  French  government,  there  existed  80 
military  hospitals  under  the  immediate 
sanction  of  the  king.  These  hospitals 
>vere  subject  to  the  war-minister,  from 


whom  they  received  instructions,  arid  they 
were  all  originally  built  for  the  benefit  of 
sick  a nd  disabled  soldiers.  The  chief 
appointments  in  each  hospital  consistedof 
a  comptroller  of  accounts,  a  physician,  a 
surgepn  major,  and  a  contractor,  whose 
sole  duty  was  to  provide  for  the  wants  and 
necessities  of  the  invalid  troops.  These 
were  permanent  establishments.  In  time 
of  war,  every  army  had  a  certain  num- 
ber of  hospitals  attached  to  its  component 
parts.  Ti:cre  were  likewise  other  hos- 
pitals, which  were  under  the  care  of  the 
intendant  of  each  province.  They  chiefly 
consisted  in  those  erected  on  the  frontier 
and  in  garrison  towns. 

HOPITAL  siir  ner,  Fr.  hospital-ship. 
A  particular  vessel,  which  is  always  at- 
tached to  a  naval  armament,  and  is  pro- 
vided with  the  necessary  accommodations 
ibi  the  sick  a;;d  w-  ui.ded  belonging  to  the 
ships  ot  war.  The  same  precautions  (in- 
ueed  greiitei  if  possible)  are  indispeRsibly 
necessary  to  prevent  the  dreadful  conse- 
quences of  contagion,  thai  are  directed  to 
be  observed  in  the  fumigation,  £c.  of 
transports.  During  the  old  government 
of  France,  hospital-ships  were  of  a  par- 
ticular construction  Independently  of 
the  equipage,  tackle,  &c.  belonging  to 
every  other  navigable  ship,  these  v-bsc!-. 
were  directed  to  hav.  their  decks  ex- 
tremely high,  to  have  lane  port-holes, 
and  to  have  the  space  between  the 
decks  constantly  clear,  so  that  the  cots 
and  bedding  of  the  sick  might  be  conve- 
niently placed,  and  a  constant  circulation 
of  free  air  be  preserved. 

HOPLITAl,  foot  soldiers  among  tlu^ 
Greeks,  who  bore  h?avy  armor,  and  en- 
gaged  with  broad  shields  and  long  spears. 
These  took  precedence  of  all  other  foot 
soldiers. — Potter's  Greek  Ant.  vol.  ii.c.3. 
HOOUETON,  Fr.  a  sort  of  garment, 
which  was  worn  during  the  old  govern - 
nent  of  France  by  gentlemen  belonging  to 
the  king's  body  guard,  who  were  called 
gardes  de  la  manche.  It  sometimes  signi- 
fies a  serjeant ;  but  the  term  is  obsolete. 
HORD,  (iwdej  Fr.J  a  crowd  or  assem- 
blage of  people,  who  have  not  any  fixed 
or  certain  habitation.  The  term  was  ori- 
ginally applied  to  a  body  of  Tartars,  who 
followed  a  roving  life,  encamped  in  differ- 
ent countries,  and  chiefly  lived  with  their 
flocks. 

HOR  JON,  Fr.  a  term  which  formerly 
signified  a  helmet,  and  which  in  the  vul- 
gar acceptation  of  it  now,  among  the 
French,  means  a  blow  upon  the  head. 

HORIZONTAL,  parallel  to  the  ho- 
rizon ;  on  a  level. 

HORIZONTAL  svpttficies,  the  plain  field 
lying  upon  a  kvel,  without  any  rising  or 
falling. 

HORIZONTAL  plane,  that  which  is 
parallel  to  the  horizon  of  the  place. 

In  levelling,  the  chief  object  to  be  con- 
sidered is,  whether  two  points  be  in  tb?- 
lorizontai  plane ;  or  whether  they  devi, 
ate  :  and  in  what  degree  ? 


H  O  R 


HO  R 


Uo  R  1 7.  o  x  T  A  L  r.TKfre,  or  jei't!  range  of  a  \ 
fiere  of  r;rj>;ti>:cf,  \$  the  line   it  describes, 
when  directed  parallel  to  the  horizon. 

The  following  useful  theorems  come 
from  the  pen  of  the  ingenious  Dr.  Hal- 
ley: 

1.  A   shot   hell';:  an   inclined 

plane,  having  the  horizontal  distance  of 
the  object  it  strikes  with  the  elevation  of 
fhe  piece,  and  the  am:!,-  at  the  gnn  be- 
t ween  the  object  and  the  perpendicular, 
to  find  the  greatest  horizontal  range  of 
that  piece  loaded  with  the  sanae  charge  of 
powder,  that  is,  half  the  latus  rectum  of 
all  the  parabolas  made  with  the  same  im- 
petus.— Take  half  ;hc  angle  contained 
between  the  object  and  the  nadir,  and  the 
difference  of  the  given  angle  of  elevation 
from  that  half;  subtract  the  versed  sine 
of  that  difference  from  the  versed  sine  of 
the  angle  made  by  the  object  and  zenith. 
The  difference  of  those  versed  sines  will 
be  to  the  sine  of  the  angle  last  mentioned, 
as  the  horzontal  distance  of  the  object 
struck  to  the  greatest  range  at  45  degrees. 

2  Having  the  horzontal  range  of  a  gun, 
the  horizontal  distance  and  angle  of  incli- 
natiun  of  an  object  to  the  perpendicular,  to 
lind  the  two  elevations  necessary  to  strike 
that  object.— Take  half  the  angle  con- 
tained between  the  object  and  nadir  ;  this 
half  is  equal  to  half  the  sum  of  the  two 
angles  of  elevation  sought.  Then  say,  as 
the  horizontal  range  is  to  the  horizontal 
distance  of  the  object,  so  is  the  sine  of  the 
iinffle  of  inclination  to  a  fourth  proportion- 
id  ;  which  fourth,  being  subtracted  fn.-m 
the  versed  sine  of  th*  angle  formed  by  the 
object  and  -/.cnith,  leaves  the  versed'  sine 
of  half  thedifJerenceot  the  angles  of  eleva- 
tion, whose  half  sum  was  before  obtain- 
ed ;  therefor,  by  adding  and  subtracting 
half  the  difference  of  the  angles  o;  ele- 
vation to  and  from  the  said  half  sum  the 
elevations  themselves  will  be  found. 

HORN       S.e  buci.f  born. 

H  o  R  N  -  •work    See  FORTIFICATION. 

HORS  de  Comb.it,  a  French  military 
nhrase,  signifying  that  an  individual  or 
body  of  men,  are  so  completely  beat  by 
superior  skill,  Arc  as  not  to  be  able  to 
mainta  n  the  field  of  battle;  thus  a 
wounded  man  is  hers  fie  combat. 

Mtttre  HORS  de  Combat,  to  drive  your 
opponent  before  you ;  to  press  him  so 
closely  that  he  cannot  make  a  stand 
against  you — To  put  him  out  of  the  lists 
of  contest. 

HORS  dt  portte,  Fr.  (in  fencing,}  out  of 
distance* 

HORS  tie  me  sure,  Fr.  (in  fencing,}  out  of 
measure. 

HORSE,  in  a  military  sense,  a  body  of 
horse.  See  CAVALRY. 

ASSOCIATED  HOKSE — a  body  of  ca- 
valiy  so  called  in  the  days  of  Cromwell 
At  the  famous  battle  of  Nasbie  (fought 
on  the  i4t!:  of  June,  1645,)  which  de- 
cided the  fate  of  Chanes  th  First,  the 
associated  h  rse  were  posted  in  the  rear 
tif  the  right  wing  of  the  Republican  army, 


and  formed  part  of  the  reserve — Then1 
were  troops  of  the  association  stationed 
in  the  rear  of  the  left.  Oliver  Cron 
commanded  the  cavalry  on  the  right  of  the 
whole,  and  the  associated  horse  were  un- 
der his  immediate  orders. 

HORSE  near-side  protect,  a  guard  used  in 
the  cavalry  sword  exercise.  See  SWORD 
Exercise. 

HORSE  off- side  protect.  See  SWORI* 
Exercise. 

HORSES  — An  allowance  of  3  feet  is 
generally  made  for  the  breadth  of  each 
horse  standing  at  picket;  and  about  Q 
feet  for  the  length  of  a  horse. 

A  light  dragoon  horse,  mounted  and  ac- 
•-  i  tied  complete,  carries  about  2  cwt. 
i  qr.  and  14  Ibs.  without  forage. 

Horses  in  the  service  of  artillery  should 
not  be  made  to  draw  above  3  cwr.  each, 
besides  the  weight  of  thJ  carriage. 

Horses  for  this  service  should  never  be 
lower  than  14 3.4  hands.  The  contrac- 
tor is  obliged  to  furnish  them  of  this 
height  for  government.  —A  horse  is  gen- 
erally supposed  equal  to  five  men. 

Military  horses  ivalk  about  400  yards  in 
4  1-2  minutes. 

Trot  the  same  distance  in  2  minutes  3 
seconds,  and  gallop  it  in  about  i  minute. 

With  great  burthens,  less  weight  inns': 
be  allowed  for  each  horse  to  draw,  than 
with  medium  burthens ;  as  it  cannot  be 
supposed  that,  of  a  team  of  8  horses,  the 
leaders  can  draw  so  much  as  the  horses 
neaier  the  carriage  ;  and  fhis  disadvantage 
must  increase  as  the  team  lengthens.  /• 
team  of 
4  horses  may  dfaw6cwt.each.  Tot.24cwfv 

6  Do. — 5  do,  do.    30  do. 

8  Do. <j£  do   do.  36  do. 

ii  Do. 4  do.  do.   48  do 

including  the  carriages.  See  also  the  word 
Load. 

It  is  usual  in  heavv  carriages  to  reckon 
all  their  weight  exceeding  12  cwt.  as  part 
of  the  load. 

Horses  dllvwtdfor  drawing  Field  Arti' 
lery  Carriages. 

All  the"  horse  artillery  carriages  are 
drawn ^by  4  horses  each,  except  12  pr^, 
which  have  6  each.  Park  Carriages. — 12 
pr.  medium,  and  6  pr.  heavy,  6  horses 
each — 6  pr.  light,  and  5  i-2  howitzer, 
upon  the  new  construction,  are  allowed 
each  4  horses,  but  upon  the  old  only  3 
each. 

Ammunition  waggon,  com.  pat.  3  horses. 
Do.  Flanders  pat.  4  do, 

Forge   cart,    2  horses — Am.  cart,  2  do, 

HOR  s  ES  falsely  muttered  are  by  the  27th 
section  ot  the  British  mutiny  act  to  be 
forfeited,  it  belonging  to  the  person  w},r. 
lent  them  for  that  purpose,  if  not,  the  per- 
son lending  them  to  lorfeit  2O/.  \Vluv 
officers  belonging  to  the  cavalry  regiment- 
purchase  horses  for  public  service,  the; 
are  to  make  the  best  bargain  they  can  fo: 
government,  and  to  account  foreveiy  sav- 
ing which  has  been  made,  within  ;\  11 
ect  ium. 


II  O  S 


H  OS 


277 


HORSE,  a  wooden  machine,  which 
soldiers  ride  by  way  of  punishment.  See 
CHEVAL  DZ  'Bois. 

HORSE.     See  PORTCULLIS. 

HORSEMAN.     See  CAVALRY. 
HORSE   SHOE.     See    FORTIFICA- 
TION. 

HOSE,  breeches  or  stockings.  It  is 
generally  taken  in  the  latter  sense  when 
mentioned  as  part  of  a  soldier's  neces- 
saries. 

#;/*T-HosE,  mens  breeches  and  stock- 
ings together,  or  leggings.  Dragoons 
•generally  wear  them  when  they  appear  in 
ihdr  watering  dresses. 

HOSPITAL,  a  place  appointed  for  the 
sick  and  wounded  men,  provided  with 
physicians,  surgeons,  nurses,  servants, 
medicines,  beds,  &c. 

HO  •>  P I T  A.  L S  ivitb  military  su-peri?i- 
tendants  — There  are  four  British  general 
hospitals  of  this  description,  viz.  at 
Plymouth,  Deal,  Gosport,  and  Ports- 
mouth, and  Chelsea. 

The  surgeons  at  Portsmouth  and  Deal 
have  not  any  rank  attached  to  thr  situa- 
tion, but  they  receive  live  shillings  per- 
«foy  extra  allowance  i.,  addition  to  their 
nett  pay  of  ten  shillings.  At  Plymouth 
a  physician  has  charge  uf  the  hospital;  he 
receives  twenty  shillings  per  day,  but  has 
no  extra  allowance.  York  hospital  at 
Chelsea  is  attended  by  an  assistant  sur- 
geon, being  under  the  immediate  direction 
of  the  surgeon  general. 

The  military  superintendants  have  five 
shillings  over  and  above  their  nett  pay, 
according  to  the  rank  they  hold  in  the 
army. 

At  Gosport  the  military  superintendant 
!has  one  guinea  allowed  per  week  for 
lodging  money,  together  with  coals,  can- 
dles, &c. 

A  fifth  military  superintendant  was 
appointed  in  1800'  to  take  charge  of  the 
temporary  hospital  at  Colchester. 

The  cause  ot  humanity  has  lately  been 
espoused  by  the  belligerent  powers  of 
turope  in  a  manner  which  reflects  credit 
on  the  enlightened  age  we  live  in.  The 
following  two  articles  which  have  been 
agreed  upon  between  the  Austrians  and 
the  French  are  illustrative  of  our  obser- 
vations. 

Hospitals  ought  to  be  considered  as  in- 
violable. 

Art.  i.  The  military  hospitals  shall  be 
considered  as  so  many  inviolable  asyla, 
where  valor  shall  be  respecter,  shall  be 
assisted,  and  shall  be  free,  whatever  the 
army  may  be  to  which  these  hospitals 
belong,  and  upon  whatever  ground  they 
may  be  established. 

Art.  2.  These  hospitals  shall  be  marked 
out  by  writings  placed  on  the  adjacent 
roads,  in  order  that  the  troops  may  not 
approach,  and  that  in  passing  they  may 
observe  silence  and  cease  beating  the 
drums,  or  sounding  the  trumpets. 

Caf?i>.  Ho  s  P  i  T  A  r.  s  arc  either    eneral  or 


regimental.  The  general  hospitals  are  of 
two  kinds,  viz. 

F/y/#g-HosPiTAt,       )  The    first   at- 

Stationaiy  HOSPITAL.  \  tends  the  camp 
at  some  convenient  distance,  and  the  lat- 
ter is  fixed  at  one  place.  In  the  choice 
of  both  Dr.  Pringle  thinks  it  better  to 
have  them  in  towns  than  villages,  as  the 
former  will  aflord  larger  wards,  besides 
more  of  other  conveniences.  These 
wards  should  he  as  airy  as  possible. 

Regimental-  HOSPITALS,  are  frequently 
in  barns,  stables,  granaries,  and  other  out- 
houses  ;  but  above  all,  churches  make 
the  best  hospitals  from  the  beginning  of 
June  to  October ;  these  hosp  tais  are  sole- 
ly for  the  use  of  the  regiments  they  be- 
long to. 

Every  regiment  on  the  British  estab- 
lishment has  an  hospital  for  the  reception 
of  the  sick  belonging  to  it.  This  hospi- 
tal is  under  the  immediate  care  of  the  re- 
gimental surgeon,  who  is  subordinate  to 
the  general  medical  board. 

Officers  commanding  brigades  are  en- 
joined frequently  to  visit  the  hospitals  of 
the  regiments  composing  their  brigades, 
and  minutely  to  investigate  the  economy 
and  order  therein  established  ;  to  enquire 
into  the  state  of  the  patients,  their  diet, 
and  attendance  of  every  kind,  and  to  en- 
force the  strictest  observance  of  the  hos- 
pital regulations. 

These  attentions  are  required  still  more 
in  detail,  from  commanding  officers  of 
regiments,  who  from  personal  observa- 
tion have  opportunities  of  checking  every 
abuse,  and  whose  duty  it  is  to  extend  to 
the  hospitals  the  same  system  of  order, 
regularity,  and  discipline,  which  should 
prevail  in  their  regiments. 

The  captain  and  subaltern  of  the  day 
of  each  regiment  are  to  visit  the  hospital 
at  different  and  uncertain  hours,  to  ob- 
serve the  cleanliness  of  the  wards,  the  re- 
gularity of  messing  and  the  appearance 
of  the  men,  who  while  the*  are  in  the 
hospital,  are  by  no  means  to  be  permitted 
to  contract  habits  of  slovenliness  in  their 
dress,  but  are  expected  to  appear  perfectly 
clean  in  every  particular. 

Every  species  of  gaming  is  strictly  for- 
bidden. Any  patient  convicted  of  swear- 
ing,disorderly  Behaviour,  insolent  and  pro- 
voking conduct  towards  the  attendants, 
or  of  any  deviation  from  the  hospital  re- 
gulations, will  be  severely  punished. 

The  captain  of  the  day  is  to  report  any 
irregularities,  he  may  observe,  to  the  com- 
manding officer  of  the  regiment . 

The  surgeon  is  to  make  a  daily  report  of 
the  sick  to  the  commanding  oiiicer,  who 
will  make  a  weekly  report  to  the  otticeK 
commanding  the  brigade,  who  will  make 
a  general  report  of  the  sick  of  his  brigade 
once  a  week  to  head  quarters. 

Regimental  hospitals  are  under  the  im- 
mediate direction  of  their  respective  sur- 
geons, subject  to  the  general  instructions 
and  superintendance  ot  the  inspector  of 
regimental  hospjtajs,  or  other  professional 


HO  S 


HO  S 


persons,  bavins  authority  for  that  pur- 
pose, from  the  war  department,  or  the 
commander  in  chief.  It  is  the  duty  of 
the  inspector  of  regimental  hospitals,  and 
of  such  other  officers  of  the  medical  staff 
as  shall  be  ordered  for  that  purpose  to 
visit  regimental  hospitals  froin  time  to 
time ;  to  observe  whether  tlie  hospital 
regulations  are  strictly  adhered  to,  to  en- 
quire- whether  any  causes  of  complaint 
exist  among  the  patients,  and  to  submit 
to  the  generals  commanding  in  districts, 
such  local  observations  as  he  conceives 
may  tend  to  the  benefit  of  the  si^k. 

When  a  regiment  is  stationed  in  a  bar- 
rack, where  no  detached  building  is  ap- 
propriated for  the  hospital,  or  in  camp 
and  cantonments,  it  is  the  business  of  the 
surgeon  to  procure  an  airy,  and  commo- 
dious hospital,  taking  particular  care,  that 
it  is  amply  supplied  with  wholesome 
water. 

In  camp,  a  tent  will  be  allowed,  which 
must  be  pitched  upon  the  best  dry  piece 
of  ground  in  the  vicinity  of  the  regimental 
hospital,  to  which  it  i-  granted  as  an  aid, 
but  must  not,  except  in  cases  of  absolute 
necessity,  be  itself  considered  as  the  hos- 
pital. 

The  responsibility  for  the  order,  regu- 
larity, and  cleanliness  of  the  regimental 
hospital,  for  the  diet  and  care  of  the  pa- 
tients, ,  nd  for  the  general  conduct  and 
economy  of  the  whole  establishment, 
rests  entirely  with  the  surgeon  ;  but  com- 
manding officers  are  enjoined  to  furnish 
such  military  assistance,  as  may  be  neces- 
sary for  the  attainment  of  those  objects, 
and  all  non-commissioned  officers  and 
others  placed  in  the  hospital,  in  aid  of 
the  surgeon,  are  commanded  to  yield  the 
iriost  implicit  obed  ence  to  the  instruc- 
tions they  may  receive  from  him,  and 
to  enforce  in  every  instance,  the  most 
minute  observance  of  the  hospital  regu 
htions,  which  are  to  be  fairly  written, 
and  fixt  on  a  board  in  the^nost  conspicu- 
ous part  of  the  entrance  of  the  regimental 
hospital. 

The  surgeon  should  be  consulted  in  the 
selection  of  the  serjeant  to  be  appointed 
to  assist  him  in  the  hospital ;  and  it  will 
tend  materially  to  the  benefit  of  the  sick, 
that  this  non-commissioned  officer,  and 
the  orderly  men  acting  in  the  hospital, 
should  be  considered  as  being  in  a  perma- 
nen.  situation,  and  not  liable  to  be  re- 
movedexcept  hi  case  of  misdemeanor, 

A  guard  ;s  to  be  constantly  furnished 
to  the  hospital,  and  the  surgeo.:  must  sig- 
nify to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  re- 
giment, the  particular  orders  which  he 
wishes  to  be  given  to  the  non-commis- 
sioned officer  commanding  it,  and  to  the 
sentries. 

When  a  soldier  comes  into  the  hospital, 

Jus  arms  and   accoutrements  are    to   be 

taken  in  charge  by  the  non-commissioned 

officer  attending    the  hospital,    but   his 

•v.irionis  to  be  left  with  his  troop 


or  company,  and  is  in  no  instance  to  be 
taKcn  with  him  to  the  hospital. 

Regimental  surgeons  are  enjoined  to 
take  under  their  care  any  non-commis- 
sioned offic.  rs  and  soldiers  of  other  regi- 
ments, (upon  the  commanding  officer's 
authority  for  so  doing  being  obtained) 
who  from  the  absence  <  f  the  corps  to 
which  they  belong,  from  there  being  no 
general  hospital  in  the  neighborhood,  or 
from  other  unavoidable  circumstances, 
are  under  the  necessity  of  applying  to 
them  for  relief  and  assistance. 

It  cannot  be  superfluous  to  remark  in 
this  place,  that  in  the  French  service  there 
was,  and  we  believe  there  still  is,  a  specific 
regulation,  which  directs,  that  all  soldiers 
who  have  contracted  a  venereal  disorder 
should  be  received  into  one  of  the  public 
hospitals,  without  exception  or  distinc- 
tion. They  are  attended  to  in  a  particu- 
lar quarter  or  ward  without  expcnce  to 
themselves  or  to  their  corps.  Particular 
care  is  taken  not  to  mix  their  linen  or 
clothes  with  others,  and  they  are  always 
washed  apart.  No  soldier,  whose  dis- 
order has  been  pronounctd  incurable  was 
or  is  received  ir.to  any  of  the  public  hos- 
pitals. The  physician  or  surgeon  only 
gives  the  incurables  a  certificate  of  their 
state  and  condition. 

It  is  very  desirable  that  in  every  regi- 
mental hospital,  there  should  be  an  apart- 
ment appropriated  to  convalescents, 
whose  diet  and  mode  of  living  must  re- 
main under  the  direction  of  the  surgeon, 
and  who  must  themselves  be  in  every  re- 
spect, subject  to  the  hospital  regulations. 
A  trusty  non-commissioned  officer  must 
be  appointed  to  the  superintendance  of 
the  messing,  and  conduct  of  this  particu- 
lar ward. 

Convalescents,  on  coming  out  of  the 
hospital  a'e  not  to  be  put  on  duty,  till  the 
surgeon  certities  to  the  adjutant,  that 
they  are  perfectly  recovered;  for  which 
purpose  the  surueon,  or  assistant  surgeon, 
must  make  a  particular  inspection  of  these 
men,  at  morning  parade,  to  prevent  any 
remaii.ing  longer  exempted  from  duty, 
than  the  state  of  their  health  renders  ab- 
solutely necessary.  On  a  march,  when 
circumstances  will  permit,  the  packs  of 
such  convalescents,  as  have  not  yet  re- 
ceived certificates  of  their  being  fit  for 
duty,  should  be  carried  for  them. 

Convalescents,  when  discharged  from 
the  hospitals  should  not  be  put  immedi- 
ately on  public  duties,  but  should  be  em- 
ployed for  a  certain  time,  on  regimental 
guards  only,  where  they  are  not  liable  to 
be  so  much  exposed  to  the  weather,  or  to 
fatigue. 

It  is  most  positively  ordered  that  the 
surgeon  or  assistant  surgeon  shall  attend 
all  parades  and  field  days.  No  punish- 
mentis  to  be  inflicted,  but  in  the  presence 
of  the  surgeon  or  assistant  surgeon. 

In  cantonments  and  barracks  the  quar- 
i  ters  of  :he  surgeon  must  be  near  the  hos- 
jpital;  and  the  assistant  surgeon's  tent 


H  OS 


H  O  T 


279 


must  be  pitched  in  its  vicinity  when  a  re- 
giment is  in  camp. 

The  instructions  for  the  economy  and 
management  of  regimental  hospitals, 
ave  framed  by  the  war  office. 

Chelsea  HOSPITAL      See  CHELSEA. 

Greentoifb  HOSPITAL.  A  magnificent 
buildine  originally  instituted  by  king 
Charles  II.  for  decayed  seamen  and  ma- 
riners. It  stands  upon  the  banks  of  the 
river  Thames,  has  a  delightful  park  an- 
nexed to  it,  with  a  i  astronomical  obser- 
vatory. It  is  situated  five  miles  east  of 
London,  in  the  county  of  Kent. 

HOSPIT  AL-w;?fc,  in  recruiting  districts. 
An  hospital  mate  should  be  placed  un- 
der the  orders  of  each  field  officer,  to  ex- 
amine the  r-cruits  when  brought  for  in- 
spection, and  to  give  such  medical  assis- 
tance as  may  be  in  his  power,  to  the  se- 
veral recruiting  parties  in  the  district  he 
belongs  to.  Th.'  actual  disbursements  of 
the  said  mate  for  medicines,  when  not 
siDpli  d  from  the  public  stores,  will  be 
reimbursed  to  him  by  the  district  milita- 
ry agent  upon  a  certified  account  thereof, 
vouched  by  the  approving  signature  of  the 
inspector  ot  the  district. 

HOSPIT  AL-fever,  a  name  given  to  the 
malignant  catarrhal  fever,  as  being  the 
most  frequent  in  hospitals. 

HOSPODAR,  a  dignitary  title  which 
is  g>ven  to  the  prince  of  Walachia,  who  is 
tributary  to  the  Grand  Seignor,  and  from 
whom  he  receives  theinvesture. 

HOST,  an  army;  any  large  body  of 
men  assembled  together  in  arms. 

HOSTAGE,  m  the  art  of  war,  a  per- 
son given  up  to  an  enemy,  as  a  security 
for  the  performance  of  the  articles  of  a 
treaty.  When  two  enemies  enter  into  a 
treaty  or  capitulation,  it  is  common  for 
them  mutually  to  give  hostages  as  a  secu- 
riry  for  their  reciprocally  performing  the 
engagement  they  have  entered  into.  An 
hostage  becomes  either  an  accessary,  or 
principal  according  to  the  state  of  things. 
Thus,  for  example,  he  is  accessary  when 
a  prince  promises  fidelity  to  another  prince, 
and  gives  either  his  son  or  some  great 
lord,  as  a  security  for  his  performance, 
without  any  further  capitulation;  for 
then  these  hostages  are  only  an  additional 
engagement  of  the  prince;  and  if  he  vio- 
lates his  word,  they  are  not  in  any  man- 
ner responsible.  An  hostage  becomes  a 
principal  when  it  is  stipulated  that  he 
shall  be  answerable  for  the  event  of 
things.  For  instance,  if  a  city  promise 
to  surrender  within  a  certain  thh; ,  in  case 
it  is  not  succoured,  and,  for  the  security 
of  this  article,  give  hostages  (which  are  in 
the  same  nature  as  bail  given  to  a  creditor 
to  secure  a  debt) ;  so  that  if  the  succour 
arrives  in  time,  the  promise  becomes  void, 
and  the  hostages  are  discharged ;  but  it 
the  succours  do  not  arrive,  and  the  city  is 
guilty  of  a  breach  of  faith  by  refusing  to 
surrender,  then  the  hostages  become  prin- 
cipal, and  may  be  punished  for  a  breach 
of  faith. 


HOSTILE,  inimical;  suitable  to  au 
enemy. 

HOSTILITES,  f>.  See  HOSTILI- 
TIES. 

HOSTILITIES,  in  a  military  sense, 
may  imply  a  rupture  between  the  inha- 
bitants of  the  same  country,  town,  o 
place,  and  the  first  outrage  that  is  com- 
mitted by  either  party,  as  in  general  mat- 
ters of  warfare,  is  considered  to  be  the 
first  commencement  of  hostilities.  Be- 
tween nations,  the  first  act  of  hostility 
is  taken  as  a  declaration  of  war.  There 
ar  ,  howevnr,  certain  established  laws  and 
regulations  by  which  acts  of  hostility  for- 
merly were  governed  ;  without  the  inter- 
vention of  these  restrictions,  war  is  con- 
ducted upon  the  most  brutal  and  ferocious 
principles.  Every  wise  and  good  general 
will  exert  his  iniluence  and  authority  to 
soften  the  fury  of  his  victorious  men,'  let 
the  contest  be  ever  so  obstinate  and 
bloody.  Self-preservation,  indeed,  sug- 
gests this  natural  precaution;  for  if  sol- 
diers were  permitted  to  ill-treat  their  pri- 
soners, the  sanguinary  system  of  retalia- 
tion must  prevail. 

HOSTILITY,  denotes  a  state  of  war 
or  enmity  between  two  nations.  During 
a  true-  all  acts  of  hostility  are  to  ceasa 
on  both  sides. 

HOSTING.  An  obsolete  term,  for- 
merly signifying  the  mustering  of  men  in 
arms. 

HOTEL  des  'invalides,  Fr.  a  spacious 
building  which  was  erected  by  Louis 
XIV.  in  Paris,  at  the  extremity  of  the 
Fauxbourgh,  St.  Germain,  upon  the  river 
Seine,  as  a  public  monument  of  his  chari- 
ty and  magnificence.  All  disabled,  infirm, 
and  wounded  officers  and  soldiers 
received,  lodged,  and  subsisted,  during 
the  remainder  of  their  lives  with; 
walls  The  established  number  upoi; 
the  foundation  was  4000,  including  of;3  - 
cers  and  soldiers  AH  exceeding- 
number,  and  who  were  less  incapable  v 
bearing  arms,  were  distributed  among  t in- 
different garrison  towns  upon  the  fron- 
tisrs  of  the  kingdom,  in  detached  and  se- 
parate companies. 

During  the  old  government  of  I  : 
a  particular  staff  was  appointed   to  su- 
perintend the  duty  at  the  InvaLides,  and  a 
guard  was  regularly  mounted  every  morn- 
ing     Officers  and  soldiers,   entitled    to 
this  charity,  were  first  received  in 
M,de  Louvois,  minister  and  secret 
war,  was   the  fhst  director  and  adminis- 
trator general,  and  M.   Dormoy  was  the 
first  goven  or  commandant. 

The  staff  consisted  of  one  director  and 
administrator  general,  one  governor  com. 
mandant,  one  lieutenant  dit  Rot,  one  major, 
two  adjutants,  one  garcon  major,  one  di- 
rector and  superintendant  of  the  hospital, 
and  one  inspector  and  comptroller  general, 
who  did  the  duty  of  commissary  at  the 
different  inspections. 

No  person  could  he  admitted  into  the  roy- 
al hospital  of  invalids  unless  he  bad  served 


280 


HOT 


HOW 


twenty  years  successively  and  without 
iateiruption,  or  had  been  dangerously 
wounded  in  the  service  of  his  country. 
The  necessary  certificates  were  signed  by 
the  commanding  officers  and  majors  of 
regiments,  which  were  afterwards  exa- 
mined by  the  directors  or  inspectors. 

No  fiicer  was  received  with  the  rank  of 
officer,  unless  he  had  served  two  years  in 
t.hat  capacity,  and  had  been  dangerously 
wounded,  or  was  otherwise  rendered  in- 
capable of  doing  duty. 

The  persons  belonging  to  the  Hotel  des- 
Invalides  were  divided  into  three  classes  : 

The  frst  class  was  composed  of  officers 
belonging  to  the  king's  troops,  to  the 
body-guards,  gens  d'armes,  light-horse- 
men, musqueteers,  Serjeants  of  companies 
in  the  horse  grenadiers,  after  having  serv- 
ed five  years  in  that  capacity  ;  of  Serjeants 
of  the  French  and  Swiss  guards,  after  ten 
years  service  in  that  capacitv  ;  of  officers 
attached  to  the  constable's  jurisdiction, 
exempts  and  marechausses,  after  having 
been  ten  years  with  the  rank  of  officers  ; 
and  of  gens  d'armes  and  light  horsemen 
belonging  to  established  companies;  of 
quarter -masters  from  cavalry  and  dragoon 
corps,  and  of  infantry  Serjeants,  who 
bore  the  brevet  rank  of  lieutenant,  after 
having  served  five  years  in  the  last  capa- 
city. 

The  second  class  was  composed  of  gens 
d'armes,  1  ght  horsemen  belonging  to  es- 
tablished companies,  quarter-masters  be- 
longing to  cavalry  and  dragoon  corps,  and 
of  Serjeants  from  the  infantry,  after  hav- 
ing served  ten  years  in  that  capicity  ;  of 
those  likewise  who,  having  left  the  caval- 
ry to  enter  into  the  body-guards,  had  again 
returned  to  the  cavalry.  Within  this 
class  were  also  comprehended  the  gardes 
magasias,  the  captains  and  conductors  of 
artillery,  after  thirty  years  service,  ten  of 
Avhich  were  to  be  in  the  last  mentioned  ca- 
pacities. All  belonging  to  this  class  wore 
an  uniform  distinguished  from  the  dress  of 
the  soldier,  and  were  permitted  to  wear  a 
sword.  They  received  at  the  commence- 
ment of  every  month  15  sols,  or  7  i-2d. 
English,  for  ordinary  expences;  they  were 
lodged  in  a  particular  quarter  of  the  build- 
ing, which  was  allotted  to  their  use  ;  they 
had  a  separate  room  to  mess  in  ;  and  they 
weiefed  like  the  common  soldier,  with  this 
only  exception,  that  each  of  them  was 
allowed  every  morning  a  dtmi-septier,  or 
an  English  pint,  of  wine.  Those  belong- 
ing to  established  garrisons  in  forts  or  cita- 
dels composed  companies  which  were 
called  compagnles  de  bus-officers,  compa- 
nies of  ^on-commissioned  officers. 

The  third  class  was  composed  of  pri- 
vate soldiers,  heavy  horsemen,  and  dra- 
goons archers  attached  to  the  constable's 
urisdiction  and  rnarechaussees,  or  pa- 

'es  belonging  to  the  police,  masters  or 

non  workmen  and  artillery  drivers. 

rTE,  Fr.  a  sort  of  hand-basket, 

often  made  use  of  in  the  con- 

'  batteries  and  other  works,  and 


serves  to  carry  earth  from  one  part  to 
another.  Hence  the  word  bod  a  well 
known  machine  for  carrying  bricks. 

HOTTENTOTS,  th?  Aborigines,  or 
native  mhabitaats  of  our  present  settle- 
ment at  the  Cane  of  Good  Hope. 

HOULLIER,  Fr  an  obsolete  French 
term,  which  meant  what  is  now  ex- 
pressed by  Picweur  Jes  aiwt-es,  or  a  free- 
booter. 

HO  UN,  a  gold  coin  of  the  My  son  coun- 
try, value  about  four  rupees,  or  two  dol- 
lars. 

HOURDEYS,  Fr.  an  old  French  term 
which  signified,  first,  hurdles  with  which 
the  tops  of  the  walls  belonging  to  a  for- 
tified town  were  covered,  ir.  order  to  shield 
them  against  the  concussion  of  warlike 
machines;  and  secondly,  a  machine  for- 
merly used,  which  was  called  in  Lathi 
bordacium. 

HOUSEHOLD  troops.  The  Life. 
Guards,  Royal  Regiment  of  Horse- 
Guards,  and  the  three  regiments  of  Foot- 
Guards  are  so  stiled.  It  is  a  ridiculous 
privilege  of  these  regiments,  in  the  British 
service,  that  no  officer  of  the  line,  fenci— 
bles  or  niilitia,  can  sit  upon  a  court  mar- 
tial which  may  be  assembled  for  the  trial 
of  any  person  belonging  to  them. 

HOUSING,  or  wdtf&.HOUSING, 
cloth,  skin,  or  other  ornaments  added  to 
saddles,  by  way  of  distinction;  frequent- 
ly embroidered  with  gold  or  silver,  or 
edged  with  gold  or  silver  lace. 

HOUSS.     SeeHous-NC. 

HOWITZ,  a  kind  of  mortar,  mounted 
upon  a  field-carriage  like  a  gun  :  the  dif- 
ference between  a  mortar  and  a  hovvitz  is, 
that  the  trunnions  of  the  first  are  at  the 
end,  and  of  the  other  in  the  middle.  The 
invention  of  howitzes  is  of  much  later 
date  than  mortars,  as  from  them  they  had 
their  origin. 

The  constructions  of  howitzes  are  as 
various  and  uncertain  as  those  of  mortars, 
excepting  the  chambers,  which  are  all 
cylindric.  They  are  distinguished  by  the 
diameter  of  the  bore;  for  instance,  a  i© 
inch  howitz  is  that,  the  diameter  of  which 
is  10  inch,  s ;  and  so  of  the  larger  or  smaller 
ones. 

HOWITZ  battery  is  made  tht  same  as  a 
gun  battery,  only  the  embrasures  z\\  made 
at  least  a  toot  wider,  on  account  of  the 
shortness  of  the  howitz.  See  BATTERY. 

Field  HOWITZER.  The  modern  French 
use  6-inch  howitzers  in  the  field,  which, 
can  throw  a  grenade  at  6  degrees  elevation, 
to  a  distance  of  600  toises.  The  6-inch 
howitzer  can  likewise  throw  to  a  smaller 
distance,  a  cartridge  with  61  balls,  of  se- 
venteen lines  diameter.  In  hoth  instances 
the  effects  are  extremely  fatal.  The  ca- 
valry, in  particular,  can  be  annoyed  by  the 
former,  in  so  galling  a  manner,  as  to  be  ren- 
dered almost  useless. 

These  howitz  are  used  very  numerous- 
ly by  the  light  or  horse  artillery ;  for 
which  their  form  and  weight  admirably 
fit  them. 


HOW 


HUE 


281 


Iri1 

o  oco  o  o  :c 

Cu 

^ 

.0 

P 

•/5 

C 

-C    »-t   rj"         ^J"  C< 

u    •    •         •    j 

8 

i 

-! 

^1 

G 

o' 

v: 

u 

a 

o 

"o  fCvO        r<  £ 

rt 

~  ^.f       ^f< 

'5  >£>  0          0    '  - 

G 

G   «-> 

Length  of 
bore. 

£      .   *«          .      - 
U    0\-f      00   vr» 
S   PJ  rA         -i   « 

*O 

§.rocoO   0   0 

^   ^,rt   0^-fO 

'j 

I 

-^  •**            rj^ 

^   -<    i-«         C*    0 

«    CO  CO        Cl    IH 

1 

s      ^« 

O  f  r< 
JM, 


.-.S 
ceo 


Table  containing  the  kinds  of  Howitzers  used 
by  different  powers  in  Europe. 


Nations. 

Kinds. 

Shells 

25  Pr.* 

Wt. 
62  Ibs. 

Prussian  < 

10      

27 

Danish    \ 

,78    Z 

10      

36 

20 

r 

16    — 

12 

Saxon      < 

8    — 

16 

Hanover  \ 

S4  2-5  inch  or 
?     4Pr. 

61 
33 

s81b- 

English  ^ 

S  )  1-2  inch  or 
?     8Pr. 

J 

^  8  inch  or  23 

^ 

i 

d      Pr. 

^   4^ 

* 

^  6  inch  or  12 

-> 

V 

>        Pr 

c    ^3 

French    ^ 

(     rr- 
^  8   inch  or  22 

J 

V 

I      Pr. 

b   43 

See  the  word  SHELL  for  the  principle 
•9n  which  the  Germans  class  them  in 
pounders. 


Ranges  li'ltb  a  light  5  1.2  inch    Hoiulfx.tr t 
1798. 


Extreme 
ranee. 


*}  N 


O  >n  o  oo  oo  eo  m^'*cN'^- 

vn r<  O-O  r«  MC»  r-"TT1"O 

1-1  ci  "TO  t-- ONOO  ON  O  O  >-i 


Flight 


Extreme 
rang  e. 


Flight. 


Extreme 
range. 


Flight 

Extreme 
range 


Flight 


Elevation.  2r 


From  1 100  ;r,  14^0  y-rds. 


From  iooo  to  1350  yards. 


O  •<*•  M  'O  O    O>>  «   N   lr>  M    «  f^ 

2  «*  ,5,  \^  O   o  o  oo  r-,  t^  M  n  r^ 

r^  co  ur,  i>-,  i^j  toCO   C\  Os  O   « 


From  700  to  iooo  yards. 


o    r^-tCO    r^isO  C®    OO 
Cf-^00    ur>0   r-  o   <^   ^ 
«   M   c«    CO  C7!  rj-  LOO  * 


From  400  to  600  yards. 


t--OO   Ov  O    -•  ( 


Ranges  ivit/J  a  heavy  51-2  /;:<r/3 
~er.     1793- 


in 


i  ^s 

I  w  w 


Us 


Ekvation 


wi  t—  O"0o  oo  o  ^  o 


HUE  AND  CRY,  a:  official 

Gazette- so  called,  which  ic  public; 
the  ixpirationof  every  third  week  in  rhc 
y ear,and serves toadvc-t: ^ deserters.  Thai. 
iiart  which  immediately  relates  to  tlcser- 
rrous  ic  divided  into  seventeen  columns , 
viz.  na,mes,  corps,  age,  size,  cpat,  v 
N  n 


283 


HUR 


H  YD 


v\  di>  auacneu  loincroya 
•were  at  first  distir.guii 
'•i  Sfgeus  iVarmes,  or 
^<>me  were  directed  to 


coat,  breeches,  hair,  complexion,  eyes, 
marks,  and  remarks,  trade,  £:c.  parish 
born,  county  born,  time,  from  whence, 
Cent's  names,  agent's  abode. 

HUGHLY  WACCA,  bid.  a  newspa- 
per or  chronicle  which  is  kept  by  the  offi- 
cers of  the  native  governments  in  India. 

HUISSILR  d'armesi  Fr.  tipstaff;  an 
'ormerly  so  called  in  France,  who 
attached  tothe  royal  household.  They 
ished  by  the  name 
Serjeants  at  arms, 
bear  ihe  mace  be- 
fore the  king  during  the  day,  and  obtained 
on  that  account  the  appellation  of  Huh- 
f:crs  d!  arms',  ;  in  later  times  while  the 
monarchy  subsisted,  they  were  called  the 
Huisu'erf,  or  tipstafts  of  the  kind's  cham- 
ber. Others  kept  watch  in  the  kind's 
bed-chamber  during  the  night,  and  were 
*worn  to  expose  their  lives  for  the  safety 
of  his  person,  whence  they  obtained  the 
name  of  archers  de  la  garde,  which  term 
was  changed  into  gardts-du-corptt  or 
body-guards. 

Death  HUNTERS,  followers  of  an 
army,  who,  after  the  engagement  look  for 
dead  bodies,  in  order  to  strip  them.  They 
generally  consist  of  soldiers  wives,  &c. 

HUNGARIAN  battalion,  a  body  of 
men  belonging  to  the  Austrian  army, 
xv hose  dress  consists  in  a  white  jacket, 
the  buttons  straight  down  to  the  waist, 
with  blue  colored  collar,  cufis  and  skirts 
before  and  behind,  like  the  rest  of  tre 
Austrian  \nfantry,  with  this  difference, 
that  the  Utter  have  white  breeches  and 
lona;  black  gaiters,  and  the  former  \vear 
"ii^ht  blue  pantaloons  and  half-boots. 

HUNS,  GOTHS,  and  VANDALS, 
barbarous  tribes  that  inhabited  the  va- 
rious provinces  of  Germany  which  had 
never  been  subdued  by  the  Romans,  or 
were  scattered  over  those  vast  countries  in 
the  north  of  Europe,  and  north  west  of 
Asia  which  are  now  occupied  by  the 
Danes,  the  Swedes,  the  Poles,  the  sub- 
jects of  the  Russian  empire,  and  the 
'Tartars. 

HURDLES,  in  fariiji cation,  are  made 
of  twigs  of  willows  or  osiers,  interwo- 
^.-en  close  together,  sustained  by  long 
stakes.  They  are  made  in  the  figure  of  a 
Ions;  square  ;  the  length  being  5  or  6  feet, 
<7>nd  breadth  3  or  3  1-2.  The  closer  they 
attlcd  together,  the  better.  They 
to  render  batteries  firm,  or  to  conso- 
lidate the  passage  over  muddy  ditches ; 
or  to  cover  traverses  and  lodgments  for 
the  defence  of  the  workmen  against  the 
fireworks,  or  the  stones,  that  may  be 
thrown  against  them. 

II  u  R  D  L  E  Battery.  See  B  A  t  T  F. R  v .  These 
are  the  invention  of  colonel  Cong1  eve 
of  the  British  Artillery,  and  are  admirably 
adapted  for  temporary'fortifications.  They 
consist  of  hurdles  fixed  in  the  ground  in  a 
triangular  form,  the  intermediate  space 
being  filled  with  sand  or  earth,  &c.  are 
constructed  in  a  few  minutes,  and  in  any 


HURTER,  a  flatted  iron  fixed  against 
the  body  of  an  axle-tree,  wuh  straps  to 
take  off  the  friction  of  the  naves  of  wheels 
against  the  body. 

HURTOIR,  a  piece  of  timber  about  6 
inches  square,  placed  before  the  wheclt: 
of  a  carriage,  against  the  parapet  of  a  bat- 
tery, to  prevent  the  wheels  from  doing 
damage  to  the  parapet. 

HURTLE.    See  SKIRMISH. 

F1USB  ulhsoki'm,  or  HASSAB  vlbook- 
wm,  Ind.  a  patent  or  order,  under  the  seal 
of  the  Vizier,  with  these  initial  words, 
which  signify,  aliva\s  to  command. 

HUSbARDS,  Fr.  hussars.  They 
were  first  introduced  into  the  French 
service  in  1692,  and  owed  their  origin  to 
the  Hungarian  cavalry  which  was  subsi- 
dized by  France  before  the  reien  of  Louii: 
XIII. 

HUSSARS,  are  the  national  cavalry  of 
Hungary  and  Croatia,  they  never  en- 
camp, consequently  arc  not  burthened 
with  any  kind  of  camp  equipage,  saving 
a  kettle  and  a  hatchet  to  every  six  men. 
They  always  lie  in  the  woods,  out-houses,, 
or  villages,  in  the  front  of  the  army. 
The  emperor  of  Austria  and  the  king  of 
Prussia,  had  many  troops  under  this  name 
in  their  service.  See  CAVALRY. 

Death's. Head  HUSSARS,  a  regiment  of 
Hussars  in  the  Prussian  service,  so  called 
from  the  emblems  of  death  being  exhi- 
bited ou  their  cajiS.  They  were  dressed 
in  black,  faced  with]yellow,  and  rode  small 
a<-tive  horse?. 

In  the  seven  years  war  they  obtained 
considerable  reputation  under  the  com- 
mand of  the  brave  and  intrepid  general 
Ziethen. 

HUT.  T  he  ancient  mode  of  encam  p- 
ing  was  in  little  huts.  In  the  American 
war,  hutteu  camps  were  not  uncommon. 
The  French  armies  have  encamped  in 
huts  from  T793,asin  that  years  campaign 
they  lost  all  their  tents. 

HUTTE,  Fr .   Hut. 

HUZZOOR  NAVEIS,.  2nd.  a  se- 
cretary who  resides  at  an  Indian  court, 
and  keeps  copies  of  all  firmauns,  records, 
or  letters.  Huz,z.oor,  is  the  court,  Navels, 
a  writer. 

HYDER,  the  Arabic  term  for  lion, 
This  title  is  often  given  to  men  of  rank 
in  India. 

HYDER  A  LI,  the  sultan  of  Mysore;, 
was  known  under  the  name  of  Hydex 
Naik  ;  his  son  Tippoo  succeeded  h:m, 
and  was  killed  at  the  storming  of  Serin- 
gapatam  by  the  British  forces. 

HYDF.R  COOLY,  a  term  of  subjection 
used  in  India,  meaning  literally  the  slavey 
b^t  not  so  understood;  it  is  a  proud  as- 
sertion  of  humility,  such  as  the  pope 
used,  in  calling  himself  the  fisherman. 

HYDERABAD,  HYDRABAD,  a 
city  in  Asia,  which  arose  from  the  de. 
sertion  of  Golconda.  This  name  is  en  en 
used  in  Indostan  when  Hyderabad  is 
meant.  Hyderabad  became  the  principal! 
rendezvous  of  the  Mahomedans  opposed 


to  the  Marattahs  whose  country  lies  be- 
tween Guzzerat  and  Golconda.    See  MA- 

a  ATT  A  IIS. 

HYDRAULIC,  (Hydraulique^r.)  the 
name  of  a  particular  science,  which  points 
out  the  method  of  conducting  and  raising 
bodies  of  water. 

Colonies  HYDRA  CLIQUES,  Fr.  co- 
iuinns  ornamented  by  sheets  of  water  or 
water  spouts. 

HYDROMETER  (Hydrometrt,  FrJ 
the  name  of  an  instrument  which  serves 
to  ascertain  the  drness  or  moisture  of  the 
atmosphere. 


the  name  of  a  science  whose  principal 
object  is  to  ascertain  the  weight  of  fluids, 
particularly  of  water,  and  of  all  bodies 
that  ar^  either  borne  upon  the  surface 
or  immersed  bcneavh  it. 

HYPERBOLA,  the  section  of  a  cone 
made  by  a  plane,  so  that  the  axis  of  the 
section  shall  incline  to  the  opposite  leg  of 
jthe  cone 

HYPOTHENUSE,  that  line  which 
pubtends  the  right  angle  of  a  right  angled 
triangle. 


J. 


JACK.     See  GIN. 

J  Adc-^jo/j.  Boots  formerly  worn  by 
cavalry,  made  of  thick  firm  leather, 
hardened  in  a  peculiar  manner,  that  is  by 
a  mixture  of  rosin,  pitch,  and  oil,  applied 
before  a  fire  until  they  become  stiff  and 
impervious  to  water.  They  were  some 
times  lined  with  plates  of  iron.  The  best 
Infantry  caps  are  jacked  leather  . 

JACK  fvamfatsiuat  a  sort  of  coat  ar- 
mor, formerly  worn  by  horsemen,  not  of 
r.olid  iron  but" of  many  plates  fastened  to. 
gether,  which  some  persons  by  tenure 
•weie  bound  to  find  upon  any  invasion. 

JACKET,  a  short  coat.  See  CLOTH- 
ING 

JACOB'S  staff )  a  mathematical  in- 
strument for  taking  heights  and  distances, 
called  also  across  staff. 

jACyUE,  ou  JAQUE,  Fr.  a  sort  of 
close  jacket,  which  was  formerly  worn  by 
£he  francs-archers,  or  free  archers,  arid 
reached  down  to  the  knee.  These  jackets 
were  stuffed  underneath  the  linen  or  cloth 
with  which  they  were  made.  They  some- 
times consisted  of  leather,  lined  with  20 
er  30  pieces  of  old  cloth,  rather  loosely 
put  together.  The  ancient  horsemen 
wore  these  jackets  under  their  coats  of 
mail,  and  they  were  called  gobison. 

JADE,  Fr.  a  very  hard  stone,  of  an 
olive  color,  with  which  the  handles  of 
swords  and  sabres  are  made  in  Poland 
and  Turkey.  This  stone  is  said  to  pos- 
sess wonderful  virtues  for  the  removal  of 
the  gravel  or  nephritic  cholic ;  in  these 
cases  it  is  simply  applied  to  the  loins. 

J  A  R  F  U  R  N  A  P  A T  A  M .  The  to  wn  of 
Ceylon  is  so  called  by  the  Indians,  The 

ort  of  Jaffur, 


J  A  G  U  R  N  H  A  U  T,  /»«/.  a  Hindoo  pago ,. 
da,  on  the  Balasore  coast,  bay  of  Bengal. 

JACHIRDAR,  the  person  in  pos- 
session of  a  jaghire. 

JAGHIRE,  an  Indian  term,  signify,, 
ing  the  assignment  of  the  revenues  of 
a  district  to  a  servant  or  dependant  of  go., 
government,  who  is  hence  called  a  jag' 
hirdar.  Jaghires  are  either  musbraol, 
which  means  conditional,  or  Lelashurtt 
which  signifies  unconditional.  Jaghires 
are  frequently  given  in  India  to  persons  as 
a  reward  and  compensation  for  their  mi- 
litary services.  The  British  obtained, 
footing  in  Bengal  first  as  traders  by  cour- 
tesy ;  th.y  then  got  a  Jaghire  mushroot. 

JAGHIRE  ASHAM,  Ind.  land  granted 
for  the  support  of  the  troops. 

JAGHIRE  ZAT,  Ind.  lands  granted  for 
private  maintenance. 

JAM,  Fr.  which  is  sometimes  written 
jamb,  is  a  thick  bed  of  stone,  by  whi.cl'j 
the  operations  of  the  miners  are  suddenly- 
interrupted  when  they  are  pursuing  the 
veins  of  ore. 

JAMBEUX.  An  obsolete  word, 
which  formerly  signified  boots,  covers,  oj 
armor  for  the  legs. 

JAMBS,  sometimes  written  jaumbs, 
I(r.  The  s:de  posts  of  *  door. 

JALET,  Fr.  a  name  given  to  certain, 
round  stories  which  are  cast  out  of  a  bov, 
called  arbalcte  a  ja'et,  or  cross-bow. 
These  stones  are  more  generally  called 
gatfo. 

JALONS,  Ft:  long  poles  with  a  wisp 
of  straw  at  the  top.  They  are  fixed  at 
different  places  and  in  different  roads,  to 
serve  as  signals  of  observation  to  advanr- 
ing  columns,  when  the  ccnntry  is  inclosed, 
&c.  They  are  likewise  used  as  camp* 
colors  to  mark  out  the  ground  on  .days  of 
exercise 

JALONNEMENT  d'une  colonne^  Fr. 
is  the  designation  of  certain  points  by 
whicha  column  isgovernedon  its  march, 

J  A  LO  N  N  E  17  R  S,  Fr.  are  the  men  se- 
lected from  a  battalion  to  mark  out  the 
ground,  or,  to  take  up  relative  points  to- 
wards which  the  columns  may  march.. 
We  call  them  guides  of  manoeuvre, 

St.  jAMES,Jpt/££/j  a/,  a  military  or- 
der in  Spain,  first  instituted  in  the  year 
1 170,  by  Ferdinand  II.  king  of  Leon  and 
Galicia.  The  greatest  dignity  belonging 
to  this  order  was  that  of  grand  master, 
which  had  been  united  to  the  crown  ot 
Spain.  The  knights  were  obliged  to 
make  proof  of  their  descent  from  fami- 
lies that  had  been  noble  for  four  genera- 
tions on  both  sides  ;  they  raustalso  make 
it  appear  that  their  said  ancestors  had 
neither  been  jfeius,  Saracens,  nor  heretics, 
nor  have  ever  been  called  in  question  by 
the  Inquisition !  The  novices  were 
obliged  to  serve  six  months  in  thegallies, 
and  to  live  a  month  in  a  monastery.  They 
observed  the  rules  of  St.  Austin,'  making- 
no  vows  but  01  poverty,  obedience,  an_4 
conjugal  fidelity. 

IAN  I  BAR,  bid.  an  advocate^  a  &> 


284 


JAN 


JAN 


fender ;  it  likewise  signifies  a  partial  per- 1 
son. 

JANISSAIRES,     Fr.     See  JANIZA- 
RIES. 

JANIZARIES.  The  first  establish- 
meat  of  this  body  of  armed  men  took 
place  when  the  sultan  Arnurat  obtained 
such  wonderful  success  in  the  inroads 
that  were  made  into  Thrace,  and  a  part 
of  Macedonia,  by  the  Bachas  Lala,  Saim, 
and  Auranos.  Nor  was  the  sultan  satis- 
.  tied  with  this  Rood  fortune;  he  pushed 
his  successes  into  Europe,  and  took  an 
immense  number  of  prisoners  of  all  ages, 
but  principally  children.  These  were 
put  under  military  tuition,  with  the 
view  of  hereafter  converting  them  to 
tome  useful  purpose  for  the  Ottoman 
state. 

Amurat  took  advice  of  one  Aty.i  Rictus, 
who  by  the  dint  of  hypocrisy  had  obtained 
the  character  and  refutation  of  a  very 
•virtuous  mail.  Agis  Bictas  gave  direc- 
tions in  the  first  instance,  that  these 
children  should  put  several  Christians  to 
death.  He  did  this  with  the  view  of  ac- 
customing their  young  minds  to  scenes  of 
slaughter,  and  to  inure  them  to  cruelty, 
as  they  were  hereafter  to  compose  the 
groundwork  of  the  Turkish  infantry,  un- 
tler  the  appellation  of  j'an/si^rtest  or  neiv 
militia.  He  next  instructed  them  to  ob- 
serve an  austere  and  barbarous  outside  ap- 
pearance, and  to  become  emulous  of  ae- 
riuiring  pecriiar  fame  whenever  they 
should  be  engaged  in  battle.  In  order  to 
impress  them  with  ideas  of  grandeur,  he 
took  oil'  a  part  of  his  muslin  sleeve,  and  j 
twisted  it  in  the  shape  of  a  tuibau,  put 
it  round  '.he  head  of  one  of  the-  children, 
v/hen  the  corps  were  first  established. 
This  turban  or  cap  was  the  model  which 
the  rest  were  to  imitate.  The  Janizaries 
•wear  the  same  sort  to  this  day,  with  the 
addition  of  some  gold  lace. 

The  body  of  janizaries  has  been  con- 
s'tderably  augmented  since  their  first  es- 
tablishment. According  to  a  late  account 
they  have  been  increased  to  54,222  ;  these 
have  been  divided  into  three  separate 
corps,  viz.  into  jaja&ejfst  bol}'kyst  and  sel- 
•vj.'jM.  These  we»'.  moreover  distin- 
£i;i.shed  among  themselves  by  the  follow- 
ing; names;  corigj's,  aturatys,  and  jldLi- 
h'/i'a). 

They  are  under  chiefs  appointed  for 
the  specific  purpose  of  superintending 
rheir  conduct  and  behaviour,  and  are  sub- 
ordinate to  particular  officers,  who.se 
charge  is  confined  to  corps  or  companies 
that  are  called  (.das,  a  Turkish  word, 
•\vhich  properly  signifies  chamber  or  room, 
being  thus  called  from  the  place  in  which 
They  were  ordered  to  mess.  At  C'on- 
fctantinople  these  chambers  are  covered 
v/ith  a  sort  of  china  ware  ;  and  tl, 
recesses,  called  sophas,on  which  the  men 
may  sit  or  sleep.  A  kitchen  is  attached 
to  each  room,  with  every  .other  conveni- 
ence. When  chey  take  the  field  the  same 
•'inent  is  attended  ft.  The  d  • 


companies  being  distributed  in  large  round 
tents  that  are  distinguished  by  the  figures 
of  beasts  and  Arabic  words. 

All  the  janixary  companies  consist  of 
196  men  each.  There  are  101  corri  panics  of 
jajabeys,  who  form  the  garrisons  of  the 
most  important  places  upon  the  frontiers. 
The  officers  belonging  to  these  compa- 
nies are  permitted  to  ride  in  the  presence 
of  their  general,  which  is  a  privilege  pe- 
culiar to  themselves.  On  this  account 
they  wear  yellow  half  boots. 

The  boljtkys  consist  of  61  companies  ; 
the  commanding  officers  are  obliged  to 
wear  red  half  boots,  which  is  to  shew, 
that  they  are  not  permitted  to  go  through 
their  duty  on  horseback. 

The  xtlmanys  amount  to  34  companies. 
The  officers  belonging  to  them  are  sub- 
ject to  the  same  regulations  by  which  the 
bolykys  are  governed.  They  must  march 
by  their  general  in  red  half  boots  on  foot, 
v/ith  this  exception,  that  30  supernu- 
merary young  men,  who  are  seconded,  ami 
in  expectation  of  commissions  through 
the  influence  of  their  parents,  are  allowed 
to  ride  until  they  get  companies 

A  select  body  of  men  is  indiscriminately 
chosen  out  of  these  three  sorts  of  janiza- 
ries ;  this  chosen  body  is  called  corigys, 
and  amounts  to  930  men.  Their  particu- 
lar duty  is  to  protect  the  three  imperial 
mansions  of  Constantinople,  Adrianople. 
and  Bursa. 

Every  janizary  is  obliged  to  give  one 
and  a  half  per  cent,  of  all  the  money  he 
receives  in  time  of  peace  to  the  treasurer 
of  his  room,  or  to  the  treasurer  general  of 
the  corps,  and  seven  per  cent,  in  time  of 
war.  In  consideration  of  this  sum  he  is 
allowed  a  space  of  ground*  six  feet  in 
fength  and  three  in  breadth  to  spread  hi;, 
mat  trass;  and  he  is  moreover  entitled  to 
have  every  day  at  dinner  and  supper  ono 
plate  of  rice,  a  piece  of  mutton,  and  bread 
and  water;  so  that  a  janizary  may  easily 
save  the  greatest  part  of  his  pay. 

The  uniform  or  clothing  of  a  janizary 
is  a  dolirnautij  or  long  robe  with  shoii: 
sleeves.  It  is  tied  round  the  middle  with 
a  striped  girdie  of  different  colors,  fringed 
at  the  ends  with  gold  or  silver.  They 
wear  over  the  dylimaun,  a  sap/j;,  or  blue 
surtouv,  in  the  same  loose  manner  that 
Europeans  wear  great  coats  or  cloaks. 

Instead  of  a  turban  the  janizaries  have 
their  heads  covered  with  a  zarco/a,  or  cap 
made  of  felt,  from  which  hangs  a  Ion?, 
hood  of  the  same  stuff,  that  reac; 
their  shoulders,  and  is  worn  on  parade 
days.  The  zarcola  is  decorated  with 
a  quantity  of  long  feathers,  that  are  fixed 
in  a  small  tube,  and  stand  in  the  front  of. 
the  cap.  The  janizaries  in  Constantino- 
ple usually  carry  a  long  stick  or  Indian 
cane,  without  any  other  arms  or  wea- 
pons; but  when  they  are  equipped  for 
the  field  against  any  European  power, 
they  have  a  sabre  raid  fusil  or  musquet, 
They  likewise  carry  a  powder  horr. 
hangs  on  the  left  side  sus<>  '  „< 


JAN 


JAN 


285 


from  a  leathern  string  that  is  thrown 
across  the  body. 

In  As;a,  the  janizaries  always  go  armed 
with  a  bow  and  a  quiver  full  of  airows. 
They  are  thus  equipped  on  account  of 
the  scarcity  of  gunpowder. — Tlvy  have 
besides  a  sort  of  poniard  or  lark's.-  knife, 
which  they  draw  against  every  person 
from  whom  they  wish  to  extort  any 
thing.  The  bows  and  arrows  are  regu- 
larly delivered  out  to  the  janizaries  by  the 
«Ikitef-ter-dart  or  vice  treasurers  general. 
The  janizaries  seldom  marry,  or  if  they 
do  it  is  at  an  advanced  age;  for  the 
Turks  as  well  as  other  countries  imagine 
that  a  married  man  cannot  be  so  deter- 
mined arid  careless  of  danger,  as  he  must 
fee  wiio  has  no  concerns  to  attend  to  be- 
sides his  own.  Matrimony,  however,  is 
not  forbidden  amongst  them.  On  the 
contrary,  when  the  ceremony  is  perform- 
ed with  the  consent  of  their  officers,  they 
are  permitted  to  take  private  lodgings, 
and  are  only  required  to  appear  every 
Friday  at  their  rooms,  and  to  parade  be- 
fore the  Wekilbargi  or  treasurer  to  the 
chamber,  under  pain  of  forfeiting  their 
subsistence.  When  they  get  children, 
their  pay  is  increased  som'easpres  per  day, 
by  order  of  the  grand  Signor. 

'The  body  of  janizaries  is  by  no  means, 
liowever,  so  considerable  as  it  formerly 
was.  In  1648,  they  were  so  formidable, 
that  they  assumed  a  dangerous  influence 
over  the  government  of  the  Empire. 
They  even  went  so  far  as  to  dethrone  the 
sultan  Ibrahim,  and  afterwards  to  stran- 
gle him  in  the  castle  called  the  Seven 
Towers.  Since  that  period  the  grand 
viziers  have  made  a  point  to  lower  the 
pride  and  arrogance  of  the  janizaries,  in 
order  to  preserve  the  authority  of  their 
sovereigns,  and  to  maintain  their  own: 
on  this  account  they  adopted  the  barba- 
rous policy  of  sending  the  bravest  on  a 
Jbrlorne  hope  at  the  siege  of  Candia  ;  and 
they  permitted  the  rest  to  marry,  and  to 
embrace  various  trades,  contrary  to  the 
established  rules  of  the  corps,  for  the 
sole  purpose  of  enervating  the  individuals 
belonging  to  it  By  degrees  persons 
without  experience  and  addicted  to  the 
loosest  effeminacy,  were  entrusted  with 
commands  ;  so  that  the  janizaries  soon 
^ame  not  to  possess  either  the  character  or 
the  bravery  of  their  predecessors. 

The  remedy  has  been  as  fatal  as  the 
disease  ;  they  have  had  a  profligate  rabble 
in  place  of  their  hardy  and  enterprizing 
coips  ;  and  in  the  year  1808,  deposed  and 
pur  to  dtuth  :he"  grand  Signor,  for  a  bribe 
from  a  foreign  ambassador. 

t  The  janizaries  consist  chiefly  of  Chris- 
tian children  that  have  been  taken  in  war, 
or  of  debauched  Turks  who  are  ignorant 
of  their  birth  or  connexion.  Whenever 
any  one  dies,  he  leaves  what  little  pro- 
perty or  clothing,  &c.  he  possesses  to  his 
messmen  ;  even  the  Turks,  from  a  spe- 
cies of  social  piety,  always  bequeath 
Something  to  their  particular  ofa,  or 


chamber.  The  consequence  of  which  is, 
that  the  chambeis  become  extremely 
rich,  and  their  wealth  is  frequently  put 
out  to  interest  at  25  per  cent  Add  to 
this,  that  the  grand  Signor  directs  that 
every  thing  which  is  supplied  to  the 
janizaries  should  be  ra-:ed  lower  than  to 
the  rest  of  his  subjects,  which  circum- 
stance easily  explains  why  the  janizaries 
can  live  cheaper  than  other  people  in 
Turkey. 

JAN  i/,  AR  Ac  AS  i,  a  name  or  military 
title  which  is  attached  to  the  person  who 
has  the  chief  command  of  the  janizaries. 
It  corresponds,  in  some  degree,  with  the 
rank  of  colonel  general  of  infantry  in  old 
France,  when  that  bed)   was  under  the 
command  of  the  duke  of  Epernon,  and 
afterwards  under  the  duke  of  Orleans  in 
1720.     This  Aga  takes  precedence  of  all 
the  infantry  officers  belonging  to  the  Otto- 
man empire.     The  name  is  derived  from 
stgi-i,  which,  in  the  Turkish  language,  sig- 
nifies a  staii,  or  baton.     On  publ;c  occa- 
|j  siuns  the  Aga  always  bears  a  staff  in  his 
i>  hand;  so  indeed  do  all  the  janizaries  when 
'!  they  appear  in  any  large  town  or  place,  as 
!l  an  emblem  of  service. 
;|      This    general  was  originally  promoted 
i;  to  the  rank  of  Aga  out  rf  the  corps  of 
''  janizaries.     But  as  this  was  the  occasion 
lj  of  much  jealousy,  and  gave  rise  to  various 
{I  cabals,    which   frequently    rendered  the 
II  Aga  contemptible  in  the  eyes  of  his   fol- 
lowers,  the    grand  Sip.nur  at  present  ap- 
points him  from  the  Ichncglans  belong- 
ing to  the  seraglio. 

The  daily  pay  of  the  Aga  amounts  to 
•\  one  hundred  aspics,  which  are  equal  to 
''20  ecus, or  French  half-crowns,  making 
55  cents  of  our  money;  independent  of 
which  he  receives  from  7  to  10  thousand 
French  ecus  or  Erglish  half-crowns,  on 
account  of  the  Timars  who  are  attached 
to  his  appointment.  He  moreover  gets 
constant  presents  from  the  Sultan,  espe- 
cially when  the  janizaries  have  conducted 
themselves  to  his  satisfaction  on  any  criti- 
cal emergency.  The  douceurs  which  are 
lavished  upon  the  Aga,  whenever  he  has 
the  good  fortune  to  stand  well  with  vhe 
grand  S  gnor,  are  innumerable  ;  for  it  is 
through  him,  that  every  application  is 
made  for  places  of  emolument.-  It  i; 
customary,  however,  in  Turkey  tu  bestow 
rank  and  advantageous  posts  not  according 
to  merit,  but  in  proportion  to  the  num- 
ber of  purses,  (in  which  manner  all  large 
sums  are  counted)  that  are  produced  by 
the  several  candidates.  A  purse  in  Tur- 
key contains  about  250  crowns,  or  300  of 
our  dollars. 

Tiie  Aga  seldom  appears  in  the  street;, 
of  Constantinople  without  being  followed 
by  a  large  body  of  janizaries,  most  e.ipc- 
cially  when  any  convulsion  or  disastrous 
event  has  happened  in  the  empire.  In 
these  moments  of  public  disturbance  and 
consternation,  the  janizaries  take  occasion 
to  demand  an  increase  of  pay  threatening 
rhe  town ; 


284 


JAN 


JAN 


fender ;  it  likewise  signifies  a  partial  per- 
son. 

JANISSAIRES,  Fr.  See  JANIZA- 
RIES. 

JANIZARIES.  The  first  establish- 
inent  of  this  body  of  armed  men  took 
place  when  the  sultan  Arnurat  obtained 
such  wonderful  success  in  the  inroads 
that  were  made  into  Thrace,  and  a  part 
of  Macedonia,  by  the  Bachas  Lala,  Saim, 
and  Auranos.  Nor  was  the  sultan  satis, 
tk'd  with  this  good  fortune;  he  pushed 
His  successes  into  Europe,  and  took  an 
immense  number  of  prisoners  of  all  ages, 
but  principally  children.  These  were 
put  under  military  tuition,  with  the 
view  of  hereafter  converting  them  to 
some  useful  purpose  for  the  Ottoman 
state. 

Ammat  took  advice  of  one  Ac;'s  Rictus, 
•who  by  the  dint  of  hypocrisy  had  obtained 
the  character  and  reputation  of  a  very 
virtuous  ma.",.  Agis  Bictas  gave  direc- 
tions in  the  first  instance,  that  these 
children  should  put  several  Christians  to 
death.  He  did  this  with  the  view  of  ac- 
customing their  young  minds  to  scenes  of 
slaughter,  and  to  inure  them  to  cruelty, 
as  they  were  hereafter  to  compose  the 
ground'work  of  the  Turkish  infantry,  un- 
der the  appellation  of  jani-x^ries^  or  new 
.militia.  He  iK'Xt  instructed  them  to  ob- 
serve an  austere  and  barbarous  outside  ap- 
pearance, and  to  become  emulous  of'  ac- 
quiring pecviiar  fame  whenever  they 
should  be  engaged  in  battle.  In  order  to 
impress  them  with  ideas  of  grandeur,  he 
took  otF  a  part  of  his  nv.:slin  bkwe,  and 
twisted  it  in  the  shape  of  a  tu;ban,  put 
it  round  the  head  of  one  of  the-  children, 
v.'hen  the  corps  were  first  established. 
This  turban  or  cap  was  the  rnodet  which 
the  rest  were  to  imitate.  The  Janizaries 
•wear  the  same  sort  to  this  day,  with  the 
addition  of  some  gold  lace. 

The  body  of  janizar-ies  has  been  con- 
siderably augmented  since  their  first  es- 
tablishment. According  to  a  late  account 
they  have  been  increased  to  454,222  ;  these 
have  been  divided  imo  three  separate 
corps,  viz.  into  jajabtys^  /joljkys,  and  sci- 
•r.M/j-.i.  These  wei'.  moreover  distiu- 
^ubhed  among  themselves  by  the  follow- 
ing names ;  cor!gj>s,  ciurakps,  and  jidi.i- 
hn'arn'. 

They  are  under  chiefs  appointed  for 
the  specific  purpose  of  superintending 
f  heir  conduct  and  behaviour,  and  are  sub- 
ordinate to  particular  officers,  whose 
charge  is  confined  to  corps  or  companies 
that  are  called  tJxs,  a"  Turkish  word, 
•which  properly  signifies  chamber  or  room, 
being  thus  called  from  the  place-  in  which 
they  were  ordered  to  mess.  At  Con- 
Mantinopie  these  chambers  are  covered 
v/ith  a  sort  o<"  china  ware*  ;  and  tl, 
recesses,  called  sorhas,un  which  the  men 
may  sit  or  sleep.  A  kitchen  is  attached 
to  each  room,  with  every  other  conveni- 
ence. When  they  take  the  field  the  same 
itrran -rement  is  attended  ?b.  The  dilierent 


companies  being  distributed  in  large  roiinc* 
tents  that  are  distinguished  by  the  figures 
of  beasts  and  Arabic  words. 

All  the  janizary  companies  consist  oi 
196  men  each.  There  are  101  corn  panics  of 
jajabeys,  who  form  the  garrisons  of  the 
most  important  places  upon  the  frontiers. 
The  officers  belonging  to  these  compa- 
nies are  permitted  to  ride  in  the  presence 
of  their  general,  which  is  a  privilege  pe- 
culiar to  themselves.  On  this  account 
they  wear  yellow  half  boots. 

The  bdykys  consist  of  61  companies; 
the  commanding  officers  are  obliged  to 
wear  red  half  boots,  which  is  to  shew, 
that  they  are  not  permitted  to  go  through 
their  duty  on  horseback. 

The  lelmanys  amount  to  34  companies. 
The  oiticers  belonging  to  them  are  sub- 
ject to  the  same  regulations  by  which  the 
br>ljl.y<i  are  governed.  They  must  march 
by  cheir  general  in  red  half  boots  on  foot, 
with  this  exception,  that  30  supernu- 
merary young  men,  who  are  seconded,  ami 
in  expectation  of  commissions  through 
the  influence  of  their  parents,  are  allowed 
to  ride  until  they  get  companies 

A  select  body  of  men  is  indiscriuiinately 
chosen  out  of  these  three  sorts  of  janiza- 
ries ;  this  chosen  body  is  called  corrgjs, 
and  amounts  to  930  men.  Their  particu- 
lar duty  is  to  protect  the  three  imperial 
mansions  of  Constantinople,  Adrianople, 
and  Bursa. 

Every  janizary  is  obliged  to  give  one 
and  a  half  percent,  of  all  the  money  he 
receives  in  time  of  peace  to  the  treasure*1 
of  his  room,  or  to  the  treasurer  general  of 
I- he  corps,  and  seven  per  cent,  in  time  of 
war.  In  consideration  of  this  sum  he  h, 
allowed  a  space  of  ground,  six  feet  in 
rength  and  three  in  breadth  to  spread  hi. 
mat  trass;  and  he  is  moreover  entitled  to 
have  every  day  at  dinner  and  supper  one 
plate  of  rice,  a  piece  of  mutton,  and  bread 
and  water;  so  that  a  janizary  may  easily 
save  the  greatest  part  of  his  pay . 

The  uniform  or  clothing  ot  a  janizary 
is  a  dollmauH,  or  long  robe  with  short 
'Jeeves.  It  is  tied  round  the  middle  with 
a  striped  girdle  of  different  colors,  fringed 
at  the  ends  with  gold  or  silver.  They 
wear  over  the  dvlimaun,  a  sap/j;,  or  blue 
surtouv,  in  the  same  loose  manner  that 
Europeans  wear  great  coats  or  cloaks. 

Instead  of  a  turban  the  janizaries  have 
their  heads  covered  with  a  xarco/a,  or  cap 
made  of  felt,  from  which  hangs  a  long 
hood  of  the  same  stuff,  that  reaches  to 
their  shoulders,  and  is  worn  on  parade 
days.  The  zarcola  is  decorated  with 
a  quantity  of  long  feathers,  that  are 
in  a  small  tube,  and  stand  in  the  front  of. 
the  cap.  The  janizaries  in  Constantino- 
ple usually  carry  a  long  stick  or  Indian 
cane,  without  any  other  arms  or  wea- 
pons; but  when  they  are  equipped  ibi" 
the  field  against  any  European  powt;:, 
they  have  a  sabre  :*nd  fusil  or  musqiiet. 
They  likewise  carry  a  powder  horn 
\vlnch  lungs  on  the"  left  side  sus-;-  "  ,< 


JAN 


JAN 


285 


from   a   leathern   string   that  is  thrown 
across  the  body. 

In  Asia,  the 'janizaries  always  go  armed 
with  a  bow  and  a  quiver  full  of  airows. 
They  are  thus  equipped  on  account  of 
the  scarcity  of  gunpowder. — Th.-y  have 
besides  a  sort  of  poniard  or  Jarg-,.-  knife, 
"which  they  draw  against  every  person 
from  whom  they  wish  to  extort  any 
thing;.  The  bows  and  arrows  are  regu- 
larly delivered  out  to  the  janizaries  by  the 
alkitef-ier-dars  or  vice  treasurers  general. 

The  janizaries  seldom  marry,  or  if  they 
do  it   is   at    an    advanced  age;    for   the 
Turks  as  well  as  other  countries  imagine 
that  a  married  man  cannot  be   so  deter- 
mined and  careless  of  danger,  as  he  must 
fee  wiio  has  no  concerns  to  attend  to  be- 
sides his  own.     Matrimony,  however,  is 
not    forbidden  amongst   them.     On  the 
contrary ,  when  the  ceremony  is  perform- 
ed with  the  consent  of  their  oiHcers,  they 
are   permitted    to   take  private   lodgings, 
and  are  only  required   to   appear    every  !j 
1'riday  at  their  rooms,  and  to  parade  be-  | 
iore  the   Wekilbarg^    or    treasurer  to  the  \\ 
chamber,  under    pain   of  forfeiting   their  '! 
subsistence.     When    they    get    children,  i! 
their  pay  is  increased  someaspres  per  day,  |j 
by  order  of  the  grand  Signor. 

The  body  of  janizaries  is  by  no  means,  '! 
jiowever,  so  considerable  as   it  formerly 
was.     In  1648,  they  were  so  formidable, 
that  fhey  assumed  a  dangerous  influence 
over   the    government    of    the    Empire,  j 
They  even  went  so  far  as  to  dethrone  the  | 
sultan  Ibrahim,   and  afterwards  to  stran-  i 
gle  him  in   the  castle  called   the  Seven  i 
Towers.     Since  that    period    the    grand  '•'• 
viziers  have  made  a  point  to  lower  the  i 
pride  and  arrogance  of  the  janizaries,  in 
order  to  preserve  the  authority  of  their  ! 
sovereigns,  and  to  maintain   their  own: 
on  this  account  they  adopted  the  barba- 
rous policy  of  sending  the  bravest  on  a 
fprlorne  hope  at  the  siege  of  Candia  ;  and 
they  permitted  the  rest  to  marry,  and  to 
embrace  various    trades,  contrary  to   the 
established    rules  of   the  corps,   for  the 
sole  purpose  of  enervating  the  individuals 
belonging    to    it        By    degrees    persons 
without  experience  and  addicted  to  the 
loosest  effeminacy,  were  entrusted  with 
commands  ;    so  that  the  janizaries  soon 
<;ame  not  to  posses's  either  the  character  or 
the  bravery  of  their  predecessors. 

The  remedy  has  been  as  i'atal  as  the 
Disease  ;  they  have  had  a  profligate  rabble 
in  place  of  their  hardy  and  enterprizmg 
coips  ;  and  in  the  year  1808,  deposed  and 
•put  to  death  the  grand  Signor,  for  a  bribe 
from  a  foreign  ambassador. 

The  janizaries  consist  chiefly  of  Chris- 
tian children  that  have  been  taken  in  war, 
or  of  debauched  Turks  who  are  ignorant 
of  their  birth  or  connexion.  Whenever 
any  one  dies,  he  leaves  what  little  pro- 
perty or  clothing,  &c.  he  possesses  to  his 
rnessmen  ;  even  the  Turks,  from  a  spe- 
cies of  social  piety,  always  bequeath 
:'mvg  to  their 


chamber.  The  consequence  of  which  is , 
that  the  chambeis  become  extremely 
rich,  and  their  wealth  is  frequently  put 
out  to  interest  at  25  per  cent  Add  to 
this,  that  the  grand  Signor  directs  that 
every  thing  which  is  supplied  to  the 
janizaries  should  be  rared  lower  than  to 
the  rest  of  his  subjects,  which  circum- 
stance easily  explains  why  the  janizaries 
can  live  cheaper  than  other  people  in 
Turkey. 

JAM/,  AR  Ac  AST,  a  name  or  military 
title  which  is  attached  to  the  person  who 
has  the  chief  command  of  the  janizaries. 
It  corresponds,  in  some  degree,  with  the 
rank  of  colonel  general  of  infantry  in  old 
France,  when  that  bcdv  was  under  the 
command  of  the  duke  of  Epernon,  and 
afterwards  under  the  duke  of  Orleans  in 
1720.  This  sign  takes  precedence  of  all 
the  infantry  officers  belonging  to  the  Otto- 
man empire.  The  name  is  derived  from 
y4gw,  which,  in  the  Turkish  language,  sig- 
nifies a  start',  or  baton.  On  public  occa- 
sions the  Aga  always  bears  a  staff'  in  his 
hand  ;  so  indeed  doall  the  janizaries  when 
they  appear  in  any  large  town  or  place,  as 
an  emblem  of  service. 

This  general  was  originally  promoted 
to  the  rank  of  Aga  out  of  the  corps  of 
janizaries.  But  as  this  was  the  occasion 
of  much  jealousy,  and  gave  rise  to  various 
cabals,  which  frequently  rendered  the 
Aga  contemptible  in  the  eyes  of  his  fol- 
lowers, the  grand  Sii-nnr'at  present  ap- 
points him  from  the  Jchnoglans  belong- 
ing to  the  seraglio. 

The  daily  pay  of  the  Aga  amounts  to 
one  hundred  aspres,  which  are  equal  to 
20  ecus, or  French  hall-crowns,  making 
55 cents  of  our  money;  independent  of 
which  he  receives  from  7  to  10  thousand 
French  ecus  or  Erglish  half-crowns,  on 
account  of  the  Timars  who  are  attached 
to  his  appointment.  He  moreover  gets 
constant  presents  from  the  Sultan,  espe- 
cially when  the  janizaries  have  conducted 
themselves  to  his  satisfaction  on  any  criti- 
cal emergency.  The  douceurs  which  are 
lavished  upon  the  Aga,  whenever  he  ha:-. 
the  good  fortune  to  stand  well  with  <:he 
grand  S  gnor,  are  innumerable  ;  for  it  is 
through  him,  that  every  application  is 
made  for  places  of  emolument:*  It  i; 
customary,  however,  in  Turkey  to  bestow 
rank  and  advantageous  posts  not  according 
to  merit,  but  in  proportion  to  th£  num- 
ber of  purses,  (in  which  manner  all  large 
sums  are  counted)  that  are  produced  bv 
the  several  candidates.  A  purse  in  Tur- 
key Contains  about  250  crowns,  or  300  of 
our  dollars. 

The  Aga  seldom  appears  in  the  street;. 
of  Constantinople  without  being  followed 
by  a  large  body  of  janizaries,  most  e.^pe- 
cially  when  any  convulsion  or  disastrous 
event  has  happened  in  the  empire.  In 
these  moments  of  public  disturbance  and 
consternation,  the  janizaries  take  occasion 
to  demand  an  increase  of  pay  threatening, 
in  rasp  nf  refir-r!,  'o  pillule  the  town.; 


288 


J  E  U 


I  NC 


and  to  shew,  that,  corrupt  as  the  old 
government  of  France  most  unquestiona- 
bly vvas,  the  character  or'  its  anny  was 
not  neglected.  Every  species  of  chance 
play  was  strictly  forbidden  in  the  French 
camps  and  garrisons,  and  throughout  their 
.\rmics.  The  prohibitions  on  this  head 
bear  the  most  ancient  dates.  On  the  24th 
of  July,  1534?  Francis  I.  issued  an  order, 
Which  was  again  confirmed  by  Henry  II. 
on  the22dof  May,  1557,  that  no  comrade 
should,  under  any  pretext  whatever,  ob- 
tain money  from  a  brother  soldier  by  play. 
It  was  further  ordained,  that  in  case  of 
rbul  play,  the  persons  who  should  be  dis- 
covered were,  for  the  first  oflcnce,  to  be 
publicly  flogged,  and  for  the  second  to  be 
punished  in  the  like  manner,  to  have  their 
ears  cut  off,  and  to  be  banished  for  ten 
years.  The  delinquents  were  committed 
to  the  charge  and  custody  of  the  provost, 
who  was  authorized  to  confiscate  every 
farthing  that  was  played  for.  Dice  and 
caras  were  rigorously  forbidden  under  the 
same  penalties,  as  well  as  all  sorts  01' games 
wuich  might  create  animosities  and  dis- 
sentions  among  individuals. 

On  the  151!!  of  January,  1691,  Louis 
XIV  issued  an  order  from  the  privy 
council,  by  which  he  expressly  forbade 
not  only  the  officers  belonging  to  his 
army,  but  likewise  all  other  persons  of 
whatever  sex  or  denomination  to  play  at 
fJoca,  Pharotih,  Barbacole,  Bxsset,anj  Pour 
et  Centre.  The  penalties  for  every  infrac- 
tion or  breach  of  this  order  were  as  follows. 
Those  persons  who  played  were  lined  1000 
livres  or  200  dollars,  and  the  master  or 
mistress  of  the  house  where  games  of  the 
above  description  were  allowed,  stood  fin- 
ed in  6000  livres,  or  1200  dollars  for  each  of- 
fence.  One  third  of  these  penalties  was 
applied  to  his  majesty's  use,  one  third  to 
the  relief  of  the  poor  of  the  place  where 
the  offence  was  committed,  and  the  other 
third  was  paid  to  the  informer.  It  was 
further  ordained,  that  in  case  the  persons 
so  discovered  were  unable  to  pay  the  fines, 
their  persons  should  be  taken  into  custody . 
Those  subjected  to  the  penalty  of  1060 
livres  were  imprisoned  four  months,  and 
those  who  incurred  the  fineof  6000  livres, 
without  having  the  means  to  pay  it,  were 
imprisoned  one  year.  The  intendants,  or 
lord-lieutenants  of  the  provinces  and 
armies,  the  police  magistrates,  and  the 
military  provosts,  were  all  and  severally 
directed  to  see  this  edict  put  into  execu- 
tion;  and  by  a  circular  letter,  which  in 
I7i 2,  was  written,  in  the  king's  name, 
by  M.  Voisin,  to  the  different  governors 
and  lords-lieutenants  of  provinces,  the 
prohibitions  were  extended tc  the  lansque- 
net, or  private  soldier. 

On  the  25th  of  August,  1698,  Louis 
XIV.  issued  out  an  order,  by  which  he 
rigorously  forbade,  under  pain  of  death, 
every  individual  belonging  to  the  French 
cavalry  or  iniantry,  (suttler  and  private 
soldier  included)  to  keep  any  gaming  table 
;.n  camp  or  quarters.  In  consequence  of 


these  regulations,  and  with  the  view  of 
introducing  the  strictest  principles  oi" 
honor  and  regularity  in  a  profession  which 
must  be  tarnished  even  by  the  breath  of 
suspicion,  on  the  ist  of  July,  1727,  Loub 
the  XVth  ordained  by  the  43d  article  of 
war,  that  whatsoever  soldier,  horse  or  foot , 
was  convicted  of  cheating  at  play,  should 
be  punished  with  death.  He  further  di- 
rected, that  in  case  any  hazard  table 
sho'ild  be  set  up  in  a  camp,  or  garrison, 
the  commanding  officer  or  governor  was 
to  order  the  same  to  be  broken  forthwith, 
and  to  commit"  all  persons  concerned  there- 
in to  prison. 

JEWAER  KHANNA,  Ind.  The  jewel 
office. 

IHTIMAMDAR,  bid.  A  person  ap- 
pointed by  the  Hindoo  magistrate,  who 
has  the  superintending  agency  over  several 
towns. 

IJELAS,  Ind.  The  general  assembly 
of  the  court  of  justice  in  Bengal,  so 
called. 

To  I M  BODY,  in  a  military  sense, 
implies  to  assemble  under  arms,  either 
for  defence  or  offence.  This  rerm  is  par- 
ticularly applied  to  the  meeting  of  the 
militia. 

IMPETUS,  in  mechanics,  the  force 
with  which  one  body  impels  or  strikes 
another.  See  GUNNERY.  MOMEN- 
TUM. 

IMPOSTS,  that  part  of  a  pillar  in 
vaults  or  arches,  on  which  the  weight  of 
the  whole  rests. 

IMPREGNABLE.  Any  fortress  or 
work  which  resists  the  efforts  of  attack, 
is  said  to  be  impregnable. 

To  IMPRESS,  to  compel  any  body  to 
serve. 

iMPREss-.SVr'Z'/V?,  A  particular  duty 
which  is  performed  by  persons  belonging 
tc  the  navy.  Soldiers,  that  behave  ill,  in 
the  British  service,  and  from  repeated 
misconduct  are  deemed  incorrigible  on 
shore,  ^et  frequently  turned  over  to  a 
press  gang.  This  does  not,  however, 
occur  without  some  sort  of  concurrence  oa 
the  part  ot  the  soldier,  who  is  left  to  chuse 
between  the  execution  or  continuance  of 
a  severe  military  punishment,  or  to  enter 
on  board  one  of  the  ships  of  war. 

I  M  i>  R  E  s  s- Money.  All  sums  which  are 
paid  to  men  who  have  been  compelled  to 
serve  are  so  called. 

IMPRESSION,  the  effect  of  an  attack 
upon  any  place,  or  body  of  soldiers. 

IMPREST  of  Money.  A  term  not 
strictly  grammatical,  but  rendered  fami- 
liar by  its  official  adoption,  signifying 
sums  of  money  received  from  time,  to 
time,  by  persons  in  public  employment^ 
for  the  current  services  of  the  year. 

To  IMPUGN,  to  attack,  or  assault. 

IMPULSE,  hostile  impression. 

INACCESSIBLE,  not  to  be  ap- 
proached, in  contradiction  to  accessible. 

INCAPABLE.  A  term  of  disgrace, 
which  is  frequently  annexed  to  military 
sentences  j  as,  such  an  oiiicer  has  been 


I  NC 


IN  D 


289 


cashiered  by  the  sentence  of  a  general 
court-martial,  and  rendered  incapable  of 
ever  serving  his  majesty  in  cither  a  civil 
or  military  capacity. 

IN^H,  a  well  known  mt-asure  in 
length,  ,eing  the  12th  part  of  a  foot,  and 
equal  to  three  barley-corns  in  length. 
See  MEASURE. 

INCIDENCE,  the  direction  with 
which  one  body  strikes  another ;  the  angle 
made  by  that  line  and  the  plane  of  the 
body  struck,  is  called  the  Angle  of  Inci- 
dence, which  see. 

INCLINAISON,  Fr.  See  INCLINA- 
TION. 

T»  INCLINE,  in  a  military  sense, 
means  to  gain  ground  to  the  flank,  as  well 
as  to  the  front.  Inclining  is  of  great  use 
in  the  marching  of  the  line  in  front,  to 
correct  any  irregularities  that  may  happen. 
It  is  equivalent  to  the  quarter  facing  and 
to  the  oblique  marching  of  the  infantry. 
It  enables  you  to  gain  the  enemy's  flank 
without  exposing  your  own,  or  without 
wheeling  or  altering  the  parallel  front  oi 
the  squadron. 

Right  (or  left)  INCLINE.  A  word  of 
command  in  cavalry  movements,  when 
each  man  makes  a  half- face  on  his  horse's 
fore  feet,  by  which  means  each  will  ap, 
pear  to  he  half  a  head  behind  his  flank 
Deader;  and  the  whole  will  look  to  the 
hand  to  which  they  are  to  incline.  It 
mustb  generally  observed,  that  the  lead- 
ing officer  on  the  flank,  with  a  glance  of 
his  eye  ascertaining  his  points,  marches 
steadily  upon  them,  at  whatever  pace  is 
ordered  :  every  other  man  in  the  squadron 
moves  in  so  many  parallel  lines,  with  re- 
spect to  him,  and  preserves  the  same 
uniformity  of  front  and  files,  as  when  he 
first  turned  his  horse's  head. 

At  no  time  of  the  incline  ought  the 
former  front  of  the  squadron,  or  distance 
of  files  to  be  altered. 

In  the  incline,  the  rear  rank  moves  in 
the  same  manner,  and  is  of  course  regu- 
lated by  the,  front  rank,  which  it  takes 
care  to  conform  to. 

Whenever  a  squadron  inclines  it  must 
not  pass  an  an;;lc  of  34°  with  respect  to 
its  former  direction,  unless  it  should  be 
vequired  to  gain  as  much  or  more  ground 
to  the  flank  as  to  the  front.  The  dis;ance 
of  tiles  at  six  inches  allows  the  squadron 
to  incline  in  perfect  order,  while  its  new 
direction  does  not  go  beyond  the  angle 
specified.  When  more  is  required  to  be 
taken,  the  squadron  must  either  wheel 
up,  and  march  upon  the  flank  point,  or 
it  will  fall  more  or  less  into  file,  accord- 
ing; to  the  degree  of  obliquity  required,  by 
moving  each  horse  retired,  halt  neck,  or 
head  to  boot. 

INCLINED  Plane.     See  GUNNERY. 

IN.'LUSIVE,  comprehended  in  the 
sum  or  number ;  thus  when  the  abstracts 
weie  made  out  for  60  and  61  days,  they 
generally  ran  from  the  24th  of  one  month 
to  the  24th  of  the  second  month,  v.ciud- 
Jng  the  last  24th  only.  Since-  the  new  Bri- 


tish regulation,  the  muster,  as  also  the  ab- 
stract, is  taken  from  the  25th  of  one 
month  to  the  24th  of  the  following  month, 
both  davs  Includ'vs. 

INCOMMENSURABLE.  That  can- 
not be  measured,  or  be  reduces'  to  any 
proportion  or  equal  measure  with  ano- 
ther. 

INCOMPETENT.  Incapable,  unfit, 
unequal.  No  officer,  be  his  situation 
what  it  may,  (from  a  reneral  inclusive  to 
the  lowest  non-eommissioned)  can  be 
suid  to  be  competent  to  command,  who  is 
not  only  willing  and  able  to  follow  orders 
himselfjbut  will  likewise  see  them  strict- 
ly adhered  to  bv  others  :  whose  mind  is 


I  not  superior  to  partialit'es,  and  whose 
'judgment  is  not  equal  to  discern  real 
merit  from  ignorant  assumption.  Every 
soldier  is  incomprtent  to  his  professiou 
who  dous  not  possess  a  spirit  of  subor- 
dination, and  cool  determined  bravery. 

INCOMPLETE,  opposed  to  com- 
plete, which  see. 

To  INCORPORATE.  In  a  military 
sense,  is  to  add  a  smaller  body  of  forces  to 
a  large  ,  and  to  mix  them  together.  In- 
dependent companies  are  said  to  be  in- 
corporated, when  they  are  distributed 
among  di  Heron  t  regiments,  regiments 
among  brigades,  &c.  &c.  So  that  any 
lesser  body  may  be  incorporated  in  a 
greater. 

INCURSION,  invasion  without  con- 
quest ;  inroad;  -avagc. 

INDEMNIFICATION,  any  reim, 
bursement  or  compensation  which  is  given 
for  loss  or  penalty. 

Military  INDEMNIFICATION,   a  regu- 
l.itcd   allowance   which  is  made  by    the 
Briti  h  for  losses  sustained  by  officers  or 
soldiers  on  actual  service,  viz. 
Infantry. 

ist.  The  whole  of  the  personal  baggage 
of  a  subaltern  officer  to  be  valued  at  6c7. 
and  the  camp  equipage  between  two  sub- 
alterns, 35/. 

ad.  The  baggage  of  a  captain  to  be 
valued  at  8o/.  and  the  camp  equipage, 
at  35/. 

3d.  Field  officer's  baggage,  ioo/.  and 
the  camj)  equipage  6o/. 

4th.  Colonel's  baggage,  I2o/.  aad  camp 
equipage,  8o/. 

Cavalry 

5th.  The  whole  of  the  personal  baggage 
of  a  subaltern  officer  to  be  valued  at  707. 
and  the  cainp  equipage  at  45/. 

6th,  Caotain's  baggage,  QO/.  and  camp 
equipage  4^/. 

7th.  Field  officer's  baggage,  iao/.  aud 
camp  equipage  go/. 

8th.  Colonel's  baggage,  i4o/.  and  camp 
equipage,  yo/, 

9th.  Officers  giving  certificates  signed 
by  themselves  and  the  commanding  of- 
fice of  their  regiments,  thai  they  have 
lost  the  whole  of  their  baggage  and  camp 
equipage,  and  that  at  the  time  a-  was 
iost,  th.:y  were  in  no  respect  deviating 
frcm  the  orders  of  the  general  otficer 
O  p 


I  N  D 


I  N  D 


commanding  in  chief  relative  to  baggage, 
receive  the  whole  of  the  sums  above 
allotted,  according  to  their  ranks. 

iotp  Officers  losing  any  part  of  their 
baggage,  arc  to  give  in  similar  certificates, 
according  to  the  best  of  their  belief  and 
judgment-,  without  entering  into  particu- 
lars, but  estimating  their  loss  at  one- 
fourth,  one-half,  or  three- fourths  of  the 
whole  value,  according  to  which  they 
shall  be  paid  the  like  proportion  of  the 
above  sums. 

nth.  The  whole  baggage  of  a  quarter- 
master of  cavalry  shall  be  estimated  at 
407.  A  quarter-master  losing  the  whole 
or  any  part  of  his  baggage,  must  produce 
certificates  from  the  officer  commanding, 
and  from  his  captain,  as  to  the  quantity 
of  his  baggage,  which  to  the  best  of  their 
belief  and  judgment  has  been  lost,  ac- 
cording to  which  he  will  receive  the 
•wholcvor  a  proportion,  of  the  above  sum 
wf  4*7 

I2th.  The  baggage  and  camp  equipage 
of  all  staff  officers  of  both  cavalry  and  in- 
fantry, are  to  be  valued  as  those  of  sub- 
altern officers,  except  for  such  as  are  al- 
lowed a  tent  to  themselves,  whose  camp 
equipage  in  that  case  will  be  valued  as  that 
of  a  captain. 

I3th.  A  serjeant  of  cavalry  losing  his 
necessaries,  without  any  fault  of  his  own, 
shall  receive  27.  15$. 

14th.  Corporal,  trumpeter,  or  private, 

27.   10J. 

I5th.  Serjeant  of  infantry,  27.  ioj. 
i6th.  Corporal,  drummer,  or  private,  j 

27.  2s. 

i7th>  A  servant,  not  being  a  soldier,  j 
3/.  Si 

The  certificates  in  these  five  cases  to 
be  the  same  as  in  the  case  of  the  quarter- 
master. 

Officers  on  actual  service,  whose  horses 
shall  be  killed  or  taken  by  the  enemy,  or 
shall  be  shot  for  the  glanders,  receive  al- 
lowances by  way  of  indemnification  for 
them,  according  to  the  following  rates ; 
viz. 

Cavalry. 

Heavy  dragoons,  first  charger,  477.  5*. 

Light  dragoons,  first  ditto.  367.  15^. 

Heavy  or  light  ditto,  second  ditto, 
,]i7.  ios. 

Quarter- master's  horse,  2g7.  BJ-. 
Infantry. 

Field  officer's  charger,  317.  ios. 

Adjutant's  ditto,  317.  ios. 

Chanlain's  and  subaltern's  horses,  each 
1 87.  i8"j. 

Bat  horses,  (both  cavalry  and  infantry! 
7.8/.  18,. 

General  officer's  first  charger,  477.  5^-. 

Second  ditto,  317.  ioj. 

Aids  de  camp,  brigade  majors,  and 
other  stair  officers,  whose  situations  re- 
quire  their  keeping  good  horses,  receive 
as  the  light  dragoons. 

Stati'  officers,  for  whom  inferior  horses 
are  deemed  sufficient,  i87.  i8j. 

Certificates,  stating  the  particular  cir- 


cumstances and  causes  of  the  loss  of  the 
horses,  are  to  be  signed  by  the  officers 
'hemselves,  and  by  the  commanding  of- 
ficers of  tin  ir  refine'  ts. 

And  the  general  officers  commanding  in 
chit-f  on  the  different  foreign  staricns,  are 
toviecideon  the  claims  preferred  in  their 
respectiv  districts  of  command  upon  the 
ground  of  this  regulation,  and  to  >  rant 
payment  accordingly. 

INDEMNITY,  a  security  or  exemp- 
tion from  penalty,  loss,  or  punishment^ 
It  is  sometimes  connected  with  amnesty. 
Thus  Charles  the  second  on  his  restora- 
tion, endeavored  to  conciliate  the  minds 
of  his  subjects,  by  promising  amnesty  and 
indemnity  to  the  different  parties '  that 
had  been  directly  active,  indirectly  instru- 
ment-il,  or  passively  the  means  of  his 
father's  death. 

To  INDENT,  a  word  particularly- 
made  use  of  in  India  for  the  dispatch  of 
military  business.  Ir  is  of  the  same  im- 
port and  meaning  as  to  draw  or  set  a  value 
upon.  It  likewise  means  an  order  for 
military  stores,  arms,  &c.  As  an  indent 
for  new  supplies,  &c. 

INDENTED  tine,  in  fortification,  is  a  line 
running  out  and  in  like  the  terth  of  a  saw, 
forming  several  angles,  so  that  one  side 
defends  another.  They  are  used  on  the 
banks  of  rivers,  where  they  enter  a  town  ; 
the  parapet  of  the  covert- way  is  also  often 
indented. — This  is  by  the  French  engi- 
neers called  redans.  Small  places  are 
sometimes  fortified  with  such  a  line,  but 
the  fault  of  such  fortifications  is,  that  the 
besiegers  from  one  battery  may  ruin  both 
sides  of  the  tenailleof  the  front  of  a  place, 
and  make  an  assault  without  fear  of  be- 
im;  enfiladed,  since  the  defences  are 
ruined. 

INDEPENDENT,  in  a  military  sense,  is 

a  term  which  distinguishes  from  the  rest 

of  the  army,  those  companies  that  have 

been  raised  bv  individuals  for  rank,   and 

were  afterwards  drafted   into  corps  that 

were  shorr  ot  their  complement  of  men. 

INDEPENDENT  COM PA NY,?      is     one 

INDEPSNDENT  TROOP,        $      that    is 

not  incorporated  into  any  regiment. 

INDIAN  'Camp.  An  Indian  camp  may 
be  considered  as  one  of  the  loosest  assem- 
blages of  men,  women,,  and  children,  that 
can  perhaps,  IK  imagined. 

Every  common  soldier  in  the  army  is 
accompanied  with  a  wife,  or  concubine  ; 
the  officers  have  seveial,  and  the  generals 
whole  seraglios  ;  besides  these  the  army 
is  encumbered  by  a  number  ot  attendants 
and  servants,  exceeding  that  of  the  fight- 
ing men  ;  and  to  supply  the  various  wants 
of  this  enervated  multitude,  dealers,  ped- 
lars, and  retailers  of  all  sorts,  follow  the 
camp,  to  whom  a  separate  quarter  is  al- 
lotted, in  which  they  daily  exhibit  their 
different  commodities,  in  greater  quanti- 
ties, and  with  more  regularity,  than  in 
any  ]'air  in  Europe  ;  all  of  them  si;  ting  on 
the  ground  in  a  lise,  with  their  merchan- 
dize exposed  before  them,  and  shelter. 


eel  from  the  sun  by  a  mat  supported  by 
stkks. 

INDIAN  Engineer.  Mr.  Orme,  in  his 
history  of  the  Carnatic,  affords  an  instance 
of  the  art  of  engineering  beins  known,  and 
cultivated  by  the  native  Indians.  In 
page  265,  he  gives  the  following  account 
of  a  place  called  Chinglapet,  which  had 
been  fortified  by  an  Indian  engineer. 
Chiiigiapet  is  situated  about  30  miles 
west  or  Coveloiu,  40  south-west  of  Ma- 
dras, and  within  half  a  mile  of  the 
northern  bank  of  the  river  Paliar.  It 
was,  and  not  without  reason,  esteemed  by 
the  natives,  a  very  strong  hold.  Its  out- 
line, exclusive  of  some  irregular  projec- 
tions at  the  gateways,  is  nearly  a  paral- 
lelogram, extending  400  yards  from  north 
to  south,  and  32,0  from  east  to  west. 
The  easte'n  and  half  the  northern  side, 
is  covered  by  a  continued  swamp  of  rice- 
fields,  arid  the  other  half  of  the  north, 
together  with  the  \vh  le  of  the  west  side, 
is  defended  by  a  large  lake.  Inaccessible 
in  these  parts,  it  would  have  been  im- 
pregnable, if  the  south  side  had  been 
equally  secure;  but  here  the  ground  is 
high,  and  gives  advantages  to  an  enemy. 
— Tue  Indian  engineer,  whoever  he  was 
that  erected  the  fort,  seems  to  have  ex- 
eetdeti  rhe  common  reach  of  h;s  country- 
men in  the  knowle^e  of  his  art,  not  only 
by  the  choice  of  the  spot,  but  also,  by 
proportioning  the  strength  of  the  defences, 
to  the  ad  vantages  and  disadvantages  of  the 
situation:  for  the  fortifications  to  the 
south  are  much  the  strongest,  those  op- 
posite to  the  rice-fields,  something  weak- 
er ;  and  the  part  that  is  skirted  by  the 
lake,  is  defended  only  by  a  slender  wall : 
a  deep  ditch  60  feet  wid .-,  and  faced  with 
stone ;  a  fausse  brayey  and  a  stone  wall 
18  feet  high,  with  round  towers,  on,  and 
between  the  angles,  form  the  defences  to 
the  land :  nor  are  these  all,  for  parallel 
to  the  south,  east,  and  north  sides  of  these 
outward  works,  are  others  of  the  same 
Kind,  repeated  within  them,  and  these 
joining  to  the  slender  wall,  which  runs 
to  the  west  along  the  lake,  form  a  second 
enclosure  of  fortification. 

INDIAN   Fortif cation.      The    entrance 
into  an  Indian  fortification  is  through  a 
large  and  complicated  pile  of  buildings, 
projecting  in  the  form  of  a  parallelogram  \ 
from  the  main  rampart ;  and  if  the  city 
has  two  walls,  it  projects   beyond  them 
both:    this  building  consists  of  several 
continued  terraces,  which  are  of  the  same  ' 
height  as  the  maiu  rampart,  and  coinmu-  t 
jnicate  with  it ;  the  inward  wails  of  these  \ 
terraces,   form  the  sides  of  an    intricate 
passage  about  20  feet  broad,   which  leads 
by  various  short  turnings  at  right  angles, 
through  the  whole  pile  to  the  principal 
gate,   that  stands   in  the  mam  rampart. 
We  have  extracted  this  passage,  from  the 
History  of  the  Carnatic,   as  affording  a , 
general  outline  of  Indian  fortification,     In! 
the  same  place  may  be  seen,  (pags  320)' 
tiie  following  description  of  a  battery ; 


which  was  built  by  the  English  in  1753, 
and  contributed  to  the  preservation  or' 
T  itchinopoly,  when  the  French  at- 
tempted to  sturm  that  ,>laee. 

This  battery  was  calludDaiton's  battery., 
from  an  officer  of  that  name,  who,  when 
intrusted  with  the  command  of  the  gar- 
rison, had  convened  that  part  of  the  gate- 
way which  projected  beyond  the  out warU 
wall,  into  a  solid  battery,  with  embra- 
sures ;  having  the  part  between  the  txvo 
walls,  as  it  stood  with  its  .windings  and 
terraces  :  an  interval  was  likewise  left  be- 
tween the  backside  of  the  battery  and  the 
terrace  nearest  to  it,  which  lay  p'arallel  to 
each  other ;  so  that  an  enemy  who  had 
gained  the  battrry,  could  not  get  to  the 
terrace,  without  descending  into  the  inter- 
jacent area,  and  then  mounting  the  wall  ol:" 
the  terrace  with  seating  ladders  :  the  bat- 
tery, however,  communicated  with  the 
rampart  of  the  outward  wall  of  the  city. 
but  being,  as  that  was,  only  eighteen 
feet  high,  it  was  commanded  by  the  ter- 
races behind  it,  as  well  as  by  the  ram 
part  of  the  inner  wall,  both  of  which, 
were  thirty  feet  high;  upon  one  of  thr 
inward  cavaliers,  s-.-uth  of  the  gate \.\  ay ; 
were  planted  two  pieces  of  cannon,  tc» 
plunge  into  the  battery,  and  scour  the 
interval  between  the  two  walls,  as  far  a,, 
the  -terraces  of  the  gateway  ;  and  two 
other  pieces,  mounted  in  the  north-west 
angle  of  the  inward  rampart,  command- 
ed in  like  manner,  botii  the  batters 
and  the  interval  to  the  noith  of  the  ter- 
races. 

JNBIAN  Guides.     According  to  tiie  in- 
genious author  of  the  history  of  the  C  ai 
natic,  these  men  arc  not  to  be  depended 
upon.     In  page  217  he  relates,  that  on  the 
ist    of  April,   1752,   at  night,  a  captain 
Dalton    was    ordered   with  400    men  to 
march,  and,  by  taking  a  large  circuit,  to 
IJcome  in  at  the  eastern  extremity  of  the 
!  enemy's  camp,  which  he  was  to  enter, 
[  beat  up,  and  set  fire  to.     The   English 
!  troops,  from  their  long  inactivity,  knew 
i  so  little  of  the  ground  about  Tntchinopo- 
ly,  that  they  were  obliged  to  trust  to  In- 
dian guides  ;  and  these  being  ordered  to 
conduct  them  out  of  the  reach  ol  the  ene- 
my's  advanced  posts,  fe.ll  into  the  other 
extreme,  and  led  them  several  miles  out 
of  their  way,  and  through  such  bad  roads, 
that  when  the  morning  star  appeared,  they 
found   themselves    between    Elimiscrarn 
and  the   French  rock,   two   miles   from 
Chunda  Saheb's  camp,  and  in  the  centre 
of  all  their  posts. 

INDIAN  princes  axd  iheir  troops .  The!  r 
military  character  may  be  collected  from 
the  following  curious  account,  which  h; 
given  of  a  circumstance  that  occurred  in 
the  Tanjore  country,  when  the  English 
obtained  a  signal  victory  over  the  French 
and  Mysoreans,  in  1753.  Tnepresenceof 
the  nabob  being  thought  necessary  to  fa- 
cilitate a  negociation  that  was  then  judged 
expedient  to  undertake,  he  prepared  to 
march  with  the  English  army  ;  i 


292 


IND 


I  N  D 


the  evening  he  intended  to  quit  the  city,  \\  less  the  crowd  proceed  to  violence ;  but  in 
his  discontented  troops  assembled  in  the  ,j  order  to  prevent  this,  they  take  care  to 

nttach  to  their  interest  some  principal  of- 
ficers, with  such  a  number  of  the  best 
troops,  as  may  serve  on  emerge; 
check  the  tumult,  which  is  rarely  headed 
by  a  man  of  distinction.  But  when  hi;: 
aliairs  grow  desperate  by  the  success  of  a 
superior  enemy,  the  prince  atones  severely 
for  his  evasions,  by  a  total  defection  of 
his  army,  or  by  suffering  such  outrages  a* 
the  Nabob  Mahomed- Ally  would  in  all 
probability  have  been  exposed  to,  had  he 
not  been  rescued  in  the  manner  v/e  have 
described. 

Military  INDICATIONS.  (Indices  > 
Fr.)  Marshal  Saxe  very  judiciously  ob- 
serves, tha:  'here  are  indications  in  war 
which  everv  officer  should  attend  to,  and 
from  which  deductions  and  conclusion:, 
i;;ay  he  drawn  with  some  degree  of  cer- 
tainty. A  pievio.is  knowlege  of  your 
enemy's  national  character  and  customs, 
will  contribute  not  a  little  towards  the 
attainment  of  this  object.  Every  coun- 
try indeed  has  customs  and  usages  which 
are  peculiar  to  itself.  Among  various  in- 
dications  that  we  might  addua.,  let  us 
suppose  these  leading  ones  by  which  the 
intentions  of  an  enemy  may  be  discover- 
ed by  the  garrison  of  a  besieged  town,  if, 
for  example,  towards  the  close  of  day 
groupes  or  loose  parties  of  armed  men 
should  be  discovered  upon  the  neighbor- 
ing heights  which  overlook  and  command 
the  town,  you  may  remain  assured,  that 
some  considerable  attack  is  in  agitation. 
Small  detachments  from  the  different  corps 
are  sent  forward  for  this  purpose,  and  the 
besieging  army  is  thereby  apprized  of  the 
business;  as  the  heights  are  occupied  in 
the  evening  by  the  parties  in  question, 
in  order  that  they  may  be  thoroughly 
acquainted  with  the  leading  avenues,  &c. 
When  much  firing  is  heard  from  an  ene- 
my's camp,  and  another  army  lies  en- 
camped near,  the  latter  may  conclude, 
that  an  engagement  will  take  place  the 
following  dav  ;  for  it  must  be  evident, 
that  the  soldiers  are  cleaning  and  trying 
their  musquets. 

Marshal  Saxe  further  remarks,  that  r» 
considerable  movement  in  an  enemy '£ 
army  may  be  discovered  b\*  any  large 
quantity  of  dust,  which  is  a  sure  indica- 
tion of  it.  The  reflection  of  the  sun 
upon  the  firelocks  of  an  army  will  like- 
wise lead  to  some  knowlege  of  its  posi- 
tion. If  the  rays  are  collected  and  per- 
pendicular, it  is  a  certain  indication,  that 
the  enemy  is  advancing  towards  you ; 
if  they  disappear  at  times  and  cast  a  bro- 
ken radiance,  you  may  conclude,  that  he 
is  retreating.  '  If  the  troops  move  from 
right  to  left,  their  line  of  march  is  to- 
wards th.  left ;  if  from  left  to  right,  the 
line  of  march  is  towards  the  right.  Should 


<".'ter  court  oi'  the  palace,  and  clamor- 
ing, declared,  that  they  would  not  suiter 
him  to  move,  before  he  had  paid  their  ar- 
rears ;  in  vain  were  arguments  used  to 
convince  this  rabble,  more  insolent  be- j 
cause  they  had  never  rendered  any  effectu- 
al servic  ,  that  his  going  to  Tanjore  was 
the  only  measure  from  which  they  could 
Lope  or  a  chance  of  receiving  their  pay  : 
they  remained  inflexible,  and  threatened 
vio  ence ;  upon  which  captain  Dalton,  a 
British  officer,  sent  a  messenger  to  the 
camp,  from  whence  the  grenadiercomi>a- 
cy  immediately  marched  into  the  city, 
where  they  v/erc  joined  by  100  of  the  gar- 
rison or  Tritchiiioply,  and  all  together 
forcing  their  way  into  the  palace,  they  got 
the  nabob  into  his  palanquin,  and  escorted 
him  to  the  camp,  surrounded  by  200 
Europeans  with  fixed  bayonets;  the  mal- 
contents not  daring  to  oiler  him  any  out- 
rage as  he  was  passing,  nor  on  the  other 
hand,  was  any  injury  offered  to  them  : 
for  notwithstanding  such  proceedings  in 
more  civilized  nations  rarely  happen,  and 
are  justly  esteemed  mutiny  and  treason  ; 
yet  in  Hindustan  they  are  common  acci- 
dents, and  arise  from  such  causes  as  ren- 
der difficult  to  ascertain  whether  the 
prince  or  his  army  be  most  in  fault-  The 
nabob  had  certainly  no  money  to  pay  his 
troops;  so  far  from  it,  that  the  English 
had  now  for  two  years  furnished  all  the 
expencesof  their  own  troops  in  the  field  . 
but  it  is  a  maxim  with  every  prince  in 
India,  let  his  wealth  be  ever  so  great,  to 
keep  his  army  in  lont; arrears,  for  fear  they 
should  desert.  This  apprehension  is  per- 
haps not  unjustly  entertained  of  hirelings 
collected  from  every  part  of  a  despotic 
cmpiiv,  and  insensible  of  notions  of  attach- 
ment to  the  prince  or  cause  they  serve ; 
but  from  hence  the  soldiery,  accustomed 
to  excuses  when  dictated  by  no  necessity, 
give  no  credit  to  those  which  are  made  to 
them,  when  there  is  a  real  impossibility 
of  satisfying  their  demands;  and  a  t<ra'/- 
tict'  common  to  most  o:  th.  princes  of 
Hindustan,  concurs  not  a  littk-  to  increase 
this  mistrust  in  all  who  serve  them  ;  for 
on  theor.e  hand,  the  vain  notions  in  which 
they  have  been  educated,  inspire  them 
with  such  a  1'.  ve  of  outward  shew,  and 
the  enervating  clinv'te  in  which  they  are 
born,  r  ivicrs  them  so  ir.capabie  of  re'sist- 
Sngtheim  ulsc^offkhcy;  au>dontheoth  r 
hand,  the  fieqn-  ..t  reverses  of  fortune  in 
this  empire,  dictate  so  stroivjy  the  neces- 
sity of  hoarding  resources  aga'nst  the 
hour  of  calamity,  'bat  nothing  is  more 
common  than  to  see  a  nabob  purchasing  a 
jewel  or  ornament  of  great  price,  at  the 
very  time  that  he  is  in  the  greatest  distress 
Jbi  money  to  answer  the  necessities  of  the 
government.  Hence,  instead  of  being 


shocked  at  the  clamors  of  their  soldiery,  considerable  clouds  of  dust  be  seen  to  rise 
they  are  accustomed  to  live  in  eX  pec- ||  from  a>  nerm's  camp,  and  it  be  aacer- 
tation  of  them,  and  it  is  a  maxim  in  their  tamed,  that  he  is  in  want  of  forage,  it 
conduct  to  hear  them  with  patience,  un-  It  may  fairly  be  inferred,  that  the  train  Of 


I  N  D 


I  N  D 


293 


wag- oners  and  purveyors,  &c.  are  mov- 
ing, and  that  the  whole  will  follow  short. 

Jy- 

If  the  enemy,  observes  the  same  writer, 
has  his  camp-ovens  on  the  ri  Jit  or  left, 
and  you  are  covered  by  a  small  rivulet, 
you  may  make  a  Hank  disposition,  and  by 
rhav  manoeuvre,  suddenly  return  and  de- 
tach ten  or  twelve  thousand  men  to  de- 
molish his  ovens;  and  whilst  you  are 
protected  by  the  main  body  of  the  army 
which  is  ordered  to  support  the  first  de- 
tachment, you  may  seize  upon  all  his 
flour,  &c.  There  are  innumerable  strata, 
gems  of  This  sort  which  .:>ay  be  practised 
in  wa  ,  a  d  by  means  of  which,  a  victory 
mav  be  obtained  without  much  bloodshed 
on  your  part,  and  at  all  events  with  con- 
siderable disadvantage  to  the  enemy. 

INDIES  (EAST).  According 'to  the 
geographical  description  of  the  East 
Indies,  they  must  be  considered  as  being 
divided  into  two  principal  parts,  viz. 
India  within  the  river  Ganges,  and  India 
beyond  the  river  Ganges. 

INDIA,  'within  the  river  Ganges.  This 
division  consists  of  a  country,  which  is 
situated  between  the  latitudes  of  6  and  34 
north,  and  between  53a-sd  91  de- 
gree 01  east  longitude  A  great  part  of 
this  space  is  covered  with  the  sea.  India 
wir.'iia  the  '.'ai^es,  is  bounded  on  the 
nortii  by  U&hec  Tartary,  and  part  of  Thi- 
bet, by  the  Indian  oc_ai  on  the  south;  by 
Great  "Thibet,  India  beyr-nd  the  Ganges, 
and  tlv:  bay  of  Bengal  on  the  east,  and  by 
and  the  Indian  ocean  on  the  west. 
The  chief  mountains  are  those  of  Cauca- 
sus, Naugraeut,  and  Balahaut,  winch  run 
almost  the  whole  length  of  India  from 
north  to  south. 

I  M)  i  A  beyond  the  Ganges.  This  divi- 
sion consists  of  a  country,  which  is  situ- 
ated between  the  latitudes  of  one  and  30 
degrees  north,  and  between  the  longitudes 
of  89  and  109  degrees  east.  Great  part  of 
these  lirn  ts  is  covered  by  the  sea.  It  is 
bounded  on  the  north  by  Thibet  and 
China,  by  China  and  the  Chinese  sea 
on  the  east ;  by  the  same  sea  and  the 
strei^hts  if  Malacca  on  the  south,  and  by 
the  bay  of  Bengal  and  part  of  India  on 
the  west. 

To  enter  into  the  extent  of  the  British 
possessions  in  this  quarter  of  the  globe, 
would  be  to  exceed  the  limits  of  our  un- 
dertaking in  a  considerable  degree,  with- 
out materially  aiding  its  principal  object, 
•which  is  military  information.  We  shall 
therefore  content  ourselves  with  giving, 
in  a  brief  and  succinct  manner,  a  view  of 
those  establishments  which  constitutes 
the  Indian  army. 

According  to  the  last  printed  oriental 
register,  the  army  in  India  is  composed  of 
one  corps  of  engineers,  two  artillery  re  J- 
ments,  eLht  regiments  of  cavalry,  two 
regiments  of  European  infantry,  and  tbrty 
regiments  of  native  infantry,  divided  into 
.  s  of  6  regiments  each. 

The  military  board  consists  of  one  lieu- 


tenant-general,  two  major-generals,  one 
colonel,  two  lieutenant-colonels,  two  cap- 
tains and  one  lieutenant. 

The  military  offices  and  departments 
are  superintended  by  one  military  auditor- 
general,  one  deputy  military  auditor- 
general,  one  first  assistant  and  accompt- 
ant,  one  military  pay. master  gei.oral,  one 
deputy  pay-master  general,  one  adjutant- 
general,  one  deputy  adjuTant-gem-ral,  one 
secretary  to  the  military  board,  one  first 
assistant,  one  quarter-master  genera!,  one 
deputy  quarter- master  general,  one  sur- 
veyor general,  one  assistant  to  ditto,  one 
judge-advocate  general,  one  deputy  judge- 
advocate  at  Dinapore  and  Chunar,  one 
ditto  at  Cawnpore  and  Futtygur,  one  su- 
perintendant  of  powder- works,  one  assis- 
tant ditto. 

The  army  stations  in  India,  with  their 
appropriate  public  staffs  are  ; — 

Fort- Will! am,  under  one  major- general 
commanding  at  the  presidency,  \vho  has 
one  aid-de-cam ;;,  one  head  surgeon,  one 
chaplain,  one  pay -master;  and  we  pre- 
sume, one  brigade-major. 

Barrackpore,  under  one  captain  com- 
mandant, who  has  one  brigade-m;tjor,  and 
one  chaplain. 

Berhamporcy  under  one  major-general, 
who  commands  the  station,  and  has  one 
aid  de-camp,  one  brigade-major,  one 
chaplain,  and  oiit;  deputy  pay-master. 

Dinapore,  under  one  major-general,  who 
has  one  aid-de-camp,  one  brigade-major, 
one  pay-master,  one  head  surgeon,  and  one- 
chaplain. 

Chunar^  under  one  major-general  offi- 
cer, who  commands  the  station,  and  aas 
one  aid-de-camp,  one  brigade-major,  one 
head  surgeon,  one  deputy  pay-master,  -.nd 
one  chaplain. 

Cawnpore,  under  one  major-general  who 
commands  the  station,  and  who  has  one 
secretary  and  Persian  interpreter  in  the 
field,  one  aid-de-camp,  one  head  surgeon, 
one  brigade-major,  one  deputy  pay -mas- 
ter, and  one  chaplain. 

Fully  G/Jur,  i  nder  one  major-general 
commanding,  who  has  one  aid-de-camp, 
one  brigade-major,  one  surgeon,  one  chap- 
lain, and  one  pay-master. 

Hydrabad  detacbme?jty  under  the  com- 
mand of  one  lieutenant -colonel,  one  ma. 
jor  of  brigade,  one  deputy  commissary  of 
ordnance,  one  deputy  pay-master,  and 
one  Persian  interpreter. 

Prince  of  I  Valets  Island,  unu-Ar  ciie  cap- 
tain commandant,  one  :bordi- 
nate  to  him,  one  lieutenant,  \\  \\  is  depu- 
ty commissary  of  ordnance,  one  pa\-masr 
tcr,  one  engineer,  havim;  ihe  rar.k  of 
lieutenant,  one  surgeon,  and  one  assistant- 
surgeon. 

The  cantonments  and  garrisons  consist 
of  the  following  : — 

Barrackpore,  where  there  is  one  barrack- 
master. 

Berhampore^  where  there  is  one.  barrack- 
master,  and  one  engineer. 


294 


I  ND 


INF 


Dinapcre,  with  one  barrack-master,  and 
one  engineer. 

Mianaporct  withone  adjutant  and  quar- 
ter master. 

Fen-William^  with  one  fort-major,  one 
barrack-master,  one  tort-adjutant,  one 
garrison  store  keeper,  one  surgeon, and  one 
-assistant  surgeon." 

Mongbyr,  um^ei-one  major-general,  who 
commands ;  one  fort-adjutant,  one  engi- 
Xieer,  and  one  surgeon. 

Buxar,  urder  one  major-general  com- 
?nandant,  one  fort- adjutant,  and  one  as. 
sistant  surgeon. 

Chunar )  with  one  fort- adjutant,  and 
fcarrack-inaster,  one  engineer,  and  one 
garrison  store  keeper. 

Allabbabad,  with  one  lieutenant-colo- 
nel commandant,  one  fort  adjutant,  and 
one  barrack-master. 

is  likewise,  an  establishment  for 


and  Hindus  the  people ;  usually  called 
India. 

INEXPUGNABLE.  See  IMPREG- 
NABLE. 

INFAMOUS  bebavhury  (infawie,  F  r . ) 
a  term  peculiarly  applicable  to  military 
life  when  it  is  affected  by  dishonorable 
conduct.  Hence  the  expression  which 
is  used  in  the  Articles  of  War,  relative  to 
scandalous  infamous  tehftviouf  ;  on  convic- 
tion of  which,  an  officer  is  ordered  to  be 
cashiered.  Infamy  may  be  attached  to  an 
officer  or  soldier  in  a  variety  of  ways ;  and 
some  countries  are  more  tenacious  than 
others  on  this  head.  Among  European 
nations  it  has  always  been  deemed  infa- 
mous and  disgraceful  to  abandon  the  field 
of  action,  or  to  desert  the  colors,  except 
incases  of  the  greatest  emergency.  In 
Germany,  a  mark  of  infamy  was  attached 
to  the  character  of  every  man  that  was 


European  invalids  at  Chunar,  consisting'!  found  guilty  of   misbehaviour  before  the 


•at  present,  of  one  captain  from  the  first 
company  of  artillery,  two  captains  from 
the  third  company  of  infantry,  two  lieu- | 


enemy.  He  could  not  assist  at  the  public 
sacrifices,  nor  be  present  at  a  court-mar- 
tial. Many  destroyed  themselves  in  con- 


tenants,  two  ensigns,  one  adjutant,  and'    sequence  of  the  ignominy  they  su  tiered  on 
one  quarter-master.  jj  these    occasions.     According  to  the  old 

The  medical  department  of  India  con-  '   French 
•sists  of  an  hospital  board,  under  one  first  | 


member  and  director  of  the  hospitals,  one 
second  member  of  the  hospital  board,  one! 
.secretary,  one  surgeon  and  apothecary,  j 
one  assistant  surgeon  and  deputy  apothe-  ; 
eary,  one  purveyor  aed  contractor  for! 
beddin  and  clothing,  one  head  surgeon  at 
liead  q  arters,  and  six  hospital  mates. 

The  armed  force  of  the  East  Indies  in- 
dependent of  the  troops  sent  from  E  urope, 
consists  in  a  marine  battalion  which  has 
six  companies  stationed  at  Bengal,  one 
company  at  Fort-Marlborough,  and  one 
at  the  Prince  of  Wales's  Island.  There 


salique  law,  any  person  who 
should  upbraid  another  with  having  fled 
from  the  field  of  battle,  and  not  be  able 


to  prove  it,  was  heavily  fined. 

Among  the  Romans  the  punctilious 
nicety  dt  military  fame  was  carried  to  a 
much  higher  pitch.  It  was  considered 
as  infamous  and  disgraceful  to  be  taken 
prisoner,  and  a  Roman  soldier  was  im- 
pressed with  the  idea,  that  he  must  either 
conquer  or  die  in  the  field.  Regulus,  the 
Roman  general,  was  so  much  influenced 
by  these  high  sentiments,  that  when  the 
Carthagenians  by  whom  he  had  been 
taken  prisoner,  sent  hirn  to  Rome,  in 


is  likewise  a  battalion  distinguished  bk  the  ;j  order    to    arrange   certain   conditions   of 


name  of  the  Ramghur  battalion,  and  a 
corps  of  hill  rangers.  To  which  mus>  be 
added  the  Calcutta  native  militia,  the 
Hindustan  cavalry,  and  tht£(j  volunteer 
battalions  serving  in  the  Carnatit  »-The 
Calcutta  militia,  properly  so  called,  is 
commanded  by  the 'right  honorable  the 
governor  general.  This  establishment 
consists  ol  one  troop  of  cavalfy;  one  in- 
jantry  battaik-r>,  one  Armenian  corps,  and 
one  Portuguese  corps. 
The  general ^ali  ot  India  in  1800,  con- 


peace,  lu>  deemed  himself  unworthy  to 
appear  in  the  senate,  notwithstanding 
that  his  fellow  citizens  invited  him  to 
the  sitting,  The  advice  which  he  gave 
his  countrymen,  and  the  punishment  he 
suffered  on  his  retutn  to  Carthage  are  well 
known. 

Although  these  notions  have  considera- 
bly degenerated  among  the  moderns,  the 
military  character  is  nevertheless  so  far 
elevated  above  every  other  profession  in 
life,  that  the  slightest  imputation  of  cow- 


sisted  of  one  commancier  in   chief,  one  j|  ardici-  or  dishonor  is  sufficient  to  affect  it. 


military  auditor  general,  one  militar  pay 
master  general,  one  adjutant  general,  one 
*i  .rt  r-master  general,  one  judge-advo- 
<-at  general,  two  deputies  at  Dmapore 
;md  Chunar,  and  Cawnpore,  and  Futty- 
ghur,  one  surveyor  general,  one  military 
uy  to  the  governor  general,  four 
aids-de-camp  to  the  governor  general, 
two  aids-de-camp  to  the  commander  <n 
chict,  one  secretary  to  the  commander  in 
clue:,  one  surgeon  to  the  commander  in 
chief,  one  Persian  translator  to  the  com- 
itander  in  cluf  . 

IN  DO  STAN.      This   vyord  properly 
^pelled  Hindustan, ;  from  Stan  a  country, 


Among  the  French  the  most  punctilious 
nicety  is  observed ;  so  much  so,  that  the 
common  soldier  considers  himself  supe- 
rior to  the  lower  orders  of  mankind,  and 
will  resent  a  blow  or  a  lie  with  a  pertina- 
city of  honor,  that  puts  him  upon  a  level 
with  the  most  scrupulous  duellist.  How 
far  this  sense  or  honor  ought  to  be  ei.cou- 
rageu  in  the  ranks  we  will  not  pretend  to 
determine.  But  ue  shall  scarcely  be 
fb'.nd  fault  with,  or  run  the  hazard  of 
contradiction,  when  we  assert,  that  no 
officer  oughf  to  hold  a  commission  in  any 
service,  who  can  either  take  or  give  the 
lie,  or  receive  a  blosy  without  resenting 


I  NF 


I  N  F 


295 


fhe  insult  in  the  most  summary  manner. 
For  we  may  pronounce,  that  man  inca- 
pable of  doing  justice  to  the  service,  who 
can  be  insensible  himself.  Nor  does  the 
term  Infamous  apply  in  this  instanceonly. 
There  are  various  cases,  in  which  the  con- 
tluct  of  an  officer  may  render  him  un- 
worthy of  the  situation  he  fills  :  such  as 
cheating  at  play,  taking  unfair  advantages 
of  youth,  imposing  in  on  the  credulity  or 
confidence  of  a  tradesman,  habitual 
drunkenness,  flagrant  breaches  of  hospi- 
tality, &c. 

INFANTRY,  (Infanterie,  Fr  )  This 
term  being  little  understood  with  respect 
to  its  derivation,  and  having  by  some 
writers  been  either  vaguely  interpreted,  or 
erroneously  traced,  we  think  it  our  duty 
to  give  the  best,  and  we  presume,  the 
only  correct  explanation  of  the  word.  In 
so  doinx  we  should  be  unthankful  to  one 
of  the  most  acute  observers  in  life,  and 
one  of  rlu  closest  reasoners,  were  we  to 
omit  aeknowleging  that  we  have  been 
favored  by  the  ingenious  and  learned  au- 
thor of  the  Diversions  of  PurLey,  with  the 
following  account  of  its  derivation. 

Johnson  generally  states,  that  infantry 
are  foot  soldiers  belonging  to  the  army  ;  and 
the  compilers  of  other  dictionaries  content 
themselves  with  assimilating  the  term  in- 
fantry to  the  name  of  a  Spanish  princess, 
who  marched  at  the  head  of  a  body  of  Spa- 
niards on  fo.-t,  and  defeated  the  Moors. 
She  was  called  Infanta.  Our  learned 
friend,  on  the  contrary,  traces  it  lo  the 
source  of  genuine  etymology,  and  grounds 
his  opinion  upon  the  b-'St  authorities.  His 
first  root  is  from  the  Creek  ph;-m\,  Latin, 
Fa-ri,  participle  Fans — In- fans ;  Italian, 
Infante,  by  abridgment,  Fante  ;  Infanteria, 
by  abridgment,  Fanteriat  French,  Infun- 
terie;  English,  Infantry, 

It  is  still  in  French  and  in  English  a 
common  expression  to  soldiers,  ailons 
mes  enfans,  come  on  my  lads,  (or  my 
boysj.  So  a  servant  is  called  a  lad  or  a 
hoy  (and  formerly  a  knave  or  a  page],  al- 
though a  full  grown  man. 

The  military  profession  is  still  called 
service ;  and  a  soldier  is  said  to  serve  in 
*he  army. 

Skinner  says  well; — "The  infantry, 
Fr.  G.  infanterie  •  Italian,  fanteria,  peuu 
tatus :  fante,  pedes  et  famulus ;  quia 
scilicet  olim  pedites  equitum  famuli,  vei 
pedisrequi  fuerunt.— -fante  auteni  a  Lat. 
Infant,  raanifcste  ortum  ducit.  Et  nos 
Boy,  non  tantum  pro  puero  sed  ct  pro 
iamulo,  secundariosensu  usurpamus." 

After  which  iie  refers  us  to  Lansquenet. 

A  Lansquenet,  a  Fr.  G.  Lansquenet, 
pedes,  miles,  gregarius,  utr.  a  Tcut. 
Lance,  lancea,  et  Knerht,  scrvus:  olim 
cr.ii.  pr'diteb  equitum  lanceariorutn  quasi 
seryi  erunt ;  et  quilibet  eques  quatuor  vel 
quinque  pedites,  ranquain  famulns  cir- 
cumd  ixit.  Exereitus  autem  .i 
equitum,  non  peditum  censebantur 

Vide  Comineum  et  ullcs  ijUoruru 
rum  Scrinr- 


It  appears,  that  Machiavelli,  in  his 
Arte  del  la  GueTa,  sufficiently  prints  out 
what,  and  how  considered,  the  infantry 
were  in  h  s  time,  when  he  says  (Ubro 
primo)  **  Venuta  la  pace,  che  :  gentii  huo~ 
>;//«/ alia  loro  particolare  arte." 

It  is  plain,  the  Jaxti  were  huominf 
bassi,  e  soldati  gregarii,  /'  e .  hired  servants^ 
and  therefore  called  fanti,  and  the  corps 
fanteria.  The  term  infantry  was  given 
to  them  when  they  were  considered  mere- 
ly as  lads  attending  on  the  army  :  and  the 
term  has  continued,  though  their  condi- 
tion is  altered. 

From  these  sensible  observations,  it  L; 
evident  that  although  the  primary  sources 
of  infantry  are  in  the  Greek  and  Latin 
languages,  its  modern  derivation  is  from 
the  Italian  word  fante,  which  signifies 
a  follower.  In  the  first  stages  of  mo- 
dern warfaie,  battles  were  chiefly  fought 
by  cavalry  or  horse-men ;  but  in  Italy, 
and  afterwards  in  Spain,  the  bodies  of 
horse  were  always  attended  by  a  certain 
number  of  squires  or  armed  men  on  foot, 
who  marched  in  the  rear  and  assisted 
their  leaders. 

Eoccacio  mentions  the  latter  under  the 
term  fanteria,  and  other  Italian  writers^ 
one  of  whom  we  have  already  quoted, 
call  it  injc.nttria,  both  being  derivtii  from 
funte.  Nothing  can  be  moro  out  of  date, 
out  of  place,  and  superficial  than  to  ima- 
gine that  because  the  Spaniards  have  re- 
corded a  gallant  action,  which  was  per- 
formed by  an  infanta  of  that  nation,  the 
test  of  Europe  should  bury  the  real  ety- 
mology of  infantry  beneath  the  flimsy 
texture  of  court  adulation.  It  is,  besides, 
extremely  erroneous  to  state,  that  until 
that  period  men  ciid  not  fight  on  foot. 
It  is  well  known  that  the  Greeks  and. 
Romans  frequently  placed  the  greatest 
confidence  in  men  of  that  description. 
The  former  had  their  Hoplitai,  their 
Psiloi,  and  their  Peltastai ;  and  the  lat- 
ter their  Celeres,  ^elites,  Hastati,  Princi- 
pes,  and  Triarii,  or  Pisarii.  The  French 
word  F&ntiissin  which  signifies  a  foot  sol- 
dier, is  manifestly  derived  from  fante. 

Until  the  reign  of  Charles  the  Vllth, 
the  French  infantry  were  extremely  de- 
fective; so  much  so,  that  Bran  tome  say; 
in  one  part  of  his  works,  the  infantry 
could  not  be  considered  as  essentially  use- 
ful to  the  security  of  the  stare.  For  it 
consisted  in  those  days,  of  marants,belistres 
mat  artnes,  wal  ccmplcxionnes  ;  Jeneans,  pit- 
lards  et  mangeurs  du  peuple  :  which  may  DC' 
thus  rendered  in  plain  English:  lads,  tas-. 
cals,  and  vagabond;:,  tcoundrelt  Hi  equipped 
ana  ill  looking  •  filcbtrs,  plunderers,  and  de- 
vourers  of  the  people. 

Europe  however  is  unquestionably  in- 
debted to  the  Swiss  for  a  total  change  in 
the  military  JvS'.em  parl.cularly  so  witU 
regard  to  toot  soldiers. 

Dr.  Roberts"i,   in  the  first  volume  o'. 
his  history  of  Charles  V.  p.  105,  observe:', 
that  the  system  ot  employing  the  Swb 
in,  tup  Ital&nyrafS)  \ya$  th?  ox:.c?v- 


290 


I  N  F 


I  N  F 


introducing  a  total  innovation  in  the  mi - 
litarv  custom.  The  arms  and  discipline 
of  the  Swiss  were  different  from  those  of 
K'.irojKMM  nations.  Durng  their 
long  and  violent  string  1  8  ' 
their  liberties  a;;;.iin:.t  the  house  of  Aus- 
tria, whose:  arnrvs,  Ike  those  of  other 
princes,  consisted  chiefly  of 
fceavy -armed  cavalry,  the-  Swiss  found 
ihat  their  poverty,  and  the  small  mmilxr 
n  residing  in  their  country,  at 
that  time-  l)arrcn  and  ill  cultivated,  put  ,t 
out  of  their  power  to  bring  into  the  field 
anv  body  of  horse  ca:viMr  of  facing  the 
cneinv.  Necessity  compelled  their*  to 
ii!  their  confidence  i.i  infant-y,and 
in  orU-i  to  render  it  capable  of  withstand- 
ing the  shock  of  cavalry,  they  nave  the 
soldiers  breast- plates  a  d  helmets,  as  de- 
i,  together  with  long  spears, 
halberts,  and  heavy  swords,  as  weapons 
ofuik'ucc.  They  formed  them  into  large 
battalions,  ranged  in  deep  and  close  array, 
so  that  they  could  present  on  every  side 
a  formidable  front  to  the  enemy.  (See 
Machiavel's  Art  of  War,  b.  ii.  chap.  ii.  p. 
451.)  The  men  at  arms  could  make  no 
impression  on  the  solid  strength  of  such  a 
body.  It  repulsed  the  Austrians  in  all 
their  attempts  to  conquer  Swisserland, 
It  broke  the  Burgundian  gendarmerie, 
which  was  scarcely  inferior  to  that  of 
France,  cither  in  number  or  reputation  ; 
and  when  first  called  to  act  in  Italy,  it 
bore  down  by  its  irresistable  force,  --very 
•t'ivmy  that  attempted  to  oppose  it. 
These  repeated  proofs  of  :  he  decisive  ci- 
;'  infantry,  exhibited  on  such  c<>n- 
'.picuous  occasions,  restored  that  service 
to  reputation,  and  gradually  re-established 
the  opinion  which  had  been  long  exploded, 
of  its  superior  importance  in  the  opera, 
tions  of  war.  But  the  glory  the  Swiss 
had  acquired,  having  inspired  them  with 
such  high,  ideas  of  their  own  prowess  and 
consequence,  as  frequently  rendered  them 
:n ,'iinous  and  insolent,  the  princes  who 
employed  them  became  weary  of  depend- 
ing on  the  caprice  of  foreign  mercenaries, 
and  began  to  turn  their  attention  towards 
the  improvement  of  their  national  infantry. 

Th'-  German  powers  having  the  com- 
mand of  men,  whom  nature  has  endowed 
with  that  steady  courage  and  persevering 
';trrn;'th  which  form  them  to  be  soldiers, 
:.<><>n  •  odelled  tlv:ir  troops  in  such  a  man- 
ner, that  they  vied  with  the  Swiss  both 
in  discipline  and  valor. 

The  French  monarch,  though  more 
slowly, and  with  greatercliiliculty,  accus- 
tomed the  impetuous  spirit  of  their  peo- 
ple to  subordination  and  discipline;  and 
were  at  such  pains  to  render  their  national 
infantry  respectable,  that  as  early  as  the 
reign  of  Louis  XII.  several  gentlemen  of 
high  rank  had  so  far  abandoned  their  an- 
cient ideas,  as  to  condescend  to  enter  into 
their  service. 

The  Spaniards,  whose  situation  made 
it  difficult  to  employ  any  other  than  their 
national  troops  in  the  southern  parts  of 


Italy,  which  was  tlK  chief  scene  of  thciv 
operations  in  that  country,  not  only  adopt. 
Swiss  discipline,  but  improved 
upon  it,  by  min  ling  a  pvopc>-  nr.mber  of 
•  olc  ers,  armed  wirh  hravy  musqii'  ts,  in 
their  battalions;  and  thus  formed  that 
famous  body  of  infantry,  which,  d' 
century  and  a  half,  war,  i  hcadmiratioi.  ami 
terror  ol  all  Europe.  The  Italian  states 
gradually  diminished  the  number  of  their 
cavalry,  and,  m  imitation  of  their  more 
powerful  i  eii-hbors,  hiwijrht  th  strength 
of  their  armies  to  consist  in  foot  soldiers. 
From  this  period  the  nations  of  Europe 
have  carried  on  war  with  forces  more 
adapted  to  every  species  of  service,  more 
capable  of  acting  in  every  country,  and 
better  fitted  both  for  conquests,  and  for 
preserving  them.  See  Robertson's  View 
of  the  State  of  Kuronc  book  I.  pages  105 
and  107. 

INPANTERIE  aventuriar,  Fr.  a  species 
of  Fiench  infantrv.  which  succuv,  d  to 
the  legions  that  were  established 
Francis  I.  in  imitation  of  the  ROITKM.  le- 
gions. This  infantry  was  kept  no  as  late 
as  during  the  reign  of  Henry  IV.  when 
the  whole  of  the  foot  establishment  was 
reduced  into  'cgiments. 

Iha-iy-anncd  INFANTRY,  among  the 
ancients,  were  such  as  wore  a  com- 
plete suit  of  armor,  and  er.Ka^cd  with 
broad  shields  and  long  spears,  They 
were  the  flower  and  strength  of  rlu  Gre- 
cian armies,  and  had  the  highest  rank  of 
mditary  honor. 

Light- armed  INFANTRY,  amony st  the 
ancients,  were  designed  for  skirmishes, 
and  for  fight  in:  at  n  distance.  Their  wea- 
pons were  arrc'ws,  darts,  or  slings. 

Light  INFANTRY  have  only  bicn  in  use 
since  the  year  16^6.  They  have  no 
camp  equipage  to  carry,  and  their  1:111., 
and  accoutrements  are  much  light.-,  than 
the  common  infantry,  or  battaUon  men. 
Wherever  there  is  li^ht  cavalry,  there 
should  be  light  infantry  to  act  in  conjunc- 
tion. 

Foreign  INFANTRY  ( Infanterie  ctran- 
gere,  Fr.)  Foreign  troops  were  taken  into 
pay,  during  the  old  monarchy  of  France, 
at  a  very  early  period.  In  the  rei/n  ol 
Philip  surnamed  le  IM  or  the  ban  'some, 
treatises  and  agreements  were  severally  en- 
tered into  for  this  purpose,  with  John 
liailleul  king  o;  Scotland,  Kric  k<iH  of 
Norway,  Albert  duke  of  Austria,  and 
many  other  German  princes,  and  with 
Humbert  duk'-  of  Vi  nnois. 

Philip  of  Valois  likewise  mrul<  use  of 
foreign  troops,  and  under  Louis  XL  the 
Swiss  were  take.;  into  French  p/:v  ;  .s.nce 
that  period  and  until  the  rev-  luiion, 
which  was  accomplished  on  the  loth  of 
August,  1792,  sevc!  d  ret'imer.rs  were 
maintained  under  the  different  Denomina- 
tions of  Swiss,  Get  man,  Italian,  rats- 
Ionian,  Scotch  and  Irish  corps  or  brigades 
During  the  present  war  the  same  system 
has  beer,  moiv  or  less  adopted  by  the 
British  government.  Independent  e'.C 


INF 


I  N  F 


295T 


foreign  subsidies,  it  has  been  judged  expe- 
dient to  admit  foreigners  of  rank,  and  we 
presume,  of  military  merit,  within  those 
native  limits,  from  whence  heretofore 
every  stranger  was  jealously  exclud- 
ed. A  reference  to  the  official  army 
list  will  readily  point  out  the  corps  that 
«ome  under  this  description.  With  res- 
pect to  the  6oth  or  loyal  American,  it  is 
necessary  to  observe,  that  the  original 
principles  upon  which  those  battalions 
were  established,  have  been  totally  alter- 
ed. One  battalion  in  particular,  instead 
of  being  called  American,  .should  be  named  j! 
Cermun.  For  the  colonel  is  a  German  ]j 
by  birth  and  education,  and  the  majority  jj 
of  the  corps  are  from  that  country. 

In  thus    adverting   to   the  6oth    regi-  ji 
ment,   we  think  it  right  to  explain  away  || 
an    absurd    and    contradictory   opinion,  jj 
which   has  prevailed  of  late  years  to  the  ; 
prejudice  of  that  gallant  corps.     It  has  jj 
oecn  called  the  condemned  regiment,  from  j 
an  idlo,  and  unfounded  notion,  that  the  ii 
different    battalions,    though    forming   a  II 
«onsiderable  part  of  the  British  infantry,  ii 
were  excluded  from  home  service,  on  ac-  |! 
«ount     of    some    imputed    misconduct,  jj 
Their  uniform  good  behaviour  is  a  suffi- 
cient refutation  to  the  latter  supposition  ; 
and  when  we  state  that  at  the  close  of  the 
American  war,  the  battalions  of  the  6oth 
were  formed  for  theexpress  purpose  of  gar- 
risoning  the  British  possessions  in  Canada, 
and  as  thr?  means  of  providing  for  those 
Americans  who  had  suffered  by  their  at- 
tachment to  the  royal  cause,  we  may  leave 
the  subject  without  further  explanation  ; 
merely  adding,  that  instead  of  being  exiled  i 
from  Europe,  they  have  during  the  pro-  \ 
sent  w.'r,  done  duty  in  Ireland  and  at  the 
Isle  of  Wight-     With  respect  to  foreign 
trooos  in  the  pay  of  and  actually  serving 
in  Great  Britain;    there  are  five    Dutch 
regiments   under     two    Dutch   generals, 
•which  in  every  sense  of  the  word,  come 
under  the  description  of  foreign  infantry. 
Indeed  from  the  general  convulsed  ifateof 
Europe,  and  the  gradual  introduction  of 
coercive  measures,  the  business  of  arms 
seems    necessarily  to  have  taken  an  as- 
cendancy over  every  other  calling  or  pro- 
fession. 

The  foreign  infantry,  in  the  service  of 
Great  Britain,  according  to  the  returns 
delivered  in  on  the  ist  of  November 
j  800,  consisted  of  loyal  French  emigrants, 
Castries,  Mortemart,  Roll,  and  Dillon  ; 
Meuron  ditto;  four  ditto  Dutch,  each 
having  a  company  of  artillery  attached, 
and  one  Dutch  rifle  \vitha  company  of' 
pioneers  ;  Lowcnstien's  corps,  which  was 
not  completed,  and  one  corps  of  foreign  in- 
valids. Staff  to  a  foreign  hospital.  There 
were  besides  sixteen  unattached  foreign  of- 
ficers who  received  full  pay,  166  ditto  on 
half  pay,  504  aged  and  wounded  ditto,  46 
foreign  officers  widows,  44  children  of 
•foreign  officers  who  died  in  the  king's 
service.  There  was  also  a  small  corps  of 
cst'a'fctttt?j  \vliTch  were  atlatfted  to  the 


waggon  train,  and  consisted  wholly  of  fo« 
reigners. 

Tr.c  Turkish  INFANTRY  ( Infanterle  Tur- 
que,  Fr.)  is  generally  composed  of  regi- 
giments  that  are  chosen  or  select.  This 
body  is  firs'  divided  into  two  parts  called 
Caflkuli  and  Serratkuli.  The  militia,/ 
which  is  named  Capikuli,  is  .subdivided 
into  JaNtzarier,  Agcmo/ans,  Tcpeys,  Gehe- 
gj>s  and  SaMas.  The  agemolans  consti- 
tute the  military  school,  in  which  young 
men,  destined  for  the  corps  of  Jamz^nes, 
are  educated  ;  The  Tnpeys  arc  Turkish 
cannoniers,  the  Ge6egj>s  are  armorers, 
and  the  Sukkas  are  water  carriers. 

The  Serratkuli  infantry  is  composed  of 
Azapes,  Izarelys,  Seimenys,  Lagumgyt  and, 
Musellims.  Count  de  Marsilly  in  his 
Etat  miiitaire  de  1' Empire  Ottoman,  gives 
the  following  account  of  these  corps. 

The  Porte  being  convinced,  that  the 
body  of  Janizaries  was  not  sufficiently 
strong  to  garrison  all  the  frontier  places' 
belonging  to  the  Turkish  empire,  esta- 
blished in  the  different  provinces  new 
corps  of  infantry,  whose  duty  was  similar 
to  that  of  the  Janizaries,  in  camp  and  gar- 
rison. These  corps  were  maintained  at 
the  expence  of  each  Beglerbcy  or  princi- 
pality. Some  writers  have  inconsiderate- 
ly confounded  this  corps  with  that  of  the 
janizaries,  merely  distinguishing  it  by  the 
name  of  Capikuli.  It  differs,  however, 
very  materially  from  them,  being  superior 
in  the  formation  of  its  divisions,  more  ce- 
lebrated for  the  valor  of  its  troops,  and  in, 
every  respect  better  disciplined. 

This  corps  is  not  upon  the  same  foot, 
ing  as  the  militia  called  Capikuli.  It  is, 
in  general  under  the  directio:i  of  the  Bachas 
of  the  different  provinces,  the  command 
of  which  is  given  to  those  persons  who 
are  either  the  particular  friends  of  the 
Bachas,  or  have  the  means  of  bribing 
handsomely  foi  the  appointments.  This 
militia  does  not  receive  any  pay,  unless  it 
be  actively  employed,  and  its  subsistence 
in  that  case  is  drawn  from  the  province*;, 
much  in  the  same  manner  as  British 
militia  is  from  the  different  counties,  at 
the  monthly  meetings.  With  regard  to 
its  institution,  the  principal  object  of  it  is 
to  support  the  Janizaries,  and  to  replace 
them,  when  vacancies  occur. 

The  Serrtikuli  infantry,  is  divided  into 
Azapes,  Iz,ai'e/}'s,  Seifttetjfrs,  Laguntgjut  and 
Musellims. 

The  number  of  tlie  Azapes  is  not  par- 
ticularly fixed.  They  consist  chiefly  nf 
independent  companies,  which  are  distri- 
'  buted  among  the  different  departments  of 
the  Turkish  empire.  They  are  distinguish- 
ed among  their  own  people  by  the  differ- 
ent names  of  the  week,  and  are  divided  imp 
as  many  odas  or  companies. 

These  odas  or  companies  are  indiscrim- 
inately subject  to  the  orders  of  two  gene- 
ral officers,  viz.  the  Azape-Agasi  who  is 
commander  in  chief  of  the  Azapes,  and  the 
A/ape- Kiatiby  their  commissary 
o  o 


298 


INF 


INF 


who  keeps  a  register  of  their  names  and 
countries. 

They  obey  subordinate  officers  called 
days,  oda-baschys,aml  bairactars.  There 
are  ten  derys  attached  to  each  company, 
who  may  be  properly  considered  as  cor- 
porals, entrusted  with  the  discipline  of  the 
soldiers.  The  bairactars  are  the  standard- 
bearers.  Each  standard  belonging  to  an 
oda  or  company  consists  of  a  horse's  tail, 
which  hangs  from  the  end  of  a  lance,  that 
is  capped  with  a  gilt  ball.  The  officers 
are  moreover  directed  to  superintend 
the  messes'  belonging  to  their  different 
companies.  ; 

It  is  usual  for  each  a'zape  to  be  a  native 
of  the  province,  in  which  he  serves,  and 
he  is  generally  clorhed  after  the  fashion  of 
the  country.  At  Buda  the  azapes  were 
ordered  to  be  dressed  in  the  Hungarian 
manner,  which  consisted  in  a  cloth  cap 
bordered  with  skin,  a  sabre,  an  arque- 
bus or  fusil :  which  similarity  of  dress 
*nd  accoutrement  has  frequently  con- 
founded the  azapes  with  Hungarian  chria.- 
tians. 

The  isarelys  are  chiefly  employedinthe 
frontier  towns,  and  have  charge  of  the  ar- 
tillery in  the  room  of  the  topeys  or  can- 
nonier.,.  They  arc  under  the  direction 
and  command  of  an  artillery  officer,  who 
is  sent  from  Constantinople  and  is  called 


Their  number  is  uncertain,  and  they 
are  not  subdivided,  as  their  employment 
depends  wholly  upon  the  quality  and 
quantity  of  artillery  that  are  used.  One 
man  is  attached  to  small  field  pieces,  and 
two  to  those  of  larger  calibre;  so  that  in- 
stead of  being  distributed  by  companies, 
they  are  ordered  upon  duty  according  to 
thft  nature  and  number  of  the  ordnance. 

They  have  no  other  officer,  besides  the 
one  already  mentioned,  attached  to  them, 
which  officer  is  subordinate  to  the  Bacha 
of  the  province,  as  their  service  does  not 
require  subaltern  officers.  TheBolukys- 
Baschys  are  officers  merely  employed  to 
bring  orders  from  the  general  officers,  but 
they  cannot  interfere  in  the  direction  or 
management  of  the  artillery. 

The  Seitnenys  are  the  least  respected 
body  belonging  to  this-  national1  militia, 
being  composed  wholly  of  peasants,  that 
are  called  out  and  enrolled  Irkc  the  supple- 
mentary militia  of  Great  Britian,  in  cases 
of  extreme  necessity.  They  are  only  in 
fact  considered  as  a  mass  of  people 
serving  to  increase  the  number  of  troops, 
without  having  any  credit  for  mili- 
tary skill  or  valor.  They  consist  of 
Turks,  G  reeks,  and  even  of  R oman  Catho- 
lics, who  enrol  themselves  in  order  to  be 
exempted  from  the  annual  tax. 

Their  only  chief  or  commanding  officer, 
is  the  bacha  of  the  province.  The  seim- 
enys  belonging  to  Natolia  are  all  Mahom- 
edans.  They  are  called  Jajas,  or  men  on 
foot,  and  although  they  do  not  receive  any 
pay,  except  when  embodied,  they  are 
nevertheless  divided  into  Bairacts  or  stand- 


ards,  which  are  similar  to  the  Odaiy  and 
they  obey  their  Seimeny-Boluk-Beschy, 
who  commands  sixty  men  that  are  attach- 
ed to  his  standard,  and  to  the  Bairactar, 
who  escorts  the  standard,  which  is  gen*, 
erally  red  and  of  a  moderate  size. 

The  seimenys  usually  do  duty  in  camp 
and  garrison.  For  although  the  Turks 
place  little  confidence  in  Christians,  yet 
there  have  been  instances  whereia  their 
services  have  been  required  on  very  im- 
portant  occasions.  At  the  siege  of  Vienna 
they  employed  Christian  troops,  anil  in- 
creased their  infantry  by  those  means  very 
considerably ;  they  even  formed  a  reserve 
from  troops  of  that  description  ;  and  their 
conduct  was  such ,  that  they  acquired  a 
marked  reputation  by  the  obstinate  resis- 
tance which  they  made  at  Colemberg. 

These  troops,  however,  are  in  general 
ill-armed;  having  only  rough  polished! 
sabres,  and  very  indifferent  arquebusses 
with  locks,  or  bad  fusils  of  different  sizes, 
and  consequently  of  little  use  in  the  hands 
of  such  men. 

The  Lagunttrjs  are  what  we  call  miners; 
This  body  is  chiefly  composed  of  Arme- 
nians and  Christians,  out  of  Greece  or 
Bosnia,  who  being  in  the  habit  of  mining-, 
are  extremely  serviceable  in  that  line,  and 
act  under  the  immediate  direction  of  some 
old  officers  called  lagumgys-baschys  or 
chiefs  of  the  miners.  Some  particular  privi- 
leges are  annexed  to  these  appointments. 

The  Muicllims  are  Christian  tributaries, 
whose  duty  is  to  march  before  the  advanc- 
ed guard  of  the  army,  to  clear  the  road;; 
and  to  construct  bridges  foi  the  passage  of 
the  troops.  On  this  account  they  are  call. 
ed  pioneers. 

The  bachas  of  the  different  Turkish 
towns  pay  great  attention  to  these  mu- 
sellims  or  pioneers.  They  not  only  ex- 
empt them  from  all  taxes,  but  even  give 
them  lands  and  freeholds.  By  a  particu- 
lar privilege  which  is  attached  to  this 
corps,  only  rive  out  of  thirty  are  obliged  to 
do  duty  on  a  march,  and  they  are  then 
joined  to  the  carpenters,  which  renders 
the  service  less  fatiguing.  Their  number 
is  not  fixed.  It  depends  indeed,  more  or 
less,  upon  the  population  of  the  different 
provinces,  and  on  the  extent  of  land  which 
may  be  disposed  of  in  their  favor. 

They  are  commanded  by  a  bas-rnusel- 
lim  or  principal  person  belonging  to  the 
exempts,  whose  only  duty  is  to  super- 
intend the  regular  discharge  of  their  func- 
tions. 

Those,  however,  belonging  t9  NatoHa 
are  subject  to  the  bey  or  sangiah,  who 
superintends  the  distribution  of  their  sub- 
sistence, &c.  in  the  same  manner  that  he 
does  that  of  the  cavalry  which  is  attached 
to  his  department. 

The  only  weapon  they  carry  is  a  hatch- 
et; but  the  neighboring  villages  or  the 
public  magazines  belonging  to  the  artille- 
ry, are  obliged  to  supply  them  with  pick- 
axes and  owier  tools  that  may  be  wanted 


I  NF 


ING 


in  their  profession.  They  are  strictly  for- 
bidden the  use  of  a  sabre  or  fusil. 

Whenever  the  Turkish  army  is  on  its 
inarch,  the  musellims  are  obliged  to  so 
forward  every  preceding  day,  in  order  to 
prepare  the  way  for  its  progress. 

During  a  siege  they  arc  frequently  at- 
cached  to  the  garrison  guns,  which  they 
work  in  the  best  manner  they  can ;  and 
when  a  town  is  besieged  by  the  Turks, 
the  musellims  are  employed  in  the  tren- 
ches, from  which  duty  they  derive  con- 
siderable profit ;  so  much  so,  that  the  Jan- 
izaries are  extremely  jealous  of  them  on 
these  occasions.  They  are,  in  a  word, 
the  most  formidable  body  of  infantry 
which  the  Turfcs  possess ;  for  the  ground- 
work of  every  species  of  attack  or  defence, 
and  the  managsment  of  all  warlike  ma- 
chines rest  upon  their  exertions. 

The  IN  FE  RN  AL.  Strada  gives  a  very 
curious  and  interesting  account  of  this 
machine,  in  his  history  of  the  Belgiciwar. 

The  infernal  was  tried  by  the  English 
at  Dunkirk  and  St.  Maloes,  and  by  the 
Dutch  and  English  under  king  William. 
It  is  likewise  mentioned  by  Grose  in  his 
history  of  the  English  army. 

The  only  time  during  the  present  war 
at  which  its  dreadful  powers  have  been  at- 
tempted, was  in  the  month  of  December, 
1800,  when  a  conspiracy  was  formed  and 
emissaries  under  the  direction  of  one 
Jackson,  sent  from  London  to  destroy 
Bonaparte.  It  failed  as  to  its  immediate  ob- 
jects, but  proved  by  its  collateral  effects, 
that  the  invention  is  as  destructive  as  the 
most  sanguine  destroyer  of  the  human 
race  could  wish. 

To  INFEST,  infeitcr,  Fr.  This  word 
is  more  strictly  applicable  to  places  than  to 
things. 

To  INFEST  a  place  (infeiter  un  lieu)  sig- 
nifies to  frequent  any  particular  spot  for 
the  evident  purpose  of  doing  damage,  to 
create  uneasiness  and  to  commit  depreda- 
tions.  Thus  free-booters  or  thieves  are 
said  to  infest  places. 

INFINIMENT  PETIT,  Fr.  Infi- 
nitely small.  Modern  calculators  call,  by 
this  name,  every  thing  which  is  so  ex- 
iguous that  it  cannot  be  compared  to  any 
other  quantity,  or  which  is  smaller  than 
any  other  assignable  quantity.  The  new 
calculation  which  has  been  adopted 
among  geometricians  respecting  quanti- 
fies that  are  infinitely  small ;  is  called  the 
calculation  of  infinitesimals. 

INFIRMARY.  See  HOSPITAL. 

INFLUENCE  of  example.  In  a  mili- 
tary sense  the  influence  of  example  is  of 
the  greatest  consequence.  We  have 
already  spoken  generally  on  the  neces- 
sity of  good  example  (see  EXAMPLE); 
we  think  it  proper  further  to  observe, 
that  the  influence  which  every  action 
of  a  commanding  officer  bears,  is  of 
so  much  importance  to  the  service,  as  to 
render  it  incumbent  upon  every  superior 
person  to  consider  its  effects  upon  the 
mi-nd  and  conduct  of  an  inferior.  A  cir- 


cumstance once  occurred,  which  is  fre- 
quently quoted.  Ii  was  briefly  this:  an  of- 
licer  happening  to  appear  upon  the  parade 
without  being  strictly  uniform  as  to  dress, 
was  ordered  to  fall  out.  Some  little  time 
after  the  commanding  officer  (by  whom 
the  subaltern  had  been  noticed)  was  him- 
self irregularly  dressed ;  the  latter  availed 
himself  of  an  opportunity  to  mention  the 
circumstance  in  a  familiar  and  good- 
humored  manner;  upon  which  the  for- 
mer very  shrewdly  replied — //  is  true,  s!rt 
that  I  am  not  strictly  In  uniform  tO'day,  but 
you  'will  be  pleased  to  recollect ,  that  I  have 
the  commanding  officer's  leave.  The  re- 
partee was  not  amiss,  as  it  conveyed  at  the 
same  time  a  sound  piece  of  advice  to  eve- 
ry inferior  officer;  but  it  did  not  justify 
tne  deviation.  An  admiral,  from  mo- 
tives, we  conceive,  of  duty,  as  well  as 
principles  of  economy,  was  so  tenacious  oi 
regularity,  that  rather  than  appear  not 
strictly  correct,  he  has  been  Known  to 
have  a  second  naval  uniform,  made  ot 
coarse  flannel,  which  he  constantly  wore 
on  board.  Notwithstanding  this  laudable 
instance,  it  is  well  known,  that  both  in 
the  army  and  navy,  the  repartee  of  the  com- 
manding officer  has  been  frequently  used. 

INFORMERS.  Soldiers  who  give 
information  of  false  musters,  or  of  pay  il- 
legally detained,  are  entitled  to  their  dis- 
charge. See  MUTINY  ACT,  sections  17 
and  69. 

INGINEER.    See  ENGINEER. 

INGENIEUR,  Fr.  Ingineer.  See 
ENGINEER. 

INGENIEUR  par  rapport  a  ^architecture 
civile,  Fr.  An  engineer  who  may  be  pro- 
perly called  an  adept  in  civil  architecture. 
A  person  of  this  description  was  always 
employed  among  the  French.  He  was  a 
skilful  and  intelligent  man,  perfectly  mas- 
ter of  mechanics ;  by  which  means  he 
could  invent  machines  for  the  purpose  of 
increasing  propellents,  so  as  either  to  draw 
or  to  raise  heavy  loads  with  facility,  or  to 
elevate  and  direct  the  course  of  waters. 

INGENIEUR  en  architecture  militaire,  Fr. 
An  engineer  who  is  perfectly  master  of 
military  architecture.  The  term  itself 
points  out,  that  the  requisite  qualifications 
are  ingenuity,  skill,  and  an  apt  talent  at 
invention.  The  French,  in  former  times, 
made  use  of  the  word  ingeigneur  instead  of 
ingenieur  ;  deriving  the  former  from  ettgin, 
which  originally  signified  a  machine 
amongst  them,  and  has  since  been  adopted 
by  us.  All  warlike  machines,  such  as 
cannons,  &c.  were,  in  fact,  called  ea- 
gines,  because  they  were,  for  the  most 
part,  invented  by  engineers .  So  that  even 
the  word  engin,  Fr.  and  engine  comes  from 
the  Latin  engenium,  or  invention.  These 
machines  were,  indeed,  frequently  called 
in  bad  Latin  ingenia.  Hence  the  etymology 
of  ingenieur.  The  situation  of  ingenieur^ 
among  the  French,  has  always  been 
deemed  extremely  honorable.  They  have 
always  risen  to  the  highest  posts  in  the 
armv,  and  their  skill  and  judgment  havg 


300 


ING 


.always  6een thought  mdispensibly  neces- 
saiy  in  all  the  operations  of  war.  We  have 
already  pointed  out,  under  the  article 
ENGINEER,  the  outlines  of  this  impor- 
tant character.  We  paly  regret,  that  the 
limits  of  our  undertaking  will  not  admit 
the  very  sensible  observations  which  are 
to  be  found  under  the  head  INGENIEUR 
in  several  French  publications, 


fortified  place  became  tedious,  and  many- 
lives  were  unnecessarily  lost.  Louis  the 
XlVtn,  by  his  personal  appearance  and 
attention  x.ave  fresh  lire  to  his  army,  and 
instilled  into  every  part  of  it  a  spirit  of 
subordination,  which  had  been  hitherto 
unknown.  He  was  actuated  by  a 
thorough  conviction,  that  in  every  species 
of  offensive  and  defensive  operation  the 


The  French,  and  after  them  several  '  use  of  artillery,  under  the  guidance  of 
other  nations,  have  formed  their  engineers  i!  scientific  men,  was  essentially  requisite, 
into  select  corps  ;  the  French  call  them  |i  In  no  instance  however,  does  the  skill  of 
carps  eie  Gtnle,  >.'  an  able  engineer  appear  so  rn  ch  to  advan- 

INGENIEUR  Directure,  Fr.  A  respon-  j,  tage  as  in  the  attack  of  afonified  place* 
sible  person  in  the  old  French  service,  'This  the  king  witnessed  himsei I,  and  on 
whose  duty  was  to  superintend  i>nd  take  ;|  that  account  he  considerably  increased  the 
charge  of  a  certain  number  of  fortified  !'  number  of  engineers.  Persons  or  the 
towns  or  places,  and  to  transmit  a  regular  {  first  distinction  became  candidates  for 


account  of  the  actual  state  of  the  works, 
and  to  represent  whatever  might  appear 
defective,  or  stand  in  need  of  repair. 

INGENIEUR^  Chef,  Fr.  chief  engineer. 


situations  in  that  honorable  body 

Whenever  there  was  a  deficiency  during 
i  a  siege  of  subordinate  engineers  or  inge~ 
•  nieurs  en  second,  it  was  usual  among  rhe  • 


It  was  the  business  of  this  officer  to  !i  French  to  select  lieutenants  or  sub-lieu* 
superintend  the  construction  of  all  sorts  ji  tenants  from  the  different  infar.try  corps 
of  military  works,  having  several  subor-  'I  to  superintend  the  works,  and  to  see  that 
dinate  engineers  under  him  to  assist  and  |i  the  workmen  did  their  duty.  They  re- 
put  his  plans  into  execution.  In  order  ceived  an  additional  pay  ot  ten  ecus,  or 


to  make  some  distinction  between  the  man 
of  skill  and  genius,  and  the  mere  p  re  ten- 


one  pound  five  shillings    per  month,  in 
consideration    of  this  extra  service,  and 


_ders  to  knowlege  in  this  great  branch  of  jj  their  being  selected  in  this  manner  was  a 
military  acquirements,  it  was  usual,  dur-  sure  step  to  the  rank  and  emoluments  of 
ing  the  monarchy  of  France,  to  call  all  en-  J  an  engineer.  It  has  been  very  justly  ob- 
gineers  that  wereacknowleged  by  govern-  ij  served  by  a  French  writer,  that  every  in- 
ingtnieurs  ordinaire*  du  ret,  engineers  j  fantry  officer  should  be  acquainted  with 

IIC-TJ  A-  —  *:^~-s.  ----  i  —  ».  A-  ---  _i  --------  » 


ment 

in  ordinary  to  the  king. 

The  usual  pay  of  the  French  engineers 
was,  from  vingt  ecus  or  two  pounds  ten 
.shillings  up  to  one  hundred  ecus  or  4/. 
loj.  English,  per  month,  according 
to  each  individual's  length  of  service,  pe- 
ouliar  talents,  or  appointment.  Persons 
were  received  as  engineers  by  the  superin- 
vendant  of  the  board  of  ordnance,  after 
.having  passed  a  mathematical  examina- 
tion ;  and  the  situation  was  the  more 
eagerly  sought  after,  inasmuch  as  it  led  to 


field  fortification  at  least ;  for  a  thousand 
instances  occur,  in  which  the  immediate 
assistance  of  an  engineer  is  required,  and 
to  which  in  actual  service,  it  is  impos- 
sible for  the  regularly  bred  officer  of  that 
establishment  to  pay  personal  attention. 
We  allude  among  other  cases,  to  the  tem- 
porary defence  of  out-posts,  to  the  laying 
and  springing  of  fougasses,  &c. 

Before  the  revolution,  the  frontier 
towns  and  other  fortified  places  belonging 
to  France  were  under  the  direction  of 


•the  highesc  military  post ;  as  that  of  mar-  \\  350  engineers,  called  ingtnieurs  du  roi,  who 
shal  of  France,  to  which  the  celebrated  jj  were  subordinate  to  one  director  general. 
Vauban  was  promoted.  ,i      All    instructions  relative  to   the  fort i- 

ln   1755,    the    French    engineers   were  H  fications  passed  through  the  latter  officer 
formed  into  one  corps,  under  the  name  of  jj  to  the  king. 

t'Jie  royal  corps  of  artillery  and  engineers  ;  j      All  engineers  were  subject  to  the  orders 
the  principal  officers  of  which  cornmuni-  jj  that    the    commissary    general    thought 


with  the  secretary  of  war,  and  re- 
ceived through  him  the  king's  orders. 

No  country  has  ever  paid  so  much  atten- 
tion to  the  art  of  engineering,  as  France 
has  under  all  her  vicissitudes;  and  this 
has  arisen  not  so  much  from  a  natural 

Eiedeliction  to  that  peculiar  study,  as 
-orn  a  conviction  of  its  utility  in  all  war- 
like operations,  but  most  especially  in 
sieges.  This  class  of  military  men  was, 
however,  extremely  neglected,  until  the 
reign  of  Louis  the  XlVth.  Few  ever 
caw,  or  were  present  at  above  five  or  six 


proper  to  issue,  with  respect  to  the  at- 
tack or  defence  of  places,  the  construc- 
tion of  works,  Sec.  and  they  were  fur- 
ther directed  to  see,  that  all  the  necessary 
|,  implements  for  a  siege  were  duly  provid- 
i  ed.  They  gave  in  a  weekly  report  to  the 
director  general  of  the  progress  and  state  of 
the  works,  and  had  authority  to  draw 
upon  the  treasury  tor  what  ever  sums  were 
wanted  to  pay  the  contractors.  Every  en- 
gineer was  particularly  enjoined  to  see  that 
the  contractors  furnished  good  materials. 
INGLEZ,  bid.  The  English  are  so 


sieges;  being  either  wounded  at  the  be-  ((called  by  the  natives  of  Bengal:  they 
ginning,  or  during  the  operations  of  aj.are  frequently  called  Feringhees,  that  is 
siege.  They  seldom  indeed,  witnessed  j!  strangers,  Wullaget,  which  signifies  to  the 
the  termination  of  it;  and  from  the  want  j:  country.  Americans  are  called  Nia-Fe- 
of,  engineers,  the  in.v.estrnenS  of  a  town  or  f!  ringt><(st  or  .new  strangers,  or  foreignefs*. 


INS 


INS 


301 


INHIBITION.  See  EMBARGO. 
INN-HOLDERS.  In  England,  per- 
sons who  have  a  licence  to  enable  them 
to  sell  spirituous  liquors,  beer,  &c.  and 
Avho  a'c  obliged  by  the  conditions  speci- 
fied in  that  license,  to  provide  victuals 
and  bciir  for  military  men,  under  certain 
restrictions.  See  3nthand4oth  Geo.  III. 
Cap,  27.  Art  XLI  XLI1.  XLIII. 

INIMICAL,  hostile. 

INLISTING,  the  act  of  engaging 
soldiers,  to  serve  either  in  the  cavalry, 
infantry,  orartillery.  For  the  regulations 
respecting  the  inlisting  soldiers,  see  RE- 
c  H  u  i  T  i  N  G  . 

INNONDER,  Fr.  See  INUNDAT*. 

INQUIRY.     See  COURTS  of 

INROAD,  incursion,  sudden  and  de- 
-  sultory  invasion. 

'  INSCONSED,  in  the  military  art. 
Wlun  any  part  of  an  army  has  fortified 
itself  with  a  sconce,  or  small  work,  in 
order  to  defend  some  pass,&c.  it  is  said  to 
-be  insconsed. 

INSIDE  guard)  a  guard  with  the 
broad  sword,  to  secure  the  face  and  front 
of  the  body,  from  a  cut  made  at  the  in- 
side  of  the  position  above  the  wrist.  See 
BROADSWORD. 

1NSPECTEUR,  Fr.  Inspector.  Mi-! 
litary  inspectors  were  originally  instituted  ''•• 
among   the    French,  after   the    peace  or' 
Aixla  Chapel le  in  1668.     Two  persons  at 
that  epoch  occupied  this  important  situa-  , 
tion;  one  being  called   inspector  general 
of  cavalry,  and  the  other  inspector  general 
antry.     Louis  XIV".    under  whom 
France  assumed  over  the  rest  of  Europe 
.•'ndcra-'.ce    of    military    character, 
iiK-r eased  the  number  of  inspectors,  and 
ordered  them  to  be  distributed  in  the  dif-  ; 
fcrent  departments  for  the  purpose  of  re-  j 
viewing  the  troops  every  month,  and  of 
transmitting  to  him  a  regular  statement  of! 
their  effective  force,  &c. 

It  was  the  duty  of  these  inspectors  to; 
examine  minutely  at  the  commencement : 
of  every  month  the  state  of  each  regiment, 
to  lo(,k  at  the  books  belonging  to  the 
-several  companies,  and  to  mark  out  such 
men  as  did  not  appear  fit  for  the  service. 
Each  inspector  had  a  separate  dwelling- 
house  allotted  to  him  in  the  garrison  town 
of  his  department,  and  he  had  the  power, 
on  giving  previous  notice  to  the  governor, 
of  ordering  the  men  under  arms.  A  bri- 
gade major  delivered  to  him  every  evening 
the  orders  of  the  day . 

Inspectors  general  of  this  description 
ranked  with  the  army,  without  bearing 
any  direct  commission,  and  in  time  of  war, 
they  were  acknowleged  as  general  officers, 
brigadiers,  or  colonels. 

Their  inspection  did  not  extend  to  the 
troops  of  the  household,  the  French,  or 
Swiss  guards,  nor  to  the  regiment  du  Roi 
injanterie.  The  artillery  were  also  out  of 
their  sup4jrintendance. 

Previous  to  the  French  revolution,  there 
•were  eleven  inspectors  of  infantry,  and 
cieven  ef  csmfry  attached  to  the  French 


army.  There  was  likewise  one  inspector 
general  of  infantry,  and  one  inspector  ge- 
neral of  cavalry. 

INSPKCTEUR  de  construction ,  F r.  an  of- 
ficer in  the  French  army,  in  whose  pre- 
sence all  plans  and  profiles  for  fortifica- 
tion, &c.  were  drawn,  before  any  work 
could  be  undertaken.  An  accurate  esti- 
mate was  made  of  the  wood  which  would 
be  required  to  complete  it.  It  was  like- 
wise a  part  of  his  duty  to  point  out  to  th* 
carpenters  the  precise  method  by  which 
ground,  plans,  and  elevations,  tprts,  bat. 
teries,  and  bridges,  &c.  were  to  be  con- 
ducted. It  was  his  business,  in  a  word, 
to  attend  to  the  construction  and  repair  of 
every  part  of  a  fortification. 

INSPECTING  officer  of  a  dls  trier  t 
a  responsible  character,  selected  from  the 
line,  who  is  nominated  by  the  war-of- 
tice,  to  superintend  trie  troops,  stations, 
and  recruiting  parties,  within  the  limits 
of  his  station. 

Fieiu  officers  of  districts  may  order  de- 
tachment courts- martial,  to  be  composed 
of  the  recruiting  officers  in  their  districts, 
in  the  usual  number  and  ranks,  and  they 
may  approve  of  every  such  court  maitial, 
and  to  direct  the  ^un  shment  awarded 
thereby  to  be  executed,  mitigated  or  re- 
mitted, as  they  sluUl  think'  expedient. 
They  are  to  receive  orders  from  the  adju- 
tant general  respecting  the  nature  of  their 
returns  ;  and  all  returns  and  reports  are  to 
come  to  the  inspector  ..eneral  through 
them.  Each  district  field  officer  in  the 
British  service  has  an  allowance  of  ten 
shillings  u  day,  in  addition  to  the  full  pay 
of  Ins  respective  icgimcntui  rank,  and  lie 
is  to  be  reimo.ur.sed  fui  the  actual  expence 
he  incurs  for  stationary  and  postage  of 
letters;  which  charge  must  be  accompa- 
nied by  a  certificate  upon  honor. 

Each  district  field  officer  is  allowed  to 
appoint  a  suoaheia  officer  (not  employed 
upoii  the  recruiting  service)  to  act  as  ad- 
jutant in  the  district.  The  pay  or  allow- 
ance of  sucn  subaitern  is  three  shillings  a 
day  in  addition  to  Ins  rull  regimental  pay  ; 
he  is  also  authorised  to  nominate  two  ser- 
jeants,  with  the  additional  pay  of  six- 
pence each,  one  to  act  as  serjcant  major, 
and  the  other  as  clerk  to  the  district. 

Each  field  officer  may  moreover  give 
directions  to  the  hospital  mate,  who  is 
placed  under  his  orders,  to  examine  the 
recruits  when  brought  fur  inspection,  dirt 
to  give  such  medical  assistance  as  may  be 
in  his  power,  to  the  several  recruiting 
parties  in  the  district  he  belongs  to. 

When  colonels  or  legunents  take  upon 
themselves  the  whole  direction  of  the  re- 
cruiting service  for  their  own  corps,  they 
must  conform  to  the  regulations  whicii 
require  returns  to  be  made  to  the  inspector 
general  of  the  recruiting  service  ;  and  they 
mustinstiuct  their  officers  to  send  weeklv 
returns  to  the  regulating  field  officer,  ii. 
whose  district  they  are  stationed,  ot  ah 
th-i  casualties  that  have  occurred 
INSPECTION,  a  strfe?  examination, 


302 


INS 


I  NS 


a  close  survey.  It  likewise  signifies  su- 
perintendance.  In  a  military  sense  it  ad- 
inits  of  both  interpretations,  and  may  be 
considered  under  two  specific  heads,  each 
of  which  branches  out  into  a  variety  of 
general,  regimental,  and  company  duties. 

A  gentml  INSPECTION  is  made  annu- 
ally by  the  reviewing  generals  of  districts. 
Every  regiment,  on  tnis  occasion,  is  mi. 
nutely  looked  into,  and  a  faithful  account 
must  be  delivered  by  each  commanding 
officer  of  the  actual  state  of  his  regiment, 
together  with  all  the  casualties  that  have 
occured during  the  current  year.  The  in- 
terior economy  of  the  corps  is  not  only  in- 
vestigated to  the  bottom,  but  the  disci- 
pline of  the  men  is  likewise  examined, 
for  a  more  particular  explanation  of  the 
latter,  see  REVIEW. 

Regimental  INSPECTION  is  made  once 
a  month  by  the  commanding  officer.  The 
clothing,  the  necessaries,  arms,  and  ac- 
coutrements belonging  to  the  different 
companies  are  examined  by  the  lieutenant 
colonel  or  major  of  the  corps.  Specific 
returns  are  made  by  theofficers  command- 
ing troops  or  companies,  by  whom  the 
debts  and  credits  of  the  men,  which  have 
been  made  up  and  accounted  for  on  the 
24th  day  in  each  month,  in  infantry  regi- 
ments, and  on  the  24th  day  in  each  second 
month  in  cavalry  corps,  are  exhibited  for 
examination  at  head  quarters.  This 
forms  the  groundwork  or  basis  of  the  ge- 
neral inspection,  at  which  the  troop  or 
company  book  should  always  be  pro- 
duced. 

Private  INSPECTION  of  companies  is 
the  first  step  towards  the  other  two,  and 
ought  to  be  made  every  Monday  morning, 
by  each  officer  commanding  a  troop  or 
company,  or  by  his  subaltern. 

INSPECTION  of  necessaries  is  an  exami- 
nation of  the  different  articles  which  every 
soldier  is  directed  to  have  in  good  repair. 
The  regular  or  established  proportion  of 
necessaries  that  each  soldier  of  cavalry  and 
infantry  is  to  be  in  possession  of  on  the 
24th  day  of  each  month,  to  entitle  him 
to  receive  the  balance  that  may  be  then 
due  to  him,  consists  of  the  following  ar- 
ticles. 

Cavalry, — 3  shirts,  2  pair  of  shoes,  3 
rair  of  stockings,  one  pair  of  gaiters,  i 
forage  cap,  i  saddle-bag,  one  pair  of  can- 
vas, or  woollen  over-hose,  i  canvas,  or 
-woollen  frock  or  jacket,  i  stock,  i  black- 
ball, z  brushes,  i  curry-comb  and  brush, 
r  mane  comb  and  spunge,  i  horse- pricker. 

Infantry. — 3  shirts,  2  pair  of  shoes,  2 
pair  of  stockings,  or  2  pair  of  socks,  i 
pair  of  gaiters,  i  forage  cap,  i  pack, 
i  stock,  i  black-ball,  2  brushes. 

Private  INSPECTION  of  arms.  Twenty 
jninutes  or  more  before  the  general  pa- 
ride,  every  troop  or  company  should  be 
ffrawnup  on  its  troop  or  private  parade, 
and  each  man  be  narrowly  inspected  by  an 
officer.  When  the  dress  and  accoutre- 
ments have  been  looked  at,  the  troop  or 
corap Jny  standing  at  oprn  ranis,  and  with 


\\jront,  atter  wmcn  tney  are  to  DIOV 
j  the  barrels.  By  applying  his  h< 
j  the  touch. hole,  the  officer  will  be 


shouldered  arms  will  receive  the  fol- 
lowing words  of  command  from  the  se^- 
nior  officer. 

Open-pans — s/ape,orp»rfarms — The  pans 
and  locks  will  be  narrowly  inspected. 
Carry  arms — skut  pans — crder  arms — drain 
ramroJs — at  which  word  the  men  draw 
and  put  them  in  the  pieces,  springing 
them  successively  as  the  officer  comes  up 
to  them,  but  not  returning  them  until 
the  vyhole  troop  or  company  has  been 
examined.  The  officer  will  carefully  ex- 
amine the  nob  of  each  ramrod,  and  de- 
termine from  its  appearance  whether  the 
inside  of  the  barrel  be  clean.  On  some 
particular  occasions,  especially  when  a 
party  is  ordeicd  upon  immediate  duty 
with  ball  cartridges,  a  more  minute  ex- 
amination of  the  musquet  should  take 
place.  The  pricker  is  not  always  suffi- 
cient to  ascertain  the  state  of  the  interior 

j|  part  of  the  touch-hole,  as  it  can  only  en. 

|  ter  in  one  direction ;    it  is  therefore  re- 

il  commended  to  order  the  men  Buts  to  the 
after  which  they  are  to  blow  down 
hand    to 
able  to 

I  know  the  real  state  of  the  vent.  When 
the  arms  have  been  examined,  the  men 
will  be  ordered  to  handle  arms—fix  bayo- 
nets.— When  the  bayonets  and  slings  will 
be  inspected — unfix  bayonets— ease  arms — 
stand  at  ease. 

INSPECTOR  oj  cavalry,  an  offi- 
cer whose  particular  duty  is  to  inspect 
all  cavalry  regiments,  to  report  the 
state  of  the  hor?es,  and  to  receive 
specific  accounts  from  the  different  corps 
of  their  actual  state ;  he  communicates 
with  the  commander  in  chief,  and  when- 
ever a  cavalry  regiment  is  ordered  to  be 
disbanded,  it  must  be  looked  at  by  the 
inspector  general,  before  it  is  finally 
broken. 

INSPECTOR  of  the  recruiting 
sfrvice,  an  officer  of  rank  through 
whom  the  field  officers  of  districts,  and 
colonels  of  regiments  (when  they  person- 
ally manage  the  recruiting  service  of  their 
own  corps)  transmit  their  several  returns- 
to  the  adjutant  general's  office. 

INSPECTOR  «•/ clothing.  These  inspec- 
tors, or  the  inspectors  for  the  time  being, 
are  directed  to  view  and  compare  with  the 
sealed  patterns,  the  clothing  of  the  several 
regiments,  as  soon  as  the  same  shall  have 
been  prepared,  and  if  the  said  clothing 
appear  to  be  conformable  to  the  sealed 
patterns,  they  are  authorized  to  grant 
two  certificates  of  their  view  and  approval 
thereof;  one  of  which  certificates  is  to  be 
delivered  to  the  clothier,  to  be  sent  with 
the  .clothing  to  the  head  quarters  of  the 
corps,  and  the  other  to  be  lodged  with  the 
general  clothing  board,  as  the  necessary 
voucher  for  passing  the  assignment  of  the 
allowance  for  the  said  clothing. 

All  clothing  must  be  viewed,  and  cer- 
tificates be  signed  by  both  inspectors,  ex- 
cept in  cases  where  the  absence  of  one  of 
t)iem  shall  be  urovettkble ;  in  all  which 


INS 


INS 


303 


cases  the  cause  of  such  absence  is  to  be 
stated  by  the  other  inspector,  in  his  cer- 
tificate of  the  view  of  the  clothing. 

Inspectors  of  clothing  are  to  follow  all 
instructions  which  may  be  transmitted 
to  them  from  the  commander  in  chief, 
or  the  secretary  at  war. 

INSPECTOR  of  hospitals,  the  next  on 
the  staff'to  the  surgeon  general. 

INSTALLATION,  the  act  of  in- 
vesting  any  one  with  a  military  order. 

INSTRUCTION  des  prods  criminel, 
Fr.  A  military  form  or  process  in  crimi- 
nal matters.  In  the  old  French  service 
when  troops  were  «n  garrison,  it  was  the 
duty  of  the  town-major  to  issue  out  the 
regular  form  of  proceeding  against  all  of- 
ficers, Serjeants,  and  soldiers  who  were 
accused  of  crimes  or  misdemeanors.  The 
majors  of  corps  exercised  this  function 
when  troops  were  encamped.  There  was 
a  specific  form,  subject  only  to  a  few  al- 
terations with  respect  to  terms  and  ex- 
pressions, by  which  all  sorts  of  military 
crimes  were  investigated.  Desertion  was 
the  chief  and  most  prevalent  crime  among 
French  soldiers.  It  became  the  peculiar 
business  of  the  major,  whether  in  garrison 
or  in  the  field,  to  explain  and  bring  for- 
ward every  thing  that  might  establish  the 
truth  of  the  accusation  ;  and  he  acted  on 
this  occasion,  as  an  attorney  general  docs 
in  civil  matters  ;  only  with  this  difference, 
that  the  latter  explained  the  grounds  of 
his  indictment  before  a  judge,  whereas 
the  former  not  only  exposed  the  nature  of 
the  case,  but  drew  his  own  conclusions, 
and  bounded  his  verdict. 

Those  officers  who  may  be  disposed  to 
enter  more  largely  into  the  subject  of 
French  military  process,  as  conducted 
before  the  revolution,  may  be  satisfied  by 
perusing  Le  Code  Miliiaire,  ou  dtuxletnc 
"jtlume  du  service  dc  /'  Injanlerie,  page  12,3  ; 
and  we  refer  all  British  officers  in  general 
to  M.  Tytler's  late  publication  on  English 
military  law. 

Major  Macomb  of  the  United  States 
engineers  has  published  a  very  judicious 
and  concise  tract  adapted  to  the  military 
service  of  the  Union ;  and  it  is  adopted 
by  the  war  office. 

Military  INSTRUMENTS  fixstru. 
wens  militaifes.)  Fr.  By  the  sound  of  mi- 
litary instruments  the  troops  belonging  to 
the  several  armies  in  Europe,  &c.  aredi- 
rected  in  their  various  movements. 

The  instruments  which  are  peculiar  to 
the  cavalry  of  most  nations  are  the  trum- 
pet and  the  cymbal.  In  France,  dragoon 
regiments  in  general  formerly  adopted  the 
drum  in  common  with  the  infantry,  they 
now  use  the  trumpet  for  garrison,  and  the 
bugle  for  the  field  service.  A  certain 
number  of  fifers  are  likewise  allowed  in 
foot  regiments.  Hautboys  and  clarinets 
do  not  form  any  part  of  the  music  which 
is  sanctioned  and  paid  for  by  the  public. 
Colonels  of  corps, however,  frequently  en- 
tertain a  band  either  at  their  ownexpence, 
•1  oqt  of  what  U  called  the  stock- purse. 


The  principal  military  instruments 
which  were  used  among  the  ancients, 
whether  for  cavalry  or  infantry,  consisted 
of  the  trumpet,  the  cornet,  and  the  buc- 
cinaor  French  horn. 

Warlike  INSTRUMENTS  ined  by  the 
Turks.  The  Turks  make  use  of  wind 
and  clashing  instruments  of  different: 
shapes  and  sizes;  all,  ^except  one  wind 
instrument,  are  better  calculated  fov 
pomp  and  ceremony,  than  adapted  to  mi- 
litary serticc. 

The  clashing  instruments,  which  the 
French  call  instrument  a  choc%  cdnsist  of. 
two  sorts  of  drums,  and  an  instrument 
which  is  made  of  two  plates  of  mstaJ, 
such  as  the  cymbals  we  have  adopted 
from  the  Asiatics. 

Their  wind-instruments  consist  of  a 
wine; ing  or  crooked  trumpet,  and  of  a 
wooden  fife. 

The  big  drum  which  they  call  dual, 
stands  three  feet  high.  It  is  carried  by 
a  mounted  drummer,  who  makes  use  of 
a  thick  stick  with  which  he  strikes  the 
upper  part,  and  a  small  one,  with  which 
he  plays  upon  the  under  OHC;  these  he 
applies  alternately  with  much  ingenuity 
of  hand,  and  great  gravity  of  countenance. 
This  is  the  only  instrument  which  the 
Turks  use  in  military  exercises  or  ma- 
noeuvres. The  big  drums  are  constantly 
beat  when  the  enemy  is  near,  and  round 
all  the  out- posts,  in  order  to  keep  the  sen- 
tinels upon  thealerr.  On  these  occasions 
the  drummers  exclaim  with  a  loud  voice '. 
Jegda  Allah  \  that  is,  God  is  good  !  or  as 
the  French  interpret  it — DUu  Bon. 

The  two  small  drums,  or  the  kettle 
drums  serveas  marks  of  distinction  for  the 
bacha's  family,  and  likewise  as  signals 
when  the  troops  are  to  march.  They 
contribute  greatly  to  the  general  harmony 
of  a  concert.  The  Turkish  name  for 
them  is  Sudat  Nagara.  The  bachas,  o\ 
bashaws  with  three  tails  are  entitled  to 
three  kettle  drums,  which  are  fixed  on 
each  side  of  the  saddle,  and  are  beat  in 
the  same  manner  that  those  in  other  ser- 
vices are. 

There  is  likewise  another  sort  of 
Turkish  instrument  called  2/7/,which  con- 
sists of  two  hollow  brass  plates,  on  whose 
convex  side  is  fixed  a  ring  sufficiently  large" 
to  contain  the  grasp  of  three  fingers.  By 
clashing  them  seasonably  together,  an 
agreeable  silvery  sound  is  extracted.  Th« 
bashaws  with  three  tails  are  each  inti- 
tled  to  two  sets  of  these  instruments. 

There  are  two  sorts  of  wind-instrumejUs 
used  among  the  Turks,  they  differ  ve/y 
much  both  vrith  regard  to  the  manner  i?t 
which  they  are  played,  and  to  the  materi  - 
als  with  which  they  are  made.  The  fi&z 
is  the  trumpet,  which  is  made  of  the  same- 
metal  that  ours  are,  but  are  somewhat 
longer ;  they  are  called  bar}.  The  irui: 
who  blows  this  trumpet  is  always  mount- 
ed on  horse  back,  and  every  bashav 
three  t-aiJs  is  intitlsd  to  have  seven, 


304 


INS 


INT 


The  second  instrument  is  made  of  wood  ; 
it  is  a  sort  ot'pipe  or  tiute  with  five  holes  ; 
the  Turks  call  it  ^.urnader.  The  person 
who  plays  this  instrument  is  on  horse- 
Lack,  and  every  bashaw  with  three  tails  is 
intitled  to  five. 

The  sounds  which  issue  from  these 
tlillerent  instruments  would  be  extremely 
harsh  to  the  ear,  were  they  not  in  some 
degree  harmonized  by  the  great  drum  : 
Avlicn  the  whole  is  played  to  ether,  the 
effect  is  both  martial  and  pleasant. 

Surgical  INSTRUMENTS  directed  to  be  pro. 
iridtd  for  t  e  use  oj~  regimental  hospitals. 
An  amputating  saw,  with  spare  blade,  i 
metacarpal  saw,  with  ditto,  24  cuued 
needles,  2  amputating  knives,  I  catlip,,  2 
tenaeulems,  i  bullet  forceps,  i  pair  of 
luMi  nippers,  2  screw  tourniquets,  4  field 
with  handle,  2  callico  com- 
presses, 2  trephines,  with  sliding  keys,  i 
trephine  forceps,  i  elevator,  i  lanticular, 
a  hrusn,  key  instruments  for  teeth,  to  fit 
tnphinc  handle, "8  scalpels,  2  silver  cathe- 
ters, i  trocar  with  spring  and  introductory 
car.ula,  i  do.  do.  a;v?i  canula  for  hydrocele, 
proUan,:,,  i  long  silver  probe,  i  large  bougie. 

Surgical  INSTRUMENTS  directed  to  ie 
provided  for  tbejjeid.  Ananvi;tnting  saw, 
i  rnetacarpal  saw,  12  curved  needles,  i 
amputating  knife,  i  catlin,  i  screw  tour- 
niquet, i  silver  cathet  r,  i  elastic  ditto,  2 
trephines  to  fit  one  handle,  i  trephine  for. 
ceps,  i  elevator,  2  seal p<  Is,  i  bullet  for- 
ceps, i  trocar  with  spring  and  introduc- 
tory canula,  i  trocar  with  spring  canula 
for  hydrocele,  a  brush,  atenaculcjn,  thread 
for  ligatures. 

To  I N  SU  LT,  in  a  military  signification, 
is  to  attack  boldly  and  in  open  <iay,  with- 
out going  through  the  slow  operations  of 
opening  trenches,  working  by  mines  and 
saps,  or  having  any  rec-mrse  to  those  usual 
forms  of  war,  by  advancing  gradually  to- 
wards the  object  in  view.  An  enemy  is 
said  to  insult  a  coast  when  he  suddenly 
appears  upon  it,  and  debarks  with  an 
immediate  purpose  to  attack.  The  Bri- 
tish forces  under  the  command  of  sir 
Ralph  Abercrombu-,  insulted  the  Dutch 
coast  when  they  took  possession  of  the 
Helder,  in  consequence  of  a  bold  descent. 
The  British  fiee:  which  entered  th.  Che- 
sapeake bay,  and  on  the  22  June,  1807, 
attacked  the  United  States  frigate  Chesa- 
peake, insulted  the  nation  ;  they  had  the 
baseness  to  deny  it,  and  to  make  an  apology 
afterwards  ;  but  they  did  not  punish  their 
officers ;  and  afterwards  tied  from  the  en- 
gagements made  by  their  ambassador  to 
the  U.  S.  In  attacking  fortified  places  it  is 
usual  to  insult  the  counterscarp,  in  order 
to  avoid  the  destruction  which  would  na- 
turally follow,  if  the  besieged  had  time 
enough  allowed  them  to  give  effect  to  the 
different  mines  that  must  necessarily  have 
been  prepared  bcnealh  it.  The  grenadiers 
are  always  employed  en  these  occasions, 
accompanied  by  workmen  and  artificers  to 
secure  the  post,  after  it  has  been  taken 


!NSUlTER,Fr.   See  To  INSULT. 

INSURGENTS,  All  vassals  in-Hun- 
gory  when  assembled  together  in  conse- 
quence of  the  genera]  proclamation  by 

Ban  and  Arriere  Bar.  are  so  called.  This, 
however,  does  not  happen  except  in  cases 
of  great  emergency,  when  they  are  headed 
by  the  prince  Palatine  of  Hungary,  and 
march  to  the  defence  of  th-ir  frontiers. 
The  Hungarians  have  sometimes  indeed 
gone  beyond  them,  in  order  to  support 
their  sovereign's  right,  and  have  acted  of- 
fensively in  the  neighboring  countries. 

INSURGENTS  is  a  term  used  to  signify 
persons  who   have   made    inroads   into   a 
[j  country  ;  or  who  rise  in  revolt  against  the 
"  established  laws. 

I N  T  E  L  LI  G  E  N  C  E ,  in  a  military  sense 
may  be  variously  applied,  and  of  course 
!  has  different  significations.  No  general 
!  can  be  said  to  be  in  any  degree  qualified 
I  for  the  important  situation  which  he 
|s  holds,  unless,  like  an  able  minister  of 
'  state,  he  bo  constantly  prepared  with  the 
li  requisite  means  to  obtain  the  best  intelli- 
!;  gence  respecting  tht.  movements  ai.d  the 
i;  designs  cr  th:  enemy  he  is  to  op  pose.  On 
I  the  other  hand,  it  is  not  possible  to  cm- 
jj  ceive  a  greater  crime  than  th.it  of  affording 
Ij  intelligence  to  an  enemy,  and  thereby 
jj  bringing  about  the  overthrow  arddestruc- 
|j  tion  of  a  whole  army.  A  French  milita- 
I  ry  writer,  (to  whose  work  we  have  the 
I'  satisfaction  of  being  frequently  indebted 
;  for  much  general  and  useful  knowlege) 
!;  makes  the  following  observations  res- 
pecting the  latter  species  of  intelligence, 
which  he  classes  '  under  two  specific 
heads. 

lie  justly  remarks,  that  to  hold  corres- 
pondence, or  to  be-  in  intelligence  \\ith 
'  an  enemy,  (Lire  d' intelligence  avec  i'En- 
neml]  is  to  betray  your  country.  Armies 
and  fortified  places  are  almost  always 
surprized  and  taken  by  means  of  a  secret 
intelligence,  which  the  enemy  keeps  up 
1  with  domestic  traitors,  acting  in  conjunc- 
tion with  commissioned  spies  and  delegat- 
ed hirelings.  Arnold  had  nearly  eilected 
the  destruction  of  the  American  army  by 
the  intelligence  which  he  kept  up  through 
the  British  major  Andre,  with  the  British. 
A  grmison  town  may  be  taken  by  sur- 
prize, under  the  influence  of  secret  intel- 
ligence, in  two  diffeient  ways.  The  one 
is  when  the  assailant  to  whom  the  place 
has  been  surrenderee!,  is  not  bound  to  join 
his  forces  to  those  troops  by  whom  he  has 
been  admitted  ;  the  other  when  it  is  ne- 
cessary, that  an  assault  should  be  made 
by  openly  storming,  by  throwing  shells 
and  petards,  or  by  stratagem. 

The  first  species  of  intelligence  may  be 
helel  with  a  governor  who  has  influence 
enough  to  direct  the  will  and  actions  of  the 
garrison;  with  a  garrison  which  is  indis- 
posed towards  the  governor  and  the  offi- 
cers that  command  the  troops  ;  with  the 
inhabitants  who  have  undertaken  to  defend 
a  place  where  no  garrison  is  stationed,  and 
lastly  with  the  prevailing  faction,  where 


INT 


305 


there  are  two  parties  that  govern  in  a  free 
town. 

The  other  species  of  intelligence  may 
be  practised  with  a  governor  who  either 
wants  power,  or  is  afraid  to  tamper  with 
the  fidelity  of  the  garrison ;  with  some 
particular  officer,  Serjeants,  or  soldiers ; 
with  the  body  of  inhabitants  who  think 
differently  from  the  armed  force  that 
overawes  them,  or  with  active  and  shrewd 
individuals,  who  have  access  to  die  ruling 
party,  and  can  skilfully  combine  affected 
loyalty  with  jw/v/ disaffection. 

There  is  not,  however,  in  human  na- 
ture perhaps  a  more  insidious,  or  a  more 
dangerous  ground  to  tread  on  than  that  of 
secret  intelligence;  nor  are  the  faculties  of 
the  mind  ever  so  much  put  to  the  test,  as 
when  it  is  necessary  to  listen  to  the  report 
of  an  individual,  who  whilst  he  is  betraying 
one  side,  may  be  equally  disposed  to  dupe 
the  other.  A  wise  general  will  conse- 
quently hear  every  thing,  and  say  no- 
thing;" and  a  wise  man,  let  his  secret 
•wishes  be  what  they  may,  will  warily 
consider,  whether  the  person  who  insinu- 
ates to  him  even  the  possibilities  of  a  plot, 
does  not  at  that  instant  endeavor  to  get 
into  his  confidence,  for  the  sole  purpose 
of  acting  contrary  to  his  supposed  views, 
and  of  betraying  the  man  who  has  unfold- 
ed other  schemes.  It  iscertainly  justifia- 
ble policy,  either  in  the  governor  of  a  town 
or  in  a  general,  to  affect  to  give  into  the 
•views  of  any  man  or  party  of  men  whom 
he  has  cause  to  suspect,  and  whose  ulti- 
mate object  he  is  determined  to  defeat. 
But  he  should  be  equally  cautious,  how 
he  listens  to  the  communications  of  spies 
or  informers.  The  veil  of  honesty  is  often 
assumed  to  cover  a  deep-laid  scheme  of 
villainy  ;  and  apparcnt^candor  is  the  surest 
path  to  unguarded  confidence.  When 
villains  voluntarily  unfold  themselves  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  convince  an  able  and 
penetrating  officer,  that  their  treachery 
can  be  depended  upon',  much  blood  may 
b.3  spared  by  making  a  proper  use  of  their 
intelligence.  This  axiom  has  prevailed 
in  every  civilized  country  ;  and  should  be 
well  attended  to  by  thinking  men.  For 
when  a  battle  has  been  gained,  it  avails 
little  to  ask,  whether  the  enemy  owed 
his  success  to  force  or  treachery  ?  No 
treachery,  however,  is  admissible,  or 
should  be  sanctioned  by  belligerent  pow- 
ers, which  militates  against  those  laws  of 
nations  which  are  founded  upon  the  wise 
basis  of  humanity.  Private  assassina- 
tions, the  use  of  poison,  or  the  disregard  of 
parole*  of  honor ,  must  be  generally  repro- 
'bated  :  and  whatever  general  obtains  his 
ends  by  any  of  these  dark  means,  his 
name  should  be  stamped  with  infamy,  and 
himself  exposed  to  all  the  melancholy  ca- 
sualties of  retaliation. 

INTENDANT  d'Armie,  Fr.  under  the 
old  iiOY^rnment  of  France,  the  intendants 
d'armees  or  superintendants  of  the  army, 
vere  principal  inspectors  of  all  sorts  of 
,  £c.  that  wcxe  necessary  for  the 


troops.  The  French  general  officers  and 
governors  of  fortified  towns,  held  co;;tinu- 
al  intercourse  with  the  intendants  or  su- 
pervisors who  directed  every  branch  of 
the  commissariat. 

When  the  intendant  d'armee  was  not 
likewise  intendant  de  province,  he  was 
directed  to  accompany  the  troops,  to  visit 
their  line  of  encampment  or  cantonment, 
and  tp  require  of  all  the  subordinate  /»- 
tendants.,  the  regular  proportion  of  stores 
.and  provisions,  and  t ;  see  that  they  were 
supplied  according  to  contract,  and  with 
punctuality. 

I N  T  K  R I O  U  R  Flanking  Angle,  is  form- 
ed by  the  curtain  an-.i  line'ot  defence. 

INTERIOUR  Radius,  the  part  of  an  ob- 
lique radius  extending  from  the  centre  of 
the  polygon  to  the  centre  of  the  bas- 
tion. 

INTERIOUR  Side.  The  line  of  the  cur- 
tain, produced  to  the  two  oblique  radii  of 
the  front ;  or  a  line  drawn  from  the  ceu- 
tre  of  one  bastion  to  that  of  the  next. 

INTFRIOUR  Slope.     See  TALUS. 

INTERMEDIA  T  E  (inter mcdiare,  F  r. ) 
any  thing  that  is,  or  lies  between  See 
Intermediate  POSTS. 

INTERSECTION,  the  point  where 
two  lines  cross  each  other. 

INTERVAL,  (htervdlf,  Fr.)  any 
space  between.  A  word  variously  applied 
in  military  dispositions  and  manoeuvres, 
to  denote  any  given  distance  or  space. 

INTERVAL  between  t<wo  battalions.  The 
space  which  separates  them  when  they 
are  drawn  up  for  action,  or  when  they  are 
encamped.  This  space  is  generally  wide 
enough  to  admit  the  march  of  another 
battalion,  that  is  to  say,  it  is  equal  <o  the 
extent  of  its  front  when  in  line.  When 
troops  are  encamped  for  the  purpoje  of 
investing  a  town  or  fortified  place,  the 
interval  is  much  greater,  and  seldom  or 
ever  less. 

I  x  T  E  R  v  A  L  betivccn  the  line  and  the 
camp.  This  comprehends  the  space  which 
lies  between  the  camp  and  the  line  of  en- 
trenchments. It  is  generally  from  one 
hundred  and  eighty  to  two  hundred  toises 
in  breadth ;  so  that  the  different  bat. 
talions  and  squadrons  which  are  necessa- 
ry for  the  security  of  the  camp  may  have 
room  to  move  in,  while  sufficient  ground 
is  left  in  the  rear  for  troops  to  pass  and 
repass  as  occasion  may  require.  The 
same  observation  holds  good  with  respect 
to  contravallation. 

INTERVALLE  du  Camp  a  la  lignc, 
Fr.  See  INTERVAL  between  the  line  and 
the  camp. 

To  INTRENCH,  to  secure  against  the 
attack  of  an  enemy,  by  digging  a  ditch  or 
trench. 

To  INTRENCH  upon.  To  invade,  to 
make  incroachments  upon  the  property 
or  territories  of  another. 

INTRENCHMENT,  any  work  that 
fortiriesa  post  against  theattack  of  an  ene- 
my. The  word  is  generally  used  to  de- 
note a  ditch  or  trench  with  a  parapet 


306 


INT 


I  N  V 


Jntrenchments  are  sometimes  made  of  fas- 
cines,  xv;th  earth  thrown  over  them,  of 
gabions,  hogsheads,  or  bags  filled  with 
earth,  to  covr  the  men  from  the  enemy's 
ti re.  S ee  R  E  T  R  E  N  c  H  M  E  re  T  . 

INTREP1D1TE,  Fr.  Sec  INTRE- 
PIDITY. 

INTREPIDITY.  An  unqualified 
contempt  of  d  'ath,  and  indifference  to 
fortune,  as  far  as  it  regards  personal  safe- 
ty ;  a  fearlessness  of  heart  aodadaring  en- 
ter prize  of  mind.  According  to  Rochc- 
fouca  It,  intrepidity,  especially  with  re- 
gard to  military  daring,  imp  lies jffmww  of 
character,  great  confidence  of  mind,  and  ex- 
traordinary ttrengtb  of  soul.  Ihioyed  up 
and  supported  by  these  qualities,  (Which 
are  sometimes  natural  and  sometimes  ac- 
quired,) men  become  superior  to  every 
emotion  of  alarm,  and  are  insensible  of 
those  perturbations  of  the  heart  which 
the  prospect  of  imminent  danger  almost 
always  vngenders.  Chevalier  Folard  de- 
fines'it  to  be  a  settled  ccntempt  of  death,  a 
species  of  courage  which  so  intoxicates 
the  mind  as  to  make  it  leap  over  the  sober 
bounds  of  judgment  and  discretion  ;  an 
enthusiastic  impulse  which  urges  us  for- 
ward and  renders  danger  imperceptible,  or, 
if  discoveied,  raises  our  sensations  beyond 
the  least  impression  of  fear. 

A  eneral  may  be  said  to  act  with  in- 
trepiditj?)  when  with  forces  inferior  to  those 
of  his  enemy,  ar.d  under  all  the  disadvan- 
tages of  ground,  &c,  he  hazards  a  jn;ne- 
ral  action,  m tacks  his  whole  tront,  .-«nd 
finally  defeats  him  This  hardiness  and 
enterprize  of  character  not  only  surprize 
your  enemy,  but  .ikewise  create  emotions 
of  wonder.  If,  on  the  contrary,  a  gene- 
ral at  the  head  of  a  small  army  should  be 
known  to  act  against  another  that  is  supe- 
rior to  him  in  every  point,  except  that  of 
talent  and  military  skill,  and  if  by  means  of 
these  qualities,  the  former  should  by  able 
manoeuvres  and  well  concerted  measures, 
render  all  the  designs  and  attempts  of  the 
latter  fruitless  and  abortive  (at  a  time  and 
under  circumstances,  which  might  dis- 
hearten almost  any  other  general,)  it  is  then 
fair  to  conclude,  i  hat  the  conduct  of  such  a 
general  is  the consequenceof  great  military 
knowlege;  but  it  cannot,  with  propriety 
be  said  to  be  the  result  of '  intrepid i(\  .-  for 
it  must  be  evident,  that  before  any  very 
dangerous  step  has  b  en  t:iken,  most  of 
the-bstacles  have  been  previously  remo- 
ved '  r  rendered  practicable. 

An  officer,  who  is  not  under  the  influ- 
ence of  that  species  of  intrepidity  which 
we  have  described,  when  he  has  once  £ot 
upon  i,qual  ground,  or  finds  it  necessary 
to  risk  an  action,  will,  without  hesitation, 
advance  against  his  enemy,  depending 
\yholly  upon  military  skill  and  the  supe- 
rior disposition  of  his  line  of  battle.  Full 
of  resources  and  with  great  presence  of 
mind,  he  will  march  forward  and  obtain  a 
victory,  not  by  dint  of  courage  or  by  the 
mere  favor  of  fortune,  but  through  judg- 
ment, militaryiingenuity,  and  great  tactical 


knowlegc.  And  yet  it  would  be  an  in 
justice  done  to  the  character  of  siich  an 
oilicer,  were  it  imagined,  th.it  he  could 
act  in  this  manner  without  possessing 
ereat  intrepidity.  We  are  rather  of  opi- 
nion that  such  a  man  must  have  the  most 
undaunted  coinage,  with  the  additional 
advantage  of  consummate  prudence  found- 
ed upon  military  knowlcge.  The  intre- 
pidity of  his  soul  is  calmed  by  the  cooler 
judgment  of  his  head;  he  is  aware  of 
difficulties,  but  is  not  disheartened  by 
their  appearance  ;  he  is,  on  the  contrary, 
encouraged  to  surmount  them  by  that  self- 
possession,  and  by  that  unshaken  presence 
of  mind,  which  enable  him  to  execute 
what  might  seeln  impracticable  to  others. 

Mere  intrepidity  is  of  a  lively,  impetu- 
ous nature,  restless  and  impatient  of  re- 
straint, which,  though  it  may  not  dege- 
nerate into  downright  animal  brutality,  is 
nevertheless  vety  far  from  being  strictly- 
rational  cr  enlightened.  If  the  person 
who  acts  under  its  immediate  influence 
be  quick  in  his  perceptions,  his  conduct 
is  generally  marked  by  some  imprudent 
measure,  seme  enterprize  that  bids  defi- 
ance to  reflexion,  and  by  some  attempt: 
that  is  as  hastily  executed  as  it  has  been 
inconsiderately  planned.  An  intrepidity 
of  this  species  is  seldom  found  in  the  first 
class  of  military  character  :  sometimes 
indeed,  but  rarely,  it  has  been  accom- 
panied by  great  prudence  and  foresight. 

In  this  number  may  be  cons'deied  tome 
ancient  and  modern  heroes,  such  as  Alex- 
ander  the  great,  Charles  king  of  Sweden, 
Henry  IV.  of  France,  Wolfe  at  Ouebec, 
Bonaparteand  Augereau  at  Lodi;  Dessaix, 
Marmont,  and  Lannes,  at  Marengo;  Mu- 
rat  at  Eylau  ;  Davoust  at  Austerlitz ; 
Soult  at  Jena  ;  Ciapcrede  on  the  Danube, 
in  1809  j  if  instances  be  found  in  their 
histories  where  prudence  and  discretion 
have  been  overleaped  by  an  intrepidity  of 
soul  that  was  too  actively  disposed  on 'cer- 
tain occasions,  the  eflcct  was  temporary* 
raid  easy  to  be  traced  to  a  cause  which  was 
too  powerfully  engrafted  upon  their  na- 
ture, to  be  always  subject  to  control. 

INVALID  properly  includes  every 
soldier  that  has  been  wounded,  or  has 
builered  materially  in  his  health,  and  in 
consequence  of  his  good  conduct,  lias 
been  recommended  to  a  certain  provision 
for  life.  Chelsea  hospital  is  the  place  al- 
lotted for  the  reception  of  such  objects  of 
public  grafit  ude  and  benevolence  in  Eng- 
Lnd.  Before  the  building  of  the  hotel 
des  invalides  at  Paris,  all  soldiers  of  the 
jj  above  description  who  belonged  to  the 
!j  Trench  army,  vvery  distributedamong  the 
frontier  towns,  and  enjoyed  a  certain  al- 
lowance for  life. 

In  Englai  d,  and,  we  presume,  the 
custom  still  exists  under  the  new  order  of 
things  in  France,  those  invalid  soldiers 
who' are  reported  net  wholly  incapable  of 
beaung  anus,  are  occasionally  sent  into 
garrisoned  places,  and  do  duty  with  the 
regular  army. 


It  is  a  reproach  to  the  United  States 
that  there  is  yet  no  provision  for  the 
maintenance  of  those  who  serve  the  best 
part  of  their  lives  in  its  military  establish, 
nient. 

INVALIDE,  Fr.    See  INVALID. 

•  NVASION,  in  war,  the  entrance  or 
ifc-k  of  an  enemy  on  the  dominions  of 
thcr. 
N  V  E  N  T  A I R  E  des  Ejfits  des  Orders 
'dest  Fr.  Inventory  of  the  effects  or' 
eased  officers.  As  the  French  regula- 
tions on  this  head  were  more  speeilic 
than  those  expressed  in  our  articles  of 
war,  we  shall  premise  the  extract  from  the 
latte-,  by  the  following  particulars  which 
were  in  force  during  the  old  government  or 
France. 

When  governors,  commandants  of 
places,  staff  officers,  commissaries  of  war, 
engineers  and  officers  entrusted  with  the 
care  of  artillery,  died  in  their  several  pro- 
vinces or  allotted  quarters,  the  judges  or 
magistrates  belonging  t.,  the  spot  where 
such  deaths  occurred,  sealed  up  the  effects 
of  the  deceased,  and  took  an  inventory  of 
their  property,  without  being,  in  the  least, 
controlcd  by  any  species  of  military  au- 
thority. On  the  removal  of  the  'seals, 
the  town-major  or  his  adjutant  received  a 
specific  statement  of  every  thing  which 
appertained  to  tho  situation  or  appoint- 
ment of  the  deceased  peison  or  persons, 
which  statement  was  transmitted  to 
government. 

The  creditors  of  the  deceased  preferred 
a  schedule  of  the  otebts  contracted  in  each 
place  of  residence,  before  any  of  the  ordi- 
nary justices,  which  debts  were  discharg- 
ed out  of  the  personal  property  that  was 
left.  But  all  other  creditors  must  have 
recourse  to  the  judge  or  justice  belonging 
to  the  precise  spot  where  the  deceased  re- 
bided  ;  applications  respecting  all  debts 
which  exceeded  the  value  of  the  personal 
effects  were  directed  to  be  made  through 
the  same  channel. 

When  officers  died  in  a  garrison  town  or 
upon  a  march,  or  when  engineers,  who 
had  no  particular  fixed  residence,  or  artil- 
lery officers  that  were  upon  leave,  depart- 
ed this  life,  the  town- majors  or  aid-major 
of  the  towns  or  places,  where  such  persons 
died,  fixed  their  seals  upon  their  effects. 
An  inventory  of  these  effects  was  after- 
wards taken,  provided  they  were  net 
claimed  by  the  next  heir ;  in  which  latter 
case,  all  the  debts  that  had  been  contracted 
by  the  deceased  in  the  place  where  he 
died,  were  ordered  to  be  paid  by  the  per- 
son who  toyk  possession  of  the  property. 
Public  notice  was  given  by  beat  of  drum, 
that  a  military  sale  would  be  made,  ami 
one  sol  in  the  livre  was  charged  on  all  that 
was  disposed  of  in  this  manner. 

The  man' who  beat  the  drum,  and  the 
person  who  enregistered  the  minutes  of 
the  sale,  were  paid  out  of  this  sol;  what- 
ever surplus  remained,  after  a  reasonable 
deduction  had  been  made  for  these  pur- 
poses, became  the  town-major's  property. 


The  produce  of  the  sale  was  appropri- 
ated to  the  discharge  of  such  debts  as  had 
been  contracted  in  the  garrison  :  and  the 
judge  or  magistrate,  whose  particular  pro- 
vince it  was  to  take  cognizance  of  all  cases 
relating  to  property,  placed  his  seal  upon 
the  remainder,  which  was  deposited  in  a 
box.  This  box  was  delivered  over  to  thu 
person  that  had  cnregistercd  the  ell'  ctsand 
taken  minutes  of  the  sale  ;  in  whose 
hands  it  remained  until  claimed  by  the 
widow  of  the  deceased,  the  residuary 
legatee,  or  by  any  creditors,  except  those 
who  immediately  belonged  to  the  garri- 
son. 

When  a  captain  in  the  French  guards 
died  or  was  killed,  his  heirs  or  executors 
were  not  obliged  to  discharge  any  demands 
which  his  company  might  have  had  upon 
him.  If  the  sale  of  his  private  property 
should  not  be  sufficient  to  defray  these 
debts,  the  ollicer  who  succeeds  to  the 
company  is  bound  to  make  up  the  remain- 
der, and  the  soldier's  claim  has  tbe  pre- 
ference of  all  uther  demands.  If  there 
was  an  overplus,  it  was  paid  into  the  hands 
of  the  lawful  heirs.  The  soldiers  of  the 
company  received  the  moiety  of  what  was 
due  to  them  in  ready  money. 

On  the  decease  or  departure  of  the  offi- 
cers  belonging   to  any   of  the  detached 
companies  of  invalids,  the  superior  officer 
of  that  detachment  in  which  tfTe  death  or 
dereliction  happened,  ordered  every  article 
belonging  to  the  royal  hospital  of  invalids 
to  be  so.'d  in  the  presence  of  the  several 
1  officers,  without  deducting  the  sol  in  the 
livre.     The  produce  of  this  sale  was  plac. 
i  ed  to  the  credit  of  the  detachment ;  uad 
]  all  other  articles  belonging  to  the  deceased 
were  disposed  of  by  the  town-majors  in 
the  manner  already  mentioned. 

The  powers  which  were  vested  in  the 
town-majors  and  staff-officers  belonging 
to  garrisoned  places,  were  lodged  in  the 
hands  of  the  nvjors  or  aid-majors  of  re- 
giments, who  upon  the  decease  of  an  offi- 
cer on  service  or  ui  a  place  where  there 
was  not  any  staff,  took  a  regular  invento- 
ry of  his  effects,  &c. 

Town-majors  were  not  authorized  to 
put  their  seals  upon  the  effects  of  deceased 
officers  belonging  to  the  Swiss  regiments, 
as  these  had  a  peculiar  military  jurisdic- 
tion of  their  own.  But  other  foreign 
troops  in  the  service  of  France  were  not 
entitled  to  fhe.se  priviL- 

I  N  V  E  N  TO  R  Y    of  deceased  officers  ef~ 

jects,  &c,   In  the  British  army,  when  any 

commissioned  officer  happens  to  die  or 

is  killed  on  service,  it  is  directed  by  the 

:  articles  of  war,  that  the  major  of  the  re- 

i  pi  merit,  or  the  officer  doing  the  major's 

'!  duty  in   his  absence,   shall   immediately 

';  secure  all  his  effects  or  equipage  then  in 

earn p  or  quarters;   and  shall  before  the 

next  regimental   court-martial   make    an 

inventory  thereof,  and  forthwith  transmit 

the  same  to  the  office  of  our  secretary  at 

!  war,   to  the   end,    that  thu  executors  of 

I:  such  officer  may,  after   payment  of  his 


308 


I  N  V 


INV 


regimental  debts  and  quarters,  and  the 
expences  attending  his  interment,  receive 
the  overplus,  if  any  be,  to  his  or  their  use. 

When  any  non-commissioned  officer  or 
private  soldier,  happens  to  die,  or  is 
killed  on  service,  the  then  commanding 
officer  of  the  troop  or  company,  shall,  in 
the  prtsenc-::  of  two  other  commissioned 
officers,  take  an  account  of  whatever  ef- 
fecis  he  dies  possessed  of,  above  his  regi- 
mental i-iot'lung,  arms, and  accoutrements, 
and  transmit  the  same  to  the  ofi'ic:  of  the 
secretary  Jt  \vai.  These  efiects  are  to  be 
accounted  for  and  paid  10  the  representa- 
tive: jt  such  deceased  non-comrnissioned 
officer  or  soldier j  and  in  case  ar.y  of  the 
officers  so  authorized  to  take  care  of  the 
effects  of  dead  officers  and  soldiers,  should, 
before  they  have  accounted  to  their  re- 
presentatives for  the  same,  have  occasion 
to  leave  the  regiment  by  preferment  or 
otherwise,  they  are  ordered  before  they 
be  permitted  to  quit  the  same,  to  dvposit 
in  the  hands  of  the  commanding  officer 
or  of  the  agent  of  the  regiment,  all  the 
effects^  of  such  deceased  non-commission- 
ed Officers  and  soldiers,  in  c-rder,  that  the 
same  may  be  secured  for,  and  paid  to, 
their  respective  representatives.  See  Ar- 
ticles of  War,  section  XIX. 

To  INVEST  a  p/ace,  (investif  un? 
place,  Fr.)  A  fortified  town  or  place  is 
said  to  be  invested,  when  all  the  avenues 
leading  to  it  have  been  seized  upon  by 
hostile  troops,  which  are  distributed  and 
posted  on  the  principal  commands,  to  pre- 
vent any  succour  from  being  receiveu  by 
the  garrison,  and  to  keep  the  ground  until 
ths  rest  of  the  army  with  the  artillery, 
can  arrive  to  form  a  regular  siege.  To 
invest  a  place  is,  in  fact,  to  take  prepa- 
ratory measures  for  a  blockade,  or  a  close 
siege.  In  order  lo  do  this  effectually, 
the  general  in  chief  of  the  approaching 
army  must  detach  a  large  body  of  cavalry, 
together  with  the  different  corps  of  dra- 
goons under  the  command  of  a  lieutenant- 
general,  for  the  purpose  of  regularly  in- 
vesting the  town.  As  secrecy  is  of  the 
utmost  consequence  on  this  occasion,  the 
troops  belonging  to  the  detachment  must 
have  their  march  so  managed  as  to  create 
an  alarm  and  jealousy  in  some  01  her  quar- 
ter, by  deviating  from  the  foad  which 
leads  directly  to  the  proposed  object  of 
attack.  The  general,  indeed,  would  act 
wisely,  by  giving  written  sealed  orders  to 
the  commanding  officer^  with  strict  in- 
junctions not  to  open  them  until  the  de- 
tachment should  have  reached  a  certain 
t;pot,  and  then  only  in  the  presence  of 
some  particular  persons  ;  by  which  means 
his  real  designs  may  be  concealed.  Some- 
times a  place  is  partially  invested,  for  the 
sole  purpose  of  diverting  the  enemy's  at- 
tention from  the  reai  object,  and  of  in- 
tlucing  him  to  weaken  the  garrison,  by  de- 
tachu;g  it  10  ciirferent  quarters.  Thus  in 
1710,  the  allied  army  suddenly  appeared 
before  the  town  of  Ypres,  and  by  threat- 
cuing  to  besiege,  it,  caused  so  many  troops 


to  be  detached  from  Tournay  to  its  relief, 
that  the  latter  place,  which  was  the  real 
object  of  attack,  and  was  one  of  the 
strongest  towns  in  the  Low  Countries, 
afforded  little  or  no  resistance. 

It  is  sometimes  prudent  to  harrass  and 
perplex  the  enemy  that  may  be  in  the 
neighborhood  of  the  town  which  you  pro- 
pose to  attack,  by  perpetually  driving  in 
his  out-posts,  &c.  ana  by  forcing  him  to 
retire  from  the  different  avenues  and  com- 
manding grounds  9  when  the  various  ob- 
jects, which  are  to  facilitate  the  ap- 
proaches of  the  besieging  army,  have  been 
accomplished,  the  lieutenant-general  who 
is  entrusted  with  the  investment  of  the 
town,  must  procure  faithful  and  intelli- 
gent guides,  advance  by  forced  marches, 
halt  as  little  as  possible,  and  then  only 
for  the  purpose  of  refreshing  his  men. 
He  must  studiously  preserve  the  secret  of 
his  expedition,  until  he  gets  so  near  to  the 
town,  that  the  obj'.ct  of  his  approach  be- 
comes manifest  and  unequivocal. 

When  he  arrives  within  one  days  march 
of  the  town,  he  must  detach  from  his 
main  body  two  or  three  parties  of  horse, 
(each  party  to  be  stronger  than  the  garrison 
of  the  place)  which  must  lie  in  ambush 
in  the  neighborhood,  for  the  purpose  of 
carrying  off  cattle,  or  of  making  prisoners. 
The  instant  he  reaches  the  town,  he  must 
seize  upon  all  the  leading  avenues,  and 
draw  his  army  up  on  some  advantageous 
ground.  He  then  goes  out  to  reconnoitre, 
and  to  discover  the  most  likely  places  by 
which  succours  might  be  conveyed  into 
the  town.  He  must  have  the  "precau- 
tion to  post  a  strong  guard  in  each  of  these 
places. 

His  next  business  will  be  to  send  out 
small  scouting  parties,  in  order  to  obtain 
correct  intelligence  respecting  the  enemy's 
motions.  Every  outlet  is  blocked  up  by 
some  dragoons, 'for  the  purpose  of  hem- 
ming in  the  garrison  as  close  as  possible. 
He  makes  it  his  study  moreover  to  ac- 
quire personal  information  by  examining 
the  prisoners,  with  regard  to  the  nature  of 
the  country,  the  different  fords,  rivulets, 
points  of  enfilade,  avenues,  strong  build- 
ings, or  commanding  heights  in  the  neigh- 
borhood. He  further  enquires  as  to  the 
strength  of  the  garrison,  and  the  number 
of  officers;  whether  the  governor  sus- 
pects that  a  regular  siege  is  intended : 
whether  he  expects  succours,  supplies  of 
stores  and  ammunition,  and  from  what 
quarter  he  is  to  be  furnished ;  finally, 
whether  the  fortifications  be  in  good  re- 
pair, and  the  place  equal  to  a  defence. 

At  night  he  sends  out  advanced  parties, 
with  directions  to  biouac  within  musquet 
shot  of  the  town,  and  takes  especial  care 
always  to  post  strong  parties  in  those 
places  and  avenues  by  which  succours 
and  supplies  might  be  easily  conveyed  to 
the  garrison.  He  has  likewise  the  pre- 
caution to  have  dilferont  small  guards,  or 
out-lying  and  in-lying  piquets,  both  m 
hi*  front  and  rear, "to  prevent  surprizes. 


I  N  V 


JOI 


309 


On  these  occasions  the  detachments  are 
formed,  halt'  on  foot  and  half  mounted  ; 
those  on  foot  constantly  remaining  at  their 
horses'  heads,  bridle  in  hand.  These  de- 
tachments are  on  the  alert  during  the 
whole  of  thenij-ht,  and  only  one  half  of 
the  number  is  suffered  to  repose  during 
the  day. — Whenever  the  commanding  of- 
ficer has  received  intelligence  of  the  ap- 
proach of  a  body  of  troops  to  relieve  the 
garrison,  he  must  make  his  dispositions  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  give  them  battle,  be- 
fore they  get  sufficiently  near  to  throw 
themselves  into  the  town  in  scattered  and 
divided  parties.  Great  caution,  how- 
ever, must  be  observed  under  these  cir- 
cumstances, not  to  advance  too  far,  lest  it 
should  only  prove  a  feint  on  the  enemy's 
part,  in  order  to  induce  him  to  weaken 
some  of  his  posts  ;  and  by  taking  advan- 
tage of  their  absence,  to  throw  some  suc- 
cours into  the  town. 

As  the  principal,  indeed  the  only  object 
which  the  lieutenant-general  can  have,  is 
to  prevent  any  assistance  being  given  to 
the  garrison,  whilst  he  utvests  the  place, 
he  must  always  be  on  horseback ;  he 
must  incessantly  visit  the  different  posts, 
thoroughly  reconnoitre  the  country,  and 
minutely  examine  those  quarters,  through 
which  succours  or  supplies  might  be  con- 
veyed to  the  garrison,  or  which  oiler  ad- 
vantageous positions  for  his  own  troops 
to  occupy.  During  the  investment  of  the 
town,  it  will  be  his  duty  to  collect  all  the 
intelligence  and  information  he  can,  re- 
specting the  state  of  the  works  and  the 
adjacent  points,  in  order  to  communicate 
fully  with  the  general  in  chief,  when  he 
brings  up  the  besieging  army,  and  to  put 
him  in  full  possession  of  every  thing, 
which  may  facilitate  the  object  of  his 
enterprize. 

The  chief  engineers  should  always  ac- 
company the  lieutenant-general  who  is  en- 
trusted with  the  investing  of  a  town,  in 
order  to  get  the  necessary  knowlege  of 
the  place  before  hand,  and  to  understand 
how  the  lines  of  circumvallation,  &c. 
should  be  drawn,  three  or  tour  days  be- 
fore the  main  army  arrives  ;  they  should 
moreover  make  several  rounds  for  the 
purpose  of  reconnoitring.  These  mea- 
sures will  conduce  a  great  deal  towards 
a  wise  and  effectual  method  of  investing 
the  place.  To  accomplish  these  ends,  a 
correct  plan  of  the  town  must  be  procured. 
This  plan  must  be  reduced,  and  a  rough 
sketch  taken  of  every  thing  within  half  a 
league  of  the  circumference  of  the  town  ; 
after  which  a  small  chart  may  be  drawn  ot 
the  lines,  Sec.  which  are  to  be  made  for 
the  purpose  of  carrying  on  the  siege. 
This  must  be  done  in  concert  with  the 
lieutenant-general  who  ought  to  know- 
better  than  any  body,  what  the  order  of 
battle  will  be,  how  much  ground  is  to  be 
occupied  by  the  different  brigades  and  re- 
giments and  what  the  relative  detail  of  the 
whole  army  will  require. 
From  the  day  on  which  a  town  is  la. 


vested,  every  thing  is  thrown  into  motion. 
The  train  of  artillery  is  directed  to  be 
brought  out  with  necessary  stores  and 
ammunition,  and  proper  carriages,  with 
their  drivers,  are  impressed;  every  de- 
partment, in  a  word,  performs  its  allot- 
ted duty,  and  the  board  of  ordnance,  as 
well  as  the  commissary  general's  office 
become  subservient  to  the  orders  that  are 
issued  by  the  general  in  chief. 

Whilst  the  necessary  measures  are 
adopted  for  the  close  i averting  of  the 
town,  the  main  army  approaches  by  forced 
marches,  and  generally  arrives  before  the 
place  five  or  six  days  after  it  has  been  in- 
vested. The  lieutenant-general,  or  officer 
commanding  the  investing  army  goes  out 
to  meet  the  main  body  when  it  is  within 
half  a  league  of  the  place,  and  communi- 
cates with  the  general ;  who,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  report  he  makes,  gives  di- 
rections respecting  the  lines  of  circum- 
vallation, &c. 

For  further  particulars  on  this  article, 
see  Traite  de  I'Attaque  des  Places  par  le 
Marecbftl  Vaub?.n  revue,  &c.  F.  /-*.  Fois- 
sac  Chef  de  brigade  ait  corps  du  Genie  de  In 
Republiquc  Prune  at  se^  vol.  i.  page  69. 

INVF.STISSEMENT.  (A  French 
word  which  is  strictly  military.  The  ce- 
lebrated Vauban  has  erroneously  used  in- 
vestiture to  signify  the  same  thing.)  The 
act  of  investing  any  town  or  place  in  sucli 
a  manner  as  to  prevent  the  garrison  or  in- 
habitants from  receiving  succours  or  pro- 
visions. 

To  INUNDATE,  in  a  military  sense, 
is  to  overflow  any  part  of  a  country,  iu 
order  to  prevent  an  enemy  from  advancing. 
Holland  is  particularly  calculated  for  this 
species  of  defence. 

INUNDATION.  The  act  of  letting 
water  into  a  country,  so  that  it  shall  be 
overflowed  to  prevent  the  approach  of  au 
enemy. 

In  the  Instruction  adressee  aux  officiers 
d* lufdnierie  -pour  tracer  et  construire  tsuies 
surtes  d'Ouvrages  de  Campagtie,  &c.  far 
A.  P.  I.  Belair,  Chef  de  Brigade,  may  be 
found  some  very  sensible  observations  on 
the  means  of  making  inundations  to  an- 


tary  readers  to  the  Element  de  Fortification , 
published  by  the  same  author,  see  pages, 
75>  82.  83,  and  84.  In  page  294  of  his 
Dlcthnnaire  Militaire,  some  ^excellent 
observations  upon  the  same  subject,  may 
be  seen  under  the  article  Architecture  hj- 
drauliquf* 

JOAR,  Ind.  A  general  massacre  of 
the  women  and  children,  which  is  some- 
times performed  by  the  Hindoos,  when 
they  find  they  cannot  prevent  the  enemy 
from  taking  the  town.  When  this  dread- 
ful and  unnatural  ceremony  is  to  take 
place,  a  spot  is  selected,  which  is  tilled 
with  wood,  straw,  oil,  ice.  the  victims  are 
enclosed,  and  the  whole  is  set  on  fire, 

Fs  JOIN.     A  technical   word  used  i* 


310 


J  o  u 


IT  I 


the  British  service,  generally  signifying  to 
cifect  the  junction  or'  one  military  body 
with  another.  In  a  more  limited  sense", 
it  means  the  accession  or"  an  individual 
voluntarily,  or  otherwise,  to  a  corps  or 
army.  If  an  officer  on  being  ordered  to 
join,  omits  to  do  so  wilfully,  he  is  liable 
to  he  tried  by  a  general  con'rt-Miartial,  or 
to  be  peremptorily  suspended  by  the  com- 
mander in  chief  tor  being  absent  without 
Jeave. 

JOINT  Polls.     See  BOLTS. 

JOLS,  F>-.  Barges  so  called,  a>e  used 
in  Denmark,  and  sometimes  by  trie  Rus- 
sians. 

JONCTION,  Fr.     See  JUNCTION. 

JOODAY  PERRAPUT,  /*</.  A 
term  used  in  India  to  signify  a  slave 
ti-ken  in  war. 

JOOMAN,  Ind.  Friday  so  called  in 
India. 

|OUE  !  Fr.  A  word  of  command  in 
the  French  service  answering  to  aim  ! 

Courber  en  JOUE,  Fr.  To  aim  with  a 
musquet,or  other  tire-arm,  which  is  used 
as  such — zsje/'avoit  d$j&c0ucb$enjeuet  1 
had  already  taken  my  aim  at  him. 

JOVES,  Fr.  The  two  sides  in  the 
epaulement  of  a  battery  which  form  the 
embrazure  are  so  called. 

JOUR,  Fr.  The  tour  of  duty  which 
is  done  in  the  course  of  a  day  and  night. 

Eire  de  J  o  u  R  ,  Fr.  To  be  officer  of  the 
day,  or  to  command  a  body  oi"  troops  at  a 
siege  or  otherwise  in  the  capacity  of  a  ge- 
neral officer,  &c.  The  usual  time  was 
24  hours,  at  the  expiration  of  which 
another  officer  undertook  the  duty,  and 
was  relieved  by  one  of  his  own  rank.  See 
OFFICER  of  th-e  iLiy . 

Ordre  Ju  JOUR,  b'r.  Orders.  See  Ge- 
sitral  ORDERS. 

JOURNAL,  Fr.     A  public  record  or 
general  orderly  book,  kept  in  the  French 
service,  and  in  which  every   transaction 
that  occurred  during  a  siege  is  entered  by 
the  governor  of  the  town,  for  the  future 
inspection  of  a  superior  authority.     The 
general  officer  who  carried  on  the  siege  of  j 
a  place  likewise  kept  a  document  of  the! 
sort,  and  minuted  down  every  thing  that  Ij 
happened  under  his  command.     So  that 
the  journal  which  was  kept  in  this  man- 
ner was  a  circumstantial  detail  of  what 
occurred,  day  after  day,  during  th.2  attack 
and  defence  of  a  town. 

JOURNAL  de  Furtntt,  Fr.  See  RE- 
TURNS. 

JOURNEE,  Fr.  A  term  used  among 
the  French,  to  express  any  particular  en- 
gagement or  battle,  as  la/gurnet  de  M^re:i- 
go,  the  battle  of  Marengo.  We  frequently 
adopt  the  word  day  in  the  same  sense: 
thus  a  hard  fought  day  signifies  a  hard 
fought  battle. 

JOUTE,  Fr.    A  close  fight  between  j 
two  individuals.     It   likewise  means  an 
engagement  at  sea. 

J  O  U  T  E  R ,  falre  des  joule:;,  F  r .  To  run 
2  tilt  at  one  another  with  lances, 

JOUST.     SeejMs- 


IRAN,   Ind.     Peisia. 

Ill  EN  ARCH,  (Irfttarque,  Fr.)  An 
officer,  so  called  in  the  old  Grecian  em- 
pire, irenarcha  pttefecttu  fads.  His  prin- 
cipal duty  was  to  preserve  public  tran- 
quillity, and  his  functions  were  nearly  si- 
milar to  those  of  the  French  prcvots  de 
mar ec ba.ussces,  or  police  magistrates.  Wu 
read  in  the  Justinian  code  of  laws,  that 
the  irenarcbs  were  sent  into  the  different 
provinces,  for  the  purpose  of  p/eserving 
peace  and  good  order.  They  were  there- 
fore invested  with  authority  to  take  cog- 
nizance of  all  crimes  and  misdemeanors, 
and  to  punish  the  delinquents.  There 
was  likewise  an  ireiiarcb  established  hi 
every  town,  to  settle  the  disputes  unit 
differences  which  might  arise  between 
the  inhabitants,  and  to  secure  public; 
tranquillity.  This  person  was  anciently 
called  prtxj'ecius  nri>is.  The  office  of /Vc- 
narcb  WdS  abolished  under  the  Emperors 
Theodosius  and  Honorius,  it  having  lat- 
terly been  found  more  productive  ot  evil 
than  good.  The  word  itself  is  derived 
from  the  Greek,  and  signifies  Prince  of 
Peace. 

IRREGULAR  Fortlfcstlsn.  See  FOR- 

T  I  F  I  C  A  T  1  O  N  . 

IRON  Guns.     See  GUNS. 

IRONS.     See  PRTMING  IRONS. 

ISLAUD,  Ind.  A  term  to  express 
slow  music  among  the  Indians. 

ISOCELES,  a  triangle  having  only 
two  sides  which  are  equal. 

I  SO  L  E ,  Fr.  This  word  is  used  among 
the  French,  to  express  any  body  or  thing 
which  is  detached  from  another.  It  is 
variously  applied  in  fortification.  Thus 
a  pavillion  or  a  barrack  which  is  not  join- 
ed to  any  other  wall  or  building  is  called 
ise/e,  because  it  stands  aloce,  and  a  person 
may  walk  entirely  round  it.  A  parapet 
is  also  said  to  be  iso/c,  when  there  is  an 
interval  of  four  or  five  feet  between  the 
rampart  and  its  wall;  which  interval 
serves  as  a  path  for  the  rounds. 

I S  O  P  E  R I M  E  T  R I C  A  L  Figures.— 
(Figures  Isoperimelriques,  Fr.)  A  term 
derived  from  the  Greek  to  express  all 
figvtres  that  have  equal  circumfeiences  or 
perimeters. 

ISSUE,  event;  consequence;  the  ul- 
timate result  of  any  undertaking;  the 
termination  of  any  contest. 

General  ISSUE.  In  matters  of  litiga- 
tion is  the  question  to  be  decided  upon, 
or  issue,  the  parties  state  certain  facts* 
one  asserts  the  fact,  the  other  denies,  and 
upon  this  they  join  issue,  the  determi- 
nation of  that  Jact  is  the  issue. 

ISTHMUS,  (htbme,  Fr.)  A  neck  of 
land  which  joins  the  Peninsula  to  the 
Continent,  and  which  separates  two  seas, 
as  Darien  ;  Corinth. 

ITIN  KRAI  RES,  Fr.  Itinerary 
movements  or  days  of  march.  A  tech- 
nical phrase  among  the  French  to  denote 
the  order  and  disposition  which  a  body  of 
men,  or  an  army,  is  directed  to  observe  hi 


JUS 


K  AL 


311 


its  march  from  one  camp  to  another,  or 
to  any  particular  quarter  of  destination. 

ITMAMDAR.  Ind.  A  superintend- 
ent or  lieutenant-governor  in  India. 

JUDGES  are  authorized  to  take  ju- 
dicial notice  of  the  articles  of  v  ar. 

J  L'DGE  MARTI  A  L,  er  Advocate  Ge- 
neral, the  supreme  judge  in  martial  law 
as  to  the  jurisdiction  and  powers  of  mi- 
litary courts,  in  the  British  system.  It  is 
incumbent  upon  this  person,  as  well  as 
upon  his  deputies  to  he  well  acquainted 
with  the  laws  of  the  land,  that  they  may 
Admonish  the  court  or  president  when 
their  proceedings  are  tending  to  infringe 
the  civil  law.  He  is  register  of  courts- 
martial,  and  should  take  down  the  evi- 
dence in  the  very  words  of  the  witness. 
He  is  neither  a  judee  nor  a  juror  as  to  the 
charge. 

JUGE,  Fr.  A  sort  of  judge  or  pro- 
vost marshal.  This  term  was'  particu- 
larly applicable  to  the  interior  govern- 
ment of  the  Swiss  guards  that  were  in  the 
service  of  France.  Each  regiment  of  that 
description  had  one  judge  or  provost  mar- 
ihal  per  company,  and  one  superior  to  the 
rest  who  presided  over  the  regiment. 
The  inferior  judge  was  called  r/V/vrr,  and 
the  grand  or  superior  judge  obsier  ricbter. 
The  inferior  judges  had  the  examination 
of  petty  crimes  and  offences  uhich  they 
reported  to  the  captain  of  the  company. 
If  the  crimes  were  of  a  serious  or  heinous 
nature,  the  inferior  judges  drew  up  a 
specific  statement  of  them,  and  laid  the 
whole  before  the  clster  ricbtcr,  who  com- 
municated the  circumstance  to  the  colo- 
nel. Grounds  for  a  general  court-martial 
were  generally  established  out  of  the  latter 
report. 

J  U G  G ,  Ind.     A  n  I ndian  sacrifice . 

JUG  GUT  GROW,  Ind.  An  Indian 
term  which  signifies  guardian  of  mankind. 

J  U  M  B  A  U  N ,  Ind.  I  n  1  ndian  music , 
means,  s '\iK-e. 

JUMBOO  DEEP,  Ind.  A  word  par- 
ticularly used  to  signify  India;  it  is  de- 
rived from  jumboo  ot  j  umlaut:,  a  jackal,  and 
Jeep,  any  large  portion  of  land  which  is 
surrounded  by  the  sea. 

J  UMBOO  DEEP,  Ind.  The  inhabitants 
of  India  were  so  called  before  the  intro- 
duction of  the  Tartar  governments. 

J  U  M  M  A  K  E  R  C  H ,  Ind.  A  n  account , 
stating  the  receipt  and  expenditure  ot 
the  revenue  ;  that  is  the  gross  or  gene- 
ral account. 

J  UN  CAN,  Ind.  A  toll  or  duty  on 
every  thing  that  passes. 

JUNGLE,  An  1  ndian  term  for  a  wood , 
or  woody  country.  It  likewise  means 
high  grass,  reeds,  or  thicket. 

JURISDICTION.  Legal  authority, 
extent  of  power.  Officers  not  being  liable 
to  be  tried  by  garrison  or  regimental  courts- 
martial,  may  appeal  from  the  jurisdiction 
of  such  courts;  as-  may  non-commissioned 
officers  and  soldiers  in  cases  where  their 
pay  is  concerned. 
JUST.  A  sportive  combat  en  horse- 


hack,  man  against  man,  armed  with 
lances ;  called  also  jf-nustt  7V//,  Tourna- 
ment. &c. 

JUSTICES.  Military  men  are,  in 
many  instances,  under  the  necessity  of 
pplying  to  justices  in  order  to  execute 
their  several  oideis  and  instructions  with- 
out infiinging  upon  the  civil  authorities; 
and  justices  on  their  *ide  r.re  bound  to 
aid  and  as:,ist  the  military  m  conformity 
to  established  laws  and  regulations. 

Nl'illtary  JUSTICE,  ( Justice  Militahrt 
Fr.)  Thai  species  of  justice  wkich  prevails 
in  the  army,  and  corresponds  with  the 
articles  of  VV;;r. 


KABBADE    or    CABADF,    Fr.     A 

military  cress  which  is  worn  by  the. 
modern  Greeks.  According  to  Tzetzes 
it  d.  lives  its  nr.inc  from  Cabades,  a  Per- 
sian king.  Codinus,  on  the  other  hand, 
asserts,  that  the  Greeks  in  Constantino- 
ple adopted  it  in  imitation  of  the  Assyri- 
ans. Others  again  maintain,  that  it  owes 
ts  appellation  to  the  resemblance  which  it 
bears  to  a  Greek  letter.  Father  Gear,  the 
author,  very  justly  ridicules  this  etymo- 
logy. We  ;;re,  howevei,  authorized  to 
say,  that  be  the  derivation  of  the  word 
what  it  may,  the  dress  itself  consists  of  a 
short  garment  which  was  worn  underneath 
another.  It  had  not  any  folds,  but  sat 
close  to  the  body,  being  buttoned  with 
large  buttons,  and  reaching  down  to  the 
calves  of  die  iegs.  Jt  was  fringed  lountl 
the  edges,  and  was  usually  worn  with  a 
girdle;  such  is  the  description  which  Fa- 
ther Goarhas  given  of  the  kabbades  in  his 
notes  upon  Codinus.  lie  concludes  by 
observing,  that  in  his  opinion  it  is  what 
the  Romans  called  sagum,  and  the  modern 
Greeks  afterwards  corrupted  into  kab- 
Lade. 

KAK  TOWDA,  Ind.  Fine  mould 
beat  strongly  in  between  two  walls,  for 
the  purpose  of  shooting  arrows  into  when 
the  walls  are  ta^.en  away. 

KALEE,  Ind.  An  Hindoo  deity  the 
genius  of  evil;  theinfernal  god,  to  whom 
human  beings  are  sacrificed. 

KALLAAT  or  KELAUT,  Ind.  a 
dress  which  is  given  to  any  person  invest- 
ed with  a  new  oflice, 

KALMUCS,  (  Kalmouques,  Fr.)  This 
word  is  generally  written  Calmucs.  They 
are  wandeiing  tribes  of  Tartars,  who  in- 
habit the  parts  north  of  the  Caspian  sea. 
These  hordes  frequently  put  themselves 
under  the  protection  of  the  court  of  Rus- 
sia. A  French  writer  describes  the  Kal- 
mucs  to  be  a  sort  of  militia,  which  is  es- 
tablished between  Siberia  and  the  Caspi- 
an sea.  There  are  generally  some  regi- 
ments of  them  attached  to  the  Russian 
armies  in  common  with  the  Cossacks. 
They  are  armed  v\ith  a  lance  iron  pointed, 
about  six  feet  ion;',  und  carry  a  bow  with 


312 


KE  E 


KEY 


a  quiver  upon  their  backs,  containing  ter 

arrows.     They  never  se've  on  foot,  anc 

are  only  formidable  by  name. 

KALSA,  Ind.   The  treasury. 

KALSA  CUTCHERRY,    Ind.    the 

room  of  business,  where  the  business  01 

the  army  is  transacted;    and  all  matters 

of  litigation  on  that  branch  of  service  is 

determined. 

KHAN,  an  officer  in  Persia,  who  is 
invested  with  the  same  powers  that  are 
entrusted  to  an  European  governor. 

KANAUTS,  Ind.  a  term  used  in 
India,  t6  express  the  walls  of  a  canvas 
tent: 

KATAA,  the  Indian  name  for  China. 
KATIK,  an  Indian  month,  which  in 
some  measure  coincides  with  our  month 
of  October. 

KAULAUBHAIJE,  the  Indian  term 
for  message. 

KECHERKLECHI,  guards  attached 
to  the  person  of  the  king  of  Persia  ;  they 
are  armed  with  a  musquet  of  an  extraor- 
dinary size  and  calibre.  They  were  raised 
and  formed  into  a  regular  corps  the  mid- 
dle of  the  last  century. 

KEELS,  the  longboats  in  which  the 
Saxons  successfully  invaded  England 
\vere  so  called. 

KEEP,  in  ancient  military  history,  a 
kind  of  strong  tower  which  was  built  in 
the  centre  of  a  castle  or  fort,  to  which  the 
besieged  retreated  and  made  their  last  ef- 
forts of  defence.  Of  this  description  is 
the  keep  of  Windsor  Castle. 

JCiffg's  KEEP,  a  fort  built  by  king 
Henry  II.  in  the  interior  part  of  Dover 
castle  is  so  called* 

To  KEEP  off,  in  a  military  sense,  is 
either  to  deter  your  enemy  from  approach- 
ing close  to  the  lines  or  fortifications  by 
inducing  him  to  suspect  a  superior  force, 
an  ambuscade,  or  a  mine,  or  by  openly 
galling  his  advanced  posts  in  such  a  man- 
ner as  to  beat  him  in  detail.  Infantry 
may  keep  otf'cavalry  by  hot  firing,  or  by 
a  compact  intrepid  direction  of  the  bay- 
onet. 

To  KEEP  up,  in  military  movements, 
is  the  preservation  of  that  regular  pace, 
by  which  a  line  or  column,  on  a  march, 
or  in  manoeuvring,  advances  towards  any 
given  point  without  any  chasms  or  fluc- 
tuations. When  a  regiment  marches  by 
files,  it  is  almost  impossible  for  the  rear 
to  keep  up.  On  this  account,  divisions, 
subdivisions,  and  even  sections,  are  best 
calculated  to  preserve  a  regular  depth  and 
continuity  of  march. 

To  KEEP  :/p,  likewise  signifies  to  attend 
to  the  interior  management  and  discipline 
of  a  corps,  so  as  to  prevent  the  least  devi- 
ation from  established  rules  and  regula- 
tions.     Thus  commanding   officers   are 
said  to  keep  up  good  order  and  discipline,  i 
who,   whilst  absent   or  present,  provide  | 
against  the  least  insubordination,  &c. 

To  KEEP  up  a  bea-vyjire,  is  to  play  with 
heavy  ordnance  against  a  fortified  place, 


directed  succession  of  shot.  In  mus- 
quetry  firing,  officers  commanding  bat- 
talions, divisions,  or  platoons,  should  be 
very  exact  in  giving  the  word  in  order  to 
keep  up  the  different  firings. 

KEERAY,  bid.  ex  pence?,  charges. 
KENT.  It  is  the  peculiar  duty  of  the 
county  lieutenant,  or  of  three  "deputy 
lieutenants  belonging  to  this  English 
county,  to  issue  orders  to  the  chief  con- 
stables of  the  several  hundreds  to  send  out 
precepts  to  the  churchwardens  or  over- 
seers to  return  a  list  of  men  liable  to  serve. 
The  churchwardens  and  overseers  of  the 
county  of  Kent  are,  by  act  of  parliament, 
invested  with  the  powers  of  constables, 
to  put  in  force  the  mi'itia  acts. 

KENTASSI,  a  range  of  mountains  in 
Thibet,  in  which  are  the  sources  of  the 
Ganges.  This  river,  formed  from  seve- 
ral sources,  passes  successively  two  great 
lakes,  and  flows  to  the  west,  until  the 
opposition  of  a  part  of  the  Indian  Cauca- 
sus turns  if  to  the  south,  and  having 
completed  in  these  various  directions  a 
course  of  two  hundred  leagues,  it  enters 
India  by  forcing  its  passage  through  the 
mountains  of  the  Mxmrier. 

KERANA.  a  long  trumpet,  similar  in 
shape  and  size  to  the  speaking  -rumpet. 
The-  Persians  use  it  whenever  they  wish  to 
make  any  extraordinary  noise,  and  they 
frequently  blow  it  with  hautboys,  kettle 
drums  and  other  instruments  at  sunset, 
and  two  hours  after  midnight. 

KEREEF,  Ind.  One  of  the  two  sea. 
sons  into  which  the  year  is  divided  in 
India. 

KERIMCHARRY,    Ind.   an   inferior 
officer  under  the  Zemindar,  who  collects 
from  the  villages,  and  keeps  the  accounts. 
KERN.    Irish,  a  soldier.     The  Irish 
nfantry  were  formerly  distinguished  by 
his  appellation.     The  men  in  those  days 
vere  armed  with  a  sword,  and  a  dart  or 
avehn,   which  was  tied  to  a  small  cord, 
so  that  after  they  had  thrown  it  at  the 
enemy,  they  could  instantly  recover  it, 
and  use  it  in  any  way  they  thought  pro- 
per.    The  javcli  ;  was  called  skew,  which 
s  also  the  Irish  fora  knife. 
KERUI,  Ind.  a  village  or  parish. 
KETTLE,  a  vessel  used  to  boil  com- 
position for  fire- works. 

KETTLE. Dru^s.     See  DRUMS,. 
KETTLE-ic*Vtf;»  cart,  a  four  wheel  car- 
iage  which  is  drawn  by  four  horses,  and 
s  used  exclusively  by  the  British  artillery 
s  a  pageant. 

The  ordnance  fiag  is  planted  on  the 
fore  part,  and  the  drummer  with  two 
kettle  d^ums  is  seated,  as  in  a  chair  of 
state,  on  the  back  parr.  This  cart  is 
finely  engraven  and  richly  gilt.  It  has 
not  been  in  the  field  since  the  year  1743, 
when  the  king  was  present.  It  is  kept 
in  Hie  tower. 

KEYS,  in  a  general  sense,  are  instru- 
ments with  which  locks  are  opened. 
KEYS,   in  artillery  carriages,   may  be 


or  body   of  men,   by  a  calm  and  well-]  considered  under  three  specific  heads,  viz. 


KIN 


KI  T 


313 


Fare. lock  KEYS,  which  serve  to  pass 
through  the  lower  end  of  bolts,  in  order 
to  fasten  them. 

Spring  KEYS  may  be  used  in  the  same 
manner,  but  are  differently  made,  for  in- 
stead  of  being  of  one  single  pieee,  they 
are  of  two,  like  two  springs  laid  one  over 
the  other.  When  they  are  put  into  eye- 
bolts,  they  are  pinched  together  at  the 
ends,  and  when  they  are  in,  they  open 
again  ;  so  that  the  motion  of  the  carriage 
cannot  disturb  or  shake  them  out.  Spring 
keys  are  peculiarly  useful  in  travelling 
carriages. 

KEYS  with  chains  and  staple*  fixed  on 
the  side  pieces  of  a  carriage  or  mortar  bod. 
They  serve  to  fasten  the  cap  squares  by 
passing  through  the  eyes  of  tli-s  eye-bolts, 
with  or  without. 

KEY  stone i  in  architecture,  is  the  mid- 
dle stone  of  an  arch,  by  which  the  sweep 
of  the  arch  is  bound  together. 

KEY.     See  QUAY. 

KEYSER  LICKS,  or  imperialists,  the 
Austrian  troops  are  frequently  called  so. 
The  term  was  indeed  common  among  the 
British  soldiers,  when  they  did  duty  to- 
gether, a'ld  invaded  France  in  i?94.  I(  is 
derived  from  keyser,  from  Ceasar,  which 
in  German,  signifies  empeior. 

KHAN,  Ind.  si  .nifies  lord  or  chieftain. 
Th's  title  was  given  by  the  king  of  Delhi, 
for  vvnich  it  is  supposed,  the  person 
maintained  250  horse  soldiers,  which  he 
commanded  and  disciplined  for  the  king's 
service. 

KHEET,  Ind.  a  fortified  city,  which 
is  four  coss  or  eight  English  miles  in 
length  and  breadth,  and  not  so  much  as 
eight  coss. 

KHODA,  bid.     God. 

KHODADAUD  SIRCAR,  Ind.  That 
is  the  government  or  ruler  blessed  or  be- 
loved of  God;  it  was  a  title  assumed  by 
Tippo  Sultaun,  the  sovereign  of  the  king- 
dom of  Mysore,  who  fell  in  defence  of 
his  capital,  Serungputtun,  or  Seringapa- 
tam,  when  it  was  stormed,  May  the  4th, 
1799,  by  the  British  forces  under  the  com- 
mand of  lieu  tenant-general  Harris. 

KID.  This  appellation  was  formerly 
given  to  any  person  that  was  trepanned  by 
kidnappers. 

KIDNAPPER,  a  man  who  by  impro- 
per means  decoys  the  unwary  into  the 
army  or  navy. 

KIEU,  the  Indian  term  for  any  bridge 
under  which  water  flows. 

KILL  A,  Ind.  a  castle,  fort,  or  for- 
tress. 

KILLADAR,  Ind.  the  governor  or 
commandant  of  a  fort. 

KINDALAHS,  a  vagabond,  outcast 
set  of  people  in  India,  originally  belong- 
ing to  the  Hindoo  tribe.  By  such  pro- 
scription and  disgrace  are  these  misera- 
ble creatures  marked,  that  the  people 
of  other  casts  not  only  will  not  visit  them, 
but  if  any  one  of  them  should  presume  to 
approach  a  person  of  the  Nayr  tribe,  it  is 


lawful  for  the  latter  to  put  him  to  instant 
death. 

To  KINDLE,  in  a  military  sense,  is 
to  excite  mankind  to  arms.  To  kindle 
the  flames  of  war  is  a  familiar  expression. 

KING  fiom  the  ^axon  koning,  that  is 
cunning^  "wise ;  it  lias  corne  to  bear  a  dif- 
ferent sense,  and  to  signify  a  person  neither 
cunning  nor  wise;  a  person  in  whom  a 
supreme  or  qualified  authority  is  v^ted^ 
without  the  consent  of  a  nation.  The  chief 
ma^ijtrate,  and  one  of  the  three  nominal 
parts  of  the  British  government. 

In  a  military  acceptation  of  the  term, 
the  king  of  Great  Britain  is  captain  gen- 
eral of  the  British  army,  the  primary 
source  from  which  all  appointments  in  it 
are  derived,  and  the  last  resort  of  naval 
and  military  jurisdiction.  With  him,  as 
principal  magistrate  in  the  stale,  and 
head  of  the  executive  ppwer,  ail  il:s  ar- 
r-ingements  of  the  British  army  finally  rtst, 
as  from  him  they  primarily  issued;  'From 
him  all  the  effective  forces  derive  energy 
and  effect,  and  when  war  lias  been  declar- 
ed, to  uim  only  does  the  army  look -for  the 
immediate  application  and  general  exer- 
cise of  its  powers,  through  the  medium  of 
the  ministers  he  appoints,  who  are  re- 
sponsible to  parliament  for  the  manner  in 
which  the  authority  they  have  received 
has  been  executed. 

The  British  king  is  likewise  supreme 
head  of  the  militia,  and  has  the  power  of 
appointing  or  dismissing  lieutenants  of 
counties.  This  kin?  may  likewise  or- 
der three  deputy  lieutenants  to  act,  when 
the  lieutenant  "is  abroad,  or  when  there 
is  a  vacancy.  He  may  join  independent 
companies  into  a  battalion,  or  incorporate 
them  with  any  other  regiment;  and  by 
him  only  can  adjutants  be  appointed  to  act 
in  the  militia.  If  they  are  selected  from 
the  regular  army,  they  preserve  their 
rank,  and  their  new  commission  bears  the 
sign  manual. 

In  case  of  an  invasion  or  rebellion,  the 
British  king  has  the  power  to  order  the 
•ounty  lieutenants  to  embody  the  militia, 
and  to  put  it  under  general  officers  from 
the  regular  army  On  these  occasions  he 
may  :..sue  a  proclamation  for  the  meeting 
of  parliament  in  fourteen  days. 

The  word  king  is  synonymous  with 
monarch^  tyrant^  despot ,  and  an  emperor  is 
only  a  higher  grade  of  king. 

riivGat  Aftos.     See  HERALD. 

KIOSQUE,  Fr.  a  sort  of  garden  pa- 
viliion  which  is  open  on  all  sides.  It  is 
used  in  the  Levant,  particularly  in  Tur- 
key, and  at  Constantinople. 

K  J  s  S  E  LB  A  C  H  L  S ,  Ind.  soldiers  are  so 
called  *n  India. 

KIST,  Ind.  an  instalment ;  the  amount 
of  a  stated  payment. 

KISTYBUNDY,  the  Indian  term  for 
a  monthly  payment  or  periodical  instal- 
ment 

KITSBUNDY,  a  contract  or  agree- 
ment for  the  discharge  of  any  debt  or  ob- 
ligation by  stated  payments. 
R  r 


314 


K  OL 


K  R  A 


KIT,  in  laboratory  works,  a  composi- 
tion made,  of  rosin'glb.  pitch  6lb.  bee- 
wax  61b.  and  tallow  lib.  used  lor  the  last 
covering  of  carcasses.  In  order  to  apply 
it  properly,  it  must  first  be  broken  into 
small  pieces,  and  put  into  an  iron  pot 
over  the  fire,  where  it  must  be  kept  stir- 
ring about  until  ic  be  thoroughly  dissolv- 
ed. When  rendered  very  hot  "and  com- 
pletely  liquid,  it  may  be  used. 

KIT  is  likewise  used  among  dragoons,  ! 
to  signify  their  lot  of  necessaries,  which  jj 
is  packed  up  in  a  very  small  compass.  ; 
The  term  is  also  used  by  the  infantry,  and  ij 
means  the  contents  of  a  soldier's  knap- 
sack. 

KLINKETS,  in  fortification,  are  small-, 
gates  made  through  pallisades  for  the  pur-  , 
pose  of  sallying. 

KNAPSACK,  a  rough  leather  or  can- 
vas bag,  which  is  strapped  to  an  infantry  ' 
soldier's  back  when  he  marches,  and 
•which  contains  his  necessaries.  Square 
knapsacks  are  supposed  to  be  m  st  con- 
venient. They  should  be  made  with  a 
division  to  hold  the  shoes,  blacking-balls, 
and  brushes,  sepaiate  from  the  linen. 
White  goat  skins  are  sometimes  used,  but 
•we  do  not  concehe  them  to  be  equal  to 
the  painted  canvas  ones.  Soldiers  are  put 
under  stoppages  for  the  payment  of  their 
knapsacks,  which  after  five  years,  become 
their  propeity.  See  list  of  necessaries, 
according  to  the  last  regulations,  under  the 
article  NECESSARIES, 

KNAVE,  for  its  military  acceptation,  ; 
see  INFANTRY. 

KNIGHT,  a  person  who,  in  ancient 
times,  on  account  of  some  eminent  service,  ; 
civil  or  military,  was  singled  out  from  the  ; 
common  class  of  gentlemen,  &c.  and  was  : 
personally  invested  with  a  title.      This  >: 
word,  which  was  originally  derived  from  ! 
the   German  and   Dutch  knecbt  or  knehty 
signifies  a  servant,  in  which  sense  it  isap-  j 
plied  when  we  speak  of  the  knight  of  a  > 
shire  ;  it  likewise  means  a  military  man,  ; 
or   rather  a   horseman,    from   the    Latin  ; 
eques,  a  soldier  or  horseman  ;  knights  ofi 
this    description   having  been   either  the  * 
kind's   domestic  servants  or  of  his  life 
guards. 

In  common  law  they  are  called  milites, 
usually  holding  lands  under  the  feudal 
tenure  by  knight's  service,  to  serve  the 
king  in  his  wars, 

KNOT,  the  wing  or  epaulette,  which 
is  commonly  made  of  worsted,  of  a  non- 
commissioned officer  or  corporal.     When 
Serjeants  and  corporals  arc  sentenced  to  be 
reduced  to  the  ranks,  the  knot  is  generally 
cut  ofi  by  the  drum-major  in  the  presence 
of  the  battalion,  as  a  mark  of  ignominy. 
KNOTS,   the  division   of  the  log  line. 
Each  knot  is  equal  to  an  English  mile. 
KNOUT,  a  Russian  punishment. 
KOHiSTAN,  Ind.  properly  means  a 
province.     1 1  likewise  signifies  a  rocky  or 
mountainous  country. 

K  O  L  L  E  E  Jozue,  I  nd.  is  the  fourth  of 
frfte  four  aeras  or  periods  of  Indian  chrono- 


logy. It  is  the  present  sera,  in  which  all 
mankind  are  corrupted,  or  rather  lessened  ; 
it  is  supposed  to  be  ordained  to  subsist 
tour  hundred  thousand  years,  of  which 
near  five  thousand  are  already  expired, 
and  the  life  of  man,  in  that  period  is  limit- 
ed to  one  hundred  years.  Colonel  Dciu 
says  this  age  is  io  last  thirty-six  thousand 
years  :  th  age  which  preceded  it,  is  call- 
ed the  da-vapaar  jogue. 
KOOLOO,  h,d.  the  cocoa  tree. 
KOONAR,  an  Indian  month,  which 
partly  coincides  with  our  month  of  Sep- 
tember. 

KOONCHY,  Ind.  a  measure  of  about 
eiplir  handfuls. 

KOONWUR,  Ind.  prince,  highness. 
KOREISH,  Ind.  an  Arabian  tribe. 
KORTCH1-BACH1,  the  chief  or 
commanding  officer  of  the  Kortchis.  In 
former  times  he  was  the  first  military 
character  in  Persia,  at  present  he  is  onlr 
the  second  in  command.  He  never  leave's 
the  court  except  upon  extraordinary  occa- 
sions, when  his  presence  "IN  requireuat  the 
army.  This,  however,  rarely  happens, 
as  the  king  is  obliged  to  furnish  him  with 
an  household  service  of  plate,  and  to  de- 
tach a  part  of  his  own  guards  for  the  pro- 
tection of  his  person.  The  Kortchi  Bachi, 
is  generally  entrusted  with  one  of  the 
chief  governments  belonging  to  Persia. 

KORTCHIS,  a  body  of  Persian  ca- 
valry, which  is  stationed  along  the  fron- 
tiers of  the  country.  Every  individual 
belonging  to  this  corps,  receives  fifty 
crowns  for  his  annual  pay.  The  children, 
of  the  Kortchis  succeed  their  fathers, 
with  the  consent  and  approbation  ol  the 
general.  The  Kortchis  are  descended 
from  a  race  of  foreigners,  who  used  io  live 
under  tents,  and  were  always  distinguish- 
ed for  their  courage. 

KOSSACKS,  (Kcsaques,  Fr.)  See 
COSSACKS. 

KOTE,  Ind.  a  warehouse 
KOULER-AGASI,    a   distinguished 
!  military  character  in  Persia,  who  has  the 
i  command  of  a  body  of  men  called  Kouls. 
He  is  usually  governor  of  a  considerable 
province. 

KOULI  E,  a  courier,  a  porter,  a  slave 
KOURIE,    Ind.   a   sea-shell   used  as 
money  in  many  pai  ts  of  india. 

KOULS,  a  corps  of  Persian  soldiers 
who  rank  as  a  thiid  body  among  the  five 
that  constitute  the  king's  household 
troops ;  they  mount  guard  under  the  por- 
tico which  stands  between  the  first  and 
second  gate  leading  to  the  palace.  The 
Kouls  are  men  of  note  and  rank  ;  no  per- 
son can  arrive  at  any  considerable  post  or 
situation,  who  has  not  served  among  the 
Kouls.  Their  number  is  computed  at 
4000  men. 

KOYAL,  Ind.  a  weighman. 
KOYALEE,  Ind.  fees  for  weighing. 
KRAMA,  Ind.  wooden  sandals  which 
are  worn  by  the  natives  of  India  during.ihe 
wet  sessoru 


K  UR 


LAB 


315 


KUFFEET,  Ind.  An  Indian  term  for 
security. 

KUL,  the  Turkish  word  for  slave  to 
the  prince.  The  grand  vizier,  thebachas, 
the  beiglerbeys,  and  all  persons  who  re- 
ceive pay  or  subsistence  from  situations 
dependent  upon  the  crown,  are  so  called. 
This  title  is  in  high  estimation  among 
the  Turkish  military,  as  it  authorizes  all 
who  are  invested  with  it,  to  insult,  strike 
and  othervvays  ill  use  the  common  peo- 
ple, without  bjing  responsible  for  the 
most  flagrant  breach  of  humanity.  Horrid 
pre-erniner.ee,  and  fitted  only  to  Mahome- 
dan  civilization  ! 

KULLUSTAUNS,  Ltd.  Christians. 

KUNDNEI-,  Ind.  A  sum  of  mo- 
ney which  is  annually  paid  by  an  inferior 
governor  to  his  superior. 

KUPELE,  Straights  so  called  in  India, 
through  which  the  Ganges  disembogues 
itself  into  Hindustan.  They  are  distant 
from  Delhi  about  30  leaxues,  iathelongi- 
gitucle  of  96,  and  in  the  latitude  of  3®.  2. 
These  straights  are  believed  by  the  Indi- 
.ans,  who  look  very  little  abroad,  to  be  the 
sources  of  the  Ganges:  and  a  rock  15 
miles  distant  from  them,  bearing  some 
resemblance  to  the  head  of  a  cow,  has 
joined  in  the  same  pait  of  the  nations, 
two  very  important  objects  of  their  reli- 
gion :  the  grand  image  of  the  animal 
which  they  almost  venerate  as  a  divinity, 
and  the  first  appearance  of  that  immense 
body  of  holy  water  which  washes  away 
all  their  sins.  It  was  at  these  straights 
that  the  Indians  made  some  shew  of  re- 
sistance, when  the  famous  Tamerlane 
invaded  India.  The  field  of  this  victory 
is  the  most  distant  term  of  that  emperor's 
conquest  in  India  and  on  the  globe.  See 
Dissertation  on  the  establishments  made 
by  Mahomedan  conquerors  in  Hindustan, 
in  Orme's  History  of  the  Carnatic,  page 
14,  and  15. 

KURROL, /*</.  The  advanced  guard 
of  a  main  army. 

KURTCHI,  a  militia  is  so  called  in 
Persia.  It  consists  of  one  body  of  caval- 
ry, which  is  composed  of  the  first  nobi- 
lity belonging  to  the  kingdom,  and  of  the 
lineal  descendants  of  the  Turkish  con- 
querors, who  placed  Ismael  Sophi  on  the 
throne.  They  wear  a  red  turban,  made  of 
particular  stuilj  into  twelve  folds.  This 
turban  was  originally  given  them  by 
Ismael,  in  consideration  of  their  attach- 
ment to  the  religion  and  family  or  Ali. 
The  twelve  folds  are  in  remembrance  of 
the  twelve  I maans  or  Mahomedan  preach- 
ers who  descended  in  a  direct  line  irom 
Ali,  and  distinguished  themselves  so  much 
in  that  sect.  The  turban  is  red,  for  the 
purpose  of  provoking  those  who  wear  it 
to  avenge  upon  ths  Ottomans,  the  death 
of  Ali  and  Hussein,  who  were  murdered 
by  the  chief  of  Sun  is,  to  whose  sect  the 
Turks  belong.  In  consequence  of  their 
wearing  this  turbjn,  th?  Persians  are  al- 
ways called  by  the  Turks  kitU-bascki  or 
rcd-heads.  The  noblemen  in  Persia  have 


adopted  the  term,  with  a  slight  alteration, 
and  call  themselves  kesil-fascbis  or  golden, 
beads.  The  Kurtchi  form  a  body  of  near- 
ly eighteen  thousand  men.  The  chief  or 
commanding  officer  is  called  kurtchi- 
baschi.  This  was  formerly  the  most  dis- 
distJaguished  situation  in  the  kingdom, 
and  the  authority  annexed  to  it  was  eqiial 
to  what  the  constable  of  France  originally 
possessed.  At  present  his  power  does 
not  extend  beyond  the  Kurtchis. 

K U  S  H-B  A  S  H ,  Ind.  Persons  who  en- 
joy lands  rent  free,  upon  condition  of  serv- 
'ing  government  in  a  military  capacity 
when  called  upon.  The  term  also  signi- 
fies, people  of  middling  circumstan- 
ces who  do  net  cultivate  their  lands 
themselves,  but  hire  servants  to  do  it 
while  they  hold  other  employments. 

KUTTY,  Ind.     Closets. 

KUVVAUS,  Ind.  Servants  attending 
on  the  king's  person. 

KU Z  A  N  A ,  Ind.     A  treasury. 


LAAK,  Ind.     One  hundred  thousand. 

LABARUM,  a  celebrated  standard 
which  was  used  among  the  Roman  em- 
perors, and  frequently  means  any  imperial 
cr  royal  standard.  The  original  one,  so 
called,  consisted  of  a  long  lance,  at  the 
top  of  which  was  fixed  a  stick  that  cross- 
ed it  at  right  angles,  and  from  which  hung 
a  piece  of  rich  scarlet  cloth,  that  was 
sometimes  ornamented  with  precious 
stones.  Until  the  days  of  Constantino 
the  great,  the  figure  of  an  eagle  was  placed 
upon  the  top  of  the  labarum  ;  but  that 
prince  substituted  in  its  room,  a  cross, 
with  a  cypher  expressing  the  name  of 
Jesus. 

LABORATORY  signifies  that  place 
where  all  sorts  of  fire- works  are  prepared, 
both  for  actual  service,  and  for  pleasure, 
viz.  quick  matches,  fuses,  portfires, 
grape-shot,  case-shot,  carcasses,  hand- 
grenades,  cartridges,  shells  filled,  and  fu- 
ses fixed,  wads,  &c.  &c. 

Aigrettes.      See  MORTARS. 

Balls  are  of  various  sorts,  shapes  and 
forms ;  as 

Chain-shot,  are  two  shot  linked  together 
by  a  strong  chain  of  8  or  10  inches  long  ; 
they  are  more  used  on  board  men  of  war, 
than  in  the  land  service.  The  famous 
M.  de  Witt  was  the  first  inventor,  about 
the  year  1665. 

Light-balls^  of  which  their  are  several 

sorts  :    the  best  composition  is   mealed 

powder  2,  sulphur    i,  rosin   i,  turpcu- 

i  tine  2,  i-2,   and  saltpetre  i  i-z.      Then 

!  take  tow,  and  mix  and  dip  it  in  this  com- 

|  position, till  of  a  proper  size,  letting  th/  lasc 

I  coat  be  of  mealed  powder.     Or  take  thick 

,!  strong  paper,  and  make  a  shell  the  size  of 

jj  the  mortar  you  intend  to  throw  it  out  of, 

jl  ami  fiii  it  with  a  composition  of  an  equal 

quantity    of  sulphur,    pitch,   rosin,   and 

mealed  powder  i  which  being  well  aux- 


316 


LAB 


LAB 


ed,  and  put  in  warm,   will  give  a  clear) 
fire,  and  hum  a  considerable  time. 

The  composition  ibr  filling  balls  that! 
are  inte-iaed  u-  se:  ire  tc  magazines  is,  i 
mealed  powder  TO.  -alty.rtrc  2.  sulphur  4,  i 
and  rosin  i  ;  or  -?  saled  powder  4,  pound-  I 
ed  glass  i,  antimony  1-2,  camphor  1-2,' 
' 


common  salt  1-4; 
mealed  powder  48,  saltpetre  32,  sulphur  i 
16,  rosin  4,  steel  or  iron  filings  2,  fir  tree  \ 
saw-clust  boiled  \u  saltpetre  ley  2,  and  j 
birch  wood  charcoal  i  .  With  any  of  these 
compositions  fill  the  sack,  and  ram  it,  if! 
possible,,  as  bard  as  a^ione,  putting  ;-:v  the 
opening,  a  f  i,  ;;n'<  «LKut  the  same  an  , 
iron  ring  i-5th  of  the  ball's  diameter 
\yide;  and  PH  the  opposite  end,  another  j 
ring  i.6tii  cf  the  ball's  diameter;  then, 
•with  a  strong  cord  of  i-4;l«of  an  inch 
diameter,  lace  round  the.  honps,  or  rings, 
from  one  end  cf  the  ball  to  the  other,  "as 
;<s  it>  requisite;  this  is  called  the 
oont  ;  '.i'-.n  lace  it  again  the  contra- 
ry way,  which  is  called  the  check  coat. 

K  •  rv/ven  ea>  .  ••  square  cord,  iron  barrels 
are  drivep  in,  i-3d  cf  which  are  filled 
wiih  rj.j'vdf,  a:-d  a  bullet  :  at  the  end  of 
.  vent  is  made,  that  the  com- 
positor. may  inflame  the  powder,  and 
drive  the  balh  out  cnfvery^de.  wh,-Ji 
not  only  kill  numbers  of  people,  but  pre- 
vent any  one  from  extinguishing  the  fire- 
ball. The  vvhc:e  must,  when  fii;ished, 
be  dipped  in  IP-it  :d  pitch,  rosin  and  tur- 
pentine oil;  which  composition  fastens 
the  whole  together. 

Snoke-Bati.^  are  made  and  contrived  to 
give  an  uncommon  smoKe,  and  thereby 
prevent  the  er.cjmy  fiani  seeing  what  you 
are  about.  They  are  prepared  as  above, 
only  the  <omposition  must  be  5  to  i  of 
pitch,  rosin,  and  saw-dust  :  the  ingredi- 
ents are  put  into  iron  shells,  having  4 
holes  each  to  let  out  the  smoke,  and  are 
thrown  out  of  mortars. 

St'Ktt-       '] 

P  O'K  wed-  \ 

Red-hot.  \  Balls.     See  B  A  L  L  $  . 

Chain.       r 

Slang- 

Anchor 

Message-Halls.     See"  SHELLS. 

Fire-  Barrels  are  at  present  not  much 
used  :  they  were  of  different  sorts  ; 
spine  mounted  on  two  wheels.  The  in- 
side of  the  barrel  is  loaded  with  powder, 
and  the  outside  lull  of  sharp  iron  points, 
intermixed  with  grenades  loaded,  and 
fuses  fixed.  Semetimes  they  are  placed 
under  ground,  and  made  use  of  to  annoy 
the  enemy's  approach. 

Carcass,  in  military  affairs,  was  formerly 
of  an  oval  form,  made  of  iron  bars,  and 
filled  with  a  composition  of  mealed  pow- 
der, saltpetre,  sulphur,  broken  glass, 
shavings  of  horn,  pitch,  tuipentine,  tal- 
low, and  linseed  oil,  coveied  with  a 
pitched  cloth  ;  ir  is  primed  with  meakd 
powder  and  quick  match,  and  fired  out  of 
a  mortar,  Its  design  is  to  set  houses  on 
fire,  &c.  See  CARCASS. 


'•      • 

i\ 

a  ee- Balls. 


Nona  but  round  carcasses  are  used  at 
present,  the  flight  of  the  oblong  ones  be- 
ing so  uncertain.  The  composition  is, 
pitch  2,  saltpetre  4,  sulphur  i,  and  corned 
powder  3.  When  the  pitch  is  melted, 
the  pot  is  taken  off,  and  the  hi-red^ents 
(\v..!'(  mixed)  put  in;  i.h^n  the  ca 
is  filled  with  as  much  as  can  be  press- 
ed in. 

Cartridges  are  made    of    \arious  sub- 
stances, such  as  paper,  parchment,  blad- 
ders, ami  flannel.     Wiien  they  are  inv.de 
of  paper  the  bottoms  remain  in  the 
and  accumulate  so  much, rim  the  j,,, 
cannot  reach  the  powder;    besides  other 
inconveniencies.     When  they  r-.ie  n 
parchment  or  bladders,  the  j; 
them  up,  so  that  they  enter  int.;  the    enr, 
and  become  so  hard,  thai  the  priming  iron 
cannot  remove   them    so  a;>  to  clear   the 
vent.     Nothing   has  be.;n  found  h: 
to  answer  better  th3n  flannel,  w'  :,:.i  is 
the  only  thing  used  at  present  ;b'  ^Ti'lcry 
cartridges  of  all  sorts  ;  because  it  uoes  not 
keep  lire,  and  is  therefore  not   liable  to 
accidents  in  the  loauinr  :  but,  as  th«?  dust 
of  powder  passes  through  ihem,  a  parch. 
vnent   cnver   is    sometimes  made  to  put 
over  them,  which  is  taken  off  when  used. 

The  best  way  of  making  flannel  car. 
tri'iges,  is  to  boil  the  flannel  in  size; 
which  will  prevent  the  dust  of  powder 
from  passing  through,  and  render  it  stiff", 
and  more  manageable;  for  without  this 
precaution  cartridges  are  so  pliable,  on 
account  of  their  size  and  the  quality  of 
powder  they  contain,  that  they  are  put 
into  the  piece  with  much  difficulty. 

The  loading  and  firing  guns  with  car. 
tridges  is  done  much  sooner  than  with 
loose  powder,  and  fewer  accidents  are 
likely  to  occur.  The  heads  of  cartridges, 
especially  for  musquetry,  are  sometimes 
wrapped  in  coarse  cotton. 

In  quick  firing  the  shot  is  fixed  to  the 
caitridge  by  means  of  a  wooden  bottom, 
hollowed  on  one  side  so  as  to  receive 
nearly  half  the  shot,  which  is  fastened  to 
it  by  two  small  slips  of  tin  crossing  over 
the  shot,  and  nailed  to  the  bottom  ;  and 
the  cartridge  is  tied  to  the  other  end 
thereof.  They  are  fixed  likewise  in  the 
saiae  manner  "to  the  bottoms  of  grape 
shot,  which  are  used  in  field  pieces. 

Gr ape-shot  i  in  artillery,  is  a  combina- 
tion of  small  shot,  put  into  a  thick  canvas 
bag,  and  corded  strongly  together,  so  as 
to  form  a  kind  of  cylinder,  whose  diame- 
ter is  equal  tc  tliat  of  the  ball  which  is 
adapted  to  the  canr.on. 

To  make  grape  saof,*  bag  of  coarse  cloth 
is  made  just  to  hold  the  bottom  which  is 
put  into  it ;  as  many  shot  are  then  thrown 
inas  the  grape  is  to  contain;  and  with  a 
strong  pack  thread  the  whole  is  quilted  to 
keep  the  shot  from  moving.  The  ba^s, 
wnen  finished,  are  put  into  boxes  for 
the  purpose  of  being  conveniently  car- 
ried . 

The  number  of  shot  in  a  grape  varies 
according  to  the  service  or  si^e  of  the 


LAB 


LAB 


317 


guns:  in  sea  service  9  is  always  the  num. 
her;  but  by  land  it  is  increased  to  any 
number  or  size,  from  an  ounce  and  a 
quarter  in  weight,  to  four  pounds.  It 
has  not  yet  been  determined,  with  any 
degree  of  accuracy,  what  number  and 
size  answer  best  in  practice ;  for  it  is 
-well  known,  that  they  otten  scatter  so 
much  that  only  a  small  number  takes  effect- 

Of  the  three  different  sorts  of  cannon 
which  are  used  for  throwing  grape-shot, 
the  3-pounder  seems  rather  the  best ;  es- 
pecially when  two  are  used,  as  the  eiiect 
of  two  3 -pounders  is  much  greater  than 
that  of  one  6- pounder.  But  the  8-inch 
howitzer,  which  can  be  made  to  throw  in 
from  three  to  iive  of  iti  charge  (from  12  to 
zolb.  of  shot)  becomes  thereby  a  very 
formidable  piece,  when  it  can  be  used  for 
grape-shot;  and  this  is  the  howitzer  used 
by  the  French  light  or  horse  artillery. 

Proper  charges  for-  grsps-sbot  have  never 
yet  bee  n  effectually  di '  crmincd  :  \vj  can 
only  give  our  advice  f'-oui  sor/it-  expert- 


laboratory,  to  drive    the   composition  of 
fuzes  and  rockets. 

Funnels,  are  of  various  sorts,  used  to 
pour  the  powder  into  shells,  and  the  com- 
position into  fuses,  and  rocket-cases. 

Fire-ship,  a  vessel  filled  with  combusti- 
ble materials,  and  fitted  with  grappling- 
irons,  to  hook,  and  set  fire  to  the  enemy  '$ 
thips  in  battle,  &c. 

From  the  bulk  head  at  the  fore  castle  to 
a  bulk  head  to  be  raised  behind  the  main 
chains,  on  each  side  and  across  the  ship 
at  the  bulk  heads,  is  fixed,  close  to  the 
ship's  sides,  a  double  row  of  troughs,  2 
feet  distance  from  each  other,  with  cross 
troughs  quite  round,  at  about  2  1-2  dis- 
tance ;  which  are  mortised  into  the  others. 
1  The  cross  troughs  lead  to  the  sides  of  the 
'ship,  to  the  barrels  and  to  the  port  holes, 
j  to  give  fire  both  to  the  barrels  and  to  the 
I  chambers,  to  blow  open  the  potts;  and 
the  side  troughs  serve  to  communicate 
|the  fire  all  along  the  ship  and  the  cros* 
troughs. 


merits  ;  that  for  heavy  6- pounders,  i-3d  !'  The  timbers  of  which  the  troughs  are 
of  the  weight  of  the  shot  appears  to  be  j  made,  are  about  5  inches  sqinre  ;  the 
the  best  charge  of  powder;  for  the  !i^,ht  •  depth  of  the  troughs,  half  their  thick- 


ness ;  and  they  are  supported  by  cross 
pieces  at  every  2  or  3  yards,  nailed  to  th  * 
timbers  of  the  ship,  and  to  the  wood  work 
which  incloses  the  fore  and  main  masts. 
!  The  decks  and  troughs  are  all  well  paved 


6-poundcrs,  i-4th  of  the  weight  of  the 

shot ;  and  for  howitzers,  i-8th  or  i-ioth 

answers  very 

..  This  kind  of  fire  seems  not  yet  to  have 

been  enough  respecteu,  nor  depended  oh. 

However,  if  cannon  and  howitzers  can  be  j  with  melted  rosin. 

made  to  throw  i-3d  or  i-4th,  and  some-   j     On  each  siele  of  the  ship  6  small  port 

times  half  their  charge  of  grape  shot  into  a  j>  holes  are  cut,  from  15  to  18  inches  large, 

space  39  by  12  bet,  at  -co  and  300  yards  |  the  ports  opening   downwards,   and  arc 

distance,    and  those  fired  7  or  8  times  in  I  close  caulked  up.     Against  each  port  is 

a  minute  ;  if  surely  forms  the  thickest  fire  jj  fixed  an  iron  chamber,  which,  at  the  tinu: 

that  can  be  produced  from  the  same  space,     of  firing  the  ship,  blows  open  the  ports, 

TP-  /        ,          •  _„._•  1  1 •  A*        .  1         l  .!!_*._  fc-1 .L-        _  A^         -.1 -_         • 


Tin  case-ihot,  in  artillery,  is  formed  by 
putting  a  great  quantity  of  small  iron  shot 
into  a  cylindrical  tin  box,  called  a  canister, 
that  just  fits  the  bore  of  the  gun.  Leaden 
bullets  are  sometimes  used  in  the  same 
manner  ;  and  it  must  be  observed,  that 
whatever  number  or  sizes  of  the  shot  are 
used,  th^y  must  weigh,  with  their  cases, 
nearly  as  much  as  the  shot  of  the  piece. 

Case  shot,  formerly,  consisted  of  all 
kinds  of  old  iron,  stones,  musquet  balls, 
nails,  &c. 

Tubes,  in  artillery  are  used  in  quick 
firing.  They  are  made  of  tin  :  their  ui- 
r  is  2-iothsof  an  inch,  being  just 
sufficient  to  enter  into  the  vent  of  the 
piece ;  about  6  inches  long,  with  a  cap 
above,  and  cut  slanting  below,  in  the  form 
<--fa.  pen;  the  point  is  strengthened  with 
.older,  that  it  may  pierce  the  car- 
v ridge  withjut  bending.  Through  this 
tubeis drawn  a  quick-match,  the  cap  be- 
ing fitted  with  mealed  powder,  moistened 


and  lets  out  the  fire.  At  the  main  and 
fore  chains,  en  each  side,  a  wooden  fun- 
nel is  fixed  over  a  fire  barrel,  and  conies 
through  a  scuttle  in  the  deck,  up  to  the 
shrouds,  to  set  them  on  fire.  Both  fun- 
nels and  scuttles  must  be  stopped  with 
plugs,  and  have  sail  cloth  or  canvas  nailed 
close  over  thmi,  to  prevent  any  accident 
happening  that  way,  by  fire,  to  the  com- 
bustibles below. 

The  port  holes,  funnels,  and  scuttles, 
not  only  serve  to  give,  the  fire  a  free  passage 
to  the  outside  and  upper  parts  of  the  ship, 
and  her  rigging,  but  also  for  the  inward 
air  (otherwise  confined]  to  expand  itself, 
and  push  through  those  holes  at  the  thrrc 
of  the  combustibles  being  on  fire,  and  pre- 
vent the  blowing  up  of  the  decks,  which 
otherwise  must  of  course  happen,  from 
such  a  sudden  and  violent  rarefaction  of 
the  air:is  will  then  be  produced. 

In  the  bulk  head  behind,  on  each  side, 
is  cut  a  small  hole,  large  enough  to  rc- 


with  spirits  of  wine.     To    prevent  the)  ceive  a  trough  of  the  same  size  of  the 


mealed  powder  from  falling  out  by  car- 
riage, a  cap  of  paper  or  flannel,  steeped  in 
spirits  of  wine,  is  tied  over  it. 

Flambeaux,  a  kind  of  lighted  torch, 
used  in  the  artillery  upon  a  march,  or 
,tho  park,  &c. 

Formers,  are  cylinders  of  wood,  of  dif- 
ferent sizes  and  dimensions,  used  in  the,: 


others;  iVom  which,  to  each  side  of  the 
ship,  lies  a  leading  trough,  one  etui  com- 
ing through  a  sal;y  port  cut  through  the 
shin's  side,  ami  the  other  fix'iHg  into  n 
communicating  trough  that  lies  along  the 
buiic-head,  from  one  sieie  of  the  ship  to 
the  other;  and  being  laid  \viih  quirk 
match,  at  the  time  of  firing  either  ' 


318 


LAB 


LAB 


Jeadiru;  troughs,  communicates  the  lire  in 
an  i.isunt  to  the  contrary  sideof  the  ship, 
and  both  sides  burn  together. 

Fire fan-els,  for  a  fire-ship,  are  cyliadric, 
on  account  of  that  shape  answering  better 
both  for  tilling  them  vvitn  reeds,  and  lor 
stowing  them  bet  ween  the  troughs  :  their 
inside  diameters  are  about  21  inches,  and 
their  k-ngth  33.  The  bottom  parts  are 
first  filled  with  double-dipt  reeds  set  on 
end,  and  the  remainder  with  lire-barrel 
composition,  which  is,  corned  powder 
3olb.  Swedish  pitch  12,  saltpetre  6,  and 
tallow  3,  well  mixed  and  melted,  and 
then  poured  over  them. 

There  are  5  holes  of  3. quarters  of  an 
inch  diameter,  and  3  inches  deep,  made 
with  a  drift  of  that  size  in  the  top  of  the 
composition  while  it  is  warm  :  one  in  the 
centre,  and  the  other  four  at  equal  dis- 
tances round  the  sides  of  the  barrel. 
When  the  composition  is  cold  and  hard, 
the  barrel  is  primed  by  well  driving  those 
holes  full  of  fuze  composition,  to  within 
an  inch  of  the  top  ;  then  fixing  in  each 
hole  a  strand  of  quick-match  twice  dou- 
bled, and  in  the  centre  hole  two  strands 
the  whole  length  ;  all  which  must  be  well 
driven  in  with  mealed  powder :  then  lay 
the  quick-match  all  within  the  barrel, 
and  cover  the  top  of  it  with  a  dipt  curtain, 
fastened  on  with  a  hoop  to  slip  over  the 
head,  and  nailed  on. 

Bavins  i  for  a  fire-ship,  arc  made  of 
birch,  heath,  or  other  sort,  of  brush- 
wood, that  is  both  tough  and  quickly 
fired :  in  length  2.  5,  or  3  feet ;  the  bush- 
ends  all  laid  one  way,  and  the  other  ends 
tied  with  two  bands  each.  They  are 
dipped,  and  sprinkled  with  sulphur,  the 
same  as  reeds,  with  this  dihcreuce,  that 
the  bush  ends,  only,  are  dipped,  and 
should  be  a  little  closed  together  by  hand, 
as  soon  as  done,  to  keep  them  more  com- 
pact, in  order  to  give  a  stronger  fire,  and 
to  preserve  the  branches  from  breaking  in 
shifting  and  handling  them  Their  com- 
position is,  rosin  I2olb.  coarse  sulphur  90, 
pkcn  60,  tallow  6,  and  mealed  powder  12, 
with  some  fine  sulphur  for  salting. 

lion-chambers )  for  a  fire-ship,  are  10 
inches  long,  31^3.5.  in  diameter;  breech- 
ed against  a  piece  of  wood  fixed  across 
the  holes.  When  loaded,  tru-y  arc  almost 
filled  full  of  corned  powder,  with  a 
wooden  tompion  well  driven  into  their 
muzzles  They  are  primed  with  a  small 
piece  of  quick-match  thrust  through  their 
vents  into  the  powder,  with  a  part  or.  it 
hanging  out  ;  and  when  the  ship  is  fired, 
they  blow  open  the  ports,  which  either 
fall  downwards,  or  arc  carried  away,  and 
so  give  vent  to  the  fire  out  of  the  tides  of 
the  ship. 

Curtahis,  for  a  fire-ship,  are  made  of 
barras,  about  3^quarters  of  a  yard  wide, 
and  i  yard  in  length:  when  they  are  dip- 
ped, 2  men,  with  each  a  fork,  must  run 
the  prongs  through  th;j,  corner  of  rhe  cur- 
tain at  the  same  end  ;  then  dip  them  into  a 
large  kettle  of  composition  (which  is  the  ! 


same  as  the  composition  for  bavins)  v/ell 
melted  ;  and  when  well  dipped,  and  the 
curtain  extended  to  its  full  breadth,  whip 
it  between  2  sticks  of  about  5.5  feet  long, 
and  1-5  inches  square,  held  close  by  £ 
other  men  to  takeoffthe  superfluous  com- 
position hanging  to  it ;  then  immediately 
sprinkle  saw-dust  on  both  sides  to  pre- 
vent it  from  sticking,  and  the  curtain  is 
finished. 

Reeds,  for  a  fire-ship,  are  made  up  in 
small  bundles  of  about  12  inches  in  cir- 
cumference, cut  even  at  both  .-nds,  and 
tied  with  two  bands  each  :  the  iont',e.;t 
sort  are  4  feet,  and  the  shortest  2. 5  ;  which 
are  all  the  lengths  that  ate  used.  One 
part  of  them  are  single  dipped,  only  at 
one  end  ;  the  rest  are  double-dipped,  /.  e. 
at:  both  ends.  In  dipping,  they  must  be 
put  about  7  or  8  inches  deep  into  a  copper 
kettle  of  melted  composition  (the  same  as 
that  for  bavins  ;)  and  when  they  have 
drained  a  little  over  it,  to  carry  oh"  the 
superfluous  composition,  sprinkle  then; 
overatanned  hide  with  pulverised  sul- 
phur, at  some  distance  from  the  copper; 

STORES ~Jor a  FIRE-SHIP^/'  150  tatu. 
No. 

Fire-barrels  .  .  8 

Iron  chambers  .  12 

Priming ;  composition  barrels  3  i^ 

Quick-match  barrels  .  i 

Curtains  dipped  .  30 

Long  reeds  single  dipped        .        150 

Short  reeds   \%$$$ 
Bavins  single  dipped  .  209 

Quantity  o/  COMPOSITION  for  preparing 

the  stores  of  a   FiRE-SniP. 
For  8    barrels,   corned    powder     g6olb. 

pitch  48olb.  tallow  So. 
For  3  barrels  of  priming  composition,  salt- 
petre   i7$lb     sulphur    i4olb.    corned 
powder  35olb.  rosin  2ilb.  oil-pots  n. 
Fcr  curtains,  bavins,   reeds,  and  sulphur 
to   salt  them,   sulphur    scoib.     pitch 
35olb.    rosin   iVflb.    tallow   5olb.    tar 
25lb. 

Total  weight  of  the  composition  3017 
pounds,  equal  to  C.  26  :  3  :  21. 

Composition  allowed  for  the  reeds  and 
barrels,  i-rifth  of  the  whole  of  the  last 
article,  which  is  equal  :o  i6olb.  making 
in  the  whole  3177  pounds,  or  C.  28  ; 
i:  13- 

Port  -Jires  in  artillery,  may  be  made  of  any 
length  :  however,  they  are  seldom  made 
more  than  21  inches.  The  interior  di- 
ameter of  port-fire  moulds  should  be  10- 16 
of  an  inch,  and  the  diameter  of  the  whole 
port-fire  about  1-2  an  inch.  The  paper 
cases  must  b^  rolled  wet  with  paste,  and 
one  end  folded  down.  They  are  used  in- 
stead of  matches  to  fire  artillery.  The 
composition  of  wet  port-fire  is,  salt-pet  re 
6,  sulphur  2,  am!  mealed  powder  i .; 
when  it  is  well  mixed  and  sieved,  it  is  to 
be  moistened  with  a  little  linseed  oil :  the 
composition  for  dry  port-fire  is,  salt-pe- 
trt  4,  sulphur  i>  raeakd  powder  2,  and 
|  antimony  i , 


LAC 


LAC 


319 


Rockets,  in  pyrotcchny,  an  artificial  fire- 
work, consisting  of  a  cylindrical  case  of 
paper,  filled  with  a  composition  of  certain 
combustible  ingredients ;  which  being 
tied  to  a  stick,  mounts  into  the  air  to 
a  considerable  height  and  there  bursts  : 
they  are  frequently  used  as  signals  in  war 
time. 

Composition  for  sky-iockets  in  general 
is,  salt-petre  4lb.  brimstone  lib.  and  char- 
coal i  i-2lb;  but  for  large  sky-rockets, 
salt-petre  4lb.  mealed  powder  lib.  and 
brimstone  lib.  for  rockets  of  a  middling 
size,  .salt-petre  3lb.  sulphur  2lb.  mealed 
powder  lib.  and  charcoal  lib. 

Quick-watch  in  artillery,  is  of  2  sorts, 
cotton  and  worsted  ;  the  first  is  generally 
made  of  such  cotton  as  is  put  in  candles, 
of  several  sizes,  from  i   to   six    threads 
thick,  according  to  the  pipes  it  is  designed 
for.     The    ingredients   are,    cotton   lib.  | 
12  oz.  salt-petre  lib.  8  oz.  spirits  of  wine  j 
2quar's,  water  2  quarts,  isinglass  3  .fills, 
and  mealed  powder  lolb.  It  is  then  taken  \ 
out  hot,  and  l;iid  in  a  trough  where  some  \ 
mealed  powder,  moistened  with  spirits  of  j 


that  there  was  a  winter  lacernum  and  a 
summer  one. 

The  lacerna  was  adopted  by  the  Romans 
towards  the  close  of  their  republic.  Even 
as  late  down  as  the  days  of  Cicero  it  was 
unknown  amomrst  them,  or  if  known, 
censured  as  a  mark  of  ..isgraceful  t  liemi- 
nacy.  During  the  civil  wars  that  occurred 
in  rhe  triumvirate  of  Augustus,  l.eridus, 
and  Antony,  the  lacerna  becanv.  .am  liar 
to  the  people,  and  by  degrei/s  was  adopted 
as  common  apparel,'  bv  the  senators  and 
knights  cf  Rome,  until  the  reigns  of 
Gratian,  Valentinian,  and  Theodos  us, 
who  enjoined  the  senators  not  to  wear  it. 

The  facerna  is  the  same  as  the  chlamys 
and  the  burr  bus. 

Un  LA  CHE,  Fr.  A  familiar  phrase 
air.ong  th.  hreich  to  signify  a  coward, 
&c. 

L  A  C  H  E  R ,  Fr.  to  go  off".  San  phtclct, 
ou  sow  fusii,  -vlnt  a  lacher  ;  his  pistol,  or 
his  musquet,  went  otf  of  itself. 

LACHER  fled,  F  .  to  run  away. 

LACHER  nn  psisonnler,  Fr.  to  let  a  pri- 
soner escape,  or  go  away  unmolested. 


wine,  is  thoroughly  wrought  into  the  cot- 
ton. This  done,  they  are  tak  :n  out  se- 
parately, and  drawn  through  mealed  po  vv- 
der,  and  hung  upon  a  line  to  dry. — The^dass  la  tete  ;  he  lod;:ed  a  bullet  in  hi;; 


L  "\CHLR  un  coup*  in  speaking  of  fire 
arms,  signifies  to  discharge  a  pistol  or 
musquet.  //  mi  lacha  un  coup  de  plsiolet 


composition  for  the  second  is,  worsted 
looz.  mealed  powder  lolb.  spirits  of  wine 
3  pints,  and  white-wine  vinegar  3  pints. 
LABORER,  />.  literally,  to  remove 
earth  with  a  plough,  spade,  &c.  Figu- 
ratively, to  belabor,  which  according  to 
Johnston,  is  to  beat,  thump,  &c.  The 


head  Le  -vaisseau  Idcba  toute  su  bordee  a 
la  for  tee  du  m^vsquet  ;  the  ship  fired  a 
whole  broadside  within  nmsquet  si  ot. 

LACHETE,  Fr,  An  opprobrious  term 
which  is  frequently  used  among  the 
French,  and  is  applied  in  all  instan- 
ces of  cowardice,  want  of  spirit,  ordisho. 


French  use  it,  in  a  military  sense,  to  ex-  ;!  norable  conduct  Oiv  of  their  writers 
press  any  direct  and  concentrated  effort '!  emphatically  observes,  that  in  a  military 
which  is  made  to  destroy  a  fortification.  j  sense  or  the  word  it  cannot  be  misunder- 
LABORER  un  rampart,  signifies  to  :  sto<jd,  as  the  least  imputation  of  cow- 
bring  several  pieces  of  ordnance  discharged  '  ardice  or  wan'  of  spirit,  is  sufficient  to 
from  two  oblique  directions  to  bear  upon  -destroy  the  entire  character  and  fame  of 
one  centre.  Shells  and  hollow  balls  are  ;  every  officer  and  soldier  whom  it  may 
generally  used  on  these  occasions,  and  tne  afiect.  As  it  is  the  direct  opposite  to 
chiel  design  is  to  second  the  operations  i;  courage,  the  person  who  enters  into  the 
of  th-'  miner  in  some  particular  part  from  ii  profession  of  arms,  should  weigh  well 


whence  the  explosion  is  to  take  place, 

Laborer  likewise  applies  to  the  work- 
ing of  a  bomb  or  shell,  which  excavates, 
ploughs  up,  and  scatters  the  earth  about 
wherever  it  bursts. 

LACAY  or  LAQUET,  Fr.  An  old 
French  militia  was  formerly  so  called. 
The  name  is  found  among  the  public- 
documents  which  were  kept  by  the  trea- 
surers belonging  to  thedukes  of  Britanny, 
in  the  fifteenth  century. 

LACE,  the  uniform  of  regiments  is 
distinguishable  often  by  the  lace  and  but- 
ton. 

LACERNA,  Fr.  a  garment  which  was 
worn  by  the  ancients.  It  was  made  of 
woollen  stuff,  and  was  only  worn  by  men; 
originally  indeed  by  those  alone  that  were 
of  a  military  profession.  It  was  usually 
thrown  over  the  toga,  and  sometimes  in- 
deed over  the  tunica.  If  may  not  impro- 
perly be  considered  as  the  surtout  or  great 
com" of  the  ancients,  with  this  difference, 


within  himself  whether  he  possesses  that 
indispensible  quality,  which  is  above  all 
the  temptations  of  pleasure  or  the  etie- 
minacy  of  life,  and  is  only  alive  to  the 
glorious  impulse  of  military  animation. 
He  onl\,  in  fact,  is  fit  for  arm-,  whose 
spirit  is  superior  to  every  sordid  view, 
who  knows  :>o  personal  fear,  and  who  can 
encounter  the  greatest  difficulties  and  dan- 
gers with  an  inward  placidity  of  soul, 
and  an  outward  indifference  to  life  In 
order  to  illustrate  this  article,  we  shall 
quote  some  ancient  and  modern  instances 
of  that  species  of  cowardice  or  lac  bete, 
which  affects  the  military  character. 

Euripidas,  chief  of  the  Eleans,  having 
imprudently  advanced  too  far  into  a  long 
ana  narrow  defiie,  and  learning,  that 
Philip  or  Macedon  was  on  this  march  to 
block  up  the  passage  through  which  he 
had  entered,  instead  of  manfully  waiting 
the  issueof  an  engagement,  abandoned  his 
army,  in  the  most  cowaidly  manner.  It 
does  not  appear  says  the  chevalier  Folard, 


320 


LAC 


L  A  D 


tlratEuripidas  possessed  thosetalents\viiichj|  so  called.      The  v/ord  Cunette  has  sines 
are  necessary  to  form  a  great  general ;    for  jj  tx-en  adopted. 

instead  of  meanly   stealing  oil' by  a  bye"      LAD  A  VE  E,  Jnd.   A  release  or  acquit- 
road  and  leaving  his  army  to  its  fats,  he .!  tance  from  any  demand. 

1.1       I • 1        _*.      •._       I. 1          __    .3  T      A    T"\  I     1-     •     J  • 


would  have  remained  at  its  head,  aid; 
either  have  fought  his  way  through,  ho- 
norably have  capitulated,  or  have  died 
tomb-inn;:  with  his  men. 

Base  and  inglorious  as  this  conduct  of 
Euripidas  most  unquestionably  was,  the 
behaviour  of  Perseus  king  of  the  Mace- 
donians exceeded  it  in  cowardice  and  de-  I 
gradation.     This  infamous  prince  did  not  j 
•wait  to  be  visited  by  misfortune  or  to  lose  j 
a  battle  ;  he  had,  en  the  oor.i  rary  ,  obtai:  ,od  ' 
a   signal  victo;  v  over  the   R.omans,  and  j 
when  Paulus    Emilias  marched  against) 
him,  the  army  he  commanded  was  not  in- 
ferior to  that  of  his  opponent  in  discipline 
and  valor,  and  had  the  advantage  in  point 
of  numbers.     Yet,  strange  to  relatt  !  the 
engagcmeRt  was  no  sooner  begun,  than  he 
rocle  oft'  full  gallop,  and  repaired  to  the 
tov/nof  Pydnus,  under  the  flimsy  pretext  j 
of  sacrificing  to  the  God  Hercules  ;  as  if  j 
Hercules,  to  use  Plutarch's  expression, 
th^  deity  to  whom  the  prayers  and 


of  Cowards  were  to  be  prefer- 
red ! 

English,  duke  of  York  on  two  occa- 
sions durin?  his  command  in  the  Nether- 
lands, displayed  this  l&cbele. 

Mark  Antony  on  the  other  hand,  after 
having  acquired  the  reputation  of  a  brave 
and  distinguished  general,  submitted  to 
the  allurements  of  sensual  gratification, 
and  buried  all  his  glory  in  the  meretrici- 
ous embraces  of  an  Egyptian  strumpet. 
We  have  Irul  a  striking  instance,  during 
the  present  war,  of  the  superiority  which 
a  real  military  thirst  for  glory  will  always 
have  over  private  indulgences.  When  the 
French  army  was  very  critically  situated 
in  Germany,  general  Hoche  who  com- 
manded it,  became  exposed  one  evening  10 
the  allurements  of  a  most  beautiful  wo- 
man, who  by  design  or  accident  got  placed 
near*  the  general  at  a  public  supper. 
Aware  of  the  weakness  of  human  nature, 
C'nd  full  of  his  own  glory,  as  well  as  con- 
scious of  the  critical  state  of  the  army 
entrusted  to  his  care,  he  suddenly  rase, 
ordered  his  horses,  and  left  the  place  at 
midnight. 

We  might  enumerate  a  variety  of  cases 
in  which  the  greatest  heroes  have  fallen 
victims  to  human  weakness;  and  few 
alas  !  in  which  a  sense  of  public  duty  and 
a  regard  for  the  opinion  of  posterity  have 
got  the  ascendancy.  History,  however, 
i-aves  us  that  trouble,  and  we'shall  remain 
satisfied  with  having  explained  under  the 
word  Lacbetet  what  we  conceive  disgrace- 
ful in  an  officer  or  soldier,  who  surfers 
personal  fear,  passion,  or  interest  to  get  the 
better  of  public  character. 

La  trabis»n  est  unelachete  f  treason  is  in- 
famous in  its  nature. 

L  A  C  U  N  E  TT  E  ,  Fr.  a  term  in  fortifica- 
tion.  A  small  fosse  or  ditch  was  formerly 


LADLES,///  gu::xf  >y,  are  made  of  cop. 
per,  to  hold  the  powder  for  loading  guns, 
with  long  handles  of  wood,  when  car- 
tridges are  not  used. 

LADLES,  in  Jaboratoty  business,  are  very 
smail,  made  of  'copper,  "with  short  handles 
of  wood,  used  in  supplying  the  fuses  of 
shells,  or  any  other  composition,  to  fill 
the  cases  of  sky-rockets,  &c.— There  is 
another  kind  of  ladle  which  is  used  to  car- 
ry red  hot  shot.  It  is  made  of  iron, 
having  a  ring  in  the  middle  to  hold  the 
shot,  from  which  2  handles  proceed  from 
opposite  sides  of  the  ring. 

Scaling.  LADDERS  (icbelles  de  siege  * 
Fr.)  are  used  in  scaling  when  a  place  is 
to  be  taken  by  surprise.  They  are  made 
seven!  ways :  sometimes  of  flat  staves, 
so  as  to  move  about  their  pins  and  shut 
like  a  parallel  ruler,  for  conveniently  car- 
rying them  :  the  French  make  them  of 
several  pieces,  so  as  to  be  joined  together, 
and  to  be  capable  of  any  necessary  length  : 
sometimes  they  are  made  of  single  ropes, 
knotted  at  proper  distances,  with  iron 
hook  at  each  end,  one  to  fasten  them  up- 
on the  wall  above,  and  the  other  in  the 
ground;  and  sometimes  they  are  made 
with  2  ropes,  and  staves  between  them, 
to  keep  the  ropes  at  a  proper  distance, 
and  to  tread  upon.  When  they  are  used 
in  the  action  of  sealing  walls,  they  ought 
to  be  rather  loo  long  than  too  short,  and 
to  be  given  in  charge  only  to  the  stoutest 
of  the  detachment.  The  soldiers  should 
carry  these  ladders  with  the  left  arm  pass- 
ed  through  the  second  step,  taking  care  to 
hold  them  upright  close?  to  their  sides,  am-i 
very  short  below,  to  prevent  any  accident 
in  leaping  into  the  ditch. 

The  first  rank  of  each  division,  provided 
with  ladders,  should  set  out  with  the  rest 
at  the  signal,  marching  resolutely  with 
their  firelocks  jlung,  to  jump  into  the 
ditch  :  when  they  are  arrived,  they  should 
apply  their  ladders  against  the  parapet, 
observing  to  [-lace  them  towards  the  sali- 
ent angles  rather  than  the  middle  of  the 
curtain,  because  the  enemy  has  less  force 
there.  Care  must  be  taken  to  place  the 
ladders  within  a  foot  of  each  other,  and 
not  to  give  them  too  much  nor  too  little 
slope,  so  that  they  may  not  be  overturned, 
or  broken  with  the  weight  of  the  soldiers 
mounting  upon  them. 

The  ladders  being  applied,  they  who 
have  carried  them,  and  they  who  come 
after  should  mount  up,  and  rush  upon 
the  enemy  sword  in  hand  :  if  he  who  goes 
first,  happens  to  be  overturned,  the  next 
should  take  care  not  to  be  thrown  down 
by  his  comrade;  but  on  the  contrary, 
immediately  mount  himself  so  as  not  to 
give  the  enemy  time  to  load  his  piece. 

As  the  sol. tiers  who  mount  first  maybe 
,(  easily  tumbled  ov<jr,  'and  their  fall  may 
il  cause  the  attack  to  fail,  U  \vould  perhaps 


LAN 


LAN 


321 


be  right  to  protect  their  breasts  with  the 
fore- parts  of  cuirasses;  because,  if  they 
can  penetrate,  the  rest  may  easily  follow. 
The  success  of  an  attack  by  scaling  is 
infallible,  if  they  mount  the  4  sides  at 
once,  and  take  care  to  shower  a  number 
of  grenades  among  the  enemy,  especially 
when  supported  by  some  grenadiers 
and  picquets,  who  divide  the  attention 
and  share  the  fire  of  the  enemy. 

The  ingenious  colonel  Congreve  of  the 
British  artillery,  has  very  much  improved 
upon  the  construction  of  these  ladders. 
As  the  height  of  different  works  vary,  and 
the  ladders,  when  too  long,  afford  pur- 
chase to  the  besieged,  he  his  contrived  a 
set  of  ladders  having  an  iron  staple  at  the 
lower  part  of  each  stem,  so  that  if  i,  2,  or 
3,  should  be  found  insufficient  to  reach 
the  top  of  the  work,  another  might  w'th 
facility  be  joined  to  the  lowest,  and  that 
be  pushed  up  until  a  sufficient  length 
could  be  obtained. 

LA  I  TON,  sometimes  ivnttsn  LET- 
TON,  Fr.  a  metallic  composition  which 
js  made  of  copper  and  the  lapis  calamina- 
.ris ;  a  soft  brass. 

LALA,/>«/.  lord;  sir ;  master;  worship. 
LAMA,  lad.  A  chief  priest,  whose 
.followers  suppose  him  immortal.  They 
.imagine,  that  on  the  dissolution  of  his 
mortal  frame,  his  spirit  enters  the  body 
of  a  new  born  child.  He  is  also  monarch 
of  Thibet. 

LAMBREQUINS,  Fr,  small  mantles 
-or  ribands  which  were  twisted  round  the 
hood  or  top  of  a  helmet  at  the  bottom  of 
the  crest,  and  kept  the  whole  together. 
These  ornaments  fell  into  disuse  when 
the  helmet  was  laid  aside.  In  former 
?irries,  when  the  'cavaliers  or  persons 
who  ware  them,  wished  to  take  breath, 
and  to  be  relieved  from  the  weight  of  the 
helmet,  they  untied  the  mantles,  and  let 
them  float  about  their  shoulders  suspend- 
ed Trom  the  hood  only.  Hence  the  ap- 
pellation of  -valets  as  hanging  behind. 

LAMPION  a  parapet,  Fr.  a  lamp  ge 
perally  used  on  the  parapet  or  elsewhere 
in  a  besieged  place.  It  is  a  small  iron  ves- 
sel filled  with  pitch  and  tar  which  the 
garrison  lighted  as  occasions  required 
The  lampion  is  sometimes  confounded 
•with  the  rechaud  de  rampart,  or  charring 
dish,  which  is  used  upon  the  rampart  on 
similar  occasions. 

LANCE,  /<!»«,    Fr.     This   offensive 
weapon  was  much  used  by  the  French  in 
former  times,  particularly  by  that  class o 
military  gentlemen  called  chevaliers,  anc 
by  'the  gendarmes.     It  has  also  been  used 
by  the  English  and  other  nations.  Lances 
were  made  of  ash,   being  a  wood  of  a 
tough  quality  and  not  so  liable  to  break 
as  another  species.     Before  the  reign  o 
Philip  de  Valois,  the  chevaliers  and  gen 
darmes  fought  on  foot,  armed  with  lance 
only,  both  in  battles  and  at  sieges.     On 
these  occasions  they  shortened  their  Ian 
•ces,  which  were  then  said  to  be  retaillee 
_.  or  -cut  .again,      A  -sort -of  bannerol  o 


treamer  hung  from  each  lance,  and  was 
ttachedto  the  bottom  of  theshaipiroa 
r  blade  which  was  fixed  to  the  pole.  Lao- 
es  were  used  in  this  manner  as  far  back 
s  during  the  crusades. 

Rtmpre/a  LANCE,  Fr.  to  break  a  lance. 

This  was  a  phrase  peculiar  to  any  assault 

which  was  given  at  tilts  or  tournaments, 

and  signified  to  engage  or  come  to  close 

ombat. 

Rompre  une  LANCE,  according  to  the  last> 
dition  of  the  Dictionnaire  de  1'Academie 
Francoise,  likewise  means  in  a  familiar 
nd  proverbial  sense,  to  defend  another 
against  the  attacks  of  an  adversary.  The 
7rench  say  :  rompre  des  lances  psur  quel- 
qu'un,  to  defend  another  :  rompre  une  lance 
avec  %uelqu'un,  to  enter  into  any  warm 
li&pute  or  controversy  with  another. 

Main  de  la  LANCE,  Fr.  A  figurative 
expression,  to  signify  the  right  hand  of  at 
cavalier  or  horseman. 

LA  NCR  de  drapeauy  Fr.  The  staff  fb 
which  regimental  colors  are  attached. 

L. AX CE.&  levees,  Fr.  uplifted  lances,  in* 
dicated  that  the  enemy  was  beaten,  a:,  d  that 
the  cnevaliers  or  gendarmes  should  close 
the  day  by  giving  a  final  blow  to  the 
disordered  ranks.  The  use  of  the  lance 
was  discontinued  in  F ranee  sometime  be- 
bre  the  compagnies  d'ordonnance  or  inde- 
3en«ent  companies  were  reduced  and 
'ormed  into  the  gendarmerie.  Little  or 
no  use  indeed,  was  made  of  them,  during 
the  reign  of  Henry  IV.  But  the  Spaniards 
still  retained  that  weapon  as  low  down  as 
the  days  of  Louis  XIII.  and  when  arms 
were  too  scarce  at  the  opening  of  the 
French  revolution,  the  pike  or  lance  was? 
resorted  to  with  great  success. 

LANCE,  Fr:  means  likewise  an  irdil 
rod  which  is  fixed  across  the  earthen 
mould  of  a  shell,  and  which  keeps  it  sus- 
pended in  the  air  when  it  is  cast.  As 
soon  as  the  bomb  or  shell  is  formed,  this 
rod  must  be  broken,  and  carefully  taken 
out  with  instruments  made  for  that  pur- 
pose. Shells  ought  to  be  scrupulously 
examined  with  respect  to  this  article,  as 
they  could  not  be  charged,  were  the  lance 
or  any  part  of  it  to  remain  within.  Lance  isv 
also  an  instrument  which  conveys  tfte 
charge  of  a  piece  of  ordnance  and  forces  it? 
home  into  the  bore.  See  RAMMEX  of  a 
GUN. 

LANCE  a  feu,  Fr.  a  squib.  A  species 
of  artificial  fire  work  which  is  made  ia 
the  shape  of  a  fuse,  and  is  used  for  vari- 
ous purposes.  According  to  the  author 
of  CEuvres  Militairesi  torn.  II.  p.  208, 
the  composition  of  the  lance  a  feu  consist^ 
of  three  parts  of  the  best  refined  salt-petre. 
two  parts  of  flour  of  sulphur,  and  two  o? 
antimony ;  the  whole  being  pounded  and 
mixed  together. 

The  chief  use  which  is  made  of  the 
lance  a  feu  is  to  throw  occasional  light 
across  rhe  platform,  whilst  artificial  fire- 
works ar.  preparing.  They  likewise 

serve  to  set  fire  to  fuses,  as  thev  can  be 
'"lout.1 
S  S 


322 


LAN 


L  A  T 


LANCE  a  fen  puant,  Fr.  Stink-firu 
lances  prepared  in  the  same  manner  that 
slink- pots  are,  and  particularly  useful  to 
miners.  When  a  miner  or  sapper  has 
so  far  penetrated  towards  the  enemy 
as  to  hear  the  voices  of  persons  in  any 

Elace  contiguous  to  his  own  excavation, 
e  first  of  all  bores  a  hole  with  his  probe, 
then  fires  off  several  pistols  through  the 
aperture,  and  lastly  forces  in  a  lance  a  feu 
^uant,  taking  care  to  close  up  the  hole  on 
his  side  to  prevent  the  smoke  from  re- 
turning  towards  himself.  The  exhala- 
tion and  stinking  hot  vapour  which  issue 
from  the  lance,  and  remain  confined  on 
the  side  of  the  enemy,  infest  the  air  so 
much,  that  it  is  impossible  to  approach 
the  quarter  for  three  or  rout  days.  Some- 
times, indeed,  they  have  had  so  instan- 
taneous an  effect,  that  in  order  to  save 
their  lives,  miners,  who  would  persevere, 
have  been  dragged  out  by  the  legs  in  an 
apparent  state  of  suffocation. 

LANCE  de  feu,  Fr.  a  species  of  squib 
which  is  used  by  the  garrison  of  a  besieged 
town  againsi  a  scaling  party. 

LANCE-Ga/V,  Fr.  an  offensive  weapon 
formerly  so  called  in  France. 

LANCE  Spexxate,  Fr.  a  reduced  officer. 
Informer  times  it  signified  a  dismounted 
gendarme  who  was  appointed  to  an  infan- 
try corps  with  some  emolument  attached 
to' his  situation.  The  wordanspessade,  a 
non-commissioned  officer  who  acts  subor- 
dinate to  the  corporal,  is  corrupted  from 
this  term.  Besides  the  three  hundred 
Swiss  guards  which  were  constantly  at- 
tached to  the  palace,  the  Pope  maintained 
t welve  lance  spezzates or  reduced  officers. 

LANDING  Troops.  See  DEB  ARK  A- 
TION,  and  REGULATIONS. 

LAND  FORCES,  troops  whose  sys- 
tem is  calculated  for  land  service  onlyj  in 
contradistinction  to  seamen  and  mariners. 
All  the  land  forces  of  Great  Britain  are 
liable  to  serve  on  board  the  navy.  Indeed 
the  marine  establishment  as  a  military- 
corps  is  ananomaly,kept  up  only  for  patrol 
nage;  the  proper  establishment  of  soldiers 
for  sea  service  should  be  by  detachments 
from  the  infantry,  according  to  a  roster. 

LANE,  in  a  military  sense,  is  where 
men  are  drawn  up  in  two  ranks  facing  one 
another,  as  in  a  street,  for  any  great  per- 
son to  pass  through,  or  sometimes  for  a 
suldier  to  run  the  gantelope. 

LANGUE,  Fr.  a  term  peculiarly  con- 
nected with  the  late  military  order  of  Mal- 
ta. Theeight  nations  of  which  this  cele- 
brated order  consisted,  were  distinguished 
by  the  appellation  of  Langue  or  tongues. 
There  were  three  of  this  description  in 
France,  viz.  la.  Langue  de  France,  la  Langue 
de  Provence,  et  la  Langued'  Auvergne  ;  two 
in  Spain,  viz.  la  Langue  d'Arragon,  et  la 
Lavgue  de  Castile;  and  three  indiscrimi- 
nate ones,  viz.  la  Langue  d*  Italia,  la  Lan- 
gue  d'  Allemagne ,  et  la  Langue  d*  Angleterre. 
The  head  of  each  langue  was  called  Grand 
Drifur,  or  Grand  Prior. 

LANGUE  de  tene,  Fr.  a  tongue  of  land. 


LANSQUENETS,  Fr.  the  German 
mercenaries  which  Charles  VII.  of 
France  first  added  tohis'infantry,  were  so 
called  They  continued  in  the  French 
service  until  the  reign  of  Francis  I.  who 
consolidated  all  the  foot  establishments 
into  a  certain  number  of  legions  ;  they 
were  so  called  from  the  lance  or  pike 
which  was  their  weapon. 

LANS-PESATE,      ?   a  soldier    that 
LANCE-PESADE,  S   does    duty    as 
a  corporal,  especially  on  guards  and  de- 
tachments; a  lance  corporal. 

LANTERN,  ?  commonly  called 
LANTHORN.S  Muscovy  lanterns, 
being  a  kind  of  dark  lantherns,  used  in 
the  field,  when  dark,  to  light  the 
gunners  in  the  camp  to  prepare  the 
stores,  &c. 

LANTERNE,  Fr.  A  word  used  in 
the  French  navv  to  signify  any  wooden 
case  or  box  in  which  cartridges  are 
brought  out  of  the  powder  magazine  for 
the  purpose  of  serving  the  guns. 

LANTERNE,  Fr.  it  is  sometimes 
called  cuiller  or  ladle,  and  serves  to  con- 
vey gunpowder  into  a  piece  of  ordnance. 
It  is  made  of  copper,  and  resembles  a 
round  spoon  or  ladle,  which  is  fixed  to  a 
long  pole. 

LANTERNE,  a  »iltraiiles,  Fr.  A  round 
piece  of  concave  wood,  something  like  a 
box,  which  is  filled  with  case  shot,  and  is 
fired  from  a  piece  of  ordnance  when  the 
enemy  is  near. 

LASCARS,  or  Las&ars.  The  native 
seamen  of  India;  the  native  gunners  arc 
likewise  so  called.  They  are  employed 
to  tend  and  serve  the  artillery  on  shore, 
and  are  attached  to  corps  as  pioneers  or 
tent-pitchers. 

LASHING-RINGS,  in  artillery,  with 
hoops,  fixed  on  the  side- pieces  of  travel- 
ling carriages,  to  lash  the  tarpauling,  as 
also  to  tie  the  spunge,  rammer,  and  ladle. 
See  CARRIAGE. 

LATH,  in  building,  a  long,  thin,  ami 
narrow  slip  of  wood,  nailed  to  the  rafters 
of  a  roof  or  ceiling,  in  order  to  fasten  the 
covering.  Laths  are  distinguished  into 
hree  kinds,  according  to  the  different 
kinds  of  wood  of  which  they  are  made, 
ivi.  heart  of  oak,  sap- laths, deal-laths,  iic. 

LATHE,  a  machine  for  turning  wood 
>r  metal. 

LATHE  Reei-e,  an  officer  during  the 
>axon  government,  who  held  a  certain  ju- 
isdicticn  over  that  part  of  the  country 
which  was  called  a  tithing. 

LATTIE,an  Indian  term  for  ware- 
louse. 

LATITUDE,  in  geography,  the  dis- 
ance  of  any  place  from  the  equator, 
neasured  in  degrees,  minutes,  seconds, 
&c.  upon  the  meridian  of  that  place  :  and 
s  either  north  or  south  according  as  the 
lace  is  situated  either  on  the  north  or 
oiith  side  of  the  equator. 

LATRINES,  Fr.  privies  or  holes 
vhich  are  dug  at  the  back  of  a  camp 
or  the  convenience  of  soldiers.  The 


LAW 


LAW 


323 


pioneers  are  generally  employed  to  make 
them. 

LAYER,  LAV1S,  Fr.  a  wash,  or  su- 
perficial stain  or  color ;  it  is  particularly 
made  use  of  in  all  sketches,  plans,  and 
drawings  ;  the  different  intervals  or  spaces 
of  which  are  slightly  shaded  or  colored. 
This  kind  of  painting  is  stiled  lavisy  or 
water-coloring.  The  difference  between 
miniature  painting  and  washing  or  drawing 
in  water  colors,  consists  in  this,  that  the 
former  is  dotted  and  worked  up  into  light 
and  shade ;  the  latter  is  barely  spread 
•with  a  brush.  There  ate,  besides,  other 
marks  of  distinction  ;  those  colors  which 
more  immediately  resemble  nature,  are 
always  used  in  the  la  vis  or  water-  painting; 
the  spaces  that  represent  a  fosse  or  ditch, 
which  is  supposed  to  be  full  of  water, 
must  be  distinguished  by  a  sky  blue; 
brick  and  tiles  by  red ;  roads  by  a  dun 
color,  and  trees  or  turf,  &c.  by  green. 

LAVIS,  Fr.  generally  means  every 
sort  of  simple  color  which  is  diluted  with 
water. 

LAVURE,  Fr.  the  grains,  dust,  or 
detached  pieces  of  metal  which  fall  in 
casting  cannon. 

LAUREL,  a  shrub  which  is  always 
green. 

To  be  cro'wned  ivith  laurels,  a  figurative 
expression,  signifying  that  a  man  has  at- 
chieved  glorious  actions,  and  is  entitled 
to  marks  of  public  distinction.  In  an- 
cient times  heroes  and  conquerors  had 
their  heads  encircled  with  a  wreath  of 
laurels. 

LAURES,  gold  coins  which  were  is- 
sued from  the  English  mint  in  1619,  re- 
presenting the  head  of  king  James  I.  en- 
circled with  laurels. 

LAW  of  armst  certain  acknowleged 
rules,  regulations,  and  precepts,  which 
relate  to  war,  and  are  observed  by  all  civi- 
lized nations. 

LAWS  of  arms  are  likewise  certain 
precepts  shewing  how  to  proclaim  war, 
to  attack  the  enemy,  and  to  punish  of- 
fenders in  the  camp;  also  restricting  the 
contending  parties  from  certain  cruel- 
ties, &c. 

LIAW  military.  The  persons  who  are 
subject  to  military  law,  and  are  amenable 
to  trial  by  court  martial,  are  in  the  terms 
of  military  law,  all  persons  commissioned 
or  in  pay,  as  officers,  non-commissioned 
officers,  private  soldiers,  and  all  followers 
of  an  army.  Half  pay  officers  are  not  sub- 
ject to  military  law,  whilst  civil  justice 
can  be  resorted  to. 

LAWS  relating  to  martial  affairs.  The 
following  laws  existed  during  the  most 
flourishing  state  of  the  Roman  common- 
wealth. We  insert  them  in  this  place  as 
by  no  means  being  inapplicable  to  the  pre- 
sent times. 

Sccrcta  Lex  Militarily  which  was  pro- 
mulgated about  the  year  411,  ordained, 
that  no  soldier's  name  which  had  been  en- 
tered in  the  muster  roll,  should  be  struck 
Oiit,  unless  by  the  parry's  consent  j  and 


that  no  person  who  had  been  military 
tribune  should  execute  the  office  ofductor 
ord'iHum.  Sempronia  lex,  which  appeared 
in  the  year  630,  ordained,  that  the  soldiers 
should  receive  their  pay  gratis  at  the  pub- 
lic charge,  without  any  diminution  of 
their  ordinary  pay  ;  and  that  none  should 
be  obliged  to  serve  in  the  army,  who  was 
not  full  seventeen  years  old.  Sulpicia  lex, 
which  was  made  in  665,  ordained,  that 
the  chief  command  in  the  Mithridatic 
war,  which  was  then  enjoyed  by  L.  Sylla, 
should  be  taken  from  him,  and  conferred 
on  C.  Miiius. 

Gabinia  lex  appeared  in  685,  ordaining 
that  a  commission  should  be  granted  to 
Cn.  Pompey,  for  the  management  of  the 
war  against  the  pirates  for  three  years, 
with  this  particular  clause,  that  upon  all 
the  sea  on  this  side  Hercules's  pillars,  and 
in  the  maritime  provinces,  as  far  as  400 
stadia  from  the  sea,  he  should  be  empow- 
ered to  command  kings,  governors,  and 
states  to  supply  him  with  all  the  necessa- 
ries in  (»is  expedition. 

Manilla  lex,  published  in  687,  ordained, 
that  all  the  forces  of  Lucullus,  and  the 
province  under  his  government,  should 
be  g'nen  to  Pompey  ;  together  with  Bithy- 
nia,  which  was  under  the  command  of 
Glabrio,  and  that  he  should  forthwith 
mak*  war  upon  Mithridates,  retaining 
still  the  sam£  naval  forces,  and  the  sove- 
reignty of  the  seas  as  before. 

Maria  Parcia  lex  appeared  in  1691,  or- 
daining that  a  penalty  should  be  inflicted 
on  such  commanders  as  wrote  falsely  to 
the  senate,  about  the  number  of  the  slain, 
on  the  enemy's  side,  and  of  their  own 
party  ;  and  that  they  should  be  obliged, 
when  they  first  entered  the  city,  to  take 
a  solemn  oath  before  the  quaestors 
that  the  number  which  they  returned, 
was  true,  according  to  the  best  compu- 
tation. See  Kennett's  Ant.  of  Rome, 
page  1 68. 

It  will  be  seen  by  these  laws,  particu- 
larly by  the  last,  that  the  most  minute 
military  operation  was  subservient  to  the 
senate.  The  French  seem,  in  this  re- 
spect, to  have  imitated  the  Romans  very 
closely,  but  they  do  not  appear  to  have 
adhered,  so  strictly  as  they  might,  to  the 
law  which  regards  the  loss  of  men,  nor  are 
their  neighbors  more  correct. 

LAWS  of  Nations,  such  general  rules 
as  regard  the  embassies,  reception  and  en- 
tertainment of  strangers,  intercourse  of 
merchants,  exchange  of  prisoners,  suspen- 
sion cf  arms,  &c. 

LAW  of  marque,  or  letters  cf  marque,  that 
by  which  persons  take  the  goods  or  ship- 
ping of  the  party  that  has  wronged  them, 
as  in  time  of  war,  whenever  they  can  take 
them  within  their  precincts. 

LAWS  of  the  United  States,  regulating 
the  military  establishment ;  these  are  of 
two  descriptions,  the  first  relates  to  the 
regular  force ;  the  second  to  the  militia, 
the  hitter  of  which  is  mere  print  and  pa- 
per, without  consistency,  efficacy,  or 


324 


LAW 


LAW 


fbrce;  and  calculated  rather  tdt  discourage, 
than  assure  military  knowlege  in  the  mi-: 
titia.  The  following  are  the  laws  regu-  j 
gating  the  •military  establishment. 

Sec.  I .  That  from  and  after  the  pas-  \ 
sing  of  this  act,  the  following  shall  be  the 
rules  and  articles  by  which  the  armies  of 
tile  United  States  shall  be  governed. 

Art.  i .  Every  officer  now  in  the  army 
of  the  United  States,  shall,  ins'X  months 
from  the  passing  of  this  act,  and  every 
officer  who  shall  hereafter  be  appointed, 
shall  before  heenters  on  rhe  duties  of  his  of- 
fice, subscribe  these  rules  and  adulations. 

Art.  2.  It  is  earnestly  recommended 
to  all  officers  and  soldiers  diligent 'y  to  at- 
tend divine  service  ;  and  all  officers  who 
shall  behave  indecently  or  irreverently  at 
any  place  of  divine  worship,  shall,  if  com- 
missioned officers,  be  brought  before  a  ge- 
neral court-martial,  there  to  be  publicly 
2nd  severely  (reprimanded  by  the  presi- 
dent ;  if  non-commissioned  officers  or 
-soldiers,  every  person  so  offending  shall, 
/or  his  first  offence,  forfeit  one  sixth  of  a 
dollar^  to  be  deducted  out  of  his  next  pay  ; 
for  the  second  oifence,  he  shall  not  only 
forfeit  alike  sum,  but  be  confined  twenty- 
four  ,;ours :  an-1  for  every  like  oliince 
*hal!  suffer  and  pay  in  like  manner;  which 
money,  so  forfeited,  shall  be  applied  by 
ihe  captain  or  senior  officer  of  the  troop 
or  company,  to  the  use  of  the  sick  soldiers 
of  the  company  or  troop  to  which  the 
offender  belongs. 

Art.  3.  Any  non-commissioned  offi- 
cer or  soldier  who  shall  use  any  profane 
oath  or  execration  shall  incur  the  penal- 
ties expressed  in  the  foregoing  article,  and 
a  commissioned  officer  shall  forfeit  and 
pay  for  each  and  every  such  offence  one 
dollar,  to  be  applied. as  in  the  preceding 
article. 

Art.  4.  Every  chaplain  commissioned 
In  the  army  or  armies  of  the  United  States, 
who  shall  absent  himself  from  the  duties 
assigned  him  (except  in  cases  of  sickness 
or  leave  of  absence)  shall,  on  conviction 
thereof  before  a  court-martial,  be  fined 
not  exceeding  one  month's  pay,  besides 
the  loss  of  his  pay  during  his  absence  ;  or 
be  discharged,  as  the  said  court-martial 
Shall  judge  proper. 

Art  5.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who 
shall  use  contemptuous  or  disrespectful 
words  against  the  president  of  the  United 
States,  against  the  vice  president  thereof, 
against  the  congress  of  the  United  States, 
or  against  the  chief  magistrate  or  legisla- 
tu-eof  any  of  the  United  States  in  which 
he  may  be  quartered,  if  a  commissioned 
officer,  shall  be  cashiered,  or  otherwise 
pun  shed  as  a  court-martial  shall  direct; 
if  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier, 
he  shall  suffer  such  punishment  as  shall 
"be  inflicted  on  him  by  the  sentence  of  a 
tourt- martial. 

Art    6      Any  officer    or  soldier    who 
shall  behave  himself  with  contempt  or 
^disrespect  towards  his  commanding  offi- 
cer1, shall  be  punished  according  to  Hie  na- 


!  ture  of  his  off  nee,  by  the  judgment  of  a 
court-martial. 

Art.  7.  Any  officer  or  soldier  -ftrho 
shall  begin,  exercise,  cause,  or  join  in  any 
mutiny  or  sedition  in  any  troop  or  com- 
pany in  the  service  of  the  United  States, 
or  in  any  party,  post,  detachment. t  ov 
guard,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other 
punishment  as  by  a  court-martial  shall  be 
inflicted. 

Art.  8.  Any  officer,  non-commission- 
ed officer,  or  soldier,  who  being  present 
at  any  mutiny  or  sedition,  does  not  use  his 
utmost  endeavor  to  suppress  the  same,  or 
coming  to  the  knowlege  of  any  intended 
mutiny,  does  not  without  delay,  give  in- 
format'ion  thereof  to  his  commanding  offi- 
cer, shall  be  punished  by  the  sentence  of  a 
court-martial  with  death  or  otherwise, 
according  to  the  nature  of  his  offence. 

Art.  9.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who 
shall  strike  his  superior  officer,  or  draw 
or  lift  up  any  weapon,  or  offer  any  violence 
against  him,  being  in  the  execution  of  his 
office,  on  any  pretence  whatsoever,  or 
shall  disobey  any  lawful  command  of  his 
superior  officer,  shall  suffer  death,  or 
such  other  punishment  as  shall,  according 
to  the  nature  of  his  offence,  be  inflicted 
upon  him  by  the  sentence  of  a  court, 
martial. 

Art.  io.  Every  non-commissioned  of- 
ficer, or  soldier,  who  shall  inlist  himself 
in  the  service  of  the  United  States,  shall, 
at  the  time  of  his  so  inlisting,  or  within 
six  days  afterwards,  have  the  articles  for 
the  government  of  the  armies  of  the 
United  States,  read  to  him,  and  shall,  by 
the  officer  who  inlisted  him,  or  by  the 
commanding  officer  of  the  troop  or  com- 
pany into  which  he  was  inlisted,  be  taken 
before  the  next  justice  of  the  peace,  or 
chief  magistrate  of  any  city  or  town  cor- 
porate, not  being  an  officer  of  the  army, 
or  where  recourse  cannot  be  had  to  the 
civil  magistrate,  before  the  judge  advo- 
cate, and,  in  his  presence,  shall  take  the 
following  oath  or  affirmation:  *'  I  A.  B. 
do  solemnly  swear,  or  affirm,  (as  the  case 
may  be)  that  I  will  bear  true  allegiance  to 
the  United  States  of  America,  and  that  1 
will  serve  them  honestly  and  faithfully 
against  all  their  enemies,  or  opposers, 
whatsoever,  and  observe  and  obey  the  or- 
ders of  the  president  of  the  United  States, 
and  the  orders  of  the  officers  appointed 
over  me,  according  to  the  rules  and  arti- 
cles for  the  government  of  the  armies 
of  the  United  States."  Which  justice, 
magistrate,  or  judge  advocate  is  to  give  the 
officer  a  certificate,  signifying  that  the 
man  inlisted,  did  Uke  the  said  oath,  or 
affirmation. 

Art.  ii.  After  a  non-commissioned* 
officer  or  soldier,  shall  have  been  duly  in-- 
listed and  sworn,  he  shall  not  be  dismiss- 
ed the  service  without  a  discharge  in 
writing;  and  no  discharge  granted  to  him 
shall  be  sufficient,  which  is  not  signed  by 
a  field  officer  of  the  regiment  to  winch  he 
belongs,  or  commanding  officer,  where  $f> 


L  AW 


LAW 


325 


field  officer  of  the  regiment  is  present ; 
and  no  discharge  shall  be  given  to  a  non- 
commissioned officer  or  soldier,  before 
his  term  of  service  has  expired,  but  by 
ord.-r  of  the  president,  the  secretary  of 
Avar,  the  commanding  officer  of  a  depart- 
ment, or  the  sentence  of  a  general  court- 
jnartial,  nor  shall  a  commissioned  officer 
be  discharged  the  service,  but  by  order  of 
the  president  of  the  United  States,  or  by 
sentence  of  a  general  court-martial. 

Art.  12.  Every  colonel,  or  other  of- 
ficer commanding  a  regiment,  troop,  or 
Company,  and  actually  quartered  with  it, 
may  gue  furloughs  to  non-commissioned 
officers  or  soldiers,  in  such  numbers,  and 
for  so  long  a  time  as  he  shall  judy.e  to  be 
most  consistent  with  the  good  of  the  ser- 
vice ;  and  a  captain  or  other  inferior  offi- 
cer commanding  a  troop  or  company,  or 
in  anv  garrison,  fort  or  barrack  of  the 
United  States,  (his  field  officer  being  ab- 
sent), may  give  furloughs  to  non-commis- 
sioned officers  or  soldiers,  for  a  time  not 
exceeding  twenty  days  in  six  months,  but 
not  to  more  than  two  persons  to  be  absent 
at  rh>  same  time,  excepting  some  extraor- 
dinary occasion  should  require  it. 

Art.  13.  At  every  muster,  the  com- 
manding officer  of  each  regiment,  troop, 
or  company  there  present,  shall  give  to  the 
commissary  of  musters,  or  other  officer 
who  musters  the  said  regiment,  troop,  or 
company,  certificates  signed  by  himself, 
signifying  how  long  such  officers,  as 
shall  not  appear  at  the  said  muster,  have 
been  absc-nt,  and  the  reason  of  their  ab- 
"sence.  In  like  manner,  the  command- 
ing officer  of  every  troop,  or  company, 
shall  give  certificates,  signifying  the  rea- 
sons of  the  absence  of  the  non-commis- 
sioncd  officers  and  private  soldiers,  which  j 
reasons,  and  time  of  absence,  shall  be  in- 
serted in  the  muster-rolls  opposite  the 
name  of  the  respective  absent  officers  and 
soldiers.  The  certificates  shall,  together 
with  the  muster-rolls,  be  remitted  by  the 
commissary  of  musters,  or  other  officer 
mustering,  to  the  department  of  war  as 
speedily  as  the  distance  of  the  place  will 
Admit.' 

Art.  14.  Every  officer  who  shall  be 
Convicted,  before  a  general  court-martial, 
of  having  signed  a  false  certificate,  relating 
•to  the  absence  of  eilher  officer  or  private 
soldier,  or  relative  to  his  or  their  pay, 
chall  be  cashiered. 

Art.  15.  Every  officer  who  shall  know, 
ingly  make  a  false  muster  of  man  or  horse, 
and  every  officer  or  commissary  of  mus- 
ters, who  shall  willingly  sign,  direct  or 
allow  the  signing  of  musters- rolls,  where- 
in such  false  muster  is  contained,  shall, 
upon  proof  made  thereof  by  two  wit- 
nesses, before  a  general  court-martial,  be 
cashiered,  and  shall  be  thereby  utterly 
disabled  to  have  or  hold  any  office  or  em- 
ployment in  the  service  of  the  United 
'States. 

Art.  16.  Any  commissary  of  musters 
OR  other  officer,  who  shall  be 'convicted  of 


having  taken  money  or  other  thing,  by 
way  of  gratification,  on  the  musteiing 
any  regiment,  troop  or  company,  or  on 
the  signing  muster-rolls,  shall  be  dis- 
placed from  his  office,  and  shall  be  there- 
by utterly  disabled  to  have  or  hold  any 
office  or  employment  in  the  service  of  the 
United  States. ' 

Art.  17.  Any  officer  who  shall  presume 
to  muster  a  person  as  a  soldier,  who  is  not 
a  soldier,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  hav- 
ing made  a  false  muster,  and  shall  s utter; 
accordingly. 

Art.  18.  Every  officer  who  shall  know- 
ingly make  a  false  return  to  the  depart- 
ment of  war,  or  to  any  of  his  superior  of- 
ficers, authorized  to  call  for  such  returns, 
of  the  state  of  the  regiment,  troop,  or 
company,  or  garrison,  under  his  com- 
mand ;  or  of  the  arms,  ammunition, 
clothing,  or  other  stores  thereunto  be- 
longing, shall  on  conviction  thereof  befonj 
a  court-martial,  be  cashiered. 

Art.  19.  The  commanding  officer  of 
every  regiment,  troop,  or  independent 
company,  or  garrison  of  the  United  States, 
shall  in  the  beginning  of  every  month,  re- 
mit through  the  proper  channels,  to  the 
department  of  war,  an  exact  return  of  the 
regiment,  troop,  independent  company,  or 
garrison,  under  his  command,  specifying 
the  names  of  officers  then  absent  from 
their  posts,  and  the  reasons  for,  and  the 
time  of  their  absence.  And  any  officer 
who  shall  be  convicted  of  having,  through 
neglect  or  design,  omitted  sending  such 
returns,  shall  be  punished  according  to  the 
nature  of  his  crime,  by  the  judgment  of  4 
general  court-martial. 

Art.  20.  All  officers  and  soldiers,  who 
have  received  pay,  or  have  been  duly  in-- 
j  listed  in  the  service  of  the  United  States, 
and  shall  be  convicted  of  having  deserted 
the  same,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other: 
punishment  as  by  sentence  of  a  court- 
martial  shall  be  inflicted. 

Art.  21.  Any  non-commissioned  of. 
ficcr  or  soldier,  who  shall,  without  leave 
from  his  commanding  officer,  absent  him- 
self from  his  troop,  company,  or  detach- 
ment, shall,  upon  being  convicted  there- 
of, be  punished  according  to  the  nature 
of  hjs  offence  at  the  discretion  of  a  court- 
martial. 

Art.  22.  No  non-commissioned  offi- 
cer or  soldier  shall  inlist  himself  in  any 
other  regiment,  troop,  or  company,  with- 
out a  regular  discharge  from  the  regiment, 
troop,  or  company,  in  which  he  last 
served,  on  the  penalty  of  being  reputed  a 
deserter,  and  suffering  accordingly.  And 
in  case  any  officer  shall  knowingly  re- 
ceive and  entertain  sucn  non-commis- 
sioned officer  or  soldier,  or  shall  not, 
after  his  being  discovered  to  be  a  deseiter, 
immediately  confine  him,  and  give  notice 
thereof  to  the  corps  in  which  he  last  serv- 
ed, the  said  officer  shall  by  a  court-martial 
be  cashiered. 

Art.  23.  Any  officer  or  soldier,  who 
shall  be  convicted  of  havjng  advised  or 


326 


LAW 


LAW 


persuaded  any  other  officer  or  soldier,  to 
desert  the  service  of  the  United  States, 
shall  surfer  death,  or  such  other  punish- 
ment as  shall  be  inflicted  upon  him  by  the 
sentence  of  a  court  martial. 

Art.  24.  No  officer  or  soldier  shall 
use  any  reproachful  or  provoking  speeches 
or  gestures  to  another,  upon  pain,  if  an 
officer,  of  being  put  in  arrest ;  if  a  soldier, 
confined,  and  of  asking  pardon  of  the 
party  offended,  in  the  presence  of  his  com- 
manding officer. 

Art.  25.  No  officer  or  soldier  shall 
send  a  challenge  to  another  officer  or  sol- 
dier,  to  fight  a  duel,  or  accept  a  challenge, 
if  sent ;  upon  pain,  if  a  commissioned  of- 
ficer of  being  cashiered;  if  anon-commis- 
sioned officer  or  soldier,  of  suffering  cor- 
poreal punishment  at  the  discretion  of  a 
court -martial. 

Art.  26.  If  any  commissioned  or  non- 
com  missioned  officer  commanding  a  guard, 
shall  knowingly  or  willingly  surfer  any 
person  whatsoever  to  to  forth  to  fight  a 
duel,  he  shall  be  punished  as  a  challenger; 
and  all  seconds,  promoters,  and  carriers or 
challenges,  in  order  to  duels,  shall  be 
deemed  principals,  and  be  punished  ac- 
cordingly. And  it  shall  be  the  duty  of 
every  officer,  commanding  an  army,  regi- 
ment, company,  post,  or  detachment, 
"who  is  knowing  to  a  challenge  being  given, 
or  accepted,  by  any  officer,  non  commis- 
sioned officer,  'or  soldier,  under  his'  com- 
mand, or  has  reason  to  believe  the  same  to 
be  the  case,  immediately  to  arrest  and 
bring  to  trial  such  offender. 

Art.  27.  All  officers,  of  what  condition 
soever,  have  power  to  part  and  quell  all 
quarrels,  frays,  and  disorders,  though  the 
persons  concerned  should  belong  to  ano- 
ther regiment,  troop,  or  company  ;  and 
either  to  order  officers  into  arrest,  or  non- 
commissioned officers  or  soldiers  into  con- 
finement, until  their  proper  superior  offi- 
cers shall  be  acquainted  therewith  ;  and 
•whosoever  shall  refuse  to  obey  such  offi- 
cer, (though  of  an  inferior  rank)  or  shall 
draw  his  sword  upon  him,  shall  be  pun- 
ished  at  the  discretion  of  a  general  r.ourt- 
martiaL 

Art.  28.  Any  officer  or  soldier,  who 
shall  upbraid  another  for  refusing  a  chal- 
lenge, shall  himself  be  punished  as  a  chal- 
lenger, and  all  officers  and  soldiers  are 
hereby  discharged  from  any  disgracv  or 
opinion  of  disadvantage,  which  might  arise 
Irom  their  having 'refused  to  accept  of  chal- 
lenges, as  they  will  only  have  acted  in  obe- 
dience to  the  laws,  and  done  their  duty 
as  good  soldiers,  who  subject  themselves 
to  discipline. 

Art.  29.  No  suttler  shall  be  permitted 
to  sell  any  kind  of  liquors  or  victuals,  or 
to  keep  their  houses  or  shops  open  for  the 
entertainment  of  soldiers,  after  nine  at 
night,  or  before  the  boating  of  the  reveilles, 
or  upon  Sujsdays,  during  divine  service  or 
sejrmon,  on  the  penalty  or  being  dismissed 
Ii6m  all  future  suttling. 

Art.  30.     All  officers  commanding  in 


the  field,  forts,  barracks,  or  garrisons  of  the 
United  States,  are  hereby  required  to  see 
that  the  persons  permitted  to  suttle,  shall 
supply  the  soldiers  with  good  and  whole- 
some provisions,  or  other  articles,  at  a 
reasonable  price,  as  they  shall  be  answer- 
able for  their  neglect. 

Art.  31.  No  officer  commanding  in  any 
of  the  garrisons,  forts,  or  barracks  of  the 
United  States, shall  exact  exorbitant  prices 
for  houses  or  stalls  let  out  to  suttlers,  or 
connive  at  the  like  exactions  in  others; 
nor  by  his  own  authority,  and  for  his  pri- 
vate advantage,  lay  any  duty  or  imposition 
upon,  or  be  interested  in,  the  sale  of  any 
victuals,  liquors,  or  other  necessaries  of 
life,  brought  into  the  garrison,  fort,  or 
barracks,  for  the  use  of  the  soldiers,  on 
the  penalty  of  being  discharged  from  the 
service. 

Art.  32.  Every  officer  commanding  in 
quarters,  garrisons,  or  on  the  march,  shall 
keep  good  order,  and  to  the  utmost  of  his 
power,  redress  all  abuses  or  disorders, 
which  may  be  committed  by  any  offker  or 
soldier  under  his  command  ;  if  upon  com- 
plaint made  to -him  of  officers  or  soldiers 
beating,  or  otherwise  ill  treating  any  per- 
son, of  disturbing  fairs,  or  markets,  or  of 
committing  any  kind  of  riots,  to  the  dis- 
quieting of  the  citizens  of  the  United 
States,  he,  the  said  commander,  who  shall 
refuse  or  omit  to  see  justice  done  to  the 
offender  or  offenders,  and  reparation  made 
to  the  party  or  parties  injured,  as  far  as- 
part  ol  the'offender's  pay  shall  enable  him 
or  them,  shall,  upon  proof  thereof,  be 
cashiered  or  otherwise  punished  as  a  gen- 
eral court-rnartial  shall  direct. 

Art.  33.  When  any  commissioned  of- 
ficer or  soldier,  shall  be  accused  of  a  capU 
tal  crime,  or  of  having  used  violence,  or 
committed  any  offence  against  the  persons 
or  property  of  any  citizen  of  any  of  the 
United  States,  such  as  is  punishable  by 
the  known  laws  of  the  land,  the  com- 
manding officer,  and  officers  of  every  re- 
giment, troop,  or  company,  to  which  the 
person,  or  persons,  so  accused,  shall  be- 
long, are  hereby  required,  upon  applica- 
tion duly  made  by,  or  in  behalf  of  the 
party  or  parties  injured,  to  use  their  ut- 
most endeavors  todeliverover  suchaccus- 
ed  person,  or  persons,  to  the  civil  magis- 
trate, and  likewise  to  be  aiding  and  assist- 
ing to  the  officers  of  justice  in  apprehend- 
ing and  securing  the  person  or  persons  so 
accused  in  order  to  bring  him  or  them  to 
trial.  If  any  commanding  officer,  or  offi- 
cers, shall  wilfully  neglect,  or  shall  refuse, 
upon  the  application  aforesaid,  to  deliver 
over  such  accused  person,  or  persons,  to 
the  civil  magistrates,  or  to  be  aiding  and 
assisting  to  the  officers  of  justice  in  ap- 
prehending such  person,  or  persons,  the 
officer,  or  officers,  so  offending,  shall  bu 
cashiered. 

Art.  34.  If  any  officer  shall  think 
himself  wronged  by  his  colonel,  or  the 
commanding  officer'of  the  regiment,  and 
shall,  upon  due  application  being  made  to 


L  A  W 


LAW 


327 


him,  be  refused  redress,  he  may  complain 
to  the  general,  commanding  in  the  state  or 
territory  where  such  regiment  shall  be 
Jitationed,  in  order  to  obtain  justice  ;  who 
is  hereby  required  to  examine  into  the 
said  complaint,  and  take  proper  measures 
for  redressing  the  wrong  complained  of, 
and  transmit  as  soon  as  possible,  to  the 
department  of  war,  a  true  state  of  such 
complaint,  with  the  proceedings  had 
thereon. 

Art.  35.  If  any  inferior  officer  or  sol- 
dier, shall  think  himself  wronged  by  his 
captain,  or  other  officer,  he  is  ro  complain 
thereof  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the 
regiment,  who  is  hereby  required  to  sum- 
mon a  regimental  court-martial,  ibr  the 
doing  justiae  to  the  complainant;  from 
which  regimental  court  martial,  either 
party  may,  if  he  thinks  himself  still  ag- 
grieve^ appeal  to  a  general  court-martial. 
But  if,  upon  a  second  hearing,  the  appeal 
shall  appear  vexatious  and  groundless,  the 
person  so  appealing,  shall  be  punished  at 
the  discretion  of  the  said  court- martial. 

Art.  36.  Any  commissioned  officer, 
store  keeper,  or  commissary,  who  shall  be 
convicted'  at  a  general  court-mariial,  of 
having  sold,  without  a  proper  order  for 
that  purpose,  embezzled,  misapplied,  or 
wilfully,  or  through  neglect,  suifered  any 
of  the  provisions,  forage,  arms,  clothing, 
ammunition,  or  other  military  stores,  be- 
longing to  the  United  States,  to  be  spoiled, 
or  damaged,  shall,  at  his  own  expence, 
make  good  the  loss,  or  damage,  and  shall 
moreover,  forfeit  all  his  pay,  and  be  dis- 
missed from  the  service. 

Art.  37.  Any  non-commissioned  offi- 
cer, or  soldier,  who  shall  be  convicted,  at 
a  regimental  court-martial,  of  having  sold, 
or  designedly,  or  through  neglect,  wasted 
the  ammunition  delivered  out  to  him,  to 
be  employed  in  the  service  of  the  United 
States,  shall  be  punished  at  the  discretion 
of  such  court. 

Art.  38.  Every  non-commissioned  offi- 
cer or  soldier,  who  shall  be  convicted  be- 
fore a  court-martial,  of  having  sold,  lost, 
or  spoiled,  through  neglect,  his  horse, 
arms,  clothes,  or  accoutrements,  shall  un- 
dergo such  weekly  stoppages  (not  exceed- 
ing the  half  of  his  pay)  as  such  court 
martial  shall  judge  sufficient,  for  repairing 
the  loss  or  damage  ;  and  shall  suiK:r  con- 
finement or  such  other  corporeal  punish- 
ment as  his  crime  shall  deserve. 

Art.  39.  Every  officer,  who  shall  be 
convicted  before  a  court-martial,  of  hav- 
ing embezzled,  or  misapplied  any  money, 
with  which  he  may  have  been  entrusted 
for  the  payment  of  the  men  under  his  com- 
mand, or  for  inhsting  men  into  the  S':r 
vice,  or  for  other  purposes,  if  a  commis- 
sioned officer,  shall  be  cashiered,  and  com- 
pelled to  r&i'und  th-i  money  ;  if  a  non- 
commissioned officer,  shall  be  reduced  to 
the  ranks,  be  put  under  stoppages  until 
the  money  be  made  good,  and  sufler  such 
unishment  as  bi;u'.!  court-nur- 
sh 


Art.  40.  Every  captain  of  a  troop,  or 
company,  is  charged  with  the  arms,  ac- 
coutrements, ammunition,  clothing,  or 
other  warlike  stores  belonging  to  the 
troop,  or  company  under  his  command, 
which  he  is  to  be  accountable  for  to  his 
colonel,  in  case  of  their  being  lost,  spoiled, 
or  damaged,  not  by  unavoidable  accidents, 
or  on  actual  service. 

Art.  41.  All  non-commissioned  officers 
and  soldiers,  who  shall  be  found  one  mile 
from  the  camp,'without  leave,  in  writing, 
from  their  commanding  officer,  shall  suiter 
such  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  upon 
them  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  42.  No  officer,  or  soldier,  shall  be 
out  of  his  quarters,  garrison,  or  camp, 
without  leave  from  his  superior  officer, 
upon  penalty  of  being  punished  according 
to  the  nature'  of  his  offence,  by  the  sentence 
of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  43.  Every  non-commissioned  of- 
ficer and  soldier  shall  retire  to  his  quarters 
or  tent,  at  the  beating  of  the  retreat ;  in 
default  of  which  he  shall  be  punished  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  his  offence. 

Art.  44.  No  officer,  non-commissioned 
officer,  or  soldier,  shall  fail  in  repainng,  at 
the  time  fixed,  to  the  place  of  parade",  of 
exercise,  or  other  rendezvous,  appointed 
by  his  commanding  officer,  if  not  prevent- 
ed by  sickness,  or  some  other  evident  ne- 
cessity ;  or  shall  go  from  the  said  place  of 
rendezvous,  without  leave  from  his  com- 
manding officer,  before  he  shall  beregularly 
dismissed  or  relieved,  on  the  penalty  of 
being  punished  according  to  the  nature  of 
his  oftence,  by  the  sentence  of  a  court- 
martial. 

Art.  45.  Any  commissioned  officer  who 
shall  be  found  drunk  on  his  guard,  party, 
or  other  duty,  shall  be  cashiered.  Any 
non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  so  of- 
fending, shall  suffer  such  corporeal  pun- 
ishment as  shall  be  inflicted  by  the  sen- 
tence of  a  court-martial 

Art.  46.  Any  centintl  who  shall  be 
found  sleeping  upon  his  post,  or  shall  leave 
it  before  he  shall  be  regularly  relieved, 
shall  suiter  death,  or  such  other  punish- 
ment as  shall  be  inflicted  by  the  sentence 
of  a  court-martial. 

Art,  47.  No  soldier  belonging  to  any 
regiment,  troop,  or  company,  Shall  hire 
another  to  do  his  duty  for  him,  or  be  ex- 
cused from  duty,  but  in  cases  of  sickness, 
disability,  or  lea*e  of  absence;  and  every 
such  soldier  found  guilty  of  hiring  his" 
duty,  as  also  the  part)'  so  hired  to  do  ano- 
ther's duty,  shall  be  punished  at  the  dis- 
cretion of  a  regimental  court-martial. 

Art.  48.  And  every  non-commissioned 
officer  conniving  at  such  hiring  of  duty 
aforesaid,  shall  be  reduced;  and  every 
commissioned  officer,  knowing  and  allow- 
ing such  ill  ;ir;ic:iccs  in  the  service,  shall 
bo  punished  by  the  judgment  of  a  general 
court-martial. 

Art.  49.  Any  officer  belonging  to  the 
service  of  the  United  States,  who,  by  dis- 
charging of  live  u:ms,  drawing  of  swords, 


328 


LAW 


L  AW 


beating  of  drums,  or  by  any  cither  means 
•whatsoever,  shall  occasion  false  alarms  in 
•amp,  garrison,  or  quarters,  shall  suffer 
"death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall 
be  ordered  by  the  sentence  of  a  genaral 
tourt-martial. 

Art.  50.  Any  officer  or  soldier,  who 
shall,  without  urgent  necessity,  or  with- 
out the  leave  of  his  superior  officer,  quit 
his  guard,  platoon,  or  division,  shall  be 
punished  according  to  the  nature  of  his 
offence,  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-mar- 
rial. 

Art.  51.  No  officer  or  soldier  shall  do 
violence  to  any  persons  who  brings  pro- 
visions or  other  necessaries  to  the  camp, 
garrison,  or  quarters,  of  the  forces  of  the 
United  States,  employed  in  any  parts  out 
of  the  said  states,  upon  pain  of  death,  or 
.such  other  punishment  as  a  court-martial 
t>hall  direct. 

Art.  52.  Any  officer  or  soldier,  who 
shall  misbehave  himself  before  the  enemy, 
run  away,  or  shamefully  abandon  any 
fort,  post,  or  guard,  which  he  or  they  may 
be  commanded  to  defend,  or  speak  words 
Inducing  others  to  do  the  like;  or  shall 
cast  away  his  arms  rind  ammunition,  or 
\vho  shall  quit  his  post  or  colors  to  plun- 
der and  pillage,  every  such  offender  be. 
?ng  duly  convicted  thereof,  shall  suffer 
death  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall 
be  ordered  by  the  sentence  of  a  general 
court-martral. 

Art.  53.  Any  person  belonging  to  the 
armies  of  the  United  States,  who  shall 
make  known  the  watch-word  to  any  per- 
son who  is  not  entitled  to  receive  it,  ac- 
cording to  the  rules  and  discipline  of  war, 
or  shall  presume  to  give  a  parole  or  watch- 
v/ord,  different  from  what  he  received, 
shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punish- 
ment as  shall  be  ordered  by  the  sentence 
of  a  general  court-martial. 

Art.  54.  All  officers  and  soldiers  are 
to  behave  themselves  orderly  in  quarters, 


of  holding  correspondence  with,  or  giving 
intelligence  to  "the  enemy,  either  direct- 
or indirectly,  shall  suffer  death,  or  suci 
other  punishment  as  shall  be  ordered  b% 
the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  58.  All  public  stores  taken  in  the 
enemy's  camp, towns,  forts,  or  magazines, 
whether  of  artillery,  ammunition,  cloth- 
ing, forage,  or  provisions,  shall  be  secured 
for  the  service  of  the  United  States  ;  for 
the  neglect  of  which  the  commanding  of- 
ficer is  to  be  answerable. 

Art.  59.  If  any  commander  of  anf 
garrison,  fortress,  or  post,  shall  be  com- 
pelled, by  the  officers  and  boldicrs  under 
his  command,  to  give  up  to  the  enemy, 
or  to  abandon  it :  the  commissioned  of- 
ficers, non-commissioned  officers,  or 
soldiers,  who  shall  be  convicted  of  hav- 
ing so  offended,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such 
other  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted 
upon  them  by  the  sentence  of  a  court- 
marrial. 

Art.  60.  All  suttlers  and  retainers  to 
the  camp,  and  all  persons  whatsoever, 
serving  with  the  armies  of  the  United 
States,  in  the  field,  though  not  inlisted 
soldiers,  are  to  be  subject  to  orders,  ac- 
cording to  the  rules  and  discipline  of 
war. 

Art.  61.  Officers  having  brevetts,  or 
commissions,  of  a  prior  date  to  those  of 
the  regiment  in  which  they  serve,  may 
take:p!aci"in  courts-martial  and  on  detach-1 
ments,  when  composed  of  different  corps, 
according  to  the  ranks  given  them  in  thei'f 
brevetts,  or  dates  of  theit  forme:  commis- 
sions ;  but  in  the  regiment,  troop,  ov 
company,  to  which  such  officers  btlong, 
they  shall  do  duty  and  take  rank,  both 
in  courts-martial  and  on  detachments, 
which  shall  be  composed  only  of  their 
own  corps,  according  to  the  commissions 
by  which  they  are  mustered  in  the  said 
corps. 

Art.  62.     If  upon  marches,  guurds,  or 


and  on  their  march;  and  whosoever  shall  jj  in  quarters,  different  corps  of  the  army 
commit  any    waste,   or  spoil,  either  in  j  shall  happen  to  join,  or  do  duty  together, 
walks  of  trees,  parks,  warrens,  fish  ponds,     the  officer  highest  in  rnnk  of  the  line  of 
houses,  of  gardens,  corn-fields,  enclosures 
of  meadows,  or  shall  maliciously  destroy 


any  property  whatsoever,  belonging  to 
?he  inhabitants  of  the  United  States,  un- 
less by  order  of  the  then  commander  in 
chief  of  the  armies  of  the  said  states,  shall 
(besides  such  penalties  as  they  arc  liable 
to  by  law,)  be  punished  according  to  the 
nature  and  degree  of  the  offence,  by  the 
judgment  of  a  regimental  or  general  court- 
martial. 

Art.  55.     Whosoever,  belonging  to  the 


the  army,  marine  corps,  or  militia,  by 
commission  there,  on  duty,  or  in  quarters, 
shall  command  the  whole,  and  give  orders 
for  what  is  needful  to  the  service,  unles-2 
otherwise  specially  directed  by  the  presi- 
dent of  the  United  Stares,  according  to  the 
nature  of  the  case. 

Art.  63.  The  functions  o£  the  engi- 
neers being  generally  confined  to  the  most- 
elevated  branch  of  military  science,  they 
are  not  to  assume,  nor  are  they  subject  to 
be  ordered  on  any  duty  beyond  the  line  of 


armies  of  the  United  States,  employed  in  jj  their  immediate  profession,  except  by  the 
foreign  parts,  shall   force  a  safe  guard,  jj  special  order  of  the  president  of  the  "Uni- 

:  ted  States:  but  thev  are  to  receive  evcrv 


s hall  suffer  death, 

Art.  56.  -Whosoever  shall  relieve  the 
enemy  with  money,  victuals,  or  ammuni- 
tion, or  shall  knowingly  harbor  or  protect 
an  enemy,  shall  suffer  death  or  such  other 


punishment  as  shall  be  ordered  by 
•>ente»ce  of  a  court-martial. 


the 


Art.  :,-.  Whosoever  shall  ba  convicted 


j:  ted  States;  but  they  are  to  receive  evcry 
i  mark  of  respect,  to  which  their  rank  iri 
the  army  may  entitle  them,  respectively, 
and  are  liable'  to  be  transferred,  at  the  dis- 
cretion of  the  president,  from  one  corps  to 
another,  regard  being  paidtorank. 

Art.  64.     General  courts-martial  may 
I  consist  of  any  number  of  commissioned- 


LAW 


L  AW 


329 


officers,  from  five  to  thirteen,  inclusively, 
but  they  shall  not  consist  of  less  than 
Jhirteen,  where  that  number  can  be  con- 
vened, without  manifest  injury  to  the 
service. 

Art.  65,  Any  general  officer  command- 
ing an  army,  cr  colonel  commanding  a 
separate  department,  may  appoint  geweral 
courts-martial,  whenever  necessary.  But 
no  sentence  of  a  court-martial  shall  be 
carried  into  execution  until  after  the  whole 
proceedings  shall  have  been  laid  before  the 
officer  ordering  the  same,  or  the  officer 
commanding  the  troops  for  the  time  be- 
Ing  ;  neither  shall  any  sentence  of  a  ge- 
neral court-martial,  in  time  of  peace,  ex- 
tending to  the  loss  of  life,  or  the  dismis- 
sion of  a  commissioned  officer,  or  which 
shall,  either  in  time  of  peace  or  war,  re- 
spect a  general  officer,  be  carried  into 
execution,  until  after  the  whole  proceed- 
ings shall  have  been  transmitted  to  the 
secretary  of  war,  to  be  laid  before  the  pre- 
sident of  the  United  States,  for  his  confir- 
mation or  disapproval,  and  orders  in  the 
case.  All  other  sentences  may  be  con- 
firmed and  executed  by  the  officer  order- 
ing the  court  to  assemble,  or  the  com- 
manding officer  for  the  time  being,  as  the 
ease  may  be. 

Art.  66.  Every  officer  commanding  a 
regiment,  or  corps,  may  appoint,  for  his 
own  regiment  or  corps,  courts-martial, 
to  consist  of  three  commissioned  officers, 
for  the  trial  and  punishment  of  offences, 
not  capital,  and  decide  upon  their  sen- 
tences. For  the  same  purpose  all  officers, 
commanding  any  of  the  garrisons,  forts, 
barracks,  or  other  places  where  the  troops 
consist  of  different  corps,  may  assemble 
courts-martial,  to  consist  of  three  com- 
missioned officers,  and  decide  upon  their 
sentences. 

Art.  67.  No  garrison,  or  regimental 
court-martial  shall  have  the  power  to  try 
capital  cases,  or  commissioned  officers ; 
neither  shall  they  inflict  a  fine  exceeding 
one  month's  pay,  nor  imprison,  nor  put 
to  hard  labor,  any  non-commissioned  of- 
ficer or  soldier,  for  a  longer  time  than  one 
month . 

Art.  68.  Whenever  it  may  be  found 
convenient  and  necessary  to  "the  public 
service,  the  officers  of  the  marines  shall 
be  associated  with  the  officers  of  the  land 
forces,  for  the  purpose  of  holding  courts- 
rtiartial  and  trying  offenders  belonging  to 
either;  and  in  such  cases  the  orders  of 
the  senior  officers  of  either  corps  who  may 
be  present  and  duly  authorised,  shall  be 
received  and  obeyed. 

Art  69.  The  judge  advocate,  or  some 
person  deputed  by  him,  or  by  the  general, 
or  officer  commanding  the  army,  detach- 
ment, or  garrison,  shall  prosecute  in  the 
name  of  the  United  States,  but  shall  so 
far  consider  himself  as  council  for  the 
prisoner,  after  the  said  prisoner  shall  have 
made  his  plea,  as  to  object  to  any  leading 
question  to  any  of  the  witnesses,  or  any 
question  to  the  prisoner,  the  answer  to 


which  might  tend  to  criminate  himself; 
and  administer  to  each  member  of  the 
court  before  they  proceed  upon  any  trial, 
the  following  oath,  which  shall  also  be 
taken  by  all  members  of  the  regimental 
and  garrison  courts -martial. 

"  You  A.  B.  do  swear  that  you  will 
well  and  truly  try  and  determine,  accord- 
ing to  evidence,  the  matter  now  before 
you,  between  the  United  States  of  Ame- 
rica, and  the  prisoner  to  be  tried,  and  that 
you  will  duly  administer  justice, 'accord- 
ing to  the  provisions  of  *  An  act  estab- 
lishing rules  and  articles  for  the  govern- 
ment of  the  armies  of  the  United  States,' 
without  partiality,  favor,  or  affection ;  and 
if  any  doubt  shall  arise,  not  explained  by 
said  articles,  according  to  your  conscience, 
the  best  of  your  understanding,  and  the 
custom  of  war,  in  like  cases  ;  and  you  do 
further  swear,  that  you  will  not  divulge 
the  sentence  of  the  court  until  it  shall  be 
published  by  the  proper  authority  ;  nei- 
ther will  you  disclose  or  discover  '.he  vote 
or  opinion  of  any  particular  member  of 
the  court-martial,  unless  required  to  give 
evidence  thereof  as  a  witness,  by  n  court 
of  justice,  in  a  due  course  of  lav/.  Su 
help  you  God." 

And  as  soon  as  the  said  oath  shall  have 
been  administered  to  the  respective  mem- 
bers, the  president  of  the  court  shall  ad- 
minister to  the  judge  advocate,  or  person 
officiating  as  such,  an  oath  in  the  follow, 
ing  words : 

*«  You  A.  B.  do  swear,  that  you  will 
not  disclose  or  discover  the  vote  or  opi, 
nionpf  any  particular  member  of  the  court 
martial,  unless  required  to  give  evidence 
thereof  as  a  witness,  by  a  court  of  justice 
indue  course  of  law.  Nor  divulge  the 
sentence  of  the  court  to  any  but  the 
proper  authority,  until  it  shall  be  duly 
disclosed  by  the  same.  So  help  you  God.'J 

Art.  70.  When  any  prisoner  arraigned 
before  a  general  court-martial  shall,  from 
obstinacy  and  deliberate  design, stand  mute 
or  answer  foreign  to  the  purpose,  the 
court  may  proceed  to  trial  and  judgment 
as  if  the  prisoner  had  regularly  pleaded 
not  guilty. 

Art.  71.  When  a  member  shall  be 
challenged  by  a  prisoner,  he  must  state 
his  cause  of  challenge,  of  which  the  court 
shall,  after  due  deliberation  determine  the 
relevancy  or  validity,  and  decide  accord- 
ingly ;  and  no  challenge  to  more  than  9110 
member  at  a  time  shall  be  received  by  ths 
court. 

Art.  72.  All  the  members  of  a  court- 
martial  are  to  behave  with  decency  anil 
calmness  ;  and  in  giving  their  votes,  arc 
to  begin  with  the  youngest  in  commis- 
sion.' 

Art.  73.  All  persons  who  give  evidence 
before  a  court  martial,  are  to  be  examined 
on  oath  or  affirmation  in  the  following 
form  : 

**  You  swear  or  affirm  (as  the  case  may 
be)  the  evidence  you  shall  give  in  the 
cause  now  in  hearing,  shall  be  the  truth, 
T  t 


330 


LAW 


LAW 


the   whole  truth,  and  nothing  but  the 
truth.     So  help  you  God." 

Art.  74.  On  the  trials  of  cases  not 
capital,  before  courts-martial,  the  depo- 
sition of  witnesses  not  in  the  line  or  staff 
of  the  army,  may  be  taken  before  some 
justice  of  the  peace,  and  read  in  evidence ; 
'provided  the  prosecutor  and  the  person  ac- 
cused are  present  at  the  taking  the  same, 
or  are  duly  notified  thereof 

Art.  75.     No  offict-r  shall  be  tried  but  i 
by  a  general  court-martial,  nor  by  officers  : 
of  inferior  rank,  if  it  can  be  avoided.    Nor  * 
shall  any  proceedings  or   trials  be  carrLJ 
on  excepting  between  the  hours  of  eight 
in  the  morning,  and  three  in  the  afternoon, 
excepting  in  cases,  which,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  officers  appointing  the  court -mar- 
tial, require  immediate  example. 

Art.  76.  No  pet  son  whatsoever  shall 
use  any  menacing  words,  signs,  or  ges. 
tures,  in  presence  of  a  court-martial,  or 
shall  cause  any  disorder  or  not,  or  disturb 
the  proceedings,  on  the  penalty  of  being 
punished  at  the  discretion  of  the  said 
court-martial. 

Art.  77.  Whenever  any  officer  shall  be 
charged  with  a  crime,  he  shall  be  arrested 
and  confined  in  his  barracks,  quarters,  or 
tent,  and  deprived  of  his  sw  >rd,  by  the 
commanding  officer.  And  any  officer  who 
shall  leave  his  confinement  before  he  shall 
be  set  at  liberty  by  his  commanding  offi- 
cer, or  by  a  superior  officer,  shall  be 
cashiered. 

Art.   78.     Non-commissioned  officers :l 
and  soldiers,  charged  with  crimes,  shall 
be  confined,  until  tried  by  a  court-martial, 
or  released  by  proper  authority. 

Art.  79.      No   officer  or   soldier  who) 
shall  be  put  in  arrest,  shall  continue  in  j 
confinement   more   than  eight  days,    or 
until  such  time  as  a  court-martial  can  be  { 
assembled. 

Art  80.  No  officer  commanding  a ! 
guard,  or  provost  marshal,  shall  refuse  to  , 
receive  or  keep  any  prisoner  committed  to  j 
his  charge,  by  an  officer  belonging  to  the  I 
forces  of  the  United  States  ;  provided  the 
officer  committing-,  shall,  at  the  same 
time,  deliver  an  account  in  writing,  signed 
by  himself,  of  the  crime  with  which  the 
i>ai<<  prisoner  is  charged. 

Art.  81.  No  officer  commanding  a 
guard,  or  provost  marshal,  shall  presume 
to  release  any  person  committed  to  h<s 
char.e,  without  proper  authority  for  so 
doing,  nor  shall  he  suffer  any  person  to 
escape,  on  the  penalty  of  being  punished 
for  ii  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art  82.  Every  officer  or  provost  mar- 
shal, to  whose  charge  prisoners  shall  be 
committed,  shall,  within  twenty  four 
hours  after  such  commitment,  or  as  soon 
as  he  shall  be  relieved  from  his  guard, 
Kiake  report  in  writing,  to  the  command- 
ing officer  of  their  names,  their  crimes, 
and  the  nam.s  of  the  officers  who  com- 
mitted them,  on  the  peralty  of  being 
punished  for  disobedience  or  neglect,  at 
the  discretion  of  a  court-martial. 


Art.  83.  Any  commissioned  officer 
convicted  before  a  general  court-martial  of 
conduct  unbecoming  an  officer  and  a 
gentleman,  shall  be  dismissed  the  ser- 
vice. 

Art.  84.  In  cases  where  a  court-mar- 
tial may  think  it  proper  to  sentence  a 
commissioned  office'  to  be  suspen  ied 
from  command,  they  shall  have  power 
also  to  suspend  his  pay  and  emoluments 
for  the  same  time,  according  to  the  nature 
and  heinousness  of  the  ofience. 

Art  85.  I  nail  cases  where  a  commis- 
sioned officer  is  cashiered  for  cowardice  or 
fraud,  i:  shall  be  added  in  the  sentence, 
that  the  crime,  name,  and  place  of  abode 
and  punishment  of  the  delinquent,  be 
published  in  the  newspapers  in  and 
about  the  camp,  and  of  the  particular 
state  from  which  the  offender  came,  or 
where  he  usually  resides,  after  which  it 
shall  be  deemed  scandalous  for  an  officer 
to  associate  with  him. 

Art.  86.  The  commanding  officer  of 
any  post  or  detachment,  in  which  there 
shall  not  be  i  number  of  officers  adequate 
to  form  a  general  court-martial,  shall,  in 
cases  which  require  the  cognizance  of 
such  a  court,  report  to  the  commanding 
officer  of  the  department,  who  shall  order 
a  court  to  be  assembled  at  the  nearest  post 
or  detachment,  and  th-.>  party  accused, 
w,th  necessary  witnesses,  to  be  transport- 
ed to  th«  place  where  the  said  court  shalr 
be  assembled. 

Art.  87.  No  person  shall  be  sentenced 
to  suffer  death,  but  by  the  concurrence  of 
two  thirds  of  the  members  of  a  general 
court-martial,  nor  except  in  the  cases 
herein  expressly  mentioned  ;  nor  shall 
more  than  fifty  lashes  be  inflicted  on  any 
offender,  at  the  discretion  of  a  court-mar- 
tial ;  and  no  officer,  non-commissioned 
officer,  soldier,  or  follower  of  the  army, 
shall  be  tried  a  second  time  for  the  same 
offence. 

Art.  88,  No  person  shall  be  liable  to 
be  tried  and  punished  by  a  general  court- 
martial  for  any  offence  which  shall  ap- 
pear to  have  been  commi  ted  more  than 
two  years  before  the  issuing  of  the  order 
forsuci;  trial,  unless  the  person,  by  reason 
of  having  absented  himself  or  some  other 
manifest  impediment,  shall  not  have 
been  amenable  to  justice  within  that 
period. 

Art.  89.  Every  officer  authorised  to 
order  a  general  court- martial,  shall  have 
power  to  pardon  or  mitigate  any  punish- 
ment ordered  by  such  court,  except  the 
sentence  of  death,  or  of  cashiering  an  offi- 
cer ;  which,  in  the  cases  where  he  has 
authority  (by  article  65)  to  carry  them 
into  execution,  he  may  suspend,  until  the 
pleasure  of  the  president  of  the  United 
States  can  be  known  ;  which  suspension, 
together  with  the  copies  of  the  proceed- 
ings of  the  court-martial,  the  said  officer 
shall  immediately  transmit  to  the  presi- 
dent, for  his  determination.  And  the  co- 
lonel or  commanding  officer  of  the  regS.. 


LA  W 


LAW 


331 


or  garrison  where  any  regimental  or 
garrison  court-martial  shall  be  held,  may 
pardon  or  mitigate  any  punishment  '>rcter- 
ed  h/  such  court  to  be  i.ifiict'-d. 

Art  90.  Every  judge  advocaie,  or 
person  officiating  as  such,  at  an\  general 
court-martial,  shall  transmit,  with  as 
mu  h  exped  tion  as  the  'pportunity  of 
time  and  distance  of  place  can  admit,  the 
oru';nil  p  ceedings  and  sentence  of  such 
court-marrial,  to  the  secretary  of  war, 
which  said  original  proceedings  a  d  sen- 
tenc-  shall  be  carefully  kept  and  preserv- 
ed in  rhe  offic  of  said  sec  etary,  to  the  end 
th;"-  the  persons  entitled  thereto  may  be 
enabled,  upon  applicarnn  to  the  said  of- 
fice, to  obtain  copies  hereof. 

The  party  tri.  d  by  any  general  court- 
mart, al,  sha;l,  upon  demand  thereof  made 
by  h  mself  or  by  any  person  or  persons  in 
his  behalf,  he  euntled  to  a  copy  of  the 
sentence  and  proceedings  of  such  court- 
martial. 

Art.  91.  In  cases  where  a  general  or 
commanding  officer  may  order  a  court  of 
inquiry  to  examine  into 'the  nature  of  any 
transaction,  accusation,  or  imputation 
against  any  officer  or  soldier,  the  said 
court  shall  consist  of  one  or  more  officers, 
not  exceeding  three,  arid  a  jude;e  advocate, 
or  other  suitable  person  as  a  recorder,  to 
reduce  the  proceedings  and  evidence  to 
writing,  all  of  whom  shall  be  sworn  to 
the  faithful  performance  of  their  duty. 
This  court  shall  have  the  same  power  to 
summon  witnesses  as  a  court-martial,  and 
to  examine  them  on  oath.  But  they  shall 
not  give  their  opinion  on  the  merits  of  the 
casj,  excepting  they  shall  be  thereto  spe- 
cially required.  The  parties  accused  shall 
also  be  permitted  to  cross  examine  and  in 
terrogate  the  witnesses,  so  as  to  inves- 
tigate fully  the  circumstances  in  ques- 
tion. 

Art.  92.  The  proceedings  of  a  court  of 
Inquiry  must  be  authenticated  by  the  sig- 
natui>  of  the  recorder  and  the  president, 
and  dd'.ver.-d  to  the  commanding  officer  : 
and  the  said  proceedii.gs  may  be  admitted 
as  evidence  by  a  court  martial,  in  cases 
not  c-pital,  or  extending  to  the  dismission 
of  an  officer,  provided  that  the  circum- 
stances are  such,  that  oral  testimony  can- 
not be  obtaired.  But  as  courts  of  inquiry 
may  be  perver  ed  to  dishonorable  pur- 
poses, and  may  be  considered  as  engines  of 
destruction  to  military  merit,  in  the  hands 
of  weak  and  envious  commandants,  they 
are  hereby  prohibited,  unless  directed  by 
the  resident  of  the  United  States,  or  de- 
manded by  the  accused. 

Art.  93.  The  judge  advocate,  or  re- 
corder, shall  administer  to  the  members 
the  following  oath : 

*'  You  shall  well  and  truly  examine 
and  inquire,  according  to  your  evidence, 
into  the  matter  now  before  you,  without 
paitiality,  favor,  affection,  prejudice,  or 
hope  of  reward  :  So  help  you  God." 

After  which  the  president  shall  admin- 


ister to  the  judge  advocate,  or  recorder, 
the  following  oath  : 

'*  You  A.  B  do  swear  that  you  will, 
according  to  your  best  abilities,  accurately 
and  impartially  record  the  proceedings  of 
the  court,  and  the  evidence  to  be  given 
in  the  case  in  hearing :  So  help  you 
Cod  " 

The  witnesses  shall  take  the  same  oath 
as  witnesses  sworn  before  a  court-mar- 
tial. 

Art.  94.  When  any  commissioned  offi- 
cer shall  die  or  be  killed  in  the  service  of 
the  United  States,  the  major  of  the  regi- 
ment, or  the  officer  doing  the  major's  duty 
in  his  absence,  or  in  any  post  or  garrison, 
the  second  officer  in  commai  d,  or  the  as- 
sistant military  agent,  shall  immediately 
secure  all  his  effects  or  equipage,  then  in 
camp  or  quarters,  and  shall  make  an  in- 
ve  .tory  thereof,  and  forthwith  transmit 
the  same  to  the  office  of  the  department 
of  war,  to  -he  end  that  his  executors  or 
administrators  may  Deceive  the  same. 

Art.  95.  Wnen  any  non-commissioned 
officer,  or  soldier,  shall  die,  or  be  killed  in 
the  service  of  the  United  States,  the  then 
commanding  officer  of  the  troop,  or  com- 
pany, shall,  in  tHe  presence  of  two  other 
commissioned  officers,  take  an  account  of 
what  effects  he  died  possessed  of,  above 
his  arms  and  accoutrements,  and  trans- 
mit the  same  to  the  office  of  the  depart- 
ment of  war;  which  said  effects  are  to 
be  accounted  for,  and  paid  to  the  repre- 
sentatives of  such  deceased  non-commis- 
sioned officer  or  soldier  And  in  case  any 
of  the  officers,  so  authorised  to  take  care  of 
the  effects  of  deceased  officers  and  soldiers, 
should,  before  they  have  accounted  to 
their  representatives  fo  the  same,  have 
occasion  to  leave  the  regiment,  or  post,  by 
preferment  orotherwise,  taey  shail,  before 
they  be  permitted  to  quit  the  same,  depo- 
sit in  the  hands  of  the  commanding  officer, 
or  of  the  assistant;  military  agenr,  all  the 
effects  of  such  deceased  non-commission- 
ed offkers  and  soldiers,  in  order  that  the 
same  may  be  secured  for,  and  paid  to,  their 
respective  representatives. 

Art.  96  All  officers,  conductors,  gun- 
ners, matrosses,  drivers,  or  other  persons 
whatsoever,  receiving  pay  or  hire  in  the 
service  of  the  artillery  or  corps  of  engineers 
of  the  United  States,  shall  be  governed  by 
the  aforesaid  rules  and  articles,  and  shall 
be  subject  to  be  tried  by  courts-martial, 
in  like  manner  with  the  officers  and  sol- 
diers of  the  other  troops  in  the  service  of 
the  United  States. 

Art.  97.  The  officers  and  soldiers  of 
any  troops,  whether  militia  or  others,  be- 
ing mustered  and  in  pay  of  the  United 
States,  shall,  at  all  times,  and  inall  places, 
when  joined  or  acting  in  conjunction  with 
the  regular  forces  of  the  United  States,  be 
governed  by  these  rules  and  articles  of 
war,  and  shall  be  subject  to  be  tried  by 
courts-martial,  in  like  manner  with  the 
officers  and  soldiers  in  the  regular  forces, 


333 


L  A 


LEA 


save  only  that  such  courts-martial  shall  be 
composed  entirely  of  militia  officers. 

Art.  98.  All  officers,  serving  by  com- 
mission from  the  authority  of  any  particu-  j 
lar  state,  shall  on  all  detachments,  courts-: 
martial,  or  other  duty,  wherein  they  may! 
be  employed  in  conjunction  with  the  re- 
gular forces  of  the  United  States,  take 
rank,,  next  after  all  officers  of  the  like 
grade  in  said  regular  forces,  notwithstand- 
ing the  commissions  of  such  militia  or 
state  officers  may  be  elder  than  the  com- 
missions of  the  officers  of  the  regular  forces 
of  the  United  States. 

Art.  99.  Ail  crimes  not  capital,  and 
all  disorders  and  neglects  which  officers 
and  soldiers  may  be  guilty  of,  to  the  pre- 
judice of  good  order  and  military  disci- 
pline, though  not  mentioned  in  the  fore- 
going articles  of  war,  are  to  be  taken  cog- 
nizance of  by  a  general  or  regimental  court- 
martial,  according  to  the  naiureand  degree 
of  the  offence,  and  be  punished  at  their 
discretion. 

Art.  ico.  The  president  of  the  United 
States,  shall  have  power  to  prescribe  the 
uniform  of  the  army. 

Art.  101.  The  foregoing  articles  are  to 
be  read  and  published  once  in  every  six 
months,  to  every  garrison,  regiment,  troop 
or  company,  mustered  or  to  be  mustered 
in  the  service  of  the  United  States,  and 
are  to  be  duly  observed  and  obeyed,  by  all 
officers  and  soldiers  who  are  or  shall  be  in 
$a:d  ser  ice. 

'  Sec.  II.  That  in  time  of  war  all  per- 
sons not  citizens  of.  or  owing  allegiance  to 
the  United  States  of  America,  who  shall 
be  found  lurking  as  spies,  in  or  about  the 
fortifications  or  encampments  of  thearmies 
of  the  United  States,  or  any  of  them,  shall 
suffer  death,  according  to  the  law  and 
usage  of  nations,  by  sentence  of  a  general 
court-martial. 

Sec.  II I .  That  the  rules  and  regulations, 
by  which  the  armies  of  the  United  States 
have  heretofore  been  governed,  and  the  re- 
solves of  congress  thereunto  annexed,  and 
respecting  the  same,  shall  henceforth  be 
void  and  of  no  effect,  except  so  far  as  may 
relate  to  any  transactions  under  them, 
prior  to  the  promulgation  of  this  act,  at 
the  several  posts  and  garrisons  respective- 
ly, occupied  by  any  part  of  the  army  of 
the  United  States. 

LAY.  To  lay  doivn,  implies  to  resign, 
as,  the  enemy  laid  down  their  arms ;  he 
means  to  lay  down  his  commission. — To 
lay  for,  is  to  attempt  something  by  am- 
buscade. 

LAZARET,  Fr.  those  large  houses 
are  so  called  which  are  built  in  the 
neighborhood  of  some  sea- ports  belonging 
to  the  Levant,  for  the  purpose  of  lodging 
the  people  that  are  ordered  to  perform 
quarantine. 

LAZARETTO,  the  same  as  lazaret. 

LAZARUS,  )  a  military  order  insti- 

LAZARO,  $  tuted  at  Jerusalem  by 
the  Christians  of  the  west,  when  they 
were  masters  of  the  Holy- Land,  who  re- 


ceived pilgrims  under  their  care  and 
guarded  them  on  the  roads  from  the  in- 
sults of  the  Mahomedans.  This  order 
was  instituted  in  the  year  1119,  and  con- 
firmed by  a  bull  of  Pope  Alexander  IV. 
in  1255,  who  gave  it  the  rule  of  St. 
Augustine. 

LEAD,  a  metal  well  -known.  It  is 
employed  for  various  mechanical  uses;  as 
in  tnin  sheets  for  covering  buildings,  for 
pipes,  pumps,  shot,  bullets,  windows,  for 
securing  iron  bars  in  hard  stones,  for  sun- 
dry kinds  of  large  vessels  for  evaporation, 
and  many  other  purposes. 

LEADER.     See  COMMANDER. 

File  LEADER,  the  front  man  of  a  bat- 
talion or  company,  standing  two  or  three 
deep. 

LEADING-COLUMN,  the  first  co- 
lumn that  advances  from  the  right,  left, 
or  centre  of  an  army  or  battalion. 

LEADING-FILE,  the  first  men  of  a 
battalion  or  company,  that  march  from 
right,  left,  or  centre,  in  files. 

Flank  LEADING-FILE,  the  first  man 
on  the  right,  and  the  last  man  on  the  left 
of  a  battalion,  company,  or  section,  are 
so  called. 

Centre  LEADING-FILE,  the  last  man  of 
the  right  centre  company,  division,  or 
section ;  and  the  first  man  of  the  left 
centre  company,  division,  or  section,  are 
so  called,  when  the  line  files  from  the 
centre  to  the  front  or  rear.  At  close  order, 
the  colors  stand  between  them. 

LEAGUE,  in  military  history,  a  mea- 
sure of  length,  containing  more  or  less 
geometrical  paces,  according  to  the  dif- 
ferent tisages  and  customs  of  countries. 
A  league  at  sea,  where  it  is  chiefly  used 
by  us,  being  a  land  measure  mostly  pe- 
culiar to  the  French  and  Germans,  con- 
tains 3000  geometrical  paces,  or  3  English 
miles. 

The  French  league  sometimes  contain1: 
the  same  measure,  and,  in  some  parts  of 
France,  it  consists  of  3500  paces:  the 
mean  or  common  league  consists  of  2400 
paces,  and  the  little  league  of  2000.  The 
Spanish  leagues  are  larger  than  the  French, 
17  Spanish  leagues  making  a  degree,  or  20 
trench  leagues,  or 69  1-2  English  statute 
miles.  The  German  and  Dutch  leagues 
contain  each  4  geographical  miles.  The 
Persian  leagues ;  re  pretty  near  of  the  same 
extent  with  the  Spanish;  that  is,  they 
are  equal  to  4  Italian  miles,  which  is  pret- 
ty near  to  what  Herodotus  calls  the 
length  of  the  Persian  parasang,  which  con- 
tainec'i  30  stadia,  8  whereof,  according  to 
Strabo,  make  a  mile.  See  MEASURE. 

LEAGUE  also  denotes  an  alliance  or 
confederacy  between  princes  and  states 
for  their  mutual  aid,  either  in  attacking 
some  common  enemy,  or  in  defending 
themselves. 

LEAVE,  indulgence,  licence,  liberty. 

LEAVE  of  absence,  a  permission  which 
is  granted  to  officers,  non-commissioned 
officers,  and  soldiers,  to  be  absent  from 
camp  or  quarters  for  any  specific  period. 


LEG 


LEG 


333 


General  LEAVE,  an  indulgence  which 
is  annually  granted  on  home  service,  by 
the  commander  in  chief,  to  a  certain  pro- 
portion of  the  army,  to  be  absent  from 
military  duty.  This  generally  occurs  in 
the  winter  months,  and  ends  on  the  loth 
of  March,  and  in  time  of  peace  only. 

LECTURES.  Lectures  are  read  at 
the  British  establishment  at  Woolwich  to 
the  officers  of  artillery,  and  engineers,  and 
cadets,  on  chemistry :  lectures  upon  to- 
pography and  upon  other  essential  parts 
of  military  science  are  given  at  High 
Wycombe  :  British  colleges. 

LEEKUK,  bid.  a  secretary  or  writer. 

LEFT  gii-efoint.    See  SWORD-£XER- 

VISE. 

LEFT  protect.  See  SWORD-EXER- 
CISE. 

To  put  on  the  LEG,  among  cavalry,  is 
to  press  the  inside  of  the  toot  and  leg 
against  the  horse's  flank.  It  is  always 
used  in  passaging  to  direct  the  horse 
which  way  to  passage,  and  again  on  the 
opposite  flank  to  stop  him  after  he  has 
passaged  to  his  place. 

LEGATUS,  in  Roman  antiquity,  a  mi- 
litary officer  who  commanded  as  deputy 
of  the  chief  general. 

Kennett,  in  his  Antiquities,  observes, 
that  the  design  of  the  legati,  at  their  first 
institution,  was  not  so  much  to  command 
as  to  advise.  The  senate  selecting  some 
of  the  oldest  and  most  prudent  members 
to  assist  the  general  in  his  councils. 

Dionysius  calls  this  the  most  honora- 
ble and  sacred  office  among  the  Romans, 
bearing  not  only  the  authority  of  a  com- 
mander, but  with  all,  the  sanctity  and 
veneration  of  a  priest. 

Under  the  emperors  there  were  two 
sorts  of  Ii'gat;,  consnlares  andprtetorii ;  the 
first  of  which  commanded  the  whole 
armies,  as  the  emperor's  lieutenant  ge- 
nerals, and  the  other  only  particular  le- 
gions. 

Machiavcl  highly  extols  the  wisdom  of 
the  Romans,  in  allowing  their  generals 
xmliniited  commissions. 

LEGER.  This  word  although  it  be 
not  strictly  military,  is  in  some  degree 
connected  with  the  profession,  as  diplo- 
macy is  not  wholly  foreign  to  military  ne- 
gociation.  A  leger  ambassador,  or  resi- 
dent signifies  any  person  acting  in  that 
capacity,  who  remains  stationary. 

Aftil/etit  Lcgcre,  Fr.  The'  light  or 
horse  artillery. 

Ca-valcrie  Ltgtre,   Fr.     Light  horse. 

U»  Chcval  Itgct  a  la  m>rix,  Fr.  A  horse 
which  is  easily  managed,  or  is  not  hard 
mouthed. 

Troupes  LtgJrefj  Fr.  Light  troops,  or 
such  as  act  in  desultory  warfare. 

LEGION,  in  Roman  antiquity ,  a  body 
of  foot,  which  consisted  of  ten  cohorts, 
or  5000 men. 

The  exact  number  contained  in  a  legion, 
was  hxcd  by  Romulus  at  3000;  though 
Plutarch  assures  us,  that,  after  the  recep- 
tion of  the  Sabiucs  into  Rome,  lie  i 


ed  it  to  6000.  The  common  number  af- 
terwards, in  the  first  times  of  the  free 
state,  was  4000  ;  but  in  the  war  with 
Hannibal,  it  rose  to  5000;  and  after  that, 
t  is  probable  that  it  sunk  again  to  4100, 
which  was  the  number  in  the  time  of 
Pplybius. 

In  the  age  of  Julius  Caesar,  we  do  not 
find  any  legions  exceeding  the  Polybian 
number  of  men ;  and  he  himself  express- 
ly speaks  of  two  legions,  that  did  not 
make  above  700*  between  them.  (Com- 
mentar.  lib.  5.) 

The  number  of  legions  kept  in  pay  to- 
gether was  different,  according  to  the  va- 
rious times  and  occasions.  During  the 
free  state,  four  legions  were  commonly 
fitted  up  every  year,  and  divided  between 
the  consuls  :  yet  in  cases  of  necessity,  we 
sometimes  meet  with  no  less  than  16  or 
1 8  in  Livy. 

Augustus  maintained  a  standing  army 
of  23  (or  as  some  will  have  it]  of  25  le- 
gions ;  but  in  aftertimes  we  seldom  find 
so  many. 

They  borrowed  their  names  from  the 
order  in  which  they  were  raised,  as 
prhna,  secunJa,  tcrtia,  &c.  but  because  it 
usually  happened,  thar  there  were  several 
prima-,  secundte^  £c.  in  several  places, 
upon  that  account  they  took  a  sort  of 
surname  besides,  either  from  the  empe- 
rors who  first  constituted  them,  as  Au- 
gusta, Claudiana,  Galbiana,  Flavia,  Ul- 
pia,  Trajana,  Antoriiana,  or  from  the  pro-, 
vinces  which  had  been  conquered  chiefly 
by  theii  valor,  asParthica,  Scythica,Gal- 
lica,  Arabica,  fee.  or  from  the  names  of 
the  particular  deities  for  whom  their  com- 
manders had  an  especial  honor,  as  Miner- 
viaand  Appollinaris  ;  or  from  the  region 
where  they  had  their  quarters,  as  Creten- 
sis,  Cyreniiica,  Britannica,  &c.  or  some- 
times upon  account  of  the  lesser  acci- 
dents, as  Adjutrix,  Martia,  Fulminatrix, 
Rapax,  &c. 

The  whole  Roman  infantry,  which  was 
divided  into  four  sorts,  Vclites,  Hastati, 
Principes,  and  Triarii,  consisted  of  Mani- 
puli,  Cohorts,  and  Legions.  So  that  le- 
gion was  considered  as  the  largest  estab- 
lishment for  foot  soldiers.  Sec  Kennett's 
Ant.  of  Rome,  pages  190,191. 

Marshal  Saxe  has  written  at  some 
length,  respecting  legion. 

LEG  i  OK,  in  a  general  acceptation  of  the 
term,  signifies  any  laive  body  of  men. 
In  a  more  confined  one  among  the  mo- 
derns, it  applies  to  a  specific  number  o; 
horse  and  toot,  who  are  distinguished  bv 
thut  nanu •,  and  do  duty  with  the  rest  of 
the  army.  Such  for  instance  was  the 
British  legion  which  served  in  America  ; 
and  of  this  description  were  the  Polish  and* 
Beigic  legions,  that  formed  part  of  tlv 
French  army  in  the  early  part  of  the  re- 
volution. The  French  armies  now  form 
corps  d'armic,  which  are  in  fact  legions  ; 
and  of  20  to  30,000  men  each. 

LEGIONARY,  any  thing  appertain- 


334 


LET 


LET 


Ing  to  a  legion,  or  containing  an  indefinite 
.number. 

LEGUMES,  Fr.  vegetables,  roots, 
grain,  &c.  Every  species  of  subsistence, 
which  under  the  old  government  of  France, 
was  not  provided  for  the  troops  by  direct 
instructions  from  the  war  office,  and  at  the 
expence  of  the  public,  was  called  legumes. 
Subsistence  of  this  sort,  however,  may 
more  properly  be  called  that  diet  which 
soldiers  got  for  themselves  in  foreign  coun- 
tries during  actual  hostilities. 

Legumes y  or  vegetable  food,  &c.  was 
classed  under  two  specific  heads.  That 
which  grew  in  consequence  of  the  ground 
having  been  tilled  and  sowed,  and  that 
which  rose  spontaneously  from  the  earth. 
Beans,  peas,  carrots,  &c  may  be  consi- 
dered as  belonging  to  the  first  class,  and 
those  herbs  or  wild  roots  which  have 
been  cultivated  in  gardens,  or  are  to  be 
found  i:i  woods,  &c.  may  come  under  the 
second.  The  latter  sort,  indeed,  was 
frequently  resorted  to  by  the  soldier  in  or- 
der to  give  a  seasoning  to  his  mess.  Par- 
ties under  the  command  of  subaltern  of- 
ficers were  permitted  to  accompany  the 
foragers  for  the  purpose  of  procuring  this 
wholesome  and  pleasant  addition  to  the  re- 
gulated subsistence  ;  anu  when  then  were 
not  any  foraging  days,  soldiers  were  per- 
mitted to  gather  roots  and  vegetables 
within  the  limits  of  the  outermost  house 
or  vedette  quarters,  or  of  the  regular  out- 
posts of  the  infantry. 

To  LENGTHEN  oat,  in  a  military 
sense,  means  to  stride  out. 

To  LENGTHEN  the  step,  to  take  more 
than  the  prescribed  pace. 

LESKAR,  the  camp  of  the  great 
Mogul. 

To  LET  in,  to  admit ;  as  he  Set  some  of 
the  enemy's  advanced  parties  in,  or  into 
the  camp,  &c. 

To  LET  off,  to  discharge. 

To  LET  off  a  pistof  or  musquet,  to  fire 
either  of  those  fire  arms. 

L  E  TTE  R  of  mark,      ?  a  letter  granted 

LETTER  cj ( marque,  $  to  a  ship  captain 
jmpowering  him  to  make  reprisals  for 
wha,t  was  formerly  taken  from  him,  by 
ships  of  another  state,  contrary  to  the  law 
of  mart.  See  M  A  R  Q  u  E  . 

LETTER  of  mar  A,  a.  commission  granted 
the  commander  of  a  merchant  ship  or 
privateer,  to  cruise  against,  and  make 
prizes  of  the  enemy's  ships  and  vessels, 
either  at  sea,  or  in  their  harbors. 

LETTER  of  service,  a  written  order  or 
authority  issued  by  the  secretary  at  war, 
empowering  any  officer  or  individual  to 
raise  a  given  body  of  men  to  serve  as  sol- 
diers, within  a  certain  time,  and  on  special 
conditions. 

LETTER,  in  its  general  acceptation>  a 
character  such  as  forms  the  alphabet, 
or  any  thing  written,  such  as  an  epistle, 
&c. 

LETTER  of  attorney,  an  instrument  in 
writing,  authorizing  an  attorney,  or  any 
confidential  person,  to  take  the  affairs  of 


another  in  trust.  A  letter  or  power  of 
attorney  is  necessary  to  em  power  a  persoa 
to  receive  the  half-pay  of  an  officer.  This 
should  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate 
sworn  to  by  the  officer  before  some  ma- 
gistrate or  justice  of  the  peace. 

LETTER  of  credit,  a  letter  which  is 
given  from  one  merchant  or  banker  to 
another,  in  favor  of  a  third  person,  ena- 
bling the  latter  to  take  up  money  to  a  cer- 
tain amount.  Sometimes  a  letter  of 
credit  is  given  without  any  specific  limi- 
tation. 

LETTER  of  licence,  a  deed  signed  and 
sealed  by  the  creditors  of  a  man,  by  which 
he  is  allowed  a  given  period  to  enable  him 
to  discharge  his  debts  by  instalments,  or 
by  a  certain  proportion  in  the  pound. 

LETTER-WC#,  certain  pensioners  be- 
longing to  Chelsea  hospital, are  so  called. 

LETTON,  Fr.   a  metal  com, >osed  of 
molten  copper,  called  rosette, 
calaminarh,  or  zinc.     This  is  brass 

LETTON  is  used  in  cannon- foundries. 
The  best  practical  mode  of  digesting  and 
mixing  the  materials,  is  to  put  n  or 
12,000  weignt  of  metal,  10,000  weight  of 
rosette,  or  molten  copper,  900  pounds  of 
tin,  and  600  pounds  of  letton.  There  are 
various  opinions  respecting  the  mixture 
of  these  several  ingredients. 

LETTRE  circulate,  Fr.  a  circular  let, 
ter. 

1. IT: -TRV.de  cachet,  Fr.  an  infamous  state 
paper,  which  existed  before  the  French  re- 
volution, differing  in  this  essential  point 
from  an  order  of  the  British  privy  coun- 
cil, that  the  former  was  sealed,  and  the 
person  upon  whom  it  was  served,  carried 
into  confinement  without  even  seeing  the 
authority  by  which  he  was  hurried  off  in 
so  peremptory  a  manner,  or  bein^  tried 
afterwards  for  any  specific  offence; 
whereas  the  latter  is  an  open  warrant, 
which,  (except  when  peculiar  circum- 
stances occasions  a  suspension  of  the 
habeas  corpus  act,)  has  its  object  closely 
investigated  before  a  jury.  The  French 
lettre  de  cachet  was  written  by  the  king, 
countersigned  by  one  of  his  principal 
secretaries  of  state,  and  sealed  with  the 
royal  signet. 

LETT  RES  de  service,  Fr.  See  LET- 
TERS of  service. 

LETTRES  de  passe,  Fr.  a  paper  signed 
by  the  kings  of  France,  authorizing  an 
officer  to  exchange  from  one  regiment  into 
another 

LETTRE  de  crcance,  ou  qui  portecreance, 
Fr.  A  letter  of  credit.  It  likewise  sig- 
nifies the  credentials  which  an  ambas- 
sador presents  from  his  government  to  a 
foreign  court. 

"LiTrmderecriance,  Fr.  a  letter  which 
an  ambassador  receives  from  his  govern- 
ment, by  which  he  is  recalled  from  a  fo- 
reign court. 

LETTRES  en  cbifre,  Fr.  Cyphers. 
Baron  Espagnac  in  the  continuation  of  his 
Essai  sur  I 'operation  de  la  guerre,  torn.  I, 
page  269,  gives  the  following  instructions 


LEV 


LEV 


335 


relative  to  this  acquirement.  He  observes 
that  writing  in  cypher  may  be  practised  in 
two  different  ways.  First  by  means  of  dis- 
tilled vinegar,  which  is  boiled  with  silver 
litharge,  one  ounce  of  the  latter  to  a  pint 
of  the  former.  When  this  mixture  has 
stood  some  time,  it  must  be  carefully 
poured  off  from  the.  sediment,  and  it  will 
appear  as  clear  as  rock  water.  Intelli- 
gence or  information  may  be  conveyed  by 
writing  with  this  water  in  the  blank 
spaces  of  an  ordinary  letter,  on  wrapping 
paper,  or  on  the  blank  leaves  of  a  book. 
The  instant  the  writing  dries,  not  the 
least  trace  appears  of  what  has  been  mark- 
ed. To  render  the  writing  legible,  you 
must  make  use  of  a  water  in  which 
quick  lime  has  been  dissolved  with  a  mix- 
ture of  orpiment.  This  water  is  as  clear 
as  rock  water;  and  if  you  steep  a  sheet  of 
paper  in  it,  and  lay  it  upon  the  letter, 
book,  &c  on  which  any  thing  has  been 
written,  the  different  characters  will  in- 
stantly  appear. 

The  first  of  these  distilled  liquids  is  so 
powerful  and  searching,  that  by  putting 
the  written  letter  upon  several  other 
sheets  of  paper,  after  having  rubbed  the 
top  sheet  with  the  second  water,  the 
writting  will  be  clearly  seen  in  almost  all 
of  thern.  The  same  circumstance  will 
occur,  if  you  rub  the  leaf  of  a  book  or 
any  piece  of  paper  which  you  may  spread 
upon  it.  These  waters,  especially  the 
last,  should  be  kept  in  bottles  that  are 
well  corked  up,  to  prevent  the  spirituous 
particles  from  evaporating.  A  fresh  com- 
position must,  indeed,  be  made,  if  theold 
one  should  seem  wtakentd.  The  letters 
that  are  written  must  likewise  be  care- 
fully penned,  and  kept  free  from  blots, 
&c.  The  paper  must  not  be  turned,  nor 
rubbed  with  the  hand  until  the  writing  be 
thoroughly  dry.  This  is  the  author's 
first  proposed  mode  of  writing  in  cyphers, 
the  second  may  be  seen  in  page  270  of  the 
work  already  quoted. 

LF.TTRES  de  rcpresailles,  Fr.  Repri- 
sals. See  LETTERS  of  marque. 

LETTRES  de  satite,  patentee  dc  sanfe  Fr. 
letters  of  health. 

LEVANT,  the  countries  bordering 
upon  the  Mediterranean  are  so  called.  It 
appears  to  be  derived  from  le  vent,  the 
wind,  or  country  to  windward,  in  rela- 
tion to  Italy. 

LF.VANTIN,  Fr.  A  word  generally 
used  among  the  French  to  distinguish 
any  person  from  the  Levant. 

LEVANTINE  nations  *  (Nations  Le- 
vantines,  Fr.)  Nations  belonging  to  the 
East,  or  to  those  countries  which  border 
on  the  Mediterranean.  The  French  like- 
wise say,  Peuples  Levantines. 

LEVANTIS,  Fr.  The  soldiers  be- 
longing to  the  Turkish  gallies  are  so  call- 
ed. 

LEVEE  destroupes,  Fr.     See  LEVY. 

LEVEE  en  Masse,  Fr.  a  general  rising  of 
the  people  of  any  country,  either  for  the 


purposes  of  self  defence,  or  to  answer  the 
intentions  of  its  governing  powers. 

LEVEE  d'une  siege ,  Fr.  The  raising  of 
a  siege.  See  SIEGE. 

LEVEL,  an  instrument  to  draw  a  line 
parallel  to  the  horizon,  whereby  the  dif- 
ference of  ascent  or  descent  between  se- 
veral places  may  be  found,  for  conveying 
water,  draining  fens,  &c. 

ytf/V- LEVEL,  that  which  shews  the line 
of  level  by  means  of  a  bubble  of  air,  in- 
closed with  some  liquor  in  a  ^lass  tube  of 
an  indeterminate  length  and  thickness, 
whose  two  ends  are  hermetically  sealed. 
When  the  bubble  fixes  itself  at  a  certain 
mark,  made  exactly  in  the  centre  of  the 
tube,  the  plane  or  ruler  wherein  it  is  fixed 
is  level ;  when  it  is  not  level,  the  bubble 
will  rise  to  one  end.  This  glass  tube 
may  be  set  in  another  of  brass,  having  an 
aperture  in  the  middle,  whence  the  bub- 
ble of  air  may  be  observed.  There  is  one 
of  these  instruments  with  sights,  being 
an  improvement  upon  the  last  described, 
which  by  the  addition  of  more  apparatus, 
becomes  more  commodious  and  exact :  ;r 
consists  of  an  air-level  about  e.ght  inches 
long,  and  7  or  8  lines  in  diameter,  set  in  d 
brass  tube,  with  an  aperture  in  the  mid- 
dle :  the  tubes  are  carried  in  a  strong 
straight  ruler,  a  foot  long,  at  whose  ends 
are  fixed  two  sights,  exactly  perpendicu- 
lar to  the  tubes,  and  of  an  equal  he  ght, 
having  a  square  hole,  formed  by  two  fil- 
lets of  brass  crossing  each  other  at  right 
angles,  in  the  middle  whereof  is  drilled  a 
very  little  hole,  through  which  a  pointon 
a  level  with  the  instrument  is  described  : 
the  brass  tube  is  fastened  on  the  ruler  by 
means  of  two  screws,  one  whereof  serves 
to  raise  or  depress  the  tube  at  pleasure, 
for  bringing  it  towards  a  level.  The  top 
of  the  ball  and  socket  is  riveted  to  a  little 
ruler  that  springs,  one  end  whereof  is 
fastened  with  screws  to  the  great  ruler, 
and  at  the  other  end  is  a  screw  serving  to 
raise  and  depress  the  instrument  when 
nearly  level. 

Artillery  foct-Ls.v  VL,  is  in  form  of  a 
square,  having  its  two  branches  or  lev. s  or" 
an  equal  length,  at  the  angle  of  which  is 
a  small  hole,  whence  hang  a  line  and  plum- 
met, playing  on  a  perpendicular  line  in 
the  middle  of  a  quadrant:  it  is  divided 
into  twice  45  degrees  from  the  middle. 

Gunner's-LEVc-i.,  for  levelling  pieces  of 
artillery,  consists  of  a  triangular  brass 
plate,  about  4  inches,  at  the  bottom  of 
which  is  a  portion  of  a  circle  divided  into 
45  degrees ;  which  angle  is  sufficient  tor 
the  highest  elevation  of  cannons,  mor- 
tars, and  howitzers,  and  for  giving  shot 
and  shells  thegreatest  range  :  on  the  cen- 
tre of  this  segment  of  a  circle  is  screwed  a 
piece  of  brass,  by  means  of  which  it  may 
be  fixed  or  screwed  at  pleasure;  the  end 
of  this  piece  of  brass  is  made  so  as  to  serve 
for  a  plummet  and  index,  in  order  to  shev/ 
the  different  degrees  of  elevation  of  piece,; 
of  artillery.  This  instrument  has  also  n 
brasis  foot,  to  set  upon  cannon  or  mortars, 


336 


LEV 


LEV 


so  that  when  these  pieces  are  horizontal, 
the  instrument  will  be  perpendicular. 
The  foot  of  this  instrument  is  to  be  plac- 
td  on  the  piece  to  be  elevated,  in  such  a 
manner,  as  that  the  point  of  the  plummet 
may  fall  on  the  proper  decree,  &c. 

The  most  curious  instrument  for  the 
Use  of  the  artillerist,  was  lately  invented 
by  the  very  ingenious  colonel  Congreve, 
of  the  British  artillery  ;  having.the  follow- 
ing qualifications,  viz.  i.  It  will  find  the 
inclination  of  any  plane,  whether  above  or 
below  the  horizon.  2.  By  applying  it 
either  to  the  cylinder,  or  o'utside  of  any 
piece  of  ordnance,  angles  of  elevation  or 
depression  may  be  given  to  the  6oth  part 
of  a  degree,  with  less  trsuble  than  the 
common  gunner's  quadrant,  which  only 
giv*s  to  the  4th  part  of  a  decree.  3.  It 
•will  give  the  line  of  direction  for  laying 
either  guns  or  moriars  to  an  object  above 
or  below  the  horizon.  4.  It  will  rind  the 
centre  of  metals  of  any  piece  of  ordnance. 
:,  With  it,  a  point  may  he  found  in  the 
rear  of  a  mortar-bed,  in  the  vc-rticle  plane 
of  the  mortar's  axis ;  consequently  a 
ioneer  line  of  sight  is  given  for  directing 
them  to  the  object  than  the  usuai  way. 
(j.  1  t  answers  all  the  purposes  of  a  pair  of 
callipers,  with  the  advantage  of  knowing 
{to  the  tooth  part  of  an  inch)  diameters, 
whether  concave  or  convex,  without  the 
trouble  of  laying  the  claws  upon  a  diagonal 
scale.  7.  On  the  sides  of  the  instru- 
ment are  the  following  lines,  viz.  equal 
parts,  solids,  plains,  and  polygons,  loga- 
rithms,  tangents,  versed  sines,  and  num- 
bers, plotting  scales,  and  diagonal  scale  of 
inches  for  cutting  fuzes  by.  8.  In  the 
"  d  of  the  instrument-case  is  a  pendulum 
10  vibrate  half  seconds  It  is  likewise  of 
lar  use  in  surveying  ;  as,  i.  It  takes 
horizontal  angles  to  the  6oth  part  of  a  de- 

free.     2.  Vertical  angles.     3.  Levels.    4. 
olves  right  cngled  plane  triangles.     5. 
Oblique-angled  plane  triangles.     6.  An- 
?.Il  the  purposes  of  a  protractor, 
•\\c  advantage  of  laying  down  anglss 
:ken .in  the  field.     N.   B.cap- 
"  ordane's  ingenious  instrument  an- 
nearly  the  same  purposes. 

rv£L.     See  AIR  LEVEL. 
By  the  term  feve/  is  also  to  be  under- 
stood the  line  of  direction  in  which  any 
missive  weapon  is  aimed. 

LEVELLING,  the  finding  a  line  pa- 
rallel to  the  horizon  at  one  or  more  sta- 
tions, and  so  to  determine  the  height  of 
one  place  in  regard  to  another. 

A  truly  level  surface  is  a  segment  of  any 
spherical  substance,  which  is  concentric 
to  the  globe  of  the  earth.  A  true  line  of 
kvel  is  an  arch  of  a  great  circle  which  is 
imagined  to  be  described  upon  a  true  level 
surrac?. 

The  apparent  level  is  a  straight  line 
drawn  tangent  to  an  arch  or  line  of  true 
level.  Every  point  of  the  apparent  level 
except  the  point  of  contact,  is  higher  than 
the  true  level. 
The  common,  methods  of  levelling  are 


sufficient  for  laying  pavements  of  walks, 
for  conveying  water  to  small  distances, 
for  placing  horizontal  dials,  or  astronomi- 
cal instruments ;  but  in  levelling  the  bot- 
toms of  canals  or  ditches  in  a  fortification, 
which  are  to  convey  water  to  the  distance 
of  many  miles,  the  difference  between 
the  apparent  and  true  level  must  be  taken 
into  the  account. 

Dr.  Halley  suggests  a  method  of  level- 
ling, which  is  performed  wholly  by  the 
barometer,  in  which  the  mercury  is  found 
to  be  suspended  to  so  much  the  less 
height,  as  the  place  is  more  remote  from, 
the  centre  of  the  earth.  Hence  it  follows, 
that  the  different  height  of  the  mercury 
in  rwo  places  gives  the  difference  ^f  level. 

Mr.  Derham,  from  some  observations 
at  the  top  and  bottom  of  the  monument 
in  London,  found  that  the  mercury  fd> 
i-ioth  of  an  inch  .-t  every  82  feet  of  per- 
pendicular ascent,  when  the  mercury  was 
at  30  inches.  Dr.  Hailey  allows  of  i-joth 
of  an  inch  for  every  30  yards ;  and  con- 
sidering how  accurately  barometers  are 
now  made,  we  think  this  method  Suffi- 
ciently exact  to  take  levels  for  the  con- 
veyance of  water,  or  any  other  military 
purposes,  and  indeed  less  liable  to  errors 
than  the  common  levels.  Mr.  Derham 
also  found  a  difference  of  3  inches  8- loths 
between  the  height  of  the  mercury  at  the 
top  and  bottom  of  Snowdonhiil  in  Wales. 

For  the  common  occasions  of  levelling, 
set  a  pole  upright  in  a  spring,  pond,  &c. 
and  mark  how  many  feet  and  inches  arc 
above  water;  then  set  up  another  pole  of 
equal  length  with  the  other,  in  the  place 
to  which  the  water  is  to  come.  Place  the 
centre  of  a  quadrant  on  the  top  of  this 
last  pole,  the  plummet  hanging  free ;  spy 
through  the  sights  at  the  top  of  the  pole  in 
the  water,  and  if  the  thread  cuts  my  de- 
gree of  the  quadrant,  the  water  may  be 
conveyed  by  a  pipe  laid  in  the  earth.  If 
you  cannot  see  from  one  extreme  to  the 
other,  the  operation  may  be  repeated. 

'LLING. — Takie   shewing  the  dif- 
ference between  the  irue  and  afferent  level. 


DiSerence 
of  level. 

COO    ^  -J-  r~. 

^   r\    rt    -f   ~    0 

— 

"-rt    0   C^vr 

Distance. 

—    I     CO    CNO    - 

H  -.  -r  r^. 

«* 

Difference 
of  level. 

•=,  "o"  n  "^oo  oo 

O  r-r-i-i 

10  2  t;  ^? 

Distance. 

i,^--. 

,o  -t.no 

Ditference 

£  *~~  ~ 

ot  level. 

'.  rl-3-  «y> 

w-sc  r-~ 

Distance. 

'/•'    O    C    O    O    O 

~    0    C    c 

w^    O    —    '  •      '   -r 

0    O  O 

000 

Difference 

•§?  2 

ot  lev 

_=  o'  c  c  do 

O    HI     -    M 

Distance. 

x    O    C 
-3   0    O    C    O    0 

888§ 

c  r-oo  =N 

LEV 


LEV 


This  table  will  answer  several  useful 
purposes. 

First. — To  find  the  height  of  the  apparent 
level  above  the  true,  at  any  distance. — I  f  the 
given  distance  be  contained  in  the  table, 
the  correction  of  level  is  found  in  the 
same  line  with  it  ;  bat  if  the  exact 
distance  be  not  found  in  the  table, 
then  multiply  the  square  of  the  dis- 
tance in  yards,  by  -.57,  and  divide  by 
1,000,000,  or  cut  ofF6  places  on  the  right 
for  decimals ;  the  rest  are  inches  :  or  mul- 
tiply the  square  of  the  distance  in  miles, 
by  66  feet  4  inches,  and  divide  by  100. 

Second. — Tn  find  the  extent  oj  the  visible 
horizon,  or  ho*w  Jar  can  be  seen  from  any 
given  height i  on  a  horizontal  plane ,  at  sea, 
&c. — The  height  of  the  observer's  eye 
above  the  horizon  being  known,  the  extent 
of  his  visible  horizon  is  found  in  the 
Column  opposite,under  the  word  Distances. 

Third  — To  find  the  distance  of  any  object 
•when  it  first  comes  in  sight,  its  height  being 
kno'wn. — For  the  distance  of  any  object 
will  be  the  extent  of  the  visible  horizon 
of  the  observer,  added  to  the  visible  hori- 
zon of  the  point  he  observes.  It  is  neces- 
sary in  this  case  for  the  observer  to  know 
only  the  height  of  that  part  of  the  object 
which  is  kept  from  his  view,  by  the  cur- 
vilinear figure  of  the  globe. — Knowing  the 
distance  of  an  object,  its  height  may  be 
found  in  the  same  manner. 

If  the  height  or  distance  exceed  the 
limits  in  the  table ;  then,  first,  if  the  dis- 
tance be  given,  divide  it  by  2,  3,  or  4,  till 
the  quotient  comes  within  the  distances 
in  the  table;  then  take  out  the  height 
answering  to  the  quotient,  and  multiply  it 
by  the  square  of  the  divisor  for  the  height 
required.  But  when  the  height  ib  given, 
divide  it  by  ore  of  these  square  numbers, 
4,  9,  16,  25,  &c.  till  the  quotient  come 
within  the  limits  of  the  table,  and  mul- 
tiply the  quotient  by  the  square  root  of 
the  divisor. 

LEVELLING  staves,  instruments  used 
in  levelling,  that  carry  the  masks  to  be 
observed,  and  at  the  same  time  measure 
the  heights  of  those  marks  from  the 
ground.  These  usually  consis'.s  of  two 
wooden  square  rulers,  that  slide  over  one 
another,  and  are  divided  into  feet,  inches, 
&c. 

LEVELLING  has  two  distinct  applica- 
tions in  the  art  of  war,  in  the  one  case  it 
implies  the  reduction  of  an  uneven  sur- 
face to  that  of  a  plane,  so  that  the  works 
of  a  fortification  may  be  of  a  correspondent 
height  or  figure  throughout.  The  other 
is  the  art  of  conveying  water  from  one 
place  to  another;  in  this  process,  it  is 
found  necessary  to  make  an  allowance 
between  the  true  and  apparent  level,  or  in 
other  words,  for  the  figure  of  the  earth, 
for  the  true  level  is  not  a  straight  line, 
but  a  curve  which  fails  below  the  straight 
line  about  8  inches  in  a  rnile,  4  times  8  in 
2.  miles,  9  times  8  in  3  miles,  16  times  8 
in  4  miles,  always  increasing  vutfi  the 
square  of  the  distance. 


LEVELLING  System,  a  term  which  sines 
the  commencement  of  the  French  revolu- 
tion has  been  grossly  misinterpreted,  and 
cannot  be  found  in  any  civilized  country 
to  answer  any  other  purpose  than  that  of 
delusion;  such  was  the  calumny  raised 
by  the  patricians  of  Rome,  when  they 
having  plundered  the  soldiers  of  their 
lands  and  appropriated  to  ihernselves ; 
when  the  people  complained  they  were 
thus  reproached ;  the  agrarian /aii>  which 
proposed  only  to  restore  the  lands  to  the 
owners,  was  called  a  levelling  system ; 
but  the  people  were  robbed  and  the  con- 
sequence was  the  ultimate  ruin  of  Roman 
liberty,  and  Rome  itself;  the  word  Jaco- 
bin in  modern  times  has  superseded  le- 
veller. 

LEVER,  a  balance  which  rests  upon 
a  certain  determinatepoint  called  a  fulcrum. 

LEVER  in  mechanics,  an  inflective  line, 
rod,  or  beam,  moveable  about,  or  upon  a 
fixed  point,  called  the  prop  or  fulcrum, 
upon  one  end  of  which  is  the  weight  to 
be  raised,  at  the  other  end  is  the  power 
applied  to  raise  it ;  as  the  hand,  &c. 

Since  the  momentum  of  the  weight  and 
power  are  as  the  quantities  of  matter  in 
each,  multiplied  by  their  respective  cele- 
rities ;  and  the  celerities  are  as  the  distan- 
ces from  the  centre  of  motion,  and  also  as 
the  spaces  passed  through  in  a  perpendi- 
cular direction  in  the  same  time,  it  must 
follow,  that  there  will  be  an  equilibrium 
between  the  weight  and  power,  when 
they  are  to  each  other  reciprocally  as  the 
distances  from  the  centre,  or  as  the  celeri- 
ties of  the  motions,  or  as  the  perpendicular 
ascent  or  descent  in  the  same  time ;  and  • 
this  universally  in  all  mechanical  powers 
whatsoever,  and  which  is  therefore  the 
fundamental  principle  of  all  mechanics. 
See  MECHANICAL  POWERS. 

LEVET,  the  blast  of  a  trumpet. 

LEV1ER,  Fr.  Lever.  The  French 
writers  having  been  more  explicit  on  this 
head  than  any  of  our  lexicographers,  we 
shall  extract 'the  following  passages  as 
conducive  to  general  information.  The 
levier  or  lever  is  an  instrument  made  of 
wood  or  iron,  by  whose  means  the  hea- 
viest weights  may  be  raised  with  few 
hands.  When  the  lever  is  made  of  iron, 
it  is  called  pince  or  crow.  The  levermay 
be  considered  as  the  first  of  all  machines. 
Wheels,  pullies,  capstans,  &c.  act  only  by 
the  power  it  possesses.  The  lever  must 
be  looked  upon  as  a  straight  line,  which 
has  three  principal  points,  namely,  the 
one  on  which  the  load  is  placed,  and 
which  is  to  be  raised,  the  appui  or  rest 
which  is  the  centre  round  which  it  turns, 
and  which  the  French  mechanics  call 
orgxeil,  and  lastly  the  human  arm,  which 
is  the  power  that  puts  the  lever  into 
motion.  The  different  arrangements  or 
disposition  which  is  given  to  these  three 
points,  or  rather  the  unequal  distances  at 
which  they  are  placed,  occasion  the  fores 
that  is  collectively  displayed, 

;or  rnsXes  the  following  rerm; I 
U  U 


338 


LEV 


LEV 


this  useful  machine.     It  is  an  infiexibl 
bar  which  must  be  considered  as  having 
no  weight  in  itself,  upon   which   three 
powers  are  made  to  act  in  three  differed 
points  in  such  a  manner,  that  the  action  o 
two  powers  must  be  directly  opposed  t( 
the  one   that  resists  them.    The   poin 
where  the  opposing  power  acts  is  called 
the  point  d'appui. 

LEVIER,  in  artillery,  a  wedge. 

LEVIER  de pointage%  Fr.  a  wedge  to 
assist  in  pointing  pieces  of  ordnance. 

LEV1ERS<£  uv/porf,  Fr.  a  wedge  by 
which  cannon  is  raised  to  a  certain  line  o 
direction. 

To  LEVY,  has  three  distinct  military 
acceptations,  as  to  levy  or  raise  an  army, 
to  kvy  or  make  war ;  and,  to  levy  contri- 
butions. 

LEVY,  the  levying,  or  raising  troops, 
by  enregistering  the  names  of  men  capable 
of  bearing  arms,  for  the  common  defence 
and  safety  of  a  country,  has  from  time  im- 
memorial been  a  leading  principle  among 
men. 

There  are  indeed  some  people  still  ex 
isting,  who  indiscriminately  go  to  war, 
leaving,    for  the  immediate    security  oi 
their  huts  or  habitations,  only  their  old 
men,  their  wives  and  children. 

Among  the  Romans,  however,  and  in 
some  other  civilized  countries,  it  was  a 
prevailing  maxim  never  to  employ  above 
a  certain  proportion  of  matured  popula- 
tion, and  that  proportion  consisted  uni- 
formly of  men  who  were  expert  at  arms. 

National  assemblies  were  called  toge- 
ther whenever  the  situation  of  the  country 
required,  that  the  senate's  decree  should  be 
published  and  put  into  effect. 

The  levying  or  raising  of  troops  for  ser- 
vice was  regulated  in  the  following  man- 
ner under  two  specific  heads,  called  ordi- 
nary and  extraordinary  levy.  The  ordi- 
nary levy  took  place  in  consequence  of  a 
decree  from  the  senate  by  which  all  males 
of  a  certain  age  were  called  out  to  do  mi- 
litary service:  the  extraordinary  levy  was 
enforced  when  a  deficiency  was  found  in 
the  ordinary  levy  to  answer  the  immediate 
exigencies  of  the  state. 

The  extraordinary  levy,  which  was  fur- 
ther distinguished  by  the  word  evocation, 
( See  Evocati)  was  performed  as  follows. 
A  public  orator  mounted  the  rostrum,  and 
after  having  expatiated  upon  the  urgency 
of  the  case,  and  paid  a  handsome  tribute 
of  commendation  to  all  who  should  volun- 
tarily step  forward  to  defend  their  country, 
he  entrusted  the  conclusion  of  the  busi- 
ness'to  two  superior  officers  who  were  to 
command  the  new  levies. 

These  officers  instantly  unfurled  two 
flags,  and  emphatically  exclaimed,  let  all 
raise  men  isjho  have  the  safety  of  the 
Republic  at  heart  Jiock  to  our  standards  !  A 
red  flag  was  the  rallying  mark  for  all  who 
were  to  serve  on  foot,  and  a  blue  flag 
pointed  out  the  rendezvous  for  cavalry, 
E  very  one  was  at  liberty  to  chuse  the  ser- 
vice he  liked  best. 


With  respect  to  the  ordinary  levy  by 
which  every  citizen  was  liable  to  be  called, 
upon  for  personal  service,  it  was  conduct- 
ed in  the  following  manner. 

All  the  different  tribes  into  which  the 
inhabitants  of  the  country  were  divided, 
assembled  in  places  marked  out  for  that 
purpose,  and  as  soon  as  a  whole  tribe, 
consisting  of  males  only,  had  entered,  the 
public  crier  called  over,  in  a  distinct  and 
audible  manner,  the  names  of  four  per- 
sons, after  which  the  first  military  tri- 
bune, from  among  those  of  that  rank  who 
were  to  command  the  intended  legion,  se- 
lected one  out  of  the  four,  and  had  him 
enrolled. 

The  crier  then  called  over  the  names  of 
four  others  belonging  to  the  same  class, 
and  the  second  tribune  selected  one  from 
the  four  in  the  same  manner  as  the  first 
had  done.  This  selection  went  on  through 
the  different  classes,  until  the  whole  tribe 
was  drafted,  and  another  tribe  was 
then  subjected  to  the  same  rotation.  Le- 
gions were  formed  out  of  these  levies,  and 
completed  to  so  effective  a  strength,  that 
three  of  them  generally  composed  a  Ro- 
man army.  The  Romans  icadily  sub- 
mitted to  these  calls  of  the  state ;  and 
they  did  so  the  more  cheerfully,  because 
it  was  a  fundamental  rule  amongst  them, 
that  no  man  could  be  provided  for  in  a  mi- 
litary or  civil  way,  unless  he  had  served 
a  prescribed  number  of  years. 

Kennett,  in  his  antiquities  of  Rome, 
Jves  the  following  account,  which  the 
reader  will  perceive  differs  in  some  parti* 
cuiars  from  the  former. 

*  At  the  same  time  of  the  year  as  the 
consuls  were  declared  elect  or  designed^  they 
chose  the  military  tribunes ;  fourteen 
out  of  the  body  of  the  Equites  who  had 
served  in  the  army  five  years,  and  ten  out 
of  the  commonalty,  such  as  had  made  ten 
campaigns.  The  former  they  called  trim 
buni  junior es-t  and  the  latter  seniores. 

The  consuls  having  agreed  on  a  levy  (as, 
n  the  time  of  the  commonwealth  they 
usually  did  every  year,)  they  issued  out 
an  edict,  commanding  all  persons  who  had 
cached  the  military  age  (about  seventeen 
fears)  to  appear  (commonly)  in  the  capi- 
:ol,  or  in  the  area  before  the  capitol,  as 
:he  most  sacred  and  august  place,  on  such 
a  day.  The  people  being  come  together, 
.nd  the  consuls  who  presided  in  the  as- 
embly  having  taken  their  seat,  in  the 
irst  place,  the  four  and  twenty  iribunes 
were  disposed  of  according  to  the  num- 
>er  of  legions  they  designed  to  make  up, 
,vhich  was  generally  four.  The  junior 
ribunes  were  assigned,  four  to  the  first  le- 
(ion,  three  to  the  second  ar,d  last.  After 
his,  every  tribe,  being  called  out  by  lot, 
vas  ordered  to  divide  into  their  proper 
enturies ;  out  of  each  century  were  sol- 
iers  cited  by  name,  with  respect  had  to 
heir  estate  and  class ;  for  which  pur. 
ose,  there  were  tables  ready  at  hand,  in 
which  the  name,  age,  and  wealth  of  every 
erson  were  exactly  described.  Four 


LEV 


LIC 


339 


men,  as  much  alike  in  all  circumstances, 
as  could  be  pitched  upon,  being  presented 
out  of  the  century,  first  the  tribunes  of 
the  first  legion  chose  one,  then  the  tri- 
bunes of  the  second  another,  the  tribunes 
of  the  third  legion  a  third  man,  and  the 
remaining  person  fell  to  the  tribunes  oi 
the  fourth.  Then  four  more  were  drawn 
out ;  and  now  the  rieht  of  chusing  first 
belonged  to  the  tribunes  of  the  second  le- 
gion; in  the  next  four  to  the  tribunes  oi 
the  third  legion,  then  to  the  tribunes  of 
the  fourth  legion,  and  so  round;  those 
tribunes  chusing  last  the  next  time,  who 
chose  first  the  time  before;  the  most 
equal  and  regular  method  imaginable. 

Cicero  has  remarked  a  superstitious 
custom  observed  in  these  proceedings; 
that  the  first  soldier  pitched  upon  should 
for  the  omen's  sake,  be  such  as  had  for- 
tunate names,  as  Salvius,  Valerius,  and 
the  like.  Cic.  de  Divinat.  lib.  i. 

There  were  in  those  times,  (as  in  the 
present  with  respect  to  the  militia) 
many  legal  excuses  which  might  keep 
persons  from  the  list ;  as,  in  case  they 
were  fifty  years  old,  for  then  they  could 
not  be  obliged  to  serve ;  or  if  they  enjoyed 
any  civil  or  sacred  office,  which  they  could 
not  conveniently  relinquish;  or  if  they 
had  already  made  twenty  campaigns, 
which  was  the  time  required  for  every 
foot  soldier;  or  if,  upon  account  of  ex- 
traordinary merit,  they  had  been  by  pub- 
lic authority,  released  from  the  trouble  of 
serving  for  such  a  time ;  or  if  they  were 
maimed  in  any  part,  and  so  ought  not  to 
be  admitted  into  the  legions  ;  as  Suetonius 
tells  us  of  a  father  who  cut  off  the  thumbs 
pf  his  two  sons  on  purpose  to  keep  them 
out  of  the  army  fSueton.  August,  chap. 
24.)  and  Valerius  Maximus  gives  a  rela- 
tion of  the  like  nature.  Val.  Max.  lib. 
6.  cap.  3.) 

Otherwise  they  were  necessiated  to  sub- 
mit, and  in  case  of  a  refusal,  were  usually 
punished  either  with  imprisonment,  fine 
or  stripes,  according  to  the  lenity,  or  se- 
verity of  the  consul.  And  therefore  it 
seems  strange,  that  Machiavel  should  par- 
ticularly condemn  the  Roman  discipline, 
upon  account  of  forcing  no  one  to  the 
wars,  when  we  have  in  all  parts  of  his- 
tory, such  large  intimations  of  a  contrary 
practice.  Nay,  we  read  too  of  the  con- 
quisitores  or  impress-masters,  who  were 
commissioned  upon  some  occasions,  to  go 
about,  and  compel  the  men  to  the  service 
of  the  state. 

Valerius  Maximus  (lib.  6.  chap.  3.) 
gives  one  example  of  changing  this  custom 
of  taking  out  every  particular  soldier  by 
the  tribunes,  for  that  of  chusing  them  by 
lot.  And  Appianus  Alexandrinus  (in 
Iberic.)  acquaints  us,  that  in  the  Spanish 
•war,  managed  by  Lucullus,  upon  com- 
plaint to  the  senate  of  several  unjust  prac- 
tices in  the  levies,  the  senate  thought  fit 
to  chuseall  the  soldiers  by  lot.  Yet  the 
same  author  assures  us,  that  within  five 
years  time  the  old  custom  returned  of 


making  the  levies  in  the  manner  already 
described* 

However,  upon  any  extraordinary  oc- 
casion of  immediate  service,  they  omitted 
the  common  formalities,  and  without 
much  distinction,  listed  such  as  they  met 
with,  and  led  them  out  on  an  expedition. 
These  they  called  Mllites  SubhariL  Ken- 
nett's  Ant.  page  183,  b.  iv. 

The  French  always  folio  wed  the  exam- 
ple of  the  Romans  with  regard  to  the  first 
principles  of  levying  men,  which  was  ef- 
fected by  a  proclamation  from  the  court, 
called  the  ban.  This  ban  was  addressed  to 
the  principal  person  belonging  to  a  pro- 
vince, who,  in  pursuance  to  its  instruc- 
tions, assembled  his  vassals,  and  got  them 
fit  and  ready  for  immediate  service. 

In  England  a  similar  rotation  toek  place; 
and  the  balloting  for  militia- men  still  ex- 
hibits some  remains  of  that  feudal  system. 
But  when  regular  armies  became  necessa- 
ry in  Europe  (necessary  only  from  the  am- 
bition of  contiguous  and  rival  nations  !}  a 
different  system  was  adopted,  and  the  na- 
tural strength  of  the  country  was  made  a 
secondary  object.  Disposable  means  of 
offence  a'nd  defence  were  resorted  to  by 
crowned  heads ;  and  as  war  was  became  a 
science,  permanent  bodies  of  armed  men 
were  kept  on  foot  to  answer  the  purposes 
of  prompt  and  vigorous  decision. 

Charles  VIII.  was  the  first  monarch 
among  the  French  who  dispensed  with  the 
service  of  his  noblemen,  in  themselves  and 
vassals ;  these  he  replaced  by  raising  regu- 
lar companies  of  gendarmes,  who  were 
paid  out  of  his  privy  purse ;  in  process  of 
time  cavalry  and  infantry  regiments,  with 
appropriate  trains  of  artillery,  &c.  were 
formed  into  a  military  establishment,  afid. 
have  continued  ever  since. 

During  the  existence  of  the  old  govern- 
ment in  France,  it  was  customary  for  the 
king  to  issue  orders  that  a  certain  bounty 
should  be  offered  to  all  recruits  who  would 
inlist;  and  when  regiments,  in  time  of 
war,  suffered  materially,  men  were  fre- 
quently drafted  out  of  the  militia  to 
complete  their  establishment. 

With  respect  to  the  standing  or  perma- 
nent army  of  England,  the  first  traces  of  it 
are  to  be  found  during  the  reign  of  Henry 
VII;  from  that  period  until  the  present 
ime  the  military  establishment  of  Great 
Britain  has  been  progressive.  Levies  have 
been  made  in  various  ways,  upon  various 
principles. 

The  French  system  of  conscription  is 
the  most  profound  and  perfect  that  has 
evei  been  devised  ;  no  man  is  exempted. 
And  in  this  respect  it  is  the  only  system 
in  its  principle  adapted  to  a  free  state, 
where  all  individuals  haying  equal  rights, 
have  also  corresponding  duties  and  obli- 
gations. 

LEVY  likewise  means  inlisting  money. 
LICE,  Fr.   List  for  combats.  . 
LICENCI E  M E  NT  des  troupes,  Fr.  At 
:he  end  of  a  campaign  this  generally  hap- 
pened in  France,  when  troops  could  not 


340 


LIE 


LIE 


any  longer  keep  the  field  owing  to  the 
severity  of  the  weather.  In  former 
times  it  was  usual,  during  the  continu- 
ance of  a  war,  for  the  French  army  to 
retire  into  winter  quarters  about  the  latter 
end  of  October.  But  since  the  revolution, 
hostilities  have  been  carried  on  at  all  sea- 
sons, and  under  the  most  disheartening 
pressure  of  the  weather; 

L I  c  E  N  c  i  E  M  E  N  T  des  equipages  des  vi- 
wres,  Fr.  It  was  usual  in  the  old  French 
army,  for  an  order  to  be  issued  by  which 
the  contractors  and  commissaries,  for  the 
time  being,  were  discharged  at  the  close 
of  a  campaign.  The  director  general  of 
the  stores  always  preserved  this  order,  as 
it  formed  the  only  final  voucher,  upon 
\vhich  the  contractors  could  receive  any 
demand  against  government.  The  great- 
est attention  was  paid  to  this  important 
branch  of  military  economy  ;  and,  if  at 
the  conclusion  of  a  campaign,  it  was 
found  necessary  to  retain  any  part  of  the 
establishment  for  the  immediate  subsist- 
ence of  the  troops  in  winter  quarters,  that 
part  was  minutely  noticed  in  the  order. 
LICENCIER,  Fr.  to  discharge. 
LIDE,  Fr.  a  warlike  machine,  which 
was  formerly  used  to  throw  large  stones 
against  a  fortified  place,  or  upon  an 
enemy. 

To  LIE,  in  a  military  acceptation  of  the 
term,  to  be  in  quarters,  in  cantonments, 
or  to  be  in  camp  :  the  fourth  regiment  of 
foot,  for  instance,  LIES  encamped  be- 
tween Fort  Adams  and  Orleans:  or  it  LIES 
at  Orleans.  The  light  dragoons  LIE  along 
the  frontier. 

To  LIE.  in  ambush,  to  be  posted  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  be  able  to  surprise  your 
enemy,  should  he  presume  to  advance, 
without  having  previously  cleared  the 
woods,  hedges,  &c. 

To  L  i  E  under  cover ,  to  be  under  the  pro. 
tection  of  a  battery,  or  to  be  sheltered  by 
a  wood,  &c. 

To  LIE  in  wait,  to  take  a  position  unob- 
served by  the  enemy,  and  to  remain  under 
arms,  in  the  expectation  of  suddenly  fal- 
ling upon  his  flanks  or  rear. 

LIEU,  Fr.  League.  There  are  three 
sorts  of  lieues  or  leagues  in  France,  the 
great,  middling,  and  small.  The  great 
French  league  contains  three  thousand 
geometrical  paces,  or  two  thousand  five 
hundred  toises;  and  the  small  league  two 
thousand  geometrical  paces,  that  is,  twice 
the  extent  of  the  Italian  mile;  which  is 
so  called,  because  it  contains  one  thousand 
geometrical  paces.  According  to  an  old 
existing  regulation,  the  leagues  of  France 
\vercdirectedtocontaintwo  thousand  two 
hundred  toises,  and  two  thousand  six 
hundred  and  forty  geometrical  paces.  See 
MEASURE. 

In  LIEU.  In  the  room,  place,  or 
Stead  of. 

LIEUTENANT.  This  word  is  ori- 
ginally derived  fiom  the  Latin  legatus, 
locum  tenens,  and  comes  immediately  to 
us  fcointhe  French  Kt*.teaantt  supplying 


or  holding  the  place  of  another.  In  a  mi- 
litary sense  it  means  the  second  person  or 
officer  in  command.  Lieutenant.gene- 
al,  the  next  in  command  to  a  general ~ 
lieutenant-colonel^  the  next  to  a  colonel  j 
captain. lieutenant,  an  intermediate  rank; 
and  lieutenant,  the  next  to  a  captain,  in 
every  company  of  both  foot  and  horse,  and 
who"  takes  the  command  upon  the  death 
or  absence  of  his  superior  officer.  Fuzi- 
k-er  corps,  grenadiers,  and  light  infantry, 
in  the  British  service,  have  second  lieu- 
tenants and  no  ensigns,  a  very  absurd  dis- 
tinction. 

LIEUTENANT  of  artillery.  In  the 
British  service  each  company  of  artillery 
has  4;  i  first  and  3  second  lieutenants. 
The  first  lieutenant  has  the  same  detail  of 
duty  with  the  captain,  because  in  his  ab- 
sence he  commands  the  company  :  he  is 
to  see  that  the  soldiers  are  clean  and  neat : 
that  their  clothes,  arms,  and  accoutre- 
ments are  in  good  and  serviceable  order; 
and  to  watch  over  every  thing  else,  which 
may  contribute  to  their  health.  He  must 
give  attention  to  their  being  taught  their 
exercise,  see  them  punctually  paid,  their 
messes  regularly  kept,  and  visit  them  in 
the  hospitals  when  sick.  He  must  assist 
at  all  parades,  &c.  He  ought  to  under- 
stand the  doctrine  of  projectiles  and  the 
science  of  artillery,  with  the  various  ef- 
fects of  gunpowder,  however  managed 
or  directed.  He  should  likewise  be  able 
to  construct  and  dispose  batteries  to  the 
best  advantage ;  to  plant  cannon,  mortars, 
and  howitzers,  so  as  to  produce  the  great- 
est annoyance  to  an  enemy.  He  is  to  be 
well  skilled  in  the  attack  and  defence  of 
fortified  places,  and  to  be  conversant  in 
arithmetic,  mathematics,  and  mecha- 
nics, &c. 

Second  LIEUTENANT,  in  the  artillery, 
is  the  same  as  an  ensign  in  an  infantry  re- 
giment, being  the  youngest  commissioned 
officer  in  thecompany.  It  is  his  duty  to 
assist  the  first  lieutenant  in  the  detail  of 
the  company.  His  other  qualifications 
should  be  the  same  .as  those  required  in 
the  first  lieutenant. 

LIEUTENANT  oj  engineers.  See  EN- 
GINEERS. 

LlEUTENANT-CO/OW/.      See  COLONEL. 

LIEUTENAN  T -general.  See  G  E  N  E  R  A  L  * 

LIEU  TEN  \NT  du  Roi,  Fr.  During  the 
monarchy  of  France  there  was  a  deputy 
governor  in  every  fortified  place,  or  strong 
town,  who  commanded  in  the  absence  of 
the  governor,  and  was  a  check  upon  his 
conduct  when  present.  This  person  was 
called  LTEUTENANT  du  Roi. 

LIEUTENANT  Reduced,  (Lieutenant 
Reforme,  Fr.)  he  whose  company  or  troop 
is  broke  or  disbanded,  but  who  continued 
in  whole  or  half  pay,  and  still  preserves 
his  right  of  seniority  and  rank  in  the  army. 

LIEUTENANT  de  la  ColoneUe,  Fr.  the 
second  officer,  or  what  was'  formerly 
styled  the  captain  lieutenant  of  the  colo- 
nel's company  of  every  infantry  regimentj 
was  so  called  ui  Francs* 


L  IE 


L  I  G 


341 


LIEUTENANS  des  Gardes  Francoises  et 
Suisses,  Fr.  lieutenants  belonging  to  the 
French  and  Swiss  guards.  During  the 
existence  of  the  monarchy  in  France  they 
bore  the  rank  of  lieutenant-colonel,  and 
took  precedence  of  all  captains. 

LIEUTENANS  Provinciaux  d"1  Ar  tiller  le, 
Fr.  were  certain  officers  belonging  to  the 
old  French  service,  and  immediately  at- 
tached to  the  artillery,  who  bore  the  title 
or  name  of  the  particular  province  in 
which  they  were  stationed.  The  majority 
of  this  description  were  employed  in  the 
ordnance  department ;  another  part  su- 
perintended different  artillery  departments 
upon  the  frontiers.  Some  were  excused 
from  all  duty  on  account  of  their  age  and 
seniority. 

Several  provincial  lieutenants,  who  had 
military  employments  under  the  board  of 
ordnance,  received  the  ran<c  of  lieutenant 
general  in  the  army  from  the  king,  and 
could  rise  to  the  most  exalted  stations  in 
common  with  other  officers. 

LIEUTENANT  General,  Fr.  The  title 
and  rank  of  lieutenant-general  was  of  a 
more  desultory  nature  in  France  under 
the  old  government  of  that  country,  than 
in  other  countries.  High  officers  of  justice 
were  distinguished  by  the  name  ;  and  all 
governors  of  provinces,  as  far  as  their 
jurisdiction  extended,  together  with  the 
persons  who  acted  under  them,  were 
called  lieutenants  generaux.  There  were 
likewise  persons  who  bore  the  title  of 
lieutenant-general  of  the  kingdom  at  large. 
Every  officer,  moreover,  that  acted  im- 
mediately under  a  general,  and  was  next 
to  him  in  rank,  was  styled  lieutenant- 
general.  It  is  the  same,  in  this  respect, 
in  England.  In  both  countries,  however, 
(considering  the  subjects  as  appertaining 
to  a  monarchical  institution)  the  title  of 
general  was  only  ostensible  and  honorary, 
as  his  functions  were  delegated  to  him  by 
his  sovereign,  the  real  general  and  head  of 
the  army.  So  that  intrinsically  a  general 
could  only  be  considered  as  lieutenant -ge 
neral  to  the  king  ;  but  the  lieutenant-ge- 
neral who  acts  under  him,  must  be  viewed 
as  holding  a  relative  rank  inferior  to  both. 
The  words  of  the  two  commissions  suffi- 
ciently explain  our  observation.  They 
are  as  follow  for  a  lieutenant-general  with 
the  nominal  rank  of  general : — We  have 
made  and  constituted  N .  our  lieutenant -ge- 
neral, &c.  and  for  those  acting  under 
him: — IVe  ha°vt  made  and  constituted  N. 
one  of  our  lieutenant-generals.  Which  plain- 
ly indicates,  that  of  the  first  class  there 
can  only  be  one  who  represents  his  sove- 
reign ;  whereas  there  are  and  may  be 
many  of  the  other  description.  Lieu- 
tenant-generals, in  the  French  ser- 
vice, did  not  receive  any  pay,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  rank  they  bore,  unless  they 
actually  commanded  some  part  of  the  ar- 
my, and  received  a  commission  from  the 
Jdng  for  that  purpose.  This  commission 
>vas  renewed  annually,  according  to  his 
majesty's  pleasure: 


LIEUTENANT- General d'Artillerie.  See 
Lieutenant-general  of  the  ORDNANCE. 

LIEUTENAN  i-General  des  Armees  Na- 
vales  du  Roi,  Fr.  an  officer  in  the  old 
French  service,  belonging  to  the  naval  de- 
partment. He  took  rank  of  all  chefs 
d'escadre,  or  commodores,  and  issued  or- 
ders through  them  to  inferior  officers. 

LIFE  GUARDS.— See  GUARDS. 

LIGHT  BOBS,  a  familiar  term  used 
for  the  light  infantry. 

LIGHT  HORSE.  All  mounted  sol- 
diers, that  are  lightly  armed  and  accoutred 
for  active  and  desultory  service,  may  be 
considered  under  this  term.  Thus  light 
dragoons,  hussars,  mounted  riflemen,  £c, 
are  strictly  speaking  light  horse. 

LIGHT  INFANTRY,  an  active, 
strong  body  of  men,  selected  from  the 
aggregate  of  battalion  companies,  anil 
made  up  of  the  most  promising  recruits 
that  are  occasionally  inltsted. 

When  the  light  infantry  companies  are 
in  line  with  theii  battalions,  they  are  to 
form  and  act  in  every  respect  as  a  compa- 
ny of  th«  battalion  ;  but  when  otherwise 
disposed  of,  they  may  loosen  their  files  to 
six  inches 

The  open  order  of  light  infantry  is  usu- 
ally two  feet  between  each  file. 

The  files  may  be  extended  from  right, 
left,  or  centre  ;  in  executing  it,  each  front 
rank  man  must  carefully  take  his  distance 
from  the  man  next  to  him  on  that  side 
from  which  the  extension  is  made  :  the 
rear  rank  men  conform  to  the  movement 
of  their  file  leaders. 

When  light  infantry  men  fire  in  extend- 
ed order,  it  is  to  be  a  standing  rule,  that 
the  two  men  of  the  same  file  are  never 
unloaded  together  ;  for  which  purpose  as 
soon  as  the  front  rank  man  has  fired,  he 
is  to  slip  round  the  left  of  the  rear  rank 
man,  who  will  take  a  short  pace  forward, 
and  put  himself  in  the  other's  place,  whom 
he  is  to  protect  while  loading. 

The  extended  order  of  light  infantry 
varies  according  to  circumstances  and  si- 
tuations. They  may  sometimes  loosen 
their  files  to  three  times  the  distance  of 
open  order.  But  the  general  rule  is  to 
allow  convenient  intervals  for  the  rear  rank 
men  to  slip  by,  and  return  after  they  have 
fired. 

All  movements  of  light  infantry,except 
when  firing,  advancing,  or  retreating,  are 
to  be  in  quick  time. 

The  officer  commanding  the  company  in 
line  will  be  on  the  right,  covered  byaser- 
jeant ;  the  next  on  the  left  also  coveied 
by  a  Serjeant.  The  youngest  officer  in  the 
rear.  In  extended  order  the  post  of  the 
officers  and  Serjeants  is  always  in  the  rear 
at  equal  distances. 

In  marching  by  files  the  officer  com- 
manding  leads  :  by  divisions  each  officer 
leads  one.  The  supernumerary  officer, 
if  there  be  one,  is  in  both  cases  with  th:- 
officer  commanding,  ready  to  obey  any  di- 
rections he  may  receive  from  him. 


342 


L  I  G 


LI  N 


The  arms  of  light  infantry  in  genera 
are  carried  sloped,  when  the  bayonet: 
are  fixed.  Flanking  or  advanced  (jar- 
ties,  however,  or  parties  in  particular  si- 
tuations, may  carry  them  trailed,  am 
without  bayonets,  for  the  purpose  of  tak- 
ing a  more  cool  and  deliberate  aim. 

When  the  light  infantry  is  ordered  to 
cover  the  line  to  the  front,  the  divisions 
will  move  from  their  inner  flanks  rouni 
the  flanks  of  the  battalions,  and  when  a 
the  distance  of  fifty  paces,  the  leading 
tfanks  will  wheel  cowards  each  other,  so 
as  to  meet  opposite  the  centre  of  the  bat- 
talion, opening  their  files  gradually  from 
the  rear,  so  as  to  cover  the  whole  extent 
of  the  battalion. 

The  files  are  not  to  wait  for  any  wort 
of  command,  but  to  halt  and  front  them- 
sdves-.  In  this  position,  and  in  all  posi- 
tions of  extended  order,  the  post  of  the 
officer  commanding  is  in  the  rear  of  the 
centre,  and  the  movements  are  to  be  regu- 
lated by  the  company  belonging  to  the 
battalion,  which  governs  those  of  the  line. 
See  Am.  Mil.  Lib. 

Light  infantry  men,  like  hussars,  are 
frequently  detached  to  act  as  scouts  on 
the  flanks,  in  the  front,  or  with  ?the  rear 
guard  of  the  body  of  troops  to  which  they 
belong.  They  then  acquire  the  appella- 
tion of  skirmishers,  and  being  previously 
told  off  for  that  specific  duty,  they  ad- 
vance and  form  in  the  front  in  rank  entire ; 
which  is  effected  by  each  man  from  the 
year  rank  placing  himself  on  the  left  of 
his  file  leader.  The  rank  entire  may  be 
resorted  to  for  various  purposes  during  the 
movements  of  one  or  more  battalions, 
since  it  may  serve  not  only  to  cover  them 
from  the  enemy's  observation,  but  in  some 
vases,  especially  in  foggy  weather,  will 
itself  appear  a  larger  body  than  it  really  is. 
Too  much  attention  cannot  be  given  to 
the  organization  of  light  troops  on  foot. 
They  are  very  properly  called  the  eyes  of 
an  army,  and  ought  always  to  be  consid- 
ered as  indisi?ensibly  necessary. 

LIGHT  TROOPS.  By  light  troops 
are  generally  meant  all  horse  and  foot 
which  are  accoutred  for  detached  service. 

LIGNE,  Fr.     See  LINE. 

LIGNE  d'Eau,  Fr.  a  term  used  in 
aquatics.  1 1  is  the  hundredth  and  fortieth 
portion  of  an  inch  of  water,  and  furnishes 
or  supplies  one  hundred  and  four  pints  of 
water,  Paris  measure,  in  twenty  four 
hours. 

LIGNE  de  moindre  leshtancs^  Fr.  is  the 
line  that  being  drawn  from  the  centre  of 
the  fourneau  or  chamber  of  a  mine,  runs 
up  in  a  perpendicular  direction  to  the  near- 
est outward  surface. 

Li  ONES  en  forme  de  Cretnaillere,  Fr. 
Indented  lines  t  or  lines  resembling  the  teeth  oj 
a  caivt  or  stairs;  they  are  connected 
with  one  another  like  crotchets  ;  or  uni- 
ted by  small  flanks  comprising  fourteen 
or  fifteen  toises  each.  M.  de  Clairac  has 
given  a  particular  account  of  their  con- 
struction in  his  Ingemeur  de  Gampagne. 


The  effect,  observes  that  writer,  which 
is  produced  by  the  concentrated  fire  that 
may  be  poured  from  these  lines,  is  per- 
haps unexampled.  One  advantage  is  cer- 
ta;n,  that  of  being  able  to  increase  your 
efforts  of  defence,  in  proportion  as  the 
enemy  advances  ;  since  it  must  be  evi- 
dent, that  constructed  as  the  flanks  are, 
and  enchasing  one  another,  the  execution 
becomes  multiplied  in  every  quarter.  It 
may  moreover  be  stated  among  other  ad* 
vantages,  that  as  the  salient  points  arc 
double  in  number,  and  are  flanked  within 
half  a  distance  of  musquet  shot,  without 
stretching  far  into  the  country,  they  must 
of  course  be  less  exposed  to  the  ener.iy's 
approaches.  From  the  figure  of  these 
lines  the  troops  are  enabled  to  keep  up  an 
uninterrupted  and  regular  direct  fire  ;  and 
it  is  the  only  construction  from  which  an 
equal  discharge  of  ordnance  ormusquetry 
may  be  served  in  every  quarter  at  once. 

LIMBER,  in  artillery ,  a  two-wheel 
carriage  with  shafts  to  fasten  the  trail  of 
travelling  carriages  by  means  of  a  pintle 
or  iron  pin,  when  travelling,  and  taken 
off  on  the  battery,  or  when  placed  in  the 
park  of  artillery ;  which  is  called  unlim- 
bering  the  guns- 

LIME,  in  military  architecture,  is  made 
of  all  kind  of  stones,  that  will  calcine  : 
that  which  is  made  of  the  hardest  stone 
is  the  best,  and  the  worst  of  all  that 
which  is  made  of  chalk. 

Lime  will  not  be  sufficiently  burnt  in 
less  tnan  60  hours.  The  signs  of  well 
burnt  lime  are,  that  its  weight  is  to  that 
of  the  stone  in  a  sequialterate  proportion  ; 
that  it  be  while,  light,  and  sonorous  ; 
that  when  slaked,  it  sticks  to  the  sides  of 
the  vessel,  sending  forth  a  copious  thick 
smoke,  and  requires  a  great  deal  of  water 
to  slake  it. 

In  some  countries,  as  the  East  Indies 
and  the  United  States,  they  make  good 
lime  of  shells  of  fish,  which  dries  and 
hardens  in  a  very  short  time  ;  and  when 
it  is  mixed  with  Dutch  terras,  is  fit  for  all 
kind  of  aquatic  works. 

Lime  should  always  be  burnt  with 
coals,  and  never  with  wood,  the  coals  be- 
ing strongly  impregnated  with  sulphure- 
ous particles,  which,  mixed  with  the 
iime,  make  it  more  adhesive.  See 
MORTAR* 

LIMINARQUE,  Fr.  an  office  of  dis- 
tinction, whichTexistedinthe  Roman  em- 
pire. The  persons  invested  with  it  were 
directed  to  watch  the  frontiers  of  the  em- 
Dire,  and  they  commanded  the  troops  that 
rvere  employed  upon  that  service. 

LIMITARY,  a  guard  or  superintend- 
ent, placed  at  the  confines  or  boundaries 
f  any  kingdom  or  state. 

LIMITS,  in  a  military  sense,  is  that 
distance  which  a  sentry  is  allowed  on  hi:; 
sost,  namely  50  paces  to  the  right,  and  as 
nuny  to  the  left. 

L!NCH-f/a,  in  aitillery,  that  which 
passes  through  the  ends  of  the  arms  of  an 


LIN 


LIN 


axle-tree,  to  keep  the  wheels  or  trucks 
from  slipping  off  in  travelling. 

LiNCH-r/orf,  in  artillery,  the  flat  iron 
under  the  end  of  the  arms  of  an  axle-tree, 
to  strengthen  them,  and  to  diminish  the 
friction  of  the  wheels. 

LINDEN  TREE.  The  wood  used 
ix»  artificial  fire-  works,  &c. 

LINE,  in  geometry,  signifies  length, 
without  any  supposed  breadth  or  depth, 
A  straight  or  right  line  is  the  shortest  way 
from  one  point  to  another.  A  curved  or 
crooked  line  is  that  which  deviates  from 
the  shortest  way,  and  embraces  a  greater 
space  between  one  point  and  another. 
A  perpendicular  line  U  a  straight  line, 
which  falling  upon  another  line  does  not 
incline  either  to  one  side  or  the  other. 
Parallel  lines  are  lines  which  are  at  equal 
distances  from  one  another,  in  such  a 
manner,  that  although  they  may  be  pro- 
longed adinfinitum,  they  never  can  meet. 

Euclid's  second  book  treats  mostly  of 
lines,  and  of  the  effects  of  their  being 
divided,  and  again  multiplied  into  one 
another. 

tlori^nntal  LINE  is  that  which  is  spread 
upon  the  plane  of  the  horizon  ;  such,  for 
instance,  are  those  lines  that  may  be  sup. 
posed  to  form  the  level  surface  of  a  plain. 

Inclined  LINE,  (ligne  inclines,  Fr.)  is 
that  line  which  leans  or  is  raised  obliquely 
upon  the  plane  of  the  horizon,  and  which 
might  resemble  the  sloping  or  declivity  of 
a  hillock. 

Oblique  LINE,  (llgnc  oblique,  Fr.)  a 
straight  line  which  leans  more  to  one  side 
than  another  the  instant  it  is  brought  into 
contact  with  any  other  line. 


LINE  tangent, 


tangcnte,    Fr.)    a 


Straight  line,  which,  without  intersecting 
it  meets  a  curve  at  one  point,  and  does  not 
enter,  but  barely  touches  it. 

Vertical  LINE,  (ligne  verticals,  Fr.)  a 
line  which  is  raised  perpendicularly  above 
or  below  the  horizon.  Of  this  descrip- 
tion are  all  lines  that  express  height  or 
depth. 

The  LINE.  This  term  is  frequently 
used  to  distinguish  the  regular  army  from 
other  establishments  of  a  military  nature. 
All  numbered  or  marching  regiments  are 
called  the  line*  The  marines,  militia, 
and  volunteers,  do  not  come  under  the 
term.  It  is,  however,  a  corruption  of  the 
word,  since  the  true  import  of  line  in  mili- 
tary matters,  means  that  solid  part  of  an 
army  which  is  called  the  main  body,  and 
has  a  regular  formation  from  right  to  left. 
Thus  in  the  seven  years  war,  when  prince 
Ferdinand  commanded  the  allied  army,  the 
British  troops  under  themarquis  of  Gran- 
by  did  not  belong  to  the  line,  because  they 
were  always  detached  and  acted  in  front  of 
the  main  body.^  Grenadiers  and  light  in- 
fantry, when  from  their  several  corps, 
cannot  be  called  the  line,  but  the  instant 
they  are  incorporated  they  become  so. 
According  to  this  explanation,  and  we 
think  it  a  correct  one,  the  word  is 
very  generally  misapplied,  as  it  cannot 


strictly  be  used  to  distinguish  any  parties 
lar  establishment  from  another. 

L  i  NE,  or  line  of  battle,  is  the  arrangement 
or  disposition  of  an  army  for  battle :  its 
front  being  extended  along  a  straight  line 
as  far  as  the  ground  will  permit,  in  order 
that  the  several  corps  of  cavalry  and  infan- 
try which  compose  it,  may  not  be  cut  off 
or  flanked  by  the  enemy. 

The  Ottoman  troops  are  generally  drawa 
up  on  a  curve  line,  or  half-moon,  for  the 
purpose  of  surrounding  their  enemies  by 
superior  numbers.  European  armies  are 
usually  drawn  up  in  three  lines ;  the  first 
being  named  the  van,  (avant-garde,  Fr.,/ 
the  second,  main  body,  (corp*  de  bataillc^ 
Fr.^and  the  third,  which  was  formerly, 
the  weakest,  is  called  the  reserve,  or  rear- 
guard. (  Corps  de  reserve,  ou  arricre-garde, 
Fr.)  Each  of  these  lines  is  so  drawn  up, 
that  the  wings  or  extremities  are  always 
composed  of  some  squadrons  of  horse, 
whose  intervals  are  likewise  supported  by 
infantry  platoons.  The  battalions  are 
posted  in  the  centre  of  each  line  J  some- 
times they  are  intermixed  with  squadrons 
of  horse,  when  there  is  a  considerable 
body  of  cavalry  attached  to  the  army. — 
The  space  of  ground,  which  in  each  line 
separates  the  different  corps  from  one 
another,  is  always  equal  in  extent  to  the 
front  that  is  occupied  by  them.  These  in- 
tervals are  left  in  order  to  facilitate  their 
seveia!  movements,  and  to  enable  them  tcj 
charge  the  enemy  without  being  exposed 
to  confusion  and  disorder.  1 1  must  be  ob- 
served, as  a  genera!  rule,  that  the  intervals 
or  spaces  which  are  between  each  batta- 
lion and  squadron  belonging  to  the  second 
line  should  invariably  correspond  with  the 
ground  that  is  occupied  by  the  battalions 
and  squadrons,  which  constitute  the  first 
line  ;  in  order  that  the  first  line,  on  being 
forced  to  fall  back,  may  find  sufficient 
ground  to  rally  upon,  and  not  endanger  the 
disposition  of  the  second  linet  by  precipi- 
tately crowding  on  it. 

Each  line  is  divided  into  right  and  left 
wings.  Each  wing  is  composed  of  one  or 
more  divisions.  Each  division  is  com- 
posed  of  one  or  more  brigades.  Each  bri- 
gade is  formed  of  two,  three,  or  four,  or 
more  battalions. 

Battalions  are  formed  in  line  at  a  dis- 
tance of  twelve  paces  from  each  other,  and 
this  interval  is  occupied  by  two  or  more 
cannon,  which  are  attached  to  each  batta- 
lion. There  is  no  increased  distance  betwixt 
brigades,  unless  particular  circumstances 
attend  it.  In  exercise,  should  there  be  nc» 
cannon  betwixt  the  battalions,  the  interval 
may  be  reduced  to  six  paces. 

LINE,  bw  regulated.  Its  regulating 
body  in  movement  is,  in  general,  the  bat- 
talion of  that  fiank  which  is  nearest  to, 
and  is  to  preserve  the  appui,  or  which  is 
to  make  the  attack.  There  are  very  few- 
cases  in  which  the  centre  ought  to  regu- 
late, although  the  direct  march  of  the  line- 
in  front  appears  to  be  the  easiest  conducted, 
fay  a  battalion  of  the  centre.  It  is  the 


344 


LIN 


LIN 


flank,  however,  that  must  preserve  the 
line  of  appui  in  all  movements  in  front, 
if  the  line  is  thrown  back  ward  or  forward, 
it  is  generally  on  a  flank  point. 

It  may  not  be  superfluous  to  remark, 
that  the  term  fine,  as  expressing  a  milita- 
ry disposition  for  battle,  was  not  known 
until  the  sixteenth  century. — Before  that 
period  when  armies  were  ranged  in  order 
of  battle  upon  three  lines;  the  first  line 
was  called  advanced  guard,  (avant  garde,) 
the  second,  main  body  only,  (corps  de  batail- 
/e,)  and  the  third,  rear  guard,  (arri ere  gar- 
de.)— These  terms  are  never  used  in  mo- 
dern times,  except  when  any  army  is  on 
its  march;  when  drawn  up  for  action, 
or  in  the  field  for  review,  columns,  or 
fines  are  substituted. 

LINES  of  support,  ;ire  lines  of  attack, 
which  are  formed  to  support  one  another. 
Where  there  are  several,  the  second  should 
outflank  the  first,  the  third  the  second  ; 
the  advanced  one  being  thereby  strengthen- 
ed and  supported  on  its  outward  wing. 

LINE  of  march.  The  regular  and  tac. 
tical  succession  of  the  component  parts  of 
an  army  that  is  put  in  motion. 

LINES  of  mare!},  are  bodies  ot  armed 
men  marching  on  given  points  to  arrive 
at  any  straight  alignement  on  which  they 
are  to  form.  The  general  direction  o'f 
such  alignement  is  always  determined  be- 
f.ire  the  troops  enter  it,  and  the  point  in 
that  line  at  which  their  head  is  to  arrive, 
jnust  next  be  ascertained.  See  Am  Mil. 
Lib. 

The  line  is  said  to  be  well  dressed, 
\vhen  no  part  is  out  of  the  straight  aligne- 
ment. That  this  may  be  effected,  at  the 
word  dress,  which  is  given  by  the  com- 
mander, it  is  immediately  to  commence 
from  the  centre  of  each  battalion,  the  men 
looking  to  their  own  colors,  and  the  cor- 
recting officers  lining  them  upon  the  co. 
lors  of  their  next  adjoining  battalion. 

LiNZ-j!rings,  are  executed  separately 
and  independently  by  each  battalion. 

Inversion  of  the  line,  in  formation.  This 
is  a  manoeuvre  which  ought  only  to  be 
resorted  to  on  the  most  urgent  occasions, 
as  it  is  prudent  to  avoid  the  inversion  of 
all  bodies  in  line.  The  inversion  is  ef- 
fected by  facing  a  battalion  or  line'to  the 
right  about,  instead  of  changing  its  po- 
sition by  a  counter  march  ;  sometimes,  in- 
deed, it  may  be  necessary  t  form  to  a 
flank  with  its  rear  in  front.  The  column 
•with  its  line  in  front  may  arrive  on  the  left 
of  its  ground,  and  be  obliged  immediately 
to  form  up  and  support  that  point,  so 
that  the  right  of  the  line  will  become  rhe 
left.  Part  of  a  second  line  may  double 
round  on  the  extremity  of  a  first  line, 
thereby  to  outflank  an  enemy.  These, 
and  various  other  movements,  may  be 
found  necessary,  and  they  can  only  be 
practised  with  safety  and  expedition  bv 
the  inversion  of  the  line. 

LINES  advancing  to  engage  an  enemy, 
Ligaes  merchant  a  I'tnnemi,  IT.  Accord- 
ing to  Marshal  Puysegur,  all  lines  should 


take  the  centre  tor  the  regulating  point  of 
movement,  and  not  the  right,  as  others 
have  maintained.  He  grounds  his  opinion 
upon  a  known  fact,  that  the  more  extend- 
ed a  line  is,  the  more  difficult  it  must 
prove  to  march  by  the  right.  By  making 
the  centre  the  directing  portion  of  the  line, 
more  than  half  the  difficulty  is  removed, 
To  which  it  may  be  added,  that  the  cen- 
tre is  more  easily  discernible  from  the 
right  and  left,  than  the  right  is  within  the 
just  observation  of  the  left,  or  the  left 
within  that  of  the  right. 

When  the  line  advances  it  must  uni- 
formly preserve  a  convexity  from  the  cen- 
tre, so  that  when  it  halts,  the  right  and 
left  may  have  to  dress  up  ;  but  this  con- 
vexity must  be  scarcely  perceptible.  Were 
the  !in,-  to  be  concave  on  approaching  the 
enemy,  a  necessity  would  occur  of  throw- 
ing the  wings  back,  perhaps  even  of  put- 
ting several  corps  to  the  right  about,  during 
which  operation  the  whole  army  might  be 
endangered. 

When  lines  are  marching  forward  they 
must  be  occasionally  halted :  in  which 
cases  the  centre  halts  first,  and  when  the 
line  is  ordered  to  advance  again,  the  cen- 
tre steps  off'  though  in  an  almost  imper- 
ceptible manner,  before  the  right  and  left.- 

Each  commanding  officer  must  place 
himself  in  the  centre  of  that  proportion 
of  the  line  which  he  has  tinder  his  imme- 
diate orders,  unless  he  should  be  otherwise 
directed.  The  centre  is  always  the  most 
convenient  point,  from  whence  every 
thing  that  passes  on  the  right  and  left  may 
be  observed.  Wht-n  the  line  advances  in 
charging  order,  he  must  march  at  the  head, 
of  his  battalion  or  squadron,  taking  care, 
that  he  is  followed  by  his  troops  with  an 
equal  cadenced  step,  and  regulating  his 
own  movement  by  that  ot  the  divisions 
which  are  formed  on  his  right  and  left. 
The  greater  the  extent  of  line  proves, 
which  is  composed  of  several  battalions 
and  squadrons  that  advance  forward  with 
the  same  front,  the  more  difficult  will  be 
the  movement  of  the  several  bodies  ;  but 
as  we  have  already  observed,  a' great  part 
of  this  difficulty  is  overcome  when  the 
centre  is  made  the  directing  body.  The 
right  and  left  must  be  invariably  governed 
by  it. 

RetiringlsiNt,  are  bodies  of  armed  men 
that  have  advanced  against  an  opposing 
enemy  in  order  of  battle,  withdrawing 
themselves  with  regularity  from  the  im- 
mediate scene  of  action.  On  this  occasion 
it  is  of  the  greatest  importance,  that  the 
line  should  be  correctly  dressed  before  it 
faces  to  the  right  about ;'  and  the  battalions 
will  prepare  for  the  retreat  in  the  manner 
prescribed  for  the  single  one  by  receiving 
the  caution,  that  the  line  -will retire. 

TV  form  the  LINE,  in  land  tactics,  is  to 
arrange  the  troops  in  order  of  battle,  or 
battle  array, 

To  Break  the  LINF,  to  change  the  direc- 
tion from  that  of  a  straight  line,  in  order 
to  obtain  a  cross  fire. 


L  I  N 


LIN 


545 


Turning  out  of  the  LINE,  in  a  military 
.sense.  The  line  turns  out  without  arms 
whenever  the  general  commanding  in  chief 
comes  along  the  front  of  the  camp. 

In  the  British  army  the  following  is  the 
usage : 

When  the  lint  turns  out,  the  private 
men  are  drawn  up  in  a  line  with  the  bells 
pf  arms ;  the  corporals  on  the  right  and 
left  of  their  respective  companies :  the 
piquet  forms  behind  the  colors,  with 
their  accoutrements  on,  but  without 
arms. 

The  serjeants  draw  up  one  pace  in  the 
front  of  the  men,  dividing  themselves 
equally. 

The  officers  draw  up  in  ranks,  accord- 
ing to  their  commissions,  in  the  front  of 
the  colors;  two  ensigns  taking  hold  of 
the  colors. 

The  field  officers  advance  before  the 
captains. 

The  camp  colors  on  the  flanks  of  the 
parade  are  to  be  struck,  and  planted  oppo- 
site to  the  bells  of  arms ;  the  officers  espon- 
toonsare  to  be  planted  between  the  colors, 
and  the  drums  piled  up  behind  them  ;  the 
halberts  are  to  be  planted  between,  and  on 
each  side  the  bells  of  arms,  and  the  hatch- 
ets turned  from  the  colors. 

Full  ot  dose  LINES,  (lignespJ&inet,  Fr.) 
Marshal  Puysegur  in  his  Art  de  la  Guerre 
is  a  strong  advocate  for  full  or  close  lines, 
in  his  disposition  of  the  order  of  battle, 
provided  the  ground  will  admit  it.  He 
proposes,  in  fact,  that  the  battalions  of  in- 
fantry and  the  squadrons  of  horse  should 
form  one  continuity  of  line,  without  leav- 
ing the  least  interval  between  them. 

LINES  that  are  close  attdnpen,  (llgnes 
tant  p le ines  que vuide t,  Fr.)  VVheji  troops 
are  drawn  up  in  order  of  battle  with  in- 
tervals between  the  battalions  and  squad- 
rons, the  lines  are  said  to  be  close  and  open. 
LINE,  or  camp  counts-martial.  These 
courts-martial  are  frequently  resorted 
to,  and  differ  from  regimental  ones,  in  as 
much  as  they  are  composed  of  the  officers 
belonging  to  different  corps,  and  the  rati- 
fication of  the  sentence  is  vested  in  the 
general  or  commanding  officer  of  the 
camp.  So  that  no  time  is  lost  in  waiting 
for  the  commander  in  chiefs  approbation, 
when  he  is  delegated  by  him  ;  nor  has  the 
colonel  or  commanding  officer  of  the  re- 
giment to  which  the  offender  may  belong, 
any  power  to  interfere.  The  sentences  of 
line  or  camp,  field,  and  garrison  courts- 
martial,  are  confined  to  corporeal  punish- 
ments, but  they  can  neither  affect  life, 
nor  occasion  the  loss  of  a  limb.  The 
proceedings  are  read  by  the  adjutant  of 
the  day  ;  the  surgeon  is  from  the  regiment 
to  which  the  prisoner  belongs,  and  the 
punishment  is  inflicted  in  front  of  the 
piquet  by  the  drummers  of  the  different 
corps  under  the  direction  of  the  drum- 
major,  who  is  from  the  regiment  to  which 
the  adjutant  of  the  day  belongs.  Field 
and  drum-head  courts-martial,  may  be ; 
';<red  in  the  same  light,  v/hen  an  ' 


army  is  on  its  march ;  with  this  differ- 
ence, that  the  prisoner  is  tried  either  by 
officers  belonging  to  his  own  corps,  or  by 
a  mixed  roster  A  circle  is  formed  at  a 
short  distance  from  the  men  under  arms-, 
and  the  sentence  is  written  upon  a  drum- 
head; whence  the  appellation  of  drum- 
head courts-martial  is  derived.  When 
there  are  several  regiments  present,  the 
same  forms  are  attended  to  in  punishing 
prisoners  as  are  observed  in  line  or  camp 
courts-martial ;  and  when  there  is  only 
one  regiment,  the  examination  and  tha 
punishment  of  the  prisoner  or  prisoners 
take  place  within  itself. 

LINES,   in   fortification,    bear   several 
names  and  significations  ;  such  as, 
{defence  ~\ 

I  defence Jichant 
defence  raxant 

LIKE  of^  circuwvallatlon     j  See  Four 
I  counters  allation     ^TIFICA- 
I  counter-approach  I  TION. 
^defence  prolonged  \ 

LINE  Capital     -     -       -      J 

LINE  of  communication.  (  Lis*ne  de  com- 
munication, Fr.)  That  space  of  ground 
in  a  fortified  place  which  joins  the  cita- 
del to  the  town. 

LINES  of  c  omnium  cation,  are  trenches 
that  unite  one  work  to  another,  so  that 
men  may  pass  between  them  without 
being  exposed  to  the  enemy's  fire  :  thence 
the  whole  intrenchment  round  any  place 
is  sometimes  called  a  line  of  communication  t 
because  it  leads  to  all  the  works. 

Inside  LINES,  are  a  kind  of  ditches  to- 
wards the  place,  to  prevent  sallies,  &c. 

Outride  LINES,  are  a  kind  of  ditches 
towards  the  field,  to  hinder  relief,  &c. 

Capital  L I  N  E  of  the  half  moon.  (Ligne 
capitale  de  la  demi-lune,  Fr.)  That  which 
is  drawn  from  the  flanked  angle  of  a  halt" 
moon,  to  the  rentrant  angle  of  the  coun- 
terscarp on  which  it  is  constructed. 

LINE  of  counter  approach,  (Ligne  de 
contre-approcbe,  Fr.)  A  sort  of  trench 
which  the  besieged  make,  and  push  for- 
ward from  the  glacis,  for  the  purpose  o£ 
counteracting  the  enemy's  works.  Se& 
APPROACHES. 

LINE  cf  defence.  (Ligne  de  defense t  Fr . ) 
See  FORTIFICATION. 

Li  ONE  magistrate,  Fr.  See  Capital  //.;::." 
in  FORTIFICATION. 

LINE  of  circumvallation.  (Ligne  de  cir.- 
convallation,  Fr.)  See  FORTIF  ICATIOM. 

LINE  of  direction  in  gunnery,  is  a  lino 
formerly  marked  upon  guns,  by  a  short' 
point  upon  the  muzzle,  and  a  cavity  on 
the  base  ring,  to  direct  the  eye  in  pointing 
the  gun. 

L  i  N  E  of  distance ,  the  interval  between 
two  things,  either  in  regard  to  time,  place,*- 
or  quantity. 

LINE  of  gravitation,  of  any  heavy  body, 
is  a  line  drawn  through  its  centre  of  gravi- 
ty, and  according  to  which  it  tendg down- 
wards, 

LINE   of  stuffiest  descent,  of  a  heavy 
bod  v ,  i  s  t  he  c  y  cloid .     S  ee  C  v  c  L  o  i  ;T. 
X.  X 


346 


LIN 


L  IN 


LINE  of  projectile .  See  PR  OJECTILES  . 
LINE  of  the  least  resistance,  (Hgne  de 
whiJre  resistance,  Fr.)  that  line,  which 
being  drawn  from  the  centre  of  the  fur- 
nace or  the  chamber  of  a  mine,  takes  a 
perpendicular  direction  towards  the  nearest 
superficial  exterior. 

LINE  ofjire,  (lignede  ftu,  Fr.)  in  forti- 
fication. This  term  admits  of  two  distinct 
acceptations  ;  first,  when  it  is  found  ne- 
cessary to  give  an  idea  of  the  manner  in 
which  a  rampart,  or  an  entrenchment 
overwhelms  and  crosses  any  space  of 
ground  by  the  discharge  of  ordnance  or 
tnusquetry,  lines  must  be  drawn  to  ex- 
press the  distances  which  have  been  tra- 
versed by  the  shot,  £c.  These  lines  are 
called  lines  of  fire,  being  an  abbreviation  of 
those  lines  of  direction  which  have  been 
given  to  the  shot. 

In  order  to  convey  a  more  just  and  ac- 
curate conception  of  this  species  of  line  of 
lire,  it  is  recommended  to  give  a  profile, 
which  shall  not  only  shew  the  curves  of 
>he  trajectories,  but  likewise  point  out  the 
intersections  and  impressions  which  have 
been  made  by  such  fire  upon  a  rampart, 
entrenchment,  ground,  or  fortification  of' 
any  description. 

In  the  second  place,  all  that  extent  of 
a  rampart  or  entrenchment,  from  whence 
tiie  shot  of  ordnance  or  rnusquetry  is  dis- 
charged, is  understood  to  be  a  line  of 
lire. 

If,  for  instance,  it  were  to  be  said  that  a 
reserve  or  oblique  direction  was  taken 
against  a  long  extent  of  rampart  or  en- 
trenchment, by  means  of  a  jettee  or  any 
great  work  thrown  up,  so  as  to  out-flank 
or  take  it  in  the  rear,  it  might  be  conclud- 
ed that  those  points  would  be  supplied 
with  a  long  line  of  fire. 

LIXE  of  direction.,  (  Ligne  de  direction, 
Fr.)  In  mechanics  any  straight  line  down 
which  a  heavy  body  descends.  There 
are  likewise  lines  of  direction  which  relate 
to  powers;  they  are  then  straight  lines  by 
means  of  which  a  power  draws  or  urges  on 
<•-  weight  for  the  purpose  of  supporting  or 
moving  it. 

Capital  LINE  of  the  bastion,  ( Ligne  ca. 
pjtal  du  bastion,  Fr. )  a  line  which  is  drawn 
from  the  centre  angle  of  a  bastion  to  its 
flanked  angle.  In  regular  fortification 
this  line  cuts  the  bastion  in  two  equal 
parts. 

LINES  of  entrenchment,  (Lignes  rtlren- 
•  Fr.)  all  lines  which  are  drawn  in 
front  of  a  camp,  Sec.  to  secure  it  from  in- 
sult or  surprize  are  so  called.  Whenever 
an  army  is  not  sufficiently  strong  to  run 
the  hazard  of  being  attacked,  the  general 
who  commands  it,  must  have  the  precau- 
tion to  dig  a  ditch  in  front  measuring  three 
toises  at  least  in  breadth  and  two  in  depth. 
He  must  likewi.se  thiow  up  a  parapet 
with  redans,  or  have  it  flanked  at  inter- 
-mediate  distances  by  small  bastions  two 
toises  thick,  made  of  strong  close  earth, 
,ct  if  covered  and  supported  by  fas- 
cines, with  a  banquette  behind  sui'Ilcient- 


ly  high  to  cover  the  soldiers  tents.  If 
water  can  be  got  into  the  ditch  from  -t 
neighboring  stream  or  rivulet,  an  addition- 
al advantage  will  be  derived  from  that  ac- 
cession. When  the  lines  are  constructed 
for  any  space  of  time,  it  will  then  be  pro- 
per to  make  a  covert-way  in  the  usual 
manner. 

Other  lines  are  likewise  constructed  foe 
the  purpose  of  communicating  with  dif- 
ferent quarters  ;  great  care  must  be  taken 
lest  any  of  them  be  exposed  to  the  enemy's 
enfilade.  To  prevent  this  they  must  be 
supported  by  redoubts,  or  by  works  be- 
longing to  the  neighboring  forts  ;  for  the 
enemy  might  otherwise  make  good  his 
ground  within  them,  and  use  them  as  a 
trench. 

If  an  army  is  so  weak  as  to  be  within 
lines,  you  take  care  to  have  communi- 
cations between  the  villages,  and  small 
parties  of  light  horse  patvoling  towards 
the  enemy,  and  to  have  videttes  and  sen- 
tries posted  so  near  one  another,  that  you 
may  have  intelligence  of  all  their  transac- 
tions. 

LINE  in  fencing,  that  part  of  the  body 
opposite  to  the  enemy,  wherein  the  shoul- 
ders, the  right:  arm,  and  the  sword,  should 
always  be  found;  and  wherein  are  also  to 
be  placed  the  two  feet  at  the  distance  of 
18  inches  from  each  other.  In  which 
sense,  a  man  is  said  to  be  in  his  line,  or  to 
go  out  of  his  line,  &c. 

LINE,  also  denotes  a  French  measure* 
containing  i-i2th  part  of  an  inch.  It  is 
of  late  frequently  made  use  of  in  calcula- 
tions. 

LINE  OF  SCIENCE,  is  substituted  for 
the  old  and  awkward  oblique  step  ;  move- 
ments to  a  flank  oblique  are  now  by  half  'or 
quarter  facing,  that  is, the  whole  who  are  to 
move  in  the  required  direction  are  faced 
on  a  line  midway  between  a  front  and  full 
faced  position  ;  so  that  quarter  faced 'to  the 
right,  the  right  shoulder  of  the  second 
man  is  behind  the  left  shoulder  of  the 
right  file  ;  and  so  on  each  along  each  rank 
have  their  right  shoulders  behind  the 
man  on  their  right :  so  if  the  movement 
is  to  be  oblique  to  the  left,  they  are  quar- 
ter faced  to  the  left,  and  the  files  will 
stand  successively  with  their  left  shoul- 
ders in  the  rear  of  the  right  of  those  who 
stood  on  their  left. 

To  LINE,  from  the  French  aligner,  is  to 
dress  any  given  body  of  men,  so  that  every 
individual  part  shall  be  so  disposed  as  to 
form  collectively  a  straight  continuity  of 
points  from  centre  to  flanks. 

To  LINE  men.  Officers,  and  non-com- 
missioned officers,  are  said  to  line  the  men 
belonging  to  their  several  battalions,  di- 
visions, or  companies,  when  they  arrive 
at  their  dressing  points,  and  receive  the 
word  dress  from  the  commander  of  the 
v/hole. 

When  a  single  battalion  halts,  it  is 
dressed  or  lined  on  its  vight  centre  com- 

Kany,  and  must  of  course  be  in  a  straight 
ne.     Wlica  scvcutl  battalions  dre^s  from 


LIN 


LIN 


34 


the  centre  of  each  on  its  next  colors,  the 
general  line  will  be  straight,  provided 
ail  the  colors  have  halted  regularly  in  a 
line.  On  these  occasions  every  thing 
will  depend  upon  the  two  centre  guides 
of  each  battalion. 

To  LINE  a  Coast.  To  line  a  coast  well 
xinder  the  immediate  pressure  of  invasion, 
requires  not  only  great  ability  and  exertion 
m  the  commanding  officer  or  the  particular 
district  against  which  an  insult  may  be 
ottered,  but  it  is  moreover  necessary,  that 
every  individual  officer  in  the  different 
corps  should  minutely  attend  to  the  par- 
ticular spot  on  which  he  may  be  stationed. 
The  English  coast,  especially  where  there 
are  bays,  is  almost  always  intersected  by 
narrow  passes  through  the  rocks  cr  sand- 
hills.  On  this  account,  when  any  body 
of  men  receives  orders  to  line  a  specified 
extent  of  ground,  the  officers  who  are  en- 
trusted with  the  several  parts  of  a  batta- 
lion or  brigade,  should  take  care  to  make 
the  most  of  their  men,  and  to  extend  their 
riles  in  such  a  manner,  as  not  only  to  pre- 
sent an  imposing  front  from  the  crown  of 
the  hill,  but  to  be  able,  at  a  moment's 
warning,  to  carry  their  whole  strength 
10  prevent  the  enemy  from  getting  upon 
the  flanks  by  suddenly  rushing  up  the 
gap.  Much  coolness  is  required  on  these 
occasions. 

To  LINE  hedges,  &c.  to  plant  troops, 
nrtillery,  or  small  arms,  along  them  under 
their  cover,  to  fire  upon  an  enemy  that 
advances  openly,  or  to  defend  them  from 
the  horse,  &c. 

To  LINE  a  street  or  read,  is  to  draw  up 
any  number  of  men  on  each  side  of  the 
street  or  road,  and  to  face  them  inwards. 
This  is  frequently  practised  on  days  of 
ceremony,  when  some  distinguished  per- 
son is  received  with  military  honors  on 
his  way  through  places  where  troops  are 
stationed. 

This  is  the  usage  also  in  funerals,  when 
the  corps  under  arms  form  a  lane,  by  the 
ranks  being  faced  to  the  right  a  Ad  left  in- 
•ward;  and  the  party  rests  on  arms  re-versed. 

To  LINE,  in  a  fortification,  is  nothing 
more  than  to  environ  a  rampart,  parapet, 
or  ditch,  &o.  with  a  wall  of  masonry  or 
earth. 

LINCE,  et  chaussure  du  sol 'dat ,  Fr.  ne- 
cessaries belonging  to  a  soldier.  During  the 
monarchy  of  France,  a  sol  or  one  English 
half-penny  per  day,  was  added  to  the  pay 
ot  each  serjeant,  "and  about  six  deniers  or 
three  English  farthings  to  that  of  each 
corporal,  anspessade  or  lance-corporal, 
grenadier,  private  soldier,  and  drummer, 
to  enable  them  to  keep  up  a  certain  list  of 
necessaries.  On  any  deficiency  being  dis- 
covered it  was  in  the  power  of  the  com- 
manding officer  of  the  regiment  to  reduce 
the  soldier's  subsistence  to  four  sols  or 
two-pence  English  per  day,  until  the  full 
complement  was  made  up. 

LINGERER,  one  who  pretends  to  be 

"indisposed,  in  order  to  avoid  his  tour  of 

-a  skulker.    Hence  the  term  malin- 


gerer, or  a  soldier  who  avoids  duty  in  a 
disreputable  manner. 

To  LI  NK  together,  to  tie  together.  Ca- 
valry horses  are  frequently  linked  together 
when  it  is  found  necessary  for  the  men  to 
dismount.  When  the  word  of  command 
link  your  horses  is  given,  the  right  hand 
files  are  to  move  up  into  the  intervals, 
slip  their  bridoons  and  dress  by  the  right, 
standing  in  front  of  their  own  horses' 
heads;  the  left  files  slipping  the  bridoons 
in  their  hands  at  the  same  time,  and  step- 
ping to  the  front  of  their  horses'  heads. 
As  soon  as  up  and  dressed,  the  whole  ad- 
vance their  left  feet  by  a  motion  from  the 
right,  and  by  another  motion  from  the 
right,  the  whole  go  to  the  left  about  to- 
gether, and  link;  as  soon  as  done  linking, 
the  left  hand  man  of  each  rank  falls  back 
two  paces  from  his  horse,  and  the  whole 
dress  well  lo  him,  with  the  carabine  in 
the  trailing  position.  But  before  they  do 
this  they  must  put  their  belts  and  plates 
in  order. 

It  ought  to  be  recollected,  that  when 
the  right  hand  files  come  up,  they  musr 
take  care  not  to  bring  their  horses  past  the 
others  ;  and  in  order  to  dress  with  the  let'?: 
files  they  must  slip  the  bridoon  to  the  left 
hapJ,  leaving  the  horse  in  his  place  in  th<- 
rank, 

When  dragoons  are  ordered  to  dismount, 
and  are  to  mount  again  immediately, 
without  moving  from  their  horses,  tin- 
word  of  command  unlink  your  homes  is 
made  use  of;  in  which  case  the  dra- 
goon drops  his  carabine,  which  is  then 
in  a  trailing  position,  on  his  left  arm, 
and  unlinks  :  as  soon  as  that  is  done,  he 
takes  his  carabine  in  his  left  hand,  the 
horse  in  the  right,  by  the  rk'ht  bridoon 
rein,  waiting  for  the  wofd  prepare  to  vioutit. 

LINKS,  in  the  art  of  war,  are  distinct 
reins,  or  thongs  ot  leather  used  by  the 
cavalry  to  link  their  horses  together,  when 
they  dismount,  that  they  may  not  dis- 
perse. Every  tenth  man  is  generally 
left  to  take  careof  them. 

LIN  S-/>/>j.     See  LINCHPINS. 

LINSTOCK.  (Bottte-fett,  Fr.)  In 
gunnery,  a  short  stalf of  wood,  about  three 
feet  long,  having  at  one  end  a  piece  of  iron 
divided  into  two  branches,  each  of  which 
has  a  notch  to  hold  a  lighted  match,  and 
a  screw  to  fasten  it  there,  the  other  end 
being  shod  with  iron  to  stick  into  the 
ground. 

L I S,  Fr.  A  warlike  machine  was  for- 
merly so  called  :  it  consisted  of  a  piece  of 
wood  or  stake,  about  the  ^e  of  the  hu- 
man body,  which  was  made  smaller  at 
the  top  than  at  the  bottom,  and  resem- 
bled a  lilly  not  yet  blown.  Several  of 
these  were  tied  together  with  ozier  or 
willow  twigs,  and  were  used  for  the  se- 
curity of  a  camp.  They  were  not  unlike 
the  p'alisadesof  the  present  day. 

Flenrde  Lis,Luce,  Fr.  A  flower  borne 
in  the  ancient  arms  of  France,  and  adopt- 
ed by  the  English  kings  until  the  French 
insisted  on  its  abandonment,  wlu<  h 


348 


LIV 


L  O  C 


done  on  the  consummation  of  the  union 
•with  Ireland.  The  electoral  cap,  as  em- 
blematic of  Hanover,  and  the  shamrock 
for  Ireland,  have  been  substituted  in  their 
stead. 

FL  EUR -<&-£«,  during  the  French  mo- 
narchy signified  also  a  mark  of  infamy, 
•which  was  made  with  a  hot  iron,  upon 
the  back  of  a  malefactor. 

LISSE,  Fr.  Any  smooth  and  unor- 
ziamented  piece  in  architecture  is  so  called 
by  the  French. 

L 1 S  S  O I  R  E ,  Fr .  from  lisser  to  smooth . 
This  word  was  particularly  applied  in 
Prance  to  an  operation  which  gunpowder 
•went  through  in  order  to  make  coarse 
grains  smooth  and  round.  This  was  ef- 
fected by  tying  several  barrels  together  and 
by  means  of  a  mill,  turning  them  round, 
so  as  to  occasion  considerable  friction 
within. 

LISTS,  in  a  military  sense,  a  plaee  in- 
closed, in  which  combats  are  fought. 
'    To  enter  the  LISTS,  is  to  contend  with 
a  person. 

To  L  i  s  T  soldiers,    P  to  retain  and  enroll 

To  in/istj  3  soldiers,    cither    as 

volunteers,  or  by  a  kind  of  compulsion 

LISTING.  "Persons  listed,  are  to  be 
carried  before  the  next  justice  of  peace  or 
magistrate  of  any  city  or  town  and  sworn. 

Persons,  owning  before  the  proper  ma- 
gistrate, that  they  voluntarily  listed  them- 
selves, are  obliged  to  take  the  oath,  or  suf- 
fer confinement  by  the  officer  who  listed 
them,  till  they  do  take  it. 

The  magistrate  is  obliged  in  both  cases, 
to  certify,  that  such  persons  are  duly 
listed;  setting  forth  their  birth,  age,  and 
calling,  if  known;  and  that  they  had 
taken  the  oath. 

•  Persons  receiving  insisting  money  from 
any  officer,  knowing  him  to  be  such,  and 
afterwards  absconding,  and  refusing  to  go 
before  a  magistrate  to  declare  their  assent 
or  dissent,  are  deemed  to  be  inlisted  to  all 
intents  and  purposes,  and  may  be  proceed- 
ed against  as  it  they  had  taken  the  oath. 
See  ATTESTATION. 

LIT  de  CAMP,  Fr.  A  camp  bed, 
•which  takes  to  pieces,  and  is  portable. 
The  French  frequently  call  it  ///  brise,  or 
a  bed  which  may  be  taken  to  pieces.  The 
Turks  never  use  these  beds ;  they  always 
carry  mattrasscs,  which  they  spread  upon 
sophas  when  they  halt  at  night. 

LITTER,  a  sort  of  hurdle- bed,  on 
Svhich  wounded  officers  or  men  are  carried 
off  the  field. 

LITTLE  forti/tcathn .  The  first  divi- 
sion of  the  first  system  of  M.  de  Vauban, 
and  is  so  called  when  the  exterior  side  of 
a  fortification  does  not  exceed  175  toises, 
or  350  yards  It  is  used  in  the  construc- 
tion of  citadels,  small  forts,  horn  and 
Crown- works. 

LIV  RE  An  old  French  money  of  ac- 
count, consisting  of  20  sols,  about  i8</. 
English  :  each  sol  containing  12  deniers. 
The  livrcis  of  twokinds-j  Tournois  and 

foto. 


LIVRE  Tournch  contains  20  sols  Tour- 
nois, and  each  sol  12  deniers  Tournois. 

LIVRE  Parisis,  is  12  sols  Parisis,  being 
worth  12  deniers  Parisis,  or  15  deniers 
Tournois  ;  so  that  a  livre  Parisis  is  worth 
25  sols  Tournois.  The  word  Parisis  is 
used  in  opposition  to  Tournois,  because 
of  the  rate  of  money,  which  was  one. 
fourth  higher  at  Paris  than  at  Tours. 

LI  VRER  bataitte,  Fr.  To  deliver,  give 
or  join  battle. 

LIVKER  assaut,  Fr.     To  storm. 
Li  VRER,    uni  I'ille   au  pillage,   Fr.  to 
give  a  town  up  to  plunder. 

LOAD,  a  word  of  command  given, 
when  men  arc  to  charge  their  guns  or 
musquets. 

LOAD.  Artillery  carriages,  or  waggons, 
are  frequently  loaded  with  i4cwt.  for  3 
horses,  and  2O  cwt.  for  4  horses.  This, 
however  it  may  answer  on  an  English  road, 
is  a  great  deal  too  much  for  general  service. 
No  doubt  a  carriage  of  one  construction 
will  travel  easier  than  of  another,  with 
the  same  weight ;  and  where  the  mecha- 
nical advantage  thus  gained  is  greatest,  the 
heaviest  weight  may  be  put,  with  the 
same  number  of  horses ;  but  in  the  car- 
riages usually  made  for  the  service  of  ar- 
tillery, 4  cwt  per  horse,  beside  the  weight 
of  the  carriage,  is  the  utmost  they  ought 
to  be  allowed  to  draw. 

The  trench  ammunition  waggons, 
which  are  drawn  by  4  horses,  are  always 
charged  with  1200  pounds  only. 

The  regulations  for  British  home  service 
in  1798  state  the  load  for  a  bread  waggon  at 
2400  Ibs.  and  for  a  cart  of  entrenching  tools 
at  400  Ibs.  Men  used  to  bear  loads ,  such  as 
porters,  will  carry  from  150  to  250 
pounds. 

A  horse  will  carry  about  300  Ibs.  and 
a  mule  about  250  Ibs.  See  also  the  word 
HORSES. 

LOCHABER-AXE,  a  tremendous 
Scotch  weapon,  now  used  by  none  but 
the  town  guard  of  Edinburgh;  one  of 
which  is  to  be  seen  among  the  small  ar- 
mory in  the  tower  of  London. 

LOCKS,  in  gunnery,  are  of  various 
sorts;  common  for  lockers  in  travelling 
carriages,  or  for  boxes  containing  shot, 
powder,  or  cartridges.  Also  locks  for  fire 
arms,  being  that  part  of  the  musquet,  by 
which  fire  is  struck  and  the  powder  in- 
flamed. 

LOCK-STEP.  This  step  was  first  in- 
troduced into  the  British  service  by  the  El- 
liot Lord  Heathricld,  when  he  command- 
ed the  garrison  at  Gibraltar;  and  is  the 
same  that  general  Saldern  (from  whose 
works  all  the  British  regulations  have 
been  almost  literally  selected)  calls  the 
deploy  step.  This  step  consists  in  the  heel 
ot  one  man  being  brought  nearly  in  con- 
tact with  the  joint  of  the  great  toe  of 
another,  so  that  when  men  step  ofr"  to- 
gether they  constantly  preserve  the  same, 
distance.  The  lock  or  deploy  step  was  al- 
ways practised  when  a  battalion  marched 
in  file  or  close  column  ;  and  the  great  axL 


LOG 


LOG 


349 


vantage  to  be  derived  from  it  was,  that  the 
last  tile  gained  ground  at  the  same  tin; 
that  the  front  advanced.     It  is  now  ex- 
ploded, and  very  properly,  as  an  excessive 
absurdity. 

To  LOCK,  is  to  fasten  one  or  more  of  the 
•wheels  of  a  carriage  from  going  round,  in 
going  down  a  hill,  £c. 

To  LOCK  jtp,  to  take  rhe  closest  possi- 
ble order  in  line  or  in  file.  The  expres- 
sion is  derived  from  the  lock. step. 

LOCK  #/>/  a  word  ot  command  which 
is  frequently  used  in  the  British  service, 
to  direct  soldiers  to  take  01  preserve  the 
closest  possible  order,  especially  in  Jile- 
•marcbing. 

LOCKER  hinges,  serve  to  fasten  the 
cover  of  the  lockers  in  travelling  car- 
riages. 

LOCKING  plates,  in  artillery,  are 
thin  flat  pieces  of  iron  nailed  on  the 
sides  of  a  h'eld  carriage,  where  the  wheels 
touch  it  in  turning,  to  prevent  the  wear- 
ing the  wood  in  those  places.  See  CAR. 

K  I A  G  E . 

LOCKSPIT,  in  field  fortification,  a 
small  cut  or  trench  made  with  a  spade, 
about  a  foot  wide,  to  mark  out  the  first 
lines  of  a  work. 

To  LODGE  ARMS.  A  word  of  com- 
•mand  which  is  used  on  guards  arid  pickets. 
When  a  guard  has  closed  its  ranks,  and 
the  men  are  to  place  their  arms  in  front  of 
the  guard-house  or  quarter-guard,  accord- 
ing to  circumstances,  thecommanding  of- 
ficer gives  the  words  port  arms,  to  the  right 
e.r  right  about,  (as  the  case  may  be)  face . 
Lodge  Arms. 

LODGMENT,  in  military  business, 
is  a  work  made  by  the  besiegeis  in  some 
part  of  a  fortification,  a»"ter  the  besieged 
have  been  driven  out,  for  the  purpose  of 
maintaining  it,  and  to  be  covered  from  the 
enemy's  fire.  It  also  means  possession  of 
an  enemy's  works. 

When  a  lodgment  is  to  he  made  on  the 
glacis,  covert  way,  or  in  a  breach,  there 
must  be  a  great  provision  made  of  fascines, 
sand  bags,  gabions,  wool  packs,  &c.  in 
the  trenches;  and  during  the  action,  the 
pioneers  (under  the  direction  of  an  engi- 
neer) with  fascines,  sand  bags,  &c.  should 
tre  making  the  lodgment,  in  order  to  form  a 
covering,  while  the  grenadiers  are  storm- 
ing the  covert  way,  &c. 

LOGARITHMS,  the  indexes  of  the 
ratios  of  numbers,  one  to  another;  ot 
which  the  following  is  a  concise  account. 

Of  arithmetical  progression — By  arithme- 
tical progression  is  meant  a  series  of  terms, 
each  of  which  exceeds,  or  is  exceeded  by, 
that  which  precedes  it  by  the  same  given 
number. 

For  instance,  the  series  i.  3.  5.  7.  9.  n 
is  in  arithmetical  progression,  since  each 
ot  the  terms  exceeds  that  which  precedes 
it  by  the  same  number,  which  is  2.  The 
series  n  .9.7.5.3.11$  also  in  arith- 
wietical  progression,  since  each  of  the  terms 
is  exceeded  by  that  which  precedes  it, 
:.ind  by  the  sanje  number. 


Of  geometrical  progression. — Geometrica 
Degression  is  that  in  which  each  term  of 
«.  series  contains  the  preceding  term,  or  is 
itself  contained  in  it,  the  same  number  of 
times  throughout. 

For  instance,  the  series  i  .3  .  9 . 27  .  81 . 
243,  &c.  is  in  geometrical  progression, 
since  each  term  contains  that  which  pre- 
cedes it  the  same  number  of  times,  which 
is  3. 

The  series  243  .  81  .  27  .  9  .  3  .  i  is 
also  in  geometrical  progression,  each  ot" 
the  terms  being  contained  by  the  preced- 
ing the  same  number  of  times. 

Of  the  formation  of ^  logarithms, — Loga- 
rithins  are  numbers  in  arithmetical  pro- 
gression, corresponding,  term  by  term, 
with  a  similar  series  of  numbers  in  geo- 
metrical progression.  I  f,  for  instance,  we 
have  a  geometrical  series  and  an  arithme- 
tical series  as  follows, 

i  .  3  .  9  .  27  .  81  .  243 

1.3.5.7.9.     IT 

we  shall  call  each  term  of  the  lower  series 

the  logarithm  of  the  cor  res  ponding  term  in 

the  upper  series. 

Any  given  quantity  may  therefore  have 
an  infinite nurnbt-r  of  difrerent  logarithms, 
since  the  same  geometrical  progression 
may  be  made  to  correspond  with  an  infi- 
nite diversity  of  series  in  arithmetical  pro- 
gression. 

In  the  formation,  however,  of  tables  of 
logarithms,  it  has  been  found  convenient 
to  adopt  a  ten-fold  progression,  as  the 
geometrical  progression,  and  the  series 
of  natural  numbers  as  the  arithmetical 
progression.  It  will  be  remarked,  that, 
in  respect  to  the  latter,  the  ratio,  or 
common  measure  of  increase,  is  always 
unity,  while  the  former  has  the  advantage 
ot  being  adapted  to  the  mode  of  notation 
which  is  in  universal  use.  The  follow- 
ing, therefore,  are  the  progressions  chosen : 

I.IO.IOO.JOOO.IoOOO.IOOOOO.ICOCOOO 

o.i. 2.     3. 4.      5       •      6 

It  follows  from  the  nature  and  corres- 
pondence of  these  progressions,  that,  as 
often  as  the  ratio  of  the  former  may  have 
been  used  as  a  factor  in  the  formation  of 
any  one  of  the  terms  of  that  progression, 
so  often  will  the  ratio  of  the  second  pro- 
gression have  been  added  to  form  the  cor- 
responding term  of  this  identical  second 
progression.  Tor  instance,  in  the  term 
10000,  the  ratio  10  is  4  times  a  factor, 
and  in  the  term  4  the  ratio  is  added  4 
times. 

If  any  two  terms  of  the  geometrical 
progression  be  intennultiplied,  and  if  the 
corresponding  terms  of  the  arithmetical 
progression  be  added,  the  product  and  the 
sum  will  be  two  teims  which  will  cor- 
respond  with  each  other  in  the  same  pro- 
gressions. 

Upon  this  principle  it  is,  that,  by  the 
simple  addition  of  any  two  or  more  terms  of 
thearithmetical  progression,  we  can  ascer- 
tain the  product  of  the  corresponding 
terms  of  the  geometrical  progression. 

For  instance,  by  adding  the  terms  2  and 


350 


LOG 


LON 


3  which  ar.  I  have 

- 
conclude  that  the  product  01 

hich  in  fact 

It  is  always  easy  to  a 
TJthum  of  ed  by  any  given 

rv.mher  of  ciphers;  for  such  loc 
will  invar!  many 

units  as  there  may  be  c 
rump  prac- 

tice to  the  formation  of  ir.'ermcd^  - 
rithms,  it  may  be  c 
any  given  number,  for  instan*.; 
apparently  fonn  any  ',  .ebrne- 

trical  progression  T  . 

-'eat  number  of  geome- 
trical means,  suppose  i,occ,~ 
the  two    M  ould  either 

f.nd  the  number  ne  of  such 

,  or  a  number  of  very  near  approx- 
n  to  it.     The  intermediate   terms 
betw-,: 

might  be  found  in  like  manner,  as  well  as 
a  corresponding  number  of  interr 
terms,  in  arithmetical  proportion,  between 
c  ar.d  i,  and  b-Jtween  i  and  ;,  i  and  3, 

e  line, 

;.e  whole  oi  ..  terms 

upon  i  .r,  it  is 

obvic  .ower  series  would  con- 

tain units,  or  decimal  fractions,  corres- 
ponding w  ith  the  numbers  in  the  upper 
;5,  the  logarithmic 

relation  of  the  two  series  would  be  com- 
-•nd  exactly  similar  to  that  of  the 
mental  progressiocs. 
It  is  thus,  that,  in  the  tables  most  in 
places  in  the 
:nmic  qua: .- 

however,  many  ::.  .1  by  men  of 

science  with  a  view  to  th"  attalr.rr. . 
:  :se  of  precision.   >• 

.-  vvhich  were  made 
.iseofaccc: 
T?r  of  decimal  p'. 

•a  to  5,  and  the  rather,  as  a  greater 
..  is  not  necessary  in  those 
ttions  of  1 
quire  more  than  approximate  results. 

it  should  be  remarked,  in  respect  to  the 
tables  figure 

to  the  r:thm  is  cal 

-e  it'is  that  figure  w  hich 
denotes  the  .  aetrical  pro- 

gression which  comprises  tSie  in:: 
which    the    logarithm  I  or  in- 

stance, if  the  characteristic  ot  a  number  be 

'.hat  it   relates  t 

class,  or  the  hundreds,  the  logarithm  of 
i oo  being  2;  and,  as  that  o 
number  from 

:  have  any  ether  lo^xithm  ; 
and  a  decimal  fraction. 

Thus,  the  characters--  Ithm 

umber  corresponding  to  the  natural 

numbers,  namely,  i  to  .  ,   3  to 

The  charac- 

of  the  logarithm  of  any  number 


r.ce,  that  a  numv  . 

than 
!  another  number,  has  t:  irithm 

lesser  nuinber,  as  far  as  re 
j|  the  decimal  fractions  of  e^ch.     The  cha. 
}i  racteristic  alone  is  susceptible  of  variation, 
il  as  wiU  be  seen  by  the  logarithms  of  the 

.bers  :hms 

3 

the  characteristics  ot  which  are  se^ 

ima,  bein,; 

*1 1  is  this  property  by  which  theextrac- 
;  tionof  logarithms  is  facilitated, sine 
jlkDovv  .:n  of  the  number 

it  are  desirous  of  finding  that  of  ; 
ji  or  of  3,  it  is  requisite  merely  to  add  to  the 
.  :eristic  of  30,  or  to  deduct  from  it, 
•sas  there  may  be  moreor  les:. 
:  lie  number  whose  logarithm  is 


any  place  occupied  by  military  TTU 
the  time  being,  whether  they  bequ: 
upon  the  inhabitants  of  a  town,  or  be  dis- 
tributed in   barracks.     Wher. 

>  that  have  taken  the  fieK:. 
comprehended  under  the  several  lu 

LOG1S,   Fr.     Qua-.:. 

;  LOG  is,  Fr.  To  rru: 
5  rooms  according  to  their  respective 
ranks. 

LOG  r  ,     Fr.      See 

1RTIFICAT  ION. 

\G  BOAT,  the   largest  be 
±  to  a  ship  : 

.   A.-C.    to  or  from  the  ship,  t-J 

,.i  the  anchor,  <x-c. 
Lei'-  ,   Fr,   Ale:  . 

.  Fr.     All  the  year 

?uerre,  Fr.     An   expr 
.  French  sen 

<rifie»  to  leave  a 
derable  opening  between  the  r 
Prendi  e  leflus  iot:g,  Fr.     T. 
jbout,  as  Varna. 

the  army  was  under  the  nee-:. 

ing  the  furthest  way  about  in  order  to 

avoid  the  defiles. 

LONGER,    F".     A   French  r 
phrase. 

i  or  down  the  river.     It  is  tree 
•ry  to  attack  an  er.ei,' 

1  o  march  : 
side  of  a  wood. 

I 
. 

..  .fw?-,  Fr.  A  sword  of  a  pro- 
per length   to  serve  as  a  weapon   < 
fence.     This  term  is  usedtodist.: 
ji  it  from  the  short  swords,  which  2.:. 
\  for  mere  dress  or  parade. 

.    Those   s'.des  are  so 


LOO 


L  O  Y 


35! 


called,  which  belong  to  places  that  are 
irregularly  fortified,  and  contain  indiscri- 
minatelv  eighty  toises  and  upwards.  In 
which  cases  they  are  usually  strengthened 
by  a  flat  bastion  in  the  centre,  or  by  seve- 
ral flat  bastions,  which  are  constructed, 
according  to  the  extent  of  the  sides,  at  in- 
termediate distances, 

LONGIMETRY,  -,   Fr.} 

The  art  of  measuring  lands  and  distances, 
•whether  the  extent  or  space  be  accessible 
as  in  a  road,  or  inaccessible  as  in  A 
or  branch  of  the  sea. 

LONGITUDL  ,  denotes  its 

•  from  west  to  east,  according  to  the 
direction  of  the  equator. 

LONGITUDE  c,f  a  p/ace,  in    gecf 
hs  distance  from  some  first  meridian,  or 
an  arch  of  the  equator  intercepted  between 
the  meridian  of  the  place,  and  the  first 
meridian.      See  G  EOGR  APHY. 

LONGITUDE    of  moti;xt   according    to 

philosophers,  is  the  distance  which 

^ntre    of    any    moving   body    runs 

_h,  as  it  moves  on  in  a  right  line. 

See  MOTION. 

LONGRINIS,  Fr.  Pieces  of  wood  or 
branches  whiclt  are  laid  along  the  extent 
of  a  sluice,  and  make  part  of  its  graling. 

TJ  LOOK,  a  word  frequently  used  in 
the  British  service  to  express  the  good  or 
bad  appearance  of  a  corps,  Sec.  viz.  sucha 

,eller  ill  underarms, 
oo  K  at.     To  go  down  the  front 
of  a  regiment,  &c.  _  juiring  that 

the  troops  ihould  be  put  through  the  dif- 
evolutions.  A  general  officer  fre- 
quently looks  at  a  regiment  in  this  manner. 
Sometimes  indeed  the  expression  bears  a 
more  extensive  meaning  :  it  is  usual,  for 
instance,  to  say — It  would  be  ridiculous 
to  think  of  looking  at  a  strong  place  for 
the  purpose  of  attacking  it,  w 

.  (ticient  force  to  carry  its  works. 

...%  in  a  military  sense  to 
be  distantly  observed  by  an  enemy  who 
has  a  design  of  attacking  you  ;  or  to  be 
seen  by  a  general  officer,  whose  d1- 
enfoiv-  ,:.'lished    system.     The 

latter  must  be  considered  as  a  mere  cur. 
sory  inspection.  It  is  common  to  sa\  — 
We  are  to  be  seen  or  looked  at,  but  not 
regularly  reviewed. 

LOOP,  in  a  ibip-carriaget  made  of 
iron,  fastened  one  on  the  front  of  a  fore 
axle-tree,  and  two  on  each  side,  through 
which  the  ropes  or  tackle  pass,  whereby 
,.s  are  moved  backwards  and  for- 
wards on  board  of  shl 

LOOP,  a  small  iron  ring  or  staple,  by 
which  the  barrel  of  a  gun  is  affixed  to  the 

LOOP  is  likewise  used  to  signify  an  or- 
namental part  of  a  regimental 

.n  the  British  service,  when 
ed  in  his  uniform,  is  directed  to 

•vhich  is  msJe  of  scaled 
J,  if  in  the  cavalry;  and  of 

• 

•vear  the  scaled  loop. 
Lo- 


cation, are  small  holes  in  the  walls  of  a 
castle  or  for:,  .  hich  the  garrison 

may  fire.   In  field  fortification,  loop-holes 
are  frequently  resorted  to. 

To  LOOSEN,  to  separate,  to  make  less 
coherent.  In  a  military  sense  it  implies 
to  open  ranks  or  files  from  close  order'.  Li 
marching  by  files,  the  officers  and  non- 
commissioned olficers  should  be  particu- 
larly attentive  to  their  men,  especially 
when  any  particular  manoeuvre  requires  a 
compact  and  solid  movement.  To  loosen 
is,  in  fact,  to  lose  that  firm  continuity  of 
line  or  perpendicular  adherence,  . 
constitutes  the  true  basis  of  military  ope- 
rations. The  lock  step  was  introduced 
for  the  purpose  of  counteracting  the  mis- 
chievous effects  of  loose  marching,  but  it 
produced  a  greater  inconvenience,  and  has 
therefore  been  laid  aside ;  and  the  equal 
pace  and  marked  time  corrects  both. 

LOOT.     Indian  term  for  plunder  or 
pillage. 

LOOTIES  or  LOOTEE'S,  Ind.    A 
term  in  India  to  express  a  body  of  irregu- 
lar horsemen,  who  plunder  and  lay  waste 
the  country,    and  harass  the  ene: 
their  marcti.     They  may  be  compared  to 
the   HuUns  of  Europe,'  and  oth.. 
booters. 

LOO  T  Y  W  A  L  L  O  W,  /,,-</.    A  to 
the  same  import  as  Looties. 

7;  LOT  far  !?:•:>!,  a  phrase  pec; •'. 
ry   arrangement?.      When    nee 
join  they  should  be  lotted  f> 

.:  impartiality.     If  some  troops  or 
companies  shcmU  be   le 
others,  I  be  first  compk-- 

the  strength  of  other  troops  or  com  f  - 
and  then  the  whole  must  lot  er 

LOl  Jname 

of  a  ir.  in    France,  ins: 

by  Louis  XI  V.in  1693.  Their  collar: 
of  a  fiarne  color,  and  passed  from  left  :o 
right :  the  king  was  always  grand  m 

LOL  •    coin  first 

struck  in  the  reign  of   Lou. 

iice  the  n. 
tion. 

LOUP,  Fr,    literally  signifies  a 

Lou  i  an  iron  i: 

ment,  made  in  the  shape  of  a  tena; 
means  of  which  they  grappled  tiu 
rams  and  broke  the,n  in  t he- 
die.     See  CROWS. FEET. 

LOYAL.  By  a  misapplication  of 
has  been  perverted  from  its  true  . 
cation,  a  person  faithful  to  the  Az?; , 

stis  made  t 
w  hether  he 

;>  ported    a 

.   during  the  revolutionary 
-  • 

LOYAL  is 

• 

and  at  the  conclusion  of  it  man> 
j    Eogland  and    r 

• 
.. 


352 


LUT 


LYE 


casion  were  not,  however,  confined  to 
those  that  had  served;  several  families 
had  their  cases  taken  into  consideration, 
and  were  provided  for  by  the  British  go- 
vernment. These  compensations  did  not 
however  give  any  right  to  a  military  man 
:  o  avail  himself  of  the  allowance  on  the 
score  of  half-pay  ;  many  of  these  per- 
Sons  have  been  since  used  as  spies. 

LUM1ERE,  />.  Vent,  touch-Hole, 
aperture. 

LUMIERE  des  pieces  d'artillerie,  des  ar- 
wes  a  fat,  et  de  la  pi u  part  des  artifices,  Fr. 
the  vent  or  aperture  through  which  fire  is 
communicated  to  cannon,  tire-arms,  and 
to  almost  every  species  of  artificial  fire- 
works. In  the  making  of  cannon,  itisof 
the  utmost  consequence  to  pay  minute 
attenten  tion  to  the  vent  or  touch-hole.  1 1 
is  in  this  parr  that  pieces  of  ordnance  are 
generally  found  defective,  from  the  vent 
being  too  much  widened  by  repeated 
firing,  and  the  explosion  of  the  gunpowder 
being  necessarily  weakened. 

LUNETTE  d'approche,  Fr.  a  teles- 
tope.  The  trench  sometimes  call  them 
Lunettes  de  Galilee,  from  the  perspective 
glass  or  telescope  having  been  invented  by 
Galileo. 

LUNETTE  a  Jarettes,  Fr.  a  multiply- 
ing glass. 

LUNETTE  polyedre.  Fr.  a  magnifying 
glass. 

LUNETTE  a  puce,  Fr.  a  microscope. 

LUNETTES,  in  fortification,  are  works 
made  on  both  sides  of  the  ravelin  :  one  of 
their  faces  is  perpendicular  to  half  or  two 
thirds  of  the  faces  of  the  ravelin  ;  and  the 
other  nearly  so  to  those  of  the  bastions. 

LUNETTES,  are  also  works  made  be- 
yorid  the  second  ditch,  opposite  to  the 
place  of  arms  :  they  differ  from  the  rave- 
lins only  in  their  situation.  See  FOR- 
TIFICATION. 

LUNETTONS,  are  a  smaller  sort  of 
lunettes. 

LUNGER-CONN  A.  A  poor-house 
or  hospital  is  so  called  in  India. 

LUNT.  The  matchcord  with  which 
cannon,  &c.  are  fired. 

LUNUJ^E.  (Lunules,  Fr.)  In  geo- 
metry a  half  moon  or  crescent,  which  is 
.made  by  the  arcs  of  two  intersecting  cir- 
cles. If  you  inscribe  a  triangle-rectangle 
within  a  halfcircle,  the  diameterof  which 
becomes  the  hypothenuse;  and  if  upon 
each  side  that  compresses  the  right  angle, 
us  its  diameter,  you  describe  a  halfcircle, 
the  space  in  shape  of  a  half  moon,  closed 
-n  by  the  circumference  of  each  of  these 
» wo  circles,  and  by  a  part  of  the  circum- 
ference of  the  great  halfcircle,  will  form 
»ne  figure  called  Lunula. 

LUTTE,  Fr.  Struggle.  An  exercise 
of  the  body,  which  consists  in  a  full  ex- 
ertion of  all  its  muscular  powers  to  over- 
•-onie  another  body,  that  resists  with  equal 
force  and  pertinacity.  This  sort  of  exer- 
cise was  much  encouraged  among  the  an- 
cients. The  wrestlers  or  lutteurs,  were 
distinguished  by  the  name  of  athletics. 


L  U X  H  E  B  A  R .  The  I ndian  name  for 
Thursday. 

LUZERNE,  Fr.  Spanish  trefoil,  call, 
ed  likewise  in  English  Lucerne.  A  species 
of  hay,  which  is  cultivated  for  the  sub. 
sistence  of  horses.  It  bears  a  violet  co- 
lored flower. 

LYCANIANS,  (Lycaniens,  Fr.)  Ami- 
litia  that  was  formerly  raised  in  Sclavonia, 
the  troops  of  which  resemble  the  Pan. 
dour*  and  Warasdins.  It  derives  its  name 
from  being  quartered  in  the  neighborhood 
of  the  lordship  ofLyka. 

LYING,  to  be  actually  stationed  01 
quartered  in  a  given  place. 

//Z-LYINC.  This  term  is  peculiarly 
applicable  to  pickets.  A  picket  is  said  to 
be  an  In- lying  picket  when  it  is  confined 
within  the -immediate  lines  of  entrench- 
ments belonging  to  a  camp,  or  within  the 
walls  of  a  garrisoned  town. 

Oar- LYING  picket,  is  that  which  does 
duty  without  the  limits  of  a  camp  or  gar- 
risoned town ;  that  is,  beyond  the  imme- 
diate sentries  belonging  to  either.  Those 
pickets  are  likewise  called  In-line  and  Out" 
line  pickets. 

Out-L  Y  E  RS,  the  same  as  faggots  in  tha 
line,  or  among  the  regulars.  The  term 
out-lyers  was  a  term,  however,  peculiarly 
understood  among  the  guards ;  and  con- 
sisted of  a  certain  number  of  men  from 
each  company,  who  w<]re  permitted  to 
work,  on  condition  that  the  whole  of  their 
pay  was  left  in  the  hands  of  the  captain, 
for  the  time  they  wer^  so  employed.  Thi.s 
sum  the  officer  appropriated  to  his  own 
use,  and  was  thereby  enabled  not  enly  to 
increase  his  pay,  but  to  keep  a  handsome 
table  whenever  he  mounted  guard.  Dur- 
ing the  winter  months  the  money  arising 
from  out-lyers  amounted  toa  considerable 
sum.  This  was  allowed  as  a  sort  of  com- 
pensation for  the  expence  the  captain  in- 
curred by  the  dinner  he  gave  to  his  subal- 
terns ;  and  for  his  contribution  to  the  sup- 
port of  a  regimental  hospital.  The  cus- 
tom is  now  abolished,  as  a  table  is  kept  by 
the  king,  and  copiously  paid  for  out  of  the 
civil  list.  The  following  anecdote,  which 
is  related  to  have  occurred  in  the  company 
that  once  belonged  to  the  British  general 
Gansell,  (whom  Junius  notices  in  his  let- 
ters) will  shew  the  absurdity  of  the  old 
custom,  and  the  wisdom  of  its  abolition  : 
— A  general  muster  being  ordered,  it  was 
remarked  that  a  soldier  dressed  in  new 
regimentals,  and  perfectly  unknown  to 
every  man  in  the  company,  stood  to  have 
his  name  called  over:  on  being  asked  to 
whose  company  he  belonged,  he  replied, 
to  general  Gansell's :  (it  must  be  hereob- 
served,  that  the  general  had  quitted  the 
guards  for  some  time.)  Who  is  the  pre- 
sent captain  ?  was  the  next  question,  or 
who  are  the  other  officers  ?  To  which  he 
briefly  replied,  I  only  know  the  pay-ser- 
jeant.  The  fact  was,  that  he  had  been 
some  years  in  the  guards,  and  had  con- 
stantly been  an  out-Iyer. 


MAC 


MAC 


353 


It  was  a  common  practice  and  continues 
to  be,  though  not  to  so  great  an  extent  as 
formerly,  to  place  the  names^on  the  mus- 
ter rolls'  of  the  children  of  officer?,  often 
their  illegitimate  children,  and  instances 
have  occurred  of  girls,  receiving  men's 
pay  as  out-tyefs. 

M 

MA  A  LE  R,  Ind.  A  certificate,  which 
i's  attested  by  the  principal  inhabitants  of 
a  town  or  village. 

MACE.  A  heavy  blunt  weapon,  hav- 
ing a  metal  head  :  a  club. 

M  A  C  H I  CO  U  L I S,  or  M«ste-coulis,  Fr. 
In  ancient,  and  sometimes  in  modern  for- 
tification, that  upper  part  of  the  wall 
which  is  sustained  by  brackets  or  corbels, 
jets  out  and  overlooks  the  gate  or  ditch. 

When  a  place  is  besieged,  detached 
parties  of  the  garrison  may  be  posted  in 
the  several  machicoulies.  Through  the 
intervals  of  the  corbels,  or  supporting 
brackets,  they  may  easily  observe  every 
thing  that  passes  at  the  loot  of  the  wall  ; 
and  it  the  besiegers  should  be  hardy  enough 
to  penetrate  as  far,  they  may  easily  over- 
whelm them  by  throwing  down  large 
stones,  combustible  materials,  hand-gre- 
nades or  bombs.  These  brackets  or  sup- 
porters, which  in  ancient  fortification 
were  of  a  slight  construction,  might  be 
made  of  solid  materials.  The  machicou- 
lis, in  fact,  is  susceptible  of  great  im- 
provement ;  and  in  many  instances  might 
be  adopted  in  order  to  defend  the  lower 
parts  of  angular  forts  or  turrets. 

MACHINES.     Machines,  F r . 

MACHINES  used  in  ivar  by  the  ancients . 
Every  species  of  instrument  or  machine, 
which  was  employed  before  the  invention 
of  fire-arms,  for  the  purpose  of  demolish- 
ing the  fortifications  of  an  enemy,  or  of 
rendering  them  accessible  to  the  besieger, 
came  under  the  denomination  of  machine. 
For  a  full  and  elaborate  explanation  of  the 
different  machines  that  were  adopted  by 
the  ancients,  we  refer  our  military  readers 
to  the  second  volume  of  the  Recueil  Alpba- 
fctique,  page  73. 

MACHINES  Infernales,  Fr.  Infernal 
machines.  Although  the  first  idea  of  these 
machines  has  beew  attributed  to  France, 
the  invention,  nevertheless,  is  by  no 
means  new.  Frederic  Jambclli,  an  Ita- 
lian engineer,  was  the  first  mat  used  them, 
when  Alexander,  of  Parma,  besieged 
Antwerp.  The  prince  of  Orange  like- 
wise had  recourse  to  the  destructive  effects 
of  an  infernal  machine,  in  order  to  bom- 
bard Havre  dt*. Grace,  and  to  set  it  on 
fire  The  Dutch  and  English,  in  con- 
junction, attempted  to  destroy  St.  Malo 
by  the  same  means.  The  first  instance, 
however,  upon  record,  in  which  the 
French  made  use  of  this  machine,  was 
when  Louis  the  XI  Vtl:  ordered  a  vessel, 
carrying  an  enormous  shell,  full  of  every 
M  of  combustible  matter,  to  "be  <&$, 


patched  to  Algiers,  for  the  purpose  of  de- 
molishing its  harbor.  This,  the  English 
say,  suggested  to  other  nations  the  a-ioption 
of  tire-ships,  and  other  destructive  ma- 
chines, which  have  frequently  been  used 
against  maritime  places,  although  they 
had  been  in  use  a  century  before. 

The  author  of  Oeuvres  Militaires,  torn, 
xxii.  page  222,  speaking  of  the  infernal 
machines,  observes,  that  if  he  were  to  be 
in  a  situation  which  required  the  use  of  so 
dreadful  an  explosion,  especially  to  destroy 
a  bridge,  he  would  prefer  having  the  ma- 
chine  made  simply  with  different  strong 
pieces  of  wood  joined  together,  so  as  to  be 
in  the  shape  of  an  egg,  or  of  a  cone  revers- 
ed. The  whole  must  the  be  made  com- 
pact with  cords  twisted  round  it.  This 
method,  in  his  opinion,  is  not  only  the 
best,  but  can  be  executed  in  the  most 
easy  and  expeditious  manner,  He  fur- 
ther adds,  that  in  order  to  burn  and  blow 
up  wooden  bridges,  and  even  to  destroy 
such  as  are  constructed  upon  arches, 
several  sorts  of  barges  or  boats  might  be 
used,  which  shoulu  be  filled  with  fire- 
works, bombs,  petards,  &c,  ft  would 
likewise  be  extremely  easy  to  construct 
these  machines  upon  floating  iafters,  car- 
rying several  thousand  pounds  weight  of 
gunpowder,  which  might  be  confined 
withinstrong  pieces  of  wood,  put  together 
in  the  manner  already  described. 

The.se  machines  should  be  piled  one 
above  the  other,  and  ion;;  iron  ba:s  must 
be  thrown  across  the  floats,  or  be  fixed 
like  masts,  so  that  when  the  whole  of  the 
combustible  materials  is  beneath  the  cen- 
tre of  the  bridge,  the  rafters  may  be  stop- 
ped. Great  care  must  be  taken  to  dispose 
the  matches  in  such  a  manner  that  no  fire 
may  be  communicated  to  the  gunpowdet 
before  the  machine  reaches  the  exact  spot 
which  is  to  be  destroyed. 

MACHINE,  in  gtntral,  whatever  hath 
force  sufficient  to  raise  or  stop  the  motion 
of  a  heavy  body. 

MACHINES  are  either  simple  or  com- 
pound :  the  simple  ones  are  the  seven 
mechanical  powers,  viz.  lever,  balance, 
pully,  axis,  and  wheei,  screw,  and  inclined 
plane.  See  MECHANICAL  POWERS. 

If  the  given  power  is  notable  to  over- 
come the  given  resistance  when  directly 
applied,  that  is,  whtn  tru  powt-r  applied 
is  less  than  the  weight  or  resistance  gi  ven  ; 
then  the  thing  is  to  be  performed  by  the 
help  of  a  machine,  made  with  levers, 
wheels,  pullies,  screws,  See.  so  adjusted, 
that  when  the  weight  and  power  are  put 
in  motion  on  the  machine,  the  velocity  of 
the  power  may  be  at  least  st  much  great- 
er than  that  of  the  weight,  as  the  weight 
and  friction  of  the  machine,  taken  together, 
is  greater  than  the  power ;  for  on.  this 
principle  depends  the  mechanism  or  con- 
trivance of  all  mechanical  engines  used  to 
draw  or  raise  heavy  bodies,  or  overcome  any 
other  force ;  the  whole  design  of  these 
being  to  give  such  a  velocity  to  the  power, 
in  respect  of  the  weight,  as  that  th?  mo- 

y  F 


354 


MAC 


MAC 


mentum  of  the  power  may  exceed  the 
momentum  of  the  weight  :  for  if  machines 
are  so  contrived,  that  the  velocity  of  the 
agent  and  resistant  are  reciprocally  as  their 
forces,  the  agent  will  just  sustain  the  re- 
sistant, but  with  a  greater  degree  of  ve- 
locity will  overcome  it.  So  that  if  the  ex- 
cess of  motion  or  velocity  in  the  power  is 
so  great  as  to  overcome  all  that  resistance 
which  commonly  arises  from  the  friction 
or  attraction  of  contiguous  bodies,  as  they 
slide  by  one  another,  or  from  the  cohesion 
of  bodies  that  are  to  be  separated,  or  from 
the  weights  of  bodies  that  are  to  be  rais- 
ed :  the  excess  of  the  force  remaining, 
after  all  these  resistances  are  overcome, 
will  produce  an  acceleration  of  motion 
thereto,  as  well  in  the  parts  of  the  machine  , 
as  in  the  resisting  body. 

Compound  MACHINES,  are  formed  by 
various  combinations,  and  serve  for  differ- 
ent purposes  ;  in  all  which  the  same 
general  law  takes  place,  viz.  that  the 
power  and  weight  sustain  each  other, 
Avhen  they  are  in  the  inverse  proportion  of 
the  velocities  they  would  have  in  the  di- 
rections wherein  they  act,  if  they  were 
put  in  motion.  Now,  to  apply  this  law 
to  any  compound  machlnet  there  are  four 
things  to  be  considered  :  i.  The  moving 
power,  or  the  force  that  puts  the  machine 
in  motion;  which  may.be  either  men  or 
other  animals,  weights,  springs,  the  wind, 
a  stream  of  water,  &c.  2.  The  velocity 
of  this  power,  or  the  space  it  moves  over 
in  a  given  time.  3.  The  resistance,  or 
quar.tity  of  weight  to  be  removed.  4. 
The  velocity  of  this  weight,  or  the  space 
it  moves  over  in  the  same  given  time. 

The  two  first  of  these  quantities  are  al- 
ways in  the  reciprocal  proportion  of  the 
two  last  ;  that  is,  the  product  of  the 
first  two  must  always  be  equal  to  that  of 
the  last  ;  hence,  three  of  these  quantities 
being  given,  it  is  easy  to  find  the  fourth  ; 
for  example,  if  the  quantity  of  the  power 
be  4,  its  velocity  15,  and  the  velocity  of 
the  weight  2,  then  the  resistance,  or 
quantity  of  the  weight,  will  be  equal  to 


a       2 

The  following  rules  will  direct  the  me- 
chanic how  he  may  contrive  his  machine  ', 
that  it  may  answer  the  intended  purpose, 
to  the  best  advantage. 

i.  Having  assigned  the  proportion  of 
your  power,  and  the  weight  to  be  raised, 
the  next  thing  is  to  consider  how  to  com- 
bine levers,  wheels,  pullies,  &c.  so  that 
•working  together  they  may  be  able  to  give 
a  velocity  to  the  power,  which  shall  be  to 
that  of  the  weight  something  greater  than 
in  the  proportion  of  the  weight  to  the 
power.  This  done,  you  must  estimate 
your  quantity  of  friction  ;  and  if  the  velo- 
city of  the  power  be  to  that  of  the  weight 
still  in  a  greater  proportion  than  the  weight 
and  friction  taken  together  are  to  the 
power  ;  then  your  machine  will  be  able  to 
uise  the  weight.  And  note,  this  propor- 


tion must  be   so  much  greater,  as  you 
would  have  your  engine  work  faster. 

2.  But  the  proportion  of  the  velocity  of 
the  power  and  weight  must  not  be  made 
too  great :  for  it  is  a  fault  to  give  a  machine 
too  much  power,  as  well  as  too  little  ; 
for  if  the  power  can  raise  the  weight  and 
overcome  the  resistance,  and  the  engine 
perform  its  proper  effect  in  a  convenient 
time  and  work  well,  it  is  sufficient  for 
the  end  proposed ;  and  it  is  in  vain  to 
make  additions  to  the  engine  to  increase 
the  power  any  farther  ;  for  that  would  not 
only  be  a  needless  expence,  but  the  engine 
would  lose  time  in  working. 

3.  As  to  the  power  applied  to  work  the 
engine,  it  may  either  be  a  living  power, 
as    men,    horses,    &c.     or    an    artificial 
power,    as  a    spring,  &c.   or  a    natural 
power,   as  wind,    water,  fire,  weights, 
&c. 

When  the  quantity  of  the  power  is 
known,  it  matters  not,  as  to  the  effect, 
what  kind  of  power  it  is ;  for  the  same 
quantity  of  any  sort  will  produce  the  same 
effect ;  and  different  sorts  of  powers  may 
be  applied  in  an  equal  quantity  a  great  va- 
riety of  ways. 

The  most  easy  power  applied  to  a  ma- 
chine is  weight,  if  it  be  capable  of  effect- 
ing the  thing  designed.  If  not,  then 
wind,  water,  &c.  if  that  can  be  conveni- 
ently had,  and  without  much  expence. 

A  spring  is  also  a  convenient  moving 
power  for  several  machines :  but  it  never 
acts  equally  as  the  weight  does  ;  but  is 
stronger  when  much  bent,  than  when 
but  a  little  bent,  and  that  in  proportion  to 
the  bending,  or  the  distance  it  is  forced 
to ;  but  springs  grow  weaker  by  often 
bending  or  remaining  long  bent :  yet  they 
recover  part  of  their  strength  by  lying  un- 
bent. 

The  natural  powers,  wind  and  water, 
may  be  applied  to  vast  advantage  in  work- 
ing'great  engines,  when  managed  with 
skill  and  judgment. — The  due  application 
of  these  has  much  abridged  the  labors  of 
men  ;  for  there  is  scarce  any  labor  to  be 
performed,  but  an  ingenious  artificer  can 
tell  how  to  apply  these  powers  to  execute 
his  design,  and  answer  his  purpose  ;  for 
any  constant  motion  being  given,  it  may, 
by  due  application,  be  made  to  produce 
any  other  motions  we  desire.  Therefore 
these  powers  are  the  most  easy  and  useful, 
and  of  the  greatest  benefit  to  mankind. 
Besides,  they  cost  nothing,  and  do  not  re- 
quire any  repetition  nor  renewing,  like  a 
weight  or  a  spring,  which  require  to  be 
wound  up.  When  these  cannot  be  had, 
or  cannot  serve  our  end,  we  have  recourse 
to  some  living  power,  as  men,  horses, 
Sec. 

4.  Men  may  apply  their  strength  several 
ways  in  working  a  machine.     A  man  of 
ordinary  strength,  turning  a  roller  by  the 
handle,  can  act  for  a  whole  day  against  a 
resistance  equal  to  30  pounds  weight ;  and 
if  he  works  ten  hours  in  a  day,  he  will 
raise  a  weight  3olb.  3 1-2  feetin  a  second ; 


MAC 


MAC 


355 


or  if  the  weight  be  greater,  he  will  raise  it 
so  much  less  in  proportion. 

But  a  man  may  act,  for  a  small  time, 
against  a  resistance  of  solb.  or  more. 

I  f  two  men  work  at  a  windlass  or  rol- 
ler, they  can  more  easily  draw  up  7olb. 
than  one  man  3olb.  provided  the  elbow 
of  one  of  the  handles  be  at  right  angles  to 
that  of  the  other  :  and  with  a  fly  or  heavy 
wheel  applied  to  it,  a  man  may  do  i-jjd 
part  more  work;  and  for  a  little  while 
act  with  a  force,  or  overcome  a  continual 
resistance  of  Solb.  and  work  a  whole  day 
when  the  resistance  is  but  4olb. 

Men  used  to  carrying  weighty  burdens, 
such  as  porters,  will  carry  some  i5,clb. 
others  2oolb.  or  zjolb.  according  to  their 
strength. 

A  man  can  draw  but  about  70  or  Solb. 
horizontally ;  for  he  can  but  apply  half 
his  weight. 

If  the  weight  of  a  man  be  i4olb.  he  can 
act  with  no  greater  force  in  thrusting  hori- 
zontally, at  the  height  of  his  shoulders, 
than  ajib. 

A  horse  draws  to  greatest  advantage, 
when  the  line  of  direction  is  a  little  ele- 
vated above  the  horizon,  and  the  power 
acts  against  his  breast:  and  can  draw 
acolb.  for  eight  hours  in  a  day,  at  two 
miles  and  an  half  an  hour.  If  he  draws 
24olb.  he  can  work  but  six  hours,  and 
not  quite  so  fast;  and,  in  both  cases,  if 
he  carries  some  weight  he  will  draw  bet- 
ter than  if  he  carried  none.  And  this  is 
the  weight  a  horse  is  supposed  to  be  able 
to  draw  over  a  pully  out  of  a  well.  In  a 
cart  a  horse  may  draw  looolb.  The  most 
force  a  horse  can  exert  is  when  he  draws 
something  above  a  horizontal  direction. 

The  worst  way  of  applying  the  strength 
of  a  horse,  is  to  make  him  draw  or  carry 
up  a  hill:  and  three  men  with  loolb.  on 
their  backs,  will  climb  up  a  steep  hill 
faster  than  a  horse  with  soolb; 

A  round  walk  for  a  horse  to  draw  in  at 
a  mill,  &c.  should  not  be  less  than  49  feet 
diameter. 

5.  Every  machine  should  be  made  of 
as  few  parts,  and  those  as  simple  as  pos- 
sible, to  answer  its  purpose;   not  only 
because  the  ex  pence  of  making  and  re- 
pairing will  be  less,  but  it  will  also  be  less 
liable  to  be  put  out  of  order. 

6.  If  a  weight  is  to  be  raised  but  a  very 
little  way,  the  lever  is  the  most  simple, 
easy,  and  ready  machine ;  or,  if  the  weight 
be  very  great,  the  common  screw  is  most 
proper ;  but  if  the  weight  is  to  be  raised  a 
great  way,  the  wheel  and  axle  is  a  proper 
power,  but  blocks  and  pullies  render  the 
labor  still  more  easy  :    the  same  may  be 
done  by  the  perpetual  screw. 

Great  wheels,  to  be  w'roughtby  men  or 
cattle,  are  of  most  use  and  convenience 
when  their  axles  are  perpendicular  to  the 
horizon;  but  if  by  water,  &c.  then  it  is 
best  to  have  their  axles  horizontal. 

7.  As  to  the  combination  of  simple 
machines  to  make  a  compound  one,  though 

-the  lever  when  simple  cann«t  raise  ? 


weight  to  any  great  height,  and  in  this 
case  is  but  of  little  service  ;  yet  it  is  of 
great  use  when  compounded  with  others. 
Thus  the  spokes  of  a  great  wheel  are  all 
levers  perpetually  acting;  and  a  beam 
fixed  to  the  axis  to  draw  the  wheel  about 
by  men  or  horses,  is  a  lever.  The  lever 
also  may  be  combined  with  the  screw, 
but  not  conveniently  with  pullies  or  with 
the  wedge.  The  wheel  and  axle  is  com- 
bined to  great  advantage  with  pullies : 
but  the  perpetual  screw,  with  the  wheel 
is  very  serviceable.  The  wedge  cannot 
be  combined  with  any  other  mechanical 
power;  and  it  only  performs  its  effect  by 
percussion  ;  but  this  force  of  percussion 
may  be  increased  by  engines. 

Pullies  may  be  combined  with  pullies, 
and  wheels  with  wheels.  Therefore  if 
any  single  wheel  would  be  too  large,  and 
take  up  too  much  room,  it  may  be  divided 
into  two  or  three  more  wheels  and  trundles, 
or  wheels  and  pinions,  as  in  clock  work, 
so  as  to  have  the  same  power,  and  perform 
the  same  effect. 

In  wheels  with  teeth,  the  number  of 
teeth  that  play  together  in  two  wheels, 
should  be  prime  to  each  other,  that  the 
same  teeth  may  not  meet  at  every  revolu- 
tion :  for  when  different  teeth  meet,  they 
by  degrees  wear  themselves  into  a  proper 
figure :  therefore  they  should  so  be  con- 
trived that  the  same  teeth  meet  as  seldom 
as  possible. 

8.  The  strength  of  every  part  of  the 
machine  should  be  made  proportional  to 
the  stress  it  is  to  bear  :  and  therefore  let 
every  lever  be  made  so  much  stronger,  as 
its  length  and  the  weight  it  is  to  support 
are  greater;  and  let  its  strength  diminish 
proportionally  from  the  fulcrum,  or  point 
where  the  greatest  stress  is  to  each  end. 
The  axles  of  wheels  and  pullies  must  be 
so  mucli  stronger  as  they  are  to  bear 
greater  weight.  The  teeth  of  wheels, 
and  the  wheels  themselves,  which  act 
with  greater  force,  must  be  proportionally 
stronger  ;  and  in  any  combination  of 
wheels  and  ;ixlcs,  make  their  strength 
diminish  gradually  from  the  weight  to 
the  power,  so  that  the  strength  of  every 
part  be  reciprocally  as  its  velocity.  The 
strength  of  ropes  must  be  according  to 
their  tension ;  that  is,  as  the  squares  of 
their  diameters :  and,  in  general,  what- 
ever parts  a  machine  is  composed  of,  the 
strength  of  every  particular  part  of  it 
must  be  adjusted  to  the  stress  upon  the 
whole;  therefore  in  square  beams  the 
cubes  of  the  diameters  must  be  made  pro- 
portional to  the  stress  they  bear :  and  let 
no  part  be  stronger  or  bigger  than  is  neces- 
sary for  the  stress  upon  it ;  not  only  tor  the 
ease  and  well  going  of  the  machine,  but  for 
diminishing  the  friction ;  for  all  super- 
fluous matter  in  any  part  of  it,  is  a  dead 
weight  upon  the  machine,  and  serves  only 
to  impede  its  motion :  hence  he  is  the 
most  perfect  mechanic,  who  not  only 
adjusts  the  strength  to  the  stress,  but  who 
also  contrives  all  the  parts  to  last  equally 


356 


MAC 


MAD 


well,  so  that  the  whole  machine  may  fall 
together. 

9  To  have  the  friction  as  little  as  pos- 
sible, the  machine  should  be  made  or  the 
fewest  and  simplest  parts.  The  diame- 
ters of  the  wheels  and  pullics  should  be 
large,  aivl  the  diameters  of  the  arbors  or 
spindles  they  run  on,  as  small  as  can  be 
consistent  w;th  their  strength.  AH  ropes 
and  cords  must  be  as  pliable  as  possible, 
and  for  that  end  rubbed  with  tar  or 
grease :  the  teeth  of  wheels  must  be 
made  to  fit  and  fill  up  the  openings,  and 
cut  into  the  form  of  epicycloids.  All  the 
axles,,  where  the  motior  is,  and  all  teeth 
where  they  work,  and  all  parts  that  in 
woiking  riib  upon  one  another,  must  be 
made  smooth :  and  when  the  machine 
goes,  must  be  oiled  or  greased. 
1  10.  When  any  motion  is  to  be  long  con- 
tinued, contrive  the  power  to  move  or  act 
always  one  way,  if  it  can  be  done,  for 
this  is  better  and  easier  performed  than 
Avhen  the  motion  is  interrupted,  and  the 
power  is  forced  to  move  first  one  way, 
and  then  another  -,  because  every  change 
of  motion  requires  a  new  additional  force 
to  effect  it.  Besides,  a  body  in  motion 
cannot  suddenly  receive  a  contrary  motion, 
•without  great  violence  :  and  the  moving 
any  part  of  the  machine  contrary  wa  s  by 
turns,  with  sudden  jerks,  tends  only  to 
shake  the  machine  to  pieces. 

11.  In  a  machine  that  moves  always  one 
way,  endeavor  to  have  the  motion  uni- 
form. 

12.  But  when  the  nature  of  the  thing 
requires  that  a  motion  is  to  be  suddenly 
communicated   to    a   body,  or  suddenly 
stopped :  to  prevent  any  damage  or  vio- 
lence to  the  engine  by  a  sudden  jolt,  let 
the  iorce  act  against  some  spring,  01  beam 
of  wood,  which  may  supply  the  place  of 
a  spring. 

13.  In  regard  to  the  size  of  the  machine, 
let  it  be  made  as  large  as  it  can  convenient- 
ly ;   the  greater  the   machine,  the  more 
exact  it  will  work,   and  perform  all  its 
motions  the  better ;  for  there  will  always 
be  sonic  errors  in  the  making,  as  well  as 
in    he  materials,,  a&d  consequently  in  the 
working  of  rhe  machine.      The  resistance 
of  the  medium  insonv  machines  has  a  sen- 
sible effect;  but  all  these  mechanical  er- 
rors btar  a  less  proportion  in  the  motion 
of  great  machine^,  than  in  that  of  little 
ones;   being  nearly   reciprocally  as  their 
diameters,  supposing  they  are  made  of  the 
same  matter,  and  with  the  same  accuracy, 
and  are  equally  well  finished. 

14  For  ermines  tha'  go  by  water,  it  is 
necessary  to  measure  the  ^elbcity,  drop  in 
pieces  of  sticks,  &c.  and  observe  how  far 
they  are  carried  in  a  second,  or  any  given 
time. 

But  if  it  flows  through  a  hole  in  a  re- 
servoir, or  standing  receptacle  of  water, 
the  velocity  will  be  found  frum  the  depth 
of  the  'vhcU  below  the  surface. 

Thus  let  j=i6  i-i2;  v*=  velocity  oj 
the  fluid  per  second  j  I}=  the  area  01 


he  hole ;  //=  the  height  of  the  water  ; 
Then    the    velocity    of 
"and  its  force=  the  weight 

of  the  quantity — B  or  //  B  of  water,  or 
'JL'HZ?  hundred  weight:    because  z 

112 

:ubic  foot  =6z  1-2  lb.  avoirdup.  Also  a 
hogshead  is  about  8  1-2  feet,  or  531  lb.  and 
a  tun  is  4  hogsheads. 

When  you  have  but  a  small  quantity  of 

water,  you  must  contrive  it  to  fall  as  high 

as  you  can,  to  have  the  greater  velocity, 

and  consequently  more  force  upon  the  en- 

ine. 

15.  If  wateris  to  be  conveyed  through 
pipes  to  a  great  distance,  and  the  descent 

but  small,  much  larger  pipes  must 
be  used  because  the  water  will  come 
slow. 

Water  should  not  be  driven  through 
pipes  faster  than  four  feet  per  second,  by- 
reason  of  the  friction  of  the  tubes;  nor 
should  it  be  too  much  wire-drawn,  that 

,  squeezed  through  smaller  pipes,  for 
that  creates  a  resistance,  as  water-way  is 
less  in  narrow  pipes. 

16.  When  any  thing  is  to  be  performed 
by  a  water-wheel,  moved  by  the  water 
running  under  it  and  striking  the  paddles 
or  ladle-boards,  the  channel  it  moves  in 
ought  to  be  something  wider  than  the  hole 
of  th'6  adjutage,  and  so  close  to  the  floats 
on  every 'side  as  to  let  little  or  no  water 
pass  ;  and  when  past  the  wheel,  to  open 
a  little,  that  the  water  may  spread.     1 1  is 
of  no  advantage  to  have  a  great  number  o£ 
floats  o;  paddles ;  for  those  past  the  per- 
pendicular are  resisted  by  the  back  water, 
and  those  before  it  are  struck  obliquely. 
The  greatest  effect  that  such  a  wheel  can 
perform,  in  communicating  any  motion, 
is  when  the  paddles  of  the  wheel  move 
with  one-third  the  velocity  of  the  water; 
in  which  case,  the  force  upon  the  pad- 
tile  is  four-ninths   ohly  ;    supposing  the 
absolute  force  of  the  water  against  the 
paddle,  when  the  wheel  stands  still,  to  be 
i  :  so  that  the  utmost  motion  which  the 
wheel  can  generate,  is  but  4-27ths  of  that 
whk  h  the  force  of  the  water  against  the 
paddles  at.  rest  would  produce. 

MADRAS.  Fort  St.  George.  A 
town  and  fort  on  the  Coromandel  coast, 
in  the  East  Indies,  belonging  to  the 
English.  The  town  is  called  Madras  by 
the  inhabitants,  but  by  the  natives, 
Chilipatam.  It  is  divided  into  two  towns, 
the  one  called  the  White,  and  the  other 
the  Black  town  ;  the  former  being  inha- 
bited by  Europeans,  and  the  latter  by  Gen- 
toos.  1  he  diamond  mines  otGolconda  are  3 
week's  journey  from  this  place.  The 
town  is  governed  by  a  mayor  and  alder- 
men, with  other  officers.1'  It  is  63  miles 
north  of  Pondicherry,  lat.  13,  5,  N.  long. 
80,  34,  E.  It  may  not  be  irrelevant  to 
state,  that  the  establishments  belonging 
to  Great  Britain*  on  the  coast  of  Corgma*- 


MAG 


M  A  G 


357 


del,  is  divided  into  several  governments, 
independent  of  each  other.  Bombay  com- 
mands the  factories  on  the  western  side  of 
the  peninsula,  commonly  called  the  Mala- 
bar coast;  together  with  those  in  Guzzerat: 
the  establishments  and  possessions  on  the 
eastern  or  Coromandel  coast,  are  under  the 
government  of  Madras  ;  and  those  in  Ben. 
gal  depend  on  Calcutta. 

MADRIERS,  are  long  planks  of  broad 
\vood,  used  for  supporting  the  earth  in 
mining,  carrying  on  a  sap,  making  coffers, 
caponiers,  galleries,  and  various  other 
purposes  at  a  siege ;  also  to  cover  the 
mouth  of  peiards  after  they  are  loaded, 
anc'  are  fixxl  with  the  petards  to  the  gates 
or  other  places  designed  to  be  forced  open. 
When  the  planks  are  not  strong  enough, 
thevare  doubled  with  plates  of  iron. 
MAGAZIN,  Fr.  rnagjzine. 
Petit-  M  A  c  A  z  i  N  .  Fr.  This  was  a  sort 
of  intermediate  building,  called  entrepot, 
wlv.re  stores,  provisions,  &c.  to  answer 
daily  consumptions  were  deposited. 

M  A  G  A  z  i  N  d'approvitiffmtement,  Fr.  ma- 
gazine of  stores. 

MACAZIN  d'artillerie,  Fr.  gunpowder 
magazines. 

MAGAZINE,  a  place  in  which  stores 
are  kept,  or  arms,  ammunition,  provisions, 
£c.  Every  fortified  town  ought  to  be 
furnished  with  a  large  magazine,  which 
should  contain  stores  of  all  kinds,  suffi- 
cient to  enable  the  garrison  and  inhabitants 
to  hold  out  a  long  siege,  and  in  which 
smiths,  carpenters,  wheel-wrights,  bak- 
ers, &c.  may  be  employed  in  making 
every  thing  belonging  to  the  artillery,  as 
carriages,  waggons,  &c. 

Potude  /-.MAGAZINE,  is  that  place 
where  the  powder  is  kept  in  very  large 
(quantities.  Authors  differ  greatly  both 
in  regard  to  situation  and  construction ; 
but  all  agree,  that  they  ought  to  be  arch- 
ed, and  bomb-proof.  In  fortifications 
they  are  frequently  placed  in  the  rampart; 
but  of  late  they  have  been  built  in  differ- 
ent parts  of  the  town.  The  first  powder 
magazines  were  made  with  gothic  arches ; 
but  M.  Vauban,  finding  them  too  weak, 
constructed  them  in  a  semicular  form, 
whose  dimensions  are,  60  feet  long,  with 
in  ;  25  broad  ;  the  foundations  are  eight  or 
nine  feet  thick,  and  eight  feet  high  from 
the  foundation  to  the  spring  of  the  arch  ; 
the  floor  is  2,  feet  from  the  ground,  which 
keeps  it  from  dampness. 

An  engineer  of  great  experience  some 
time  since,  had  observed,  that  after 
the  centres  of  semicircular  arches  are 
struck,  they  settle  at  the  crown  and  rise 
up  at  the  nances,  even  with  a  straight 
horizontal  extraclos,  and  stiil  much  more 
So  in  powder  magazines,  whose  outsivle 
at  top  is  formed  like  the  roof  of  a  house, 
by  two  inclined  planes  joining  in  an  angl< 
over  the  top  of  the  arch,  to  give  a  prope 
descent  to  the  rain ;  which  effects  are  ex- 
actly what  might  be  expected  agreeabl 
to  the  true  theory  of  arches.  Now,  as 
this  shrinking  of  the  arrhes  must  be  at- 


tended with  very  ill  consequences,  by- 
breaking  the  texture  of  the  cement,  after 
it  has  been  in  some  degree  dried,  and  also 
by  opening  the  joints  of  the  voussoirs,  at 
one  end,  so  a  remedy  is  provided  for  this 
inconvenience,  with  regard  to  bridges,  by 
the  arch  of  equilibration  in  Mr.  Hut-ton's 
book  on  bridges;  but  as  the  ill  effect  is 
much  greater  in  powder  magazines,  the 
same  ingenious  gentleman  proposed  to 
find  an  arch  or  equilibration  for  them  also, 
and  to  construct  it  when  the  span  is  20 
feet  thepich  or  height  10,  (which  are  the 
same  dimensions  as  the  semicircle)  the 
inclined  exterior  walls  at  top  forming  an 
angle  of  113  degrees,  and  the  height  of 
heir  angular  point  above  the  top  of  the 
arch,  equal  to  seven  feet :  this  very  cu- 
rious question  was  answered  in  1775  by 
:he  Rev.  Mr.  Wildbore,  to  be  found  in 
Mr.  Hutton's  Miscellanea  Mathematics. 

Artillery  .MAGAZINE,  in  a  siege,  the 
nagazinc  is  made  about  25  or  30  yards  be- 
tiind  the  battery,  towards  the  parallels, 
and  at  least  3  feet  under  ground,  to  hold 
the  powder,  loaded  shells,  port-fires,  &c. 
Its  sides  and  roof  must  be  well  secured 
•vith  boards  to  prevent  the  earth  from 
falling  in:  a  door  is  made  to  it,  and  a 
double  trench  or  passage  is  sunk  from  the 
magazine  to  the  battery,  one  to  go  in  and 
the  other  to  come  out  at,  to  prevent  con- 
fusion. Sometimes  traverses  are  made 
in  the  passages  to  prevent  ricochet  shot 
from  plunging  into  them. 

MAGAZINES.  The  present  practice  is 
not  to  make  large  powder  magazines  for 
batteries,  but  to  disperse  the  barrels  of 
powder,  or  cartridges  here  and  there  in 
small  magazines,  about  6  or  7  fathoms,  in 
the  rear  of  the  battery  ;  as  it  appears  bet- 
ter  to  lose  a  small  quantity  from  time  to 
time,  than  to  run  the  risk  of  the  whole 
being  destroyed,  by  a  single  sh^li  falling 
into  the  magazine.  These  small  maga- 
zines or  entrenchments,  will  hoid  about 
one  or  two  tons  of  powder ;  and  are  about 
eight  or  9  feet  square.  They  ought  to  be 
well  covered  from  the  fire  of  the  place, 
and  always  in  the  rear  of  one  of  the  mer- 
lons. When  they  cannot  be  sunk  in  the 
ground,  they  should  be  secured  by  sand 
bags  or  gabions.  They  should  be  made 
with  attention,  as  should  the  communi- 
cation from  them  to  the  battery..  Two 
iricigazines  of  this  kind  will  be  required 
for  a  battery  of  six  pieces. 

Pet  manen  t  pcivder  magazines.  A ccord - 
ing  to  Vauban's  plan,  powder  magazines 
arc  commonly  made  10  fathoms  long,  and 
25  feet  wide,  in  the  clear.  The  founda- 
tion of  the  lor.ges;t  sides,  is  9  or  10  feet 
thick,  and  6  ieet  or  more  deep,  accord- 
ing to  the  nature  of  the  ground.  The  sicb 
walls  raised  upon  these  are  8  or  9  feet 
thick  ;  and  if  there  is  not  to  be  an  upper 
story,  8  feet  will  be  sufficient  ht-g In- 
above  the  foundation.  By  this  means  the 
flooring  may  be  raised  above  the  ground, 
tree  from  damp,  and  there  will  remain  6 
feet  from  the  floor  to  the  spring  of  the 


358 


MAI 


MAI 


arch.  The  arch  is  formed  of  layers  of 
bricks,  arched  one  over  the  other,  and 
ought  to  be  3  feet  thick  at  the  top.  The 
exterior  surface  of  the  arch  terminates 
•with  an  angle  at  top,  like  a  roof;  which 
angle  must"  be  of  such  magnitude  as  to 
make  a  thickness  of  8  feet  over  the  key 
stone  of  the  arch.  The  foundation  at  the 
gable  ends  is  5  feet  thick,  and  the  same 
depth  as  the  sides;  these  ends  are  built 
up  4  feet  thick,  from  the  foundation  to 
the  top  of  the  roof.  The  long  sides  are 
supported  by  counterforts,  6  feet  thick 
and  4  feet  lone; ;  and  placed  12  feet  asun- 
.tler.  The  ventilators  are  placed,  one  in 
the  centre  of  each  space  between  the  coun- 
terforts, and  are  made  with  a  die  across 
them  of  I  1-2  feet.  These  ventilators  are 
also  closed  with  plates  of  iron.  The  maga- 
zine is  lighted  by  a  window  in  each  end, 
high  up,  which  are  opened  and  shut  by 
means  of  a  ladder.  These  windows  are 
secured,  each  by  two  shutters,  made  of 
plank  2  or  3  inches  thick  ;  and  the  outer 
one  covered  with  sheet  iron,  and  both 
fastened  with  strong  bolts.  The  entrance 
to  the  magazine  is  closed  by  tv/o  doors, 
one  of  which  opens  inwards,  and  the  other 
outwards;  the  outward  one  is  covered 
•with  sheet  iron.  Thecntranceof  the  ma- 
gazine should,  if  possible,  fee  placed  to- 
wards the  south.  A  wall  of  i  1-2  feet 
thick,  and  10  feet  high,  is  built  round  the 
magazine  at  12  feet  distance.  A  maga- 
zine of  the  above  dimensions  will  contain 
about  94,800  Ibs.  of  powder,  in  piles  of  3 
barrels  each ;  for  a  greater  number  piled 
above  each  other  destroy s  the  barrels,  dam- 
ages the  powder,  and  occasions  accidents. 

MAGNITUDE,  or  quantity,  any  thing 
locally  continued,  or  that  has  several  di- 
mensions. Its  origin  is  a  point,  which 
though  void  of  parts,  yet  its  flux  forms 
a  line,  the  flux  of  that  a  surface,  and  of 
that  a  body,  &c. 

MAGNA  CHARTA,  the  great  char- 
ter of  liberties  granted  to  the  people  of 
England  in  the  gth  year  of  Henry  III. 
and  confirmed  by  Edward  I.  It  is  so 
called  on  account  of  the  supposed  ex- 
cellence of  the  laws  therein  contained ; 
or  according  to  some  writers,  because  ano- 
ther lesser  charter,  called  Charter  de  Fo- 
resta,  was  established  with  it ;  or  be- 
cause it  contained  more  than  any  other 
charter,  &c.  or  in  regard  of  the  remarka- 
ble solemnity  in  the  denouncing  excom- 
munications against  the  infringers  of  it.  It 
is  nevertheless  a  code  of  barbarity  charac- 
teristic of  the  age  ;  and  to  which  impos- 
ture has  given  it  all  the  consequence 
which  ignorance  ascribes  to  it. 

MAHONNE,  Fr.  a  species  of  galeas 
or  double  galley  which  the  Turks  use. 
The  Venetian  galeasses  are  larger  and 
stronger  built. 

MAIDEN,  an  edged  instrument  used 
at  Edinburgh  in  former  times  lor  the  de- 
capitation of  criminals.  The  original  in- 
vention is  by  some  attributed  to  an  inhabi- 
tant of  Halifax,  in  Yorkshire.  The  guil- 


lotine, so  called  from  a  French  physician 
of  that  name,  and  by  which  the  unfortu- 
nate Louis  the  Sixteenth  was  executed, 
January  2ist,  1793,  owes  its  origin  to 
the  Mai  den. 

MAIL,  primarily  denotes  the  holes  or 
meshes  in  a  net:  it  likewise  signifies  a 
round  iron  ring.  Hence 

Coat  C/MAIL,  a  coat  of  armor  or  steel 
net- work,  anciently  worn  for  defence. 

MAI  LLET,*V.  a  mallet.  The  French 
formerly  made  use  of  this  instrument  as 
an  oflensive  weapon  in  their  engage, 
ments. 

In  1351  the  mallet  was  used  at  the  fa- 
mous battle  des  Trente  (of  thirty)  which 
derived  its  name  from  the  number  of  com- 
batants  that  fought  on  each  side. 

This  extraordinary  combat,  holds  a  dis- 
tinguished place  in  the  history  of  liritan- 
ny,  and  was  entered  into  by  the  partisans 
of  Charles  of  Blois,  and  the  king  of-yF ranee 
on  one  side,  and  by  the  count  Montfort 
and  the  king  of  England  on  the  other. 

Under  the  reign  of  Charles  VI .  a  Pari- 
sian mob  forced  the  arsenal,  took  out  a 
large  quantity  of  mallets,  with  which 
they  armed  themselves  for  the  purpose  of 
murdering  the  custom-house  officers. 
The  persons  who  assembled  on  this  occa- 
sion were  afterwards  called  Maillotins. 

In  the  days  of  Louis  XII.  the  English 
archers  carried  mallets  as  oflensive  wea- 
pons. 

MAILLOTIN,  Fr.  an  old  French 
term ;  which  signified,  an  ancient  weapon 
that  was  used  to  attack  men  who  wore 
helmets  and  cuirasses.  A  factioM  ia 
France  was  distinguished  by  the  appella- 
tion of  Maillotins. 

MAIN  Aryee,  Fr.  Armed  force.— 
Entrer  a  main  anneedatis  un  fays^  is  to  en- 
ter into  a  country  with  armed  men. 

MAIN.  Venir  aux  mains ^  Fr.  To  come 
to  close  action. 

MAIN-BATTLE.  See  BATTLE- 
ARRAY. 

MAIN-BODY  of  the  army,  the  body  of 
troops  that  march  between  the  advance 
and  rear-guards.  In  a  camp,  that  part  of 
the  army  encamped  between  the  right  and 
left  wings. 

MAIN-GUARD,  or  grand-guard,  3 
body  of  horse  posted  before  a  camp  for  the 
security  of  an  army.  In  garrison,  it  is  a 
guard  generally  mounted  by  a  subaltern 
officer  and  about  24  men.  See  GUARD- 
AiK-Guard.  The  French  observed 
the  following  general  maxims,  with  re- 
spect to  their  Grande  s- Gardes  or  main- 
guards.  In  the  first  place,  every  main- 
guard  on  foot  or  horseback,; must  be  so 
posted  as  to  remain  secure  of  not  being 
surprised  and  carried  off,  r.or  easily  forced 
to  abandon  its  position.  In  order  to  ac- 
complish these  two  objects,  it  must  con- 
stantly be  within  the  reach  of  the  different 
piquets ;  and,  if  necessary,  those  piquets 
should  be  readily  supported  by  the  army 
itself. 
MAINTAIN,  nhen  any  body  of  men 


M  A  J 


M  A  J 


359 


defend  a  place  or  post,  against  the  attacks 
of  an  adverse  party,  they  are  said  to  main, 
tain  it. 

MAJOR.  A  superior  officer  in  the 
army,  whose  functions  vary  according  to 
the  nature  of  the  service  on  which  he  is 
Employed. 

MAJOR  of  a.  regiment  of  foct,  the  next 
officer  to  the  lieutenant-colonel,  general- 
ly promoted  from  the  eldest  captain :  he 
is  to  take  care  that  the  regiment  be  well 
exercised,  to  see  it  march  in  £oxl  orucr, 
and  to  rally  it  in  case  of  being  broke  in  ac- 
tion :  he  is  the  only  officer  among  the  in- 
fantry that  is  allowed  to  be  on  horseback 
in  time  of  action,  that  he  may  the  more 
readily  execute  the  colonel's  orders. 

The  MAJOR  of  a  regiment  of  bars  f ,  as 
well  as  foot,  ought  to  be  a  man  of  ly^r, 
integrity,  understanding,  courage,  aiTr;vi- 
ty,  experience,  and  address :  he  shouK;  be 
master  of  arithmetic,  and  keep  a  detail  of 
the  regiment  in  every  particular :  he 
should"  be  skilled  in  horsemanship,  and 
ever  attentive  to  his  business  :  one  of  his 
principal  functions  is,  to  keep  an  exact 
roster  of  the  officers  for  duty  ;  he  should 
have  a  perfect  knowlege  in  all  the  milita- 
ry evolutions,  as  he  is  obliged  by  his  post 
to  instruct  others,  &c. 

7Vu>«-MAjoR,  the  third  officer  in  or- 
der in  a  garrison,  and  next  to  the  deputy- 
governor.  He  should  understand  forti- 
fication, and  has  a  particular  charge  of  the 
guards,  rounds,  patroles,  and  centinels. 

j&r/gWf- M  A  j  o  R  ,  is  a  particular  officer 
appointed  for  that  purpose,  only  in  camp  : 
or  attached  to  a  brigade  when  an  army  is 
brigaded;  he  goes  every  day  to  head  quarters 
to  receive  orders  from  the  adjutant  general : 
from  thence  he  goes  and  gives  the  orders, 
at  the  place  appointed  for  that  purpose,  to 
the  different  majors  or  adjutants  of  the 
regiments  which  compose  his  brigade, 
and  regulates  with  them  the  number  of 
officers  and  men  w  hich  each  are  to  furnish 
for  the  duty  of  the  army  ;  taking  care  to 
keep  an  exact  roster,  that  one  may  not 
give  more  than  another,  and  that  each 
march  in  their  tour;  in  short,  the  major 
of  brigade  is  charged  with  the  particular 
detail  in  his  own  brigade,  in  much  the 
same  way  as  the  adjutant-general  is 
charged  with  the  general  detail  of  the  du- 
ty or  the  army.  He  sends  every  morning 
to  the  adjutant-general  an  exact  return,  by 
battalion  and  company,  of  the  men  of  his 
brigade  missing  at  the  retreat,  or  a  report, 
expressing  that  none  are  absent :  he  also 
mentions  the  officers  absent  with  or  with- 
out leave. 

As  all  orders  pass  through  the  hands  of 
the  majors  of  brigade,  they  have  infinite 
occasions  of  making  known  tbc;.r  taints 
and  exactness. 

MAJOR  of  Artillery  j  is  alro  the  next  of- 
ficer to  the  lieutenant-colonel.  *1 
is  very  laborious,  as  the  whole  dc'"  '  f 
the  corps  particularly  rests  with  h:;n  ; 
and  for  this  reason  all  the  non-commis- 
sioned officers  are  subordinate  to  him,  as 


his  title  of  serjeant-major  imports;  in 
this  quality  they  must  render  him  an  ex- 
act account  of  every  thing  which  comes 
to  their  knowlege,  either  regarding  the 
duty  or  wants  of  the  artillery  and  soldiers. 
He  should  possess  a  perfect  knowlege  of 
the  power  or' artillery,  together  with  all 
its  evolutions.  In  the  field  he  goes  daily 
to  receive  orders  from  the  brigade-major, 
and  communicates  them  with  the  parole 
to  his  superiors,  and  then  dictates  them  to 
the  adjutant.  He  should  be  a  very  good 
mathematician,  and  be  well  acquainted 
with  every  thing  belonging  to  the  train  of 
artillery,  &c. 

MAJOR  of  engineers,  should  be  very 
well  skilled  in  military  architecture,  for- 
tification, gunnery,  and  mining.  He 
should  know  how  to  fortify  in  the  field, 
to  attack  and  defend  all  sorts  of  posts,  and 
to  conduct  the  works  in  a  siege,  &c.  See 
ENGINEER. 

Aid-M*  j  o  R,  is  on  sundry  occasions  ap- 
pointed to  act  as  major,  who  has  a  pre- 
eminence above  others  of  the  same  deno- 
mination. Our  horse  and  foot  guards 
have  their  guidons,  or  second  and  third 
majors. 

Serjea»t-M.\]OR,  is  a  non-commis- 
sioned officer,  of  great  merit  and  capacity, 
Subordinate  to  the  adjutant,  as  he  is  tu 
the  major.  See  SERJ  KANT. 

Draw- MAJOR,  is  not  only  the  first 
drummer  in  the  icgiment,  but  has  the 
same  authority  over  his  drummers  as  the 
corporal  has  over  his  squad.  He  in- 
structs them  in  their  different  beats  ;  is 
daily  at  orders  with  the  Serjeants,  to  know 
the  number  of  drummers  for  duty.  He 
marches  at  their  head  when  they  beat  in  a 
body.  I  n  the  day  of  battle,  or  at  exercise, 
he  must  be  very  attentive  to  the  orders 
given  him,  that  he  may  regulate  his  beats 
according  to  the  movements  ordered. 

jFV/tf-MAjoR,  is  he  that  plays  the  best 
on  that  instrument,  and  has  the  same  au- 
thority over  the  lifers  as  the  drum-major 
has  over  the  drummers.  He  teaches 
them  their  duty,  and  appoints  them  f:-»r 
guards,  &c. 

MA jox.-Gcxera/,     See  GENERAL. 

MAJOR,  Fr.  The  French  considered 
this  term,  in  a  military  sense,  under  the 
following  heads  : — 

MAJOR- General d'um Armee,  Fr.  Ma- 
jor-general generally  so  called,  which  see. 

MAjoR-GctftTrf/  de  rinjanterie  Fran- 
ceise,  Fr.  Major-general  of  the  French 
infantry.  This  appointment  was  made 
under  Francis  the  ist  in  151?. 

M  \]OK-Gineraldes  Dragons,  Fr,  a  ma~ 
jor-ger.eral  of  dragoons.  His  functions 
were  similar  to  those  exercised  by  the 
Mar  echal- general  den  logis  de  la  Cava/erie  ,- 
and  nearly  the  same  as  those  of  the  major- 
general  of  infantry. 

MAJOR  de  Brigade,  Fr.  Brigade-ma- 
jor. 

MAJOR  J':;n  R$gitnetot  de Cavaleriet  Fr. 
Major  in  a  regiment  of  cavalry. 

MAJOR  d'un  #fV '?>/£•:.'  d'l*fartter>ft  Fr. 


360 


M  A  I 


MA  I 


Major  of  a  regiment  of  infantry.     Under  Jl 
the  old  government  of  Fiance  all  majors  || 
of  infantry  regiments,   were  styled   ser- 
gent-mr-jors,  or  serjeant- majors  in  their 
commissions;     They  were  not  permitted 
to  have  any  company  of  their  own:  be- 
cause it  was  n-HSOiubly  judge  I,  that  their 
own  interest  might  rei  derthem  more  par- 
tial to  that  company,  and  the  service  be 
thereby  injured. 

MAJOR    iVune    Place    de    Guerre,     Fr. 

Town-major* 

M  A  TOR,  des  rjuatres  ccmpagnies  cies  Gar. 
des  ducwps,  Fr.  A  rank  which  was  ex- 
clusivelv  given  to  an  officer  belonging  to 
the  old  French  guards.  This  was  an  ap- 
pointment of  considerable  trust  under  the 
old  government  of  France.  lie  was  lieu- 
tenant in  each  of  the  companies  ;  and  had 
the  right  of  seniority  over  all  lieutenants 
younger  than  himself  in  date  of  com  mis - 
!?ion. 

MAJOR  jar  «»  vahseau  de  gwrre,  Fr. 
An  officer  on  boaid  a  ship  of  war,  whose 
duty  it  was  to  see  the  guard  rt-gularly 
mounted,  and  the  sentries  posted. 

Etat-  M  A  j  o  R  ,  Fr.  A  comprehensive 
French  term,  in  which  is  included  every 
ihing  that  can  be  conveyed  under  the 
word  staif,  as  applicable  to  the  British 
service.  In  a  very  recent  publication,  in- 
tituled, Manuel  drs  Adjudam-Generaitx  el 
icins  Adjoint  x,  tlie  particular  duties  of  the 
etat-major  are  accurately  explained,  of 
•which  an  entire  translation  is  incorporated 
"with  the  American  Military  Library. 
Another  work  on  the  same  subj-  ct,  was 
published  in  1809,  by  general  Grimoard, 
entitled  Traitc  surle  Service  des  Amices  con- 
t>.t;.i)H  sur  organasion,  c!  ses  f one  t  fans  sous  les 
rapport's  administratifs  ft  M  Hi  tares,  with 
plates.  The  author  began  this  work  in 
1778,  and  partof  it  was  published  in  1797, 
in  the  Encyclopedic  Mcthadique,  This 
work  has  superceded  the  work  of  Thie- 
bault,  only  on  account  of  its  being  more 
comprehensive  ;  their  views  and  princi- 
ples arc  the  same. 

M  A  joR-ZX/we,  Fr.  An  officer  belong- 
ing to  the  gallies,  who  has  the  chief  su- 
nerintendance  of  provisions. 
'    MAJORITY,    the  office,  charge,    or 
appointment  of  a  regimental  major. 

MAI  RE,  Fr.  Under  the  old  govern- 
ment of  France  ihe  person  so  called  was 
invested  with  the  iirst  dignity  of  the 
kingdom.  Charles  Martel,  of  whom  so 
much  is  said  in  the  history  of  the  French 
kiii^s,  wzsMaire  of  the  palace.  He  was, 
in  fact,  grand  master  of  the  king's  house- 
hold, and  had  an  entire  control  over  the 
officers  belonging  to  that  establishment. 

The  appellation  of  Malre  dii  PaLti;,  or 
mayor  of  the  palace,  Avas  given  in  lieu  of 
Maitre  du  Palais,  or  master  of  the  palace. 
This  name  was  borrowed  from  the  Roman  , 
emperors,  who  had  each  a  grand  master  of 
the  palace.  Du  Tillet,  a  French  author, 
in  page  12  of  his  book,  pretends  that  the 
word  is  derived  from  Mer,  which  signi- 
"  lies  Project.  At  Iirst  he  kad  only  the 


care  and  superintendance  of  the  king',, 
household,  so  that  his  functions  were 
nearly  similar  to  those  that  were  exercised 
bv  the  grand  master  of  the  king's  house- 
hold  previous  to  the  Revolution.  Dur- 
ing the  reign  of  Clotaire  the  Second,  the 
power  of  the  M&ires  increased  very  con- 
siderably. Their  influence  grew  greater 
through  the  weakness  and  effeminacy  of 
the  last  kin'j.s  of  the  second  race ;  so  much 
so,  that  they  maintained  an  uncomroled 
power  over  the  royal  expenditure,  and 
had  the  sole  management  of  the  kind's 
affairs.  Pepin  added  the  dignity  and 
functions  of  Maire  to  the  royal  preroga- 
tive; but  he  did  not  suppress  them 
wholly.  He  merely  linvted  his  func- 
tic15  \t'o  what  they  were  origina'ly  ;  which 
h«wc)ver  w«rc  soon  restored,  in  conse- 
of  the  fall  and  extinction  of  the 
i  race.  As  the  Maires  possessed  an 
unlimited  control  .-ver  the  finances  and 
judicature  of  th  •  country,  and  had  more 
over  the  entire  management  of  the  war  de- 
partment, they  found  little  difficulty  in 
assuming  a  superiority  over  all  the  officers 
belonging  to  the  crown.  They  took  pre- 
cedence of  all  dukes  and  counts  who  were 
the  governors  of  provinces.  On  which 
account  they  were  called  Dues  des  Ducst 
or  dukes  of  France.  Hugh  Capet  was 
duke  of  France  at  the  time  he  proclaimed 
himself  king  of  the  country  ;  but  the 
kings  belonging  to  the  third  race,  being 
convinced  that  the  authority  which  was 
thus  vested  in  one  person,  must  eventu- 
ally prove  extremely  dangerous,  abolished 
the  office  of  Maire  du  Palais,  or  duke  of 
France.  They  divided  the  functions,  and 
created  the  four  great  officers  that  were 
immediately  attached  to  the  crown.  The 
command  and  superintendance  of  the 
army,  were  entrusted  to  the  constable ; 
the  "administration  of  civil  justice  was 
vested  in  the  chancellor :  the  management 
of  tne  finances  was  given  to  the  grand 
treasurer,  and  the  care  of  the  king':; 
household  devolved  upon  the  seneschal, 
who  was  afterwards  styled  grand  master. 

M*lSON-</»-£«,  Fr.  The  king's 
household.  Certain  select  bodies  of 
troops  were  so  called  during  the  monarchy 
of  France,  and  consisted  of  the  gardes  du 
corps  or  bodyguards,  the  Gendarmes,  Cke- 
iiaux  legers  or  light  horse,  Mousqtietaires 
or  musqueteers,  la  gendarmerie,  grenadiers 
a  cheval  or  horse-grenadiers,  the  regiments 
belonging  to  the  French  and  Swiss  guards, 
and  the  cent  Suisses  or  hundred  Swiss 
guards.  The  Maison-dii-Roi  or  king's 
household,  was  not  considered  as  a  sepa- 
rate establishment  from  the  rest  of  the 
army,  until  the  reign  of  Louis  IV.  This 
establishment  was  successively  formed 
by  different  kings  out  of  militia  compa- 
nies, which  they  took  into  their  body 
guard. 

MAI  SON  Meurtriere,  Fr.  This  term 
was  formerly  given  'o  casemates. 

MAITRE  des  urmes,  Fr.  Master  at 
arms.  An  officer,  during  the  existence 


M  A  L 


MAN 


361 


of  the  Grecian  empire,  who  took  prece- 
dence of  the  Mai  ire  de  /a  milice,  or  com- 
mander of  the  militia. 

MAITRE  d'armes,  Fr.  A  term  in  general 
use  among  the  French,  signifying  a  fenc- 
ing master.  Every  regiment  has  a  mai- 
fre  d'armes  attached  to  it. 

MAKE-Reafy,  a  word  of  command  in 
the  firing,  on  which  the  soldier  brings 
his  piece  to  the  recover,  at  the  same  time 
cocking  it  ready  for  firing. 

MAL  d'armee,  Fr.  A  sort  of  conta- 
gious disorder  which  sometimes  rages  in 
an  army,  and  is  occasioned  by  too  much 
fatigue,  or  by  bad  food. 

MA.L-Je.Afft,  Fr.  Sea- sickness. 

MAL-<£-7>m?,  Fr.  The  scurvy  is  so 
called  by  the  French. 

MALABAR  GUNS,  Ind.  Heavy 
pieces  of  ordnance,  which  are  made  in  the 
Malabar  country,  and  are  formed  by  means 
of  iron  bars  joined  together  with  hoops. 
They  are  very  long,  and  extremely  un- 
wieldy. 

MALADES,  Fr.     The  sick; 

AV</a.'j-M.\LADEs,  Fr.  So'diers  on  the 
sick  list. 

MALANDRINS,  Fr.  a  set  of  free- 
booters, who  under  the  reign  of  Charles 
V.  infested  France.  During  the  i4th cen- 
tury, these  plunderers  made  their  appear- 
ance twice  in  considerable  bodies.  They 
consisted  chiefly  of  discharged  soldiers 
who  formed  themselves  inco  marauding 
parties,  and  pillaged  with  impunity  all 
the  travellers  they  met.  Abbs  de  Cboisiy 
relates  that  it  was  extremely  hazardous  to 
oppose  them  in  their  first  onset.  These 
pillagers,  whom  the  inhabitants  called 
Malandrinst  assembled  in  different  can- 
tons, chose  their  own  leaders,  and  ob- 
served a  sort  of  discipline  in  their  depre- 
dations. 

They  usually  contrived  to  station  them- 
selves in  such  a  manner,  that  it  was  im- 
possible to  attack  them. 

They  plundered  or  destroyed  many 
places  and  buildings  through  which  they 
passed,  and  paid  no  regard  to  church  or 
state.  Their  principal  and  most  notori- 
ous leaders,  were  the  Chevalier  de  Vert, 
brother  to  the  count  d'Auxerre,  Hugues 
de  Caurelee,  Mathieu  de  Gournar, Hugues 
de  Varennes,  Gauthier  Huet,  and  Robert 
Lescot,  who  all  belonged  to  some  order  of 
knighthood.  Bertranddu  Guesclin  cleared 
the  country  of  these  dangerous  and  un- 
principled men,  by  leading  them  info 
Spain  under  a  pretence  of  fighting  the 
Moors,  when  in  reality  his  object  was  to 
attack  Peter  the  cruel.  See  French  Hist, 
rte  Charles  V.  liv.  i.pageSG. 

MALINGERER,  (from  the  French) 
one  who  feigns  illness  to  avoid  his  duty. 

MALINGRE,  Fr.  peaking,  sickly. 

MALL.     See  MAUL. 

MA  L  L  E  T,  a  wooden  hammer,  to  drive 
the  pegs  into  the  ground,  by  which  a  tent 
is  fastened  ;  it  is  likewise  used  on,  various 
other  occasions,  especially  in  fortification 
ur.cl  artiUerv. 


MALLEABLE,  in  the  art  of  found- 
ing, a  property  of  metals,  whereby  they 
are  capable  of  being  extended  under  the 
hammer. 

MALTA.  The  strongest  place  in  the 
Mediterranean,  taken  by  the  French  troops 
during  the  present  war,  from  the  knights 
of  that  order,  and  since  re-taken  by  the 
British.  The  island  of  Malta  may  be 
considered  as  a  key  to  the  Levant.  See 
MILITARY  orders. 

MAMMILLIARIA,  (Mammelliera, 
Fr.)  a  word  corrupted  from  the  Latin, 
signifying  a  sort  of  armor,  or  that  part 
of  armor  which  formerly  covered  the  chest 
and  nip  pies.  Etienne  de  la  font  a  /«<?,  who 
was  silver  smith  to  the  French  court, 
mentions  among  other  articles  two  sets  of 
Mammillierles,  in  an  account  which  was 
delivered  in  the  year  1352. 

MAM  A  LUKES,  ( Mamtnelucs,  Fr.) 
Some  writers  assert  that  they  were  Turk- 
ish and  Circassian  slaves,  originally  pur- 
chased from  the  wandering  .tartar's  by 
Meliesaheh,  and  amounting  in  number  to 
one  thousand  men.  They  v»ere  trained 
and  disciplined  to  war,  and  some  were 
raised  to  the  first  places  of  trust  in  the 
empire.  Other  writers  say  that  ihe  ma- 
mclukes  were  generally  chosen  out  of 
Christian  slaves,  and  may  be  considered 
in  the  same  light  as  the  Turkish  janizaries 
are  ;  others  again  assert,  that  they  origin, 
ally  came  from  Circassia,  and  attracted 
public  notice  by  their  valor,  &c.  in  869. 
See  D*Herbelot,  page  545.  The  mame- 
lukes  have  made  a  considerable  figure 
during  the  present  war,  especially  in  their 
contest  against  Bonaparte,  for  the  defence 
of  Egypt.  They  atterwards  joined  the 
French,  and  formed  a  considerable  part  of 
their  cavalry. 

MAN,  to  man  the  ivwks,  is  to  post  the 
soldiers  on  the  lines  so  as  to  be  ready  for 
their  defence,  &c.  In  the  plural  number 
it  means  soldiers,  as  an  army  consisting  of 
12,000  men. 

Flank-front-rank-MAH.  Each  soldier 
upon  the  right  and  left  extremity  of  the 
first  line  or  rank  of  any  given  body  of 
troops  is  so  called. 

Flank-rear  ^rank-'M.A.Tn.  Each  soldier 
upon  the  right  and  left  extremity  of  the 
last  line  or  rank  of  any  given  body  of 
troops. 

When  a  company  or  battalion  is  drawn 
up  three  deep,  the  two  men  who  stand  at 
the  extremities  of  the  centre  line  may  be 
C2\\z&  Jlank-centre-rank-men. 

MANCELLE,Fr.  a  small  chain  which 
is  fixed  to  the  collars  of  carriage  or  dray 
horses,  and  which  terminates  in  a  larg^ 
iron  ring,  that  is  attached  to  the  shaft. 
1 1  likewise  means  the  ring  itself. 

MAN  CHE  //'a*  Batailltm,  Fr.  lite- 
rally means  the  sleeve  of  a  battalion. -• 
This  word  originally  signified  any  small 
body  consisting  of  40  or  60  men,  which 
were  drawn  out  of  the  main-body  of  a, 
battalion,  and  were  posted  by  files' 
7.  Z 


362 


MAN 


M  A 


the  corners  or  angles  of  the  same  bat 


At  present  the  word  mancbes  means  the 
Wings  of  a  battalion,  the  centre  of  which 
was  composed  of  pikemen,  whilst  pikes 
wen;  in  use.  Thus  there  were  right  and 
left  wings,  which  were  again  divided  into 
half-  wings,  quarter-  wings,  and  half-quar- 

Anv  battalion  may  defile  or  break  off 
by  wi'»?gs,  half-  wings,  or  by  the  other  pro- 
portions. 

The  term  mantbf,  or  wing,  was  un- 
doubtedlv  adopted  for  the  express  pur- 
pose  ot  distinguishing  several  small  corps, 
which,  though  at  times  connected  and 
standing  together,  could  suddenly  detach 
themselves,  and  act  againtt  the  enemy 
without  occasioning  the  most  trifling 
fluctuation  or  movement  in  the  main 
body.  The  Greeks  and  Romans  must 
have  had  a  term  synonimous  to  manchc, 
in  order  to  shew  the  several  little  portions 
into  which  the  phalanx  of  the  former,  and 
the  legion  of  the  latter,  were  at  times  di- 
vided, when  there  was  occasion  for  either 
to  manoeuvre  upon  the  same  principles 
that  we  do  by  wings. 

Gardes  de  la  Mancbe,  Fr.  Men  belong- 
ing to  the  old  French  body  guards,  who  on 
particular  occasions,  as  at  the  Royal 
Chapel,  &c.  stood  on  each  side  of  the 
king,  dressed  in  hoquetons,  and  armed 
with  pertuisanes  or  lances. 

La  MANCHE,  Fr.    The  channel. 

La  MANCHE  Brilanruquey  Fr.  The 
British  channel. 

La  MANCHE  de  Bristol,  Fr.  The  Bris- 
tol channel 

MA  ic  CHE  J'cutil,  Fr.  The  handle  of 
any  utensil. 

MANDARIN.  A  name  which  the 
Portuguese  originally  gave  to  the  Chinese 
nobility,  According  to  a  French  author, 
the  Mandarins  are  divided  into  nine  or. 
ctcrs,  each  having  a  peculiar  mark  of  dis- 
tinction to  ascertain  its  rank. 

Civil  MANDARINS.  (Mandarins  let- 
trcs,  Ft.)  These  were  able  and  scientific 
men  who  had  the  management  of  the 
different  branches  belonging  to  civil  go- 
vernment. 

Miiitay  MANDARINS.  (Mandarins 
militaircs,  Fr.)  A  certain  proportion  of 
the  body  of  mandarins  is  selected  by  the 
emperor  of  China,  to  superintend  and 
command  the  militia  of  the  country,  these 
are  called  military  mandarins. 

The  mandarins  are  considered  as  noble-, 
jiiui,  but  their  rank  is  not  hereditary. 
Kvery  mandarin  undergoes  a  severe  ami 
close  examination  respecting  his  natural 
and  acquired  talents,  before  he  receives 
a  civil  or  military  appointment  ;  and  there 
are  public  schools  or  seminaries  to  which 
the  natives  of  the  empire  may  repair  to 
obtain  the  requisite  qualification's  for  such 
important  and  honorable  stations. 

MANDILION,  (Man<Mlet  Fr.)  the 
soldier's  coat  is  so  called  by  the  Italians. 
It  dqes  not,  however,  bear  that  meaning 


either  amongst  us  or  am^ng  the  French  ; 
Mandiiian  and  Mandillc  signifying  a  foot- 
man's great  coat. 

MANEGE,  in  horsemanship,  the  ex- 
ercise of  riding  the  gfeat  horse,  or  the 
ground  set  apart  for  that  purpose  ;  which 
is  sometimes  covered,  for  continuing  the 
exercise  in  bad  weather;  and  sometimes 
open,  in  order  to  give  more  liberty  ami 
freedom  both  to  the  horseman  and  horse. 

MANGAN,  Fr.  This  word  is  some- 
times written  MANGON,  (See  GUN). 
A  warlike  machine  which  was  formerly 
used.  The  term  itself,  indeed,  was  gene- 
rally adopted  to  signify  any  species  of 
warlike  machine.  But  it  more  particu- 
larly meant  the  lareest  and  most  powerful 
machine  that  could  be  used  for  warlike 
purposes ;  whether  it  was  practised  to 
throw  enormous  stones  against  besieged 
places,  or  to  cast  javelins,  &c.  It  was 
likewise  calkd  &a/istat  from  the  Greek; 
tormentum  from  the  Latin  a  torquendo;  and 
sometimes  petraria^  because  stones  weigh- 
ing upwards  of  three  hundred  and  sixty 
pounds,  were  thrown  from  it.  This  ma- 
chine answered  the  double  purpose  of  de>- 
fending  or  attacking  fortified  places,  and 
it  was  sometimes  used  at  sea.  According 
loa  French  writer,  one  of  these  machines 
may  stil)  be  seen  at  Basle. 

MANGANELLE,  Fr.  See  MANCOK- 

NEAU. 

MANGONNEAU,  Fr.  A  word  ori- 
ginally derived  from  the  Greek,  which, 
according  to  Potter,  seems  to  signify  any 
engine  designed  to  cast  missive  weapons. 
With  respect  to  that  particular  engine, 
which  the  French  have  called  mangax, 
rnangantlle,  and  mangontieau,  there  is  not 
any  specific  'erm  fcr  that  famous  en- 
gine, out  of  which,  stones  of  a  size 
not  less  than  mill-stories,  were  thrown 
with  snch  violence,  as  to  dash  whole 
houses  in  pieces  at  a  blow  : — it  was  call- 
ed indeed  by  the  Romans,  balista ;  but 
this  name  though  of  Grecian  orieinal,  ap- 
pears not  to  have  been  used  in  Greece; 
this  engine,  however,  was  known  there, 
and  was  the  same  with  that  used  by  the 
Romans,  the  force  of  which  is  thus  ex- 
pressed by  Lucan : — 

At  faxum  quoties  ingenti  verberh  ictu 
Excutitufy  quails  rapes,  quam  ijfrtice  Monti* 
Abbcidit  impulsu  itentoriitn  ad  jut  a  vetustas  ; 
Frangit  cuneta  rttens^itc  tantum  corpora  pressa 
Exanimaty  tolas  cum  sanguine  dissipat  anus. 

MANIEMENT  </««rw«,  Fr.  manual 
exercise  Although  it  might  be  thought 
superfluous  to  enter  into  a  minute  expla- 
nation of  the  manual  as  practised  by  the 
French,  it  will  not  be  deemed  entirely  use- 
less to  the  military  ma,  ,  to  make  him 
master  of  the  different  terms.  With  this 
view,  we  shall  likewise  give  the  words  of 
command  used  in  the  platoon  exercise 
&c.  The  French  manual  differed  from  the 
English  in  many  points;  essentially  so  in 
the  commencement  of  it,  as,  (extreme  bad 


MAN 


MAN 


363 


weather  excepted)  the  soldiers  in  the  for- 
mer service,  regularly  appeared  upon  pa 
rade  with  fixed  bayonets;  so  that  the  first 
word  of  command  was, 
Presentex,  vos  armes. — Present  arms. 
Porte-x.  vos  armes. — Shoulder  arms. 
Reposex,  sur  vos  armes. — Order  arms. 
Posex.  vosaimes  a  terre — v." round  arms. 
P^elevez  i>os  armes. — Take  up  arms. 
JPortex.  vos  armes.  — Shoulder  arms. 
L'arme  au  bras. — Support  arms. 
Portex,vos armes . — Carry  arms. 
Presenter  la  ba'tonnette. — Charge  bayonet. 
Porte-x.  vos  armes. — Shoulder  arms. 

The  other  words  of  command  which  do 
r.ot  belong  to  the  manual,  but  are  occa- 
sionally practised,  consist  of 
fia'ionnette  au  canon. — Fix  bayonet. 
A'/ rex.  la  baguette  — Draw  ramrod. 
Baguette  dans  le  canon.  — Spring  ramrod. 
L'arme  a  volatile. — Slope  arms. 
L'arme  au  bras  gauche. — Securearms. 
Armes  au  faisceaK. — Pile  arms. 
Repos.— Rest. 
Portex,  les  armes  comme  sergent. — Advance 

arms. 

Kemet tex,  la  baguette. — Return  ramrod. 
Reme  tie's,  la    ba'ionnette.—  Return  or  unfix 

bayonet. 

Ouvrez  le  bassinet,-. — Open  pan. 
JFermex.  le  bassinet. — Shut  pan. 

Port  arms  is  not  practised  among  the 
Trench.  When  a  guard  is  dismissed,  in- 
stead of  porting  arms,  the  soldier  receives 
the  following  word  of  command,  haut  les 
*rmes !  which  is  somewhat  similar  to  re- 
i  over  arms. 

MAN  IE  ME  NT    des    armes  t     Fr.     The 

platoon  exercise  is  so  called  in  the  French 

service,  and  is  distinguished  from  their 

manual  by  the  additional  caution  of  charge 

en  douze  terns,  or  prime  and  load  in  twelve 

motions. 

Cbargex,  vos  armes. — Prime  and  load. 

Ouvrex  le  bassinet. — Open  pan. 

Prenez  le  cartouche, — Handle  cartridge. 

Dechirez  la  tartcuche. — Bite  cartridge. 

Amorcez. — P  rime. 

Fermez  le  bassinet. — Shut  pan. 

L'arme  a  gauche. — Cast  over. 

Cartouche  dans  /e  canon. —Load. 

jTirex.  la  baguette. — Draw  ramrod. 

Biurez. — Ram  down  cartridge. 

Remettez  la  baguette.  —  Return  ramrod. 

Porte-x.  <uos  armes.— Shoulder  arms. 

FIRING  AFTER  THE  MANUAL. 
Appretex,  vos  armes. — Make  ready, 
jfoue. — Aim. 
feu. — Fire. 

Cbargex. — Prime  and  load. 
Le  cfjien  au  repos. — Half-cock  firelock. 
Porte-x,  vos  armes. — Carry  arms. 
Psesentcx.  vos  armes. — Present  arms. 
Pcrtex,  vox,  armes. — Shoulder  arms. 
Reposez  sur  vos  armes  — Order  arms. 
Repos,— Rest, 

INSPECTION     D'ARMES. — INSPECTION 
OF   ARMS. 

Baionnettc  au  canon.  —  Fix  bayonet. 

''.'guettc  dans  le  canon.—  Spring  ramrod. 
:  n  the  British  seryicc   the   ramrod   is 


rammed  down  the  barrel  without  any  fur- 

ther word  of  command. 

Vas  arm-ss  a  terre.  —  Ground  arms. 

Relevex.  vos  annex.  —  Take  up  arms, 

Porte-x.  vos  armes.  —  Shoulder  arras. 

L'arme  au  bras.  —  Supj»ort  arms. 

L'artne  a  volon(£.  —  Slope  arms. 

L'arme  au  bras.  —  Support  arms. 

Porte-x,  vos  annes.  —  Carry  arms. 

L'arme  sous  le  bras  gauche.  —  Secure  arm;. 

Rortex.  vos  armes.  —  Shoulder  arms 

Croisex.  la  ba'ionnette.  —  Charge  bayonet. 

Croher  la  haionnette  likewise  signifies  to 
cross  bayonet  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
iorm  a  sort  of  cheval  de  frisc  to  resist 
the  attack  of  cavalry  from  either  rlank. 
This  has  boon  adopted  since  the  French 
revolution,  and  consists  in  placing  the 
shoulder  of  the  bayonet  of  the  second 
man  behind  the  shoulder  of  the  first 
man's  bayonet  ;  and  so  of  every  sue- 
ceeding  two  from  right  to  left. 

Portex.  v  sirmes.  —  Carry  arms. 

Charge  prtcipitet.  —  Prime  and  load  qti'ck  ; 
in  four  motjons. 

Cbargez.  vos  armes.-"  Load. 

Deux.     Two. 

Trois.—  Three. 

Quatre.  —  Four. 

Charge  a   vohnte.  —  Independent  or 
ning  fire. 

Cbargex.  vos  armes.  —  Prime  and  load. 
PLATOON  FIRING. 

Peloton.  —  P  latoon  . 

Armes  —  Ready. 

Joue.  —  Aim. 

Feu.  —  Fire. 

C&«rgw.~-Prime  and  load. 


Fin  de  roulement.—  Cease  to  roll. 

Feu  a  -uvfante.  —  Independent  fim;/. 

Peloton.  —  Platoon. 

Armes.  —  Ready. 

Commences,  le  feu.  —  Commence  firing, 

Roulement.  —  Roll. 

It  is  here  necessary  to  explain  to  the 
English  reader,  that  the  words  of  com- 
mand Roulement  and  Fin  tie  Roulement  are 
only  used  in  the  drill,  or  when  there  is 
not  any  drum  to  beat  the  prescribed  roll. 

MANIER,  Fr.  to  handle.  This  word 
is  generally  used  among  the  French,  in  a 
military  sense,  whenever  they  speak  of 
portable  fire-arms,  &c.  Hence  manie- 
ment  des  armes. 

M  A  N  i  E  R  les  armes,  F  r.  To  handle  the 
fire-lock,  or  handle  arms. 

MANIER.  la  hallebarde,  Fr.  To  handle, 
or  salute  with  the  halberr. 

MANIER  le  spontcn,  Fr.  To  handle,  or 
salute  with  thespontoon. 

MANIER  I'ipce,  Fr.  To  be  a  swords- 
man 

MANIER  le  drapeau^  Fr.  To  furl  or 
unfurl  the  colors. 

M  A  N  I  E  R  /  'epe'e  a  deux  mains,  Fr.  To 
be  able  to  use  your  sword  with  either 
hand. 

MANIFESTO  (manifcstc,  Fr.)  A 
public  declaration  which  is  made  by  a 
prince  or  mte,  containing  motives  arul 


364 


MAN 


MAN 


reasons  for  entering  into  a  war.  The  for- 
mality of  a  manifesto  has  been  considera- 
bly reduced  in  modern  times.  Among 
the  ancients,  on  the  contrary,  it  was  par- 
ticularly attended  to.  Potter,  in  his 
Grecian'  Antiquities,  observes,  that  inva- 
sions without  notice  were  looked  upon 
rather  as  robberies  than  lawtul  wars,  as 
designed  rather  to  despoil  and  make  a  prey 
of  persons  innocent  and  unprovided,  than 
to  repair  any  losses,  or  damages  sustained, 
•which  for  ought  the  invaders  knew, 
might  have  been  satisfied  for  in  an  easier 
•way.  It  is  therefore  no  wonder,  as  Po- 
lybius  (lib.  iv.)  relates  of  the  ^Etolians, 
that  they  were  held  as  common  out- 
laws  and  robbers  in  Greece,  it  being  their 
manner  to  strike  without  warning  and  to 
make  war  without  any  previous  and  pub- 
lic declaration,  whenever  they  had  an  op- 
portunity of  enriching  themselves,  with 
the  spoil  and  booty  of  their  neighbors. 
Yet  there  want  rot  instances  of  wars  be- 
gun without  previous  notice,  even  by  na- 
tions of  better  repute  for  justice  and  hu- 
manity :  but  this  was  only  done  upon 
provocations  so  great  and  exasperating, 
that  no  recom pence  was  thought  suffi- 
cient to  atone  for  them  :  whence  it  came 
to  pass,  that  such  wars  were  of  all  others 
the  most  bloody  and  pernicious,  and 
fought  with  excess  of  rage  and  fury ; 
the  contesting  parties  being  resolved  to 
extirpate  each  other,  if  possible,  out  of  the 
world. 

Before  the  Grecians  engaged  themselves 
in  war,  it  was  usual  to  publish  a  declara- 
tion of  the  injuries  they  had  received,  and 
to  demand  satisfaction  by  ambassadors ; 
for  however  prepared,  or  excellently 
skilled,  they  were  in  the  affairs  of  war, 
yet  peace,  if  to  be  procured  upon  honora- 
ble terms,  was  thought  more  eligible : 
•which  custom  was  observed,  even  in  the 
most  early  a,^es,as  appears  from  the  story 
of  Tydeus,  whom  Polynices  sent  to  com- 
pose matters  with  his  brother  liteocles 
king  of  Thebes,  before  he  proceeded  to  in- 
vest that  city,  as  we  are  informed  by  Sta- 
tius,  (Thebaid.  lib.  ii.  v.  368.)  and  se- 
veral others.  See  Potter,  page  64  and  65. 

The  Romans,  on  the  other  hand,  used 
abundance  of  superstition  in  entering  upon 
any  hostility,  or  closing  in  any  league  or 
confederacy ;  the  public  ministers  who 
performed  the  ceremonial  part  of  both 
these  were  the  Feciaics,  or  heralds.  The 
ceremonies  were  r.f  this  nature.  When 
any  neighboring  state  had  given  sufficient 
reason  for  the  senate  to  suspect  a  design 
of  breaking  with  them  ;  or  had  offered  r.ny 
violence  or  injustice  to  the  citizens  of 
Rome,  which  was  enough  to  give  them 
the  repute  of  enemies;  one  of  the  Feci- 
ales,  chosen  out  of  the  college  upon  this 
occasion,  a.:d  habited  in  the  vest  belong- 
ing to  his  order,  together  with  his  other 
ensigns,  and  habiliments,  set  forward  for 
the  enemy's  country.  As  soon  as  he 
reached  the  confines,  he  pronounced  a  for- 
mal declaration  of  the  cause  of  his  arrival, 


calling  all  the  Gods  to  witness,  and  im- 
precating the  divine  vengeance  on  himself, 
and  his  country  if  his  reasons  were  not 
just.  When  he  came  to  the  chief  city  of 
the  enemy,  he  again  repeated  the  same  de- 
claration," with  some  addition,  and  withal 
desired  satisfaction.  If  they  delivered 
into  his  power  the  authors  of  the  injury, 
or  gave  hostages  for  security,  he  returned 
satisfied  to  Rome  :  if  otherwise  they  de- 
sired time  to  consider;  he  went  away  for 
ten  days,  and  then  came  again  to  hear  their 
resolution,  and  this  he  did,  in  some  cases, 
three  times :  but,  if  nothing  was  done  to- 
wards an  accommodation  in  about  thirty 
days,  he  declared  that  the  Romans  would 
endeavor  to  assert  their  right  by  their  arms. 
After  this  the  herald  was  obliged  to  re- 
turn, and  to  make  a  true  report  of  his  em- 
bassy before  the  senate,  assuring  them  of 
the  legality  of  the  war,  which  they  were 
now  consulting  to  undertake ;  and  was 
then  again  dispatched  to  perform  the  last 
part  of  the  ceremony,  which  was  to  throw 
a  spear  into  (or  towards  the  enemy's  coun- 
try] in  token  of  defiance,  and,  as  a  sum- 
mons to  war,  pronouncing  at  the  same 
time  a  set  form  of  words  to  the  like  pur- 
pose. Kennett's  Roman  Antiquities, 
book  iv.  page  229. 

The  British  have  within  the  last  cen- 
tury totally  changed  the  usages  of  war; 
and  appear  to  court  the  opprobrium  be- 
stowed by  history  upon  the  Carthaginians 
for  their  perfidiousness  and  cruelty  ;  and 
upon  the  .^Etolians  for  their  treachery  and 
rapacity  ;  by  making  war  first,  and  issuing 
their  manifesto  afterwards ;  as  in  the  at. 
tack  on  Copenhagen  in  1806. 

M AN  I G  LIONS,  the  two  handles  on 
the  back  of  a  piece  of  ordnance.  See  CAN. 

N  O  N . 

MANIPLE.   SeeMANiPULus. 

MANIPULARIS  ( manipulate,)  Fr. 
from  MANIPLE,  a  handful  or  bottle  of 
straw.  The  chief  officer  in  a  part  of  the 
Roman  infantry  called  manipulus,  was 
so  called.  This  officer  was  likewise  ordi- 
nary, or&'maire,  Fr. 

MANIPULA,  Fr.    See  MANIPULUS. 

MANIPULE  Pyrotecbniquet  Fr.  a  cer- 
tain quantity  of  iron  or  brass  petards, 
which  may  be  thrown  by  the  hand  upon 
an  enemy.  These  petards  and  the  me- 
thod of  making  them,  are  particularly  de- 
scribed by  Casini  in  his  work  on  artillery. 
See  PETARDS. 

MANIPULUS/Wff/ff/f,  Fr.)  A  small 
body  of  infantry  originally  so  called 
among  the  Romans,  during  the  reign  of 
Romulus.  Their  ensign  was  a  hand  on 
the  end  of  a  staff'. 

It  consisted  of  one  hundred  men,  and 
in  the  days  of  the  consuls  and  first  Cic- 
sars,  of  two  hundred.  Three  manipuli 
constituted  a  Roman  cohort.  Each  niairl- 
pulus  was  commanded  by  two  office;-.. 
called  centurions,  one  of  whom  acted  as 
lieutenant  to  the  other.  A  centurion 
among  the  Romans,  may  be  considered  in 
the  same  light  j  as  we  view  a  captain  of  a 


MAN 


M  A  N 


365 


company  in  modern  service.  Every  mani- 
pulus made  two  centuries  or  Ordines. 
This,  however,  cannot  be  said  to  have 
been  the  uniform  establishment  or  forma- 
tion of  the  manipulus  ;  for  according  to 
Varro  and  Vegeiius,  it  was  the  smallest 
body  of  men  employed  in  the  Roman 
armies,  and  composed  the  tenth  part  of 
a  century.  Spartian  ia  his  life  of  Sexen- 
nius  Niger,  says,  it  consisted  only  of  ten 
soldiers.  We  have  already  observed,  that 
it  takes  its  name  from  manipulus,  which 
signifies  a  handful  of  straw  ;  the  latter 
having  been  fixed  to  a  long  pole  to  serve- 
as  a  rallying  signal,  before  the  eagles  were 
adopted.  This  circumstance  has  given 
rise  to  the  modern  expression,  a  handful 
of  men,  uve  poigniede  gens.  Vegetius,  on 
the  other  hand  says,  it  comes  from  manus, 
which  signified  a  small  body  or  handful 
of  men  collected  together,  and  following 
the  same  standard ;  and  Modestus  as  well  as 
Varro,  state  it  to  have  been  so  called,  be- 
cause, when  they  went  into  action,  they 
took  one  another  by  the  hand,  or  fought 
all  together.  A  French  writer  conceives, 
that  manipulus  may  be  considered  as  one 
of  those  parts  of  a  modern  battalion, 
which  are  distributed  in  different  rooms, 
&c.  and  which  is  called  une  chambree,  or  a 
company  that  messes  together. 

MANIPULUS,  so  called  from  its  stan- 
dard or  flag,  which  was  made  of  cloth, 
and  hung  suspended  on  a  staff'  with  a 
hand.  The  manipulus  was  distinguished 
ia  this  manner  from  the  chief  standard  of 
each  legion,  which  was  an  eagle  of  mas- 
sive  metal. 

MANOEUVRE,  (Manoeuvre,  Fr.) 
Manoeuvres  of  war  consist  chiefly  in  ha- 
bituating the  soldier  tx>  a  variety  of  evolu- 
tions, to  accustom  him  to  diilerent  move- 
ments, and  to  render  his  mind  familiar 
with  the  nature  of  every  principle  of  of- 
iensive  or  defensive  operation.  The  re- 
gular manoeuvres  of  the  British  army 
have  been  reduced  to  nineteen,  though 
these  are  not  competent  to  every  exigency 
of  service  the  skilful  officer  will  know 
how  to  manoeuvre  as  the  ground  he  is  up- 
on requires. 

The  word  manoeuvre  is  frequently  used 
in  the  French  artillery  to  express  the 
method  with  which  a  piece  of  ordnance 
or  mortar  is  raised  and  placed  upon  its 
carriage  by  several  hands,  assisted  by  the 
crab  or  any  other  machine.  In  a  general 
acceptation  of  the  term,  mancsu-urc  means 
that  mechanical  process  by  which  any 
weight  is  lifted. 

To  M  A  N  cs  u  v  R  E  ,  is  to  manage  any  body 
r  armed  force  in  such  a  manner  as  to  de- 
.'••  /e  sudden  and  unexpected  advantages 
before  the  enemy,  from  a  superior  Talent 
in  military  movements.  It  consists  in 
distributing  equal  motion  to  every  part  of 
a  body  of  troops,  to  enable  the  whole  to 
form,  or  change  their  position,  in  the  most 
expeditious  and  best  method,  to  answer  the 
purposes  required  of  a  battalion,  brigade, 
:  of  cavalry,  infantry,  or  artillery. 


The  use  of  all  manoeuvres  and  of  all 
discipline  is  the  same,  to  habituate  men 
to  the  word  of  command,  to  perform  what 
is  commanded,  and  in  the  shortest  time, 
in  the  best  manner.  The  idea  therefore 
of  reducing  manoauiires  to  1 8  or  19,  or  any 
given  number,  manifests  a  misconception 
of  the  military  art,  that  is  truly  surprizing; 
for  it  must  be  perceived  by  a  practical  man. 
that  the  principles  of  all  manoeuvres  are 
few  and  simple  ;  although  manoeuvres  are 
as  susceptible  of  infinite  variety  and  of 
real  use,  as  arithmetical  numbers.  The 
ability  of  the  officer  is  shewn  in  the  choice 
of  manoeuvre,  and  its  adaptation  to  the 
ground  manoeuvred  upon,  the  end  pro- 
posed to  be  obtained  by  the  manoeuvre, 
the  position  of  the  enemy,  and  the  exact- 
ness and  celerity  with  which  it  is  perform- 
ed. The  great  perfection  of  manoeuvre 
is  when  troops  at  a  single  word  of  com- 
mand perform  movements  of  different 
kinds  at  the  same  instant,  but  all  to  ac- 
complish the  same  object ;  that  is  to  ac- 
complish together  the  end  proposed  by  the 
commander.  Soldiers  should  be  so  exer- 
cised as  to  be  competent  to  move  in  any 
manner  or  direction  on  the  instant ;  a  fixt 
number  of  manoeuvres  is  calculated  to  de- 
feat this  end.  The  Austrians  have  at- 
tempted to  follow  the  French,  and  prac- 
tise their  methods  of  manoeuvre,  which 
are  not  so  much  for  parade  as  for  practice. 
In  the  United  States,  the  prejudice  against, 
or  the  ignorance  of  manoeuvre  is  excessive. 
It  has  always  been  lamented,  that 
men  have  been  brought  on  service  without 
being  acquainted  with  the  uses  of  the  dif- 
ferent manoeuvres  they  have  been  prac- 
tising;  and  having  no  "ideas  of  any  thing 
but  theuniformityof  the  parade,  instantly 
fall  into  disorder  and  contusion  when  they 
lose  the  step,  or  see  a  deviation  from  the 
straight  lines  they  have  been  accustomed 
to  at  exercise.  It  is  a  pity  to  see  so  much 
attention  confined  to  show,  and  so  little 
given  to  instruct  the  troops  in  what  may 
be  of  use  to  them  on  real  service. 

Manoeuvre  when  executed  in  the  pre- 
sence of  the  enemy,  must  be  protected  by 
some  light  troops,  riflemen  or  horse  artil- 
lery. 

Grand  MANOEUVRE  de  Guerre,  Fr. 
This  expression  is  peculiarly  French,  and 
may  be  said  to  signify  the  dispositions  of 
war  upon  a  large  scale.  According  to 
marshal  Saxe  these  dispositions  consist 
chiefly  in  drawing  troops  up  in  such  a 
manner,  that  the  cavalry  and  infantry  may 
support  each  other  ;  but  he  objects  to 
that  arrangement  by  which  companies  or 
platoons  of  infantry  are  intermixed  with 
squadrons  of  horse  ;  for,  as  he  justly  ob- 
serves, if  the  latter  shor.ld  be  beaten,  the 
foot  soldiers  must  unavoidably  be  thrown 
into  confusion  by  the  enemy's  cavalry, 
and  be  cut  to  pieces.  For  further  particu- 
lars on  this  important  article,  see  Saxe's 
Reveries,  where  he  treats  of  La  Grande 
MauKicine  de  Guerre,  and  the  supplement 
to  them  by  baron  d'Espagnac,  pa»e  69. 


366 


MAN 


MAN 


JTurlike  MANOEUVRES,  (Manoeuvres 
tie  Guerre,  Fr.)  Warlike  man«euvres,  or 
the  different  exercises,  &c.  by  which  men 
are  taught  the  military  profession  :  these 
exercises,  from  the  earliest  periods  of  his- 
tory, have  been  infinitely  diversified.  Ve- 
getius,  an  ancient  writer,  remarks,  that 
the  Romans,  in  order  to  enure  'heir  raw 
troops  to  the  fatigues  of  war,  had  specific 
regulations  drawn  up,  by  which  every 
recruit  was  regularly  practised  in  martial 
exercises.  These  regulations  were  origin- 
ally formed  during  the  existence  of  their 
republic,  and  were  afterwards  confirmed 
by  the  emperors  Augustus  and  Adrian. 

It  was  particularly  ordained,  that  the 
cavalry  as  well  as  the  infantry  should  be 
walked  cut  (  etn  metier  a.  la  -promenade) 
three  times  every  month.  The  foot  were 
obliged  to  go  ten  miles  beyond  the  lines 
of  their  encampment.  On  these  occa- 
sions tlv.y  wen:  originally  drawn  up. 
But  their  movements  both  in  going  and 
returning  wen.-  frequently  altered ;  being 
iometimes  obliged  to  march  at  a  moderate 
rare,  and  at  others  to  increjse  their  pace 
and  run.  The  same  regulation  held  f;ood 
•with  respect  to  the  cavalry,  which  was 
armed  and  divided  into  certain  proportions, 
called  turmce.  The  troops  on  horseback 
went  the  S'j.me  distance,  and  practised 
different  evolutions  on  the  road.  Some- 
times advancing  to  attack,  and  at  others 
suddenly  wheeling  round,  to  return  to  the 
charge  with  greater  impetuosity.  These 
exercises  were  not,  however,  confined  to 
open  roads,  or  a  level  country  :  both  horse 
and  foot  were  frequently  ordered  to  make 
their  way  through  intricate  passes,  over 
cragged  hills,  &c  and  to  accustom  them- 
selves to  every  possible  obstacle  that 
might  occur  in  military  movements. 

This  species  of  manoeuvre  or  practising 
exercise,  has  at  last  obtained  in  modern 
times.  It  was  till  lately  thought  sufficient 
to  teach  a  raw  recruit  the  use  of  the  firelock, 
and  to  make  him  master  of  a  certain  num- 
ber of  movements,  by  the  knowlege  of 
which  he  was  held  fit  co  make  a  part  of  a 
well  disciplined  corps.  How  to  march 
against  and  attack  an  enemy,  or  to  meet  his 
attackwith  skill  and  steadiness;  these  prin- 
cipaMy  constituted  the  system  of  modern 
manoeuvres,  and  are  better  understood  by 
the  name  of  evolutions.  In  the  British 
service  there  is  a  specific  numb.-r  of  ma- 
noeuvres or  evolutions  to  which  every  re- 
giment must  conform,  and  with  the  par- 
ticular practice  of  which  every  officer  and 
soldier  must  be  made  intimately  acquaint- 
ed. See  Am.  Mil.  Library. 

MANOEUVRE  R,  Fr.  To  manoeuvre. 

Tbis  verb  in  the    French  language  may 

•plied  two  ways;  as,  tnancieuiirer  hs 

.  10  manage  the  sails  and  tackle  of  a 

s-cl. 

MANOEUVRE*  des  Troupes,  to  make 
solders  go  through  their  different  ma- 
res. Crr  troupes  ontbienm*noeuvret 
have  ably  manoeuvred. 


Bien  ou  n:al  M  A  N  o  £  u  v  R  E  R , Fr.  signifies 
to  manoeuvre  well  or  iil  ;  as,  untel general 
on  officier  a.  bicn  manoeuvre  a  tel  passage,  a 
tel  endroit,  such  a  general  manoeuvred  well 
at  such  a  passage  or  quarter  :  main  un  tel  a 
mal  manoeuvre  a  la  defence  ou  a  I'attcrque  de 
tel  poste,  but  such  an  officer  mar.oenvred 
extremely  ill  in  his  defence  or  attack  of 
such  a  post.  The  word  manoeuvre  is  ori- 
ginally derivedfrom  th^  Latin  Manus  Opus. 

MANOEUVRIER,  Fr.  any  officer 
who  is  perfectly  acquainted  with  the  art  of 
manoeuvring. 

MANOEUVR  IF.R,  Fr.  A  sea  phrase, 
which  is  frequently  used  among  the 
French,  to  signify  that  an  officer  not  only 
understands  all  the  different  words  of  com- 
mand, but  can  thoroughly  manoeuvre  his 
ship.  I:  is  common  to  say,  /'/  est  un  de* 
meillt-'urs  manoeu'vriers  qui  aoient  sur  trier, 
hv-  is  one  of  the  ablest  sea  officers  in  the 
service. 

MANTEAU,  Fr.  This  word,  which 
literally  signifies  a  cloak,  is  frequently 
used  among  the  French  to  express  the 
covering  that  hussars  or  light  infantry 
troops  carry  for  the  double  purpose  o'f 
shielding  their  bodies  from  the  inclemen- 
cies of  the  weather  in  outposts,  &c. 
and  for  spreading  over  their  heads,  by 
means  of  poles,  when  they  occasionally 
halt,  arid  take  a  position. 

MANTELETS,  in  a  military  sense, 
are  either  single  or  double,  composed  oi 
great  planks  of  wood,  of  about  5  feet  high, 
and  3  inches  thick.  The  single  ones  are 
sometimes  covered  with  tin,  made  mus- 
quet-proof,  which  the  pioneers  generally 
roll  before  them,  being  fixed  upon  wheels, 
tx>  cover  them  from  the  enemy's  fire,  in 
opening  the  trenches,  or  carrying  on  the 
sap,  &c.  Th^  double-ones  form  an  angle, 
and  stand  square,  making  two  fronts, 
which  cover  both  the  front  and  flank  of" 
the  sappers,  &c.  when  at  wo'k  :  these 
have  double  planks  with  earth  rammed  in 
between  them  :  they  are  5  feet  high  and 
3  n  breadth,  sometimes  covered  with 
plat .s  of  iron  ;  they  may  with  propriety 
be  called  a  moving  parapet,  having  a  shaft 
to  guide  them  by. 

MAN  TONET,  Fr.  A  small  piece  of 
vrood  or  iron,  which  is  notched,  for  the 
purpose  of  hanging  any  thing  upon  it. 
The  pegs  in  soldier's  rooms  are  sometimes 
so  called. 

MANUAL. — In  a  general  acceptation 
of  the  word,  means  any  thing  done  by  the 
hand. 

MANUAL  Exercise,  in  the  British 
service,  is  the  exercise  of  the  musquet,  in- 
dependent of  powder  and  balj,  and  consists 
in  seven  motions  of  the  firelock  ;  5  of 
which  are  essentially  difit-rent  from  each 
other,  viz.  order  anns,  Jix  bayonels,  shoul- 
der arms:,  present  arms,  shoidder  arm.  . 
charge  bayonets^  and  shoulder  arms. 

I.  Order  Arms.  (3  motions.)  Bring  the 
firelock  to  the  trail  in  two  motions  a- 
usual,  seizing  it  at  the  first  at  the  lower 
loop,  just  at  the  swell,  at  the  2ds  bring  it 


MAN 


MAN 


367 


down  to  the  right  side,  the  butt  within  an 
inch  of  the  ground :  at  the  301,  drop  the 
button  the  ground,  placing  the  muzzle 
against  the  hollow  of  the  right  shoulder, 
and  the  hand  flat  upon  the  sling;  the 
thumb  behind  the  barrel. 

II.  Fix  Bayonets. — At  the  word,^!*, 
£rip  the  firelock  ;  as  soon  as  the  word  of 
command  is  folly  out,  push  the  firelock 
a  little  forward,  at  the  same  time  drawing 
out  the  bayonet  with  the  left  hand,  and 
fixing  it  with  the  utmost  celerity.  The 
instant  this  is  done,  return  as  quick  as 
possible,  to  the  order,  as  above  described, 
and  stand  perfectly  steady. 

HI  Shoulder  Arms. — As  soon  as  the 
word  shoulder  is  given,  grip  the  firelock 
with  the  right  hand,  as  infixing  bayonets, 
and,  at  the  last  word,  anus,  the  firelock 
must  b?  thrown,  with  the  right  hand,  in 
one  motion,  and  with  as  little  appearance 
of  effort  as  possible,  into  its  proper  posi- 
tion on  the  left  shoulder;  the  hand 
grosses  the  body  in  so  doing,  but  must 
instantly  be  withdrawn. 

IV.  Present   Anns.     (3  motions.  J—lst. 
Seize  the  firelock  with  the  right  hand, 
under  the  guard,  turning  the  lock  to  the 
front,  but  without  moving  it  from  the 
shoulder. 

2d.  Bring  it  to  the  poize,  seizing  it  with 
the  left  hand,  the  fingers  easily  round  the 
stock,  the  wrist  upon  the  guard,  and  the 
point  of  the  left  thumb  of  equal  height 
with  the  eyes. 

jd.  Bring  down  the  firelock  with  a 
quick  motion,  as  low  as  the  right  hand 
will  admit  without  constraint,  drawing 
back  the  right  foot  at  the  same  instant,  so 
that  the  hollow  of  it  may  touch  the  left 
heel.  The  firelock  in  this  position  is  to 
be  totally  supported  in  the  left  hand  ;  the 
body  to  rest  intirely  on  the  left  foot ;  both 
knees  to  be  straight ;  the  firelock  in  front 
of  the  left  eye,  and  the  butt  in  front. of  the 
left  thigh. 

V.  Shoulder  Arms,     (l  motions.) — j  st. 
By  a  turn  of  the  right  wrist,    bring  the 
firelock    to    its    proper   position  on   the 
shoulder,  as  described  above,  the  left  hand 
grasping  the  butt. 

2d,  Quit  the  right  hand,  bring  it  briskly 
down  to  its  place  by  the  side. 

VI.  Charge  Bayonets,  (d.  motions.) — 1st. 
At  on  motion  throw  the  firelock  from  the 
shoulder  across  the  body,  to  a  low  dtago- 
nal  recover,  a  position  known  by  the  name 
0f  porting  arms,  or  preparing  for  the  charge^ 
in  which  the  Jock  is  to  be  turned  to  the 
front,  and  at  the  height  of  the  breast ; 
the  muzzle  slanting  upwards,  so  that  the 
barrel  may  cross  opposite  the  point  of  the 
left  shoulder,  with  the  butt  proportion- 
ally depressed  ;  the  right  hand  grasps  the 
small  of  the  butt,  and  the  left  holds  the 
piece  at  the  swell,  close  to  the  lower  pipe, 
the  thumbs  of  both  hands  pointing  to- 
wards  the  muzzle. 

2d.  Make  a  half-face  to  the  right,  and 
bring  down  the  firelock  to  nearly  a  hori- 
zontal position,  with  the  muzz-Ie  inclining 


a  little  upwards,  and  the  right  wrist  rest- 
ing against  the  hollow  of  the  thigh,  just 
below  the  hip. 

N.  B  The  first  motion  of  the  charge 
is  the  position  which  the  soldier  will 
either,  from  the  shoulder,  or  after  firing, 
take,  in  order  to  advance  on  an  enemy, 
whom  it  is  intended  to  attack  with  fixed 
bayonets;  and  the  word  of  command  for 
that  purpose  is  "  prepare  to  charge."  The 
second  position  of  the  charge  is  that  which 
the  front  rank  takes  when  arrived  at  a  few 
yards  distance  only  from  the  body  to  be 
attacked  The  first  motion  of  the  charge 
is  also  that  which  sentries  are  to  take 
when  challenging  any  persons  who  ap- 
proach their  posts. 

VII.  Shoulder  Arms .  (l  motions . ) — I  St. 
Face  to  the  front,  and  throw  up  the  piece 
into  its  position  on  the  shoulder,  by  a  turn 
of  the  right  wrist,  instantly  grasping  the 
butt,  as  before  described,  with  the  lefr 
hand. 

2d.  Ouit  the  firelock  briskly  With  the 
right  hand,  bringing  it  to  its  proper  place 
by  the  side. 

'The  men  are  taught  likewise  to 
support  arms  at  three  motions,  throwing 
the  first  and  second  nearly  into  one  :  at  the 
first  motion  they  seize  the  small  of  the 
butt,  under  the  lock,  with  the  right  hand, 
bringing  the  butt  in  the  front  of  the  groin, 
and  keeping  the  lock  somewhat  turned 
out :  at  the  second,  they  bring  the  left 
arm  under  the  cock  :  at  the  third,  they 
quit  the  right  hand.  In  carrying  arms 
from  the  support,  the  motions  are  exactlv 
reversed. 

In  marching  any  distance,  or  in  stand- 
ing at  ease,  when  supported,  the  men  are 
allowed  to  bring  their  right  hand  across 
the  body,  to  the  small  of  the  butt,  which 
latter  must  in  that  ease,  be  thrown  still 
more  forward  ;  the  fingers  of  the  left 
hand  being  uppermost,  must  be  placed 
between  the  body  and  the  right  elbow; 
the  right  handsareto  be  instantly  remov- 
ed when  the  division  halts,  or  is  ordered 
to  dress  by  the  right. 

Time. — The  motions  in  the  manual 
exercise  to  be  performed  slow,  leavin:: 
three  seconds  between  each  motion,  except 
that  of  Jixing  bayonets,  in  which  a  longer 
time  must  be  given. 

The  manual  is  not  to  be  executed  by 
one  word,  or  signal,  but  each  separate 
word  of  command  is  to  be  given  by  tho 
officer  who  commands  the  body  perform- 
ing it. 

In  regard  to  the  motions  of  securing, 
grounding,  and  trailing,  as  well  as  those  of 
piling,  Sec.  it  will  be  sufficient  for  the 
soldiers  to  be  taught  to  perform  them  in  the 
most  convenient  and  quickest  method. 
Returning  bayonets  is  to  be  done  from  the 
order ;  in  the  same  manner  nsjfxiagihem. 

Sentries. — Sentries  posted  with  shoul- 
dered arms,  are  permitted  afterwards  to 
support,  but  not  to  slope  them.     On  th 
approach  of  an  officer,  they  immediately 
curry  th?ir  arms,  ">nd  nut  them.^1' '     "' 


368 


MAN 


MAN 


their  proper  position  ;  which  is  not  to 
be  done  at  the  instant  he  passes,  but  by  the 
time  he  is  within  twenty  yards  of  their 
post,  so  that  they  may  be"  perfectly  steady 
before  lie  comes  up. 

(>.rporafs. — Corporals  marching  with 
relief's,  or  commanding  detachments,  or 
divisions,  carry  their  arms  advanced, 
as  formerly  :  frr  v/hich  purpose  a  sol- 
dier, when  promoted  to  that  rank,  must 
bs,taught  the  position  of  advanced  arm?. 

Explanation  of  the  sevet  al  Motions  of  the 
I'hitwn  Exercise,  as  taught  at  the  drill  in 
i'jc  British  service. 

I.  Make   Ready. — As    usuril,  bringing 
the  firelock  to  the  recover,  and  instantly 
cocking. 

II.  A'un. — ist.  Slip  the  left  hand  along 
the  sling,  as  far  as  the  swell  of  the  fire- 
Jock,  and  bring  the   piece  down   to   the 
present,  stepping  back  about  six  inches  to 
the  rear  with  the  right  foot. 

III.  Fire. — After  firing  drop  the  fire- 
lock briskly  to  the  pricing  position. 

ad.  Half  cock. 

IV.  Handle  Cartridge, — ISt.    Draw   the 
cartridge  from  the  pouch. 

id.  Bring  it  to  the  mouth,  holding  it 
?>et\veen  t^e  fore  finger  and  thumb,  and 
bite  off  the  top  of  it. 

V.  Prime.— ist.    Shake  some   powder 
into  the  pan. 

3d.  Shut  the  pan  with  the  three  last 
fingers. 

3d.  Seize  the  small  of  the  butt  with 
the  above  three  fingers. 

VI.  Load. — ist.     race  to  the   left   on 
both  heels,  so  that  the  right  toe  may  point 
directly  to  the  front,  and  the  body  be  a 
very  little  faced  to  the  left,  bringing  at 
the  same  time  the  firelock  round  to  the 
leftside  without  sinking  it.     It   should, 
in   this    momentary  position,   be  almost 
perpendicular  (having  the  muzzle  only  a 
small  degree  brought   forwaid),    and    as 
soon  as  it  is  steady  there,  it  must  instant- 
ly be  forced  down  within  two  inches  of 
the  ground,  the  butt  nearly  opposite  the 
left  heel,  and  the  firelock  itselt  somewhat 
.-sloped,  and  directly   to   the  front;    the 
right  hand  at  the  same  instant  catches  the 
muzzle,  in  order  to  steady  it. 

2:1.  Shake  the  powder  into  the  barrel, 
put!  ing  in  after  it  the  paper  and  ball. 

3d.  Seize  the  top  of  the  ramrod,  with 
the  fore  finger  and  thumb. 

VII.  Draw  ramrods. — ist.   Draw  the 
ramrod  half  out,  and  seize  it  back-handed 
exactly  in  the  middle. 

2d.  Draw  it  entirely  out,  and  turning  it 
with  the  whole  hand  and  arm  extended 
from  you,  put  it  one  inch  into  the  barrel. 

VIII.  fLturidaujn cartridge. — ist.  Push 
the   ramrod  down,  holding  it  as  before, 
exactly  in  the  middle,  till  the  hand  touch- 
°s  the  muzzle. 

ad.   Slip  the  fore  finger  and  thumb  to 
the  upper  end,  without  letting  the  ram- 
rod tall  farther  into  the  barrel. 
^  3d.  Push  the  cartridge  well  down  to 


4th.  Strike  it  two  very  quick  strokes 
with  the  ram  rod. 

IX.  Ret  inn    ramrod. — TSt.     Draw    the 
ramiod    half    cut,     catching    it    back- 
handed. 

2d.  Draw  it  entirely  out,  turning  it  very 
briskly  from  you,  with  the  arm  extended, 
and  put  it  into  the  loops,  forcing  it  as 
quick  as  possible  to  the  bottom  ;  then 
face  to  the  proper  front,  the  finger  and 
thumb  of  the  right  hand  holding  the  ram- 
rod, as  in  the  position  immediately  pre- 
vious to  drawing  it,  and  the  butt  raised 
two  inches  from  the  ground. 

X.  Shoulder  Arms. — Strike  the  top  of 
the  muzzle  smartiywith  the  right  hand, 
in  order   to  fix  the  bayonet   and  ramrod 
more  firmly,  and  at  the  same  time  throw 
it  nimbly  up,  at  one  motion  to  the  shoul- 
der. 

N.  B.  Though  the  butts  are  not  to 
come  to  the  ground  in  casting  about,  as 
accidents  may  happen  from  it,  yet  th-y 
are  permitted,  while  loading,  to  be  so 
rested;  but  it  must  be  done  without 
noise,  and  in  a  manner  imperceptible  in 
the  front. 
Explanation  of  printing  and  leading  quick. 

Prime  and  Load.  —  ist.  Bring  the  fire- 
lock down  in  one  brisk  motion  to  the 
priming  position,  the  thumb  of  the  right 
hand  placed  against  the  pan-cover,  or 
steel :  the  fingers  clenched  ;  and  the  el- 
bow a  little  turned  out,  so  that  the  wrist 
may  be  clear  of  the  cock. 

2d.  Open  the  pan  by  throwing  up  the 
steel,  with  a  strong  motion  of  the  right 
arm,  turning  the  elbow  in,  and  keeping 
the  firelock  steady  in  the  left  hand. 

3d.  Bring  your  hand  round  to  the  pouch, 
and  draw  out  the  cartridge. 

The  rest  as  above  described,  excepting 
that,  in  the  quick  loading,  all  the  motions 
are  to  be  dene  with  as  much  dispatch  as 
possible;  the  soldiers  taking  their  time, 
from  the  flugel  man  in  front,  for  citing 
oi' 'cr  and  shouldering  only. 

Priming  position. — In  firing  three  deep 
the  priming  position  for  the  front  rank 
is  the  height  of  the  waistband  of  the 
breeches:  for  the  centre  rank,  about  the 
middle  of  the  stomach ;  and  for  the  rear 
tank,  close  to  the  breast :  the  firelock,  in 
all  these  positions,  is  to  be  kept  pcriectly 
horizontal. 

Explanation  of  the  Positions  of  each  Rank  in 
the  Firings.. 

Front  Rank,  kneetir.g. — Bring  the  fire- 
lock briskly  up  to  the  recover ,  catching  it 
in  the  left  hand  ;  and,  without  stopping, 
sink  down  with  a  quick  motion  upon  the 
right  knee,  keeping  the  left  foot  fast,  th'; 
butt  end  of  the  firelock,  at  the  same  mo- 
ment, falling  upon  the  ground;  theD 
cock,  and  instantly  seize  the  cock  and  steel 
together  in  the  right  hand,  holding  the 
PK-CC  firm  in  the  left,  about  the  middle  of 
that  part  which  is  between  the  lock  and 
the  swell  of  the  stock:  the  point  of  the 
left  thumb  to  be  close  to  the  swell,  anfc 
pointing  upward?. 


MAN 


MAP 


369 


As  the  body  is  sinking,  the  right  knee  is 
to  be  thrown  so  far  back  that  the  left  leg 
may  be  right  up  and  down,  the  right  foot 
a, little  turned  out,  the  body  straight,  and 
the  head  as  much  up  as  if  shouldered  ;  the 
firelock  must  be  upright,  and  the  butt 
about  four  inches  to  the  right  of  the  inside 
of  the  left  foot. 

Aim. — Bring  the  firelock  down  firmly 
to  the  aim,  by  sliding  the  left  hand,  to 
the  full  extent  of  the  arm,  along  the  sling, 
^without  letting  the  motion  tell :  the  right 
hand  at  the  same  time  springing  up  the 
butt  by  the  cock  so  high  against  the  right 
shoulder,  that  the  head  may  not  be  too 
much  lowered  in  taking  aim ;  the  right 
cheek  to  be  close  to  the  butt ;  the  left  eye 
shut,  and  the  middle  ringer  of  the  right 
hand  on  the  trigger,  look  along  the  barrel 
•with  the  right  eye  from  the  breech- pin  to 
the  muzzle,  and  remain  steady. 

Fire. — Pull  the  trigger  strong  with  the 
middle  finger,  and,  as  soon  as  fired,  spring 
up  nimbly  upon  the  left  leg,  keeping  the 
body  erect,  and  the  left  foot  fast,  and 
bringing  the  right  heel  to  the  hollow  of 
the  left;  at  the  same  instant  drop  the 
firelock  to  the  priming  position,  the  height 
of  the  right  hip  ;  bal/cock,  handle  cartridge, 
and  go  on  with  the  loading  motions,  as 
before  described. 

Centre  rank. — Make  ready. — Spring  the 
firelock  briskly  to  the  recover:  as  soon  as 
the  left  hand  seizes  the  firelock  above  the 
lock,  raise  the  right  elbow  a  little,  placing 
the  thumb  of  that  hand  upon  the  cock, 
with  the  fingers  open  on  the  plate  of  the 
lock,  and  then,  as  quick  as  possible,  cock 
the  piece,  by  dropping  the  elbow,  and 
forcing  down  the  cock  with  the  thumb, 
step  at  the  same  time  with  the  right  foot  a 
moderate  pace  to  the  right,  and  keeping  t  he 
lei't  fast,  seize  the  small  of  the  butt  with 
the  right  hand :  the  piece  must  be  held  in 
this  position  perpendicular,  and  opposite 
the  left  side  of  the  face,  the  butt  close  to 
the  breast,  but  not  pressed,  the  body 
straight  and  full  to  the  front,  and  the  head 
erect. 

Aim, — As  in  the  foregoing  explanation 
for  the  front  rank. 

Fire. — Pull  the  trigger  strong  with  the 
middle  finger,  and,  as  soon  as  fired,  bring 
the  firelock  to  the  priming  position,  about 
the  height  of  the  stomach :  the  rest,  as 
in  the  explanation  of  priming  and  leading 
•with  this  difference  only,  that  the  left 
foot  is  to  be  drawn  up  to  the  right,  at  the 
same  time  that  the  firelock  is  brought 
down  to  the  priming  position,  and  that 
immediately  after  the  firelock  is  thrown 
up  to  the  shoulder,  the  men  spring  to  the 
left  again,  and  cover  their  file  leaders. 

Rear  rank. — Make  ready,  —  Recover  and 
cock,  as  before  directed  for  the  centre  rank 
and,  as  the  firelock  is  brought  to  recover, 
step  briskly  to  the  right  a  full  pace,  at  the 
same  time  placing  the  left  heel  about  six 
inches  before  the  point  of  the  right  foot 
The  body  to  be  kept  straight,  and  a 
square  to  the  front  as  passible. 


square  t< 


Aim.— As  in  explanation  for  the  cent* 
ank. 

Fire. — As  in  explanation  for  the  centre 
ank ;  after  firing  and  shouldering,  the 
men  step  as  the  centre  rank  does 

In  firing  with  the  front  rank  standing^ 
hat  rank  makes  ready,  &c.  as  specified  in 
he  article  relative  to  the  platoon  exercise. 
Officers. — I  n  giving  words  of  command, 
as  well  in  as  out  of  the  ranks,  officers  are 
o  stand  perfectly  steady,  and  in  their 
proper  position ;  their  swords  he'd  firmly 
n  the  full  of  the  right  hand,  with  the 
upper  part  of  the  blade  resting  against  the 
shoulder,  the  right  wrist  against  the  hip, 
md  the  elbow  drawn  back. 

Firing  by  platoons. — Officers^  &c. — The 
>fficers,  instead  of  giving  the  words  pla- 
'OG«,  make  ready,  aim,  Jire,  are  to  pro-, 
nounce  the  words  short,  as  for  instance, 
'toon,  ready,  aim,  fire. 

In  firing  by  platoons,  or  divisions,  tire 
officers  commanding  them  are  to  step  out 
one  pace,  on  the  close  of  the  preparative, 
and  face  to  the  left  towards  their  men  : 
hey  there  stand  perfectly  steady  till  the 
ast  part  of  the  general,  when  they  step 
jack  again  into  their  proper  intervals,  all 
at  the  same  time.  After  a  division  has 
fired,  the  right  hand  man  of  it  steps  out 
one  pace,  in  front  of  the  officer,  but  still 
keeping  his  own  proper  front,  and  gives 
the  time  for  casting  about  and  shouldering* 
after  which  he  falls  back  again  into  his 
>lacein  the  front  rank. 

The  ilugle  man  of  a  battalion  is  also 
to  keep  his  front,  in  giving  the  time  of 
exercise. 

In  firing  by  grand  divisions,  the  centre 
officer  falls  back,  on  the  preparative,  into 
the  fourth  rank,  and  is  replaced  by  the 
covering  Serjeant. 

MANUBAL1STE,  Fr.  From  the 
Latin  manubalista.  A  cross  bow. 

MANUFACTURES  d'atmes,  Fr. 
Places  appropriated  for  the  manufactur- 
ing of  arms.  During  the  old  government 
of  France,  three  places  were  appropriated 
for  tihe  manufacturing  of  arms ;  one  at 
Maubeuge,  one  at  Charleville  and  Nour- 
zon,  and  the  third  at  St.  Etienne  en  Foret. 
These  were  called  royal  manufactories  of 
arms  for  public  service.  A  director  ge- 
neral superintended  the  wliol^,  to  whom 
every  person  concerned  in  the  undertak- 
ing was  subject,  and  who  was  himself 
subordinate  to  those  artillery  inspectors 
and  comptrollers,  that  were  severally  ap- 
pointed by  the  grand  master  of  the  ord~ 
nance  and  the  secretary  at  war. 

The  United  States  have  manufactories 
of  arms  at  Harpers  ferry,  on  Potomac  ;  a,t 
Springfield,  Massachusetts;  at  Wash- 
ington City ;  and  at  Rocky  Mount,  S. 
Carolina. 

MAP,  in  a  military  and  geographical 
sense,  is  a  plane  figure,  representing  the 
surface  of  the  earth,  or  a  part  thereof,  ac- 
curding  to  the  laws  of  perspective;  dis- 
tinguishing the  situation  of  cities,  moun- 
tains, rivers,  roads,  &c. 
fl  A 


'370 


MAP 


MAR 


In  maps  these  three  things  are  essen- 
'.ially  necessary.  I.  That  all  places  have 
the  same  situation  and  distance  from  the 
great  circles  therein,  as  on  the  slobe,  to 
show  their  parallels,  longitudes,  zones, 
climates,  and  celestial  appearances,  2. 
That  their  magnitudes  be  proportionable 
to  the  real  magnitudes  on  the  globes. 
3.  That  all  places  have  the  same  situa- 
tion, bearing,  and  distance,  as  on  the  earth 
itself. 

MAPS  are  either  universal,  which  ex- 
hibit the  whole  surface  of  the  earth  ;  or 
partial,  which  exhibit  some  particular 
part  thereof:  each  kind  is  called  geogra- 
phical or  land-maps,  in  contradistinction 
to  hydrographical  or  sea- maps,  represent- 
ing the  seus  and  sea-coasts,  properly  call- 
ed charts. 

As  a  map  is  a  representation  of  some 
part  of  the  surface  of  the  earth  delineated 
upon  a  plane,  the  earth,  being  round,  no 
part  of  the  spherical  surface  of  it  can  be 
accurately  exhibited  upon  a  plane;  and 
therefore  some  have  proposed  globular 
maps.  For  this  purpose  a  plate  of  brass 
might  be  hammered,  or  at  a  less  ex  pence 
a  piece  or.  paste-board  might  be  formed 
into  a  segment  of  a  sphere,  and  covered  on 
its  convex  side  with  a  map  projected  in 
the  same  manner  as  the  papers  of  the 
common  globe  are.  A  map  made  in  this 
method  would  show  every  thing  in  the 
same  manner,  as  it  would  be  seen  upon  a 
globe  of  the  same  diameter  with  the 
sphere  upon  the  segment  of  which  it  was 
delineated :  and,  indeed,  maps  of  this 
sort  would  in  e fleet  be  segments  of  such 
a  globe;  but  they  are  not  in  common 
use. 

The  ancients  described  all  parts  of  the 
known  earth  in  one  general  map.  In  this 
view  one  of  them  compares  the  shape  of 
rhc  earth  to  the  leather  of  a  sling,  whose 
length  exceeds  its  breadth  :  the  length  of 
the  then  known  parts  of  the  earth  from 
east  to  west  was  considerably  greater  than 
from  north  to  south  ;  for  which  reason, 
the  former  of  these  was  called  the  longi- 
tude, and  the  other  the  latitude. 

The  modern  general  maps  are  such  as 
give  us  a  view  of  an  entire  hemisphere, 
or  half  of  the  globe;  and  are  projected 
upon  the  plane  of  some  great  circle, 
•which  terminates  the  projected  hemi- 
sphere, and  divides  it  from  the  other  half 
of  the  globe,  at  the  equator,  the  meridian, 
t>r  horizon  of  some  place.  From  the  cir- 
cle the  projection  is  denominated,  and  said 
to  be  equatorial,  mcridionial,  or  horizon- 
tal. 

Particular  maps  are  such  as  exhibit  to 
us  less  than  an  hemisphere;  of  this  sort 
are  maps  of  the  great  quarters  into  which 
the  earth  is  divided,  as  Europe,  Asia, 
Africa,  and  America;  or  maps  of  particular 
nations,  provinces,  countries,  or  of  les- 
ser districts. 

A  particular  map  is  a  part  of  a  general 
one,  and  may  be  made  upon  the  same 
principles,  as  by  projecting  a  large  her 


misphere,  and  ^aking  so  much  of  it  as  the 
map  is  designed  to  contain.  When  we  are 
to  delineate  a  map  of  the  smaller  part  of 
the  earth,  if  it  be  near  the  equator,  the 
meridians  and  parallels  may  be  represent- 
ed by  equi-distant  straight  lines ;  if  at 
some  distance  from  the  equator,  the  pa- 
rallels may  be  equi-distant  straight  lines, 
and  the  meridian  straight  lines,  a  little 
converging  towards  the  nearest  pole ;  or 
the  meridians  may  be  straight  lines,  con- 
verging towards  the  nearest  pole,  and  the 
parallels  circular. 

When  we  are  to  make  a  map  of  a  very 
small  district,  as  of  a  county  or  town, 
whatever  part  of  the  earth  it  be  in,  the 
meridians  and  parallels  may  be  equi-dis- 
tant straight  lines,  drawn  through  every 
minute,  &c.  of  longitude,  in  proportion  as 
the  largeness  of  the  map  will  allow.  See 
PLOTTING  and  SURVEYING. 

The  use  of  maps  is  obvious  from  their 
construction.  The  degrees  of  the  meri- 
dians and  parallels  shew  the  longitude  and 
latitude  of  places ;  their  bearings  from 
each  other  appear  from  inspection  ;  and 
their  distance  from  each  other  may  be 
measured  by  the  divisions  on  the  meridian, 
equator,  or  scales.  GEOGRAPHY. 

MAR  AUDI-,  Fr.  The  act  of  maraud- 
ing.  This  word  specifically  means  the 
theft  or  depredation  which  a  soldier  com- 
mits against  the  peasantry  of  the  country, 
and  for  which  offence,  he  is  punished 
with  death  in  all  foreign  seivices. 

MARAUDEUR,  Fr  A  marauder. 
This  term  is  now  strictly  English.  Its 
signification,  however,  is  generally  the 
same  in  all  services.  Any  soldier  that 
steals  out  of  camp,  armed  or  unarmed, 
for  the  purpose  of  pillaging  the  country, 
is  a  marauder,  and  is  liable,  upon  convic- 
tion, to  be  punished  with  cteath,  or  such 
other  punishment  as  by  a  general  court, 
martial  shall  be  awarded. 

Alltr  en  MARAUDE,  means  to  go  out 
marauding. 

MARAUDING,  in  a military  seme,  the 
act  of  plundering,  which  is  generally  com- 
mitted by  a  party  of  soldiers,  who,  with- 
out any  order,  go  into  the  neighboring 
houses  or  villages,  when  the  army  is  either 
in  camp  or  in  garrison,  to  pilfer  and  de- 
stroy, &c.  Marauders  are  a  disgrace  to 
the  camp,  to  the  military  profession,  and 
deserve  no  better  quarters  from  their  offi- 
cers than  they  give  to  poor  peasants,  &c. 
Marauding  is  also  applied  to  plundering  at 
sea ;  thus  the  Barbary  Corsairs,  and  the 
British  navy  are  systematic  maiauders. 

MARC,  Fr.  A  weight  equal  to  eight 
ounces.  In  France,  it  is  usual  for  silver- 
smiths and  jewellers  to  take  a  marc  at 
that  standard,  but  when  aiticles  of  greater 
bulk  and  grosser  quality  than  those  they 
deal  in,  are  brought  to  the  scale,  the  marc 
contains  16  ounces  to  the  pound.  All 
stores  and  ammunition  were  appreciated 
by  this  measure. 

A  MARCH,  (une  Marc.be  t  Fr.)  is  the 
moving  of  a  body  of  men  from  one  place  to 


MAR 


MAR 


371 


another.  Care  must  be  taken,  in  march- 
ing troops,  that  they  are  not  liable  to  be 
flanked  or  intercepted;  for  of  all  opera- 
tions none  is  more  difficult,  because  they 
must  not  only  be  directed  to  the  objects 
they  have  in  view,  but  according  to  the 
movements  the  enemy  may  have  made. 

Of  all  the  mechanical  parts  of  war, 
none  is  more  essential  than  that  of  march- 
ing. It  may  be  justly  called  the  key 
which  leads  to  all  important  motions  and 
manoeuvres  of  an  army ;  for  they  depend 
entirely  on  this  point.  A  man  can  beat- 
tacked  in  four  different  ways;  in  the 
front,  on  both  flanks,  and  in  the  rear :  but 
he  can  defend  himself,  and  annoy  the  ene- 
my, only  when  placed  with  his  face  to- 
wards  him.  Hence  it  follows,  that  the 
general  object  of  marching,  is  reduced  to 
three  points  only;  to  march  forwards,  and 
on  both  sides,  because  it  is  impossible  to 
do  it  for  any  time  backwards,  and  by  that 
means  face  the  enemy  wherever  he  pre- 
sents himself.  The  different  steps  to  be 
made  use  of  are  three:  slow,  quick,  and 
accelerated.  The  first  is  used  only  at  re- 
views, for  parade,  or  in  mounting  guard. 
The  second  is  proper  in  advancing,  when 
at  a  considerable  -distance  from  the  ene- 
my, and  when  the  ground  is  unequal, 
that  the  line  may  not  be  broken,  and  that 
a  regular  fire  may  be  kept  up  without  in- 
termission. The  third  is  chiefly  neces- 
sary, when  you  want  to  anticipate  the 
enemy  in  occupying  some  post,  in  passing 
a  defile,  and,  above  all,  in  attacking  an  in- 
irenchment,  to  avoid  being  a  long  while 
exposed  to  the  fire  of  the  artillery  and 
small  arms,  &c.  Columns  may  be  opened 
and  formed  into  lines,  and  vice  -versa, 
lines  into  columns,  by  all  these  steps. 
In  coming  out  of  a  defile,  you  may 
instantly  form  the  line  without  present- 
ing the  flank  to  the  enemy.  The  line 
may  be  formed,  though  ever  so  near  to  the 
enemy,  with  safety,  because  you  face 
him,  and  can  with  ease  and  safety  protect 
and  cover  the  motion  of  the  troops,  while 
they  are  coming  out  of  the  defiles  and 
forming.  The  same  thing  may  beequal- 
ly  executed,  when  a  column  is  "to  be  loan- 
ed, in  order  to  advance  or  retreat ;  which 
is  a  point  of  infinite  consequence,  and 
should  be  established  as  an  axiom. 

The  order  of  march  of  the  troops  must  be 
so  disposed,  that  each  should  arrive  at 
their  rendezvous,  if  possible,  on  the  same 
clay.  The  quarter-master-general,  or  his 
deputy,  with  an  able  engineer,  should 
sufficiently  reconnoitre  the  country,  to  ob- 
tain a  perfect  knowlege  both  of  that  and 
of  the  enemy,  before  he  forms  his  routes. 

Before  a  march,  the  army  generally  re- 
ceives several  days  bread.  The  quarter- 
masters, camp-color  men,  and  pioneers, 
parade  according  to  orders,  and  march 
immediately  after,  commanded  by  the 
quarter-master-general,  or  Jiis  deputy. 
They  are  to  clear  the  roads,  level  the  ways, 
make  preparations  for  the  march  of  the 
army,  &c.  The  general ^  for  instance, 


beats  at  2,  the  assembly  Xt  3,  and  the  army 
to  march  in  30  minutes  after.  Upon 
beating  the  general,  the  village,  and  gene- 
ral officer's  guards,  quarter  and  rear- 
guards, Jum  their  respective  corps  ;  and 
the  army  pack  up  their  baggage.  Upon 
beating  'the  assembly ,  the  icnts  are  to  be 
struck,  and  sent  with  the  baggage  to  the 
place  appointed,  &c.- 

The  companies  draw  up  in  their  seve- 
ral streets,  and  the  rolls  are  called.  At 
the  time  appointed,  the  drummers  are  to 
beat  a  march,  and  fifers  play  at  the  head 
of  the  line;  upon  which  the  companies 
march  out  from  their  several  streets,  form 
battalions  as  they  advanced  to  the  head  of 
the  line  and  then  halt. 

The  several  battalions  will  be  formed 
into  columns  by  the  adjutant-general,  and 
the  order  of  march,  &c,  be  given  to  the 
general  officers  who  lead  the  columns. 

The  cavalry  generally  march  by  regi- 
ments or  squadrons.  The  heavy  artillery 
always  keep  the  great  roads,  in  the  centre 
of  the  columns,  escorted  by  a  strong  party 
of  infantry  and  cavalry. — The  field-pieces 
move  with  the  columns. 

Each  soldier  generally  marches  with  60 
rounds  of  powder  and  ball,  and  thrr? 
good  flints  ;  one  of  which  is  to  be  fixed  in 
the  cock  of  his  firelock.  The  routes  must 
be  so  formed,  that  no  column  may  cross 
another  on  the  march.  See  American 
1  Military  Library. 

MARCH  !  (Marclel  Fr.)  as  a(word  oi 
1  command,   whenever  it  is  given' singly, 
;  invariably  denotes  that  ordinary  or  triplt 
time  is  to  be  taken  ;  when  the  shtv  time  is 
meant,  that  word  will  precede  the  other. 
The  word  march,  marks  the  beginning  of 
movements  from  the  halt;  but  it  is  not 
given  when  the  body  is  in  previous  mo- 
tion.    It  should  be  sharp,  clear,  and  dis- 
tinct. 

The  usual  rate  of  marching  for  cavalry 
is  17  miles  in  <5  hours  ;  but  this  maybe 
extended  to  21,  or  even  28  miles  in  that 
time. 

Rates  paid  for  English  carriages  on  the  march. 
One  shilling  per  C  with  5  horses,  or 
mile  for  every  <  with  6  oxen,  or 
carriage  (  with  4  oxen  &  2  horses ; 

nine  pence  per  mile  for  any  cart  with  4 
horses,  and  so  in  proportion  for  less  car- 
riages ;  or  a  further  sum,  not  exceeding  $d 
per  mile  for  every  carriage  with  5  horses, 
or  with  6  oxen,  or  with  4  oxen  and  2, 
horses  ;  or  'id per  mile  for  every  cart  with 
4  horses ;  and  so  in  proportion  for  less 
carriages,  as  the  same  shall  be  fixed  and 
ordered  by  the  justices  of  the  peace.  The 
waggons,  &c.  not  to  carry  more  than  30 

CV/t.    ' 

Regular  ferries  in  England  are  only  to 
be  paid  for  on  the  march  at  half  the  ordi- 
nary rate. 

Marching  mexcy. — Innkeepers  in  the 
British  dominions,  are  obliged  to  fur- 
nish troops  on  the  march  with  diet  and 
small  beer,  for  the  day  of  their  march- 
ing in,  and  two  davs  afterwards;  un- 


372 


MAR 


MAR 


less  one  of  the  days  be  a  market  day. 
For  which  the  publican  bv  the  king's 
warrant,  171!!  of  March,  1800,  is  to  re- 
ceive i6</,  and  which  is  paid  in  the  fol- 
lowing manner: 
Paid  by  government,  Cav.  Q^.— Inf.  ii</. 

. by  the  soldier      bd. $d. 

Soldiers  beer  money    id.    id. 


Total  16 


16 


In  MARCHING  every  soldier  must  be 
well  balanced  on  his  limbs :  his  arms  and 
hands,  without  stiffness,  must  be  kept 
steady  by  his  sides,  and  not  suffered  to  vi- 
brate. He  must  not  be  allowed  to  stoop 
forward,  still  less  to  lean  back.  His  body 
must  be  kept  square  to  the  front,  and 
thrown  rather  more  forward  in  marching 
than  when  halted,  that  it  may  accompany 
fhe  movement  of  the  leg  and  thigh  :  the 
ium  must  be  stretched,  but  without 
stiffening  the  knee :  the  toe  a  little  point- 
ed, and  kept  near  the  ground,  so  that  the 
shoe-soles  may  not  be  visible  to  a  person 
in  front :  the  head  to  be  kept  well  up, 
straight  to  the  front,  and  the  eyes  not  suf- 
fered to  be  cast  down  :  the  foot,  without 
being  drawn  back,  must  be  placed  flat  on 
the  ground. 

The  object  so  generally  recommended, 
of  keeping  the  body  erect,  and  the  legs 
\vell  stretched  and  pointed,  would  be  ef- 
fectually gained,  were  recruits,  when  they 
are  first  place  '  under  the  moulding  hand  of 
the  drill  serjeant,  taught  and  gradually  ac. 
customed  to  step  well  out  from  the 
haunches.  This  method  is  invariably 
practised  among  the  French,  who  are  un- 
questionably not  only  the  best  dancers, 
but  the  most  expert  movers  on  foot  in  the 
world, 

Q///V£-MARCH.  Ordinary  time.  A 
movement  by  which  troops  advance  at  the 
rate  of  75  steps  in  the  minute,  each  of  24 
inches,  making  150  feet  or  50  yards  in  a 
minute. 

Q/C/C^-MARCH.  As  a  word  of  com- 
mand, signifies,  that  the  troops  should 
move  in  quick  time. 

Slow- MARCH.  A  movement  by  which 
troops  advance  at  the  rate  of  60  steps  in 
the  minute. 

In  order  to  teach  a  recruit  the  just 
leneth  of  pace,  accurate  distances  must 
be  marked  out  on  the  ground,  along  which , 
he  should  be  practised. 

ff/beeling-'M.AR  CH,  t>r  accelerated  pace 
is  120  steps  of  24  inches  each,  or  2880 
inches,  or  240  feet  in  the  minute. 

This  is  the  most  rapid  movement  by 
which  men  under  arms,  or  otherwise 
when  formed,  should  go  from  line  into 
column,  or  come  from  column  into  line. 
This  is  applied  chiefly  to  the  purpose  of 
wheeling,  and  is  the  rate  at  which  all 
bodies  should  accomplish  their  wheels, 
the  outward  file  stepping  30  inches, 
whether  the  wheel  be  from  line  into 
oplumn,  during  the  march  in  column,  or 
.  :'oni  column  into  line.  In  this  time  also 


should  divisions  double  and  move  up, 
when  passing  obstacles  in  line;  or  when 
in  the  column  of  march,  the  front  of  di- 
visions is  increased  or  diminished, 

A  MARCH,  (La  Marcbe,  Fr.)  a  certain 
tune  or  concord  of  notes,  which  is  adapted 
to  the  movement  of  any  particular  body 
of  troops,  as,  the  grenadier's  march,  the 
march  of  the  Marseillois,  la  marche  de^ 
yafr'iKaires,  the  march  of  the  Janizaries. 

MARCHING  to  the  front  or  rear.  This 
is  one  of  the  most  difficult  operations  in 
military  movements. 

Thf  person  instructing  a  platoon  will, 
before  he  puts  it  in  motion  to  front  or 
rear,  indicate  which  flank  is  to  direct  by 
giving  the  word,  mark  time  I  and  then 
forward  o\  txarch.  Should  the  right  be 
the  directing  flank,  the  commander  of  the 
platoon  himself,  will  fix  on  objects  to 
march  upon  in  a  line  truly  perpendicular 
to  the  front  of  the  platoon;  and  when 
the  U-ft  flank  is  ordered  to  direct,  he  and 
hib  covering  serjeant  will  shift  to  the  left 
of  the  front  rank,  and  take  such  objects  to 
march  upon.  "  • 

The  conductor  of  the  platoon,  before 
the  word  march  is  given,  will  endeavor  to 
remark  some  distant  object  on  the  ground, 
in  his  own  front,  and  perpendicular  to  the 
directing  flank,  he  will  then  observe  some 
nearer  and  intermediate  point,  in  the  same 
line,  such  as  a  stone,  tuft  of  grass,  &c. 
these  he  will  move  upon  with  accuracy, 
and  as  he  approaches  the  nearest  of  these 
points,  he  must  from  time  to  time  chuse 
fresh  ones  in  the  original  direction,  which 
he  will  by  these  means  preserve,  never 
having  fewer  than  two  such  points  to 
move  upon.  1  f  no  object  in  the  true  line  can 
be  ascertained,  his  own  squareness  of 
person  must  determine  the  direction  of  the 
march. 

The  same  observations  hold  good  in  all 
movements  to  front  or  rear,  or  from  either 
flank  ;  and  the  only  way  to  execute  them 
with  accuracy,  is  for  the  leader  to  look  out 
for  small  intermediate  points  of  march. 

M  ARCH  of  a  battalion  in  Jile,  is  to  ad- 
vance from  the  right,  left,  or  centre  of  any 
given  number  of  men,  for  the  purposes  of 
countermarching,  or  of  closing,  or  opening 
an  interval  in  line.  On  these  occasions  the 
whole  step  off  together  at  the  word  march% 
and  dress  at  the  word  mark  time,  the 
whole  front,  and  the  officers  and  ser- 
jeants,  resume  their  several  posts  in  line 
and  then  receive  the  word  halt.  When- 
ever more  than  one  company  march 
in  file,  the  officers  are  out  of  the  ranks  dur- 
ing the  march,  on  the  left  of  the  leading 
file  when  the  right  is  in  front,  and  on  the 
ri^ht  when  the  left  is  in  front.  They  are 
of  use  in  preserving  the  line  and  step,  as. 
the  rear  officer  necessarily  keeps  the  pace, 
and  marches  on  the  exact  perpendicular 
line  of  his  coverer.  When  a  company  is 
marched  off  singly,  or  files  into  or  out  of 
column,  the  officer  is  invariably  to  be  in 
front.  It  sometimes  happens,  that  a  ba1:- 
talion  standing  in  narrow  ground,  may  toe 


MAR 


MAR 


373 


obliged  to  form  open  column  from  its 
leading  flank,  either  before  or  behind  that 
Hank,  before  or  behind  its  other  flanK  ;  or 
before  or  behind  any  central  part  of  the 
line. 

To  MARCH  in  file  be  for"  the  right  flank. 
When  the  right  platoon  or  company  has 
moved  on,  the  rest  of  the  battalion  face  to 
theri^hr,  and  march  in  file  :  the  divisions 
then  successively  front,  following  each 
other,  and  taking  the  leading  one  for  their 
regulating  company. 

T<i  MARCH  in  file  behind  the  right  flank. 

The  whole  free  to  the  right,  and  march 
by  word  of  command  ;  at  which  instant 
the  ri:  ht  division  countermarches  to  the 
rear,  fronts,  and  moves  forward ;  whilst 
every  other  division  successively  moves 
on  in  the  same  manner  (having  previously 
countermarched)  and  continues  till  the 
whole  is  in  column. 

To  MA  RCH  before  any  central  point  or  the 
left  flank.  The  battalion  makes  a  succes- 
sive countermarch  from  the  right  flank  to- 
wards the  left,  and  when  the  right  division 
is  arrived  at  the  point  from  whence  it  is  to 
advance  in  column,  it  again  countermarches 
to  its  right,  a  space  equal  to  its  front,  then 
faces,  moves  on,  and  is  thus  successively 
followed  by  part  of  the  battalion.  The 
other  part  of  the  battalion,  beyond  the 
point  of  advancing,  Jace\  inwards,  when 
necessary  makes  a  progressive  march  in 
file,  and  thfn  fronts.  Each  division  be- 
longing to  this  part  of  the  battalion  fol- 
lows successively  till  the  whole  stand  in 
column. 

To  MARCH  by  files  behind  the  centre  cr 
left  flank.  The  right  proportion  of  the 
battalion  countermarches  from  ths  right  by 
liles  successively  by  the  rear,  and  the  other 
proportion  of  the  battalion,  according  to 
circumstances,  makes  a  progressive  march 
by  files  from  its  right  to  the  central  point, 
and  there  begins  to  countermarch  ;  at  that 
point  the  leading  or  head  division  fronts  in- 
to column,  and  moves  on,  each  successive 
division  doing  the  same.  When  the  left  of  a 
battalion  is  to  be  in  font,  the  same  opera- 
tions take  place  by  an  inverse  march  of 
the  several  divisions. 

This  method,  however,  of  marching  by 
files  into  open  column,  should  be  resorted 
to  as  little  as  possible,  and  never  when  it 
can  be  conveniently  avoided.  The  for- 
mation of  open  column  from  battalion  and 
line  is  better  done  by  the  wheelings  of 
companies,  subdivisions,  or  sections. 

To  MARCH  up  in  charging  order,  is  to 
advance  towards  the  enemy's  line  with  a 
quick  but  firm  and  steady  pace,  till  you 
£et  within  a  few  paces  of  the  opposing 
body,  when  an  increased  rapidity  must  be 
given  to  the  whole,  but  not  to  run  so  as 
to  lose  breath,  the  officers  on  this  occasion 
must  be  particularly  attentive  to  the  se- 
veral divisions  in  their  charge,  keeping 
Uiern  well  dressed  to  their  centre,  and 
•hereby  preventing  dangerous  openings  and 
jon,seuuent  confusion.  The  French  call 


this  ths '-pas  de  Charge. — Which  see  under 
PAS.     See  Am.  Mil.  Lib. 

Points  of  MARCH,  one  or  more  objects 
which  ought  always  to  be  prepared  for  the 
direction  of  any  considerable  body,  every 
leader  of  which  who  moves  directly  for- 
ward in  front,  must  take  care  to  conduct 
it  in  a  line  perpendicular  to  that  front. 
But  should  a  leader,  either  in  file  or  front, 
have  only  one  marked  point  of  inarch, 
ascertained  to  him,  he  will  himself  in- 
stantly look  out  for  small  intermediate 
points. 

TV  MARCH  In  file  to  a  flank,  is  to 
reduce  a  line  by  marching  out  from  its  se- 
veral divisions  towards  a  given  flank,  there 
to  remain  in  close  or  open  column,  of 
brigades,  regimen'.!;,  grand  divisions,  com- 
panies, &c.  nothing  is  more  essential  in 
all  deployments  into  line,  and  in  the  in- 
ternal movements  of  the  divisions  of  the 
battalion,  than  the  accuracy  of  the  march 
in  file.  After  lacing,  and  at  the  word 
march,  the  whole  are  directed  to  step  oft" 
at  the  same  instant,  each  man  re 
or  rather  overstepping  the  foot  of  his  _ 
ceding  comrade  :  that  is  the  right  loot  of 
the  second  man  conies  within  the  left  foot 
or  the  first,  and  thus  of  every  one,  more 
or  less  overlapping,  according  to  the  close- 
ness, or  openness  of  the  files  and  the  length 
of  step.  The  front  rank  will  march 
straight  along  the  given  line,  each  soldier 
of  that  rank  must  look  along  the  necks  of 
those  before  him,  and  never  to  right  or 
left.  The  centre  and  rear  ranks  must 
look  to,  and  regulate  themselves  by  their 
leaders  of  the  front  rank,  and  always  dress 
in  their  file.  File  marching  is  always 
made  in  quick  time. 

MARCH  of  a  battalion  in  line,  is  a  regu- 
lar continuity  of  files  advancing  forward 
in  t\vo  or  three  ranks,  each  rear  file  pre- 
serving a  perpendicular  direction  to  its 
leader,  and  the  ranks  being  kept  parallel 
to  each  other  at  given  distances;  so  that 
the  whole  line  shall  continue  straight 
without  being  deformed  by  a  conca- 
vity or  convexity  of  figure.  The  march 
of  the  battalion  in  line,  either  to  front 
or  re;r,  being  the  most  important  and 
most  difficult  of  all  movements,  every 
exertion  of  the  commanding  officer,  and 
every  attention  of  officers  and  men,  be- 
come peculiarly  necessary  to  attain  this 
end.  The  gieat  and  indisp-ensible  requi- 
sites of  this  operation  are,  that  the  direc- 
tion of  the  march  be  perpendicular  to  the 
front  of  the  battalion  as  then  standing  ; 
that  the  shoulders  and  body  of  each  in- 
dividual  be  perfectly  square,  that  the  files 
touch  lightly  at  the  elbow  only,  and 
finally,  that  an  accurate  equality  of  ca- 
dence and  lenjrth  of  step  be  given  by  the 
advanced  guides  or  Serjeants,  whom  the 
battalion  in  every  respect  must  cover, 
and  which  equality  of  cadence  and  length 
of  step  every  individual  must  follow  and 
comply  with.  If  these  essential  rules  are 
not  observed,  its  direction  will  be  lost, 
the  diiierer.t  parts  will  open  and  attempt 


374 


MAR 


MAR 


to  close,  and  by  so  doing,  a  floating  of  the 
whole  will  ensue,  and  disorder  will  arise 
at  a  time  when  the  remedy  is  so  difficult, 
and  perfect  order  so  imperiously  wanted. 

In  order  to  ensure  these  essential  re- 
quisites, and  to  produce  perfect  correct- 
ness, the  Serjeants  must  be  trained  to  this 
peculiar  object,  on  whose  exactness  of 
cadence,  regularity  of  step,  squareness  of 
body,  and  precision  of  movement,  the 
greatest  dependance  can  be  placed,  these 
are  the  proper  guides  of  manoeuvre %  The 
habitual  post  of  the  two  principal  direct- 
ing Serjeants,  is  to  be  in  the  centre  of  the 
battalion,  betwixt  the  colors.  One  of 
them  is  posted  in  the  front  rank,  and  one 
in  the  rear,  that  they  thereby  may  be  ready 
to  move  out  when  the  battalion  is  to 
inarch ;  another  also  covers  them  in  the 
supernumerary  rank. 

Whenever  the  battalion  is  formed  in  line 
and  halted,  the  front  directing  serjeant  or 
guide,  after  having  placed  himself  per- 
fectly and  squarely  in  the  rank,  must  in- 
stantly cast  his  eyes  down  the  centre  of 
his  body,  from  the  junction  of  his  two 
heels,  and  by  repeated  trials  endeavor  to 
take  up  and  prolong  a  line  perpendicular 
to  himself,  and  to  the  battalion;  for  this 
purpose  he  is  by  no  means  to  begin  with 
looking  out  for  a  distant  object,  but  if 
such  by  chance  should  present  itself  in 
the  prolongation  of  the  line,  extending 
from  his  own  person,  he  may  remark  it. 
He  is  therefore  rather  to  observe  and  take 
up  any  accidental  small  point  on  the 
ground  within  100  or  150  paces.  Inter- 
ire  ones  cannot  be  wanting,  nor  the 
renewal  of  such  as  he  afterwards  succes- 
.sivcly  approaches  to  in  his  march.  In 
this  manner  he  is  prepared,  subject  to  the 
liiture  correction  of  the  commanding  offi- 
cer, to  conduct  the  march. 

To  MARCH  f^rtvard  or  advance  in  line, 
the  battalion  has  been  halted  and  cor- 
rectly dreued—  Is  to  step  off,  according  to 
any  given  word  of  command,  in  quick  or 
ordinary  time,  and  to  march  over  a  per- 
pendicular line  of  direction,  without  de- 
viating to  the  right  or  left,  or  unnecessarily 
opening  or  closing  dining  the  movement; 
the  commanding  officer  Having  previously 
placed  himself  10  or  12  paces  behind  the 
.exact  line  of  the  directing  serjeant,  will, 
if  such  file  could  be  depended  on,  as 
standing  truly  perpendicular  to  the  bat- 
talion, (and  great  care  must  be  taken  to 
place  it  so)  remark  the  line  of  its  prolon- 
gation, and  thereby  ascertain  the  direction 
in  which  it  should  march;  but,  as  such 
precision  cannot  be  relied  on,  he  will  from 
his  own  eye  and  from  having  the  square  of 
the  battalion  before  him,  with  prompti- 
tude make  such  correction,  .and  observe 
r-uch  object  to  the  right  or  left,  as  may  ap-  , 
pear  to  him  the  true  one ;  and  in  doing  i 
this,  he  will  not  at  once  look  out  for  a 
distant  object,  but  will  hit  on  it,  by  pro-  j 
longing  the  line  from  the  person  of  the  di-  ! 
reeling  serjeant  to  the  front;  or  he  will; 
order  the  covering  serjennt  to  run  out  20' 


paces,  and  will  place  him  in  the  line  in 
which  lie  thinks  the  battalion  ought  to 
advance.  The  directing  serjeant  then 
takes  his  direction  along  the  line  which 
passes  from  himself,  betwixt  the  heels 
of  the  advanced  serjeant,  and  preserves 
such  line  in  advancing,  by  constantly 
keeping  his  object  in  view 

When  the  commanding  officer  gives  the 
caution,  (ihe  battalion  ivill  advance)  the 
front  directing  serjeant  moves  out  6  accu- 
rate and  exact  paces  in  ordinary  time,  halts; 
the  two  other  guides  who  were  behind 
him,  move  up  on  each  side  of  him,  and  an 
officer  from  the  rear,  replaces  in  the  front 
rank,  the  leading  serjeant.  The  centre 
serjeant,  in  moving  out  marches  and  halts 
on  his  own  observed  points,  and  the  two 
other  Serjeants  dress  and  square  themselves 
exactly  by  him.  If  the  commanding  of- 
ficer is  satisfied,  that  the  centre  serjeant 
has  moved  out  in  the  true  direction,  he 
will  intimate  as  much;  if  he  thinks  he 
has  swerved  to  right  or  left,  he  will  direct 
him  to  incline  to  that  side,  the  smallest 
degree  possible,  in  order  thereby  to  change 
his  direction,  and  to  take  new  points  on 
the  ground,  towards  the  opposite  hand. 

The  line  of  direction  being  thus  ascer- 
tained, at  the  word  march  ^  the  whole  bat- 
talion instantly  step  olf,  and  without  turn- 
ing the  head,  eyes  are  glanced  towards  the 
colors  in  the  front  rank ;  the  replacing 
officer  betwixt  the  colors,  preserves,  dur- 
ing the  movement,  his  exact  distance  of 
6  paces  from  the  advanced  serjeant,  and  is 
the  guide  of  the  battalion.  The  centre 
advanced  serjeant  is  answerable  for  the  di- 
rection, and  the  equal  cadence  and  length 
of  step  ;  to  these  objects  he  alone  attends-, 
while  the  other  two,  scrupulously  con- 
forming to  his  position,  maintain  their 
parallelism  to  the  front  of  the  battalion, 
and  thereby  present  an  object,  to  which  it 
ought  to  move  square:  they  are  not  to 
sufier  any  other  considerations  to  distract 
their  attention.  They  must  notice  and 
conform  to  the  direction  of  the  com- 
mander only,  and  if  any  small  alteration 
in  their  position  be  ordered,  the  alteration 
must  be  gradually  and  cooly  made. 

These  are  the  essential  points,  wich  the 
guiding  Serjeants  must  be  rendered  per- 
fect in,  and  to  which  every  commanding 
officer  will  pay  the  most  minute  attention. 
With  respect  to  the  officers  in  the  ranks, 
they  can  only  be  observant  of  their  own 
personal  exactness  of  march,  and  must 
consider  themselves,  as  forming  part  with 
the  aggregate  of  the  men,  subject  to  the 
same  principles  of  movement,  and  in  no 
shape  or  sense  independent  of  them. 
They  may  attend  to  dress  their  com- 
panies by  looking  along  the  front,  or  by 
calling  to  the  individuals  who  compose  it. 
By  so  doing  they  must  not  destroy  the 
exact  parallelism  of  the  rank  they  stond  in, 
nor  derange  the  march  :  the  care  of  cor- 
recting any  errors  in  the  front  line,  belongs 
to  the  officers  in  the  rear. 

Well. trained  soldiers,  indeed,  know  the 


MAR 


M  AR 


275 


remedy  that  is  required,  and  will  gradually 
apply  it. 

The  colors,  as  far  as  their  natural 
weight  and  casualties  of  the  weather  will 
admit,  must  be  carried  uniformly  and  up- 
right, thereby  to  facilitate  the  moving 
and  dressing  of  the  line.  But  it  frequently 
happens  in  windy  weather,  and  in  move- 
ments over  rough  ground,  that  very  little 
dependence  can  be  placed  on  the  officer 
who  carries  them,  for  a  true  direction,  or 
an  equal  and  cadence  step.  On  these  oc- 
casions, and  indeed  on  all  others,  the  men 
must  on  no  account  turn  their  heads  to 
the  colors.  They  must,  on  the  contrary, 
keep  their  shoulders  square  to  the  front, 
and  depend  principally  on  the  light  touch 
of  the  elbow,  together  with  an  occasional 
glance  of  the  eye,  and  the  accuracy  of  step, 
for  their  dressing.  On  the  light  touch  of 
the  elbow,  and  a  regular  cadenccd  step, 
the  chief  dependence  must  be  placed:  for 
if  the  men  be  often  permitted  to  glance 
at  the  centre,  they  will,  by  so  doing,  in- 
sensibly contract  that  habit,  abandon  the 
touch  of  the  elbow,  shorten  or  perhaps 
lose  the  cadence  step,  and  in  proportion, 
as  the  files  which  are  removed  from  the 
centre,  adopt  that  method,  the  line  itself 
will  gradually  assume  a  concave  form,  by 
the  flanks  bending  inwards. 

When  any  waving,  or  fluctuation  in  the 
march,  is  produced  by  an  inequality  of 
step,  the  major  and  adjutant,  who  from 
their  situation  are  particularly  calculated 
to  correct  the  irregularity,  will  immedi- 
ately apprize  the  companies  in  fault, 
and  cooly  caution  the  others  that  are  well 
in  their  true  line,  not  to  participate  of  the 
error. 

When  a  company  has  lost  the  step,  (a 
circumstance  which  frequently  happens) 
the  supernumerary  officer  of  that  company 
must  watch  a  seasonable  moment  to  sug- 
gest a  change  of  step,  in  which  operation, 
he  will  be  assisted  by  the  supernumerary 
Serjeants.  For  it  must  be  an  invariable 
rule  among  officers  in  the  ranks,  never  to 
deviate  from  their  own  perpendicular  line 
of  march,  to  correct  the  errors  of  their 
several  companies.  That  business  be- 
longs entirely  to  the  major  and  adjutant, 
•who  are  occasionally  assisted  by  the  su- 
pernumeraries, in  the  manner  just  men- 
tioned. 

It  very  often  happens,  that  a  central 
division  by  bulging  out,  may  make  a  flank 
of  a  battalion  appear  to  have  lost  ground, 
when  the  fault  in  reality  arises  from  that 
Division, either  stepping  out  too  far,or  from 
it  being  warped  towards  the  colors,  and 
thereby  preventing  the  flank  from  being 
seen. 

All  changes  and  corrections  that  are 
judged  necessary  to  be  made,  in  any  part 
of  a  battalion,  during  its  march  in  line, 
must  be  effected  gradually.  Any  abrupt 
alteration  would  unavoidably  produce  a 
waving,  which  must  be  felt  in  every  part. 
The  mounted  officers  only,  with  the  im- 
perceptible aid  of  the  supernumeraries, 


can   alone  point   cut   and  correct    such, 
faults. 

The  flanks  are  not,  on  any  account,  to 
be  kept  back  ;  much  less  are  they  to  be 
advanced  before  the  centre,  since  in  either 
case,  the  distance  of  flies  must  be  lost, 
and  the  battalion  will  not  be  covering  its 
true  ground.  The  commanding  officer  of 
every  battalion,  will  easily  perceive  this 
defect,  by  casting  his  eye  along  the  line, 
which  must  soon  acquire  a  concave  or 
convex  shape,  unless  the  beginning  of 
each  inaccuracy  be  studiously  attended  to, 
by  the  necessary  officers. — The  two  of- 
ficers who  are  on  the  two  flanks  of  tha 
battalion,  being  unconfined  by  the  rank, 
and  not  liable  to  be  influenced  by  any- 
floating  that  may  arise,  by  preserving  an 
accurate  step,  and  having  a  general  atten- 
tion to  the  colors,  and  to  the  proper  line 
which  the  battalion  should  be  in,  with 
respect  to  the  advanced  directors,  will  very 
much  contribute  towards  preserving  the 
flanks  in  their  due  position.  When  either 
of  them  observes  that  a  line,  clra.wn  from 
himself,  through  the  centre  of  the  bat- 
talion, passes  considerably  before  the  other 
flank,  he  may  conclude,  that  he  is  him- 
self too  much  retired;  when  such  line 
passes  behind  that  flank,  he  may  be  cer- 
tain that  he  is  too  much  advanced ;  he 
will,  therefore,  regulate  himself  accord- 
ingly. When  the  battalion  in  march  is 
convex,  the  wings  must  gain  the  straight 
line  of  the  centre,  by  bringing  up  the  out- 
ward shoulder;  and  it  must  be  strongly 
impressed  upon  the  soldier's  mind,  that  in 
all  situations  of  movement,  by  advancing 
or  keeping  back  the  shoulder  as  ordered, 
the  most  defective  dressing  will  be  gradu- 
ally and  smoothly  remedied ;  whereas  sud- 
den jerks  and  quick  alterations  break  the 
line,  and  eventually  produce  disorder. 

It  must  be  generally  remarked,  that  the 
rear  ranks  which  were  closed  up  before 
the  march  began,  are  to  move  at  the  lock 
step,  and  not  be  allowed  to  open  duriu  • 
the  march.  The  correct  movement  of 
the  battalion  depends  much  on  their  close 
order. 

In  the  march  in  line,  arms  are  always 
to  be  carried  shouldered.  Supported  arnis 
are  only  allowed  when  the  battalion  is 
halted,  or  advanced  in  column;  but  it" 
this  indulgence  were  allowed  in  line, 
when  the  most  perfect  precision  is  re- 
quired, the  distance  of  files  would  not  h  • 
preserved,  anvl  slovenliness,  inaccuracy, 
and  disorder,  must  inevitably  take 

To     change    direction     en    the   cc, 
MARCH,  is  to  correct  any  floating  < 
line,  occasioned  by  the  opening  or  c 
•  of  the  flanks ,  by  ordering  a  section  or  ceu- 
'  tral  platoon  to  quarter  wheel  to  ri; 
'left.     At  this  command  the  guiding  ser- 
Ijeant   making    an   almost    ini] 
(change  of  his  position,  and  ot 
iand  the  colors  in  the  battalion,  \vrun  t;u;. 
have  advanced  6  paces  to  his  ground,  con'- 
forming  to  it,  the  whole  will,  by  degrees, 
gain  a  new  direction.     ?. 


3T6 


MAR 


M  A  R 


rection  made  in  this  manner,  must  pro. 
duce  a  kind  of  wheel  of  the  battalion,  on 
its  centre,  one  winggradually  giv:npj  back, 
and  the  other  as  gradually  advancing,  an 
attention  which  the  commander  must  be 
careful  to  see  observed. 

When  the  battalion  which  has  marched 
in  perfect  cider,  arrives  on  its  ground,  it 
keeps  the  marked  tiirtf  until  it  is  dressed, 
and  receives  the  word  halt,  the  step  which 
is  then  taking  is  finished,  and  the  whole 
halt.  Eyes  are  cast  to  the  centre,  and  the 
commanding  officer  places  himself  close 
to  the  rear  rank,  in  order  to  see  whether 
the  battalion  be  sufficiently  dressed,  and  in 
a  direction  perfectly  parallel  to  the  one  it 
quitted. 

When  the  battalion  is  advancing  in  line 
for  any  considerable  distance,  or  moving 
up  in  parade,  the  music  may  be  allowed 
at  intervals,  to  play  for  a  few  seconds 
only,  and  the  drums  in  two  divisions  to 
roll,  but  the  wind  instruments  are  alone 
permitted  to  play.  When  the  line  is  re- 
tiring, the  music  are  never  to  play. 

To  inarch  by  any  owe  face,  the  square  or 
oblong  baiting  previously  been  formed  by  ike 
4'b,  5/£,  and  6/£,  companies  of  a  regular 
battalion  standing  fast.  Under  these  cir- 
cumstances, the  side  which  is  to  lead  is 
announced;  the  colors  move  up  behind 
its  centre;  the  opposite  side  faces  about : 
and  the  two  flank -sides  wheel  up  by  sub- 
divisions, so  as  to  stand  each  in  open  co- 
lumn. The  square  marches,  two  sides  in 
lino,  and  by  their  centre ;  and  two  sides 
in  open  column,  which  cover,  and  dress  to 
ilieir  inward  flanks  on  which  they  wheeled 
up  carefully  preserving  their  distances. 
The  square  halts,  and  when  ordered  to 
front  square,  the  sub-divisions  in  column 
immediately  wheel  back,  and  form  their 
sides,  and  the  side  which  faced  about  again 
faces  outwards. 

To  MARCH  by  the  right  front  angle. — 
When  the  perfect  square  is'  to  march  by 
one  of  its  angles,  in  the  direction  of  its 
diagonal,  a  caution  is  given  by  which 
angle  the  movement  is  to  be  made,  and 
the  two  sides  that  form  it  standfast,  while 
the  other  two  sides  face  about.  The 
whole  then  by  sub-divisions,  wheel  up 
one- eighth  of  a  circle,  two  sides  to  the 
right,  and  two  sides  to  the  left,  and  are 
thus  parallel  to  each  other,  and  perpen- 
dicular to  the  direction  in  which  they  are 
to  move,  the  pivot-flanks  being  in  thi« 
manner  placed  on  the  sides  of  the  square, 
Each  side  bcin^  thus  in  echeilon,  and  the 
colors  behind  the  leading  angle,  the  whole 
are  out  in  march,  carefully  preserving  the 
distances  they  wheeled  at,  and  from  the 
flanks  to  which  they  wheeled. 

When  the  oblong  marches  by  one  of  its 
angles,  its  sub-divisions  perform  the  same 
operation  of  wheeling  up,  each  the  eighth 
of  the  circle;  but  its  direction  of  march 
Will  not  be  in  the  diagonal  of  the  oblone, 
bt'.r  in  that  cf  a  square,  viz.  of  the  line 
">vh:ch  equally  bisects  the  right  angle. 

it  will  be  remembered,  that  the  angu- 


lar march  ot  the  square  or  oblong,  may 
be  made  in  any  other  direction,  to  the 
rk;lu  or  left  of  the  above  one ;  but  in  such 
case  the  sub-divisions  of  the  two  oppo- 
site sid- s,  will  have  to  wheel  up  more 
than  the  eighth  of  the  circle,  in  order  to 
stand  as  before,  perpendicular  to  the  rew 
direction.  The  sum  of  these  two  wheels 
will  always  amount  to  that  of  a  qu-rter 
circle,  and  their  difference  will  vrry  as 
the  new  line  departs,  more  or  leis,  from 
the  equal  bisecting  line ;  this  will  be 
known  by  the  first  wheeling  up  the  two 
angular  divisions,  till  they  stand  p.Mpd-n- 
dicuhr  with  the  new  dircxtioi  ,  aid  then 
ordering  all  the  others  to  conform  accord- 
ingly'. This  movement  is  very  beautiful 
in  the  execution,  but  cannot  be  made  with 
any  degree  of  accuracy,  unless  the  perpen- 
dicular situation  of  the  division  is  correct- 
ly attained,  and  carefully  preserved. 

To  MARCH  /;/  open  ground,  to  ax  to  If. 
prepared  again  it  the  attack  of  ca-ualry. — 
In  order  to  execute  this  movement,  with 
some  degree  of  security,  one  or  more  bat- 
talions may  move  in  column  of  compa- 
nies at  quarter  distances,  one  named  com- 
pany in  the  centre  of  each  being  ordered  to 
keep  an  additional  distance  of  2  files  ;  in 
which  shape  a  battalion  is  easily  managed,, 
or  directed  upon  ai.y  point.  When  the 
column  halts  t  and  is  ordered  to  Jorm  th- 
square^  the  first  company  falls  back  to  the 
second,  the  last  company  closes  ui  to  the 
one  before  it :  the  whole  companies  make 
an  interval  of  2  paces  in  their  centre,  by 
their  sub-divisions  taking  each  one  pace  t® 
the  flanks  ;  2  officers  with  their  Serjeants, 
place  themselves  in  each  of  their  front  and 
rear  intervals  ;  two  officers  with  their 
Serjeants,  also  take  post  in  rear  of  each 
flank  of  the  company,  from  which  the 
additional  interval  has  been  kept ;  and  a 
Serjeant  takes  the  place  of  each  flank  front 
rank  man  of  the  first  division,  and  of  each 
flank  rear  rank  man  of  the  last  division; 
all  other  officers,  Serjeants,  the  4  displaced 
men,  ^c.  assemble  in  the  centre  of  the 
companies,  which  are  to  form  the  flank 
faces.  Those  last  named  companies  hav- 
ing been  told  off,  each  in  4  sections,  wheel 
up  by  sections,  2  to  the  right,  and  2  to  the 
left;  (the  2  rear  companies  at  the  same 
time  closing  up,  and  facin*  outwards,) 
the  inner  sections  then  close  forward  to 
their  front  ones,  which  dress  up  with  the 
extremities  of  the  front  and  rear  com  pa- 
nies,and  4  on  each  flank  of  the  second  com- 
panics,  from  the  front  and  from  the  rear; 
Face  outivards! — The  whole  thus  stand 
faced  outwards  and  formed  6  deep,  with 
two  officers  and  their  Serjeants  in  chc 
middle  of  each  face,  to  command  it ;  all 
the  other  officers,  as  well  as  Serjeants,  &c. 
are  in  the  void  space  in  the  centre,  and  thc 
files  of  the  officers  in  the  faces,  may  be 
completed  from  Serjeants,  &c.  in  the  in* 
terior,  in  such  manner  as  the  command 
ant  may  direct.  The  mounted  field  ofli  - 
ccrs,  must  pass  into  the  centre  of  the 
column,  by  the  rear  face,  if  necessary. 


M  A  R 


MAR 


377 


opening  from  its  centre  2  paces  and  again 
closing  in. 

When  ordered  only,  the  2  first  ranks  all 
round  the  column,  will  kneel  and  the 
front  rank  slope  their  bayonets,  the  2 
next  ranks  will  fire  standing,  and  all  the 
others  will  remain  in  reserve;  the  file 
coverers  behind  each  officer  of  the  sides 
will  give  back,  and  enable  him  to  stand 
in  the  third  rank. 

MARCH  resumed  under  the  same  circum- 
stances. ^  On  receiving  the  cautionary 
word  of  command,  the  several  sections 
that  had  closed  up,  fall  to  their  distances  ; 
the  sections  then  wheel  back  into  column  ; 
the  officers,  Serjeants,  &c.  take  their 
places  on  the  flanks ;  and  when  the  co- 
lumn is  again  put  in  motion,  the  compa- 
nies :hat  closed  up,  successively  take 
their  proper  distances. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  unless  the 
companies  are  ab>ve  16  file,  they  cam.ot 
be  divided  into  4  sections  ;  so  that  in  this 
case,  a  section  may  consist  of  4  file  or 
dght  men,  if  therefore,  they  are  under  16 
file,  and  told  oti'in  sections  of  5  or  3, the  co- 
lumn will  march  at  the  distance  of  a 
section;  and  in  forming  the  square,  the  a 
outward  sections  will  wheel  up,  but  the 
;d  one  will  stand  fast,  and  afterwards, 
by  dividing  itself  to  right  and  left,  will 
form  a  4th  rank  to  the  others  ;  in  resum- 
ing column  the  outward  sections  wheel 
back,  and  the  rear  of  the  centre  sections 
easily  recover  their  places  :  as  to  all  other 
circumstances,  they  remain  the  same. 

The  MARCH,  when  applied  to  the 
movement  of  an  army,  consists  in  its  ar- 
rangement with  respect  to  the  number 
and  composition  of  columns,  the  precau- 
tions to  be  taken,  the  posts  to  be  seized 
upon  to  cover  it,  &c  which  arrangement 
must  depend  upon  circumstances.  The 
following  are  general  rules  : 

The  routes  must  be  constantly  opened 
to  the  width  of  60  feet. 

If  the  march  be  through  an  open  coun- 
try, without  defiles,  the  cavalry  march 
by  divisions  of  squadrons,  and  the  infan- 
try by  platoons  or  halfcompanies. 

In  an  inclosed  country,  or  such  as  is 
intersected  by  hollow  ways,  or  other  de- 
files, the  march  must  be  by  sections  of  6 
(by  the  heads  of  the  section  after  facing  to 
left,  being  wheeled  to  ihe  right)  or  more 
files  in  the  infantry,  and  ranks  by  threes 
or  by  twos  in  the  cavalry,  and  the  artil- 
lery must  move  in  a  single  file,  because 
the  frequent  breaking  off  and  forming  up 
again,  may  retard  the  march,  and  fatigue 
the  troops. 

In  marches  made  parallel  to,  or  with  a 
view  of  gaining  the  enemy's  fi.mk,  divi- 
sions must  presene  their  wheeling  dis- 
tances, and  the  column  must  cover  the 
same  length  of  ground  which  it  would 
occupy  in  line  of  battle;  in  marches  di- 
rectly perpendicular  to  the  enemy's  po- 
sition, the  column  must  be  closed  up  to 
half  or  quarter  distance,  in  order  t©  move 
in  as  compact  a  body  as 


The  pivot  files  must  attend  to  preserve 
their  distances  exactly,  eacu  following 
precisely  the  path  pointed  out  by  the  one 
before  him;  and  keeping  the  regular 
marchinx  step,  by  which  means,  upon  a 
signal  being  given,  the  division  is  in  a  mo- 
ment in  order.  The  leader  or  guide  of  the 
pivot  file  may  be  occasionally  changed. 

At  the  head  of  every  column,  whether 
composed  of  infantry  or  cavalry,  a  well 
instructed  non- commissioned  officer  must 
march  as  guide.  He  must  carefully  keep 
the  regular  step  of  the  march,  to  which  the 
troops  are  drilled,  and  upon  tiiis  man  the 
regular  pace  of  the  column  will  depend  ; 
by  this  method  two  essential  ,;oiiUs>  are 
ensured ;  one,  that  every  column  moves 
in  exactly  the. same  time,  and  of  course 
enables  the  officer  commanding  to  calcu- 
late the  march  with  certainty  ;  another 
that  it  ensures  the  tioops  not  beinj;  over 
hurried,  which  they  are  more  especially 
liable  to  be  when  cavalry  leads  the  co- 
lumn ;  two  non-commissioned  officers 
should  be  appointed  for  this  purpose, 
who  must  relieve  each  other. 

At  the  head  of  every  column  of  march, 
there  must  be  a  considerable  number  of 
pioneer s  to  clear  the  rout. 

Gun*  or  carriages  breaking  down  and 
disabled,  are  immediately  to  be  removed 
out  of  the  line  of  march,  so  as  not  to  in- 
terrupt its  progress. 

Officers  are  most  positively  enjoined  at 
all  times  to  remain  with  their  divisions,, 
whether  marching  or  halted. 

The  commanding  officers  of  regiments 
must  pay  the  greatest  attention  to  their 
corps  whilst  passing  a  defile,  and  proper 
officers  should  be  left  to  assist  in  this 
most  essential  part  of  the  conduct  of 
marches. 

It  is  a  standing  rule  in  column,  that 
every  re^inunt  should  march  with  the 
same  front,  that  the  regiment  does  which 
precedes  it,  right  or  left. 

No  alteration  should  be  made  in  any 
circumstance  of  the  march,  which  is  to 
be  taken  up  from  the  regiment  in  front, 
until  arrived  exactly  upon  the  same  ground 
upon  which  that  regiment  made  the  alter- 
ation. 

No  officer  should  ride  between  the  divi- 
sions on  a  march,  except  general  and 
statf  officers,  the  execution  of  whose 
duty  renders  it  necessary  for  them  to  pass 
in  all  directions. 

When  a  battalion  passes  a  defile,  and 
there  is  no  room  for  the  officers  to  ride  on 
the,  fianks  of  their  divisions,  halt  of  those 
who  are  mounted  pass  at  the  head  of  the 
battalion,  and  half  in  the  rear. 

AH  breakings  oft"  to  enter  a  defile,  and 
all  formations  again  when  passed  through 
it,  must  bs  done  extremely  quick,  by  the 
parts  that  double,  or  that  form  up. 

A  sufficient  number  of  faithful  ar  d  in- 
telligent guides  must  always  be  ready  to 
march  at  the  head  of  the  battalions  ajjd 
columns. 

MARCH  of  the  line,  in  a  colk^tive  sens« 
3  B 


378 


MAR 


MAR 


of  the  word,  is  a  military  movement,  ex- 
ecuted upon  established  principles,  go- 
verned by  local  circumstances,  and  influ- 
enced by  the  nature  of  the  service  for 
which  it  is  performed.  After  a  genera" 
has  obtained  an  accurate  knowlege  of  the 
country  through  which  his  army  is  to 
move,  his  next  care  must  be  the  arrange- 
ment of  all  its  different  component  parts, 
with  which  he  will  form  his  column  01 
route. 

MARCH  of  the  Column  of  Route.  The 
order  in  which  a  battalion  should  at 
all  times  move;  that  the  columns  of  an 
army  should  perform  their  marches;  that 
an  enemy  should  be  approached  ;  and  that 
safety  can  be  ensured  to  the  troops  in  their 
transitions  from  one  point  to  another  is 
in  columns  of  divisions,  and  never  on  a  less 
front  than  6  files  where  the  formation  is  3 
deep,  or  4  files  where  it  is  2  deep,  nor 
does  any  advantage  arise  from  such  co- 
lumn, if  it  is  an  open  column,  exceeding 
1 6  or  24  files  in  front,  where  a  considerable 
t>pace  is  to  be  gone  over. 

At  no  time  whatever  ought  a  column 
of  manoeuvre,  or  of  route,  to  occupy  a 
greater  extent  of  ground  in  marching  than 
what  is  equal  to  its  front  when  in  order  of 
battle  ;  no  situation  can  require  it  as  an 
advantage.  Therefore,  the  marching  of 
great  bodies  in  file,  where  improper  ex- 
tension is  unavoidable,  must  be  looked 
upon  as  an  unmilitary  practice,  and  ought 
only  to  be  had  recourse  to  when  unavoida- 
bly necessary.  Where  woods,  inclosures, 
and  bad  or  narrow  routes  absolutely  re- 
quire a  march  in  file,  there  is  no  remedy 
for  the  delay  in  forming,  and  man  may  be 
obliged  to  come  up  after  man  ;  and  if  cir- 
cumstances admit,  and  there  are  openings 
for  their  passage,  the  divisions  or  platoons 
may  be  faced  to  the  left  and  wheeled  to 
the  right,  and  severally  marched  to  the 
t>ame  front ;  but  these  circumstances, 
which  should  be  regarded  as  exceptions 
from  the  primary  and  desired  order  of 
inarch  on  a  greater  front,  should  tend  the 
more  to  enforce  the  great  principle  of  pic- 
venting  improper  distances,  and  of  getting 
out  of  so  weak  a  situation  as  soon  as  the 
nature  of  the  ground  will  allow  of  the 
front  of  the  march  being  increased. 

In  common  route  marching,  the  batta- 
lion or  more  considerable  column  maybe 
carried  on  at  a  natural  pace  of  about  75 
steps  in  a  minute,  or  near  two  miles  and 
an  half  in  an  hour:  the  attention  of  the 
soldier  is  allowed  to  be  relaxed,  he  moves 
without  vhe  restraint  of  cadence  of  step, 
or  carried  arms  ;  rear  ranks  are  opened  to 
one  or  two  paces  ;  files  are  loosened  but 
never  confounded ;  in  no  situation  is  the 
ordered  distance  between  divisions  ever  to 
be  increased,  and  the  proper  flank  officers 
and  under  ofccers  remain  answerable  for 
them. 

If  the  column  is  halted,  the  whole 
must  be  put  in  march  at  the  same  time. 
The  movement  of  the  head  division  must 
be  steady  and  equal ;  the  descending  of 


heights  must  not  be  hurried,  that  the  par* 
of  the  column  ascending  may  properly 
keep  up.  Alterations  occasioned  by  the 
windings  of  the  route  are  executed  with- 
out losing  distance.  Soldiers  are  not  to 
break  to  avoid  mud  or  small  spots  of 
water.  The  guides  and  pivots  must  trace 
out  such  a  path  for  themselvesas  will  best 
avoid  small  obstructions,  and  the  men  of 
the  division  will  open  from,  and  not  press 
upon  their  pivots.  When  platoon  offi- 
cers are  permitted  to  be  mounted,  each 
will  remain  on  the  flank  of  his  division 
watching  over  its  exactness,  and  that  the 
proper  distance  of  inarch  is  kept  by  the 
flank  pivot  and  guide  under  the  officerap- 
pointed  to  preserve  it. 

V  here  the  arrival  of  a  column  at  a  given 
point  is  to  be  perfectly  punctual,  h  that 
case  the  distance  being  known,  the  head 
must  move  at  an  equal  cadenced  step, 
and  the  rear  must  conform  ;  and  a  guide, 
expressly  appointed,  will,  at  the  head  of 
the  column,  take  such  step  as  the  nature 
of  the  route  shall  permit  the  column  to 
comply  with. 

Nothing  so  much  fatigues  troops  in  a 
considerable  column,  and  is  more  to  be 
avoided  than  an  inequality  of  march.— 
One  great  reason  is,  that  the  rear  of  the 
column  frequently  and  unnecessarily  de- 
viates from  the  line  which  its  head  traces 
out;  ana  in  endeavouring  to  regain  that 
line,  and  their  first  distances,  the  divisions 
must  of  course  run  or  stop,  and  again  take 
up  their  maich.  It  is  unnecessary  to  at- 
tempt the  same  scrupulous  observances 
in  common  route  marching,  as  when  going 
to  enter  into  the  alignement ;  but  even  a 
general  attention  to  this  circumstance  will 
in  that  case  prevent  unnecessary  winding 
in  the  march,  which  tends  to  prolong  it, 
and  to  harass  the  soldier. 

When  the  probable  required  formation 
of  the  line  will  be  to  a  flank,  then  the 
column  of  march  is  an  open  one,  and  ex- 
cept the  cannon,  no  impediment  or  cir- 
cumstance whatever  must  be  allowed  be- 
twixt the  divisions  or  in  the  intervals  of 
battalions.  When  cannon  can  possibly 
move  on  the  flank  of  the  battalion,  they 
ought,  and  mounted  officers  or  bat  horses 
must  not  be  permitted  between  the  divi- 
sions. If  the  probable  formation  may  be 
to  the  front,  then  distances  are  more  clos- 
ed up,  and  bat  horses,  &c.  may  be  allow- 
ed between  the  brigades  of  'a  column, 
but  not  between  the  battalions  of  a  bri- 
gade. 

It  is  always  time  well  employed  to  halt 
the  head  of  a  considerable  column,  and  en-  ' 
large  an  opening,  or  repair  a  bad  step  ia 
the  road,  rather  than  to  diminish  the  front, 
or  lengthen  out  the  line  or  march.  No 
ndividual  is  to  presume  to  march  on  a  less 
front  than  what  the  leader  of  the  column 
directs,  and  all  doublings  must  therefore 
come  from  the  head  only  The  preserva- 
tion of  the  original  front  of  march,  on  all 
occasions,  is  a  point  of  the  highest  conse- 
quence, and  it  is  a  most  meritorious  ser- 


M  AR 


MAR 


379 


vice  in  any  officer  to  prevent  all  unneces- 
sary doublings,  or  to  correct  them  as  soon 
as  made;  no  advantage  can  arrive  fiom 
them,  and  therefore  each  commanding  offi- 
cer, when  he  arrives  near  tke  cause, 
should  be  assured  that  it  is  necessary  be- 
fore he  permits  his  battalion  so  to  double  : 
on  all  occasions  he  should  continue  his 
march  on  the  greatest  front,  that,  with- 
out crowding,  the  road  or  openings  will 
allow,  although  the  regiment  or  divisions 
before  him  may  be  marching  on  a  narrow- 
er front. 

All  openings  made  for  the  march  of  a 
column  should  he  sufficient  for  the  great- 
est front  on  which  it  is  to  march-,  they 
should  be  all  of  the  same  width,  otherwise 
each  smaller  one  becomes  a  defile. 

At  all  points  of  increasing  or  diminish- 
ing the  front  of  the  march,  an  intelligent 
officer,  per  battalion  or  brigade,  should  be 
stationed  to  see  that  it  is  performed  with 
celerity  ;  and  the  commandant  of  a  con- 
siderable column  should  have  constant 
reports  and  inspections  made  that  the  co- 
lumn is  moving  with  proper  regularity  ;  he 
should  have  officers  in  advance  to  apprize 
him  of  difficulties  to  be  avoided,  or  obsta- 
cles to  be  passed,,  and  should  himself  ap- 
ply every  proper  means  to  obviate  such  as 
may  occur  in  the  march,  (And  at  no  time 
are  such  helps  more  necessary  than  when 
regiments  are  acting  in  line  on  broken 
ground,  and  when  their  movements  are 
combined  with  those  of  others.)  When 
the  column  arrives  near  its  object  of  forma- 
tion or  manoeuvre,  the  strictest  attention 
of  officers  and  men  is  to  be  required,  and 
each  individual  is  to  be  at  his  post. 

The  great  principle  on  all  occasions  of 
diminishing  or  increasing  the  front  of  the 
column  in  march  is,  that  such  part  as 
doubles  or  forms  up  shall  slacken  or  quick- 
en its  pace,  as  is  necessary  to  conform  to 
the  part  which  has  no  such  operation  to 
perform,  but  which  continues  its  uniform 
march,  without  the  least  alteration,  as  if 
no  such  process  was  going  on;  and  if  this 
is  observed,  distances  can  never  be  lost, 
or  the  column  lengthened  out.  Unless 
the  unremitting  attention  and  intelligence 
of  officers  commanding  battalions  and 
their  divisions  are  given  to  this  object, 
disorder  and  constant  stops  and  runs  take 
take  place  in  tluj  column ;  the  soldier  is 
improperly  and  unnecessarily  harassed ; 
disease  soon  gains  ground  in  a  corps  thus 
ill  conducted,  which  is  not  to  be  depend 
cd  on  in  any  combined  arrangement,  is 
unequal  to  any  effort  when  its  exertion 
may  be  required,  and  is  soon  ruined  irom 
a  neglect  of  the  first  and  most  important 
of  military  duties. 

The  most  important  exercise  that 
troops  can  attend  to  is  the  march  in  co- 
lumn of  route.  No  calculation  can  be 
made  on  columns  which  do  not  move  with 
an  ascertained  regularity,  and  great  fa- 
tigue arises  to  the  soldier.  A  general 
cannot  depend  on  execution,  and  there- 
fore can  make  no  combination  of  time  or 


distance  in  the  arrival  of  columns  at  their 
several  points.  In  many  situations  an 
mproperly  extended  column  will  be  liable 
o  be  beat  in  detail,  and  before  it  can  be 
brmed.  Troops  that  are  seldom  assem- 
)led  for  the  manoeuvres  of  war,  can  hard- 
y  feel  the  necessity  of  the  modes  in  which 
a  considerable  body  of  infantry  must 
march  and  move. 

The  distance  of  columns  from  each 
other,  during  a  march,   depends  on   the 
circumstances  of  ground,  and  the  object 
of  that  march,  with  regard  to  future  for- 
mations.    The  more  columns  in  which  a 
consideiable  corps  marches,  the  less  ex- 
tent in  depth  will  it  take  up,  the  less  fre- 
quent will   be   its   halts,   and   the   more 
peedily  can  it  form  in  order  of  battle  to  the 
ront. 

On  the  combinations  of  march,  and  on 
their  execution  by  the  component  parts 
of  the  body,  does  the  success  of  every  mi- 
litary operation  or  enterprize  depend. — 
To  fulfil  the  intentions  of  the  chief  every 
concurrent  exertion  of  the  subordinate  offi- 
er  is  required,  and  the  best  calculated 
dispositions,  founded  on  local  knowlege, 
must  fail,  if  there  is  a  want  of  that  punc- 
tuality of  execution  which  every  general 
must  trust  to,  and  has  a  right  to  expect 
from  the  leaders  of  his  columns. 

The  composition  of  the  columns  of  an 
army  must  always  depend  on  the  nature  of 
the  country  and  the  objects  of  the  move- 
ment. Marches  made  parallel  to  the  front 
of  the  enemy  will  generally  be  performed 
by  the  lines  on  which  the  army  isencamp- 
ed,  each  marching  by  its  flank,  and  occu- 
pying when  in  march  the  same  extent  of 
grour  das  when  formed  in  line.  Marches 

Aeterpettdicular  to  the  front  of  the  ene- 
my, either  advancing  or  retiring,  will  be 
covered  by  strong  van  or  rearguards.  The 
columns  will  be  formed  of  consideiable 
divisions  of  the  army,  each  generally  com- 
posed both  of  cavalry  and  infantry  :  they 
will  move  at  half  or  quarter  distance,  and 
the  nature  of  the  country  will  determine 
which  kind  of  force  precedes. 

During  a  march  to  the/rev/,  the  separa- 
tion ot  the  heads  of  the  columns  must 
unavoidably  be  considerable ;  bur,  when 
they  approach  the  enemy,  they  must  be  so 
regulated  and  directed  as  to  be  able  to  oc- 
cupy the  intermediate  spaces,  if  required 
to  form  in  line.  Some  one  column  must 
determine  the  relative  situation  of  the 
others,  and  divisions  must  be  more  closed 
up  ihan  in  a  march  to  a  flank,  and  in  pro- 
portion as  they  draw  near  to  the  enemy 
must  exactness  and  attention  increase'. 
The  general,  in  consequence  of  the  obser- 
vations he  has  made,  will  determine  on  his 
disposition  :  the  columns  which  are  now 
probably  halted  and  collected  will  be  sub- 
divided and  multiplied  ;  each  body  will  be 
directed  on  its  point  of  formation,  and  the 
component  parts  of  each  will  in  due  time 
disengage  from  the  general  column,  and 
form  in  line. 

The  safetv  of  marches  to  the  rear  must 


380 


MAR 


MAR 


depend  on  particular  dispositions,  on  j, 
strong  covering  or  rear  guards,  and  on  the  , 
judicious  choice  of  such  posts  as  will  ' 
check  the  p"rsuit  of  the  enemy.  In  these  . 
marches  to  front  or  rear,  the  divisions  of ! 
the  second  line  generally  follow  or  lead  i 
those  of  the  first,  and  all  their  formations  j 
an;  relative  thereto.  The  heavy  artillery  ! 
and  carnages  of  an  army  form  a  particular  j 
object  of  every  march,  and  must  be  di-  i 
reeled  according  to  circumstances  of  the  ! 
<lay.  The  safety  of  the  march,  by  the  ;; 
arrangement  of  detachments  and  posts  to  j 
cover  the  front,  rear,  or  flanks  of  the  co-  ,! 
lumns,  depends  also  on  many  local  and 
temporary  reasons,  but  form  an  essential 
part  of  the  general  disposition. 

M  A  R  c  H  in  line ,  must  be  uniformly  stea- 
dy, without  floating,  opening,  or  closing. 

MARCH  in  fie,  must  be  close,  firm,  and 
•without  lengthening  out. 

To  MARCH  past,  is  to  advance  in  open 
or  close  column,  in  ordinary  or  slow  time, 
•with  a  firm  and  steady  s*ep,  erect  person, 
the  eye  glanced  towards  the  reviewing 
general. 

,  The  ordered  or  cadenced  MARCH. — The 
prescribed  movements  in  mili'ary  tactics, 
All  military  movements  are  intended  to  be 
made  with  the  greatest  quickness  con- 
sistent  with  order,  regularity,  and  without 
hurry  or  fatigue  to  the  trtops.  The  uni- 
formity of  position,  and  the  cadence  and 
length  of  step,  produce  that  equality  and 
freedom  ot  march,  on  which  every  thing 
depends,  and  to  which  the  soldier  must  be 
carefully  trained,  nor  suffered  to  join  the 
battalior.,  until  he  be  thoroughly  perfected 
in  this  most  essential  duty,  Many  dif- 
ferent times  of  march  must  not  be  required 
of  the  soldier.  These  two  must  suffice. 

Ordinary  or  quick  time,  and  slow  <>r  parade 
time.  The  first  75  steps  of  24  inches  in  a 
minute ;  the  second  of  60  steps  of  24 
inches  in  a  minute. 

In  order  to  accustom  soldiers  to  accu- 
rate movements,  plummets,  which  vi- 
brate tht-  required  times  o;  march  in  a  mi- 
nute, have  been  recommended  :  musquet 
balls  suspended  by  a  string  which  is  not 
subject  to  stretch,  and  on  which  are 
marked  the  different  required  lengths, 
will  answer  the  above  purpose.  The 
length  of  the  plummet  is  to  be  measured 
from  the  point  of  suspension,  to  the  cen- 
tre of  the  ball. 

The  several  lengths  are : — 

steps  In.  bun. 
Ordinary  or  quick  timeina 

minute  .  .  75 — 24    0,6 

Accelerated  time    .  .     108—12      3 

MARCHING  by  files,  is  to  march  with 
the  narrowest  front,  except  that  of  rank 
entire  or  Indian  file,  which  bodies  of  men 
are  susceptible  of. 

^  The  strictest  observance  of  all  the  rules 
or  marching,  is  particularly  necessary  in 
marching  by  files,  which  is  first  to  be 
taught,  at  the  ordinary  time,  or  75  steps 
in  tne  mmute,  and  afterwards  in  accele- 
rated time,  or  108  steps  in  the  minute. 


In  file  marching,  particularly  at  the 
drill,  the  whole  of  a  company  or  squad, 
having  been  previously  faced,  are  imme- 
diately to  step  oft' together,  gaining  at  the 
very  first  step  24  inches. 

The  first  adoption  of  file  marching  ha; 
been  attributed  to  the  Prussians,  and  the 
advocates  for  what  is  called  the  Ordre 
mince  dcs  Prussiens,  the  thin  or  narrc'u- 
order,  have  in  contradistinction  named  the 
ordre  ^rofond,  the  deep  order,  or  column, 
the  French  order.  According  to  a  very 
ingenious  and  lively  writer,  who  has  had 
frequent  occasions  to  see  the  practice  of 
both  orders,  the  ordre  mince  or  file  march- 
ing, may  be  very  useful  during  a  march, 
but  the  deep  order  or  column  ought  only 
to  be  depended  upon  in  manoeuvring  be- 
fore an  enemy. 

To  MARCH  according  to  time  and  mea- 
sure,  (marcher  en  cadence,  Fr  )  Marshal 
Saxc,  in  page  23,  art.  6.  of  the  folio  edition 
of  his  Reveries  or  Memohes  sur  I' Art  di 
la  Guerre^  is  of  opinion,  that  marching  to 
time  and  measure  constitutes  one  of  the 
essential  requisites  in  war;  he  calls  it  in- 
deed the  principal  one  to  be  observed  by 
troops  who  are  going  into  action.  By 
marching  according  to  time  and  measure, 
we  understand,  that  regular  movement  of 
a  large  body  of  men  whose  steps  are  ca- 
dencedand  uniformly  the  same,  and  which 
are  kept  so  by  the  artificial  aid  of  music. 

The  marshal  observes,  that  although 
military-  men  will  enter  into  much  desul- 
tory conversation  respecting  the  tactic, 
(la  tactile)  of  the  ancients,  they  seldom 
or  ever  understand  the  real  definition  of 
the  word.  It  is,  in  fact,  sornuch  corrupt- 
ed in  modern  times,  that  what  really  con- 
veyed no  more  than  a  regular  principle  in 
marching,  has  since  been  made  to  signify 
the  exercise  and  evolutions  of  troops.  A  fi 
the  world  know  how  to  beat  a  march, 
without  comprehending  the  real  object, 
and  half  the  world  imagine^  that  the  noise 
of  a  drum  or  fife  is  nothing  more  than  mi- 
litary parade. 

It  is  ridiculous  to  suppose,  that  mar- 
tial sounds  and  military  music,  were  first 
invented  for  the  sole  purpose  of  confound- 
ing each  other  on  the  day  of  battle.  Let 
us  indulge  a  better  opinion  of  the  good  un- 
derstanding of  the  ancients,  particularly  ot 
the  Romans,  and  endeavor  to  prove,  that 
regularity  in  marching,  (which  depends 
wholly  upon  the  cadenced  step,)  is  the 
ground -work  of  military  operations,  and 
that  nothing  is  more  simple  because  it 
corresponds  with  nature.  This  was,  in 
fact,  the  military  step  which  the  Romans 
brought  to  so  great  a  perfection,  and  which 
has  since  been  so  closely  followed  by  the 
Prussians.  It  was  upon  this  principle, 
that  marches  were  first  devised,  and  that 
the  drum  was  adopted  to  second  the  pur- 
poses. This  is  literally  nothing  more  than 
a  certain  beat  or  tact,  as  the  marshal  ex- 
presses it,  and  which  is  evidently  derived 
from  the  Roman  word  tact  urn  ^  touch, 
and  by  means  of  which  aien  may  be 


MAR 


MAR 


381 


taught  to  move  in  quick  or  slow  time,  jj 
As  long  as  this  principle  can  be  followed 
up,  the  rear  will  never  lag  behind,  soldiers 
Vvill  preserve  the  same  step  and  march 
•with  the  same  foot;  the  wheelings  will 
be  made  uniformly  together,  without 
confusion  or  delay ;  and  the  men  will 
he  less  fatigued  than  if  they  were  suffered 
to  march  or  wheel  at  ra'ndom.  Every 
person  of  the  least  reflection  or  observa- 
tion, will  be  convinced  of  the  truth  of  this 
last  remark.  Let  one  man,  for  instance, 
be  ordered  to  dance  two  hours,  without 
the  assistance  of  any  sort  of  musical  in- 
strument, and  let  another,  with  the 
same  bodily  powers  and  activity,  go 
througii  the  same  operation,  during  dou- 
ble the  time  accompanied  by  music,  and 
letitthen  be  determined  which  of  the  two 
hasbe.ei,  mostfa.igued  It  will  evidently 
appear  that  the  former  has  :  for  it  is  an 
unquestionable  tact,  that  sounds  of  con- 
cord and  harmony  have  a  wonderful  se- 
cret influence  over  the  human  frame,  and 
that  they  render  the  exercises  and  func- 
tions of  the  body  extremely  easy.  It  is 
well  known,  that  when  rhe  camel  drivers 
wish  to  make  their  camels  get  on,  they 
nevi  r  flog  or  strike  them  with  sticks,  bur 
sing,  whistle,  or  repeat  some  hun.orcus 
song. 

Should  it  be  asked  what  sort  of  music 
is  best  adapted  to  the  human  organs  in 
military  movements?  It  may  safely  be 
replied  all  those  simple  tunes  which  can 
be  played  by  the  fife  and  drum  ;  I  shall 
perhaps  be  told,  (observes  the  marshal) 
that  many  men  have  no  ear  for  music; 
•  his  I  deny,  as  far  as  the  observation  re- 
gards marching,  which  is  a  movement  so 
c«sy  to  the  human  frame,  that  it  comes, 
as  it  were,  naturally  to  man,  I  have  often 
remarked,  that  when  the  long  roll  has 
beat,  the  men  in  repairing  to  their  several 
parades,  have  insensibly  preserved  the  re- 
gular step,  without  knowing  that  they 
did  so  :  nature,  in  fact,  and  instinct  go 
together.  If  marching  according  to  time 
and  measure  be  considered  in  a  mere  su- 
perficial manner,  the  cadence  step  will 
undoubtedly  appear  of  little  importance  ; 
but  if  it  be  considered  as  an  essential  re- 
quisite to  quickrn  or  slacken  the  move- 
ment of  troops  who  are  going  into  action, 
it  must  be  found  an  important  object. 
No  evolution,  in  fact,  can  be  well  done 
at  close  order  without  its  assistance.  The 
military  step  of  the  Romans,  was  the 
cadence  or  measured  movement,  and  they 
were  thereby  enabled  to  march  with  ease 
upwards  of  24  miles  in  five  hours.  This, 
however,  would  be  looked  upon  as  great 
exertion,  if  not  fatigue,  among  some  mo- 
dern troops,  although  it  constituted  a  prin- 
cipal part  of  the  Roman  exercise.  Hence 
some  opinion  may  be  formed  of  the  atten- 
tion which  they  paid  to  that  species  of 
training,  by  which  men  were  habituated  to 
long  marches  ;  and  this  they  accomplished 
by  means  of  ~iw  -fa;f  or  sadcuced  move- 


n  order  to  prove  the  validity  of  our  ob- 
servations, let  us,  for  a  moment,  imagine 
a  thing  which  is  scarcely  possible  to  be- 
accomplished  by  troopsthat  do  not  march, 
according  to  time  and  measure.  Let  us 
suppose,  that  two  battalions,  advancing 
to  attack  one  another,  should  march  up 
without  floating,  overlapping,  or  breaking 
in  the  least ;  under  these  circumstances, 
which  would  obtain  the  superiority  ?  the 
one  that  should  imprudently  have  com- 
menced firing,  or  that  which  should  have 
reserved  its  fiie  ?  Every  intelligent  and 
able  oriicer  will  instantly  determine  ia 
favor  of  the  latter ;  and  his  decision  would 
unquestionably  be  correct ;  for  the  former, 
besides  being  disheartened  by  seeing  men 
advance  against  them  with  a  reserved  fire, 
would  necessarily  be  retarded  in  their 
march  in  order  to  prime  and  load  ;  and  it 
must  be  evident  to  every  man,  that  their 
antagonists  would  completely  overthrow 
them  by  advancing  with  a  rapid  and  ca- 
denced  step. 

This  was  the  plain  and  effectual  method 
of  the  Romans.  It  may,  perhaps,  be 
said,  that  their  ignorance  of  the  use  of 
gunpowder  alters  the  case  with  respect  to 
our  manner  of  lighting.  Let  it,  however, 
be  recollected,  that  they  fought  with  mis- 
sile weapons,  which  did  full  as  much 
mischief  as  our  fire  arms  can  produce. 
Gunpowder,  in  fact,  is  not  so  destruc- 
tive as  most  people  are  apt  to  imagine. 
Few  men  are  killed  in  regular  fought  ac- 
tions, by  the  two  armies  engaging  with 
musquetry  only.  Marshal  Saxe  does  not 
scruple  to  assert,  that  it  is  impossible  for 
a  battalion  pf  armed  men  to  charge  its  ene- 
my with  vigor  and  effect,  unless  it  pre- 
serve thecadenced  step.  For  the  lanks 
must  unavoidably  open  during  the  march 
in  line ;  and  when  the  troops  get  within  50 
or  60  paces  of  their  opponents,  the  com- 
manding officers  see  chasms,  cry  out  serre, 
or  close  into  the  centre :  and  in  the  hurry 
of  so  doing,  one  rank  overlaps  another, 
and  the  centre  itself  becomes  insensibly 
broken,  standing  eight  or  ten  deep,  while 
the  wings  are  at  two,  three,  or  four.  To 
remedy  this  defect,  the  whole  line  is  halt- 
ed, and  if  the  enemy  be  wise  enough  to 
advance  in  regular  order,  during  this  ope- 
ration, it  is  ten  to  one  that  he  turns  the 
flank  of  his  opponent,  and  completely 
routs  him.  With  regard  to  the  musquetry 
firing,  it  may  be  laid  down  as  a  certain 
fact,  that  the  mischief  it  does  in  pitched 
battles  is  more  imaginary  than  real.  It- 
has  been  acknowleged  by  the  most  expe- 
rienced officers,  it  is,  indeed,  positively 
asserted  by  marshal  Saxe,  (page  29  of  the 
folio  edition)  that  the  closest  vollies  have 
produced  little  or  no  effect  against  a  line  of 
determined  steady  troops.  I  have  seen, 
observes  the  marshal,  a  whole  voiley  of 
cool  directed  musquetry,  occasion  the  loss 
of  no  more  than  four  men ;  while  the 
troops  against  which  it  has  ber:n  poured, 
have  calmly  marched  up,  reserved  their 
lire  till  they  got  in  contact  with  the  enc~ 


582 


M  AR 


MAR 


myvand  then  amply  revenged  the  deaths 
ef  their  comrades  by  discharging  their 
pieces  and  following  up  with  the  bayonet. 

It  is  at  this  stage  of  the  battle,  that  a 
real  carnage  commences,  and  its  execution 
rests  wholly  with  the  victorious  party  ; 
and  we  need  scarcely  add,  that  its  success 
must  be  attributed  to  that  composed, 
steady  movement,  or  cadenced  step,  which 
enabled  the  troops  to  act  together,  when 
they  came  to  close  action.  The  military 
reader  will  be  gratified  by  a  perusal  of 
two  or  three  interesting  anecdotes  in  pages 
3>9,  30,  31,  of  the  Reveries,  fol.  edit. 

MAR  c  H  in  prolongation  of  the  line. — This 
operation  is  gone  through  when  a  battalion 
standing  in  open  column,  with  the  pivot 
jianks  of  its  divisions  on  the  line,  and  ad- 
vanced points  being  ascertained,  moves 
forward  at  the  word  march,  which  is  given 
by  the  commanding  officer.  Whenever 
the  battalion  wheels  into  open  column,  in 
order  to  ptolong  the  line  on  which  it  was 
formed,  and  that  no  distant  point  in  that 
prolongation  is  previously  given,  the  ser- 
jeant  guide  of  the  leading  company  will 
advance  15  or  20  paces,  and  place  himself 
in  the  line  of  the  pivot  flanks,  and  the 
leading  officer  will  thereby  (taking  a  line 
over  his  head)  be  enabled  to  ascertain  the 
direction  in  which  he  is  to  move. 

MARCH  by  the  inversion  of  Jiles,  or  coun- 
termarch. A  compound  word  signifying 
retrocession,  backward  movement,  change 
of  measures  or  conduct,  any  alteration,  in 
i'act,  of  an  original  conception  or  under- 
taking. Thus  the  countermarch  of  ideas 
in  the  mind  is  the  precursor  of  the  different 
changes  made  by  the  body.  In  a  military 
sense  it  is  variously  applicable ;  and  as 
every  countermarch  or  backward  move- 
ment necessarily  implies  a  previous  march, 
or  forward  movement, we  shall  extract  un- 
tk>r  this  article  the  most  material  instruc- 
tions that  have  been  published  in  good 
authors  relative  to  the  countermarch  of 
the  component  parts  of  a  battalion,  &c. 
observing  generally  that  the  word  counter- 
march may  be  applied  to  the  n.ost  exten- 
sive scale  of  military  operations.  Thus 
a  whole  army  which  has  advanced  into 
an  enemy's  country,  is  said  to  counter- 
march when  it  not  only  ceases  to  make 
progress  in  a  forward  direction,  but 
changes  its  whole  plan  of  manoeuvre,  and 
treads  back  the  ground  over  which  it  had 
advanced.  To  countermarch  in  a  more 
desultory  manner,  means  to  quit  different 
positions  by  the  countermarching  of  de- 
tached bodies,  by  changing  their  relative 
fronts,  without  abandoning  the  field,  or 
i:,cene  of  general  operation.  In  order  to 
execute  such  evolutions  and  inversions 
with  accuracy,  every  battalion  should  be 
•well  instructed  in  the  prescribed  methods 
of  changing  front  by  the  inversion  of  its 
tiles  to  right  or  left,  in  front  or  in  rear 
of  a  leading  division,  from  and  on  its 
centre. 

The  COUNTERMARCH  hy  files. — Ac- 
cording  to  the  last  printed  regulations, 


this  movement  is  of  two  kinds.  Either 
successive  (the  body  being  halted)  by  each 
file  successively  turning  on  its  OWP  ground, 
the  moment  it  is  disengaged  by  the  de- 
parture of  its  preceding  file  :  or  progressive 
(the  body  being  in  motion)  by  each  file 
turning  when  it  arrives  at  the  point  from 
which  the  leading  or  head  file  first  wheel- 
ed. In  the  first  case  the  body  must  shift 
its  ground  to  a  flank  a  space  at  least  equal 
to  its  front :  in  the  second  it  wih  perform 
this  operation  of  the  countermarch  on  its 
original  ground,  exchanging  flanks  and 
fronts  ;  so  that  what  before  stood  as  the 
leading  or  head  division  will  become  the 
rear  of  the  column  ;  or,  if  in  line,  what 
was  the  right  flank  fronting  one  way, 
will  still  remain  the  ri?ht  flank  fronting 
another.  In  both  cases  the  pivots  are  in 
a  small  degree  moveable,  but  they  must 
be  so  as  little  as  possible,  since  a  solid  and 
compact  inversion  of  the  files  is  as  requi- 
site to  a  true  and  close  formation  in  line 
or  column,  as  the  lock -step  is  indispensi- 
ble  in  every  other  movement  by  files. 

COUNTERMARCH  by  Jiles  in  front  of 
the  battalion,  &c.  In  this  case  the  front 
men  become  the  pivots,  on  which  every 
successive  file  turns,  till  the  rear  file  g3ts 
upon  the  identical  space  of  ground  from 
whence  the  front  file  first  wheeled. 

COUNTERMARCH  by  Jiles  in  rear  of  th: 
Battalion.  In  this  case  the  rear  rank  men 
become  the  pivots  upon  sin  ilar  principles 
of  movement.  All  countermarches  of  a 
battalion  or  greater  body,  must  be  made 
in  ordinary  time;  of  smaller  divisions  in 
general  in  quick  time.  The  observations 
which  have  already  been  made,  under  the 
head  files,  with  respect  to  a  solidity  and 
quickness  of  movement  in  each  wheeling, 
and  to  an  unity  of  step,  (allowing  for  an 
increased  length  of  it  in  the  wheeling  men) 
are  especially  applicable  to  the  counter- 
march by  files. 

'1  he  COUNTERMARCH  of  a  battalion 
from  both  Jianks  on  its  centre,  by  Jiles  In 
order  to  effect  this  movement  and  change 
of  formation,  the  wings  face  outwards 
from  the  colors,  which  stand  fast,  and  a 
Serjeant  remains  at  the  point  of  each  wing 
in  order  to  mark  the  ground.  At  the  word 
march,  the  right  wing  files  successively 
close  behind  the  rear  rank,  and  the  left 
wing  before  the  front  rank  of  the  battalion, 
till  they  arrive  at  the  points  where  each 
other  stood.  They  then  halt,  cover,  and 
front  by  word  of  command,  looking  to  the 
colors  which  take  their  places.  The 
commanding  officer  dresses  the  line  if  ne- 
cessary. 

The  COUNTERMARCH  of  the  battalion, 
from  its  centre,  and  on  its  centre,  by  Jilts. 
The  wings  face  inwards  to  the  colors, 
which  stand  fast,  and  a  Serjeant  remains 
to  mark  each  flank.  The  whole  then 
take  three  side  steps  to  the  right,  by  word 
of  command,  in  order  to  disengage  the 
centre.  At  the  second  word  of  command, 
the  whole  move  on,  and  each  file  succes. 
sively  wheels  into  the  centre  as  it  arrives 


MAR 


MAR 


383 


at  and  beyond  the  colors.  As  soon  as 
each  company  is  in  the  line  from  the  colors 
to  the  flank  serjeant,  its  leading  officer 
fronts  it.  When  the  whole  is  formed, 
the  colors  countermarch,  and  every  com- 
pany dresses  to  the  colors  till  otherwise 
ordered.  It  must  be  remembered,  as  a 
general  ru'e,  that  in  the  countermarch 
from  both  flanks,  no  part  of  the  battalion 
is  fronted  till  the  whole  is  on  its  ground. 
In  the  countermarch  from  the  centre, 
the  battalion  begins  instantly  and  succes- 
sively to  front  by  companies,  as  each  is 
ready  and  on  its  ground. 

The  COUNTERMARCH  by  companies  or 
subdivisions,  on  the  centre  of  a  battalion  or 
line.    Although  this  maybe  done  by  files, 
it  has  been  allowed,  that  on  account  of  the  | 
unavoidable  openings  which  always  occur  i| 
in  file  marching,  a  battalion,  or  larger  bo-  j 
dy,  will  be  best  enabled  to  execute  that 
movement  with  quickness  and  rapidity,  )| 
by  the  march  of  columns  of  companies  or  ;i 
subdivisions  in  front.     To  effect  this  ob-  ' 
ject,  the  battalion  is  cautioned  to  counter-  |i 
march  from  its  centre  by  subdivisions ;  i 
one  or  two  central   subdivisions  having  ! 
wheeled  the  half  circle  upon  their  centre  ' 
point,   or  countermarched  into  the   new  j 
line,  so  that  the  front  rank  stands  pre-  j 
cisely  where  the  rear  rank  did :  one  of  the  j 
wings  then  faces  to  the  right  about,  and  j 
both  wheel  in  wards  by  subdivisions  :  they  I 
march   along  the  rear  and  front  of  the  ! 
formed  division,   and  successively  i-jh,:il 
up   into  their  respective  places  on  each  i| 
side  of  those  already  arranged  in  the  line. 
The  subdivisions    which    wheel    up    to 
the   rear,  successively   mark   time,    when 
they  reach   their  ground.      The  officers 
who  lead  them  must  be  particularly  at- 
tentive to  their  wheeling  points,  by  being 
at  their  proper  front  rank  when  they  halt 
their  subdivisions.      They  would   o'ther- 
\vise  pass  the  rear,  and  disfigure  the  forma- 
tion. 

If  it  be  intended  that  the  front  rank  of 
the  directing  company  or  subdivision, 
should  stand  on  the  identical  line  which 
It  occupied  before  the  countermarch,  it 
will  be  placed  in  that  direction.  In  that 
case,  after  the  subdivision  has  wheeled  in- 
wards, the  wing  which  is  to  inarch  in 
rear  of  it,  must  shift  a  few  paces  to  the 
flank,  in  order  to  get  clear  of  che  rear  ranks, 
and  then  proceed. 

When  one  flank  of  a  battalion  or  line  is 
to  occupy  the  spot  where  the  other  one 
stands,  its  most  expeditious  movement  to 
arrive  at  it,  will  be  along  the  prolongation 
of  the  line.  If  the  flanks  are  to  exchange 
places  with  each  other,  the  countermarch 
oh  the  centre,  or  on  a  flank,  is  the  best 
method  by  which  that  exchange  can  be 
effected.  The  single  battalion  may  do  it 
by  files,  if  its  ground  be  confined,  but  a 
line  must  do  it  by  countermarch  of  divi- 
sions in  open  column. 

The  COUNTERMARCH  in  column,  is  the 
inversion  ot  the 'different  files  which  con- 
stitute the  sevcrul  divisions,  subdivisions, 


or  sections  of  which  the  column  is  com- 
posed. By  which  inversion  the  from  oi 
the  column  is  completely  reversed. 

To  COUNTERMARCH  a  column ,  the 
right  in  front,  is  to  change  the  front,  or 
aspect  of  the  leading  company,  subdivi- 
sion, or  section,  and  to  place  it  in  the  rear 
of  its  perpendicular  formation.  After  the 
caution  has  been  given  to  countermarch 
by  files  the  whole  will  face  to  the  right, 
by  word  of  command.  Each  company  or 
leading  officer  or  serjeant,  will  immediate- 
ly quit  the  pivot,  and  place  himself  on 
the  right  of  his  company,  subdivision,  or 
section,  whilst  his  covering  serjean:  ad- 
vances to  the  spot  which  he  has  quitted, 
and  faces  to  the  right  about.  At  the 
word  march  the  whole  move.  The  leader 
in  the  first  instance  wheels  short  round  to 
the  right,  and  proceeds,  followed  by  hi^ 
files  of  men,  until  he  has  placed  his  pivot 
front  rank  man  close  to  his  serjeant,  who 
remains  immoveable.  As  soon  as  the  lead- 
ing officer  or  serjeant  of  each  company, 
subdivision,  or  section,  has  countermarch- 
ed the  extent  of  his  front,  he  instantly 
gives  the  words  matk  time,  so  as  to  have 
it  squared  and  closed  in  to  the  right, 
which  is  now  become  the  pivot  flank,  and 
on  which  the  officer  or  serjeant  replaces 
the  person  that  had  advanced  to  ascertain 
the  exact  point  of  perpendicular  forma- 
tion ;  and  who  falls  back  behind  the  rear 
rank;  and  when  dressed,  halt.  By  mean  > 
of  this  inversion  of  the  files,  the  column 
will  face  to  its  rear,  each  company,  subui- 
Jvision,  or  se.tiop,  having  its  original  fol- 
ower  its  head  or  leading  object. 

To  COUNTERMARCH  a  column,  the  left 
in  front,  is  to  make  the  left  company,  sub- 
division, or  section,  which  is  now  in  the 
rear  of  the  column,  become  the  head  of  it. 
After  the  caution,  to  countermarch  by 
files,  has  been  given,  at  the  word  left  face, 
the  whole  face  to  the  left,  the  officer  or 
serjeant  moves  to  the  left  of  his  company, 
subdivision,  or  section,  and  the  person 
who  has  covered  him,  moves  to  his  placi', 
and  faces  about.  At  the  word  march,  the 
officer  turns  short  to  the  left,  and  pro- 
ceeds as  before  until  he  is  fixed  on  the  lefr, 
which  is  now  become  the  pivot  flank,  as 
the  column  stands  with  its  rijrht  in  front. 
In  all  countermarches,  the  facing  is  al- 
ways to  that  hand  which  is  not  the  pivot, 
but  which  is  to  become  such.  The 
countermarch  of  each  division,  subdivi- 
sion, or  section,  separately  on  its  own 
ground,  is  an  evolution  of  great  utility  on 
many  occasions.  It  enables  a  column 
v»  liich  has  its  right  in  front,  and  is  inarch- 
ing in  an  alignement,  to  return  along  that 
same  line,  and  to  take  such  new  position 
in  it  as  circumstances  may  require,  with- 
out inverting  or  altering  the  proper  front 
of  the  line.  In  many  situations  of  form- 
ing from  column  into  line,  it  becomes  .1 
previous  operation  which  ought  not  to  bf 
dispensed  with. 

When  a  column  countermarches  by  di- 
visions, each  on  its  own  ground,  un! 


384 


M  A  R 


MAR 


divisions  be  equal,  the  distances  after  the 
Countermarch  will  not  be  the  true  wheel- 
ing distances,  but  will  be  such  as  arc: 
equal  to  the  front  of  the  preceding  d  vi- 
sion, and  therefore  the  true  distances  mus' 
be  regained  before  the  divisions  can  wheel 
^•p  into  line  with  the  accuracy  and  com- 
pletion of  space  which  are  required. 

M.-\  R  CITING  past  by  the  ca-valry.  —  At  a 
review,  or  inspection,  regiments,  brigades, 
or  lines,  do  not  march  past  in  column  "f 
squadrons, but  inoolumn  of  half  squadrons. 

In  passing  by  in  half  squadrons  at  open 
v;i'iks,  the  commander  of  the  squadron 
will  be  in  front  of  his  leading  half  squad. 
ron,  covered  by  the  standard,  with  which 
the  other  officers  of  the  half  squadron 
dress.  In  the  second  half  squadron  all 
its  officers  are  in  front,  and  in  one  line. 
The  trumpets  are  all  in  front  of  the  re- 
giment, and  when  they  have  passed, 
wheel  quickly  round,  and  remain  posted 
opposite  the  general,  and  sound  till  the 
regiment  has  passed  ;  when  they  cease, 
fand  those  of  the  succeeding  regiments 
commence)  follow  their  regiment,  and  re- 
gain its  front. 

The  half  squadrons,  or  divisions,  will 
dress,  and  cover  to  the  passing  hand ; 
nfter  the  successive  wheel,  which  brings 
them  on  the  line  of  passing,  they  will  open 
ranks,  60  or  70  yards,  before  they  ap- 
proach the  general,  and  close  them  abo  't 
the  same  distance  after  passing,  and  they 
will  continue  so  to  dress,  and  preserve 
the  line,  till  each  division  wheels  at  the 
point,  where  the  head  one  has  changed  its 
direction:  there,  ar.d  rot  before,  the  dress- 
ing and  covering  will  be  made  to  the  pro- 
per pivot  flank  of  divisions. 

The  whole  pass,  (whether  at  open  or 
close  ranks)  as  one  column;  nor  is  any 
division,  squadron,  or  regiment,  to  in- 
crease, or  alter  the  distances  it  possessed, 
at  the  moment  it  wheeled  from  line  into 
column. 

In  passing  by  half  squadrons  or  divi- 
sions, at  close  ranks,  the  standard  may 
rake  the  centre  of  the  front  rank  of  the 
leading  one.  The  commanding  officer  is 
before  it,  other  officers  art  at  their  squad- 
ron posts,  and  care  is  taken,  that  there 
shall  be  an  officer  on  each  passing  flank. 

At  the  drawing  of  swords,  and  general 
alute,  on  the  general's  approach,  the 
trumpets  all  sound  the  parade  march. 
When  the  general  passes  along  the  line, 
fach  regiment  successively  sounds  its  own 
march,  or  such  other  as  it  shall  be  order- 
ed, and  the  same  is  done  by  each  regiment 
when  it  passes  the  general. 

The  general  orders  and  field  regulations 
nave  prescribed  the  soundings  w.th  which 
a!l_  generals,  and  other  persons,  are  to  be  re- 
»i'ivi\l  ;  when  'hey  pass  along  the  line,  or 
fae line  before  them,  the  trumpet  sound- 
•  'H  be  the  same  as  when  the  president 
or  governor  of  a  state  appears. 

The  trumpet  flourish,  in  drawing 
swords,  is  used  regimentally  on  their  own 
ground,  and  is  the  scmxlrng  used  in  receiv- 


ing a  major  general ;  it  is  repeated  twic«? 
fora  lieutenant-general,  and  to  all  superior 
generals  the  march  is  sounded. 

In  parade,  to  receive  the  president,  or 
the  commanding  general,  the  trumpets  are 
assembled  on  the  right  of  their  regiments, 
(whether  single  or  in  line)  in  two  ranks, 
and  the  staff  beyond  them. — The  start" 
does  not  march  past. 

On  all  occasions  of  exercise,  and  ma- 
noeuvre, trumpets  ate  behind  their  troops 
and  squadrons,  unless  otherwise  detach- 
ed. 

If  the  president  sees  a  brigade,  he  will 
be  received  at  the  point  of  hs  approach  in 
the  manner  already  dir  cud,  by  the  gene- 
ral commanding  it.  If  a  S'ngle  agiment, 
in  the  same  manner  by  its  commanding 
officer. 

After  passing  in  parade,  and  in  move- 
ments, and  exercise,  it  will  depend  on  the 
commanding  officer  of  the  regiment,  to 
place  the  other  field  officers  at  the  head 
of  squadrons,  or  to  assign  them  the  su- 
perintendance  of  wings,  in  order  the  bet- 
ter to  assist. 

In  general,  regiments  manoeuvre  at  too 
great  a  distance  from  the  person  inspect- 
ing them  ;  they  ought  to  terminate  many  of 
their  movements  and  formations  within 
20  or  30  yards  of  where  he  stands. 

Cavalry  regiments,  when  dismounted, 
.;  and  formed  inline,  will  have  an  interval 
'  of  six  paces  between  each. 

When  the  regiments  dismount,  field, 
officers,  a:-d  adjutants,  do  not  dismount, 
but  reinaiii  on  horseback. 

When  the  dismounted  line  advances  in 
!  front,  at  ciose  ranks,  general  officers,  and 
!i  commanding  officers  of  regiments,  are  be- 
ll hii.d  tiie  centre  ;  other  field  officers  are  be- 
hind the  flanks  of  the  battalion. 

When  the  dismounted  line  is  at  open 
ranks,  field  officers  areonthe  flanks  of  the 
I  battalion,  in  a  line  with  the  men,  and  ge- 
neral officers,  and  commanding  officers  of 
regiments,  are  in  front. 

In  passing  on  foot,  all  mounted  officers 
are  in  front  of  the  regiment,  except  the  ad- 
jutant, who  is  in  the  rear. 

General  p  i  i  /.  cifi/es  in  MARCHING.— 
Where  a  large  body  is  marching  in  column, 
or  columns,  through  narrow  giouivi,  and 
when  its  parts  are  to  he  assembled  beyond 
the  defile  in  several  lines,  in  a  compact 
manner  behind  each  other — such  parts  are 
not  to  begin  to  assemble  when  the  leading 
one  does,  but  the  head  of  each  line  is  suc- 
cessively  first  to  come  up  to  i  he  ground 
on  which  it  is  to  stand,  and  when  it  there 
halts,  its  proper  followers  (and  not  before) 
mo\e  into  line  with  it,  and  thereby  do  not 
impede  the  bod.es  that  are  behind  them, 
which  are  still  in  the  defile,  and  are  to  per- 
form the  same  operation. 

When  a  new  line  to  be  marched,  or 
formed  upon,  is  taken  up  bv  guides, 
commanding  officers  of  squadrons,  of  re- 
ifjments,  and  all  oth;r  persons  whatever, 
will  take  care  that  during  such  operation 
they  uo  not  stand  upon,  or  obscure  the  cii  = 


MAR 


M  AR 


385 


rection  of  that  line.  Too  many  guides 
should  not  be  thrown  out.  In  move- 
ments in  column,  commanding  offi- 
cers of  squadrons,  and  regiments,  should 
keep  wide  of  the  flanks,  that  the  pivot 
leaders  may  more  correctly  follow  each 
other,  and  that  they  themselves  may  the 
better  see,  and  distinguish  the  relative  si- 
tuation  of  the  whole. 

We  shall  conclude  our  remarks  on  the 
principles  of  marching,  by  quoting  a  re- 
murkable  passage  out  of  marshal  Saxe's 
Reveries,  which  may  serve  to  undeceive 
many  with  regard  to  the  over-rated  im- 
portance that  is  given  to  the  expert  hand- 
ling of  the  firelock. 

He  justly  remarks,  that  the  manual 
and  platoon  exercise  does  extremely  well 
to  render  the  soldier  easy  under  arms,  but 
it  should  not  engross  the  whole  of  our 
attention  on  that  account.  It  is,  perhaps, 
of  all  others,  the  least  important  branch 
in  military  acquirements,  after  the  sol- 
dier has  been  taught  to  carry  his  firelock 
on  his  left  shoulder,  to  prime  and  load 
%vith  accuracy  and  dispatch,  and  to  fire  in 
platoon. 

When  once  a  soldier  has  been  rendered 
master  of  these  essential  requisites,  (and 
it  requires  little  to  make  him  soj  the  full 
possession  of  his  legs  and  feet  becomes 
the  principal  object  of  his  attention. 

The  secret  of  all  manoeuvres,  and  the 
consequent  issue  of  engagements,  depend 
upon  the  legs.  Hence  the  necessity  of 
moving  to  time  and  measure,  and  the 
wise  practice  of  teaching  the  cadenced 
step.  Whoever  attempts  to  drill  a  re- 
cruit without  paying  attention  to  this  im- 
portant object,  must  be  ignorant  of  the 
first  elements  of  war. 

//  n'en  ett  pas  settlement  aux  elemens  a 
gu'on  appelle  le  metier  de  la  guerre. — He 
does  not  even  know  the  first  rudiments  of 
what  is  called  the  art  of  war. 

These  observations  ought  to  be  strongly 
impressed  upon  the  minds  of  those  per- 
sons who  are  too  apt  to  devote  all  cheir 
lime  to  the  firelock,  and  consequently  to 
neglect  the  more  necessary  object  of 
marching,  &c.  Officers,  in  particular, 
should  be  taught  to  feel  the  justness  of 
those  principles  of  movement,  by  which 
large  bodies  are  enabled  to  act  together. 
The  motions  of  the  firelock  are  easily 
learned,  but  the  various  changes  to  which 
the  human  frame  must  submit  in  march- 
ing, require  something  more  than  mere 
mechanical  operation. 

MARCH  of  a  train  of  artillery .-~ It  has 
been  observed  in  page  192,  of  Muller's 
Treatise  of  Artillery,  that  the  French 
march  their  artillery  much  in  the  same 
manner  that  the  British  do,  with  this  dif- 
ference, that  the  French  artillery  is  divided 
into  brigades.  In  page  191  of  Muller's  trea- 
tise on  Artillery,  we  rind  the  following 
detail  of  a  march  of  English  artillery  : — 

I.  A  guard  of  the  army.  -  The  com- 
pany of  miners,  with  their  tumbrel  of 
<;ra\vn  by  two  horses.  3.  Tire  re- 


giments of  artillery  front  guard.  4.  The 
kettle  drums,  drawn  by  four  horses,  and 
two  trumpeters  on  horseback.  5.  The 
flag  gun  drawn  by  17  horses,  and  five 
twelve  pounders.more,  by  15  horses  each. 
6.  Eleven  waggons  with  stores  for  the 
said  guns,  ar.d  one  spare,  by  three  horses 
each.  7.  Six  nine  pounders,  drawn  by 
eleven  horses  each.  8.  Nine  waggons 
with  stores  foi  the  said  guns,  an^i  one 
spare,  by  three  horses  each.  9.  Five  long 
six  pounders,  by  seren  horses  each,  10. 
Seven  waggons  with  stores  for  ditto,  and 
a  spare  one,  drawn  by  three  horses  each. 
ii.  Five  long  six  pounders,drawn  by  seven 
horseseach.  12.  Six  waggons  with  stores 
for  ditto,  and  a  spareone,  by  three  horses 
each.  13.  Four  long  six  pounders,  by 
seven  horses  each.  14.  Five  waggons  with 
stores  for  ditto,  and  a  spare  one,  by 
three  horses  each.  15.  Two  howitzers^ 
by  five  horses  each.  16,  Four  waggons 
with  stores  for  aitto,  by  three  horses. 
17.  Six  short  six  pounders,  by  two  horses 
each.  1 8.  Three  waggons  with  stores 
for  ditto,  by  three  horses  -ach.  19.  Six 
royals,  with  their  stores,  in  four  waggons, 
by  three  horses  each.  20.  One  12  poun- 
der carriage,  by  seven  horses  ;  one  nine 
pounder  carriage,  by  five  ;  ..lie  lonr  six 
pounder  carriage,  by  live  ;  two  short,  by 
two ;  one  short  and  one  long  limber,  by 
one  horse;  and  two  forges,  by  two  each. 
21.  Twenty  ammunition  carts,  by  three 
horses  each.  22.  Nineteen  waggons  with 
musquet  cartridges,  and  one  spare,  by 
three  horses  each.  23.  Thirty  waggons 
with  powder,  and  one  spare,  by  three 
horses  each.  24.  Thirty  waggons  with 
musquet  shot,  and  one  spare,  by  three 
horses  each.  25.  Twenty- five  waggons 
with  intrenching  tools,  and  one  spare,  by 
three  horses  each.  26.  Twenty-five 
waggons  with  small  stores,  and  one  spare, 
bythreeeach.  27.  Six  waggons  for  arti- 
ficers, with  four  spare,  each  by  three.  28, 
Thirty-two  baggage  waggons,  nine  by- 
four  horses,  and  23  by  three.  29.  Thirty 
pontoons,  and  three  spare  carriages,  each 
by  seven.  30.  The  artillery  rearguard. 
31.  The  rear  guard  from  the  army. 

It  must  be  observed  that  there  are  par- 
ties  of  gunners  and  matrosses  marching 
with  the  guns :  there  are  likewise  some 
parties  of  pioneers  intsrspersed  here  and 
there  to  mend  the  roa'Is,  when  they  are 
spoiled  by  the  fore  carriages. 

We  shall  now  present  our  military  rea- 
ders with  an  extract  from  a  French  work, 
which  has  appeared  since  the  Memoires 
D'Artillerie,  par  M.  Surirey  de  Saint 
Remy,  and  which  may  put  them  mor« 
especially  in  possession  of  the  French 
manner  of  marching  their  artillery,  than 
Mr.  Muller  has  afforded.—  We  must  how- 
ever, at  the  same  time,  refer  them  for 
more  copious  information  to  the  third  vo- 
lumnof  Saint  Remy,  page  187  to  201. 

In  the  last  edition  of  the  Dictio. 
Militaire,  the  following  observations  are 
made  on  this  important  operation-, 


386 


MAR 


MAR 


When  the  troops  in  the  advanced  camp 
of  the  army  begin  to*  assemble,  the  com- 
manding officer  of  the  artillery  repairs  to 
head-quarters,  and  communicates  with 
the  commander  in  chief. —  Utensils, 
stores,  and  ammunition,  are  forwarded  to 
the  camp,  and  every  soldier  is  provided 
with  ten  or  twelve  rounds  of  ball  car- 
tridge, before  he  commences  his  march 
against  the  enemy. — These  articles  having 
been  distributed,  the  waggons  and  horses 
return  to  the  train  of  artillery,  and  proper 
dispositions  are  made  to  connect  the 
•whole  line  of  march. 

The  horses  belonging  to  the  train  are 
narrowly  inspected  by  the  lieutenant- 
general  of  artillery,  who  marks  or  rejects 
them  according  to  his  judgment,  and 
sends  one  report  of  their  actual  state  to 
government,  and  another  to  the  master 
general  of  the  ordnance.  He  gives  direc- 
tions to  the  captain-general  of  the  wag- 
gon-train to  arrange  matters  in  such 
a  manner  with  each  provincial  com- 
missary belonging  to  the  park,,  that  the 
different  captains  may  know  what  bri- 
gades fall  under  their  immediate  super- 
intendar.ce.  The  latter  must  not  on  any 
account  leave  the  brigades  with  which 
they  are  entrusted  during  the  march. 

The  ammunition  waggons  having  been 
loaded,  and  the  horses  harnessed  in,  they 
are  distributed  intodifrerent  brigades,  and 
put  in  motion  to  join  the  main  army,  ac- 
cording to  the  following  order  : — 

The  first  thing  that  precedes  the  march 
of  a  regular  train  of  artillery,  is  a  waggon 
loaded  with  utensils,  such  as  spades, 
pick-axes,,  shovels,  mattocks,  wooden 
spades,  with  iron  bottoms ;  grapples, 
hatchets,  &c.  These  are  under  the  care  of 
a  waggon- master,  who  is  attended  by, 
forty  pioneers  to  clear  and  point  out  the 
way. 

In  the  rear  of  this  waggon  follow  four 
four  pounders,  mounted  on  their  several 
carriages,  with  every  necessary  appen- 
dage on  each  side,  loaded  with  ball,  and 
the  cannoneers  ready,  each  having  a  lighted 
match  in  his  hand,  and  two  steel  prick- 
ers  or  degcrgeoirs.  Next  to  these  is  a 
waggon  loaded  with  different  articles  of 
ordnance,  containing  likewise  one  barrel  of 
gunpowder,  one  ditto  of  ball,  a  bundle  of 
matches,  weighing  together  about  fifty 
pounds,  about  fifty  balls  of  the  calibre  of 
the  guns  and  five  or  six  sets  stout 
drag- ropes  or  bricoles. 

The  military  chest,  and  the  king's  or 
royal  stores,  generally  accompany  this 
small  train,  when  the  army  consists  of 
one  column  only. 

The  pontoons,  with  every  thing  belong- 
ing to  them,  follow  next ;  and  after  them 
the  crab  with  its  appendages,  accompa- 
nied by  the  captain  of  artificers,  with  a  cer- 
tain numberof  carpenters. 

Next  follow  the  heavy  ordnance. 

Those  pieces  of  artillery  which  are 
mounted,  follow  each  other  according  to 
their  several  calibres,  with  all  their  ne- 


cessary implements  for  S£rvice  hanging  on 
each  side. 

Then  come  the  frames  belonging  to  the 
pieces  of  heavy  ordnance,  with  their  im- 
plements, &c.  placed  upon  them.  The 
mortars  follow  next. 

After  these  follow  the  caissons  belong- 
ing to  the  escorts  of  the  park  of  artillery, 
military  chest,,  quarter-master  general, 
and  captain  of  artificers  or  workmen,  in 
which  are  contained  the  tools  belonging  to 
the  different  workmen  and  miners,  to- 
gether with  the  forges,  &c. 

The  baggage  belonging  to  the  command- 
ing officer  of  artillery,  and  to  the  several 
officers  of  the  train,  follow  next,  each 
waggon  succeeding  the  other  according  to 
the  rank  of  the  several  officers.  It  fre- 
quently happens,  that  the  carriages  with 
stores  and  provisions,,  and  those  belonging 
to  the  royal  regiment  of  artillery  move 
together. 

After  these  follow  the  tumbrels  with 
gunpowder,  matches,,  sand -bags,  ropes, 
fuses  for  bombs  and  grenades,  proof- 
pieces,  if  there  are  any,  plummets,  hand 
grenades,  mining  tools,  mortar-carriages^, 
bombs,  balls,  according  to  the  different 
calibres  of  cannon,  tools,  and  instruments 
for  pioneers,  with  the  spare  carts. 

In  order  to  secure  the  regular  progress 
and  march  of  these  different  classes,  it 
has  been  usual  among  the  French,  to  di- 
vide them  into  five  brigades,  each  bri- 
gade under  the  command  pt  an  artillery 
officer ;  and  the  whole  subject  to  the  or- 
ders of  the  commandant  of  artillery.  All 
the  equipage  belonging  to  the  train  is  dis- 
tributed among  these  five  brigades,  and 
each  brigade  takes  care  to  bring  up  itr. 
proportion  every  day  to  the  park  or  spot 
of  rendezvous.  These  are  subject  to  a 
roster  among  themselves,  some  leading, 
and  others  bringing  up  the  rear,  according 
to  its  arrangment. 

Night-M ARCHES.  Whenever  marches 
are  undertaken  in  the  night,  great  precau- 
tion should  be  observed  on  the  part  of  the 
commanding  officer  of  the  troops,  to  attach 
two  or  three  faithful  and  intelligent 
guides-  to  each  column  or  detachment; 
for  it  may  very  easily  happen,  that  in 
moving  a  considerable  detachment  during 
the  night,  some  troops  or  squadrons  may 
lose  themselves,  especially  where  there 
are  cross-roads,  and  difficult  passes. 

The  commanding  officer  at  the  head  of 
the  detachment  must  march  slow,  pro. 
vided  the  nature  of  his  expedition  will  ad- 
mit of  it :  and  wherever  he  finds  any  bye- 
roads  on  the  march,  he  must  post  a  few 
men  there  to  direct  the  succeeding  squad- 
ron; which  squadron  is  to  repeat  the 
same  caution,  and  so  on  throughout  the 
whole. 

As  it  is  almost  impossible  for  squad- 
rons to  keep  constantly  close  together; 
and  as  it  almost  always  happens,  that,  in 
order  to  conceal  a  march  from  the  enemy, 
no  trumpet  must  be  sounded,  (which 
would  otherwise  serve  for  a  direction  in 


MAR 


MAR 


387 


the  night  time)  a  good  non-commissioned 
officer,  with  four  or  six  men,  must  be  ap- 
pointed to  the  rear  of  every  squadron, 
who  are  to  divide  themselves,  and  form  a 
chain  in  the  interval,  between  it  and  the 
one  succeeding,  in  order  to  prevent  any 
mistake  of  the  road. 

Before  the  detachment  marches  oiF,  the 
officer  commanding  must  be  careful  to  ex- 
hort the  officers  leading  troops  or  squad- 
rons,  strictly  to  observe  all  the  above  di- 
rections :  he  must  also  have  several  order- 
ly men  to  attend  him  ;  and,  if  possible, 
two  or  three  guides  in  front. 

The  advanced  guard  must  be  reinforced 
in  the  night  time,  and  march  at  a  small 
distance  from  the  main  body,  and  when- 
ever it  shall  happen  unexpectedly  to  meet 
the  enemy,  it  must  instantly  charge  with 
all  possible  vigor;  on  which  account,  and 
in  order  to  be  in  continual  readiness,  it 
must  always  march  with  advanced  arms. 

Secret  MARCHES,  are  made  with  a  de- 
sign to  reconnoitre  an  enemy,  surprise 
liis  camp,  secure  a  post,  or  seize  a  pla^e. 
They  are  likewise  undertaken  to  succour 
troops  that  may  be  precariously  situated, 
to  relieve  a  besieged  town,  &c.  It  is  in 
this  service  that  a  commander  has  occa- 
sion for  his  utmost  sagacity  and  penetra- 
tion, to  prevent  his  being  discovered  or 
betrayed.  In  order  to  ensure  success,  the 
person  who  conducts  the  march,  should 
have  previously  obtained  good  informa- 
tion relative  to  the  different  roads  through 
which  he  is  to  pass,  the  disposition  of 
the  inhabitants,  &c.  He  should  also  ob- 
tain correct  intelligence  respecting  the  si- 
tuation of  the  enemy's  out- posts,  &c. — 

To  M  A  R  c  ufor  the  direct  purpose  ifjigkt- 
ing  an  enemy.  In  order  to  effect  this  im- 
portant operation  with  confidence  and 
safety,  every  army  that  marches  from  a 
distant  point  towards  the  ground  which  is 
occupied  by  an  enemy,  endeavors  as  much 
as  possible,  to  preserve  its  regular  front, 
and  to  advance  in  order  of  battle.  When- 
ever obstacles  occur,  and  the  ground  be- 
comes so  confined,  that  the  march  in  line 
cannot  be  preserved,  the  different  squad- 
rons and  battalions  must  approach  the 
enemy  in  such  a  disposition  of  columns, 
as  to  be  able  to  form  line  in  the  quickest 
manner,  and  before  the  enemy  could  pos- 
sibly attempt  to  make  an  impression  on 
the  advancing  columns,  by  charging  with 
his  cavalry. 

The  general  officers  who  command  the 
several  columns,  in  leading  them  forward 
must  attentively  observe  each  other's 
movement,  so  that  their  heads,  at  least,  be 
upon  a  line;  and  that  when  they  reach 
the  ground  where  the  wholeare  to  deploy, 
this  manoeuvre  may  be  accomplished  with 
dispatch  and  safety,  and  the  order  of  bat- 
tle be  fully  made,  out  of  the  reach  of  the 
enemy's  horse. 

The  general  or  commander  in  chief, 
with  his  aids-de-camp,  &c.  takes  his 
ground  in  such  a  manner  as  to  be  able  to 
see  the  eifect  of  the  first  fere.  From  being 


thus  conveniently  situated,  he  will  know 
what  orders  to  send,  whether  to  support 
that  part  of  the  line  which  has  gained 
ground,  or  to  reolace  any  particular  one 
that  may  have  given  way.  In  order  to 
accomplish  this  double  purpose,  he  either 
makes  use  of  the  troops  which  have  been 
drawn  up  between  the  two  lines,  as  cir- 
cumstances may  require,  or  detaches  from 
the  reserve,  as  he  judges  best  for  the 
service. 

The  instant  the  line  is  formed,  and  the 
enemy  appears  in  sight,  every  general  of- 
ficer must  he  found  at  the  head  of  his  di- 
vision, actively  employed  either  in  leading 
on  the  troops,  entrusted  to  his  skill  and 
valor,  or  in  speedily  remedying  every 
symptom  of  disorder  which  may  occur 
throughout  the  whole  extent  of  his  com- 
mand 

The  disposition  of  an  army  (to  quote 
the  words  of  mons.  de  Feuquieres)  which 
comes  to  close  action,  differs  essentially 
from  that  it  assumes  in  a  march,  or  pre- 
vious movement.  Were  troops,  indeed, 
to  advance  over  a  wide  space  of  open  and 
unembarrassed  ground,  the  formation  of 
them  might  be  the  same.  But  this  is 
seldom  or  ever  the  case.  The  interven- 
tion of  hills,  woods,  rivers,  villages,  and 
narrow  passes  or  defiles,  gives  rise  to  so 
many  obstacles,  that  a  large  body  of  men» 
such  as  constitutes  an  army,  must  neces- 
sarily be  divided  into  many  different  corps, 
in  order,  that  the  collective  force  may  ar- 
rive, at  a  given  time,  within  the  lines  of 
anew  camp,  or  within  sight  of  an  enemy. 

On  these  occasions  the  movements  of 
an  army  are  attended  with  considerable 
risk,  especially  if  the  enemy  has  himself 
taken  the  fiela  ;  for  by  ably  manoeuvring 
he  may  take  advantage  of  the  divided  state 
of  your  army,  and  attack  it  piece-meal. 
The  greatest  precautions,  however,  are 
observed  in  modern  warfare,  which  were 
either  unknown  to,  or  neglected  by  our 
ancestors.  Most  of  these  have  already 
been  discussed,  as  far  as  the  limits  of  our 
undertaking  would  admit.  The  follow- 
ing additional  observations  may  not,  per- 
haps, bethought  wholly  superfluous. 

In  the  first  instance  it  will  be  necessary 
for  the  quarter  master  general,  and  for  the 
different  officers  who  compose  the  staff  or 
etat- major  of  the  army,  to  render  them- 
selves perfectly  masters  of  the  country 
through  which  the  troops  are  to  march. 
The  corps  of  guides,  especially  if  the 
march  should  be  continued  during  the 
night,  must  be  well  chosen  on  these  oc- 
casions; and  the  different  captains  that 
have  the  charge  of  them,  are  frequently  to 
coaimunicate  with  the  principal  officers 
on  the  stafF,  to  facilitate  the  several  move- 
ments. All  the  general  officers  must  be 
in  possession  of  correct  topographical 
sketches  of  the  country;  and  their  aids- 
de-camp,  &c.  must  not  only  know  how 
to  deliver  orders,  but  they  must  them*; 
selves  be  able  to  calculate,  (from  a  cursory 
view  of  the  chart,)  time  and  distance* 


388 


MAR 


MAR 


The  science  of  locality,  has,  indeed,  be- 
come so  manifestly  useful  in  all  military 
operations,  that  the  French  have  formed 
regular  companies  of  topographers,  who 
accompany  tneir  armies;  a  new  institu- 
tion, at  High-Wycombe,  England,  pays 
much  attention  to  this  branch  of  necessary 
knowlege. 

Artificers  and  workmen  with  appro- 
priate  escorts,  precede  the  several  co- 
Jumns,  in  order  to  clear  the  roads,  and  to 
remove  obstacles  that  occur.  Light 
troops,  and  large  detachments  of  cavalry, 
are  pushed  forward  for  the  purpose  of 
keeping  the  enemy  in  awe,  and  to  send  the 
earliest  intelligence  respecting  his  move- 
ments. Bridges  are  thrown  across  rivers 
-with 'astonishing  activity  and  dispatch; 
every  thing  in  a  word  which  relates  to  the 
movement  of  the  army,  is  so  welldigestcd 
before-hand,  and  subsequently  so  well 
executed,  that  all  the  different  corps  co- 
operate, and  readily  succour  each  other 
should  the  enemy  attack.  The  natural 
formation  of  the  battalion  is  preserved, 
•whether  the  grenadiers  are  disposed  in 
fronf,  or  the  light  companies  lead;  and 
the  several  piquets  come  regularly  up 
•with  the  rear  during  the  march,  and  are 
as  readily  stationed  in  the  front  when  their 
corps  halt. 

When  a  forced  march  is  undertaken  for 
the  specific  purpose  of  rendering  some  de- 
sign of  an  enemy  abortive,  it  is  the  duty  of 
the  commissariat  to  have  provisions  ready 
at  hand,  during  the  transient  halts  which 
are  made  in  this  harassing  and  fatiguing 
enterprise. 

It  is  usual  for  great  armies  to  march  in 
several  columns, in  conformity  to  the  order 
of  battle  which  has  been  laid  down  by  the 
general  or  commander  in  chief,  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  campaign.  Those  batta- 
lions and  squadrons  which  compose  the 
right,  take  their  line  of  march  through 
that  direction  of  the  country :  those 
•which  compose  the  left,  preserve  their 
relative  time  and  distance  in  that  quar- 
ter. The  artillery  and  heavy  baggage 
are  generally  disposed  of  in  the  centre  co- 
lumn. 

When  an  army  marches  directly  for- 
ward to  attack  or  meet  an  enemy,  the  ar- 
tillery is  almost  always  distributed  in  the 
centre  :  sometimes  a  brigade  of  that  corps, 
•with  a  body  of  select  troops  in  front, 
precedes  each  column ;  but  the  heavy 
baggage  invariably  moves  in  the  rear  under 
cover  of  the  reserve. 

When  an  army  marches  through  a 
•woody  or  close  country,  the  heads  of  the 
different  columns  are  usually  covered  by 
a  strong  detachment  of  riflemen,  pre- 
ceded by  squadrons  of  horse.-  Should 
the  enemy  be  in  your  rear,  when  it  is 
found  expedient  to  make  a  movement, 
the  hospital  stores,  ammunition,  baggage, 
and  amllery,  escort-d  by  some  squadrons 

t  horse,  must  be  sent  forward,  and  the 

it   disciplined   troops,   with  a  certain 

quantity  of  artillery,  are  in  that  case  to 


make  up  the  rear  guard.  If  the  enemy 
should  hang  upon  your  flank  (the  right, 
for  instance,)  the  artillety,  stores,  and  bag- 
gage, must  be  conducted  by  the  left : 
should  the  enemy  direct  his  operations 
from  the  left,  the  same  movements  must 
take  place  on  the  right. 

A  small  army  may  march  in  one  co- 
lumn, having  its  artillery  and  baggage 
between  the  advanced  and  rear  guards. 
Should  it  be  brought  to  action,  the  dra- 
goons and  light  cavalry  belonging  to  the 
advanced  guard  will  compose  one  wing, 
and  the  troops  that  are  disposed  of  in  the 
rear,  will  form  the  other  :  the  infantry 
will  be  distributed  in  the  centre  with  the 
artillery  in  its  front. 

The  French  seem  to  have  paid  the 
greatest  attention  to  the  various  details  and 
incidental  circumstances  which  attend 
the  march  of  any  considerable  body  of 
troops.  It  was  not,  however,  until  the 
reign  of  Louis  XIII.  that  any  sort  of  re- 
gular system  began  to  prevail.  There 
was  certainly  less  necessity  for  such  an 
arrangement,  because  the  baggage  was  by 
no  means  so  great,  nor  was  the  train  of  ar- 
tillery half  so  extensive.  The  only  dan- 
gers, indeed,  which  were  to  be  guarded 
against,  when  the  enemy  was  near,  seemed 
confined  to  the  loss  of' baggage  and  artil- 
lery. These  were,  of  course,  provided 
against  by  every  able  general,  who  natu- 
rally observed  the  greatest  secrecy  with 
respect  to  his  encampment,  and  practised 
various  stratagems  to  conceal  his  march 
from  the  enemy. 

Some  very  sensible  observations,  rela- 
tive to  the  manner  in  which  troops  should 
be  managed  previous  to  an  engagement, 
may  be  found  in  the  Reveries  de  M.  le 
Marecbal  de  Saxe ;  and  considerable  in- 
formation  may  Ibe  derived  from  Les  Re- 
flexions de  M.  le  Baron  d'Espagnac,  on  the 
best  method  of  forming  the  infantry  for 
battle.  See  Supplement  aux  Reveries,. 
page  19.  See  likewise  Oeuvret  Militairest 
torn.  i.  p.  124. 

General  observations  en  the  inarch  of 
troops.  Observations  from  a  French  work, 
applicable  to  general  service.  When 
troops  are  ordered  to  march,  four  princi- 
pal objects  should  be  well  considered, 
viz.  locality,  time,  possible  ambuscades, 
and  the  ultimate  end  for  which  the  march 
is  undertaken.  In  order  to  secure  these 
important  points,  some  topographers 
(without  whom  no  army  can  be  said  to  be 
well  constituted,  or  its  staff  ably  appoint- 
ed) should  be  directed  to  give  in  plans  of 
the  country,  to  shew  where  it  is  intersect- 
ed, where  hills  with  their  different  incur- 
vations appear,  where  the  roads  are  nar- 
row, where  the  ground  is  softer  marshy, 
and  unfavorable  10  the  passage  of  artillery, 
where  intricate  passes  occur,  where  there 
are  woods,  hedges,  rivers,  or  marshes, 
and  finally  where  the  country  becomes 
totally  impervious. 

When  these  different  objects  have  been 
well  ascertained,  and  thoroughly  digested 


MAR 


MAR 


389 


at  head  quarters,  the  component  parts  of  • 
the  army  must  be  so  distributed  with  re- 
spect to  the  battalions  of  infantry,  squad- 
rons of  horse,  artillery,  and  baggage,  that 
the  front  of  the  leading  column  shall  in- 
variable correspond  with  the  extent  of 
the  road  or  defile  which  is  to  be  marched 
over. 

When  troops  are  ordered  to  march 
through  an  inclosed  country,  the  whole 
army  is  divided  into  a  given  number  of 
columns,  which  successively  follow  each 
other,  and  are  encamped,  cantoned,  cr 
quartered  separately.  Sometimes  the 
country  is  cleared,  as  much  as  circum- 
stances will  admit,  in  order  that  the  se- 
veral columns  may  advance,  while  the  ar- 
tillery, under  an  escort  of  infantry  on  each 
side,  and  with  cavalry  distributed  upon 
both  wings  of  the  army,  makes  the  best 
of  its  way  through  the  main  road.  Small 
detachments,  consisting  of  active,  spirited 
•you iv.:  men,  headed  by  intelligent  and  en- 
terprising officers,  are'sent  forward  to  take 
possession  of  the  different  defiles,  woods, 
passes,  and  to  post  themselves  close  to  an 
enemy's  post,  for  the  purpose  of  blocking 
it  up  until  the  whole  of  the  army  has 
marchwd  by. 

The  leading  columns  should  always  be 
composed  of  tried  and  steady  soldiers ; 
and  the  front  of  each  should  invariably 
consist  of  the  best  men  in  the  army. 

The  advanced  and  rear  guards  must  be 
well  supported  by  infantry,  with  the  ad- 
dition of  some  light  field  pieces.  The  or- 
der of  battle  is  so  arranged,  that  the  heavy 
ordnance,  the  baggage,  and  the  greatest 
part  of  the  cavalry,  which  can  be  of  little 
use  on  the  wings,  may  be  distributed  in 
ihe  centre. 

When  it  is  necessary  to  cross  a  river, 
the  artillery  must  be  planted  directly  op- 
posite to  the  post  which  the  army  intends 
to  occupy,  Considerable  advantage  will 
accrue  should  the  river  wind  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  form  a  remrant  angle  in  that 
particular  spot,  which  advantage  would 
be  greatly  increased  by  having  a  ford  near. 
In  proportion  as  the  construction  of  the 
bridge  advances,  some  steady  troops  must 
be  marched  forward,  and  a  regular  dis- 
charge of  musquetry  must  be  kept  up 
against  the  enemy  on  the  opposite  bank. 
The  instant  the  bridge  is  finished,  a 
corps  of  infantry,  with  some  cavalry, 
some  pieces  of  artillery,and  a  certain  num- 
ber of  pioneers,  to  fortify  the  head  of  the 
bridge,  must  be  ordered  over-  Should 
there  be  the  least  ground  to  suspect  an  at- 
tack upon  the  rear  guard,  the  inside  tete 
lie  pont  must  also  be  fortified. 

Proper  precautions  will  have  been  taken 
to  prevent  any  surprise  during  the  con- 
struction of  the  bridge,  and  while  the 
troops  are  crossing,  Each  side  of  the 
river  above  and  below  the  bridge,  will  on 
this  account  have  been  well  reconnoitred, 
to  ascertain  that  there  are  not  any  armed 
barges  or  floating  rafters  with  infernals 
upon  them,  kept  ready  to  blow  up  the 


bridge,  when  a  considerable  part  of  the 
army  shall  have  passed  the  river.  Ifthp 
preservation  of  the  bridge  be  considered 
as  an  object,  both  ends  must  be  fortified, 
and  adequate  guards  stationed  to  defend 
them. 

Each  corps  that  marches  separately, 
such  as  the  advanced  and  rear  guards,  and 
the  main  body,  must  be  provided  with 
shovels,  pick-axes,  and  a  sufficient  num- 
ber of  pioneers  and  guides,  to  clear  the 
roads,  and  to  direct  it  on  its  march. 

The  following  general  rules  in  route 
marching  have  been  laid  down  by  the 
celebrated  Montecuculli : — 

No  officer  or  soldier  is  on  any  account  to 
quit  his  post  or  rank.  The  battalion 
companies  must  never  intermix  with  the 
squadrons  or  troops  of  cavalry.  Squad- 
rons or  troops  of  cavalry  must  always  take 
care  not  to  leave  such  wide  intervals  be- 
tween them,  as  will  expose  them  to  be 
suddenly  cut  off',  or  such  contracted  ones 
as  might  enable  the  enemy  to  throw  theai 
into  confusion. 

In  summer,  troops  should  quit  their 
ground  or  quarters  at  day-break. 

In  winter,  great  care  should  be  taken 
by  the  commissariat,  to  see  that  the  troops 
are  well  supplied  with  fuel  whenever  they 
halt.  During  very  inclement  weather 
the  march  of  troops  should  be  greatly 
contracted. 

Some  steady  old  soldier*  must  be  station- 
ed at  the  different  cross  roads,  to  prevent 
the  rear  men  from  mistaking  the  line  of 
march. 

The  leading  columns  of  those  troops 
that  precede  them,  must  instantly  fall 
upon  any  body  of  the  enemy  that  may  at- 
tempt to  oppose  their  progress. 

Three  things  are  always  to  be  consider, 
ed  and  well  weighed,  viz.  whether  there 
be  much  ground  to  appiehend  a  serious 
attack  from  the  enemy  ;  whether  there  be 
little  ground  to  fear  him  ;  or  whether  there 
be  no  ground  at  all, 

In  the  latter  case  each  corps  of  cavalry 
and  infantry,  marches  separately,  and  with 
its  own  baggage. 

All  convoys,  containing  stores  and  am- 
munition, move  with  the  artillery  accom- 
panied by  an  officer  from  the  adjutant  or 
quarter-master  general's  department,  who 
has  the  direction  of  the  march,  as  far  as 
regards  the  convoy  itself ;  but  cannot  in- 
terfere with  the  artillery  ;  the  command- 
ing officer  of  the  latter  being  presumed  to 
know  best,  when  and  where  his  park 
should  halt,  &c.  A  very  sensible  obser- 
vation on  this  head  may  be  found  in  a 
recent  French  publication,  intituled,  Ma- 
nuel des  Adjudans  Gene>auxt  by  Paul 
Thiebault.  The  whole  of  which  is  pub. 
lished  under  the  article  STAFF  in  the  Am. 
MIL  Lib.  On  the  evernV.fc:  preceding  a 
march,  each  corps  is  specifically  furnished 
with  the  necessary  orders  in  writing. 

At  the  hour  which  is  named  in  general 
orders  for  the  troops  to  commence  their 
march,  the  quarter-master  general, and  the 


300 


MAR 


MAR 


captain  of  guides,  repair  to  the  advanced 
guard. 

If  the  aimy  has  been  encamped,  the 
lines  of  entrenchment  are  levelled  or  clear- 
ed in  such  a  manner,  that  the  troops  may 
move  with  an  extended  front.  As  soon 
as  the  troops  have  marched  off,  the  differ- 
ent guards  belonging  to  the  camp  will  be 
withdrawn. 

Pioneers  must  be  sent  forward  to  clear 
the  roads,  preceded  by  small  detachments 
of  light  and  select  troops,  together  with 
esta&ettes  or  mounted  messengers  and  ve- 
dettes, who  are  to  reconnoitre  in  front, 
rear,  and  round  the  wings  of  the  army. 
To  these  must  be  added  appropriate  guards 
and  escorts  to  accompany  the  artillery, 
and  to  protect  the  baggage.  It  will  belong 
to  this  latter  description  of  troops,  to  take 
possession  of  advantageous  heights,  to  dis- 
cover ambuscades,  and  to  send  a  faithful 
detail  of  all  they  observe  to  headquarters. 
These  communications  will  be  made  by 
the  chief  of  the  etat  major  who  accompa- 
nies them. 

The  advanced  guard  of  the  army  will  be 
composed  of  one  half  of  the  cavalry,  the 
-main  body  will  consist  of  the  infantry,  at- 
tended by  pioneers  and  detached  corps  of 
light  artillery,  which  will  be  preceded  by 
an  iron  instrument  made  in  the  shape  of  a 
plough-share,  for  the  purpose  of  tracing 
«ut  the  paths,  which  must  be  kept  by  the 
waggon-train.  In  the  rear  of  the  main 
body  must  follow  the  heavy  ordnance,  the 
baggage- waggons  belonging  to  the  several 
."  '^iments,and  the  train  of  artillery.  The 
'  <ther  half  of  the  cavalry  will  be  disposed 
of  in  the  rear-guard,  in  which  the  army 
f-tores  and  ammunition  are  to  be  escorted 
by  a  regiment  of  horse. 

If  the  army  should  be  divided,  and 
inarch  in  different  columns  by  indirect 
roads,  a  rendezvous  or  place  d'armes  must 
be  marked  out  in  writing,  where  the 
•whole  may  conveniently  meet  on  the  line 
of  inarch.  The  utmost  attention  must 
be  paid  to  the  selection  of  this  spot,  by 
the  adjutant  and  quarter- master  general, 
Jest  it  should  be  ex  posed  to  a  surprise  from 
the  enemy  ;  on  which  account  it  is  kepi  as 
secret  as"  possible,  lest  any  intelligence 
should  be  given  to  him  by  deserters  or 
spies.  The  hourand  the  manner  in  which 
the  several  columns  are  to  arrive,  is  spe- 
cifically stated  to  the  different  leaders ; 
and  scouts,  &c.  are  sent  round  the  country 
to  discover  the  enemy's  movements. 

If  there  should  be  any  reason  to  appre- 
hend an  attack,  the  various  precautions 
must  be  increased  in  proportion  to  the 
alarm. 

^  An  army  must  always  march,  if  it  pos- 
sibly can,  in  that  order  from  which  it  may 
easily  and  expeditipusly  deploy  into  line; 
that  is,  it  should  invariably  preserve  the 
order  of  battle ;  every  column  bearing  a 
ratural  front  towards  the  enemy.  Monte- 
cuculli  further  adds,  that  an  army  must 
invariably  inarch  the  right  or  left  ill  front, 
Snfl  not  from  its  centre. 


Field-pieces,  with  a  sufficient  quantity 
of  ammunition,  shovels,  spades,  and  pick- 
axes always  at  hand,  must  be  disposed 
along  the  most  vulnerable  part  of  the  ren- 
dezvous ;  these  must  be  guarded  by  a  body 
of  cavalry  and  infantry,  who  are  to  be  se- 
lected for  that  specific  duty. 

Care  is  likewise  taken  to  lodge  the  bag- 
gage-waggons, &c.  in  the  most  secure  and 
best  defended  spot. 

The  two  first  lines  of  the  army  will 
consist  of  the  mounted  artillery  in  front, 
next  to  which  will  stand  the  different 
squadrons  of  horse  that  are  posted  in  in- 
tervals between  the  infantry  battalions  : 
after  these  will  follow  the  train  of  cais- 
sons, &c.  in  as  many  files  as  the  road  will 
admit;  then  the  stores  and  baggage,  and 
finally  the  reserve. 

Whenever  the  leading  columns  have" 
passed  an  obstacle,  the  front  man  must  be 
halted  till  the  rear  have  completely  cleared 
it  likewise  ;  and  when  the  whole  enters  an 
open  country,  the  line  must  be  formed, 
and  the  march  be  continued  in  order  of 
battle  until  a  fresh  obstacle  occurs,  when 
the  troops  must  be  prepared  to  pass  the 
defile,  the  advanced  guard  leading,  the 
main  body  following  next,  and  tlie  reserve 
bringing  up  the  rear. 

When  an  army  is  thus  advancing,  the 
right  or  left  flank  (according  to  circum- 
stances) of  its  line  of  march,  must  be 
covered  by  rivers,  and  banks,  rising 
grounds,  or  eminences ;  and  if  these  natu- 
ral advantages  do  not  present  themselves, 
artificial  ones  must  be  resorted  to.  These 
may  consist  of  waggons,  chevaux  de  friezes 
or  other  temporary  means  of  defence ; 
the  quantity,  &c.  must  depend  upon  the 
nature  of  the  country,  and  the  number  of 
troops  that  compose  the  columns. 

It  is,  however,  impossible  to  set  down 
general  rules  for  all  cases ;  these  must 
vary  with  the  manifold  circumstances  that 
occur,  a»d  the  different  designs  which  are 
to  be  accomplished  or  pursued. 

When  the  movements  of  an  army  are  to 
be  concealed,  the  march  must  be  under- 
taken at  night  through  woods,  vallies,  and 
concealed  ways;  all  frequented  and  in- 
habited places  must  be  carefully  avoided; 
no  loud  instruments  must  on  any  account 
be  played;  and  if  fires  are  made,  they 
must  only  be  lighted  on  the  eve  of  break- 
ing up  camp;  in  which  case  they  must 
be  left  burning,  for  the  purpose  of  delud- 
ing the  enemy  into  a  supposition,  that  the 
troops  have  not  moved. 

Small  parties  of  cavalry  are  sen*,  forward 
to  seize  all  stragglers;  or  scouts  from  the 
enemy,  or  to  take  possession  of  the  differ- 
ent passes.  In  order  to  avoid  being  dis- 
covered in  the  object  of  the  march,  a  differ- 
ent road  must  be  taken  from  the  one 
which  you  really  propose  to  march 
thiough;  and  a  fit  opportunity  must  af- 
terwards be  embraced  to  get  into  the  real 
track.  Before  you  march  out  of  a  town 
or  fortified  place,  the  utmost  care  must 
be  observed  to  prevent  vour  intended 


MAR 


MAR 


391 


/oute  from  being  conveyed  to  the  enemy. 
On  this  account  the  troops  must  be  first 
marched  out,  and  the  gates  immediately 
shut  upon  the  rear,  so  that  no  stranger, 
&c.  may  be  able  to  slip  out  with  the 
men. 

During  a  march  of  this  nature,  the 
tioops  must  be  provided  with  subsistence, 
stores,  and  ammunition,  to  last  out  until 
the  object  is  attained.  No  scout  or  ve- 
dette is  sent  foiward,  when  an  army,  or 
any  part  of  it,  advances  to  take  possession 
of  a  post  or  place,  to  succour  a  town,  to 
surprize  an  enemy,  in  a  close  or  woody 
country,  by  favor  of  the  night,  or  in  hazy 
weather,  or  on  any  occasion  when  orders 
have  been  given  to  oppose  and  fight  every 
thing  it  meets. 

When  an  army  marches  for  the  direct 
purpose  of  forcing  a  passage,  which  is 
guarded  by  an  enemy,  a  feint  must  be 
made  in  one  quarter,  whilst  the  real  oh- 
ject  is  vigorously  pursued  in  another. 
Sometimes  you  must  appear  suddenly 
disposed  to  make  a  retrograde  movement, 
and  then  again  as  suddenly  resume  your 
progress  ;  sometimes  march  beyond  the 
spot  you  wish  to  occupy,  insensibly 
drawing  off  the  enemy's  attention;  and 
whilst  the  whole  army  is  thus  pushing 
forward  and  is  closely  watched  by  its  op- 
ponents, (who  hang  upon  the  flanks,  and 
hug  its  line  of  march)  let  detached  parties 
of  cavalry  and  foot,  that  have  lain  in  am- 
bush, suddenly  surprise  the  passage,  and 
post  themselves  upon  it. 

When  it  is  found  expedient  to  advance 
rapidly  into  a  country  for  the  purpose  of 
surprising  an  enemy,  getting  possession  of 
a  town  or  place,  or  avoiding  superior 
forces,  every  species  of  baggage  must  be 
left  behind  (even  the  common  necessaries 
of  the  men  :  if  circumstances  require,)  the 
cavalry  must  be  sent  forward,  and  the  in- 
fantry put  in  carts,  carriages,  and  chaises, 
or  mounted  behind  the  dragoons.  If 
there  be  spare  horses  enough  in  the  differ- 
ent troops,  or  any  can  be  procured  from 
the  inhabitants  of  the  country,  they  must 
be  led  in  order  to  relieve  those  that  are 
double  mounted,  in  the  manner  which  is 
practised  by  the  Tartars.  Marches  of 
this  description  and  urgency,  must  be 
kept  up  night  and  day  ;  and  it  is  on  such 
occasions  that  the  value  of  a  good  staii'or 
•etat-major  will  have  all  its  weight. 

It  must  be  observed, as  a  general  max- 
im, that  whenever  troops  are  retiring 
from  a  weak  position,  or  to  avoid  the  ap- 
proach of  a  superior  force,  the  retreat 
must  be  so  managed,  as  not  to  bear  the 
least  resemblance  of  a  flight. 

Order  of  MARCH,  ivhicb  is  obsefvtd  in 
the  Turkish  army  ^  this  order  of  march 
may  be  considered  as  the  movement  of  an 
army  that  combines  its  several  operations 
according  to  some  established  system  of 
military^art.  The  Turks  usually  divide 
this  movement  into  time  distinct  opera. 
t,ions :  the  first  comprehends  that  by 
which  troops  of  scveral  denomination?, 


and  from  different  quarters,  assemble  to- 

tether  at  some  given  spot  or  rendezvous, 
uch,  for  instance,  is  the  march  of  vari- 
ous corps  of  militia,  both  in  Asia  and 
Europe,  belonging  to  the  Ottoman  em- 
pire, who  must  necessarily  pass  through 
several  quarters,  and  cross  the  sea,  to 
form  a  junction.  From  the  many  incon- 
veniences which  troops  must  unavoidably 
experience  on  these  occasions,  and  from 
the  irregularity  that  always  grows  out  of 
them,  this  march  cannot  be  strictly  called  a. 
systematic  movement  of  the  army. 

The  second  order  of  march  among  the 
Turks  is  that  which  they  call  a/ay  ;  when 
the  tioops  arrive,  under  the  command  of 
their  several  bachas,  at  the  camp  or  given 
spot  of  rendezvous,  for  the  purpose  of 
being  reviewed  by  the  serasquier,  the 
grand  vizier  or  the  sultan.  This  order  is 
observed  likewise  by  the  janizaries  when 
they  repair  to  a  similar  place. 

The  'third  order  of  march  must  be  con- 
sidered as  a  real  military  movement.  It  is 
that  which  is  performed  by  the  army  that 
first  takes  up  its  ground  in  a  regular  man- 
ner, and  encamps.  This  is  the  com- 
mencement or  beginning  of  military 
marches,  because  from  a  situation  or  ar- 
rangement of  this  sort,  troops  either  leave 
one  camp  to  pitch  their  tents  elsewhere, 
or  return  again  to  their  old  one  after  hav- 
ing made  an  attempt  against  an  enemy's 
post,  &c. 

it  is  an  established  law  in  Turkey, 
whenever  the  sultan  or  grand  vizier  takes 
the  field,  to  have  their  magnificent  tentS;, 
with  seven  or  five  horse-tails  displayed 
above  them,  regularly  pitched  on  thr> 
plains  of  Constantinople,  or  in  those  o{ 
Adrianople,  accordingly  as  the  court 
happens  to  be  in  either  of  those  imperial 
residences  ;  which  circumstance  is  an., 
nounced  throughout  the  empire,  that 
every  province,  &c.  may  be  made  ac- 
quainted with  the  march  of  the  sultan  or 
grand  vizier. 

As  soon  as  these  pavilions  or  tents  have 
been  thus  pitched,  all  the  different  armed 
corps  that  have  not  yet  commenced  the 
march  receive  their  route  :  and  those  th;r 
are  already  on  the  march,  advance  with  all 
the  expedition  they  can,  to  the  spot  of 
general   rendezvous.     The   troops   from 
Egypt  and  Asia  are  particularly  alert  nt; 
these  occasions,   most  especially  if  tin; 
war  should  be  carried  into  Hungary.     A  ' ' 
the  points  from  whence  embarkations  arc: 
to     take    place,    appear    conspicuously 
marked  abng  the  coast  of  the   Marmora, 
Propontides,  and  the  Archipelago,  in  or- 
der that  the  different  bodies  of  troops  up- 
take the  direct   road  to  Constantinople, 
Andrianopie,    Philipolis    Sophia,    Ni^s 
and   Belgrade,  in  which  places  was  tii. 
general  rendezvous  of  all  the  rroqps,  when, 
the  Ottoman  empire  flourished.     Those, 
however,  were  not  included  which  wen? 
destined   to  act  in  Hungary  and  Bosnia. 
They  met  together,  after  having  ; 
the  bridge  of  Osek,  and  for> 


392 


M  A  R 


MAR 


•ion  with  the  main  army.  Kara-Mus- 
tapha  followed  these  dispositions  when  he 
Avent  to  besiege  Vienna. 

The  second  march  of  the  Turkish  or 
Ottoman  army,  is  a  business  of  mere 
parade  or  ceremony.  This  movement  is 
observed  by  all  the  different  corps,- and  it 
is  executed  with  great  magnificence  by 
the  Bachas,  particularly  so  when  they 
repair  the  first  time  to  the  camp  of  gene- 
ral rendezvous. 

With  respect  to  the  third  march,  it  is  a 
real  and  essential  movement,  and  ought  to 
he  called  the  military  march  or  route  Four 
principal  branches  or  objects  of  service, 
constitute  the  nature  of  this  march,  and 
.'•->rm  its  disposition.  These  are  the  caval- 
ry, infantry,  artillery,  and  baggage;  in 
which  latter  are  included  the  stores,  £c. 
belonging  to  the  Turkish  militia,  the  royal 
provisions,  public  stores, and  ammunition, 
comprehending  gunpowder,  shot,  match- 
es, spades,  pick-axes,  £c. 

There  is,  however,  no  invariable  rule 
attached  to  this  arrangement,  it  alters  ac- 
cording to  circumstance  and  place. 

The  real  or  military  march  of  the  troops 
js  entirely  managed  by  the  grand  vizier,  or 
the  seraskier.  Written  instructions  are 
issued  out  for  this  purpose  ;  for  the  Turks 
never  give  out  verbal  orders, except  in  mat. 
fersof  litrle  or  no  importance,  or  in  cases 
of  extreme  emergency,  when  they  cannot 
commit  them  to  writing. 

It  is  an  invariable  maxim  among  the 
Turks,  whenever  their  troops  aie  upon 
the  march,  to  throw  new  bridges  over 
rivers,  or  to  repair  old  ones,  to  clear  pub- 
lic or  bye  roads,  to  fill  up  ditches,  and  to 
cut  down  trees,  &c.  so  as  to  facilitate  their 
movements,  and  to  obviate  delay.  They 
moreover  throw  up  small  heaps  of  earth, 
which  they  call  unkay  at  the  distance  of 
half  a  league  from  each  other,  and  often 
nearer,  especially  on  high  grounds.  When 
"he  sultan  marches  at  their  head  they 
make  two  heaps  of  this  description. 

The  Turks  pay  very  particular  attention 
to  their  movements  or  marches  on  service: 
the  whole  of  the  army  is  under  arms  dur- 
ing the  night,  in  order  to  make  the  neces- 
sary dispositions  ;  on  which  occasions  the 
soldiers  make  use  of  small  vessels  with 
iire  lighted  in  them,  and  tie  them  to  the 
ends  of  long  pikes  or  poles.  The  greatest 
silence  is  observed  during  the  march; 
neitherdrums,  trumpets,  nor  cymbals  are 
heard.  Sometimes,  indeed,  but  this  rare- 
ly happens,  the  drummers  belonging  to 
the  band  of  the  grand  vizier,  accompany 
the  salutes  or  ceremonial  compliments 
which  are  paid  by  the  salam-agasi,  or 
master  of  ceremonies. 

When  they  march  through  a  country  in 
which  there  isnocause  to  apprehend  sur- 
prise or  hostility,  the  infantry  generally 
rakes  the  lead,  two  or  three  days  march, 
in  froat  of  the  main  army.  The  troops 
.march  in  the  loosest  manner,  being  neither 
confined  to  particular  companies,  nor 
.formed  in  columns.  Thev  chuse  what 


roads  they  like  best,  halt  where  they 
please,  and  reach  the  camp  in  detached 
parties ;  with  this  injunction,  however, 
that  the  whole  must  arrive  at  the  spot  ot' 
rendezvous  before  evening  prayers. 

Next  to  these  follow  the  cavalry,  headed 
by  a  general  officer.  Their  march,  not- 
withstanding his  presence,  is  as  irregular 
as  rhat  of  the  infantry.  The  men  fre- 
quently halt  out  of  mere  laziness,  and  un- 
der prevence  of  refreshing  their  horses  ; 
and  little  or  no  attention  is  paid  to 
system  and  good  order.  The  baggage  and 
ammunition  wa  ;gons,  together  with  MicU 
stores,  &c.  as  are  carried  by  beasts  of  bur- 
th.*n,  move  in  the  same  manner. 

When  the  army  enters  an  enemy's 
country,  the  whole  of  the  infantry  is  col- 
lected together,  and  marches  in  one  body. 
The  capiculy  and  the  seratculy,  for  in- 
stance, form  one  column.  There  is  this 
distinction,  however,  observed,  that  every 
janizary  marches  under  his  own  colors, 
and  every  officer  remains  attached  to  his 
oda  or  company,  for  the  purpose  of  exe- 
cuting, in  the  speediest  manner,  the  com- 
mander in  chief's  directions. 

The  cavalry  is  often  divided  into  two 
wings  ;  it  is  likewise  frequently  formed  in 
one  body.  Every  man  is  ranged  under  his 
own  standard.  The  squadrons  aie  com- 
manded by  the  alay-begs,  who  receive 
orders  through  thechiaous;  and  the  other 
officers  are  near  the  bacha. 

The  baggage  sometimes  moves  in  the 
front,  and  sometimes  in  the  rear  of  the 
janizaries.  A  particular  body  of  cavalry, 
called  topracly,  are  an  exception  to  this 
arrangement :  the  men  belonging  to  this 
corps  are  obliged  to  furnish  themselves 
with  all  the  necessaries  of  life,  and  conse- 
quently carry  provisions,  &c.  with  them 
in  all  their  marches  ;  which  circumstance 
unavoidably  creates  much  confusion. 

The  artillery  is  generally  attached  to 
the  infantry  ;' sometimes,  however,  it 
moves  with  the  cavalry. 

When  the  Turkish  army  marches 
through  an  enemy's  country,  it  is  covered 
by  an  advanced  and  a  rear  guard.  The  ad- 
vanced guard  is  composed  of  five  or  six 
thousand  of  the  best  mounted  cavalry. 
This,  boiy  is  under  the  immediate  orders 
of  a  commanding  officer,  called  kiatkagy- 
bacy,  whose  appointment  lasts  during  the 
whole  of  the  campaign.  The  advanced 
guard  usually  moves  six,  seven,  or  eight 
eagues  in  front  of  the  main  body  ;  but  it 
falls  back  in  proportion  as  the  enemy  re- 
tires. When  there  are  bodies  of  Tartars 
or  auxiliary  troops  from  any  of  the  rebel- 
lious provinces  with  the  army,  they  are 
detached  in  front  of  the  advanced  guard, 
for  the  purpose  of  harassing  the  enemy's 
rear,  pillaging  the  country,  and  commit- 
ting those  excesses  which  are  not  counte- 
nanced by  regular  troops. 

The  rear-guard  generally  consists  of  one 
thousand  horse.  It  is  the  business  of 
this  body  to  escort  the  baggage  safe  into 


MAR 


MAR 


393 


camp,  and  not  leave  it  until  the  whole  be  || 
securely  lodged. 

The  Turks,  in  all  their  movements  on  i 
real  service,  display  uncommon  activity;  |i 
and  their  marches  are  generally  so  well " 
managed,  that  an  enemy  runs  the  greatest  V 
hazard  of  being  surprised. 

Rogue's  MARCH.      A    tune  which   is  i; 
played  by  trumpeters  or  filers  of  a  regi-  i 
ment  (as  the  case  may  be)  for  the  purpose  ! 
of  drumming  out  any  person  who  has  be-  | 
haved  disorderly,  &c.  in  a  camp  or  garri- 
son.    Thieves,  strumpets,  &c.  are  fre- 
quently disgraced  in  this  manner ;  being 
inarched  down  the  front  of  a  battalion, 
from   right  to  left,  and  along  the  rear : 
after  which  they  are  conducted  to  the  gate 
of  the  garrison  or  entrance  of  the  camp, 
where  they  receive  a  kick  on  the  posteriors 
from    the   youngest   drummer,    and  are 
•warned  never  to  appear  within  the  limits 
of  either  place,  under  pain  of  being  severe- 
ly punished. 

MARCHANDS,  Fr.  Slop-sellers.pet- 
ty-suttlers.  Men  of  this  description  al- 
ways flock  round  and  follow  an  army  on 
its  march.  As  they  generally  deal  in  ar- 
ticles which  are  wanted  by  the  officers 
and  soldiers,  it  is  the  business  of  every 
general  to  see  them  properly  treated,  to  en- 
sure their  safety,  and  to  permit  them, 
under  certain  regulations,  to  have  access 
to  the  camp.  They  should,  however, 
be  warily  watched  in  some  instances,  es- 
pecially upon  the  eve  of  a  retreat,  or  be- 
fore any  advanced  operation  takes  place. 
Spies  frequently  disguise  themselves  as 
pedlars,  and  under  the  mask  of  selling 
trifling  articles,  pry  into  the  state  of  a 
camp,  put  indirect  questions  to  the  sol- 
diers, and  tamper  with  those  who  may 
seem  disposed  to  act  in  a  traitorous  man- 
ner. Yet  as  armies  cannot  dp  without 
such  men,  they  must  be  sanctioned,  and 
it  is  the  particular  duty  of  the  provost- 
marshal,  and  of  the  waggon- master  ge- 
neral, to  watch  and  superintend  their  mo- 
tions. 

M  A  RCK  E  accelerec,  ox  pas  accelcrc,  Fr. 
The  time  in  which  troops  march  to  the 
charge — we  call  it  the  accelerated  pace, 
the  English  formerly  called  it  double  quick 
time. 

MARCHE«v///:«/rf,  cu  pas  ordinaire ,  Fr. 
Ordinary  time. 

MA  RCHE  frecipitie,  cu  fas  precipilS,  Fr. 
Quickest  time. 

MA  RCHE  cadencce,  OK  pas  cadence,  Fr. 
March  or  step  according  to  time  and  mea- 
sure. It  is  likewise  called  the  cadenced 
step. 

MA  RCHE  r.on -cadencce,  ou  pa*  nan-sa- 
dence,  Fr.  This  step  is  likesvise  called 
pas  de  route,  and  signifies  that  unconstrain- 
ed movement  which  soldiers  are  permit- 
ted to  adopt  in  marching  over  difficult 
ground,  and  in  columns  of  route 

M  A  &  c  H  E  de  Flanc,  Fr .  F  lank  move- 
ment or  march. 

M  A  a  c  ii  E  fore ee,  Fr.  a  forced  march . 

~>n::re    <-<nx:r  A?  MARCH*,  JFK      Tc 


put  troops  into  motion  by  the  beat  of  drum 
or  sound  of  trumpet,  &c. 

Gagner  une  MA  RCHE  sur  I'enncnti,  Fr. 
To  gain  ground  or  time  upon  an  enemy, 
which  signifies  to  get  in  his  front  or  upon 
his  flanks,  so  as  to  harass  or  perplex 
him,  or  by  any  able  manoeuvre  to  get  the 
start  of  him. 

Derober  sa  MA  RCHE,  Fr.  to  steal  a 
march. 

Couvrir  une  MA  RCHE,  Fr.  to  conceal  a 
march. 

MARCHES  d* armies,  et  ce  qne  les  solJals 
ont  afaire  quand  la  ge.-zerale  cst  battue,  Fr. 
column  of  route  or  general  order  of  march 
which  an  army  obsejves  when  it  takes  the 
field.  See  CAMP. 

MARCHE,  Fr.  This  word  is  likewise 
used  among  the  French,  to  express  the 
course  or  progress  of  a  ship,  or  as  we  say, 
technically,  the  ivay  she  makes :  hence 
marcbe  d'un  vaisseau. 

MARCHER  par  lefianc,  Fr.  To  march 
from  any  given  flank . 

MARCHER  en  colonne  avec  distance  en- 
tiere,  Fr.  To  march  in  open  column  at 
open  distance. 

MARCHER  en  colonne  a  distance  de  stc~ 
tlon,  ou  en  mass,  Fr.  To  march  in  column, 
quarter  distance,  or  in  mass. 

MARCHER  en  bataille  ou  en  colanr.v 
d'attaque,  Fr.  To  advance  in  column  for 
the  purpose  of  attacking  an  enemy. 

MARCHER  en  batail-ie  en  ordre  deploy e 9 
Fr.  To  advance  by  the  echellon  march 
in  deployed  order. 

MARCHER  en  rLtraiie,  Fr.     To  retreat; 

M  A  R  c  H  E  R  en  bataUle-par  le  dernier  rang, 
Fr.  To  march  in  line  rear  rank  in  front. 

MARCHER,  au  fas  accflerc,  Fr.  To 
march  in  quicker  time. 

MARCHER  le  pas  en  a"rleret  Fr.  To 
take  the  back. step. 

MARCHER  au  pas  ordinaire,  Fr.  To 
march  in  ordinary  time. 

MARCHER  aa  pas  •precipite,  Fr.  To 
march  in  quickest  time,  or  charging  time. 

MARCHER  par  lejlank,  droit,  ou  gauche t 
Fr  To  march  by  the  right  or  left  flank. 

MARCHER  en  cshnne,  la  droit  ou  in 
gauche,  en  tete,  Fr.  To  march  in  column, 
the  right  or  left  in  front. 

MARCHER,  en  colonne,  sente,  Fr.  To 
march  in  close  column. 

MARCHER  en  colonne  auverte,  Fr.  To 
march  in  open  colunv... 

MARCHER,  en  terme  devolutions,  Fr. 
To  march  in  line,  &c.  which  see. 

MARCHES.  The  limits  or  bounds  be- 
twcca  England,  Wales,  and  Scotland,, 
have  been  so  culled 

MARCHING  regiments.  A  term  given 
to  those  corps  who  had  not  any  permanent 
quarters,  but  were  liable  to  be  sent  not 
only  from  one  end  of  Great  Britain  to 
another,  but  to  the  most  distant  of  her 
possessions  abroad.  Although  the  word 
marching  is  insensibly  confounded  with 
those  ut  line  and  regulars,  it  was  originally 
meant  to  convey  something  more  than  a 
mere  liability  to  be  ordered  npon  any  stj>- 


394 


MAR 


MAR 


vice;  for  by  march  ing  the  regular  troops 
from  one  town  to  another,  the  inhabitants, 
who  from  time  immemorial  have  been 
jealous  of  a  standing  army,  lost  their  anti- 
pathy to  real  soldiers,  by  the  occasional  ab- 
sence of  regular  troops.  At  present,  the 
Enylish  guards,  militia,  and  fenciblesrmay 
be  considered  more  or  less  as  marching  regi- 
ments.— The  marines  and  volunteer  corps 
have  stationary  quarters. 

St.  MARC'OU.  Two  rocks  upon  the 
coast  of  Normandy,  lying  in  a  bite  or  bay 
between  cape  Barrleur  and  Point  Perce, 
bearing  south  east  from  La  Hogue  nine 
miles,  from  the  mouth  of  the  river  Isigny, 
north,  eight  miles,  and  distant  from  the 
body  of  the  French  shore  about  four 
niilcs.  The  surface  of  each  island,  which 
is  1 8  or  20  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea  at 
high  water,  comprises  about  an  acre,  and 
bear  from  each  other  W.  by  N.  and  E.  by 
S.  distant  200  yards.  On  the  abandonment 
of  an  expedition  to  the  islands  of  Chosse, 
in  the  year  1795,  sir  Sidney  Smith,  whose 
active  and  comprehensive  mind,  justly 
concluded  that  the  contiguity  of  these  posts 
to  the  continent,  would  materially  facili- 
tate communications  with  the  royalists, 
took  possession  of  them ;  and  having 
drawn  the  Badger  and  Sandrly  gun  vessels 
on  shore,  gave  to  their  respective  com- 
manders the  direction  of  the  spot  upon 
which  he  was  thus  placed.  These  officers 
having  constructed  batteries,  mounted  in 
them  the  guns  belonging  to  their  vessels, 
and  in  the  year  1796  block  houses,  with 
detachments  of  marines,  invalids,  and  12 
artillery  men,  were  ordered  out  by  govern- 
ment. 

The  extreme  annoyance  of  these  rocks 
to  the  coasting  trade  of  the  enemy,  at 
Jength  determined  them  to  employ  a  part 
of  the  division  of  the  army  destined  for  the 
conquest  of  England,  in  their  recovery, 
and  15,000  troops  being  assembled  at  the 
JHogue,  9000  were  embarked  on  the  6th  of 
May,  1798,  on  board  52  gun-vessels; 
when  so  great  was  the  solicitude  to  partake 
an  this  conceived  certain  prelude  to  their 
glory,  that  several  of  the  fourth  demi-bri- 
gade  of  the  army  of  Italy,  whose  tour  of 
duty  did  not  entitle  them  to  be  thus  em- 
ployed, gave  four  and  five  crowns,  each, 
to  others  to  change  with  them.  Perfectly 
acquainted  with  the  situationof  the  islands, 
the  French  flotilla  rowed  towards  them  in 
the  night  of  the  6th,  and  at  thedawn  of  the 
morning  of  the  yth,  the  weather  being 
perfectly  cairn,  they  were  discovered  in  a 
body  between  the  islands  and  the  shore. 
1' hey  soon  separated  into  three  divisions, 
one  of  which,  comprising  the  heavy  gun 
brigs  remained  in  that  position,  while  the 
other  two,  consisting  of  large  fiat  boats, 
carrying  a  long  18  pounder  in  the  bow, 
and  a  6  pounder  in  the  stern,  took  posi- 
tions to  the  north  and  to  the  south  of  the 
islands,  with  an  intention  todroo  into  the 
passage  that  separates  them.  An  animat- 
ed and  well  directed  fire  was  commenced 
fr.om  tJre  islands,  and  warmly  returned  by 


the  enemy.  The  northern  division  having 
been  driven  by  the  ebb  tide  within  a  short 
distance  of  the  east  island,  soon  became 
disabled  in  their  oars,  and  considerably 
increased  its  distance,  while  the  attention 
of  the  two  islands  was  principally  directed, 
to  the  southern  division,  which  came  with 
the  tide,  and  with  almost  unexampled 
gallantry  pushed  to  the  attack;  being 
however  by  the  severity  of  the  fire  that 
was  kept  up,  foiled  in  its  intention  of  get- 
ting between  the  islands,  when  each  island 
would  be  exposed  to  the  fire  of  the  other, 
it  passed  quickly  to  the  westward  of  the 
west  island,  and  pulling  up  on  the  north- 
ern side  of  that  island,  the  defence  of 
which  was  almost  wholly  dependent  on. 
the  flanking  fire  of  the  east  island,  made 
another  determined  eflbrt  to  land.  This 
appears  to  have  been  the  critical  period  of 
the  day,  and  the  discharge  of  grape  shot 
from  the  islands  was  proportionate  to  the 
danger  ;  the  entire  side  of  the  commodore 
of  this  division's  vessel  was  battered  in, 
and  she  sunk  ;  the  others  of  the  division 
beaten  and  disabled,  retreated  to  their 
companions,  and  being  reduced  to  the 
number  of  47,  they  all  retreated  to  La 
Hogue,  amidst  the  deriding  taunts  and 
huzzas  of  the  English,  400  of  whom, 
with  about  50  pieces  of  cannon,  most  of 
which  were  of  a  small  calibre,  and  placed 
in  works  constructed  by  themselves,  by 
vanquishing  the  advanced  guard  of 
the  army  of  England,  with  the  loss  of 
1 100  killed,  drowned,  and  wounded,  dis- 
sipated the  terrors  of  a  French  invasion. 
The  action  lasted  two  hours  and  ten 
minutes,  during  which  time  there  were 
upwards  of  100  pieces  of  cannon  firing  on 
the  islands;  notwithstanding  which  the 
loss  on  our  side  was  only  one  killed  and 
two  wounded.  English  Mil.  Did. 

MARDIKERS,  er  Topazes, a mixed 

breed  of  Dutch,  Portuguese,  Indians, 
and  other  nations,  incorporated  with  the 
Dutch  at  Batavia,  in  the  East  Indies. 
Mardikers,  in  all  probability,  derive  their 
name  from  some  original  adventurers, 
who  left  a  place,  called  Mardike^  about 
four  miles  from  Dunkirk,  and  formerly 
subject  to,  or  forming  part  of  the  seventeen 
United  Provinces.  When  the  Dutch  took 
possession  of  that  territory  which  is 
named  Batavia,  these  adventurers  were 
perhaps  the  leading  party,  and  from  their 
being  called  Mardikers,  the  natives  in 
those  quarters  insensibly  attached  the 
term  to  all  persons  of  European  descent, 
or  connection.  All,  in  fact,  who  wear 
hats  are  distinguished  among  turban-na« 
tions  by  the  appellation  of  Topas.ses,  and 
Mardikers,  and  from  that  circumstance 
are  confounded  in  the  term,  with  respect 
to  Batavia.  Etig.  Diet. 

There  is  a  mistake  in  this— the  word 
tope  signifies  a  gun,  as  well  as  a  hat ;  those 
who  carried  guns  instead  of  spears,  were 
calle..  topasses  ;  the  topasses  of  the  Mala- 
bar  coast,  where  in  fact  they  were  first 
embodied  by  tjie  Portuguese,-  wore  no 


MAR 


MAR 


395 


hats,  but  turbans,  and  carried  matchlocks 
er  topes  ;  a  house  in  which  guns  are  kept 
is  called  tope  kannah. 

MARECHAL  decamp,  Fr.  a  military 
rank  which  existed  during  the  French 
monarchy,  The  person  invested  with 
it  was  a  general  officer,  and  ranked  next  to 
a  lieutenant-general.  It  was  his  duty  to 
see  the  army  properlydisposed  of  in  camp 
or  quarters,  to  be  present  at  all  the  move- 
ments that  were  made  ;  to  be  the  first  to 
mount  his  charger,  and  the  last  to  quit 
him.  He  commanded  the  left  in  all  at- 
tacks. The  appointment,  under  this 
distinction,  was  first  created  by  Henry 
the  fourth  in  1598. 

M  A R E  c  H  A  \<- general  des  camps  et  armecs 
du  roi,  Fr.  A  post  of  high  dignity  and 
trust,  which,  during  the  French  monar- 
chy, was  annexed  to  the  rank  of  Marechal 
de  France.  Military  v/riters  differ  with 
respect  to  the  privileges,  &c.  which  be- 
longed to  this  appointment;  it  is,  how- 
ever, generally  acknowleged,  that  the 
general  officer  who  held  it,  was  entrusted 
with  the  whole  management  of  a  siege, 
being  subordinate  only  to  the  constable, 
or  to  any  other  Marechal  de  France,  who 
was  his  senior  in  appointment. 

M  A  RE  c  H  e^'L-gentra.l  des  logis  de  Varmee, 
Fr.  This  appointment,  which  existed 
during  the  old  French  government,  and 
has  since  been  replaced  by  the  chef  de 
1'etat-major,  corresponds  with  that  of 
quarter-master  general  in  the  British  ser- 
vice. 

MARECHAL  de  batallle,  Fr.  a  military 
rank,  which  once  existed  in  France,  but 
was  suppressed  before  the  revolution,  or 
rather  confined  to  the  body  guards.  An 
officer,  belonging  to  that  corps,  received  it 
as  an  honorary  title.  1  ts  original  func- 
tions, &c.  with  respect  to  general  service, 
sunk  in  the  appointments  of  mare'chal  de 
camp, and  major-general.  It  was  firstcre- 
atedby  Louis  the  XHIth. 

MARECHAL-g<?»er/z/  des  logis  de  la  ca- 
i>alerie,  Fr.  This  appointment  took  place 
under  Charles  the  IXth  in  1594.  He  had 
the  chief  direction  of  every  thing  which 
related  to  the  French  cavalry. 

MARECHAL  des  logis  dans  la  cavalerie, 
Fr.  The  quarter-master  of  a  troop  of 
horse  was  so  called  in  the  French  service. 
In  the  old  system  every  infantry  regiment 
had  one  marechal  des  logis  ;  two  were  at- 
tached to  each  company  of  the  gendarmes  : 
each  troop  of  light  horse  had  likewise 
two  ;  and  every  company  of  musqueteers 
had  eight. 

MARECHAL  des  l</gis  de  Parti flerif,  Fr. 
an  appointment  which  existed  in  France 
before  the  revolution,  and  which  was  in 
the  gift  of  the  grand  master  of  the  ord- 
nance. This  officer  always  accompanied 
the  army  on  service,  and  was  under  the 
immediate  orders  of  the  commanding  offi- 
cer of  the  artillery. 

MARECHAL  des  logis  pour  les  •vivres  Fr. 
belonging  to  the  quarter-master 


general's  department,  so  called  in  the  old 
French  service. 

La  MARECHALE,  Fr.  Marshal's  lady 
/.  e.  wife,  was  so  called  in  France.  We 
have  already  mentioned  la  colonelle,  Sec. 
This  practice  has  indeed,  of  late,  obtain- 
ed in  England,  but  not  in  the  unlimited 
manner  which  prevailed  among  the 
French.  We  use  it  merely  to  distinguish 
two  ladies  of  the  same  name  and  family, 
or  neighborhood,  viz.  Mrs.  Johnson,  amS 
Mrs.  colonel  Johnson;  meaning  thereby 
that  the  latter  is  the  wife  or  widow  of 
colonel  Johnson. 

MARECHAUSSEES  de  France,  Fr. 
A  species  of  military  police,  which  has 
long  existed  in  France.  During  the 
French  monarchy  there  weie  31  compa- 
nies of  Mai'ecbautse'es  a  cheval,  or  niuunt- 
ed  police-men,  \fter  twenty  years  ser~ 
vice  the  individuals  who  belonged  to  this 
establishment  were  entitled  to  the  pri- 
vileges of  invalid  corps,  being  considered 
as  a  part  of  the  gendarmerie. 

These  companies  were  first  formed  for 
the  purpose  of  preserving  public  tranquil- 
lity,  and  were  distributed  in  the  different 
provinces  of  the  kingdom.  They  con- 
sisted of  provosts- generals,  lieutenants, 
exempts,  brigadiers,  sub-brigadiers,  and 
horsemen.  This  useful  body  of  men  was 
first  formed  under  Philip  the  first,  in 
1060 :  they  were  afterwards  suppressed, 
and  again  re-estabiished  in  1720,  as  con- 
stituting a  part  of  the  gendarmerie  of 
France. 

The  uniform  of  the  Marechaussees,  Ox 
mounted  police  men,  consisted  of  royal 
blue  cloth  for  the  coat,  with  red  cuffs 
and  linings ;  the  waistcoat  of  chamoy- 
color,  lined  with  white  serge;  a  cloak 
lined  with  red  serge,  the  buttons  of  plated 
silver  placed  in  rows  of  three  each,  with 
intervals  between  them ;  horseman's 
sleeves,  with  six  silver  loops  with  tassels. 
The  brigadiers  and  sub- brigadiers,  had 
silver  lace  one  inch  broad  upon  their 
sleeves ;  their  cloaks  were  made  of  blue 
cloth  with  red  cuffs,  and  they  wore  silver 
laced  hats.  The  private  horsemen  wore 
bandeleers. 

There  were  other  companies  of  Mare"- 
chaussees,  who  were  particularly  distin- 
guished from  the  thirty-one  we  have  men- 
tioned. Such,  for  instance,  as  that  of  the 
constable,  called  the  gendarmerie. 

MARECHAUSSEES  de  France,  camps,  et 
urmeesdu  roi,  Fr.  That  which  was  under 
the  immediate  direction  of  the  provost- 
general  of  the  isle  of  France,  and  that 
which  belonged  to  the  mint. 

The  first  of  these  companies  is  said  to 
have  been  formed  under  the  first  race  of 
French  kings  :  the  second  by  Francis  the 
first;  and  the  third  by  Louis  XIII. 
There  were,  besides,  several  small  bodies 
of  troops,  composed  of  officers,  and  sol- 
diers who  had  served,  that  remained  sta- 
tionary in  the  principal  towns  to  assist 
the  civil  magistrates.  Those  in  Paris 
consisted  Qf  three  companies ;  the  cornpu- 


196 


MAR 


MAR 


ny  belonging  to  the  lieutenant  crlmlnel  de 
Robe-Courte,  or  to  that  particular  court  of 
judicature  which  was  superintended  by 
the  prcvost  de  la  Marechaussee,  and 
•which  Charles  the  IXth  attached  to  the 
gendarmerie :  the  independent  company  of 
mounted  police,  called  Guet  a  Cheval; 
and  the  company  of  the  police  or  foot 
patrole,  called  diet  a  Pied,  which  was 
again  subdivided  into  two  companies,  in 
order  that  one  might  do  the  duty  of  the 
quays.  These  companies  were  under 
the  immediate  direction  of  the  secretary  of 
state  for  the  interior  department  of  Paris. 
The  gutt  de  mtit,  or  night  patrole,  seems 
to  have  been  fi  st  established  by  Clotaire 
the  second.  The  commanding  officer  of 
the  patrole,  or  chevalier  duguet,  during 
the  reign  of  St.  Louis  was  called  miles- 

gMtf/f 

MARENGO,aplainandvillagein  Ita- 
ly,about  one  league  distant  from  Tertona, 
so  called.  ThebC  spots  have  been  rendered 
memorable  in  military  history  by  the  ob- 
stinate and  decisive  engagement  which 
took  place  on  the  i4th  of  June,  1800, 
between  the  Austrians,  commanded  by 
general  field  marshal  Melas ;  and  the  re- 
publican French  army,  under  the  direction 
and  personal  guidance  of  Bonaparte,  the 
first  consul.  According  to  a  very  recent 
publication,  tra  slated  from  the  French 
of  Joseph  Petit,  horse  grenadier  in  the 
consular  guard,  the  effective  number  of 
each  army  was  nearly  as  follows :  the 
French  army,  at  the  moment  the  battle 
commenced,  was  computed  from  forty  to 
forty-five  thousand  men,  of  which  three 
thousand  were  cavalry:  there  were  be- 
sides, from  twenty-five  to  thirty  pieces  of 
cannon,  in  which  "were  included  two  com- 
panies of  lighr  artillery :  the  Austrian 
army,  according  to  the  accounts  of  the 
best  informed  persons,  contained  from 
fifty-five  to  sixty  thousand  men,  includ- 
ing the  reinforcements  which  had  just  ar- 
rived from  Genoa.  From  15  to  18,000 of 
these  were  cavalry .  The  cannon  amounted 
to  fourscore  pieces  and  upwards,  two 
hundred  ammunition  waggons,  well  pro.  j 
vided,  besides  an  immerse  train  of  army  | 
implements,  stores,  «md  equipage.  The  ! 
French  were  extremely  deficient  in  the 
latt:i  articles,  having  been  obliged  for  want 
©f  caissoi-s,  to  put  thfir ammunition  upon 
tumbrils  drawn  by  oxen. 

The  loss  on  both  sides  was  enormous ; 
that  of  the  French  was  rendered  more  seri- 
ous to  the  republic,  by  the  death  of  general 
Desaix,  to  whose  intrepidity,  at  a  most 
critical  juncture,  the  success  of  the  day, 
and  even  the  personal  safety  of  Bonaparte 
were  unquestionably  owin>..  This  ad- 
mirable yornii  officer,  (for  even  his  ene- 
mies pay  homage  to  his  virtues  and  talents) 
•was  called  by  the  French  and  Austrian 
soldi. .r?-,  guerricrsavs  peur  ct  sans  rcfrocbe  : 
an  irreproachable  and  undaunted  warrior. 
\\  ithout  entering  into  a  minute  detail  of  j 
this  memorable  action,  we  shall  so  far  I 
trespass  upon  the  limited  arrangements  of' 


I  our  work,  as  to  extract  a  passage  from  an- 
;  other  French  publication,  which  has  been 
|  written  by  citizen  Foudras,  and  may  be 
:  found  in  the  English  translation  from 
which  we  have  already  quoted: — 

"  It  has  already  been  shewn  with  what 
,  obstinacy  both  armies  fought,  (see  page 
64  of  Petit's  narrative)  four  times  were  the 
'J  French  driven  back,  four  times  did  they 
jj  return  to  the  charge,  aad  advance  agains't 
"  the  Austrians.     At  the  very  instant  when 
the  consul,  surrounded  by  hostile  shot, 
was   reanimating   his  almost   exhausted 
troops,  general  Desaix  darted  with  im- 
petuosity amidst  the  Austrian  battalions, 
when  he  received  his  death  wound  from  a 
musquet  ball.     He  had  only  time  to  ut- 
ter the  following  words  to  the  son  of  the 
consul  Lebrun,    in  whose  arms  he  ex- 
pired:—" Go  and  tell  the  first  consul, 
that  1  die  with  regret  in  not  having  done 
enough  to  live  in  the  memory  of  pos- 
terity !"     See   page    i§z,    of    Foudras's 
Biographical  Notice. 

CH AS SE-Mtf /•<><?,  Fr.  The  term  means 
literally  a  Ripier,  or  man  who  brings  fish 
from  the  sea-coasts  to  sell  in  the  inland 
parts ;  but  it  has  frequently  been  used 
to  signify  the  cart  or  carriage  itself  on 
which  he  sits.    According  to  the  French 
construction  of  it,  it  may  serve  for  several 
purposes,  particularly  for  the  speedy  con- 
veyance of  small  bodies  of  troops.     It 
consists  of  a  four  wheel  carriage,  of  equal 
height  witk  a  common  axle-tree,  having 
a  platform  sufficiently  elevated  to  suffer 
the  fore  wheels  to  pass  under  it  when  on 
the  lock.     In  the  centre  of  this  platform 
is  an  upright  back,  with  a  seat  on  each 
side,  resembling  the  seat  of  an  Irish  car; 
so  that  about  six  soldiers  might  sit  on 
each  side,  back  to  back,.     On  the  plat- 
form, and  attached  to  the  axle-tree,  nearly 
at  each  corner,  are  four  stout  stumps  on 
knee-hinges,   that  allow  them    to   turn 
down  fiat  on  the  platform,  or  to  be  fixed 
i  upright  when    they  serve,  by  a  crutch 
;  which  fits  into  a  hole  as  a  rest  for  rifles, 
:  or  for  a  piece  of  horse  light  artillery ;  on 
!  the  crutch  being  taken  out  it  fits  into  the 
I  hole  after  the  manner  of  a  swivel  on  board 
i  ship. 

iMARGA  SEERSHA,  bid.  a  month 
which  partly  agrees  with  October. 

MARRIAGE.  It  is  generally  under- 
stood in  the  British  service,  that  no  sol- 
dier can  marry  without  the  previous 
knowlege  and  consent  of  his  captain,  or 
commanding  officer.  There  is  not,  how- 
ever, any  specific  regulation  on  this  head. 
The  regulations  respecting  the  marriages 
of  officers  and  soldiers  in  the  old  French 
service,  were  extremely  rigid, 

MARlN,  jFV.  Any  thing  appertaining 
to  the  sea.  Avoir  le  fled  mar  in,  to  have 
sea- legs,  or  to  be  able  to  stand  the  motion 
of  a  vessel  in  rough  water,  and  to  go 
through  the  different  functions  of  navi- 
gation. Mar  in  is  likewise  used  to  dis- 
tinguish a  sea-faring  man,  (kmnme  de  mf) 


M  AR 


MAR 


397 


from  Mar  Inter,  which  literally  means  a 
sailor. 

La  M  A  R I NTE .  The  French  navy  is  so 
called. 

MARINE,  implies,  in  general,  thr 
•whole  navy  of  a  state  or  kingdom,  com- 
prehending all  the  dock  yards,  and 
the  officers,  artificers,  seamen,  soldiers, 
&c.  employed  therein,  as  well  as  the 
shipping  employed  by  the  merchants  for 
military  or  commercial  purposes ;  toge- 
ther with  whatever  relates  to  navigaton, 
ship-buildi,  g,  sailors,  ami  marines. 

The  history  of  the  marine  affairs  of  any- 
one state  is  a  very  comprehensive  subject ; 
much  more  that  of  all  nations.     Not  only  i| 
the  preservation  of  that  share  of  commerce  |i 
which  the  British  possess,  but  its  future 
advancement,  and  even  the  very  being  of  ' 
Britain,  as  an  independent  nation,  depend 
on  the  good  condition  and  wise  regulation  of  ^ 
the  affairs  of  the  marine,  than  on  the  supe-  •: 
riority  of  its  naval  power.    The  Delphic  ' 
oracle  being  consulted  by  the  Athenians, on  • 
the  formidable  armament  and  innumerable 
forces   of   Xerxes,  returned   for  answer, 
"  that   they  must  seek   their    safety  in  j 
wooden  walls."     To  which  the  British  at-  i 
firm,  that  whenever  their  nation  in  par-  Ij 
ticular  has  recourse  to  her  floating  buU  i] 
warks  for  her  security  and  d-fence,  she 
will  find  wealth,  strength,  and  glory,  to 
be  the  happy  and  infallible  consequence. 

MARINES, or  MARINE  FORCES, 
a  body  of  soldiers,  raised  for  the  sea- ser- 
vice, and  trained  to  fight  either  in  a  naval 
engagement  or  in  an  action  on  shore. — 
Officers  of  marines  may  bit  on  courts- 
martial  with  officers  of  the  land  forces. 
See  British  MUTINY  ACT,  Sect«  13. 

The  great  service  which  this  useful 
corps  has  frequently  rendered,  entitles  it 
to  a  fair  record  in  every  publication  that 
treats  of  military  matters.  In  the  course 
of  former  wars  the  marines  havi'  distin- 
guished themselves  by  great  perseverance, 
strict  attention  ro  duty,  and  unquestiona- 
ble valor.  At  the  siege  of  Brlisie  they 
rose  into  considerable  notice,  although 
they  had,  at  that  period,  been  only  recent- 
ly raised,  and  were  scarcely  competent  to 
military  discipline.  When  the  marines 
are  at  sea,  they  form  part  of  the  ship's 
crew,  and  soon  acquire  a  knowlege  of 
nautical  tactics.  Their  officers  are  d,- 
rected  by  the  admiralty,  (under  whose  im- 
mediate control  they  serve,)  to  encourage 
them  in  every  disposition  to  become  able 
seamen ;  but  no  sea  officer  has  the  power 
of  ordering  them  to  go  aloft  against  their 
inclination.  During  an  engagement  at  sea, 
thfy  are  of  considerable  service  in  scouring 
the  decks  of  the  enemy,  by  firing  mus 
quetry  from  the  poop,  round  top,  <fcc. 
and  when  they  have  been  long  enough  out 
to  obtain  good  sea- legs,  they  are  preferable 
to  mere  seamen,  especially  when  the 
enemy  attempts  to  board ;  in  which  case 
the  marines  can  fraise  the  poop,  quarter- 
deck, forecastle,  &c.  with  their  fixed 
oaets,  and  prevent  the  completion  of 


their  design.  In  making  this  observation, 
we  are  necessarily  led  to  recommend  a 
more  frequent  use  of  the  pike.  Not  only 
the  seamen,  but  the  marines,  should  be 
well  exercised  in  the  manage;,  ent  of  that 
weapon.  The  interior  regulations  for  the 
several  marine  corps,  have  been  well  di- 
gested, and  do  credit  to  the  establishment. 
If  any  fault  can  be  found  <>r,  ti:at  head,  it 
must  relate  to  the  slops,  which  are  given 
in  too  large  a  quantity,  considering  the 
little  room  tha'  a  marine  must  occupy  ou 
board.  No  commissions  are  bought  or 
sold  in  the  marines ;  every  individual  rises 
according  to  his  seniority  ;  but  a  marine 
officer  never  can  arrive  at  the  highest  rank 
or  pay  which  exists  upon  the  marine  esta- 
blishment ;  one  general,  one  lieutenant  ge- 
neral, one  major  general,  three  colonels,  and 
one  lieutenant  colonel  commandant,  being 
naval  officers  with  those  additional  dis- 
tinctions. It  is  not  within  our  province 
to  enter  into  the  wisdom  or  the  injustice, 
not  to  say  ignorance  of  that  policy,  which 
with  a  series  of  indisputable  claims  to 
notice,  still  keeps  the  marine  establish- 
ment upon  the  lowest  footing  of  military 
honor  and  reward. 

The  marine  forces  have  of  late  years 
been  considerably  augmented ;  and  we 
make  no  doubt  but  they  will  continue  tr> 
be  so,  from  the  many  confessed  advan- 
tages which  are  derived  from  the  peculiar 
nature  of  their  service.  They  at  present 
consist  of  140  companies,  winch  are  sta- 
tioned in  the  following  manner  in  thres 
principal  divisions  : 


Chatham 

Portsmouth 

Ply  mo  tith 

companies 

companies 

com(  an'ei 

ISt 

4th 

7ISt 

74th 

2d 

5th 

75th 

6th 

5& 

7th 

77th 

8th 

9th 

79th 

loth 

Soth 

nth 

8ist 

I2th 

i3th 

83d 

i4th 

84th 

icth 

8sth 

i6th 

86th 

I7th 

87th 

1  8th 

88th 

igth 

89th 

20th 

goth 

2  ISt 

gist 

22d 

92d 

z^d 

93d 

24th 

Q4th 

25th 

95th 

26th 

96th 

27th!  97th 

28th 

98th 

22dh 

99  th 

3oth;iooth 

3ist 
34th 

lOISt 

i04th 

35th 

I02d 

iocth 

33d  |io3d 
36th|io6th 

37thio7"th 

38th 

io8th 

39rh,iO9th 

4oth 

i  loth 

4ist 

mth 

42d    ii  2th 

43d 

ii3th 

44th 

1  1  4th 

4^rli  H5th 

n6rh 

47th 

ii7th 

48th 

n8th 

49th  iiQth 

soth 

1  2oth 

5ist  i2ist 

52d 

I22d 

53d 

1  23d 

54thji24th 

O5thji2?th 

55th 

i2<5th 

57thi27th 

68  tli 

i28th 

56th 

129111 

58thii3°th 

13151 

Doth  i32d 

6ist 

J33d 

62d 

i34th 

63d 

i35th 

64th 

i36th 

66th 

'37th 

67th 

i^Sth 

69th 

7oth  i  40th 

40  com  p.    i  50  comp.  |  50  comp. 

The  siege  of  St.  Jean  D'Acre,  fabulous 
as  the  defence  of  it  may  hereafter  appear 
from  the  extraordinary  means  which  were 
made  use  of  to  reduce  the  place,  and  the 
more  extraordfr.rrv  exertions  which  sue- 


398 


MAR 


MAR 


eeedcd  in  preserving  it,  will  long  be  re-  j 
membered,  by  the  two  first  rival  nations  j 
in  Europe,  and  will  form  a  brilliant  part  i 
of  the  records  of  the  Turkish  empire,  j 
When  posterity  shall  read  the  account,  it  | 
may  doubt  the  relation  in  its  full  extent  of  j 
^wonderful  hardihood  on  both  sides  ;  but 
it  will  rest  satisfied,  that  the  garrison  of 
St.  Jean  D 'Acre  would  not  have  resisted  ! 
the  first  approach  of  Bonaparte's  army, 
had  nat  a  handful  of  British  marines  stood 
in  each  breach  his  soldiers  made,  and  com- 
immicated  courage  and  perseveiance  to  the 
natives  of  the  place. 

It  has  already  been  remarked,  that  the 
marines  are  nominally  under  the  command 
.of  three  general  officers,  who  are  admirals, 
or  vice-admirals  in  the  navy,  and  three 
colonels  belonging  to  the  sea  service. 
The  marines  themselves  never  rise  beyond 
the  rank  of  colonel  commandant  in  their 
own  corps,  but  they  may  be  general  officers 
with  respect  to  the  army  at  large.  Ac- 
cording to  the  last  printed  list  there  is  one 
colonel  commandant,  properly  so  called, 
^ith  the  lank  of  major  general  in  the  army, 
three  colonels  commandant  and  captains, 
two  of  whom  have  the  rank  of  major  ge- 
neral in  the  army  ;  three  second  colonels 
commandant  and'  captains,  two  of  whom 
have  the  rank  of  ir.ajor  general  in  the 
army ;  nine  lieutenant  colonels  and  cap- 
tains, six  of  whom  have  the  rank  of  colo- 
nel in  the  army,  and  three  that  of  lieuten- 
ant colonel ;  nine  majors  and  captains,  one 
-of  whom  has  the  rank  of  major  general  in 
the  army,  and  eight  that  of  lieutenant  co- 
lonel ;  making  together  twenty-five  field 
officers,  who  are  marines  properly  so 
called;  and  six  superior  officers,  who 
belong  to  the  navy. 

To  these  may  be  added  116  captains  of 
companies,  two  of  whom  have  the  rank  of 
lieutenant  colonel  in  the  army,  and  one  is 
lieutenant  colonel  by  brevet ;  24  captain 
lieutenants,  256  first  lieutenannts,  276 
second  lieutenants,  six  adjutants,  and 
three  quarter  masters.  The  list  of  those 
field  officers  who  have  been  permitted  to 
retire  upon  full  pay,  contains  one  colonel, 
one  lieutenant  colonel  with  the  rank  of 
major  general,  one  major  with  the  rank  of 
major  by  brevet,  in  the  army,  15  captains, 
jo  with  the  rank  of  major  by  brevet,  and 
one  with  that  of  lieutenant  colonel  by 
brevet;  eight  first  lieutenants,  and  three 
second  lieutenants.  There  are  four  re- 
duced field  officers,  two  of  whom  have  the 
rank  of  major  general  in  the  army,  and  one 
that  of  lieutenant  colonel;  92  captains, 
one  with  the  rank  of  captain  in  the  army, 
one  as  field  officer  in  the  India  company's 
service,  and  nine  with  the  rank  of  major 
by  brevet;  six  reduced  captain  lieuten- 
ants, 162  reduced  first  lieutenants,  four  of 
whom  have  civil  employments ;  136  se- 
cend  lieutenants,  one  of  whom  has  a  civil 
employment;  and  one  reduced  adjutant. 
There  is  one  paymaster  to  the  marine  es- 
tablishment, who  does  not  hold  any  rnili- 
sUuation. 


The  American  marine  corps,  like  the 
British,  is  a  separate  establishment  ;  the 
true  system  for  a  military  establishment, 
would  be  to  have  the  whole  force  consist 
only  of  horse  and  foot ;  and  all  instructed 
alike  in  the  uses  of  small  arms  and  artil- 
lery ;  then  a  selection  of  artillerists  and 
marines  could  always  be  made  by  skill  and 
not  as  now  by  chance. 

M  A  RK,  a  note,  character,  &c.  set  upon 
a  thing. 

MARK  also  denotes  money  of  account. 
The  English  mark  is  13$.  4^.;  among  the 
Saxons  it  was  equivalent  107^.  6d.  English 
money.  It  is  also  a  money  of  account  in 
Scotland,  and  formerly  a  silver  coin,  being 
equal  to  13^.  and  one  third  English. 

Gunpowder  MARKS.  The  different  sorts 
of  gunpowder  are  distinguished  by  the 
following  marks  on  the  heads  of  the  bar- 
rels. All  gunpowder  for  service  is  mixed 
in  proportions  according  to  its  strength,  so 
as  to  bring  it  as  much  as  possible  to  a 
mean  and  uniform  force.  This  sort  of 
powder  is  ma  ked  with  a  blue  L.  G.  and 
the  figure  £,  or  with  F.  G.  and  the  figure 
3,  whose  mean  force  is  from  150  to  160  of 
theeprouvctte.  This  is  the  powder  used 
for  practice,  for  experiments,  and  for  ser- 
vice. The  white  L.  C.  or  F.  G.  is  a  se- 
cond sort  of  powder  ot  this  quality.  It  is 
sometimes  stronger,  but  not  to  uniform  a» 
the  blue  L  G.  It  is  therefore  generally 
used  in  filling  shells,  or  such  other  things 
as  do  not  require  accuracy.  The  red  L. 
G.  F.  G  denotes  powder  entirely  made 
at  the  king's  mills,  with  the  coal  burnt  in 
cylinders,  and  is  used  at  present  only  in 
particular  cases,  and  in  comparisons,  and 
to  mix  with  other  sorts  to  bring  them  tt> 
a  mean  force.  The  figures  i,  2,  or  3, de- 
note that  the  powder  is  made  from  salt- 
petre obtained  from  damaged  gunpow- 
der; 4,  5,  or  6,  from  saltpetre  obtained 
from  the  grough.  See  pages  123,  124,  of 
the  Little  Bombardier. 

MARK  to  shoot  at,  A  round  or  square 
piece  of  wood,  which  is  generally  painted 
in  red  and  white  circles,  and  has  a  black 
spot  in  the  centre  called  the  bull's  eye. 
Soldiers  should  be  frequently  practised  in 
shooting  at  a  mark.  At  the  commence- 
ment of  the  French  revolution,  particu- 
larly in  1792,  previous  to  the  battle  of 
Jemrnappe,  the  inhabitants  of  the  dif- 
ferent towns  exercised  themselves  several 
times  during  the  course  of  the  day,  in  firing 
at  a  mark.  The  national  guards  did  the 
same.  By  means  ot  this  laudable  practice 
several  expert  marksmen  were  formed. 
We  need  scarcely  add,  that  the  advantages 
which  the  service  in  general  derived  from 
their  skill,  has  been  too  manifest  to  be 
denied.  It  must  be  evident  to  every  mi- 
litary man  that  corps  of  light  cavalry, 
mounted  light  artillery,  and  numerous 
small  bodies  of  marksmen,  capable  of  act- 
ing together,  or  on  detached  and  desultory 
duties,  would  answer  all  the  purposes  pf 
home  defence. 

MARK  time.--  To  mark  time  is  to  move 


MAR 


MAR 


399 


each  leg  alternately  in  quick  or  ordinary 
time,  without  gaining  ground.  This  is 
frequently  practiced  when  a  front  file  or 
column  has  opened  too  much,  in  order  to 
afford  the  rear  an  opportunity  of  getting 
up  ;  and  sometimes  to  let  the  head  of  a 
column  disengage  itself,  or  a  body  of 
troops  file  by,  &c. 

Knights  of  St.  MARK.  An  order  of 
knighthood  which  formerly  existed  in  the 
republic  of  Venice,  uader  the  protection 
of  St.  Mark  the  evangelist. 

To  be  MARKED.  Marshal  Saxe,  in  his 
reveries,  proposes  that  every  soldier 
should  be  marked  in  his  right  hand  to  pre- 
vent desertion.  He  recommends  the  com- 
position  which  is  used  by  the  Indians; 
and  grounds  the  propriety  of  his  plan 
upon  the  custom  which  prevailed  among 
the  Romans,  who  marked  their  soldiers 
with  a  hot  iron.  We  mention  this  as  a 
suggestion  grounded  upon  good  authority  : 
but  we  by  no  means  recommend  it  as  an 
adoption  which  would  be  palatable. 

MARKSMEN,  men  expert  at  hitting  a 
mark. 

Light  -  armed  M  A  R  K  5  M  EN,  men  t  ha  t  are 
armed  and  accoutred  for  very  active  and 
desultory  service.  See  RIFLEMEN. 

Austrian  volunteer  MARKSMEN,  a  corps 
which  has  been  formed  in  the  hereditary 
dominions  of  the  emperor  of  Germany, 
and  is  daily  increasing  by  recruits  and  vo- 
lunteers from  the  Tyrol,  &c.  The  suc- 
cess which  has  uniformly  attended  the 
French  Tirailleurs  in  all  their  actions, 
has  induced  other  nations  to  pay  great 
attention  to  the  formation  ot  similar 
corps. 

MARLINS,  in  attlllery,  are  tarred 
white  skains,  or  long  wreaths  or  lines  of 
untwisted  hemp,  dipped  in  pitch  or  tar, 
with  which  cables  and  other  ropes  are 
wrapped  round,  to  prevent  their  fretting 
and  rubbing  in  the  blocks  or  pullies 
through  which  they  pass.  The  same 
serves  in  artillery  upon  ropes  used  for  rig- 
ging gins,  usually  put  up  in  small  parcels 
called  skains. 

MA  RON,  Fr.  a  piece  of  brass  or  cop- 
per, about  the  size  of  a  crown,  on  which 
the  hours  for  going  the  rounds  were  mark, 
ed,  in  the  old  French  service.  Several  of 
these  were  put  into  a  small  bag,  and  de- 
posited in  the  hands  of  the  major  of  the  re- 
giment, out  of  which  they  were  regularly 
drawn  by  the  Serjeants  of  companies,  for 
the  officers  belonging  to  them.  The 
hours  and  half  hours  of  the  night  were  en- 
graved upon  each  tnaron  in  the  following 
manner — Ronde  de  dlx  heures,  de  dix  beures 
et  demie.  The  ten  o'clock  rounds,  or  those 
of  the  half  hour  past  ten. 

These  pieces  were  numbered  i,  2,  &c. 
to  coxrespond  with  the  several  periods  of 
the  nights;  so  that  the  officers  for  in- 
stance, .vho  was  to  go  the  ten  o'clock 
rounds,  had  as  many  mar  on  s  marked 
10,  as  there  wi-re  posts  or  guard-houses 
which  he  was  uirected  to  visit.  Thus  on 
reaching  the  first,  after  having  given  the 


mot,  or  watch  ward  to  the  corporal,  (who, 
whilst  he  receives  it,  must  keep  the  na- 
ked point  of  his  sword  or  bayonet  close  to 
the  chest  of  the  person  who  gives  it)  he 
delivers  into  his  hands  the  mar  on  marked 
i.  These  marons  being  pierced  in  the  mid- 
dle, are  successively  strung  by  the  differ- 
ent corporals  upon  a  piece  of  wire,  from 
which  they  slide  into  a  box  called  Mete 
aux  rondts,  or  box  belonging  to  the  rounds. 
This  box  is  carried  next  morning  to  the 
major,  who  keeps  the  key :  and  who  ort 
opening  it,  can  easily  ascertain  whether 
the  rounds  have  been  regularly  gone,  by 
counting  the  different  marons,  and  seeing 
them  successively  strung.  This  is  cer- 
tainly a  most  excellent  invention  to  pre- 
vent a  neglect  of  duty  in  officers,  or  non- 
commissioned officers. 

MA  RON  d'artijjce,  Fr.  a  species  of  fire, 
work,  which  is  made  with  a  piece  of 
pasteboard  in  the  shape  of  a  parallelo- 
gram, one  side  of  which  is  as  five  to 
three,  so  that  fifteen  squares  equal  among 
themselves  may  be  made,  three  on  ons 
side,  and  five  on  the  other;  these  are 
folded  into  the  form  of  a  die  or  cube,  and 
filled  with  gunpowder.  The  effect  pro, 
duced  by  this  firework  is  extremely  beau- 
tiful. 

M  A  R  Q  TJ  E ,  or  Letters  of  Marque,  in  ;;;/- 
lltary  affairs,  are  letters  of  reprisal,  grant-, 
ing  the  people  of  one  state  liberty  to 
make  reprisals  on  those  of  another.  See 
LETTERS  O/MARQUE. 

M  A  RQ  U  E  E ,  a  word  corrupted  from  the 
French  marquise,  signifying  a  tent  or  cover 
made  of  strong  canvas  or  Russia-duck, 
which  is  thrown  over  another  tent,  and 
serves  to  keep  out  rain.  Its  primitive 
etymology  may  be  ti'aced  to  marquis,  or 
marchlo,  whence  marchers,  and  marches. 

The  complete  weight  of  a  marquee  is  i 
cwt.  lylbs.  ridge  pole,  7  feet;  standard 
8  feet. 

M  A  R  Q  U  E  R  le  pa s,  to  mark  time. 

MARQUER  un  camp,  Fr.  to  prick  out 
the  lines  of  an  encampment. 

MARQUIS,  marquesst  'marchlo,  mar- 
grave,  a  title  of  honor  given  by  letter  patent 
to  a  person  who  holds  a  middle  rank  be- 
tween the  dignity  of  a  duke  and  that  of  an 
earl.  This  word,  like  margrave,  is  derived 
from  the  high  Dutch,  or  from  the  French, 
marche,  a  limit,  as  the  guard  of  the  fron- 
tiers was  entrusted  to  a  marquis.  The 
title  itself  is  originally  French,and  was  first 
known  under  Charlemagne.  King  Ri- 
chard the  second  firs:  introduced  the  digni- 
ty of  marquis  among  the  British,  by  cre- 
ating Robert  de  Vere,  carl  of  Oxford, 
marquis  of  Dublin  ;  but  it  was  a  title. 
without  any  office  annexed  to  it. 

MARQUISE,  Fr.    See  MARQUEE. 

Tertdre  vne  MARQUISE,  Fr.  to  pitch  a 
marquee. 

M  A  R  Q  u  i  s  E,  Fr.  This  word  likewise 
means  a  species  of  fuste  volantet  which 
see. 

MARS.  According  to  the  heathen  my- 
thology, the  god  of  war  was  so  c 


400 


MAR 


MAR 


The  French  frequently  use  the  word  in  a 
figurative  sense,  viv.  Les  tra-vaux  de  Mars, 
the  labors  or  exploits  of  Mars  ;  le  metier  de 
Mars,  the  military  profession. 

MARSAGLIA;  near  Tvirin  in  Italy, 
at  the  battle  of  24th  September,  1693, 
Catinat  d  :feated  prince  Eugene  and  the 
duke  of  Savoy  ;  this  battle  and  place  are 
memorable  for  being  the  first  at  which 
bayonets  were  used  at  the  ends  of  mus- 
quets,  and  to  this  the  French  owed  the 
victory. 

The  MARSEILLOIS,  or  Marseilles 
hymn,  a  national  march  adopted  by  the 
.French  during  the  course  of  their  revolu- 
tion, and  since  regularly  played  in  their 
armies  when  they  go  to  battle.  It  is  fre- 
quently accompanied,  or  rather  succeeded 
by  the  Ca  Ira,  a  quick  lively  tune  ;  the 
former  being  calculated  for  slow  or  ordi- 
nary time,  and  the  latter  for  quick  move- 
ments. 

MARSHAL,         ;  in  its  primitive  sig- 

Field- MARSHAL,  $  nification  means  an 
officer  who  has  the  care  and  charge  of 
horses;  but  it  is  now  applied  to  officers  who 
have  very  different  employments. — In  a 
military  sense,  it  means  the  commander 
in  chief  of  all  the  forces.  It  is  likewise 
given  as  an  honorary  rank  to  general  offi- 
cers who  have  no  immediate  command. 
See  GENERAL. 

MARSHAL?/  France,  was  an  officer  of 
the  greatest  dignity  m  the  French  army.  It 
•was  first  established  by  Philip-August, 
in  the  year  1185. 

The  French  military  institutions  un- 
der the  empire,  has  an  establishment  of 
marshals,  which  is  a  title  of  military  ho- 
nor given  to  generals  of  pre-eminent 
nicrir. 

PROVOST-MARSHAL,  an  execu- 
tive officer,  whose  duty  is  to  see  punish- 
inents  put  in  force,  when  soldiers  are  con- 
demned to  death,  or  are  to  be  otherwise 
chastised.  Every  army  is  provided  with 
a  provost-marshal  general,  who  has  seve- 
ral deputies  under  him.  By  the  iast  ge- 
neral regulations  it  has  been  ordained, 
;.hat  in  case  the  army  should  take  the  field 
•in  Great  Britain,  a  deputy  provost-mar. 
<hal  will  be  appointed  to  each  district. 
The  provost,  under  those  circumstances, 
\vill  frequently  make  the  tour  of  the 
camp,  and  its  environs,  and  will  have  or- 
ders  to  seize  such  persons  as  are  commit- 
ting disorders. 

The  provost-marshal  will  be  particu- 
larly directed,  in  making  his  rounds,  to 
execute  the  awful  punishment  which  the 
military  law  awards  against  plundering 
and  marauding. 

And  in  order  to  assist  him  in  the  disco- 
very of  such  persons  as  may  be  guilty 
of  those  offences,  the  regiments  encamped 
nearest  villages,  will  send  frequent  pa- 
troles  into  them,  to  apprehend  such  per- 
sons, as  may  be  thtr<.  without  Basses, 
•r  w  ho  having  passes,  may  behave  impro- 
perly. 

If  any  soldier  is  base  enough  to  attempt 


to  desert  to  the  enemy,  he  will  sufler  im- 
mediate death. 

Any  person  forcing  a  safeguard  will  suf- 
fer death. 

These  punishments  will  attach  equally 
to  the  followers  of  the  camp,  as  to  sol- 
diers, and  must  be  explained  to  them  by 
the  officers  commanding  the  regiments 
by  which  such  followers  are  employed. 

The  articles  of  wai  have  d  creed  p'un- 
ishments  for  the  following  offences  : — 

Death  is  the  absolute  punishment  for 
cowardice,  or  misbehaviour  before  an  ene- 
my, or  speaking  words  inducing  others  to 
do  the  1'ke. 

For  mutiny,  or  concealing  a  mutiny, 
desertion,  sleeping  on  a  post,  or  quitting 
it  before  relieved,  plundering  after  victory, 
quitting  a  post  in  battle,  compelling  an 
officer  to  abandon  or  give  up  his  post,  or 
persuading  others  to  do  the  like,  corres- 
ponding with  an  enemy,  and  striking  or 
rc-fusi,  g  to  obey  any  superior  officer  in  the 
execution  of  his  duty,  a  court-martial 
may  inflict  death,  or  any  other  punish- 
ment it  may  judge  adequate  to  the  of- 
fence. 

The  crimes  of  persuading  others  to  de- 
sert, of  concealing,  assisting,  or  relieving 
an  enemy  ;  of  being  absent  from  the 
troop  or  company  a  soldier  belongs  to, 
absence  from  duty,  drunkenness,  and 
false  alarms,  are  punishable  at  the  dis- 
crttion  of  a  general  or  regimental  court- 
martial. 

All  officers  in  the  command  of  guards 
or  detachments  are  enjoined  to  give  assist- 
ance to  the  provost-marshal  in  the  execu- 
tion of  his  duty;  and  any  officer  or  sol- 
dier impeding  him  in  the  same,  or  oiler- 
ing  him  any  insult,  will  receive  the  most 
exemplary  punishment. 

MARSHY  ground,  les  marais,  F  r.  4  A  & 
it  may  be  frequently  necessary  to  convey 
heavy  ordnance,  &c.  over  marshy  ground, 
and  sometimes  indeed  to  erect  batteries 
upon  it,  the  following  method  has  beer: 
recommended  for  those  purposes  : — 

In  the  first  place,  a  firm  and  solid  road 
must  be  made,  in  order  to  convey,  with 
safety,  the  tllrerent  materials  which  may 
be  wanted  for  the  construction  oi  the  bat- 
tery, and  along  which  the  men  may  se- 
curely drag  the  various  pieces  of  ord- 
nance. This  read  must  be  ten  feet  high  at 
least. 

If  the  marsh  or  bog  should  not  be  very 
deep,  let  a  bed  or  platform,  consisting  of 
lascmes,  and  disposed  according  to  the 
u:rection  of  the  read,  be  constructed  be- 
tween two  rows  of  thick  saucitsons,  that 
are  secured  and  fixed  in  the  earth  with 
strong  stakes.  This  platform  must  be 
two  thirds  as  thick  as  the  bog  ii  deep, 
ana  contain  12  feet  in  breadth.  Spread 
hurdles  over  the  level  surface  of  this  plat- 
form, ai  d  then  make  another  bed  or  co- 
vering with  fascines,  ten  f-  et  long,  and  dis- 
poberi  according  to  the  breadth  of  the  road, 
taking  care  to  bind  their  ends,  &c.  well 
together  by  means  of  stake?,  which  must 


MAS 


MAS 


401 


fee  driven  through  the  hurdles  and  the 
lower  bed.  Let  this  second  surface  be 
sufficiently  covered  with  earth  and  straw, 
to  secure  the  fascines,  and  to  render  the 
road  solid  and  compact. 

If  the  road  should  appear  unsafe  after 
these  precautions,  it  must  be  made  wider 
and  deeper. 

If  the  marsh  or  bog  be  very  deep,  you 
must  construct  several  beds  or  surfaces  of 
fascines,  inth\  manner  already  mentioned, 
taking  care  to  make  the  top  equal  to  the 
breadth  of  th*  road,  and  capable  of  sup- 
porting the  weight  of  a  waggon  or  car- 
riage. The  ground  tor  the  epaulement 
belonging  to  the  platforms,  their  recoil 
backwards,  and  the  path  to  the  magazines, 
must  be  rendered  firm  and  solid  after  the 
same  manner  On  each  side  of  this  epaule- 
ment you  must  throw  u;>  a  berm  or  path, 
measuring  three  feet  in  front,  and  as  much 
on  the  sides. 

You  will  collect  the  earth,  &c.  in  the 
usual  way  for  the  construction  of  batteries 
on  rocks,  and  mask  your  art.ficers  in  like 
manner. 

MARTEAU  d'armes,  Fr.  an  offensive 
•weapon,  so  called  from  us  resemblance  to 
a  hammer. 

MARTIAL.  Law,  is  the  law  of  war, 
which  entirely  depends  on  the  arbitrary 
power  of  the  commander  of  the  army  when 
martial  law  is  declared;  and  then  the  law 
of  war  is  greatly  influenced  by  the  situa- 
tion where  war  is  carried  on  ;  by  the  con- 
duct of  the  people  in  whose  country  the 
war  exists  :  there  are  certain  principles  of 
humanity  and  honor,  which  all  nations 
observe  in  time  of  war,  which  have  the 
force  of  law ;  as  thelaw  of  truces,  the  sa- 
cred character  of  ambassadors,  Sec.  The 
laws  that  relate  to  the  army  are  also 
branches  of  martial  law. 

MARTINET.  A  word  frequently 
used  to  signify  a  strict  disciplinarian,  who 
sometimes  gives  officers  and  soldiers  un- 
necessary trouble.  It  is  supposed  to  have 
taken  its  origin  from  an  adjutant  of  that 
name,  who  was  in  high  repute,  as  a 
drill  officer,  during  the  reign  of  Louis  the 
XlVth. 

MARTINET,  Fr.  A  small  discipline, 
or  cat  o'  nine  tails,  fixed  to  the  end  of  a 
wooden  handle,  which  schoolmasters  use 
to  punish  refractory  or  idle  boys.  This 
affords  us  another  path,  and  perhaps  a 
surer  one,  than  the  surname  already  quot- 
ed, to  find  out  the  real  origin  of  Martinet 
in  a  military  sense,  more  especially  as  it  is 
particularly  indicative  of  the  severity 
that  is  sometimes  practised  by  what  is, 
ridiculously  enough,  called  a  tip-top  adju- 
tant. 

MARTINGAL,  (Martingale,  Fr.)  a 
thong  of  leather,  which  is  fastened  to  one 
end  of  the  girths  under  the  belly  of  a  horse, 
and  at  the  other  end  to  the  mussroll,  to 
keep  him  from  rearing. 

MASHKAWAR,  Ind.  Monthly  ac- 
counts. 

MASK,  Fr.  in  fieM  fortification, 


(une  masque.)  It  sometimes  happens, 
that  a  ditch  or  fosse  must  be  dug  in  an 
exposed  situation  ;  in  this  case  it  will  be 
absolutely  necessary  for  the  artificers  and 
workmen  to  get  under  cover  by  means  of 
maskiiu  themselves  in  such  a  manner  as 
to  answer  the  double  purpose  of  executing 
their  immediate  object,  and  of  deceiving 
the  enemy  with  respect  to  the  real  spot 
they  occupy. 

To  effect  the  latter  purpose,  several 
masks  must  be  hastily  thrown  up,  whilst 
the  men  are  employed  behind  oiu: ;  by 
which  means  the  enemy  will  either  mis- 
take the  real  point,  or  be  induced  to  pour 
his  fire  in  several  directions,  and  thus 
weaken  its  effect. 

A  mask  is  generally  six  feet  high. 
Bags  made  of  wad  or  wool  are  too  ex  pen- 
'  sivc  an  thes  occasions  ;  nor  are  -ahions, 
stuffed  with  fascines,  seven  or  eight  feet 
hi.«h  to  be  prefened  ;  ior  if  the  fasciiies  be 
tied  together  they  w.ll  leave  spaces  be- 
tween them  in  the  gabions;  ami  if  they 
are  not  bound  together,  they  will  be  so 
open  at  top  as  toa«tmit  shot,  &c. 

In  order  to  obviate  these  inconvenien- 
ces, the  following  method  has  been  pro- 
posed : — place  tw^  chandeliers,  each  seven 
feet  high,  and  two  broad,  between  the 
uprights,  after  which  fill  up  the  vacant 
spaces  with  fascines  nine  feet  high, 
upon  six  inches  diameter.  One  toiae  and 
a  half  pf  epaulemen'  will  require  two 
chandeliers,  and  60  fascines,  to  mask  it. 

The  engineer,  or  artillery  officer  places 
himself  behind  this  mask,  and  draws  his 
plan. 

As  you  must  necessarily  have  earth, 
&c.  to  complete  your  work,  these  arti- 
cles may  be  brought  in  shovels,  sacks,  oc 
baskets ;  and  if  the  quarter  from  whence 
you  draw  them  should  be  exposed  to  the 
enemy's  fire,  cover  that  line,  as  well  as 
the  line  of  communication,  betweem  the 
trenches,  or  the  parallels,  with  a  mask. 

If  you  cannot  procure  earth  and  fas- 
cines, make  use  of  sacks  stuffed  with 
wool,  &c.  and  let  their  diameters  b?  three 
feet,  and  their  length  likewise  three,  and 
let  the  oucside  be  frequently  wetted  to 
prevent  them  from  catching  fire.  See 


pages  828,  820,  830,  Vol.  ii.  of  the  Aide- 

Ust 
de  France. 


Memoire  a  1'Uiage  ctfs   Offic/ers  d*  Ar  tiller ie 


To  MASK,  (Masquer,  Fr.)  To  cover 
any  particular  post  or  situation,  for  the 
purposes  of  attack  or  defence.  In  am- 
buscade, a  battery  is  said  to  be  masked, 
when  its  outward  appearance  is  such  as 
not  to  create  any  suspicion  or  mistrust  in 
a  reconnoitring  or  approaching  enemy.  A 
town  or  fortress,  a  battery,  or  the  head  of 
a  bridge,  may  likewise  be  said  to  be  mask- 
ed, when  a  superior  force  sits  down  be- 
fore them,  and  keeps  the  garrison  in  awe. 
This  is  frequently  done,  in  order  to  ren- 
der the  advantages  of  such  a  place  or  hold 
ineffectual,  while  an  army  acts  in  its 
neighborhood,  or  marches  by. 

MASgUE R unpassagf,  Fr. 


402 


MAS 


MAS 


up  any  mad  or  avenue  through  which  an 
army  might  attempt  to  march. 

MASSALGIES,  Ind.  Persons  em- 
ployed  in  India  as  porters  or  messengers 
Massalgies,  coolies,  and  palankeen  bear- 
ers, are  allowed  a  certain  batta  when  they 
travel.  Rlussal  is  a  torch  ;  and  muwalgee 
a  torch  bearer,  a  person  who  carries  a  flam- 
beau  to  Rive  light. 

MASSE,  Fr.  A  species  of  stock- 
purse,  which  during  the  French  monarchy 
was  lodged  in  the  hands  of  the  regimental 
treasurer  or  paymaster,  for  every  Serjeant, 
corporal  anspessade,  drummer,  and  sol- 
dier. The  sum  retained  for  each  Serjeant 
was  vingtdeniers  per  day  ;  and  ten  deniers 
for  each  of  the  other  ranks,  according  to 
the  establishment,  not  the  effective  num. 
her  of  each  battalion.  Out  of  these  stop  pa- 
ges a  settled  and  regular  masse,  or  stock, 
purse,  Wds  made  up,  and  at  the  end  of 
every  month  it  was  paid  into  the  hands  of 
the  major  or  officer  entrusted  with  the  in- 
terior management  of  the  corps,  and  was 
then  appropriated  to  defray  the  ex  pence 
of  clothing  the  different  regiments,  and 
lodged  in  the  hands  of  the  directors  or  in- 
spector-general of  clothing. 

That  part  of  the  wassr,  or  stock-purse, 
which  remained  in  the  major's  hands, 
and  which  was  destined  for  the  dress  of 
the  recruits,  as  well  as  for  repairs  of  the 
regimental  clothing,  &c.  could  never  be 
disposed  of,  or  appropriated,  without  the 
knowlege  and  concurrence  of  the  colo- 
nels commandant  of  regiments,  the  lieu- 
tenant-colonels, and  other  superior  officers 
of  the  corps. 

To  this  end  it  was  customary  for  the 
rnajor  to  call  the  commanding  officers 
and  oldest  captains  of  the  regiments  to. 
gethcr,  in  order  to  lay  before  them  the 
actual  state  of  the  corps,  to  select  some 
fcfiicer  who  should  superintend  the  repair- 
ing of  whatever  was  found  necessary,  and 
defray  the  lodging- money,  &c.  After  this 
statement  has  been  examined,  the  major 
must  deliver  in  a  faithful  account  of  all 
the  regimental  debts  that  have  been  in- 
curred ;  he  must  further  explain  how  the 
last  amount  of  the  masse,  or  stock-purse, 
has  been  laid  out,  and  specify  the  actual 
sum  in  hand,  that  a  proper  arrangement 
may  be  made,  and  that  the  repairs  in  the 
clothing,  and  the  expences  attending 
<juatters,  &rc.  may  be  duly  ascertained. 

The  major  was,  on  these  occasions, 
directed  to  give  his  advice,  with  due  re- 
spect and  deference  to  his  superior  offi- 
cers, and  to  suggest  the  best  and  cheapest 
method  of  fitting  out  and  embellishing 
the  regiment,  carefully  adhering  to  that 
system  of  oeconomy  which  prevents  it 
from  running  into  debt.  The  statement 
of  the  several  articles,  with  their  appro- 
priate •/xpenditure,  was  specifically  drawn 
out,  and  counter-signed  by  the  colonel- 
commandant,  and  two  or  three  of  the 
oldest  captains  of  companies.  Their  sig- 
natures served  as  vouchers  tor  the  major. 
•By,  these  me^ns  all  internal  cavils  and 


disputes  were  obviated ;  the  interior: 
ceconomy  of  the  corps  was  well  conduct- 
ed, and  a  seasonable  check  was  kepe 
upon  those  officers  who  had  the  manage- 
ment of  the  regiment.  Every  thing,  be- 
sides, came  in  a  regular  form  befon  the 
inspector-general,  under  whose  eyes  ali 
the  accounts  were  ultimately  laid  j 
whether  they  regarded  the  recruiting  ser- 
vice, or  the  clothing  ami  distribution  of 
necessaries. 

MASSE  du  regiment  Rojal  Artllhrle,  Fr. 
This  corps,  like  other  regiments  in  the 
old  French  service,  had  its  masse,  or 
stock-purse,  formed  by  a  certain  stoppage 
or  allowance  for  each  Serjeant,  and  for 
each  master  artificer  in  the  corps  of  work- 
men ;  and  for  each  corporal,  anspessade> 
cannonier,  bombardier,  sapper,  miner, 
under- master,  artificer,  apprentice,  cadet, 
private  artillery-man,  and  drummer. — 
These  sums  formed  an  aggregate  masse, 
or  stock- purse,  which  was  regularly  sub- 
mitted to  the  director  general  of  the  school 
of  artillery,  and  was  laid  out  for  tha 
clothing  of  the  different  battalions,  &c. 

MASSE  dcs.  compagniei  Frattcbts  d'ix- 
fanterle^  Fr.  The  masse  belonging  to 
these  companies  was  formed  in  the  same 
manner,  and  was  under  the  control  of  the 
director  or  inspector-general. 

MASSE  de  la  cavalerle  et  des  dragon ,», 
Fr.  Every  brigadier,  horseman,  cara- 
bineer, hussar,  dragoon,  trumpet  and 
cymbal  player,  and  drummer,  belonging 
to  the  old  French  cavalry,  was  subject  to 
a  certain  stoppage  from  the  allowances 
that  were  made,  over  and  above  their  re- 
gular subsistence,  for  the  purpose  of 
forming  their  masse,  or  stock. purae. — 
This  money  remained  in  the  hands  of 
the  regimental  treasurer,  who  accounted 
for  its  application  at  the  end  of  every 
month,  and  delivered  a  statement  into 
the  hands  of  the  officer  who  was  en- 
trusted with  its  distribution ;  the  same 
having  been  vouched  for  by  the  colonels- 
general  of  cavalry  and  dragoons. 

In  addition  to  these  extracts  from  a 
French  work,  it  may  not  be  thought  super- 
flous  to  give  the  following  more  specific 
explanation  of  what  was  comprehended 
under  the  term  of  regimental  wasse,  or 
tock-purse,  that  was  made  out  of  stop- 
sages. 

There  were  three  sorts  of  masse  j,  or  re- 
gimental stock-purses  in  the  old  French 
ervice  ;  two  of  which  were  sanctioned  by 
authority,  or  the  king's  order.  Thd 
hird  was  confined  to  the  interior  manage- 
nent  of  each  corps,  but  never  appeared  in 
any  public  regulation.  On  this  account  it 
obtained  the  appellation  of  masse  noire,  or 
iark  and  untftoivft. 

The  first  masse  directed  by  government 
o  be  attended  to  in  every  regiment,  was 
:alled  masse  de  Hnge  et  chaussure,  or  stock 
if  necessaries,  such  as  linen,  shoes,  &c. 
This  masse  was  made  up  by  means  of  a 
-ertain  proportion  of  the  recruit's  bounty 
amounting  to  15  tivres}  which  was  kept 


MAS 


{ M  A  S 


403 


in  hand,  and  by  the  retention  of  a  part  of 
the  daily  pay  of  each  soldier.  The  money, 
thus  stopped,  was  destined  to  keep  up  the 
soldie.'s  regular  stock  of  shoes  and 
breeches,  as  the  king  only  allowed  him 
one  pair  of  each  of  those  articles  every 
year.  He  was  likewise  enabled  thereby  to 
provide  himself  with  stockings,  shirts, 
cravats  or  stocks,  handkerchiefs,  and 
gaiters ;  for  every  French  soldier  was 
obliged  to  produce  at  each  monthly  in- 
spection of  necessaries,  one  good  pair  of 
shoes,  two  shires,  two  stocks  or  Cravats, 
fone  white  and  the  other  black,)  two  hand- 
kerchiefs, three  pair  of  gaiters ;  one  of 
which  was  to  be  white  for  parade  d:ity, 
one  of  black  worsted  to  mount  ordinary 
guards,  and  one  of  black  canvas  for  march- 
ing. 

At  the  expiration  of  three  months  a  re- 
gular account  was  made  out  of  what  re- 
mained unappropriated  of  the  15  livres, 
and  of  the  masse  in  general,  after  the  sol- 
dier had  been  supplied  with  the  above 
specified  articles.  Tins  statement  was 
stuck  up  in  every  barrack-room,  exhibit- 
ing the  balance  due  to  each  man,  who,  on 
his  side,  was  obliged  to  have  a  written 
counterpart,  or  schedule,  of  all  the  differ- 
ent articles,  and  of  the  exact  sum  in  hand. 
When  the  captain  of  the  company  in- 
spected the  necessaries,  each  soldier  was 
directed  to  produce  this  schedule,  and  to 
repeat  its  contents  by  heart. 

Whenever  it  so  happened,  that  15  livres 
could  not  be  kept  in  hand  out  of  the  sol- 
dier's bounty,  he  was  permitted  to  work, 
the  i  istant  he  could,  with  propriety,  be 
dismissed  the  drill ;  for  which  indul- 
gence, and  in  order  to  keep  his  firelock  and 
accoutrements  in  good  condition,  he  was 
obliged  to  pay  six  livres. 

The  second  masse  was  for  purposes  of 
cleanliness  and  military  appearance. — 
This  masse  grew  out  of  the  surplus  of  two 
or  three  livres,  which  was  stopped  out  of 
the  pay  of  the  men  that  were  permitted  to 
•work  -,  and  from  a  further  stoppage  of  two 
deniers  out  of  the  drily  pay  of  each  sol- 
dier. Out  of  this  masse  the  soldier  was 
obliged  to  supply  himself  with  pipe-clay 
or  whiting,  clothes  brushes,  shoe  brushes, 
blacking,  bees  wax,  emery,  and  hair  pow- 
der, and  powder  bag,  and  to  defray  the  ex- 
pence  of  washing.  He  was  likewise  en- 
abled thereby  to  pay  a  man  for  shaving. 
This  man  was  attached  to  the  company, 
and  was  called  Prater,  or  Brother.  The 
same  practice  prevails  in  most  regiments 
belonging  to  the  British  service,  with 
this  difference,  that  there  is  not  any  di- 
rect authority  to  enforce  the  observance  of 
it  as  a  regulation. 

In  cavalry  regiments,  as  in  the  infantry, 
the  masses  were  formed  by  a  stoppage  of 
two  or  three  livres  out  of  the  pay  of  those 
men  that  were  allowed  to  work,  and  by 
the  produce  of  the  dung  which  was  va- 
lued at  two  sols  per  day.  There  was 
likewise  a  further  stoppage  of  two  deniers 
out  of  the  daily  subsistence  of  each  drj- 


goon,  by  means  of  which  he  was  regularly 
furnished  with  shovels,  beesoms,  and 
pitchforks  for  the  stables. 

The  third  masse  ( which,  as  we  have  aL 
ready  remarked,  although  distinguished  by 
the  appellation  of  masse  noire,  or  dark  and 
unknown,  was  still  found  indispensibly 
necessary  for  the  interior  ma  agement  of 
each  regiment)  grew  out  of  the  surplus 
money  that  was  given  for  discharges,  (it 
being  only  required  of  each  regiment  to 
account  to  government  for  100  livres  per 
man)  out  of  deaths  and  other  casualties, 
and  out  of  the  money  which  had  accumu- 
lated from  men  struck  off  the  sick  list. 
The  regiment  by  means  of  this  fund, 
(which  may  in  some  degree  be  considered 
in  the  same  light  that  the  stock-purse  of  a 
British  regiment  is,)  made  up  the  defi- 
ciency of  the  king's  bounty,  which  was 
seldom  or  ever  found  enough  to  answer 
the  purposes  of  lecruiting.  The  persons 
employed  upon  this  service  were  accord- 
ingly paid  out  of  the  masse  noire  ;  which 
was  further  increased  by  certain  contribu- 
tions that  the  men,  who  were  permitted 
to  work,,  voluntarily  gave,  in  addition  to 
the  six  or  seven  livres  already  mentioned. 

MASSE  d'artnes,  ft.  a  warlike  weapon, 
which  was  foi  merly  used.  1 1  consisted  of, 
a  long  pole  with  a  largeiron  head. 

M  A  S  S  E  L  O  T  T  E  ;  Fr.  A  F rench  term 
which  is  used  in  foundery,  signifying  that 
superfluous  metal  which  remains  after  a 
cannon  or  mortar  has  been  cast,  and  which 
is  sawed  or  tiled  ojf,  to  give  the  piece  it 
prcperforjn. 

MASSIF,  Fr,  a  short  stick  or  rod, 
used  by  artificers  in  miking  cartridges/ 

MASSOOLAS,  lad.  The  most  com- 
mon and  slightest  boats  made  use  of  on 
the  Coromandel  coast. 

MASSUE,  Fr.  a  club. 

MASTER  at  arms,  in  the  marine,  art 
officer  appointed  to  teach  the  officers  and 
crew  of  a  ship  of  war  theexercise  of  small 
arms;  to  confine  prisoners,  and  plant 
ccntinels  over  them,  and  to  superintend 
whatever  relates  to  them  during  their  con- 
finement. He  is  also  to  observe,  that  the 
fire  and  lights  are  all  extinguished,  as  soon 
as  the  evening  gun  is  fired,  except  those 
that  are  permitted  by  proper  authority, 
or  under  the  inspection  of  centinels.  It 
is  likewise  his  duty  to  attend  the  gang, 
way,  when  any  boats  arrive  aboard,  and 
search  them  carefully,  together  with 
their  rowers,  that  no  spirituous  liquors 
may  be  conveyed  into  the  ship,  unless  by 
permission  of  the  commanding  officer. 
In  these  several  duties  he  is  assisted  by 
proper  attendants,  called  his  corporals, 
who  also  relieve  the  centinels,  and  one 
another,  at  certain  periods. 

MASTER  gunner,  in  a  ship  of  war,  an 
officer  appointed  to  take  charge  of  the  ar- 
tillery and  ammunition  aboard,  and  to 
teach  the  men  the  exercise  of  ihe  great 
guns,  bee  GUNNER. 

MAST).*,  genet al  ef  the  crd>?anc$.     See 


404. 


MAS 


MAS 


Baggage-MAS'TER  and  inspector  of 
roads,a\\  appointment  in  theBritish  service. 

Barrack  -MASTER-  genera/,  an  officer 
•with  the  rank  of  a  major  general  in  the 
British  army,  vested  with  considerable 
powers.  These  powers  were  formerly 
exercised  by  the  board  of  ordnance,  but 
they  were  transferred  to  the  barrack -mas- 
ter .  t  eml  bv  the  secretary  at  war  on  the 
^oth  day  of  May,  1794.  In  1795  the  two 
•warrai  tb.  v  hereby  all  matters  relative  to 
the  government  of  barracks  had  been  par. 
tially  entrusted  to  the  board  of  ordnance, 
and  a  barrack-master-general,  were  re- 
voked,  and  the  following  rules,  orders, 
powers,  and  directions  were  established  in 
lieu  ther.of,  in  as  much  as  regards  ths 
duties  of  the  department  entrusted  to  the 
barrack. master-general  to  the  B-itish 
forces. 

It  is  the  duty  of  the  barrack-master- 
general  to  erect  and  keep  in  repair  all  bar- 
ratki  that  ire  not  in  fortified  places;  and 
all  supplies  of  barrack  furniture,  utensils, 
and  oth.  r  stores  for  the  troops,  are  to  be 
furnished  by  him.  The  accommoda  ion 
for  royal  artillery  in  barracks  is  under  the 
direction  of  the"  barrack-master-general, 
excepting  at  Woolwich,  or  wherever  there 
may  be  a'separate  barrack  for  the  artillery, 
or  a  fixed  station  for  that  corps. 

The  commanding  officers  in  barracks 
are,  in  all  matters  relative  to  the  accom- 
modation, disposition,  and  supply  of  ^e 
troops  stationed  therein,  to  be  under  the 
direction  of  the  bairack-master-general ; 
and  all  applications  and  requisitions  are  to 
be  made  to  him. 

Whenever  any  damage,  except  from  fair 
•wear  and  tear,  has  been  done  to  barrack 
buildings,  or  any  of  the  furniture  or  uten- 
sils have  been  injured,  destroyed,  or  em- 
bezzled, a  just  estimate  must  be  formed 
by  the  barrack -master ;  and  if  his  demand 
be  not  immediately  paid  by  the  command- 
ing officer,  it  shall  be  verified  by  affidavit 
of  the  barrack-master,  submitted  to  the 
commanding  officer,  and  if  the  answer  be 
not  satisfactory,  the  barrack-master- gene- 
ral is  to  certify  the  amount  of  the  expenoe 
of  making  good  the  said  injury  to  the  se- 
cretary at  war,  in  order  that  he  may  direct 
the  same  to  be  charged  against  the  regi- 
ment, or  detachment  concerned. 

In  order  to  prevent  the  inconveniencies 
and  injury  which  might  arise  from  officers 
making  alterations  in  the  barrack. rooms, 
&c.  the  barrack-master-general  is  directed 
to  have  the  use,  for  which  each  room  is 
intended,  lettered  on  the  door  ;  and  if  any 
officer  shall  attempt  to  make  any  altera- 
tion in  any  room,  or  convert  it  to  any  pur 
pose,  other  than  is  so  specified,  or  remove 
any  of  the  furniture  belonging  thereto, 
the  barrack-master  (who  shall  always  he 
permitted  to  visit  the  rooms  at  seasonable 
Jiours,  whenever  he  defies  so  to  do,) 
shall  represent  the  same  to  the  comma:  d- 
ing  officer,  and  in  case  immediate  atten- 
tion is  not  paid  thereto,  the  baiTack-mas- 
s  strictly  commmided  immediately  f» 


report  it  to  the  barrack-master-gcneral. 
And  when  any  room  shall  not  be  occupied, 
the  same  shall  be  lucked  up,  and  no  part 
of  the  furniture  be  removed  therefrom. 

No  officer,  or  barrack-master,  is,  upon 
an>  account,  to  make  any  alteration  or  re- 
pairs at  any  barrack,  or  cause  any  expence 
to  be  incurred  in  providing  any  article  re- 
lative th  reto,  without  the  directioa  of  th» 
barrack-master-general  first  obtained  foi 
that  purpose. 

On  the  25th  of  March,  24th  of  June, 
23d  of  September,  and  24th  of  December, 
in  every  year,  regular  returns  are  to  be 
transmitted  by  the  barrack  masters  to  the 
barrack  master-^.tneral,  of  the  state  of 
the  barracks,  and  of  the  furniture  and 
utensils,  both  in  use  and  store,  specifying 
the  actual  condition  of  each,  and  the  man. 
ner  in  which  the  apartments  of  the  bar- 
rack or  barracks,  under  thtir  care  have 
been  occupied  tor  the  three  months  pre- 
ceding; which  return  shall  be  counter- 
signed by  the  commanding  officers,  who 
are  directed  personally  and  diligently  t» 
inspect  the  same. 

The  barrack-master-general  is  to  take 
care,  that  a  proper  quantity  of  good  and 
sufficient  firing,  candles,  and  other  stores, 
be  provided  for  each  barrack  every  year. 
And  th.  same  is  to  be  duly  delivered  out 
to  the  troops  by  the  respective  barrack- 
masters,  at  such  times,  and  in  such  pro- 
portions, as  are  specified  in  the  general  re- 
gulations. The  deliveries  are  to  be  vouch- 
ed, not  only  by  certificates  of  the  actual 
amount,  but  also  by  accurate  returns, 
stating  the  number  in  every  troop,  com- 
pany or  detachment,  present  at  each 
weekly  delivery.  The  said  certificates 
and  returns  are  to  be  given  under  the  hand 
of  the  commanding  officer  in  the  barracks, 
and  to  be  transmitted  with  the  accounts.. 
And  a  return  thereof  is  without  delay  to 
be  transmitted  by  the  several  barrack- 
masters,  who  from  thenceforth  are  to  re- 
main accountable  for  the  same  to  the  bar« 
rack-master-general. 

Half-yearly  accounts  of  expenditures, 
with  general  returns  of  the  receipts  a*d 
issues,  and  the  necessary  vouchers  for  the 
same,  are  to  be  made  up  to  the  24th  of 
June,  and  241)1  of  December,  in  each 
year,  and  to  be  transmitted,  within  four- 
teen days  after  the  said  periods,  to  the 
barrack-master-general,"  who  is  to  exa- 
mine and  settle  the  same  without  delay. 

The  issue  of  forage  to  the  cavalry,  is  to 
be  made  according  to  a  prescribed  regula- 
tion. The  officer  commanding  in  each  of 
the  cavalry  barracks,  where  forage  shall 
be  issued,  is  to  transmit  to  the  barrack- 
master-general  a  weekly  return  of  the 
number  of  horses  for  which  it  has  been 
delivered  ;  and  also  the  name  and  rank  of 
each  officer,  with  the  number  of  horses 
for  which  he  has  received  rations  of  forage. 
Ai  d  at  such  periods  as  shall  be  required, 
by  the  barrack-master-general,  the  said 
commanding  officer  shall  transmit  to  him, 
a  gegeral  statement  of  the  quantity  of  f^ 


MAS 


MAT 


405 


rage  received  and  actually  issued  to  the 
troops,  the  said  certificate  to  be  according 
to  such  form  as  shall  be  prescribed  b\  the 
barrack-  master-general. 

Whenever  small  beer  is  to  be  issued  to 
troops  in  barrack,  it  can  only  be  supplied 
by  such  persons  as  shall  have  been  ap- 
proved by  the  barrack-master-generai ; 
and  the  delivery  is  to  be  vouched  by  a 
weekly  return  from  the  commanding  offi- 
cer, stating  the  number  to  whom  it  has 
been  issued.  And  at  such  perirds  as  shall 
be  required  by  the  barrack-master-general, 
the  said  commanding  officer  is  to  transmit 
to  him  a  general  statement  of  the  quantity 
of  small  beer  actually  issued  to  the  troops; 
the  said  certificate  to  be  according  to  such 
form,  as  shall  be  prescribed  by  the  bar. 
rack-master-general 

Every  instance  of  neglect  or  misconduct 
•which  may  occur  in  the  management  of 
barracks,  must  be  reported  to  the  bar- 
rack-master-gencral  by  the  several  officers 
commanding  in  barracks ;  and  on  the 
representation  being  judged  sufficiently 
•weighty,  an  inspector  is  to  be  sent  down 
for  the  specific  purpose  of  seeing  very 
matter  of  complaint  removed. 

The  barrack,  master-general  is  autho- 
rised to  take  cognizance  of  all  matters  re- 
lative to  accommodation,  disposition,  and 
supply,  of  the  troops  stationed  in  bar- 
racks, reporting  thereupon,  whenever  it 
may  be  requisite,  to  the  secretary  at  war, 
for  the  king's  information.  And  all  offi- 
cers, and  bai rack. masters,  are  directed 
and  enjoined  to  obey  such  orders  and  di- 
rections as  the  banack-master-general 
shall  find  necessary  to  be  given  thereon. 

The  barrack- master-general  is  from 
time  to  time  to  receive  imprests  of  money, 
for  the  current  services  of  each  year,  upon 
estimates  signed  by  him,  and  delivered 
into  the  office  of  the  secretary  at  war. 
And  at  the  end  of  each  year,  he  shall 
make  up  and  deliver  into  the  said  office, 
a  general  account  of  barrack  expenditures 
for  the  preceding  twelve  months.  The 
half-yearly  accounts  of  the  several  bar- 
rack-masters, and  the  accounts  of  other 
persons  to  whom  monies  shall  have  been 
paid  within  the  period  on  behalf  of  the 
barrack  department  (for  the  propriety, 
justness,  and  accuracy  of  which,  as  also 
for  their  strict  conformity  to  the  regula- 
tions, he  shall  be  held  responsible,)  toge- 
ther with  their  acquittances,  shall  be  the 
vouchers  upon  which  the  said  general 
accounts  shall  be  passed,  and  warrants 
shall  be  made  out  according  to  the  royal 
.sign  manual.  See  pages  69  to  80,  General 
Regulations. 

Quarter-  M  A  S  T  E  R  of  the  -victuals.  The 
person  who  had  the  chief  care  and  manage- 
ment of  the  provisions  belonging  to  an  army 
was  formerly  so  called.  See  PURVEYOR. 

Scout-MA-STZR-geaeral.  A  pei son,  for- 
merly so  called,  under  whose  direction  all 
the  scouts  and  army  messengers  were 
placed.  The  appointment  does  not  exist 
at  present. 


MASULIT,  a  boat  used  in  the  East 
Indies,  which  is  calked  with  moss. 

MATCH,  in  artillery ,  a  kind  of  rope 
slightly  twisted,  and  prepared  to  retain 
fire  for  the  use  of  the  artillery,  mines, 
fireworks,  &c.  Slow  match  is  made  of 
hemp  or  tow,  spun  on  the  wheel  like 
cord,  but  very  slack  ;  and  is  composed  of 
three  twists,  which  are  afterwards  again 
covered  with  tow,  so  that  the  twists  do 
not  appear  :  lastly,  it  is  boiled  in  the  lees 
of  old  wine.  This,  when  once  lighted  at 
the  end,  burns  on  gradually,  without  ever 
going  out,  till  the  whole  be  consumed, 
It  is  mounted  i  n  a  lint  stock. 

Quick  MATCH,  used  in  artillery,  made 
of  three  cotton  strands  drawn  into  lengths, 
and  put  into  a  kettle  iust  covered  with 
white  wine  v  inegar,  and  then  a  quantity  of 
saltpetre  and  mealed  powder  is  put  in  it, 
and  boiled  till  well  mixed.  Others  put 
only  saltpetre  into  water,  and  after  that 
take  it  out  hot,  and  lay  it  into  a  trough 
with  some  mealed  powder,  moistened 
with  some  spirits  of  wine,  thoroughly 
wrought  into  the  cotton  by  rolling  it  back- 
wards and  forwards  with  the  hands  ;  and 
when  this  is  done,  they  are  taken  out  se- 
]  parately,  drawn  through  mealed  powder, 
i  anddri.-d  -ipon  a  line.  SCCLABORATORY. 

MATCH. — The    slow   match  used  by 

;  the  English  is  made  by  contract ;  ono  yarii 

of  it  will  burn  about  8  hours.  The  French 

slow  match  is  usually  made  by  soaking 

!'  light  twisted  white  rope  for  three  days  in  a 

I]  strong  lye.  It  burns  about  3  feet  in  6  hours. 

Slow  match  was  made  at  Gibraltar, 
during  the  last  siege,  in  the  following 
manner:  eight  ounces  of  saltpetre  were 
put  into  a  gallon  of  water,  and  just  made 
to  boil  over  a  slow  fire;  strong  blue  paper 
was  then  wetted  with  the  liquor,  and  hung 
to  dry.  When  dry,  each  sheet  was  rolled 
up  tight,  and  the  outward  edge  pasted 
down,  to  prevent  its  opening :  half  a 
sheet,  thus  prepared,  will  burn  3  hours. 
Quick  MATCH  Compositions. 

Worsted  Match. 

Worsted         .  .  .         iooz. 

Mealed  powder  .  lolbs. 

Spirits  of  wine          .  .          jpints, 

Water        .  .  3  (l°- 

Isinglass       .  .  :          ipint.. 

Cottou  Match. 

Cotton  .  .  i  lb.  i2oz. 

Saltpetre  .  .         x 

Mealed  powder        :  i®        — 

Spirits  ofwine  .  -  quarts'.. 

Water  .  -3  pints. 

The  worsted  or  cotton  must  be  laul 
evenly  in  an  earthen  or  other  pan,  and  the 
different  ingredients  poured  over  it,  and 
about  haif  the  powder  being  left  a  short 
time  to  soak,  it  is  afterwards  wound 
smoothly  on  a  reel,  and  laid  to  dry,  tho 
remaining  half  of  the  powder  is  then  sifted 
over  it;  and  it  is  ready  for  use  when  dry. 

The  French  have  lately  made  their  slow 
match  by  soaking  the  rope  in  a  solution 
of  sugar  of  lead  and  rain  water:  in  the 
proportran  of  3-4ths  of  an  ounce  ef  sugar 


406 


MAT 


M  AT 


•of  lead  to  one  pint  of  water ;  and  this  they 
esteem  as  preferable  to  the  old  sort. 

MATHEMATICS,  originally  signified 
any  kind  of  discipline  or  learning ;  but,  at 
present,  denotes  that  science  which  teach- 
es, or  contemplates,  whatever  is  capable  of 
being  numbered  or  measured;  and  accord- 
ingly is  subdivided  into  arithmetic,  which 
lias  numbers  for  its  object ;  and  geometry, 
>vhich  treats  of  magnitude. 

MATHEMATICS  are  commonly  distin- 
guished into  pure  and  speculative,  which 
consider  quantity  abstractedly  ;  and  mix- 
.ed,  which  treat  of  magnitude  as  subsisting 
.in  material  bodies,  and  consequently  are 
interwoven  every  where  with  physical 
.considerations. 

Mixed  MATHEMATICS  are  very  com- 
prehensive, since  to  them  may  be  referred 
astronomy,  optics,  geography,  hydrogra- 
phy, hydrostatics,  mechanics,  fortifica- 
tion, gunnery,  projectiles,  mining,  engi- 
^icering,  and  navigation. 

Pure  mathematics  have  one  peculiar 
advantage,  that  they  occasion  no  disputes 
among  wrangling  disputants,  as  in  other 
branches  of  knowlege;  and  the  reason  is, 
because  the  definitions  of  the  terms  are 
premised,  and  every  one  that  reads  a  pro- 
position has  the  same  idea  of  every  part 
pf  it.  Hence  it  is  easy  to  put  an  end  to 
,all  mathematical  controversies,  by  shew- 
ing, that  our  adversary  has  not  stuck  to 
.his  definitions,  or  has  not  laid  down  true 
premises,  or  else  that  he  has  drawn  false 
conclusions  from  true  principles  ;  and,  in 
case  we  are  able  to  do  neither  of  these,  we 
.must  acknowlege  the  truth  of  what  he 
lias  proved. 

It  is  true,  that  in  mixed  mathematics, 
v;here  we  reason  mathematically  upon 
physical  subjects,  we  cannot  £Jve  such 
}ust  definitions  as  the  geometricians  ;  we 
'must  therefore  rest  content  with  descrip- 
tions ;  and  they  will  be  of  the  same  use  as 
definitions, provided  we  are  consistent  with 
ourselves, and  always  mean  the  same  thing 
by  those  terms  we  have  once  explained. 

Dr.  Barrow  gives  a  most  elegant  descrip- 
tion of  the  excellence  and  usefulness  of 
mathematical  knowlege,  in  his  inaugural 
oration  upon  being  appointed  professor  of 
mathematics  at  Cambridge. 

The  mathematics,  he  observes,  effectu- 
ally exercise,  rot  vainly  delude,  nor vexa- 
tiously  torment  studious  minds  with  ob- 
scure subtleties  ;  butplainly  demonstrate 
every  thing  within  their  reach,  draw  cer- 
tain conclusions,  instruct  by  profitable 
rules,  and  unfold  pleasant  questions. 
These  disciplines  likewise  enure  and  cor- 
roborate the  mind  to  constant  diligence  in 
ktucly  ;  they  wholly  deliver  us  from  a 
credulous  simplicity,  most  strongly  for- 
tify us  against  the  vanity  of  scepticism, 
effectually  restrain  us  from  a  rash  pre- 
sumption, most  easily  incline  us  to  a  due 
assent,  perfectly  subject  us  to  the  govern- 
ment of  right  reason.  While  the  mind  is 
abstracted  ami  elevated  from  sensible 
n&tter,  distinctly  views  rn;re  forms,  con- 


ceives  the  beauty  of  ideas,  and  investigates 
the  harmony  of  proportions  ;  the  manners 
themselves  are  sensibly  corrected  and  im^ 
proved,  the  affections  composed  and  recti- 
fied, the  fancy  calmed  and  settled,  and  the 
understanding  raised  and  excited  to  nobler 
contemplations. 

MATRAS,  Pr.  a  sort  of  dart  which 
was  anciently  used,  and  which  was  not 
sufficiently  .pointed  to  occasion  any  thing 
more  than  a  bruise. 

MATRON,  a  woman,  generally  the 
wife  of  some  well  behaved  and  good  sol- 
dier, who  is  employed  to  assist  in  the  re- 
gimental hospital.  She  is  under  the  di- 
rection of  the  surgeon,  by  whom  she  is 
originally  appointed  to  the  situation.  See 
NURSE. 

MAT  ROSSES,  are  properly  assistants 
to  the  gunner,  being  soldiers  in  the  British 
regiments  of  artillery,  and  next  to  them; 
they  assist  in  loading,  firing,  and  spunging 
the  great  >;uns.  They  carry  firelocks,  and 
march  along  with  the  guns  and  store- 
waggons,  both  as  a  guard,  and  to  give 
their  assistance  on  every  emergency. 

MATTER  of  Deed,  in  law,  denote* 
something  to  be  proved  by  witnesses,  in 
contradistinction  from  matter  of  record^ 
which  may  be  proved  by  some  process, 
&c.  appearing  in  any  court  of  record. 

MATTER,  in  a  military  sense,  especial, 
ly  with  regard  to  courts-martial,  consists 
of  the  specific  charges  which  are  brought 
against  a  prisoner,  and  to  which  tht 
president  and  members  most  strictly  con- 
fine themselves.  It  has  been  very  pro- 
perly observed,  in  a  small  pamphlet  upon 
martial  law,  that  unacquainted  with  the 
serious  consequence  of  a  strict  attention 
to  the  minutiae  of  form  in  criminal  pro- 
ceedings, general  courts-martial  nave 
looked  upon  the  first  swearing  in  of  the 
court,  as  a  sufficient  authority  to  warrant 
their  proceeding  on  the  trial  of  a  variety  of 
offences  ;  whereas,  in  propriety,  the  court 
should  be  sworn  afresh  at  the  commence- 
ment of  every  new  prosecution :  for 
though,  as  judges,  (in  the  manner  of  a 
court  of  common  law)  once  swearing 
would  be  sufficient ;  yet,  as  jurors,  who 
are  sworn  on  every  different  trial,  though 
identically  the  same  men,  so  are  the  mem- 
bers of  general  courts-martial  to  be  con- 
sidered, when  a  new  criminal  and  fresh 
matter  are  brought  before  them.  Lest, 
however,  an  established,  and  therefore  an 
undisputed  practice,  should  have  ac- 
quired a  force  still  difficult  to  be  eradi- 
cated, we  shall  endeavor  to  point  out- 
those  reasons  which  induce  us  to  maintain 
this  opinion.  In  the  oath  which  is  taken 
by  each  of  the  several  members  of  a  gene- 
ral court-marlial,  the  words  matter  and 
prisoner,  are  cautiously  inserted.  These 
words,  therefore,  being  absolutely  con- 
fined to  a  single  matter,and  a  single  prison- 
er, and  tnatttrs  and  prisoners  not  being 
subjected  to  their  jurisdiction,  how  is  it 
possible  that  men,  with  propriety,  can 
proceed  upon  a  trial  which  they  are  not 


ME  A 


ME  A 


407 


warranted  by  law  to  decide  upon  ?  Were 
the  obligation  in  the  Articles  of  War  de- 
cisive as  to  the  trial  of  all  matters,  and 
all  persons,  and  in  all  cases ;  or  were  the 
eourt  possessed  of  the  authority  of  ex- 
tending the  meaning  of  the  oath,  once 
swearing  would  undoubtedly  be  sufficient; 
but,  as  in  every  respect,  the  contrary  is 
evident,  as  the  very  words  of  the  oath  ex- 
press that  "  they  shall  'well  and  truly  try 
And  determine  according  to  their  evidence,  in 
the  matter  before  them,  &c. "  How  can  it  be 
otherwise  than  an  unwarrantable  irregu- 
larity in  them,  to  proceed  upon  the  trial 
of  offenders,  who,,  in  the  eye  of  the  law, 
are  not  amenable  to  their  authority  ?  For, 
if  thejirst  prisoner  to  be  tried,  has  a  right 
to  challenge  an  officer,  who  may  be  ap- 
pointed to  sit  on  an  investigation  of  his 
offence,  as  a  memberof  a  court  of  enquiry, 
or  \vh  )  may  be  liable  to  any  exceptions, 
why  shall  not  the  second  and  third  prisoner 
be  entitled  to  the  same  merciful  indul- 
gence ?  See  Thoughts  on  Martial  Law, 
pages  25,  26,  27,  28. 

Combustible  M  A  T  T  L  R,  and  MATTER  of 
composition.  All  solids  and  fluids  are  so 
called  which  are  of  an  inflammable  nature 
themselves,  and  can  communicate  fire  to 
other  substances.  • 

MATTUCASHLASH,  an  ancient 
Scotch  weapon,  sometimes  called  arm- 
pit dagger,  which  was  worn  there,  ready 
to  be  used  on  coming  to  close  quarters. 
This,  with  a  broad  sword  and  shield, 
completely  armed  the  highlanders.  Since 
the  use  of  fire  arms,  this  weapon  has 
been  laid  aside. 

MATTOCK.  An  instrument  some- 
what  resembling  a  pickax,  but  having 
two  broad  sharp  edges  instead  of  points. 

MATTRESS,  a  sort  of  quilted  bed  of 
straw,  used  by  officers  on  service,  in- 
stead of  the  feather  bed,  differing  from 
the  pallaisse  in  one  particular  only  ;  the 
straw  in  the  latter  being  loose,  whereas 
tliat  of  the  mattress  is  quilted  in. 

MAUG,  bid.  The  name  of  a  month 
which  partly  agrees  with  our  January  and 
.February. 

MAUL,  a  heavy  beater  or  hammer, 
generally  shod  with  iron,  used  in  driving 
piles,  Sec. 

MAWANY,   Ind.     See  KISTBUNDY. 

MAXIMS,  in  fortification.     See  FOR. 

TI  F  i  CATION. 

MEALED,  pulverized,  or  reduced  to 
powder. 

MEAN   Fortification.     See    Fo&TUl- 

C AT I ON. 

WE  AN  A,  Ind.  A  machine  or  vehicle, 
a  species  of  palankeen,  but  only  used 
for  carrying  one  person.  It  is  borne  by 
four  men,  and  supported  by  means  of 
a  bamboo  extended  from  the  ends  ;  being 
generally  seven  feet  Ion),;,  and  three  wide, 
with  Venetian  blinds,  which  slide  and 
act  as  doors.  Persons  in  India  sometimes 
travel  »o  a  considerable  distance  in  these 
vehicles  ;  the  number  of  bearers  being  in- 
creased, and  successively  relieved,  it  is 


computed  that  they  will  easily  go  at  the 
rate  of  six  miles  in  the  hour. 

MEASURE,  in  geometry,  any  quan- 
tity assumed  as  one,  to  which  the  ratio  ot* 
other  homogeneous  or  similar  quantities  is 
expressed. 

MEASURE  of  an  angle,  the  length  of  an 
arch  described  from  the  vertex  to  any 
place  between  its  legs:  hence  angles  are 
distinguished  by  the  ratio  of  the  arches 
between  the  legs  to  the  peripheries.  See 
ANCLE. 


MEASURE    of  a  Jtgtire, 
whose  side  is  an  inch,  foot,  yard,  or'other 


is    a  square* 


determinate  measure.  Hence  square  mea- 
sures. 

Among  geometricians  it  is  usually  a 
square  rod,  called  decempeda,  divided  into 
10  square  feet,  and  those  into  square 
dibits,  and  those  again  into  10  lines,  Sec. 

MEASURE  of  a  line,  any  right  line  taken 
at  pleasure,  and  considered  as  unity. 

MEASURE  of  the  mass  or  quantity  of  mat- 
ter, in  mechanics,  is  its  weight :  it  being 
apparent  that  all  the  matter  which  coheres 
with  a  body,  gravitates  with  it ;  and  it 
being  found  by  experiment,  that  the  gra- 
vities of  homogeneal  bodies  are  in  propor- 
tion to  their  bulks  :  hence  while  the  mass 
continues  the  same,  the  absolute  weight 
will  be  the  same,  whatever  figure  it  puts 
on  ;  for  as  to  its  specific  weight,  it  varies 
as  the  quantity  of  its  surface  does. 

MEASURE  of  a  number,  in  arithmetic 9 
such  a  number  as  divides  another  without 
leaving  a  fraction:  thus  9  is  a  measure  of  27. 

MEASURE  of  a  solid,  is  a  cube,  whose 
side  is  an  inch,  foot,  yard,  or  other  deter- 
minate length  :  in  geometry,  it  is  a  cubic 
perch,  divided  into  cubic  feet,  digits,  Sec. 
Hence  cubic  measure,  or  measures  of  ca- 
pacity. 

MEASURE  of  velocity,  in  projectile  s,  and 
mechanics,  the  space  passed  over  by  amov- 
ing body  in  any  given  time.  The  space 
therefore  must  be  divided  into  as  many 
equal  parts,  as  the  time  is  conceived  to  be 
divided  into:  the  quantity  of  space  an» 
swering  to  such  portion  of  time,  is  the 
measure  of  the  velocity. 

Measures  then  are  various,  according  to- 
the  different  kinds  and  dimensions  o*-' 
things  measured  Hence  arise  lineal  and 
longitudinal  measures  for  lines  or  lengths ; 
for  square  areas ;  and  solid  or  cubic,  for 
bodies  and  their  capacities:  all  which 
a^ain  are  very  different  in  different  coun- 
tries and  ages,  and  even  many  of  them  for 
different  commodities.  Hence  also  arise' 
other  divisions,  of  domestic  and  foreign., 
ancient  and  modern,  dry  and  wet  (or  liquid) 
measures,  &c. 

Long  MEASURE.  The  English  stan- 
dard long  measure,  or  that  whereby  the 
quantities  of  things  are  ordinarily  esti- 
mated, is  the  yard  containing  three  English, 
feet,  equal  to  three  Paris  feet  one  inch  ami 
3- 1 2ths  of  an  inch,  or  7-Qths  of  a  Paris  ell . 
Its  subdivisions  are  the  foot,  span,  palm,- 
inch,  and  barley-corn  :  its  multipliers  are 
the  pace;  fathom,  pole,  furlong,  amT  mile. 


408 


ME  A 


M  E  A 


,  <whicb  shews  the  length  in  English  lines  of  the  several  long  measures,  and  the  rcla* 
tion  of  foreign  measures  to  100  English  Jeet. 

LONG  MEASURE. 


Places. 

Measure. 

Length 
of  each 
measure 

Lines  KX 

Equiv. 
to     100 
feet 

>  num.ioe 

Aix  laChapelle 
Amster-tam 

foot 
foot 

136,90 
134,25 

105,19 

107,26 

Anspach 

toot 

140  6; 

102,  4* 

Antwerp 

foot 

134,86 

I06,/5 

Augsburg 
Basil 

foot 
foot 

i3y,*8 
140,85 

102,94 

102,24 

Bavaria 

foot 

105,05 

137  08 

Bergen 

palm 

41,87 

343,92 

Berlin 

foot 

146,27 

98,45 

Bern 

foot 

102,07 

Bologna 

paso 

896^ 

•j*y  / 
16,07 

foot 

I7Q   2O 

80,  36 

Bremen 

foot 

\Tjb~^i 

*»5 

ice  4? 

Brescia 

braccio 

221,06 

j  >"j 

65,14 

Breslaw 
Briel 
Brunswick 

foot 
foot 
foot 

134,25 
158,3^ 

134,77 

107,26 
90,97 

io6,86 

Brussels 
Cagliaii 
Cairo 
Carara 

foot 
palmo 
derah 
palmo 

137,43 
95,67 
262, 
115,20 

104,78 

150,52 
54,96 

I2C, 

Castilfe 

paso 

658,75 

RC 

toot 
palmo 

98*81 

log.^o 

China 

foot  for  merchants 
foot  for  mathematicians 

159,80 

157,  -21) 

90,11 

Cleves 

Cologne 

kongpu  for  architects 
foot  land  measure 
foot 
foot 

J  /  JO  J 

152  45 
150,96 
13^56 

94^46 

95,39 

103,18 
110,80 

Constantinople 
Cracow 
Dantzic 

foot 
foot 
foot 

334^0 

il68'S 

43,05 
106,27 

Denmark 

faum 

880,32 

A  WWjA  y 

16,19 

Dordrecht 
Dresden 

foot 
foot 
foot 
derah 

148,22 

170, 

'33,65 

262, 

97,15 
84,71 

107,74 

54,96 

Embden 
England 

foot 
foot 

139,88 

102,94 

IOO. 

Erfurt 

foot 

'2g 

f 

loS.os: 

Ferrol 

codo 

263' 

,WJ 

54,75 

Florence 
France 

foot 
paJmo 
braccio 
toise 
pied  de  rol 

32^ 
238,90 
920,46 

109,50 
438, 
55,63 
15,64 
93,86 

Tf  rancfort  on  the  Maine 
Geneva 
Genoa 
Goes 
Gottingen 
Gotha 

metre 
foot 
foot 
palmo 
foot 
foot 
foot 

472,?27 

135,3° 
230,44 
118,58 
141,60 
137,43 

106^43 
62,49 
121,44 
101,70 
104,78 

Greece 
Groningen 
Halle   6 
Hamburgh 
Hanover 
Harlem 
Hague 

foot 
foot 
foot 
foot 
foot 
foot 
foot 

i44,*68 

137,97 
140,63 

135,3° 
37,43 
37,43 
53,41 

99,53 
104,37 
102,40 
106,43 
104,78 
104,78 
93,** 

LONG  MEASURE. 


Places. 

Measures. 

Length 
of  each 
measure 

lines  100 

Equiv. 

to  100 
feet 

num.ioo 

Heidelberg 
Hildesheim 

foot 
foot 

132,26 

109,44 
108,88 

Holland 

foot 

134,25 

107,26 

Holstein 

foot 

140,95 

102,16 

Inspruck 

foot 

96, 

Konigsberg 

foot 

145,32 

99,09 

Leghorn 

palmo 

32,87 

438, 

braccio 

258,90 

Leipsic 
Leyden 

foot 
foot 

133,50 
148,08 

107,86 

97,24 

Liege 
Lisbon 

foot 
foot 

135,85 
159,9* 

106, 
9°,°5 

palmo  long  measure 
palmo  short  measure 

106,62 
103,56 

135,06 

London 

foot 

144, 

IoO, 

Louvain 

foot 

106,75 

Lubeck 

foot 

J37»43 

lOA.VS 

Lunenburg 

foot 

137,43      104,78 

Lyons 
Magdeburg 

foot 
foot 

161,40 

89,2?. 

107,5.-? 

Manheim 

foot 

!37,         105,10 

Mantua 

braccio 

219,70       65,54 

Mastrick 

foot 

132,64  i  108,57 

Mecklenburg 

foot 

137,43  i  104,78 

Mentz 

foot 

142,23  ,  101,25 

Middleburg 
Milan 

foot 
foot 

141,70  ;  101,62 
187,5°    76,80 

Munich 

foot 

105,05    137,08 

Muscovy 

foot 

158,           9  1)  14 

Naples 
Neufchatel 

palmo 
foot 

124,54     115^62 
M1  70      101,62 

Nuremburg 

foot 

143,50  i  100,35 

Oldenburg 

foot 

139,88  |  102,94 

Osnaburg 

foot 

131,9° 

109,17 

Padua 

foot 

167,25 

86,Io 

Palermo 

palmo 

114,84   ;    125,39 

Paris 

toise 

920,46        I5,04 

pied  de  rci 

I53,4i 

93,86 

metre 

472,27 

Parma 

braccio 

258,15 

55'78 

Persia 

arisch 

45y,2o 

3J,36 

Placentia 

braccio 

258,14 

55,78 

Pomeranfa 

foot 

137,97      104,37 

Prague 

foot 

142,55      TO;  02 

Ratzeburg 
Reggio 

foot 
braccio 

137.43 

250,20 

104,78 
57.5$ 

Revel 

foot 

126,40 

113,92. 

Rhine 

foot 

I4«,23 

97.15 

Riga 

foot 

129,45 

111,24 

foot  of  Holland 

134,  -5 

107,26 

Rimini 

braccio 

2A75 

56,08 

Rome 

foot 

139.14 

103,50 

Rostock 

pal  mo 
foot 

Ic5»47 

136,58 

136,53 
105,43 

Rotterdam 
Rouen 

foot 

foot 

147,55 
1*7,84 

97.J9 
112,64 

Russia 

foot  Rhenish 

148,23 

97,15 

foot  English 

144, 

100, 

Samos 

foot 

163,40 

88,13 

Sardinia 

palmo  of  Genoa 
palmo  of  Cagliari 

118,58 
i>5,68 

121,44 

Siam 

ken 

A  r  -7    3c 

71,7-t 

Stade 
Stettin 

foot 
foot 

J37,43 
*33>5° 

a 
104,78 

107,86 

410 


M  E  A 


M  E  A 


LONG  MEASURE. 

Length 

Equiv. 

of  -jach 

•n     ioe> 

measure 

feet 

Places. 

Measures. 

lines  i  oo 

num-ioo 

Stockholm 
Stralsund 

foot 
foot 

140.20 

102,71 
107,86 

Strasburg 

foot 

i3&!66 

z<"-5>37 

Sweden 

faum 

841.20 

foot 

140,20 

TO2,*7I 

Switzerland 

foot 

141,7° 

101,62 

Turin 

foot 

152,56 

94,39 

Ulm 
Usrecht 

foot 
foot 

136,48 

12;-,  90 

105,5* 
II  1,71 

Valencia 

foot 

100,9® 

Venice 
Verden 
Verona 
Vienna 

foot 
foot 

foot 

foot 

i64,'°7 
137,43 
164,07 

ICT.28 

87,77 
104,78 

87,77 
95,18 

Wirtemberg 
Wismar 
Zell 

foot 
foot 
foot 

J     ' 

137,43 
138,93 

1^7,42 

104,78 
103,65 
104,78 

Ziriczee 

foot 

•*•  o  /  ,  •  J 

146,60 

98,23 

Zurich 

foot 

141,70 

The  following  examples  will  shew  in 
what  manner  the  proportion  between  the 
long  measures  of  any  two  given  countries 
may  be  ascertained. 

Examples. 

It  is  required  to  reduce  100  metres  new 
measure  of  France  into  feet  of  Hamburgh. 

The  French  metre  measuring  472,27 
English  lines,  and  the  Hamburgh  foot 
I35,3°»  according  to  the  table  prefixed, 
I  state  the  following  equation : 


100      metres  =# 
i     metre  =  472,17  lines 
135,30  lines  =       i      foot 

Result  349,05  feet. 

Reduce   100  feet   of  Hamburgh    into 
metres  of  France. 

100        feet  =  x 
i        foot   =    135,30  lines 
472,27  lines  =        i        metre 

Result  28,65  metres. 


TAB-LE,  iv hich  shews  the  contents  in  English  square  feet  of  the  several  land  measures,  and 
the  relations  of  foreign  measures  to  loo  actes  English  measure. 

LAND  MEASURE. 


contents 

Equiv. 

of  each 

to  io» 

measure 

acres. 

Places. 

Measures. 

squ.feer. 

num.  100 

Amsterdam 
Basil 
Berlin 

Bern 

Dantzic 
Denmark 
E  ngland 

morgen 
juchart 
great  morgen 
little  morgen 
juchart  field  measure 
juchart  forest  measure 
morgen 
tcende-hart-korn 
acre 

87630 
34368 
61182 

2753* 
28979 

59927 
118715 

126*75 
71,2® 
158,22, 

150,3* 
104,39 

36',6? 

100, 

Florence 
France 

soccate 
arpent  de  Paris 

53461 
36865 

81,48 
118,16 

a  r  pent  des  eaux  etfotets 

79,10 

Franconia 
Geneva 
Hamburgh 
Hanover 

hectare 
morgen 
journee 
morgen 
morgen 

107830 
39^57 
55707 
J3594I 
28050 

111,25 
80,02 
32,04 
155,29 

Rhine 

acre 
morgen  land  measure 
ditto  for  forests 
ditto  for  vinevards' 

70560 

24472 
16994 

237l33 
178, 

LAND  MEASURE. 


Places. 


ine  (continued) 

Russia 
Saxony 

Schleswig 
S  co '.land 
Spain 

Sweden 
Switzerland 

Vienna 
Wirtemburg 

Zurich 


Measures. 

Contents 
of  each 
measure 

squ.feet. 

Equiv. 
to  100 
acres 

num.ioo 

thauen 
juchart 
dessaetina 

13767 
9178 
124620 

316,40 
474,60 
34,95 

acker 
morgen,  Dresden  measure 

5945° 
29725 

73,^7 
146,54 

pfluge 

190350 

22,88 

acre 
fanegada 

55354 
48:15 

78,70 
9°»35 

aranzada 

4°5T4 

107,5* 

tuna  land  measure 

53218 

81,58 

fauxc 

70818 

61,51 

morgen 
jochen 

35409 
63728 

123,02 
68,35 

great  morgen 

61182 

71,20 

little  morgen 

35849 

121,51 

juchart 

34Q4I 

124,67 

ditto  for  forests 

58823 

112,20 

The  following  examples  will  shew  in 
what  manner  the  proportion  between  the 
larxi  measures  of  any  two  given  countries 
may  be  ascertained. 

Example*. 

It  is  required  o  reduce  zoo  dessaetinas 
of  Russia  into  fanegadas  of  Spain. 

Thedcssaetina  measuring  124620  square 
feet  of  England,  and  the  fanegada  48215, 
according  to  the  table  prefixed,  I  state  the 
following  equation: 


loo  dessaetinas  =  ,v 
i  dessaetina  =  124620  square  feet 
4821 5  square  ft.    =  i  fanegada 

Result  258,47  fanegadas. 
Reduce  100  fanegadas  into  dessaetinas. 
i  oo  fanegadas  =  x 
i  fanegada    =    48215  square  feet 
1 24620  square  ft.  =  i  dessaetina 

Result  38,69  dessaetinas. 


TABLE,  'which  sbeius  the  length  in  English  feet  of  the  several  Itinerary  measures,  and  the 
relation  »/ 'those  measures  to  i  degree  of  the  terrestrial  meridian,  equal  to  364420  English 
feet. 


Places. 


Arabia 
Brandenburg 
Denmark 
England 


Flander-s 
France 


Germany 

Hamburgh 

Holland 

Hungary 

India 

Ireland 

Italy 

Lithuania 


ITINERARY  MEASURE. 


Measures. 


milla 

meile 

mil 

mile  by  land 

mile  by  sea 

league  marine 

mille 

lieue  terrestre 

lieue  moyenne 

lieue  de  poste 

lieue  marine 

myriametre 

meile 

meile  geographical 

meile 

mei.le 

meile 

parasang 

mil? 

milla 

meile 

parasang 


Length 
of  each 
measure 

Feet. 

Equiv. 
to  i 

degree 

num.ioo 

6441 

56,58 

3477-5 

10,50 

24704 

14,75 

5280 
6c73| 

I822T3 

69,02 

60, 

20, 

20587 

I457QJ 

17,70 
25, 

163951 

22,  2Z 

12784 

28,50 

18221 

20, 

32797 

11,11 

20587 

17,70 

242941 
24704  3 

Js» 

14,75 

19212 

18,97 

27378 

12147$ 

3°, 

9110* 

60732 

2Q330 
16356 

6?; 
12,42 
22,28 

412 


ME  A 


ME  A 


ITINERARY  MEASURE* 

Length 

Equiv. 

of  each 

to  i 

measure 

degree 

Places. 

Measures. 

— 

— 

Feet. 

num.  ice 

Poland 

meile 

l822T 

20, 

Portugal 
Prussia 

legua 
meile 

2024Sf 

25409  y 

18, 
14,34 

Russia 

werste 

35°° 

104,12 

Saxony 

meile 

29700 

12,27 

Scotland 

mile 

5952 

61,23 

Silesia 

meile 

21250 

i7»!5 

S  pain 
Sweden 

legua  of  Castille 
legua  juridica 
legua  maritima 
milla  maritima 
mile 

21958 
*3724 

I8»2I 

60734 

3505° 

1  6,60 
26,55 

20, 
60, 

10,40 

Switzerland 
Turkey 

meile 
berri 

27450 
5476 

13,23 
66,55 

The  following  example  will  shew  in 
what  manner  the  proportion  between  the 
Itinerary  measures  of  any  two  given  coun- 
tries may  be  ascertained. 

Reduce  i  myriametre  new  French  mea- 
sure into  miles  of  England. 

The  length  of  the  myriametre  being 


32797  English  feet,  and  that  of  the  mile 
5280,  I  state  the  following  equation  : 

i  myriametre  =  x 
i  myriametre  «=  32797  feet 
5280  feet  =3          i  mile 

Result  6,2 1  miles, 


TABLE,  ivhlth  shews  the  quantity  of  English  cubic  inches  contained  by  each  of  the  corn 
measures,  and  the  relation  of  foreign  measures  to  IO  quarters  Winchester  measure. 

CORN  MEASURE. 


Places. 

Measures. 

Contents 
of  each 
measure 

cubic  in. 

Equiv, 
to  10 

quarters 

aum.ioo 

Abbeville 

setier 

9355 

18,63 

A  gen 

sac 

32,6§ 

A  ire 
Aix  la  Chapelle 
Alckmaar 
Alexandria 

raziere 
fas 

sack 
rebebe 

1480 
4938 
9578 

28,40 
"9,35 
35,29 
18,19 

Algiers 
Alicante 

ki  sloz 
caffise 
caffise 

10407 
19485 
14901 

16,74 
8,94 
11,69 

Amersfort 

mudden 

13986 

15,68 

Amiens 

setier 

2003 

87, 

Amsterdam 

last 

177916 

,98 

mudden 

659° 

26,44 

sack 

4942 

Ancona 
Antwerp 
Apenrade 

scheepel 
rubbo 
viertel 
tonen 

j£47 
16645 

4701 

105)77 
10,47 
37,07 
20,85 

Archangel 

ozetwer 

n£88 

14,66 

Arensbure 
Aries 
Arnheim 

last 
setier 
mouver 

187262 
3628 
8080 

,93 
48,03 
2  1  <;o 

Augsburgh 
Avignon 
A  vila 
Azores 
Barcelona 
Basil 
Bautzen 
Bayonne 

schaf 
boisseau 
fanega 
alquier 
quarters 
sack 
schefFel 
conque 

26787 
5612 
3311 
73" 
4238 
7866 
6657 

f. 
6,5<> 

3i,05 
52,62 
238,54 
4i,H 
22,15 
26,17 
69,61 

ME  A 


ME  A 


413 


Places. 

CORN  MEASURE. 
Measures. 

Contents 
of  each 
measure 

cubic  in. 

iquiv. 
to  10 
quarters 

num.ioo 

Beaucaire 

setier 

37°3 

47,05 

Beauvsis 

tonneau 

118529 

Bergamo 

staja 

1263 

I38',47 

Bergen  op  Zoom 
Berlin 

fister 
scheffel 

2818 

61,85 
52,26 

Bern 

mutte 

9650 

1  8,  06 

Bilboa 

fanega 

0510 

49,64 

Bois-le-Duc 

mouver 

8671 

20,09 

Bologna 

corba 

4499 

38|73 

Bordeaux 

boisseau 

4678 

Boulogne 

setier 

10525 

16*55 

Breba 

viertel 

53°6 

32,84 

Bremen 

scheffel 

4336 

40,19 

Breslaw 

scheffel 

4262 

40,89 

Brest 

tonneau 

84200 

2,07 

Biiel 

scecke 

4380 

39,78 

Bruges 
Brunswick 

hoeden 
scheffel 

10157 
18963 

Brussels 
Cadiz 

sack 
fanega 

7Ho 
33H 

24^5* 
52,67 

Calabria 

comolo 

3TI9 

55,87 

Calais 

setier 

10134 

Cam  pen 
Candia 

mudden 
carga 

7137 
9356 

24*41 

Cassel 

viertel 

8702 

20,02 

Castille 

fanega 

3311 

S2»67 

Cleves 

malter 

!°939 

I5,91 

Coburg 
Colberg 
Cologne 
Concarneau 

simmer 
scheffel 
malter 
tonneau 

5079 
3029 
9883 

84200 

34,31 
57,52 
17,63 
2,07 

Constantinople 
Copenhagen 
Corfu 

kisloz 
tcendc 
moggio 

2140 
8481 
6091 

81,40 

20,54 
28,61 

Corsica 

stajo 

6008 

29, 

Corunna 

ferrado 

986 

176,71 

Creutznach 
Cyprus 
Dantzic 

malter 
medimno 
last 
scheffel  Berlin  measure 

8874 
4448 
187310 
3315 

19,63 
39,17 

,93 
52,26 

Darmstadt 

malter 

0107 

28»53 

Delft 

sack 

6129 

28,43 

Denmark 

tcende 

8481 

20,54 

Deventer 

mudden 

4938 

35,29 

Dieppe 

raziere 

27,94 

Dixmude 

raziere 

5828 

29,90 

Dordrecht 

sack 

7406 

Dresden 

scheffel 

6455 

27, 

Dunkirk 

sea  raziere 

9875 

17,64 

land  raziere 

8887 

19,61 

Eckrenforde 

tonnen 

8242 

21,14 

Edam 

mudden 

6590 

26,44 

Elbing 
Embden 
Enchuysen 

last 
tonnen                                                  f 
mudden 

187310 
iv60 

8080 

,93 
14,95 
21,56 

England 

quarter 

1  7424 

JO, 

bushel 

2178 

80, 

Erfurt 

scheffel 

3430 

50,80 

Femeren 

scheffel 

2294 

75,95 

Fei'rara 

staro 

1843 

94,54 

Ferrol 

ferrado 

1104 

157,83 

Flensburg 

tonnen 

8355 

20,85 

Florence 
France 

stajo 
boisseau  of  Paris 

1444 
774 

120,67 
225,13 

414 


ME  A 


ME  A 


Places. 

CORN  MEASURE. 
Measures. 

Contents 
of  each 
measure 

cubic  in 

Equiv. 
to  10 
quarters 

num.ioo 

France  (continued) 
Francfort  on  the  Maine 

decalitre* 
maker 

610 

6584 

285,64 
26,46 

Prederickstadt 

tonnen 

7708 

22,60 

Gand 

halster 

3*75 

54,89 

Geneva 

coupe 

4735 

36,80 

Cenoa 

mina 

7110 

24,51 

Gluckstadt 

tonnen 

8716 

20, 

Goes 

sack 

4444 

39.21 

Corcum 

mudden 

10305 

16,91 

4»K>uda 

sack 

6348 

27,45 

rGi&\wda 

sack 

5924 

29,41 

Gravelines 

raziere 

8080 

21,56 

Grypsvvald 
G  roningen 

scheffei 
mudden 

2375 
5386 

73.36 

Haarlem 

sack 

4678 

37»25 

Hamburgh 

last 

,9°l 

sack 

12848 

13,56 

scheffei 

6424 

27,12 

tonnen  salt  measure 

11428 

15,25 

Hanau 

malter 

6862 

25,39 

Hanover 

himten 

1896 

91,89 

Harder  wyck 

mudden 

5954 

29,26 

Harlingen 

mudden 

5386 

Havre  de  Grace 

boisseau 

2108 

82,66 

He'delberg 
Heusden 

malter 
mudden 

6279 

10305 

27^75 
16,91 

Hildesheim 

himten 

158? 

110,23 

Holstein 

himten 

2007 

86,82 

Honfleur 

boisseau 

2390 

72,9t 

Horn 

sack 

4039 

43^3 

Husurn 

tonnen 

8924 

19,52 

Kiel 

tonnen 

7227 

24,11 

Konigsberg 

scheffei  new  measure 

52,26 

Laland 

tonnen 

8380 

20,79 

Leghorn 

sacco 

4332 

40,22 

Leipsic 

stajo 
scheffei 

1444 
8473 

120,67 

20,56 

Lewarden 

mudden 

5386 

32,35 

Liebau 

loof 

3819 

45,62 

Libourne 

sac 

5°79 

34,3! 

Liege 
Lisbon 

setier 
moyo 

1825 

49440 

95,4« 
3.52 

alquier 

824 

211,46 

Lisle 

raziere 

4334 

40,20 

London 

quarter 

17424 

10, 

Lubec 

last  corn  measure 
scheffei  rye  measure 

195500 

2037 

,89! 

85,54 

scheffei  malt  measure 
scherlel  oats  measure 

2375 
2392 

73,36 
72,84 

Lucca 

stajo 

1495 

116,55 

Lunenburg 
Lyons 

scheffei 
anee 

3793 
12538 

45,94 

Madeira 

alquier 

255,11 

Magdeburg 

schefiei 

33*5 

52,56 

Majorca 

quartera 

42,10 

Malaga 

fanega 

3642 

47,84 

Malta 

salma 

16240 

10,73 

Manfredonia 

carro 

114634 

Manhemia 

malter 

6279 

27^75 

Mantua 

stajo 

2124 

82,04 

Marans 
Marseilles 

tonneati 
charge 

84200 
9636 

2,07 
1  8,  08 

*  The  litre,  or  the  unit  of  French  measures  of  capacity,  is  therefore  equivalent  to 
61  English  cubic  inches. 


M  E  A 


M  E  A 


415 


Places. 

CORN  MEASURE, 
Measures. 

Contents 
of  each 
measure 

cubic  in. 

Equiv* 
to  10 
quarters 

num.ioo> 

Mastrick 

setier 

1382 

126,08 

Meissen 

schetfel 

6455 

27, 

Memel 

scheffel 

33  1  5 

52,26 

Middleburg 
Milan 
Modena 

sack 
moggio 
stajo 

4284 
8436 
4284 

40,67 
20,66 
40,67 

Montpellier 

setier 

3^9 

55,86 

Montreuil 

boisseau 

520 

335,  °s 

Morlaix 

boisseau 

3229 

Munich 

schafT 

22109 

7,*88 

Muyden 
Nancy 

mudden 
carte 

8080 

292  1 

21,56 
59,65 

Nantes 

tonneau 

i,I4* 

setier 

15251 

11,42* 

Naples 

tomolo 

3182 

54,76 

Narva 

tonnen 

9883 

17,63 

Nedain  Galicia 

ferrado 

1104 

157,83 

Negropont 

kisloz. 

1849 

94,23 

Nieuport 

raziere 

10157 

17,  15> 

Nimeguen 

mouver 

21,32 

Nice 

stajo 

2349 

74,  18 

Nuremberg 
Oesel 

summer 
last 

20287 
187260 

8,59 
,93 

Oporto 

alquier 

1006 

173,25 

Osnaburg 

scheffel 

1750 

99,57 

Ostend 

raziere 

10706 

16,27 

Ouden  water 

mudden 

8465 

20,58 

Oviedo 

fanega 

44i5 

39,47 

Paris 

setier 

9288 

18,76 

boisseau 

774 

225,13 

decalitre 

610 

285,64 

Passau 

sechsling 

19465 

8,95 

Patras 

staro 

5006 

34,8r 

Pernau 

loof 

3974 

43,85 

Persia 

artaba 

3974 

Piedmont 

sack 

6489 

26,'85 

Poland 
Prague 

last 
strick 

187260 
5755 

,93 
30,28 

Purmerend 

mudden 

6590 

26,44 

Ratisbon 

metzen 

200  1 

87,08 

Ravenna 

rubbo 

16984 

10,26 

Rendsburg 

tonnen 

7558 

23,05 

Revel 

tonnen 

7212 

24,16 

Riga 

tonnen 

7948 

21,92 

Rimini 

loof 
rubbo 

3974 
16984 

43,8| 

10,26 

Rochelle 

tonneau 

84200 

2,07 

Romagna 

staro 

5506 

Rome 

rubbo 

16684 

io,*44 

Rostock 

scheffel  wheat  measure 

2450 

71,  13 

scheftel  oats  measure 

2723 

63,99 

Rotterdam 

hoed 

67755 

sakken 

6352 

27*43 

achtendeelen 

2117 

82,31 

Rouen 

setier 

10904 

15,98 

Russia 

boisseau 
chetwer 

11888 

127,83 

14,66 

chetwerick 

1486 

1  17,25 

St.  Ander 

fanega 

33H 

52,67 

St.  Gall 

charge 

4443 

St.  Malo 

tonneau 

84200 

2,07 

St,  Omer 

raziere 

7900 

22,07 

St.  Petersburg!! 

chetwer 

chetvverick 

11888 

i34'? 

416 


M  E  A 


M  E  A 


Places. 

CORN  MEASURE. 
Measures. 

Content 
of  each 
meat,  v,  re 

cubic  in 

Equiv. 
to  10 
quavers 

num.ioo 

St.  Sebastian 

fanega 

-311 

52,67 

St.  Valery 

setier 

9356 

18.62 

Sardinia 

starello 

2988 

58,31 

Schiedam 

sack 

6352 

27,45 

Schleswig 
Schonhoven 

tonnen 
mudden 

8012 
8465 

21,75 
20,58 

Scotland 

firlot  wheat  measure 

2197 

Seville 

firlot  barley  measure 
fanega 

3207 
3311 

54,33 

Sicily 

Smyrna 

Spain 

Stettin 
Stralsund 

salma  grossa 
salma  generale 
quillot 
fanega 
celemine 
scheflel 
schefiel  wheat  measure 

20215 
16229 
2141 

33" 

276 
2677 
2600 

81$ 

52,67 
631,3° 
65,09 
66,78 

scheffel  oats  measure 

2768 

62,95 

^trasburg 

sester  city  measure 

1117 

156, 

Sweden 

sester  county  measure 
tunna 

1152 
8012 

151,25 

Tarascon 
Tarragona 
Tervere 

tunna  wheat  measure 
tunna  malt  measure 
tunna  salt  measure 
kappe 
kanna 
charge 
setier 
sack 

^yj- 

10050 
10607 

279 
'59^ 
3485 

3442 

'7^34 
16,43 
18,36 

624,53 
1092,42 

Tiel 
Tonningen 
Tortosa 
Toulon 
Tuscany 
Trieste 

mudden 
tonnen 
quartera 
emine 
moggio 
staro 

4557 
8465 
7406 
54i4 
6237 
32480 

20*58 

23  53 
32,18 

17,94 
5,36£ 

Tripoli 
Tunis 
Turin 
Ulm 
Utrecht 

caffise 
caffise 
emine 
metzen 
mudden 

45i7 
19920 
21830 
1168 
584 

3*  57 

7,'9» 
149,18 
298,26 

Valencia 

cahiz 

7110 

24,50 

jarchilla 

12227 

14,25 

Valenciennes 
Vannes 

Venice 

mytur 
tonneau 
staro 

1019 
4380 
93556 

% 

Verona 

Viana 
Vienna 

minella 
alquier 
netzen 

2248 
989 

35,27 

77,51 
176,18 

Weimar 

scheffei 

4277 

40,74 

Wetzlar 

maker 

5430 

32,09 

Windaw 

oof 

14275 

12,20 

Wirtemburg 
Wismar 

scheffel 
scheffei 

3819 
32  8 

45,62 

Wolgast 
Zante 
Zell 

-cheifel 
jazzilo 
scheffel 

2^96 
2609 
2165 

O      f 

69,'8r 
66,78 
80,48 

Ziriczee 

ack 

18963 

9,*9 

Zuric 

mutte 

474i 

36,75 

Zwickau 

chelfel 

5=43  ]    34,55 

Zwoll 

carV 

4089 

42,6i 

6836 

25,49 

ME  A 


ME  A 


417 


The  following  examples  will  shew  in 
•what  manner  the  proportion  between  the 
measures  of  any  two  given  countries  may 
be  ascertained. 

Examples. 

It  is  required  to  reduce  too  alquiers  of 
Lisbon  into  fanegas  of  Cadiz. 

The  alquier  containing  824  cubic  inches, 
and  the  fanega  3311,  according  to  the  table 
prefixed,  I  state  the  following  equation : 


iOo  alquiers  =  * 

i  alquier  =  824  cubic  inches 

3311  cubic  inches  =     i  fanega 

Result  24,89  fanegas, 
Reduce  loo  fanegas  of  Cadiz  into  al- 
quiers of  Lisbon. 

mo  fanegas  =  x 

i  fanega  =  331 1  cubic  inches 

824  cubic  inches    =       i  alquier 

Result  401,82  alquiers. 


TABLE,  ivhich  sheivs  the  quantity  of  English  cubic  inches  contained  by  each  of  the  tnta- 
sures  used  in  the  tale  of  liquids,  and  the  relation  of  foreign  measures  to  100  English  gallons 


LIQUID  MEASURE 


Places; 

Measures. 

Contents 
of  each 
measure 

cubic  in. 

Equivv 
to  to« 
gallons 

num.ioo 

Alicante 

cantara 

622 

37,14 

Altona 
Amsterdam 

tonne  of  yz  stubgens 
steken 

7967 
1  1  60 

3,27 

virtel 

4423!    52>*° 

stoopen 
mingel 

145  L 
72* 

M9.3* 
318,  62. 

Ancona 

boccale 

87  i  265,51 

Antwerp 

stoopen 

IQ2i'    130,15 

Arragon 

cantara 

585,      39.49 

Augsburg 

maas 

255,72 

Barcelona 

carga  wine  measure 

75993 

3,°4 

carga  oil  measure 

7394 

3»*2 

Bari 

salm  oil  measure 

10086 

2,29 

Basil 

pot  new  measure 

76-5 

303,15 

Berlin 

nassor  maas 

7°* 

329,41 

Bern 

maas 

229,85 

Bologna 
Bordeau^ 

corba] 
velte 

445o 
453 

5,13 

Bremen 

stubgen 

119,38 

Breslaw 

quart 

42i 

545,67 

Brunswick 

stubgen 

2233 

Cadiz 

see  Spain 

Canary  Islands 
Canea 

pi  pa 
miscala  oil  measure 

a6^ 

33*,67 

Cassel 

viertel 

499  £ 

46,25 

Cognac 

velte 

447* 

51,62 

Cologne 
Constantinople 
Dantzic 

viertel 
almud 
stof  wine  measure 

365 

io43 

63,29 

72,3&. 

220,84 

stof  beer  measure 

164,70 

Denmark 

ahm 

9128 

2,53 

kanne  wine  measure 

1174 

196,18 

toende  beer  measure 

Son 

2,8S 

tcende  pitch  measure 

7067 

3,27 

Dijon 

quartaut 

6176 

3*74 

Dresden 

anker  regular  measure 

2055 

11,24 

tonne  beer  measure 

5993 

3,85 

kanen  great  measure 

85* 

269,79* 

kanen  small  measure 

57 

405,27 

Dunkirk 

pot 

138 

l67,39 

England 

gallon  wine  measure 

231 

ICO, 

gallon  beer  measufe 

282 

81,91 

Ferrara 

secchia 

624 

Florence 

barile  oil  measure 

1940 

11,91 

aarile  wine  measure 

2425 

953 

Sascho 

121 

190,00 

boccale 

6o£ 

381,80 

France 

hectolitre 

6100  ' 

3,79 

3  G 


418 


M  E  A 


M  E  A 


Places. 

LIQUID  MEASURE. 
Measures. 

Contents 
of  each 
measure 

cubic  in. 

Equiv. 
to    10® 

gallons 

num.ioo 

F  ranee  (continued^ 
Francfort  on  the  Maine 
Gallipoli 

litre 
viertei 
*salma 

61 

45° 
9392 

378,69 

SMS 

2,46 

Geneva 

pot 

58 

398,27 

Genoa 

rubbo  oil  measure 

521 

44,34 

pinta  wine  measure 

105, 

220, 

Gotha 
Hamburgh 

stubgen 
viertei 

442 

52*,26 

stubgen 

221 

104,52. 

kanne 

lioj 

209,05 

tonne  beer  measure 

10594 

2,18 

tonne  fish  oil  measure 

7062 

3,27 

Hanover 

stubgen 
tonne  beer  measure 

6$ 

97,47 

3,75 

Heidelberg 
Hungaria 
Kbnigsberg 
Leghorn 

tonne  honey  measure 
viertei 
eimer 
stof 
barile  oil  measure 

6044 

4470 

87* 

1940 

3,82 
41,08 
5,17 

barile  wine  measure' 

2425 

9*53 

fiascho 

1ZIl 

Leipsic 

boccale 
eimer 

46*7 

38i,*8o 
5,oo 

kanne 

71— 

Lisle 
Lisbon 

lot 
almude 

1040 

*9o',47 

22,21 

alquier 

520 

44,43 

lubec 
Lucca 

canhada 
stubgen 
copaoil  measure 

86-f 
6o828°* 

266,54 
104,65 
3,79 

Lyons 
Majorca 
Malaga 
Mantua 
Marseille^ 

pot 
cortan  oil  measure 
arroba 
moggio  oil  measure 
millerolle 

255iV> 
947 
6789 
3640 

397,62 
91,80 

24,39 
$£ 

Massa 
Mentz 

scandal 
barile  oil  measure 
maass 

910 
2160 

^5,3* 

10,69 

Messina 

Minorca 
Montpellier 

Naples 

salma  wine  measure 
caffise  oil  measure 
quartillo 
pot  wine  measure 
pot  oil  measure 
stara  oil  measure 

5270 
527 
349i 
64£ 

14O'7 

203,08 
4,38 
43,83 
66,09 
360,23 

Narva 

barile  wine  measure 
stof 

Jtuy 

9*09 

Nice 

rubbo  oil  measure 

785 

293,00 

AA    K  " 

North 
Nuremberg 
Oneglia 
Oporto 

barrel  pitch  measure 
maas  tavern  measure 
barile  oil  measure 
aliquer 

7067^ 

37833 
07  f)~z 

44,°3 
3,27 
38l,8l 

6,11 

can  hade 

^tfjlC* 

Osnabure 
Ovieda 
Paris 

kanne 
quartillo 
setier 

"41 

205,10 

3^,58 
669,56 

464-5- 

49,7° 

Pernau 

litre  new  measure 
stof 

61^ 

378^69 

Pola 

78| 

293,9° 

Prague 
Puglia 
Ratisbon 
Revel 

pint 
staja 
viertei 
stof 

116 
94o 
2i6| 

2,5* 

199,14 

24,57 
106,70 

•Riga 

stof 

318,62 

75  2 

3°8> 

LIQUID  MEASURE. 


Places. 


Rochellc 
Rome 
Rotterdam 
Russia 

Saragossa 

Schafhausen 

Scotland 

Sicily 

Spain 


Stettin 

Stralsund 

Strasburg 

Sweden 

Toulon 

Trieste 

Tripoli 
Tunis 

Turin 

Valencia 

Venice 

Verona 
Vienna 

Zell 
Zurich 

The  following 


Measures. 


velt 

boccale 

stoopen 

wedra 

iruska 

cantara 

maas 

pint  old  measure 

caffise 

irtoyo  wine  measure 

cantara  ditto 

azumbre  ditto 

quartillo  ditto 

arroba  oil  measure 

quartilla  ditto 

libra  ditto 

ncessel 

stubgen 

schoppen 

kanna 

millerolle 

orna  oil  measure 

barile  wine  measure 

mataro 

mataro  oil  measure 

mataro  wine  measure 

pint 

cantara 

miro  oil  measure 

secchia  wine  measure 

basso 

eimer 

maas 

stubgen 

maas 


ontents 
:  each 
easure 

ubic  in. 

quiv* 

100 

lions 
um.too 

447* 

51,62 

Ttf 

289,47 

.•f\    _  o 

156* 

148,08 

?93i 

246,07 

584 

4,55 

79f 

,47 

1032. 

223,40 

695  5 

33,24 

15152 

1,52 

947 

24,39 

ii8f 

195,14 

293 

740  5 

780,40 
31,22 

185, 

1  2,/J.  jOC* 

0 

29T 
444 

780,40 
516,20 

97,47 
780,40 

3927 

I45,'88 

4003 

5,77 

4158 
1375 

5>5C) 
16,80 

H55 

20, 

577^ 

40 

95i 

241,89 

29,7* 

962 

24, 

6o2i 

318,3^ 

275! 
3614 

83,77 
6,39 

9® 

255,72 

237" 

97,47 

in 

207,64 

shew 


T  et  it  be  required  to  reduce  100  litres 
French  measure  into  Spanish  quar- 


cubic  inches 


prefixed,  I 

i  litre 
193-s  cubic  iestj6t.llo 

t  quartillo       ===293-5cubicinches 
61  cubicinches  =   I^lt4?,p  ntrcs. 


420 


ME  A 


ME  A 


TABLE,  ivblcb  sheivt  the  length  In  English  lines  of  each  of  the  measures  used  in  the  sale  of 
cloths  y  linens,  and  silk  stuffs ,  and  the  relation  of  foreign  measures  to  lOOjrardsand  lOo 
tils  English  measure. 


CLOTH  MEASURE. 


Places. 

Measures. 

Length 
of  each 
measure 

lines  i  oo 

Equiv.    Equiv. 
to  too   to  100 
yards    j  ells 

num.ioonum.ioo 

Abbeville 

aune 

558,25 

77,38 

96,73 

AixlaChapelle 

elle 

315,35 

J37, 

Aleppo 

pike 

3r9,40 

169,06 

Alexandria 

pike 

319,60 

T35,i7 

168,96 

Algiers 

pike  long  measure 

294,05 

146,91 

183,64 

Alicante 

pike  short  measure 
vara 

220,53 
799,20 

195,89 

108,22 

244,86 
135,27 

Altona 

elle 

270,60 

159,64 

J99,5° 

elle  Brabant  measure 

326,54 

132,30 

165,37 

Amberg 
Amsterdam 

elle 
elle 

394,40 
326, 

109,58 
132,51 

1  65  ,'64 

Ancona 
Anspach 
Antwerp 

Archangel 
Arragon 

braecio 
elle 
aune  long  measure 
aune  short  measure 
archine 
vara 

303,40 
289,80 

327,9° 
323,25 

330, 
364,13 

142,38 
149,07 

133,  '64 
128,57 
Il8,64 

i77,98 

164^9 
167,05 
160,71 
148,30 

Arras 
Augsburg 

aune 
elle  long  measure 
elle  short  measure 

329,65 
287,85 

279,75 

131,05 
150,08 
154,42 

163,81 
187,60 
I93,02 

Avigon 

canne 

918,80 

47,02 

58,77 

aune 

55i,2o 

78,37 

97,96 

Basil 
Bam  berg 
Barcelona 
Bayreuth 
Batavia 
Bautzen 
Bayonne 
Bengal 
Bergamo 
Bergen 
Berg-op-  Zoom 
Berlin 
Bern 
Bielefeld 
Bilboa 
Bologne 

aune 
elle 
cana 
elle 
covid 
elle 
aune 
covid 
braecio 
elle 
elle 
elle 
elle 
elle 
vara 
braecio  for  silk  stuffs 

556,80 
344,65 

727,45 
283,60 

237,60 
272, 

108*, 
309,50 
296,45 
327,07 

255)80 
276,25 
395,25 

28l  25 

77,58 
I25,35 
59,39 
152,33 
181,82 
158,82 

103,5° 

400, 

139,58 

132*08 

137,19 
168,89 
156,38 
109,30 
153,60 

96,98 
156,69 

74,23 
190,41 
227,27 

*98,53 
129,38 

500, 

174,47 
182,15 
165,10 
171,48 

211,10 

'95,47 
136,62 

102. 

Bolzano 

braecio  for  cloths 
elle 

•**•'  *  9~J 

299,90 
373,  20 

144,05 
IT5,75 

lt~1 

180,06 
144,69 

Bombay 

braecio 

cuz 

*     * 

259,60 

166,40 
128,57 

208, 
160,71 

Bordeaux 
Brabant 
Breda 
Bremen 
lirescia 
Breslaw 

neat 
aune 
aune 
elle 
elle 
braecio 
elle 

216,' 
562,51 
326,54 

327,07 
273,15 
221,06 

200, 
76,80 

132,30 
132,08 

158,15 

_  £.  £      _  Q 

250, 

$37 

l65,IO 
197,09 
244,28 

Bretagne 
Bruges 

Brunswick 
Brussels 

Burgos 
Cadiz 

elle  Silesia  measure 
aune 
aune 
aune  for  lineus 
elle 
aune  long  measure 
aune  short  measure 
vara 

Vttfci 

?72*,  5 

636,25 

327,90 
342,40 
269,55 
327,90 
3*3,25 
395,25 

166,38 
158,8* 

67,90 

J3i,75 
126,17 
160,27 

i°9,V 

207,97 
198,53 
84,§7 
164,69 

2!°'33 
164,69 

167,05 
136,62 

Caen 

ana  Brabant  measure 

395,25 
327,90 

109,30 

164,69 

aune 

558,25 

Z77,'38 

96,73 

ME  A 


ME  A 


421 


CLOTH  MEASURE. 

Length 

Equiv. 

Equiv. 

of  each 

to  ico 

to  ioo 

measure 

yards 

ells 

Places. 

Measures. 

— 

— 

— 

lines  ioo 

num.  ioo 

num.io* 

Cagliari 

raso 

259,20 

166,66 

2-8,33 

Cairo 

pike 

319,60 

135,17 

168,96 

Calais 

aune 

558,25 

77,38 

96,73 

Calicut 

covid 

216, 

209, 

250, 

guz 

33840 

I27,66 

j  59,  5Y 

Cambrai 

aune 

338,3$ 

127,68 

1  59,60 

Canary  Islands 

vara 

406,20 

5  'A  35 

132,94 

Candia 

pike 

301, 

179,40 

Cantea 

covid 

175,5° 

240,15 

307,7® 

Carthagena 
Cassel 

vara 
elle 

395,25 
265, 

109,30 
163, 

136,62 

Castille 

vara 

395,  -3 

109,30 

136,62 

Chambery 
China 
Christiania 
Coblentz 

I" 

175.50 
296,45 
263,  55 

159,20 
246,15 
145,72 
163,91 

199, 

1  82,'  1  5 

204,84 

Coburg 

elle 

276,90 

156, 

195, 

Cologne 

elle  long  measure 

328,15 

«3*»05 

164,56 

elle  short  measure 

271,  15 

159.32 

199,15 

Constance 

elle  long  measure 

351,05 

123,06 

153,8?- 

elle  short  measure 

326,43 

132.38 

165,48 

Constantinople 

pike  long  measure 

136,70 

170,88 

pike  short  measure 

3°6, 

141,18 

176,47 

Copenhagen 

alen 

296,45 

1  15,72 

182,15 

Corfu 

pike 

27  1 

i59,4i 

199,26 

Corsica 

palmo 

118,15 

365,64 

457,°5 

Cracow 

elle 

291,40 

148,25 

185,3* 

Cremona 

braccio 

290,50 

148,70 

i85,93 

Cyprus 

pike 

317,15 

136,21 

170,26 

Damascus 

pike 

274,85 

J57,i7 

196,47 

Dantzic 

elle 

271, 

159,41 

199,26 

Delft 

elle 

3-6, 

132,51 

165,64 

Denmark 

alen 

296,45 

145,72 

182,15 

Dresden 

elle 

267,30 

161,61 

202,  C2 

Dublin 

yard 

432, 

I0o, 

125, 

ell 

540, 

80, 

IOO, 

Dunkirk 

aune 

319,40 

135,25 

169,06 

Dusseldorf 
Elbing 
Embden 

elie 
elle 
elle 

254,80 
266,88 
316,60 

l69,54 
161,87 

'36,45 

202^34 

170,56 

England 

vard 

432, 

100, 

125, 

elle 

54°, 

80, 

IOO, 

Erfurt 

elle  long  measure 

259,60 

166,40 

208, 

Erlang 

elle  short  measure 
elle 

190,70 

226,53 
138,62 

283,17 
173,35 

Fermo 

braccio 

310, 

139,35 

174,20 

Ferrara 

braccio  for  cloths 

316; 

136,70 

170,88 

braccio  for  silk  stuffs 

297, 

145,45 

181,82 

Flensburg 
Florence 

elle 
braccio  for  cloths 

270,60 
278,90 

159,64 

199,5® 
i93,6a 

braccio  for  silk  stuffs 

274,85 

157^17 

196,47 

Forli 

braccio 

290,50 

148,70 

185,01 

France 

aune  of  528  lines 

562,51 

76,80 

9V 

netre 

472,27 

9  ',47 

Francfort  on  the  Maine 

elle 

254,80 

169,54 

2ii,93 

elle  Brabant  measure 

326,54 

132,30 

i65,37 

aune  of  Paris 

<J  r       '•*• 

56l,27 

76,07 

96,21 

Francfort  on  the  Oder 

elle 

313.33 

137,87 

172,34 

F  rev  berg 

elle 

267,60 

161,43 

201,79 

Gand 

aune 

327,90 

131,75 

164,69 

aune  for  linens 

342,40 

126,17 

157,7* 

Geneva 

aune 

540,  i  3 

79,98 

99,97 

aune  of  France 

562,51 

76,80 

96, 

Genoa 

canna  of  10  i.z  palmi 

1245,10 

34,7° 

43,37 

422 


ME  A 


ME  A 


Places. 

CLOTH  MEASURE. 
Measures. 

Length 
of  each 
measure 

lines  i  oo 

Equiv. 
to  100 
yards 

num.io 

Equiv. 
toioo 
ells 

num.ioo 

Genoa  (continued) 

canna  of  10  palmi 
canna  of  9  palmi 

1185,80 

1067,20 

36,43 
40,48 

45,54 
50,60 

braccio 

276,70 

156,13 

195,16 

palmo 

118,58 

364,32 

455,40 

Gibraltar 
Glatz 
Gombroon 

vara 
elle 
gueze 

395,25 
276,80 
464,52 

109,30 
15(5,07 
93, 

136,62 
195,08 
116,25 

Gorlitz 

elle 

266,25 

169,90 

212,37 

Gottenburg 
Gottingen 

alle 
elle 

280,40 
274,85 

154,06 
I57,I7 

192,58 

196,47 

Guastalla 

braccio 

321,85 

134,22 

167,78 

Gueldres 

elle 

137,92 

172,40 

Guinea 
Halle 

jactam 
elle  long  measure 
elle  short  measure 

1728^ 
3i4,9o 
269,75 

25, 
i37»J9 
160,15 

31,25 
171,48 

200,18 

Hamburgh 

elle 
elle  Brabant  measure 

270,60 
326,54 

159,64 

199,50 
165,37 

Hanover 

elle 

274,85 

1  57,  'i? 

196,47 

Harburg 

elle 

274,85 

157,17 

196,47 

Harlem 
Havre  de  Grace 

elle 
aune 

343j7o 
558,25 

125,69 
77,  38 

157,11 
96,73 

Hague 

elle 

326, 

165,64 

Heidelberg 
Hildesheim 
Hirchsberg 

elle 
elle 
elle 

394,25 

264,53 

272, 

i°9,'57 
163,30 
158,82 

136,97 
204,13 

198,53 

Hoff 
Jagerndorf 

elle 
elle 

3°i» 

268,50 

143,52 
160,90 

179,40 

2ol,12 

Japan 

inck 

897,60 

48,13 

60,16 

Java 
Jerusalem 
Ingolstadt 
Inspruck 

covid 
pike 
elle 
elle 

237,6o 
324, 
376,07 

^lOQ 

181,82 

133,33 
114,87 

227,27 
166,67 

143,59 

Kiel 
Kintzingen 
Konigsberg 
Krems 
Lauban 
Leghorn 

elle 
elle 
elle 
elle 
elle 
canna  for  cloths 

o  /    yj 

271,79 
281,60 

3*4,9° 

266',25 
1115,60 

159! 
i53,4i 

137,19 
122,29 
169,90 
38,72 

191*76 
171,48 
152,87 
212,37 

48,40 

* 

braccio 

278,90 

154,90 

193,62 

palmo 

canna  for  silk  stuffs 
i 

139,45 
1099,40 

309,80 
39,29 

387,24 

49,12 

braccio 

274,85 

157,17 

196,47 

Leipsic 
Leutkirch 

palmo 
elle 
elle 

137,42 
267, 
331,87 

161,80 

392,94 

202,25 

162  T2, 

Leyden 
Liebau 

elle 
elle 

322,60 
267, 

i6i,*8o 

±\jj.)  1  & 

167,39 
202,25 

Lisbon 

elle 
vara 

260,50 
517,80  1 

165,84 
83,43 

207,30 
104,29 

Lisle 
London 

covado 
palmo  craveiro 
palmo  menor 
aune 
yard 

io6',62 
103,56  i 
332,40 
432, 

I35,o6 
4°5,i7 
417,15 
129,96 

10., 

168,8$ 

506,47 
52i,44 
162,45 
125,  ' 

Louvain 

Lubec 
Lucca 

Luncnburg 
Lyons 
Madeira 
Madras 

aune  long  measure 
aune  short  measure 
elle 
braccio  for  cloths 
braccio  for  silk  stuffs 
elle 
aune 
vara 
covid 

540, 
327,90 

272^50 
285,84 
273,25 
274,85 
552,70 
517,80 
216, 

80, 

131,75 
133,64 
158,52 

I58,'io 

157,17 
78,16  , 

83,43 

200, 

1  00, 

164,69 
167,05 
198,16 
188,92 
197,65 
196,47 
97,70 
104,29 
256, 

ME  A 


ME  A 


423 


CLOTH  MEASURE. 


Places. 

Measures. 

Length 
of  each 
measure 

ines  100 

to  too 
yards 

num.ioo 

Equiv. 
to  100 
ells 

lum.ioo 

Madrid 

vara 

395,25 

109,30 

136,62 

Magdeburg 

elle 

314,90 

137,19 

171,48 

Mahon 
Majorca 

cana 
cana 

756, 

OiOj 

57,14 
53,33 

66',66 

Malaga 

vara 

395,25 

109,30 

136,62 

Malines 

aune 

323»25 

X33>64 

167,05 

Malta 

canna 

1058,40 

40,82 

51,02 

Manheim 

elle 

263,45 

163,98 

204,97 

Mantua 

braccio 

219,70 

196,63 

245,79 

Marseilles 

canne 

948,20 

45,56 

56,95 

aune 

552,60 

78,18 

97,7* 

Mas  trick 
Mecca 

elle 
covid 

322,80 
324, 

133,83 
I33,33 

167,28 
166,66 

Memei 

elle 

271, 

159,41 

199,26 

Memmingen 

elle 

162,98 

Mentz 

elle 

259,20 

106,66 

208,33 

Messina 

tanna 

918*72 

47,02 

58,77 

palmo 

114,84 

376,18 

470,22 

Middelburg 
Milan 

elle 
braccio  for  cloths 

326, 
3i9,4o 

i35,25 

165,64 
169,06 

braccio  for  silk  stuffs 

253»34 

170,52 

213,15 

Minden 

elle 

273,4o 

158, 

197,5° 

Minorca 

cana 

57,  !4 

7i,43 

Mocha 

guz 

3°°, 

144, 

180, 

covid 

216, 

20o, 

250, 

Modena 

braccio 

302»35 

142,88 

178,60 

Montpellier 

canne 

946, 

45,66 

57,o8 

Morea 

pike 

216, 

200, 

250, 

Morlaix 

aune 

636,25 

67,90 

84,87 

Morocco 

covado 

238,10 

181,44 

226,80 

Munich 

elle 

109,56 

136,95 

Munster 

elle 

381,80 

Munden 

elle 

276,15 

I5M4 

195^55 

Namur 
Nantes 

elle 
aune  of  Bretagne 

3i3»22 
63^,25 

137,92 
67,90 

172,40 
84,87 

Naples 

canna 

996,32 

43,36 

54,20 

palmo 

124,54 

346,88 

433,6o 

Narva 

elle 

279,66 

154,47 

193509 

Naumburg 

archine 
elle 

336, 
267, 

128,57 
161,80 

160,71 

202,25 

Negropont 

pike 

291, 

148,45 

i85,57 

Neufchatel 

elle 

525,45 

82,22 

102,77 

Nice 

raso 

259,20 

166,66 

208,33 

palmo 

124,65 

346,57 

Nienburg 

elle 

274,85 

157,17 

196,47 

Nimeguen 

elle 

313,22 

172,40 

Nordlingen 

elle 

288,40 

149*80 

187,24 

Norway 
Nuremberg 

elle 
elle 

296,45 
3U,50 

145,72 
138,68 

182,15 
173,35 

Oporto 

vara 

517,80 

83,43 

104,29 

covado 

313  62 

137,75 

172,1* 

palmo  craveiro 

104,54 

413,25 

516,54 

palmo  menor 

I03,56 

521,44 

Oran 
Osnabruck 

vara 
pike  for  cloths 
elle 

395,25 

324, 

109,30 

133,33 
156,80 

136,6- 
166,66 
196, 

elle  for  linens 

284)20 

152, 

iqo, 

Ostend 

aune 

33°»25 

130,81 

163,  5T 

Osterodc 

elle 

274,85 

157,17 

196,47 

Oudenard 

elle 

137, 

«7I»25 

Oviedo 
Paderborn 
Padua 
Palermo 

vara 
elle 
brascio 
canna 

407*50 

254,80 

3l6,75 
918,7} 

106,02 
169,54 
136*38 

2*1,93 

170,4*; 

58,77 

424 


M  E  A 


ME  A 


Places. 

CLOTH  MEASURE. 
Measures. 

Length 
of  each 
measure 

lines  loo 

Equiv. 
to  100 
yards 

num.io* 

Equiv. 
to  to* 
ells 

num.ioo 

Palermo  (continued) 

palmo 

1  14,84 

376,18 

470,22 

Paris 

aune  of  528  lines 

562,51 

76,80 

96,' 

aune  of  526  5-6  lines 

561,27 

76,97 

96,21 

aune  of  514  lines 

558,25 

77,38 

96,73 

metre 

472,27 

91,47 

i  '4,34 

Parma 

braccio 

258,15 

y    j~/ 

167,35 

Patras 

pike  for  cloths  and  linens 

324, 

133,33 

166,  665 

pike  for  silk  stuffs 

3°°, 

144, 

1  80, 

Pekin 

poking 

168,33 

7-      r 

256,64 

320,80 

Pernau 

elle 

259,10 

166,73 

•208,41 

Persia 

gueze 
gueze  monkelse 

297,5° 
446,40 

145,21 

96,77 

120)97 

Perugia 

braccio 

305,34 

I4I,48 

176,85 

Piedmont 

raso 

28r,25 

153.60 

192, 

Pisa 
Placentia 

palmo 
braccio 

140,95 
306,30 

306,50 

383,12 
i  76,30 

Poland 
Pondicherry 
Pontremoli 

elle 
covid 
braccio 

291,40 
216, 
326,10 

14^5 

2oO, 

132,47 

185,3- 

25°, 
165,10, 

Posen 

elle 

269, 

160,59      200,74 

Prague 
Presburg 

elle 
elle 

263,60 

154,84 
163,89 

193,55 
204,86 

Queda 

covid 

210, 

200, 

25°, 

Ragusa 

ana 

242.40 

178,22 

222,78 

Ratisbon 

elle                                                 383;  ' 

1  1  2,  80 

i4i, 

Ratzeburg 
Ravenna 

elle                                               274,85 
braccio                                        117.  so 

157,17 

196,47 

170,08 

Ravensburg 
Reccanati 

elle 
braccio 

324,60 

J33>'°J 

166,36 
171,87 

Reggio 

braccio 

250X 

I72,'66 

215,82 

Revel 
Rhodes 

elle 
pike 

252,io 

357, 

170,88 

121, 

213,60 
151,25 

Riga 

elle 

258,00 

166,86 

208,57 

Rimini 
Rochelle 
Rome 

braccio 
aune 
canna  for  linens 
braccio  ditto 
canna  for  cloths  and  silk  stuffs 

j    ly^* 

3*2,35 
558,25 
987, 
299,80 
939,66 

142,88 
77,38 

43,77 
I44,io 
45,97 

178,60 
96,73 
54,71 
i8ofiz 

57,47 

Rostock 
Rotenburg  >  jf.m 
Rotterdam 
Rouen 

Roveredo 

braccio 
elle 
elle 
elle 
aune  for  cloths 
aune  for  linens 
braccio  for  cloths 

400,50 

273,15 
276,90 
326, 

299,90 

107,86 
158,15 
156, 
132,51 
78,58 
65,49 
144,05 

134,83 
197,69 
195, 
165,64 
98,23 
81,80 
180,06 

braccio  for  silk  stuffs 

•JCI.Xo 

122  80 

Ruremonde 
Russia 
Saltzburg 

elle 
archine 
elle  for  silk  stuffs 

*j  J  *,  O1-' 

324, 
336, 

133,33 

128,57 

i6o',7* 

Id^  4.2 

Sayd 

St.  Gall 

St»  Malo 
St.  Petersburg 
•St.  Sebastian 
^aragossa 
Sardinia 

Schafhausen 
Schweinfurt 
Scfo 

Scotland 

elle  for  cloths 
pike 
elle  for  cloths 
elle  for  linens 
anne 
archine 
vara 
can  a 
raso 
palmo 
elle 
elle 
pike  long  measure 
>ike  short  measure 
e)l  old  measure 

474^5 
285,50 
291, 
378,30 
636,25 
336, 
295,25 
978,40 
259,20 
118,58 
285, 
275,50 
324, 
311,80 
446,40 

90,96 

iJ',45 

114,20 

67,90 

128,57 

109,30 

44,15 
166,66 

IsMo 

133.33 
138,55 
96,77 

*  4T-*>T''*^ 

"3,70 
189,14 
i85,57 

142,7? 
84,87 
160,71 
136,62 

2o8,'33 

455,40 
189,47 
196, 

166,66 
173.'? 

120,96 

M  E  A 


425 


CLOTH  MEASURE. 


Places. 

Measures. 

Length 
of  each 
measure 

lines  100. 

Equiv. 
to  100 
yards 

num.  i  oo 

f  Equiv. 

to  100 
ells 

.num.  100 

Seville 

vara 

395,^-5 

109,50  :  136,61 

Siani 

ken 
covid 

453,85 
216, 

95,18  :  118,98 
200,      i  250, 

Sicily 

canna 

918,72 

47,02  :    58,77 

paimo 

114,84 

376,18    470,23 

Sienna 

braccio  for  linens 

283,50 

152,38  ;   190,4$ 

braccio  for  cloths 

178,35 

242,22  :  302,75 

Silesia 
Smyrna 
Soleure 

elle 
pike 
elle 

272, 
324, 
259,60 

158,82     198,53 
133,33     i66,6.<5 
166,40  (  208, 

Spain 

vara 

295,25 

109,30  '   136,62 

Stade 

elle 

274,85 

157,17  .  196,47 

Stettin 
Stockholm, 

elle 
elle 

307,36 

280,40 

140,55  i  i75>6(> 
154,06     192,58 

Stralsund 
Strasburg 

elle 
elle 
brache 

274,85 
562,51 

254,60 

i57,i7 
76,80 
.169,68 

%f7 

212,  10 

Surat 

guz 

336, 

128,57 

.  160,71 

cobit 

216, 

200, 

250, 

Sweden 
Teneriff 

elle 

vara 

280,40 
395,25 

154,06 

101,55 
136,62 

Thorn 
Toledo 

elle 
vara 

393*25 

160^9 
IC9,3o 

,00,74 
136,62, 

Tortosa 

cana 

75',  75 

57,46 

jlt8x 

Toulon 

canne 

915,80 

47,17 

58,96 

Toulouse 

canne 

859,75 

62^81 

Tournai 

aune 

147,72 

184,6? 

Trente 

ell.'  for  cloths 

319,60 

168,96 

elle  for  siik  stuffjj 

289, 

1  49  ,'48 

186,85 

Treves 

elle 

263,60 

163,89 

204,86 

Trevigo 

braccio 

3i6i75 

136,38 

170,48; 

Trieste 

elle  for  cloths 

319,20 

135,34       309,17 

elle  for  silk  stuffs 

142,78  ;  178,48 

Tripoli  in  Barbary 
Tripoli  in  Syria 

pike 
pike 

324', 

1  65,.-  8  i  206,98 

133,33  !  166,66* 

Troppau 

elle 

268,50 

7.60,90 

201,  1-2, 

Troyes 

asjne 

374,7° 

115,29 

144,I2i 

Tunis 

pike  for  cloths 

317,80 

J35,93 

id9t9s 

pike  for  silk  stuffs 

297,93 

181,25 

pike  for  linens 

223,40 

193,38 

241,7- 

Turkey 

pike  long  measure 

136,70 

170,88 

pike  short  measure 

3°6', 

176,47 

Turin 

raso 

284,90 

151,63 

i89,54 

Ulm 

elle 

268,50 

160,90 

201,12, 

Valencia 

vara 

428,20 

ioo,H8 

126,10 

Valenciennes 

aune 

311,10 

138,86 

I7?»5^ 

Venice 

braccio  for  cloths 

j     , 

137,19 

xw|4* 

braccio  for  silk  stuffs 

296^4° 

182,18 

Verden 

elle 

274,85 

iS7»r7 

196,47 

Verona 

braccio 

296,40 

M5.75 

182,18 

Vicenza 

braccio 

323,45 

!33,56 

166,95 

Vienna 

elle 

367, 

117,71 

147,14 

Waldenburg 

elle 

272, 

158,82 

198,51 

Warendorf 

elle 

276,25 

156,38 

195,47 

Warsaw 

elle 

291,40 

148,25 

Windeshdm 

elle 

311,50 

138,68 

173,35 

Wirtemburg 
Wismar 

elle 
eHc 

3*3, 

275,3° 

135,85 
156,92 

169,81 
196,15 

Wurtzburg 

elle 

274,10 

197, 

Xativa 

vara 

420,50 

102/73 

128,43 

Ypras 

aims 

330,25 

130,81 

163,51 

Zell 

die 

274,85 

157,17 

196,47 

Zittau 

elle 

269,1* 

160,54 

200,67 

Zurich                               .^li- 

283,40 

15M3 

1?0;54 

426 


ME  A 


ME  A 


The  following  examples  will  shew  in 
•what  manner  the  proportion  between  the 
measures  of  any  two  given  countries  may 
be  ascertained. 

Examples. 

Let  it  be  required  to  reduce  icoarchines 
<>f  Russia  into  varas  of  Spain. 

The  archine  measuring  336  English 
lines,  and  the  vara  395,25,  according  to 
the  table  prefixed,  I  state  the  following 
equation : 


i  archine 
395,25  lines 


too  archines  =  x 
336  lines 
i  vara 

Result  85,01  varaj 
Reduce  100  yaras  into  archines. 

loo        varas  =*  x 
i  yara       =»    395,25  lines 
336  lines       an        i       archine 
Result  n 7/ 


inch 

palm 

English  Long  MEASU«B< 
foot 

3 

9 

3 

span 

12 

4 

ij 

I* 

b 

2 

IJ 

cubit 

yard 

—  1 

36 

12 

4 

3 

2 

4$ 

15 

5 

35 

2* 

i* 

60 

2O 

62-3 

5 

3j 

if 

ii!  pace  , 

7^ 

24 

8 

6 

4 

a 

ij'  i  1-5  fathom 

198 

7920 

66 

^640 

22 

1  6* 

ii 

5J 

4  13  i-io|       aj    pole 

i                         !                -    •'•-  •      fur 

880 

660 

440 

220 

1760 

^76  j    1321     no        40     long  | 

63360 

21  120 

7040 

5280 

3520 

1408  ,  1056      880       320         8  1  mil--? 

Jewish  Long  or  Itinerary  MEASURE. 

Eftg.  miles,  paces,  fett.  dec, 
O  o         1.824 

4.6 
3-0 


cubic 

400 

stadium 

2003 

5 

Sab.  day's  journey 

400O 

JO 

2 

eastern  mile 

12000 

3° 

6 

3 

parasang 

0.6000 

240 

48 

24 

8  (a  day's  journey 

0 

145 
7*f 

401 
153- 


digitus 

transversus 
uncia 

i* 

4 

3 

palmus  rhino/ 

16 

12 

4 

pes 
~i 

palm 
1  1-5 

ipes 
cubitus 

20 

15 

5 

24 

It 

30 

6 

i* 

40 

10 
2o 

^ 
5 

2 

4 

a 

gradus 
2   passus 

80 

60 

3i 

10000 

750o 

2500 

625 

500 

4t£f 

250215  stadium 

8ooo» 

60000 

2000C  [jOQo 

4000 

3333i 

2000  iooo     8  Imilliare 

33         '7* 

;li: 

Eng.  paces,  ft.  dec.  ittcfc* 
o  o      0.725^ 

o  o  0.967 

o  o  2.901 
oo    n.6o4 

o  i  2.505 

o  i  5.406 
o  t     5.01 

o  4  10.02 
120  4  4,5 
967  o  o 


ME  A 


ME  A 


427 


English  tquare  or  superficial  MEASURES, 
are  raised  from  the  yard  of   ' 
tiplied  into  itself;   and 


ial  M  E  A  s  u  *  E  s ,  Ji  1196  square  inches  in  the  sq 
36  inches  mul-  1  d;  visions  of  this  are  square  t( 
this  producing  { |  and  the  multipliers,,  poles.ro 


uare  yard,  the 
:eet  and  inches, 
roods,  and  acres. 


inches 


^English  t^uare 


144 

feet 

yards 

..•••••>•• 

2 

paces 

poles 

1296 

9 

3600 

*5 

39204 

272* 

3°i 

10,89 

1568160 

10890 

X2IO 

435,6 

40 

6zyz64o 

43560 

4840 

»743,  6 

1  60 

roods 


acres 


Long  Measure. 


make  i  Foot. 

— -  i  Yard. 

i  Pole^  or  perch. 

i  Furlong. 

i  Mile. 

i  Hand. 

i  Fathom,  or toise, 

— -  i  League. 


i  Degree* 


12  Inches 

3  Feet 
54  Yards 

40  Poles 
8  Furlongs 

4  Inches 
6  Feet 

3  Miles 
€o  Nautical,or 
geographical  i 
miles,  or  6j £  I 
statute  miles. . 


Square  Measure* 

244  Square  inches  make  i  Square  foot. 

?  Square  feet  i  Square  yard. 

3<>i  Square  yards i  Square  pole. 

40  Square  poles i  Square  rood. 

4  Square  roods  i  Square  acre. 

Solid*,  ot  Cubic  Measure. 

172?  Cubic  in.  make  i  Cubic  footi 

27  Cubic  feet i  Cubic  yard. 

251  Cubic  in.  i  Gal.  wine  measure. 

3$  i      do. I  Gal.  beer  measure. 

168  3-5  do. i  Gal.  dry  measure. 


S  Pints 
a  Gallons 
4  Pecks 

4  Bushels 

2  Cooms 

5  Quarters 

3  Weys 


Dry  Measure. 
tnuke 


i  Gallon, 
i  Peck, 
i  Bushel, 
i  Coom. 
i  Quarter, 
i  Wey. 
l  Last. 


Avoirdupois  Weight. 


ift  Drams 
t6  Ounces 
p8  Pounds 
4  Quarters 
2,0  Hundred 
14  Pounds 


make 


Ounce. 
Pound, 
of  a  Hundred. 
Hundred 
Ton. 
Stone. 


French  square  M  E  A  s  u  R  E  s ,  are  regulated 
fey  12  square  lines  in  the  inch  square,  12 


inches  in  the  foot,  22  feet  in  the  perch,  and, 
100  perches  in  the  arpent  or  acre. 

French  liquid  MBAS.URES.  At  Paris, 
and  in  a  great  part  of  the  kingdom,  the 
smaller  jpaeasure  is  the  possou,  which 
contains  six  cubic  inches;  2  posspus 
make  the  demi-septier ;  2demi-septiers 
thechopine ;  2  chopines  a  pint;  2 pints  a 
quart  or  pot;  4  quarts  the  gallon,  Of 
septier  of  estimation  ;  36  septiers  the 
muid ;  which  is  subdivided  into  2  demi,. 
muids,  4  quarter  muids?  and  8  half  quar- 
ter muids.  The  queue m  Orleans,  Blois, 
&c.  contains  a  Paris  muid  and  a  half. 
The  tun  used  at  Bayonneand  Bourdeaux, 
consists  of  4  bariques,  and  equal  to  3 
Paris  muids ;^at  Orleans  to  z  :  so  that  the 
first  tun  contains  864  pint,  and  the  second 
576.  The  demi-queue  in  Champagne,  9^ 
quarts;  the  pipe  in  Anjou  and  Poictou, 
2  bussards,  equal  to  a  demi-queues  of 
Orleans,  &c.  or  a  muid  and  a  half  of 
Paris.  The  millerolle  used  in  Provence, 
contains  66  Paris  pints ;  and  the  poincpn 
at  Nantz,  in  Touraine,  and  the  Blessois, 
equal  to  half  the  Orleans  tun.  The  poin- 
cou  at  Paris  is  the  same  with  the  demi- 
queue. 

French  Weights  and  Measures. 
The  toise  is  commonly  used  in  France 
for  military  purposes,  and  is  divided  into 
6  feet :  each  foot  12  inches ;  each  inch 
J2  lines  ;  each  line  12  points.  The 
pace  is  usually  reckoned  at  2  1-2  feet. 


Poids  de  Marc,  ou  de  Paris. 


24  Grains 
3  Den'rs. 
8  Gros 
S  Ounces 
2  Marcs 


make 


Oen'r. 

Gros. 

Ounce, 

Marc. 

Pound. 


The  French  have  lately  formed  an  en- 
tire new  system  of  weights  and  measures  : 
the  following  short  account  of  t hem,  and 
their  proportion  to  the  old  weights  and 
measures  of  France,  and  those  of  English 
standard,  is  extracted  from  ffifMH^ 


428 


MEA 


MEA 


<< 

«.< 

S"S 

P  o  p  o  S  g  1  8 

2.~  3  ^c 

cT 

n 

&' 

M 

on" 

alue  of  thepr 
the  ancient  Fi 

Proportion  of 
ires  between  t! 
ngth  of  -the  M 

H.g  o  M  o' 

*     ^  -^*        '  O 

re  ^  n>  >-ri 

V 

3  5 

n  "  •*• 

o  5*  ^  B* 

§ 

IB 

C 

S   0 

N' 

g  ^ 

||| 

•^     >     *3~  O 

gno 
£§8 

OKgS 

fl'lll 

a 

U)    O 

S  C. 

*"*  ?.  ""' 

**  S      5" 

3    O    rf   •"  •*-, 

v> 

d  co 

"  "g 

S  n  -»  S"  S"S{ 

s  « 

|ff 

«<'c  ^"5  §-0 

CO 

B' 

If 

, 

'    "|-1  1'^ 

v-ryw 

s^O^^*. 

v-orv 

V  .  s/  -—  ' 

S    .      T    T'  r- 

u, 

III 

1 

IT1 

1 

s" 

B  ^ 

^C"s 

Ir1 

CD 

4-  IT 

l|| 

O 

cJ 

00 

c« 

sf| 

? 

*ij 

1 

ft 

B-o 

IJIf 

w 

It 

5 

5 

n 

r*v>  w 

B  M 

c. 

•o 

S 

j^r  3  .2- 

^^ 

1 

0 

5 

£3  *-* 

B  " 

S 

? 

n 

?iT        *^" 

P   O 

o 

»TJ 

>  c/ 

SM 

c 

K 

D" 

n  5  »*• 

"^ 

Q 

r 

»*  r&  CO 

^ 

-         ^ 

w 

u 

t» 

Sc  2. 

/M 

> 

en 

i 

!§' 

^C   0 

G 

I 

5 

rs 
era' 

C 
50 

M 

N 

^    O 

3 

rr 

VI 

C« 

ftJ    fi3 

^i        as 

« 

^* 

8 

l| 

&! 

er,    _.. 

0 

c 

j 

? 

•z 

M 

w  o 

O 
O 

H 

"w    03 

II 

1 

on 

w 
yi 

CL-cn 

o  S 

a 

F 

*l 

^"n 

3 

r 

S! 

§ 

^«M 

O 

rS  S  ^* 

s 

^Q 

r"f  -n  3 

r> 

O 

"    ci-  ^. 

•h 

C/3 

Cu 

C 

?? 

^*1 

w  2. 

2! 

o' 

0 

si 

* 

1 

a  o 

S 

., 

M  E  A 


ME  A 


429 


By  the  new  metrical  system  of  the 
Prone  ,  tlv  geometrical  circle  used  in  as- 
troniw-xal,  geographical,  and  topographi- 
cal .:"«ji.'',rions,  is  divided  instead  of  360, 
into  400  final  parts,  which  are  called 
graj<:s ;  .ach  giacie  :s  divider,  into  100 
eqi.-l  j.-m.s  which  are  called  minutes  of 
graacs  •  :  iv^  ei'_h  m'nute  into  100  seconds, 
of  grades.  The  proportion  of  *h  *  new  to  i 
th  "  <;«.:  (.-'.  .;,-  ;D  0.9  ;  and  rhc  next  propor-  J 
i*-e  is  54' «f  tlv.  olc!  division  ; 
and  ih<;  KV  s.conct  is  32"  .4  of  the 

Reauct'.w  of  the  old  French  Weights  and  mea- 
sure i  to  English  ;  and  the  contrary. 
1st.    Tc   rca^ce   English  Avoirdupois  to 

Pans  weight  : 
The  avoirdupois  pound  ^  ~\ 

of  16  ounces,  or  7000  >  =  8538  (  Paris 

troy  Drains  )  T  grains 

The  ounce  =  533.6250  ) 

^d.  To  rcdu:e  Paiis  r.-.nuing^l 

feet  orlr.ch  3:ntc  English,  j 

multiply  by  >  1.065977 

— -T~  English  <-ur.::ing_  feet  or 

inches  into  Paris  divide  by 
^d.    To  red -ce  Paris  cubic 

feet  or  inches  into  English, 

multiply  by  ^  1.211278 
^   Eiiglish  cubic   feet  or 

inches  into  Paris,divide  by^ 
4th.  To  reduce  the  Paris  pint^) 

to    the   English,    multi-  I 

ply  by  ^2.0171082 

— —  To  reduce  the  English  1 

pint  to  the  Paris,  divide  by  J 

German  MFASURES.  The  Rhinland 
rood  is  the  measure  commonly  used  in 
Germany  and  Holland,  and  in  most  of  the 
northern  states,  for  all  military  purposes. 

It  is  divided  into  12  feet.  The  Rhin- 
land rood  is  sometimes  divided  into  tenths, 
or  decimal  feet,  and  the  pace  is  made  equal 
to  2  decimal  feet,  or  2- 10  of  a  rood, 

Proportions  bet-ween  the  English  Weights 
and  Measures,  and  those  of  the  principal 
Places  in  Europe* 


Proportions  betiveen  the  English  Weights 
and   Measures,    axd  thoxe  of  the   -principfti 
Rurope. 

(Continued.  ) 


Places. 


Places. 


London 

Paris 

Amsterdam 

Rhinland 

Antwerp 

Lovame 

Middleburgh 

Strasburgli 

Bremen 

Cologne 

Frankfort 

teipsig 

Hamburg 

Venice 

Praeue 

Copenhagen 

Nuremburgh 


1000 

1068 

942 

i°33 
940 

958 
991 
920 
964 
P54 
948 


"53 

1020 

96c 

1006 


100 
108 

93 
96 
98 
98 
Q8 

93 
94 
97 
93 
117 

95 

106  ' 
94 
94 


Bivaria 

Vienna 

Madrid 

Toledo 

Bolo.:nc 

Naples 

F loreace 

Genoa 

Mantua 

Turin 

Dantzig 


j 

954 

i°53  • 
ieoi 

899 

1204  ; 

861  j 


—  j  142 

1569  !  143 

1062  — 

944  '  H9 


40 

«3 
99 

100 
127 


Cubical  MEASURES,  or  measures  of 
capacity  for  liquors.  English  liquid 
measures  were  originally  raised  from  troy 
weight,  it  being  ordained  that  pounds  trov 
of  wheat,  gathered  from  the  middle  of  the 
car,  and  well  dried,  should  weigh  a  gallon 
of  wine  measure  ;  yet  anew  weight,  viz. 
the  avoirdupois  weight,  had  been  intro- 
duced, to  which  a  second  standard  gallon 
was  adjusted1,  exceeding  the  former  in  the 
proportion  ot  the  avoirdupois  weight  ta 
the  troy  weight.  From  this  latter  stand- 
ard we. re  raised  two  measures,  the  one  fojr 
ale,  theother  lor  beer. 

The  sealed  gallon  at  Guildhall,  London, 
which  is  the  English  standard  for  wine, 
spirits, oil,  &c.  is  su;  posed  to  contain  231 
cubic  ;nchea;  yet  by  actual  experiment 
made  in  i6>8,  before  the  lord  mayor  and 
commissioners  of  excise,  it  only  contains 
•224  cubic  inches.  It  was  however  agreed 
to  continue  the  common  supposed  con- 
tents of  231  :  hence,  as  12  :  231  : :  14!!  : 
281  i-2  the  cubic  inches  in  an  ale  gallon  ; 
but  in  effect,  the  ale  quart  contains  70  1.2 
cubic  inches ;  on  which  principles  the  ale 
and  beer  gallon  will  be  282  cubic  inches. 

Dry  MEASURE,  is  ditlerent  fiom  both 
the  ale  and  wine  measure,  beit.g  nea  ly  a 
mean  between  both. 

According  to  a  British  act  of  parlia- 
ment, passed  in  1697,  every  round  bushel 
with  a  plain  and  even  bottom,  bein^  18  1-2 
inches  throughout,  and  eight  indies  dcep^ 
is  to  be  accounted  a  legal  Winchester 
bushel,  according  to  the  standai •>.  >ii  the 
exchequer  ;  consequently  a  corn  gallon 
will  contain  268. 8  inches,  as  in  the  follow- 
ing table. 


mcnes 

gallons 

pecks 

JL 

3* 

bushels 
8      J  guarters 

2688 

5376 

2 

2I5°4 

8 

172032 

64 

430 


M  E  C 


M  EC 


Winchester  Measure. 

make    i  Quart. 


2  Pints 

4  Quarts 

9  Gallons 

£  Firkins,  or  18 

Gallons 
2  Kilderkins,  or 

36  Gallons 

1  Barrel  and  half, 
or  54  Gallons 

2  Hogsheads  or  3 
barrels,  or  icB 

Gallons  }  > 

i  Butts,    or   216  >  }     ~ 

Gallons  $     --   5        Un' 

Table  Cloth  Measure. 

9  JgS*1-.'!  •*.{'»•"• 

4  Nails  -      £  of  a  Yard. 

4  Quarters  -       i  Yard. 

£  ot  -A  Yard  -      i  Ell  Flemish. 


Gallon. 

t  Firkin. 

<  i  Kilderkin. 

>  i  Barrel. 

-   ?  i  Hogshead. 

V  i  Butt. 


6  Quarters  -    'i  French  Ell. 

M  E  A  s  u  R  E  of  word  for  f  ring,  is  the  cord, 
being  four  feet  high,  as  many  broad,  and 
the  length  of  the  wood  is  as  by  law  esta- 
blished, it  is  divided  into  two  half  cords. 

MEASURE  for  horses,  is  the  hand,  which 
by  statute  contains  4  inches. 

Powder  MEASURES,  made  of  copper, 
holding  from  an  ounce  to  ia  pounds,  are 
very  convenient  in  a  siege,  when  guns  or 
mortars  are  to  be  loaded  with  loose  pow- 
der, especially  in  ricochet-firing,  &C. 

The  French  recommend  measures  that 
are  made  of  block  tin,  such  as  are  used  for 
measuring  out  salt,  viz.  i  ounce,  2,  3,4, 
8,  which  make  the  half  pound  ;  and  last- 
ly, of  16,  which  make  the  pound.  These 
quantities  answer  every  sort  of  ordnance. 


&         M 


I? 

if 


O 

e 

M 

o 

n 

rt 

tn 

1 

p 

8. 

O 

0 

i 

M 
Ol 

- 

u 

CO 

«J1 

CO 

o» 

VAJ 

| 

•••.  .! 
I 

M 

M 

»o 

00 

VO 

m 

M 

6 

" 

to 
-J 

0 

U> 

i 

4>. 

V, 

*gk,  a  brass  instrument 
to  measure  angles,  either  saliant  or  ren- 
frant,  for  exactly  ascertaining  the  Bum- 


ber  of  degrees  and  minutes,  to  delineate 
them  on  paper. 

MEASURING,  ?in  military  ma- 
MENSURATION,  $  thematic s,  the  as, 
suming  any  certain  quantity,  and  express- 
ing the  proportion  of  other  similar  quan- 
tities to  the  same;  or  the  determining, 
by  a  certain  known  measure,  the  precise 
extent,  quantity,  or  capacity  of  any  thing. 
MEASURING,  in  general,  constitutes 
the  practical  part  of  geometry ;  and  from 
the  various  subjects  which  it  embraces,  it 
acquires  various  names,  and  constitutes 
various  arts,  viz, 

LONGIMETRY,  Al-TIMETRY,  LEVEL- 
LING, GEO  oEsi  A,  or  SURV  EY  ING,  STE- 
REOMETRY, SUPERFICIES, andSoLios, 
&c.  which  see. 

MEASURING.     See  CHAIN. 

MECHANICS,  a  mixed  mathemati- 
cal science,  which  considers  motion  and 
moving  powers,  their  nature  and  laws, 
with  the  effects  thereof,  in  machines, 
&c .  The  w  ord  i  s  derived  from  t  he  G  reek . 
That  part  which  considers  motion  arising 
from  gravity,  is  sometimes  called  statics, 
in  contradistinction  from  that  part  which 
considers  the  mechanical  powers  and  their 
application,  properly  called  mechanics : 
it  is,  in  fine,  the  geswnetry  of  motion. 

M  EC  H  A  N  ic* .  The  whole  momentum 
or  quantity  of  force  of  a  moving  body,  is. 
the  result  of  the  quantity  of  matter, 
multiplied  by  the  veiocity  with  which 
it  is  moved;  and  when  the  product  aris- 
ing from  the  multiplication  of  the  parti- 
cular quantities  of  matter  in  any  two 
bodies,  by  their  respective  velocities  are 
equal,  their  momentum  will  be  so  too. 
Upon  this  easy  principle  depends  the 
whole  of  mechanics  ;  and  it  holds  univer- 
sally true,  that  when  two  bodies  are  sus- 
pended on  any  machine,  so  as  to  act  con- 
trary to  each  other;  if  the  machine  bo 
put  in  motion,  and  the  perpendicular  as- 
cent of  one  body  multiplied  into  its 
weight,  be  equal  to  the  perpendicular  de- 
scent of  the  other,  multiplied  into  its 
weight,  those  bodies,  how  unequal  soever 
in  their  weights,  will  balance  each  other  in 
all  situations:  for,  as  the  whole  ascent 
of  the  one  is  performed  in  the  same  time 
as  the  whole  descent  of  the  other,  their 
respective  velocities  must  be  as  the  spaces 
they  move  through;  and  the  excess  of 
weight  in  one  is  compensated  by  the  ex- 
cess of  velocity  in  the  other.  Upon  this 
principle  it  is  easy  to  compute  the  power 
of  any  engine,  either  simple  or  compound ; 
for  it  is  only  finding  how  much  swifter 
the  power  moves  than  the  weight  does, 
(i.e.  how  much  further  in  the  same  time,) 
and  just  so  much  is  the  power  increased 
by  the  help  of  the  engine. 

The  simple  machines  usually  called 
mechanic  powers,  are  six  in  number,  vi%. 
the  lever ,  the  'wheel  and  axle,  the  pulley , 
the  inclined  plane,  the  'wedge,  and  the  screw* 

There  are  four  kinds  of  levers ;  ist, 
where  the  prop  is  placed  between  the 
weight  and  the  power,  ad,  where  th 


ME  C 


M  E  C 


431 


of  the  weight  from  the  prop  exceeds  the 
distance  of  the  power  from  the  prop.  As 
this  kind  of  lever  is  disadvantageous  to  the 
moving  power,  it  is  seldom  used. 

Wheel  and  axle.  Here  the  velocity  of 
the  power  is  to  the  velocity  of  the  weight, 
as  the  circumference  of  the  wheel  is  to  the 
circumference  ot  the  axle. 

Pulley.  A  single  pulley,  that  only 
f  urns  on  its  axis,  and  does  no't  move  out  of 
its  place,  serves  only  to  change  the  direc- 
tion of  the  power,  but  gives  no  mechanical 
prop  is  at  one  end  of  the  lever,  the  power 
at  the  other,  and  the  weight  between 
them.  3d,  where  the  prop  is  at  one  end, 
the  weight  at  the  other,  and  the  power  ap- 
plied between  them.  4th,  the  bended 
lever,  which  differs  from  the  first  in 
form,  but  not  in  property. 

In  the  first  and  2d  kind,  the  advantage 
gained  by  the  lever,  is  as  the  distance  of 
the  power  from  the  prop,  to  the  distance 
of  the  weight  from  the  prop.  In  the  jd 
kind,  that  there  may  be  a  balance  between 
the  power  and  the  weight,  the  intensity  of 
the  power  must  exceed  the  intensity  of 
the  weight,  just  as  much  as  the  distance 
advantage.  The  advantage  gained  in  this 
machine,  is  always  as  twice  the  number 
of  mo"jeable  pullies ;  without  taking  any 
notice  of  the  fxed  pullies  necessary  to 
compose  the  system  of  pullies. 

Inclined  plane.  The  advantage  gained 
by  the  inclined  plane,  is  as  great  as  its 
length  exceeds  its  perpendicular  height. 
The  force  wherewith  a  rolling  body  de- 
scends upon  an  inclined  plane,  is  to  the 
force  of  its  absolute  gravity,  as  the  height 
of  the  plane  is  to  its  length. 

Wedge.  This  may  be  considered  as  two 
equally  inclined  planes,  joined  together  at 
their  bases.  When  the  wood  does  not 
cleave  at  any  distance  before  the  wedge, 
there  will  be  an  equilibrium  between  the 
power  impelling  the  wedge,  and  the  resis- 
tance of  the  wood  acting  against  its  two 
sides  ;  when  the  power  is  to  the  resistance, 
as  half  the  thickness  of  the  wedge  at  the 
back,  is  to  the  length  of  either  of  its  sides  ; 
because  the  resistance  then  acts  perpen- 
dicular to  the  sides  of  the  wedge :  but 
when  the  resistance  on  both  sides  acts 
parallel  to  the  back,  the  power  that  ba- 
lances the  resistance  on  both  sides  will  be, 
as  the  length  of  the  whole  back  of  the 
wedge  is  to  double  its  perpendicular 
heixfct.  When  the  wood  cleaves  at  any 
distance  before  the  wedge,  (as  it  generally 
does)  the  power  impelling  the  wedge  will 
be  to  the  resistance  of  the  wood,  as  half 
the  length  of  the  back  is  to  the  length  of 
either  of  the  sides  of  the  cleft,  estimated 
from  the  top,  or  acting  part  of  the  wed«re. 

Screw.  Here  the  advantage  gained  is  as 
much  as  the  circumference  of  a  circle  des- 
cribed by  the  handle  of  the  winch,  exceeds 
the  interval  or  distance  between  the  spirals 
of  the  screw. 

There  are  few  compound  engines,  but 
what,  on  account  of  the  friction  of  parts 
against  one  another,  will  require  a  third 


part  more  power  to  work  them  when 
loaded,  than  what  is  required  to  consti- 
tute a  balance  between  the  power  and  the 
weight. 

MECHANICAL,  something  relating 
to  mechanics. 

MECHANICAL  philosophy,  that  which 
explains  the  phenomena  of  nature,  and 
the  operations  of  corporeal  things,  on  the 
principles  of  mechanics ;  namely,  the 
motion,  gravity,  figure,  arrangement,  &c. 
of  the  parts  which  compose  natural  bodies. 

MECHANICAL  poivers.  When  two 
heavy  bodies  or  weights  are  made  by  any 
contrivance  to  act  against  each  other,  so  as 
mutually  to  prevent  each  other,  from 
being  put  into  motion  by  gravity,  they  are 
said  to  be  in  equilibrio.  The  same  expres- 
sion is  used  with  respect  to  other  forces, 
which  mutually  prevent  each  other  from 
producing  motion. 

Any  torce  may  be  compared  with  gravi- 
ty, considered  as  a  standard.  Weight  is 
the  action  of  gravity  on  a  given  mass. 
Whatever  therefore  is  proved  concerning 
the  weights  of  bodies  will  be  true  ia  like 
circumstances  of  other  forces. 

Weights  are  supposed  to  act  in  lines  of 
direction  parallel  to  each  other.  In  fact, 
these  lines  are  directed  to  the  centre  of  the 
earth,  but  the  angle  formed  between  an/ 
two  of  them  within  the  space  occupied  by 
a  mechanical  engine  is  so  small,  that  the 
largest  and  most  accurate  astronomical 
instruments  are  scarcely  capable  of  ex- 
hibiting it. 

The  simplest  of  those  instruments,  by 
means  of  which  weights  or  forces  are 
made  to  act  in  opposition  to  each  other? 
are  usually  termed  mechanical  po*wers« 
Their  names  are,  the  lever,  the  axis  or 
axle,  and  ivheel,  the  fully  or  tackle,  the  //;- 
dined  plane,  the  ivee/ge^  and  the  screw. 
Of  the  Lei/er. 

The  lever  is  defined  to  be  a  moveablc 
and  inflexible  line,  acted  upon  by  three 
forces,  the  middle  one  of  which  is  con- 
trary in  direction  to  the  other  two. 

One  of  these  forces  is  usually  produced 
by  the  re-action  of  a  fixed  body,  called 
\.ns  fulcrum. 

If  two  contrary  forces  be  applied  to  a 
lever  at  unequal  distances  from  the  ful- 
crum, they  will  equiponderate  when  the 
forces  are  to  each  other  in  the  reciprocal 
proportion  of  their  distances.  For,  by. 
the  resolution  of  force  it  appears,  that  if 
two  contrary  forces  be  applied  to  a  straight 
lever,  at  distances  from  the  fulcrum  in  tha 
reciprocal  proportion  of  their  quantities, 
and  in  directions  always  parallel  to  eacli 
other,  the  lever  will  remain  at  rest  in  any 
position. 

Since  of  the  three  forces  which  act  en 
the  lever,  the  two  which  are  applied  at 
the  extremes,  are  always  in  a  contrary  di- 
rection to  that  which  is  applied  in  the 
space  between  them  :  this  last  force  will 
sustain  the  effects  of  the  other  two  ;  or,  in 
other  word?,  if  the  fulcrum  be  pV?* 


432 


M  E  C 


ME  C 


between  the   weights,   it  will  be  acted 
upon  by  their  difference. 

On  the  principle  of  the  lever  are  made, 
scales  for  weighing  different  quantities 
of  various  kinds  of  things  ;  the  steelyard, 
which  answers  the  5>ame  purpose  by  a 
single  weight,  removed  to  different  dis- 
tances from  the  fulcrum  on  a  graduated 
arm,  according  as  the  body  tob:  weighed  is 
more  or  less  in  quantity ;  and  the  bent 
lever  balance,  which,  by  the  revolution 
©fa  fixed  weight,  increasing  in  power  as  it 
ascends  in  the  arc  of  a  circle,  indicates  the 
weight  of  the  counterpoise. 

On  this  principle  also,  depend  the 
motions  of  animals  ;  the  overcoming  or 
lifting  great  weights  by  means  of  hen 
levers,  called  crows  ;  the  action  of  nut- 
crackers, pincers,  and  many  other  instru- 
ments of  tiie  same  nature. 
Of  the  Axil  or  A:de,  and  Wheel,  and  of  tie 


the  weight  a  double  increase  of  power  is 
gained;  the  force  by  which  F.  mav  be 
sustained  will  beequal  to  half  the  weight 
divided  by  the  number  of  lower  pullies  : 
that  is,  as  twice  the  number  of  lower  pul- 
lies is  to  one^  so  is  the  weight  suspending 
force. 

But  if  the  extremity  of  the  rope  C.  be 
affixed  to  the  lower  block,  it  will  sustain 
half  as  much  as  a  pulley  ;  cor.sequ'  .;tly 
the  analogy  will  then  be,  a6  twice  the 
number  of  lower  pullies,  more  2  is  to  I, 
so  is  the  weight  suspended  to  the  sus- 
pending force. 

The  pulley  or  tackle  is  of  such  gene- 
ral utility,  that  it  would  seem  unneces- 
sary to  point  out  any  particuiar  irs'r-nce. 
Of  the  inclined  Plane,  find  of  the  Wedge. 

The  inclined  pknr  has  in  its  effects  a 
near  analogy  to  the  lever ;  and  the  forces 
by  which  the  same  weigh  ••  t.:uds  down- 


wards in  the  directions  cf  various  planes, 
will  be  as  the  sines  of  their  inclinations. 
The  wedv.e  is  composed  of  two  inclined 
planes  joined  together  at  their  common 
pases,  in  the  direction  of  which  the  power 
is  impressed. 


Pulley  or  Tackle 

The  axis  and  wtu.-I  may  be  considered 
as  a  lever,  one  of  the  forces  being  applied 
at  the  circumference  »tf  the  axis,  and  the 
other  at  the  circumference  of  the  wheel, 
the  central  line  of  the  axis  being  as  it  were 
the  fulcrum.  This  instrument  is  generally  t 

For  ii  the  semidiameter  of  the  axis,  be  j  splitting  wood,  and  was  formerly 
to  the  semidiameter  of  the  wheel,  reci-  |i  in  engines   for    stamping    w^u,1' 
procally  as  the  power  of  A  is  to  the  power  I  The  force  impressed  is  commonly  a  blow, 
J3,  the  first  of  which  is  applied  in  the  di-  1  which  is  found  to  be  much  more  effectual 
rection  of  a  tangent  of  the  axis,  and  the  1 1  than  a  weight  or  pressure.     Thi- 
other  in  the  direction  of  the  tangent  of  the  | ;  accounted   for  on  the   principles  which 
wheel,  they  will  be  in  equilibrium.  obtain  when  resisting  bodies  are  p 


To  this  power  may  be  referred  the  cap- 
stan or  crane,  by  which  weights  are  rais- 
ed ;  the  winch  and  barrel,  for  drawing 
water,  and  numberless  other  machines  on 
the  same  principle. 

The  puliy  is  likewise  explained  on  the 


i  ed,  as  if  the  mass  and  velocity  vary,  th* 
j  depths   to    which    the    impinging   body 
I  penetrates     will    be   in    the    com 
I  ratio  of  the  masses  and  the  squares  of  this 
velocities. 
All  cutting  instruments  may  be  refer- 


A  IIC    unity    to    JirvV^viav,  ^A^KAI^VW  wij    niv  ;  .TV  i  1     \^ULLiUt^     ilJoll  Ullicillo  ii 

same  principle  of  the  lever.  Suppose  the  !;  red  to  the  wedge.  A  chi/.el,  or  an  axe,  :s 
line  A.  C.  to  be  a  lever,  whose  arms  jj  a  simple  wedge ;  a  saw  is  a  number  of 
AJ  B.  and  B.  C.  are  i-.quidistant  from  the  jj  chizels  fixed  in  a  line:  a  knife  mav  be 


fulcrum  B.  consequently  the  two  equal 
powers  E.  and  F.  applied  in  the  direc- 
tions of  the  tangents  to  the  circle  in  which 
the  extremities  are  moveabie,  will  be  in 
equilibrium,  and  the  fulcrum  B.  will  sus- 
tain both  forces. 

But,  suppose  the  fulcrum  is  at  C.  then 
a  given  force  at  E.  will  sustain  in  equi- 
librium a  double  tbrce  at  F.  for  in  that : 
proportion  reciprocally  are  their  distances 
from  the  fulcrum.  Whence  it  appears, 
that  considering  E.  as  a  force,  and  F.  as  a 
weight  to  be  raised,  no  increase  of  power 
is  gained,  when  the  pulley  is  fixed,  but 
that  a  double  increase  of  power  is  gained, 
xv hen  the  pulley  moves  with  the  weight. 

A  combination  of  pullies  is  called  a 
tackle,  and  a  box  containing  one  or  more 
pullies,  is  called  a  block. 

This  is  a  tackle  composed  of  four  pul- 
lies, two  of  which  are  in  the  fixed  block 
A.  and  the  other  two  in  the  block  B. 
that  moves  with  the  weight  F.  Now, 
because  the  rope  is  equally  stretched 
throughout,  each  lower  p>.-!ky  will  be  act- 
ad  upon  by  an  equal  part  of  the  weight ;  and  j 
because  in  et^h  pully  that  moves  with  ] 


considered  as  a  simple  wedge,  wher  .  m- 
ployed  in  splitting;  but  if  attention  be 
paid  to  the  edge,  it  is  found  to  be  a  fine 
sav.',  as  is  evident  from  the  much  greater 
effect  all  knives  produce  by  a  drawing 
stroke,  than  what  would  nave  followed 
from  a  direct  action  ot  the  edge. 
Of  the  Screiu,  and  of  mechanical  Engines^ 
in  general 

The  scre*w  is  composed  of  two  parts, 
one  of  which  is  called  thesciew,  and  con- 
sists of  a  spiral  protuberance,  called  the 
thread,  which  is  wound  round  a  cylinder  ; 
and  the  other  called  th?  nut,  is  perforated 
to  the  dimensions  of  the  cylinder,  and  in 
the  internal  cavity  is  cut  a  spiral  groove 
adapted  to  receive  the  thread. 

It  would  be  difficult  to  enumerate  the 
very  many  uses  to  which  the  screw  is  ap- 
plied.  It  is  extremely  serviceable  i; 
pressing  bodies  together,  as  paper,  linen, 
&c.   It  is  the  principal  organ  in  all  s 

a-.mieiits  for   striking    coins,    or 


_  impressions  or.  •,   <>r 

and  is  of  vast  utility  to  the 
sopher,   by  affording  an  easy  method  of 
or  subdividing  small  spaces; 


MEC 


MEM 


433 


jft.  very  ordinary  screw  will  divide  an  inch 
'into  5,000  parts ;  but  the  tine  hardened 
steel  screws,  that  are  applied  to  astrono- 
mical instruments,  will  go  much  farther. 
It  is  easy  to  conceive,  that  when  forces 
applied  to  mechanical  instruments  -are  in 
equilibrium,  if  the  least  addition  be  made 
to  one  of  them,  it  will  preponderate  and 
overcome  the  effort.  But  the  want  of  a 
perfect  polish  or  smoothness  in  the  parts 
of  all  instruments,  and  the  rigidity  of  all 
topes,  which  increases  with  the  tension, 
are  great  impediments  to  motion,  and  in 
compounded  engines  are  found  to  diminish 
about  one  fourth  of  theeffeci  of  the  power. 
The  properties  of  all  the  mechanical 
powers  depending  on  rhe  laws  of  motion, 
and  the  action  or  tendency  to  produce 
motion  of  each  of  the  two  forces,  being  ; 
applied  in  directions  contrary  to  each  ji 
other,  the  following  general  rule  for  find-  ;j 
ing  the  proportion  of  the  forces  in  equiii.  '•• 
forium  on  anymachine  will  require  no  proof. '' 

If  two  weights  applied  to  the  extremes 
of   any    mechanical  engine,  be   to  each 
other  in  the  reciprocal  proportion  ot  the  i 
velocities    resolved  into  a   perpendicular  i' 
direction,  (rejecting  the  other  part]  which 
would  be  acquired  by  each  when  put  in 
motion   for  the  same   indefinitely  *mal}  ij 
time,  they  will  be  in  equilibrio. 

Whence  it  may  be  observed,  that  in  aJl 
Contrivances  by  which  power  is  gained, 
a  proportional  loss  is  suffered  in  respect 
of  time.  If  one  man  by  means  of  a  tackle,  j 
can  raise  as  much  weight,  as  ten  men  \ 
couki  by  their   unassisted  strength,   he 
will  be  ten  times  as  long  about  it. 

It  is  convenience  alone,  and  not  any 
actual  increase  of  force,  which  we  obtain 
from  mechanics.  As  may  be  illustrated 
by  the  following  exam  pie: 

Suppose  a  man  at  the  top  of  a  house 
tlraws  up  ten  weights,  one  at  a  time,  by 
<a  single  rope,  in  ten  minutes :  let  him 
then  liave  a  tackle  of  five  lower  pullies, 
and  he  will  draw  up  the  whoie  ten  at 
once  with  the  same  ease  as  he  before  raised 
up  o;.e;  but  in  ten  times  the  time,  that 
is,  in  ten  minutes.  Thus  we  see  the 
same  work  is  performed  in  the  same  time, 
•whether  the  tackle  be  used  or  not:  but 
the  convenience  is,  that  if  the  whole  ten 
weights  be  joined  into  one,  they  may  be 
raised  with  the  tackle,  though  it  would 
be  impossible  to  move  them  by  the  un- 
assisted strength  of  one  man ;  or  suppose, 
instead  of  ten  weights,  a  man  dra.ws  ten 
buckets  of  water  from  the  hold  of  a  ship 
in  ten  minutes,  and  that  the  ship  being 
leaky,  admits  an  c-quaLquantity  in  the 
same  time,  It  is  proposed  rhat  by  means 
of  a  tackle,  he  shall  raise  a  bucket  ten 
times  as  capacious  With  this  assistance 
he  pet  forms  it,  but  in  as  long  a  time  as  he 
required  to  draw  the  ten,  and  therefore  is  as 
far  from  gah.in.con  the  water  in  this  latter 
case  as  in  the  former. 

Since  then  no  real  gain  of  force  is  ac 
quired    from    mechanical    contrivances, 
tfiere  is  the  greatest  reason  to  conclude, 


that  a  perpetual  motion  is  not  to  be  ob- 
tained. For  in  all  instruments  the  fric- 
tion of  their  parts,  and  other  resistancess 
destroy  a  part  of  the  moving  force,  and  at. 
last  put  an  end  to  the  motion. 

MECHANICAL,  in  mathematics^  denotes 
a  construction  of  some  problem,  by  the 
assistance  of  instruments,  as  the  dupli- 
cature  of  the  cube,  and  quadrature  of  the 
circle,  in  contradistinction  to  that  which 
is  done  in  an  accurate  and  geometrical 
manner. 

MECHE,  Fr.     See  MATCH. 
MEDECJN,  Fr.    Physician. 
MEDIATOR.    Any  state  or  power 
which  interferes  to  adjust  a  quarrel  be- 
tween any  two  or  more  powers,  is  called  a 
mediator. 

MEDICINE-CHEST,  iscomposedof 
all  sorts  of  medicines  necessary  for  a  cam- 
paign, together  with  such  chirurgical  in, 
struments  as  are  useful,  fitted  up  in 
chests,  and  portable.  The  army  and  navy 
are  supplied  with  these  at  the  expence  of 
government. 

Specific  regulations  have  been  issued  by 
the  war  and  navy  offices,  respecting  the 
Quantity  and  quality  of  the  different  me., 
qici-.es, 

MEDIUM  GUARD,  a  preparatory 
guard  of  the  broad  sword  or  sabre,  which 
consists  in  presenting  the  sword  in  a  per- 
pendicular line  with  the  centre  of  the  op- 
posed object,  having  the  point  upwards, 
the  ward  iron,  and  the  cutting  edge  next 
\  the  object. 

MEER  BUKSHY,  bid.  Chief  pay- 
master. 

MEER  TOZUK,  Ind.  A  marshal 
whose  business  is  to  preserve  order  in  a 
procession  or  line  of  march,  and  to  report 
absentees. 

MEGGHETERIARQUE,  Fr.  The 
commanding  officer  of  a  body  of  men,  who 
formerly  did  duty  at  Constantinople,  and 
were  called  Heteriennes,  being  composed  of 
soldiers  that  were  enlisted  in  the  allied 
nations. 

MELEE,  Fr*  a  miiuary  term,  which 
is  used  among  the  French  to  express  the 
hurry  and  confusion  ot  a  battle;  thus, 
Un  General  habile  conserve  sa  tranquillitc 
au  milieu  du  tombat,  et  dam  I'horreur  de  la 
melee:— An  able  general  preserves  his  pre- 
sence of  mind  in  the  thickest  of  the  battle, 
and  remains  calm  during  the  whole  of  the 
conflict.  Melee  corresponds  with  the 
English  expression  thick  of  the  fghi. 

MEMOIRS,  in  military  literature^  a 
species  of  history,  wiitten  by  persons  who 
had  some  share  in  the  transactions  they 
relate,  answering,  in  some  measure,  to 
what  the  Romans  call  commentarii^  i.  e. 
commentaries.  Hence  Caesar's  Commen- 
taries, or  the  Memoirs  of  his  Campaigns. 
MEMOIR  is  the  title  given  by  military 
officers  to  those  plans  which  they  offer  to 
their  government  or  commanders  on  sub- 
jects relating  to  war  or  military  economy 
MEMORIAL,  an  address  to  the  gq 
verflrrrent  on  any  matter  of  public  sury  .*. 

3  I 


434 


MEN 


MEN 


BATTALION-MEN.  All  the  sol- I 
tliers  belonging  to  the  different  compa-  } 
jnies  of  an  infantry  regiment  are  so  called,  j 
except  those  of  the  two  flank  companies. 

Camp.Cchr  MEN  Soldiers  under  the 
immediate  command  and  direction  of  the 
quarter-master  of  a  regiment.  Their  bu- 
siness is  to  assist  in  marking  out  the  lines 
of  an  encampment,  &c.  to  carry  the  camp 
colors  to  thr  field  ou  days  of  exercise,  and 
f\\  them  occasionally  tor  the  purpose  of 
enabling  the  troops  to  take  up  correct 
points  :n  inarching,  &c.  So  that  in  this 
respect  they  frequently,  indeed  almost 
always,  act  as  guides,  of  what  the  French 
cvMJaloitneurs.  'They  are  likewise  employ- 
ed in  the  trer-ches,  and  inall  fatigue  duties. 

Drag-rope  MEN.  In  the  old  artillery 
exercise,the  rncai  attached  to  light  or  heavy 
pieces  of  ordnance,  for  the  purpose  of  ad- 
vancing or  retreating  in  action,  were  so 
called  ;  the  drag  rope  being  exploded  for 
the  bricole,  the  term  is  preserved  merely 
for  (explanation.  The  French  servant  a  la 
frolonge  are  of  this  description, 

MENACE,  an  hostile  threat.  Any 
officer  or  soldier  using  menacing  words  or 
gestures  in  presence  of  a  court-martial,  or 
to  a  superior  officer,  is  punishable  for  the 
Came.—  Seethr  Ankles  of  War. 

MENSURATION,  in  general,  denotes 
the  act  or  art  of  measuring  lines,  super- 
ficies, and  solids. 

M  E  N  s  u  K.  A  T  I  o  N  ,  in  mi/itaiy  mathematics , 
is  the  art  or  science  which  treats  of  the 
measure  of  extension,  or  the  magnitude  of 
figure* ;  and  it  is,  next  to  arithmetic,  a 
subject  of  the  greatest  use  and  importance, 
both  in  affairs  that  are  absolutely  neces- 
sary in  human  life,  and  in  every  branch 
of  mathematics :  -a  subject  by  which 
sciences  are  established,  and  commerce  is 
conducted  ;  by  whose  aid  we  manage  our 
business,  and  inform  ourselves  of  the 
•wonderful  operations  in  nature ;  by  which 
\ve  measure  the  heavens  and  the  earth, 
estimate  the  capacities  of  all  vessels  and 
bulks  of  all  bodies,  gauge  our  liquors, 
build  edifices,  measure  our  lands  and  the 
•works  of  artificers,  buy  and  sell  an  infi- 
nite variety  of  things  necessary  in  life, 
and  are  supplied  with  the  means  of  mak- 
ing the  calculations  which  are  necessary 
for  the  construction  of  almost  all  machines- 
It  is  evident  that  the  close  connection 
of  this  subject  with  the  affairs  of  men 
\vouldvery  early  evince  its  impoitance  to 
them;  and  accordingly  the  greatest 
emon?  them  have  paid  the  utmost  at- 
tention to  it ;  and  the  chief  and  most  es- 
sential discoveries  in  geometry  in  all  ages, 
have  been  made  in  consequence  of  their 
efforts  in  this  subject.  Socrates  thought 
that  the  prime  use  of  geometry  was  to 
measure  the  ground,  and  indeed  this  busi- 
ness gave  name  to  the  subject;  and  most 
of  the  ancients  seem  to  have  had  no  other 
end  besides  mensuration  in  view  in  all 
their  labored  geometrical  disquisitions. 
Euclid's  elements  are  almost  entirely  de- 
•y-ored  to  itj  ^nd  although  there  be  con- 


tained in  them  many  properties  of  geome- 
trical figures,  which  may  be  applied  to 
other  purposes,  and  indeed  of  which  the 
moderns  have  made  the  most  material  uses 
in  various  disquisitions  of  exceedingly 
different  kinds;  notwithstanding  this, 
Euclid  himself  seems  to  have  adapted 
them  entirely  to  this  puroose :  for,  if  it 
be  considered  that  his  elements  contain  a 
continued  chain  of  reasoning,  and  of 
truths,  of  which  the  former  are  succes- 
sively applied  tj  the  discovery  of  the  latter, 
one  proposition  depending  on  another, 
and  the  succeeding  propositions  still  ap- 
proximating towards  some  particular 
object  near  the  end  of  each  book; 
and  when  at  the  last  we  find  that  object 
ro  be  the  quality,  proportion  or  relation 
between  the  magnitudes  of  figures  both 
plane  and  solid';  it  is  scarcely  possi- 
ble to  avoid  allowing  this  to  have  been 
Euclid's  grand  object.  And  accordingly 
he  determined  the  chief  properties  in  the 
mensuration  of  rectilineal  plane  and  solid 
figures ;  and  squared  all  such  planes, 
and  cubed  all  such  solids  Theonly  curve 
figures  which  he  attempted  besides,  are 
the  circle  and  sphere  ;  and  when  he  could 
noi  accurately  determine  their  measures, 
he  gave  an  excellent  method  of  approxi- 
mating to  them,  by  shewing  how  in  a 
circle  to  inscribe  a  regular  polygon  which 
should  not  touch  another  circle,  concen- 
tric with  the  former,  although  their  cir- 
cumferences should  be  ever  so  near  to. 
gether ;  and,  in  like  manner,  between  any 
two  concentric  spheres  to  describe  a  poly- 
hedron which  should  not  any  where  touch 
the  inner  one:  and  approximations  to 
their  measures  are  all  that  have  hitherto 
been  given.  But  although  he  could  not 
square  the  circle,  nor  cube  the  sphere, 
he  determined  the  proportion  of  one  circle 
to  another,  and  of  one  sphere  to  another, 
as  well  as  the  proportions  of  all  rectilineal 
similar  figuies  to  one  another, 

Archimedes  took  up  mensuration  where 
Euclid  left  it,  and  carried  it  a  great  length. 
He  was  the  first  who  squaredacurvilinea! 
space,  unless  Hypocrates  must  be  ex. 
cented  on  account  of  his  lunes.  In  his 
times  the  conic  sections  were  admitted  in 
geometry,  and  he  applied  himself  closely 
to  the  measuring  of  them  as  well  as  other 
figures.  Accordingly  h?  determined  the 
relations  of  spheres,  spheroids,  and  co- 
noids, to  cylinders  and  cones;  and  the 
relations  of  parabolas  to  rectilineal  planes 
whose  quadratures  had  long  before  been 
determined  by  Euclid.  He  hath  left  us 
also  his  attempts  upon  the  circle  :  he 
proved  that  a  circle  is  equal  to  a  right  an» 
*led  triangle,  whose  base  is  equal  to  the 
circumference,  and  its  altitude  equal  to 
the  radius;  and  consequently  that  its  area 
is  found  by  drawing  the  radius  into  half 
the  circumference;  and  so  reduced  the 
quadrature  of  the  circle  to  the  detcrmina- 
rion  of  the  ratio  of  the  diameter  to  the 
circumference  ;  but  which  however  hath 
not  yet  been  done.  Being  disappointed  <>£ 


MEN 


MEN 


435 


the  exact  quadrature  of  the  circle,  forjj  He  had  another  very  curious  and  singu* 
want  of  the  rectification  of  its>  circum-  ||  lar  contrivance  for  determining  the  inea- 
ference,  which  all  his  methods  would  not  jj  sures  of  figures,  in  which  he  proceeds,  as 


it  weie,  mechanically  by  weighing  them. 

Several  other  eminent  men  among  the 
ancients  wrote  upon  this  subject,  both 
before  and  after  Euclid  and  Archimedes ; 
but  their  attempts  were  usually  upon 
particular  parts  of  it,  and  according  to 
methods  not  essentially  different  from 
theirs.  Among  these  are  to  be  reckoned 
Thales,  Aaaxagoras,  Pythagoras,  Bryson, 
Antiphon,  Hypocrates  of  Chios,  Plato, 
Apollonius,  Philo,  and  Ptolomy  ;  most 
of  whom  wrote  of  the  quadrature  of  the) 
circle,  and  those  after  Archimedes,  by  his 
method,  usually  extended  the  approxima- 
tion to  a  greater  degree  of  accuracy. 

Many  of  the  moderns  have  also  prose- 
cuted the  same  problem  of  the  quadrature 
of  the  circle,  after  the  same  methods,  to> 
'greater  lengths :  such  are  Vieta,  and  Me- 
tius,  whose  proportion  between  the  di- 
ameter and  circumference  is  that  of  1 13 
to  355.  which  is  within  about 3_ 


effect,  he   proceeded  to  assign  an  useful 
approximation  to  it :  this  he  effected  by 
the  numerical  calculation  of  the  perime- 
ters of  the  inscribed  and  circumscribed 
polygons  ;  from  which  calculations  it  ap- 
pears, that  the  perimeter  of  the  circum- 
scribed regular  polygon  of  192  sides  is  to 
the  diameter  in  a   kss  ratio  than  that  of 
31-7  (3  10-70)  to    i,   and  th-^t  the  in- 
scribed polygon  of  96  sides  is  to  the  diame* 
ter  in  a  greater  ratio  than  that  of  3  10-71  to 
i ;  and  consequently  much  more  than  the 
circumference  of  the  circle  is  to  the  diame- 
ter in  a  less  ratio  than  that  of  3  1-7  to  I, 
but  greater  than  that  of  3  10-71  to  i :  the 
first  ratio  of  3  1-7  to  i,  reduced  to  whole 
numbers,  gives  that  of  22  to7,  for  3  1-7  : 
*  :  :  22  :  7,  which  therefore  will  be  near- 
ly the  ratio  of  ths  circumference  to  the 
diameter.     From  this  ratio  of  the  circum- 
ference to  the  diameter  he  computed  the 
approximate  area  of  the  circle,  and  found 
ir  to  be  to  the  square  of  the  diameter  as 
TI  to  14.    He  likewise  determined  the  re- 
lation between  the  circle  and eiipMs,  with 
that  of  their  similar  parts-     The  hyper- 
bola too  in  all  probability  be  attempted  ; 
but  it  is  not  to  be  supposed,  th.it  he  met ! 
with  any  success,  since  approximations  to  jj 
its  area  ? re  all  that  can  be  given  by  all  the  |      The  first  material  deviations  from  the 
in  t'iods  that  have  sirce  been  invented        !,  principles  used  by  the  ancients  in  geome- 
Besides  these  figures,  he  hath  left  us  a  j  trical  demonstrations  was  made  by  Cava- 
treatise  on  the  spiral  described  by  a  point  '  lerius  :   the  sides  of  their  Ascribed  and 
moving  uniformly  along  a  right  line,  which  £  circumscribed  figures   they '  always  sup. 
at  the  same  time  moves  with  an  uniform  <   posed  of  a  finite  and  assignable  'number 
angular  motion ;  and  determined  the  pro- '  and  length;   he  introduced  the  doctrine 
portion  of  irs  area  to  that  of  its  circum-  |  of  indivisibles,  a  method  which  was  very 
scribed  circle^  as  also  the  proportion  of    general  and  extensive,  and   which  with 
their  sectors. 

Throughout  the  whole  works  of  rhie 
great  man,  which  are  chiefly  on  mensura- 
tion, he  every  where  discovers  the  deepest 
design  and  finest  invention  ;  and  seems  to 
have  been  (with  Euclid) exceedingly  care- 
ful of  admitting  into  his  demonstrations 
nothing  but  principles  perfectly  geome- 
trical and  unexceptionable:  and  although 
his  most  general  method  of  demonstrating 
the  relations  of  curved  figures  to  straight 


IOCCOOCO 

the  true  ratio  ;  but  above  all,  Ludotph 
van  Ceulen,  who  with  an  amazing  degree 
of  industry  and  patience,  by  the  same 
methods  extended  the  ratio  to  20  places 
of  figures,  making  it  that  of  I  to  3. 


great  ease  and  expedition  served  to  measure 
and  compare  geometrical  figures.  Very 
little  new  matter  however  was  added  to 
geometry  by  this  method, , its  facility  being 
its  chief  advantage.  But  there  was  great 
danger  in  using  it,  and  it  soon  led  the  way 
to  infinitely  small  elements^  and  infinitesi- 
mals of  endless  orders;  methods  which 
were  very  useful  in  solving  difficult  prob- 
lems, and  in  investigating  or  demonstrating 
theories  that  are  general  and  extensive  j 


ones, be  by  inscribing  polygons  in  thvm,  jj  but  sometimes  led  their  incautious  fol- 
yet  to  determine  those  relations,  he  docs  Ij  lowers  into  errors  and  mistakes,  which 
not  increase  the  number  and  diminish  the  jj  occasioned  disputes  and  animosities  among 

'  them.  There  were  now,  howeverjtnany 
excellent  things  performed  in  this  subject; 
not  only  many  new  things  were  effecteci 
concerning  the  old  figures,  but  new  curves 
were  measured ;  and  for  many  thing* 
which  could  not  be  exactly  squared  or 
cubed,  generai  and  infinite  approximating 
series  were  assigned,  of  which  the  laws  of 
their  continuation  were  manifest,  and  of 


magnitude  of  the  si.les  of  the  polygon  aJ 
infinltum ;  but  from  this  plain  fundamental 
principle,  allowed  in  Euclid's  element?, 
viz.  that  any  quantity  may  be  so  often 
multiplied,  or  added  to  itself,  as  that  the 
result  shall  exceed  any  proposed  finite 
quantity  of  the  same  kind,  hit  proves  that 
to  deny  his  figures  to  have  the  proposed 
relations,  would  involve  an  absurdity. 


He  demonstrated  also  many  properties,  some  of  which  the  terms  were  independent 
particularly  in  the  parabola,  by  means  of  h  on  each  other.  Mr.  Wallis,  Mr.  Huy- 
eertain  numerical  progressions,  whose  i!  gens,  and  Mr.  James  Gregory,  performed- 
terms  are  similar  to  the  inscribed  figures  :  jt  wonders,  Huygens  in  particular  must  bs 
but  without  considering  such  series  to  be  ;!  admired  for  his  solid,  accurate,  and  very 
continued  ad  infinitum,  and  then  summing  !|  masterly  works. 
*p  ths  terms ol" such  iufiuite -series.  During  tut  preceding  state  of  t 


436 


MEN 


MEN 


several  men,  whose  vanity  seemed  to  have 
overcome  their  regard  lor  truth,  asserted 
that  they  had  discovered  the  quadrature 
of  the  circle,  ]nd  published  their  attempts 
in  the  form  of  strict  geometrical  demon- 
strations, with  such  assurance  and  am- 
biguity as  staggered  and  r.isled  many  who 
could  not  so  well  judge  for  themselves, 
and  perceive  the  tallacy  of  their  principles 
and  arguments.  Among  those  were  Lon- 
gomon  anus,  and  the  eel  brated  Hobbes, 
who  obstinately  refused  all  conviction  of 
his  errors. 

The  use  of  infinites  was  however  dis 
liked  by  several  people,  particularly  by 
sir  isaac  Newton,  who  among  his  nume- 
rous and  great  discoveries  hath  given  us 
that  of  the  method  of  fluxions ;  a  discovery 
of  the  greatest  importance  both  in  philo- 
sophy and  mathematics;  it  being  a  method 
so  general  and  extensive,  as  to  include  all 
investigations  concerning  magnitude,  dis- 
tance, motion,  velocity,  time,  Sec.  with 
wonderful  ease  and  brevity ;,  a  method 
established  by  its  ^.reat  author  upon  true 
and  incontestable  principles ;  principles 
perfectly  consistent  with  those  of  the  an- 
cients, and  which  were  free  frnm  the  im- 
perkctions  and  absurdities  attending  some 
that  had  lately  been  introduced  by  the 
moderns  ;  he  rejected  no  quantities  as  in- 
finitely small,  nor  supposed  any  parts  of 
curves  to  coincide  with  right  lines;  but 
proposed  it  in  such  a  form  as  admits  of  a 
strict  geometrical  demonstration.  Upon 
the  introduction  of  this  method  most 
sciences  assumed  a  different  appearance, 
and  the  most  abstruse  problems  became 
easy  and  familiar  to  every  one;  things 
•which  before  seemed  to  be  insuperable, 
became  easy  examples  or  particular  cases 
of  theories  still  more  general  and  exten- 
sive ;  rectificationsr  quadratures,  cuba- 
tures,  tangencies,  cases  de  maxim  is  &  mi- 
vimis,  arid  many  other  subjects,  became 
geneial  problems,  and  delivered  in  the 
form  of  general  theories  which  included 
all  particular  cases:  thus,  in  quadratures 
an  expression  would  be  investigated 
•which  defined  the  areas  of  all  possible 
curve.,  whatever,  both  known  am.  un- 
known, and  which,  by  proper  substitu- 
tions, brought  out  the  area  for  any  par- 
licular  case,  either  in  finite  terms,  or  in- 
iinite  series,  of  which  any  term,  or  any 
number  of  terms  could  r»e  easily  assigned; 
and  the  like  in  other  things.  And  al- 
though no  curve,  whose  quadrature  was 
"unsuccessfully  attempted  by  the  ancients 
beca  .e  by  thi .  method  perfectly  quadra, 
ble,  there  were  assigned  many  grneral 
methods  of  approximating  to  their  areas, 
of  which  in  all  pu.bability  the  ancients 
had  not  the  le:jst  idea  or  hope;  and  innu- 
merable curves  were  squared  which  were 
latterly  unknown  to  them. 

The  excellency  of  this  method  revived 
Some  hopes  of  squaring  the  circle,  and  its 
<|uadratuie  was  attempted  with  eagerness 
The  quadrature  of  a  space  was  now  reduc- 
ed to  the  finding  of  the  fluent  of  a  given 


fluxion  ;  but  this  problem  however  was 
found  to  be  incapable  of  a  genera!  solution 
in  finite  terms;  the  fluxion  of  every 
fluent  was  always  assignable,  but  the  re- 
verse  of  this  problem  could  be  effected 
only  in  particular  cases  ;  among  the  ex- 
ceptions, to  the  great  grief  of  the  geome- 
ters, was  included  the  case  of  the  ci'cle,- 
with  regard  to  all  the  forms  of  fluxions 
attending  it.  Another  method  of  obtain- 
ing the  area  was  tried:  of  the  quantity 
expressing  the  fluxion  of  any  area,  in  ge- 
neral, could  be  assigned  the  fluent  in  the 
form  of  an  infinite  series,  which  series 
therefore  defined  all  areas  in  general,  and 
which,  on  subs  ituting  for  particular 
cases,  was  often  found  to  break  off  and 
terminate,  and  so  afford  an  area  in  rinite 
terms  ;  but  here  again  the  case  of  the  circle 
failed,  its  area  still  coming  out  an  infinite 
series.  All  hopes  of  the  quadrature  of  the- 
circle  being  now  at  an  end,  the  geometri- 
cians employed  themselves,  in  discover- 
ing and  selecting  the  best  forms  of  infinite 
series  for  determining  its  area,  among 
which  it  is  evident,  that  those  were  ro  be 
preferred  which  were  simple,  and  which 
would  converge  quickly  ;  but  it  generally 
happened,  that  these  two  properties  were 
divided,  the  same  series  very  rarely  mdud- 
in>;  them  both  :  the  mathematician*  in 
most  parts  of  Europe  were  n*./w  busy» 
and  many  series  were  assigned  on  all  hands.> 
some  admired  for  their  simplicity,  and 
others  for  their  rate  of  con  vergency  ;  those 
which  converged  the  quickest,  and  were 
at  the  same  time  simplest,  which  there- 
fore were  most  useful  in  commuting  the 
area  of  the  the  circle  in  numbers,  were 
those  in  which,  besides  the  radius,  ths' 
tangent  of  some  certain  arc  of  the  circle, 
was  the  quantity  by  whose  powers  the 
series  converged ;  and  from  some  of  these 
series's  the  area  hath  been  computed  to  a 
very  great  extent  of  figures:  Mr.  Edmund 
Rally  gave  a  remarkable  one  from  the 
tangent  of  30  degrees,  which  was  order- 
ed famous  by  the  very  industrious  Mr. 
Abraham  Sharp,  who  by  means  of  it  ex- 
tended the  area  of  the  circle  to  72  .>laces 
of  figures,  as  may  be  seen  in  S  her  win's 
book  of  logarithms;  but  even  this  was 
afterwards  outdone  by  Mr.  John  Machin,. 
who,  bv  means  described  in  professor 
Hutton's  Mensuration,  composed  a  series 
so  simple,  and  which  converged  so  quick, 
ly,  that  by  it,  in  a  very  little  time,  he 
extended  the  quadrature  of  the  circle  to 
too  places  of  figures  ;  from  which  it  ap- 
pears, that  if  the  diameter  be  i,  th.-cir- 
ci -inference  will  be  3  1415926535,897932 
3846,  2643383279.  5028841971,  6939937 
510,  5820974944,5923078164,  06286208 
99,  8628034825,3421170679.1-,  and  con- 
sequently the  area  will  be>  785398163?, 
9744830961,  5660849819,  857210492,  923 
4984377,  6455243736,  1480769541,  cisj- 
155224,  9657008706,  3355292669-!-. 

From  nence  it  appears,  that  all  or  most 
of  the  material  improvements  or  inven- 


M  E  S 


MET 


437 


tions  in  the  principles  or  method  of  treat- 
3ngof  geometry,  have  been  made  especially 
for  the  improvement  of  this  chief  part  of 
it,  mensuration,  which  abundantly  shows, 
what  we  at  first  undertook  to  decla  e,  the 
dignty  of  this  subject  ;  a  subject  which, 
as  Dr.  Barrow  says,  after  mentioning 
some  other  things,  "  deserves  to  be  more 
curiously  weighed,  because  from  hence  a 
name  is  imposed  upon  that  mother  and 
mistress  of  the  rest  of  the  mathematical 
sciences,  which  is  employed  about  mag- 
nitudes, and  which  is  wont  to  be  called 
geometry  (a  word  taken  from  ancient  use, 
because  it  was  first  applied  only  to  mea- 
suring the  earth,  and  fixing  the  limits  of 
possessions)  though  the  name  seemed 
very  ridiculous  to  Plato,  who  substitutes 
in  its  place  that  more  extensive  name  of 
Metrics  or  Mensuration  ;  and  others  after 
him  save  it  the  title  of  P  an  tome  try  ,  be- 
because  it  teaches  the  method  of  measur- 
ing all  kinds  of  magnitudes."  See  SUR- 
VEYING, LEVELLING,  and  GEOMETRY. 

MERHAU,  Ind.  A  deduction  or  abate- 
ment is  so  called  in  India. 

MERIT.  Desert,  excellence,  deserv- 
ing honor  or  reward. 

MERIT,  Order  of,  a  military  distinc- 
tion given  to  officers  or  soldiers,  for  some 
signal  service  :  the  badge  of  which  is  gen- 
erally expressive  of  the  service.  Such 
•was  the  medal,  or  order  of  merit,  present- 
ed by  the  Austria  .  cmp  ror  to  the  officers 
of  the  T5th  British  light  dragoons,  for  their 
bravery  in  the  affair  of  fitters  en  Couchs,  in 


MERKIN.     A  mop  to  clean  cannon. 

MERLIN.     Handspike. 

MERLON.     See  FORTIFICATION. 

MESS.  It  is  usual  and  advantageous 
to  discipline  that  the  officers  of  a  camp  cr 
garrison  form  one  or  more  messes. 

MESSENGERS  of  state  in  England, 
are  officers  under  the  direction  of  the  se- 
cretaries of  stare?of  whom  there  were  20  al- 
ways in  waiting,  who  were  relieved 
monthly  ,  and  distributed  in  the  following 
manner  :  four  at  court,  five  at  each  secre- 
tary's officp,  two  at  the  third  office  for 
•North  Britain,  three  at  the  council  office, 
and  one  at  the  lord  chamberlain's  office, 
who  attended  that  office  always  in 
readinesi  to  be  sent  with  dispatches, 
either  domestic  or  foreign  ;  cither  to 
apprehend  persons  accused  or  suspected 
of  hi^h  treason,  or  other  ofiences  against 
the  state,  b:ing  empowered  by  warrant 
from  the  secretaries  ;  for  the  safe  keeping 
of  which,  their  houses  are  made  a  sort  of 
confinement  or  prison  \  and  for  the  main- 
tenance of  the  prisoners  they  have  a  cer- 
tain allowance  from  government  The 
number  has  been  increased  with  the  sys- 
tem of  espionage  since  1794. 

Military  MESSENGERS.  Confidential 
persons  that  are  sent  to  and  from  head 
quarters,  &c. 

MESTR  ENCAMP,  Fr.  The  com- 
njanuing  officer  of  a  regiment  of  cavalry 
"vas  so  c<rj.i«l  fr  the  old  Trend}  s?rvrcer. 


He  was  distinguished  by  this  appellation 

on  account  of  there  bHng  a  colonel-gene- 

:  ral  in  the  cavalry.     The  duty  of  a  mestre 

\  de  camp  was  principally  confined  to  the 

1  following  heads  : — To  see  that  the  troops 

or  companies  were  kept  complete,  that 

the  arms  wer    in  good  state  and  condition, 

the  horses  of  a  proper  size,  sound,and  well 

trained.     He  had  likewise  the  direction  of 

the  different  guards,  &c 

McsTRErfV  CAMP  general,  Fr.  The 
next  officer  in  rank,  in  th~-  old  French 
cavalry  service,  to  the  colonel-general. 
This  appointment  was  created  under 
Henry  It.  in  1552. 

M EST  R  E  de  CAMP  general  dcs  dragons^ 
Fr.  An  appointment  which  first  took 
place  under  Louis  the  XlVth.  in  1684. 

M  E  S  U  R  E  S  a  poudre.  F  r .  Tin  casesv 
or  vessels  used  in  the  artillery,  to  measure 
out  gunpowder,  according  to  the  size  and 
calibre  of  each  piece  of  ordnance.  See 
Powder  MEASURES. 

Over. METAL,  (in  gunnery,)  when 
the  mouth  of  a  piece  of  ordnance,  in  dis- 
parting it,  lies  higher  than  the  breech,  it  is 
then  said  to  be  laid  o-ve r  me tal. 

Under-M.f.1: AL,  (in  gunnery)  is  wheft 
the  mouth  of  a  piece  of  ordnance  lies  lower 
than  her  breech. 

Right  'with  METAL,  (in  gunnery.) 
When  a  piece  of  ordnance  lies  truly  level, 
point  blank,  or  right  with  the  mark,  she 
is  said  to  lie  right  -tuitb  her  metal. 

Superficies  a/  METALS,  (in  gunnery.) 
The  surface  or  outside  of  a  gun. 

METIER,  Fr.  Means,  literally,  any 
calling  or  business.  In  a  military  sense, 
it  is  peculiarly  applicable  to  those  nations 
which  keep  up  large  standing  arrniesv 
and  make  war  their  principal  object  and 
pursuit.  In  speaking  of  military  matters,, 
it  is  common  among  the  French  to  say — 
Git  err  e  sur  tetre  est  notfe  metier  ;  Guerre  SUY 
mer  <?r/  le  metier  des  Artglois  — The  land  ser. 
vice  is  our  peculiar  business  or  calling  ; 
the  sea  service  is  the  peculiar  business  or 
calling  of  the  English  ;  meaning  thereby 
to  express  their  reciprocal  superiority. 

Chevalier  Folard  gives  rhe  following^ 
definition  relative  to  the  question  whicli 
is  often  discussed  on  the  subject  of  war, 
namely,  whether  war  be  a  trade  or  at 
science  ?  The  English  call  it  a  profession*- 
Folard,  however,  distinguishes  it  in  this 
manner  : — La  guerre  est  un  metier  four  leSt 
ignorant,  el  une  science  pour  les  babites  gens. 
War  in  the  apprehension,  and  under  the 
management  of  ignorant  persons,  is  cer- 
tainly a  mere  trade  or  business,  but  amonjj 
able  men,  it  becomes  an  important  branck 
of  science. 

METTRE  a  la  main,  Fr.  To  grasp 
or  take  hold  of  any  thing. 

M  E  T  T  R  E  I'e pee  a  la  main,  Fr  To  draw 
swords.  I/f  mirent  I'epee  a  la  main,  a  figu- 
rative expression,  signifying,  they  took, 
their  ground,  and  stood  prepared  to  fight.- 

MSTTRE  Ics  armes  a  la  main  de  >juet~- 
qu'un,  Fr.  To  teach  a  person  the  firrt 
|  rtnrtt.m:fjj_f^  of  waiver  IC-T^  nfm  frr  thr  fir:* 


438 


M  I  L 


MIL 


time  into  action.  Cat  lui  q>n  w'a  mis  tes 
artjtes  4i  la  want.  He  first  taught  me  how 
to  fight,  or  I  fought  the  first  campaign 
under  his  orders. 

MET  TRE  aiix  arrcts,   Fr.      To  put  un 
der  arrest. 

METTRE  sar  pied,  Fr.  To  arm,  to 
equip,  to  put  troops  upon  an  established 
footing. 

MEURTRIERES,  Fr.  Small  loop 
holes,  sufficiently  large  to  admit  the  bar- 
rel of  a  rtic  gun  or  musquet,  through 
which  soldiers  may  fire,  under  cover, 
against  an  enemy.  'They  likewise  mean 
the  cavities  that  are  made  in  the  walls  of  a 
fortified  town  or  place.  SeeM  URDRESSES- 
MICHE.  See  MALINC.ERER. 
MICROMETER,  ( MicrciK&rf,  Tr.J 
an  instrument  contrived  to  measure  small 
spa.es,  as  in  the  divisions  of  the  worm  of 
u  screw 

MIDI,  Fr.  the  South. 
MILE,  in  geog'apfy^A  long  measure, 
whereby  the  English,  &c.  express  tlv. 
distance  between  o  laces  :  it  is  of  different 
extent  in  diiierent  countries.  The  geo- 
metrical mile  contains  icoo  geometrical 
pace.-.,  or  millepassu^  from  whence  miles 
are  denominated. 

We  shall  here  give  a  table  of  the  miles 
in  use  an;ong  the  principal  nations  of 
Europe,  in  geometrical  paces,  6o,oco  <.,< 
Which,  according  to  the  English  Mitlta>y 
Dictionary,  make  a  degree  of  the  equator. 
Geometrical  p^cc-s. 

Mile  of  Russia  -          -  750 

Italy          -  -  1000 

England          -         -  J2oo 

Scotland  and  Ireland  1500 

The  old  league  of  France         -       1500 
The  small  ditto  -  2000 

The  gr  .at  ditto  -          -          3000 

.. VI ile  of  Poland         -         -  3000 

Spain  and  Portugal  3428 

Germany         -          -         4000 
Sweden         -  50  >o 

Denmark         -          -          5010 
Hungary  -  6000 

Holland        -  3500 

MILE.  Comparison  of  the  di  He  rent 
niiles,  in  geometric  paces,  each  of  which 
is  equal  to  5  feet  French  ro  al,  5-6719 
feet  Rhinland,  or  6-1012  English  feet. 

geometric  paces. 

The  mile  of  Sweden  5761 

Switzerland  4512 

Denmark  4071 

Common,  of  Germany  4000 

Holland  3158 

F/cague  of  France  2400 

Spain  2286 

Scotland  1500 

Mile  of  Italy  1000 

England  868 

Werste  of  Russia  575 

MI  LICE,  Fr.  soldiery,  but  more  par- 
ticularly the  militia  or  trained  bands. 

M  i  L  i  c  E  s  gardes. cotes,  Fr.  A  militia, 
somewhat  similar  to  our  sea  fVncibles, 
which  existed  during  the  old  1  rench  go- 
vernment, and  whose  services  were  c,on- 


fined  to  the  coast.  Every  province,  con- 
tiguous to  the  sea,  was  obliged  to  furnish 
a  certain  proportion  of  its  male  inhabitants, 
from  16  to  60  years  old.  This  militia  was 
exempted  from  the  regulations  which 
governed  the  land  militia^  It  was  under 
tlie  admiralty.  , 

MILITANT,  the  state  of  warfare,  or 
business  of  war. 

MIL1TAR,       ?  something   belonging 
MILITARY,   \  to  the  soldiery  or  mi- 
liiia,  &c. 

MILITARY  architecture ^  the  same  with 
fortification.     See  FORTIFICATION. 

MILITARY    tu-ayxt   the    large    Roman 
roads   which    Agfippa    procured   to    be 
made  through  the  empire  in  the  reign  of 
Augustus  for  the  marching  of  troops  and 
conveying  of  carriages.     They  were  pa- 
ved from  the  gates  of  Rome  to  the  utmost 
limits  of  the  empire.    The  British  have 
constructed  a  military  road   throughout 
India  ;  with  wells  and  other  accommoda- 
tions at  certain  distances. 
i      MILITARY    discipline        N  ext    to   the 
•  for::, ing  of  troops,  military  discipline  is 
[  the  first  object  that  presents  itself  to  our 
j  notice :  it  is  the  soul  of  all  armies;  and 
I  unless   it  be  established  amongst    them 
!  with  t'.rcat  prudence,  and  supported  with? 
j  unshaken  resolution,   soldiers   become  a 
;  contemptible  rabble,  and  are  more  danger- 
ous to  the  very  state  that  maintains  them, 
than  even  its  declared  enemies.   See  DIS- 
CIPLINE. 

MILITARY  execution,  the  ravaging  or 
destroying  of  a  country  or  town  that  re- 
fuses to  pay  the  contribution  inflicted 
upon  them  Also  the  punishment  in- 
flicted by  the  sentenceof  a  court-martial. 
MILITARY  frst  principles,  is  the  bodily 
training  for  a  soldier,  10  make  him  hardy, 
robust,  and  capable  of  preserving  health 
a;n  <ist  fatigue,  bad  weather,  and  change 
of  climate;  to  march  at  such  possible 
pace,  and  for  such  length  of  time,  and 
with  such  burden,  as,  without  training, 
M.  would  not  b.  able  to  do. 
MILITARY  REGULATIONS.-— 
ules  and  regulations,  by  which  the 
d  sc  pline,  formations,  field  exercise,  and 
iF.ovtrments  -f  the  whole  armv,  are  direct- 
ed to  be  ^bservcd  in  one  uniform  system. 
The  American  military  system  is  scarcely 
entitled  to  the  name  of  "a  system  ;  and  as  to 
regulation  that  •  equires  yet  to  be  establish- 
ed, the  \v-jirst  oi'all  is  that  there  does  not  ap- 
pear to  be  a  suspicion  in  congress  that  any 
regulation  is  required.  SeeRnGULATiONS. 
MILITIA.  A  force  whose  services, 
in  general,  do  not  exceed  the  boundaries  of 
the  nation,  but  which  may  volunteer  be- 
yond them.  The  American  militia  has 
no  coherent  system,  every  state  hat- 
power  to  regulate  its  own,  and  the  effect  is, 
that  there  is  either  no  regulation  at  all,  or 
what  is  worst-,  an  imbecile  mockery,  the. 
only  use  of  which  is  the  preservation  on 
the  statute  book  that  there  is  a  power 
though  there  is  not  a  will  to  regulate  the 
miluia.  The  militia  among  the  Romans 


MIN 


M  I  N 


439 


was  frequently  called  Agrarian  soldiers. 
The  system  of  our  revolution  though  it 
xvas  not  complete  in  general  was  the  most 
effectual  ever  established  ;  the  French 
system  of  conscription  w;s  borrowed 
from  America,  who  borrowed  it  from  the 
Romans. 

MILL,  properly  denotes  a  machine  for 
grinding  corn,  &c.  but  more  generally  ail 
such  machines  whose  action  depends 
upon  a  circular  motion.  There  are  vari- 
ous kinds,  though  foreign  to  this  work. 

Gunpowder  MILL,  is  that  used  tor 
pounding  and  beating  together  the  ingre- 
dients of  which  gunpowder  is  composed. 

These  ingredients  being   duly  propor- 
tioned, and  put  into  the  mortars  of  the 
mills,  which  are  hollow  pieces  of  wood, 
each  capable  of  holding   20   pounds  of 
paste,  are  incorporated  by  means  of  the 
pestle  and  spindle.     There  are  24  mor- 
tars in  each  mill,  where  are  made  each 
day  480  pounds  of  gunpowder,  care  being 
taken  to  sprinkle  the  ingredients  in  the  | 
mortars  with  water,  from  time  to  time, 
lest  they  should  take  fire.     The   pestle] 
is  a  piece  of  wood  10  feet  high,  and  4  1-2  | 
toches  broad,   armed  at  bottom  with  a 
lound  piece  of  metal.     It  weighs  about  j 
-60  pounds. 

MI  M  B  AS  H  Y,  Ltd.  A  commander  of 
one  thousand  horse. 

MINE,  in  a  military  sense ,  implies  a 
subterraneous  passage  dug  under  the  wall 
or  rampart  of  a  fortification,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  blowing  it  up  by  gunpowder. 

The  excavation  formed  by  the  blow- 
ing up  of  a  mine  is  found   by  experi- 
ment to  be  nearly  a  paraboloid.     It  was 
formerly  supposed  that  the  diameter  of 
the  entonnoir,  or  excavation,  was  always 
equal  to  only  double  the  line  of  least  re-  ji 
Distance;    but  experiments  have  proved,  , 
that  the  diameter  of  the  excavation  may  j! 
be  increased  to  six  times  the  line  of  leas't  | 
resistance;  and  that  the  diameter  of  the  ( 
i;lobeojf  compression  may  be  increased  to  j 
eight  times  that  line  ;  this  is  called  the  j 
maximum  of  a  mine,  or  the  greatest  effect  j 
that  can  be  produced  by  a  globe  of  com-  j 
pression.     In  any  mine  intended  to  pro-  j 
duce  an  e fleet  within  this  extent,  the  ef- 
fects will  be  nearly  as  the  charges. 

The  globes  are  to  each  other  as  the  cubes  j 
of  their  radii      Their  radii  are   the  hy-  ' 
potheiMse   of  righ tangled    triangles,    ofj 
which  the  line  of  least  resistance,  and  the  I 
semi-diameter  of  the  excavation,  are  the 
other  two  sides.     Therefore,  to  firfd   the 
charge  to  produce  any  required  diameter ' 
of  the  excavation,  the  following  will  be 
the  rule,  the  radius  being  found  as  above  : 
As  the  cube  of  the  radius  of  the  globe  of 

compression    in    the    following    table, 

(having  the  same  line  of  least  resistance 

as  the  required  globe,) 
is  to  the  cube  of  the  radius  of  the  required 

globe; 

5>o  is  the  charge  corresponding  in  the  fol- 
lowing table, 
To  the  charge  icn'iirec!. 


Table  for  the  Charges  of  Mines,  according 
to  Vxlliere. 


^ 

If 

o  5' 

J 

"-•  ?Q 

£.ra 

O  ^ 

S2 

£  0 

g  2 

?.l 

C  v. 

r.  '"t> 

"s1 

Feet. 

Ibs 

.  cz. 

Feet. 

Ibs.  oz. 

i 

• 

2 

21 

868  5 

z 

0 

I-i 

22 

998  4 

3 

2 

8 

23 

1140  ie 

4 

6 



24 

1296  — 

I 

ii 

20 

it 

4 

26 

1558  9 

1647  12 

7 

S1 

2 

27 

i8i<;  4 

8 

48 



28 

205S  ~ 

9 

68 

5 

£9 

2286  7 

10 

93 

12 

3° 

253°  4 

1  1 

124 

12 

31 

2792  4 

12 

162 

— 

32 

3072  — 

13 

205 

IS 

33 

33^9  * 

14 

257 

4 

34 

3680  12 

15 

316 

4 

35 

4019  8 

16 

i? 

334 

460 

9 

37 

4374  — 
4-48  ii 

18 

546 

12 

38 

5144  4 

'9 

643 

— 

39 

5561  * 

20 

75° 

— 

40 

6000  .. 

This  table  is  calculated  upon  a-suppo- 
sitionthat  the  excavation  of  the  mine  is  a 
paraboloid,  having  a  base  double  the  line 
of  resistance;  and  that  lolbs.  10  oz.  of 
powder  is  sufficient  for  raising  one  cubic 
fathom  of  earth.  By  the  lule  above. 
give.;  may  be  found  the  charge  for  an7 
mine,  that  shall  only  shake  the  ground, 
without  making  any  excavation,  by 
making  the  line  of  least  resistance  of  the 
required  globe  only  equal  to  the  radius  of 
the  globe  of  compressiou. 

The  charges  thus  found  by  means  of 
this  tab^e,  being  only  for  one  nature  of 
soil;  vix..  light  earth  and  sand,  (that  for 
which  the  table  is  calculated]  must  be 
augmented  according  to  the  following 
table  of  Vaubaa's,  by  one,  four,  rive, 
seven,  or  nine  elevenths  of  the  charge 
found. 
Tabl;  of  the  quantity  of  poivder  required  t9 

raise  a  cubic  fathom,  according  to  the  soil, 

1  Light    earth,    mixed   with 

sand 

2  Common  earth 

3  Strong  sand 

4  Clay,  or  fat  earth 

5  Old  and  good  masonry 
9  Rock 

The  following  ruleis  however  laiddowfr 
by  Belidor,  and  generally  adopted,  if  it  be 
intended  that  the  mine  shall  produce  its 
maximum  or  greatest  efiect :  multiply 
the  line  of  least  resistance,  expressed  hi 
feet,  by  300,  the  product  \vil.l  be,  rtjjj" 
charge  in  pounds. 


1 1  pounds. 

Ii 

18 

20 


440 


MIN 


M  IN 


In  making  mines  of  any  kind,  the  *ol- 
l&wing  re-marks  may  be  of  service 

The  -iest  form  for  the  chamber  would 
be  spherical;  but  from  the  difficulty  of 
its  constriction,  it  is  alwaysmade  a  cube, 
of  one  inch  Kveer  dimensions  than  the  box 
to  contain  the  powder. 

The  chamber  must  not  be  made  in  the 
prolongation  of  the  branch  of  the  mine, 
(but  at  one  side,  and  lower  than  the  level 
of  the  branch,  if  the  soil  be  dry  ;  but 
higher  if  it  be  wet. 

One  cubic  foot  will  contain  75  IDS  ol 
powder;  upon  which  principle  the  size 
»f  the  cast  to  contain  the  powder  must  be 
j-egulated.  The  au^et  is  generally  one 
inch  square  interior  dimensions,  and  the 
.end  of  it  must  reach  the  centre  of  the 
jchambcr;  where  the  saucisson  must  be 
fastened,  to  prevent  its  being  easily  pulled 
put. 

The  branch  of  the  mine  to  be  sprung 
,inust  be  closed  in  the  strongest  manner  by 
.tloors  well  secured  by  props,  anct  must  be 
.stopped  with  earth  or  rubbish  to  a  dis- 
tance, taken  in  a  straight  line,  equal  to 

2  1-2  times  the  line  of  least  resistance 

In  proportioning  the  length  of  saucis- 
,£on,  m  order  that  any  number  of  mines 
may  be  fired  at  the  same  instant,  a  return 
of  a  right  angle  is  generally  reckoned 
.equal  to  4  inches  in  a  right  line. 

The  first  step  in  making  a  mine,  whe- 
ther for  attack  or  defence,  is  to  sink  a 
chaft  to  the  depth  of  the  bottom  of  the 
gallery,  having  two  of  its  sides  in  the  di- 
rectioi:  of  the  sides  of  the  gallery  These 
shafts  should  be  where  the  galleries  are  to 
cross  each  other,  or  in  the  centre  of  the 
length  of  gallery  to  be  made.  These 
shafts  should  never  be  further  apart  than 
40  or  50  fathoms;  for  it  is  found,  that  the 
air  is  not  fit  for  respiration  in  the  larger 
galleries  at  a  greater  distance  irorn  the 
shaft  than  25  fathoms  ;  at  20  fathoms  in 
those  of  medium  dimensions;  and  at  15 
in  the  smallest. 

The  rectangular  frames  used  in  sinking 
a  shaft  are  commonly  placed  4  feet  asun- 
dei ;  and  in  the  galleries  they  are  onlv 

3  feet.      A  gallery  intended  to  be  lina 
with    masonry,    must  be  7    feet     high 
and  6  feet  wide,  in  order  that  it  may  be 
v;hen  finished,  6  feet  high  and   3   fee 
wide. 

Temporary  galleries  are  only  made  41-2 
Ject  high,  and  2  1-2  or  3  feet  wide. 

The  branches,  at  the  ends  of  which  thi 
chambers  are  to  be  placed,  are  only  madi 
-  i  2  or  3  feet  high,  and  2  feet,  or  2  tee 

3  inches  wide. 

The  first  of  these  is  dug  on  the  knees 
the  second  sitting  or  lying. 

The  miners  are  divided  into  squads  o 

4  each ;  and  the  rate  of  the  work  for  eacl 
s>quad  is  3  teet  of  the  temporary  galler} 
in  4  hours.     The  first  squad   is   relieved 
by  a  second,  after  having  worked  4  hours 
or  laid  one  frame;  which  becond  squat 
is  again  relieved  by  the  first,  at  the  expira- 
i;ou  pf  the . 


In  the  most  easy  ground  to  work,  a 
miner  may  be  heard  to  the  distance  of  i^ 
r  15  fathoms  under  ground  ;  and  the  noise 
riade  by  fixing  the  frames  of  the  gal- 
srirs  may  often  be  heard  as  far  as  20  or 
15  fathoms.  A  drum  braced,  standing  OH 
he  ground,  with  a  few  peas  or  other 
ound  substances  on  the  head,  will  be 
ery  sensibly  affected  by  an  approaching 
niner. 

It  is  of  the  most  essential  consequence 

0  place  the  entrances  to  the  countermines 
>eyond  the  reach  of  any  surprise  from  the 
n  my. 

To  prevent  an  enemy  gaining  possession 
•f  the  galleries  ot  the  countermines  they 
h  u'd  be  well  secured  by  strong  -'.Icnors,  at 
iveiy  15  fathoms.  These  should  bemus- 
quet  proof. 

A  glacis,  properly  countermined,  and 
every  advantage  taken  of  it  to  rtard  the 
jesiegers,  may,  with  proper  mai  a^ement, 
)roiong  a  sie.f;e  at  least  2  months  ;  and  if 
he  rest  of  the  woiksare  also  countermin- 
ed, and  properly  defended,  they  may  add 
another  month  to  the  siege.  Every  *)  stem 
of  countermines  must  depend  upon  the 
system  of  fortification  to  which  they  arc 
to  be  adapted  ;  the  general  principle  for 
their  regulation  is,  that  the  galleries  should 
occupy  situations,  from  which  branches 
can  be  most  readily  run  out  under  the 
most  probable  points  of  the  besieger's 
batteries  and  approaches.  The  general 
system  of  countermines  commonly  usecj 
"n  a  place  prepared  before  hand,  is  as  fol,. 
;>--ws:  the  principal  or  magistral  gallery 
runs  all  round  the  work,  under  the  ban- 
quette of  the  covert  way,  and  across  the 
places  of  arms,  having  the  entrances  at  the 
re-entering  places  of  arms.  Nearly  paral- 
lel to  this  at  20,  25  c/r30  fathoms  distance 
is  another  gallery,  called  the  envellope. 
These  two  galleries  are  connected  by  gal- 
leries of  ccmmunh-athn,  under  the  gutters 
of  the  re-entering  parts  of  the  glacis,  and 
under  the  ridges  of  the  salient  parts. 
From  the  envellope  are  run  out  about  15* 
or  16  fathoms,  galleries  in  directions  par- 
allel to  the  capitals  of  the  works,  and  at 
23  fathoms  distance  from  each  other. 
These  are  called  listeners. 

Sometimes,  shafts  are  sunk  from  the; 
end  of  these  listeners,  and  by  connecting 
these  shafts,  a  second  envellope  formed. 
Behind  the  escarps  of  the  different  works, 
galleries  are  likewise  made,  about  the 
level  of  the  bottom  of  the  ditch;  from 
whence  branches  may  be  run  out  into  or 
under  the  foundations  ot  the  walls  ;  and 
if  the  ditch  be  dry,  galleries  of  communi- 
ca;ion  may  be  inack  from  these  to  the 
magistral  gaiiery  ;  and  from  which  com- 
munications branches  may  be  run  out  for 
chambers  to  annoy  the  besiegers  m  their 
passage  of  the  ditch.  The  entrances  to 
the  escarp  galleries  are  by  means  of  pos- 
terns, which  descem.:  from  behind  the  in- 
terior slope  of  the,  rampart. 

If  a  place  be  not  countermined  before 

1  hand,  a  great  deal  may  be  done  even  after 


M  IN 


M  IN 


441 


the  investment  of  the  place,  to  prolong 
the  siege  by  countermines.  In  this  case, 
th?  fiis't  thing  to  be  done  immediately 
that  the  place  is  invested,  is  to  sink  a  shaft 
in  each  of  the  places  of  arms  of  the  covert 
way ;  one  in  each  branch  of  the  covert 
way  opposite  that  uart  of  the  bastion 
where  the  breach  will  most  probably  be 
made;  and  one  in  the  flanked  ang.e  ofjj 


The  passage  leading  to  the  powder  is 
jcalled  the  gallery. 

The  line  drawn  from  the  centre  of  the 
chamber,  perpendicular  to  the  pearest 
surface  of  the  grour.d,  is  called  the  brie  of 
least  resistance. 

The  pit  or  hole,  made  by  springing  the 
mine,  is  called  the  excavation. 

The  fire  is  communicated  to  the  mines 


each  bastion.  Those  on  the  covert  way  j  by  a  pipe  or  hose,  made  of  coarse  cjoth, 
•will  be  on  the  banquette,  and  sunk  to  j  whose  diameter  is  arx>ut  one  and  A  half 
about  18  inches  below  the  bottom  of  the  [  inch,  called  a  saucisscn,  .  for  the  filling  of 
ditch.  Those  in  the  bastions  to  about  12  ij  which  near  half  a  pound  of  powder  is  al- 
feet  below  the  bottom  of  the  ditch.  Thus  jj  lowed  to  every  foot)  extending  from  the 
prepared,  the  moment  the  side  on  which  Chamber  to  the  entrance  of  the 


the  attack  is  to  be  made  can  be  ascertain- 
ed, galleries  must  be  carried  on  from  these 
shafrs  on  the  side  attacked  along  the  capi 
tals,  in  the  form  of  trerles,  or  double  T  ; 
and  advanced  as  far  into  the  country  as  the 
time  will  admit.  Communication  galle- 
ries may  likewise  be  driven  between  these 
different  works  on  the  covert  way,  and 
from  them  to  the  work  in  the  bastion ; 
which  •  will  prevent  the  enemy  gaining 
possession  of  their  entrances.  All  these 
"\vorksmay  be  carried  on  after  the  invest- 
ment of  the  place ;  and  be  in  sufficient 
forwardness  by  the  time  the  enemy  gains 
the  third  parallel. 

The  following  rules  are  given  by  Vau- 
fean  for  fougasses,  or  small  mines,  having 
the  diameter  of  the  excavation  equal  to 
double  the  line  of  least  resistance.  The 
side  of  the  chamber  must  be  exactly  a 
sixth  part  of  the  depth  of  the  shaft.  The 
side  of  the  box  to  hold  the  powder  exact- 
ly a  ninth  part  of  the  depth  of  the  shaft. 

These  remarks  respecting  mines  are  prin- 
cipally extracted  from  the  General  Essay 
on  Fortification  before  mentioned,  written 
in  French  and  published  at  Berlin,  1799. 

Cwtfter-MiNEs,  are  those  made  by  the 
besieged,  whereas  mines  are  generally 
made  by  the  besiegers.  Both  mines  and 
counter-Klines  are  made  in  the  s^me  man- 
ner, and  for  the  like  purposes,  Y  z.  to 
blow  up  their  enemies  arxl  their  works ; 
only  the  principal  galleries  and  mines  of 
the  besieged,  are  usually  made  before  the 
town  is  besiegt-d,  and  frequently  at  the 
same  time  the  fortification  is  built,  to  save 
expence. 

Evtnter  la  MINE,  Fr.  to  spring  a  mine. 
When  used  figuratively,  this  expression 
signifies  to  discover  a  plot,  or  make  it 
known.  It  is  likewise  used  to  express 
t-he  failure  of  any  expedition  or  undertak- 
ing. 

Definitions  of  Mi  NES  .  A  mine  is  a  sub- 
terraneous cavity  made  according  to  the 
rules  of  art,  in  which  a  certain  quantity 
of  powder  is  lodged,  which  by  its  explo- 
sion blows  up  the  earth  above  it. 

It  has  been  found  by  experiments,  that 
the  figure  produced  by  the  explosion  is  a 
•paraboloid^  and  that  the  centre  of  the  pow- 
der, or  charge,  occupies  the  focus. 

The  place  where  the  powder  is  lodged 
is  called  the  cb&mbtr  of  the  miap>  or  foar- 


the  gallery,  to 

the  end  of  which  is  fix^u  a  match,  that 
the  miner  who  sets  fire  to  it  may  have 
time  to  retire,  before  it  reaches  the  cham- 
ber. 

To  prevent  the  powder  from  contracting 
any  dampness,  the  saucisson  is  lahl  in  a 
small  trough,  called  an  an  get  made  of 
boards,  three  and  a  haif  inch  broad,  joined 
together,  lengthwise,  with  straw  in  it, 
and  round  the  saucisson,  with  a  wooden 
cover  nailed  upon  it. 

Foyer  ^  Fr.  Focus  or  centre  of  the  chamber, 
some  authors  call  the  end  of  the  s^ucissoa 
that  comes  within  the  work,  and  which  i:?. 
to  be  set  fire  to,  the  foyer,  or  focus  :  but 
by  most  people,  this  is  generally  under- 
stood  to  be  the  centre  of  the  chamber. 

Galleries  and  chambers  of  MINES  Gal- 
leries made  within  the  fortification,  be- 
fore the  place  is  attacked,  and  from  which 
several  branches  are  carried  to  ditierent 
places,  are  generally  4  or  41- 2  feet  wide, 
and  5  or  5  1-2,  feet  hi*h.  The  earth  is 
supported  from  falling  in  by  arches  and 
walls,  as  they  are  to  remain  for  a  consi- 
derable time;  but  when  mines  are  made 
to  be  used  in  a  short  time,  then  thf  galle- 
ries are  but  3 or  3  1-2  feet  wide,  and  5  feet 
high,  and  the  earth  is  supported  by  wooden 
frames  or  props. 

The  gallery  being  carried  on  to  the  place 
where  the  powder  is  to  be  lodged,  the 
miners  make  the  chamber.  This  is  gene- 
rally of  a  cubical  form,  large  enough  to 
hold  the  wooden  box,  which  contains  the 
powder  necessary  fur  the  charge  :  the  box. 
is  lined  with  straw  and  sand-  ba^s,  to  pre- 
vent the  powder  from  contracting  damp- 
ness. 

The  chamber  is  sunk  something  lowec 
than  the  gallery,  if  the  soil  permits  ;  but 
where  water  is  to  be  apprehended,  it  must 
be  made  higher  than  the  gallery  ;  other- 
wise the  besieged  will  let  in  me  water, 
and  spoil  the  mine. 

Quantities  of  poivder  to  charge,  MINES. 
Before  any  calculation  can  be  made  ot  the 
proper  charge  for  a  mine,  the  density  and 
tenacity  of  the  soil  in  which  it  is  to  be  made, 
must  be  ascertained,  either  by  experi- 
ment, or  otherwise;  for,  in  soils  or  the 
same  density,  that  which  has  the  greatest 
tenacity,  will  require,  the  greatest  tbice  to 
separate  its  parts.  The  density  is  deter- 
mined by  weighing  a  cubic  foot  (or  any 
certain  qtnmtity)  of  the  soil  $  but  the  tef- 

5.5 


442 


M  I  1ST 


M  I  N 


r.acity  can  only  he  determined  b;>  making  a 
mine.  The  follow!: .v.  tabh-1  contains  ex- 
periments in  6  dirfcr.  nt  S"ils,  which  nrvy 
be  of  some  assistance  to  ioim  a  judgment 
of  thu  nature  of  th  «•..>!!,  when  an  actual 
experiment  cannot  be  had 


5- 

Ul 

r* 

^ 

£- 

^ 

< 

I* 

_-. 

6 

D 

* 

ft 

~ 

f 

S 

p1 

•< 

;-• 

r. 

0 

3 

5 

a. 

*r 

~. 

~ 

re 

-"' 

-: 

rr 

0 

o 

r. 

m 

V. 

c 

1 

? 

^ 

a 

5. 

i. 

i 

» 
0 

0 

-• 

^ 

2 

5 

Weight  of 
i  i.ubic  foot. 

p 
s 

M 

E 

» 

53f. 

i 

0 

cc 

Quantity  of 

S 

». 

power  to  raise 
i    cubic  fa- 

n 

tnorn. 

1" 

All  the  requisites  in  mining  may  be  de- 
termined by  the  following  problems, 
"which  admit  of  4  cases  ;  for  any  3  of  the 
article:,  below  b  ing  Driven,  the  4th  may 
thence  be  found 

1.  The  nature  ;>f  the  soil, 

2.  The  diameti-r  of  the  excavation, 

3.  The  line  of.  least  resistance, 

4.  The  charge. 

PROBLEM. I. 
Given  the  nature  of  the  soil,  the  diameter 

of  the  excavation,  and  the  line  of  least 

resistance,  to  find  the  charge. 
RULES.  ^ 

i.  To  the  square  of  the  diameter  of 
the  excavation,  add  the  square  of  double 
the  line  of  least  resistance,  and  reserve  the 
said  sum. 

-.  Multiply  the  square  root  of  the  re- 
Served  sum  by  double  the  line  of  least  re- 
sistance, and  subtract  the  product  from 
1he  same  sum. 

3.  Multiply  half  the  remainder  by  the 
line  of  least  resistance,  and  i.  57  times  the 
product,  will  give  the  solidity  of  the  ex- 
tavation. 

4.  The  charge  will  then  bedetermined 
Jrom  the  nature  of  the  soil,  as  in  the  fol- 
lowing example. 

Example  I. 

It  is  required  to  make  a  mine  in  the 

:<-'ond  sort  <•>!  soil,  mentioned  in  the  fore. 

Kpmg  experiments,   which    shall  have  a 

>t  least  resistance  of  10  feet,  and  the 

diameter  of  its  excavation  20  feet;  what 

vt_i  •, ;  the  proper  charge  ? 

lie  nature  of  this   soij,  by  the  table, 
requires  :o  pounds  of  powder  to  216  cubic 


Calculation. 

1.  The  diameter  of  the  excavation 

is  20,  and  its  square  40* 

Double  the  line  of  least  resistance  is 

20,  and  its  square  400- 

Th  refore  the  sum  to  be  reserved  is  8c» 

2.  The  squart  rootof  80®  is  28.3     ~) 
Double  the  line  of  least  resistances    566 

is  20  ;) 

Which  leaves  the  remainder  234 

3.  Half  the  remainder  is  iijy 
Which  multiplied  by  the  lineof  least 

resistance,  19 

Gives  the  product  1170 

Which  multiplied  by  1.57 

Gives  the  solidity  of  the  excava- 
tion .  .  feet  1836,3 
feet.     lb.          feet.        Jb. 

4.  If  216  :  10  :  :  1836.9  :  83  which  is 

the  charge  required. 
By  Logarithms, 

1.  Diam.  of  excavation 

is  =  20  1.301039 

Diameter  squared  is      2.002060  400 

Double  the  line  ofleast 

resistance  is  =  20  and  its  square      4o« 

The  sura  to  be  reserved  is  2.903090    800- 

2.  Square    root    of    sum 

is  28.3  .  ^«45i545 

Double   the  line  of  least 
resistance  is  =  20  1.301030 

Product  to  be   subtract- 
ed is  .  .          2-7^575    5'<*> 


Remainder  is        ,  2.369216    234 

Line  of  least  resist.  =.  10    i.oooooo 
10  pounds  of  powder  i  .00^000 

To  216  cubic  feet,  cornel. 

with.  7.665540 

To  which  add  the  const. 

%  .  .  9.894870 

And  the  sum  is  the  lo- 
garithm charge  requiredi. 929632=8511^ 

PROBLEM  II, 

Given  the  nature  of  the  soil,  the  line  of 
least  resistance,  and  the  charge,  to  find 
the  diameter  of  the  excavation. 
RULES. 

1.  Find  the  solidity  of  the  earth  to  be 
raised,  by  a  proportion  from  the  nature  of 
the  soil,and multiply  it  by  1.27. —  Divide 
the  product   by  the  li^e  of  least  resist- 
ance, and  to  the  quotient  add  the  square 
of  the  line  of  least  resistance :  reserve  the 
sum. 

2.  Multiply  the  square  root  of  the  sum 
reserved  by  twice  the  line  of  least  resist- 
ance, atKi  add  the  product  to  the  said  sum, 
and  from  the  result  subtract  3  times  the 
square  or  the  line  of  least  resistance;  so 
will  the  square  root  of  the  remainder  be. 
the  diameter  of  the  required  excavation. 


M  I  N 


M  I  N 


443 


Example  I . 

Let  a  mine  be  charged  with  io<s  pounds 
of  powder  in  a  soil  which  requires  n 
pounds  of  powder  to  raise  216  cubic  feet, 
and  let  its  line  of  least  resistance  be  10 
feet :  what  will  be  the  diameter  of  the 
excavation? 

By  the  nature  of  thr  soil  nib.  :  216 
feet  :  :   ioolb.  :  1964  feet,  which  is  the 
solidity  of  the  earth  to  be  raised. 
i.  Therefore  multiply  .  1964 

By  ....         1.27 


The  product  is 


2494.28 


Which  divided  by  the  line  of 

least  resistance,"  jo,  is  249  423 

To  which  add  the  square  of  the 

line  of  least  resistance  100.000 


And  the  sum  to  be  reserved  is      349.428 

2.  The  square  toot  of  349.428 
is  18.7,  which  multiplied  by 
twice  the  line  of  least  resist- 
ance, 20,  gives  .  374. 


This  addedto  the  sum  reserved 
gives  .  . 

From  which  subtract  3  rimes 
the  square  of  least  resistance 


723.428 

300, 


there  will  remain  423.428 

The  square  root  of  which  is,  20.5  feet, 
freing  the  required  diameter  of  the  exca- 
vation. 

By  Logarithms. 
Numb.       Logar.      Numb. 
Cubic  feet  —  216  2.334454 

Powder  nib.  co.  ar.       8.958607 
Charge    =    loo  z  oooooo 

Line  of  least  resist.  10 

co.  ar.  9.000000 

Constant  logarithm        0.103804 

2.396865      249.4 


To  which  add  the  square 
of  line  of  least  resist- 
ance 


ioo. o 


Sum  to  be  reserved  is    2.543323       8-49.4 

Half  of  which  logar.     1271661 
Twice    line  of  least 
resistance,  20,  1.301030 

Product  to  be  added  is  2.572691      373.8 

The  result  is  .  .  723.2 

j-'rom  which  subtract 
thrice  the  square  of 
the  line  of  least  re- 
sistance .  .  300.0 

And  there  remains  2.626546  423.2 
Ilalfof  which  logar.  is  1.313273  20.57  feet, 

the  diameter  of  the  excavation  required. 

Loading  and  stepping  of  MINIS  The 
gallery  and  chamber  being  ready  to  be 
loaded,  a  strong  box  of  wood  is  made  of 
the  size  and  figure  of  the  chamber,  being 


about  i-3dor  l-4th  bigger  than  is  required 
for  containing  the  necessary  quantity  of 
powder :  against  the  sides  and  bottom  oi 
the  box  is  put  some  straw  ;  and  this  straw 
is  covered  over  vv  th  empty  sand  bags,  to 
prevent  the  powder  from  contracting  any 
dampness  :  a  hole  is  made  in  the  side  t.ext 
the  gallery,  near  the  bottom  for  the 
saucisson  to  pass  through,  which  is  fixed 
to  the  middle  of  the  bottom,  by  means  of 
a.  wooden  pe*;,  to  prevent  its  loosening 
from  rhe  powder :  or  that,  if  the  enemy 
should  get  to  the  entrance,  he  may  not  bj- 
able  to  tear  it  out.  This  done,  the  p  vvder 
is  brought  in  sand  bags,  and  thrown  loose 
in  the  box,  and  covered  also  with  ^tra\v 
and  sand  bags  ;  upon  this  is  put  the  co  ei. 
of  the  box,  press  d  down  very  tight  with 
strong  props;  and,  to  render  them  more 
secure,  planks  are  also  put  above  them, 
against  the  earth,  and  wedged  in  as  fast  as 
possible. 

This  done  the  vacant  space  between  the 
props  ate  filled  up  with  stones  and  dungv 
and  rammed  in  the  strongest  manner :  the 
least  nt  gleet  in  this  work,  will  considera- 
bly alter  the  effect  of  the  mine. 

Then  the  auget  is  laid  from  the  cham- 
ber to  the  entrance  of  the  gallery,  with. 
some  straw  at  the  bottom  ;  an'*  the  sau- 
cissonlaidin  it,  with  straw  over  it :  lastly  ^ 
it  must  be  shut  with  a  wooden  cover 
nailed  upon  it.  Great  care mu»t  be  taken, 
in  stopping  up  the  galler>,  not  to  press 
too  hard  upon  the  auget,  for  fear  of  spoil- 
ing the  saucisson,  which  may  hindei  the 
powder  from  t.tking  fire,  and  so  prevent 
the  mine  from  springing.  The  gallery  i-$ 
stopped  up  with  stones,  earth,  and  dung, 
well  rammed,  6  or  7  feet  further  from  the 
chamber  than  the  length  of  the  line  of  least 
resistance. 

Globt  of  compression  in  MINES,  from  Be~ 
lldor.  If  you  imagine  a  large  globe  of 
earth  homogeneous  in  all  its  parts,  and 
a  certain  quantity  of  powder  lodged  in  its 
centrt-,  so  as  to  produce  a  proper  tii'xc 
without  bursting  the  globe;  by  setting 
fire  to  the  powder,  it  is  evident,  that  the 
explosion  will  act  alj  round,  to  overcome 
the  obstacles  which  oppose  its  motion; 
and  as  the  particles  of  the  earth  are  porous, 
they  will  compress  each  other  in  propor- 
tion as  the  flame  increases,  and  the  capa- 
city f  the  chamber  increases  likewise; 
but  the  particles  of  earth  next  to  the 
chambei  will  communicate  a  part  of  their 
motion  to  those  next  to  them,  and  those 
to  their  neighbor;  and  this  communica- 
tion will  thus  continue  in  a  decreasing 
proportion,  till  the  whole  force  of  ex  plo- 
sion is  entirely  spear  j  and  the  particles  of 
earth  beyond  this  term,  will  remain  in 
the  same  state  as  they  were  at  first.  Th~ 
particles  of  earth  that  have  been  acted 
upon  by  the  force  of  explosion  will  com- 
pose a  globe,  which  Mr.  Behdor  calls  tru 
globe  of  compression . 

M  IN  E  RS,  in  a  military  sense,  arc  gene- 
rally soldier^  :  mostt  t  the  Kurop?an  regi- 
ment,3  of  artillery  have  each  3  cpuipany  ?f 


444 


M  I  N 


M  IN 


jniners,  commanded  by  a  captain  and  two 
lieutenants.  When  the  miners  are  at 
•work  m  n<  mines,  they  wear  a  kind  of 
hood,  to  keep  the  earth  that  falls  out  of 
their  eyes  In  the  Encli.sh  service  the 
artificers  arc  ordered  for  Iiat  purpose. 

MINERS  /OG/J,  consist  in  several  sortsof 
spad.-s,  w he  1- barrows,  axes,  hand-le- 
vers, chisseis,  sounding-augres,  sledge- 
hammers, masons'  hammers,  mattocks^ 
augets,  plummets,  miner's  rule,  and  mi- 
ner's di.il,  &c. 

Different  sot  ts  cf  MINES,  arc  as  follows  : 

Fougasses,  are  a  sort  of  snrull  mines, 
frequently  made  before  the  weakest  parts 
of  a  fortification,  as  the  salient  angles  and 
iarcs,  not  defended  by  a  cross  fire. 

Treffle  MINES,  are  mines  with  two 
chambers  only. 

T  MINES,  so  called  from  their  great 
resemblance  to  that  letter.  They  are 
double  mines,  ha^  ing  four  lodgments. 

Deuble  T  MINES,  have  eight  lodg- 
ments, arul  four  doors. 

Triple  T-MiNEs,  have  twelve  lodg- 
ments, aii'i  six  doors. 

Double  irejfle  MINES,  have  four  lodg- 
ments, and  right  doors. 

Triple  Treffle~Mim$t  have  six  lodg- 
rnentfc,  and  twelve  doors. 

MINING,  in  the  art  of '  ivar •,  is  be- 
come one  of  the  most  essential  parts  of 
the  attack  and  defence  oi  places  ;  so  much 
artillery  is  used,  that  nothing  above 
ground  can  withstand  its  effects;  the 
most  substantial  ramparts  and  parapets 
can  resist  but  a  short  time  ;  the  outworks, 
though  numerous  ser  e  only  to  retard 
fora  rime  the  surrender  of  the  place. 

History  informs  us,  that  mines  were 
made  long  before  the  -.n  vent  ion  of  gun 
powder;  for  the  a;.c'',.tb  made  galleries 
or  underground  passages,  much'  in  the 
same  way  as  the  moderns,  from  without, 
under  the  walls  of  the  places,  which  they 
cut  off  from  the  foundation,  and  support- 
ed them  with  strong  props;  then  they 
filled  the  intervals  with  all  manner  ot 
combustibles,  winch  being  set  on  fire 
burnt  their  props  and  the  wall  being  no 
Jonsei  supported,  fed,  whereby  a  breach 
\vas  made. 

The  besieged  also  made  under- ground 
pas  sag -s  from  the  town  under  the  be- 
sieger'-; machines,  by  which  they  battered 
the  walls,  io  destroy  them;  which 
proves  necessity  to  have  been  the  in- 
Ve  •••  *?.  of  mines,  as  well  as  of  other  arts. 

Thv  fi  st  m  .^es,  sine..-  the  nvention  ot 
£unpov>der,  were  made  in  1487,  by  rhe 
Genoese,  at  the  attack  of  Serezanella,  a 
town  ir.  Florence;  but  these  failing,  they 
"were  for  some  time  neglected,  till  Peter 
Navarrr,  ben:g  then  engineer  to  the  Ge- 
jsoesi:,  a;  d  afterwards  to  th.t  Spaniards  in 
35C3»  against  the  French,  at  the  sieg,t;  of 
the  castie  dei  Ovo,  at  Naples,  made  a 
mine  under  the  wail,  and  blew  it  up.  In 
Consequence  of  which  the  castle  was 
taken  by  storm. 
*  M.  Vallierc  relates  the  same  story,  but 


differs  in  the  name  of  the  engineer  ;  he 
savs  it  was  Francis  George,  an  Italian, 
who,  serving  at  Naples  in  quality  of" 
architect,  proposed  to  Peter  Navarro,  the 
Spanish  governor  to  take  this  castle  by 
mines. 

Ncwtfs  of  every  thing  used  in   MINING. 

Au£pty  a  kind  of  small  trough,  made  of 
strong  inch  boards,  about  4  inches  square, 
in  which  the  saucisson  is  laid  in  straw,  to 
prevent  the  powder  from  contracting  any 
dampness. 

ChamUr^  the  place  where  the  powder 
is  lodged,  being  first  put  in  cubical 
boxes  made  for  that  purpose. 

Excavation,  2  the  pit  or  hole  made  by  a 

Ent(inncirt     \  mine  when  sprung. 

Focus,  tht  centreof  the  chamber  where 
the  powder  is  lodged. 

Fougas,  a  kind  of  small  mine. 

Feurneau.      See  CHAMBEP.. 

Miners  Tvo!s,  are  augers  of  several  sorts, 
levers  of  different  sorts,  needles  for  work- 
ing in  rocks,  rakes,  spades,  shovels, 
sledge-hammers,  masons'  hammers,  pick- 
axes, picks,  mattocks,  chissels,  plum- 
mets, rules,  a  miner's  dial,  &c. 

Line  of  least  res/stance,  is  a  line  drawn 
from  the  centre  of  the  space  containing 
the  powder,  perpendicular  to  the  nearest 
surface. 

G*//<r»jy,the  passage  leading  to  the  powder. 

Saucissoft,  is  a  pipe  or  hose  made  of 
coarse  cloth,  whose  diameter  is  about  an 
inch,  and  filled  with  gunpowder;  then 
laid  in  a  trough  or  auget,  which  extends 
from  the  chamber  to  the  entrance  of  the 
gallery,  that  the  miner  who  sets  fire  to  it, 
may  have  time  to  retire  before  it  reaches  to 
the  chamber. 

MINING,  in  military  aftaifs,  is  the 
art  of  blowing  up  any  part  of  a  fortifica- 
tion, building,  &c.  by  gunpowder.  The 
art  of  mining  requires  a  perfect  knowlege 
both  of  fortification  and  geometry  ;  and  by 
these  previous  helps,  the  engineer  may  be 
qualified  to  ascertain  correctly  the  nature 
of  all  manner  of  heights,  depths,  breadths, 
and  thicknesses  ;  to  judge  perfectly  of 
slopes  and  perpendiculars,  whether  they 
be  such  as  are  parallel  to  the  horizon,  or 
such  as  are  visual;  together  with  the 
true  levels  ofail  kinds ef  earth.  To  which 
must  be  added,  a  consummate  skill  in  the 
quality  of  rocks,  earths,  imsonary,  and 
sands;  the  whole  accompanied  with  a 
thorough  knowlege  of  the  strength  of  all 
sorts  of  gunpowder 

MINION,  a  piece  of  ordnance,  of 
which  there  are  two  kinds,  the  large  and 
ordinary  :  thr  large  minion  has  its  bore  3.! 
inches  diameter,  and  is  1000  pounds 
weight ;  its  load  is  3^  pounds  of  powder; 
its  shot  three  incnes  in  diameter,  and  3! 
pounds  weight;  its  length  is  eight  feet, 
and  its  level  range  125  paces.  The  ordi- 
nary minion  is  three  inches  diameter  in  the 
bore,  and  weighs  about  800  pounds 
weight :  it  is  se\en  feet  long,  its  load  2  i-i 
pounds  of  powder,  its  shot  near  three 
ches  in  diameter,  and  weighs 


MIR 


MOD 


445 


pounds  four  ounces,  and  shoots  point 
biank  120  pac  s 

MINI  ST  E  R,  according  to  J  ohnson,  is 
•ne  who --.us  not  by  any  inheren'..  authori- 
ty ot  hi:,  own,  but  under  another  Thus 
in  England  all  ministers  act  under  a  su- 
preme authority,  wi>ich  is  vested  in  the 
king,  lords,  and  commons,  to  whom  they 
are  responsible.  In  military  matters, 
there  is  not  only  a  war  minister,  but  a 
.secietary  at  war,  who  likewise  acis  con- 
jointh  with  the  secretary  of  state.  All 
dispatches  and  papers  ot  consequence  re- 
lating to  the  army  must  fir.;r  p;iss  through 
the  secretary  of  state,  and  the  war  minis- 
ter,  before  they  are  laid  before  parliament, 
«r  otherwis'  acted  upon  by  the  secretary 
at  war  Th-  common  arrangements  of 
corpi,  directions  with  respect  to  march- 
ing, &c.  are  transmitted  to  the  secretary  at 
war,  and  to  the  quarter-master  general's 
•ffice, without  previously  passing  through 
the  secretary  of  state,  or  war  minister. 

MiKiSTVif.de  la  guerre t  Fr.  Minister 
of  the  war  department.  The  appoint, 
inent  of  minister  and  secretary  at  war, 
among  t  ,e  French,  first  took  p'lace  in  the 
reivfn^'t'  Henry  the  II.  in  1549.  See  WAR. 

M I N  U  T  E ,  a  hasty  sketch  taken  of  any 
thin>.  in  writing.  Hence  minutes  of  a 
general  or  regimental  court-martial. 

MINUTES  oj  found/  in  the  military  de- 
partment. The  notification  of  orders  and 
regulations,  which  are  directed  to  be  ob- 
served by  the  British  ?rmy  in  India,  is  so 
called.  These  minutes  receive  the  sanc- 
tion of  the  governor-general  in  council, 
and  are  the  result  of  previous  communi- 
*ations  Irom  the  court  of  directors  in 
.Europe.  They  answer  to  the  French 
word  Rc':;tltat,  which  was  prefixed  to 
all  orders  and  regulations  that  were  occa- 
3ionally  issued  by  the  military  boards,  or 
conseiis  de  guerre,  for  the  government  of 
the  amiy.  The  term,  jugement  d'un  con- 
sell  de  guerre,  corresponded  with  our 
minutes  of  a  general  or  regimental  court- 
martial,  and  expressed  not  only  the 
minutes  but  the  sentence  of  the  court. 

MINUTE,  the  6oth  part  of  each  de- 
gree of  a  circle;  and,  in  computation  of 
time,  the  6oth  part  of  an  hour :  it  also  de- 
notes a  short  rn  moir  or  hasty  sketch 
taken  of  any  thing  in  writing.  See  MEA- 
SURE. 

La.  MINUTE,  Fr.  The  original  of  a 
sentence  or  decree. 

To  MISBEHAVE,  ina  military  sense, 
to  act  in  any  manner  unbecoming  the 
character  of  an  officer  or  soldier. 

To  MISBEHAVE  before  the  enemy  ^  to 
abandon  the  colors,  or  shamefully  give 
way  in  action,  &c.  See  WAR. 

MIQUELETS,  Fr,  A  banditti  that 
infest  the  Pyrenean  mountains,  and  are 
extremely  obnoxious  to  travellers. 

MIQUELETtl.  A  small  body  of 
mountain  fusileers,  belonging  to  the  Nea- 
poliu.  army. 

MIRE,  'Fr.  In  the  French  artillery, 
apiece  of  wood  about  four  mcJies  thick, 


one  foot  high,  and  two  feet  and  a  half 
long,  which  is  used  in  pointing  cannon. 

Coins  de  MIRE,  Fr.  Wt-dges  made  of 
wood,  which  serve  to  raise  or  depress 
any  piece  of  ordnance.  They  are  likewise 
used  for  the  same  purpose  in  mortars. 

MIRZA,  Lid.     Sir,  lord,  master. 

MISCELLANEOUS,  an  item  or 
charge  Ln  the  estimates  of  the  British 
army,  so  distinguished  as  miscelkixeou-s 
services ;  the  same  as  our  contingent  ex- 
penditures. 

MISERICORDE,  Fr.  a  short  dag- 
ger, which  the  cavalry  formerly  used,  for 
the  purpose  of  dispatching  an  enemy  wha 
would  not  ask  quarter  or  mercy. 

MISSILE,   ?  any    weapon    which   is 

MISSIVE,  \  either  thrown  by  the 
hand,  or  which  strikes  at  a  distance  from 
the  moving  power. 

M1TRAILLE,  Fr.  small  pieces  of  old 
iron,  such  as  heads  of  nails,  &c.  with 
which  pieces  of  ordnance  are  frequently 
loaded. 

Tirer  a  MITR  AILLE,  Fr  To. fire  with 
grape  shot.  This  term  is  frequently  used 
by  the  Fiench,  to  express  the  bribery 
which  is  practised  in  war  time  by  one 
nation  upon  another,  for  the  purpose  of 
fomenting  civil  insurrections.  Hence  tirer 
a  initrallle  d'or. 

MITRE,>   a    mode  of  joining    tw« 

MITER,  j>  boards,  or  other  pieces  of 
wood  together  at  ri^ht  angl.s. 

MOAT  A  wet  or  dry  ditch,  dug 
round  the  walls  of  a  town,  or  fortifieo 
place  When  an  enemy  attacks  a  town, 
which  has  dry  moats  round  it,  the  ram- 
part must  be  approached  by  galleries  un- 
der pround,  which  galleries  are  run  be- 
neath the  moat  ;  when  the  place  is  at- 
tempted through  wet  moats,  your  ap- 
proaches must  be  made  by  galkries  above 
ground,  that  is  to  say,  by  galleries  raised 
above  the  surface  of  the  water.  The 
brink  of  the  moat  next  the  rampart  is  call- 
ed the  scarp,  and  the  opposite  one  the 
counterscarp. 

Dry -Mo  AT  t  that  which  has  no  water. 
It  should  invariably  be  deeper  than  fhe 
one  that  is  full  of  water. 

Flat  bottomed  MOAT,  that  which  hath 
no  sloping,  its  corners  being  somewhat 
rounded, 

Lined  MOAT,  that  whose  scarp  anfl 
counterscarp  are  cased  with  a  wall  of  ma- 
son work  made  aslope. 

MODEL,  a  mould ;  also  a  diminutive 
representation  of  any  thing.  Thus  mo» 
dels  of  warlike  instruments,  fortifications, 
&c.  &c.  are  preserved  in  th-.  British  labora- 
tory at  Woolwich. 

MODERN,  something  of  our  owa 
times,  in  opposition  to  what  is  antique  or 
ancient. 

MODERN  Tactics,  and  MODERN  Art  qf 
War.  That  system  of  manoeuvre  and 
evolution,  which  has  been  adopted  since 
the  invention  ot  gunpowder,  and  particu. 
larly  the  system  improved  by  the  French 
within  twenty  vejirs.  See  Am.  Mil,  tit, 


446 


M  O  N 


M  O  N 


Ancient  Tactics,  and  ancient  ai'f  of  /f^zr. 
The  system  which  was  pursued  by  the 
Creeks  and  Romans,  &c.  before  the  in- 
yention  of  gunpowder  and  tire  arms. 

MOGNIONS,  from  the  Fn-nch  Maiji- 
non,  signifying  the  stump  of  a  limb.  A 
^iort  of  armor  for  the  shoulders 

MOGUL,  the  emperor  of  India,  from 
whom  the  nabobs  (properly  Naib,  a  de- 
puty,) originally  received  their  appoint- 
ments,  as  governors  and  superintendants 
of  province's. 

MOGUL  Tartars,  a  nation  so  called  that 
made  considerable  conquests  in  India. 

MOHUR,  Ind.  A  golden  coin,  of 
which  there  are  several  values,  but  gen- 
erally vT,ots  for  fifteen  or  sixteen  rupees;  a 
jupee  half  our  dollar. 

M  O I  E  N  N  E ,  Fr.  A  piece  of  ordnance, 
which  is  now  called  a  four  pounder,  and 
which  is  ten  feet  long,  was  formerly  so 
called. 

MOINEAU,  a  F  renew  term  for  a  little 
flat  bastion, raised  upon  a  re-entering  angle, 
before  a  curtain  which  is  too  Ions,  be- 
tween two  other  bastions.  It  is  com- 
monly joined  to  the  curtain,  but  some- 
times separated  by  a  fosse,  and  then  called 
3  detached  bastion.  They  are  not  raised 
So  high  as  the  works  of  the  place. 

Mois  Romaics,  Ft.  a  term  used  in  Ger- 
jmany,  to  signify  a  particular  tax  or  con- 
tribution, which  the  emperors  had  a  right 
to  demand  on  urgent  occasions.  This  tax 
grew  out  of  an  old  custom  which  origin- 
;ally  prevailed  when  the  emperors  went  to 
Kome  to  be  crowned,  and  which  served 
|o  defray  their  expences  thither.  Thus 
when  the  tax  was  required,  it  was  called 
for  as  a  contribution  of  so  many  Roman 
month* ;  implying  a  certain  sum  for  so  man  v. 

MOISSON,  Fr.  Harvest.  This  word 
js  used  in  various  senses  by  ths  French, 
particularly  in  two  of  a  poetical  and  figu- 
rative kind,  viz.  //  a  VM  cinyuante  moit- 
SOKS  ;  he  has  lived  fifty  years,  literally,  has 
geen  fifty  harvests. 

M o  i  s  s  o  N  dt  laurlers,  Fr.  a  succession  of 
Victories,  &c.  literally  a  harvest  of  laurels. 

MOISSON  de gloire,  is  taken  in  the  same 
Sense. 

M  O I S  S  O  N  N  E  R  des  lauriers,  Fr.  To 
reap  laurels. 

MOISSONNER  les  hommes,  Fr.  To  kill 
pfF,  &c.  To  mow  down  men. 

MOLLER,  Fr.  Literally  means  to 
Wax  soft.  It  is  used  figuratively  among 
the  French  to  signify,  in  a  military  sense, 
the  yielding  or  giving  way  of  armed  men, 
\\L,  les  troupes  tnollisent^  the  troops  gave 
way. 

MOLLESSE,  Fr.  in  a  figurative  sense, 
Signifies  want  of  firmness  or  resolution. 
Je  craim  la  mollesse  de  vos  conseils  ;  I  mis- 
. trust  the  pliant  tendency  of  your  advice 
or  counsel. 

MONDE,- Fr.  in  a  military  sense, 
means  men  or  soldiers,  viz. 

Ce  capitahie  n'woit  que  U  mohle  de  son 
iwtde;  such  a  captain  had  only  half  his 
complement  of  men . 


On  a  perth/e  Isaucoiip  de  motidt,  Fr, 
They  lost  a  considerable  number  of  irun. 

II  a  un  mzndc  d'tnnemis  sur  les  bras, 
Fr.  he  is  assailed  by  a  multiplicity  of  foes. 

Alter  a.  Fautre  wonde,  Fr.  This  ex. 
pression  bears  the  same  import  in  Eng- 
lish that  it  does  in  Frer.ch,  viz.  to  die-w» 
literally,  to  go  into  the  other  world. 

Le  Nouveau  Monde,  Fr.  This  term  i3 
frequently  used  to  denote  America.— 
Hence  L1  Anclen  et  te  Nouveau  Monde  t 
means  the  two  continents. 

MON E 'Y -mailers.  An  expression  iit 
familiar  use  to  express  all  pecuniary  con- 
cms.  It  cannot  be  too  strongly  recom- 
mended to  every  responsible  militar .  man 
to  be  scrupulously  correct  on  this  head; 
More  than  half  the  breaches  of  :r  end- 
ship  and  common  acquaintance  that  oc- 
cur in  life,  may  be  traced  to  irregularity  : 
bur  in  no  instance  are  its  eifrcts  so  f  tal, 
as  when  the  soldier  is  wronged,  or  is  induc- 
ed to  think  so  by  the  omissions,  &c.  of 
officer  or  serj-'-an's 

Of  the  Monies,  fpligfjts,  *nd  Measures,  of 
Foreign  Nations  respectively  tulllt  those  of 
England. 

In  order  to  the  attainment  of  a  just 
comparison  of  foreign  monies  with  our 
own,  the  following  tables  are  subjoined. 

The  first  table  contains  the  denomina- 
tions of  the  principal  foreign  monies  of 
account,  and  their  intrinsic  value  in 
English  money,  calculated  upon  the  ex* 
istmg  proportion  between  gold  and  silver 
in  the  respective  countries. 

The  second  table  shews  the  names  of 
the  principal  foreign  coins  in  gold,  their 
weight,  their  fineness,  their  pure  con- 
tents, and  the  intrinsic  value  of  each  hi 
relationtothe  goldcoinsof  Great  Britain. 

The  third  table  relates  to  silver  coins* 
upon  similar  principles  to  those  of  the 
second. 

The  comparison  of  the  weights  and 
measures  of  foreign  nariws  with  those  of 
England  is  established  by  the  following 
tables. 

The  fourth  table  bespeaks  the  names  of 
the  weights  used  for  precious  metals,  the 
quantity  which  each  contains  in  grains 
troy- weight,  and  the  relation  of  the  seve- 
fal  foreign  weights  to  100  pounds  troy- 
weight. 

The  fifth  table  denotes  the  names   of 
I  the  weights  used  in  the  sale  of  merchan- 
dize, the  quantity  which  each  contains  in 
troy- weight,  and  the  relation  of  foreigi> 
weights  to  TOO  and  to  nz  pounds  avoir. 
;  dupois-weight. 

Ti-.e  sixth  table  relates  to  the  measures 
!  used  in  the  sale  of  corn,  to  the  number  of 
English  cubic  inches  of  the  internal 
measurement  of  each,  and  to  the  relation 
of  foreign  measures  to  10  quarters  Win- 
chester measure. 

I  he  seventh  table  comprises  the  mea- 
sures for  liquids,  the  quantity  of  English 
cubic  inches  which  each  contains  inter- 
nally, and  the  relation  of  foreign  mea> 
surcs  to  joo gallons  English, 


M  O  N 


MO  N 


447 


The  eighth  table  relates  to  cloth  mea- 
sures, t  >  the  length  of  each  in  lines,  and 
to  the  relation  of  foreign  measures  to  100 
yards  and  to  100  ells. 

The  ninth  tab'e  is  descriptive  of  mea- 
sures of  length  for  measuring  masts, 
timber,  and  other  solid  bodies,  or  the 
number  of  lines  contained  in  each,  nnd  of 
the  proportion  between  foreign  measures 
of  a  similar  description  and  100  feet 
English. 

The  tenth  table  refers  to  land  measures, 
to  the  quantity  of  English  square  feet 
•which  each  contains,  and  to  the  propor- 
tion betwen  foreign  measures  of  this  des- 
cription and  io»  acres. 

The  eleventh  and  last  table  is  founded 
Upon  itinerary  measures,  the  length  of 
each  in  feet,  and  the  proportion  between 


the  measures  severally  adopted  in  differ- 
ent countries  and  a  degree  of  the  equator. 

Independently  of  the  facility  which 
will  be  attbrded  by  these  tables  in  the 
comparison  of  the  monies,  weights,  and 
measures  of  foreign  nations  with  those  of 
England,  it  will  not  be  difficult  to  find 
the  relation  of  the  monies,  weights,  ami 
measures  of  foreign  countries,  in  respect 
to  each  other,  by  the  guidance  of  the  ex- 
planations at  the  foot  of  each  of  the  tables 
in  question. 

It  will  be  observed,  that  in  order  to 
avoid  the  multiplicity  of  the  denomina- 
tors of  fractions,  and  to  give  to  the  seve- 
ral calculations  a  greater  degree  of  exacti* 
tuck,  the  unit  has  constantly  been  di- 
vided, in  the  following  tables,  into  ico 
parts. 


TABLE,   which  shews  the  jxtrinszc  Value  of  the  monies  of  account  of  Foreign 
expressed  in  fence  sterling. 


Aix  la  Chapelle, 
Amsterdam, 


Arragon, 
Augsburgh, 


Barcelona. 
Basil, 


Bengal, 

Bergamo, 
Berlin, 


Bern, 
Bologna, 


Bolzano, 

.Bombay, 
Bremen, 
J3resla\r, 

Brunswick, 

Bussorah, 

Calcutta, 


Canary  Islands, 
Cassel, 
Cj-.ina, 
Cologne, 

Copenhagen, 


MONIES  OF  ACCOUNT. 

the  specie  rixdollar 

the  current  rixdollar 

the  pound  Flemish  banco 

the  florin  banco 

the  pound  Flemish  current 

the  florin  current 

the  libra  jaquesa 

the  gulden  exchange  money 

the  gulden  currency 

the  gulden  white  money 

the  libra  catalana 

the  rixdollar  of  exchange 

the  current  rixdollar 

the  current  livre 

the  current  rupee 

the  sicca  rupee 

the  lira 

the  rixdollar  gold  currency 

the  rixdollat  silver  currency 

the  pound  banco 

the  current  livre 

the  scudo  di  cambio 

the  lira  di  cambio 

the  curr.  nt  livre 

the  gulden  exchange  money 

the  gulden  current  money 

the  current  rupee 

the  rixdollar 

the  rixdollar  gold  currency 

the  rixviollar  silver  currency 

the  pound  banco 

the  current  thaler 

the  mamudi 

the  sicca  rupee 

the  current  rupee 

the  arcot  rupee 

the  current  real 

the  thaler 

the  tale 

the  specie  rixdollar 

the  current  rixdollar 

the  specie  reichsthaler 

the  current  rei 

the  dollar 


Pence  TOO 

42,  75 

32,  25 

132,  48 

22,  08 

126,  36 

21,  06 

47,  80 

3*,  5i 

25,  6a 

2t,  33 


43,    4o 
J4,    46 


5,  i§ 

59,  &> 

35,  97 

48,  75 

14,  67 

48,  c9 


if:  66 

23,  63 

3».  jo 

39,  66 

35,  97 

48,  75 


5,    5* 
3°. 

21 


31,  TI 

3°,  92 

55,  85 

45,  46 

43>  D9 


448             M  O  N 

M  O 

N 

MONIES  OF  ACCOUNT. 

Pence    loO 

Oantzic, 

the  florin 

9,     ^4 

Dublin, 

the  pound  Irish 

321,      54 

the  specie  rixdollar 

34,     75 

the  crown  rixdollar 

32,     1  8 

the  current  rixdollar 

3°,     92 

England, 

the  pound  sterling 

240, 

Wanders, 

the  riorin  or  exchange 

20,      25 

the  current  riorin 

J7.     37 

Florence, 

the  scudo  d'oro 

62,    45 

the  iluc.tto 

58,     29 

the  pczza  of  8  reals 

47,     88 

the  lira  moneta  buona 

8,     3* 

France, 

the  livre  tournois 

9,    49 

the  franc 

9,    61 

Eiancfort, 

the  thaler 

38,    40 

the  gulden 

25,     60 

Geneva, 

the  current  crown 

49,      20 

the  current  livre 

40     16 

the  florin 

4,     68 

Genoa, 

the  scuuo  d'oro  marche 

89,     50 

the  scudo  d'argento 
thepezza  tuor  di  banco 

73»     13 

48,       12 

the  scudo  di  c-mibio 

38,    5* 

' 

the  lira  tuori  di  banco 

8,     37 

Germany, 

the  reichsthaler  constitution  money 

56,     84 

the  thaler  ditto 

42.     63 

the  gulden  ditto 
the  reichsthaler  convention  money 

28,     42 

the  thaler  ditto 

30,     40 

Hamburgh-^ 

the  gulden  ditto 
the  pound  Flemish  banco 
the  rixdollar  banco 

25,     60 
138,    37 

55,    35 

the  marc  banco 

i  »,    45 

the  rixdollar  currency 

45, 

themarc  currency 

15, 

Hanover, 

the  CM  r  rent  thaler 

42,     65 

Konigsberg, 
Leghorn, 

the  gulden 
the  pezza  of  8  reals 
the  lira  moneta  buona 

12,       17 

47,     88 

the  lira  moneta  lunga 

7,'    97 

Leipsic, 

the  current  thaler 

38,    40 

Uege, 

the  gulden 

12,      96 

Lubcc, 

the  reichsthaler 

45,      21 

the  marc 

15,      °7 

lucca, 

the  scudo  d'oro 

56,    3- 

the  lira 

7,     5* 

Madras, 

tke  pjgc-da  of  36  fanams 
the  Carnatic  rupee  of  10  fanams 

94,    75 
26,    32 

Malta, 

the  silver  crown 

40,     26 

the  copper  crown 

26,    84 

Martinique, 
Mexico, 

Milan, 

the  livre  currency 
the  dollar 
the  scudo  imperiale 

52,    60 
64,     14 

the  current  scudo 

45,     33 

the  lira  currency 

7,     8S 

Modena, 

the  lira 

3,     81 

Morocco, 

the  ducat 

105, 

Munich, 

the  current  thaler 

the  current  gulden 

21,'    36 

Naples, 

the  ducato  di  re;;no 

42,     5° 

Navarre, 

the  ducado  of  10  8-9  reals 

5<,     95 

the  libra  of  60  maravedis 

8,     25 

the  real  of  36  ditto 

4,     95 

Nuremberg, 

the  current  thaler 

the  thaler  gold  money 

38!    95 

the  thaler  white  money 

3L     97 

Pegu, 

the  silver  tical                                       33»     7* 

Persia, 

the  toman                                           2»9,    65 

•^elantf^ 

the  florin  of  Great  Poland 

7,     2<* 

M  O  N 


M  O  N 


449 


MONIES  OF  ACCOUNT. 

Pence 

loO 

Poland, 

the  florin  of  Little  Poland 

X4i 

2o 

Poiuiicherry, 

the  pagoda 

93. 

5° 

the  current  rupee 

24, 

20 

Portugal, 

the  milreis 

67, 

5° 

Prague, 

the  cu  rent  gulden 

60 

Rat'sbon, 
Riga, 

the  gulden  white  money 
the  albertus  rixdollar 

25' 
53. 

60 
29 

Rome, 

the  scudo  di  stampa  d'oro 

So 

9* 

the  scudo  moneta 

53» 

16 

Rostock, 

the  thaler 

45, 

20 

the  zweydrittel 

3°. 

ii 

Russia, 

the  ruble 

33. 

5* 

St.  Eustatu, 

the  dollar 

S8, 

25 

St.  Gall, 

the  gulden  exchange  money 

90 

the  gulden  currency 

24 

Sardin:a, 

the  lira 

ii  » 

59 

Slum, 

the  gold  tical 

465, 

the  silver  tical 

39. 

!5 

Sicily, 

the  o  .z;i 

77 

Smyrna, 

the  piastre 

13* 

50 

Spain, 

the  pistole  of  exchange 

J53, 

the  ducat  of  exchange 

52. 

73 

the  dollar  of  exchange 
the  real  of  plate 

38, 
4, 

25 
78 

the  real  of  vcllon 

2, 

54 

S  weden, 

the  riksdahler 

55, 

35 

Surat, 

the  rup..e 

25, 

Surinam, 

the  florin 

25. 

25 

Trieste, 

the  gulden  of  60  kreitzers 

25, 

60 

the  iionn  of  5  lire 

24, 

20 

Turin, 

the  scudo  of  6  lire 

84 

the  lira 

i9' 

64 

Turkey, 
United  States, 

the  piastre 
the  dollar  at  par 

54, 

5° 

Valencia, 

the  libra  of  20  sueldos 

' 

25 

Venice, 

the  lira   piccoli  inclusive  of  the  agio 

on  thezecchins 

c, 

13 

Vienna,, 

the  current  thaler 

38, 

40 

the  current  gulden 

25, 

60 

Zante, 

the  real  or'  io  lire 

4r, 

15 

Zurich, 

the  gulden  exchange  money 

27, 

5o 

the  gulden  currency 

25, 

ling,  and  the  pound  Irish  221,54,  accord- 
ing to  the  table  prefixed,  I  state  the  fol» 
lowing  equation : 

i      marc  banco  =  ,t 
i       marc  ban.  »=  18,45  pence  sterling 
22i,54;>ence  ster.  =    I        pound  Irish 
i     pound  Irish  =  240      pence  Irish 

Result  19,99  pence  Irish. 


The  following  example  will  shew  in 
what   manner   the  relation   between   the 
monies  of  account  of  any  two  given  coun- 
tries may  be  ascertained. 
Example. 

Let  it  be  required  to  express,  in  pence 
Irish,  the  value  of  a  marc  banco  of  Ham- 
burgh. 

The  marc  being  worth  18,45  pence  ster. 

TABLE,  "which  shews  the  Weight,  Fineness,  and  pure  Contents  of  the  principal  Gdd  Coifr 
of  foreign  Nat  inn  st  as  ivell  a±  th:ir  intrinsic  Value,  expressed  in  English  Money. 


.Bavaria, 

Bengal, 

Brunswick, 

Denmark, 

England, 


Gojtc  COINS. 

Pure    , 

Weight 

Fineness 

coi.  tents 

Value 

Grs    too 

Car.  grs. 

Grs.  100 

J-.    d.   IOO 

the  catl 

150,32 

1  8      2|- 

117,18 

20      8,87 

the  max 

JOo,2l 

l8      22 

77,94 

J3     9.54 

the  gold  mohur 

i76>5° 

'^3     33 

J74,6" 

3°  I0»95 

the  carl 

102,36 

21     3 

92,76 

16     5,02 

the  ducat  of  12  marcs 
the  guinea 

48,21 
129,44 

21      0_* 
22          3 

42,52 
118,65 

21       >U- 

the  half  guinea 

64,72 

22 

59.33 

10    6, 

the  71-  piece 

22 

1 

450 

M  0  N                                         M  0  N 

GOLD  COINS. 

,    Pure 

Weight 

Fineness 

ontents 

Value 

Grs.  100 

Car.  grs. 

Grs.  TOO 

s.    d.  100 

.FlanderS, 

the  double  souverain 

171,50 

22 

I57,2o 

27     9,79 

the  souverain 

85,75 

23         2 

78,60 

,3  10,89 

France, 

the  louis  of  1726 
the  louis  of  1785 

122,90 
117,83 

21      2T 
21      2-f 

1  10,95 
106.37 

19    7.65 
1  8    c.9j 

the  40  franc  piece 

199.25 

21      2JZ. 

179,32 

31     8,85 

the  20  franc  piece 

09,62 

2  1      2-^ 

89,66^ 

15      I  O.A^ 

Geneva, 

the  pistole  of  1752 

67,13 

22        T 

79  87 

14    i,63 

Genoa, 

the  zecchino 

53,8° 

23      3i 

53,52 

9    5/>7 

Germany, 

the  ducat 

53,85 

23      2* 

53'  I0 

9    4,78 

the  ducat 

5385 

23      23 

52,73 

I    1' 

Hanover, 

the  georgcs 

10303 

21      3 

93-37 

16    6,31 

the  gold  gulden 

50,06 

19     o| 

39,8o 

7    °,54 

Holland, 

the  ryder 
the  ducat 

153-54 
53,85 

22 
23      2 

J4'  ,74 
52,73 

24  10,  9& 
0    4, 

Hungary, 

the  ducat  of  Krernmtz 

23    3 

53,2Q  ;    9    5,i8 

Madras, 
Naples, 

the  star  pagoda  , 
theonza 

68*  to 

19      2 
2J 

42,86 
59,59 

7    7,  °f 
10    6,56 

Piedmont, 

the  zecclvno 

54. 

23    3£ 

53,72       9    6,09 

Portugal, 

the  pistole  of  1741 
th:-  doppiaof  1755 
the  joanese 

148^50 

221,87 

21    3 
21    3 

22 

99,78     17    7,93 
134,58     23    9,85 
203,39     36 

the  moidore 

166, 

21    33 

151,30,  26    9,35 

Prussia, 

the  frederick 

103,03 

21     3 

93,37 

16     631 

Rome, 

the  zecchino 

53>55 

23    2 

52,43 

9     3,36 

Russia, 

the  imperial  of  1755 

22 

234,23  '  41     5.49 

the  imperial  of  1763 
the  imperialof  1801 

2o2^l8 
202,l8 

22 
23      2£ 

i85,33     32    9*6z 
199,90     35    2,70 

Saxony, 

the  august 

102, 

92,08      16    3,57 

Siam, 

the  tical 

28i,88 

224,13     39    8,04 

Sicily, 

theonza 

67,94 

21      3" 

61,5-     10  io,7/ 

Spain, 

the  doubloon  before  17?- 
the  doubloon  of  1  772 

416,65 
416,65 

21      3! 

21      2.2. 

380,85     67    4,87 
376,14     66    6,88 

the  doubloon  of  1785 

410,65 

21      23 

373,25  ;  66    0,74 

Sweden, 

the  adolphus 

102,95 

15    ii 

65,77     ii    7,7* 

Tuscany, 

the  ruopono 

161,33 

23     3f 

160,77     28    5,45 

United  States, 

the  eagle 

268,66 

22 

246,27     43     7,05 

Venice, 

the  zecchino 

54» 

23    3\ 

53,72 

9    6,o<j 

Wirtemberg, 

the  carl 

I*     2fi 

117,18 

20    8,87 

In  the  first  column  of  this  table  is 
shewn  the  weight  of  each  foreign  coin  in 
grains  troy,  weight;  in  the  second  column, 
the  dey.ree  of  the  fineness  in  carats  and 
grains  of  a  carat  ;  in  the  third  column, 
the  contents  of  fine  jjold  in  grains  troy, 
•weight ;  and  in  the  fourth,  the  intrinsic 
vilue  expressed  in  shill:ngs  and  pence 
Sterling. 

Th<  following  example  will  be  of  guid- 
ance to  ascertain  the  value  of  foreign  coin 
in  other  money  also  foreign. 
Example . 

It  fe  required  to  express  the  value  of  a 


louis  cl'orof  France  coined  since  178510 
the  money  of  Portugal. 

As  it  is  seen  by  the  prefixed  table  that 
the  louis  ot  24  livres  toumois  contains 
106,37  grains  of  fine  gold,  and  that  the 
joanebe  of  6400  reis  contains  203,39  grains 
ot  fine  gold,  I  state  the  following  equa* 
tion  : 

I        louis  =  ft,- 
i        louis    =    io6,3T  grains 
203, 39  grains  =        i        joanese 
i      joanese  =*  6400        reis 

Result  3347  rei?. 


M  O  N 


MO  N 


451 


TABLE 


L  E,  "which  sheivt  the  Weight ,   Fineness  and  pure  Contents  of  the  principal  Sillier  Ccip} 
vf  foreign  Nationst  af  tv ell  as  their  intrinsic  Value ,  expressed  in  English  Money. 


SILVER  COINS. 

Pure 

Weight 

Fineness 

conrents 

Value 

Grs.  loo 

Oz.dwt. 

Grs.  loo 

d.    100 

Aix  la  Chapelle, 
Arabia, 

therathsprnesentgee 
the  larin 

95,68 

74,17 

7     i, 

10    17  j 

56,21          7,t>5 
56,84          7,93 

Basil, 

the  reichsthaler 

436,89 

10  :o 

382,28 

53  :<« 

Ik-    :;u, 

the  sicca  rupee 

179-55 

ii   18} 

178.43        24,92- 

Be.  u, 

the  patagon 

417,63 

10 

348, 

48,50 

Bombay, 

the  rupee 

178,31  ,    ii  15 

i~4,6o 

24,38 

Denmark, 

the  liksdahler 

449,87  ' 

10    10 

393»64 

54,97 

England, 

thekrohn 
the  cro.vn 

344, 
464,52 

8     i 

II       2 

230,77  !     32,23 
429,68  1     60,00 

the  shilling 

92,90 

II      2 

85,94 

12, 

Flanders, 

theducaton 

10    8| 

446,46 

62,34 

the  croon 

456^91 

10     8£ 

395.71 

552$ 

the  patagon 

433, 

10    10 

378,88 

52,91 

Prance, 

the  .cu  of  1726 

452,50 

10  18 

411,03 

57,40 

the  5  franc  piece 

386,14 

10  16 

347,52       48,53 

Geneva, 

the  paragon 

416,87 

10 

347,38  i    48,51 

Genoa, 

the  genovina 

593,1° 

ii     9 

56^  93        79,03 

the  St.  Gianbatista 

321,66 

294,85         41.17 

thegiorgino 

9i,25 

10     6-f 

78,58 

10,97 

the  .iouble  madonina 

140,19 

10       1  2 

117,80 

16,45 

Gtrmany, 

the  reichsthaler  constitution 

s 

money 
the  gulden  ditto 
the  rcschsthaler  convenrion 

450,97 
225,48 

10  13$ 
10  13* 

200^43 

65,98 
'27,99 

money 
the  gulden  ditto 

432,93 
216,46 

lo 

10 

360,78 
180,39 

50,38 

the  "Id  zweydrittel 
the  new  zweydrittel 

229,05 

200.42 

3?',9J| 
27.98 

flamburgh, 

therixdoller  banco 

450,52 

10  1  3J 

400,47 

55-02 

the  marc  banco 

150,  7 

10  13$ 

J33,49 

18,64 

therix  dollar  lubs 

124,41 

9 

318,30 

44,43 

the  marc  1  <bs 

i4i,47 

9 

106,10 

14,81 

Holland, 

the  ducatoon 

5°  ^5° 

ii     5 

472,03 

the  three  florin  piece 

488, 

ii 

44?  33 

62.46 

the  rixdaler 

AT  o     i  -1 

10  10 

379,03 

52,93 

the  leeuwendaler 

422, 

8  18 

312,98 

43>7o 

the  '.iold  Bonn 

307, 

7    7 

188,04 

26,26 

the  current  florin 

l62,70 

10  19 

148,46 

20,73 

Madras, 

the  rupee 

178,88 

176,28 

2J.,6l 

Milan, 
Naples, 
Piedmont, 

Pondicherry, 
Poland, 
Portugal, 
Prussia, 
Rome, 

the  philip 
the  ducat 
the  ducatoon 
the  scudo  of  1733 
the  scu.ioof  1755 
the  rupee 
the  tynipfe 
the  cruzade 
the  current  rixdollar- 
the  scudo  moneta 

430,21 
336, 
491,03 

459,88 
542,95 
I77,27 
89,75 
265,65 
34^42 
408,70 

1  1  »  SA 
IO    JO 

10  19! 
10  17? 
ii   n 
6    3i 
10  151 

9 
ii 

409,30 
306,60 
467,17 
419,96 
492,05 
170,63 
46,12 
238,54 
257,57 
374,64 

57,15 

42,81 

65,23 

68^71 
23,83 
6,44 
33,  3* 

35,97 
52,31 

the  testono 

130,54 

u 

119,67 

16,71 

the  papeta 

81,59 

j  i 

74,79 

10,44 

Russia, 

the  ruble  of  1755 

402,76 

9  lo 

318,85 

44.52 

the  ruble  of  1763 

369,88 

9 

277,41 

3 
3**i74 

the  ruble  of  1801 

77,48 

10    8" 

240,48 

•  58 

Saxony, 

Spain, 
Sweden; 

the  livonina  of  1757 
the  rixdollar  albertus 
the  old  reichsthaler 
the  new  reichstrnler 
the  zweydrittelstucke 
the  hard  dollar  before  1772 
the  hard  dollar  since  1772 
the  rgiehsthaier  Of  1764 

'         e  r 

411,66 

433.  T  7 
450,97 
432,93 

212,14 
416,40 
416,40 

9     ^ 

10    10 

10  13$ 

10 

ii     6_? 
10  18^ 
10  15' 
19  icf- 

3IO,99 
379,03 
400,07 
360  78 

200,35 

373!f3 

396,69 

43,41 

5-,93 

f;*'j 

5^'yo 
55,'39 

452 


MON 


MON 


SILVER  COINS. 


Sweden, 


Tuscany, 


the  ducatoon 

the  carolin 

the  ten  oere  silver  piece 

the  francescono 

liie  lanternina 

tii.  livomina 

United  States,       the  dollar 
Venice,  the  ducat 

the  scudo 

tlv  I'iustina 


tn  the  first  column  of  this  table  is 
Shewn  the  weight  of  rach  foreign  coin  in 
grains  troy- v.  eight ;  in  the  second  colutnn, 
the  degr;-t  of  fineness  in  carats  and  trains 
of  a  carat ;  in  the  third  column,  the  con- 
tents of  fine  silver  in  grains  troy-  weight ; 
and  in  the  fourth,  thr  intrinsic  value  ex- 
pressed in  pene  ster'ing. 

Th.  following  example  will  shew  in 
tvha:  manner  th?  value  of  a  foreign  coin  in 
other  money  also  foreign  may  be  ascer 
tained. 

Example. 

It  is  required  to  rxpress  the  value  of  a 
Spanish  hard  dollar  inth-j  money  o!'  France 

As  it  is  seer,  by  the  prefixed  tablr  that 
the  hard  dollar  contains  373,03  grains  of 
fine  silv',  ard  that  the  piece  •  f  5  franc-* 
coira;:-.s  347  52  grains  of  fine  silver,  1 
State  t  e  following  equation  : 

i       hard  dollar  =  x 

i    hard  dol.  ==  373,03  grains 
347, 52  grains     ==.-      5       franc  piece 

Result  5  franc*  37  cents 

MONIES,  in  a  military  sense,  are  such 
sums  as  are  issued  for  public  service,  and 
are  more  specifica  :y  distinguished  by  the 
appellation  of  army  estimates.  It  ts  usual 
for  the  secretary  at  war  to  move  for  tin 
e:,t  n  ntes  of  the  yrrjy.  The  following 
sums  :hew  the  amount  of  the  British 
military  establishment  on  the  I7th  of  Fe- 
bruaiy,  1X01 : — 

1,615,8787   for  guards  and  .arrisons. 

1  7<J>773^  for  maintenance  of  troops 
abroad . 

17.2327   for  land  forces  for  Ireland. 

355, ~<?c7  for  recruiting  m  Great  Bri- 
tain. 

319  4797.  for  ditto  in  Ireland. 

86,5237.  for  generals  and  staifofficers  in 
Crt-ar  Britain. 

48,1977.  for  ditto  in  la!  i,d. 

073^4>3/.  for  militia  in  Great  Br  tain. 

1,338,0007.  fordirr  .  ,n  Ireland. 

57,;oo/.  tor  fencibles  n.   Great  Britain. 
5i/.   .or  contingencies  in  Ireland, 
for  supernumerary  officers, 
lor    officers'    clerks,    &c.    in 
ritain. 

•  ditto  in  I  eland 

255  ,coo/    for  increased  rates  for  subsis-  ii 
fence  to  inn-keepers  in  G  rcat  Britain .        I! 


Weight 
Grs.  loo 

fUlC 

Finencss.contents 

Oz.dwt.iGrs.  100 

i 

Value 
d.    io» 

484, 

ii     i^     446,18 

62,30 

160,51 

8    6^     111,47 

1^56 

108,30 

5    6i      48,13 

6,72 

4«,75 

ii       3     38-7,52 

54,n 

4ao, 

ii     i     j  386,75 

54, 

402, 

II        I       !    370,l8 

«i,«0 

409,79 

11                 i    375,64 

52,45 

3^0,83        9  18     •  289,44 
489,54      ii           1  448,75 

4©,4z 
62,66 

433,1V 

n          I  3977°7 

55,^13 

115,3847.  allowance  for  beer. 

138,9797.  for  reduced  officers  in  Great 
Britain. 

14^,3827.  for  the  in  and  out  pensioners 
o  Chelsea. 

35,9237.  for  ditto  of  hospital  at  Kilmain- 
ham,  near  Dublin. 

455,cco7.  for  volunteer  cavalry  in  Crea'. 
Rr  ta  . 

425,1397.  for  ditto  in  Ireland. 

33,394^  f°r  foreign  troops  in  British 
pay.  ' 

456,0007.  for  the  augmentation  of 
10,000  in  Great  Britain 

21,3327.  for  contingencies  in  Ireland. 

To  be  added,  1,033,7507.  for  the  ord- 
nance of  the  current  )ear. 

30,9377.  for  exrraordinaries  not  provided 
foi  in  1799. 

58,7567.  for  ditto  not  provided  for  in 
1800. 

Regimental  MONI  ES.  All  sums  issued 
to  paymasters  for  the  subsistence,  &c.  of 
the  men  beionrinK  to  a  regiment,  are  so 
called;  for  the  regular  distribution  of 
which  the  paymasters  and  captains  of 
companies  are  responsible.  La  ccmpta- 
£/////,among  the  French,  corresponds  with 
this  explanation. 

Z>j>-MoNiY.  The  money  which  i.; 
paid  for  recruiting  the  army,  is  so  called. 

Smart  MONEY  The  money  which  was 
paid  by  the-  person  v\ho  has  taken  the 
enlisting  money,  in  order  to  get  released 
from  at  engagement  ei.tered  into  previous 
to  a  regular  enlistment 

Bounty  MON  E  Y  . — ;>e«.'  RECRUITING. 

MO  N  O  M  A  C  H  Y ,  (  Monomacklc,  F  r. ; 
a  single  combat,  or  the  righting  of  two, 
hand  to  hand.  It  is  derived  from  the 
Greek,  A  duel  may  be  properly  called 
Moriomachy. 

MONSON  ou  MOUSON,  Fr.  a  word 
derived  from  the  Arabic,  signifying  the 
wind  of  any  particular  season,  or  one  that 
blows  regularly.  See  MONSOONS 

MONSOONS.  In  India  the  year  is 
div-ded  into  two  seasons,  from  the 
month  of  October  to  March,  the  wind.; 
blow  from  the  north-western,  and  during 
the  iesr  ol  the  year  from  the  south-east 
eni  points  <  t  the  compass:  these  seasons 
arc  by  mariners  called  monsoons  j  the 


M  O  N 


M  O  N 


453 


change  from  the  one  to  the  other  is  gene-  j 
rally  preceded  by  an  interval  of  about] 
twenty  davs,  in  which  calms,  or  light  and 
uncertain  winds  prevail:  the  setting  in  of 
the  northern  monsoons  generally  falls  out 
somj  time  in  the  month  ot  September,  a.i 
that  of  the  southern  in  the  month  of  April. 
On  the  coas*  of  Coromandel  the  northern 
monsoon  sometimes  bee  ins  with  a  violent 
tempest  or  hurricane  ;  and  if  the  monsoon 
sets  in  with  moderation,  it  is  often  produc- 
rive  of  tempestuous  weather  at  different 
intervals,  until  the  middle  of  December, 
and  sometimes  later;  so  that  it  is  held 
dangerous  for  any  vessels  to  remain  on  the 
coast  after  the  the  I5th  of  October,  or  to 
return  to  it  before  the  2oth  of  Decem- 
ber. 

MONTAGUES,  Fr.  Hills,  moun- 
tains, &c.  In  a  military  sense,  the  term 
is  peculiarly  applicable  to  that  species  of 
warfare  which  is  carried  on  in  a  moun- 
tainous and  intersected  country.  We 
have  already  given  a  general  outline  of  this 
species  of  warfare  under  the  head  Guerre 
ue  M'jntagne :  nevertheless  the  following 
observations  may  not  appear  superfluous 
or  irrelevant  in  this  place.  The  chevalier 
Folard  has  written  largely,  and  with  no 
inconsiderable  degree  of  method,  on  that 
part  of  a  war  among  hills,  Sec.  where  an 
army  might  run  the  risk  of  being  sur- 
rounded, or  shut  up.  He  observes,  that 
a  body  of  men  may  be  drawn  into  snares 
by  the  well  conceited  movements  of  an 
able  and  active  enemy,  most  esp  cully  in 
a  country  which  is  intersected  by  rivers, 
and  occasionally  broken  with  hills  and 
eminences.  Although  disasters  of  this 
sort  are  manifest  proofs  of  a  want  of  abi 
lity  in  the  person  who  holds  the  chief 
command,  they  become  infinitely  more 
disgraceful  when  a  general  runs  h  adlong 
into  a  snare,  as  Euripida*  did,  without 
having  sufficient  courage  to  attempt  adar 
ing  enterprise;  for  it  certainly  remains 
\vir.li  ourselves  to  determine,  whether  we 
ciiu.e  to  move  into  an  impracticable 
;j''untiy  ;  and  it  equally  rests  with  us  to 
avoid  stratagems  and  snares. 

All  tills,  however,  depends  upon  a 
knowlege  of  the  country  into  which  the 
waris  carried  ;  and  as  it  is  impossible  to  be 
in  possession  of  the  requisite  information 
•-•.it  some  extraneous  means,  every 
Crural  ought  to  lay  it  down  as  a  maxim, 
not  to  advance  into  a  mountainous  coun- 
try without  having  a  good  number  of  in- 
nt  and  faithful  guides  These,  in 
audition  to  some  able  topographers,  will 
j. re  vent  the  possibility  of  being  surprised, 
;*:id  make  him  thoroughly  master  of  ail 
lac  passes,  &c. 

It  is  not,  however,  sufficient  to  be  in 
possession  of  the  heights  that  immediately 
command  a  valley  into  which  an  ahuv 
jus  moved  ;  in  proportion  as  you  advance, 
you  must  be  certain,  that  the  enemy  who 
icfreats  before,  is  i;ot  insen.,: 
iound  a  second  range  of  I;:!!i. 


your  flanks,  or  ultimately  fall  upon  your 
rear. 

It  moreover  frequently  happens,  that 
some  vailies  have  not  any  cutlets,  and  that 
others  become  so  narrow,  that  an  army  is 
under  the  necessity  of  marching  by  single 
filjs,  in  order  to  reach  a  more  open  piece 
of  ground,  or  to  gtt  at  some  important 
pass  for  the  purpose  of  intercepting  or  ob- 
structing the  inarch  of  an  enemy 

When  it  s  found  necessary  to  retreat,  or 
to  march  over  a  country,  as  Hannibal  did 
over  the  Alps,  it  is  of  little  consequence 
what  steps  or  measures  you  take,  with  re- 
gard to  those  parts  which  you  arc  aban- 
doning ;  but  when  you  advance  against 
an  enemy,  and  are  determined  to  dispute 
his  march  through  a  valley  or  hollow 
way,  you  must  adopt  eve  re  precaution  to 
secure  your  rear  and  flanks,  lest,  as  we 
have  already  observed,  your  antagonist 
should  take  advantage  of  the  various 
passes  and  intricate  bye- ways,  which  al- 
ways exists  in  a  mountainous  country  ; 
and  it  must  always  be  remembered,  that 
many  coups  de  main,  and  daring  enter- 
prises, may  be  undertaken  by  four  or  five 
hundred  active  partisans,  which  an  army 
would  find  impract. 

An  able  general  cannot  have  a  better,  or 
more  favorable  field  to  exercise  his  mili- 
tary genius  in,  than  that  which  is  afford- 
ed by  a  mountainous  country.  All  the 
chicane  and  stratagem  ot  war  may  be  re- 
sorted to  ;  and  however  weak  an  army 
mi.^ht  be,  yet  such  are  the  man /old  re- 
sources of  this  peculiar  kind  of  contest, 
that  there  is  scarcely  any  thing  which 
may  ;iot  be  attempted,  provided  the  offi- 
cer, who  commands,  ha.,  a  thorough 
knowlege  of  the  country,  is  feitile  in  ex- 
pcv.K:nts,  and  has  a  calm  determined  mind. 
Many  instances  might  be  adduced  to  il- 
lustrate these  observations  ;  we  shall  be 
satisfied  with  sm.ii-.g,  tiiat  tiis  prince  of 
Conti,  in  the  campaign  of  1744,  which  he 
so  ably  conducted,  owes  a  considerable 
part  of  iiis  reputation  to  the  scope  aifbfd- 
ed  to  his  talents  by  the  locality  of  Pied- 
mont. This  country,  indeed,  as  well  ^.> 
Switzerland,  seems  to  have  been  cut  out 
as  the  peculiar  theatre  of  great  military 
talents.  But  neither  the  prince  of  Coati, 
nor  th<  first  consul  ot  France,  lionaoartc, 
would  have  succeeded  in  the  brilliant 
manner,  which  they  most  unquestiona- 
bly have  clone,  had  not  the  science  of  to- 
pography seconded  the  natural  advanta- 
ges of  that  mountainous  part  of  Europe. 
Massena,  Lccourfoe,  Ney,  Lelebvre,Soult, 
a,  d  Maedonaici  have  immortalized  liiciii- 
si  ivc\s  in  mountain  wadaie. 

MONTE,   Fr       This    word    is   used 
among   the   French  to  express  what  we 
mean  by  cany ;  as,   un  i>aimfau  ».'- 
cinquante  pieces  de?  carton  .•  a  ship  that  cai- 
ries  fifty  guns,  or  a  fifty  gun  ship. 

MONTEK    /.<    t>ar,c/.:c£,     1'  I.        See     Td 

MoU  N  T    Til  F.   T  8.  f.  N  C  H  E  S  . 

MONTEH  To  embark" 

on  bo  • 


454 


M  O  Q 


M  OR 


MONTER,  Fr.  This  word  likewise 
means  to  rise  from  one  rank  to  another, 
in  the  way  of  promotion,  as  from  cornet 
or  ensign  to  become  lieutenant,  from 
lieutenant  to  became  captain,  or  from 
.having  the  command  of  the  youngest 
company  to  be  promoted  to  that  of  the 
oldest. 

MONTH,  considered  as  a  military 
period,  in  the  British  service,  consists  al-| 
ternatcly  or  30  arid  31  days,  commencing 
on  the  24th,  and  ending  on  the  25th  day 
(inclusive)  of  each  month,  properly  so 
called. 

MONTHLY  Abstract.     See  P  A  Y  . 

MONTHLY  Return.     See  RETURN. 

M o  N  T  H  L  Y  Report.     See  REPORT. 

M  o  N  T  H  L  Y  Inspection.  S  ee  R  E  G  i  M  E  N  - 
,TAL  INSPECT  ION. 

MO  NT -/£/>,  Saint  Denis,  Fr.  a  nation- 
al exclamation,  adopted  by  the  French  in 
the  reign  of  Louis,  sirnarned  Le  Gros 
See  CRI  DES  ARMFS. 

lAotn-Ptgnote  9U  Po:ts  </<•;•  invuhtkra- 
iles,  Fr.  an  ex,  rjssion  which  is  derived 
from  Pagnote,  a  coward,  a  poltroon;  Mid 
signifies  any  eminence  or  place  from 
whence  the  operations  of  a  siege,  or  the 
actual  conflict  of  two  armies,  may  be  seen 
without  personal  danger  to  the  curious 
observer.  It  is  a  term  of  reproach,  C'est 
KK  General  qxi  i>oit  le  combat  du  Mont  • 
,P  agnate ;  he  is  one  of  those  generals  that 
look  on  whilst  others  fight.-  During  the 
American  war  a  particular  body  of  refugees 
or  tor',  s  who  seemed  to  side  with  the 
.British,  were  called  in-vulnerables. 

MoNT-Pagrtote,  in  fortification,  an  Ci;.i- 
nence  where  persons  post  themselves  out 
of  the  reach  of  cannon,  to  see  a  camp, 
siege,  battle,  &c.  without  being  exposed 
to  danger.  1 1  is  also  called  the  post  of  the 
iuvulnerables. 

MONTRE,  Fr.  The  review,  or  mus- 
ter of  the  men.  Le  regiment  a  fait  mwtre 
(Levant  le  commksatre.  The  regiment  has 
passed  master  before  the  commissary. 
Les  officlers  mi  rent  teur  valets  da?is  Ics  ra/?gs, 
ei  leijirevt  parser  a  la  montrt.  The  offic;.  rs 
jmt  tt  eir  servants  in  the  ranks,  and  made 
them  pass  muster. 

MONTRE  likewise  signified,  in  the  old 
Trench  service,  the  money  which  was  paid 
to  soldiers  every  month,  when  they  passed 
muster.  //  a  re.cn  s,i  msntrc  ;  he  has  re- 
ceived his  monthly  pay. 

Mo  N  TU  RE,  Ft  .the  complement  of  men, 
and  number  of  cannon,  on  board  a  French 
ship  of  war. 

MONT  u RE  d'un  fusil,  d'vx phto/ett  Fr. 
the  stock  of  a  >run  or  pistol. 

MONUMENT,  (Monument,  Fr.)     In 
a  military  sense,  any  public  edifice,  pillar, 
or  mark  of  distinction,  which  is  exhibit- 
a  to  perpet  ;ate  the  memory  of  some  il- 
lustrious character. 

M 00  T  1  ANA,  I,,d.  Soldiers  employ, 
ed  to  collect  the  revenue. 

MO  QUA,  MUCK,  a  frenzical  riot  of 
some  ^  mahornedans,  who  lutve  returned 
from  Mecca,  against  those  who  have  not 


professed  mehomedanism.  This  horrid 
custom  has  been  lately  practised  by  the 
Malays,  both  at  the  island  of  Ceylon,  and 
at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  In  th  latter 
pLicc  indeed,  the  fanaticism  of  one  >f  these 
b!i"d  enthusiasts  went  so  far,  that  he 
stabbed  a  soldier  who  stood  centinel  a1  the 
governor's  gate.  His  intention  was  to 
have  destroyed  the  governor.  He  that 
runs  the  moqua,  or  muck',  gets  intoxicated 
wi:h  bang,  or  opium,  loosens  his  hair, 
(which  is  generally  bound  up  under  a 
handkerchief)  then  takes  a  dagger  (cahed 
a  kreexe)  in  his  hand,  whose  blade  is  usu- 
ally half  poisoned,  and  in  the  handle  of 
which  there  is  some  of  his  mother's  or 
father's  hair  preserved,  and  running  about 
the  streets  kills  all  those  he  meets,  who 
ar.  not  mahomedans,  till  he  i?  killed  him- 
self; pretending  to  believe,  that  he  serves 
God  and  Mahomed  by  destroying  their 
enemies  When  one  of  these  madman  is 
slain,  all  the  mahomedan  rabble  r  n  to 
him,  and  bury  him  like  a  saint,  every  one 
contributing  his  mite  towards  making  a 
noblt-  burial. 

MORAILLE,  Fr.  Barnacles.  An 
instrument  made  commonly  of  iron  for 
the  use  of  farriers,  to  hold  a  horse  by  the 
nose,  to  hinder  bun  from  struggling  when 
an  incision  is  n;ade. 

Le  MORAL,  Fr.  This  word  is  fre- 
quently used  among  the  French,  as  a  sub- 
stantive of  the  masculine  gender,  to  ex- 
press the  moral  condition  or  man.  It 
likewise  means  the  prepossession  or  assu- 
rance which  we  feel  in  conscious  superi- 
or, ts ,  viz.  Quand /es  Atiglo'u  if  ba ttt»i  sur 
filer ,  Us  out  le  moral  pour  eux,  le±  Francois 
I'ont  sur  terre. 

MORASS,  in  military  drawings,  de- 
notes moor,  marshy,  ot  fenny  low  grounds, 
on  which  waters  are  lodged. 

MORATTOES,  Mahraitahs,  a  consi- 
derable Hindoo  tribe  in  Hindustan.  Their 
army  is  chiefly  composed  of  cavalry  and 
they  excel  in  the  management  or  their 
horses.  The  weapon  principally  u.>ed  by 
them  in  war  is  a  sabre,  extremel)  well 
tempered,  and  carefully  chosen.  Their 
dress,  when  accoutred  for  action,  consists 
of  a  quilted  jacket  of  cot  on  cloih,  which 
descends  half  way  down  their  thighs, 
and  of  a  thin  linen  vest,  which  is  fitted 
close  to  the  body,  and  is  alwavs  worn 
under  the  jacket.  They  wear  upon  their 
head  a  broad  turban,  which  is  made  to 
reach  the  shoulders,  for  the  double  pur- 
pose of  covering  the  neck  from  the  heat  of 
the  sun,  and  of  shielding  it  against  the 
enemy's  sabre.  Their  thighs  and  legs  are 
covered  with  a  loose  kind  of  trowsers,  or 
cotton  overhose.  They  are  extremely  tem- 
perate, and  pay  the  most  minute-  ati'en'.ion 
to  their  horses. 

It  is  now  more  than  a  century  that  the 
Mahrattahs  rirst  made  a  figure,  as  the 
most  enterprising  soldiers  of  Hindustan  ; 
as  the  only  nation  of  Indians,  which 
seems  to  make  war  an  occupation  by 
choice;  for  the  Raj  pouts  are  Hindus, 


MOR 


M  O  R 


455 


Soldiers  by  birth  The  strength  of  their) 
armies  consist  in  their  numerous  cavalry, 
which  is  more  capable  of  resisting  fatigue  ] 
than  any  in  India;  large  bodies  of  them  | 
having  been  known  to  march  fifty  miles 
in  a  day.  They  avoid  genera!  engage-] 
ments,  and  seem  to  have  no  other  idea  in  \ 
m  iking  vvar,  but  that  of  doing  as  much 
mischief  as  possible  to  the  enemy's  coun- 
try. 

MO  RE  A  U,  Fr.  A  species  of  bag 
which  the  drivers  of  mules  use  to  carry 
their  hay  It  is  likewise  the  name  of  a 
celebrated  French  general,  who  bv  his 
able  retreat  out  of  Germany,  durin>_  the 
most  disastrous  period  of  the  French  re- 
voluion,  acquired  a  reputation,  as  a  gene- 
ral, superior  to  Xenophon. 

M')RGLAY,  A  deadly  weapon. 

MORTIER,  Fr.     See  MORTAR. 

MORION,  Fr.  Don  net  sur  le  morion . 
'This  was  a  species  of  punishment  which 
was  formerly  inflicted  upon  French  sol- 
diers for  crimes  that  were  not  capital. 
Thr  v  were  shut  up  in  a  guard-house,  and 
received  a  certain  number  of  strokes  with 
a  haibert.  The  gantelope  was  substitut- 
ed in  its  stead  ;  but  neither  one  or  the 
other  are  practised  in  the  present  French 
army. 

MORISON.  See  HELMET,  CASQUE, 

MO  RT  </'£,i«,  Fr.     Low  water. 

MORTARS,  are  a  kind  of  short  can- 
fion,   of  a   large   bore,    with   chambers  : 
they  are  made  of  stone,  brass,  or  iron.— 
Their  use  is  to  throw  hollow  shells,  filled 
"with    powder;     which,    falling   on  any 
building,  or  into  the  works  of  a  a  fortifi- 
cation, burst,  and  their  fragments  destroy 
every   tiling  within  reach.     Carcasses  are 
also  thrown  out  of  them.     These  are  a 
sort  of   shells,  with  5  holes,  filled  with 
pitch  and  other  combustibles,  in  order  to 
set  buildings  on  iite  ;  and  sometimes  bas- 
kets full  of  stones,  the  size  of  a  man's 
fist,  are  thrown  out  of  them  upon  anene- 
ttiy,   placed  in  the  covert- way  during  a 
siege.     The  very   ingenious  general  De- 
•saguliers  contrived  to  throw  bags,  filled 
with  grape-shot,  containing  in  tach  bag, 
from  400  to  600  shot  of  different  dimen- 
sions, out  of  mortars  ;  the  effect  of  which 
is  extremely   awful   and   tremendous    to 
troops  forming  tlv   line  of  battle,  passing 
a  dt-file,  or  landing,   &c.    pouring  down 
shot,  not   unlike  a  shower  of  hail,  on  a 
circumferejttce  of  above  300  feet.    They 
are  distinguished  chiefly   by  the  diamete 
of  the   bore       For  example,  a   i3-incl 
mortar  is  that,  the  diameter  of  whose  bon 
is  13  inches,     'i'her    are  some  of  loantl 
9»inch  diameters  ;  and  some  of  a  small- 
er sort,  as  cohorns  cf  4.6  inches,  and 
's  of  5.8  ir.chf^. 


eight  and  Dimensions  of  English  Mortars* 


Range  at 
45°' 


Powder 

'contain- 
ed in 
Chamber. 


o  o      o  o  o 

o  o       o  ox- 

OO  oo  c*o 

CO  W           IH  M   H 


>  GO  oo    1    Ooo 


I  2°=   | 


H^    CO        f-       00 


»    I    ON    ,    I    -OSOM   c 

IH  I'*  M  "  i  M  nw 

»  oo  c(   c*J  ro  -+•  ~i   P-I 


g       « 

c^     _s 


I  I 


See  the  word  Chambers,  for  expcr 
ments  on  the  best  form. 


& 

^^  ^.c,  0 

— 

b    cOf~  •-    '•* 

'^) 
CO 

K 

£ 

g^O  jn-r 

5 

3  1    I    I  ~ 

1 

ft 

& 

cl^J^-  J^ 

1 

to 

rt 

> 

to 

g  1  °°  !  °°  1  "2 

g 

JS 

£    M    «    «    rt    CO^ 

0 



-, 

1 

"iifSgH 

ba 

c 

0 

* 

> 

\ 

j£ 

i 

§  i  i  i  i  is 

x 

rt 

^  M  c,  ^^j.  ^^j. 

0 

U 

^ 

T5 
a 

c 

rg 

66 

-S^^^ags 

^    COO  30     a   M     r* 

'  M                                              M      *^ 

& 

g     ,   CO     ,   00     ,   00 

j3 

CO     M     M    f»    f^     COf. 

U 

£ 

456 


M  O  R 


M  O  R 


k 

0<J 

cj 

vj- 

•jjoo 
-  r~ 
5  ~ 

T 
£    ^ 

t^5  * 

1 

>3 

>5 

': 

•« 
^ 

•1 

K, 
jS 

Rwgfs  ivitb  a  IO  T>.-ck  S.-*  i.Imtzr,  at  21  De%v. 
on  a  H>ri.z.j>iial  Plane. 

?-s 

a:       >^  N  M 

;r.'V/6    Li.-wd'  Ser<vhe   Irs?f 
Mortals,  at  45  Ueg-etx,      1798. 

13  Inch. 

ic  Ii-;Ch. 

s 

>  c       si    ,. 
u  o        u     C4 

2'*-    Q 

Ch'gc; 

Fiig't 

Ra.ige. 

Cli',.e-;Flix't 

*ange. 

Ibs.oz. 

—  14 
i  — 

i     4 
i     8 

1    12 

2  — 

a    4 

2      8 
2    12 
3   ~ 

3    4 
3    8 
3  12 

4  — 
4    4 
4     8 
4  12 
5  — 
5    4 
5     8 
5  12 
6  — 

8  — 

Sec. 

1? 

9- 

10- 

u 

12- 
13 

16 
16- 

!£ 

i9. 

19. 

2o 
2O- 
2  I 
24 
25 

Yds. 

245 

412 
523 
bi3 
697 
840 
906 
1054 
1132 
244 

1424 

1580 
1656 
1744 
1824 
1900 
195° 

2c62 
2095 
2510 
2706 

ib.oz. 
—    8 

10 
—    12 

—  14 
i  — 

4 
6 
8 

10 
12 

14 

2   — 
2      2 
2      4 
2      6 
2      8 
2    10 
2    12 
2    14 

4  — 
4    8 

Sec. 
9 

10 

10- 
II. 

14 

15 

;i 

16- 
'7 

17. 
18- 

20 

20 

,265 

Yds. 

35  8 

464 

?!l 

749 

95:> 
1028 
1123 

1226 

13!:"> 

1532 
1571 
1700 
1780 
1825 
1880 
1916 
2485 

I    U 

55    jSi 

o^.      J^ 

"^J   S-  f' 

JS 

0 

r* 

•J 

,£0000000000 
Poo^oooooooo 

-.  o   f^  O*  inoo  r\  into  o\  O 

5 
be 

ti* 

Z^&RXSS* 

rt 

g 

gi          1  1  r 

oo  H  c^  co  rj-  ino  r~so  ^  o 

Medium   Ranges    ivllh    Land  Service  ITOK 
Mortars^  at  45  Degrees  . 
(Continued.) 

i 

1 

H 
g 

fKI£g™t 

8  Inch. 

5  i-a  Inch,  B'assi 

S  |J§:?2S^««°«« 

Ch'ge. 

Fiig't 

Range 

Ch'ge. 

Sec. 

6 
6- 

7- 
8 
8- 
9- 

IC 
10- 

ii 
ii- 

12 
12- 

13- 
14 

Range 

Yds. 

^1 

255 
316 
380 

426 
470 

59° 
630 

8* 

800 
910 

935 

1016 

H75 

Ibs.oz. 

—    7 
—    8 

—    9 

—    10 

—  ii 

—    12 
—    U 

—  14 
—  15 
o 
I 

3 

4 

i 

7 
8 
9 

Sec. 
6 

2! 

9- 

10 

ii 

12 

'3- 
14 
14- 
14- 

15 

16. 

18 
18. 

19- 

Yds. 

428 

474 
560 
664 
762 
8oi 

859 
960 
ion 
m, 

nc6 

1262 

ijao 

1380 
1  44ft 

I  OOO 

1660 

1720 

oz,  dr. 
i     8 

I    12 

2  — 
2    4 

2      8 
2   12 

3  — 
3     4 
3     8 
3  12 
4  — 
4    4 
4     8 
4  12 
5  — 

Ii 
I" 

3 

CJ 

si           i  i  i  i 

c 

« 
« 

« 

JS 

I 
I-fi 

vj   nj 

l£ 

5^ 
S  s 

II 

i:  ui 

8c 

§§5    £88 

O    r<    -,          t--OO    -t" 

n 

^-  ^-   ->   C<    r<  O   C< 

.  0 

•r  O 

ri  c  c 

20     ^  Q    0   O    O 

e 
t 
c 

0 

« 

0 

J 
.00 

!/5 

1 

o 

0 

a   - 

( 

fl 

MOR 


M  O  R 


457 


Medium  Ranges  'with  Brass  Mortars^  at  45 
Degrees.      1780. 

Medium  Ranges  ivitb  the  above  Mortar  j,  at 
15  D<gre.es. 

13  Inch.* 

io  Inch.     ! 

8  Inch. 

io  Inch. 

8  Inch. 

Ch'ge. 

Range 

Ch'ge. 

—    -    1 
Ran>:e} 

Ch'ge. 

R'ge 

Ch'xe 

Flig't 

Range. 

Ch'g? 

Flig't 

Range 

Ib.oz. 

2    12 

Y'ds 
862 

Ib  oz. 

10 

Y'ds. 

823  ; 

oz.  dr 
io     8 

Yds 
580 

Ib.oz. 
i    4 
i    6 

Sec. 
5 

^ 

Yards. 
464 
543 

Ib.o*. 
—  n 

—    12 

Sec. 
4J 
4* 

Y'ds. 
427 

485 

•2    14 

939 

11 

852  1 

ii  — 

OJ5 

i     8 

—  IT 

5 

513 

3  ~ 

998 

12 

783 

ii     8 

711 

I    12 

6^- 

/LO 

14. 

3     2 
3    4 

11 

1003 
1090 
1139 
1  16$ 

'3 

'5 

758 
823 

888 
892 

12  — 
12      8 

'3  — 
13    8 

708 
701 

I    14 

2  —  - 
2      4 
2      8 

7 

7* 

805 

884 

960 

2 

I  _,     6- 

I      2       7 

i    4     7 
I     6     71 

690 
822 
827 
1004 

3  I0 

1209 

94" 

14  — 

870 

2    12 

8 

1070 

i     £ 

i     8A 

tots 

3  12 
3  1  + 

1270 

1322 
1309 

2     2 
2      3 

2    4 

941 
1041 
1128 

14    8 

111 

899 

3  — 

H54 

I    10 
I    IT 

ii 

1196 

1337 

4    2 

4    1 

4    6 

4    8 

1  3  ''3 
13*4 

2      5 

2      6 

1103 

1  221 
1258 
1215 

16  - 
16    8 

9-U 
987 

987 
1062 

;      All  English  monars  an.'  erroneously  fix- 
i  to  an  angle  of  45  degrees,  and  custom  haS 
!  prevailed  to    lash  them    strongly    with 

;   rnMf>«  tr»  t-hflf  pK-varinn         TnaQiPtrp    c;.pl!<; 

*  For  the  Ranges  with  the  51-2  inch  r 
Brass,  seethe  Iron  Mortars. 

Ranges  tuith  a  5  1-2  Inch  Brass  Mortar,  at 
15  Degrees. 


Charge. 

Flight. 

First  Graze. 

Rolled  to 

oz.  dr. 

Sec. 

Yards. 

Yards. 

2    8 

3 

209 

3°3 

3  -; 

3§ 

256 

33° 

3    8 

4 

375 

443 

A,      ^m. 

4- 

457 

501 

4    8 

5 

53° 

600 

5  — 

561 

627 

5    8 

6. 

667 

715 

6  — 

7 

709 

780 

Ranges  ivitb  Land  Service  Iron 
Mortars^  at  \o  Degrees  Elevation ....  Poiu- 
der  in  Cartridges. 


io  Inch. 

8  Inch. 

* 

n 

•y 

O 

** 

2 

O 

O 

*? 

frC* 

E 

s  **^ 

tJ     r-» 

7Q* 

E 

3  !?. 

^    «-* 

5* 

•3 

«s 

?jj 

rr 

1 

II 

TO 

Sec 

Ib.oz. 

Yds 

Yds 

Sec 

Ib.oz. 

Yds 

Yds. 

3 

—    12 

198 

415 

3 

—    8 

202 

4°3 

I    — 

278 

458 

3 

—    10 

266 

461 

4 

I     4 

366 

564 

3i 

—   12 

35  f 

614 

4i 

i     8 

45* 

685 

4 

—   14    4'3 

4 

43 

I    12 

2  — 

432 
559 

686 
938 

41 

5 

—  :  468 

2;     561 

754 
811 

J 

2      4 

002 

798 

6 

4 

66.j 

950 

4i 

2      8 

597 

976 

6* 

6 

700 

1028 

5 

2    12 

3  — 

664 

1121 

1  169 

6. 

8 

768 

1064 

should  never  be  thrown  with  an  angle  of 
45  degrees,  excepting  in  one  case  only ; 
tha'  is,  when  the  battery  is  so  far  off  that 
they  cannot  otherwise  recich  the  works  : 
for  when  shells  are  thrown  out  of  the 
trenches  into  the  works  of  a  fortification, 
or  from  the  town  into  the  trenches,  they 
should  have  as  little  elevation  as  possible, 
in  oraer  to  roll  along  and  not  bury  them- 
selves; whereby  the  injury  they' do,  and 
the  terror  they  cause  to  the  t"roops,is  much 
greater  than  if  they  sink  in  o  the  ground. 
On  the  contrary,  when  shells  are  thrown 
upon  magazines,  or  any  other  buildings, 
with  an  intention  to  destroy  them,  the 
mortars  should  be  elevated  as  high  as 
possible,  that  the  shells  may  acquire  a 
greater  force  in  their  fall,  and  consequent- 
ly do  more  execution.  The  British  are  the. 
only  nation  that  fix  mortars  to  an  eleva* 
tion  of  45  degrees,  the  proper  range  is 
from  32  1.2  to  3  5  degrees 

The  use  of  mortars  is  thought  to  b£ 
older  than  that  of  cannon  ;  for  they  weui 
employed  in  the  wars  of  Italy  to  throw 
balls  of  red-hot  iron,  a>  d  ston.'S,  long  be- 
fore the  invention  of  shells.  It  is  gene- 
rally believed,  that  the  Germans  were  the 
first  inventors,  and  that  they  were  actual- 
ly used  at  the  siege  of  Naples,  in  th.  reiga? 
of  Charles  the  VIII,  in  1435.  •  History 
informs  us,  with  more  certainty,  that 
shells  were  thrown  out  of  mortars  at  th? 
siege  ot  Wachtendouk,  in  Guelderland,  in 
1588,  by  the  eari  of  Mansfield.  Shells 
were  first  invented  by  a  citizen  of  Venlo, 
who,  on  a  festival,  celebrated  in  honor  of 
the  duke  of  Cleves,  threw  a  certain  num- 
ber, one  oi  which  fell  on  a  house,  an.  set 
fire  to  it ;  by  which  misfortune  the  great- 
est  part  of  the  city  w  s  reduced  to  ashes. 
Mr.  Walter,  an  En.lish  engineer,  firs. 
taught  tlu  Frnch  the  art  of  throwuip. 
shells,  which  they  practised  at  the  sie^e  oj 
Motte,  in  1634.  The  method  of  throw 
ing  rcci-hnt  balls  out  of  mortar^  v>  . 

- 


458 


M  O  R 


M  O  R 


put  in  practice,  with  certainty,  at  the 
siege  of  Srralsund,  in  1675,  by  the  clec- 
rorot  Brandenburg;  though  tome  say  in 
1653,  at  lie  siege  of  Bremen. 

are   those   used    in 


. 

sieges,  and  of  late  in  battles,  mounted  on 
beds;  and  both  mortar  and  bed  are  trans- 
ported on  block-carriages.  Theie  is  also 
a  kind  of  land.  mortars,  mounted  on  tra- 
veling carriages,  invented  by  count 
Buckeburg,  which  may  b<-  elevated  to 
any  degree  ;  whereas  the  British  as  we  have 
already  stated,  are  fixed  to  an  angle  of  45 
degrees,  and  are  firmly  lashed  with  ropes 

Partridge  MORTAR,  is  a  con  mon  mor- 
tar, surrounded  by  13  other  little  rnortars, 
bond  round  its  circumference  in  the  body 
of  its  metal.  The  centre  one  is  loaded 
with  a  shell,  ard  the  others  with  gre- 
nades. The  vent  of  the  large  mortar 
being  fired,  commui  icares  its  fire  to  the 
small  ones  ;  so  that  both  sh-  11  and  gre- 
rades  go  off  at  once.  The  French  used 
them  in  the  war  of  1701,  and  more  espe- 
cially at  the  siege  of  Lisle,  in  1708,  and 
at  the  defence  of  Bouchain  in  1702. 

Hand-  Mo  R  T  A  R  s  ,  were  frequently  used 
before  the  invention  of  cohorns.  They 
were  fixed  at  the  end  of  a  stali'of  4  1-2 
feet  long,  the  other  end  being  shod  with 
iron  to  stick  in  the  ground  :  while  the 
bombardier,  with  one  hand,  elevated  it  af 
pleasure,  he  wi'h  the  other  hand  fired. 

Firelock.  MORTARS,  Bombards^  are 
^mn!l  mortars,  fixed  at  the  end  of  a  fire- 
lock :  they  are  loaded  as  all  common 
iirelocks  are;  and  the  grenade,  placed  in 
the  mortar  at  the  end  of  the  barrel,  is  dis- 
charged by  a  flint-lock;  and,  to  prevent 
the  recoil  hurting  the  bombardier,  the 
bombard  rests  on  a  kind  of  halberd,  made 
for  that  purpose.  They  were  first  in- 
vented by  major-general  Siebach,  a  Ger- 
man, about  the  year  1710. 

Names  of  tbc  several  parts  of  a.  MOR- 
TAR. 

Grand  divisions  exterior,  viz.  —  The 
whole  length,  of  the  mortar,  muzzle, 
chace,  reinforce,  breech,  trunnions 

Small  divisions  exterior.  The  vent, 
dolphins,  vent  astragal  and  fillets,  breech 
ring  and  ogee,  reinforce  ring  and  ogee, 
reinforce  astragal  and  fillets,  muzzle  as- 
tragal and  fillets,  muzzle  ring  and  ogee, 
muzzle  moulding,  shoulders. 

Interior  parts.  Chamber,  bore,  mouth, 
veni, 

Chamber  in  MORTARS,  is  the  place 
where  the  powder  is  lodged.  There  are 
hlierent  sorts,  and  made  variously  by  dif- 
ferent nario<>s.  The  Spaniards  u:,e  chiefly 
the  spheric;  the  French,  Germans,  and 
Duiv  !.,  the  conic,  cylindric,  and  the  con- 
cave «.r  bottle^  ;  the  Portuguese  at  pre- 
sent, the  parabolic;  and  the  English 
make  them  in  the  f.-rmof  a  frustrum  of  a 
core.  Each  nation  has  its  reasons,  -cod 
or  bad,  to  prefer  their  makv  before  that  of 
others  :  among  which  the  English  say  the 
"••  and  cjlindric  chambers  are  the 


best ;    the  French  say  the  frustrum  of  a 
cone . 

Sea- MORTARS,  are  those  which  arc 
fixed  in  the  bomb-vessels,  for  bombard- 
ing places  by  sea  :  th.'y  are  made  some- 
what longer,  and  much  heavier  than  the 
land-mortars. 

ZaW-MoRT  AR-BEDS,  are  made  of 
very  solid  timber,  and  placed  upon  very 
strong  timber  frames,  fixed  in  the  boml7 
k  -tch  ;  to  which  a  pintle  is  attached  in 
such  a  manner,  that  the  bed  may  tun: 
round.  The  fore  part  of  these  beds  is  an 
arc  of  a  circle,  described  from  the  same 
centre  as  the  pintle-hole.  Land-mortar- 
b-.ds  arc  now  made  of  cast  iron. 

S/tw-MoRTA-RS,  serve  to  throw  stones 
into  the  enemy's  works,  when  near  at 
hand;  such  as  from  the  townjnto  tlu.- 
trenches  in  the  covert- way,  or  upon  tlu: 
glacis;  and  from  these  trenches  into  the 
town.  The  bore  is  terminated  by  two 
quadrants  of  a  circle,  terminated  by  the 
reinforce  and  lines  drawn  from  iht-  end  . 
of  the  cylinder,  made  to  lo  ge  the  torn- 
pions  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  mortar. 
The  bottom  of  the  conic  chamber  :s  ter- 
minated by  an  arc  of  60  degrees,  and  the 
round  part  of  the  outside  is  a  semi-cir- 
cle. 

Chambers  in  MORTARS,  are  of  differ, 
ent  sorts  and  dimensions.  Mr  Beiidor 
mentions  four;  namely,  the  cylindric, 
the  spheric,  the  conic,  and  the  concave 
or  bottled  ;  to  which  a  fifth  may  be  add- 
ed, the  parabolic,  invented  by  count  de 
Lippe  Buckeburg-. 

Cylindric  chambers.  E x pericnce  demon- 
strates, that  concave  chambers  will  throw 
the  shell  farthest  of  any  with  the  same 
charge,  yet,  in  this  case,  where  but  lit- 
tle powder  i:.  required,  in  the  entrance 
would  become  too  narrow,  and  conse- 
quently inconvenient  to  clean  ;  whereas, 
when  they  are  cylindric,  the  difference 
between  the  advantages  of  the  one  and  the 
other  will  be  but  little,  and  not  attended 
with  any  inconveniences. 

Conic  chambets,  are  generally  made  in  a 
circular  form  at  the  bottom,  so  that  the 
sides  produced,  meet  the  extremities  of 
the  diameter  at  the  mouth, 

Spheric  chambers, we.  much  inferior  to  the 
cylb  d  ic  or  concave  ;  tor  it  is  well  known 
by  the  properties  of  geometry,  that  when 
a  cylinder  and  a  frustrum  of  a  cone  occupy 
equal  spaces,  the  surface  of  the  cone  is 
always  greater  than  that  of  the  cylinder. 
Hence,  if  the  entrance  of  these  chambers 
be  not  made  very  narrow,  contrary  to 
practice,  as  demonstrated  by  Mr  Miiiler, 
in  his  second  edition  of  Artillery,  page  38, 
of  the  introduction,  and  the  examples 
that  follow,  v/e  conclude  that  these  and 
the  conic  chambers  are  the  worst. 

Concave  chambers.  The  advantage  of 
these,  kinds  uf  chambers  consist  in  this, 
that  thei:  entrance  may  be  made  narrower 
than  that  of  any  other  form;  and  prac- 
tice has  sufficiently  proved  it.  Yet, 
when  the  entrance  is  so  small  as  not  to 


MO  R 


MOT 


459 


adrrnt  a  man's  hand,  they  are  not  easily  j 
cleaned:  for  which  reason  it  is  supposed  i 
that  :•]!  13  and  xo-inch  mortars  should ; 
have  concave  chambers,  and  the  others  j 
cylindric  ones. 

Parabolic  chambers.     These  chambers, 
being  t!ii'  widest  of  any,  may  therefore! 
be  included  among:  the  worst ;  as  it  is  not  I 
the  inward  figure  of  the  chamber,  but  its 
entrance,  which  produces  the  effect ;  be- 
cause the  smaller  it  is,  the  nearer  it  re- 
duces the  effict  into  the  direction  of  the 
shell       It  has   however  one  advantage, 
narn  •'}•  that  the  shells  will  have  no  wind- 
age. 

MORTAR,  in  military  architecture,  a 
composition  of  lime,  sand,  &c.  mixed  up 
•with  '•  ater,  thai  seives  as  a  cement  to 
bind  t  ,e  stones,  &c.  of  any  huild;ng. 
Mine  sand  makes  weak  mortar,  an'i  the 
rounder  the  sand,  the  stronger  the  mor 
tar ;  and  if  the  sand  is  washed  before  it  is 
mixed,  so  much  the  better. 

The  proportion  of  lime  and  sand  for 
making  mortar  is  extreme' y  variable. 
Some  use  three  parts  Of  pit-Sand,  and  two 
of  river. sand,  to  one  of  lime;  others,  a 
proportion  of  sand  to  quick-lime  as  36 
to  35.  It  should  be  well  mixed,  and 
beat  every  24  hours  for  a  week  to*  ether, 
letting  it  then  lie  for  a  werk  more;  and 
•when  :t  is  used,  must  be  beat  and  mixed 
again.  By  this  means  it  will  make  good 
mo  tar,  though  the  lime  is  but  indiffer- 
ent. 

M  o  R  T  A  R  for  ivater -courses i  cisterns,  &c. 
is  mad;'  of  lime  and  hog's  lard  ;  some- 
times mixed  with  the  juice  of  figs,  and 
torn -Times  with  liquid  pitch,  which  is  first 
slaked  with  wine;  and,  after  application, 
it  is  wash  d  over  with  linseed  oil. 

MORTAR  furnaces,  &c,  is  made  with 
red  clay  wrou -lit  in  water  wherein  horse 
dung  and  chimney. soot  have  been  steeped; 
by  which  a  salt  is  communicated  to  the 
water,  'hat  binds  the  clay,  and  makes  it 
fit  to  endure  the  fire.  The  clay  must 
not  be  too  fat,  lest  it  should  be  subject  to 
chinks :  nor  too  lean  or  sandy,  lest  it 
should  not  bind  enough. 

MORTAR,  made  of  terras,  puzolana, 
tile-dust,  or  cinders,  is  mixed  *..nd  pre- 
pared in  the  same  maivier  as  common  mor- 
tar ;  only  these  ingredients  are  mixed 
with  lime  instead  of  sand  in  a  due  pro- 
portion, which  is  to  be  in  equal  quanti- 
ties. As  this  mortar  is  to  be  used  in 
aquatic  buildings,  the  lime  should  be  the 
Very  b?st. 

IL  fortifications,  docks,  or  piers  of  har- 
bors, ;ay  all  the  works  under  water  with 
terras- mortar,  and  the  rest  ofthe  facings, 
both  within  and  without,  with  cinder  or 
tile-dust  mortar,  for  about  two  feet  deep. 

The£<7if  India  MORTAR  for  building  and 
plastering,  is  made  with  s-hell  lime,  brick 
dust  pulverized,  (called  soorkee]  washed 
sand,  and  the  raw  juice  ofthe  sugai  cane, 
(called  jaggeree. )  The  proportions  of  dif- 
ferent kinds  of  work  are  different ;  but  well 
made  and  mixed,  surpasses  all  others ;  the 


j  roofs  of  houses,  as  well  as  the  floors  of 

i  their  chambers,  and  the  walls  are  cover- 
ed with  thiscomposiiion,  which,  skilfullv 
executed,  bears  a  polish  and  smoothness 

;  like  marble. 

MoRTEs-Pajw,  Fr.  Soldiers  that  were 
paid  for  the  constant  duty  of  a  town  or 
fortified  place,  both  in  the  time  of  peace 
and  war.  Ii.f'antry  regiments,  which 
we-e  occasionally  stationed  in  citadels  and 
garrisoned  towns,  took  the  right  of  the 
tnortet-payes,  and  hud  the  precedence  hi 

;  chusin     ixUings. 

MORTISE,  a  hole   cut  in   wood,  so 

[  that  another  piece  may  be  fitted  into  it. 
M  O  R  T  S ,  Fr      T  he  d  .ad  on  a  field  of 

1  battl  •  are  so  called. 

MOT,     Fr.       Parole,    watchword.-— 

i  This  word  bears  the  same  import  in 
F reach  that  it  does  in  English.  See 
PA  ROLE. 

Donner'le  MOT,  /'/•.  To  give  the  parole, 
or  watch-word 

AlUr  prendre  le  MOT,  Fr.  To  go  for 
the  parole  or  watch- word. 

On  I' envoy  a  porter  le  MOT,  Fr.  he  was 
sent  with  the  parole  or  watch-word. 

In  the  French  service  parole  and  coun- 
tersign ar^  frequently  comprehended  under 
the  word  mot,  viz.  Le  mc,t  qu'o*  avoir 
donne  le  jour  du  coml-at,  etoit  Saint  I.oujs  c: 
Paris;  which  according  to  the  English 
method  of  giving  out  orders  would  have 
stood  thus  :— Parole  St.  Louis,  counter- 
sign Paris. 

MOT  Jf  ralliement,  Fr.      Rallying  word 
M  O  T  H I  R  al  twotk .     In    1  nd  i  an  for- 
tification, barricadoes,  intrenchmenrs,  or 
breastworks,  are  so  called. 

MOTION,  is  defined  to  be  the  conti- 
nued and  successive  change  of  place. — 
There  are  three  general  laws  of  motion  : 
T  Thar  a  body  always  perseveres  in  its 
state  of  rest,  or  of  uniform  motion  in  a 
right  line,  till  by  some  external  force  it 
be  made  to  change  its  place  :  for  as  a  body 
is  passive  in  receiving  its  motion,  and  the 
direction  of  its  motion,  so  it  retains  them 
without  any  change,  till  it  be  acted  on  by 
something  external.  2  The  sec  end  ge- 
neral 1  w  of  motion  is,  that  the  change  of 
motion  is  proportional  to  the  force  im- 
pressed, and  is  produced  in  rhe  righr  line 
in  which  that  foive  acts.  3.  The  third 
general  law  of  motion  is,  that  action  and 
re- action  are  equal,  with  opposite  direc- 
tions, and  are  to  be  estimated  always  in  the 
same  right  line. 

MOTION.  A  word  bearing  the  same 
signification  as  t^ms  does  in  the  French. 
It  is  peculiarly  applicable  to  the  manual 
and  platoon  exercise;  as,  draiv  ramrod  t 
which  is  done  in  two  motions  :  —Tirez  Li 
baguette  en  deux  itms.  Motion,  in  a  mili- 
tary sense,  is  distinguished  from  move- 
ment, inasmuch  as  the  former  applies 
specifically  to  something  done  by  an  in- 
dividual, with  an  instrument  of  war,  as 
handling  the  firelock;  whereas  the  latter 
is  generally  understood  to  mean  the  differ- 
ent changes,  Sec.  which  are  made  in  e,vo 


46o 


MOT 


MOT 


Jutions,  &c.  Motion  is  the  particular 
adjunct  of  the  manual,  and  movement 
that  of  evolution.  The  French  make  the 
same  distinction  with  respect  to  manie- 
?yenl. 

MOTION,  mouvement,  Fr.  generally  so 
called,  a  continual  and  successive  change 
of  place. 

MOT  low,  equal  or  unijortn,  ( movement 
tga/,  ou  un! forme)  that  by  which  a  body 
inovrs  over  equal  spaces  in  '  qual  times  ; 
such  are  the  motions  of  celestial  bodies. 

MOTION  absolute ,  (mouvement  absolu, 
Fr. )  is  a  mutation  or  change  of  absolute 
Space,  and  its  celerity  is  measured  accord- 
iny  to ansolute  space. 

MOTION  relative,  (mouvement  re/at  if, 
l-'r.  •  is  a  ch.tn^e  or  mutation  ->f  relative 
place,  anci  i's  celerity  is  measured  accord- 
ing  to  relative  space 

MOTION  equally  accelerated)  (tnouve- 
tne*t  '{"(fvmement  .icce/ere,  Fr.)  is  such 
<iyhos  velocity  equally  increases  in  equal 
times. 

M  o  T  i  o  N  ,  equally  retarded,  (movement 
Xniformimtnt  retards)  is  such  whose  velo- 
city  tq.iallv  d -creases,  in  equal  times,  till 
the  hodv  comes  to  rest 

MOTIONS  of  an  army,  (mouvemens  a"u»e 
arnuc,  Fr.}  are  the  various  changes  which 
it  undergoes  in  marching  from  one  p  ace 
to  another;  these  are  more  generally  un- 
derstood by  the  word  movement. 

MOTIONS  ofthejirelock  during  the  manual 
and  platoon  exercise.  Motion  in  this  sense 
is  expressed  by  terns  among  thf  French. 
These  consist  of  those  prescribed  methods 
which  have  been  explained  under  ma- 
nual. 

The  new  mode  of  carrying,  (which  is 
\yith  nearly  extended  arm)  is  certainly  less 
fatiguing  than  supporting  arms  ;  since  the 
former  leaves  the  circulation  of  the  blood 
free,  and  the  latter  binds  the  soldier's  arm 
at  the  elbow.  The  French  allow  great 
latitude  in  the  carrying  of  the  firelock, 
especially  in  marching  and  manoeuvring. 
The  men* re  frequently  permitted  to  slope 
arms 

MOTION  compound,  (mouvement  corn. 
$osc,  Fr. )  is  tne  motion  of  one  body  im- 
pelled by  two  different  powers. 

MOTION  of  projection,  (mouvement  de 
projection,  Fr  )  that  by  which  bodies  are 
impelled  through  the  air,  or  through  any 
Other  fluid.  A  shell  which  is  forced  out 
of  a  mortar  by  mean*  of  inflammable  gun- 
powuer  has  -a  motion  ofp  ejection. 

MOTION  of  vibration,  or  vibrating  mo- 
tion, (mouvement  de  vibration,  Fr.)isthe 
circular  motion  of  a  body,  which  is  ge- 
nerally round  or  spherical. 

MOTION  of  undulation,  or  undulating 
notion,  (mouvement  d'ondulaticn,  Fr. ;  a 
c;rc':lai  motion  which  is  perceptible  in 
water,  when  any  hard  substance  is  thrown 
ijito  it. 

MOTIONS  of  an  enemy,  (mouvemens  d'un 
tnncm!,  Fr.)  the  differ  nt  marches, 
positions,  &-c.  -which  an  enemy  tales  are 


To  ivatch  the  MOTIONS  of  an  en<-niy+ 
(guetter  un  ennemi,  Fr. .  To  keep  a  gooii 
look  out  by  means  of  a  regular  commu- 
nication between  he.id-quarters,  ami  the 
outposts  of  your  army.  On  a  large  scale, 
the  business  of  ar  army  of  observation  is 
chit-fly  confined  to  this  species  of  service, 
On  a  mor-  limited  one,  the  duty  is  fre- 
quently entrusted  to  partisans  and  light 
trooos. 

MOTION  of  a  bomb  or  ball.  The  pro- 
gress which  a  bomb  or  ball  makes  thu  ugh 
the  aii  may  be  said  to  consist  of  three 
s^rts,  after  it  has  been  delivered  out  of* 
the  mortar,  or  emu  ted  from  a  gur:  or  mus- 
quet.  These  are: — 

The  violent  MOTION,  or  first  explosion,, 
when  the  powder  has  worked  its  effect 
upon  th.  bail,  so  far  as  the  bomb  or  ball 
may  be  supposed  to  move  in  a  right  line.. 

The  mixed  MOTION,  or  yielding  im- 
pulse, when  the  natural  weight  of  the 
bomb  or  ball  begins  to  ov.-rcome  the  force 
which  was  given  by  the  gunpowder. 

The  natural  MOTION,  or  exhaustion  of 
the  first  impulse.  1  his  occurs  when  the 
bomb  or  ball  is  falling  to  the  ground. 

To  MOTION  a  thing,  to  propose  it  in  a 
military  or  civil  meeting. 

MOTION,  Fr.  This  word  has  been 
adopted  by  the  French  (o  convey  the 
same  meaning  that  it  does  in  E-.^lish, 
namely,  a  proposition ;  hence  appuyer  I*, 
motion  dans  une  assemblee  ;  to  support  a 
motion  in  «  public  assembly  or  meeting. 
Deliberer  sur  In  motion,  to  deliberate  upon 
the  motion.  Retirer  sa  motion,  to  with- 
draw one's  motion.  Rejecter  la  motion,  to 
throw  out  the  motion 

MOTS  d'crdre  et  deralliement,  Fr.  In 
a  recent  publication,  writte:.  by  Paul 
Thiebault,adjuta,.t-general,on  the  French 
staff',  the  following  cxplanati.-n  is  Riven  of 
paroles  and  countersigns,  which  may  be 
considered  as  thtf  free  translation  o  mots, 
with  this  exception,  that  the  mot  de  ral- 
licment  seems  peculiarly  ustd  in  the 
French  service.  The  parole  and  counter- 
sign only  are  practised,  and  their  distinct 
import  seems  so  little  understood,  thar  we 
shall  not  hesitate  to  give  the  whole  article 
from  the  French. 

The  MOTS  d'ordrc  et  de  ralliewent,  con- 
s;st  of  three  distinct  and  separate  words, 
wYich  are  chosen  for  the  specific  purpose 
of  enabling  the  soldiers  belonging  to  the 
sam  army,  to  be  in  perfect  intelligence 
w  th  one  another,  especially  during  the 
night. 

These  words  are  composed  in  thf  fol- 
lowing manner,  viz.     Le  MOT  d'ordre,  or 
what  we  call  th  •  parole,  must  betaken 
,  from  the  name  of  some  deceased  person, 
I  to  which  must  be  added  that  of  some 
town  or  country. 

The  mot  de  ralliement,  must  consist  of  a 
I  substantive,  which  does  not  relate  •  irher 
|'  to  the  natneof  a  man,  thenamecf  a  town, 
|,  or  the  name  of  a  country. 

These  three  words  are  given  out  every 
ii  doming  from,  head  quarters^  and  are  fnfe 


M  OT 


MOV 


461 


sea  ,d  up,  to  the  officers  of  the 
liiiicrent  guards,  ;<nd  'O  those  persons  who 
ar.  entrusted  wirh  the  command  ot  an 
«'.  tj>"st,  or  hav  th;-  charge  of  a  patrole. 

The  MOT  d'ordre,  or  parole,  must  never 
be  confi-ied  beyond  officers  and  non- com- 
missioned officers;  the  mot  de  rallkment 
may  -n  some  c<!ses  be  iven  to  centrit  s 
that  are  stat  oned  at  some  distance  from  j 
th  outposts;  but  these  should  invaria- 
bly consist  of  old  soldiers,  whose  fidelity 
aid  courage  cm-  be  depended  on. 

The  mot  d'ord-.-e,  or  parole,  as  well  as 
the  mot  de  rallierient,  is  always  given  out 
from  h.-ad  quarters  ;  -or  ought  any  ;en  - 
ral  or  commandin  officer  to  rake  upon 
himself  to  alter  either,  except  under  cir- 
cumstances so  'eculiarlyur  int,  that  the 
goo  ;  of  the  service  would  juscify  the 
•change.  Anv>n'.r  th-:\se  circumstances 
may  be  cons  de-.ed,  'he  'iesertioa  of  a  cen- 
tine  fro  in  the  our  post,  and  the  strong 
presumption,  thar  the  enemy  has  been 
mate  a.  quainteo  with  the  words,  &c. 
"Whenever  this  necessity  occurs,  all  the 
commandinz  officers  who  havi  any  com 
ffiunication  with  that  quarter  from 
\vhence  thi  pa'olc  was  issued,  slviuld  in- 
stantly be  made  acquainted  with  the  alter- 
ation 

With  respect  to  the  manner  in  which 
th.bp  words  ate  to  be  delivered  our,  nnd 
the  frequency  of  the  r  circulation,  the 
•who!  must  depend  upon  circumstances. 
When  an  army  o  body  of  troops  'ies  at 
so  :e  distanc  from  the  enemy,  tlv:y  are 
us  ally  forwarded  to  the1  different  quar- 
ters, •.  amps,  or  cantonments,  for  five,  ten, 
or  liftmen  days  together.  When  close  to 
the  enemy,  they  are  given  out,  as  we 
have  already  observed,  every  day.  When 
there  is  no  ground  to  apprehend  a  sur 
prize  or  attack,  one  word  will  be  suffi- 
cient for  ea<  h  day  :  but,  in  critical  casjs, 
the  parole  must  be  changed  two  or  three 
time  during  the  night  If  several  corps 
are  cantoned  togerhe1,  the  rnu  d'ordre,  or 
parol  ,  must  be  sent  to  the  off!  •  r  com- 
manding in  the  ca;ito<  ment.  Wiien  the 
troops  are  encamped,  it  is  generally  sent 
to  tiie  comma  ;ding  officer  of  each  regi- 
ment, and  seldom  to  the  commandant  of 
each  brigade. 

The  MOT,  or  parole,  must  always  be 
given  out  during  the  day,  except  in  cases 
of  emergency  ;  audit  must  never  be  de- 
livered to  any  per-.on,  unless  the  indivi. 
dual  who  is  entrusted  wirh  ;t  be  fully 
convinced,  that  he  is  authorised  to  receive 
it.  It  ought  indeed  to  be  iiiven  personal- 
ly to  him  onl'  to  \vh-  in  it  is  addressed 
by  name.  See  4m  Mil.  Lib. An  STAFF. 

"MOTTO  Any  sentence,  either  with 
or  without  a  badge  by  which  any  regiment 
is  paircularly  distinguished,  as  i  >i 
examp-,  the  English  3d  foot,  or  oki 
JBuffs,  i>.ave  a  griffin  embossed  as  then- 
bad  ,  and  ;pe  vr,  tt  >,  Jftteri  frondescit 
TiK.-  <~  ;li.  M  ken  from  this  regi- 
nu  :•  is.-  liie  Ain •  ricvn  revolution  are  in 
the  war  office  at  Washington. 


MOUCHARD,  Fr  a  domest  c  spy, 
an  informer  Among  the  French  it  more 
particularly  me,,ns  a  person  who  is  em- 
ploy d  to  watch  'he  motions  of  any  mark- 
ed man.  Creatures  of  this  infamous, 
although  perhaps  necessary,  class,  were 
constantly  attached  to  the  police  oi" 
France.  The  term  is  little  known 
in  t  ie  Uni'ed  States,  unless  it  be  those 
mouchard* -established  in  the  American cof« 
fee  h-'use.i,  to  ^rive  information  to  the  Bri^ 
tish  convals.  These  gentlemen  have  been 
called,  humomusly  enough,  reporters.  Jn 
*  military  sense,  neither  the  term  nor  the 
practice  can  be  properly  understood ;  at 
le^st  we  should  hope  so,  as  it  is  beneath, 
the  hVh  mind :  fa  soldi  -r  to  fetch  and  cany. 

MOVE  ABLE  PIVOT.  When  the 
fivot  fiank  ot  ai:y  bojy  of  men  describe 
in  the  wheel  a  smaller  circle  than  the 
whet  ling  flank )  the  wheel  is  said  to  be 
midt'on  ,1  (i- cable  pivot. 

M  O  V  E  M  E  N  T .  E  very  inspecting  ge- 
neral should  notice  minutely  and  com- 
pa'a'ivelv  on  the  performance  by  each 
battalion  of  the  eteat  leading  points  of 
movement.  He  is  particularly  to  ob- 
serve and  specify 

H7octkcr  or  not 

The  original  formation  be  according  to 
order?  The  marches  sre  made  with  ac- 
curacy, at  the  req>  tred  times  and  length 
of  step,  and  on  such  objects  as  are  given. 

The  proper  distances  in  column  and 
echellon  are  at  all  times  i/reser  «ed. 

The  wheelings  are  made  just,  and  iri 
the  manner  prescribed. 

The  formations  into  line  are  made  true, 
without  fjlse  openings,  or  necessity  oi" 
correction. 

The  officers  are  alert  in  their  changes  of 
situation,  exact  in  their  own  pers  ;iiai 
.  .ovements,  and  loud,  decided,  and  dis- 
tinct, in  their  words  of  command 

The  march  in  line  is  uniformly  steady, 
vith  ut  floating, -opening,  ore-losing. 

Th;  march  in  tile,  close,  firm,  and 
withou-  lengthening  out. 

The  officers,  and  under-officers,  give 
the  aids  required  of  them  with  due  quick- 
ness and  precision. 

Hurry  and  unnecessary  delay,  are  equal, 
ly  avoided. 

In  the  firings  the  loading  is  quick,  the 
levelling  is  just,  the  officers  animated  and. 
exact  in  their  commands. 

MOVEMENTS.  In  cavalry  movements 
the  following  great  leading  points  should 
b.  attended  to  by  every  inspecting  otf'.cer, 
independent  of  the  circumstances  which 
relate  to  the  dress  and  genen:!  ap;v  arance 
of  man  and  hoise,  the  exercise  o:;  foot, 
&c.  &c. 

He  must  particularly  observe  and  spe- 
cify in  his  communications  to  the  com- 
manding officer, 

Whether  or  not 

TlK-  original  formation  of  squadrons  and 
regiments  be  according  to  order  ? 

Tlis  marches  made  vyiih  accuracy,  at 


462 


MOV 


MOV 


the  paces  required,  and  on  such  objects  as 
have  been  given  > 

The  proper  distance  in  column  are  atall 
times  preserved  ? 

The  wheelings  are  made  quick,  just 
and  in  the  manner  prescribed  ? 

The  formations  into  line  are  made  true 
in  the  intended  directions,  without  false 
openings,  or  necessity  of  correction ;  or 
that  corrections,  when  necessary  are  in- 
stantly made  ? 

The  changes  of  position  are  made  with 
due  celerity  and  justness  ? 

The  officers  are  alert  in  their  changes  of 
situation,  exact  in  their  own  personal 
movements,  and  loud,  decided,  and  dis- 
tinct in  their  words  of  command  ? 

The  march  in  line  is  uniformly  steady, 
without  opening,  floating,  or  closing  ? 

The  flank  march  is  compact,  firm,  and 
vrithout  improperly  lengthening  out  ? 

The  officers  and  under  officers  give  the 
.--.ids  required  of  them  with  due  quickness 
and  precision  ? 

Hurry  and  delay,  in  military  move- 
ments, are  two  extremes  which  should 
be  equally  avoided. 

In  the  firings  the  loading  is  quick,  the 
levelling  is  just,  and  the  officers  firm  in 
their  commands. 

The  officers,  non-commissioned  offi- 
cers, and  men  ride  well,  and  the  horses 
are  active,  vigorous,  and  well  broken. — 

Movements,  in  a  general  sense,  may  be 
considered  under  the  following  heads,  viz. 
— ist,  Offensive  movements  ;  the  great 
advantage  which  attends  this  movement, 
consists  in  the  measure  having  been  pre- 
viously determined  upon,  and  a  conse- 
quent preparation  made  for  rapid  execu- 
tion before  the  design  is  obvious.  Much 
however,  will  depend,  upon  the  justness 
of  the  distances,  and  of  the  march  in 
column,  having  been  to  taken  as  to  allow 
of  decisive  operations.  Manoeuvre  will 
chiefly  operate  where  an  enemy  is  interior 
in  number,  inexpert  in  movement,  weakly 
posted,  and  where  the  weak  point  is  found 
out,  and  is  attacked  before  he  can  move  to 
strengthen  it. 

Counter-  M  o  v  E  M  E  N  T  s  cf  defence ,  are 
movements  calculated  to  defeat  any  pre- 
meditated attack.  According  to  the  re- 
gulations they  may  be  briefly  explained 
by  observing,  that 'if  the  flank  of  one  body 
be  thrown  forward,  that  of  the  other  may 
by  similar  means  be  thrown  back.  If  one 
body  prolongs  its  line  to  outflank,  the 
other  may  by  the  same  movement  main- 
tain its  relative  situation.  Whatever 
change  of  position  is  made  by  one  body, 
the  other  may  counteract  it  by  a  similar 
change.  If  the  wing  of  one  body  is  re- 
lused,  the  wing  of  the  others  may  be  ad- 
vanced to  seize  an  advantage. 

M  o  v  E  M  E  N  T  s  of  previous  formation,  are 
military  dispositions  which  every  general 
must  have  carefully  digested,  befoie  he 
advances  upon  a  d'irect  line  of  offensive 
operations.  A  body  of  troops,  which 
>ias  a  considerable  march  to  make  previous 


!  to  the  attack,  must  always  apprdfci  an 
enemy  in  one,  or  more  columns,  at  open 
or  other  distances,  according  to  circum- 
stances. Some  general  knowleee  of  an 
enemy's  situation,  determines  the  man- 
ner in  which  he  is  to  be  approached,  the 
composition  of  the  columns,  the  flank  of 
each  which  leads,  and  their  combination 
informing.  A  neaier  view  determines  a 
perseverance  in  the  first  dir  ction,  or  a 
change  m  the  leading  flanks,  and  direction 
of  the  columns,  in  order  to  form  in  the 
most  speedy  and  advantageous  manner. 

MOVEMENTS  of  attack,  are  made  by 
bodies  of  men  advancing  in  line  or  column 
to  attack  an  opposing  enemy.  When  a 
considerable  body  of  troops  is  to  act  of- 
fensively, it  must  form  in  line  at  latest 
within  1200  or  1500  paces  <  fa  posted  ene- 
my, unless  the  ground  particularly  favor, 
and  cover  from  the  fire  of  the  artillery,  the 
enfilade  of  which  is  what  chiefly  prevents 
bodies  in  column  from  approaching  near- 
er; and  that  space,  under  the  unceasing 
fire  of  their  own  artillery,  troops  in  line 
will  march  over  in  18  minutes. 

Movements  of  attack,  when  they  arc 
made  from  a  parallel  position,  must  be 
cither  in  line,  or  by  a  flank  of  the  line 
in  echelloa,  that  flank  being  reinforced, 
and  the  other  refused  ;  or  from  a  new 
and  advantageous  position  taken  up,  and 
not  provided  against  by  the  enemy. — 
From  an  oblique  position  the  attack  is  di- 
rected against  a  comparatively  weak  point 
of  the  enemy  Attacks  from  the  centre  are 
more  liable  to  be  enfiladed,  and  are  sooner 
guarded  against  than  from  the  flank. 

MOVEMENTS  of  retreat  t  are  combina- 
tions of  columns  of  march,  covered  by 
positions,  and  a  str  ng  rear  guard.  Troops 
are  occasionally  taken  out  of  the  retiring 
columns  of  march,  to  occupy  positions 
and  heights  ;  they  remain  till  the  rear  has 
passed,  and  then  become  the  rear  guard  ; 
this  they  continue  to  be,  till  they  find 
other  troops  in  like  manner  posted;  these 
last  in  their  turn  become  also  the  .ear 
guard,  and  in  this  way  are  the  troops  of 
columns  in  such  situations  relieved.  A 
rear  guard  will  fall  back  by  the  retreat  in 
line — the  chequered  retreat — the  passage  of 
lines — the  echellcn  changes  of  position. 

MOVEMENTS  in  ec  he  I  Ion  of  the  line .  — 
Echellon,  or  diagonal  movements,  espe- 
cially of  a  great  corps,  are  calculated  not 
only  to  disconcert  an  enemy,  but  likewise 
to  enable  the  army,  which  adopts  them, 
either  to  make  a  partial  attack,  or  a  gra- 
dual retreat.  The  attack  may  be  formed 
from  the  centre,  or  from  either  of  the 
winjzs  reinforced.  If  successful,  the  di- 
visions move  up  into  line  to  improve  the 
advantage  :  if  repulsed,  they  are  in  a  good 
situation  to  protect  the  retreat.  In  ad- 
vancing, the  several  bodies  move  indepen- 
dent, act  freely,  and  are  ready  to  assist : 
in  retiring,  they  fall  gradually  back  on 
each  other,  and  thereby  give  mutual  aid 
and  support.  Echellon  movements,  in 
fact,  comprise  within  themselves  all  the 


MO  V 


MOU 


463 


essential  principles  of  extension  and  com- !j  leading  division  continues  the  ordinary, 
pression,  wh;ch  are  found  in  close  or  open  .  and  the  obliquing  ones  take  the  quick 
column,  with  the  additional  advantage  of  I  step,  till  they  successively  are  up  with  it* 
being  better  adapted  to  throw  a  consider-  !  a  battalion  colur  n  which  is  placed  be- 
ahle  line  into  an  oblique  position,  or  pre-  ||  hind  the  flank  of  a  line,  may,  in  this  man- 


sent  in?;  a  narrow  front,  with  the  means  of 
increasing  it  at  pleasure,  unex  posed  to  the 
enemy's  fire  and  of  diminishing  it  with 
the  t>ame  facility  ;md  safety. 

Echellan  MOVEMENTS  on  an  oblique  line, 
are  best  calculated  to  outwing  an  enemy, 
or  to  preserve  the  points  of  appui  of  a 
wine;  possessing  this  advantage,  that 
such  movement  may  r.ot  be  perceptible 
to  the  enemy,  as  they  are  short  and  inde- 
pendent lines,  and  when  seen  at  a  dis- 
tance, appear  as  if  a  full  line. 

Echellon  movements  by  half  battalions 
or  less,  are  made  by  their  directing  fiank, 
which  is  always  the  one  advanced  front, 
or  wheeled  to.  Echellon  movements  by 
whole  battalions,  are  governed  by  their 
advanced  Serjeants  Echellon  movements 
by  several  battalions  are  made  in  line, 
each  by  its  own  centre,  and  the  whoL-  by 
the  directing  rlank, 

MOVEMENTS  that  are  made  in  jace  a/ 
an  enemy .  (  Motcvemens  dc-vanl  I'enneml 
Fr.)  There  is  no  operation  in  war  which 
requires  so  much  nicety,  precision,  and 
judgement,  as  that  of  retreating  in  the 
presence  of  an  enemy.  Every  movement 
i'rom  the  direct  line  of  battle  is  more  or 
less  cr  tical ;  but  when  a  regiment  is 
obliged  to  retire  under  the  eye,  and  per- 
haps the  tire  of  a  pursuing  foe,  the  ut- 
most presence  of  mind  is  required  in  the 
officers  who  command,  and  the  greatest 
steadiness  in  the  men.  In  a  situation  of 
this  sort  it  becomes  the  peculiar  duty  of 
the  field  officers, to  see  that  every  change  of 
manoeuvre,  and  eve;  y  movement,  be  made 
•with  promptitude  and  accuracy.  For  al- 
though they  be  subordinate  to  others,  and 
must  of  course,  follow  superior  direc- 
tions, yet  so  much  of  the  executive  duty 
rests  with  them  that  their  character  and 
abilities,  as  officers,  will  be  more  conspi- 
cuous on  these  occasions  than  in  any  orher. 
The  movements  of  a  corps  which  retreats, 
consisr  in  retrograde  march  s,  in  line,  by 
alternate  companies,  in  column,  by  wings, 
or  in  square. 

Evenlail  or  Fun  MOVEMENT.  This 
movement  is  performed  on  the  march, 
and  must  be  begun  at  a  distance  behind 
the  line,  proportionate  to  the  body  which 
is  to  oblique  and  form.  It  may  be  appli- 
ed to  oue  battalion,  but  hardly  to  a  more 
considerable  body,  which  would  iind  great 
difficulty  in  the  execution.  It  gives  a 
gradual  increase  of  front  during  a  progres- 
sive movement.  With  justness  it  can  be 
made  on  a  front  division  only,  not  on  a  ccn- 
ifral  or  rear  one :  in  proportion  as  the 
lending  platoon  shortens  its  step,  will  the 
<sne  behind  it,  and  successively  each  other 
come  up  mto  line  with  it.  As  soon  as  the 
colors  of  the  battalion  corrve  up,  they  be- 
cora-.  the  leading  point.  Although  it  is 
.m  o\-vration  of  more  difficulty,  yet  if  the 


ner,  during  the  march,  and  when  near  t  j 
theenemy,gradually  lengthen  out  that  line. 

Vourff  or  quick  MOVEMENT.  This 
movement  is  frequently  resorted  to  when 
the  head  of  a  considerable  open  column  in 
march  arrives  at,  or  rear  the  point  from 
which  it  is  to  take  an  oblique  position  fac- 
ing to  its  then  rear,  and  at  which  points  its 
third,  fourth,  or  any  other  named  battalion, 
is  to  be  placed. 

The  justness  of  the  movement  depends 
on  the  points  in  the  new  direction  being 
taken  up  quickly,  ard  with  precision. 
On  the  previous  determination  that  a  cer- 
tain battal'on,  or  division  of  a  battalion, 
shall  pass  or  halt  at  the  point  of  intersection; 
and  that  every  part  of  the  column  which  is 
behind  that  battalion,  shall  throw  itself 
inro  open  column  on  the  new  line  behind 
the  point  of  intersection,  ready  to  prolong 
or  to  form  the  line  whenever  it  comes  to 
its  turn. 

This  movement  will  often  take  place  in 
the  change  of  position  ot  a  second  line,  and 
is  performed  by  all  those  that  are  behind 
the  division,  which  is  to  stop  at  the  point 
where  the  olcj  and  new  lines  intersect. 
And  at  all  times  when  the  open  column 
changes  into  a  direction  on  which  it  is  to 
form,  and  that  the  division  which  is  to  be 
placed  at  the  point  of  entry  can  be  deter- 
mined, it  much  facilitates  the  operation  to 
make  every  thing  behind  chat  division 
gain  the  new  line  HS  quick  as  possible, 
without  waiting  till  the  head  of  the 
column  halts. 

MOUFLE,  Fr.  a  sort  of  stuffed  glove. 
It  is  common  among  the  French  to  say, 
//  tie  faut  fan  y  allcr  sans  moujles  ;  figura- 
tively meaning,  that  no  dangerous  enter- 
prise ought  to  be  undertaken  without  suf- 
ficient force  to  carry  it  into  execution. 

MOUILLAGE,  Fr.     Anchorage. 

MOUILLER,  Ft:  To  anchor.  To 
let  go  the  anchor. 

MOULDS,  for  casting  shot  for  guns, 
musquets,  rifles,  and  pistols :  the  first 
are  of  iron,  used  bv  the  founders,  and 
the  others  by  the  artillery  in  the  field, 
and  in  garrison. 

Laboratory  MOULDS, are madeof wood, 
for  filling  and  driving  all  sorts  of  rockets, 
and  cartridges,  £c. 

MOULDINGS,  of  a  gun  or  mortar^  arc 
all  the  eminent  parts,  as  squares  or  rounds, 
which  serve  for  ornaments  :  such  as  the 
breech- mouldings.  The  rings,  &c.  are 
also  called  mouldings. 

MOULE.  Fr.     See  MOULD. 

MQULE  defuses  -volante,  Fr.  a  piece  of 
round  wood  used  in  fireworks. 

MOULIN,  Fr.  a  mill. 

MOULIN  a  bras portatif^  Fr.  a  species 
of  hand-mill,  which  was  invented  in 
France  b>  le  Sieur  de  Lavault,  and 
which  has  been  found  extremely  r.set'r.1 


464 


MOU 


MOU 


to  troops  on  service.  Ten  of  these  mills 
may  be  conveniently  placed  on  one  wag- 
gon . 

MOUND,  in  oil  military  booh,  isaterm 
used  tor  a  bunk  rr  nm(  air,  01  other  de- 
1'cncc.  particularly  that  of  earth. 

M O  U  N T  E  E ,  an  alarm  to  mount  or  go  ' 
Xipon  some  warlike:  expedition 

Half  or  sauiL'  MOUNTING.  The 
f.hirt,  sho  s.  stock,  and  ho>e,  or  stock 
invs  which  were  formerly  furnished  -  y  the 
colonels  or  commandants  of  corps  e  cry 
year.  This  mode  of  distrib  tion,  which 
engendered  a  multiplicity  of  abuses,  has 
been  abolished  in  the  British  service  : 
in  lieu  of  which,  a  regulation  has  taken 
place,  that  (if  h^ntstly  attended  to)  must 
be  highly  beneficial  to  the  soldier. 

In  lieu  of  the  sn:all  articles  of  clothing, 
which  were  annually  given,  by  th;.  colo- 
Dcls  of  regiments,  to  non-commissioned 
offic  rs  and  private  soldiers,  and  were  call- 
ed small  or  half  mounting,  two  pair  of 
good  shoes,  of  the  vali:e  of  fiv,'  shillings 
and  S'xp1  nee  each,  ha'  e  been  substitut. 
ed.  These  shoes  are  to  be  provided  in 
conformity  to  a  pattern  lodged  at  the  office 
of  the  comptrollers  of  the  accomptsof  the 
army  ;  and  patterns  of  the  shoes  are  to  be 
approved  and  sealed  by  the  general  offi- 
cers of  th  clothing  board,  at  the  same 
time,  and  in  like  manner,  as  for  the  cloth- 
ing :  one  pair  is  to  be  delivered  out  at  the 
annual  period  of  clothing,  and  the  oth  r 
pair  at  the  end  of  six  months  from  that 
time;  and  in  order  to  prevent  the  injury 
tha*-  the  shoes  mk'ht  sustain,  fr-m  re- 
maining a  long  time  in  store  in  :lv  East 
and  West  Indies,  they  are  to  he  forward- 
ed to  cprps  on  those  stations  at  two  differ- 
ent periods,  instead  of  sending  the  whole 
quantity  with  the  clothing. 

Should  the  price  of  good  shoes  at  any 
time  exceed  five  shillings  and  sixpence 
per  pair,  the  difference,  which  shall  he 
declared  by  the  clothing  board  at  their 
first  meeting  en,  or  after  the  25th  of  April 
in  each  year,  is  to  be  charged  to  '.he  res- 
pective accomptsof  the  non-commission- 
ed officers  ard  soldiers  rcceivin  .  them, 
but  with  respect  to  the  5th  battalion  of 
the  6oth  regiment,  the  ilrerence  is  to  be 
taken  between  four  shillings  and  sixpence 
paid  by  the  colonel,  and  the  actual  price 
declared  as  above  mentioned. 

The  allowances,  directed  to  be  gi  .en  by 
the  colonels,  in  lieu  of  tVie  former  small 
articles,  called  halj  mounting,  an  to  be  re- 
gularly credited  to  the  men,  and  to  hi  ex- 
pended for  their  use,  in  such  articles  as 
are  suitable  to  the  respective  climates  in 
v.hich  they  are  serving. 

Non-commissioned  officers  and  soldiers 
of  infantry,  dying  or  dLchar^ed  beiore  the 
completion  of  a  lull  year,  from  the  usual 
day  of  delivering  the  annual  clothing  ot 
their  regiments,  ha  e  no  demand  what, 
ever  on  account  there<  f. 

A  recruit,  who  comes  ii.to  she  regiment 
•  :  he  (!•:•' -vc'-v  of  the 


iven  to 
li-.-u  of 
0140 

0  j  t  o 


clothing,  is  entitled  to  a  pair  of  shoes  at 
the  next  delivery  of  that  article. 

T  he  com  sensation  money  to  be 
•each    servant    in  the  irfantry  in 
half-mounting  is        -         - 
j  To  each  corporal,  drummer,  ? 

iiid  private,  3 

'To  MOUNT,  is  a  word  variously 
niaiie  use  of  in  military  matters,  at 

To  MOUNT  Cannon.  To  [dace  any 
piece  of  ordnance  on  its  frame,  for  the 
more  easy  carriage  ami  management  of  it 
in  firing.  Hence  to  dismount  it>  10  rake 
cannon  ;rom  any  s  rvict-ablc  position. 

To  MOU  N  T  a  breach,  to  run  up  in  a  quick 
and  determined  manner  to  any  bieach 
made  in  a  wall,  &c. 

To  MOUNT  guard,  to  do  iut\  :n  a  town 
or  garrison,  in  a  camp,  or  at  out  quar- 
ters. 

To  MOUNT,  to  place  on  horseback,  to 
furnish  v  ith  horses  ;  as,  twelve  thousand, 
men  have  been  well  mounted,  without 
any  considerable  expei  ce  to  th  c  -untry* 
A  cavalry  regrmeir  <\  ay  be  said  to  be  well 
or  ill  mounted  ;  in  either  of  which  cases, 
the  commanding  officer  is  generally 
blameable,or  praise-  worthy. 

To  mount  likewise  signifies  the  act  of 
getting  on  horseback,  according  to  pre- 
scribed mi.itary  rules:  as,  to  prepare  to 
mount,  is  when  the  left  hand  files  move 
their  horses  forward  in  the  manner  de- 
scribed under  u  'ink  your  horses.  The 
dragoons  put  their  firelocks  into  the 
buckets,  and  buckle  them  on,  doubling 
the  strap  twice  round  the  barrel,  come  to 
the  front  of  the  hors  s,  fasren  the  Inks, 
throw  them  over  the  horses'  heads  with 
the  left  hand  round  the  horses'  heads, 
take  their  swordb,  and  buckle  them 
tight  into  the  bd',  take  the  bit  reins  up, 
then  take  a  lock  of  the  mane,  and  put  it 
into  the  left  hand,  the  left  foot  into  the 
sti  rup,  and  :he  right  hand  on  the  cantle 
of  the  saddle,  waiting  for  the  word  mount  : 
when  they  spring  smartly  up,  and  look. 
to  the  right  of  the  rear.  At  the  next  sig- 
n*l,  they  must  throw  the  leg  well  over 
the  ftf/w,  and  place  themselves  well  ia 
the  saddle,  wi  h  the  right  hand  leaning  on 
the  off  holster.  The  men  must  be  care. 
ful  not  to  check  the  horses  with  the  bits 
in  mounting.  In  mounting  and  dis- 
mounting, the  files  that  move  forward 
must  take  care  to  keep  their  horses 
straight,  and  at  the  prescribed  distances 
from  each  other  ;  and  when  mounting,  as 
soon  as  th.  gloves  are  on,  bvlts  ri^ht,  &c,. 
the  left  files  must  dress  well  tu  the  right, 
pu  tii-g  the  horses  straight,  and  leaving 
distance  enou-.h  for  the  ri.thr  files  to  come 
in. 

To  MOUNT  a  gun,  is  either  to  put  the 

un  :  to  its  carriage,  or  else  when  in  th;;. 
carriage,  to  raise  th-j  mouth  higher. 

M  O  U  N  T  A  I  N  S,  called  Great  and  Litti-. 

•S/.  Bernara.     A  part  of  the  Alps,  situat- 

ed in  the  G  lac  it;  re  .1  of  Switzerland,  which 

ha;-  bct'ii  i  ndeud   amous  in  modern  his- 

passage  of  the  French  arm« 


MOU 


MOU 


465 


under  Bonaparte.  The  following  account 
is  extracted  from  a  French  publication, 
and  cannot  fail  of  being  interesting  to  the 
military  reader,  as  it  is  told  in  the  plain 
and  5iniple  language  of  a  soldier,  who  was 
present  during  the  whole  of  this  aston- 
ishing campaign.  On  the  i6th  of  May, 
1800,  the  vanguard,  commanded  by  gene- 
ral Lanncs,  climbed  tip  the  mountain  :  the 
Austrians,  although  greatly  inferior  in 
number,  defended  themselves  step  by 
step,  and  never  disappeared  till  they  per- 
ceiv_d  another  corps  of  the  French  a;my 
descending  the  mountain  of  the  Little 
Sr.  Bernard,  menacing  their  rear,  and  ab- 
solutely interrupting  their  retreat. 

The  first  division  of  the  army,  under 
general  Watrin,  followed  the  movement 
»f  the  vanguard 

Until  this  period  of  time,  neither  artil- 
lery nor  ammunition  had  crossed  either 
eminence ;  the  whole  was  collected  at 
St.  Peter,  (a  small  village  at  the  foot  of 
the  mountain)  where  the  park  of  artillery 
was  established.  It  appeared  at  first  im- 
possible to  transport  this  heavy  and  em- 
barrassing ordnance  across  the  moun- 
tain ;  however  it  was  natural  to  con- 
sider the  question,  "what  is  an  army  in  /'v 
^present  day  "without' eti littery  ?  Its  necessity 
in  this  respect  was  manifest  and  imperious. 

The  artillery  corps  immediately  set 
about  dismounting  the  cannons,  caissons, 
forges,  &c.  piecemeal.  Gassendi,  inspec- 
tor of  ordnance,  gave  directions  for  hol- 
lowing a  number  of  the  trunks  of  trees  in 
the  same  manner  that  wood  is  hollowed  for 
troughs.  The  pieces  of  cannon  were  de- 
posited in  these  machines,  and  after  hav- 
;ng  been  drawn  up  these  almost  inaccessi- 
ble heghts,  by  five  or  six  hundred  men, 
ace  >rding  to  the  weight  of  metal,  were  left 
to  slide  down  the  steep  declivities.  The 
wheels  were  carried  up  on  poles  ;  and 
sledges  made  expressly  for  the  purpose  at 
Auxonne,  conveyed  the  axle  trees,  and 
the  empty  caissons,  and  lastly,  mules  were 
loaded  with  ammunition  in  boxes  made 
of  fir. 

The  exertion  of  a  whole  battalion  was 
requisite  for  the  conveyance  of  one  field 
piece  with  its  proportion  of  ammunition  : 
one  half  of  the  regiment  could  only  draw 
the  load,  while  the  other  half  was  obliged 
to  carry  the  knapsacks,  firelocks,  car- 
tridge boxes,  canteens,  kettles,  and  more 
especially  rive  days  provisions,  in  bread, 
meat,  salt,  and  biscuit. 

Such  was  the  commencement  of  the 
march  of  the  French  army  across  the 
Alps. 

MOUNTING  and  DISMOUNTING,  i:-l-rn 
i'jc  horses  are  to  be  led  aivay.  It  frequent- 
ly happens,  especially  in  retreating  or  ad- 
vancing, that  it  may  be  necessary  to  cover 
the  defiling  of  a  regiment  by  dismounting 
a  equadrou,  or  part  of  one,  to  flank  the 
mouth  of  a  defile.  This  is  generally  ef- 
fected by  lining  the  hedges,  &c.  anclkeep- 
:ng  up  a  hot  fire  upon  the  enemy.  1 1  fol- 
' 


linked  together,  but  they  must  be  led 
away  (in  a  retreat]  to  the  most  convenient 
spot  in  the  defile  for  the  men  to  mount 
again.  In  advancing  they  mi:st  be  led  to 
a  s-iot  where  they  will  not  impede  the  de- 
filing of  the  regiment,  but  where  they 
will  be  at  hand  for  the  dismounted  parties 
to  mount. 

Guard  MOUNTING.  The  hour  at 
which  any  guard  is  mounted  obtains  this 
appellation ,  viz.  The  officers  ii>i!l asset? - 
ale  at  guard  mounting. 

MOUR1R,  Fr.     To  die. 

MovB.is.d'unfa/epttj  Fr.  A  French 
phrase,  which  signifies  to  fall  under  the 
hands  of  an  enemy  of  great  skill  and  repu- 
tation. 

MOURNE,  that  part  of  a  lanceor  haU 
bert  to  which  the  steel  or  blade  is  fixed. 

MOUSE R.  An  ironical  term,  which 
is  som.-times  ust-d  in  military  sport  to 
distinguish  battalion  men  from  the  flank 
companies.  It  is  indeed  generally  applied 
to  them  by  the  gn  nadiers  and  light  bobs, 
meaning  that  whiL  the  latter  are  detached, 
the  former  remain  in  quarters,  like  catsj 
to  watch  the  mice,  &c. 

MOUSQUET,  Fr.  Musquct.  This 
word,  which  signifies  an  old  weapon  of 
offence  that  was  formerly  fired  by  means 
of  a  lighted  match,  has  been  variously  used 
among  the  French,  viz  gros  mousquet,  a 
heavy  musquet ;  un  petit  tnousquet,  a  short 
rnusquet ;  un  mousquet  Icger,  a  light  mus- 
quet. 

Recevoir  ztn  coup  tie  MOUSQUET,  Fr+ 
To  receive  a  musquet  shot 

P  offer  le  MOUSQUET  dans  une  camfagmc 
d'ir.Janteric,  Fr.  To  stand  in  the  ranks  as 
a  foot  soldier. 

MOUSQUETADE,  Fr.  a  musqueff 
shot.  II  fut  tut  d*une  mous qxetade ;  lie 
was  killed  by  a  musquet  shot.  This  terui 
is  generally  used  to  express  a  smart  dis- 
charge of  musquetry  :  O:t  a  entendu  nr.t 
i,:-ve  M o  u  s  Q.  u  E T  A  0  E  ;  they  have  heard  a 
brisk  discharge  of  musquetry. 

MOUSOUETAIRES,  Musqueteer2f 
Fr.  A  body  of  men  so  called  during  the 
old  government  of  France.  It  consisted, 
of  two  companies,  selected  from  the 
young  men  of  noble  extraction.  The  first: 
company  was  formed  in  1622,  by  Louis 
XI 1 1.  out  of  another  company,  called  hia 
Majesty's  Carabineers.  The  king  was 
captain,  so  that  the  person  who  command, 
ed  had  only  the  rank  of  captain  lieutenant. 
The  company  remained  upon  this  footing 
until  1640,  when  it  was  reduced  at  the  in- 
stigation of  cardinal  Mazarine,  who  from 
personal  motives,  had  taken  a  decided  aver- 
sion to  it.  But  Louis  XIV.  restored  it 
in  1657,  by  the  same  appellation,  and  in- 
creased the  establishment  to  150  mu?- 
queteers.  They  were  commanded  by  on:? 
captain-lieutenant,  one  sub-lieutenant, 
two  ensigns,  and  two  quarter-masters. 

The  second  company,  when  first  creat- 
ed, was  attached  to  cardinal  M:.za-  ne  a^ 
his  personal  guard;  but  the  oiiicers  rc- 
.  ,,  ,1  .  .  —•missions  from  tv^ 


466 


M  OU 


M  O  U 


which 
toin- 


An  alteration  took  place  in  the  manage-  II  they  each  carried  a  halbeit  or  pike,  • 
inent  of  this  company  in  1660,  the  men  !|  they  used  as  the  servants  belong 
bein-r  incorporated  With  the  rest  of  the  |j  tantrjr  regiments  were  directed  to  do. 
troops  that  were  destined  for  the  immedi-         The  cloaks  and  great  coats  of  the  mous- 


rotection  of  his  majesty's  person. 
In  consequence  of  this  change  they  did 
duty  on  foot,  but  were  again  mounted,  in 
order  toaccompany  the  expedition  against 
Marsal,  which  took  place  that  year. 

Louis  XIV.  named  himself  captain  of 
this  company?  as  well  as  of  the  first ;  and 
from  that  period  both  companies  became 
subject  to  the  same  regulations,  with  no 
other  difference,  than  that  of  precedency 
as  first  and  second  company.  From  the 
year  1663,  the  establishment  of  each  com- 
pany was  300,  exclusive  of  the  officers. 
They  were  subsequently  reduced  to  a 
lower  establishment.  Having  originally 
been  raised  to  serve  on  foot  or  horseback , 
the  mousquetaires  were  allowed  drums 
a-nd  fifes  when  they  acted  as  infantry 
troops  ;  and  trumpets  when  they  acted 
as  cavalry,  in  1663  hautboys  were  sub- 
stituted for  fifes  and  trumpets.  It  is  sup- 
posed that  mounted  drummers  were  first 
used  among  the  rrrousquetaires  du  Roi. 
Previous  to  the  revolution,  each  of  these 
'.•ompanics  consisted  of  one  captain-lieu- 
tenant, two  sub-lieutenants,  two  ensigns, 
two  cornets,  two  aid. majors,  eight  quar- 
ter-masters, four  brigadiers,  sixteen  sub- 
brigadieis,  six  standard-bearers,  one  en- 
sign or  color-bearer,  one  hundred  and 
eighty  musqucteers,  six  drummers,  four 
hautboys,  one  commissary,  one  chaplain, 
one  quarter-inaster  Serjeant,  one  surgeon, 
one  apothecary,  one  blacksmith,  one  sad- 
dler, and  three  treasurers. 

This  corps  was  raised,  not  only  for  the 
purpose  of  attending  his  majesty  on  foot 
-.r  horseback,  and  of  going  on  service,  as 
t  ircumstar.ces  might  require,  but  it  was 
further  intended  to  be  a  sort  of  military 

i  for  the  French  nobility.  Several 
princes,  almost  all  the  general  officers,  and 
old  marshals  of  France,  were  indebted  to 
this  establishment  for  the  first  elements 
of  military  science. 

The  officers,  belonging  to  these  com- 
panies, clothed,  armed,  and  mounted 
themselves,  witliout  putting  government 
totheexpenceof  one  shilling.  Their  uni- 
lorm  was  a  scarlet  coat  faced  with  the 
tame,  and  a  scarlet  waistcoat.  Those 
attached  to  the  first  company  had  ^old 
buttons  and  button-holes,  and  their  coats 
\vereedged  with  gold.  Those  attached  to 
the  second  company,  had  the  same  orna- 
ments in  silver  :  their  hats,  in  which  they 
wore  a  white  feather,  were  laced  accord- 
ing to  the  same  distinction,  as  were  like- 
wise their  horse  cloths  and  holsters.  In- 

'  f  the  musquet,  which  they  former- 

ried,  they  were  latterly  armed  with  a 
carbine,  two  pistols  in  the  saddle-bov/, 
;:nd  a  sword  calculated  for  infantry  or 

y  duty.  The  brigadiers  and  sub- 
brigad  ers  were  aimed  in  the  same  manner. 
The  quarter-masters,  when  mounted,  had 


quetaiies  were  made  of  blue  cloth  laced 
with  silver.  The  quarter-masters,  bri- 
gadiers, and  sub-brigadiers,  wore  the 
same,  with  more  or  less  lace  according 
to  the  rank  they  held.  These  cloaks, 
&c.  were  distinguished  from  those  worn 
by  the  rrst  of  the  army  ;  having  white 
crosses  Sewed  before  and  behind  with 
red  streaks  running  into  the  corners 
or  rentrant  angles.  The  first  company 
was  marked  with  red,  and  the  se- 
cond with  yellow  streaks.  The  uniform 
of  the  superior  officers,  (who  were  gener- 
ally called  oflicitss  a  busse-col,  or  officers 
wearing  gorgets  or  breast-  plates)  was  em- 
broidered in  gold  or  silver,  according  to  the 
company  which  they  commanded.  The 
troop  horses  of  the  first  company,  were  of 
a  white  or  dapple-grey  color;  these  of 
the  second  company  were  black.  Each 
company  had  a  flag  and  two  stardards :  so 
that  when  the  inousquetaires  served  oa 
foot,  the  tiag  or  color  was  unfuiled, 
and  the  standards  were  cased ;  and  when 
they  were  mounted,  the  standards  were 
displayed,  and  the  colors  cased.  The 
standards  belonging  to  the  first  company 
represented  a  bomb  falling  upon  a  besieg- 
ed town,  with  this  motto :  Quo  ruit  el 
lethum  :  those  of  the  second  company  bore 
a  bunch  of  arrows,  with  these  words  un- 
derneath :  Alterius  Jo'vls  altera  ttla.  The 
mousquetaires  received  their  colors  from 
Ihe  king's  hands. 

The  mousquetaires  never  served  on 
horseback,  except  when  the  king  travel- 
led :  on  those  occasions  they  stood  next 
to  the  light  horse.  Their  duty  when  on 
foot,  was  the  same  as  that  of  the  royal 
regiment  of  guards. 

When  they  did  duty  on  foot  at  the 
palace,  thay  were  provided  with  a  hand- 
some table  at  the  expenceof  the  civil  list. 
The  two  companies  always  mounted 
guard  without  being  mixed  with  any 
other  troops ;  whereas  the  rest  of  the 
household  did  duty  by  detachment. 

The  mousquetaiies  did  not  take  rank  in 
the  army,  but  they  enjoyed  the  same  privi- 
leges that  were  attached  to  the  body 
guards,  gensdarmes,  and  light  horse. — 
They  were  frequently  called  mousquaaires 
£//.••,  and  mousquetaires  ntin-,  iiom  the 
color  of  their  horses. 

MOUSSE,  Fr.'    Moss. 

MOUSSE,  gar  con  de  board ,  Fr.  a  cabin 
boy.  The  Powder  Mo»kejt  on  board  ships 
of  war,  corresponds  with  the  ter:n 
Mousse.  According  to  a  French  writer, 
these  boys  v/ere  so  hardly  used  in  the  out 
French  navy,  that,  whether  they  deserv- 
ed punishment  or  not,  some  captains  o 
ships  directed  them  to  bo  chastised- regu- 
larly once  a  week. 

MOUSTACHE,  /V.     This  word  was 

lly  derived  from  the  Greek,  a 
;«£  by   ' 


MO  Y 


MUL 


467 


French,andthenusedgenerally.  It  literally 
means  the  hair  which  is  allowed  to  grow 
upon  the  upper  lip  of  a  man  ;  and  which 
is  better  kn»wn  amongst  us  by  the  fami 
liar  term  whiskers.  The  French  use  it  in 
a  figurative  sense,  viz. 

Enle-ver  suf  ta  moustacbe,  j usque  sur  la 
moustache  de  quelqu'un,  Fr.  To  seize  or 
take  possession  of  any  thing  under  the  very 
nose,  or  in  the  presence  of  a  person.  Les 
ftinemh  sont  venux  pour  d'efendre  teffe  place ,  on 
la  lew  a  enlevee  sur  la  moustache  The  ene- 
my drew  near  to  defend  the  town,  but  it 
\vas  taken  under  their  very  whiskers. 

Donner  sur  la  MOUSTACHE,  Fr,  To 
give  a  slap  on  the  face. 

MOUTARDE,  .Fr.  means  literally 
mustar !  The  word,  however,  is  fre- 
qu'ntly  used  by  the  French  in  a  figurative 
fense,  viz.  S'amuser  a  la  moutarde.  To 
be  uselessly  employed,  or  busy  about 
nothing.  It  is  likewise  used  to  express 
rnpatience  :  I -a  nsoufarde  lui  monte  au  nez,, 
Fr.  The  mustard  rises  ^n  his  nose,  that 
is,  harrows  resiles  and  impatient. 

C'esl  de  la  Mo  UTAH  BE  apres,  diner,  Fr. 
This  expression  is  in  general  use  among 
the  French,  and  signifies,  that  assistance, 
&c.  is  brought  when  there  is  no  longer 
need  of  it.  When  commissaries,  &c.  make 
up  a  lame  account  for  monies  received,  it 
is  common  to  say.  Et  le  reste  en  moutarde. 

MOUTH.     See  Muzzle. 

MOUTH  of  FIRE.  The  entrance 
into  the  garrison  of  Gibraltar  by  the  grand 
battesry  and  the  old  Mole,  is  so  called  by 
the  Spaniards,  on  account  of  the  formida- 
ble appearance  of  the  ordnance  from  the 
line:;. 

MOUTONNIER,  Fr.  Sheep-like; 
gregarious. 

M O  U  V  E  M E N S  de  Tett,  Fr.  Motions 
of  the  head.  For  the  English  explana- 
tion of  these  motions,  see  eyes  The 
French  express  them  in  the  following 
manner  :  Tcte  a  droite,  right  dress. — Tete 
a  gauche,  left  dress. — Fixe,  front  dress. 

MOUVEMENS  des  troupes  sous  Us  armcs, 
Fr.  By  these  are  understood  the  different 
changes  of  position,  and  the  various  fac- 
ings which  soldiers  go  through  underarms. 

MOUVEME.NS  de  pied  jermf,  Fr.  That 
exercise,  consisting  of  the  manual  and 
facings,  which  a  soldier  performs,  with- 
out quitting  his  original  ground.  The 
lert  foot  on  this  occasion  becomes  a  stand- 
ing  pivot. 

MOUVEMENS  ouveits,  Fr.  Movements, 
or  evolutions,  which  are  made  at  open 
order. 

MOUVEMENS  serres,  Fr.  Movements, 
cr  evolutions,  which  are  made  at  close 
order. 

MOUVEMENS  opposes,  Fr.  Opposite 
movements,  or  evolutions. 

MOUVEMENT,  Fr.      See  MOVEMENT. 

MOUVEMENT,  Fr.  See  MOTION  for 
its  genera'  acceptation. 

M  o  u  v  E  M  E  N  s ,  Fr.  Commotions,broils. 

MOYENNE,  Ft.  A  piece  of  ordnance 
formerly  so  called,  See  MINION. 


MO  YEN.  Thff  bastions  which  are 
constructed  on  the  angles  are  called  royal 
bastions.  Some  engineers  have  distin- 
guished those  bastions  by  the  name  oi 
woyens  royaux,  or  medium  royals,  whose 
flanks  contain  from  ninety  to  one  hundred 
toJses. 

M  o  Y  E  N  N  E  Ville,  F  r .  A  term  gi  ven  b  v 
the  French  to  any  town  in  which  the  gar- 
rison is  equal  to  the  third  of  the  inhabi- 
tants, and  which  is  not  deemeit  sufficient- 
ly important  to  bear  the  ex  pence  of  a  ci- 
tadel ;  more  especially  so,  because  it  i.s 
not  in  the  power  ot  the  inhabitants  to 
form  seditious  meetings  without  the 
krxowlege  of  the  soldiers  who  are  quaii. 
tered  0*1  them. 

MO  YENS  coles,  Fr.  In  fortification, 
are  those  sides  which  contain  from  eight-,- 
to  one  hundred  and  twenty  toiscs  in  ex- 
tent :  these  are  always  fortified  with  bas- 
tions on  their  angles.  The  mtjcns  cotifx* 
are  generally  found  along  the  extent  of 
irregular  places ;  and  each  one  ot  these  is 
individually  subdivided  into  small,  mean, 
and  great  sides. 

MUD- WALLS.  The  ancient  fortifi- 
cations consisted  chiefly  of  mud  or  clay, 
thrown  up  in  any  convenient  form  for  de- 
fence against  sudden  inroads. 

MUET,  Fr.     See  MUTE. 

To  MUFFLE.  Tow/apany  thing  up 
so  as  to  deaden  the  sound,  which  might 
otherwise  issue  from  the  contact  of  two 
hard  substances.  When  the  French  ei~ 
fected  their  passage  over  the  march  Al- 
baredo,  on  their  route  to  the  plain  of  Ma  - 
rengo,  they  were  so  much  exposed  to  the 
Austrians,  that,  in  order  to  get  their  ar- 
tillery and  ammunition  over,  without 
being  betrayed  by  the  noise  of  the  car- 
riage wheels,  and  the  clattering  of  tho 
horses'  shoes,  both  were  muffled  with 
bands  of  hay  and  straw,  and  dung  was 
spread  over  the  ground.  In  this  manner 
they  crossed  that  stupendous  rock.  Thirty- 
men  were  put  to  the  drag  ropes  of  each 
piece,  and  as  many  were  employed  to  dr^w 
up  the  caissons. 

MUITLED.  Drums  are  muffled  atmi- 
litary  funerals  or  burials,  and  at  military 
executions,  particularly  when  a  soldier  is 
shot  for  some  capital  crime. 

MUGS.  An  Indian  nation,  living  on 
the  borders  of  Bengal  and  Arracan. 

MUHLAGIS,  Fr.  Turkish  cavalry 
which  is  mounted  by  expert  horsemen, 
who  generally  attend  the  beglierbeys. 
They  are  not  numerous. 

MULATTOS,  (Mulatre,  Fr.j  In  the 
Indies,  denotes  one  begotten  by  a  negro 
man  on  an  Indian  woman,  or  by  an  Indian, 
man  on  a  ne^ro  woman.  Those  begotten 
of  a  Spanish  woman  and  Indian  man  an; 
called  metis,  and  those  begotten  of  a  sa- 
vagt-  by  a  metis,  are  called  jambis.  The-, 
alsodiifer  very  much  in  color,  and  in  theiV 
:  hair. 

Generally  speaking,  especially  in  Eu. 
rope,  and  in  the  West  Indies,  a  Mulatto  is 
one  begotten  by  a  whit;:  man  on  a  i 


468 


MUR 


MU  S 


Ionian,  or  by  a  negro  man  on  a  whit" 
•woman.  The  word  is  Spanish,  mulata, 
and  formed  of  tnula,  a  mule,  be  ng  begot- 
ten as  it  were  of  two  different  species. 

Mulattoes  abound  in  the  West  Indies; 
so  much  so,  that  on  the  dangerous  symp- 
toms of  insurrection,  which  appeared 
among  the  blacks  after  the  success  of 
Toussaintin  St.  Domingo,  a  proposal  vyas 
made  to  the  Britisn  government  by  a  rich 
jplanter,  to  raise  a  mulatto  corps,  as  an  in- 
termediate check  upon  the  blacks.  After 
six  months  suspence,  the  memorial  was 
rejected  by  the  war-minister. 

M  ULCT.'  A  soldier  is  said  to  be  mulct 
of  his  pay  when  put  under  fine  or  stop- 
pageb  for  necessaries,  or  to  make  good 
some  dilapidations  committed  by  him  on 
the  property  of  the  people  or  government. 

MULTANGULAR,  is  said  of  a  figure, 
or  body  which  nas  many  angles. 

MULTILATERAL,  having  many 
sides. 

MULTIPLE,  one  number  containing 
another  several  times :  as  9  is  the  multi- 
ple of  3,  16  that  of  4,  and  soon. 

M  UN  I M  E  L  L,  a  st  rong  hold ,  fortifica- 
tion, &c. 

MUNITION,  Ft.  This  word  is  used 
among  the  French  to  express  not  only 
victuals  and  provisions,  but  also  military 
stores  and  ammunition. 

MUNITIONS  de  bouche,  Fr.  Victuals 
or  provisions,  (such  as  bread,  salt,  meat, 
vegetables, butter,  wine,  beer,  brandy, &c. 
which  may  be  procured  for  soldiers)  are 
so  called  by  the  French.  Corn,  oat*, 
hay,  straw,  and  green  forage,  for  cavalry, 
bear  the  same  appellation.  See  SUBSIS- 
TENCE. 

MUNITIONS  de  guerre  ^  Fr.  Military 
stores,  such  as  gunpowder,  shot,  balls, 
bullets,  matches,  &c.  See  STORES. 

MUNITIONNAIRE  ou  entrepreneur 
des  viyres,  Fr.  Military  purveyor,  or 
commissary  of  stores.  Amaury  Bour- 
guignon,  from  Niort,  a  town  of  Poitou, 
was  the  first  mttnitbnnaire  and  entrcpre. 
•near  general,  or  purveyor-general,  among 
the  Fre;  cii.  He  was  appointed  in  the  reign 
ofHenry  III.  in  1574.  See  PURVEYOR. 

M  u  N  I T I  o  N  N  A  I R  E  poi<  r  la  marine j  Fr, 
The  head  of  the  victualling  office  was  so 
called  am  ng  the  French.  There  was  a 
person  on  board  every  ship  of  war,  called 
cowffiis)  or  clerk,  who  acted  under  his  or- 
ders. The  appointment  of  the  latter 
\vas  somewhat  similar  to  that  of  a  pur- 
ter  in  the  British  navy. 

MUNSUBDAR,  lad.  A  title  which 
gives  riie  person  invested  with  it,  a  right  to 
have  the  command  of  ten  thousand 
horse,  with  the  permission  of  bearing 
amongst  his  ensigns  that  of  the  fish ; 
neither  of  which  distinctions  is  ever  grant- 
ed, excepting  to  persons  of  the  first  note 
in  the  empire.  The  oilice  is  called  a 
Munsubi  and  it  is  generally  supported  b\ 
a  district  named,  on  which  the  corps  is 
quartered. 


MUR  CRENELE,  Fr.  A  wall  which 
has  small  intervals  or  spaces  at  the  top, 
that  serve  more  for  ornament  or  ostenta- 
tion than  for  real  defence.  This  method 
of  building  prevailed  very  much  in  for- 
mer times. 

MvR.de  face,  Fr.  Outside  wall  of  any 
building 

MUR  de  face  de-dc-vant,  Fr.  Front 
outside  wall;  it  is  likewise  called  mur 
antericur. 

MUR  dejacede  deniere,  Fr.  The  waif 
which  forms  the  backside  of  a  building 
is  so  called  :  it  is  likewise  named  murpos- 
teritur. 

||  MURS  lateraux,  Fr.  The  side  walls  of 
:  a  buil  ling. 

Cros  MURS,  Fr.     All  front  and  parti- 
i|  tion  walls  are  so  called. 

MUR  depierres  leches,  Fr.  A  wall  that 
is  built  of  stone,  without  mortar  or  ce- 
ment.  Wai's  ot  this  construction  are  seen 
in  several  counties  in  England,  particlarly' 
in  the  west  country. 

MUR  en  /'«/>,  Fr.  Every  wall  is  so 
called  that  does  not  rise  uniformly  from  a. 
parallel  foundation.  Walls  built  upon 
arches  are  of  this  description. 

Mvntnttoyea,  Fr.     Partition  wall. 

MUR  d'appui,  Fr.  Wall  of  support. 
Any  wall  that  is  built  to  support  a  quay, 
terrace,  or  balcony,  or  to  secure  the  sides 
of  a  bridge,  is  so  called.  Mur  de  parapet,. 
or  parapet  wall,  may  be  considered  as  a 
wall  of  support. 

MURAGE.  Money  appropriated  to 
the  repair  of  military  works,  was  ancient- 
ly so  called. 

ij  "  MURA1LLE  de  reveiemcnt.  Fr.  the 
:>  wall  which  surrounds  a  fortified  place  is 
i  so  called. 

Charger  en  MURAILLE,  Fr.    To  charge 
i;  or  attack  an  enemy,  in  a  firm,  compact^ 
and  steady  line. 

MURAL-Oow*.     See  CROWN. 

Counting  MURAL  E,  Fr.  SeeMuRAL- 
CROWN. 

MURDRESSES,  in  ancient  fortlfca . 
lion,  a  sort  of  battlement  with  intersti- 
ces, raised  on  the  tops  of  towers  to  fire 
through. 

VHU  M  U  R  E  E ,  Fr.     A  wal  led  town . 

MURRION.    See  MORION. 

M  U  R  T  H  E  R  E  R  S ,  or  xtunbering  piece: , 
small  pieces  of  ordnance,  having  cham- 
bers, and  made  to  load  at  the  br.ech. 
They  were  mostly  used  at  sea,  in  order  to 
clear  the  decks  when  an  enemy  board- 
ed a  vessel. 

MUSCULUS.   Kennett  in  his  Roman 
Antiquities,  page  -37,  says,  "  the  Mus- 
culus  is  conceived  to  have  been  much  of 
the  same  nature  as  the  testadines ;  but  it 
j  seems  to  have  been  of  a  smaller  size,  and 
;!  composed  of  stronger  materials,  beingex- 
i!  -.osed  a  much  longer  time  to  the  force  of 
jj  the  enemy  ;    for    in   these  taufCtyli,    the 
j  pioneers  were  sent  to  the  vet>    walls, 
j  where  they  were  to  continue,  while  with 
|  their  dolabrrc  or  pick-axes,  and  other  in- 
,  they  endeavored  to 


M  US 


M  U  S 


459 


the  foundations.  Cirsar  has  described 
the  muscuius  at  large  in  his  second  book  of 
the  civil  wars. 

_  MU.SIC,  a  general  term  for  the  musi- 
cians of  a  regimental  band. 

MUSI  C I  AMIS.  It  has  been  often  ask- 
ed,  why  the  dress  of  musicians,  drum- 
mers and  fiiVrs,  should  be  of  so  varied  and 
motley  a  composition,  making  them  ap- 
pear more  like  harlequins  and  mounte- 
banks, than  military  appendages  ?  The 
following  anecdote  will  explain  the  rea- 
son, as  far  at  least  as  it  regards  the  British 
service  : — The  musicians  belonging  to  the 
English  guards  formerly  wore  plain  blue 
coats,  so  that  the  instant  they  came  off  du- 
ty,and  frequently  in  the  intervals  between, 
they  visitedalehouses,&c.  without  chang- 
ing thdr  uniform,  and  thus  added  con- 
siderably to  its  wear  and  tear.  It  will  be 
here  remarked,  that  the  clothing  of  the 
musicians  then  fell  wholly  upon  the  colo- 
nels of  regiments;  noailowance  being  spe- 
cifically made  for  that  article  by  the  public. 
It  is  probable,  that  some  general  officer 
undertook  to  prevent  this  abuse  by  obtain- 
ing permission  to  cloth  the  musicians,  &c. 
in  so  fantastical  a  manner  that  they  would 
be  ashamed  to  exhibit  themselves  at  pub- 
lic-houses, &c. 

PHRYGIAN  MUSIC.  A  martial 
sort  of  ancient  music,  which  excited  men 
to  rage  and  battle  :  by  this  mode  Timo- 
theus  stirred  up  Alexander  to  arms. 

MvJcs  of  Music.  There  were  thr-e 
modes  among  the  ancienis,  which  took 
ihcir  names  from  particular  countries, 
namely,  the  Ljdian,  the  Phrygian,  and  the 
Doric. 

MUSKET,       £  tlie    most   serviceable 

MUSQUET,  $ar,d  commodious  lire- 
arm  used  by  an  army.  It  carries  a  ball  of 
3 8  to  i  pound.  Its  length  is  3  feet  6 
inches  from  the  muzzle  to  the  pan.  The 
Spaniards  were  the  first  who  armed  part 
ot  their  foot  with  musquets.  At  rirst  they 
were  made  very  heavy,  and  could  not  be 
fired  without  a  rest:  they  had  match 
locks,  and  did  execution  at  a  great  dis- 
tance. These  kinds  of  musquets  and  rests 
\vere  used  in  England  so  late  as  the  be- 
ginning of  the  civil  wars. 

MUSQUETS  were  first  used  at  the  siege 
of  Rhege,  in  the  year  1521. 

MUSQUET  BASKETS.  These  are 
about  a  foot,  or  a  foot  and  an  half  high, 
eight  or  ten  inches  diameter  at  bottom,  and 
u  foot  at  the  top;  so  that,  being  filled 
with  earth,  there  is  room  to  lay  a  musquet 
between  them  at  bottom,  being  set  on  low 
breast-works,  or  parapets,  or  upon  such 
as  a  re  beaten  down. 

MUSQUETEERS,  soldiers  armed 
with  musquets  ;  who,  on  a  march,  car- 
ried only  their  rests  and  ammunition,  and 
had  boys  to  bear  their  musquets  after 
them.  They  were  very  slow  in  loading, 
not  only  by  reason  of  the  unwieldiness  of 
the  pieces,  and  because  they  carried  the 
powder  and  ball  separate,  but  from  the 
•!me  required  to  prepare  and,  ndj'ist  the 


match  :  so  that  their  fire  was  not  so  brisk 
as  ours  is  now.  Afterwards  a  lighter  kind 
of  matchlock  muaquet  came  in  use;  and 
they  carried  their  ammunition  in  bande- 
liers,  to  wh;ch  were  hung  several  little 
cases  of  wood,  covered  with  leather,  each 
containing  a  charge  of  powder;  the  bal'o. 
they  carried  loose  in  a  pouch,  and  a  prim- 
inc-horn,  hanging  by  their  side.  These 
arms  were  about  the  beginning  of  this  cen- 
tury, universally  laid  aside  in  Europe,  and 
the  troops  were  armed  with  flint  firelocks. 

MUSQUETOONS,  a  kind  of  short 
thick  musquet,  whose  bore  is  the  38th 
part  of  its  length  :  it  carries  five  ounces  of 
iron,  or  7  1-2  of  lead,  with  an  equal  quan- 
tity of  powder.  This  is  the  shortest  sort 
of  blunderbusses. 

MUSRAL.  The  noseband  of  a  horse'  i 
bridle. 

M  U  S  SUK,  Ind.  A  skin  in  which  water 
is  carried. 

MUSTACHES.  Whiskers-,  worn  by 
the  Asiatics,  Germans,  Russians,  and 
other  foreign  troops. 

MUSTER,  in  a  military  sense,  a  review 
of  troops  under  arms,  to  see  if  they  be 
complete,  and  in  good  order;  to  take  an 
account  of  their  numbers,  the  condition 
they  are  in,  viewing  their  arms,  and  ac- 
coutrements, &c. 

MUSTER.  This  word  i s  derived  from 
the  French  r-titstw,  to  shew.  At  a  mus- 
ter every  man  must  be  properly  clothed 
and  accoutred,  &c.  and  answer  to  hi,s 
name.  The  frenchcaAlitappeJngminajlf. 
We  call  it  an  Ifispecthu. 

MUSTERS.  By  sect.  4th  of  the  Bri- 
tish Arfcles  of  War,  it  is  enacted,  that 
musters  shall  be  taken  of  the  re^im.  nts 
of  hfe  guards,  horse  guards,  ana  foot 
guards,  twice  at  least  in  every  year,  UL 
such  times  as  shall  have  been  or  may  be 
appointed,  and  agreeably  to  the  forms 
heretofore  used  therein. 

The  musters  of  every  other  regiment, 
troop,  or  company,  in  the  service,  are  to 
be  taken  at  such  times,  and  in  such  man- 
ncr,  as  is  directed  by  the  late  regulation;, 
touching  regimental  and  district  paymas- 
ters, and  the  mode  of  mustering,  paying, 
and  settling  the  accompts  of  the  army. 

All  commanding  officers,  and  others 
concerned  in  the  mustering,  as  well  of  the 
regiments  of  life  guards,  horse  guards,  and 
foot  guards,  as  of  the  other  rorces,  are 
enjoined  to  give  the  utmost  care  and  at- 
tention to  the  making  up  of  the  muster 
rolls  with  strict  exactness  and  accuracy. 

Every  oflicer  who  shall  be  convicted 
before  a  general  court-inartial  of  having 
signed  a  false  certificate,  relating  to  tlu" 
absence  of  either  officer,  non-commis- 
sioned officer,  or  private  soldier,  will  be 
cashiered. 

Every  officer  who  shall  knowingly  make 
a  false  muster  of  man  or  horse,  and  every 
ofiicerand  commissary,  or  muster-master, 
who  shall  wittingly  sign,  direct,  or  allow 
the  signing  of  the  muster  rolls,  wherein 
uster  is  contained,  shall,  upon 


470 


M  UT 


M  YR 


proof  made  thereof,  by  two  witnesses  be- 
Jbre  a  general  court-martial,  be  cashiered, 
and  suffer  such  other  penalty  as  he  is  lia- 
ble to  by  the  act  tor  punishing  mutiny 
and  desertion. 

Any  commissary  or  muster-master, 
•who  shall  be  convicted  before  a  general 
court-martial,  of  having  taken  money,  by 
way  of  gratification,  on  the  mustering  any 
regiment,  troop,  or  company,  or  on  the 
signing  the  muster- rolls,  shall  be  displac- 
ed from  his  office,  and  suffer  such  other 
penalty  as  he  is  liable  to  by  the  said  act. 

Every  colonel,  or  other  field  officer, 
commanding  a  regiment,  troop,  or  com- 
pany, and  actually  residing  with  it,  may 
give  furloughs  to  non-covnmiss.ioned  of- 
jicers  and  soldiers,  in  such  numbers,  and 
far  so  long  a  time,  as  he  shall  judge  to  be 
most  consistent  with  the  good  of  our  ser- 
vice; but  no  non-commissioned  officer  or 
soldier,  shall,  by  leave  of  his  captain,  or 
inferior  officer,  commanding  the  troop  or 
company,  'his  field  officer  not  being  pre- 
sent) be  absent  above  twenty  days  in  six 
months ;  nor  shall  more  than  two  pri- 
vate men  be  absent  at  the  same  time 
from  the;r  troop  or  company,  unless  some 
extraordinary  occasion  shall  require  it ;  of 
•which  occasion  the  field  officer  present 
with  and  commanding  the  regiment  is  to 
be  the  judge. 

It  is  strictly  forbidden  to  muster  any 
person  as  a  solc'lier  who  does  not  actually 
do  his  duty  as  a  soldier,  &c.  See  LI- 
VERY. 

M  u  s  T  E  R  -  ma  tier -general.  Commissary - 
general  of  the  MUSTERS,  one  who  takes 
account  of  every  regiment,  their  number, 
horses,  arms,  &c.  reviews  them,  sees 
that  the  horses  are  well  mounted,  an,d  all 
the  men  well  armed  and  accoutred,  &c. 

MUSTER-ROLL,  (ftat  nominat'ij, 
Fr.)  a  specific, list  of  the  officers  and  men 
in  every  regiment,  troop,  or  company, 
which  is  delivered  to  the  muster- master, 
regimental  or  district  paymaster,  (as  the 
case  may  be)  whereby  they  are  paid,  and 
their  condition  is  known.  The  names  of 
the  officers  are  inscribed  according  to 
rank,  those  of  the  men  in  alphabetical 
succession.  Adjutants  of  regiments  make 
out  a  muster  roll,  and  when  the  list  is 
called  over,  every  individual  must  answer 
to  his  name.  Every  muster-roll  must 
be  signed  by  the  colonel  or  commanding 
officer,  the  paymaster  and  adjutant  of 
each  regiment,  troop,  or  company :  it 
must  likewise  be  sworn  to  by  the  muster, 
master  or  paymaster,  (as  the  case  may 
be)  before  a  justice  of  the  peace,  pre- 
vious to  its  being  transmitted"  to  govern- 
ment. 

MUSTI.  One  born  of  a  mulatto  fa- 
ther or  mother,  and  a  white  father  or 
mother. 

MUTILATED.     In  a  military  sense, 
signifies  \vounded  in  such  a  manv.er  as  to 
lose  the  use  of'  a  limb.     A   battalion  is 
a,d  to  be  mutilated,  when  \\ 
*;c.  stand  ui, 


MUTINE,  or  MUTINEER,  a  soldier 
guilty  of  mutiny. 

MUTINY,  in  a  military  sense,  to  rise 
against  authority.  Any  officer  or  soldier 
who  shall  presume  to  use  traitorous  or 
disrespectful  words  against  the  president 
of  the  United  States,  against  the  vice 
president,  against  the  congress  of  the 
United  Slates,  or  against  the  chief  magis- 
trate or  legislature  of  any  of  the  United 
States,  in  which  he  may  be  quartered,  is 
guiltv  of  mutiny. 

Any  officer  or  sold.ier  who  shall  behave 
himself  with  contempt  or  disrespect  to- 
wards his  commanding  officer,  or  shall 
speak  words  tending  to  his  hurt  or  dis- 
honor, is  guilty  of  mutiny. 

Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  begiji, 
excite,  cause,  or  join  in  any  mutiny  or 
sedition,  in  the  troop,  company,  or  regi- 
ment, to  which  he  belongs,  or  in  any 
other  troop,  or  company,  in  the  the  ser- 
viceof  the  United  States,  or  on  any  party, 
post,  detachment,  or  guard,  on  any  pre- 
tence whatsoever,  is  guilty  of  mutiny. 

Any  officer  or  soldier  who,  being'pre- 
sent  at  any  mutiny  or  sedition,  does  not 
use  his  utmost  endeavors  to  suppress  the 
same,  or  coming  to  the  knowlege  of  any 
mutiny,  or  intended  mutiny,  does  not, 
without  delay,  give  information  to  his 
commanding  officer,  is  guilty  of  mutiny. 

Any  officer  or  soldier,  who  shall  strike 
his  superior  officer,  or  draw,  or  offer  to 
draw,  or  shall  lift  up  any  weapon,  or 
offer  any  violence  against  him,  being  in 
the  execution  of  his  office,  on  any  pre- 
tence whatsoever,  or  shall  disobey  any 
lawful  command  of  his  superior  officer,  is 
guilty  of  mutiny.  See  WAR. 

MUTINY-^-/,  an  act  which  passes 
every  year  in  the  British  house  of  com- 
mons, to  answer  some  specific  military 
purposes;  and  by  which  thearmy  is  con- 
tinued on  a  prace  or  war  establishment. 

MUZZLE  of  a  gun  or  mortar,  the  ex- 
tremity at  which  the  powder  and  ball  are 
put  in. 

MUZZLE-RING  of  a  gun,  that 
which  encompasses  and  strengthens  the 
muzzle,  or  mouth  of  a  cannon. 

MYRIAD,  denotes  the  number  ten 
thousand. 

MYRIARCH.  The  captain,  or  com- 
mander of  ten  thousand  men. 

"MYRMIDONS.  In  antiquity,  a  peo- 
ple of  Thessaly,  of  whom  it  is  fabled, 
that  they  arose  from  ants,  npon  a 
prayer  put  up  to  Jupiter,  by  /Eacus,  after 
his  kingdom  had  been  depopulated  by  a 
pestilence.  In  Homer,  and  in  Virgil,  the 
M)  rmidons  are  Achilles's  soldiers.  The 
cerm  Myrmidon  is  used  in  modern  times 
to  express  any  rude  ruffian,  or  hirciin; 
assassin  ;  the  same  as  Hessian. 

MYRM1LLONES.     A  sort  of  com- 
batants among  the  Romans,  who  had  n« 
the  top  of  their  cask  or  helmet,  the  repre- 
sentation of  a  fish  ;  and  in  their  engage 
ments   with  the   Retiarii,  if  they  were 


NAB 


N  A  I 


471 


caught  and  wrapped  in  the  net,  it  \vas  not 
possible  for  them  to  escape. 

MYSORE.  An  extensive  country  in 
the  East  Indies,  which  borders  on  the  Car- 
natic  to  the  S.  W.  bounded  on  the  East 
by  the  south  part  of  the  Carnatic,  and  the 
district  of  Tritchinopoly.  It  extends 
west  within  30  miles  of  the  sea  coast  of 
Malabar.  Seringapatam  was  the  capital. 
It  was  wantonly  attacked,  taken,  and 
partitioned  twice,  and  at  last  completely 
occupied  and  incorporated  with  the  Bri- 
tish conquests. 

N 

NABOB,  Ind.  a  corruption  from  Na- 
waub,  the  plural  of  naib.  The  title 
means  a  deputy,  but  it  is  often  assumed 
in  India  without  a  right  to  it.  As  the 
real  signification  and  import  of  this  word 
is  not  generally  known,  we  shall  extract 
a  passage  out  of  Mr.  Orme's  History  of 
the  Carnatic,  that  will  place  them  in  the 
clearest  point  of  view  : 

*'  Most  of  the  countries  which  had 
been  conquered  by  the  great  Mogul  in  the 
peninsula  of  India,  are  comprised  under 
one  viceroyalty,  called  from  its  situation 
decan,  or  south.  From  the  word  soubah, 
signifying  a  province,  the  viceroy  of  this 
vast  territory  is  called  soubahdar,  and  by 
Europeans  sometimes  thesubah.  Of  the 
countries  under  his  jurisdiction,  some  uvre 
entirely  subjected  to  the  throne  of  Delhi, 
and  governed  by  inahomedans,  whom 
.Europeans  impropeily  call  Moors;  whilst 
ethers  remained  under  the  government  of 
their  original  Indian  princes  or  Rajahs, 
aoci  were  suiiered  to  follow  their  ancient 
modes  on  condition  of  paying  tribute  to  the 
great  Mogul.  The  Moorish  governors 
depending  on  the  sou'bah,  assumed,  when 
treating  with  their  inferiors,  the  title  of 
nabob,  which  (as  we  have  already  observ- 
ed) signifies  deputy  :  but  this  in  the  re- 
gisters of  the  throne  (of  Delhi)  is  synoni- 
mous  to  soubahdar,  and  the  greatest  part  of 
those  who  styled  themselves  nabobs  were 
ranked  at  Delhi  under  the  title  of  phous- 
dar,  which  is  much  inferior  to  that  which 
they  assumed.  The  Europeans  established 
in  the  teiritories  of  these  pseudo-nabobs 
(if  we  may  be  allowed  the  expression) 
following  the  example  of  the  natives 
with  whom  they  have  most  intercourse, 
have  agreed  to  give  them  the  title  they  so 
much  ailect. 

"  A  nabob  ought  to  hold  his  commission 
from  Delhi,  and  if  at  his  death  a  succes- 
sor has  not  been  previously  appointed  by 
the  great  Mogul,  thesouoah  has  the  right 
of 'naming  a  person  to  administer  the  na- 
bobs hip,  until  the  will  of  the  sovereign  is 
known  ;  but  a  nabob  thus  appointed  by 
a  soubah  was  not  deemed  authentically  es- 
tablished until  he  had  been  confirmed  from 
Delhi.  The  soubah  received  irom  the 
several  nabobs  the  annual  revenues  of  the 
crown,  and  remitted  them  to  the  treasury 
empire.  The  nabobs  were  obliged 


to  accompany  him  in  all  military  expe- 
ditions within  the  extent  of  his  viceroy- 
alty,  but  not  in  any  without  that  extent. 
These  regulations  were  intended  to  place 
them  in  such  a  state  of  dependence 
on  the  soubah,  as  should  render  them 
subset  vient  to  the  interests  of  the  empire, 
and  at  the  same  time  leave  them  in  a  state 
of  independence,  which  would  render  it 
difficult  for  the  soubah  to  make  use  of 
their  assistance  to  brave  the  throne. 

Nobobs,  however,  often  kept  possession 
of  their  governments  in  opposition  both 
to  the  soubah  and  the  throne;  and  wha"; 
is  more  extraordinary  in  the  offices  of  a 
despotic  state,  both  soubah s  and  nabobs 
have  named  their  successors,  who  have 
often  succeeded  with  as  little  opposition 
as  it  they  had  been  the  heirs  apparent  of 
an  hereditary  dominion."  It  is,  perhaps, 
superfluous  to  observe,  that  the  British 
have  taken  the  place  of  the  mogul,  and 
that  nabobs  are  made  and  unmade  much 
m'-re  freely  and  frequently  thaai  European 
kings  in  modern  times. 

NABOBS  HI  P.  The  office  of  a  nabob* 
The  Carnatic  was  one  of  the  most  conside- 
rable nabobships  dependenton  the  soubah 
of  Decan.  From  its  capital  it  was  likewise 
named  the  province  of  Arcot;  but  its 
present  limits  are  greatly  inferior  to  tho'ss 
which  bounded  the  ancient  Carnatic  be- 
fore it  was  conquered  by  the  great  Mogul ; 
for  v/e  do  not  find  that  the  nabobs  of  Arcot 
ever  extended  their  authority  beyond 
the  river  Gondegama  to  the  north,  the 
great  chain  of  mountains  to  the  west,  and 
the  borders  of  the  provinces  of  Tritchino- 
poly, Tanjore,  and  Mysore  to  the  south. 
The  sea  bounds  it  to  the  east.  It  was 
not  before  the  beginning  of  last  century 
that  this  country  was  entirely  reduced  by 
the  Mahomedaus.  For  further  particulars 
respecting  nabobs, see  pages  iyand  28  in  tho 
Dissertation  prelixed  to  the  History  of 
the  Carnatic. 

N  A  C  E  L  L  E ,  Ft:  A  small  boat  that 
has  neither  mast  nor  sail.  It  is  properly 
called  a  ferry-boat. 

NADIR.'  In  astronomy,  is  that  point 
in  the  heavens  which  is  directly  under  our 
ieet,  and  is  diametrically  opposite  to  the 
zenith,  or  point  over  pur  heads.  The 
word  is  pure  Arabic,  signifying  the  same 
thing.  The  zenith  and  the  nadir  are  ths 
two  poles  of  the  horizon,  each  90-  distant 
froni  it,  and  consequently  each  in  theme, 
ridian. 

NAGARA,  InJ.  The  drum  mad- 
from  a  hollow  cylinder  of  teak  wood,  and 
the  ends  covered  with  goat  skin;  it  is 
suspended  from  the  left  shoulder  t'o  the 
right  side,  and  beat  with  a  stick  made  of 
teak  wood. 

NAGER,  F>:  to  swim. 

Se  sauver  a  la.  N  A  G  E,  to  save  oneself  by 

swimming-. 

N  AG  G  L'  R,  Ind.  The  principal  drum 
in  Asiatic  armies,  commonly  allowed  only 
to  persons  of  high  dignity.  The  bass  drum. 

NAIB,  Ind*  a  deputy.     The  governor 


472 


NAG 


N 


nf  a  town  under  a  nawaub  or  nabob  is  so 
called  in  India. 

N  A I C ,  or  N  A I K,  a  subaltern  officer  in 
thr sepoy* ;  a  corporal. 

Drill  'NAIC,  or  NAICK,  a  subaltern 
nificer  belonging  to  the  native  infantry  in 
India,  answering  to  our  drill  corporal.— 
.t^verv  battalion  of  native  infantry  lias  two 
drill  havildars  or  scrjcants,  and  two  drill- 
v, u'cks,  called  non-cjfcctivs,  attached  to  it. 

NAILS  of  various  sorts  are  used  in 
Artillery.  See  CARRIAGE. 

Garnish  NAIL-;,  in  travelling  carriages, 

;>oinfcd  heads  like  diamonds,  with  a 

Mnall  narrow  neck  :  they  serve  to  fasten 

the  plates  with  roses,  to  cover  the  side- 

tveces  from  the  ends  of  the  trunnion- plates 

to  5  or  6  inches  beyond  the  centre  of  the 

ige. 

vaifeJ  NAILS,  small  nails, 
whose  heads  are  made  like  a  flat  diamond, 
.11;!  serve  to  fix  the  plates  upon  travelling 
carriages. 

Rose  bud  N  A  i  L  s ,  aie  small  round  headed 
:,ails.  dviven  in  the  centre  of  the  r\ses  of 

Counter  sur.k  NAILS,   those  that  have  j 
•<Tat  round  heads,  sunk  into  the  iron  plates. 
so  as  to  be  evew  with  the  outside  of  it. 

Sireak  NAILS,  are  those  which  fasten  j 
'.iie  streaks  to  the  tellies  of  the  wheels. 

K'JX  pin  NAILS,  s.uall  nails  without 
heads,  to  pin  the  nave  boxes;  to  the  naves. 

Stub  N  A  i  L  s ,  are  driven  on  the  outside 
?)f  the  nave  hoops,  to  keep  them  in  their 

1'iat  headed  NAILS,  to  fasten  the  locker 
or  any  sort  of  hinges. 

Dc.g  N  AILS,  have  flat  round  heads  ;  and 
one  part  of  the  shai.k  next  to  the  head  is 
.ilso  round. 

To  NAIL,  spite,  ore/ay,  cannon,  endow 
i«,  Fr.  When  circumstances  make 
ir  necessary  to  abandon  cannon,  ot  when 
*he  enemy's  artillery  are  seized,  and  it  is 
rot  however  possible  to  take  them  away  ; 
it  is  proper  to  nail  them  up,  in  order  to 
render  them  useless  ;  which  is  done  by 
driving  a  large  nail  or  iron  spike  into  the 
•."--nt  of  a  piece  of  artillery,  to  render  it 
•unserviceable.  There  are  various  con- 
'.rivances  to  force  the  nail  out,  as  also 
sundry  machines  invented  for  that  pur- 
pose, but  they  have  never  been  found  of 
general  use ;  so  that  the  best  method  is  to 
drill  a  new  vent. 

One  Gasper  Vhnercalus  was  the  first 
who  invented  the  nailing  of  cannon.  He 
"was  a  native  of  Bremen,  and  made  use  Oi 
»i:s  invention  first  in  nailing  up  the  artil- 
lery of  Sigismund  Malatesta. 

NAl  RS,  a  native  military  tribe  of  the 
Malabar  coast.  They  affirm  that  they 
«ire  the  eldest  nobility  in  the  world.— 
.heir  pride  on  this  supposition  is  greater 

-n  that  of  Rajpoots.  In  1755,  the  king 
.ivancoiv,  with  the  assistance  ot  a 
h  officer,  called  Launov,  disciplined 
o  Naircs  in  the  method  of  European 
try. 

';  ARK  ANNA,    Ltd,    the    place 


where  all  the  drums  and  war  music  arc 
kept. 

N  AUKOD  A.  A  native  captain  or  pi- 
lot so  called  in  India. 

NANA,  Ind.  the  title  which  is  given  to 
a  chief  of  the  Marattahs.  It  more  pro- 
perly signifies  the  acting  head  of  th  go- 
ver:-iment,  and  general  of  the  forces. 

NAPPE  de  feu,  Fr.  See  JETS  DE 
FEU. 

NARROW,  of  small  breadth. 

NARROW  Front.  A  battalion,  &c.  is 
said  to  assume  a  narrow  front,  when  it 
gees  from  line  into  column,  upon  the  safe 
principles  of  compression. 

TLt  NARROWS,  an  important  position 
on  the  entrance  of  the  H.  dson's  river,  N. 
York  ;  strong  works  an,  erecting  there,  at 
theexpenc:-  of  that  state. 

The  NARROW,  a  chann?!  which  runs 
between  the  Margate  sands  and  the  Main. 

NASIR-JUNG,/W.  victorious,  or  tri- 
umphant in  war. 

NATION,  a  people;  also  a  co  ntry. 
As  the  American  nation, the  French  nation* 
It  is  more  generally  used  in  the  first  sense; 
as,  Th?  nation  at  large  seems  disposed  to  JY. 
sist  every  attempt  that  the  British  may  make' 
to  reduce  u.\  to  our  former  condition  of  colo- 
nies ;  and  to  maintain  the  freedom  of  the  seas. 

NATIONAL,   that  which   concerns   or 
j  belongs  to  a  whole  nation. 

NATIONAL  t roofs,  are  those  raised  un. 

\  der  the  authority  ot  Congress,  in  contra- 

j  distinction  to  the  Militia,  which  may  be 

i  called  States  troops,  Ueing  organized  by  the 

sew  ral  States. 

NATIVE,  in  general,  denotes  a  person 
born  in  a  certain  place,  but  more  particu- 
larly it  refers  to  the  proper  residence  of 
the  parents,  and  where  the  person  has  his 
education. 

NATIVE  Cavalry,  a  body  of  troops  so 
called  in  India,  in  contradistinction  to  the 
European  regiments.  According  to  the  re- 
gulations printed  at  Calcutta  in  1797, 
each  regiment  was  directed  to  have  MX 
troops,  consisting  of  two  captains,  one 
captain-lieutenant,  six  lieutenants,  three 
cornets,  two  seijeants,  six  subidars,  six 
jcmidars,  18  havildars,  18  naicks,  six 
trumpeters,  420  troopers,  six  puckallies. 
The  stall'  consists  of  one  adjutant,  one 
quarter-master,  one  paymaster,  one  sur- 
geon's mate,  one  Serjeant- major,  one 
quarter-master  serjeant,  one  drill  havil- 
dar,  one  drill  naick,  one  trumpeter,  major, 
six  pay- havildars,  six  farriers,  and  one 
native  doctor. 

Each  regiment  to  be  commanded  by  a- 
field  officer.^ 

NATIVE  Infantry.  A  body  of  troops 
under  the  immediate  direction  of  the 
presidency  of  Bengal,  composed  of  the 
natives  of  India.  According  to  the  regu- 
lations published  at  Calcutta  in  1797,  it. 
is  directed,  that  the  battalions  of  native 
infantry  should  be  formed  into  regiments 
of  two  battalior  seach,  with  ten  companies 
in  e«ich  battalion,  the  regiment  to  consist 
of  one  calone!,  two  lieutenant-colonel^ 


NAT 


N  A  V 


473 


two  majors,  (junior  lieutenant-colonel 
and  junior  major,  to  be  without  compa- 
iiies)  seven  captains,  i  captain- lieutenant 
ci  lieutenants,  10  ensigns,  two  Serjeants 
:io  subidars,  20  jeinidars,  100  havildars, 
:oo  naicks,  40  drums  and  files,  1600  pri- 
vates for  Bengal,  1800  privates  for  Madras 
and  Bombay,  20  puckallies.  The  staf 
consists  of  two  adjutants,  one  paymaster 
one  surgeon,  two  mates,  one  serjeant- 
inajor,  one  quarter-master  Serjeant,  two 
jaative  doctors,  one  drum- major,  one  fife- 
inajor,  two  drill  havildars,  and  two  dril 
naicks. 

The  peace  establishment  of  these  corps 
was  ordered  to  consist  of  four  regiments, 
to  be  commanded  by  two  lieutenant- colo- 
nels to  the  two  first,  and  two  majors  to 
the  ^d  and  4th  regiments  ;  a  brigade  major 
to  be  allowed  to  the  cavalry.  The  whole, 
when  raised,  were  to  be  commanded  bv  a 
colonel  commandant.  But,  at  the  period 
mentioned,  only  two  regiments  of  native 
cavalry  were  raised,  and  twelve  regiments 
of  native  infantry. 

It  was  further  directed,  that  upon  the 
completion  of  the  native  cavalry,  t lie  pro- 
motions of  officers  should  proceed  by  seni- 
ority in  their  respective  regiments,  until 
they  arrived  to  the  rank  of"  captain,  and 
afterwards  to  rise  in  the  whole  corps  to 
the  rank  of  major,  and  to  the  command 
of  regiments.  The  promotion  to  major, 
and  command  of  regiments,  was  subject- 
ed to  the  same  principle,  as  in  the  infan- 
try, in  regard  to  being  unfit.  But  if  field 
officers  of  cavalry  weffc  superseded  in  con- 
sequence of  being  unfit  to  command, 
they  were  to  be  allowed  to  retire  with  the 
pay  of  lieutenant- colonel  of  infantry. 

The  promotions  in  the  native  infantry 
•were  to  take  place  according  to  seniority 
Jn  their  respective  regiments,  to  the  rank 
of  lieutenant-colonels,  and  afterwards  to 
colonels,  and  command  of  regiments,  with 
the  following  proviso : 

That  should  the  senior  lieutenant-co- 
lonels appear  to  the  government  at  the 
presidency,  either  upon  representation  of 
the  commander  in  chief,  or  h\  any  other 
means,  to  be  unfit  for  the  command  of 
regimentSjthey  were  to  be  passedjover,  and 
junior  oihcers  promoted.  But  the  reasons 
for  such  supercession  were  to  be  entered  on 
the  records,  for  the  information  of  the 
court  of  directors. 

The  same  principle  was  directed  to  be 
applied  to  the  European  infantry,  to  the 
promotion  of  officers  of  artillery  to  the 
command  of  battalions,  and  of  corps  • 
to  the  chief  engineers,  to  the  colonels  ( 
cornjnandants,  and  officers  to  command  \ 
regiments  of  cavalry,  and  to  the  rank  of  i 
major-general s  from  that  of  colonels. 

It  was  further  ordained,  that  sliould  any  [ 
captains  or  subalterns  obtain  leave  from  i 
that  period  to  exchange  from  one  regi-  j 
rnent  to  another,  they  were  to  come  into 
the  regiment  to  which  they  \vererernoved 
-s  youngest  of  their  reipc'tive  ranks, 


according  to  the  practice  in  the  British  es- 
tablishment. 

It  vvas  also  ordered,  that  each  regiment 
of  native  Cavalry,  and  native  infantry,  in 
the  absence  of  the  colonel,  should  be  under 
the  general  command  of  the  senior  lieu, 
tenant -colonel,  who  was  to  have  the  par- 
ticular command  of  the  ist  battalion,  and 
the  junior  lieutenant -colonel  that  of  the 
second  ftaftalion. 

The  same  regulation  prevails  in  the 
Indian,  or  native  corps,  with  respect  to 
the  appointment  of  paymasters,that  exists 
in  the  royal  service. 

About  the  same  period,  a  very  satis- 
factory regulation  took  place  in  favor  of 
the  European  and  native  or  company's 
troops,  to  prevent  the  growth  of  much 
existing  jealousy  between  them  ard  the 
king's  troops.  To  give  every  officer  of 
the  company  a  king's  commission,  of  the 
same  date  with  that  which  lie  received 
from  the  company,  wi'h  a  retrospect 
founded  on  the  date  of  the  king's  commis- 
sion they  then  held,  so  as  to  prevent  su- 
percession by  the  various  promotions 
which  had  recently  taken  place  by  general 
brevu  in  the  British  army. 

NATURAL  FORTIFICATION", 
consists  in  those  natural  obstacles  which 
are  found  in  some  countries,-  and  which 
"mpede  or  prevent  the  approach  of  an  ene- 
my. Thus  a  place,  the  avenues  to  which 
are  easily  closed,  or  which  is  surrounded 
by  impassible  rivrrs  or  marshes,'  is  de- 
fended by  natural  fortification. 

NAUAB,  Ind.     See  NABOB. 

NAVAL,  Fr.  This  word  is  used  td 
convey  the  same  meaning  among  the 
French  that  it  does  with  us,  viz.  artnLe 
navdle,  naval  armament  ;  combat  naval^ 
sea  fight,  or  naval  combat ;  forties  navx/es^ 
naval  forces.  1 1  is  remark  jd  in  the  Dic- 
ionnaire  de  1'Acadeinie  Francois,  that 
,  when  used  in  the  masciil'pe  gen- 
is  not  susceptible  of  the  plural  num- 

KT. 

NAVAL  athainpnt-,  the  fitting  out  a  fleet, 
,vith  all  kinds  of  provisions  and  military 
itores,  for  actual  service. 

NAVAL  cair.p^  in  military  antiquities,  a 
brtification,  consisting  of  a  ditch  and  pa- 
a^et  on  the  land  side,  or  a  wall  buut  in 
he  form  of  a  semi-circle,  and  extended 
rom  one  point  of  the  sea  to  the  other. 
This  was  beautified  with  gates,  ^nd  some- 
imes  defended  with  towers,  through 
vhich  they  issued  forth  to  attack  their 
nemies.  Towards  t^e  sea,  or  within  it, 
hey  fixed  great  pales  of  wood,  like  those? 
n  their  artificial  harbors  ;  before  these  the 
esstls  of  burthen  were  placed  in  such 
rder,  that  they  might  serve  instead  of  a 
vail,  and  gave  protection  to  those  \vith- 
ut  ;  in  which  manner  Nicias  is  reported 
>y  Th'.Tcy elides  to  have  encamped  him- 
elf.  Whe;i  their  fortifications  W.TC 
bought  strong,  enough  to  defcr.d  'hem 
rom  the  assaults  of  enemfes,  the  an- 
ients  frequently  dragged  their  ships  on 
Around  thes:' ships  the  soldiers 
3  o" 


474 


N  A  V 


N  A  V 


disposed  their  tents  as  _  appears  "'every 
where  in  Homer  :  but  this  seems  only  to 
have  been  practised  in  winter,  when  their 
enemy's  fleet  was  laid  up,  and  could  not 
assault  them;  or  in  long  sieges,  and 
•when  they  lay  in  n.o  danger  from  their 
enemies  by  sea,  as  in  the  Trojan  war, 
where  the  defenders  of  Troy  never  once 
attempted  to  encounter  the  Grecians  in  a 
sea-fight. 

NAVAL  croiL-ti,  in  Roman  antiquity,  a. 
crown  conferred,  among  the  Romans,  on 
persons  who,  in  sea  engagements,  distin- 
guished th<mselves.  A.  Gellius  says, 
in  general,  the  naval  crown  was  adorned 
with  prows  of  ships.  Lipsius  dist'n- 
guishes  two  kinds  ;  the  first  he  supposes 
plain,  and  given  to  the  common  soldiers  ; 


generals  or    admirals,    who 


the  other  rostrated,    and  only   given   to 
had    gained 
^ome  important  victory  at  sea. 


NAVAL  officers,  are  admirals,  captains, 
lieutenants,  masters,  boatswains,  mid- 
shipmen, gunners,  &c. 

NAVAL  engagement,  implies,  in  gene- 
ral, either  a  sea-fight  between  single 
-;.hips,  or  whole  fleets  of  men  of  war,  or 
Dallies,  &c. 

NAVAL  TACTICS,  or  the  art  of  was 
carried  on  by  ships  at  sea;  this  being 
limitted  to  the  possibilities  of  navigation, 
Is  therefore  much  less  susciptible  of  that 
variety  of  stratagem  which  belongs  to  the 
hostility  of  armies  on  land,  aud  compre- 
hends beside  the  knowiege  of  military 
operation,  that  of  the  movement  of  ships 
under  all  circumstances  of  wind,  weather, 
and  also  of  the  structure  of  ships  and 
rigging 

The  tactics  of  the  ancients  consisted  in 
the  formation  of  position  by  which  they 
could  bear  down  upon  and  pierce  the 
sides,  or  board  vessels,  and  decide  thecon- 
iiict  hand  to  hand  ;  the  invention  of  gun- 
powder has  had  the  same  effect  upon 
naval  as  upon  land  tactics,  that  they  can 
fight  without  coming  to  close  quarters. 

The  Dutch,  French,  and  British  have 
been  most  distinguished  for  naval  tactics  ; 
but  they  have  been  principally  reduced 
to  fixed  rules  like  the  armies  of  modern 
times,  by  the  French  and  English.  M. 
Alorogues  is  the  most  copious  Author  on 
the  subject  in  modern  times.  M.  Bourde 
de  Villehuet,  in  his  work  called  Lu 
Marueuvrier,  has  also  published  a  most 
valuable  treatise.  M  Girmoard  has  treat- 
ed of  the  subject  as  a  science. 

A  Treat  se  has  been  published  in  En- 
glish by  Mr.  Clerk,  who  was  not  a  pro- 
fessional seaman,  in  which  new  principles 
\vere  introduced,  and  those  of  the  French 
^lopted.  The  battles  of  April  1782,  and 
of  the  Nile  and  Trafalgar  where  fought 
upon  the  new  principles. 

NAVE,  in  gun.  carriages,  that  part  of  a 
wheel  in  wh'ch  the  aims  of  theaxletrce 
move,  and  in  which  the  spokes  are  driven 
T(\  supported.  See  WHEEL. 

NAvi-£wpj,  are  flat  iron  rings  to  bind 


the  nave :  there  are  generally  three  on 
each  nave. 

NAVE-^OX«,  were  formerly  made  of 
bmss  ;  but  experience  has  shewn  that 
those  of  cast  iron  cause  less  friction,  and 
are  much  cheaper:  there  are  two,  ore  at 
each  end,  to  diminish  the  friction  of  the 
axletree  against  he  nave. 

NAVIGATION,  the  theory  and  art 
of  conducting  a  ship  by  sea,  from  one 
port  to  another,  or  of  disposing  and  influ- 
encing her  machinery,  by  the  force  of  the 
wind,  so  as  to  begin  and  continue  her  mo- 
tion at  sea. 

N  A  V I R  E  de  guerre  >  a  man  of  war. 

NAVIRE  Mercband)  Fr.  a  merchant- 
man. It  is  likewise  called  vahseau  MHI>- 

*  NAULAGE,  NAULIS,  Fr.  Freight 
or  fare. 

NAULISER,  Fr.  to  freight  cr  hire  a- 
vessel. 

NAUMACHI^,  or  sea-fights,  are  des- 
cribed as  early  as  the  time  of  the  tiist 
Punic  war,  when  the  Romans  first  Initi- 
ated their  men  in  the  knowiege  ot  sea  af- 
fairs. Alter  the  improvement  of  ma<  y 
years,  they  were  designed  as  well  for  the 
gratifying  the  sight  as  tcr  increash;. 
naval  experience  and  discipline  ;  am' 
fore  composed  one  of  the  solemn  sh 
by  which  the  magistrates  or  emperors  r 
any  aftectors  of  popularity,  so  of \  r 
their  court  to  the  people.  It  will  he  ob- 
served from  this  passage  out  of  Kennetr's 
Roman  Antiquities,  page  169,  trrr  the 
R  necessity  which  Rome  was  under  ot1' 
|  fighting  Carthage  upon  her  own  element,, 
ij  gave  rise  to  their  naval  manoeuvres.  Kut 
j  the  overgrown  empire  of  the  former,  a;  «1 
the  subsequent  corruption  of  hi.  r 
soon  converted  these  powerful  aux 
to  the  legions,  by  whom  she  had  conquer- 
ed the  universe,  into  instruments  oi  p In- 
sure and  debauchery.  Lampi  dius,  in  the 
life  of  the  emperor  Heliogabahis,  relau •-,, 
that,  in  a  representation  of  a  naval  fig;;', 
he  filled  the  channel  where  the  vessel* 
were  to  ride  with  wine  instead  of  water. 
A  story  scarcely  credible,  though  we 
have  the  highest  conceptions  or  that 
wretch's  prodigious  luxury  and  extrava- 
gance. The  frequent  threats  which  the 
French  emperor  has  put  forth,  and  the 
similitude  which  he  draws  between 
France  and  Great  Britain  to  Rome  and 
Carthage,  may  probably  lead  to  great  na- 
exertions. 

NAUTICAL  planisphere,  a  description 
of  the  terrestrial  .lobe  upon  a  plane,  for 
the  use  of  mariners :  but  more  usually 
called  chart. 

NAVY,  implies,  in  general,  any  fleet 
or  assembly  of  ships.  It  is,  however, 
more  particularly  understood  of  the  ves- 
sels of  war  that  belong  to  a  kingdom  or 
state. 

NAVY  DEPARTMENT  of  the  United 
States,  has  the  chargeof  the  naval  afiairs, 
and  of  the  military  marine  corps. 


N  A  V 


NEC 


475 


Number  and  Kind  of  Ordnance  f»r  each  of  the  Sb:fs  in  the  Britis 


73 

?: 

o 

o 
O 

No.  of  Guns  of  each  Kind. 

Carronades. 

r 

s 

42 

32 

24 

18 

W 

9 

6 

33 

24 

18 

j 

ist- 

100 

28 



28 



3° 

— 

18 

£ 

6 

— 

- 

ad. 

98 

— 

28 

— 

30  40 

— 

—  ) 

2 

— 

6 

—  ' 

f 

80 



26 

— 

26 

— 

24 

4s 

V 

74 



28 



28 



18 

2 

— 

6 

— 

( 

C 

— 

28 

26 

28 
26 

— 

14 

12 

I 

___ 

a 

6 

___ 

4th.  ^ 

60 

— 

— 

24 
22 

z 

26 

22 

I 

IO 

6 

z 

6 

___ 

6 

r 

44 



_„ 

— 

2o 

22 

— 

6 

.  — 

__ 

8 

— 

5th.  1 

36 

— 

— 

— 

26 

2 

8 

— 

8 

— 

— 

— 

J2 

, 



__ 



26 

_ 

6 

— 

6 

— 

—  . 

r 

28 

— 

— 

— 

t  — 

— 

24 

4 

— 

6 

— 

— 

6th.  } 

24 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

22 

2 

— 

2 

6 

— 

/ 

20 

_ 

___ 

.  

— 

_ 

2O 

„ 

_ 

_ 

_ 

8 

Sloops 

18 

— 

— 

—   — 

— 

— 

18 

'  — 

— 

— 

E 

Dimensions  of  Shift,    Nttmbet    of  Ment  and  Diaugbt  cf 


£ 

if 

M 

Complement  of 

~>n  % 

Pi 

5<8 

^s' 
8  § 

l| 

n,  2  •3* 

o 

F~ 

F« 

Sailors 

Marines. 

'   a§'' 

n 

1    ? 

Ft.  In.     Ft.  In. 

No. 

Officers. 

Feet. 

no 

joo  -       53  -    ^8 

?     24 

I  GO 

186  — 

52  — 

^    ' 

^ 

98 

90 
80 

1  80  — 
177    6 
182  — 

49- 
49    6 

^75° 

t  i  Captain 
f  3  Subalt's. 

^     *3 

74 

182  — 

48    7 

/  /- 

1 

/          o 

74 

169  - 

46  ii 

>  050 

J 

c 

64 

5° 

1  60  — 
146  — 

44    6 

do     6 

420 

iCap.aSub. 
2  Lieuten'ts. 

^ 

44 

140    9 

38    8 

\ 

i 

>     16 

38 
36 

144  — 
142  — 

38  — 

£3°° 

^ 

1  126  — 

35    4 

^ 

>i  SubalU 

IS 

28 

120   — 

33    6 

") 

i! 

j 

24 

114    7 

32    3 

>  2oo 

1 

2o 

108  — 

) 

J 

18 

16 

no  — 
>  106  — 

29    6 
28  — 

|l25 

>  Serjeant. 

*  3 

N.  B 

.  The  usual  complement  of  Marines  is  one  for 
every  Gun  in  a  British  Ship  of  War. 

together  with  its  civil 
find  military  departments,  in  England, 
consists  of  a  lord  ht>jh  admiral,  or  lords 
commissioners  for  executing  this  office  ; 
«ne  first  lord  commissioner,  and  six  other 
lords  commissioners,  with  a  number  of 
inferior  officers,  and  cleiks. 

NAVY,  is  also  a  collective  body  of 
officers  employed  hi  the  military  sea- 
service. 


NAWAUB,  bid.     See  NABOB. 

N  E  AI  cJT,  Ind:  a  deputyship,  or  lieu- 
tenancy :  from  naib,  a  deputy. 

NECESSARIES,  in  a  military  sense, 
are  such  abides  as  aie  ordered  to  be  given 
to  every  soldier. 

NEESHUNGPAT,  Ind.  a  violent  as- 
sault without  bloodshed. 

NEGATIVE.  This  term  is  some- 
times used  to  express  the  result  pf 


NE  L 


NET 


sures  or  enterprizes,  which  though  not 
entirely  successful,  arc  not  productive  of 
.serLus  or  mischievous  consequences. — 
lie-  e<_  the  British  expeditions  to  Spain, 
and  to  Walcheren,  may  be  considered  as 
having  had  negative  success. 

NEGATIVE    Penalties.      Certain    laws 
•wruT'.  by   persons  are  secluded  from  mi-   : 
litary  rank,    &c.  without  inflicting  any  |; 
•positive  pains. 

NEGLECT  of  DUTY.      Officers  or  \\ 
soldiers  convicted  of  neglect  of  duty,  are  jj 
punishable  at  the  discretion  of  a  court- 
martial. 

NEGROES,  blacks,  moors.  The  peo- 
ple brought  from  Guinea,  and  other  parts 
of  Africa,  as  slaves,  and  sent  into  the  colo- 
nies of  America,  to  cultivate  sugar, tobacco, 
indig^,  Sec.  and  to  dig  in  the  mines  of  Peru 
or  Mexico. 

NELLI.COTAH,  a  fort  situated 
about  forty  miles  to  the  south  of  Tini- 
velly,  in  the  East  Indies.  This  fort  has 
heen  rendered  memorable  by  the  manner 
In  which  it  was  carried  by  the  English  in 
3755,  and  the  barbarity  with  which  a  gar- 
rison was  treated  which  had  not  killed  a 
man  and  had  called  for  quarter,  and  yet  j( 
men,  women,  an,  children  were  massa- i| 
cred.  The  detachment  consisted  of  100  |j 
Europeans,  and  300  sepoys,  v/ith  two 
field  pieces.  These  troops  (to  quote  Mr. 
Orme's  words  in  his  History  of  the  Car- 
natic,  page  386,  book  V.)  set  out  at  mid- 
night and  performed  the  march  in  18 
hours:  the  polygar,  startled  at  the  sud- 
denness of  their  approach,  sent  out  a  de- 
puty, who  pretended  he  came  to  capifcu- 
Jate,  and  promised  that  his  master  would 
pay  the  money  demanded  of  him  in  a  few 
days  ;  but  suspicions  being  entertained  of 
his  veracity,  it  was  determined  to  detain 
him  as  a  pledge  for  the  execution  of  what 
he  had  promised,  and  he  was  accordingly 
delivered  over  10  the  charge  of  a  ^uard. 
Th  troops  were  so  much  fatigued  by  the 
excessive  march  they  had  just  mad.*, 
that  even  the  advanced  centinels  couui 
not  keep  awake;  and  the  deputy  perceiv- 
ing all  the  soldiers  who  were  appointee.' 
to  ?.uard  him,  fast  asleep,  made  his  escape 
outot  the  camp,  and  returned  to  the  fort; 
from  whence  the  polygar  had  sent  him 
only  to  g.in  time,  in  order  to  make  the 
necessary  preparations  for  his  defence. 
TJvs  being  discovered  early  in  the  morn- 
5ng,  it  was  determined  to  storm  the  place-, 
of  which  the  defences  were  nothing  more 
than  a  mud  wall  with  round  towers. 
The  troops  had  not  brought  any  scaling 
ladders,  but.  the  outside  of  the  wall  was 
sloping,  and  had  many  clefts  worn  in  it 
by  the  rain,  so  that  the  assault,  although 
hazardous,  was  nevertheless  practicable. 
It  was  made  both  by  the  Europeans  and 
the  sepoys  with  undaunted  courage,  in 
several  parties  at  the  same  time  ;  each  of  |! 
which  gained  the  parapet  with-  ut  being  !' 
once  reputed,  when  the  garrison  retired 
co  the  buildings  of  the  fort,  where  they 
laiwd  cut  tor  quarter;  but  the  soldiers, 


put  all  they  met  to  the  sword,  not  ex- 
cepting  the  women  and  children  ;  suffer- 
ing  only  six  persons,  out  of  four  hundred, 
to  escape  alive :  shameful  to  relate,  the 
troops  and  officers  who  bore  the  greatest 
part  in  this  shocking  barbarity,  were  the 
bravest  of  Englishmen,  having  most  of 
them  served  under  colo»el  Lawrence,  on 
the  plains  of  Tritchinopoly  :  but  those 
who  contemplate  human  nature  will  find 
many  reasons,  supported  by  examples, 
to  dissenr  from  the  common  opinion, 
that  cruelty  is  incompatible  with  cou- 
rage. 

NESHAUNBURDAR,  Ind.  an  en- 
sign. 

NETHERLANDS,  that  part  of  mo- 
dern France  which  lies  next  to  the  North 
sea;  it  was  once  called  the  circle  of  Burgun- 
dy, and  sometimes  the  Low  Countries,  so 
called^rom  being  situated  between  France, 
Lorram,  Germany,  and  the  ocean. 

They  were  formerly  divided  into  17 
provinces,  four  of  which  were  dukedoms, 
viz.  Brabant,  Limburg,  Luxemburg,  and 
Guelderland  ;  seven  were  earldoms,  viz. 
Flanders,  Artois,  Hainault,  Holland, 
Zealand,  Namur,  and  Zutphen  ;  and  five 
baronies,  viz.  West  Friezland,  Mechlin, 
Utrecht,  Over)  sell,  and  Groningen. 

These  were  originally  governed  by  dis- 
tinct lords  or  princes,  but  were  all  united 
under  Philip  the  good,duke  of  Burgundy, 
who  left  them  to  his  son  Charles,  sur- 
named  the  Hardy,  who  being  killed  at 
Nancy,  in  1477,  the  17  provinces  fell  to 
his  only  daughter,  Mary  of  Burgundy, 
who  by  marrying  with  Maximilian  the 
First,  of  Germany,  carried  them  into  the 
house  of  Austria. 

The  kings  of  France  claimed  a  right 
to  Artois,  Flanders,  &c.  In  the  reign  of 
king  Philip  II  of  Spain,  William  of  Nas- 
sau, prince  of  Orange,  and  several  other 
discontented  noblemai,  gave  beginning  to 
those  disturbanceswhich  terminated  in  the 
separation  of  Holland,  and  the  other  coun- 
tries known  by  the  name  of  the  United 
Provinces,  occasioned  by  the  dread  rf  the 
inquisition,  the  insupportable  rigor  of 
the  government  of  the  Duke  of  Alva,  and 
the  violent  encroachments  of  the  Spa- 
niards  upon  the  liberties  and  privileges  of 
the  countries 

The  Netherlands,  comprehending  Hol- 
land, have  undergone  material  alterations 
during  the  progress  of  the  French  Revo- 
lution. Brabant  and  Flanders,  !vhich 
belonged  to  the  house  of  Austria,  have 
been  annexed  to  France,  and  form  severa. 
of  its  departments.  Holland,  upon  the 
expulsion  of  the  Stadtholder,  was  allow- 
ed to  call  itself  an  independent  country, 
in  alliance  with  France;  but  the  Bri- 
tish co-operating  with  the  adherents  of 
the  Stadtholdet,  exposed  it  to  repeated 
invasions,  to  put  an  end  to  these  conspi- 
racies, £f;er  twice  expelling  the  English, 
the  government  was  changed,  and  it  is  nov 
distinguished  by  tile  name  of  the  Hataviaa 
kingdom. 


NE  U 


NE  U 


477 


NETTOYER  Its  Magazins,  Fr.  in  ar-  || 
tillery,  signifies  to  remove  the  dilierent  !/ 
piece1--  of  ordnance,  for  the  purpose  of 
having  them  Carefully  examined,  &c.  and  j| 
to  have  the  stores  and  ammunition  so  ar  J 
ran. ed  as  not  to  receive  damage,  This 
duty  is  generally  performed  by  small  !j 
parties  of  sol  .tiers,  iir.der  the  cumm.'.nd  !| 
f>f  serjeants,  who  are  detached  from  theji 
different  guards  of  a  garrison  town.  In 
the  old  French  service  the  commhsalre  \\ 
d'artilleue  supevintended  the  execution  of  |i 
ihis  necessary  duty,  and  rhe  soldiers  who  \ 
xvere  employed,  got  relieved  from  any  f 
further  attendance  as  part  of  the  guard,  ;j 
the  instant  their  work  was  done. 

NETTOYER,  ou  enfilcr^  Fr.  to  scour  or  '! 
enfilade. 

NETTOYER  la  cow-fine,  Fr.  to  scour,  or  ! 
fire  through  the  whole  extent  of  the  cur-  j 
tain. 

N  ETTOYER  le  rampart^  Fr.  to  scour  'he  j 
ram  pa;  . 

N  E  T  T  o  Y  F.  R ,  le  trancbce,  F  r .  to  scou  r  or  j  | 
clear  the  trenches.  This  is  elected  by  | 
means  of  a  vigorous  saliy  which  the  gar-  j 
rison  of  a  besieged  place  make  upon  the  ! 
besiegers  ;  when  they  beat  in  the  guard,  Ij 
drive  ott  the  artificers  and  workmen,  level  i 
the  parapet,  break  up  and  choak  the  line-!; 
of  circumvallation,  and  spike  or  nail  thejj 
cannon. 

NEUTRAL,  neither  of  the  one  nor  the 
other. 

NEUTRALITE,  Fr.  See  NEUTRALI- 
VY. 

Carder  la  NEUTRALITE,  Fr.  To  be 
neutral. 

Accorder  la  NEUTRALITE,  Fr.  To 
allow  others  to  be  neutral,  or  to  grant 
neutrality. 

Observer  la  NEUTRALITE,  Fr.  To  ob- 
srerve  a  strict  neutrality. 

Violer  la  N  E  u  T  R  A  i,  \  T  E ,  Fr.  To  vio- 
late the  laws  of  neutrality. 

Demcurer  dans  Li  NEUTRALITE,  Fr. 
To  remain  in  a  state  of  neutrality. 

NEUTRALITY.  The  state  or  condition 
of  one  who  is  neuter,  a  middle  condition 
between  a  friend  and  an  en.my.  In  a 
military  sense,  remaining  strictly  indiller- 
ent,  whilst  other  powers  areat  war,  with- 
out assisting  any  party  with  arms,  ammu- 
nition, or  men.  When  a  country,  calling 
itself  neutral,  furnishes  a  quota  or  con- 
tingent to  any  nation  that  is  at  war  with 
another,  it  cannot  be  said  to  observe  the 
strict  laws  of  neutrality.  Of  all  precari- 
ous and  difficult  situations  that  perhaps  is 
the  most  so,  in  which  a  weak  nation  is 
placed  when  two  powerful  nations  wage 
•war  on  each  side,  and  the  exact  laws  of 
neutrality  are  expected  to  be  observed  by 
the  intermediate  country.  Bayle  speak'- 
ing  of  neutrality,  humorously  exclaims, 
heu'-eux  Us  paclf.<iues  quant  a  I'autre  monde,  I 
ma  is  dans  cel:a-cit  i/s  sont  miser  able  s  :  hap-  j 
py  are  the  peaceable  with  respect  to  the 
next  world,  but  they  are  miserable  in  this  !  > 
in  trying  to  derive  advantages  from  the; 
'*':  r^ion?  and  broils  of  others,  they  in-  [ 


sensibly  become  t!<e  victims  of  both  par- 
tics.  The  French  writer  humorously 
says,  Us  veuient  eire  marteaux,  celu  far-  qu.g 
continvelletnent  Us  sent  enclumes  a  d>c;u  tt  a 
gaxcbe .-  they  would  tVun  be  hammr'a,  in- 
stead of  which  they  become  anvils,  and 
get  beaten  both  i  ight  and  left.  This  hap- 
pened to  the  Venetians  in  1701,  who  en- 
deavored to  remain  neutral  during  the 
campaigns  tnat  took  place  between  the 
French  and  the  Imperialists.  The  Danes 
airbrd  another  illustration  of  tbcinetiicacy 
of  a  neutrality  without  power  to  resist, 
rhe  destruction  of  Copcnhagtn,  and  the 
plunder  of  their  navy,  is  an  atrocity  un- 
paralleled. The  treatment  experienced 
by  tlv*  United  States,  is  only  inferior  to 
the  barbarity  exercised  against  Denmark. 
Genoa,  Flosence,  Holland,  and  Switzer- 
land were  all  forced  from  their  neutrality 
by  England,  and  fell  victims.  The  ob- 
servance of  a  str.ct  neutrality  is  unques- 
tionably a  inntier  of  extreme  difficulty, 
and  requires  uncommon  ability.  Few 
princes  possess  those  qualities  of  the 
head  an  i  heart  that  distinguished  liirron 
king  of  Syracuse,  who  so  dexterously 
managed  his  neutrality  in  the  war  between 
Rome  and  Carthage.  His  subjects  were 
considerably  benefited  by  the  conduct  he 
observed,  whilst  his  own  reputation  was 
not  a  littlr  increased  by  the  sound  policy 
that  dictated  it. 

Armed  NEUTRALITY.  T  he  depreda- 
tions committed  by  the  naval  force  of 
Great  Britain,  during  the  first  years  of  the 
American  revolution,  excited  a  general 
indignation  among  the  maritime  powers  of 
the  north  of  Europe.  A  project  said  to 
be  devised  by  Dr.  Franklin,  and  suggested 
to  the  count  dc  Vergennes,  was  commu- 
nicated to  the  courts  of  Russia  and  Prus- 
sia, and  taken  up  with  the  z  a!  of  a  pa*. 
tron  by  the  empress  Katherine  of  Russia, 
the  result  was,  that  in  the  year  1780,  Rus- 
sia,Prussia, Sweden, and  Denmark, had  en- 
tered into  engagements  to  arm  their  fleet. s, 
in  oruer  to  support  the  neutrality  of  their 
commerce  ;  Holland  was  invited,  ami 
consented  to  engage,  but  was  attacked  by 
Great  Britain  by  surprize  before  she  had 
ratified  the  agreement ;  the  other  neutral 
nations  were  brought  to  engage  in  it,  and 
Great  Britain  was  under  the  necessity  ci" 
recognizing  the  principles  of  the  armed 
confederacy.  This  event,  novel  in  histo- 
ry, was  productive  of  signal  advantages  t" 
neutral  nations  ;  it  formed  a  new  epocha. 
in  maritime  history,  ard  \v  rested  from 
England  the  audacious  usurpation  of  the 
sovereignty  of  the  seas. 

The  princi  >lcs  of  the  armed  neutrality 
were  again  resumed  during  the  French 
revolution;  but  the  British,  by  employ- 
ing corruption  in  the  northern  cubinetY, 
procured  the  assassination  of  the  emperor 
Paul  of  Russia,  and  at  the  same  time 
brought  a  large  fleet  before  Copenhagen 
which  they  bombarded, in  consequence  of 
which  Russia  was  brought  into  the  wa% 
and  Denmark  obliged  tj  bend  to  circum- 


478 


NEU 


NIC 


stances.     Sweden  was  already  a  party  in 
the  war. 

During  the  progress  of  the  French  re- 
volution,instances  have  occurred  in  which 
a  wise  neutrality  might  have  been  made 
productive  of  .-"reat  national  good.  Bu., 
alas  !  there  ar.'  few  statesmen,  who  have 
ability  or  political  virtue  enough,  to  resist 
the  intrigues  or  views  of  those  cabinets, 
Vvho  being  themselves  involved  in  war, 
leave  nothing  untrcd  to  drag  their  neigh- 
bors lito  the  same  troubled  s  ate.  Mon- 
tesquieu has  observ  d,  with  his  usual 
jzood  sense,  that  nations  seldom  know 
how  to  avail  themselves ef  natural  advan- 
tages. What  becomes  a  matter  of  hard 
necessity  in  one  count-y,  is  frequently 
found  to  exist  in  another,  from  crooked 
nnd  nterested  policy,  or  from  ignorance  in 
administration.  Some  countries  are  cal- 
culated to  be  neutral ;  some  to  avail  them- 
selves of  insular  situations ;  and  to  im- 
pose by  maritime  operations  ;  and  others, 
to  make  up  f-;r  the  natural  disadvantages 
cf  continental  position,  by  means  of  stand- 
ing armies. 

It  has  been  remarked,  (with  what  jus- 
tice we  leave  politicians  to  determine) 
that  no  power,  being  or  affecting  to  be 
neuter,  should  be  allowed  to  arm  itself, 
because  it  is  impossible  to  have  perfect 
confidence  in  a  quarter  from  whence  hos- 
tilities may  commence  according  to  the 
exigency  of  circumstances,  (so  properly 
called  by  the  French,  la  force  des  clrcon- 
ttjr.ces  ;)  or  the  alluring  prospects  of  am- 
tition. 

It  is  more  than  probable,  that  the  arm- 
cA  confederacy  of  the  north  sprung  origin- 
ally from  a  secret  understanding  with  the 
/.gent*  of  France,  and  manifested  itself 
mor-  strongly  on  the  declaration  of  Russia. 
Great  Britain  of  course  took  the  alarm  ; 
and,  as  a  French  writer  very  justly  ob- 
serves on  the  subject  of  armed  neutrality, 
has  sent  her  fleets,  to  ascertain  the  point 
at  the  gates  of  Copenhagen. 

The  second  expedition  of  the  British 
against  Copenhagen  is  one  ot  the  mostex- 
-raontinary  in  the  annals  of  the  world 
The  pretence  set  up  :s  best  expressed  in  the 
language  of  jfJekwn,  the  agent  of  Kngland 
In  this  unprecedented  outrage — these  are 
his  words.  "In  the  present  disturbed  state 
of  the  continent  of  Europe  it  was  impos- 
sible to  distinguish  any  longer  between  a 
neutral  and  an  enemy,  but  by  her  becoming 
an  ally  or  an  op.-n  foe.  That  something 
therefore  was  required  beyond  an  ordinary 
presumption  of  the  real  disposition  of  every 
state  ;  and  that  whilst  the  influence  of  an 
implacable  enemy  predominated  over 
every  power  within  his  reach,  (France  is 
alluded  to)  and  either  checked  or  convert- 
ed i  ito  immediate  hostility  every  engage- 
ment or  inclination  unfavorable  to  his 
interest,  it  was  impossible  to  consider  the 
ordinary  covenants  (that  is  the  law  of  na- 
tions and  treaties,)  cj  any  neutral  nation 
either  as  a  sufficient  security  for  hsrown 
independence,  or  of  they?  v;ho  confide  in- 


her  neutrality.  It  becomes  the  duty  of 
England,  therefore,  to  discriminate  in  these 
circumstances  between  rights  paramount 
and  invariable,  binding  upon  all  states,  and 
rights  which  might  be  suffered  to  rebx  and 
yield  to  that  state  of  expediency  in  which 
a  certain  courseo,  measures  might  involve 
tlr  existenceof  a  nation." 

Such  was  the  detestable  anft  odious  so- 
phistry which  might  be  as  well  applied  to 
cov  rand  excuse  any  other  species  of  atro- 
city, and  which  was  followed  by  the  bom- 
bardment and  conflagration  of 'Copenha- 
gen, the  murder  of  its  citizens,  ana  the 
seizure  and  plunder  of  its  fleet  and  naval 
arseml.  La  hi  des  fins  forts,  or  the  law 
of  the  strongest,  so  often  tramoles  ;!own 
national  rights,  that  necessity  drives  those 
to  the  adoption  of  questionable  mv-asures,r 
who  would  otherwise  remain  strictly  neiu 
tral :  whilst  others  again,  from  being  con- 
tiguous to  contendiugarmies,  resort  to  va- 
rious pretences,  in  order  -o  remain  in  an 
armed  condition  for  the  purpose  of  taking 
advantage  at  a  critical  moment.  Of  thus 
description  was  the  system  ef  armed 
neutrality  which  Pope  Leo  X.  is  record- 
ed to  have  pursued.  When  Francis  I. 
king  of  France,  was  engaged  in  a  war  with 
th'>  Swiss  Cantons,  respecting  the  Mi- 
lanese, his  holiness  resolved  to  remain 
neuter,  or  at  least  affected  to  be  so,  al- 
though he  was  strongly  invited  by  both 
parties  to  take  an  active  and  decisive  part, 
lie  drew  his  troops  towards  the  frontiers 
of  the  Milanese,  under  a  pretext  of  cover- 
ing the  ecclesiastical  states,  but  in  reality 
for  the  purpose  of  being  at  hand  when  the 
two  armies  should  come  to  a  decisive  en- 
gagement, of  unexpetcedly  falling  upon  the 
victorious  army  at  the  closeof  an  obstinate 
and  bloody  battle, of  driving  it  out  of  I  taly, 
becoming  master  of  Lombardy,  and  finally 
establishing  himself  as  the  arbiter  of  the 
country  But  all  these  imaginary  tri- 
umphs of  the  Pope  soon  disappeared  — 
His  troops,  which  had  already  reached 
the  frontiers  of  the  Milanese,  no  sooner 
learned,  that  the  Swiss  had  been  totally 
routed  by  the  French,  than  they  were 
panic- struck,  and  dispersed  in  the  great- 
est disorder,  as  if  they  were  conscious  of 
being  engaged  in  a  crooked  and  illegal 
cause. 

Ancient  history  affords  us  several  exam, 
pies  of  this  species  of  neutrality.  During 
the  civil  wars  between  the  adherents  ot 
Vespasian  and  those  or  OthoandVitelltus, 
various  means  ot  duplicity  were  resorted 
to.  We  likewise  readofthe  samesortof 
conduct  havine  been  observed  by  the  in- 
habitants of  Corey  rus  when  they  went  to 
war  with  the  Corinthians;  and  modem 
history  i«  full  of  similar  instances  of  spe- 
cious neutrality.  For  farther  particulars 
on  this  interesting  subject,  especially  on 
the  conduct  to  be  observed  by  neuters  in, 
w;ir,  see  from  Page  531  to  533,  of  the 
En  jlish  Translation  of  Hugo  Grotius. 

NICKNAME,  ( 'Sobriquet ,  Fr. )  A 
surname,  which  is  u?edir.  nJicule  or  goofl 


N  I  Z 


NOB 


479 


humor,    to   distinguish  an   individual  —  ' 
Nicknames  among  military  men  are  fami-  j 
Jtarly   used  in  a  collective  sense.      Thus1 
the  li«rht  infantry  are   called   Light  Bobs, 
the  grenadiers    Tour  f?ew.r,  andthebatta- 
!iofi-n  .en  Flat  Foots ;  and  in  many  instances ' 
whole  corps   have  been  particularized  in 
this  manner.  The  2Sth  of  toot  were  lam i-  ! 
liarly  called  the  Slashers  ;    and  a  general 
Sir  C.  Grey,  an  officer  in  the  British  ser- 
vice, used  to  be  nicknamed  General   A'a- 
Flittt,,  from  a  circumstance  which  occur- ; 
red  during  the  American    war,  when  he 
commanded  a  party  which  stole  into  an 
American  camp  at  night,  and  instead  of 
lighting  like  a  soldier,assassinated  the  Ame- 
ricans  while  asleep.  During  the  campaigns  : 
of  1793  ana<   i?94»  in  Flanders,  &c.  the! 
J5th  resilient  of  light  dragoons  were  called 
Youf/g  Eyes  by  the  guards,  who  received  i 
or  rat  Her  gave  themselves  the  nick-name 
of  Old  Eyes. 

NIGHER,  lad.  any  fortified  city, 
measuring  at  least  eight  coss,  or  eight 
Engiisn  miles,  in  kngth  and  breadth. 

NIQUIBS,  bid.  men  whose  military 
functions  among  the  sepoys,  correspond 
with  those  of  corporals  in  the  king's  ser- 
vice. 

NITHING,  a  coward,  or  poltroon. 

TsJITRE,   See  Salt  Pftrc,  Gunpowder. 

NIVEAU,  Ff.   A  level. 

NivtAUtfV/j  campaign,  Fr.  the  level 
surface  of  a  country  is  so  called,  in  con- 
tradistinction to  the  talus  or  slope  of  any 
rising  ground. 

De  NIVEAU,  Fr.  level,  even. 

NIVEAU  d'eau,  Fr.  a  water  level. — 
This  instrument  isextrtmcly  simple,  and 
of  great  use  to  engineers  in  the  construction 
of  works. 

NIVEAU  de  cbarfrentier,  Fr.  a  carpen- 
ter's rule  or  level. 

NIVEAU  de  pa-vcur,  Fr,  a  pavior's  level. 

NIVELER,  F>.  to  level. 

NIVELER  Us  eaux,  Fr.  to  find  the  true 
level  for  conveying  water. 

NIVELER  k  ttrrtin\  Fr.  tofindthe  true 
level  of  ground,  and  to  ascertain  the  rela- 
tive elevations  of  places. 

NIVELEUR  Fr.  a  leveller:  it  is  like- 
v/ise  sometimes  used  to  express  a  tri- 
fler ;  but  it  does  not  signify  a  leveller  in 
the  political  sense  which  we  apply  the 
English  word  in  these  days  ;  r.or  does  it 
mean  a  Leveller  belonging  to  a  set  of  peo- 
ple in  Oliver  Cromwell's  army,  who  were 
for  having  an  equal  share  in  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  government  between  the  no- 
bility and  the  commons. 

N 1 Z  AM,  Ind.  a  title  which  was  bestow, 
cvl  by  :Jie  great  Mogul  on  one  of  his  princi- 
pal officers  on  his  beiag  appointed  to  the 
command  and  administration  of  a  pro- 
vince. It  became  the  title  of  an  inde- 
pendent prince  who  ruled  over  Golconda 
about  the  year  1700;  the  British  n  w 
rule  over  him.  The  word  means,  an 
adjuster,  a  regulator,  an  airungtr,  or  ma- 
nager, &c. 


NIZAM  ul  Moolcj  Ind.  the  protector 
of  the  country. 

NIZAMUT,  the  office  of  Nizam. 

NOBILITY,  from  the  Latin,  NobUi. 
tas.  This  word  has  been  variously  de- 
fined. It  is,  however,  generalh  undo- 
stood  to  signify  illustrious  descent,  and 
co?ispicxci(sness  of  ancestors,  with  a  SUC~ 
cession  of  arms  conferred  on  some  one, 
(and  frcm  him  to  his  family  )  by  the 
prh.ce,  by  law,  or  by  custom,  as  a  reward 
for  the  good  and  virtuous  actions  o:  him 
that  performed  them.  The  only  true 
purchase  of  nobility  should  therefor,  con- 
sist of  great  and  good  actions,  which  m 
proportion  as  they  dignified  and  ennobkd 
the  original  owner,  becon  e  objects  of 
important  trust  with  every  descendant ; 
who  either  rejected  them  back  by  a  lau- 
dable imitation,  or  shamefully  abused  tin.:' 
tenure  by  dishonorable  practices.  The 
futility  of  hereditary  nobility  is  now  uni-- 
versally  ackr.owleged. 

NO-BILITY  likewise  means  in  Europe,  z 
quality  that  dignifies,  or  renders  a  person 
noble  :  particularly  that  raises  a  person 
possessed  of  it  above  a  peasant  or  a  com. 
inoner.  The  quality  or  degree  of  a  noble- 
man ;  also  the  whole  body  of  noblenieu 
separated  from  the  commons. 

Nobility  also  means  name,  reputation, 
renown.  N.  Bailey  in  his  fourth  edition 
of  the  New  Universal  Etymological  Dic- 
tionary, has  the  following  curious  passa- 
ges on  this  word  : — 

NOBILITY.  The  Italians  thus  s:>- 
tyrisecl  nobility  :  the  dukes  and  earls  of 
Germany,  (every  son  of  a  duke  being  a 
duke,  and  every  daughter  of  a  dutches': 
being  a  dutchcss)  the  dons  of  Spain,  tho 
monsieur*  of  France,  the  bishops  of  Italy, 
(every  city  having  a  bishop)  the  nobiliu 
of  Hungary,  the  lairds  of  Scotland,  thV 
knights  of  Naples,  and  the  younger 
brethren  of  England,  make  all  together* 
poor  company.  Pie  then  classes  juobility 
under  five  specific  heads,  viz. 

Divine  NOP. n,  ITY,  which  is  also  called 
heavenly,  or  theological  nobility,  and  re- 
lates to  the  supposed  original  of  the  soul. 

Human  or  lusrldly  NORILITY,  which 
regards  blood,  and  a  genealogy  of  many 
ancestors.  This  nobility  is  purely  acci- 
dental, and  depends  upon  the  birth. — 
This  is  called  political  or  hereditary, 
and  becomes  the  right  of  individuals,  oe 
their  merit,  virtue,  or  capacity  what  they 
may. 

Moral  NOBILITY,  refers  only  to  vir- 
tue, is  purely  personal,  and  depends  ou 
our  own  tree  will.  It  is  also  called  pbi~ 
/osf/pbirai ;  but  is  not  hereditary,  excep': 
by  the  influence  of  example,  which  ren- 
der it  the  general  inheritance  of  all  gooO 
men. 

Dati-i-e  NOBILITY,  is  such  as  has  beer 
acquired  by  some  merits,  or  deeds,  and  has 
been  conferred  by  the  prince,  &c. 

NiHhf  NOB  I  LIT  Y,  is  v/hat  passes  from 

father  to  son,  and  makes  the 'son  noble, 

!  because  his  father  was  so.     Of  this  spe^ 


480 


NOB 


NOB 


cics  of  nobility  consists  the  British  hr.use 

of  lords;   to  whicii  occasional  additions 

are  made  by  purcha^d    n^vnges.      The 

Thomas  Paine  has  cha- 


the  immediate  title  of  noblesse  mUitiiire* 
In  order  to  reward  military  merit,  cin  edict 
was  issued  b\  the  French  court  a-f  Fon- 
ta.nbletfu,  in  November  1750,  ani.  enrejjis- 


il  the  fatuity  of  what  is  called:  tered  on  the  251!!  of  the  same  month  by 
nobility  by  a  happy  pun,  calling  them  ,i  the  parliament  of  Paris,  wher  D>  a  tioblesse 
r.a-ability.  jj  mitiicrire,  or  military  nobility,  was  ere.  ted  5 

the  acquisition. of  which  iepended  wholly 


Ability. 
NOBLES, 
NOBLEMEN, 


are   the  grandees  of| 
any  kingdom  or  na-  j 


upon  martial  character,  butcLd  not  require 


;ion,  by  whatsoever  title  they  are  distin-    a.iy  k-tt^r  patent  for  the  pmposeof  eiino- 
ruished.    Honorary  distinctions  have  been  I  bling  the  individual. 
i     .      r^u.  ,-.,,,].,.  .-i:.-*-.^,,.  ,;,i,^  i  •       j 


vcrv  anci-nt.  The  Greeks  distinguished 
tjidr  people  into  three  ranks,  viz.  Noble- 
mi*,  land'kfflderSi  or  fermcrst  and  trades- 
rr.?i.  The  first  were  induL'eu  with  great 

Knvile^es,  and  wore  the  figure  of  a  gras- 
opper,  as  a  badge  of  honor,  in  their  hair. 
The  Romans  wo;e  a  hair  moon  upon  their 
shoes. 

Amon?    the    Romans,    those    persons 
called   nobles    who   preserved    the 
their  ancestors  in  their  courts  | 


tj)e  first  article  of  this  perp-tual  and 
irrevocable  edict,  as  it  was  .hen  stated,  it 
was  decreed,  that  no  person,  serving  ia 
the  capacity  and  quality  of  olficer  in  any 
of  the  king's  tioops,  should  be  liable  to 
the  land  or  poll  tax,  so  long  as  he  con- 
tinued in  that  situation.  2dly.  Thar  by 
virtue  of  this  u.'iicr,  and  from  ihe  date 
thereof,  all  general  officers,  not  being 
otherwise  ennobled,  but  being  actually 
and  bona  fide  in  the  service,  should  be 


or  cabinets.      T lie  faces  of  these  statues  ||  consMered  as  noble,  and  remain  so,   to- 


were  painted  to  resemble  life.  But  it  was 
necessary  to  be  descended  from  the  an- 
cient magistrates,  called  cu rules,  to  be 
nnritled  to  have  these  statues.  They 
were  exhibited  to  the  public  on  festival 
days,  and  when  any  of  th<-  family  died, 
they  were  tarried  in  solemn  procession 
before  the  corpse  :  so  that  under  these  cir- 
cumstances, an  individual  might  be  a 
patrician  without  being  actually  of  noble 
bifjod  or  extraction. 

That  person  was  called  noble  in  France, 
•who  first  received  a  letter  patent  consti- 
tuting him  sue!1.,  and  who  thus  gave  rise 
to  the  nobility  of  his  descendants.  Those 
born  of  him  bore  the  title  of  gentilbomtne^ 
or  gentleman,  Un  anciex.  geniilhomwe,  or 
gentleman  of  some  standing,  was  stiled 
•  lit  condition,  or  a  person  of  condition. 
Those  gentlemen  who  were  descended 
from  illustrious  houses  were  called,  mtn 
ofguality^  gens  de.  qualite, 

In  England  those  only  are  called  nobles 
cr  noblemen,  who  have'thc  title  of  duke, 
marquis,  earl,  viscount,  lord  or  baron ; 
"  'Inch  Cities  either  descend  to  individuals 
irom  family- right,  are  gratuitously  con- 
i'rrred  upon  them  bj-  tlie  prince,  (who  is 
i  ilkd  the  fountain  of  honor]  or  are  ob- 
tained by  the  price  of  sold.  The  heredi- 
tary tenure  becomes  equally  solid  in  ail 
these  instances,  though  not  equally  esti- 
:nable,  unless  the  title  be  itself  ennobled 
me  great  and  good  actions  of  the 
or.  By  those,  and  those  only,  can 
.*  purchased  title  be  converted  iiito  ster 
jns  goLt  from  base  metal. 

N O  B  L  n  S  S  E .     See  X  o  3  M.  :  T  v . 
,  .JN"°:-  aire,  Fr.     Military  no- 

"bilitv.  _  Although  most  of  the  orders  may 


;>y  king  Edwai-vl  HI.  ca  the  ipth  of 
3  ;4,  yet  the  Briti>ii  cannot  be 
-;•  wid  tiapiayearaong  t'l-m,  tiiat  s;. 
tary  nobility  or  d;- :;  .   tion  th« 

.     "    "  -• 


gerher  with  their  children  borj 
born  in  lawful  vveJlock.  3<-!ly  Tha'.  in 
future  the  rank  of  general  officer  Ijould 
of  itself  be  sufficient  to  confer  the  full 
right  of  nobility  upon  all  those  who 
should  arrive  at 'that  degree  or  military 
promotion;  and  that  theii  heirs  and  suc- 
cessors, 35  well  as  their  children,  actually 
horn  and  lawfully  begotten,  should  be  en- 
titled to  the  same  distinction  ;  and  that 
all  general  officers  should  enjoy  all  the 
rights  and  privileges  of  nobility  from  the 
date  of  their  commissions.  Inanicles  IV. 
V.  VI.  and  VII.  it  was  specifically  pro- 
vided u;  on  what  conditions  those  officers, 
who  were  not  noble,  and  were  inferior  in 
rank  to  that  of  marechal  de  camp,  but 
who  had  been  created  chevaliers  or  knights 
of  the  royal  and  military  order  of  St. 
Louis,  and  who  should  retire  from  the 
service  after  having  been  in  the  army  dur- 
ing thirty  years  without  intermission-, 
were  to  be  exempted  from  the  payment 
of  the  land  or  poll  tax,  and  how  the  same 
privileges  was  to  be  transferred  to  their 
sons,  provided  they  were  in  the  service. 
By  the  eighth  article  it  was  enacted,  that; 
those  officers  who  had  risen  to  the  rank  of 
captain  and  were  chevaliers  or  knights  of 
the  order  of  St.  Louis,  but  who  were  dis- 
abled by  wound,  or  diseases  contracted  in 
the  service,  should  not  be  obliged  to  fill 
up  the  period  of  thirty  years  as  prescribed 
in  the  rcc-ted  articles.  By  article  IX.  it 
was  provided,  that  when  any  officer,  not 
under  the  rank  of  captain,  died  in  the  ac- 
tual exercise  of  the  functions, or  bearing  tho 
commission  ot  captain,  'he  services  he  had 
already  rendered  should  be  of  use  to  his 
sons,  lawfully  begotten,  \\'ho  were  either 
in  the  service  or  were  intended  for  it. 

It  was  specified  in  articles  X.  and  XI. 
that  every  officer,  born  in  wedlock,  whose 
father  and  grandfathi-r  had  been  exempted 
from  the  lard  or  poll  tax,  should  be  noble, 
in  his  own  right,  provided  be  got  created 
a  chevalier  or  knighi  of  St.  Louis,  had 
' 


NOU 


NUR 


481 


"led  to  the  exemption  mentioned  in  arti- 
cle VIII.  that  if  he  should  die  in  the 
service,  he  would  be  considered  as  having 
acquired  the  rank  of  nobility,  and  that  t;-e 
title  so  obtained  should  descend,  as  mat- 
ter of  right,  to  the  children,  lawfully  be- 
gotten, of  such  officers  as  had  acquired  it. 
It  further  specified,  that  even  those  who 
should  have  been  born  previous  to  their 
father's  being  ennobled,  were  entitled  to 
the  same  privilege. 

Article  XII.  pointed  out  the  method  by 
which  proofs  of  military  nobility  were  to 
be  exhibited  in  conformity  to  'the  then 
existing  edict. 

Article  XIII.  and  XIV.  provided  for 
those  officers,  who  were  actually  in  the 
service  at  the  promulgation  of  the  edict, 
in  proportion  as  the  prescribed  periods 
were  filled  up.  This  provision  related 
wholly  to  the;  personal  service  of  officers  ; 
as  no  proof  was  acknowleged  01  received, 
relative  to  services  do.ie  by  their  fathers  or 
grandfathers,  who  might  have  retired  from 
the'army,  or  have  died  prior  to  the  publi- 
cation of  the  edict. 

The  X  Vth,  or  last  article,  was  a  sort  of 
register,  in  which  were  preserved  the  dif- 
ferent titles  that  enabled  individuals  to  lay 
c!aim  to  military  nobility. 

The  whole  of  this  edict  may  be  seen, 
page  206,  in  the  3d  volume,  Dts  Element 
Miliiairei, 

The  French  emperor  Bonaparte  has 
instituted  an  order  of  nobility  called  th^ 
legion  cf  honor,  the  political  influence  of 
which  appears  to  be  greater  than  any  order 
eve<  established,  even  than  that  of  the  }:•- 
suits.  He  has  also  adopted  the  ancient  mi- 
iitai-y  title  of  duke  ;  which  he  has  hitherto 
•.conferred  only  on  men  who  have  meritc  i 
•Renown  by  their  military  greatness.  The 
title  of  c'junt  is  aho  establish  d,  and  all 
the  members  of  the  legion  of  honor  hold  a 
rank  corresponding  with  the  knights  of 
feudal  institution.  Privaie  soldiers  and 
tradesmen,  for  acts  of  public  virtue,  have 
been  created  members  of  the  legion  of 
honor. 

NOEUD  de  Parti/icier,  Fr.  a  particular 
knot  which  artificers  or  fireworkers  make 
use  of  to  bind  fusees  together. 

NOEUD  de  cbarrue,  Fr.  a  particular  knot 
or  stress,  which  is  used  m  the  artillery 
when  ropes  are  passed  under  carriages, 
for  the  purpose  of  raising  any  pieccof  ord- 
nance that  has  been  ovei turned.  For  ;he 
various  knots  used  in  military  service,  se 
the  Am.  Mil.  Library,  Art.  ARTILLERY. 

NOMADES,  a  tribe  of  wandering 
Arabs,  so  called  in  Asia. 

N  O  M I N  A  L ,  by  name .     Hence 

NOM  i  N  A  L  Call,  winch  corresponds  with 
the  French  appel  nowinatij ;  and,  in  a 
military  sense,  with  our  roll  call. 

NOURR1CE,  Fr.  a  nurse.  A  female 
who  attends  the  sick.  This  word  is  like- 
wise used  by  the  French  to  express  the 
means  of  subsistence,  Sec.  which  are 
•-••applied  by  the  agricultural  part  of  a 
Kingdom.  Hence  um  province  ctt  la.  nour- 


Ice  d'une  "viile ;  the  town  is  fed  by  the 
ountry  round  it.  La  Sidle  est  la  nourrics 
de  Ron:';.  Sicily  is  the  nurse  of  Rome; 
neaning  thereby  that  the  latter  was  sup. 
>lied  with  corn,  &c.  by  the  former. 

NOURRIR.  To  feed.  The  French 
ay  familiarly,  la  tcafe  nourrlt  le  soldat  ; 
broth  feeas  the  soldier. 

NOYAU,  Fr.  in  English  mandril,  a  long 

>iece  of  iron,  which  is  placed  in  the  middle 

f  a  cannon  mould,  in  order  that  the  liquid 

metal  may  be  poured  round  it,  and  the 

>iece obtain  an  equal  thickness  on  all  sides. 

NOYAU,  Fr.  likewise  means  the  whole 
of  the  vacant  space  or  bore  of  a  cannon, 
under  which  are  comprehended  the  dia. 
neter  of  the  mouth,  the  vacant  cylinder, 
:he  breech,  and  the  vent. 

With  respect  to  bombs,  grenades,  am! 
lollow  balls,  that  which  is  called  noyau. 
consists  of  a  globular  piece  of  ear^i,  upon 
which  the  cover  of  bombs,  grenades,  and 
lollow  balls, is  cast.  The  metal  is  pout- 
ed in  between  this  cover  and  the  noyau  ^ 
after  which  the  noyau  or  core  is  broken, 
and  the  earth  taken  out. 

NOWARRA,  lad.  An  establishment: 
of  boats,  which  is  kept  at  Dacca,  for  a 
lefence  against  the  Decoits,  Mugs,  and 
other  plunderers. 

N  U  D  D  E  E ,  Lad.  The  name  for  a  ri  vu - 
let. 

NULLA,  Ind.  This  term  likewise 
signifies  a  rivulet,  and  means  the  place 
which  was  once  the  bed  of  a  river. 

NUMEROS,  /'-.  round  pieces  made  of 
brass,  or  other  metal,  which  were  num- 
bered and  used  in  the  old  French  service 
in  the  detail  of  guards.  See  MARON. 

NURSE.  A  person,  generally  a  fe- 
male, whose  whole  business  is  to  attend 
the  sick  in  the  general  or  regimental  hos- 
pital. She  is  under  thy  immediate  direc- 
tion of  the  surgeon,  whose  duty  will  be 
to  prepare  the  slops  and  comforts  for  the 
sick,  and  occasionally  to  assist  in  admi- 
nistering medicines,  cooking  the  victuals, 
washing,  &c.  and  for  every  ten  men  con- 
fined to  bed  by  fever,  an  additional  nurse 
and  orderly-man  should  be  allowed.  All 
the  patients,  who  are  able,  are  every 
moining  and  evening  to  assist  in  cleaning: 
and  airing  the  hospital,  carrying  away 
dirt,  &c,  and  by  eveiy  means  to  assist  the 
helpless. 

There  are  also  Serjeants,  orderly-men, 
and  nurses,  in  regiments  of  the  line. 

In  every  regimental  hospital,  a  room 
should  be  appropriated  to  the  accommo- 
dation of  such  convalescents,  whose  state 
of  health  will  admit  of  their  being 'placed 
on  full  diet.  This  hospital  to  be  regularly 
visited  by  the  surgeon  once,  twice,  or 
oftener  in  the  day,  as  circumstances  may 
require. 

A  non-cornrnissioned  officer  should  be 
appointed  to  the  particular  charge  of  the 
convalescent  hospital,  with  an  orderly, 
man,  and  when  the  convalescents  are  nu- 
merous, more  orderly-men  are  to  be  tf  •• 
tached  to  it,  to  keep  it  clean. 
3  P 


4S2 


OBE 


O  BL 


It  is  particularly  necessary  that  none  of 
the  hospital  tables  and  orders,  which  are 
to  he  hung  up  in  a  conspicuous  place  in 
cvciy  regimental  hospital,  shall  be  defaced 
by  any  person  whatever,  nor  taken  down, 
hut  by  the  surgeon  or  serjeant,  the  latter 
of  whom  wiU  explain  the  allowance  order- 
ed for  those  patients  who  a<e  not  them- 
selves in'a  situation  to  read  the  table  for 
the  distribution  of  diet. 


O 


O.  This  letter  is  general!?  used  in  the 
ojdcrly  books  to  signify  orders,  viz. 

GL.  O.  General  orders. 

».  O.    Regimental  orders. 

ON.  O.    Garrison  orders. 

H.  O     Brigade  orders. 

OATH,  a  solemn  asseveration  made  in 
the  pretence  of  a  magistrate,  and  taken  on 
the  Bible,  whereby  an  individual  binds 
himself  to  observe  certain  conditions,  or 
b wears  to  specific  facts  which  he  knows 
ot  his  ownknowlege.  Soldiers  from  time 
immemorial  have  been  accustomed  to  take 
oaths  of  fidelity.  These  oaths  were,  how- 
ever, observed  with  greater  solemnity 
among  the  ancients  than  they  are  admi- 
7. leered  in  modern  armies,  except  upon 
very  particular  occasions.  In  the  latter, 
indeed,  it  seldom  or  ever  happens,  that 
o'aths  are  taken  by  bodies  of  soldiers,  as- 
scmbled  for  the  purpose.  Oaths  are  taken 
by  men  newly  enlisted,  but  those  oaths  are 
individually  administered,  ar.d  separately 
taken.  The  military  oath,  on  the  con- 
trary, among  the  Romans,  was  of  a  more 
general  and  impressive  nature.  '  Kennett, 
m  his  Roman  Antiquities,  page  188, 
gives  the  following  account  of  it : — "  The 
levies  being  finished,  the  tribunes  of  every 
legion  chose  out  one  whom  they  thought 
the  fittest  person,  and  gave  him  a  solemn 
•.•:uh  at  large,  the  substance  of  which  was, 
that  lie  should  oblige  himself  to  obey  the 
commanders  in  all  things  to  the  utmost  of 
liis  power,  be  ready  to  attend  whenever 
iliey  ordered  his  appearance,  and  never  to 
leave  the  army  but  by  their  consent, 
he  had  ended,  the  whole  legion, 
passing  one  by  one,  every  man,  hi  short, 
wore  to  the  same  effect,  crying,  as  he 
went  by,  Idem  in  me.  The  same  by  me. 

OATH  of  Allegiance.  See  ALLE- 
GIANCE. 

OATS,  a  grain  which  constitutes  a 
principal  food  of  horses  in  Europe. 
The  distribution  of  this  article  ought  to 
siowly  watched  by  every  officer 
.:mding  a  troop  ;  since  it  is  notori- 
ous, that  government  is  frequently  charg- 
ed for  quantities  which  are  not  delivered, 
by  which  means,  the  horse  suiters,  and 
the  public  are  imposed  upon. 

OB£lHENCE,{06&«MjMff,  Fr.J  Sub- 
Vi fission  to  the  orders  of  a  superior.  The 
first  principle  vvhich  ought  to  be  incul- 
cated and  impressed  upon  the  mind  of 
officer  and  rold>r  h  obc-ftierire  to  all 


lawful  commands.  1 1  is  the  main  spring, 
the  soul  ami  essence,  oi  military  duty. 

Prefer  obeissance,  Fr.  To  swear  alle- 
giance. 

Re^ettre  duns  I'obeissance ,  F  r .  To  recal ' 
to  duty. 

OBEDIENCE/o  orders.  An  unequi- 
vocal performance  of  the  several  duties 
which  are  directed  to  be  discharged  by 
mPitary  men.  All  officers  and  soldiers 
are  to  pay  obedience  to  the  lawful  orders 
of  th  ir  superior  officers. 

OBllIR,  Fr.     See  OBEY 

To  OBEY,  in  a  military  sense,  is  with- 
out question  or  hesitation,  to  conform 
zealously  to  all  orders  and  instructions 
which  are  legally  issued.  It  sometimes 
happens,  that  individuals  are  cal;ed  upon 
(by  mistake,  or  from  the  exigency  of  *h'; 
service)  out  of  what  is  called  the  regular 
roster.  In  either  case  they  must  cheer- 
fully obey,  and  after  they  have  performed 
their  duty,  tney  may  remonstrate. 

OBJECT,  in  a  military  sense,  signifies 
the  same  as  point,  with  respect  to  mer; 
movements  and  evolutions  Thus  m 
marching  forward  in  line,  &c.  th.  leader 
of  a  squad,  company,  or  battalio,  ,  must 
take  two  objects  at'least  upon  which  he 
forms  his  perpendicular  movement,  and 
by  which  the  whole  body  is  regulated. 
In  proportion  as  he  advances  he  takes 
care  to  select  intermediate  and  distant  ob- 
jects or  points  by  which  his  march  is 
governed .  See  M  A  R  c  H  i  N  G  i  N  L  i  .\  E. 

OBLATE,  any  rotund  figure  flatted  a-t 
the  poles  as  a  turnip }  which  is  properly 
an  Mats  spheroid. 

OBLIQUATION.  ?a  deviation  from 

OBLIQUITY,  Sthe  parallel  or 
perpendicular  line. 

OBLIQUE,  or  second JIank.  The  face  cf 
a  bastion  discovered  from  a  part  of  the 
curtain,  is  so  called. 

OBLIQUE  projection,  is  that  wherein 
the  direction  of  the  striking  body  is  not 
perpendicular  to  the  body  struck,  which 
makes  an  oblique  angle  with  the  horizon- 
tal line. 

OBLIQUE  deployments.  When  the 
component  parts  of  a  column  that  is  ex* 
tending  into  line,  deviate  to  the  rUht  or 
left,  for  the  purpose  of  taking  up  an  ob- 
lique position,  its  movements  are  callei 
oblique  deployments.  This  is  thus  ex- 
ecuted, either  by  wheeling  the  line  by- 
quarter  or  half  wheels  toward  the  point 
directed  in  single  files,  sections,  or  pla- 
toons ;  so  that  the  movement  may  be  made 
perpendicular  to  the  newly  whee'ed  front,. 
and  the  sections  will  form  echellons;  it* 
files,  they  march  by  what  is  called  the 
line  of  science. 

OBLIQUE  f  re  or  defence,  that  which 
is  under  too  great  an  angle,  as  is  generally 
the  defence  of  the  second  flank,  which 
can  never  be  so  good  as  a  defence  in  front. 
See  Oblique  1'i.rir/g,  at  the  word  FIRINGS. 
See  Am.  MIL  Lib.  plates. 

OBMQUE  percussion,  is  that  wherein 
the  direction  of  the  striking  bocl'y  is  not 


O  BS 


O  BS 


483 


perpendicular  to  the  body  struck,  or  is  not 
in  line  with  its  centn-  of  gravity. 

OBLIQUE  pssitisn,  A  position  taken 
in  an  oblique  direction  from  the  original 
line  of  formation.  As  descdbecL  in  obiique 
deployments. 

OBLIQUE  radiut^  line  extending  from 
the  centre  to  the  :xterior  side  of  a  polygon. 

OBLIQUE  STEP.  This  absurd  and 
a\v<k  ward  contortion  is  deservedly  exploded. 

To  OBLIQUE,  in  a  military  sense,  is  to 
move  forward  to  the  right  or  left,  in  either 
of  those  directions,  from  a  line. 

Pas  OBLIQUE,  Fr.    Oblique  step. 

OBLIQUE  adroite,  Fr.     Right  oblique. 

OBLIQUE  a  gauchs^  Fr.     Left  oblique. 

Feitx  OBLIQUES  a  drolts  et  a  gaitc/se, 
oblique  firings  to  the  right  and  left. 

Marcher  OBI.  IQ.UEMEXT,  Fr.  To  ob- 
'lique,  or  march  in  an  oblique  direction. 

OBLIVION.     See  AMNESTY. 

OBLONG  S quart.  See  SQUARE. 

OBSEDER,  Fr.  To  besiege,  to  beset, 
to  get  possession  of. 

OBSEQUIES,  (Oisfques,  Fr.)  See 
B  t;  RIALS- 

OBSERVATION.      See    ARMY   OF 

OBSERVATION. 

To  be  under  OBSERVATION.  To  be 
carefully  watched  and  looked  after.  Eire 
*vu  de  pres  ;  etre  sui<vl  de  fires 

OBSERVATO1RE,  Fr.  SeeOssER- 

VATORY. 

OBSERVATORY,  a  building,  pub- 
lie  or  private,  which  is  erected  and  pro- 
vided with  all  sorts  of  instruments,  pro- 
per for  astronomical  observations, &c.  The 
most  noted  observatories  in  Europe,  are  : 

1.  That  of  Tycho  Brahe,  a  nobleman  of 
Denmark,  at  Uraineberg,  in  the  island  of 
Wern,  between  the  coasts  of  Schonen  and 
Zealand,  in  the  Baltic. 

2.  The  observatory  at  Paris,  which  was 
erected  by   Louis  XIV.     This  building 
stands  in  the  Fauxbourg   St.    Germain, 
and  is  so  constructed  as  to  answer  the  four 
cardinal  points  ot  the  world,  east,  west, 
north  and  south.     The  foundation  is  laid 
80  feet  below  the  ground,  and  the  edifice 
carried  as  much  above  it.      It  contains 
three  stories  in  height,  and  has  a  terrace  at 
top, -from  whence  the  whole  horizon  ap- 
peavs  flat.     The  stair-case  of  this  obser- 
vatory deserves  notice,   from  the  singu- 
larity of  its  construction,  being  in  the  form 
of  a  screw,  and  so  contrived,  that  from 
the  bottom  there  is  a  full  sight  of  the  stars 
that  pass  the  zenith  of  this  place. 

3.  The    royal  observatory  at   Green- 
wich, in  England,  which  was  founded  by 
Charles  the  second. 

4.  The  observatory  at  Pekin  in  China, 
which  was  erected  by  the  late  emperor, 
at  the  intercession  of  the  Jesuits. 

To  OBSERVE,  to  watch  closely,  &c. 
Hence,  to  observe  the  motions  of  an  enemy  ^ 
is  to  keep  a  good  look  out  by  means  of 
small  corps  of  armed  men,  or  of  intel- 
ligent and  steady  spies  or  scouts,  and  to 
be  constantly  in  possession  of  his  differ- 
jem  movcir.ejitji.  No  man  can  be  sai'4  to 


have  the  talents  of  an  able  general,  who 
neglects  to  observe  his  enemy  in  all  duec- 
tions  ;  for  if  it  be  his  intention  to  attack, 
you  may  thwart  him  by  previous  ma- 
Beeuvres  ;  and  if  you  are  liable  to  be  at- 
tacked yourself,  you  may  assume  the  best 
possible  position, and  prevent  sufpri6b,.&c. 
OBSESSION.  The  ac-i  of  besic 
O  B  S I  D I O  N  A  L,  belonging  to  a  siee/,1 
OBSIDIONAL  Croiun,  (couronne  obsidi- 
ona/e,  Fr.  )a  crown  so  caMed  among  tju- 
ancient  Romans,  which  was  bestowcJ 
upon  a  governor  or  general,  who  by  his 
skill  ami  exertions,  either  held  out,  or 
caused  the  s'egc  to  ber.-xsed  of  anv 
belonging  to  the  republic.  It  was"  made 
from  the  grass  whichgrew  upon  the  spot, 
and  was  therefore  called  gramitteus,  from 
the  Latin  word  grarnert,  signifying  grass. 
Monnoie  OBSIDIONALE,  Fr.  any  sub- 
stitute for  coin,  which  has  a  value  pu£ 
upon  it  that  is  greater  than  its  intrinsic; 
worth;  and  a  currency  given,  to  answer 
the  convenience  of  the  inhabitants  of  a 
besieged  place.  O;;  LI  ewp/cjt  ie  cuir  t: 
fair.-:  Jes  minnoies  obsldiovales.  The  inha- 
bitants made  use  of  leather  as  a  substitute 
for  coin 

OBSTACLES,  in  a  nvlitary  sense,  are 
narrow  passes,  woods,  bridges,  or  any 
other  impediments,  which  present  them- 
selves when  a  battalion  is  marching  t  > 
front  or  rear.  These  are  passed,  by  the 
formation,  march,  and  deployment  of  the 
close  column.  Such  parts  as  are  not  in- 
terrupted still  move  on  vn  front;  such 
parts  as  are  interrupted,  double  by  divi- 
sions, as  ordered,  behind  and  adjoining  a 
flank  or  flanks,  and  in  this  manner  follow 
in  close  column  in  .their  natural  order. 
As  the  ground  opens  they  successively 
deploy,  stad  again  perfect  the  line  The 
columns  are  always  behind  the  line,  and 
march  closed  up.  The  formed  part  of  the 
battalion,  whether  advancing  or  retiring, 
continues  to  move  on  at  the  ordinary  pace, 
and  in  proportion  as  the  obstacles  increase 
or  diminish,  will  the  formed  or  column 
parrs  of  the  line  increase  or  diminish. 

The  general  attentions  directed  to  be 
observed  on  these  occasions  arc,  that  the 
columns  formed  shall  be  of  sub-divisions, 
if  the  ground  wilt  admit.  The  first  sub- 
division that  is  obliged  to  double,  will  be 
directed  to  which  hand  by  the  comman- 
der of  the  .battalion,  the  others,  as  thev 
.successively  double,  will,  in  consequence, 
place  themselves  behind  it,  and  behind 
each  other,  and  the  hand  first  doubled  to, 
will  be  that  which  presents  the  opening 
most  favorable  to  the  subsequent  rrarch, 
and  formation,  and  which  the  Command- 
ing officer  will  always  hold  in  view,  and 
order  accordingly.  The  interrupted  bod" 
will  double  to  one  01  both  flanks,  accord- 
ing to  circumstances,  and  the  order  it  re- 
ceives. Obstacles  that  impede  a  flank 
will  occasion  a  single  column  to  be  form- 
iedfrom  the  flank  towards  the  centre.— 
1  Obstacles  that  impede  the  centre,  or  <:.. 
\  central  pa?t  of  a  wing,  will, 


484 


OBS 


O  CC 


ble,  occasion  two  columns  to  be  formed, 
from  the  centre  towards  the  Hanks.  The 
columns  will  follow  a  flank  of  such  part 
of  the  linens  is  not  impeded;  and  either 
in  doubling  into  column,  or  extending  in- 
to line,  the  rear  divisions  will  conform  to 
the.  movements  of  their  then  leading  one. 
No  i>a-t  less  than  the  front  of  the  column 
doubles  or  moves  up,  and  when  half  or 
more  of  a  battalion  must  be  thrown  into  one 
column,  it  will  be  ordered  by  companies. 
OBSTACLES  vubtse  fronts  are  parallel  to 
the  line.  When  such  occur,  the  divisions 
impeded  must  all  at  once  double  behind 
such  one,  or  two,  other  divisions  as  clear 
them  of  the  obstacle. 

OBSTACLES  -whose  frtt  points  continue 
to  increase  as  the  line  advances.  In  these 
cases  the  doubling  is  successive,  begin- 
ning with  that  division  which  is  first  in- 
f  irrupted,  and  continuing  as  it  becomes 
necessary,  till  the  column  can  advance  in 
clear  ground. 

OBSTACLES  passtJ,  or  diminished.' — 
When  obstacles  are  of  such  a  nature  as 
to  permit  of  the  complete  extension  at 
once  into  line  :  the  whole  column  per- 
forms  it  by  the  commands  and  deploy- 
ments of  the  close  column  on  the  front 
division,  which  then  makes  part  of  the 
line.  But  when  obstacles  diminish  by 
degrees  only,  then  the  divisions  of  the 
column  must  come  up  into  line  succes- 
sively as  the  ground  opens,  and  the  re- 
mainder of  the  column  must,  in  diminish- 
ing, shift  toward  the  obstacle,  in  the 
same  manner  as  it  before  shifted  from  it 
in  increasing. 

OBSTACLES  that  are  passed  In  presence 
rf  an  enemy.  Under  these  circumstances 
if  the  battalion,  in  advancing,  should  be 
obliged  to  fire,  it  halts  in  the  situation  it 
is  then  in,  executes  such  firings  as  are 
ordered,  and  again  advances. 

If  the  battalion,  in  retiring,  is  pressed 
by  the  enemy,  the  part  in  line  will  halt  I 
front !  the  port  in  column  will  move  on 
till  the  last  division  arrives  in  line,  and  will 
then  bah,  front.  The  firing  that  is  ordered, 
"Will  be  executed ;  and  when  it  is  again  pro- 
per to  retire, the  whole  will  face  about,  the 
part  in  line  will  mcuch,  and  the  columns 
•will  also  be  put  in  march  when  the  line 
arrives  at  their  head. 

OBSTACLES  ivbae  points  of  opening 
narrowband  ccntinue  so,  more  or  less.  In  such 
cases  the  interrupted  division,  will  be  or- 
dered to  face  either  to  one  01  both  flanks 
;;nd  closely  to  follow  in  file  such  parts  o. 
the  battalion  as  are  not  broken  :  the  filing 
will  increase  as  the  obstacles  increase,  but 
as  they  diminish,  file  after  file  will  suc- 
cessively and  quickly  move  up  to  thei 
place  till  the  whole  are  again  formed;  anct 
during  this  operation  the  leading  file  wil 
always  remain  attached  to  the  fiank  of  the 
part  in  line.— The  same  rules  that  direc 
the  doubling  in  column,  direct  the  doub- 
ling by  files;  when  a  subdivision  files,  i 
-will  be  from  the  flank  only ;  when  acorn- 
fany  files,  it  may  be  from  both  flanks 


and  if  a  larger  front  than  twocompanic 
is  interrupted,  it  then  doubles  into  co- 
lumn. Where  the  obstacles  are  of  smal'i 
ext  nt,  but  frequently  occurring,  this 
mode  is  the  readiest  that  can  be  applied  hi 
advancing ;  but  in  retiring  it  cannot  be 
of  usi-,  if  the  enemy  be  at  hand  to  press 
upon  the  battalion ;  and  therefore  thc 
passing  by  column  is  to  be  looked  upon 
as  the  general  mrthod.  For  further  ex- 
planations on  the  important  operations  of 
passing  obstacles,  we  refer  our  military 
readers  to  Am.  Mil.  Lib.  Article  RECON- 
NOITRING. 

OBSTINATE,  in  a  military  sense, 
determined,  fixed  in  resolution. — Hence 
obstinate  resisrance. 

OBSTINATELY,  Persevering.  Th:- 
two  armies  fought  so  obstinately,  that 
night  only  could  separate  the  combatants. 

OBSTINEMENT,  Fr.  Obstinate!}, 
Stubbornly,  inflexibly,  with  unshaken 
determination. 

S'oBSTJNFR,Fr.  to  persist  in  anything. 

OBSTRUCTION,  any  difficulty  or 
impediment,  opposing  the  operations  of  an 
army,  &c. 

O'BTUS,  Fr.  Obtuse- 

Angie  OBTUS,  Fr.    Obtuse  angle, 

OBTUS ANGULAR,  having  angles 
larger  than  right  angles 

OBUS,  Fr.  Hobils.  Ha'wli^r.  A  spe- 
cies of  small  mortar,  resembling  a  mortar 
in  every  thing  but  the  carriage,  which  is 
made  in  the  tbrm  of  that  belonging  to  a 
gun,  only  shorter.  It  has  been  frequent- 
ly used  at  sieges;  ai,d  is  well  calculated 
to  sweep  tht  covert  way,  and  to  fire 
ricochet  shots.  They  were  usually  load- 
ed with  cartouches.  Belidor  writes  upon 
the  subject  at  some  1  -ngth  in  his  Bomoar- 
diet  fraxceis,  pa;,e  39.  See  HOWITZER. 
.  ()C  CASIO,/,.  Opportunity, amon> :rhc 
Ron:ans, an  allegorical  divinity,,the  goddess 
of  time,  who  presides  over  the  most  favor- 
able moment  fur  success  in  any  enterprise. 
She  is  represented  stark  naked,  with  a 
long  lock  of  hair  upon  her  forehead,  and 
bald  behind.  And  also  standing  on  a 
wheel,  with  wings  ^n  her  feet,  and  is  said 
to  turn  herself  very  swiftly  round  ;  by 
which  is  intimated,  that  w-e  should  lav 
hold  of  the  present  opportunity.  Among 
modern  nations  no  people  pay  greater  at- 
tention to  the  instruction  which  is  con- 
veyed by  this  allegory  than  the  French  da. 
It  is  common  among  them  to  say: — 
j  L' occasion  est  cbauve.  Occasion  or  op  - 
i  portunity  is  bald — Alluding  to  the  Roman 
I  allegory  ;  and  in  the  same  figure,  //  fuuf 
\prendre  I' occasion  par  les  cbeveux.  You 
j  must  seize  time  (by  which  is  meant  oc- 
jcasion  or  opportunity)  by  the  forelock; 
meaning  the  forelock  of  hair  alluded  to. 

OCCASION,  Fr.  has  the  same  signi- 
fication, in  military  matters,  that  affair 
,'  bears  among  the  French. 

Une  OCCASION  b'nn  cbaude,  Fr.  a  warm 
;  contest,  battle,  or  engagement. — It  fur- 
i  ther  means,  as  with  us,  the  source  from 
1  whence  consequences  ensue.  Les  malbeurs 


occ 


oc  c 


4S5 


du  -feu-pie  .re;;?  £Wn»/.r  a  I'eccaslcn  df  la 
guerre.  The  misfortunes  of  the  people  have 
been  occasioned  by  the  war,  or  the  war 
has  oecn  the  occasion  of  the  people's  mis- 
*fortunes.  The  French  make  a  nice  dis- 
tinction which  may  hold  good  in  our  lan- 
guage, between  cause  and  occasion,  viz. 
//  n'en  est  pas  la  cause — //  n'fi  est  que l'oc~  ' 
caslan^  {'occasion  innocents. — He  is  not  the 
csuse,  he  is  only  the  occasion,  the  inno- 
cent occasion  of  it.  //  s'est  facbe  four 
une  legere  occasion ;  he  took  ofience,  or 
grew  angry  on  a  very  slight  occasion. 

Se  servir  de  /'OCCASION,  Fr.  to  take 
advantage,  or  make  a  proper  use  of  time 
and  opportunity.  A  Fienoh  writer  has 
very  properly  observed,  that  to  seize  with 
dexterity  occasions  as  they  orcuv,  is  a  cer- 
tain proof  of  courage  and  ability,  es  penal- 
ly in  the  general  of  an  army.  Opportu- 
nity or  occasion,  according  to  Tacitus,  is 
the,  mother  of  events.  Opportune  nagnis 
cortatibus  tr&nsitus  rerum*  One  complete 
and  decisive  victory  leads  us  to  a  multipli- 
city of  enterprises  and  great  designs,  all  of 
which  grow  out  of  the  first  triumph. 

A  full  and  decisive  victory,  by  which 
the  country  is  left  entirely  at  the  mercy 
of  the  conqueror,  must  necessarily  throw 
the  inhabitants  into  confusion,  and  open 
fresh  avenues  to  conquest  ;  for  one  op- 
poitunity  or  occasion  well  embraced  and 
executed  upon,  becomes  the  source  of 
many  others.  There  is  not,  perhaps,  in 
human  contingencies  any  thing  which 
spreads  itself  so  rapidly,  or  ought  to  be  so 
little  neglected.  An  enterprise  which 
grows  out  of  another,  though  it  be  in  re- 
ality more  arduous  to  get  through  than  the 
one  which  produced  it,  becomes  more  easy 
in  its  execution  :  and  yet,  ho\r  many 
brave  and  skilful  generals  have  existed, 
\vho  could  not  make  a  proper  use  of  op- 
portunity ?  In  reading  over  their  gallant 
exploits,  one  would  be  led  to  believe, 
that  all  their  knowlege  consisted  in  mere- 
ly knowing  how  to  fight.  W\  have  seen 
them,  witli  unexampled  intrepidity,  doing 
eveiy  thing  that  man  dares  to  do,  in  the 
field  of  hat'le:  we  have  seen  them  make 
a  decisive  blow,  and  place  victory  within 
their  jjrasp  ;  and  when  thcv  were  in  the 
actual  possession  of  all  they  fought  for, 
\ve  have  seen  them  suddenly  relax,  give 
their  enemies  time  to  breathe,  and  finally 
lose  all  the  fruits  of  their  victory.  The 
courage  and  promptitude  which  they 
manifested  in  a  decisive  battle,  were  the 
eitects  of  a  transitory  impulse  which  was 
ccfon  wasted  and  extinguished. 

Hannibal,  so  much  celebrated  for  his 
bold  enterprise  against  the  Romans,  was 
guilty  of  this  error.  After  the  battle  of 
Cannae  it  rested  entirely  with  himself  to 
march  to  Rome.  He  had  only  to  follow 
up  his  first  blow,  to  take  ad  vantage  of  the 
consternation  of  the  Romans,  and  to  pur- 
sue them  to  their  capitol.  By  so  doin?. 
he  would  have  made  use  of  the  glorious 
occasion  which  fortune  had  thrown  into 
his  hands  by  the  first  victory,  and  would 


not  have  been  driven  to  the  ncccsslry  of 
endeavoring  to  obtain  the  original  objecl 
of  his  enterprise,  by  fighting  several  battles 
that  proved  abortive  of  it.  Adherbal  on 
this  account,  after  having  failed  in  his  at- 
tempt to  persuade  Hannibal  to  pursue  his 
first  good  fortune,  and  to  march  to  the 
gates  of  Rome,  is  recorded  to  have  used 
the  following  expression  :  Sincere  sc:st 
Hannibal ;  sed  'victoria  vti  tiescis.  Hanni- 
bal, thou  knowest  how  to  conquer,  but 
thou  dost  not  know  how  to  make  use  of 
a  victory. 

Gustavus  Adolphus  made  the  same 
mistake.  Had  he,  after  having  won  the 
battle  of  Leipsic,  hung  upon  the  rear  of 
the  discomfited  Imperialists,  pushed  and 
harassed  them  to  the  gates  of  Vienna, 
there  is  little  doubt  of  the  consequences 
which  must  have  ensued. 

The  emperor  Ferdinand  was  as  weak  hi 
effective  forces  at  the  capital  as  the  Ro- 
mans were  at  Rome,  ami  the  same  con- 
sternati'n  prevailed  among  the  inhabi- 
tants. Had  Gustavus  profited  by  his  first 
success,  and  converted  the  means,  which 
so  glorious  an  occasion  ottered,  into  prompt 
and  vigorous  pursuit,  he  would  not  indeed 
have  reaped  additional  laurels  in  the  plains 
of  Outzen,  where  he  fell  at  the  head  of 
his  victorious  Swedes,  but  he  must  have 
reached  Vienna,  and  there  have  dictated 
his  own  terms. 

Carthalon,  among  the  ancients,  was  on 
1  the  contrary,  an  instance  of  how  much 
may  be  dune  by  acting  up  to  circumstan- 
ces, and  by  judiciously  making  useof  for- 
tune as  occasions  oiler.     He  was  not  sa- 
tisfied with  having  surprised  the  Roman 
|  fleet,  taken  oft'  a  considerable  number  of 
j  ships,  and  burned  others,  but  he  instant- 
j;  ly  availed  himself  of  his  first  good  fortune, 
1  attempted  another  enterprise,   and  sue- 
!  ceedcd. 

!|      The  British  generals  who  made  war  i:i 
!'  the  American  revolution,  were  as  unfor- 
i  tunate  in  their  never  taking  proper  advan- 
!  tage  of  occasion  ;  their  retreat  from  Prince- 
ji  ton,  and  their  subsequent  stupor,  while 
the  American  army  of  only  4000  men  lay- 
hutted  at  Valley  Forge;  while  they  held 
Philadelphia  within  20  miles  of  them, 
with   17000  men,  is  a  striking  instance. 
I!  An  important  occasion  was  also  lost  by 
!  them   after  the  battle  of   Brandywine ; 
where  the  America1.)  dispositions  and  sub- 
sequent retreat  were  alike  unsuited  to  the 
occasion.     The  campaign  was  a  series  of 
the  most  extra  vat-ant  blunders  that  can  be 
conceived.    The  campaign  that  ended  witli 
the  capitulation  at   York  Town,  was  as 
brilliant  on  the  part  of  the  American  arms, 
ason  the  English  side  eggregiously  inju- 
dicious and  unsuitable  to  the  occasion. 

OCCASIONAL,  felle ,  F  r . )  T  h  i  s  a  dj  ec- 
five  is  used  in  a  different  sense  among  the 
French,  to  what  it  is  with  us,vi7..  Ca:.  \c  oc- 
casionally ;  any  thing  that  occasion;;  a •. 
event. 

OCCIDENT,  Fr.     The  west. 
OCCUPE,  /'.-.  to  1:    * 


486 


OE  U 


OFF 


of.  Les  environs  furent  occupes  far  dcs 
troupes  ligercs ;  the  neighboring  places 
tvere  taken  possession  of  by  some  light 
troops. 

To  OCCUPY,  is  to  take  possession  of 
any  work  or  post. 

OCTAEDRE,  Fr.  Octahedron,  one  of 
the  five  regular  bodies  which  is  terminated 
by  eight  equilateral  equal  triangles. 

OCTAGON,  (Octogone,  Fr.)a  figure 
or  'polygon  that  has  eight  equal  sides, 
•which  likewise  form  eight  equal  angles. 
The  octagon,  in  fortification,  is  well  cal- 
culated in  its  ground  for  the  construction 
of  large  towns,  or  for  such  as  have  tha 
advantage  of  neighboring  rivers,  especially 
if  the  engineer  can  so  place  the  bastions, 
that  the  entrance  and  outlet  of  the  rivers 
rfiay  be  in  some  of  the  curtains.  By 
means  of  this  disposition  no  person  could 
come  in  or  go  out  of  the  garrison  without 
;the  governor's  or  commandant's  permis- 
sion, as  the  centinels  must  have  a  full 
view  from  the  flanks  of  the  neighboring 
Bastions. 

OCTAVION,  (one,  Fr.)  any  male  or 
female  that  is  born  of  a  quarteron  and  a 
•white  woman,  or  of  a  white  man  and  a 
quarterone. 

OCTONS,  Fr.  a  mathematical  instru- 
ment, which  contains  45  degrees  or  the 
eighth  part  of  a  circle. 

OTOEDRICAL,  having  eight  sides. 

OCTOSTYLE,  the  face  of  a  building 
containing  eight  columns. 

ODA.  The  different  corps  or  com- 
panies into  which  the  janizaries  are  divid- 
ed, bear  this  appellation.  The  word  it- 
self means  a  room,  and  the  companies  are 
so  called  from  messing  separately. 

ODEN,  ODIN,  or  WODEN,  a  deity 
M  called  in  ancient  times  among  the 
Swedes,  and  Goths.  He  was  their  god  of 
>var  in  the  same  manner  that  they  acknow- 
fegcd  Tb<jr  to  be  their  jup  //«•/  and  Fry  a 
their  Venus. 

ODOMETER,  fOdometre,  Fr.)  an  in- 
strument  by  which  you  may  ascertain 
how  much  ground  you  go  over  on  foot, 
vr  in  conveyance. 

OEIL,  Fr.  tn  architecture,  any  round 
aperture,  which  is  made  in  a  building. 

OEIL  dc  dome,  Fr.  an  opening  made  at 
the  top  of  an  edifice. 

OEIL  de  bccuf,^  Fr.  a  round  window  or 
aperture,  which  is  made  in  a  waller  roof. 
The  black  spot  in  the  centre  of  a  target  is 
likewise  called  act  I  de  bccuj\  or  bull's  eye. 

O E  i L  de  pant,  Fr.  the  opening,  or  va- 
cant space,  under  the  arch  of  a  bridge. 

OEUVRE,  Fr.  in  architecture  this 
v.-oid  admits  of  various  significations  in 
'che  French  language,  and  may  be  con- 
nected with  different  prepositions,  all  of 
•which  determine  the  signification,  viz. 

.£>«**  O  EC  v  RE,  Fr.  Within.  Trente 
toisfs  <uj  iong  dans  crui-re ;  signifies  30 
toises  in  length  withindoors. 

rf'OcvRE,  Fr.  Without.      Un   es- 
',"'"'''  '  :;;  i  ttfcir.case  without 


Sous  OEUVRE,  Fr.  F  rom  the  bottom . 
Reprendre  un  muf  sous  ecu-vie  ;  to  build  up 
a  wall  from  the  foot  or  bottom. 

Dans  OEUVRE  et  bors  «"OuVRE,  withhi 
and  without. 

OIN,  or  OING,  Fr.  Cart-grease, 
such  as  is  used  to  the  wheels  of  ordnance 
carriages,  &c. 

OFF,  an  adverb,  which  is  frequently 
conjoined  with  verbs  ;  and,  in  a  military 
sense,  is  used  as  follows : 

To  march  OFF,  to  quit  the  ground  or; 
which  you  are  regularly  drawn  up,  for  the 
purpose  of  going  upon  detachment,  reliev- 
ing a  guard,or  doing  any  other  military  duty 

To  tell  OFF,  to  count  the  men  compos- 
ing a  battalion  or  company,  so  as  to  have 
them  readily  and  distinctly  thrown  into- 
such  proportions  as  suit  military  move- 
ments or  evolutions. 

OFFENCES.  All  acts,  that  are  con- 
trary to  good  order  and  discipline,  omis- 
sions of  duty,  &c.  may  be  called  military 
offences.  The  principal  ones  are  specified 
in  the  Articles  of  War.  No  officer  or  sol- 
dier can  be  tried  twice  for  the  same  of- 
fence 4  unless  in  case  of  an  appeal  fiom  a 
regimental  to  a  general  court-martial :  nor 
can  any  officer  or  soldier  be  tried  for  any 
offence  committed  more  than  two  years 
before  the  date  of  the  warrant  for  trial ; 
except  in  cases  where  the  offenders  were 
not  amenable  to  justice  in  that  period, 
when  they  may  be  brought  to  trial  any 
time  within  two  years  after  the  impedi- 
ment ceased. 

OFFENSIVE  War.  Military  acts  of  ag- 
gression constitute  what  is  called  an  of- 
fensive war.  Those  who  assail  an  oppo- 
site or  adverse  army,  or  invade  the  domi- 
nions of  another  power,  are  said  to  wage 
an  offensive  war, 

OFFENSIVE  Weapons^  are  such  as  are 
fit  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  on  offensive 
war,  as  cannon,  mortars,  swords,  pistols, 
musquets,  Sec. 

OFFENSIVE  Fortification.  See  AP^- 
PKOACHF.S,  SIEGE,  &c. 

OFFICE,  in  a  military  sense,  signifies 
any  place  or  apartment  which  is  fix.d  or 
appointed  for  officers,  clerks,  &c.  to  at- 
tend in,  for  the  discharge  of  their  respec- 
tive employments  ;  as  war-office  or  of- 
fice of  the  war  department — adjutant 
and  inspector's  office — commander  in 
chief's  office — paymaster  general's  office, 
&c.  &c. 

Department  and  board  are  sometimes 
synonymous  terms.  Sometimes  the  term 
office  is  inapplicable  to  places  where  mi- 
litary business  is  transacted,  viz.  Cloth- 
ing department,  board  of  general  officers, 
&c.  The  word  conseil  is  used  by  the 
French  in  the  latter  sense,  the  term  bu- 
reau in  almost  all  others. 

OF  FICE  of  the  inspector-general. 

OFFICE  of  the  commissary-general  of 
stores,  &c.  to  the  forces  at  home. 

OFFICE  of  the  military  agent. 

O  F  F  i  CE  of  the  superintendaiit  of  ijjuTi.- 
tary  stores. 


OFF 


OFF 


O  F  F  i  c  E  of  the  advocate-general . 

OFFICE  of  the  physician- general. 

OF  F  ICE  of  the  comptroller.  Since  the 
commencement  of  the  coalition  \vars,  the 
whole  system  of  conducting  the  extraor- 
dinary expences  of  armies  serving  abroad 
has  undergone  a  careful  revision  in  the 
British  service.  Among  other  wise  sug- 
gestions it  has  been  recommended,  ist. 
That  no  military  officer  should  himself 
have  a  property,  or  interest,  in  any  arti- 
cle which  his  duty  obliged  him  to  pro- 
vide for  the  public  service.  The  object 
or*  this  suggestion  has  in  some  instances 
been  fulfilled;  but  it  still  remains  with 
the  commander  in  chief,  and  with  those 
persons  particularly  concerned  with  army 
matters,  to  recommend  its  adoption  in  the 
clothing  of  the  different  regiments,  regu- 
lar as  well  as  militia.  The  property 
vhich  the  colonels  manifestly  hold  in  this 
article,  exposes  the  most  honorable  cha- 
racter to  unmerited  imputations,  and  af- 
fords ample  means  to  the  base  and  selfish 
or  growing  rich  at  the  ex  pence  of  public 
virtue*  2.  That  no  payment  should  be 
made  by  the  military  officer  belonging  to 
nny  department  (such  as  quarter,  or  bar- 
rack master  general,  inspector  of  hospi- 
tals, commanding  engineers,  &o. )  but  that 
every  expense  should  be  paid  by  the  de- 
puty paymasters  general,  in  pursuance  of 
a  warrant  from  the  commander  in  chief. 
3.  That  all  vouchers,  proving  any  pay- 
ment, should  be  subject  to  a  careful  and 
speedy  examination  by  persons  appointed 
fur  the  purpose,  on  the  spot  where  theex- 
pence  was  incurred. 

In  the  present  war,  the  whole  of  the 
extraordinary  expences  of  an  army  serving 
abroad,  are  conducted  by  the  means  of  a 
commissary  general,  who  receives  and  has 
charge  of  all  provisions  and  stores  sent  foi 
the  use  of  the  troops  from  this  country  ; 
\vhp  purchases,  or  provides,  under  the  di- 
rection of,  or  in  concurrence  with,  the 
commander  in  chief  (without  whose  au- 
thority no  service  can  be  performed,  or  ex- 
pence  incurred)  such  articles  as  may  be 
more  conveniently  obtained  on  the  spot, 
and  who  is  responsible  for  all  monies,  pro- 
visions, or  stores,  whether  actually  used, 
damaged,  lost,  destroyed,  or  plundered, 
with  the  condition  of  procuring  proper 
certificates 'to  prove  every  mode  of  their 
consumption,  before  he  can  be  discharged 
therefrom. 

A  commissary  of  accounts  also  attends 
each  army  where  the  numbers  are  of  suf- 
ficient importance,  with  a  proper  esta- 
blishment, for  the  purpose  of  examining 
and  controlling  accounts  on  the  spot ; 
Both  acting  under  specific  instructions. 

All  monies,  for  the  ordinary  services  of 
the  army,  are  obtained  by  the  means  of 
bills  drawn  by  the  deputy  paymaster 
abroad  on  the  paymaster  general,  which 
"bills  are  negociated  by  the  commissary 
general,  who  is  obliged  to  note  the  rate  of 
exchange  on  the  bill. 

All  monies,  for  cxtraordinaries,  are  ob- 


tained by  drafts  of  the  commissary  gene- 
ral  on  the  tieasury,  which,  on  their  arri- 
val, are  accepted,  if  drawn  conformably  to 
the  rules  laid  down,  as  being  in  payment 
for  services  ordered  by  the  commander  in 
chief,  and  the  value  of  which  have  been 
previously  examined  and  ascertained  by 
the  commissaries  of  accounts  on  the  spor 
The  commissaries  of  accounts  make  re- 
turns of  their  examination  ;  and  on  thesi: 
documents  the  comptrollers  of  the  army 
accounts  found  the  best  enquiry  into  the 
expenditure  which  the  nature  of  the  sub- 
ject  admits  of. 

The  commissaries  general  and  commis- 
saries of  accounts,  are  appointed  by  war- 
rant under  the  king's  sign  manual,  directing 
them  to  obey  all  instructions  given  them 
for  the  execution  of  their  duty  by  tiie  lords 
commissioners  of  the  treasury  ;  which  in- 
structions,since  the  commencement  of  this 
war,  have  been  prepared  by  the  comptrol- 
lers of  the  army  accounts,  under  the  or- 
ders, and  subjected  to  the  inspection  of  the 
treasury.  Instructions  are  also  given  by 
the  secretary  of  state  for  the  war  depart- 
ment, to  all  commanding  officers  abroad, 
to  conduct  the  service  on  which  they  are 
employed,  with  the  utmost  regard  to  pub- 
lic ceconomy,  and  pur.ctuality  in  their  ac- 
counts. 

The  present  establishment  of  this  ofiigs 
is  composed  in  the  following  manner :  — 

Two  comptrollers  at  icoo/.  per  annual 
each. 

One  secretary,  7007.  ditto. 

Civil  Department. 

One  first  accomptaat  and  chief  clerk 
5oo/. 

One  second  ditto,  300/. 

One  third  ditto,  salary  not  specified. 

Military  Department, 
One  first  clerk,  one  second  clerk,  Qac 
third  clerk,  salaries  not  specified. 

One  chamber  keeper,onemessenger,one 
necessary  woman,  salaries  not  specified. 
OFFICE  of  ordnance^  or  hoard  of  ord-r 
nance  in  the  British  service. — It  belongs 
to  the  office  of  ordnance  to  supply  ajl 
military  stores  for  the  armv  and  navy, 
to  defray  the  expence  of  the  corps  of 
artillery,  corps  of  engineers,  and  other 
military  corps  attached  to  the  ordnance 
service ;  and  also  the  charge  of  repau'in^ 
and  building  fortifications  at  home  and 
abroad  ;  excepting  field  works  abroad,  and 
excepting  also  those  fortifications  which 
commanders  in  chief  may  deem  it  expe.- 
dicnt  to  erect  without  previous  instruc- 
tions from  home ;  in  which  two  casts, 
the  bills  are  paid  by  the  treasury,  and  plac- 
ed to  account  in  the  extracrdinaries  of  the 
army.  All  contingent  expences,  attend- 
ing ordnance  stores,  as  well  as  camp  equi- 
pa'gj  for  the  artillery,  and  the  article  of 
tent.-,  for  the  privates  of  the  whole  army, 
included  in  the  payments  of  the  ord- 
nance. 

The  hire  of  vessels  for  the  transporta- 
tion of  ordnance  for  foreign  service,  has, 
•since  the  establishment  of  the 


488 


OFF 


OF  F 


board,  been  transferred  to  that  office  :  and 
the  building  of  barracks  belongs  now  to 
the  barrack  department,  except  when  bar- 
racks are  ordered  to  be  built  within  a  for- 
fication. 

The  master  general,  who,  in  his  mili- 
tary character,  is  commander  in  chief  over 
tht:  artillery  andengineers,  has,  in  his  civil 
capacity,  the  entire  control  over  the  whole 

o  department :    he  can  alone   <;o  | 
any  *ct,  which  can  otherwise,  if  he  does 
not  interpose,  be  done  by  the  board.      He  " 
can  orcler  the  issue  of  money,   but  that 
order  must  be  executed  in  the  usual  mode, 
bv  t'iree  board  officers. 

"The  lieutenant  general,  who  is  second 
in  command  over  the  artillery  and  engi- 
neers, is,  in  his  civil  capacity,  the  first  in 
rank  among  the  members  of  the  board  ; 
which  comprehends  four  other  principal 
officers  ;  the  surveyor  general,  the  clerk 
or  the  ordnance,  the  store-keeper,  and  the 
clerk  of  deliveries.  During  the  absence 
tii  toe  master  general,  or  the  vacancy  of  the 
eilice,  the  whole  executive  power  de- 
volves on  the  board;  and  it  belongs  to  them, 
though  they  are  subject  to  the  interposition 
of  the  master  general,  to  make  contracts 
for  stores,  and  for  performance  of  services, 
and  to  dir -ct  the  issue  of  i; tores  and  of  mo- 
ney. The  signatures  of  three  members  of 
the  board,  of  whom  the  clerk  of  the  ord- 
nance must  be  one,  are  necessary  for  the 
payment  of  money. 

Fortifications  are  erected  by  the  com- 
manding engineer,  pursuant  to  an  order 
from  the  master  general,  for  carrying  a 
project  intoexecutior^ccording  to  anap- 

plan  and  estirffate.     The  estimate 


is  usually  formed  in  the  tirst  place  by  the 
engineer,  who  is  afterwards  to  execute 
the  work  ;  and  its  accuracy  is  examined 
into  by  a  committee  of  engineers  at  home, 
the  expediency  of  the  measure  being  sub- 
mitted to  the  master  general.  All  fortifi- 
cations, works,  and  repairs  are  carried  on 
by  measurement  and  by  contract,  except 
•where  the  soldiers  of  the  corps  of  royal 
military  artificers  have  been  employed  ; 
and  even  in  such  cases  the  materials  work- 
ed up  by  the  soldiers  are  usually  supplied 
by  contract. 

The  sums  voted  for  the  ordnance,  con- 
>f  the  three  following  heads  : — Tst. 
The  ordinary,  which  comprehends  the 
provision  for  the  ordinary  establishment, 
civil  and  military,  for  the  year  ensuing, 
sdly  ;  The  extraordinary,  'which  com- 
prehends every  service  known  bcl'ore  hand, 
of  a  temporary  and  contingent  nature, 
being  a  provision  for  the  ensuing  year  also  j 
and  3dly,  theservices  unprovided  for,  con- 
sisting of  services  which  either  have  been 
actually  paid  in  the  past  year,  as  is  ge- 
nerally the  case,  or  which  are  supposed  to 
have  been  paid,  but  which  were  not  rbre- 
n  hen  the  estimate  for  the  past  year 
nr.de  up.  Among  these  unforeseen 
txpences  are  included  various  exceedings, 
which  have  happened  in  the  individual 


estimates ;  to  which  are  added,  such 
sums  as  may  be  necessary  to  make  up  the 
deficiency  of  the  sum  directed  to  the  ord- 
nance use  from  the  naval  service. 

OFFICERS  belonging  to  the  military 
branch  of  the  ordnance. 

Corps  of  Royal  Engineers. 

One  master  general,  one  lieutenant  ge- 
neral, one  chief  engineer  and  colonel,  five 
colonels,  six  lieutenant  colonels,  fifteen 
captains,  thirteen  captain  lieutenants, 
twenty-seven  first  lieutenants. 

OFFICERS  belonging  to  the  royal  militaiy 
bcadttny  at  Wovfavich. 

One  governor,  one  lieutenant  governor, 
one  inspector,  one  professor  of  mathema- 
tics, one  professor  of  fortification,  one 
mathematical  master,  one  arithmetical 
master,  two  French  masters,  one  assistant 
fortification  master,  two  drawing  masters, 
one  fencing  master,  one  dancing  master, 
two  model  makers,  one  clerk. — Salaries 
unknown. 

Sb!p-Lef!er  OFFICE.  During  the  con- 
tinuance of  th.-  British  army  in  Holland, 
a  mail  was  made  up  every  Tuesday  anci 
Friday  night,  and  forwarded  to  Yar- 
mouth, where  two  packets,  tatcen  from 
the  Cuxhaven  station,  were  appointed 
to  convey  them  to  the  Heldt-r.  A  gentle- 
man (the  deputy  comptroller  of  the  fo- 
reign office)  was  sent  to  the  head  quarters, 
as  army  post  master,  and  in  like  manner 
made  up  two  mails  per  week,  but  they 
were  sometimes  detained  for  despatch! 
es. 

On  application  from  the  duke  of  York 
the  letters  of  soldiers  (being  subscribed  by 
the  commanding  officer  )  were  suffered  to 
pass  at  the  reduced  charge  of  one  penny, 
although  that  sum  was  not  paid  at  the 
time  or  the  letter  being  put  into  the  post- 
office,  as  the  act  of  parliament  on  the  sub- 
ject requires. 

The  following  particulars,  relative  to 
this  useful  and  humane  establishment, 
were  issued  from  the  general  post-office, 
on  the  zoth  of  September,  1799. 

"Notice  is  hereby  given,  that  letters  ad- 
dressed to  persons  serving  with  the  army 
under  the  command  of  field  marshal  his 
royal  highness  the  duke  of  York,  will 
be'  received  at  the  Ship- Letter  office 
twice,  instead  of  once  in  the  week,  viz* 
on  Tuesday  and  Friday  from  ten  in  the 
morning  until  ten  o'clock  at  night,  and 
not  on  Thursday,  as  mentioned  in  the  ad- 
vertisement from  this  office  of  the  loth  in*. 
stant. 

"And  that  such  letters  will  be  regular- 
ly forwarded  in  vessels  from  Yarmouth  to 
the  Helder  Point  on  the  same  days  as  the 
mails  are  sent  to  Cuxhaven. 

"Letters  by  this  conveyance  will  be 
chargeable  with  an  half- rate  of  postage, 
under  the  act  of  the  39th  of  his  present 
majesty,  of  sixpence  each  single  letter, 
one"  shilling  double,  one  shilling  ana  six- 
pence treble,  and  so  on  in  proportion,  ex- 
cepting single  letters  to  and  fiom  private 
••$,  which  a. 


OFF 


OFF 


489 


•with  one  penny  only,  under  the  act  of  the 
35th  of  his  present  majesty. 

"And  that  newspapers  will  also  be  for. 
•warded  at  a  rate  of  three  pe<  c.'  upon  each, 
provided  such  paper  is  sent  without  cover, 
or  in  covers  open  at  the  sides. 

Transport  OFFICE,  in  the  British  ser- 
vice. The  transport-ofliceis  a  newly  cre- 
ated board,  and  was  instituted  in  July, 
1794,  at  first  for  the  superi^tendance  of 
the  transport  service  only;  but  to  that 
employment  has  s'nce  been  added  the 
management  of  the  prisoners  of  war,  in 
health,  at  home,  and  abroad. 

The  immediate  duty  of  this  office,  so 
far  as  related  to  the  transport  service,  used 
to  be  performed  by  the  commissioners  of 
the  navy ;  fxcept  in  some  instances, 
where  the  ordnance^  or  other  departments 
hired  the  transports  wanted  for  their  own 
immediate  service  ;  and  the  present  trans- 
port board  have  pursued  the  modes  of  en- 
gaging trans  ports  which  were  practised  by 
the  navy  board,  when  the  transport  ser- 
vice was  under  its  directions;  but  it  was 
thought  expedient  to  constitute  a  distinct 
board,  to  transact  the  business  of  that  ex- 
tensive branch  of  the  naval  service;  and 
from  the  unparalleled  extent  to  which  that 
service  has  been  carried  during  the  present 
\var,  it  is  highly  proper  that  every  possible 
check  and  control  should  be  put  over  so 
vast  an  expenditure  of  money. 

Since  the  institution  or  this  board, 
which  took  place  in  July  i7g4,to22d  June 
1797,  the  tonnage  of  vessels,  hired  as 
regular  transports  for  four  or  six  months 
certain,  amounted  to  99,656  tons  ;  the 
tonnage  of  the  vessels  hired  on  freight  for 
service  amounted  to  178,560  tons;  ma- 
king the  whole  tonnage  278,216.  The 
total  expenditure  for  this  service,  during 
this  period,  amounted  to  4,088,5247,  3,1. 

The  total  expence  of  this  establish- 
ment for  the  year  1796,  is  stated  to  have 
been  as  follows  : 

Salaries  and  allowances  y£.  8,838  12  o 
Contingent  experices  3>9o7  l2  2 

T ravelling  charges    and~ 


extra  pay  to  officers  on ' 
distant  duty 


583 


6 


Deducting  from  the  sum  P 

The  taxes  paid?  - 

to  government  $    J  / 

And  the    bal-  ")  > 

lance     carried  £258  7  6\ 
to  1 797  ) 

The  expence  to  the  pub-  ^ 
lie  for  the  year  1796,  £• 
pears  to  have    been . 


592    i. 


12,737    4    8 


Total  paid  by  the  public      i3,3~9  19    8 

The  fees  which  were  received  from  in. 
Uividuals  amounted,  in  the  transport  de- 


partment, to  .£.2, 

Ditto  prisoners  of  war,  to 
Making  together  £.  2,242 
15  5  out  of  which  sum 
:heie  has  been  paid  to 
clerks  £.  1,650  ;  and  for 
taxes  on  salaries  £,  334 
7  6,  which  is  carried 
forward  to  the  account 
of  the  vcar  1797, 


In  a  schedule  of  the  fees  paid  at  the  war 
office,  ana  a  paper  describing  the  appli- 
cation thereof,  it  appeared,  that  (with  the 
exception  of  an  occasional  arrangement 
made  in  favor  of  two  retired  principal 
clerks)  they  have  been  exclusively  paid 
in  certain  proportions  to  the  following 
clerks  and  officers:  — 

i  Deputy  secretary  at  war.  2.  First. 
clerk.  3.  Principal"  clerk.  4-  Ditto. 
5  Ditto.  6.  Clerk  for  the  entry  of  com- 
missions. 7.  Clerk  for  accounts  of  de- 
serters. 8.  Clerk  for  business  of  wi- 
dows' pensions.  9.  Examiner  of  army 
accounts.  10.  Assistant  to  the  examiner 
of  army  accounts.  It  appeared  on  exami- 
nation^ that  during  the  years  1792,  and 
1796,  (being  respectively  periods  of  peace 
and.  war)  the  amount  of  all  fees  received 
and  distributed  at  the  war  office,  was  iu 
the  year  1792,  4,99i/.  3^.  <\d.  In  the year 
175/6,  42,73 1/.  iu.  iid. 

War  OFFICE, British  service,the  nature 
of  the  accounts  which  come  into  the  war 
office,  the  first  head  consists  of  the  annual 
accounts  of  the  ordinary  and  incidental 
charges  of  established  regiments  ;  the  se- 
cond regimental  cxnraordinaries,  or  inci- 
dental ex pences  more  properly  belonging 
to  established  corps  than  to  the  army  in 
general,  which  latter  are  known  by  the 
term,  "extraordinaries  of  the  army." 
All  claims  made  by  the  regimental  agents 
come  under  the  inspection  of  the  "ex* 
a  miner  of  army  accounts,"  to  whoseoffice 
they  are  transmitted  of  course,  in  virtue 
of  a  general  delegation  of  that  duty  to 
him  by  the  secretary  at  war:  after  his 
examination  and  report,  the  secretary  at 
war,  in  many  instances,  orders  partial 
issues  of  money  by  letter  to  the  pay  mas- 
ter general.  No  final  payment  is  made, 
except  under  the  authority  of  a  warrant 
countersigned  by  the  secretary  at  uar, 
and  in  most  instances  by  three  lords  ot' 
the  treasury.  The  regimental  agents  ac- 
count finally  to  the  secretary  at  war. 
They  are  likewise  accountable  to  him 
and  to  the  commander  in  chief,  for  every 
species  of  mismanagement  or  misconduct: 
with  respect  to  the  officers  and  soldier  s,&c. 

The  forms  under  which  all  payment* 
derived  from  the  establishment  are  con. 
ducted,  consist  of  the  following  papers  : 

i.  The   establishment  of  a  regiment. 

a.  The  warrant  from  the  war-oflice  to 
make  out  debentures,  with  the  state  ojt 
charges  annexed. 

3.  The  debenture  made  up  at  the  pay- 
office. 

.',.  Th?  fir.^1  cr  clearing  M'Arrajat, 


490 


O  F  F 


OFF 


5.  The  pay-office  state. 

OFFICERS,  in  a  militaty  sense,  are  of ,. 
several  denominations  and  ranks,  viz. 

Commissioned  OFFICERS,  are  those  ap-  |: 
pointed  by  commission;  such  are  all  j 
from  the  general  to  the  cornet  and  ensign,  | 
both  inclusive. 

Marram  OFFICERS,  those  who  have  j 
no  commissions,  but  only  warrants  from  ' 
such  boards,  or  persons,  who  are  autho- 
rized by  law  to  grant  them. 

Won -commissioned  OFFICERS,  are  ser- 
jcant   majors,  quarter  master  Serjeants, 
serjeants,  drum  and  fife  majors,  who  are  ;J 
appointed  by  the  commanding  officers  of  ii 
regiments,  and  by  them  may  be  reduced 
without  a  court-martiaV.     But  it  is  not 
in  the  power  of  any  captain  of  a  company, 
or  other  subordinate  officer,  to  reduce  a 
sercant  without  the  sentence  of  a  general 
or  regimental  court-martial. 

General  OFFICERS,  are  those  whose 
Command  is  not  limited  to  a  single  com- 
pany, troop,  or  regiment ;  but  extends 
to  a  body  of  forces,  composed  of  several 
regiments :  such  are  the  general,  lieuten- 
ant eneral,  major  general,  and  brigadier 
general ;  on  the  United  States  establish- 
ment we  have  three  brigadier  generals  ; 
and  the  territory  of  the  United  States 
consists  of  three  districts,  over  each  of 
\vhich  a  gene-al  presides. 

Field  O  F  F  ic  E  R  s ,  are  such  as  command  a 
•whole  regiment  ;  as  the  colonel,  lieuten- 
ant colonel,  and  major. 

Staff'  OFFICERS,  are  all  those  officers 
who  are  not  attached  to  companies  in  a  re- 
giment ;  whose  duties  extend  over  the 
•whole  ;  or  a  large  section,  such  as  a  bri 
gade  or  division  ;  such  as  the  quarter  mas- 
ter general,  and  the  adjutant  and  inspec- 
tor general,  brigade  officers,  and  aids-de- 
camp, also  the  quartei  masters,  adjutants, 
the  physicians,  surgeons,  and  chaplains. — 

Subaltern  OFFICERS,  are  lieutenants, 
cornets,  and  ensigns. 

Flag  O  F  F  ICERS,  are  admirals  who  hoist 
flags  at  the  mast-heads. 

Sea  OFFICERS,  are,  in  general,  all 
those  who  have  any  command  in  the  navy. 

The  folio  wing  observations,  are  general- 
ly applicable  to  every  other  military  situa- 
tion on  service,  that  we  recon  mend  them 
to  the  serious  attention  of  every  officer. 

It  is  the  duty  of  all  officers,  to  take 
notice  of  any  negligence,  or  impropriety 
of  conduct,  in  the  men,  whether  on  duty 
or  off  duty,  although  the  person,  or  per- 
sons olt'end  ing,  shoukl  not  belong  to  their 
particular  regiments.  All  neglects  of  du- 
ty, they  are  immediately  to  report  to  the 
officer  commanding  the  guard ;  and  they 
are  enjoined  to  confine,  and  to  report  to 
the  commanding  officer  of  the  regiment 
to  which  they  belonv.,  any  non-commis- 
sioned officers  or  soldiers,  they  may  de- 
tect in  disorderly  practices,  or  who  appear 
out  of  their  quarters,  conducting  them- 
selves either  m  point  of  behaviour  or  ap- 
pearance, in  a  manner  unbecoming  soldiers. 

arevei  OIIICER,  in  the  British  ser- 


vice. One  who  in  doing  duty  with  other 
corps  takes  rank  according  to  the  com- 
mission which  he  holds,  and  which  is 
superior  to  the  one  for  which  he  actually 
receives  pay,  or  by  which  he  can  do  duty 
in  his  own.  A  captain  lieutenant,  for  in- 
stance, in  thr  23d  regiment  of  not,  who 
has  the  rank  of  brevet  major  rn  the  army, 
may,  when  that  corps  does  brigade  duty, 
command  every  captain  on  service  with 
mm.  The  word  brevet  is  taken  from  the 
French,  and  in  the  instance  before  us 
means  rank  without  pay.  During  the 
French  monarchy  there  were  various  in- 
stances in  which  individuals  held  posts 
of  honor  during  the  king's  pleasure,  or 
during  th<  ir  own  natural  lives.  Hence 
dues  a  brevet ;  dukes  by  brevet :  or  to  use 
an  expression  more  familiar  to  us,  per- 
sons  who  received  the  patent  letter  of  a 
dukedom  during  their  natural  lives.  Bre- 
vet likewise  signified  a  sum  attached  by 
order  of  the  king  to  the  sale' of  a  commis- 
sion or  place  for  the  benefit  of  a  deceased 
person's  wife,  heirs,  or  creditors  :  this 
was  called  brevet  de  retenue.  So  that  the 
word  brevet,  though  limited  to  one  sense 
amongst  us,  was  applicable  to  rank  and 
emolument  among  the  French.  Hence 
breveter  signified  to  give  a  person  a  com- 
mission, place,  or  employment ;  to  in- 
vest him  with  honorary  rank ;  or  to  au- 
thorise him  to  receive  a  pension.  Ktevet 
de  capitaine,  signifies  the  commission,  or 
rank  of  a  captain. 

Civil  OFFICERS  belonging  to  the  British 
laboratory  at  :t''ooliuicb : — 

O^e  comptroller,  one  chief  fire-master, 
one  assistant  fire-master,  one  inspector  ot* 
gunpowder  manufactures,  six  clerks,  one 
extra  clerk,  one  surgeon,  one  inspector  of 
artillery,  one  assistant  ditto,  one  clerk  and 
draftsman,  one  clerk,  one  proof  master, 
one  searcher,  one  instrument  keeper,  one 
modeller,  one  assistant,  one  constructor  of 
artillery  carriages,  one  assistant  to  ditto, 
one  second  assistant,  and  two  clerks. 

OFFICERS  belonging  to  the  British  mill-* 
tary  repository  at  Wboliuicb  : — 

One  superintendant,  one  modeller,  one? 
clerk,  ©ne  draftsman,  one  astronomical 
observer  at  Greenwich,  salar'-es  unknown. 
To  these  may  be  added,  the  officers  be- 
longing to  the  ditferent  out  ports  and  gar- 
risons that  are  subject  to  the  British  go- 
vernment. 

Commissioners  and  OFFICERS  oj  tke 
British  hospital  at  Chelsea: — 

The  civil  department  consists  of: 

The  president  of  the  council.  First 
lord  of  the  treasury.  The  two  secretaries 
of  state.  The  paymaster  general  of  land 
forces.  The  secretary  at  war.  The  two 
comptrollers  of  army  accounts.  Ths 
governor  and  lieutenant  governor.  Sala- 
ries unknown. 

The  Military  department  consists  of:  — 

Governor.  Lieutenant  governor.  Ma- 
jor. Adjutant.  Treasurer,  who  isth^  pay- 
master general  for  the  time  being.  Depu- 
ty treasurer,  one  clerk,  two  chaplairre,  on1? 


OFF 


OFF 


491 


secretary  and  registrar,  two  clerks,  one 
agent  and  pay  master  to  the  out  pensioners, 
one  ph y sician,  one  comptroll  r,  one  stew- 
ard, one  surgeon,  two  surgeon's  mates, 
one  apothecary,  one  tiuss  maker,  one 
\vhitster,  one  wardrobe  keeper,  one  comp. 
ter  of  coal-yard,  one  organist,  one  clerk  of 
tru-  works,  one  master  lamp- lighter,  one 
master  butler,  one  master  cook,  one  se- 
cond cook,  two  under  cooks,  one  scullery 
man,  one  gardener,  one  master  barber,  one 
engine  keeper,  one  clock  keeper,  one  canal 
keeper  and  tumcock,one sexton,<>ne  usher 
of  the  hall,  one  porter,  one  cellarman, 
two  sweepers,  one  matron,  one  master 
mason,  one  master  smith,  one  master 
painter,  and  one  plumber. 

Field  O  F  F  I  c  E  B.S  belonging  to  the  several 
regiments  of  militia  in  Ireland — By  an  act 
passed  on  the  24th  of  March  1801,  the 
number  of  field  officers  of  this  description 
has  been  increased  by  adding  one  additional 
lieutenant  colonel,  and  one  additional  ma- 
jor, to  such  of  the  Irish  regiments  as  con- 
sist of  eight  companies  or  upwards,  and 
one  additional  major  to  such  of  the  said 
regiments  as  consist  of  seven  companies  or 
under'.  The  following  counties  corsist  of 
eight  companies  and  upwards: — Ant*i#t, 
Armagh,  North  Cork,  South  Cork,  city  of 
Cork)  Donegall,  city  of  Dublin ,  Galivay, 
Kerry )  Kilkenny ,  King's  County •,  County  of 
Limerick^  Londonderry,  Loutb<  Meatb,  Mo~ 
nagban,  Roscommon,  Tipperary,  Tyrone, 
Waterford,  and  Wexford.  The  Carloiv, 
Cavan,  Clare,  North  Doivnshire,  South 
Doiunsbire,  County  «/  Dublin,  Fermanagh, 
jKildare,  Leitrim,  city  of  Limerick,  Longford, 
North  Mayo,  South  Mayo,  Queen's  County, 
Sligo,  IVestmeath,  and  Wickloiu,  regiments 
consist  of  seven  companies,  or  ate  under 
seven  companies. 

All  such  additional  field  officers,  if 
qualified,  in  manner  as  field  officers  of  the 
same  rank  in  the  militia  of  Ireland  are 
now  by  law  required  ro  be,  and  not  dis- 
approved by  the  lord  lieutenant,  or  other 
chief  governor  or  governors  of  Ireland, 
within  fourteen  days  after  such  certificate 
shall  have  been  laid  before  him  or  them, 
shall,  to  all  intents  and  purposes,  be 
deemed  and  taken  as  field  officers  of  the 
respective  regiments  in  the  respective 
ranks  to  which  their  commissions  shall 
respectively  appoint  them  ;  and  shall  have 
the  same  powers  according  to  such  com- 
missions respectively,  that  other  field  of- 
ficers in  the  militia  now  have,  and  shall 
have  rank,  and  receive  pay  according  to 
such  rank  from  the  dates  of  their  respec- 
tive commissions,  in  manner  and  form  as 
the  field  officers  of  the  militia  regiments 
of  Ireland  are  now  entitled  thereto. 

O  ?  F  i  c  E  R  in  'waiting.  The  officer  next 
for  duty  is  so  called.  He  is  always  men- 
tioned in  orders,  and  ought  to  be  ready  for 
the  service  specified,  at  a  minute's  warn- 
ing. He  must  not,  on  this  account,  quit 
the  camp,  garrison,  i  r  cantonments. 

QfflcMRoft&fa'ay.  An  officer  whose 
immediate  dutv  is  to  attend  to  the  interior 


ceconomy  and  good  order  ot  the  corns  to 
which  he  belongs,  or  of  those  with  which 
he  does  mixed  duty.  The  following  re- 
gulations will  explain  the  nature  of  that 
duty  when  troops  are  encamped  :— 

The  officers  for  daily  duty  in  camp,  in- 
dependent of  guards,  will  be  a  general  or 
generals  ot  the  day,  according  to  the  cir- 
cumstances and  strength  of  the  camp. 
In  large  camps  there  will  be  a  lieutenant 
general  of  the  day,  and  a  major  generalfor 
each  wing,  or  one  major  generalof  caval- 
ry, and  one  of  infantry  ;  and  majors  of 
brigade  in  the  same  proportion :  a  field 
officer  per  brigade,  and  a  captain  and  sub- 
altern of  the  day  per  regiment,  and  an 
adjutant  and  quarter  master  of  the  day 
p  r  brigade. 

The  general  of  the  day  is  to  superintend 
the  regularity  and  disci  pline  of  the  camp, 
in  every  particular :  he  is  to  visit  the 
guards  of  the  camp  and  the  outposts  (un- 
less the  latter  are  put  under  the  command 
of  sume  particular  officer):  he  is  to  caii 
out  and  inspect  the  inlying  piquets,  as 
often,  and  at  such  times  as  he  thinks 
proper :  he  is  to  receive  all  reports  in 
camp,  and  make  immediate  communica- 
tion of  any  extraordinary  occurrences,  to 
the  commander  in  chief. 

The  captain  of  the  day  of  each  regi- 
ment superintends  the  cleanliness  and 
regularity  of  the  camp  of  the  regiment  : 
he  attends  the  parading  of  all  regimental 
guards,  orders  the  roll  to  be  called  fre- 
quently and  at  certain  hours,  and  reports 
every  thing  extraordinary  to  the  command- 
ing officer. 

The  subaltern  of  the  day  assists  the 
captain  in  his  various  duties,  and  reports 
to  him  any  irregularity,  which  may  come 
to  his  knowlege. 

The  captain  and  subaltern  of  the  day, 
are  each  co  visit  the  hospital  at  uncertain 
hours,  the  captain  is  to  make  his  report  ot" 
the  state  of  the  hospital  to  the  command, 
ing  officer  of  the  regiment. 

The  regularity  of  the  men's  messing 
is  an  object  of  primary  importance.  The 
captain  or  subaltern  of  the  day  must  visit, 
and  inspect  the  kettles,  at  th  hour  Ap- 
pointed for  cooking,  and  no  kettle  is  to  be 
taken  from  the  kitchens  till  this  inspec- 
tion is  made,  and  the  signal  is  given  by 
the  drum  for  the  men  to  dir,?,  whicn 
should  be  at  the  same  hour,  throughout 
the  camp.  Independent  of  this  regimen- 
tal arrangement,  the  officers  of  compa- 
nies must  dail\  and  hourly  attend  to  the 
messing  and  every  circumstance  of  the 
ccconomy  of  their  companies,  in  camp 
more  particularly  than  in  quarters. 

The  adjutant  oftheday,of  the  brigades, 
is  to  assist  the  brigade  major  in  the  vari- 
ous details  of  it,  and  in  the  absence  of  the 
brigade  major  is  to  receive  and  execute  all 
orders ;  it  may  frequently  be  necessary 
for  him  likewise  to  actend  for  orders,  at 
head-quarters.  It  is  the  duty  of  tho 
quarter  master  of  the  day,  of  the  brigade9 
to  attend  to  the  cleanliness  of  the  camn  -. 


492 


OFF 


OFF 


tied  individuals  to  the  appellation  of  offi- 
cier.  Those  of  a  military  or  naval  nature 
were  generally  and  specifically  as  follow:  — 

OFFICJTEK  de  guerre^  Fr.  a  military maa 
pr  officer. 

OFFICIER  dsns  k 3  ti-ci.fcs,  F r.  any  per- 
son holding  a  military  situation  in  the 
iiTmentioned  in  the  orders  of  the  day,  are  j]  army. 

OFF  ICIER  general ',  Fr.  a  general  offi- 
cer. 

OVFICIER  subalterns t  Fr;  a  subaltern 
officer. 

Les  bants  O FF ICIER. s,  Fr.  Commis- 
sioned officers. 

Les  baa  OFFICIEKS,  Fr.  non-commis* 


to  take  care  that  all  broken  glass  and  filth 
of  all  kinds  is  removed,  for  which  the 
quarter  master  of  each  regiment  is  re- 
sponsible, as  far  as  the  camp  of  his  regi- 
ment is  concerned. 

The  officers  on  duty  and  those  in  wgit- 
ine,  as  next  for  duty-,  who  are  always  to 
lay,  are 
within ! 
on 

any  account,  to  sleep  out  of  camp,  or 
cantonments,  without  leave. 

Officers  making  written  report,  are  to 
sign  them,  specifying  their  rank,  a,nd  the  j 
regimc-nrs  to  which  they  belong. 

All  orders  relating  to  the  men  are  to  be  j 
read  to  them  by  an  officer  per  company,  i 
at  the  next  parade  after  such  orders  are 


constantly  to  remain  in  camp,  or 
their   cantonments.      No  officer  is, 


given  out. 

When  there  is  a  field  officer  of  the  dar, 
5t  is  his  duty  to  visit  ail  guards  frequent- 
ly during  the  day  and  night ;  in  the  morn- 
ing, on  the  dismounting  of  the  guards,  he 
•will  collect  the  reports,  and  carry  them 
to  the  governor  or  commandant,  together 
•with  any  observations  he  may  himself 
liave  made,  in  the  course  of  his  duty  in 


sioried  officer^. 

OF  FI  ci  ER  dc  Li  garnlsan,    Fr.  an  offi- 
cer belonging  to  the  guirison  of  a  town,  or 


fortified  place. 

Qt  FiciEK  engarnkon,  Fr.  Any  office; 
in  garrison. 

O  F  F I  c  i  E  R  an  regiment  des  gardes,  F  r. 
an  officer  belonging  to  the  guards. 

O  F  F  i  c  i  E  Rsrt  la  suite,}7 1.  During  the  ex- 
istence of  the  French  monarchy  a  certain 
number  of  individuals  were  permitted  to 
wear  the  uniform  of  a  regiment,  without 

the  preceding  day.  When  there  is  no  •  being  otherwise  connected  with  it.  These 
field  officer  of  the  day,  the  reports  will  beij  were  divided  into  two  classes,  viz. 
collected,  and  delivered  to  the  governor,  OFI  ICIER 3  a  la  suite  d'un  regiment,  Fr. 
by  the  captain  of  the  msiin  guard.  Each  Officers  nominally  attached  to  a  regiment, 
regiment  must  have  an  alarm  post  assign- ( |  Of  this  description  were  the  gentlemen 
ed  to'it,  to  which  it  will  repair  in  case  ofji  appointed  by  the  German  princes  who 


fire,    or  any   other  extraordinary    a^annj 
either  by  day  or  by  night. 

Marine  OFFICERS, all  those  who  com- , 
snand  in  that  body  of  troops  employed  i'n  i 
the  sea  service,  under  the  direction  of  the;!  Fonts. 


were  in  alliance  with  France.  1 1  is  men- 
tioned,  as  a  fact,  that  before  the  French 
revolution  t6ok  place,  there  were  42  lieu- 
tenant-colonels a  la  suite  du  regiment  Deux 


lords  of  the  admiralty. 

OFF1CAL,  all  orders,  reports,  appli- 
cations,   memorials,    &c.     which     pass 
through  the  regular  channels  of  commu-  j 
nication,  are  called  official. 

OFF  ici  F.R,  Fr.     SeeOfric'-R. 

OFFICIER  sur  terre,  Fr.  a  land  officer, ! 
rtr  any  commissioned  person  in  the  land ; 
t-crvice. 

OFFICIER  du  genie ,  Fr.  an  engineer. 

OFFICIER  siir'infr,  Fr.  a  sea  officer,  or1 
tiny  commissioned  person  in  theseaser-j 
rice.  The  term,  however,  is  not  confin-  j 
od  to  this  'class  only,  it  likewise  signifies' 
the  master,  pilot,  boatswain,  &c.  of  a 
ship,  in  which  case  the  latter  are  called 
tffKcifrs  ti-iaritiiers^  in  contradistinction  to 
The  foi  n. .-. ,  who  are  stiled  officers  dc  la  ma- 
rine, or  persons  who  have  naval  ra.'k,  and 
•whose  immediate  business  is  to  fight  iheir 
Ships.  These  consisted,  in  the  old  French 
service,  of  admirals,  vice-admirals,  lieu- 
tenant generals,  commodores,  captains  of 
ships,  or  post-captains,  majors,  captains 
«>:'  light  frigates,"  captains  of  fireships, 
taptains  of  stores  or  ordnance  vessels, 
port-  captains,  to  which  may  be  added, 
*  -jf>  :tai>:es  en  second ,  t  o ge  t  her  vv  i  til  the  li  L-  u  - 
tenants  and  ensigns  de  vaissc-au,  whether 
actually  employtd,  and  bearing  rank,  or 
being  only  en  second.  There  were  besides 
various  employments  and  situations  under 
thex):d  French  government,  which  enti- 


been  j 


The  prince  of  that  name  having 
emitted  to  extend  this  strange  bre- 


vet to  any  iHimbor,  provided  the  officers 
so  distinguished,  never  went  into  the  town 
where  the  regiment  lay,  or  interfered 
with  regard  to  quarters,  &c. 

The  other  class  consisted  of  noblemen 
and  gentlemen,  who  were  appointed  by 
the  court  of  Versailles,  and  received  their 
brevets  from  the  war- minister.  These 
were  called  officiers  a  la  suite  de  toute  I'ar- 
nee  ;  or  officers  bearing  brevet  rank  with- 
out being  attached,  even  nominally,  to 
any  specific  corps. 

This  institution  though  extravagant, 
was  nevertheless  calculated  to  maintain 
the  preeminence  of  military  passions,  and 
to  cherish  those  military  ideas  which,  by 
thus  becoming  national,  conduced  in  a 
great  measure  to  the  present  military 
character  and  triumphs  of  the  French. 

O  F  r  i  c  i  E  R  dans  la  marine,  Fr.  an  officer 
in  the  marine  service. 

O  *  F  i  c  i  E  n  de  marine^  Fr.  a  marine  of. 
ficer. 

OFFICIER  tnariniert  Fr.  See  OFFI- 
C I  E  R  sur  rner. 

Of  f. Reckonings,  a  specific  account  so 
called,  which  exists  between  government 
and  the  colonels  of  British  raiments  for 
the  clothing  of  the  men.  This  account  is 
divided  into  two  parts,  viz.  gross-otf- 
reckonings,  and  net  off-reckonings. 

COPtfJiit  Ci  fill  t:';.' 


OFF 


O  N 


493 


pay  of  the  non-commissioned  officers  and 
private  men,  above  the  subsistence. 

Net  O  r  ~F -reckonings,  arc  the  produce  of 
the  gross  off- reckonings,  reserved  for  the 
cloihinc  of  the  men,  after  the  warrant  de- 
duction of  one  shilling  in  the  pound,  and 
erne  day's  pay  of  the  whole  regiment  for 
Chei.sca  hospital ;  and  also  the  deduction 
of  id.  in  the  pound  for  the  aceni,  are 
made  at  the  pay-office.  The  balance  of 
the  pay  of  the  officers,  over  and  above 
their  subsistence,  after  the  warrant  de- 
auctions  are  made,  and  the  respited  pay, 
if  there  is  any,  is  charged  to  the  officer,  is 
called  ctwings ;  which  are  paid  by  the 
paymast;  r  to  the  agent,  who  pays  them 
to  "the  officers,  and  there  finds  his  two- 
pences. 

Colonels  of  regiments  either  pay  the 
clothier  ready  money,  or  allow  him  inte- 
est  for  forbearance.  But  no  colonel  can 
inake  a  valid  assignment  of  the  off-reck- 
onings, till  the  clothier  has  exhibited  to  a 
board  of  general  officers,  appointed  by  his 
majesty  for  th*t  purpose,  the  patterns  of 
each  species  of  cloathin^  he  is  to  provide  ; 
xvhich  patterns  are  left  with  the  secretary 
to  the  clothing  board,  at  the  office  of  the 
comptrollers  of  the  army,  arid  compared 
with  sealed  patterns,  altvady  approved  by 
the  king ;  and  if  found  conformable 
thereto,  are  sealed  by  all  the  general  offi- 
cers, who  compose  that  board, in  testimony 
of  rheir  approbation;  and  when  the  clo- 
thier has  completed  his  clothing,  ready  to 
be  delivered,  the  inspector  of  clothing  is 
directed  to  view  the  said  clothing,  who 
certifies  in  writing,  that  he  has  found  it 
conformable  to  his  majesty's  instructions 
in  quantity  and  quality  ; 'which  certifi 
cate,  together  with  the  colonel's  assign- 
ment of  the  off-reckonings,  is  produced 
by  the  clothier  to  the  board  of  general  of- 
ticers,  who  pass  the  assignment ;  but  the 
contract  between  the  colonel  and  clothier 
is  not  laid  before  any  officer  whatsoever; 
nor  is  any  account  brought  afterwards  of 
the  expeiice  of  that  clothing.  Clothiers 
provide  clothing  for  complete  regiments, 
as  upon  the  establishment. 

There  are  several  other  articles  of  ex- 
pence  defrayed  out  of  the  clothing  fund, 
as  the  charge  of  package,  of  carriage  by 
lind  or  water,  of  insurance,  when  sent 
;  broad,  of  interest,  more  or  less,  as  the 
off- reckonings  are  paid,  of  fees  of  officos, 
of  clothing  lost  by  desertion,  of  small  ac- 
coutrements, colors,  drums,  and  other 
contingent  charges.  The  subsistence  of 
the  men,  allowed  for  clothing  l-jst  by  de- 
serters, is  paid  to  the  respective  colonels  ; 
;  rid  tbe  ott- reckonings  only  are  included 
in  the  assignment.  For  the  latest  regula- 
tions on  this  head",  see  a  British  work  call- 
ed Military  Finance,  page  196. 

O  Fl  USQUE  R,  Vr.  literally  means  to 
darken  ;  or  conceal.  Ce  b&tlmsnt  tst  off 'us. 
•.fur  par  tes  wantons  t'oisines.  This  build- 
ing is  darkened  or  concealed  from  the  eye  | 
by  the  neighboring  houses.  It  likewise 
.?s  in  a  figurative  cense,  to  our-do  or 


out-  match .     //  se  sont  offusqttl. 
himself  out-clone. 

OGNON,  Fr.  literally  means  an 
"inon.  The  word  is  sometimes  used  in  a 
familiar  manner  by  the  French  to  ex- 
press persons  standing  in  a  row.  II; 
eioienticus  en  rang  d'ognon.  The}'  all  sfood^ 
like  a  rope  of  onions,  in  a  row. 

OGEE,      pin  pieces  of  ordnance,  an 

OGIVE,  $  ornamental  moulding,  in 
the  shape  of  an  S,  taken  from  architec- 
ture, and  used  in  guns,  mortars,  and  how- 
itzers. See  CANNON 

OGIVE;Y0ffve,  Fr.)  In  Gothic  vaults 
those  arches  are  stiled  ogives,  or  ogees, 
which  cross  one  another  diagonally.  The 
French  likewise  call  themo'0/.j/r,  d' a  gives. 

OIL.  Every  soldier  should  be  suppli- 
ed with  a  given'quantity  of  oil  and  emery, 
for  the  purpose  of  cleaning  his  a-ras  ac- 
coutrements, &c. 

OLYMPIAD,  in  chrnnalo^y^  the  space 
of  tour  years,  for  on  the  5th  the  Olympic 
games  were  celebrated  in  honor  o.f  Jupiter 
Olympius,  near  Olympia.  The  Greeks 
began  to  use  this  epochs  a  little  before 
the  building  of  Rome. 

OLYMPIC  Guwes,  were  instituted  by 
Hercules,  A.  M.  2856,  in  honor  of  Jupi- 
ter Olympius,  at  Olympia,  a  city  of  Elis, 
;n  Peloponnesus.  They  v/ere  celebrated 
every  four  years,  about  the  summ  r  sol- 
stice. The  design  of  them  was  to  ac- 
custom the  young  military  men  to  run- 
nine,  leaping,  and  every  other  military  ex- 
ercise. 

O  M  B  R  E ,  (secber  a  P  ombre,  F r. )  This 
tennis  in  use  among  the  French  founders 
of  artillery,  when  they  put  the  clay  oj 
putty,  which,  serves  to  form  the  cannon 
moulds,  out  to  dry,  without  making  any 
fire  for  the  purpose. 

O  MR  A,  or  OMHRA,  Ind.  plural  of 
awee) ,  a  lord.  They  were  persons  of  con- 
siderable consequence  in  the  dominions 
of  the  great  Mogul.  Some  of  them 
had  command  of  1000  horse,  others 
2000,  and  so  on  to  20,000:  their  pay 
being  regulated  according  to  the  num- 
ber of  their  horses.  The  governors  and 
great  officers  of  state  were  generally  cho- 
sen out  of  this  body. 

ON,  a  preposition  frequently  used  in 
military  exercise.  It  precedes  those 
words  of  command  which  direct  the 
change  or  format  ion  of  bodies  of  men  upon 
points  that  are  fixed,  viz. 

By  companies  en  the  left  backwards 
wheel.  The  left  pivot  man  of  each  com- 
pany faces  at  this  cautionary  word, and  re- 
mains a  fixed  point, o/ which  the  rest  wheel 
back  when  they  receive  directions  so  to 
do.  When  the  column  of  companies  is 
to  be  wheeled  into  line,  the  word  o»  is 
equally  understood  to  direct  the  movea- 
ble  parts  of  each  company  towards  thq 
given  pivot  which  faces,  and  remains  a 
fixed  point.  In  the  British  drill  instruc- 
tions, they  say,  to  the  If  ft  ivheel  into  line  ; 
but  in  the  third  part  of  the  regulations  to  is 
wholly  omitted,  ajid  the  CQrnmajid»ngolfi» 


494 


OPE 


O  PI 


cer  uses  the  term  left  li-kcel  into  tint,  anc 
vice  versa;  the  preposition  on  is  here  un 
derstood  :  for  it  is  evident,  that  in  b^eak 
ing  into  column  the  component  parts  of  a 
line  wheel  as  much  from  a  given  point,  as 
they  do  fa  a  given  one,  when  the  columi 
returns  into  line.     Whereas  by  using  on 
or  understanding  it  to  be  used,  when,  fo 
the  sake  of  abbreviation,  it  is  omitted,  w< 
preserve  the  true  meaning  of  the  preposi- 
tion, keep  the  men  in  the  recollection  o 
the  necessary  adhesion,  and  shew,   tha 
•whether  you  wheel  backwards  or  for- 
wards,  from  line  into  column,  or  from 
column  into  line,  there  is  one  invariable 
^ixed  point  on  which  you  move.     It  is 
more  proper  to  say,  on  the  right  or  leff 
forwards  wheel  into  line,  in  lieu  of  to. 

ONAGRA,  (Onagre,  Fr.)  a  warlike 
machine,  which  was  used  by  the  ancients 
to  throw  stones  of  different  sizes.  It  is 
mentioned  by  Vegetius. 

ON DEC AGON,  a  figure  of  eleven 
Sides  and  angles. 

ONSET,  assault,  storm,  attack. 
OPEN,  in  military  movements  anc 
dispositions  is  frequently  used,  but  it  is 
seldom  applicable  to  any  operations  in 
face  of  an  enemy  ;  the  ranks,  £c.  on  such 
occasions  being  generally  compact  and 
close.  In  formation,  the  word  open  is  op- 
posed to  close,  viz.  open  column,  open 
distance,  open  order.  It  also  constitutes 
part  of  a  word  of  command  ;  as  rear  ranks 
take  open  order  ;  in  opposition  to  rear  rank, 
take  close  order. 

OPEN  distances  In  column.  (Distances 
tntieres  en  colonne,  Fr.)  The  intervals  in 
these  cases  are  always  equal  in  depth  to 
*he  extent  in  front  of  thediti'erent  compo- 
nent parts  of  the  column. 

OPEN  fank,  in  Jtrtification,  that  part 
of  the  flank,  which  is  covered  by  the  oril- 
Ion.  See  FORT  i  F  ic  ATI  ON. 

O  P  E  N I N G  cf  trenches,  the  first  break- 
ing of  ground  by  the  besiegers,  in  order  to 
ei'arry  on  their  approaches  towards  the 
place. 

OPERATIONS  de  guerre,   Fr.     See 

MlLITARyOPERATIONS. 

Military  OPERATION.  Military 
operations  consist  in  the  resolute  applica- 
tion of  preconcerted  measures,  in  secrecy, 
ciispatch,  regular  movements,  occasional 
encampments,  and  desultory  combats,  o/ 
pitched  battles. 

MKC  cf  O  r  E  R  A  T  i  o  N,  All  the  forward 
movements  of  an  army  for  the  purpose  of 
attacking  an  enemy,  penetrating  into  a 
country,  &c.  may  be  properly  called  a  line 
of  operation.  There  is  so  intimate  and  so 
necessary  a  connection  between  this  line 
and  the  line  of  communication,  that  no  ar- 
my can  be  in  security, let  its  temporary  suc- 
cesses be  what  they  may,  without  a  strict 
and  unremitting  attention  being  given  to 
their  relative  points  of  continuity  and  cor- 
respondence. The  line  of  operation  in  a 
siege  is  partial  and  extremely  limited,  so 
is  that  of  communication  ;  but  upon  the 
large  scale  of  war  these  two  lines  arc  of 


considerable  extent  and  importance.  No 
man,  in  fact,  can  be  called  a  good  general, 
or  even  an  officer,  who  carries  his  views 
so  far  forward  as  to  venture  upon  a  long 
line  of  operation,  without  having  prevU 
ously  secured  his  line  of  communication, 
by  a  perfect  knowlege  of  the  countries 
through  which  he  moves,  and  having  his 
flanks  so  thoroughly  covered,  that  he  may 
fall  back  or  retreat  according  to  circum- 
stances. See  Amer ,  Mi/.  Lib. 

OPINION.  In  military  proceedings 
that  regard  the  inteiior  government  of  an 
army,  this  word  signifies  decision,  deter- 
mination, judgment  formed  upon  matters 
that  have  been  laid  before  a  court-martial, 
or  court  of  enquiry.  Hence,  the  court- 
martial  having  duly  weighed  the  whole 
matter  before  them,  are  of  opinion,  that 

is  not  guilty  of  any  part  of  the 

charge  preferred  against  him. 

OPINION.  Officers  on  courts-martial 
give  their  opinion  by  seniority,  beginning 
with  the  youngest  in  rank. 

OPI  N  ION,  abstractedly  considered,  may 
bedefined  an  assent  of  the  understanding, 
with  some  doubt  or  distrust  of  the  con- 
trary. In  a  political  sense,  it  is  the  ac- 
quiescence of  the  mind  to  certain  i-rincU 
pies.  In  some  instances  opinion  and  prin- 
ciple are  synonymous  terms.  Hence 
French  revolutionary  opinions,  or  revolu- 
tionary principles. 

A  cwar  »J  OPINION,  (Guert e d'opinion^ 
Fr.  j  This  expression  has  grown  into  fa- 
miliar use  since  the  commencement  of  the 
French  revolution,  and  was  never,  per- 
'laps,  so  strongly  illustrated  as  by  the 
perseverance  of  the  French  people.  Hsnce 
also  the  war  commenced  against  France, 
as  fomented  by  Burke  and  the  emigrants, 
was  a  war  against  the  opinion,  which  over- 
turned the  corrupt  abuses  of  the  old 
French  monarchy,  to  color  its  atrocity  it 
was  called  a  war  against  jacobinism — a 
war  in  support  of  religion  and  order — a 
war  in  support  of  regular  government — 
at  length  a  war  of  extermination  ;  but  ex- 
perience has  shewn,  that  the  influence  of 
opinion  is  paramount  to  every  considera- 
:ion  in  life.  Friend,  parent,  and  relation, 
lave  given  way  to  the  superior  calls  of 
public  duty,  growing  out  of  and  sanc- 
ioned  by  public  opinion. 

OPINION,  Fr.  This  word  is  variously 
used  among  the  French,  and  as  we  have 
already  observed,  is  now  generally  attach- 
ed to  the  contest  in  which  they  have  been 
engaged  for  the  maintenance  of  certain 
principles  that  seem  to  have  altered  their 
;haracter.  The  nation  at  large,  in  fact, 
las  taken  up  an  opinion,  grounded  upon 
-ertain  principles,  which  are  diametrically 
ipposite  to  those  their  forefathers  had 
rnplicitly  followed  for  1400  years.  When 
Ircat  Britain  formed  a  part  of  the  we'll 
nown  coalition,  the  preservation  of  the 
>alance  of  Europe  was  the  ostensible 
ause  for  entering  into  hostilities  against 
;rance;  so  that  the  war  in  i;9-,  &c. 
light  not  improperly  be  called  a 


OPI 


OR  A 


495 


of  policy  or  political  necessity,  as  far 
as  it  regarded  the  coalesced  powers  ; 
but  it  has  unquestionably  been,  all  along, 
a  war  of  opinion  on  the  other  side.  The 
French  familiarly  say,  II  faut  respecter 
I' 'opinion  putiUque ;  le  pcuvoir,  l'empircy 
I'influexce  de  I'opinhn.  Public  opinion 
must  be  respected  or  attended  to ;  the 
power,  the  dominion,  the  influence  of 
opinion.  L'opinion  esf  la  rtlne  du  monde, 
Opinion  governs  ail  the  world.  When 
the  allied  armies  under  the  command  of  the 
duke  of  Brunswick,  in  1792,  were  whhin 
a  few  days  maich  of  Paris,  it  was  observ- 
ed by  a  firm  adherent  to  the  royal  cause  : 
Que  tnalgre  /'air  imposant  d'une  telle  Jorce, 
fie  combitttii  son,  un  avoit  tout  a  craindre 
pendant  yu '//  txistoit  un  enntml  a  cnmkatlre, 
aussi  terrible  qu'etoit  I*  opinion.  That  not- 
wirhstardinjj  so  formidable  a  force  or  corn- 
bin  ;tion,  every  thin?  was  to  be  apprehend- 
ed so  long  as  that  terrible  enemy,  opinion, 
remained  to  be  combated  against. 

OPIUM,  a  juice,  partly  of  the  resi- 
nous, partly  ot  the  gummy  kind.  It  is 
brought  from  Natolia,  Egypt,  and  the 
East  Indies,  produced  from  the  white 
garden  poppy,  with  which  the  fields  of 
Asia  are  in  many  places  sown.  The  first 
effect  of  opium  is  making  the  person  who 
takes  it  cheerful ;  it  removes  melancholy, 
and  dissipates  the  dread  of  danger.  The 
Turks  always  take  it  when  they  are 
going  to  battle- :  it  afterwards  quiets  the 
spirits,  eases  pain,  an.;  disposes  to  sleep. 
A  remarkable  instance  of  the  powerful  in- 
fluei  ce  of  ojiiuni  over  the  natives  of  the 
East  is  related  by  Mr.  Orme,  in  his  his- 
tory of  the  Caniatic,  page  270.  His  words 
are:  the  enemy  remained  quietiy  until 
noon,  when  having  sufficiently  intoxicated 
themselves  with  opium,  they  began  to 
fiwarm  out  in  great  numbers ;  but  the 
field  pieces  (which  were  scrv<-d  by  Euro- 
peans) kept  them  for  some  time  at  a  ais- 
tance,  every  shot  doing  execution.  Du- 
ring the  cannonade  a  party  of  the  nabob's 
sepoys  crossed  the  river,  and  taking  pos- 
session of  a  small  choultry,  (an  open 
house  for  the  accommodation  of  travellers, 
so  called  in  Ir.ciia)  at  a  little  distance  10 
the  right  of  the  other,  began  to  fire  from 
this  untenable  pobt,  upon  which  a  body 
of  300  marattah  horse  galloped  up  to  at- 
tack them  ;  but  before  they  arrived  the 
sepoys  took  flight;  several  of  them  were 
cut  to  pieces,  and  the  rest  re-crossing  the 
river  ran  into  the  city  :  the  marattahs  en- 
couraged by  this  success,  (and  still  flushed 
with  the  opium)  now  galloped  up  towards 
the  entrenchment  of  the  great  choultry, 
where  they  were  suffered  to  come  so  near, 
£hat  several  of  them  made  use  of  their 
sabres  across  the  parapet  before  the  troops 
within  gave  fire,  which  then  began, and  se- 
conded  by  that  of  the  four  pieces  of  cannon 
on  the  other  side  of  the  river,  killed  and 
wounded  a  great  number  of  men  and 
horses,  and  obliged  the  enemy  to  retire  in 
•contusion;  in  this  instant  an  officer  up.. 
!-r  tool;  the  resolutjpn  o.t  quitting 


||his  post,  and  passed  the  river,  in  order  to 
j!  give  captain  Dalton,  (who  commanded 
|  the  detachment)  some  information  con- 
cerning the  artillery  ;  some  of  the  soldiers 
seeing  this,  imagined  that  he  went  away 
throng  fear,  and  concluding,  that  things 
were  worse  than  appeared  to  them,  fol- 
lowed his  example  and  ran  out  of  the  en- 
trenchment ;  which  the  rest  perceiving,  a 
panic  seized  the  whole,  and  they  left  the 
post  with  the  greatest  precipitation,  not- 
withstanding they  had  the  minute  before 
given  three  huzzas,  on  the  retreat  of  the 
marattahs  :  a  body  of  3000  my  sore  horse, 
who  wer«-  drawn  up  on  the  bank,  imme- 
diately galloped  into  the  bed  of  the  river, 
and  charging  the  fugitives  with  fury,  cut 
down  the  whole  party  excepting  15  men  : 
flushed  with  this  success,  they  made  a 
push  at  captain  Dalton's  division  on  the 
other  side.  All  these  motions  succeeded 
one  another  so  rapidly,  that  he  had  hardly 
time  to  put  his  men  on  their  guard  ;  more 
especially  as  many  of  them  liar  caught 
the  panic,  from  having  been  spectators  of 
the  massacre  of  their  comrades  ;  however, 
some  of  the  feravest  hearkening  to  his  ex- 
hortations, stood  firm  by  trie  artillery : 
their  behaviour  encouraged  the  sepoys, 
who  made  a  strong  fire  irom  behind  the 
low  wall  in  their  front,  which  accom- 
panied by  the  grape  shot  of  the  four  field 
pieces,  soon  abated  the  ardor  of  the  ene- 
my, and  obliged  them  to  retreat,  leaving 
some  horses,  whose  riders  fell  within  2& 
yards  of  the  muzzles  of  the  guns  :  captain 
Daiton  then  advanced  a  little  way  into 
the  bed  of  the  river,  where  he  remained 
until  he  had  collected  the  dead  and 
the  wounded.  Not  a  man  who  escaped 
could  give  any  reason  why  he  quitted 'his 
post,  all  of  them  acknowkging  that  at  the 
time  when  they  took  flight,  only  one  mart 
in  the  imrenchment  was  wounded,  and 
that  they  had  nine  barrels  of  ammuni- 
tion 

OPPORTUNITY.  In  addition  to 
what  has  been  said  respecting  occasion, 
which  is  nearly  similar  to  opportunity  in 
its  import,  we  shall  extract  the  following 
account  of  the  iatrcr,  wh.vh  was  also  ho- 
nored as  a  goddess  among  he  paeans. -?~ 
Opportunity  was  represented  by  them  as  a 
naked  woman,  with  a  long  lock  of  hair  be- 
fore, bur  bale!  behind,  to  intimate,  that  op- 
portunity if  not  laid  hold  on  when  ii  -ilrrs, 
soon  slips  away  ;  also  standing  with  one 
foot  on  a  wheel,  and  the  other  in  UK  air, 
holding  a  sail  in  one  hand,  and  a  razor  in 
the  other ;  her  feet  also  bein^  wingeJ,  and 
the  wheel  in  continual  motion,  to  intimate 
that  opportunity  is  always  inconstant  and 
jj  in  motion. 

To  OPPOSE,  to  act  as  an  adversary 
against  another,  to  resist,  &c.  It  likewise 
signifies  to  place  as  an  obstacle. 

OPPUGN,  To  oppugn,  is  to  attack 
by  force  of  arms. 

ORANGE.  A  term  applied  to  those 
persons  who  adhered  to  the  Stadthoider. 
Hence,  orange  parry.  Toe  <rc-o;^s  of  the 


496 


OR  D 


O  RD 


prince  of  orange  were  taken  into  British 
uav  in  Sept.  1799. 

ORANGE  MEN.  A  title  assumed  by 
the  members  of  certain  clubs  instituted  by 
I  he  British  government  in  Ireland  ;  when 
th-'  Irish  or  united  Irishmen  meditated  to 
rescue  rheir  country,  in  1796,  from  Bri- 
tish dominion  ;  the  orange  men  were 
swor.i  to  extirpate  the  catholics  where- 
over  found  ;  and  their  atrocities  surpassed 
the  cruelties  of  the  British  in  India,  and 
the  Spanish  South  America. 

ORB,  in  tactics,  is  the  disposing  of  a 
number  of  soldiers  in  circular  form  of 
defence.  The  urb  has  been  thought  of  con- 
sequence  enough  to  employ  the  attention 
of 'the  famous  marshal  de  Puysegur,  in 
his  An  s/ 7; w,  who  prefers  this  position, 
'•j  throw  a  body  of  infantry  in  an  open 
Country,  to  resist  cavalry,  or  even  a  su- 
perior force  of  infantry  ;  because  it  is  re- 
gular, and  equally  strong,  a:id  gives  an 
enemy  no  reason  to  expect  better  success 
by  attacking  one  place  than  another. 
Cxsar  drew  up  his  whole  army  in  this 
form  when  he  fought  against  Labienus. 
The  \vhoiearmy  of  the  Gauls  were  form- 
ed into  an  or A,  under  the  command  of  Sa- 
binus  and  Cotta,  when  fighting  ag;  inst 
the  Romanb.  The  wb  was  generally 
formed  six  deep. 

ORDER.  The  arrangment  or  dispo- 
sition of  things  in  their  proper  piace ; 
custom  or  manner,  rule  or  discipline,  as 
urrder  of  march,  &c. 

ORDER  of  battle.  The  arrangment  or 
disposition  of  the  different  component 
parts  of  an  army  in  one  or  more  lines,  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  the  ground,  for 
the  purpose  of  engaging  an  enemv,  by 
giving  01  receiving  an  attack,  or  in  order  to 
be  reviewed,  &c. 

Parade  ORDER.  When  a  regiment  of 
horse  or  foot,  a  troop, 01  company  is  drawn 
:<!>  \\ith  the  ranks  open  and  the  officers  in 
front,  it  is  said  to  be  in  parade  order. 

Close  ORDER.  When  a  battalion  or 
company  is  commanded  to  take  close  or- 
der, at  the  word  march,  the  ranks  (sup- 
posing the  men  to  stand  three  deep)  close 
•within  one  pace,  marching  one  and  two 
paces  and  then  haulting  So  that  close 
order  in  ranks  comprehends  an  interval 
uf  one  pace  between  each. 

Open  ORDER.  When  a  battalion  or 
eoiu^any  is  commanded  to  take  open  or- 
*lcr,  on  the  word  wdrfr-6,  the  dressers  front, 
and  the  centre  and  rear  ranks  fall  back  one 
,tnd  two  paces,  each  dressing  by  the  right 
the  instant  it  arrives  on  the  ground.  So 
that  open  order  comprehends  an  interval 
of  two  paces  between  each  rank. 

Extended  ORDER,  is  preparatory  to  rank 
entire,  and  is  frequently  practised  in  light 
infantry  manoeuvres.  In  order  to  exe- 
cute this  movement  the  files  of  a  batta- 
lion or  company,  standing  two  deep,  open 
from  the  given  point,  leaving  just  space 
;i  for  one  man.  Sometimes,  and 
i  almost  always,  when  the  ground 

ill  permit,  extended  order  is  ta^en  by 


||  facing  the  battalion  or  company  to  the 
|i  right  or  left,  and  by  marching  to  either 
!!  flank  until  the  whole  has  gradually  doub- 
'  led  its  original  front.  This  mode  is  ex- 
tremely simple,  and  consists  in  nothing 
more  than  open  order  of  files  from  the 
right  or  left.  *  The  batt  dion  or  company 
after  it  has  obtained  nil  its  relative  distan- 
ces, and  been  halted,  is  fronted,  and  each 
rear  rank  man  springs  into  the  vacancy  oa 
the  WOK!  of  command — Form  r^nk  entire. 

Entire,  when  applied  to  rank,  means  a 
straight  ;ine  composed  of  half  files.  See 
RANK  ENTIRE. 

Extended  order  may  likewise  be  taken. 
without  facing  to  the  right  or  left.  This 
is  effected  by  every  file  moving  sideways 
a  given  Distance  ;  say  one  pace,  or  twe.ity 
four  inches,  which  extent  of  ground  a 
man  generally  covers,  from  the  centre  file. 
The  word  of  command  in  this  case  would 
be,  battalion  or  company,  mark  time,  from 
the  centre  by  t.'-e  side  step  to  the  right  and 
left.  The  centre  file  stands  fast — march — 
halt. 

ORDER  yf>wj,  a  word  of  command, 
on  which  the  soldier  brings  the  butt  of  his 
musquet  to  the  ground,  the  barrel  being 
held  perpendicular  in  a  line  with  the  right 
side. 

ORDERS,  ina«///tary  sense,  all  that 
is  lawfully  commanded  by  superior  offi- 
cers. Orders  are  given  out  every  day, 
whether  in  camp,  garrison,  or  on  a  march, 
by  the  commanding  officer ;  which  orders 
are  afterwards  given  to  every  officer  in 
writina  by  their  respective  Serjeants. 

Coin/nander  in  chief 's  ORDERS.  Such 
orders  as  issue  directly  from  the  com. 
mandcr  in  chief's  office  for  the  government 
of  the  army  a:  large,  or  for  any  specific: 
purpose.  These  orders  are  sanctioned  by 
the  k'.ng,  and  are  irrevocable  elsewhere. 

General  ORDERS,  aresiu-h  as  are  issued 
out  by  the  general  who  commands,  who 
gives  them  in  writing  to  the  adjutant  gene- 
ral, who  first  sends  exact  copies  to  the 
general  officers  of  the  day,  and  distributes 
them  at  his  own  quarters  to  all  the  brigade 
majors,  who  daily  go  to  head  quarters  for 
that  purpose :  where  they  write  down 
every  thing  that  is  dictated  to  them  ;  fiom 
thence  they  go  and  give  the  orders,  at  the 
place  appointed  for  that  purpose,  to  the 
different  majors  or  adjutants  oftho  regi- 
ments which  compose  that  brigade,  who? 
first  read  them  to  their  colonels  and  lieu* 
tenant  colonels,  or  majors,  and  then  d'ctate* 
them  to  the  Serjeants  of  companies  ;  this  is 
more  frequently  done  by  the  serjeant 
major)  who  write  them  correctly  down  in 
their  respective  orderly  books,  and  bring 
them  to  all  the  officers  belonging  to  the 
company. 

Garrison  ORDERS,  such  orders  and  in- 
structions as  are  given  by  the  governor  or 
commanding  officer  of  a 'town  or  fortified 
place. 

Brigade  ORDERS,  orders  which  are  is- 
sued by  the  generals  commanding,  through 
tiie  brigade  majors,  lo  the  several  adjjft. 


ORD 


O  RD 


497 


corps  that  do  duty  together,  or  are  bri- 
gaded. 

Regimental  ORDERS,  such  orders  and 
instructions  as  grow  out  of  geneial  or  gar- 
rison orders,  or  proceed  immediately  from 
the  commanding  officer  of  a  regiment. 

Standing  ORDERS,  certain  general  rules 
and  instructions  which  are  to  be  invaria- 
bly followed,  and  are  not  subject  to  the 
temporary  intervention  of  rank  ;  of  this 
description  are  those  orders  which  the  colo- 
nel of  a  regiment  may  judge  fit  to  have 
inserted  in  the  orderly  books,  and  which 
cannot  be  altered  by  the  next  in  command 
•without  the  colonel's  concurrence. 

Sailing  ORDERS,  final  instructions 
which  are  given  to  ships  of  war,  and  the 
commander  in  chief. 

Beating  ORDER,  an  authority  given  to 
an  individual  empowering  him  to  raise 
men,  by  beat  of  drum,  for  any  particular 
regiment,  or  for  general  service.  It  con- 
sists of  a  warrant  which  is  signed  by  the 
secretary  at  war,  or  issued  in  his  name,  by 
the  adjutant  general,  or  adjutant  and  in- 
spector of  the  army. 

Military  ORDERS,  are  companies  of 
knights,  instituted  by  kings  and  princes  ; 
either  for  defence. of  the  faith,  or  to 
confer  marks  of  honor  on  their  military 
subjects.  They  are  as  follow  : 

ORDER  of  the  Bear,  a  military  order  in 
Switzerland,  erected  by  the  emperor 
Frederic  II.  in  1213,  by  way  of  acknow- 
legement  for  the  service  the  Swiss  had 
clone  him,  and  in  favor  of  the  abbey  of  St. 
Cal.  To  the  collar  of  the  order  hung  a 
medal,  on  which  was  represented  a  Lear, 
raised  on  a  >  eminence  of  earth. 

Amaranth^  an  order  of  military  knight- 
hood, instituted  in  Sweden,  by  queen 
Christina,  in  1645,  at  the  close  of  an  an- 
nual feast,  celebrated  in  that  country,  and 
called  fuirtscbaft .  Their  device  was  the 
cypher  of  amarante,  composed  of  two  A's, 
the  one  erect,  the  other  inverted,  and  in- 
terwoven together;  the  whole  inclosed  by 
a  laurel  crown,  with  this  motto,  Do/ce  nel- 
la  memoria. 

Argonauts  of  St.  Nicolas,  was  the  name 
of  a  military  order,  instituted  by  Charles 
III.  king  of  Naples,  in  the  year  1382,  for 
the  advancement  of  navigation,  or  as  some 
authors  say,  merely  for  preserving  amity 
among  the  nobles.  They  wore  a  collar  of 
shells,  inclosed  in  a  silver  crescent,  whence 
liung  a  ship  with  this  device,  Ncn  credo 
zempori. 

ORDER  of  Calatrava,  a  Spanish  milita- 
ry order.  It  was  instituted  in  1130  by 
don  Santio,  of  Toledo.  The  habit  of 
these  knights  is  a  black  garment,  with  a 
icd  cross  upon  the  breast. 

OP  DER  a f  A/cantata,  a  Spanish  milita- 
ry order.  It  was  established  by  Ferdi- 
nand the  second,  king  of  Leon  and  Castile, 
in  1170.  They  wore  a  green  cross  upon 
their  garment. 

ORDER  of  St.  James,  instituted  by  Fer- 
dinand II.  in  1175.  These  knights  had 
the  privilege  of  wearing  their  hats  in  the? 


chapter,  in  the  presence  of  their  sove- 
reign. 

ORDER  of  St.  Michael,  instituted  in 
1469,  by  Lewis  XII.  in  honor  of  the  im- 
portant services  done  to  France  by  that 
archangel  at  the  siege  of  Orleans,  where 
he  is  supposed  to  have  appeared  at  the 
head  of  the  French  troops,  disputing  the 
passage  of  a  bridge,  and  to  have  repulsed 
the  attack  of  the  English,  whose  affairs 
ever  afterdeclined  in  that  kingdom.  The 
order  is  a  rich  collar,  with  the  image  of 
that  saint  pendent  thereto;  with  this  in- 
scription :  Im-mensi  tremor  oceani. 

ORDER  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  instituted  by 
Henry  II.  of  France,  in  1578.  The 
number  of  knights  are  loo,  besides  the 
sovereign,  who  is  always  grand-master. 

ORDER  of  St.  Louis,  instituted  by  Louis 

XIV.  in  the  year  1693.     This  order  has 
remained  entirely  in  the  possession  of  mi- 
litary men,  ever  since  its  institution,  and 
has  been  of  singular  use  in  keeping  up  the 
spirit,  and  rewarding  the  services,  of  those 
who  have  distinguished  themselves.  The 
number  of  knights  is  unlimited,  being 
given  to  every  man  of  merit.     The  order 
is  a  golden  cross,  with  eight  points,  which 
hang  pendent  to  a  broad  crimson  riband. 
The  motto  is  Bellicce  virlutis  prcemium. 

ORDER  of  Mount  Carmel,  instituted  by 
Henry  IV.  in  1608. 

ORDER  of  Si.  Lazarus,  is  of  a  very 
early  institution,  but  has  been  often  ne- 
glected, and  as  often  revived,  till  Louis. 

XV.  united  the  order  of  St.  Carmel  and 
St.    Lazarus  in  April  1722.     The  king 
was  sovereign,  chief,  founder,  and  protec- 
tor. 

ORDER  of  the  knights  of  Malta.  See 
MALTA. 

ORDER  of  the  knights  of  the  Garter.  See 
GARTER. 

ORDER  of  the  knights  of  the  Bath.  See 
BATH. 

ORDER  of  the  golden  jtt  fee,  instituted  by 
Philip  duke  of  Burgundy,  surnamed  the 
Good,  in  1429.  See  FLEECE, 

ORDER  of  the  Annunciation^  instituted 
by  Amadeo,  count  of  Savoy,  surnamed 
the  Green,  in  memory  of  Amadeo,  the 
first  earl,  who  had  valorously  defended 
the  island  of  Rhodes  against  the  Turks. 
The  collar  belonging  to  this  order  is  of 
gold,  and  on  it  are  these  four  letters,  F. 
E.  R.  T.  which  means  Fortltudoe  jusRbo- 
dum  tenuit,  with  the  figure  of  the  annun- 
ciation hanging  to  it. 

ORDER  cf  knights  templars,  instituted 
at  Jerusalem  about  the  year  1118.  At 
first  there  were  but  nine  of  the  order,  and 
the  two  principal  persons  were  Hugo 
de  Paganis,  and  Jeoffroy  ot  St.  Omer's. 
This  order,  after  having  performed  many 
great  exploits  against  the  infidels,  became 
rich  and  powerful  allover  Europe;  when, 
on  the  22d  of  May,  1312,  the  pope  by  his 
bull,  pronounced  the  extinction  of  the 
order,  and  united  their  estates  to  the  order 
of  St.  John  of  Jerusalem.  They  took 
the  name  of  templars,  because  their  iirs^: 
3  R 


498 


OR  D 


O  R  D 


habitation  stood  near  the  temple  dedicated 
t'o  our  Saviour  at  Jerusalem. 

ORDER  of  iht  knight!,  of  St.  fag0,  mstl- 
tutcd  by  kin?  Ramico,  of  Spam,  in  com 
memoiatiun  of  a  victory  obtained  against 
the  Moor's,  A.  D.  1030.    Their  ensign  is 
a  red  cross  in  form  of  a  sword. 

ORDEX  of  knights  of  the  band,  erected 
by  Alphenso,  king  of  Spain,  in  the  year 
1268.  Their  name  proceeded  from  the 
knights  wearing  a  red  scarf,  or  lace  of  silk, 
the  breadth  of  three  inches,  which  hiing 
on  their  left  shoulder. 

ORDER  of  foljfits  of  the  Redemption, 
erected  in  the  kingdom  ot  Arragon,  by 
Xing  James,  who  conquered  the  island  of 
Majorca,  in  the  year  12 12.  Their  gar. 
ments  are  white,  with  a  black  cross  there- 
on. 

ORDF.R  of  Teutonic  knights,  established 
towards  the  close  of  the  i2th  century, 
and  thus  called,  as  chi:fiy  consisting  of 
Germans,  anciently  called  Teutons. 

ORDER  eft  he  knights  of  St.  Stephen,  in- 
stituted in  the  year  1561,  by  Cosmo,  duke 
of  Florence.  They  wear  a  red  cross  with 
a  border  of  gold. 

ORDER  of  merit,  instituted  by  Frederic 
III.  king  of  Prussia,  as  a  reward  to  those 
officers  whose  behaviour  deserved  some 
marks  of  distinction-  The  ensign  of  this  ' 
order  is  a  golden  star  of  eight  rays,  ena- 
melled with  blue,  which  is  worn  appendant 
to  a  black  riband,  edged  with  silver  :  the 
motto,  Pour  le  merits. 

ORDER  of  St.  Alexander  Neivskf,  or  the  '{ 
red  riband,  which  was  instituted  by  Peter  ' 
J.  emperor  of  Russia;    but  the  czarina 
Catharine  I .  conferred  it  in  the  year  1725. 

ORDER  of  the  stole,  an  order  of  knights  , 
instituted  by  the  kings  of  Arragon. 

ORDER  of  the  golden  stole,  a  Venetian 
military  order,  so  called  from  a  golden 
stole,-  which  those  knights  wore  over  their 
shoulder,  reaching  to  the  knee,  both  be- 
fore and  behind,  a  palm  and  a  half  broad. 
None  are  raised  to  this  order  but  patri- 
cians, or  noble  Venitians.  It  is  uncer- 
tain when  this  order  was  instituted. 

ORDER  of  Mafia  Theresa.     This  order 
was  instituted  in  June,  1757,  by  the  em- 
press queen  of  Hungary.     In  1765,  an  in-  ' 
termediate  class,  styled  knights  comman-  \ 
ders,  was  added  to  the  two  classes  that 
originally  corn  posed  the  order.     SeeTriK- 

R  E  S  A  . 

ORDERLY  Officer.    See  OF  Fie  ER  or  ; 

THE  D'AY. 

ORDERLY  serjeaxt,  ?  are  appointed  to  at 

ORDER  LY  men,  $  tend  geneial,  or 
other  officers  that  are  entitled  to  have  them. 

O  R  DERM  ES,  the  non-commissioned  of- 
ficers and  private  men  who  do  orderly  duty 
are  so  called. 

Orderly  Serjeants  when  they  go  for  or- 
ders are  sashed. 

Orderly  corporals  and  orderly  men  wear 
'heir  s,lde  arms,  and  carry  a  small  osier 
switch  or  cane  in  their  hands. 

In  the  dragoons,  orderly  men,  on  foot, 
Rave  their  sword-belts  and  bayonets;  and 


on  horseback,  are  dressed  the  same,  only 
with  gloves,  and  boots,  and  spurs  of 
course,  with  the  sword-belt  and  sword. 
They  likewise  have  their  pistols.  When 
an  orderly  dragoon  or  foot  soldier  is  sen* 
from  one  quarter  to  another,  the  time  of 
his  setting  out  must  be  specified  on  the 
back  of  the  letter  which  he  carries ;  the 
dragoon  must  take  care  to  bring  his  horse 
in  cool  and  properly  (unless  he  has  been 
sent  on  any  pressing  occasion)  and  they 
must  both  return  to  quart  rs  perfectly 
sober. 

ORDERLIES  in  general.  1 1  is  the  duff 
of  the  serjeant-majors  to  cee  that  the  or- 
dcrliesare  properly  dressed  and  accoutred,, 
before  they  are  inspected  by  the  adjutant, 
who  parades  them  every  morning  in  front 
of  the  main  guard,  Sec.  When  private  sol- 
diers are  chosen  for  orderlies  in  mixed  du- 
ty, the  credit  of  the  corps  from  which 
they  are  taken  requires,  that  they  should 
be  the  best  sef  up  and  she  best  behaved 
men  belonging  to  it. 

ORDERLY  non-comfais'iioned  officers,  ar& 
those  who  are  orderly,  or  on  duty  for  that 
week  ;  who,  on  hearing  the  drum  beat 
for  orders,  are  to  repair  to  the  place  ap- 
pointed to  receive  them,  and  to  take  dowit 
in  writing,  in  the  orderly  book,  what  is 
dictated  by  the  adjutant  or  serjeant-major ; 
they  are  then  immediately  to  show  those 
orders  to  the  officers  of  the  company,  and 
afterwards  warn  the  men  for  duty. 

ORBERLY  book.  Every  company  has 
such  a  book  in  which  the  Serjeants  write 
down  both  general  and  regimental  orders, 
for  the  specific  information  of  the  officers 
and  men.  This  book  is  provided  by  the 
public. 

ORDERLY  Dtitm.  The  drummer  that 
beats  orders,  and  gives  notice  of  the  hour 
for  messing,  &c.  is  so  called. 

ORDINAIRE,^-.  The  soldier's  mess- 
ing together  is  so  called  among  the 
French. 

ORDINANCE,  or  ORDNANCE,  a 
name  given  to  all  that  concerns  artillery, 
or  engineering  :  thus,  the  commander  in 
chief  is  called  master  general  of  the  ord- 
nanct  ;  and  the  next  officer,  lieutenant 
general  of  the  ordnance,  ineteadof  artillery .. 

ORDNANCE.  The  British  value  of  all 
brass  ordnance  is"  at  84/.  17.?.  or  371  dol- 
lars fer  ton,  for  the  metal ;  that  is,  the 
weight  of  the  gun,  and  i2lbs.  per.  hun- 
dred weight  for  waste  :  to  which  is  added 
for  casting,  on  the  total  weight  of  metal 
used,  64/.  cr  2u6  dollars  per-  ton  for  light 
pieces  ;  547.  or  240  dollars  for  medium  ; 
and  44/.  195  1.2  dollars  for  heavy. 

Iron  ordnance  cost  2c/.  or  0.0  dollars  pef 
ton.  See  also  the  words  GUNS,  MOR- 
TARS, HOV/ITZF.RS,  &c- 

For  the  proof  of  all  kinds  of  ordnance, 
see  t  he  word  PROOF. 

ORDINARY  TIME.  ThisintheBri- 
tish  service  is  the  slowest  time  in  march- 
ing that  is  permitted  to  be  used  by  infan- 
try, and  consists  of  a  pace  which  is  33 
inches  from  heel  to  heel,  and  of  which  only 


OKI 


o  v 


490 


75  are  to  be  taken  in  a  minute.    But  there  j 
is  a  manifest  absutdity  in  having  a  diffe- 
rent  length  of  pace;    in  the   American 
^ervice  the  pace  in  all  time  is  24  inches; 
and  the  ordinary  time  is  what  the  British  I 
call  quick  time;   and   is  in  fact  gay  and 
lively,  or  the  time  of  country  dances. 

OR  DON  NANCE.  Ft;  A  warrant. 
This  word  is  variously  used  among  the 
Trench,  viz, 

Compagnies  ^.'ORDONNANCE.  I  ^depen- 
dent companies,  or  such  bodies  of  armed 
men  as  do  duty  by  detached  companies, 
and  are  not  formed  into  regular  regi- 
ments. Of  this  description  were  the  gen- 
darmes, the  light  horse,  and  the  mus- 
<juetcers,  under  the  French  monarch}'. 

O  R  D  o  N  N  A  j;  c  E  s ,  Fr.  O rderly  men, 
•whether  on  foot  or  horseback. 

OR>ONMANCE,  Ft;  The  disposition 
or  arrangement  of  troops  for  battle. 

ORD  RE,  Ft;  Parole  and  countersign 
.so  called. 

Alter  ri  /'OR  DRE,  Fr.  TO  go  for  ths  pa-- 
role er  countersign. 

KeVfw/V/'oRDRE,  Fr.  To  receiye  or 
get  the  parole  or  countersign. 

OR  is  RE  quel'on  dwne  a  la  tfanchec,  Fr. 
1'arole  and  countersign  together  with  spe- 
cific orders,  which  are  given  out  every 
night  in  the  trenches. 

ORDRES  Militairies,  Fr.  Military 
orders. 

Nuirjeaux  o  R  B  R  E  s ,  Ft;      F rcsh  orders . 

ORDRES  de  mouvtment.  Marching  or- 
ders. 

ORGANIZATION  cf  Troops.  The 
act  of  putting  troops  into  such  uniform 
:;tate  of  discipline,  as  may  lit  them  to  co- 
operate on  any  service. 

ORGUES,  thick  long  pieces  of  wood, 
pointed  and  shod  with  iron,  clear  one  of 
another,  hanging  perpendicular  each  by  a 
>ope,  over  a  gate  of  a  strong  placs  to  be 
dropped  in  case  of  emergency. 

Their  disposition  is  such,  that  they  stop 
the  passage  of  the  gate,  and  arc  preferable 
to  verses  or  portcul{r#s  >'  because  these 
may  be  either  broken  by  a  petard,  or  stop, 
ped,  by  different  contrivances,  in  their 
1  ailing  'down.  But  a  petaicl  is  useless 
against  an  crgup  ;  for  if  it  break  one  or  two 
of  the  pieces,  others  immediately  fall 
clown  and  fill  up  the  vacancy. 

OR  CUE,  (un  Orgue,  Fr.)  A  term  used 
to  express  that  arrangement  or  disposition 
of  a  certain  quantity  of  musquet  barrels  in 
a  row,  which  by  means  of  a  piiming  train 
of  gunpowder,  may  be  subjected  to  one 
general  explosion.  This  machine  h.is 
been  found  extremely  serviceable  in  the 
defence  of  a  low  flank,  a  tenailie,  or  to 
prevent  an  enemy  from  crossing  the  ditch 
of  a  fortified  place. 

ORIENT,  Fr.     The  east. 

O  R I  F  L  A  M  M  E ,  Ft;  The  ancient  ban- 
:ier  belonging  to  the  abbey  of  St.  Denis, 
which  the  counts  du  Vexin,  who  pos- 
sessed the  perpetual  advowson  of  the  ab- 
bey, always  bore  in  the  different  wars  or 
irohtcits  that  formerly  prevailed  between 


]  the  sbbot  and  some  neighboring  lords. 
When  the  Vexin  country  fell  into  the 
hands  of  the  French  kings,  thev  made  the 
oriflamme  the  principal  banner  of  their  ar- 
I  mies,  in  honor  of  St.  Denis,  whom  they 
chose  for  the  patron  and  tutelary  saint  of 
France. 

ORILLON.      See  FORTIFICATION-. 

OR  ME,  Ft;  Elm.  This  wood  was 
considered  of  such  consequence  by  the  old 
French  go vernment,  (and  perhaps  is  equal- 
ly so  by  the  present)  that  a  specific  order 
was  made  out  in  1716,  enjoining  all  per- 
sons letting  or  holding  land  in  French 
Flanders,  Artois,  and  Hainan! r,  to  plant 
elm  trees,  in  order  that  there  might  be  a 
constant  supply  in  future  of  carriages  and 
wainage  for  the  artiLery. 

ORNAMENTS  Military.  Those  parts 
of  the  dress  of  a  soldier  which  are  mor^, 
for  appearance  or  distinction  than  for  abso 
lute  'use ;  as  gorgets,  plates  for  cross-  belt;*, 
pouch  ornaments,  &c. 

ORTEJL.  See  BERM  in  FORTIFI- 
CATION. ' 

ORTHOGON, any  rectangular  figure. 

O  RTH  O  G  \\  A  P  H'l  E ,  Fr'.     See  O  R  - 

Y  H  O  G  R  A  I>  H  V  . 

ORTHOGRAPHY.  Theart  of  draw- 
ing or  sketching  out  a  work  according  to  its 
breadth,  thickness,  elevation,  and  depth. 

OSIER,  a  young  willow  twig,  with 
which  hurdles  are  made. 

PSTAGE,  Fr.     See  HOSTAGE. 

OTTOMAN.  A  namegenerally  given 
to  the  Turks,  and  to  the  Turkish  empire, 
from  Ottoman,  who  was  one  of  their  most 
celebrated  emperors, 

OVATION, '(so  called  of  a  sheep,  be- 
cause the  general  who  so  triumphed,  of- 
fered only  a.  sheep ;  whereas  in  the  grea*: 
triumph  he  ottered  a  bull)  an  inferior  sort 
of  triumph  allowed  by  the  Romans  to  the 
generals  of  their  armies  for  lesser  victories, 
as  over  slaves,  £c.  or  when  the  war  had 
not  been  declared  pursuant  to  military 
usage.  According  to  Kenriett,  in  his  Ro- 
man Antiquities,  page  224,  the  word  ova- 
tion is  said  to  have  derived  its  name  frorri 
shouting  evhn  !  to  Bacchus  ;  but  the  true 
original  is  o-vis.  The  shew  generally  be- 
gan at  the  Albanian  mountain,  whence 
the  geneial,  with  his  retinue,  made  hi? 
entry  into  the  city  :  he  went  on  foot  with 
many  flutes  or  pipes,  sounding  in  concert 
as  he  passed  along,  wearing  a  garment  o'" 
myrtle  as  a  token  of  peace,  wi;h  an  aspec'c 
rather  raising  love  arid  respect  than  fear, 

We  have  already  observed,  with  Gel- 
lius,  that  this  honor  was  then  conferred  on 
the  victor,  when  either  the  war  hud  not 
been  proclaimed  in  due  method,  or  nor 
undertaken  against  a  lawful  enemy,  and  on 
a  just  account  ;  or  when  the  enemy  wa. 
but  mean  and  inconsiderable.  But  Plu- 
tarch has  delivered  his'  judgrnent  in  a  dif- 
ferent manner:  he  believes  that  hereto- 
fore the  difference  betwixt  the  ovation  and 
the  triumph  was  nor  taken  from  the  great. 
ness  of  the  achievements,  but  from  the 
•  manner  of  performing  them:  for  thct 


500 


OVE 


OUT 


•who,  having  fought  a  set  battle,  and  slain 
a  great  number  of  the  enemy,  returned  vie- 
tors,  led  that  martial,  and,  as  it  were,  cruel  |j 
procession  of  the  triumph.  But  those 
who  without  force  by  benevolence  andci-  jl 
vil  behaviour,  had  done  rhe  business,  and  i 
prevented  the  shedding  of  human  blood; 
to  these  commanders  custom  gave  the  ho- 
nor of  this  peaceable  ovation.  For  a  pipe 
is  the  ensign  or  badge  of  peace  ;  and  myr- 
tle the  tree  of  Venus,  who,  beyond  any 
other  deities,  has  an  extreme  aversion  to 
violence  and  war.  Vide  Plut.  in  Marcell. 
For  a  full  account  of  this  ceremony,  as 
well  as  of  the  Roman  triumph,  see  £e*ntttt 
page  224. 

OVENS.  The  modern  improvements 
in  the  art  of  war,  has  beside  making  bis- 
cuit, the  common  food  of  man  and  horse, 
also  'ntrpduced  in  the  equipage  of  armies, 
ovens  of  cast  iron,  which  travel  with  the 
waggon  train,  and  the  bakers  are  classed 
and  under  military  discipline,  in  the. per- 
formance of  their  important  functions. 
The  operations  of  dressing  food  in  milita- 
ry camps,  have  been  also  improved  by  the 
introduction  of  count  Rumford's  process 
of  boiling,  roasting,  and  baking  by  steam  ; 
all  performed  by  the  single  fire  which 
heats  the  oven. 

OVERFLOW.  See  INUNDATION. 
To  OVERLAP,  to  overspread  any  pre- 
ceding object.  In  marching  by  echellon, 
for  the  purpose  of  forming  upon  any  given 
point,  but  particularly  in  wheeling  from 
column  into  line,  troops  may  loose  their 
relative  distances  by  not  taking  ground 
enough ;  when  this  occurs,  the  rear  di- 
vision, company,  or  section,  unavoidably 
Crouds  upon  its  preceding  one,  and  it  is 
then  said  to  overlap.  When  this  happens 
on  service,  the  troops,  so  shut  out,  must 
remain  as  serre-fiies,  or  reserve,  to  fill  up 
the  intervals  that  will  necessarily  present 
themselves  in  action.  But  whether  so  or 
not,  the  line  must,  on  no  account,  be  de- 
ranged by  moving  it  to  right  or  left. 

OVERLANDRES,  Fr.  Small  barges 
that  ply  upon  the  Rhine  and  the  Meuse. 
To  OVER- RUN.  In  a  military  sense, 
to  ravage,  to  lay  waste.  A  country  which 
is  harassed  by  incursions,  is  said  to  be 
over-run. 

OVERSEER,  an  officer  in  the  ord 
nance  department,  who  superintends  the 
artificers  in  the  construction  of  works,  &c. 
OVERSLAGH,  as   a  military -phrase, 
which  is  derived  from  the  Dutch,  to  skip 
over,  will  be  better  explained  by  the  fol- 
lowing table.— For  instance,  suppose  4) 
battalions,  each  consisting  of  8  captains, 
are  doing  duty  together,  and  that  a  cap- 
tain's guard  is  daily  mounted  :   if  in  the 
first 


TABLE  of  Explanatio 


! 

I? 

Heads  of  each  column. 

!    Regiments. 

1 

3    O 

i 

2 

31 

4 

5 

6 

7;  & 

!'  1'ennslvania. 

8 
8 

i 

5 

8 

12 

15 

19 

2326 

Georgia. 

2 

6 

9 

13 

l6;20 

24'27 

Massachu's. 

8 

2 

10 

14 

1721 

25!*8 

Virginia. 

8 

i 

7 

ii 

1822 

2.9 

Total.        •  32 

;   i 

N.  B.  The  three  blanks  shew  where 
the  overslaughs  take  place. 

OVERTHROW,  total  defeat,  discom- 
fiture, rout. 

OUESTow  Occident  ,Fr.  One  of  the  four 
cardinal  points  of  the  world,  or  the  west. 

OURAGAN,  Fr.     A  violent  tempest* 

OUTBAR,  to  shut  outbv  fortification. 

OUT, GUARD.     See  OUT-POSTS. 

OUTILS,  .Fr.  Tools  of  every  descrip- 
ton that  are  used  by  the  artificers  and 
workmen  belonging  to  the  artillery,  &c. 

OUTILS  a  mineur,  Fr.  Tools  Used  in 
mining. 

OUTLINE,  the  line  by  which  any 
figure  is  defined. 

OUTPART,  at  a  distance  from  the 
main  body.  See  OUT- POSTS. 

OUT  -posts,  a  body  of  men  posted  be- 
yond the  grand  .guard,  called  out- posts, 
as  being  without  the  rounds  or  limits  of 
the  camp.  See  POSTS. 

OUTSIDE,  in  fencing,  that  part  which 
is  to  the  right  of  rhe  line  ot  defence. 

OUTSIDE  Guard,  a  guard  used  with 
the  broad  sword  and  sabre,  to  defend  the 
outside  of  the  position.  See  BROAD- 
SWORD. 

OUTWALL.     SeeREVETEMENT. 

OUTWARD  FACE,  a  word  of  com- 
mand for  troops  to  face  to  the  right  and 
left  from  their  centre. 

To  OUT  WING,  to  extend  the  flanks 
of  an  army  or  line  in  action,  so  as  to  gain 
an  advantageous  position  against  the  right 
or  left  wing  of  an  enemy.  This  manoeu- 
vre or  evolution  is  effected  by  the  move- 
ment on  an  oblique  line.  See  MOVEMENTS. 

OuT-'works,  in  Fortification,  are  works 
of  several  kinds,  which  cover  the  body 
of  the  place,  as  ravelins,  half-moons,  te- 
nailles,  horn-works,  crown-works,  coun- 
ter-guards, envelopes,  swallow-tails,  lu- 
nettes, covert-ways,  Sec. 

These  out-works,  not  only  cover  the 
place,  but  likewise  keep  an  enemy  at  a 
distance,  and  hinder  his  gaining  any  ad- 


s  ;  a.s 
serve 


first  regiment  the  second  eaptain  is  doing  j  vantage  of  hollow  or  rising  ground 
duty  of  deputy  adjutant- general ;  and  the  |i  such  cavities  and  eminences  may  __.._ 
4th  and  7th  captains  in  the  second  are  act-  jl  for  lodgments  to  the  besiegers,  facilitate 
ing, one  as  aid-de-camp,  the  other  as  bri-  i:  the  carrying  on  approaches,  and  enable 
gade  major ;  the  common  duty  of  these  ii  them  to  raise  their  batteries  against  the 
three  captains  must  be  ovetslagheel,  that  is  ;i  town.  When  outworks  are  placed  one 
skipped  over,  or  equally  divided  among  the  jl  before  another,  you  will  find  a  ravelin  be- 
Cither  captains.  J  fore  ths  curtain,  a  horn-work  before  tlu} 


O  X  Y 


PAG 


501 


ravelin,  and  a  small  ravelin  before  the 
curtain  of  the  horn- work;  those  works 
which  are  nearest  to  the  body  of  the  place 
must  be  the  highest,  though  lower  than 
thr;  hody  of  the  place,  that  they  mav  gra- 
dually command  those  without  them, 
and  oblige  the  enemy  to  dislodge,  if  in 
possession  of  them. 

OUVERTURE  des  portes,  Fr.  The 
opening  of  the  gates  in  a  fortified  town  or 
place,  according  lo  specific  military  rules. 
The  method  in  all  regular  governments  is 
too  well  known  to  require  any  particular 
explanation. 

OUVERTURE  e t  fcrme tare  des portes  cbex, 
les  Tares,  Fr.  There  are  certain  laws  and 
regulations  among  the  TurKs,  by  which 
the  janizaries  are  entrusted  with  the  keys 
belonging  to  the  gates  of  every  fortified 
town  or  place  in  which  they  do  garrison 
dutv.  The  gates  arc  always  opened  at 
day-break  by  two  or  four  janizaries  There 
is  a  capigy  or  porter  stationed  at  each 
gate.  Whenever  ne  opens  the  gate  he 
repeats,  in  an  audible  tone  of  voice,  certain 
words  in  the  praise  of  God  and  the  sultan, 
utter  which  he  returns  the  key  or  keys  to 
the  janizaries,  who  carry  them  to  the  go- 
vernor or  commandant  of  the  place.  The 
closing  of  the  gates  is  done  with  the  same 
solemnity. 

OUVERTURE  de  la  tranches,  Fr.  the 
opening  of  the  trench  or  trenches 

OUVRAGES,  Fr.  Works.  See  FOR. 

T  I  F  I  C  A  T  I  O  N  . 

OUVRAGE  a  corne,  F r,  Hornivork .  See 
FORTIFICATION. 

OUVRAGE  a  couronxe,  Fr.  Croivned 
work.  See  FORTIFICATION. 

OUVRAGES  detaches t  pieces  detacbces, 
Fr.  See  DEHORS. 

OUVRIR,  Fr.     To  open. 

OuvRiR/t'j-  ratigs,  Fr.  To  take  open 
yrder. 

En  arriere,  OUVREZ  •vos  rangs,  Fr. 
Rear  ranks  take  open  order. 

S' 'aligner  a  r  a  ngs  ou  VERTS,  Fr.  To 
aligne  or  dress  in  line  at  open  order. 

A  jour  O  U  V  R  ANT.  At  break  of  day . 

ytf/w/wOUVRANTES.  At  the  open- 
ing of  the  sates. 

OUVRIERS,  Fr.  All  sorts  of  arti- 
ficers and  workmen  employed  in  fortifica- 
tion, &c  are  so  called. 

OXFORD  Blues.  See  H  ORS  E  G  u  A  R  DS 

O  X  Y.C  RAT,  Fr.  A  certain  portion  of 
vinegar  <o  five  or  six  times  its  quantity  of 
water.  This  mixture  is  frequently  used 
on  service,  and  in  hot  weather,  to  allay 
the  burning  heat  of  any  inflamed  part, 
it  is  likcwised  employed  to  cool  cannon, 
during  an  engagement,  in  very  hot  firing. 

OXYGENE.  The  chemical  base  of 
vital  air  with  which  nitre  is  found  to 
abound,  and  to  which  gunpowder  owes 
its  rapid  and  perfect  combustion. 

King's  or  queen's  Oivn,  a  term  which  has 
been  attached  to  some  British  regiments 
since  t  ;e  revolution  in  1688.  Thus  the 
4th,  which  landed  with  William  III,  was 
-.ailed,  the  4th,  or  King's  Own. 


PAAT,  Ind,     A  promissory  note. 

PACE.  The  common  pace  is  of  no 
determined  length  ;  though  made  use  of 
as  a  measure  by  most  military  writers. 

In  Germany,  a;  d  amongst  most  of  the 
northern  powers,  the  pace  is  considered 
equal  to  2-1  oof  a  Rhinland  rood. 

In  France  the  pace  is  commonly  reckon- 
ed at  i  1-2  feet.  The  military  pace  is  2  ft. 

In  England  it  is  usually  reckoned  at 
21-2  feet. 

The  geometrical  pace  is  equal  to  5 
French  royal  feet  ;  60,000  of  which 
make  a  degree  of  the  equator.  This 
makes  the  geometrical  pace  equal  to  6.  102 
English  feet,  and  5.6719  Rhinland  feet. 

For  the  military  pace,  see  MARC  HI  NO. 

To  P  A  C  E ,  as  a  horse  does  :  a/ler  a  f>x-it 
Fr.  There  are  four  kinds  of  paces  in  the 
manege,  the  walk,  trot,  gallop,  and  amble. 
The  last,  more  particularly5  is  called  a 
pace,  or  easy  motion,  wherein  the  horse 
raises  the  two  feet  of  the  same  side  to- 
gether. 

PACHA.  The  captain  pacha,  among 
the  Turks,  is  the  chief  admiral  and  super- 
intendant  general  of  the  marine.  He  gene- 
rally commands  in  person.  Tne  sailors 
andsoldieis  of  the  military  marine  were 
formerly  called  la-vans  or  lavantts ;  the 
soldiers  are  now  called  gationdjis. — The 
sailors  are  Turks  from  the  maritime 
towns,  or  Greeks  from  the  Archipelago. 
They  are  in  constant  pay.  The  soldier?, 
or  galiotrdjist  are  all  mussulnien,  and  only 
receive  pay  when  they  are  in  actual  ser- 
vice. We  recommend  to  our  military 
readers  an  important  work,  which  h.is 
lately  been  published  at  Paris,  and  from 
which  they  will  derive  considerable  nif ",r- 
mation  respecting  the  Turks.  It  is  inti- 
tuled, Travels  in  the  Ottoman  Empire, 
Egypt,  and  Persia,  by  citizen  Olivier, 
memberofthe  French  National  Institute. 

PACKET-AMU,  small  vessels  that 
sail  from  the  different  se4  ports  and  carry 
passengers,  mails,  &c.  and  keep  up  a  re- 
gular intercourse  with  different  places. 

PADDY,  Ind.  Rice  in  the  husk 
whether  dry  or  green. 

PADSH'A,  i*d.    A  king. 

PAG  E  ANT,  in  ancient  military  bhtoryt 
a  triumphal  car,  chariot,  arch,  or  other 
like  pompous  decoration,  variously  adorn- 
ed with  colors,  flags,  &c.  carried  about  ir. 
public  shows,  processions,  &c.. 

PAGES,  mousses  ou  garuns,  F  r.  Young 
lads  of  the  description  of  English  cabin 
hoys,  who  learn  navigation,  and  do  the 
menial  offices  on  boarda  French  ship. 

PAGOD,  Ind.  a  general  name  given  by 
the  Portuguese  to  the  temples  in  theeast. 
It  also  denotes  a  coin.  See  PAGODA. 

PAGODA,  bid.     The  pi  are  of  wor- 
ship among  the  Hindoos      It  is  Jik 
the  name  of  a  gold  coin  of  the  value  of 
eight  rupees.     The   English  and  Dutch 


502 


P  AI 


PAL 


coin  pagodas.  There  are  also  silver  pago- 
das struck  at  Marsingua,  &c.  with  the 
figure  of  some  monstrous  idol. 

PAILS,  made  of  wood,  with  iron  hoops 
and  handles,  hold  generally  four  gallons, 
and  serve  in  the  field  to  fetch  water  lor  the 
use  of  artillery  works,  &c. 

PAILLASSBS,  Fr.  Straw  beds, com- 
monly called  palliates.  These  are  fur- 
nished by  the  barrack-department  for  the 
accommodation  of  sick  soldiers. 

PAILLE, /r.     Straw. 

Le s  solJats  vent  a  la  P  A 1 1,  L  E,  Fr.  The 
soldiers  are  going  to  the  forge  yard  or  de- 
pot. This  term  is  likewise  used  to  signi- 
fy the  indulgence  occasionally  granted  to 
soldiers  for  exercise  or  necessary  evacua- 
tions. Thus  when  a  battalion  has  gone 
through  its  manual,  &c.  the  commanding 
officer  gires  the  word  a  la  faille. 

Rompre  la  FAILLE  avcc  q uelq u'un,  Fr. 
a  figurative  term,  signifying  to  quarrel  or 
fallout  with  any  body,  m  an  open  and 
.unreserved  manner. 

PA  ILL E,  Fr.  likewise  signifies  any  flaw 
:n  metals.  Cette  lame  est  prift  Mat's  fly  a. 
and'jues pailles ;  this  blade  is  finely  tern- 
pered,  but  there  are  some  flaws  in  it.  La 
iame  de  son  epcs  se  catsa  d  I'etidrcit  ou  il  jp 
avoit  une  faille.  The  blade  of  his  swprd 
broke  where  there  was  a  flaw. 

PAILLER,  Fr.  Pa/eariat.  An  an- 
cient  body  of  French  militia.  The  sol- 
diers belonging  to  it  were  probably  so  call- 
ed either  from  the  circumstance  of  their 
wearing  straw  in  their  helmets,  in  order  to 
know  one  another  in  action,  or  because 
they  were  accustomed*  to  set  fire  to  their 
enemy's  habitations,  &c.  with  bundles  of 
irtraw,  which  they  always-  carried  \yith 
them  for  that  purpose.  The  inquisitive 
may  be  more  fully  satisfied  on  this  sub- 
ject by  referring  to  Dncange's  Glossary, 

PAIN  de  Munition ,  Fr.  Ammunition 
bread.  In  the  folio  edition  of  marshal 
Saxe's  reveries,  pa.^c  16,  we  find  the  fol- 
lowing important  observations  on  the  sub- 
ject of  ammunition  bread.  He  states  that 
bread  never  should  be  given  to  soldiers  on 
rvtMive  service,  but  that  they  should  be  ac- 
customed to  eat  biscuits,  for  the  following 
reasons  : — Biscuits  will  keep  a  considera- 
ble number  of  years,  and  every  soldier  can 
conveniently  carry  with  him  in  his  haver- 
sack a  sufficient  quantity  for  seven  or  eight 
days.  Those  officers  who  have  served 
:;mong  the  Venetians,  will  readily  prove 
the  justness  of  this  remark.  But  there  is 
a  species  of  biscuit,  or  hard  baked  bread, 
that  never  crumbles,  (called  soukari  by  the 
Russians)  which  is  preferable  to  any  thing 
of  the  kind.  It  is  square,  and  about  the 
thickness  of  a  nut,  and  takes  up  less  room 
t.mn  either  bread  or  biscuits. 

Purveyors,  who  are  interested  inthebu- 


:;iru-ss,  maintain  a  different  opinion.  They 
tell  you   that   bread  is   best  lor  troops. 
tverji  man  of  experience  knows  thi 
;  for  it  is  notorious,   that  cor 


troops 
"le  con, 
jntract, 

T  ammunition  bread,  is  not  only  made  of 
unwholesome  ingredients,  but  that  it  is 


seldom  more  than  half  baked  ;  which  to- 
gether with  the  water  it  contains,  increas- 
es the  weight,  and  consequently  enhances 
the  value.  Add  to  this,  that  purveyors 
must  unavoidably  increase  the  expence  of 
the  army  by  being  obliged  to  employ  a 
great  number  of  bakers,  bakers'  men, 
waggons',  and  horses.  Independent  of  the 
expence,  it  is  evident,  th^t  the  operations, 
of  an  army  must  unavoidably  be  clogged 
by  the  necessity  of  providing  quarters  for 
these  people,  of  having  a  quantity  of 
hand-mils^,  and  of  employing  a  certain 
number  of  effective  men  to  form  detach- 
ments for  their  security. 

It  is  impossible  to  calculate  the  train  of 
robberies  and  inconveniences  which  grow 
out  of  this  system,  the  embarrassments  it 
occasions  to  a  general ;  but  above  all  the 
diseases,  which  bread,  supplied  in  this 
manner,  will  always  engender,  and  the 
fatigue  that  the  troops  must  necessarily 
undergo  to  get  their  rations.  V/erc  all 
these  mischiefs  obviated,  there  is  still 
another  evil  in  reserve,  which  no  precau- 
tion can  set  aside.  This  is  the  certainty 
that  an  enemy  may  be  under,  with  res- 
pect to  your  intentions  and  motions,  by 
narrowly  watching  the  establishment  and 
disposition  of  your  ovens.  Were  I,  con- 
tinues the  marshal,  to  adduce  instances 
and  facts  to  corroborate  these  observationss 
!  might  dwell  considerably  at  large  upon 
the  subject.  J  do  not  hesitate  to  say,' 
that  much  ill  success,  which  is  attributed 
toother  causes,  proceeds  entirely  from  the 
provision  and  distribution  of  ammunition 
bread.  He  even  goes  farther,  tor  he  as, 
serts  unequivocally,  that  soldiers  ought 
sometimes  to  be  enured  to  almost  every 
species  of  privation,  and  instead  of  being 
i  provided  with  biscuit,  occasionally  to  re- 
ceive grain,  which  they  must  be  taught 
to  bake  upon  iron  pallets,  after  having 
bruised  and  made  it  into  dough- — Mar- 
shal Turenne  has  observed  upon  thesams 
subject  in  his  Memoirs.  Marshal  Saxe, 
indeed,  does  not  scruple  to  say,  that  al- 
though there  might  be  plenty  of  bread, 
lie  would,  in  conformity  to  the  opinion  of 
many  good  officers,  suffer  his  men  to  feel 
the  want  of  it'.  I  have,  adds  the  latter, 
been  eighteen  months  successively  on 
service  with  troops  who  during  the  whole 
of  that  period  never  tasted  bread,  and  yet 
never  once  complained  or  murmered.  I 
have,  on  the  contrary,  been  frequently 
with  others  that  had' never  familiarized 
themselves  to  that  privation,  and  who, 
on  the  first  appearance  of  want,  were  dis- 
heartened. In  consequence  of  which  the 
very  nerve  of  enterprise  and  hardihood  was 
broken,  and  nothing  great  could  be  under- 
taken. 

The  modern  French  armies  have  carried 
this  idea  to  an  astonishing  extent  and  with 
success  ;  not  only  their  troops  in  the  field 
are  supplied  with  biscuit,  but  their  horses 
also. 

PALADIN,    Fr.     A    name   given   to. 
; |  those   ancient  knights   who  were  either 


PAL 


PAN 


503 


•what  the  French  call  comtes  du  palah, 
councs  of  the  palace,  or  were  princes  li- 
neally descended  from  Charlemagne,  and 
brh  rold  kings. 

PALANKEEN,  Ind.  a  vehicle  carried 
on  the  shoulders  of  four  men,  hy  means 
of  a  bamboo  pole  extending  from  each 
end  :  it  carries  one  person  in  a  reclining 
posture:  it  has  a  canopy  which  is  sup* 
ported  by  a  pole  raised  along  the  centre, 
from  whence  it  is  pendent  on  either  side. 
The  palankeens  are  of  various  kinds  ;  some 
are  shaped  like  a  chair^  in  which  the  per- 
son carried  sits  :  in  others  they  recline  or 
sleep,  and  frequently  journics  of  2006 
inilesare  thus  performed. 

PALEAGAS,  Ind.     SeePoLYCARs. 

PALANQUE,  Fr.  a  kind  of  fortifica- 
tion, so  called  in  Hungary.  It  is  made 
of  stakes  driven  into  the  ground,  interlac- 
ed with  twigs,  and  covered  with  earth, 
and  serves  to  stop  the  progress  of  an  ad- 
vancing enemy. 

PALAESTRA,  i«  Grecian  antiquity,  a 
public  building,  where  the  youth  exer- 
cised themselves  in  the  military  art,  wrest* 
ling,  running,  playing  at  quoits,  &c. 

PALEE,  'Fr.  The  row  of  piles  upon 
which  a  wooden  bridge  is  constructed,  is 
so  called. 

PALESTRE,  Fr.a  wrestling  place, 
or  exercising  ground.  It  comes  from  the 
Latin,  and  was  originally  derived  from  the 
Greek. 

PALIS,  Fr.  the  rows  of  small  pointed 
stakes,  which  serve  for  any  species  of  in- 
closure,  are  so  called.  The  term  pa/is. 
*ade  is  derived  from  it. 

PALISADES,  or  PALISADOES,  in 
^hrtijjcation,  stakes  made  of  strong  split 
wood,  about  nine  fee1,  long,  six  or  seven 
inches  square,  three  feet  deep  in  the 
ground,  in  rows  about  2  i-2  or  three 
Inches  asunder,  placed  in  the  covert- way, 
at  three  feet  from  and  parallel  to  the  pa- 
r,apet  or  side  of  the  glacis,  to  secure  it 
from  surprise. 

They  are  also  used  to  fortify  the  ave- 
nues of  open  forts,  gorges,  half  moons, 
*he  bottoms  of  ditches,  and,  in  general, 
all  posts  liable  to  surprise.  They  are 
usually  fixed  perpendicularly,  though 
some  make  an  angle  inclining  towards  the 
ground  next  the  enemy,  that  the  ropes 
cast  over  them,  to  tear  them  up,  may  slip 
oit. 

Turning  PALISADES,  are  an  invention 
of  Mr.  Cohorn,  in  order  to  preserve  the 
palisades  of  the  parapet  of  the  covert- 
way  from  the  besiegers  shot.  They  are 
'-.o  ordered,  that  as  many  of  them  as  stand 
in  the  length  of  a  red,  or  about  ten  feet, 
lurn  up  and  down  like  traps,  so  as  not  to 
be  in  the  sight  of  the  eiv-my,  till  they  just 
bring  on  their  attack  ;  and  yet  are  always 
ready  to  do  the  proper  service  of  palisades. 

PALISSADES,   Fr.     See  PALIS ADES. 

PALISSADES  decamp,  F-    several  pieces 

""  wood  so  arranged  and  tied  together,  that 
v?:-:h  great  dtsparch  be  frseJ  in 


the  ground,  which  is  marked  out  for  the 
encampment  of  an  army. 

PALISSADES  ferrets,  palisades  that 
are  shod  with  iron.  They  are  used  in 
shallow  streams  and  marshes  to  prevent: 
small  craft  from  plying,  or  persons  from 
crossing  them  on  foot. 

PALKEE,  Ind      SeePAtANXEEv- 

PALL,  a  covering  thrown  over  the 
dead.  It  is  always  used  in  military  bu- 
rials. 

PALLAS,  a  name  in  the  Heathen  my- 
thology, which  is  given  to  Minerva,  who 
was  looked  upon  as  the  goddess  of  war. 

PALUDAMENTUM,  (Chlamys) 
among  the  rncients,  a  garment  worn  in 
time  of  war  by  the  principal  men  of  Rome, 
especially  the  generals,  who  were  called 
for  that  reason  paludaii.  The  soldiers, 
having  only  short  coats,  called  a  saguw, 
were  denominated  sagati. 

The  paludamfntum  was  open  on  the 
sides,  coming  down  no  lower  than  the 
navel,  and  had  short  sleeves.  1 1  was  either 
of  a  white,  purple,  or  red  color,  and 
sometimes  black.  Kenne't,  in  his  Roman 
Antiquities,  page  313,  says,  the  old  palu- 
damentum  of  the  generals  was  all  scarlet, 
only  boiclered  with  purple  ;  and  ther-6/j, 
myaa  of  the  emperors  were  all  purple, 
commonly  beautified  with  a  golden  or 
embroidered  border. 

PAN,  the  side  of  a  rectangle  or  irregu- 
lar figure. 

PAN,  likewise  rr.eans  the  distance 
which  is  comprized  between  the  angle  of 
the  epaule  and  the  Hanked  angle  in  forti* 
fication.  See  FACE  OF  A  BASTION. 

PAN,  a  name  well  known  among  the 
shepherds  of  antiquity,  and  frequently 
used  by  modern  writers  in  their  rural  fic- 
tions In  military  history  it  signifies  a 
man  who  was  lieutenant  general  to  liac- 
chus  in  his  Indian  expedition.  He  is 
recorded  to  have  been  the  first  author  of  a 
general  shout,  which  the  Grecians  prac- 
tised in  thebeginningof  their  onset  in  bat., 
tie.  See  PAN  ic. 

PAN,  that  part  of  the  lock  of  a  mus- 
quet,  pistol,  &c.  which  holds  the  priming 
powder. 

PANACHE,     ;  Fr.  a  plume,  a  bunch 

P  ANN  ACHE,  $  of  feathers . 

PANACHES  Jlottantt  Fr.  nodding 
plumes. 

PANNACHES  likewise  signifies  in  archi- 
tecture, the  triangular  part  of  an  arch  that 
contributes  towards  the  support  of  a  tur- 
ret or  elevation  which  is  raised  above  the 
dome  of  any  particular  edifice. 

PANCARTE,  Fr.  an  ancient  exercise 
or  tournament,  which  was  performed  iu 
the  Roman  amphitheatre,  when  strong 
athletic  men  were  opposed  to  ail  sorts  of 
enraged  animals. 

PANDOURS,  are  Hungarian  infantry. 
They  wear  a  loose  garment  fixed  tight  to 
their  bodies  by  a  girdle,  with  great  sleeves, 
and  large  breeches  reaching  down  to  their 
ancles.  They  use  firearms,  and  are  ex« 
rksmeii;  th£y  also  wear  a  kind 


504 


PAN 


PAR 


of  sabre,  near  four  feet  long,  which  they 
use  with  great  dexterity 

i'ANIC,  P  sudden  consternatior 

PANIC  far,  $  which  seizes  upon 
men's  fancies  without  any  visible  cause 
a  needless  or  ill  grounded  fright.  Th 
-cason  why  these  terrors  are  attributed  to 
Pan,  was,  as  some  say,  because  wher 
Osiris  was  bound  by  Typho,  Pan  and 
the  satyrs  appearing,  cast  him  intoa  fright  ; 
or  because  he  frightened  all  the  giants 
that  waged  war  against  Jupiter  :  or  as 
others  say,  that  when  Pan  was  Bacchus's 
Jieutenant  general  in  his  Indian  expedition, 
being  encompassed  in  a  valley,  with  an  ar- 
my of  enemies,  far  superior  to  them  in 
mimber,  he  advised  the  god  to  order  his 
men  to  s;ive  a  general  shout,  which  so  sur- 
prised the  opposite  army,  that  they  im- 
mediately tied  from  their  camp.  And 
hence  it  came  to  pass,  that  all  sudden 
iears  impressed  upon  men's  spirits,  with- 
out any  just  reason,  were,  by  the  Greeks 
and  Romans,  called  panic  terrors.  (See 
Polyaenus  Stvatag.  book  i.)  The  custom 
of  shouting  seems  to  have  been  used  by 
almost  all  nations,  barbarous  as  well  as 
civil;  and  is  mentioned  by  all  writers  who 
treat  of  martial  afiairs.  Homer  has  seve- 
ral elegant  descriptions  of  it,  particularly 
one  in  the  fourth  Iliad,  where  he  resem- 
bles the  military  noise  to  torrents  rolling 
with  impetuous  force  from  the  mountains 
into  the  adjacent  vallies.  We  have  like- 
wise ha  i  our  war-hoops. 

PANIER  a  mine,  Fr.  See  Bo  u  BRI- 
QUET. 

1'ANIERS,  /V.  Baskets.  Figurative- 
ly, un  panier  pcrcc,  a  leaky  vessel,  or  one 
who  cannot  keep  a  secret.  A  dangerous 
man  in  society:  and  in  military  concerns, 
one  who  ought  to  be  particularly  guarded 
against  where  discretion  and  confidence 
aie  nc'cess.iry. 

PANIQUE.Fr.     See  PA  NIC. 

PANNE,  />.  literally  means  sh.ig, 
plush,  &c.  and  is  properly  a  sea  term, 
signifying  to  lie  to,  mettre  en  panne.  1  1  is 
likewise  used  in  a  military  sense,  to  ex- 
press the  steady  posture  of  troops  who  are 
drawn  up  for  battle,  and  wait  an  enemy's 
attack.  La  troupe  e.st  restee  en  panne.  The 
squadron  remained  immoveable. 

PANNE  AU,  Fr.     Trap,  snare. 

Donxer  J.THS  le  PANNEAU,  Fr.  to  be 
ensnared,  or  outwitted. 

P  ANN  ELS,  in  anility,  are  the  car- 
nages which  carry  mortars  and  their  beds 
upon  a  march. 

PAN  N  O  N  C  E  A  U  ,  Fr.  an  ancient  term  , 
winch  was  used  to  signify  entign  or  ban- 

PANOPLY,  complete  armor  or  har- 
ness. 

PANSEMENT,  Fr.  The  dressing  of 
"Wounds, 

PANSER,  Fr.  to  dress  a  wound. 


,  /',-.  jn  farriery,  signifies  to 
rub  down,  and  otherwise  to  take  care  of  a 
horse. 


PANTHEON,  in  architecture,  a 


tcm. 


pie  of  a  circular  form,  dedicated  to  all  the 
gods.  The  name  has  been  adopted  among 
modem  nations  from  the  Pantheon  of  an- 
cient Rome,  built  by  Agrippa  in  his 
third  consulate,  and  dedicated  to  Jupiter 
Ultor,  or  Jupiter  the  avenger.  There 
is  a  chapel  in  the  Escurial  in  Spain,  call. 
ed  Pantheon,  of  marble  and  jasper  inlaid  : 
the  whole  inside  is  of  black  marble,  ex- 
cepting the  luthcrn,  and  some  ornaments 
of  jasper  and  red  marble  Tbs  Pantheon 
at  Paris  during  the  progress  of  the  French 
revolution,  has  been  appropriated  to  na- 
tional purposes  ;  the  names  and  busts  of 
the  most  distinguished  statesmen  and  ge- 
nerals being  preserved  therein  as  marks  of 
public  gratitude,  and  objects  of  public 
emulation.  There  is  a  building  in  Lon- 
don that  bears  the  name  of  Pantheon,  but 
that  is  all.  It  is  private  property,  and  the 
only  public  use  to  which  it  has  been  ap- 
propriated, has  been  that  of  operatical  spe- 
culation, masquerades,  or  frivolous  enter- 
tainments 

PANTOGRAPHS,  Fr.  a  mathema- 
tical instrument,  which  serves  to  copy 
all  sorts  of  drawings.  The  French  have 
paid  great  attention  to  the  improvement  of 
this  instrument,  of  which  a  minute  des- 
cription may  be  found  in  dun  de  Matbt- 
matiques,  by  Perc  Deschalles.  But  the 
sieur  Panglois  brought  it  to  such  perfec- 
tion in  1750,  that  it  is  become  universally 
useful. 

PANTO  METER,  an  instrument  used, 
to  take  all  sorts  of  angles,  distances  and 
elevations.  It  was  invented  by  the  an- 
cients, but  has  been  greatly  improved 
since. 

PANTOMETRE,  Fr.  See  PANTO- 
MET  E  R  . 


,  Fr.  Paperused 
for  cartridges. 

PAPIER  grt's,  ou  PAPIER  broii'dlard^ 
Fr.  Whited.  brown  paper. 

P  A  r  i  E  R  s  et  easetgtrfvftns,  F  r.  A  11  the 
papers  and  manuscripts  which  are  found 
on  board  a  ship  are  so  called. 

PAQUEBOT,  Fr.  a  modern  French 
term,  derived  from  packet-boat,  which 
see. 

PARABOLA,  \ngf<entetryt  a  figure  aris- 
ing from  the  section  of  the  cone,  when  cut 
by  a  plane  parallel  to  one  of  its  sides. 

From  the  same  points  of  the  cone,  there- 
fore, only  one  parabola  can  be  drawn  ;  all 
the  other  sections  within  these  parallels 
bein«  ellipses,  and  all  without  hyperbolas. 

Properties  of  the  PARABOLA.  T  he  square 
of  an  ordinate  is  equal  to  the  rectangle  of 
the  abscissa,  and  four  times  the  distance  of 
the  focus  from  the  vertex. 

The  perpendicular  on  the  tangent,  from 
the  focus,  is  a  mean  proportional  between 
the  distance  from  the  vertex  to  the  focus, 
and  the  distance  of  the  focus  from  the 
po.nt  of  contact. 

All  lines  within  the  parabola,  which  are 
drawn  parallel  to  the  axis,  are  called  dia- 
meters. 

The  parameter  of  any  diameter  is  a  right 


PAR 


PAR 


505 


line,  of  such  a  nature  that  the  product  un- 
der the  same,  and  the  abscissa,  are  equal 
to  the  square  of  the  semi-ordinate. 

The  squares  of  all  ordinates  to  the  same 
diameter,  are  to  one  another  as  their  ab- 
scissas. 

Cartesian  PARABOLA,  is  a  curve  of  the 
second  order,  expressed  by  the  equation 
x_y=ax3  -f-  £.Y2  -f-  c x  -}-  d.  containing 
four  infinite  legs,  being  the  66th  species 
of  lines  of  the  third  order,  according  to 
sir  Isaac  Newton:  and  is  made  use  of  by 
Descartes,  in  the  third  book  of  his  geo- 
metry, for  finding  the  roots  of  equations  of 
six  d.mensions  by  its  intersections  with  a 
circle. 

Diverging  PARABOLA,  a  rame  given 
"by  sir  Isaac  Newton  to  five  different  lines 
of  the  third  order,  expressed  by  the  equa- 
tion jy—ax3  -}-  bxl  -{-  c x  -J-  d 

PARABOLE,  Fr.     See  PARABOLA. 

PARABOLOIDE,  Ft.  See  PARA- 
BOLIC CONOID. 

PARADE,   originally  consisted  of  a 

a  Hire  court  before  cathedrals,  surround- 
vvith  piazzas  or  porticoes  for  persons  to 
•walk  under,  being  supported  with  pil- 
lars. It  is  now  used  in  a  military  sense, 
to  signify  any  place  where  troops  assem- 
ble, and  may  be  distinguished  in  the  fol- 
lowing manner : 

Central  PARADE,  the  place  where 
soldiers  belonging  to  different  corps  are 
drawn  up,  according  tosenority,  to  mount 
guard,  or  to  be  exercised,  &c. 

Regimental  PARADE,  the  place  where 
any  particular  regiment  or  corps  is  formed 
in  line,  &c. 

Private  PARADE,  any  spot  selected,  in 
general  by  each  captain  of  a  troop  or  com- 
pany, for  the  inspection  of  his  men,  pre- 
vious to  their  being  marched  off  to  the 
regimental  parade.  This  parade  is  like- 
wise called  company  or  troop  parade. 
When  troops  are  encamped,  the  general 
and  regimental  parades  are  usually  in  .ront 
of  the  line  of  tents;  each  regiment  hav- 
ing its  quarter-guard  opposite,  and  the 
space  between  being  sufficient  to  allow  of 
the  free  exercise  of  the  battalion.  The 
companies  have  their  private  parades  in 
the  several  streets  of  the  camp. 

PARADE,  in  camp,  is  that  spot  of 
ground  in  the  front  of  each  encampment, 
between  the  camp  colors,  on  the  righc 
and  left  wings. 

Morning  PARADE.  In  every  garrison 
town,  fortified  place  and  camp,  as  well 
as  in  every  town  through  which  soldiers 
pass,  or  occasionally  halt,  a  certain  hour 
in  the  morning  is  fixed  for  the  assembling 
ot  the  different  corps,  troops,  or  compa- 
nies, in  regular  order. 

Evening  PARADE.  The  hour  general, 
ly  fixed  for  the  evening  parade  is  at  sun- 
S'.;t.  When  troops  are  encamped,  the 
signal  for  evening  parade  is  given  fiom 
the  park  of  artillery,  by  the  discharge  of 
a  piece  of  ordnance,  which  k  called  the 
evening  gun. 


To  PARADE,  to  assemble  in  a  pre- 
scribed regular  manner,  for  the  purposes 
of  being  inspected,  exercised,  or  mus- 
tered. 

To  PARADE.  This  word  is  frequent- 
ly used  as  an  active  verb,  with  respect 
to  military  matters,  viz.  to  parade  the 
guard,  &c.  It  has  likewise  been  adopted 
in  Ireland  to  express  the  act  of  calling 
out  a  person  in  an  affair  of  honor.  The 
Irish  familiarly  say — /  shall  farade  the 
eoitleman  to-morrovj  morningi  tithe  Phoenix 
P*rt. 

PARADE,  Fr.  The  French  make  u£e 
of  this  term  in  various  ways, 

PARADE,  Fr.     Show,  ostentation. 

Lit  de  PAR  ADF,  Fr.     Bedofstate. 

CLeval  <&  PARADE,  Fr.  a  horse  fine- 
ly  caparisoned,  and  kept  for  show. 

PARADE,  Fr.  in  fencing,  the  act  of 
parrying  a  thrust  or  blow. 

PARADE,  Fr.  the  place  or  ground 
where  soldiers  parade. 

Se  meitre  en  PARADE,  Fr.  to  take  one's 
ground. 

Faire  la  PARADE,  Fr.  To  do  parade 
duty. 

Mottter  la  P  A  R  A  D  E  ,  Fr.  To  take  pa/t 
in  the  regular  line  of  parade. 

Manquer  sa  PARADE,  Fr.  in  fencing, 
to  miss  one's  party. 

Etre  bar.',  de  PARADE,  Fr.  to  parry 
wide,  or  stand  exposed. 

PAR  AD  is,  Fr.  that  part  of  a  harbor 
in  which  vessels  may  ride  with  the  great. 
esr  safety. 

PARALLELED,  Fr.   Parallel  lines 

in  fortification  are  so  called.    See  P  A  R  A  L- 

LELS. 

PARALLELS,  at  a  seige,  the  trenches 
or  lines  made  parallel  to  the  defence  of 
the  place  besieged  :  they  are  also  called 
lines  of  communication,  andboyeaus. 

PARALLELS,  or  places  of  arms,  are 
deep  trenches  15  or  18  feet  wide,  joining 
the  several  attacks  together.  They  serve 
to  place  the  guard  of  the  trenches  in  readi- 
ness to  support  the  workmen  when  at- 
tacked. There  are  usually  three  in  aR 
attack  ;  the  first,  about  300  toises,  or 
600  yards,  from  the  covert-way  :  the  ad 
and  3d,  nearer  to  the  glacis. 

PARALLEL1PIPED,  (Parallelope- 
pide,  Fr.)  one  of  the  regular  bodies  of 
solids,  comprehended  under  six  rectangu- 
lar and  parallel  surfaces,  the  opposite 
ones  whereof  are  equal. 

Tirer  une  P  AR  ALLELE,  Fr.  verbatim , 
to  draw  a  parallel.  To  make  a  direct 
communication  between  one  trench  and 
another, 

PARALLELISM,  the  situation  or 
quality  whereby  any  thing  is  denominated 
parallel. 

PARALLELISM  of  a  march.  In  or- 
der to  preserve  the  parallelism  of  a  march 
in  the  movement  of  troop.-',  each  battnlio.i 
must  ba  kept  perpendicular  to  the  direc- 
tion it  marches  upon,  the  whole  of  the 
,evcral  battalions  in  oae  straight  line,  »)SH 

5  s 


PAR 


PAR 


their  several  marching  directions  parallel 
to  each  other.  The  first  battalion  or  line 
becomes  the  regulating  one,  and  must  be 
regarded  as  infallible;  and  from  the  mo- 
ment that  its  direction  is  ascertained, 
the  commander  of  each  other,  and  their 
directing  Serjeants,  are  to  consider  their 
movements  as  subordinate  to  if,  and  to 
conform  accordingly.  It  is  the  helm 
which  guides  the  line,  and  must  not 
chance  cadence  ;  nor  will  it  increase  or  di- 
niin-sh  its  speed,  but  from  unavoidable 
necessity,  and  by  particular  order. 

Theinstant  communication  of  the  word 
march  is  particularly  important,  that 
the  advanced  guides  of  the  whole  may 
Mop  off  together,  and  thereby  maintain 
the  r  line  parallel  to  the  one  they  quitted, 
and  which  becomes  the  principal  guide 
for  their  battalions  ;  each  preserves  its  six 
paces  from  its  advanced  /-.'uide ;  this 
distance  is  to  be  kept  by,  and  depends  on, 
the  replacing  officer  next  to  the  color, 
\vho  covers  the  directing  guide;  and  if 
these  trained  guides  do  step  equally, 
and  in  parallel  directions  to  each  other, 
they  must  be  dressed  themselves  in  line, 
and  of  consequence  the  centres  of  therr  fol- 
lowing battalions. 

PARALLELISM  and  distance  to  be  ob- 
served in  the  formation  and  movement  of 
any  considerable  body  oftroops.  Itislaid 
down  as  a  general  maxim,  that  no  con- 
siderable body  should  ever  be  formed 
without  a  proportion  of  it  being  placed  in 
reserve  or  in  second  line,  and  more  or  less 
according  to  circumstances.  The  move- 
ments of  such  second  line  will  always 
correspond  with  those  of  the  first,  and  it 
will  always  preserve  its  parallelism  and 
distance. 

If  the  first  line  makes  a  flank  or  central 
change '.f  position,  the  second  must  make 
.j  change  also  on  such  point  as  will  bring 
it  into  its  relative  situation. 

The  march  of  the  second  line  in  front, 
••;  regulated  by  its  own  division  or  bat- 
talion of  direction*  which  moves  relative- 
ly to  that  of  the  first  line.  In  forming  in 
line  it  will  march  upon  its  own  points 
which  are  parallel  to,  and  ascertained  in 
consequence  of  those  of  the  first. 

When  the  lines  break  into  columns  to  the 
front,  the  second  will  generally  follow 
those  of  the  first.  When  the  march  is 
to  the  flanks,  the  second  line  will  com. 
pose  a  separate  column,  or  columns. 
When  the  march  is  to  the  rear,  the  second 
line  will  lead  in  columns 

The  distance  bet  vrixt  the  lines,  maybe 
i:i  general  supposed  equal  to  the  front  of 
one  or  two  battalions,  and  an  interval. 

The  second  lines  are  seldom  composed 
of  as  many  battalions  as  the  first:  they 
are  often  divided  into  distinct  bodies, 
covering  separate  parts  of  the  first  line^ 
anu  consequently  preserving  a  relative 
parallelism  anddistance. 

Second  lines  should  notalways  terrain 
cxtenued,  they  may  often  be  formed  in 
Ctelumn  of  battalions,  or  of  greater  num- 


bers,   ready  to  be  moved  to  any   point 
where  their  assistance  is  necessary. 

Whenever  the  first  line  breaks,  and  ma- 
ioe  wres  by  'ts  right  to  face  to  the  left, 
or  by  its  left  to  face  to  the  right :  the  move- 
ments of  the  second  line  are  free  and  un- 
mbarrassed,  and  it  may  turn  round  the 
manoeuvring  flank  of  the  first  line,  and 
take  its  new  position  behind  it,  by  extend- 
ing itself  parallel  to  that  direction,  how 
oblique  soever  it  may  be. 

The  central  movement  generally  requir- 
ed from  the  second  line  to  conform  to  that 
of  the  first,  is  equivalent  to  that  line 
marching  in  two  columns  of  platoons, 
from  near  the  centre  obliquely  to  the  front, 
and  from  that  situation  forming  to  both 
flanks. 

The  movements  of  the  central  columns 
being  well  understood,  those  of  the  bat- 
talions of  the  wings,  are  similar  in  two 
lines. 

The  officer  commanding  the  second  line, 
n;ustalwaysbe  properly  informed  of  the 
nature  of  the  change  to  be  made  by  the 
first,  that  he  may  readily  determine  his' 
corresponding  movements. 

It  requires  much  attention  to  conduct 
heads  of  battalion  columns  of  both  lines 
nearly  parallel  to  the'r  lateral  ones,  and 
perpendicularly,  or  diagonally  to  front  or 
rear,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  move- 
ment. To  determine  with  precision,  and 
in  due  time,  their  points  in  the  new  line, 
that  wavering  and  uncertainty  of  march- 
may  be  avoided.  Ingreat  movements  to 
allow  the  soldier  every  facility  of  motion 
without  increasing  the  distances  of.iivi- 
sions,  and  to  require  the  most  exact  at- 
tention on  entering  the  new  line,  and  in 
forming.  To  avoid  obstacles  in  the  course 
of  marching,  but  as  soon  as  possible  to 
re-enter  the  proper  path  of  the  column, 
while  out  of  that  path,  the  colors  of  that 
battalion  column  may  be  lowered,  (as  a 
mark  for  the  neighboring  column,  not  to 
be  then  entirely  regulated  by  it)  and  again 
advanced  when  it  regains  its  proper  situa- 
tion. 

All  the  battalions  of  a  second  line, 
must  at  the  completion  of  every  change 
of  position,  find  themselves  placed  in  the 
same  relative  situation  with  respect  to  the 
first,  ;?s  they  were  !n  before  the  com- 
mencement of  the  movement. 

All  changes  of  position  of  a  first  line 
are  made  according  to  one  of  the  modes 
already  prescribed  :  in  general,  in  critical 
situations]  they  are  made  on  a  fixed  flank, 
or  central  point,  and  by  the  echellon 
march  of  platoons  orechelions  of  smaller 
sections  than  platoons,  where  ground  and 
other  circums  ances  require  it;  and  tl.e 
echellons  may  upon  occasion  be  each 
marched  in  file,  but  keeping  its  position  : 
but  the  movements  of  a  second  line  being 
protected,  more  complicated,  and  embrac- 
ing more  ground,  are  made  by  the  march  pt" 
battalion  columns  regulated  by  a  certain 
determined  division  ot  the  line. 

In  all  cases  where  a  change  of  position 


PAR 


PAR 


507 


is  made  on  a  flank  or  central  point  of  the 
Jirst  line,  the  movement  of  its  correspond- 
ing point  of  the  second  line  determines  the 
new  relative  situation  of  that  second-  line. 

Movements  PARALLEL  <«•///&  a  line  of 
fire.  Movements  are  said  to  be  parallel 
with  a  line  of  fire,  when  one  or  more 
lines  march  either  in  the  rear  of  troops 
engaged  with  an  enemy,  or  in  face  of  an 
cremy,  who  is  advancing  to  attack.  The 
greatest  accuracy  and  order  are  required 
on  both  occasions,  particularly  on  the 
latter;  for  if  the  second  line,  Which  is 
the  line  of  support,  does  not  preserve  its 
perpendicular  direction  with  respect  to 
every  leading  point,  and  its  relative  pa- 
rallelism and  distance  with  the  line  en- 
gaged, According  to  circumstances,  it  will 
not  only  run  the  risk  of  becoming  useless 
itself,  but  will  in  all  probability  endan- 
ger the  line  it  covers,  should  any  sudden 
necessity  occur  for  a  change  of  position. 

PARALLELOGRAM,      (Paralleh- 
gratnme,   Fr.)  a  plain  figure  bounded  by  j. 
four  ri>rht  lin.s,  whereof  the  opposite  are  !' 
parallel  one  to  the  other.       It  likewise  ' 
means  an  instrument  composed  of  five  ! 
rulers  of  brass   or    wood,    with   sliding 
sockets,  to  be  set  to  any  proportion,  for 
the  enlarging  or  diminishing  any  map  or 
draught. 

PARALYSE!*,  Fr.  To  paralyse. 
A  term  frequently  used  by  the  French 
since  the  revolution,  to  express  the  bad 
effects  of  a  factious  spirit,  &c.  Ua  seal 
facile ux  qutlque  jois  paralyse  toute  une  act- 
tnjftittration  ;  one  factious  man  will  some- 
times render  the  designs  of  a  whole  admin- 
istration abortive. 

PARAMETER.  See  GUNNERY  and 
PROJECTILES. 

PARAPET,  in  fortification,  an  ele- 
vation of  earth,  designed  for  covering  the 
soldiers  from  the  enemy's  cannon,  or 
email  shot ;  its  thickness  is  from  18  to  20 
feet ;  its  height  6  on  the  inside,  and  4  or 
5  on  that  side  next  the  country :  it  is 
raised  on  the  rampart,  and  has  a  slope 
called  the  superior  talus,  or  glacis  of  the 
parapets,  on  which  the  troops  lay  their 
arms  to  fire  over  The  slope  renders  it 
easy  for  the  soldiers  to  fire  into  the  ditch. 
It  lias  a  banquette  or  two  on  the  inside 
for  the  troops  who  defend  it,  to  mount 
upon,  for  better  discovering  the  country, 
the  ditch,  and  counterscarp,  to  fire  as  they 
iind  occasion. 

PARAPET  of  the  covert -way,  is  what 
covers  that  way  from  the  sight  of  the  ene- 
my ;  which  renders  it  the  most  danger- 
ous place  for  the  besiegers,  because  of  the 
neighborhood  of  the  faces,  flanks,  and 
Curtains  of  the  place. 

PARAPETS  enformedtcrimaillere,  Fr. 
Parapets  which  are  so  constructed  within, 
in  the  form  of  a  saw,  that  one  of  the  faces 
of  the  redans,  or  teeth,  is  perpendicu- 
lar and  the  other  parallel  to  the  capital 
The  chevalier  Clariac,  in  his  Ingenleur  de 
Campagne,  has  given  a  particular  account 
pffhese  parapets.  But  the  merit  of  hav- 


ing invented  them  does  not  entirely  rest 
with  him,  since  the  Marquis  dela  Fond, 
director  of  the  fortified  places  upon  ths 
coast  of  French  Flanders,  and  M.  de  Ver- 
ville,  chief  engineer  at  Rocroi,  have  like- 
wise mentioned  them. 

PARASANG,  (Parasangt,  Fr.)  an 
ancient  Persian  measure,  bdng  usually 
thirty,  sometimes' forty,  and  sometimes 
fifty  stadia  or  furlongs. 

PARC  tfartilleric,  Fr.  S  ee  P  A  R  K  o  F 
ARTILLERY. 

PARC,  Fr.     See  PARK. 

Le  Commissahe  du  PARC,  Fr.  The 
commissary  belonging  to  the  park. 

Le  PARC  des  munitions  et  des  <vi-vresf  I-  r, 
The  park  of  stores  and  provisions. 

P  A  RC  d' Hopital.     See  HOSPITAL. 

PA  R  c  des  vi-isres  ou  quarticr  des  vivres, 
Fr.  Park  of  provisions,  which  see. 

PARCOURIR,  Ft.  in  a  military 
sense,  to  run  over  the  ground  dmi  ig  an 
action.  This  word  is  particularly  appli- 
cable to  those  movements  which  are  made 
by  general  officers,  officers  commanding 
brigades,  &c.  for  the  purpose  of  encou- 
raging their  soldiers  in  the  heat  of  an  en- 
gagement. 

PAR  cou  R  i  R  de  rang  en  rang,  Fr.  to  run 
up  and  down  the  ranks,  or  from  rank  to 
rank. 

PARDON,  forgiveness,  remission. 
In  military  matters  this  word  must  be 
understood  in  two  senses,  viz.  in  a  limit- 
ed one,  when  it  affects  a  culprit  who 
has  been  sentenced  by  a  general  court- 
martial,  to  receive  punishment ;  and  in 
a  mon  extensive  one,  when  the  punish- 
ment is  the  consequence  of  a  regimental 
decision.  In  the  former  case,  the  presi- 
dent only,  through  the  war  department, 
can  pardon  or  remit  the  punishment;  in 
the  latter,  the  colonel,  or  commanding 
officer,  has  a  discretionary  power. 

PARER,  Fr.  to  parry, 

1*  A  R  E  R  a  tcutet  femtes,  Fr.  To  parry 
to  all  feints. 

PARK,  of  artillery,  should  always  bq 
placed  if  possible  within  a  short  distance 
of  water  carriage;  and  have  the  most- 
ready  communication  with  every  parrot* 
the  line  of  the  army.  Its  form  must  de- 
pend on  its  situation.  Ten  feet  are  usual- 
ly allowed  in  front  for  one  carriage  and 
its  interval,  and  near  50  feet  from  the 
hind  wheels  of  the  front  row  to  the  fort* 
wheels  of  the  second  ;  this  inteival  should 
allow  sufficient  room  for  putting  the 
horses  to  the  carriages,  and  for  a  tree  pas- 
sage along  the  line.  In  parks  not  on  imr 
mediate  service,  it  is  customary  to  ar- 
range theguns  with  their  muzzles  to  the 
front;  but  where  the  guns  are  likely  to 
be  wanted  at  a  short  notice,  appearances 
must  not  be  studied,  and  the  gun  carriages 
must  be  parked  with  their  shafts  to  the 
front,  ready  to  receive  horses  to  them, 
A  quarter  guard  is  placed  in  front  of  the 
park,  and  the  non-comrnissiontd  olficers 
and  gunners'  tentson  the  riaako,  at  about: 
20  paces  distance;  and  40  p?/cs  • 


508 


PAR 


PAR 


fear  of  the  subaltern  officers  ;  at  10  more 
to  tin-  rear  tlie  captains,  and  10  more  the 
commanding  officer.  The  mess  tent  is 
15  in  the  rear  of  the  officers.  At  a  con- 
venient  distance,  in  the  rear  of  the  whole, 
are  the  horses,  picketed  in  one  or  more 
lines,  with  the  drivers  on  their  flanks. 
The  horses  are  sometimespicketed  in  lines 
perpendicular  to  the  front,  and  on  the 
flanks  of  the  carriages,  between  the  men 
and  thecarriages.  See  CAMP  and  ARTIL- 
LERY IN  THE  FIELD.  Am.  Mil.  Lib. 

PARK  efp rovi u'ons,  a  place  in  a  camp, 
en  the  rear  of  every  regiment,  which  is 
taken  up  by  che  sutlers  who  follow  the 
army  with  all  sorts  of  provisions,  and  sell 
them  to  the  soldiers. 

PARLEMENTER,    Fr.    to  parley. 
The  French  familiarly  say,  Vllle  qui  par. 
lemente  est  a   dcmi  r endue  ;  a  town  whose  ! 
governor  parlies  may  be  said  to  be  half 
given  up. 

PARLEY,  oral  treaty,  talk,  con-  j 
ference,  discussion  by  word  of  mouth. 

To  PARLEY,  in  military  matters,  to 
enter  into  conference  with  your  enemy. 
This  is  done  by  means  of  a  flag  of  truce. 
SeeTiiucE. 

To  beat  a  PARLEY,  is  to  give  a  signal  j 
for  holding  such  a  conference,  by  beat  of  j 
drum,  or  sound  of  trumpet.  See  CIIA-J 

MADE. 

PAROLE,  in  a  military  sense,  the; 
promise  made  by  a  prisoner  of  war,  when ! 
he  has  leave  to  go  any  where,  of  return- j 
ing  at  a  time  appointed,  or  not  to  take  up 
arms,  if  not  exchanged. 

PAROLE,  means also  a  word  given  out 
every  day  in  orders  by  the  commanding 
officer,  both  iri  camp  and  garrison,  in 
o'rder  to  know  friends  from  enemies. 
^  PARQUER,  Fr.  This  word,  which 
Signifies  to  lodge  and  place  any  thing  in  a 
convenient  and  safe  manner,  is  used  by  the 
French  both  in  an  active  and  passive  sense. 

On  PARQUER  A  rartillerie,  ou  I'artil- 
Ttrie  Jut  parquee  en  ttl  cndroit,  Fr.  you 
>vill  park  the  artillery  in  such  a  quartet, 
t>r  the  artillery  will  be  parked  in  such  a 
Quarter. 

Les  geKs  de  I'artillerie  se  parquercnt,  on 
furent  parquexy  d;i  ccte  de  la  riviere,  Fr. 
The  train  of  artillery  parked  itself  on 
the  banks  of  the  river,  or  was  parked 
\ipon  the  banks  of  the  river. 

I?  artillerie  parqucit  en  tel  Hefty  Fr.  The 
trtiikrv  narked  on  such  ground. 

PARRAIN,  Fr.  means,  literally,  a  god- 
father In  a  military  sense,  it  formerly 
Signified  a  second  or  witness  who  attended 
at  single  combats  to  see  fair  play.  Let 
rombattam  settou-utrent  dansle  lieu  du  com- 
Oat,  chacun  ai>ec  sen  parrain.  The  com- 
battants  met  upon  the  ground,  each  at- 
tended by  his  seconder  witness. 

PARRAIN,  Fr.  in  military  orders,  the 
person  who  introduces,  or  presents  a  new. 
ly  c-U-ctcd  knight.  The  term  is  also  used 
to  signify  the  comrade  who  is  selected 
$y  a  soldier  that  has  been  condemned  ro 


be  shot,  to  bind  the  handkerchief  over  his 
eyes. 

PARRYING,  the  act  ion  of  warding  off 
the  push  or  blow  aimed  at  one  by  another. 

Eire  a  fa  Party  Fr.  a  marine  term 
amon,£  the  French,  signifying,  to  share 
in  the  prizes  which  are  made  against  an 
enemy. 

PA  RTHENI^E,  a  word  derived  from 
the  Greek,  signifying  virginity.  In 
military  history  it  refers  to  a  particular 
circumstance  which  occurred  among  the 
ancients.  The  Spartans  having  been  at 
war  with  the  Messenians  for  20  years, 
and  having  by  that  means  very  much  de- 
populated their  country,  and  apprehend- 
ing that  if  this  war  continued,  it  might 
eventually  strip  Sparta  of  all  its  male  in- 
habitants, they  sent  some  of  their  young 
men  from  the  army  into  the  city,  with 
licence  to  be  familiar  with  as  many  un- 
married women  as  they  would ;  and  the 
children  begotten  by  them  in  this  manner 
were  called  Parthenise,  on  account  oi  the 
uncertainty  who  were  their  fathers.  At 
the  end  of  the  war  this  brood  were  deemed 
bastards,  and  were  denied  the  bearing  of 
any  office  in  the  government,  &c  This 
unjust  exclusion  enraged  them  so  much,, 
that  they  conspired  with  the  slaves  to 
destroy  all  the  nobility  ;  but  on  the  dis- 
covery of  their  plot,  they  were  driven 
out  of  the  city.  After  which,  being 
headed  by  Phalantus,  a  bold  and  enter- 
prising son  of  chance,  they  travelled  into 
Magna  Grecla  in  Italy,  and  built  Tar  en— 
turn. — Bailey's  Diet. 

PARTI,  Fr.     See  PARTY. 

PARTI -Bleity  Fr.  any  party  of  armed 
men  who  infest  a  country,  and  have  no 
regular  permission  to  act  offensively. 

Prendre  le  P  A  R  x  i ,  Fr.   to  take  a  part. 

Prendre  son  PARTI,  Fr.  to  come  to  a 
determination. 

Prendrs  son  PARTI  dans  les  troupes  t  Fr. 
To  list  in  a  regiment. 

Tirer  PARTI,  Fr.  to  take  advantage. 

Ne  psint  prendre  de  PARTI,  Fr.  to  re- 
main neuter,  or  not  to  take  any  part. 

Esprit  de  PARTI,  Fr.  party  spirit. 

Se  delarer  d'un  PAR.TI,  Fr.  openly  to 
avow  some  particular  party.  The  French 
say  figuratively,  II  Jaut  etre  toujours  du 
parti  de  la 'verlt!: ;  we  should  always  side 
with  truth. 

PARTI,  likewise  signifies  profession 
or  employment,  viz.  Le  parti  de  Tepee y  & 
parti  des  armes  ;  the  military  profession. 

Prendre  PARTI  dans  I'tyee,  Fr.  to 
embrace  a  military  life. 

PARTIALITY.  Unequal  state  of 
'he  judgment,  and  favor  of  one  above 
the  other,  without  just  reason.  If  any 
member  of  a  general  court-martial  ex- 
presses a  previous  judgment,  in  partiali- 
ty either  to  the  prisoner  or  prosecutor, 
before  he  is  sworn,  it  is  to  be  deemed  r. 
good  cause  of  challenge  ;  and  he  should 
not  be  allowed  to  sit  in  judgment  on  the 
case. 

PARTISAN,  has  been  applied,  to  a 


PAR 


PAS 


509 


halberd  or  pike,  and  to  a  marshal's  staff. 
See  BATON. 

PARTISAN,  in  the  art  of  -war,  a 
person  dexterous  in  commanding  a  party  ; 
who,  knowing  the  country  well,  is  em- 
ployed in  getting  intelligence,  or  surpris- 
ing the  enemy's  convoy,  &c.  The  word 
also  means  an  officer  sent  out  upon  a  par- 
ty, with  the  command  of  a  body  of  light 
ti-oops,  generally  under  the  appellation  of 
a  partisan  corps.  It  is  necessary  that 
this  corps  should  be  compose!  of  infantry, 
light- horse,  and  riflemen. 

PARTY,  in  a  military  sense,  a  small 
Dumber  or  detachment  ot  men,  horse,  or 
foot,  sent  upon  any  kind  of  duty  ;  as  into 
an  enemy's  country,  to  pillage,  to  take 
prisoners,  and  oblige  the  country  to  come 
tinder  contribution.  Parties  are  often 
sent  out  to  view  the  roads  and  ways,  get 
intelligence,  seek  forage,  reconnoitre,  or 
amuse  the  enemy  upon  a  inarch ;  they 
are  also  frequently  sent  upon  the  flanks 
of  an  army,  "or  regiment,  to  discover  the 
enemy,  if  near,  and  prevent  surprise  or 
ambuscade. 

Parties  escorting  deserters  in  the  British 
service  receive  the  following  allowances, 
being  the  same  as  have  been  granted  to 
those  of  other  forces,  in  consideration  of 
the  unavoidable  extraordinary  wear  of 
their  clothing  and  necessaries  on  that  du- 
ty, viz. 

Distances  from  For  each  man 

quarters. 


£.     J.    d. 
Between  8  and  20  miles  o     t    o 

20         50  020 

50       100  040 

100       150  050 

150          2oO  060 

Above  200  076 

In  the  like  proportion,  allowances  are 
to  be  made  for  parties  of  four,  five,  and 
six  men,  but  no  higher.  This  is  how- 
ever to  be  understood  as  a  regulation  of 
allowance  merely,  it  not  being  the  inten- 
tion of  government  thereby  to  restrain  any 
commanding  officer  from  employing 
larger  parties  on  the  escort  duty,  if  he 
should  think  proper,  but  that  whatever 
may  be  the  actual  number  of  the  parties, 
the  allowances  are  to  be  in  the  propor- 
tion of 


3''  pur 
Five 
Six 


from  9 

from  13  to  16 

from  17  to  20 


Exact  returns  of  the  said  duty,  as  ;>er- 
jormed  by  each  corps,  are  to  be  made  up, 
agreeable  to  a  form  annexed,  as  soon  as 
may  be  after  every  24th  of  June  and  24th 
of  December,  for  the  half  ye::rs  immedi- 
ately preceding,  and  are  to  be  transmit- 
ted to  the  office  of  the  secretary  at  war, 
In  order  that  the  allowances  thereon  may 
be  settled  and  directed. 

Watering  P  A  R  T  Y  .      See  W  A  T  E  R  T  N  c  . 

Firing  PARTY,  those  who  are  select. 
ed  to  fire  over  the  grave  of  an}'  one  inter. 


red  with  military  honors,  if  below  the 
rank  of  brigadier-general ;  for  the  specific 
number  of  which  the  party  is  to  consist, 
&c. — See  BURIALS. 

Working  PARTIES.  These  consist  of 
small  detachments  of  men  under  the  im- 
mediate command  and  superinti-ndance 
of  officers  who  are  employed  on  t'atigues 
which  are  no:  purely  of  a  military  nature. 
They  are  generally  called  fatigue  duties, 
being  diUeien:  from  those  of  para:  e,  or  of 
exercise  in  the  field.  They  principally 
consist  i.'idigghig  canals,  repairing  roads, 
working  on  fortifications,  except  such  as 
maybe  constructed  in  the  field,  or  upon 
actual  service.  An  addition  is  made  to 
their  pay,  as  a  reward  for  their  labor, 
and  a  compensation  for  their  extraordina- 
ry wear  of  necessaries  :  half  of  which 
should  always  be  paid  into  the  hands  ot" 
thecaptains,  and  commandh.g  officer.,  oi' 
companies,  for  this  latter  purpose.  It 
has  been  judiciously  observed  in  a  rur  to 
the  treatise  on  Military  Finance,  th  r  Bri- 
tish troops  might  in  time  of  peace,  be  em- 
ployed much  oftener  than  they  are  on 
works  of  this  nature,  with  equal  advan- 
tage to  the  public  and  to  themselves. 
This  remark  becomes  raore  forcibly  ap- 
poske  since  the  adoption  of  canals  t  h  oug-h. 
the  country. 

PAS,  Fr  Pace.  A  measure  in  for- 
tification. The  French  divid^  their  pas, 
or  pace,  into  two  kinds — pascotnmun,  or 
ordinary  pace,  and  fas  geometriyue,  or 
geometrical  pace.  The  ordinary  pace 
consists  of  two  feet;  and  the  geometrical 
pace  con  tains  five  royal  feet.orn've/'/Vi/.rdV 
roi.  The  itinerary  distance  which  the 
Italians  call  a  mile,  consists  of  one  thou- 
sand geometrical  pacts  ;  and  three  miles 
make  a  French  league. 

PtLSoMiyuc,  Fr.  Oblique  step,  now  ex- 
ploded. 

PAS  ordinaire)  Fr.     Ordinary  time. 

PAS  ordinaire  direct t  Fr.  Front  step  ih 
ordinary  time. 

PAS  free/pile,  Fr.  Double  quick 
time. 

PAS  de charge,  Fr.     Charg,ng  time. 

PAS  cadence,  Fr.     Cadenced  step. 

Douiiler  le  PAS,  Fr.  to  double  your  step 
or  pace :  to  go  faster. 

Forcer  le  PAS,  Fr.  to  make  a  forced 
march. 

P\saJa»ge,  Fr.  a  lengthened  step. 

Alovger  le  P  A  s ,     to  step  out. 

Dimin uer  le  P  A  s ,   Fr.     To  step  short. 

Hater  le  PAS,  Fr,  to  slacken  your 
pace  ;  to  go  slower. 

Marcher  a  ^fands  PAS,  Fr.  To  move 
rapidly. 

Marcher  a  petits  PAS,  Fr.  to  step 
short,  or  move  leisurely. 

Returner  sur  set  PAS,   Fr.    To  go  back. 

Avoir  le  PAS,  Fr.  To  have  the  pre- 
cedeucy . 

PAS  de  toun's,  Fr.  Degrees  or  step^ 
which  are  made  in  different  parts  of  the 
circumference  of  the  counterscarp. — 
They  serve  to  keep  up  a  communication 


510 


PAS 


PAS 


between  works  when  the  ditch  is  dry, 
and  are  generally  made  in  the  rentrant 
angles  of  the  counterscarp,  and  in  the 
rentrant  angles  of  the  outworks.  There 
are  likewise  steps  or  degrees  of  this  sort  at 
some  distance  from  the  glacis. 

PAS,  Fr.  Any  strait  or  channel  of 
water  between  two  separate  lands. 

PAS  de  Calais,    Fr.     The  straits  be- 
tween Calais  and  Dover. 
•    PAS,    likewise    signifies  any  narrow 
pass.     Le  pas  des  Thermopiles.    The  pass 
of  Thermopylae 

Defendre  le  PAS,  Fr.  To  defend  the 
pass  or  strait 

FraHcher  Is  PAS,    Fr.    To  determine 
upon  a  thing  after  some  hesitation. 
<PAS  d'ane,  Fr.   A  sword-guard,  which 
rovers  the  whole  hand,  or  basket  hilt. 
i  'ne  garde  a  pas  d'ane. 

•  PAS  d'ane,  Fr.     This  word  likewise 
*heans  a  curb  or  snaffle. 

PASS,  in  a  military  sense,  a.  strait,  dif- 
ficult, and  narrow  passage,  which  shuts 
up  the  entrance  intoa  country. 

PASS,  a  voucher  for  the  absence  of  a 
non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier,  in 
ihe  following  form : 

•  By commanding  the 

regiment  of  U.   S.  Infantry,  stationed  at 


•Permit  the  bearer  hereof- 


tompany  of  the  abovementioned  regiment, 

to  pass  from  hence  to and  to 

return  to  quarters  at  or  before 

o'clock. 

Given  under  my  hand  at this 

To  all  li'hom  it  way  concern . 

PASS,  PASSADO,  \nfencing,  a  push 
cr  thrust  upon  your  adversary. 

PASS,  (passade,  Fr.)  in  fencing,  a  leap 
cr  advance  upon  the  enemy. 

To  PASS,  to  march  by  open  order  of 
columns,  for  the  purpose  of  saluting  a 
reviewing  general.  Each  division  or 
company  (on  its  march)  will  open  its 
Tanks  at  20  paces  distance  from  the  general, 
and  again  close  them,  after  it  has  passed 
15  paces.  The  whole  march  in  slow 
time,  till  the  leading  division  arrives  at 
the  spot  where  the  left  of  the  battalion 
originally  stood.  The  commanding  of- 
ficer then  halts  the  regiment,  the  music 
rcases  to  play,  and  the  different  divisions 
"With  supported  arms  march  in  quick  time 
Jintil  they  have  completed  the  third  wheel 
from  the  ground  of  original  formation; 
%vhen  arms  are  ordered  to  be  carried,  the 
music  plays,  and  as  each  division  com- 
pletes the  third  wheel,  the  officers  shift 
to  the  right,  and  the  whole  pass  the 
general. 

PASS  of  arms.  In  ancient  chivalry, 
a  bridge,  road,  &c.  which  the  knights 
undertook  to  defend,  and  which  was  not 
lo  be  passed  without  fighting  the  person 
who  kept  it.  He,  \vhowasdisposcdto 
dispute  the  pas?,  touched  one  of  the  ar- 
mories of  the  other  kriigln  who  held  the 
pass,  that  were  hung  on  pales,  columns, 


j  &c.  erected    for  the  purpose;  and  this 

was  a   challenge    which  the  other   was 

obliged    to  accept.        The     vanquished 

!  gave  the  conqueror  such  prize   as  was 

i  agreed  on. 

PA.ss-parc!e,a  command  or  word  which 
is  given  out  at  the  head  of  an  army,  and 
from  thence  passed  from  mouth  to  ir.outh, 
1  till  it  reach  the  rear. 

PASS-/W/,  a  letter  of  licence  which  is 
!  given  by  a  government,  granting  safe 
:  conduct  to  travel,  enter,  and  go  out 
j  of  its  territories  without  molestation  ; 
I  this  is  properly  given  to  friends  and  neutral 
I  persons ;  and  the  safe  conduct  to  ene- 
!  mies. 

PASS,  All's  Will,   a  term  used  by  a 

,  British  sentry  after  he  has  challenged  a 

person  that  comes  near  his  post,  and  has 

j  given  him  the  proper  parole,  watchword, 

or  countersign.     See  ROUNDS. 

PASSADE,  Fr.   See  PASS. 

PASSADE,  in  the  manege,  is  a  horse's 

!  walking  or  trotting  in  such  a  manner,  that 

j  he  raises  the  outward   hind- leg  and  the 

I  inward    fore-leg    together ;  and,    setting 

these  two  on  the  ground,  raises  the  other 

two  alternately,   never    gaining  above  a 

foot  of  ground  at  a  time. 

Detnander/aPASSAnz,  Fr.  This  term 
is  used  among  the  French  to  express  the 
act  of  soliciting  charity  out  of  the  usual 
way  of  persons  begging,  or  who  have  not 
been  accustomed  to  ask  alms.  Donnerla 
passade  a  un  paufrt  stldat ;  to  give  alms 
to  a  poor  soldier.  II y  avoit  :>ur  If  chemin. 
beauconp  dr  soldats  qui  demandoknt  la  fas- 
sade ;  there  were  many  soldiers  on  the 
road  who  asked  charity. 

PASSAGE,  (passagf,  Fr.)  This 
word,  as  to  its  general  import,  does  not 
require  explanation.  It  is  familiar  to. 
everybody.  In  a  military  sense  it  may 
be  variously  understood  for  passages  made 
over  rivers  or  through  defiles,  which 
should  always  be  secured  when  an  army 
is  on  its  march.  Dragoons  or  light  caval- 
ry are  generally  employed  upon  this  ser- 
vice, being,  by  thecelerity  of  theirmo- 
tions,  bcttercalculated  toget  the  start  of 
an  enemy.  Passes  through  mountainous 
countries,  and  passages  over  rivers,  may 
likewise  be  secured  by  means  of  light  field 
pieces  and  flying  artillery.  The  latter  are 
particularly  calculated  for  defiles.  In- 
trenching tools,  &c.  must  be  carried  with 
them. 

It  it  be  found  expedient  to  cross  a  river, 
a  suiiicient  number  of  pontoons,  must 
accompany  the  desatchment  St-ould 
the  river  be  forciablc,  and  a  body  of  infan- 
try have  been  brought  up  in  time  to  act 
with  the  cavalry,  the  former  mmt  in- 
stantly make  good  its  footing  on  the  oppo- 
site side,  carrying  intrenching  tools,  &c, 
for  the  purp'-se  of  fortifying  the  tele  du 
font,  ar.d  thereby  securing  the  passage  of 
the  river.  Rivers  are  crossed  either  by 
surprise,  or  by  main  force. 

When  the  passage  is  to  be  effected  by 
surprise,  such  movements  and  feints  musi 


PAS 


PAS 


511 


be  resorted  to,  as  may  induce  the  enemy 
to  direct  his  means  of  opposition  to  a 
distant  quarter  from  the  one  you  have 
in  contemplation.  Every  precaution  j 
must  be  taken  to  prevent  him  from  get-  j| 
ting  the  least  intelligence  respecting  your  |j 
boa ts  of  pontoons  ;  and  on  this  account 
you  must  frequently  countermarch  dif- 
ierent  bodies  of  troops  to  divert  his  at- 
tenti <-n.  When  the  passage  is  to  be  ef- 
fected by  main  force,  you  must  take  such 
a  position  as  will  enable  you  to  command 
the  one  occupied  by  the  enemy,  and  you 
must  select  that  part  of  the  river  where 
there  are  small  islands  or  creeks,  under 
cover  of  which  the  boats  and  barges  may 
ply. 

Those  spots  upon  the  banks  of  a  river 
are  best  calculated  for  this  enterprise, 
where  the  stream  forms  a  rentrant  angle, 
because  it  is  more  easy,  in  cases  of  that 
sort,  ro  plant  your  batteries  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  aftbrd  a  cross  fire  against  the 
opposite  bank  The  instant  you  have 
dislodged  the  enemy,  by  means  of  a  su- 
perior force  of  artillery  (which  you  must 
always  provide  for  the  'purpose  in  ques- 
tion) a  strong  detachment  composed  of 
grenadiers,  and  other  chosen  troops,  must 
cross  in  boats  or  barges,  in  order  to  stand 
the  first  shock  of  the  enemy,  under  a  well 
supported  fire  of  artillery. 

When  this  detachment  has  made  good 
its  footing,  the  boats  or  barges  must  in- 
stantly row  back  for  fresh  troops,  whilst 
the  pioneers,  artificers,  and  workmen, 
who  accompanied  the  grenadiers,  throw 
up  temporary  redoubts,  and  are  protect- 
edby'he  fire  of  the  troops  that  have 
landed.  As  soon  as  the  works  are  suf- 
ficiently advanced,  and  an  adequate  num- 
ber of  men  has  been  distributed  in  them 
to  secure  the  post,  the  bridge  must  be 
undertaken.  Its  head  or  tete  must  be 
rna  ;e  as  strong  as  possible,  to  keep  the 
enemy  in  check  should  he  return,  and 
tndeavor  >o  disl^d-rt  the  advanced  guard. 

The  main  body  must  be  put  in  motion 
shortly  after  the  departure  of  the  first  de- 
tachment, in  order  to  support  the  latter, 
should  the  enemy  succeed  in  making  a 
bold  push  to  defeat  it,  and  thereby  pre- 
vent the  numberless  disadvantages  which 
musr  ensue,  if  the  army  were  p  rmitted 
to  cross  the  river,  or  to  pass  the  defile 
without  opposition. 

When  rhe  passage  of  a  large  river  can 
be  hanpily  erfected  by  means  of  a  bridge, 
considerabie  advances  may  be  derived 
from  it ;  most  espec  ally  when  the  army- 
is  thereby  enabled  to  reach  a  defile  or  -ass, 
the  possession  of  which  enables  a  general 
todistnbute  his  troops  in  desultory  quar- 
ters. Marshal  Tnrenne,  in  his  famous 
passage  over  the  Wesel  in  1672,  has  af- 
forded us  a  strong  instance  of  this  advan- 
tage. Marshal  Saxe  has  written  largely 
upon  this  imporant  operation  ;  and  every 
genera!  oiiic-r  ought  to  be  thoroughly 
versed  in  the  ways  and  means  of  ex  :cut- 
-sr.z  it  linger  «<H  the  various  circumstan- 


ces that  occur  in  the  locality  of  ground^ 
the  peculiar  nature  of  rivers,  and  the  pos- 
sible resources  of  an  enemy,  that  is  de- 
termined to  dispute  his  passage.  But  the 
most  memorable  of  all  that  is  recorded  in 
history  are  the  passages  of  the  Danube 
below  Vienna,  in  1809,  which  merit  the 
study  of  every  military  man. 

Soldiers  should  be  frequently  practised 
in  the  different  evolutions  which  are  re- 
quired to  pass  a  bridge  in  a  safe  and  mili- 
tary manner.  Bridges,  defiles,  &c.  be- 
ing obstacles  that  retard  the  movements- 
of  an  army,  whose  object  is  to  advance, 
we  refer  our  readers  for  a  full  elucidation 
of  the  subject,  under  the  article  OBSTA- 
CLE. 

PASSAGE,  Fr.  a  term  which  relates' 
to  the  reception  of  a  knight,  in  the  ordec 
of  Malta. 

PASSAGE  of  bridges  or  defiles  when 
a  battalion  or  line  stands  on  narrow 
ground. 

A  battalion,  standing  in  narrow  ground, 
may  sometimes  be  ordered  to  march  in 
file  for  the  purpose  of  forming  open  co- 
lumn ;  and  passing  a  defile,  either  bet-ire 
or  behind  that  flank,  before  or  behind 
the  other  flank,  or  before  or  behind  any 
central  point  of  that  line. 

Received  Rules \ 

1.  If  before  the  right  flank — The  rigtlt 
platoon  will  move  on,  the  rest  of  the  bat- 
talion will  face  to  the  right,  and  march  iu 
file,    the     divisions     will     successively- 
front  and  follow  the  leading  one*  and  each 
other. 

2.  If  behind  the  right  flank — The  whote 
face  to  the  right  and  march^  the  right  di- 
vision  instantly    countermarches  to  the 
rear,  fronts^  and  moves  forward,  follow- 
ed in  the  same  manner  by  every  other  di- 
vision, till  the  whole  is  in  column. 

But  the  following  method  of  passing 
in  open  column,  would  save  a  great  deal 
of  Mine  which  is  unnecessarily  lost  by 
countermarching  each  division  separately, 
as  they  successively  arrive  on  the  ground 
where  the  right  division  stood  before  it 
marched  off  to  the  rear. 

ist.  Countermarch  the  whole  of  the 
divisions  at  the  same  time,  and  on  the 
same  ground  which  they  severally  occu- 
py in  the  line. 

2d.  Face  the  whole  (except  the  right 
division)  to  the  left,  which  moves  for- 
ward on  the  word  mzrch  from  the  chief. 
The  divisions  as  they  successively  arrive 
on  the  around  from  which  the  first  divi- 
sion marched,  will  halt  and  front,  follow 
the  leading  one  and  eiich  other,  till  the 
whole  are  in  column. 

Received  Rules. 

3.  If  befr.re  any  central  point ,  or  the  left 
flank — The  battalion  makes  a  successive 

countermarch  from  the  ri,.ht  flank  towards 
the  left,  and  when  th  •  right  division  ar- 
rives at  the  point  from  whence  it  is  to  ad- 
vance, it  again  (Git/iternwchestvir'$  ri^ht, 


512 


PAS 


PAS 


a  space  equal  to  its  front,  then  faces  nncl 
moves  or.,  and  is  thus  successively  fol- 
lowed by  part  of  the  battalion.  The 
other  part  of  the  battalion  beyond  the 
point  of  advancing,  faces  inwards,  when 
necessary,  makes  a  progressive  march  in 
file,  then  fronts,  and  follows  by  divisions 
as  it  comes  to  the  turn  of  each,  till  the 
\vhcleare  in  column. 

A  different  Method. 

Instead  of  passing  according  to  the  above 
-m''hod,  much  time  may  be  gaineJ,  by 
the  divisions  on  the  right  ot  the  defile 
lacing  to  the  left,  (commencing  with  the 
right  cltvison)  march  in  rile  till  opposite, 
and  in  full  front  of  the  division  which  is 
Apposite  the  defile,  or  where  the  column 
is  to  advance  from,  then  front,  march  for. 
ward,  followed  by  the  other  divisions; 
the  divisions  on  "the  left  of  the  defile 
will  face  inwards,  and  when  necessary, 
make  a  progressive  march  in  file,  fol- 
Eowed  as  before,  till  the  whole  are  in 
column. 

Received  Rule. 

4.  If  behind  the  centre  or  the  left  fin  k. — 
The  right  part  of  the  battalion  counter, 
marches  from  the  right  by  files  succes- 
sively by  the  rear;  and  the  other  part  of 
the  battalion,  as  is  necessary,  makes  a 
progiessive  march  by  files  from  its  right  to 
the  central  point,  and  there  begins  to 
countermarch  at  that  point,  the  leading 
and  each  other  division,  fronts  into  co- 
lumn, and  moves  on. 

A  different  Method, 

To  avoid  loss  of  time  »n  countermarch. 

iig  the  divisions  on  the  left  as  they  suc- 
cessively arrive  at  the  point  they  march 
from.  Countermarch  those  divisions  first 
on  the  ground  they  severally  stand  on, 
then  face  to  the  left  •  and  when  it  comes  to 
their  turn  march  in  file,  front,  and  fol- 
lowing in  column,  as  they  progressively 
and  successively  arrive  opposite  the  point 
where  the  right  division  entered  the  de- 
iilc. 

It  must  be  observed  that  in  all  counter, 
marches  of  divisions  on  the  ground  they 
severally  stand  on,  when  passing  to  the 
rear,  the  division  which  stands  opposite 
the  point  from  which  they  are  to  march, 
must  countermarch  at  the  same  time  with 
the  other  divisions.      Set  Am.  Mi!.  Lib. 
PASSAGE    of    Lines.         In   narrow 
^r.-.-uiuis,  where  there  are  redoubled  lines, 
and  in  many  other  situations,  it  bt  conies 
necessary  for  one  battalion  to  pass  directly 
through  another,   in  marching  either  to 
front  or  rear.       This  must  particularly 
en,  when  a  first  line,    which    has 
•'•-it  in  action,  retires  through,    and 
?hce  for  a  second  line  which  has 
«'iiie   forward   to   support   it ;    or,    the 
second  line  ivina  ning  posted,  when  the 
*.rrst  falls  Kick,  and  retires  through     :t, 
an<tt'-  '  !y,  till  a  safe  position  is 

V tawed. 


PASSAGE  of  I  be  Traverse,  an  open- 
ing out  in  the  parapet  of  the  covert- way, 
close  to  the  traverses,  that  there  may  be  a 
ready  communication  with  all  parts  of  the 
covert- way. 

PASSAGE,  in  the  manege,  an  action 
wherein  the  horse  raises  a  hind  and  fore 
leg  together;  then  setting  these  two  on 
the  ground,  he  raises  the  other  two  :  and 
thus  alternately,  never  gaining  above  a  foot 
of  ground  at  a  time. 

PASSAGE,  Fr.  to  passage,  a  term  used 
in  the  manege. 

PASSAGES  un  cbeval,  Fr.  to  make  a 
horse  passage  It  is  likewise  used  as  a 
neutral  verb,  viz  un  che-val  passage,  a, 
horse  passages. 

PASSANDEAUj/V.  an  ancient  piece 
ofordnance,  which  carried  an  eight  pound 
ball,  and  weighed  three  thousand  five 
hundred  pounds. 

Chemhi  PASSANT,  Fr.  a  thorough- 
fare. 

PASSAVANT,  Fr.  a  pass.  This 
term  is  not  used  in  a  military  sense,  but 
relates  chiefly  to  commercial  matters. 

PASSE,  Fr.     See  PASS. 

PASSES-Ai//«,  Fr.  boards  or  ma- 
chines made  of  iron  01  brass,  used  in  dis- 
parting cannon,  and  fitted  to  every  species 
of  calibre. 

PASSE-Mwr,  Fr.  a  piece  of  ordnance 
formerly  so  called,  which  carried  a  sixteen 
pound  ball,  and  weighed  four  thousand 
two  hundred  pounds. 

PASSE-K»-  tout,  Fr.  a  large  saw,  the 
teeth  of  which  are  irregularly  made  .for 
tlie  purpose  of  cutting  forest  trees  asun- 
der. 

P  A.SSE-/W-/OK/,  Fr.  a  master  key. 

PAssE-i/ogT/?,  Fr.  Any  extraordina- 
ry eiibrt  that  is  made  in  rowing  is  so  cal- 
led. 

PA&SE-Ptfro/f,  Fr.  This  expression 
is  used  among  the  French  in  an  absolute 
sense,  and  signifies  to  give  the  parole,  or- 
der, or  countersign.  When  troops  are 
on  service,  or  upon  duty,  they  have  fre- 
quent occasion  to  adopt  it,  especially 
during  the  rounds.  Avance  -passe-parole. 
Advance,  and  give  the  parole  or  counter- 
sign. 

PAssE-fW<r*r,  Fr.  any  man  that  is  not 
really  in  the  service,  and  who  stands  to  be 
mustered  for  the  purpose  of  completing 
the  supposed  number  of  eiiectives  in  a 
regiment,  or  on  board  a  ship  of  war.  They 
are  like  wise  called  soldatspretes,  Borroiv- 
ed  ssltiicis*  During  the  existence  of  the 
old  French  government,  the  strictest  re- 
gulations were  made  to  prevent  the  gross 
impositions  that  were  sometimes  prac- 
tised by  means  ofpasse~vo/a?ts  or  faggots. 

PAssE./'-Viiwj  likewise  means  those? 
wooden  pieces  of  ordnance  which  IKC  made 
to  resemble  real  artillery,  avid  fill  up  the 
vacant  places  in  a  ship.  They  weiv 
adopted  by  the  Fiench,  in  consequence  of 
a  regulation  which  was  made  by  M.  do 
Pont  chart  rain,  when  he  became  minister 
of  the  marine  department.  He  gave 


PAT 


PAT 


513 


orders,  that  no  vessels,  except  such  as  II  vexatious  circumstances  of  disappoint, 
carried  16  guns,  should  sail  to  and  from  n  ment.  Rousseau  says,  La  patience  ts£ 
America.  In  order  to  comply,  at  least  in  I \amlre^  mats  sont  fruit  estdoux.  Patience 
out  ward  appearance,  with  this  regulation,  is  a  bitter  root,  but  its  fruit  is  sweet. 
the  merchants  had  recourse  topass-vo/ans,  I  P  ATOMA  R,  Ind.  a  two  mast  vessel : 
or  wooden  substitutes,  they  are  called  by  !  each  mast  carries  one  sail  of  four  un- 
usquakerguns.  More  ad  vantages  than  one  equal  sides.  It  likewise  means  a  mes- 
iire  indeed  derived  from  this  invention,  j|  senger. 

PATRICIAN,   from   the   Latin  Pa. 


which  has  been  adopted  in  every  civilized 
country. 

PA.ssz-ch(vaux,  Fr.  ferry  for  horses. 

PASSER,  Fr.  to  pass.  This  word 
lias  various  significations  both  .in  French 
and  English,  but  chiefly  in  the  former 
language. 

PASSER  en  rruuet   Fr.  ta  muster. 

PASSER  acompte,  Fr.  to  allow  in  reckon" 
ing. 

P  A  s  s  E  Ji  au  fl  dt  /'e'pef,  Fr.  to  put  to 
the  sword. 

PASSER/XJT  Us  baguettes ,  Fr.  to  run  the 
gauntlet. 

P  A  s  s  E  R  par  les  arnies,  Fr.  to  be  shot. 

PASSKR^A*  montre,  F  r.  to  pass  mus- 
ter. 

PASSER  par  la  wain  du  Aourrcau,   Fr. 


tricius,  one  descended  from  a  noble  fa. 
mily.  The  term  was  used  among  the 
Romans,  to  distinguish  the  higher  class 
of  the  inhabitants  or  Rome  from  the 
lower,  who  were  called  plebeians.  Ro- 
mulus, as  soon  as  the  city  of  Rome  was 
tolerably  well  filled  with  inhabitants, 
made  a  distinction  of  the  people.  The 
names  Peter,  Patrick,  are  from  pater  a 
father;  the  Roman  senate  were  called 
Patres  conscripti.  See  PATRON. 

Order  of  St.  PA  f  RICK.  There  is 
only  one  order  of  knighthood  which  be- 
longs to  Ireland  ;  it  is  that  of  St.  Pa- 
trick, and  was  created  by  Geo.  Ill  for 
corrupt  purposes. 

PATRIOT,  a  sincere  and  unbiassed 


to  be  tlogged,  or  otherwise  punished,  by  I!  friend  to  his  country;   an  advocate  fot 

general  civilization,  uniting,  in  his  con- 
duct through  life,  moral  rectitude  with 
political  integrity.  Such  a  character  is 
seldom  found  in  any  country  ;  but  the 
specious  appearance  of  it  is  to  be  seen  eve- 
ry where,  most  especially  in  Europe. 
1 1  is  difficult  to  say,  how  far  the  term  can 
be  used  in  a  military  sense,  although  it  is 
not  uncommon  to  read  of  a  citix.cn  soldier, 
and  a  patriot  soldier.  Individually  con- 
sidered the  term  may  be  just,  but  it  is 
hardly  to  be  understood  collectively. 

PATROL,  any  party  or  round  of 
soldiers,  to  the  number  of  five  or  six, 
with  a  serjeant  to  command  them  These 
men  are  detached  from  the  main  guard, 
picquet,  or  quarter-guard,  according  to 
circumstances,  to  walk  round  the  streets 
of  a  garrison  town,  Sec.  for  the  purpose 
of  taking  up  disorderly  persons,  or  such 
as  cannot  give  an  account  of  themselves. 
It  is  their  duty  to  see,  that  the  soldiers 


the  public  hangman. 

P  A  s  s  E  R  la  riviere,  passer  la  Hgne%  Fr. 
to  cross  the  river,  to  cross  the  line. 

PASSER  pur  les  csttrroies^  Fr.  to  be 
picketed. 

PASSER  un  hatnme  a  UH  ofjicler^  Fr.  to 
allow  an  officer  the  pay  and  subsistence  of 
a  private  soldier  for  the  maintenance  of  a 
servant.  The  term  is  also  used  to  express 
the  receipt  of  any  public  allowance  for 
sinecure  places. 

P  A  s  s  E  R.  .rz<r  le  venire  a  une  armet,  Fr. 
lo  defeat  an  army. 

PASSEUR,  /r.  a  ferryman. 

PAT  ACHE,  Fr.  This  word  seme- 
times  means  an  advice  boat ;  but  it  more 
generally  signifies  an  armed  tender,  or  a 
revenue  cutter. 

PATE,  Fr  in  fortification,  a  sort  of 
horse-shoe,  that  is,  a  platform,  or  terre- 
pleine,  irregularly  built,  yet  generally 
constructed  in  an  oval  form.  It  is  sur- 


rounded by  a  parapet,  without  any  thing    and  inhabitants  of  the  place  repair  to  their 


to  flank  it,  and  having  no  other  defence 
than  what  is  front  or  fore  right.  Pates 
;ne  usually  erected  in  marshy  grounds  lo 
cover  the  gate  of  a  fortified  town  or 
place 


quarters  and  dwelling-houses,  (in  con- 
formity to  specific  directions  which  are 
given  out  to  that  effect)  and  that  alehouses 
and  sutlers'  booths  are  shut  up  at  a  sea- 
sonable hour.  They  are  likewise  to  take 


PATERERO,asmallcannonmanaged    up  every    person  they  meet  without  a 


by  a  swivel. 


light,  and  that  cannot  give  the  watch-. 


PATIENCE,  the  power  or  faculty  of  word  or  countersign  when  he  is  challeng- 
suffering;  indurancc;  the  power  of  ex-  ed.  All  such  persons  must  beconductcil 
peciing  long,  without  rage  or  discontent ;  to  the  guard-house,  and  a  report  made  of 
the  power  of  supporting  faults  or  injuries,  I  them  to  the  commandant  or  governor  of 
without  revenge;  long  suffering.  In  the  place,  by  the  town-major, 
military  life  patience  is  an  essential  re-  PATROLES  are  formed  out  of  the  in- 
•juisite.  Without  patience  half  the  fantry  as  well  as  the  cavalry.  When  a 
toils  of  war  would  be  insupportable;  weak  place  is  besieged,  and  there  is  reason 
with  patience  there  are  scarcely  any  hard- 
ships but  what  coolness,  courage,  and 
ability  may  overcome.  It  is  one  of  tht 
greatest  virtues,  indeed,  in  an  officer  or] 
-oldier  patiently  to  support,  not  only  the 
iigor  of  discipline,  but  the  keen  ?ml 


to  apprehend  an  assault,  strong  patroles 
are  ordered  to  do  duty  ;  theseon  foot  keep 
a  KOOCI  look  out  from  the  ramparts,  and 
those  that  are  mounted  take  care  of  the 
outworks. 


514 


PAT 


PAY 


PATRON,  one  who  countenances, 
supports,  or  protects.  F.very  superior 
officer,  from  the  commander  in  chief  to 
the  lowest  non-commissioned  officer, 
may,  in  a  military  sense,  he  called  a 
pat'ron  ;  for  it  is  the  duty  of  all  persons, 
fn  authority,  to  countenance,  support, 
and  protect  every  executive  memher  in 
the  service.  Partialities  on  the  oth  r 
hand,  (whatever  may  be  their  sources] 
are  the  bane  of  order  and  good  discipline. 
In  proportion  as  merit  finds  patrons  among 
the  good  and  great,  indolence  and  in- 
ability  should  be  discountenanced  anddfe- 
graded. 

Kennett  in  his  Roman  Antiquities,  page 
07,  has  the  following  passage,  on  the  origin 
of  the  word  :  — 

Romulus,  as  soon  as  his  city  was  to- 
Jerably  well  filled  with  inhabitants,  made 
a  distinction  of  the  people  according  to 
honor  and  quality  ;  giving  rhe  better  sort 
the  name  of  Patres  er  Patricii,  and  the 
test  the  common  title  of  Plebeii.  To 
hind  the  two  degrees  more  firmly  together, 
he  recommended  to  the  patricians  some 
of  the  plebians,  to  protect  and  counte- 
nance; the  former  being  stiled  Pahoni^ 
and  the  latter  Ciienies.  The  patrons  were 
always  their  clients'  counsellors  in  dif- 
ficult cases;  theiradv«  cates  in  judgments; 
in  short,  their  advisers  and  overseers  in 
all  affairs  whatever.  On  the  other  side, 
the  c  ier.ts  faithfully  served  their  patrons, 
not  only  paying  them  all  imaginable  re- 
spect and  deference,  but  if  occasion  re- 
quired, assisting  them  with  money  to- 
wards the  defraying  of  any  extraordinary 
charges.  But  afterwards  when  the  state 
grew  rich  and  great,  though  allothergood 
offices  continued  between  them,  yet  it 
was  thought  a  dishonorable  thing  for  the 
better  sort  to  take  any  money  of  their  in- 
feriors. (Vide  Dionys,  lib,  2,  Liv.  lib.  I. 
Plutarch  In  Romulo.J  Hence  the  origin 
of  patrons.  But  the  case  is  altered  in 
'  modern  times  with  respect  to  pecuniary 
interest.  Gold,  or  something  more  solid 
in  the  sale  of  liberty  and  good  sense,  buys 
a  patron  now. 

PATRON,  Fr.  Among  the  French 
the  captain  of  a  trading  vessel  is  so  named. 
There  were  likewise  sea-faring  men 
called  cfficicrs  mar  inters,  who  served  on 
hoard  the  French  ships  of  war,  and  who 
wereei  trusted  with  the  management  of 
sloops  and  barges.  These  were  generally 
called  patrons. 

PATRONS,  (Gallrc  patrons,  Fr.) 
The  galley  which  w.-.s  second  in  rank  at 
Marseilles,  was  so  called.  It  was  com- 
manded by  ttie  lieutenant-general  of  the 
Dallies,  who  took  precedence  in  that  lir.e 
in  the  same  manner  that  the  vice-admiral 
of  the  French  fleet  did  among  ships  of 
war. 

PATROU1LLE.     See  PATROL. 

VVK  "l  *  E'  ^' '  a  term  Ubec*  in  mining, 
u  hen  a  well  ,r  excavation  is  made  in 
loose  or  crumbling  earth,  and  it  becomes 
necessary  to  frame  it  in,  the  rafters  must 


belaid  horizontally  to  support  the  boards 
in  proportion  as  the  workmen  gain  depth. 
Theendsof  the  rafteis  that  are  first  laid, 
run  ten  or  twelve  inches  beyond  ihe  bor- 
ders of  the  well,  for  the  purpose  of  sus- 
taining the  platform.  These  supports 
are  called  Oreilles ;  consequently,  that 
every  subsequent  frame  may  be  sup  ported, 
the  second  is  attached  or  made  firm  to  the 
first  by  means  of  the  ends  of  boards  which 
are  nailed  together.  In  this  manner  the 
third  is  joined  to  the  second,  and  the 
fourth  to  the  third.  These  ends  are  called 
pattes  or  handles. 

PATTE  J'Oie,  Fr.  a  term  used  in 
mining  to  describe  three  small  branches 
which  are  practised,  or  run  out  at  the  ex - 
tremitv  of  agallery.  They  are  so  called 
from  their  resemblance  to  the  foot  of  a 
goose. 

PATTERN,  a  part  shewn  as  a  sam- 
ple for  the  rest.  In  a  late  regulation  re- 
lative to  the  inspection  of  the  clothing  of 
the  British  army  in  general,  it  is  parti- 
cularly directed,  that  regular  inspectors, 
or  the  inspectors  for  the  time  being,  do 
view  and  compare  with  the  sealed  "pat- 
terns the  clothing  of  the  several  regiments 
of  cavalry  and  infantry,  as  soon  a-,  the 
same  shall  have  been  prepared  by  the  re- 
spective clothiers  ;  and  if  the  clothing 
appear  to  be  conformable  to  the  sealed 
patterns,  the  said  inspectors  aretogranc 
two  certificates  of  their  view  and  appro- 
val thereof,  one  of  which  certificates  is 
to  be  delivered  to  the  clothier,  to  be  sent 
with  the  clothing  to  the  head  quarters  of 
the  corps  ;  and  the  other  to  be  lodged 
!|  with  the  clothing  board,  as  the  necessary 
j(  voucher  for  pass'ng  the  assignment  of 
jj  the  allowance  for  the  said  clothing. 

_  A  PATTERN  Regiment,  a  phrase  of  dis- 

;'  tinction,  which  is  applied  to  a  corps  of 

'•  officers  and  soldiers,  who  are  remarkable, 

for  their  observance  of  good  order  and  dia. 

ciplme. 

PAT'URE,  Fr.     See  FORAGE. 
PATUREUR,    Fr.     Forager,    one  wLo 
goes  on  a  foraging  party. 

P  A  V  A  L  U  N  G  E ,  [ad.  the  name  of  a 
year. 

PAUDSHAU,  Ind.  King 
PAVESSADES,  Ft.  large  portable 
hurdles,  behind  which  the  archers  and 
bowmen  weie  formerly  posted.  Accord- 
ing to  Froissart,  these' hurdles  were  used 
long  before  the  reign  of  Philip  Augus- 
tus, king  of  Fiance."  Father  Daniel,  the 
Jesuit,  in  his  llistoire\de  la  Mil  ice  frran- 
co/se,  describes  them  as  bearing  the  figure 
of  a  shield;  but  the  chevalier  Foiard,  in 
his  Commentaire  sin-  Pclybe,  informs  us, 
that  they  were  mantlets  which  were  dis- 
posed in  parallel  or  oblique  lines,  from 
the  camp  to  the  nearcs'  works  belonging 
toihe  Corps  de  Place,  behind  which  the 
soldiers  and  artificers,  Sec.  could  in  safe- 
ty, make  a  small  fosse  or  ditch  that  was 
Sufficiently  deep  to  preserve  them  strait 
and  firm.  Hurdles,  constructed  in  this 
manner,  wert  u^ed  dunsg  the  operations 


P  AU 


PAY 


515 


ofa  regular  siege  ;  bur  when  it  was  found 
expedient  to  insult  a  place,  those  of  less 
dimension  were  adopted.  Father  Daniel 
describes  the  Retranchment  Portaiij, 
which  was  used  many  centuries  before  the 
days  of  Philip  Augustus,  under  the  latter 
head. 

PAVILION,  in  military  affairs.  See 
TENT 

PA  VILLON,  Fr.     See  TENT. 
PA  VILLON,    Fr.    Flag,    standard,    or 
colors. 

Vaisserle  PA  VILLON,  Fr.  to  strike, 
to  yield 

fraisstau  PA  vi  LLON,  Fr.    Flagship. 
PAVILLON,  Fr .      This  word  likewise 
signifies  the  swell  or  broad  part  of  a  speak- 
ing trumper. 

PAULETTE,  Fr.  a  certain  tax  or 
pecuniary  consideration  which  all  persons 
who  held  publ:c  situations  under  the  old 
government  of  France,  were  ooliged  to 
pay  at  the  commencement  of  every  year, 
to  the  king.  This  enabled  them  to  sell 
or  dispose  of  their  appointments,  and  to 
leave  the  amount  to  their  heirs,  if  they 
happened  to  die  in  the  course  of  the 
year.  It  is  so  called  from  Paulet,  the 
name  of  the  person  who  first  suggested 
the  measure. 

PAVOIS,  Fr.  an  ancient  weapon  of 
defence.  It  was  the  Clypeus  or  broad 
shield  of  the  Greeks  and  Romans. 

PAUSE,  a  stop,  cessation,  or  inter- 
mission. It  is  essentially  necessary  for 
all  officers  to  accustom  themselves  to  a 
most  minute  observance  of  the  several 
pauses  which  are  prescribed  during  the 
firings.  Accordingly  the  pause  betwixt 
each  of  the  firing  words,  make  ready— aim, 
—Jire,  is  the  same  as  the  ordinary  rime, 
viz.  the  75th  part  of  a  minute, .and  no 
other  pause  is  to  be  made  betwixt  the 
words* 


In  firing  by  companies  by  ivlrtgs,  each 
wing  carries  on  its  fire  independent,  with- 
out regard  to  the  other  wing,  whether  it 
fires  from  the  centre  to  the  flanks,  or 
from  the  flanks  to  the  centre.  If  there 
are  five  companies  in  the  wing,  two  pauses 
will  be  made  betwixt  the  fire  of  each, 
and  ihtmake  ready  of  the  succeeding  one. 
If  there  are  four  companies  in  the  wing, 
three  pauses  will  be  made  betwixt  the 
fire  of  each,  and  the  make  ready  of  the 
succeeding  one.  This  will  allow  suf- 
ficient time  for  the  first  company  to  have 
again  loaded,  and  shouldered  at  the  time 
the  last  company  fires,  and  will  establish 
proper  intervals  betwixt  each. 

In  tiring  by  grand  divisions,  'three 
pauses  will  be  made  betwixt  the  fire  of 
each  division,  and  the  make  ready  of  the 
succeeding  one. 

In  hringby  ivhiga,  one  wing  will  make 
ready  the  instant  the  other  is  shouldering, 
The  commanding  officer  of  the  battalion 
fires  the  wings. 

In  firing  companies  by  file*  each  com- 
pany fires  independent.  When  the  right 
file  present*,  the  next  makes  ready,  and 
so  on.  After  the  first  fire,  each  man  as 
he  loads  comes  to  the  recover ,  and  the 
file  again  rires  without  waiting  for  any 
other ;  the  rear  rank  men  are  to  have  their 
eyes  on  their  front  rank-men,  and'  be 
guided  by,  and  present  with  them. 

When  troops  march  to  music,  a  pause 
in  the  mind  before  the  latter  strikes  off', 
will  contribute  greatly  to  that  uniformity 
of  step,  without  which  no  line  can  move 
correctly.  In  some  regiments  the  music 
does  not  play  until  one  step  has  been 
taken.  See  STEP  OFF. 

PAY,  or  pay  of  the  army,  is  the  stipend 
or  salary  allowed  tor  each  individual  serv- 
ing in  the  army ;  first  .rstablished  by 
the  British  government  in  the  year  1660. 


FULL  PAY 
Of  the  Officers,  Non-commissioned  Officers,  and  Privates  in  the  British  army. 


Life 

Foot 

Intantry 

Artillery. 

Rank. 

Guards. 

Cavalry. 

Guards. 

ji  the  line 

Horse. 

Foot. 

•             '  " 

~F'7~d 

77"j" 

77V77 

77*77 

77" 

77T7 

Colonel 

i  16- 

I    12   10 

i  19  — 

I      2      6 

2    3     6 

Colonel  en  Second 





— 

— 

i    9     8 

i    3    9 

ist.  Lieut.  Colonel 

in  — 

'     3  - 

i     8    6 

o  15  ii 

I    5     8 

—  19    9 

2d.  Lieut.  Colonel 



— 

o  15  ii 

— 

—  16  i» 

1st.  Major 
ad.  Major 
Captain 

i    6  — 

—  16  — 

—  19     3 

—  14    7 

i    4  — 
—  16    6 

vo  14    i 
o    9     5 

^1—9 
—  i$    4 

—  14  io 
—    9  ii 

Captain  Lieutenant 
1st.  Lieutenant 

£o  ii- 

—    9  — 

—    7  io 

o    5    « 

^  o  io  — 

—    6  — 

2d.  Lieutenant 



— 

— 

— 

—    8  — 

—    5  — 

Cornets 

—    8    6 

_    8  — 

— 

— 

-~~ 

•~~ 

Ensigns 



— 

—    5  io 

—    4    8 

•  ""^ 

Pay-Master 

• 

—  15  — 

— 

—  15 

Quarter-  Master 

—    6    ' 

-    5     6 

-     5     8 

—    58 

— 

— 

Adjutant 
Surgeon 

—  ii  — 

—   12   — 

—     5  — 

—    12  — 

5 

—    9     5 

—    5  — 
—  n    io 

—    5  — 
—  *  "•.—.-; 

516 


PAY 


PAY 


FULL  PAY 

Of  the  Officers,  No»-  commissioned  Officers,  and  Privates  in  the  British  army,  f  Continued . ) 


"    Life 

Foot 

ery. 

Rank. 

Guards. 

Cavalry. 

Guards. 

of  the  line 

Horse. 

Foot. 

f            i 

f    s    d 

/    j    d 

f     s.   d. 

r    s    d 

£•  '•  d- 

Assistant  Surgeon 

5  — 

-    7    6 

—    6   - 

—    5  — 

Veterinary  do. 

— 

—      5   — 









Serjrant-  Major 
Euarter-  Master  do. 

.  — 





_ 

—    3    4 

—      2    10 

—    3    2 

srj.'ant 

— 

—      2 

—    I     XOJ 

—    i  6^ 

—      24 

—      22 

Corporal 

-      26| 

—        *     74 

—  i    4l 

—      I    2< 

„„      ^  2"' 

—      2      J 

Bombardier 









—     2     ]j 

—    I    IOi 

ist.  Gunner 











—     I     7 

ad.  Gunner 









—    x  5-4 

-     i  3t 

private 

—  I   IJ.J 

—     13 

—    i     i 

—       X    — 





Tarrier  and  Smith 









—    3  4* 



Collar  Maker  > 

—  —      2     ^ 

Wheeler          S 

Trumpeter  ? 
Drummer    ) 

~    ft    6 

—    i    7 

~    I2* 

—      I    I 

—     2   I; 

-    I  3'1 

JF«// PAY.  The  pecuniary  allowance 
which  is  made  to  officers  and  non-com- 
missioned oificers,  without  any  deduc- 
tion whatsoever.  Since  the  abolition  of 
arrears  in  the  British  service,  which  took 
place  in  1797,  commissioned  and  warrant 
officers,  &c.  receive  their  full  pay,  or 
daily  subsistence.  The  private  soldiers 
an-  subject  to  temporary  deductions,  for 
the  purpose  of  appropriating  part  of  their 
pay  and  allowances  to  the  expence  of 
their  messes,  including  vegetables,  &c. 
and  to  a  stoppage  not  exceeding  u.  t>d. 
p^r  week,  for  necessaries;  which  stop, 
page  is  to  be  accounted  for  monthly,  as 
stated  in  their  regulations  of  ist  Septem 
beri  *195,  and  the  remainder  being  u. 
(yd.  must  be  paid  weekly  to  each  soldier, 
subject  to  the  accustomed  deduction  for 
•washing,  and  for  articles  to  clean  his 
clothing  and  appointments. 

The  full  pay  of  the  British  army  is 
given  in  advance  on  the  asth  of  every 
month,  and  accounted  for  to  government 
by  the  several  district  and  regimental  pay- 
masters, through  army  agents  appointed 
forthat  purpose.  For  further  particulars, 
see  Military  Finance,  page  48,  &c  Non- 
commissioned officers  and  private  soldiers 
serving  as  marines,  are  not  liable  to  any 
deduction  whatsoever  from  their  full  pay, 
on  account  of  provisions.  It  will  be 
further  observed,  that  although  the 
British  army  is  now  paid  its  full  pay,  in 
consequence  of  the  abolition  of  the  dis- 
tinction between  subsistence  and  arrears, 
that  pay  is  nevertheless  subject  to  the 
usua'  deductions  on  account  of  poundage, 
hospital,  and  agency.  This  will  explain 
the  mutilated  appearance  of  the  different 
rates  of  pay.  Thus  a  captain  of  infantry, 
"who  is  nominally  supposed  to  receive 
3oj.  per  diem,  gets  only  95.  5^  the  id. 
Roing  for  the  above  deductions .  The  full 
pay  of  the  subaltern  officers  has  been  very 
judiciously  increased,  but  that  of  the 
captains,  &c.  remains  as  it  was  in  the 
of  Queen  Anne.  For  the  several 


rates  of  full  pay,    see  Military  Finance , 
page  66,  &c. 

Half  PAY,  (Demi  solde,  Fr.)  acorn, 
pensation  or  retaining  fee  which  is  given 
to  officers  who  have  retired  from  the  ser- 
vice through  a>-e,  inability,  &c.  or  who 
have  been  placed  upon  that  list  in  conse- 
quence of  a  general  reduction  of  the  forces, 
or  a  partial  drafting,  &c.  of  the  particu- 
lar corps  to  which  they  belonged.  The 
half  pay  becomes  due  on  the  25th  of 
Jure,  and  on  the  25th  of  December  in 
each  year,  but  it  is  seldom  issued  until 

e^  months  after  the  expiration  of  each 
of  those  periods  The  only  deduction 
from  the  half  pay  is  the  poundage,  two 
and  an  half  per  cent.  See  Military  Fi- 
nance, page  113. 

Irish  HALF -PAY.  E  very  officer  u  p- 
on  the  Irish  establishment,  when  reduc- 
ed to  half  pay,  must  swear  to,  and  sign 
the  following  certificate  : 

County  of  ) of  foot,  came 

S  this  day  before  me,  and  made 
oath,  that  he  is  no  otherwise  provided 
for  by  any  commission  or  employment, 
civil  or  military,  in  his  majesty's  service, 
than  by  half  pay  on  the  establishment  of 
Ireland,  and  is  on  no  other  establishment 
of  half  pay. 

Officer's  j>     Sworn  before  me  this 
Name.     )  da>   of 

N  B.  To  be  sworn  in  January  April, 
July,  and  October,  in  every  year. 

PAY- MASTER,  is  he  who  is  intrust- 
ed  with  the  money,  and  has  the  charge 
of  paying  the  regiment.  He  has  no  other 
commission  in  the  line.  His  pay  is  151. 
per  day. 

District  PAY-MASTER,  an  officer  ap- 
pointed for  the  better  manageme.it  of  the 
interior  concerns  of  the  army,  when  the 
corps  ate  detached  in  garrisons  on  duty,  in 
several  distic's. 

PAY-#/Y/T.  In  the  British  army  these 
bills  are  distinguished  according  to  the 
nature  of  the  service  for  which  they  are 
given.  Every  captain  of  a  troop  or  com 


PAY 


PEC 


51 


pany  receives  a  regular  weekly  account 
from  his  Serjeant,  of  money  'ro  be-  ad- 
vanced for  the  effectives  of  such  troop  or 
compam  ;  and  on  the  24th  day  in  each 
month  he  makes  out  a  monthly  one  for 
the  paymas'er,  who  makes  out  a  general 
abstract  for  the  agent.  The  paymaster- 
general's  estimate  is  likewise  called  the 
pay  bill. 

PAY  -Lists.  The  monthly  accounts, 
which  are  transmitted  by  the  several  re- 
gimental and  district  paymasters  to  their 
agents  on  the  25th  of  each  month,  are  so 
termed. 

PA  Y-/VC//J,  the  same  as  p?.y-lists. 

P  A  Y  -  Serjeant .      S  ee  S  E  R  J  E  A  N  T . 

PAYE,  Fr.   the  pay  of  the  troops. 

PA  YEN-GAz*/,  Incl.  the  lower  moun- 
tain. Ghaut  is  the  general  term  for  moun- 
tain. 

PAYS,  Fr  This  word  is  variously  ap- 
plied by  the  French  in  a  figurative  s<  nse  : 
Parler,  on  jugcr  a  vue  de  Pays.  To  speak 
ordi'cideat  random. 

Gagner  PAYS,  (wider  le  pajs,  Fr.) 
To  leave  a  c  untry.  To  go  voluntarily 
into  L-xJe.  Gagner  pajs  likewise  means 
to  gain  ground.  Avanctr  p*js  may  be 
used  in  the  same  sense 

£atf/v-PAYS,  Fi:  to  speak  wide  of  the 
subject. 

TVVfr-PATs,  Fr.  a  familiar  phrase 
among  the  French,  signifying  to  escape. 

PAYS,  Fr.  country,  locality,  ground. 

P  A  Y  s  -corrquis,  Fr.  1  his  term  was 
applied  by  the  French  to  those  countries 
and  tracts  of  territory  which  had  been 
ceded  to  France  by  treaty  ;  as  Lorraine; 
or  had  been  conquered  by  force  of  arms; 
as  Ypres,  Tournay,  Ghent,  Ostend,  and 
sev.ral  other  towns,  from  the  reign  of 
Louis  XII I. 

P A.\s-coHpe.t,  Fr.  Confined,  inclo- 
sed, or  intersected  countries.  Marshal 
Saxe  has  observed,  that  it  is  impossible 
to  lay  down  any  specific  rule  relative  to 
the  management  of  troops  in  countries 
of  this  description.  An  intelligent  and 
able  officer  will  be  governed  by  the  na- 
ture of  the  ground  in  which  he  is  to  act ; 
and  as  under  these  circumstances,  the 
contest  \vill  consist  chiefly  of  a  war  "f 
posts,  and  of  desultory  engagements,  in 
which  the  most  obstinate  will  be  generally 
the  most  successful,  it  will  be  incumbent 
upon  every  military  man  to  recollect, 
that  he  must  never  advance,  without 
having  previously  secured  means  for  a 
retreat,  should  that  be  judged  expedient, 
and  being  constantly  guarded  on  his  flanks 
to  prevent  the  fatal  consequences  of  sur- 
prise and  ambuscade.  Although  the  lat- 
ter precautions  are  principally  attended 
to  by  the  general  of  an  army,  every  par- 
tisan or  oliicer  commanding  a  detachment, 
should  be  more  or  less  alive  to  the  many 
mischiefs  which  must  ensue  from  care- 
lessness and  inattention.  It  would  be 
superfluous  to  point  out  what  troops  are 
best  calculated  to  act  in  a  close  or  inter. 
'  country.  £  very  military  man  must 


know,  that  mountainous  and  close,  coun- 
tries, or  intersected  lands,  are  best  adapted 
to  light  infantry  manoeuvres,  and  that  ca- 
valry can  only  act,  with  safety  and  cifect, 
in  an  open  country.  The  solidity  of  tin's 
observation  has  probably  been  the  cruse 
of  so  much  improvement  in  light  artillery  , 
and  in  rifle  corps.  The  latter,  indeed, 
by  the  use  which  has  been  made  oi'thci.- 
particular  weapon,  and  the  desultory 
execution  of  it  on  service,  have  sufficient- 
ly shewn,  that  no  army  ought  to  move 
with'Mit  them. 

PAYSANS.    Fr.   Peasants. 

PEACE,  has  b  en  represented  a  I  lego  - 
rically  as  a  beautiful  female,  holding  iu 
her  hand  a  wand  or  rod  towards  the  ea:th, 
over  a  hideous  serptnt,  and  keeping  her 
other  hand  over  her  race,  as  unui  ling  to 
behold  strife  or  war.  By  some  painters 
she  has  been  represented  hold  m  in  one 
hand  an  olive  branch,  and  leading  a  lamb 
and  a  wolf  yoked  by  their  necks,  in  the 
other;  others  a;,;ain  have  delineated  her 
with  an  olive  branch  in  herii^!:r  hand, 
and  a  cornucopia,  or  horn  of  plenty,  in 
her  left. 

A  very  celebrated  temple  was  erected 
for  the  goddess  of  peace  at  Rome,  which 
was  furnished  with  most  of  the  rich  vases 
and  curiosities  taken  out  ot  the  temple  of 
thej;>ws  at  Jerusalem.  In  this  ternpb 
she  was  represented  as  a  fine  lady,  en- 
dowed with  a  great  deal  of  sweetness  and 
gocct-naluie,  crowned  with  laurel  i  ter- 
vvoven,  holding  a  caduceus  in  one  hand, 
and  a  nosegjy  of  roses  and  ears  of  corn,  in 
the  other. 

The  temple  of  peace,  built  by  Ve?. 
pasian,  was  300  feet  long,  and  200  broad. 
Josephus  says,  that  all  the  rarities  which, 
men  travel  through  the  world  to  see,  were 
depositei  in  this  temple. 

PEACE,  (/>«/*,  Fr.)  rest,  silence, 
quietness;  the  direct  opposite  to  war; 
and  when  the  latter  prevails,  the  ulti- 
mate objectof every  contest  ThU  word 
is  frequently  prefixed  tu  the  term  esta- 
blishment, to  signify  the  reduced  number 
of  effective  men,  in  the  British  army, 
according  to  the  various  formations  "of 
corps.  Thus  one  regiment  may  be  lico 
strong  in  time  of  war,  and  only  6oa  in 
lime  of  peace.  A  regiment  may  also  con- 
sist of  several  battalions,  the  6oth  regi- 
ment for  example  has  six  battalions  eacl 
of  the  strength  of  a  regiment;  that  is 
from  IOQO  to  1200  men  each.  Whence 
arises  the  distinction  becween  ivar  and 
peace  establishments.  The  standing 
army  of  Great  Britain,  according  to  law, 
consists  of  that  force  only  which  is  kep; 
up  in  time  of  peace,  and  which  is  con- 
fined to  a  specific  number  of  regiments. 
Every  regiment,  beyond  the  regulate-,: 
number,  during  a  war  is  liable  to  be  re- 
duced ;  and  all  within  it  are  said  to  be  cul 
of  the  break. 

PEADA,  lad.  a  footman  who  carrier 
a  staff 

PECHE,  Fr.     Fishery. 


FED 


PE  N 


PECTORAL,  (Pectoral,  Fr.)  abreast 
plate.  This  word  is  derived  from  the 
Latin,  Pectorale,  Among  the  Romans 
the  poorer  soldiers,  who  were  rated  under 
a  thousand  drachms,  instead  of  the  Jonca 
or  brigantine,  (a  leathern  coat  of  mail) 
wore  a  pi-ctorale,  or  breast,  plate  of  thin 
brass,  about  iz  fingers  square.  Some, 
modern  troops,  such  as  the  cuirassiers, 
&c.  wear  pectorals  for  the  direct  pur- 
poses  of  defence  and  bodily  protection;  but 
in  general  small  ornamental  plates  with 
clasps,  hav*  been  substituted. 

PECULAT,  Fr.   See  PECULATION. 

PECULATE,  PECULATION,  the 
crime  of  pilfering  any  thing,  either  sa- 
.cred  or  public,  particularly  public  money, 
by  a  person  who  has  the  management  or 
custody  thereof.  This  crime  is  punisha- 
ble in  the  heirs  of  the  original  delinquent. 
Under  peculation  may  be  considered  not 
only  the  monies  which  are  embezzled  or 
misapplied  by  commissioned,  non-com- 
missioned, and  warrant  officers,  but  the 
public  stores,  provisions,  arms,  and  am- 
munition, &c.  which  may  be  sold  for 
private  emolument.  Occasional  ex- 
amples have  been  made  by  government, 
of  a  crime  that  cannot  be  too  scrupulously 
watched,  or  too  heavily  punished,  ought 
to  deter  individuals  from  sacrificing  pub- 
lie  integrity  to  private  views.  They 
ought  to  remember,  that  like  the  sword 
of  Damocles,  public  scorn  hangs  over 
the  head  of  every  man  whose  ac- 
counts have  not  been  finally  audited  and 
passed. 

PECUNIA.  Money.  A  deity  in  the 
heathen  mythology  ;  (though  not  a  god- 
dess personified  among  them)  the  most 
powerful  ascendant  the  moderns  know. 
The  Romans  held  that  she  presided  over 
riches,  and  that  she  had  a  son  named 
Argentinia^  whom  they  adored  in  the 
hopes  of  growing  rich. 

PECUNIUS,  a  deity  of  the  ancient 
Prussians,  in  honor  of  whom  they  kept 
a  fire  of  oak  perpetually  burning.  A 
priest  constantly  attended,  and  if  the  fir;' 
happened  to  go  out  by  his  neglect,  he 
was  instantly  put  to  death.  When  it 
thundered,  they  imagined  that  their  grand 
priest  conversed  with  their  god,  and  for 
that  reason  they  fell  prostrate  on  the  earth, 
praying  for  seasonable  weather. 

PEDERERO,  PATTARERO,  a 
Portuguese  term,  signifying  a  small  sort 
of  cannon,  which  is  particularly  used 
on  the  quarter  deck  of  ships,  to  fire  or 
throw  forth  stones,  or  broken  iron, 
upon  hoarding  parties.  This  word  has 
been  adopted  both  by  the  French  and 
English. 

PEDOMETER,  (Pcdometre,  Fr.)  a 
mathemat:cal  instrument,  composed  of 
various  wh.els  with  teeth,  which  by 
means  of  a  chain  fastened  to  a  man's  foot, 
>r  to  the  wheel  of  a  chariot,  advance  a 
notch  each  step,  or  each  revolution  of 
i  ic  wheel,  a,-vl  ihenumber  being  marked 
at  the  edge  of  each  wheel,  the  paces 


may  be  numbered,  or  the  distance  from 
one  place  to  another  be  exactly  measured. 
PEGS,  pointed  pieces  of  wood,  used 
to  fasten  the  cords  of  a  tent. 

PE1ADAK,  bid.  a  guard   to  accom- 
pany a  prisoner  at  large. 
PEISA,/W.  Cash;  or  copper  money. 
PEER,  Ind.     Monday. 
PELE-MELE,  Fr.  a  French  adverb, 
from  which  is  derived  the  English  term 
peilmell,  signifying,  confusedly,  in  dis- 
order, in  heaps,  &c. 

PELICAN,  Fr.  an  ancient  piece  of 
artillery  which  carried  a  six  pound  weight 
of  ball,  and  weighed  two  thousand  four 
hundred  pounds. 

PELLE  de  boh  simple,  Fr.  a  wooden 
shovel. 

PELOTE  a  feu,  Fr.  Pelote  literally 
means  the  bottom  of  a  pincushion,  a  ball, 
&c.  It  is  here  used  to  signify  a  species  of 
combustible  ball,  which  serves  to  throw 
light  into  a  fosse  or  elsewhere.  The  com- 
position is  pitch  one  parr,  sulphur  three 
parts,  to  one  pound  of  saltpetre.  The 
who! ."  is  well  mixed  together,  and  incor- 
porated with  tow,  from  which  the  pe- 
lotes  are  made. 

PELOTON,'*V.   Platoon. 
Rompre  le  PELOTON,  Fr.     A  platoon 
being  generally   considered   as   a    subdi- 
vision, romprc  le  peloton    signifies  to  break 
into  stcriens. 

Former  le  PEI.OTON,  Fr.  to  double  up 
or  form  subdivision. 

PELO TONNE,  eey  Fr.  formed  into  a 
platoon. 

PELOTONNER,  Fr.  to  gather  together, 
to  get  into  groupes. 

Se  PELOTONNER,  Fr.  to  form  into  a 
platoon. 

PELTA,  in  antiquity,  a  kind  of  buck- 
ler, small,  light,  and  more  manageable 
than  the  Parma  which  was  used  by  the 
Amazons,  according  to  Virgil,  ar.d  re- 
sembled the  moon  in  his  first  quarter,  ac- 
cording to  Servius. 

PENAL,  (Penale,  ale,  Fr.)  any  decree 
or  law  which  subjects  individuals,  &c. 
to  penalties.  Hence  cede  penal.  Ltsloix 
penalcs.  The  penal  code,  the  penal  laws. 
Thus  in  England  a  person  professing  the 
Catholic  religion  is  not  permitted  to 
exercise  his  religion  if  a  soldier ;  and  a 
catholic  cannot  be  a  commissioned  of- 
ficer. 

PENALTY.  In  a  military  sense, 
signifies  forfeiture  for  non-  performance, 
likewise  punishment  for  embezzlement, 
&c.  An  officer  found  guilty  of  embezzling 
stores  is  cashiered  ;  any  person  who  har- 
bors, conceals,  or  assists  any  deserter 
from  the  United  States'  service,  is  liable 
to  a  heavy  penalty. 

PENDULUM, in  mechanics,  any  heavy 
boriy  suspended  in  such  a  manner  that  it 
may  vibrate  backwards,  and  forwards, 
^bout  some  fixed  point,  by  the  force  of 
gravity. 

A  pendulum  is  any  body  suspended 
upon,  and  moving  about,  a  point  as  a 


PEN 


PEN 


519 


centre.     The  nature  of  a  pendulum  con- 
sists in  the  following  particulars,  i.  The 
times  of  the  vibrations  of  a  pendulum,  in 
very  small  arches,  are  all  equal.     2.  The 
velocity  of  the  bob  in  the  lowest  point, 
will  be  nearly  as  the  length  of  the  cord  of 
the  arch  which  it  describes  in  the  descent. 
3.  The  times  of  vibrations  in  different 
pendulums,  are  the  square  roots  of  the  | 
times  ot  their  vibrations.     4.  The  time 
of  one  vibration  is  to  the  time  of  descent, 
through  half  the  lengthof  the  pendulum  as 
the  circumference  of  a  circle  is  to  its  dia- 
meter. 5.  Whence  the  lengthof  a  pendulum 
vibrating  seconds  in  the  latitude  of  Lon- 
don, is  found  to  be  39  inches  and  2-ioths  ;  | 
ajld  of  one    half-second   pendulum   9-8 
inches.      6.    An   uniform   homogeneous  ! 

Length  of  Pendulums  to  vibrate  Seconds  ai 
every  fijth  degne  of  Altitude. 

~o  ,,j 

&s 

5 

10 

15 

20 

25 

Length  of 
Pendulum. 

o  . 

II 

4>  C 

"5  -J 

i! 

65 

70 

& 

85 

9o 

*?  § 

Inches. 

39,'o29 
39,032 

39.°44 

39,057 

35 

40 

45 
5° 

55 
60 

Inches 
39,084 

39^126 
39,142 
39,153 

Inches 
39,168 

39,177 
39,185 

39,'  195 
39,^97 

body,  as  a  rod,  staff,  &c.  which  is  i-jd 
parr  longer  than  a  pendulum,  will  vi- 
brate in  the  same  time  with  it. 

From  these  properties  ot  the  pendulum 
•we  way  d.scern  its  use  as  an  universal 
chronometer,  or  regulator  of  time.  By 
this  instrument,  also,  we  can  measure 
the  distance  of  a  ship,  of  a  battery,  &c. 
by  measuring  the  interval  of  time  be- 
tween the  tire  and  report  of  the  gun; 
clsothe  distance  of  a  cloud,  by  counting 
the  seconds  or  half-seconds,  between  th^ 
lightning  and  the  thunder.  Thus,  sup- 
pose between  the  lightning  and  thunder 
•we  count  ten  seconds;  then,  because 
sound  passes  through  1142  feet  in  one 
second,  we  get  the  distance  of  tnc  cloud 
~ T 1420  feel.  Again,  the  height  of  any 
:-';om,  or  other  object,  may  be  mea- 
sured by  a  pendulum  vitiating  from  the 
top  thereof.  Thus,  suppose  a  pendulum 
from  the  height  of  a  room,  01  other  ob- 
ject, vibrates  once  in  three  seconds ; 
then  say,  as  i  is  to  the  square  of  3,  viz. 
9,  so  is  39.2  to  352.8  teet,  the  "height 
required.  Lastly,  by  the  pendulum  we 
discover  the  different  force  of  gravity  on 
divers  parts  of  the  earth's  surface,  and 
thence  the  Mie  figure  of  the  earth. 

PENDULUMS.  Pendulums  for  mili- 
tary purposes  are  best  made  with  a  mus- 
quet  ball,  and  a  piece  of  silk,  or  other 
small  line.  Their  length  must  be  mea- 
sured from  the  centre  of  the  ball  to  the 
end  of  the  loop  on  which  they  are  to 
swing.  In  a  cylinder,  or  other  uniform 
prism  ot  rod,  the  centre  of  oscillation, 
from  whence  they  must  be  measured, 
Is  at  the  distance  of  one-third  from  th 
bottom,  or  two- thirds  below  the  centre 
of  motion. 

Pendulum's  length  in  latitude  of  Lon- 
u'Ui>  to  swing 

,    Seconds     39 'I -8th. 

|   Seconds 9-8 

i   Seconds    —         --         -,-4: 


Rule. — Tcfnd  the  length  of  a  pendulum 
to  make  any  number  cfvitratiffasj  and  vice 
versa. 

Call  the  pendulum  making  66  vibra- 
tions the  standard  length  ;  then  say,  as 
the  square  of  the  given  number  of  vibra- 
tions is  to  the  square  of  60  ;  so  is  the 
length  of  the  standard  to  the  length 
sought.  If  the  length  of  the  pendulum 
be  given  and  the  number  of  vibrations 
it  makes  in  a  minute  be  required;  sav, 
;u  t'ne  given  length,  is  to  the  standard 
length,  so  is  the  square  of  60,  its  vibra- 
tions in  a  minute,  to  the  square  of  the 
number  required.  The  square  root  of 
which  will  be  the  number  of  vibrations 
made  in  a  minute. 

PENNANT,  PENNON,  asmallflag 
or  color. 

GeKiletnen  PENSIONERS,  (Gentih- 
bamnes  Pens'ianxaires,  Fr.)  a  band  of 
gentlemen,  who  guard  the  British  king's 
person  in  his  own  house,  and  for  that  end 
wait  in, the  presence  chamber.  They 
were  first  instituted  by  Henry  VII.  They 
are  usually  forty  in  number.  Their  of- 
ficers are,  a  captain,  lieutenant,  stan- 
dard-bearer, and  clerk  of  the  cheque. 
Their  ordinary  arms  are  guilt  po'e-axes. 
Their  pension  is  ico/.  per  annum  ;  they 
are  usually  called  beef-caters,  from  their 
usually  fat  appearance  and  indolent 
habits. 

PENTACAPSULAR,  having  five 
cavities. 

PENTAEDROUS,  having  five  sides. 

PENTAGON,  in  fortification,  a  figure 
bounded  by  five  side,  or  polygons,  which 
form  so  many  angles,  capable  of  bein£ 
fortified  with  an  equal  number  of  bas- 
tions. It  also  denotes  a  fort  with  five 
bastions. 

PENTAGRAPH,  (Ptrtfigrapbc,  Fr.). 
An    instrument    whereby    designs,   &c. 
may  be  copied  in  any  proportion,  without 
{ the  person,   who  uses  it,  being  skilled  in 
drawing. 

PENTANGLE,  A  figure  having  fivp 
i  an.elcs. 

PENTANGULAR.  See  PENTA- 
GON, i 

P  E  NT  A  PO  1. 1  ? ,  h}  geography,  a  coim- 


520 


PER 


PER 


*ry  consisting  of  five  cities.  This  name 
was  >:iven,  particularly,  to  th.  valley 
wherein  stood  the  ii.e  intampus  cities 
destroyed  by  lire  and  brimstons  in  Abra- 
ham's time.  The  most  celebrated  Penta 
po[>s  was  the  Pcntapclis  Cyr  nicn  in 
Egypt,  whose  cities  were  Berenice, 
oe,  PtolemaiSj  Cyrene,  and  Apol- 
lonia 

P  E  N  T  A  S  P  A  S  T ,  ( Peafafatte,  F  r . ) 
An  engine  that  has  rive  pullies. 

P  E  N  T  ATH  L  O  N .       The   five  exer- 
perfonned  ;n  the    Grecian   Barnes, 
viz.   teapivg,    running  y    quo;  ting,  darting, 
iiiJ  ltr€stllnPt 

PENTHOUSE,  a  shed  hanging  for. 
ward  in  a  sloping  direction  horn  the 
main  wail  of  a  place. 

PEONS,  Ind.  municipal  toot  soldiers. 
These  JIVMI  are  chiefly  employed  to  as- 
'JLt  in  collecting  the  revenues,  and  carry 
a  pike  or  staif.  Most  persons  in  India 
keep  servants,  who  wear  a  belt  with  the 
master's  name.  These  arc  likewise  called 
Pea^ahs. 

PEOPLE,  of  co!or.  Blacks,  Mulat- 
toes,  so  called.  They  form  part  of  the 
British  territorial  army,  and  are  dis- 
tributed, in  corps,  among  the  West  India 
islands. 

PERAMBULATOR.       See     PEDO- 

M  E  T  E  R 

PERCH,  in  mensuration,  is  ten  feet 
long.  See  M  EA  SURE. 

PERCUSSION  The  impression 
which  a  body  makes  in  falling  or  strik- 
ing u,»on  another,  or  the  shock  of  two 
moving  bodies.  It  is  either  direct  or 
oblique, 

Direct  PERCUSSION,  is  where  the  im- 
pulse is  given  in  the  direction  of  a  right 
,'rne  perpendicular  to  the  point  of  con- 
tact. 

Oblique    PERCUSSION-.       When   it    is 
.  in  the  direction  of  a  line  oblique  to 
f.;c  point  of  contact. 

Ctfitre  oj  PERCUSSION.  That  poi n t 
wherein  the  shock  of  the  pefcnticnt  bo- 
dies is  the  greatest. 

PERCUT1ENT,  striking  against  or 
x;pon. 

PERDU,    a   word  adopted  from  the 
J'rcnch,  signifying  to  lie  flat  and  closely 
ia  wait.     It  likewise  means  the  forlorn 
hope. 
/    A  corps  PERDU,  Fr.  Desperately. 

A  ccup  PERDU,  Fr.  A  t  random . 

Coup  PER.DU,  Fr.   Random  shot. 

PEREMPTORY.  Whatever  is  ab- 
solute and  final,  not  to  be  altered,  re- 
newed, or  restrained.  Peremptory  exa-;i~ 
f/cff,  what  takes  place  immediately. 

PERE,  Ind.     SeePr.ER. 

PERFIDIOUS.  Treacherous,  false 
*  >  trust,  guilty  of  violated  faith.  Hence 
a.  perfidious  foe.  War,  however  melan- 
choly in  its  effects,  and  frequently  un- 
justifiable in  its  cause  and  progress,  is 
ueveitheless,  among  civilized  nations,  so 
far  governed  by  certain  principles  of 
honor,  as.  to  render  the  observance  of 


established  laws  and  customs  an  object 
of  general  acquiescence.  When  two  or 
mure  countries  are  engaged  in  a  hostile' 
contest,  whatever  belligerent  par;  y  grossly 
deviates  from  those  rules,  is  deservedly 
stamped  with  infamy,  and  justly  called 
"  a  perfidious  i'oe." 

PERFIDIOUSLY,  treacherously,  false- 
ly, without  faith. 

PERFIDY,   want  of  faith,  treachery. 

PERCUN'NA,   Ind.     A  district. 

P  E  RI  M  ETE  R,  in  geometry,  the  ex- 
tent that  bounds  any  figure  or  body.  The 
perimeters  of  figures  or  surfaces,  art-  lines  j 
those  of  bodies  are  surfaces.  In  circular 
figures,  &c.  we  use  circumference  or 
P  riphery  instead  of  perimeter. 

PERIOD.  This  word  is  frequ  ntly 
used  in  military  accounts  to  express  the 
intermediate  time  for  which  money  has 
been  issued  to  officers  and  soldiers. 

Broken  PERIOD,  a  term  used  in  the 
returns  and  financial  statements  of  the 
British  army,  when  the  regular  distribu- 
tion of  pay  is  interrupted,  or  the  effective 
force  is  lessened  by  the  absence  of  one  or 
more  individuals,  or  by  any  other  cause. 
A  correct  and  faithful  statement  of  broken 
periods  is  essentially  necessary  in  every 
will  regulated  regiment,  as  not  only  t  he- 
service  but  the  public  purse  may  be  ma- 
terially injured  by  the  neglect,  or  em- 
bezzlement of  individuals.  Adjutants 
and  pay-masters  cannot  be  too  scrupulous- 
ly minute  on  this  important  head. 

P  £  R I PH  E  R  Y,  the  circumference- as 
of  a  circle. 

PEK1  STYLE,  a  circular  range  of  pil- 
lars for  the  support  or  ornament  of  any 
building,  &e.  used  in  the  ancient  am- 
phitheatres. 

PERKERNUCKA,  bid.  Petty  of- 
ficers are  so  called  in  India. 

PERMANENT  Firtif cation t  is  de- 
fined to  be  the  art  of  fortifying  towns, 
&c.  so  as  to  resist  the  attacks  of  an  enemy, 
that  makes  regular  approaches. 

PERMANENT  rank,  a  rank  in  the 
army,  which  does  not  cease  with  any 
particular  service,  or  locality  of  circum- 
stances ;  in  opposition  to  lural  or  temfo- 
retry  tank.  See  RANK. 

PERPENDICULAR,  (Perpendicii- 
lairs,  Fr.)  According  to  Vauban's  sys- 
tem, it  is  alme  raised  in  a  perpendicular 
direction  on  the  centre  of  the  exterior  side 
of  any  given  polygon.  In  mean  fortifi- 
cation, which  prevails  more  than  any 
other  system;  the  perpendicular  contains 
30  toises  in  the  exagon,  and  in  polygons 
that  have  a  greater  number  of  sides  ;  but 
it  contains  fewer  when  the  polygons  nave 
a  less  number.  The  perpendicular  is  .  sed 
by  this  engineer  to  determine  the  other 
linesawd  angles  i:elonging  to  a  fortification. 
In  proportion  as  the  perpendicular  is 
increased,  the  extent  of  the  Hanks  is  aug- 
mented. 

PERI-ENDICULAR  Fortification,  is  that 
in  which  all  the  component  parts  flank 
each  other  at  straight  angles.  Pagan,  and 


PET 


PET 


521 


other  engineers,  made  the  flanks  perpen- 
dicular to  the  lines  of  defence.  This  is 
also  the  denomination  of  the  improved 
system  of  Montalembert,  whichhassu- 
perceded  in  a  great  measure  all  others ; 
the  distinction  between  this  arid  the  old, 
Would  require  a  treatise  to  exemplify  it. 

PERPENDICULAR,  (ferftnaifuMret 
Fr.)  When  any  star  is  vertical,  it  is 
said,  in  astronomy,  to  be  perpendicular, 
because  its  beams  fail  directly  upon  us. 

PERPENDICULAR,  in  geometry,  when 
any  right  line  is  perpendicular  to  all  the 
lines  it  meets  with  in  a  plane,  it  is  said  to 
l»e  perpendicular  to  that  plane. 
^  PERPENDICULAR  direction,  in  march- 
ing, is  the  regular  and  straight  progress 
of  one  or  more  men  over  given  points. 
Without  the  strictest  attention  is  paid  to 
this  essential  principal  in  all  movements, 
the  greatest  irregularity,  and,  ultimately, 
the  greatest  confusion  must  ensue.  Per- 
pendicular  and  parallel  movements,  con- 
stitute, indeed,  the  whole  system  of  good 
marching.  When  several  columns,  di- 
visions, or  companies,  advance,  the  dif- 
ferent pivots  must  he  strictly  perpendi- 
cular and  parallel  to  each  other,  otherwise 
the  distance  will  be  lost,  and  the  ultimate 
object  of  forming  a  coriect  line  must  be 
defeated. 

PERPETUAL  screw,  a  screw  which 
is  acted  upon  by  the  teeth  of  a  wheel, 
and  which  continues  its  action  for  an 
indefinite  length  of  time;  or  so  long  as  the 
teeth  of  the  wheel  continue  to  act  upon  it. 

PERQUISITES,  all  manner  of  pro- 
fits arising  from  an  office  or  place,  inde- 
pendent of  the  actual  salary  or  revenue. 
In  a  military  sense  no  perquisites,  advan- 
tages, or  emoluments  are  allowed  to  per- 
sons in  responsible  situations, 

PERSIAN  Language,  Ind.  There 
are  two  sorts  ;  the  ancient,  called  ZebaRe- 
Pehlavy ;  the  modern,  called  Zebaune- 
dery. 

PERSPECTIVE,  is  the  art  of  draw- 
ing the  resemblances  or  pictures  of  objects 
on  a  plane  surface,  as  the  objects  them- 
selves appear  to  the  eye,  Sec. 

PERSPECTIVE      Elevation.       See 

SCENOCRAPHV. 

PERUST,  Ind.  A  small  weight  or 
measure,  equal  to  four  koodups  or  puls. 

PER  WANNA,  Ind.  an  order,  war- 
rant, or  letter,  signed  by  a  Nawaub  or 
Nabob,  a  passport ;  a  custom-house  per- 
mit, as  in  the  case  of  the  Neyau  and 
Vizier. 

PESHWA,  or  PAISHWA,  Ind. 
crime  minister ;  the  acting  head  of  the 
Mahrattah  states.  Paishwa  became  the 
title  of  a  sovereign,  the  head  of  the  Mah- 
rattahs. 

PESTLE,  an  instrument  used  in  the 
fabrication  of  gunpowder.  See  GUN- 
POWDER M  n.  L. 

PETARDEAUX,  Fr.  Pieces  of 
wood,  covered  with  wool  and  pitch, 
\yhichareused  to  stop  the  holes  that  are 


made  in  the  sides  of  a  ship  by  cannon  ballj 
during  an  engagement. 

PETARD,  or  PETARDO,  an  en. 
gine  to  burst  open  the  gates  of  small  for. 
tresses :  it  is  made  of  gun-metal,  fixed 
upon  a  board  two  inches  thick,  ann  about 
*  i-3  feet  square,  to  which  it  is  screwed, 
and  holds  from  9  to  20  pounds  of  powder, 
with  a  hole  at  the  end  opposite  to  the 
plank  to  fill  it,  into  which  the  vent  iu 
screwed  :  the  petard  thus  prepared  is 
hung  against  the  gate  by  means  of  a  hook, 
or  supported  by  three  stav  s  fastened  to 
the  plank  :  when  fired  it  bursts  open  the 
gate.  Its  invention  is  ascribed  to  the 
French  Huguenots  in  1579,  who,  with 
them,  took  Cahors  in  the  same  year. 

Petards  are  of  four  different  sizes  :  the. 
first  contains  I2lbs.  1302.  second  iclbs. 
noz.  third  rib.  idoz. -fourth  lib.  The 
blind  fuze  composition  for  them  is  of 
mealed  powder,  7'b.  wood  ashes  3oz. 

S  fores  for  one  Petard. 

Hooks  to  hang  the  petard 

Gimbkts 

JJrass  fuze 

Wrench  to  screw  the  fuze 

Blue  paper  portfires 

Slow  match  yards 

Props  or  forks 

Copper  funnels 

Tallow       ounces    . 

Cartridges 

PETARDER,  Fr.  to  fire  petards. 
PETARDIER.     ThemanwholoadS; 
fixes,  and  fires  the  petard.     It  likewise' 
signifies  among  theFrench,  the  man  who 
makes  or  throws  a  petard. 

PETEL,  lud.  The  head  of  a  village. 
PETER,  Fr.  in  a  military  sense,  to 
explode,  to  make  a  loud  noise. 

PETEROLLES,  Fr.  Squibs,  such 
as  children  make  and  use  in  the  streets 
for  their  diversion. 

PETITE-GWnr,  Fr.  See  GUERRE, 
for  its  definition 

PtTiTE-Gwm-if,  is  carried  on  by  alight 
party,  commanded  by  an  expert  partisan, 
and  which  should  be  from  1000  to  looa 
men,  separated  from  the  army,  to  secure 
the  camp  or  cover  a  march;  to  recon- 
noitre the  enemy  or  the  country  ;  to  seize 
their  posts,  convoys,  and  escorts;  to 
plant  ambuscades,  and  to  put  in  practice 
every  stratagem  for  surprising  or  disturb- 
ing the  enemy;  which  is  called  carrying 
on  the  Pttite-guerrt.  The  genius  of  these 
days,  and  the  operations  of  the  American 
war,ha  ve  placed  the  service  of  such  a  corps 
in  a  most  respectable  light,  as  it  is  more 
fatiguing,  more  dangerous,  and  more 
desultory  than  any  other. 

To  form  a  corps  capable  of  carrying  on 
the  Petite. guerre  to  advantage,  prudence 
requires  that  it  should  consist  of  jooo 
men  at  least,  without  which  a  partisan 
cannot  expect  to  support  the  fatigues  of 
a  campaign,  and  seize  the  most  impor- 
tant occasions  that  every  where  offer,  and 

fl.U 


522 


PH  A 


PH  A 


•which  a  too  great  inferiority  must  make 
him  forego. 

It  is  no  less  important  that  this  corps 
should  be :  composed  of  light  infantry  and 
cavalry;  and  as  it  is  most  incontestible  that 
the  cavalry  should  be  the  most  ac'.ive  in 
carrying  on  the  Petite-guerre^  it  were  to  b1; 
•wished  that  they  were  likewise  the  strong- 
est, so  as  to  have  600  cavalry  and  400 
infantry  in  a  corps  of  looo  men,  making 
four  companies  ot  light  infantry  ,and  twelve 
troops  of  cavalry.  Each  company  of  in- 
fantry to  consist  of  i  captain,  i  first  and 
2  second lieutsnants,  6  Serjeants,  and  loo 
men,  including  6  corporals,  4  lance- cor* 
porals,  and  2  drummers.  Each  troop  or 
cavalry  to  consist  of  i  captain,  I  first 
and  i  secon  i  lieutenant,  i  ensien,  a  quar- 
ter-master, 6  Serjeants,  and  100  horse- 
men; including  6  corporals,  a  trumpeter 
and  a  farriers. 

The  commanding  officer  should  have 
thenaming  of  the  officers  of  this  corps,  or 
at  kast  the  liberty  to  reject  such  as  he  is 
convinced  are  noi  qualilkd  for  such  ser- 
vice. To  support  the  honor  of  ihis  corps 
upon  a  solid  and  respectable  tooting,  the 
strictest  subordination  must  extend  from 
the  chief  to  all  the  officers,  and  the  most 
rigid  discipline,  vigilance,  patience,  bra- 
very, and  love  of  glory,  ought  to  pervade 
the  whole  corps. 

PETITION.     See  MEMORIAL. 

PETRE.     See  NITRE,  SALTVETRE. 

PETRINAL,  or  Poitrlnalt  Fr.  a 
species  of  firearms  between  the  arque- 
bus and  the  pistol,  which  was  used 
among  the  French,  during  the  reign  of 
Francis  I.  There  ismenron  made  of  it 
in  anaccount  of  the  sei>  e  of  Rouen,  which 
v/as  undertaken  by  Henry  iV.  in  1592. 
Being  shorter  than  the  musquec  but  of  a 
heavier  calibre,  and  not  unlike  our  blun- 
derbuss; it  was  slung  in  a  cross  belt,  so 
as  to  rest  upon  the  chest  of  the  person 
who  discharged  it.  From  this  circum- 
stance it  obtained  the  name  of  PoitrinaL 

PETPONEL      See  PISTOL. 

PETTAH,  Ind.  the  suburbs,  or  a  town 
adjoining  to  a  fort,  wh'ch  is  in  general 
surrounded  by  a  stockade  or  fence  of 
bamboos,  a  wall,  and  a  ditch. 

PEUPLER,  Fr.  liter  illy  means  to 
people.  This  expression  is  used,  in  a 
military  sense,  by  Belaire,  author  of 
Elemtns  de  bonification,  in  the  following 
manner: — II  taut  pen-bur  la  surface  d'un 
glacis  de  Pierrien,  T  ( »e  surface  of  a  glacis 
ought  to  be  weil  covered  with  pedereros. 
See  page  388. 

PHALANGE,  Fr.    See  PHALANX, 

PHALANX,  a  word  taken  from  the 
Greek,  signifying  the  same  as  legion.  In 
antiquity,  a  huge,  square,  compact  batta- 
lion, formed  of  infantry,  set  close  with 
their  shields  joined,  and  pikes  turned 
across.  It  consisted  of  Qooo  men,  and 
Livy  says,  it  was  invented  by  the  Mace- 
d  'mans  ;  aad  hence  called  the  Macedonian 
phalanx. 
*  PHAROS,  (Pkarc,  Fr.)  a  light-house 


or  pile  raised  near  a  port,  where  a  fire  is 
kept  burning  in  the  night  to  direct  vessels 
near  at  hand.  The  Pharos  of  Alexan- 
dria, built  at  the  mouth  of  the  Nile,  was- 
anciently  very  famous  ;  whence  the  name 
was  derived  to  all  the  rest.  Ozanam 
says,  Pharos  anciently  denoted  a streight« 
as  the  Pharos  or  Pharo  of  Messina. 

PHARSALIA,  so  called  from  Phar- 
salus,  anciently  a  town  iwThessaly,  now 
Turkey  in  Europe,  which  lies  a  little  to 
the  south  of  Larissa.  This  spot  was 
rendered  memorable  in  history  by  the 
battle  that  was  fought-  between  Pompey 
and  Caesar,  when  they  contended  for  the 
empire  of  the  world.  Plutarch  has  given 
the  following  account  of  the  engage., 
ment : — 

•*  Both  armies  were  now  arrived  at  the 
fields  of  Pharsalia,  conducted  by  thetw» 
greatest  generals  alive;  Pompey  at  the 
head  of  all  the  Roman  nobility,  the 
flower  of  Italy  and  Asia,  all  armed  in  the 
cause  of  liberty.  Caesar  at  the  head  of  a 
body  of  troops  firmly  attached  to  his  in* 
terests,  men  who  had  faced  every  appear, 
ance  of  danger,  were  long  inured  to  hard- 
ships, and  had  grown  from  youth  to  age 
in  the  practice  of  arms.  Both  camps 
iay  in  sight  of  each  other.  In  this  man- 
ner they  spent  the  night ;  when  next 
morning,  Caesar's  army  was  going  to 
decamp,  word  was  brought  him,  that  a 
tumult  and  murmur  were  heard  in  Pom- 
pey's  camp,  as  of  men  preparing  for  bat. 
tie.  Another  messenger  came  soon  after 
with  tidings  that  the  first  ranks  were  al- 
ready drawn  out.  Caesar  now  seemed  t» 
enjoy  the  object  of  his  wishes.  /Wzi>, 
cried  he  to  his  soldiers,  the  wished  for  day 
is  come,  ichcnysu  shall  fight  luitb  men,  not 
'with  ivant  and  bunker.  His  soldiers, 
with  joy  in  their  looks  went  each  to  h,s 
rank,  like  dancers  on  a  stage;  while 
Caesar  himself  a:  the  head  of  his  tenth 
icg.on,  a  body  of  men  that  -had  never  yet 
been  broken,  withsileu.ee  and  intrepidity 
waited  for  the  onset.  While  Cecsar  was 
thus  employed,  Pompey  en  horseback 
viewed  both  armies;  and  seeing  the 
steady  order  of  the  enemy,  with  the  im- 
patience of  his  own  soldiers,  he  gave 
strict  orders,  that  the  vanguard  should 
make  a  stand,  and  keeping  close  in  their 
ranks  receive  the  enemy.  Pompey '« 
army  consisted  of  45,000  men,  Caesar's 
not  quite  half  that  number.  And  now 
the  trumpet  sour.ded  the  signal  for  battle 
on  both  sides,  and  both  armies  approached 
each  other. 

*'  While  but  yet  a  little  space  remained 
between  either  army,  Caius  Crastinus, 
a  devoted  Roman,  issued  from  Caesar's 
army  at  the  head  of  120  men,  and  began 
the  engagement.  They  cut  through  the 
opposite  ranks  with  their  swords,  and 
made  a  great  slaughter;  but  Crastinus 
still  pressing  forward,  a  soldier  run  him 
through  the  mouth,  and  the  weapon 
came  out  at  the  back  of  his  neck.  In 
the  mean  time  Pompey,  designed  to  suti 


P  HO 


PIE 


523 


round  Cassar,  and  to  force  his  horse, 
"which  amounted  to  only  one  thousand,  tr 
'fall  back  upon  his  infantry,  gave  orders 
that  his  own  cavalry,  consisting  nf  7000 
men,  should  extend  itself,  and  then  at- 
tack the  enemy.  Caesar  expecting  this, 
had  placed  3000  foot  in  reserve,  who 
rushed  out  fiercely,  and  attacked  Pom- 
pey's  horse,  letting  fly  their  javelins  in 
the  faces  of  the  young  delicate  Romans, 
who,  careful  of  their  beauty,  turned 
their  backs  and  were  shamefully  put  to 
flight.  Caesar's  men,  without  pursuing 
them  flanked  the  enemy,  now  unpro- 
tected by  their  horse,  and  soon  a  total 
rout  began  to  ensue.  Pompey,  by  the 


dust  he  saw  flying  in  the  air,  quickly 
:  his  cavalry  was  over- 


conjectured  that 


thrown,  and  ove-powered   by  the  event  i 


PIAN,  Fr.  a  term  used  in  the  West 
Indies,  to  signify  a  v<  nereal  ta:r.t. 

PI  A  N  1ST E,  Fr.  a  person  infected 
with  the  venereal  disorder. 

A  PIC,  Fr.  perpendicularly. 

PICK,  Ind.  a  copper  coin,  used  in 
most  parts  of  India,  the  value  of  which 
four  pices  make  an  anna,  sixteen  anna,  a 
rupee;  and  a  rupee  is  half  of  our  dollar; 
so  that  there  are  64  pices  to  a  rupee  or 
half  a  dollar. 

PICAROON,  a  pillager,  one  who 
p  lunders ;  a  smuggler,  one  who  violates 
the  laws. 

PICKETS,  in  fertJficaiioa^  stakes 
sharp  at  one  end,  and  sometimes  shod 
with  iron,  used  in  laying  out  the  ground, 
of  about  three  feet  long  ;  but,  when  used 
for  pinning  the  fascines  of  a  battery,  they 


retired  to  his  camp  in  agony  and  silence. \\  are  from  3  ro  5  feet  lonej. 

In  this  condition  he  sat  pondering  in  his  i!      PICKETS,  in  artillery,  are  about  5  or  6 

tenr,  till  roused   by   the  shouts  of  the    feetlong,  shod  with  iron,  to  pin  the;>ark 

enemy  breaking  into  his  camp,  he  cried    Tnes,  and  to  lay  out  the  boundaries  of  the 

out :   Wvaty  into  the  very  camp  !  and  with-  ,  park. 

out  uttering  any  thing  more,  but  putting  ;'      PICKETS,  in  the  nzw^,  are  alsc  stakes 

on  a  mean  habit,  to  distuisehis  flighr,  he    of  about  6  or  8  inches  long,  to  fasten  the 

departed  secretly."     During  the  seven    tent  cords,  in   pitching  the  tents;  also, 

P:ars  war  Frederick  the  great,  king  of  of  about  4  or  5  feet  long,  driven  into  the 
russia,  was  much  in  the  same  situation,  ground  near  the  tents  ot  the  horsemen,  to 
He  had  retired  to  his  tent,  and  had  given  ;j  tie  their  horses  to. 


up  every  thing  for  lost,  when  the  daring 
enterprise  of  Ziethen,  who  commanded 
the  Death  Hussars,  turned  the  fortune 
of  the  day;  and  though  he  lost  an  in- 
calculabL  number  of  Prussians,  he  se- 


PICKET,  an  out-guard  posted  before 
an  army,  to  give  notice  of  an  enemy  ap- 
proaching. See  GUARD. 

PICKET,  a  barbarian  kind  of  punish- 
ment so  called,  where  a  soldier  stood  with 


cured  the  victory,  and  thereby  restored  i!  one  foot  upon  a  sha.-p  pointed  stake:  the 
to  his  master  both  his  kingdom  and  his  '  time  of  his  standing  was  limited  according 


A  sharp  poirted  iron 
tool,  used  in  trenching,, 
&c.  to  loosen  the 


to  the  offence. 
P^ICK, 
PICK-AXE, 
PICKER, 
ground. 

PICKER  likewise  means  a  small  point, 
ed  piece  of  brass  or  iron    wire,    which 
every  soldier  carries  to  cLar  the  touch- 
plaid.     This  part  of  the  Highland  dress    holeof  his  musquet.     The  brass  pickers 
corresponds  with  the  lower  part  of  a  belted,!  are  the  best,  because  they  are  not  liable 
plaid,  and  is  frequently  worn  as  an  un-    to  snap  or  break  off. 


crown. 

PHATUK,  bid.  agaolor  prison.  It 
like  wise  means  agate. 

PHAUGUN,  Ind.  a  month,  which  in 
some  degree  agrees  with  February  and 
March. 

PHILEBEG,  or  Kilt,  from  the  Gae- 
lic, Fil/eaJb  beg,  which  signifies  a  little 


dress  by  Highland  officers  and  soldiers. 
The  philebeg  or  kilt  may  be  considered 
as  a  very  good  substitute  for  the  belted 
plaid,  as  it  is  not,  at  present,  thought 
necessary  for  the  Highlander  to  cany  his 
clothing  for  the  night,  as  well  as  by  day, 
about  his  person.  This  was  the  c.;se  in 
ancient  times,  when  the  breacbcan  an- 
swered both  purposes.  The  pnilcbeg  is 
a  modern  invention,  and  is  the  garment 
which  some,  who  have  endeavored  to 
establish  the  antiquity  of  Truls,  confound 
with  the  breacican  fiucadb* 

PHIRMAUND,  Ind.  This  word  is 
sometimes  written  Firmaun,  and  signihes 
a  royal  commission,  mandate,  charter, 
proclamation,  or  decree. 

PHOUSDAR,  Ind.  The  same  as 
Fousdar,  the  supsri  'tendant  of  a  large- 
district.  It  more  immediately  signifies 
the  officer  in  chargeof  the  revenue. 

PHOUS-DAN,  Ind.  The  comman- 
der ef  a  large  body  of  forces. 


PICO  REE,  Fr.  an  obs^ete  French 
term,  signifying  a  party  of  soldiers  who 
go  or.  tin  sea  ch  of  plunder. 

PICORER,  Ft.  to  go  out  in  search  of 
plunder.  Obsol-te. 

PI  COR  EUR,  Fr.  a  marauder. 

PICQUEERING,  PICKERING, 
P1CKEROONING,  a  little  flying  skir. 
mish,  which  maurauders  make,  when  de- 
tached tor  pillage,  or  before  a  main  battle 
begins. 

VICS-Hoyaux,  Fr.  Different  sorts  of 
pick-axes  used  by  the  pioneers. 

PIECE,  (Piece,  Fr.J  This  word  s 
variously  used,m  a  military  sensue,  by  the 
French  and  English,  viz. 

Un  homme  arme  de  tout  ft  PIECES,  Fr.  a 
man.  armed  at  all  points,  orcap-a-pied. 

PIECES  d'honneitr^  Fr.  the  insignia  01 
marks  of  honor.  These  consist  of  the 
crown,  sceptre,  and  sword. 

PIECES  of  Ordnance  are  all  sorts  of 
great  guns  and  mortar?. 


524 


PI  E 


PIE 


Battering  PIECES  are  the  large  guns 
xvhich  serve  at  seiges  to  make  breaches, 
such  as  the  24-pounder,  and  the  culvenn, 
which  carries  iSlb  ball. 

Garrison.  PIECES,  are  mostly  heavy  12, 
18,  24,  36,  and  42-pounders,  besides 
wall  suns. 

f  "idd-  P  i  E  c  E  s  are  twelve  pounders,  de- 
mi-culverins,  six  pounders,  sakers, 
minions,  and  three  pounders,  which  move 
with  an  aimy,  ana  are  parkt-tl  behind  the 
second  line  When  it  encamps,  but  are 
advanced  in  tront,  in  the  nteivals  of  bat- 
talions, &c.  and  on  the  flanks  in  the  day 
of  battle. 

Regimental  PIECES,  are  heht  6  poun- 
ders :  each  regiment  h:.s  generally  two  of 
these  pieces.  See  Am.  Mil.  Lib. 

PIECE  is  likewise  used  to  express  a 
soldier's  musquet. 

PIECE  Goods,  in  India,  the  various 
fabrics  which  manufacture  cotton  and 
silk,  are  distinguished  by  this  term. 

U>:e  PIECE  d'artii/erit,  une  PiECf.de 
canon,  Fr.  These  terms  are  used  by  the 
French  to  signify  cannon  in  general. 

PIECES  deBattierie,  Fr.  See  BATTER. 

ING   PlECf.  S. 

PIECES  decampagne>  Fr.  See  FIELD 
PIECES. 

PIECES  de  vingt-quatre^  Ft.  24  poun- 
ders. 

PIECES  de  trente-six,  Fr.  36  poun- 
ders. When  pieces  are  not  specifically 
named  the  term  is  used  in  the  same 
general  sense  by  the  English,  as,  one 
hundred  pieces  of  cannon,  or  artillery  : 
cent  pieces  d'artillerie ;  L  ut  when  the 
calibre  is  mentioned,  it  is  usual  in  En- 
glish to  substitute  the  word  pounder 
for  piece,  as  une  piece  de  vingt  quatre  ; 
four  and  twenty  pounder. 

Demonter  /«  P I  E  c  E  s ,  Fr.  to  dismount 
cannon. 

Enclouer  les  PIECES,  Fr.  to  spike 
cannon. 

Rafraichlr  les  PISCES,  Fr.  to  spunge 
or  clean  out  cannon. 

PIE.CE  de  c  anon  Arise,  Fr.  The  French 
formerly  made  use  of  cannon  that  could 
be  taken  to  pieces,  and  so  rendered  more 
portable.  This  species  of  ordnance  was 
distinguished  as  above. 

Pi  ECE  versee  en  panier  ou  en  cag,*,  Fr. 
apiece  of  ordnance  is  said  to  be  in  this 
situation,  when  it  is  so  completely  over- 
turned, as  to  have  the  wheels  of  its  car- 
riage in  the  air.  Various  methods  have 
been  proposed  by  able  engineers  to  raise 
cannon  that  have  been  overturned.  See 
Saint  Remi,  Manuel  de  Vartilleur,  and  a 
late  publication,  intituled,  Aide  Memqite 
a  i  'usage  des  Officiers  d'  Ar  tiller ie  de  France, 
by  Gassendi. 

PIECES  legtrts,  Fr.  light  pieces.  See 
FIELD  PIECES. 

PIECES  a  la  Suedoise ,  Fr.  field  pieces 
originally  invented,  and  si  nee  used  among 
the  Swedes. 

PIECES  Netffs,  Fr.  Artillery  pieces 
^hat  have  no  defect  whatever. 


PIECES  de  C.basse,  Fr.  a  marine  term, 
signifying  the  cannon  that  is  placed  on  the 
stern  and  forecastle  of  a  ship.  We  call 
hem  chase- guns. 

PIECES  de'tacbees,  Travaux  avanc e s  tn 
debars,  Fr.  Those  works  which  cover 
he  body  of  a  fortified  place,  towards 
he  country ;  of  ihis  description  arc 
ravelins,  demi-lunes,  horn  works,  tenail- 
es,  crown  works,  queues  d'hironde,enve- 
loppcs,  &c. 

ToLecut  to  PIECES,  (Eire  tcbarpe,  Fr.) 
The  French  say,  Un  tel  regiment,  «- 
fte  icbarfe.  Such  a  regiment  was  cut  to 
jieces. 

PlEDJe  Rat,  Fr.  a  measure  contain- 
ng  twelve  French  inches,  or  one  hundred 
and  forty  lines. 

PIED  Quarrd,  Fr.  The  French  square? 
Foot  contains  the  same  dimensions  in 
length  and  breadth,  giving  one  hundted 
and  forty  inches  of  surface. 

Pi  tn  de  toise  quarree,  Fr.  the  sixth  part 
of  a  square  toise.  The  square  toise  con- 
tains  36  feet,  the  square  foot  consequently 
comprehends  six  teet,  and  must  be  con- 
sidered as  a  rectangle. 

PIED  Cube,  Fr.  the  same  measure  ac- 
cording to  three  dimensions.  It  contains 
1728  cubic  inches. 

PIED  Rherian  or  Rbitilandiqtte,  Fr.  the 
Germanfoot.  See  MEASURE. 

PIED  coutani,  Fr.  the  extent  of  a  foot 
considered  as  to  length  only. 

PIED  Mar  in,  Fr.  literally,  sea-leg. 
See  MARIN. 

PiEDdk  mur  ou  de  muraille,  Fr.  that 
lower  part  of  a  wall  which  is  otherwise 
called  Escarpf,  and  is  contained  between 
its  base  and  top. 

PIED  de  ratnptrt,  Fr.  that  extent  of 
ground  which  lies  between  the  fosse  and 
the  houses  in  a  fortified  town  or  place. 

A  PIED,  Fr.    On  foot. 

ViKoapied,  Fr.  foot  by  foot,  gradually. 
f'airt  un  lagement  p led  a  f  ied ;  to  establish 
a  lodgement  foot  by  foot.  Forcer  lea  ou. 
•varages  pied  a  $icd ;  to  make  regular  ap- 
proaches, or  to  besiege  a  town  by  opening 
trenches,  &c.  instead  of  insulting  it  by  a 
direct  attack. 

Troupes  relenues  sur  PIED,  fr,  troop's 
kept  upon  full  pay. 

Etreen  PIED,  Fr.  to  be  kept  upon  full 
pay,  in  contradistinction  tvreforme,  or  be.; 
ing  reduced. 

PIEDROIT,  Fr.  Pier. 

PIECE,  Fr.   Snare. 

PIERRE,  Fr.     A  srone. 

PIERRE  a  feu,  Fr.     Flint. 

PIERRE  a  fusil,  Fr.     &  flint. 

PIERREE,  />.  A  drain,  water^ 
course. 

PIERRIER,  Fr.  A  swivel,  ape- 
derero. 

PIERRIERE,  F».    A  quarry. 

PI  ERR  IE  RES,  Fr.  Heaps  of  stones, 
which  are  designedly  collected  round  for. 
tified  places  to  interrupt  besiegers  in  their 
approaches.  These  heaps  are  covered 
over  with  earth  to  conceal  the  stratagem  j 


PIL 


PIL 


525 


and  the  spots  on  which  they  lie  are  fre- 
quently fortified  with  palisadoes,  in  the 
form  of  bonnets  or  saliant  angles  ;  so  that 
when  the  besieger  attempts  to  carry  them, 
the  artillery  f;om  the  ramparts  or  neigh- 
boring  places,  ir.av  be  fired  amongst 
the  heaps  of  stones,  and  considerable 
damage  be  done  by  the  fragments  that 
must  necessarily  tiy  about. 

PIERS.  The  columns  on  which  the 
arch  of  a  bridge  is  raised. 

PIES,  Fr.  Knights  that  were  created 
by  Pope  Pius  IV.  in  1560,  with  the 
titles  of  counts  Palatines.  They  took 
precedence,  at  Rome,  of  the  knights  of 
the  Teutonic  order,  and  of  those  of 
Malta. 

PIETINER,    Fr.    to  mo  vet  he  feet 
with  great  quickness.     It  likewise   sig- 
nifies to  mark  time,  but  not  technically  so. 
PI  ETON,  Fr.  a  foot  soldier. 
PIEU,  Fr.  a  large  beam,  or  stake. 
PIEUX,    Fr.     This    word  is  some- 
times used  in  the  plural  number  to  signify 
palisades. 

PIGNON,  Fr.  the  gable  end  of  a 
building. 

PIKE,  in  war,  an  offensive  weapon,  con- 
sisting of  a  wooden  sh.ift,  from  6  to  20  feet 
long,  with  a  flat  steel  head,  pointed,  cal- 
led the  spear.  This  instrument  was  long 
in  use  among  the  infantry  ;  but  now  the 
bayonet,  which  is  fixed  on  the  muzzle  of 
the  firelock,  is  substituted  in  its  stead. 
The  Macedonian  phalanx  was  a  battalion 
of  pikeinen. 

P I K  E  M  E  N,  soldiers  armed  with  pikes. 
The  utility  of  the  Pike  was  pointed 
out  by  marshal  Saxe,  b  .t  until  the  French 
being  destitute  of  firearms  for  their  na- 
tional guards,  were  forced  to  resort  to  it, 
the  great  value  of  the  weapon  was  not 
well  understood ;  although  the  bayonet, 
which  is  only  a  pike  on  the  end  of  a  fire- 
lock, was  in  general  use.  On  an  emer- 
gency, where  arms  are  scarce,  the  pike 
may  always  be  relied  on  against  infantry 
or  cavalry.  See  Am.  Mil.  Lib. 

PIKESTAFF,  the  wooden  pole  or 
handle  of  a  pike. 

PILE,  Fr.  A  species  of  javelin  which 
was  used  by  the  Romans.  They  darted 
these  weapons  with  so  much  force,  that, 
according  to  tradition,  two  men  have  been 
pierced  through,  together  with  their 
shields  or  bucklers. 

PILES,  strong  pieces  of  woov.4,  driven 
into  the  ground  to  make  a  firm  foundation 
for  any  kind  of  work. 
To  PILE  or  stack  armstto  place  three  mus- 
quets  with  six  bayonets  in  such  a  relative 
position,  that  the  butts  shall  remain  firm 
upon  the  Around,  and  the  muzzles  be 
close  together  in  an  oblique  direction. 
This  method  has  been  adopted  to  prevent 
the  injury  which  was  formerly  done  to 
muscuetry,  when  the  practice  of  ground- 
ing the  firelock  prevailed.  Every  recruit 
should  be  taught  how  to  pile  or  stack 
arms  before  he  is  dismissed  the  drill. 


PILE,  any  heap;  as  a  pile  of  balls, 
hells,  &c. 

PILES  cf  shot  cr  shells,  are  generally- 
piled  up  in  the  magazines,  in  three 
dilierent  manners:  the  base  is  either  a 
riangular  square,  or  a  rectangle ;  and 
"rom  thence  the  piles  are  called  triangular, 
square,  and  oblong. 

T A  KLZ,  of  Triangular  Piles  of  Shot. 


I) 

T3 
'</) 

Content, 

Side. 

Content. 

s> 

r3 

to 

Content. 

V 

(r. 

35 
36 

4-» 

a 

u 

§ 

U 

7486 

2 
J 

4 

3 

*4 

473 

24 

437 

to 

574 

25 

75l 

8184 

4 

20 

I5 

696 

26 

3c9i 

37 
38 

>9 

9322 

5 

35 

16 

73i 

27 

3458 

10131 

6 

5<5 

*7 

883 

28 

29 

3C 

3*53 

10981 

7 

84 

18 
19 

20 

io43 

4277 

40 
4i 

11871 

8 

I2o 

1222 

473i 

12807 

9 

I65 

IS4G 

31 

5216 

42 
43 

1373° 

10 

220 

- 

1641  J32 

5733 

14659 

11 

296 

i&«3  ;33 

6283 

14 
45 

I5S85 
16511 

12 

384 

23 

2148  ?34 

6867 

Explanation.  The  numbers  in  theisr, 
3d,  5th,  and  7th  vertical  columns,  ex- 
press the  number  of  shot  in  the  base  or 
side  cf  each  triangular  pile  ;  and  the  num- 
bers in  the  2d,  4th,  6th,  and  8th  vertical 
columns,  express  the  number  of  shot  in 
each  pile. 

Rules  for  finding  the  number  In  any  P I L  z. 

Triangular  PILE. 

Multiply  the  base  by  the  base  -f"  r> 
this  product  by  the  base  -j-  2,  and  divide 
by  6. 

Square  PILE. 

Multiply  the  bottom  row  by  the  bot- 
tom row  4*  J>  an^  f^s  product  by  twice 
the  bottow  row  -J-  2,  and  divide  by  6. 

Rectangular  PILES, 

Multiply  the  breadth  of  the  base  by 
itself  -\-  i,  and  this  product  by  three  times 
the  difference  between  the  length  aiid  the 
breadth  of  the  base,  added  to  twice  the 
breadth  -|-  *»  and  divide  by  6. 
Incomplete  PILES. 

Incomplete  piles  being  only  frustums, 
wanting  a  similar  small  pile  on  the  top, 
compute  first  the  whole  pile  as  if  com- 
plete, and  also  the  small  pile  wanting  at 
top  ;  and  then  subtract  the 
from  ths  oth?r. 


526 


PIL 


PIL 


TABLE,  of  square  Pi/es  of  Skct. 


side 

content  «side  |  content  s  de 

cont't 

ide  cont't  ' 

ide  Icont't  ' 

a 

D 

14  1 

20 

2871 

38 

19019 

56  •  60116 

74 

37S2S 

3 

21 

33" 

39 

20540 

57 

63365 

75 

4345^ 

4 

3° 

22 

3795 

40 

22140 

58 
59 
60 

66729 

76 

49226 
155155 

5 

55 

23 

4324 

4i 

23821 

70210 

77 

6 

9i 

M 

4900 

42 

25585 

73810 

78 

161239 

7 

140 

>S 

5525 

.  . 

6201 

43 

27434 

61 

77531 

79 

167480 

8 

204 

26 

44 

29370 

62  ;  81375 

80 

173880 

9 

10 

285 

^7 

6930 

3'395 

63 

85344 

81 

180441 

385 

28 

7714  |  46 

335H 

64 

89440 

82 

187165 

ii 

506 

29 

8555 

47 

357^0 

65 

,93665 

83 

i94o?4 

12 

65* 

3o 

9455 

48 

30824 

66 

98021 

84 

20I1IO 

13 

8  19 

31 

10416 

49 

40425 

67 
68 

102510 

85 

208335 

14 

1015 

3* 

11140 

42925 

i°7i34 

86 

15 

1240 

33 

12529 

455-6 

69 

111895 

87 

223300 

16 

1496 

34 

13685 

5* 

48230 

7° 

116795 

88 
89 

231044 

17 

1785 

35 

14910 

53 

51039 

71 

121836 

238965 

18 

2109 

36 

!62e6 

54 

53953 
56980 

72 

127022 

90 

247065 

19 

2470 

37 

175*75 

55 

73 

131349 

9T 

2^-46 

Explanation*  The  numbers  gradually 
increasing,  from  2  to  91,  express  the 
number  of  shot  at  the  base  of  each  square 
pile;  and  the  numbers  opposite,  the 
quantity  of  shot  in  each  complete  square 
pile.  Example.  No.  20  gives  2871,  and 
No.  30  gives  0455  ;  and  so  of  the  rest. 

PILiER,  Fr.  a  buttress. 

PILLAGE,  (fit/age,  Fr.)  The  act  of 
plundering. 

To  PILLAGE,  to  spoil,  to  waste,  to 
plunder. 

PILLAGER,  a  plunderer;  one  who 
gets  a  thing  by  violent  or  illegal  means. 

PILLAR,  in  a  figurative  sense,  sup- 
port. A  well  disciplined  army  may  be 
called  the  pillar  of  the  state;  an  ill  dis- 
ciplined one,  the  reverse. 

PILLARS,  and  ARCHES.  It  was 
customary  among  the  ancients,  particu- 
larly among  the  Romans,  to  erect  pub- 
lic buildings,  such  as  arches  and  pillars, 
for  the  reward  and  encouragement  of  no- 
bie  enterprise.  These  marks  were  con- 
ferred upun  such  eminent  persons  as  had 
either  won  a  victory  of  extraordinary 
consequence  abroad,  or  had  rescued  the 
commonwealth  from  any  considerable 
danger.  The  greatest  actions  of  the  he- 


j roes  they  stood  to  honor,  were  curiously 
expressed,  or  the  whoje  procession  of  a 
triumph  cut  out  on  the  sides,  The 
arches  built  by  Romuius  were  only  of 
brick  ,  those  of  Camillut  of  plain  square 
stones;  but  those  of  Caesar,  Drusus, 
Titus,  Trajan,  Gordian,  &c  were  all 
entirety  marble.  As  to  their  figure,  they 
were  at  rirst  semicircular  ;  whence  pro- 
bably they  took  their  names.  After- 
wards they  were  built  four  square,  with 
a  spacious  arched  gate  in  the  middle, 
and  little  ones  on  each  side.  Upon  the 
vaulted  part  of  the  nrddle  gate,  hung 
little  winged  images,  representing  vic- 
tory, with  crowns  in  their  hands,  which 
when  they  were  let  down,  they  put 
upon  the  conqueror's  head  as  he  passed 
under  the  triumph. — Fabricii  Roma, 
cap.  15. 

The  columns  or  pillars  were  converted 
tothesame  design  as  the  arches,  for  the 
honorable  memorial  of  some  noble  victory 
or  exploit,  after  they  had  been  a  lon£ 
time  in  use  for  the  chief  ornaments  of  the 
sepulchres  of  great  men,  as  may  be.  ga- 
thered from  Homer,  Iliad  1 6. 

The  pillars  of  the  emperors  Trajan  and 
Antoninus,  have  been  extremely  admired 


PIL 


PIO 


for  their  beauty  and  curious  work. 
We  find  them  thus  particular  described 
in  page  53,  of  Kennett's  Roman  An- 
tiquities. 

The  former  was  set  up  in  the  middle 
of  Trajan's  forum,  being  composed  of 
£4  great  stones  of  marble,  but  so  curi- 
ously cemented,  .  s  to  seem  one  entire 
natural  stone.  The  height  was  i44feet, 
according  to  Eutropius,  (Hist.  lib.  8.) 
though  Martian  (lib.  Hi.  cap.  13.)  seems 
to  make  them  but  128.  It  is  ascended 
by  185  winding  stairs,  and  has  40  little 
windows  for  the  admission  of  light.  The 
•whole  pillar  is  incrusted  with  marble,  in 
which  are  expressed  all  the  noble  actions 
of  the  emperor,  and  particularly  the  Da- 
cian  war  O,  c  may  see  all  over  it  the 
several  figures  of  forts,  bulwarks,  bridges, 
ships,  &c.  jnd  all  manner  of  arms,  as 
shield^,  he'mets,  targets,  swords,  spears, 
(lag/ers;  belts,  &c,  together  with  the 
several  offices  and  employments  of  the 
soldiers;  some  digging  trenches,  some 
measuring  out  a  place  for  the  tents,  and 
others  making  a  triumphal  procession. 
(Fabricus,  cap.  7.)  But  the  noblest  or- 
nament of  rins  pillar,  was  the  statute  of 
Trajan  on  the  top,  of  a  gigantic  bigness, 
beint'no  less  than  20  feet  high.  He  was 
represented  in  a  coat  of  armor  proper 
to  the  general,  holding  in  his  left  hanu  a 
sceptre,  in  his  right  a  hollow  globe  of 
gold,  in  which  his  own  ashes  were  de- 
posited after  his  death,  (Casalius,  par.  1. 

The  column  or  pillar  of  Antoninus, 
"was  raised  in  imitation  of  this,  which  it 
exceeded  only  in  one  respect,  that  it  was 
176  feet  high  ;  (Martian,  lib.  vi.  cap. 
13.)  tor  the  wurk  was  much  inferior  to 
the  former,  as  being  undertaken  in  the 
declining  age  of  the  empire.  The  ascent 
on  the  inside  was  106  stairs,  and  the 
xvindows  in  the  inside  56.  The  sculp- 
ture and  the  other  ornaments  were  of  the 
same  nature  as  those  of  the  first ;  and  on 
the  top  srood  a  colossus  of  the  emperor 
naked,  as  appears  from  some  of  his  corns. 
See  Martian  idem. 

Both  these  columns  are  still  standing 
at  Rome,  the  former  most  entire.  But 
Pope  Sixtus  I.  instead  of  the  two  statutes 
of  the  emperors,  set  up  St.  Peter's  on  the 
column  of  Trajan,  and  St.  Paul's  on 
that  of  Antoninus.  Casal.  part  1 .  c.  1 1. 

Among  the  columns  and  pillars  we  must 
not  pass  by,  (to use  Mr.  Kennett's  words) 
the  Mitliarium  aureumy  a  gilded  pillar 
in  the  forum,  erected  by  Augustus  Csesar, 
at  which  all  the  highways  of  Italy  met, 
and  were  concluded.  (Martian,  lib.  iii. 
cap.  18.)  From  this  they  counted  ^heir 
miles,  at  the  end  of  every  mile  setting 
up  a  stone;  whence  came  the  phrase  fri. 
mus  ab  urbe  /apis,  a,.d  the  like.  This 
p.iiar,  as  M>  Lassels  informs  us,  is  still 
to  be  seen. 

PILON,  Fr.  a  weapon,  the  use  of 
wfhch  has  been  recommended  by  marshal 
fyxe,  in  his  plan  forming  several  bat- 


talions four  deep.  The  two  first  ranks 
are  to  be  armed  with,  muscjuets,  the  third 
and  fourth  with  large  hali'pikes  orpilons, 
having  their  musquets  slung  across  their 
shoulders. 

PILUM.  The  head  of  an  arrow  w#s 
so  called  by  the  Romans. 

PIN  ASS  E,  Ft-,  a  pinnace. 

P1NDAREES,  Ind.  plunderers  and 
marauders,  who  accompany  a  Mahrattah 
army.  The  name  is  pioperly  that  of  per- 
sons who  travel  with  grain  and  merchan- 
dize; but  war  atto  ding  so  many  oppor- 
tunities and  creating  so  maiv^^cessities, 
the  merchants  as  it  is  all  ov£r  the  world, 
became  plunderers  and  the  worst  of  ene- 
mies. 

To  PINION,  to  bind  the  hands  or 
arms  of  a  peison  so  as  to  prevent  his  hav- 
ing the  free  use  of  them. 

PINK,  a  sort  of  small  ship,  masted 
and  ribbed  like  other  ships,  except  that 
ihe  is  built  with  a  round  stern,  the  bends 
and  ribs  compassirg,  so  that  her  sides 
bulge  out  very  much. 

PI\",  an  iron  nail  or  bolt,  with  around 
head,  and  generally  with  a  hole  at  the  end 
to  receive  a  key  :  there  are  many  sorts, 
as  axle-tree  pins,  or  boils,  bolster  pins, 
poL'-pins,  swing-tree  pins,  &c. 

Theie  are  likewise  nusguetpins,  which 
are  small  pieces  ot  iron  or  wire  that  fasten 
the  stock.  Soldiers  are  very  apt  to  take 
out  these  pins  in  order  to  make  their  pieces 
ring  ;  but  they  should  not  on  any  account, 
be  permitted  so  to  do. 

PINTLE  in  artillery,  a  long  iron  bolt, 
fixed  upon  the  middle  of  the  limber-bol- 
ster, to  go  through  the  hole  made  in  the 
trail- transom  of  a  field-carriage,  when  it 
is  to  be  transporied  from  one  place  to 
another. 

PrNTLK-pfate,  is  a  flat  iron,  through 
which  the  pintle  passes,  and  nailed  to 
both  sides  ot  the  bolster,  with  8  diamond 
headed  nails. 

PiNTLE.-u-.7j/6fr,  an  iron  ring  through 
which  the  pintle  passes,  placed  close  to 
the  bolster  tor  the  trail  to  move  upon. 

PINTLE-/&O/<?,  is  of  an  oval  figure,  made 
in  the  trail-transom  of  a  field-carriage, 
wider  above  than  below,  to  leave  room  for 
the  pintle  to  play  in. 

PIOBRACH,  the  Gaelic  word  for  a 
piper;  also  an  air  played  upon  the  bag- 
pipe. It  is  now  more  strictly  applied  to 
the  ancient  Highland  martial  music. 

P i cJB&ACHs,'are  either  simple  orcom- 
pound ;  some  of  them  consist  of  a  march, 
&c.  and  are  beautifully  varied,  and  high. 
ly  characteristic. 

PIOCHE,    Fr.  a.  mattock,  pickaxe, 

PIOCHER,  Fr.  to  dig. 

P1ONLERS,    in  wei'-time.  are  such 

as  are  commanded  in  from  the  country,  to 

march  with   an  army,  for  mending  the 

||  ways,  fjr  working  on  entrenchments  and 

|i  fortifications,  ar.ci  for  making  minpt,  and 

'i  approaches  :  the  soldiers  are  likewise  em- 

!'  ployed  in  all  the  ,e  things. 

I]   Most  of  the  E  uropean  artillery  corps  have 


528 


PIS 


P  IS 


a  company  of  pioneers,  well  instructed  ) 
in  that  important  branch  of  duty.     The  i 
regiments  of  infantry  and   cavalry    have 
3  or  4   pioneers    each,     provided    with 
aprons,  hatchets,  saws,  spades,  and  pick- 
axes      The  French  sappers  are  the  same 
kind  of  soldiers. 

P1ONIERS,  Fr.    pioneers. 

PIPE,  a  tube;  a  musical  instrument  • 
a  liquid  measure,  containing  two  hogs- 
heads. 

PirE.from  the  Gaelic />/;>£  wo£r,  which 
signifies  great  pipe.  The  Highland  bag- 
pipe is  soVr— Hed,  and  is  an  instrument 
•well  calculated  for  the  field  of  battle. 
When  the  bag,  ipe  is  skilfully  performed, 
its  martial  music  has  a  wonderful  effect 
•upon  the  native  Scotch,  particularly 
the  Highlanders,  who  are  naturally  war- 
like. < 

TAlL-P//><r,  a  small  brass  pipe  fixed 
at  the  swell  of  the  British  musquet, 
•which  receives  the  tamrod. 

Trumpet  PIPE,  a  small  brass  pipe  near  the 
muzzle  of  the  British  firelock,  through 
which  the  ramrod  is  let  down  It  is  called 
trumpet. pipe,  from  its  resemblance  to 
the  mouth  of  a  trumpet.  The  Prussians 
have  no  pipes  to  their  musquets  ;  the 
ramrod  being  received  into  a  cylinder 
•which  runs  parallel  with  the  barrel ;  nor  is 
there  any  pip:  ot  this  kind  to  the  Ame- 
rican or  the  French  musquet ;  the  ram- 
rod passing  within  the  three  straps  of 
iron  or  plate  rings  which  bind  the  barrel 
to  the  stock. 

PipE-C/ay  and  Whiting,  a  composition 
•which  so.diers  use  lor  the  purpose  of 
keeping  their  cross- belts,  &c.  clean. 

PIQUE,  Fr.     See  PIKE. 

PIQUICHIMS,  Fr.  irregular  and 
ill-armed  soldiers,  of  which  mention  is 
rnade  in  the  history  of  the  reign  of  Phi- 
lippe Augustus.  They  were  attached  to 
the  infantry. 

P1QUIER,  Fr.  a  pikeman,  or  one 
who  is  armed  with  a  pike. 

P1RAMIDE,  Fr.     SeePvRAMio. 

P1RAMIDES  defeu,  tr.  See  JETS 
DE  FEU. 

PIRATE,  Fr.    a  pirate. 

PISTE,  Fr.  the  track  or  tread  a 
horseman  makes  upon  the  ground  he  goes 
over. 

P I STO  L,  a  species  of  small  fire-arms, 
of  which  there  are  various  sorts  and  sizes, 
viz 

Highland  PISTOL.  The  old  High- 
land pistol  appears  singular  enough  in 
the  present  day.  Some  that  have  been 
preserved,  exhibit  marks  of  excellent 
•workmanship.  The  stock  is  metal,  and 
the  but  end  so  sharped,  that  wnen  fired 
otf,  the  pistol  can  be  used  as  a  very  serious 
weapon  at  close  qaarters.  The  Highland 
pistol,  though  never  used  by  any  of  the 
British  regiments,  is  stili  wo'rn  by  every 
person  who  wishes  to  be  considered  as 
tuny  dressed  and  accoutred  in  the  ancient 
garb.  It  is  suspended  from  the  left  side 
oj  the  waistbelt. 


Horse  -PISTOL,  so  called  from  being 
used  on  horseback,  and  of  a  large  size. 

Management  of  the  PISTOL  on  horsr~ 
tack  for  military  purposes.  Every  recruit 
when  he  joins  the  horse-drill  should  be 
made  perfectly  acquainted  with  the 
handling  of  his  pistols  according  to  rule, 
and  of  firing  correctly  at  a  mark.  To 
this  end  he  must  be  taught  to  draw,  load, 
fire,  and  return  his  pistol,  by  word  of 
command,  viz. 

ist.  The  right  glove  is  to  be  taken  off, 
and  the  goat-skin  thrown  back. 

Draw  right  PISTOL.  This  is  done  at 
two  motions;  ist,  the  man  must  seize 
the  handle  of  the  pistol  with  his  right 
hand,  the  back  towards  the  body.  2d, 
Draw  it  out  of  the  holster  with  a  brisk 
motion,  dropping  the  butt  of  the  pistol 
on>the  right  holster,  and  keeping  the 
muzzle  upwards. 

Load  PISTOL.  The  pistol  is  to  be 
dropped  smartly  into  the  left  hand; 
open  the  pan,  prime,  cast  about,  and 
load;  as  soon  as  loaded,  seize  the  pistol 
by  the  butt,  and  come  to  the  same  posi- 
tion as  in  the  second  motion  in  drawing  : 
the  bridle  hand  must  be  kept  as  steady  as 
possible.  Jn  loading  the  pistol,  the  bar. 
rel  is  to  be  kept  to  the  front. 

Return  PISTOL.  This  is  done  in  two 
motions:  ist,  turn  the  muzzle  into  the. 
holster,  with  the  back  of  the  hand 
towards  the  bod),  and  press  home  the 
pistol.  2d,  Quit  the  right  rand  briskly. 

Cock  PISTOL.  Drop  the  pistol  into, 
the  left  hand,  cocking  with  the  thumb 
of  the  right,  and  as  soon  as  done  come 
to  the  second  position,  viz.  muzzle  up- 
wards. 

To  the  right  aim.  Come  smartly  to  an 
aim,  looking  well  aiong  the  barrel  to 
the  object  you  are  aiming  at,  and  turning 
your  body  as  much  as  is  necessary  to  a,im 
well,  but  taking  care  not  to  displace  your 
bridle  hand. 

Fire  !  pull  briskly  at  the  word,  and  as, 
soon  as  fired  go  on  with  the  loading  mo- 
tions ;  when  loaded  come  to  the  position 
asinthefirst  direction,  viz.  mux-x.le  u'p* 
•wards. 

Cotk  PItio/9  as  already  explained.  ^ 

To  the  left  aim.  This  requires  particular 
attention,  as  the  men  wili  be  apt  to  bring 
their  right  shoulders  too  forward,  and  by 
that  means  displace  their  bodies  and  the 
bridle  hand. 

Fi>e!  as  already  explained. 

Coc  k  PISTOL.  To  the  front  aim.  You 
must  raise  yourself  in  your  stirrup--,  in 
order  to  take  a  proper  aim  ,•  you  must 
then  look  well  along  the  pistol,  and  wait 
for  the  wordjfrc. 

Fire!  As  soon  as  you  have  fired,  you 
must  drop  into  your  seat,  and  go  on 
with  the  loading  motions,  as  before  di- 
rected. 

Return  Pistol,  as  already  explained. 

Draw  left  P  i  s T  o  L .  6ee  Draw  j^pus 
right  Pi.tol, 


PI  V 


PL  A 


529 


'Poeket  PiSTpt,  a  small  pistol,  which 
may  be  conveniently  carried  in  the  pocket 
PISTOLETS,  Fr.     See  PISTOLS. 
PI  TANS,  PAT  AN,  Ind.  according  to 
Mr,  Orme,  in  his  History  of  the  Carnatic, 
the  Pitans  are  supposed  to  be  the  descend- 
ants of  the  northern  Indians,  who  were 
early  converted  to  Mahomedanism.  They 
have    been    reckoned  the    best    troops. 
They  are  habitually  fierce. 

Pi  TAN  Nabobs.  Certain  chiefs  in  India 
so  called,  viz.  of  Cudapa,  Canoul,  and 
Savanore. 

PITAUX,  Fr.    This  word  is  some- 
times  written  petaux,  and  was  formerly 
U'-ed  to  distinguish  those  peasants  that 
we'e  pressed  into  the  service^  from  sol 
diers  who  were  regularly  inlisted. 
To  PITCH,  (assceir,  Fr.) 
To  PITCH  a  camp,  (asseoir  ua  cawp,  Fr.) 
to  take  a  position,  and  to  encamp  troops 
upon  it  according  to  the  principles  of  cas- 
trametation.     See  Am,  M'l  Lib. 

To  PITCH  a  tent,  to  place  a  certain  re- 
gulated quantity  of  canvas  upon  poles,  so 
as  to  afford  a  temporary  cover,  against  the 
inclemencies  of  the  weather  for  one  or 
more,  officers  or  private  soldiers.  In  or- 
der that  the  men  may  become  expert  in 
pitching  and  striking  tents,  they  ought 
so  be  practised  whilst  in  camp  to  do 
either. 

PITCH  AND  AH,  Ind.  a  fortified  pa- 
godaon  the  north  bank  of  the  Coleroon, 
one  mile  east  of  Seringham. 

PITONS,  Fr.  nails  with  round  eyes. 
They  likewise  signify  pins  with  iron 
rings. 

PITONS  d'affut,  Fr.  iron  pins  which 
are  used  to  keep  the  plate-bands  of  the 
carriage  of  a  cannon  tight  and  compact. 

PIVOT,  (Pivot  t  Fr.J  in  a  military 
sense,  that  officer,  serjeant,  corporal,  or 
soldier,  upon  whom  the  different  wheel- 
ings  are  made  in  military  evolutions. 
There  are  two  sorts  of  pivots  distinguish- 
ed according  to  the  position  of  the  troops 
who  are  governed  by  them,  viz.  standing 
pivot  and  moveable  pivot.  When  a  batta- 
lion, for  instance,  stands  in  open  column 
of  companies,  the  right  In  front,  the  last 
man  upon  the  left  of  the  front  rank  of 
each  company,  is  called  the  inner %  or 
standing  pivot  ;  and  the  first  man  upon 
the  right  ditto,  is  called  the  cuter  pivo/t  or 
tvheeling  Jlank.  So  much  depends  upon 
the  accurate  position  of  the  different  pi- 
vots, that  no  movement  can  be  thorough- 
ly correct  unless  the  most  scrupulous  at- 
tention be  paid  to  them.  Officers,  in 
particular,  ought  to  recollect  that  when 
they  are  posted  upon  the  Hanks,  they  be- 
come essentially  necessary  to  the  preser.. 
yation  of  that  perpendicular  and  parallel. 
ism  of  a  march,  without  which  direc- 
tion the  best  digested  manoeuvres  must 
be  ultimately  rendered  useless.  They 
most  constantly  bear  in  mind,  that  it 
belongs  to  the  mounted  field  officers  to 
wa'ch  the  aggregate,  and  that  they  them- 
selves, being  incorporated  par?';  of  the 


different  divisions,  are  to  move  succes. 
si vely  forward,  with  no  other  object  in 
view  than  the  perpendicular  point  before 
them.  For  if  they  once  turn  to  the  right 
or  left,  or  become  anxious  about  the  move- 
ments of  others,  instead  of  being  the 
means  of  insensibly  correcting  any  errors 
that  might  casually  occur,  they  will  de- 
viate themselves,  and  at  every  step  in* 
crease  thfe  irregularity.  On  this  account, 
the  instant  an  officer  has  wheeled  hisdU 
vision,  he  must  resume  his  perpendicular 
position,  look  stedfastly  on  his  leading 
pivot,  preserve  his  relative  distance, 
and  keep  his  person  perfectly  square. 
He  ought  likewise  to  be  particularly  coc- 
rect  in  stepping  off  when  the  wheel  is 
completed.  . 

Moveabie  PIVOT,  one  which  during 
the  wheel  of  its  division  advances  in  a 
circular  direction,  instead  of  turning  on 
the  spot  where  it  originally  stood.  Thus 
when  divisions,  &c.  are  successively 
wheeled,  without  being  first  hdted,  the 
pivot  upon  which  they  wheel  is  said  to  be 
move  able. 

In  the  drill,  single  ranks  are  frequently 
wheeled  on  a  moveable  pivot.  In  which 
case,  both  flanks  are  moveable,  and  de- 
scribe concentring  circles  round  a  point 
which  is  a  few  paces  from  what  would 
otherwise  be  the  standing  flank  ;  and  eyes 
are  all  turned  towards  the  outer  pivot  or 
Hank  man,  whether  he  is  on  the  outward 
flank,  or  on  the  flank  wheeled  lo. 

PIVOT.  Flanks,  th,>  flanks  upon  which 
a  line  is  formed  from  column.  When 
he  right  of  thebatta'ion  is  in  front,  the 
pivot  flanks  are  on  the  left  of  its  several 
companies,  platoonr.,  &c.  and  vice  versa  t 
when  the  let:  is  in  front. 

PivoT-fonA  fjjicer^  the  officer  who  is 
in  the  first  flank.  In  all  wheelings  dw- 
ing  the  march  in  column  the  officer  on 
hat  flank  upon  which  the  wheel  is  made 
nust  attend  himself  to  the  correctness  of 
he  pivot. 

Platoon  PIVOTS,  the  men  upon  whom 
a  battalion  marches  in  column  of  platoons, 
s  wheeled  up  into  line,  or  into  column, 
when  the  line  has  been  formed  according 
o  a  given  front. 

It  is  in  the  modern   improved  tactics 

determined   that    commissioned    officers 

,hall  nor  themselves  be  the  pivots,  but 

hat  they  shall  consist  of  the  non-com* 

missioned  officers,    or  rank  and  file  on 

ach    flank  only ;   and  not  the    officers 

>u  those  flanksj    but    the   officers   ae 

tricrly  required  to  see  that  the  pivots 

>erform  their  duty  correctly,  and  arere- 

ponsiblefor  it. 

P  LAC  AGE,  Fr.  in  fortification,  a 
wind  of  revetement,  which  is  made  of 
hick  plasticearth,  laidabng  the  talus  of 
uch  parapets  as  have  no  mason- work, 
.ml  which  is  covered  with  turf. 

PLACARD,  Por,  as  it  is  in  the  original 

PLACART,  S  Dutch    language  Pla- 

aat,  a  term  used  abroad  for  a  proc;arna~ 

ion,  edict,    &c.  put   up  in  all 

3  X 


530 


PL  A 


P  L  A 


places,  by  government  authority  ;  where- 
by their  subjects  are  ordered  to  do,  or  for- 
bear, something  expressed  therein.  Sec 


PLACARD,  Fr.  any  bill,  or  public 
paper,  that  is  posted  up  ;  same  as  Bul- 
letin. It  likewise  means  a  libel. 

PLACARDZR,  Fr.  to  post  up,  to  li- 
bel. 

PLACE,  emplacement,  Fr.  any  spot  or 
scite  which  suits  the  plans  of  an  architect 
to  build  upon. 

PLACE,  in  fortification,  signifies,  in 
general  terms,  a  fortittedtown,  a  fortress : 
hence  we  say  it  is  a  strong  place.  See 
Pocket  Encyclopedia,  vol.  V,  PLACE. 

PLACE  af  arms^  (Place  d'armes,  Fr.) 
This  term  has  various  significations, 
although  it  uniformly  means  a  place  which 
is  calculated  for  the  rendezvous  of  men 
in  arms,  Sec. 

1st.  When  an  army  takes  the  field, 
every  strong  hold  or  fortress  which  sup- 
ports its  operations  by  affording  a  safe 
retreat  to  its  depots,  heavy  artillery,  ma- 
gazines, hospitals,  &c.  is  called  a  place 
of  arms. 

idly.  In  offensive  fortification,  those 
lines  are  called  places  of  aims,  or  paral- 
lels, which  unite  the  different  means  of 
attack,  secure  the  regular  approaches, 
&c.  ai'd  contain  bodies  of  troops  who 
either  do  duty  in  the  trenches,  protect 
the  workmen,  or  are  destined  to  make 
an  impression  upon  the  enemy's  out- 
works. 

There  are  demi-places  of  arms  between 
the  places  of  arms.     These  are  more  or 
less  numerdus  in  proportion  to  the  resis 
tance  made  by  the  besieged. 

PLACES  of  arms  belonging  to  the 
covert- way.  These  are  divided  into  two 
sorts,  viz.  saliant  and  renirant  places  of 
arms.  There  are  likewise  places  of  arms 
composed  of  traverses,  which  are  practised 
or  made  in  the  dry  ditches  of  military 
towns,  in  a  perpendicular  direction  to  the 
faces  of  the  half,  moons  and  the  tenail- 
lons. 

PLACE  of  arms  In  a  toivn,  a  place  left 
near  its  centre,  where  generally  the  grand 
guard  is  placed.  In  towns  regularly 
fortified,  the  place  of  arms  should  be  in 
the  centre.  In  this  place  the  soldiers  of 
the  garrison  parade,  form,  and  mount 
guard,  Sec. 

PLACE  of  afms  of  an  attack,  or  of 
trench,  are  deep  trenches  15  or  18  teet 
wide,  joining  the  several  attacks  together : 
they  serve  for  a  rendezvous  and  station 
to  the  guard  of  the  trenches,  to  be  at  hand 
to  support  the  workmen  when  attacked. 
It  is  customary  to  make  3  places  of  aims, 
when  the  ground  will  peimit :  the  firsr, 
and  most  distant  from  tho  place,  is  about 
300  toises,  or  600  yards,  from  the  glacis 
of  the  covert- way  ;  the  second  is  within 
140  toises,  or  260  yards  ;  and  the  third  at 
the  foot  or  the  glacis.  See  PARAL- 
LELS. 

PL  Ace  of  arms  ef  a  camf,  was*  Strictly 


speaking,  the  bell-tents,  at  the  he«d  ot 
each  company,  where  the  arms  were 
formerly  lodged ;  likewise  a  place  chosen 
at  the  head  of  the  camp  for  the  army  to 
form  in  line  of  battle,  for  a  review,  or 
the  like. 

PLACE  of  arms  of  the  covert -•way ,  is  a 
part  of  it,  opposite  to  the  re-entering  an- 
gle of  the  counterscarp,  projecting  out- 
wards in  an  angle. 

PLACE  marecageuse,  Fr.  a  marshy 
place.  A  place  of  this  description  may 
be  easily  fortified,  and  at  little  expente; 
nor  does  it  require  many  troops  for  de- 
fence. Among  other  advantages,  that 
of  not  being  exposed  to  an  enemy's  mines, 
is  by  no  means  the  least  considerable. 
On  the  other  hand,  piles  must  he  sunk 
in  almost  every  direction  :  and  should  it 
be  invested,  it  is  almost  impossible  to 
succour  it.  Add  to  these  inconv<  nicnces, 
the  danger  to  which  the  garrison  must  be 
constantly  exposed  of  being  visited  by 
some  contagious  disorder. 

PLACE  elevee  dam  tin  plat  pay ',s,  Fr. 
Places  that  are  put  in  a  state  of  defence 
in  a  flat  open  country.  These  places  are 
almost  always  secured  by  regular  fortifi- 
catioj.s :  the  soil  is  good,  and  there  is 
always  plenty  of  earth  adapted  to  every 
species  ot  military  work  :  there  is  abi  n". 
dance  of  water ;  and  should  an  enemy  at- 
tempt  to  carry  them  by  insuring  the 
works,  entrenchments  may  be  easily 
thrown  up  to  check  him.  Add  to  this, 
that  it  would  require  two  or  three  armies^ 
at  least,  to  cut  off  the  various  sup  plies 
which  can  be  procured  from  the  country 
round.  On  the  other  hand,  the  goodness 
and  abundance  ot  the  soil  are  equally 
beneficial  to  the  besieging  army.  For  the 
troops  are  thereby  enabled  to  throw  up 
entrenchments,  to  build  redoubts,  erect 
batteries,  and  by  thus  securing  their  .  p- 
nroaches,  to  annoy  the  besieged  at  all 
hours,  and  in  all  v\  ays. 

PLACE  sitkte  sur  le  penchant  d'une  mor* 
tagne,  Fr.  a  place  situated  or  built  upon 
the  declivity  of  a  hill.  It  is  verydiffi<  u>t 
to  fortify  a  spot  of  tlvs  sort.  Whatever 
is  erected  upon  it,  must  be  commanded 
by  the  higher  Around,  and  the  body  of  the 
place  be,  of  course,  exposed  to  every  at. 
tack. 

PLACE  tituee  dans  une  i'al/ery  Fr.  a 
town,  fortress,  or  hold  that  is  built ina 
valley.  Places  so  situated  must  be  in  con- 
Slant  jeopardy,  as  by  getting  possession 
of  the  heights,  the  enemy  an  alwav^ 
command  them. 

PLACE  shuce  sur  Its  herds  d'une  g>  and 
riviere,  Fr.  a  place,  &c.  built  upon  the 
banks,  or  borders  or  a  large  imr.  Places, 
constructed  in  a  sitration  of  this  sort, 
are  preferable  to  all  others,  provid- 
ed they  have  a  free  and  uninterrupted 
communication  with  che  principal  quarter 
from  whence  stores,  provisions,  arid  am. 
munition  may  bj  chawn.  They  may  be 
regularly  fortified  towards  the  interior  of 
the  country,  and  it  will  require  little  or  n,e 


PL  A 


PL  A 


531 


artificial  means  to  secure   them  on  the 
side  of  the  river. 

PLACE  de  guerre,  Fr.  any  town  or 
place  that  is  regularly,  or  irregularly  for- 
tified. 

PLACE  &asse,  Fr.  In  fortification  the 
lower  flanks  according  to  certain  systems 
are  so  called. 

PLACE/or/e,  Fr.  a  strong  hold  or  place 
whLh  presents  at  all  points  so  many  dif- 
ficult obstacles  against  a  besieging  army, 
that  it  cannot  be  carried  (except  by  sur- 
prize) unless  the  regular  means  of  reducing 
it  be  resorted  to. 

PLACES  contreminees,  F r.  all  fort resses , 
Sec.  are  called  placts  contreminees,  or  coun- 
termined, which,  independent  of  their  open 
and  visible  means  of  defence,  &c.  have 
subterraneous  fortifications  that  a-e  along- 
side the  revetements  of  the  works,  under 
the  glacis,  or  beneath  the  neighboring 
ground,  to  interrupt  the  approaches,  and 
destroy  the  works  of  a  besieging  enemy. 

PLACE  haute ,  Fr.  According  to  the 
systems  of  some  engineers  (which  have 
not  been  followed  of  late  years)  i\\v  pLce 
haute,  or  high  place,  is  that  which  stands 
the  highest  of  three  platforms  that  were 
constructed  in  fheshapeoi  an  ampitheatre 
along  the  flanks  of  the  bastions,  Pagan, 
Blondel,  and  otr.ers,  who  have  copied 
from  these  systems,  did  so  from  an  idea, 
that  considerable  advantages  might  be 
derived  from  a  powerful  and  concentrated 
discharge  of  artillery  and  musquetry. 
Not  conceiving  that  it  was  possible  to  con- 
struct casema>ed  flanks  free  of  smoke, 
they  built  th  ee  or  fouropen  flanks  one 
above  the  other.  But  they  were  soon 
rendered  useless  and  unte'nable  by  the 
shells  tlut  tell,  and  the  fragments  that 
itew  about  in  consequence  of  the  demoli- 
tion of  the  mason-work.  Casemated 
ramparts,  on  the  contrary,  have  been 
known  to  stand  proof  against  the  heaviest 
discharge  of  bombs,  &c.  to  take  up  little 
room,  and  to  aflbrd  ample  space  for  a 
wide  range  of  artillery,  that  is  kept  un- 
der cover. 

PLACES  non  rcvetues,  Fr  all  fortified 
towns  or  places  are  so  called,  when  the 
ramparts  that  surround  them  are  only 
lined  with  placage  or  simple  turf.  In 
this  case  the  ramparts,  so  lined  or  cover- 
ed,  ought  to  be  fraised  and  palisadoed 
above  the  berme  or  foot-path,  to  prevent 
surprizes.  Hedges  made  of  good  quick- 
set, well  interwoven  vvitji  other  wood, 
and  carefully  attended  to,  will  save  the 
expence  of  palisadoes,  which  in  marshy 
soils  soon  rot,  and  require  to  be  re- 
placed. 

PLACES  revetues,  Fr.  All  fortified 
towns  or  places  are  so  called,  whose  ram- 
parts are  lined  or  covered  with  brick  or 
stone.  It  frequently  happens,  that  the 
revetement^does  not  reach  the  terre-pleine 
of  tha rampart,  especially  when  the  para- 
nets  are  thick  and  solid  ;  in  which  case 
£he  revetement  is  more  easilv  covered 


by  the  glacis.      Parapets  are  no  longer 
lined. 

PLACE,  Fr.  This  word  is  frequently 
used  by  the  French,  in  a  military  sense, 
to  signify  ration,  viz. 

Une  PLACF.  de  boucht,  Fr.  one  ration 
of  provisions. 

Deux  tLACtsdefourrage,  Fr.  Two  ra- 
tions of  forrage. 

Tote  PLACED.  This  expression  is 
frequently  used  in  naval  and  military 
matters,  to  signify  the  appointment  or 
reduction  of  officers.  Hence  to  be  placed 
upon  full  or  half- pay.  It  is  more  ge- 
nerally applicable  to  the  latter  case. 

PLACER,  Fr.  to  fix,  tosettle.  This 
word  is  used  among  the  French,  as  with 
us,  to  rxpress  the  act  of  providing  fora 
person  by  appointing  him  to  a  desirable 
situation,  viz.  Placer  un  jeune  bomme darij 
un  regiment ;  to  get  a  young  man  a  com- 
mission in  a  regiment. 

Un  c hrual  bien  TLACE?  Fr.  A  horse  i$ 
said,  among  the  French,  to  be  well  placed, 
when  his  forehead  runs  perpendicularly^ 
down  between  the  nostrils. 

PLAFOND,  Fr.     Theceiling. 
PLAFONNER,  Fr.  to  ceil  or  adorn 
the  upper  part  of  a  room,  &c. 

PLAGE,  Fr.  flat  shore,  or  extent  of 
coast,  where  there  are  no  creeks,  &c.  for 
vessels  to  ride  in. 
PJLAlE, \FV.  a  wound  or  scar. 
PLAN,  ground  plot,  or  ichnogra^hy^ 
infortijication,  is  the  representation  ot  the 
first  or  fundamental  tract  ofa  work,  showl 
ing  the  length  of  its  lines,  the  quantity 
of  its  angle's,  the  breadth  of  the  ditches, 
thickness  of  the  rampart,  parapets,  and 
the  distance  of  one  part  from  another : 
so  that  apian  represents  a  work,  such  as 
it  would  appear  if  cut  equal  with  the 
level  of  the  horizon,  or  cut  ;,-fr'  at  the 
foundation :  but  it  marks  neither  the 
heights  nor  depths  of  the  several  parts  of 
the  works  ;  that  is  pioperly  profile,  which 
expresses  only  the  heights,  breadths,  and 
depths,  without  taking  notice  of  the 
lengths.  As  architects,  before  they  lay 
the  foundation  of  their  edifice  make  their 
design  on'  paper,  by  which  means  they 
find  out  their  faults,  so  an  engihee--,  be- 
fore tracing  his  works  on  the  ground, 
should  make  plan*  of  his  designs  upon 
paper,  that  he  may  do  nothing  without 
serious  deliberation. 

'Exact  plans  are  very  useful  for  generals 
or  governors,  in  either  attacking  or  derend- 
ing  a  place,  in  chusing  a  camp,  deter* 
mining  attacks;  conducting  the  approach- 
es, or  in  examining  the  strength  and  weak- 
ness ot  a  place ;  especially  such  plans  as 
represent  a  place  with  the  country  about 
it,  shewing  the  rivers,  fountains,  marsi;e^, 
ditches,  valleys,  mountains,  woods, 
houses,  churches,  defiles,  roads,  and 
other  particulars,  which  appertain  to  it. 

PLAN  of  comparison,  a  geometrical 
sketch  of  any  fortress  and  adjacent  coun- 
try -within  'cannon  shot,,  in  which  the 


532 


PLA 


PLA 


different  levels  of  every  principal  point 
are  expressed. 
PLAN,  Fr.     See  PLAN. 
Lever  le  PLAN  de  quelque place  de  guer- 
re* Fr.  to  draw   the  pla,    of  a  fortified 
town  or  place. 

PLANCHETTE,  Fr.  a  small  board 
or  copper-plate,  which  is  used  in  prac- 
tical geometry. 

PLANCHES,  F>.  Boards,  planks. 
PLANCHES  d*entrevvttx*  Fr.  Boards  or 
planks  that  are  laid  between  the  joists  or 
posts  of  a  building. 

PLANCHEYER,  Fr.  to  board  or 
floor. 

PLANCONS,  Fr.  literally  twigs,  or 
small  round  pieces  of  wood.  A  term  used 
it.  hydraulics.  See  Bcttdor. 

PLANIMETRY,  [planimetrie*  Fr.) 
that  parr  of  geometry  which  considers 
lines  and  plane  figuies,  without  any 
reference  to  heights  or  depths,  in  oppo- 
sition to  stenometry,  cr  the  mensuration 
of  solids. 

PLANISPHERE,  (planisphere*  Fr.) 
a  representation  of  the  globe  or  sphere  on 
pape?,  for  geometrical  and  astronomical 
•nurposes. 

To  PLANT,  in  a  military  sense,  to 
place,  to  fix  ;  as  to  plant  a  standard.  It 
likewise  signifies  to  arrange  different  pieces 
of  ordnance  for  the  purpose  of  doing  ex- 
ecution against  an  enemy  or  his  works. 
Hence  to  plant  a  battery.  Johnson  ap- 
plies it  to  the  act  of  directing  a  cannon 
properly.  The  French  use  the  word 
generally  as  we  do,  except  in  the  last 
mentioned  sense.  They  say,  mitre  Is 
^anan  en  batterie.  In  others  the  term  bears 
the  same  signification,  with  occasional 
deviations  when  they  apply  it  figurative- 
ly, viz. 

PLANTER  le  piquet  chex.  quelqit'un*  Fr. 
To  quarter  one-self  upon  any  body. 

PLANTER  la  quelqu'un,  Fr.  To  leave 
a  person  abruptly,  or,  as  we  familiarly 
say,  to  leave  another  in  the  lurch. 

PLANTER,  quelgue  chose  au  ne-x,  de  quel- 
qu'un*  Fr.  To  reproach  a  person  with  any 
thine,  or,  as  we  familiarly  say,  to  throw 
it  in  his  teeth.  II  l#i  planter  sa  po/traiwe- 
rit  au  nez  ;  he  reproached  him  op.enly  for 
his  cowardice,  or  he  threw  his  cowardice 
in  his  teeth. 

PLANTE,  Fr.  To  be  fixed,  to  be  sta- 
tionary .  Un  solJat  blen  plante  sur  ses  pieds 
Jr.  A  soldier  that  is  well  set  up. 

PLANTER  tin  bailment*  Fr  To  lay 
the  hrst  stones,  or  the  foundations  of  a 
building. 

PLAQUE,  Fr.  The  shell  of  a  sword 
See  PLACACE. 

PLAQUES  dtfhmby  Fr.  Sheets  o 
lead.  These  are  used  for  various  pur- 
poses. In  the  artillery,  to  cover  the  ven 
of  a  cannon  ;  and  on  board  ships  of  war, 
to  stop  the  holes,  &c.  that  are  made  bj 
cannon  shot. 

PLAQUER,  Fr.  to  lay  one  plank  ove 
another.  To  cover  any  space  with  earth 
or  turf,  &c. 


PLASM.     See  MOULD. 
PLASTER,  a  piece  of  greased  leather 
r  rag  used  by  nnVmen,  &c.  to  make  the 
ball  fit  the  bore  of  the  piece. 

PLASTER,  in  building,  a  substance 
made  of  water  and  some  absorbent  mat- 
er, such  as  chalk  or  lime,  well  pulve- 
rised, with  which  walls  are  overlaid. 

PLASTRON,  a  piece 01  leather  stuf- 
fed, used  by  fencing-masters,  to  receive 
thereon  the  pushes  made  at  them  by  their 
pupils. 

PLASTRON,  Fr.  A  breast  plate  or 
lalf  cuirass.  In  the  old  French  service 
the  gens  d'armes,  the  heavy  cavalry,  the 
light  horse,  &c.  were  obliged  to  wear 
breast,  plates  on  all  occasions  at  reviews, 
&c.  The  hussars  were  an  exception  to 
this  order  which  took  place  on  the  28th 
of  May,  1733.  In  theor.ginal  order,  da- 
ted the  ist  of  February,  1703,  it  was 
particularly  specified,  that  in  order  to  be 
accustomed  to  their  weight,  the  above- 
mentioned  corps  should  wear  half  cuiras- 
ses in  time  of  peace.  The  captains  of 
troops  were  obliged  to  keep  the  half 
cuirasses  belonging  to  their  men  in  con- 
stant repair. 

PLAT,  ate*  Fr.  Flat,  level,  low. 
The  fiat  side  of  any  thing ;  as,  Flat  d& 
Sabre. 

PLAT  pays.  A  fiat  or  low  country. 
It  is  generally  used  among  the  French  to 
signify  that  extent,  or  space  of  country, 
on  which  scattered  houses  and  villages 
are  built,  in  contradistinction  to  towns 
and  fortified  places.  It  is  likewise  used 
in  opposition  to  a  mountainous  country. 
Lcs  soldats  de  la  garnhon  vivc'ient  aux  de- 
fens  du  plat  pays.  The  soldiers  of  the  gar- 
rison lived  upon  the  adjacent  villages  or 
country. 

Vunir  a  PLAT  de  Sabre.  To  punish  a 
man  by  striking  him  witb_  the  fiat  side  of 
a  sabre  blade.  The  French  likewise  sayv 
des  coups  de  plat  d'epee.  Blows  given  with 
the  fiat  side  of  a  sword.  This  mode  of 
punishing  is  frequently  adopted  in  foreign 
services,  particularly  among  the  Ger- 
mans. M.  de  St.  Germain,  minister 
of  the  war  department  under  Louis 
XVI.  attempted  to  introduce  it  in 
France,  but  it  was  resisted  by  the  army 
at  large. 

Battre  a  PLATE  couture^  Fr.  To  gain 
a  complete  and  decided  victory,  or  to  beat 
an  enemy  so  as  to  kill  or  take  almost  every 
man  he  had  to  oppose.  Hence,  une  arnica 
battue  a  platte  couture,  Fr.  An  army  com- 
pletely routed  and  undone. 

PLAT  de  t*  equipage  dyun  iiaisseau*  Fr. 
A  dish  or  mess,  consisting  of  seven  ra- 
tions or  portions  put  together,  and  served 
out  for  the  subsistence  of  seven  men,  on 
board  Fiench  ships  of  war. 

Eire  mis  au  PLAT  dts  m&lades  surma", 
Fr.  To  be  put  upon  the  sick  list  on 
board  a  king's  ship;  or  to  receive  such 
rations  as  were  ordered  to  be  served  out  to 
the  sick. 

PLATAIN,  Fr,  Mat  coast.    A  spot 


PL  A 


PL! 


533 


near  theseawh:ch  is  well  calculated  for 
a  descent.  As  Le  Platain  de  </' '  Angoulin, 
and  the  Platain  de  Chattlaillon,  near  Ro- 
chelle. 

PLATES,  or  prise  plates,  in  artillery , 
two  plates  of  iron  on  the  cheeks  of  a  gun- 
carriage,  from  the  cap-square  to  the 
centre,  through  which  the  prise  bolts 
go,  and  on  which  the  handspike  rest, 
'when  used  in  raising  the  breech  of  the 
gun,  &c. 

Breast  PLATES,  the  two  plates,  on  the 
face  of  the  carriage,  on  the  other  cheek. 

Breast  PTATES,  the  clasps,  with  or- 
namented heads,  by  which  the  cross 
belts  in  the  army  are  attached. 

Train  PLATES,  the  two  plates  on  the 
cheeks  at  the  train  of  the  carriage. 

Dulidge  PLATES,  the  six  plates  on  the 
wheel  of  a  gun  carriage,  where  the  fellies 
are joined  together. 

PLATEAU,  Fr.  A  fiat  piece  of  wood, 
which  is  sometimes  used  to  place  mor- 
tars on,  &c. 

PLATEBANDES,  Pr.  Cap- 
squares.  A  particular  part  of  a  piece  of 
ordnance,  which,  though  of  a  flat  form  or 
figure,  rises  beyond  the  rest  of  the  metal, 
and  is  always  cast  before  the  moulding. 
There  are  three  sorts  of  platbands  upon  a 
regular  piece  of  ordnance,  viz.  capsquare 
and  moulding  at  the  breech  ;  capsquare 
and  moulding  of  the  first  reinforce  ;  cap- 
square  and  moulding  of  the  second  rein- 
force. 

PLATEBANDES  d'affuts.,  Fr.  Iron  cap- 
Squares,  which  serve  to  keep  the  trun- 
nions fast  between  the  cheeks  of  a  piece  of 
ordnance. 

PLATFORM,  (Platjnrmc,  Fr.)  The 
upper  part  of ev^ry  brick  or  stone  build- 
ing which  is  arched  and  has  more  floors 
than  one,  is  so  called.  Hence  the  plat- 
form of  a  tower,  or  of  a  redoubt.  All 
pieces  of  ordnance  that  are  planted  on  a 
rampart,  or  are  disposed  along  the  lines  of 
a  besieging  army,  &c.  have  their  plat- 
forms. 

PLATFORM,  in  gunnery ',  is  a  bed 
of  wood  on  a  battery,  upon  which  the 
guns  stand;  each  consisting  of  18  planks 
of  oak  or  elm,  afoot  broad,  2  1-2  inches 
thick,  and  from  8  to  15  fee  long,  nailed 
or  pinned  on  4,  5,  or  6  beams,  from  410 

7  inches  square,  called  sleeper.      They 
must  be  made  higher  behind  than  before 
by  6  or  9  inches,  to  prevent  too  great  a 
recoil,  and  to  advance  the  gun  easily  when 
Joaded.     They  are  from  18  to  20  feet  long, 

8  feet  before  and  14  or  15   feet  behind. 
Permanent  batteries,   if  good  stone  is 

not  to  be  had,  should  be  made  of  brick 
placed  on  the  edge. 

PLATFORMS.  The  common  plat- 
forms for  gun  batteries  require  the  follow- 
ing materials  for  each :  5  sleepers  or 
joists,  6  inches  square,  14  feet  long. — i 
hunter,  8  or  10  inches  square,  8  feet 
long,  14  planks,  i  fool:  wide,  n  feet  long, 
2  x-2  inches  thick.— 20  pickets. 


The  usual  slope  of  platforms  for  guns  is 
one  inch  to  every  yard. 

The  platforms  for  mortar  batteries  are 
made  with  3  sleepers  8  inches  square, 
and  covered  with  about  n  timbers  of  the 
same  thickness.  They  are  laid  perfectly 
horizontal,  about  15  feet  asunder,  and  12 
feet  from  the  epaulement.  This  is  the 
distance  commonly  practised  for  firing 
only  at  15  degrees  elevation  ;  but  if  the 
platforms  be  placed  ar  the  undermention- 
ed distances  from  the  epaulement,  the 
mortars  may  be  fired  at  the  angles  corres- 
ponding 

At  13  feet  distance  for  firing  at  30  degrees. 
21  feet         .          .          at  20 
30  feet         .          .          at  15 
40  feet        .          .          at  10 
over  an  epaulement  of  8  feet  high.     See 
BATTERY. 

P  L  A  T I N  E  de  lumh  re,  Fr.  The  same 
as  Plaques  de  Plomb,  as  far  as  it  regards 
cannon.  With  respect  to  musquets  and 
other  firearms,  it  means  that  part  of  the 
hammer  which  covers  the  pan. 

PLATOON,  in  military  affair?,  was 
formerly  a  small  body  of  men,  in  a  bat- 
talion of  foot,  &c.  that  fired  alternately. 
A  battalion  was  th^n  generally  divided 
into  16  platoons,  exclusive  of  the  grena- 
diers, which  formed  2  or  4  platoons 
more,  as  occasion  required.  At  present 
a  battalion  is  generally  divided  into 
wings,  grand  divisions,  divisions,  (pla- 
toons or  companies)  subdivisions,  and 
sections;  and  the  word  platoon  is  gene- 
rally used,  to  denote  a  number  (from  10  to 
20}  of  recruits  assembled  for  the  purpose  oi 
instruction,  in  which  case  it  may  be  con- 
sidered as  synonimous  with  company  ; 
but  a  platoon  may  consist  of  any  number 
under  a  battalion. 

PLATRAS,  Fr.  Rubbish,  such  as 
ashes,  pieces  of  broken  brick,  mortar, 
&:c.  It  is  used  by  refiners,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  distilling  saltpetre  into  propor 
vessels. 

PLATRER,  Fr.  to  plaster,  to  patch, 
to  daub  over. 

PLAY,  is  occasionally  applied  to 
a  military  action;  as  t  he  cannon  p/ay  up- 
on the  enemy,  &c. 

PLEBEIAN.  From  the  Latin  Plclius, 
a  distinction  made  between  the  poor  and 
rich,  in  a  very  early  period  of  Rome  -, 
which  tended  to  its  ultimate  destruc- 
tion. The  term  is  chiefly  used  in  speak- 
ing of  the  ancient  Romans,  who  were 
divided  into  senators,  knights,  plebians, 
and  common. 

PLEDGET,  the  same  as  bolster,  com 
press,  in  surgery,  a  kind  of  flat  tent,  which 
is  laid  over  a  wound,  to  imbibe  the  super- 
fluous   humors   that    ooze  out,  and  to 
keep  it  clean. 

P  L  E I N  du  Mur,  Fr.  The  main  par: 
or  body  of  a  wall. 

PLEINyc/«7,  direct  shot ;  or  firing  so 
as  to  hit  the  mark  by  the  trajectorj 
line. 

PI.IER,  Fr,    To£ivew*y. 


534 


PLU 


P  LU 


Vne  aile  qui  PLiE,  Ft.  in  a  military 
sense,  the  wing  of  an  army,  which  gives 
way.  When  this  occurs,  it  behoves  a 
wise  and  executive  general,  to  send  im- 
mediate support,  for  the  whole  army  is 
endangered  by  the  kast  impression  on 
that  quarter. 

PLINTH,  the  square  member  which 
serves  as  a  foundation  to  the  base  of  a 
pillar. 

PLOMB,  Fr.  literally  means  lead. 
It  is  sometimes  used  in  a  military  sense, 
o  signify  musquet  shot,  &c. 

A  PLOMB,  Fr.  The  perpendicular 
position  of  any  body  or  substance.  Unt 
wuraille  est  a  plomb.  A  wall  built  in  a 
straight  perpendicular  direction. 

Donner  a  pl^mb^  Fr.  To  fall  verti- 
cally, as  .the  rays  of  th»  sun  do  in  certain 
latitudes 

Etrcaphmb*  Fr.    To  stand  upright. 

Marcher  a  plrmb,  Fr.  To  march  with 
a  firm,  steac.y  pace. 

This  word  is  sometimes  used  as  a 
substantive,  viz.  Perdrt son  aplomb.  To 
lose  one's  balance. 

Manquer  d'afictttkj  Fr.  To  be  un- 
steady. 

PLONGEE,  Fr.  A  term  used  in 
artillery  to  express  the  action  of  a  bomb, 
&c.  which  fiom  the  highest  point  pf  the 
curve  it  describes,  takes  a  downward  di- 
rection to  ktrike  its  object. 

PLONGEE  du  Rampart,  Fr.  The  slope 
of  the  upper  part  of  the  parapet,  belong- 
ing to  the  rampart,  is  so  called.  The 
slope  is  likewise  named  ialus  superieurt  or 
uppertalus. 

PLONGEONS,  Fr.  Artificial  fire- 
works, which  are  shot  into  water  and 
rise  a^ain  without  being  extinguished. 

PLOJCCEONS,  Fr.  I'lungers  or  divers. 
Men  of  this  description  ought  always  to 
accompany  an  army,  for  the  purpose  of 
swimming  under  bridges  of  boats,  &c.  and 
making  apertures  in  their  bottoms. 

i'LONGER,  Fr.  To  plunge  any 
thing  into  the  water.  This  word  is 
likewise  used  to  express  the  discharge  of 
ordnance  from  top  to  bottom,  as  cancn 
plonge. 

PLUIE  <&/<•;/,  Fr.  literally  a  shower 
or  rain  of  fire.  It  signifies  a  certain  quan- 
tity of  artificial  firWorks,  whose  dis- 
charge falls  in  regular  sparks,  without 
ever  deviating  irrto  a  serpentine  direc- 
tion. 

PLUMB,  PLUMMET,  a  leaden  or 
other  weight  let  d<*vn  at  the  end  of  a  string, 
or  piece  of  catgut,  to  regulate  any  work 
in  a  line  perpendicular  to  the  horizon,  or 
sound  the  depth  of  any  thing.  It  is  of 
great  use  to  the  artillerist,  as  well  as  to 
the  engineer,  x. 

PLUME,  feathers  worn  by  soldiers  in 
the  hat  or  helmet. 

PLU  MET,  Fr.  plume,  feather.     An 

ornament  which  is  worn  by  military  men 

in  their  hats.     It  succeeded  the  pannache 

or  bunch  of  feathers,  that  formerly  oclorn- 

- 


PLUMMET.  This  word  is  denved 
from  the  Latin  Plumbum ,  lead,  as  a  piece 
thereof  is  fastened  to  the  end  of  a  thread. 
The  instrument  i1  self  is  used  by  masons, 
&c.  to  draw  perpendiculars  with,  in  order 
to  judge  whether  walls,  &c.  be  upright 
planes,  horizontal,  &c.  Pilots,  at  sea, 
likewise  ascertain  their  soundings  by  it. 
In  the  forming  of  recruits  it  is  used  to  fix 
lines. 

Plummets  which  vibrate  the  required 
times  of  march  in  the  minute,  are  ot  great 
utility,  and  can  alone  prevent,  or  cor- 
rect uncertainty  of  movement ;  they 
must  be  in  the  possession  of,  and  be  con- 
stantly referred  to  by  each  instructor  of «, 
squad. 

A  musquet  ball  suspended  by  a  string 
which  is  not  subject  to  stretch,  ('and  rm:st 
of  course  be  kept  constantly  dry)  a;.d  on 
which  are  marked  the  different  require^! 
lengths,  will  answer  the  above  purpose, 
may  be  easily  acquired,  and  should  be 
frequently  compared  with  an  accurate 
standard  in  the  adjutant's,  or  serjeant- 
major's  possession.  The  length  of  th? 
plummet  is  to  be  measured  from  the 
point  of  suspension  to  the  centre  of  the 
ball. 

Accurate  distances  or  steps  of  24,  inches 
must  also  be  marked  our  on  the  ground, 
along  which  the  soldier  should  be  practis- 
ed to  march,  a..'d  thereby  acquire  the  just 
length  of  pace. 

PLUNDER,  hostile  pillage,  or  spoilg 
taken  in  war. 

PLUS,  in  algebra,  commonly  denotes 
majus,  more,  or  addition  :  its  character  is 
•J- .  Thus  5  -f-  7  is  read  5  plus  7,  or  5 
added  to  7  is  equal  to  ia. 

FLUTE  US,  a  defensive  machine, 
which  was  used  by  the  ancient  Romans. 
It  was  composed  of  wicker  hurdles  laid  for 
a  roof  on  the  top  of  posts,  which  the 
soldiers,  who  went  under  it  for  shelter, 
bore  up  with  their  hands.  Kennett,  m 
page  238,  of  his  Roman  Antiquities, 
observes,  that  some  will  have  them,  afi 
well  as  the  vinta?,  to  have  been  contrived 
with  a  double  roof;  the  first  and  lower 
roof  of  planks,  and  the  upper  roof  of  hur- 
dles, to  break  the  force  of  ;>ny  blow, 
without  disordering  the  machine.  The 
plutei,  however,  were  of  a  different  figure 
from  the  vinese,  being  shaped  like  an 
arched  sort  of  waggon  ;  some  having  three 
wheels,  so  conveniently  placed,  that  the 
machine  would  move  either  way,  with 
equal  ease.  They  were  put  much  to  the 
same  use  as  the  wusculi.  Father  Daniel, 
the  Jesuit,  in  his  history  of  the  French 
militia,  makes  mention  of  this  machine. 
He  quotes  a  passage  out  of  a  poem,  inti- 
tuled the  Siege  ot  Paris,  by  Abbon,  the 
Monk;  the  meaning  of  which  is,  that 
the  Normans  brought  up  a  large  quantity 
of  machines,  that  were  called  •plutti  by 
the  Romans,  and  that  seven  ©r  eight  soJ- 
diers  could  be  put  under  cover  beneath 


PO  I 


PO  I 


535 


them.     He  further  adds,  that  these  ma- 
chines  w  re  cohered  with  bull  hides. 

The  moderns  have  imitated  these  plu- 
tei  by  adopting  mantelets.  The  chevalier 
Foiard  mentions  having  seen  one  at  the 
siegeof  Phillipeville,of  a  triangular  figure, 
made  of  cork,  interlaced  between  two 
boards,  aud  supported  by  three  wheels 
that  turned  upon  a  pivot. 

PLUSH,  a  kind  of  stuff  with  a  sort  of 
velvet  nap  or  shag  on  one  side,  consisting 
of  a  woof  of  a  single  woollen  thread,  and 
a  double  warp  ;  the  one  of  two  woollen 
threads  twisted,  the  other  goat's  or  ca- 
mel's haii  ;  though  there  are  plushes  en- 
tirely of  worsted,  others  of  hair,  and 
others  again  of  silk,  cotton,  &c.  VVhite 
plush  breeches  have  been  often  worn  by 
dragoons.  They  resist  moisture,  and  are 
easily  cleaned. 

PNEUMATICS.  The  doctrine  of  the 
•air,  or  the  laws  whereby  it  is  condensed, 
rarefied,  gravitated,  &c. 

PNEUMATIC  Engine,  denotes  the  air 
pump. 

PN'EUMATIQUE,  Fr.    Pneumatics. 
POIDS,  Fr.     Weights. 
POIDS   de    Marc,    Fr.      Avoirdupois 
Weight. 

POIDS  Rotnain,  Fr.     Troy  weight. 
POIDS  a  ptser  I'eau,  Fr.     Waterpoise. 
Etfe  de  POIDS,  Fr.     To  weigh. 
Avec  POIDS  ft  mesurc,  Fr.     With  care 
and  circumspection. 

POIJNARD,  Ft.  Dagger,  poniard. 
Coup  de  POIGNARD,  fr.     A  stab. 
POIGNARDF.R,  Fr.     To  stab. 
POIGNEE,   Fr.      Handful.     Poignfe 
^bommesi  a  handful  of  men  ;   a  small 
number. 

P-OIGNEE,  Fr.     Handle  of  a  sword. 
La  POIGNEE,  Fr.     The  handle. 
POIL,  Fr.     Hair.     Maater  un  cheval 
J  POIL.     To  ride  a  horse  without  a  sad- 
dle. 

Un  brave  a  trots  FOILS,  Fr.  A  figura- 
tive expression  to  describe  a  bully,  or 
gasconading  fellow. 

POINCON,  Fr.  A  puncheon,  bod- 
kin. It  is  likewise  an  instrument  which 
is  used  in  the  making  of  artificial  fire 
works,  being  called  poincon  a  arret,  from 
a  piece  of  iron  running  cross- ways  near 
the  point,  to  prevent  it  from  entering  too 
far 

POINT,  in  geometry,  according  to 
Euclid,  is  a  quantity  which  rus  no  parts 
being  in-ii  visible  ;  and  according  to  others 
that  which  terminates  itselfon  every  s;de 
or  which  has  no  boundaries  distinct  fn>n 
itself.  This  is  a  mathematical  point,  ar.c 
is  only  conceived  by  the  imagination  ;  ye 
herein  all  magnitude  begins  and  e>.ds,  it: 
flux  generating  aline,  that  of  a  lineasur. 
face,  &c.  A  line  can  o,;ly  cut  another  ,n  a 
point. 

POINT,  in  perspective,  denotes  variou 
pi  ices  with  regard  to  the  perspectivi 
plane,  v.z.  point  of  sight,  or  of  the  eye,  o 
'  $ointt  is  a  point  m  the  axis  o 


frinttfa 


he  eye,  or  in  the  central  ray,  where  the 
ame  is  intersected  by  the  horizon. 

POINT,  or  points  of  distance,  in  per- 
pectivv%  is  a  point  or  points,  for  there 
ro  sometimes  two  of  them  placed  at  equal 
istances  from  the  point  of  sight. 

Accitttntal  POINTS,  or  Contingent 
01  NTS,  in  perspective,  are  certain  points- 
wherein  such  objects  as  may  be  thrown 
egligently,  and  without  order,  under  the 
ilan,  do  'tend  to  terminate.  For  this 
eason  they  are  not  drawn  to  the  point 
f  sight,  nor  the  points  of  distance,  but 
neet  accidentally,  or  at  random  in  the 
umzon. 

POINT  of  the  front,  in  perspective,  i? 
when  \Te  have  the  object  directly  belore 
is,  and  not  more  on  one  side  than  the 
>ther,  in  which  case  it  only  shews  the 
breside;  and  if  it  be  below  the  horizon, 
i  littleof  the  top  too,  but  nothing  of  the 
;ide,  unless  the  object  be  polygonous. 

Third  p o  i  x  T ,  is  a  point  taken  at  dis- 
cretion in  the  line  of  distance,  wherein  all 
he  diagonals  drawn  from  the  divisions  oi 
:he  geometrical  plane  concur. 

Objective  POINT,  a  point  on  a  geome- 
rical  plane,  whose  representation  is  re- 
quired on  the  perspective  plane. 

POINT  of  ioncourse,  in  optics,  is  that 
wherein  converging  rays  meet,  more 
commonly  called  the  focus. 

POINT  of  dispersion,  is  that  wherein  the 
rays  begin  to  diverge,  usually  called  the 
virtual  focus. 

POINT.  This  term  is  frequently  used 
n  a  military  sense.  As  point  of  intenec- 
t'on,  intermediate  point,  &c.  The  several 
applications  of  which  may  be  seen  in  the 
general  rules  and  regulations. 

Covering  POINT,  a  poi  :t  which  in 
changes  of  position  materially  concerns 
the  movement  of  one  line  with  another. 

When  a  change  of  position  is  made  on 
a  flank  or  centra!  point  of  the  first  line, 
the  movement  of  its  coveting  point  of  the 
second  line,  determines  the  new  relative 
situation  or.  that  second  line. 

To  find  this  point,  it  is  necessary  to 
pr.-.-misej  that  if  a  circle  is  described  from 
any  point  (A)  of  a  first  line  (AE)  with  a 
radius  equal  to  the  distance  betwixt  the 
two  li'e->;  then  its  covering  point  (a)  at 
that  time  in  thestcond  line  will  be  always 
in  the  circumierence  of  that  circle,  at  such 
plac<>  as  fhc  second  line  becomes  a  tan- 
gent to  the  circle.  Should  the  ^first  line, 
r  he;  e fore,  make  a  change  of  position 
( A  R;  either  on  a  flank  or  central  point 
(A);  its  covering  point  (a)  will  move  so 
as  still  to  preserve  and  halt  in  its  relative 
situation  (a  2;  and  by  the  movement 
and  halt  of  that  point  preceded  by  the 
one  fdj  of  iniei  sect  ion,  every  other  part  of 
the  second  line,  either  by  following  them, 
or  by  yieluinc  from  them,  is  regulated  and 
directed.  Betwixt  theold  and  new  situa. 
tion  of  the  covering  point  (a)  andequi- 
uistant  from  each,  lies  the  point  (cU 
where  the  old  and  new  positions  of  the 
second  1'Tte  /.v,vn-<r;,  ar  >  T.I- 


53G 


PO  I 


POL 


material  one  in  the  movement  of  that 
line. 

POINT  of  honor.  See  HONOR. 
POINT  of  Appui,  the  point  upon  which 
a  line  of  troops  is  formed.  When  the 
right  stands  in  front,  and  the  column  is 
inarching  to  form,  the  first  halted  com- 
pany,  division,  &c.  is  the  point  of  ap- 
pui.  Thus  when  the  right  is  in  front 
the  distant  point  of  formation  is  the  left. 

POINT  of  Intersection,  the  point  where 
two  lines  intersect  each  other. 

Intermediate  POINT.  In  marching  for 
<vard  that  is  called  an  intermediate  point 
which  lies  between  the  spot  fcnarched 
from,  and  the  spot  towards  which  you 
are  advancing.  In  forming  line,  the  cen- 
tre point  between  the  right  and  left  is  the 
intermediate  point.  It  is  of  the  utmost 
consequence  to  every  body  of  troops,  ad- 
vancing or  retreating,  but  especially  in 
advancing  towards  the  enemy,  ro  find  an 
intermediate  point  between  two  given, 
and,  perhaps,  inaccessible  objects.  The 
line  of  march  is  preserved  by  these  means 
in  its  perpendicular  direction,  and  every 
column  may  be  enabled  to  ascertain  its 
relative  point  of  entry  in  the  same  line. 

POINT  of  Alignment,  (Point  d'aligne- 
ment,  Fr. )  The  point  which  troops  form 
upon  and  dress  by. 

POINT  of  Formation,  a  point  taken, 
upon  which  troops  are  formed  in  military 
order. 

Perpendicular  POINT,  the  point  upon 
which  troops  march  in  a  straight  forward 
direction. 

Relative  POINTS,  the  points  by  which 
the  parallelism  of  a  march  is  preserved. 

POINT  of  passing,  the  ground  on  which 
one  or  more  bodies  of  armed  men  march 
by  a  reviewing  general. 

POINT  to  salute  at,  the  spot  on  which 
the  reviewing  general  stands.  This, 
however,  is  not  to  be  understood  literally, 
as  every  infantry  officer  when  rre  arrives 
within  six  paces  of  the  general,  recovers 
his  sword  and  drops  it,  keeping  it  in  that 
situation  until  he  shall  have  passed  him  a 
prescribed  number  of  paces.  The  caval- 
ry salute  within  the  breadth  of  the  hor- 
se's neck,  the  instant  the  object  is  un- 
covered. 

POINT  of  lFar,  aloud  and  impressive 
beat  ot  the  drum,  the  perfect  execution 
of  which  requires  great  skill  ai,d  activity. 
The  point  of  war  is  beat  when  a  battalion 
charges. 

POINT  du  jourt  Fr.  break  of  day; 
dawn. 

POINT  de  vut,  Fr.  prospect,  sight, 
aim. 

DC  POIXT  en  Hanc,  Fr.  point  blank. 

A  POINT,  Fr.  in  time. 

A  POINT  nommes,  Fr.  seasonably. 

La  POINTS,  Fr.  the  point  of  the 
sword. 

POINT  is  also  a  steel  instrument  of  va- 
rious use  in  several  arts.  Engravers, 
Etchers,  wood-cutters,  stone-cutters,  <5;c. 


use  points  to  trace  their  designs  on  copper, 
wood,  or  stone. 

POINT  blank,  (But  en  blanc,  Fr.)  in 
gunnery,  denotes  the  shot  of  a  piece  level- 
led horizontally,  without  either  mount- 
ing or  sinking  the  muzzle.  In  shooting 
thus,  the  bullet  is  supposed  to  go  in  a 
direct  Hn',  and  not  to  move  in  a  curve,  as 
bombs  and  highly  elevated  random  shots 
do.  We  say  supposed  to  go  in  a  direct  line, 
because  it  is  certain,  and  easily  proved, 
th?it  a  shot  cannot  fly  any  part  of  its  range 
in  a  right  line  strictly  taken ;  but  the 
greater  the  velocity,  the  nearer  it  approach- 
es to  a  right  line;  or  the  less  crooked  its 
range. 

For  the  point  blank  ranges  of  different 
pieces  of  ordnance,  see  the  different  na- 
tures. 

The  Frenches//?/  blank  or  but  en  blanc, 
is  what  the  English  artillery  call  the  line  of 
metal  elevation  ;  inmost  guns  bet  ween  one 
and  two  degrees. 

POINTER,  Fr.  to  point ;  as,  pointer  UK 
canon.  To  point  a  cannon. 

POINTEURS,  Fr.  Levellers.  Of- 
ficers in  the  old  French  artillery,  who 
were  subordinate  to  the  extraordinary  com- 
missaries ;  but  who  were  never  employed 
except  upon  field  service. 

POINTS  d'appui,  Fr.  Basis,  support. 
The  general  signification  of  this  term  ex- 
presses the  different  advantageous  posts, 
such  as  castles,  fortified  villages*  &c. 
which  the  general  of  an  army  takes  pos- 
session of  in  order  to  secure  his  natural 
position.  In  a  more  limited  sense,  they 
mean  those  points  which  are  taken  up  in 
movementsand  evolutions.  See  POINT 
D'APPUI.  Am,  Mil.  Lib. 

POINTING  of  a  gun  or  mortar,  is  the 
placing  either  one  or  other,  so  as  to  hit 
the  object,  or  to  come  as  near  it  as  pos- 
sible. 

To  POISON  a  Piece,  (Endouer  une 
piece,  Fr.)  in  gunnery,  to  clog  or  nail 
it  up. 

POISSON,  Fr.  literally  means 
fish. 

POITREL,  armor  for  the  breast  of  a 
horse. 

POIX,  Fr.  pitch. 

Poix  rcfim,  Fr.      Rosin. 

POLACRE,  Ft.    A  lappel  coat. 

POLACRE,  or  Polaque,  Fr.  a  Le* 
vantine  vessel,  which  carries  a  smack  sail 
on  the  mizen  andmizen  mast,  and  square 
sails  on  the  main  mast  and  bowsprit. 

POLA1RE,  Fr.  Polar. 

POLE,  in  a  four  wheel  carriage,  is 
fastened  to  the  middle  of  the  hind  axle- 
tree,  and  passes  between  the  fore  axle-tree 
and  its  bolster,  fastened  with  the  pole- 
pin,  so  as  to  move  about  it ;  keeping  the 
fore  and  hind  carriages  together.  It  ir. 
also  called  the  tongue. 

POLES,  in  castrametation,  long  round 
pieces  of  wood,  by  which  a  marquee  or 
tent  is  supported.  There  are  thiee  sorts, 
viz. 

Ridge  POLE,    a  long    round    niece  of 


POL 


POL 


537 


wood,  which  runs  along  the  top  of  an 
otiicei's  tent  or  marquee,  and  is  support- 
ed  by  two  other  poles,  via. 

Front  POLE,  a  strong  pole,  which  is 
fixed  in  the  front  part  of  an  officer's  tent 
or  marquee,  and  is  kept  in  a  perpendicular 
position  by  means  of  two  strong  cords, 
cailed  weather  cords,  that  run  obliquely 
from  each  ether,  across  two  other  cords 
from  the  rear  pole,  and  are  kept  fast  to  the 
earth  by  wooden  pegs. 

Rear  POLE,  a  strong  pole,  which  is 
1\\>  d  in  the  back  part  of  an  officer's  mar- 
quee or  ten*,  and  is  kept  in  the  same 
relative  position  as  has  been  described 
above. 

Fire  POLES,  or  Rods,  artificial  fire- 
works. They  are  generally  of  the  length 
of  tenor  twelve  feer,  and  of  the  thickness 
of  two  inches  at  most.  One  of  the  ends 
or  the  fire  pole  is  hollowed  out  with  three 
or  four  flutes  to  the  length  of  two  or  three 
feet.  Into  one  of  these  flutes  are  fixed 
rockets  or  squibs.  Paper  crackers  are 
fixed  in  the  others.  After  noles  have  been 
bored  through  the  body  of  the  poie8  in 
order  that  the  rockets  imy  have  commu- 
nication with  the  crackers,  they  must  be 
neatly  wrappedin  paper,  the  more  effectu- 
ally to  deceive  the  spectators. 

POLE  AXE,  an  axe  fixed  to  the  end  of 
a  long  pole.  See  BATTLE  AXE. 

POLICE,  Fr-.  in  a  military  sense, 
among  the  French,  this  term  comprehends 
the  inspectors,  the  treasurers,  the  pay- 
masters, the  commissaries,  the  provost 
ma'shal,  &c. 

POLICE  d*  assurance  i  Fr.  a  policy  of 
Insurance. 

POLICY  In  ivat.  See  STRATA- 
GEM. 

POLITICAL,  relating  to  policy,  or 
civil  government. 

POLITICS,  (Po/itique,  Fr.)  apart  of 
e-hics  which  consists  in  the  governing  of 
states,  for  the  maintenance  of  the  public 
safety,  order,  and  good  morals. 

POLK,  Fr.  a  Polish  term,  signifying 
a  regiment,  from  whence  is  derived  polko- 
wink,  colonel. 

POLL  AM,  Ind.  a  measure  equal  to 
twenty  ounces :  forty  make  a  viz  in  weight 
in  Madras. 

POLL  Money ',  commonly  called  pull- 
tax,  or  capitation. 

POLTROON,  (Po/tron,  Fr.)  a  cow- 
ard,  a  dastard,  who  has  no  courage  fco  per- 
tbrrn  any  thing  noble.  The  etymology  of 
poltron  or  poltroon,  as  it  is  usually  pro- 
nounced, iscurious  Both  in  ancient  and1 
modern  times  frequent  instances  have  oc- 
curred of  men,  who  had  been  forcibly 
enlisted,  having  rendered  themselves  unfit 
for  service  by  cutting  off  their  thumbs  or 
fingers.  When  this  happened  among  the 
Romans,  they  were  called  PtUice  trunci. 
The  French,  (as  they  do  in  mostof  their 
words  that  are  derived  from  the  Latin) 
contract  these  two,  and  by  an  elision  make 
poltron  or  poltroon,  from  whence  we  have 
"  >pted  the  term.  Another,  and  in  our 


adopted 


opinion  a  more  correct  derivation,  comes 
from  the  Italian  Poltrone,  which  takes  its 
derivation  from  Po/tro,  a  colt  j  because  of 
that  animal's  readin  ss  to  run  away  ;  or 

htO)  a  bed,  as  pusillanimous  people  take 
a  pleasure  in  lying  in  bed.  This  last  word 
is  derived  from  the  high  Dutch  Polster, 
which  signifies  a  bolster  or  cusnion.  This 
contemptible  character  is  so  little  calcu- 
lated for  a  military  life,  that  the  slightest 
imputation  of  cowardice  is  sufficient  to 
render  an  individual  unworthy  of  serving 
among  real  soldiers.  Poltroon  and  coward 
stand,  in  fact,  foremost  in  the  black  cata- 
logue of  military  incapacities.  Every 
young  man,  therefore,  ought  well  to 
weigh,  examine,  and  digest  the  necessary 
qualifications  ior  &  profession,  which, 
above  all  others,  exacts  a  daring  spirit,  and 
an  unqualified  contempt  of  death, 

POLIGARCHY,  (Poljgarcbie,  Fr.) 
a  government  composed  of  many  chiefs  or 
leaders. 

POLYGARS,  Ind  Chiefs  of  moun- 
tainous and  woody  districts  in  the  penirw 
sula,  who  pay  onlv  a  Temporary  homage. 

POLYGON,  (Polypnei  frO  is  a 
figure  of  more  than  four  sides,  and  is 
either  regular  or  irregular,  exterior  01  in- 
terior. 

Regular  POLYGON,  is  that  whose  angles 
and  sides  are  eq  -al.  It  has  an  angle  of 
the  centre,  and  an  angle  of  the  polygon. 
The  centre  of  a  regular  polygon,  is  the 
centre  of  a  circle,  which  circumscribes 
the  polygon  ;  that  is,  whose  circum- 
ference passes  through  al!  the  angles  of  the 
figure. 

Irregular  POLYGON,  is  that  whose  sides 
and  angles  are  unequal. 

Exterior  POLYGON,  that  whose  lines 
touch  the  points  of  the  flanked  angles, 
when  a  place  is  fortified  inwards. 

Interior  POLYGON,  that  outward  forti- 
fication which  makes  the  angles  of  the 
gorget  ;  so  that  the  whole  bastion  is  with- 
out the  polygon. 


Lunettes  POLYEDRES,  Fr.  Magnifying 
glasses. 

POLYEDRICAL,  )  having      many 

POLYEDROUS,    $    sides. 

POLYEDRON,  a  solid  figure  or  body 
consistingot  many  sides. 

POLYGRAPHIE,  Fr.     See  POLY- 

GRAPHY. 

POLYNOMIAL,  (Po/ynamt,  Fr.)  an 
algebraical  term,  signifying  a  quantity 
made  up  of  many  others  by  means  of  the 
sign  -}-  or  morej  and  the  sign  —  or  less. 

POLYORCETE,  Fr.  a  term  used 
among  the  French  to  distinguish  great 
warriors.  It  literally  signifies  the  taking 
of  strong  towns.  Marshals  Saxe  and 
Lowendath,  les  grand*  Polyorcetes  of  the 
last  century. 

POLYTECHNIQUE,  ^a  word   de- 

Ecole  POLYTF.CHMQUE,  $  rived  from 
the  Greek,  and  used  by  the  French  to 
distinguish  an  establishment  in  \\hichail 


538 


PON 


PON 


Sciences  are  taught.  The  military  school, 
which  existed  during  the  French  mo- 
narchy,  is  comprised  in  this  institution. 
See  MILITARY  SCHOOL. 

POMADA,  an  exercise  of  vaulting  the 
•wooden  horse,  by  laying  one  hand  over  the 
pommel  of  the  saddle. 

POME  RIUM,  in  ancient  architecture, 
that  space  of  ground  which  lay  between 
the  wails  of  a  fortified  town  and  the  in- 
habitants' houses.  The  term  is  still  used 
among  modern  architects,  particularly 
by  the  Italians,  as  P-.ter  Cataneo,  and 
Alghiri,  to  describe  the  breadth  oftheter- 
re  pleine  of  rampart,  its  inward  talus, 
and  the  vacant  space  wh.ch  is  usually  left 
between  this  talus  and  the  houses  of  the 
town. 

POMMEL,  (Pomniiatt,  Fr  )  a  piece 
of  brass  or  other  substance,  at  top,  and  in 
the  middle  of  the  saddle  bow,  to  which 
are  fastened  the  holsters,  stirrip  leathers, 
&c. 

POMMEL,  the  knob  at  the  extremity 
of  the  handle  that  balances  the  blade  of  the 
sword  j  also  the  protuberance  on  the  fore 
part  of  a  saddle. 

P  O  M  M  E  £,  Fr.  round  pieces  of  wood 
which  are  variously  used  for  ornament, 
ic. 

POMMES  de  Pavilion  et  d'emeigxc,  Fr. 
the  piece  of  wood  which  is  fixed  at  the  top 
of  the  color  stall',  &c. 

POMPE,  Fr.     See  PUMP. 

POMPE  de  ner,  Fr.  a  sea  pump,  or  a 
pump  used  on  board  a  ship. 

POMPEIC,  Fr.  to  pump. 

PON  A  NT,  Ft.  the  west.  In  the 
French  sea-service,  ponant  signifies  that 
part  or  the  ocean  which  is  separated  from 
the  seas  in  the  Levant  by  the  streightsof 
Gibraltar. 

Officier  PON  ANTIN,  Fr.  one  who  serves 
upontlu  ocean. 

Armee  PONANTINE,  Fr.  the  army  of 
the  west. 

PONCEAU,  Fr.  a  small  bridge  of  one 
arch,  which  is  thrown  across  a  canal  or 
rivulet. 

P  ON  C  E  R,  Fr.  to  rub,  or  pounce  upon 
any  thing. 

PONIARD,  a  little  pointed  dagger,  very 
shar,)  edged. 

PO'NT</'cr,  Fr.  a  figurative  expression 
which  the  French  use,  when  they  suffer 
an  enemy,  whom  they^  have  defeated,  to 
retire  without  molestation.  Hence  faire 
un  pont  J'or  a  sw  ennemi.  To  sutler  your 
enemy  to  escape. 

PONTE,  Fr.  coveredin,  as  a  vessel  is 
which  has  a  deck. 

PONTON,  Fr.  A  bridge;  a  machine 
madeiikeabatteauorboat,  «>f  copper  or  tin, 
upon  which  plawks  are  laid  over  which 
troops  pass  as  on  abridge.  See  PONTOON. 

PONTONIER,  Fr.     Lighterman. 

VQljTSJlenans,  Fr.  See  FLOATING 
BRIDGE. 

PONT  /n>/j,  Fr.     See  DRAWBRIDGE. 

Potn  tturnant,  Fr.  a  rru-veabie  bridge. 
It  rs  of  the  nature  of  a  drawbridge,  with 


this  difference,  that  it  turns  upon  a  pivot? 
and  goes  entirely  round. 

PoNT<ft6ois,  Fr.  a  wooden  bridge. 

PONT  decordtj  Fr.  a  bridge  ot  ropes. 

PONT  dtjonc,  Fr.  a  bridge  of  rushes. 

PONT  suspendu,  Fr,  a  ban?  ing  bridge. 

PONT  dewtie,  Fr.  a  sally  bridge. 

PONT  dormant,  Fr  a  wooden  bridge, 
which  is  generally  laid  upon  the  fosse  of 
a  fortified  town,  for  the  purpose  of  main- 
taimnga  constant  communication  between 
the  mam  body  of  the  place  and  the  out- 
woiks  and  country  round.  These  bridges 
are  not  thrown  entirely  across  the  fosses, 
but  terminate  within  twelve  or  fifteen  feet 
of  the  revetement ;  the  space  from  thence 
is  supplied  by  drawbridges.  When  the 
fonts  dormant  are  very  long,  a  swing  bridge 
is  constructed  in  the  centre  or  it.  WheH 
the  ditches  are  wet,  and  so  constantly 
supplied  with  water  that  the  depth  of  it 
is  generally  the  same,  bridges  of  boats 
may  be  used  instead  ot  ponts  dormant.  And 
in  cases  of  attack,  floating  bridges  may  be 
substituted  in  lieu  of  both. 

PONTON,  or  PONTOON,  a  kind 
of  flat  bottomed  boat,  whose  carcass  of 
wood  is  lined  within  and  without  with  tin  : 
they  serve  to  lay  briuges  over  rivers  for 
the  artillery  and  army  to  march  over. 
The  French  pontoons,  and  those  of  most 
other  powers,  are  made  of  copper  on  the 
outside:  though  they  cost  more  at  first, 
yet  they  last  much  longer  than  those  of 
tin  ;  and,  when  worn  out,  the  copper  sells 
nearly  for  as  much  as  it  cost  at  first ;  but 
when  that  of  tin  are  rendered  useless,  they 
se  1  for  nothing.  The  British  pontoons 
are  21  feet  long,  5  feet  broad,  and  depth 
within  2  feet  3  inches. 

PONTOONb.    Length  at  top,  2 1  feet 
6  inches.     Length  at   bottom,  17   feet  r, 
inches.     Width,  4  feet' 9  inches,  or  5  feet 
Depth,  2  feet  3  inches. 

Equipage  of  one  Poafoon. 

ft',  in.       ft. in.      in. 
4  Baulks  22  8  long  i  o  wide  4  thick , 

i  Gang-board.  220 i  o 2^ - 

6  Cheeses,         116 24 i£ — — 

a  Oars. 

i  Anchor. 

i  Graplin. 

1  Setter. 

4  Iron   bolts,    with  keys,' 

2  mount'ng  bars. 
4  Binding  sticKs 
4  Spring  lines. 

4  Faukes. 
Cable. 
Sheer-line. 
Bnat  hook. 
Maul. 
Pickets. 
Small  pump. 
Windlass. 
Pontoon  carriage,  complefe. 


FOR 


FOR 


539 


Dimensions    of  colonel  Congrcve's    Wooden 
Pontoons. 

Length  at  top  .  s£  feet. 

at  bottom      •  23 

Dentil  .  ^  8  inches. 

Width  .  .  23 

The  cornmon  pontoons  will  support  a 
tveight  pf  4  or  5000  pounds.  They  are 
generally  placed,  in  forming  a  bridge, 
about  their  own  width  asunder.  See 
BR  IDGE. 

PON  TOON  carriage,  was  made  with  two 
wheels  only,  and  ;wo  long  bide  pieces, 
•whose  fore  ends  are  supported  by  a  lim- 
ber; and  served  to  carry  the  pontoon, 
boards,  cross  timbers,  anchors,  and  every 
•thcr  thin?,  necessary  for  making  a  bridge  ; 
but  better  experience  places  them  on  four 
•wheels. 

Po N TOON  bridge,  is  made  of  pontoons, 
slipped  into  the  water,  and  placed  about 
five  or  six  feet  asunder ;  each  fastened  with 
an  anchor,  when  the  river  has  a  strong 
current,  or  to  a  strong  rope  that  goes  across 
the  river,  running  through  the  rings  of  the 
pontoons.  Each  boat  has  an  anchor,  ca- 
ble, baulks,  and  chests.  The  baulks  are 
about  5  or  6  inches  square,  and  21  fret 
long.  The  chests  are  boards  joined  to- 
gether by  wooden  bars,  about  3  reet  broad, 
and  21  feet  long.  The  baulks  are  laid 
across  the  pontoons  at  some  distance  from 
one  another,  and  the  chests  upon  them 
joined  close ;  which  makes  a  bridge,  in  a 
ve-y  short  time,  capable  of  supporting  any 
weight. 

POOLBUNDY,  lad.  a  dam  to  pre- 
vent inundations ;  an  embankment ;  a 
dyke. 

POONA,  Jnd.  a  day  fixed  for  the 
Zemindars  to  bring  in  their  balances  for  the 
year. 

POONEA,  Ind.  the  Indian  name  of  a 
month. 

POOR,  indigent,  necessitous,  oppres- 
sed with  want. 

POO.I  in  resources  and  expedients ,  of  a 
limited  conception;  of  a  narrow  under- 
standing; unequal  to  an  arduous  enter- 
prise. 

POOR  or  PORE,  Ind.  when  it  ter- 
minates a  word,  means  town,  or  city  ;  as 
Viziapore,  &c. 

POOSE,  Ind.  the  name  of  a  month  fol- 
lowing Augbun :  it  in  some  degree  accords 
•with  December  and  January. 

POOSHTAY  $undeg,  Ind.  embank- 
ments of  rivers.  U  likewise  means  bridges 
thrown  over  rivers. 

POOSKUT,  Ind.  a  small  weight,  mea- 
suring eight  kqonchys,  or  sixty  four  hand 
fuls ;  one  koonchy  being  equal  to  eight 
handfuls. 

PORSTICK  method,  in  mathematics, 
is  that  which  determines  when,  by  wha 
jneans,  and  how  many  different  ways,  any 
problem  may  be  resolved. 
'  PORPHYRE, /•>.  porphyry.  A  fine 
rpxl  marble. 
PORT,  Fr.  a  harbor. 


Ferneries  PORTS,  Fr.  tolayageneral 
embargo  upon  shipping.  During  the 
French  monarchy  this  practice  frequently 
occurred  for  the  purpose  of  securing  able 
bodied  seamen. 

PORT,  Fr.  This  word  is  likewise  used 
to  ex  press  the  tonnage  of  a  vessel. 

PORTAL,  (portail,    Fr.)  the  frontor 
facade  of  alarae  building,  where  the  prinr 
cipal  gate  stands. 
To  PORT,  to  carry. 

PORT  arms,  a  word  of  command  which 
has  been  a  lop  ted  during  the  present  war, 
andis  practised  in  the  British  army,  It 
consists  in  bringing  the  firelock  diagonally 
across  the  chest  from  the  carry.  This 
position  ot  the  musquet  affords  a  great  fa- 
cility to  the  person  who  inspects  the  touchf 
hole,  &c.  In  dismissing  guards,  prepar- 
ing to  charge,  &c.  soldiers  are  ordered  to 
port  arms.  The  French  do  not  practise 
this  method.  Their  word  of  command, 
haut  lea  armes,  corresponds  with  out  re- 
cover. 

PORTCLUSE,  or  PORT  cui/tce,  in 
fortification,  is  an  assemblage  of  several 
large  pieces  of  wood,  joined  across  one 
another  like  a  harrow,  and  each  pointed 
with  iron  at  the  bottom.  They  are  some- 
times hung  over  the  gate- way  of  old 
fortified  towns,  ready  to  let  down  in  case 
of  a  surprise,  when  the  gates  could  not  be 
shut. 

ORT-J$V£,  in  artillery,  a  composition 
put  in  a  pai  ercase  to  fire  guns  and  mor- 
tars, instead  of  a  lint. stock  and  match. 
See  LABORATORY  WORKS. 

PORTGLAVE,  Fr.  See  PORTE. 
EPER. 

PORT  de  I'arme,  Fr.  the  carriage  of  the 
firelock. 

PORTE  drapeau,  ?  Fr.  the  person  who 
PORTE  enseigne,  $  carries  the  colors. 
POR.T  etendard,  Fr.  the  standard  bear, 
er. 

PORTE  feu,  Fr.  a  machine  made  of 
wood  or  copper,  by  which  fire  is  com- 
municated to  gunpowder  in  a  shell,  fuse, 
or  piece  of  ordnance.  It  is  sometimes 
made  of  pasteboard.  Where  there  is  any 
ground  to  apprehend  that  a  cannon  will 
burst,  the  priming  made  of  a  certain  com- 
position is  put  into  the  pasteboard  case, 
by  which  means  the  cannoneer  has  time 
to  retire  before  any  accident  can  happen. 

PORTED,  Fr.  is  like  wise  used  among 
artificers  to  signify  all  sorts  of  fusees  or 
matches,  by  which  fire  is  communicated 
to  many  quarters  at  once.  They  last  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  the  composition 
with  which  they  are  made  up. 

VQniife-ubrise,  Fr.  in  artificial  fire- 
works,  a  species  of  carriage  which  is  bent 
into  a  curve  by  means  of  a  sloping  piece 
of  wood. 

PORTE  voix,  Fr.  a  speaking  trumpet, 
P o  R  T  E  mans queton,  Fr.  a  swivel. 
PORTE  arquebuse,  Fr.  the  king'sgun. 
bearer. 

PORTE  efee,  Fr.  a  sword  bearer;  l\ 
likewise  means  a  swerd  belt. 


540 


FOR 


FOR 


PORTE,   Fr.  a  Rate.     Fortes  d'tine  vllle. 
The  tares  of  a  tbrtiikd  town. 
Poni<ff<:last,  IT.  a  flood  Kate. 
PORTE  desecours>  Fr.  the  gate  in  a  cita- 
del,   which    has  an  outlet    towards  the 
country,  is  so  called.     By  means  of  this 
gate  the  garrison  can  always  receive  sue- 
cors  or   reinforcements,  in  cases  of  civil 
insurrection,  or  under  circumstances  of 
surprise. 

PORTE  E  dv fusil,  Fr.  by  this  expres- 
sion the  French  generally  understand  the 
distance  which  a  musquet-shot  goes  to  its 
ultimate  destination  It  is  supposed  to 
vary  from  120  to  isotoises. 

PORTE e  drs pieces j  Fr.  the  flight,  range, 
or  reach  of  cannon 

PORTEE  a  tout  -volet)  Fr.  the  flight  of 
*  cannon  shot  when  it  makes  an  angle  of 
something  under  45  degrees  with  ths  hori- 
zon, or  level  of  the  country.  In  this  man- 
ner it  com  pletes  the  greatest  possible  range. 
PplTlBde&Ht  en  blavc,  Fr.  the  for- 
ward direction  and  flight  of  a  ball,  con- 
stitutinga  straight  line,  which  it  describes 
from  the  mouth  of  the  piece  to  its  ulti- 
mate object.  It  has  been  generally  found, 
by  experience  that  the  distance  so  des- 
cribed, could  not  exceed  300  toises.  Be- 
yond that,  the  ball  has  been  known  to 
deviate.  According  to  Belidor,  pieces  of 
ordnance  will  carry  farther  in  the  morning 
and  at  night,  when  the  weather  is  cool 
and  rarefied,  than  in  the  middle  of  the  day, 
or  at  noon,  when  the  heat  of  the  sun  pre- 
vails. This  circumstance  is  amply  dis- 
cussed in  his  Bombardier  Francois  ;  and 
his i  bservations  were  proved  to  be  correct 
by  experiments  made  in  June,  1744,  at 
Essonne.  These  experiments  commenced 
at  seven  o'clock  in  the  morning,  and  last- 
ed till  twelve.  It  was  remarked,  that  the 
shells,  which  were  thrown  out  of  three 
mortars,  gradually  fell  short  of  their 
original  range.  Besides  the  fortce  a  toute 
•voteej  and  the  porlee  de  but  en  b(anct  or  the 
full  range  and  the  point  blar.k  shot,  there 
is  the  rictchct)  which  marshal  Vauban  in- 
vented Set-  RICOCHET. 

PORTER,  Fr.  to  carry.  It  is  a 
marine  term  ;  zspoitertoutes  scs  rottes.  To 
carry  all  her  sa-ls  It  is  likewise  usi-d  as 
a  word  of  command,  viz.  Portex,  ves 
etrmts.  Carry  arms. 

PORTER  une  botte,  Fr.  to  make  a  thrust 
or  pass. 

PORTES  d'uxe  ville  de  guerre  t  Fr 
openings  which  cross  the  ramparts  of  a 
fortified  town  or  place,  and  are  generally 
arched  over.  These  openings  are  usually 
made  in  the  middle  of  the  curtain,  be- 
tween two-  bastions.  They  are  from  nine 
to  ten  feet  broad,  and  from  thirteen  to  four- 
teen  feet  high.  The  gates  are  mostl> 
decorated  with  trophies  of  war:  and  in 
some  instances  a  very  superfluous  magni- 
ficence is  exhibited." 

PO  RT  E  U  RS  fcatti  F r .  H-* tcr  car- 
rlers.  In  India  they  are  called  Beestrts. 
Amongst  the  Turks  the  bakkas,  or  water. 


:arriers,  are  taken  from  the  lowest  rank 
>f  soldiers  belonging  to  the  Capikuly  in. 
:antry.  The  number  of  these  men  de- 
pends upon  the  nature  of  the  service  on 
which  the  turks  are  employed.  They  are 
under  the  orders  of  the  officers  who  com- 
mand companies;  and  although  their 
situation  is  not  only  the  most  degrading, 
the  most  laborious  in  the  army,  they 
may  nevertheless  become  soldiers.  Their 
dress  consists  of  brown  leather ;  and  from 
he  continual  fatigue  which  they  undergo, 
their  appearance  is  wretched  in  the  ex- 
treme. 

PORTFIRE,  a  composition  of  meal 
powder,  sulphur,  and  saltpetre,  driven 
nto  a  case  of  paper  to  serve  instead  of  a 
match  to  fire  guns. 

POR T  FIRE  composition.  S  iltpetre,  60 
parts;  sulphur,  40  parts;  meaied  pow- 
der, 20  parts,  tt-ngth  of  each,  16  i-i 
nches. 

One  will  burn  from  12  to  15  minutes. 

Weight  of  one  dozen,  3  Ibs.   iioz. 

Portfires  were  made  at  Gibraltar  in  the 
following  m  -nner ;  two  ounces  of  ni're  was 
dissolved  in  a  gallon  of  water,  and  sheets 
of  soft  brown  paper  dipped  in  the  solu- 
tion: these  when  dry  were  rolled  up  to 
about  the  size  of  common  portfires.  See 
English  New  Annual  Register ,  1807,  for  an 
•article  on  wooden  portfires. 

PORT-FOLIO,  in  a  general  accepta- 
tion of  the  term  amongst  us,  is  a  species 
of  large  kathern  case,  made  like  a  p  cket 
book,  and  calculated  to  carry  papers  of 
any  size.  Among  the  French  it  not  only 
signifies  the  same  thing,  but  likewise  a 
box,  made  of  p, steboard,  in  which  are 
contained  the  several  papers  that  relate  to 
any  particular  department  The  adju- 
tants, quarter-masters,  &c.  belonging  to 
the  stall,  should  be  provided  with  port 
folios  for  the  purpose  of  keeping  their  re- 
ports, &c.  in  regular  order. 

PORT-GLAIVE,  from  the  French 
porteur  and  gla'me.  One  who  carries  the 
sword  before  a  prince  or  magistrate. 

PORT-HOLES,  in  a  ship,  are  the 
embrasures  or  holes  in  the  sides  of  a  ship, 
through  which  the  muzzels  of  cannon 
are  run. 

PORTIERES,  Fr.  T  wo  pieces  or 
folds  of  wood  which  are  placed  in  the  em- 
brasure of  a  battery,  and  which  close  the 
instant  the  piece  nas  been  fired.  They 
serve  to  cover  the  cannoneers  from  thea;m 
of  the  enemy,  and  to  resist  the  discharge 
ofmusquetiy.  They  are,  however,  sel- 
dom or  ever  used  except  when  the  bat- 
teries  stand  close  to  the  counterscarp. 

PORTICO,  (portique,  Fr.)  in  archi- 
tecture, a  kind  ot  ground  gallery,  or  piuzza, 
encompassed  with  arches  supported  by 
columns,  without  any  immediate  relation 
to  d<  ors  or  gates,  where  people  walk  un- 
der cover.  The  roof  is  commonly  vaulted., 
sometimes  flat.  The  ancients  called  it 
Lacimar. 

PORTMANTEAU,    (Valhey    Fr.)  3 


PCS 


POS 


541 


cloak  ba>:  to  carry  necessaries  in  a  journey. 
Ir  is  sometimes  made  of  leather. 

PORTMOTE,  a  court  held  in  port 
towns,  as  Svvanimote  was  in  the  forest. 

PORTrc/rr,  ma  ship,  such  ropes  as 
strve  to  haul  up  and  let  down  the  ports  on 
the  port  hol<  s. 

POSE,  (fgrandepasey  Fr.)  a  French 
military  term,  signifying  the  extraordina- 
ry centinels  or  guaids,  which  after  retreat 
beating  are  posted  in  a  fortified  town  or 
place,  for  trie  safety  of  certain  specific 
cjuarters.  The  corporals  who  post  the 
centir.els  are  directed  to  instruct  them, 
not  to  suffer  any  person  to  go  upon  the 
ramparts,  unless  he  belong  to  the  night 
patrble  or  rounds,  &c.  These  extraordina- 
ry guards  are  relieved  at  daybreak. 

POSER,  Fr.  to  lay  down.  It  is  used 
as  a  word  of  command  in  the  French  ar- 
till.-ry,  &c.  viz.  Poser  vos  feviers ;  lay 
down'y°ur  levers. 

POSER  une  sentinellet  Fr.  to  post  a 
centry. 

POSES,  Fr,  the  Gentries  that  are 
posted. 

Pr/w/wg  PO  SI TION,3nthp  old  manual 
exercise.  In  firing  three  deep  the  priming 
position  for  the  front  rank  is  the  height  of 
the  waistband  of  the  breeches ;  for  the  cen- 
tre rank  about  the  middle  of  the  stomach  ; 
and  for  th'.  rear  rank  close  to  the  breasr .  The 
firelock  in  ail  the  positions  is  kept  j;er 
fectly  horizontal. 

But  in  the  modern  exercise,  the  rear 
rank  does  not  fire ;  but  loads  for  the 
centre  rar>k,  whenever  they  form  in  three 
ranks,  the  whole  are  quarter  faced  to  the 
left,  so  that  the  firelock  of  each  has  an  in- 
terval ;  and  all  the  firelocks  are  held  equal- 
ly high  on  the  right  hip. 

POSITION,  (Portion,  Fr.)  This  word 
is  variously  used  iu  a  military  sense,  both 
by  the  French  and  English.  Itisappli- 
cable  to  locality  ;  as  the  army  took  an  ex- 
cellent position  ;  or  drew  up  upon  very  ad- 
vantageous ground,  and  in  a  very  advanta- 
geous manner.  Frrderic  the  great,  of 
Prussia,  has  laid  it  down  as  a  maxim,  th  t 
no  army  should  take  up  a  position  in  rear 
of  a  forest,  s'nce  it  is  thereby  prevented 
from  observing  the  movermnts  of  the 
enemy,  and  from  counteracting  their 
plans. 

POSITION  of  the  soldier 'without  arms. 
The  equal  squareness  o>  the  shoulders 
and  body  to  the  front  is  the  first  and  great 
principle  of  the  position  of  the  soldier : 
th-  heels  must  be  in  a  1'ne,  ami  two 
inches  apart  :  the  knees  straight,  with- 
out stiffness:  the  toes  turned  out,  si 
thar  the  feet  may  form  an  angle  of abou 
60  degrees:  the  arms  hang  near  the  body 
but  not  stiff;  the  fiat  of  the  hand,  anc 
middle  finger,  touching  the  seam  soft  he 
pantaloons:  the  elbows  and  shoulders  are 
to  be  kept  back:  The  belly  rather  draxvn 
in  ;  and  the  breast  advanced,  but  with, 
out  constraint:  the  body  to  be  upright 
but  inclining  rather  forwards,  so  that  tin 
weight  may  not  bear  so  much  on  thi 


icels  as  on  the  fore  part  of  the  f:>et  :  the 
lead  to  be  erect ;  and  neith  r  turned  to 
he  right  nor  to' the  lift;  the  eyes  alone 
will  be  glanced  to  the  right. 

1*  o  s  i  T  I  o  N  of  the  soldier  with  arms.  T  h c 
)ody  of  the  soldier  being  in  the  posit'on 
ibove  described,  the  firelock  is  to  be 
placed  in  his  left  hand,  against  the  shoul- 
der :  the  tltumb  alone  to  appear  in  front; 
he  four  fingers  to  be  under  the  butt  ;  and 
he  left  elbow  a  very  little  bent  inwards, 
M  as  not  to  be  s:vpar.ited  from  the  body, 
or  to  be  more  backward  or  forward  than 
he  riyjit  one:  the  firelock  mubt  rest  full 
on  the  hand,  not  on  the  end  of  the  fingers  ; 
he  kmickles  of  the  middle  finger  to  press 
o  against  the  hip  joint,  as  that  on  raising 
the  left  foot  from  the  ground  the  motion 
of  the  joint  be  felt  with  the  knuckles, 
and  be  carried  in  such  manner  as  not  to 
raise,  advance,  or  keep  back,  one  shoulder 
more  than  the  other ;  the  butt  must  there- 
fore be  forward,  and  as  low  as  can  be  per- 
mitted  without  constraint ;  the  lore  part  a 
very  little  before  the  front  of  the  thigh  ; 
and  the  hind  part  of  it  pressed  with  the 
knuckles  against  the  joint.  It  must  be 
kept  steady  and  firm  before  the  hollow  cl 
the  shoulder;  should  it  be  drawn  back, 
or  carried  too  high,  the  one  shoulder  would 
be  advanced,  the  other  kept  back,  and 
the  upper  part  of  the  body  would  be  dis- 
torted and  not  square  with  respect  to  the 
limbs. 

The  position  in  which  a  soldier  should 
move,  determines  that  in  which  he  should 
stand  still.  Too  many  methods  cannot 
be  used  to  supple  the  recruit,  and  banish 
the  air  of  the  rustic.  But  that  excess  of 
setting  up,  which  stiffens  the  person,  and 
tends  to  throw  the  body  backward  instead 
o.  forward,  is  cont.ary  to  every  true  prin- 
ciple of  movement,  and  rrMsi  thereioiebe 
most  Carefully  avoided.  If  the  firelock  be 
carried  well  i:i  the  hand,anda.ainsr  the  hip 
joint,  the  barrel  of  the  firelock  will  stand 
perpendicular,  and  this  will  guide  the 
body  which  should  be  thrown  against  the 
uptight  firelock,  and  will  be  found  to  agree 
with  the  ba'ance  of  the  bouy  upon  the  tore 
part  of  the  f  ct ;  and  conduce  to  opening  t  he- 
chest  and  keeping  an  erect  front. 

POSITION  in  marching.  In  marching, 
the  soldier  must  maintain,  as  much  a*-, 
possible,  the  same  position  of  the  body. 
See  MARCH 

Change  of  POSITION,  the  positive  or 
relative  movement  of  a  body  of  troops  on 
any  given  point. 

New  POSITIONS  that  a  regiment  or  lln< 
can  take  'with  respect  to  the  old  one,  are  : 

Parallel  POSIT  ION  s ,  or  nearly  so  to  th? 
old  one. 

Intersecting  POSITIONS  by  themselves, 
or  their  prolongation,  some  part  of  tlie  o^: 
line  or  its  prolongation. 

New  -parallel  Pos  i  T  ION  s  being  necessa 
rily  to  the  front,  or  rear  of  the  old  one,  the 
regiment  will,  according  to  circumstances, 
takethcm  up  by  the  diagonal  march  ;  the 
flank  match  of  divisions  after  wheeling  into 


542 


PO  S 


POS 


column;  or  the  movement  in  open  column 
to  the  new  line,  and  its  subsequent  for- 
mation in  it. 

New  intersecting  POSITIONS,  which 
themselves  cut  the  regiment,  will,  in 
cavalry  movements,  be  taken  up  by  the 
diagonal  march  ;  or  the  flank  march  ranks 
by  three's  of  divisions.  All  other  new 
positions,  which  themselves,  or  their 
prolongation,  intersect  the  old  line, 
or  its  prolongation,  will  in  general  be  taken 
up  by  the  march  in  open  colunrui,  and  itr 
subsequent  formations,  when  it  arrives 
at  the  line ;  some  such  positions  will, 
however,  allow  of,  and  and  require  being 
made  by  the  echellon  march,  or  by  the 
flank  march  ot  divisions.  In  general 
the  regiment  will  break  to  the  hand 
which  is  uearest  to  the  new  position,  be 
conducted  to  its  nearest  point  in  the  new 
line,  and  form  on  it  as  directed. 

POSITION  oj the  officer.     See  SWORD. 

POSITION  idu  solaat  sans  armes,  Fr.  po- 
sition ot  the  soldier  without  arms. 

POSITION  du  icldat  tivec  let  armes,  Fr. 
position  of  the  soldier  with  arms. 

POSITION  del* extension,  Fr.  in  fencing, 
position  of  extension. 

POSSEDER,  Fr.  to  possess,  to  be  in 
possession  of. 

POSSE,  an  armed  power,  called  out 
on  any  particular  unergency  ;  as  the  possf 
comitatus ;  who  may  be  called  out  by  the 
sheriff,  or  marshal,  to  suppress  outrages 
of  the  peace. 

POSSESSION,  to  take  possession,  is 
the  act  of  occupying  any  post,  camp,  for- 
tress, &c.  which  might  facilitate  the 
operations  of  any  army,  or  which  previous- 
ly belonged  to  the  enemy. 

POST,  in  ivar,  a  military  station  ;  any 
sort  of  ground  fortified  or  not,  where  a 
body  of  men  can  be  in  a  condition  of  resist- 
ing the  enemy. 

Advanced  POST,  a  spot  of  ground, 
seize!  by  a  party  to  secure  their  front,  and 
the  post  behind  them. 

POST  of  honor.  The  advanced  guard  is  a 
post  of  honor :  the  right  of  the  two  lines  is 
the  post  of  honor,  and  is  generally  given  to 
the  eldest  corps :  the  left  is  the  next  post, 
and  is  given  to  the  next  eldest,  and  so  on. 
But  the  la,w$  of  military  discipline  forbid 
an  inconvenient  accordance  with  this  prac- 
tice, as  the  circumstances  of  the  case  may 
require  a  very  different  arrangement,  which 
it  would  be  wanton,  to  oppose.  The  station 
of  a  centinel  before  the  colors,  and  the 
door  of  a  commanding  officer,  is  a  post  qf 
honor. 

Advantageous  POST.  Every  situation 
is  so  called  which  an  enemy  occupies  in 
such  a  manner,  that  not  only  mere  force 
of  arms,  but  great  military  skill,  and  many 
stratagems,  a«e  required  to  dislodge  him. 
We  have  various  instances  in  history  of 
low  much  may  be  done  on  both  sides, 
when  one  army  has  taken  up  an  advanta- 
geous pos:,  and  another  finds  it  necessary 
'£>  drive  him  from  it.  This  subject  has  been 


amply  discussed  in  a  French  work  intitu- 
'ed,  Stratagems  de  Guerre,  page  71,  &c. 

POSTS  of  exeicise  in  the  rear,  the  re- 
ative  situations  which  officers  take  in  the 
rear ;  when  the  ranks  of  a  battalion  are 
>pened  for  the  purpose  of  going  through 
he  manual  and  platoon  exercises.  It  is 
ik^wise  a  cautionary  word  of  command, 
iz.  The  officers  ivill  take  post  in  the  rear. 

To  POST.  In  the  disposition  of  troops, 
:o  place  the  ofric.-rs,  music,  drummers, 
fifers,  and  and  pioneers,  according  to  their 
several  ranks  and  appointments,  either  for 
nspection,  or  exercise  in  the  field. 

To  POST,  to  station,  as,  a  sentry,  &c. 

To  be  POSTED,  in  military  tactics,  to  be 
formed  ready  for  action.  Thus  whenv 
troops  are  brought  up  in  column,  and  or. 
dered  to  deploy,  it  frequently  happens, 
that  some  part  of  the  line  is  refused,  in 
order  to  flank  an  enemy,  or  to  cover  a 
weak  position,  the  part  that  is  aligned  is 
said  to  be  posted. 

To  POST  up,  (affichet,  Fr.)  To  hold  up 
to  public  censure  or  ridicule. 

To  be  POSTED,  in  a  familiar  sense,  sig- 
nifies to  be  publicly  announced  as  a«  in- 
famous or  degraded  character.  Hence  to 
post  3  man  as  a  coward  is  to  stick  his  name 
up  in  a  coffee-house  or  elsewhere,  and  to 
accuse  him  of  want  of  spirit,  &c.  The 
French  use  the  i  hrase  afficbe*  in  the  same 
sense.  They  likewise  say  figuratively 
ajficher  sa  bonte ;  to  publish  or  post  up 
one's  own  disgrace;  meaning  thereby, 
that  some  persons  are  so  totaliy  regardless 
of  decency  and  decorum,  as  to  express 
sentiments  which  are  unbecoming  the 
character  of  an  officer,  or  a  gentleman. 

POSTAGE  of '  Letttrs.  In  the  British 
service,  non-commissioned  officers  and 
private  soldiers  are  privileged  to  send 
or  receive  letters,  from  any  part  of  that 
country  on  payment  ofone  penny  only  for 
the  postage. 

In  the  instructions  to  postmasters,  (Feb. 
4th,  1799,)  concerning  the  exemptions 
granted  to  seamen  in  the  navy,  and  pri- 
vates in  the  army,  in  respect  to  the  post- 
age of  their  letters,  it  is  specified,  that 

«'  No  single  letter,  sent  by  the  post 
from  any  seaman  or  private  employed  in 
his  majesty's  navy»  army,  militia,  fenci- 
ble  regiments,  artillery,  ormarir.es,  shall, 
whilst  such  seamen  or  private  shall  be 
employed  on  his  majesty's  service,  and 
not  otherwise,  be  charged  w  th  an  higher 
rate  of  postage  than  the  sum  ofone  penny 
for  the  conveyance  of  each  such  letter; 
such  postage  to  be  paid  at  the  time  of  put- 
ting the  same  into  the  post  office  of  the 
town,  or  place  from  whence  such  letter 
is  intended  to  be  sent  by  the  post. 

'*  Provided,  that  no  such  letter  shall  be 
exempted  from  postage,  unless  there  shall 
be  written  thereon,  in  the  hand-writing 
of,  and  signed  by  the  commanding  oJficert 
for  the  time  being,  of  the  ship  or  vessel, 
or  of  the  corps,  regiment,  or  (detachment 
to  which  such  seamen  or  private  shall  be- 
the  name  of  such  commanding 


POS 


POS 


543 


officer,  and  of  the  ship,  vessel,  corps, 
rq-jment,  or  detachment  commanded  by 
him- 

44  No  single  letter,  directed  to  any  such 
seamen,  or  private,  upon  his  own  private 
concerns,  only  whilst  such  seaman,  or 
private,  thall  be  employed  on  his  ma- 
jesty's  service,  and  not  otherwise,  shah 
be  charged  with  a  hLher  rate  or'  postage 
than  one  penny  for  each  such  ktter,  wnich 
penny  shah  be  paid  at  the  time  ot  the  de- 
livery thereof. 

44  Provided,  that  no  cuch  letter  shall  be 
exempt  d  from  the  rates  of  postage 
chargeable  upon  letters,  unless  any  such 
letter  shall  be  directed  to  such  seaman,  or 
private,  specifying  the  ship,  vessel,  re- 
giment, troop,  corps,  company,  or  de- 
tachment to  which  he  may  belong:  and 
provided  also,  that  it  shall  not  be  lawful 
for  the  deputy  postmaster  ot  the  town  or 
place  to  which  such  letter  shall  be  sent  to 
be  delivered,  to  deliver  such  letter  to  any 
person  except  to  the  seamen  or  private  to 
whom  such  letter  shall  be  directed,  or  to 
any  person  appointed  to  receive  ;he  same 
by  toe  commanding  officer  of  the  ship,  &c. 
•to  which  the  seaman,  or  private  to  vvnom 
such  letter  shall  be  directed,  shall  be- 
long. 

**  The  exemptions  do  not  extend  to  let- 
ters seit  to  or  received  from  countries 
independent  of  England:  they  do  ex- 
tend to  the  West  Ind-u  Islands  and  British 
America. 

**  All  postmasters  are  desired  to  take 
particular  notice  that  double  letters  to 
and  from  soldiers  and  sailors  and  their 
families,  ~re  habit:  to  the  lull  double  rates, 
the  same  as  letters  in  »;enpral ;  and  some 
postmasters  having  conceived  that  letters 
containing  money  orders  might  pass  under 
the  exemptions  of  the  act,  they  arede- 
jjireu  to  understand,  that  such  letters  are  ' 
chargeable  with  iull  double  rates  also. 

**  Recruiting  Serjeants,  who  may  car-  j| 
ry  on  a  correspondence  with  their  officers  ' 
on  the  recruiting  service,  cannot  send  or  \ 
receive  their  letters  on  that  service  under- 
theexempti6ns  granted  by  this  act. 

44  Tne  above  exemptions  granted  by  the 
legislature  do  not  ex  tend  in  the  navy  to  any 
other  tnan  seaman,  and  not  to  officers  of 
any  description  whatever;  and  in  the  ar-  ; 
rny,  only  the  privates,  with  Serjeants  and 
Serjeant-majors  are  included.     Many  of-  jj 
ticers,  both  in  the  army  and  navy,  naving  ;[ 
construed  the  act  to  extend  to  their  own 
correspondence,     it    is    Hereby    publicly 
stated  that  such  a  construction  is  alto- 
gether inapplicable." 

The  act  in  its  literal  meaning  includes 

in  this  indulgence  all  non-commissioned 

'(fleers,  alihough  they   are  excluded   by 

.,16  olheial  interpretation. 

According  to  a  letter  issued  ftom   the 

post  oitice,  dated  the  i3th  Sept,  1799,  to 

all  postmasters,  in  addition    to  the  ia:es 

above-mentioned,  these  letters  are  ctiargea- 

bie  with  inland  postage  to  and  from  Lou 

<'4#n,  exception  Single  letter*  to  and  fram 


soldiers  and  sailors,  and  it  is  to  be  left 
to  the  opinion  of  the  writers  to  pay  the 
posta  .e  or  not  on  putting  them  into  any 
post  office. 

POsTE,  Fr.  a  word  generally  used  in 
the  plural  number  to  signify  small  shot, 
viz.  S  on  fusil  e'toit  cbargedcdou^e  ou  quince 
pastes;  his  gun  or  musquet  was  loaded 
with  twelve  ot  fifteen  shot. 

POSTE,  Fr.  Th»s  word  ;s  always  used 
in  the  irascuhne  gender  when  it  relates  to 
war,  or  to  any  specific  appointments  ;  as, 
paste  a-vance,  an  advanced  post.  Paste 
a-va»{jf>euxt  an  advantageous  post.  Mau- 
vats  poste,  an  unfavorable  post.  The 
French  say  figuratively,  un  pusic  est 
jaioux ;  thereby  meaning,  that  a  post 
is  extremely  open  to  an  attack,  and  that 
the  troops  in  it  may  be  ea  i'y  surprised. 

POSTE.S  de  campagtre,  Fi  Every  con- 
struction or  groiiue  of  bandings  that  will 
admit  of  being  defended,  and  is  conse- 
quently tenable,  is  called  a  paste  de  cum- 
pagne,  orfieldwork.  Of  this  description 
are  ch  rches,  houses,  country  houses, 
farm  houses,  villages,  redoubts,  &c.  in 
,vhich  a  sufficient  number  of  men  may  be 
itationed  for  the  purpose  of  holding  "out 
against  an  enemy,  until  succours  can  ar- 
rive. Chevalier  Folard  has  written  upon 
this  subject;  and  since  him,  F  Gaudi, 
with  comments  and  illustrations  by  A.  P.. 
J.  tfelair,  chief  ot  brigade  in  the  French 
army.  We  recommend  the  latter  produc- 
tion, which  appeared  in  1793,  to  the  pe- 
rusal of  every  offic-r  The  work  is  inti- 
tukd,  Instruction  addressee  aux  ojpciers 
d'  Injante rie  p*ut  tracer  et  .construir-e  loutts 
sortes  d'ouviagcs  de  Cawpagne.  See  like- 
wise, Aide  Memobe  four  les  officiers  d'ar- 
tiltei-ie  A  late  work,  intituled,  Duties  of 
an  Officer  in  the  field,  &c.  by  Baron  Gross, 
of  the  Dutch  brigade,  is  very  useful ;  (he 
whole  ot  this  tract  is  incorporated  in  the 
American  Miliia>y  Library. 

POST  avantageuX)  Fr.  See  ADVAN- 
TAGEOUS I*  >ST. 

Petitu  POSTES  separesf  Fr.  small  detach- 
ed posts. 

POSTES  iniermediaire^  Fr.  intermedi- 
ate posts,  or  men  so  stationed  between 
dilierent  corps,  that,  in  .:ase  of  urgency, 
they  may  with  ea^e  advance  to  the  sup. 
poitofthat  which  is  more  immediately 
threatened  by  the  enemy. 

POSTERN,  more  trequent  a  sally- 
port, is  a  sma.l  door  in  the  Hank  of  a  bas- 
tion, orothcr  part  oi'a  garrison,  to  march 
in  and  oat  unperceived  by  an  enemy, 
either  to  relieve  the  wo-ks,  or  make  sal- 
lies. 

POSTICHE,  Fr.  any  thing  fictitious 
put  in  room  of  something  rhat  has  beer 
leal  and  natural.  In  military  matters, 
among  the  French,  it  serves  to  distinguish 
sufienvimerary  or  auxiliary  so  Uurs  mac 
are  taken  fiom  one,  or  more  companies; 
to  strengthen  any  particular  oody  or  men. 

POSTILION,  /'>.  an  express  boa' 
wi-weii  is  kept  rn  Ficnch  scape-" 


POU 


PO  U 


the  purpose  of  carrying  and  bringing  intel- 
ligence. 

POT,  Fr.  a  vessel  used  in  the  making 
ofartificial  fireworks,  &e. 

Slink  POT,  a  vessel  rilled  with  combus- 
tible nutter,  which  is  thrown  on  various 
occ;isL-ns,  when  men  come  into  close  ac- 
tion. The  consequences  of  its  explosion 
are  sometimes  iatal,  and  always  dan- 
gerous. 

POT  ,i  trait  Fr.  an  iron  pot  in  winch 
pitch  or  t.ir  is  melted. 

For  d'une  fuse'c  volatile,  Fr.  the  car- 
case of  a  tusee. 

POT  a  feut  Fr.  a  fire  pot ;  a  hand  gre- 
nado. 

a  ai^rfttcy  Fr.  an  artificial  nre- 
,  he  vxr.tif  of  which  contains  a 
ccrum  quantity  of  powder,  v\  hich  upon 
being  inthmed,  communicates  itself  to 
several  other  branches,  and  exhibits  the 
appearance  of  an  aigrette,  or  cluster  of 
nys,  biich  as  issue  from  diamond:,  ar- 
ranged in  a  particular  manner.  The 
ui-i'erte  ti'.kes  its  name  from  a  bird  socal- 
IcJ,  whose  feathers  serve  to  make  up  an 
ornament  for  theheau. 

POT  en  tc'te,  Fr.  a  headpiece  made  of 
iron,  which  is  proof  against  musquet  shot. 
Thib  headpiece  is  sometimes  placed  in  the 
crown  of  the  hat,  and  is  otherwise  used 
by  saopers. 

POTEAU,  Fr.  a  stake,  post. 

POTLE,   Ft.    Putty. 

POTENCE,  Fr.  T  roop s  are  ranged 
f-i  potence  by  bteaking  a  straight  line,  and 
th<  owing  a  certa:n  proportion  of  it,  either 
forward  or  backward,  from  the  right  or 
left,  according  to  circumstances,  for  the 
purpose  of  securing  that  line.  An  army 
jnay  be  posted  en  pote/ice  by  means  of  a 
village,  a  river,  or  a  wood.  The  deriva- 
tion of  the  word  may  be  variously  ex- 
plained, viz.  From  Poience,  a  gibbet. 
Pottnces,  crutches  or  supports.  Potence 
likewise  means  a  piece  of  wood  which 
is  thrown  across  two  uprights;  also  a 
c/oss  table,  as  table  en.  potence;  and  a 
measure  to  ascertain  the  height  of  a  horse 
or  man. 

POTENTAT,  Fr.    See  POTENTATE. 

POTENTATE,   a  sovereign    prince, 

whose  power  is  rendered   formidable  by 

the  various  means  of  authority  which  are 

vested  in  him. 

POTERNE,  Fr.  a  postern  gate,  a  sal- 
ly  port. 

POT  ERNE,  Fr.  Likewise  signifies  a 
secret  gate.  Gates  of  this  description  are 
made  behind  theorillons  at  the  extremities 
of  the  curtain,  in  the  angle  of  the  Hank, 
and  in  the  middle  of  those  curtains  where 
there  are  no  gates.  The  sewers  generally 
run  umKr  the  poternes.  Belidor,  in  his 
Art  of  Engineering,  recommends  small 
arched  magazines  to  be  constructed  on  the 
right  and  left  of  the  paths  that  lead  to  these 
gates. 

POUCH,  a  case  of  black  stout  leather 
with  a  flap  over  it,  worn  by  the  infantry 
for  the  purpose  of  carry  ing  their  ammuni- 


tion.   The   pouches  in   use   among  the 
cavalry  are  smaller. 

oucH^jp,  the  outside  covering  of  the 
pouch .  1 1  is  made  of  the  stoutest  black- 
ened  leather  and  ought  always  to  be  sub- 
stantial enough  to  turn  the  severest 
weather. 

POUCE,  Fr.     An  inch. 
POUDRE,  Fr.     S<  e  GUNPOWDER. 
Pou ORE  muette,   poudrt  sourde,   Fr.     A 
species  of  gunpowder  which  is  iree  from 
noise  or  detonation. 

POUDR  E  JulminantCy  Fr.  A  species  of 
gunpowder  which  makes  a  greater  noise 
than  the  common  sort. 

POUDRE  a  pros  grains,  Fr.  Gunpowder 
which  is  used  for  artillery  pieces.  It  is 
likewise  called  Poudre  a  Canon. 

POUDR.E  a  musquet ',  Fr.  Gunpowder 
used  for  musqueti.,  and  other  firearms. 

POU  DRIER,  Fr.  a  gunpowder  make. 
It  also  signifies  an  hour  glass. 

POVERTY,  a  goddess  adored  by  the 
Pagans,  and  familiar  to  Christians.  She 
was  rev  renced,  as  a  deity,  by  the  h.ja- 
thei  s,  because  they  feared  her,  and  was 
very  jusMy  considered  as  the  mother  of 
industry  and  the  fine  arts.  Among  military 
men,  poverty  is  seldom  felt  whilst  the 
activeduties  of  the  profession  are ;  xecuted 
wiih  ztaland  good  sense,  and  the  indi- 
viduals entruste u  with  them,  a*e  not  only 
paid  with  punctuality  ,  but  are  secured  in 
their  honest  hopes  cf  promotion  Econo- 
my is  the  basis  on  which  every  soldier 
.should  build  his  views  of  personal  comfort 
and  security  ;  and  if  he  attend  to  the  per- 
petual calls  of  service,  he  will  not  fail  to 
realise  them.  For  a  life  of  real  service  af- 
fords no  scope  for  extravagance  ;  and  when 
a  good  soldier  becomes  unequal  to  the  hard- 
ships it  imposes,  the  nation  should  pro- 
vide for  him. 

POUF,  Ind.  a  word  used  among  the 
blacks  to  describe  the  explosion  of  tire- 
arms. 

POULEVRIN,  Fr.  Pounded  gun- 
powder. 

POU  LIE,  Fr.  A  pulley. 
A  POUND  sterling^  a  money  in  ac- 
count, value  2oj.  in  England <  marked  £. 
POUNDAGE,  a  rate  which  is  allowed 
for  collecting  money.  Army  agents,  &c. 
ars  entitled  to  poundage,  which  consists 
in  a  certain  deduction  trom  the  pay  of  offi- 
cers, non-commissioned  officers,  ai<d  sol- 
diers. Agents  are  not  allowed  any  poun- 
dage on  the  pay  of  the  privates  in  the  mi- 
litia. 

POUNDER,  a  great  gun  or  piece  of 
ordnance,  denoimnated  according  to  trie- 
weight  of  the  ball  it  carries,  as  a  6,  12,  24 
pounder. 

POWDER  Hern,  a  horn  flask,  in  which 
powder  is  kept  for  priming  guns.  Light 
infantry  and  riflemen  have  frequently  a 
powder  horn  for  carrying  spare  powder. 

POURIE,  Ind.  a  wooden  sandal  wnick 
is  used  in  India  during  the  wet  season 
POWKSUITE,/'>.     Pursuit, 


PO  W 


PR  A 


545 


POURSUIVANS  J'armes,  Fr.  See 
PURSUIVANTS  AT  ARMS. 

POURSUIVRE,  Fr.  to  pursue. 

POURS  UIVRE  I'epee  davs  les  reins  ^  Fr. 
To  pursue  with  unrelenting  activity. 

POURTOUR,  Fr.  in  architecture,  the 
circumference  of  any  place. 

POURVOIR,  Fr.  to  provide,  to  lay  in 
store,  &c. 

POURVEYEURS^-y/W-r.Fr.  Pur- 
yeyors. 

POUSSER,/^.  to  push,  to  press  upon, 
to  drive  before  you,  viz.  Pousser  aux  enne- 
•nils  ;  to  advance  rapidly  against  the  ene- 
my. This  expression  is  used  in  a  neutral 
sense,  and  relates  chiefly  to  the  operations 
of  cavalry. 

POUSSER  un  cheva!,  Fr.  To  make  a 
horse  >;ofull  speed. 

PO  USSIER,  Fr.  the  dust  which  re- 
mains  after  the  formation  of  gunpowder 
into  grains 

POUT  RE,  Fr,  abeam. 

POUTRELLE,  Fr.  a  small  beam. 

POWDER.     See  GUNPOWDER. 

YO-WDKK..  magazine,  a  bomb-  proof  arch- 

ed building  to  hold  the  powder  in  fortifi. 

ed  places,  Sec.  containing  several  rows  of 

barrels  laid  one  over  another.     See  MAGA- 

ZINE, 


/,  a  two  wheeled  carriage, 
povered  with  an  angular  roof  of  boards. 
To  prevent  the  powder  from  getting  damp, 
a  tarred  canvas  is  put  over  the  roof;  and 
on  each  side  are  lockers  to  hold  shot,  in 
proportion  to  the  quantity  of  powder, 
which  is  generally  four  barrels. 

POWDER-W///,  a  building  in  which  the 
materials  are  beat,  mixed  together,  and 
grained:  they  are  placed  near  rivers,  and 
as  far  from  any  house  as  can  be,  for  fear  of 
accidents,  which  often  happen.  See 
MILL 

POWER,  a  natural  faculty  of  doing  or 
suffering  any  thing.  Mr.  Locke,  in  his 
Essay  on  the  Human  Understanding,  con- 
siders power  under  two  heads.  One  he 
calls  active  and  the  other  passive  power. 

POWER,  in  military  affairs  as  well  as 
^n  J  ethers,  is  knoiv'lcgc—o{  human  pas- 
sions  —  of  arms  —  of  distances  —  of  the  skill 
and  numbers  of  an  enemy. 

To  be  in  the  POWER  of  any  body,  in  a 
figurative  sense,  to  h  :ve  committed  your- 
self in  such  a  manner,  as  to  be  under  the 
necessity  of  keeping  upon  good  terms  with 
a  person  who  might  i.jure  jc.u  by  a  dis- 
closure of  your  secrets.  To  avoid  putting 
yourself  in  the  j/ower  of  any  man,  hear 
much  ',  say  little,  and  'write  less.  These  are 
maxims  which  ev-.*ry  pub  ic  character 
ought  to  attend  to;  and  every  general 
should  cautiously  follow  during  an  active 
campaign,  when  there  are  frequent  occa- 
sions to  convuumcate  withs.  ies,  &c.  and 
he  is  not  unfrequently  obliged  to  hold  in- 
tercourse with  suspected  persons. 

T»  b:  in  the  POWER  of  an  enemy.  To 
have  taken  up,  injudiciously,  such  a 
position  as  to  expose  you  tea  defeat  when- 


ever the  enemy  may   think  proper  to  at- 
tack you. 

POWERS  of  lines  and  Quantities,  aretheir 
Squares,  cub -s,  Sec.  or  other  multiplica- 
tions of  the  parts  into  the  whole,  or  of 
one  part  into  another. 

Small  POX.  A  disease  to  w!  ich  most 
infants,  adults,  &c.  are  exposed ;  and 
which  has  b  ".n  rendered  le,ss  malignant  by 
inoculation.  The  introduction  of  a  hu- 
mor, called  the  Cow  Pox,  or  Vaccine  Mat" 
ter,  into  the  human  system,  has  lately 
been  found  extre.nely  beneficial.  When 
recruits  join  a  regimfnt  they  ahouid  be 
examined  respecting  this  disease;  and 
no  time  should  be  lost  to  vaccinate  them. 

Great  Pox, commonly  called  the  venereal 
disease.  Few  men  are  more  likely  to  catch 
this  cruel  disorder  than  soldiers ;  and  in 
no  case  ou<ht  the  attention  of  the  regimen- 
tal surgeon  to  be  more  imperiously  engaged 
than  in  the  speedy  cure  of  it.  In  the  na- 
vy, where  the  disease  is  often  prevalent, 
the  surgeons  are  entitled  to  receive  a  certain 
sum  of  money,  which  is  stopped  out  of 
the  pay  of  their  venereal  patients,  tor  ex- 
traordinary trouble  and  attendance.  In 
the  army  of  the  U.  States  the  soldiers  arc 
treated  in  this  as  in  all  other  diseases. 
The  soldier  should  be  liable  to  stoppages. 
Every  officer  of  a  company,  who  has 
the  welfare  of  his  soldiers  at  heart, 
should  examine  their  linen  at  the  weekly 
inspections,  as  the  disorder  generally  mani- 
fests itself,  particularly  in  its  first  stages, 
in  stains  upon  the  shirt. 

PRACTICABLE.  A  word  frequent- 
y  used  in  military  matters  to  express  the 
possible  accomplishment  of  any  object. 
Hence,  **  a  practicable  breach." 

PRACTICE,  or  gun-practice.  In  the 
spring,  as  soon  as  the  weather  permits, 
the  exercise  of  the  great  gur.s  begins,  for 
the  purpose  of  shewing  the  gentlemen  ca- 
dets at  the  British  miiitaxy  academy  at 
Woolwich,  and  the  private  men,  the  man- 
ner of  laying,  loading,  pointing,  and  firing 
:he  guns.  Sometimes  instruments  are 
used  to  find  the  centre  line,  or  two  points,, 
3ne  at  the  breech,  the  other  at  the  muzzle, 
which  are  marked  with  chalk,  and  where- 
by the  piece  is  directed  to  the  target :  then 
i  quadrant  is  put  into  the  mouth,  to  give 
rhe  gun  the  required  elevation,  which  at 
Srst  is  guessed  at,  according  to  the  distance 
the  target  is  from  the  piece.  When  the 
piece  has  b-en  fired,  it  is  t;ponged,  to  clear 
t  fr  m  ..ny  dust  or  sparks  oi  tin  that  may 
emain  in  the  We,  and  loaded:  then  the 
centre  line  is  found,  as  before;  and  if  the 
shot  went  toohign  or  too  low,  to  the  right 
ar  to  the  left,  the  elevation  a.ict  rrail  are 
altered  accordingly.  This  practice  con- 
t  nues  mornsng  and  evening  for  about  six 
weeks,  moreorless,  according  as  there  are 
i  greater  or  less  number  ofiecrnits.  In 
the  mean  time  others  are  sh  •  %  n  the  mo- 
ioi  s  of  quick  firing  with  field-pieces* 
There  is  no  practice  in  the  army  of  the 
U.  States,  in  which  theicare  olhce-s  of  <  a 

twelve  vears  standing  who  never  saw 
3  z 


545 


PR  A 


PRE 


a  mortar  loaded;  but  this  is  the  effect  of  a 
total  want  of  system. 

Mortar  PRACTICE,  generally  thus:  a 
h'ne  of  1500  or  2000  yards  is  measured  in 
an  open  spot  of  ground,  from  the  place 
\vherethe  mortars  stand,  and  a  flag  fixed 
at  about  300  or  500  yards  :  this  being  dore, 
the  ground  where  the  mortars  are  to  be 
plated  is  prepared  and  levelled  with  sand, 
so  that  they  may  lie  at  an  el',  vation  of  4.5, 
or?ny  required  number  of  degrees;,  then 
they  are  loaded  with  a  small  quantity  of 
powder  at  first,  which  is  increased  after- 
wards, by  an  ounce  every  lime,  till  they 
are  loaded  with  a  full  charge  :  the  times  of 
the  flights  of  the  shells  are  observed,  to 
determine  the  kngthof  the  fuzes.  The  in- 
tentionot  this  practice  is,  when  a  mortar- 
battery  is  raised  in  a  s'uge,  to  know  what 
quantity  of  powder  is  required  to  throw 
the  shells  ii  to  the  works  at  a  given  dis- 
tance, and  at  what  elevation,  and  to  cut 
the  fuzes  of  a  just  length,  that  the  shell 
may  burst  as  soon  as  it  touches  the 
ground 

PRACTICE-  Book.     See  Bo  OK  . 

To  PRACTICE*  In  a  military  sense, 
•  to  go  through  the  manual  and  platoon  ex- 
ercises, or  through  the  various  manoeu- 
vres, &c.  for  the  purpose  of  becoming 
thoroughly  master  of  military  movements. 
Practice  is  likewise  used,  in  imitation  of 
the  French,  to  signify  the  act  of  effecting 
or  executing  any  military  operation,  viz. 
to  practise  a  mine  beneath  the  covert  way, 
&c. 

PR  A  ME,  Fr.  A  sort  of  boat  or 
barge  which  is  used  on  the  canals  in 
F  ranee. 

PRAME,  in  military  history,  a  kind  of 
floating  battery,  beinf.a  fiat  bottomed  ves- 
sel, which  draws  little  water,  mounts 
several  gvms,  and  is  very  useful  in  co-ver- 
ing  the  disembarkation  of  troops.  They 
are  generally  made  use  of  in  transporting 
the  troops  over  the  lakes  in  America 
These  vessels  are  well  calculated  for  the 
defence  of  large  havens  and  seaports. 
B~lair,  in  his  Elements  de  Fortification, 
page  397,  strongly  recommends  the  use  of 
Prames  in  cases  of  inundation,  &c.  See 
the  improvements  proposed  by  him  in  page 
316,  where  he  speaks  of  4<  Bateaux  insul- 
tnersilles." 

Di  PRATICA,  Ital.   F rec  intercourse ; 
admitted  to  pratique.     Persons  who,  hav- 
•  frig  performed  quarantine,  are  permitted  to 
land  in  Italy,  and  mix  with  the  inhabi- 
tants. 

PRACTICABLE,  Fr.  See  PnAc. 
TIC  ABLE.  This  word  is  in  general  use 
among  the  French,  viz. 

Les  cbi  wi  VJ-  tie  sout  pat-  P  R  A  c  T I C  A  B  L  E  s . 
The  roads  are  not  passable. 

&egu6rt'tst'pai  PRACTICABLE  dans  ee 
moment. ci.  The  river  is  not  ibrdablc  at 
this  moment ;  verbatim,  the  ford  is  not 
practicable  at  rhis  moment. 

PRATIQUK./V.  Practice.  The  term 
likewise  signifies,  among  the  trench, 
commerce,  intercourse,  traffic,  &c. 


Avoir ^  PRATIQUE  aw  c  des  insuhirts,  F  r . 
To  trade,  or  have  intercourse  with  the  in- 
habitants of  islands'. 

Une  PRAT  i  Q  u  E  eclairee,  F  r.  A  project 
undertaken  and  put  into  execution  upon 
solid  principles. 

Une  PRATIQUE,  aiienglf^  Fr.  A  plan 
ill  digested,  and  executed  without  discern- 
ment or  ability. 

PRATIQUES,,  Fr.  In  the  plural,  this 
term  signifies  the  same  as  mal- practices, 
or  secret  intelligence  with  an  enemy,  viz. 

Entretenir  des  PRATIQUES  avec  le  com- 
mandant d'une  place.  To  hold  commu- 
nication, or  keep  up  a  secret  correspond- 
ence with  the  commandant  of  a  fortified 
place. 

PRATIQUE  R  de  s  intelligences^  F  r .  Tu 
collect,  to  vainer  useful  information. 

//  a-voit  PRATIQUE  dans  celie  -place  der 
intelligences  qul  lui  ont  Aonne  le  moyen  de  1+ 
surprtndie,  t  r.  He  had  gathered  such  in- 
formation, by  holding  secret  intelligence 
with  the  inhabitants,  as  to  be  able  to- sur- 
prise the  place. 

PRATIQUER,  Fr.  In  architecture,  to 
contrive,  to  make,  to  render  convenient, 

Donner  PRATIQUE  a  un  vaisseau,  Fr. 
To  allow  a  vessel  to  enter  into  port  and 
unload.  This  expression  is  used  in  the 
Mediterranean  under  circumstances  of 
quarantine,  and  comes  fromPratifa. 

PRATIQUER,  Fr.  To  practice.  Pra- 
tlquer  une  hnmme  ;  to  try  a  man  ;  to  put 
his  abilities  to  the  test.  It  likewise  sig- 
nifies to  gain  over,  to  suborn. 

PRECEDENCE.  Priority.  Priority 
in  rank  or  precedence  in  military  life, 
arises  from  rank.-  or  the  date  of  an  officer '* 
commission. 

PRECEDENT.  Any  act  which  cau 
be  interpreted  into  an  example  for  future 
times,  is  called  a  precedent.  Persons 
in  high  official  situations  are  extremely 
strupulous  with  respect  to  precedence, 
especially  in  military  matters. 

P  R  E  C I P 1 T  E  R  /  Fr.  To  preci  pitate ; 
to  urge  or  hasten  on  ;  to  do  every  thing 
prematurely.  This  word  appears  to  be 
used  by  the  French  in  almost  all  the  senses 
to  which  we  attach  it,  especially  in  mili- 
tary matters. 

PRECIPITER  fa  retra-ite,  Fr.  Literally 
signifies,  to  precipitate  one's  retreat.  It 
may  be  taken  in  a  good  or  batl  sense,  to 
signify  the  act  of  flying  away  blindly  or 
rashly,  without  judgment  or  discretion  ; 
or  of  urging  your  retreat  under  circum- 
stances of  imperious  necessity,  yet  with 
proper  caution  and  foresight.  So  that  to 
precipitate,  both  in  French  and  English, 
signifies,  Faire  tres  promptement  ou  tre.p 
promptement;  to  do  any  thing  \>ety 
promptly,  or  too  promptly. 

PRECISION,  exact  limitation,  ssru- 
pulous  observance  of  ceitain  given  rules. 

PRECISION  of  march.  On  the  leading 
platoon  officer  of  the  column,  much  or" 
the  precision  of  march  depends;  he  musf 
lead  at  an  equal,  steady  pace ;  he  must 
lead  on  two  objects  either  given  to  hirr, 


PRE 


PRE 


547 


er  which  he  himself  takes  up  on  every 
al.eiation  of  position;  this  demands  his 
utmost  attention;  ru>r  must  he  allow  it 
to  be  diverted  by  looking  at  his  platoon, 
the  care  of  whose  -regularity  depends  on 
the  other  officers  and  non-commissioned 
officers,  belonging  to  it.  Trie  second  pla- 
toon officer  must  also  be  shewn,  and  bi 
made  acquainted  with  the  points  on  which 

*  he  first  Lads ;  he  is  always  to  keep  the 
first  office;  and  those  points  in  a  line,  and 
those   two   officers,  together    with    the 
guide  mounted   officers,   thus  became  a 
direction  for  the  other  pivot   officers  to 
cover.     In  marching  in  open  column,  the 
covering  Serjeants  or  guides  are  placed  be- 
hind the  second  file  from  the  pivot  officers, 
that  the  officers  may  the  more  correctly 
cee  and  cover  each  other  in  column. 

PRE  DAL,  or  ,    >  War,  a  war  carried 

PREDATORY,  ^  on  by  plunder  and 
sapir.e  ;  such  as  the  British  navy  and  the 
Algerinesj  the  Buccaneers,  also  carried  on 
a  predal  war,  against  all  persons  on  the 
high  seas. 

PREDESTiNARIAN.  A  person 
tvho  believes  in  predestination  Every 
Turk  .may  be  considered  as  a  predestinari- 
an.  A  Turkish  soldier  is  taught  to  believe 
that  if  he  falls  in  battle  he  will  instantly  go 
to  heaven.  This  is  a  comfortable  idea 
even  for  Christian  soldiers.  How  far  it 
ought  to  be  encouraged,  doctors  and  able 
casuists  must  agree. 

PREFECT,  (Ptefet,  Fr.)  a  governor 
or  commander  of  any  place  or  body  of 
men.  Among  the  Romans  this  was  a  title 
of  gnrat  importance,  both  in  civil  and  mili- 
tary situations.  During  the  existence  of 
the"  republic  the  Pracfectus  Legiohashad 
a  considerable  command.  The  two  Alas, 
wings,  or  great  divisions  of  the  allies,  had 
each  a  prefect  appointed  them  by  the 
Roman  consul,  who.  governed  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  legionary  tribunes.  For  a 
tpecific  account  see  p.iges  103,  i94»  195, 
of  Kennett's  Roman  Antiquities.  There 
was  likewise,  during  the  time  of  the  Ro, 
man  emperors,  an  officer  called  the  prefect 
of  the  pretorian  band,  or  body  guards. 
The  French  have  adopted  the  word  in 
their  government.  The  functions  of  a 
modern  French  prefect  correspond  almost 
wholly  with  those  of  a  governor  of  a  pro- 
vince under  the  old  regime  or  system. 

PREFERMENT,  the  state  of  being 
Advanced  to  a  higher  post. 
1  PREJUDICE,  PREJUGE,/V.  Pre- 
possession, judgment  formed  beforehand, 
without  examination.  A  celebrated 
French  writer  calls  it  an  opinion  taken  up 
v/ithout  judgment,  Le  ptej'ugf  cst  i:ne 
opinion  SMS  jugtmtnt.  lroltaire.  It  is  used 
in  two  instances,  viz.  for  and  against  a 
person. 

PRELIMINARY,  (PrilimJHaire,  Fr.) 
Previous,  introductory,  &c.  Prelimina- 
ry, as  a  substantive,  signifies  an  introduc- 
tory measure,  a  previous  arrangement. 
IJence  the  "  preliminaries  of  peace." 

•  VRKWDRE, " 'Fr.    A     French  mili- 


tary term.  It  is  variously  used,  and  ac- 
cords generally  with  our  word  to  taket 
viz. 

P  R  E.  K  D  R  £  unc  -vlllf  d'jssai/t ;  ?nrjatniner 
&c.  To  take  a  town  by  assault ;  by  famine, 
&c. 

PRENDRE  a  drojte,  ou  a  gttucbe^  Fr. 
To  go  to  the  right  or  left. 

PRE N ORE  a  tr  avers,  Fr.  To  run 
across. 

PmxiDRt/etdevaittst  Fr  To  anticipate, 
to  get  the  start  of  any  body. 

PRENDRE  le  fas,  Fr.  To  take  prece* 
dence. 

PRENDRE  la  drute,  Fr.  To  take  the- 
right. 

P  R  E  N  n  a  £  te rre ,  F  r.     To  la  nd . 

PR  END. RE  le  Lrge,  Fr.  A  term  used 
figuratively  to  signify  the  act  or  running 
away. 

PRENDRE  la  clcfJcscba}»ps,?t.  Lite- 
rally, to  take  the  key  of  the  country,  or  to 
run  over  it. 

P  R  E  N  D  R  E  son  elan%  Fr.  To  dart  forth,  to 
spring  forward. 

PRENDRE  un  rat,  Fr.  A  figurative  ex- 
pression used  among  the  French  when  a 
rmtsquer  or  pistol  misses  fire,  //  VGM/UI 
tirer ,  man  sonpiitolet  pris  qu'un  rat.  Lite» 
rally,  he  would  have  fired,  but  his  pistol 
only  caught  a  rat. 

PRENDRE  Izngue,  Fr.  To  seek  for  in- 
formation, to  obtain  intelligence. 

PRENDRE^//  temf^  F  r.  To  take  time 
in  executing  a  thing. 

PUENDRE  sw  teLtp!,  Fr.  To  do  a 
thing  with  perfect  convenience  to  one's 
self. 

ZE   /j  parale,    Fr.      To   speak 
first. 

PRENDRE  J.7  revanche,  Fr.  To  make 
up  for  any  past  loss  or  disadvantage.  We 
familiarly  say,  to  take  one's  revenge, 

PRSNURE  a  fartie,  IT.  An  expression 
peculiar  to  the  French,  in  judicial  matters, 
which  signifies  to  attack  a  judge,  for 
having  prevaricated  and  taken  the  part  of 
one  side  against  another,  without  any  re- 
gard to  justice.  It  likewise  means  to  im- 
pute rmsconduct  or  criminality,  and  to 
make  a  person  responsible  for  it. 

P  &  $  N  D  R  E  dc  vhi,  F  r .  To  get  drunk . 
Excess  of  drinking  was  so  little  known 
among  tlie  French  officers  aud  solUiers, 
hat  the  greatest  disgrace  was  aftixed  to 
the  habit.  It  is  recoided,  that  when 
marshal  Richelieu  hau  determined  to  storm 
a  place  in  the  Mediterranean,  he  gave  out 
the  following  order — "any  soldier  who 
shall  appear  the  least  intoxicated,  shall 
be  excluded  from  the  honor  and  gloiy  of 
mounting  the  assau  1 1  to  morrow  morn, ng. " 
Every  man  was  at  his  post,  and  not  a  sir:- 
gle  instance  of  intoxication  occurred. 
Such  was  the  esprit  de  corps  and  the  amou? 
which  prevailed  in  all  ranks,  that 
ihc  dread  of  corporeal  punishment  hact 
less  efiect  than  the  be;ng  deprived  of 
an  opportunity  to  shew  courage  and  reso- 
lution. 

PRENEUR,    Fr,      A   te;n\ 


548 


PRE 


PRE 


peculiarly  applicable  to  a  ship  that  has 
takrn  a  orize. 

,  Fr.  War- 


like  prepaiations.  A  French  writer,  un- 
der this  article,  very  judiciously  observes, 
that  the  necessary  arrangements  which 
must  be  made  before  an  army  takes  the 
field,  and  sorrretimes  before  an  open  de- 
clarationof  war  takes  place,  ought  to  be 
managed  with  extreme  caution  and  great 
secrecy  ;  although  it  is  :mpossible  to  pre- 
vent the  neighboring  powers  from  being 
totally  ignorant  of  what  is  going  forward. 
It  is  recorded  that  Henry  the  IVth  of 
France,  having  coi.ceivcd  a  vast  military 
project,  kept  it  a  profound  secret  for 
several  years,  and  made  th^  necessary  pre- 
parations with  extreme  caution,  before  he 
put  it  into  execution. 

When  Louis  the  XlVth  resolved  toin- 


^  Italy,  in  1663  hv  dispatched  com- 
missaries, purveyors,  &c.  the  preceding 
year,  under  various  pretences,  to  buy 
up  corn,  to  secure  forage  for  his 
cavalry,  and  to  provide  every  thing  that 
jn.ght  be  wanted  in  the  train  of  artillery  ; 
andm  1667,  when  he  formed  the  plan  of 
entering  Belgium  in  person,  he  arranged 
all  matters  relative  to  the  interior  govern- 
ment of  France  during  his  absence,  ex- 
amined into  the  state  of  the  finances,  fil- 
led his  treasury  with  money,  augmented, 
by  insensible  degrees,  the  different  regi- 
ments of  his  army,  and  by  means  of  these 
and  other  sage  precautions,  secured  the  cor 
quest  of  his  object.  In  fact,  well  digested 
plans  and  cautious  arrangements  previous 
to  the  execution  of  a  military  project, 
however  apparently  tedious,  are  the  sure 
forerun1  -ers  of  a  prompt  and  decisive  victory 
1  1  was  a  max  'm  among  the  Romans,  and 
it  is  still  one  among  the  Turks,  Defaire 
de  grosses  et  counts  guerres.  To  make  war 
upon  a  scale  previously  vast  and  heavy, 
tUat  its  issue  may  be  ultimately  short  and 
effectual. 

PREPARATIVE,  having  the  power 
of  preparing,  qualifying,  or  fitting.  This 
\vord  is  used  in  a  military  sense  to  give 
notice  of  any  thing  about  to  be  done. 
Hence 

PREPARATIVE.  A  beat  of  the  drum 
by  which  officers  are  warned  to  step  out 
of  the  ranks  when  the  firings  are  to  com- 
mence. 

When  the  preparative  is  beat,  for  the 
firings,  the  officers  in  the  front  rank  step 
out  nimbly  two  paces  from  the  vacancies 
between  the  divisions,  platoons,  com- 
panies, or  sub  divisions,  lace  to  the  left 
without  word  of  command,  and  look  right 
otcompaiiies,  &c.  When  the  preparative 
has  ceased,  they  severally  commence  the 
firing.  When  the  general  is  beat  they  fal 
back  into  the  front  rank. 

To  PREPARE.  To  take  previous 
measures. 

i'  R  t  P  A  R  E  fcr  a  ctjon      A  word  of  com- 
mand  used  in  the  artillery.     To  Aatterj,  is 
a  command  of  the  same  import. 
PREPARATORY,  antecedently  ne- 


cessary ;  giving  that  knowlege  in  any  art 
or  science  which  is  necessary  to  qualify 
ndividuals  for  a  superior  class  or  branch, 
hlencc preparatotjr  schools. 

PREPARATORY  Academies.  The  junior 
department  of  the  British  militan  college, 
s  preparatory  to  the  senior.  The  first  ele- 
ments of  military  science  are  taught  in  the 
brmer,  and  officers  get  qualified  in  the 
higher  branches  of  the  profession  when 
they  enter  the  latter. 

PRESENCE*/ mind.  Ready  concep- 
tion ot  expedients,  producing  prompti- 
tude of  action  under  difficult  and  alarming 
circumstances. 

There  is  a  very  remarkable  instance  of 
that  species  of  presence  of  mind  which 
gives  a  sudden  turn  to  public  opinion, 
an;  ,  as  it  were,  electrifies  the  human 
mind.  When  a, da -get ous 'mutiny  broke 
out  among  ihe  Roman  legions,  on  a  pro- 
posed expedition  against  the  Germans, 
Caesar  suddenly  exclaimed,  *'  Let  the 
whole  army  return  ignominiously  home  if 
it  think  proper,  the  tenth  legion  and  my- 
self will  remain  and  combat  for  the  repub- 
lic." Having,  as  Plutarch  observes,  ex- 
cited his  troops  to  fresh  aruor,  he  led 
them  against  the  Germans ;  and  being  in- 
formed that  the  enemy  had  been  warned 
by  their  soothsayers  not  to  engage  before 
the  next  moon,  he  took  an  immediate  oc- 
casion to  force  them  to  battle,  in  which 
he  as  usual  obtained  victory  On  a  sub- 
sequent occasion  this  great  man  discover- 
a  promptitude  of  conception  and  a  pre- 
sence of  mind  which  have  since  been  imi- 
tated on  various  occasions  by  a  modern  ge- 
neral, but  have  never  been  surpassed  in 
ancient  or  modern  history. 

Havir.g  led  his  army  against  the  Ner- 
vii,  the  most  uncivilized,  and  the  most: 
fierce  of  all  the  nations  bordering  \i\  on  the 
Roman  territory,  he  met  a  resistance, 
which  as  it  was  not  expected,  somewhat 
shoek  the  firmness  ot  his  troops.  The 
Nervii,  by  a  sudden  onset,  at  first  routed 
his  cavalry,  but  perceiving  the  danger  to 
which  his  army  was  exposed,  Caesar 
himself  snatched  up  a  buckler,  and  forcing 
his  way  through  his  own  men,  he,  with 
the  assistance  of  his  tenth  legion,  changed 
the  fortune  of  the  day,  and  cut  the  enemy 
almost  entirely  off.  For,  as  Plutarch, 
states,  out  of  60,000  soldiers,  not  above 
500  survived  the  battle.  The  instances 
of  presence  of  mind  in  modern  wars  arc 
numerous,  for  several  see  Memoirs  of 
Bonaparte's  first  campaign:  "and  several 
subsequent  occasions. 

En  PRESENCE,  Fr.     Insight. 

^//PRESENT.  A  term  used  when 
an  officer  takes  his  Serjeant's  report,  and 
makes  the  necessary  enquiry  respecting 
the  state  of  his  troops  or  company. 

To  PRESENT,  PRESENTER,  fr.  This 
word  is  u-ed  in  various  sens.es.  Those 
which  are  mote  immediately  applicable  to 
military  usage  are  as  follow  : 

NT,      To  offer  openly.    To- 


PRE 


PR  I 


549 


exhibit.  To  give  in  ceremony;  as  to  pre- 
sent the  colors. 

To  PRESENT  arms.  To  brine;  the  fire- 
lock 10  a  certain  prescribed  position,  for 
the  purpose  of  paying  a  military  compli- 
ment. See  MANUAL. 

PRESENTER  /es  armes,  Fr.  To  present 
arms,  to  bring  the  firelock  to  any  position 
that  may  be  prescribed  in  military  exercise. 
In  the  'firings  it  signifies  make  ready,  viz. 
Presenter  les  annex,  make  ready ;  Joue, 
aim;  feu,  tire.  In  the  manual  and  other 
exercises  of  the  piece,  it  corresponds  with 
our  term. 

PRESENTER. /a baton-cite  ^  Fr.  To  charge 
bayonet. 

PRESIDENCY.  The  seat  of  govern- 
znent,  so  distinguished  in  India.  There 
are  four  presidencies,  viz,  Bombay,  Cal- 
cutta, F<->rt  St.  David,  and  Madias. 

P  R  E  S I  D  E  N~  T  of  the  United  Stales. 

PRESIDENT  of  the  old  congress. 

PRESIDENT  of  a  general  or  regimental 
court  martial.  The  officer,  oldest  in  rank, 
who  sits  in  conjunction  with  other  officers, 
for  the  trial  of  military  offences  is  so  called. 
The  court,  consisting  of  an  odd  number 
of  members,  when  their  opinions  are 
equal,  tne  president  has  the  casting  vote. 

PRESIDlAL,  relating  to  a  garrison  or 
fortress. 

PRESS.»ro«y,  money  given  to  the 
soldier  when  taken  or  pressed  into  the  ser- 
vice: but  as  the  entrance  into  the  Amer - 
can  army  is  a  voluntary  act,  it  is  more 
properly  called  bounty  or  enlisting  money. 

PRESTATiO'NftMmr*/,  Fr.  The 
taking  an  oath. 

FRET,  Fr.  The  subsistence  or d.rly 
pay  which  is  given  to  sold  ers.  The  French 
say, 

Paver  le  PRET.     To  pay  subsistence. 

Recevoir  le  PRET.  To  receive  subsis- 
tence. 

Toucher  le  P  R  E  T  .  To  touch  subsistence 
or  daily  pay. 

PRETENDER,  one  who  pretends  to 
any  tnin«  whether  it  be  his  own  or  the 
property  of  another. 

PRETER,  Fr.  In  military  tactics,  to 
expose,  as 

PRETER  sen  fianc M  I'enr.emi*  To  ex- 
pose one's  flank  to  the  enemy  ;  to  march 
in  so  unguarded  a  manner,  or  to  take  up 
one's  ground  so  disadvantageous^  as  to 
stand  in  continual  Ganger  of  being  out- 
flanked. 

The  French  likewise  say,  figura- 
tively, 

PRETER  le  fianc.  To  put  one's  self  in 
the  power  of  another. 

PRETOR,  (Pteteur,  Fr.)  Among  the 
Romans,  the  governor  of  a  province,  who 
had  served  the  office  of  ^retor,  or  chief 
.minister  of  justice  in  ancient  Rome. 
The  provinces  so  governed  were  called 
pretoriai). 

P  RETORT  AN,  (Pretorien,  tte,  Fr.) 
appertaining  to  pretor;  as  Pretorian  Band, 
the  general's  guard  among  the  ancient  Ro- 
mans. 


PRETORIUM,  (Pretoh-e,  Fr.)  The 
bailor  court  wherein  the  ;;ietor  lived  and 
administered  justice,  it  also  denoted  the 
tent  of  the  Roman  general,  m  which 
councils  of  war  were  held.  The  place 
where  the  pretorian  guards  were  quar- 
tered or  lodged,  was  likewise  called  preto. 
rium. 

PREVARICATION.  According  to 
the  laws  ot  England  is,  where  a  lawyer 
pleads  booty,  or  acts  by  collusion,  &c. 
It  also  denotes  a  secret  abuse  committed  in 
the  exercise  of  a  public  office,  or  of  a  com- 
mission given  by  a  private  person.  The 
word  is  Unknown  in  military  phraseoloyy, 
and  is  only  explained  in  this  place  to  stand 
as  a  land  mark  to  the  open  ingenuous  cha~ 
ractei  of  a  soldier. 

PREVOST,  Fr.     Provost. 

PRFVOST  d'ur/e  armee,  Fr.  Provost- 
marshal  belonging  toanarmy. 

PRICES  of  commissions.     See  R  E  c  U- 

LA  TIONS. 

PRICKER.  A  light  horseman  was 
formerly  so  called. 

To  PRICK  out.  An  expression  used 
among  engineers,  &c.  signifying  to  mark 
out  the  ground  where  a  camp,  &c.  is  to 
be  formed. 

To  P  R  I  c  K  out  tke  line  of  circuwvallatiox* 
Ti -is  is  done  by  the  chief  engineer  and 
chLf  of  the  staff,  whenever  an  army 
entrei.ches  itself  before  a  town,  or  takes 
possession  of  any  given  lot  of  ground,  and 
begins  to  hut. 

PRICKING.  Arnong  marines,  to 
make  a  point  on  the  plan  or  chart,  near 
about  where  the  ship  then  is,  or  is  to  be 
at  such  a  time,  in  order  to  find  the  course 
they  are  to  steer. 

PRI  EST's-o7/>.  See  FORTIFICATION 
and  BONNET. 

PRIME,  a  word  of  command  used  in 
the  platoon  exercise.  See  MANUAL. 

PRIME  and  load,  a  word  of  command 
used  in  the  ex  icise  of  a  battalion,  com. 
pany,  or  squad.  SeeMANUM,. 

P  R I M  E  /> arade,  in  fencing,  is  formed 
by  dropping  the  point  of  your  sword  to 
tiie  right,  bending  yourelbow,  and  druving 
the  back  ot  your  sword  hand  to  within  a 
foot  of  your  forehead,  in  a  line  with  youi 
left  temple,  so  that  your  blade  shall  car- 
ry the  thrust  of  your  antagonist  clear  of 
the  inside  or  left  of  your  position. 

PRIME  thrust,  a  thrust  applicable  after 
forming  the  above  parade,  and  delivered 
at  the  inside  of  the  antagonist.  To  ob- 
tain an  opening  for  this  thrust,  it  is  ne— 
ce-;sary  to  step  out  ol'the  line  to  the  right 
as  you  parry,  or  else  to  oppose  the  sword 
of  your  antagonist  with  your  left  hand. 
The  first  method  is  most  eligible. 

PRIME  Hanging  Guard,  with  the  broad- 
sword, a  position  in  which  the  hand  is 
brought  somewhat  to  the  left,  in  order  to 
secure  that  side  of  the  face  and  body.  See 
B  R  o  A  D  s  \v  o  R  n . 

PRIMING,  in  Gunnery,  the  train  of 
powder  that  is  laid,  fr<-m  the  opening  ol 
the  vent,  along  the  gutter  or  channel,  on 


550 


P  RI 


PRI 


the  upper  part  of  the  breech  of  the  gun, 
--vhich,  when  fired,  conveys  the  flame  to 
the  vent,  hy  which  it  is  further  communi- 
cated to  the  charge,  in  order  to  d  scharge 
the  piece.  This  operation  is  only  used  on 
ship-board,  at  the  proof,  and  sometimes 
in  garrison  ^  fir  on  all  other  occasions, 
tubes  are  used  for  that  purpose. 

PRIMING,  or  prime  of  a  gun,  is  the  gun- 
powder put  in  the  pan  01  touch.  hole  of  a 
pit-ce,  to  give  it  fire  thereby. 

PRiMiNc-r^f,  a  small  tin  case,  about 
the  size  and  shape  of  a  cartridge,  for 
the  purpose  of  keeping  a  certain  quantity 
of  Kunpowdjr,  for  priming,  constantly 
jreadj  and  dry.  This  rational  and  econo- 
romical  invention,  should  be  universally 
adopted. 

PRIMING  posit  I™.  See  Platoon  exercise 
under  M  A.KUAL. 

PRlMlNG-w/r*,  in  gunnery,  a  sort  of 
iron  needle  employed  to  penetrate  the  vent 
or  touch-hole  of  a  piece  of  ordnance,  when 
it  is  loaded,  in  order  to  discover  whether 
th:^  powder  cfWained  therein  is  thorough- 
ly dry,  and  fit  for  immediate  service  ;  as 
Jikewise  to  search  the  vent  and  penetrate 
the  cartridge,  when  the  guns  are  not  load- 
ed with  loose  powder. 
PR1MIPILARII,PR1MOP1LARII, 
or  PRIM1PILARES,  among  the  Ro- 
mans were  such  as  had  formerly  borne  the 
office  of  primipulus  of  a  legion.  The 
banner  wjs  entrusted  to  his  care.  Among 
ether  privileges  which  the  primi  pilaui  en- 
joyed,  they  became  h-irs  to  what  little 
property  was  left  by  the  soldiers  whodi^d 
in  tne  campaign 


p.  i  r  . 

PRIMIPULUS,  the  centurion  belong- 
ing to  the  first  cohort  of  a  legion.  He  had 
charge  of  the  Roman  eagle. 

PRIMITIVES,  /•>.  Primitive  colors 
are  di&tingushcd  by  this  term  among  tire 
French.  They  are,  the  yellow,  the  red, 
and  the  blue;  white  and  black  being  the 
extremes. 

PRINCIPES,  (Princes,  Fr.)  Roman 
soldiers.  They  consisted  of  the  strongest 
and  most  active  men  in  the  infantry,  and 
were  armed  like  the  Hastati,  with  this 
difference,  that  the  former  had  half-  pikes 
Jnstead  of  whole  ones. 

PRINCIPLE,  according  to  the  schools, 
js  that  from  which  any  tiling  is  done  or 
known. 

PRINCIPLE  also  denotes  the  foundations 
of  arts  and  sciences 

Military  PR  INC  ir  I.E.',,  the  basis  or 
ground  work  upon  which  every  military 
movement  is  made,  and  by  which  every 
operation  is  conducted. 

PRISAGE,  that  share  which  belongs 
to  the  king  01  admiral  out  of  such  mer- 
chandises, &c.  as  a  e  lawfully  taken  at  sea. 

I'RIS,    /•>.     This   word   is    variously 

by  the    French,  in  a  figurative  and 

proverbial  wnse.     C'est   autant  de  pris  s-ur 

t'tnncmi.     An  expression   signifying   that 

some  advantage,  at  least,  has  been  gaiged, 


Une  Ville  pRisz,  Fr.  a  town  which  has 
been  taken. 

PRISE  des  debars  d'une  place,  Fr. 
The  taking  possession  of  an  enemy's  out* 
works, 

PRISES,  Fr.    Prizes. 

PR  ISES  sur  renttcmi,  Fr,  Every  thing 
taken  from  the  enemy  is  so  called. 

PRISONNERS^g«mr,  Fr.  prison, 
ers  of  war. 

PRISONERS  of  uar,  those  of  the 
enemy  who  are  taken  in  or  after  a  battle, 
siege,  &c.  th  y  are  deprived  of  their  li- 
berty at  large,  until  exchanged,  or  sent 
on  parole. 

PRIVILEGE,  is  any  kind  of  right  or 
advantage  which  is  attached  to  a  person  or 
employment  exclusive  of  others. 

PRIVILEGES.  Among  the  different 
privileges  which  prevail  in  the  British 
army,  the  life  gnards  receive  their  promo- 
tions direct  from  the  kinv,  without  passing 
through  the  commander  in  chief  as  all  other 
corps  do.  The  appointment  of  colonel  in 
the  lifeguards  pives  the  honorary  title  of 
gold  stick,  and  the  field  officer  of  the  day 
is  the  silver  stick,  through  whom  all  re- 
ports, &c.  are  conveyed  to  the  king. 
Although  there  is  a  lieutenant  genera!  of 
the  London  district,  the  foot  guards  have 
the  privilege  of  reporting  to  head  quarters 
direct  The  foot  guards  enjoy  the  privilege 
of  ranking,  from  the  ensign,  one  step 
higher  than  the  line.  A  lieutenant,  for 
instance,  ranks  as  captain,  and  can  pur- 
chase as  such  into  any  marching  regiment 
without  having  waited  the  regulated  pe- 
riod ;  and  a  captain,  having  the  brevet 
rank  of  lieutenant  colonel,  may  leap  over 
all  th  majors  of  the  line,  by  getting  ap- 
pointed to  a  marching  regiment.  The 
promotions  of  the  guards,  among  themselves, 
are,  however,  extremely  slow;  and  the  only 
indemnification  they  have  must  beat  the 
ex  pence  of  the  lir.e.  This  preposterous 
pre-eminence  which  is  not  founded  on  any 
military  principles  or  personal  merit,  has 
tended  to  destroy  military  emulation  iii 
England;  and  will  every  where  when 
merit  only  is  not  the  criterion  of  honor  and 
promotion 

PRIVILEGES  dc;  veg'mens.,  Fr .  Certain 
privileges  attached  to  regiments,  which 
are  always  abused,  when  not  the  reward 
of  distinguished  merit. 

PRIVY  Council,  a  council  of  state  held 
by  a  king,  with  his  counsellors,  to  concert 
matters  for  the  public  service ;  aiso  called 
the  cabinet. 

PRIX  des  emploh  ou  chatges  mi/itairet, 
Fr.  The  price  of  commissions,  or  mili- 
tary employments.  During  the  monarchy 
of  France,  a  company  in  the  French  guards 
sold  for  80,000  livrt s  ! 

A  company  in  the  six  first  regiments  of 
infantry,  went  for  75,000  livres.  The 
six  following,  exclusive  of  the  regiment  du 
rci,  went  for  55,000  livres.  One  in  the 
regimen  t  of  Poitau,  andas  far  down  as  the 
Pemrnevre,  40,000  livres;  Ln  the  1'cu 


PRO 


PRO 


thiev  re,  and  from  that  to  the  last  r; -iruar.:  •  Dtdrrr  &  g*trrf,  to  declare  v : 
inclusive,  30,000  hvres ! 

A  company  in  the  Scotch  gendarmes 

cost  i8b,ooo   livres;   in   the   Irish,  the 

.  jignoo.  and  Flinders,   150,000  l\- 

VTCS.     The  other  companies  of  gendarme. 

rie  went  for  1^5,000! 

>ub> lieutenants  in  the  gendarmerie 
paid  100,000  livres,  and  those  in  the  light 
horse,  95,000  livres.      The  . 
first  cornets,  including  the  cuidon  belong- 
: 


livres  !    - 

There  was  no  specific  regulatkka  for  the 
purchase  of  a  regiment  of  heavy  cavalry 
er  dragoons.  Appointments  in  the 
major  or  staff  belonging  to  the  cavalry  and 
the  royal  regiments  (*i  rs^utxj  sold  for 
i  the  dra^oans,  from  100,000 

The  troops  or  companies  in  cavalry  re- 
giments, in  the  royal  corps,  and  ia  the 

ijor  or  staff",  "were  fixed  at  10,000 
iivres,  aud  the  rest  at  Scoo. 

-aop  of  dragoons  sold  for  7000  li- 
rres.     No  company  or  other  appointment 
.is  allowed  to  be  bough: 
orsold.    1:  ..tary  reader, 

that  although  the  purchase  of  commis- 
sions was,  in  some  degree,  sanctioned  by 
the  old  French  go  i 

thelcss  extremely  limited,  and  confined  to 
the  upper  canks.  Th^  eiiicient  part  of 


*fr;jf*.x,  to  proclaim  peace. 

instrument 
- 

authority   of  £OTerament,  whereby    the 
coun:  ry  at  large  is  advertised  of  something, 
and  whereby  the  people  aic  sofnetimcsie- 
q  aired  to  do,  or  not  todo  certain  things. 
A  proclamaikx)  has  all  the  efficacy  of  U», 
because  it  must  be  ia  concord  v. 
founded  upon  the  law  already  in  bang. 
PROCLAMATION  *//***,  a  dedara- 

the  cessation  of  war. 
PR  ,  among  the  Romans. 

was  sent  to  govern  a 


; 
Eflect. 


thear 

received  itsco 
PRIZ.E-FIG 

ATO*. 

PRIZE  - 


officers  and  soL 
the  line  doing  dut  y  on  board  ships  of  war, 

.  e-  money  as  mar: 
PROA,    /«x      A   ^ 
cilletl  in  India. 

PROBABILITY. 

e  appearance  of  the; 
men:  ( 

of  proofs,  whose  co«: 
is  not  constant  and  in::  is  not 

perceived  to  be  so;  bat  is,  or 
the  most  part  to  be  so,  and  is 

•uind  to  j..^.-  saion 

ti  be  true  o. 

willadaii; 


fary  y:  -:s  in  the  in.  ; 


tion  otail  crimes  and  o 
sA  the  ^ 

r»  p  ROC  LAI 

promulgate  cr   denour...  r  i-^arii 

.'unlic.-ition.       H- 

^ 

to  the  ten;-.  ,   which  der.c 

war.     B-jth    Frenvh   i 


PRODUCE,  >  /Vaj*j/,    Fr.)  . 

-r.thiaeucii 
is  the  quantit)  which  grows  out  of  the 
multiplication  of  two  or  more  numbers  or 
hues  one  by  another  :  5  tor  instance  mul- 
tiplier -  cire  the  produ. 

and  the  pnoJuce  of  two  lines,  multiplied 
one  by  the  other,  is  catted  the  rectangle  ci 
these  Ones, 

PROFILE,  in  drawing  skic.waysor 
side.  v  r-  :  j  K  ia  profile  represents 

ahead  or  fine  set  »idc-  wa 

•  ILEX,  Fr.  tneactofprofiUng,  or 

ng  with  rule  and  compass. 

PROFILE,  f<Pr^6/,  Fr.)  »n  aichitecture, 

the  draught  of  a  but  din£,    tortification, 

rerein    are   expressed  the  several 

heights,  widths,    and  thiciLnef^es,  such 

Aiihc  .%ar  were  the  building 

.rpendicularly  from  th. 
j.iDOitioii.     It  serves  to  show  those 
cannot  be  represented 
in  pL.  a.-  1    in  the 

building  of  a  fortification:  they  air  best 
constructed  on  a  scak  of  io  feet  loan  inch. 
It    is   al>o  called  section,  orthographical 
section,   and    by   Vr»rruvius,  sciagriphy. 
oiet.iaes  used  in  opposition  ; 
hv. 

:  any   public  edict,  no* 

•noon.   'The   French  make 

:be  word  en  occasions  of  natioosu 

cereiv. 

PROJECTILLS,     (Pngrsnw^,     Fr  > 

g  pot  in  me- 
Buy  g  .or  lee 

:y    of  mo;k>n  ;  a«  a  shell  or  shoe 
from  a  piece  of  i: 
from  -  -a  arrow  fioai  a  bow, 

• 

parabola,  and  thj  puted 

:hepropen:i  The 

- 


552 


PRO 


PRO 


.ire absolutely  necessary  in  the  investiga- 
tion of  the  track  ot"  a  shell  or  shot  in  the 
air,  known  by  the  name  of  military  pro. 
jecti/ef. 

Gallileo  having  discovered  that  bodies 
projected  in  vacuo,  and  in  an  oblique  di- 
rection to  the  horizon,  do  always  des- 
cribe a  parabola,  he  concluded  that  this 
doctrine  was  n'it  suificient  to  determine 
the  real  motion  of  a  military  projectile: 
for,  since  shells  and  shot  move  with  a 
gieat  velocity,  the  resistance  of  the  air 
becomes  so  groat  with  respect  to  the 
weight  of  the  projectile,  that  its  effect 
turns  the  b  ^dy  very  considerably  from  the 
parabolic  tract ;  so  that  all  calculations, 
grounded  on  the  nature  of  this  curve,  are 
of  little  us?  on  these  occasions.  This 
is  not  to  be  wondered  at,  since  GaJlileo, 
in  his  enquiry,  paid  no  regard  to  any  other 
force  acting  on  bodies,  than  the  force  of 
gravity  only,  without  considering  the  re- 
sist.mceof  the  air. 

Every  body,  moving  in  a  fluid,  suffers 
the  action  of  two  forces:  the  one  is  th 
force  of  gravity,  or  the  weight  of  the  body  ; 
and  it  is  to  be  observed,  that  this  weight 
is  less  than  the  natuial  weight  of  the  body, 
that  being  diminished  by  an  equal  bulk  of 
the  fluid  in  which  the  body  moves.  The 
other  force  is  that  of  the  resistance,  which 
is  known  to  be  proportional  to  the  squares 
of  the  velocity  ot  the  body  ;  and  when  the 
body  is  a  globe,  as  is  comrr.only  supposed, 
the  direction  of  this  force  is  diametrically 
opposite  to  that  of  the  morion  of  the  body. 
This  force  changes  continually,  both  in 
quantity  ar.d  direction  ;  but  the' first  force 
remains  constantly  the  same.  Hence,  the 
point  in  question  is,  to  determine  the 
curve  which  a  body  projected  obliquely, 
must  describe  when  acted  upon  by  the 
two  forces  just  now  mentioned. 

Although  this  question  is  easily  reduced 
to  a  problem  purely  analytical,  the  great 
Newton,  notwithstanding  his  ingenious 
endeavors,  did  'not  arrive  at  a  complete 
solution  of  it.  He  was  the  first  whoat- 
'.cmpted  it,  and  having  succeeded  so  well 
in  the  supposition,  that  the  resistance  is 
proportional  to  the  velocity,  it  is  almost 
inconceivable  that  he  did  not  succeed, 
when  the  resistance  is  supposed  propor- 
tional to  the  squares  of  the  velocity,  after 
solving  a  number  of  questions  incompara- 
bly more  difficult.  The  late  Mr.  John 
Bernoulli  gave  the  first  solution  of  this 
problem,  from  which  he  drew*  construc- 
tionof  the  curve,  by  means  of  the  quad- 
ratures of  some  transcendent  curves,  whose 
description  is  not  very  difficult. 

This  great  problem  was,  therefore,  very 
-well  solved  long  ago;  yet  the  solution, 
however  gocd  in  theory,  is  such  as  has 
hitherto  been  of  no  use  in  practice,  nor  in 
correcting  the  false  theory  grounded  on  the 
parabola,  to  which  the  artillerist  is  still 
obliged  to  adhere,  notwithstanding  he 
kn  nvs  it  to  be  insufficient.  It  is  certain, 
that  that  solution  has  been  of  no  real  ad- 
vantage towards  improving  the  art  of  gun- '! 


ncry  :  it  has  only  served  to  convince  the 
student  in  that  art,  of  the  error  ot his  prin- 
ciples, drawn  from  the  nature  of  the  para- 
bola, although  he  is  still  to  abide  by  them. 
It  is  indeed  something  to  know,  that  the 
common  rules  are  erroneous;  but  unless 
we  know  how  much  they  err  in  any  case, 
the  advantage  is  very  little. 

One  mayth  nkita  work  of  infinite  labor 
to  establish  rules  for  the  flight  of  cannon 
shot,  agreeable  to  the  real  curve  which  a 
body  (kscribes  in  the  air:  for  although, 
according  to  the  hypothesis  of  Gallileo, 
we  want  only  the  elevation  of  the  p..ce3 
and  the  initial  velocity,  and  it  is  therefore 
not  difficult  to  calculate  tables  to  show  the 
greatest  height  of  the  projectile,  and  the 
point  where  it  must  fall  in  any  proposed 
case;  yet  in  order  to  calculate  similar  ta- 
bles according  to  the  true  hypothesis,  care 
must  be  taken,  besides  the  two  particulars 
already  mentioned,  to  have  respect  as  well 
to  tlu-  diameter  of  the  projectile  us  to  its 
weight  :  therefore  the  practitioner  will  be 
reduced  to  the  necessity  of  calculating- 
tables,  as  well  for  ttie  diameter  of  each 
projectile,  as  for  its  wei  ht ;  and  the  exe- 
cution of  such  a  work  would  be  airnost 
impracticable.  We  therefore  refer  the 
curious  to  Mr.  Euler's  True  Principles  of 
Gunnery ,  translated,  with  many  necessary 
explanations  and  remarks,  by  the  very 
learned  and  im-.enious  Hugh  Brown. 

PROJECTION,  (Projection,  Fr  )  in 
mathematics,  the  action  ot  giving  a  pro- 
jectile ;ts  motion.  It  is  also  used  to  signi- 
fy a  scheme,  plan,  or  delineation. 

PROJECT,  Fr.  a  term  generally  used 
among  French  engineers,  to  express  what 
works  are  required  to  be  made  for  the  in- 
ward or  out  ward  defence  of  a  fortified  town 
or  place.  It  likewise  signihes,  in  diplo- 
macy, a  plan  or  statement  of  terms  and 
conditions  which  one  country  makes  to 
another  for  a  final  adjustment  of  dif- 
ferences. 

CoHt.e-PRojET,  Fr.  a  receipt  or  answer 
to  terms  propos  d,  accompanied  bya  pro- 
ject from  the  other  side. 

PROLONGED.  A  long  thick  rope, 
which  is  used  to  drag  artillery  ;  but  dif- 
ferent from  the  bricole  and  drag  rope ;  it 
is  coiled  round  pins  under  the  gun  carriage 
travelling,  it  is  loosed  in  action,  and  one 
end  being  attached  to  the  limber,  is  of 
great  use  in  moving  the  gun  in  action  or  in 
a  retreat.  See  Am.  Mil.  Lib. 

PROMOTION,  (Promotion^  Fr.)  This 
word  signifies,  in  niilitary  matters,  the 
elevation  of  an  individual  to  some  appoint- 
ment of  greater  rank  and  trust  than  theone 
he  holds. 

PKOMOUVOIR,  Fr.  to  promote. 

PROMU,  Fr.   promoted. 

PROOF,  in  arithmetic,  an  operation 
whereby  the  truth  and  justness  of  a  calcu- 
lation are  examined  and  ascertained. 

PROOF    of  artillery   and  small  arttifj 
is  a   trial    whether   they    will   stand  th.-i 
quantity  of  powder  allotted  for  thr.t  pi1.: 
pose. 


PRO 


PRO 


553 


The  British  government  allow  n  bullets 
«f  lead  in  the  pound  for  the  proof  of  mus 
quets,  and  29  in  two  pounds,  for  service; 
17  in  the  pound  for  the  proof  of  carabines, 
and  2o  for  service;  28  in  the  pound  for 
the  proof  of  pist- Is,  and  34  for  service. 

When  guns  ofa  new  metal,  orof  lighter 
construction,  are  proved,  then  besides  the 
common  proof,  they  are  fired  2  or  300 
times,  as  quick  as  they  can  be,  loaded 
with  the  common  charge  given  in  actual 
service.  British  light  6  pounders  were 
fired  300  times  in  three  hours,  27  minutes, 
loaded  with  lib.  4oz.  without  receiving 
any  damage.  . 

PROOF  of  ordnance.  All  natures  of 
ordnance  undergo  several  kinds  of  proof 
before  they  are  received  into  the  British 
service;  viz.  ist,  they  are  guaged  as  to 
their  several  dimensions,  internal  and  ex- 
ternal, as  to  the  justness  of  the  position 
of  the  bore,  the  chamber,  the  vent,  the 
trunnions,  &c. 

2d,  They  are  fired  with  a  regulated 
charge  of  powder  and  shot,  and  after  wards 
searched  to  discover  irregularities  or  holes 
produced  by  the  firing. 

3d,  By  means  of  engines  an  endeavor 
is  made  to  force  water  through  them  ; 
and, 

4th,  They  are  examined  internally,  by 
means  of  light  reflected  from  a  minor. 

Iron  gum.  The  guns  are  first  examined 
as  to  their  proper  dimensions,  in  which, 
in  no  case  more  than  3-10  of  an  inch  varia- 
tion is  allowed ;  and  m  the  diameter  of  the 
bore  only  1-30  from  42  to  18  pounders,  and 
1-40  from  r  2  to  4  pounders  ;  but  m  the  po- 
sition of  the  bore  1-2  an  inch  out  of  the 
axis  ofa  piece  from  a  42  to  an  18  poun- 
der, and  1-3  of  an  inch  from  a  12  to  a  4 
pounder  is  allowed.  They  are  then  fired 
twice  with  the  charge  in  the  following 
table,  with  one  shot  and  two  high  junk 
wads ;  and  examined  with  a  searcher  after 
each  round.  In  this  examination  they 
must  not  have  any  hole  or  cavity  in  the 
bore  of  2-10  of  an  inch  in  depth,  behind 
the  first  reinforce  ring,  or  1-4  of  an  inch  in 
depth  before  this  ring. 


si 

Proof 

<J 

Proof 

u 

Proof 

IS 

charge. 

« 

charge. 

1 

charge. 

Prs. 

Ibs.oz. 

Prs. 

Ibs.oz.  Prs 

Ibs.  oz. 

42 

25  — 

12 

12-:  3 

3    — 

32 

24 

21      8 

18  — 

9 

6 

9—2 
6  —     1  5 

2      — 

i       8 

18 

15  — 

4 

4  _     i 

i     — 

Iron  guns  are  scaled  with  i-ia  the  weight 
pf  the  shot. 

Brass  guns.  From  1  pounders  to  12 
pounders  the  diameter  of  the  bore  must 
uot  vary  more  than  i  -40  of  an  inch,  and  in 
no  dimensions  more  than  2- 10.  The  fol- 
lowing are  the  established  charges  for  their 
proof.  The  heavy  and  medium  guns  with 
a  charge  equal  to  the  weight  of  the  shcH, 


except  the  medium  12  poxmder,  which  is 
proved  with  or.Iy  9lbs.  The  light  guns 
with  half  the  weight  of  the  shot.  The 
brass  ordnance  have  not  however  been 
proved  of  late  with  such  heavy  charges, 
but  with  the  following : 
3  Prs.  light,  3  times,  with  i  Ib.  each 

rourd. 

6  Prs.  light,  3  times,  with  2  Ibs.  each. 
12  Prs.  light,  2  times,  with  4  Ibs.  each. 
12  Prs.  med  2  times,  witn  5  Ibs.  each. 

Any  hole  15  of  an  inch  deep  upwards 
or  sideways  in  the  bore,  or  'I  in  the  bot- 
tom, betwetn  the  breach  and  first  rein- 
force ;  or  '2  of  an  inch  upwards  or  side- 
ways, or '15  in  the  bottom  of  the  b  ;re, 
before  the  first  reinforce  ring,  will  be  suf- 
ficknt  to  condemn  them. 

Brass  Monats  and  Howitzers.  The  ex- 
terior dimensions  are  in  no  respect  to  de- 
viate more  than  i-io  of  an  inch  in  an  8 
inch  howitzer,  and  1-20  in  the  Cohorn 
mortars  aud  howitzers.  Their  bores  and 
chambers  not  to  deviate  from  their  true 
diameters  or  positions  more  than  1-40  of 
an  inch. 

The  brass  mortars  a/id  howitzers  are 
fired  twice  with  their  chambers  full  of 
powder,  and  an  iron  shell.  The  mortars 
on  (heir  own  beds,  at  about  75  degrees 
elevation  ;  and  the  howitzers  ontheircar- 
riages,  at  about  12  decrees.  Iron  mortars 
are  proved  on  their  iron  beds,  with  a 
charge  equal  to  the  full  chamber,  and  an 
iron  shot  equal  in  diameter  to  the  shell. 

Cohorn  mortars,  having  a  hole  *i  of  an 
inch  in  depth  in  the  chamber,  or  '15  in 
the  chase,  are  rejected:  royal  howitzeis 
the  same.  8  inch  howitzers  having  a 
hole  •  1 5  of  an  inch  in  depth  in  the  chamber, 
or  -2  in  the  chase,  will  beiejec  ed. 

Carcnades.  The  diameter  an. i  position 
of  their  bore  and  chamher  must  not  devi- 
ate 1-20  of  an  inch.  They  are  proved  w.th 
two  rounds,  with  their  chambers  full  of 
powder  and  i  shot  and  i  wad.  A  hole  of 
2-io  of  an  inch  in  depth  in  the  bore,  or 
i- 10  in  the  chamber  condemns  the  piece, 

Proof  Charges. 


68  Prs.        42    I    32 


13  Ihs. 


24 

6 


18 


All  ordnance,  after  havi,:i'  undergone 
this  proof,  and  the  subsequent  searching, 
are  subj*  cr  to  the  water  proof:  this  is  done 
y  means  of  a  forcing  pump,  having  a  pipe 
Those  fixed  to  t  >e  mouth  of  the  piece  : 
afrer  two  or  three  efforts  to  force  the  water 
lirough  any  honeycombs  or  flaws  which 
may  be  in  the  bore,  they  are  left  to  dry  ; 
and  generally  the  next  day  examined  by 
the  reflected  light  t<om  a  mirror.  If  the 
bore  contains  any  sma;l  holes  or  flaws 
which  have  n  t  been  discovered  by  •  he  ror- 
ner  proofs,  they  are  very  readily  found  by 
his;  the  water  will  continue  to  weep,  or 
un  from  the  holes,  when  the  solid  parts  Qf 
4  A 


PRO 


PRO 


the  bore  are  perfectly  dry.  Ordnance 
suspected  ot  txing  bad  are  often  subject 
to  a  mo  e  severe  proof:  that  of  firing  30 
rounds  quick,  with  the  service  charge  and 
i  shot ;  and  in  doubtful  cases,  where  the 
purity  of  the  metal  is  susp  cted,  re- 
course has  been  had  to  chemical  trials  and 
analysis.  A  quantity  of  clean  filings  taken 
fiom  a  part  ot  an  iron  gun  free  from  rust, 
are  dissolved  in  diluted  sulphuric  acid, 
and  the  quantity  of  gas  disengaged  during 
the  solution  accurately  Ascertained.  The 
plumbago  which  remains  after  solution  is 
also  separated  by  filtration,  and  carefully 
weighed.  Now  it  is  well  known  that  the 
purer  the  iron,  the  greater  the  quantity 
of  inflammable  gas  obtained,  and  the  less 
the  proportion  of  plumbago  which  re. 
mains  after  the  solution ;  from  these  two 
parts  therefore  a  tolerable  judgment  may 
be  formed  of  the  quality  of  the  metal. 
When  the  plumbago  exceeds  4  i-2fer 
cent,  the  iron  will  always  be  found  defi- 
cient in  strength ;  and  there  has  been  no 
instance  of  a  gun  bursting  w  here  the  plum- 
bago d id  not  exceed  3  percent;  that  :s, 
where  too  grains  of  the  metal  did  not  leave 
more  than  3  grains  of  plumbago.  The 
color  of  the  plumbago  is  also  to  be  attend- 
ed to ;  when  it  is  brown  or  reddish,  it  is 
an  indication  of  hard  metal,  and  when  in 
quantities  and  mixed  with  coals,  there 
«an  be  no  doubt  but  that  the  iron  is  too  §oft 
for  cannon. 

Proof  of  Iron  Shells.  After  the  shells 
are  guaged  and  examined  as  to  their  di. 
mensions  and  weieht,  they  must  be  well 
scraped  out,  and  the  iron  pin  at  the  bot- 
rom  of  the  inside  must  be  driven  down  or 
broken  oft".  They  are  then  to  be  ham- 
mcred  all  over,  to  knock  off  the  scales,  and 
discover  flaws,  and  no  hole,  in  the  Isrge 
shells  is  allowed,  of  more  than  3-4  of  an 
inch  deep.  An  empty  fuze  is  then  driven 
into  the  fuze  hole,  and  the  shell  is  sus- 
pended in  a  tub  of  water,  in  such  manner 
that  the  shell  be  covered  by  the  water,  but 
that  it  does  not  run  into  the  fuze  :  in  this 
situation  the  nose  of  a  pair  of  bellows  is 
put  in  at  the  fuze  hole,  and  several  strong 
putts  given  with  the  bellows;  and  if  no 
bubbles  rise  in  the  water,  the  shell  is  con- 
eluded  to  be  serviceable. 

Ordnance  condemned  as  unserviceable 
for  any  of  the  foregoing  reasons,  are  mark, 
ed  as  follows  :  X  D,  or  X  S,  or  X  W. 
The  first  signifies  that  they  are  found  to 
be  faulty  in  their  dimensions,  by  Desa<*u- 
lier's  instrument;  the  second,  by  "the 
searcher;  and  the  third,  by  the  water 
proof. 

PROOF  cfpoivJcr,  is  in  order  to  try  its 
goodness  and  strength.  There  have  been 

tferent  inventions  proposed  and  put  in 
practice  heretofore,  for  the  proof  of  pow- 
der. See  GUNPOWDER  and  EPROU- 

i'r°KF-  °fca"n™,  is  made  to  ascertain 

1  casN  their  havin*  n° 

metal,  and,  in  a  word, 


their  being  fit  to  resist  the  effort  of  their 
charge  of  powder.  I  n  making  this  proofy 
the  piece  is  laid  upon  the  ground,  sup- 
ported only  by  a  piece  of  wood  in  the  mid. 
die,  of  about  five  or  six  inches  thick,  t» 
raise  the  muzzle  a  little;  and  then  the 
piece  is  fired  ay,  air  st  a  solid  butt  of  earth. 

Tools  to  PROVE  cannon  are  asfo//ou>t  viz. 
Starcher^  an  iron  socket  with  branches, 
from  four  to  eight  in  number,  bending 
outward  a  little,  with  small  points  at  their 
ends :  to  this  socket  is  fixed  a  wooden 
handle,  from  eight  to  twelve  feet  long, 
and  i  i-2  inch  in  diameter.  This  search. 
er  is  introduced  into  the  gun  after  each 
firing,  and  turned  gently  round  to  discover 
the  cavities  within  :  if  any  are  found,  they 
are  marked  on  the  outside  with  chalk  ;  ana 
then  the  searcher  -with  one  point  is  intro«» 
duced,  about  which  point  a  mixture  of 
wax  and  tallow  is  put,  to  take  the  im- 
pression of  the  holes  ;  and  if  any  are  found 
of  1-9!  h  of  an  inch  deep,  or  of  any  con- 
siderable length,  the  gun  is  rejected  as 
unserviceable  to  government. 

Reliever,  an  iron  ring  fixed  to  a  ban- 
dk,  by  means  of  a  socket,  spas  to  be  at 
right  angles:  it  serves  to  disengage  the 
first  seart-her,  when  any  of  its  points  are 
retained  in  a  hole,  and  cannot  otherwise  be 
got  out.  When  guns  are  rejected  by  the 
proof  masters,  they  order  them  to  be 
marked  X  which  the  contractors  general- 
ly alter  to  IV  P,  and  after  such  alteration, 
dispose  of  them  to  foreign  powers  lor 
Woolwich  proof. 

A  most  curious  instrument  for  finding 
the  principal  defects  in  pieces  of  artillery, 
has  been  invented  by  lieutenant  general 
Desaguliers,  of  the  royal  regiment  of  ar- 
tillery. This  instrument,  grounded  on 
the  truest  mechanical  principles,  is  no 
sooner  introduced  into  the  hollow  cylinder 
of  the  gun,  than  it  discovers  its  defects, 
and  more  particularly  that  of  the  piece 
not  being  truly  bored,  which  is  a  very 
important  one,  and  to  which  most  of  the 
disasters  ha-ppening  to  pieces  of  artillery, 
are  in  a  great  measure  to  be  imputed ;  for, 
when  a  gun  is  not  properly  bored,  the 
most  expert  artillerist  will  not  be  able  to 
make  a  good  shot. 

PROOF  of  mortars  and  boii-itzers,  is  made 
to  ascertain  their  being  well  cast,  and  of 
strength  to  resist  the  effort  of  their  charge. 
For  this  purpose  the  mortar  or  howitzer 
is  placed  upon  the  ground,  with  some 
part  of  their  trunnions  or  breech  sunk, 
below  the  surface,  and  resting  on  wooden 
billets,  at  an  elevation  of  about  70  de- 
grees. 

The  mirror  is  generally  the  only  instru- 
ment  to  discover  the  defects  in' mortars 
and  howitzers,  fn  order  to  use  it,  the 
sun  must  shine;  the  breech  must  be 
placed  towards  the  sun,  and  the  glass  over 
against  the  mouth  of  the  piece  :  it  illumi- 
nates the  bore  and  chamber  sufficiently  to 
discover  the  flaws  in  it. 

PROOF  armor t  armor  hardened  so  as 


PRO 


PRO 


555 


to  resist  the  force  of  an  arrow,  a  sword  or 
other  weapons  in  use  before  the  discovery 
of  gunpowder. 

PUOOF  c/jarge,  the  quantity  of  gun- 
powder which  is  used  in  trying  the  several 
pieces  of  ordnance. 

PROPER,  in  military  matters,  stands 
as  a  reduplicative,  serving  to  mark  out 
a  thing  more  expressly  and  formally, 
viz. 

PROPER  front  of  a  battalion.  T  he  usual 
continuity  of  line  which  is  given  to  the 
formation  of  a  battalion,  and  which  re- 
mains unaltered  by  the  countermarch  or 
wheelings  of  its  divisions ;  or  if  altered  is 
restored  by  the  same  operation. 

PROPER  right,  the  right  of  abattaJion, 
company,  or  subdivision,  when  it  is 
drawn  up  according  to  its  natural  forma- 
tion. 

PROPER  pivot  flank  in  column,  is  that 
•which,  when  wheeled  up  to,  preserves 
the  divisions  of  the  line  in  the  natural  or- 
der, and  to  their  proper  front.  The  other 
may  be  called  the  reverse  flank.  In  co- 
lumn, divisions  cover  and  dress  to  the 
proper  pivot  flank  ;  to  the  left  when  the 
right  is  in  front ;  and  to  the  right  when 
the  left  is  in  front. 

PROPLASM.     See  MOULD. 

PROPORTION,  (Proportion^  Fr.) 
The  relation  which  parts  have  among 
themselves,  and  to  the  whole. 

PROPOSER  uee  per  son  ne  pour  vne 
#&arget  Fr.  To  recommend  a  person  for  a 
Situation. 

PROPOSITION,  (Proposition,  Fr.) 
in  geometry,  the  declaration  of  a  truth 
which  is  proved  by  demonstration.  Such 
are  the  propositions  in  Euclid's  Elements. 
Propositions  are  divided  into  Problems  and 
Theorem!. 

PROPREFECT,  among  the  Romans, 


PROTESTANT,  an  appellation  first 
given  in  Germany  to  all  who  adhered  to 
the  doctrine  published  bv  Luther. 

PROVEDITOR,  (Pro.cdittur,  Fr.) 
The  Venetians  had  two  appointments  of 
this  description  before  the  revolution.  One 
gave  the  supreme  command  of  the  armies 
on  shore,  the  other  that  of  the  fleets. 

Of  these  proveditors,  there  were  truce 
who  had  the  direction  of  matters  relating 
to  policy  throughout  the  signory. 

PROVE oiTOR-genera!  cf  the  sea,  an 
officer  m  Italy,  whose  authority  extended 
over  the  fleet,  when  the  captain. general 
was  absent.  He  had  particularly  the  dispo- 
sal of  the  cash. 

PRO  VET,  an  artillery  machine  used 
with  howitzers.  See  EPROUVF.TTE. 

PROVISIONS,  are  properly  those 
articles  of  food  and  sustenance  which  sol- 
diers receive  from  the  public,  and  which 
in  the  British  service  are  payed  for  by  de- 
ductions from  their  pay.  There  is  taken 
a  deduction  of  six  pence  a  day  from  the 
full  pay  of  every  Serjeant,  corporal, 
trumpeter,  drummer,  fifer,  private  man 
of  the  life  guards,  horse  guards,  dragoon 
guards,  dragoons,  foot  guards,  infan- 
try of  the  line,  militia,  frncible  infantry, 
and  companies  of  invalids,  when  serv- 
ing out  of  Great  Britain,  on  station? 
at  which  provisions  are  supplied  by 
the  public  ;  also  when  embarked  in 
transports,  or  other  vessels ;  (except  while 
serving  as  marines,  or  during  their  passage 
to  and  from  India  at  the  expenceofthe 
East- India  company;)  also  when  prison- 
ers of  war,  and  maintained  at  the  expence 
of  Great  Britain;  and  likewise  when  in 
general  hospitals,  either  at  home  or  abroad. 
A  deduction  of  three  pence  halfpenny  is 
likewise  to  be  made  from  the  full  pay  of 
each  serjeant,  &c.  when  stationed  in 


r  i\  u  r  i\  c,  r  r,^  i  ,  atutmig  me  ixuiiiaiii,  n  cain    atijcaiit,      «,«-.    WHCII     amuuncu     in 

the  prefect's  lieutenant,  whom  he  com-  if  Jamacia,  in  New  South  Wales,  at  Gib- 
missioned  to  do  any  part  of  his  duty  in  |  raltar,  (the  loss  by  exchange  at  the  latter 
his  place.  j  place  continuing  as  before)  and  while  on 

PROPRETE  des  soldats,  Fr.     Clean-  ||  their  passage  to  and  from  India  at  the  ex- 
liness  required  in    soldiers.      See  SER,  ij  pence  of  the  East-India  company. 
j  EANT.  j     Tnese  deductions  commenced,  in  regard 

PROPRETOR,  the  same  in  his  reT  ft  to  the  troops  in  Europe,  on  the  25th  of 


Jative  capacity  as  proconsul  among  the 
Romans.  He  was  a  magistrate  who, 
after  having  discharged  the  office  of  pre- 
tor  at  home,  was  sent  into  a  province  to 
act  in  thesamecapacity. 

PROQUESTOR,amongthe  Romans, 
the  questor's  lieutenant,  who  discharged 
his  office  in  his  stead. 

To  PROSECUTE,  tocarry  on.  Hence 
to  prosecute  the  war. 

PROSPECTIVE,  appertaining  to 
viewing. 

.-  PROSTYLE,  any  building  having  pil- 
lars in  the  front  only. 

PROTECTOR.  This  word  some- 
times denotes  the  regent  of  a  kingdom. 
Oliver  Cromwell  assumed  this  title  on  the 
death  of  Charles  I.  of  Fngland  ;  Bona- 
parte exercises  the  power  of  emperor  over 
cmreat  part  of  Germany,  under  the  title  of 
Proteft»ro£  th?  confederation  of  the  Rhine. 


'n    re^rd  to  the 
the   25  th    of  April, 


February,    1799; 
troops  abroad,    on 
1799. 

PROVISIONS.     See  RATION. 

PROVISIONAL,  (Provis'mnrlt  Fr.j 
Temporarily  established. 

PROVISIONALLY,  (Provifoiremcnt, 
Fr.)  by  way  of  provision,  or  temporary 
arrangement.  This  adverb  is  frequently 
used  both  in  French  and  English  to  dis- 
tinguish the  exercise  of  temporary  func- 
tions from  that  of  permanent  appoint- 
ments. 

PROVOST-  Marsha/,  of  an  army,  is 
an  officer  appointed  to  secure  deserters, 
and  all  other  criminals  :  he  is  often  to  go 
round  the  army,  hinder  the  soldiers  from 
pillaging,  indict  oileuders,  execute  th- 
sentence  pronounced,  and  regulate  the 
weights  and  measures  used  in  the  army 
when  in  the  field.  He  is  attended  by  <> 


556 


PUM 


PUN 


lieutenant's  guard,  has  a  clerk,  and  an  ex- 
ecutio 

PROWESS,  valor,  bravery  in  the 
field,  military  gallantry. 

PSILO1,  light  armed  men  among  the 
Gr<eks,  who  fought  with  arrows  aid 
darts,  or  stones  and  slings,  but  were  unfit 
for  close  fight.  They  were  in  honor  and 
dignity  inferior  to  the  heavy  armed.  Next 
to  these  werr  the  pcltasti,  a  middle  sort 
of  foot  sola  e  s  between  the  hoplitai  and 
the  ps'.loi,  being  armed  with  spears,  but 
far  interior  in  bigness  to  those  of  the  heavy 
armed  ;  their  name  is  taken  from  their 
narrow  shields,  called  Pelt*.  Potter's 
Cr.k  Antiqu  ies,  vol.  II.  chap.  3. 

PUBLICANS,  persons  who  keep  ale- 
hous  <,  &c.  for  tin-  accommodation  of 
travel  ers  In  England,  troops  upon  the 
inarch,  or  in  quarters,  may  be  billeted  on 
them. 

PUCKA  fever,  Ind.  a  putrid  fever. 
The  bilious  fever  of  tropical  clirrates. 

PUCKALUES,  Ind.  leathern  bags 
for  carrying  water.  They  are  placed  on 
the  backs  of  oxen.  The  word  is  also  used 
for  water-carriers. 

PUDLAYS,  pieces  of  stu ft*  to  do  the 
office  of  levers  or  handspikes. 

PUHUR  /)/;:,  Ind.  Watches  kept  in 
the  day  ;  of  which  there  are  four ;  a  simi- 
lar number  is  kept  in  the  night,  called 
Puhurraat. 

PUISANT,  Fr.  a  well  built  of  dry 
stones,  or  made  in  a  wall  to  serve  as  a 
res  rvoir  tor  water. 

PUISSANCE,  Fr.  in  algebra  and  ge- 
ometry, powers  of  lines  and  quantities. 

PUlSOJ  R,  Fr.  a  copper  vessel  which 
ft  used  in  making  saltpetre. 

PUITS,  F>:     A  well. 

PU1TS  de  mineur,  Fr.  a  perpendicu- 
lar opening,  about  lour  feet  square,  which 
is  made  in  the  earth  for  miners  to  let  them- 
selves down,  as  deep  as  may  be-  judgf  d  ex- 
pedient, in  order  to  push  the  subterraneous 
galleries  beneath  the  covert  wav,  f  r  under 
any  other  works  constructed  by  the  be- 
sie.  ed  or  besieger. 

PULK,  a  tube,  a  particular  body  of 
men.  This  word  is  chiefly  used  in  Russia  ; 
as  a  Pulk  of  cossacks. 

rULVERIN,  Fr.  priming  powder. 

PULV1S  ful»ii>\msy  the  thundering 
powder,  a  mixtiue  of  three  parts  of  salt 
pern ,  two  of  tartar,  an  i  one  of  brimstone  ; 
all  finely  powdered,  A  small  part,  even 
a  bii-'Je  dram  of  this  being  put  into  a 
s'lovel  over  a  gentle  fire,  till  u  melts  by- 
degrees  and  changes  color,  will  go  of!  or 
explode  as  loud  as  a  musquet.  But  it  wi  ! 
not  cio  a;iy  injurs ,  because  its  force  tends 
chief) v  downward. 

PULLEY,  in  military  mechanics.  See 
MECHANICS, 

PULWAR,  b,d.  a  light  boat  for  dis- 
patches. 

PUMlCE-j/cw,  a  spongy,  light  crum 
bl  ns;  sto  e  v/h  ch  is  cast  out  of  mount 
/E-na,  and  other  burning  mountains.     Jt 
is  used  in  graving,  polishing,  &c. 


PUMMEL.     See  POMMEL. 

PUMP,  (Pompe,  Fr.)  a  well  known 
engine  used  in  the  eleva'ion  oi  water. 

PUNCH,  (Poincon,  Fr  )  an  instrument 
for  making  holes.  Every  serjeant  of  * 
company,  at  least,  ai,d  indeed  every  cor- 
poral of  a  squad,  should  be  p  ovided  with 
a  punch,  as  rhere  is  frequent  occasion  t» 
fit  on  the  cross  belts,  &c 

PUNCTO.     The  point  in  fencing. 

PUNISHMENT,  in  th,  army,  in 
general,  siyinifrs  the  execution  of  a  sen- 
tence pronounced  by  a  court  mart  a  1  upon 
any  delinquent.  There  are  various  me- 
thods in  different  countries  which  have 
been  a  do  pud  for  the  punishment  of  of- 
ficers and  soldi  rs,  without  ultimately 
djpr  ving  the  ublic  of  their  services. 
Those  in  the  British  are  simple,  and  in 
general  very  summary,  especially  with 
regard  to  officers.  In  some  foreign  ser- 
vices it  is  usual  to  send  an  officer  from  his 
regiment  to  do  duty  in  a  ganison  town, 
during  which  period  he  loses  all  the  ad- 
vantages of  promotion.  Hence  etre  en- 
•yoyer  en  gaminon,  to  be  sent  in:o  garrison, 
implies  a  spec;es  of  military  chastisement. 
Perhaps  the  method  which  is  adopted  in 
the  British  navy,  of  putting  an  ofhcer  at 
the  bottom  of  the  list  of  his  own  rank, 
might  be  beneficial  in  the  army.  The 
barbarous  and  self- defeating  punishment 
or  whipping  remains  a  disgrace  to  the 
British  code,  and  we  lament  to  say  to  the 
American  also. 

PUN  IT  IONS  corporet/es,  Fr.  corpo- 
real punishment.  In  the  old  French  ser- 
vice, military  punishments  or  chastise- 
ments, which  were  not  of  a  capital  nature, 
were  of  two  kinds.  The  picket  was  for 
the  cavalry,  and  the  gauntelope,  or  pas- 
sing through  the  rods,  for  the  infantry. 
The  rods,  or  baguetts,  which  properly 
means  small  sticks,  or  switches,  were 
generally  os  er  or  willow  twigs.  Pre- 
vious ?o  the  execu  ion  oi  the  sentence,  a 
corporal  with  t  wo  privates  of  the  company, 
io  winch  the  culprit  belonged,  were  sent 
to  get  the  rods.  These  they  brought  in 
a  bundle  to  the  guard-house,  or  to  any 
place  of  security  which  was  near  the  spot 
\vh  .-re  the  punishment  was  to  be  inflicted. 
The  criminal,  under  an  escort  of  two  ser- 
j.anfs  and  four  grenadiers,  with  fixed 
bayonets,  v/ent  for  the  bundle,  and  as  he 
passed  through  the  interval  of  the  line 
which  was  faced  inwards,  each  soldier 
drew  out  one  twig.  The  grenadiers  at 
the  head  of  the  line  took  oft  their  slings, 
which  they  used  instead  of  rods.  When 
the  culprit  reached  the  end  of  the  line, 
he  undressed  himself  naked  to  the  waist. 
The  r'u-ht  and  left  openings  of  the  double 
line  faced  inwards  were  closed  by  the 
grenadiers  that  had  escorted  the  prisoner, 
viz.  two  with  one  Serjeant  at  the  head  of 
the  runt,  and  two  with  ditto  at  the  iiead 
'f  the  left.  It  soiiictimcs  happened, 
that  a  serjeafit  or  corporal  marched  back- 
wards in  ordinary  time;  keeping  the 
point  cf  his  pike  directed  at  the  chest  of 


PUN 


PUS 


557 


the  nun  who  received  the  lashes.  The 
culpr.t  was,  however,  generally  allowed 
to  make  the  most  of  his  legs.  Whilst 
he  was  receiving  his  punishment,  the 
drummers  of  the  regiment,  who  were 
equally  divided  and  stationed  behind  the 
grenadiers  that  had  formed  the  escort,  beat 
the  charge.  If  a  French  soldier  was  con- 
victed  of  theft,  or  any  flagrant  dishonora- 
ble practice  that  injured  the  military 
character,  he  not  only  underwent  this 
pun'.shment,  hut  he  was  conducted  in  the 
most  ignominious  manner,  to  the  out- 
ward  gate  ot  a  fron'.ier  town ;  there  ex- 
pelled 'he  country,  and  cautioned,  nevei 
to  be  found  within  its  limits  under  pain  of 
suffering  death.  The  nicety  of  military 
honor  and  reputation,  among  French  sol- 
diers, is  prove  bidl.  They  never  survive 
a  blow,  even  atnong  themselves,  nor 
would  a  private  soldier  exist  undt-r  the 
disgrace  ot  having  been  struck  by  an  of- 
ficer. 

When  a  girl  of  the  town,  or  a  notori- 
ous prostitute,  was  taken  up,  and  order- 
ed to  be  punished  in  a  camp  or  garrison, 
she  went  through  the  same  process  ;  the 
drums  beating  the  mari(,nnetes,  a  sort  of 
rogue's  march,  during  the  execution  of  the 
sentence. 

In  offeiing  a  Military  Dictionary  to  the 
American  public,  the  editor  cannot  w,th- 
hold  his  protest  against  the  barbarous  me- 
thod of  whipping,  as  not  only  inconsis- 
tent with  every  maxim  adapted  to  military 
institution,  but  incompatible  with  the  re- 
publican institutions  or  America,  as  well 
a*  those  of  ancient  Rome.  The  subjection 
to  such  odious  punishment  is  a  fatai  blow 
to  the  American  militia,  and  one  of  the 
greatest  obstacles  to  its  respectability  and 
efficiency ;  since  in  service  the  punish, 
meats  must  necessarily  be  and  ought  to 
be  uniformly  the  same.  A  man  who  has 
been  once  punished  by  whipping,  as  prac- 
tised in  the  military  service  in  England, 
must  be  totally  lost  to  every  sentiment  ot 
feelmg  reconcilable  with  military  spirit, 
or  that  sense  of  honor  which  can  never 
exist  but  where  there  is  self-respect. 
There  can  be  no  confidence  between  offi- 
cers that  riog  and  men  that  are  flogged, 
and  thus  the  fundamental  spirit  of  all  mi- 
litary institution  is  undermined,  that  is 
confidence  reciprocal  and  earnest  through 
every  grade.  It  is  sometimes  said  that 
discipline  cannot  be  en  fur  cut  without  it ; 
all  Europe  conquered  at  this  moment,  by 
an  army  in  which  even  blows  are  not  per- 
mitu-d,  is  a  melancholy  lesson  contrasted 
with  the  brutal  discipline  of  the  cane  and 
sther  ignominious  practices,  in  the  armies 
of  Prussia,  Austria,  Russia,  and  England. 
"  Those  whocar.notenforcediscipline  with- 
out treating  their  fellow  men  as  brutes, 
should  distrust  their  own  faculties  or  fit- 
ness, and  examine  into  their  own  false 
pride,  their  petulance,  perhaps  too  otten 
their  unacquaintance  with  the  firs 
principle  of  military  discipline,  that  is  a 
knowlege  of  mankind,  or  of  the  human 


mind ;  the  springs  by  which  the  human 
character  is  most  easily  and  effectually  led 
on  to  acts  of  voluntary  heroism  and  intre- 
pidity, are  never  produced  by  the  lash  ; 
but  always  to  be  commanded  by  g  nero- 
sity,  by  a  kindness  that  costs  nothing,  and 
which  if  it  were  to  cost  something,  if  rone 
with  discrimination,  's  always  repaid  ten 
thousand  fold  by  the  atiection,  the  grati- 
tude,  the  attachment,  and  the  devotion  of 
the  soldier.  It  is  said  that  there  are  men 
who  are  not  to  be  overcome  by  generosity, 
nor  svbdued  even  by  the  lash  ;  then  such 
men  should  be  held  up  as  an  example  for 
better  men;  they  should  not  be  suffered 
to  mess,  nor  to  associate  with  men  oi  bet. 
ter  temper;  the  good  men  should  be  no- 
ticed and  those  neglected,  ard  if  these 
courses  failed,  the  public  service  would 
be  benefitted  by  their  Discharge,  more 
than  by  their  continua'.ce. 

PURCHASE.  Tru sale  and  purchase 
of  commissions  is  countenanced  by  go- 
vernment, and  the  prices  of  those  com- 
missions are  regulated  by  authority, 
yer  there  are  various  ways  through  which 
young  men  ot  fortune  and  connexions 
gt  t  over  the  heads  of  veteran  officers  in  the 
British  army.  In  1809,  the  detic.ionof 
a  system  of  purchase  from  the  concubines 
of  the  British  commander  in  chief  excited 
astonishment. 

Purchase  and  sale  are  terms  unknown 
in  the  British  navy. 

PURSE,  (with  the  grand  signer,}  a  gift, 
or  gratification  ot  500  crowns. 

PURSE  of  money,  (in  the  Levant)  about 
ii2/.  sterling.  It  is  so  called,  because 
all  the  grand  signer's  money  is  kept  in 
leather  purses  or  bags  of  this  value  in  the 
seraglio. 

PURSE  VANT,  from  the  French  pour- 
sutvantj  a  sort  of  Serjeant  at  arms,  who 
is  ready  to  go  upon  any  special  occasion, 
or  to  carry  any  special  mesage.  His  general 
office  is  to  apprehend  a  person  who  has 
been  guilty  ot  an  offence. 

PURSUIT,  the  act  of  following  with 
hostile  intention. 

PURVEYOR  OF   PUBLICSUPPLIES, 

a  civil  officer  whose  duty  it  is  to  purchase 
what  is  required  tor  public  service,  as 
mil'tary  clothing,  medicine,  equipments; 
the  troops  of  the  United  States  have  for  a 
few  years  became  worse  clad  than  former- 
ly, owing  to  the  scandalous  abuse  of  eco- 
nomy in  the  purveyor;  and  overlooked  in 
the  military  department ;  a  few  years 
sii'Ce  no  troops  in  the  world  were  better 
provided  for. 

PURVEYOR,  a  person  employed  in  the 
quarter- master  or  commissary  general's 
department  in  the  British  service.  Like- 
wise one  belonging  to  a  military  hospital, 
whose  duty  it  is  to  provide  food  andne- 
cessarks  tor  the  sick. 

'A  PUSH,  to  make  a  thrust. 

To  P  u  s  H  buck)  to  force  an  enemy  to  re. 
treat. 

A  PUSH,  aforce impressed.  Asapush 
ot  the  bayonet.  This  word  is  peculiarly 


558 


P  YR 


P  Y  R 


applicable  to  the  use  that  ought  to  be  made 
of  this  formidable  weapon. 
PUSILLANIMOUS,  cowardly,  want- 

ing  spirit. 

To  PUT  a  borx,  in  horsemanship,  sig- 
nifies to  breaker  manage  him. 

To  PUT  a  horst  upon  bis  haunches,  to 
force  him  to  bend  them  in  galloping  in  the 
manege,  or  upon  a  stop. 

PUTTING-STONE,  a  great  stone, 
•which  formerly  was  laid  at  the  gate  of 
a  laird  in  Scotland,  and  by  which  he  tried 
the  bodily  strength  of  each  man  in  his 
clan. 

PYKE,  Ind.  a  person  employed  as  a 
guard  at  night. 

PYRAMID,  (PyramUe,  Fr.)  This 
word  is  originally  derived  from  the  Greek, 
and  takes  its  name  from  a  resemblance  to 
the  spiral  ascendancy  of  tire.  It  is  the 
same  as  obelisk. 

Geometrical  PYRAMID,  a  solid  standing 
on  a  square  basis,  and  terminating  at  the 
top  in  a  point ;  or  a  body  whose  base  is  a 
polygon,  and  whose  sides  are  plain  trian- 
gles, their  several  tops  meeting  together 
jn  one  point. 

PYRAMID,  fin  architecture,)  a  solid, 
massy  edifice,  which  from  a  square,  tri- 
angular, or  other  base,  arises  in  gradual 
dimension  to  a  vertex  or  point. 

PYRAMIDALwaw^rr,  (in  arithme- 
tic,) the  sums  of  polygonal  numbers,  col- 
lected after  the  same  manner  as  the  poly- 
gon numbers  themselves  are  extracted  from 
arithmetical  progression. 

PYRAMIDAL,      P  Appertaining  to,  like 

PYRAMIDICAL,  $  to  a  pyramid. 

PYRAMIDOID,  from  the  Greek,  is 
what  is  sometimes  called  a  parabolic 
spindle,  and  is  a  solid  figure  formed  by 
the  revolution  of  a  parabola  round  its  base, 
or  greatest  ordinate. 

PYRAMIDS,  of  Egypt,  are  enormous 
piles  of  building,  within  three  leagues  of 
Grand  Cairo,  and  are  ranked  among  the  se- 
ven wonders  of  the  world. 

The  pyramids  of  Giza,  the  largest  of 
which  was  orkinally  built  by  Cheops,  are 
supposed  to  have  been  erected  about  14 
years  after  the  building  of  Solomon's  tem- 
ple, about  2665  years  ago.  The  pyramids 
are  known  by  various  names,  viz. 

PYRAMIDS  of  G:za,  (five  in  number) 
\vhich  are  those  already  mentioned,  and 
near  which  the  French  established  a  cam^ 
in  1799. 

PYRAMIDS  ofSaccara,  (three  in  num- 
ber.) These  stand  in  the  plain  of  Mum- 
mies, and  are  about  600  feet  high. 

Dasher  PYRAMIDS,  (six  in  number,) 
itand  in  the  same  plain,  and  appear  some- 
*vhat  lower.  The  French  general  F  riant, 
in  1799,  pursued  Murad  Bey  across  this 
plain,  leaving  ihe  pyramids onhis  left. 

The  Southern,  or  Great  PYRAMID.  This 
pyramid  lias  been  called  by  Bruce,  the 
•ravelier,  the  false  pyramid.  1 1  stands  in 
the  plam  of  Mummies,  and  appears  to  be 
about  600  feet  high. 

PYRAMIDS,  in  ruins.     Two  pyramids 


of  smaller  size,  which  stand  near  the 
Fiume  mountains,  close  to  Joseph's 
canal. 

Battle  of  the  P  Y  R  A  M  i  n  s ,  so  called  from 
having  taken  place  close  to  the  large  pyra- 
mids in  the  plain  ot  Mummies,  at  Waar- 
dam,  within  a  few  milesof  Grand  Cairo. 
A  previous  engagement  had  been  fought 
OR  the  isth  of  July,  1799,  between  the 
Mamalukes  under  Murad  Bey,  and  the 
French  army,  commanded  by  Bonaparte 
in  person.  The  second  battle,  called  the 
battle  of  the  pyramids,  put  the  French  in 
possession  of  lower  Egypt.  The  follow- 
ing short  extract  from  the  Epitome  of 
Military  Events,  may  not  be  uninterest- 
ing. 

"  The  French  army,  which  during  its 
last  marches  had  suffered  excessive  fa- 
tigue, halted  at  Waardam,  in  order  to  re- 
cru;t  its  strength,  remount  the  artillery, 
and  clean  the  musquets  that  were  so  sub- 
ject to  take  rust  from  the  moist  vapors  of 
the  Nile  On  the  21  st  of  July,  1799,  the 
second  battle  called  the  battleof  the  pyra- 
mids, was  fought.  General  Desaix,  with 
his  advanced  guard,  at  first  made  a  corps  of 
Mamalukes  fall  back ;  the  order  of  bat- 
tle of  the  other  divisions  was  nearly  the 
same  as  on  the  ijth,  being  drawn  up  by 
echtllons  of  square  columns,  so  as  to  flank 
themselves  between  each  other;  and  the 
lineof  battle,  which  was  itself  Hanked  by 
two  villages.  Each  division  was  concentra- 
cd  into  a  compact  body,and  formed  a  square 
haying  its  baggage  in  the  centre,  and  the 
artillery  in  the  intervals  of  the  battalions. 
This  formidable  disposition  presented  a 
double  fire  in  flank  and  in  front,  and  op- 
posed an  invincible  obstacle  to  the  impetu- 
ous, but  unconnected  charges  of  Murad 
Hey's  cavalry.  To  return  to  the  action  of 
he  2ist,  general  Desaix's  advanced  guard, 
and  Regnier's  division,  formed  the  right 
wing  of  the  army,  and  were  at  first  charg- 
ed with  the  greatest  impetuosity,  by  one 
half  of  the  Mamaluke  cavalry  ;  the  other 
half  having  remained  to  support  the  in- 
trenchments  of  the  village  of  Embahe. 

*'  Notwithstanding  thisdetermination  tc 
anticipate  the  attack  ot  the  French  co- 
lumns, the  rash  valor  of  the  Mamalukes 
again  failed  against  those  compact  bodies, 
bristling  with  bayopets,  and  keeping  up, 
within  half  musquet  shot  a  most  galling 
nrc.  While  these  charges  were  taking  place 
against  his  right,  and  the  Mamalukes  were 
retreating  in  disorder,  Bonaparte  direct >ng 
the  two  divisions  of  his  centre  against  the 
intrcnchments,  ordered  the  village  of  Em- 
babe  to  be  turned  by  means  of  a  ditch 
which  masked  this  movement,  and  thus 
cut  to  pieces,  or  rather  drove  into  the  Nile, 
1500  of  the  enemy's  cavalry."  Ina  map 
lately  published  by  Heathet,  the  number 
is  stated  to  have  been  2000.  The  attack, 
which  was  extremely  warm,  was  conduct- 
ed by  general  Marmont.  Forty  pieces  of 
cannon,  the  camp  of  the  Mamalukes,  their 
rich  spoils,  together  with  upwards  of 
400  camels,  fell  into  the  handset  thecon~ 


QUA 


QUA 


559 


nuerors.  See  pages  ii9and  no,  of  the 
Epitome  of  Military  Events. 

In  the  year  1801,  a  large  army  of  Turks 
with  a  detachment  of  the  Uritish  forces  in 
Egypt,  defeated  the  French  close  to  the 
pyramids,  and  took  possession  of  Grand 
Cairo.  This  battle  eventnally  decided  the 
fate  of  Egypt. 

PYROBOLY,  the  art  of  gunnery, 
&c. 

P¥ROBOLIST,  (PyroAo/istf,  Fr.)  a 
maker  of  fire-balls,  &c. 

PYROETS,  in  horsemanship,  are  mo- 
tions  either  of  one  tread  or  pist,  or  of  two 
treads  or  pists. 

PYROETS  of  one  tread,  or  what  the 
French  call  de  la  tete  a  la  queue ,  from  the 
head  to  the  tail,  are  entire  and  very  nar- 
row turns  made  by  a  horse  upon  one  tread, 
and  almost  at  one  time,  so  that  his  head 
is  placed  where  his  tail  was,  without  put- 
ting out  his  haunches. 

PYROETS  of  tvto  pists,  are  turns  of 
two  treads  upon  a  small  compass  of  ground 
almost  of  the  length  of  the  horse. 

PYROTECHN1E,  Fr.     See  PYRO- 

TECHNY. 

PYROTECHNY,  in  military  matters, 
the  doctrine  of  artificial  fireworks,  and 
firearms,  teaching  the  structure  and  ser- 
vice, both  of  those  used  in  war,  for  the 
attacking  of  fortifications,  &c.  as  cannons, 
bombs,  grenadoes,  gunpowder,  wildfire, 
&c.  and  those  made  for  diversion,  as 
serpents,  St.  Catherine's  wheel,  rockets, 
&c. 

PYROTECHNIC,  of  or  appertaining 
to  pyrotechny. 


QUADRANGLE,        Pa  square  figure 

QUADRANGULAR,  Shaving  four 
tight  angles. 

QUADRANT,  in  gunnery,  an  instru- 
ment made  of  brass  or  wood,  divided  into 
degrees,  and  each  degree  into  10  parts,  to 
lay  guns  or  mortars  to  any  angle  of  ele 
vation. 

The  common  sort  is  that  whose  radii 
project  the  quadrant  about  12  inches,  and 
whose  plummet  suspends  in  its  centre,  by 
means  of  a  fine  piece  of  silk  ;  so  that, 
when  the  long  end  is  introduced  into  the 
pi^ce,  the  plummet  shows  its  eleva- 
tion. 

The  best  sort  has  a  spiral  level  fixed  to 
•x  brass  radius  ;  so  that,  when  the  long  end 
is  introduced  into  the  piece,  this  radi'.is  is 
turned  about  its  centre  till  it  is  level :  then 
its  end  shews  the  zftigle  of  elevation,  or 
the  inclination  from  the  horizon  ;  where- 
as the  first  shows  that  angle  from  the  ver- 
tical. See  LEVEL. 

QUADRAT,  or  to  quadrat  a  gun,  is  to 
see  it  duly  placed  on  its  carriage,  and  that 
the  wheel?  beef  an  cqua]  height. 


QUADRATE,  a  square,  having  four 
equal  and  parallel  sides. 

QUADRAT1CK  Equttions,  are  such 
as  retain,  on  the  unknown  side,  the  square 
of  the  root,  or  the  number  sought. 

QUADRATR1CE,    Fr.    See  QUAD- 

RANT. 

QUADRATURE,    Fr.    Quadrature, 

)UADRI  LATEKAL,  (QuaJritatfre, 
Fr.)  having  four  sides. 

QUADRILLE,  Fr.  This  word  is 
pronounced  Cadrille  Small  parties  of 
horse,  richly  caparisoned,  &c.  which 
used  formerly  to  ride,  &c.  in  tournaments 
and  at  public  festivals.  The  Quaurilles 
were  distinguished  from  one  another  by 
the  shape  or  color  of  the  coats  which  the 
riders  wore.  This  word  is  dt rived  from 
the  Italian  Quadriglia^  or  Squadriglia^  bo- 
ng a  diminutive  of  Squadra,  a  company 
of  soldiers  drawn  up  in  a  square. 

QUADRIVIAL,  having  four  roads  or 
ways,  meeting  ;n  a  point. 

QUA  I,  Fr.     See  QUAY. 

QUAICHE,  or  CAICHE,  Fr.  A 
decked  vessel,  a  ketch. 

QUAKER-GUNS.     See  PASSE  Vo- 

LANS. 

QUALIFICATION.  That  which 
makes  any  person  or  thing  fit  for  any 
thing. 

To  QUALIFY;  To  fit  for  any  thing. 
To  give  in  the  necessary  qualifications  lor 
the  exercising  of  a  civil  or  military  employ- 
ment. In  a  general  acceptation  of  the 
term,  to  qualify  does  not  mean  to  give  proofs 
of  mental  ability. 

QUANTIEME,  Fr.  a  term  used 
among  the  French  to  signify,  not  only 
the  day  of  the  month,  as  quel  quantiemt 
du  niois  avons  noui  ?  what  is  the  ciay  of  the 
month  ?  but  likewise  the  numerical  order 
in  Which  an  individual  stands  upon  a  mus- 
ter-roll, &c.  viz.  Le  quamieme  etc s  -vous 
duns  i'f,tre  caatpagattt  how  do  you  rank  in 
your  company  ?  or  of  what  standing  are 
you  ? 

QUANTITY,  the  amount;  bulk; 
weight ;  that  property  of  any  thing  which 
may  be  increased  or  diminished. 

QUARANTINE,  (Q*arantai*e,  Fr.) 
The  time  which  persons,  suspected  of 
having  any  contagious  disorder,  are  obliged 
to  remain  without  mixing  with  the  in- 
habitants of  the  seaport  or  town  at  which 
they  arrive.  1 1  takes  its  name  from  quar- 
antaine^  the  term  of  40 days. 

QUARRE,  Fr.     See  SQUARE. 

Batalion  QUARRE  d'fcmmes,  Fr.  A 
square  battalion. 

QUARREAUX,  Fr.  Darts  orarrow: 
which  the  bowmen  anciently  used,  ai^d. 
which  were  so  called  from  the  iron  at  the 
end  being  square,  with  a  sharp  point. 

QUARRELS,  in  a  military  sense,  are 
disagreements  between  individuals  of  that 
serious  nature,  as  to  produce  challenges, 
duels,  &c.  by  the  Articles  of  War,  it  is 
specified,  that  all  oliicers,  of  what  condi- 
tion soever,  have  power  to  quell  all  quart 


560 


QUA 


QUA 


re!s,  frays,  and  disorders,  though  the 
persons  concerned  shou Id  b-.;  long  to  anot  her 
regiment,  troop,  or  company,  and  either 
to  order  officers  into  arrest,  or  non-com- 
missioned officers  or  soldiers  to  prison, 
until  their  proper  superior  officers  shall  be 
made  acquainted  therewith;  and  whoso- 
ever shall  refuse  to  obey  s-rch  oificer 
(though  of  an  inferior  rank)  or  shall  draw 
his  sword  upon  him,  shall  be  punished 
at  the  discretion  of  a  general  court  mar 
rial. 

QUARREL,  ? an  arrow  with  a  square 
QUARRY,     $  head. 
QUART,  Fr.     Quarter. 
Q  u  A  R  T  de  Cerc'e,  F  r      A  quadrant  such 
as  bombardiers  use  when  they  take  the  an- 
gles, and  give  what  inclination  they  think 
necessary  to  a  mortar. 

QUART  de  Con-version,  Fr.  Quarter- 
wh.eiinr,  or  quarter- facing.  The  terms 
a  e  used  in  military  evolutions. 

Dt.Mi.Qv  ART  de  Conversion,  Fr.  Half- 
quarter  wheel. 

QUARTE,  Fr.  In  fencing.  See 
CARTE. 

QUARTER,  in  -war,  signifies  the 
sparing  of  men's  lives,  and  giving  good 
treatment  to  a  vanquished  enemy.  Hence, 
to  give  quarts r,  to  take  quarter,  &c.  don- 
fter  quartier,  Fr.  prendre  quartier,  Fr. 

To  QUARTER  UPON.  To  oblige 
persons  to  receive  soldiers,  &c.  into 
their  dwelling  houses,  and  to  provide  for 
them. 

QUARTERS.  Military  stations  are  so 
called  ;  as  head  quarters,  home  quarters, 
regimental  quarters,  &c. 

QUARTERS,  at  a  siege,  the  encamp- 
ment upon  one  ot  the  most  principal  pas- 
sages round  a  place  besieged,  to  pi  event 
relief  and  convoys. 

Head  QUARTERS  of  an  army,  the  place 
where  the  commander  in  chief  has  his 
quarters.  The  quarters  of  generals  of 
horse  are,  if  possible,  in  villages  behind 
the  right  and  left  wings  ;  audths  generals 
of  foot  are  often  iti  the  same  place:  but 
the  commander  in  chief  should  be  near  the 
centre  of  the  army. 

QUARTERS  of  refreshment,  the  place  or 
places  where  troops  that  have  been  much 
harrassed  are  put  to  recover  themselves, 
during  some  part  of  the  campaign. 

QUARTER  of  assembly,  the  place  where 
the  troops  meet  to  march  from  in  a  body, 
and  is  the  same  as  ths  place  of  rendez- 
vous. 

Ir.tYcnched  QUARTERS,  a  place  fortified 
v/ith  a  ditch  and  parapet  to  secure  a  body 
of  troops. 

Winter  QUARTERS,  sometimes  means 
the  space  of  time  included  between  leaving 
the  camp  and  taking  the  field;  but  more 
properly  the  n/iaces  where  the  troops  are 
quartered  during  the  winter. 

The  first  business,  after  the  army  is  in 
'winter  quarters,  is  to  form  the  chain  of 
troops  to  cover  the  quarters  wdl :  which 
isdoneeither  behind  a  river,  under  cover 
ot  a  range  of  strong  posts,  or  under  the 


protection  of  fortified    towns.     Hussars 
are  very  useful  on  this  service. 

It  should  be  observed,  as  an  invariable 
maxim,  in  winter  quarters*  that  your  re- 
giments be  disposed  in  brigades,  to  be  al- 
w  tys  under  the  eye  of  a  general  officer: 
and,  if  possible,  lerthe  regiments  be  so  dis- 
tributed, as  to  be  each  under  the  command 
of  itj>  own  chief 

In  QUARTERS.  Within  the  limits 
prescribed. 

Out  of  QUARTERS.  Beyond  the  limits 
prescribed.  Officers,  non-comm  s.->iomd 
officers  and  soldiers  who  sleep  out  of  quar- 
ters, without  leave,  a:e  liable  to  betred 
by  a  general  or  regimental  court  mart  al, 
according  to  the  rank  they  sev:rally 
hold. 

QuARTER-w*j/*r,  is  an  officer,  wh<  se 
principal  business  is  tolo<>kai;er  the  quar- 
ters of  the  soldiers,  the  r  clothing,  bread, 
ammunition,  firinn,  &c.  Every  regiment 
of  foot,  and  artillery,  has  a  quarter-master, 
and  every  troop  of  horse  one. 

QUARTE  ^-master-general,  is  a  consider-, 
able  officer  in  the  British  army,  and  should 
be  a  man  of  great  judgment  and  experi- 
ence, and  well  skilled  in  geography  :  his 
duty  is  to  mark  the  marches,  and  aicamp- 
ments  of  an  army  :  he  should  know  the 
country  perfectly  well,  with  its  rivers, 
plains,  marshes,  woods,  mountains,  de- 
files, passages,  &c.  even  to  the  smallest 
brook..  Prior  to  a  march  he  receives  the 
orders  and  route  from  the  commanding 
general,  and  appoints  a  place  tor  the  quar- 
ter-masters of  the  army  to  meet  him  next 
morning,  with  whom  he  marches  to  the 
next  camp,  where  after  having  viewed  the 
ground,  he  marks  out  to  the  regimental 
quarter-masters  the  space  allowed  each 
regiment  for  their  camp:  he  chuses  the 
head  quarters,  and  appoints  the  villages 
for  the  generals  of  the  army's  quarters: 
he  appoints  a  proper  place  for  the  encamp- 
ment of  the  train  of  artillery  :  he  conducts 
foraging  parties,  as  likewise  the  troops  to 
cover  them  against  assaults,  and  has  a 
hare  in  regulating  the  winter  quarters  and 
cantonments. 

QUARTER  staff,  an  old  military  wea- 
pon, made  of  strong  even  wood,  bigger 
and  heavier  than  a  pike  :  it  is  6  1-2  feet 
long  between  the  ferrules  that  keep  fast 
the  two  pikes  of  iron  stuck  into  the  ends 
of  the  statt' 

QUARTER,  in  the  manege,  as  to  work 

Tom  quarter  to  quarter,  is  t  >  ride  a  horse 

hree  times  in  upon  the  first  of  the  four 

ines  of  a  square;  then,    changing  your 

hand,  to  ride  him  three  times  upon  the 

second  ;  and  so  to  the  third  and  fourth  5 

lways  changing  hands,  and  observing  the 

same  oruer. 

uARTER-/rfi/;7£,  is  in  the  new  disci- 
pline substituted  for  the  old  aukward 
Clique  marching  ;  it  is  also  called  the  line 
if  science  ;  in  raaks  every  man  turns  to  he 
i.thtorleft  as  ordered,  and  if  ordered  to 
march,  the  lines  or  ranks  thus  keep  paral- 


QUA 


QUA 


56t 


!el  to  their  former  front,  but  march  on  a 
line  oblique  to  it. 

QUARTER -#%«•//#£,  in  the  old  disci- 
pline, was  the  motion  by  which  the  iront 
of  a  body  of  men  was  turned  rouj:d  to 
•where  the  tiank  stood,  by  taking  a  quarter 
of  a  circle;  but  in  the  new  discipline 
which  reduces  all  principles  to  the  strictest 
simplicity,  the  wheelings  take  all  their 
proportions  from  half  a  circle  ;  and  for  ob- 
vious causes,  since  the  wheeling  of  any 
number  of  men  on  a  whole  circle,  would 
be  only  moving  them  to  bring  them  into 
the  place  in  which  they  stood  before  they 
were  wheeled  or  moved  ;  now  the  pur- 
pose  pf  wheeling  is  to  change  from  one 
position  to  some  other  required  position, 
and  hence  quarter  wheeling  means  a  quarter 
wheel  of  halt  a  circle;  thus  wheeling  about, 
is  changing  the  front  to  the  rear;  and  this 
wheeling  is  simply  half  the  half  cir- 
cle, or  placing  the  ranks  on  the  same 
line  from  which  they  were  moved;  the 
quarter  wheel  is  a  movement  of  1-4  of  the 
half  circle,  or  in  a  line  oblique  to  the 
line  from  which  they  were  moved ;  a 
regiment  quarter  wheeled  by  companies 
display  the  regiment  in  echellon. 

QUARTERING  trocp  s,  is  to  provide  them 
with  quarters. 

QUARTERON,  one,  Fr.  A  quarte- 
ron  ;  one  born  of  a  white  man  and  a  mu- 
iattp  woman,  or  oi  a  mulatto  man  and  a 
white  woman. 

QUARTIER,  Fr.  For  its  general 
acceptation  see  QUARTERS. 

QUARTIER  d'un  Siege,  Fr.  A  station 
taken,  or  an  encampment  made  in  one  of 
the  leading  avenues  to  a  besieging  town  or 
place.  When  the  Quartier  a" UK  Siege  was 
commanded  by  a  general  officer,  during  the 
French  monarchy,  it  was  called  Quartier 
du  Rot.  The  king's  quarters. 

QUARTIER  des  Vi-vres^  Fr.  The  park 
of  stores,  provisions,  &c. 

QUARTIER  d'Hiver,  Fr.  Winter 
quarters.  Count  de  Turpin  has  written 
largely  upon  this  subject.  See  Essai  sur 
I' Art  de  la  Guerre  ;  likewise,  Suite  de  la 
Science  de  la  Guerre,  torn.  iv.  p.  170. 

QUARTIER  de  Rafratcbistetnext,  Fr. 
These  places  are  so  called  in  which  troops 
are  permitted  to  halt  and  take  up  their 
quarters  for  any  period,  during  a  cam- 
paign. 

QUARTIER  de  Fcurrage,  Fr.  Forag- 
ing quarters.  When  the  active  operations 
of  a  campaign  are  necessarily  interrupted 
"vy  the  inclemency  of  the  season,  means 

*.  adopted  to  lessen  the  heavy  expences 
^i  winter  quarters,  by  remaining  a  certain 
time'  in  foraging  quarters.  A  wise  ge- 
neral will  take  care  to  live  as  long  as  he  can 
upon  his  enemy's  country,  in  order  to 
draw  as  little  as  possible  from  his  own. 

QUARTIER  du  Roi,  on  du  General,  Fr. 
Head  quarters,  or  the  spot  where  the  king 
or  the  commander  in  chief  resides.  When 
an  army  takes  up  its  ground  in  low  mai  shy 
places,  &c.  the  royal  or  head  quarters 
'  out  in  the  most  advantageous 


manner,  so  as  to  have  the  king's  or  ge- 
neral's person  secure.  When  an  army 
went  into  action  or  stood  in  battle  array, 
it  was  customary,  amon^  the  French,  to 
say,  Le  Quaiiier  du  Roi  est partout.  The 
king's  station  is  every  where.  Neverthe- 
less, it  was  always  judged  prudent,  not  to 
expose  the  royal  person  or  the  commander; 
in  chief  too  much.  On  this  principle, 
head  quarters  were  always  established  in 
a  place  which  was  surrounded  by  the  best 
troops,  and  was  supported  by  epaule- 
rnems  on  the  right  and  left,  with  th.'  ad- 
dition ot'a  rea>  guard.  Since  the  revolu- 
tion, these  anangements  have  been  much 
changed.  It  cannot,  however,  he  un- 
interesting to  give  a  general  outline  of 
what  was  practised  during  the  monarchy. 
The  Quattierdu  Rni  or  head  quarters,  when 
a  town  was  besieged,  were  always  fixed 
out  of  the  reach  of  ordnance,  and  in  a  vil- 
lage that  was  well  secured  by  entrench- 
ments. Before  the  cannonade  commenced, 
it  was  usual  for  the  besieged  to  ascertain 
the  exact  station  of  head  quarters,  that 
their  fire  might  not  be  directed  towards 
them  ;  nor  did  the  real  assault  of  the  town 
take  place  from  that  direction.  Wherever 
the  king,  or,  in  his  absence,  the  com- 
mander in  chief  took  up  his  quarters,  the 
camp  assumed  its  name  from  that  particu- 
lar spot  or  village. 

QUARTIER  general  de  la  tranchee,  Fr. 
Headquarters  or  principal  station  of  the 
trenches.  That  spat  is  so  called  in  which 
the  commanding  officer  of  the  trenches 
takes  post,  and  to  which  all  reports  of 
progress,  &c.  are,  from  time  to  time, 
conveyed.  When  the  seige  is  some  what 
advanced,  it  is  usual  to  fix  this  quarters, 
near  the  outlet  of  the  last  parallel  which 
leads  to  the  head  of  the  saps,  in  the  princi- 
pal line  of  attack. 

QUARTIER  <?  Asxmblcti  Fr.  The 
ground  on  which  troops  assemble  to  com- 
mence their  military  routes,  or  to  be 
otherwise  prepared  for  active  opera- 
tions. 

Un  QUARTIER  blen  Retranche,  Fr.  A 
quarter  that  is  well  entrenched. 

Un  QUARTIER  Enle-vc,  Fr.  Quarters 
taken  possession  of  by  force. 

Officiers  tie  QUARTIER,  Fr.  Officers 
who  were  upon  duty  for  three  months, 
or  during  the  space  of  one  quarter  of  a 
year.  This  term  was  used  in  the  old 
French  service,  to  distinguish  such  of- 
ficers from  those  who  did  duty  throughout 
the  year. 

Eire  ^QUARTIER,  Ff.  To  be  upon 
duty  for  three  months. 

QUARTIER  Gcneraux^  Fr.  General 
headquarters. 

QuARTiKR-Mz//r/,  Fr.  Quarter-master. 
Tms  term,  with  respect  to  foreign  troops, 
corresponds  with  marechal  des  logis  in  a 
French infantr.  corps. 

QuA*.TlER-Af«/r*  General,  Fr.  Quar- 
ter-master-general.   Among  other  armies 
the  same  as  matecbal  general  des  Logit  in 
the  old  French  service.     There  is  arm- - 
4   B 


562 


QUI 


QUI 


<er  master-ceneral  in  the  Turkish  semce, 
whose  immediate  duty  is  to  mark  out  the 
ground  of  encampment,  the  instant  he  has 
received  orders  to  that  purpose  from  the 
crand  vizir,  or,  in  his  abse;  ce,  from  the 
seraskier,  who  is  the  general  in  ordinary, 
and  who  is  always  with  the  auny, 
whether  the  >?rand  vizir  be  presenter  not. 
QUATRE,  Fr  Four. 
To  QUELL.  To  crush,  to  subdue. 
Military  force  is  sometimes-  resorted  to 
by  the  civil  magistracy  to  quell  riots,  &c. 
In  England,  the  riot  act  must  be  read 
by  a  justice  of  the  peace,  and  if  the  rioters 
or  insurgents  do  nr.t  disperse,  the  magis- 
trate may  order  the  officer  to  do  his  duty, 
by  fiiine,  &c  upon  ^hem.  When  mili- 
tary law  has  been  proclaimed,  there  is 
not  any  necessity  for  this  preliminary 
caution. 

QUERELLES,  Fr. quarrels,  fcuds,  &c. 
QUERELLE    d'Allctxand,    Fr.       An 
expression  used  among   the  French,  to 
signify  a  drunken  quarrel. 

QUERRY.  See  EQUERRY, 
QUEUE.  From  the  French,  which 
signifies  tail;  an  appendage  that  every 
British  soldier  is  directed  to  wear  in  lieu  of 
a  club.  Regimental  tails  were  ordered  to 
be  nine  inches  long. 

Q  U  li U  E  D' A RONDE,  a  corruption  of 
Queue  d'YronJe.  It  signifies  a  piece  of 
wood  which  is  so  made  that  it  resembles 
ate;«ch  end  a  swallow's  tail. 

QUEUE  d'Yronde,  ou  d'Yrondelle,  Fr. 
See  SWALLOW'S  TAIL. 

QvtUE.duCamf>,fT  Literally  means 
the  tail  or  extremity  of  the  camp.  It 
is  the  line  which  is  drawn  in  the  rearof 
the  camp,  and  which  is  directly  opposite 
to  the  one  in  front,  called  the  head  of  the 
camp. 

QUEUED  Paon,  Fr.  Literally  means 
a  peacock's  tail.  It  is  used  in  architec- 
ture, to  signify  the  different  compart- 
ments or  spaces  which,  in  a  circular  :fi- 
gure,  spread  gradually  from  the  centre  to 
the  circumference. 

QUEUE  aQueue,   Fr.  one  after  another 
Eire  a  La  Q  u  E  u  E,  Fr.    To  be  behind,  or 
vnthe  reai. 

Avoir  fennemi  rn  Q  u  E  u  s. ,  Fr .  To  have 
the  enemy  close  at  your  heels. 

To  go  in  QUEST  oj  an  enemy.  To  send 
out  vedettes,  pat  roles,  &c  for  the  pur- 
pose of  ascertaining  an  enemy's  motions. 

QUIBERON,  or  Quibrnn.  A  smal 
peninsula  of  France,  in  Bretagne,  in  the 
bishopiick  of  Vannes,  and  to  the  north  or 
Belleisle;  as  also  a  small  island  calleu  the 
point  of  Quiberon,  separated  from  the 
penitisnla  by  a  channel,  and  the  sea  next 
it  is  called  the  bay  of  Quiberon.  This 
spot  has  been  rendered  remarkable  bv  the 
expedition  which  took  place  in  June, 
J795  Upwards  of  3000  regular  troops 
(composed  mostly  of  French  emigrants 
that  had  served  abroad,  with  the  ill  judg- 
ed addition  of  some  French  prisoners, 
taken  out  of  English  gaols)  were  landec 
upon  rhs  coast.  This  force  was  intended 


as  a  co-operation  with  the  insurgents  oi 
La  Vendee,  and  was  afterwards  to  have 
been  increased  by  the  descent  of  an  Eng.ish 
army,  under  the  command  of  the  earl  of 
Moira;  who  had,  indeed,  already  been 
nstructed  to  detach  a  covering  body  for 
that  purpose ;  but  the  British  did  not  land, 
having  been  Driven  from  the  French  coast 
by  stress  of  weather.  The  French  emi- 
grants wvf'  all  sacrificed. 

QUICK,  with  celerity.  It  forms  the 
cautionary  part  of  a  word  of  command 
when  troops  are  ordered  to  move  in  quick 
ime  ;  as  qui  k — march. 

QUlCfi'Step,  or  Quick-Time^  is  lo» 
steps  of  24  inches  each,  or  2oo  feet  in  a 
minute,  and  is  the  step  used  in  all  march- 
ngs  but  guard  marching  and  reviews, when 
the  slow  m-'rch  may  be  us^d. 

QUICKEST- .$>/>,  or  Quickest- Time, 
s  120  steps  of  24  inches  each,  or  240  feet 
in  a  minute.  In  this  step,  all  wheelings 
are  performed,  as  also  the  doublings  upoi 
divisions,  and  their  increase  or  diminution 
in  front. 

QUlCK-w<z/cA,  vs. laboratory  "works.   Sec 

LA  BOR ATORY. 

QUIETISM.     Apathy.     Indifference, 

QUIET  J  SM  E,  Ft .  The  state  of  those 
persons  who  did  not  take  an  active  part  in 
the  French  revolution. 

QUIETISTE,  Fr.  A  man  who  did 
not  meddle  with  the  revolution. 

QUILTING  grape-shot,  in  gunnery. 
See  LABORATORY,  and  To  MAKA 
GRAPE-SHOT. 

QUINQUANGULAR.  Having  five 
corners  or  angles. 

QUINTAIN,  >  An  instrument  used  in 

QUINTIN,  $  '-he  ancient  practice  of 
tilting.  It  consisted  of  an  upright  post,, 
on  the  top  of  which  a  cross  post  turned 
upon  a  pivot ;  at  one  end  of  the  cross- 
post  was  a  broad  board,  and  at  the  other 
a  bag  of  sand  The  practice  was  to  ride 
against  the  board  with  a  lance,  and  at  such 
speed,  as  to  pass  by  before  the  sand- bag 
could  strike  the  tiller  on  the  back. 

QUINTAL,  Fr.  one  hundred  Weight, 
The  Quintal  varies  in  different  placesa 
according  as  the  pound  consists  of  more 
or  fewer  ounces.  The  English  Quintal 
is  112  pounds,  and  is  divided  into  quar- 
ters. 

QUINTE,  Fr.  a  low  thrust  in  fenc- 
ing, delivered  at  the  outside  of  the  posi- 
tion, with  the  nails  turned  up,  as  in  low 
carte.  When  this  thrust  is  forced  over 
the  blade  from  the  guard  in  carte,  it  is 
termed  flanconade. 

QUINTUPLE.     Fivefold. 

QUI  RITES.  In  ancient  Rome,  the 
common  citizens  were  so  called,  as  dis- 
tinguished from  the  soldiery. 

To  QUIT,  to  leave,  to  abandon.  This 
word  is  variously  used  in  military  phrase- 
ology, viz. 

To  Quirj'ourpost,   j>  To  retire,  with- 

To  QurTjwr  ranks,  ^>  out    having     re- 

ceived  any    previous  order  for   that  pur- 

pose,   from  a  station  entrusted  to  you? 


QUI 


RAG 


563 


care.  Any  officer  or  soldier,  who,  dur- 
ing the  heat  of  an  engagement,  shall  quit 
his  ranks,  may  be  shot,  or  otherwise  d  s« 
patched  upon  the  spot.  A  sentry  who 
quits  his  post  before  he  is  regularly  re- 
lieved, isprdered  to  sutler  death,  ->r  such 
other  punishment  as  may  beintiictea  by  a 
general  court-martial. 

QUIT  your  arms.  A  word  of  command 
•which  was  formerly  given  in  infantry  re- 
giments, but  is  now  laid  aside. 

QUITTANCE,  Fr.  receipt,  acquit- 
tance. 

QUITTANCE  de  finance ',  Fr.  A  term 
formerly  used  among  the  French,  to  °x- 
press  any  sum  paid  into  the  king's  trea- 
surv,  for  an  appointment  or  place. 

QUITTER,  Fr.  to  quit. 

QUITTER  I'epee,  Fr.  Figuratively  to 
leave  the  profession  of  arms. 

QUIVER.     A  case  for  arrows. 

BUI  •vi-vt?'}  Fr.  Who  comes  there? 
ui  -va.  la  ?>  terms  used  by  the  French 

QUI  est  la?)  sentries  when  they  chal- 
lenge. 

Eire  sur  le  Q  u  i  viiiet  Fr.  To  be  upon 
the  alert. 

QUILLON,  Fr.  the  cross-bar  of  the 
hilt  of  a  sword. 

A  QUIZ.  This  cant  word  is  frequent- 
ly used  as  a  substantive  to  describe  a 
strange,  out  of  the  way  character.  Itisa 
Jerm  of  ridicule. 

To  Quiz.  A  cant  word  much  in  use 
among  fashionable  bucks  or  blades,  as 
certain  creatures  are  calk-d.  It  signifies 
to  turn  another  into  ridicule,  by  some 
allusion  to  his  dress  or  manners,  some 
ironical  woid  or  quaint  expression  In 
other  terms,  to  take  unwarrantable  liber- 
ties with  the  natural  defects,  or  harmless 
habits  of  unoffnding  individuals.  This 
absurd  and  childish  practice,  (which  grows 
out  of  ignorance,  is  supported  by  privi- 
leged assumption,  and  ou  ;ht  to  be  dis- 
co* iraged  by  every  sensible  man)  has  some- 
times found  its  way  into  tne  British  ar- 
my. We  need  scarcely  add,  that  it  has 
frequently  been  the  cause  of  the  most  se- 
rious quarrels,  and  is  always  contrary  to 
good  order  and  discipline.  Commanding 
officers  should,  on  all  occasions,  exert 
their  authority,  whenever  there  appears 
the  least  tendency  to  this  unmanly,  un- 
offic.  r  like,  and  ungentleman  like  custom. 
Jt  ought  constantly  to  be  remembered, 
that  the  influence  of  evil  is  much  stronger 
upon  the  commonality  of  mankind,  than 
that  of  good.  If  an  officer  suffer  himself 
to  be  quizzed  by  a  brother  officer,  he  will, 
by  degrees,  become  ridiculous  to  the 
soldiers;  and  if  he  resent  it,  as  he  ought 
to  do  in  priwo  limine,  by  a  manly  explana- 
tion with  the  weak  fool  who  attempts  to 
be  witty,  without  possessing  one  spark 
of  real  wit,  it  is  more  than  probable,  that 
much  ill  blood  will  be  engendered  between 
them.  The  British  Articles  of  War  have, 
in  some  degree,  provided  against  this  evil. 
It  is  there  specifically  stated,  that  no  of. 
fieer,  non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier, 


shall  use  any  reproachful  or  provoking 
speeches  or  gestures  to  another,  upon  pain, 
if  an  officer,  of  being  put  in  arrest  for  if  a 
non-commissioned  officer,  or  a  soldier,  of 
being  imprisoned)  and  of  asking  pardon  of 
the  party  offended,  in  the  presence  of  his 
commanding  officer. 

xfQUIZZER  A  creature,  who  with, 
out  possessing  any  real  wit  or  humor,  af- 
fects to  turn  others  into  ridicule,  by  an 
insolent  affectation  of  the  talent.  The 
thing  is  Kenerally  found  among  those 
calling  themselves  fashionable  young  men, 
which,  (to  use  a  very  apposite  expres- 
sion) has  more  money  than  wit,  plumes 
itself  upon  wealth  or  connexion,  anden- 
deavors  to  make  up  by  noise,  tubulence, 
and  privileged  contradiction,  what  it 
wants  in  real  knowlege  and  solid  under- 
standing. It  is  sometimes  seen  at  a  mili- 
tary mess,  and  about  the  purlieus  of  ta» 
verns  and  gaming  tables. 

QUOIL,  in  gunnery ,  a  rape  laid  round 
in  a  ring,  one  turn  over  another. 

QUOINS,  in  architecture,  denote  the 
cert  ers  of  brick  or  stone  walls. 

QUOIN,  (Coin,  Fr.)  a  wedge  used  to 
lay  under  the  breech  of  a  gun,  to  raise  oi 
depress  the  metal. 

QUOIT,  the  ancient  discus — anolym- 
pic  game,  still  practised  in  all  parts  oi 
the  world.  It  consists  in  throwing  a  large 
iron  ring  to  a  considerable  distance,  at  a 
wooden  peg,  driven  into  the  ground. 

QUOTIENT.  In  arithmetic,  the 
number  resulting  from  the  division  of  a 
greater  number  by  a  smaller,  aud  which 
shews  how  often  the  smaller,  or  the  di- 
visor, is  contained  in  the  greater  or  divi* 
dend. 


R 


RAB1NET,  formerly  a  name  given  to 
a  small  sort  of  ordnance  between  a  falconet 
and  a  base,  about  one  inch  and  a  half 
diameter  in  the  bore,  five  feet  six  inches 
long,  and  300  pounds  in  weight,  loaded 
with  six  ounces  of  powder,  and  carrying 
a  shot  one  inch  and  three-eighths  in  dia- 
rmter. 

RACHATak  para,  Fr.  a  certain  pe~ 
cuniary  allowance  which  was  made  in  the 
old  French  service  to  the  officers  of  each 
company,  f°r  rhe  surplus  rations  of  am- 
munition bread  that  were  left  in  the  pur- 
veyor's, hands.  The  same  rule  exists  in 
the  British  service,  when  troops  are  in 
camp  or  barracks. 

RACINE,  Fr.     See  ROOT. 

R  AC  LOIR,  Fr  A  scraper.  It  is 
used  in  the  artillery  to  cleanse  out  mor« 
tars. 

RACOLER,  Fr.  To  entice  men  to 
inlist. 

RACOLEUR,  Fr.  a  crimp,  a  bringer 
of  recruits^  one  who  entices  others  to 


564 


RAF 


RAM 


jnlist.     Men  of  this  description  are  to  be 
found  in  all  countries  where  military  es- 


.  Fr.  This  word 
is  derived  from  racorder,  wh;ch,  in  French 
architecture,  signifies  to  join  two  pieces 
of  building  on  one  surface,  or  to  unite  an 
old  building  with  a  new  one. 

RADE,   fr.     Road  tor  ships  to  ride 

II1RADEAUX,  Fr.  Rafters.  They  are 
frequently  used  in  sieges,  for  the  purpose 
of  crossing  ditches,  &c.  Chevalier  Folarci 
enters  largely  into  the  nature  of  these 
rafters,  particularly  in  his  4'h  volume, 

RADIOMETER,  (Radhmetrc,  Fr.) 

This;nstrume  ,t  is  sometimes  called  Ja- 
cob's staff,  baton de  Jacob  It  is  used  by 
some  to  take  the  sun's  altitude,  and  by 
others  to  ascertain  elevations  at  sea. 

RADIUS,  these  ai- diameter  of  acircle. 
In  fortification,  the  radius  is  distinguish- 
ed into  exttfinr,  interior,  oblique,  and  right 
radius.  The  three  former  are  noticed  each 
under  its  initial  letter.  Thelat  erisa  per- 
pendicular line  drawn  from  the  centre  of 
2  polygon  to  the  exterior  side. 

RAFFINAGE,  fr.  a  term  used  by 
the  French  to  express  the  operation 
through  which  saltpetre  passes  after  it 
has  been  bo<led  once.  The  literal  mean- 
ing is  refining ;  the  act  of  cleansing  any 
thing  from  recrementitious  matter. 

RAF  FINER,  Fr.     To  refine. 

RAFFINOIR,  Fr.  a  wooden  cask, 
or  copper  vessel,  in  which  saltpetre  is  de- 
posited after  it  has  been  boiled  once  It 
usually  remains  thirty  minutes,  after 
which  it  is  let  out  through  a  cock  fixed 
for  that  purpose  at  the  bottom  of  the 
vessel. 

RAFRAICHISSEMENS,  Fr.     Pro- 
visions.    See  Qu ARTIER. 
\    RAFRAI.HIR,     Fr.     To  cool  ;    to 
spunge  ;  as  rafraichir  le  canon  ;  to  spunge 
a  cannon. 

RAFRAICHIR  une -place,  Fr.  to  succor 
a  place  by  sending  in  fresh  troops  and  pro- 
visions. 

RAFRAICHIR  des  troupes,  Fr.  to  allow 
troops  to  repose ;  likewise  to  supply  them 
with  fresh  provisions. 

RAFTS,  a  kind  of  frames  or  floats  made 
by  laying  pieces  of  timber  together,  or 
across  each  other,  to  serve  as  bridges  for 
troops  to  pass  over  rivers. 

RAFTERS,  are  pieces  of  timber, 
which,  standing  by  pairs  on  the  transom, 
wall  plate,  or  raising  piece,  meet  in  an  angle 
at  the  top,  and  »brm  the  rool  of  a  building. 

It  is  a  ruleinhuilding,  that  no  rafters 
should  stand  farther  than  n  inches  from 
one  another:  and  as  to  their  sizes  and 
scantlings,  that  principal  rafters,  from  12 
feet  6  inches  to  14  feet  6  inches  long,  be 
5  inches  broad  at  the  top,  and  8  at  the 
bottom,  and  6  inches  thick  :  those  from 
14  feet  6  inches,  to  18  feet  6  inches  long, 
to  be  9  inches  broad  at  the  foot,  7  inches 
at:  the  top,  and  7  inches  thick :  and  those 


from  18  feet  6  inches,  to  21  feet  6  inches, 
to  be  10  inches  broad  at  the  foot,  fi  a  the 
top,  :,nd  8thick.  Single  rafters,  8  l'«-t  in 
length,  must  have 4 1-2  inches,  ami  3  3-4 
in  their  square.  Those  of  9  fret  long, 
must  he  5,  and  4  inches  square. 

RAJPUTES,  crRAUj FOOTS,  lad. 
The  second  tribe  of  the  fonr^i eat  classes  of 
Hindus;  the  priests  ot  Bramins  are  the 
first.  Both  classes  may  be  soldiers,  and 
none  but  members  of  one  or  other  of  these 
classes  can  be  kings  or  princes.  Kauj 
means  great,  and  poot  means  arms,  that 
is  great  in  arms ;  they  are  the  descend, 
ants  of  the  rrrUtary  tribe  of  Hindus. 

RAJAH,  Ind.  This  word  means  an 
authority  equivalent  to  that  rt  a  king. 
The  Rajahs  became  generally  tributary  to 
the  Mogul,  but  were  suffered  to  follow 
their  own  modes  of  government. 

RAIE,  Fr.  properly  means  a  seam, 
furrow,  streak. 

RAINURE,.FV.  a  grove. 

RAIS,  Fr.  a  spoke  of  a  wheel. 

To  KA.ISE  Troops.     See  LEVY. 

To  R  A  I  s  E  a  plan-  oj  a.  fortress,  is  te 
measure  with  cords  and  geometrical  in- 
struments, the  length,  of  the  lines,  and 
the  capacity  of  the  aneles,  that  by  know- 
ing the  length,  breadth,  and  thickness, 
of  all  the  different  parts  of  a  fortification* 
it  may  be  represented  upon  paper,  so  as 
to  find  out  its  advantages  and  disadvan. 
tagcs. 

RAISON,  Fr.  this  word  is  used  by  the 
French,  in  a  mathematical  sense,  to  ex- 
press the  relation  which  one  number  has 
to  another,  and  in  general,  that  which 
exists  between  one  quantity  and  another. 
The  term  is  distinguished  into  raison 
arithmctique,  or  arithmetical  reasoning; 
and  raison  geornetrique,  or  geometrical  rea» 
soning.  French  carpenters  likewise  use 
the  term,  to  shew  that  pieces  of  wood,  &c. 
are  properly  laid,  viz.  Qes  pieces  de  boii 
en  leur  laison. 

RALLIEMENT,  Fr.  Rallying  point, 
It  is  sometimes  written r aliment. 

Mot  de  RALLIEMENT,  Fr.  a  word  or 
countersign,  which  is  given  to  out  posts, 
and  to  sentries  that  are  stationed  beyond 
the  lines. 

RALLUMER,  Fr.  To  light  upagaina 
to  rekindle,  to  renew. 

RALLY,  one  ot  the  bugle  horn  sound- 
ings. 

To  RALLY,  (Rdlier,  Fr.)  To  bring 
troops  back  to  order  that  have  been  dis- 
persed. 

RALLYING,  in  ivar,  re-establishing, 
or  forming  together  ajL,ain,  troops  broker) 
and  put  to  flight. 

To  RAM,  to  drive  with  violence,  as 
with  a  battering  ram. 

To  RAM  doiun,  to  force  anything  down- 
wards, or  to  fill  with  any  thing  driven 
hard  together,  as  in  the  charge  of  fire- 
arms. 

RAM  doivn  cartridge,  a  word  of  com*, 
mand  used  in  the  platoon  exercise.  See 


RAM 


RAN 


565 


Battering  RAM,  in  antiquity^  a  military 
engine  used  to  batter  and  beat  down  the 
walls  of  places  besieged. 

The  battering  ram  was  of  two  sorts, 
the  one  rude  and  plain,  the  other  com- 
pound .  The  former  seems  to  have  been 
no  more  than  a  great  beam,  which  the 
soldiers  bore  on  their  arms  and  shoulders, 
and  with  one  end  of  it,  by  main  force, 
assailed  the  walls.  The  compound  ram 
is  thus  described  by  Josephus :  it  is  a  vast 
beam,  like  the  mast  of  a  ship,  strength- 
ened at  one  end  with  a  head  of  iron,  some- 
thing resembling  that  of  a  ram,  whence 
it  took  its  name.  This  was  hung  by  the 
middle  with  ropes  to  another  b'.-am, 
•which  lay  across  two  posts,  and  hang  ng 
thus  equally  balanced,  it  was  by  a  great 
number  of  men  drawn  backwards  and 
pushed  forwards,  striking  the  wall  with 
its  iron  head. 

Plutarch  informs  us,  that  Mark  An- 
tony, in  the  Parthian  war,  made  use  of  a 
ram  80  feet  long  :  and  Vitruvius  tells  us, 
that  they  were  sometimes  106,  and  120 
feet  1  >ng  :  to  this  perhaps  the  force  and 
strength  of  the  engine  was  in  a  great  mea- 
sure owing.  The  ram  at  one  time  was 
manned  by  a  whole  century  of  soldiers  ; 
a.idrhev,  b^ing  exhausted,  were  second- 
ed by  another  century  ;  so  that  it  played 
continually,  and  without  any  intermis- 
sion. 

The  momentum  of  a  battering  ram  28 
inches  in  diameter,  180  feet  long,  with  a 
head  of  cast  iron  of  one  ton  and  a  half, 
the  wh  'le  ram  with  its  iron  hoops,  &c. 
•weighing  41, 112  pounds,  and  moving  by 
the  united  strength  of  1000  men,  will 
be  only  equal  to  that  of  a  ball  of  36 
pounds,  when  shot  point  blank  from  a 
cannon. 

RAMMER,  an  instrument  used  for 
driving  down  stones  or  piles  into  the  ground 
in  military  works;  or  for  beating  the  earth, 
in  order  to  render  it  more  solid  for  a  foun- 
dation. 

RAMMER,  nr  RAMROD  of  a  gu»,  the 
ramrod  or  gunstick  ;  a  rod  used  in  charg- 
ing a  gun,  to  drive  home  the  powder  and 
shot,  as  also  the  wad,  which  keeps  the 
shot  from  rolling  out.  The  rammer  of  a 
piece  of  artillery,  is  a  cylinder  of  wood, 
whose  diameter  and  length  are  each  equal 
to  the  diameter  of  the  shot,  with  a  han- 
dle fixed  to  it,  at  the  end  of  which  is 
another  cylinder,  covered  with  lamb-skin, 
so  as  to  fit  the  gun  exactly,  and  called  a 
sponge :  it  is  used  to  clean  the  piece  before 
and  after  it  is  fired.  The  ramrod  of  a  mus 
quet  is  one  entire  piece  of  iron. 

Return  RAMROD.  See  PLATOON 
EXERCISE,  wide r  M A N u A L 

RAMPART,  in  fortification ,  or,  as 
some  call  it,  but  improperly,  ram  fire  ; 
the  great  massy  bank  of  earth  raised  about 
a  place  to  resist  the  enemy's  shot,  and  to 
cover  the  buddings,  &c.  On  it  is  raised 
a  parapet  towards  the  country.  It  is  not 
above  1 8  feet  high,  and  about  60  or  70  thick, 
i  more  earth  be  taken  out  of  the  ditch 


than  can  be  otherwise  disposed  of.  The 
rampart  should  be  sloped  on  both  sides, 
and  be  broad  enough  to  atlow  the  march- 
ing of  waggons  and  cannon,  besides  the 
parapet  which  is  raised  on  it.  The  ram. 
part  of  the  half  moons  is  better  for  being 
low,  that  the  small  arms  of  the  besL-  ed 
may  the  better  reach  the  bottom  of  the 
ditch  ;  but  it  must  be  so  high,  as  not  to 
be  commanded  by  the  covert-  way.  The, 
rampart  is  encompassed  with  a  ditch,  and 
is  sometimes  lined  with  a  fausse-bray  and 
a  berme. 

RAMPS,  (Rampes,  Fr. )  in  fortijfcathx, 
are  sloping  communications,  or  ways  ot 
very  gentle  ascent,  leading  from  the  in- 
ward area,  or  lower  part  of  a  work,  to  the 
rampart  or  higher  part  of  it. 

RAMS-^orwj,  \njortiJicatiQn,  area  kind 
of  low  works  made  in  the  ditch,  of  a  cir- 
cular arc ;  they  were  invented  by  M» 
Bekidor,  and  serve  instead  of  tenailles. 

RAMADAN,  Fr.  a  month  so  calie4 
a:nong  the  Turks,  during  which  period 
they  observe  f  <st  days 

RAMASSE,  Fr.  a  sort  of  sledtje,  in 
which  travellers  are  conveyed  from  the 
tops  of  mountains  that  are  covered  with 
snow. 

RAMASSER,  Fr.  to  collect,  to  get 
together.  Oft  a  ramasse  tout  ce  qu*on  a  pu 
trouver  de  soldatst  They  got  as  many  soU 
diers  together  as  they  could. 

RAMASSE,  Fr.  Gathered  together, 
collected.  This  word  is  likewise  used  to 
distinguish  men  that  are  hastily  raised  and 
embodied,  from  soldiers  who'  have  been 
regularly  disciplined,  viz.  Ce  ne  son  fas 
des  troupes  reglees,  ce  font  ties  gens  ratttasies. 
They  are  not  regular  troops,  but  persons 
hastily  got  together. 

RAMASSE,  Fr.  strong,  vigorous.  Ua 
homme  ramasse.  A  strong  athletic  man. 
Ramasse,  in  this  sense,  agrees  with  the 
English  word  tight- built,  thickset,  &c. 

RAMAZAN.     See  RAMADAN. 

RAMBERGE,  Fr.  an  advice  boat. 

RAME,  Fr,  an  oar.  It  is  likewise 
called  Aviron. 

Balle  RAMEE,  Fr.  Cross-bar  shot. 

RAMEAUX  de  /a  mine,  Fr.  Branches 
belonging  to  a  mine.  See  GALLERY. 

R  A  M  P  E  au  Pente  extrement  douce  gu'ont 
fait  lelong  des  talus  des  ra#ipartstFr.  a  slope,; 
or  declivity  which  is  extremely  gradual 
alonji  the  talus  of  ramparts.  These  slopes 
contain  twotoises  in  breadth,  and  are  cut 
upon  the  interior  talus.  They  are  made, 
according  to  circumstances  and  the  r xi- 
gcncies  of  the  place,  sometimes  within  the 
angle  of  the  rampart,  opposite  to  the  en- 
trance  into  the  bastion,  when  the  latter 
is  full ;  sometimes  along  the  flanks,  or  at 
the  flanked  angle  when  the  bastion  is 
empty.  Pieces  of  ordnance,  ammunition, 
&c.  are  conveyed  up  these  slopes  to  the 
embrazures  of  the  ramparts. 

RANCHER,  Fr.  a  sort  of  ladder  which 
is  made  of  wooden  pegs,  and  is  used  on 
various  occasions. 

RAN  C.  ON,    Fr.    Ransom,     It   was 


566 


RAN 


RAN 


likewise  the  name  of  an  old  French  wea- 
pon, consist  ingot  a  long  stake  with  a  sharp 
iron  point  at  the  end,  and  two  blades 
*>r  wings  bent  backwards,  and  extremely 
keen. 

RANCONNER,  Fr.  to  ransom. 

RANDOM  shot,  in  «r///frg/,  when  the 
piece  is  elevated  at  an  angle  ot  45  degrees 
upon  a  level  plane.  See  RANGE. 

RANG,  Fr.     Rank. 

RANG  d'un  escadron  ou  d'un  batalllon^ 
¥r.  Rank  in  a  squadron  of  horse,  or  bat- 
talion of  infantry.  Any  straight  line 
which  is  fprnu-d  by  soldiers  standing  by 
Jhe  side  of  each  other,  is  so  tailed. 

Doublet  Its  R  A  N  c  s ,  Fr.  to  form  from  rank 
entire,  or  to  throw  one  rank  into  two, 
and  thereby  encrease  the  de>th  of  any 
given  number  of  men,  by  diminishing  their 
front.  Hence  to  double  up,  or  diminish  the 
front  of  any  leading  line 

RANG,  Fr.  the  relative  rank  which  is 
observed  in  military  corps  with  regard  to 
precedence,  tour  of  duty,  &c.  In  some 
instances  rang  et  grade'  mean  the  same 
thing. 

De  RANG,  Fr.  abreast,  side  by  side. 

Pai oitre  s ur  Us  RAN  cs,  Fr.  to  enter  the 
list. 

Eire  sur  h s  RANCS,  to  be  numbered 
amongst  «ny  particular  set  of  men. 

Mtttreau  RANG,  Fr,  to  class  with,  to 
associate. 

faisseau  du  premier  RANG,  Fr.  a  first 
rate  ship  of  war. 

Vahseau  dii  tecond,  ou  freisieme  RANG, 
Fr.  a  second  or  third  rate. 

RANGER /«<•£*,  Fr.  to  sail  along  the 
coast. 

Placer  far  RANG  de  ta!Ilet  Fr.  To 
size. 

RANGE,  in  gunnery ,  the  distance  from 
the  battery  to  the  point  where  the  shot  or 
shell  touches  the  ground. 

Point  blank  RANGE,  when  the  piece  lies 
in  a  horizontal  direction,  and  upon  a  level 
plane,  without  any  elevation  or  depression, 
the  shot  is  said  to  take  a  point  blank  range. 
See  POINT  BLANK. 

RANGEE,  Fr.  a  series  of  things  placed 
upon  the  same  line. 

RANGE,  EE,  Fr.  the  participle  of 
Rang»t  drawn  out  or  placed  in  regular 
order. 

Bata'ille  RANGEE,  Fr.  a  pitched  or  set 
battle,  in  which  twoarmies  are  drawn  up 
opposite  to  one  another. 

RANGER,  Fr.  to  place  in  a  certain  line 
or  order. 

RANGEZ  t/»aj,  Fr.  a  term  in  general 
use  among  the  French  when  any  number 
of  persons  are  ordered  to  clear  the  way, 
by  drawing  up  on  one  side  or  the  other  of  a 
street  or  road. 

RANGING,  in  ti'dr,  disposing  the 
troops  in  proper  older  tor  an  engagement, 
luanauvres,  or  march,  &c. 

t u  Ran£°  ot'  subordination,  de- 
gree ot  authority.  The  relative  situations 
which  officers  hold  with  respect  to  each 
other,  or  to  military  things  in  general. 


Hence  regimental  rank,  local  rank,  rank  in 
the  armyt  &c. 

One  of  the  egregious  errorsof  the  British 
military  institutions  is,  that  the  officers 
belonging  to  the  lite  guards  are  entitled  to 
the  rank  of  lieutenant  colonel,  when  they 
obtain,  or  purchase  a  majoriry,  provided 
they  have  been  seven  years.  Their  com. 
missions  in  this  case  run  major  and  lieu- 
tenant colonel.  But  it  an  officer  should 
not  havecompleted  either  of  tlv  se  periods, 
he  obtains  the  rank  of  major  only,  until 
its  completion.  A  lieutenant  colonel  re- 
ceives  the  rank  of  full  colonel  if  he  has 
been  seven  years  major,  or  twenty  one 
years  in  the  British  service.  Cornets  in 
the  life  guatds  rank  as  sub- lieutenants  in 
their  own  corps,  and  as  first  lieutenants  in 
the  army.  The  English  fuziieers  enjoy 
the  same  privilege.  Sub-lieutenants  in 
the  Welsh  fuziieers  rank  only  as  second 
lieutenants  in  the  army.  Marines  do  the 
same. 

With  respect  to  rank  in  general,  the  fol. 
Ifw.ng  are  the  rules  of  the  British  army, 
by  which  the  relative  rank  of  the  orhters 
Of  the  regulars,  militia,  fencibles,  yeoman- 
ry cavalry,  and  volunteer  corps,  is  to  be 
determined. 

Officers  ot  the  regular  forces  command 
the  officers  of  equal  degree,  belonging  to 
the  other  services ;  with  the  exception 
after  mentioned. 

Officers  of  the  militia,  fencibles,  yeo- 
manry cavalry,  and  volunteer  corps,  rank 
together  according  to  the  dates  of  their  re- 
spective commissions. 

Notwithstanding  this  regulation,  s;'ch 
officers  ol  fencibles  as  have  commissions 
dated  on  or  before  the  25th  July,  1798, 
continue  to  rank  with  the  officers  of  the 
regular  forces  of  equal  degree,  according 
to  the  dates  of  their  respective  com- 
missions :  unless  whan  acting  in  con- 
junction also  with  officers  of  the  militia; 
in  which  case,  if  the  commission  of  the 
fencible  officer  be  of  a  junior  date  to 
that  of  a  militia  officer,  of  the  same 
degree,  the  regular  officer  of  equal  rank, 
although  his  commission  be  ot  a  junior 
date  to  that  of  the  fencible  officer,  com- 
mands  both. 

It  will  further  be  observed,  that  all 
commands  in  the  regular  forces  fall  to  the 
eldest  officers  in  the  same  circumstances, 
whether  of  cavalry  or  infantry,  entire  or 
in  parties.  In  case  two  commissions  of 
the  same  date  interfere,  a  retrospect  is  to 
be  had  to  former  commissions.  Should 
it  happen,  as  it  j;o»sibly  may,  that  the 
original  commissions  interfere,  it  must  be 
decided  by  lot. 

In  page  49  of  the  Articles  of  War,  it  is 
laid  down,  that  the  eldest  officer  is  to  com- 
mand when  any  troops  of  the  horse  guards, 
and  the  regiment  of  horse  guards,  shall  do 
duty  together ;  or  when  any  of  the  life 
guards,  horse  or  foot  guards,  shalldo  duty 
with  any  other  corps.  The  regiments  of 
life  guards,  doing  duty  unmixed,  are 
to  be  considered  as  one  corps ;  and  the 


RAN 


RAP 


567 


officers  are  to  take  rank  according  to  the 
dates  of  their  commissions.  The  same 
holds  good  with  respect  to  the  foot  guards. 
Regular  officers  with  whom  militia  of- 
ficers take  rank  as  youngest,  command 
officers  of  equal  degree  in  the  fencibles, 
yeomanry  cavalry,  and  volunteer  corps, 
who  are  to  rank  together  according  to  the 
dares  of  commissions. 

To  RANK  "with,  to  hol-1  the  same  re- 
lative situation  with  regard  to  others. 
Thus  post  captains  of  three  years  stand- 
ing  in  the  royal  navy  rank  with  colonels 
in  the  army  ;  and  lieutenants  in  the  guards 
rank  with  captains  in  the  line  or  regulars. 
Officers  in  the  militia  rank  generally  with 
the  regular  forces  as  junior  of  their  re- 
spec^ive  commissions.  An  ensign  in  the 
guards  ranks  no  higher  than  an  ensign  in 
the  regulars. 

To  RANK,  with)  in  a  figurative  sense,  to 
be  in  equal  estimation,  to  hear  the  same 
character  tor  skill  and  valor,  &c.  viz. 
lord  Nelson  ranks  with  the  oravest  seaman 
that  England,  or  any  other  country,  has 
ever  produced ;  Bonaparte  with  the  great- 
est general  in  ancient  or  modern  history  ; 
Washington  with  Cincinnatus ;  and 
Montgomery  with  Wolfe,  Dccatur  with 
Desaix,  or  Lannts. 

jBtevet-RANK.  Rank  without  pay, 
nominal  distinction,  which  sometimes  en. 
titles  the  holder  of  it  to  command  in  mixed 
service. 

Brigade  majors  rank  with  captains,  pro- 
vided they  have  that  rank  in  the  army, 
independent  of  their  start'  appointment. 
But  aids-de-camp  do  not  possess  any  rank 
in  that  capacity  with  regard  to  the  army. 
The  latter  constitutes  a  part  of  the  ge- 
neral's family,  and  are  paid  out  of  his  al- 
lowance ;  they  are  in  fact  the  mer^  earners 
of  his  ordeis  in  the  field,  and  his  domestic 
inmates  at  home,  &c.  The  former  be- 
longing to  the  brigade,  and  area  necessary 
part  of  its  elective  force. 

There  is  likewise  a  sort  of  brevet  rank 
which  exists  in  the  several  regiments  be- 
longing to  the  British  service,  and  is  con- 
fined to  the  rank  and  rile,  or  corporals 
and  private  soldiers  Thus  a  lance  ser - 
jeant  is  a  corporal  who  does  the  duty  of 
serjeant  witkout  the  pay  or  emoluments 
of  the  latter ;  and  a  lance  corporal  is  a 
private  soldier  who  does  the  duty  of  cor- 
poral* So  that  lance,  which  comes  from 
lansquenet,  which  si-nifies  a  private  sol- 
dier, and  is  derived  from  the  German,  and 
when  put  before  servant  or  corporal, 
points  out  ihat  a  private  soldier  nas  the  bre- 
vet raiik  of  «'ne  of  those  situations.  Cap- 
tains of  companies  appoint  01  reduce  lance 
serj  ants  or  corporals,  according  to  their 
judgment. 

RANK,  and  precedence  ix  the  arny  and 
luiy,  are  as  follow  : 

Enginftr^  RANK.  Chief,  as  colonel; 
direct  >r,  as  lieutenant  colonel;  sub-direc- 
tor, as  major;  engineer  in  ordinary,  as 
captain;  engineer  extraordinary,,  as  cap- 


tain lieutenant ;  sub-engineer,  as  lieutcn- 
ant ;  practitioner  engineer,  as  ensign. 

Naiy  RANK..  Admira  ,  or  commander 
in  chief  of  the  British  fleet,  has  the 
rank  of  a  field  marshal;  admirals,  witL 
their  flags  on  the  main  top-mast  head^ 
rank  with  generals  of  horse  and  foot ;  vice- 
admirals,  with  lieutenant  generals ; 
rear-admirals,  as  major  generals ;  cam- 
modores,  with  broad  pendants,  as  brigadier 
generals;  captains  of  post  ships,  after 
three  years  from  the  dateof  their  first  com- 
mission, as  colonel ;  other  captains,  a* 
commanding  post  ships,  as  lieutenant 
colonels  ;  captains  not  taking  post,  as  ma- 
jors  ;  lieutenants  as  captains. 

The  rank  and  precedence  of  sea  officer* 
in  the  classes  abovementioned,  are  to  take 
place  according  to  the  senority  of  their 
respective  commissions  in  the  sea  service. 
Post  captains  commanding  ships  or  vessels 
that  do  not  give  post,  rank  only  as  majors 
during  the  time  they  command  those  ves- 
sels. 

Nothing  in  this  shall  give  any  pretence 
to  land  officers  to  command  any  of  his 
majesty's  squadrons;  nor  to  any  sea  of- 
ficer to  command  on  shore ;  nor  shall  either 
ruve  right  to  demand  the  military  ho~ 
nors  due  to  their  respective  ranks,  unles. 
upon  actual  service. 

.RANK,  is  a  straight  line  made  by  the 
soldiers  of  a  battalion,  or  squadron,  drawn 
up  side  by  side :  this  order  was  establish- 
ed  for  the  marches,  and  tor  regulating  the; 
different  bodies  of  troops  and  officers  which 
compose  an  army. 

Doubling  of  the  RANKS,  is  the  changing 
one  rank  to  two,  by  telling  oft'  the  files,, 
one  ,t<wo  ,one ,  tivot&:c.  and  by  the  word,  eve* 
Jilts  to  t/j£  rear  double  ;  this  method  is  fre- 
quently used  in  the  manoeuvres  of  a  regi- 
ment. 

RANK  and  fie,  men  carrying  the  fire- 
lock, ;tnd  standing  in  the  ranks,  arecalled 
rank  and  file.  Tnus  corporals  are  includ- 
ed in  the  reiurn  which  is  made  under  that 
head. 

RANKS  and  files,  are  the  horizontal  and 
vertical  lines  of  soldiers  when  drawn  up 
for  service,  &rc. 

RAPE,  Fr.  a  rasp,  a  file. 

RAPIDES,  Fr.  Fallsina riverare  so 
called ;  as  the  falls  in  the  rivers  Ohio  and 
St.  Laurence,  &c. 

RAPIER,  (Rapiert,  Fr.)  formerly  sig- 
nified a  long,  ok4  fashioned  broad  sword,, 
such  as  those  worn  by  the  Scotch  regu 
menrs  ;  but  now  is  understood  only  te 
mean  a  small  sword,  in  contradistinction* 
to  a  broad  sword. 

RAPINE,  Fr.     Rapine,  plunder, 

RAPPORT,  Fr.     Report. 

RAPPORT,  Fr.  in  .mathematics,  a 
term  frequently  used  among  the  French. 
it  bears  the  same  import  as  ra'uon,  aiuj 
signifies  the  relation  which  two  quantities 
have  one  with  another.  Thus  the  tapfcft 
or  iclatioo  V  _  ween  twelve  and  six  is  the 
same  as  between  six  ami  three. 

R  A  P  P  O  RT  EUR,    Ft .    in  geometry. 


563 


RAT 


RA  T 


an  instrument  made  in  the  figure  of  a  half- 
circle,  and  divided  into  one  hundred  and 
eighty  degrees.  We  call  it  a  protractor. 
It  is  used  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining 
the  openings  in  angles,  and  to  take  plans 
upon  paper. 

RAREFACTION,  the  extension  of 
the  parts  of  a  body,  by  which  it  is  made 
to  take  up  more  room  than  it  did  before. 
It  is  essentially  connected  with  gunnery  ; 
for  in  proportion  to  the  rapid  combustion 
and  consequent  ,'arefuction  of  air,  produced 
by  the  ignition  of  gunpowder  confinevl  in 
tne  chamber  of  a  gun,  so  will  be  the  force 
of  expulsion  with  which  the  charge  is 
propelled. 

RAS,  Fr.  Every  barge  and  vessel,  &c. 
which  is  without  any  deck  or  upward 
covering,  is  called  by  the  French  butiment 

TdJ. 

RASANTE,    Fr.     See    LIGNE    RA. 

3ANTE. 

RAS  ANT,   Pin     fottijicathn,      rasant 

RAZ.ANT,  $  Sank,  or  line,  is  that 
part  of  the  curtam  or  flank  whence  the  shot 
projected  raze  or  glance  along  the  surface 
of  the  opposite  bastion. 

RASE,  Fr.  Pitch  and  tar  mixed 
with  tow  for  the  purpose  of  caulking  a 
ship. 

RASLE,  Fr.  This  word  is  used  in 
some  parts  of  France  to  signify  rafter,  and 
means  the  same  as  chevron. 

RASALDAR,  hd.  the  commander  of 
Rasallahy  which  is  ten  thousand  horsemen 
armed. 

RASSEMBLER,  Fr.  to  collect  to. 

gether. 

RASSTMBLER  des  troups^  F  r.  to  cal  1 
troops  or  forces  together. 

RASSEMBLER  Us  debris  d'une  arwte, 
Fr.  to  collect  together  the  broken  parts, 
or  scattered  remnants  of  an  army.  It  is 
likewise  used  with  the  personal  pronoun, 
viz.  Tous  It3  soldats  disperses  se  rassem- 
blerent  autour  du  drapeau.  All  the  soldiers 
or  troops  that  had  been  dispersed, 
gathered  together  round  the  standard  or 
colors. 

RASSEMBLER  lex  forces  d'une  chevaly  to 
put  a  hor&e  well  upon  his  haunches. 

RAS  SIS,  Fr.  Stale:  as  pain  rassist 
stale  bread. 

RASSURER,F>.  to  restore  confidence, 
to  encourage,  to  invigorate.  Quelques  sol- 
(fats  commencionent  a  s'ebranler,  quand  I'ex- 
emple  de  tear  capitaine  let  rassura.  Some 
soldiers  began  to  give  way,  when  the  ex- 
ample of  their  captain  inspired  them  with 
tresn  confidence. 

R.AT,  Fr.  literally  means  rat.  It  is 
used  in  a  figurative  sense,  viz ,  Vne  armt  a 
J(u  a  pris  un  rat.  A  musquet  has  missed 
hre. 

RAT.  ?>.  a  sort  of  floating  platform 
te  ot  planks  which  are  tied  together 
i  pon  two  or  three  masts.  It  is  used  in 
caulking  ships,  &c. 

R  A  TAN,  a  cane  used  by  Serjeants  of 
Companies,  m  the  British  service  in  drii- 
*ing  the  mtn,  and  with  which,  in  other 


countries,  the  non-commissioned  officers' 
and  privates,  are  beaten  for  slight  ojfen- 
ces  ;  the  Austrian  discipline  was  thus 
conducted,  till  'hey  have  been  beaten  out 
of  their  manhood  and  self-respect.  The 
Pruss  ans  abolished  this  barbarous custonr 
after  the  battle  of  Jena. 

RATE  LI  ER,  />.  a  rack  used  in  ar- 
mories, &c.  for  the  purpose  ot  keeping 
firearms  arranged  in  proper  order. 

RATER,  Fr.  to  miss  fire.  Sen  pistole: 
a  rate  His  pistol  has  missed  fire. 

RATER  likewise  means,  figuratively, 
to  b>  unsuccessful  in  an  application.  II a 
rate  sa  charge.  He  did  not  get  the  com- 
mission. 

RATES  of  subsistenct.    See  PAY. 

RATION,  a  certain  allowance  which 
is  given  in  bread,  &c  or  forage  when  troops 
are  on  service,  for  an  officer  or  soldier  in 
the  British  service. 

Complete  Ration  of  the  small  species. 

Flour,  or  bread  i  x-2lbs. 

Beef         .        .  i 

Or  pork          .  x-s 

Peas         .        .  1-4  pint. 

Butter,  or  cheese  i  oz. 

Rice         .        .  loz. 

When  the  small  species  are  not  issued, 
i  i-zlbs.  of  flour  or  bread,  with  i  1-2. 
Ibs.  ot  beer,  or  lo  oz.  of  pork,  forms  a 
complete  ration  :  or  3  Ibs.  of  beef;  or  a 
Ibs,  of  cheese;  or  half  a  pound  of  rice, 
forms  a  complete  ration. 

At  sea  the  ration  is  different.  The  foU 
lowing  table  contains  the  allowance  for 
six  soldiers,  or  four  seamen  on  board  of 
ship,  for  each  day  in  the  week.  Wo- 
men are  provisioned  at  a  half  and  children 
at  one  fourth  of  a  soldier's  allowance,  hut 
receive  no  rum. 


Vinegar.                 j   i  quart  per  week. 

Ibs.  of  cheese.               |  "  j  M  |  "  | 

Ibs.  of  butter.              j  •«•  |  •«,  |  -*,  j 

Do.  oatmeal.                EE2I3j 

Pints  of  jeas.                N  |    j  N  «  «  j 

Pork,  pieces  4  Ib.         M  j    |   |  ~  |    j 

Beef,  pieces  of  8 
Ibs. 

Is°      si 

i  .  »!fr  -I 

ill!  1 

Beer,   gallons,  or 
half  pints  of  spir- 
its,   or    pints    of 
wine. 

»»***** 

Br.-ad.                     f  &  **"*  *•  •fV^t-  <<*• 

Days  of  the 
Week. 

.§?£  . 

*.   *  >*.'&  w       >^ 

t^lil^ 

5  C  S'C   5-3   3 
g  0  §  MJ3-C  £ 

JsSH^Hfac? 

The  above  arc  served  out  by  full  weights 
and  measures. 
When  flour,   suet  and  raisins   are  pu! 
on  board,  they  are  to  be  served  out  in  equa{ 

RAT 


R  A  V 


569 


proportions  with  beef,  viz.  half  in  beef; 
the  other  half  in  flour,  suet,  and  raisins,  on 
each  beef  day. 

4  Ibs.  of  flour,  or  3  Ibs.  of  flour  with 
l-2lb.  of  raisins,  (or  1-4  Ib.  of  currants) 
and  1.4  Ib.  of  suet,  are  equal  to  4  Ibs. 
of  beef,  or  2  Ibs.  of  pork  with  peas,  but 
are  not  to  be  issued  in  lieu  of  the  latter, 
except  unavoidable,  and  then  the  quantities 
must  be  certified. 

i -alb.  of  rice  is  equal  to  a  pint  of  oat. 
meal ;  1-2  Ib.  of  sugar  is  equal  to  1-2  Ib. 
ef  butter;  and  i  Ib.  of  rice  is  equal  to  i  Ib. 
ofcheese;  i  pint  of  oil  is  equal  to  i  Ib.  of 
butter,  or  z  IDS.  ofcheese,  rhat  is,  a  pint 
of  oil  for  the  proportion  of  butter  a.  d 
cheese. 

A  i;int  of  wine,  or  half  a  p'mt  of  bran- 
dy,  rum,  or  arrack,  is  equal  to  a  gallon  of 
beer;  i  Ib.  of  fresh  beef  is  equal  to  lib. 
of  salt  beet;  and  i  i-2lb.  of  fresh  b.efis 
equal  to  i  Ib  of  pork. 

No  wine  or  spirits  are  to  be  issued  to  the 
troops  while  in  port,  nor  at  sea,  till  alter 
all  the  beer  is  expended. 

The  masters  ef  transports  are  to  produce 
a  certificate  from  th  commanding  officer 
of  the  troops  on  board,  of  the  quantity 
expended.  I  f  any  doubt  be  enteitained  of 
the  provisions  being  full  weight,  a  cask 
must  be  weighed  in  the  presence  of  the 
commanding  officer,  the  master,  and  the 
mate,  andthe  mastermay  upon  the  cer- 
t.ricateof  thecommindmg  officer,  and  the 
oath  ot  the  mate,  issue  as  much  beef  and 
pork  as  wtil  makeup  the  defic  ency. 

The  weight  of  each  must  be  as  follows  : 
14  pieces  of  beef,  cut  for  8  pound  pieces 
taken  out  of  the  cask  as  they  rise,  and  the 
salt  shaken  off,  are  to^  weigh  112  Ibs. 
avoirdupois.  28  pieces  of  pork  cut  for  4  ib. 
pieces,  are  also  tn  weigh,  und.  r  like  cir- 
cumstances, 112  Ibs. 

Thedecluctions  toberaken  for  provisions 
from  the  pay  of  officers,  non-comm  ston- 
ed officers,  or  men,  are  the  same  for  all 
ranks,  and  in  all  corps,  under  the  like 
circumstances  of  service,  when  serving  out 
of  Great  Britain,  on  stations  where  pro- 
visions are  supplied  by  the  public:  also, 
when  embarked  in  transports  or  other  ves- 
sels, (except  when  serving  as  marines;) 
also  when  prisoners  of  war,  are  maintain- 
ed at  the  ex  pence  of  Great  Britain;  also 
•when  in  general  hospitals,  whether  at 
home  or  abroad,  a  deduction  of  sixpence 
fer  day . 

A  deduction  of  three-pence  halfpenny 
from  the  :  ay  of  every  non-commisbioned 
officer  and  private  in  Jamaica,  in  New 
Soufh  Wales,  or  Gibraltar.  Non-com- 
missioned officers  and  soldiers  serving  as 
marines  shall  not  be  liable  to  any  deduc- 
tion from  their  full  pay  on  account  of  pro- 
visions. 

Ration  for  a  horse  on  home  service  in 
7796:  14  Ibs.  of  hay,  10  Ibs.  of  wats,  4 
ibs.  of  straw;  for  which  a  stoppage  is 
made  of  sixpence. 

The  French  use  the  same  term,  viz. 
ie  /'.•///,  a  ration  of  hay.    DtwbL 


ration,  double  ration.  Demi. ration,  a  half 
ration. 

RATION  d'unfaritassix,  Fr.  the  ration 
or  allowance  which  is  <iv  n  to  a  foot  sol- 
dier. During  the  French  monarchy  it 
consisted  of  twenty- four  ounces  of  ammu- 
lition  bread,  one  pint  of  wine  or  beer, 
Paris  measure,  one  pound  of  beef,  veal,  ot 
mutton. 

RATION  pour  les  iroupes  de  la  mahon  du 
•o:t  Fr.  the  ration  tor  the  household 
troops,  during  the  French  monarchy, 
consistedof  two  brown  loav  :s  of  22  ounces 
each,  twopiiits  of  wine,  or  two  pints  of 
cyder  or  beer,  Pars  measure,  and  two 
sounds  and  a  half  of  beef,  veal,  or  mut- 
:on. 

RATION  de  cavalrie,  Fr.  Each  man 
jelonging  to  the  old  French  cavalry,  re- 
ce;ved  daily  one  ration,  consisting  of  thir- 
:y-six  French  ounces  of  ammunition 
Head,  one  pint  and  a  half  of  wine,  cyder, 
or  beer,  Paris  measure,  and  two  pounds 
of  beef,  veal,  or  mutton. 

RATION  de  dfagws,  Fr.  the  ration  al- 
owed  to  each  u/agoon  in  the  old  French 
service,  consisted  of  twenty-four  French 
ounces  of  ammunition  bread,  one  pound 
and  a  half  of  meat,  one  pinr  of  wine,  Paris 
measure,  or  one  pot  of  cyder  or  beer, 
ditto. 

RATION  de  four  rage,  Fr.  A  ration  of 
forage  in  the  old  French  service,  consisted 
of  one  pound  of  hay,  and  one  bushel  of 
oats,  Paris  measure. 

RATIONS    des  officiers   du   regiment  des 

rdes  Francciset,  h  r.  rations  allowed  in  a 
regim.-nt  of  French  vuards  during  the 
monarchy.  These  ratio-  s  differed  very 
considerably  from  those  already  stated!, 
The  particulars  may  be  found  in  the  third 
volume 01  tlu  Dictionnaire  Miliraire,  page 

v 

RATISSOIRS,  Fr.  Gnters  used  by 
the  men  employed  in  makingsalt  :erre. 

RA  VAG  ES  ofWaf%  the  spoil,  plunder, 
or  waste,  made  by  contending  armies  in  the 
theatre  ot  war. 

RAVELIN,  Fr.  See  FORTIFICA- 
TION. 

RAVELINS,  m  fortification,  are  works 
raised  on  the  counterscarp  before  the  cur. 
lain  of  the  place,  and  serve  to  cover  the 
gates  of  a  town,  and  the  bridges.  They 
consist  of  two  faces,  forming  asaliantan- 
gL-,  and  are  defended  by  the  faces  of  the 
neighboring  bastions.  They  are  the  most 
in  use  of  all  out- works,  and  are  by  the 
soldiers  most  commonly  called  half  moons, 
or  demi -tunes.  They  shou  id  be  lower :  han 
the  works  of  the  place,  that  they  may  be 
und  r  the  fire  of  the  besieged  Their  para- 
pets, as  those  of  all  other  nut-  w  irks, 
should  be  cannon  proof ;  that  is,  about  18 
feet  thick. 

RAVINE,  \nfcld  fortification,  a  iLvp 
hollow,  usually 'formed  by  agreatfbod, 
or  long  continued  running  of  water; 
frequently  turned  to  advantage  in  the 
rieid. 

RAVITAILLFR   vne place,  Fr.     Tc 

4    G 


570 


RE  A 


RE  A 


throw  stores,  ammunition,  and  provisions 
into  a  fortified  place. 

RAY      See  ARRAY. 

RAYE,  Fr.  rifled. 

CtfwowRAYE,  Fr.  rifle  barrel. 

RAYON,  fr.  in  eeonv.  try,  Radius. 

RAW,  in  a  military  sense,  unseasoned, 
unripe  in  skill,  wanting  knowlege  inmili- 
tary  tactics,  &c. 

R\w  trmps,  unexperienced  soldiers; 
men  who  have  been  little  accustomed  to 
the  use  of  arms.  This  term  is  generally 
us?d  in  opposition  to  veteran  troops.  A 
cool  and  wise  general  will  always  know 
how  to  make  the  m  st  of  that  part  of  his 
army  which  is  composed  ot  raw  troops; 
and  a  rash  intemperate  one  will  equally 
miss  the  proper  application  of  the  spirit 
and  manhood,  which  ignorance  of  danter, 
and  confidence  of  success,  almost  always 
give.  Some  of  the  most  br  lliant  actions, 
and  some  of  the  greatest  v.ctories  have 
been  achieved  and  won  by  means  of  that 
daring  impetuosity,  which  hurries  raiv 
troops  into  the  thickest  of  an  enemy.  A 
thousand  instances  might  be  adduced 
from  ancient  and  modern  history,  to  prove 
the  correctness  of  this  remark.  It  mav, 
perhaps,  be  suflicu-nt  for  our  pur- 
pose, to  refer  the  curious  read  r  to  the 
bold  and  unexampled  charge  which  was 
made  against  the  trench  troops  in  Ger- 
many, by  Elliot's  new  raised  light  horse 
in  the  seven  years  war.  The  laurels  of 
Emsdorn",  arc  still  the  glory  of  the  I5th 
regiment  of  dragoo,  s.  The  battk  ol 
Jemappe  and  Fleums,  were  won  by  raw 
troops  ;  but  they  had  officers  who  knew 
how  to  lead  them.  Bunker's  hill  battle 
was  fought  by  raw  troops,  as  was  that  ol 
GermantowM ;  bad  generalship  alone  lost 
the  act  vantage  to  the  American  troops  at 
Germa;  town. 

RAZED,  any  works  or  fortifications 
when  demolished,  are  said  to  be  razed. 

READY,  a  word  of  command  in  platoon 
firing,  being  a  contraction  of  make  ready. 
See  MANUAL. 

RE  ALE,  I     Fr.     The  largest  or 

Galere  RE  ALE,  $  principal  galiey  used 
in  Catholic  countries,  is  so  called.  The 
first  galley  belonging  to  the  pope  is  called 
Re  ale  ^  because  it  takes  precedence  of  all 
viss<  Is,  in  the  serviceof  the  different  Ro- 
man Catholic  powers. 

KEAR,  in  a  general  acceptation,  any 
thing  situated  or  placed  behind  another. 
The  term  is  variously  used  in  military 
matters,  viz. 

REAR  of  an  army,  signifies  in  general  the 
hindermost  part  of  an  army,  battalion,  re. 
giment,  <quadro.  ,  or  company,  &c.  Ge- 
neialK  the  third  component  part  of  a 
large  body  of  forces,  which  consists  of  an 
advanced  guard,  amain  body,  and  a  rear 
guard 

REARg//rfr</  A  certain  proportion  of 
an  army  or  regiment,  which  acts,  in  vari- 
ous capacities,  according  to  circumstances, 
and  the  extent  of  rmlitaiy  operations. 
The  rear  guard  of  an  army  is  eften  the  re- 


serve, &c.  The  rear  guard  of  a  regiment 
is  usually  appointed  for  the  purpose  ot' 
picking  up  stragglers,  &c.  The  old  gram! 
guards  of  the  cam.),  always  form  the  rear 
guard  of  the  army ,  and  are  to  see  that  every 
thing  comes  safe  to  the  new  camp.  Sea 
GUARD 

Forming  to  the  REAR.  An  alignment 
may  be  formed  to  the  rearofary  given  bat. 
taiionor  latoon  ;  either  by  posting  guides, 
or  moving  abattalion  to  the  required  posi- 
tion ;  each  battalion  or  platoon  to  be  then 
marched  to  its  relative  place  in  theoriginal 
line.  So  columns  may  be  formed  upon  * 
given  setti'-nor  pl.<toon  marched  or  pivot- 
ed  in  a  required  p  sition. 

REAR  fine,  of  an  army  encamped,  is 
usually  I2co  feet  at  least  from  the  centre 
line;  both  of  which  run  parallel  to  the  front 
line,  as  also  the  reserve 

REAR  rank.  When  a  regiment,  troop, 
or  company  is  drawn  up  two  or  three 
deep,  the  last  line  of  men  is  called  the 
rear  rank. 

REAR  ranks,  all  the  ranks  of  <\ line,  re- 
giment, troop,  or  company,  which  are 
ranged  in  order  behind  the  front  rank. 

REAR  rant,  take  open  o-'der.  A  word 
of  command  which  is  given  in  the  manual 
and  other  parade  exercises.  It  is  likewise- 
used  in  marching  by  the  general  at  a  re- 
view, or  on  guard  mounting,  &c.  See' 
OPF.N  ORDER. 

REAR  half  files*  are  the  thr^e  hinder- 
most  ranks  of  the  battalion,  when  it  is 
drawn  up  six  deep. 

REAR//-OW/.  When  a  battalion,  troop, 
or  company  is  faced  about,  and  stands  in 
that  position,  it  is  then  said  to  be  rear 
front.  1 1  sometimes  ha  p  ns,  that  through 
oversight,  forgetfulness,  or  ignorance,  and 
confusion,  troops  are  so  clubbed,  that, 
on  the  deployment  of  a  column,  the  dif- 
ferent troops  a«d  companies  not  only  lose 
their  stations  in  the  line  of  original  for- 
mation, but  the  reat  rank  men  stand 
where  the  front  rank  men  ought  tobej 
in  the  latter  case,  they  appear  rear  front. 
This  error  might  be  easily  remedied,-  by 
counter-marching  the  several  troops  or 
companies. 

REA  x  rank  lengthening  out  a  line.  Al- 
though a  single  battalion  may,  by  open, 
ing  its  companies  and  files,  from  3  deep 
form  2  deep,  by  introducing  its  rear  rank 
into  tiie  other  two,  yet  a  considerable  line 
posted,  which  is  to  be  lengthened  out  to 
oneor  both  flanks  by  its  rear  rank,  musr, 
to  greater  auvamage,  perform  such  opera- 
tion, by  each  company  quarter  wheeling 
the  sub-divisions  ot  its  rear  rank -and 
facing  to  the  hand  they  are  to  march  to  ; 
the  last  ranK  of  each  company  closes  up 
to  its  hrst;  the  sub-division's,  of  each 
battalion,  move  «p  to  open  distances 
from  their  respective  head  ones,  and  irom 
each  other;  oificers  from  the  rear  are  ap- 
pointed to  command  them;  those  of  each 
01  of  every  two  battalions,  being  consU 
dered  as  abattalion,  they  march  on  m  co. 
lumn,  and  prolong  the  line.  By  this  mode 


RE  C 


RE  C 


571 


®f  lengthening  out  the  line,  thetwofron 
ranks  remain  undisturbed,  and  they 
project  the  movement  which  is  made  un- 
seen behind  them. 

REARWARD,  the  last  troop  or  com. 
pany. 

RUBE  E  WAR,  Ind.     Sunday. 

REBEL,  any  one  guilty  of  rebellion. 

REBELLION,  a  traitorous  taking  up 
of  arms  against  the  liberties  of  a  people, 
or  the  established  constitution  of  govern, 
ment  and  laws. 

REBOUND,  the  act  of  flying  back  in 
consequence  of  motion  impressed  and  re. 
sisted  by  a  greater  power. 

To  RECEIVE,  in  a  mil'rary  sense,  to 
wait  the  approach  of  a  friend  or  foe. 

To  RECEIVE  an  enemy.  To  make  the 
best  disposition  possible  of  your  troops, 
for  the  purpose  of  meeting  the  attack  of  an 
enemy  that  is  advancing  against  you. 

To  RECEIVE  a  general  or  re-uii itjlng  of. 
jicer.  To  be  drawn  up  according  to  spe- 
cific regulations  which  are  laid  down,  for 
the  purpose  of  paying  the  compliments 
that  are  due  to  the  rank  of  a  superior,  or 
commanding  officer. 

RECEPTION  •  d'un  officier  dans  un 
corps,  Fr.  A  ceremony  which  was  per- 
formed in  the  old  French  service,  when  an 
officer  first  joined.  This  was  done  by  beat 
of  drum  in  front  of  the  company.  The 
officer,  being  dressed,  accoutred,  and  arm- 
ed  according  to  regulation,  faced  towards 
his  men,  and  as  soon  as  the  drums  had 
ceased,  tookoffhis  hat  to  his  commanding 
efficer,  who  did  the  same  to  him,  and 
then  addressed  the  company  in  the  follow- 
ing terms : 

De  far  le  ro/,  soldals,  vous  reconnoitre*. 
Af. ....  portr  -votre  capital  net  eupfur  lieuten- 
ant ^  dt  ia  'campagnifj  et  TJOUS  lui  obelrez  en 
tout  ce  qu'il  vous  ordwne  ra  four  le  service  du 
roi  en  cette  qualite.  • 

From  thr  king!  or  pursuant  to  the  kin.c's 
•will.       Soldiers,    you    will    acknowlege 
M......  to  be  captain,  or  lieutenant,  of 

the  company,  and  you  will  obey  whatever 
orders  or  commands  he  may  issue,  in 
that  capacity,  for  the  good  or  the  king's 
service. 

When  a  colonel  or  major  was  received  at 
the  head  of  a  corps,  the  word  soldat^  sol- 
dierst  was  altered  into  messieun,  gentle- 
men ;  the  latter  term  including  both  officers 
and  men.  On  this  occasion,  the  corps  of 
captains  and  subalterns  formed  a  circle ; 
round  them  stood  the  Serjeants  drawn  up 
in  the  same  manner,  and  beyond  the  ser- 
jeants,  the  drummers,  &c.  The  different 
cireies  being  concentric*)  to  each  other. 
The  field  officer,  who  was  to  be  admitted 
or  to  take  command,  stood  in  the  centre  of 
the  whole,  surrounded  by  the  principal 
officers  of  the  regiment. 

RECETTE,  Fr.  a  trough,  which  per. 
sons  employed  in  preparing  saltpetre, 
&c.  places  beneath  tubes  filled  with 
broken  rubbish,  ashes,  &rc,  for  the  pur- 
pose  of  receiving  the  liquid  that  is  filtered 


RECHARGE,  a  renewal  of  the  charge 
or  attack. 

RECHAUD,  Fr.  a  chaffing  dish,  or 
pan  used  for  various  purposes,  particular- 
ly during  a  siege.  They  are  filled  with 
burning  materials  and  him:  in  diff-rent 
parrs  of  the  walls,  so  as  to  throw  light  in- 
to  the  ditches,  and  to  prevent  surprizes. 

RECHUTE,  Fr.  literally  means  a  se. 
cond  fall ;  but  in  fortification  it  signi- 
fies a  greater  elevation  of  the  rampart  in 
those  spots  where  it  is  likely  to  be  com- 
manded. 

RECIPIANGLE,  Fr.  recipient  an- 
gle.  A  geometrical  instrument,  which 
is  much  used  among  the  French,  for  t  ik- 
ing; the  quantities  of  angles,  especially  in 
drawing  plans  of  fortification.  It  con- 
sists of  two  moveable  rules,  made  in  the 
shape  of  a  square  rule.  The  centre  of  one 
of  its  hands  is  marked  by  a  semi. circle, 
wh  ch  is  divided  into  1 80  degrees. 

RECIPIENDAIRE,  Fr.  One  who 
offers  himself  for  any  office  or  appoint- 
ment. 

RECOIL,  (rfc*/,  Fr  )  a  falling  back. 
The  retrograde  motion  made  by  any  piece 
of  firearms  on  being  discharged,  which  is 
a  consequence  of  <he  rarefied  air  pressing 
on  ail  sides,  in  order  to  expand  itself  with 
freedom.  This  term  is  generally  applica- 
ble to  firearms,  especially  to  pieces  of  ord- 
nance, which  are  always  subject  to  a 
recoil,  according  to  the  sizes  and  the 
charge  they  contain,  Sec.  Guns  whose 
vents  are  a  little  forward  in  the  chase,  re- 
coil most.  To  lessen  the  recoil  of  a  gun 
the  platforms  are  generally  made  sloping 
towards  the  embrasures  of  the  battery. 

To  RECOIL,  reculer^  Fr.  To  fall  back, 
to  run  back  in  consequence  of  resistance  or 
repercussion. 


s 

V-". 

*J 

^J1"! 

o  06  r-  o  co 

1 

%  l?Ji 

to 

At 

y  "»W 

1 

-8»l 

. 

1 

!i| 

l"^10 

& 

"  ua 

.*l 

Ij 

|8.| 

w  M  r^rt  r- 

U      M                 1- 

§*< 

c5  UJ 

1 

ic 

rt 

g        1          I60         1 

5 

Vt 

u 

J*«M- 

5j 

^"^ 

^ 

1 

llfj 

o 

5 

'      iJ          '      t-' 

o 

'*"  JX  (li  CU 

A 

572 


RE  C 


8  pr. 


24  pr. 


Ek-va 
tion. 


"& 


RJECOIL 


tfW  Service, 
f>n  Iron  beds. 


13  Inch,  with  a  charge  of  6  Ibs. 4 

ic. Inch,  3  Ibs. 1     lo 

8  I   ch,  I  Ib.goz.  3     10 

RECOLLECTION.  A  mode  of 
thinking,  whereby  those  ideas  sought  after 
by  the  mind,  are  brought  again  to  view 
A  retentive  memory,  and  a  cool  collected 
presence  of  mind,  aie  necessary  qualities  in 
every  good  officer;  and  military  men 
should  often  exercise  the  faculty  of  think, 
im,  in  order  to  become  instantly  fa- 
jniliar  with  what  they  have  formerly 
studied  and  occasionally  practised.  For 
memory,  like  every  thing  else,  acquires 
strength,  and  is  '.ncreased  by  cultivation. 
Memorla,  ut  in  cater  is  rebus,  colendo  auge- 
tur. 

Necessary  RECOLLECTIONS  for  the 
exercise  of  a  battalion. 


RE  C 


To  RF.  CO  MM  END.  When  a  young 
gentleman  wishes  to  enter  into  the  army, 
his  first  object  is  to  get  well  recommended 
for  that  purpose.  There  is  no  regula- 
tion to  determine  fitness,  and  on  this  ac- 
count a  great  many  are  appointed  who  are 
afterwards  found  unfit. 

RECOMMENDATION,  in  a  milt. 
tary  sense,  is  a  letter  from  some  influen- 
tial character,  memb.r  of  congress,  or 
othercitizen,  stating  an  individual  to  be 
properly  qualified  for  a  situation  in  the 
armv. 

RECOMPENSES  militaries,  Fr.  See 
MILITARY  REWARDS. 

RECONNOITRE,  Fr.  To  recon- 
noitre. 

RECONNOITRE  une  place,  Fr.  1  o  re- 
connoitre a  fortified  town  or  place. 

RECONNOITRE,  in  military  affairs* 
implies  to  view  and  examine  the  state  of 
things,  in  order  to  make  a  report  thereof. 
Partiesordtred  to  reconnoitre,  are  to  ob- 
serve the  country  and  the  enemy  ;   to  re- 
mark  the  routes,   conveniences,  and  m- 
Iron  M«rtars,  II  conveniences   of  the  first ;  the  position, 
march,  or  forces  of  th>  second.     In  either 
Ft.  In.     case,  they  should  have  an  expert  t-pogra- 

*    it       /»  .    t-         _«     ... .«.^;i«,  .    V*A 


t,  capableof  taking  plans  readily:  he 
should  beth.-  best  mounted  of  the  whole, 
that  in  case  the  enemy  happen  to  scatter 
the  escort,  he  may  save  his  works  and 
ideas . 

All  parties  that  go  for  reconnoitring 
only,  should  be  but  few  in  number.  I 
would  never  chuse  more  than  twelve  or 
twenty  men.  An  officer,  be  his  rank  what 
it  will,  cannot  decline  going  with  so  few 
under  his  command :  the  honor  is  amply 
made  up  by  the  importance  of  the  ex- 
pedition, frequently  of  the  most  interest- 
ing consequence,  and  the  properest  to  re- 
commend the  prudence,  bravery,  and  ad- 
dress of  an  officer  that  has  the  fortune  to 
succeed. 

It  is  previously  necessary  that  the  of. 
ficcr  ordered  on  this  dutv  should  be  well 


It  appears,  that  the  front  of  any  division  acquainted  with  the  country,  the  roads, 

or  body  is,  in  ordinary  paces  of  24  inches,  ai.d  thedistanceofthe  enemy.     His  party 

nearly  3  4ths  of  the  number  of  files  of  must  consist  of  men  of  approved  fidelity, 
•which  it  is  composed.     That  the  circum- 


fercnce  of  the  quarter  circle  which  it  des- 
cribes, is  equal  in  number  of  paces  to  the 
same  as  the  m  mber  of  files  of  which  it  is 
composed,  counting  the  paces  of  the 
centre  man  of  the  front  rank  at  24  inches, 
allowing  6  inches  in  addition  to  the  milita- 
ly  pace  of  24  inches.  That  the  number  of 
iiles  being  once  ascertained  in  each  division, 
the  officer  commanding  it  must,  on  all 
occasions,  recollect  the  number  of  paces 
that  are  equal  to  his  front,  by  finding  the 
centre  ma,,  of  the  front  rank. 

The  field  officers  and  adjutants  must  al- 
ways recollect  the  number  of  paces  the 
front  of  the  battalion  and  its  divisions  oc- 


part  of  whom  should  be  disguised.  This 
detachment  must  march  off  in  the  night. 
The  men  must  have  strict  orders  neither 
to  smoke  tobacco,  make  a  noise,  nor  speak* 
The  officer  must  be  provided  with  two 
guides,  who  are  to  be  strictly  interrogated, 
but  are  to  remain  ignorant  of  the  route  you 
intend  to  take.  A  detachment  of  this  kind 
should  be  furnished  with  subsistence  for 
two  or  three  days.  The  horses  are  to  be 
fed  every  ten  or  twelve  miles,  for  it  is 
absolutely  necessary  that  they  should  be 
always  fresh  and  6 1  for  duty.  The  of- 
ficer will  take  care  never  to  halt,  but  at 
a  distance  from  any  road,  and  also  take 
precaution  to  prevent  his  being  sur- 


cupy,  in  order  to  take  up  ground  exactly  II  prised,r  whilst  his  houses  are  feeding ,"&c. 
in  all  formations;  and  this  is  done  by  |  RECONNOITRING.  The  following 
counting  the  number  of  men  from  one  I  necessary  observations  to  be  made  in  ex- 
flank  to  the  centre,  which  gives  tli^  num-  j  amining  a  country  in  a  military  point  of 


ber  of  military  paces. 


|  amining  a  country 

|  view,  are  principally  translated  from  the 


RE  C 


REG 


573 


Aide  Memoire,  but  improved  by  some  ju- 
dicious remarks  from  Mr.  Landman's  in- 
troduction to  reconnoitring. 

Before  an  officer  sets  out  to  reconoitre 
a  country,  he  should  trace  out  from  the 
best  map  he  can  procure,  its  principal 
features,  which  will  serve  him  as  a  guide 
in  his  progress  through  the  principal  parts 
which  are  to  be  the  subject  of  his  observa- 
tions, and  enable  him  to  connect  the  whole 
into  one  grand  plan. 

His  observations  should  be  expressed  by 
•written  remarks,  and  by  sketches.  For 
this  purpose  he  must  be  provided  with  a 
sketch  book,  on  the  right  hand  page  of 
\vh'ch,  he  may  express  the  appearanceof 
the  country  by  sketches,  and  on  the  left 
the  remarks  made  on  particular  parts,  with 
the  names  of  the  towns,  their  distances 
asunder,  &c.  with  proper  references  to  the 
sketches.  The  scale  most  proper  for  this 
purpose  is  2  inches  to  a  mile  ;  if  therefore, 
the  sketch  book  be  made  6  inches  wide, 
and  the  leaves  divided  by  lines  into  three 
equal  parts, each  division  will  he  one  mile, 
which  will  be  a  sufficient  scale  for  the  pur- 
pose. 

ist.  Roads.  The  principal  points  to  be 
attended  to  in  examining  roads  for  military 
purposes,  are,  their  direction;  the  vil- 
lages, countries,  and  rivers,  which  they 
p  sss  through ;  the  roads  which  cross 
them  ;  rheir  names  and  the  seasons  in 
wtiich  they  are  in  b.-st  condition  ;  and  if 
ever  impassable;  their  breadth,  whether 
variable  or  constant;  their  bottoms,  of 
what  principally  formed;  their  ascents 
an<l  descents,  whether  practicable  for  all 
kinds  of  carriages.  The  enclosures  may  be 
hedges,  ditches,  walls,  or  fences.  It  the 
roads  require  repair  for  the  transport  of  ar- 
tillery and  other  heavy  carriages,  observe 
if  the  necessary  materials  arc  at  hand.  If 
they  pass  over  rivers,  remark  whether  by 
bridges  or  fords ;  if  through  marshes, 
\vhetherbycauseways  or  otherwise.  If  2 
or  more  toads  pursuing  the  same  routt,  and 
by  which  different  to;umns  may  march, 
at  any  parr  join  or  cross  each  other,  it  will 
be  necessary  to  observe,  whether  the  march 
of  the  columns  will  be  thereby  impeded. 
If  they  only  cross  each  other,  it  will  be 
sometimes '  possible  in  hollow  ways,  to 
throw  a  temporary  bridge  across  thv.' deep- 
est, by  which  one  column  may  pass  over 
and  the  other  under  the  bridge,  without 
interrupting  each  others  raarch. 

2.  Fotds.  A  ford  for  cavalry  ought  not 
to  be  deeper  than  four  feet ;  for  infantry 
not  more  than  three  feet.  Observe  the 
banks  of  the  ford  at  each  side;  their  form, 
steepness,  and  height ;  their  situation  as 
tothe  turnings  of  the  river.  Their  bot- 
tom, whe  her  passable  for  carriages.  Ob- 
serve marks  by  which  the  ford  may  be 
readily  found;  points  from  which  it  may 
be  protected.  Notice  the  rapidity  of  the 
water;  whether  its  height  be  variable;  its 
direction,  its  breadth,  and  the  means  by 
which  the  ford  may  be  destroyed  or  rcn- 
massable. 


13.   Inundations.     Learn    the  manner  of 
working  the  sluices ;  the  time  in  which  the 
I  inundation  may  be  effected  ;  its  extent  and 
: depth.     Observe  how    the  dam  may  be 
!  protected  ;  its  height  and  solidity  ;   whe- 
ther it  can  '-^e easily  raised,  or  easily  destroy, 
ed ;  whether  it  iscornmanaed  hy  dis-ant 
|  positions,  and  whether  the  inundation  can 
j  be  otherwise  drained.    Notice  the  adjacent 
I  country. 

4.  Springs   and  ivells.     Attend   to   the 
!  quality  and  quantity  of  the  water ;    whe- 
ther it  will  serve  for  the  cavalry,  as  well  as 
infantry,    and  the   manner  of  its  being 
drawn.      Observe  the    situation   of  the 
spring,  and  of  its  source,  whether  it  can 
be  protected,  and  the  enemy   prevented 
from  cutting  it  off. 

5.  Lakes,  marshes,  and  swamps.     Learn 
their  cause  ;  if  arising  from  a  moist  soil, 
the  overflowing  of  rivers  or  from  springs. 
Observe  their  situation,  and  the  appear- 
ance of  the  surrounding  country  ;  the  best 
means  of  crossing  them.      If  they  are  di- 
vded  by  causeways,  notice  thoir  breadth 
and    condition;  if  not,  remark  if  cause- 
ways can  beeasily  established,  and  whe- 
ther the  swamp  can  be  drained,  and  whe- 
ther it  is  passable  at  any  season  of  the  year. 
Observe  the  points  from  which  the  cause- 
ways  can  be  defended  against  the  passage 
of  an  enemy's  column.     Learn  whether  or 
no:  the  swamps  are  subject  to  fogs ;  and 
at  what  seasons  they  are  mosi  hurtful. 

6.  Of -woods  and  forests.     Remark  their 
extent  ;  their  situation  ;  their  thickness  ; 
whether  the  trees  are  lofty  or  low:  whe- 
ther there  is  much  underwood.     Observe 
if  the  different  clumps   form  openings  or 
passes  ;  and  their  extent ;  whether  their 
sides  are  formed  of  thick  wood  or  brush; 
whether   their    breadth    is   uniform,    or 
widens   at    particular    parts.        Remark 
whether  the  ground  of  the  forest  be  level 
or  hilly,  swampy  or  dry.      Observe  the 
nature  and  condition  of  the  roads  (lor  re- 
marks to  be  made  on  th.se,  see  the  article 
roads  ,-)  observe  als^i  the  means  the  forest 
attbids  of  intrenching  ;  of  making  fascines, 
abbatis,  &c.     Attend   to  the  face  of  the 
country  round  the  forests,  whether  culti- 
vated fields  or  meadows:  whether  it  af- 
fords positions ;  is  intersected  by  rivulets., 
swamps  or  ravin  js. 

Remark  the  castles,  villages,  towns, 
&c.  in  the  neighborhood  ;  and  their  dis- 
tances from  the  skirts  of  the  wood. 

Go  round  the  wood  and  examine  its 
[  principal  debouches  ;  observe  the  ravines, 
I  rivulets,  roads,  £c.  issuing  from  it,  and 
!  learn  their  direction. 

I     7.   Heaths.     Notice  for  what  nature  of 

!  troops  tney  are  best  calculated.     The  na- 

i  ture  of  hedges  and   brush    wood;  some 

(forma  good  breast  work.     Observe  the 

j  directions  of  the  rivulets,  roads,  and  ra- 

'  vines.     When  the  ground  of  a  heath  is  of 

the  common  color,  the  roads  are  usually 

good  :  but  when  it  is  blackish  and  mixed 

with  white  sand,  the  roads  are  general]} 

impassable  in  winter  seasons. 


574 


REC 


RE  C 


8.  Canals.     For  this  article  see  also  the 
observations  on  rivers.     Observe  their  in- 
tention ;  the  nature  of  the  soil  in  which 
they  are  dug,  their  breadth  and  depth; 
their  leeks ;  the  craft  founct  upon  them  ; 
the  best  means  of  protecting  or  destroying 
them:    learn   the   countries    they    pass 
through. 

9.  Rivers.     Learn  in  what  country  they 
arise,  and  where  empty  themselves  ;  the 
nature  of  the  countries  they  run  through, 
and  whether  they  belong  to  us  or  the  ene- 
my.    Learn  the  extent  to  which  they  are 
navigable;  and  if  they  ever  freeze  over, 
wheth.r  strong  enough  to  bear  troops  and 
carriages.  Notice  the  quality  of  the  water, 
its  course,  currents, depths, and  breadths. 
The  banks  and  tho  beds  of  the  rivers.  Ob- 
serve the  nature  and  number  of  craft  that 
navigate  them;  and  the  mills  upon  their 
banks,  whether  of  winder  water.     Visit 
the  bridges  and  fords ;  and  make  the  pro- 
per remarks  on  their  nature  aud  sit"ation. 
Learn  whether  the  rivers  ever  overflow 
their  banks,  and  at  what   seasons  ;  and 
•whether  or  not  this  causes  inundations. 
Observe    the   most   favorable  points  for 
crossing,  and  the  roads   leading   to  these 
points.     The  turnings  and  windings  of  the 
rivers,  the  form  of  their  peninsulas  ;  and 
the  most  favorable  situations  for  thro  wing 
over  bridges.     1 1  there  are  any  wharves  on 
the  banks,  observe  what  craft  can  lie  along 
side  of  them. 

If  there  are  islands  in  the  rivers,  note 
their  size,  their  banks  ;  whether  inhabit- 
ed, cultivated,  woody,  or  barren ;  and 
•whether  they  command  the  channel. 

Observe  the  mountains  and  high  grounds 
near  the  rivers  ;  remark  their  distance 
from  the  banks,  and  the  advantages,  or 
disadvantages  which  they  otter.  Learn 
what  branches  or  confluence  of  other  rivers 
there  are  either  above  or  below,  the  best 
situations  for  crossing.  Examine  the  po- 
sitions which  the  adjoining  country  affords 
an  army  to  protect  the  passage  of  the  river  : 
and  whether  in  a  perpendicular  or  parallel 
direction;  and  the  routes  by  which  three 
or  four  columns  may  arrive  at  the  place. 

10.  Passes.      Observe  their    breadth, 
their  length,  and  their  situation;  the  na- 
ture of  the  adjacent  country  ;  the  best  po- 
sitions to  occupy  to  cover  a  retreat ;  or  to 
dispute  the  pass.     How  the  troo;>s  would 
be  best  arranged ;   and  the  number  tha 
would  be  required  for  this  purpose. 

11.  Ravines,  Dallies .     Observe  the  na- 
ture of  the  soil;  whether  rocky,  or  of  loose 
flints.    If  the  sides  are  rugged  and  steep, 
whether  they  can  be  easily  scarped  oft 
The  points  that  command  them  :  whethei 
storms  or  floods  are  to  be  apprehended  ; 
and  at  what  seasons  most  ex- iec ted. 

12.  Cultivated  lands.     Notice  their  statf 
of  cultivation  :  their   productions;    theii 
time  of  harvest.     Learn  what  quantity  o 
wheat,  rye,  barley,  oats,  maize,  orothe 

n  they  produce,  over  and  above  the  ne 
•pessary   subsidence   Of  the  inhabitants 


How  much  grain  or  hay  they  yield  fer 
ere. 

13.  Orchards.    Observe  whether  they 
re  thick  planted  and  aiiord  a  good  cover  ; 
heir   enclosures,  whether   wood  fences, 
edges,  ditches,  walls,  &c. 

14.  Bridges.     Remark  their  situation  ; 
heir  length  and  breadth  ;  the  materials: 
>f  which  they  are  built;  their  strength, 
vhether  sufficient  to  bear  artillery  ;  the 
oads  leading  to  them  ;    their  situation, 
s  to  the  turnings  of  the  river:  their  pur. 
»ose;  if  to  connect  towns  and  villages, 
hr  nature,  direction,  and  breadth  of  the 
treets  leading  to  them.      Ob  eive  the 
country  around,    whether  flat  or  com- 
manding: study  the  best  means  of  fortify. 

ng  the  bridge  hea ^  ;  and  observe  the  best 
nd  most  expeditious  mod  by  wh'ch  the 
>rid-..'e  may  be  destroyed,  if  neces-ary. 

15.  Mountains^   hills       Amongst    h'gh 
mountains,  such  as  the   Alps,  roads  arc 

'eryrare;  his  seldom  move  than  the  val- 
ies  that  are  inhabited  and  accessible  for 
roops;  observe  their  slopes,  if  steep  or 
utged.  Examine  the  positions:  means 
of  gaining  the  summits :  and  note  th& 
state  of  cultivation  and  general  appearance 
ofthevallies;  the  pasturage,  forage,  cot- 
ages,  villages,  castles,  roads,  path.",,  and 
masses.  Distinguish  the  principal  chains 
)f  hills  and  their  direction.  Their  relative 
lights ;  whether  they  are  sufficiently 
extensive  to  form  a  line  of  defence;  their 
communications  ;  their  strong  points  ;  po- 
sitions proper  for  bakeries,  &c.  Whethei1 
practicable  for  cavalry  and  artillery. 

16.  Coasts.  Theirnature;  whetherbor. 
dere»l  by  sand  hills;  surrounded  by  rocks, 
which  render  their  approach  dangerous  ; 
or  by  shoals,  which  make  their  access  im- 
practicable;  note  the  points  and  headlands 
proper  for  the  forts  and  batteries  to  defend 
the  anchorage,    ports,  harbors,   or  other 
accessible  parts.     I  f  then;  are  any  adjacent 
isles,  perhaps  they  will  serve  for  the  erec- 
tion of  advanced  batteries,  to  form  a  bar- 
rier to  the  efforts  of  an  enemy.     Observe 
the  nature  of  the  shores,  bays,  roads  foi 
shipping,  &c.  with  the  winds  required  to 
go  in  and  out  the  harbors;  and  whether 
they  are  of  easy  access  ;  their  advantages 
and  disadvantages,  their  size  and  depth  ot 
water.     If  a  river  empties  itself  on  the 
coast,     observe    the    particular   channel 
for  shipping,  and  whether  it  can  be  de- 
fended by  any  of  the  batteries.     If  the 
coast  is  already  fortified,  observe  all  the 
batteries,  forts,  or  intrenchments,  estab- 
lished for  its  defence,  and  the  protection 
of  the  anchorage,  &c.   Examine  the  camps 
and    other   military  posts,    which  cover 
the    principal    points,    and   the    interior 
of  the  country.     Estimate  all  the  dangers 
to  be  run,  and  all  the  obstacles  to  be  over, 
come  in  a  descent,  and  point  out  the  means 
of  augmenting  them.    Observe  the  time  of 
the  tide  most  favorable  for  approaching  the 
coast.     Ascertain   the  number  of  artillery 
and  other  troops  constantly  on  the  c  >ast, 
and  the  force  that  can  be  Collected  at  * 


R  E  C 


REC 


575 


short  notice ;  and  how  soon  they  can  be 
drawn  to  any  partic"lar  point  attacked 
Examine  the  system  of  defence  adopted, 
and  endeavor  to  imorove  it. 

17.  Forts,  redoubts.    Remark  their  form, 
whether  ancient  or  modern  ;  whether  they 
are  permanent  or  temporary;  el  vated  or 
low;    revetted  or   dem!- revetted,    with 
stone,  brick  or  turf.     Whether  the  ditch 
is  wet  or  dry;  fraiz^d  or  palisaded;  na- 
tural orartificial.    Observe  theirsituation ; 
the  face  of  the  adjacent  country  ;  whether 
they  eif.'ctually  command  the  passes,  or 
protect  the  country  intended.     The  de- 
fence they  are  capable  of  making  in  their 
present  state,  and  the  improvements  of 
which  they  are  susceptible. 

18.  Castles,  citadels.     Their  situation; 
their  form  ;  their  extent ;  their  object ; 
the   protection  they  give  the  city  ;  their 
connection   and  communication   with  it. 
The  present  state  of  their  defence,  and  the  j 
improvements  of  which  they  are  suscepti.  I 
ble.      Their  Souterraines. 

19    H/Lges.     Observe  their  situation  :  j 
ascertainthe  number  of  familiesthey  con-  ' 
tain  ;  the  nature  of  the  land  ;  the  quality  j 
and  quantity  of  their  crops  :  their  mar-  i' 
kets ;  tha  suburbs  that  supply  these  mar-  j 
kets;  tueir  beasts  of  burthen  :  their  flocks,  j 
herds,  poultry,  &c.     The  number  of  their 
ovens;    quality  of   the   water;    stile  of 
houses,  barns,  stables,  and  sheep  walks.  ; 
The  situation  of  the  church;  the  nature 
of  the  church  yard,  and  its  inciosures. 
The  wind  and  water    mills.      Observe 
whether    the    village  is   surrounded  by 
hedges,  ditches,  banks,  or  walls  ;  whether 
it  can  be  easily  intrenched.     Its  streets; 
roads  leading  to  it;  and  the  face  of  the 
•sunound'ng  country. 

20.  Cities  not  fortified.     Theirsituation; 
population;     commerce;    commodities; 
manufactures ;  the  succors  that  may  be 
drawn  from  them,  as  to  men,  horses,  &c. 
Their    squares   and  principal  buildings. 
The  defence    they    are    susceptible  of; 
whether  they   are  surrounded   by  walls, 
old    towers,    ditches,  &c.     Their  gates, 
and  the  roads  Beading  to  them.     The  face 
of  the  surrounding  country. 

21.  Fortijied  tows.       Their  situation 
tvith  respect  to  their  position,  and  with 
respect  to  other  towns  in  the  neighbor- 
hood, whether  in  th^  first  or  second  line; 
the  assistance  which  they  can  afford  each 
other.     The  succors  that  may  be  drawn 
from  them,  or  that   may   be  thrown  into 
them  in  case  of  a  siege.  The  direction  which 
such  relief,  whether  of  men  or  provisions, 
ought  to  take,  according  to  the  side  attack- 
ed ;  whether  they  will  serve  as  depots  or 
hospitals.     The  state  of  the  fortifications 
(see  the  word  fortification  in  the  alphabet  ;j 
their  nature  ;  the  strength  of  each  front. 
The  rivers  in  the  neighborhood;  the  sur- 
rounding country  within   the  range  of  the 
guns.     The  form  of  investment  ;  what 
lines  will  be  required  considering  the  na- 
ture of  the  country,  and  the  positions  ; 
and  the  means  the  country  aSords  of  exe- 


cuting them.  Theadvantages  which  the 
ground  would  afford  b  tween  the  glacis 
and  the  lines,  either  to  the  besiegers  or 
besieged ;  the  means  of  establishing  the 
most  certain  communications  between  the 
cl-fferent  quarters  of  the  army,  and  the 
means  of  cutting  them  off. 

22.  Positions.  Every  military  position 
ought  to  possess  decided  advantages  of 
situation,  and  ought  to  be  commanded  in. 
no  part  of  its  front,  flank,  or  rear.  All 
commanding  groundsougnt  to  be  without 
the  ranse  of  cannon.  Therearefour  prin- 
cipal objects  to  be  a'tended  to  in  the  choice 
of  a  position:  ist.  The  advantages  of  the 
ground;  2d.  the  ground;  31!.  the  objects 
to  be  attained  ;  and,  4th.  the  communi- 
cations with  the  rear.  The  front  of  a  po, 
sition  should  be  intersected  by  rivers,  ra- 
vines, or  broken  ground,  or  any  other  ob- 
stacles which  can  prevent  the  enemy  ad- 
vancing in  order  of  battle,  and  oblige  him 
to  pass  through  defiles;;  but  a  position  be- 
comes useless  when  the  front  is  so  covered 
by  obstacles  that  the  army  cannot  advance 
or  move  out  of  its  camp  when  necessary  ; 
but  no  obstacles  can  be  too  great  on  the 
flanks.  All  obstacles  which  cover  a  po- 
sition, or  passes  which  lead  to  it,  must 
be  within  the  range  of  the  artillery,  or  the; 
enemy  will  pass  them  unmolesred.  In  a 
flat  country,  where  the  ground  does  not 
afford  commanding  situations,  a  position 
is  only  moreor  less  eligible,  as  being  co- 
vered or  protected  by  obstacles  ;  these  are 
very  thick  woods,  in  which  there  are  very- 
few  roads ;  large  rivulets  which  cannot 
be  forded  or  passed  without  bridges;  nar- 
row roads ;  deep  and  broken  ravines  ; 
ground  much  intersected  with  hedges, 
ditches,  &c.  but  it  is  essential  that  all 
these  obstacles  should  be  under  the  fire 
of  the  artillery.  It  is  always  dangerous  to 
occupy  a  position,  which  has  its  rear  so 
covered  by  swamps,  crossed  by  rivers  or 
ravines,  £c.  as  to  render  the  retreat  of  the 
army  difficult.  The  number  of  passes  by 
which  an  army  can  retire  must  be  examin- 
ed and  secured,  and  should  never  be  less 
than  5  or  6.  The  rivers,  brooks,  &c.  in 
front  of  a  position,  should  never  be  de- 
pended upon  fora  supply  of  water,  as  the 
enemy  may  cut  them  off.  The  ground 
for  a  camp  should  not  be  too  much  inter- 
sected by  hedges,  ditches,  or  ravines, 
which  occasion  great  intervals  in  the  line, 
ami  obstruct  the  communications  through 
the  camp. 

In  an  offensive  position  it  is  absolutely 
necessary  that  the  army  sh  mid  not  be  too 
much  confined  by  obstacles,  but  be  at 
liberty  to  act  in  every  direction  ;  but  in  a 
defensive  position,  the  fewer  accessible 
points  there  are  the  better:  and  if  the 
natural  difficulties  in  front  and  flank 
are  not  sufficient  to  render  an  enemy's  at- 
tack dangerous,  they  must  be  increased  by 
redoubts,  intrenchrnents,abbatis,  inunda- 
tions, &c  The  obstacles  on  the  flanks, 
should  also  be  of  such  extent  that  they 
cannot  be  easily  turned,  without  the  em:  - 


576 


RE  C 


R  E  C 


mv  makes  a  very  great  circuit ;  and  Conse- 
quently expose  hisowi;  flank,  and  weakens 
his  line  of  communication.  In  case  the 
eni'iny  detaches  a  body  to  attack  a  defen- 
sive position  in  the  rear;  the  front  must 
be  sufficiently  strong  to  enable  the  general 
to  oppose  the  enemy's  detachment,  by  a 
strong  body  from  his  own  army.  In 
short,  the  enemy  must  not  beable  by  any 
manoeuvre  to  force  the  army  to  quit  its 
position.  The  want  of  wood  or  water,  or 
other  supplies  absolutely  necessary  for  an 
army,  renders  every  other  advantage  of  a 
position  useless  ;  nor,  can  a  position  be 
long  tenable,  that  is  far  removed  from  its 
depots  ;  and  has  not  its  intermediate  posts 
perfectly  secure  from  the  attacks  of  an 
enemy.  These  principles  like  all  others 
in  the  ordinary  affairs  of  war,  are  subject 
to  those  exceptions  which  the  creative 
genius  of  the  general  may  devise.  Thus 
the  fi.st  campaign  of  Bonaparte  in  Italy, 
was  undertaken  by  an  inferior  force  with- 
out magazines ;  the  general  determination 
was  to  seize  those  of  the  enemy  ;  the  same 
took  place  in  the  campaign  in  1809,  the 
force  hastily  collected  hjd  no  magazines, 
but  by  the  first  battle  he  penetrated  the 
centre,  and  cut  off  two  of  the  corps  of 
the  Austrians,  and  took  magazines  ade- 
quate to  six  months  subsistence  from 
the  Austrians.  The  general  principles 
are  nevertheless  to  be  constantly  regarded. 
For  further  remarks  upon  positions,  see 
ARTILLERY  IN  THE  FIELD,  and  Amer. 
Mil.  Lib.  Article  RECONNOITRING. 

To  RECOVER  arms,  a  position  of  the 
firelock  when  the  piece  is  held  with  tne 
lock  in  front  of  the  left  shoulder,  and  the 
sling  to  the  front.  The  steadiness  of  sol- 
diers is  frequently  proved  by  bringing  them 
to  the  recover,  after  the  word  take  aim. 

To  bring  to  the  RECOVER.  SteRECovER 
ARMS. 

RECRUITS,  (Recrues,  Fr.)  men  rais- 
ed for  military  purposes  on  the  first  forma- 
tion of  corps,  or  to  supply  the  places  of 
such  as  are  disabled,  or  have  lost  their 
lives  in  the  service.  For  particulars  re- 
specting the  enlistment  of  recruits,  see 
REGULATIONS. 

RECRUITING,  a  term  prefixed  to 
certain  corps  and  districts,  which  are  spe- 
cifically established  for  the  recruiting  ser- 
vice. Hence  recruiting  districts. 

All  recruits  made  for  the  regular  army 
of  the  U.  States,  are  inlisted  forfive  years. 
In  almost  every  service  in  Europe  menare 
enlisted  for  a  certain  number  of  years,  ex- 
cept the  Hritish,  who  inlist  for  life.  Ex- 
perience has  convinced  the  powers  upon 
the  co.uineut  of  Europe,  that  the  system 
of  binding  a  man  during  the  whole  course 
of  his  life  to  military  subjection,  is  con- 
trary to  every  sound  principle  of  ceconomy, 
and  ettl'ctive  service. 

The  following  are  the  established  forms 
-nd  instructions  for  the  recruiting  service, 
established  by  the  United  States. 

Itntrucihns  to  Recruiting  Officers,  respect. 


ing  the  rendering  and  settlement  of  their  ac  - 
counts  of  bounties  and -premiums  for  recruits. 

I.  Every  recruit  shall  be  inlisted,  and 
receive  the  first  pay  met<t  of  his  bounty  ac- 
cording to  the  form  marked  (A.) 

II.  Every  officer  em j  loy-d  in  recruit- 
ing, shall,  at  the  expi  ation  ot  each  calen- 
dar month,   make  musters  according   to 
the  form  marked  (B.j  embracing  all  the 
recruits  inlisted  by  him  ;  one  set  of  which 
muster  rolls  he  is  regularly  to  transmit  to 
the  office  of  the  paymaster  of  the  army  of 
the  United  States,  at  the  seat  of  govern- 
ment. 

III.  Every  officer  on  quitting  the  re- 
cruiting service,  or  before,  if  it  is  by  pro- 
per authority  require*!  of  him,  shall  state 
his  accounts  according  to  the  form  marked 
(C.)(D.)and  transmit  the  same  without 
delay  to  the  office  of  the  paymaster  of  the 
army  of  the  United  States,  at  the  seat  of  go- 
vernment, or  to  the  paymaster  of  the  dis- 
trict in  which  he  held  his  rendezvous  ; 
who  shall  with  all  possible  dispatch  exa- 
mine and  adjust  them. 

(A.) 

STATE 
I  born  in  aged 

years,  feet        inches  high, 

of  complexion,  eyes, 

hair,  and  by  profession  a  do 

hereby  acknowlege  to  have  this  day  vo- 
luntarily inlisted  as  a  soldier  in  the  army 
of  the  United  States  of  America,  for  the 
period  of  five  years  unless  sooner  discharg- 
ed by  proper  authority ;  do  also  agree  to 
accept  such  bounty,  pay,  rations,  and 
clothing  as  is,  or  may  be  established  by 
law.  And  I  do  solemnly 

swear,  that  I  will  bear  true  faith  and  al- 
legiance to  the  United  States  of  America, 
and  that  1  will  serve  them  honestly  and 
faithfully  against  their  enemies  or  oppo- 
ses whomsoever;  and  that  I  will  ob- 
serve and  obey  the  orders  of  the  President 
of  the  United  States,  and  the  orders  of  the 
officers  appointed  over  me,  according  to 
the  rules  and  articles  of  war. 


Sworn  and  subscribed  to, 
at  this 

1 8  before 


day  of 


Received  oj  Of  tbe  United 

State*  army,  this  Jay  of 

dollar  S)  in  part  of  my  bounty  fa- 
inlist'ing  imo  the  army  of  the  United  Stales  fir 
five  ye  art. 

Signed  duplicate  receipts, 

DOLLS,  l^ 
Wrness, 


RE  C 


REC 


577 


(B.) 

MUSTER  ROLL  of  a  Company  of  under  the  command  of 

i  nt be  of  the  United  State s,  commanded  by 

from  ivhen  last  mustered,  ta 


No. 

NAMES. 

RANK 

Daresofap- 
pointment 
orinlistm't 

To  what  time 
engaged  or  in- 
listed 

NAMES 
Present. 

Remarks  and  altera- 
tions since  tht  last 
Muster.   . 



— 

RECAPITULATION. 


Present  Jit  for  duty, 

Sick  present, 

Sick  absent, 

On  detachment, 

On  command. 

On  extra  ser-vice, 

On  furlough* 

Jn  confinement, 

Afissing, 

Deserted, 

Dead, 


5  a. 


[This  recapitulation  g&s  on  the  back  of  the 
Return,  and  should p toper  ly  appear  071 
the  bead  of  the  quarter -fold. } 


RECRUITING  ACCOUNT  of 


in  the 


(Number  of 
voucher?. 

ili'l 

r-5*£  3 

"III 
||? 

1  Dates  of  inlist. 
ment. 

1  Periods  of  in- 
listment. 

1? 

II 

Bounty 
paid. 

!  Balances  of 
bounty  . 

1  Premium 
I  allowed. 

Bounty 
paid,  and 
premium 
allowed. 

When,  and  in  what 
company  or  detach, 
ment    these    recruirt 
were    firnt  mustered 
present  after  their  in- 
listment. 
Remarks,  &c. 

dolls 

dolls 

cts 

dolls 

cts 

Jells 

dulls 

cts. 

The  P^er  ( D.  \  r.»xi  page,  h  usually  prepared  or  printed  on  tbf  back  of 

4  D 


5TB 


RED 


P.) 

,-.         7^  United  State,  in  Account  Current  (for  fauntles  and  premiums )  with  C>' 


Date 

Dolls. 

Cts. 

Date. 

Dolls. 

Cts. 

.-'or  bounties  and  premi- 
ums allowed  tor 
recruits,     per    within 
account^ 

By 
For  cash  received  of 
him  on  account  of 
bounties  and  pre- 

miums to  recruits, 

For  advances  made  to  the 

following  officers,    on 

account  of  bounties  and 

premiums  to  recruits, 

fcr  which  advances  the 

said    officers    are   ac- 

countable, vi^. 

To        per  receipt  No. 

I  DO  HEREBY  CERfifY,  upon  my  word  and 
honor,  as  an  officer  and  a  gentleman,  that  this  re- 
cruiting account  exhibits  a  faithful,  accurate,  and 
true  statement  of  all  monies  received  and  paid  away 
by  me,  on  account  of  bounties  and  premiums  t» 
recruits,  not  heretofore  accounted  for ;  and  that  the 
balance  of  dollars,  cents,  stated  in  the 

above  account  current,  is  due  from  to 


Given  at 


this 


in  the  state  of 
day  of 
18 


RECRUIT. lorscs,  are  the  horses  brought 
ap  for  completing  the  regiments  of  horse, 
and  dragoons,  &c. 
RECTANGLE.  Fr.  rectangle. 
RECTANGLE,        ?   ~       AMPLI 
RECTANGULAR,  $          ANGLI- 
RECTIL1GNE,    Fr.    rectilinear,    or 
right  lined. 

RECTILINEAR,     > after  the  man- 
RECTlLlNEOUS.Sner,  or  consist- 
ing  of  right  lines. 

RECUIT,  Fr.  A  term  used  in  the 
French  foundaries  of  artillery,  signifying 
the  annealing  or  hardening  of  a  cannon- 
mould. 

RECUL</«ra»c»,  Fr.  Therecoilofa 
piece  of  ordnance.  See  RECOIL. 

RECULADE,  Fr.  The  act  of  recoil, 
ing  or  falling  back. 

RECULER,  Fr.  To  fall  back.  This 
expression  is  used  by  the  I-  rench  in  a  figu- 
rati^e  sense,  viz. 

Rtcv LER  pour  mieux  sautery  Fr.  To 
fall  back  or  retreat,  in  order  to  return  and 
advance  with  moreenergy 

RED  hot  s&tt,  shot  made  red  hot,  and  in 
that  state  thrown  out  of  cannon,  against 
the  v.-ssels  or  magazines  of  an  enemy. 

R  E  DCO  AT,  a  familiar  term  for  a  British 
Soldier. 

REDANS,  in  Jield  fort  if  cation  i  are  a 
kind  of  indented  works,  lines,  or  faces, 
forming  sallying  and  re-entering  angles, 
flanking  one  another ;  generally  coustruc- 
v  on.the  Sldes  of  «  river  which  runs 
•nrough  a  garrison  town.  They  were  usec 


jefore bastions  were  invented,  and  are  by- 
some  thought  preferable  to  them.  They 
are  likewise  called  Outrages  a  scie,  from 
heir  resemblance  to  a  saw. 

REDD  IT  I  ON  d'uneflace,  Fr.  The 
surrender  of  a  besieged  place. 

REDIGER,  Fr.     To  draw  out. 

R  E  D  i  c  E  R  de s  metnoiresi  F  r .  To  d  raw 
out  memorials. 

REDINTEGRATION,  theactof  re. 
storing  any  single  substance,  from  a  da- 
maged mixed  body,  to  its  former  nature 
and  properties.  Thus  col.  Congreve,  of 
the  British  artillery,  by  the  redintegration 
of  nitre  from  damaged  gunpowder,  has 
effected  a  vast  saving  in  that  article. 

REDOUBT,  (Redoute,  Fr.)  in  /**///- 
cation,  a  square  work  raised  without  the 
glacis  of  the  place,  about  musquet  shot 
from  the  town  ;  having  loop-holes  for  the 
small  arms  to  fire  through,  and  surround, 
ed  by  a  ditch.  Sometimes  they  are  of 
earth,  having  only  a  defence  in  front,  sur- 
rounded by  a  parapet  and  ditch.  Both 
the  one  and  the  other  serve  for  detached! 
guards  to  interrupt  the  enemy's  works; 
and  are  sometimes  made  on  the  angles  of 
the  trenches  for  covering  the  workmen 
against  the  sallies  of  the  garrison.  The 
length  of  their  sides  may  be  about  zeroi- 
ses ;  their  parapets  must  have  two  or  three 
banquettes,  and  be  about  nine  or  ten  feet 
thick.  They  are  sometimes  (in  a  siegej 
called  places  of  arms. 
RIDOUBT,  is  also  the  name  of  asma.ll 


RED 


REE 


579 


•vrork  made  in  a  ravelin,  of  various  forms. 
See  FORTIFICATION 

REDOUBT,  castle  or  donjon,  a  place 
fnore  particularly  intrenched,  and  separated 
from  the  rest  of  adit  h.  There  is  general- 
Jy  in  each  of  them  a  high  position,  from 
whence  the  country  round  the  place  may 
be  di severed. 

Detached  REDOUBT,  isawork  made  at 
some  distance  from  the  covert- way,  much 
in  the  same  manner  as  a  ravelin  with  flanks. 
See  ARROW. 

REDOUBTS  en  cremaillete,  differ  from 
all  the  rest,  because  the  inside  line  of  the 
parapet  is  broken  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
resemble  steps  of  stairs,  or  teeth  of  a  saw  j 
•whereby  this  advantage  is  gained,  that  a 
Xreaterfire can  be  brought  to  bear  upon  the 
defile,  than  if  only  a  simple  face  was  op- 
posed to  it,  and  consequently  the  passage 
is  rendered  more  difficult. 

REDOUBTER,  Fr.  To  be  alarmed  at. 
Kedouier  let  armet  d'un  cnnemi,  to  be  a- 
Jarmed  at  the  strength  ot  an  enemy. 

REDOUTES  de  terre,  Fr.  redoubts 
that  are  hastily  thrown  up,  and  are  made 
with  earth,  for  the  purpose  of  securing 
entrenchments,  circumvallations,  passages 
of  rivers,  &c. 

REDOUTES  de  mac onne rie,  Fr.  redoubts 
made  of  mason  work.  These  are  general- 
ly constructed  in  places  where  an  enemy 
might  derive  ad  vantage  from  establishing 
himself;  they  are  likewise  built  upon  the 
saliant  angles  of  the  glacis. 

REDOUTES  casematees,  Fr.  Casemated 
redoubts.  These  are  arched  over  and  are 
bomb  proof.  Those  constructed  for  the 
defence  of  Gibraltar,  and  for  the  securi- 
ty of  Dover  Castle,  are  of  this  descrip- 
tion. 

REDOUTES  a  machicoulis^  Fr.  redoubts 
made  of  stone  work,  which  are  several 
srories  high.  The  highest  story  juts  out 
about  one  foot  beyond  the  wall  that  sur- 
rounds or  fronts  the  redoubt. 

RE  DRESSER,  Fr.  in  a  military  sense, 
to  recover.  To  make  straight  again, 
riz. 

ReJressez  vos  armes,  recover  arms.  Re* 
Jressez.  la  ligne,  redress  the  line. 

I  To  RE  DRILL.  Te  drill  again.  To 
t  a  soldier  through  the  first  elements  of 
litary  training.  Every  soldier  on  his 
urn  from  furlough,  should  be  re- 
'lied  before  he  is  permitted  to  act  in  the 
iksof  his  company. 

Jo  REDUCE  a  place,  is  {o  oblige  the 
;overnor  to  surrender  it  to  the  besiegers, 
capitulation. 

To  R  E  D  U  C  E  the  circle.    To  restore  or 
•ring  back  a  battalion  or  company,  which 
s  been  formed  in  circle,  to  its  original 
>sition  in  line. 

To  REDUCE  the  square.  To  restore  or 
bring  back  a  battalion  or  battalions,  which 
have  been  formed  in  a  hollow  or  oblong 
square,  to  their  original  situation  in  line  or 
column.  On  the  wtrdjorm  close  column, 
the  front  which  the  column  is  to  have  is 
qoted  to  stand  still  by  its  proper  officer, 


whether  it  be^aa*  or  centre;  the  other 
)ortions  of  the  line  are  faced  towards  the 
>omt  of  formation ;  and  then  quarter 
"aced  or  wheeled  to  front  or  rear ;  as  the 
ol  umns  is  to  be  formed.  The  column  upw 
he  centre,  is  the  best  and  most  effective  of 
ill  the  formations  for  columns  of  at'ack. 

Tobe  REDUCED,  in  a  military  sense, 
o  be  taken  off  the  establishment,  to  cease 

0  receive  pay  as  soldiers.     When  a  regi- 
ment is  reduced,  the  officers  are  generally 

>ut  upon  half  pay.  Sometimes  thecorps 
re  reduced,  and  the  officers  remain  upon 
ull  pay.  This  happens  at  the  close  of  a 
var,  when  the  standing  army  of  the  coun- 
ry  is  confined  ro  a  certain  number  of  bat- 
alions.  Hence  is  derived  the  expression, 
standout  of  the  break.  In  the  break,  is 
he  liability  of  being  reduced :  out  oftht 
't-eak,  is  the  certainty  of  being  kept  upon 
he  establishment. 

To  be  REBUCED  to  the  ranks.  To  be 
aken  from  a  superior  appointment  in  a 
egiment,  and  to  be  ordered  to  the  duty  of 

1  common  soldier.    This  sometimes  hap- 
iens,    by   way  of  punishment,   when  a 
serjeant  or  coporal  misbehaves  himself. 

REDUCT.     SeeREDOusT 

REDUCTION  des  troupet,  Fr.  A 
eduction  of  the  armed  force  of  a  coun- 
ty. 

REDUIRE,  Fr.  in  drawing,  to  copy, 
:o  reduce  a  plan  or  picture.  This  ope- 
ration differs  from  that  of  chalking  out. 
The  French  use  the  expression  in  variou* 
senses,  viz. 

REDUIRE  en  grand,  Fr.  To  copy  aa 
original  drawing,  by  giving  it  larger  di. 
mensions. 

REQUIRE  en  petit,  Fr.  To  copy  an 
original  drawing,  by  giving  it  smaller  di- 
mensions, which  is  literally  to  reduce  it. 

REDUIRE  un  plan  au  petit  pied,  Fr.  To 
make  a  copy  of  a  drawing,  in  which  every 
part  is  faitnfully  represented,  though  on 
a  small  scale 

REDUIT,  Fr.  literally  means  a  nook, 
or  bye-place;  in  a  military  sense,  it  sig- 
nifies a  sort  of  citadel,  which  is  extreme- 
ly inconvenient  to  the  inhabitants  of  the 
town,  because  it  takes  up  more  ground 
than  those  that  are  regulariy  built,  and  is, 
at  the  same  time,  uncomfortable  to  the 
troops,  because  they  must  be  very  much 
crowded.  This  word  is  explained  by  an 
English  lexicographer,  in  the  following 
manner  : — Reduct  or  Reduit,  an  advanta- 
geous piece  of  ground,  intrenched  and 
separated  from  the  rest  of  the  place,  camp, 
&c.  for  an  army,  garrison,  &c.  to  retire 
to  in  case  of  surprize.  ReJuit*  are  some- 
times made  for  the  purpose  of  securing 
different  posts  in  a  town  independent  of 
its  citadel.  These  have  been  proposed  by 
the  celebrated  Vauban. 

REDUIT,  in  architecture,  a  recess. 
RE  ED,  an  arrow. 
REED1FIER,   Fr.    To  rebuild. 
RE-ENTERING    angle,  in  forttfce. 
tlont  is  that  which  turns  its  point  toward^ 


580 


REF 


R  E  F 


the  centre  of  the  place.     See  FORTIFI- 
CATION. 

R  E  F  A I T,  Ms  refait  et  remit  a  Pcquerre, 
Fr.  An  expression  used  among  French 
carpenters,  and  by  the  artificers  belonging 
to  t'^e  train,  to  sienify  any  piece  of  wood 
which  has  been  planed  and  made  perfectly 
square  and  level. 

RE  FEND,  Fr.  in  architecture,  a  par- 
tition  wall,  viz-  Mur  de  rcfend. 

To  RE-FORM,  in  a  military  sense,  is 
after  some  manoeuvre  or  evolution,  to 
bring  a  line  to  its  natural  order,  by  align- 
ing it  on  some  given  point.  This  frequent- 
ly occurs  in  the  passage  of  lines,  &c.  viz. 
When  a  line  or  several  battalions  hath 
passed  another  that  remains  posted,  by 
retreating  through  by  files,  it  may  be  re- 
formed in  the  following  manner : 

TORE-FORM^  a  jiank  battalion,  on  a 
central  battalion,  in  an  oblique  position 

When  by  a  flank  battalion,  the  line  that 
has  passed  is  fronted  in  column,  and  the 
several  pivots  are  dressed  correctly  before 
wheeling  up  into  line.  To  this  eliect, 
the  commander  of  thf^  head  battalion  will 
instantly  place  the  pivots  of  his  three  first 
platoons  in  a  true  direction,  and  order  the 
officers  of  his  other  platoons  to  line  on 
them ;  himself  remaining  with  the  head 
platoon  at  the  point  d'appui,  will  see  that 
this  is  correctly  done.  The  first  battalion 
thus  steadied,  vyill  become  a  sufficient 
direction  for  the  second,  and  every  other 
one,  to  prolong  it  by  their  adjutants ;  and 
this  operation,  though  successive  from 
platoon  to  platoon,  and  from  battalion  to 
battalion,  may  Be  performed  quickly  and 
correctly;  if  the  adjutants  are  timesously 
detached,  and  if  the  head  of  the  column 
be  quickly  arranged. 

To  RE-FORM  ajirst  line  on  a  central  bat- 
talion. In  order  to  give  the  alignment 
from  a  central  battalion,  after  halting  and 
fronting,  the  platoon  pivots  of  the  given 
battalion  are  from  its  head  to  be  accurately 
lined  by  its  commander,  in  the  true  direc- 
tion. This  battalion  being  placed,  from 
which  distances  and  dressings  are  taken, 
the  others  will  instantly  proceed  to  line 
their  pivot  flanks  upon  it :  those  that  are 
behind  it,  will  readily  do  this;  those  that 
are  before  it  will  find  more  difficulty,  as 
they  must  take  their  distances  from  the 
rear;  to  facilitate  this  necessary  object, 
their  platoon  officers  will  face  to  the  di- 
recting battalion,  and  will  then  successive- 
ly take  then  distances  and  covering  from 
their  then  front;  as  soon  as  each  has  ac- 
quired his  true  position,  he  will  face 
about  and  make  his  platoon  join  to  and 
dress  to  him.  The  line  Will  then  be  ready 
to  form,  by  wheeling  up  to  the  pivot 
iiank. 

To  R  E-  FORM  a  first  line^  that  has  passed 
through  a  sccwdiuhicb  re  maim  posted,  hi  en 
oblique  position 

.  vhen  it  is  found  necessary  that  the  pas- 
attalions,  which  constitute  the  first 
line  should  take  a  new  position  not  paral 
1  to  the  second,  or  to  their  own  original 


formation,  the  commander,  with  his  two 
leading  platoons,  will  first  enter  it  (i.  e* 
the  new  position)  and  direct  the  others  to 
regulate  their  flanks  by  them ;  and  if 
several  battalions  are  passing  the  second 
line,  the  mtu  alignment  is  thus  made 
easier  for  them. 

It  frequently  happens,  that  a  height  in 
the  rear  is  to  be  crowned  by  a  retiring  line. 
In  this  case,  each  officer  must  not  dress 
exactly  to  the  platoon  that  pr-cedes  him, 
but  in  joining  it  he  must  halt,  and  arrange 
his  own  in  such  a  manner,  that  the  slope 
of  the  rising  or  ascent  can  be  entirely  seen 
and  commanded,  which  is  here  the  great 
object,  and  would  not  be  attained,  if  the 
troops  were  to  adhere  ^oa  straight  line. 

To  REFORM,  (Reformer,  Fr.)  is  like- 
wise to  reduce  a  corps  of  men,  by  either 
disbanding  the  whole,  or  only  breaking 
a  part,  and  retaining  the  rest ;  or  some- 
times by  incorporating  them  with  other 
regiments. 

REFORMS,  Fr.  reduced. 

Ojficier  RE  FORME,  Fr.  An  officer  put 
upon  half-pay  ;  or  seconded  according 
to  the-  regulations  of  the  old  French  ser. 
vice. 

REFORMED  ojpctr.  One  whose 
troop  or  company  being  broke,  is  continu- 
ed on  whole  or  half- pay.  He  preserves 
the  right  ot  seniority,  and  continues  in  the 
way  of  preferment. 

RFFOULER,  Fr      To  ram  down. 

REFOULOIR,  Fr.  A  cannon  ram- 
mer. 

REFUGEE,  (Refugee,  Fr.)  See  EMI- 
GRANT. 

To  R  E  F  US  E .  A  military  phrase,  sig- 
nifying to  throw  back,  or  to  keep  out  of 
that  regular  alignment  which  is  formed 
when  troops  are  upon  the  point  of  engag- 
ing an  enemy.  This  often  occurs  in  order 
to  occupy  a  particular  position,  to  prevent 
the  enemy's  designs  on  any  particular  part 
of  a  line,  or  at  least  to  make  him  take  a 
greater  detour  to  effect  his  purpose ;  OF 
that  he  may  be  obliged  to  align  his  own 
on  a  height  which  is  occupied,  and  from 
which  he  may  be  flanked.  When  a  first 
line  has  passed  through  a  second,  and  it 
is  found  necessary  to  refuse  a  wing,  the 
several  platoons  of  that  line  must  pass  ac- 
cording to  the  win>>  which  is  to  be  re- 
fused. If  the  left,  for  instance,  is  to  be 
posted,  and  the  right  to  be  refused,  the 
platoons  may  pass  from  their  left  by  the 
facing  of  the  platoon  t<  the  left,  and  march- 
ing to  the  required  position  in  succession  ; 
the  column  will  thereby  have  its  left  in 
front,  will  be  more  readily  directed  on  the 
point  d'appui,  and  the  preservation  of  the 
distances  will  be  facilitated,  as  they  will 
then  be  taken  from  the  front.  I  f  the  right 
is  to  be  posted,  the  platoons  may  pass  from; 
their  right ;  hut  the  movement  into  echel- 
lon,  and  wheeling  into  line  is  preferable  to 
any  mode,  as  errors  can  always  be  reme- 
died in  an  instant,  and  without  confusion. 

It  mav  happen  when-  the  passing  line 
is  to  post  one  flank  and  refuse  the  oihei1, 


RE  F 


R  E  F 


581 


that  the  officers  will  have  their  distances 
to  take  from  behind ;  halt  the  whole  at  any 
time  after  passing,  and  countermarch  each 
platdon,  which  will  then  cause  the  future 
formation  to  be  taken  from  the  froi  tof  the 
column. 

A  retiring  line  may  also  refuse*,  wing,  by 
forming  in  line  very  soon  after  passing, 
and  then  taking  up  an  oblique  position  to 
tin-rear,  by  the  echellon  march,  or  some 
other  of  the  modes  prescribed.  See  Amcr. 
Mil.  Lib. 

Frederic,  surnamed  the  great,  king  of 
Prussia,  who  had  attentively  studied  the 
tactics  of  the  ancients,  first  adopted  the 
method  of  refusing  a  wing  in  the  forming 
of  an  attack.  This  method  has  been  since 
succ  ss'ully  followed  by  the  best  modern 
generals.  It  answers  ro  a  partial  reserve 
of  a  force  which  is  always  ready  at  com- 
mand ;  and  in  point  of  security,  it  is  the 
reverse  of  what  the  French  mean  in  prefer 
u?t  aile,  toexpose  a  wing,  or  post  it  in  a 
precarious  manner.  The  French  during 
the  whole  of  the  action  wnich  was  fought 
in  Egvpt,  on  the  2jst  of  March,  1801, 
refused  their  right  wing.  Notwithstanding 
tips  precaution  they  were  defeated  by  the 
Brirish. 

As  a  correct  formation  of  the  line  by  the 
echellon  march,  whether  it  advance  or 
retire  in  the  presence  of  an  enemy,  is 
generally  resorted  to  when  it  is  found  ne- 
cessary to  refuse  any  part  of  a  linf,  it  will 
not  appear  superfluous  to  submit  the  fol- 
lowing rn.ode  which  is  practised  by  the 
French. 

Formal  ion  of  the  line  by  the  echellon  march 
of  divisions,  l>y  the  covering  serjeants  or  guides 
running  out  to  mark  the  point  in  the  neiv 
alignment i  for  their  respective  divisions. 

When  the  battalion  changes  position  to 
the  front  on  a  fixed  flank  company,  by 
throwing  forward  the  rest  of  the  battalion, 
the  commander  having  determined  the  new 
lin,-,  and  wheeled  a  given  company  into 
that  line  the  named  number  of  paces  (say  4) 
the  remaining  compapies  wheel  two  paces 
on  their  right  forward  into  echellon.    The 
guide  or  covering   r.crjeaat  of  the  second 
company  instantly  moves  out,  takes  about 
3-4th distance  tor  his  company,  faces  the 
point  d'appui,  and  places  himself  in  such 
a  manner,  that  the  outside  of  his  right  arm 
will  pass  in  line  with  the  breast  of  the  men 
pf  the  company  already  in  the  line.     H  •  is 
corrected,    if  necessary,    on  the  d.stant 
point   of  formation    by   a  proper  person 
placed  on  the  right  for  that  purpose.     On 
the  words  form  line  and  March  being  given 
by  ^he  commander,  the  guide  or  covering 
servant  of  th::  third  company  runs  briskly  | 
out,  places    himself   so  as  to  cover  the  j 
second  guide  or  serjeant,  *aces  the  point  j 
d'appui,  and   takes  the  order  3-4th  dis-  | 
tance,  corrected  on  the  distant   point  by  : 
the  person  on  the  right.     The  officer  com-  j 
mailing  the  second  company,  marches  on  j 
till  ru>  sees  himself  clear  of  the  left  flank  j 
of  the  right  company  ;  he  then  gives  the  , 
word  quarter  Jace  to  the  right  >  (his  right  \ 


pivot  marking  time)  and  when  he  observes 
his  company  square  with  the  new  line,  he 
gives  the  word  forward,  runs  nimbly  out 
a  id  places  himself  in  front  of  the  third  left 
file  of  the  first  formed  company,  and  when 
the  men  of  his  company  have  their  feet 
off  the  ground  ready  to  finish  the  last  pace 
to  bring  them  into  line,  he  gives  the  word 
mark  time,  and  dresses  his  me-n  close  to  the 
outside  of  the  right  arm  of  the  covering 
serjeam :  and  then  gives  the  word  halt.  Tak» 
ing  care  that  theoutward  flank  of  his  com- 
pany does  not  shut  out  the  distant  point 
of  dressing  :  he  then  places  himself  on  the 
right  of  his  division,  covered  by  his  ser- 
jeant, who  quits  his  ground  and  biiskly 
passes  through  the  interval  on  the  right  o'i 
his  division,  at  the  word  halt. 

In  this  manner  division  after  division 
arrives  in  the  new  line;  and  as  the  covering 
servants  of  each  of  the  other  divisions  ap- 
proach within  15  or  20  paces  of  the  line, 
they  runout  to  mark  the  points  for  their 
respective  companies,  face  the  point  d'ap- 
pui as  already  directed,  and  there  remain 
till  the  word  mark  time— front — halt,  when 
the  guides  quit  their  places  in  front  and 
take  post  on  the  flank  or  in  the  rear. 

In  forming  line  to  the  rear  by  the  echellon 
march,  (suppose  on  a  left  company)  the 
same  operation  takes  place  with  regard  to 
the  covering  Serjeants  running  out,  to  mark 
the  points  of  dressing  for  their  lespective 
divisions ;  but  with  this  difference,  that 
i  s  ead  of  their  taking  only  about  3  4th 
distance,  they  are  to  take  about  one  pace 
more  or  less  than  the  proper  distance;  face 
the  point  of  appui,  and  are  corrected  on 
the  distant  point,  as  before,  by  a  proper 
person  on  the  left.  The  commanders  of 
companies  will,  as  soon  as  they  see  the 
proper  front  rank  of  their  companies  touch 
that  purt  of  the  line  already  formed,  give 
th  •  wo>'d  mark  time,  front,  hah.  Each 
officer  dresses  the  men  of  his  platoon 
at  the  marked  time,  till  he  brings  them  in 
lite  with  the  outside  of  the  left  arm  of  his 
covering  serjeant ;  he  then  gives  the  word 
halt ;  taking  post  on  the  right  of  his  com- 
pany, covered  by  his  serjeant,  who  quits 
his  ground  as  before  on  the  word  haft. 

It  is  to  be  observed,  in  order  to  preserve 
the  proper  interval,  on  the  covering  ser- 
jeant quitting  his  division  to  mark  the 
point  in  the  true  line,  the  officer's  place 
is  to  be  immediately  fuL'd  by  a  supernu- 
merary or  other  man  from  the  rear,  where 
he  is  to  remain  till  replaced  by  the  officer, 
or  covering  serjeant. 

It  is  likewise  to  be  observed,  that  in 
forming  lin^  to  the  front  on  a  right  divi- 
sion, the  dressing  is  close  to,  ana  on  the 
outside  of  the  right  arm  of  the  covering 
serjeant;  and  on  forming  the  line  forward 
on  a  left  company  or  division,  the  dress- 
ing is  close  to  and  on  the  outside  of  the  left 
arm.  In  forming  line  to  the  rear  on  a  right 
division,  tne  dressing  is  on  the  light  arm  : 
and  in  forming  line  to  the  rear  on  a  left  di- 
vision, the  dressing  is  on  th?,  left  arm  pf  the 
covering  serjeant. 


582 


REG 


REG 


In  forming  line  to  the  rear,  the  officers, 
or  other  persons  appointed  to  correct  the 
serjeants  on  the  distant  point  ot  formation, 
;nove  along  in  the  rear  and  correct  the 
Serjeants,  as  they  successively  arrive  to 
mark  the  points  for  their  respective  divi- 
sions. 

By  the  foregoing  method  of  sending  out 
the  covering  Serjeants  or  guides  to  mark 
the  point  in  the  new  line  for  their  re  spec- 
»ive  com  panics,  that  inaccuracy  ofdiess- 
'ng,  which  so  often  takes  place  when 
forming  line  to  the  front ;  and  that  very 
great  confusion  and  incorrectness,  which 
loo  frequently  occur  when  forming  to  the 
rear,  (particularly  so,  when  the  wheel 
intoechellon  is  in  any  degree  less  than  the 
one  eidith  ofthe  circle  or  four  paces,)  are 
entirely  obviated. 

REFUSER,  Fr.  For  its  application 
:n  a  military  sense,  see  To  REFUSE. 

REFUSER,  Fr.  This  word  is  used 
among  the  French  as  a  sea-phrase,  viz. 
It  vaisseau  a  refuse-  The  ship  has  missed 
the  wind. 

REGAIN,  Fr.  in  carpentry  and  ma- 
sonry, means  the  surplus  of  a  piece  of 
stone  or  wood  when  it  proves  too  broad  or 
too  lon^  for  a.'y  particular  use,  and  must 
of  course  be  taken  off.  It  likewise  means 
after-grass  or  math. 

REGALE R,  Fr.  to  level  or  make 
even. 

REGIE,  Ft.  government, administra- 
tion . 

REGIMENT,  (Regiment,  Fr.)  a  term 
applied  to  any  body  of  troops,  which,  if 
cavalry,  consists  of  one  or  more  squad- 
rons, commanded  by  a  colonel ;  and,  if 
infantry,  ot  one  or  more  battalions,  each 
commanded  in  the  same  manner.  The 
squadrons  in  cavalry  regiments  are  divided, 
sometimes  into  six,  and  sometimes  into 
eight,  nine,  or  ten  troops.  The  batta- 
lions of  infantry  are  generally  divided 
into  ten  companies.  There  is  not,  how- 
ever, any  fixed  rule  on  this  head ;  as  both 
cavalry  and  infantry  regiments  differ  ac- 
cording to  the  exigencies  of  service  in  time 
of  war,  or  the  principles  of  economy  in 
time  of  peace.  The  German  regiments 
frequently  consist  of  2000  men  :  and  the 
regiment  of  Picardy  in  the  old  French 
service  had  6000.  The  French  formerly 
made  a  distinction  between  the  command- 
ing officer  of  a  regiment  of  cavalry,  and 
the  commanding  officer  of  a  regiment  of 
infantry.  The  former  was  stiled  Mestre 
dt  camp,  the  latter  colonel  a.1*,  with  us  ;  but 
according  to  the  establishment  of  the 
present  French  army,  the  term  of  regiment 
i  scon  fined  to  the  cavalry  and  artillery: 
and  the  name  of  half  brigade  is  given  to 
the  infantry.  So  that  chlif  dt  brigade, 
chief  of  brigade,  corresponds  with  our 
colonel  of  a  regiment  of  infantry.  The 
denomination  of  colonel  is  again  establish- 
ed m  the  French  cavalry. 

With  wspect   to  the  derivation  of  the 

v.-ord,  tt  appears,  that  the  best  etymology 

romthe  French  word  Regie,  manage- 


ment, which  comes  from  the  Latin  rtgere, 
to  govern.  Hence  a  regiment  is  said  to  be 
governed  by  a  colonel.  M  Benefon,  & 
celebrated  French  etymologist,  differs  from 
this  explanation.  He  traces  it  from  the 
French  rtgime,  which  signifies  system, 
regimen,  administration,  and  which  19 
again  derived  from  the  Latin  regimen, 
bearing  the  same  import.  In  a  physical 
acceptation  of  the  term,  regime  is  used 
to  express  any  body  that  is  composed  of 
several  others.  But  this  is  mere  conjec- 
ture on  his  part. 

Regiments  were  first  formed  in  France 
in  the  year  1558,  and  in  England  in  the 
year  1600. 

Dn>medaiy  REGIMENT,  a  corps  raised 
by  the  French  'uring  their  stay  in  Egypt, 
The  men  were  mounted  upon  dromedaries. 
To  quote  the  words  of  Mr.  Morier,  in 
his  account  of  a  campaign  with  the  Otto- 
man army  in  1800,  the  dromedaries  com- 
posine;  this  troop  are  made  to  go  through  a 
number  of  evolutions,  and  when  attacked, 
they  are  formed  into  a  hollow  square  : 
they  kneel,  and  by  means  of  a  cord  winch 
is  thrown  round  one  of  the  knees,  they 
are  prevented  from  getting  up,  and  thus 
they  afford  a  breast- work  tor  the  soldiers. 
The  samfe  author  observes  in  a  note,  page 
5P,  that  the  most  convenient  and  only 
way  of  travelling  in  Egypt  is  upon  dro- 
medaries. The  traveller  need  not  encum- 
ber himself  with  food  for  his  .nimal,  as 
a  very  scanty  allowance  of  beans  suffices 
for  many  days  journey.  Travellers  ride 
upon  convenient  saddles  ;  and  the  animal 
is  so  docile,  that  he  is  guided  only  by 
touching  him  with  a  small  stick  on  the 
side  that  he  is  to  turn.  Some  have  a  ring 
through  each  nostril,  which  serves  as  a 
bit  to  a  bridle  fastened  to  them.  They 
walk  very  fast ;  and  their  trot  is  swift,  but 
very  inconvenient. 

Cape  REGIMENT.  We  have  already- 
mentioned  under  the  article  Hottentots^ 
(which  see)  that  a  proposal  had  been  deli- 
vered in  to  the  British  government  to  raise, 
train,  and  discipline  a  certain  number  of  the 
original  inhabitants  of  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope.  This  proposal,  after  considerable 
delay,  and  much  deliberation,  was  finally 
accepted;  and  a  few  days  previous  to  the 
sudden  cessation  of  arms  between  England 
and  France.  Sir  John  Dalrymple  many 
years  ago  proposed  to  the  British  govern- 
ment the  raising  of  African  corps  for  the 
subjection  of  the  West  and  East  Indies, 
and  South  America. 

Malays  REGIMENT,  a  corps  which  has 
been  raised  by  the  British  on  the  islands 
and  or.  the  coasts  of  Malacca,  for  the  speci- 
fic purpose  of  doing  duty  in  the  island 
of  Ceylon. 

R  E  G I M  E  N  T A  L ,  any  thing  belonging 
to  a  regiment. 

REGIMENTAL  staff.     SeeSrAFr. 

REGIMENTALS,  the  uniform  cloth- 
ing of  the  army  ;  as  a  leather  cap,  coat, 
waistcoat,  breeches,  stocks,  shoes,  boots 
spats,  spatterdashes,  &c. 


REG 


REG 


$83 


REGIMENTAL  courts-  martial.  See 
COURTS-MARTIAL. 

REC  IMENT  AL  bond.     See  BOND. 
REGIMENTAL  -parade.     See  PARADE. 
REGIMENTAL,    belonging  to    a   regi- 
ment. 

REGIMENTAL  orders.  See  ORDERS. 
REGIMENTAL  necessaries.  BytheBri 
tish  mutiny  act,  it  i*d  dared,  that  any  per- 
son,  buying,  detaining,  or  exchanging  any 
articles  called  regimental  necessaries,ot  who 
shall  cause  the  color  of  the  clothes  to  be 
changed,  shall  forfeit  5/.  Soldiers  selling 
or  exchanging  them,  are  liable  to  miliraTy 
punishment,  Sec. 

REGIMENTAL  receipts  for  J or  age  vrt  ser- 
vice. Vouchers  which  must  be  produced 
by  the  contractors  of  an  army  to  authorize 
them  to  have  their  claims  discharged  by 
the  commissary  general,  or  his  deputies. 
It  is  sensioly  observed  in  page  32  of  the 
British  Commissary,  that  in  every  case 
there  should,  if  possible,  be  only  one 
voucher  for  one  issue.  The  mode  of  ac- 
complishing this  must  be  simple,  and  it  is 
adopted  by  those  who  certainly  have  most 
experience;  for  every  German  corps,  or 
CSerman  officer,  who  draws  forage,  or  any 
other  article,  from  the  commissariat,  sends 
a  mere  receipt.  This  prevents  farther 
writing  or  trouble,  because  the  receipt 
may  be  presented  in  the  open  field,  and 
is  in  itself  a  complete  voucher.  All  that 
is  required,  is,  for  the  regiment  to  order 
its  forage  party  to  bring  back  the  receipt, 
if  the  quantity  be  not  obtained;  and  the 
quarter- master,  or  foraging  serjeant,  to 
give  a  receipt  for  what  he  gets,  if  only 
part  can  be  had. 

REGIR,  Fr.  to  govern;  to  manage; 
to  take  charg-  of,  viz. 

Regirdes  sdduts ;  to  take  charge  of  sol- 
diers. 

REGLE,  Fr.     See  RULE. 
Vent  REGLE,  Fr.  a  trade  wind. 
REGALEMEN.     See  REGULATION-. 
REGRATTER,    Fr.  in  architecture, 
to  scrape  the  outside  of  a  building. 

Among  engravers  this  word  signifies  to 
re-touch  a  plate. 

REGULAR.  In  geometry,  a  regular 
body  is  a  solid,  whose  surface  is  composed 
of  regular  and  equal  figures,  and  whose 
solid  angles  are  all  equal. 

REGULAR  attack^  in  a  siege,  are  such 
as  are  made  in  form  ;  that  is,  by  regular 
approaches.  See  ATTACKS. 

REGULAR,  whenapplied  tothearmy, 
signifies  those  troops  that  are  inlisted  for 
A  regular  period,  do  duty  as  soldiers  and 
nothing  else;  contradistinguished  from 
tliose  who  are  citizens  occasionally  exer- 
cising the  duties  of  soldiers ;  thus  the  mi- 
litia are  not  ranked  among  the  regulars, 
unless  on  actual  service  and  well  disci- 
plined, and  fit  for  any  service.  Hence 
reg.  iar  troops,  or  regulars. 
_REGULARS,( Treupts  Rtgulieres,  F r. ) 
"lose  troops  whose  conditions  of  enroll- 
~it  arc  not  limited  to  time  or  place,  in 


contradistinction  to  fencibles,  militia,  or 
volunteer  corps  ;  t  ailed  also  tfa  line. 

To  REGULATE,  to  adjust  by  rule  or 
method. 

REGULATING  Battalion.  Sec  P  A  R  A  t. 
LELISM  op  A  MARCH. 

R  F.GU  L  ATI  ON,  the  act  of  regulating, 
or  adjusting  by  rule  or  method. 

REGULATION,  a  term  generally  used  in 
the  British  army  to  signify  the  regulated 
price  at  which  any  comnvsbion,  or  salea- 
ble warrant  is  permitted  to  be  disposed  of. 
These  prices  have  been  fixed  by  the  king. 
For  particulars  see  Military  Finance,  pac,e 
160. 

REGULATIONS,  for  the  America 
army. 

There  is  no  coherent  or  consistent  sys- 
tem of  regulations  in  existence  for  the  mi- 
litary establishment  of  the  United  Stares. 
The  economy  of  military  arrangement  is  as 
essential  as  the  discipline  of  the  held,  to 
assure  the  effects  of  military  operations. 
There  should  be  a  well  digested  system  of 
regulations,  and  upon  that  system  should 
be  engrafted  a  staff,  susceptible  of  adap- 
tation to  the  peace  or  the  war  establish, 
ment,  to  the  smallest  or  the  largest  force. 
The  French  have  derived  the  greatest  ad- 
vantage from  their  regulations,  which  have 
been  formed  by  a  well  digested  body  of 
principles  adapted  to  all  circumstances, 
and  the  enforcement  and  execution  of 
which  is  always  distinctly  appropriated 
to  the  proper  officers  of  the  staff.  At 
present  the  regulations  of  the  United 
States  army  is  confined  to  a  few  general 
orders  from  the  war  department,  on  detach- 
ed points  of  service  ;  and  of  occasional 
orders  of  the  commander  in  chief,  issued 
upon  some  exigency,  at  remote  periods; 
and  adopted  into  permanent  use.  In  many 
instances  these  regulations  have  been  alter- 
ed by  the  war  office,  in  others  the  circum  - 
stances  which  gave  rise  to  them  have  ceas- 
ed, and  the  regulations  become  obsolete  or 
inappropriate.  In  »8io,  an  attempt  was 
made,  by  the  establishment  of  a  quarter- 
master general's  office,  to  commence  some- 
thing like  a  system  ;  should  this  be  ac- 
complished it  may  be  beneficial,  though 
the  want  of  information  in  the  duties  of 
a  staff,  particularly  if  those  heretofore  ar- 
ranged under  the  quarter-master  general's 
department  alone  are  to  be  adopted,  that  it 
is  tobefeared  the  system  may  remain  de- 
fective,, should  the  old  English  model,  now 
exploded  by  the  British  themselves,  be 
,  kept  in  view  instead  of  the  more  enlarged 
'  system  introduced  in  modern  wars.  The 
I  treatise  on  the  staff  by  Gri/n^z:  d,  contains 
I  the  best  body  of  regulations  extant.  It 
i  has  been  translated,  and  will  form  a  part 
i  of  the  American  Military  Library. 
j  The  following  are  among  the  principal 
I  regulations  in  force  at  the  beginning  of  the 
year  1810. 

(GENERAL  ORQKRS.) 
HEAD  QUARTERS, 

Fort  IVashinglin i  May  22,  '97 
To  prevent  the  r»ect>-s;t"  ' 


584 


REG 


REG 


to  establish  principle,  without  which 
there  can  be  no  permanent  order,  to  derm 
the  rights  of  individuals,  to  exclude  ca 
price,  to  promote  economy,  and  preci- 
sion, to  disseminate  an  uniformity  of  dutj 
and  of  service  throughout  the  army,  andt< 
Impress  rhe  necessary  ideas  of  subordi- 
nation and  discipline,  the  following  regula- 
tions have  been  digested,  and  must  be  du- 
ly respected  by  all  ranks. 
'I.  Precedence  in  command  isattachec 
to  senority  of  corps,  and  the  oldest  com- 
mission subject  to  such  deviations  as  the 
commander  in  chief  may  deem  essentia 
to  the  national  weal,  and  the  point  o: 
honor  is  determined  by  the  following  gra- 
dation. 

i.  Guard  of  the  president. 
a.  The  attack. 

3.  Reconnoitring  parties,  and  corps  oi 
observations. 

4.  Foraging  before  the  enemy. 

c    Posts  in  the  enemy's  country. 

6.   National  barriers. 

7    Detachments  and  out  posts. 

8.  Guard  of  the  trenches. 

9.  Van  guards  to  the  front. 

10.  Pear  guards  in  retreat. 
n.  General  courts-martial. 

12.  Guard  of  the  commander  in  chief. 

13.  Guards  of camp  or  garrison  taken  trom 
the  line. 

14.  All  other  guards  mounted  from  the 
grand  parade. 

15.  Guards  of  general  officers,  and  the 
Staff  according  to  rank. 

16.  Pickets. 

17.  General  fatigues. 

18.  Regimenral  police. 

Should  a  tour  of  service  occur  while  an 
officer  is  on  any  subordinate  duty,  he  shall 
be  relieved,  but  the  tour  on  which  he  was 
engaged  shall  pass  to  his  credit.  If  an 
officer's  tour  for  general  court-martial, 
picket,  or  fatigue,  occurs  while  he  is  on 
any  other  duty  from  the  grand  parade,  he 
shall  not  be  relieved,  but  is  to  stand  for 
the  next  tour. 

11.  In  all  services  by  detachment,  the 
corps  are  to   furnish  according    to  their 
strength,  the  longest  off  the  first  on ;  but 
in  all  cases  of  duly  and  of  service  where  it 
may  be  found  practicable,  the  troops  are 
to  operate  by  companies,   battalions,  or 
regiments. 

I 1 1.  Marching  off  the  grand  parade,  or 
swearing  in  on  general  court-martial,  is  to 
pass  for  a  tour  of  duty. 

IV.  Return  detachments  not  to  be  ex- 
cased  from  duty  more  than  two  days. 

V  .  Police  in  conformity  to  the  regula- 
tions of  Baron  de  Stuben. 

VI.  Fatigues,  general  or  particular,  to 
be  regulated  by  detail,  and  duty  of  every 
Kind  to  be  apportioned  impartially. 

A  soldier,  by  voluntary  compact,  be- 

•s   the  servant  of  the  state,  but  not 

the  slave  of  any   individual.     Extra  men 

•e  never  to  be  drawn  from  the  ranks,  but 

oy  permission  of  the  commanding  officer 

»t  a  district,  department,  or  regiment ; 


and  when  employed  in  the  service  of  of. 
fleers,  they  are  to  be  paid  one  third  of  a 
dollar  per  day,  by  the  individual  for  v\  horn 
th.y  work.  To  abstract  a  soldier  from 
his  professional  duties,  and  to  subject  htm 
to  the  orders  of  persons  not  attached  to 
the  army,  or  to  impose  upon  him  menial 
laborious  services,  isanabuse  of  authori- 
ty, a  breach  of  contract,  and  a  deep  injury 
to  the  service;  because  it  authorizes  ne- 
gligence in  the  soldier,  and  in  effect  des- 
troys his  arms  and  clothes.  This  prac- 
tice is  therefore  positively  prohibited. 

VII.  The  annual  clothing  should  be  is- 
sued in  the  following  manner. 

In  the  Southern  States. 

On  the  first  day  of  December,  woollen 
overalls  and  vests,  two  shirts,  two  pair 
shoes,  arid  two  pair  socks. 

On  the  first  day  of  April,  the  residue. 

In  the  middle  and  Eastern  States. 

On  the  first  day  of  November,  woollen 
overalls  and  vests,  two  shirts,  two  pair 
shoes,  and  two  pair  socks. 

On  the  first  day  of  May,  the  residue. 

Where  circumstances  will  permit,  it  is 
to  be  drawn  by  the  paymasters  of  corps, 
under  the  orders  of  the  commanding  offi- 
cers, upon  returns  certified  by  the  captains, 
or  officers  commanding  companies,  who 
are  to  receive  it,  and  are  to  be  held  respon- 
ible  for  the  distribution  ;  extraordinary 
arrangements  will  be  applied  to  extraordi- 
nary cases. 

VIII.  Company  books  and  papers  be- 
long to  the  company,  and  are  never  to  be 
separated  from  it,  therefore  whenever  an 
officer  is    taken  from  his  company,  by 
p  omotion,  transfer,  or  leave  of  absence, 
tie  is  to  deposit  all  the  books  and  papers 
belonging  to  it,  with  the  officer  next  of 
rank,  taking  duplicate  receipts    for   the 
same,  one  of  which  is  to  be  lodged  with 
the  paymaster  of  his  corps ;  and   whene- 
ver a  man  is  transferred  or  ordered  upon  dis- 

ant  service,  the  commanding  officer  of 
he  company  from  which  he  is  taken,  will 
3e  held  responsible,  that  the  date  of  his 
nlistment  and  a  state  of  his  accounts,  as 
:opay,  clothing,  arms,  ammunition,  and 
accoutrements,  be  transmitted  to  the  com- 
manding officer  of  the  corps,  garrison,  or 
detachment,  which  he  is  to  join  :  certifi- 
cates of  provision  are  always  to  accompany 
ndividual  soldiers  and  non-commissioned 
officers  commands,  from  post  to  post. 

IX.  Servants  to  be  taken  by  voluntary 
onscnt  from  the  regiment,  corps,  or  de- 
achment,  to  which  the  officer  served  may 

Delong,  in  the  following  proportions,  viz. 

A  lieutenant  colonel  commandant  on  du- 
y,  three,  one  without  arms. 

Major  on  duty,  two,  one  without  arms. 

Captain  commanding  a  post  or  battalions 
wo,  one  witheut  arms. 

Captain  on  ordinary  duty,  one  with 
rms.  * 

Subaltern  oh  duty,  one  with  arms. 

Surgeon  on  duty,  two        do, 


REG 


REG 


585 


Surgeon's  mate,  one  do 

Quarter-master  een-ral  with  the  army, 
two,  one  without  arn  s. 

Paymaster  gen  ral  two,  one  without 
arms. 

Subordinate  staff,  at  the  discretion  of  the 
commanding  officer. 

The  servants  of  platoon  officers  are  al- 
ways to  acompany  them  on  duty,  and  will 
be  included  in  the  same  detail :  no  officer 
on  furlough  can  be  allowed  morethanone 
servant,  and  him  without  arms. 

This  allowance  is  a  liberal  one,  and  but 
too  sensibly  impairs  the  strength  of  the 
line.  If  gentlemen  will  mess,  as  in  all 
other  armies,  it  will  be  found  abundant ; 
otherwise  they  must  employ  domestics  to 
be  fed,  paid,  and  clotlu-d  from  their  privy 
purses,  as  no  further  indulgence  on  the 
part  of  the  publ'c  can  be  admitted. 

The  commanding  officers  of  corps; 
posts,  and  detachments,  will  be  held  re- 
sponsible for  th,-  strict  observance  of  this 
order,  and  the  violation  by  whomsoever 
permitted  or  committed,  will  be  followed 
by  an  arrest,  and  the  sentence  of  a  ge.ieral 
court-martial. 

X.  Four  women  per  com "•any  complete, 
and  in  that  ratio,  are  permitted  to  draw  ; 
provisions   and    no  more ;     washing  the  j 
clothes  oftht-  company  is  to  be  performed 
by  these  women,  at   such  price  as   the  i 
commanding  officer  of  the  regiment  may  I 
establish ;    the  officer   commanding   the 
company  will  be  held  responsible  that  it  is 
fairlv   and  impartially  distributed,  rating 
an  officer  as  four  men ;  mistresses  or  kept 
women  are  prohibited  to  the  officers — the 
habit  is  a  vicious  one,  it  is   r-pugnant  to 
the  rules  of  society,  it  is  burthensometo 
the  service,  ever  pregnant  with  discord, 
often  afflictive  to  the  meritorious  soldier,  al- 
ways disgraceful,  and  frequently  destruc- 
tive to  men  of  merit ;  the  ceremony  of  mar- 
ria  e  heretofore  performed  by  the  officers 
ef  the  army,  i^>  also  strictly  forbid. 

XI.  Discharges  for  services  fully  per- 
formed  to  be  given  by  the  commandants 
of  regiments,  upon  the  certificate  of  the 
captain  or  commanding  officer  of  the  com- 
pany in  which  the  soldier  served  ;  but  in 
all  other  cases  by  the  commander  in  chief, 
or  superior  authority — retiring  officers  are 
not  to  take   oft    soldiers    with   them  as 
waiters  or  in  any  other  capacity ;  a  con- 
trary practice  has  lost  many  valuable  men 
to  the  service,  and  has  perplexed  thecom- 
pany  accounts. 

XII.  The  power  of  granting  furloughs 
Is  in  thf  commander  in  chief,  on  the  re- 
commendation of  the  colonel  or  officer  im- 
mediately commanding  the  applicant,  un- 
less where  the  authority  of  the  president 
is  interposed. 

XIII.  Settling  ifi  restricted  to  the  per- 
mission of  the  commander  in  chief,  or  of- 
ficer commanding  a  separate  department, 
but  no  permission  is  to  be  granted,  except 
to  citizens  of  the  United  States  of  known 
probity,  and  attachment  to  the  govern- 
ment. 


XIV.  As  we    have  no  chaplain,  the 
tioops  are  to  be  inspected   by  companies 
every  Sunday,    and  by  regiments,    bat- 
talions, or  detatchments,  monthly ;  when 
returns  of  inspection  are  to  be  made  c  ut 
agreeably  to  the  established  tbrr.<,  these 
return:  are  to  be  recula-ly  transmitied  to 
the  com  Bander  in  chief,  u  de   the  c  r   ti- 
cate  of  the  commanding  officers  of  com- 
panics,  and  the  inspecting  officer,  who  in 
the  absence  o;  the  inspector,  is  to  be  ap- 
pointed by  the  commanding  officers  of 
corps,  posts,  or  detachments. 

XV.  The  appointment  of  adjutants  and 
quarter-masters  of  corps,  hertofore  in  the 
commander  in  chief,  appertains  of  right 
to  the    lieutenant  colonels  commandant, 
who  have  the   pow  r    of   removal  from 
office.    The  regimental  paymaster  s  elec- 
tive by  the  officers  of  the  regiment,  under 
the  orders  of  the  colon?) . 

XVI.  The  appointment  of  non-com- 
missioned  officers,   ru  id  of  great-  impor- 
tance in  all  set  vices,  because  it  is  the  root 
of  all   subordination  and  discipline,  has 
b  en  much  neglected  in  ours.     More  cir- 
cumspection on  this  interesting  point  is 
strictly  enjoined,  the  captain  or  command- 
ing officers  of  companies  may  recommend, 
but  the  appointment  is  in  the  colonel  or 
commanding  officer  of  the  corps  only . 

XVII.  Reformation  being  the  end  of  all 
punishments,  a  soldier  is  never  tf>  be  pun- 
ished when  drunk,  but  when  found  in  that 
disgraceful  situation,  he  is  to  be  confined 
until  he  recover  his  senses,  and  is  then  to 
be  punished. 

XIII  The  residence  of  the  regimental 
s'afTis  at  the  h-ad  quarters  of  the  regiment, 
except  the  surgeons  mites,  who  are  sub- 
ject to  be  detached. 

XIX.  Stoppages  of  pay  are  to  be  rigor- 
ously enforced  for  lost  arms,  ammunition, 
accoutrements,  and  clothing,  which  can- 
not   be    satisfactorily    accounted    tor,   it 
therefore  becomes  indispensible  that  com- 
pany and  regimental  books,  as  well  as  those 
of  the    paymaster   and    quarter-master, 
should  be  kept  with  great  -.x  ctness,  and 
that  councils  of  administration  should  sit 
quarterly  whenever   practicable,  to  scru- 
tinizethe  regimental  accounts. 

XX.  Garrisons  of  posts  are  not  to  be 
varied,  except  by  the  officer  who  estab- 
lishes them,  or  his  superior,  but  subordi- 
nate officers  commanding  posts  in  the  de- 
partment, are  to    report  monthly  to  the 
head  quarters  of  the  regiment  to   which 
they  belong. 

XXI  Commanding  officers  of  posts, 
under  the  grade  of  field  officers,  are  to  be 
relieved  annually,  and  majors  biennially, 
this  rotation  is  founded  in  the  principles  bt 
just ic." and  sounu  p  >licy. 

XXII.  The  use  of  cards  and  dice  are 
strictly   prohibited  in  camp  or  quarters, 
except  for  the  ^ame  of  backgammon. 

XXIII.  In   military  institutions   the 
force  or'example  is  incalculable,  no  officer, 
therefore,  off  duty,  can  be  excused  from 
parades,  regimental  or  general,  except  in 

4    E 


586 


REG 


REG 


case  of  actual  sickness  or  confinement ;  the 
officer  who  feigns  sickness  to  dude  duty, 
is  a  dishonor  to  his  cloth,  and  will  beheld 
in  infamy  :  and  should  any  officer  or  non 
commissioned  officer,  (be  his  command 
ever  so  diminutive,1  betray  such  indoknc. 
and  insensibility  or  professional  obligation, 
as  to  omit  one  regular  roll  call,  he  shall 
be  made  an  example  to  the  army. 

These  ord  rs  arero  be  read  to  the  troops, 
on  the  first  day  o.  the  months  of  January, 
April,  July,  and  October. 

(EXTRACT  OFGENERAL  ORDERS.) 
HEAD  QUARTERS, 

Loramien,  June  i2,  1797. 

To  correct  and  extinguish  the  abuses 
which  have  crept  into  the  service,  is  an 
herculean  task,  yet  the  commander  in 
chief  owes  it  to  his  own  honor,  to  the 
honor  of  the  army,  and  to  his  country,  to 
effect  a  reform,  and  he  calls  upon  his  of- 
ficers of  every  grade,  for  their  co-operation 
in  the  arduous  undertaking. 

The  spirit  of  cropping,*  wh'ch  is  almost 
every  where  to  be  seen,  is  repugnant  to 
the  principles  of  soldiership,  destri'Ctive 
to  the  service,  and  disgraceful  to  those  who 
indulge  it ;  not  less  exceptionable  is  the 
practice  of  collecting  and  breeding  live 
stock  in  large  quantities. 

The  highest  obligations  of  a  soldier  are 
bri  rh  com  prstd  to  be  ever  ready  to  mar  h, 
to  fight,  and  to  die,  but  the  principles  and 
condition  of  the  former  are  at  utter  vari- 
ance with  th'S  solemn  text ;  gentlemen 
in  commission  must  reflect,  that  it  is  to 
them  the  private  looks  for  example;  the 
national  bounty  is  expended  not  to  improve 
the  agricultural  arts,  but  to  instruct  men  in 
the  use  of  arms  ;  the  hoe  and  plough  must 
be  laid  aside,  and  every  moment  from  pro- 
fessional duty,  devoted  to  form,  instruct, 
and  to  train  them  in  the  glorious  science 
of  war.  It  is  tor  this  noble  purpose  gen- 
tlemen  receive  the  pay  and  subsistence  of 
their  country,  and  their  honor  is  pledged 
for  the  performance. 

Planting  and  improving  of  corn  fields 
is  prohibited  ;  garden^,  sufficient  for  the 
accommodation  of  officers  aodso'diers,  are 
nro»>er  and  necessary,  and  it  is  obligatory 
on  all  commanding  officers  to  pa>  att  n- 
tion  to  this  subject,  the  labor  is  however 
10 be  done  by  detail ;  the  idea  of  an  officer's 
farming  for  profit  is  inadmissible,  as  it 
tenets  to  a  neglect  of  duty,  a  i\  taxation  of 
discipline,  abuse  of  the'  public  service, 
and  the  disgrace  of  the  profession. 

In  marching  frdm  one  p  st  or  the  con- 
tinent to  another,  it  is  repugnant  to  every 
principle  of  economy  and  of  jus  ice,  that 
the  public  should  transport  private  pro- 
visions (other than  groceries)  or  household 
furniture;  if  one  ofhceris  indulged  in  this 
way,  another  is  equally  intitled  to  indul- 

»  This  term  refers  to  a  practice  which  found 

ltSrXviht0hthf  a"ny'   in  the  western  cailton- 

rv s,  who  haJ  empl.  yea  the  soldiery  in  raising 

<>t  produce  to  the  neglect  of  discipline.      ° 


gence,  what  a  spectacle  should  we  behold 
was  every  officer  to  move,  with  all  the 
b.^guage  and  stock  accumulattd  at  the 
several  posts,  we  should  look  more  like 
a  horde  of  Tartars  than  a  regular  military 
corps  ;  while  such  practices  prevail  the- 
public  service  will  be  embarrassed  and  de- 
layrd,  and  ineffct  exposed  to  destructive 
consequences,  they  are  therefore  pro. 
hibited. 

(EXTRACTOF  GENERAL  ORDERS.) 
HEAD  QUARTERS, 

South  West  Point  ',  September  i,  l8oi, 

Besides  the  rolls  of  muster  directed  to 
be  furnished  to  the  pay  department,  one 
roll  of  each  company  or  detachment  of 
the  army,  and  ot  the  regimental  staff  for 
tl  <e  months  of  J  ;  me  and  December  annual- 
ly,  are  to  be  transmuted  to  the  inspector 
of  the  army,  at  the  city  of  Washington,  on 
the  first  of  January,  and  the  first  day  of 
July  following  such  musters,  in  the  same 
manner  that  inspection  and  other  returns 
are  directed  to  be  transmitted  to  him  by 
the  order  of  the  3010  of  November  last  j 
for  the  strict  observance  of  which  all  com. 
mar.ding  officers  will  be  held  responsible/ 

(GENERAL  ORDERS.) 
HEAD  QUARTERS, 


,  July  9,  1804, 
The  opinion  having  prevailed  that  an 
officer  may  throw  up  his  commission  and 
abandon  the  service  at  his  discretion,  the 
general  considers  it  his  duty  to  correct  a 
delusion  so  pregnant  with  mischief  to  the 
public  interest,  and  so  subversive  oi  every 
principle  of  subordination  and  discipline; 
it  is  therefore  to  beclearly  understood  that 
no  officer,  bearing  a  commission  in  the 
United  States,  has  the  power  to  resign  the 
same,  or  quit  the  service  with  ut  the 
president's  permission,  or  that  of  some 
subordinate  duly  authorized,  and  all  of- 
fences against  this  order  are  to  be  punished 
with  ri^or. 

(EXTRACT  OF  GENERAL  ORDER'S.) 
HEAD  QUARTERS, 

Natchitocbes,  Sept.  24,   1806. 

To  recover  lost  ground,  and  to  revive 
the  languishing  principle  or  subordination, 
it  is  essential  this  little  corps  should  recol- 
lect the  rights  and  attributes  of  rank  and 
commission  ;  agreea  ly,  therefore,  to  a 
standing  rule,  which  can  never  bed  spens- 
ed  with,  without  prejud;ce  to  the  service. 

The  general  can  hoid  no  communication 
on  a  professional  topic,  except  in  cas-'s  of 
public  or  personal  grievances,  but  through 
the  commandant  or'  the  post  ;  or  com- 
manding officers  of  corps,  nor  can  these 
gentlemeif  receive  any  similar  application 
from  their  subalterns,  but  through  their 
respective  captains. 


RE  G 


REG 


587 


(EXTRACTOF  GENERAL  ORDERS.) 
HEAD  QUARTERS, 

Neiv  Orleans ,  y*nuary  22,  1807. 
It  is  deemed  \mnecessary  to  muster  the 
troopsevery  month,  since  it  rarely  hap- 
pens  that  a  payment  is  made  for  so  short 
a  period  :  the«eneral  theretVedin.  cts  that 
in  future  the  several  companies  be  mus- 
tered on  the  last  day  of  Feburary,  April, 
June..  August,  October^  and  December, 
and  t  hat  each  muster,  comprise  the  casual, 
ties  of  twomon?hs. 

(EXTRACT  OF  GENERAL  ORDERS.) 
HEAD  QUARTERS, 

New  Or  leans  t  March  31,   1807. 

The  following  revulationsare  to  be  con- 
sidered  of  standing  import,  and  are  to  be 
punctually  observed  until  revoked. 

All  commanding  officers  are  in  person  to 
command  tiie  daily  parades  of  their  res- 
pective garrisons,  unless  prevented  by  in- 
disposition. 

The  troops  are  to  be  exercised  once  a 
•week  in  battalion,  and  by  companies  twice 
a  week  when  the  weather  may  permit, 
•without  prejudice  to  the  arms  orthehealth 
of  the  men. 

Wn  never  a  superior  officer  shall  visit 
a  post  or  garrison,  it  is  the  duty  of  the 
commanding  officer  immediately  to  wait 
upon  h'm,  and  make  a  tender  of  the  keys, 
returns,  reports,  regulations,  and  instruc- 
tions relative  to  the  said  post  or  garrison, 
and  receive  his  orders. 

Quarter  guards  are  not  permitted  in  gar- 
rison, nor  are  guards  of  quarters  allowed, 
except  to  the  commanJing  officer,  and 
those  who  are  entitled  to  them  by  esta- 
blished regulation. 

The  guards  are  invariably  to  be  exer- 
cised by  the  officer  of  the  day,  when  the 
weather  may  permit,  before  they  are 
marched  off  the  grand  parade  for  their 
posts. 

Awkward  recruits  are  to  be  drilled  daily 
until  perfected  in  the  elements  of  their 
profession. 

(GENERAL  ORDERS.) 
HEAD  QUARTERS, 

New  Orleans^  April  15,  1807. 

In  all  cases  where  men  are  discharged* 

the  full  complement  of  clothing  to  which 

they  are  intitled  by  law,  is  to  be  paid  up 

out  of  the  company  stock. 

Inspected s  Office, 

Washington^  January  21,   1 810. 
The  foregoing  are  true  copies  from  the 
orderly  books  in  this  office. 

A.  Y.  NICOLL, 

Adjutant  and  Inspector 

BY  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  WAR 

REGULATIONS  to  be  observed  In  tie  al- 
liances far  barracks  or  quarters  to  the  officers 


'if  the  a^my,  and  in  the  delivery  and dhtrlbu*. 
ion  of  fuel  and  straw  to  the  garrisons  on  the 
ea  coast  and  recruiting  parties. 

BARRACKS  OR  QUARTERS. 

To  the  comman  'ing  general;  for  him* 
self,  four  rooms  and  a  kitchen. 

To  his  aid,  one  room. 

To  the  quarter-master  general,  three 
ooms  and  a  kitchen,  and  two  rooms  for 
offices  and  clerks. 

To  f:?ich.  field  officer,  two  rooms. 

To  the  inspecror  of  the  army,  one  room 
n  addition  to  hi*  allowance  as  a  field  of- 
ficer. 

To  each  captain,  one  room. 

To  each  of  the  regimental  staff,  one 
room. 

To  a  field  officer,  or  a  captain,  when 
commanding  a  separate  post,  in  addition, 
a  kitchen. 

To  two  subalterns,  one  room. 

To  every  mess  of  eight  officers,  one 
room  and  a  kitchen. 

FUEL. 

From  tbejint  4<iy  of  October  (a  the  first  day 
of  April,  In  e ai  byear. 

To  the  commanding  general,  two  cords 
and  one  half  of  wood  per  month. 

To  the  quarter-mastergeneral,  twocords 
per  month. 

To  the  inspector  of  the  army,  two  cords' 
per  month. 

To  each  field  officer,  one  and  an  half  cord 
per  month. 

To  every  commanding  officer  of  a  garri- 
son, one  and  an  half  cord  per  month. 

To  every  officer  commanding  a  recruit- 
ng  party,  one  cord  per  month. 

To  every  other  commissioned  officer, 
one  cord  per  month. 

To  every  room  occupied  as  barracks  by 
eight  non-commissioned  officers,  mu- 
sicians and  privates,  on  cord  per  month. 

To  a  garrison  barrack  guard,  half  a  cord 
per  month. 

To  officers  and  soldiers  half  of  the  afore, 
said  allowances  of  fuel  from  the  first  day 
of  April  until  the  first  day  of  October  in 
every  year,  bit  none  for  offices* 

To  the  sick  in  hospital,  the  allowance 
of  wood  is  to  be  regulated  by  the  sur- 
geon. 

The  commanding  general,  under  spe- 
cial circumstances,  may  by  orders  in 
writing,  enlarge  or  diminish  the  foregoing 
allowances  of  fuel,  and  may  by  the  like 
orders,  direct  or  withhold  allowances  of 
fuel  or  straw  at  such  other  posts  as  he 
may  judge  expedient,  in  cases  not  provid- 
ed for  by  any  special  regulation. 

No  compensation  in  money  to  be  made 
in  lieu  of  allowances  of  fuel,  nor  is  any 
compensation  to  be  received  by  or  paid  to 

fficers,  in  lieu  of  quarters  or  barracks. 
STRAW. 

i.  One  truss  of  straw  weighing  thirty 
<ix  pounds,  is  allowed  for  each  palliass  for 
wo  men.  At  the  expirat;  ^  of  sixteeri 
Jays,  each  pallwss  is  to  be  refreshed  with 


588 


REG 


REG 


unds.  At  the  expiration  of  thirty 
two  days,  the  whole  straw  is  to  be  re 
moved,  and  a  fresh  bedding  of  one  trus; 
to  be  furnished,  and  so  on,  i  very  sue. 
cceding  period  of  sixteen  and  thirty  t  tvo 
days. 

2.  The  same  quantity  of  straw  is  al- 
lowed for  servants  or  batmen  not  soldiers, 
and  for  washer-  women  attached  to  each 
company  in  the  pro  port  ion  of  one  washer 
women  to  every  seventeen  non-commis- 
sioned officers  and  privates. 

3  T'^e  straw  is  to  be  changed  for  the 
sick  in  the  hospital  as  often  as  may  be 
deemed  necessary  :  this  necessity  to  be  'e- 
termined  by  the  sur  eon,  or  surgeon's 
jnace,  in  the  absence  of  the  surgeon. 
Requisitions  for  Fuel  or  Straw. 

1.  Requisitions  for  wood  or  straw,  must 
State  the  number  and  rank  of  the  officers  ; 
the  number  of  :  on-  commissioned  officers, 
and  pr.vafes,  servants  and  batnr  n  not  sol- 
diers, and  of  washer-wpm  n  for  whom 
demanded,  and  be  certified  by  the  com- 
mandant of  the  garrison,   or    recruiting 
party 

2.  No  wood  or  straw  shall  be  drawn  for 
officers,   or  wood  or  straw  for  soldiers, 
whilst  on  furlough,  or  any  allowance  made 
to  them  for  the  same. 

3.  Wh  never  it  shall  appear  that  more 
wood  or  straw  has  been  drawn  than  there 
were  officers,  soldiers,  servants  or  batmen 
not  s-'ldiers,  and  washer-women  actuary 
presenrand  ntMed  theyeto  ;  thecommtnd- 
in;;  -  ffic  r  signing  such  requisition,  shall  be 
held  responsible  for  the  value  of  the  article 
drawn   beyond  the  quantity  allowed  by 
these  regulations,  and  shall  have  his  name 
and  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  re  or- 
ted  to  the  secretary  for  the  department  of 
war. 

4-  Requisitions  thus  signed,  and  the 
receipts  given  by  the  officers,  to  whom 
tht-art'cles  are  delivered  tor  consumption, 
shall  be  produced  as  vouchers  by  the  con- 
tractor, agent,  or  quarter-master,  in  the 
settlement  of  his  accounts. 
^  As  a  smaller  quantity  of  fuel  may  suf- 
fice for  the  garrisons  and  recruiting  parties 
to  the  southward  than  ordered  by  these 
illations,  their  commandants  are  en- 
joined to  regulate  the  demands  for  this  ar- 
ticle bv  the  nature  of  the  climate. 

Given  at   the  war  office   of  the  United 
States  in  the  tity  of  Washington,  thi 


looi, 


eighth  day  of  April,  A.    D. 

HENRY  DEARBORN, 

Secretary  of  War. 

Additional  regulations  relative  to  fuel. 
At  all   posts,    garrisons,  or  recruiting 
ezvous,  to  the  northward  of  the  jpth 
•     V,.n°rth  latitude,  should  be  allow- 
S  ad.dltlonto  the  present  allowance  of 
rhe  first  day  of  October,  to 

,April  in  each 

dd  °fficer>  hal  " 


To  every  commanding  officer,  of  a  gar- 
rison, consisting  of  one  company,  half  4 
cord  per  month. 

To  every  other  commissioned  officer, 
one  third  of  a  cord  per  month. 

To  every  room  occupied  by  eight  men, 
half  a  cord  per  month. 

To  a  garrison  or  quarter  guard,  half  a  cord 
per  month. 

May  i,  1806. 

REGULATIONS  respecting  certain  sup. 
plies  and  objects  of  special  and  extra  ex. 
pense. 

The  several  contractors,  besides  rations 
including  ardent  spirits  and  vinegar,  shall 
only  provide  and  furnish  quarters,  trans, 
pot tationt  forage,  fuel,  sfraiv,  and  stationery ', 
to  recruiting  parties  where  there  is  no  ap- 
propriate officer  of  the  quarter-master 
general's  department  to  furnish  the  same. 
The  quarters  intended,  are  those  of  a  tem- 
porary kind.  The  p.  wer  to  provide  them 
shuli  nor  extend  to  the  building  or  repairing 
of  barracks.  In  what  they  furnish,  they 
shall  govern  themselves  exclusively  by  the 
regulations  which  have  been  established 
by  law  or  by  the  w  -.r  department,  and  in 
case's  to  which  no  regulations  apply,  by 
the  orders  of  the  particular  commanding 
officer, 

No  repairs  shall  be  made  to  any  barracks 
or  buildings  which  shall  incur  a  disburse- 
ment of  money  exceeding  fifty  dollars, 
but  by  an  order  of  the  secretary  of  war. 

As  often  as  any  matter  which  may  re- 
quire any  special  or  extra  expense  can  wait 
without  material  injury  to  the  service,  for 
a  communication  to,  and  the  direction  of 
the  secretary  of  war,  or  the  commander  of 
the  army ;  it  is  not  to  be  undertaken  till 
after  such  communication  and  direction 
shall  have  bee;)  had. 

The  quarter-master  general,  his  depu- 
ties and  assisrants,  are  primarily  charged 
with  making  the  disbursements  in  the 
cases  abovementioned.  When  there  is  no 
such  officer,  the  agent  of  the  war  depart- 
ment in  the  vicinity  shall  do  it.  All  or- 
ders for  such  disbursements  must  be  defi- 
nite and  in  writing,  to  be  transmitted  with 
the  accounts  of  them  to  the  accountant  of 
the  war  department ;  and  all  disburse- 
ments made  in  pursuance  of  these  regu- 
lations must  be  substantiated  by  such 
vouchers  as  shall  be  prescribed  by  the  said 
accountant. 

Civet  at  the  war  office  of  the  United 
States  in  the  city  of  Washington ,  this 
twenty  eighth  day  of  April,  A.  D. 
1801. 

HENRY  DEARBORN, 
Secretary  of  War. 

Rules  adopted  by  the  president  of  the  United 
States  re lative  to  promotions  in  the  army 

Promotions  in  the  army  of  the  United 

States,  shall  hereafter  be  made  agreeably 

o  the  regulations  in  force  previous  .o  those 

of  the  jd  of  September  1799,  which  were 


REG 


REG 


589 


promulgated  in  general  orders,  dated  the 
ninth  of  that  month. 

Promotions  to  the  rank  of  captain  shall 
be  made  renimentally,  and  to  the  rank  ot 
major  and  lieutenant  colonel  in  the  lines  of 
the  artillery  and  infantiy  respectively. 

The  officer  next  in  rank,  will,   on  the 
happening  of  a  vacancy,   be  considered, 
in  ordinary  cases,   as  the  proper  person  to 
fill  the  same;  but  this  rule  may  be  sub- 
ject to  exceptions  in  extraordinary  cases. 
Given   at  the   ivar  office  of  the  United 
States,  this  tiventy  sixth  day  of  May, 
A.  D.   1 80 1.  and  if  independence  ibe 
tiventy  fifth . 

H£NRY  DEARBORN, 

Secretary  of  War, 

The  above  rules  for  promotion  in  the  in- 
fantry and  artillery,  are  applicable  to  the 
ca  airy  and  riflemen. 

No  officer  will  consider  himself  as  filling 
a  vacancy  until  he  receives  notio.  thereof 
through  the  department  ot  war. 

H.  DEARBORN. 

March  7,  1808. 

Regulations  respecting  salutes, 

Salutes  from  the  forts  in  the  several  ports 
and  harbors  of  the  United  States  shall,  as 
a  general  rule,  be  of  sixteen  discharges 
from  guns  of  a  calibre  not  exceeding  nine 
or  twelve  pounders. 

No  salute  shall  be  fired  to  foreign  ships 
or  vessels  of  war,  but  in  return  ;  and  in 
every  such  case,  their  salute  shall  be  re- 
turned gun  lor  gun. 

Each  military  post  with'n  the  United 
States  may  fire  a  national  salute  on  the 
morning  of  the  fourth  of  July,  annually  ; 
and  when  thi-re  shail  b--  a  collection  oi 
citizens  at,  or  within  the  immediate  vi- 
cinity of  a  military  post  for  the  purpose  of 
celebrating  the  anniversary  of  Ameiican 
independence,  sixteen  guns  may  be  fired  in 
the  ourse  of  the  feast. 

A  national  salute  shall  be  fired  on  a  vi- 
sit to  the  post  from  the  president  or  vice 
president  of  the  United  States,  or  the  go- 
vernor of  the  state  in  which  the  post  may 
be. 

A  gun  not  exceeding  a  six  poundar, 
should  be  fired  daily  at  reveille  beating, 
immediately  after  the  break  of  day  ;  after 
which,  no  officer  or  soldier  should  remain 
in  bed. 

Gii/en  at  the  ivar  office  of  the  United 
States  in  the  city  of  Washington,  this 
tenth  day  of  June,  A .  D.  I  So  I ,  and 
in  the  twenty -fifth  year  of  American 
independence. 

(Signed)     HENRY  DEARBORN, 

Secretary  of  war. 

REGULATIONS  respecting  extra  pay,  and 
allowance  of  soldiers,  when  ordered  on  con- 
stant labot,  for  a  term  not  less  than  40  days. 

The  non-commissioned  officers  and  pri- 
vates of  the  artillery  or  infantry  who  may  be 

,yvn  as  artificers,  to  work  constantly  on 


drai 


fortifications  or  bridges,  for  a  term  not  less 
han  40  days,  Sundays  excepted,  shall  be 
allowed,  for  each  day's  actual  labor,  four- 
teen  cents,  and  one  gill  of  spirits  each,  in 
addition  to  their  pay  and  rations,  and  one 
pair  of  linen  overalls,  and  one  frock  ;  and 
if  they  shall  be  continued  at  work  for  120 
days,  Sundays  excepted,  they  shall  each 
be  allowed  an  additional  frock,  and  an  ad. 
ditional  pair  of  overalls. 

Other  non-commissioned  officers  and 
privates,  no!  artificers,  who  shall  b^  drawn 
from  the  artillery  and  infantry  for  constant 
labor  on  fortifications,  roads,  or  bridges, 
for  a  term  not  less  than  40  days,  Sundays 
excepted,  *hall  be  allowed  for  each  day's 
actual  labor,  'en  cents  and  one  gill  of  spi- 
rits each,  in  addition  to  their  pay  and  ra- 
tioi's  ;  and  if  they  shall  be  continued  at 
work  for  120  davs,  an  additional  frock  and 
pair  of  ove  alls  in  like  manner  as  the  arti- 
ficers. 

It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  officer  com. 
manding  any  such  working  party,  to  have 
a  regular  account,  kept  under  his  inspec- 
tion of  every  day's  work  performed  by 
each  non-commissioned  officer  or  private, 
signed  by  the  commanding  officer,  and  t^ 
transmit  monthly  a  fair  abstract  thereof  to 
the  paymaster  of  the  district  in  which  the 
labor  may  be  performed,  which  paymas- 
ter will  be  authorised  to  draw  the  money 
on  the  said  abstracts,  and  pay  themencon- 
fo.mably  therewith. 

It  is  to  be  understood,  that  the  extra 
daily  pay  and  allowance,  is  only  to  be 
given  for  actual  day's  worK,  and  not  to  be 
granted,  when  from  sickness  or  other 
causes,  the  work  shall  not  actually  be  per. 
form  d. 

(Signed)  H.  DEARBORN, 

Secretary  of  war , 

War  department,   June  25,  i8ol. 

The  above  regulations,  so  far  as  they 
respect  allowances  of  extra  clothing,  arc 
considered  as  being  superseded  bv  the  act 
fixing  the  military  p^ace  establishment, 
wh'ch  grants  fatigue  clothing  to  all  the 
non-commissioned  officers,  mus  cians,  and 
privates  of  that  establishment,  annually. 
H.  DEARBORN. 

March  7,   1808. 

Thefrllowingtates  are  to  govern  in  the  al- 
lowance to  officers  jor  the  transportation  of 
their  baggage,  'when  ordered  on  distant  com" 
m&rids. 

A  colonel  750  pounds. 

Lieut,  colonel,     600 

Major,  5°° 

Captain,  4°o 

First  lieutenant,    300 

Second  do.  250 

Ensign,  250 

Surgeon,  500 

Surgeon's  mate,     300 

Each  officer  to  beaii  »wed  the  usual  and 
customary  prices  of  transportation  by  land 
or  water  per  hundred,  on  the  route  which 
shall  be  necessary  ibr  him  to  transport 


590 


REG 


RE  G 


himself  and  baggage,  for  as  many  hundred 
as  he  is  entitled  to  the  transportation  ot, 
by  the  reg>  lati'  ns  hereto  annexed.  An 
average  price  by  land,  will  not  exccedtwu 
dollars  per  hundred  for  100  m  les,  a  d  by 
•water  there  are  but  few  cases  where  a  cer- 
*ain  ".'to  ,:cr  cwt,  is  not  known. 

,.,,-d)  H     DEARBORN. 

War  department  ,   June  23,   iSoi. 

In  addition  to  the  foregoing  regulations, 
there  shall  bt  allowed  to  each  officer,  vvhen 
ordered  on  general  courts-  martial,  at  the 
rate  of  three  uollars  for  every  hundred 
nvles,  for  the  transportation  of  his  bag. 


(  Signed) 


H.  D. 


O  dinance^  regulating  and  ascertaining  the 
quantity  of  stationery  •which  each  officer, 
serving  in  the  arnty  of  the  United  States ,  shall 
be  entitled  to  receive  annually . 

To  every  cffi-jer  commanding  a  separate 
post,  the  garrison  of  which  s.'tall  consist 
of,  from  one  to  two  companies,  twenty- 
quires  of  writing  paper. 

To  every  officer  commanding  a  separate 
post,  the  ganison  of  which  shall  consist 
of,  from  three  to  five  companies,  thirty- 
six  quires  of  writing  paper. 

To  every  officer  commanding  a  separate 
post,  one  blank  book  containing  two  quires 
of  paper. 

For  the  use  of  the  garrison  of  every  se- 
parate post,  ingredients  sufficient  to  make 
two  quarts  of  ink. 

For  the  use  of  the  garrison  of  every  se- 
parate post,  twenty  doz.-n  of  wafers. 

For  the  use  of  the  assistant  military 
agent,  at  every  separate  post,  one  blank 
book  containing  two  quires  of  paper. 

For  the  use  of  every  military  company, 
•whether  in  garrison  or  otherwise,  two 
quires  of  paper,  and  one  blank  book  con- 
taining the  same  quantity. 

For  the  use  of  every  other  commission- 
ed officer  in  the  army,  two  quires  of  letter 
pa;>tr,  with  a  proportionate  allowance  ot 
ink,  quills,  and  wafers. 

Done  at  the  ivar  office  of  the  U.  States, 
this  2$/£  day  of  February,   1802. 
H.  DEARBORN, 
Secretary  of  'war. 

Regulations  relative    to   the  employment   cf 

physicians 

In  future,  no  surgeon,  surgeon's  mate,  or 
physician,  not  holding  an  appointment  in 
thearmv  of  the  United  States,  is  tobeem- 
ploy^d  on  public  account,  by  any  officer  or 
other  person  whatever  to  act  in  the  capa- 
city of  surgeon  or  physician,  for  any  man 
or  men  attached  to  the  army,  unless  by 
special  agreement  first  entered  into,  in 
which  the  compensation  for  medical  ser- 
vice to  be  performed,  shall  be  stipulated 
m  writing,  either  by  the  day  or  month. 

When  the  services  required  shall  be 
such,  as  not  to  exceed  the  usual  duties  of 
a  surgeon's  mate,  the  compensation  per 
month,  should  not  exceed  the  pay  and 
emoluments  of  a  surgeon's  mate, 


For  any  number  of  men,  not  exceeding 
twenty,  the  compensation  should  not  ex- 
ceed the  rate  of  two  hundred  dollars  a 
year,  including  medicine;  and  for  any 
number  of  men,  not  exceeding  thirty,  the 
compensation  should  not  exceed  the  rate 
of  three  hundred  dollars  a  year,  including 
medicine. 

In  no  instance,  extraordinary  cases  ex- 
cepted,  should  the  compensation  for  me- 
dical assistance,  for  a  shorter  period  than 
one  month,  exceed  the  rate  of  fuur  dollars 
per  day,  exclusive  of  medicine. 

Charges  for  medical  services,  after  the 
promulgation  of  these  regulations,  will 
require  certificates,  of  their  having  been 
performed  agreeable  thereto. 

Afril  2,  1806. 

Regulations  relative  to  returns  of  clothing* 
It  shall  be  thf  duty  of  thecommamung 
officers  of  companies,  to  make  out  in 
December  each  year  correct  returns  of 
the  clothing  necessary  for  the  r  respective 
companies  for  the  succeeding  year,  includ- 
ing what  is  on  hand  fit  for  service ;  arso 
correct  returns  ot  all  clothing  on  hand, 
noting  such  as  is  fit  for  use:  the  said  re- 
turns to  be  forwarded  annually,  by  theist 
day  of  January,  to  the  department  of  war, 
through  the.  commanding  officer  of  the 
military  post,  garrison,  or  encampment, 
at  vyh;ch  the  officer  making  the  returns  is 
stationed.  The  commanding  officers  of 
companies,  shall  be  responsible  for  the 
correctness  of  their  respective  returns. 
War  department ',  Dec.  l,  1807. 

REGULATIONS  to  be  observed  by  officers 
commanding  detachments  of  the  army  to  be 
embarked^  and  on  ship  board. 

I.  The  officer  commanuing  the  embark- 
ation, prior  to  th?   men's  go.n*  on  board, 
must  personally  inspect  the  transports,  to 
ascertain  that  the  quantity  of  provisions 
assigned,  and  every  necessary  accommoda- 
tion is  provided. 

I 1 .  As  soon  as  the  troops  are  on  board, 
an  officer  from  each  company  will  per- 
sonally see,  that  the  arms  and  accoutre- 
ments, the  clothing  neatly  packed  in  the 
knapsacks,  together  with  the  hats,  are  to 
be  placed  in  order,  and  properly  secured, 
over  their  respective  births,  on  the  racks 
and  pins  ordered  for  the  purpose  :  the  arms 
are  all  to  be  provided  with  cloth  tompkihs ; 
they  are  to  be  oiled,  avd  handled  daily, 
during  the  voyage,  and  are  to  be  frequent- 
ly inspected    by  the  officers,  to  prevent 
their  being  injured  by  rust. 

III.  The  men  must  be  allotted  to  births, 
in  the  order  in   which  they   roll  in  their 
companies,  and   are    to  be  divided  into 
messes  by  squads,  with  a  non-commis- 
sioned officer  at  the  head  of  each,  who  is 
to   be  respons  ble  for  the  good  order  and 
cleanliness  ot  it ;  particular  attention  must 
be  paid  to  the  cooking,  for  which  purpose 
two  men  must  be  detailed   weekly  from 
the  company  to  attend  to  this  duty,  ant} 
it  is  essential   that   every  other   soldier 


REG 


REI 


591 


should  be  prohibited  from  going  to  the 
cam  boose. 

IV.  An  officer  of  the  day  will  be  ap- 
pointed, whose  duty  it  will  be  to  ei  force 
regularity,  cleanliness  and  order  amongst 
the  men  ;  to  sec  that  their  provisions  are 
well  cooked  and  equally  distributed;  and 
In  case  of  neglect,  in  any  instance,  he  must 
immediately  report  the  circumstance  to 
the  officer' commanding,  who  will  chastise 
the  offender,  if  necessary. 

V.  The  men  must  not  be  permitted  to 
go  below  during  the  da\ ,  except  in  case 
of  indisposition,   or    bad   weather;    and 
the  bedding  must  invariably  be  brought 
on  deck  every  morning,  if  nor  prevented 
by   rain,  and  taken  down  always  before 
sun  set. 

VI.  To  prevent  accidents  by  fire,  no 
candles  must  be  suffered  below,  but  in  lan- 
terns, and  smnkiru.  between  decks  must 
be  on  no  account,  permitted.      All  lights 
are  to  be  extinguished  at  eight  o'clock  ; 
and  the  officers,  to  set  an  example  of  good 
order,  should  not   indulge  themselves  in 
sitting  up  beyond  a  reasonable  hour. 

VII.  General  parades  and  calls  of  the 
roll  are  to  be  had  at  troop  and  retreat,  with 
arms  and  accoutrements,  in  good  weather, 
and  without  in  bad;  and  on  every  Satur- 
day, the  commanding  officer  must  make 
a  complete  inspection  of  arms,  accoutre- 
ments and  clctning. 

VIII.  To  ensure  cleanliness,  the  men 
must  be  compelled  to  wash  their  heads 
and  hands  eveiy  morning,  and  their  feet 
every  evening. 

IX.  A  serj-  ant's  guard  must  be  mounted 
daily,  and  a  sufficient  number  of  sentries 
posted,  to  enforce  these  regulations;  and 
particularly  one  or  more  at  the  necessary, 
^amboose  and  hatchways,  with  their  side 
arms. 

X.  In  case  of  coming  to  anchor,  care 
must  be  taken  to  prevent  the  men  having 
any  communication   with  the  shore;  and 
attention  must  be   paid  to   prevent  their 
purchasing  liquor  or  green  fruit,  from  boats 
eom<ng  along  side. 

XI.  The  commanding  offcer  is  to  co- 
operate with  the  master  of  the  transport, 
in  whatever  may  be  necessary  to  promote 
the  voyage  ;  and  in  approaching  a  sail,  he 
is  positively  forbid  shewing  a  single  sol- 
dier  on  deck  :  the  sentries  are  in  such  case 
to  be  removed  beiow. 

XII.  The  men  are  to  be  furnished  with 
two  ttints;  twenty   four  rounds  or  ball 
cartriuges,   each  :    six   in  their  cartridge 
boxes,  and  the  residue  packed  in  kegs. 

These  regulations  are  to  be  strictly  ob- 
served in  every  particular  ;  and  any  officer 
who  mav  violate  them,  by  omission  or 
commission,  will  be  brought  before  a  ge- 
neral court  martial. 

K  Given  at  Head  Quarters^  city    of 

Washing!™,  Dec.    15,   1808. 
his  closes  tlie  whole  body  of  Regula- 
tions for  the  Ui.ited  Stales  force,  as  tar  as 
the  American  editor  has  been  able  to  collect 
them* 


To  buy  or  sell  at  the  REGULATION,  to 
give  or  receive  no  more  for  a  commission 
than  what  has  been  settled  by  the  king's 
authority  in  the  British  service.  When  an 
officer  is  allowed  to  retire  from  a  regiment 
with  permission  to  sell,  the  one  next  for 
purchase  is  supposed  to  pay  the  regulation 
price  or  his  commission  ;  but  it  frequently 
happens  that  parties  agree  among  them- 
selv>  s  with  respect  to  terms ;  ana  it  some- 
times occurs,  that  young  menot  interest 
and  fortune  stop  the  regular  promotions  of 
officers  bv  overbid  ing  the  market.  This 
traffic,  so  infamous  in  its  principle,  as  well 
as  'niib  abuses,  was  exhibit*  din  an  odious 
light  in  the  case  of  the  duke  of  York  and 
his  courtesans  in  1809. 

Cavalry  REGULATIONS,  specific  in- 
instructions  for  the  formations  and  move- 
ments of  cavalry. 

Infantry  REGULATIONS.  A  system  of* 
tactics  for  infantry .  The  general  principles 
for  the  formations  and  movements  of  caval- 
ry and  infantry  being  invariably  the  same, 
their  more  part  <cular  ex  jnanation  in  several 
points,  is  to  be  found  in  the  regulations 
for  the  infantry.  See  American  Military 
Library 

General  REGULATIONS  and  orders.  A 
collection  of  certain  general  rules  which 
were  published  for  the  British  army  by 
authority  on  the  loth  of  August,  1799,  and 
which  are  to  be  considered  as  the  ground 
work  of  those  instructions  that  generals 
commanding  distiicts,  and  officers  in  the 
command  of  brigades  and  regiments,  torts 
or  garrisons,  may  find  it  necessary  to  issue 
to  the  troops  under  their  respective  com- 
mands. To  use  the  wo  ds  of  the  adjutant 
general,  this  publication  does  by  no  means 
comprehend  the  whole  detail  which  the 
various  duties  and  services,  and  the  interior 
economy  and  management  of  regiments 
may  require.  They  are  principally  ex- 
tracted from  a  book,  intituled  The  Rudi- 
ments of  Wir,  which  was  published  by 
N.  Conant  in  1777,  tru-y  are  directed  to 
be  considered  as  the  standing  orders  of  the 
army  at  lar^e.  The v  cannot  be  altered,  or 
in  any  sense  be  deviated  from,  without 
the  king's  or  commander  in  chief's  appro, 
bation.  It  is  however  to  be  observed,  that 
a  bo.'k  manifestly  calculated  for  the  interi- 
or management  of  the  army,  and  conse- 
sequently  a  necessary  companion  to  the 
rules  and  regulations,  should  have  been 
more  specific  Many  circumstances, 
apparently  insignificant  in  themselves, 
and,  of  course,  unnoticed  at  head  quarters, 
grow  into  objects  of  serious  discussion 
among  the  different  regiments  of  the  ser- 
vice, both  at  home  and  abroad.  Itisaa 
old  maxim,  that  he  who  neglects  small 
faults  will  soon  fall  into  great  offences. 

RE-IMBGDY.  To  re-imbody,  is  to 
imbody  a^ain  any  regiment  or  corps  that 
has  b  en  disbanded.  Thus,  the  English 
militia  is  disbanded,  and  partially  re-imbo- 
died  for  28  days  in  every  year  during  peace, 

REIN,  that  part  or  a  bridle  which  ex- 


592 


REL 


RE  M 


• 


tends  from  the  head  of  a  horse  to  the  hands 
of  the  -ider,  <&t . 

REINFORCE,  \nfo*ndme  guns*  that 
part  of  a  gun  next  to  the  breech,  which  is 
made  stronger  than  the  n-st  of  the  piece, 
in  order  to  resist  the  force  of  the  powder. 
There  are  generally  two  in  each  piece,  cal- 
led the  first  and  second  reinforce :  the 
second  is  something  smaller  than  the  first, 
upon  the  supposition  that  when  the  pow- 
der is  inflamed,  and  occupies  a  greater 
space,  its  force  is  diminished,  which  is  not 
the  case.  See  CANNON. 

REINFORCE  ring.  There  are  three  in 
each  gun,  called  the  first,  second,  and 
third:  they  are  flat  mouldings,  like  flat 
iron  hoops,  placed  at  the  breech  end  of  the 
first  and  second  reinforce,  projecting  from 
the  rest  of  the  metal  by  about  i-4  of  an 
inch. 

REINFORCEMENT/o  the  army  *  isan 
addition  of  fresh  troops  to  strengthen  an 
army,  in  order  to  enable  it  to  go  on  with 
an  enterprise,  &c. 

To  REJOIN.  To  meet  again.  To 
return.  He  left  his  regiment  when  it 
brjke  up  camp,  but  rejoined  it  again  be- 
fore the  army  marched  into  the  enemy's 
country. 

REJOUISSANCES  publiques,  Fr. 
Public  rejoicings,  or  thanksgivings.  Che- 
valier Foiard  makes  a  curious  and  interest- 
ing comment  relative  to  this  subject,  in 
one  of  his  notes  upon  Pulybius.  He  there- 
in asserts,  that  the  Te  Deum,  or  thanks- 
giving to  God,  was  as  much  practised 
among  the  heathens  as  it  is  among  the 
moderns. 

REITRES,  Fr.  a  body  of  armed  horse- 
men, who  came  out  of  G'ermany,  and  en- 
ter d  into  the  French  service  during  the 
reign  of  Henry  III.  They  were  incorpo- 
rated with  the  carabineers. 

RELAYER,  Ft.  to  relieve  ;  to  lessen 
the  labor  of  any  particular  set  of  men  by 
occasionally  sending  fresh  workmen. 

RELA1S,  Ft.  a  term  used  in  fortifi- 
cation to  signify  a  space,  containing  some 
Jeet  in  breadth,  which  is  between  the  foot 
of  the  rampart  and  the  scarp  of  the  fosse, 
serves  as  a  convenient  receptaele 
for  the  earth  that  occasionally  crumbles 

LELAY    horses,   in   the   artillery,    are 

spare  horses  that  march  with  theartille'y 

and  bag-age,  ready  10  relieve  others,  or  to 

•sist  in  getting  up  a  hill,  or  through  bad 

loads,  &c. 

RELEASE.     The  commanding  officer 

>iOne  has    the  prerogative  of  releasing  a 

>ner  from    confinement,  after  he  has 

once  b-enduly  given  in  charge  to  the  guard, 

with  hiscrimeor  crimes  stated  in  writing; 

of  remitting  after  he  has  been  adjudged 

utter  military  punishment ;  except  in 

oi  a  general  court-martial,  when  the 

rai  ot  the  district  in  certain  cases,  and 

he  president  of  the  United  States  in  higher 

cases,  can  remit  or  mitigate. 

P Ti r  v  v  rfr  L  V s '  Fr- a  hackney  horse. 
ELEVEE,  fr.    The  afternoon, 


RELEVER,  Fr.  to  relieve.     Hence, 

R  E  L  E  v  E  K  une  sentinelle,  F  r.  To  relievG 
a  sentry,  by  posting  another  soldier  in  his 
room. 

RF LEVER  la  garde,  Fr.  To  relieve 
guard. 

RELIEF,  Fr  an  order,  eiven  by  the 
m  nister  at  war,  to  authorize  an  officer  to 
receive  the  arrears  of  pay  which  had  accu- 
mulated during  his  absence  frorr  the  regi- 
ment. 

RELIEF,  Fr.  In  architecture  mrans 
the  same  as  the  term  does  when  used  in 
English. 

RELIEN,  Fr.  The  broken  grains  of 
gunpowder  which  have  not  passed  through 
the  sieve. 

To  RELIEVE  the  guard,  is  to  put  fresh 
men  upon  guard,  which  is  generally  done 
every  24  hours. 

To  RE  LI  EVE  the  trenches,  is  to  relieve  the 
guard  of  the  trenches,  by  appointing  those 
for  that  duty,  who  have  not  been  there 
before,  or  whose  turn  is  next. 

To  RELIEVE  the  sentries,  is  to  put  fresh 
men  upon  that  duty  from  the  guard,  which 
is  generally  done  every  two  hours,  by  a 
corporal  who  attends  the  relief,  to  see  the 
pioper  orders  are  delivered  to  the  soldier 
who  relieves. 

RELIEVER,  an  iron  ring  fixed  to  a 
handle  by  means  of  a  socket,  so  as  to  be 
at  right  angles  to  it :  it  serves  to  disengage 
the  searcher  of  a  gun,  when  one  of  its 
points  is  retained  in  a  hole,  and  cannnot 
be  got  out  otherwise  See  SEARCHER. 

A  REMAIN,  a  term  used  among  store- 
keepers belonging  to  the  hoard  of  ordnance, 
&c.  to  express  the  actual  quantity  of  stores 
which  is  found  at  an  outport,  &c.  when  a 
new  store-keeper  is  appointed. 

REMAINS  of  stores  are  ordered  to  be  ta- 
ken at  all  places  at  home,  once  in  seven 
years,  as  also  at  the  expiration  of  a  war.  In 
foreign  parts  a  remain  is  taken  only  on  the 
appointment  of  a  new  store-keeper.  See 
OFFICE  OF  ORDNANCE,  or  BOARD  OF 
ORDNANCE. 

To  REMAND,  to  send  back  ;  as  when 
a  soldier  who  has  been  brought  out  of  pri- 
son, or  the  guard-house,  for  the  purpose 
of  being  examined  or  tried,  is  sent  back 
without  any  thing  final  occurring  relative 
to  his  case 

TV  REMARK,  to  take  note  of  any  thing. 

REMARKS.  Army  returns,  regimen- 
tal statements,  guard  reports,  &c.  have  a 
column  allotted  for  remarks  and  observa- 
tions relative  to  extraordinary  occurrences. 

REMBLAl,  Fr.  Earth  collected  to- 
gether for  the  purpose  of  makiug  a  bank 
way,  &c. 

REMBLAYER,  Fr.  To  collect  earth 
together. 

R  E  M  B  A  R  Q U E  R ,  Fr.  To  re-embark, 

REMBO1TER,  Fr.  The  same  as 
Emboiter.  To  replace,  to  put  together. 
The  latter  term  is  used  by  the  Frenrh  in 
artillery  a»)d  cavalry  manoeuvres.  1 1  is  the 
correlativ:  to  Deboiter  ;  to  break  olf. 

REMETTEZi/c?«j.    This  term  agrees 


REN 


REP 


593 


With  the  phrase — at  you  it/ere.    Se  Remettre.\-  two  bodies  of  armed  men,  who  belong  to 
To  take  a  former  position,  to  return  to  the]  armies   that  are  'n  hostile  opposition  to 


original  ^ 

RE  ME  TT  RE,  Fr.  to  restore,  to  bring 
back  again.  It  is  freq-ien-lv  used  in  a 
military  sens,j,  viz.  Remettn  un  batallion  ; 
to  restore  yr  brini;  back  a  battalion  to  its 
original  foriijari-'n 

REMIT.  ToK-ss.'n;  as  to  remit  a  part 
•f  a  sold  er's  sentence. 

To  REMONSTRATE,  to  make  a  re- 
presentation  of  a  cast- or  case-,  wnerein  one 
or  more  may  consider  themselves  to  be 
aggrieved.  Military  men  may  remonstrate 
throvgh  their  superior  officers ;  but  where 
the  duty  of  the  strv:ce  is  concerned,,  that 
duty  must  be  first  performed  with  cheer- 
fulness  and  fidelity. 

REMONTER,  Fr.     To  Remount. 

REMONTER  une  contpagnle  de  cava/erie, 
Fr.  To  remount  a  tro'fpof  horse. 

REMONTER  une  riviere ,  F  r .  To  sai  1  u  p 
a  river. 

RE  MORA,  Fr.  This' word  is  some- 
times written  Remoray  and  signifies  obsta- 
cle, hindrance.  It  comes  from  the  Latin 
RffK9rat  a  small  fish,  which  was  supposed 
by  the  ancients  to  impede  the  progress  of 
a  ship. 

REMORAL,  Fr.  an  officer  belonging 


to  a  galley,  who  has  char  e  of  the  oars. 

To  REMOVE,  to  change  the  situation 
of  a  person. 

A  REMOUNT,  means  a  supply  of 
good  and  serviceable  horses  for  the  whole 
or  part  of  a  cavalry  regiment.  The  fol- 
lowing instructions  have  been  copied  from 


each  other  Thus,  as  in  the  former  in- 
stance it  serves  to  distinguish  th  casual 
determination  of  a  feud  or  difference  rrnni 
the  pre-determined  and  setti  d  plan  of  a 
duel ;  so  in  th"  larter  it  marks  th-  differ- 
ence between  a  skirmish,  &c.  and  a  re- 
gular battle. 

RENDER.     See  SURRENDER. 

RENDEZVOUS,  the  place  appointed 
for  troops  to  assemble  at  It  likewise 
means  any  particular  spot  that  is  fixed 
upon  for  twoduellists  todecide  their  quar- 
rel. 

RENDEZVOUS,  P  in  a  military  sense, 

RENDEVOUS,  $  tlv  place  appoint- 
ed by  the  general,  where  all  the  troops 
that  compose  the  army  are  to  meet  at  the 
t,me  a  pointed,  in  t.a:-e  of  an  alarm. — 
Thi.s  place  should  be  fixed  upon,  accord- 
ing to  the  situation  of  the  ground,  and  the 
sort  of  troops  quartered  in  the  village. — 
In  an  open  country  it  is  easy  to  fix  upon  a 
place  of  rendezvous,  because  the  general 
ha.-v  whatever  ground  he  thinks  necessary. 
In  towns  and  villages  the  largest  streets, 
or  market  places,  are  very  fit ;  bur  let  the 
place  be  where  it  will,  the  troops  must 
assemble  with  ease,  and  be  read)  for  the 


prompt  execution  of  orders. 

RENDU,  Fr.  Surrendered,  given  up. 
Soldat  RENDU,  Fr.  This  term  is  used 
to  express  the  deference  between  a  soldier 
who  deserts  to  the  enemy,  aiid  one  who 
lays  down  his  arms.  In  the  former  in- 
stance he  is  called  deserteur ;  in  the  latter, 

a  compilation   f  E nglish  general  and  regi-     soldo. t  rendu      »t  is  somet  mes  used  as  a 
,viz  Thesizeofthe  horses  for  Jl  substitute, 


mental  orders, 

the  heavy  cavalry  must  run  from  15  hands 
and  i  inch,  to  15  3;  a'.d  the  age  be  4  or 
5  off,  if  possible;  tne  taking  horses  coming 
four  must  be-  avo'ded  as  much  as  can  be. 
No  horse  must  be  taken  for  the  public  ser- 
vice, unless  he  be  very  close  and  compact 
in  his  make,  very  bioad  across  the  loins, 
short  and  straight  backed,  close  coupled, 
round  barrelled,  and  wt- 11  carcassed,  wide 
between  the  rider's  thighs,  deep  at  the 
girt  and  shoulders,  and  full,  though  not 
heavy  chested,  with  short  jointed,  clean, 
bony  legs,  and  full  furnished,  withstiong 
thighs  :  the  shoulders  musr  iay  well  back ; 
the  forehand  rise  so  as  to  give  the  horse 
freedom ;  and  the  nead  must  be  so  set  on  as 
to  admit  of  his  getting  his  nose  in.  To  this 
must  be  added,  action,  and  good  sound, 
full  feet,  with  open  heels.  No  h  -rse  must 
be  taken  with  flat  feet,  or  any  lameness, 
or  visible  defect.  No  heavy,  tieshy  leg- 
ged, lumbering  horse  must  be  taken  on 
any  account. 

To  REMOUNT.  To  remount  the  ca- 
valry or  dragoons,  is  to  furnish  them  with 
torses  in  the  room  of  those  which  have 
been  either  killed,  disabled,  or  cast. 

RENCONTRE,/1/-.  This  word  has 
3een  adopted  amongst  us,  and  signifies 
either  a  private  quarrel,  in  which  indivi- 
luals  accidentally  meet  andfi^ht;  or  an 
jnexpected  and  irregular  combat  between 


viz.     Un  rendit)  a  man  who 
has  surrendered 

RENEGADE,  ;  a  deserter;   any    one 

REN EG ADO,  $  who  goes  over  to  the 
enemy 

RENFORCEMENT,  Fr.  a  hollow 
place. 

REN  FORCER,  Fr.  to  reinforce,  to 
strengthen,  to  fortify. 

REN  FORT,  Fr.     Reinforcement. 

RENFORT,  Fr,  a  certai*  part  or  a  can- 
non so  called.  See  REINFORCE. 

REPARATIONS  dam  un  regiment., 
Fr.  repair  of  arms,  necessaries,  campequi. 
page,  &c. 

To  R  E  N  E  W,  (renouvcler,  Fr. }  t  repeat^ 
to  begin  afresa.  Hence  to  renew  hostili- 
ties. 

RENEWAL  The  act  of  renewing,  as 
the  renewal  of  hostilities, 

R  ENVOI,  Fr.  Sending  back;  any 
thing  returned. 

Cbevaux  de  RENVOI,  Fr.  Returned 
horses. 

REPARTIR,  Fr.  To  divide,  to  se- 
parate, toderach. 

REPARATlONdW/Yfw/w,  Fr.  Dis- 
tribution of  troops  in  different  quarters. 

REPERTORY       Set  MAGAZINE. 

REPL1ER,   se  «/,//«•,    Fr.     To   fall 
back,  to  retreat.     In  military  movements, 
to  take  a  rear  direction  towards  any  parti- 
cular part  of  the  line,  viz. 
4   f 


594 


REP 


REQ 


Se  REPLIER  tur/a  droite,  Fr.  To  fall 
back  upon  the  right. 

REPLY.  After  the  prisoner's  defence 
before  a  court-martial,  the  prosecutor  or 
informant  may  reply,  but  without  noticing 
any  matter  for.  i  n  to  the  specific  crime  or 
crimes  expressed  in  the  charge. 

REPORT,  sound;  loud  noise,  as  that 
made  by  the  discharge  of  a  musquet  or 
cannon. 

REPORT.  Spec  fie  statement  of  per- 
sons  and  things.  Although  this  word  may, 
in  some  sense,  be  considered  the  same  as 
return,  ye  it  so  far  differs  in  military  mat 
ters,  that  it  is  less  comprehensive,  and  re- 
lates mon-  immediattly  to  persons  and 
occunences  than  to  things. 

General  officers  report  to  the  command- 
er in  chief  only. 

The  commander  in  chief's  guard  reports 
to  himse  f  by  one  of  his  aid- de- camps. 

Reports  ot  cavalry  are  given  in  to  the 
senior  generals  ot  cavalry  ;  and  reports  of 
infantry,  to  the  senior  general  officers  of 
infantry  On  a  march  the  field  officer  of 
the  piquet  reports  to  the  general  of  the  day 
who  leads  the  column;  and  in  camp  to 
the  next  superior  officer  to  himself.  A 
provost  martial  gives  in  his  return  of  pri- 
soners, and  reports  to  the  general  of  the 
day. 

Judge  advocates,  actinp  in  districts  or  gar- 
lisons,  &c.  send  in  the  minutes  of  courts- 
rnaitial,  and  report  to  the  distiict  general. 
Regimental  surgeons  report  to  their  com- 
manding officers,  and  surgeons  in  districts, 
&c.  to  the  war  office. 

Monthly  REPORT,  Every  company  in 
the  servi.e  of  the  United  States,  is  re- 
quired to  make  a  monthly  inspection  and 
report,  according  to  foims  furnished  by 
the  adjutant  and  inspectoi . 

All  troops  belonfcin*  to  the  British  ser- 
vice, the  marines  excepted,  who  report  to 
the  admiralty,  report  through  their  seve- 
ral commanding  officers,  &c  to  the  adju- 
tant general  and  secretary  at  war,  and  to 
the  commander  in  chief. 

Special  REPORT  A  special  report  is 
said  to  be  made  when  the  name  of  an  offi- 
cer is  transmitted  by  his  commander  to  the 
genera,  of  a  district,  independen'  of  the 
regular  returns ;  and  some  specific  instance 
o J  n  .isconduct  is  la  d  before  him  ;  'Very  offi- 
cer on  his  arrival  from  abroad  with  a  regi- 
ment or  detachment  of  troops,  must  report 
himself  to  the  governor  er  commanding 
officer  of  the  seaport  at  which  he  arrives  ; 
and  every  officer  who  takes  his  passage  for 
foreign  service,  must  do  the  same  previous 
to  his  departure. 

The  senior  officer  in  each   recruiting 

quarter  reports  weekly  to  the  field  officer 

ot  th.  t-ihtrict,  the  number  and  siren^n'or 

e    parties   therein.     The   field    officers 

afonmanding  recruiting  parties  in  districts, 

repo.t  to  the  adjutant  and  inspector,    to 

«»  all    returns  and  reports  are  to  be 

"tteti  by  them,  and  not  direct  from 

tie  recruiting  officers. 


Reports  are  made  daily,  weekly,  or 
monthlv ,  according  to  circumstances. 

The  various  subordinate  reports  consist 
of 

Report  of  a  rearguard. 
Report  of  a  barrack  guard. 
R«port  of  a  quarter  &uard. 
Reporr  of  a  mam  guard  and  its  depcn. 
dencies,  &c.  &c. 

In  the  column  of  remarks  which  must 
accompany  each  of  the>e  reports,  it  is  ne- 
cessary, for  the  person  who  signs,  to  spe- 
cify all  casualties  and  extraordinary  occur- 
rences according  to  the  particular  nature 
of  each  report.  The  different  hours  at 
which  the  grand  rounds,  visiting  rounds^ 
and  patroles  went,  must  likewise  be  put 
down. 

REPOS,  Fr.     Rest,  ease.     It  is  used 
by  the  French  as  a  word  of  command,  viz. 
REPOS,  Fr.  a  word  of  command  which 
agrees  with  standat  ease. 

Quariiers  de  REPOS,  Fr.  These  places 
are  so  called  where  troops  remain  for  s>ome 
days  to  refresh  themselves. 

Snldat  REPOSE  sur  1'arttte,  Fr.  a  soldier 
standing  at  ease  with  ordered  arms. 

R&VOSEZ -vous  sur  vos  armet,  Fr.  Or- 
der arms. 

In  REPOSE,  (en  tepos,  ft.)  This 
term,  which  is  manifestly  taken  from  the 
French,  applies  to  troops  that  are  allowed 
to  be  stationary  for  any  given  period  during 
an  active  campaign  either  through  sick- 
ness, or  from  some  other  cause.  Thus 
the  sth  regiment  being  in  repose,  it  was 
judged  expedient  to  order  the  zSih  to  ad- 
vance by  forced  marches. 

REPOSITORY,  a  place  or  repertory, 
in  which  any  thing  is  preserved.  Thus 
the  British  Repository  at  Woolwich,  con- 
tains models  ot  every  sort  of  warlike  stores, 
weapons,  and  fortification :  whether  in- 
vented by  officers  of  the  army  or  civilians, 
as  well  of  other  nations  as  of  Britain,  re- 
ceipts being  given  to  preserve  the  title  to 
the  inventor.  The  British  Repository  is 
indebted  to  the  ingenuity  of  colonel  Con- 
greve,  for  some  of  its  most  useful  and 
important  instruments  of  escalade,  forti- 
fication, and  gunnery. 

REPOUSSER,  Fr.  to  drive  back,  to 
repel. 

REpOUSSOIRS,  Fr.  Drivers,  chis. 
sels. 

REPOUSSOIR,  Fr.  a  small  stick  which 
artificers  and  fire- workers  use  in  making 
fire  pots  and  other  works. 

REPRESAILLES,  Ft.  Reprisals. 
R  E  P  R I  MA  N  D,  a  slighter  ki.d  of  pun- 
ishment sometimes  inflicted  on  officers  and 
non-commissioned  officers.  1 1  consists  in 
reproving  or  reprimanding  them  at  the 
head  of  their  respective  regiments,  troop, 
or  company,  as  the  cases  may  be.  A  re- 
primand is  sometimes  inserted  in  the  order. 
iy  books. 

REQUISITION,  (requisition,  Fr.)  A 
term  peculiarly  used  by  the  French  during 
the  course  of  their  revolution,  and  appli- 
cable to  most  nations  in  its  general  import. 


RES 


RET 


595 


It  signifies  the  act  of  exacting  either  men 
or  things  forthe  public  service..  Hence— 
Dcnre'es^  marrhandises  mises  en  requisition  ; 
necessar.es  of  life,  goods,  &c.  put  in  a  state 
of  requisition,  or  subject  to  be  disposec 
of  tor  the  common  rood  at  a  hxed  price. 

Jeunes  gtns  de  la  REQUISITION,  Fr 
Young  men  required  or  called   upon  to 
serve  in  the  army. 

REQUISITIONNAIRE,  Fr.  A  per- 
son  liabie  to  be  put  in  a  state  of  requisi- 
tion. 

RESERVE,  corps  Preserve,  Fr.  any 
select  body  of  troops  posted  by  «*  general  out 
of  the  first  line  of  action,  to  answer  some 
specific  or  critical  purpose,  in  the  day  o] 
battle.  The  French  likewise  call  that 
body  a  corps  de  reserve^  which  is  compos 
ed  of  the  staff  of  the  army,  and  moves 
with  the  commander  in  chief,  from  whom 
it  receives  the  parole  or  word ;  but  in  eve- 
ry other  respect  it  is  governed  by  its  own 
general 

RESINE,  Fr.     Rosin. 

RESOLUTION,  in  algebra,  the  so. 
lution  ot  a  problem. 

RESOLUTION,  (teso/uiion,  Fr.)  an  in- 
dispensible  quality  of  the  mind,  which 
every  general  of  an  army  should  possess 
to  its  lull  extent.  It  is  the  advice  of  all 
wise  men,  ieisurely  to  digest  plans,  and 
caimly  deliberate  upon  them;  but  when 
once  it  becomes  necessary  to  put  them  imo 
execution,  the  person  entrusted  with  com- 
mand,  should  be  prompt  and  vigorous. 
RESOOM,  Ina.  Fees  or  dues. 
To  RESPITE,  to  suspend,  to  delay; 
from  the  French  respiter. 

To  be  R  E  s  P  i  T  E  D  OK  the  muster  -  roll,  to  be 
suspended  from  ;>ay,  &c.  during  which 
peri-d  all  advantages  of  promotion,  pay, 
&c.  are  stopped.  It  is  originally  derived 
from  respite,  which  signifies  delay,  tor- 
bearance,  &c.  Thus  in  Clarendon's  history 
of  the  civil  wars  we  read,  that  an  act  pas- 
sed for  the  satisfaction  of  the  officers  of 
the  king's  army,  by  which  they  were  pro- 
mised payment  in  November  following ; 
till  which  tirn;  they  *ere  to  respite  it,  and 
be  contented,  that  the  comnrm  soldiers 
and  inferior  officers  should  be  satisfied  up- 
on their  disbanding.  At  present  to  respite 
means  to  deprive  an  individual  ot  all  the 
advantages  at' ached  to  his  situation;  in 
which  sense  it  signifies  much  the  same  as 
to  suspend. 

When  an  officer  has  exceeded  his  leave 
of  absence,  and  has  not  sent  a  satisfactory 
account  of  himself  to  his  commanding 
officer,  the  latter  reports  him,  in  an  espe- 
cial manner,  to  the  general  ot  the  district, 
by  whom  he  is  returned  absent  without 
leave.  It  sometimes  happens,  that  the 
colonel  orcoromanding  officer  gives  direc- 
tions to  have  him  noted  on  the  muster- 
roll  of  tne  regiment;  in  which  case  he  is 
said  to  be  respited  or  deprived  of  pay  — 
This  is  the  first  step  towards  suspension 
from  rank  and  pay,  which  ultimately  ter- 
minates in  a  toial  exclusion  from  the  ser- 
"ice,  by  theoliending  party  being  peremp- 


|j  torily  superseded.  The  name  of  the  per- 
ji  son  ?s  laid  before  the  s  cretary  at  war,  who 
'  with  the  approbation  of  the  president,  di. 
i  rects  the  adjutant  and  inspector  to  strike  it 
off  the  1'st  of  the  army. 

The  money  which  is  respited  upon  the 
muster-roll  is  accounted  for  by  the  account 
of  the  war  department,  and  pLc-d  to  the 
credit  of  the  public  by  the  paymaster- 
general. 

RESPONSIBILITY.  The  state  of 
being  answerable.  All  public  officers, 
C'vil  or  nrlitary,  are  in  a  state  of  respon- 
sibility with  respect  to  national  concerns 
RESPONSIBLE.  Answerable;  ac. 
countable;  liable  to  be  called  upon.— 
Colonels  of  regiments  are  responsible  tor 
the  discipline  of  their  men ;  and  cap- 
tains for  the  interior  economy  and  clothing 
of  t her r  Companies. 

RE  SPONSION,  Fr.  A  term  used 
by  the  French  In  military  orders  signi- 
fying the  same  as  charge  or  rcdwancet 
charge  or  service.  Thus  each  coiriiiian- 
dery  pays  a  certain  sum,  called  somme  de 
responsion,  to  its  order  in  proportion  to  ,ts 
vaiue. 

RESSERRER,  to  hem  in;  to  confine. 
Une  garnison  fort  resserree,  a  garrison  nar- 
rovvlv  watched  by  a  besieging  army,  and 
kept  within  its  walls. 

RESSORT,**.  Sp<ing.  Elasticity. 
This  word  is  used  in  various  senses  by  the 
French,  viz. 

Dernier  RES  SORT,  Fr.  the  last  shift. 

TV',  git  que  par  RESSORT,  Fr.  To  do 
nothing  ot  one's  own  free  will ;  to  be  in- 
fluenced, to  be  acted  upon  by  others. 

Manquer  de    RESSORT,  Fr.     To    want 

erfiv ,  vigor,  &c. 

Un  caractere  qui  a  du  RESSORT,  Fr.  A 
firm,  cl.-turrninec.  character. 

RESSOURCE,  Fr.  Resource, shift, 
refuge. 

Un  homme  de  RESSOURCES,  Fr.  a  man 
who  nas  resources  within  himself. 

Un  homme plein  de  RESSOURCES,  a  man 
~ull  of  resources,  full  of  expedients 

To  REST  armt,  to  bring  the  firelock  to 
he  same  position  as  in  present  aims. 
See  MANUAL. 

To  REST  upon  aims  reversed.  At  milr- 
ary  funerals  the  arms  are  reversed.  Tlie 
oldierii  belonging  to  the  firing  party,  rest 
upon  the  butt  ends  uftluir  firelocks,  while 
he  funeral  service  is  performed,  leaning 
with  their  cheeks,  so  as  to  turn  from  the 
orpse. 

REST  upcn your  arms  reversed!  A  word 
if  command  which  is  used  at  military  m- 
icra's. 

RESTANT,  Fr.  the  remainaer ;  what 
s  left. 

HESTE,  Fr.  Remainder,  viz.  Le 
este  des  ttoupes,  the  remainder  of  the 
roops. 

Eire  en  R  E  s  T  E,  r>>    To  be  in  arrears. 

RENTER,  Fr.  to  remain  behind. 

RETENUE,  Fr.  Stoppage;  any  thing 
i.epr  back. 

RETIAIRE,  Ft.    See  RETIARXOC, 


596 


RET 


K  ET 


PETIARIUS,  a  kind  of  gladiator  who 
fou  htintheamphitheatredu  ing  the  time 
ot  the  Ron.ans.  He  is  thus  described  by 
Kennett,  in  his  Roman  Antiquities,  pa^e 
2*^4. 

'The  Retiarius  was  dressed  in  a  short 
coat,  ha- ing  a  fuscina  or  trident  in  his 
left  hand,  and  a  net,  from  which  heder.ves 
Ins  name,  in  his  ri>;ht.  With  this  ho  en 
deavored  to  entangle  his  adversary,  that 
he  might  then  with  his  trident  easily  dis- 
patch him  :  on  his  head  he  woieonly  a 
hat  tied  undei  his  chin  with  a  broau  ri- 
band. 

RETIRADE,  or  Coupure,  Fr.  In  f' -r. 
tification,  a  retrenchment,  which  is  ge- 
nerally irade  with  two  laces,  forming  a 
rentrant  angle,  and  is  thrown  up  in  th 
body  o  a  work  tor  tlu  purpose  of  receiv- 
ing troops,  who  may  dispur  th  grou'.d 
inch  by  inch.  When  the  first  nua..s  o 
r.sistjnre  have  been  destroyed,  others  arc 
substi'ured  by  cutfng  a  ditch,  and  1m im 
it  with  a  parapet.  The  retiradt  sometimes 
cons  sts  ot  nothing  more  than  rows  or 
fascines  filled  with  earth,  stuffed  gabions, 
barrels  or  sand  bags,  with  or  without  a 
ditch,  and  either  fenced  w.th  pal'sadoes, 
or  left  without  them. 

Whenever  it  becomes  absolutely  neces- 
sary  to  quit  the  head  or  side  of  a  work,  the 
•whole  ot  it  nr.'St,  on  no  account,  be  aban- 
doned On  the  contrar  ,  whilst  some 
determined  troo(  s  keen  the  enemy  in 
clvck,  -th.  rs  must  be  actively  employed 
in  throwing  up  retirades,  which  may  flank 
each  other,  and  in  cutrjng  a  ditch  in  front 
I;  is  p-.rticularly  incumbent  upon  the  en- 
gineer officer  to  assist  in  works  ot  this  sort, 
and  ev.  ry  offic<  r  and  soldier  should  z«  a- 
lously  co  operate  with  him.  A  slight 
Jcnowlege  of  fie!d  fortification  will  on  thes< 
occasions  give  a  decided  advantage.  The 
bouyof  a  retiradf  should  be  raised  as  high 
as  possible,  and  several  foi-gasses  should 
be  laid  beneath  it.  for  the  purpose  of  blow- 
ing  un  the  ground  on  which  the  enem\ 
may  have  established  himself. 

RETIRADES  as  practised  by  the  ancients  : 
these  were  wails  hast.ly  -un  up  behinu 
breaches  that  were  made  by  the  bttteting 
rams.  The  able  comment  tor  upon  Po- 
lybius  observes,  that  in  no  instance,'  did 

ie  skill  of  the  great  nv  n  ot  antiquity 
appear  in  so  conspicuous  a  light,  as  in  the 
•various  chicanes  to  which  they  resnrttu 
the  preservation  of  a  town.  Their 
ingenuity  and  resolution  increased  in  pro- 
portion' as  thedanger approached.  Instead 
of  ottering  to  capitulate  as  the  moderns 
generally  do,  when  a  practicable  brtach 
has  been  opened  by  a  besieging  enemy, 
the  ancients,  in  that  emergency,  collected 
their  vigor,  had  recourse  to  various 
straiagems,  and  waited  behind  the  reti- 
rades  or  temporary  retreats  to  give  the  ne. 
n»y  a  warm  and  obstinate  reception.  C£B. 
Ear,  m  his  Commentaries,  has  given  a 
TO' nute description  of  the  manner  in  which 
these  retirades  were  constructed ;  and  we 
find  them  mentioned  by  Josephus,  in  his 


history  of  the  war  of  the  Jews  against  the 
Romans. 

The  inrermed'ate  periods,  since  the  days 
of  the  G  reeks  ai-d  Romans,  and  before  the 
mod' rn  era  furnish  various  exampl*  s  ;n 
this  head.  In  1219,  Genghis  Khan  set  all 
his  battering  ram.*-  to  work,  for  the  pur- 
p<'seof  effecting  a  breach  in  the  walls  of 
Otrrar;  but,  to  h's  great  surprise,  he  ne 
sooner  entered  the  town,  than  he  founo  a 
fres.  line  of  entrenchments  tint  had  been 
thiown  up  in  the  ve->  heart  of  the  city. 
He  saweveiy  street  cut  asunder  with  tem- 
porary ditches,  and  ev:  ry  house  presented 
fresh  obstacles:  somi'.ch  so,  that  he  ex- 
perienced mor-  difficulty  in  subduing  the 
inhabitants  aft^r  he  had  forced  the  walls, 
than  hadocc  HP d  in  practising  the  breach. 

When  the  emperor  Charles  V,  laid  siege 
to  Metz  in  1552.  the  duke  de  Guise,  wtto 
was  governor  ot  the  town,  instantly  adopt- 
ed the  necessary  precaution.-  to  defend  it 
to  the  last.  He  built  a  new  wal!  behind 
theonr  againsr  which  the  principal  attack 
was  directed ;  and  when  the  breach  was 
made,  the  btsiecers  found  themselves  ob- 
*.tir;ately  opposed  afresh,  within  a  short 
spate  of  the  ground  they  \  au  carried.  In 
consequence  of  this  unexpected  check, 
the  enemy 'stroo,  s  grew  dish' artened;  and 
their  want  of  confidence  soon  convinced 
the  emperor  that  the  place  could  not  be 
taken.  The  siege  was  unexpectedly  rais- 
ed, and  the  preservation  of  the  town  was 
entirely  owing  to  the  wise  precautions  that 
had  been  adopted  by  th>duke  de  Guise. 

In  1742,  marshal  Broglio,  being  closely 
besieged  <n  the  city  of  Prague,  threw  up 
retrenchments  within  the  walls,  and  pre- 
pared to  make  a  must  vigorous  resistance. 
An  occasion,  however  presented  itself,  of 
which  he  took  advantage,  that  render.d 
any  further  precautions  useless.  He  made 
a  vigorous  S'Ttie  and  forced  the  enemy  to 
raist:  the  sieve. 

RETIRED  List,  a  list  on  the  British 
marine  establishment  upon  which  super- 
annuated officers  are  placed. 

Officer*  iv ho  RETIRE  in  the  East  India 
company  str-vice.  The  India  company  have 
resolved,  that  an  officer,  (ii;  his  military 
capacity)  after  twenty  years  actual  service 
in  I  •  dia,  coming  to  Europe  on  leave,  will 
be  allowed  to  retire  on  the  pay  of  his  rank, 
piovided  he  signifies  his  intention  of  so 
doing,  within  twenty  months  after  his 
arrival.  Officers  on  leave  who  are  desi- 
rous of  retiring,  and  who  d'-claie  their 
intei  tion  to  that  effect,  within  twelve 
months  from  their  arrival,  will  b:  permit- 
t«-d  to  retire  on  the  pay  of  th?  rank  they 
may  be  entitled  to  at  that  per  od.  Anoffi- 
cyr  having  completed  22  years  actual  re- 
sidence in  India,  will  be  allowed  to  retire 
on  the  full  pay  of  his  rank,  directly  on  his 
leaving  India. 

RETOURS*&«/ffe,  Fr.  returns  of 
a  mme.  See  GALLERY. 

RET  OURS  de  la  tranchee,  Fr.  returns  of 
a  trench.  In  fortification,  the  several 
windings  and  oblique  deviations  of  a  trench 


RET 


RET 


597 


which  are  drawn,  in  sonu'  measure,  pa. 
rallel  to  the  sides  of  the  plat,e  attacked, 
in  order  to  avoid  being  enhladed,  or  having 
the  shot  of  the  enemy  scour  along  the 
length  of  the  line.  On  account  of  these 
different  returns  a  considerable  interval  is 
opened  between  the  h  ad  and  the  tail  ol 
the  trench,  which,  were  the  lines  di- 
rected, would  not  be  at  any  great  distance 
fro'n  icn  other. 

KETRAITE,  Fr.     See  RETREAT. 

RETRAITE  dans  les  movtagnes,  Fr.  The 
act  of  ta  ling  back  or  retreating  among  the 
mountains. 

Faire  RETRAITE,  Fr.  To  retire,  to 
fall  hack. 

Battre  la  RETRAITE,  Fr.  To  beat  the 
tap- too. 

Se  battre  en  RETRAITE,  Fr.  To  mai  n- 
tain  a  running  fight. 

RETRAITE,  Fr.  certain  appoint- 
ments  which  wt-re  given  during  the  French 
monarchy  toinfar-try  officers,  wh  n  they 
ret.  red  from  the  active  duties  of  their  pro- 
fession, to  afford  them  means  of  support. 
The  pensions  wh;ch  were  settled  upon 
cavalry  officers  were  hkewis.?  distinguished 
by  the  same  urm. 

RETRAITE,   Fr.     See  RELAIS. 

RETRANCHEMENS.^V.    See  RE- 

TRi  NCHMENTS. 

RETRANCHEMENS  particulars  qu'on 
j"ait  sur  la  tete  des  breches  d^une  place  assie- 
gee,  Fr.  Particular  retrenchments,  which 
are  made  in  front  of  breaches  that  have 
been  effected  in  the  walls  of  a  besieged 
town. 

I  is  always  necessary,  that  retrench- 
ments of  this  description  should  have  the 
figures  of  rentrant  angles,  in  order,  that 
they  may  not  only  flank  the  breaches,  but 
be  capaole  of  Defending  themselves. 

A  besieging  enemy,  seldom  or  ever,  at- 
tem  ts  a  breach  at  the  flanked  angle  of  a 
bastion,  because  it  must  be  seen  by  the 
two  flanks  of  the  neighboring  bastions, 
and  be  perpetually  exposed  to  the  fire  of 
the  casemates  of  the  town.  Nevertheless 
should  the  breach  be  actually  effected,  re- 
trenchments might  be  thrown  up,  in  the 
same  manner  thar  horn- works  are  con- 
structed, for  the  purpose  of  flanking  it. 

If  the  breach  should  be  made  in  the  face 
of  the  bastion,  (which  usually  happens, 
because  that  quarter  can  be  seen  by  the 
garrison  from  one  side  only)  retrenchments 
in  the  shape  of  rentrant  angles  must  be 
constructed. 

Breaches  are  seldom  attempted  at  the 
an>ile  of  the  epaulement,  because  that 
part  of  the  bastion  is  the  most  solid  and 
compact,  and  the  most  exposed  to  the  fm- 
from  the  curtain  to  that  of  the  opposite 
flank,  and  to  the  reverse  discharge,  or  fire 
from  the  rear  Add  to  this,  that  the 
storming  party  would  he  galled  in  flank  and 
rear,  not  only  from  the  simple  bastion, 
bur  likewise  from  the  casemates.  I  f,  how- 
cv-jr,  a  breach  should  be  effected  in  that 
quarter,  it  would  become  necessary  to 


throw  up  retrenchments  of  a  saliant  and 
rentrant  nature. 

In  constructing  these  different  retrench- 
ments it  must  be  an  invariable  rule,  to 
get  as  n<  ar  as  possible  to  the  parapets  of 
the  bastions  and  to  their  ruins,  in  order  to 
batter  those  in  fla  .k  and  rear,  who  should 
attempt  to  scaie,  and  at  the  same  time  to 
be  out  of  the  reach  of  the  besieger's  ord- 
nance. 

When  the  head  of  the  breach  is  so  much 
laid  open,  that  the  besieger's  cannon  can 
scour  all  above  it,  small  mines  must  be 
prepared  beneath,  and  a  retrenchment  be 
instantly  thrown  up  in  the  body  of  the 
bastion. 

To  R  E  T  R  F  A  T .  To  make  a  retrograde 
movement.  An  army  or  body  of  men  are 
said  to  retreat  when  they  turn  their  backs 
upon  the  enemy,  or  are  retiring  from  the 
v.round  they  occupied :  hence,  every  march 
in  withdrawing  from  the  enemy  is  called 
a  retreat. 

That  retreat  which  is  do'-e  in  sight  of  an 
active  enemy,  who  pursues  with  a  supe- 
rior force,  is  the  on  i  we  particularly  allude 
to  in  this  place;  being  with  reason,  look- 
ed upon  as  the  glory  of  the  profession. 
It  is  a  manoeuvre  the  most  delicate,  and 
fittest  to  display  the  prudence,  genius, 
courage,  and  address,  of  an  offiv  er  who 
commands:  the  records  of  all  ages  testify 
it,  and  historians  have  never  been  so  lavish 
of  eulogiums  as  on  the  subject  of  the  bril- 
liant retreats  of  their  heroes.  If  it  be  im- 
portant, it  s  no  less  difficult  to  regulate, 
on  account  of  the  variety  of  circumstan- 
ces, each  of  which  demands  different 
principles,  and  an  almost  endless  detail. 
Hence  a  tfood  retreat  is  este.med,  by  ex- 
peaenced  officers,  the  master- piece  of  a 
general.  He  should  therefore  be  well  ac- 
quainted with  the  situation  of  the  coun- 
try through  which  he  intends  to  make  it, 
and  careful  that  nothing  is  omitted  to  make 
it  safe  and  honorable.  General  Moreau's 
retreat  in  1796,  has  rendered  his  name 
immortal.  The  three  most  celebrated 
modern  retreats  have  been — the  one  already 
mentioned,  that  or  Prague,  and  that  di 
general  Macdonakl  in  Italy. 

RETREAT,  is  also  a  beat  of  the  drum, 
at  the  firing  of  the  evening  gun;  at  which 
the  drum-major,  with  all  the  drums  oi 
the  battalion,  except  such  as  are  upon 
duty,  beats  from  the  camp  colors  on  the 
right  to  those  OH  the  left,  on  the  parade 
of  encampment:  the  drums  of  all  the 
guards  beat  -iiso  ;  the  trumpets  at  the  same 
time  sounding  at  the  head  of  their  respec- 
tive troops.  This  is  to  warn  the  soldiers 
to  forbear  firing,  and  the  sentinels  to  chal- 
lenge till  the  break  of  day,  when  the  re. 
veille  is  beat.  The  retreat  is  likewise 
called  setting  the  watch. 

Chequered  RETREAT,  ret  rat  te  en  ecbc' 
quiert  Fr.  It  is  so  called  from  the  several 
corrijjonent  parts  of  a  line  or  battalion, 
which  alternately  retreat  and  face  in  the 
presence  of  an  enemy,  exhibiting  the  fi- 


598 


RET 


RET 


gure  of  the  chequered  squares  upon  a  dies 
board. 

All  manoeuvres  of  a  corps  retiring,  an 
infinitely  more  difficult  to  be  performei 
\vifh  order,  than  those  in  advancing 
They  must  be  more  or  Jess  accompiishe< 
by  chequered  movements;  one  body  bj 
its  numbers  or  position,  facing  and  pro- 
tecting the  retreat  of  another ;  and  if  th 
enemy  presses  hard,  the  whole  must  pro 
bably  front  in  time  and  await  him  :  as  the 
ground  narrows  or  favors,  different  parts 
of  the  corps  must  double ;  mouths  of  de- 
files and  advantageous  posts  must  be  pos- 
sessed; by  degrees  the  different  bodies 
must  diminish  iheir  fronts,  and  throw 
themselves  into  columnof  maich  when  it 
can  be  done  wi  h  safety. 

The  chequered  ictreat  by  the  alternate 
battalions  or  half  battalions  of  a  line  going 
to  the  rear,  while  th?  others  remain  halt 
ed,  cover  them,  and  in  their  turn  retire  in 
the  same  manner,  is  the  quickest  mode  of 
refusing  a  part  of  a  corps  to  the  enemy, 
and  at  the  sam^  time  protecting  its  move- 
ment, as  long  as  it  continues  to  be  made 
nearly  para'lel  to  the  first  position. 

In  the  chequered  retreat,  the  following 
rules  must  be  '.bserved :  th?  bafalions  of 
the  division  nearest  to  the  enemy,  will 
form  flanks  as  soon  as  there  is  nothme  in 
their  front  to  cover  them  ;  but  the  other 
divisions  will  not  have  any  flanks  except  to 
the  outward  battalion  of  each.  The  bat- 
talions  always  pass  by  their  proper  inter- 
vals, and  it  is  a  rule  in  retiring,  that  the 
left  of  each  shall  always  pass  the  right  of 
the  neighboring  one.— Whatever  advan- 
tage  the  Around  offers,  those  advances 
must  be  seized,  without  too  critical  an 
observance  of  intervals,  or  minute  adhe- 
rence to  the  determined  distance  of  each 
retreat.  The  division  next  the  enemy 
inust  pass  in  front,  through  the  intervals 
of  the  division  immediately  behind,  and 
any  battalion  that  finds  it  necessary,  must 
incline  for  that  purpose.  The  retiring  di- 
vision must  step  out,  and  take  up  no  more 
time  than  what  is  absolutely  required  to 
avoid  con  fusion.  The  division  nearest  the 
enemy  fires  ,>  the  flanks  of  its  battalions 
only  fire  when  the  enemy  attempts  to  push 
through  the  intervals  When  that  divi- 
sion retires  ic  fires  on,  skirmishes  by  its 
riflemen,  and  if  they  have  none,  by  men 
detached  from  the  light  companies,  if  any, 
or  f.  om  platoons  formed  of  rear  rank  men 
otoneor  two  of  the  companies,  and  placed 
behind  the  flanks  of  the  battalions.  B  :t 
should  any  of  its  battalions  be  obliged  to 
halt  and  to  fire,  a  shorter  step  must  then 
betaken  by  the  line ;  and  should  the  ene- 
my threaten  toenter  at  any  of  its  intervals, 
besides  the  fire  of  its  flanks,  such  platoons 
'•  the  line  behind  it,  as  can  with  safety, 
give  it  support. 


«w,  is  any  work  raised  to  cover  a  post,  and  i 
tortify  it  against  an  enemy  ;  such  as  fas-  I 
cmespaded  vvith  earth,  gabions,  barrels, 
&c.  filled  w«h  earth,  sand  bags,  and  gene-  || 


rally  all  things  that  can  cover  the  men, 
and  stoi-)  the  enemv ;  but  it  ;smc.reap- 
pl'cable  to  a  ditch  bordered  with  a  para- 
pet ;  and  a  post  thus  fortified,  is  called  a 
retrenched post,  or  strong  post  Retrenchments 
a.e  either  general  or  particular, 

General  RETRFNCHME NTS,  are  a  kind 
of  n  w  defence  made  m  a  place  besieged, 
to  cover  the  defendants,  w  run  the  enemy 
becomes  master  of  a  lodcment  on  the  for- 
tification, that  they  may  be  in  a  condition 
of  disputing  r be  ground  inch  by  inch,  and 
of  putting  a  stop  to  the  enemy's  progress, 
in  expectation  of  relief;  as,  if  the  besieg- 
er's attack  a  tenaill  or  th  place,  which 
they  ju  :geth<  weakest,  either  by  its  being 
ill  fianke>i,  or  conrm  anded  by  some  neigh- 
boring grou-  d  ;  then  the  besieged  make  a 
great  retrenchment,  inclosing  all  that  part 
which  th:y  judge  in  most  danger.  These 
should  be  fortified  w  th  bastions  and  demi- 
bastions,  surrounded  by  a  good  ditch  coun- 
termined,  and  highe>  than  the  works  of 
the  place,  that  thev  may  command  the 
old  works,  and  put  the  besiegers  to  infinite 
trouble  in  covering  tb<  mse'ves. 

Panic. Jar  RETRENCHMENTS,  or 
retrenchments  ivithin  a  bast  on  ^  (retrencbe- 
mens  dans  UK  bastion,  Fr.J  Retrenchments 
of  this  description  must  reach  from  one 
flank  to  another,  or  from  one  casemate  to 
another.  It  is  only  in  full  bastions  that 
retrenchments  can  be  thrown  up  to  ad- 
vantage. In  empty  bastions  you  can  or  ly 
lave  recourse  to  retirades,  or  temporary 
barricadoes  above  the  ramparts.  The  as- 
sailants may  easily  carry  them  by  means 
of  hand  grenades,  for  tnese  retrenchments 
never  flank  each  other.  It  is  necessary  to 
'a<se  a  parapet  about  five  or  six  feet  thick 
Before  every  retrenchment.  It  must  be 
five  feet  high,  and  the  ditches  ai.  froad  ard 
as  deep  as  thty  can  be  made.  There  must 
also  be  small  mines  run  out  in  various  di- 
•ections,  for  rhe  purpose  of  blowing  u u  the 
;ssailants  should  they  attempt  to  force  the 
etrenchments. 

RETURNS,  in  a  military  sense,  are  of 
various  suits,  but  all  tending  to  explain 
he  state  of  the  army,  regiment,  troop,  or 
ompany;  namely,  how  many  capable  of 
iomg  duty,  on  duty,  sick  in  quarters, 
tarracks,  infirmary,  or  hospital ;  prisoners, 
bsent  with  or  without  leave  ;  total  ef- 
ective;  wanting  to  complete  the  es'a- 
>lishment,  &c  See  REGULATIONS  and 
4mer.  Mil.  Lib. 

RETURNS  of  a  mine,  are  the  turnings 
nd  windings  of  the  gal.ery  leading  to  the 
nine.  SeeGALLfRy 

RETURNS  of  a  trench,  the  various  turn- 

igs  and  windings  whic  i  form  rhe  lines  of 

retrench,  and  are,  as  near  as  they  can  be, 

made  parallel  to  the  placeattacked,  toavoid 

eing  infiladed      These  return^  when  tbl- 

>wed,  make  a  lung  way  from  the  end  of 

ie  trench  to  the  he.<d,  which  going  the 

traight  way  is  very  short:  but  then  the 

men  are  exposed  ;  yet,  upon  a  sally,  the 

courageous  never  consider  the  danger,  but 

getting  over  the  trench  with  such  as  will 


RET 


REV 


599 


follow  them,  take  the  shortest  way  to 
repulse  the  enemy,  and  cut  oil'  their  re- 
treat  if  possible. 

Any  officer  who  shall  knowingly  make 
a  fa's'e  return  to  any  his  superior  officer 
authorised  to  call  for  such  returns,  shall, 
upon  being  convicted  thereof  before  a  ge- 
neral court-martial,  be  cashiered. 

Whoever  shall  be  convicted  of  having 
designedly,  or  through  neglect,  omitted 
sending  such  returns,  shall  be  punished 
according  to  the  nature  of  the  offence  by 
the  judgment  of  a  general  court. martial. 

To  RETURN,  in  a  militarv  sense,  to 
insert  the  names  of  such  officers,  as  are 
present  or  absent  on  the  stated  periods  for 
the  identification  of  their  being  with  thiir 
regiments,  on  detachment,  or  absent  with 
or  without  leave. 

To  be  RETURNED.  To  have  one's  name 
inserted  in  the  regular  monthly,  fourteen 
days,  or  weekly  state  of  a  regiment,  ac- 
cording (o  circumstances;  as  to  be  returned 
absent  •without  leave  ;  to  b^  repoited  to  the 
commander  in  chief,  or  to  any  superior 
officer,  as  being  absent  from  the  duty  of 
the  corps  ;  either  from  having  exceeded 
the  leave  given,  or  from  having  lett  quar- 
ters without  the  necessary  permission. 
To  be  returned  upon  the  surgeon's  list  as 
nnfit  for  duty,  &c.  from  illness,  Sec. 

Commanding  officers  of  regiments  or 
posts,  in  the  British  se'vice,  are  regularly 
to  transmit  to  the  adjutant  and  inspector's 
office  the  following  returns  : 

A  monthly,  on  the  ist  of  each  month. 

A  return  of  officers,  on  the  i4th  or  each 
month. 

A  weekly  state,  to  arrive  on  Mondays. 
To  the  war  office. 

A  monthly  return,  on  the  ist  of  each 
month. 

A  return  of  absent  officers,  on  the  141!) 
of  each  month. 

Every  officer  commanding  a  regiment, 
or  detachment,  on  embarking  fora  foreign 
station,  will  transmit  an  embarkation  re- 
turn to  the  adjutant-general's  office,  and 
to  the  war  office,  a  duplicate  of  which  he 
•will  deliver  to  the  general  or  officer  com- 
manding  at  the  port  from  which  he  em- 
barks. 

On  a  regiment  embarking,  the  com- 
manding fficei  is  to  transmit  to  the  ad- 
jutant-gentral's  office,  a  return  of  the 
rec-uiting  parties  he  purposes  to  leave  in 
Great  Britain,  or  Ireland,  specifying  their 
stanpth,  their  stations,  ai'.d  the  officers 
by  whom  they  are  commanded  ;  a  dupli- 
cate of  this  return  is  to  be  transmitted  to 
the  inspector-general  of  the  recruiting 
service  m  the  Isle  of  Wight. 
u  All  officers  belonging  to  repiments  on 
foreign  stations,  not  actually  employed  on 
the  tecruiting  service,  are  to  report  their 
arrival  from  abroad,  and  the  cause  of  their 
absence,  at  the  adjutant-general's  office, 
and  are  to  leave  their  addresses  with  their 
respective  agents,  and  in  case  of  their 
changing  their  places  of  residence,  are 
.immediately  to  notice  the  same  to  their 


agent :  any  officer  whose  address  is  not 
with  his  agent,  will  be  considered  as  ab- 
sent without  leave,  and  guilty  of  disobe- 
dience of"  orders. 

Officers  upon  half  pay  are,  in  like  man. 
ner,  to  leave  their  addresses  at  the  war 
office ;  particularly  *o  if  they  should  leave 
the  united  Kingdoms;  and  officers  belong, 
ing  to  the  militia  are  to  leave  their  names, 
&c.  with  the  several  adjutants  of  regi- 
ments. 

Commanding  officers  of  regiments  or 
posts,  are  to  transmit  to  the  adjutant  and 
inspector  an  half  yearly  return  of  quarters, 
on  the  ist  of  December,  and  the  ist  of 
May,  agreeable  to  the  printed  form;  like 
wise  a  report  of  any  march  performed  by 
the  corps  under  their  orders. 

All  returns,  reports,  and  papers,  purely 
of  a  military  and  public  nature,  which 
are  to  be  sent  to  the  war  office  of  the 
United  States,  are  to  be  addressed,  ««  To 
the  adjutant  and  inspector,  Washington." 

All  official  letteis,  intended  tor  the  se- 
cretary at  war,  should  be  transmitted, 
under  covers,  addressed  as  above,  to  the 
adjutant  and  inspector. 

To  prevent  an  improper  expence  of 
postage,  all  official  ktters  and  returns  sent 
to  th.-  adjutant  and  inspector,  are  to  be 
sent,  under  covers,  addressed  **  To  the 
officer  by  name,  with  the  title  of  ad- 
jutant and  inspector,  at  Washington," 
and  on  the  outside  of  the  covers  is  to  be 
written  in  legible  characters,  «*  public 
service,  and  then  the  name  and  rank  of 
the  writer." 

RETURN  pistol.     See  PISTOL. 

RETURN  bayonet.  This  term  is  some, 
times  used,  but  it  is  not  technically  cor- 
rect, as  the  proper  word  of  command  is 
unjix  bayonet. 

RETURN  ramrod.     See  MANUAL. 

RETURN  stvords.     See  SWORD. 

REVEILLE,  is  the  beat  of  a  drum, 
about  break  of  day,  to  advertise  the  army 
that  it  is  day  light,  and  that  the  sentinels 
forbear  challenging. 

REVERS,  b'r.  Behind,  in  rear,  at 
the  back  of  any  thing. 

Eire  vu  de  REVERS,  Fr.  To  be  over- 
looked by  a  reverse  commanding  ground. 
When  a  work,  for  instance,  is  command, 
ed  by  some  adjacent  eminence,  or  has  been 
so  badly  disposed,  that  the  enemy  can  see 
its  terre-pleine,  or  rampart,  that  work 
may  be  said  to  be  overlooked,  etre  -vu  de 
revert.  The  same  term  is  applicable  to  a 
trmch  when  the  fire  of  the  besieged  can 
reach  the  troops  that  are  stationed  within 
it. 

REVERS  de  latrancbe'e^  Fr.  Literally 
means  the  back  part  of  the  trench.  It  is 
the  ground  which  corresponds  with  that 
proportion  of  the  border  of  the  trench  that 
lies  directly  opposite  to  the  parapet.  One 
or  two  banquettes  are  generally  thrown  up 
in  this  quarter,  in  order  that  the  trench 
guard  may  make  a  stand  upon  the  reverse 
when  it  happens  to  be  attacked  by  a  sortie 
of  the  enemy. 


600 


REV 


RE  W 


REVERSE.  A  contrary  ;  an  opposite  ; 
as,  the  reverse,  or  out  ward  wheeling  rlai  k  ; 
which  is  opposite  to  the  one  wheeled  to 
or  upon.  See  Pi  vox. 

REVERSE  likewise  signifies  on  tht 
back*  or  behind:  so  we  say,  a  : ever -st  com- 
manding ground,  a.  reverse  battery,  &C. 

REVERSED  arms.  A rms  are  said  to 
be  reversed  when  the  butts  of  the  pieces 
are  slung  or  held  upwards. 

REVERSED.  Upside  down  ;  as  arms 
reversed. 

REVETEMENT,  (revSttment,  Fr.) 
in  fortification,  a  strong  wall,  built  on  the 
outside  of  the  rampart  and  parapet,  to 
support  the  earth,  and  prevent  its  rolling 
into  the  ditch. 

REVETEMENT  du  rampart,  F r.  Reve- 
tement  belonging  to  the  rampart. 

REVETIR,  Fr.  To  line,  to  cover,  to 
fortify. 

REVIEW,  (revue,  Fr.)  In  the  military 
acceptation  of  the  term,  an  inspection  of 
the  appearance,  and  regular  disposition  of 
a  body  of  troops,  assembled  for  that  pur- 
pose,  is  called  a  review. 

At  all  rfvicwt,  the  offic  rs  should  be 
properly  armed,  ready  in  their  exercise, 
salute  well,  in  good  time,  and  with  a  good 
air;  their  uniform  genteel,  &c.  The  men 
should  be  clean  and  well  dressed ;  their 
accoutrements  well  put  on :  very  well 
sized  in  the  ranks  ;  the  Serjeants  expert 
in  their  duty,  drummers  perfect  in  their 
beatings,  and  the  rirers  play  correct.  The 
manual  performed  in  good  time,  and  with 
life ;  the  men  carry  their  arms  well  ; 
inarch,  wheel,  and  form  with  exactness; 
manoeuvres  performed  with  regularity, 
both  in  quick  and  slow  time.  The  inten- 
tion of  a  review  is,  to  know  the  condition 
of  the  troops,  to  see  that  they  are  com- 
plete, and  perform  their  exe-cise  and  evo- 
lutions well.  See  MOVEMENTS,  likewise 
INSPECTION. 

To  R  E  V I S  E ,  (reviser ,  F  r . )  To  review ; 
to  re-examine ;  to  re-consider.  This  term 
is  used  in  military  matters,  which  relate 
to  the  proceedings  of  a  general  or  regimen- 
tal court-martial.  It  sometimes  happens 
that  the  members  are  directed  ro  re-assem- 
ble for  the  purpose  of  rtvising  part  of  the 
•whole  mass  of  the  evidence  that  has  been 
brought  before  them,  and  of  maturely 
weighing  afresh  the  substance  of  the  proofs 
upon  which  they  have  formed  their  opi- 
nion and  judgment.  Great  delicacy  and 
discretion  are  required  in  those  who  have 
authority  to  order  a  revision  of  this  sort. 
A  court-martial  ought  to  be  the  mos;t  in- 
dependent court  on  earth.  Interest,  pre 
jndice,  or  partiality,  rus  no  business 
within  its  precincts.  An  honest  regard  to 
truth,  a  sense  of  the  necessity  of  good 
order  and  discipline,  and  a  stubborn  adhe- 
rence to  facts,  constitute  the  code  of  mi- 
litary laws  and  statutes.  Quirks,  quib- 
>le*,  and  eva«i.-.ns,  are  as  foreign  to  the 
genuine  spirt  of  martial  jurisdiction,  as 
candor,  manliness,  and  resolute  perseve- 


rance in  uttering-  vvhathe  knows  to  be  the 
fact,  are  familiar  to  the  real  soldier. 

REVOCABLE,  (revocable  >  Fr.)  That 
may  berecalied  Nominations  forappoint- 
ments  in  the  army,  are  made  by  the  presi- 
dent of  th<  United  States,  subject  to  the 
concurrence  of  the  senate,  who,  if  they 
disagree,  revoke  the  appointment. 

REVOLT,  (revolte,  Fr.)  Mutiny;  in- 
surrection. 

REVOLTER.  One  who  rises  against 
lawful  authority  ;  a  deserter,  &c. 

RE  VOLTES,  Ft.     Rebels. 

R  EVOLUTION, '(revolution,  Fr  )  A 
change  in  government,  as  the  throwing 
ofFthe  tyranny  of  Britain,  by  the  declara- 
tion of  independence,  in  1776,  and  as  the 
French  revolution, 

REVOLUTIONNAIRE,  Fr.  A 
friend  to  the  revolution. 

REVOLUTIONNAIRE,  Fr.  Anadjective 
of  two  genders.  Any  thing  belonging  to 
the  revolution.  Hence 

Ai-mee  REVOLUTIONNAIRE.  A  revo- 
lutionary army  ;  such  as  appeared  in 
France. 

REVOLUTIONNER,  Fr.  To  re- 
volutionize. To  propagate  principles  in  a 
country  which  are  subversive  of  its  exist- 
ing gov(  rnment. 

REWARD,  (recompense^  Fr.)  A  re- 
com pence  given  for  good  perf-rmed. 
Twenty  snillings  are  allowed  by  the  mu- 
tiny act,  as  a  reward  for  apprehending  de- 
serters. 

Military  REWARDS,  (recompenses  mill" 
taires)  Fr.)  The  original  instances  of  mi- 
litary rewards  are  to  be  found  in  the  Gre. 
cian  and  Roman  histories.  The  ancients 
did  not,  however,  at  first  recom pence 
military  merit  in  any  other  way  than  by 
erecting  statues  to  the  memory,  or  present- 
ing them  with  triumphal  crowns.  The 
warriors  of  that  age  were  more  ea>rer  te 
deserve  public  applause  by  extraordinary 
feats  of  valor,  by  temperance  and  moral 
virtue,  than  to  become  rich  at  the  expence 
of  the  state.  They  thirsted  after  glory  ; 
but  it  was  after  a  species  of  glory  which 
was  not  in  the  least  tarnished  by  the  alloy 
of  modern  considerations. 

The  st  rvices  which  individuals  render- 
ed were  distinguished  by  the  kind  of  statue 
that  was  erected,  and  its  accompanying 
decorations,  or  by  the  materials  and  par- 
ticular formation  of  the  crowns  that  were 
presented. 

In  process  of  time,  the  state  or  civil 
government  of  a  country,  felt  the  propri- 
ety and  justice  of  securing  to  itsdefenders 
something  more  substantial  than  mere 
show  and  unprofitable  trophies.  It  was 
considered,  that  men  who  had  exposed 
their  lives,  a.  d  had  been  wounded,  or 
were  grown  infirm  through  age,  &c  ought 
to  be  above  want,  and  not  oniy  to  have 
those  comforts  which  thnugh  their  exer- 
tions millions  were  ec.joying,  but  to  be 
placed  in  an  independent  and  honorable 
situation.  The  p»HSt  Celebrated  of  their 
warriors  were  consequently  provided  for  at 


R  E  W 


RE  W 


601 


the  public  expence,  and  they  had  regular 
claims  made  over  to  them,  which  were 
answered  at  the  treasury. 

Triumphal  honors  wej"e  likewise  rec- 
koned amons  the  military  rewards  which 
the  ancients  voted  to  their  best  generals. 
Fabius  Maximus,  Pdul  Emilius,  Camil- 
2us,  and  the  Scipios  were  satish:d  with 
this  recompense  for  their  services.  With 
respect  to  old  infirm  soldiers,  who  were 
invalided,  they  were  provided  for  by  re- 
ceiving, each  a  lot  of  ground,  which  they 
cultivated  and  improved.  Lands,  thus 
appropriated,  formed  part  of  the  republi- 
can or  national  domains,  or  were  d'vuied 
amongst  them  in  the  conquered  countries. 
The  Ron  an  officer  was  rewarded  for  his 
services,  or  for  particular  aces  of  bravery 
in  thres  ways :  ist.  By  marks  of  honor 
or  distinction,  which  consisted  of  two 
sorts,  viz.  Of  that  which  was  merely 
ornamental  to  their  own  persons,  or  limit- 
ed to  the  investiture  for  life  ;  and  of  that 
\vhich  may  be  called  rememoratii'e^  such  as 
statues,  Sec.  The  latter  descended  to  their 
posterity,  and  gave  their  families  a  certain 
rank  in  the  republic.  2dly.  By  pensions 
or  allowances,  and  3f!ly.  By  a  grant  of 
lands  which  exceeded  the  lots  given  to  pri- 
vate soldiers.  These  lands,  the  property 
of  the  veteran  soldier,  in  process  of  time 
became  objects  of  solicitude  among  the 
Patricians  and  rich  men  ;  they  encroach- 
ed upon  them,  and  often  excited  foreign 
•wars,  m  order  to  take  away  the  citizens, 
and  in'their  absence,  engross  their  lauds  ; 
this  rapacity  of  the  senators,  was  thetiue 
cause  of  the  agrarian  /aius,  which  has 
generally  been  held  up  as  a  reproach  to  the 
injured  and  not  to  the  oppressors,  and  the 
-people  in  republics  have  been  held  forth  as 
turbulent  and  mimical  to  personal  proper- 
ty,  because  the  people  of  Rome  sought  to 
xecover  the  lands  of  which  they  had  been 
despoiled  by  the  avarice  of  the  senate,  and 
by  an  inordinate  spirit  of  speculation. 

The  Franks,  who  got  possession  of  the 
country  which  was  formerly  occupied  by 
the  Gauls,  had,  at  first,  noother  method 
of  recompensing  their  generals  than  by 
giving  them  a  certain  proportion  of  land. 
This  grant  did  not  exceed  their  natural 
lives,  and  sometimes  it  was  limited  to  the 
time  they  rema.ned  in  the  service. 

These  usages  insensibly  changed,  and 
by  degrees  it  became  customary  for  the 
children  of  such  men  as  had  received  grants 
of  national  territory,  to  continue  to  enjoy 
them ;  upon  condition,  however,  that  the 
actual  possessors  of  such  lands  should  be 
liable  to  military  service.  Hence  the  ori- 
gin of  fejs  in  France,  and  the  consequent 
appellation  of  mi/ice  des  jieffe^  or  militia, 
composed  of  men  who  held  their  lands  or 
condition  of  bearing  arms  when  callec 
upon.  The  French  armies  were  for  many 
years  constituted  in  this  manner ;  and  the 
custom  of  rendering  military  service  ir 
consideration  of  land  tenure,  only  ceased 
icier  Charles  the  Vllth. 
In  process  of  time,  those  hmi's  v.'hic] 


had  been  originally  bestowed  upon  men  o,f 
military  merit,  descended  to  their  chil- 
dren, and  weregradu..lly  lost  in  the  agtjre- 
gatA  mass  of  inheritable  property.  Other 
means  were  consequently  to  be  resorted  to 
by  the  state,  in  order  to  satisfy  the  just 
claims  of  deserving  officers  and  soldiers. 
The  French,  therefore,  returned  to  the 
ancient  custom  of  the  Romans,  and  re- 
warded those,  who  distinguished  them- 
selves in  war,  by  honorary  marks  of  dis* 
(faction. 

Under  the  first  race  of  French  kings 
may  be  found  several  instances  of  men  of 
obscure  condition  having,  by  their  valor, 
obtained  the  rank  and  title  of  eount,  and 
even  those  of  duke.  Tilt  se  acuities,  of 
themselves,  entitled  the  bearers  to  places 
of  high  command  in  th*  armies.  The 
title  of  knight,  most  especially  of  kiilgkt 
banneret^  gave  very  high  rank  during  th.e 
reign  of  Philip  Augustus:  and  in  the 
reigns  of  one  or  two  of  his  predecessors, 
it  was  bestowed  upon  individuals  who 
behaved  in  a  distinguished  manner  in  the 
field. 

This  species  of  reward  did  not  cost  the 
public  any  thing.  It  was  bestowed  upon 
the  individual  by  the  general  of  the  army, 
and  consisted  in  nothing  more  than  a  salute 
given  by  the  latter  on  the  field  of  battle, 
by  which  he  became  kn'ight  banneret,  and 
was  perfectly  satisfied  with  the  honor  it 
conferred. 

This  mode  of  rewarding  individuals  for 
great  actions  or  long  services,  continued 
until  me.«  inlisted  themselves  for  money, 
and  the  army  was  regularly  paid,  accord-- 
ing to  the  several  rai.ks  of  those  who  com- 
posed it.     At  this  period,  however,  it  be- 
:ame  expedient  to  have   recourse  to  thd 
econd  method  which  was  adopted  by  the 
Romans  to  compensate  individuals  for  ser. 
nces  render  d  'to  the  state.     The  royal 
reasury  was  either  subjected  to  the  annual 
claims  of  individuals,  or  to  the  pay.iient 
of  a  specific  sum,  for  having  eminently 
distinguished    themselves   under     arms. 
Notwithstanding  this,   honorary  reward"? 
continued  to  be  given,  and  the  knighthood 
conferred  in  the  field  by  the  kiss  or  salute 
or  a  general,  which  the  French  style  acco- 
lade, was  practised  until  the  i6th  century: 
It  was  usual,  even  during  that  century, 
to  reward  a  soldier,  who  did  a  brave  action, 
by  some  mark  of  distinction,  that  was 
given  on  the  spot ;  by  a  crown  made  ot* 
grass  or  other  verdure,  which  was  placed 
upon  his  head  by  his  comrades,  or  by  a  gold 
ring,   which  his  commanding  officer  put 
upon  his  finger  in  the   presence  of  the 
whole  troop  or  company  to  which  he  be- 
longed.   "It  sometimes  happened,  as  in  the 
rei?:n  of  Francis  the  first,  that  this  mark 
of  distinction  was  given  by  the  general  of 
the  army. 

Several  brave  men  have  been  distin- 

guished  with  titles  of  nobility  and  armo» 

[rial  bearings,    which   were  conferred  by 

princes,  in  consequence  of  some  singular 

|  feat  or  ex  p!c.it,    There  have  bjen  i. 

4    G. 


602 


RE  W 


R  I  B 


ces  recorded  in  the  French  history  of  ex 
traordinary  actions  having  been  rev/arde 
upon  the  spot  by  kings  who  commande 
in  person.  A  soldier  of  merit  was  pecu 
iiarly  honored  by  Louis  the  Xlth,  fc 
bravery  and  good  conduct  in  the  field 
That  monarch  took  the  collar  of  amilitar 
order  off  his  own  neck,  and  placed  it  roun 
the  neck  of  Launay  Morviilier,  as  a  re 
v/ard  for  great  prowess  and  intrepidity. 

Besides  the  gramineous  crown  and  gol 
ring,  which  were  thus  given  as  marks  o 
honor  and  distinction,  the  private  soldier 
were  frequently  rewarded  by  small  sum 
of  money  when  they  performed  any  par 
ticular  feat  or  act  of  bravery.  They  wer 
likewise  promoted  from  the  ranks,  am 
made  Serjeants  or  corporals. 

Honorary  rewards  and  compensation 
for  service  were  not  confined  to  individua 
officers  and  soldiers.     Whole  corps  wen 
frequently  distinguished  in  the  same  man 
r.er.     When  svveral  corps  acted  together 
and  one  amongst  them  ga^e  signal  proof 
of  gallantry  and  good  conduct,  that  one 
frequently  took  precedence  of  the  other 
in  rank,  or  was  selected  by  the  sovereign 
to  be  his   personal  guard.      Sometimes 
indeed,    the  king  placed  himself  at  tin 
head  of  such  a  cort>s  on  the  day  of  bait, 
thereby  t  stifying  Irs  approbation  of  thei 
conduct,  and  giving  a  proof  of  his  confi. 
dence  in  their  bravery. 

It  is  now  usual,  in  most  countries,  to 
confer  marks  of  distinction  on  those  corps 
that  have  formed  part  of  any  army  tha 
has  signalized  itself.  Thus  t'.ie  kettle 
drums,  under  the  appellation  of  nacaires 
were  given  to  some  regiments,  as  proofs 
of  their  having  behaved  gallantly  on  try 
ing  occasions. 

The  military  order  of  St.  Louis,  which 
was  created  by  Louis  the  XI  Vth  in  1693, 
and  that  of  Maria  Theresa.  The  modern 
French  legion  of  honor,  instituted  by  Bo- 
naparte,  adopts  and  organizes  into  a  most 
influential  and  comprehensive  military 
and  political  system,  all  the  usages  of 
pre-existing  military  orders;  and  fixes 
degrees  of  rank  under  various  denomina- 
tions, those  thus  decorated  are  preferred 
lor  other  trusts  and  honors.  There  are 
many  other  orders  in  different  countries, 
were  only  instituted  for  the  purpose  of 
rewarding  military  merit.  The  Greeks 
and  Romans  satisfied  themselves  with 
honorary  rewards,  or  occasional  compen- 
sations. The  moderns,  particularly  the 
French  ard  English,  have  placed  military 
claims  upon  a  more  solid  footing.  The 
gratitude  of  the  pub'ic  keeps  pace  with 
the  sacrifices  of  individuals,  and  perma- 
nent provisions  are  made  for  those  who 
are  wounded  or  rendered  mfirm  in  the  sur- 

i   'i'tc  Athcniant*  supported   those  who 
a  been  wounded  in  battle,  and  the  Ro- 
mans recompensed  those  that  had  served 
»"ng  a  given  period.     The  French  kings 
curved    to  themselves   the  privilege  of 
providing  for  individuals  who  had  been 


maimed  in  action,  by  giving  them  certain 
monastic  allowances  and  lodging,  &c.  in 
the  different  convents  of  royal  institution. 
Philip  Augustus,  king  of  France,  first 
formed  the  design  of  building  a  college  tor 
soldiers  who  had  been  rendered  infirm,  or 
were  grown  old  in  the  service.  Louis, 
sin  named  the  great,  not  only  adopted  the 
idea,  but  completed  the  plan  in  a  grand 
and  magnificent  style.  Crwrles  the  se- 
cond, on  his  restoration  to  the  crown  of 
Great  Britain,  established  Chelsea,  and 
James  the  second  added  considerable  im- 
provements to  this  institution. 

REZ,  Fr.  A  preposition  which  sig- 
nifies close  to,  adjoining,  level  with. 
Rex,  le  metal  in  a  right  line  with  the  rnetal9 
a  phrase  used  in  pointing  guns,  to  discri- 
minate between  the  real  and  artificial  point 
blank;  it  means  on  a  level  with  the  tops 
of  the  base-ring  and  swellof  the  muzzle. 
As  rex,  pied,  rex-terre.  Demolir  It s  fortl~ 
cations,  rex-pied,  rez-terre.  To  level  the 
fortifications  vv;th  the  ground. 

R  f.  7.  -de-chausse!,  \  r.  The  ground  floor, 
This  term  properly  means  the  surface  o» 
floor  of  any  building  which  is  even  with 
the  ground  on  which  it  is  raided  It  would 
be  incorrect  to  say  Rex,,de  chau  see  d'une 
cave,  on  du  premiet  stage  d'une  maison  ;  the 
ground  floor  of  a  cellar,  or  of  the  first 
story  of  a  house. 

RHAGOON,  Tad.  The  twelfth  month 
which,  in  some  respect,  corresponds  with 
February.  It  follows  the  month  Magh, 
which  agrees  with  January. 

RHIKELAND  rod,  is  a  measure  ot 
twelve  feet,  used  by  all  the  Dutch  engi- 
neers. 

RHOMBUS,/  Rhombe,  F  r. }  in  geometry, 
an  oblique  angled  parallelogram,  or  a 
quadralateral  figure  whose  sides  are  equal 
and  i-arallel,  but  the  angles  unequal ;  two 
of  the  opposite  ones  being  obtuse,  and 
;he  other  two  acute. 

RIBAND,  Rubinde,  Ruban,  Fr.  This 
word  is  sometimes  written  Ribbon.  A  nar- 
row web  of  silk  which  is  worn  for  priia- 
ment. 

R  i  r,  A  N  D  cockade.  The  cockades  which 
are  given  to  recruits,  and  is  commonly 
called  the  colors. 

RIBAUDE,  Fr.  Irregular,  noisy,  ill- 
mannered.  This  terra  is  likewise  used  as 
a  substantive,  viz. 

Un  RIBAUD,  Ft.  A  noisy,  ill-man- 
nered fellow.  It  is  an  old  French  word, 
which  at  present  is  seldom  spoken  in  the 
polished  circles  of  life.  In  former  times, 
s  late  indeed  as  during  the  reign  of  Philip 
Augustus,  kine  of  France,  it  was  cur- 
ent  without  carrying  along  with  it  any 
^articular  reproach  or  mark  of  infamy. 
The  foot  guards,  who  did  duty  at  the 
>alace,  were  general! yea! led  ribands,  from 
he  looseness  of  their  morals;  which  by 
legrees  grew  so  very  corrupt,  that  the 
erm,  (harmless  perhaps  at  first]  was  in. 
ensibly  applied  to  persons  guilty  of  dis- 
lonorable  acts.  Hence  pick -pockets, 
hieves,  cheats,  &c,  were  called  ribaud*. 


RI  C 


RI  D 


603 


,On  which  account  the  provost  of  the  ho- 
telor  town  housein  Pans,  was  popularly 
Stiled  roi  des  ribauds,  or  provost  ot"  ri&audt 
This  phrase  prevailed  until  the  reign  of 
Charles  the  Vltb. 

RIBAUD,  Fr.  adj.  likewise  means 
lew  1,  debauched,  &c. 

Ua  homine.  R  i  B  A  u  D ,       )      Fr.  A  licen- 

•Une  femme  RIBAUDE,  \  tious  man;  a 
licentious  woma:  . 

RIBAUDEQUIN,  Fr.  A  warlike  ma- 
chine  or  instrument,  which  the  French 
anciently  used.  It  was  made  in  the  form 
of  a  bow,  containing  twelve  or  fifteen  feet 
in  its  curve,  and  was  fixed  upon  the  wall 
of  a  fortified  town,  for  the  purpose  ef 
casting  out  a  prodigious  javelin,  which 
sometimes  killed  several  men  at  once. 

According  toMonstrelet,  a  French  wri- 
ter, ribaudequiri)  or  ribauderin,  signified  a 
sort  of  garment  which  was  worn  by  the 
Soldiers  when  they  took  the  field. 

RIBLEURS,  Ft  Vagabonds, debauch- 
ed  fellows  that  run  about  the  streets,  or 
spend  their  nights  in  disorderly  houses. 
Soldiers  who  give  themselves  up  to  pillage 
&c.  in  war  time,  are  likewise  called  rib. 
leurs,  by  way  of  reproach. 

RIBLER,  Fr.  To  ramble,  &c.  was 
formerly  the  verb.,  and  riblerie,  the  act  of 
rambling,  &c.  the  substantive.  Both 
terms  are  now  obsolete,  except  among  the 
lower  orders. 

RI  COG  HER,  Fr.  To  ricochet,  to 
batter  or  fire  at  a  place  with  ricochet  shots. 
The  author  of  a  very  valuable  work  enti- 
tled, Essai  General  de  Fortification,  eld' At- 
iaque  ct  Defense  des  places,  observes  in  a 
note  to  .pa<e  89,  vol.  i,  that  in  strict 
analog),  we  should  say  ricecbettr ;  but 
use,  which  is  above-  all  rules,  has  made 
ricocher  a  technical  term,  whenever  we 
speak  of  the  ricochets  of  cannon  shot. 

Une  face  R 1 C  O  C  H  !•  E ,  Fr.  The  face 
of  a  fortification,  which  is  fired  at  with 
ricochet  shots 

RICOCHET,  literally  means  a  bound, 
a  leap,  such  as  aflat  piece  of  stone  or  slate 
makes  when  it  is  thrown  obliquely  along 
thr  surface  of  a  pool. 

RICOCHET,  (ricochet,  Fr.)  in  gunnery , 
is  when  guns,  howitzers,  or  mortars,  are 
loaded  with  small  charges,  and  elevated 
from  five  to  twelve  degrees,  so  that  when 
fired  over  the  parapet,  the  shot  or  shell 
rolls  along  the  opposite  rampart.  It  is 
called  ricochet-firing,  and  the  batteries  are 
likewise  <.  ailed  ricochet-batteries.  This  me- 
thod of  firing  out  of  mortars,  was  first 
tried  in  1723,  at  the  military  school  of 
Srrasburgh,  and  with  success.  At  the 
battle  of  Rosbach  in  1757,  the  king  of 
Prussia  had  several  6.  inch  mortars  made 
with  trunnions,  and  mounted  on  travel- 
ling carriages,  which  fired  obliquely  on 
t]\e  enemy's  lines,  and  amongst  their  horse, 
loaded  with  eight  ounces  of  powder,  and 
at  an  elevatiion  of  one  degree  fifteen  mi- 
nutes, which  did  great  execution  ;  for  the 
shells  rolling  along  the  lines,  with  burn- 
ing fuzes,,  mad?  the  stoutest  of  the  enemy 


not  wait  for  their  bursting.     See  BATTE- 
RY. 

RICOCHET  firing  is  not  confined  to  any 
particular  charge  or  elevation ;  each  must 
vary  according  to  the  distance  and  differ- 
ence of  level  of  the  object  to  be  fired  at ; 
and  particularly  of  the  spot  on  which  it  is 
intended  the  shot  shall  make  the  first 
bound.  The  smaller  the  angle  is  under 
which  a  shot  is  made  to  ricochet,  the 
longei  it  will  preserve  its  furce  and  have 
effect,  as  it  will  sink  so  much  the  less  in 
the  ground  on  which  it  bounds ;  and  whose 
tenacity  will  of  course  present  so  much  less 
resistance  to  its  progress.  In  the  ricochet 
of  a  fortification  of  any  kind,  ths  angle  of 
elevation  should  seldom  be  less  than  10°, 
to  throw  the  shot  over  a  parapet  a  little 
higher  than  the  level  of  the  battery.  If 
ths  works  should  be  of  an  extiaordinary 
height,  the  piece  must  be  removed  to  sucn 
situation,  and  have  such  charge,  that  it 
can  attain  its  object  at  this  elevation,  or 
at  least  under  that  of  13°  or  14°,  other- 
wise the  shot  will  not  ricochet,  and  the 
carriages  will  sutler  verv  much.  The  first 
gun  in  a  ricochet  battery  should  b-  so 
placed  as  to  sweep  the  whole  length  of]  the 
rampart  of  the  enemy's  work,  at  3  or  4 
feet  from  the  parapet,  and  the  rest  should 
form  as  small  an  angle  with  the  parapet  as 
possible.  For  this  purpose  the  guns  should 
be  pointed  about  4  fathoms  from  the  face 
of  the  work  towards  the  interor.  In  the 
ricochet  of  ordnance  in  the  field,  the  ob- 
jects to  be  fired  at  being  principally  in- 
fantry and  cavalry,  the  guns  should  seldom 
be  elevated  above  3  degrees;  as  with 
greater  angles  the  ball  would  be  apt  to 
bound  too  high,  and  defeat  the  object  in- 
tended. For  ricochet  practice,  see^  the 
different  pieces  of  ordnance,  as  GUN, 
MORTAR,  and  HOWITZER. 

Battre  en  RICOCHET,  Fr.  To  put  a 
sufficient  quantity  of  gunpowder  in  a  piece 
of  ordnance  to  carry  the  ball,  with  effect, 
into  the  works  that  are  enfiladed.  This 
sort  .of  firing  is  generally  practised  along 
the  whole  ex  tent  of  a  face  or  Hank.  The 
celebrated  marshal  Vauban  first  invented 
the  mode  of  firing  ricochet- shots.  He 
tried  the  experiment  at  the  siege  of  Ath, 
in  1670 

Battre  un  rempart  a  RICOCHET,   Ft 
To  batter  a  rampart  with  ricochet  shots. 

RIDEAU  is  arising  ground,  or  emi- 
nence, commanding  a  plain,  sometimes 
almost  parallel  to  the  works  ot  a  place: 
it  is  a  great  disadvantage  to  have  riueaus 
near  a  fortification,  which  terminate  ou 
the  counterscarp,  especially  when  the 
ensvny  fire  from  afar :  they  not  only  com- 
mand th.-  place,  but  facilitate  the  enemy's 
approaches. 

RIDER,  in  artillery  carriages,  a  piece 
of  wood  somewhat  higberthan  broad,  the 
length  equal  to  that  of  the  body  of  the 
axle-tree,  upon  which  the  side  pieces  rest, 
in  a  four -wheel  carriage,  such  as  the  am- 
munition waggon,  block  carriage,  ami 
sung  waggon. 


eo4 


RI  F 


RIO 


Rough  RIDER.      SeeRoucn. 

RIDING-  Master.  I n  the  cavalry,  an 
oHiccr  whose  duty  it  is  to  instruct  the 
otiicers  and  soldiers  in  the  management  of 
their  horses. 

To  RIFLE,  to  plunder;  to  rob. 

RIFLE,  the  thread,  ray,  or  line  made  in 
a  rifled  bar  el. 

RIFLED  gun,      ~)  Arquebuserayec,  Fr.  a 

RIFLED  piece,    £  fire-  arm    which    has 

R]  FLED  ban-el,  )  lines  or  exiguous  ca- 
nals within  its  barrel  that  run  in  a  virmi- 
cr.lar  direction,  andaremo-cor  less  nume- 
rous, or  more  indented,  according  to  the 
fancy  of  the  artificer.  With  respect  to 
the  word  irself,  it  does  not  appear  to  bear 
any  other  analogy  to  our  common  accepta- 
tion of  the  verb,  than  what  may  be  vul- 
garly applied  to  the  common  practices 
of  riflemen.  It  is,  on  the  contrary,  more 
immediately  connected  in  sense  and  signi- 
fication with  an  old  obsolete  word  to  ray  ; 
to  streak:  which  comes  from  the  French 
royer.  The  rifled  barrel  possesses  many 
advantages  over  the  common  one;  whith 
advan'ages  are  attributed  to  the  threads  or 
rays  with  which  it  is  indented,  These 
threads  are  sometimes  cut  in  such  a  man- 
ner, that  the  line  which  commences  on  the 
right  side  at  the  breech,  terminates  on  the 
left  at  the  muzzle;  by  which  means  the 
ball  acq-uires  a  rotary  movement,  revolv- 
ing once  and  a  half  round  its  own  axis  be- 
fore it  quits  the  piece,  and  then  boring 
through  the  air  with  a  spiral  motion.  It 
is  well  known,  that  cannon  balls  and  shot 
out  of  common  barrels  are  impelled  in  a 
line  formed  by  the  centre  of  the  ball,  and 
a  compound  of  the  projectile  force  of  the 
explosion  acted  upon  by  the  air  and  by- 
gravitation  in  its  course;  the  ball  has  a 
tendency  to  rise  upward  to  a  certain  extent 
;ifter  leaving  the  muzzle  of  the  gun  ;  its 
particular  motion  is  as  if  the  ball  had  a 
transverse  axis,  and  rolled  forward  in  that 
axis,  in  the  manner  that  the  wheels  of  a 
cnrriage  roll ;  and  at  the  same  time  con- 
tinue their  progression  forward.  See 
Sluier.  Mil.  Lib. 

The  ruled  barrels  of  America,  during 
the  revolution,  contained  from  10  to  16 
rays  cr  threads ;  some  had  as  few  as  four. 
Some  persons  have  imagined,  that  those 
of  16  rays  were  the  best,  from  a  supposi- 
tion that  by  the  air  collapsing  in  tlu  seve- 
ral grooves,  the  ball  obtained  more  velo- 
city. Mr.  Robins,  however,  se  ins  to 
diner  in  opinion,  particularly  with  respect 
to  the  depth  of  the  grooves.  He  observes, 
P^K6  359  and  340,  in  his  Tracts  on  Gun- 
nery, that  whatever  tends  to  diminish  the 
•iction  of  these  pieces,  tends  at  the  same 
lime  to  render  them  more  complete;  and 
consequently  it  is  a  deduction  from  hence, 
that  the  less  the  rifles  arc  indented,  the 
beticr  they  are;  provided  they  are  just 
sufficient  to  keep  the  bullet  from  turning 
round  the  piece.  It  likewise  follows,1 
that  the  bullet  ousht  to  be  no  larger  than  i 

• ?erjjst.  P«sseu  by  the  rifles,  for  the 
the  bullet  moves  in  the  piece,  sup- 


1 1  posing  it  not  to  shift  its  position,  the  more 
v  olent  and  accurate  will  its  flight  be  It 
is  necessary,  that  the  sweep  of  the  rifles 
should  be  in  each  part  exactly  parallel  to 
each  other.  See  Fiobins  on  Gunnery,  page 
328. 

Parades,  a  gunsmith  at  Aix-le-Cha- 
pelle,  who  was  repufed  to  be  very  inge- 
nious in  the  construction  of  rifled  barrels, 
used  to  compress  his  barrels  in  the  centre. 

R I  F  L  F.  M  E  N ,  experienced  marksmen, 
armed  vvithr//7«.  They  formed  the  mosc 
formidable  force  of  the  United  Stares  in  rhe 
revolution,  being  posted  along  the  Ameri- 
can ranks,  and  behind  hedges,  &c  for  the 
purpose  of  picking  off  the  British  officers. 
They  have  proved  equally  fatal  in  the 
hands  of  the  French  during  their  revolu- 
tion. Considerable  improvements  are 
daily  made;  and  light  infantry  battalions, 
like  the  chasseurs  of  the  French,  should 
form  a  considerable  portion  of  every  army, 
and  all  infantry  and  cavalry  should  be 
taught  to  act  as  riflemen,  as  well  as  artil- 
leris  s. 

Mounted  R  i  F  L  E  M  F,  N  ,  are  no  other  than 
good  riflemen,  accustomed  to  horseman- 
ship, monnted. 

RIGHT,  that  which  is  ordered;  that 
which  justly  belongs  to  one. 

RIGHTS,  certain  unalienable  claims 
and  privileges,  which  every  individual, 
civil  as  well  as  military,  possesses  in  re- 
gulated community.  See  WRONGS. 

IUGOL.     See  CIRCLE. 

RING.     A  circle, an  orbicular  line. 

RING  of  an  Anchor.  That  part  of  the 
anchor  to  which  the  cable  is  fastened. 

RINGS,  in  artillery ',  are  of  various 
uses  ;  such  as  the  lashing-rings  in  travel- 
ling-carriages, to  lash  the  sponge,  rammer, 
and  ladle,  as  well  as  the  tarpauling  that 
covers  the  guns  ;  the  rings  fastened  to  the 
breeching- bolts  in  ship-carriages ;  and  the 
shaft-rings  to  fasten  the  harness  of  the 
shaft-horse  by  means  of  a  pin. 

•RINGS  of  a  Gun.  Circles  of  metal, 
of  which  there  are  five,  viz. 

Base-ring,  reinforce~ri»g,  trunnion-ring  ^ 
cornice*ringt  and  muzzle-ring.  See  Am, 
Mil.  Lib. 

RINGLEADER.  The  head  of  any 
particular  body  of  men  acting  in  a  riotous 
or  mutinous  manner. 

To  RING.  To  make  a  sharp  reverbe- 
rating noise. 

RING  Ramrod]  A  word  of  command 
which  is  sometimes  used  at  private  inspec- 
tions, to  try  the  bottom  of  the  barrel  of  a 
musquet. 

RING  ROD,  Fr.  A  strong  iron  bar 
which  is  used  in  forges.  It  likewise, 
means  a  thick  pole  with  an  iron  ferrel. 

R1NGRAVE,/V.  Pantaloon  breeches. 

RIOT  and  Tumult.  Sedition,  civil  in- 
surrection, disturbance,  Sec.  A  breach  of 
the  peace  committed  by  an  assembled 
multitude. 

RIOTERS.  Disturbers  of  the  public 
peace  ;  persons  acting  in  open  violation  oi 


R  I  V 


RI  V 


605 


good  order  ;  raising  or  creating  sedition, 
&c. 

RIPOSTE,  Fr.  A  parry  and  thrust. 
It  likewise  signifies  in  a  figurative  sense, 
3.  kern  reply,  a  close  retort. 

RIPOSTER,  or  RISPOSTER,  Fr. 
In  fencing,  to  parry  and  thrusr. 

RISBAN,  Fr.  In  fortification,  aflat 
piece  of  ground  upon  which  a  tort  is  con- 
structed for  the  defence  and  security  of  a 
port  or  harbor.  It  likewise  means  the 
fort  itself.  The  famous  Ris6antof  Dun- 
Icirk,  was  built  entirely  of  brick  and  stone  ; 
having  within  its  walls  excellent  barracks, 
a  large  cistern  well  supplied  with  water, 
magazines  tor  stores,  provisions,  and  am- 
munition. A  ready  communication  was 
kept  up  with  the  town  by  means  of  the 
jtte  ,  which  corresponded  with  the 
wooden  bridge  that  joined  the  entrance 
Into  the  fort.  The  rampart  was  capable 
of  receiving  forty-six  pieces  of  ordnance, 
which  wjie  disposed  in  three  different 
alignements  or  tiers,  owing  to  the-  trian- 
gular figure  of  the  fort;  so  that  afire 
could  be  kept  up  on  all  sides. 

To  RISE.  To  break  into  commotions; 
to  make  insurrections. 

7V  RISE.  In  a  military  sense,  to  make 
hostile  attack  :  as  the  military  rose  against 
their  government. 

To  R  i  s  E  .     To  obtain  promotion. 

TO  RISE  from  the  ranks.  To  obtain  pro- 
motion by  degrees  after  having  been  in  the 
ranks  as  a  private  soMier  ;  a  circumstance 
•which  has  happened  to  some  of  the  best 
generals  in  the  world. 

RISE.  Increase  of  price;  as  the  rise 
of  commissions  in  the  army  upon  the 
prospect  of  peace. 

RISSALA,  or  RASSAULA,  lad.  An 
independent  corps  of  cavalry. 

R1SSALDAR,  lad.  The  command- 
er of  an  independent  corps  of  cavarry. 

RIVAL,  one  who  is  in  pursuit  of  the 
same  thing  which  another  pursues.  A 
competitor. 

RIVAL  Powers,  Nations  are  so  called 
when  their  relative  situation  and  resources 
in  men  and  money,  &c.  enable  them  to 
oppose  each  other. 

RIVERAINS,  Fr.  Persons  who  in- 
habit  the  banks  of  rivers.  By  a  regulation 
which  was  in  force  during  the  French 
monarchy,  all  persons,  so  situated,  were 
obliged  to  leave  a  space  20  feet  broad  at 
least,  between  their  houses  or  huts,  and 
f.he  bank,  for  the  convenience  of  navigation. 
A  set  of  men,  called  b&lheun,  were  paid 
to  see  this  regulation  strictly  complied 


RIVER,  (Riviere,  Fr.)  aland  current 
of  water  bigger  than  a  brook. 

Portable  RIVER.  A  river  which 
may  be  passed  without  the  assistance  of 
any  floating  machines.  In  order  to  sound 
the  ford,  and  to  ascertain  the  state  of  it, 
-i:cn  on  horseback  are  first  ordered  to  cross. 
By  that  means  you  will  be  able  to  know 
Whether  any  obstacles  have  been  thrown 
in  the  way  by  the  enemy  ;  for  nothing  is 


more  easily  effected.  The  passage  of  a 
ford  may  be  rendered  impracticable  by 
throwing  whole  trees  in,  by  tables  or  plat- 
forms covered  with  nails,  and  by  stakes. 
The  two  latter  impediments  are  the  most 
dangerous.  But  stakes  are  not  easily  fixed, 
and  are  consequently  seldom  used.  When 
fords  are  embarrassed  by  them,  it  requires 
some  time  and  trouble  to  clear  the  river  ; 
and  it  is  equally  difficult  to  get  nd  cf 
the  inconvenience  that  arises  when  wells 
have  been  sunk.  Whenever  there  is  rea- 
son to  apprehend  such  obstacles,  it  is 
always  best  to  reach  the  ford  at  dusk .  A 
good  resource  in  such  cases,  is  to  collect  a 
great  number  of  empty  casks  or  hogs- 
heads, and  lay  over  them  either  platforms 
of  boards  or  faggots  of  underwood  ar.d 
boards  over  them,  upon  which  either  ca- 
valry or  artillery  may  pass.  Intervals 
sufficient  for  the  passage  of  the  watec 
must  be  left.  The  banks  should  be  lined 
with  riflemen  to  cover  the  passage  ;  light 
guns  and  grape  might  be  employed  upon 
suitable  ground. 

When  the  prince  of  Conde  in  1567,  re- 
solved to  cross  the  river  Seine,  the  roy- 
alists who  were  on  the  opposite  side,  en- 
deavored to  prevent  his  passage  by  throw- 
ing quantities  of  madriersoi  thick  planks 
that  were  nailed  together,  iron  hoops  and 
water-cats  Into  the  ford.  The  Hugo- 
nots  or  Protestants,  however,  were  not, 
diverted  from  their  purpose.  Aub!gn£v 
a  French  writer,  says,  that  on  that  occa- 
sion they  placed 400  arquebusiers  upon  the 
bank  to  protect  the  men  that  raked  the 
ford. 

This  was  certainly  a  singular  method 
which  was  used  to  clear  a  ford,  nor  cculci 
it  be  done  without  much  difiiculiy,  and 
no  inconsiderable  share  of  danger.  The 
chevalier  Folard  has  proposed  a  much 
safer,  and  a  much  easier  way,  by  means 
of  grappling  hooks,  tied  to  long  ropes, 
which  might  be  thrown  into  tlie  f"rd. 
Yet  even  in  this  case,  observes  the  vnter, 
the  object  could  not  be  accomplished  it' 
the  river  were  broad,  unless  the  persons 
employed  in  the  undertaking,  be  undt-r 
the  cover  of  so  heavy  a  discharge  of  ord- 
nance and  musquetry,  that  the  enemy 
would  not  be  able  to  interrupt  them,  even 
from  an  intrenched  position  on  the  oppo- 
site bank. 

With  respect  to  caltrops,  tne  removal  of 
them,  when  properly  distributed  at  the 
bottom  of  a  ford,  must  be  attended  with 
j  great  difficulty  ;  for  they  must  renderthe 
i  passage  absolutely  impracticable,  unless 
'  they  were  to  sink  very  deep  into  the  mud 
'and  sand,  and  thus  become  useless.  The 
men  that  first  enter  are  in  this  case  the 
only  persons  incommoded,  but  the  rest 
may  follow  without  much  hazard. 

It  sometimes  happens,  that  the  bottom 
of  a  stream  or  rivulet  is  firm  and  gravelly  ; 
when  this  occurs,  the  greatest  precautions 
must  be  taken  to  escape  the  effects  of  cal- 
trops, which  would  be  extremely  hurtful 
to  any  persons  that  might  attempt  to  cross. 


606 


ROC 


ROC 


In  order  to  obviate  their  mischievous  con- 
sequences, and  to  render  them  in  a  man- 
ner useless,  a  good  stock  of  hurdles  must 
be  provided.  The  soldiers  will  hand  these 
to  one  another,  force  them  into  the  water, 
and  then  cover  them  with  stones. 

When  one  or  two  fords  in  a  riveY  are  so 
situated,  that  several  battalions  cannot 
cross  them  upon  one  front,  it  is  then  highly 
prudent  to  throw  a  bridge  over,  either 
above  or  below  the  ford  ;  for  a  swell  may 
Intervene  and  render  it  otherwise  impassa- 
ble; and  to  which,  you  have  the  advan- 
tage of  getting  a  greater  number  of  troops 
over  at  once. 

In  order  t<  effect  a  passage  for  his  army 
over  (he  river  Sfgre,  Caesar  gave  direct;ons 
•hat  ditches,  thirty  feet  broad,  should  be 
.In.;  in  such  parts  of  the  banks  as  might 
with  ease  receive  the  water  out  of  the 
stream,  and  render  jt  fordable.  Having 
accomplished  this  object,  he  found  no 
difficulty  in  reaching  Petreius,  who,  be- 
ing in  the  daily  fear  of  wanting  provisions 
and  forage  for  his  men,  was  on  the  eve  of 
quitting  his  position  and  marching  for. 
wards. 

The  passage  of  the  Granicus  by  Alex- 
ander the  great,  is  likewise  mentioned  in 
history,  as  an  instance  of  bold  enterprise. 
But  however  celebrated  that  act  may  be 
in  ancient  records,  we  shall  not  be  thought 
partial  to  the  moderns  when  we  state,  that 
the  passage  of  the  river  Ilolowitz  by 
Charles  XII.  of  Sweden,  was  equally 
bold  and  ivell  managed. 

The  passage  of  the  Tagliamento  by 
Bonaparte  during  his  campaign  in  Italy, 
would  be  the  most  celebrated  of  modern 
times,  had  not  the  passage  of  the  Danube 
in  i8cp,  eclipsed  all  similar  achievements 
by  the  magnitude  of  the  difficulties  to  be 
overcome,  and  the  astonishing  success  of 
the  nu-ar.s  by  which  they  were  overcome. 
RIVET,  a  fastening  pin  clenched  at 
both  ends,  so  as  to  hold  an  intermediate 
substance  with  more  firmness. 

RI  VETlNG-p/ates,  in  gun  carriages, 
small  square  thin  pieces  of  iron,  through 
which  tjieends  of  the  bolts  pass,  and  are 
riveted  upon  them. 

R1ZAMEDAR,  Ind.  An  officer  com- 
manding a  small  body  of  horse. 

iO,  Ind.  In  Indian  music  means  quick. 
ROBE.conrte,    Fr.  littrally    means   a 
short  gown.     Provost-marshals,   under- 
bailitis,  vice-seneschals,  their  lieutenants, 
'tid  various  other  persons,    occasionally 
employed  in  camps  and  garrisons,  toassibt 
ihe  military  in  maintaining  internal  good 
>rdcr  and  discipline,  were  formerly  called 
in  France  »jj5V/Vr,r  de  robe-courte. 
ROC,  Fr.     A  rock. 
l\oc  de  laxce,  Fr.     In  tournaments  the 
-.vooclen  part  of  a  lance  is  so  called. 

ROCHER,  Fr.  a  large  rock;  derived 
irom  roc,  and  generally  bearing  the  same 
.•  in  port . 

kOCIlI : ,}  feut  Fr.  a  solid  composition, 
•>  gradtt&Hy  consumes  when  it  has 
^nted,  but  which  emits  a  very 


broad  and  lively  flame,  and  is  not  extin- 
guish.-d  by  water. 

ROCKETS.     Composition. 

Old  proportion.  New  proportion . 

Ibs.  oz.  Ibs.  oz. 

Salpetre  40        —  44 

Sulphur  i     o        —  o  12 

Charcoal          i    8        —  20 

Composition  fat  the  Stars. 
Mealed  powder        .        .         o  lb.  8oz. 
Seltpetre  ...80 

Sulphur      .         .        .        .20 
Antimony          .         .         .         a        o 
Isinglass  dissolved       4        .    o        3^ 
Spirits  of  wine         .         .         i  pint/ 
Vinegar  .     i  quart. 

Composition  for  rain  to  head  sky  rock, 
ets,  isthesameastheabovv  for  the  rockets. 


M       00   o  "•  c    "  (4 


<~    M  N 


Copper  Ladles  for  filling  Sky  Rockets. 

Length,  i£  the  exterior  diameter  of  the 
case. 

Diameter,  equals  the  interior  diameter 
of  case. 

Circumference,  $  the  interior  calibre  of 
the  case. 

Sky  rockets  are  driven  with  composi- 
tion up  t«>  4  1-2  exterior  diameters  of  the 
case  from  the  choke;  and  1-5  of  a  diame- 
ter above  the  composition  with  good  clay. 
They  are  bored  and  reamed  up  to  3  1-2 
diameters. 

Dimensions  of  Sticks  for  Rockets.  Ge- 
neral rules. 

For  rockets  from  1-2  an  ounce  to  one 
pound,  the  stick  must  be  60  diameters  of 
the  rocket  jn  length :  for  rockets  from  one 


ROD 


ROL 


eor 


pound  and  upwards  fifty  or  fifty-twodia- 
meters.  Their  thickness  at  top  about  i-a 
a  diameter,  and  their  breadth  very  little 
more.  Their  square  at  bottom  equal  to 
1-2  the  thickness  at  top. 


*.|5 


i  Pr.  ;     H 


2  Pr.  I  'S- 


4Pr.     ; 


6  Pr.     ~.      » 


ss 


.S'-G  o 
Q 


Rockets  of  between  3  and  4  inches  dia- 
meter have  been  observed  to  ascend  as 
high  as  i  ooo  or  1 200  yards ;  but  the  height 
of  common  rockets  is  between  450  and 
600  yards;  and  their  flight  usually  short 
of  7  seconds. 

ROCKET  as  used  in  India.  A  most  for. 
midafole  weapon  against  cavalry  ;  they  are 
made  of  the  hollow  tube  of  the  bamboo, 
of  a  very  large  size,  rilled  with  the  usual 
composition  of  rockets.  The  rod  is  only 
a  part  of  the  same  bamboo,  the  six  eighths 
or  seven  eighths  of  which  is  cut  away, 
leaving  the  rod.  See  FOUGETTE. 

ROCKETS.     See  LABORATORY. 

ROD.     See  MEASURING. 

RODS,  or  rammers,  either  of  iron  or 
wood,  to  drive  home  the  charges  of  mus- 
quets,  carabines,  and  pistols. 

RODS,  or  sticks,  fastened  to  sky-rockets, 
to  make  them  rise  in  a  strai/ht  line. 

RODOMONT,  Fr.  A  bully.  An 
unmilitary  character. 

Raire  le  RODOMONT,  Fr.  To  bully,  to 
talk  loudly  without  possessing  the  real 
spirit  of  a  man  or  soldier. 

RODOMONTADE,  Fr.  Rodomon- 
tade. The  act  of  bullying,  vain  boasting 
or  arrogating  to  ourselves  qualities  which 
we  do  not  possess.  A  French  writer  has 
very  justly  observed,  that  there  cannot  be 
a  greater  defect  in  the  character  of  an  offi- 
cer than  an  overweening  display  of  real  or 
fictitious  talents.  The  word  is  derived 
from  one  Rodomont,  the  hero  or  principal 
character  in  an  old  romance,  who  makes 
himself  conspicuously  ridiculous  in  this 
way.  Sir  John  Falstaif  and  Bobadil  in 


English  comedy,  are  specimens  of  this 
character. 

ROGUE'S  March.     See  MARCH. 

ROH1LLAS,  Ind.  A  tribe  of  Afghans 
inhabiting  the  country  north  of  the  Can- 
ges,  as  tar  as  Oude  to  the  eastward. 

ROI,  Fr.     King. 

ROI  d'a*mes,  Fr.    SeeKiNG  AT  ARMS. 

ROKER,  Ind.     Cash. 

ROLE,  Fr.  A  muster  roll,  state,  or 
return.  The  word  Role  is  used  among  the 
French  indiscriminately,  to  signify  either 
the  •tfective  force  of  an  army,  or  the  actual 
quanthy  of  stores  and  ammunition  which 
the  magazines  contain. 

To  ROLL  in  duty,  is  when  officers  of  the 
same  rank  take  their  turns  upon  duty 
pursuant  to  some  established  roster,  as 
ca  .rains  with  captains,  and  subalterns 
with  subalterns,  and  command  according 
to  the  seniority  of  their  commissions. 

To  ROLL.  To  continue  one  uniform 
beat  of  the  drum,  without  variations,  for 
a  certain  length  of  time.  When  a  line  is 
advancing  in  full  front,  or  in  echellons, 
for  any  considerable  distance,  the  music  ol" 
one  regulating  battalion  may,  at  intervals, 
be  permitted  to  play  for  a  few  seconds  at 
a  time,  and  the  arums  of  the  other  batta- 
lions may  be  allowed  occasionally  to  roll , 
drums,  likewise  roll  when  troops  are  ad- 
vancing to  the  charge. 

Long  ROLL.  A  beat  of  drum  by  which 
troops  are  assembled  at  any  particular  spot 
of  rendezvous  or  parade. 

Muster-RoLL,  is  a  return,  given  by  th6 
muster  master,  on  which  are  written  the 
names  of  both  officers  and  soldiers  of  the 
regiment,  troop,  or  company,  with  thei;: 
country,  age,  and  service. 

Squad  ROLL.  A  list  containing  the 
names  of  each  particular  squad.  Every 
non- commissioned  officer  and  corporal, 
who  is  entrusted  with  the  care  and  ma- 
nagement of  a  squad,  must  have  a  roll  of 
this  kind. 

S/x;<r-RoLL.  A  list  containing  the 
names  of  all  the  men  belonging  to  a  troop 
or  company,  with  the  height  or  stature  of 
each  specifically  marked.  Every  Serjeant 
keeps  a  regular  size-roll,  and  every  cap- 
tain of  a  troop  or  company  ought  to  have 
one  likewise. 

RoLL-Crf//.  The  calling  over  the  names 
of  the  several  men  who  compose  any  part 
of  a  military  body.  This  necessary  duty 
is  done  by  the  Serjeants  of  companies 
morning  and  evening,  in  every  well  regu- 
lated corps.  Hence  morning  roll-call,  and 
evening  roll- call.  On  critical  occasions, 
and  in  services  that  require  promptitude 
and  exertion,  frequent  roll-calls  should  be 
made. 

ROLLER.  A  small  wheel  placed  at 
the  foot  of  the  hammer  of  a  gun,  or  pis- 
tol lock,  in  order  to  lessen  the  friction  of 
it  against  the  hammer  or  feather  spring. 

ROLLER  likewise  means  a  long  piece  of 
wood  which  is  rounded  and  made  taper  to 
suit  the  regulated  size  of  a  military  trail. 

ROLLER.     Insurgery,  a  long  and  broad 


608 


RON 


ROS 


ligature,  usually  made  of  linen  cloth,  for 
binding,  surrounding,  and  containing  the 
parts  of  the  human  body,  and  keeping 
them  in  their  proper  situation,  thereby 
disposing  them  to  a  state  of  health  and 
Tcdintre>ation. 

ROLLERS,  are  round  pieces  or  wood 
of  about  nine  inches  diameter,  and  four 
feet  Ion?,  used  in  moving  pieces  of  artil- 
lery from  one  place  to  another. 

ROMAINE,  Fr.  A  steelyard  or  ba- 
lance for  within*  things  of  vaiious 
weights  by  one  single  weight,  as  from  one 
single  pound  to  1 12  pounds. 

ROMP  RE,  Fr.    To  break. 

Ko  M  P  R  E  un  baitaillon,  Fr.  In  milita- 
ry evolutions  to  break  a  battalion  into  a 
given  number  of  parts  for  the  purpose  of 
defiles,  &c. 

ROM  P  s.  E  erz  catenae,  Fr.  To  break  into 
column. 

RON  DA  CHE,  Fr.  A  sort  of  shield 
which  tru-  French  formerly  used,  and 
which  is  still  carried  by  the  Spaniards. 

RONDEL,  in  fortification,  a  round 
tower,  sometimes  erected  at  the  foot  of  a 
bastion. 

RONDES,  Fr.     See  ROUNDS. 

RONDE  Major ,  Fr.  Town-majors 
round.  So  calltd  from  the  town-major 
visiting  the  different  quarters  of  a  garri- 
son during  the  night.  This  round,  in 
some  degree,  corresponds  with  our  grand 
round. 

RON  HE  s  rouljntes,  Fr.  Rounds  that 
are  made  by  officers,  Serjeants,  or  corpo- 
rals, over  a  certain  part  of  the  ramparts. 
These  agree  with  our  visiting  rounds. 
The  French  say,  qui  -va  la  ?  Who  goes 
there  ?  technically  with  us,  Who  comes 
there  ? 

RONDE  d'offidet.     Officer's  round. 

Chemin  des  RON  DE  s ,  Fr.  A  path  mark- 
ed out  for  the  convenience  of  the  rounds. 

RONDE  d?  gouvetncur,  Fr.  The  gov- 
ernor's rounds. 

The  French  method  of  ascertaining  the 
nature  of  the  several  rounds  is  by  chal- 
lenging in  the  same  manner  that  we  do, 
viz.  qui  va  la?  Who  comes  there  ?  This 
must  be  said  sufficiently  loud  for  the  main 
guard  to  hear.  He  is  instantly  answered : 
ronde  de  governeur,  governor's  rounds ; 
ronde  major y  major's  round,  or  grand  round, 
and  so  on,  according  to  the  nature  of  the 
rounds.  The  sentry,  who  stands  posted 
near  the  guard-house,  after  having  cried 
out-— Demure  la. ;  stop  there :  or  as  we 
say,  stop  round  ;  cries  out  again,  Caporal 
tors  de  la  garde,  corporal  turn  out  the  gu^r '. 
The  corporal  or  officer  of  the  guard  with 

s  sword  drawn,  according  to  the  French 
custom,  repeats,  quivala?  Who  comes 
He  is  answered  ronefe;  round.  He 
then  says,  avarice  qui  a  I'ordre ;  let  him 
advar.ce  who  has  the  parole  or  counter- 
sign ;  or,  as  we  say,  advance  one,  and  give 
the  countersign, 
pounds  **Jeso-ffic'm£leP'r':2uett  F-r-  Piquet 


RONDES  chezles  Ttircs,  Fr.  See  TURK. 

ISH    ROUNDS. 

RONDI-LLE,  Fr.  a  small  round 
shield,  which  was  formerly  used  by  Hght 
armed  infantry.  1 1  likewise  means  a  part 
of  the  carriage  of  a  >:un. 

RONDELIERS,  Fr.  Soldiers  who 
wete  armed  wirh  rondolles,  or  small 
wooden  shields,  covered  with  leather, 
were  anciently  so  called. 

ROPE.  A  cord;  a  string;  a  halter; 
a  cable;  a  haulser. 

Rope  is  always  distinguished  by  its  cir- 
cumference :  thus  a  two  inch  rope  means 
a  rope  or  2  inches  in  circumference. 
Rule  for  fading  the  -weight  of  Ropes. 

Multiply  tiic  square  of  the  circumfe- 
rence in  inches,  by  the  length  in  fathoms; 
and  divide  the  product  by  480  for  the 
weight  in  cwt.  See  also  DRAG  ROPES. 

ROPE  of  sand.  A  phrase  in  familiar 
use  to  signify  disunion,  want  of  adhesion 
and  continuity.  Thus  the  colonel  and 
the  captains  of  a  regiment  disagreeing  may 
be  called  a  rope  of  sand. 

ROPES,  of  various  lengths  and  thick- 
ness, according  to  the  uses  they  are  made 
for ;  such  as  drags  for  the  gin,  for  the 
sling  cart  and  waggon,  &c. 

Drag- ROPES,  according  to  the  old  prac- 
tice in  the  artillery,  by  which  the  soldiers 
pulled  the  guns  backwards  or  forwards, 
both  at  practice  and  in  an  engagement, 
were  of  the  following  dimensions,  viz. — • 
For  a  24- pounder,  54,  feet  long,  with 
the  loop- holes  for  the  pegs  included, 
and  5%  inches  in  circumference;  for  18 
and  i2-pounders,  48  feet  long,  and  four 
inches  in  circumference ;  for  6  and  3- 
pounders,  39  feet  long,  and  i  7-8  inches 
in  circumference.  For  13  and  io-inclj 
howitzers,  45  feet  long,  and  6|  inches  in 
circumference;  for  8-inch  howitzers,  48 
feet  long,  and  four  inches  in  circumfe- 
rence; for  all  other  howitzers,  35  feet 
lone,  and  two  inches  in  circumference. 
These  awkward  and  cumbersome  ropes 
are  now  supercededby  the  more  improved 
and  powerful  method,  of  the  bricoles^ 
which  instead  of  drag  topes  held  each  by 
several ;  there  is  attached  a  single  bricole  or 
rope  with  a  hook  and  belt  to  each  of  several 
artillerists  ;  the  number  of  bricoles  is  in 
praportion  to  the  calibre.  See  BRICOLES 
and  P  R  o  LO x  c  E  .  S ee  Ame r .  Mil.  Lib. 

ROSETTE,  an  ornamental  bunch  of 
ribands,  or  cut  leather,  which  was  worn 
both  by  officers  and  soldiers  in  the  British 
service,  on  the  upper  part  of  their  cues. 

ROSETTES.  Two  small  bunches  of 
ribands  that  are  attached  to  the  loops  by 
which  the  eorgetof  an  officer  is  suspended 
upon  his  chest.  The  color  of  the  riband 
must  correspond  with  the  facing  of  the 
uniform.  The  French  use  the  same  word. 

ROSli-^A.     See  NAILS. 

ROSTE  R,  in  military  affairs,  isa  plan 
or  table,  by  wh'ch  the  duty  of  officers, 
entire  battalions,  squadrons,  or  parts  of  a 
company  are  regulated. 

ROOM.  Space  -,  extent  of  space,  gneap 


ROU 


ROU 


609 


or  small.  Any  part  of  a  building  for  the 
accommodation  of  individuals;  as  barrack 
room,  orderly  room;  viz.  theorderly  room, 
mess  room,  guard  room,  soldier's  rooms, 
and  store-room,  for  the  duty  of  the  re- 
giment. 

ROOMS.  In  a  military  sense  are  those 
parts  of  a  building  or  barrack  which  by 
specific  instructions,  the  different  bar- 
rack masters  must  provide,  and  furnish 
for  the  accommodation  of  the  troops.  A 
schedule  as  published  by  authority  de- 
ocribr-s  the  number  of  rooms  allowed  in 
barracks  for  the  commissioned,  warrant, 
and  non-commissioned  officers,  and  pri- 
vate m  n,  in  the  British  service,  to  be  as 
follows : 

Cavalry  rooms .  Field  officers,  each  two 
rooms;  captains,  each  one  ditto;  sub- 
alterns, staff,  and  quarter-masters,  each 
one  ditto;  the  Serjeants  of  each  troop  of 
dragoo.  s,  and  the  corporals  of  each  troop 
of  horse,  one  ditto ;  eight  rank  and  file, 
one  ditto;  officer's  mess,  two  ditto, 

Infantry  rooms .  Field  officers,  each  two 
ditto;  captains,  each  one  ditto;  two  sub- 
alterns, one  ditto;  staff,  each  one  ditto; 
twelve  non-commissioned  officers,  and 
private  men,  one  ditto ;  officer's  mess, 
two  ditto;  serjeant- major,  and  quarter- 
master serjeant,  one  ditto.  When  there 
are  a  sufficient  number  of  rooms  in  a  bar- 
rack, one  may  be  allowed  to  each  subal- 
tern of  infantry  See  REGULATIONS. 

ROSTRAL  Crown,  Couronne  Rostrate, 
Fr.  A  crown  which  was  bestowed  upon 
that  Roman  sailor  who  should  first  leap 
on  board  an  enemy's  ship. 

ROSTRUM.  A  Latin  word  which 
literally  means  the  beak  or  bill  of  a  bird, 
and  figuratively  the  prow  of  a  vessel. 
There  was  in  a  public  place  in  ancient 
Rome,  a  tribunal  ornamented  with  various 
prows  et  ships,  which  the  Romans  had 
taken  from  the  Antiati.  Theoratorswho 
harangued  the  people  in  public,  mounted 
this  rostrum.  Hence  the  Roman  phrase. 
To  sprak  from  above  the  rostra  or  prows. 

ROUAGE,  Fr.  The  wheel-work  of 
a  carriage,  &c. 

Sois  de  Ro u  A  s  E ,  Fr.  Timber  to  make 
wheels  with. 

ROUANNE,  Fr.  A  concave  iron  in- 
strument, which  is  used  for  the  purpose 
of  enlarging  the  hollow  of  a  pump.  It 
likewise  signifies  a  mark.  An  auger. 

ROUANNER,  Fr.  To  bore  ;  also  to 
make  castes. 

ROUE,  Fr.  a  licensed  libertine.  One 
•whose  principles  of  morality  are  consider- 
ably relaxed,  but  who  is  not  sufficiently 
vitiated  in  his  manners  to  be  excluded 
from  society.  The  French  make  a  fami- 
liar use  of  the  term,  and  do  not  affix  any 
decree  of  stigma  to  it,  They  say,  on  the 
contrary,  c'est  un  aimable  roue,  he  is  an 
agreeable  ^ay  fellow. 

ROUE/Fr.     V/heel. 

ROUE  de  feu,  Fr.  An  artificial  fire- 
work See  SOLEIL  TOURNANT. 

:,  Fr,  A  small  solid  wheel  made 


of  steel,  which  was  formerly  fixed  to  the 
pans  of  blunderbusses  and  pistols,  for  the 
purpose  of  firing  them  off. 

Arquebuses  et  Pistolets  a  ROUET,  Frr 
Blunderbusses  and  ,  istols  to  which  a 
small  wheel  was  attached.  These  fire- 
arms are  very  httl,  known ;  some,  how- 
ever, are  still  to  be  found  in  European 
arsenals,  kept  merely  for  curiosity. 

ROUGES,  bouleis  Rouges,  Fr.  Red- 
hot  balls. 

ROUGH  Rider.  A  person  who  is  in- 
dispensibly  necessary  in  every  cavalry  re- 
giment. He  is  a  sort  of  non-commission- 
ed officer,  and  should  always  associate 
with  the  Serjeants  in  preference  to  the 
private  men. 

Rough  Riders  are  the  assistants  of  the 
riding  master,  and  one  should  always  be 
appointed  to  each  troop.  The  necessary 
qualifications^  for  every  Rough  Rider  (in- 
dependently of  a  thorough  knowlejre  of 
horsemanship)  arc  activity,  zeal,  and  good 
conduct. 

Every  rough  rider  must  provide  himself 
with  a  proper  jacket  for  the  riding  school 
business,  according  to  the  pattern  fixed 
upon  in  the  regiment. 

To  ROUGH  heats,  a.  word  in  familiar 
use  among  the  dragoons  to  signify  the  act 
of  breaking  in  horses,  so  as  to  adapt  them 
to  military  purposes. 

To  ROUGH  it,  a  cant  word  used  among 
military  men,  signifying  to  face  every  sort 
of  hardship. 

ROULEAU,  />.  A  cylindrical  piece 
of  wood  with  iron  ferrels  at  both  ends, 
and  with  mortises  fitted  to  the  end  of 
the  lever. 

ROULEAU  de  cartouche,  Fr.  A  cylin- 
drical solid  piece  of  wood,  which  is  used 
in  making  cartridges ;  by  us  called  a 
FORMER,  as  it  give  the  form  to  the  car- 
tridge. 

ROULEAUX,  Fr.  Round  bundles 
of  fascines  which  are  tied  together.  Tney 
serve  to  cover  men,  when  the  works  are 
pushed  close  to  a  besieged  town,  or  to 
mask  the  head  of  a  work. 

ROULEMENS,  Fr.  The  several  rolls 
which  are  beat  upon  a  drum,  as  prepa^ 
rations  for  exercise,  &c. 

R  O  U  L  E  R,  Fr.  To  be  subject  to  a  fix. 
ed  roster  according  to  rank  and  precedences 

ROUND.  From  the  French  ronde.  In 
military  matters,  a  visitation;  a  personal 
attendance  through  a  certain  circuit  of 
ground,  to  see  that  all  is  well.  A  round 
consists,  in  the  ordinary  way,  of  a  detach- 
ment  from  the  main-guard,  of  an  officer 
or  a  non-commissioned  officer  and  6  men, 
who  go  round  the  rampart  of  a  garrison, 
to  listen  if  any  thing  be  stirring  without 
the  place,  and  to  see  that  the  sentinels  be 
dilig.-nt  upon  their  duty,  and  all  in  order. 
In  strict  garrisons  the  rounds  go  every 
half  hour.  The  sentinels  are  to  challenge 
at  a  distance,  and  to  port  their  arms  as 
;he  round  passes.  All  guards  turn  out, 
challenge,  exchange  the  parole,  and  pre- 
sent arms,  &c. 

4   H 


610 


ROU 


ROU 


ROUNDS,  are  ordinary  and  extraordi- 
nary. The  ordinary  rounds  are  three  : 
the  totvn  major's  round,  the  grand  round, 


Mid  the 

Manner  oj  going  the  ROUNDS.  When 
the  town  major  goes  his  round,  he  comes 
to  the  main-guard,  and  demands  a  ser- 
jcant  and  four  or  six  men  to  escort  him  to 
the  next  guard  ;  and  when  it  is  dark, 
one  of  the  men  is  to  carry  a  light. 

As  soon  as  the  sentry  at  the  gua;d  per- 
ceives the  round  coming,  he  shall  give  no- 
tice  to  the  guard,  that  they  may  be  ready 
to  turn  out  when  ordered  ;  and  when  the 
round  is  advanced  within  about  20  or  30 
paces  of  the  guard,  he  is  to  challenge 
briskly  ;  and  when  he  is  answered  by  the 
Serjeant  who  attends  the  round,  toivn  ma- 
jor's round,  he  is  to  say,  stand,  round  !  and 
port  his  arms  :  after  which  he  is  to  call 
out  immediately,  serjeant,  turn  out  the 
guatdf  toivn  major's  round*  Upon  the 
sentry  calling  the  Serjeant  to  turnout  the 
grard,  he  immediately  draws  up  the  men 
in  good  order  with  shouldered  arms,  and 
the  officer  place  s  himself  at  the  head  of  it, 
\vith  his  sword  drawn.  He  then  orders 
the  serjeant  and  four  or  six  men  to  advance 
towards  the  round,  and  challenge  :  the 
serjeant  of  the  round  is  to  answer,  toiv  n 
tna  jot's  round  ;  upon  which  the  serjeant 
of  rhe  guard  replies,  advance,  serjeant, 
with  the  parole  !  at  the  same  time  order- 
ing  his  men  to  rest  their  arms.  The  ser- 
jeant of  the  round  advances  alone,  and 
gives  the  serjeant  of  the  guard  the  parole 
in  his  ear,  that  none  else  may  hear  it  j 
during  which  period,  the  serjeant  of  the 
guard  holds  the  point  of  his  bayonet  or 
sword  at  the  other's  breast.  The  serjeant 
of  theroiWihen  returns  to  his  post,  wh  1st 
the  serjeant  of  the  guard,  leavini'  h-s  men 
to  keep  the  round  f  r  m  advancing,  gives 
the  parole  to  his  officer.  This  being 
found  right,  the  officer  orders  his  ser- 
jeant to  return  to  his  men  ;  says,  advance, 
tuiun  major's  round  I  and  orders  the  guard 
to  port  their  arms  ;  upon  which  the  ser- 
jeant of  the  guard  orders  his  men  to 
wheel  back  from  the  centre,  and  form  a 
lane,  through  which  the  town  major  is  to 
pass  (the  escort  remaining  where  it  was) 
and  go  up  to  the  officer  and  give  him  the 
parole,  laying  his  mouth  to  his  ear.  The 
officer  holds  the  point  of  his  sword  at  the 
town  major's  breast  while  he  gives  him 
the  parole. 

Grand  ROUNDS.  The  rounds  which 
are  gone  by  general  officers,  governors, 
commandants,  or  field  officers.  When 
tjere  are  no  officers  of  the  day  on  piquet, 
the  officer  ot  the  mam  guard  in  garrison 
mav  ,  o  the  grand  rounds. 

rititing  ROUNDS.  Rounds  gone  by 
captains,  subalterns,  and  the  town  majors 
ot  garrisons. 

.The  grand  rounds  generally  go  at  mid- 

"gnt  ;  the  visiting  rounds  at  intermediate 

periods,  between  suns-  1  and  the  reveille. 

n     £         r°unds  receive  the  parole,  and 

all  other  rounds  give  it  to  the  guards. 


There  is  also  a  species  of  subordinate 
rounds  which  are  performed  by  a  corporal 
and  a  file  of  men ;  an»l  which  are  in  reality 
nothing  more  than  a  patrote.  When  chal- 
lenged they  answer  fatrole  rounds. 

The  governor  of  a  garrison  can  order 
the  rounds  to  go  as  often  as  he  may  judge 
expedient.  Extraordinary  rounds  are  re- 
sorted to  when  any  particular  event  or 
occurrence  is  expected,  and  in  cases  of  tu- 
mult, &c. 

The  going  the  rounds,  though  gene, 
rally  cpnsidi  red  among  the  inferior  duties 
of  military  discipline,  ought  to  be  most 
scrupulously  attended  to. 

Turkish  ROUNDS.  The  Turks  are  in 
the  habit  of  going  the  rounds  like  other 
nations,  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining, 
whether  sentries  are  alert  and  vigilant  on 
their  posts.  They  call  the  rounds  rot. 
They  start  from  the  guard-  house,  and  the 
person  who  goes  them  has  no  other  wea- 
pon of  defence  than  a  stick  in  his  hand. 
He  is  accompanied  by  a  corporal  who 
carries  a  lantern.  He  observes  whether 
at  his  approach  the  sentry  instantly  cries 
Q\L\,jedgtr  Allah,  which  signifies  good  God  / 
If  any  sentry  should  be  found  asleep,  or 
be  backward  in  crying  out  jedger  Allah, 
good  God,  he  is  put  in  piison,  and  there 
severely  bastinadoed.  The  Turks  never 
give  a  parole  or  countersign,  in  camp  or 
in  garrison. 

The  design  of  rounds  is  not  only  to  visit 
the  gi  ards,  and  keep  the  sentinels  alert, 
but  likewise  to  discover  what  passes  in 
the  outworks,  and  beyond  them. 

ROUND  Robbin.  The  term  is  a  cor- 
ruption of  ruban  rond,  which  signifies  a 
round  riband.  It  was  usual  among  French 
office^  s,  when  they  signed  a  remonstiance, 
to  write  their  names  in  a  circular  form, 
so  that  it  was  impossible  to  ascertain 
who  signed  first.  Hence  to  sign  a  round 
robbin  against  any  person,  is  for  any  spe- 
cific number  of  men  to  siiin,  one  and  all, 
a  remonstrance  against  him.  This  usage 
has  been  perverted  to  the  most  seditious 
purposes  of  insubordination  ;  and  of  itself 
should  cause  the  immediate  dismission  ot" 
eveiy  officer  concerned. 

ROUND  Parade.     See  PARADES. 

ROURA,  Ind.  A  term  used  to  ex- 
press lord,  sir,  master,  worship. 

ROUSE.  One  of  the  bugle  horn 
soundings  for  duty.  It  is  derived  from 
the  German  word  which  signifies  to  turn 
out. 

ROUT.  Confusion  of  an  army  or  bo- 
dy of  men  defeated  or  dispersed. 

Tu  ROUT,  to  put  to  the  Rou  r.  To  de» 
feat,  to  throw  into  confusion,  &c. 

ROUTE,  (Route,  FT.)  in  military  mat- 
ters,  an  order  to  direct  troops  to  march, 
the  road  they  are  to  take,  and  an  authority 
to  the  magistrates  to  provide  quarters  for 
them. 

Pas  de  ROUTE,  Ft.  Stepping  at  ease, 
or  marching  with,  the  least  possible  res- 
straint. 


RUF 


RUM 


611 


Marche  ROUTE,  Fr.  Routeof  march. 
The  French  use  this  term  in  contradis- 
tinction to  marche  manoeuvre ;  march  in 
manoeuvring. 

ROUTIER,  Fr.  A  ruttier.  The 
French  say  figuratively  c'est  un  -vieux 
rovtier ;  lie  is  an  old  stager. 

ROUTINE,  Fr.  This  word  has  been 
adopted  by  us  in  the  same  sense  that  it 
is  familiarly  used  by  the  French.  It  sig- 
nifies capacity,  or  •  he  faculty  of  arranging ; 
a  certain  method  in  business,  civil  or  mi- 
litary, which  is  as  much  acquired  by  habit 
and  practice  as  by  regular  stu  iy  and 
rule.  We  say  familiarly  the  routine  of 
business. 

ROUVERIN,  Fr.  Brittle  iron,  such 
as  easily  breaks  when  it  is  committed  to 
the  lor^e. 

R  O  W  A  N  N  A ,  Ind.  A  pass  port  or  cer- 
tificate from  the  collector  of  the  customs ; 
or  any  other  passport. 

ROWEL.  The  pointed  part  of  a 
horseman's  spur,  which  is  made  in  a  cir- 
cular form,  with  rays  or  points  like  a  star. 

ROXANA,  lad.  An  Incian  term  ex- 
pressive of  great  magnificence,  resplen- 
dence. 

ROY,  Ind.  A  Hindoo  name  for  an 
officer  of  the  finances. 

ROYALparapet,  m  fortification,  a  bank 
about  three  toises  broad,  and  six  feet  hi^h, 
placed  upon  the  brink  of  the  rampart, 
towards  the  enemy  :  its  use  is  to  cover 
those  who  defend  the  rampart. 

ROYAL  academy.     See  ACADEMY. 

ROYAL  Military  College    See  SCHOOL. 

ROYALS,  in  art'lloy,  are  a  kind  of 
pmall  mortars,  which  carry  a  shell  whose 
diameter  is  5 . 5  inches.  They  are  mount- 
ed on  beds  f  he  same  as  other  mortars. 

ROZEENDAR,  lad.  A  personhold- 
ing  a  yearly  pension. 

ROZENADAR,  lad.  (Xie  who  re- 
ceives an  allowance  daily. 

ROZENAMA,  hd.  A  day-book. 

RUBBY,  Ind.  A  division  of  the  year, 
containing  the  months  of  Chaite  or  3d 
month,  from  the  nth  of  Marcn  to  the 
loth  of  April.  Bysac or  4th month,  from 
the  nth  of  April  to  the  nth  of  May. 
Jeet  or  5th  month.  Assaf  -r  6th month, 
from  the  i2th  of  June  to  the  131  hot"  July. 
Savan  or  7th  month,  in  some  manner, 
agrees  with  July  and  August.  Baudboon, 
or  the  same  as  jeet,  from  the  nth  of  May 
to  the  i2th  ol  June.  The  other  half  of 
the  year  is  called  KureeJ. 

RUDIMENTS.  The  first  principles, 
the  elements  of  any  particular  science. 
Hence— 

RUDIMENTS  of  War.  T he  fi rst  prin- 
ciples  or  elements  of  war;  as  marching, 
facing,  wheeling  ;  the  drill,  manual,  and 
platoon  exercises,  manoeuvres,  &c.  &c. 

RUE,  .Fr.     Street. 

RUFFLE.  A  term  used  among  the 
drummers  to  signify  a  j.ort  of  vibrating 
sound,  which  is  mada  upon  a  drum,  and 
is  less  loud  than  the  roll. 

To  beat  a  RUFFLE.    To  make  a  low 


vibrating  noise  upon  the  drum.  It  is  ge- 
nerally practised  in  paying  a  military  com- 
pliment to  a  general  officer,  and  at  military 
funerals. 

In  the  British  army  a  lieutenant-general 
is  entitled  to  three  ruffles. 

A  major-general  to  two  ruffles. 

A  brigadier- general  to  one  ruffle. 

RUG,  (couiierture  veins,  Fr.)  A  coarse 
nappy  coverlet  used  for  mean  beds. 
Each  set  of  bedding  which  is  provided 
for  reg. mental  hospitals  has  one  rug. 

RUI  LLER,  Fr.  To  establ  sh  marks 
for  the  purpose  of  rendering  surfaces  and 
places  correct. 

RU1NE,  Fr.  Literally  signifies  ruin. 
It  is  used  by  the  French  in  a  warlike 
sens-. 

Battre  en  RUINK,  Fr.  To  defeat  ac 
enemy  in  such  a  manner  as  to  destroy  all 
means  of  taking  the  field  again. 

RUINES,  Fr.     Ruins. 

RULE,  in  a  general  sense,  government, 
sway,  empire.  In  a  more  confined  one, 
canon,  precept,  diiection.  Hence  rules 
and  regulations  for  the  government  of  the 
army. 

To  RULE.    To  govern,  to  command. 

RULE,     )  an  instrument  by    which 

RULER,  S  lines  are  drawn. 

RULES  and  Articles.  Under  this  term 
may  be  considered  the  military  code  or 
L.w's  of  the  United  States,  and  the  regu- 
lations issued  by  the  War  Office. 

RULES  and  Regulations  See  REGU- 
LATIONS. 

RUMB  de  vent,  Fr.  Point  of  thecom-. 
pass. 

RUMB  or  Rum,  Fr.  The  hold  of  a 
ship. 

RUMOR,  a  desultory,  loose  report  of 
what  may,  or  may  not  be. 

To  spread  false  RUMORS,  to  circulate 
things  without  the  foundation  of  reality. 
Reports,  &c.  are  sometimes  circulated  b<- 
means  of  spies,  deserters,  &c.  for  the  pur- 
pose  of  covering  some  particular  design, 
or  intended  operation.  Rumors  of  this 
kind  should  be  cautiously  listened  to  by 
the  commanding  officer  of  the  army 
through  which  they  are  spread.  I  r  some- 
times happens  that  individuals,  through 
wantonness,  or  from  some  other  motive, 
create  alarms  among  their  own  people, 
by  anticipating  some  looked  for  or  dreaded 
event.  This  offcnce  is  not  only  punish- 
able by  the  civil  law,  but,  being  contrary 
to  good  order  and  discipline,  is  rigidly  so 
in  every  army.  A  singular  circumstance  of 
this  kind  occurred  at  Colchester,  Enghnd, 
in  1797.  During  the  alarm  which  univer- 
sally prevailed  at  that  rime,  especially 
along  the  coast  of  Essex,  a  serjeant  be- 
longing to  a  militia  regiment,  unwittingly, 
for  it  is  not  supposed  he  did  it  wilfully, 
said  in  the  hearing  of  some  soluiers,  that 
the  French  ivsuld  dine  at  Ips'wicb  on  the 
Sunday  follo*uiing\  This  expression  soon 
spread  among  tne  inhabitants  of  the  place, 
and  a  formal  complaint  was  made  to  the 
general  of  the  dialnct.  Theoftender  hav=« 


612 


RYE 


SAC 


ing  originally  belonged  to  the  line,  and 
bearing  the  best  of  characters,  was  so  far 
considered,  as  not  to  be  tried  by  a  general 
court-martial;  but,  for  the  sake  of  ex- 
ample, he  was  ordered  to  be  escorted  to 
the  church  nearest  to  the  coast,  and  on  a 
Sunday  to  appear  in  the  porch,  and  there 
ask  pardon  of  the  inhabitants  for  the 
alarm  he  had  created. 

To  RUN  the  gantlope,  (that  is  the 
gauntlet)  to  undergo  a  punishment  which 
has  been  allotted  for  considerable  of- 
fences in  some  foreign  countries.  When 
a  soldier  is  sentenced  to  run  the  gant- 
lope, the  regiment  is  drawn  out  in  two 
ranks  facing  each  other :  each  soldier, 
having  a  switch  in  each  hand,  lashes 
the  criminal  as  he  runs  along  naked  from 
the  waist  upwards.  While  he  runs,  the 
drums  beat  at  each  end  of  the  ranks. 
Sometimes  he  runs  3,  5,  or  7  times,  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  the  offence.  The 
major  is  on  horseback,  and  takes  care  that 
each  soldier  strikes  the  culprit. 
RUNNING^.  See  FIRE. 
RUPEE,  a  silver  coin  which  varies  in 
its  value  according  to  the  part  of  India  in 
which  it  is  current.  Rupees  struck  by 
the  English,  are  generally  worth  half  a 
dollar. 

RUPTURE,  a  disease  which  disqua- 
lifies a  man  from  being  admitted  as  a  sol- 
dier ;  but  as  some  men  are  capable  of  pro- 
ducing and  reducing  a  rupture  with  great 
ease,  they  should  not  be  discharged  in 
slight  cases,  as  by  the  use  of  a  truss  they 
inav  be  enabled  to  do  duty  for  a  Ion?  time. 
RUPTURE.  This  word  also  signifies  the 
commencement  of  hostilities  between  any 
twoormon.  powers. 

RUSE,  Fr.  Cunning,  Tick,  ingenu- 
ity. It  is  applied  to  military  matters, 
and  signifies  stratagem. 

RU  S  E  K ,  Fr.  To  make  use  of  strata- 
gems :  //  e st  pet  mis  de  Ruser  a  la  guerre  ; 
it  is  lawful  to  make  use  of  stratagems  in 
ivar. 

RUSES  de  guerre,  Fr.  Stratagems  of 
war.  See  STRATAGEMS. 

RUSSOOT,  Ind.  A  tribe  of  Hindoos, 
•wrMse  particular  duty  is  the  care  of 
horses. 

RUSSUMDAR,  Ind.  A  person  de- 
riving a  particular  perquisite. 

RUSTRE,    Fr.      A  lance   so  called, 
•which  was  formerly  used  in  tournaments. 
RUTTIER.     A  direction  of  the  road 
or  course  at  sea. 

RYET  or  Rjot,  Ind.  The  general 
name  given  in  India  lo  cultivators  of  the 
ground. 

RYET  or  Ryot  Lands,  Ind.  Lands 
farmed  out  and  cultivated  by  a  tenant. 


SABLE,  Fr.     Sand. 

SABLONIEREowSABLIERE.  Any 
spot  from  which  sand  is  drawn.  It  like, 
wise  means  a  sand-pic. 

SABORD,  Fr.  a  port-hole. 

SABRE,  (Sabre,  Fr.)  a  kind  of  sword, 
or  scirnetar,  with  a  very  broad  and  heavy 
blade,  thick  at  the  back,  and  of  a  shape 
falcated,  or  curved,  but  sharp  at  the  point. 
It  is  generally  worn  by  heavy  cavalry  and 
dragoons.  The  grenadiers,  belonging  to 
the  whole  of  the  French  infantry,  are  like, 
wise  armed  with  sabres.  The  blade  is 
not  so  long  as  that  of  a  small  sword,  but 
it  is  nearly  twice  as  broad.  French  hus- 
sars wear  the  curved  sabres  somewhat 
longer  than  those  of  the  grenadiers.  The 
broad  straight  sword  is  best  adapted  for 
infantry  of  every  kind. 

SAE&z.Tascae.  From  the  German 
sabel,  sabre,  and  tasche,  pocket.  An  ap- 
pointment or  part  of  accoutrement  of  hus- 
sars, which  consists  of  a  pocket  which  is 
suspended  from  the  sword-belt  on  the  left 
side,  by  three  slings  to  correspond  with  the 
belt.  It  is  usually  of  anoblong  shape,scol- 
loped  at  the  bottom,  with  a  device  in  the 
centre,  and  a  broad  lace  round  the  edge. 
The  color  of  it  always  corresponds  with 
that  of  the  uniform 

SABRE  R,  Fr.     To  cut  to  pieces. 

SAC  d'ur.e  "ville,  Fr.  The  storming 
and  plunder  of  a  town. 

Mettre  une  "ville  a  SAC,  Fr.  To  give  a 
town  up  to  the  plunder  of  the  soldiers. 

SAC,  Fr.  a  bag 

SAC  a  poudre,  Fr.  A  bag  of  gunpow- 
der. These  bags  are  frequently  used  in 
war,  lor  the  purpose  of  intimidating  an 
enemy,  and  of  setting  fire  to  places* 
They  are  of  different  sizes  and  dimen- 
sions ;  some  to  be  thrown  by  the  hand, 
and  others  out  of  a  mortar.  A  French 
work,  intituled  le  Bombardier  Francois, 
gives  a  full  account  of  both. 

SAC  a  terre,  Fr.  Sand-bags,  or  bags 
filled  with  earth. 

SAC  a  amorce,  Fr.  A  small  leathern 
bag  which  is  used  for  the  purpose  of  car- 
rying gunpowder  to  the  different  batteries 
to  prime  the  pieces. 

SAC  a  laine  Fr.  A  bag  made  of  or 
stuffed  with  wool  and  other  soft  materials. 
It  is  larger  than  a  sand- bag.  Every  army 
should  be  provided  with  a  certain  quan- 
tity of  these  bags,  in  order  to  supply  the 
want  of  soil  on  critical  occasions. 

Un  baiire  SAC.  A  knapsack.  See 
HA  VRESACK. 

Cul  de  SAC,  Fr.  A  street  or  passage 
that  has  no  outlet. 

SACCADE, •  Fr.  In  the  manege,  a 
violent  check  or  jirk,  which  the  horse- 
man gives  his  horse  by  drawing  both  the 
reins  very  suddenly.  This  is  practised 
when  the  horse  bears  too  heavy  on  th~ 


S  AI 


SAL 


613 


hand  ;  but  it  ought  to  be  done  with  great 
caution,  ai>  the  frequency  of  it  musteven- 
tudlly  s  >oil  the  horse's  mouth. 

SACHET,  Fr.  A  pouch.  It  like- 
•wise  signifies  a  bag  in  the  diminutive 
sense.  A  satchel 

SACHETS  de  mitrailles,  Fr.  Small  bags 
filled  with  gra^e-shor,  which  are  after- 
wards fired  from  cannon,  or  thrown  out  of 
mortars. 

SACHETS  de  ballas  de plomb,  Fr.  Bags 
of  bullets. 

SACKS.     SeeBAcs. 

SACKERS.     Tlvy  who  sack  a  town. 

SAC  RE  ou  Sacrei,  Fr.  A  nanu:  for 
znerly  given  to  pieces  of  ordnance  that 
carried  balls  of  4  ;o  5lb.  weight.  Each 
piece  weighed  from  two  thousand  five 
hundred  to  two  thousand  eight  hundred 
pounds.  The  same  as  Baker. 

SADDLE.  The  se^t  which  is  put 
upon  a  horse  for  the  accommodation  of 
the  rider. 

SAFE-£«att/,  in  military  affairs,  a  pro- 
tec  don  granted  by  a  general,  for  some  of 
the  enemy's  lands,  houses,  persons,  &c. 
to  preserve  them  from  being  insulted  or 
plundered.  See  GUARD. 

SAFYNAMA,  lad.  A  certificate  or 
writing,  specifying  any  matter  ol  dispute, 
which  it  is  found  necessary  to  have  settled 
or  cleared  up 

SAGITTAL,  belonging  to  an  arrow. 

SAGITTARIUS,  or  SA€1TTARY. 
See  ARCHER,  BOWMAN. 

SAGO,  Ind.  A  tree  of  the  palm  spe- 
Cies.  A  flour  is  made  from  this  tree, 
which  formed  into  bre.-d  and  fresh  baked, 
eats  like  hot  rolls  ;  when  it  grows  stale  it 
becomes  hard,  and  requires  to  be  soaked 
in  water  before  it  can  be  used.  Three  of 
the  trees  are  found  sufficient  to  give  sus- 
tenance for  one  mandunng  a  whole  year ; 
and  an  acre  properly  planted,  will  supply 
food  for  one  hundred  for  that  period. 

SAGUM.  A  woollen  garment,  which 
was  formerly  worn  by  the  Roman  soldiers 
when  they  took  the  field.  It  is  said  that 
the  Gauls  adopted  the  use  of  it. 

SAH,  Ind.     A  banker. 

SAHEB,  Ind.  (pronounced  Saib.)— 
Master,  sir. 

SA HOOKER,  Ind.     A  merchant. 

S  A I G  N  E  E  du  fosse',  F  r.  T  he  act  of 
drawing  ori'  the  water  which  is  in  the 
ditch  or  fosse  of  a  town  or  iortihed  place. 
When  this  has  been  executed,  clays  or 
hurdles  covered  with  earth,  or  bridges 
made  with  reeds,  must  be  thrown  upon 
the  mud,  to  establish  a  firm  footing. 

SAIGNEE  de  saucisson,  Fr.  The  act  of 
cutting  off"  a  part  of  a  linen  saucisson, 
which  is  filled  with  gunpowder,  for  the 

Eurpose  of  introducing  the  moine  or  cy- 
ndrical  tube,  in  order  to  set  fire  to  a  mine. 
SAlGNE  R  une piece,  Fr.     Anexpres- 
sion  used  in  artillery  when  a  piece  of  ord- 
nance, which  is  mounted  on  a  carriage,  has 
its  breech  carried  away  by  the  violence  of 
the  explosion.     This  sometimes  happens 


when   the   discharge    is    made   directly 
downwards,  or  from  top  to  bottom. 

SAIONER  une  Riviere,  Fr  To  turn 
the  current  of  a  river,  by  partially  draw- 
ing eft' some  of  its  water. 

SAILLANT,  Fr,  Salient.  See  SA- 
LIENT ANGLE.  This  word,  as  well  as 
Salllie,  signifies  generally  any  part  of  a 
building  that  does  not  run  up  perpendicu- 
larly from  its  base,  but  projects  or  slopes 
out. 

St.  GEORGE's  Guard,  a  guard  of  the 
broadsword  or  sabre,  used  in  warding  off 
blows  directed  against  the  head.  See 
BROADS  wo  R  D . 

La  SAINTE  barbe,  Fr.  The  gun- 
ner's room. 

SAKER,  an  old  word  for  canncn.  It 
carried  a  shot  of  five  pounds  and  a  quar- 
ter weight :  the  diameter  of  the  bore  was 
three  inches  and  9-i6ths;  the  length 
eight  or  nine  feet.  See  CANNON. 

SALADE,  Ft.  This  word  literally 
means  sallad  1 1  likewise  signifies  a  head 
piece.  The  French  use  it  frequently  in. 
a  figurative  sense,  viz. 

Donner  une  SALADE  a  quelqu'un,  Fr. 
To  give  any  one  a  good  dressing. 

Regiment  fie  SALADE,  Ft.  A  term  of 
ridicule  which  the  French  frequently  ap- 
plied to  small  new-raised  corps  ;  such  as 
independent  companies  which  were  levi- 
ed for  rank  only. 

SALE.     State  of  being  venal ;  price. 

SALE  of  Commissions.  The  sale  and 
purchase  of  commissions  is  of  general 
usage  in  the  British  service.  Commis- 
sions in  the  British  army  are  sold  for  va- 
rious pu:  poses;  sometimes  to  indemnity 
individuals  for  their  original  purchase; 
sometimes,  as  was  snewn  in  1809,  as  the 
fund  for  paying  princely  prostitutes. 

SALIENT  angle,  \f\fonijicaiion,  that 
whose  points  turn  from  the  centre  of  the, 
place.  See  FORTIFICATION. 

S.vLLE  d' annex,  Fr.    A  fencing  school. 

SALLE  d'aimes  dans  un  maga^in,  Fr. 
An  armory  or  particular  room  where  fire- 
arms, &c.  are  regularly  disposed.  Of 
this  description  is  the  armory  in  the 
Tower. 

SALLESEE,  Ind.     Arbitration. 

SALLIS,  Ind.     An  arbitrator. 

SALLY.     See  SIEGE. 

SALLY-/WM,  or  postern-gates,  as  theyT 
are  sometimes  called,  are  those  under- 
ground passages,  which  lead  from  the 
inner  to  the  outward  works  ;  such  as  from 
the  higher  flank  to  the  lower,  to  the  te- 
nailles,  or  the  communication  from  the 
middle  of  the  curtain  to  the  ravelin. 
When  they  are  constructed  for  the  pas- 
sage of  men  only,  they  are  made^with 
steps  at  the  entrance  and  outlet.  They 
are  about  six;  feet  wide,  and  8  1-2  feet 
high.  There  is  also  a  gutter  or  sewer 
made  under  the  sally-ports  that  are  in  the 
middle  of  the  curtains,  in  order  that  the 
water  which  runs  down  the  streets  may 
pass  into  the  ditch  ;  but  this  can  only  be 
done  when  they  are  wet  ditches.  When 


614 


SAL 


SAP 


-ally-ports  serve  to  carry  guns  through 
them  for  the  out.  works,  instead  of  making 
them  with  steps,  they  must  have  a  gra- 
dual slope,  and  be  ei^ht  feet  wide. 

SALA-MA.NAZEER,  Ind.  The  sa- 
lutation of  victory 

SALOOTER,/W.   "A  farrier. 

SALOOTEREE,  Ind.  Thebusiness 
of  a  farrier. 

SALTING./5oA:«,  in  artillery,  are 
boxes  of  about  four  inches  high,  and  2  1-2 
in  diameter,  for  holding  mealed  powder, 
to  sprinkle  the  fuzes  of  shells,  that  they 
jnay  take  fire  from  the  blast  of  the  pow- 
der in  the  chamber  ;  but  it  has  been  found 
that  the  fuze  takes  fire  as  well  without 
this  operation,  so  that  these  boxes  are 
now  laid  as  de. 

SALTPETRE,  f>.  SeeNiTR*. 

SALTPETRE,  or  nitre,  the  principal 
ingredient  for  making  gunpowder  ;  it  is 
found  in  great  plenty  in  some  of  the  East. 
India  provinces,  ana  in  some  parts  of  Eu- 
rope. The  necessities  of  the  French  re- 
volutiont  when  attacked  by  all  Europe, 
forced  the  French  to  have  recourse  to 
their  chemists,  to  supply  nitre  which 
could  not  be  obtained  from  abroad  ;  they 
scraped  the  walls  a«d  floors  of  tneir  cel- 
lars and  vaults,  and  put  of  the  washed 
earth  extracted  nitre;  they  also  extracted 
nitre  from  vegetable  substances,  such  as 
the  horse  chesnut.  In  some  natural  caves 
discovered  in  Kentucky,  vast  quantities, 
sufficient  for  every  demand  of  war  and 
commerce  can  be  procured.  See  GUN- 
POWDER, NITRE,  &c. 

SALPETRIERE,  Fr.   A  particular 

spot  in  an  arsenal  where  there  are  pits, 
&c.  for  the  purpose  of  making  saltpetre. 

SALPETRIERS,  /'V.  Menemploy- 
ed  in  making  saltpetre. 

SALVE,  Fr.  A  salute,  a  volley.  It 
generally  means  a  discharge  of  heavy  ord- 
nance and  other  firearms  in  concert. 

SAJLUER  de  la  tnousqueterie,  Fr.  To 
fire  a  volley,  or  discharge  of  musquetry 
only. 

SALUER  du  canon,  Fr.  To  salute  by 
the  discharge  of  ordnance. 

SALUER  de  la  -voix,  Fr.  To  huzza 
To  cry  out,  as  vive  le  rot  !  Gocl  save 
the  king!  vive  la  re'fublique  !  long  live 
the  republic  !  This  manner  of  saluting 
generally  appertains  to  the  mob  of  a  coun- 
try, which  lavishes  its  applause  upoi 
every  man  that  happens  to  be  in  power 
It  has,  however,  been  customary,  both  in 
Rome,  Greece,  France,  and  other  coun- 
tries, for  whole  battalions  of  soldiers  tc 
salute  a  vive  -voix  ;  in  which  case  they 
generally  take  off  their  hats,  and  give  thre 
huzzas. 

SALUBR  du  pavilion,  Fr.  To  salut 
"With  the  colors. 

SALUER  a  boulet,  Fr.     To  salute  with 


SALUT,  Fr.     The  salute. 


»l 


Tne  spontoon 


SALUT  de  Tepee,  Fr.     The  sword  sa- 
ute. 

SAI.UT  de  mer,  Fr.  The  deference  and 
espect  which  are  shewn  at  sea  by  ships 
>f  inferior  force  to  those  of  superior  rate, 
f  his  is  done  by  lowering  the  flag.  The 
British  flag  claims  to  be  paramount  to  all 
ithers,  and  requires  to  be  saluted  by  foreign 
hips  at  sea.  This  salute  has  been  made 
he  subject  of  clauses  in  treaties. 

SALUTE,  a  discharge  of  artillery,  or 

mall  arms,  or  both,  in  honor  pi  some 

person  ;  the  men  presenting   tru-ir  arms. 

The  colors  salute  chief  magistrates,  and 

enerals  commanding  in  chief;  which   is 

lone  by  lowering  the  point  within  one  inch 

>f  the  ground.     In  the  field,  when  a  ivgi- 

ment  is  to  be  reviewed  by  a  general,  the 

drums  beat  a  march  as  he  passes  along  the 

"ine,  and  the  officers  salute  one  after  ano- 

her,  pointing  their  swords  downwards. 

The  ensigns  salute  together,  by  lowering; 

heir  colors.    When  the  word  of  command 

o  shoulder,  is  given,  the  officers  recover 

heir  swords,  and  the  ensigns  raise  the 

colors. 

SAMBUCUS,  (Sambuque,  Fr.)  An 
ancient  musical  instrument  of  the  wind 
tind,  resembling  a  flute.  It  probably 
derives  its  name  from  Sambucus,  the 
Elder  tree;  being  made  of  that  wood. 

SAMBUCUS  was  also  the  name  of  an 
ancient  engine  of  war  used  by  Marcellus 
in  besieging  Syracuse.  Plutarch  relates 
that  two  ships  were  required  to  carry  it. 
A  minute  description  of  this  engine  may 
be  seen  in  Polybius. 

SAMPODAR,  Ind.  A  treasurer  or 
cashkeeper.' 

SAND,  in  military  architecture.  The 
best  sand  for  good  mortar,  is  that  whose 
grain  is  not  too  small,  and  must  be  clear 
of  the  earthy  particles.  Sand  found  in 
rivers  is  esteemed  the  best,  as  havii.g  a 
coarse  grain,  and  being  free  from  earth  and 
mud.  See  MORTAR. 
SAND  Aags.'  See  BAGS. 
SAND  BAGS  are  made  about  27  inches 
long,  and  15  diameter;  250  of  these  are 
required  for  each  fathom  of  battery,  or 
about  1680  for  two  guns  or  mortars.  See 
TONNAGE. 

SANGIAC.  A  situation  or  appoint, 
ment  of  dignity  in  Turkey.  The  San- 
giacs  are  governors  of  towns  or  cantons, 
and  take  rank  immediately  after  the  Beg- 
lerbeys,  who  are  viceroys  in  that  country, 
and  give  the  name  of  Bfgkrbat  or  Begler- 
bey  to  a  militia  which  they  support  at  their 
own  ex  pence. 

RANS-Ctdottf,  Fr.  A  revolutionary 
term  which  was  first  given  by  the  French 
to  the  national  guards  ;  it  was  an  unfortu- 
nate effusion  of  contempt  expressed  by  the 
queen  as  the  militia  passed  along ;  it  soon 
became  known,  and  was  calculated  to  in- 
crease popular  antipathy  against  her.  It 
means,  literally,  a  man  without  breeches. 
SAP,  (Sappe,  Fr.)  in  sieges,  is  a  trench, 
or  an  approach  made  under  cover,  ten  or 
!  twelve  feet  broad,  when  the  besiegers 


S  AS 


S  AU 


615 


come  near  the  place,  and  the  fire  from  the 
garrison  grows  so  dangerous,  that  they  are 
not  able  to  approach  uncovered. 

There  are  several  sorts  of  tap* :  the  sin- 
gle, which  has  only  a  sin^e  parapet;  the 
double,  having  one  on  each  side ;  and  the 
flying,  made  with  gab;ons,  &c.  In  all 
saps,  traverses  are  left  to  covi  r  the  men. 

The  sap  generally  commences  about  the 
second  parallel,  and  ?>oinetimes  sooner; 
and  if  the  fire  of  the  besieged  is  much 
slackened,  may  proceed  both  day  and 
night.  The  sappers  are  usually  divided 
into  brigades  of  8,  and  sub-divided  into 
d;v  sions  of  4  each;  being  the  greatest 
nunaber  that  can  work  at  the  sap  at  the 
same  time.  Theleadiug  sapper  excavates 
18  ^nches  deep,  and  as  much  wide;  the 
secon  ,  third,  and  fourth  deepen  the 
trench,  e'ch  in  succession  6  inches,  and 
wide  i  it  as  much  ;  so  that  the  lour  make  a 
trench  of  3  feet  wide  and  three  feet  deep  ; 
after  which  the  common  workmen  fol- 
low, aiid  increase  it  in  breadth  and  depth 
equal  to  th.:  other  trenches.  The  sap  may 
proci.vd  at  the  rate  of  80  fathoms  in  24 
hours.  As  this  work  is  very  hard,  the 
half  brigades  relieve  each  orher  every 
hour,  and  each  sapper  in  his  turn  tak^s 
the  lead.  The  whole  brigade  is  relieved 
at  the  end  of  6  hours.  It  is  always  cus- 
tomary in  this  dangerous  work,  to  give 
the  pay  of  those  that  are  killed  to  the 
survivors.  Sappers  are  generally  armed 
•with  a  helmet  and  breast  plate.  See 
TRENCHFS,  PARALLELS. 

SAPPERS,  (Sappeurs,  Fr.) are  soldiers 
belonging  to  the  artificers  or  engineers, 
whose  business  it  is  to  work  at  the  saps, 
and  for  which  they  have  an  extraordinary 
pay.  A  brigade  of  sappers  generally  con- 
sists of  ei  :ht  m  n,  divided  equally  into 
two  parties.  Whilst  one  of  these  parties 
is  advancing  tlvi  sa|>,  the  other  is  furnish- 
ing the  gabions,  fascines,  and  other  neces- 
sary implements;  they  relieve  each  other 
alternately 

SARISSA,  the  Pike. 

SAROT,  Fr.  A  sort  of  frock  which 
was  worn  by  the  drivers  of  mules,  and 
other  persons  employed  in  the  French 
armies, 

SARRAZIME,  Fr.     SeeHERSE. 

SIRDAR,  Ind.     A  chief,  a  leader. 

S  A  RAT.  The  breaking  up  or  ending 
of  the  rains,  is  so  called  in  India. 

SASC  E,  bid     The  moon. 

SAiH  A  mark  of  distinction,  gene- 
rally made  of  crimson  silk  for  the  officers, 
and  of  crimson  mixed  with  white  cotton 
for  the  Serjeants.  It  is  worn  round  the 
waist.  Sashes  are  erroneously  said  to 
•  have  been  invented  for  the  convenience 
and  ea.^e  of  wounded  officers,  in  case  any 
of  .hem  were  so  badly  wounded,  as  to 
render  them  incapaole  of  lemaining  at 
their  oosts,  they  nwhtbe  car  red  off  with 
the  assistance  of  two  men;  hut  though 
they  m-y  have  beon  so  used,  they  are 
on>y  an  ancient  remnant  ot  military  or- 
nament, and  correspond  with  the  kummsr- 


baund,  worn  by  all  Asiatics  even  to  this 
day  ;  they  a  e  of  considerable  use  to  the 
soldier  during  fatigues  or  marches;  and 
the  "girding  up  the  loins,"  as  noted  in 
scripture,  would  be  found  now  not  an 
unwise  practice  tor  the  soldier  in  action. 
The  American  cavalry  rie  the  sash  oit 
the  left ;  the  infantry  on  the  right  side. 
The  sashes  for  the  Austrian  army  are 
of  crimson  and  gold;  the  Prussian  army, 
black  silk  and  silver ;  the  Hanoverian  were 
yellow  silk;  the  Portugueze,  crimson 
silk,  with  blue  tassels.  The  modern 
French  have  their  sashes  made  of  three 
colors,  viz.  white,  pink,  and  light  blue, 
to  correspond  with  the  national  flag. 

SATELLITE,  (Satellite,  F  r. )  A  per, 
son  who  attends  on  another,  either  for  his 
safety,  or  to  be  ready  to  execute  his  plea- 
sure. 

SATELLITES,  Fr.  Certain  armed 
men,  of  whom  mention  is  made  in  the 
history  of  Philip  Augustus,  king  of 
France.  The  word  satellite  itself,  which 
we  frequently  find  in  ancient  historians, 
signifies  a  guard  or  attendant  about  the 
person  of  a  prince.  It  is  derived  from 
the  Latin  word  satelles,  which  comes 
from  the  Syriac  term  for  a  companion. 
The  Satellites  of  Philip  Augustus  were 
men  selected  from  the  militia  of  the 
country,  who  fought  on  foot  and  horse, 
back.  The  servants  or  batnun  who  at. 
tended  the  military  knights  when  they 
went  into  action,  were  likewise  called 
satellites,  and  fought  in  their  defence 
mounted  or  on  foot. 

SATISFACTION.  When  an  officer 
or  other  person  goes  out  to  fight  a  duel 
with  one  whom  he  has  offended,  or  by 
whom  he  has  been  oitended,  he  is  said  to 
give  or  take  satisfaction  ! 

SAUCISSE,      ?  :n  mining,  is  a   long 

SAUCISSON,  $  pipe  or  bag,  made  of 
cloth  well  pitched,  or  sometimes  of  lea. 
ther,  of  about  14  inch  diameter,  filled 
with  powder,  going  from  the  chamber  of 
the  mine  to  the  entrance  of  the  gallery. 
It  is  generally  placed  in  a  wooden  pipe, 
called  an  auget,  to  prevent  its  growing 
damp.  It  serves  to  give  fire  to  mines, 
caissons,  bomb  chests,  &c. 

SAUCISSON,  is  likewise  a  kind  of 
fascine,  longer  than  the  common  ones ;  it 
serves  tu  raise  batten  s,  find  to  repair 
breaches.  Saucissons  are  also  used  in 
making  epaulements,  in  stopping  passa- 
ges, and  in  making  traverses  over  4  wet 
ditch,  &c. 

SAUCISSON  de  brulot,  Fr.  A  machine 
made  use-  of  to  set  five  co  the  different 
compartments  in  a  fire. ship. 

S.\ucissoNsc/'ur///f^,  Fr.  Saucissons 
used  in  artificial  tire  work.. 

SAUCISSONS ,i>cians,  Fr.  Flying  sau- 
cissons  ;  a  species  ot  sk> -rocket. 

SAW -conduit.     A  pass. 

SAUT,  Ind.     An  hour. 

SAUT,  ft:  This  word  is  used  in  hy- 
draulics to  signify  a  c^ns'dcrab!-  fall  of 
water,  such  at>  the  falls  of  Niagara,  &c. 


616 


SC  A 


S  CH 


SAUTE R,  Fr.     To  leap. 

SAUTER  a  I'arbordage,  Fr.  To  leap 
upon  the  deck,  or  on  any  part  of  an 
enemy's  ship,  for  the  purpose  of  board- 
ins  her. 

SAUTER  en  se/!e,  Fr.  Toget  on  horse- 
back. To  jump  upon  your  saddle. 

SAUVE.£*rdr,  Fr.  Safe-guard.  Pro- 
tection. 

Accorder  des  S AUV E- gardes,  Fr.  To 
grant  protections. 

Envoy  er  une  garde  en  S  AUVB-gtffrfr,  Fr. 
To  send  out  a  party  for  the  purpose  ot 
escorting  persons,  or  of  protecting  any 
particular  quarter. 

SAUVE  qui peut !  Fr.  Let  those  escape 
that  can.  This  expression  is  familiar  to 
the  French,  it  was  employed  in  an  early 
parr  of  the  icvolution,  by  the  royalists  to 
produce  panic  in  the  ranks  of  the  revolu- 
tionary army  ;  and  was  used  with  success 
particularly  in  the  corps  under  gen.  Dillon 
in  Flanders. 

SAVAN,  Ind.  The  name  of  an  In- 
dian month,  which  corresponds  with 
July. 

SAW.  A  denrated  steel  instrument 
•with  which  wood  or  metal  is  cut  by  at- 
trition. Each  pioneer  is  provided  with 
one. 

SAYON,  Fr.  A  kind  of  coarse  habit 
in  which  soldiers  were  formerly  clothed 
among  the  French. 

SCABBARD,  (Fourreau,  Fr.)  A  case 
commonly  made  of  black  leather,  with  a 
ferrel  at  the  end,  in  which  a  sword,  sabre, 
&c.  may  be  sheathed. 

Bayonet  SCABBARD.  A  leathern  sheath 
made  in  a  triangular  form  to  correspond 
with  the  shape  of  the  bayonet. 

ScABBARD-<£tf//<w.  A  brass  button  or 
hook  by  which  the  scabbard  is  attached 
to  the  frog  of  the  belt. 

The  word  scabbard  has  been  sometimes 
used  in  a  figurative  sense  to  distinguish 
those  persons  who  have  obtained  rank, 
and  promotion  in  the  army  without  see- 
ing much  hard  service,  from  those  who 
have  fought  their  way  through  all  the 
obstacles  of  superior  interest,  &c.  Hence 
the  favourite  expression  of  the  late  sir 
V/illiam  Erskine — Some  rise  by  the  scab- 
bard, and  some  by  the  s'word !  Wnich  means 
more  than  we  are  at  liberty  to  illustrate, 
but  which  may  be  easily  applied  to  cases 
in  point, 

S C  A  L A D  E ,  from  the  French  Esca/ade, 
a  furious  attack  upon  a  wall  or  rampart, 
contrary  to  form,  and  with  no  regularity, 
frequently  carried  on  with  ladders,  to  in- 
sult the  wall  hy  open  force. 

SCALE,  a  right  line  divided  into  equal 
parts,  representing  miles,  fathoms,  paces, 
feet,  inches,  &c.  used  in  making  plans 
upon  paper}  giving  each  line  its  true 
length,  &c.  See  also  BALANCE,  ESCA- 
LADE, &c. 

SCALENE,  Fr.  A  term  used  in  ge- 
ojcetry  to  express  a  triangle  whose  three 
sides  and  three  angels  are  unequal  to  one 
another. 


SCALING. ladder.     See  LADDERS. 

SCALLOP,  any  segment  of  a  circle. 

To  SCALP.  To  deprive  the  scu'l  of5 
its  integuments.  A  barbarous  custom  in 
practice  amongst  the  Indian  warriors,  of 
taking  off  the  tops  of  the  scalps  of  the 
enemies  sculls  with  their  hair  on.  They 
preserve  them  as  trophies  of  their  victo- 
ries, and  are  rewarded  bv  their  chiefs, 
according  to  the  number  they  bring 
in 

To  SCAMPER,  (Escamper,  Fr.)  To  run 
away  precipitately. 

SCARF.     See  SASH. 

SCARLET,  the  national  color  for  the 
dress  of  the  British.  The  British  artillery, 
cavalry,  and  some  of  the  ILht  infantry, 
are  clothed  in  blue  ;  rifle  corps  in  green  ; 
and  the  cavalry  for  foreign  service  in  light 
blue.  See  UNI  FORM. 

SCARPE.     See  ESCARPE. 

SCENOGRAPHY,(S^»o£r^,  Fr.) 
The  representation  of  a  building,  to\vn, 
&c.  as  it  appears  in  prospective  or  from 
without,  with  all  its  dimensions  and 
shadows. 

SCHEDULE,  an  inventory,  a  list; 
also  something  referred  to  by  numbers  or 
letters ;  as  the  oaths  of  the  recruit  and 
magistrate,  marked  A  and  B  at  the  end  of 
the  mutiny  act. 

SCHOOL,  (icote,  Fr.)  A  house  of 
discipline  and  instruction;  a  place  of  li- 
terary education ;  an  university.  It  is  a 
more  general  and  comprehensive  term 
than  college  or  academy.  The  French 
have  made  a  great  distinction  on  this  head 
with  respect  to  their  military  institutions. 
Thus  the  great  receptacle  for  military 
genius  was  called  L'ecole  Militahe  dc 
Paris ;  the  military  school  of  Paris ; 
w her.  as  the  subordinate  places  of  instruc- 
tions and  the  preparatory  houses,  were 
termed  colleges,  viz.  colleges  de  Soreze, 
Brienne,  Tivon,  Rebais,  Beaumont,  Pont- 
le-roy,  Vendome,  Effiat,  Pont-a-Mous- 
son,  Tournon. 
British  Royal  Military  School  or  College. 

A  new  institution  under  the  direction 
of  the  commander  in  chief,  for  the  time 
being. 

This  establishment  consists  of  two  de- 
partments ;  — 

The  first,  or  senior  department,  is  cal- 
culated to  instruct  officers,  who  have  al- 
ready acquired  a  sufficient  knowlege  of 
regimental  duties,  &c.  in  the  higher 
branches  of  their  profession.  Their  at- 
tention is  particularly  directed  to  those 
functions  which  relate  to  the  quarter- 
master-general's department  in  the  field. 

The  second,  or  junior  department,  is 
meant  for  the  edusation  of  young  men, 
who  have  not  yet  received  any  commis- 
sions in  the  army,  but  who  are  intended 
from  early  life  for  the  profession  of 
arms. 

The  following  particulars  constitute 
the  general  outline  of  this  praise-worthy 
institution: — 

The  commander  in  chief  for  the  timt 


SC  H 


SCH 


being  is  always  to  be  considered  as  the 
chief  gove-nor  of  the  establishment  He 
is  president  of  the  supreme  board  of 
the  college;  the  members  of  which  are 
the  secretary  at  war,  and  such  general 
and  staff  officers  as  the  king  may,  from 
time  to  time,  nominate.  It  is  their  pe- 
culiar province  to  see,  that  the  regulations 
of  the  institution  be  duly  observed,  and 
unequivocally  fulfilled,  and  that  the  whole 
be  conducted  with  economy  and  credit  to 
the  country. 

There  is  constantly  resident  in  the  col- 
lege a  governor  and  a  lieutenant -governor, 
who  must  both  be  military  officers.  The 
former  not  under  the  rank  of  major- 
general,  and  the  latter  not  under  that  of 
lieutenant- colonel  in  the  line.  These  are 
the  immediate  functionaries  of  the  place, 
and  ro  them  is  intrusted  the  entire  direc- 
tion of  the  establishment ;  subject  only  to 
the  instructions  and  orders  that  may  oc- 
casionally be  issued  from  the  supreme 
board  of  the  college. 

At  the  head  of  each  department  are  pla- 
ced a  commandant  and  a  director  of  in- 
struction. These  must  likewise  be  mi- 
litary men,  and  bear  the  king's  commis- 
sion. They  are  at  all  times  accountable 
for  their  respective  departments,  being 
under  the  immediate  control  of  the  go- 
vernor arid  lieutenant-governor  of  the 
college. 

The  commandants  of  departments,  in 
conjunction  with  the  directors  of  instruc- 
tion, form  a  collegiate  board,  at  which 
the  resident  governor,  or,  in  his  absence, 
!he  lieutenant-governor  constantly  pre- 
sides 

Public  examinations  are  made,  at  sta- 
ted periods,  by  this  board,  tn  order  to 
ascertain  the  progress  of  learning,  and 
the  degrees  of  improvement.  The  pre- 
sident and  members  of  it  likewise  enter 
kito  the  interior  economy  of  the  placej 
control  the  expenditure  of  the  establish- 
ment, and  maintain  the  statutes  of  the 
college  ;  subject  nevertheless  to  the  con- 
trol and  occasional  direction  of  the  su- 
preme board,  to  which  the  collegiate  one 
is  in  every  respect  subordinate. 

The  staft'and  other  officers  of  each  De- 
partment are  under  the  immediate  orders 
of  their  respective  commandants,  who  are 
enjoined  to  conduct  their  departments  in 
istrict  conformity  to  the  existing  rules  and 
discipline. 

The  establishment  is  founded  upon 
principles  of  the  strictest  economy  ;  and 
the  expence  of  being  at  the  institution, 
}vith  all  the  advantages  of  theoretical 
instruction  and  practical  improvement, 
does  not  exceed  the  necessary  charges  and 
disbursements  to  which  every  officer  is 
Subject  when  he  lives  with  his  regiment. 

It  is  a  standing  order  of  the  institution, 
that  officers  must  constantly  appear  in 
uniform  ;  and  they  must  in  all  respects 
conform  to  the  rules  and  regulations. 

Leave  of  absence  is  granted,  during  the 
iths  of   D^cir.ber  and    r"  '  • 


mom 


officers  studying  in  the  senior  department 
ot  the  college;  but  at  no  other  season  of 
the  year,  except  for  a  few  days,  and  then 
only  under  circumstances  and  in  cases  of 
urgent  necessity. 

Senior  department. 

The  number  of  officers  which  can  be 
admitted,  at  a  time,  to  the  studies  o£ 
the  senior  department,  is  limited  to  30  r 
and  it  is  required,  as  indispensihlv  ne! 
cessary,  that  they  should  be  perfectly 
conversant  in  all  the  details  of  rogimeritS 

They  must  likewise  have  made  them- 
selves masters  of  the  French  language  he 
versed  in  mathematics,  and  in  the  science 
of  field  fortification  aud  casrrametation  7 
and  be  well  instructed  in  the  drawing  of 
military  plans,  &c. 

Eve  y  thing  which  relates  to  the  dif- 
ferent branches  belonging  to  the  senior 
department,  is  convey-d  in  French,  in 
order  that  officers  may  be  enabled  to  im- 
prove the  knowlege  they  acquire  at  rhe 
establishment,  by  reading  with  facility, 
the  military  writers  that  are  most  in  esti- 
mation. The  majority  of  such  authors 
beina  found  among  the  French,  that  lan- 
guage is,  of  course,  most  cultivated  ;  by 
which  means  the  first  object  of  acquire- 
ment will  not  only  be  obtained,  but  will 
ensure  to  the  general  staff  of  the  army  a 
disposable  body  of  intelligent  officers,  that 
are  conversant  in  a  continental  tongue. 

The  instruction  is  not  elementary  or 
given  upon  first  principles  oril).  The 
attention  of  the  officers  is  directed  to 
higher  branches,  and  the  lessons  they 
receive  are  exemplified  by  practice  in  the 
field  ;  by  taking  ground,  &c. 

The  particular  and  more  immediate 
duties,  appertaining  to  the  general  s'affj, 
to  which  the  faculties  of  the  mind  are 
principally  applied,  consist  in  taking 
fa  coup  d'aei/,or  at  sight)  military  surveys 
of  ground  without  any  mechanical  pro~ 
cess,  or  aid  of  instruments ;  and  to  ex- 
press the  same  on  paper  with  the  most 
accurate  perspicuity. 

It  is,  therefore,  necessary  that  the  offi- 
cers of  the  scnioi  department  should  be 
able  to  judge  of  the  advantages  and  dis- 
advantages of  ground  relative  to  offensive 
and  defensive  operations ;  to  employ  geo- 
metrical and  trigonometrical  operations  on 
the  ground ;  to  chuse  the  scite  or  position 
of  entrenchments  and  batteries,  by  which, 
every  part  ot  a  camp  may  be  defended, 
and  Its  leading  avenuts,  &c.  put  a  I'abrl 
de  surprhes.  They  must  likewise  be 
masters  of  a  theory  which  may  be  adapt- 
ed to  every  case  in  which  field  fortifica- 
tion can  be  employed :  to  trace  cam^s  on 
the  ground,  and  to  prick  out  the  lines  of 
entrenchments,  &c.  with  dispatch  and 
accuracy,  in  conformity  to  rhe  strict  rules 
of  castrumetation  :  to  be  thoroughly  con- 
versant in  the  theory  of  camp  out-duties, 
and  of  the  grand  guards  of  armies  :  to 
know  how  to  reconnoitre  ground  ibra  given 
number  of  columns  moving  in  route  of 
4  I 


618 


SCH 


S  CH 


march,  and  to  place  or  distribute  the  same 
with  attention  to  the  conveniences  of  fo- 
rage and  water,  and  to  the  security  of  the 
magazines. 

To  reconnoitre  the  route  of  a  column 
in  advancing,  to  estimate  the  labor  of 
opening  the  several  communications,  to 
calculate  the  number  of  artificers  that  are 
requisite,  and  the  time  that  is  necessary  to 
clear  the  route  for  the  march  of  a  column, 
and  to  detail  the  same  in  an  accurate  man- 
ner upon  paper. 

To  reconnoitre  the  route  of  a  column  in 
retreat,  specifying,  in  a  clear  and  succinct 
manner  upon  paper,  the  several  points  in 
retreat  that  are  favorable  to  each  arm 
composing  the  rear  guard,  when  they  may 
hah,  and  act  as  covering  parties  to  the  re- 
treating  column. 

To  reconnoitre  and  take  up  ground  for 
a  given  number  of  troops  on  a  defensive  po- 
sition, and  to  place  the  same ;  to  establish 
a  chain  of  posts,  to  construct  batteries, 
throw  upabbatis,  and  other  means  of  de- 
fence, adapted  to  the  particular  circum- 
stances of  the  ground  made  choice  of  for 
the  position. 

To  reconnoitre  the  ground  upon  which 
any  given  number  of  troops  might  be  en- 
camped  under  circumstances  of  aggres- 
sion. In  taking  this  position  for  the  pur- 
pose of  acting  offensively,  particular  atten- 
tion must  be  paid  to  the  future  move- 
ments of  the  army,  by  providing  the 
readiest  means  of  directing  and  support- 
ing  its  operations. 

Marches  and  movements  constitute  so 
essential  a  branch  in  military  tactics,  that 
on  them  almost  wholly  depends  the  issue 
of  a  campaign.  It  is  consequently  ex- 
pected, that  every  officer  belonging  to  the 
senior  department,  should  be  able  to 
calculate  the  march  of  a  column  under  all 
the  various  and  desultory  circumstances 
which  are  attendant  on  the  movements  of 
troops.  He  must  accurately  ascertain  the 
ground,  the  defiles,  the  width  of  rosds, 
&c.  the  length  of  the  several  columns. — 
The  hours  occupied  in  marching,  defiling, 
passing  obstacles,  &c.  must  come  within 
this  calculation. 

It  must  be  remarked,  that  this  u  a 
route  of  march  which  has  in  view  only 
to  convey  a  body  of  troops  from  one  posi- 
tion to  another,  without  beins  connect -d 
•with  military  operations  relative  to  the 
ent-my 

To  calculate  the  march  of  several  co- 
lumns with  respect  to  each  other. 

To  reconnoitre  routes  for  the  march  of 
several  columns  In  advancing;  to  form 
the  columns  of  march  so  as  to  correspond 
\vifh  the  field  of  battle  which  they  are  to 
occupy,  and  to  point  out  the  routes  by 
which  they  are  severally  to  arrive.  The 
remark  which  we  have  already  made  ap- 
plies to  this  part  likewise. 

To  regulate  an  order  of  march,  and  to 
ascertain  the  arrival  of  several  columns 
on  the  field,  with  regard  to  the  appropriate 
manner  of  deploying,  and  their  relative 


dispositions,  whether  with  a  view  to  their 
encamping,  or  to  forming  in  order  of 
battle. 

To  reconnoitre  routes  for  the  march  of 
several  columns  in  retreat,  for  the  purpose 
of  forming  columns  of  march  according  to 
the  circumstances  of  the  retreat,  and  in 
conformity  to  the  ground  to  which  they 
retire. 

To  regulate  the  retreat  and  relative 
support  of  the  rear  guards  attached  to 
the  several  columns. 

In  order  to  add  practical  knowlege  to 
theory,  and  to  adapt  the  observations  of 
established  military  writers  to  local  expe- 
rience, every  survey  or  reconnoitring  of 
country,  for  the  retreat  or  advance  of  co- 
lumns; for  offensive  or  defensive  posi- 
tions ;  for  encampments,  or  the  construc- 
tion and  erection  of  batteries,  &c.  is  made 
uv  on  spots  that  are  actually  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  the  establishment ;  and  every 
object  of  instruction  is  applied  to  the  local 
circumstance  of  the  ground  as  it  actually 
exists.  It  is  required,  that  plans  of  these* 
different  surveys,  &c.  should  at  all  tim<  s 
accompany  and  be  given  in  with  the  lessorr 
of  instruction. 

Officers  of  the  senior  department  must 
not  only  be  well  acquainted  with  these 
particulars,  but  chey  must  further  know 
how  to  regulate  the  cantonments  of  an 
army. 

To  estimate  the  resources  of  a  country, 
in  green  and  dry  forage,  in  cattle,  grain, 
horses,  and  carriages,  together  with  the 
population. 

To  draw  out  plans  of  resources,  general 
plans  of  operations  and  subordinate  ones 
of  position,  and  of  cantonments. 

According  to  the  season  of  the  year, 
and  the  state  of  the  weather,  officers  arc 
employed  in  acquiring  the  theory,  or  ap- 
plying in  practice  on  the  ground,  the  seve- 
ral pants  of  instruction  to  which  their 
attention  has  been  directed. 

It  is  required  of  them,  individually,  to 
reconnoitre  a  given  tract  or  line  of  country. 

The  military  positions  they  take  up,  a? 
well  as  the  disposition  they  make  of 
troops,  whether  in  camp  or  in  order  of 
march,  are  invariably  represented  by  plans 
in  drawing,  and  all  instruction  is  exem- 
plified by  applications  which  are  maue  in 
the  field,  and  are  adapted  to  the  local  cir~ 
cumstances  of  ground.  In  order  to  ren- 
der the  different  lessons  familiar  to  the 
mind,  and  to  make  them  practically  e*syp 
imaginary  marches  are  made  from  one 
supposed  camp  to  another,  and  the  vari- 
ous orders  which  relate  to  the  movements 
of  troops  are  given  out  and  explained,  as 
if  they  were  to  be  actually  carried  into 
effect  Points  of  attack  or  defence  arer 
taken  up,  ambuscades  are  laid,  and  all  the 
chicane  of  what  the  French  so  justly  call 
le  petite  guerre,  is  entered  into  with  as 
much  promptitude  and  caution,  as  if  the 
enemy  were  in  the  neighborhood  of  the 
college.  The  manoeuvres  of  light  troop-; 
are  particularly  practised;  and  thcdillet- 


SCH 


SCH 


619 


ent  instructions  which  have  been  publish- 
ed in  French  on  that  branch  of  military 
tactics  by  Mons.  Jarry,  are  practically 
taught,  as  time  and  circumstances  per- 
mit. 

The  elements  of  field  fortification,  and 
thr  higher  branches  of  attack  and  defence, 
are  not  only  inculcated  with  the  greatest 
perspicuity,  but  they  are  reduced  to  prac- 
cice  by  imaginary  lines  of  circumvallation 
and  contravall  ttion ;  by  posts  and  posi- 
tions suddenly  taken,  and  quickly  fortifi- 
ed; whilst  the  manifold  feints  and  strata- 
gems of  war  which  have  been  practised 
by  the  best  generals,  are  locally  attempt- 
ed, for  the  double  purpose  of  applying 
practice  to  established  facts,  and  of  seiz- 
ing some  new  idea  that  may  grow  out  of 
anc'ent  practice. 

Whenever  an  officer  has  completed  his 
studies,  he  is  reported  to  the  commander 
in  chief,  .as  having  qualified  himself  for 
the  quarter-master-general's  department ; 
and  returns  to  his  regiment,  having  had 
his  name  previously  registered  at  the  col- 
lege,  in  order  that  he  may  beemployedon 
the  general  stsrf  of  the  army  when  his 
services  are  required. 

Wnen  an  officer  wishes  to  be  admitted 
to  the  military  college,  his  application 
must  be  addressed  to  the  commander  in 
chief,  tor  the  time  being,  through  the 
nudium  of  the  colonel  or  commanding 
officer  of  his  regiment,  who  sends  it, 
under  cover,  to  the  official  or  public  se- 
cretary at  the  Horse. Guards,  w  th  his 
own  certificate  oi  the  good  conduct  of  the 
applicant. 

When  an  officer,  thus  admitted,  is 
found  deficient  m  any  of  the  branches  of 
elementary  knowlege,  which  he  is  ex- 
pected to  have  acquired  previous  to  his 
entrance  into  the  senior  department,  he 
may  have  the  advantage  of  instruction 
from  the  professors  and  masters  of  the 
junior  department.  It  would,  however, 
be  more  gratifying  to  all  parties,  were 
such  officers  to  qualify  themselves  before 
they  quit  their  corps. 

The  sam-  allowances  which  are  esta- 
blished for  troops  in  barracks,  are  made  to 
officers  who  attend  the  instructions  of  the 
senior  department. 

Every  officer  admitted  to  this  depart- 
ment is  required  to  have  a  horse  to  attend 
his  duty  in  the  field,  and  regular  rations 
of  forage,  &.c.  are  issued  to  him  for  his 
keeping. 

The  officers  of  the  senior  department 
mess  together,  and  their  table  is  regulated 
by  specific  statutes  of  the  college. 
Junior  department. 

This  department*  is  calculated  to  re- 
ceive  three  hundred  students  from  the 
age  cf  fourteen  to  sixteen.  Fifty  out  of 
this  number  may  be  cadets  of  the  hpn. 
East  India  company's  service;  one  hun- 
dred the  sons  of  noblemen  and  gentlemen 
who  are  intended  for  the  army ;  one  hun- 
dred the  sons  of  officers  actually  in  the 
fiftv  the  sons  of  officers  who 


have  died,  or  have  been  disabled  in  his 
majesty's  service,  and  are  left  in  pecuniary 
!  distress. 

The  students  are  formed  into  tourcom- 
'  panics;  and  proper  persons  are  appointed 
j  for  theii  care  and  superintendance. 

They  are  to  wear  an  established  uniform, 

j  and  to  be  conducted  as  a  military  body  ; 

!j  regard  being  had  to  their  youth,  and  cer- 

1  tain  instructions  adapted  for  its  govern* 

meHt. 

The  course  of  study  which  is  arranged 
for  this  department  is  of  a  preparatory 
nature,  leading  gradually  to  branches  of 
a  higher  class  that  are  fitted  for  the  staff; 
and  adding  to  classical  knowlege,  every 
accomplishment  that  is  required  to  form 
the  character  of  a  perfect  gentleman  and 
officer. 

The  students  are  taught  the  several 
branches  of  mathematics,  field  fortifica- 
tion, together  with  the  general  principles 
of  gunnery  and  a/tillery  service.  They 
are  instructed  in  drawing  military  plans, 
milita  y  movements,  and  perspective. — 
They  are  also  made  acquainted  with  the 
first  rudiments  of  war,  the  science  of  mi* 
litary  manoeuvre,  with  geography  and 
history,  as  well  as  with  the  German  and 
French  languages.  Professors  and  mas- 
ters are  appointed  to  teach  the  Hindoo 
and  Persian  tongues,  as  being  immediate- 
lv  necessary  to  the  service  of  India. — 
Masters  are  likewise  provided  to  instruct 
cadets  in  the  geography  of  India,  and  to 
make  them  familiarly  acquainted  with 
the  local  knowlege  of  th;  settlement  for 
which  th  y  are  severally  intended. 

The  directors  of  inst ruction  are  made 
particularly  responsible  for  the  proper 
management  of  the  studies,  and  different 
elementary  branches  which  constitute  an 
essential  pait  of  the  establishment. 

The  professors  and  masters  are  em- 
ployed general iy  to  instruct  in  both  de- 
partments, under  the  control  of  the  chief 
director. 

The  whole  establishment,  which  has 
military  knowle^e  and  improvement  for 
its  basis,  is  conducted  upon  strict  mil'tary 
principles,  and  in  scrupulous  conformity 
to  the  rules  and  discipline  which  are  is- 
sued by  authority  for  the  government  of 
the  army  at  large 

A  sufficient  number  of  masters  afc 
constantly  resident  in  the.  college,  tor  the 
instruction  of  such  students  as  may  wish 
to  continue  their  classical  studies,  fre- 
quent lessons  are  given  them  on  moral  and 
natural  philosophy 

They  are  likewise  taught  ndmg,  swim- 
ming, fencing,  and  the  sabre  and  sworci 
exercise. 

The  instruction  of  the  department  i 
divided  into  two  parts,  f  >rming  a  junior 
and  senior  division  of  study. 

Public  examinations  are  held  in  this 
department,  in  order  to  remove  students 
from  the  lower  to  the  higher  division  of 
study  ;  and  also  for  the  purpose  of  grant- 
ing certificates  to  such  a?  are  qualiMed  to 


620 


SCH 


SCH 


act  as  commissioned  officers  in  the  service, 
at  an  age  under  what  is  required  by  the 
present  regulations  of  the  army. 

From  this  department  students  will 
join  the  regimen  s  into  which  they  seve- 
rally enter;  and  after  having  obtained 
some  experience,  by  going  through  the 
different  duties  of  a  regimental  officer, 


board,  and  such  others  may,  from  time  to 
time,  be  named. 

A  secretary  to  the  supreme  board. 

A  president  to  the  college. 

The  military  SCHOOL  at  Paris,  (ecole- 
royale  militaire  de  Paris ,  Fr  )  This  cele- 
brated establishment,  which  for  so  many* 
years  supplied  France  with  super. or  ta- 


they  will  be  qualified  to  return  to  the    ients,  and  to  which  Bonaparte  is  indebted 

./  f  _     ,,  •     __    j_     l!  A. ..i i;j    __      i i.    _r.U-k  '.I:* 


college,  and  to  enter  into  the  senior  de- 
partment, if  they  are  disposed  to  study  the 
service  of  the  general  staff. 

The  public  examinations  are  held  in 
presence  of  owe  or  more  visitors  or  inspcc 
tors,  nominated  by    the   commander  in 
chief";  and  it  is  required,  that  they  should 


lor  the  solid  groundwork  of  that  military 
knowlege  that  has  astonished  and  con- 
quered Europe,  owes  its  origin  to  Henry 
IV.  who  first  erected  a  public  building 
in  An.ou,  for  the  free  education  of  tp.e 
children  of  poor  noblemen ;  it  was  called, 
the  college  of  La  Fieche^  wherein  one 


be  members  of  the  supreme  board  of  the    hundred  young  boys  of  the  above  descnp- 

Tbe  expence  attending  the  education 
of  a  ycung  gentleman  in  this  department, 
is  according  to  the  foundation  on  which  he 
}s  admitted  to  the  college. 

The  sons  of  noblemen  and  gentlemen 
pay  8o/.  per  annum. 

The  sons  of  officers  in  service  pay  4o/ 
per  annum ;  and  orphans,  who  are  the 
sons  of  officers  that  have  died  in  the  ser- 
vice, or  the  sons  of  those  that  have  been 


disabled  and  are  straitened  in  circumstan- 
ces, are  educated,  clothed,  and  maintain- 
ed free  of  all  expence. 

The  board,  clothing,  and  accommoda- 
tion, are  included  in  the  several  sums 
above  specified. 

There  are  two  vacations  in  the  course  of 
twelve  months,  viz  — At  Christmas  and 
Midsummer,  for  a  term  not  exceeding  one 
ynontheach  vacation. 

The  administration  of  the  funds  of  the 
establishment,  is  under  the  direction  of 
the  collegiate  board. 

The  accounts  are  balanced  at  the  expi- 
ration of  six  months  in  every  year,  and  are 
laid  before  the  supreme  board;  at  which 
periods,  repoits  of  progress  made  in  the 
several  branches  of  literature  and  techni- 
cal science,  and  of  the  public  examina- 
tions, ate  made  before  the  committee. 
These  documents,  accompanied  by  well 
digested  remarks  and  seasonable  sugges- 


tion were  supported,  &c.  at  the  king's 
expence.  They  were  there  taught  Latin 
and  the  liberal  arts  by  the  Jesuits,  whose 
learning.,  and  aptitude  at  teaching  other? 
to  learn,  have  been  so  deservedly  admired 
in  every  quarter  of  the  globe.  This  order, 
however,  having,  been  banished  out  of 
France  in  1770,  by  Louis  XV.  because  the 
members  interfered  with  the  government 
(whilst  all  their  crimes  consisted  in  being 
too  virtuous  to  countenance  the  debauche- 
ries of  that  weak  monarch) ;  thedirectioi  of 
the  college  was  entrusted  to  the  secular 
priests,  and  the  number  of  students  was 
increased  to  350.  On  this  occasion  it  was 
distinguished  by  a  particular  mark  of  royal 
favor,  and  was  called  the  royal  college. 

In  addition  to  this  provncial  establish- 
ment, Louis  XV.  instituted  the  royal 
military  school  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Paris,  where  250  young  lads  received  a 
regular  education  under  the  most  able 
masters ;  particularly  in  those  branches 
which  contributed  to  military  knowlege. 
During  their  vacations,  and  at  periods 
of  intermission  from  classical  pursuits, 
they  were  attended  and  instructed  by  ex- 
perienced officers.  They  generally  re- 
mained until  the  age  of  18,  and  were 
after  that  distributed  among  the  different 
regiments  with  appropriate  commissions. 
They  were  then  distinguished  by  being 
permitted  to  wear  a  cross,  which  was 


tions,  for  the  preservation  of  good  order,  tied  to  a  crimson   piece  of  riband,   and 

&c   and  the  improvement  of  the  institu-  hung  from  a  button-hole  in  their  coat, 

tion,  ate  laid  before  the  king  by  the  com-  The  cross,  on  one  side,  represented  the 

mander  in  chief,  as  president  and  governor  ' 
of  the  college. 
The  supreme  board  of  the   college  is 


composed  in  the  following  manner: 


figure  of  the  Virgin  Mary  ;  and  on  the 
other,  there  was  a  trophy  adorned  with 
threefieurs  delis.  They  had  likewisean 
annual  pension  of  200  livres,  (about  40 


The  commander  in  chief  for  the  time  be-     dollars)   which  was  paid  them  without 
ing,  president.  "  ->-•-—•--   =>-» «-- -•  -'  ^ •     <• 

Secretary  at  war. 

Governs. 

Master-general  of  the  ordnance. 

Governor  of  Chelsea  college. 

Quarter-master-general. 

And  two  honorary  members. 

Barrack-master  general. 

Lieutenant  .colonel    Le   Marchant, 
lieutenant  governor.  jj  Fleche,  for  that  purpose,  at  the  age  of  n 

Oeveral  Jarry  as  commandant  of  the    or  14. 
Senior  department.  Both  thesc  establishments  underwent  s 

•*  I.  cse  are  the  members  of  the  supreme  J|  considerable  alteration  during 


deduction,  until  they  obtained  the  rank  of 
captain,  provided  they  had  a  certificate 
of  good  behaviour  from  the  staff"  or  etat 
major  of  their  corps.  They  received, 
moreover,  when  they  quitted  the  school, 
a  small  kitt  of  linen,  a  hat,  sword,  and  an 
uniform  coat.  They  were  replaced  in 
the  military  school  by  an  equal  number  of 
youths  whe  came  from  the  college  of  La 


SCH 


SC  H 


621 


lustration  of  the  count  de  St.  Germain, 
In  April  1776.  This  minister  persuaded 
Louis  XVI.  that  great  public  benefit 
might  be  derived  from  increasing  the 
number  of  these  colleges,  and  admitting 
vouths  from  every  class  of  his  subjects. 
When  these  alterations  took  place  in  the 
royal  military  school,  all  the  young  men 
that  were  18  years  old  were  incorporated 
with  the  regiments  of  gentlemen  cadets. 
These  enjoyed  all  the  advantages  which 
their  predecessors  had  possessed ;  with 
this  exception,  that  they  did  not  wear  the 
uniform  of  their  corps,  nor  the  cross. 
Those  lads  wiio  had  not  reached  the  pe- 
riod in  question,  were  i-laced  in  different 
corps,  and  several  remained  in  the  milita- 
ry school  who  were  afterwards  provided 
for  on  another  footing.  The  number  of 
young  men  was  gradually  increased,  not 
only  by  fresh  arrivals  from  La  Fleche, 
but  by  the  admission  of  several  others  for 
\vhjm  a  yearly  pension  was  oaid  by  their 
parents.  The  latter,  were  not,  however, 
entitled  to  any  advantage  or  indulgence 
be_«md  what  was  generally  allowed. 

On  the  28th  of  March  1776,  the  king 
gave  directions,  that  ten  colleges  should 
be  established,  over  the  gates  of  each  of 
which  was  written — College  Royale  Mili- 
taire ;  royal  military  college  These  col- 
leges were  under  the  immediate  care  and 
instruction  of  the  Benedictine  monks, 
and  other  religious  persons. 

The  secretary  of  state  held  the  same 
jurisdiction  over  those  colleges  that  he 
possessed  over  La  Fleche,  and  the  mili- 
tary school  at  Paris. 

There  were  always  50  at  least,  and 
never  more  than  60  young  men  placed  for 
education  in  each  of  these  colleges,  at  the 
expence  of  the  king;  amounting  annually 
per  head  to  700  livres,  about  1 50  dollars. 
For  this  sum  each  student  was  supplied 
•with  a  blue  coat  with  red  cuffs,  and 
white  buttons,  a  blue  surtout  or  great 
coat,  two  white  waistcoats,  two  pairs  ol 
black  breeches,  twelve  shirts,  t\yelve 
handkerchiefs,  six  cravats,  six  night 
caps,  two  dressing-gowns,  two  hats, 
two  pairs  of  shoes,  combs,  and  powder- 
bag.  These  articles  were,  in  the  first 
instance,  to  be  provided  by  the  young 
man's  parents  or  friends,  and  when  he 
quitted,  he  was  furnished  with  the  same 
articles  at  the  expence  of  the  college 
Travelling  expences,  postage  of  letters 
&c.  were  defrayed  by  the  parents  o 
friends  of  the  different  students.  The 
secretary  of  state's  letter,  conveying  the 
king's  approbation,  was  the  voucher  fo 
admission ;  but  no  child  could  be  receivec 
unless  he  had  previously  karncd  to  writi 
and  read.  Candidates  for  admission,  un 
derwent  a  close  examination  on  the  v;r 
day  they  arrived,  and  if  they  were  foum 
deficient  in  any  of  the  necessary  qualifica 
tions,  they  were  sent  back  to  their  friend 
\vith  directions  not  to  return  until  th 
year  following,  provided  they  got  pro 
jperly  instructed  during  that  period,  N< 


person  could  be  admitted  who  was  lame, 
or  otherwise  deformed ;  and  certain  proofs 
of  nobility  were  to  be  established  and 
given  in,  as  well  as  proofs  of  property, 
vouched  for  by  two  gentlemen  who  lived 
in  the  neighborhood  of  the  applicant, 
and  confirmed  by  the  intendant  of  the 
province,  or  by  the  governor.  And  in 
order  to  alibrd  the  parents  ample  time  to 
collect  the  necessary  vouchers,  the  preli- 
minary consent  of  the  king  was  forward. 
d  to  them  six  months  before  July,  an. 
louncing  that  their  children  might  be 
>resented  to  the  college  on  the  7-h  of 
September  next  following. 

The  king's  students,  or  those  young  la«Js 
brwhom7oolivres(i5odolls.)wcreannu- 
lly  paid  out  of  his  privy  purse,  were 
aught  in  the  subordinate  colleges,  as  in 
lie  military  school  at  Paris,  every  thing 
hat  could  be  useful  to  a  military  character, 
besides  music  and  other  accomplish- 
ncnts.  They  were,  moreover,  regu  ar- 
y  supplied  with  foils  for  fencing,  and 
,vith  mathematical  and  musical  instru- 
ments. In  order  to  excite  emulation, 
prizes  and  rewards  wore  distributed  ac- 
:ording  to  merit;  and  an  allowance  for 
socket  money  was  made  in  the  following 
manner: — 20  so/r,  or  iod.  English  per 
month,  to  each  boy  under  twelve  j  and 
40  sols,  or  20^.  to  all  above  that  age  The 
royal  pensions  and  allowances  were  paid 
every  quarter,  commencing  on  the  ist  of 
April  1776.  These  payments  were  re. 
guiated  by  specific  returns,  which  were 
regularly  forwarded  on  the  i5th  of  each 
month  preceding  the  expiration  of  the 
quarter,  to  tne  secretary  at  war,  and 
were  signed  by  the  heads  or  superiors  of 
each  college,  accompanied  by  an  exact 
muster-roll  of  all  the  students.  By  di- 
rection of  the  secretary  at  war,  every  spe- 
cies of  necessary  furniture  and  utensil  that 
was  found  for  La  Fleche,  and  the  mili- 
tary school  at  Paris,  was  distributed,  m 
equal  proportions,  among  the  subordi- 
nate colleges;  a  preference,  how.ver, 
was  uniformly  given  to  the  calls  and  ne- 
cessities of  those  two  establishments, 
The  colleges  that  were  appointed  to  pass 
the  final  examination  or  students  received 
a  double  quantity  of  each  article. 

Every  student  who  was  admitted  into 
any  of  the  subordinate  colleges  at  eight 
or  nine  years  old,  was  obliged  to  remain 
there  six  years  before  he  could  appear  at 
the  final  examinations  ;  that  period  b^ing 
thought  necessary  tocomplete  his  educa- 
tion. With  respect  to  those  who  were 
entering  into  their  tenth  or  eleventh  year, 
and  even  those  who  were  orphans,  they 
were  not  forced  to  fill  the  term  of  six 
years  instruction,  provided  they  had  al- 
ready acquired  sufficient  knowlege  to 
entitle  them  to  a  favorable  report  from 
their  superiors. 

The  kin^  directed  that  the  pensions  for 
50  students  upon  the  establishment, 
should  be  paid  three  months  in  advance 
to  the  several  colleges,  for  the  purpose  of 


622 


SCH 


SC  H 


enabling  them  to  complete  the  necessary 
building*,  &c.  Each  of  those  student: 
WHS  allowed  a  small  separate  apartment 
with  a  key  to  the  door.  They  were  dis- 
tributed in  a  particular  quarter  of  the 
bu.lding,  that  they  might  be  more  easily 
attended  to;  having  no  other  communi- 
cation with  the  honorary  pensioners,  or 
those  who  had  an  allowance  from  their 
parents,  than  what  was  absolutely  ne- 
cessary to  carry  on  the  public  instruction 
and  discipline  of  the  place. 

The  college  of  Brienne,  a  small  town 
in  Champagne,  was  fixed  upon  for  the 
admission  of  the  young  lads  whose  pen 
f,iens  were  paid  by  their  parents.  The 
Jatter  likewise  defrayed  the  expences  oi 
the  journey  ;  but  they  were  entitled  to 
the  same  indemnification  that  was  after. 
\vards  granted  to  the  kind's  students. — 
The  same  rules  and  method  of  instruction 
•were  pursued  by  the  different  colleges,  in 
order  that  all  the  candidates  might  be 
brought  together  at  the  same  time  for 
examination.  This  examination  was 
made  in  the  presence  of  the  principal,  and 
under  inspector  of  the  schools,  and  of 
other  literary  men,  who  were  appointed 
by  the  secretary  of  state  for  that  purpose, 
and  received  1200  livres,  or  250  dollars, 
as  a  gratification  for  their  attendance,  be- 
sides board  and  lodging  at  the  king's  ex- 
pence.  The  ccncaurs,  or  meeting  for  ex- 
amination, took  place  every  year,  and 
lasted  from  the  ist  to  the  isth  o'f  Septem- 
ber; the  original  one  commencing  in  Sep- 
tember 1778  The  young  men  that  pass- 
ed the  examination  to  the  full  satisfaction 
of  these  gentlemen,  were  placed  in  differ- 
ent regiments,  and  received  commissions 
^rcorclmgiy. 

The  four  best  informed  and  most  able 
of  the  young  candidates,  received  pen- 
sions or  temporary  allowances  in  the  fol- 
lowing manner  :— The  two  first  got  150 
livres,  between  67.  and  7/.  sterling;  and 
thetwomxt  100  livres,  equal  to  4/.  odd 
per  annum,  until  they  were  promoted  to 
companies.  They  were  further  entitled 
to  wear  the  ancient  cross  of  the  military 
school.  If  any  of  them  quitted  the  ser- 
vice before  they  had  obtained  the  above 
rank  of  captain,  the  pension  ceased. — 
They  likewise  received,  (in  common  with 
all  the  other  students  that  left  the  estab- 
lishment) 200  livres,  between  S/.  and  91. 
on  their  becoming  lieutenants  in  the  army. 
The  young  men  that  were  net  found 
sufficiently  instructed  to  join  a  regular 
corps,  as  gentlemen  cadets,  remained  at 
the  College  de  Concoursy  or  college  of  ex- 
amination, until  ths  following  year,  when 
they  were  again  questioned  as  to  every 
particular  which  regarded  a  military  edu- 
cation. But,  let  their  success  on  this 
occasion  be  what  it  might,  they  ceased  to 
be  entitled  to  those  marks  of  distinction 
and  temporary  allowances  which  were 
given  to  the  first  successful  candidates. 
Those  boys,  who  were  brought  by  their 
parents,  and  for  whom  a  pension  was  to 


be  paid,  lost  all  pretensions  to  the  notice 
of  government  if  they  failed  to  give  satis- 
faction  at  this  final  hearing.  Proper  re. 
presentations  of  their  incapacity  were 
mate  by  th?  inspector  of  military  schools 
to  the  secretary  of  state,  which  repr.  sen* 
tations  were  formally  attested  an»;  cor. 
roborated  by  the  opin-on  and  judgment  of 
the  superior  of  the  college  of  Briennr,  in 
order  that  an  accurate  account  might  be 
given  to  his  majVsty,  and  that  the  parents 
might  be  officially  directed  to  send  or 
come  for  their  children. 

The  superior  or  head  of  each  subordi- 
nate  college  was  directtxl,  from  the  ist 
of  July  177?,  to  send,  under  cover  to  the 
secretary  at  war,  an  effective  return  of 
those  students  that  had  finished  th'ir 
coarse  of  education,  and  were  prepar  d 
for  examination.  An  order  was  then  is- 
sued from  the  war-office  for  their  attend- 
ance at  the  college  of  Brienne. 

The  heads  of  colleges  were  enjoined  to 
transmit,  annually,  to  the  secretary  of 
the  war  department,  an  analysis  of  the 
various  elementary  tracts  which  they  had 
perused,  accompanied  by  comments  and 
observations  thereon,  together  with  ori- 
ginal suggestions  of  their  own.  6000 
livres,  or  1250  dollars,  were  allowed 
out  of  the  annual  revenue  of  the  military 
school  at  Paris,  for  the  specific  purpose 
of  rewarding  those  vyriters  who  sheuid 
publish  the  best  treatises  relative  to  the 
military  education  of  you>h ;  and  when 
this  intent  was  fulfilled,  the  surplus  or 
the  sum  entire  was  appropriated  to  the 
purchaseof  books,which  were  equallvdis- 
tributed  among  the  different  colleges, 
each  of  which  had  a  separate  library  for 
the  convenience  and  improvement  ot  the 
students. 

The  king  left  it  to  the  discretion  of  the 
different  religious  orders,  to  select  such 
persons,  as  were  best  calculated  to  under- 
take the  direction  of  the  college*,  and  to 
chuse  the  different  masters  and  protessors. 
He  reserved,  however,  to  himself  tire 
power  of  displacing  any  of  them,  if,  up. 
on  mature  and  correct  representation  they 
.vere  found  inadequate  to  the  trust. 

The  four  professors,  belonging  to  the 
colleges  in  which  the  four  successful  can- 
didates at   the  general   examination  ha< 
3een  educated,  received  four  golden  me- 
dals, each  woith  i^o  livres,  25  dollars, 
as  a  testimony  of  his  majesty's  approba- 
tion.    The  king's  likeness  was  on  6nc 
side  of  the  medal,  and  on  the  other  was 
engraved,    Prix    de  bon   Instructe ur ;    the 
good  teacher's  prize.     With  the  laudable 
iew   of  collecting  the    best   and  most 
able  masters,  various  rewards  were  ima- 
gined, and  occasionally  distributed  among 
he  different  persons  employed  in  the  in- 
truction  of  young  beginners 

The  different  vacancies  which  occurred 

n  consequence  of  the  public  examination 

hat  took  place  once  a  year,  were  regu» 

arly  filled  up  at  that  period. 

TJjfc  secretary  of  stfite  transmitted  fc 


SCH 


SCH 


623 


the  heads  of  colleges  a  list,  containing  the 
names  of  the  young  men  that  were  to  sue- 
seed. 

Louis  XVI.  exclusively  of  the  600 
students  who  were  placed  in  the  different 
colleges  pursuant  to  the  new  regulations, 
restored  the  ancient  foundation  of  La 
Heche,  which  had  originally  been  esta- 
blished by  Henry  IV.  for  the  benefit  of 
:oo  poor  boys,  who  were  of  noble  families, 
and  whose  parents  had  rendered  some  ser- 
vice to  the  siate  in  the  civil,  military,  or 
ecclesiastical  line.  They  were  educated 
accenting  to  the  bent  of  their  talents  and 
disposition,  and  fitted  to  any  of  those 
professions ;  provisions  and  regulations 
having  been  made  in  the  college  of  La 
Fleche  for  these  purposes,  which  differed 
from  the  general  system  pursued  in  the 
other  military  colleges. 

Those  boys,  who  at  13  or  14  years  old, 
discovered  a  partiality  to  civil  or  ecclesi- 
astical functions,  left  the  subordinate 
colleges,  and  repaired  to  La  Fleche. 
Their  number  was  limited  to  five,  who 
might  annuatly  be  admitted  in  conse- 
quence of  an  order  for  that  purpose  from 
the  secretary  at  war;  which  order  was 
obtained  by  their  parents,  on  a  represen- 
tation being  made  to  him  of  their  talents 
and  dispositions,  confirmed  and  vouched 
foi  by  the  inspector  general,  and  by  the 
heads  and  superiors  of  each  college. 

An  extraordinary  allowance  was  made 
by   the  king  to  enable  these  students  to 
acquire  a  knowlege  of  law,  and  to  become 
acquainted  with  every  specks  of  theolog' 
cal learning. 

These  students  were  never  permitted  to 
leave  college  under  a  pretext  of  seeing 
their  friends  or  parents,  however  near  tlie 
residence  of  the  latter  might  be. 

The  heads  or  superiors  of  each  college 
transmitted  every  quarter  to  the  secretary 
of  state  for  the  war  department,  and  to 
the  inspector  general  of  schoojs,  a  minute 
account  of  the  actual  state  of  the  college, 
and  of  the  progress  which  each  student 
had  made  in  the  several  branches  of  edu- 
cation. If  any  extraordinary  occurrence 
happened,  these  communications  were  to 
be  made  forthwith,  and  a:  broken  periods, 
without  waiting  for  ihe  regular  expiration 
ef  three  months.  They  were  likewise  in- 
structed to  communicate  with  the  pa- 
rents of  such  children,  as  were  paid  for 
by  them,  giving  an  account  of  their  pro- 
gress in  education,  and  stating  what  they 
had  written  on  that  subject  to  the  secre 
tary  of  state. 

The  inspector  and  under  inspector- 
general  went  every  year  to  the  different 
colleges,  to  examine  personally  into  eve- 
ry thing  that  concerned  the  management 
of  each  instilution,  and  to  report  accord- 
ingly to  his  majesty. 

Tne  secretary  of  state  for  the  war  de- 
partment was  directed  by  the  king  to  be 
present  ar  the  annual  distribution  o: 
prizes,  which  were  givenm  each  college 
m  order  to  give  every  aid  and  conse- 


quence to  these  public  marks  of  royal 
attention.  In  case  of  the  secretary's 
death  or  sickacss,  the  inspector-general 
>f  the  schools  attended  for  the  same  well 
udged  purpose. 

On  the  26th  of  July  1783,  an  order  ap- 
peared, by  which  the  king  directed,  that 
he  young  gentlemen  who,  by  a  former 
•egulation  could  only  be  admitted  into  the 
'oyal  colleges  between  the  ages  of  ei^ht 
and  eleven,  should  be  received  from  the 
age  of  seven  to  that  of  ten.  Orphans 
tlone  could  be  admitted  as  late  as  the  full 
completion  of  twdve  years*  The  parents 
of  such  children  as  had  been  approved  of 
>y  his  majesty,  were,  without  delay,  to 
send  in  proofs  and  certificates  of"  their  no- 
bility; m  failure  whereof  one  year  after 
heir  nomination,  they  were  deprived  ot 
he  situation  which  had  been  destined  for 
hem. 

No  family  could  solicit  a  letter  of  ad. 
mission  for  more  than  one  child  at  a  time; 
and  when  it  was  granted,  no  application 
could  be  made  in  favor  of  another  child 
until  the  first  had  completed  his  c-duca- 
ion,  and  was  provided  for  in  a  regiment,, 
>r  elsewhere. 

The  wisdom  of  this  regulation  is  mani- 
fest. It  was  calculated  to  prevent  every 
species  of  partiality  and  undue  influence, 
and  it  kept  the  door  open  for  many  a  me- 
ritorious youth,  that  might  otherwise  be 
deprived  of  the  advantages  of  this  useful 
institution.  Like  every  other  system, 
however,  of  that  ill -fated  monarchy,  the 
principles  were  gradually  perverted  ;  and 
what  was  intended  as  a  general  good,  be- 
came subservient  to  the  intrigues  of  Ver- 
sailles, the  secret  views  ot  inspectors  and 
commissaries,  and  the  venal  pliancy  of 
individuals  that  acted  under  them.  This 
evil  was  not  confined  to  France.  It  has 
existed,  and  does  still  exist  in  other  na- 
tions :  the  transactions  in  the  case  of  the 
dukeof  York,  in  England,  shews  the  pro. 
rluare  venality  with  which  the  saleof  mili- 
tary offices  was  conducted.  So  strict  was 
the  regulation  in  France  to  prevent  any 
monopoly  of  interest  or  patronage,  that 
particular  instructions  were  issued  to  com- 
missaries to  repair  into  the  different  pio- 
vinces  in  which  the  several  colleges  stood, 
and  to  see  that  no  students  were  sent  to 
the  general  examination  at  Brienne,  who 
had  any  brother  or  brothers  under  the  same 
establishment. 

On  the  2ist  of  January  1779,  the  fol- 
lowing regulation  appeared  for  the  better 
management  and  advantage  of  the  stu- 
dents belonging  to  the  French  royal  mili- 
tary school : — 

It  was  ordained,  that  the  privilege  of 
being  received  as  members  of  the  military 
orders  of  Notre  Dame,  of  Mont-Carmel, 
and  St.  Lazarus,  of  Jerusalem,  which 
had  bceen  hitherto  given,  without  dis- 
tinction,  to  all  the  students  of  the  dif- 
ferent colleges,  should  in  future  be  con- 
sidered as  the  reward  of  peculiar  merit; 
and  be  rendered  the  means  of 


624 


SCH 


SCH 


emulation  among  the  gentlemen  cadets  of 
th?  royal  military  school  only. 

To  this  end  the  secretary  of  the  war  de- 
partment was  instructed  to  give  in  a  list 
of  six  students  who  should  have  passed  an 
examination  before  the  inspector-general, 
\vith  a  minute  account  of  their  progress 
in  the  different  arts  and  sciences,  as  W2ll 
as  of  their  general  good  conduct,  natural 
disposition,  &c.  From  this  number 
three  were  selected  by  the  grand  master, 
and  were  made  knights  of  the  order,  with 
permission  to  wear  the  cross  according  to 
prescribed  rules  and  regulations.  All  the 
students  that  were  so  distinguished  re- 
ceived from  the  revenue  or  funds  of  the 
order  an  annual  allowance  of  100  livres, 
equal  to  about  twenty  dollars;  which 
sum  was  paid  them  exclusively  of  the  200 
livres  or  forty  dollars,  which  they  got  from 
the  royal  military  school.  They  con- 
tinued to  receive  the  annual  pension  as 
Jong  as  they  remained  in  the  service ;  and 
if  they  were  under  the  necessity  of  retiring 
through  sickness,  or  wounds,  it  was 
continued  to  them  during  their  natural 
lives. 

Whenever  a  student  who  had  been 
placed  in  a  regiment,  and  was  entitled 
to  wear  the  cross  of  the  royal  military 
school,  distinguished  himself  on  service 
by  some  brilliant  action,  or  gave  an  ex- 
traordinary proof  of  military  knowlege, 
he  was  recommended  to  the  grand-  mas- 
ter, and  on  the  attestation  of  the  general 
commanding  the  army,  countersigned  by 
the  secretary  at  war,  he  was  instantly  in- 
vested with  the  order  of  St.  Lazarus. — 
Thus  there-union  of  these  two  crosses, 
(which  could  only  happen  in  cases  ot 
singular  merit,  and  under  the  circum- 
sUnces  already  stated)  would  always  bear 
undeniable  testimony  of  the  service  ren- 
dered by  the  individual.  The  pension,  in 
fact,  would  neither  incur  the  suspicion 
of  partiality,  by  having  been  a  mere  sine- 
cure, nor  the  honorary  mark,  the  impu- 
tation of  undue  influence,  and  ill-applied 
patronage. 

In  consequence  of  the  king's  approba- 
tion, the  tollowing  specific  regulation, 
relative  to  the  orders  of  Mont-Carmel, 
and  St.  Lazarus,  of  Jerusalem,  was  is- 
sued on  the  2ist  of  January  1779,  by 
Louis  Stanislaus  Xavier  de  Franks,  bro- 
ther to  his  majesty,  ar.d  grand  master  o; 
those  orders,  (the  present  head  of  the 
Bourbons,  who  uses  the  title  of  Louis 
XVIII.) 

It  was  therein  stated,  that,  in  future, 
the  order  of  Notre  Dame  du  Mont-Car- 
rnel,  should  bi  reserved  for  such  students 
belonging  to  the  royal  military  school, 
as  had  been  approved  of  in  eveiy  respect, 
conformably  to  the  prescribed  instruc- 
tions on  that  head,  for  the  purpose  01 
being  admitted  knights  of  the  order.  The 
mark  by  which  they  were  distinguished 
consisted  of  a  small  cross  similar  to  the 
one,  already  described,  which  was  for- 
merly  worn  by  the  students.— The  can- 


didates were  obliged  to  prove  four  degrees 
of  nobility  on  the  father's  side,  and  to 
produce  the  certificates  required  by  the 
iirierent  colleges.  Three  out  of  the  sic 
eceived  the  cross,  and  became  entitled 
rom  the  day  of  their  admission  to  an  an- 
lual  allowance  of  100  livres,  or  twenty 
lollars,  which  they  rontinued  to  enjoy 
as  long  as  they  remained  in  the  service, 
and  after  they  quitted  it,  provided  they 
etired  from  the  causes  already  stated.  If 
a  knight  of  the  order  of  Notre  Dame  du 
St.  Carmel,  did  any  singular  act  of  bra- 
very, or  discovered  taients  r  f  superior 
military  knowlege,  on  a  proper  attesta- 
:ion  being  produced  of  the  same,  signed 
)y  the  general  un,ur  whom  he  served,  and 
countersigned  by  the  minister  of  war,  ho 
Decame  knight  of  th':  order  of  St.  Laza- 
us,  and  by  thus  uniting  the  two  orders, 
preserved  an  uncontestable  proof  of  thfi 
service  he  had  rendeted. 

This  regulation,  however,  did  not  in- 
terfere with  the  ancient  rbmisand  rules  of 
the  royal  military  schoo',  as  far  as  they 
concerned  those  students  who  had  already 
been  received  into  two  orders.  It  only 
went  to  restrict  the  number  of  such  aar 
might  lay  claim  to  the  particular  marks 
of  distinction,  &c.  which  were  thereby 
granted  to  the  newly  admitted. 

In  these  schools,  and  in  those  of  the 
artillery  noted  below,  is  to  be  found  the 
true  foundation  of  the  military  triumphs 
of  France  from  1792  to  1810. 

The  great  military  of  school  of  France 
is  now  established  at  Fontainbleau  by 
Bonaparte. 

The  French  had  likewise  a  maria 
school,  [ecole  de  marine}^  which  was  kept 
at  the  expence  of  government,  and  was" 
regularly  attended  to,  in  one  of  the  de- 
partments. There  was  also  a  ship,  dis- 
tinguished by  the  name  of  school,  (ecole) 
which  was  r.  gularly  manned  and  equipped 
for  the  instruction  of  young  marines. 

There  were  several  schools  of  artillery, 
Scales  j'arti//erie.t  distributed  in  different 
parts  of  the  kingdom,  and  supported  at 
the  public  charge.  The  five  principal 
ones  wtre  at  La  Fere^  Metzy  Grens6/et 
Slras&utgb,  and  Perpignan. 

They  were  under  the  direction  of  an 
inspector-general,  who  had  the  rank  of 
a  lieutenant-general  in  the  army.  Each 
school  was  superintended  by  three  com- 
mandants, and  was  composed  of  ordinary 
and  extraordinary  commissaries  belonging 
to  the  artillery,  of  officers  who  had  the- 
immediate  direction  of  the  levelling  and 
pointing  pieces  of  ordnance,  and  of  volun- 
teer cadets. 

These  schools  were  open  throughout 
the  year;  advantage  being  taken  of  oc- 
casional tint,  weather  during  the  winter 
months  to  practise  and  exercise.  They 
were  divided  into  schools  of  theory,  eco/e: 
de  tfoeorie,  and  into  schools  of  practice, 
eColes  de  ptAtique. 

The  theoretical  establishments  were 
for  the  immediate  instruction  of  all  o£S' 


SCI 


scu 


625 


cers  belonging  to  the  engineer  and  the  ar. 
tillery  departments. 

The  practical  schools  WfTe  open  indis- 
criminately to  all  officers  and  soldiers. 
There  was  also  a  particular  school  for 
the  information  of  those  persons  who  di- 
rected their  attention  to  mining  and  sap- 
ping: ;  this  school  was  called  Uec'Ae  des 
S appears.  The  miner's  school.  There 
was  likewise  a  school  established  at  La 
Fere,  to  which  none  but  artillery  officers 
could  be  admitted.  The  students  con- 
sisted of  one  company,  whose  number 
never  exceeded  50.  They  had  the  rank 
of  sub- lieutenants,  and  received  a  month- 
ly subsistence,  amounting  to  forty  Fr  nch 
livres,  a  little  more  than  seven  dollars. 

The  school  at  Mezieres,  which  was 
established  before  the  additional  one  at 
La  Fere,  for  the  exclusive  use  and  ad  van- 
tage of  the  artillery,  was  calculated  to 
receive  30  officers ;  and  those  who  went 
from  La  Fere  had  the  rank  ot  second 
lieutenants,  with  60  livres,  something 
more  than  ten  dollars,  as  monthly  sub. 
sistence. 

It  will  naturally  strike  every  observer, 
from  these  several  establishments,  which 
were  ail  supported  by  government,  and 
warmly  patronised  by  the  different  reign- 
ing monarchs  in  France,  that  military  sci- 
ence constituted  one  of  the  chief  objects 
of  French  policy  ;  andjt  is  only  bare  jus- 
tice to  say,  that  their  encouragement  was 
not  fruitlessly  bestowed.  All  Europe 
has  testified  to  the  effect ;  the  neglect  or 
military  science  in  other  nations  is  equally 
striking,  and  ought  to  produce  more 
wise  precautions.  The  Turks  have 
a  military  school,  called  the  school  for 
the  Agemolans,  or  young  men  attached 
to  the  corps  of  Janizaries.  This  institu- 
tion was  created  by  Amurat,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  enuring  a  certain  number  of  per- 
sons to  every  possible  hardship  of  military 
service. 

Fencing  SCHOOL,  (ecole  d'armes,  Fr.) 
Every  trench  regiment,  when  in  bar- 
racks or  otherwise  conveniently  quartered, 
has  a  room  allotted  for  the  exercise  of  the 
small  sword,  the  spadroon,  &c.  Some 
active  clever  serjeant  or  soldier  is  autho- 
rised to  teach  his  comrades,  and  to  derive 
what  benefit  he  can  from  giving  lessons 
abroad.  We  need  scarcely  add,  that  some 
internal  regulation  of  the  kind  would  be 
highly  advantageous  to  officers  every 
where. 

SCI  ACE,  (BoisdeSdagt,  Fr.)  Saw- 
ing. Wood  that  is  proper  to  be  sawed  in 
plajnks,  or  to  be  made  fit  for  any  use  in 
carpentry. 

SCIA'GRAPHY,  (Sciagraphy  Fr.) 
The  profile  or  section  of  a  building  to 
shew  the  inside  thereof. 

SCIE,  Fr.  a  suw. 

SCIENCE.  Any  art  or  species  of 
knowlege;  as  military  science,  &c. 

SCIENCE  de  la.  guerre,  Fr.  Military 
knowlege,  or  the  science  of  war, 


SCITIE,  or  SETIE,  Fr.  a  smal 
decked  barge  with  Levant  sails. 

SCORPION,    (Scorpion,    Fr.)  a  sort 

of  long  thick  javelin  or  arrow,  which  was 

used  among  the  ancients.     Tor  a  specific 

,  description,  see  Vegetius  and  Justus  Lip- 

j  sius.     The  Cretans  are  supposed  to  have 

j  invented  the  scorpion. 

SCIMITAR,  a  short  crooked  sword, 
more  or  less  incurvated. 

To  SCOUR,  (Satire  a  toute  -vdee,  Fr  ) 
This  term  is  frequently  used  to  express 
the  act  of  firing  a  quick  and  heavy  dis- 
charge of  ordnance  or  musquetry,  t<»r  the 
I  purpose  of  dislodging  an  enemy. — H  'nc.e 
to  scour  the  rampart  or  the  covert  way. 
It  likewise  signifies  to  clear,  to  drive 
away,  viz.  To  tcour  the  seas:  Ecumer 
les  mers,  Ft. — To  scour  the  streets  ;  Ecu- 
mer  les  rues ;  also  to  run  about  in  a  loose 
desultory  manner,  as  to  scour  the  country. 

To  SCOUR  ,i  line,  is  to  flank  it,  so  as 
to  see  directly  along  it,  that  a  musqu^t 
ball,  entering  at  oae  end,  may  fly  to  the 
other,  leaving  no  place  of  security. 

SCOUTS,  aregenerally  horsemen  sent 
out  before,  and  on  the  win  :s  of  an  arn»yf 
at  the  distance  of  a  mile  or  two,  to  dis- 
cover  the  enemy,  and  give  the  general  .111 
account  of  what  they  see.  See  VIUETTES. 

SCREW,  (Escrou,  Fr.)  On  of  the 
median  cal  powers,  which  is  defined  a 
right  cylinder  cut  into  a  furrowed  .  spual, 
Wilkins  calls  it  a  kindef  wedge,  that  is 
multiplied  or  continued  by  a  helical  re- 
voki'ion  about  a  cylinder,  receiving  its 
motion  not  from  any  stroke,  but  from  a 
vectis  at  one  end  of  it. 

SCREWS,  in  gunnery,  are  fastened  to 
the  cascable  of  light  guns  and  howitzers, 
by  means  of  an  iron  bolt,  which  goes 
through  a  socket  fixed  up^n  the  centre 
transom,  to  elevate  or  depress  the  piece 
with,  instead  of  wedges. 

SCREW  of  direction,  (Vis  de  Pointage9 
Fr.)  The  screw  of  direction,  used  in  the 
artillery,  is  formed  of  a  b/ass  horizontal 
roller,  placed  between  the  two  cheeks  ot" 
the  car.iage.  The  trunnions  of  the  roller 
move  upon  two  vertical  iron  pivots,  which 
are  fixed  against  the  interior  sides  ot  the 
cheeks.  By  means  of  this  screw  the  di- 
rection of  pieces  is  either  raised  or  lowered 
with  a  regular  movement,  and  in  the 
smallest  space. 

The  screw  of  direction,  or  Vis  de  Point-, 
age,  is  equally  used  tor  howitzers  as  well 
as  tor  heavy  pieces  of  ordnance.  It  has 
been  invented  by  the  French,  and  serves 
in  lieu  of  the  Coins  a  Cremuiliere,  or  in. 
dented  coins.  S,>  little  progress  has  mili- 
tary science  made  in  the  Unued  States, 
that  there  arc  many  old  officers  in  the  U. 
States'  service  who  know  nothing  even  of 
this  little  but  important  particular. 

Lock  SCREWS.  Small  screws  which 
are  attached  to  the  lock  of  a  niusquct. 

SCULLCAP.     SeeHELMET. 

SCURVY,  (Scvrbut,  Fi.)  A  disease 
to  which  soldiers  and  seamen  are  peculi- 
arlv  exposed,  from  idleness,  inattention 
4  K 


626 


SEC 


SEC 


to  cleanliness  of  person  and  food,  eating 
salted  meat  and  drinking  bad  water,  &c. 

S  C  U  T  E  or  Canct*  F r .  I  n  D utch  Sc boot, 
and  Canot,  is  pronounced  with  us  as  if 
written  cannoo.  Any  small  boat  which 
is  used  in  navigation  tor  the  accommo- 
dation of  a  ship. 

SEARCHER,  an  instrument  used  by 
the  founders  to  discover  any  flaws  in  the 
bore  of  cannon,  &c.  See  PROOF. 

r0  SEASON.  Ina  military  sens*,  to 
accustom,  to  enure.  Soldiers  tre  fre- 
quently s  nt  to  Gibraltar  in  order  to  be 
seasoned  for  a  hot  climate. 

SEASONED  Troops.  Troops  that  have 
be  n  accustomed  to  climate,  and  are  not 
so  liable  to  become  the  victims  of  any 
cndemical  disorder,  as  raw  men  must  un- 
avoidably be.  The  French  use  the  word 
acclimater  ;  to  get  accustomed  to  a  change 
of  climate.  Hence  Troupes  acclimateet  ; 
troo  s  that  have  been  seasoned. 

SEAT  of  war.  The  country  in  which 
war  >s  carrying  on. 

SECANT,  (Secante*  Fr. )  A  line  which 
cuts  another,  ordividesit  intotwo parts. 
See  table  at  the  end  of  the  word  GUN- 

JJERY. 

SECANT  of  an  arch.     In  trigonometry, 
is  aright  line  drawn  from  the  centre  of  the  i 
circle  to  the  extremity  of  the  tangent. 

SECANT  of  an  angle.  Supposing  an 
angle  to  be  terminated  by  a  base  that  is  \ 
perpendicular  to  one  of  the  sides,  and 
that  the  smallest  side  of  the  angle  be  taken 
for  the  rddius  or  whole  sinus,  the  great- 
est of  the  two  sides  of  that  angle  will  be 
its  secant. 

SECOND,  (Second*  Fr.)  The  next 
In  order  to  the  first.  The  ordinal  of  two. 
The  next  indignity,  place,  or  station. 
The  French  use  the  word  Secandin  mili 
tary  matters,  somewhat  differently  from 
the  English,  viz. 

Contpagnie  en  SECOND,  Fr.  This  li- 
teral ty  means  second  company,  but  ac- 
cording to  the  old  French  regulations  it 
signifies  a  company  which  consists  of  half 
the  number  of  men  that  other  companies 
are  composed  of.  This  was  however, 
applied  to  the  cavalry  only. 

Capiiaine  enSs.cnND  ou  reforme  en  pied* 
or  Lieutenant  en  SECOND,  ditto*  Fr.  are 
officers  whose  companies  have  been  re- 
duced, but  who  do  duty  in  others,  and 
are  destined  to  fill  up  the  first  vacancies. 
We  have  borrowed  the  expression  and 
say,  to  be  seconded.  When  an  officer  is  je- 
conded*  he  remains  upon  full  pay,  in  the 
British  service,  his  rank  goes  onr  and  he 
may  purchase  the  next  vacant  step,  with- 
out bein>.  obliged  to  memorial  in  the  man- 
ner that  a  hali-:  ay  officer  must.  Should 
&•  latter  have  taken  a  difference,  he  will 
find  much  difficulty  in  getting  upon  full 
pay,  and  iiecanonly  avail  himself  of  his 
standing  in  the  army  when  the  last  object 
is  accomplished.  So  that  a  seconded  offi- 
cer stand*  in  a  mor  >.  favorable  I'ght.  He 
is  besides  lively  to  be  appointed  to  the 


vacant  commission  of  the  regiment  in 
which  he  is  seconded. 

Pten.it e  pour  son  SECOND,  Fr.  To  take 
for  a  second. 

Les  SECONDS  decote  et  d'autre  seson  tues, 
Fr.  Both  the  seconds  were  killed ;  or  the 
seconds  on  each  side  killed  one  another. 
It  was  very  usual  among  the  French  tor 
the  seconds  to  make  common  cause  with 
their  principals,  and  to  fiyht  upon  the  de- 
cease of  the  former.  The  practice  is  re- 
probated and  out  of  date. 

To  SECOND,  (seconder*  Fr.)  To  aid  or 
assist,  to  support. 

SECOND  covert  'way ,  that  beyond  the 
second  ditch.  S.e  FORTI  FICATION. 

SECOND  ditch*  that  made  on  the  out- 
side of  the  glacis,  when  the  ground  islow8 
and  there  is  plenty  of  water.  See  FOR. 

TIFICAT10N. 

SECOND  F/anc*  Fr.  See  Flank  obliqus 
in  FORTIFICATION. 

SECOUR1R  une  place,  Fr.  To  throw 
succours  into  a  besieged  town  or  place. 
It  sometimes  signifies  t  <  farce  an  investing 
ot  attacking  army  to  raise  the  siege. 

SECRECY.  In  a  military  economy 
this  Duality  is  peculiarly  requisite.  It 
signifies  fidelity  to  a  secret;  taciturnity- 
inviolate;  close  silence.  Officers,  in 
particular,  should  be  well  aware  or  the 
importance  of  it,  as  the  divulging  of  what 
has  been  confidentially  entrusted  to  them, 
especially  on  expeditions,  might  render 
the  whole  project  abortive.  The  slight- 
est deviation  from  it  is  very  justly  con. 
sidered  as  a  breach  of  honor,  as  scanda- 
lous conduct,  unbecoming  an  officer  and 
a  gentleman.  In  official  matters  the  per- 
son so  offending  is  liable  to  the  severest 
punishment  and  penalty. 

SECRET,  (Secret*  Fr.)  Under  this 
word  may  be  considered  .ru:  caution  and 
circumspection  which  every  good  gene- 
ral should  observe-  during  a  campaign  j 
the  feints  he  may  think  proper  to  make 
for  the  purpose  of  covering  a  projected 
attack;  and  the  various  stratagems  to 
which  he  may  resort  to  keep  his  own  in- 
tentions concealed,  and  to  get  at  those  of 
others. 

SECRET.  Kept  hidden,  not  revealed, 
Hence  secret  expedition,  secret  enter- 
prise, &c  Secret  articles  of  a  treaty, 
being  the  correlative  words  to  public  ar- 
ticles. 

SECRET,  Fr.  The  spot  chosen  by 
the  captain  of  a  fire-ship  to  apply  the 
saucisbon  of  communication. 

SECRET  expedition.  Those  are  often 
calied  such,  which  in  fact  are  known  to 
the  enemy  before  they  are  put  in  execu- 
tion ;  they  should  never  be  communicated 
to  any  other  than  the  commander  of  the 
troops,  and  the  first  naval  officer,  untii 
they  are  in  absolute  readiness  to  act,  and 
but  a  few  hours  before  the  enterprize  ifr 
put  inexecutiou :  no  officer  being  allowed 
to  open  his  instructions  until  Me  is  eithec 
at  his  destination,  or  it  sea-  6se  Exrer 


SEC 


SEL 


627 


SECRETAIRE,  Fr.  The  clerk  be. 
longing  to  the  Swiss  regiments  in  the 
old  French  service,  was  so  called.  He 
acted  likewise  as  quarter  master  serjeant, 
and  was  styled  Muster sc briefer, 

SECRETAIRE  general  d^artillerle,  Fr 
A  place  of  trust,  which,  during  the 
French  monarchy,  was  in  the  nomina- 
tion of  the  grand  master. 

SECRETARY  at  ivar,  (Secretaire  d< 
guerre,  Fr.)  The  fust  officer  of  the  war 
department. 

SECRETARY  of  slate .  (Secretaire  d'etat, 
Fr.)  Tne  secretary  who  has  charge  of 
the  foreign  relations. 

To  SECRETE,  to  hide;  to  keep  private; 
fo  harbor;  to  conceal,  &c.  liy  tht.  ar- 
ticles of  war  it  is  provided,  that  if  any 
person  shall  harbor,  conceal,  or  assist 
any  deserter  from  his  majesty's  service, 
knowing  him  to  be  such,  the  person  so 
offending  shall  forfeit,  for  every  such  of. 
fence,  the  sum  ot  five  pounds. 

SECTION.  (Section,  Fr.)  from  the 
Latin  word  secrio,  which  is  derived  from 
sect,  to  cut,  a  part  of  a  thing  divided,  or 
the  division  itself.  Such  particularly  are 
the  subdivisions  of  a  chapter,  called  also 
paragraphs  a=  d  articles.  Sometimes  we 
nna  the  term  section  divided  into  articles; 
as  m  the  articles  of  war. 

SECTION.  Section,  Fr  A  certain 
proportion  of  a  battalion  or  company, 
when  it  is  told  off  for  military  movements 
and  evolutions.  A  section  may  consist 
ot  four  or  any  other  number  o*  files.—- 
This  relates  to  the  infantry;  the  cavalty 
into  ranks  by  three's,  and  after  that  in 
ai.y  number  of  filej>  or  sections.  The 
French  use  the  word  section  for  the  same 
purpose;  and  form  their  companie*  into 
platoons,  and  divide  their  platoons  into 
any  number  of  sections. 

SECTOR,  (Secteur,  Fr.)  A  mathe- 
matical instrument  of  great  use  in  finding 
the  proportion  between  quantities  of  the 
same  kind,  as  between  lines  and  lines, 
surfaces  and  surfaces,  Sec.  for  which  rea- 
son the  French  call  it  the  compass  of  pro- 
portion. 

The  great  advantage  of  the  sector,  above 
common  scales,  &c.  is,  that  it  is  adapted 
to  all  radii,  and  all  scales.  The  sector  is 
founded  on  the  fourth  proposition  of  the 
sixth  book  ot  Euclid.  The  sector  con- 
sists  of  two  equal  legs,  or  rules  of  brass, 
&c.  riveted  together,  but  so  as  to  move 
easily  on  the  rivet;  on  the  races  of  the 
instrument  are  placed  several  lines ;  the 
principal  of  which  are ;  the  line  of  equal 
parts,  line  of  chords,  line  of  sines,  line 
of  tangents,  line  of  secants,  and  line  of 
polygons. 

To  SECURE,  in  a  military  sense,  to 
preserve,  to  keep,  to  make  certain.  As 
to  secure  a  place,  to  secure  a  conquest. 
In  the  management  of  the  firelock,  it  sig- 
nifies to  bring  it  to  a  certain  position,  by 
Which  the  locks  are  secured  against  rain. 
Hence 

SECURE  arms!  a  word  of  command 


which  is  given  to  troops  who  are  under 
arms  in  wet  weather.  To  bring  your 
firelock  to  the  secure;  ist,  throw  your 
rig  t  hand  brskly  up,  and  place  it  under 
the  cock,  keeping  the  ,  iece  steady  in  the 
same  position. 

2d  Q  lit  the  butt  with  the  left  hand, 
and  seize  the  firelock  with  it  at  the  swell, 
bringing  the  dbow  close  down  upon  the 
lock :  the  right  hand  kept  fast  in  this 
motion,  and  the  piece  still  upright. 

3d  Quit  the  ri,:ht  hand,  and  bring  it 
down  to  your  right  side,  throwing  the  fire* 
lock  nimbly  down  to  the  se  ure;  tin-left 
hand  in  a  line  with  the  waist-belt  In 
order  to  shoulder  from  the  secure,  you 
must  rst,  bi  ing  the  firelock  up  to  a  per- 
pendicular line,  seizing  it  with  the  right 
hand  under  the  cock. 

ad.  Quit  the  left  hand,  and  place  it 
strong  upon  the  butt. 

3d.  Qu  t  the  right  hand,  and  bring  it 
smartly  down  the  right  side. 

SEDITION,  in  a  military  sense  is  to 
disobey  ord-rs;  to  cabal  or  form  factions 
against  the  officer  or  officers  in  command  ; 
to  looser,  confidence ;  to  resist  or  oppose 
orders,  or  to  stir  up  mutiny.  It  is  an 
ofrenc<-  in  military  law  of  the  most  ratal 
character  and  always  punished  in  a  most 
exemplary  manner.  See  MUTINY. 

SEER,  Ind.  A  weight  nearly  equal 
to  a  pound. 

SEESAR,  Ind.  the  dewey  se-ason. 

SEEARISH,/«</.  A  recommendation. 

SEEPELYA,  Ind.  A  triangle  to 
which  culprits  are  tied  to  be  punished. 

SEFFY,  Ind.     A  dynasty  of  Persia. 

SEGBANS.  Horsemen  among  the 
Turks,  who  have  care  of  the  baggage  be- 
longing to  cavalry  regiments. 

SEGMENT,  a  figure  contained  be- 
tween a  chord  and  an  arch  of  the  circle, 
or  so  much  of  the  circle  as  is  cut  off  by 
that  chord. 

SEJA,  Ixd.     A  fenced  terrace. 

SE1LLURE,  (Milage,  eau,  bouage  ou 
ouiacbe,  Fr  )  terms  used  among  the 
French  to  express  the  way  a  ship  make- ; 
it  corresponds  with  our  naval  word 
Wake,  which  is  also  called  Eaux. 

SEJOUR,  Fr.  Ina  military  sense  sig- 
nifies a  halting  day.  In  a  naval  one,  the 
time  that  a  ship  remains  in  port. 

SCION,  Fr.  A  sand-crack  in  a  horse's 
hoot 

SEIN./V.  Inthemidst.  The  French 
say  figuratively,  porter  la  guerre  dans  /- 
sein  d'un  royaume.  To  caay  a  war  into 
tl'ie  heart  of  a  kingdom.  Ait  sein  de  ses 
soldais.  In  the  midst  of  his  soldiers. 

SEL,  Fr.  Salt.  Before  the  revolu- 
tion ot  1789,  the  French  troops  were  al- 
lowed a  specific  quantity  of  salt,  which 
was  regularly  accounted  for  at  the  back  of 
the  muster-rolls. 

SEL,  Fr.  The  salt  used  in  the  artillery 
is  lixivial,  and  of  a  fixed  quality  It  is 
extracted  from  saltpetre,  and  must  be 
thoroughly  washed,  as  no  saltpetre  can 


628 


SE  N 


SEP 


be  good  which  has  the  least  saline  or 
greasy  particle  about  it. 

SELICTAR.     A  Turkish  sabre. 

Te  SELL,  to  give  f<>r  a  price  ;  the  word 
correlative  to  buy.  Hence  to  buy  and 
sell  commissions. 

SLLLE,  kr.  A  saddle.     SeeBouTE- 

5  E  L  L  f .. 

SzLLtrasf,  *r.  A  saddle  without  a 
bow 

,>f*irK  a  arcon,  Fr.     A  bow-saddle. 

SK.V1BLABLES,  Fr.  In  geometry, 
similar,  alike,  equal.  This  term  is  ap- 
plied to  any  two  hgures,  the  sides  of  one 
or  which  correspond  with  the  sides  of  the 
ctaer,  and  are  always  in  the  same  ratio. 
So  that  scmblable  or  alike,  only  means  in 
this  sense  equal.  Two  circles,  though 
unequal  in  tneir  sizes,  may  still  be  alike  -, 
that  is,  their  several  parts  may  agree  ac- 
cording to  a  certain  ratio. 

Lts  SEMELLES,  Fr.  The  axle- 
trees  belonging  to  the  carriage oi  a  gun. 

SEMESTRE,  'Fr.  This  word  lite- 
rally  signifies  a  term  of  six  months ;  but 
it  is  generally  understood  to  express  any 
term  of  leave  of  absence;  which  is  granted 
to  officers  or  soldiers.  With  respect  to 
the  latter,  it  means  furlough. 

SEMICIRCLE,  part  ot  a  circle  di- 
vided by  the  diameter. 

S  E  MI  D I A  M  E  T  E  R,  half  of  the  line 
which  divides  a  circle  into  two  equal 
parts. 

SEMIORDINATE,  a  line  drawn  at 
right  angles  to  be  bisected  by  the  axis,  and 
extending  from  one  side  of  the  section  to 
the  other. 

SENAU,  Fr.  A  small  skiff  or  tender 
calculated  for  quick  sailing. 

SENECHALE,  Fr.  The  seneschal's 
wife  or  lady. 
'SENESCHAL,  (Senechal,  Fr.)  One 
who  had  in  >;reat  houses  the  care  of  feasts, 
or  domestic  ceremonies. 

SENS.nfefjZM-d'wcw.r,  Fr.   Topsy-tur- 

yy- 

Sim-devant-derriere,  Fr.  Wrong  way. 

SENIORITY,  in  military  matters, 
is  the  difference  of  number  in  two  regi- 
ments, wnereby  the  one  is  said  to  be  so 
anuch  senior  to  the  other.  Ail  regiments 
take  place  according  to  seniority. 

SENTENCE.    Decision;  determina- 
tion, rinal  judgment.     There  is  an  ap- 
peal allowed  from  the  sentence  ot  a  regi- 
mental court-martial  to  the  opinion  of 
general  one. 

SENTINEL,;  is    a   private  soldier, 

SENTRY,  5  placed  in  some  post, 
to  watch  the  approach  of  the  enemy,  to 
prevent  surprises,  to  stop  such  as  would 
pa>s  without  order,  or  discovering  who 
they  are,  Sentries  are  placed  before  the 
arms  of  all  guards,  at  the  tents  and  doors 
of  general  officers,  colonels  ot  regiments, 

JtC. 

All  sentries  are  to  be  vigilant  on  their 
posts ;  they  are  not,  on  any  account  to 
Sing,  smoke  tobacco,  nor  suffer  any  noise 
to  be  made  near  them.  They  arc  to  have 


a  watchful  eye  over  the  things  committed 
o  their  charge.  They  are  not  to  suffer 
my  light  to  remain,  or  any  h'retobe  made 
\ear  their  posts  in  the  night-time  ;  nei- 
her  is  any  sentry  to  be  relieved,  or  re- 
novcd  from  his  post,  but  by  the  corporal 
f  the  guard.  They  are  not  to  suffer  any; 
ne  to  touch  or  handle  their  arms,  or  in 
he  night-time  to  come  within  10  yards  of 
their  post. 

No  person  is  to  strike  or  abuse  a  sen- 
ry  on  his  post  j  but  when  he  has  com- 
muted a  crime,  he  is  to  be  relieved,  and 
then  punished  according  to  the  rules  and 
articles  of  war. 

A  sentinel,  on  his  post  in  the  night,  is 
not  to  know  any  body,  but  by  the  coun- 
tersign :  when  he  challenges,  and  is  an- 
wered,  relief ,  lie  calls  out  stand,  relief! 
advance,  ccrporal !  upon  which  the  cor- 
poral halts  nis  men,  and  advances  alone 
within  a  ya.d  of  the  sentry's  fire-lock 
[first  ordering  his  party  to  port  arms,  on 
which  the  sentry  does  the  same.)  and  gives 
him  the  same  counteisign,  taking  care 
that  no  one  hears  it.  See  ROUNDS. 

SENTINELLE,  Fr.  Sentinel ;  sen- 
try. This  word  is  likewise  used  to  ex- 
press the  duty  done  by  a  sentinel.  Faire 
stnt  incite.  To  stand  sentry. 

SENTINELLE  $erdue,  Fr.  A  sentry- 
posted  in  a  very  advanced  situation,  so  as 
to  be  in  continual  danger  of  surprise  from 
the  enemy. 

SEPTANGULAR,  having  seven  an- 

SEPTILATERAL,  having  seven 
sides. 

SEPTUPLE.     Seven-fold. 

SE  RASTER,  '(Serasquier,  Fr.)  A- 
mong  the  Turks,  the  nexi  in  rank  to  the 
Vizier,  in  whose  absence  he  commands, 
bur  to  whose  orders  he  is  constantly  sub. 
servient. 

SERGENTV*n»«,  Fr.  During  the 
old  monarchy  of  France,  particularly  in 
the  reign  of  Phili  p  Augusfus,  a  guard  was 
composed  ot  rirm  trusty  men  tor  the  safe- 
ty of  the  king.  This  guard  was  called 
Sergens  d'armes,  from  the  Latin  words 
ser-uientes  armor um.  The  company  of  the 
Sergens  d'armes  was  composed  of  one  hun- 
dred and  fifty,  ortwo hundred  men.* The 
number  was  reduced  by  Philip  de  Valois 
to  one  hundred.  Charles  V.  during  the 
regency  broke  the  company,  keeping  only 
six  men  of  that  description  round  his  per- 
son ;  and  Charles  VI.  had  only  eight, 
half  of  whom  did  duty  alternately  every 
month.  Wjth  us  the  Serjeant  at  arms  is 
a  person  appointed  to  attend  a  public 
body,  arrest  traitors,  and  persons  ofier.d. 
ing. 

SEPADAR,  ltd.  An  officer  of  the 
rank  ot  brigadier-general. 

SEP  AH  I,  Ind.  A  feudatory  chief, 
or  military  tenant;  a  soldier.  See  SE- 
POYS. 

SEPHARRY,  bid.  Afternoon. 

SEPOYS,///^  derived  from  the  Per. 
sian  Sfabit  Natives  who  havt  inlisteci 


SE  R 


SER 


629 


themselves  into  the  service  of  the  East 
India  Company,  and  are  attached  to  the 
infantry.  These  troops  have  both  native 
and  European  commissioned  and  non- 
commissioned officers;  but  the  Euro- 
peans at  alJ  times  command.  The  Sepahis 
jnake.exceilent  soldiers,  are  remarkably 
-clcarv*tmd  feel  a  natural  predilection  for 
arms.  See  SPA  HI 

SERAKHUR,  /wT?      Native    non- 

SERANG,  $      commissioned 

officers  who  are  employed  in  the  artille- 
ry, and  on  board  ships  of  war.  In  the  ar- 
tillery the  title  answers  to  that  of  serjeant ; 
in  th<  naval  service  to  that  of  boatswain. 

SERASKUR,  Ind.  This  word  is 
sometimes  written  Seraskier,  and  signi- 
fies the  commander  in  chief  of  a  Turkish 
armv. 

SERDANS  Colonels  in  the  Turkish 
service  arc  so  called. 

SERGENT,  Fr  See  SERGEANT  or 
SLR JEANT. 

SERGENT  noble,  Fr.     A  post  of  honor 
which  existed  during  the  first  periods  of 
the  French  monarchy.  The  French  com- 
piler, from  whose   work  we  have  occa- 
sionally translated  much   matter  relative 
to  the  military  hisrory,  &c.   of    France,  j 
has  the  following  passage  concerning  the  \ 
term  itself    We  shall  give  his  meaning  li-  j 
terallv  : — **  This  term  does  i.otcomr  from  i 
serviens,  as  I  have  imagined  in  common  i 
with  many  other  etymologists     Monsieur  i 
Beneton,  in  his  Hi^toire  de  la  Guetre,  says, 
that  the  serjeant  who  seemed  to  think  he  j 
c>-u|d   trace  the  origin  of  his  title  in  the 
Latin  word  Setvienst  was  a  >emleman  by  j 
birth,  who  during  the  prevalence  of  mili-  , 
tary  fiefs,  was  liable  to  do  military  ser-  i 
vice,  in  consequence  ot  the  feodal  tenure, 
called  Fief  de   Se>-genterie,    by   which    he 
held  his  land.     His  superior  officer  was 
called  Suzerain,    the  functions  of  whose 
situation  corresponded  with   those  of   a 
modern  adjutant      It  was  the  business  of 
the  Sergent  Noble,  or  gentleman  serjeant, 
to  assemble  all  the  vassals  of  the   Suze- 
rain,   for   the   purpose  of    incorporating 
them  under  one  standard,  and  of  rendering 
them  fit  for  war 

SERGENT  de  bande,  Fr.  Serjeant  in 
the  common  acceptation  of  the  term. — 
The  etymology  of  this  won!  is  different 
from  that  of  Sergent  Noble.  It  evidently 
comes  from  che  French  Sen-egens,  or  men 
that  cloie  or  lock  up,  tru  same  as  serre- 
files ;  shewing  that  this  non-commis- 
sioned officer  was  pl.iced  to  take  charge  of 
the  rear  riles,  whilst  the  commissioned 
one  was  in  the  front.  It  was  his  business 
to  see  that  the  rear  conformed  itself  tothe 
orders  which  were  given  in  the  front ;  to 
make  the  files  lock  up  and  dress,  &c. 

SERGENT  de  bataille,  Fr.  Field  ser- 
jeant. This  was  an  appointment  of  con- 
sid.rable  trust  in  the  old  French  armies. 
The  szrgens  de  bataille  held  commands,  and 
did  th  -duty  of  modern  inspec-ors.  They 
ranked  next  to  a  field  marshal,  or  maienbui 
The  serins  de  bataille,  or 


field  Serjeants,  existed  under  Francis  the 
First.  But  these  field  Serjeants  were  only 
at  that  time  sergens  de  bandes,  or  train  ser- 
jeants.  There  were  likewise,  under  the 
same  king,  serge/is  generaux  de  bataille^ 
general  field  Serjeants.  These  were  ofn> 
cers  of  rank,  and  did  the  duty  of  a  modern 
major  general. 

There  were  also  officers  of  the  same 
description  in  the  reign  of  Henry  IV. 
This  appointment  appears  to  have  been 
dropped  after  the  peace  of  the  Pyrenees. 
The  author  of  the  Histoire  de  la  Milice 
Francaise,  observes,  that  the  appointment 
and  du'.y  of  the  different  otficers,  called 
marshals,  or  field  Serjeants,  varied  ac- 
cording to  the  will  and  pleasure  of  the 
French  kings,  and  their  war-ministers. 
He  agrees  with  us,  that  the  situation  of 
field  servant  was  originally  of  gr-.ar  conse- 
quence, but  that  it  gradually  declined, 
and  was  eventually  made  subservient  to  a 
superi  >r  officer,  who  was  called  Marecbal 
debataille,  or  field- marshal,  whoseduties 
corresponded  with  those  of  the  French 
adjutant  general  in  the  present  times. 

There  have  been  officers  of  the  same  de- 
nomination both  in  Spain  and  Germany, 
who  didthedutyof  MarechauxdeCampj 
another  term,  we  presume,  for  field  mar- 
shal But  the  general  field  Serjeants  in 
those  countries  were  divided  into  two 
classes ;  one  class  was  confined,  in  its 
functions,  to  the  infantry,  and  the  other 
to  the  cavalry  ;  and  both  acted  indepen- 
iently  of  one  another;  whereas  in  France 
they  acted  together. 

According  to  the  present  establishment 
of  the  French  army,  there  is  a  serjeant 
major  belonging  to  each  company.  The 
sergens  majors  a"  un  regiment,  or  d'une  flact 
or  the  old  French  service,  were  what  arc 
now  simply  called  majors,  majors  of  re- 
giments, or  town  majors.  The  senior 
s--.Tje.int  of  every  company  is  called  j<r. 
jeant  major  in  the  French  army  at  this 
time.  lathe  British  army  the  serjeant 
major  is  the  head  of  the  non-commission- 
ed  officers,  and  though  sometimes  attach, 
ed  to  a  company,  is  generally  a  detached 
taff officer  See  SERJEANT  MAJOR. 

SERG ENTER,  Fr.  A  word  fre- 
quently used  by  the  French  in  a  figura- 
tive sense,  signifying  to  press,  toimpo^- 
tune.  On  n'a/'me  point?  a  etre  sergenie  ; 
one  does  not  like  to  be  pressed ;  or  as  we 
familiarly  say,  to  be  dragooned  into  a 
thing. 

SER  HUD,  Ind.  A  boundary,  or 
frontier. 

SERGEANT,     ")  in  war,  is  a  non- 

SERJEANT,      >•  commissioned    or 

SERGENT,  Fr.  )  inferior  officer  in  a 
company  or  troop,  and  appointed  to  see 
discipline  observed  ;  to  teach  the  private 
men  their  exercise;  and  to  order,  and 
form  ranks,  files,  &c.  He  receives  the 
orders  from  the  serjeant.  major,  which  he 
communicates  U  his  officers.  Each  com- 
pany has  eenerally  tour  Serjeants. 

SERJEANT.,1%«r.     The  serjeant. 


630 


SE  R 


S  E  R 


rn^.jor  is  the  first  non-commissioned  officer 
in  the  regiment  after  the  quarter-master 
in  the  English  army.  He  is,  in  fact,  an 
assistant  to  the  adjutant. 

It  is  his  peculiar  duty  to  be  perfect 
master  of  every  thing  which  relates  to 
dri  Is  ;  and  it  is  always  expected,  that  he 
should  set  an  example  to  the  rest  of  the 
non-commissioned  officers,  by  his  manly, 
soldier-like,  and  zealous  activity. 

He  must  bethoroughly  acquainted  with 
all  the  details  which  regard  the  interior 
management  and  the  discipline  of  a  regi- 
ment. For  this  purpose  he  must  be  a  good 
penman,  and  must  keep  regular  returns 
of  the  serjeants  and  corporals,  with  the 
dates  of  their  appointments,  as  well  as 
the  roster  for  their  duties,  and  rosters  of 
privates  orderly  duty  ai  d  commands,  as 
far  as  relates  to  the  number  which  each 
troop  or  company  is  to  furnish.  He  is  in 
every  respect  responsible  for  the  accuracy 
of  these  details.  He  must  look  well  to 
the  appearance  of  the  men,  and  order  such 
todrill  as  he  sees  awkward,  slovenly,  or 
in  any  way  irregular.  -.  f  it  be  meant  as  a 
punishment,  he  specifies  the  time  for 
which  they  are  sent  to  drill:  if  only  for 
awkwardness,  they  remain  there  until 
I  heir  faults  are  removed. 

When  he  has  occasion  to  put  a  non- 
commissioned officer  in  arrest,  he  must 
report  him  to  the  adjutant. 

It  is  the  duty  of  the  serjeant- major, 
under  the  direction  of  the  adjutant,  to 
drill  every  young  officer  who  comes  into 
the  regirn-nt  in  the  manual  and  march, 
ing  exercises  :  he  is  likewise  to  in- 
:  truct  him  in  the  slow  and  quick  marches, 
in  wheeling,  &c. 

He  reports  regularly  to  the  adjutant  the 
exact  state  of  the  awkward  drill,  &c. 

It  isbcarcery  necessary  to  observe  in  this 
place,  that  the  good  or  bad  appearance  of 
p  regiment,  with  or  without  arms,  de- 
pends greatly  upon  the  skill  and  activity 
pf  the  serjeant  major ;  and  that  he  has  every 
inducement  to  look  forward  to  promotion. 

Quarter -master  SERJEANT.  A  non- 
commissioned officer  who  acts  under  trie 
quarter-master  of  a  regiment;  he  ought 
to  be  a  steady  man,  a  good  accountant, 
and  to  be  well  acquainted  with  the  re- 
sources of  a  country  town  or  village. 

/"^•-SERJEANT.  An  honest,  steady, 
non-commissioned  officer,  (who  is  a  kood 
accountant,  and  writes  well)  that  is  se- 
lected by  the  captain  of  a  company  in 
the  infantry,  to  pay  the  mon,  give  out  ra- 
tions, and  to  account  weekly  to  him,  or 
to  his  subaltern,  (as  the  case  may  be) 
for  all  disbursements.  He  likewise  keeps 
a  regular  state  of  the  necesbaries  of  the 
men,  and  assists  in  making  up  the  month- 
ly abstract  for  pay,  allowances,  &c. 

Coveting  SKRJEANT.  A  lum-com- 
rnisbioned  ffker  who  during  the  exercise 
of  a  battalion,  regularly  stands  or  moves 
behind  each  officer,  commanding  or  act- 
ing with  a  platoon  or  company.  Wivn 
the  ranks  take  open  order,  and  the  offi. 


cers  move  in  front,  the  covering  Serjeants 
replace  their  leaders  ;  and  when  the  ranks 
are  closed,  they  fall  back  in  their  rear. 

Drill  SERJEANT.  An  ex  pert  and  ac- 
tive non-commissioned  officer,  who, 
under  the  immediate  direction  of  the  ser- 
jeant  major,  instructs  the  raw  recruits  of 
a  regiment  in  the  first  principles  of  mili- 
tary exercise.  When  awkward  or  ill. 
behaved  men  are  sent  to  d  ill,  they  are 
usually  placed  under  the  care  of  the  <;rill 
s  rjeant.  This  non-commissioned  officer 
will  do  well  to  bear  constantly  in  mind 
the  following  obse:  v.itiuns  from  pare  135* 
Vol  I  of  the  Reglemens  pour  /'  Injanteric 
Prusienae.  ' 

"In  teaching  young  recruits  their  fi.st 
duties,  the  greatest  caution  must  be  ob- 
served not  to  give  them  a  disgust  to  the 
service,  by  harsh  treatment,  angry  and 
impatient  words,  and  much  less  by  blows. 
The  utmost  mildness  mus,t,  on  th  con- 
trary,  be  shewn,  in  order  to  endear  the 
service  to  them ;  and  the  several  parts  of 
exercise  must  be  taught  them  bv  degrees  ; 
so  'hat  they  b  come  insensibly  acquainted 
with  the  whole  of  thedisciplme,  without 
having  been  disgusted  in  the  acquirement. 
Rustics  and  strangers  must  be  used  with 
extreme  lenity." 

The  principle  of  kind  conduct  is  not 
less  worthy  of  the  officers  of  a  free  nation 
like  the  United  States;  a  generous  but 
firm  conduct  is  always  better  calculated 
to  assure  good  discipline,  than  violence  or 
brutality.  Men  learn  sooner,  learn  better, 
and  like  what  they  learn  when  treated  as 
men,  not  as  brutes.  There  yet  prevails 
too  much  of  the  barbarity  ol  the  British 
and  German  systems  in  the  American 
army. 

Lance  SERJEANT.  A  corporal  who 
acts  as  serjeant  in  a  company,  but  only 
receives  the  pay  of  corporal. 

White  SERJEANT.  A  term  of  just  ridi. 
cule,  which  is  applied  to  those  ladies 
who,  taking  advantage  of  the  uxoriousness 
of  their  husbands,  and  neglect  their  house, 
hold  concerns,  to  interfere  in  military 
matters. 

SERMENT,  Fr.     Oath. 

Pteter  SERMENT,  'fr.  To  take  an 
oath. 

SERPE,  Fr.     A  billhook. 

SERPE  d'armes,  Fr.  An  offensive 
weapon;  so  called  from  its  resemblance 
to  a  hedging  bill. 

SERPENT£AU,  Fr.  A  round  iror. 
circle,  with  small  spikes,  and  squibs  at. 
tached  to  them.  It  is  frequently  used  in 
the  attack  and  detence  of  a  breach.  It 
likewise  means  a  tusee,  which  is  filled 
with  gunpowder,  and  is  bent  in  such  a 
manner,  that  when  it  takes  fire,  it  obtains 
a  circular  rapid  motion,  and  throws  out 
spark  sot  light  in  various  directions. 

S  E  R  v  E  N  T  E  A  u  x  et  serpenteaux  brocbetei% 
Fr  A  species  of  lardon  or  fusee,  which 
is  garnished  or  loaded  upon  a  stick  or  spit 
that  is  a  third  ol  the  length  of  the  car- 
tridge. 


SE  R 


SE  R 


631 


SERPENTIN,  Fr.  The  cock  of  a 
musquer  or  firelock. 

S  E  R  R  E  -  File,  F  r.  The  last  rank  of  a 
battalion,  by  which  its  depth  is  ascer- 
tained, and  which  always  forms  its  rear. 
When  tanks  are  doubled,  the  battalion  re- 
sumes its  natural  formation  by  means  of 
the  serre-files.  Serre-file  literally  signi- 
fies a  bringerup. 

SERRE  derni  File,  Fr.  That  rank  in 
a  battalion  which  determines  the  half  of 
itsdqnh,  and  which  marches  before  the 
derm- rile.  Thus  a  battalion  standing  six 
deep,  has  its  serre-detni fie  in  the  third 
rank,  which  determines  its  depth. 

Capitainei  de  SERRE-F/'/w,  Fr.  The 
officer  who  commands  a  rear  guard  when 
a  iev;5meiu  is  on  its  march 

SERRER,  Fr.  To  close  up.  Serrex. 
vosrangs.  Take  close  order. 

SKRKER  la  bride ,  Fr.  To  pull  in  the 
bridle. 

SERRURE,  Fr.     A  lock. 

SERRURIER,  Ft.    A  locksmith. 

SERVANS  d'armes,  or  Chevaliers  Ser- 
vanst  Fr.  Persons  belonging  to  the  third 
class  of  the  order  of  Mal'.a  are  so  called. 
They  are  not  noblemen,  although  they 
wear  the  sword  and  the  cross 

To  SERVE,  (Servir,  F  r. )  I  n  a  military 
sense,  to  do  duty  as  an  officer  or  soldier. 

To  SERVE*  piece.  In  the  artillery, 
to  load  and  fire  with  promptitude  and  cor- 
rectness. The  French  use  the  term  in 


an  officer  has  obtained  permission  to  quit 
the  army,  keeping  his  rank  By  which 
means  he  has  been  enabled  to  return  into 
the  service,  and  to  take  advantage  of  his 
original  standing.  A  very  meritorious  of- 
ficer, of  high  rank  at  present,  was  per- 
mitted to  retire  in  this  manner.  There 
have  been  instances  of  officers  retiring  not 
only  with  their  rank,  b^t  with  a  certain  al- 
lowance from  the  regiment. 

InJ«ntry  SERVICE.  Service  done  by 
foot  soldiers. 

Cavalry  SERVICE.  Service  done  by 
soldiets  on  horseback. 

F  air  e  son  SERVICE,  Fr.  To  do  one's 
duty. 

Eire  de  SERVICE,  Fr.  To  be  on 
duty. 

Etre  de  SERVICE,  c&ez  If  ro't.  To  do 
duty  at  the  palace. 

Service  likewise  means  tour  of  duty,  or 
routine  of  service. 

SERVICE  de  i'infanterie  en  marche,  Fr. 
The  regular  duties,  or  routine  of  service 
which  an  infantry  regiment  goes  through 
when  it  receives  orders  to  march.  These 
are,  the  general,  Li  generate  ou  le  pie- 
tnier.  The  assembly,  i'asseat6Mf.  The 
troop,  ledrapeau  ou  \Qdertiici. 

SERVICE  Jet  places,  Fr      The  regular 
duty,  01  routine  ot  servic  ,  which  is  per- 
formed in  fortified  towns  or  places.     ( 
this  description  are  garrison  duties.     See 
I'Essai  sur  la  science  de  la  guerre  p'ar  Mons. 


the  same  sense,  viz,  L'artilletie  fut  bien  'j  le  baron  D'Espagnac,  torn.  iii.  p.  355>an<^ 
ser-vie  a  ce  siege.     The  artillery   was  well   [  les  Element  Militaires,   torn.    ii.   p. 


served  at  this  siege. 
SERVICE,  (Servic 


Fr.J     In  a  ge- 


where     specific      regulations 


this 


head  may  be  seen.     We  likewise  recom- 
mend to  the  petirsal  ot  every  engineer  and 


to  war,   every  species  of  military  duty  '  artillery  officer,  a  late  valuable  publica. 

"lein-  j!  tion,   entitled   Essai  Generate  de  Fortih- 


neral  st:nse  of  the  word,  as  far  as  it  relates 

to  war,   every  species  of  military  d 

which  isd"nc  by  an  inferior  under  the 

licence  and  command  of  a  superior.     It  |j  cation  et  d'Attaque  et  Defence  des  pla- 

likewise    m  ans  exploit,    achievement.  !'  ces. 

It  also  points  out  the  particular  profession  (i      SERVICE  decatn-pagne,  Fr.  Field  duties. 

to  which  a  man  belongs,  as  lana  servke,  ;|  This  subject  has  been  ably  trea'ed  by  se~ 

sea  service,  and  the  degree  of  knowlege  ;  veral  French  writers,  and  among  others 

•which he  may  have  acquired  by  practice,  j  by   the.  author  ot  les  Element  Militaire:-, 

viz.  He  has  seen  a  great  deal  ot  service.     |i  torn.  ii.  p.   i,  &c.  and  in  torn.  iv.   p. 
SERVICE  likewise   means   the    period     68,  &c. 

AletterofSmvic?..  See  LETTER. 
Home  SERVICE.  In  a  military  sense, 
the  duty  which  is  done  within  the  limit? 
of  the  United  States.  This  term  is  fre- 
quently used  to  distinguish  such  troops 
as  are  not  liable  to  seive  beyond  specified 


during  which  a  man  has  done  duty,  or 
followed  the  military  profession  in  an  ac- 
tive manner. 

To  see  SERVICE.  To  be  in  actual  con- 
tact with  an  enemy. 

To  be  on  SERVICE.  To  be  tloing  actu- 
al duty  with  a  corps  01  detachment. 

To  enter  into  the  S  &  R  v  ICE  .  To  receive 
a  commission  in  the  army.  The  indivi- 
dual must  be  recommended  to  the  com- 
mander iti  chief,  or  to  the  secretary  at 
war,  (as  the  case  may  be)  stating  him  to 


limits,  from  those  that  h.ve  been  raised 
for  general  service;  as  the  militia  in  the 
several  stares  of  the  union. 

Foreign  SERVICE.  Military  duty,  or 
service  d  ne abroad. 

Secret  S  E  RV  i  c  E      Any  service  perform' 


be  I'inly  qualified  to  hold  that  situation.      j  ed  by  an  individual,  in  a  clandestine  secret 
Toretbt  f'om  the  SERVICE.     To  quit  j;  manner.     It  likewise  me-ns  intelligence, 
thearmv,  :t  ;esi>.n.  t,  or  information  given  by  spies  when  coyn- 


N  >  orficer  can  resign  his  commission,  or 
retire  from  the  service,  without  having 
previous  y  ootained  pern.ission  through 
the  commander  in  chief,  or  the  secretary 
at  war,  as  the  case  may  be. 

To  retire /row  the  SS.RVICE,  keep  ing  ant's 
tank.  It  has  sometimes  happened,  that 


tries  are  engaged  in  war,  for  which  they 
receive  pecuniary  compensation. 

Secret  SERVICE  money.  The  reward, 
or  compensation  which  ;s  given  for  secret 
intelligence. 

SERVICEABLE,  capableof  perform- 
ing aJ!  necessary  military  duty. 


632 


SEW 


SHE 


SERVICES.  Pecuniary  disbursements, 
or  payments  which  are  made  for  military 
purposes. 

SE&VIR  le  canon,  Fr.  To  serve  the 
car  nor, 

SERviR/'ar////erfc,  Fr,  To  serve  the 
artillery. 

To  STiT  a  sentry  Poser  tine  sentinelfe. 
To  place  a  soldier  at  any  particular  spot 
for  its  security 


Sf-T  on,  (Atfayuer,  Fr  )     To  attack. 
Str  at  dejiunce,  (defer,  Fr.)    To  de- 
fy ;  to  dare  ro  combar,  &c. 

To  Sir  up.     To  make  a  man   fit  for 
military  movements  and  parade,  according 
to  the  old  and  ridiculous  method  of  mili- 
tary instruction  ;  by  which  a  man  was  • 
placed  in  stiff  and  aivkibard   attitudes, 
with   the  notion  of  making  him  supple  ! 
and  active  !     But  that  excess  of  setting 
up  which  stiffens  the  person,  and  tvnds 
to  throw  the  body  backward  instead  of 
forward,  is  contrary  to  every  true  principle 
of  movement,   and  must,  therefore,   be 
most  carefully  avoided.  By  the  new  prin- 
ciples nature  is  consulted,  and  instead  of 
teaching   one   man  awkward    positions, 
fifty  or  an  hundred  are  taught  at  once  to 
inove  iu  an  easy  and  natural  manner. 
SETENDY,  Ind.     The  militia. 
SETTER,   in  gunnery,  a  round  stick 
to  drive  fuzes,  or  any  other  compositions, 
into  cases  made  of  paper. 

SHAFT-f/Vrgr.     See  RINGS. 
SEUIL,  Fr.     A  threshold. 
S  E  u  i  L  d'ec  lust,  Fr.     A  thick  piece  of 
wood  wh.ch  is  la  d  cross-  ways  between 
two  stakes  at  the  bottom  of  "the  water, 
for  the  purpose  of  supporting  the  flood- 
gate. 

SEUIL  Je  pant  Iei>is.  A  thick  piece  of 
wood  with  a  groove,  which  is  fixed  on 
the  edge  ot  the  counterscarp  of  a  fosse  or 
ditch,  in  order  to  bear  the  weight  or 
pressure  of  the  draw-bridge,  when  it  is 
lowered.  It  is  likewise  called  sommier,  a 
summer  or  principal  beam. 

SEWER.  In  military  architecture,  a 
drain,  conduit,  or  conveyance,  for  car- 
rying off  water,  foliage,  &c  It  is  neces- 
sary that  every  building  have  convenien- 
cies  for  discharging  its  refuse  water,  and 
other  useless  and  offensive  matters.  — 
These  are  obtained  by  digging  and  laying 
sewers  and  drains  at  proper  depths,  and 
\vith  the  necessary  outlets  :  the  great  care 
is,  that  they  be  large  enough  ;  that  they  be 
placed  sufficiently  deep,  and  have  a  proper 
descent  ;  that  they  be  well  arched  over, 
ar.d  have  so  free  a  passage,  that  there  be 
730  danger  of  their  choaking  up;  the 
cleaning  them  being  a  work  of  trouble  and 
ex  pence. 

Instead  of  making  the  bottom  of  the 
sewer  a  flat  floor,  it  should  be  in  the  form 
of  an  inverted  arch,  answering  in  part  to 
the  sweep  ol  the  arch  above.  Everyone 
knows  that  the  freest  passage  is  through 
circular  channels  ;  and  these  might  easily 
be  constructed  so  as  to  wear  that  form; 
they  would  resemble  so  many  water-pipes 


of  a  circular  base,  and  there  would  be  no 
danger  of  their  filling  up.  The  perpen- 
dicular walls  would  not  retain  any  thing, 
because  there  are  no  angles  in  their  join- 
ing ;  and  the  bottom  being  round  and  free, 
all  would  runoff.  These  circular  sewers 
are  with  us  called  culverts. 

SFX-afffi&df'i  having  six  angles. 
SEXTANT,  (Sextant,  Fr.)  In  mathe- 
matics, an  instrument  which  serves  to 
measure  angles.  It  is  the  segment  of  a 
circle,  or  an  arch  of  60  degrees,  which 
makes  the  sixth  part  of  a  circle. 

S  E  Y  M  A  R  -  Bassy,  orjirst  lieutenant  ge- 
neral of  the  Janizaries.  An  officer  among 
the  Turks  who  not  only  commands  the 
Janizaries  that  are  called  Seymenis,  but 
when  the  Aga,  (which  signifies  clref 
guardian,  ar.d  Aga-si,  chief  or  guardian  of) 
takes  the  field,  who  further  takes  the  title 
of  Kaymekan,  or  his  lieutenant  at  Con. 
stantinople.  He  is  authorised  to  put  his 
own  seal  upon  the  different  dispatches 
which  he  sends,  and  takes  rank  ot  all  the 
sa'xiars  or  colonels  in  his  jurisdiction. — 
He  is  likewise  entrusted  with  the  entire 
'  direction  and  management  of  all  that  con- 
I  cerns  or  relates  to  the  interior  government 
of  the  Janizaries. 

S  H  A K  E  I- ,  Ind.  A  small  coin ,  of  the 
value  of  about  three-pence. 

SHAKER,  Ind.     A  city. 

SHA1T,  Ind.    Bridge,  embankment, 

SHAFT,  an  arrow  ;  a  missive  weapon. 

SHAFT,  in  mining;  a  narrow,  deep 
perpendicular  pit. 

SHAFTso/rf  carriage,  are  two  poles 
jotned  together  with  cross  bars,  by  which 
the  hind  ho'se  guides  the  carriage,  and 
supports  the  lore  parr  of  the  shaits;  the 
hind  part  turning  round  an  iron  bolt. 

SHAFT- £<zrf,  are  two  pieces  of  wood  to 
fasten  the  hind  ends  of  the  shafts  togeth- 
er, into  which  they  are  pinned  with 
wooden  pins. 

SHALL!  E,  Ind.  The  same  as  batty, 
which  signifies  rice  in  the  husk. 

SHAMROCK.  The  Irish  word  for 
trefoil,  clover,  or  three  leafed  grass.  It  is 
worn  by  the  Irish  in  their  hats  on  the 
I7th  of  March,  St.  Patrick's  day. 

SHANK.  The  long  part  of  any  in. 
strument. 

SHA  ROCK,'  tnd.  A  silver  coin,  equal 
in  v  due  to  about  one  shilling. 

SHAUMIARIS,  Ind.  A  canopy  of 
cotton  cloth. 

SHAW,  Ind.    A  king. 

SHAWZADA, /W.'   The  king's  son'. 

SHEED,  Ind      A  witness. 

SHEICK.  A  chief  of  a  tribe  among 
the  Arabs.  Mr.  Morier,  in  his  account 
of  a  campaign  with  the  Ottoman  am.y, 
relates  that  in  1800,  a  fanatic  shcick,  who 
pretended  to  be  inspired,  headed  the 
Fellahs,  (the  lowest  class  of  inhabitants 
are  so  called  among  the  Arabs)  of  tije  dis- 
trict ot  Demaiihour,  and  causeu  auctach- 
rpent  01  80  Frenchmen  to  be  put  ir.  ueith 
in  the  night;  this  was  effected  by  first 
securing  the  sentinel. 


SHE 


SHE 


633 


SHELLS,  in  gunnery ,  are  hollow  iron 
balls  to  throw  out  ->f  mortar3  or  howitzers 
with  a  fuze  hole  of  about  an  inch  diame- 
ter, to  load  them  with  powder,  and  to 
receive  the  fuze :  the  bottom,  or  part  op- 
posite the  fuze,  is  made  heavier  than  the 
rest,  that  the  fuze  may  fall  uppermost ; 
but  in  small  elevations  this  is  not  always 
the  case,  nor  is  it  necessary  ;  for,  let  it  fall 
as  it  will,  »lr  fuze  sets  fire  to  the  powder 
within,  vvh'ch  bursts  the  shell,  andcaiis- 
es  great  devastation.  The  shells  had 
much  better  be  made  of  an  equal  thick- 
ness,  for  then  they  burst  into  more  pieces 
The  fol '/owing  shells  may  aha  be  Jired  from 
guns. 

Hand  grenades  from    6  Prs. 

4  2-5  shells        12  Prs. 

51-2  shells        24  Prs. 

8  inch  68  Pr.  carronades. 

Shells  may  likewise  be  thrown  from 
guns  to  short  distances,  in  case  of  neces- 
sity, though  the  bore  be  not  of  a  diameter 
sufficient  to  admit  the  shell.  For  this 
purpose  the  gua  may  be  elevated  to  any 
degree  that  will  retain  the  shell  upon  its 
muzzle,  which  may  be  assisted  by  a 
small  line  going  from  the  ears  of  the  shell 
round  the  neck  of  the  gun.  To  produce 
a  greater  effect,  the  space  between  the 
shell  and  the  charge  may  be  filled  with 
wads  or  other  substance. 


Thickness 
of  Metal. 

IT>          r)     CO 

jj0.  Irt  t-^.       (S  in 

£   O   uif*  OOO 

y  cs  M  '-<  o  b 

Diameter  of  Fuze 
Hole. 

Outside.  Inside. 

i.    «Ti  'J^ol    MO 

-go  •*  M<X5  r- 

MH 

j^r^^S^ 

-~OO    i^  M  OC  OO 
.t   U   -   -   '.  0 

Powder  for 
bursting. 

O    <^    •>    ^  <^    "*          ** 

_Q-,O     M     •« 

Powder 
contained 
in  Shells. 

Si  rj-  u-ir<        r^ 
O              •* 
tn"   O    'Tf<    « 

£  M 

Diameter. 

'Ct  r*trjftrjft-+t  **      .    *\~ 

x;r*  a>r^"^^-rOc< 

z~ 

JZ 

_wj 

'o 

i           ~? 

^               -*NH* 

_Q  c^  O\  1-1  inoo  c*>  »N 

^•C^COH 

d~ 

i 
& 

«^V%rf 

*      Ml 
j     rjo 

<^i  2  00  *«n  ^  2J 

I         To  find  the  'weight  of  a  shell  of  iron. 

Take  9  640!' theuitference  of  the  cubes 
,  of  the  external  and  internal  diameters  fof 
|  the  weight  of  the  shell. 
i  To  find  hoiv  much  po-wder  lulll  Jill  a  shell. 
Divide  the  cube  of  the  internal  uiame- 
ter  of  the  shell  in  inches  by  J7'3,  for  the 
pounds  of  powder. 
To  Jind  the  size  of  a  shell  to  contain  a  given 

ii'elght  of  powder. 

Multi  ply  the  pounds  of  powder  by 
3.75,  and  the  cube  root  of  the  product 
will  be  the  diameter  in  inches. 

To  Jind  the  'weight  of  a  SHELL.  Rule* 
Double  the  difference  of  diameters  of  the 
shell  and  hollow  sphere,  and  7  times  the 
result  gives  the  weight  in  pounds,  cutting 
off  the  two  right  hand  figures  ot  whole 
numbers. 

Example.  Let  the  diameter  of  the  shell 
be  13  .nches,  and  that  of  the  hollow 
phereg.-j.  Then  the  cube  of  13  is  2197, 
and  that  ofg.s,  is  857  357  ;  the  difference 
s  1339  625,  its  double  is  2679.25,  which 
nuiltiplie ;  by  7,  gives  18754.625;  and 
cutting  off  two  places  in  whole  numbers, 
the  result  is  187  Ib.  or  i  cwt.  2qrs.  21  Ib. 
the  weight  of  the  shell. 


1 

i 


Thickness 
of  Metal. 

c 
_J 

Has 

N              T3 

o 

3* 

VO 

U-                C 

a 

ir>  tr»  ^H    o 

l'}4 

Mi 

OH 
y) 

i 
j 

^2- 

Powder  for 
bursting. 

o 
£ 

ir»  co-» 

Powder 
contained 
in  Shells. 

N 
O 

«eo 

Diameter. 

|200,0 

ft 

uj  o  o  ^cn 
_Q  irt  o  ^f  d 

4J 

i 

1 

M 

111! 

ci  ooo  o 

41, 


634 


SHE 


SHO 


f-<O  - 

Tj-op  cp  cp  r-  ' 
Vrc*  b  b  ' 


p  <*»<»  r-CX 
in  co  b  b 


Ov 
m  (~~oo  co  oo 

in  c*>  o  b 


tnu-i      rfrO 

2    o   O  OO^CXS 


1i' 

•S 


31 


«o  ^t  «      b 


^>   ro  M 
O  rf  M 


ll'Vi.  11'*°' 


Shells  are  likewise  sometimes  quilted 
into  gfape.  See  the  word  SHOT. 

For  the  method  of  proving  shells,  see 
PROOF. 

The  Germans  do  not  name  their  shells 
from  the  diameter  of  the  bore  which  re- 
ceives them,  but  from  the  weight  of  a 
stone  ball  that  fits  the  same  bore  as  the 
shell.  Thus,  a  7lb.  howitzer  admits  a 
stone  ball  of  that  weight;  the  shell  for 
this  weighs  15  Ib.  and  answers  to  the 
English  5  i-z  inch  The  30  Ib.  how 
itzer  shell  weighs  6b  Ib.  and  is  rather 
more  than  8  inches  in  diameter. 

Shells  were,  till  lately,  made  thicker  at 
the  bortom  than  at  the  fuze  hole ;  but  are 
now  cast  of  the  same  thickness  through- 
out,  and  are  found  to  burst  into  a  greater 
number  of  pieces  in  consequence. 

Message-S  HELLS,  are  nothing  more  than 
howitz  shells,  in  the  inside  of  which  a 
letter,  or  other  papers,  are  put ;  the  fuze 
hole  is  stopt  up  with  wood  or  cork,  and 
the  shells  are  fired  out  of  a  royal  or  how- 
itz, either  ?nto  a  garrison  or  camp.  It  is 
supposed  that  the  person  to  whom  the 
Letter  is  sent,  knows  the  time,  and  ac- 


cordingly appoints  a  guard  to  look  out  tot 
'ts  arrival, 

SHELL.  A  particular  part  of  a  sword, 
which  serves  as  a  shield  to  the  hand  when 
it  grasps  the  hilt.  The  British  regulation 
sword,  which  is  directed  to  be  worn  in  a 
cross  belt,  has  its  shell  so  constructed 
that  one  side  can  fall  down,  by  which 
means  the  hilt  hangs  more  conveniently. 

SHELL.  A  short  jacket  without  arms, 
which  was  worn  by  light  dragoons,  and  in 
sc  me  instances  by  the  infantry,  before  the 
new  regulations  took  place,  respecting 
the  clothing  of  the  British  army.  At  the 
commencement  of  the  present  war,  some 
militia  colonels  derived  no  inconsiderable 
emolument  from  this  mode  of  dress. 

SHERISCHER-itw,  Ind.  A  word 
which  corresponds  with  Saturday. 

SHERISTA,/W.  An  office ;  a  regis- 
try ;  serishtadar,  a  linguist  or  secretary. 

To  SHI  FT.  In  a  military  sense,  t» 
chanee  place  or  station.  Hence,  to  shift 
quarters.  In  the  exercise,  &c.  of  a  bat- 
talion, officers  commanding  divisions  are, 
upon  particular  occasions,  such  as  march- 
ing past,  tec.  to  shift  Irom  the  right  to 
the  left,  to  conduct  the  heads  of  files,  o* 
the  pivot  flanks,  in  column  or  echellon. 
Whenever  officers  shift,  they  must  pass 
briskly  by  the  rear,  and  never  along  the 
front  of  the  division.  The  covering  Ser- 
jeants always  move  with  them. 

The  S  H I L  L ,1 N  G  S .  A  phrase  in  familiar 
use  among  British  army  brokers,  to  ex- 
press a  certain  profit  or  per  centage  which 
they  gain  in  the  sale,  purchase,  and  ex- 
change of  commissions.  The  regulated 
price  ot  a  company  in  any  regiment  of 
foot  being  I5oo/.  only,  that  sum  can  be 
lodged  at  an  agent's,  or  a  banker's  ;  but  if 
the  company  be  what  is  called  in  the 
market,  the  broker  who  transacts  the 
business,  receives  one  shilling  in  the 
pound,  and  in  order  to  produce  this  pre- 
mium, the  purchaser  gives  1500  gu;neas^ 
out  of  which  tire  shillings  amounting  to 
7$ /.  are  paid  to  the  broker,  leaving  the  nett 
regulation  untouched. 

Head -quarter  SHIP.  The  ship  on 
which  the  commander  in  chief  of  an  ex- 
pedition is  embaiked,  and  from  which 
signals  are  made  for  the  commanding  offi- 
cers, adjutants,  &c.  of  corps,  to  attend. 

Hospital  SHIP.  The  ship  in  which 
the  sick  and  wounded  soldiers,  &c.  are 
taken  care  of  on  expeditions,  and  during 
sea  voyages -t 

Prison  SHIP.  A  ship  appropriated  for 
the  reception  of  prisoners  ot  war,  &c. 

SHO  CCA,  Ind.  Any  letter  written  by 
the  king. 

SHOOKREWAR,    Ind.      A    word 
which  corresponds  with  Friday. 

SHOOTING.  See  GUNNERY  and 
PROJECT:  LE. 

SHORTEN  your  bridle.  A  word  of 
command  used  in  cavalry,  viz. 

ist.  Seize  the  upper  end  of  the  reins  of 
the  bridle,  which  is  to  lie  on  the  right 
side  of  the  horse,  with  the  right  hand , 


S  H  O 


SHO 


635 


id.  Bring  it  up  as  high  as  your  chin, 
keeping  your  right  elbow  on  a  level  with 
the  shoulder. 

3d.  Slip  your  left  hand  along  the  reins 
of  the  bridle,  and  take  hold  of  the  loop  or 
button,  which  is  near  the  up^er  end  of  i 
the  reins. 

4th.  Slip  the  loop  dawn  with  the  left' 
hand  as  low  as  the  pommel  of  the 
saddle. 

5th.  Bring  the  right  hand  down  with! 
life  on  the  right  holster-cap,  quitting  the 
reins  of  the  bridle  with  both  hands. 

SHORT-r*//.     See  SIGNALS. 

SHOT.  A  denomination  given  to 
all  kinds  pf  balls  used  for  artillery  and 
fire-arms ;  those  for  cannon  being  of  iron, ! 
and  those  for  guns  and  pistols,  &c.  of 
lead. 

Grape ") 

Chain  >  SHOT.     See  LABORATORY. 

Case    > 

To  find  the  'weight  of  an  iron  Shot  whose 
diameter  is  given;  and  the  contrary.  Rule,*- 
Double  the  cube  of  the  diameter  in  inch- 
es,  and  multiply  it  by  7  ;  so  will  the  pro-  j 
duct  (rejecting  the  z  last  or  right  hand 
figures)  be  the  weight  in  pounds. 

Example.  What  is  the  weight  of  an 
iron  shot  of  7  inches  diameter.  The  cube 
of  7  is  343,  which  doubled  is  686,  and 
this  multiplied  by  7  produces  4802,  which 
\vith  the  right  hand  figures  rejected,  gives 
48  pounds,  the  weight  required. 

N.  B.  This  rule  is  sufficiently  exact  for 
practical  uses. 

To  find  the  diameter  vf  the  Shot,  when  the 
•weight  is  given.  Rule.  Multiply  the 
cube  root  of  the  weight  in  pounds  by 
1.923,  and  the  product  is  the  diameter  in 
inches. 

Example.    What  is  tfee  diameter  of  an 

iron  shot  of  52  pounds  ?  The  cube  root  of 

52153.732,  which  multiplied  by  1.923 

gives  7.177  inches,  the  diameter  required. 

Rule  by  logarithms. 

To  i-3d  of  the  log.  of  52          0,572001 

Add  the  constant  log.  0.283979 

And  the  sum  is  the  log.  of>     gccggo 
the  diameter  7. 177  $    ' 

To  find  the  diameter  of  a  S  H  o  T  ,  from  the 
impression  or  cavity  it  makes  by  striking 
a  brass  gun,  or  other  object.  Rule.  Di- 
vide the  square  of  the  radius  of  the  cavity 
by  the  depth  of  it,  and  add  the  quotient 
to  the  depth ;  so  will  the  sum  be  the  di- 
ameter of  the  shot  required. 

Example.  A  shot  having  struck  upon 
a  brass  gun,  made  a  cavity  of  i  .49  inches 
deep,  and  4  -94  inches  diameter ;  what  was 
the  size  of  the  shot  ?  The  radius  of  the 
cavity  is  2.47,  and  its  square  is  6.1009, 
which  divided  by  the  depth  1.49,  the 
quotient  is  4.1,  to  which  adding  i.49> 
the  sum  5.59  inches  is  the  diameter  requi- 
red, answering  to  a  24  pounder. 
SHOT. — Rules  far  finding  the  number  In  any 

pile. 
Triangular  pile, 

Multiply  the  base  by  the  base  -f-  X,  this 
product  by  the  base  4-»>  and  divide  by  6. 


Square  pile. 

Multiply  the  bottom  row  by  the  bot- 
tom row-f  if  and  this  product  by  twice 
the  bottom  row  ^-  2,  and  divide  by  6. 
Rectangular  piles. 

Multiply  the  breadth  of  the  base  by 
itself -f  i,  and  this  product  by  3  times  the 
difference  between  the  length  and  breadth 
of  the  base,  added  to  twice  the  breadth 
-|- 1,  and  divide  by  6. 

Incomplete  piles. 

Incomplete  piles  b^ing  only  frustrums, 
wanting  a  similar  small  pile  on  the  top, 
compute  first  the  whole  pile  as  if  conu 
plete,  and  also  the  small  pile  wanting  at 
top ;  and  then  subtract  the  one  number 
from  the  other. 

Rules  for  finding  the  dimensions  and  iv 'eight 
of  shot. 

The  weight  and  dimensions  of  shot  or 
shells  might  be  found  by  means  of  their 
specific  gravities;  (see  the  word  GRAVI. 
TY,)  but  they  may  be  found  still  easier, 
by  means  of  the  experimented  weight  of 
a  ball  of  a  given  size,  from  the  known  pro- 
portion of  similar  figures,  namely,  as  the 
cubes  of  iheir  diameters. 

I  St.  To  find  the  "weight  of  an  iron  tall 
from  its  diameter. — An  iron  ball  of  4  inches 
diameter  weighs  9  Ib.  and  the  weights 
being  as  the  cubes  of  their  diameters,  it 
will  be  as  64,  (the  cube  of  4,)  is  to  9,  sois 
the  cube  of  the  diameter  of  any  other  ball 
to  its  weight. 

2d.  To  find  the  <weigbt  of  a  leaden  ball. — 
A  leaden  ball  of  4i  inches  diameter  weighs 
17  Ib.  therefore,  as  the  cube  of  4£  is  to 
17,  (as  9  to  2  nearly,)  so  is  thecube  of  the 
diameter  of  any  leaden  ball  to  its  weight. 

3d.  To  find  the  diameter  of  an  iron  ball, — 
Multiply  t  the  weight  by  7  \  9  and  the 
cube  root  of  the  product  will  be  the  dia- 
meter. 

4th.  To  find  the  diameter  of  a  leaden  ball. 
Multiply  the  weight  by  9,  and  divide  the 
product  by  2  ;  and  take  the  cube  root  of 
the  quotient  for  the  diameter, 


636 


SHO 


SHO 


• 

Ox                 '       ~~  I 

/  dc/f  07  Jbnglrsh  case  shot  Jar  aijferent 

M| 

r& 

ser-vices. 

_^_ 

hfr 

r 

\ 

irt 

CO 

Sea  service. 

Carrond.es. 

-1: 

5" 

_ 

2 

rt 

3 

3" 

I 

1 

?| 

^  ^ 

8? 

sr3 

I'll. 

0 

1 

F 

| 

en 

rr 

C 

O 
<T> 

5' 

ES* 

*£ 

P- 

S-31 
S 

£| 

'^2  Sf 
"S, 

— 

— 

5     Mo 

Pr 

oz 

No. 

Ibs.  oz 

Pr 

oz. 

No. 

Ibs  oz. 

-. 

g 

1     P 

8 

70 

33 

8 

68 

8 

90 

46     2 

•§ 

9 

^j. 

24 

8 

42 

22 

15 

42 

8 

66 

32    8 

2 

** 

"? 

18 

6 

42 

15 

8 

32 

8 

40 

21    4 

9 

— 

— 

•^     — 

12 

4 

42 

II 

5 

24 

8 

32 

16    i 

0 

o 

L* 

^ 

9 

3 

44 

8 

9 

18 

6 

31 

12     2 

* 

N 

"* 

5  hi? 

6 

^ 

40 

5 

2 

12 

4 

32 

8      2 



— 

4 
•j 

2 
2 

28 

20 

4 

2 

15 

Tier  shot  for  field 

^ 

00 

| 

1  H- 

i 

»i 

12 

I 

service. 

fe° 

i/^ 

00 

OZ.  I 

V'  Ibs.ozo 

fcl 

2  kra 

Common  land 

i2pr.  I 

18 

15    18    8 

^ 

^ 

«     p* 

service. 

M-d.  S 

6ii 

J2     17    I* 

5 

^j. 

m 

g 

6  pr.  P 

8- 

15      9  — 

| 

1: 

vr, 
C*|2 

1  ft 

^ 

Pi 

24 

12 

6 

OZ. 

4 

2 
I  1-2 

No. 
84 
84 
55 

\\  ii    3  pr.  > 
12    i  |Med.  S 
5  ioii2pr.  I 

3- 

4- 

I  "  ^ 

14 

^      8  ,4 
15      4  10 
*2      4    6 

12      14    14 

1 

0 

— 

3 

n  -4 

52 

z 

14  »S«t  S 
6  pr.  ? 

6   34    14  u 
8-112      7    3 

K 

"^T 

1 

t 

light  S 

3-34     7    7 

r) 

o 

•2 

r~\         1    i 

3  Pr-  ^ 

4-.'»2      3  10 

SD 

li*ht  S 

I-J34      3  u 

1    i 

7«£/e  o/Vrfje  shot.  —  Continued. 

OO 

CX3 

~ 

f 

For  mortais 

Howitzers. 

S  % 

_. 

p 

ft)  <3 

2  ^ 

5'  ° 

S  ^ 

CJ 

h5  x 

3*  —  . 

*^ 

S  2. 

CL  rt 

n  2. 

I.S  [3 

9 

^ 

2 

o 

ETC 

§o 

tjsOro 

•~ 

1 

5' 

srST 

o 

p- 

"*' 

ttjr 

|5" 

y^' 

1? 

"" 

1     "" 

. 

i  O 

1 

S-4 

°  ° 

-n 

•   §" 

Table  of  grape  shot,  for  sea  and  land 

*^ 

In. 

oz. 

No 

bs,-  7.. 

oz. 

No. 

Ibs.  oz. 

10 

8 

170 

91  8 

«„ 

—  _ 

8 

6 

9G 

38  4 

6 

9° 

38    8 

Kind.      V 

Veight  of  each 
shot. 

Total  weight 
of  the  grape 

4- 

3 

2 

55 
55 

»J 

12   6 

8  i 

3 

2 

55 
55 

12      8 
8      2 

complete. 

42  pounders 

Ibs.  oz. 

4      ° 

Ibs.  oz. 
46    6 

bman  snens,  as  4  2-5  mcnes,  ana  nana 
grenades  were  qui  ted  into  grape  for  13 
inch  mortars  at   Gibraltar.     The  fuzeS 

32    

3      ° 

2        0 

34    i 
25    5 

were  turned  inwards  next  the  iron  tompu 
on,  and  leaders  of  quick  match  for  com- 

18     

i      8 

19  15  I-2 

municating 

fire  to  the  fuzes  were  intro- 

12-      

I        0 

10  15 

duced  through 

holes  made  in  the  wooden 

g     •  

0      I, 

7    J 

bottom,  and  p  aced  as  near  the  fuzes  as 

4    

o      8 
o      6 

5    8  i-2 
3  14  i-a 

possible  in  the  centre  of  the  grape.  These 
answered  very  well  for  short  ranges. 

X-2  

0        O 

o        3  lead 

2   10   1-2 

Hot  Shot.  —  The  powder  for  finnx,  with 
hot  shot  must  be  in  strong  flannel  car- 

tridges, without  any  holes,  lest  some  grains 
should  remain  in  th"  bore,  in  putting  the 

cartridge  home.     Over  the  powder  must, 
be  rammed  a  good  d<y  wad,  then  a  damp 

one, 

a..d 

then 

the  hot  shot  ;  and  it  tnc 

gun  lays  at  a  depression,  there  must  be  a 

wad  over  the  shot,  which  may  be  rammed 

home.    It'  the  above  precautions  be.  z'^ 

S  ID 


SIE 


637 


tended  to,  the  gun  may  be  pointed  after 
being  loaded,  without  the  smallest  danger, 
as  it  is  well  known  that  the  shot  will 
grow  cold  in  the  gun,  without  burning 
more  than  a  few  threads  of  the  wads  next 
it.  This  is  not  the  mode  usually  taught 
of  loading  with  hot  shot,  but  is  that 
which  was  practised  during  the  siege  of 
Gibraltar.  Mr.  Durtubie  proposes  put- 
ting the  shot  when  heated,  into  a  tincan- 
nister,  as  an  effectual  method  of  prevent, 
ing  accidents 

The  grates  usually  made  for  heating 
shot  will  generally  make  them  red  hot 
in  three- fourths  of  an  hour. 

SHOULDER,  The  upper  part  of 
the  bJade  of  a  sword  is  so  called,  The 
shoulders  of  regimental  swonl-blades,  for 
the  infantry,  should  be  one  inch  broad  at 
least. 

SHOULDER  of  a  bastion.  In  fortifica- 
tion See  EPA  ULE. 

SHOULDER  -belt,  so  called  because  it 
lianas  over  the  shoulder,  to  carry  the 
bayonet  or  sword:  it  isr  made  of  strong 
leather 

To  SHOULDER  Inamilitaryser.se; 
to  lay  on  the  shoulder,  01  to  rest  any  thing 
against  it.  Hence  to  shoulder  a  musquet. 

SHOULDER  arms.  A  word  of  command 
which  .s  used  in  the  manual  exercise.  See 
MANUAL. 

Right    SHOULDERS  forward.  }     Two 

Left  SHOULDERS  forivard.  \  terms 
of  command  in  the  British  service,  when 
a  column  of  match  (in  order  to  follow  the 
windings  of  its  route]  changes  its  direction 
in  general,  less  than  the  quarter  o:  the 
circle.  This  is  aclnmsy  tiansJationof  the 
line  of  science,  or  oblique  facing  of  the 
French  system  ;  the  proper  word  of  com- 
mand is  balj  or  quarter  fact  to  the  right  or 
Jeft. 

SHROF,  Ind.  A  banker;  a  money- 
changer, or  one  who  keeps  a  shop  t>r  tre 
accommodation  of  the  public  in  pecuru- 
yy  matters,  and  who  derives  considerable 
advantage  from  the  circulating  medium  of 
$ther  people's  property. 

SHROFFING,  Ind.  The  act  of  ex- 
amining  and  sorting  monev. 

SHUMSERTREEPUT,  Ind.  Avow. 
al,  acknowlegement,  confession. 

To  SHUT.  To  close;  to  make  not 
open. 

SHUT  pans.  A  word  of  command  used 
in  the  inspection  of  arms.  Place  t;ie  in- 
side of  your  fingers  against  the  back  part 
of  the  hammer,  and  bring  it  brii,klv  to  in 
cne  motion.  In  opening  pans,  you  place 
the  thumb  against  the  inside  of  the  ham- 
mer. 

SHUTERNAUL,  Ind.  Asortofar- 
quebuss,  which  is  fixed  upon  the  back 
pf  a  camel. 

SICK  and  hurt.     A  board  so  called,  to 
which  the  agents,  commissaries,  &x    b 
Jonting  to  the  several  militaiy  hospitals  in 
Great  Biitain,  are  responsible. 

SlDE-pieces,  of  gun-carriages.  See 
CARRIAGES. 


Sim-straps,  in  Afield  carriage,  are  fiat 
iron  bands  which  go  round  the  side-pieces, 
in  those  places  where  the  wood  is  cut  a- 
cross  the  grain,  to  strengthen  them  near 
the  centre  and  the  trail. 

SIEGft,  (Siege,  Fr.)  The  position 
which  an  army  takes,  or  its  encamp, 
ment  before  a  fortified  town,  or  place, 
for  the  purpose  of  reducing  it.  The  term 
comes  from  siege,  which  signifies  seat, 
chair,  &c.  Hence;  to  sit  down  before  a 
place,  signifies  in  a  military  sense,  to 
chuse  a  position  from  which  you  may 
commence  the  necessary  operations  to  at- 
tack and  get  possession  of  it.  The  French 
use  rhe  word  generally  as  we  do. 

To  undertake  the  Sizes,  of  a  toivn.  En- 
treprendre  le  siege  d'unt  Ville.  To  invest 
it,  to  form  lines  of  circumvalJation,  to 
open  trenches,  &c. 

To  lay  SIEGE  to  a  town,  (faire  le  siege 
d'une  -ville,  Fr.)  To  draw  your  forces 
round  a  town,  for  the  purpose  of  attack, 
ing  it. 

To  carry  on  a  S I  E  c  E ,  {continuer  un  siege  t 
Fr.)  To  persevere  by  regular  approaches, 
&c.  in  gaining  ground  upoo  the  garrison. 

To  lay  close  SIEGE,  (pjresser  le  siege,  Fr.) 
To  approach  close  to  the  walls  for  the 
purpose  of  making  a  breach  and  storming, 
or  of  starving  out  the  garrison.  For  a 
full  and  scientific  explanation  of  the  dif- 
ferent methods,  which  are  adapted  in 
mouern  times,  for  the  attack  or  defence  of 
places,  particularly  of  sieges,  see  Esta/ 
General  de  Fortification,  d'attagueet  defense 
ae  places,  torn.  I,  page  61,  &c.  &c. 

SIEGE  brusque,  Fr.  An  expression 
used  among  the  French,  to  signify  the 
prompt  and  immediate  movement  of  a  be» 
sieging  army,  against  a  fortified  town  or 
place,  wi.hout  waiting  for  the  regular 
formation  of  lines,  &c.  In  this  case  the 
troops  make  a  vigorous  attack  upon  all 
tae  outworks,  and  endeavour  to  make 
a  lodgment  upon  the  counterscarp. 
When  they  have  succeeded,  they  in- 
stantly throw  up  temporary  lines,  &c. 
behind  them,  in  order  to  secure  a  retreat, 
should  the  garrison  force  them  to  quir 
their  ground. 

SIEGE,  in  the  art  of  ivar,  is  to  sur, 
round  a  fortified  place  with  an  army,  and 
approach  it  by  passages  made  in  the 
giound,  so  as  to  be  covered  against  the 
fire  of  the  place. 

The  first  operation  of  a  siege  is  invest, 
ing.  The  body  of  troops  investing  a 
town  should,  at  least,  be  as  strong  again 
as  the  prison  :  so  as  to  be  able  to  divide 
i  self  ir to  several  parties,  in  order  to  take 
possession  oi  all  the  a  venues  leading  to  the 
place.  By  clay  they  sho  .Id  keep  them. 
selves  out  cf  cannon  shot :  but  as  soon  as 
it  is  dusk  tney  must  approach  much 
nearer,  tiu-  better  to  be  able  to  support 
each  ,:hor,  and  to  straiten  the  town. 
Gemini  p_hra  es  and  terms  used  at  a. 
are,  viz.. 

To  besiege  a  fLice .     SeeSlECE. 

To  accrjtrate  the  S  i  E  G  £,  (Presset  le  Siege, 


638 


SIE 


SIE 


Fr.)  is  when  an  army  can  approach  so 
near  the  place  as  the  covert- way,  without 
breaking  ground,  under  favor  .ft  some 
hollow  roads,  rising  grounds,  or  cavities, 
and  there  begin  their  work. 

An  attack,  is  when  the  besieging  army 
can  approach  the  town  so  near  as  to  take 
it,  without  making  any  considerable 
•works. 

To  form  the  SIEGE,  or  lay  siege  to  a  place, 
(Mettre  le  Siege  a  nne  place,  Fr.)  there 
must  be  an  army  sufficient  to  furnish  five 
or  six  reliefs  for  the  trenches,  pioneers, 
guards,  convoys,  escorts,  Sec.  and  artil- 
lery, with  all  the  apparatus  theieto  be- 
longing; marines  furnished  with  a  suf- 
ficient quantity  of  all  kinds  of  warlike 
stores;  and  a  general  hospital,  with  phy- 
sicians, surgeons,  medicines,  &c. 

To  raise  a  SIF.GE,  (Lever  le  Siege ,  Fr.) 
is  to  give  over  the  attack  of  a  place,  quit 
the  works  thrown  up  against  it,  and  the 
posts  formed  about  it.  If  there  be  no 
reason  to  fear  a  sally  from  the  place,  the 
iifgemzy  he  raised  in  the  day-time.  The 
artillery  and  ammunition  must  have  a 
strong  rearguard,  lest  the  besieged  should 
attempt  to  charge  the  rear:  if  there  be 
any  fear  of  an  enemy  in  front,  this  order 
must  be  altered  discretionaliy,  as  safety 
and  the  nature  of  the  country  will  admit. 

To  turn  a  SIEGE  into  a  blockade,  ( Con- 
•uertir  le  Siege  en  blocus,  Fr.)  ii  to  give 
over  the  attack,  and  endeavor  to  take  it 
by  famine;  for  which  purpose  all  the 
avenues,  gates,  and  streams,  leading  into 
the  place,  are  so  well  guarded,  that  no 
succor  can  get  in  to  its  relief. 

To  insult  a  work,  to  attack  it  in  a  sudden 
and  unexpected  manner,  with  small  arms, 
or  sword  in  hand. 

Surprise,  is  the  taking  a  place  by  strata- 
gem or  treason. 

Tofscalade  a  place,  is  to  approach  it  se- 
cretly, then  to  place  ladders  against  the 
wall,  or  rampart,  for  the  troops  to 
mount  and  get  into  it  that  way. 

To  petard  a  place,  is  privately  to  ap- 
proach the  gate  and  fix  a  petard  to  it,  so 
as  to  break  it  open  for  the  troops  to  enter. 

Line  of  c ire umvallation,  is  a  kind  of  for- 
tification, consisting  of  a  parapet,  or 
breast- work,  aad  a  ditch  before  it,  to 
cover  the  besiegers  against  any  attempt  of 
the  enemy  in  the  field 

Line  of  countervallation,  is  a  breast- 
work, with  a  ditch  before  it,  to  cover  the 
besiegers  against  any  sally  from  the  garri- 
son, in  the  same  manner  that  the  line  of 
circumvallation  serves  to  protect  them  in 
the  field. 

Lines,  are  works  made  to  cover  an  ar- 
my, so  as  to  command  a  part  of  the  coun- 
try, with  a  breast- work  and  a  ditch  be. 
fore  it. 

Retrenchment,  a  work  made  round  the 
camp  of  an  army,  to  cover  it  against  any 
surprise. 

Line  of  counter -approach,  a  trench  which 
the  besieged  make  from  the  covert- way  to 
the  right  and  left  of  the  besiegers  attacks, 


in  order  to  scour  their  works.  This  line 
must  be  perfectly  enfiladed  from  the  co- 
vert-way and  the  half-moon,  &c  that  it 
may  be  of  no  service  to  the  enemy,  in 
case  he  gets  possession  of  it. 

Batteries  at  a  siege,  cannot  be  erected  till 
the  trench  is  advanced  within  reach  of  the 
cannon  of  the  place  ;  that  is,  within  what 
is  generally  understood  to  be  a  point-blank 
ran>;e,  which  is  reckoned  about  300  toises, 
or  1800  feet. 

Cannon  is  made  use  of  at  a  siege  for  two 
different  purposes  ;  the  first  to  drive  away 
the  enemy  from  their  defences  \  and  the 
second,  to  dismount  their  guns.  To  pro- 
duce  these  two  effects,  the  batteries  should 
not  be  above  the  mean  reach  of  cannon- 
shot  from  the  place  :  therefore  there  is  no 
possibility  of  constructing  them,  till  the 
first  parallel  is  formed;  and  as  the  dis- 
tance of  the  first  parallel  from  the  second 
is  generally  300  toises,  the  batteries  must 
be  on  this  line,  or  beyond  it,  nearer  the 
town. 

The  construction  of  batteries  belongs  to 
the  officers  of  the  royal  artillery,  who 
generally  consult  with  the  engineer  that 
has  the  direction  of  the  siege,  as  well 
about  their  situation  as  about  the  number 
of  their  guns  and  mortars  They  must 
be  parallel  to  the  works  of  the  town 
which  they  are  to  batter.  It  is  customary 
to  place  the  mortar-batteries  and  >:un- 
batteries  side  by  side,  and  in  the  same 
line,  to  the  end  that  they  may  batter  the 
same  parts.  The  use  of  both  is  to  de- 
molish the  enemy's  works,  to  dismount 
their  guns,  to  penetrate  into  their  powder. 
magazines,  ana  to  dnve  the  besieged  from 
their  works  and  defences;  as  also  to  ruin 
and  destroy  the  principal  buildings,  by 
setting  fire  to  the  town;  and  to  fatigue  and 
distress  the  inhabitants  in  such  a  manner, 
that  they  shall  press  the  garrison  to  sur- 
render. 

To  sally  at -a  siege,  is  to  go  privately  out 
of  a  besieged  town,  fall  suddenly  upon 
the  besieg  rs,  and  destroy  part  of  their 
works,  spike  their  cannon,  and  do  every 
other  possible  damage. 

A  sally,  a  secret  movement  which  is 
made  out  of  a  besieged  town  or  place,  by 
a  chosen  body  of  troops,  for  the  purpose 
of  destroying  ao  enemy's  out. works,  &c. 
Sallies  are  seldom  made  when  the  garrison 
is  weak ;  for  although  they  molest  the 
enemy,  and  keep  him  on  the  alert,  yet 
the  chance  of  losing  men  renders  it  pru- 
dent to  keep  within  the  works. 

Saps  in  a  siege,  are  trei.ches  made  under 
cover  from  the  fire  of  the  place,  behind  a 
mantlet  or  stuffed  gabion  :  they  are  gene- 
rally tenor  twelve  feet  broad. — This  work 
d  ffers  from  the  trenches,  in  as  much  as 
the  latter  are  made  uncovered.  The  sap 
has  also  less  breadth;  but  when  it  is  as 
wide  as  the  trench,  it  bears  the  same 
name.  There  are  various  sorts  of  saps, 
viz. 

Single  sap,  is  that  which  is  mads  on 


SIE 


SIE 


639 


one  side  only,   or,    which  is  the  same 
thing,  has  only  one  parapet. 

fyoubie  Sap,  has  a  parapet  on  each  side, 
and  is  carried  on  wherever  its  two  sides 
are  seen  from  the  place. 

Plying  sap,  is  that  in  which  the  be- 
siegers do  not  give  themselves  the  trouble 
of  filling  the  gabions  with  earth:  it  is 
made  where  the  workmen  are  not  much 
exposed,  and  in  order  to  accelerate  the 
approaches. 

Sap-faggots,  are  a  kind  of  fasrcines,  but 
only  three  feet  long,  and  about  six  inches 
in  diameter. 

SaucitsortSj  are  another  species  of  fas- 
cines, from  12  to  19  feet  long,  and  from 
8  to  10  inches  in  diameter,  and  are  used 
in  making  batteries,  and  repairing  the 
breaches. 

Sortie.  See  S  A  r.  L  v . 
Tail,  or  rear  of  the  trench,  (Queue  de  la 
tranche,  Fr.)  is  the  first  work  the  be- 
siegers  make  when  they  open  the  trenches. 
Tambour,  is  a  kind  of  traverse,  at  the 
upper  end  of  the  trench  or  opening  made 
in  the  glacis  to  communicate  with  the 
arrows.  This  work  hinders  the  besiegers 
from  being  masters  of  rhe  arrow,  or  dis- 
covering the  inside  of  the  place  of  arms 
belonging  to  the  covert- way. 

Traverse,  in  a  siege,  a  kind  of  retrench- 
ment which  is  made  in  the  dry  ditch,  to 
defend  the  passage  over  it. 

Trenches,  are  passages  or  turnings  dug 
in  the  earth,  in  order  to  approach  a  place 
without  being  seen  from  its  defences. 

Woolsacks,  used  in  a  siege,  differ  from 
Sand- bags,  in  this  only,  that  they  are 
much  larger,  and,  instead  of  earth,  they 
are  filled  with  wool.  They  are  used  in 
making  lodgments  in  places  where  there 
is  but  little  earth,  and  for  other  similar 
purposes.  They  are ab.jut  five  feet  high, 
and  15  inches  in  diameter. 

Rear  of  an  attack,  is  the  place  where 
the  attack  begins. 

front,  or  head  of  an  attack,  that  part 
next  to  the  place. 

Mantlets,  are  wooden  fences,  rolling 
upon  wheels,  of  two  feet  diameter;  the 
body  of  the  axle-tree  is  about  four  or  five 
inches  square,  and  four  or  five  feet  long; 
to  which  is  fixed  a  pole  of  eight  or  ten 
feet  long,  by  two  spars ;  upon  the  axle- 
tree  is  fixed  a  wooden  parapet,  three  fee 
high  made  of  three-inch  planks,  and  fou 
feet  long,  joined  with  dowel. pins,  anc 
two  cross-bars :  this  parapet  leans  some- 
what towards  the  pole,  and  is  su.  ^ortec 
by  a  brace,  one  end  of  which  is  fixed  t< 
the  pole,  and  the  other  to  the  upper  par 
of  the  parapet.  Mantlets  are  used  t< 
cover  the  sappers  in  front  against  mus 
quet  snot. 

Maxims  In  SIEGES  are,  xst.  The  ap. 
proaches  should  be  made  without  bein 
seen  from  the  town,  either  directly,  ob 
liquely,  or  in  thefiank. 

2.  'No  more  works  should  be  mad 
than  are  necessary  for  approaching  th 


lace  without  being  seen ;  «  e.   the  be. 

iegi  rs  should  carry  on  their  approaches 

he  shortest  way  possible,  consistent  with 

eing  covered  against  the  enemy's  fire. 

3.  All  the  parrs  of  the  trench' es  should 

mutually  support  each  o'her;   and  those 

which  are  farthest  advanced,  should  be 

istant  from  those  that  defend  them  above 

20  or  130  toises,  that  is,  within  musquet 

hot. 

4  The  parallels,  or  places  of  arms  the 
most  distant  from  the  towi',  should  have 
greater  extent  than  those  which  are  the 
icarest,  that  the  besiegers  may  be  able  to- 
akethe  enemy  in  flank,  should  he  resolve 
o  attack  the  nearest  parallels. 

5.  The  trench  should  be  opened  or  be. 
un  as  near  as  possible  to  the  place,  with, 
ut  exposing   the  troops  too  much,   in 
rder  to  accelerate  and  diminish  the  ope- 
ations  of  the  siege. 

6.  Care  should  be  taken  to  join  the 
ttacks ;  that  is,  they  should  have  com- 
nunications,  to  the  end  that  they  may 
>e  able  to  support  each  other. 

7.  Never  to  advance  a  work,  unless  it 
>e  well  supported ;  and  for  this  reason,  in 
he  interval  between  the  2d  and  3d  place 
>f  arms,  the  besiegers  should  make,  on 
)oth  sides  of  the  trenches,  smaller  places 
)f  arms,    extending    40  or  50  toises  in 
ength,  parallel  to  the  others,  and  con- 
tructed  in  the  same  manner,  which  will 
erve  to  lodge  the  soldiers  in,  who  are  to 
>rptect  the  works  designed  to  reach  the 
hird  place  of  arms. 

8.  Take  care  to  place  the  batteries  of 
cannon  in  the  continuation  of  the  faces 
of  the  parts  attacked,  in  order  to  silence 

heii  fire;  and  to  the  end  that  the  ap- 
proaches, being  protected,  may  advance 
with  great  safety  and  expedition. 

9.  For  this  reason   the  besiegers  shall 
always  embrace  the  whole  front  attacked, 

n  order  to  have  as  much  space  as  is  re- 
quisite to  place  the  batteries  on  the  pro- 
duced faces  of  the  works  attacked. 

to.   Do  not  begin  the  attack  with  works 
that  lie  close  to  one  another,    or    with 
rent  rant  angles,  which  would  expose  the 
attack  tw  the  cross  fire  of  the  enemy. 
Stores  required  for  a  month's  SIEGE  are  at 

Jolloivs  : 
Powder,  as  the  garrison 

is  moie  or  less  strong  8  or  900,000  Ib. 
Qh  t  S  f°r  battering  pieces  .        6ooc 

131101  £  of  a  lesser  sort  .  .  20,000 
Battering  cannon  •  •  80 

Cannons  of  a  lesser  sort  .  .  4° 
Small  field- pieces  for 

defending  the  lines        .        .  20 

Mortars  for  throwing  £  ^  .  '        \\ 

Shells  for  mortars        .           1 5  or  16,000 

Hand-grenades        .            .  40,000 

Leaden  bullets            .        *  180,000 

Matches  in  braces        .          .  10,000 

Flints  formusquets,  best  sort  100,000 

Platforms  complete  for  guns  100 

Platforms  tor  mortars        ,  «           *^ 


640 


SI  G 


SI  G 


£  carriages  for  guns          *  60 

-          N  mortar-beds        .         .  60 

pspunges,  rammers,  and 

C     ladles,  in  sets        .         .        20 

Tools  to  work  in  trenches        .       40,000 

Several  hand-jacks,  fins,  sling-carts, 
travelling  forges,  and  other  engines  proper 
to  raise  and  carry  heavy  burdens  ;  spare 
timber,  and  all  sorts  of  miner's  tools, 
mantlets,  stuifed  gabions,  fascines,  pick- 
ets, and  gabions. 

SIENS,  Fr.  The  plural  of  sien,  bis, 
her's  or  one's  own.  This  word  is  used 
among  the  French,  to  signify  the  same 
as  gens,  men,  people,  soldiers ;  viz.  ce 
general  fut  abaxdonne -par  les  siens.  That 
general  was  abandoned  by  his  own  sol- 
diers. 

SIEVE,  an  instrument,  which  by 
means  of  hair,  lawn,  or  wire,  is  capable 
of  separating  the  fine  from  the  coarse 
parts  of  any  powder.  SeeGuNPowoER, 
LABORATORY,  &c. 

SIFFLEMENT,  Fr.  Literally  means 
the  noise  of  a  whistle.  It  is  used  to  ex- 
press the  sound  which  a  ball  or  bullet 
makes  when  it  cuts  the  air ;  as  siffentent 
des  arme s  a  feu.  The  whistling  or  whiz- 
zing noise  of  fire  arms. 

SIESor  SHIAS,  Ind.  Atribeofpeo- 
ple  in  the  N.  West  of  India. 

S1FFLET,  Ft.  A  whistle.  The 
French  make  use  of  the  whistle  on  board 
their  ships  in  the  same  manner  as  we  do. 
It  answers  the  same  purpose  at  sea,  that 
the  drum  and  trumpet  do  on  shore.  The 
boatswain's  whistle  pipes  all  hands  up,  as 
occasion  requires  in  a  ship  :  and  the  drum 
and  trumpet  collect  troops  together,  in 
camp,  garrison,  orelsewhere. 

S1G,  an  old  Saxon  word,  importing 
victory. 

SIGHT,  (La  Mire,  Fr.)  a  small  piece 
of  brass  or  iron  which  is  fixed  near  to  the 
muzzle  of  a  musquet  or  pistol,  to  serve 
as  a  point  of  direction,  and  to  assist  the 
eye  in  levelling. 

SIGN,  a  sensible  mark  or  character, 
denoting  something  absent  or  invisible. 
As  the  trace  of  a  foot,  the  hand,  writing 
or  mark  of  a  man;  also  the  subscription 
of  one's  name. 

SIGN  Manual.  The  king's  signature  is 
so  called.  All  commissions  in  the  regular 
army  of  Great  Britain,  army  warrants, 
&c.  bear  the  sign  manual.  The  appoint- 
merits  of  officers  in  the  volunteers  have 
been  so  distinguished  during  the  present 
war.  Adjutants  only  in  the  mili  ia  have 
their  commissions  signed  by  the  king ; 
those  of  the  field  officers,  captains,  and 
subalterns,  &c.  are  signed  by  the  lords 
lieutenants  of  counties,  or  by  tneir  de- 
puties for  the  time  being,  sanctioned  by  a 
previous  intimation  from  the  secretary  of 
state,  that  the  king  does  not  disapprove 
of  the  names  which  have  be^n  laid  before 
him. 

SIGNAL,  (Signal,  Fr.)  Any  sign 
made  by  sea  or  land,  tot  sailine,  marching, 
fighting,  &c.  Signals  are  likewise  given 


bv  the  short  and  long  rolls  of  the  drum, 
during  the  exercise  of  a  battalion 

SIGNAL,  in  the  art  of  iunr,  a  certain 
sign  agreed  upon  for  the  conveying  intel- 
ligence, where  the  voice  cannot  reach. 
Signals  are  frequently  given  for  the  begin- 
ning of  a  battle,  or  an  attack,  usually 
with  drums  and  trumpets,  and  sometimes 
with  sky-rockets,  &c. 

SIGNAL  of  attack  or  assault,  (Signal 
d'une  attaque,  ou  d'une  assaut,  Fr  )  This 
signal  may  be  given  in  various  ways.  By 
the  discharge  of  a  lighted  shell,  by  sky. 
rockets,  by  colors  displayed  from  a  con- 
spicuous spot,  &c.  In  1747  marshal 
Lowendal  made  use  of  lighud  shells  01 
bombs,  when  he  laid  siege  to  the  town  of 
Berg  n-op- zoom.  During  the  consterna- 
tion of  the  inhabitants,  which  was  ex- 
cited by  a  continual  discharge  of  these 
signal  shells,  the  grenadiers  entered  a 
practicable  breach,  and  took  the  town  by 
storm. 

SIGN  A  L- flags  in  ancient  military  hi  story  t 
was  a  gilded  shield  hung  out  oi  the  admi- 
ral's gallery  ;  it  was -sometimes  a  red  gar- 
ment or  banner.  Dunne  the  elevat  on  of 
this  the  fight  continues,  and  by  its  depres- 
sion or  inclination  towards  the  right  or 
left,  the  rest  of  the  ships  were  directed 
how  to  attack  their  enemies,  or  retreat 
from  them. 

SIGNALS  made  by  the  colors  of  an  army, 
(Signaux  des  enseignes,  Fr  )  Tne  ancients 
had  recourse  to  all  the  various  methods 
ii  which  could  be  used  by  signals,  to  express 
i  the  particular  situation  of  affairs,  and  to 
indicate  measures  tliat  should  be  adopted. 
If,  during  an  engagement,  victory  seemed 
inclined  more  to  one  side  than  another,  the 
colors  belonging  to  the  victorious  party 
were  instantly  bent  towards  its  yielding 
antagonist.  This  signal  was  conspicuous 
to  the  men,  and  excited  them  to  fresh  ef- 
forts. They  imbibed  the  most  lively 
hopes  of  success,  and  eagerly  pressed  for- 
ward to  reap  the  advantages  of  bravery 
and  good  conduct. 

When  an  army  was  hard  pressed  by  its 
enemy,  the  colors  of  the  former  were 
raised  high  in  the  air,  and  were  kept  in  a 
perpetual  flutter  and  agitation,  for  the 
purpose  of  co<  veymg  to  the  soldiers,  that 
the  issue  of  the  battle  was  still  doubtful, 
and  that  nothing  but  courage  and  perseve- 
rance could  determine  the  victory.  If,  in 
the  heat  of  action,  any  particular  regiment 
seemed  to  waver  and  give  way,  so  as  to 
cause  an  apprehension  that  it  might  final- 
ly be  broken,  its  colors  were  instantly 
snatched  out  of  the  bearer's  hands  by  the 
general  or  commanding  officer,  and  thrown 
into  the  thickest  of  the  enemy.  It  fre- 
quently happened  that  the  men  who  were 
upon  the  point  of  yielding  ground  and  fly- 
ing, received  a  fresh  impulse  from  this 
act,  rallied,  and  by  a  desperate  effort  of" 
courage  recovered  the  colois,  and  restored 
the  day.  This  method  of  re-animating 
their  legions  was  generally  resorted  to  by 
the  Romans.  We  ha vs  had  instances  in 


S  I  G 


S  I  G 


641 


modern  times,  where  the  fortune  of  the 
day  has  been  wholly  decided  by  some 
sudden  and  unexpected  act  of  an  individu- 
al. In  the  reign  of  Louis  XIV.  a  private 
soldier  threw  his  har  into  the  midst  of  the 
enemy  during  a  hard  fought  and  doubtful 
battle',  expressing  thereby  that  fresh 
succours  were  arrived  to  strengthen 
the  French  armv  This  circumstance, 
so  apparently  trifling,  produced  the  deg- 
ree), effect.  1 1  threw  the  enemy  into  con- 
fusion, gave  the  French  fresh  spirits,  and 
finally  determined  the  victory  in  their  fa- 
vor. We  read  of  various  instances  in 
•which  signals  have  been  used  to  express 
the  personal  danger  of  a  king  or  general, 
•who  was  fighting  at  the  head  of  a  eslect 
body  of  men.  The  know  lege  of  the  criti- 
cal position  in  wnich  their  leader  stood, 
excited  fresh  courage  in  the  rest  of  the 
troops,  and  drove  them  to  acts  of  the 
greatest  intrepidity.  In  the  course  of  the 
present  war  some  examples  of  the  same  ; 
sort  might  be  adduced,  both  on  the  side  of  • 
Austria,  a<ad  on  that  of  France.  The  I 
bridge  of  Lodi,  the  passage  of  theTagli- 
amento,  &c.  would  illustrate  any  observa- 
tions we  could  make  upon  the  subject. 

Nor  are  the  ad  vantages  which  arise  from 
the  use  of  signals  confined  to  these  par-  tl 
ticular  cases.  Various  circumstances grow  [ 
out  of  the  desultory  nature  of  military  ; 
operations,  toren.'ler  flags  of  communica- 
tion indispensibly  necessary.  The  vast 
scop?  which  is  given  to  modern  tact.cs, 
it  impossible  that  the  human  eye 
01  voic'-'  should  take  in  all  the  critical 
manoi'ivres  or  evolutions  winch  occur, 
when  an  extended  line  is  actually  engaged. 
Tne  ri^ht  wing  may  be  giving  way  while 
the  left  is  gaining  ground,  and  the  centre 
might  be  in  danger  while  the  two  flanks 
were  rapidly  advancing  wirh  apparent  se- 
curity against  the  enemy.  Under  these 
circc' 'instances  a  general,  by  me-sns  of  com- 
municating signals,  might  be  enabled  to 
provide  for  every  contingency,  without 
losing  time  by  sending  his  orders  verbally. 
Although  signal  Hags,  in  modern  engage- 
ments, have  been  generally  laid  aside, 
their  use  has  be;-n  acknowleged  m  the 
adoption  of  warlike  instruments,  which, 
by  the  variety  of  their  sounds,  convey 
th<_  necessary  directions  to  an  engaging 

The  ancients  had  signals  which  they 
called  mute  signals,  (signaux  mutes.) — 
These  consisted  in  certain  actions  or  signs 
that  were  made  by  a  general;  such  as 
•waving  the  hand,  bran  Ushing  a  stick  or 
sword,  or  by  exhibiting  to  view  any  part 
of  his  dress,  accoutrements,  &c.  Instan- 
ces of  the  same  kind  hav  occurred  among 
the  moderns.  Under  this  denomination 
may  likewise  be  classed  the  dilterent  sig- 
nals which  are  made  for  the  movement, 
marching,  and  manoeuvring  of  troops  in 
and  out  of  quarters  When  troops  are 
scattered  or  separated  from  one  another, 
it  is  usual  to  communicate  by  means  of 


fires  lighted  upon  eminences  during  the 
night,  and  by  smoke  during  the  day. 

In  former  times  large  pieces  of  wood 
w  re  hung  above  the  towers  of  cities  of 
castles,  which,  by  being  drawn  up  ot 
lowered,  gave  intelligence  of  what  pass  d, 
This  method  has  been  succeeded  by  the 
invention  of  telegraphs,  which  answer 
every  purpose  of  communication,  when 
they  can  be  established  through  an  extent 
of  country.  At  thebattleof  Fleurus,  the 
French  employed  baloons,  to  which  cords 
were  attached,  able  officers  elevated  in 
the  air  sent  down,  by  the  cords,  an  ac. 
count  of  the  movements  of  the  Austrians, 
a  sk'nai  thus  conveyed  enabled  Jourdan 
to  direct  a  tremendous  battalion  fire,  and 
a  heavy  charge  of  cavalry,  by  which  the 
battle  was  decided.  Besides  those  signals, 
there  are  others  which  may  be  called  vocal 
anAdemi-vecal  The  vocal  signals  are  those 
of  the  human  voice,  which  consist  in  the 
necessary  precautions  that  are  adopted  to 
prevent  a  guard  or  po>t  from  being  sur- 
prised, to  enounce  words  of  command  in 
action,  &c.  Of  the  first  description  are 
paroles  and  countersigns,  which  are  ex. 
changed  between  those  to  whom  they  are 
intrusted,  and  which  are  frequently  alter- 
ed, duiin".  the  day  and  night,  to  prevent 
the  enemy  from  receiving  any  information 
by  means  of  spies.  Thedemi-  vocal  sig- 
nals are  conveyed  by  military  instrument  s ; 
the  different  soundings  of  which  indicate, 
instantaneously,  whether  an  army  is  to 
halt  or  to  advance,  whether  troops  are  to 
continue  in  the  pursuit  of  an  enemy,  or  to 
retreat. 

The  demi-vocal  signals,  directed  to  be 
observed  in  the  British  service,  as  far  as 
regards  the  manoeuvring  of  corps,  &c. 
consist  of  signals  for  the  government  of 
light  infantry,  and  of  cavalry  regiments^, 
squadrons,  or  troops  :  the  latter  are  pro- 
perly called  soundings.  Rifle  or  light 
infantry  signals  are  to  give  notice — ^o 
advance  ;  to  retreat ;  to  halt ;  to  cease 
firing ;  to  assemble^  er  call  in  all  parties. 
Those  signals  should  be  always  considered 
as  fixed  and  determined  ones,  and  are 
never  to  bechanced.  The  bagle  horn  of 
each  company  should  make  himself  per- 
fect master  of  them.  All  signals  are  to  be 
repeated;  a.;d  all  those  signals  which  are 
made  from  the  line  or  column,  are  to  con- 
vey the  intention  of  the  commanding  offi- 
cer of  the  line  to  the  officer  commanding 
the  light  infantry,  who  will  communicate 
them  to  the  several  companies  or  detach- 
ments either  by  wordor  signal. 

SicNAL-j/«jf.  In  matters  of  military 
oarade  it  is  usual  to  fix  a  flag,  some- 
what larger  than  a  camp  color,  to  point 
out  the  s,)ot  where  the  general  or  officer 
commanding  takes  his  station  in  front  of  a 
line  This  is  cal'?d  the  signal  itaif. 

SIGURGHAL,/W.  A  feudal  tenure, 

SIGUETTE,  fr.     The  same  as  ca. 

vesson,  a  sort  of  noseband,  sometimes 

made  of  iron,  and  sometimes  of  leather, 

or  wood  \  SQmetimes  flatj  and  sometimes 

4'M 


642 


S  IN 


S  KE 


hollow  or  twisted ;  which  is  put  upon  the 
nose  or  a  horse,  to  forward  the  suppling 
an-i  breaking  of  him. 

SILENCE,; Silence,  Fr. )  This  word 
is  used  by  tht  French  as  a  caution  to  sol 
diers  to  prepare  for  any  pan  of  the  mili- 
tary duty  or  exercise  The  French  have 
likewise  another  term  which  corresponds 
with  our  word  attentioh.  See  GARDE. 
We  use  Attention  in  both  instances. 

S1LHATARIS,  Fr.     See  SPAHIS. 

S1LLAGE,  Fr.  The  wake  of  a  ship  ; 
the  trace  which  a  vessel  leaves  astern 
when  she  moves  forward. 

SILL  ON,  in  foriijication,  is  a  work 
raised  in  the  middle  ot  a  ditch,  to  defend 
it  when  it  is  too  wide.  It  has  no  parti, 
cular  form,  and  is  sometimes  made  with 
little  bastions,  half-moons,  and  redans, 
•which  are  lower  than  the  works  of  the 
place,  but  higher  than  the  covert  way. 
ft  is  more  frequently  called  envelope, 
which  see. 

SIMILAR  polygons,  are  such  as  have 
their  angles  severally  equal,  and  the  sides 
about  those  apples  proportional. 

To  S I M  P  L I F  Y .  T  his  word  has  been 
adopted  amongst  men  of  business  and  ar- 
rangemert,  fn.-m  the  French  simplifier, 
•which  means  to  relate  the  bare  matter  of 
fact.  This  signification  likewise  reaches 
every  species  ot  analysis,  &c.  Thus  the 
advantage  of  the  new  manual  over  the 
old,  is  owing  to  the  reduction  of  the  latter 
into  fewer  motions  and  words  ot  comma:  ;d, 
by  which  that  exercise  has  been  conside- 
rably simplified.  The  oblique  facings, 
under  the  denomination  of  quarter  facings, 
half  facings,  of  sin  le  riles ;  the  half 
wheelings,  quarter  wheelings,  and  half 
quarter  wheelings  of  sections,  platoons, 
divisions,  and  battalions,  are  all  more 
simple  in  the  new  discipline  than  the 
methods  of  the  old. 

SINE.  In  geometry,  a  right  sine,  is  a 
right  line  drawn  from  one  end  of  an  arch 
perpendicularly  upon  the  diameter  drawn 
from  the  other  end  of  the  arch. 

SINES.  See  table  of  Natural  Sines,  at 
the  end  of  the  word  GUNNERY. 

SINGE,  Fr.  An  instrument  so  called. 
See  PENTAGRAPH. 

SINGLE  combat,  a  contest  in  which 
not  more  than  tivo  are  engaged 

SINUi,  Fr.  See  LIKE  for  its  geome- 
trical acceptation. 

SIN  us,  in  English,  signifies  a  bay  of  the 
sea,  an  opening  of  the  land;  any  fold  or 
opening. 

SINUSOIDS,  Fr.  A  geometrical 
curve,  whicn  has  been  imagined  by  Mon- 
sieur Belidor,  for  the  purpose  of  bdlan- 
dtu  or  preserving  theequ  poise  of  a  draw, 
bridge  $>ee  Science  dei  Ingenieuis,  liv.  iv. 
See  likewise  the  s^eeihc  construction  of 
this  curve  as  ex; 'lamed  by  tne  marqu.sde 
1'Hopital,  in  a  book  inti  led,  Acta  Eru- 
d'torum,  published  at  Leips'c  in  1605 ; 
and  demo,  stratett  by  M.  Bernouilli,  who 
discovered  tnat  this  curve  was  nothing 
more  than  the  epicycloid,  which  see. 


SIPHON,  (Syph*n,  likewise  Ciphon, 
Fr.j  In  hydraulics,  a  crooked  tube,  one 
leg  or  branch  whereof  is  longer  than  the 
other.  It  is  used  in  the  raising  of  fluids, 
emptying  of  vessels,  and  in  various  hj  - 
drostatical  experiments. 

SIRKAR,  Ind.    The  government. 

SIROC.  From  Si.ius,  the  dog-itar. 
The  wind,  which  we  call  south-east,  is 
so  called  in  Italy. 

To  SIT.  In  a  military  sense,  tota\e  a 
stationary  position;  as,  To  sit  before  a  Jorti- 
Jied  place  ;  to  lie  encamped  for  the  pur- 
pose  of  besieging  it.  The  French  use 
the  word  asseoir  as  an  active  verb  with 
respect  to  military  matters,  viz  asseoir 
un  camp,  to  pitch  a  camp.  //  assit  son 
camp  hots  de  la  portee  du  canon  de  la  -viile  ; 
he  piiched  his  camp  out  of  the  range  of 
the  town's  cannon. 

SIXAIN.  Sixth,  Sexagena,  in  war, 
an  ancient  order  of  battle,  wherein  six 
battalions  being  ranged  in  one  line,  the 
second  and  fifth  were  made  to  advance,  to 
form  the  van  guard ;  the  first  and  sixth 
to  retire  to  form  the  rear  guard ;  the  third 
and  fourth  remaining  to  form  the  main 
corps.  The  word  is  derived  from  the 
French,  which  signifies  the  same  thing. 
The  sixain  order  of  battle  may  be  form- 
ed  with  all  the  battalions  whose  num. 
her  is  produced  by  the  number  six. — 
Twelve  battalions,  for  instance,  may  be 
ranged  in  order  of  battle,  by  forming  two 
sixains,  and  eighteen  battalions,  ditto  by 
forming  three  sixains,  and  so  on  progres- 
sively. 

To  SIZE.  In  a  military  sense  to  take 
the  h;  ight  of  men  for  the  purpose  of  pla- 
cing them  in  military  array,  and  01  ren- 
dering their  relative  statures  more  effec- 
tive. In  all  inlantry  regiments  the  si  zing 
begins  from  flank;,  to  centre,  the  tallest 
men  being  placed  upon  the  light  and 
left  of  the  several  companies  in  the  front 
rank,  and  the  shortest  in  the  centre  and 
rear  ranks.  By  the  old  cavalry  discipline 
the  flank  troops  of  a  squadron  must  be 
sized  in  the  following  manner:  That  of 
the  right  flank,  tiom  right  to  left ;  that  of 
the  lelt  flank,  from  left  to  right;  the 
centre  one  fr-m  centre  to  flanks;  the 
tallest  man  must,  of  course,  be  always 
in  the  part  where  the  sizing  begins,  ex- 
cepting the  corporals,  one  of  whom  must 
be  on  each  fiank  of  the  front  rank  ot  the 
troop,  covi  red  by  a  clever  soldier  in  the 
rear  rank.  If  there  be  only  two  trooj/sin 
a  squadron,  they  size  the  right  from  the 
left,  and  the  left  from  the  right  flank. 
The  modern  practice  now  is  to  size  all 
troops  from  the  centre,  beginning  by  sizing 
from  the  right,  doubling  and  counter- 
marching a  rank. 

SKEAN,  Celtic.  A  knife.  This  word 
is  sometimes  written  skcen,  or  skeine.  It 
signifies  a  weapon,  in  the  shape  of  a  small 
sword  or  knife,  which  was  anciently  wora 
by  the  Irish. 

SKELETON.  This  word  is  frequent, 
ly  applied  to  regiments  that  are  extremely 


SLA 


SLI 


643 


reduced  in  their  number  of  men.  Thus  a 
British  regiment  that  went  out  to  St.  Do- 
mingo  loco  strong,  and  returned  to  Eng- 
land with  2o  or  30  men  only,  was  called 
a  skeleton  regiment. 

SKELETON  plan.     See  OUTLINE. 

SKETCH      See  ditto. 

SKILL.  Knovvlege  in  any  particular 
art  As 

Milliary  SKILL.  M.  Belleisl'-,  the 
French  general,  after  the  example  of 
X'.nophon,  the  Greek,  undertook  in  the 
Iflontn  of  December  1742,  to  withdraw 
the  French  army  irom  Pragu  ,  where 
it  was  at  that  time  shut  up,  and  to  march 
over  the  enemy's  country,  throt'gh  a  road 
of  38  leagues,  upwards  of  124  English 
miles,  covered  with  ice,  and  over  moun- 
ta  ns  whose  precipices  were  concealed 
ucU'r  the  snow,  having,  besides,  an  army 
of  between  eighteen  and  twenty  thousand 
men,  under  the  conrtmand  of  prince  Lob 
kowitz,  to  fight  «ytn-  F°r  tne  particu- 
lars of  this  famousfrerreaT,  which  in  count 
TU-  in's  words,  daserves  to  be  written  by 
Xenophm  himself!  See  page  2,  vol.  I. 
of  his  Art  of  War 

SK INS.  Sheep  skins  are  made  use  of 
to  cover  the  mofarsorVnvirzers  bet  ween 
firing,  to  prevent  any  ^Jtpr  dampness 
gettiiu:  into  Uiem. 

SKIRMISH,  in  itw,  a  loose,  desul- 
tory kind  of  combat,  or  encounter,  in 
presence  of  two  armies,  between  small 
paities  who  advance  from  the  main  body 
for  that  purpose,  and  invite  to  a  general 
fight. 

SKIRMISHERS.  Detached  parties  of 
light  troops  sent  out  in  front  of  a  batta- 
lion, Sec.  riflemen. 

SKIRT.  In  a  general  acceptation, 
edge,  border,  extreme  part.  As  the  skirt 
of  a  co'intry,  the  skirts  of  a  wood. 

SKY-ROCKET.     SeeRocKET. 

SLASH,  a  cut;  a  wound;  also  a  cut  in 
cloth.  It  is  used  to  express  the  pieces 
of  tape  or  worsted  lace  which  are  upon 
the  arms  of  non-commissioned  officers 
and  corporals,  to  distinguish  them  from 
the  privates. 

SLASHED,  cut  in  stripes  or  lines. 
Hence  slashed  sleeves  and  pockets,  w.'ich 
are  peculiar  10  :he  British  cavalry,  when 
the  .-.fficers  or  men  wear  long  coats. 

SLASHERS.  A  nickname  which  was 
given  during  the  American  war  to  the 
British  28th  regiment  of  foot,  and  which 
took  its  origin  from  the  following  circum- 
stance:  One  V/alker,  a  magistrate  in 
Canada,  having,  during  a  severe  winter, 
with  great  inhumanity,  refused  to  give 
comfortable  billets  to  t,;e  women  belong 


disappeared.  The  deed  was  not  disco- 
vered until  after  their  departure.  From 
this  circumstance,  and  in  consequence  of 
various  intrepid  actions  which  the  28th 
performed  during  the  course  ot  the  war. 
the  men  obtained  the  name  of  staffers. 

SLATE,  in  military  architecture,  a 
kind  of  bluish  fossile  stone,  very  soft 
when  dug  out  ot  the  quarry,  and  th  re- 
fore  easily  slit  or  sawed  into  tnin  long 
squares,  to  serve  instead  of  tiles  for  the 
covering  ot  all  kinds  of  military  build- 
ings,  &c. 

SLAUGHTER,  destruction  by  the 
sword,  bnv>net,  and  firearms 

SLEDGE,  or  sledge-hammer,  a  large 
iron  headed  hammer. 

SLEEPERS,  the  undermost  timbers 
of  a  gun  or  mortar- battery.  See  PLAT. 

FORM 

SLEETS,  are  the  parts  of  a  mortar 
going  from  the  chamber  to  the  tiunmons, 
to  strengthen  that  part. 

SLING,  a  leathern  strap  which  is  at- 
tachrd  to  a  musquet,  and  serves  to  hang 
it  across  the  soldier's  back  as  occasion, 
may  require. 

Gun  SLING,  or  Belt.  Although  this 
useful  article  owes  its  invention  to  the 
ingenuity  of  an  individual  for  the  con- 
venience of  sportsmen,  it  may  neverthe- 
less be  adapted  with  so  much  facility  to 
military  purposes,  that  a  description  of 
it  cannot  be  thought  superfluous. 

The  gun  sling  or  belt  is  made  in  the 
following  manner: — 

The  sling  consists  of  three  straps  of 
leather,  viz.  one  four  teet  six  inches  Jong, 
with  the  breadtli  agreeable  to  order.  It 
is  pointed  and  punched  at  one  end,  and 
has  a  buckle  and  loop  at  the  other,  which 
serve  to  shorten  or  lengthen  it  as  the  size 
of  the  person  may  requijg^  another  about 
twelve  inches  long,  ar.iC  thjve  quarters  of 
an  inch  wide,  with  a  hook' tfxed  at  one 
end,  the  first  being  se\vccj  ten  inches 
from  the  pointed  end  of  the  belt.  This 
strap  being  hooked  up  to  cither  ot  the 
hooks  in  the  main  sling,  forms  a  luop  or. 
bearing  strap  for  the  barrel  of  tfo  mus- 
quet ;  and  a  third  three  quarters  of  an 
inch  wide,  and  about  six  inches  long, 
with  an  inch  ring  at  one  end,  through 
which  the  belt  is  passed.  This  ring  runs 
conveniently  up  and  down  the  belt,  and 
fully  answers  every  purpose  for  which  it 
was  designed.  A  hook  is  sewed  at  the 
other  end  ot  this  strap;  the  strap  being 
lapped  round  the  small  part  of  the  stock 
of  the  rnusquet,  and  the  hoot  fastened  to 
the  ring,  they  together  form  a  loop  or 
bearing  strap  for  the  but^  By  these 


ing  to  the  aSih,  and  some  of  them  having    means,  in  addition  to  the  strap  round  the 

•     i        i    •  _r*  kU_   : 1* K»v«nl    nt*  *il***iarl-tr    mt>ntinnAr?       t  H*»  rril  icri  110^ 


barrel  as  already  mentioned,  the  musquet 
or  rifle  can  be  conveniently  carried,  on 
foot  or  iiorseback,  without  the  assistance 
ot  eit:  er  hand.  The  musquet  being  re- 

„„  „„„« 0  -    leased  from  these  restraints,  and  the  hook 

family,  danced  round  the  table,  and  sud-  fixed  to  the  strap,  with  the  ring,  being 
denly  pulling  him  back  upon  his  chair,  hooked  10  a  small  eye  that  is  fixed  just 
cut  o&  both  his  ears.  They  instantly  ii  before  the  guaiU,  the  whole  i»  carried 


perished  inconsequence  of  the  inclemen 
cy  of  the  season,  so  great  was  the  rescnt- 
m-nt  ot  the  corps,  that  some  officers 
dressed  themselves  like  savages,  entered 
his  house  whilst  he  was  sitting  with  his 


644 


SLO 


SOB 


with  very  little  assistance  from  either 
hanu,  and  is  instantly  brought  to  a  firin,. 
position  The  next  position  is  by  hook- 
ing the  same  hook  to  an  eye  that  is  fixed 
to  the  stock,  about  seven  inches  behind 
the  guard;  the  barrel  being  at  the  sam. 
time  supported  by  the  strap,  which  is 
hooked  to  the  main  belt.  The  musquet 
is  thus  carried  without  the  assistance  of 
either  hand;  and  if  there  be  occasion  to 
Jir.  at  a  moment's  notice,  you  have  only 
to  draw  oui  the  top  hook. 

SLING.  A  missive  weapon  made  b> 
a  strap  a^d  two  strings ;  the  stone  is  lodged 
in  the  strap,  and  thrown  by  loosing  one 
of  the  strings. 

SLING  likewise  means  a  kind  of  hang, 
in?,  bandage,  in  which  a  wounded  hmb 
is  sustained. 

To  SLING,  to  hang  loosely  by  means  of 
the  strap  belonging  to  a  firelock. 

SLING  your  firelocks.  A  word  of  com- 
mand form,  rly  used  in  the  exercise  of 
British  grenadiers. 

ist.  Bring  the  sling  with  the  left  hand 
opposite  to  the  right  shoulder,  and  the 
firelock  with  the  right  hand  opposite  the 
left  shoulder,  by  crossing  both  hands  at 
the  same  time,  bringing  the  left  hand 
•within  the  right,  keeping  the  muzzle 
upright,  the  barrel  to  the  left,  and  the 
right  handjust  under  the  left  elbow. 

2d.  Bend  the  firelock  back,  and  bring 
the  sling  over  your  head,  placing  it  just 
above  your  right  should??. 

3d.  Draw  the  sling  with  your  left 
hand,  and  let  go  the  firelock  with  the  right 
at  the  same  time,  that  it  may  hang  by  the 
S'ing  on  the  right  shoulder,  the  muzzle 
upwards,  dropping  both  hands  down  by 
your  sides  at  the  same  time. 

Handle  your  SLINGS,  ist.  Seize  the 
slirt,  with  both  hands  at  the  same  time, 
taking  hold  of  it  with  the  right  hand  about 
the  middle,  and  as  low  as  you  can  reach, 
without  btnding  your  body. 

£d.  W;th  the  left  hand  bring  th,e  butt 
forwards,  slipping  your  left  elbow  under 
the  firr-lock,  by  bringing  it  between  the 
firelock  and  the  sling ;  taking  hold  of  the 
fi. clock  at  the  same  time  with  the  left 
hand,  letting  the  stock  he  between  the 
thumb  and  tore  hnger,  the  butt  end 
pointing  a  littje  to  the  kit  with  the  bar- 
rel upwards. 

3d.  Bring  the  firelock  to  lie  on  the  left 
shoulder,  and  the  slim;  on  the  right,  the 
barrel  upwards,  and  the  butt  end  pointing 
directly  to  the  front,  keeping  the  firelock 
to  a  trueleveJ. 

SLOPE  Arms,  a  word  of  command  by 
•which  themusquet  rests  upon  the  shoul- 
der with  the  butt  advanced.  In  long 
marches  soldiers  are  sometimes  permitted 
to  slope  arms.  In  all  other  instances  it  is 
Strictly  forbidden. 

SLOPING  Swords,  a  position  of  the 
sword  among  cavalry,  when  the  back  of 
the  blade  rests  on  the  hollow  of  the  right 
shoulucr,  the  hilt  advanced. 

SLOPS.    S 


SLOW  time.  See  the  time  of  slow 
marching. 

SLUGS.  Cylindric,  or  cubical  pieces 
of  metal,  used  as  shot  for  guns. 

SLUICE  gate,  a  water- gate,  by  which 
a  place  may  oe  inundated,  or  the  water 
.  xcluded  at  pleasure. 

SLUICES,  in  military  architecture, 
are  made  for  various  purposes  ;  such  as  to 
m  ike  rivers  navigable ;  to  join  one  rivet 
to  another,  which  is  higher  or  lower,  by 
means  of  a  canal ;  to  form  inundations 
upon  particular  occasions,  or  to  drain  spots 
of  ground  that  are  overflowed  by  high 
tides  ;  they  are  also  made  in  fortresses,  to 
keep  up  the  water  in  one  part  of  the  ditch- 
es, whilst  the  other  is  dry  ;  and  to  raise 
an  inundation  about  the  place  when  there 
is  any  apprehension  of  being  attacked. 

SLUICES  are  made  different  ways,  ac. 
cording  to  the  uses  for  which  they  are  in- 
tended :  when  thtty  serve  for  navigation, 
they  are  shut  with  two  gates  presenting 
an  angle  towards  the  stream;  when  they 
are  made  near  the  sea,  two  pair  of  gates 
are  made,  the  one  pair  to  keep  the  water 
out,  and  the  other  in,  as  occasion  may 
require:  in  this  case,  the  gates  towards 
the  sea  present  an  angle  that  way,  and  the 
others  the  contrary  way.  The  space  in- 
closed by  these  gates  is  called  chamber. 

When  sluices  are  made  in  the  ditches  of 
a  fortress  to  keep  up  the  water  in  some 
parts,  instead  of  gates,  shutters  are  rrrde, 
so  as  ro  slide  up  and  down  in  grooves  ;  and 
when  they  are  made  to  raise  an  inundation, 
they  are  then  shut  by  means  of  square 
timbers  let  down  into  cu//ises,  so  as  to  lie 
close  and  firm.  Particular  care  must  be 
taken  in  the  building  of  a  sluice,  to  lay 
the  foundation  in  the  securest  manner; 
that  is,  to  lay  the  timber,  grates,  and 
floors,  in  such  a  form,  that  the  weather 
cannot  penetrate  through  any  part,  other- 
wise it  will  undermine  the  work,  and 
blow  it  up,  as  it  has  sometimes  happened  : 
lastly,  to  make  the  gates  of  a  proper 
strength  in  order  to  support  the  pressure 
of  the  water,  and  yet  to  use  no  more  tim- 
ber than  what  is  necessary.  Those  who 
wish  to  be  thoroughly  acquainted  with 
this  kind  of  work,  may  meet  with  satis- 
faction in  L?  Architecture  Hydraidiqut,  par 
M.  Be li dor ;  or  in  Mr.  Millar's  P  tactical 
Fortification. 

SMALL  arms,  musquets,  fusils,  cara- 
bines, pistols,  &c. 

S  N  A  F  F  L  E  ,a  bridle  without  a  curb  bit. 

SNICK  and  SNEE,  a  combat  with 
knives,  such  as  the  Dutch  carry. 

SOBRIETY  General  temperance. 
In  a  military  consideracion,  abstinence 
from  an  inordinate  use  of  strong  liquors. 
However  frequent  the  deviations  from 
this  great  and  uncommon  virtue  may  be 
found  among  soldiers,  nothing  can  excuse 
or  exiUipate  an  officer  who  should  so  far 
forget  himself,  especially  upon  service,  as 
to  give  the  least  countenance  to  such  ex- 
cesses, even  by  an  occasional,  much  less 
by  an  habitual dereliction  of  this  estimable 


SOL 


SOL 


645 


quality.  Sobriety  keeps  the  head  cool, 
strengthens  the  nerves,  and  renders  mode- 
rate abilities  equal  to  great  exertions. 
Drunkenness,  on  the  contrary,  unfits  the 
iri^n  for  the  common  fu.-ctions  of  life, 
a »:i  makes  an  officer  not  only  contempri- 
ble  t  his  soldiers,  and  dangerous  to  the 
cause  he  has  engaged  to  right  for,  but  an 
indirect  spur  to  the  enterprise  of  an  enemy, 
who  will  soon  know  how  to  take  advan- 
tage of  his  vice  and  weakness. 

SOC,  Fr.  A  machine  made  of  lea- 
ther,  which  is  fixed  near  the  stirrup,  to 
receive  the  end  of  the  standard  staff  in 
cavalry  regiments  It  is  Ikewise  called 
&ra'ie>,  and  is  used  by  the  persons  who 
carry  the  colors  cither  in  infantry  or  ca- 
valry regiments.  In  the  foimer  instance 
it  is  fixed  to  a  leathern  belt  that  comes 
over  the  shoulder  or  that  is  fixed  to  the 
waist. 

SOCKET,  generally  means  any  hoi- 
low  pipe  that  receives  something  in- 
serted. 

SOCKET  if  a  baysnet.  The  round  hol- 
low part  near  the  bent  or  heel  of  a  bayonet, 
into  which  the  muzzle  of  a  firearm  isr  re- 
ceived when  the  bayonet  is  fixed. 

SODS,  pieces  of  turf  with  which 
works  are  faced. 

SOVAN,  orSavatr,  Ind.  Theseventh 
month.  It  in  some  degree  corresponds 
with  July  and  August. 

SOL,  Ft.     Soil;  ground. 

SOLAKS.  Bowmen  or  archers  be- 
longing to  the  personal  guard  of  the  grand 
signer  They  are  always  selected  from 
the  most  expert  bowmen  that  are  among 
the  janizaries.  Their  only  arms  are,  the 
sabre,  bow,  and  arrows. 

SOLBATU,  Fr.  In  farriery,  sur- 
bated. 

SOLDAN.  This  word  is  pronounced 
Soudan.  It  was  formerly  given  to  a  ge- 
neral who  commanded  the  califf's  army. 
Saladin,  a  general  under  Naradin,  king  of 
Damas,  having  killed  the  califf  Kaym, 
usurped  the  throne,  and  assumed  the  ti- 
tle in  1146;  so  that  he  became  the  first 
Soldan  of  Egypt. 

SOLD  AT,  Fr.     See  SOLDIER. 

SOLD  AT  d'ordonnance  a  I'armee^  Fr.  An 
orderly  man. 

SOLDATESQUE,  Fr.  A  substan- 
tive of  the  collective  feminine  gender, 
which  signifies  private  soldiers,  viz. 

La  Bourgeoisie  eto.it  expose  aitx  insultes 
delasoldatesque ;  the  citizens  wereexposed 
to  the  insults  of  the  soldiery.  La  soldat- 
esque  s'est  rc-voltee  contie  Ifs  c-fficiers ;  the 
soldiers  revolted  or  mutinied  against  the 
officers. 

SOLDATESQUE  is  likewise  used  as  an 
adjective,  viz.  Dei  moeurs  soldatcsque; 
the  ways  or  manners  of  a  private  soldier. 
Line  dispute  soldcitesque  ;  a  military  broil  or 
a  dispute  among  private  soldiers.  We 
have  an  adjective  which  is  derived  from 
the  same  source,  namely,  soldier-like, 
hut  which  is  only  taken  in  a  good  sense 
with  usj  as  soldier-like  conduct,  soldier- 


like behaviour;  unsoldier-like  bein"  the 
opposite. 

SOL  DATS  t(t  angers  ou  Mercenaires, 
Fr.  Foreign  or  mercenary  troops. 

SOLDATS  de  Marine^  Fr.  Marines,  or 
soldiers,  who  do  duty  on  board  ships  of 
war. 

SOLDATS  Gardiefn,  Fr.  A  descrip- 
tion of  invalid  soldiers,  so  called  during 
the  French  monarchy.  They  were  sta. 
tioned  at  the  sea- ports.  There  wt-re  300 
at  Toulon,  ditto  at  Rochefort  anil  Brest, 
and  fifty  at  Havre-cle-Crace.  There 
were  besides  300  in  each  of  the  first  three 
ports,  who  received  half-pay. 

SOLDE,  Fr.  The  pay  and  subsist- 
ence, &c.  which  are  issued  to  officers  and 
soldiers  are  so  called. 

Demie  SOLDE,  Fr.  Half  pay  The 
French  likewise  say — a  demie  pjye — Oa 
half- pay 

SOLDIER,  A  piece  of  money;  the 
pay  01"  a  soldier.  Dr.  Johnson  derives 
the  word  from  soli dar ins,  low  Laon  of 
solidus.  We  conceive  it  to  be  immedi- 
ately taken  from  the  French  so/a'at,  wnith 
comes  from  the  Latin  solidarius  l''eget.  A 
soldier  in  pay — a  solido  qium  me>elur. 
Some  again  trace  both  the  English  and 
French  word  to  the  Italian  Soldato,  and 
others  to  the  German  Soldat.  So/a  in 
German  signifies  pay.  So  that  originally 
soldier  meant  only  one  who  listed  him- 
self to  serve  a  prince  or  state,  inconsieer- 
ation  of  certain  daily  pay. 

SOLDIER  now  generally  si^nifi-.'S  any 
military  man. 

Piivate  SOLDIER,  a  man  in  the  ranks  ; 
one  under  the  degree  of  a  corporal ;  as 
distinct  from  the  commanders. 

A  real  SOLDIER,  a  term  among  mili- 
tary men  to  mark  out  one  who  knows  and 
does  his  duty. 

No  SOLDIER.  An  expression  of 
familiar  currency  in  the  British  service. 
It  is  sometimes  used  as  a  term  of  re- 
proach, and  sometimes  of  harmless  iror  y  ; 
as  "  you  are  a  dirty  fellow  and  no  sol- 
dier." 

Citizen  SOLDIER,  (Soldat  cit<,yent 
Fr.)  In  a  general  acceptation  of  the  i^rm, 
a  citizen  soldier  signifies  any  man  who  ,s 
armed  for  the  support  and  vindication  of 
his  country's  rights. 

A  Brother  SOLDIER.  A  term  of  af- 
fection which  is  commonly  used  in  the 
British  service  by  one  who  snv  ;.  ui  ,!i.r 
the  same  banners,  ana  fights  for  thjs.Tic 
cause  with  another.  In  i  more  extensive 
signification,  it  means  any  mii  u>  .-  .  .a,i 
with  respect  to  another. 

SOLDIKR  of  fortune,  (Soldat  de  For- 
tune, Fr.)  During  the  frequent  wars 
which  occurred  in  Italy,  b'jiore  the.  mi- 
litary profession  became  so  generallv  pre- 
valent in  Europe,  iT  was  usual  for  in^n 
of  enterprise  and  reputation  to  ofier  their 
services  to  the  d.tl:.jr*-nt  states  that  v.  <  • 
engaged.  They  were  originally  ca'U-d 
Osndottieri,  or  leaurrs  «f  n;nuaiir ••. 
They  afterwards  extended  their  services, 


646 


SOL 


SO  O 


and  under  the  title  of  soldiers  of  fortune 
sought  for  employment  in  every  country 
or  state  that  would  pay  them. 

SOLDIER'S  Friend.  A  term  in  the 
jni'itary  service  which  is  generally  applied 
to  such  officers  as  pay  th*  strictest  atten- 
tion to  their  men  ;  granting  th  m  scasona- 
ble  indulgences  without  injuring  the  ser- 
vice ;  seeing  their  wjints  relieved  ;  a  ~.d, 
above  all  things,  having  them  punctually 
paid  and  regularly  settled  with.  There 
is  much  confidence  in  the  multitude  when 
they  are  justly  d  alt  by,  and  every  soldier 
fights  well  under  theguidanceofa  soldier's 
friend  ! 

SOLDIER  Officer.  A  term  generally 
used  among  naval  men  to  signify  any  of- 
ficer belonging  to  the  land  service. 

SOLDIERSHIP,  (Metier  de  so/dat, 
Tr  )  The  profession,  character,  and 
qualities  of  a  military  man. 

SOLDIERY.  Body  of  military  men; 
soldiers  collectively.  Soldiers  are  pro- 
perly the  land  forces  of  a  nation  or  state. 
It  is  in  the  power  of  the  legislature  to 
fix  the  establishment  according  to  the  ex- 
igency of  the  times. 

SOLDURIERS,  Fr.  A  term  anci- 
ently used  among  the  French,  to  signify 
tlvse  persens  who  attached  themselves 
to  some  particular  general  or  military 
knight,  whose  fortunes  they  followed,  in 
consequence  of  being  paid  and  supported 
by  him. 

SO  LEI L,  Fr.     Sun. 

SOLEIL  Jixet  Fr.  An  artificial  fire- 
work, so  disposed,  that  when  it  takes 
fire,  it  emits  a  brilliant  light  from  a  fixed 
centre,  and  resembles  the  sun  at  mid  day. 

SOLEIL  tournant  et  couvant  !>ur  une  corde, 
Fr.  An  artificial  fire. work  made  in  tiie 
shape  of  the  sun,  which  is  so  contrived, 
thjt  it  moves  in  full  illumination,  either 
back  ward  or  forward,  along  a  rope. 

SOLEIL,  montant^  Fr.  An  artificial 
fire-  work,  so  called  from  its  ascending 
in  full  illumination,  and  scattering  fire 
in  various  directions  by  a  desultory  move- 
ment. It  is  likewise  called  tout-billon  de 
feu;  a  whirlwind  of  fire. 

SOLEIL  tournant  et  girandole,  Fr.  An 
artificial  fire -work,  wmch,  when  set  fire 
to,  resembles  a  sun  moving  round  its 
axis,  and  exhibiting  the  figure  or  a  giran- 
dole. 

SOLID,  (Se//<fc,Fr.)  that  body  which 
'l  the  geometrical  dimens  ons. 

SOLID  Bastion.     See  FORTIFICATION. 

SOLIDAIRE,  Fr.  Consolidated.— 
An  old  French  legal  term,  but  now  ge- 
nerally used  to  signify  a  concentration  of 
good  qualities,  Sec.  Thus  th;  French 
convention  declared — Que  les  armees  e'toient 
solidaires  de  g/oire ;  that  the  armies  had 
consolidated  their  glory  ;  meaning  there  by, 
that  the  victories  of  one  part  ot  the  army 
had  been  added  to  the  account  of  the  rest. 

SOLIDiTY,  (Solodite,  Fr.)  Firm- 
ness  ;  density  ;  compactness. 

SO  LIVE,  Fr.     £  joist 

SOLIVE  likewise  signifies  a  measure  in 


carpentry.  It  is  supposed  to  be  equal 
to  three  cubic  feet.  So  that  the  solive 
in  France  is  to  the  measureot  wood. work, 
whar  the  cubic  toiae  is  to  the  measure  of 
earth,  or  brick  work.  The  solive  is  di- 
vided into  six  French  feet  wh'ch  are 
called  pieds  de  sol'ive.  The  foot  into  iz 
inches,  called  pouces  de  so/ive ;  and  the 
inch  into  12  lm>-s,  which  are  called  lignts. 
de  so/ive  In  order  to  form  a  correct  idea 
ot  the  j>olive,  with  regard  to  all  parts  or 
proportions,  it  must  be  considered  as  a 
parallelipipede,  whose  base  is  a  rectangle 
containing:  12  inches  in  breadth,  to  six  in 
height,  and  a  toise  in  length,  the  solive 
being  equal  to  3  cubic  feet. 

SOLIVEAU,  Fr.  A  small  joist;  a 
rafter. 

SOLSTICE, (Solstice,  Fr.)  Thepoint 
beyond  which  the  sun  does  not  go;  the 
tropical  point,  the  point  at  which  the  day 
is  longest  in  summer,  or  shortest  in  win- 
ter. It  is  taken  of  itself  commonly  for 
the  summer  solstice. 

The  Summtr  SOLSTICE,  (le  Solstice  d'ett, 
Fr.)  Is  when  the  sun  i •;  in  the  t<oprc  of 
cancer,  andgiv  s  us  the  longest  day. 

The  Winter  SOLSTICE,  is  when  the  sun 
is  in  tin  tropic  or  cac  ricorn,  and  gives  us 
the  shortest  day  There  is  not  any  sol. 
stice  under  tlvr  equator,  th:re  bem^,  in 
tha  quarter,  without  variation,  equal  day 
and  equal  ni<ht. 

SOLUTION,  (Solu.-'on,  Fr.)  Reso- 
lution of  a  doubt ;  removal  of  any  intel- 
lectual difficulty. 

SO  MAC  HE,  Fr.  Brackish,  salK  The 
mixture  of  sea  and  river  water  is  socalled, 
as  eau  somacbe. 

SO  ME -war,  Ind.    Monday. 

SOMMERS,  in  an  ammunition  -waggon, 
are  the  upper  sides,  supported  by  the 
staves  entered  into  them  with  one  ot  their 
ends,  and  the  other  into  the  side  pieces. 

S  O  M  M I E  R  «/•«»  Port  levis,  F  r.  See 
SEUIL  DE  PONT  LEVIS. 

SONAILLER,  Fr.  A  term  used 
among  the  drivers  of  mules,  to  signify 
the  leading  animal  that  has  a  bell  tieci  to 
his  neck,  which  they  call  sonaille. 

SONDE,  Fr.  Sounding  lead,  probe, 
any  instrument  used  to  ascertain  the  na- 
ture of  soil,  &c. 

SONDER>  Fr.  To  sound,  to  throw 
out  the  lead. 

SONNANT,  Fr.  A  participle  which 
is  frequently  used  by  the  French,  to  ex- 
press a  specific  period  of  tune,  or  the 
nature  of  any  thing. 

Afivebeures  SONNANTES,  Fr.  At 
five  o'cl  ck  precisely,  or  as  the  clock 
strikes  five. 

Aigeni  SONNANT,  Fr.  Hard  cash. 
This  term  was  in  familiar  use  at  the  com- 
mencement of  the  trench  revolut  on, 
when  it  was  found  expedient  to  pay  a  se- 
lec*  body  of  troops,  called  the  gendarmes, 
in  ready  money,  whilst  the  aggregate  of 
the  nation  took  paper  currency  or  assig- 
nats 

SOODER,  Ind.    The  fourth  or  lowesf 


sou 


sou 


647 


of  the  original  tribes  of  Hindoos,  as  they 
come  from  the  feet  of  Brama,  which  sig- 
nifies subjection.  They  are  obliged  to 
lab  >r,  and  to  serve  when  called  upon. 

SOOKRBAR,    Ind      Friday. 

SOORETHAUL,  Ind.  Statement  of 
a  case 

SORDET,      ?    The    small    pipe    or 

SORDINE,  \  mouth  piece  of  a 
trumpet. 

SORN,  a  servile  tenure  in  Scotland, 
by  which  a  chieftain  might,  with  his 
followers,  live  upon  his  tenants  at  free 
quarters. 

SORTIES,  in  a  siege,  parties  that 
sally  out  of  a  town  secretly  to  annoy  the 
besiegers,  and  retard  their  operations. 

SOUDOYES,  Fr.  From  Soudoyer. 
To  keep  in  pay.  This  name  was  origi- 
nally given  to  a  body  of  men  who  inlisted 
themselves  under  Philip  Augustus  of 
France,  on  condition  that  they  should  re- 
ceive a  certain  daily  pay  in  the  way  of 
subsistence.  Froissart  calls  all  soldiers, 
•who  are  paid  for  doing  duty,  or  for  going 
to  war,  soudoyes. 

SOUFLE,  Ft.  The  wind  of  a  cannon. 

SOUFLER  les  canons,  Fr.  To  scale 
pieces  of  ordnance.  1  his  is  done  by 
means  of  a  moderate  charge  of  gunpow- 
der, for  the  purpose  of  cleaning:  them. 

SOUFLURE,  Fr.  A  cavity  or  hole, 
•which  is  frequ  ntly  occasioned  when 
pieces  of  metal  hive  b^en  forged  in  too 
intense  a  fire.  Cannon  balis  lose  their  re- 
ciuired  weight  by  flaws  of  this  sort. 
^SOUFRE,  Fr,  See  SULPHUR 

SOUGARDE,  Fr.  Guard,  throat- 
band  of  a  gun.  A  semi-circular  piece  ot 
brass  which  is  fixed  beneath  the  trigger 
of  a  musquet,  to  prevent  it  from  going  off 
by  accident. 

SOUGARDES.        SeeDECHARGEURS. 

SOUGORGE,  fr.  Throat-band  of 
a  bridle. 

SOUKARS,  Ind.  A  general  name 
for  bankers 

SOULEVEMENT,  Ft.  Insurrection, 
revolt. 

SOULEVER,  Fr.  To  stir  up,  to 
excite  to  insurrection. 

&>  SOUL  EVER,  Fr.  To  rise,  to  revolt,  to 
mutiny  ;  I'armee  s'est  soulevee  contre  son  ge- 
neral; 'the  army  rose,  or  mutinied  against 
its  general. 

SOUMETTRE,  Fr.  (As  an  active 
verb)  to  subdue,  to  overcome,  to  reduce 
to  subjection. 

Se  SOUMETTRE,  Fr.  To  submit 
oneself.  To  yield. 

SOUMISSION,  Fr.     Submission. 

SOUM1S,  ise,  Fr.  In  fortification; 
to  lie  under,  to  be  commanded.  Thus 
one  work  is  said  to  be  commanded,  ou 
tire  soumis,  when  it  is  lower  than  another. 
The  same  signification  holds  good  with 
respect  to  heights  or  elevations. 

SOUND.  Any  thing  audible;  noise; 
that  which  is  perceivc-d  by  the  ear.  The 
experiments  are  numerous  by  which  it 
has  been  found,  tiiat  sound  is  audible  to 


he  distance  of  50,  60,  or  80  miles ;  but 
Dr.  Hearne,  physician  to  the  kine  of 
Sweden,  tell  us.thatatthe  bombardment 
of  Holmia,  in  1658,  the  sound  was  heard 
30  Swedish  miles,  which  make  180  of 
>urst  and  in  the  fight  between  England 
and  Holland  in  1672,  the  noise  of  the 
guns  was  heard  even  in  Wales,  which 
cannot  be  less  than  200  miles. 

The  velocity  of  sound  is  380  yards,  or 
1142  feet  in  a  second  of  t 'me,  as  found  by 
very  accurate  experiment .  The  exactness 
of  measuring  distances  by  sound,  has  been 
sufficiently  proved  by  measuring  the  same 
distances  by  trigonometry. 

The  medium  velocity  of  sound  is  near- 
y  at  the  rate  of  a  mile,  01  5280  feet  in, 
4  2.3  seconds  ;  or  a  league  in  14  seconds  j 
or  13  miles  in  one  minute.  But  sea  miles 
are  to  land  miles  nearly  as  7  to  6 :  there- 
fore sound  moves  over  a  sea  mile  in  5  34 
seconds  nearly;  or  a  sea  league  in  16 
seconds. 

Sound  flies  1142  feet  in  one  second. 

It  is  a  common  observation,  that  per- 
sons in  good  health  have  about  75  pulsa- 
tions at  the  wrist  in  a  minute,  conse- 
quently in  75  pulsations  sound  flies  about 
13  land  miles,  or  1 1  1-7  sea  miles,  which 
is  about  I  land  mile  in  6  pulsations,  and 
i  sea  mile  in  7  pulses,  or  a  league  in  20 
pulses. 

The  velocity  of  sound  does  not  very 
much  vary,  whether  it  goes  with  the 
wind  or  against  it.  As  sound  moves 
vastly  swifter  than  the  wind,  the  accele- 
ration it  can  thereby  receive  can  be  but 
inconsiderable ;  and  the  chief  effect  we 
can  perceive  from  the  wind  is,  that  the 
sound  will  be  carried  to  a  greater  dis- 
tance by  it.  Sound  will  be  louder  in 
proportion  to  the  condension  of  the  air. 
Warer  is  one  of  the  greatest  conductors  pi 
sound  ;  it  can  be  heard  nearly  twice  as  far 
as  on  land. 

SOUND,  (SsaJe,  Fr.)  An  instrument 
used  by  surgeons  in  probing. 

To  SOUND.  To  betoken  or  direct 
by  a  sound ;  as  to  sound  the  retreat.— 
Hence 

SOUNDINGS.  Signals  made  by  any 
kind  of  instruments. 

Ttumpet  SOUNDINGS,  practised  by  ca. 
valry  regiments,  viz.  for  duty. 

1.  Reville. 

2.  Stable  call.     For. stable  duties. 

3 .  Boots  and  saddles.  )  When  to  tarn  out 

4.  To  horse.  $  on  horseback  for 
a  march,  exercise,  or  other  duty. 

5.  Draw  swords.  P     These  soundings 

6.  Return  swords.  $  begin  at  the  instants 
of  drawing  the  sword /row,  and  returning 
it  to  the  scabbard. 

j.  Parade  march. 

8.  Parade  call.  For  assembling  on  foot. 

9     Officers  call. 
lo.   Serjeants  call. 
\  I  „   Trumpetet  s  call. 

12.  Orders. 

13.  Dinner  call.    For  men,  and  for  of- 
ficers. 


648 


SO  U 


sou 


14.  Watering  call.      To    turn    out   in 
watering  order. 

15.  Sett  ing  the  "watch. 

These  duty  soundings,  according  to 
situation,  are  given  by  one  trumpet,  or 
bv  the  whole  of  the  quarter,  regiment,  or 
camp. 

For  exercise. 

16.  March.     The  squadron,  regiment, 
or  line  being  halted,  the  trumpet  or  the 
command  -r   will  accompany   the  word, 
the —  -will advance  ;  and  at  the  word  march, 
the  whole  will  move  at  a  walk.. 

17.  Trot.      ~)  When  the  body  is  march- 
j8.   Gallop.  >  ing  at  a  walk,  on  the  signal 
19    Charge,  j  to  trot,  the  whole  instant- 
ly receive  tiie  word  trot,  and  change  pace 
immediately.     The  same  is  to  br  observ- 
ed from  the  trot  to  the  lidit  gallop,  and 
from   the  gallop  to  the  charge.     During 
the  charge  itself,    the   trumpets  of  all 
the    squadrons  that  are  charging,    may 
sound. 

20.  Halt.    The  whole  halt  on  the  word 
of  command.     After  the  halt  of  a  retreat- 
ing body,  the  proper  command  will  bring 
it  to  its  proper  front. 

21.  Retreat.       The    signal    of    retreat, 
(which  will  be  often  preceded  by  that  of 
halt)  is  a  general  caution  for  the  several 
"words  of  execution  to  be  given. 

22.  Rally.     The  signal   to  rally,  may 
be  continued  as   long  as  it  is  necessary, 
and  be  repeated  by  the  trumpets  of  such 
parts  of  the  body,  as  are  concerned  in  the 
operation,  till  the  end  is  answered. 

These  signals  are  given  by  the  chief 
commander  only  of  the  whole  body  that 
is  exercised,  whether  of  a  squadron,  re- 
giment, brigade,  or  a  line  :  they  are  not 
repeated  by  other  commanders; 'they  are 
addressed  as  cautions  to  the  commanding 
officers  of  the  parts  of  such  body,  not  to 
the  men ;  nor  is  any  movement,  or  al- 
teration of  movement,  to  take  place,  but 
in  consequence  of  the  words,  march,  trot, 
gallop,  &c.  &c,  rapidly  and  loudly  re- 
peated, the  instant  the  trumpet  caution  is 
given. 

The  signals  of  movement  are  so  short, 
that  the  words  of  execution  may  nearly 
coincide  with  them. 

These  signals  for  quick  movement, 
raay  in  regular  exercise  be  given  by  a 
person  who  at  the  instant  of  giving  them 
is  statior.aiy  ;  but  if  he  leads  the  body 
in  motion,  it  is  evident  that  in  the  gal- 
lop, th«  charge,  and  the  halt,  the  voice 
and  rhe  eye,  can  only  determine,  and  re- 
gulate. 

-3  Turn  out  skhtnhbere.  This  signal 
is  aade  by  the  commander  of  the  whole, 
ii  the  whole  is  concerned,  otherwise  by 
the  commander  of  such  part  only  as  is  to 
execute;  if  one,  or  two  squadrons  only, 
the  voice  will  suffice.  1 1  may  be  a  signal 
ior  pursuers  after  a  charge. 

24.  Call  in  skirmishers.  This  signal  is 
made  by  the  commander  ot  the  whole, 
and  repeated  by  the  commander  of  the 
detachments ;  is  for  the  skirmishers  to  join 


their  detachments  ;  or  it  may  originally 
come  from  the  commander  of  the  de- 
tachments. On  the  signal  to  rally,  the 
whole  join  the  bodies  they  were  detached 
from. 

25.  Skirmishers  cease  jiri/jg.  This  sig- 
nal is  made  by  the  commander  of  the 
whol< ,  and  repeated  (or  originally  made) 
by  the  commander  of  the  supporting  de- 
tachments, from  which  the  skirmishers 
a;e  advanced. 

Bugle  Horn  SOUNDINGS,  are  different 
calls  which  are  made  by  the  bugle  h  >ra 
for  duty  and  exercise.  The  following 
constitute  the  principal  ones.  See  Am. 
Mil.  Lib. 

1st.   For  duty. 

f     These  sourvT- 

Iings  are  di  ire.  cut 
in     their    notes 

2.  Rouse,  or  turn  out.  I  fr.*m    those    of 

3.  Dinner  call.  \  the       trumpet, 

4.  Setting  the  watch.  I  but  may  be  used 

I  u'»der  the  same 
(^circumstances. 
2d.   For  exercise. 

5.  March.  ^  These  sound. 

6.  Trot.  I  mt-,s    exactly 
7..  Gallop.  the  same   as 
8.  Charge.  those  ot  the 
9    Halt.                            I  trumpet,     in 

10.  Retreat.  ?the    place    of 

11.  Rally.  I  which       the 

12.  Turn  out  skirmishers.  I  bugle       horn 

13.  Skirmishers  cease          I  may  be  occa- 

Jiring*  \  sionally  sub* 

14.  Call  in  skirmishers.     J  stitured. 
These  signals,  of  the  trumpet,  and  bu. 

gle  horn,  are  meant  in  aid  of  the  voice, 
but  are  by  no  means  to  be  substituted 
foi,  or  prevent  the  ordered  words  ot  exe- 
cution. 

The  trumpet  is  always  to  be  considered 
as  the  principal  military  instrument  for 
these  soundings,  and  particularly  belongs 
to  the  line ;  the  bugle  horn  to  riflemen  and 
detached  parties. 

SOU  PAP  E,  Fr.     Sucker  of  a  pump. 

S  O  U  R  A ,  bid.  A  division ;  as  that  of 
chapter. 

SOURD,  e.  Fr.  Literally  means  deaf, 
dull.  It  is  variously  applied  by  the 
French — viz. 

Lanterne  Sourde,  Fr.  A  dark  laii- 
tern. 

Lime  Sourde,  Fr.  A  file  which  is  made 
in  such  a  manner,  that  you  may  separate 
pieces  of  iron  without  matting  any  noise 
m  the  operation.  It  is  likewise  usidin 
a  figurative  sense — to  signify  a  puson 
who  says  little,  but  is  always  medita-. ing 
something  mischievous  or  injurious  to 
others. 

The  French  likewise  say,  sourdes  pra- 
tiyues,  pratiques  wurdes  ;  secret  or  uidtr- 
h<nd  practices;  soutdes  menees,  minces 
sourdet,  secret  or  underhand  ways.  T .>•  se 
terms  are  always  used  in  a  bad  soise.  In 
mathematics,  the  French  call  those  quan- 
tities, quantites  sourdes,  which  are  incom- 
mensurable, that  is,  which  cannot  be  ex« 


SPA 


SPA 


649 


actly  expressed,  either  by  whole  numbers 
or  by  fractions.  Thus  the  square  root,  or 
racing  carree,  of  two  is  a  quantite  seurde. 

SOURDINE,  Fr.  A  little  pipe,  a 
mute.  It  likewise  means  a  small  spring, 
which  is  fixed  in  a  dumb  repeater.  The 
French  make  use  of  this  word  in  a  figura- 
tive sense,  to  signify,  literally,  without 
noise.  Lfs  ennemis  ont  deloge  a  la  sourdine, 
the  enemy  decamped  privately,  and  with 
out  noise 

SOURIS,  Fr.  Literally  a  mouse.  For 
its  application  in  fortification,  see  PAS 
DE  SOURIS.  It  is  likewise  used  to  ex- 
press a  want  of  expedients  or  resources 
in  critical  moments,  and  the  consequent 
danger  of  being-  caught  in  the  snare  one 
is  endeavoring  to  avoid — La  souris  qui 
a'a  qu'un  trou  est  bleniot  prise,  the  mouse 
that  has  only  one  hole  to  run  to,  is  soon 
caught. 

SOUS,  Fr.  A  proposition  which  is 
used  to  denote  the  state  or  condition  of 
one  thing  with  respect  to  another  which 
is  above  it,  viz. 

SO\JS-tangen(e,  Fr.     Sub-tangent. 

SOUS-tieutenant,  Fr.    Sub-lieutenant. 

SOUS1GNER,  Fr.    To  undersign. 

SOUSIGNE,  ee,  Fr.     The  undersigned. 

La  SOUTE,  Fr.  The  powder  or  bread 
room. 

SOUTENIR,  Fr.  In  exercise  and 
evolution  to  turn  upon  the  left  toot  in 
proportion  as  any  given  line  bears  towards 
the  fixed  point  upon  which  it  is  directed 
to  rest.  The  point  on  which  the  soldier 
turns  is  called  th.  pivot,  Le  pivot. 

SOUTENIR,  Fr.  To  maintain;  as  sou- 
tenir  le  combat,  to  maintain  the  fight. 

SOUTENIR  le  feu  de  I'ennemi,  Fr.  To 
stand  the  enemy's  fire. 

SOUTENIR  le  siege,  Fr.  To  hold  out 
in  a  besieged  place. 

SOUTERRAINS,  Fr.  Subterrane- 
ous passages,  lodgments,  &c.  that  are 
bomb-proof. 

SOUVERAIN,  Fr.  Sovereign.  The 
person  in  whom  sovereignty  is  vested. 

SOUVERAIN  ETE.  Sovereignty;  su- 
premacy ;  highest  place  ;  supreme  power. 

SOW,  in  ancient  military  history,  a 
kind  of  covered  shed,  fixed  on  wheels, 
under  which  the  besiegers  filled  up  and 
passed  the  ditch,  sapped  or  mined  the 
wall,  and  sometimes  worked  a  kind  of 
ram  It  had  its  name  from  its  being  used 
for  rooting  up  the  earth  like  a  swine,  or 
because  the  soldiers  therein  were  like  pigs 
under  a  sow. 

SOWAR,  bid.     A  horseman. 

SOWARRY,  Ind.  A  retinue,  caval- 
cade ;  the  English  residents  in  India  sa> , 
such  a  man  travels  with  a  large  sowarry, 
meaning  a  great  number  of  followers. 

S O  W G U N  D ,  Ind.     An  oath. 

SPADE,  (Becbe,  Fr.)  an  instrument 
fordigging.  See  INTRENCHING  TOOLS, 
MINING,  &c. 

SPADROON,  aswor<l  much  lighter 
than  a  broadsword,  a«4  ixjade  both  to 
cut  ami  thrust. 


SPADROON  Guard,  a  guard  sometimes 
used  with  the  cut  and  thrust  sword,  and 
also  with  the  broadsword.  It  consists 
in  dropping  the  point  towards  the  right 
from  the  outside  guard,  tilj  it  comes  un- 
der your  adversary's  blade,  the  edge  be- 
ing upwards,  and  your  wrist  at  the  same 
time  raised. 

SPAHI,  Persian.  A  soldier  or  mili- 
tary man,  whence  the  common  Hindus, 
tan  term  SEPAHI,  corrupted  by  the  En- 
g  ish  into  Sepcy 

SPAHI.  An  upper  garment  made  of 
blue  cloth,  which  is  worn  by  the  Jani- 
zaries, in  the  same  manner  that  we  wear 
a  loose  great  coat  or  surtont. 

SPAHIS.  A  corps  of  Turkish  caval- 
ry, which  is  kept  in  pay  by  the  '<rand 
signer.  The  Spahis  do  not  possess  any 
lands  as  the  Zauns  and  Timariots  are  al- 
lowed to  do.  This  corps  is  composed  of 
twelve  or  fifteen  thousand  men,  and  con- 
sists of  the  Si/batatis,  whose  standard  or 
cornet  is  yellosv,  and  of  the  Spabis-Glanis, 
who  have  a  red  one.  When  the  troops 
weie  first  formed,  the  latter  acted  as  ser- 
vants 01  batmen  to  the  former:  they  be- 
came a  separate  class  or  troop  in  conse- 
quence of  their  superior  conduct  on  ser- 
vice, and  were  distinguished  in  this  man- 
ner : — They  are  armed  with  a  sabre  and  a 
lance,  which  they  call  Misra.  They 
likewise  make  use  of  a  long  dart  or  javelin, 
called  a  Gene,  with  an  iron  ferrel  at  one 
end,  which  they  throw  at  the  enemy 
with  surprising  skill;  and  if  they  should 
happen  to  miss  their  aim,  they  can  in- 
stantly bend  from  their  saddles,  and  catch 
it  up,  whilst  the  horse  is  on  full  gallop. 
Others  again  are  armed  with  bows  and 
arrows,  and  some  have  pistols  and  car- 
bines. When  the  grand  signor  takes  the 
field  in  person,  he  generally  makes  a  pre- 
sent of  five  thousand  aspres  to  each  Spabi. 
This  bounty  is  called  Sadacb  akchiasi,  or 
gift  to  enable  each  man  to  purchase  bows 
and  arrows. 

When  the  Spahit  take  the  field,  they 
march  in  rear  of  their  standard ;  but  they 
do  not  observe  any  particular  order  of 
route.  They  divide  themselves,  on  the 
contrary,  into  small  bodies,  and  advance 
in  the  most  desultory  manner. 

Besides  these  two  troops  of  Spabis,  there 
are  four  others  in  the  Turkish  service, 
which  are  only  called  upon  under  circum- 
stances of  extreme  pressure  and  emergen- 
cy. The  first  is  called  Sag-Wesigi ;  the 
standard  is  red  and  white.  The  second  is 
named  Sol-Vlesigi ;  the  standard  is  white 
and  yellow  The  third  is  styled  Sag- 
Gureba,  the  standard  is  green:  and  the 
rourth,  Sol-Gureba;  the  standard  is  white. 
All  these  Spahis  receive  a  daily  pay  of 
twelve  to  twenty  aspres;  and  they  are 
subject  to  every  species  of  duty.  Those 
are  Spabis,  called  Titnars,  or  Timaricts. 
See  TIMARIOTS. 

SPANNER,  the  lock  of  a  fusil  or  ca- 
rabine. 

SPATTERDASHES,  a  kind  of  co» 

4  N 


650 


SP  I 


SPR 


vering  for  the  le?s  of  soldiers,  made  of 
cloth,  or  coarse  linen  waxed  over,  and 
buttoned  tight :  by  which  the  wet  is  kept 
off",  now  called  long  gaiters. 

SPATTS,  a  small  sort  of  spatter- 
dashes, that  reach  only  a  little  above  the 
ancle,  called  also  half  gaiters 

SPEAKING  Ttutnfei,  a  trumpet  by 
which  the  voice  may  be  carried  to  a  great 
distance.  It  was  formerly  used  in  large 
armies ;  and  even  so  late  as  the  siege  of 
Gibraltar,  when  general  Elliot,  (after- 
wards Lord  Heathtield)  caused  the  brigade 
Avoids  of  command  to  be  given  by  means 
of  this  instrument. 

SPEAR,  a  lance,  or  long  weapon  with 
a  sharp  point,  formerly  used  as  a  manual, 
or  missive  weapon.  See  LANCE. 

To  SPEND.  This  term  is  used  at  sea 
of  a  mast  of  a  ship;  when  it  is  broken 
down  by  foul  weather,  it  is  said  to  be 
spent.  It  is  sometimes  used  in  military 
matters  to  express  the  consumption  of  any 
thing:  as  to  spend  all  jour  ammunition. 

SPENT  Bail,  (Ecu let  mart,  Balls morte , 
Fr.)  A  cannon  or  musquet  ball,  &c.  is 
said  to  be  spent,  when  it  reaches  an  ob- 
ject without  sufficient  force  to  pass 
through  it,  or  otherwise  wound,  thaa  by 
a  contusion.  Spent  balls,  however,  are 
frequently  fatal  in  their  effects,  especially 
when  they  hit  any  of  the  noble  parts.  It 
is  on  occasions  of  this  sort,  that  the  ac- 
tivity and  skill  of  a  field  or  ambulating 
surgeon,  are  indispensably  necessary  ;  for 
•which  reason  a  sufficient  number  of  these 
useful  attendants  upon  an  army,  ought 
always  to  accompany  the  different  bat- 
talions that  go  into  action.  The  French 
pay  the  strictest  attention  to  this  branch 
of  the  service.  Their  flying  hospitals  are  I 
not  only  well  supplied  with  all  the  requi-  | 
sites  for  so  important  an  establishment, 
but  every  dependent  part  is  equally  well 
provided. 

SPHERE,  ;   a    round    body    of 

SPHERICAL,  \  which  the  centre  is 
at  the  same  distance  from  every  point  of 
the  circurefeience ;  as  is  the  case  with 
Shots,  Shells,  &c. 

SPHERESa"*r///^,  Fr.  Iron  hoops 
with  matches,  steeped  in  combustible 
matter,  fixed  round  them.  When  there 
is  only  one  hoop  it  is  called  Circled* artifice  ; 
•when  there  are  two  or  three,  one  within 
the  other,  the  assemblage  or  them  ib  call- 
ed sphere  J*  artifice,  trom  its  resemblance 
to  that  figure. 

SPHERICAL.     Round. 

SPHEROID,  an  oblong  body,  ap- 
proaching the  term  of  a  sphere. 

SPIES,      )in  'war,    are  persons  em- 

SPIALS,  $  ployed  to  give  intelligence 
of  what  the  enemy  is  doing.  They 
should  be  well  paid:  who  pays  them  ill, 
is  never  well  served.  They  should  never 
be  known  to  any  but  the  general  who  em- 
ploys them,  nor  should  they  know  cne 
another.  When  they  propose  any  thing 
very  material,  their  persons,  or  their  wives 
sujd  children,  should  be  secured  and  kept 


as  hostages  for  their  fidelity.  If  they 
are  apprehended,  they  immediately  sutler 
death. 

SPIES  are  found  in  the  cabinets  of 
princes,  in  the  closets  of  ministers,  amonr.st 
the  officers  of  an  army,  and  in  the  coun- 
cils of  generals;  in  towns  belonging  to 
the  enemy,  and  in  monasteries.  The 
greatest  generals  strongly  recommend 
them,  whatever  expence  they  may  occa- 
sion ;  and  indeed  a  commander  had  b.  <ter 
be  in  want  of  many  particulars,  however 
necessary,  than  be  destitute  of  spies.  No. 
thin<  should  be  spared  to  procure  them ; 
and  even  the  promises  made  to  them 
should  be  observed  with  the  most  invio- 
lable integrity.  By  making  a  proper  use 
of  these  necessary  creatures,  the  most  se- 
cret designs  ot  an  enemy  may  be  discover- 
ed, the  positions  his  armies  are  to  take, 
the  stations  of  his  fleets,  and  even  the 
manner  in  which  the  former  is  to  be  se- 
cured by  masked  batreries,  or  the  latter  be 
kept  firm  with  chain  moorings;  as  was 
the  case  off' Boulogne  in  1800. 

To  S  P I K  E  a  gun.  This  term  is  chiefly 
used  at  sea,  and  signifies  to  fas.  en  a  quom 
with  spikes  to  the  deck,  close  to  the 
breech  of  the  carriages  of  the  great  guns, 
so  that  they  may  keep  firm  and  close  to 
the  sides  of  the  ship,  and  not  break  loose 
when  the  ship  rolls.  It  is  likewise  used 
in  military  matters  to  signify  the  choaking 
up  the  touch- hole  of  a  piece  of  ordnance, 
so  as  10  render  it  useless.  See  To  NAIL. 

SPIKES,  in  gunnery.  See  HAND- 
SPIKES. 

SPIN,  or  to  spin  hay,  is  to  twist  it  up 
in  ropes,  very  hard,  for  an  expedition  ; 
by  which  means  it  is  less  bulky,  and  less 
troublesome  for  the  cavalry  to  carry  be- 
hind them.  A  i  expert  horseman  can 
spin  five  days  forage  into  a  very  narrow 
compass. 

SPIRAL,  (Spirale,  Fr.)    Inarchitec- 
|  ture,  a  curve  that  ascends  winding  about 
I  a  cone  or  spire,    so  that  all  the  points 
thereof  continually  approach  the  axis. 

SPIRAL  Line,  (Ligne  spirals,  Fr.)  A 
curve  line,  which  makes  a  circular  move- 
ment like  a  screw,  perpetually  diverging 
or  going  off' from  its  centre. 

SPIRAL,  ^a  line  dr.iwn  progressively 

SPIRE,  !)  round  the  same  axis,  with 
a  clistdnce  between  each  circle;  as  the 
threadof  a  screw.-  See  SCR  tw. 

SPOKES,  the  bars  of  a  wheel  that  pass 
fro. n  the  nave  to  the  felly. 

SP  ON  TOON,  is  appear  formerly  used 
instead  of  a  half,  pike,  by  officers  of  in- 
fantry ;  when  the  spontoon  was  planted, 
the  regiment  halted;  when  pointed  tor- 
wards,  the  regiment  marched  ;  and  when 
pointed  backwards,  the  regiment  re- 
treated. 

2  o  SPR  AWL,  to  widen  out  in  an  irre- 
gular and  unsoldier-like  manner.  This 
term  is  chiefly  applicable  to  the  cavalry. 

SPRAWLING.  Loose,  unconnected, 
wide  of  each  otiier. 

A  spRAWi-iNG  charge ,  a  loose  and  b> 


SPU 


SQU 


651 


regular  movement  of  cavalry,  instead  of 
aclnse,  compact,  forward  attack. 

To  SPRING  To  give  vent  to  any 
combustible  matter  upon  which  gunpow- 
der principa  ly  acts  by  the  power  of  ex- 
plosion. Hence  to  spring  globes  of  com- 
pression, &c.  The  latter  are  frequently 
used  for  the  same  purposes  that  sky- 
rockets,  &c.  are,  viz.  to  serve  as  signals 
when  any  sudden  attack  is  to  be  made. 

SPRING,  in  a  general  acceptation,  an 
elastic  body  ;  a  body  which  when  bent, 
or  vlisto-.ted,  has  the  power  of  restoring 
itself  to  its  former  state.  It  is  in  general 
a  piece  or  tempered  metal,  which  by 
means  of  its  elastic  force,  is  useful  in  se- 
vera  machines  to  give  them  motion.  In 
a  gun  lock  the  sprin.s  are  distinguished 
by  various  appellations  according  to  their 
several  uses,  viz. 

Cear  and  CVtfrvP«i>,TG.  The  cearisa 
pitx<  of  hardened  iron  or  steel  in  a  gun 
lock,  which  moves  on  a  pivot,  and  the 
point  of  which  is  received  in  a  notch  cut 
in  the  tumb'er,  and  the  other  end  is  acted 
up'.-n  by  tiv.  trigger. 

The  cear  spi  ng  is  a  small  sorinz,  which 
throws  the  cear  into  the  notch  cut  in  the 
tumbler  of ,a  gun- cock,  when  the  piece  is 
at  half  cock  or  full  cock. 

Feather  SPR  j  NG  The  spring  of  a  gun 
lock  beneath  the  foot  of  the  hammer; 
call-".'  likewise  hamm-r-sprine. 

Main  SPRING.  The  sprin?  in  a  gun 
lock  \\hkho  eiares  or.  the  tumbler,  and 
give;,  frrce  to  the  cock. 

To  SPRING,  ma  military  sense,  tostep 
forward  with  a  certain  degree  of  elasticity. 
SPRING  up.  A  word  of  command, 
which  has  b.ren  occasionally  used  when 
sections  double  up.  It  signifies,  indeed, 
the  same  as  double  up,  and  is  sometimes 
used  sif.&l  ,  as  Spnag!  particularly  to 
light  infantry  men. 

To  SPRING  the  firelock.  To  bring  it 
briskly  up  to  any  ordered  position ;  to  the 
recover,  for  instance. 

SPUNGE,  (ecouvlllon,  arroussement, 
grijfon,  Fr.)  Along  staff  with  a  roll  at 
one  end,  covered  with  a  sheep's  skin,  of 
the  bignes.->  of  the  bore  of  a  gun,  to  scour 
It  alter  firing  ;  and  to  prevent  any  sparks 
from  remaining.  It  is  sometimes  called 
Merkin,  from  its  artificial  texture  of  hair 
at  ths  end  of  the  staff. 

Pprotecbnicd     S  P  u  N  c  E  s  S  punges 

ivh'ch  constitut-.-  the  black  match  or  tin- 
der that  is  brought  from  Germany,  for 
Striking  fire  with  a  flint  and  stetl.  These 
spungesaie  made  of  the  lar  e  mushroom, 
or  fungous  excrescences  which  grow  up- 
on old  oaks,  ash  trees,  firs,  &c.  These 
are  steeped  in  water,  boiled  §nd  beaten, 
and  then  put  in  a  strong  lye  made  of  salt 
petre,  and  afterwards  dried  in  an  oven. 

To  >PUNCE  the  guni  \ecotrvillonner  le 
canon t  Fr.)  To  cool  and  cleanse  the  bore 
of  a  piece  of  ordnance  by  means  of  a  wet 
spunge  which  is  fixed  to  the  endofa  long 
pole. 

KPURS,  in  old  fortifications,  are  walls 


that  cross  a  part  of  the  rampart,  and  join 
to  the  town  wall. 

SPURS,  instruments  fixed  to  the  heels 
of.  horsemen,  with  which  they  can  at 
pleasure,  goad  the  horse  to  action. 

SQUAD.  A  diminutive  of  squadron. 
It  is  used  in  military  matters  to  express 
any  small  number  of  men,  horse  or  foot, 
that  are  collected  together  for  the  pur- 
poses  of  drill,  &c. 

To  SQUAD.  To  divide  a  troop  or  com- 
pany  into  certain  parts,  in  order  to  drill 
the  men  separately,  or  in  small  bodies,  or 
to  put  them  under  the  direction  and  care 
of  some  steady  corporal,  or  lance  corporal. 
In  every  well  regulated  troop  or  company, 
the  men  are  squaded  in  such  a  manner, 
that  the  r»ost  minute  concern  with  respect 
to  the  interior  economy  can  be  instantly 
accounted  for.  The  folio  wj&g  distinct  in- 
structions have  appeared  in  print.  We 
quote  them  the  more  readily  because  they 
not  only  coincide  with  cur  own  ideas  on 
the  subject,  but  seem  perfectly  calculated 
to  preserve  good  order  and  discipline. 
They  relate  chi  fly  to  the  cavalry,  but  are 
equally  applicable  to  infantry  corps. 

Each  troop,  it  is  observed,  ou2;ht  to 
be  divided  into  two  squads  when  under 
forty.  Into  three  or  four  when  above, 
according  to  the  number,  with  an  equal 
proportion  of  non-commissionul  officers 
in  each  ;  and  when  the  eldest  is  on  duty, 
trie  cha-g^  of  the  squad  falls  on  the  next 
in  the  squad,  ad  so  on.  First  the  sta- 
bler must  be  divided  as  equally  as  pos. 
sibie  into  these  divisions,  and  the  men 
must  belong  to  the  same  squad  that  their 
horses  do:  so  that  the  foot  and  horse  bil- 
lets, and  those  for  the  married  men's 
rooms  of  a  squad,  go  together.  The 
squads  must  be  as  clstinct  and  separate 
as  possible ;  in  short  as  much  so  as  two 
troops  are,  never  crossing  each  other* 
The  stables  must  likewise  be  squadded 
entire;  that  is,  no  one  stable  should  be 
allotted  to  two  separate  squads  ;  for  which 
reason,  the  proportion  ot  numbers  in  each 
squad  cannot  always  be  exactly  equal. 
The  squad  is  entirely  in  charge  of  its  own 
Serjeant,  or,  in  his  absence,  of  the  corpo- 
ral who  commands  it,  with  relation  to 
every  quarterand  stable  duty,  parades  on 
foot  and  horseback.  The  quarter-master, 
in  tne  cavalry,  has,  of  course,  the  gene, 
ral  inspection  of  the  whole. 

When  a  corporal  has  charge  of  a  squad, 
he  must  not  look  after  his  own  horse  at 
such  times  as  interfere  with  his  squad 
duty  :  he  can  generally  manage  to  do  it  at 
the  morning  stable,  and  in  the  evening  he 
can  t;et  him  done  before  the  regular  hour. 
On  a  march,  or  aftei  a  field  day,  he  can- 
not do  it  so  conveniently,  and  of  course 
orders  another  man  to  do  it.  When  a  de- 
tachment ot  an  absent  troop  is  in  a  quar- 
ter, it  must  be  attached  to  a  particular 
troop,  whichever  may  be  judged  most 
convenient.  It  must  be  considered  as  a 
separate  and  distinct  squad,  quartered  by 
itself,  (as  far  as  it  can  be,  corisistenfvvith 


652 


SQU 


ST  A 


the  proper  quartering  of  its  recruits)  and 
under  the  command  of  its  own  non-com- 
missioned officer,  unless  the  troop  to 
\vhrch  it  belongs  cannot  spare  a  non-com- 
missioned officer  with  it  ;  in  which  case 
it  must  be  ^iven  in  charge  to  a  non-com-  \ 
missioned  officer  of  the  troop  to  which  it 
is  attached. 

The  same  rules  for  squadding  hold  good 
on  a  inarch,  and  in  all  situations  what- 
ever;  and  the  list  of  quarters  must  be 
made  out  accordingly. 

The  noi  -commissioned  officers  must 
always  be  kept  to  the  s  me  squad,  as  near- 
ly as  they  can  be.  The  policy  of  this  in- 
struction is  obvious,  as  they  will  thereby 
be  made  acquainted  with  the  character  of 
every  man  in  the  squad. 

Recruits  should  always  be  quartered 
and  squadded  with  old  soldiers  who  are 
Icnown  to  be  steady  and  well  behaved ; 
and  those  men  that  are  at  all  irregular  in 
their  conduct,  must  be  separated  and  dis- 
tributed in  squads  which  are  composed  ol 
good  old  soldiers. 

Aiuk*ward  SQUAD.  The  awkward  squad 
consists  not  only  of  recruits  at  drill,  but 
of  formed  soldiers  that  are  ordered  to  ex- 
ercise with  them,  in  consequence  of  some 
irregularity  under  arms. 

SQUADRON.  A  body  of  cavalry, 
composed  of  two  troops.  The  number 
is  not  fixed,  but  is  generally  from  loo  to 
250  men. 

SQUARE,  (CarrS,  Fr.)  A  figure  with 
right  angles,  and  equal  sides. 

The  SQUARE  A  particular  formation 
into  which  troops  are  thrown  on  critica 
occasions  ;  particularly  to  resist  the  charge 
of  cavalry. 

Solid    SQUARE,    is   a   body    of  foot 
•where  both  ranks  arwl  files  are  equal. — 
It  was  formerly  held  in  great  esteem 
but  when  the  prince  of  Nassau  introdu- 
ced the  hollow  square,  this  was  soon  ne 
glected. 

Holloiu  SQUARE,  is  a  body  of  foot  drawn 
up,  with  an  empty  space  in  the  centre 
for  the  colors,  drums,  and  baggage,  facin 
every  way  to  resist  the  charge  of  the  horse 
Oblong  SQUARE.  A  square  which  i 
not  at  right  angles,  but  represents  th 
figure  of  an  oblong,  whose  sides  are  une 
qual.  Thus,  as  eight  com  panics  of  equa 
numbers  w  uld  form  a  perfect  square,  te 
make  an  oblong. 

Perfect  SQU  A  RE.  A  square  whose  side 
are  equnl  anclat  right  angles. 

The  perfect  square,  in  the  formation  o 
troops,  seems  bes*  calculated  for  militar 
movements  and  arrangements.  Battalions 
for  instance,  which  are  composed  of  eight 
companies,  with  one  hundred  rank  arid 
jlile  in  each,  are  equal  to  every  species  of 
disposition.     It  is  upon  this   principle, 
we  presume,  rhat  the  French  have  distri- 
buted their  infantry.     British  regiments, 
on  the  contrary,  consist  of  eight  compa- 
nies, one  of  which  is  grenadiers  and   the 
other  or' light  infantry,  and  are  so  com- 
yossd  tljat  no  square  of  this  kind  can 


be  formed.  This  is  manifestly  a  defect 
n  their  system.  It  is,  indeed,  remedi. 
ed  by  the  grenadier  and  lisht  infantry 
companies  being  occasionally  detached, 
or  cast  into  separate  battalions ;  so  that 
the  remaining  companies,  by  being  told 
off',  may  by  brought  to  eight  equal  parts. 
Tacticians  will  perhaps  agree  with  us, 
that  it  would  be  better  to  have  every 
regiment  composed  of  ten  companies, 
flanked  by  a  subdivision  of  grenadiers,  the 
whole  being  so  equalized  as  to  produce 
four  equal  sides.  In  this  case,  the  light 
companies  should  be  formed  into  separate 
bodies  of  chasseurs  or  riflemen,  after  the 
manner  of  the  French. 

Shakspeare  uses  the  word  square  to 
signify  squadrons  ;  but  it  is  now  obsolete. 
SQUARE  root.  In  geometry,  the 
square  root  of  any  number  is  that  which 
multiplied  by  itself,  produces  the  square  9 
thus  4  is  the  square  root  of  16 

SQUARE  number.  In  arithmetic,  is 
when  another  number,  called  its  root,  can 
be  found,  which  multiplied  by  itself  pro- 
duces the  square ;  thus  16  is  the  square 
number  of  4,  and  9  the  square  of  3. 

SQUELETTE,  Fr.  literally  means  a 
skeleton.  It  is  used  by  the  French,  as 
by  us,  to  signify  the  remnant,  or  incom- 
plete state  of  a  regiment,  viz.  La  sque- 
letiz  d'un  regiment  ;  The  skeleton  of  a  re- 
giment. 

SQUELETTE,  PV.  likewise  means  the 
skeleton  state  of  a  ship,  or  a  ship  upon 
the  stocks,  and  which  has  only  her  ribs 
and  first  timbers  laid  in.  So  that  squetette 
among  the  French  will  apply  either  to 
the  first  organization  or  arrangement  of 
parts  belonging  to  a  work  or  establish, 
menr,  before  it  is  completed,  or  to  the 
remnant  of  such  a  work  or  establishment, 
after  it  has  been  completed.  In  the  first 
sense  of  the  word  cadre,  frame,  outline, 
&c.  bears  the  const)  uction  of  squeletie 
among  the  French,  as,  cadre  d'un  corps, 
When  the  British  expedition  to  Quiberon 
Was  planned,  there  were  several  cadres  of 
this  description.  They  consisted  of  French 
noblemen  and  gentlemen  who  were -to  or- 
ganize the  Chouans,  and  receive  ap- 
po-ntments  according  to  their  several 
ranks,  &c.  &c. 

SQU  I  RE.  An  attendant  on  a  warrior 
was  formerly  so  called.  SeeARMicER. 

STABLE  Aow.Ind.  Thatpartofthe 
late  Tippoo  Sultaun's  cavalry,  which  was 
best  armed,  accoutred,  and  most  regularly 
disciplined. 

STADIUM,  (Siadhn,  Fr.)  An  an- 
cient Greek  long  measure,  containing  125 
geometrical  paces,  or  625  Roman  feet, 
corresponding  to  our  furlong.  This  word 
is  formed  from  the  Greek  term,  which 
signifies  station.  It  is  said  that  Hercules 
after  running  that  distance  at  one  breath, 
stood  still.  The  Greeks  measured  all 
their  distances  by  stadia.  The  Romans 
had,  likewise,  their  stadia,  derived  from 
the  Greek,  by  which  they  measured  d's- 
tancqs.  The  stadium  of  Rome  contain- 


ST  A 


ST  A 


653 


ed  620  geometrical  paces.  Eight  stadia 
make  one  Italian  mile. 

ST  ADI  ON,  among  the  Greeks  signifi- 
ed also  a  bpaceof  enclosed  or  open  ground, 
containing  that  measure,  where  the  pub- 
lic races  we^e  run. 

STAFF,  i-i  military  affairs,  consists  of 
a  quarter-master  general,  adjutant-gene- 
ral, majors  of  brigade,  aids-de-camp,  &c. 
The  general  staff  properly  exists  only  in 
time  of  war  See  QUARTER-MASTER 

CENTRAL,  &C. 

Regimental  STAFF,  are,  the  adjutant, 
quarter-master,  chaplain,  and  surgeon, 
&c. 

STAFF  of  command.     See  BATTOON. 
The  STAFF,  on  British  home  service, 
consists  in  general  of 

One  general  commanding  a  district. 
One  lieutenant-general. 
One  major-general. 
One  adjutant  general. 
One  quarter- master  general. 
One    deputy    adjutant,    and    quarter- 
inas.er  general. 
One  engineer. 

One  assistant  adjutant,  and  quarter- 
master general. 

The  regulated  number  of  aids-de-camp 
and  brigade  majors : 

One  commissary  general. 
Deputy  commissaries  general,  assistant 
commissaries  general,  according  to  cir- 
cumstances. 

One  inspector  general  of  hospitals. 
Physicians,  surgeon  and   apothecary, 
mates. 

The  British  staffin  India  consists  of  a 
general  staff,  station  staff,  cantonment, 
E..-.1  garrison  staff;  and  an  hospital  staff. 
The  staffin  Great  Britain  is  comprehend- 
ed under  general  staff,  garrison  staff,  dis- 
trict staff,  and  staff  belonging  to  the  ca- 
valry depot  at  Maidstone,  and  "the  general 
infantry  one  in  the  Isle  of  Wight.  There 
is  likewise  an  hospital  staff-  For  an  ac 
count  of  staffs  in  general  see  Am.  Mil. 
Lib. 

The  staff  of  the  French  has  been  the 
main  spring  of  their  tactics,  and  no  army 
can  be  effective  without  a  good  staff. 

STAFF  ,the  sameas  baton ;  from  when*  e 
those  officers  in  the  suite  of  generals, 
and  not  attached  to  regiments,  are  called 
the  naff,  a  baton  being  formerly  the  insig- 
nia ofoffice ;  which  is  now  supplied  by 
other  devices,  as  facings,  feathers,  and  so 
forth. 

Hammer  STALL.  A  piece  of  leather, 
which  is  made  to  cover  the  upper  part  of 
the  lock  belonging  to  a  musquet.  It  is 
useful  in  wet  weather. 

STAMP  duties.  Imposts  laid  upon 
paper  in  England,  that  is  used  for  legal 
or  commercial  purposes.  Proceedings 
of  courts-martial,  whether  copies  or  ori- 
ginals, are  not  chargeable  with  stamp- 
duties  ;  nor  are  the  receipts  given  by  offi- 
cers for  their  respective  pay  or  allowan- 
ces. 
'••  STAND.  The  act  of  opposing ;  thus 


troops  that  do  not  yield  or  give  way  are 
said  to  make  a  stand. 

To  STAND  /£f  enemy's  fire  ;  to  remain 
with  steady  firmness  in  orderly  array, 
without  being  discomposed  by  the  sho't, 
&c.  of  an  opposing  enemy. 

To  STAND.  To  have  an  erect  position. 
Every  recruit  should  be  taught  to  hold 
his  body  in  such  a  manner,  that  he  leeis 
himself  firm  and  steady  upon  whatever 
ground  h-Q  may  be  placed  for  the  purposes 
or"  exercise  or  parade.  See  POSITION 

WITHOUT    ARMS. 

To  s  T  A  N  D  'well under  arms.  To  be  Sn  peK- 
fectly  master  of  the  fiielock  as  not  to  be  em- 
barrassed, or  to  be  rendered  unsteady  by 
its  weight,  but  to  be  able  to  preserve  a  cor- 
rect relative  pos:tion.  of  the  body  through 
all  the  changes  of  the  manual  a;id  platoon, 
&c.  and  during  the  prescribed  movements 
in  parade  and  field  exercises.  See  POSI- 
TION WITH  ARMS. 

To  STAND  at  ease.  To  be  allowed  a 
certain  indulgence  with  regard  to  bodily 
position,  with  or  Without  arms.  See 
EASE.  It  is  likewise  a  word  of  command, 
as  Sta?id  a! — Ease. 

STAND/*™/  This  term  is  frequently- 
used  as  a  caution  to  some  particular  part 
of  a  line  or  column.  In  the  first  of  the 
nineteen  manreuvres,  for  instance,  the 
grenadiers  are  directed  to  stand  fast, 
while  the  remaining  companies  march 
from  their  ali^nement  to  form  close  co- 
lumn behind  them.  When  a  battalion, 
drawn  up  in  line,  is  to  move  forward  in 
froHt  of  its  original  position  from  the 
right,  left,  or  centre,  the  named  division, 
subdivision,  or  section,  stands  Jastt  and 
the  remaining  ones,  which  have  been 
wheeled  backward  into  column,  march 
towards  the  inward  fiank  of  the  standing 
division,  subdivision,  orsection.  On  the 
first  of  the  moving  bodies  arriving  at  the 
inward  pivot  of  the  standing  one,  the  lat- 
ter receives  the  word  march,  and  the 
former  wheels  into  the  ground.  The  est 
successively  do  the  same.  By  this  me- 
thod the  leading  division  is  spared  the 
trouble  of  wheeling  back  and  returning 
again  to  its  original  ground. 

STANDARD,  that  which  is  the  test 
or  criterion  of  other  things. 

STANDARD.  A  measure  by  which 
men  enlisted  into  the  British  service  have 
the  regulated  height  ascertained. 

According  to  the  British  regulations  and 
orders  published  in  1799,  the  standard  tor 
men  raised  for  the  heavy  cavalry  shall  be 
five  feet  seven  inches,  and  for  the  light 
cavalry  and  infantry  five  feet  five  inches  ; 
but  no  recruits  are  to  be  taken,  even  of 
those  sizes,  who  exceed  35  years  ot  age, 
or  who  are  not  stout  and  well  made.— 
Lads  between  16  and  18  years  of  age,  who 
are  well  limbed,  and  likely  to  grow,  may 
be  taken  as  low  as  five  feet  six  inches  for 
the  heavy  cavalry,  and  as  low  as  five  feet 
four  inches  for  the  light  cavalry  and  in- 
fantry. In  those  regiments  which  are 
specially  authorised  to  enlist  boys,  healthy 


654 


STA 


STA 


lads,  under  i6yearsof  age,  who  are  likely 
io  grow,  mav  be  taken  as  low  as  five  feet 
one  inch.  It  will  be  recollected,  that  this 
standard  is  for  men  inlisted  during  a  war  ; 
when  regiments  are  put  upon  the  peace 
establishment  a  higher  standard  is  resorted 
to.  Thus  by  a  letter  dated  28th  Janua.y, 
1802,  it  is  directed,  that  the  standard  for 
the  infantry  of  the  line  shall  be  five  feet 
seven  inches;  that  no  man  shall  be  inlist- 
ed who  is  above  25  years  of  age ;  but 
growing  lads  from  17  to  19  years  of  age, 
shall  be  taken  as  low  as  five  feet  five 
inches. 

STANDARD,  in  'war,  a  sort  of  banner 
cr  flag,  borne  as  a  signal  for  the  joinav  to- 
gether of  the  several  troops  belonging  to 
*he  same  body. 

The  standard  is  usually  a  piece  of  silk 
i  1.2  feet  square,  on  which  is  embroi- 
dered arms,  device,  or  cypher,  of  the 
country.  It  is  fixed  on  a  lance  eight  or 
nine  feet  long,  a^d  carried  in  the  centre  c 
the  first  rank  of  a  squadron  of  horse,  by 
the  coronet. 

STANDARDS   Belonging  to  the  cavalry 
Standards  are  ported  ik  the    following 
manner : 

The  first  with  the  right  squadron. 
The  second  with  the  left  j  and  the  thirc 

the  centre. 
In  advancing  to  the  front  on  foot,  tb 
advanced   standards  and    their   serjt-ants 
must  not  slacken  their  pace,  or  deviate 
from  right  to  left,  as  the  lieutenant. co- 
lonel or  leading  officer  may  happen  to  do 
but  if  he  be  in  their  way,  they  must  cal 
to  him,  because  they  alone  regulate  tlie 
march. 

The  standards  must  always  be  brough 
to  the  parade  by  a  troop,  viz.  by  that 
•which  has  its  private  parade  nearest  to 
head-quarters.  They  must  be  accompa- 
nied by  as  many  trumpeters  as  can  con- 
veniently assemble  with  that  troop. — 
Swords  must  be  drawn,  and  the  march 
sounded.  The  cornets  parade,  of  course, 
•with  that  troop  to  receive  the  standards. 
The  standards  are  received  by  the  regi- 
ment or  squadron  at  open  ranks,  with 
swords  drawn,  officers  saluting,  and  the 
inarch  sounding  by  the  remaining  trum- 
pets. They  must  march  off  from  head- 
quarters, and  be  lodged  with  the  same 
form. 

STANDARD  bearer,  he  who  carries 
She  standard ;  a  cornet,  ensign,  &c. 

ST ANDAR D -///'//,  a  hill  in  England  so 
called  because  William  th?  conqueror  set 
up  his  standard  on  it,  before  he  joined  bat- 
tle wit!)  Harold. 

STANDING.  Settled,  established, 
;:or:  temporary. 

STANDING  arniy.     An  army  which  is 

•quartered  upon  a  country,  and  is  liable  to 

species  of  duty,  without  any  iimi- 

".-i'.ioa   being  fixed  to-its    service.     The 

'afe  and  foot  guard?,  form  a   part  of  the 

standing  army  of  Great  Britain    The  mi- 

Jitia,  but  not  the  volunteers,  may  he  par- 

considered  as  such:   ths  adjutant, 


'\  non-commissioned  officers,  and  drummers 
I  being  in  constant  pay,  and  a  third  or  me 
!j  quota  of  men,  together  with  all  the  ofii- 
j  cers,  being  called  out  once  a  year  to  be 
,1  exercised  for  28  days. 

STANDING.       Rank;    condition.       It 
likewise   signifies  length  of  time.     As, 
i  such  an  officer  is  of  very  old  standing  in 
n  the  army. 

STAPLES,  are  loops  of  iron,  or  bars 
pointed  and  bent  so  as  to  be  driven  m  at 
'  both  ends. 

STA  ^.-chamber.  A  chamber  in  West, 
minster  so  called  from  its  r^o.  ot-m^  ,  Dint- 
ed with  gilt  srars.  It  ha<>  been  rendered 
proverbially  odious  to  the  EiKii^h  n«uion, 
on  account  of  the  encroachments  wlvcri 
were  made  upon  the  constitution  of  the 
country  during  the  reign  of  Charles  the 
first. 

STAR  jW,  \l\fortijication.  See  TORT 
and  FORTIB ICATION, 

STA TK  Condition  of  any  tiling  ;  as 
a  weekly  stare  of  a  regiment,  &c. 

S  TAT  IF  of  a  detachment.  Th?  differ- 
ence between  the  state  of  a  corps  f>r  cte- 
tachment,  and  a  mere  return  of  the  same, 
consists  in  this,  tiiat  the  former  cr-mpre- 
hends  the  specific  casualties,  &c.  that  have 
occurred  ;  whereas  the  latter  gives  an  ab- 
stract account  of  the  officers  and  men  in  a 
more  general  and  comprehensive  manner. 
The  word  state  is  likewise  used  to  ex. 
press  the  condition  01  every  tiling  belong, 
ing  to  the  equipment  of  a  regiment ;  as, 
state  of  arms,  accoutrements,  &c. 

STATICS,  (Statiyuf,  Fr.)  A  branch 
of  mathematics,  which  considers  wtignt 
or  gravity,  and  the  motion  of  bodies 
arising  therefrom.  Those  who  def.?.e 
mechanics  to  be  the  science  of  motion 
makes  statics  a  member  thereof,  viz. 
That  part  which  considers  the  motions 
of  bodies  arjsing  from  gravity.  Others 
again  say,  that  statics  should  be  the 
doctrine  or  theory  of  motion,  and  me- 
chanics the  application  thereof  to  ma- 
chines. 

STATION,  in  geometry,  a  place  pitch* 
ed  upon  to  make  an  observation,  take  an 
angle,  or  the  like, 

STATION.     See  POST. 
STATIQUE,  Fr.     See  STATICS. 
STAlISflCS.       According    to    the 
author  of  a  late  work,  statistics  are  that 
comprehensive  part  of  municipal  philoso- 
phy, which  states  and  defines  the  situ- 
tion,  strength,  and  resources   of  a   na- 
ion.     They  constitute  a  kind  of  politi- 
al  abstract,  by  which  the  statesman  may 
be  enabled  to  calculate  his  finances,  as 
well  as  guide  the  economy   of  his   go- 
vernment ;    and   they  are  equally  useful 
n  ascertaining  the  military  resources  of  a 
ountry. 

STA  VES,  round  and  flat,  used  in am- 
nun.ition  and  other  waggons  or  carts,  are 
ound  and  fiat  sticks  between  the  som- 
mers  and  side-pieces,  also  in  common  and 
caling  laduers. 
STAYS,  in  truck  carriages,  are  the 


STE 


STE 


655 


irons  wh'r.h  are  fixed  one  end  under  the 
fore  axle-tree,  and  the  other  to  the  side- 
pieces,  in  the  form  of  an  S. 
STEED.    A  horse  either  for  state  or 

STEEL,  particularly  applied,  it  means 

fUJ€AJpftft  Of  &f}HQ¥ 

STEGANOGRAPHY,  the  art  of  se- 
cret writing,  or  of  writing  in  cyphers, 
known  only  to  persons  corresponding,  and 
much  useu  in  war. 

STENOGRAPHY,  ( Stexograpbie, 
Fr.)  See  STEREOGRAPHY. 

STEP,  {Pas,  Fr.)  Progression  by  one 
removal  of  the  foot,  It  likewise  signifies 
pace. 

To  STEP.  To  move  forward  or  back- 
ward, by  a  single  change  of  the  place  of 
thf-  toot. 

To  STEP  out.     To  lengthen  your  pace. 

To  STEP  short,  is  to  diminish  or  slacken 
your  pace.  On  the  word,  step  short,  the 
loot  advancing  will  finish  its  pace,  and 
afterwards  each  man  will  step  as  far  as 
the  ball  of  his  tdfe,  and  no  further,  until 
the  word  forward  be  given,  when  the 
usual  pace  of  24  inches  is  to  be  taken. 
This  step  is  useful  when  a  momentary 
retardment  of  either  a  battalion  in  line,  or 
of  a  division  in  column,  shall  be  required. 
See/4/v;.  Mil.  Lib. 

To  STEP  out,  is  to  lengthen  the  step  to 
30  inches,  by  leaning  forward  a  little,  but 
without  altering  the  cadence.  It  is  also 
called  the  chargi/ig  step,  or  accelerated 
pace.  This  step  is  necessary  when  a  tem- 
porary exertion  in  lineaaa  to  the  front,  is 
required  ;  and  is  applied  both  to  ordinary 
and  quick  time. 

These  phrases  are  frequently  used  in 
military  movements,  when  it  is  found 
necessary  to  gam  ground  in  front,  or  to 
give  the'rear  of  a  column  Sec.  time  to  ac- 
quire its  proper  distance.  The  officer 
who  leads  a  head  division  should  be  par- 
ticularly attentive,  when  he  is  ordered  to 
step  out  or  step  short,  especially  in  the 
different  wheelings,  not  to  lose  the  precise 
moment  when  either  may  be  thought  ex- 
pedient ;  and  in  marching  in  open  column, 
every  successive  officer  shouid  watch  the 
seasonable  moment,  after  a  wheel,  of  pre- 
serving his  relative  distance. 

To  STEP  ojf,  in  a  military  sense,  to  take 
a  prescribed  pace  from  a  halted  position, 
in  ordinary  or  quick  time,  in  conformity 
to  some  given  word  of  command  or 
signal. 

STEPPING  off  to  music.  In  stepping 
oft'  to  music,  or  to  the  tap  of  the  drum, 
it  will  be  recollected,  that  the  word  of 
command  is  the  signal  to  lift  up  the  left 
foot,  a  iid  that  it  comes  down,  or  is  plant- 
eel,  the  instant  the  tap  is  given,  or  the 
music  completes  its  first  bar,  so  that  the 
timemust  be  invariably  marked  with  the 
left  foot,  and  not  by  the  right,  as  has 
baen  practised  by  the  British  guards  and 
the  artillery,  until  a  recent  regulation. 

Balancing  STEP.    A  step  so  calied  from 
t>ung  balanced  upon  one  leg,  in 


order  to  render  it  firm  and  steady  in  mili- 
tary movements,  &c.  Men  at  the  drill 
should  be  frequently  exercised  in  this 
step.  The  manner  in  which  ir  is  executed 
is  as  follows  : 

At  the  word  march,  the  left  foot  is  ad- 
vanced firmly,  but  without  a  jirk,  the 
body  is  kept  perfectly  erect,  the  knee 
straight,  the  toe  pointed  out,  the  shoul- 
ders square  to  the  front,  and  the  whole 
weight  of  the  body  bearing  on  the  right 
foot.  Great  care  must  be  taken  that  the 
foot  is  thrown  straight  forwards,  and  that 
the  shoulders  do  not  go  with  it.  When 
the  men  have  remained  in  this  position 
just  long  enough  to  make  them  perfectly 
steady,  the  word  right,  must  be  given. 
Upon  which  the  left  foot  is  planted  firm, 
the  body  quite  steady,  and  whole  weight 
rests  a  flomb  upon  the  left  foot;  the 
right  foot  is  of  course  advanced  as  the 
left  foot  was  before,  and  so  on,  the  feet 
being  thrown  forward,  alternately,  ai 
the  words  Right,  Left.  The  drill  ser- 
leant  or  corpural  must  see,  that  the  toe  of 
each  man  comes  rather  first  ro  the  ground, 
that  he  rests  on  the  fiat  of  the  foot  that  is 
planted,  and  by  no  means  on  the  heel, 
that  tv,th  knees  are  straight,  and  that 
his  arms  are  kept  close  to  to  his  side  with- 
out constraint. 

When  a  recruit  has  been  rendered  tole- 
rably steady  in  this  step,  lie  must  be  made 
to  stand  on  one  leg,  and  move  the  other 
to  front  and  rear  gently  ;  he  must  then 
br.ng  that  ;eg  to  the  ground,  and  do  the 
same  with  tne  other  He  must  be  fre- 
quently practised  in  this  until  he  becomes 
quite  steady  on  his  legs,  and  has  acquired 
a  free  motion  from  his  hips  without  work* 
ng  nis  body. 

Lock  STEP.     See  LOCK. 

The  siJe  or  closing  STEP.  A  step  which 
is  taken  in  order  to  gain  ground  to  the  right 
or  left,  without  altering  the  front  of  the 
battalion),  or  of  closing  it  to  its  centre, 
whenever  a  chasm  occurs  in  the  line  after 
it  has  wheeled  from  commn,  &c.  This 
step  is  performed  from  the  halt,  in  ordu 
nary  time,  by  the  following  words  of  com- 
mand : — 

Mark  time. 

Side siep  to  the  rigtf — March: 

Side  step  to  the  left — March. 

Back  STEP,  (Pas  en  arrie're,  Fr.)  A 
step  taken  to  the  rear  from  any  position 
without  any  change  of  aspect.  The  back 
step  is  performed  in  the  ordinary  time  and 
six  inches  pace,  from  the  halt,  on  a  given 
word  of  command.  It  will  be  generally 
recollected,  that  a  few  paces  only  of  the 
back  step  can  be  necessary  at  a  time. 

STEP  Back,  Match,  (En  arriere,  Afa-vZv, 
Fr.)  A  word  of  command  which  is  given 
when  one  or  more  men  are  ordered  to  take 
the  back,  step  according  to  regulation. 

Quick  STEP,  a  military  step,  consisting 
of  24  inches,  (of  which  108  are  to  De  taken 
in  a  minute,  making  216  feet  in  a  minute) 
which  constitutes  what  is  notu  catted  com- 
mon .';>??  in  marching.  The  command  quick 


656 


S  TF, 


S  T  O 


march  being  given  with  a  pause  b-  t\v«  en 
them,  the  word  mark  time,  is  to  be  consi- 
dered as  a  caurion,  and  the  whole  are  to  re- 
main on  the  ground  dressed  in  ranks,  with 
the  feet  in  motion  at  quick  time;  on  the 
word  march,  they  step  off' with  the  left  feet, 
keeping  the  body  in  the  same   posture, 
and  the  shoulders   square   to  the  front; 
the  foot  to  be  lifted  off' the  ground,  that  it 
may    clear   any  stones,  or  other  impedi- 
ments in  the  way,  and  to  bo  thrown  for- 
ward, and  placed  firm ;  the  whole  of  the 
sole  to  touch  the  ground,    and    not  the 
heel  alone:  the  knees  are  not  to  be  bent, 
neither  are  they  to  be  stiffened,  so  as  to 
occasion  fatigue  or  constraint.     These  in- 
structions can  only  be  complied  with  by 
means  of  a  sedulous  attention  not  only  in 
the  instructor  at  the  drill,  but  by  a  con. 
stant  application   of    that  solid  principle 
which  directs,  that  all  mavements  of  the 
legs   should  come  from    the     haunches. 
The  knees,  indeed,  must  bend,  and  the 
fore  parts  of  the  feet  must  unavoidably  be 
lifted  up,  but  both  these  natural  actions 
jnay  be  done  in  so  correct  and  quick  a 
manner,  that  they  will  scarcely  be  percep- 
tible.     The  elasticity  of  the  instep,    if  i 
properly   managed,    will    always  give  a 
firmness  to  the  tread.     The  arms  are  to 
hang  with  ease  down  the  outside  of  the 
thigh ;    and    a    very  small  motion    may 
be    occasionally    permitted,    to    preven 
constraint.     The  head  is  to  be  kept  to  the 
front,  the  body  to  be  well  up,    and  the 
utmost  steadiness  to  be  preserved.     The 
quick  step  is  the  pace  to  be  used  in  al 
Mings  of  divisions  from  line  into  column, 
or  from  column  into  line;  and   by  batta- 
lion columns  of  manoeuvre,  when   they 
change  position,    independently  of  each 
other.     It  must  always  be  used  in   the 
column  of  march  of  small  bodies,  when 
the  route  is  smooth,  or   the  ground  un- 
embarrassed, and  no  obstacles  occur ;  but 
in  a  long  march  in  line  of  a  considerable 
body,   it  is  not  to  be    required  ;   other- 
wise fatigue  must  arise  to  the  soldier,  and 
more  time  will  be  lost  by  hurry,  and  in- 
accuracy (the  natural  consequence  of  hur- 
ry)   than   is  attempted  to  be  gained  by 
quickness. 

Quickest  STEP,  (Pas  accelere,  Fr.)  A 
step  measuring  24  inches,  which  indicates 
quickest  time,  or  lubeeting  march,  and  of 
which  130,  making  260  feet,  should  be 
taken  in  a  minute. 

This  step  is  applied  chiefly  to  the  pur- 
pose of  wheeling,  and  is  the  rate  at  which 
all  boaies  accomplish  their  wheels  ;  the 
outwardfile  stepping  24  inches,  whether 
the  wheel  is  from  line  into  column,  du- 
ring the  march  in  column,  or  from  column 
into  line.  In  this  time  also,  and  by  this 
step,  should  divisions  double,  and  move 
up,  when  they  pass  obstacles  in  Ine;  or 
\\heninthecclumn  of  march,  the  front 
of  divisions  is  increased,  or  diminished. 
To  S  T  E  P  between .  To  inter fe re . 
To  STEP  forth  or  forward.  To  take  an 
active  part  in  any  thing.  Thus,  when 


&c. 


the    circle    was  formed,    the   grenadiers 
forward  to  beg  off'  their  comrade, 
The  officers  stepped  forward,  and 
remonstrated  against  their  colonel. 
/STEP   is  likewise   figuratively  used  to 
signify  promotion.    As  th--  next  step  from 
a  lieutenancy  is  a  troop  or  company,  and 
from    that  to  a  majority;    except  in  the 
Br.tish  guards,  who  have   the  exclusive 
privilege  of  going  over  this  intermediate 
rank,  and  stepping  into  a  lieu  tenant-cola- 
nelcy  at  once. 

To  STEP  over.  To  rise  above  another, 
This  term  is  tcenerally  used  in  a  bad  sense. 
As,  young  men  of  interest  and  connection 
frequently  step  over  old  soldiers. 

STEWARD.  One  who  manages  the 
affairs  of  others.  In  all  well  conducted 
messes  belonging  to  military  corps,  cer- 
tain officers  are  named  to  act  as  stewaids, 
for  some  specific  period.  These  act  con- 
jointly with  the  treasurer  and  pay  master 
Jbr  the  good  of  the  whole. 

STERE,  Fr.  A  measure  for  fire- 
wood, which  has  been  adopted  by  the 
French,  since  tne  revolution.  The  stere 
is  equal  to  the  cubic  metre.  It  is  used 
instead  of  the  -vole,  and  is  about  half  of 
that  measure.  The  Corde,  in  decimals, 
answers  to  3,  335  steres. 

STEREOGRAPHY.       The    art    of 
drawing  the  forms  of  soiids  upon  a  plane 
STEREOMETRY.    The  art  of  mea- 
suring all  sorts  of  solid  bodies. 

S  1  ICK.  The  same  as  Baton,  an  in- 
strument of  dignity,  whicii  is  occasion- 
ally carried  by  persons  and  officers  in  high 
situations,  particularly  by  sucn  as  are  in 
waiting  near  the  royal  person. 

STICKLER.  A  sidesman  to  fencers: 
or  second  to  a  duellist. 

STILETTO.  A  small  dagger,  with 
a  round  blade-,  and  sharp  point. 

STINKPOT.  A  firexvoik  made  of  of- 
fensive combustibles,  which  is  used  at 
sieges,  &c.  See  LABORATORY, 

STI  RRUPS.  Iron  hoops  suspended  by- 
straps  to  each  side  of  the  saddle,  in  wnich 
the  horscmaH  sets  his  feet  in  mounting  or 
riding. 

STOCCADO.  A  push  or  thrust  with 
a  rapier. 

STOLE.  See  ORDER  OF  THESTOLE. 
STOCK.    The  wooden  pait  oi  a  mus- 
quetor  pistol. 

STOCK.  A  part  of  an  officer's  dress, 
which  consists  generally  of  black  oilk  or 
velvet,  and  is  worn  round  the  neck  m- 
,tead  ft  a  neckcloth.  The  soldier's  stock 
s  of  black  rinbed  leather,  and  is  part  of 
his  small  mounting.  Red  stocks  were 
formerly  w>/rn  in  the  British  guards  ;  they 
are  still  so  in  some  Prussian  regiments. 

STOCK  Purse.  A  certain  saving  which 
s  made  in  a  corps,  and  which  is  applied  to 
regimental  purposes.  In  somt,  corps  this 
und  is  so  honestly  managed,  that,  with- 
out encroaching  upon  the  public,  the 
nost  beneficial  effects  are  produced:  ia 
•  thers  again,  it  is  so  mysteriously  handled 
between  commanding  officers  and  pay- 


STO 


STO 


657 


masters,    that    it   becomes    a   perpetua 
source  of  discontent  and  jealousy. 

STOMPER,  Fr.  To  sketch  out  a  de- 
sign, or  to  draw  with  colors  that  have 
been  pounded  into  dust.  Instead  of  the 
pencil  or  crayon,  a  roil  of  paper  which  is 
dipped  into  the  colored  dust,  serves  to 
put  on  the  different  colors. 

STONES,  in  military  architecture,  may 
be  distinguished  into  two  sorts;  that  is, 
into  hard  and  soft :  hard  stoneis  that  which 
is  exposed  to  the  open  air,  such  as  rocks, 
and  which  lie  loose  upon  the  surface  of 
the  earth :  the  soft  stone  is  that  wkich  is 
found  in  quarries,  and  under  ground.  It 
is  undoubtedly  true  that  the  hardest  stones 
snake  the  most  durable  works;  but  as 
there  is  seldom  a  sufficient  quantity  to 
build  the  whole  fortification,  the  'best 
serve  in  the  facings  of  the  work,  in  the 
foundations,  and  where  the  works  are  ex- 
posed to  the  violeHce  of  the  waves. 

The  stones  of  some  quarries  are  very 
soft,  and  easily  worked,  when  first  cut 
out;  but,  when  exposed  for  some  time  to 
the  open  air,  become  very  hard  and  du- 
rable' 

As  there  is  undoubtedly  a  kind  of  sap  in 
stones  as  well  as  in  timber,  by  which  the 
same  sort  of  stone,  taken  out  of  the  same 
quarry,  at  one  season,  wiil  moulder  away 
;n  a  few  winters,  but,  when  dug  out  in 
another  season,  will  resist  the  weather  for 
many  ages:  stones  should  always  be  dug 
in  the  spring,  that  they  may  have  time  to 
dry  before  the  cold  weather  comes  in  ;  for 
the  heat  of  the  sun  will  ex  tract  the  greatest 
part  of  the  moisture,  which  otherwise  ex- 
pands in  frosty  weather,  and  causes  the 
btone  to  splinter,  although  it  be  other- 
wise hard  and  good. 

As  stones  lie  in  the  quarries  in  horizon- 
tal beds  or  strata,  (that  is,  they  cleave  in 
that  direction)  an«l  have  likewise  a  break- 
ing vein,  which  is  perpendicular  to  the 
former;  both  these  directions  must  be 
observed  in  cleaving,  as  well  as  in  raising 
them  out  of  their  beds.  Stones  that  will 
not  easily  cleave  must  be  blown  up  by 
gunpowder. 

Marble,  is  of  various  sorts  and  colors  ; 
the  most  beautiful  of  which  is  exported 
from  Italy.  The  marble  found  in  Eng- 
land is  mostly  blackish,  and  so  very  hard 
and  difficult  to  polish,  that  very  little  use 
is  made  of  it,  except  to  burn  and  make 
lime.  The  American  marbles  are  vari- 
ous, and  every  day  produces  new  discove- 
ries of  marbles  of  the  most  Beautiful  co- 
lors. 

Ftre~STOKt't  or  Soap  Scone,  serves 
chiefly  for  chimneys,  hearths,  ovens, 
furnaces,  and  stoves;  being  a  dry,  po- 
rous, gritty  stone,  which  bears  the  heat 
without  breaking :  on  account  ot  this 
quality,  it  is  called  Jjre-stone. 

JPJwow/t-STOM*,  isa  hard,  greyish  stone, 
and  serves  chiefly  for  paving,  coping  of 
walls,  and  for  all  such  other  uses  where 
strength  is  requited,  it  being  the  most 
hard  and  durable  stone. 


is  of  a  bluish  color,  and 
common  y  used  in  paving  :  but  there  is  a 
stone  called  Kentish  rug,  that  is  very  us-, 
ful  m  building  :  it  splits  very  easilv,  and 
yet  is  very  hard. 

/^-STONE,  more  generally  called 
Portland  stone :  lt  is  a  fine  whitish  stone 
without  any  veins.  This  stone  is  very* 
soft  when  it  comes  out  of  the  quarrv  is 
easy  to  be  worked,  and  becomes  very  hard 
in  time  Hence  it  is  very  fit  for  military 
WOTK.S, 

Gypsum,  is  a  clear  whitish  stone,  not 
unlike  coarse  marble.  It  is  plentiful  in 
some  parts  of  Italy  ;  in  France;  and  very 
abundant  in  Nova  Scotia,  whence  it  has 
been  lately  imported  to  a  vast  amount  to 
be  pulverised  for  manure;  it  is  to  be  h«d 
in  great  abundance  in  Scotland,  and  makes 
the  very  best  lime. 

Whin,  or  Aberdeen  <whix,  is  of  a  grey. 
ish  color,  intermixed  with  veins,  not  un- 
like coarse  marble.  This  stone  is  the  fit- 
test of  any  for  military  works  :  because  it 
withstands  the  weather,  and  the  violence 
of  the  waves,  better  than  any  stone  found 
in  England. 

STOPPAGES,  in  the  British  service, 
Deductions  from  a  soldier's  ,?ay,  the  better 
to  provide  him  with  necessaries,  &c.  A 
soldier  should  never  be 'put  under  a  greater 

eekly  stoppage  from  his  pay,  than  what 
.vill  afterwards  It-ave  him  a  sufficiency 
<>f  messing.  . 

Th..re  shall  be  stopped  out  of  the  pru'of 
an  artillery  soldier,  (beer  money  included) 
the  sum  of  5  shillings  and  one  penny  per 
week,  to  be  applied  towards  the  ex  peace 
of  his  mess,  (including  vegetables  £c.) 
A  sum  nor  exceeding  one  shilling  and  six 
pence  per  week  shall  be  retained  for  ne- 
cessaries, to  be  accounted  for,  as  usual, 
monthly.  The  remainder,  amounting  to 
jr.  io\d.  per  week,  shall  be  paid  to  the 
ioldier,  subject  to  the  accustomed  deduc- 
ion  for  washing,  &c,  or  articles  for  chasi- 
ng his  clothes  aad  appointments.  Stop, 
jages  for  rations  for  man  and  horse.  See 
:hc  word  RATION. 

STOPPAGE,  for  the  subsistence  of  the 
sick  in  the  British  army.  In  the  regula- 
tions for  the  better  management  of  the 
sick  in  regimental  hospitals,  it  is  particu- 
arly  laid  clown,  under  the  Head  subsist- 
ence, page  1 6,  that  sufficient  funds  should 
•>e  established  for  tne  support  of  the  sick. 
without  any  additional  charge  to  govern- 
ment ;  and  at  the  same  t  ime,  that  the  sick 
soldier  should  be  provided  with  every  rea- 
sonable comfort  and  indulgence  that  can 
be  airbrued.  The  sum  of  ibur  shillings 
per  week  from  the  pay  of  each  soldier 
will,  under  proper  regulations,  and  with 
strict  economy,  be  suffi.ient  for  this  pur- 
pose ;  which  sum  is  to  be  retained  by  the 
paymaster  ot  the  regiment. 

The  sick  are  to  be  furnished  with  br;aii 
macieof  the  finest  wheat  riour,  and  i;csh 
meat,  perfectly  good  and  wholesome. 

That  tue  greatest  economy  may  be  used 
n  laying  out  the  money  tor  the  sick,  every 
40 


658 


STR 


STR 


Article  ought  to  be  purchased  by  the  sur- 
geon, who  is  required  to  keep  a  book,  in 
which  he  is  to  enter  the  amount  of  the 
•weekly  consumption  of  each  man  accord- 
ng  to  the  diet  table ;  and  this  book,  with 
the  diet  table,  is  to  be  laic1  before  the  com- 
tnanding  officer  and  paymaster  every  week 
ito  be  examined  and  signed  by  each  ;  and 
it  is  of  the  utmost  importance  to  the 
welfare  of  the  service,  that  every  com- 
manding officer,  and  every  regimental  pay- 
master, should  superintend  the  expen- 
diture. 

STOPPER.  A  piece  of  wood  or  cork, 
made  to  fit  the  bore  of  a  mnsquet  barrel, 
which  soldiers  use  in  wet  weather ;  and 
on  other  occasions,  when  the  piece  is  not 
loaded,  to  prevent  moisture  and  dust  from 
getting  into  the  barrel. 

STORE- keeper,  ii  war  time,  must  take 
care  of  the  stores  in  the  magazines,  such 
as  the  provisions,  forage,  &c.  receive  the 
same  trom  contractors,  and  deliver  them 
out  to  the  troops.  He  has  several  clerks 
under  him,  appointed  to  the  different  de- 
partments, ot  provisions,  hay,  straw,  oats, 
tec.  In  time  of  peace  he  has  charge  of 
all  the  public  stores,  belonging  both  to 
Jand  and  sea  service. 

STOREHOUSE.     See  MAGAZINE. 

STORES,  Military,  are  provisions, 
forage,  arm§,  clothing,  ammunition,  &c. 

Medical  STORES  on  board  transports. — 
Certain  articles  of  diet  which  are  put  on 
board  each  transport,  are  socalled.  These 
are  to  be  considered  as  intended  solely  for 
the  use  of  the  sick,  or  convalescents  ;  they 
are  to  remain  in  the  charge  of  the  master 
of  the  transport,  and  only  to  be  issued 
upon  demand  in  wilting  made  by  the  sur- 
geon from  time  to  time  as  he  shall  judge 
proper;  or,  when  there  is  no  suigeon, 
upon  demand  of  the  commandins  officer. 
And  the  surgeon  or  commanding  officer  is 
to  give  the  master  at  the  end  of  the 
voyage,  a  certificate  that  his  demands  for 
the  said  medical  stores  have  been  made 
only  upon  proper  occasions,  and  have  not 
been  expended  for  any  other  use,  than  that 
of  the  sick,  or  convalescent. 

To  STORM,  in  military  matters,  to  make 
a  violtnt  assault  on  any  fortified  place, 
or  works. 

SroRMiNG^r/y.  A  select  body  of  men, 
consisting  generally  of  the  grenadiers,  who 
first  enter  the  breach,  &c. 

STRAGGLERS.      Men   who   wan 
der  from  the  line  of  march.     It  is  the 
business  of  the  rear  guard  to  pick  up  all 
stragglers,  &c. 

STR  A  PON  TIN,  JV.  A  sort  of  ham- 
mock which  is  used  in  hot  countries,  &c. 
S«e  HAMMOCK. 

STRATAGEM,  in  ivary  any  scheme 
er  plan  for  the.deceiving  and  surprising  an 
array,  or  any  body  of  man.  See  JSUR- 

FXISE. 

STRATAGEMS  in  tvar,  (StratagSmes  de 
guerre,  Fr.)  Certain  feints  which  are  re- 
sorted co  by  able  generals,  &c.  to  cover 
their  real  designs  during  the  operaiions  of 


a  campaign.  It  is  impossible  to  lay  down 
any  specific  rules  on  this  head,  as  every 
general,  according  to  the  capacity  and  ac- 
tivity of  his  mind,  makes  use  or  the  va- 
rious means  and  expedients  which  grow 
out  of  times,  circumstances,  and  occa- 
sions. It  has  been  asserted  by  some 
wtiters,  that  all  sorts  of  stratagems,  even 
those  which  are  connected  with  treachery 
may  be  adopted  for  the  accomplishment 
of  any  design.  This  maxim  is,  however, 
s  ron'gly  combafed  against  by  those  wh» 
have  written  upon  the  Jaw  of  nations. — 
Probity,  in  fact,  and  elevation  of  mind, 
(which  are  superior  to  the  pitiful  mea- 
sures of  treacherous  affiliation  or  inter- 
course,) should  always  bear  the  ascendan- 
cy in  human  actions.  There  are  strata- 
gems which  may  be  practised  and  carried 
on,  without  the  least  deviation  from  honor 
and  good  faith.  Many  distinguished  gene- 
rals have  had  recourse  to  these  ;  but  none 
ever  sncceeded  so  well  as  Hannibal. — 
Wishing  to  cross  the  river  Rhone,  and 
being  in  want  of  almost  every  article  that 
was  necessary  to  effect  the  passage  in  the 
presence  of  an  enemy  who  was  diligently 
watching  his  motions,  he  caused  him  to 
imagine  that  it  was  his  intention  to  keep 
the  ground  he  occupied.  He  ordered  large 
fires  to  be  lighted  up  in  different  quarters 
of  his  camp,  and  directed  some  of  his 
troops  to  shout  and  make  loud  noises,  as 
if  they  were  perfectly  stationary.  During 
this  apparent  state  of  inactivity,  he  broke 
up  his  camp,  marched  up  the  river  side, 
and  crossed  it  at  a  place  where  it  was  least 
expected  he  woulu  make  the  attempt. 

General  Washington  executed  a  similar 
stratagem  with  success  on  the  British  at 
Trenton  ;  and  a  very  memorable  stratagem 
in  baking  bread  at  King's  bridge  and  amu- 
sing the  British  at  New  York,  while  he 
made  forced  marches  with  his  army  for 
Yorktown,  to  capture  Cornwall  is. 

Among  other  good  qualities  which  are 
indispensibly  necessary  in  an  able  general, 
that  of  knowing  how  to  conceal  a  project- 
ed march,  and  to  anticipate  the  motions  of 
an  enemy,  is  not  the  least  important. 

The  army  under  the  command  of  the 
duke  of  Saxe- Weimar,  having  laid  siege 
to  Biisac  in  1638,  the  imperialists  went 
to  the  relief  of  that  place.  The  duke,  on 
receiving  intelligence  of  their  approach, 
instantly  marched  against  them,  with  a 
body  of  forces  composed  of  Swedes  and 
French  allies.  The  imperialists,  who  had 
advanced  by  rapid  marches,  had  gained 
possession  of  an  eminence  by  means  of 
which  they  would  have  enjoyed  all  the 
advantages  of  local  superiority,  had  not 
the  count  de  Guebriant,  who  was  then  a 
lieutenant-general  in  the  Swedish  service, 
suggested  a  stratagem  to  dislodge  the  ene- 
my. The  plan  was  adopted,  and  it  suc- 
ceeded to  the  full  extent  of  his  design. 

The  drums  and  trumpets  of  the  different 
corps  were  collected  together,  and  station- 
ed in  a  neighboring  wood,  so  as  to  draw 
the  whole  of  the  enemy's  attention 


STR 


STR 


659 


from  the  quarter  proposed  to  be  carried 
The  imperialists  being  naturally  led  to 
believe,  from  the  noise  and  concurrence  of 
so  many  military  inst>uments,  that  they 
were  going  to  be  attacked  from  that  quar- 
ter, beat  to  arms,  and  left  their  position 
in  complete  order  of  battle.  They  had 
scarcely  quitted  the  eminence,  before  the 
duke  of  Saxe- Weimar  appeared  in  their 
rear,  took  possession  of  the  ground  which 
they  had  so  imprudently  abandoned,  and 
became  master  of  all  the  advantages 
•which  his  enemy  would  otherwise  have 
enjoyed.  An  interesting  account  of  this 
ingenious  manoeuvre  may  be  found  in 
the  History  of  Le  Marechal  de  Gue- 
briant. 

S  tratagems  of  this  description  have  been 
frequently  used  by  the  French  during  the 
present  war,  particularly  in  Italy  Stra- 
tagems, in  fact,  constitute  one  of  the 
principal  branches  in  the  art  of  war. — 
They  have  been  practised  in  all  ages  by 
the  most  able  generals,  and  have  contri- 
buted in  a  great  degree,  to  their  military 
reputation.  Virgil,  in  his  ^Eneid,  book 
II.  says— 

Dclus  an  virtus,  quis  in  hoste  fequirat. 

The  history  of  France  abounds  with 
instances  in  which  stratagems  of  every 
kind  have  been  successfully  practised. — 
It  seems  the  peculiar  talent  of  the  inhabi- 
tants of  that  country  to  derive  advantages 
from  well  concerted  feints,  &c.  in  war, 
and  to  secure  their  victories  more  by  sci- 
ence than  by  downright  hardihood. 

It  has  been  wisely  observed,  by  a 
French  writer,  under  the  article  of  f>tra~ 
tagetnes  de  guerre,  that  a  general  who  is 
defeated  in  a  general  action,  may  attribute 
his  failure  to  fortune,  although  it  is  uni- 
versally acknowleged,  that  chance  or  for- 
tune has  a  very  trifling  share  indeed  in 
pitched  battles,  while  art  and  science  re- 
gulate  the  different  movements,  and  finally 
determine  their  issue.  Whoever,  there- 
fore, suffers  himself  to  be  surprised  by  his 
enemy,  cannot  be  said  to  stand  wholly  ex- 
culpated from  ignorance  or  neglect,  since 
it  must  have  been  in  his  power  to  have 
avoided  the  snares  laid  for  him,  by  means 
of  vigilant  spies,  and  unremitting  atten- 
tion: This  remark  appears  to  us  not  only 
to  be  generally  correct,  but  it  seems  more 
immed.ately  applicable  to  all  generals  that 
have  secret  service- money  at  command. 
The  influence  of  that  commodity,  (upon 
•which  no  embargo  can  be  laid)  will  be 
felt  in  every  garrison,  town,  or  sea-t  ort; 
and  those  who  have  the  management  of 
it  must  be  dull  indeed,  if  they  do  not  feel 
their  way  into  the  secret  preparations  of 
an  enemy,  before  they  hazard  an  attack 
against  him. 

Besides  the  different  stratagems  which 
may  be  used  by  an  able  general,  to  bring 
about  the  overthrow  of  the  whole  or  part 
of  an  army,  by  leading  it  into  an  am- 
buscade, there  are  various  ones  which 
may  be  practised  against  a  fortified  place. 
To  effect  the  latter  purpose,  you  may 


contrive  to  get  soldiers  in  disguise  through 
the  gates  at  unguarded  hours ;  to  intro- 
duce them  through  subterraneous  passa- 
ges, or  by  any  other  means  that  may  of- 
fer. Before  any  attempt  of  this  sort  is 
made,  every  part  of  the  fortifications 
should  be  narrowly  reconnoitred,  and  as 
much  knowlege  be  obtained  of  the  inte- 
rior situation  of  the  place  as  can  be  pro- 
cured by  means  of  good  spies,  or  from 
deserters.  You  must,  above  all  things, 
be  well  assured,  that  the  garrison  aoes 
not  strict  duty  ;  that  the  different  guards 
are  negligently  attended  to ;  that  the 
soldiers  who  compose  them  are  in  the  ha- 
bits of  drinking  or  gaming ;  that  their 
officers  miss  their  rounds,  or  go  them 
without  system  or  regularity ;  that  the 
gates  are  ill  guarded,  and  the  avenues 
to  them  ill  watched  \  and  that  there  are 
certain  places  or  entrances  which  are  not 
watched  at  all  ;  for  it  would  be  impossi- 
ble to  surprize  any  place  that  has  been  re- 
gularly fortified,  while  thegarrison  did  its 
duty. 

If  it  should  appear  practicable  to  sur- 
prise a  town  by  taking  advantage  of  the 
negligence  of  the  sentries,  &c.  at  some 
particular  gate,  previous  means  must  be 
taken  to  introduce  some  soldiers  dressed 
like  market  women,  or  in  the  garb  of  some 
religious  order.  You  may  then  contrive 
to  get  a  waggon  or  cart,  seemingly  loaded 
with  hay  or  straw,  but  with  soldie/s  con- 
cealed beneath  it,  so  placed  in  the  entrance 
of  the  gate  that  it  will  serve  as  an  obsta- 
cle when  it  may  be  found  necessary  to 
shut  it.  In  order  to  do  this  effectually, 
let  a  pin  be  taken  out,  so  that  the  whetl 
comes  off,  or  the  axle  tree  gets  broken. — 
The  instant  this  is  done,  the  soldiers  who 
iad  entered  the  town  in  disguise  must  join 
the  drivers,  the  men  that  have  been  con- 
cealed in  the  waggon  get  out,  and  the 
whole  must  rush  upon  the  port-guard,— 
While  this  happens,  the  troops  that  have 
3een  placed  in  ambush  round  the  fortifi- 
cations, will  advance  with  promptitude 
and  firmness,  and  endeavor  to  get  posses- 
sion of  the  town  before  a  sufficient  force 
can  be  collected  to  repel  the  attack.  In 
:he  year  1789,  a  rabble  from  Courtray 
took  advantage  of  the  carelessness  of  the 
imperial  troops  who  were  in  garrison  at 
Gand,  in  Flanders,  and  by  seizing  upon 
the  gate  and  port-guard,  brought  about  a 
temporary  rebellion  in  the  country.  This 
indeed  was  done  without  stratagem ;  but 
the  circumstance  proves,  that  when  the 
Gentries  of  a  fortified  place  are  negligent  in 
their  duty,  a  surprise  is  always  practica- 
ble. We  are  precluded  by  the  limits  of 
our  undertaking  from  going  more  fully 
into  this  important  branch  of  military 
science.  Several  treatises  have  been  writ- 
ten on  the  subject.  Among  others  one 
appeared  in  1756,  intitled  Stratagfaes  de 
Guerre,  illustrating  from  history  the  vari- 
ous stratagems  which  had  been  practised 
by  some  of  the  ablest  generals  during  a 
long  period  of  time  down  to  the  peace  of 


660 


STR 


S  TR 


Aix-la-Chapelle.     It  Avas  published  by  jj 
M.  Carlet  de  la  Roiui.^re,  an  officer  in  the  .< 
French  service,  and  acting  engineer  in  the  ! 
isles  of  France  and  Bourbon.     It  contains 
much  curious  matter.      See  Am.    Mil. 
Lib. 

STRATAGEM  and  force  united.  Count 
Turp;n,  paee  43,  vol.  I.  in  his  essay  on 
the  Artof  War,  judiciously  remarks,  that 
when  an  enemy,  superior  in  force,  is  in 
possession  ot  a  pass,  from  which  he  can- 
not be  dislodged  but  by  art,  stratagem  and 
force  should  be  blended  together  as  often 
as  possible.  Onosander,  the  Greek  ge- 
neral, set  fire  to  a  wood  which  was  at  the 
foot  of  a  mountain  in  the  enemy's  pos- 
session, and  which  he  waited  to  go  over ; 
the  flames  and  smoke  forced  the  enemy  to 
abandon  it,  and  leave  the  passage  tree  for 
him. 

STRATARITHMOMETRY.  In 
v.W)  the  art  of  drawing  u;»  an  army,  or 
any  part  of  it,  in  any  given  geometrical 
figure;  and  of  expressing  the  number  of 
men  contained  in  such  a  figure,  as  they 
stand  in  oruei  of  battle,  either  at  hand,  or 
at  any  distance  assigned. 

STRAW.  According  to  the  British 
regulations,  published  by  authority  in 
1799,  relative  to  the  ibra;ie,  &c.  which 
troops  are  to  receive  in  th.  home  encamp- 
ments, it  is  directed,  that  straw  is  to  be 
allowed  at  the  rate  of  one  truss  of  36 
pounds  to  each  paillasse  for  two  men, 
being  a  full  bedding;  at  the  expiration  ot 
sixteen  ciays  to  be  refreshed  with  half  a 
truss  to  each  paillasse  ;  at  the  expiration 
of  32  days  to  be  removed, and  a  fresh  oeci- 
tiins  of  one  truss  is  to  be  given,  and  so  on 
every  succeeding  peiiod  of  sixteen  and 
thirty-two  days. 

For  the  sick  in  the  hospital,  the  straw 
is  to  be  changed  as  ofttn  as  it  may  be 
deemed  necessary. 

Two  trusses  per  troop  or  company  are 
to  hr  allowed  for  batimn,  or  servants, 
not  soldiers ;  and  three  trusses  per  troop 
c"  coj  ip.-ny  for  the  washerwomen,  to  be 
_'d  every  sixteen  days,  not  havin, 
paillasses. 

Tnnty  trusses  of  straw  per  troop  or 
company  are  allowed  on  first  taking  the 
field  for  thatching  the  women's  huts. 

'It  ;irt  >.jnc .;  /.'<t  l.a-v'nrg  fyaillaisies,  are 
allowed  si :  v\  at  the  following  rates  : 

()i  taki  ;  il-c  field,  two  trusses  of  36 
pour  s  each  to  every  five  men,  at  tin. 
end  of  eight  days  >o  be  refreshed  by  ore 
truss,  and  at  the  end  of  eight  days  more 
to  be  refreshed  again  by  the  same  quan- 
tity. At  the  end  of  twenty- tuur  days 
the  whole  to  be  removed,  and  an  entire 
new  bedding  to  be  given,  ar.d  refreshed 
as  before,  viz.  two  trusses  for  every  five 
men. 

Font  pounds  of  straw  rre  to  be  . 
to  the  ration  ioMe.e  for  the  cuvai  •    an< 
artillery  hordes  only. 

Six  pouiiuo  ot  straw  are  to  be  al 
to  the  general  officers  and  sfcitt,  ia  addition 


to  the  prescribed  ration  of  forage.     See 
REGULATIONS. 

STRAW.  For  straw',  is  a  word  of 
command  in  the  British  service,  to  dis- 
miss the  soldiers  when  they  have  stacked 
their  arms,  so  that  they  may  be  ready  on 
the  first  signal  given. 

STREAKS,  are  the  iron  bands  on  the 
outside  of  the  wheel  to  bind  the  fellies 
strongly  together. 

STREAK-»«//j,are  those  driven  through 
the  streaks  into  the  fellies. 

STREET.  See  ENCAMPMENT. 
STRE£T-_/?r ing.  See  FIRING. 
STRELITZ.  A  Russian  vNord,  whose 
plural  number  is  strelitx.y,  derived  from 
stre/ai,  an  arrow,  in  the  same  language. 
An  ancient  militia,  which  was  formerly 
kept  in  pay  among  the  Muscovites  both 
in  time  of  peace  and  in  time  of  war,  was 
so  called.  The  men  who  composed  it 
always  served  on  foot,  and  were  originally 
armed,  as  their  name  indicates,  with  bows 
and  arrows.  They  afterwards  received 
musquets  or  firelocks,  and  laid  aside  the 
bow  and  arrow.  The  rest  of  the  Russian 
army,  which  was  only  called  together  in 
cases  ot  emergency,  retained  the  bows, 
arrows,  and  lances ;  with  which  each  sol- 
dier armed  himst  If  according  to  his  own 
particular  whim  or  notion. 

In  the  remote  periods  of  the  Russian 
empire,  the  strelitzy  were  the  only  regu- 
lar body  of  troops  that  formed  any  part  of 
the  standing  army  of  that  country.  It 
consisted  of  twenty  or  twenty- four  thou- 
sand men,  who  enjoyed  a  multiplicity  of 
privileges  and  immunities,  and  were  quar- 
tered in  one  of  the  suburbs  of  Moscow, 
which  is  still  called  Streiitekaia  Slabcda. 
From  the  latitude  allowed  them,  and  the 
peculiar  indulgencies  w:;ich  these  soldiers 
enjoyed,  they  mu'ht  be  well  compared  to 
the  Praetorian  bands  under  the  first  Ro- 
man emperors,  and,  in  some  degree,  to 
the  Janizaries  of  Constantinople.  They 
frequently  ^utinied  like  the  latter,  and 
interfered  in  the  management  of  public 
affairs,  Their  last  revolt,  however,  was 
fatal  to  th.ni.  It  happened  in  1698,  diu 
nnt  the  absence  of  the  Czar  Peter  the 
first,  who  on  his  return  into  Russia, broke 
the  whole  corps,  erasedits  name  from  the 
list  of  military  establishments,  and  put 
his  troops  upon  Uie  same  footing  that 
those  of  the  rest  of  Europe  were. 

The  established  pay  of  a  str elite  was 
seven  rubles,  and  twelve  combs  and  bush- 
els of  gram  evei  y  year. 

Grain,  even  in  these  days,  is  given  as  a 
necessary  ration  to  a  Russian  soldier, 
winch  he  bakes  or  roasts  upon  thir  plates 
'.'t  if'11.  and  ilun  teciuces  10  meal,  ma- 
king therewith  a  sort  of  dough,  called 
T-A'^qufjio.  livery  man  always  carries  a 
gootl  port'cn  of 'this  subsistence  about 
him,  to  which  he  adds  a  small  cruet  of 
vinegar.  By  soaking  this  meal  in  water 
mixed  with  a  little  vine^sr,  he  contrives 
to  make  a  sort  of  soup  or  broth,  which, 
the  Russians,  who  are  fond  of  acids,  find 


STR 


SUB 


661 


extremely  palatable;  and  by  giving  it  the 
consistency  of  dough,  it  serves  for  bread 
and  meat.  When  the  Russian  soldier  can 
procure  a  few  greens,  such  as  cabbage,  Sec. 
to  mix  with  his  tohqueno^  he  makes  a 
complete  rival,  which  h;'  calls  Chety.  A 
tcharotcheka^  or  small  ^iass  of  brandy, 
mattes  up  the  measure  of  a  full  ropast.  It 
must  be  acknowleged,  that  where  sol- 
diers can  be  brought  to  satisfy  the  cravings 
of  nature  in  this  economical  manner,  great 
advantages  must  be  derived,  especially  in 
long  marches  through  an  uncultivated  or 
desert  country.  We  cannot,  however, 
recommend  its  adoption  except  in  cases 
of  urgent  necessity,  and  on  services  where 
there  might  be  a  possibility  of  absolute 
want,  from  the  destruction  or  poverty  of 
a  country  into  which  an  army  marches. 
The  fare  itself  is  not  calculated  to  add 
vigor  and  activity  to  the  body,  or  to 
keep  alive  that  promptitude  and  fire 
which  are  required  in  military  opera- 
tions. 

STRENGTH.  This  word  may  be 
variously  understood  in  military  matters, 
viz. 

STRENGTH.  Fortification;  fortress; 
strong  hold.  It  likewise  signifies  arma- 
ment; power;  force.  Inall  returns  which 
are  made  of  corps,  strength  implies  the 
number  of  men  that  are  borne  upon  the 
establishment,  in  contradistinction  to  ef- 
fective force,  which  means  the  number  fat 
for  service.  Hence,  the  strength  of  a 
battalion,  troop,  or  company,  &c.  The 
allowance  for  the  repair  of  arms,  &c. 
is  issued  according  to  the  return  which 
is  made,  not  of  the  effective  force,  but 
of  the  established  strength  of  a  troop  or 
company. 

STRICT.  Exact,  severe,  rigorous; 
the  contrary  to  mild,  indulgent.  Hence, 
a  strict  officer.  It  is  sometimes  used  in  a 
bad  sense,  to  signify  a  petulent,  trouble- 
some commander. 

To  STRIKE.  This  word  is  variously 
used  in  military  phraseology,  viz. 

To  STRIKE  at.  To  attack ;  to  endeavor 
to  destroy,  directly  or  indirectly. 

To  STRIKE  off.  To  erase;  to  blot 
out  ;  as  to  strike  off  the  list  of  the  army. 
This  can  only  be  done  by  the  order  of 
the  president  of  the  United  States. 

To  STRIKE  a  tent.  In  castrametation, 
to  loosen  the  cords  of  a  tent  which  has  been 
regularly  pitched,  and  to  have  it  ready,  in 
a  few  minutes,  to  throw  upon  a  bat-horse 
or  baggage  waggon. 

To  STRIKE  terror  Into  an  enemy.  To 
cause  alarm  and  apprehension  in  him  ;  to 
make  him  dread  the  effects  of  superior 
skill  and  valor. 

To  STRIKE  a  blow.  To  make  some 
decisive  effort. 

To  STRIKE  thecolors.  Thisis  properly 
a  naval  term,  but  it  may  be  applied  to 
military  matters  on  some  occasions.  Thus 
at  the  battle  of  Fontcnoy,  when  the  Bri- 
tish had  driven  the  French  out  of  the  field, 
Louis  XV.  who  was  upon  an  eminence 


in  the  neighborhood  with  his  guards, 
&.c.  ordered  the  royal  standard  to  be  struck, 
from  a  full  persuasion  that  the  dav  was 
lost. 

STRIPE.  Dr.  Johnson  calls  a  stripe 
a  lineary  variation  of  color.  Regimental 
sword  knots  are  directed  to  be  made  of 
blue  with  Silver  or  goid  in  stripes. 

STRUCTURE,  (Structure,  Fr.)  The 
manner  in  which  any  thing  is  built.  Une 
edifice  de_  belle  structure.  An  edifice  whicll 
is  built  in  a  handsome  manner. 

To  STRUGGLE  •u.^itb  or  against.  To 
make  extraordinary  exertion  in  direct 
contest  with  an  enemy,  or  against  superior 
forces. 

STUC,  Fr.  Stucco,  gypsum  or  plaster 
of  Paris. 

STUCCO.  A  sort  of  fine  white  mor- 
tar or  composition,  which  is  made  of 
lime  mixed  with  gypsum  or  lime.  It 
is  used  for  the  outward  covering  of  all 
sorts  of  works,  and  when  iris  perfectly 
dry,  it  has  the  appearance  of  the  fittest 
polished  stone. 

ST U  C  A T  E  U  RS,  Fr.  The  men  em  - 
ployed  at  stucco  work. 

SUB.  A  familiar  abbreviation  which 
is  used  in  the  British  army  to  signify  j///- 
al 'tern. 

&UB-6rfgatfier.  An  officer  in  the  Bri- 
tish horse-guards,  who  ranks  as  cornet. 

SuB-tieuteMant.  An  officer  in  the  Bri- 
tish regiments  of  artillery  and  fuzi leers, 
where  they  have  no  ensigns;  and  is  the 
same  as  second  lieutenant. 

SUBA,  or  Soobabt  Ind.     A  province. 

SUBADAR,  lad.  The  governor  of  a 
province.  It  likewise  signifies  a  black 
officer,  who  ranks  as  captain  in  the  Eng- 
lish East  India  company's  troops;  but 
ceases  to  have  any  command  when  an 
European  officer  is  present. 

SUHADARY,  bid.  The  appointment 
or  office  of  a  subadar.  . 

SUBALTERNS,  (Officien  subalternes  t 
Fr.)  Subaltern  officers.  This  word  is 
used  among  the  French,  as  with  us,  to 
signify  all  officers  of  a  certain  inferior  de- 
gree, viz.  Les  subalttrnes,  the  subaltern?. 
The  term  is  commonly  applied  in  a  regi- 
ment to  the  officers  below  the  rank  of 
captain,  in  relation  to  that  officer ;  but, 
strictly,  every  officer  is  subaltern  to  the 
grades  above  him,  as  the  captain  is  sub- 
altern to  the  major,  and  so  upward. 

SUBDIVISION.  The  half  of  ad- 
vision.  Thus  if  a  company  forms  a  divi- 
sion, divided  it  forms  two  subdivisions. 
In  the  British  organization,  two  CO.TI pa- 
nics added  together  make  a  grand  division  ; 
except  the  flank  companies,  which  con- 
stitute grand  divisions  of  themselves  ;  but 
in  actual  service,  according  to  the  best 
modern  principles,  the  division  is  not 
limited  to  any  given  number,  but  miii,t 
depend  on  the  strength  of  the  force,  and 
the  skill  and  discretion  of  the  officer. 

DIVISION,  in  the  French  system,  is 
also  applied  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
term  brigade  in  the  English  ;  the  French 


662 


SUB 


SUN 


division  consists  of  several  reg:m«its,  three 
or  more,  up  to  seven  or-eight ;  the  genera 
of  division  is  of  the  same  rank  as  the 
major  general  in  the  British  establish- 
ment. 

SUBDUR,  lad.  Chief. 
SUBJECT,  (Sujet,  Fr.)  One  who 
lives  under  the  dominion  of  another. 
is  only  used  in  the  first  instance,  as  no  one 
can  be  the  subject  of  a  secondary  power, 
although  he  is  bound  to  obey  his  orders. 
Thus  soldiers  are  obliged  to  submit  totlu 
orders  of  a  general,  but  they  are  not  his 
subjects.  The  French  make  the  same 
distinction. 

SUBORDINATION.  A  perfect  sub- 
mission to  the  orders  of  superiors  ;  a  per. 
feet  dependence,  regulated  by  the  rights 
and  duties  of  every  military  man,  from 
the  soldier  to  the  general.  Subordination 
should  shew  the  spirit  of  the  chief  m  all 
the  members ;  and  this  single  idea,  which 
is  manifest  to  the  dullest  apprehension, 
suffices  to  shew  its  importance.  Without 
Mtb&dinat'uM  it  is  impossible  that  a  corps 
can  support  itself;  that  its  motions  can 
be  directed,  order  established,  or  the  ser- 
vice carried  on.  In  effect,  it  ^subordina- 
tion that  gives  a  soul  and  harmony  to  the 
service  :  it  adds  strength  to  authority,  and 
merit  to  obedience;  and  while  it  secures 
the  efficacy  of  command,  reflects  honor 
upon  its  execution.  It  is  subordination 
which  prevents  every  disorder,  and  pro- 
cures  every  advantage  to  an  army. 

SJ  HSIDIARY  troops.  Troops  of  one 
nation  assisting  those  of  another  for  a  given 
turn  or  subsidy. 

'To  SUBSIST.  In  a  military  sense,  to 
give  pay  or  allowance,  &c.  to  soldiers  ;  as 
a  captain  of  the  light  company  will  subsis 
20  men  belonging  to  other  companies,  for 
so  many  days  during  the  march.  The 
French  do  not  use  ths  term  in  the  same 
sense. 

SUBSISTANCE  des  pieces,  Fr.  This 
term  is  used  among  the  French  to  signify 
th;;  pay  or  allowance  which  is  given  to 
the  officer,  bombardier,  and  men  belong- 
ing to  the  train  of  artillery  who  serve  the 
batteries. 

SUBSISTENCE,  (Suhistance,  Fr.)  in 
a  military  sense  of  the  word  may  bedivi- 
vided  into  two  sorts,  viz.  That  species  of 
subsistence  which  is  found  in  the  adja- 
cent country :  such  as  forage,  and  fre- 
quently corn  that  is  distributed  in  parcels  ; 
and  that  which  is  provided  at  a  distance, 
and  regularly  supplied  by  means  of  a  well, 
conducted  commissariat.  The  latter  con- 
sists chiefly  of  meat,  bread,  beer,  &c.  To 
these  may  be  added  wood  or  coals,  and 
straw,  which  are  always  wanted  in  an 
army.  Every  general  will  take  proper 
precautions  to  have  his  men  well  supplied 
with  these  first  necessaries  in  life.  Baron 
d'Espagnac  has  written  at  larr^eupon  this 
important  subject.  See  Element  Militaires, 
torn.  i.  page  162;  and  that,  writer's  Suite 
ctrFfssai  surla  science  ds  Li  Guertfj  torn.  i. 
!>nge  246. 


SUBSISTENCE  likewise  means  pay  or 
allowance. 

SUBSTITUTE  in  the  militia.  A  per- 
son who  voluntarily  serves  in  the  room 
of  another. 

SUBSTITUTION,  Fr.  An  alge- 
braical term  used  by  the  French,  signi- 
fying to  substitute  in  an  equation  any 
quantiiy  in  the  room  of  another,  which 
is  equal  to  it,  but  which  is  differently 
expressed. 

SUBTANGENT,  in  any  curve,  is  the 
line  which  determines  the  intersection  of 
the  tangent  in  the  axis  prolonged. 

SUBTENSE.f&wfcW&zi*/*,  Fr.)  Age- 
ometrical  term  signifying  the  base  of  an 
angle,  that  is  to  say,  a  strait  line  opposite 
to  an  angle,  which  is  supposed  to  be 
drawn  frem  the  two  extremes  of  the  sec- 
tion that  measures  it.  Likewise  the  chord 
of  an  arch;  that  which  is  extended  under 
any  thing. 

SUBURBS,  (Fauxbourgs,  Fr.)  Build- 
ings without  the  walls  of  a  city. 

SUCCESSION  of  rank.  Relative  gra- 
dation according  to  the  dates  of  commis- 
sions, or  the  regulations  established. 

SUCCOUR,  in  war.  Assistance  in 
men,  stores,  or  ammunition. 

SUD,  Fr.  This  word  is  variously  used 
by  the  French.  It  signifies  in  the  sea 
language  the  south  wind  and  the  southern 
regions ;  and  it  signifies  in  an  absolute 
sense,  one  of  the  four  cardinal  winds 
which  blows  from  the  south.  Hence  Le 
Sud,  the  south  wind.  Sud  est  ou  sud 
euest,  south  east  or  south  west. 

SUISSES,  Fr.  The  Swiss  soldiers 
who  were  in  the  pay  of  France  previous 
to  the  loth  of  August  1792,  were  gene- 
rally so  called,  ft  was  also  a  general 
term  to  signify  stipendiary  troops.  Hence 


point    fargeptt    p«int    tie 


which 


agrees  with  our  cant  phrase— No  pay,  no 
soldier. 

SUITE,  or  SERIES,  Fr.  This  term 
signifies  generally  any  regular  collection 
and  successive  distribution  of  things. 

Ojficiers  a  la  SUITE,  Fr.  Supernume- 
rary officers  attached  to  a  regiment,  &c. 
during  the  monarchy  of  France,  who  were 
not  required  to  do  duty  with  it. 

ULPHUR,  or  brimstone,  a  volcanic 
mineral  essential  in  making  gunpowder 
and  artificial  fire-works. 

SULTAN  or  SULTAUN,  Ind.  King. 
The  title  which  was  assumed  by  Tippoo 
Saib,  chief  of  the  Mysore  country.  Hence 
called  Tippoo  Sultaun. 

SULTAN  sbirki,  Ind.  King  of  the 
east. 

SULTAUNUT,/W.  The  decorations 
or  appendages  annexed  to  royalty. 

S  U  M  M  O  N  S .  The  ac  t  of  demanding 
the  surrender  of  a  place,  or  body  of  men. 

SUMNUTCHEER,  Ind.  A  word, 
among  others,  which  signifies  Saturday. 

S  U  M  O  O  D  E  R,  lad.  The  sea  or  main 
ocean. 

SUMPTER.     SeeBAT-HORSK. 

SUN,  lad.    The  year. 


SUP 


SUR 


663 


.  SliNAUT,  Ind.  Old  rupees  on  vvhicha 
discount  is  allowed.  Hence  Sunaut  Rupees. 

SUNEEBAR,  Ind.  Another  word  for 
Saturday. 

SUNEECHUR,  Ind.  A  word  like- 
wise  meaning  Saturday, 

SUNNUi\  Ind.  A  charter,  grant,  or 
patent,  from  any  man  in  authority.  When 
it  was  given  by  the  mogul,  it  obtained  the 
appellation  01  Fit  maun. 

SUNNUD  dewauny,  Ind.  A  grant  or 
instrument  in  writing,  which  entitles  a 
person  to  hold  land  in  India. 

SUNSET.     See  RETREAT  BEATING. 

SUNSET.  The  time  at  which  the 
evening  gun  fires,  and  the  retreat  is  beat  in 
camp,  or  quarters,  &c.  When  t.  ~»ops  are 
embarked  on  board  transports,  true  men 
parade  at  half  an  hour  before  sunset,  quite 
clean  as  to  their  persons. 

SUPERANNUATED,  (Suranne-ee, 
Fr.)  In  a  military  sense,  rendered  unfit 
for  service  through  old  age. 

SUPERFICIES,  (Superfcie,  Fr. )  O tit- 
line  ;  exterior  surface;  extent  without 
depth.  The  curved  superficies  are  divi- 
ded into  two  sorts,  viz.  the  convex  and 
concave 

SUPERINTENDANT,  (Sun'aten. 
Jam,  Fr.)  A  person  appointed  to  take 
charge  of  any  particular  district  or  de- 
partment. Hence,  military  superinten- 
dant. 

SUPERIOR  officer.  Any  officer  of 
higher  rank,  or  who  has  priority  in  the 
same  rank,  by  the  date  of  his  commis- 
sion, £c. 

SUPERNUMERARY,  (Sttrnumcraire, 
Fr.)  Beyond  a  fixed  or  stated  number. 
In  a  strict  military  sense  it  means  the  of- 
ficers and  non-commissioned  officers  that 
are  attached  to  a  regiment  or  battalion  for 
the  purpose  of  supplying  the  places  of 
such  as  fall  in  action,  and  for  the  better 
management  of  the  rear  ranks  when  the 
front  is  advancing  or  engaged. 

Supernumerary  officers  and  r.on- com- 
missioned officers  must  always  divide  their 
ground  equally  in  the  rear  of  the  division 
they  belong  toj  and  pay  the  strictest  atten- 
tion to  the  orders  which  are  issued  for  its 
exercise  or  movement. 

If  an  officer  is  killed  or  wounded  in  ac- 
tion, the  first  supernumerary  officer  01  the 
division  takes  the  command,  and  9o  on  to 
the  quarter-master  and  Serjeants. 

To  SUPERSEDE,  (Remp/accr,  Fr.) 
See  To  RESPITE. 

ro^?SUPERSEDED,(  Eire  remplacc, 
Fr.)  Both  these  terms  are  used  by  the 
French  in  the  same  military  sense  that  we 
employ  themj  viz.  to  be  deprived  of  rank 
and  pay  for  some  offence,  and  to  have 
others  put  in  one's  stead. 

SUPPLE  ANT,  Fr.  A  substitute.— 
Any  person  named  to  do  the  functions  of 
another. 

SUPPLEMENT.  Addition  ;  augmen- 
tation, in  case  of  deficiency. 

SUPPLEMENT  of  an  arch.  In  geome- 
try or  trigonometry,  the  number  of  de- 


grees which  it  wants  of  being  an  entire 
semicircle  ;  as  complement  signifies  what 
an  arch  wants  of  being  a  quadrant 

SUPPLEMENT  fitttmitgle,  Fr.     Supnle 
ment  of  an  angle.     The  number  of  decrees' 
which  are  wanting  in  an  angle  to  constitute 
or  makeup  two  angles. 

SUPPLEMENT,  Fr.  A  certain  pecuni- 
ary allowance,  over  and  above  the  ordinary 
pay  or  subsistence,  which  was  given  by 
the  king  to  officers  belonging  to  the  old 
French  service. 

SUPPLEMENTAL,      )  (Supplement 

SUPPLEMENTARY,  U},7,  F?  ! 
Additional ;  such  as  fills  up  what  is  want 
ing. 

SUPPLY.  Relief  of  want;  making 
up  of  deficiencies.  A  fresh  supply  of 
troops,  ammunition,  &c. 
.  To  SUPPLY.  To  make  up  deficien- 
cies To  aid  ;  to  assist ;  to  relieve  with 
something  wanted.  To  fill  any  room 
made  vacant.  Thus,  covering  Serjeants 
aupply  the  places  of  officers  when  thev 
step  out  of  the  ranks,  or  are  killed  in 
action. 

To  SUPPORT.  To  aid,  to  assist;  it 
likewise  signifies  to  preserve  untarnished, 
viz.  To  support  the  ancient  character  of 
the  corps. 

I  fell  SUPPORTED.  Well  aided,  well 
assisted.  It  likewise  signifies  well  kept 
up,  as  a  ivell  supported  fire  from  the  bat- 
ten'cs ,-  a  well  supported  fire  of  mus- 
quetry. 

S  U  R AP A N,  Ind.  An  honorary  dress, 
which  is  given  to  an  inferior  by  a  superior. 

SUR  AT  Haa/,  Ind.  A  state  or  repre- 
sentation of  the  case. 

SURCINGLE.  A  girth  with  which 
the  saddle  or  any  other  burden  is  bound 
upon  a  horse. 

SURFACE,  iafarii/icalion,  is  that  part 
of  the  side  which  is  terminated  by  the 
flank  prolonged,  and  the  angle  of  the 
nearest  bastion :  the  double  of  this  line 
with  the  curtain  is  equal  to  the  exterior 
side. 

SURGEON,  (Cbirurgien,  Fr.)  A  staff 
officer,  who  is  chief  of  the  medical  de- 
partment in  each  regiment  or  hospital,  &c. 

SvRGF.QN-gexera7.  The  first  or  senior 
surgeon  of  an  army. 

Particular  instructions  to  the  regimen- 
tal surgeons  of  the  line  in  the  British 
service. 

Each  regimental  surgeon  of  the  line, 
when  provided  with  a  chest  of  medicines, 
is  required  half  yearly  to  make  a  return 
to  the  inspector  of  legimental  hospitals, 
(under  cover  to  the  secretary  at  war,)  of 
the  medicines  used  by  him  during  the 
preceding  six  months,  and  what  remain  ; 
and  this  return  must  be  accompanied  by 
an  affidavit  taken  before  a  magistrate,  that 
none  of  the  medicines  have,  to  his  know- 
legc,  been  converted  to  private  purposes, 
or  applied  to  any  use  but  that  of  the  regi- 
ment, or  some  other  military  service  ;  for 
•  he  must  produce  ihc  special  orders 


664 


SUR 


SUR 


of  the  commanding  officer,  or  of  the  in- 
spector of  regimental  hospitals. 

Should  a  regiment  of  the  line  be  placed 
in  an  unhealthy  situation  ;  or,  from  any 
prevailing  disease,  should  the  surgeon's 
stock  of  a  particular  medicine  be  exhaust- 
ed before  the  next  yearly  supply  becomes 
ciuc,  he  is  to  apply  to  the  inspector  of 
regimental  hospitals,  (under  cover  ro  the 
secretary  at  war)  for  a  fresh  supply  ;  the 
existence  of  such  cause  for  the  extraordi- 
nary consumption  of  the  medicines  to  be 
certified  by  the  commanding  officer. 

If  a  medical  officer  of  the  line  desires  to 
use  a  medicine  not  in  the  dispensatory,  he 
must  procure  it  at  his  own  expence. 

Whenever  wine  is  necessary  for  the  sick 
of  a  regiment  of  the  line,  a  return  of  the 
consumption  thereof  is  to  be  made  week- 
ly to  the  inspector  of  regimental  hospitals. 

The  medical  and  hospital  expencesof 
regiments  of  the  line,  and  of  their  respec- 
tive detachments,  are  to  be  inserted  in  the 
public  accounts  of  the  respective  corps. 

Every  regimental  surgeon  is  to  make  a 
report  to  the  inspector  of  regimental  hos- 
pitals, of  the  situation,  size,  rent,  &c.  of 
the  hospital  he  proposes  to  hire;  and  un- 
less on  very  pressing  emergencies,  no  en- 
gagement is  to  be  entered  into  without  the 
permission  of  that  officer,  to  whom  is  to 
be  transmitted  half  yearly,  viz.  June  24th 
and  December  24th,  an  abstract  of  the 
regimental  hospital  contingent  expcnccs, 
approved  by  the  commanding  officer  of 
the  regiment,  accompanied  with  regular 
vouchers  signed  and  certified  by  the  pay- 
masier. 

When  a  soldier  is  punished,  it  is  the 
duty  of  the  regimental  surgeon  to  attend 
at  the  execution  of  the  sentence,  and  to 
see  that  the  lite  of  the  culprit  is  not  en- 
dangered by  excessive  rigor.  He  is,  in 
fact,  paramount  to  the  commanding  offi- 
cer on  this  occasion,  and  ought  to  inter- 
fere whenever  his  judgment  dictates.  If 
any  commanding  officer  should  be  hardy 
enough  to  continue  the  chastisement  in 
spite  of  the  surgeon's  interposition,  the 
responsibility  will  then  rest  with  him. 

Assistant  SURGEON.  The  person  who 
acts  immediately  under  the  regimental 
surgeon.  In  the  regulations  for  im- 
proving the  situation  of  British  regimen- 
tal surgeons  and  mates,  which  took  place 
in  1790,  it  is  expressed,  that  surgeon's 
mates  in  future  are  to  bestiled  assistant 
.surgeons,  and  to  be  appointed  by  com- 
mission fiom  the  king,  or  br  generals  au- 
thorised by  him.  For  further  particulars 
respecting  surgeonsand  assistant  surgeons, 
see  Military  Finance,  page  46. 

fftteritiarp  SURGEOW.  See  VETERI- 
NARY. 

S  U  R I N T E  N  D  A  N  T  des  For  t!f cations, 
Yr.  A  place  of  great  trust  and  consider- 
able importance  during  the  old  French 
government.  It  was  his  duly  to  submit 
plans  of  places  that  were  to  be  fortified, 
or  of  otliers  that  wanted  repairing,  to 
give  in  estimates  of  the  expenccs  that 


would  attend  the  works,  and  to  state  trt 
he  directors  the  degrees  of  skill  and  acti- 
dty  which  he  had  discovered  in  the  dif- 
:erent  engineers  who  acted  under  him. 
H[e  likewise  communicated  with  the  king 
on  every  weighty  branch  of  ordnance. 
His  allowance  was  fifty  thousand  liv.es 
)er  annum,  out  of  which  he  gave  six 
housand  livres,  or  1200  dolh.  to  a  first 
clerk,  who  received  the  like  sum  from  the 
king  for  under-clerks  and  stationary. 

SURINTENOANT  general  des  -poudret  ct 
saltpetres  de  France,  Fr.  Superintendant 
^eneralof  powder  and  saltpetre  magazines 
of  France.  An  appointment  in  the  old 
French  artillery,  which  was  created  in 
1634,  and  paid  the  Pauiette. 

SURMENER,  fr.  To  founder.  A 
term  in  the  French  manege,  signifying  to 
over- ride  or  over- work  a  horse.  Hence, 
vn  cheval  surmene.  A  jaded  horse,  or  one 
spoiled  by  too  much  work. 

JLwSURPENTES,  Fr.  The  slings  or 
straps  used  in  the  artillery. 

To  SURPRISE,  (Surprendi-f,  Fr.)  in 
•war,  to  fall  on  an  enemy  unexpectedly, 
in  marching  through  narrow  and  difficult 
passes,  when  one  part  has  passed,  so  as 
not  easily  to  come  to  the  succour  of  t he- 
other;  as  in  the  passage  of  rivers,  woods, 
enclosures,  &c.  A  place  is  surprised  by 
drains,  casemates,  or  the  issues  of  rivers 
or  canals  ;  by  the  encumbering  the  bridge 
or  gate,  by  waggons  meeting  and  stopping 
each  other;  sending  soldiers  into  the  place,' 
under  pretence  of  being  deserters,  who, 
on  entering,  surprise  the  guard ;  being' 
sustained  by  troops  in  ambush  near  the 
place,  to  whom  they  give  entrance,  and 
thereby  seize  it.  Soldiers  dressed  like 
peasants,  merchants,  Jews,  priests,  or 
women,  are  sometimes  employed  for  this 
purpose.  The  enemy  sometimes  send  in 
their  soldiers,  as  if  they  were  yours  coming 
from  the  hospitals,  £c.  they  also  dress 
their  soldiers  in  your  regimentals,  who, 
presenting  themselves  at  your  gate  as  such, 
are  immediately  admitted,  seize  the  guard, 
and  become  masters  of  the  place.  Some- 
times houses  are  set  on  fire,  and  whilst  the 
garrison  comes  out  to  extinguish  ir,  troops 
who  lay  in  ambush  march  in,  and  sur- 
prise the  place.  Officers  commanding 
guards  at  the  principal  gates  are  lured  out 
under  various  pretences;  matters  be;r,,.r 
so  contrived  that  a  party  seize  the  gate  in 
coming  in  with  them.  Sometimes  an 
alarm  is  given  at  one  side  of  the  garrison, 
whilst  you  enter  secretly  at  the  other, 
which  at  that  time  is  too  often  neglected, 

SURPRISES,  (S uprises,  Fr.)  In  a  mi- 
litary sense,  may  apply  either  to  those 
measures  which  are  adopted  by  one  army 
in  the  field  to  surprise;  another,  or  to  those 
which  are  followed  in  the  attack  of  forti- 
fied places.  The  French  make  a  distinc- 
tion between  surprises  de  campagne,  and 
surprises  des  places ,  or  the  surprises  which 
are  practised  against  an  army  in  the  field, 
and  those  which  are  executed  against  tor- 
tilled  towns  or  places.  What  has  bcca 


SUR 


SUR 


665 


said  under  the  article  Stratagems  of  IVar^ 
will  equally  apply  to  the  latter  system. 

When  it  is  found  expedient  to  attempt 
a  surprise  in  the  field,  a  sufficient  num- 
ber of  men  must  be  collected  for  the  pur- 
pose, not  only  of  advancing  with  confi- 
dence against  the  enemy,  but  of  being 
able  to  make  good  a  retreat,  should  he 
prove  stronger  than  was  suspected.  The 
troops  that  are  selected  for  this  duty 
should  be  remarkable  for  their  fidelity, 
and  be  able  to  Undergo  the  greatest  fa- 
tigue. Intelligent  and  faithful  guides 
must  be  distributed  among  the  different 
troops  and  companies,  in  order  to  keep 
up  the  continuity  of  the  march,  and  put 
those  of  the  rear  in  the  right  paths,  should 
they  have  deviated  from  the  direct  route 
or  line  of  march. 

Jf  the  detachment  or  corps,  that  is 
entrusted  with  the  secret  expedition  or 
surprise,  be  marched  out  of  an  entrenched 
camp,  proper  precautions  must  be  taken, 
to  prevent  any  intercourse  between  the 
enemy  and  persons  employed  to  send  or 
give  intelligence.  To  do  this  effectually, 
the  instant  the  rear  guard  has  left  the 
camp,  the  gates  must  be  shut,  and  the 
strictest  orders  be  issued  to  prevent  spies 
or  deserters  from  stealing  out.  Small 
parties  of  cavalry  and  riflemen  must 
likewise  be  sent  forward,  to  scour  the 
roads,  and  to  pick  up  stragglers.  Care 
is  taken  to  have  it  understood  by  the 
people  of  the  country,  that  these  parties 
are  detached,  for  no  other  purpose  than 
to  escort  some  waggons,  which  are  ex- 
pected for  the  use  of  the  army,  to  parley, 
or  apparently  to  execute  some  business 
that  can  neither  create  jealousy,  nor  give 
uneasiness. 

About  an  hour  after,  it  must  be  pro- 
claimed, in  and  about  the  camp  and  adja- 
cent country,  that  no  officer,  soldier,  sut- 
ler, or  inhabitant  of  the  villages,  &c.  shall 
on  any  account  go  more  than  one  quarter 
of  a  league  from  the  army.  Small  scour, 
ing  parties,  with  the  provost  marshal's 
field  patroles,  must  be  distributed  beyond 
these  limits,  in  order  to  pick  up  stragglers, 
and  to  search  their  persons  lest  they  should 
be  the  bearers  of  letters,  &c.  A  great 
number  of  small  ambuscades  must  be 
Jaid  along  the  leading  avenues  between 
the  enemy's  camp  and  your  own.  If, 
notwithstanding  all  these  precautions, 
you  should  learn^  that  the  enemy  has 
gained  some  information  respecting  your 
movement,  a  report  must  be  instantly 
spread  to  make  him  imagine,  that  you 
have  some  other  design  in  contempla- 
tion. 

If,  during  the  night,  or  in  the  course 
of  the  day,  small  reconnoitring  parties, 
belonging  to  the  enemy,  should  be  disco- 
vered upon  the  road,  or  about  it,  one  half 
of  your  pat  role  or  scouring  detachment, 
must  be  placed  in  ambush  along  one  side 
of  the  road,  in  order  to  take  them  in  the 
rear,  whilst  the  other  half  attacks  them 
in  front,  and  by  thus  surrounding  them, 


prevents  any  intelligence  from  being  car- 
ried to  the  enemy. 

When  such  parties  consist  of  a  regular 
advanced  detachment  from  the  enemy's 
forces,  that  challenges  you  on  your  ap- 
proach, your  out-scouts  must  instantly 
give  the  name  of  the  power  or  general 
against  whose  troops  you  are  marching, 
or  make  them  imagine,  that  you  are  re- 
turning from  some  secret  expedition  which 
had  been  undertaken  in  his  favor,  or  that 
you  came  out  of  a  neighboring  state.  As 
you  draw  near,  proper  measures  must  be 
adopted  to  get  upon  its  flanks,  so  as  ul- 
timately to  surround  the  whole  guard, 
and  to  prevent  any  information  from 
being  forwarded  to  the  main  body  of  the 
enemy.  This  operation  cannot  fail  of 
success,  if  you  act  with  promptitude  ; 
and  most  especially  if  you  can  get  pos- 
session of  the  enemy's  watchword  or 
countersign. 

Such  are  the  leading  precautions  to  be 
observed  at  the  first  outset  of  an  army, 
whose  design  is  to  surprise  its  enemy. 
But  these  are  not  all.  A  perfect  know- 
lege  of  his  position  must  have  been  like- 
wise acquired  \  correct  descriptions  of  all 
the  posts  and  stations,  local  as  well  as 
artificial  advantages,  must  likewise  have 
been  given  in,  with  a  special  account  of 
the  bridges,  fords,  &c.  the  state  of  his 
provisions,  and  of  the  general's  head- 
quarters. 

If  it  be  your  design  to  surprise  any 
strong  holds,  or  particular  posts,  to  fall 
suddenly  upon  some  detached  generals,  or 
to  carry  the  head-quarters  themselves, 
you  must  be  made  thoroughly  acquainted 
with  all  the  intricacies  of  ground  about 
them,  with  the  number  of  men  which 
may  be  opposed  against  you  ;  and,  whea 
you  have  gained  the  necessary  informa- 
tion respecting  >  these  matters'*  particu- 
larly the  latter,  you  must  assemble  a 
body  of  active  and  zealous  troops,  whose 
number  shall  be  one  third  at  least  greater 
than  that  of  the  enemy,  to  execute  your 
plan. 

When  your  project  has  been  completed, 
you  must  call  your  men  together.  For 
in  all  expeditions  of  this  sort,  desultory 
operations  are  unavoidably  necessary,  and 
the  troops  employed  upon  them,  must  be 
dispersed.  Should  any  be  found  absent 
at  the  roll-calling  of  the  different  compa- 
nies or  detachments,  it  may  reasonably 
be  presumed,  that  they  are  engaged  in 
pillaging  the  place  they  entered.  In 
which  case  you  must  set  fire  to  the 
houses,  if  you  cannot  withdraw  the  free- 
booters by  any  other  method.  Strict 
orders  should  be  given  out,  that  no  soldier 
or  follower  of  the  army  shall  move  before 
the  detachment  returns  to  the  main  body, 
after  having  effected  the  surprise,  or  re- 
main behind  when  it  marches  off.  It 
frequently  happens,  that  a  few  irregular 
soldiers,  &c.  will  avail  themselves  of  the 
confusion  of  the  moment,  to  conceal  the 
j|  property  that  may  have  fallen  into  the 
4  P 


666 


SUR 


SUR 


hards  of  the  detachment,  and  thereby  to 
avoid  sharing  it  with  their  comrades. — 
Patroles  must  be  sent  out  of  the  camp, 
and  be  posted  along  the  road  or  roads  that 
lead  to  the  placcw  hich  has  been  surprised, 
with  strict  injunctions  to  stop  all  strag- 
glers ;  and  the  quarter  and  rear-guards  of 
the  camp  itself  must  see,  that  none  enter 
before  the  detachment  is  regularly  march- 
ed in.  When  any  are  found  guilty  of  this 
unmilitary  practice,  they  must  not  only 
be  stripped  of  their  booty,  but  they  must 
also  be  severely  punished  for  the  sake  of 
example.  It  there  should  not  be  a  suf- 
ficient number  of  waggons  to  bring  off 
the  wounded,  the  cavalry  must  dismount, 
and  the  wounded  be  put  upon  their 
horses.  But  if  it  be  found  expedient  to 
make  use  of  the  horse,  you  must  then 
convey  the  disabled  in  the  best  manner 
you  can,  by  taKing  all  the  horses,  &c. 
which  may  have  been  found  ,in  the  place 
you  have  surprised. 

After  a  surprise  has  been  accomplished, 
the  troops  employed  upon  that  service, 
must,  if  possible,  be  marched  back  to 
head-quarters,  by  a  different  road  to  the 
one  they  took  in   advancing  against  the 
enemy.     For  it  would  be  extremely  im- 
politic to  expose  them  even  though  their 
number  were  a  third  greater  than  that  of 
the  enemy,  to  a  second  action  ;  under  the 
manifest  disadvantages  of  being  fatigued 
with  the  march,  and  the  attack  they  had; 
just  made,  and  of  being  encumbered  with 
the  booty,  &c.  of  the  place  they  had  sur-  • 
prised.     Their  retreat  must  be  effected ' 
through  the  shortest  way  back.     But  if 
there  should  be  the  least  ground  to  appre-  ' 
hend,  that  any  attempt  might  be  made  by  j 
the  enemy  to  cut  them  off,  the  first  move-  ! 
ment  must  be  upon  the  same  road  they ! 
came,  and  when  the  night  approaches, ; 
the  troops  must  be  suddenly   counter- 
marched,  in  order  to  take  a  different  road, 
and  to  avoid  any  ambush  that  might  be 
laid  by  the  enemy. 

Under  these  circumstances,  every  mea- 
sure must  be  embraced  to  deceive  the 
enemy.  Some  prisoners  may  be  suffered 
to  escape,  before  the  troops  have  been 
countermarched,  in  order  to  give  false  in- 
formation  ;  some  mules  or  horses  may  be 
left  on  the  road,  and  small  parties  of 
drummers,  &c.  be  detached  forward  to 
keep  beating  along  the  first  road,  as  if  the 
whole  body  were  marching  that  way. 
Fires  may  also  be  lighted  by  patroles 
sent  forward  for  the  purpose.  Among 
other  means,  which  may  be  resorted  to, 
to  induce  the  enemy  to  believe  that  the 
original  line  of  march  has  been  continued, 
that  of  sending  horses  and  men  forward 
to  mislead  them  by  their  footsteps  is  not 
the  worst  imagined. 

It  is  more  than  probable,  that  if  the 
retreat  be  made  during  the  night,  and 
through  an  enclosed  or  intersected  coun- 
try, the  enemy  will  scarcely  run  the  risk 
of  pursuing,  lest  ambuscades  should  be 
formed  to  surprise  him  on  his  march. 


If,  notwithstanding  all  your  precau- 
tions, the  enemy  should  get  intelligence 
of  what  has  happened,  and  in  conse- 
quence thereof  he  should  have  time  to 
collect  his  forces  together  in  order  to  at- 
tack you  in  your  retreat ;  under  these 
circumstances  a  position  must  be  taken 
that  is  best  suited  ta  the  kind  of  troops 
you  have  with  you,  and  to  their  effective 
number. 

If  there  be  a  ford,  a  bridge,  or  a  defile, 
near  to  the  ground  you  have  taken  up, 
which  the  enemy  rhust  unavoidably  pass, 
the  greatest  expedition  must  be  made  to 
gst  beyond  the  obstacle,  so  as  to  have  it 
securely  in  your  rear.  Should  the  obsta- 
cle be  upon  either  of  your  flanks,  a  de- 
tachment must  be  posted  there  to  keep 
the  enemy  in  check,  while  your  main 
body  continues  on  its  march.  If  you 
cannot  conveniently  send  forward  your 
booty,  for  fear  of  weakening  your  forces, 
ir  must  be  placed  in  such  a  manner  as  not 
to  be  in  the  way  when  you  find  it  neces- 
sary to  engage  the  enemy. 

As  soon  as  the  enemy  approaches,  the 
whole  body  must  be  halted,  and  the  pro- 
per dispositions  be  made  for  battle.  The 
guard  that  is  entrusted  with  the  care  of 
the  prisoners,  must  instantly  strip  them 
of  their  swords,  bayonets,  and  of  every 
offensive  weapon,  (supposing  them  to 
have  had  permission  to  wear  them)  and 
must  order  them  to  sit  down,  threatening 
to  shoot  or  cut  down  the  first  man  that 
should  presume  to  stir.  On  this  account, 
the  men  who  compose  the  guard,  should 
always  be  ready  to  do  their  duty  upon 
the  least  symptom  of  irregularity.  A 
small  cavalry  detachment  is  usually  em- 
ployed upon  this  service,  as  it  would  not 
be  in  the  power  of  the  infantry  to  act 
with  so  much  promptitude  and  activity. 
Before  the  troops  are  ranged  in  order  of 
battle,  directions  must  be  given  for  every 
soldier  to  take  offhis  knapsack,  or  havre- 
sack  ;  for  if  the  men  were  allowed  to  re- 
tain this  load  of  baggage  and  booty,  it 
would  not  be  in  their  power  to  act. 

History  furnishes  us  with  various  in- 
stances in  which  fortified  places,  strong 
holds,  and  gates,  have  been  surprised. 
There  are  others  again  in  which  surprises 
have  been  practised  with  success  by  means 
of  spies,  and  of  secret  intercourse  with  onti 
or  more  of  the  party  against  whom  you  are 
engaged.  In  1707  several  Miquelets  dis- 
guised themselves  as  peasants,  entered 
Balvastro,  and  remained  concealed  in  the 
houses  of  some  of  the  inhabitants,  who 
supplied  them  with  arms  to  enable  them 
to  attack  the  gate  of  Monsons,  in  order  to 
co-operate  with  a  detachment  which  was 
advancing  towards  that  quarter  for  the 
purpose  of  surprising  the  place.  But  they 
did  not  succeed ;  for  two  regiments  which, 
lay  in  the  town  to  guard  the  hospitals  and 
magazines  belonging  to  the  army,  instantly 
fiew  to  arms,  marched  against  the  de- 
tachment, and  forced  them  to  retreat.— '• 
Had  the  latter  been  superior  in  force,  it  is 


SUR 


SUR 


667 


more  than  probable,  that  the  stratagem 
used  by  the  Miquelets,  and  seconded  by 
the  treachery  of  the  inhabitants,  would 
have  amply  succeeded.  In  1580,  count 
Egmont  surprised  Courtray,  by  ordering 
a  number  of  determined  good  soldiers  to 
get  into  the  town  a  la  debandade,  and  to 
remain  concealed  in  the  houses  of  the 
Roman  catholics.  See  Stratagemes  de 
Guerre,  page  164,  &c.  &c.  For  various 
interesting  particulars  that  regard  the  ar- 
ticle we  have  been  cursorily  discussing,  we 
refer  our  reader  to  La  Suite  del'eaai  tur  la 
science  de  la  guerte,  torn.  iii.  page  259  ;  and 
iom.  iv.  page  87.  Likewise  LesCEwres 
Mi/iiaires,  torn.  ii.  page  69 ;  and  to  the 
Stratagewes  de  Guerre,  page  17  3. 

To  prevent  a.  SURPRISE.  Turpin  in  his 
Art  of  War,  observes,  that  it  is  not  suffi- 
cient for  the  security  of  the  quarters,  that 
they  are  well  distributed,  that  the  guards 
of  horse  are  posted  on  the  outside,  afld 
guards  of  foot  on  the  inside,  and  that 
patroles  also  are  added  to  them  ;  detach- 
jnents  must  be  sent  but  in  advance  of  the 
guards,  in  order  to  make  discoveries. 

A  quarter  should  never  be  imagined 
to  be  totally  secure,  whilst  there  are  only 
guards  before  it :  it  would  not  be  diffi- 
cult for  the  enemy  to  come  close  up  to 
them,  particularly  if  the  country  is  en- 
closed, either  during  the  day  or  night ;  and 
if  it  is  an  open  country,  in  the  night  time 
only. 

Detachments  in  advance  of  the  quarters 
are  absolutely  necessary,  even  when  there 
are  guards  ;  they  should  be  increased  ac- 
cording to  the  number  of  the  troops,  and  in 
proportion  to  the  extent  of  country  to  be 
guarded. 

These  detachments  should  march  se- 
parately  in  the  front,  and  they  should 
occupy  as  much  country  as  possible  upon 
the  flanks ;  they  must  march  upon  the 
roads  leading  to  the  enemy.  In  the  day 
time,  they  must  scour  the  hedges,  thick- 
ets, and  woods,  the  villages,  the  hollows, 
and  every  sort  of  place  that  may  serve  for 
an  ambuscade:  in  the  night  time,  they 
must  draw  near  the  quarter,  and  remain 
at  the  distance  of  at  least  four  hundred 
paces,  and  even  further  if  the  country  is 
open.  In  the  night,  detachments  must 
march  very  leisurely,  not  advancing,  but 
crossing  each  other;  and  beside  the  word 
given  out  in  orders,  they  will  have  another 
particular  one  to  recognize  each  other.-— 
Every  now  and  then  they  must  stop  anc 
listen,  in  order  to  discover,  whether  they 
can  hear  any  thing.  The  officers  com- 
manding the  detachments  should  avoid 
fighting  till  the  last  extremity  ;  they 
should  constantly  bear  in  mind,  that  the 
sole  purpose  of  their  being  ordered  to  ad- 
vance, is  to  preserve  the  quarters  from  a 
surprise. 

These  detachments  should  not  conti- 
nue out  above  six  or  eight  hours,  anc 
consequently  should  never  dismount.  1 
there  are  any  hussars  in  the  quarters 
they  should  be  employed  in  these  de. 


achments  preferably  to  any  other  troops, 

they  are  better  calculated  to  scour  a 
ountiy  than  heavy  cavalry,  or  even  dra- 
oons;  their  horses  being  more  in  wind 
nd  less  liable  to  be  fatigued.  It  is,  be- 
ides,  the  sort  of  war  which  is  natural  to 
ussars. 

As  soon  as  these  detachments  are  re- 
urned,  others  should  be  sent  out  for  the 
ame  purpose,  as  the  quarters  should 
lever  be  uncovered  in  front.  If  these 
.etachments  hear  any  thing  in  the  night, 
he  commanding  officer  should  send  to 
.iscover  what  it  is,  and  must  afterwards 
onvince  himself  of  the  truth  of  it :  if  it 
hould  be  occasioned  by  troops,  he  will 
directly  send  an  hussar  to  the  command- 
ng  officer  of  one  of  the  guards,  if  there 
ire  any  in  the  front  of  the  quarters ;  but 
f  not,  then  to  the  commandant  of  the  first 
quarter,  who  will  apprise  the  general. — 
ie  must  conceal  himsdf  in  some  place, 
rom  whence,  without  being  discovered, 
le  will  with  greater  ease  be  able  to  form 
a  judgment  of  what  is  marching  towards 
urn  ;  and  when  he  shall  be  more  confirm, 
ed  that  they  are  enemies,  he  will  send  a 
second  hussar  to  give  notice  to  the  first 
>ost,  who  will  inform  the  general ;  and 
will  always  continue  to  observe  their  mo- 
ions  by  marching  either  on  their  flank, 
or  before  them.  See  Am.  Mil.  Lib. 

To  SURRENDER,  (Rendre,  Fr.'j     To 
ive  up  a  town,  post,  or  other  fortification, 
agreeably  to  articles,  &c. 

To  SURRENDER,  (Se  rendre,  Fr.)  To 
ay  down  your  arms,  and  give  yourself  up 
as  a  prisoner  of  war. 

SURRENDER,  (Reddltion^  Fr.)  The  act 
of  giving  up.  As  the  surrender  of  a  town 
or  garrison. 

SURRENDER  of  general  Burgoyne,  ryth 
October,  1777,  at  Saratoga. 

SuRRENDERof  general  Cornwallis  Igth 
October,  1779,  at  Yorktown. 

To  SURROUND.  In  fortification,  to 
invest.  In  tactics,  to  outflank  and  cut 
off  the  means  of  retreating. 

SURROUNDED.  Inclosed  ;  invested. 
A  town  is  said  to  be  surrounded  when  its 
principal  outlets  are  blocked  up;  and  an 
army,  when  its  flanks  are  turned,  and  its 
retreat  cut  off. 

SURSOLID.  The  fourth  multipli- 
cation or  power  of  any  number  whatever 
taken  as  the  root. 

SURVEILLANCE,  Jv.  Inspection; 
superintendance ;  the  act  of  watching. 
The  substantive  is  new  among  the  French, 
and  comes  from  Surveiller,  to  watch. 

SURVEY.  A  survey  is  an  examina- 
tion of  any  place  or  stores,  &c.  to  ascer- 
tain their  fitness  for  the  purposes  of  war, 
&c. 

SURVEYING.  In  military  mathe- 
matics, the  att  or  act  of  measuring  lands ; 
that  is,  of  taking  the  dimensions  of  any 
tract  of  ground,  laying  down  the  same  in 
a  map  or  drawing,  and  finding  the  content 
or  area  thereof. 
Surveying,  called  also  gcodtetia,  is  a  very 


668 


sus 


sus 


ancient  art ;  it  is  even  held  to  have  been 
the  first  or  primitive  part  of  geometry, 
and  that  which  gave  occasion  to,  and  laid 
the  foundation  of  all  the  rest. 

Surveying  consists  of  three  parts:  the 
first  is  the  taking  of  the  necessary  mea- 
sures, and  making  the  most  necessary 
observation0,  on  the  ground  itself:  the 
second  is,  the  laying  down  of  these  m. -a- 
sures  and  observations  on  paper :  and  the 
third,  the  finding  the  area  or  quantity  of 
ground  .there  laid  down.  The  first  is  what 
we  properly  call  surveying,'  the  second 
we  call  plotting,  prott acting^  or  mapping; 
and  the  third  cast  ing  up. 

The  first,  again,  consists  of  two  parts, 
viz.  the  making  of  observations  for  the 
angles,  and  the  taking  of  measures  for 
the  distances.  The  former  of  these  is 
performed  by  someone  or  other  of  the  fol- 
lowing instruments,  viz.  the  theodolite, 
circumferenter,  semi-circle,  plain  table, 
or  compass.  The  latter  is  performed  by 
means  either  of  the  chain,  or  perambu- 
lator, 

The  second  branch  of  surveying  is  per- 
formed by  means  of -the  protractor,  and 
plotting  scale.  The  third,  by  reducing 
the  several  divisions,  inclosures,  &c.  into 
triangles,  squares,  trapeziums,  paral- 
lelograms, &c.  but  especially  triangles ; 
and  finding  the  areas  or  contents  of  these 
several  figures.  See  American  Mil. 
1*6. 

SURVEYOR  of  the  Ordnance.  See 
ORDNANCE. 

SUSBANDE,  Fr.  The  iron  band  or 
plate  which  covers  the  trunnion  belonging 
to  a  piece  of  ordnance,  or  to  a  mortar, 
when  either  is  fixed  upon  its  carriage, 

SUSPECT,  Fr.  A  term  adopted  by 
the  modern  French  to  signify  any  person 
suspected  of  being  an  enemy,  or  indif- 
ferent to  the  cause  of  the  revolution. — 
Hence — Oasse  des  suspects  y  Fr.  The  list 
of  the  suspected.  Repute  suspect,  Fr. 
Looked  upon  as  a  suspected  person. 

To  SUSPEND,  (Suspend™,  Fr.)  In 
a  military  sense  to  delay,  to  protract. 
Hence  to  suspend  hostilities.  It  is  like, 
wise  used  to  express  the  act  of  depriving 
an  officer  of  rank  and  pay,  in  conseqtience 
of  some  offence.  This  sometimes  happens 
by  the  sentence  of  a  general  court,  mar- 
tial,  or  by  the  summary  order  of  the 
president  through  the  secretary  at  war. 
In  both  cases  it  is  usual  for  the  command- 
ing officer  of  the  regiment  to  report  him  to 
the  general  of  the  district,  by  whom  he  is 
again  reported  to  the  commander  in  chief 
through  the  adjutant -general.  He  is 
then  directed,  by  letter  to  the  command- 
ing officer  of  the  regiment,  to  be  sus. 
pended  agreeably  to  the  nature  of  the 
transgression.  In  a  trifling  case,  he  is 
only  suspended  from  pay,  and  is  respited 
Accordingly  upon  the  next  muster  roil  for 
the  government  of  the  regimental  agent. 
But  when  the  offence  is  aggravated  by 
palpable  neglect,  or  obstinacy  in  not  send- 
ing a  satisfactory  reason  for  his  absence, 


(which  can  only  be  done  by  vouchers  from 
the  medical  board,  &c.)  he  is  suspended 
from  both  rank  and  pay.  So  that  to  be 
suspended  is  either  partially  or  generally 
to  be  deprived  of  the  advantages  of  a  mi- 
litary appointment. 

To  SUSPEND  hostilities.  To  cease  at- 
tacking one  another. 

SUSPENSION  of  Arms.  A  short 
truce  that  contending  parties  agree  on, 
in  order  to  bury  their  dead  without  danger 
or  molestation;  to  wait  for  succours  ;  or  to 
receive  instructions  from  a  superior  au- 
thr-rity. 

SUSPENSION,  as  a  .  military  punish- 
ment, was  probably  intended  to  operate 
as  pecuniary  fining  does  in  that  of  the 
common  law ;  bur  (to  use  Mr.  Sullivan's 
words,  in  his  treatise  on  martial  law)  it 
can  neither  be  considered  as  deprivation 
or  degradation.  It  does  not  divest  an  of- 
ficer of  his  military  character,  though  it 
puts  him  under  a  temporary  incapacity  to 
exercise  the  duties  of  his  station  :  he  still 
possesses  his  rank,  though  he  does  not 
reap  any  immediate  advantage  from  it; 
It,  in  fact,  may  be  looked  upon  and  con- 
sidered as  borrowed  from  the  ecclesiastical 
system  of  jurisdiction,  which  admitted 
suspension  as  a  minor  excommunication. 

One  stubborn  difficulty,  however, 
seerns  to  present  itself  from  suspension; 
and  that  is  the  article  of  pay  and  allow- 
ance. For  if  an  officer  shall  have  been 
suspended  from  theexerciseof  the  autho- 
rity annexed  to  his  rank,  and  to  have  the 
pay  of  his  allowance  also  suspended,  he 
certainly  seems  warranted  to  plead  such 
suspension  in  bar  to  the  proceedings  of  a 
court-martial ;  there  being  always  an  im- 
plied contract  between  a  soldier  and  his 
employer,  that  in  consideration  of  certain 
pay  and  advantages  granted  by  the  one, 
the  other  shall  submit  to  military  disci- 
pline ;  and  the  obligation  being  mutual, 
when  one  fails  in  the  performance  of  his 
parr,  he  frees  the  other  from  the  observ- 
ance of  his ;  therefore,  when  the  pay  and 
other  advantages  arc  suspended  by  the  em- 
ployer, the  subjection  to  military  disci- 
pline would  seem  also  suspended.  But 
this  difficulty  is  easily  removed,  from  the 
circumstances  of  the  officer  so  suspended, 
still  holding  his  commission ;  arid  from 
his  submitting  himself  to  the  punishment 
which  hath  been  inflicted  on  his  trans- 
gression. The  latitude  of  this  principle 
hath  even  been  seen  to  go  farther,  and 
under  the  sanction  of  such  authority,  that 
(sine?  his  majesty  hath  been  graciously 
pleased  to  direct,  in  cases  of  doubt,  mem- 
bers of  a  court-martial  shall  be  guided  by 
their  consciences,  the  best  of  their  un- 
derstandings, and  the  custom  of  war  in  the 
like  cases)  it  may  be  said  to  establish  a 
precedent,  which  may  with  safety  beap- 
pealed  to.  We  here  allude  to  the  trial  of 
lord  George  Sackville,  who,  at  the  time 
he  was  pur  upon  the  judgment  of  a  general 
court-martial,  had  (so  dear  are  the  honor 
and  reputation  of  a  soldier)  neither  military 


SUT 


S  W  E 


669 


employ  nor  commission  under  his  majesty  ; 
and  yet  he  was  deemeri  entitled  to  an  aw- 
ful and  solemn  investigation  of  his  con- 
duct ;  application,  indeed,  havin?  been 
previously  madeinlvs  name,  and  hehav 
ing  declared  himself  willing  to  abide  by 
the  decision  of  the  court.  In  a  word, 
then,  it  may,  without  risking  too  much, 
be  asserted,  that  an  officer  under  suspen- 
sion may  be  considered  as  strictly  amenable 
to  martial  law  for  anv  trespass  or  trans- 
gression he  shall  commit.  The  same 
writer  observes,  in  a  preceding  page,  that 
suspension  is  a  specific  punishment,  for  a 
specific  crime ;  but  it  is  a  punishment 
•which  does  not  free  a  man  from  his  mili- 
tary obligations.  On  the  contrary,  he  still 
is  considered  as  in  the  service;  he  holds 
his  commission,  and  at  the  expiration  of 
the  term  ot  suspension,  becomes  a  perfect 
man  again.  If  therefore  during  the  con- 
tinuance of  this  chastisement,  he  should 
attempt  to  go  over  to  the  enemy,  to  de- 
sert, or  hold  treasonable  correspondence, 
he  certainly  is,  in  such  cases,  to  be  dealt 
with  according  to  martial  law.  Pages  86, 
87,  and  88,  Thoughts  on  Martial  Law. 

The  late  Mr.  Tytler,  deputy  judge  ad- 
vocate of  North  Britain,  who  has  pub- 
lished an  essay  on  military  law,  quotes 
the  case  of  lord  Georg<  Sackville,  when 
he  treats  of  officers  under  suspension,  and 
agrees  in  every  point  with  the  author  just 
referred  to.  Suspension,  he  observes, 
though  it  has  the  effect  of  depriving  an 
officer  for  the  time  of  his  rank  and  pay, 
and  putting  a  stop  to  the  ordinary  dis- 
charge of  his  military  duties,  does  not 
void  his  commission,  annihilate  the  mili- 
tary character,  or  dissolve  that  connec- 
tion which  exists  between  him  and  the 
sovereign,  of  whom  he  is  a  servant,  He 
retains  his  commission,  and  is  at  all  times 
liable  to  a  call  to  duty,  which  would  take 
off  the  suspension.  See  Essay  on  Military 
Law,  pages  131,  132 

SUSTAIN.  To  sustain  is  to  aid,  suc- 
cour, or  support,  any  body  of  men  in  ac- 
tion, or  defence. 

SUTLER  and  Victualler  maybe  con- 
sidered as  synonimous  terms  as  far  as  they 
relate  to  military  matters ;  most  especially 
when  an  army  lies  encamped,  or  rather 
takes  the  field.  A  sutler  may  be  con- 
sidered as  one  who  follows  the  cam ;>,  and 
sellsall  sorts  of  provisions  to  the  soldiers. 
There  are  also  sutler;?  in  garrison  towns, 
who  serve  the  soldiery,  and  are  subject  to 
military  regulations. 

Among  the  French,  according  to  the 
present  establishment  of  their  army,  a 
sutlerisa  soUiier  or  inferior  officer,  who  is 
authorised  to  follow  headquarters,  and  to 
be  constantly  with  the  corps  to  which  he 
is  attached.  He  is  permitted  to  sell  the 
necessaries  of  lite  to  the  soldiers,  and  un- 
der ccriain  restrictions,  to  deal  in  wines 
and  spirituous  liquors. 

The  sutlers  are  usually  chosen  from  the 

regsrr.ru'  •-.  to  which  they  belong,  and  are 

'Asters,  after 


they  have,  been  appointed  by  the  regimen- 
tal committee  or  council  of  administra- 
tion. They  receive  a  licence  enabling 
them  to  sell  and  buy,  which  licence-must 
be  approved  of  by  the  chief  of  the  etat  ma- 
jor,  or  staff  of  the  division,  in  whicr^  the 
c.,rps  is  stationed,  or  under  which  it  acts. 

The  sutlers  attending  head-quarters  are 
licensed  by  the  quarter-master  general- 
In  order  to  distinguish  them  from  adven- 
titious travellers  or  pedlars,  &c.  it  is 
wisely  recommended  by  Paul  Thiebault, 
author  of  a  treatise  upon  the  duties  of  an 
etat  major,  or  staffin  general,  that  they 
should  have  a  particular  number,  which 
is  to  be  engraved  upon  a  tin  plate,  and 
constantly  worn  by  them,  as  a  mark  of 
their  being  licensed  by  the  quarter-master 
general. 

When  an  army  moves,  the  sutlers  ac- 
company the  baggage.  As  many  irregu- 
larities must  naturally  grow  out  of  this 
necessary  evil,  the  conduct  of  sutlers 
ought,  at  all  times,  to  be  narrowly  watch- 
ed, and  severe  penalties  to  be  announced 
in  general  orders  for  every  instance  of  un- 
lawful depredation  among  the  inhabitants, 
or  of  disorder  in  their  booths.  It  is  the 
duty  of  the  piquet,  at  night,  to  be  parti- 
cularly watchful  on  this  ground. 

SUTURE.  A  manner  of  sewing  or 
stitching,  particularly  of  stitching- wounds. 

SWALLOW'S./*//.  In  fortification, 
an  out-work,  differing  from  a  single 
tenaille,  as  it:s  sides  are  not  parallel,  like 
those  of  a  tenaille;  but  if  prolonged, 
would  meet  and  form  an  angle  on  the 
middle  of  the  curtain  ;  and  its  head  or 
front  composed  of  faces,  forming  a  re- 
entering  angle.  This  work  is  extraordi- 
narily well  flanked,  and  defended  by  the 
works  of  the  place,  which  discover  all  the 
length  of  its  long  sides,  &c. 

SWAMMIES,  Ind.  Pagan  gods  o" 
idols. 

SWAMP.    See  MARSH. 

SWAY.  The  swing  or  sweep  of  a 
weapon.  Likewise  power,  as  military 
sway. 

SWEEP-^r,  of  a  waggon,  is  that 
which  is  fixed  on  the  hind  part  of  the  fore 
guide,  and  passes  under  the  hind  pole, 
which  slides  upon  it. 

SWEEPING.  A  word  which  is  pe- 
culiarly attached  to  one  of  the  sections  or 
clauses  in  the  articles  of  war.  Hence, 
S'wcep/»g  Clause. 

SWEEPING  Clause  or  Section.  This 
comprehensive  clause  states,  that  all 
ciimcs  not  capital,  and  all  disorders  and 
neglects,  which  officers  and  soldiers  may 
be  guilty  of,  to  the  prejudice  of  good  or- 
der and  military  discipline,  though  not 
specified  in  any  of  the  foregoing  rules  ami 
articles,  are  to  be  taken  cognizance  of  by 
a  general  or  regimental  court-martial,  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  and  degree  of  the  of- 
fence, and  to  be  punished  at  their  discre- 
tion. 

This  wisely  imagined  clause  serves  as 
a  check  tc  the  paltvy  tricks  and  subter- 


670 


S  W  O 


S  WO 


fuges,  which  are  sometimes  resorted  to  by  |i 
men  who  are  not  thoroughly  soldiers.     It  ii 
frequently  happens,  even  among  officers,  j! 
that  the  service  is   hurt  and  embarrassed  ji 
by  the  ingenuity  of  evasive  characters,  j; 
•who  think  they  are  safe,  provided  they  do  |; 
not  glaringly  transgress  specific  rules  and  I 
regulations.     Another  advantage  is  like-  [i 
wise  derived  from  this  clause  :  It  enables  j 
officers  at  a  court-martial,  in  cases  where  j 
t he oif once  i s  mani test ly  felt  but  cannot  be 
brought  under  any  specific  article,  to  do 
justice  to  the  service  by   punishing  the 
delinquent  ui^er  an  indisputable  clause. 

To  SWINDLE,  (Escroquer,  Fr.)  A 
cant  word  signifying  to  cheat ;  to  impose 
upon  the  credulity  of  mankind,  and 
thereby  defraud  the  unwary,  by  false  pre- 
tences, fictitious  assumptions,  &c.  This 
criminal  and  unmanly  practice  oftentimes 
proves  successful  under  the  garb  of  a  mi- 
litary dress  ai;d  character,  and  sometimes 
under  that  of  holy  orders.  The  records  of 
Bow-street  are  filled  with  pseudo-ma- 
jors, captains,  parsons,  &c. 

SWINDLER,(£jrm:,Fr.)  A  sharper; 
a  cheat.  This  word  is  evidently  taken 
from  the  German  Schivindler,  which,  we 
presume,  comes  from  Scbiv'indct,  .giddi- 
ness of  thought;  giddy  pate.  See  J.  J. 
Eschenburg's  English  and  German  Dic- 
tionary, Part  II.  Page  197.  With  us, 
however,  it  signifies  a  person  who  is  more 
than  thoughtless  or  giddy.  We  affix  to 
the  term  the  character  of  premeditated 
imposition  j  so  that  a  swindler  comes  un- 
der the  criminal  code,  and  may  be  prose- 
cuted accordingly.  Swindlers  almost  al- 
ways assume  a  military  name.  Perhaps 
the  army  might,  in  some  degree,  be 
rescued  from  these  pretenders,  were  it  or- 
dered that  no  officer  shall  appear  with  any 
military  badge  unless  he  be  regimentally 
dressed;  and  that  when  so  dressed,  he 
shall  have  the  number  of  his  regiment 
marked  upon  the  button  of  his  hat,  &c. 

SWING./m"  of  a  waggon.  The  bar 
placed  across  the  foreguide,  to  which  the 
traces  are  fastened. 

SWIVEL,  (P/VmVr,  Fr.)  A  small 
piece  of  ordnance  which  turns  on  a  pivot 
or  swivel. 

SWIVELS,  (Tourniquets  de  fer,  Fr.j 
commonly  called  Loop  and  Sivivel,  and 
Guard  and  Stuivel.  Two  iron  rings  at- 
tached to  a  musquet,  through  which  the 
sling  passes. 

SWORD.  A  weapon  used  either  in 
cutting  or  thrusting,  The  usual  weapon 
©f  fights  hand  to  hand.  It  also  signifies, 
figuratively,  destruction  by  war;  as  fire 
and  sword  ;  a  feuet  a  sang,  Fr. 

£roaJS\vo*.D.  The  Spanish  and  Scots 
kind,  sometimes  called  a  Back  Sword,  as 
having  but  one  edge  :  it  is  basket  handled, 
and  three  feet  two  inches  long. 

Regulation  SWORD.  The  sword 
\vhich  is  worn  by  British  officers  may  be 
properly  called  a  long  cut  and  thrust. — 
it  is  a  "manifest  imitation  of  rhe  Austrian 
sword,  and  has  been  introduced  this  war. 


It  is  not  however,  so  conveniently  used 
by  the  British  as  it  is  by  the  Austrians. 
The  ktter  have  it  girded  round  their 
waists,  so  that  it  hangs  without  any  em- 
barrassment to  the  wearer  close  to  the  left 
hip  or  thigh  ;  whereas  with  the  British  it 
is  suspended  in  an  aw k word  diagonal 
manner  from  a  cross  belt  over  the  loins, 
and  is  scarcely  visible  in  front,  except 
occasionally,  when  it  is  drawn,  or  gets 
between  the  officer's  legs,  and  sometimes 
trips  him  up  when  off  duty.  We  could 
exemplify  our  ideas  upon  this  subject  by 
various  known  occurrences,  such  as  the 
sword  being  suspended  so  much  out  of 
the  grasp  of  live  wearer,  that  his  right 
hand  has  appeared  to  run  after  the  hilt, 
which  has  25  constantly  evaded  its  reach 
by  the  left  side  bearing  it  off,  in  proportion 
as  the  right  turned  towards  it ;  by  offi- 
cers being  reduced  to  the  necessity  of  ap- 
plying to  their  Serjeants,  &c.  to  draw 
their  swords,  &c.  but  it  is  not  our  wish 
to  turn  any  regulation  into  ridicule.  It  is, 
however,  our  duty,  and  the  duty  of  all 
men  who  write  for  the  public,  to  point 
out  practical  inconveniences,  &c.  -Per- 
haps it  may  not  be  thought  superfluous 
on  this  occasion  to  remark,  that  the  sword 
ought  not  to  be  considered  as  a  mere  wea. 
pon  of  offence  or  defence  in  an  officer's 
hand;  for  unless  that  officer  should  be 
singly  engaged,  which  scarcely  ever  hap- 
pens upon  service,  the  very  notion  of 
personal  safety  will  take  his  mind  off  the 
superior  duty  of  attending  to  his  men.— 
Officers,  in  fact,  should  always  bear  ia 
mind,  that  they  are  cardinal  points  whicli 
direct  others.  Their  whole  attention 
should  consequently  be  paid  to  their  men, 
and  not  the  slightest  idea  must  interfere 
with  respect  to  themselves.  We  are 
therefore  convinced,  with  due  deference 
to  the  superior  judgment  of  others,  that 
the  swords  of  infantry  officers,  and  of  the 
staff  in  general,  should  be  for  service, 
sufficiently  long  to  dress  the  leading  files, 
&c.  and  extremely  portable.  Every  offi- 
cer ought  to  know  the  use  of  his  sword, 
and  there  should  be  a  fencing- master,  or 
drill  swordsman,  for  every  company  in 
the  service,  who  should  be  armed  with 
sabres  or  gootl  cut  and  thrusts. 

Position  of  the  SWORD  at  open  Order. 
When  an  officer  stands  or  marches  in  front 
of  his  company,  &c.  the  position  of  the 
sword  is  diagonal  across  the  chest,  with 
the  edge  upward.  At  close  order,  or  when 
the  officer  is  on  the  flank  of  his  company, 
&c.  the  hilt  is  close  to  the  right  thigh, 
and  the  blade  in  the  hollow  of  the  right 
shoulder,  with  the  edge  to  the  front. — 
When  mounted,  he  carries  it  diagonally 
across  the  bridle  hand. 

When  troops  or  squadrons  of  cavalry 
advance:  —  In  the  walk,  the  sword  is 
carried  with  the  blade  resting  on  the  right 
arm  ;  in  the  trot  ar.d  gallop,  the  right 
hand  must  be  steadied  on  the  right  thigh, 
the  point  of  the  sword  rather  inclining 
forward ;  and  in  the  charge,  the  hand  is 


SYS 


TAB 


671 


lifted,  and  the  sword  is  carried  rather  for- 
ward,  and  crossways  in  front  of  the  head, 
•with  the  edge  outwards.  See  Am.  Mil, 
Lib. 

SWORDSMAN,  (Hcmme  d'eple,  Fr.) 
This  word  was  formerly  used  to  signify  a 
soldier,  a  fighting  man.  But  at  present 
it  generally  means  a  person  versed  in  the 
art  of  fencing.  Hence  a  good  swordsman. 
The  French  use  the  terms  Bretteur  and 
Bretailleur.  The  former  is  more  imme- 
diately applicable  to  a  man  who  wears  a 
sword  and  piques  himself  upon  the  exer- 
cise of  it:  the  latter  means  a  person  who 
frequents  fencing  schools,  and  often  exer- 
cises himself  in  that  art. 

SWORDED.     Girt  with  a  sword. 

S\voR.D-p/ayer.  A  gladiator ;  one  who 
fences  publicly. 

SWORD. belt.  A  belt  made  of  leather, 
which  hangs  over  the  right  shoulder  of  an 
officer,  by  which  his  sword  is  suspended 
on  the  left  side. 

SwoKi>-&drer,  (Porte  fpee,  Fr.)  One 
v/ ho  wears  a  sword.  It  also  signifies  a 
public  officer. 

SvfORO-cuf/er,  (Four&isseur,  Fr.)  One 
who  makes  swords. 

SwORD-£/zcf,  (Nc£itd  it'efiee,  Fr.)  A 
ribband  tied  to  the  hilt  of  a  sword.  All 
bfficers  should  wear  sword- knots  of  a  pe- 
culiar color  and  make.  They  are  made  of 
blue  silk  and  gold  or  silver. 

SYCOPHANT.  A  dirty,  mean,  grov- 
eling creature  that  sometimes  finds  itr. 
tvay  intothearmy,  and  gets  to  the  ear  of 
a  superior  officer,  for  the  purpose  of  un- 
dermining the  good  opinion  which  honest 
valor  and  open  manhood  may  have  ob- 
tained. 

SYEF,  lad.     A  long  sword. 

SYEF-z;/  Mnlkt  Ind.  The  sword  of 
the  kingdom. 

SYMBO  L.  In  a  military  sense,  badge. 
Every  regiment  in  the  British  service  has 
its  peculiar  badge. 

SYMBO LE,  Fr.  The  French  make 
use  of  this  word  in  the  same  sense  that 
they  apply  Enseigne.  Symbole  means 
with  them,  in  a  military  sense,  what 
badge  does  with  us. 

SYMMETRY,  (Symmetric  Fr.)  A 
word  derived  from  the  Greek.  True 
symmetry  consists  in  a  due  proportion,  or 
in  the  relation  of  equality  in  the  height, 
length,  and  breadth  of  the  parts,  which 
are  required  to  make  a  beautiful  whole,  or 
in  an  uniformity  of  the  parts  with  respect 
to  the  whole. 

SYRTESorr^/rtwflMwMw,  Fr.  Quick- 
sands. 

SYSTEM,  (Systeme,  Fr.)  A  scheme 
which  reduces  many  things  to  regular  de- 
pendence or  co-operation.  This  woid  is 
frequently  applied  to  some  particular 
mode  of  drilling  and  exercising  men  to  fit 
them  for  manoeuvres  and  evolutions. 
Hence  the  Prussian  system,  the  Austrian 
system,  ibeneiu  or  mathematical  system t  &c. 

'  Military  SYSTEM.     S pecific  ruks  and 


regulations  for  the  government  of  an  army 
in  the  field,  or  in  quarters,  &c. 

SYSTEMS,  (fystoites,  Fr.)  In  forti- 
fication, a  particular  arrangement  or  dis- 
position of  the  different  parts  which  com- 
pose the  circumference  of  a  town  or  forti- 
fied place,  according  to  the  original  idea  or 
invention  of  an  engineer.  The  systems 
best  known  under  this  head,  and  most 
followed,  are  those  of  Vauban,  Cohorn, 
De  Vi lie,  Pagan,  &c.  See  FORTIFICA- 
TION. 


T.  The  form  of  a  subterraneous 
arrangement  in  mining;  so  called  from 
its  resemblance  to  that  letter. 

TABAC,  Fr.  Tobacco.  During  the 
monarchy  of  France  there  was  a  specific 
allowance  made  of  tobacco  to  the  cavalry 
and  infaniry,  when  they  were  in  camp, 
quarters,  or  garrison.  They  were  like- 
wise supplied  by  the  captains  of  troops  or 
companies,  with  a  certain  quantity  whilst 
on  the  march  from  one  provinceor  quarter 
to  another. 


. 

TABLE,  in  military  affairs,  a  kind 
of  register  to  set  down  the  dimensions  of 
carriages  for  guns,  mortars,  &c.  also 
for  the  practice  of  artillery,  charges  of 
mines,  £c. 

TABLE  des  officlers  generaux  et  prlttci- 
pauxt  Fr.  Mess  or  table  as  directed  to  be 
kept  for  the  general  and  other  superior  of- 
ficers of  the  old  French  army. 

The  only  military  table  which  is  regu- 
lated in  Great  Britain,  is  at  the  Horse 
Guards  ;  and  that  is  charged  to  the  ex- 
traordinaries  of  the  army.  Good  order 
and  discipline  are  intimately  connected 
with  a  system  of  messing.  This  truth 
holds  good  with  respect  to  the  soldier, 
and  a  regulation  is  the  consequence  of  its 
propriety.  With  regard  to  the  officers  it 
is  well  known,  that  in  corps  where  they 
do  not  mess,  perpetual  bickerings  among 
themselves,  and  occasional  obstacles  to  the 
service,  occur. 

The  French  regulation  took  place  on  the 
ist  of  April  1705,  and  was  again  renewed, 
with  additional  clauses,  on  the  20th  of 
January  1741,  on  the  ist  of  December 
1746,  on  the  i;th  of  February  1753,  and 
on  the  9th  of  March  1757.  The  curious 
are  referred  to  a  Frrtich  publication,  inti- 
tled  Elemcns  Miiitaires. 

Before  the  abolition  of  the  French 
monarchy,  it  was  usual  for  officers  be- 
longing to  the  line  in  that  service,  to  mess 
together  according  to  their  several  ranks  ; 
the  colonel  excepted,  who  had  a  private 
table  to  which  he  occasionally  invited  the 
officers  of  the  corps.  A  regular  roster  was 
kept  for  this  purpose.  The  lieutenant- 
colonel  and  major  uniformly  messed  with 


672 


TAB 


T  A  C 


the  captains  ;  the  different  tables  werege 
nerally  composed  of  eight  or  ten  officers 
of  the  same  rank.  The  lie«tenants,dinetl 
together ;  so  did  the  sub-  lieutenants ;  each 
paying  towards  the  mess  in  proportion  to 
the  receipt  of  daily  subsistence. 

TABLE  de  capitaine de  -vaisseau^  Fr.  A 
mess  or  table  which  was  regularly  provi- 
ded at  the  public  expence,  for  the  superior 
officers  who  served  on  board. 

TABLE  d'hote,  Fr.     An  ordinary. 

Tenir  TABLE  ouvertc,  Fr.  To  keep 
open  house. 

TABLE  en  sar/Ie,  Fr.  In  architecture, 
a  table  which  juts  out  of  the  facing  of  a 
wall,  or  of  a  pedestal. 

TABLE  fouillee,  Fr.  That  which  in- 
stead of  being  saliant  is  indented:  it  is 
commonly  adorned  with  a  border. 

TABLE d'attente,  Fr.  See  RUSTICATED 
TABLE. 

Crowned  TABLE.  In  architecture,  one 
which  is  covered  with  a  cornice,  and  in 
which  is  cut  a  basso  relievo;  or  a  piece 
of  black  marble  incrustated  for  an  in- 
scription. 

Raxed  TABLE.  In  architecture,  an 
embossment  in  a  frontispiece  for  the  put- 
ting an  inscription,  or  other  ornament  in 
sculpture. 

Rusticated  TABLE.  In  architecture, 
one  which  is  picked,  whose  surface  ap- 
pears rough,  as  in  grottoes. 

TABLE.  In  literature,  an  index,  a 
repertory,  at  the  beginning  or  end  of  a 
book  to  direct  the  reader  to  any  passage 
in  it. 

The  Round  TABLE.  A  table  to  dis- 
tingijish  military  merit,  which -was  first 
invented  by  king  Arthur,  who  succeeded 
his  father  Uther  Pendragon,  king  of  the 
Britons,  who  was  brother  to  Aurelius 
Ambrosius,  and  third  son  of  Constantine. 
Arthur, was  the  nth  king  of  England, 
from  the  departure  of  the  Romans,  and 
was  crowned  about  the  year  5 16. 

Having  expelled  the  Saxons  out  of 
England,  conquered  Norway,  Scotland, 
and  the  greatest  part  of  France,  (where  at 
Paris  he  was  crowned)  this  monarch  re- 
turned to  his  native  country,  and  lived  in 
so  great  renown,  that  many  princes  and 
knights  came  from  all  parts  to  his  court,  to 
give  proof  of  their  valor  in  the  exercise 
of  arms.  Upon  this  he  erected  a  fraternity 
of  knights,  which  consisted  of  twenty, 
four,  of  whom  he  was  the  chief  5  and  for 
the  avoiding  controversies  about  prece- 
dency, he  caused  a  round  table  to  be  made, 
from  •  whence  they  were  denominated 
Knights  of  the  Round  Table.  This  table, 
according  to  tradition,  hangs  up  in  the 
castle  at  Winchester,  where  they  used  to 
meet  at  Whitsuntide. 

TABLE  demarbre,  Fr.  A  marble  table. 
During  the  monarchy  of  France,  there 
were  two  courts  of  jurisdictions,  which 
were  called  Tables  de  Mar  bye  ^  or  marble 
tables;  one  was  that  of  the  constable,  and 
the  Marechaussee  or  police  of  France; 
and  the  other  that  which  gave  directions 


1  for  the  general  clearing  of  the  forests,  and 
!  the  purifying  of  stagnant  waters.  They 
are  so  called  from  the  meeting  being  held 
round  a  large  marble  table. 

TABLEAU,  Fr.  A  description,  a 
catalogue.  It  likewise  signifies  a  chim- 
ney-piece. 

TABLETTE,  Fr.  A  flat  thin  stone, 
which  is  used  to  cover  the  outside  of  a 
wall  belonging  to  a  terrace,  or  the  border 
of  a  bason,  &c. 

TABL1ER,  Fr.  Apron.  It  likewise 
signifies  an  outside  cover  made  for  orna- 
ment, or  to  prevent  any  thing  from  being 
damaged  by  the  weather.  In  the  old 
French  army  the  kettle  drums  had  two  of 
these  aprons  or  covers;  one  made  of  da- 
mask or  sattin,  on  which  were  embroi- 
dered the  arms  of  the  king,  or  of  the  ge- 
neral to  whom  they  belonged,  and  the 
other  of  black  leather. 

TABLIER  de  font  levit,  Fr.  Thatpart 
of  a  draw-bridge,  which  is  raised  for  the 
purpose  of  shutting  a  gate,  and  to  pievent 
access  to  it,  and  upon  which  persons  pass 
when  the  bridge  is  let  down. 

TABLOU1NS,  Fr.  A  word  used  in 
the  artillery.  The  thick  boards  or  planks 
that  constitute  the  platiorm  upon  which 
cannon  is  mounted  in  battery. 

TABOU  R,          )  A  small  drum,  beat 

TABOURET,  r  with  one  stick  toac- 

TABOURINE,  (company  a  pipe.    It 

T^BRET.  Jwas  anciently  used 
in  war. 

TAG  HE,  Fr.  properly  means  job,  or 
a  regular  rate  for  labor.  Workmen  are 
thus  hired  and  paid  -by  the  day  or  by  the 
lump. 

TACKLE.  The  weapon  or  arrow  shot 
from  a  bow,  was  so  called  by  the  ancient 
Welsh. 

TACKLES  are  more  particularly  used 
for  small  ropes  running  in  pullies,  the 
better  to  manage  all  kinds  of  ordnance. 
SeeGiN. 

TACTICS.  A  word  derived  from  the 
Greek,  signifying  order.  Tactics  consist 
of  a  knowlege  of  order,  disposition,  and 
formation,  according  to  the  exigency  of 
circumstances  in  warlike  operations. 
These  dispositions  are  severally  made,  or 
one  disposition  follows  another  by  means 
of  manoeuvres  and  evolutions.  Hence  the 
necessity  of  paying  the  greatest  attention 
:o  the  first  principles  of  military  art ;  and 
hence  the  absurdity  and  ignorance  of  some 
men,  who  would  pass  for  great  and  able 
tacticians,  without  having  grounded  them, 
selves  in  the  elements  of  their  professions. 
As  well  might  a  person  assume  the  cha- 
racter of  a  complete  arithmetician  uhder  a 
total  ignorance  of  the  first  rules. 

General  tactics  are  a  combination  or 
union  of  fiist  orders,  out  of  which  others 
*row  of  a  more  extensive  and  complicated 
lature,  to  suit  the  particular  kind  of  con- 
test or  battle  which  is  to  be  given,  or  sup- 
ported ,  Let  it  not,  however,  be  inferred 
:'rom  this,  that  evolutions  or  movements 
tnd  tactics  are  one  and  the  same.  They 


TAG 


T  AC 


673 


are,  but  there  rs  still  a  discernible  differ, 
ence  between  each  of  them 

Tactics  (or  as  the  French  say,  La  Tac- 
tlque,  tactical  art)  may  be  comprehended 
under  order  and  disposition : :  n  evolution  is 
the  movement  which  is  made  by  one 
corps  among  a  largcr  number  of  corps, 
and  eventually  leads  to  order  Manoeuvres 
consist  of  the  various  evolutions  which 
several  corps  of  a  line  pursue  to  accom- 
plish the  same  object.  The  higher 
branches  of  tactics,  or  la  grandr  tactique, 
should  be  thoroughly  understood  by  all 
general  officers ;  it  is  sufficient  for  infe- 
rior officers  and  soldiers  to  be  acquaint- 
ed with  evolutions.  Not  that  the  latter 
are  not  to  be  known  by  general  officers, 
'but  that  having  already  acquired  a  full 
knowlege  of  them,  they  ought  to  direct 
their  attention  more  immediately  to  the 
former ;  carefully  retaining  at  the  same 
time  a  clear  apprehension  of  every  species 
of  military  detail,  and  thereby  obviating 
the  many  inconveniences  and  embarrass- 
ments which  occur  from  orders  being 
awkwardly  expressed  to  the  staff,  and 
of  course  ill  understood  by  tbeinf-rior  of- 
ficer. It  may  be  laid  down  as  a  certain 
tule,  that  unless  a  general  officer  make 
himself  acquainted  with  particular  move- 
ments and  disposit  ons,  and  preserve  the 
necessary  rec-llections,  it  is  morally  im- 
possible for  him  to  be  clear  and  correct  in 
his  general  arrangements.  Of  all  me. 
chanical  operations,  founded  upon  uiven 
principles,  the  art  of  war  is  certainly  the 
most  compendious-,  the  most  enlarged, 
and  the  most  capable  of  infinite  variety. 
Almost  every  other  science  and  art  are 
comprehended  in  it ;  and  it  should  be  the 
constant  object,  the  chief  study,  and  the 
ultimate  end  of  a  general's  reflections. 
He  must  not  be  satisfied  with  a  limited 
conception  of  its  various  branches;  he 
should  go  deeply  into  all  its  parts,  b_- 
aware  of  its  manifold  changes,  and  know 
how  to  adapt  movements  and  disposi- 
tions t6  circumstances  and  places. 

It  will  be  of  little  use  to  a  general  to 
have  formed  vast  projects,  if,  when  they 
are  to  be  executed,  there  should  be  a  de- 
ficiency of  ground  :  if  the  general  move- 
ments of  the  army  should  be  embarrassed 
by  the  irregularity  of  some  particular 
corps,  by  their  overlapping  each  other, 
&c.  and  if  through  the  tardiness  of  a  ma- 
noeuvre, an  enemy  should  have  time  to 
render  his  plan  abortive  by  more  prompt 
evolutions.  A  good  general  must  be  a  ware 
of  all  these  contingencies,  by  making 
himself  thoroughly  master  of  tactics. 

The  Prussian  tactics  under  Frederic  the 
Great,  had  for  their  principal  object  to 
concent  rate  forces,  and  thereby  choose  the 
most  suitable  paints  to  attack  an  enemy, 
not  at  one  and  the  same  time,  but  one 
after  another;  the  tactics  which  have 
been  uniformly  pursued  by  the  French, 
since  the  commencement  of  their  revolu- 
tion, have  been  founded  upon  the  same 
>les  :  as  well  as  to  apply  the  me- 


thod to  several  poims,  and  to  attack  all 
points  with  divided  forces,  at  one  aiui  the 
same  time. 

TACTICS  of  Europe  The  following 
observations  'ebpecting  the  tactics  of  Eu- 
rope, uiav  b.  useful  to  tnose  who  have 
not  the  Am.  Mil.  Lib 

In  the  time  of  the  Roma;  s  th  •  Gattls 
and  other  nations  on  the  continent  fou.  ht 
in  the  phahnx  order;  it  is  this  order  which 
still  prevails  through  ai!  Eurone,  ext- pt 
that  it  has  been  till  lately  d  tick-nt  in  tne 
advantages  and  utility  wh.ch  Polybuis 
ascribes  to  it,  and  is  injured,  by  defects 
unknown  in  the  ancient  phalanx. 

In  Turenne's  days,  troops  were  ranged 
8  deep,  both  in  France  and  Germany. 
Thirty  years  after,  in  the  time  of  Puyse- 
gur,  the  ranks  were  reduced  105:  in  the 
next  Flanders  war  to  4;  and  immediately 
after  to  3,  which  continues  to  be  the  or- 
der  of  the  French  armies;  the  ranks  of 
light  troops  only  are  reduced  to  2. 

This  part  of  the  progression  from  8  to 
3  being  known,  \ve  easily  conceive  how 
the  files  of  the  phalanx  had  been  dimin- 
ished from  16  to  8  in  the  agc-s  preceding 
Turenne.  It  is  IT  be  presumed,  that  this 
d^pth  was  consider,  d  as  superfluous,  and 
it  was  judged  necessary  to  diminish  it,  in 
urder  to  extend  the  tront.  However,  the 
motive  is  of  very  little  consequence,  since 
we  are  now  reduced  10  three  ranks  ;  let  us 
sec  what  qualities  of  the  phalanx  have 
been  preserved,  and  what  might  have 
been  added  thereto. 

To  shew  that  the  defects  of  the  pha~ 
lanx  were  preferred  in  Europe,  we  suppose 
two  bodies  of  troops,  one  of  eight  thou- 
sand men,  ranged  as  a  phalanx,  sixteen 
deep  ;  theoth'i  a  egiment  of  three  batta- 
lions, consisting  only  of  fifteen  hundred 
men,  drawn  up  in  three  lines,  after  the 
same  manner  Those  two  bodies  shall  be 
perfectly  equal  and  alike  in  extent  of 
front,  and  shall  differ  in  nothing  but  in 
the  depth  of  their  files:  the  inconveni- 
ences and  defects,  therefore,  occasioned 
by  the  length  of  the  fronts  are  equal  in 
both  troops,  though  their  numbers  are 
very  different;  hence  it  follows,  that,  in 
Europe,  the  essential  defects  of  the  pha- 
lanx were  preserved  and  its  advantages 
lost. 

Let  the  files  of  this  body  of  eight  thou- 
sand, be  afterwards  divided,  and  ier  it  be 
reduced  to  three  in  depth,  its  front  will 
then  be  found  five  times  more  extensive, 
and  its  depth  five  times  less :  we  may, 
therefore,  conclude,  that  the  defects  of 
the  phalanx  were  evidently  multiplied  in 
the  discipline  of  Europe;  at  the  expence 
of  its  advantages,  which  consisted  in  the 
depth  of  its  fiL-s. 

The  progress  which  has  taken  place  in 
the  artillery,  has  contributed  greatly  to 
this  revolution.  As  cannon  multiplied, 
it  was  necessary  to  avoid  its  effects  ;  and 
the  method  of  avoiding,  or  at  least  of  less- 
ening them,  was  to  diminish  the  depth 
of  the  files. 


674 


TAG 


TAG 


The  musquet,  likewise,  has  a  great 
share  in  the  alteration  ;  the  half-  pike  was 
entirely  laid  aside  tor  the  bayonet ;  and  in 
order  to  have  no  fire  unemployed,  it  was 
thought  necessary  to  put  it  in  rhe  power 
of  every  soldier  to  make  use  of  his  fire- 
lock. 

Those  are,  we  think,  the  two  principal 
causes  of  the  little  solidity,  or  depth  given 
to  the  battalion. 

Thus  the  defects  of  the  phalanx  were 
multiplied  in  the  European  discipline, 
and  its  advantages  and  perfections  inju- 
diciously aiminished  The  system  of 
Prussia,  made  some  alterations,  but  with 
every  other  power  until  the  French  re- 
vived the  principles  of  the  phalanx  in 
their  columns  of  at:ack,  the  system  was 
much  inferior  to  the  phalanx,  and  had 
nothing  but  rhe  single  effect  of  fire  arms 
to  counterbalance  all  its  advart  iges.  The 
clfect,  however,  of  fire-arms  is  a  partial 
power,  and  does  not  originally  belong  to 
the  manner  of  disciplining  troops,  the 
sole  aim  of  which,  should  be  to  emoloy 
man's  natural  action.  It  is  man,  there- 
fore,  and  not  his  tire,  which  is  to  be  con- 
sidered as  the  principal  agent;  and  from 
hence  the  European  systems  before  the 
French  revolution  were  verv  much  infe- 
rior to  rhe  phalanx,  and  still  more  to  the 
Roman  arrangement,  which  so  far  sur- 
passed that  of  G  reece. 

The  light  troops  of  both  those  people 
were  much  heavier  than  modern  batta- 
lions, and  had  more  power  and  solidity 
for  a  shock  or  conflict.  However,  the 
.Roman  discipline,  notwithstanding  irs 
superiority,  is  not  calculated  for  our 
times;  because,  as  we  are  obliged  to  en- 
gage first  at  a  distance,  ours,  by  its  cannon, 
would  destroy  the  koman  order  of  battle 
in  a  very  short  time,  and  would  be.  ex- 
posed to  a  loss  much  less  considerable  it- 
self, supposing  even  the  artillery  was 
equal  on  both  sides;  we  should  then,  in 
order  to  perfect  our  arrangements,  endea- 
vor to  procure  them  all  the  advantageous 
qualities  of  the  legionary  regulations,  as 
the  only  means  of  giving  them  the  superi- 
ority. 

Many  people  are  of  opinion,  that  we 
now  imitate  the  Romans,  and  that  we  give 
battle  according  to  their  system,  because 
our  troops  are  drawn  up  in  lines,  some  of 
which  are  full,  and  others  vacant.  But 
it  is  shewn,  that  three  battalions  have 
the  same  front,  and  the  same  inconveni- 
ences that  eight  thousand  men  ranged  in 
the  phalanx  order.  Our  lines  are  formed 
by  brigades,  regiments,  or  battalions,  and 
the  distance  of  one  corps  from  the  other  is 
equal  to  the  front  of  one  of  those  corps  : 
*o  that  those  lines,  both  full  ajid  vacant, 
are  composed  of  detachments  equal  in 
front ;  each  has  a  phalanx  of  six,  eight, 
or  twelve  thousand  ni£n.  This  order  of 
battle  consequently,  can  be  no  more  at 
most  than  a  kind  of  medium  between 
Ihoseof  Greoce  and  Rome. 
TACTICS  of  Bonaparte,  It  is  well 


known  that  the  greater  part  of  the  victo. 
rories  of  Bona.-arte  may  beiniputedto  the 
admirable  system  adopted  by  this  general ; 
a  system  which,  however  often  repeated, 
has  still  been  attended  with  the  same  suc- 
cess— a  system,  to  vhich  the  established 
tactics  have  as  yet  applied  no  remedy,  or 
rather,  to  which  the  c^nrirnifd  habits  of 
men,  educated  ;n  the  aricii-nt  system,  are 
as  unwilling  as  unable  to  Accommodate 
themselves. 

The  oiinor  discipline  Is  his  gneat  secret; 
the  simple  methods  of  the  first  drills,  are 
merely  facings  and  wheelings  in  a  discre- 
tiona  y  order,  ill  his  uiles,  are  like  general 
principles,  the  results  of  which  may  be 
produced  by  a  different  process  of  the 
same  elements.  All  his  movements  are 
at  rapid  time;  and  the  rotation  of  evolu- 
tions, though  laid  down  in  regulation,  is 
not  pursued  in  practice,  the  soldier  b 
taught  not  so  much  how  to  execute  a  set 
of  movements,  as  how  to  perform  any 
that  the  variety  of  ground  and  the  inci- 
dents oi  action,  never  twicealike,  call  for. 
These  aie  the  elementary  rules,  on  which 
the  system  is  founded. 

His  system  of  action  is  comprehended 
in  the  foil  wing  principles: 

i st.  To  select  some  partial  point  of  at- 
tack, most  frequently  the  enemy's  cen- 
tre, but  occasionally  one  or  other  of  the 
wings — and  then,  strengthening  that  pare 
of  his  own  army  which  is  opposed  to  the 
point  of  attack,  by  drafts  from  the  other 
divisions,  to  bear  down  upon  the  point  of 
attack,  with  the  advantage  of  numbers, 
and  consequently  of  greater  physical  force. 

ad.  To  counte.act  the  effect  of  the 
weakness  of  the  other  divisions,  by  as- 
signing them  a  defensive  pait  only  ;  a  pur- 
pose which  evidently  requires  a  less  pow- 
er than  is  necessary  to  attack. 

2.  By  some  ad  vantage  of  position.  This 
is  either  natural,  as  a  strong  position  pro- 
perly so  called,  or  relative,  as  where  the 
weaker  divisions  are  so  placed  as  either  to 
be  protected  by  the  stronger,  or,  in  case 
of  dispeision,  to  be  enabled  to  fall  in  with 
the  main  body. 

3d.  The  necessary,  the  inevitable  ef- 
fects of  this  system  are — 

That  the  part  of  the  enemy,  which  is  the 
point  ot  attack,  is  almost  invariably  bro- 
ken, driven  back,  in  a  word,  defeated. 

That,  in  the  mean  time,  the  weaker 
divisions  of  rhe  army  which  attack,  ac- 
cording to  this  system,  are  either  enabled 
to  maintain  their  ground,  against  the 
strongest  wings  of  the  enemy,  or  they  are 
repulsed. 

That,  if  the  divisions  maintain  the 
ground,  the  defeat  of  their  enemy  is  cer- 
tain, complete,  andirrecoveraDle. 

The  main  body  of  the  attacking  army, 
having  driven  befo  e  it  the  point  of  attack, 
has  now  become  the  rear  of  those  other 
divisions  of  the  enemy  which  are  contend- 
ing with  its  own  divisions.  The  divisions 
of  the  enemy  are  tnus  between  two  bodies. 
The  divisions  they  are  in  the  *ct  of  at- 


T  A  C 


T  AC 


6T5 


tacking,  and  the  victorious  main  body, 
which,  having  accomplished  itsown  part, 
-is  hastening  to  the  relief  of' its  divisions. 
Tiiat.  on  the  other  hand,  if  the  weak. 
er  div;sions  of  the  attacking  army,  (at- 
tacking accordit!?;  to  tiie  system)  should 
happen  to  b.-d  spersed ;  confident  of  their 
final  victory,  they  exert  tnemselvs  like 
conquerors,  with  the  spmt  of  hope,  and 
courage  of  assured  Victory.  They  dispute 
rhe  ground,  retreat  inch' by  inch,  and,  if 
they  cannot  prcvtnt,  st:li  pr. 'tract  their 
defeat,  till  t  HP  victorious  ma>n  body  shall 
come  to  tiK'iraid. 

Finally,  and  indeed,  most  materially, 
though  fh  '  weaker  divisions  of  the  at- 
tacking army  should  be  ab>olute'y  de- 
lea'cd,  thr-  VKTOT'OUS  main  body  cannot 
but  necessarily  recover  every  thing.  The 
diwons  of  fliL  euem;  ,  which  have  suc- 
ceerLv  in  d-.-t  eating  the  divisions  of  the 
attac  ku.g  a>  my,  must  be  equally  vlispersed 
by  pursuit,  as  the  defeated  divisions  by 
defeat.  It  is,  indeed,  an  essential  part  of 
thi:>  system,  to  contrive  that  they  should 
so  be  dispersed,  by  the  scattered  flight  of 
the  divisions  defeated.  By  this  means  the 
victorious  main  body,  formed  by  the  ex- 
actest  disci  >line  to  keep  their  ranks,  re- 
turning from  their  pursuit  at  the  word  of 
command,  and  in  the  very  moment  of  op- 
port  unity  have  an  easy  conquest  over  scat- 
tered divisions,  which  are  thus  likewise 
under  the  circumstance  of  being  placed 
between  two  fires. 

Such  is  the  celebrated  system.  Three 
singular  inferences  must  be  deduced  from 
U:~ 

That,  where  an  army  attacks  according 
to  this  sys'em,  the  defeat  of  one  part  of 
the  army  of  its  enemy  is  the  defeat  of  the 
whole. 

That  the  defeat  of  the  smaller  divisions 
by  the  defending  army,  is  no  defeat  at  all ; 
the  defeat,  or  at  least,  repulse  of  these 
divisions,  being  one  of  the  means  of  the 
victory  of  the  attacfcing  army. 

That  it  is  the  event  of  the  main  attack, 
and  not  the  repulse  or  even  defeat  of  the 
subordinate  and  merely  defensive  divisions 
that  should  decide  the  victory. 

Maritime  TACTICS,  or  manoeuvres,  &?f . 
at  sej.  Like  those  practised  on  land  may 
be  considered  under  two  heads.  The 
lirst  contains  what  the  French  term  hhto- 
rique  or  detail,  in  which  are  included  the 
orders  and  signals  directed  to  be  observed 
by  fleets  going  into  action  ;  together  with 
a  specific  account  of  the  different  manoeu- 
vres which  have  been  executed  in  the 
principal  engagements.  The  second 
comprehends  a  kno^iegeof  the  rates  of 
ships,  and  of  the  method  of  constructing 
them. 

The  vessels  of  the  ancients  made  their 
way  by  iruans  of  sails  and  oars.  The 
rows  of  oars  were  proportioned  to  the  dif- 
ferent sizes,  from  what  was  called  units- 
raws,  which  was  the  smallest,  and  had 
onlj/  one  row  ;  to  \&tqvin$tK-*amit  which 
had  five  rows. 


The  particular  method  in  which  these 
ships  were  constructed,  as  well  as  of  the 
arrangements  that  were  made  within,  in 
order  that  a  sufficient  number  of  rowers 
might  be  commodious! y  placed  to  work 
them,  is  not  perfectly  known  to  the  mo- 
derns; nor  have  the  ancients  left  us  do- 
duments  sufficiently  clear  and  accurate  on 
that  head. 

With  respect  to  naval  tactics,  ortheart 
of  fighting  at  sea,  it  is  confessedly  less 
ancient  than  tactics  on  shore,  or  what  is 
generally  called  land  service.  Mankind 
were  accustomed  to  contend  for  the  pos- 
session of  territory  long  belorc  they  deter- 
mined on,  or  even  dre  med  of,  making 
the  sea  a  theatre  of  war  and  bloodshed. 

Setting  aside  the  many  fabulous  ac- 
counts which  are  extant  concerning  na- 
val tact  cs,  ue  shall  remain  satisfied  with 
vhat  has  been  transmitted  to  us  by  tire 
Roman  writers  of  the  Vth  and  Vlth  cen- 
turies of  that  republic.  We  shall  there 
find  specific  details  of  the  diiterent  ma- 
noeuvres which  were  practised  at  sea  dur- 
ing the  Punic  war.  In  those  times  naval 
armaments  began  to  be  regularly  fitted 
out;  ships  of  different  forms  and  sizes 
were  constructed,  and  certain  offensive 
and  defensive  machines,  that  served  as  a 
species  of  artillery,  were  placed  upon 
them.  They  had  already  been  drawn 
out  according  to  system ;  being  divided 
into  certain  proportions  which  were  then 
called  divisions,  but  are  now  named  squa- 
drons ;  and  the  persons  who  commanded 
them,  exerted  all  their  skill  and  genius 
to  gain  advantages  over  their  enemies,  by 
opportunely  getting  to  windward,  by 
seizing  the  favorable  occurrence  of  the 
tide,  or  by  mooring  in  advantageous  situ- 
ations. 

At  the  battle  of  Actium,  Augustus 
finding  himself  interior  to  Mark  Antony 
in  the  number  of  his  ships,  had  the  saga- 
city to  draw  up  his  line  of  battle  along  the 
entrance  of  thegulphof  Ambracia,  and 
thereby  to  make  up  for  his  deficiency. 
This  naval  manoeuvre,  as  well  as  that  of 
getting  to  windward  of  the  enemy,  in  or. 
der  to  bear  down  upon  him  vfith  more 
certainty  and  effect,  exists  to  the  present 
day. 

We  act  precisely  upon  the  same  prin- 
ciples in  both  cases,  by  which  the  anci- 
ents wer,e  governed,  with  the  additional 
advantage,  in  fighrng  to  windward,  pf 
covering  the  enemy's  line  with  smoke 
from  the  discharge  of  ordnance  and  fire . 
arms.  The  French  call  this  being  i'u 
possession  of  the  closest  line — Occuper  la. 
/ig»t  du  plus  fires 

In  those  times,  ships  were  boarded 
much  sooner  thari  they  are  at  present. 
Most  engagements  at  sea  are  now  deter- 
mined by  cannon  shot.  Among  the  an- 
cients, when  two  ships  endeavored  to 
board  each  other,  the  rowers  drew  in 
their  oars,  to  prevent  them  from  being 
broken  in  the  shock. 

The  manoeuvre  which  was  practised 


676 


TAG 


T  A  K 


on  this  occasion,  was  for  the  ship  that 
gor  to  wind  varci  of  its  adversary,  to  run 
upon  its  SKI  ,  with  the  prow,  which  be- 
in-.-,  armed  with  a  long  shar^  piece  ot  iron, 
m;id'v-  so  rc(  i  an  'inpressu  r.  IM  it,  th- t  the 
sli  p  thusattacked,  generally  sunk.  The 
voyages  wli.ch  were  afterwards  made  on 
the  ocean,  rendered  it  necessary  to  con- 
struct ships  that  carried  more  sail,  and 
w  r  -louble  cUcked;  and  since  the  in- 
ven' ion  of  gunpowder,  tiers  of  guns  have 
be<-n  substituted  in  the  room  of  rows  of 
oa;s. 

On  the  decline  and  fall  of  the  Roman 
empire,  the  Saracens  got  the  ascendancy 
In  n.ival  tai  tics.  They  took  advantage  of 
this  superiority,  and  extended  their  con- 
qu  s-s  on  all  sides.  The  wholeextent  of 
coast  be.onging  to  tlu-  Mediterranean,  to- 
gether with  the  adjacent  islands,  fell  un- 
der their  dominion  Mankind  are  in- 
debted to  them  for  considerable  improve- 
ments in  naval  tactics. 

It  wa&  only  under  Charlemagne  that  the 
Europeans  may  be  said  to  have  iirst  paid 
any  great  attcnti*  n  to  their  navy.  That 
monarch'  kept  up  a  regular  intercourse 
with  the  caliphs  of  the  East ;  and  having 
just  grounds  to  apprehend  an  invasion 
from  the  Normans,  he  constructed  vessels 
for  the  defence  of  his  coasts. 

During  the  reign  of  the  first  French 
kings,  belonging  to  the  third  race,  naval 
tactics  were  tittle  attended  to,  on  ac- 
count 01  the  small  extent  of  maritime 
coast  which  France  possessed  at  that  pe 
riod.  It  was  only  in  the  days  of  Louis 
the  Younger,  aiid  of  Louis,  burnamed 
the  Saint,  that  we  discover  any  traces  of 
a  considerable  fleet ;  especially  during  the 
crusades. 

Under  Charles  the  Vth,  and  his  suc- 
cessoi  Charles  the  Vlth,  the  French  got 
possession  of  several  sea- ports,  and  had 
command  of  a  long  line  of  coast.  Yet 
neither  they  nor  the  English,  with  whom 
thi-y  were  frequently  at  war,  had  at  that 
period  any  thing  like  the  fleets  which  are 
fitted  out  now. 

The  discovery  of  America  by  Colum- 
bus, and  the  more  lucrative  possession  of 
the  Easi  Indies,  induced  the  principal 
states  of  Europe  to  encrease  their  naval 
establishments,  for  the  purpose  of  settling 
colonies,  anJ  of  bringing  home,  without 
the  danger  of  molestation,  or  piracy,  the 
wealth  and  produce  ot  the  Eastern  and 
Western  worlds. 

The  French  marine  was  far  from  being 
contemptible  under  Francis  the  first;  but 
it  grew  into  considerable  reputation  du- 
ring the  administration  of  cardinal  R-che- 
lieu,  in  the  reign  ot  Louis  the  XUIth; 
and  continued  so  until  the  battle  of  La 
Hogue.  Fn>m  that  epoch  it  be^an  to  de 
dine  ;  while  t;ic  English,  on  the  other 
hand,  not  only  kept  "up  the  reputation 
they  had  acquired  under  Cromwell  and  hib 
predecessors,  but  rendeied  themselves  so 
thoroughly  skilled  in  naval  tactics,  that 
they  have  remained  masters  of  the  sea  to 


this  day.  In  corroboration  of  what  we 
h.;ve  advanced,  we  refer  our  readers  to  a 
history  of  the  Sovereignty  of  the  Ocean, 
bv  the  American  ed  tor  of  this  work. 

IACTIQUE  Maritime,  tr.  Naval 
tactics,  or  sea  manoeuvres,  &e.  See  N  A.- 
VAL  TACTICS. 

T  A  G  B  E  E  R  E ,  Ind.     Dismission. 

TAIGAU,  Ind.    'A  sabre. 

TA I  L  of  the  trenches.  The  post  where 
the  bes  egers  begin  to  break  ground,  and 
cover  themselves  from  the  tire  of  the 
place,  in  advancing  the  lines  of  approach. 

TAILLE  du  soldat,  Fr.  The  size, 
height,  and  stature  most  proper  for  a 
soldLr. 

T  AI 1.  L  E  R ,  Fr.  To  cut.  Talller  en 
pieces^  to  cut  to  pieces. 

T  A 1 L  L  O I R ,  Fr.  Trencher.  1 1  like, 
wise  signifies  in  architecture  a  square 
piece  of  stone,  cr  wood  which  is  placed 
above  the  capital. 

To  TAKE.  This  verb,  as  Dr.  John- 
son observes,  like  -prendre  in  French,  is 
used  with  endless  multiplicity  of  rela- 
tions. Its  uses  are  so  numerous,  that 
they  cannot  easily  be  exemplified;  and 
its  references  to  the  words  governed  by 
it  so  general  and  lax,  that  they  can 
hardly  be  explained  by  any  succedaneous 
terms.  But  commonly  that  is  hardest  to 
explain  which  kast  wants  explanation. 
We  shall  content  ourselves  with  giving 
a  few  general  terms,  in  which  the  verb 
take  is  used  with  respect  to  military 
matters. 

To  TAKE,     To  make  prisoner. 

To  TAKE  advantage  of.  To  avail 
oneself  of  any  peculiar  event  or  opening, 
whereby  an  enemy  may  be  overcome, 
viz. — He  took  advantage  of  the  de. 
baucheries  which  were  daily  commit- 
ted in  the  enemy's  camp,  to  surprise  the 
army. 

To  TAKE  ground  to  the  right  or  left. 
To  extend  a  line  towards  either  of  those 
directions. 

To  TAKE  up  quarters.  To  occupy  lo- 
cally ;  to  go  into  cantonments,  barracks, 
&c.  To  become  stationary  for  more  or 
less  time. 

To  T  A  K  E  up  the  gauntlet.  The  correla- 
tive  to  throw  down  the  gauntlet.  To 
accept  a  challenge. 

Ts  TAKE  up  arms.  To  embody  and 
troop  together  for  offensive  or  defensive 
purposes.  We  likewise  say,  to  take 
arms. 

To  TAK  E  down.  To  minute ;  to  com- 
mit to  paper  what  is  spoken  or  given 
orally.  Hence  to  take  down  his  words. 

To  TAKE  the  feld.  To  encamp.  It 
likewise  means  generally  to  move  with 
troops  in  military  ord^r. 

To  TAKE  in.  A  low  phrase,  signi- 
fying to  cheat,  to  gull.  Officers,  es- 
pecially the  junior  classes,  are  frequent- 
ly taken  in. 

To  TAKE  oath.     To  swear. 

To  TAKE  up.  To  seize;  to  catch;  to 
arrest ;  as  to  take  up  a  deserter. 


T  AL 


T  A  M 


To  TAKE  on.     An  expression  in  familar  ! 
use  among  soldiers  that  have  enlisted  for 
a  limited  period,  to  signify  an  extension  of 
service  by  taking  a  fresh  bounty. 

To  TAKE.  To  adopt  any  '  particular 
formation  : 

Rear  tanks  take  open  order  )      Words  of 
Rear  ranks  take  close  order\    command 
which  are  used  in  the  discipline  of  troops. 
For  the  manner  in  which  they  are  execu- 
ted see  ORDER. 

To  TAKE  cognizance.  To  investigate 
with  judicial  authority. 

TALC,  (Talc,  Fr.)  In  natural  histo- 
ry, a  shining,  squamous,  fissile  species  of 
stone,  easily  separable  into  thin  lamina  or 
scales,  improperly  called  Isinglass 

There  are  two  kinds  of  talc,  viz.  the 
•white  talc  ol  Venice,  and  the  red  talc  of 
Muscovy. 

TALE.  Information;  disclosure  of 
any  thing  secret. 

TALE,  Ind.  An  Indian  coin  equal  to 
six  shillings  and  eight  pence. 

TALEBEARER.  One  who  gives 
officious  or  malignant  intelligence.  With 
respect  to  the  interior  economy  of  military 
life,  a  talebearer  is  the  most  dangerous 
creature  that  could  insinuate  itself  amon^ 
honorable  men ;  and  however  acceptable 
domestic  information  may  sometimes  seem 
to  narrow  minds,  it  will  be  found  even  by 
those  who  countenance  the  thing,  that 
such  means  of  getting  at  the  private-  senti- 
ments of  others,  not  only  defeat  their  own 
ends,  but  ultimately  destroy  every  species 
of  regimental  harmony.  Theonly  way  to 
secure  a  corps  from  this  insidious  evil,  is 
for  commanding  officers  to  treat  those 
with  contempt,  who  would  endeavor  to 
obtain  their  countenance  by  such  base  and 
unofficer- like  conduct.  For  it  is  a  known 
axiom,  that  if  there  were  no  listeners, 
there  would  be  no  reporters. 

TALENT.  Count  Turpin,  in  his 
essay  on  the  Art  of  War,  makes  the  fol- 
lowing distinction  between  genius  and 
talent : — Talent  remains  hidden  for  want 
of  occasions  to  shew  itself;  genius  breaks 
through  all  obstacles  :  genius  is  the  con- 
t river,  talent  the  workman  in  military 
affairs.  Talent  is  properly  that  knowlege 
acquired  by  study  and  labor,  and  ability  to 
apply  it;  genius  takes,  as  by  intuition,  a 
glance  of  whatever  it  is  occupied  on,  and 
comprehends  at  once  "without  labor  the 
true  character  of  the  subject;  genius  must 
however  not  be  devoid  of  acquired  know 
lege. 

TALK.  The  Indian  tribesof  the  Uni- 
ted States,  on  public  occasions,  such  as 
treaties,  depute  persons  to  deliver  dis- 
courses to  those  with  whom  they  treat, 
and  those  discourses  are  called  TALKS  : 
they  often  abound  with  eloquence. 

To  TA  LK.  To  make  use of  the  pow- 
ers of  speech.  Officers  and  soldiers  ar 
strictly  forbidden  to  talk  under  arn;-;. 

TALLOW.  A  well  known  name  for 
the  fat  of  animals.  It  is  used  as  a  com. 


mstiblein  the  composition  of  fireworks. 
See  LABORATORY. 

TALO N,  Fr.  In  architecture,  an  or- 
namental moulding,  which  is  concave  be- 
ow  and  convex  above. 

TALON  renverse,  Fr.  An  ornamental 
Tioulding  which  is  concave  above.  This 
word  is  likewise  applied  to  many  other 
hings,  as  the  upper  part  of  a  scythe,  &c. 
he  end  of  a  pike,  &e. 

TALON  d'un  cheval^  Fr.  A  horse's 
icel,  or  the  hind  part  of  his  hoof.  Talon 
iterally  means  heel. 

TALOOK,  bid.  A  farm  under  rent  ; 
or  a  number  of  farms  or  villages  let  out  to 
one  chief. 

TALOOKDAR,  Ind.  The  head  of  a 
village  under  a  superior 

TALPATCHES,  Fr.  A  nickname 
.vhich  is  given  to  the  foot  soldiers  in 
Hungary.  It  is  derived  from  TALP, 
which, 'in  the  Hungarian  language,  sig- 
nifies sole  of  a  shoe,  and  plainly  proves, 
from  the  ridicule  attached  to  it,  that  the 
Hungarians  would  rather  serve  en  horse- 
b.'.ck  than  on  foot.  All  persons  are  strictly 
forbidden  to  call  them  by  this  name. 

TALUS,  Fr.  This  word  is  sometimes 
written  Talut.  For  its  signification  sfie 
FORTIFICATION. 

TA  LUTED,  from  taluter,  is  sloped  or 
graduated  from  a  given  height  to  a  less. 

TALUTER,  Fr.  To  give  a  'slope  tp 
any  thing  in  fortification. 

TAMBOUR,  in  fortification,  is  a  kind 
of  work  formed  of  pallisades,  or  pieces  of 
wood,  10  feet  long  and  6  inches  thick, 
planted  close  together,  and  driven  2  or  3 
feet  into  the  ground  ;  so  that  when  finish- 
ed,  it  may  have  the  appearance  of  a  square 
redoubt  cut  in  two.  Loopholes  are  made 
6  feet  from  the  ground,  and  3  feet  asunder, 
about  8  inches  long,  2  inclus  wide  with- 
in and  6  without.  Behind  is  a  scaffold  '2. 
feet  high,  for  the  soldiers  to  stand  upon. 
They  are  frequently  made  in  the  place  of 
arms  of  the  coveruway,  at  the  saliant 
angles,  in  the  gorges,  half- moons,  and 
ravelins,  Sec. 

TAMBOURS,  in  fortification,  solid  pieces 
of  earth  which  are  made  in  that  part  of  the 
covert  way  that  is  joined  to  the  parapet, 
and  lies  close  to  the  traverses,  being  only 
3  feet  distant  from  them.  They  serve  t;.. 
prevent  the  covert  way  from  being  enfila* 
dt-.d,  and  obstruct  the  enemy's  view  to- 
wards the  traverses.  When  tambours  are 
made  in  toe  covert- way,  they  answer  the 
same  purposes  that  works  en  cremaiilerz 
would. 

Tambour  likewise  means,  in  fortifica- 
tion, a  single  or  isolated  traverse,  which 
serves  to  close  up  that  part  of  the  covert- 
way  where  a  communication  might  have 
been  made  in  the  glacis  for  the  puq; 
going  to  sonic  detached  work. 

i,o  I;R  also  signifies,  both  in  French 
and  English,  a  little  box  of  timber- work 
covered  with  a  cicling,  within  side  the: 
porch  of  certain  churches,  both  10  pre- 
vent the  view  of  ntrsons  passing  by,  and 


678 


T  A  M 


TAN 


to  keep  off  the  wind,  &c.  by  means  of 
folding  doors.  In  many  instances  it  is  the 
same  as  porch. 

TAMBOUR,  />.     SecDnuM. 

Marcher  TAMBOURS  battans  et  dra-peaux 
Jlottans.  To  march  with  drums  beating 
and  colors  flying. 

TAMBOUR,  .F>.  Sec  DRUMMER.  We 
frequently  use  the  word  Drum  in  the 
same  sense  that  the  French  do,  viz.  to 
signify  drummer.  We  likewise  say  rife 
for  fifcr ;  as,  one  drum  and  one  fife  to  each 
company. 

TAMBOUR  major,  F r.     D  rum  major. 

Batteries  de  TAMBOUR,  Fr.  The  dif- 
ferent beats  of  the  drum.  The  principal 
beats  among  the  French  arc — La  generate, 
the  general  ;  L'assemblee,  the  assembly  ; 
Le  dernier i  the  last  beat  ;  Le  drapeau,  the 
troop;  Aux  champs,  to  the  field;  La 
marche,  the  march  ;  La  diane,  the  revellie  ; 
Valarme,  to  arms,  or  the  alarm ;  La 
chamade,  the  parley  ;  L'appe/,  the  roll  or 
call  ;  La  fascine  ou  brelogue,  the  work- 
man's call.  Le  ban  et  la  retrahe. 

Aux  champs,  ou  le  premier,  is  beat  when 
any  particular  corps  of  infantry  is  ordered 
to  march  ;  but  if  the  order  should  extend 
to  a  whole  army,  it  is  then  called  La  ge- 
ne'rale,  the  general.  They  do  not  make  this 
distinction  in  the  British  service,  but  omit 
the  premier  or  first  beat  when  one  regiment, 
detachment,  or  company,  marches  out  of 
a  camp  or  garrison  where  there  are  other 
troops. 

?.;•  second,  ou  I'assemblee,  is  to  give  notice 
that  the  colors  are  to  be  sent  for. 

La  marcbe  is  beat  when  troops  march 
off  their  parade. 

liattre  la  charge,  ou  battre  la  guerre.  '  To 
beat  the  charge,  or  the  point  of  war. 
This  occurs  when  troops  advance  against 
an  enemy.  This  beat  may  be  conceived 
by  repeating  in  seconds  of  time  the  sound 
~-boiii !  bom  !  bovt !  bom  !  Battre  la  retraite 
Is  to  beat  the  retreat,  to  cea.se  firing,  or  to 
•withdraw  after  the  battle.  1 1  is  likewise 
used  in  garrisons  to  warn  soldiers  to  retire 
to  their  quarters. 

Battre  la.  fricassee.  To  beat  the  long 
roll.  A  beat  which  is  practised  to  call 
soldiers  suddenly  together. 

Battre  la  diane.  To  beat  the  reveille. 
This  is  done  in  a  camp  or  garrison  at  break 
r>(  day.  When  an  army  besieges  a  town, 
the  reveille  is  confined  to  those  troops  be- 
longing to  the  infantry  that  have  mounted 
uuard,  particularly  in  the  trenches  ;  and 
it  is  then  followed  by  the  discharge-  of 
those  pieces  of  ordr.an,ce  which  had  ceased 
viring  on  account  of  the  darkness  of  the 
.night,  that  prevented  their  being  properly 
pointed  against  the  enemy's  works. 

TAMBOUH  de  basque,  Fr.     A  tabor. 
TAMBOUR  battant,  Fr.     Drums  Ueat- 

A >;/;ir  TAMKOUR  bat! ant,  cnseigKts  dc- 
,  Fr.  To  go  out  drums  beating  and 
i  olors  flying. 

TAMBOUR  in  architecture.  A  term 
•  pplicd  to  the  Corinthian  «fnd  comoosite 


capitals,  as  bearing  some  resemblance 
to  a  drum,  which  the  French  call  Tarn. 
bour. 

TAMBOUR  likewise  denotes  a  round 
course  of  stone,  several  whereof  form  the 
shaft  of  a  column  not  so  high  as  a  dia- 
meter. 

Un  TAMBOURIN,  Fr.     A  timbrel. 

TAMBOURINE.  A  drum,  some- 
what resembling  the  tabor,  but  played 
in  our  military  bands  without  either  stick 
or  pipe. 

TAMIS,  Fr.     A  sieve. 

TAMPIONS,  orPare  wooden   cylin- 

TOMPIONS,  S  ders  to  put  into  the 
mouth  or' the  guns,  howitzers,  and  mor- 
tars, in  travelling,  to  prevent  the  dust  or 
wet  from  getting  in.  They  are  fastened 
round  the  muzzle  of  the  guns,  &c.  by 
leather  collars. 

They  are  sometimes  used  to  put  into 
the  chambers  of  mortars,  over  the  powder, 
when  the  chamber  is  not  full. 

TAMPIONS,  in  sea-service  artillery,  are 
the  iron  bottoms  to  which  the  grape-shot 
are  fixed,  the  dimensions  of  which  are  a^ 
follows,  viz. 

Diameter. 

42  pounders,     6  6-ioths  inches. 
31    ditto  6 

24    ditto  5  4- laths 

18    ditto  4  9-ioths 

12    ditto  4  3-ioths 

9    ditto  £  9-ioths 

6    ditto  o  3-4ths 

4    ditto  2  9-ioths 

i£>  ditto  2  i- loth 

£    ditto  I  4-ioths 

TAMPON,  Ft.  A  wooden  peg  o; 
instrument  which  is  used  to  plug  up  car- 
tridges, petards,  &c.  A  stopper. 

TAMPONS,  Fr.  In  mason-work  are 
wooden  pegs  by  which  beams  and  boards 
for  floors  are  fastened  together. 

TAMPONS,  Fr.  Fiat  pieces  of  iron, 
copper,  or  wood,  which  ar-e  used  by  the 
French  on  board  their  men  of  war,  to  stop 
up  holes  that  are  made  by  cannon-balls 
during  a  naval  engagement. 

TAMPONS  de  canon,  Fr.  The  apron 
made  of  cork  or  lead,  which  is  put  over 
the  vent  of  any  piece  of  ordnance. 

TANGENT,{7a*gw»/e,  Fr.)  In  tri- 
gonometry, is  a  right  line  raised  per- 
pundicula/ly  on  the  extreme  of  the  dia- 
neter,  and  continued  to  a  point,  where 
t  is  cut  by  a  secant,  that  is,  by  a  line 
drawn  from  the  centre,  through  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  arch,  whereof  it  is  the 
tangent. 

TANGENT.     See  GUNNERY. 

TANCIENT  scale. — '21  of  an  inch  is  the 
angent  of  i  degree  to  every  foot  of  a  gun's 
.ength,  from  the  base  ring  to  the  swell  of 
the  muzzle  :  Therefore,  it  the  distance- 
n  feet,  between  these  two  points  be  mul- 
ipLecl  by  '2i,  the  product  will  be  the 
angent  of  i  degree  ;  from  which  the  dis- 
)art  being  subtracted,  will  give  the  length 
)f  the  tangent  scale  above  the  bas>-  ring 
'or  one  degree  of  elevation  for  that  paiti- 


TAP 


TAR 


679 


cular  gun.  If  the  scale  is  to  be  applied 
to  the  quarter  sight  of  the  gun,  of  course 
the  dispart  need  not  be  subtracted. 

Tangent  of  one  degree  to  the  following  Brl- 
tisn  ordnance. 


t-1 

|J 

M 

O 

3 

i 

CN 
p" 

s 

1 

o 

Ft.  In. 

In. 

In. 

iz  pr.  medium 

6    6 

1  "3^5 

1-475 

ispr.  light 

5  ~ 

i  '05 

I' 

6  pr.  heavy 

7  — 

i  '47 

I  "32 

6  pr.  light 
3  pr.  heavy 
10  inch  howitzer 

i- 

3  n^ 

1-05 
1-26 

•84 

I  •" 

1-08 

8  do.        — 

3     J 

•64 



5  i  -2  do.  light 

•47 

4  z-  5  do. 

I    10 

•384 

— 

Tungent  of  one  degree  to  the  following  French 

guns. 

Sie^e 

Field. 

Kind. 

Tangent 
ofi° 

Dis- 
part. 

Tangent 

Of,!0 

Dis- 
part. 

in.  li.  p. 

in  li  p 

in.  li.  p. 

in  li  p 

24  pr. 

2      1      5 

I    2   4 

— 

— 

16  — 

ii- 

— 

— 

12  — 

i  10    6 

i  — 

i     4     - 

I    3  2 

&  — 

i     8    3 

i  -  - 

I      2      £ 

12- 

*  —"" 

— 

—  -» 

I      -      i 

I    -    - 

Gin.    ^ 

>r 

hcw'r.  ^ 

~ 

~~ 

05O 

As  the  French  tangent  scales  are  mark- 
ed  oft'  in  inches  and  lines,  the  above  di- 
mensions are  given  in  the  same,  for  the 
more  ready  turning  the  French  elevations 
into  degrees,  and  thereby  comparing  their 
anges  with  the  English. 

TANK,  Ind.  A  pond  or  pool  of,  wa- 
fer. A  reservoir  to  preserve  the  water 
that  falls  in  the  rainy  season. 

TANNADAR,  Ind.  A  commander  of 
a  small  fort,  or  custom  house. 

TAP.  A  gentle  blow,  as  a  tap  of  the 
drum. 

TAPABORD,  Fr.  A  sort  of  qap  or 
slouched  hat  made  in  the  English  fashion 
which  the  French  sailors  wear.  Its  sides 
hang  over  the  shoulders,  and  shield  them 
from  rain  in  wet  weather.  It  likewise 
signifies  a  riding-cap,  a  montero. 

TAPE-rW,  l;r.  That  part  of  a  swipe 
or  swinging  gate  which  serves  to  raise  and 
let  down  a  draw-bridge. 

TAPE-™,  Fr.     A  falling  gate. 

JTwTAPINOlS,  Fr.    Slyly,  secretly. 

AV  TAPIR,  Fr.     To  lie  squat. 

TAPIS,  Fr.  This  word  literally 
means  carpet,  and  is  used  by  the  French 
ma  figurative  sense,  viz 

JbHusfrleTAtiSiFr.     To  trifle. 

Mettre  uns  affair:  sur  Is  T  A  r  i  s ,  Fr,  To 


open  any  particular  transaction,  to  move 
a  business. 

La  TAPE,  le  TAPON,  ou  TAM- 
PON, />.  The  tampion. 

TAPER  ou  TAMPONNER  un  Ca- 
non, Fr.  To  put  in  the  tampion.  De 
taper  un  Canon,  Fr.  To  take  out  the  tam- 
pion. 

TAPPEE,  Ind.  The  post  letter  car- 
rier on  the  coast  of  Coromandel.  An  ex- 
press. 

TAPROBANE,  Ind.  The  ancient 
name  for  the  island  of  Ceylon.  It  is  de- 
rived from  tapoo  an  island,  and  bany,  a 
ferry. 

TAP-TOO.     )    c     ~ 

TAT- TOO.     $    See  DRUM. 

TAR.  A  kind  of  liquid  pitch  used-'in 
the  composition  of  some  sorts  erf  lire- 
works, 

TAR  and  FEATHERS.  A  method  of 
punishment  invented  in  the  American  re- 
volution, which  consisted  in  pouring  a 
bucket  of  tar  over  the  head  of  the  culprit, 
and  loosing  a  bag  of  feathers  over  it.  Sec 
the  poem  ofWFinga/. 

TARANTHE,  Fr.  A  thick  iron  peg 
which  is.  used  to  turn  the  screw  in  a  press. 

TARAU,  Fr.  An  instrument  which  i.s 
used  in  making  the  nut  of  a  screw.  It  is 
around  piece  of  steel  with  a  spiral  shape. 

TARAUDER,  Fr.  To  make  a  hole 
like  that  which  is  effected  by  the  opera- 
tion of  t lie  Tarau. 

TARE,  Fr.  A  word  adopted  by  the 
French  from  the  English  term  Tar. 

TAREAU,  Fr.     A  screw-tap. 

TARGE,  Fr.  See  TARGET.  It  is  ge- 
nerally pronounced  Targue,  from  whence 
is  derived  the  figurative  expression  6V 
largutr,  to  plume  one's-self,  cr  to  be 
self-sufficient.  Lc  poltrcn  sf  turgue  da 
courage  de  son  pvre — The  coward  plumes 
himself  upon  the  courage  which  his  father 
possessed. 

TARGET,  a  sort  of  shield,  being- 
originally  made  of  leather,  wrought  out 
of  the  back  of  an  ox's  hide. 

TARGET,  is  also  a  mark  for  the  artil- 
lery, &c.  to  fire  at  in  their  practice. 

TARIERE,  Fr.  Auger,  wimble, 
gimlet,  t  he  French  make  a  distinction 
with  respect  to  the  gender  of  this  word. 
When  they  express  a  large  sized  «uger  oi 
wimble,  they  say,  Un  gros  Tariere,  ma- 
king it  masculine,  and  when  they  mean  a 
small  sized  one,  they  say,  Utic  fetiie  ta- 
riere,  making  it  feminine, 

TARIERE,  Fr.  Likewise  signifies  a 
miner's  tool  with  which  he  bores  into  the 
earth.  It  is  used  to  force  a  lighted  match 
into  the  chamber  of  a  countermine,  and  to 
make  it  explode. 

TARPAULINGS,  are  made  of  strong 
canvas,  thoroughly  tarred  and  cut  into 
different  sizes,  according  to  their  several 
uses  in  the  rield ;  such  as  to  cover  the 
powder- waggons  and  tumbrels  (carrying 
ammunition)  from  rain:  each  field-piece 
has  likewise  one  to  secure  the  ammuni- 
tion, boxes. 


680 


T  A  U 


TEL 


To  be  TARRED.  A  cant  word  used 
among  soldiers  to  signify  the  punish- 
ment which  privates  undergo  among 
themselves,  when  they  have  been  tried; 
and  sentenced  by  their  own  comrades. 

TARTAR  ES,  Fr.  A  word  used  in  •:. 
the  French  army  to  distinguish  officers'  j 
servants  and  batmen  from  the  soldiers  j 
that  serve  in  the  ranks.  Tartare  likewise 
means  a  groom. 

TARTARS,  (Tartarct,  Fr.)  Asiatics, 
whose  principal  arms  are  rhe  bow  and  ar- 
row, and.sabre  or  pike.  Some  few  have 
firelocks  and  pistols. 

Ciihnuc  TARTARS.      A    free   people  j 
inhabiting  the  borders  of  the  Caspian  Sea, ! 
and  the  banks  of  the  river  Wolga.     They  ' 
are  under  the   immediate    protection  of 
Russia,  and  in  consideration  of  the  secu- 
rity they  enjoy,  they  are  obliged  to  serve 
when  called  upon.     They  consist  of  wan- 
dering hordes,  live  in  tents,  and  are  arm- 
cd  with   bows  and  arrows.      Some  have 
ride  guns",  with  one  or  two  pistols.     But 
they  are  extremely  cruel,  and  worse  dis- 
ciplined than  the  Cossacks. 

TARTES,  Fr.     Bogs. 

TAS,  Fr.  Aheap.  When  the  works 
of  a  fortification  are  lined  with  turf  and  j 
fascines,  Sec.  small  beds  of  earth  are  pre- 
viously prepared  and  laid  one  over  an- 
ot her,  till  the  necessary  thickness  is  ob- 
tained; when  completed  it  is  called  Tas 
de  gazon  ou  de  placage.  A  heap  of  turf 
or  a  placate,  which  see.  Tas  is  likewise 
uswl  in  a  sense  ot  contempt  to  signify  a 
croud—  Un  tas  de  faineant.  A  heap  or 
croud  of  parasites. 

Un  TAS  de  mensonges.     A  heap  of  lies. 

TASA,  Ind.  A  kind  of  drum,  formed 
from  a  semisphere  of  copper,  hollowed 
out  and  covered  with  goat  skin.  It  is 
hung  before  from  the  shoulders,  and  beat 
with  two  rattans. 

TAS  de  charge^  Fr.  Anarch  made  in  a 
particular  nr.nner  It  is  generally  found 
in  Gothic  buildings. 

TASSEAU,  Fr.  A  small  anvil.  It 
likewise  signifies  a  bracket. 

TASSES.  Armor  for  the  thighs,  so 
called. 

TASSETTE,  Fr.     A  tass  in  armor. 

TATTEE,  Ind.  A  bamboo  frame ; 
which  encloses  an  herb  called  jawassea 
or  kuskus.  Frames  of  this  sort  are  made 
to  put  to  the  different  openings  of  a  room  ; 
they  a:e  shaped  like  a  sash,  and  one  being 
laid  on  a  floor  and  covered  with  the  kuskus 
grass,  the  other  is  laid  upon  it,  and  the  two 
are  tied  together  at  the  angles,  which  cor- 
respond with  the  panes;  by  throwing 
water  against  them,  the  hottest  wind  in 
passing  through  becomes  cool,  and  the 
air  is  made  fragrant  by  the  kuskus. 

TAUGOUR,^r.  A  small  lever  which 
is  used  for  various  purposes. 

T  A  UP  INS,  tratics-Taupins,  Fr.  A 
name  which  was  formerly  given  to  a  body 
of  free-archers,  or  Francs  archers,  in 
France.  This  body  consisting  chiefly  of 
countrymen  and  rustics,  they  \vere  pro- 


bably so  called  from  taupe ,  a  mole;  of 
which  there  are  great  quantities  in  the 
fields.  Taupin  likewise  signifies  swar- 
thy. 

TAX.  A  tribute  or  duty  rated  on  lam!, 
&c. 

TE,  Fr.  A  term  used  among  miners 
lo  express  a  figure  which  :;reatly  resem- 
bles the  letter  T,  ar.d  which  consists  of 
a  certain  arrangement  a':d  disposition  of 
the  furnaces,  chambers,  or  lodgments 
thatar  •  made  under  any  particular  part  of 
a  fortification,  in  order  to  blow  it  up. 
The  Te  has  four  lodgments  ;  the  double 
Te  has  eight ;  and  the  triple  Te  has 
twelve. 

TECHNICAL,  ( Technique,  F  r . )  All 
terms,  or  words  which  have  been  invented 
for  the  purpose  of  expressing  particular 
arts,  are  called  technical. 

Mats  TECHNIQUES,  Fr.  Technical 
words. 

TE  DEUM.  As  far  as  it  concerns 
military  matters,  is  a  religious  hyrnn  sting 
in  thansgiving  for  any  victory  obtained. 

TEEP,  Ind.  A  contract  or  note  of 
hand. 

TEFTERDAR  Effect.  The  com- 
missary general  is  so  called  among  the 
Turks. 

TEINT,  Teinte,  Fr.  In  painting,  an 
artificial  or  compound  color,  or  the  se- 
veral colors  which  are  used  in  a  picture, 
considered  as  more  or  less,  high  or  bright, 
or  deep  or  thin,  or  weakened,  &c.  ;  to 
give  the  proper  relievo,  or  softness,  or 
distance,  £c.  of  several  objects. 

TEINT,  ivbich  is  used  to  draw  a  plot?) 
Tehite  dont  on  se  sert  pour  lever  nn  plan, 
Fr.  Teint,  in  a  general  acceptation  of  the 
word,  msans  any  shade  that  is  given  to 
an  object  which  is  raised  from  the  canvas, 
paper,  Sec.  and  placed  in  perspective. 

TELAMONES.  A  term  used  in  art- 
cient  architecture,  to  express  the  figures 
of  men  supporting  entablatures,  and  other 
projections,  the  same  as  Carlatides. 

TELESCOPE,  (Telescope,  Fr.)  An 
optical  instrument,  composed  of  lenses^ 
by  means  of  which  remote  objects  appear 
as  if  near  at  hand.  The  telescope  was 
invented  by  Galiljeo.  * 

TELINGHI,  bid.  The  mountaineers 
on  the  Coromandel  coast  are  denominated 
Telixgbis ;  which  is  also  the  name  of  their 
nation,  language  or  dialect. 

To  TELL  ojf.  A  term  used  in  military 
formations,  to  designate  the  relative  pro- 
portions of  any  given  body  of  men.  Thus 
a  battalion  may  be  told  off  into  wings, 
grand  divisions,  divisions,  companies, 
platoons,  half  platoons,  sub-dhisions, 
and  sections.  It  is  the  peculiar  duty  of 
every  adjutant,  and  Serjeant  major  to  be 
particularly  expert  at  telling  off'.  Squa- 
drons of  horse  are  told  off  by  half  squa- 
drons, divisions,  sub-divisions,  ranks  of 
threes,  and  files  right  and  left.  But  al! 
troops,  whether  infantry  or  cavalry, 
should  be  accustomed  to  tell  themselves 
off;  that  is  to  move  oiF  at  the  wor<l  of 


TEN 


TEN 


f81 


command,  without  delaying  to  be  told  (-ff. 
The  sk;lful  officer  will  undersrand  this, 
the  unskilful  cannot. 

TEMOIN,  Fr.  A  witness.  It  like- 
wise  sanities  the  second  in  a  duel. 

TEMOIN s,  Fr.  In  civil  and  military 
architecture,  are  pieces  of  earth  left  stand- 
ing as  marks  or  witnesses  in  thi-  fosses  of 
places  which  the  workmen  are  emptying," 
that  they  may  know  exactly  how  many 
cubical  fathoms  of  earth  have  been  car- 
ried. 

TEMPFR.  Astateof  steel  or  other 
metal,  that  best  fits  it  for  the  use  to  which 
it  is  to  be  applied.  Thus,  the  blade  of 
a  sword  should  be  so  tempered  as  to  admit 
of  considerable  flexure  without  breaking, 
yet  so  elastic  as  to  return  to  its  shape,  on 
the  pressure  being  removed. 

To  TEMPER.  In  a  military  sense,  to 
form  metals  to  a  proper  degree  of  hard, 
ness. 

TEMPEST,  (TempSte,  Fr.)  Accord, 
ing  to  Dr  Johnson,  the  utmost  violence 
of  the  wind :  the  names  by  which  the 
wind  is  called  according  to  the  gradual  in. 
crease  of  its  force  seem  to  be,  a  breeze ; 
a  gust ;  a  gale;  a  storm;  a  tempest. 

TENABLE,  (Tenable,  Fr.)  Such  as 
may  be  maintained  against  opposition; 
such  as  may  be  held  against  attacks. 

TENAILLE,  Fr.  (This  word  lite- 
rally means  shears.)  A  military  evolu- 
tion which  was  performed  in  the  times 
of  the  ancients. 

A  phalanx,  attacked  by  a  lozenge  or 
triangular  wedge,  bent  its  right  ami  left 
forward  by  a  half. quarter  wheel  each 
wing  on  their  common  centre  ;  and  when 
they  found  themselves  opposite  the  sides 
of  the  enemy's  arrangement,  they  each 
marched  on  their  own  side,  perpendicular 
to  their  line  ;  by  which  means  they  both 
inclosed  and  attacked  the  enemy  together, 
at  the  same  time,  while  the  head  was  en- 
gaged and  at  blows  with  the  centre  of  the 
phalanx  that  had  kept  its  ground.  Such  is 
the  description  authors  have  left  us  of  the 
design  and  effects  of  this  manoeuvre. 

The  tenaille  had  considerable  advan- 
tage over  the  triangular  wedge ;  but,  ac- 
cording to  Chevalier  Folard,  it  was  not 
equally  efficacious  against  the  column. 
The  latter  could  alter  the  direction  of  its 
inarch,  and  fall  upon  one  of  the  wings, 
whether  in  motion  or  not,  or  detach  the 
section  of  the  tail  or  rear  to  take  its  wings 
mv  Hank,  while  it  was  occupied  in  making 
the  quarter  conversion.  The  column  and 
tenaille  were  formed  for  acting  against 
each  other,  and  could  only  be  victorious 
over  one  another  by  the  superior  abilities 
of  their  com mander.  However,  the  co- 
lumn was  always  exposed  to  less  danger 
than  the  tenaille,  for  the  latter  could  not 
pursue  the  column  without  changing  its 
order ;  whereas  the  column  must  destroy, 
and  in  a  manner  annihilate  the  tetiaille^  in 
case  it  should  once  break  it. 

The  tenaille  is  unquestionably  an  ex- 
•'.*?uvre,  and  strictly  conform- 


able to  a  very  wise  maxim,  wh:ch  directs 
us  to  multiply  oui  strengtVand  i  ft.'.ris  as 
much  as  possible  against  one  p<vnT  !•  is 
sometimes  made  use  of  in  war  witi  out 
being  sensible  of  its  advantages;  turning 
a  flank  with  a  longer  liue,  is  in  fact  the 
tenaille.  Th.s,  h  v/ever,  does  not  hinder 
the  manoeuvre  from  being  well  pcrforme  ' ; 
for  the  nature  of  ground  not  bein^  level 
like  a  sheet  of"  paper,  the  commander  in 
ranging  his  troops,  according  to  the  ad- 
vantages of  the  situation,  do  s  not  form 
a  perfect  tenaille,  such  as  may  be  drawn 
or  sketched  out,  but  <^ne  ot  an  irregular 
kind,  which  produces  the  same  effects; 
and  this  is  what  should  be  sought  on  all 
occasions.  Thisoideris  also  called  a  pa- 
tence. 

TKNAILLES,  in  fortification,  are  low 
works  made  in  the  ditch  before  the  cur- 
tains. There  are  three  sorts:  viz.  the 
first  are  the  faces  of  the  bastions  pro- 
duced till  they  meet,  but  much  lower; 
the  second  have  faces,  flanks,  and  a  cur- 
tain ;  and  the  third  have  only  faces  and 
flanks. 

Single  TENAILLE,  (Tenaille  simple, 
Fr.)  is  a  work  whose  front  is  adva/iced 
towards  the  country,  having  two  fares, 
forming  a  re-entering  angle :  its  two  long 
sides  terminate  on  the  counterscarp,  op- 
posite to  rhe  angle  of  the  shoulder. 

Double  TENAILLE  ( Tenaille  dquble,  cm, 
jlanquee,  Fr.)is  a  work  whose  front,  hav- 
ing 4  faces,  forms  a  re-entering,  and  3 
salient  angles  :  its  long  sides  are  likewise 
parallel,  and  terminate  on  the  counter- 
scarp, opposite  to  the  angle  of  rhe  shoul- 
der. Both  the  single  and  double  tenailles 
have  this  fault,  viz.  that  they  are  not 
flanked  or  defended  at  the  re-entering 
angle,  because  the  height  of  the  parapet 
hinders  the  soldiers  from  discovering  be*- 
fore  that  angle.  Therefore  tenaiiles 
should  only  be  made  when  there  is  not 
room  enough  to  make  horn-works.  The 
ramparts,  parapets,  ditches,  covert. way, 
and  glacis  of  tenailles,  are  the  same  w;th 
other  out-works. 

TENAILLE  of  a  place,  is  what  is  com- 
prehended between  the  points  of  two 
neighboring  bastions ;  as  the  faces,  flanks, 
and  curtains.  Hence  it  is  said,  the  ene- 
my attacked  the  whole  tenaille  of  a  place, 
when  they  made  two  attacks  on  the  faces 
of  the  two  bastions. 

TENAILLES,  Fr.  Pincers,  nippers, 
sheers,  tenails. 

TENAILLER,  Fr.  To  tear  off  th* 
flesh  with  led  hot  pincers.  This  pun- 
ishment existed  in  civilized  Europe,  un- 
til the  French  revolution. 

TENAILLON,  Fr.  This  is  some- 
times called  among  the  French  grande 
lunette.  It  is  a  work  composfd  of  two 
parts,  each  of  which  covers  the  faces  of 
the  half- moon;  in  whose  front  the  te- 
naillonis  constructed. 

Un  TENAILLON,  Fr.  A  little  te- 
naille. See  FORTIFICATION. 

T  E  N  D  E  \.  E  T,  Fr.  An  awning ;  s weh 
4  R 


682 


TE  N 


TE  R 


as  is  used  on  board  of  ship,  and  over  car 
riages,  in  hot  countries. 

TEND  RE,  /•>.  To  stretch;  to  spread. 
This  word  has  various  significations  in 
the  French  language.  In  military  mat- 
ters, it  is  common  to  say, 

TENDRE  un  piegc  a  quf/qu'un,  Fr.  To 
lay  a  saare  for  anv  body. 

TJJNDRE  line  marquise^  une  feme,  Fr. 
To  pitch  a  marque,  a  tent. 

TEN  IK,  Fr.     To  hold,  to  keep,  &c. 

Ti-MR  tete  a  quelqu'un,  Fr.  To  cope 
with  ai>y  body 

Se  TENIR,  Fr.  To  remain;  to  stay; 
to  hold  fast. 

«S*TENiR  Hen  a  cheval,  Fr.  To  sit 
well  on  horseback,  to  have  a  good  scat. 

TENGN,(7V«<?«,  Fr.)  Any  thin;;  that 
holds  or  keeps  fast ;  that  part  oi  a  frame 
workvw.ich  is  cut  to  fit  a  mortise. 

TENON  d'arquebuset  Fr.  Loop  of  a 
gun. 

TENT,  (Tente,  Fr.)  This  word  is 
originally  derived  from  the  Latin  tendo, 
I  struch;  whence  tendre,  to  s  retch.  A 
soldier's  moveable  lodging  plai-e,  com- 
monly  made  of  canvas,  and  extended  up- 
on poles. 

The  sizes  of  the  officers  tents  are  not 
fix*d  ;  some  regiments  have  them  or  one 
size,  and  some  another.  A  captain's 
tent  and  marquee  should  be  10  1-2  fret 
broad,  14  deep,  and  8  high  :  those  of  vhe 
subalterns  are  a  foot  less :  the  majoi  's  and 
lieutenant-colonel's,  a  foot  larger;  and 
the  cox'iif  i's  2  j..-et  larger. 

The  subaltt  rns  lie  two  in  a  tent,  those 
of  engineers  bu:  one. 

The  tents  oi  private  men  should  be 
6  1-2  feet  square,  6  feet  high,  and  hold  5 
soldiers  each. 

The  tents  for  the  horse  seven  feet  broad, 
and  9  feet  deep :  they  hold  likewise  5  men 
and  their  horse  accoutrements. 

Common  Infantry  TENT.  Length  of 
ridge  pole  is  7  feet;  length  of  standards  6 
feet.  They  hold  only  5  men  each.  Weight 
complete  27  Ibs.  Great  alterations  have 
taken  place  in  tents  since  the  French  re- 
volution. 

Bell  TENT.  This  was  the  name  of  a 
small  tent  that  was  formerly  in  us. ,  also 
called  a  tent  of  arms,  being  used  only  for 
holdiagarms  in  the  from  of  the  line;  the 
use  of  it  is  now  exploded ;  and  the  form 
being  given  to  those  now  used  for  infantry 
or  cavalry;  weight,  com  plete  with  poles, 
43  Ibs.  length  of  pole  9  feet,  contain  12 
men  each,  requite  40  pegs. 

Marquee.  Weight  complete,  i  cwt 
jylbs.  ridj,e  pole  9  feet ;  standard  8  feet. 

jR^WTENT.  A  circular  rent  which 
contains  12  men;  the  weight  complete, 
with  poles,  43  ibs.  Length  ot  pole  10 
feet 

Hospital T EN T.  A  large  commodious 
tent,  which  is  appropriated  for  the  sick. 
It  somet  mes  happens,  that  whut  a  con- 
tagious disorder  breaks  out  in  a  camp,  or 
in  barracks,  the  persons  infected  are  re- 
moved from  the  hospital  aiad  lodged  in 


ent,  which  is  pitched  for  that  purpose  in 
:he  neighborhood  It  is  usual  for  the 
commanding  officer  of  the  regiment  to 
>rder  one  or  more  sentries  to  bt  furbished 
o  the  rvy-jmental  hospital,  and  the  same 
o  the  hospital  tent,  which  sentries  are 
directed  to  permit  no  person  to  enter  but 
those  concerned  in  tht- hospital,  the  t>t<-iF, 
and  offu  ers  of  the  reg  merit .  They  are  to 
3e  particularly  careful  in  preventing  li- 
quor, or  any  thing  improper,  from  being 
carried  into  the  hospita);  nor  are  th  v  to 
permit  an>  patient  to  go  out  (to  the  neces- 
sary excepted)  without  a  ticket  of  leave 
from  the  atte  ding  surgeon 

Laboratory  TENT,  in  artillery,  a  large 
tent  which  is  som  times  tarried  to  the 
fid<1  for  the  convenience  of  fire-vvo  kcrs 
arid  bombardiers.  The  weight  complete, 
with  poles,  pins,  &c.  3  cwt.  24"  Ibs. 
length  of  ridge  pole  18  feet,  length  of  poles 
14  1-2  feet. 

TENT  bedstead.  A  small  portable  bed- 
stead, Si>  contrived  as  to  correspond  with 
the  shape  of  a,;  officer's  tent. 

tNT-Pins,  pieces  of  wood,  whichare 
indented  ar  the  top,  and  made  sharp  at 
the  bottom,  to  keep  th;  cords  ot  a  tent  or 
marquee  firm  to  the  earth.  There  are 
four  !argeones  which  serve  for  the  weather 
cords. 

Tt» T. Poles.  The  poles  upon  which  a 
tent  or  marquee  is  supported. 

TENT  watts.     See  WALL. 

TENT  likewise  means  lint  to  put  in  a 
wound. 

TENTED.  Having  tents  pitched  on 
it.  Hence  "  the  tented  field." 

TERRAIN,  Fr.  This  word  is  some- 
times written  tetrein,  and  sign  fies,  ge- 
nerally, any  space  or  extent  of  ground. 

Gagner  du  TERRAIN  peu-a-peu,  Fr. 
To  gain  ground  little  by  little. 

Petdre  du  TERRAIN,  Fr.  To  lose 
ground. 

Menagtr  son  T  E  R  R  A  i  N  ,  F  r .  To  m.ike 
the  most  of  your  ground  It  is  likewise 
used  in  a  figurative  sense,  viz.  Un  homnm 
est  fort  quand  il  est  sur  son  terrain,  Fr.  A 
man  always  speaks  with  great  confidence 
when  he  is  thoroughly  master  of  the  sub- 
ject. 

TERRATN  du  camp,  Fr.  The  ground 
within  the  lines  of  e  campment. 

Lever  le  TERRAIN,  Fr.  To  recon- 
noitre, to  take  a  survey  of  ground. 

Chicaner  le  '\  ERR  AIN,  Fr.  To  dispute 
the  ground  ;  to  fight  it  inch  by  inch. 

Tenir  un  grand  TERRAIN,  Fr.  To  take 
up  much  ground. 

TERRASS.     SeeMoRTAR. 

T  E  R  R  A  S  S  F, ,  Fr.    Terrace,  platform . 

Cb«/re-TERRAssE,  Fr.  A  terrace  that 
is  raised  abov;.1  another. 

T  E  R  R  A  S  S  E  R,  Fr.  To  throw  down, 
to  ro;:'  corroletely. 

TERRASSIER,   Fr.    This  word  is 
used  amons  tne    Fr.-nch  not  only  to  S'"* 
nify  the    person  who  undertakes  to 
heaps  of  earth  removed,  &c.  for  any  '. 


TE  T 


TET 


683 


cific  purpose,/  but  likewise  the  man  who 
actual  v  carries  it. 

TERRE,  la  TERRE,  Fr.  Earth, 
th~  earth. 

TERRE.  PLEIN,  Fr.    SeeFoR-riFi- 

C  A  T  I <  '•  N 

TERRE  R,  se  Terrer,  Fr.  To  hide 
linear  gro  •  ,d.  The  French  say,  des  gens 
de  guerre  se  sonr  bien  terres  ;  meaning  there- 
by, that  they  had  thrown  up  entrench- 
ments with  earth,  so  as  to  be  covered 
from  the  enemy's  fan1.  Terrer  une  arti- 
fice, to  cover  the  head  of  any  fire- work 
with  earth. 

TERRgS.^flwm&er,  Fr.  Earths  that 
have  been  used  in  the  cleansing;  of  salt, 
petre  Salt  pet  re- men  call  these  earths 
Terres  reanimees. 

TERREUR,  Fr.   Fear,  apprehension. 

TERREUR^a»/fw,Fr      See  PANIC. 

TERTIATE,  in  gunnery,  is  to  exa- 
mine the  thickness  of  the  m  tal  of  a 
piece  of  artillery,  in  order  to  judge  of  its 
strength.  This  is  usually  done  with  a 
pair  of  calliper  compasses. 

T II RT I  ATI  NG  a  piece  of  ordnance,  is 
to  find  <  hi'th^r  it  has  its  du;*  thicknes,  at 
the  vent,  trunnions,  and  neck ;  if  the 
trunnions  and  neck  are  in  their  due  order, 
and  ih  chase  straight,  &c. 

TERTRE,  Fr.  A  small  rising  ground 
that  stands  unconnected  with  any  other. 

TESSONS,  Fr.  Potsherds. 

TESTAMENT  Militairc,  Fr.  Among 
the  French,  a  will  which  is  made  in  the 
presence  or  two  witnessesonly,  and  is  not 
committed  to  paper. 

TESTIMONY.  Verbal  declaration 
given  upon  oath  or  honor  before  any  court 
martial.  The  testimony  of  a  witness 
should  neither  be  influenced  nor  inter- 
rupted,  and  the  precise  words  used  by  him 
should  be  written  down  in  the  proceed- 
ings without  any  alteration. 

TESTUDO,  in  the  military  art  of  the 
ancients,  was  a  kind  of  cover  or  screen, 
which  the  soldiers  of  each  company  made 
themselves  of  their  bucklers,  by  holding 
them  up  over  their  heads,  and  standing 
close  to  each  other.  This  expedient  served 
to  shelter  them  from  darts,  stones,  &c. 
thrown  upon  them,  especially  those  from 
above,  when  they  went  to  the  assault. 

TESTUDO,  was  also  a  kind  of  large 
wooden  tower,  which  moved  on  several 
wheels,  and  was  covered  with  bullocks' 
hides:  it  served  to  shelter  the  soldiers 
when  they  approached  the  walls  to  mine 
them,  or  to  batter  them  with  rams. 

TF.TE,   Fr.     Head. 

TiTEctuCamp,  Fr.  The  head  of  the 
camp,  or  the  front  ground  which  looks 
towaris  the  country;  and  where  troops 
bivouac 

TETE  del*  Safpe,  Fr.  Head  of  the 
sap. 

TETE  de  Cbcvdement,  Fr.  A  cross 
beam  which  lies  upon  two  upright  stays, 
and  supports  any  part  of  a  wall,  &c. 
whilst  it  is  in  repair. 

Fain  (ou  tenir)  TETS  a  quetju'xn,  Fr, 


To  oppose  a  person;  to  keep  him  at 
bay. 

Avoir  quelqii'un  en  tete,  Fr.  To  have 
any  person  opposed  to  one,  viz.  Turenne 
avoir  en  Tete  Montecuculli ;  Turenne  was 
opposed  by  Montecuculli. 

TETES,  Fr.  In  tue  plural  number, 
are  the  same  as  men  or  lives,  viz  La. 
prise  d'une  place  a  coute  blen  des  Tetes — • 
The  red ''.ct ion  or  taking  of  a  place  has  cost 
many  lives  or  men. 

Avoir  la  Tele  de  toutt  Fr.  To  be  the 
mosr  advanced. 

TETE  de  Pont,  Fr.  That  part  of  a 
bridge  which  is  on  the  enemy's  side.— 
When  the  bridge  is  fortified  on  both  sides, 
the  French  say,  Les  deux tttes  de pont. 

TETE  de  Pore,  Fr.  This  word  means 
literally  a  hog's  head.  It  is  used  co  denote 
a  military  arrangement  of  the  triangular 
kind.  Those  mentioned  under  the  term 
wedge,  were  composed  of  ranks,  greater 
one  than  another,  in  a  regular  progression 
from  the  incisive  angle  to  the  base.  The 
tete  de  pore  was  formed  of  small  bodies 
ranged  in  lines  in  the  same  sense,  and  in 
the  same  progression  as  the  ranks  in  the 
preceding  wedges ;  thai  is  to  say,  a  small 
body  (probably  square)  was  placed  at  the 
head,  another  of  the  same  size  was  posted 
behind  it,  having  two  others,  one  on  its 
right,  the  other  on  its  left,  both  extending 
the  full  length  of  their  front  beyond  the 
wings  of  the  first.  Behind  those  three, 
five  others  were  ranged  in  the  same  order, 
and  so  on  successively  until  all  were 
placed. 

This  arrangement  is  equal  to  the  for- 
mer (viz.  that  of  the  wedgej  with  regard 
to  defects;  as  to  advantages  it  has  but  one 
only,  which  will  never  be  of  weight 
enough  to  gain  it  any  degree  of  refutation ; 
it  is  this,  that  being  composed  of  small 
bodies,  each  havin?  its  leader  or  com- 
mander, all  the  different  parts  are  more  or 
less  capable  of  defence  should  they  be  at- 
tacked at  the  time  they  are  forming  or  di- 
viding ;  and  if  the  enemy  attempted  to 
form  the  Tenaille,  they  might  detach 
some  of  those  small  bodies  to  interrupt 
their  motions,  or  to  attack  them  in  flank. 

This  disposition  corresponds  with  the 
mov  ment  by  echellons  fVom  the  centre, 
or  both  wings  thrown  back;  it  is  in  the 
modern  mode  a  most  imposing  and  impor^ 
tant  disposition,  where  th*  force  that  uses 
it  is  interior  in  number,  and  well  disci. 
plhied  to  rapid  evolution. 

TETHER.  A  string  by  which  horses 
are  held  from  pasturing  too  wide.  We 
say,  figuratively,  to  go  the  length  of 
one's  tether;  to  speak  or  act  with  as 
much  freedom  as  circumstances  will  ad- 
mit. 

TETRAEDRON,  (TetraeJre,  Fr.)  In 
geometry ,  one  of  the  five  regular  bodies. 
It  is  a  pyramid  which  is  terminated  by 
four  equilateral  triangles,  that  ar  equal 
to  each  other;  in  the  same  ma  •me  r  ihat 
the  tetragon  is  a  recontilineal  fkur*  of  four 
equal  sides,  which  has  four  right  angles. 


684 


THE 


THR 


TETRAGONAL.  Square,  having 
equal  tides  and  Bugles. 

T E  TR  A  R C  H .  A  Roman  governor  of 
the  fourth  part  of  a  province. 

TEUTONIC,  (Teutomque,  Fr.)  See 
ORDERS. 

TE  V  1£  E  L,  Ind.     The  treasury. 
TEVEELDAR   Ind.     T  he  t  reasu  rer 
THANE      An  ancient  military  title  of 
lionoi ,  now  obsolete. 

'/oTHANK.  In  military  matters,  to 
make  honorable  mention  of  a  person  or 
persons  f  >r  having  behaved  gallantly  in 
an  action,  or  otherwise  rendered  a  public 
service 

To6e  THANKED.  To  receive  a  pub- 
lic test-monv  of  'good  conduct.  Officers, 
&c.  are  generally  thanked  m  public  or- 
ders. 

THANKS.  Public  acknowledgments 
for  g  tliant  actions. 

Vote  O/'THANKS.     It  has  been  custo- 
mary in  all  civilized  countries  for  the  le- 
gislature to  pay  a  public  tribute  of  ap- 
p]u-.:st  to  those  warriors  who  have  fought 
with  success,  and 

have  otherwise  distinguished  themselve 
by  particular  feats  of  gallantry  and  good 
conduct.  The  French,  during  the  pro- 
gress of  their  revolution,  have  had  fre- 
quent recourse  to  this  mode  of  adding  new 
zeal  and  fresh  courage  to  their  armies,  and 
of  expressing  national  gratitude. 

THEATRE  of  'war.  Any  extent  of 
country  in  which  war  is  carried  on  may 
be  so  called.  The  French  say  Theatre 
de  la  guerre.  It  signifies  the  same  with 
us  as  seat  or  war.  According  to  Tur- 
pin,  page  21,  in  his  essay  on  the  Ail 
ot  War,  there  are  but  three  sorts  of 
countries  which  may  become  the  theatre 
of  war ;  an  open  country  divided  by  ri- 
vers, a  woody,  or  a  mountainous  one. 
The  dispositions  for  a  march  must  of 
course  be  varied  as  the  situation  of  places 
differ. 

THEODOLITE.  A  mathematical 
instrument  useful  to  engineers  and  artil- 
lerists, in  taking  heights  and  distances. 

T  H  E  O  R  E  M ,  ( Tbtoreme,  F  r . )  I  n  ma- 
thematics, a  proposition  which  is  purely 
speculative  and  tends  to  the  discovery  o'f 
some  hidden  truth. 

An  unl-vertal THEOREM,  in  mathema- 
tics, is  one  that  extends  universally  to  any 
quantity  without  restriction  ;  as  that  the 
rectangle  ot  the  sum,  and  difference  of  any 
two  quantities,  is  equal  to  the  difference 
of  their  squares. 

A  particular  THEOREM  is  when  it  ex- 
tends only  to  a  particular  quantity. 

A  negative  THEOREM  is  one  that  de- 
monstrates the  impossibilities  of  an  asser- 
tion, as  that  the  sum  of  two  biquadrate 
numbers  cannot  make  a  square. 

A  local  THEOREM.  That  which  re- 
lates to  surface ;  as  the  triangles  of  the 
same  base  and  altitude  are  equal. 

THEORETICAL,    (Theorize,    Fr.) 
What  appertains  to  theorv. 
'  THEORY,  (rtorfrj-fr.)    The  spe- 


culative part  of  any  particular  science,  in 
which  truths  are  dcmonstra'ed  without 
being  practically  followed.  Or  more  dis- 
tinctly ;  a  theory  is  an  opinion  formed  in 
tiie  mind,  that  certain  effects  must  arise 
from  certain  combinations  of  mattprs  or 
circumstances ;  the  matters  or  circum- 
'>eing  known,  the  result  or  conse- 
quence not  yet  demonstrated  by  experi- 
ment. 

School  c/  T  H  E  o  R  Y  .  In  order  to  secure 
to  the  army  intelligent  and  well  informed 
officers,  it  has  been  wisely  suggested,  that 
there  should  be  a  school  ot"  military 
theoty  in  each  regime-it.  The  persons 
selected  for  this  .  purpose  are  to  pass  an 
examination  before  competent  persons, 
whenever  the  vicinity  of  regimental  quar- 
ters will  allow  them  to  attend. 

Ordet  of  MARIA  THERESA.  A  mili- 
tary or  <er  of  knighthood,  which  was 
founded  and  established  by  the  ouse  ot 
Austria  on  the  i8th  of  June,  1757,  and 
was  distinguished  by  the  name  of  the 
reigning  qutreu  and  empiesu,  being  called 
the  Irnperia  Military  Order  of  Maria 
Theresa. 

THERMES,  Fr.  Small  barges  or  boats 
in  which  persons  formerly  bathed. 

T  H  E  R  M  O  M  E  T  E  R ,  ( Tbcrtnamctre, 
Fr.)  An  instrument  for  measuring  the 
heat  of  the  air,  or  of  any  matter. 

TH E  RMOSCO P E,  ( Tbermoscope,  Fr. ) 
An  instrument  by  which  the  degrees  of 
heat  a  re  discovered;  a  thermometer. 

THIEF.  Any  person  that  robs  an- 
other. The  character  of  a  thief  is  of  so 
foul  a  cast  in  a  military  lite,  that  the  least 
ini  -titation  of  dishonesty  incapacitates 
either  officer  or  soldier  from  remaining  in 
the  service. 

Soldiet  's  THI GH.  A  well-known  part 
of  the  human  frame  which  takes  its  pe- 
culiar military  application  from  the  noto- 
rious poverty  of  army  men  in  general. — 
Hence,  Soldier's  Thigh  figuratively  means 
an  empty  purse,  or,  speaking  familiarly, 
a  pair  of  breeches  that  fit  close  and  look 
smooth,  because  the  pockets  have  nothing 
in  them. 

THILL.  The  shafts  of  a  waggon; 
hence,  the  horse  which  goes  between 
the  shafts  is  called  the  thill  horsje,  01 
thiller. 

To  THIN.  To  make  less  numerous. 
As  to  thin  the  ranks  by  a  heavy  discharge 
of  ordnance  and  firearms. 

THIRTEEN.  A  shilling  is  so  called 
in  Ireland  ;  thirteen  pence  of  that  coun- 
try's currency  being  only  equal  to  twelve 
pence  English. 

THREE  DEEP.  Soldiers  drawn  up 
in  three  ranks,  consisting  of  front,  cen- 
tre, and  rear,  are  said  to  be  three  deep.  It 
is  the  fundamental  order  of  the  infantry, 
in  which  they  should  always  form  and 
act  in  close  order,  and  for  which  all  their 
i  operations  and  movements  are  calcula- 
ted. 

THREES.  »A  term  used  in  the  telling 
|  oil' in  squadron,  because  the  front  of  three 


TIL 


TIL 


685 


horses  in  rank,  is  equal  to  the  length  of  one 
horse  from  head  to  tail. 

Ra»ks  by  threes.  Each  half  squadron  is 
told  ofFby  threes.  See  CAVALRY,  Mil. 

VT 'THROW.      To   force  any   thing 
from  one  place  to  another ;  thus  artille 
rists  say,  to  throw  a  shot  or  shell,  or  so 
many  shot  or  shells  were  thrown. 

THRUST.  Hostile  attack  with  any 
pointed  weapon,  as  in  fencing.  When 
one  party  makes  a  push  with  his  sword 
no  wound  his  adversary  with  the  point  it 
is  called  a  thrust. 

THUMBSTALL.  A  piece  of  leather 
which  every  careful  soldier  carries  with 
him  to  secure  the  lock  of  his  musquet 
from  moisture. 

T H  U N  D E  RI N  G  -legion,  was  a  legion 
In  the  Roman  army  consisting  of  Christian 
soldiers,  who,  in  the  expedition  of  the 
emperor  Marcus  Aurelius  against  the 
Sarmatas,  Quadi,  and  Marcomanni, saved 
the  whole  army,  then  ready  to  pe'ish  from 
thirst,  by  procuring,  by  their  prayers,  a 
very  plentiful  shower  thereon,  and  at  the 
same  time  a  furious  storm  of  hail,  mixed 
with  lightning  and  thunderbolts,  on  the 
enemy. 

This  is  the  account  commonly  given  by 
ecclesiastical  historians,  and  the  whole 
history  is  engraven  in  bass-relievos  on  the 
Antonine  column. 

TIDEGATE.     SeeSLUiCE-GATE. 

TIERCE.  A  thrust  in  fencing,  de- 
livered at  the  outside  of  the  body  over  the 
arm. 

'TYLE.Sthm, 

brick,  used  on  the  roofs  of  houses  ;  or 
more  properly  a  kind  of  clayey  earth, 
kneaded  and  moulded  of  a  just  thickness, 
dried  and  burnt  in  a  kiln,  like  a  brick, 
and  used  in  the  covering  and  paving  of 
different  kinds  of  military  and  other  build- 
ings. The  best  brick  earth  should  only 
be  made  into  tiles. 

The  tiles  for  all  sorts  of  uses  may  now 
be  comprised  under  7  heads,  viz.  i.  The 
plain-tile,  for  covering  of  houses,  which  is 
flat  and  thin.  2.  The  plain-tile  ^  for 
paving,  which  is  also  flat,  but  thicker ; 
and  its  size  9,  10,  or  12  inches.  3.  The 
•pan-tile,  which  is  also  used  for  covering 
pf  buildings,  and  is  ho>low,  and  crooked, 
or  bent,  somewhat  in  the  manner  of  an 
S.  4.  The  Dutch  glared  pan-tile  5. 
The  English  glazed  pan- tile.  6  The 
gutler-tilet  which  is  made  with  a  kind 
of  wings.  7.  The  hip,  ridge,  or  corner- 
tile. 

P/tf/Vi-TiLES,  are  best  when  they  are 
firmest,  soundest,  and  strongest.  Some 
are  duskier,  and  others  ruddier,  in  color. 
The  dusky- colored  are  generally  the 
strongest.  These  tiles  are  not  laid  m  mor- 
tar, but  pointed  only  in  the  inside. 

Paving  TILES,  are  made  of  a  more 
sandy  earth  than  the  common  or  plain- 
fi/es :  the  materials  for  these  last  must  be 
absolutely  clay,  but  for  the  others  a  kind 


TILE,    )  in  military  building,  a  sort  of 
'  factitious,    laminated 


of  loam  is  used.  These  are  made  thicker 
and  larger  than  the  common  roof -tiles ; 
and,  when  care  has  been  taken  in  the 
choice  of  the  earth,  and  the  management 
of  the  fire,  they  are  very  regular  and 
beautiful. 

Pfl/7- TILES,  when  of  the  best  kind, 
are  made  of  nn  earth  not  much  unlike  that 
of  the  paving-  tilet,  and  often  of  the  same ; 
but  the  best  sort  of  all  is  a  pale-colored 
loam  that  is  less  sandy  ;  they  have  about 
the  same  degree  of  fire  given  them  in  the 
baking,  and  they  come  out  nearly  of  the 
same  color.  These  tiles  are  laid  in  mor- 
tar, because  the  roof  being  very  flat,  and 
many  of  the m  warped  in  the  burning,  will 
not  cover  the  building  so  well  as  that  no 
water  can  pass  between  them. 

D:ttcb  gfaxed  Pan-TlLts,  get  the  ad- 
dition of  glazing  in  the  fire.  Many  kinds 
of  earthly  matter  running  into  a  glassy 
substance  in  great  heat,  is  a  great  advan- 
tage to  them,  preserving  them  much 
longer  than  the  common  pan-tiles,  so  that 
they  are  very  well  worth  the  additional 
charge  that  attends  the  using  them. 

English  glazed  Pan-  TILES,  are  in  gene- 
ral not  so  good  as  the  Dutch  ones  under 
that  denomination;  but  the  process  is 
nearly  the  same. 

Dutch  TILES,  for  chimnies,  are  of  a 
kind  very  different  from  all  the  rest.  They 
are  made  of  a  whitish  earth,  glazed  and 
painted  with  various  figures,  such  as 
birds,  flowers,  or  landscapes,  in  blue  or 
purple  color ;  and  sometimes  quite  white  : 
j  they  are  about  6,<;  inches  each  way,  and 
three  quarters  of  an  inch  thick.  They 
are  seldom  used  at  present 


are  made  of  the  same 
earth  as  the  common  pan  tiles,  and  only 
differ  from  them  in  shape;  but  it  is  ad- 
viseable  that  particular  care  be  taken  in 
tempering  and  working  the  earth  for  these, 
for  none  are  more  liable  to  accidents.  The 
ed  jes  of  these  tiles  are  turned  up  at  t^ie 
lar.-er  tnds  for  about  4  inches.  They  are 
seldom  used  where  lead  is  to  be  had. 

Hip  or  Corner-'Y i  L  E s ,  are  at  first  made 
flat  like  pan-tiles  of  a  quadrangular  figure, 
whose  two  sides  are  right  lines,  and  the 
ends  arches  of  circles;  th<;  upper  end 
concave,  and  the  lower  convex  ;  the  lat- 
ter being  about  7  times  as  broad  as  the 
other:  they  are  about  10.5  inches  long; 
but  before  they  are  burnt  are  bent  upon  s. 
mould  in  the  form  of  a  ridge-tile,  having  a 
hole  at  the  narrow  end,  to  nail  them  on, 
the  hio  corner  of  the  #«of. 

Ridge-  1 'ILES  are  used  to  cover  the 
ridges  of  houses,  and  are  made  in  the  form 
of  a  semi-cylindrical  surface,  about  13 
inches  in  length,  and  of  the  same  thick- 
ness as  plain- tiles;  their  breadth  at  the 
outs  de  measures  aboui  16  inches. 

TIL  LAC,  JV.  The  same  as  pont, 
which  signifies  the  deck  of  a  ship. 

Franc-  T  i  L  L  A  c,  Fr.  The  lower  deck. 

TILT,  a  thrust,  or  fight  with  rapiers; 
aiso  an  old  military  game.  See  To  URN  A- 


686 


TIM 


TI  M 


TILTER,  one  who  fights  or  contests 
in  a  tournament. 

T1MBALE,  Ft:  A  brass  kettle- 
drum,  such  as  is  used  by  European  caval- 
ry. French  soldiers  say  figuratively,  Faire 
bouillir  la.  timbale  ;  to  make  the  pot  boil, 

TIM  A  RIOT,  a  Turkish  so'dier  who 
has  a  certain  allowance  made  him,  for 
•which  he  is  not  only  obliged  to  arm, 
clothe,  and  accoutre  himself,  but  he  must 
likewise  provide  a  certain  number  of  mi- 
litia-men. The  allowance  is  called  Ti- 
mar. 

The  Timariotsare  under  the  immediate 
command  of  the  Sangiack  or  Bey,  ac- 
cording to  their  particular  distribution. 
When  the  Timanots  belonging  to  Natolia, 
do  not  join  the  standard,  they  forfeit  a 
whole  year's  allowance,  which  is  de- 
posited in  a  chest  or  stock- purse  called 
mankafat.  But  the  Timariots  in  Europe 
or  Turkey,  are  not  liable  to  ;his  fine. 
When  they  refuse  to  serve,  they  are  sus- 
pended for  two  years.  The  income  of  a 
Timariot  amount  to  five  thousand  aspres, 
and  the  Timariots  of  Hungary  have  six 
thousand.  When  an  HungarianTimariot 
dies,  the  Bashaw  of  Buda  has  the  power 
of  dividing  his  property  into  two  parts, 
which  is  placed  to  the  account  of  the  Ot- 
toman government,  and  enables  it  to  pay 
two  soldiers. 

There  are  different  classes  among  the 
Timariots.  Some  are  called  lkmalersy 
some  Is  fit,  and  others  Bernobets. 

The  Ikmalers  are  in  possession  of  that 
species  of  Timar  which  cannot  be  divided 
for  the  benefit  of  government  after  the  de- 
cease of  the  individual. 

The  hels  are  subject  to  a  division  of 
property  among  two  or  three  persons,  at 
the  will  of  rhe  Porte. 

The  Bernobets  ^t  in  possession  of  that 
kind  of  Timar  which  may  become  the 
property  of  three  or  four  individuals  who 
serve  together,  or  relieve  each  other  alter- 
nately, on  condition  that  the  one  who 
takes  the  field  enjoys  the  whole  benefit  of 
the  Timar  during  his  stay  with  the  army. 
There  are  many  of  this  kind  in  Natolia. 
Every  thing  which  appertains  to  the 
Turkish  cavalry,  known  by  the  name  of 
Topachly,  and  which  is  regularly  clothed, 
armed,  accoutred,  and  paid  by  certain  of- 
ficers, belonging  to  the  Ottoman  empire, 
out  of  revenues  called  maly-mukata,  may 
be  ascertained  and  known  under  the  seve- 
ral appellations  of  Timatiots,  Zaims,  Beg. 
tiers,  and  Beglicrbeys. 

TIMARS,  certain  revenues,  in  Tur- 
key, growing  out  of  lands  which  origi- 
nally belonged  to  Christian  clergy  and  no- 
bility, and  which  the  sultans  seized, 
when  they  conquered  the  countries  they 
inhabited. 

By  means  of  these  Timars  and  Zhmets 
the  Grand  Signor  is  enabled  to  support  the 
greatest  part  of  rtis  cavalry. 

The  Timars  differ  in  value.  The  richest, 
however,  do  not  exceed  twenty  thousand 
aspres  annually,  which  may  be  considered 


as  equal  to  about  three  hundred  ard  fifty- 
dollars;  and  the  Ziamcts  receive  full  as 
•iiuch.  Those  who  are  entitled  to  77- 
mars,  are  called  Timariots,  and  those  who 
ha » e  Ziamets  are  nameJ  Zaims. 

TIMBER,  in  mili'ary  architecture, 
includes  all  kinds  of  felVd  and  seasoned 
wood  used  in  the  several  parts  of  building, 
&c. 

Oak,  of  all  the  different  kinds  of  tim- 
ber known  for  building,  is  preferred  by  the 
European  nations;  because,  when  well 
seasoned  and  dry,  it  is  very  tou^h  and  hard  : 
it  does  not  split  so  easy  as  other  timber,  and 
bears  a  much  greater  weight  than  any- 
other.  When  it  is  used  under  cover,  it 
never  perish  s,  nomoiethan  in  water;  on 
the  contrary,  the  older  it  grows  thr  harder 
it  becomes;  and  when  it  is  exposed  to 
the  weather,  it  exceeds  all  othc"  t'm.bers 
for  durability.  English  oak  is  said  to  be 
the  best,  American  the  next,  then  Nor- 
way, and  lasily  Germany  But  there  are 
various  kinds  of  American  oaks. 

Elm,  if  felled  between  November  and 
February,  is  all  spine,  or  heart,  and  no 
sap,  and  is  of  sin  ular  use  in  places  where 
it  is  always  wet  or  dry.  It  is  very  tough 
and  pliable  ;  it  is  easily  worked,  and  does 
not  readily  split :  it  bears  driving  of  bolts 
and  nails  into  it  better  than  any  other 
wood ;  for  which  reason  it  is  prepared  lor 
artillery  uses. 

Beech  is  likewise  a  very  useful  wood  ; 
it  is  very  tough  and  white  when  young, 
and  of  great  strength,  but  liable  to  warp 
very  much  when  exposed  to  the  weather, 
and  to  be  worm  eaten  when  used  within 
doors.  It  is  frequently  used  for  axle- 
trees,  fellies,  and  all  kinds  of  wheel- 
wright work :  but  where  it  is  kept  con- 
stantly wet,  and  free  from  air,  it  will  out- 
last oak. 

Ash.  Its  use  is  almost  universal.  It 
serves  in  buildings,  or  for  any  other  uses 
where  it  is  skreened  from  the  weather: 
hand-spikes  and  oars  are  chiefly  made  of 
it ;  and  indeed  it  is  the  wood  that  is  most 
fit  for  this,  or  any  other  purpose,  which 
requires  toughness  and  pliability. 

Fir,  commonly  known  by  the  name  of 
pine  is  much  used  in  building,  especially 
within  doors.  It  wants  but  little  sea- 
soning, and  is  much  stronger  while  the 
resinous  particles  are  not  exhausted,  than 
when  it  is  very  dry  :  it  will  last  long  un- 
der water. 

Chesnut-tree,  especially  wild  rhesnut, 
is  by  many  esteemed  to  be  as  good  as  oak. 

But  the  best  of  all  timber  for  shi/  build- 
ing is  the  Teak  of  Asia;  it  endures  water 
four  times  as  long  as  oak,  is  much  more 
easily  wrought ;  iron  spikes  drove  into  it 
do  not  rust. 

There  are  many  other  kinds  of  wood, 
used  in  military  works,  not  mentioned 
here. 

Preserving  O/"TIMBER.  When  boa  rd  s , 
&c.  are  dried,  seasoned,  and  fixed  in 
their  places,  care  is  to  be  takeo  to  defend 
and  preserve  them  :  to  which  the  smear- 


TI  M 


TIR 


687 


ing  them  with  linseed  oil,  tar,  or  the  like 
oleaginous  matter,  contributes  much. 

The  Dutch  preserve  theii  gates,  port- 
cullices,  draw. bridges,  sluices,  &c.  by 
coating  them  over  with  a  mixture  of  pitch 
and  tar,  whereon  th  y  strew  small  pieces 
of  cockle  and  other  shells,  beaten  almost 
to  powder,  and  mixed  with  sea  sand, 
which  incrusts  and  arms  it  wonderfully 
against  wind  and  wearher. 

Seasoning  <?/ TIMBER.  As  soon  as  felled, 
it  snould  be  'aid  in  some  dry  airy  place, 
but  out  of  reach  of  too  much  wind  or  sun, 
which,  in  excess,  will  subject  it  to  crack 
and  fiy.  It  is  not  to  be  set  upright,  but 
laid  along,  one  tree  upon  another,  only 
\vithsomeshortbiocksbetwfen,  to  give 
it  the  better  airintr,  and  prevent  it  be- 
coming mouldy,  which  will  rot  the  sur- 
face and  produce  mushrooms  on  it.  Some 
persons  daub  ^e  trees  all  over  with  cow- 
dung,  which  occasions  their  drying  equal- 
ly, and  prevents  their  cracking,  as  they 
are  otherwise  very  apt  to  do. 

Some  recommend  the  burying  timber  in 
theearth,  as  the  best  method  of  seasoning 
it ;  and  others  have  found  it  a  fine  pre- 
servative to  bury  their  timber  under  the 
•wheat  in  their  granaries  ;  but  this  cannot 
be  made  a  general  practice.  In  Norway 
they  season  their  deal  planks,  by  laying 
them  in  salt  water  for  threeor  four  days, 
when  new  sawed,  and  drying  them  in  the 
sun :  this  is  found  a  great  advantage  to 
them;  but  neither  this,  nor  any  thing 
else,  can  pm-vent  their  shrinking. 

Timber  should  always  be  seasoned, 
-when  it  is  in'emied  for  piles  and  other 
pieces  that  are  to  stand  under  the  earrh  or 
water.  The  Venetians  first  found  out 
th.s  method;  and  the  way  thi-y  do  it  is 
th.s :  they  put  the  piece  to  be  seasoned  in 
a  strong  <md  violent  flame,  turning  it  con- 
tinually round  by  means  of  an  engine, 
taking  it  out  when  it  is  every  where  cover, 
ed  with  a  black  coaly  crust :  by  this  means 
the  internal  part  of  the  wood  is  so  har- 
dened, that  neither  earth  nor  water  can 
damage  it  for  a  long  time  after. 

TIME.  The  measure  of  duration,  by 
which  soldiers  regulate  the  cadence  of  a 
march  :  as  j/ow,  ordinary,  or  quick,  and 
quickest  time  or  step,  'which  see. 

TIME,  in  manoeuvring.  That  neces- 
sary interval  betwixt  each  motion  in  the 
manual  exercise,  as  well  as  in  every  move- 
ment the  army  orany  body  of  men  make. 
TIME,  in  fencing.  There  are  three 
kinds  of  time;  that  of  the  sword,  that  of 
the  foot,  and  that  of  the  whole  body. 
All  the  times  that  are  perceived  out  oi 
their  measure,  are  only  to  be  considered 
as  appels  or  feints  to  deceive  and  amuse 
the  enemy. 

TIME  thrust i  in  fencing.  A  thrust 
giveuupon  any  opening  which  may  occur 
by  an  inaccurate  or  wide  motion  of  you 
adversary,  when  changing  his  guard,  &c 
TIMING,  is  the  accurate  and  critica 
throwing  in  of  a  cut  or  thrust  upon  any 


opening  that  may  occur  as  your  adversary 
changes  his  position. 

TIMON,  Fr.  Shafts  of  a  cart,  coach- 
pole. 

TIMONI E  R,  Fr.  This  word  is  fre- 
quently used  as  a  sea  term  by  the  French, 
and  signifies  helmsman,  or  steersman, 
from  Timon,  which  is  applied  to  the  part 
of  the  helm  he  holds. 

TIN  tubes.     SeeTusES  and  LABOR A- 

TORY. 

T1NDALS,  Ind.     Native  officers  em- 

oyed  in  the  artillery,  and  in  ships. 

TIR,  Fr.  In  artillery.  A  term  used 
to  express  the  explosion  or  discharge  of 
any  firearm  in  any  given  direction.  Un 
b«n,  un  mauvais  tir,  a  good,  a  bad  shot  • 
or  a  shot  well  or  ill  directed. 

Laihenrie  du  TIR,  Fr.  The  theory  or 
art  of  firing. 

TIR  perpendiculaire,  Fr.  A  shot  made 
in  a  perpendicular  direction. 

TIR  oblique,   Fr.     An  oblique  shot. 

Ti  R  a  ricochet,  Fr.     A  ricochet  shot. 

TIR  rasant,  Fr.  A  grazing  shot;  or 
shot  made /•«.<«#/.  See  FORTIFICATION. 

TIR  plongeant)  Fr.  A  downward  or 
plunging  shot. 

T.\9.jichant,  Fr.     A  shot  made  ficbant . 

StC  FO*T1¥ICATION. 

La  justesse  du  TIR,  Fr.  The  true  di- 
rection of  a  shot.  The  French-  say,  ce 
fusil  n'a  pas  le  tire  juste,  this  musquet  has 
not  a  true  direction,  or  its  shot  diverges 
f-om  the  point  levelled  at. 

TIRAILLER,  Fr.  To  pester,  loan- 
noy.  Hence  the  word  Tirailleur. 

TIRAILLEUR.  A  soldier  who  fires 
as  he  pleases  ;  a  rifleman. 

TIRAILLEURS  an~  likewise  skirmish- 
ers or  marksmen,  advanced  in  front  to  an- 
noy the  enemy,  and  draw  oft"  his  atten- 
tion ;  or  they  are  left  behind  to  amuse  and 
stop  his  progress  in  the  pursuit ;  a  column 
of  infantry  is  often  ordered  to  act  as  ti- 
railleurs. 

TIRE,  are  great  guns,   shot,   shells, 
&c.  placed  in  a  regular  form.  See  PILES. 
T.i*E.-6a//et  Fr.     An  instrument  used 
by  sur/eons  toextract  musquet-balls. 

TiKB-AMrrwj  Fr.  In  artillery,  a  wad- 
hook.  It  likewise  signifies  a  worm  to 
draw  the  charge  out  of  a  musquet. 

TIRE-/W,  Fr.  An  instrument  which 
is  used  among  fhe  French  to  fix  a  petard. 
It  likewise  means  a  surgeon's  tenebra  or 
piercer; 

TiRE//gw,  Fr.  An  instrument  used 
in  drawing  lines. 

TIKE  />/i,vtv,  Fr.  To  discharge;  t 
unload. 

TIRER,  Fr.     To  shoot,  to  fire. 
TIRER    a   boulets  rouges,  Fr.     To   fk'e 
with  red  hot  shot. 

TIRER  des  aimes  a  feu,  To  fire  any 
species  of  firearm.  There  isacuiioua 
and  wi.'ll  written  passage  on  th-s  subject 
in  til;"  Sifpp'twc'.'t  aux  reverie*  de  M.  le 
Marechal  de  Saxe,  paee  76 

TIRER  le  cans:,  1- r.  To  fire  or  dis- 
charge pieces  of  ordnance. 


688 


TOK 


TON 


TIRER  likewise  moans  to  move  to- 
war.is  any  place,  viz.  Aprcs  la  hattaille 
gagnee^  l*armee  tira  vers  un  lei  lieu  ;  after 
the  battle  had  be  n  won,  trie  army  moved 
towards -j>uch  a  quarter. 

TIRER  d'ix  ou  dottle  piedf  d'eau,  Fr. 
To  draw  tenor  tvvclv  tVct  water. 

TIREK.  a  la  mer,  Fr.  To  put  off  to 
sea. 

TIREUR,  Fr.  A  game  keeper,  a 
shooter. 

TIREUR  d'arc,  Fr.  A  bowman,  an 
archer 

TIREUR  d'artnes,  Fr.  A  fencing, 
master. 

TYROLI'NS.  A  body  of  sharp 
shooters  in  the  Austrian  service.  They 
take  their  name  from  the  Tyrol,  a  country 
formerly  belonging  to  Germany,  about 
150  miles  long,  and  120  broad.  It  is 
•wholly  mountainous,  and  was  part  of  the 
hereditary  dominions  of  the  house  of 
Austria;  but  having  been  twice  conquer- 
ed by  the  French,  part  has  been  irrevo- 
cably ceded  to  Bavaria  in  1809,  the  rest  is 
incorporated  with  the  kingdom  of  Italy. 

TOCSIN,  Fr.     An  alarm  ball. 

TO  HIE,  Ind.     A  canoe. 

TOISE,  in  military  mensuration,  is  a 
French  measure,  containing  6  feet,  or  a 
fathom  :  a  square  toise  is  36  square  feet, 
and  a  cubical  tcise  is  216  ieet. 

These  two  measures  correspond  in  the 
division  of  the  feet ;  but  these  divisions 
being  unequal,  it  is  necessary  to  observe, 
that  the  proportion  of  the  yard,  as  fixed 
by  the  Royal  Society  at  London,  to  the 
half  toise  as  fixed  by  the  Royal  Academy 
at  Paris,  is  as  36  to  38.355. 

TOISE  carreey  Fr.  Any  square  extent, 
having  six  feet  in  every  sense." 

TOISE  cu6e,l'r.  Any  substance  hav- 
ing 6  feet  in  length, 6 ditto  in  breadth,  and 
6  in  depth. 

TOISE,  Fr.  This  word  is  used  in  the 
masculine  gender,  and  signifies,  in  mathe- 
matics, the  science  or  art  of  measuring 
surfaces  and  solids,  and  of  reducing  the 
measure  by  accurate  calculation. 

Une  affaire  TOISEE,  Fr.  A  familiar 
phrase  signifying,  the  thing  is  done,  all 
over. 

TOISER,  Fr.  To  measure  by  the 
toise. 

TOISER,  Fr.  In  a  military  sense,  to 
take  the  height  of  a  man,  as,  falser  un  sol. 
datt  to  take  the  height  of  a  soldier.  The 
French  likewise  say  in  a  figurative  sense, 
tot  set  son  bomme,  to  examine  one's  man  with 
great  attention,  in  order  to  find  out  his 
merits,  or  good  qualities. 

TQISEUR,  JFV.  A  person  employed 
among  the  French  in  the  constructing  and 
repairing  of  fortifications. 

TOISEUR,  Fr.     A  measurer. 

TOISQN  d'or,  Fr.   The  golden  fleece. 

La  TOISUN,  Ft.  The  order  of  the 
Golden  Fleece  is  so  called. 

TOKERY,  Ind.  A  basket  made  with 
care. 


TOLE,  Fr.  •  Iron  beat  into  thin 
plates. 

T  O  MAN,  Ind.    Ten  thousand  men , 

TOMAND,  Ind.  Equal  to  something 
more  than  three  guineas. 

TOM  HER.  Fr.  To  fall.  Le  -vent 
tombe,  the  wind  tails.  Tomber  entre  les 
ma'ns  des  ennemis^  to  fall  into  the  hands  of 
enemies. 

TOMBIE,  Ind.  A  wind  instrument 
made  in  the  shape  of  a  globe. 

TOMP1ON.     See  TAMPION. 

TAMSOOK.  Hazin  Zaminee,  Ind.  A 
security  for  personal  appearance. 

TOMTOM^/»/.  Asraalldrummade 
in  the  shape  of  a  tambourine. 

TON  DIN,  Fr.  A  term  in  architec- 
ture which  is  seldom  used.  It  is  the 
same  as  the  astragal  or  fillet  which  goes 
round  the  base  of  pillais. 

TONG.     SeeTENAiLLE. 

TONGS  of  a  ivnggon^  a  pirce  of  wood 
fix.-d  between  the  middle  of  the  hind 
ends  of  the  shafts,  mortised  into  the 
fore  cross-bar,  and  let  into  the  hind  cross- 
bar. 

TONGUE  of  a  sword.  That  part  of 
the  blade  on  which  the  gripe,  shell,  and 
pummel  are  fixed. 

A  tii  angular  TONGUE.  The  bayonet 
figuratively  so  called  from  its  shape. 

TONNAGE,  Fr.  A  word  adopted 
from  the  English. 

TONNAGE.  A  custom  or  impost 
due  for  merchandize  brought  or  carried  in 
tons  from  or  to  other  nations  after  a  certain 
rate  in  every  ton. 

TONNAGE.  The  usual  method  of  find- 
ing the  tonnage  of  any  ship  is  by  the  fol- 
lowing rule  :— Multiply  the  length  of 
the  keel  by  the  breadth  of  the  beam,  and 
that  product  by  half  the  breadth  of  the 
beam ;  and  divide  the  last  product  by 
94,  and  the  quotient  will  be  the  ton- 
nage. 

Ship's  keel  72  feet:  breadth  of  beam 
24  feet. 

72  X24X  12 

=  220-6  tonnage; 

94 

The  tonnage  of  goods  and  scores  is  taken 
sometimes  by  weight  and  sometimes  by 
measurement ;  and  that  method  is  allow- 
ed to  the  vessel  which  yields  the  most 
tonnage.  In  tonnage  by  weight  20  cwt. 
make  i  ton.  In  tonnage  by  measurement 
40  cubic  feet  equal  i  ton.  All  carriages, 
or  other  stores  to  be  measured  for  tonnage, 
are  taken  to  pieces  and  packed  in  the 
manner  which  will  occupy  the  least  room 
on  board  ship.  All  ordnance,  whether 
brass  or  iron,  is  taken  in  tonnage  by  its 
actual  weight.  Musquet  cartridges  in  bar- 
rels or  boxes,  all  ammunition  in  boxes, 
and  other  articles  of  great  weight,  are 
taken  in  tonnage  according  to  their  actual 
wcicht. 

The  following  is  the  tonnage  required 
for  some  of  the  most  material  ordnance 
stores  by  the  British  usage. 


TON 


TOP 


689 


TONNAGE    OF    ORDNANCE. 

Kinds.  No.  T.ct.qr. 


Axes,  complete 
withtandk. 


Barrows— Wheel,  packed       20 

Do.  unpav:ked      7 

Hand,  single          20 

Budge  barrels  32 

Bricks  1000 

Buckets  of  leather  20 

Pontoon  &  carriage  complete,  ? 

withitsappertenan.es          $ 

Carbines. — A   chest  with  25 

stand  is  ii  feet  cubic 
Carnages — Standing  42  prs. 
32  prs. 

Howitzer  io  in. 
24  prs. 
i 8  prs.  ? 

Howitzer   8  inch.  $ 

12  prs. 

9  prs. 

6  prs. 

4  prs. 

Carriages. — Travel-  f  24  prs. 
ling,  complete  |  12  prs. 
with  limber  box-<(  9  prs. 
es,  ladles,  sponges  I  6  prs. 
and  rammers  (^  3  prs. 


2    2 

I       O 

0  18 

1  o 

2  5 

O      2 


6  pr.  light,  with  ammunition  } 

boxes  >     2 

5  1-2  inch  howiUer,  Do.       ) 
5  1-2  howitzer  of  ~)  C 

io  cwt.  >  Carriages  <     ^ 

8  inch  howitzer    j  C 

Sling  cart  complete  3 

Forage  cart,  with  limber  4 

Ammunition  waggon  4 

Gravel  cart  z 

Duke  of  Richmond's    close  j> 

bod  led  waggon  $ 

Road  waggon,  with  upright  sides  7 
Gin  ;  triangle 
Grate  for  heating  shot 
Handspikes 

Handcrow  levers,  of  5  feet 
Handscrcws,  large 
small 
Helves,  pick  or  felling 

Do.     sledge 

Do.     pmmaul 

Junk  20  cut.     i 

Linstocks,  with  cocks          600     i 
without  Cocks    1000     i 
Masquers. — A  chest  with  25 

is  16  feet. 

Do.  with  20  is  1 1  feet. 
Match  6  cwt.     i 

<;  n  whole  barrels  i 

Powder  ^  ,a  naU-       do  x 

Pitch  or  tar. — i  uarrol  is  1  feet. 
Pistols. — A  chest  with  50  or  60 

=  io  feet. 

Park  pickets  "  4°    ° 

Pikes  280    i 

Sheep  skins  12  d<:zen    T 

^  ioo     i 
/ 184     J 


120 
120 

'5 

i? 

300 
300 
360 


II      O     O 


13 

o 

10 

o 

IO 

o 

9 

3 

7 

0 

4 

o 

3 

o 

o 

0 

o  17 

0 

5  io 

0 

4  10 

2 

4    7 

^ 

3    7 

2 

2    19 

0 

9  2 

3  o 

2  O 

7  2 

O  2 

O  O 


O  O 

10  O 

14  o 

4  ^ 
o  o 
o  o 
o  o 
o  6 

14  o 

o  o 

o  o 

5  ° 
o  c 
o  o 


14  o 
o  o 
o  o 


9  T 

0  o 

1  O 

o  o 

o  o 


No.  T.  ct.  qr. 
Shovels,  shod  with  iron       138    i    o    o 

Sandbags    ^us^e\  5°°    °  J2    9 

Bales  ) Hait  do-          500    o    7     i 

(2  bushel  250    o    8     i 

The  following  is  the  tonnage  allowed  in 
the  British  service  to  the  military  officer^ 
of  theprd'-ance  embarked  for  foreign  ser- 
vice, for  their  camp  equipage  and  bag- 
gage: 

For  a  field  officer    '         5  tons 
For  a  captain  3   do. 

For  a  subaltern  lA  do; 

TONNE,  Fr.-  A  tun  Jt  likewise 
signifies  a  lart,e  cask  or  vessel  which  is 
used  for  stores  and  ammunition. 

TONNEAUX  Meutriers,  Fr.  Casks 
which  are  bound  together  w;th  ropes,  or 
c  rcled  round  by  iron  hoops,  and  are  filled 
with  gunpowder,  pebble^;  &c .  The  par- 
ticular method  in  which  these  casks  are 
prepared  may  be  seen  ir  Tom.  Jl.  page 
2l8,  Des  CEuvres  Militaires. 

TOOKSOWARS,  Ind.  The  vizir's 
body  of  cavalry. 

TOOLS,  used  in  war,  are  of  many 
denominations  and  uses,  as  laboratory 
tools,  mining  tools,  artificers  tools,  &c. 
which  see. 

TO  PARCH,  (Toparquc,  Fr.)  The 
principal  man  in  a  place. 

TOPARCHY,  (Toparcbie,  Fr.)  Su- 
perintendence ;  command  in  a  district. 

TO  PAS,  Ind.  This  name  was  ori- 
ginally given  by  the  natives  of  India  to  a 
native  Portuguese  soldier,  on  account  of 
his  wearing  a  bat ;  contra-distinguished 
from  the  HinJus  and  Mabomedans  who 
wear  turbans. 

TO  P  E ,  Ind.     A  small  wood  or  grove. 

TOPE,   Ind,     A  gun. 

TOPEE,  Ind.     A  hat. 

TOPEE  WaUa^  Ind.  A  person  who 
wears  a  hat. 

TOPEKHANA,  Ind.  The  place  where 
guns  are  kept ;  the  arsenal. 

TO  P  G I  -  Bacbi.  G  rand  master  of  the 
Turkish  artillery.  This  appointment  is 
one  of  the  most  important  situations  in 
the  gift  of  the  Porte  It  is  generally  be- 
stowed upon  a  relation  to  the  Grand  Sig- 
nor,  or  upon  a  favorite  to  the  Gran-J  Visier. 

The  name  is  derived  fiom  tope,  which, 
inthcTurkibh  langua/e,  sonifies  cannon, 
and  from  Buck,  which  means  lord,  chief, 
or  commandant. 

The  person  next  in  command  to  the 
Topgi-Bachi  is  called  Dwkigi-Bacbit  or 
master  of  theTopgis,  who  are  both  can- 
nonnecrs  and  founders.  Tli.  latter  are 
paid  every  month  by  a  commissary  ot 
their  own,  whom  they  call  Kutib. 

TOiJG  IS,  sometimes  written  Topchis. 
A  name  generally  used  among  tli.  Turks 
to  signify  all  persons  employed  in  the 
casting  of  cannon,  and  whoaieaftei  wards 
appointed  to  the  guns.  It  is  here  neces- 
sary to  observe,  that  on  account  or  :ne 
vast  extent  ot  the  O'toman  empire,  the 
Turks  do  not  attach  much  heavy  ordnance 
to  their  armies,  especially  when  they  car- 
4  s 


690 


TOP 


TOP 


ry  on  their  operations  from  one  frontier  to 
another.  This  is  owing  to  the  scarcity  of 
draught-horses,  and  to  the  natural  obsta- 
cles of  the  country.  So  that  they  seldom 
cany  into  the  field  guns  above  eight  or 
twelve-  pounders. 

But  when  it  is  their  design  to  form  any 
considerable  siege,  they  load  camels  with 
ail  the  materials  requisite  tor  casting  can- 
non. A  certain  number  of  Topgis  ac- 
company them,  and  the  instant  the  armv 
takes  up  its  quarters  near  to  the  spot 
tfchere  the  attack  is  to  be  made,  they  set 
to  work  and  cast  pieces  of  ordnance  of 
every  species  of  calibre  or  bore. 

The  Turkish  cannon  is  extremely  beau- 
tiful and  well  cast.  The  ornamental  parts 
consist  of  plants,  fruits,  &c.  for  it  is  ex- 
pressly forbidden  in  the  Koran  to  give 
the  representation  of  any  human  figure 
upon  fire-arms,  particularly  upon  pieces 
of  ordnance;  the  Turks  being  taught  to 
believe  thai  God  would  order  the  work- 
man to  give  it  life,  or  would  condemn 
him  to  eternal  punishment. 

The  Turks  are  very  awkward  in  con- 
structing platforms  for  their  batteries,  and 
are  almost  ignorant  of  the  art  of  pointing 
(heir  pieces.  From  a  consciousness  of 
theii  deficiency  on  this  head,  they  encou- 
rage Christian  artillerymen  and  engineers 
to  come  amongst  them;  but  until  the  year 
1798,  they  seldom  viewed  them  but 
with  a  jealous  eye,  and  always  gave  the 
preference  to  rene^adoes.  Central  Koeh- 
ler,  with  a  few  British  officers  belonging 
to  the  train,  joined  their  army  in  1800  for 
the  purnose  or  act;np  against  Egypt. 

TOPIKHANNAH,  Ind.  A  house  for 
keeping  guns,  an  arsenal,  armory. 

TOPOGRAPHER.  A  person  skilled 
in  viewing,  measuring,  and  describing 
ground. 

ToPOGRAPHrc.AL       ENGINEERS.         A 

body  of  military  men  which  are  now  be- 
come  essential  in  war. 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  DEPOT.  The  fol- 
lowing short  sketch  of  theonly  institution 
of  this  k'nd  which  is  peculiar  to  France, 
will  explain  it?  nature  and  origin.  Lou- 
vois  minister  of  Louis  XIV.  in  1668  un- 
dertook to  reform  all  the  departments  of 
government;  arid  the  war  departme.  t 
among  ihe  rest.  His  death  interrupted 
his  design  which  was  nevertheless  after- 
•wards  pursued  upon  the  peace  of  Utrecht 
in  1713:  when  all  the  military  papers 
were  classed,  under  different  heads,  and 
tables  of  contents  to  each  prepared, 
amounting  to  2700  volumes.  These  pa- 
pers embraced  all  military  subjects  from 
1671  to  that  time. 

in  1696  a  corps  called  "  engineers  of 
camps  aiui  armies"  was  instituted  ;  who 
in  1726  were  called  4<  geographical  engi- 
neers" employed  with  the  stalf  in  draw- 
ing plans,  &c.  But  their  drawings  were 
used  only  in  thecamp,  until  1744,  when 
d'Argenson  improved  thecorps  and  estab- 
lished them  at"  Versailles.  It  was  from 
this  depot  that  Voltaire  obtained  all  the 


materials  which  render  his  concise  sketch- 
es of  history  more  accurate  and  preferable 
to  any  other,  who  has  not  made  use  of  his 
materials. 

In  the  seven  years  war,  the  Hotel  de  la 
Guerre  w  s  erected  at  Versa  lies,  it  was 
completed  in  1760.  Berthier  who  was  the 
intima'e  friend  of  marshal  Saxe  was  ap- 
pointed chief  geographical  engineer  ;  a  d  he 
collected  a  vast  body  of  charts,  drawings, 
and  topographical  sketches  on  the  Rhine, 
Hesse,  Westphalia,  Hanover,  &c. 

But  some  idea  of  former  insufficiency 
may  be  had  from  the  following  anecdote 
taken  from  memoirs  of  marshal  Rocham- 
beau  (the  same  who  served  with  Wash- 
ington) published  at  Paris  in  1809:  the 
marshal  was  an  officer  under  marshal 
Richelieu  at  the  attack  on  Minorca  during 
the  seven  years  war,  which  he  thus  de- 
scribes:—" When  the  marshal  left  Ver- 
sailles to  proceed  on  the  expedition,  there 
could  be  found  only  one  plan  very  old  of 
Port  Mahon,  in  the  military  depot,  and 
this  was  merely  a  draft  of  Fort  St.  Philip. 
M.  tie  Valliere,  a  minister  of  that  day, 
who  was  much  better  adapted  to  be  a  man- 
midwife  than  a  chief  of  the  war  depot,  was 
consulted,  and  said  that  24  pieces  of 
heavy  ordnance  and  15  mortars  would  be 
sufficient  to  lay  the  place  in  ashes.  At 
Toulon,  Richelieu  had  some  discourse 
with  a  captain  of  a  merchant  ship  who 
had  been  prisoner  at  Port  Mahon,  who 
said  the  duke's  plan  of  St.  Philip  was  no 
more  like  it  than  the  Bastile.  This  intel- 
ligence induced  the  duke  to  take  14  pieces 
of  artillery  and  7  mortars  more.  But  what 
was  our  astonishment  when  on  the  first 
s'uht  of  Fort  St.  Philip  we  discovered 
works  bristled  with  arms  and  fortifications 
presenting  140 embrasures  with  their  tom- 
pions  out." 

There  can  be  no  greater  ignorance  than 
this  in  military  affairs,  excepting  the  ig- 
norance of  the  British  at  Walcheren  in 
1809,  who  did  not  know  that  the  channel 
which  formerly  made  Cadsand  an  island, 
and  separated  it  from  the  continent,  had 
been  filled  up  and  become  terra  firma  for 
25  years  preceding. 

By  an  arret  of  1769  the  topographical 
board  was  ugain  revived,  but  fell  into  ne- 
glect. St.  Germain  made  them  one  corps 
with  the  engineers ;  but  they  were  again 
separated  in  1777.  M.  cte  Vault  who  had 
been  the  soul  of  the  institution  for  40  years, 
ever  since  1750,  died  in  1790,  hehad  digest- 
ed all  the  materials  of  the  wars  down  to  the 
year  1763  in  a  military  historical  manner^ 
tru;y  amounted  to  125  volumes.  It  come 
u".der  the  tarr-  of  his  colleague  M.  Bcau- 
doin,  who  died,  and  was  succeeded  by  gene- 
ral Mathieu  Dumas,  until  the  revolution  ; 
when  the  war  depot  in  1791  was  removed 
t  >  Paris  for  safety  and  for  LSJ.  Colon, 
Desdorides,  Lacuer,  and  Carnot,  were  ac- 
tive in  it;  Carnot  for  his  own  advantage 
and  convenience  formed  out  of  this  a  pri- 
vate topographical  cabinet,  to  which  may 
be  attributed  the  developement  of  • 


TOP 


TOR 


691 


grand  combinations,  which  put  fourteen 
armies  in  motion  and  maintained  their  co- 
operation in  a  manner  which  has  astonish- 
ed mankind,  and  laid  the  foundation  for 
those  congenial  achievements  which  have 
since  subverted  all  previous  axioms  in  tac- 
tics and  prosrr«ted  and  encircled  Europe. 
But  the  want  of  topographers  being  so 
much  felt  in  the  early  campaigns  of  the 
revolution  no  doubt  stimulated  Carnot  to 
render  >t  perfect.  Accordingly  the  corps 
was  new  organs  zed,  three  companies  were 
formed,  and  each  composed  of  12  artists 
and  a  considerable  number  of  pupils  or 
assistants  to  each.  T1  ese  were  employed 
on  the  topography  ot  Bavaria,  Suabia,  &c. 
the  materials  collected  in  Italy,  Pied- 
mont, Spain,  Naples,  Egypt,  and  St. 
Domingo.  The  grand  map  of  France  by 
Cass'ni ;  the  chart  by  Ferraris  of  the  Ne- 
therlands, and  Piedmont  by  Borgonio, 
were  engraved  under  the  inspection  of  this 
corps.  During  the  war  all  topographical 
materials  were  collected  with  zeal.  Ge- 
neral Dupont  (who  has  been  since  made 
prisoner  in  Spain)  considerably  improved 
and  enriched  it ;  Ernou^  who  was  lately 
commander  of  one  of  the  French  W.  I. 
islands,  was  tor  a  tune  at  the  head  of  this 
depot;  its  organization  was  completed  in 
1795.  General  Clarke,  having  been  edu- 
cated in  thk>  corps,  was  placed  at  the  head 
of  it  in  the  year  1800.  A  library  was 
established  and  8000  volumes  appropriate 
to  the  subject  added  by  him.  In  1801  it 
was  enriched  with  all  that  the  campaigns 
of  Bonaparte  procured. 

But  the  most  important  of  its  works 
was  a  plan  of  France  upon  a  combined 
projection  of  4  points  of  view  taken  on 
the  banks  of  the  Rhine,  24  topographical 
engineers  under  Franchot  the  astronomer 
accomplished  this.  The  organization 
was  further  improved  on  a  project  of  ge- 
neral Clarke;  general  Andreossi  after- 
wards succeeded,  and  under  his  care  nu- 
merous charts  were  engraved  and  pub- 
lished. 

The  following  is  an  abstract  of  the  con- 
tents of  the  depot.  2700  volumes  an- 
cient archives  ;  8000  select  additional  vo- 
lumes; 900  rolls  of  modern  topographical 
plans;  131  volumes  and  78  rolls  modern 
narrative,  each  of  which  is  composed  of  at 
least  50  individual  memoirs;  4700  en- 
graved maps;  7400  manuscript  plans  of 
battles,  marches,  encampments,  &c. 

It  furnished  to  the  army  before  1804, 
engraved  maps  7278;  manuscript  plans 
and  drawings  207;  61  atlases,  and  up- 
wards of  600  narrative  memoirs. 

In  the  early  formation  of  this  and  other 
scientific  establishments,  in  the  talents 
which  directed  and  the  liberality  that  pro- 
vided them,  we  see  one  of  the  real  causes 
why  France  is  superior  in  war  to  all  other 
nations. 

TOPOGRAPHY.  In  military  bis 
J*y,  a  description  or  draught  of  some  par 
ticular  place,  or  small  tract  ofland,  as  that 
of  a  fortification,  city,  manor  or  tenement 


garden,  house,  castle,  fort,  or  the  like; 
such  as  engineers  set  out  in  theirdrawings, 
:br  the  information  of  their  prince  or  gene- 
al.  Hence  a  topographical  chart—  Carte 

TOPSYTURVY.  Upside  down,  or, 
as  our  old  authors  more  properly  wrote 
t,  (to  use  Mr.  Tooke's  words  in  his  Di- 
versions of  Purley,)  Up  so  down  ;  bottom 
upward.  1 1  corresponds  with  the  French 
erm,  Sans  dessus  dessous  ;  without  top  or: 
jottom  :  /,  e.  a  situation  of  confusion,  in 
which  you  cannot  discern  the  top  from  tUe 
bo:  torn,  or  say  which  is  the  top  and  which 
the  bottom.  When  a  battalion  is  so  awk- 
wardly managed,  either  through  the  igno- 
rance of  the  chief  who  gives  the  several 
words  of  command,  or  throu1,  h  the  dull- 
ness of  the  officers  and  soldiers  who  are  to 
execute  them,  that  the  grenadiers  get 
where  the  light  infantry  should  stand,  and 
he  rest  of  the  companies  out  of  their  pro- 
per fronts  and  positions,  such  a  battalion 
nay  be  said  to  be  topsyturvy.  There  is 
a  sea-phrase  in  familiar  use  among  the 
military,  which  means  the  same  tning, 
viz\  to  cap$ix,et  renverser.  Chavirer  quel- 
que chose,  comme  une  embarcatlon^  &c.  To 
turn  upside  down,  as  to  capsize  a  piece  of 
ordnance.  Hence,  figuratively,  to  cap- 
size a  battalion,  which  means  the  same  as 
to  club  a  battalion.  See  To  CLUB. 

TOQUE,    Fr.      A    velvet   cap    with 
the  sides  turned  up,  and  flat  at  the  top. 
The  Cent  Suisses,  or  the  French    king's 
Swiss  body  guard,  wore  the  toque  during 
the  French  monarchy. 
TOR.     A  tower  or  turret. 
TORCHES,  (Torches,  Fr.j     In  mili- 
tary  matters,  are  lights   used  at  sieges, 
&c.     They  are  generally  made  of  thick 
ropes,  &c. 

TORCH  IS,  Fr.  Mud. clay,  with 
which  cottager's  huts,  Sec.  are  made  in 
most  countries. 

TORE,  Fr.     See  TOR  us. 
TORUS.      In    architecture,   a    large 
round  moulding   used  in  the    bases   of 
columns. 

TORLAQUI.  A  sort  of  priest  in 
Turkey. 

TORNADO.  A  Portuguese  word 
which  is  us;.'d  on  the  southe.n  coasts  of 
Africa,  to  express  furious  whirlwinds 
that  are  often  fatal  to  mariners  and  sea- 
men. Dr.  Johnson  calls  it  generally,  a 
hurricane;  a  whirlwind. 

TORPEDO.  A  military  machine  for 
defence,  invented  by  Mr.  Robert  Fulton, 
an  American;  there  are  various  kinds 
adapted  to  positions  and  methods  ot  de- 
fence or  attack;  the  machine  is  a  case  of 
copper,  oblong,  and  containing  loolbs.  or 
more  of  powder ;  to  the  end  of  the  case 
is  a  kind  of  lock  about  the  size  of  a  parlor 
door  brass  lock,  inside  of  which  are  clock 
works  so  formed  as  to  be  set  to  any  number 
of  seconds  or  minutes  required,  which  be- 
ing expired,  the  gunpowder  in  the  case  is 
exploded,  and  all  above  is  torn  topic 
the  explosion. 


691 


TO  U 


TOU 


TORSE,  Fr.  This  word  means  lite- 
rally, twisted.  In  architecture  it  signi- 
fies a  pillar,  the  body  of  which,  or  the 
part  between  the  base  and  the  capital,  is 
surrounded  with  concave  and  convex  cir- 
cular li.ies. 

TORTOISE.     SeeTESTuno. 
TORTS,  Fr.     See  WRONGS. 
TORTUE,  Fr.     Literaily  means  tor- 
toise.    1 1  likewise  signifies  the  testudo,  or 
tortoise,  a  warlike  machine  which    was 
used  among  the  ancients 

TORTUE  d'hommes,  Fr.  A  parti- 
cular formation  which  was  formerly 
adopted  b>  the  besieged  when  they  made 
a  sortie. 

TORTUE  dt  Mrr,  Fr.  A  sort  ot 
vessel  which  has  its  deck  raised  in  Mich  a 
manner,  that  it  resembles  the  roof  of  a 
liouse,  beneath  which  soldiers  and  pas- 
sengers may  conveniently  stand  or  sit  with 
their  ba<  gage  in  bad  weather. 

TOSH  A  Khannay  nd.  Store-room, 
•wardrobe. 

TOSTE,  Fr.    A  rowing  bench  in  a 
boat.     Jt  is  likewise  called  Tostede  Cha 
loupe. 

TOUCH- HOLE.  The  vent  through 
which  the  fire  is  conveyed  to  the  powder 
in  the  chamber  of  a  gun. 

I  OUR,  Fr.  Turn.  This  word  is 
likewise  used  by  the  English  in  military 
matters,  as  tour  of  duty. 

TOUR  a  Jeu,  Fr.     A  light  house. 
TOUR  de  baton,  Fr,     By-profits.    See 
BATON. 

TOURNAMENT.  From  the  old 
lrreuch  word  tournoi,  which  is  derived 
j'rom  tonrner,  to  turn.  An  exercise  of  mock 
battls  formerly  practised,  wherein  princes 
and  gentlemen  afforded  specimens  of  their 
dexterity  and  courage  in  public  places,  b> 
entering  the  lists  and  encountering  all  op- 
posers.  They  were  well  mounted  on 
horseback,  clad  in  armor,  and  accoutred 
with  lance  and  sword^;  first  tilted  atone 
another,  a'.cl  then  drew  their  swords  am 
fought  hand  to  hand. 

These  exercises  being  designed  to  mak 
the  persons,  who  practised  them,  exper 
in  the  art  of  war,  and  also  to  enrertain  thi 
court,  the  arms  were  in  a  great  measure 
rendered  so  far  nnocuous  that  they  conic 
.  not  kill  the  combatants.  For  rhis  pur 
pose  the  points  of  the  lances  and  sword 
"were  broken  off';  but  notwithstandin 
this  precaution,  frequent  mischief  occur 
red.  In  consequence  of  which  the  Pop 
prohibited  all  sorts  o,"  tournaments,  uncle 
pain  of  excommunication. 

Tournaments  had  their  origin  from  th 
ancient  gladiarory  combats,  and  not  from 
the  usage  of  the  northern  pcopl^,  as  i 
e.ommonly  believed.  In  Cicero's  tim 
they  were  called  by  the  Greek  name  Ana 
batiS;  because  their  helmet  in  a  grea 
in  asure  obsMucted  their  seeing. 

TOUKN  EE,  F/-      A  circuitous  jour 
.   ne>    made    for   the   purpose  ot    inspec 
tion,  &c. 

Le  General  Jit  unt  TO  u  R  NE  5  pour  exa 


<hter  les  avant  pastes.     The  general  went 
ound  to  examine  the  outposts. 

Tou RN E  a  gauche,  Fr.     A  tool  used  by 
arpenters,  masons,  and  other  artizans,  in 
urning  screws,  saws,  Sec. 
TOURNER,  Fr.     To  turn.     In  mi- 
tary  matters  it  signifies  to  get  upon  the 
lank  or  in  the  rear  of  any  object  you  pro- 
pose to  attack. 

TOURNER  un  ouvrage,  Fr.  In  fortifi- 
ation,  to  turn  a  work.  This  is  effected 
>y  cutting  oil'  its  communication  with 
he  main  body  of  the  place,  and  taking 
jossession  of  the  gorge.  Tourner  lejianc, 
o  turn  the  flank.  Tourner  ('aile  drvite  ou 
'ai/e  gauche,  to  turn  the  right  or  left 
wing.  Tourner  vn  paste,  une  montagne,  to 
jet  into  the  rear  of  a  post,  mountain,  &c» 
TOURNIQUET,  Fr.  A  turnstile. 
It  likewise  signifies  a  swivel  or  iron 

fr. 

TOURNIQUET,  Fr.  Among  artificers3 
a  species  of  firework  composed  of  two 
fusees,  which,  when  set  fire  to,  produces 
the  same  effect  as  the  Soldi  Toum  ant. 

TOURNIQUET,  (Tourniquet)  Fr.)  In 
surgery,  an  instrument  made  of  rollers, 
compresses,  screws,  &c.  for  compressing 
any  wounded  part  so  as  to  stop  haemor- 
rhages. 

The  common  Tourniquet  is  very  sim- 
ple, consisting  only  of  a  roller,  which > 
with  the  help  of  a  small  stick,  serves  to 
stop  the  effusion  of  blood  from  large  ar- 
teries, in  amputation,  by  forcibly  tying 
up  the  limb.  The  things  required  in 
this  operation  are,  a  roller  of  a  thumb's 
breadth,  and  of  an  ell  in  length  ;  a  small 
cylindrical  stick,  a  conglomerated  ban- 
dage, two  fingers  thick  and  four  long  ; 
some  compresses  of  a  good  length,  and 
about  three  or  four  fingers  breadth,  to 
surround  the  legs  and  arms,  and  a  square 
piece  of  strong  paper  or  leather,  about 
four  fingers  wide.  By  the  British  regula- 
tions published  in  1799,  for  the  better 
management  of  the  sick  in  regimental 
hospitals,  every  surgeon  and  assistant  sur- 
geon is  directed  to  have,  among  other  sur- 
gical instruments,  a  certain  number  of 
tourniquets;  and  Serjeants,  &c.  are  to  be 
taught  the  method  of  using  it. 

In  May,  1798,  two  tourniquets  were 
directed  to  be  sent  to  each  English  regi- 
ment, the  rest  are  to  be  made  by  the  men 
of  the  regiment ;  and  besides  one  to  each 
person  who  will  be  taught  the  use  of  it, 
it  is  necessary  to  have  four  for  every  hun- 
dred men.  . 

The  non-commissioned  officers,  band, 
and  drummers  of  every  regiment,  are  to 
be  taught  the  manner  of  applying  it  ac- 
cording to  instructions  sent  down  from 
the  surpeon  general's  department. 

TOURNOIS,  Fr.     Tournament. 

TOURS  Mobiles,  Fr.  Movable  tow- 
ers. These  were  made  use  of  in  remote 
ages  ;  and  although  the  invention  of  them 
has  been  attributed  by  some  to  the  Greeks 
and  by  others  to  the  Romans,  it  does  not 
belong  to  either ;  for  we  read  of  moveabie 


TOW 


TR  A 


693 


towers  in  Ezek'el.  The  curious  may 
derive  much  information  on  this  head 
from  the  Chevalier  Folard  in  his  trans  U- 
tion  ot  Polybius,  page  536,  torn.  ii.  See 
MOVEABLE  TOWERS. 

TOURS  bastiotmees,  Fr.     See  TOWER 

BASTIONS 

TOURS  hohesy  Fr.  Detached  towers  ; 
such  as  are  made  in  forts,  or  stand  upon 
the  coast  to  serve  for  lighthouses. 

TOURS  terriefesy  Fr.  Lar-;e  pieces  of 
wood  which  are  used  in  mechanical  o  j---- 
rations  to  convey  or  remove  heavy  mir- 
th ens. 

La  TOURBE  menue,  Fr.  The  com- 
mon people,  the  rabble. 

TOURB1LLON,  Fr.  Whirlwind, 
vortex.  The  French  likewise  call  a 
water-spout  by  this  name. 

ToUkBILLON  dtfeli)  Fr.  SecSoLElL 
M  O  N  T  A  N  T  . 

TOURELLE./V.     A  turret. 

TOURILLON,  Fr.  A  sor t  of  pivot 
upon  which  several  machines,  such  as 
draw-bridgi  s,  £c  are  made  to  turn. 

TOURILLONS.     See  TRUNNIONS. 

TOURMENTE,  Fr.  A  Violent  storm. 

TOURTEAU  Gcudionxt,  Fr.  Old 
rope  which  is  untwisted,  steeped  in  pitch 
or  tar,  and  aiterwards  left  to  dry.  It  is 
used  in  fosses  and  other  places  during  a 
siege.  The  French  make  the  Tourteau 
Goudt-onne  in  the  following  manner.— 
Take  12  pounds  of  tar  or  pitch,  6  ditto  of 
tallow  or  grease,  which  put  to  3  pints  of 
linseed  oil,  and  boil  the  whole  together, 
You  then  take  old  matches,  or  twisted 

Eieces  of  rope  of  any  length  you  want,  and 
:t  them  soak  in  the  boiling  liquor.  If 
you  wish  to  prevent  them  from  burning 
too  fast,  add  six  pounds  of  rosin  and  two 
of  turpentine. 

TOUT  lemondebautfi  Fr.  A  Freqch 
word  of  command  at  sea  which  corres- 
ponds with  our  sea  phrase,  Pipe !  all 
hands  up. 

TOUT/*  tnondf  bas,  Fr.  A  French 
word  of  command  at  sea  which  corres- 
ponds with  Pipe  !  all  hands  down. 

Touxfc  volee,  Fr.     Random  shot. 

Tirer  a  touts  *volee.     To  tire  at  random, 

TOWER,  (Tour,  Fr.)  Any  high 
building  raised  above  another,  consisting 
of  several  stories,  usually  of  a  round  form, 
though  sometimes  square  or  polygonal ;  a 
fortress,  a  citadel.  Towers  are  built  for 
fortresses,  prisons,  Sec.  as  the  tawer  of 
the  Bastille,  which  was  destroyed  by  the 
inhabitants  of  Paris  in  1789. 

The  TOWER  of  London,  commonly  call- 
ed the  Tower.  A  building  with  five  small 
turrets  at  different  angles  above  it,  situ- 
ated on  the  banks  of  the  river  Thames. 

The  Tower  of  London  is  not  only  a  ci- 
tadel to  defend  and  command  the  city, 
river,  Sec.  but  it  is  also  a  royal  palace, 
where  the  kings  of  England  with  their 
covirts  have  sometimes  lodged ;  a  royal 
arsenal,  wherein  are  stored  arms  and  am- 
munition fur  60,000  soldiers ;  a  treasury 
for  the  jewels  and  ornaments  of  the  crown ; 


a  mint  for  coining  mone>  ;  the  arc;  ives 
wherein  are  preserved  all  rhe  ancient  re- 
cords of  the  courts  of  Westminster,  &c. 
and  the  chief  inisun  for  state  delinquents. 


The  officers  belonging  to 
London  consist  of 


the   Tower  of 


•per  ann. 

1000       O    O 


i  constable  and  chief  go- 
vernor at 

lieutenant  governor,  at  7^~     o  o 

deputy  lieutenant,  at  ,00 

major,  at  ,00 

chaplain,  at  12:    13  4 

gentleman  porter,  at  84    o  8 

gentleman  gaoler,  at  70    o  o 

physician,  at  182  10  o 

siugecn,  at  45   12  6 

.•<!)<M  n.ccary,  i  yeoman  porter 
TowER-oa.fr/cw,  in  fortification,  are 
sma!!  tnweis  aiacie  :n  rh^  Form  01  ;.astir>ns, 
by  M.  Vauban,  iu  las  bccond  and  third 
method;  with  rooms  01  cellars  under- 
neath t-»  place  men  and  guns  in  them. 

Marietta  TOWER.  See  TOURS  MO- 
BILES. 

Maiieable  TOWERS,  in  ancient  military 
history,  were  three  stories  high,  built  with 
large  beams,  each  tower  was  placed  on 
4  wheels  or  trucks,  and  towards  the  town 
covered  with  boih  d  leather,  to  guard  it 
from  fire,  and  to  resist  the  d.irts  :  on  each 
story  100  archers  were  ported.  They 
were  pushed  with  the  force  of  men  to  the 
city  wall.  From  these  the  soldiers,  placed 
in  thediflerent  stages,  made  such  vigor- 
ous discharges  that  none  of  the  garrison 
dared  to  shew  themselves  on  the  rampart. 
TOWN.  Any  walled  collection  of 
houses. 

']LQV-'U- Adjutant.  Ah  assistant  to  the 
town- major.  See  ADJUTANT. 

T  o  w  N  -  Major.  An  officer  constantly 
employed  about  the  governor  or  officer 
commanding  a  garrison,  &c.  He  issues 
the  orders  to  the  troops,  and  reads  the 
common  orders  to  fresh  troops  when  they 
arrive.  He  commands  according  to  the 
rank  he  had  in  the  army  ;  but  if  he  never 
had  any  other  commission  than  that  ot" 
town  or  fort-major,  he  is  to  command  as 
youngest  captain.  See  MAJOR. 

TRABAND.  A  trusty  brave  soldier 
in  the  Swiss  infantry,  whose  particular 
duty  was  to  guard  "the  colors  and  the 
captain  who  led  them.  He  was  armed 
with  a  sword  and  a  haibeit,  the  blade  of 
which  was  shaped  like  a  pcrtuisan.  He 
generally  wore  the  colonel's  livery,  and 
was  excused  all  the  duties  of  a  centry. 
His  pay  was  eight  deniers  more  than  the 
daily  subsistence  of  the  company. 

TRABJEA,  TWiv,  Fr.  A  white  gown 
bordered  with  purple,  and  adorned  with 
davi  or  trabcae  of  scarlet.     See  Kennett's 
R.  A.  pave  3 13. 
TRACKR, .  Fr.     To  trace. 
TRACES.      The  harness    by    which 
beasts  ot  draught  are  enabled  to  move  bo- 
dies to  which  they  are  yoked 
TR  AH  I  SON,  Fr.     Treason. 

Fr.     High  treason. 


694 


TR  A 


TR  A 


Titer  en  TRAHTSON,  Fr,  To  kill  in  a 
treacherous  manner. 

TRAIL.  In  gunnery.  The  end  of  a 
travelling  carriage,  opposite  to  the  wheels, 
and  upon  which  the  carriage  slides  when 
unlimbered  or  upon  the  battery.  See 
CARRIAGES. 

To  TRAIL,  literally  means  to  draw 
alone:  the  ground.  In  military  matters  it 
signifies,  to  cany  the  firelock  in  an  oblique 
forward  position,  with  the  butt  just  above 
the  ground.  Hence  Trail  Arms,  a  word 
of  command  for  that  purpose. 

TRAINE,  Ft.  A  term  known  among 
Trench  sailors  and  soldiers  at  sea,  to  sig- 
nify a  thin  rope  or  rather  packthread,  to 
which  they  tie  their  linen;  leaving  it  to 
iloat  or  be  dragged  through  the  waves  un- 
til it  is  clean. 

TRAIN,  (Tram,  Fr.)  In  a  military 
acnse,  all  the  necessary  apparatus,  imple- 
ments of  war,  such  as  cannon,  &c.  that 
are  required  at  a  siege  or  in  the  field. 

TRAIN  ofArtiUtryt  (Tralne  d'artillerie, 
Fr.)  in  a  general  sense,  means  the  regi- 
ment of  artillery  ;  it  also  includes  the  great 
guns  and  other  pieces  of  ordnance  belong- 
ing to  an  army  in  the  held.  See  ARTIL- 
LERY. 

TRAIN,  (Trainee,  Fr.)  In  mining. 
A  line  or  gunpowder  laid  to  give  fire  to  a 
quantity  thereof,  which  has  been  lodged 
for  the  purpose  of  blowing  up  earth, 
works,  buildings,  &c. 

TRAIN,  is  also  used  to  denote  the  at- 
tendants, of  a  prince  or  general,  upon 
ui.tny  occasions. 

TRAIN-^W.'/J,  or  trained  Lands,  a  name 
formerly  given  to  the  militia  of  England. 

TRAINEAUX,  Fr.  Several  pieces 
of  wood  made  in  the  form  of  a  large  sledge 
upon  which  pieces  of  ordnance  and  stores, 
&c.  are  conveyed  to  the  rampart,  and 
brought  from  one  place  to  another. 

TRA1NEURS,  Fr.  Men  who  on  a 
march  lag  behind,  and  thereby  occasion  a 
loose  and  unconnected  appearance  in  the 
line  of  march.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  rear 
guard  to  pick  up  all  stragglers,  and  to 
report  them  to  head-quarters. 

TR  A  i  NEUR  d'epee.  A  parasite;  a  man 
who  has  never  dune  a  clay's  duty,  but 
wears  a  sword  and  looks  big. 

TRAITS,  Fr.  Drag-ropes,  &c.  used 
in  the  artillery. 

TRAJE C TO RY//W,  isthe curved  line 
formed  by  the  shot  after  the  explosion  to 
the  end  of  its  career. 

TRAJET.     See  FERRY. 

TRAMONTANE,    Fr.      The  north 

><.  uul  in  the  Mediterranean  is  so  termed  by 

rench.     It  is   so  called,  because  it 

blows  beyond  the  hills  that  are  near  Rome 

«x;id  Florence. 

TR  AN  CHANT,  Fr.     Cutting. 

fee   a  deux  TRAN  CH  AN  S,  Fr. 
A  two-edged  sword. 

T  l<  A  N  C 1-1 E  E ,  Fr.     See  T R  F.  N  c  H  . 

TRANCHES  double,  Fr.  A  double 
,  one  side  of  which  serves  as  a  tra- 
:'j  the  other;  by  which  means  they 


are  mutually  covered  from  a  reverse  or 
enfilade  firing. 

TRANCHE*!  crochet,  Fr.  A  bending 
trench,  or  one  in  the  shape  of  a  hook. 
This  species  of  trench  is  found  where  the 
line  turns,  at  the  extremities  of  the  pla- 
ces of  arms,  and  at  the  ends  of  the  cava- 
liej-s. 

TRANCHES  dlrecte,  Fr.  A  trench 
which  is  carried,  or  run  out  in  a  strait 
forward  direction,  and  which  serves  to 
shut  up  any  spot  from  whence  you  might 
be  enfiladed 

TRAN  S  F  E  RS.  Soldiers  taken  out  of 
one  troop  or  company  and  placed  in  ano- 
ther are  so  called. 

TRANSFIXED.  An  ancient  term 
used  to  express  the  state  of  being  despe- 
rately wounded  by  some  pointed  instru- 
ment, as  being  run  through  by  a  spear, 
javelin  or  bayonet;  pierced  through  so 
that  the  weapon  is  fixed  in  another  body. 

TRANSOMS.  In  artillery.  Pieces 
of  wood  which  join  the  cheeks  of  gun- 
carriages;  there  is  but  one  in  a  truck- 
carriage,  placed  under  the  trunnion-holes  ; 
and  four  in  a  wheel-carriage,  the  trail,  the 
centre,  the  bed,  and  the  breast  transoms. 

TRANSOM-2/»to,  with  hooks.— 
There  is  one  on  each  side  of  the  side- 
pieces,  against  each  end  of  the  transom, 
the  bed-transom  excepted,  fastened  by 
two  transom-bolts. 

TR  ANsoM-^0//,  with  bars.  They  serve 
to  tie  the  side- pieces  to  the  transom. 

TRANSPIRATION,  Fr.  This  word 
is  used  by  the  French  in  hydraulics,  to 
signify  the  oozing  of  water  through  the 
pores  of  the  earth.  It  often  happens,  in 
digging  a  canal  through  sandy  ground, 
that  the  tianspirations  or  oozings,  are  so 
plentiful  as  not  to  leave  water  enough  for 
the  intended  purposes  of  navigation.  This 
occurred  at  New-Brisac,  when  a  canal 
was  dug  in  order  to  convey  materials  for 
its  fortifications.  The  waters  having 
been  let  in,  the  whole  body  was  absorbed 
in  the  space  of  twenty-four  hours.  This 
evil  or  inconvenience  can,  however,  be 
remedied ;  as  may  be  seen  in  the  fourth 
volume  of  Belidor's  Architecture  Hy- 
draulic. 

TRANSPORT.  A  vessel  in  which 
soldiers  are  conveyed  on  the  sea.  See 
EMBARKATION. 

TRANS  FOR  i -Board.  An  English  of- 
fice established  in  1794,  which  has  the 
entire  arrangement  of  the  transport  ser- 
vice, and  of  prisoners  of  war,  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  sick  and  hurt  board.  It  con- 
sists of  five  commissioners,  who  are  cap- 
tains in  the  navy,  and  a  secretary. 

TRANSPORTER,  Fr.  Totransfer, 
to  remove,  to  change  the  situation  of  any 
thing. 

TRANSPORTER  les files  et  Its  rangs d'un 
batailian  duns  les  evolutions,  Fr.  To 
chunge  lilcs  or  ranks  in  military  evolu- 
tions. To  countermarch  any  given  num 
her  of  men  so  as  to  place  the  right  where 
the  left  stood,  and  make  the  trout  lank 


TR  A 


TRE 


695 


take  the  ground  that  was  occupied  by 
rear,  with  a  different  aspect.  See  COUN- 
TERMARCH. 

When  the  countermarch  is  effected  on 
the  centre,  or  by  a  central  conversion,  the 
French  distinguish,  and  use  the  phrase — 
Faire  le  moulinet ;  from  the  similarity  of 
movement  round  a  central  point ;  moulinet 
signifying  capttan,  turn-stile,  &c. 

T  R A  N  S  P  O  S  E  R  /«  fles  d>un  bataillon 
dans  /es  evolutions,  Fr.  To  change  the 
relative  position  of  h'les  in  a  battalion, 
that  is,  to  countermarch  the  whole  so  as 
to  make  the  natural  front  stand  where  the 
rear  did,  and  to  place  those  on  the  left 
that  originally  stood  on  the  right. 

TRAP,  See  AMBUSH,  STRATAGEM, 
&c. 

TRAPE,  Fr.    A  falling  door. 

TRAPEZE,  Fr.     See  TRAPEZIUM. 

TRAPEZOID,  (Trapexoidf,  Fr.)  A 
figure  in  geometry  which  is  formed  by  the 
circumvolution  of  a  trapezium,  in  the 
sam~  manner  that  a  cylinder  is  by  that  of 
a  parallelogram. 

TRAPEZIUM.  A  quadrilateral  or 
square  figure  whose  four  sides  and  angles 
are  unequal,  and  no  sides  are  parallel. 

TRAPPINGS.     See  HOUSINGS. 

TRATTES,  iFr.  The  Several  beams 
and  long  pieces  of  wood  which  support 
the  body  of  a  windmill. 

TRAVADE,/V.  A  whirlwind;  vio- 
lent squall  accompanied  by  thunder  and 
lightening. 

TRAVAI LLE R,  Fr.  To  work.  In 
mechanics  ;  to  warp,  to  open,  &c.  The 
French  say,  Ce  boh  travaille  ;  this  wood 
warps — Ce  mur  trai<ai!le  ;  this  wall  gives 
way,  &c. 

T  R  A  v  A  1 1,  L  E  R ,  a  la  jourtiee^  F  r .  To 
work  by  the  day — Ala-piece^  by  the  piece  : 
— a  la  tache,  by  the  measure  : — En  bloc  et 
en  tjc&e,  by  the  grear,  by  the  lump. 

TRAVAILLER  a  Toistt  Fr.  To  work 
by  the  toise.  Works  in  fortification  are 
generally  done  by  this  measure. 

TRAVAILLER  -par  epau/ecs,  Fr.  To 
execute  a  work  with  intervals  of  labor. 

TRAVAILLER  lex  esprirs  Jes  soldais.  To 
work  upon  the  minds  of  the  soldiery.  To 
excite  them  to  insurrection. 

TRAVAILLER  un  pays.  To  feel  the 
pulse  of  a  country  by  working  upon  the 
minds  of  the  inhabitants  ;  to  excite  them 
to  support  any  particular  cause. 

TRAVAI  LLEURS,  Fr.  Literally, 
workmen,  In  military  matters,  pioneers 
and  soldiers  employed  in  fatigue  duties. 

T  R  A  v  A  I  fc  L  E  u  R  s ,  a  la  tranches )  F  r.  A 
detachment,  consisting  of  a  given  number 
of  men  from  each  battalion,  which  is 
employed  in  the  trenches.  The  soldiers 
who  are  sent  upon  this  duty  have  only 
;padcs  and  pick-axes,  and  the  officers 
who  command  them  wear  their  s  words. 
TRAVAISON,  Fr.  Entablature. 

TRAVAUX  MilitairfSy  Fr.     See  Mi- 
-  ITARV  WORKS. 
TK  A  -•  A  •.' x    rzvflvri-r,     Fr.      Advanced 


works  or  outworks.    The  same  as  piece* 
detacher,  or  dehors.     See  DEHORS. 

TRAVEE,  Fr.  A  bay  of  joists.  A 
scaffold. 

TRAVELLING/^.    See  FORGE. 

TR  AVERS,  Fr.  A  rope  which  is 
used  to  fasten  cannon  on  their  carriages, 
&c.  and  which  serves  for  various  other 
purposes. 

TRAVERSEE,  Fr.  Passage;  short 
trip  by  sea. 

TRAVERSE.  In  fortification,  is  a 
parapet  made  across  the  covert- way,  op- 
posite to  the  salient  angles  of  the  works, 
near  the  place  of  arms,  to  prevent  being 
enfiladed.  Traverses  are  18  feet  thick, 
and  as  high  as  the  ridge  of  the  glacis. 
There  are  also  traverses  made  by  capo- 
niers; but  then  they  are  called  tambours. 

To  TRAVERSE,  a  gun,  or  mortar,  is 
to  bring  it  about  to  right  or  left  witl* 
hand. spikes,  till  it  is  pointed  exact  to 
the  object. 

T  R  A  V  E  R  S I E  R ,  Fr.  A  passage  boat, 
&c.  It  likewise  means  a  wind  that  blow* 
into  port ;  also  a  pontoon. 

TRAVERSINES,  Fr.  Pieces  of 
wood  which  are  laid  cross-  ways  in  a  dyke. 

TRAVERSING -£&/«,  in  gun-car- 
riages, are  two  thin  iron  plates,  nailed  on 
the  hind  part  of  a  truck  carriage  of  guns, 
where  the  hand- spike  is  used  to  traverse 
the  gun. 

TRAVERSING,  in  fencing,  is  the  change 
of  ground  made  by  moving  to  right  or  left 
round  the  circle  of  defence. 

TRAVONS,  Fr.  The  large  main 
beams  in  a  wooden  bridge,  which  support 
the  joists,  &c.  They  are  likewise  called 
sotnmiers . 

TRAVESTISEMENT,  Fr.  Dis- 
guise. In  the  old  French  service,  it  was 
ordained,  that  no  dragoon  or  foot  soldier 
should  change  his  uniform  or  regimentals 
whilst  in  garrison,  nor  within  the  boun- 
daries of  it.  Every  infraction  of  this  or- 
der was  punished  with  three  months  im- 
prisonment. 

TRAUMATIC.  Vulnerary;  useful 
to  wounds  ;  as  Traumatic  decoction. 

TREACHERY.  Perfidy;  breach  of 
faith. 

T  REASON.  D isloyal r.y ;  treachery  ; 
perfidious  dealing. 

High  TREASON.  An  ofience  against 
the  security  of  the  commonwealth,  or  or. 
the  sovereignty.  It  is  a  capital  crime, 
and  subjects  the  offender  not  only  to  loss 
of  life,  but  also  to  forfeiture  of  all  he  may 

P°TRECHETOR,  )  One  who  betrays  a 
TRECHEUR,      S  place,  or  body  ot 
men.     An  obsolete  word. 

TREI-LE,  Fr.  Trefoil.  A  term 
used  in  mining;,  from  the  similarity  of  the 
figure  to  trefoil.  The  simple  trcfle  has 
only  two  lodgments;  the  double  t  re  fie 

i four;  and  the  triple  one  six. 

|     TRE  I  L  LAG  E,  Fr.     Any  assemblage 
of  wood  which  is  laid  cross-ways.     O'.' 


T  R  E 


TRE 


i  description  are  the  palisadoes,  Sec. 
in  gaH^ns 

.1],  US,  Fr.     A  general  term  for 
iron   grating,  &c.     Such  as   is  used  for 

ILLIS,  Fr.  The  method  that  is 
used  in  copying  plans,  &c.  It  consists  of 
a  certain  arageiner.t  of  strait  lines,  which 
foein^  measured  at  equal  distances  frorn 
one  another,  and  crossed  from  right  to 
quantity  of  small  equal 
'-  -;nent  or  disposi- 

tion of  lines  is  as  d  by  painters,  engravers, 
and  engineers,  ;n  taking  accurate  copies 
of  p'ans,  6tc.  ami  is  called  by  the  French 
Treillit 

TKEILLISER.     To  trellis.     To  fur. 
nish  \vitlia 

.VltAL,    Fr.      An  ancient  term 
in  fortification.     See  MORTAR. 
TRENCHANT.     Sharp  orcuttine. 
TRi  ,   in  a  siege,  are  ditches 

made  by  the  besiegers,  that  they  n 
proach  more  securely  »o  rhe  place  attack- 
ed ;  on  which  account  they  are  also  called 
lines  of  approach.  The  '.ail of  the  trench 
is  the  place  where  it  was  begun,  and  its 
head  is  the  place  where  it  ends. 

Trenches  are  also  made  to  guard  an  en- 
campment. 

The  trenches  are  usually    opened    or 
begun  in  the  night  time,  sometimes  with-  j 
in  musquet  shot,  and  sometimes  within 
half  or  whole  cannon  shot  of  the  place;  | 
generally   about  800  toises.      They  are 
carried  on  in  winding  lines,   nearly  pa- 
rallel  to  the  works,  so  as  not  to  be  ip  view 
of" the  enemy,  nor  exposed  to  the  enemy's 
shot. 

The  workmen  employed  in  the  trenches 
are  always  supported  by  a  number  of 
troops  to  defend  them  against  the  sallies 
of  the  besieged.  The  pioneers,  and  other 
workmen,  sometimes  work  on  their 
knees,  and  are  usually  covered  with 
mantlets  or  saucissons ;  and  the  troops 
who  support  them  lie  flat  on  their  faces, 
IN  order  to  avoid  the  enemy's  shot.  O  , 
the  angles  or  sides  of  the  trench,  there 
are  lodgments,  orepaulementi,  in  form  of 


The  approaches  jit  a  siege  are  generally 
carried  on  u  on  rhe  capitals  of  the  works 
attacked;  because  the  capTa!*  produced 
are,  of  all  other  situations  in  the  front  of 
a  work,  the  least  excosrd  to  the  fire  of 
e'ther  the  cannon  or  mu^quefry  ;  and  are 
the  K-ast  in  the  line  o  fir:;  heiv/rvn  the 
i  <;nd  besieger's  b*»teries.  Hut  if, 
from  particular  circuuisrarc  ?>,  these  or 
orher  advantages  do  not  att  i,d  the  ap- 
proaches upon  th?  cat>:ra  s,  the  y  are  bv 
no  means  to  be  preferred  ro  other  po- 
sitions. 

The  trenches  of  communication,  or  zig. 
•ft  deep,  10  feet  uide  at  bot- 
tom, ar.d  13  feet  at  top,  having  a  berm  of 
one  foot,    oe\o,.d     .-.  hich    the    earth    is 
thrown  to  form  a  para/et. 

The  parallels  or  places  of  arms  of  the 
trenches  are  3  ti-cc  deep,  12  feet  wide  at 
bottom,  and  17  or  18  tcct  wide  at  top, 
having  a  banquette  of  about  3  feet  wide' 
with  a  slope  of  nearly  as  much.  Sec 
SAP. 

The  first  night  of  opening  the  trenches, 
the  greatest  exertions  are  made  to  take 
advantage  of  the  enemy's  ignorance  as  to 
the  side  of  attack  ;  and  they  are  generally 
carried  on  as  far  in  advance  as  th 
parallel,  and  even  sometimes  to  the  com- 
pletion of  that  work.     The  workmen  set 
out  on  this  duty,  each  with  a  fascine  of  6 
nd  a  shovel ;  arid  the 
- .   being   laid   so  n  ••  foot 

over  each  other,  leave  5  feet  of  trench  for 
each  manfodi^. 

The  usual  method  of  directing   the 
trenches  or  zig-zags  is,  by  obiervii,. 
rins  t!-  '  near  object  in  a  line 

with  the  salient  parts  of  the  work,  anil 
which  may   serve  as  a  direction  in   the 
night;  or  if  the  night  be  not  very  dark, 
the  angles  of  the  works  may  be  seen  above 
7,on ;   but  as  both  these  nietiiods 
are  subject  to  uncertainty,  the 
ii    proposed   to   answer    every    c.t 
Having  laid  down  the  plan  of  attack,  the 
the  fianke;; 


the  works  of  the  front  attacked,  and  par- 

""•""V  M"»  ""-»"",'"» '"  iufui  OI  (j  ticulariy  of  those  most  extended 
,  the  better  to hinder  the  sallies     right  and  left;  marked  on  the  pi 


nson,  and  to  favor  the  advance- 
ment of  the  trenches,  and  to  sustain  the 
workmen. 

The  platforms  for  the  batteries  are 
made  behind  the  trenches ;  the  first  at  a 
good  distance,  to  be  used  only  against  the 
sallies  of  the  garrison.  As  the  approach. 
cs  advance,  the  batteries  are  brought 
nearer,  to  ruin  the  defences  of  the  place, 
ami  dismount  the  artillery  of  tlicb^ 

'each  batteries  a 

ei  arc  advanced  near  the  c 

If  there  are  two  attacks,   it  will    be 


point  of  commencement  for  the  first  por- 
tions c,;  t  where  it'. 
the  capital,  and  the   j.  .u,h  JL 
extends  on  the  other  lid  :,,tal  -. 
this  last  point  will  be  the  comment 
of  the  second  branch:   i 
point  where  this  branc;, 
ar.d  its  extent  on 
^nd  this  will  give 
the  third  branch  ;  and  to 
led  v/it/i  a  ;>; 


__-.,-„        "  '  ,. '   p  •*•     ysiiuicz 

sary  to  have  lines  of  communication,     the  points  to  v. , 
yaus,betv<eenthetwo,  with  places     red  beyond  them.     Tne  fir 


ot  arms  at  convenient  dibfanccs. 
trenches  are  6  or  7  feet  high  with  the  pa- 
rapet,  which  b  5  /eet  thick,  with  ban- 
fo  mount  upon. 


generally  runabout  600  ya>< 

,  md  of  such  extent  as  to  err 

. 
works  which  fire  upon  the  trench 


697 


each  end  has  a  return  of  about  30  or  40 

The  second  parallel  is  constructed  upon 
the  same  principles,  and  of  the  same  ex. 
tent  as  the  first,  at  the  distance  of  about 

te  salient  angle. 

«overt-way.  This  parallel  is  usually 
formed  of  gabions ;  each  workman  carry- 
ing a  gabion,  a  fascine,  a  shovel,  and  a 
pick  axe.  After  this  the  trenches  are 
carried  on  by  sap. 

The  half  parallels  are  ab . 
jfds    from    the    covert- wa 
sufficiently  on  each  side  t 
b»ce  the  prolongation  of  the  brar 

.ert- way. 

The  third  parallel  most  not  be  nearer 
than  the  foot  of  the  glacis,  or  it  will 
mask  the  ricochet  batteries.  It  is  gene- 
rally made  rather  wider  than  the  other 
parallels. 

oilers  of  the  trenches  must  not  be 
nearer  than  28  yards  from  the  covert- way, 
or  they  will  be  liable  ta  be  annoyed  by 
hand  grenade.. 

Rfturniofa  T*E;;CH,  are  the  elbows 
and  turnings,  which  form  the  lines  of 
approach,  and  are  made,  as  near  as  can 
be,  parallel  to  the  place,  to  prevent  their 
being  enfcladed. 

'Im-jnt  /A*  TRENCHES,  is  to  mount 
guard  in  the  trenches,  whx:h  is  generally 
done  in  the  night. 

To  relieve  tot  TIENCHES,  is  to  relieve 
the  guard  of  the  trenches. 

•  5,  is  to  make  a 

vigorous  sally  upon  the  guard  of  the 
trenches,  force  them  to  give  way,  and 
quit  their  ground,  drive  away  the  work- 
men, break  down  the  parapet,  fill  up  the 


trench,  and  spike  their 

.  I  <EKCHES,  are  trenches  made 
against  the  besiegers ;  which  consequent- 
ly have  tbeir  parapets  turned  against  the 
Broaches,  and  are  enfiladed 
from  the  several  parts  of  the  place,  on 
purpose  to  render  them  useless  to  the 
enemy,  if  they  should  chance  to  become 
masters  of  them ;  but  they  should  not  be 
enfiladed,  or  commanded  by  any  height 
in  the  enemy's  possession. 

-ptn  the  THENCHES,  is  to  break 
ground  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  on  ap- 
prcac;  a  besieged  place. 

TRENTE-w*  j*9/f,  Fr.  Thirty- six 
months.  A  sea  phrase.  By  this  term 
was  understood  among  the  French,  be- 
fore the  revolution,  Ua  Engage^  a  person 
who  hired  himself  for  that  period  to 
another,  on  condition  that  the  latter  de- 
frayed his  passage  to  the  East  Indies ; 
after  the  expiration  of  which  term  the 
former  was  at  liberty  to  settle  in  that 
country. 

TREPAN,  Fr.    An  instrument  which 

i  to  find  out  the  quality  of  any 

ground  into  which  beams  or  sticks  are  to 

be  driven.     Also  an  instrument  used  in 

.      To    clatter.       In 
horsemanship  it  is  used  to  describe  the 


acfconof  a  horse  who  beats  tnedust  with 
hi*  fore-feet  in  managing,  without  em. 
bracing  the  vault ;  who  makes  his  mo- 
rtomand  t;n.-  thorf  avj  r^r  :--  z",Jrd 
without  being  put  upon  his  IttSnclS! 
Defect  is  usually  occasioned  by  a 
^•ps  5n  the  shoulder*. 

TRESOR,  Fr.    The  military  chest 
TRESORIER,Fr.  Paymaster.  Theie 
were  f<wmc-rly  on  the   f  tench  military 
establishment  two  classes  of  paymasters, 
viz.^  Trttztifrt  de  Fordinaiie,  et  //•/. 
at  rrxtraurJinahe,    paymasters  or  trea- 
surers fat  the  ordinary  expences  of  the 
service,  and  ditto  for  the  extraordinary. 

..-.;••;•    ••••-•- :  '    :..-   •-„    .-..;-. 

ment  for  a  just  distribution  of  stores  and 


.".  monarchy  in  France  there 
were  several  treasurers  or  paymasters- 

^:^.    :.;r. .:.:-,:,,  or^^e^rrru, 
•rha  bad  then  st-cra.  ^rrir:nent5,  viz. 

T»iso*i£»s  de  la  gendarmerie  ei  <Ut 
troiefte  de  la  maium  du  re/,  Fr.  Treasurers 
-,'  paymaster]  *::-  r.=ci  \-.  t;.rfc-?r.jd'arne$ 
and  the  king's  household. 

Tftftsoft lefts  de  r extraordinaire  de* 
gmerrftt  Fr.  Treasurers  or  paymasters  of 
the  extraordinaries  of  the  army. 

T&ESO&IEKS  Oft  Marecbatuu'et  de 
France,  Fr.  Treasurers  or  paymasters 
of  the  marshalsey  or  armed  police  of 
Fence. 

T&Esoiicfts  fajem-t  des  troupe: 
Treasurers  oi  ^  suite: E-ze;;;::.!  01  the 
forces. 

T&ESOKIZKS    dei    gratification , 
Treasurers  or  paymasters  of  compensa- 
tions, gratuities,  <cc. 

T&ESOXICS  delztr^M&l'Hvel,  Fr. 
Treasurers  or  paymasters  of  the  provost. 
OBKshal'j  ce^i.tzn;^:  a::hc  h.tt,  -^  w*a 
hall  in  Paris. 

Le  T&ESOZ.IE&  general  de  Fanlllerie, 
Fr.  The  treasuier  or  paymaster-general 
of  the  artillery. 

Le  T*.iiO*.ii*ge*frat detfsrtijitatitmsi 
Fr.  The  treasurer  or  pay  master-general  of 
fortificarioos. 

All  these  treasurers  or  paymasters  were 
subject  to  their  several  comptrollers  of 
accounts,  and  their  issues,  &c.  were  au- 
dited accordingly.  There  were  likewise 
provincial  o:  Mibordinate  pivmasters  tt 
the  extraordinaries  of  the  army.  They 
were  appointed  by  the  treasurers  or  pay- 
masters-general, and  resided  in  tb= 
ferent  departments  and  general  districts 
of  the  kingdom.  These  appointments 
fell,  of  course,  at  the  revolution,  and 
they  hare  since  been  replaced  by  a  more 
simple  and  economical  consolidation.— 
The  artillery  has  still  its  separate  trea- 
surer or  paymaster.  The  <i,: 


698 


TR  I 


T  R  I 


masters,  which  have       in  established  in  | 
Great  Britain,    &c.    i. .    ing   the   present 
war,  seem  manifestly  to  have  taken  their 
origin  from  the  old  French  artangement. 

TREVET.  Any  tiling  tliat  stands 
upon  three  legs.  An  iron  instrument  to 
id  a  pot  or  saucepan  on  over  the  fire.  It 
is  likewise  used  in  field-ovens. 

TREUIL,  />.  A  roll,  an  axle- 
tree,  &c. 

TRI  AIRES,  Fr.  SeeTRiARix. 
TRIAL.  Test,  examination,  experi- 
ment. It  is  in  the  power  of  the  president 
to  dismiss  an  officer  from  the  regular, 
militia,  or  volunteer  service,  without 
any  species  of  investigation  or  trial.  See 
COURTS  MARTIAL,  dfr. 

TRIANGLE,  (Triangle,  Fr.)  The 
ttian&ie  may  be  considered  as  the  most 
simple  of  all  figures.  It  is  composed  of 
three  lines  and  three  angles,  and  is  either 
plain  or  spherical. 

A  plain  TRIANGLE  is  one  that  is  con- 
tained under  three  right  lines. 

A  spherical  TRIANGLE  is  a  triangle  that 
is  contained  under  three  arches  of  a  great 
circle  or  sphere. 

A  right-angled  TRIANGLE  is  one  which 
has  one  right  angle. 

An  acute-angled  TRIANGLE  is  one  that 
has  all  its  angles  acute. 

<ln  obtuse- angled  TRIANGLE  is  that 
which  has  one  obtuse  angie. 

An  obliq ue- angled  TRIANGLE  is  a  tri- 
angle that  is  not  right  angled. 

An  equilaied  TRIANGLE  is  one  whose 
sid  s  are  all  equal. 

An  isosceles  TRIANGLE,      ?A  triangle 
An  equilegged  TRIANGLE.  $  that      has 
only  two  legs  or  sides  equal. 

A  scalenus  T  R  i  A  N  G  L  E  .  One  that  has 
not  two  sides  equal. 

Similar  TRIANGLES  are  such  as  have 
all  their  three  angles  respectively  equal  to 
one  another. 

TRIANGLE.  The  psaltery  of  the 
Scriptures.  A  small  triangular  piece  of 
metal,  which  is  used  in  military  bands, 
emitting  a  sharp  reverberating  sound  in 
<  uncord  with  the  rest  of  the  music. 

TRIANGLE  likewise  mean  a  wooden  in- 
strument consisting  of  three  poles  which 
are  fastened  at  top  in  such  a  manner,  that 
they  may  spread  at  bottom  in  a  triangular 
Jbrm,  and  by  means  of  spikes  affixed  to 
e.ich  pole,  remain  firm  in  the  earth.  An 
iron  bar,  breast  high,  goes  across  one  side 
of  the  triangle.  The  triangles  are  used  in 
the  British  army  for  the  purpose  of  inflict- 
ing the  barbarous  and  unmilitary  punish- 
ment of  whipping;  a  usage  which  is  ren- 
dered the  more  odious  by  a  comparison  of 
the  valor  and  discipline  of  the  French, 
who  do  not  allow  of  any  such  punish- 
ments. To  the  shame  of  the  United 
States,  the  practice  is  tolerated  even  by 
law  at  this  moment ! 

Shake  the  TRIANGLE,  A  phrase  in  the 
British  army,  applied  to  the  condition  of 
a  man  who  is  whipped  with  corded  lashes 
on  th«  b-ire  back  rill  he  falls  into  convul- 


sions ;  when  he  is  said  to  shake  the  tri- 
angle. Where  such  barbarity  is  the  cos- 
tume  it  is  not  surprising  that  they  are 
always  btaten  in  the  field. 

TRIANON,  Fr.  A  gcnerical  French 
term  signifying  any  pavilion  that  stands 
in  a  park,  ar.d  is  unconnected  with  thii 
castle  or  main  building.  Of  this  desciip- 
tion  was  the  French  queen's  petit  trianon 
in  the  neighborhood  of  Versailles. 

TRIAR1I.  Soldiers  so  called  amon^ 
the  Romans.  According  to  Kennett,  the 
Triaiii  were  commonly  veterans,  or  hardy 
old  soldiers,  of  long  experience  and  ap- 
proved valor.  They  had  their  nfmefrom 
their  position,  being  marshalled  in  the 
third  pLce,  as  the  main  strength  and 
hopes  of  their  party.  They  were  armed 
with  a  pike,  a  shield,  a  helmet,  and  a 
cuirass.  They  are  sometimes  called  Pl- 
iant, from  their  weapon  the  Pila.  See 
KenRett's  Roman  Ant.  p.  190.  They  were 
likewise  stiled  Tiertiarii.  A  certain  num- 
ber of  these  ve;erans  was  always  distribu- 
ted in  each  cohort. 

Po'lybius,  in  his  6th  book,  classes  the 
Roman  troops  under  four  different  heads  ; 
the  first  he  calls  Pilau  or  ^V//«,  light- 
armed  men,  selected  from  the  lower  ord^..- 
of  the  people,  and  generally  composed  ut 
the  youngest  men  in  the  army.  The  se- 
cond class,  consisting  of  pikemen,  tlaita- 
//',  were  more  advanced  in  age,  and  had 
more  experience.  The  third  class,  calkd 
Principesi  were  still  older,  and  more  war- 
like than  the  second. 

The  fourth  class  consisted  of  the  oldest, 
most  experienced,  and  bravest  soldiers. 
These  were  always  posted  in  the  third 
rank,  as  a  reserve,  to  support  the  othn  j 
in  case  they  gave  way.  Hence  their  ap- 
pellation of  triarii  or  tiertiarii  ;  and  hence 
the  Roman  proverb,  Ad  triarlum  ventum 
est,  signifying  thereby,  that  the  last  eflorrs 
were  being  made.  The  tu'arii  were  like- 
wise r.&medposi  signaKi,  from  being  post- 
ed in  the  rear  of  thepriru-eps  who  carried 
the  standard  in  a  legion. 

TRIBUNE,  (Tri&unt  Fr.)  A  title 
which  was  originally  given  to  certain 
Roman  magistrates,  who  were  establish- 
ed for  the  specific  purpose  of  maintaining 
the  rights  of  the  tribes  or  mass  of  the 
people,  in  opposition  to  the  possible  en- 
croachment; of  the  aristocracy  or  patrici- 
ans, on  which  account  they  were  stiled  the 
tribunes  of  the  people,  le  v  tribunsditfeuple. 
The  number,  at  first,  was  limited  totvvj  ; 
but  they  were  subsequently  augmented  to 
ten.  There  were  likewise  military  tri- 
bunes, tribuns  militaires.  These  held 
commands  of  considerable  extent  in  the 
Roman  armies. 

TRIBUNATE,  (Tribunal,  Fr.)  The 
office  of  tribune. 

TRICKER,  I    (Detente,    Fr.)      The 

TRI  GGE R,  5  catch,  which  being  pull- 
ed, disengages  the  cock  of  a  gun-iock, 
that  it  may  strike  f.re. 

Hair  TRIGGER, ^detente  a  cbwau v,  F r. ) 
The  hair  trigger  is  geneially  uSett  for 


TRI 


T  R  I 


699 


rfles,  whs;i  there  is  a  great  nicety  requir- 
ed in  shooting.  The  difference  between 
a  hair- trigger  and  a  common  trigger  is  this 
—the  hair  trigger,  when  set,  lets  off  the 
cock  by  the  slightest  touch,  whereas  the 
common  trigger  requires  a  considerable 
degree  of  force,  and  consequently  is  longer 
in  its  operation. 

T  R I C  O I S  S  E  S ,  Fr.  Pincers  used  by 
farriers; 

TR[COT,  Fr.     A  cudeel. 

TRI  CO  LORE,  Fr.  Three- colored. 
Hence  the  tricolor-cockade,  which  was 
adopted  by  the  French  at  the  commence, 
ment  of  their  revolution.  It  consists  of 
sky-blue,  pink,  and  white,  and  was  emble- 
matical of  the  three  estates,  nobility,  cler- 
gy, and  people.  The  armies  still  wear 
the  tricolor,  although  the  first  order,  or 
the  nobility,  was  abolished  loth  of  Au- 
gust, 1792  ;  hpwever,  Bonaparte  has  re- 
established a  new  nobility,  and  a  new 
device  on  his  standards,  which  is  an 
eagle;  conformable  to  his  peculiar  inte- 
rests or  policy. 

TRIER,  Fr.  To  pick  and  chuse. 
Hence,  trier  lei  plus  beaux  soUats,  to  pick 
out  the  finest  soldiers.  Triage  is  used  as 
the  substantive,  signifying  the  act  of  pick- 
ing and  chusing. 

TRIGON,  a  triangle.     Hence, 

T  R I  GO  NOM  E  T  R  Y,  ( Tngtnometrt'f, 
Fr. )  The  art  of  measuring  triangles,  or 
of  calculating  the  sides  of  any  tiiande 
sought.  This  is  either  pUin  or  spherical. 

TRI  LATERAL.   Having  three  sides. 

TRIMESTRE,  Fr.  A  space  of  three 
months. 

TRINGLE.  In  architecture,  n  name 
common  to  several  little,  square  members 
or  ornaments,  asreglets,  listels,  and  plat- 
bands. It  is  more  particularly  used  for 
a  little  member  fixed  exactly  over  every 
triglyph,  under  the  platband  of  the  archi- 
trave ;  from  whence  hang  down  the  guttie 
or  pendent  drops. 

T  R  i  N  c  L  E  ,  Fr.     A  wooden  rule. 

TRINGLER,  Ft.  To  draw  a  strait 
line  upon  wood  by  means  of  a  stretched 
piece  of  packthread,  or  cord  that  is  chalk- 
ed. 

TRI  NO  ME, />.  A  word  used  among 
the  French,  in  algebra,  to  express  any 
quantity  which  is  produced  by  the  addi- 
tion of  three  numbers  or  quantities  that 
are  incommensurable. 

TRINOMIAL,  or  TRINOMIAL  root, 
in  mathematics,  is  a  root  consisting  of 
t  hree  parts,  connected  together  by  the  signs 
4-  or  — ,  as  x  -f-  y  -f  z,  or  x  —  y 

—  z. 

TRINQUET,  Fr.  A  word  used  in 
the  Levant  to  signify  the  inizcn  or  fore- 
111  iht  of  a  ship. 

TRINQUETTE,^.  A  sail  used  on 
board  the  ships  in  the  Levant,  which  is  of 
a  triangular  shape. 

1  R 1 0  M  P 11 E ,  Ft:     See  T  a  l  u  v  P  H . 

Atcdi :TKioMi'HE,  Fr.  A  triumphal 
arch. 


TRlPASTE,fV.  A  machine  which 
consists  of  three  pullies,  and  is  used  in 
raising  of  heavy  weights. 

T-RIQUE.JFV.     A  large  cudgel. 

TRIQUE-BAL,  Fi:  A  sling  cart 
or  machine  which  is  used  to  convey 
pieces  of  ordnance  from  one  quarter  to 
another. 

TRIREME,  Fr.  A  galley  with tluee 
benches  for  rowers. 

TRI  SECTION,  (Trisectio*,  Fr.)  The 
division  of  a  thing  into  three.  The  term 
is  chiefly  used  in  geometry  for  the  parti- 
tion of  a'n  angle  into  three  equal  parts. 

The  trisection  of  an  angle  geometri- 
cally, is  one  of  those  great  problems  whose 
solution  has  been  so  much  sought  by  ma- 
thematicians ;  being  in  this  respect  on  a 
footing  with  the  quadrature  of  the  circle, 
and  the  duplicature  of  the  cube  angle. 

TRIUMPH.  A  solemnity  practised 
by  the  ancient  Romans,  to  do  honor  to  a 
victorious  general. 

There  were  two  sorts  of  triumphs,  the 
greater  and  the  lesser,  particularly  called 
ovation ;  of  these  the  triumph  was  by 
much  the  more  spl°ndid  procession.  None 
were  capable  of  this  honor  but  the  dic- 
tator, consuls,  and  praetors;  though  there 
are  examples  to  the  contrary,  as  particu- 
larly in  Pompey  the  Great,  who  liau  a 
triumph  decreed  him  when  h?  was  only  a 
Roman  knight,  and  had  np.t  yet 'reached 
the  senatorial  age. 

The  triumph  was  the  most  pompous 
show  among  the  ancients:  authors  usu- 
ally attribute  its  invention  to  Bacchus, 
ancl  tell  us,  that  he  first  triumphed  upon 
the  conquest  of  the  Indies;  and  yer  rir. 
ceremony  was  only  in  use  among  the  Ro- 
mans. The  Grecians  had  a  custom  which 
resembled  the  Roman  triumph ;  for  the 
conquerors  used  to  make  a  procession 
through  the' middle 'of  their  city,  crowned 
with  garlands,  repeating  hymns  and  songs, 
and  brandishing  their  spears  :  theircap- 
tives  were  also  led  by  them,  and  all  their 
spoils  exposed  to  public  view.  The  or- 
der of  a  Roman  triumph  was  chiefly  thus  : 
the  senate  having  decreed  the  general  a 
triumph,  and  appointed  a  day,  they  went 
out  of  the  city  gate  an'd  marched  in  order 
with  him  through  the  city.  The  caval- 
cade was  led  up  by  the  musicians,  who 
had  crowns  on  their  heads ;  and  after  them 
came  several  chariots  with  plans  and  maps 
of  the  citi-.-s  and  counuies  subdued,  domr 
in  relievo:  th.y  were  followed  by  the 
spoils  taken  from  the  enemy  ;  their  ho'sos, 
arms,  gold,  silver,  machines,  tents,  &c. 
After  thcs~>  came  the  kings,  princes,  or 
generals  subdued,  load-d  with  chains, 
and  followed  by  mimics  or  buffoons,  who 
exulted  over  their  misfortunes.  Next 
came  the  officers  of  the  conquering  troops, 

wirh  crowns  on  tln-ir  heads.     Then  ap- 
peared the  triumphal  chariot,  in   which 

was  the  conqu*ror,  richly  clad  in  a  purple 

robe,  embroidered  with  gold,  s^ttin 

his  glorious  achievements.     His  buskins 

were  beset   with   pearl,    and  he  wo;e  a 


700  'T 


TRO 


TRO 


crown,  which  at  first  was  only  laurel, 
but  afterwards  gold;  one 'hand  held  a 
laurel  branch,  the  other  a  truncheon.  His 
children  were  sometimes  at  his  feet,  and 
sometimes  on  the  chariot-horses.  As  the 
triumphal  chariot  passed  along,  the  peo- 
ple strewed  flowers  before  it.  The  mu- 
sic played  in  praise  of  the  conqueror, 
amidst  the  loud  acclamations  of  the  peo- 
ple?  crying,  to  triumph.  The  chariot 
was  followed  by  the  senate  clad  in  white 
robes  ;  and  the  senate  by  such  citizens  as 
had  been  set  at  liberty  or  ransomed.  The 
procession  was  closed  by  the  sacrifices, 
and  their  officers  and  utensils,  with  a 
white  ox  led  along  for  the  chief  victim. 
In  the  mean  time  all  the  temples  were 
open,  and  the  altars  were  loaded  with  of- 
ferings and  incense;  games  and  combats 
were  celebrated  in  the  public  places,  and 
rejoicings  appeared  every  where. 

TRIUMVIRI,  or  TRESVIRI  CAPI- 
TALES.  Men  employed  among  the  an- 
cient Romans  to  preserve  the  public  peace, 
£c.  For  particulars,  see  Kennett's  Ro- 
jnan  Antiquities,  page  izi.  They  like- 
wise signify  the  three  persons,  Ccesar, 
Crassus,  and  Pornpey,  who  seized  on  the 
government  of  the  republic,  and  divided 
it  among  them.  Hence, 

TRIUMVIRATE  (Triumvir at,  Fr.) 
An  absolute  government  administered  by 
jhrce  persons  with  equal  authority.  There 
are  two  triumvirates  particularly  recorded 
in  history  :  Pompey,  Ccesar,  and  Cras- 
sus, who  had  all  served  the  republic  as 
generals  of  marked  reputation,  in  the  first 
instance;  and  Augustus,  Mark  Antony, 
and  Lepidus,  in  the  second. 

TROCHLEA.  One  of  the  mecha- 
nical powers  usually  called  a  pulley. 

TROCHOID,  in  mathematics.  The 
same  as  cycloid 

TROCHOLIOUE,  Fr.  Anameusec 
among  the  French  for  that  branch  of  ma- 
thematics which  treats  of  circular  move 
ments. 

TROMBE,  Fr.  A  water-spout.  1 
is  likewise  called  Siphon  or  Syphon. 

TROMPE,  Ft-.  In  architecture ;  ai 
arch  which  grows  wider  towards  the  top 
TROMPES,  Fr.  In  artificial  fireworks 
a  collection  of  pets  a  feu,  or  fire- pots  sc 
arranged,  that  upon  the  first  being  in 
flamed,  a  ready  communication  takes  plac 
with  the  rest,  and  the  explosion  is  sue 
cessively  effected. 

TROMPETTE,  F>-.  This  word 
which  signies  trumpet,  is  applied  by  tlj 
French,  noj:  only  to  the  instrument,  bti 
ro  the  man  who  blows  it ;  in  the  sam 
manner  that  we  say  fifes  and  drums,  fo 
firers  and  drummers;  but  we  do  not  sa 
trumpet  for  trumpeter.  Tmnpette,  whe 
vised  in  this  sense,  is  or  the  masculin 
gender. 

T R o M P E T T E  sonnantey  Fr.  Withsoum 
pf trumpet,  or  trumpet  sounding. 

TROMPETTE  parlantc,  Fr.  A  speak 
ing  trumpet.  This  instrument  is  gene 


ally  used  at  sea ;  and  owes  its  invention 
o  an  Englishman. 

Deloger  sans  TROMPETTE,  Fr.  To 
teal  away,  to  take  French  leave. 

TROMPILLON,  Fr.  The  dimi- 
mtive  of  trompe.  A  term  used  in  archi- 
ecture,  which  owes  its  origin  to  the  re- 
emblance  that  exists  between  the  wide 
)art  of  a  trumpet,  and  the  arch  or  vault 
;o  called. 

TRO  OP,  in  cavalry.  A  certain  number 
of  men  on  horseback  who  form  a  compo- 
nent part  of  a  squadron.  It  is  the  same, 
with  respect  to  formation,  as  company  in 
the  infantry.  When  a  troop  dismounts 
and  acts  on  foot,  it  is  still  called  a  troop. 

TKOOP.  A  certain  beat  of  the  drum. 
See  PRUM. 

To  T  R  o  o  P  the  color?.      See  COLO  R  s . 
TROOPS.     The  same  zscopice  in  Latin. 
Any  collective  body  of  soldiers. 

Heavy  TROOPS.  Soldiers  armed  and 
accoutred  for  the  purpose  of  acting  toge- 
her,  in  line,  &c. 

Light  TROOPS,  (Troupes  legerex^  Fr.) 
Hussars,  light  horse,  mounted  riflemen, 
light  infantry  are  so  called,  in  opposition 
to  cavalry  or  heavy  horse.  Skirmishing 
is  solely  the  business  of  light  horse,  who, 
according  to  count  Turpin,  should,  be 
constantly  exposed  as  the  forlorn  hope  of 
the  army  ;  or  as  troops  whose  duty  it  is  to 
be  continually  watchful  for  its  repose  and 
security. 

When  the  light  horse  compose  an  ad- 
vanced camp,  the  men  should  keep  their 
horses  constantly  saddled;  it  being  only 
an  indulgence  to  allow  those  off'  duty  to 
have  their  horses  unsaddled.  It  is  very 
true,  that  a  camp  of  cavalry  cannot  be 
managed  after  the  same  manner ;  but  then 
cavalry  is  seldom  so  situated  as  to  beat- 
tacked,  or  to  attack  every  day,  which  is 
the  real  business  of  light  horse.  They 
should  serve  as  vedets  to  the  whole  army, 
in  order  to  prevent  the  enemy  from  ap- 
proaching it ;  whereas  cavalry  should  ne- 
ver be  employed,  but  in  the  greatest  ope- 
rations ;  and  on  occasions  which  are  to 
decide  the  fate  of  a  campaign. 

Light  troops,  according  to  the  same 
writer,  are  employed  to  gain  intelligence 
concerning  the  enemy,  to  learn  whether  he 
hath  decamped,  whether  he  hath  built 
any  bridges,  and  other  things  of  the  same 
nature,  of  which  the  general  must  neces- 
sarily be  informed,  and  should  have  a  day 
fixed  for  this  return.  There  are  other 
detachments,  which  should  be  sent  out 
under  intelligent  officers,  and  which 
should  never  lose  sight  of  the  enemy,  in 
order  to  send  in  daily  intelligence,  to  at- 
tack small  convoys  and  b.iggage,  to  pick 
up  marauders,  and  harrass  the  advanced 
guards.  There  should  not  be  any  time 
fixed  for  the  return  of  these  detachments, 
neither  should  they  be  confined  to  particu  - 
tor  places ;  they  should,  however,  return 
to  the  camp  at  the  expiration  of  eight  or 
ten  days  at  farthest.  The  inconvenience, 
arising  from  confining  these  detachments 


T  R  O 


T  R  O 


701 


to  a  particular  time,  would  perhaps  he, 
that  the  very  day  appointed  tor  their  re- 
turn, would  be  that  on  which  they  miehr 
have  the  fairest  opportunity  of  learning  in- 
telligence of  the  enemy  :  consequently 
their  being  forced  to  return,  would  defeat 
the  objects  for  which  they  were  sent  out. 
See  page  122,  vol.  II.  of  Count  Turpin's 
Art  of  War.  See  Am.  Mil.  Lib. 

Light  TROOPS    have    been    sometimes 
called  irregulars,  as  they  act   in  detached 
and  loose  bodies.     The  tirailleurs,  Tyro- 
lians,    Yagers,   sharp-shooters,    and    the 
Chasseurs  a  cheval  et  a  pied,  to   which  the  | 
French  owe  so  much  during  the   whole  j 
course   of  their  stupendous    revolution, 
•were  of  this  description.     What  was  call-  | 


service.  The  Blues  were  the  last  corps 
that  deserved  that  appellation  ;  but  they 
row  act,  like  the  rest  of  the  cavalry,  on 
foot. 

TROPHEE,  Fr.     See  TROPHY. 

.Faire  TROPHEE,   Fr.     Togloryin. 

TROPHY.  Something  taken  from 
an  enemy,  and  shewn  or  treasured  up  in 
proof  of  victory.  Among  the  ancients,  it 
consisted  of  a  pile  or  heap  of  arms  of  a 
vanquished  enemy,  raised  by  the  con- 
queror in  the  most  eminent  part  of  the 
field  of  battle. 

The  trophies  were  usually  dedicated  to 
some  of  the  gods,  especially  to  Jupiter. 
The  name  of  the  deity  to  whom  they 
were  inscribed,  was  generally  mentioned", 


ed  advancing  en  masse,  by  the  French,  was  ji  as  was  that  also  of  the  conqueror.     The 


nothing  more  than  very  large  bodies  of  ir- 
regulars (or  li^ht  troops),  which  covered 
the  country,  in  the  front  of  their  armies, 
like  an  inundation.  To  their  irregulars, 
and  to  their  light  artillery  ate  the  French 


spoils  were  first  hung  upon  the  trunk  of 
a  tree ;  but  instead  of  trees,  succeeding 
ages  erected  pillars  of  stone  or  brass,  to 
perpetuate  the  memory  of  their  victories. 
To  demolish  a  trophy  was  looked  upon  as 

indebted  for  m^st  of  the  victories   they  j  a  sacrilege,  because  they  were  all  conse- 
have  gained.     The  troops  stiled  in  France  !  crated  ro  some  deity, 
chasseurs,  are,  more  or  less,    to  be  met  ;!      TROPHY-WOW^;.     Certain  money  annu- 
with  in  every   service  in   Europe,  except  pally  raised   in   several  countries  towards 
the  British.     The  Austrians  have  many  ij  providing  artillery  harness,  and  maintain- 


regimenrs  of  them;  the  Prussians  have 
them  attached,  in  a  certain  proportion,  to 
each  corps;  but  the  French,  seeing  the 
good  effect  of  these  irregulars,  have  brought 
them  more  into  rhe  field  than  all  the  com- 
bined powers  together. 

The  operations  in  the  spring  of  i794» 
were  in  an  open  country  near  Cambray  ; 
the  French  then  felt  the  superiority  of  the 
enemy's  cavalry  ;  and  saw  that  the  irregu- 
lars, with  which  the  French  army  abound- 
ed, were  useless,  and  would  continue  so, 
unless  they  could  force  the  British  to  make- 
war  in  an  enclosed  country  ;  and  this  they 
effected  by  obliging  them   to   return  into 
Flanders,  to  protect  their  magazines,  and 
cover  their  communication    with   them. 
That  country  is  much  inclosed  ;  and  there 
all  the  irregulars  could  act.      From  that 
hour  the  British  constantly  lost  ground, 
holding  only   those  points  they  thought  J 
proper  to  cover  with  works  ;  and  in   the 
short  space  of  a  few  weeks,  it  may  be  said 
in  a  few  days,  those  armies   which  had 
been  acting'  offensively,    were,  actually 
obliged  to  act  defensively.     Was"  that  ar- 
my diminished  by  slaughter  or  sickness  ? 
No:  but   the  French  armies,  it  is  said, 
were  increased:    true;  and   with  what? 
Irregulars  :  requisition  men  or  volunteers  ; 
first  without  discipline,  but  not  without 
ardor  to  fight :  and  from  the  moment  the 
British  commenced  their  sa.l  retreat  from 
Tournay,    till    they  arrived   near   Breda, 
nothing  was  to  be  seen  but  the  French  ir- 
regular troops,  that  is  tirailleurs  or  rirte- 


T  R  O  O  P  E  R ,  ( Cavalier,  F  r. ) 


Ahorse 
a 


inc  the  militia. 

TROP1QUE,  Fr.  Tropic.  It  is  like- 
wise used  as  an  adjective,  and  signifies 
tropical. 

Bapteme     du     TROPIQUE,    Fr.        The 

ceremony   which  is     performed   when    a 

person  crosses  the  line  for  the  first  time. 

TROSSERS,    pa  kind    of    breeches 

TROUSE,         >  reaching  down  to  the 

T  ROWS  F.  R  S ,  )  ankles ,  worn  by  some 

regiments  of  infantry  and  light  cavalry. 

Ste   V  A  M  T  A  L  O  O  N  . 

TROTTOIR,      Fr.       Footway.       It 
more  properly  means  a  raised  pavement  on 
the  sides  of  a  street  or  bridge,  for  the  con- 
venience of  foot  passengers. 
TKOU,  Fr.     A  hole. 
TROU   de   mlncur^    Fr.      A  lodgement, 
which  is  made  for  the  safety  and  conveni- 
ence of  a  miner,  when  he  first  begins  his 
operation. 

Tuou  de  hup.  A  cone  reversed.  Di- 
ameter of  the  base  4  feet  6  inches  :  depth 
6  feet ;  picket  6  feet  long,  and  from  4  to 
5  inches  square  ;  contain  t  of  a  cubic  fa- 
thom of  earth,  and  are  usually  placed  z 
in  3  fathoms. 

TROUBLESOME,  from  the  verb  t.-> 
trouble.  Importunate,  teazing,  full  of 
rrolestation.  This  word  is  frequently 
misapplied  in  military  matters.  Many 
officers  who  have  the  public  service 
of  their  country  at  heart,  are  improperly 
called  trr}n6iesenwj  because  they  will  not 
acki,  by  negligence  or  connivance,  to  the 
too  frequent  abuses  which  exist  in  the  in- 
terior economy  of  military  establishment. 
TROUGH.  A  hollow  wooden  vessel 


soldier.     According    to    Dr.    Johnson,    a     to  knead  bread  in.     It  is  used  among  the 
trooper  fights  pnly  on  horseback ;  a  tin-     utensils  of  field  bakery. 
goon  marches  on  horseback,  but   fights  !j     TROUPES,  F>:     Troops,  forces, 
either  as  a  horseman  or   footman.     There  fi      TROU  I»ES  /rpres,  Fr.     Light  troops. 
-is  rosurh  thing  as  a  trooper  in  th:  :  YROUS-UK-LOUP,  in  field  torus- 


'02 


TRU 


TUB 


rations,  are  round  holes,  about  6  feet 
deep,  and  pointed  at  the  bottom,  with  a 
j'ake  placed  in  the  middle.  They  are 
frequently  dug  round  a  redoubt,  to  ob- 
struct the  enemy's  approach.  They  are 
circular  at  the  top,  of  about  4£  feet  di- 
ameter. 

TROUSSE,    Fr.     A  quiver.     It  also 
sonifies  any  bundle  of  things  tied  to.:c-  ! 
i  her,  viz.  Utte  troupe  de  f'/in^  a  bundle  of; 
hay-     See  TRUSS. 

TROUSSEAU,  Fr.     A   long  piece  of, 
wood  in  the  shape  of  a  cane,  that  is,  hav- 
ingone  end  smaller  than  the  other,  which 
is   used  in  foundries   to    make    cannon- 
moulds. 

TROUSSEPAS,  Fr.  A  sort  of  iron 
tpade  which  is  used  in  cutting  turf. 

TRUCE,  (Treve,  Fr.)  A  suspension 
of  arms,  or  a  cessation  of  hostilities,  be- 
tween twq  armies,  in  order  to  settle  arti- 
desof  peace,  bury  the  dead,  Sec. 

T  [<  U C  K .  Wooden  wheels  for  the  car- 
riage of  cannon,  Sec. 

TRUCKS  of  a  ship-carriage,  are  wheels 
made  of  one-  piece  of  wood,  from  12  to 
IQ  inches  diameter;  and  their  thickness  is 
al.wavs  equal  to  the  calibre  of  the  gun. 

The  trucks  of  garrison-carriages  are 
sometimes  made  of  cast  iron. 

A  truck-carriage  goes  upon  four  trucks 
of  24  inches  diameter ;  has  two  flat  side 
pieces  of  ten  inches  broad,  and  serves  to 
carry  guns,  ammunition  boxes,  or  any 
other  weights,  from  the  store  houses  to 
t;).-  water  side,  or  to  any  small  distance. 

To  TRUCKLE.  This  word  is  adopt- 
ed from  the  trucklebed,  which  is  a  low 
mean  bed  that  can  be  pushed  under  an- 
other. Hence, 

To  TRUCKLE  TO.  To  submit  to;  to 
allow  the  superiority  of  another. 

TRUEBORN.'  According  to  Dr. 
Johnson,  having  a  right  by  birth  to  any 
title. 

T R  U E  L L  E ,  Fr.     A  trowel. 

TRULL.  A  vagrant  strumpet ;  or  one 
that  has  promiscuous  dealings  upon  the 
road  or  elsewhere,  with  men  of  all  de- 
captions.  Hence,  a  soldier's  trull.  In 
every  well  regulated  camp  and  garrison  the 
utmost  precaution  should  be  taken,  to 
prevent  these  wretches  from  having  the 
;east  intercourse  with  the  soldiery.  Not- 
withstanding the  presumed,  or  reputed 
immorality  of  the  French  nation,  the 
strictest  regard  was  paid  to  the  ch.uactc-r 
and  health  of  their  armies.  During  the 
monarchy,  prostitutes  were  publicly  ex- 
posed upon  a  wooden  horse.  See  CHS- 

\  A  I,     Dfi    BO  IS. 

T  R  U  M  E  A  U ,  Fr.  1  n  architecture, :  he- 
space  in  a  wail  which  is  between  tuo 
\vindows.  It  also  signifies  a  pier-glass. 

TRUMPET,  or  Trump.     A   wind  in- 
bfrumcnt  made  of  brass  or  silver,   with  a 
>.:<>uth    piece  to    take  out  and  put  in  at 
ire.     Each  troop  of  cavalry  bas  one. 
-M PETER.      The    soldier 
touiids  the  tiun»pil. 


TRUMPET  Soundings.     See  SOUND- 

NTRU N C H  E O N .  A  club  ;  a  cudgel ; 
also  a  stalF  of  command.  The  truncheon 
was  for  several  ages  the  sign  of  office  ;  ge- 
nerals were  presented  with  the  truncheon 
as  the  sign  of  investiture  with  command  ; 
and  all  tho?e  officers  who  belonged  to  the 
suite  of  the  general,  and  were  not  attach- 
j  ed  to  regiments,  carried  a  truncheon  or 
stujf,  whence  the  name  of  oflicers  of  the 
sttijf.  See  B A  TOON. 

To  TRUNCHEON.  To  beat  with  a 
truncheon.  Dr.  Johnson  has  quoted  a 
passage  out  of  Shakespeare,  which  is 
extremely  apposite  to  those  blustering 
imposing  characters  that  sometimes  annoy 
public  places,  and  commit  swindling  act* 
of  depredation  under  the  assumed  title  of 
ca  ptain.  Captain  !  thou  abominable  cheater  ! 
if  captains  'were  of  my  mind^  they  'would 
truncheon  you  out  of  taking  their  names  upon 
you  before  von  earned  them  ! 

TRUNCHEONEER.  One  aimed 
with  a  truncheon. 

TRUNNIONS,  in  guns.    Twocylin- 
dric  pieces  of  metal  in  a  gun,  mortar,  of 
howitzer,    which  project  pieces  of  ord- 
nance, and  by  which  they  are  supported 
j|  upon  their  carriages.     See  CANNON. 

']'RUNNION-/>/WJ,    are   two  plates  in 
\  travelling  carriages,  mortars,  and  howit- 
zers, which  cover  the  upper  parts  ol  the 
'•  side- pieces,   and  go  under  the  trunnions. 
The  h  re  nth  have  made  improvements  on 
j  this  article  ;  they  have  two  pair  of  trunnion 
\  plates  ;  one  pair,  in  which  the  gun  is  pla- 
i  ced  for  action ;  the  gun  is   removed  into 
j  the  other  for  travelling  ;  and  are  so  deno- 
minated.    See  Am.  Mil.  Lib. 

TRUSQUINS,  Fr.  Tool*  made  use 
of  by  carpenters  and  joiners.  They  are 
called  trutiuins  d' assemblage,  and  trus- 
quins  a  tongue  pointe. 

TRUSS.  A  bundle;  as  a  bundle  of 
hay  or  straw.  Any  thing  thrust  close 
together.  Trusses  of  this  description 
have  been  sometimes  used  in  military 
affairs.  The  men  carrying  them  in  front 
for  the  purpose  of  deadening  shot. 

TRUSS  tjfofjUgf,  is  as  much  as  a  trooper 
can  carry  on  Ins  horse's  crupper.  See 
SPUN  HAY. 

To  TRUST.     To  give  credit  to,   on 

t  promise  of  payment.     No  soldier  shall  be 

j  liable  to  be  arrested  for  a  sum  under  so/. 

land  then  an  oath  of  the  debt  must  be 

made  before  a  magistrate. 

TRUSTY.  Honest;  faithful;  true; 
fit  to  be  trusted.  This  word  is  used  in 
rru  preamble  of  military  commissions,  &c. 
viz.  To  our  trusty  andtvelt  btlaved. 

TUBE,  Fr.  A  pipe,  a  siphon.  It  is 
parr  ciilaily  applied  to  optical  instru- 


Ti  .  rs  of  tin  plates  are  the  best   for 

service.      Tubes   niusr    pass    through    a 

ja;:^t;  of  l-i'j  of'  an  inch  diameter.     The 

s:ti(-u  i.%>  m^aied  powder,  n.ixt  up 

!j  stilt'    w;:h    aj)irirs   o!'   wine. 

•  up  in  burioSci  cr  %i;.c  each. 


TEN 


TEN 


70S 


Length  of  tin  tubes. 

Kind  of  Ordnance. 

H 

rs 

|3 

1 

o 

g.'    ! 

2       ' 

CM 

if 

S 

a. 
c' 

£• 

N 

II 

Is 

"? 

3 

r 

P 

w 

y 

Inches. 

Pr. 

Pr. 

Pr. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

In. 

I2'2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

13 

88 

24 

24 

— 

— 

— 

8-2 

18 

18 

— 

— 

— 

— 

7'75 

12 

12 

— 

— 

13 

10 

6-8 

9 

9 

— 

— 

— 

6'5 

6 

— 

24 

8 

10 

— 

5'9 

3 

6 

12 

5i 

— 

— 

5'° 

— 

_ 

8 

—  . 

4'75 

1  4 

i^ 

6 

— 

_ 

— 

4-2 

— 

— 

— 

42-5 

Si 

— 

3LS 

— 

— 

— 

4  2-5 

— 

If  tin  tubes  get  damaged  by  wet,  the 
composition  may  be  cleared  out  of  them, 
and  they  may  be  fresh  filled.  If  spirits 
of  wine  cannot  ,be  had,  good  rum  or 
brandy  wftl  answer  the  purpose. 

TUCDUMMA,  Ind.  An  account 
which  is  closed,  after  it  has  been  exa- 
mined. 

TUCK.     A  Ion?;  narrow  sword. 

TUDESQUE,  Fr.  Teutonic  ;  Ger- 
m-in ic. 

TUERIE, -FV.     Slaughter;  massacre. 

TUF.  A  soft  sandy  stone  which  an- 
swers two  purposes,  either  to  build  upon 
or  to  build  with.  It  is  likewise  tufcau. 
The  French  say,  figuratively,  C'tst  un 
kbmme  de  tuf—He  is  a  man  of  no  depth  or 
profound  knowlege. 

TUG,  Fr.  A  Turkish  term  for  nil  ; 
a  SJit  of  standard  called  so  by  the  Turks. 
It  consists  of  a  horse's  tail  which  is  fixed 
to  a  long  pole  or  half  pike,  by  means  of  a 
gold  button.  The  origin  of  this  standard 
is  curious.  It  is  said,  that  the  Christians 
having  given  battle  to  the  Turks,  the 
latter  were  broken,  and  in  the  midst  of 
their  confusion  lost  their  grand  standard. 
The  Turkish  general,  being  extreme' y 
agitated  at  the  untoward  circumstances 


which  happened,  most  especially  by  the 
loss  of  the  great  standard,  cutoit  a  horse's 
tail  with  his  sabre,  fixed  it  to  a  half  pike, 
and  holding  it  in  his  hand,  rode  furiously 
towards  the  fugitives  a*id  exclaimed— 
Here  is  the  great  standard ;  let  those  who 
,Vi,>f  me,  follow  into  acti',a  !  This  produced 
the  desired  effect.  The  Turks  rallied 
>vith  redoubled  courage,  rushed  into  the 
tivckest  of  the  enemy,  and  not  only  gain- 
ed the  victory,  but  recovered  their  stan- 
dard. Other  writers  assert,  that  six 
thousand  Turks  having  been  taken  pri- 
soners during  a  general  engagement  con- 
trived to  escape  from  their  guard  or  escort, 
and  afterwards  fought  so  gallantly,  that 


horse's  tail  which  they  carried  as  a  stan- 
da.d ;  that  when  they  joined  the  Ottoman 
army,  they  stiil  made  use  of  the  tug  or 
tail ;  that  the  Turks,  in  consequence  of 
the  victory  which  was  obtained  under 
this  new  standard,  looked  upon  it  as  a 
1  hippy  omen  ;  and  that  since  that  period 
they  have  always  fought  under  it  as  their 
barner,  and  the  signal  of  success. 

Whatever  may  have  been  the  origin,  it 
is  certain,  that  when  the  Grand  Signer 
|  takes  the  field  in  person,  seven  of  these 
!  tails  are  always  carried  before  him  ;  and 
;  when  he  is  in  camp,  they  are  planted  in 
;  front  of  his  tent. 

The  Grand  Visier  is  entitled  to  three  of 
;  these  tails. 

The  three  principal  bashaws  of  the  em- 
!  pi iv,  (viz.  those  of  Bagdad,  Grand  Cairo, 
i  and  Breda,)  have  the  grand  signer's  per- 
;  mission  to  use  this  mark  of  distinction, 
|  throughout  the  whole  extent  of  their  ju- 
risdiction. 

Those  bashaws  that  are  not  visiers,  have 
;  the  privilege  of  having  two  tails. 

The  beys,  who  are  subordinate  to  th&' 
bashaws,  have  only  one. 

In  the  bas- relievo  which  is  under  the 
i  torn  b-s  lone  of  John  Casimir,  king  of  Po- 
land, in  the  abbey  church  of  St.  Germain, 
\de*  Prei  dcs  Pan's,  that  monarch  is  repre- 
|  sealed  at  the  head  of  his-  cavalry,  with  a 
'  horse's  tail  or  tug  for  its  standard. 

TUG  PINS,  are  the  iron  pins  which 
j  pass  through  the  fore  end  of  the  shafts  or" 
i  the  army  carts,   to   fasten    the  draught 
chains  for  the  fore  horses. 
TUILE,  Fr.     A  tile. 
TUILE  creuie,  Fr.     A  gutter  tile. 
TUILE  de  petit  moule,  Fr.     A  tile  mea- 
suring about  ten  inches  in  leng'h,  and  sr\ 
in  breadth.      About  300  cover  a  square 
toise. 

TUILE  de  grand  moiife,  Fr.  A  tile 
measuring  about  13  inches  in  length,  a;nl 
about  eight  and  a  half  in  breadth.  Or.c 
thousand  are  sufficient  to  cover  seven 
toises. 

TUILEAU,  Fr.     Shatdofatile. 
TIJILERIE,7<V.     Tilt  kiln. 
T  U I L  E  li  I  E  S ,  Fr.     T  he  garden  s,  be- 
longing  to  the  ci-devant  royal   palace  in 
Pans,  are  so  cal'ed,  from  the  spot  having 
originally  been  \*>ed  ior  tiie-kiins. 
TUKKEK.YAH,  Ind.     Carpenters. 
TUKNAR    JUMMA,     Ind.       Monoy 
brought  more  than  once  to  account. 

TULUBANA,  Ind.  A  fee,  taken  by 
Pcons  when  placed  as  guards  over  any 
person. 

TULLUB,  Ind.  This  word  literally 
means  a  demand;  but  it  also  signifies 


T,tv 


A  summons  fot 


o  L  L  u  G  c/jit.y,  Ind. 

TULWAR,  Ixd.     A  sword. 

TUMBRELS,  (tomtmreauxt  Fr.)  Co- 
vered carts,  which  cr.rry  ammunition  for 
cannon,  tools  for  the  pioneers,  miners,  and 


they  regained  another  battle  ;  that  in  ouler  Ij  artificers  ;  and  sometimes  the  money  di 
to  recognize  one  another,  they  cutolt'aji  the  army 


704 


TUR 


TUR 


TUMSOOK,  Ind.     A  bond. 

TUNKAW,  Ind.     An  assignment. 

TUNES,  Fr.  Small  twigs  which  are 
inlaced,  or  twisted  across,  around  several 
stakes  planted  in  the  earth,  and  which 
serve  to  keep  the  fascines  together. 

TUNIC,  (Tun/iite,  Fr.)  A  coat  with 
short  sleeves  above  the  elbow  ;  a  tunic.  It 
derives  its  name  from  the  Latin  word  Tu- 
nica, a  close  coat,  which  was  the  common 
garment  worn  within  doors  by  itself,  and 
abroad  under  the  gown.  It  was  distin- 
guished by  different  names  among  the 
Romans,  corresponding  with  the  several 
classes  of  the  people  that  were  clorhed 
according  to  their  rank  in  life.  See  Ken~ 
tietfs  Romqn  Antiquities,  p.  311,  &c. 

This  sort  of  clothing  is  still  worn  in  the 
east,  and  was  prevalent  among  the  French 
after  their  return  from  the  crusades  !o  the 
Holy  Land.  They  adopted  it  from  the 
Saracens,  and  seemed  ambitious  of  ap- 
pearing in  a  garb  which  bore  testimony  to 
their  feats  of  valor.  These  tunics,  which 
were  converted  into  a  sort  of  uniform, 
obtained  the  name  of  Saladines  among  the 
French,  in  compliment  to  the  emperor 
Saladin.  Hence  too  the  origin  of  Salade, 
which  not  only  signified  the  armor  that 
was  worn  beneath  the  tunic  or  saladine, 
but  also  the  light  helmet  of  that  name. 

T  U  N  I  Q  U  E ,  Fr.  A mong  the  F  rench 
signifies  likewisea  particular  dress  which 
was  vvorn  by  the  kings,  under  their  robes 
of  state  at  a.  coronation. 

TUNTUNGI.&ftfr.  A  Turkish  term 
signifying  master  of  the  pipes,  a  situation 
under  the  pacha. 

TUQUE,  Fr.     A  tarpaulin. 

TURBAN,      ~)  (Tut ban,  Fr.)     A  cover 

TURBANT,  C  consisting     of    several 

TURBAND,}  folds  of  white  muslin, 
&c.  which  was  worn  by  the  Turks  and 
other  oriental  nations.  The  blacks  be- 
longing to  the  different  bands  that  are 
attached  to  British  regiments  likewise 
wear  turbans,  ornamented  with  fictitious 
pearls  and  feathers.  Those  of  the  foot 
guards  are  particularly  gorgeous.  The 
French  say  familiarly  Pre ndre  le  Turban, 
to  turn  Turk. 

The  great  Turk  bears  over  his  arms  a 
turban  enriched  with  pearls  and  diamonds, 
under  two  coronets.  The  first,  which  is 
made  of  pyramidical  points,  is  heightened 
up  with  large  pearls,  and  the  uppermost 
is  surmounted  with  crescents. 

Green  TURBAN.  A  turban  worn  by 
the  immediate  descendants  of  Mahomed, 
•ind  by  the  idiots  or  saints  in  Turkey. 

Wl.'he  TURBAN.  A  turban  generally- 
worn  by  the  inhabitants  of  the  East. 

Yellow  T  u  R  a  A  N  .  A  turban  worn  by 
the  Polygars  who  are  chiefs  of  moun- 
tainous or  woodland  districts  in  the  East 
J  tidies.  By  the  last  accounts  from  India, 
this  turban  has  been  adopted  by  the  re- 
volted natives  of  that  part  of  the  globe,  as 
a  signal  of  national  coincidence  and  national 
understanding.  The  Polygars  are  in  pos- 
session of  v?ry  extensive  r:acr-  of  country, 


particularly  among  the  woods  and  moun- 
tains, and  are  likely  to  be  extremely  trou- 
blesome to  the  British.  For  an  interest- 
ing account  of  them  see  Orme's  Hhtory  of 
the  Carnatic,  pages  386,  390,  396,420,  &c. 

TURCIE,  Fr.  'Mole;  pier;  dyke. 

TURK,  (Turc,  Fr.)  The  following 
account  of  the  Turks  has  been  given  by 
a  modern  French  writer :— "  The  Turks 
are  a  nation  that  is  naturally  warlike, 
whose  armies  are  commanded  by  expe- 
rienced generals,  and  are  composed  of 
bold  and  executive  soldiers.  They  owe 
their  knowlege  of  war,  and  their  expe- 
rience in  tactics  to  three  national  causes, 
two  of  which  do  credit  to  their  intellects. 
In  the  first  place,  they  become  enured  to 
arms,  from  being  bred  to  the  profession 
from  their  earliest  infancy  :  in  the  second, 
they  are  promoted  upon  the  sole  ground 
i  of  merit,  and  by  an  uninterrupted  grada- 
tion of  rank  :  and  in  the  third,  they  pos- 
sess all  the  opportunities  of  learning  the 
military  art  that  constant  practice  and  ha- 
bitual warfare  can  afford.  They  are  na- 
turally robust,  and  constitutionally  cou- 
rageous, full  of  activity,  and  not  at  all 
enervated  by  the  debaucheries  of  Europe^ 
or  the  effeminacy  of  the  East.  Their  pre- 
dilection for  war  and  enterprise,  grows 
out  of  the  recollection  of  past  victories, 
and  is  strengthened  by  the  two  most  pow- 
erful incentives  to  human  daring,  viz. 
reward  and  punishment;  the  first  of 
which  is  extremely  attractive,  because  it 
is  extremely  great,  and  the  other  equally- 
deterring,  because  it  is  rigorous  in  the  ex- 
treme. Add  to  these  the  strong  influence 
of  a  religion,  which  holds  out  everlasting 
happiness  and  seats  near  Mahomed  in 
heaven,  to  all  who  die  fighting  for  their 
country  on  the  field  of  battle;  and  which 
further  teaches  them  most  implicitly  to 
believe,  that  every  Turk  has  written  upon 
his  forehead  his  fatal  moment,  with  the 
kind  of  death  he  must  submit  to,  and  that 
nothing  human  can  alter  his  destiny. 
When  any  thing  is  to  be  put  into  execu- 
tion, the  order  they  receive  is  absolute, 
free  from  every  species  of  intervention  or 
control,  and  emanating  from  one  inde- 
pendent authority.  The  power  which  is 
entrusted  to  their  generals  (like  that  of  the 
Romans  to  their  dictators)  is  brief  and 
comprehensive,  viz. — "  Promote  the  in- 
terests of  your  country  or  your  sovereign. " 
See  Essaisurta  Science  de  la  Guerre ,  torn.  i. 
p.  207. 

Such  is  the  character  of  the  Turks,  as 
detailed  by  their  old  a  !ies  the  French. 
How  far  it  corresponds  with  reality,  espe- 
cially in  regard  to  military  knowlege,  we 
must  leave  to  future  historians  to  deter- 
mine ;  observing  at  the  same  time,  that 
a  few  spaiksof  British  valor  and  perse- 
verance have  contributed  more  to  the  pre- 
servation of  the  Ottoman  empire,  during 
fhe  present  war,  than  all  the  fantastic 
images,  or  well-devised  hypocrisies  ot 
Mahomed  could  have  done.  Our  brave 
countrymen,  tfn  their  ret  urn  from  Egypt, 


T  YM 


VAX 


705 


'will  probably  be  enabled  to  give  a  more 
faithful  and  correct  account  oi'  their  cha- 
racters as  soldiers. 

TLJRMA.  A  troop  of  cavalry  among 
the  ancient  Romans.  The  horse  required 
to  every  legion  was  three  hundred,  di- 
vided into  ten  turmae  or  troops,  thirty  to 
a  troop,  every  troop  making  three  decurias, 
or  squads.  See  Kennet(,  R.  A.  p.  192. 

TURNCOAT.  A  renegade,  a  desert. 
er;  one  who  abandons  his  party. 

TURNOVER.  A  piece  of  white 
linen  which  is  worn  by  the  soldiers  be- 
longing to  the  British  cavalry  over  their 
stocks,  about  half  an  inch  deep. 

To  TURN  out.  To  bring  forward,  to 
exhibit ;  as,  to  turn  out  the  guard ;  to 
turn  out  so  many  men  for  service. 

To  TURN /'#.  To  withdraw;  to  order 
under  cover ;  as,  to  turn  in  the  guard. 

TURNPIKE,  (Barriercjfr.  Anob- 
stacle  placed  across  a  road  to  prevent  tra- 
vellers, waggons,  &c.  from  passingwith- 
out  paying  an  established  toll.  British 
officers  and  soldiers  regimentally  dressed, 
and  on  duty,  pass  through  turnpikes  gratis. 
TURNPIKE  is  also  used  in  the  military 
art,  for  abeam  stuck  full  of  spikes,  to  be 
placed  in  a  gap,  a  breach,  or  at  the  en- 
trance of  a  camp,  to  keep  off  the  enemy. 
1 1  may  be  considered  as  a  sort  of  cbeval  de 
frixg. 

TURPENTINE.     A  very  combusti- 
ble resin,  much  used  in  the  composition  of 
fire- works.     All  resins  are  discriminated 
from  gums,  by  being  soluble  in  oil  but 
not  in  water;  gums  the  contrary. 
TURRET.     A  small  tower. 
Mo-veable  TURRETS.     SeeToWERs. 
TUSSULDAR,  Ind.    The  Last  India 
company's  collector  of  the  kistybundy . 

TUYAU,  Fr.  Any  pipe,  &c.  of  lead, 
or  gutter,  or  canal,  made  of  burnt  clay, 
&c.  which  serves  to  carry  off  the  water 
from  the  roof  of  a  house. 

TUYAU  de  cheminee,  Fr.  The  cylin- 
drical conduit  which  receives  and  lets 
out  the  smoke  at  the  top  of  a  chimney. 

TUYAUX  de  descents,  Fr.  The  pipes 
which  convey  the  water  downwards. 

TYMPAN,  (Tywpany  Fr.)  In  archi- 
tecture, the  area  of  a  pediment,  being  that 
pavt  which  is  OH  a  level  with  the  naked  part 
of  the  frize.  Or  it  is  the  space  included 
between  the  three  cornices  of  a  triangular 
pediment,  or  the  two  cornices  of  a  circu- 
lar one. 

TYMPANO/<Z«  archy  is  the  triangular 
space  or  table  in  the  corners  or  sides  of  the 
arch,  usually  hollowed  and  enriched, 
sometimes  with  branches  of  laurel,  olive- 
tree,  or  oak,  or  with  trophies,  &c.  Some- 
times with  flying  figures,  as  fame,  vic- 
tory, &c.  or  sitting  figures,  as  the  cardi- 
nal virtues. 

TYMPANUM.  A  drum,  a.  musical 
instrument  which  the  ancients  used,  and 
which  consisted  of  a  thin  piece  of  leather 
or  skin,  stretched  upon  a  circle  of  wood  or 
iron,  and  beat  with  the  hand.  Hence  the 
orrgin  of  our  drum. 


TYMPANUM.  In  mechanics,  a  kindof 
wheel  placed  round  an  axis  or  cylindrical 
beam,  on  the  top  of  which  are  two  levers, 
or  fixed  staves,  for  the  more  easy  turning 
the  axis  about,  in  order  to  raise  a  weight 
required.  It  is  alto  used  for  any  hollow 
wheel,  wherein  one  or  more  persons  or 
animals,  such  as  horses,  dogs,  &c.  walk. 
:o  turn  it.  This  wheel  is  found  In  cranes, 
calenders,  &c. 


VACANCY,  (vacance,  Fr.)  State  of 
an  office  or  commission  to  which  no  one  is 
appointed. 

VACANT,  (Vacant,  e.  Fr.)  Empty  ; 
not  filled. 

VACANT  Companies ,    (Compagnies  *ua* 
antesy    Fr.)     Companies  to  the  perma- 
nent command  of  which  no  person  is  ap- 
pointed. 

Emptois-VACA.NSf  Fr.  During  the 
French  monarchy,  seniority  of  rank  or 
standing  did  not  give  the  right  of  promo- 
tion. It  belonged  solely  to  the  king  to 
appoint  and  nominate  all  persons  to  vacant 
commissions  or  employments.  No  other 
rule  can  be  consistent  with  the  efficiency 
of  a  military  institution;  rotation  should 
be  Considered  only  as  a  contingency,  which 
is  only  admitted^  not  permanently  esta- 
blished ;  as  no  institution  so  much  calls 
for  merit  and  application  to  study,  as  the 
military  profession;  merit  alone  should 
be  the  foundation  of  promotion  ;  then  all 
would  endeavor  to  acquire  knowlege  ; 
where  rotation  exists  there  is  no  incite- 
ment. In  the  American  army,  no  atten- 
tion is  paid  to  merit ;  there  is,  therefore, 
very  little  study 

VACCINE  pocky  a  disease  which  has 
been  found  to  affect  the  cow  on  the  teat 
or  udder,  which  arises  in  pustules  resem- 
bling small  pox ;  it  has  been  found  that 
this  is  a  perfect  preventive  of  small  pox 
and  is  now  growing  into  use  against  preju- 
dice among  all  civilized  nations.  All  ar- 
mies should  undergo  the  vaccine  inocula- 
tion, to  prevent  the  ravages  of  small  pox  -9 
one  half  of  the  American  army  that  went 
against  Quebec  in  1775  was  swept  offby 
small  pox. 

VAGUE- Afw/jr,  Fr.  S£e WAGGON- 
MASTER. 

VAISSEAU,  Fr.     Ship. 

VAISSEAU  du  premier  rangy  Fr.  A  first 
rate, 

VAISSEAU  du  second  rangy  F  r .  A  se- 
cond rate. 

VAISSEAU  de  guerrty  Fr.  A  man  of 
war. 

VAISSEAU  Marchandy  Fr.  A  mer- 
chant-man. 

VA1SSELLE  <f  Argent,    Fr.      Silver 
Utensils ;    plate.     We  have   already  re* 
marked  under  Table  d'Offiders,  that  during 
4C 


706 


V  AL 


V  A  L 


the  old  government  of  France,  it  was 
strictly  forbidden  to  use  any  other  plale 
than  silver  goblets,  spoons,  and  forks. 

VAIVODE,  Fr.  An  old  Sclavonian 
word,  which  signifies  prince  or  general. 
This  title  was  formerly  given  to  the  sove- 
reign princes  of  Wallachia,  Moldavia,  and 
Transylvania. 

VAJIB  UL  ARZEE,  Info  A  petition, 
memorial,  or  proposal  to  a  superior. 

TAKEEL,  Ind.  An  agent— deputy- 
attorney — a  subordinate  envoy  or  ambas- 
sador. 

VAKIAS,  Ind.  A  weight  hearlyequal 
to  a  pound;  It  also  signifies  a  measure. 

VAK1LIT,  Ind.  The  first  office  in 
the  empire. 

VALET,  Fr.  An  instrument  which 
is  used  by  carpenters  to  keep  boards,  that 
have  been  glued,  close  together. 

VALETS  de  rArmee,  Fr.  Officers' 
servants ;  they  are  likewise  called  by  the 
French,  Tartares.  In  the  American  army, 
waiters. 

Valets  d'Artlllerie,  Fr.  Men  attached 
to  the  guns  on  board  ships  of  war,  for  the 
purpose  of  assisting  the  regular  cannoneers. 
In  the  American  service  they  are  classed 
by  -numbers  and  called,  first,  second,  or 
third  AIDS. 

Valet  a  Patin,  Fr.  An  instrument 
which  is  used  by  surgeons — A  small  pin- 
cer  to  take  up  the  arteries  when  it  is  found 
necessary  to  make  a  ligature. 

VALIANT,        ?    personally     brave, 

VALOROUS,  S  fearless  of  danger 
in  war,  &c. 

VALLEY,  (Valt  Fr.)  A  hollow  space 
of  ground,  generally  between  hills. 

VALOR,'  Vuleur,  Fr.)  Courage, 
bravery,  intrepidity.  A  generous  qua- 
lity, which,  far  from  assuming  brutality 
and  violence,  with- holds  the  fury  of  the 
soldier,  protects  helpless  women,  inno- 
cent infants,  and  hoary  age.  Nothing 
which  is  incapable  of  resistance,  can  ever 
be  the  object  whereon  true  valor  would 
exercise  its  prowess.  Courage  is  that  gran- 
deur of  soul,  which  prompts  us  to  sacrifice 
all  personal  advantages,  and  even  the  pre- 
servation of  our  beings,  to  a  love  of  our 
country  and  its  liberty.  The  exercise  of 
this  determined  courage  in  the  profession  of 
arms,  is  called  -valor.  It  is  composed  of 
bravery,  reason,  and  force :  by  bravery 
we  understand  that  lively  ardor  which 
Ikes  us  for  the  combat ;  reason  points  out 
to  us  the  method  of  conducting  it  with 
justice  and  prudence;  and  force  is  neces- 
sary for  the  execution.  It  is  bravery 
which  animates  the  heart,  reason  springs 
from  the  soul,  and  force  depends  upon  the 
body  ;  without  bravery  we  fear  obstacles, 
danger,  and  death;  without  reason,  cou- 
rage would  have  no  legitimate  view ;  and 
without  force  it  would  be  useless :  these 
three  qualities  should  concur  to  form  the 
true  military  valor. 

Dr.  Johnson  defines  valor,  bravery, 
and  courage  almost  as  synonymous  terms. 
Mr.  Addison  distinguishes  between  tha 


sort  of  courage  which  springs,  by  instinct, 
from  the  soul,  and  from  that  which  ori- 
ginates in  a  sense  of  duty,  and  is  strength, 
ened  by  reflexion.  Count  Turpin,  on  the 
other  hand,  establishes  a  wide  difference 
between  bravery  and  courage,  which  he 
makes  two  terms.  In  page  5,  of  the  pre- 
liminary discourse  to  his  Essay  on  the  Art 
of  War,  he  has  the  following  passage : 

Is  the  officer — speaking  of  the  requi- 
site qualifications  in  a  general — who  loves 
his  duty,  and  who  would  make  himself 
master  of  it,  under  no  obligation  to  ascer- 
tain what  qualifications  his  station  re- 
quires ?  That  he  ought  to  have  such  or 
such  a  quality,  under  such  or  such  a  cir- 
cumstance ?  That  here  only  bravery  is  ne- 
cessary, there  only  courage  ?  And  that  he 
is  not  always  obliged  to  have  both  at  the 
same  time  ?" 

These  two  qualities,  which  are  often 
confounded  in  the  same  subject,  merit  a 
particular  distinction;  they  are  not  so 
closely  united,  but  that  one  may  be  found 
without  the  other.  Courage  seems  fittest 
for  a  general,  and  for  all  those  who  com- 
mand ;  bravery  more  necessary  for  a  so}- 
dier,  and  for  all  those  who  receive  orders ; 
bravery  is  in  the  blood ;  courage  hi  the 
soui ;  the  first  is  a  kind  of  instinct,  the  se- 
cond a  virtue;  the  one  is  an  impulse  al- 
most mechanical,  the  other  a  iiobie  and  a 
sublime  conception.  A  man  is  ora-e  at 
a  particular  time,  and  aecor.l'.ng  tc  cir- 
cumstances; but  he  has  a  rot ••Mgc-  at  all 
times,  and  upon  all  occasro  onvery  is 
impetuous,  in  as  much  -s  i.  is  less  the 
result  of  reflexion;  c<  ,  rr.  .  -con- 

trary, in  proportion  as  vs  ,-ut  o-'  rea- 

son, becomes  i, TO  i  .  ,[>id      'ra- 

very  is  inspired  by  the  (  >1  an.  'le, 
by  insensibility  of  danger,  and  by  tho;i.in- 
gled  fury  ofcbn£1i<  <  and  •••;,. age 

is  infused  by  the  iove  of  our  duty,  the 
desire  of  glory,  ana  T-~;  Real  we 
feel  to  serve  our  coun.ry  .  courage  de- 
pends on  reason,  but  oravery  or,  tne  con- 
stitution. Achilles,  such  as  .ti^ace  de- 
scribes him  from  Homer,  implacable, 
cruel,  despising  every  law  except  that  of" 
the  strongest !  presents  nothing  to  the 
idea,  but  the  hardiness  of  a  gladiator. 
But  the  Roman  general,  whose  death 
would  have  occasioned  the  ruin  of  the 
army,  the  great  Scipio,  when  covered  by 
the  bucklers  of  three  soldiers,  to  avoid  a 
shower  of  arrows,  which  che  enemy  di- 
rected against  him,  approaches  in  safety 
the  walls  he  besieged,  and  standing  only 
a  spectator  of  the  action,  exhibits  the  pic- 
ture of  true  courage,  whilst  he  contents 
himself  with  giving  the  necessary  orders. 
Bravery  again,  is  involuntary,  and  does 
not.  depend  wholly  upon  ourselves; 
whereas  courage  (as  Seneca  observes)  may 
be  acquired  by  education;  provided  na- 
ture has  sown  the  first  seeds  of  it.  Ci- 
cero, sheltering  himself  from  the  haired 
of  Cataline,  undoubtedly  wanted  bravery  ; 
but  certainly  he  possessed  an  elevated 
firmness  of  mind  (which  is  in  reality  cou- 


V  AL 


V  AL 


707 


rage)  when  he  disclosed  the  conspiracy  of 
that  traitor  to  the  senate,  and  pointed  out 
all  his  accomplices;  or  when  he  pleaded 
for  Deiotarus  against  Caesar,  his  friend 
and  his  judge. 

Coolness  is  the  effect  of  courage,  which 
knows  Its  danger,  but  makes  no  other  use 
of  that  knowlege,  than  to  give  directions 
with  greater  certainty  j  courage  is  always 
master  of  itself,  provided  against  all  acci- 
dants,  and  regulated  by  existing  circum- 
stances ;  never  confounded  by  any  danger, 
so  as  to  lose  sight  of  the  motions  of  the 
enemy,  or  of  the  means  by  which  he  may 
be  moot  effectually  opposed: 

The  chevalier  Folard  makes  the  fol- 
lowing remarks  upon  this  quality  of  the 
mind  and  heart*  He  says,  in  his  notes 
on  Polybius,  there  are  Various  kinds  of 
that  species  of  courage,  intrepidity,  or 
strength  of  soul,  which  no  circumstances 
can  vanquish,  and  no  events  can  shake. 
I  do  not  know  whether  a  quality,  so  di- 
versified in  its  nature,  can  be  found  united 
in  the  same  person  to  the  full  extent  of  its 
activity.  We  generally,  discover  that 
some  men  possess  a  larger  proportion  of 
it  than  others. 

In  order  to  form  a  correct  opinion  of 
its  existence  in  the  human  character,  we 
should  find  out  some  individual  who  had 
acted  through  all  the  vicissitudes  of  life, 
and  had  uniformly  discovered  the  same 
firmness  of  mind  and  intrepidity  of  heart. 
But  where  shall  we  pick  out  a  character 
of  this  sort  ?  Life  is  too  short  for  the  full 
exercise  of  its  various  powers,  and  were 
it  of  a  longer  date,  the  circumscribed  fa- 
culties of  man  render  the  research  useless. 
I  do  not  believeit  possible  to  point  out  an 
individual  who,  free  from  the  natural 
weaknesses  that  are  attached  to  our  con. 
stitution,  has  in  adversity  as  well  as  pros- 
perity been  equally  firm,  and  equally  de- 
termined throughout  all  the  changes  to 
which  military  operations  are  unavoidably 
subject. 

This  intrepidity  and  strength  of  mind, 
have  been  peculiarly  visible  on  manifold 
occasions  in  some  extraordinary  charac- 
ters, who  have  been  equally  remarkable 
on  others  for  weakness  and  pusillanimity. 
We  have  seen  them  bold  to  the  full  ex- 
tent of  hardihood  during  a  succession  of 
triumphs;  we  have  then  beheld  them 
shamefully  agitated  under  a  temporary  re- 
verse of  fortune,  and  we  have  again  seen 
them  recover  their  wonted  energy  on  the 
first  favorable  opportunity.  These  op- 
posite qualities  succeed  one  another :  and 
•we  see  boldness  and  timidity  occupy  by 
turns  the  same  man,  so  as  to  produce,  ac- 
cording to  circumstances,  the  utmost  so- 
licitude and  caution  in  some  instances, 
and  the  greatest  courage,  firmness,  and 
decision  in  others,  during  the  prosecution 
of  a  war. 

These  fluctuations  of  the  human  cha- 
racter may  be  traced,  almost  every  day, 
in  a  certain  description  of  generals.  When 
'they  are  .reduced  to  defensive  operations, 


their  understanding  becomes  perplexed ; 
they  know  not  how  to  act,  and  not  only 
omit  to  make  use  of  favorable  opportuni- 
ties themselves,  but  unwittingly  afford 
them  to  their  enemies ;  whilst,  on  the 
other  hand,  in  offensive  war,  their  genius 
expands  itself  into  a  variety  of  expedients  ; 
they  create  occasions  that  did  not  seem  to 
exist,  turn  them  to  account,  and  finally 
succeed.  Thus  we  see  united  in  the  same 
men,  promptitude,  vigor,  and  enter  prize 
in  one  species  of  warfare ;  and  timidity, 
doubt,  and  consternation  in  another. 

I  have  known,  says  Folard,  generals  of 
marked  intrepidity,  (who  in  trifling  mat- 
ters have  discovered  a  solicitude  that  ap- 
proaches to  a  want  of  manliness)  conceive 
projects  of  vast  extent,  that  were  full  of 
intricate  developements,  and  chequered 
by  incertitude ;  and  I  have  seen  them 
conquer  the  greatest  obstacles  by  their 
courage  and  good  conduct. 

Human  nature  is  so  strangely  constitu- 
ted, that  whilst  one  man  will  rush  into 
danger,  as  if  attracted  by  blood  and  de- 
vastation, another  will  not  have  firmness 
enough  to  stand  his  ground,  and  face  the 
coming  evil.  He,  who  in  the  hour  of 
battle  would  give  fresh  courage  to  his 
troops,  by  being  the  foremost  to  advance, 
has  been  known  to  turn  pale  in  the  very 
trench  where  a  soldier's  boy  or  woman  has 
sat  undisturbed  selling  spirits  and  provi- 
sions, or  has  been  discovered  to  tremble 
when  the  signal  for  storming  was  given. 
The  very  man  that  would  courageously 
lead  his  troop  into  action,  or  would  prove 
the  most  expert  marksman  in  the  world, 
were  he  directed  to  practise  in  the  front  of 
a  whole  line,  has  been  known  to  shrink  at 
a  single  combat,  and  would  rather  rush 
headlong  into  a  guarded  breach,  than 
measure  swords  or  point  a  pistol  with  an 
antagonist.  Another  again,  whom  no 
danger  could  affect  in  public  contests  or 
in  private  feuds,  when  visited  by  sickness 
is  full  of  apprehension,  has  recourse  to 
physic,  and  in  proportion  as  his  malady 
increases,  grows  timid,  scrupulous,  and 
unhappy.  It  sometimes  happens,  on  the 
other  hand,  though  rarely,  that  the  rank- 
est coward  will  lie  peaceably  in  bed  amidst 
ail  the  surrounding  terrors  of  dissolution, 
and  will  even  smile  as  his  agony  ap- 
proaches. 

I  have  seen,  continues  the  same  author, 
(and  daily  experience  confirms  his  obser- 
vation) one  of  the  bravest  officers  in  the 
world,  suddenly  turn  pale  in  a  thunder- 
storm, and  even  so  far  give  way  to  his 
fears,  as  to  hide  himself  in  a  cellar.  One 
man  possesses  what  the  French  so  forci- 
bly stile  une  valeur  journalise,  a  sort  of 
ephemeral  courage,  or  what  depends  upon 
the  influence  of  the  moment;  to-day 
he  is  as  bold  as  Achilles;  to-morrow  he 
sinks  into  the  degraded  character  of  Ther. 
sites. 

It  is  related  of  general  Cadwallader,  a 
man  of  unconquerable  intrepidity  in  the 
field,  that  he  trembled  at  the  sight  ot  a 


'OS 


V  AL 


VE  D 


cat.  The  editor  of  this  work  had  a 
jfriend  a  lieutenant  Mulocb,  in  the  Ben- 
gal army,  a  man  of  tried  valor  whose 
antipathy  was  of  this  singular  kind,  that 
he  could  not  eat  if  there  was  a  shoulder 
of  mutton  on  the  table;  at  a  card  party 
at  Lady  Oakley's,  at  Madras,  a  shoulder 
of  mutton  was,  without  his  knowlege, 
placed  under  his  chair,  the  effect  was, 
lie  fell  from  his  chair  in  a  state  of  con- 
vulsion  from  which  he  did  not  reco- 
ver for  several  hours.  The  great  Conde 
laughed  at  a  man  who  said  he  never  felt 
the  sensation  of  fear,  by  asking  him  "  have 
you  never  snuffed  a  candle-  ivhhyour  naked 
jingers  ?"  Going  into  action  one  of  his 
friends  observed  to  him,  "My  prince  you 
tremble."  He  replied,  "  My  body  trem- 
bles for  the  danger  into  which  my  soul 
•will  lead  me."  The  peculiarities  of  this 
celebrated  hero  were,  that  he  was  always 
affected  in  his  nerves  by  any  surprize, 
but  never  lost  his  presence  of  mind ;  some 
of  his  friends  attempted  to  surprize  him 
in  his  tent,  and  in  Austrian  uniform  made 
their  way  to  his  bed  side  and  awoke  him 
•with  their  noise;  he  turned  round  and 
observed,  "  If  you  had  excited  an  emotion 
of  fear  in  me  I  should  instantly  put  you 
to  death."  Count  Turpin,  in  his  Art  of 
War,  appears  to  think  that  valor  which 
unites  deliberation  and  prudence  is  pre- 
ferable to  mere  muscular  bravery.  The 
Trench  pay  more  attention  to  the  former 
than  the  latter,  they  always  reward  bia- 
•uery  but  prefer  valor*  Mere  animal  cou- 
rage is  not  sufficient  for  them,  and  speakr 
ing  of  those  who  possess  bravery  without 
discretion,  they  treat  it  as  if  mere  animal 
bravery  was  common  to  all  men,  but 
valor  or  discrimination  rare;  hence  they 
say  of  a  merely  brave  man — //  est  brave 
comme  mon  epee,  wah  general  **** — namely 
a  brainless  part  of  the  body. 

These  changes  in  the  character  and  con- 
stitution which  are  so  visible  in  individu- 
als, may  be  traced  in  their  influence  over 
•whole  nations,  with  little  or  no  deviation. 
The  Persian  cavalry  still  maintains  its 
ancient  reputation  for  valor,  and  is  still 
dreaded  by  the  Turks.  Tacitus  relates, 
that  the  Sarmatian  horse  was  invincible, 
but  when  the  men  were  dismounted, 
iiothing  could  be  more  miserably  defective 
in  all  the  requisites  of  war.  Their  whole 
dependence  was  on  their  cavalry,  and,  as 
i'ar  as  we  are  enabled  to  judge,  the  same 
partial  quality  exists  to  this  day. 

The  French,  until  the  present  revolu 
tion,  seemed  to  have  preserved  the  charac- 
ter and  disposition  of  the  ancient  Gauls. 
They  went  with  morealacrity  into  action, 
and  met  death,  at  first  sight,  with  more 
valor,  than  they  discovered  firmness  and 
resolution  to  wait  patiently  for  its  ap 
proach.     Hurry    and  agitation   appeared 
rnore  congenial  to  their  minds,  than  calm 
ness  and  composure. 

In  order  to  conquer,  it  was  found  ne- 
cessary, by  their  ablest  generals,  to  make 
jhein  attack  and  insult  their  enemy .  They 


grew  impatient  in  slow  operations,  and 
gradually  became  less  capable  of  meeting 
heir  antagonists  in  proportion  to  the  time 
hey  were  restrained  from  coming  to  ac- 
ion.  Their  whole  history,  indeed,  is  a 
continued  proof  of  the  justness  of  this 
>bservation ;  and  although  their  charac- 
er  seems  to  have  undergone  considerable 
changes  since  their  revolution,  they  have 
still  retained  so  much  of  the  original  cast, 
as  to  shew  more  promptitude  in  offen- 
sive, than  steadiness  and  perseverance  in 
defensive  operations.  Not  that  they  are 
deficient  in  the  latter,  but  that  the  former 
quality  has  been  more  brilliantly  success- 
ful. To  the  first  they  owe  their  stupen- 
dous triumphs  under  Bonaparte ;  but  they 
have  again  been  rendered  almost  equally 
conspicuous  by  their  conduct  in  the  second 
under  general  Moreau,  in  his  celebrated 
retreat  from  the  Black  Forest.  But,  alas  ! 
of  what  avail  is  the  courage  of  the  mul- 
titude, if  the  generality  of  their  leaders  are 
deficient  in  those  indispensible  qualities 
by  which  French  officers  have  acquired 
the  greatest  reputation.  It  is  like  a  torch 
in  the  hands  of  a  fool  or  madman,  who 
would  as  soon  lead  an  enthusiast  to  a  pre- 
cipice, as  he  would  shew  him  the  paths 
he  ought  to  tread. 

VALUE,  in  a  general  acceptation  of 
the  term,  signifies  the  rate  at  which  any 
thing  is  estimated. 

VAN.  The  front  of  an  army,  the 
first  line ;  or  leading  column. 

VAt)-guard.  That  part  of  the  army 
which  marches  in  the  front.  See  GUARD. 

VANCOURIER.  SeeAvANT  COU- 
RIER. 

VANNE,  Fr.    A  floodgate. 

VANTAIL./V.  Leaf  of  a  folding  door. 

VANT-^ra.r.    Armor  for  the  arm. 

Droits  de  VARECH,  Fr.  The  right 
to  salvage.  A  term  used  in  Normandy . 
Varecb  likewise  signifies  any  vessel  undei 
water. 

V A  R  LO  P  E ,  Fr.  A  carpenter's  large 
plane. 

VARSA,  Ind.    The  rainy  season. 

V  AS  A  NT,  Ind.  The  mild  season  or 
spring. 

VASSALS.  They  who  in  the  feudal 
system  were  obliged  to  attend  their  lord 
in  war,  as  a  tenure  by  which  they  held 
their  lands,  &c. 

VEDETTE,(£W<?//f,  Fr.j  in  war,  a 
centinel  on  horseback,  with  his  horse's 
head  towards  the  place  whence  any  danger 
is  to  be  feared,  and  his  carabine  advanced, 
with  the  butt  end  against  his  right  thigh. 
Vedettes  are  generally  posted  at  the  ave- 
nues, and  on  all  the  rising  grounds,  to 
guard  the  several  passages  when  an  enemy 
is  encamped. 

The  Vedettes  to  the  out- posts  should 
always  be  double,  for  the  following  rea- 
sons :  first,  that  whenever  they  make  any 
discovery,  one  may  be  detached  to  the 
commanding  officer  of  the  out-posts ; 
secondly,  that  they  may  keep  each  other 
watchful;  and  thirdly,  that  the  vigilance 


VE  L 


VEL 


of  both  may  render  it  impossible  for  any 
thing  to  come  near  them  without  being 
seen.  They  should  be  at  no  greater  dis- 
tance from  their  detachments  than  80  or 
300  paces. 

For  particular  instructions  relative  to 
the  posting  of  Vedettes,  see  a  treatise  on 
the  duties  of  an  officer  in  the  field,  by 
baron  Gross;  Am.  MIL  Lib. 

VEKILCHARES.  A  word  used  a- 
mong  the  Turks,  which  signifies  the 
same  as  Founier  in  the  French,  and  cor- 
responds with  quartermaster. 

VELITES.  Roman  soldiers,  who 
were  commonly  some  of  the  Tiros,  or 
young  soldiers  of  mean  condition,  and 
lightly  armed.  They  had  their  name, 
a  volandO)  •  from  flying,  or  a  vtlocitate^ 
from  swiftness.  They  seem  not  to  have 
acted  in  distinct  bodies  or  companies, 
but  to  have  hovered  in  loose  order  before 
the  army.  Kenneths  R.  A.  page  190. 
Their  arms  consisted  of  a  sword  and  jave- 
lin, and  they  had  a  shield  or  buckler 
which  was  sufficiently  large  to  cover  its 
rnan,  being  round  and  measuring  three 
Jeet  and  a  half  in  diameter. 

They  generally  wore  wolf's  skins,  or 
some  other  indifferent  ornament  upon 
their  heads,  to  distinguish  them  during 
an  action.  Their  javelins  were  a  sort  of 
dart,  the  wood  of  which  measured  three 
«;ubits  in  length,  and  was  about  the  thick- 
ness of  a  finger.  The  point  was  about  a 
hand's  full  breadth  in  length,  and  was  so 
thin  and  brittle,  that  it  snapped  off  the 
instant  it  reached  or  penetrated  its  object, 
so  that  the  enemy  could  not  return  it.  It 
was  distinguished  in  this  particular  from 
other  darts  and  javelins. 

VELOCITY.     The  quickness  of  mo 
tion  with   which  bodies  are  moved  from- 
one  place  to  another. 

Initial  velocity  of  military  projectiles 
as  ascertained  by  the  experiments  with 
the  Balistic  pendulum  at  Woolwich,  in 
1788,  1789,  and  1790.  These  experi- 
ments were  made  with  shot  of  equal  di- 
.  ameters,  powder  of  equal  strength,  and 
under  a  mean  height  of  the  barometer ;  and 
Shew, 

1.  That  there  is  very  little  difference  in 
the  velocities  of  shot  fired   from  guns  of 
the  same  length,  but  of  unequal  weights; 
the  advantage  being  sometimes  in  favor  oi 
one  and  sometimes  of  the  other. 

2.  That  velocities  arising  from  firing 
with  different  quantities  of  powder,  are 
nearly  in  the  proportion  of  the  square  roots 
of  the  quantities  or  weights  of  powder. 

3.  That  the  velocities  decrease   as  th 
distances  increase,    arising  from  the  re- 
sistance of  the  air,  which  opposes  th 
progress  of  the  shot,  in  a  proportion  some- 
what higher  than  the  squares  of  the  veloci 
ties  throughout;  and  only  to  a  small  va- 
riation. 

4.  That  very  little  advantage  is  gainec 
in  point  of  range,  by  increasing  the  chargr 
more  than  is  necessary  to  attain  the  ob 
ject,  the  velocities  given  by  large  charge 


)eing  very  soon  reduced  to  those  by  mo- 
erate  charges :  those  for  instance  given 
y  half  the  shot's  weight  are  reduced  to 
n  equality  with  those  by  one  third,  after 
assing  through  a  space  of  only  200  feet. 

5.  That   very  little  advantage    is   also 
ained  by  increasing  the  length  of  guns ; 
he  velocity  given   by  long  guns  of  22  ca- 
ibres  length  of  bore,  being  reduced  to  an 
quality  with  those  of  the  short  guns  of 
5%  calibres  with  similar    charge*,  after 
tassing  through  the  spaces  as  follows  : 

With  £  che  shot's  weight  285  feet 
f        Do.  200 

i        Do.  150 

1-6        Do.  115 

6.  That  the  resistance  of  the  air  against 
)alls  of  different  diameters  with  equal  ve- 
ocities,  is  very  nearly  in  the  proportion 
>f  the  square  of  their  diameters ;  or  as 
heir  surfaces. 

7.  That  the  velocity  is  not  affected  by 
compressing  the  charge  more  or  less;  or 

>y  heating  the  piece  in  different  degrees. 

8.  That  a  very  great  increase  of  velocity 
arises  from  a  decrease  of  windage ;  it  ap- 
pearing, that  with  the  established  wind- 
age of  1-20  between  %  and  £  of  the  force 
's  lost. 

9.  It  also  appeared,  that  by  firing  the 
charge  in  different  parts ;  by  varying  the 
weight  of  the  gun  to  lessen  the  iccoil ;  or 
even  by  stopping  the  recoil  entirely,  no 
sensible  change  is  produced  in  the  velocity 
of  the  ball. 

10.  That  though  the  velocity  of  the 
shot  is  increased  only   to  a  certain  point 
peculiar  to  each  gun,  (a  further  increaseof 
powder,  producing  a  diminished  velocity1 
yet  the   recoil  of  the  gun  is  always  iiU 
creased  by  the  increase  of  charge. 

it.  Velocity  of  alight  6  Pr.— length,  4 
feet  8  inches  ;  charge,  ^  the  weight  of  rhe 
shot ;  1558  feet  per  second. — 6  Prs.  heavy  ; 
6  feet  8  inches  ;  charge  £=1673  feet. 

Velocity  of  a  light  3  Pr.  length,  3  feet 
4  inches,  charge  J — 1371  feet  per  second. 

Do.  Heavy  3  Pr.  length,  5  feet  9$  in- 
ches, charge  |  the  shot— 1584  feet. 
Velocity  of  French  Ordnance. 

24  Pr.  charge  8  Ibs.  the  eprovette  mor- 
tar giving  125  fathoms,  the  initial  velocity 
is  1425  feet  per  second  ;  with  the  epro- 
vette at  90=1209  feet;  with  a  charge  of 
12  Ibs.  and  the  eprovette  at  125-  the  initial 
velocity  will  be  1530. 

Charge.   Eprovette.    Velocity. 

16  pr. 

12  pr. 
8  pr. 


4  Pr- 

12  pr. 
8  pr. 
4  pr. 
8inchhow'r. 


6  inch  liow'r.  i 

-V— , I 


710 


VE  N 


VER 


VENT,  (Lufniere,  Fr.)  in  artillery,  or, 
as  it  is  vulgarly  called,  the  touch-hole, 
is  the  opening  through  which  the  fire  is 
conveyed  to  the  powder  that  composes 
the  charge. 

As  the  placing  the  vents  in  mortars, 
howitzers,  and  guns  in  the  best  manner, 
is  so  very  delicate  a  point,  and  about  which 
bath  authors  and  practitioners  differ,  we 
will  advance  what  the  result  of  exp^U 
ments  has  demonstrated.  The  most  com- 
mon method  is  to  place  the  vent  about  a 
quarter  of  an  inch  from  the  bottom  of  the 
chamber  or  bore;  though  we  have  seen 
many  half  an  inch,  and  some  an  inch  from 
the  bottom.  It  has  always  been  imagined, 
that  if  the  vent  was  to  come  out  in  the 
middle  of  the  charge,  the  powder  would 
be  inflamed  in  less  time  than  in  any  other 
case,  and  consequently  product  the  great- 
est range ;  because,  if  a  tube  be  tilled 
with  powder,  and  lighted  in  the  centre, 
the  powder  will  be  burnt  in  half  the  time 
it  would  be,  were  it  lighted  at  one  end. 
This  gave  a  grounded  supposition,  that 
the  greater  the  quantity  of  powder  which 
burnt  before  the  shot  or  shell  was  sensibly 
moved  from  its  place,  the  greater  force  it 
would  receive.  To  determine  this,  the 
king  of  Prussia,  in  1765,  ordered  that  a 
light  three  pounder  should  be  cast,  with 
three  shifting  vents,  one  at  the  centre  of 
the  charge,  one  at  the  bottom,  and  the 
other  at  an  equal  distance  from  the  bot. 
torn  and  centre  one ;  so  that  when  one  was 
used,  the  others  were  effectually  stopped. 
The  gun  weighed  a  cvvt.  i  qr.  20  Ib.  ;  its 
length  was  3  feet  3  inches,  and  the  bot- 
tom of  the  bore  quite  flat.  It  was  loaded 
each  time  with  one  fourth  of  the  shot's 
weight ;  and  it  was  found,  that  when  the 
lowest  or  bottom  vent  was  used,  the  shot 
went  farthest,  and  the  ranges  of  theothers 
diminished  in  proportion  as  they  were 
distant  from  the  bottom.  The  piece  was 
elevated  to  i  degree  30  minutes. 

In  1766  the  same  monarch  caused  seve- 
ral experiments  to  be  tried  with  three 
small  mortars  of  equal  size  and  dimen- 
sions, but  of  different  forms  in  their 
chambers;  each  of  which  held  seven 
ounces  and  a  halfof  powder.  From  these 
experiments  it  appeared,  that  the  concave 
chamber  produced  the  greatest  ranges,  and 
that  the  bottom  of  the  chamber  is  the  best 
place  for  vents,  having  in  that  place  the 
greatest  effect. 

The  vents  of  English  guns  are  all  2.10 
of  an  inch  diameter.  See  remark  9  of  the 
article  VELOCITY. 

V  E  N  T -JidJj  is  the  part  of  a  gun  or 
howitz  between  the  breech  mouldings 
and  the  astragal. 

VzuT-astragal,  that  part  of  a  gun  or 
howitzer  which  determines  the  vent-field. 

VENT,  Fr.  That  vacancy  which  is 
occasioned  by  the  difference  between  the 
calibre  of  a  piece  of  ordnance,  and  the  di- 
ameter of  its  ball.  See  WINDAGE. 

VENT,  Fr.  Wind.  The  French  use 
this  word  in  various  senses. 


VENT  d'un  boulet  de  canon  ,  Fr.  The 
wind  of  a  cannon  ball. 

Coup  de  VENT,  Fr.  Heavy  weather; 
a  squall. 

V  s  N  T  regie,  Fr.  A  regular  wind  ;  such 
as  the  trade-  wind. 

Avoir  du  VENT,  Fr.  In  faniery  ;  to 
be  pursy. 

VENTS  alizcs,  Fr.     Trade  winds. 

VENTAIL.  That  part  of  a  helmet 
which  is  made  to  lift  up. 

VENTOUSFS,  Fr.  Air-holes,  ven- 
tilators. 

VENTRE,.FV.  Belly;  womb.  When 
a  piece  of  ordnance  is  oft'  its  carriage,  and 
lies  on  the  ground,  it  is  said,  among  the 
French,  to  be  upon  its  belly  —  etre  sur  le 
•uentre. 

Se  cmicher  VENT  RE  a  terre.  To  lie 
down  flat  on  your  face.  Le  capitaine  or- 
donna  a  ses  so/da  ts  de  se  coucher  venire  a 
terre.  The  captain  ordered  his  men  to  lie 
on  their  bellies.  This  frequently  occurs 
inaction,  when  any  part  of  the  line  or 
detached  body  is  so  posted  as  to  be  with. 
in  reach  of  the  enemy's  cannon,  and  not 
sufficiently  near  to  make  use  of  its  own 
musquetry. 

Demander  pat  don  VENT  RE  a  terre.  To 
ask  pardon  in  the  most  abject  position. 

VERANDA,  Ind.  The  covering  of 
houses,  being  extended  beyond  the  main 
wall  of  building,  by  means  of  a  slanting 
roof,  forming  external  rooms  or  passages  j 
acolonade;  balcony;  gallery. 

VERBAL  orders.  Instructions  given 
by  word  of  moUth,  which,  when  com- 
municated through  an  official  channel,  are 
to  be  considered  as  equally  binding  with 
writ  ten  ones. 

VERBAL,  Fr.  Verbal  ;  given  by  word 
of  mouth. 

Proces  VERBAL,  Fr.  A  verbal  depo- 
sition. 

VERD,  Fr.  Green.  This  word  is 
sometimes  used  in  a  figurative  sense  by 
the  French,  viz. 

tlomme  VERD  or  VERT,  Fr.  A  resolute 
man. 


,  Fr.  A  giddy  thought- 
less fellow. 

VERD  pvur  les  che-uaux,  Fr.  Green 
forage  or  grass.  In  the  ancien  regime  of 
France,  the  cavalry  and  dragoon  horses, 
when  quartered  in  a  fiat  country,  were  al- 
lowed to  be  thirty  days  at  grass  ;  the  par- 
ticular period  was  left  to  the  discretion  of 
the  commanding  officers.  The  term  was 
sometimes  extended  to  forty  days,  with- 
out any  deduction  being  made  for  the  ten 
days;  by  means  of  which  an  emolument 
accrued  to  the  captains  of  troops,  not  only 
from  the  horses  which  were  actually  sent: 
to  grass,  but  likewise  for  those  that  were 
returned  as  such. 

VERDIGREASE,  (Verd-de-Grh,  F  r.  \ 
A  kind  of  rust  of  copper,  which  is  oV 
great  use  among  painters.  It  is  also  taken 
medicinally. 

V  E  RG  E  ,  Fr.  A  yard  ;  a  measure  ;  a 
switch,  &c. 


VET 


VIA 


711 


VERGE  Rhituandique,  Fr.  The  Rhin- 
land  rod;  a  measure  which  is  equal  to 
two  French  toises,  or  to  iz  French  feet. 
It  is  often  used  by  Dutch  engineers,  in 
the  measuring  of  works  in  a  fortification. 

VERGE  J'cr,  Fr.  The  same  as  arba- 
fate,  torbalesinllej  or  Jacob's  staff  j  in  as- 
tronomy,  a  beam  of  light. 

VERGES,  Fr.     Rods. 

Passer  par  /es  TERGKS,  Fr.  A  punish- 
ment which  was  formerly  practised  among 
the  French.  The  same  as  running  the 
gauntlet.  See  PUNTTIONS  CORPOKEL- 

LES. 

VERGES,  Fr.  Twigs  or  branches 
measuring  from  ten  to  twelve  feet  in 
length,  which  are  used  in  making  fas- 
cines. 

VERNIS,  Fr.  Varnish. 
VEROLE,  Fr.  Great  pox,  which 
see.  Notwithstanding  the  prevalence  of 
this  disorder  in  France,  and  throughout 
Europe,  it  is  reckoned  so  dreadful  a  visi- 
tation, that  the  French  have  a  familiar 
proverb  which  says,  Si  tu  ne  crams  pas 
Dieu,  au  mains  crains  la  verole ;  if  thou 
art  not  afraid  of  God,  dread,  at  least,  the 
pox.  Vaccine  should  be  introduced  in  all 
armies. 

V  E  R  R  E  pour  prendre  hauteur ,  F r.  A 
thick  colored  glass,  through  which  an  ob- 
servation is  taken  of  the  sun. 

VERRE  pile,  Fr.  Broken  pieces  of 
glass,  which  are  sometimes  used  in  artifi- 
cial fire- works. 

VERRIN,  Fr.  A.  machine  which  is 
vised  to  raise  large  weights ;  such  as  can- 
non, &c. 

VERROU,  Fr.     A  bolt. 
VERSER,  Fr.     To  spill,  to  shed. 
V  E  R  s  E  R  son  sang  pour  la  patrie,  F  r.  To 
shed  one's  blood  for  the  country. 

VE  RTIC AL,  (•vertical,  Fr.)  Perpen- 
dicular. 

VERTICAL  point,  (point  vertical,  Fr.) 
A  term  used  in  astronomy,  to  express  an 
imaginary  point  in  the  heavens,  which  is 
supposed  to  fall  perpendicularly  upon  our 
heads. 

VESTIBULE,  Fr.  Porch;  entry; 
hall. 

VESTIBULE,  (vestibule,  Fr.)  In  forti- 
fication, is  that  space  or  covered  ground 
•which  is  in  front  of  guard  houses,  and  is 
generally  supported  by  pillars.  In  a  more 
general  sense,' any  large  open  space  before 
the  door  or  entrance  of  a  house.  Daviler 
derives  the  word  from  vestes  and  ambulo, 
by  reason  people  there  begin  to  let  their 
trains  fall.  It  is  properly  the  outer  hall 
in  which  persons  were  accustomed  to  take 
off' their  outer  garments  or  great  coats. 

VETERAN,  (-veteran,  Fr . )  This  word 
comes  from  the  Latin  vetcranus,  a  soldier 
in  the  Roman  militia,  who  was  grown 
old  iu  the  service,  or  who  had  made  a  cer- 
tain number  of  campaigns,  and  on  that 
account  was  entitled  to  certain  benefits 
and  privileges. 

Twenty  years  service  were  sufficient  to 
entitle  a  man  to  the  benefit  of  a  veteran. 


These  privileges  consisted  in  being  ab- 
solved from  the  military  oath,  in  being 
excused  all  the  duties  and  functions  'of  a 
soldier,  and  in  being  allowed  a  certain 
salary  or  appointment. 

A  French  soldier  is  entitled  to  the  ho. 
notable  name  of  veteran,  alter  he  has  serv- 
ed twenty-four  years,  without  any  break, 
'n  his  service. 

VETERANCE,  Fr.  The  state,  con- 
dition of  an  old  soldier. 

Lcttre  de  VETERANCE,  Fr.  The  docu- 
ment  or  letter  which  enables  an  old  soldier 
to  claim  the  rights  and  privileges  of  a 
veteran. 

VETERINAIRE,/V.     SeeVETERr- 

NARY. 

Ecole  VETERINAIRE,  Fr.  Veterinary 
school. 

VETERINARIAN,  (Feterinarius, 
Lat.)  One  skilled  in  the  diseases  of  cat. 
tie ;  a  farrier,  or  horse  doctor. 

VETERINARY.  Appertaining  to 
the  science  of  taking  care  of  cattle. 

VETERINARY  surgeon.  The  sur- 
a;eon  appointed  to  take  care  of  the  horses 
in  a  cavalry  or  dragoon  regiment  is  so 
called.  Heis  subordinate  and  accountable 
to  the  veterinary  college. 

VETILLES,  Fr.  This  word  literal- 
ly signifies  trifles.  Inartificial  fire- works 
they  are  small  serpentine  compositions, 
confined  within  a  single  roll  of  paper. 
They  have  generally  three  lines  in  dia- 
meter. 

VEXATIOUS  and  groundless .  C  harges 
of  accusation,  and  appeals  for  redress  of 
wrongs  are  so  called,  when  the  persons 
who  make  them  cannot  substantiate  their 
subject  matter.  Officers,  non-commis- 
sioned officers,  and  soldiers  are  liable  to  be 
punished  at  the  discretion  of  a  general  court 
martial  for  vexatious  conduct.  Charges 
are  sometimes  peremptorily  dismissed, 
without  permitting  them  to  stand  the  in- 
vestigation of  a  court  martial,  when  they 
appear  vexatious  and  frivolous. 

UGHUN,  or  Aughun,  Ind.  A  month 
which  partly  corresponds  with  Novem- 
ber ;  it  follows  Katik. 

VIANDE,  Fr.  Meat;  animal  food; 
I  n  the  old  regime  every1*  F  rench  soldier  was 
allowed  half  a  pound  of  meat  per  day. 

M.  de  Louvois,  who  was  minister 
of  war  under  the  old  government  of 
France,  formed  a  plan,  recommending, 
that  a  quantity  of  dried  meat,  reduced  to 
powder,  should  be  distributed  to  troops 
on  service.  He  took  the  idea  from  a  cus- 
tom which  is  prevalent  in  the  East.  He 
did  not,  however,  live  to  fulfil  his  inten- 
tions, although  he  had  already  construct- 
ed copper  ovens  that  were  large  enough  to 
contain  eight  bullocks.  Very  excellent 
broth  can  be  made  of  this  powder;  one 
ounce  of  which  boiled  in  water,  will  sup- 
ply a  sufficient  quantity  for  four  men ; 
and  one  pound  of  fresh  meat  gives  one 
ounce  o£ powder;  so  that,  according  to 
the  inventor's  assertion,  there  is  a  saving 
of  one  pound.  The  portable  soup-nal!> 


712 


VIG 


V  I  Z 


which  are  sold  for  sea  use,  are  of  the 
same  nature. 
VIBRATION.     See  PENDULUM. 

VICE-ADMlRAL,(v/«-a«/ra/,  Fr.) 
A  naval  officer  of  the  second  rank  ;  who 
takes  rank  with  generals  of  horse.  Louis 
XIV.  who  endeavored  to  establish  a 
French  navy  in  1669,  created  two  vice- 
admirals  of  the  fleet,  whom  he  called 
vice-admiral  of  the  east,  and  vice-admiral 
of  the  west. 

VICTOR.  A  conqueror;  generally 
applied  to  the  chief  officer  of  a  successful 
army. 

VICTORY,  (v/rfe/w,  Fr«)  Theover- 
throw  or  defeat  of  an  enemy  in  war,  com- 
bat, duel,  or  the  like. 

VICTIM ILLES,^.  The  provisions 
•which  are  embarked  on  board  ships  of 
war  are  so  called  by  the  French. 

VICTUAILLEUR,  ft.     Victualler. 

VICTUALS.  Food  or  sustenance  al- 
lowed to  the  troops,  under  certain  regula- 
tions, whether  on  shore  or  embarked  in 
transports. 

VICTUALLERS.     See  SUTLERS. 

VI E UX  corps,  Fr.  A  term  used  among 
the  French  before  the  revolution,  to  dis- 
tinguish certain  old  regiments.  There 
were  six  of  this  description,  viz.  Picardy, 
Piedmont,  Navarre,  Champagne,  Nor- 
mandy, and  the  marine  corps.  The  three 
first  were  formed  in  1562,  and  that  of 
Champagne  in  1575.  They  were  then 
tailed  Les  vieilles  bandes  ;  the  ancient  or 
old  bands ;  and  before  that  period,  each 
•was  known  by  the  name  of  its  colonel. 

Les petit s  Vi EUX  corps,  Fr.  La  Tour 
du  Pin,  Bourbonnois,  Auvergne,  Bel- 
sunce,  Meilly,  and  rhe  regiment  du  Roi, 
or  the  king's  own,  were  so  called  during 
the  French  monarchy.  All  the  other 
regiments  ranked  according  to  the  several 
dates  of  their  creation,  and  the  officers 
took  precedence  inconsequence  of  it. 

VIEW  of  a  place.  The  view  of  a  place 
is  said  to  be  taken  when  the  general,  ac- 
companied by  an  engineer,  reconnoitres  it, 
that  is,  rides  round  the  place,  observing  its 
situation,  with  the  nature  of  the  country 
about  it;  as  hills,  valleys,  rivers,  marsh- 
es, woods,  hedges,  &c. ;  thence  to  judge 
of  the  most  convenient  place  for  opening 
the  trenches  and  carrying  on  the  a;.« 
proaches ;  to  find  out  proper  places  for 
encamping  the  army,  and  for  the  park  of 
artillery, 

To  VIEW.  See  To  RECONNOITRE. 
See  Am.  Mil.  Lib. 

VI F,  Fr.  This  word  is  frequently 
used  among  the  French  to  signify  the 
core,  or  inside  of  any  thing— viz  : 

VIF  d'un  arbre,  Fr.  The  inside  of  a 
tree. 

Vi  F  J'une  pierre,  Fr.  The  inside  of  a 
stone. 

Vrp  de  J'eau,  Fr.     High  water. 

VIGIER,  Fr.     To  keep  watch. 

V ICIER  une  Jlolte  de  vahseaux  mar- 
'  *jvds,  Fr.  To  convoy  a  fleet  of  mer- 
chantmen. 


VIGIES,  Fr.  A  term  given  to  cer- 
tain rocks  under  water  near  the  Azores. 
Vigie  likewise  signifies  a  watch,  or  cen- 
tinel  on  board  a  ship ;  but  it  is  chiefly 
used  among  the  Spaniards  in  South  Ame- 
rica. 

VIGILANT,  (vigilant,  Fr.)  Watch- 
ful, attentive. 

VIGOROUS,  (vigorcaux,  Fr.)  Strong, 
brisk,  active,  resolute. 

VIGOTE,  Fr.  A  model  by  which 
the  calibres  of  pieces  of  ordnance  are 
ascertained,  in  order  to  pick  out  appro- 
priate bullets.  This  model  consists  of  a 
plate  of  sheet  iron  in  which  there  are 
holes  of  different  sizes,  according  to  the 
several  calibres  of  cannon. 

VILBREQU1N,  Fr.     A  wimble. 

VILLE,  Fr.     See  TOWN. 

VI N,  Ft.     Wine. 

VINCIBLE.  Conquerable;  in  a  state 
to  be  defeated. 

VINDAS,  Fr.     See  WINDLASS. 

VINEGAR,  (Vinaigre,  Fr.)  Vinegar 
is  frequently  used  in  the  artillery  to  cool 
pieces  of  ordnance.  Two  pints  of  vine- 
gar to  four  of  water  is  the  usual  mixture 
for  this  purpose. 

VINTAINE,  Fr.  A  small  rope 
which  masons  use  to  prevent  stones  from 
hitting  against  a  wall  when  they  draw 
them  up. 

VIOLENCE.     Force,  attack,  assault. 

VIRAGO.  A  female  warrior  ;  a  scold. 

V1RER,  Fr.  To  change,  to  turn 
round.  This  word  is  used  figuratively  by 
the  French,  viz.  Toumeretvirer  ;  to  beat 
about  the  bush  ;  as  Towner  et  -virer  quel- 
qu'un,  in  an  active  sense,  to  pump  ano- 
ther. 

VIREVAU,  Fr.  A  draw-beam,  a 
capstan. 

VIRE-VOLTE,  Fr.  A  quick  turn- 
ing about.  It  is  a  term  of  the  manege. 

VI  ROLE,  Fr.     Afeirule;  verrel. 

VIS,   Fr.     Screw,  vice,    spindle-tree. 

VISIER,    V^wiV,  Fr.)     Anofficeror 

VIZIER,  £  dignity  in    the   Ottoman 

VIZIR,  )  Empire;  whereof  there 
are  two  kinds,  the  first  called  by  the 
Turks  Vizir  Azem,  or  grand  Vizir,  first 
created  in  1370  by  Amurath  the  First,  in 
order  to  ease  himself  of  the  chief  and 
weightier  affairs  of  the  government.  The 
grand  Vizir  possesses  great  powers,  es- 
pecially with  regard  to  military  affairs. 
The  orders  he  issues  are  so  thoroughly 
discretional,  that  when  he  quits  Constan- 
tinople to  join  the  army,  he  does  not  even 
communicate  his  intentions  to  the  sultan. 
This  system  entirely  differs  from  that 
which  is  followed  by  European  generals. 
When  the  latter  take  the  field,  they  pro- 
ceed upon  plans  that  have  been  previous- 
ly digested ;  and  although  they  may  oc- 
casionally change  their  dispositions,  yet 
they  never  deviate  from  the  essential  and 
governing  principles. 

The  grand  VUir,  on  the  contrary,  not 
only  makes  the  arrangements  according  to 
his  own  judgment,  but  he  even  chaises' 


VI  V 


VI  V 


713 


an  operation  that  has  been  previously  or- 
dered by  the  sultan,  if,  on  his  arrival  at 
the  spot,  he  should  think,  it  expedient  to 
employ  the  troops  in  a  different  way. 
This  absolute  power  is  not,  however, 
without  its  risk ;  for  if  the  grand  Vizir 
should  fail  in  his  enterprize,  it  is  more 
than  probable  that  the  sultan  will  cause 
him  to  be  beheaded  :  a  punishment  which 
has  long  been  familiar  to  the  Turks,  from 
the  arbitrary  manner  in  which  it  is  ;irac. 
tised,  and  the  frequency  of  its  occurrence. 

When  the  Turks  engage  an  enemy,  the 
grand  Vizir  generally  remains  with  the 
reserve,  and  seldom  iir/^les  with  the 
main  body,  which  is  scon  converted  into 
a  mob  of  desperate  combatants.  The 
war  which  had  been  carried  into  Egypt, 
bid  fair  to  change  the  whole  system  of 
Turkish  tactics. 

VIZIER.  Naivat>  of  Onde^  the  prime 
minister  of  the  Mogul  empire ;  he  became 
sovereign  of  Oude  and  Lucknow;  he  was 
^deposed  by  the  British  in  1795,  and  the 
sovereignty  assumed  by  the  British  gov- 
ernment. 

V 1 S I E R E ,  Fr .  The  -sigfo,  which  i s 
fixed  on  the  barrel  of  a  musquet  or  tire- 
lock. 

To  VI  SIT,  (Visiter,  Fr.)  Togo  to  any 
place,  as  quarters,  barracks,  hospital, 
&c.  f.-r  the  purpose  of  noticing  whether 
the  orders  or  regulations  which  have  been 
issued  respecting  ir,  are  observed. 

VISITS  des  Posies ,  Fr.  The  act  of 
visiting  posts,  &c. 

Fa  ire  /a  V  i  s  i  T  E,  Fr.  To  visit,  to  in- 
spect. 

VISITOR,  Fr.  The  person  who  vi- 
sits or  i,oes  the  rounds. 

VISITING  Officer.  He  whose  duty  it 
is  to  visit  "he  guards,  barracks,  messes, 
hosrital,  &c.  See  ORDERLY  OFFICER. 

VlfeOR,     I  That  part  of  the  helmet 

V  I  L  -1.RD,  ^  which  covered  the  face. 
VITAL  AIR,  or  azote  and  oxygene, 

now  properly  called  nitrogene  gas  ;  the 
cause  of  che  rapid  ignition  of  gunpowder, 
is  the  expansion  of  the  air  or  oxygene 
which  it  contains. 

VITCHOURA,  Fr.     A  furred  coat. 

VITESSE,  Fr.  Dispatch;  promp- 
titude of  action. 

VITONIERES,  Ff.     Limber  holes. 

VIVANDIERS,  Fr.  Victuallers,  sut- 
lers, &c. 

VI  VAT,  Fr.    A  familiar  exclamation, 
which  is  used  not  only  by  the  French, 
but  by   the  Dutch,  Germans— it  comes 
from  the    Latin,  and   signifies  literally, 
May  he  live ! 

V  iv  tie  Roi !  Fr.     Long  live  the  king  ! 

VIVE  la  Republique!  Fr.  Long  live 
the  republic  ! 

Omvivtf  Fr.  A  military  phrase  which 
is  used  in  challenging— Who  comes 

VIVRE,  vivres,  Fr.  Food,  provi- 
sions', subsistence.  In  the  Dictionnale 
Mi/itairf,  vol.  iii.  page  525,  is  an  inte- 
resting account  of  the  manner  m  which 


troops  were  subsisted  during  the  first 
years  of  the  French  monarchy. 

V  i  v  R  E  s  et  leur  distribution  chex  les  Turcs, 
Fr.  The  kind  of  provisions,  &c.  and  the 
manner  in  which  they  are  distributed 
among  the  Turks.  The  food  or  provisions 
for  the  Turkish  soldiery  form  an  immedi- 
ate part  of  the  military' baggage. 

The  government  supplies  flour,  bread, 
biscuit,  rice,  bulgur  or  peeled  barley, 
butter,  mutton,  and  beef,  and  grain  for 
the  horses,  which  is  almost  wholly  bar- 
ley. 

The  bread  is  generally  moist,  not  hav- 
ing been  leavened,  and  is  almost  always 
ready  to  mould.  On  which  account  the 
Armenians,  who  are  the  bakers,  bake 
every  day  in  ovens  that  have  been  con- 
structed under  ground  for  the  use  of  the 
army.  When  there  is  not  sufficient  time 
to  bake  bread,  biscuit  is  distributed  a, 
mong  the  men. 

The  ration  of  bread  for  each  soldier 
consists  of  one  hundred  drams  per  day, 
or  fifty  drams  of  biscuit,  sixty  of  beef  or 
mutton,  twenty-five  of  butter  to  bake 
the  peeled  barley  in,  and  fifty  of  rice. 
The  rice  is  given  on  Friday  every  week, 
on  which  day  they  likewise  receive  a  ra- 
tion of  hfty  drains  of  bulgur  mixed  with 
butter,  as  an  extraordinary  allowance, 
making  a  kind  of  water-gruel. 

These  piovisions  are  distributed  in  two 
different  quarters.  The  meat  is  given  out 
at  the  government  butchery,  where  a 
certain  number  of  Armenians,  Greeks, 
and  Jews  regularly  attend.  Each  com- 
pany sends  a  head  cook,  who  goes  with  a 
cart  and  receives  the  allowance  from  a  sort 
of  quarter-master  Serjeant,  who  is  in 
waiting  with  a  regular  return  of  what  is 
wanted  foreachoda. 

This  person  is  stiled  amonp,  the  Turks 
Meidan  Chiaout.  He  stands  upon  a  spot 
of  ground  which  is  more  elevated  than  the 
rest,  and  receives  the  allowance  due  to 
his  district. 

The  distribution  of  bread,  &c.  is  made 
within  the  precincts  of  the  Tefterdar- 
Bascy,  where  the  Vekil-karet  attends  as 
director  or  superintendant  of  stores  and 
provisions,  and  by  whose  order  they  are 
delivered. 

When  the  allowance  is  brought  to  the 
ocla  or  company,  the  Vekil-karet,  a  sort 
of  quarter-master,  sees  it  regularly  mea- 
sured out,  and  if  any  portions  be  deficient, 
he  takes  note  of  the  same,  in  order  to 
have  them  replaced  for  the  benefit  of  tha 
company.  The  remainder  is  then  given 
to  the  head  cook,  who  divides  it  into  two 
meals,  one  for  eleven  o'clock  in  the  morn- 
ing, and  the  other  for  seven  in  the  evening. 

These  two  meals  consist  of  boiled  or 
stewed  meat,  mixed  with  rice,  and  sea- 
soned with  pepper  and  salt ;  water-gruel 
being  regularly  made  for  each  man  on  Fri- 
day. 

there  are  six  kitchen  boys  or  quaten 
attached  to  each  oda,  by  which  they  are 
paid  a  cortain  subsistence.  On  folcmn 

4  x 


UL  A 


UL  A 


occasions,  and  on  festival  days,  the  qua- 
Leri  are  dressed  in  Jong  gowns  made  of 
skins,  with  borders  to  them ;  they  like- 
wise  wear  a  large  knife  with  an  encrusted 
silver  handle,  which  hangs  at  their  side. 
They  serve  up  the  victuals  in  two  copper 
vessels,  that  arelaidupon  a  table  covered 
with  a  skin,  round  which  seven  or  eight 
persons  may  be  seated. 

VIVRtERS,  Fr.  Clerks  and  other 
persons  employed  by  the  commissary- 
general,  or  contractor  for  stores  and  pro- 
visions. 

Mons.  Dupre  D'Aulnay,  in  a  work 
entitled  Trailes  des  Subshtances  Militahes, 
has  suggested  the  establishment  of  a  regu- 
lar  corps  of  Vivritrs  or  persons  whose  sole 
duty  should  be  to  attend  to  the  subsistence 
of  an  army,  in  the  field  as  well  as  in  gar- 
rison. His  reasoning  upon  this  subject  is 
very  acute,  full  of  good  sense,  and  seems 
calculated  to  produce  that  system  of  eco- 
nomy and  wholesome  distribution,  that, 
to  this  day,  are  so  manifestly  wanted  in 
all  military  arrangements. 

VIZ,  Ind.  A  small  coin;  it  is  also  a 
weight  equal  to  about  three  pounds;  but 
differs  much  in  value  according  to  place. 

VIZARUT,  Ind.  The  office  of  Vi- 
zier. 

VIZIER,  Ind.     Prime  minister. 

ULANS,  Fr.  This  word  is  sometimes 
written  Hulans.  A  certain  description  of 
militia  among  the  modern  Tartars  was  so 
called.  They  formerly  did  duty  in  Po- 
land and  Lithuania,  and  served  as  light 
cavalry. 

It  is  not  exactly  known  at  what  epoch 
the  Tartars  first  came  into  Poland  and  Li- 
thuania. Dlugossus,  in.  his  history  of 
Poland,  book  XI.  page  243,  relates,  that 
there  were  troops  or  companies  of  Tartars 
attached  to  the  army  which  was  under  the 
command  of  Alexander  Witholde,  grand 
duke  of  Lithuania.  Heidcnstein,  in  his 
account  of  Poland,  Rer  Po/onic,  page  152, 
makes  mention  of  a  corps  of  Tartars  be- 
longing to  the  army  which  Stephen  Ba- 
thori,  king  of  Poland,  carried  into  the 
field  when  he  fought  the  Russians.  This 
corps,  according  to  the  same  author,  was 
headed  by  one  U/aa,  who  said  he  was  de- 
scended from  the  princes  of  Tartary. 

Although  the  origin  of  the  word  Ulan, 
as  far  as  it  regards  the  modern  miiitia  so 
called,  does  not  appear  to  be  indisputably 
Ascertained,  it  is  nevertheless  well  proved, 
that  besides  the  Tartar  chief  under  Ste- 
phen Bathori,  the  person,  who  in  the 
reign  of  Augustus  the  II.  formed  the  first 
pulk,  or  regiment  of  that  description, 
was  not  only  called  Ulan  himself,  but 
likewise  gave  the  name  to  the  whole  body 
under  his  command.  This  chief  is  men- 
tioned in  the  records  of  the  military  insti- 
tution of  Poland  in  1717.  He  was  then 
colonel  or  commandant  of  the  first  pulk, 
or  king's  regiment,  and  there  were  three 
captains  under  him  of  the  same  name, 
viz : — Joseph  Ulan,  David  Ulan,  and 
Cimbey  Ulan.  In  1744,  one  of  these 


was  captain  of  a  company  of  Ulans  in 
Bohemia,  and  was  afterwards  colonel  of  a 
corps  of  the  same  description  in  Poland. 
He  is  likewise  said  to  have  been  de. 
scended  from  the  Tartar  princes.  It  is, 
however,  left  undecided,  whether  Ulan 
be  the  name  of  a  particular  family,  or  a 
term  given  to  distinguish  some  post  of  ho- 
nor ;  or  again,  whether  it  barely  signify  a. 
certain  class  of  turbulent  haughty  soldiers, 
such  as  the  Streletz  of  Russia,  or  the  Ja- 
nizaries of  Constantinople. 

If  there  be  any  thing  which  can  make 
us  question  the  authenticity  or  probabi- 
lity of  this  account,  it  is  the  passage  we 
find  in  the  book  already  quoted — viz  : 
Dlugossus,  where  he  says  liv.  XIII. 
page  403,  that  in  1467  an  ambassador  from 
Tartary  had  arrived  at  Petrigkow  to  an- 
nounce to  king  Casimir,  that,  after  the 
death  of  Ecziger  his  son  Nordowlad,  had 
ascended  the  throne  of  Tartary  with  the 
unanimous  consent  and  concurrence  of  all 
the  princes  and  Ulans,  Quitting  the  ety- 
mology of  the  word,  and  leaving  the  ori- 
ginal name  to  the  determination  of  wise 
and  scientific  men,  we  shall  confine  our 
present  researches  to  the  modern  esta- 
blishment of  the  Ulans;  which,  by  the 
best  accounts,  we  find  to  have  happened 
in  1717. 

It  is  acknowleged  by  all  writers,  that 
the  Ulans  are  a  militia,  and  not  a  particu- 
lar nation  or  class  of  people;  their  origin, 
in  this  particular,  resembles  that  of  the 
Cossacks.  When  Augustus  II.  in  1717 
altered  the  military  establishment  of  Po- 
land, he  formed  two  regiments  of  Ulans  ; 
one  consisting  of  six  hundred  men,  which 
had  already  existed,  and  was  called  the 
king's  pulk,  and  the  other  of  four  hun- 
dred men,  which  was  given  to  the  great 
general  of  the  republic. 

Augustus  III.  on  his  accession  to  the 
throne,  took  both  these  regiments  into  his 
own  immediate  pay,  and  afterwards  aug- 
mented the  establishment  by  raising  seve- 
ral other  pulks  or  corps  of  this  descrip- 
tion. The  Ulans  are  mounted  on  Polish 
or  Tartar  horses,  and  do  the  same  duty 
that  is  allotted  to  hussars  ;  with  this  es- 
sential difference,  that  they  are  better 
armed  and  accoutred,  and  that  their  horses 
excel  those  of  the  hussars  in  strength  and 
swiftness,  although  they  are  mostly  of 
the  same  size.  The  Ulans  have  fre- 
quently distinguished  themselves  on  ser- 
vice, particularly  in  Bohemia. 

Their  principal  weapon  is  a  lance  five 
feet  long,  at  the  end  of  which  hangs  a 
silk  streamer,  that  serves  to  frighten  the 
horse  of  the  Ulan's  opponent,  by  its  flut- 
tering and  noise.  The  lance  is  suspended 
on  his  right  side,  by  means  of  a  belt  that 
is  worn  across  the  Ulan's  shoulders,  or 
by  a  small  leather  thong  which  goes  round 
his  right  arm,  the  end  of  the  lance  rest- 
ing in  a  sort  of  stay  that  is  attached  to  the 
stirrup.  Before  the  Ulan  takes  his  aim,  he 
plants  his  lance  upon  his  foot  and  throws 


ULT 


715 


it  with  so  much  dexterity,  that  he  sel 
dom  misses  his  object. 

The  dress  of  the  Ulan  consists  of  a  shor 
jacket,  trowsers  or  pantaloons  made  like 
those  of  the  Turks,  which  reach  to  thi 
ancle  bone,  and  button  above  the  hips 
He  wears  a  belt  across  his  waist.  The 
upper  garment  is  a  sort  of  Turkish  robe 
with  small  facings,  which  reaches  to  the 
calf  of  the  leg;  his  head  is  covered  with 
a  Polish  cap.  The  color  of  the  streamer 
which  is  fixed  to  the  end  of  the  lance,  as 
well  as  that  of  the  facings,  varies  accord- 
ing  to  the  different  pulks  or  regiments 
which  it  is  meant  to  distinguish.  The 
Ulan  is  likewise  armed  with  a  sabre,  and 
a  brace  of  pistols  which  hang  from  his 
waistbelt. 

As  the  Ulans  consider  themselves  in  the 
light  of  free  and  independent  gentlemen, 
every  individual  amongst  them  has  one 
servant,  if  not  two,  called  poc-^toiiy  or 
pacboleks,  whose  sole  business  is  to  at- 
tend to  their  baggage  and  horses.  When 
the  Ulans  take  the  field,  these  servants  or 
batmen  form  a  second  or  detached  line, 
and  fight  separately  from  their  masters. 
They  are  armed  with  a  carbine,  which 
weapon  is  looked  upon  with  contempt  by 
their  masters,  and  they  clothe  themselves 
in  the  best  manner  they  can. 

The  Ulans  generally  engage  the  enemy 
in  small  platoons  or  squads,  after  the  man- 
ner of  the  hussars;  occasionally  breaking 
into  the  most  desultory  order.  They 
rally  with  the  greatest  skill,  and  fre- 
quently affect  to  run  away  for  the  pur- 
pose of  inducing  their  opponents  to  pur- 
sue them  loosely :  a  circumstance  which 
seldom  fails  to  be  fatal  to  the  latter,  as 
the  instant  the  pursuers  have  quitted  their 
main  body,  the  Ulan  wheels  to  the  right 
about,  gets  the  start  of  him  through  the 
activity  oi  his  horse,  and  obtains  that 
advantage,  hand  to  hand,  which  the  other 
pOo-:ssed  whilst  he  acted  in  close  order. 

T: •<:.  instant  the  Ulans  chargean  enemy, 
thei;  servants  or  batmen  form  and  stand 
in  squadrons  or  platoons,  in  order  to  af- 
ford them,  under  circumstances  of  re- 
pulse, a  temporary  shelter  behind,  and  to 
check  the  enemy.  The  batmen  belong- 
ing to  the  Ulans  are  extremely  clever  in 
laying  ambushes. 

The  pay  of  the  Ulans  in  time  of  peace 
is  very  moderate.  Poland,  before  its  in- 
famous dismemberment  and  partition  by 
Russia,  Prussia,  and  Austria,  kept  a  re- 
gular establishment  of  four  squadrons  and 
ten  companies  on  foot.  These  troops 
were  annually  supplied  with  a  thousand 
rations  of  bread  and  forage,  which  quan- 
tity was  paid  them  at  the  rate  of  272  flo- 
rins, Polish  money,  per  ration.  The 
grand  duchy  of  Lithuania  subsisted,  in 
the  same  manner,  fifteen  other  companies 
of  Ulans.  The  other  pulks  were  paid  by 
the  king.  The  annual  pay  of  the  captains 
was  five  rations,  and  that  of  the  subalterns 
two;  that  is  1360  florins  to  the  former, 
and  544  florins  to  the  latter. 


In  1743  marshal  Saxe,  with  the  appro- 
bation and  concurrence  of  the  French 
court,  raised  a  regiment  of  Ulans,  which 
was  attached  to  the  military  establish- 
ment of  that  country.  This  corps  con- 
sisted of  one  thousand  men,  divided  into 
six  squadrons,  each  squadron  composed  of 
one  hundred  and  sixty  men,  eighty  of 
whom  were  Ulans,  and  eighty  dragoons. 
So  that  the  regiment  consisted  of  five 
hundred  Ulans,  properly  so  called,  armed 
and  accoutred  like  those  in  Poland,  and 
the  other  five  hundred  were  dragoons, 
without  being  considered  as  the  servants 
or  batmen  of  the  Ulans ;  in  which  in- 
stance they  differed  from  the  pacholeks  of 
the  Polish  Ulans.  These  dragoons  were 
paid  by  the  king;  whereas  in  Poland 
each  Ulan  paid  his  own  servant  or  batman, 
who  looked  to  him  only  for  clothing,  arms, 
and  subsistence.  On  the  death  of  mar- 
shal Saxe,  the  Ulans  in  Trance  were  re- 
duced ;  and  the  dragoons  only  kept  upon 
the  establishment.  They  were  considered 
as  a  regiment ;  being  at  first  given  to  count 
de  Frise,  who  was  a  major-general  in  the 
service,  and  became  their  colonel,  and 
they  remained  on  that  footing  until  the 
revolution. 

The  uniform  of  the  French  Ulans  con- 
isted  of  a  green  coat  or  cloak,  with  green 
breeches,  Hungarian  half-boots,  pinch- 
beck helmet  with  a  turban  twisted  round 
it  of  Russian  leather ;  the  tail  or  mane  of 
the  helmet  consisted  of  horse-hair,  which 
was  colored  according  to  the  facings  ot 
the  brigade  ;  their  arms  were  a  lance  nine 
feet  long,  with  a  floating  streamer  at  the 
top,  a  sabre,  and  a  pistol  in  the  waist- 
jelt. 

The  dragoons  were  clothed  like  other 
•egular  troops.  Their  coat  was  green, 
with  cream-colored  facings  and  scarlet 
inings ;  plain  brass  buttons,  and  aiguil- 
etteor  tagged  point,  made  of  red  worsted ; 
a  fawn  colored  waistcoat,  edged  round 
with  scarlet;  leather  breeches;  half-boots 
hat  were  laced  up  to  the  calf  of  the  leg ; 
)inchbeck  helmet,  with  a  seal  skin  tur- 
>an  round  it,  and  two  rosettes  made  of 
>inchbeck ;  the  top  was  adorned  with 
lorse-hair,  which  hung  behind.  Their 
arms  consisted  of  a  fusil  with  a  bayonet, 
which  was  always  fixed ;  two  pistols  and 
a  sabre;  the  horse  was  covered  with  a 
wolf's  skin.  The  Ulans  rode  horses  which 
vere  somewhat  lower  than  those  of  the 
dragoons,  and  were  more  active. 

At  the  commencement  of  the  French 
evolution,  particularly  in  1792  and  1793, 
he  Ulans  belonging  to  the  Imperial  army 
hat  endeavored  to  penetrate  into  France, 
were  the  terror  of  the  inhabitants  all  along 
he  frontiers.  The  excesses  which  they 
:ommitted,  and  the  desolation  they  oc- 
:asioned,  rendered  their  very  name  a  sig- 
nal of  alarm.  They  seldom  gave  quarter, 
nd  they  never  received  it. 

ULTIMATUM.  A  term  used  in  ne- 
;ociations  to  signify  the  last  condition  oi 
onditions  upon  which  propositions,  true 


716 


UND 


UNI 


have  been  mutually  exchanged,  can  be 
finallv  ratified. 

ULTRAMARINE.  From  beyond  the 
sea — foreign.  It  is  also  the  name  of  a 
very  delicate  sky  blue  powder  made  from 
lapis  lazuli,  and  used  in  the  draining  of 
plans,  &c. 

ULTRAMONTANE.  Derived  from 
the  Latin  Ultra,  beyond,  and  Mom, 
mountain.  This  term  is  principally  used 
in  relation  to  Italy  and  France,  which  are 
separated  by  the  Alps.  According  to 
Bayley,  Ulttamontanusis  a  name  given  by 
the  Italians  to  all  people  who  live  beyond 
the  Alps. 

UMBO.  The  pointed  boss  or  promi- 
nent part  in  the  centre  of  a  shield  or  buck- 
ler 

UMBRIERE.     The  visor  of  a  helmet. 
UMPIRE.     An  arbitrator,  or  a  power 
which  interferes  for  the  adjustment  of  a 
disp\i  e  or  .."ntc^.t. 

UNARMED.  The  state  of  being 
without  armor  or  weapons. 

To  UNCASE.  In  a  military  sense  to 
display,  to  exhibit — As  to  uncase  the  co- 
lors. It  isopposed  to  the  word,  To  Case, 
which  signifies  to  put  up— to  enclose. 

To  UNCOVER.      When  troops  de 
ploy,  the  different  leading  companies  or 
divisions,  &c.  successively  uncover  those 
in  their  rear,  by  marching  out  from  the 
right  or  left  of  the  column. 

UNCONDITIONAL.  At  discre- 
tion ;  not  limited  by  any  terms  or  stipula- 
tions. 

UNCONQUERED.  Notsuteduedor 
defeated ;  in  opposition  to  conquered  or 
defeated. 

UNDAUNTED.  Not  appalled  by 
fear;  valiant. 

UN  DEC  AGON.  A  regular  polygon 
of  eleven  sides  or  angles. 

UNDER.  This  preposition  is  vari- 
riously  used  in  military  matters,  viz. 

UNDER  Command,  ( Sous  Ordre,  Jr.)  In 
subjection  to ;  liable  to  be  ordered  to  do 
any  particular  duty. 

UNDER  Cover,  (a  convert,  al'abri,T't. 
Shielded,  protected,  &c.  See  COVER. 

UNDER  Arms,  (Sous  Amies,  Fr.)  A 
battalion,  troop,  or  company  is  said  to  be 
under  arms  when  the  men  are  drawn  up 
regularly  armed  and  accoutred,  Sec. 

To  UNDERMINE.      To  dig  cavitie 
under  any  thing,  so  that  it  may  fall,  or  be 
blown  up;  toexcavacate. 

To  UNDERMINE.  In  a  figurative  sense 
to  injure  by  clandestine  means.  The  dis. 
cipIxH  of  the  army  may  be  undermined '  bj 
secret  practices  and  cabals ;  the  want  of, 
fit  capacity  at  the  head  of  the  war  office 
•will  operate  like  the  want  of  brains  in  the 
human  head ;  and  the  most  enterprizing 
officer  may  be  undermined  by  the  insinua- 
tions  of  a  cowardly  parasite  and  reporter. 
UNDERMINER.  A  sapper,  one  whi 
digs  a  mint. 

UNBER-d^rcr.      An    inferior   officer 
one  in  a  subordinate  situation. 
UNDISCIPLINED.    Not  yet  train 


d  to  regularity  or  order ;  not  perfect  in 
;xercise  or  manceuvres. 

To  UNFIX.  In  a  military  sense,  te 
ake  oif,  as  Unfix  Bayonet,  on  which  the 
ioldier  disengages  the  bayonet  from  his 
)iece,  and  returns  it  to  the  scabbard.  The 
word  return,  as  we  have  already  observed, 
s  sometimes  used  instead  of  untix. — But 
t  is  improperly  used,  although  it  more 
mmediarely  corresponds  with  the  French 
:etmRe»ietrre. 

UNFORTIFIED.  Not  strengthen- 
ed or  secured  by  any  walls,  bulwarks,  or 
fortifications. 

UNFURLED.  A  standard  or  colors, 
when  expanded  and  displayed,  is  said  to 
DC  unfurled. 

UNGENTLEMANLIKE,  }    (Mai- 

UNOFFICERL1KE,  ^honnete, 

Grassier,  Fr.)  Not  like  a  gentleman  or 
officer.  Conduct  unbecoming  the  cha- 
racter of  either  is  so  called.  This  clause 
which  will  be  always  found  to  depend  or. 
the  state  of  morats  and  manners,  affords  a 
vast  latitude  to  a  military  court,  which, 
after  all,  is  not  more  free  from  prejudice 
or  influence  than  any  other  tribunal, 
though  they  are  both  jurors  and  judges- 
Officers  convicted  thereof  are  to  be  dis- 
charged from  the  service.  See  ARTICLES 
OF  WAR. 

UNHARNESSED.  Disarmed;  di- 
vested of  armor  or  weapons  of  offence. 

UNHORSED.  Thrown  from  the 
saddle;  dismounted. 

UNHOSTILE.  Not  inimical,  or  be- 
longing to  an  enemy. 

UNIFORM,  (Unifojme,  Fr.)  This 
word,  though  in  a  military  sense  it  signi- 
fies the  same  as  regimental,  which  is  used 
both  as  a  substantive  and  an  adjective, 
may  nevertheless  be  considered  in  a  more 
extensive  light.  Uniform  is  applied  to 
the  different  sorts  of  clothing  by  which 
whole  armies  are  distinguished  from  one 
another ;  whereas  regimental  means  pro- 
perly the  dress  of  the  component  parts  of 
some  national  force.  Thus  the  national 
uniform  of  the  American  army  is  blue,  as 
is  that  of  the  modern  French,  white  of 
the  Austrian,  green  of  the  Russian,  and 
red  of  the  British,  &c.  But  in  each  of 
these  armies  there  are  particular  corps 
which  are  clothed  in  other  colors,  and 
whose  clothing  is  made  in  a  shape  pecu- 
liar to  themselves.  Though  generally 
speaking  each  has  an  uniform  within  it- 
self, yet  this  uniform,  strictly  considered, 
is  a  regimental. 

With  respect  to  the  origin  of  military 
uniforms,  we  should  make  useless  enqui- 
ries were  we  to  direct  our  attention  to 
those  periods  in  which  the  Romans  fought 
covered  with  metal  armor,  or  with  leather 
which  was  so  dressed  and  fitted  to  the 
body,  that  the  human  shape  appeared  in 
all  its  natural  formation;  nor  to  those 
in  which  the  French,  almost  naked,  or  at 
least  very  lightly  clad  in  thin  leather, 
conquered  the  ancient  Gauls.  Better  in- 
formation will  be  acquired  by  recurring 


UN  I 


UNS 


717 


to  the  Crusades  which  were  made  into 
Palestine  and  Constantinople  by  the  Eu- 
ropeans. We  shall  there  find,  that  the 
western  nations,  France,  England,  &c. 
first  adopted  the  use  of  rich  garments, 
which  they  wor?  over  their  armors,  and 
adorned  their  dresses  with  furs  from  Tar- 
tary  and  Russia. 

We  may  then  fix  the  origin  of  colored 
dresses  to  distinguish  military  corps,  &c. 
in  the  eleventh  century.  The  Saracens 
generally  wore  tunics  or  close  garments 
under  their  armor.  These  garments  were 
made  of  plain  or  striped  stuffs,  and  were 
adopted  by  the  Crusaders  under  the  de- 
nomination of  coats  of  arms,  Cottes  d'armcs. 
We  refer  our  readers  for  further  particu- 
lars to  the  author  ot  a  French  work,  en- 


titled, Traits  des  marques  aationa/es,  and 
to  page  533,  torn.  iii.  du  Dictionnahe  Mi~ 
litaire ;  observing,  that  the  uniforms  of 
the  French  army  were  not  completely  set- 
tl-d  under  the  reign  of  Louis  the  XlVth, 
and  that  the  whole  has  undergone  consi- 
derable alterations  since  the  present  revo- 
lution. 

UN  i  FOR  ME  des  chat  ret Itrs  des  vi-vret, 
Fi.  Uniform  of  the  old  French  Waggon 
Corps.  It  consisted  of  white  sackcloth 
edged  round  with  blue  worsted,  with  brass 
buttons,  two  .in  front  and  three  upon  each 
sleeve.  They  wore  a  dragoon  watering; 
cap,  with  W  upon  the  front  fold,  and  a 
tuft  at  theend.  The  W  and  the  tuft  were 
made  of  white  worsted. 


UNIFORMS. — Principal  color  of  the  military  uniforms  cf  the  different  powers. 


NATIONS. 

CAVALRY. 

NFANTRY. 

ARTILLERY 

REMARKS. 

America 
Ancient  Poland     . 

Blue 
Blue 

Blue 
Blue 

Blue 
Blue 

Black  cockades. 

Anspach     . 
Austria 

Blue 
White 

Blue 
White 

Blue 
Grey 

Baden    . 



Blue 

— 

Bavaria 



White 

Grey 

Berne     . 

Red 

Blue 

Blue 

«;  Black  and  rv-.l 
£     cockades. 

Brunswick 

_ 

Blue 

— 

Denmark   . 

— 

Red 

— 

Black  cockades. 

England     . 
France        .         . 

Blue 
Blue 

Red 
Blue 

Blue 

Blue 

Blue,  red,  and  whit*. 

Hanover 

Blue 

Red 

Mixt  Blue 

Cu-een  cockades. 

Hesse    . 

White 

Blue 

Blue 

Holland 

White 

Blue 

Blue 

Mayence 
Mecklenburg 

Blue 

White 
Blue 

Mixt  Blue 
Blue 

Nassau       •        • 

— 

Blue 

—  — 

Palatine      •        . 

Crimson 

Clear  Blue 

— 

Prussia      .        • 

White 

Blue 

Blue 

Orag.  light  blue. 

Russia           .        • 

Blue 

Green 

G  reen 

Black  cockades. 

Sardinia 

Blue 

Blue 

Blue 

Saxe  Cobourg 
Saxe  Gotha 

Blue 

Blue 
Blue 

Blue 

Saxe  Heidelburg  . 

— 

Blue 

— 

Saxe  Memingen 
Saxe  Weimer     . 

Saxony    . 

Blue 
White 

Blue 
Blue 

White 

Green 
Green 

5  Dragoons  red  ; 
\  White  cockades. 

Spain 
•^  wcclcn      •        • 

Grey 

White 
Blue 

Blue 

Red  and  yellow. 
Yellow  cockades. 

Wurtemburg  . 

— 

Blue 

BUie 

. 

UNIFORMITY.  Conformity  to  one 
pattern ;  resemblance  of  one  thing  to 
another. 

UNION.  The  national  colors  are  call- 
ed the  union.  When  there  is  a  blue  field 
with  white  stripes,  quartered  in  the  angle 
of  the  American  colors,  that  is  of  the 
colors  composed  of  red  and  white  stripes ; 
that  blue  field  is  called  the  Union  ;  and  a 
small  colors  of  blue  with  white  stars  is 
called  an  Union  JACK. 

UNIVERSITY.    In  a  general  accep- 


tation of  the  word,  any  nursery  where 
youth  is  instructed  in  languages,  arts,  and 
sciences.  It  likewise  means  the  whole 
in  general,  generality. 

To  UN  SPRING.  A  word  of  com. 
mand  formerly  used  in  the  exercise  of  ca- 
valry, now  obsolete. 

Unspring  ywr  carbine.  Quit  the  rein S 
of  your  bridle,  and  take  hold  of  the  j, \vivei 
with  the  left  hand,  placing  the  thumb  on 
the  spring,  and  opening  it ;  at  the  same 
time  take  it  out  of  the  ring. 


718 


VO  L 


VOL 


UNTENABLE.  Not  to  be  held  in 
possession  ;  incapable  of  being  defended. 

UNTRAINED.  Not  disciplined  to 
exercise  or  manoeuvre. 

UN  VANQUISH  ED.  Not  conquer- 
ed or  defeated. 

UNWALLED.  Being  without  walls 
of  defence. 

UN  WARLIKE.  Not  fit  for  or  used 
to  war. 

UNWEAPONED.  Not  provided  with 
arms  of  offence. 

VOGUE,  Fr.  The  course  or  way 
which  a  galley  or  ship  makes  when  it  is 
rowed  forward. 

VOGUER,  Fr.  To  make  way  upon 
water  either  by  means  of  sailing  or  by 
oars.  It  also  signifies  generally  to  row. 

VOIE,  Fr.  Way,  means,  course  of 
communication. 

VOILE,  Fr.  A  sail.  This  word  is 
frequently  used  by  the  French  to  signify 
the  ship  itself ;  as  we  say,  a  sail  in 
sight. 

VOILE  quarree  ou  a  trait  quarree^  Fr. 
A  square  sail,  such  as  the  main-sail. 

VOILE  Latinej  Voile  a  tiers-point,  ou  a 
Oreille  de  Lievre^  Fr.  A  triangular- 
shaped  sail,  such  as  is  used  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean. 

Jet  de  VOILES,  Fr.  The  complete 
Complement  of  sails  for  a  ship. 

f\ihe  VOILE,  Fr.     To  go  to  sea. 

VOITURES,  Fr.  Carriages,  wag- 
gons, &c. 

VO  I  L,  Fr.  Theft.  The  military  re- 
gulations on  this  head  during  the  exist- 
ence of  the  French  monarchy,  were  ex- 
tremely rigid  and  severe. 

Whosoever  was  convicted  -of  having 
stolen  any  of  the  public  stores,  was 
sentenced  to  be  strangled  ;  and  if  any 
soldier  was  discovered  to  have  robbed 
his  comrade,  either  of  his  necessaries, 
bread,  or  subsistence  money,  he  was  con- 
demned to  death,  or  to  the  gallies  for  life. 
So  nice,  indeed,  were  the  French  with 
respect  to  the  honesty  of  the  soldiery  in 
general,  that  the  slightest  deviation  from 
it  rendered  an  individual  incapable  of  ever 
serving  again.  When  the  French  troops 
marched  through  the  United  States  during 
the  revolution  so  exact  was  their  disci- 
pline, that  in  marching  through  an  or- 
chard  loaded  with  fruit  not  an  apple  was 
touched- 

VOLEE,  Fr.  The  vacan/  cylinder  of 
a  cannon,  which  may  be  considered  to 
reach  from  the  trunnions  to  the  mouth. 

VOLEE  ef  culasw  a"  unc piece.,  Fr.  This 
f?rm  signifies  the  same  as  fere  et  queue 
p;ecf.  The  mouth  or  head  and  breech  ot 
a  piece  of  ordnance. 

VOLEE,  Fr.  Also  signifies  a  cannon 
shot,  as  Tirer  une  vofee,  to  fire  a  cannon 
shot. 

VOLEE,  Fr.     See  SON  N  F. T T E . 

VOLET,  Fr.  A  shutter.  It  like- 
wise means  a  small  sea  compass. 

VOLLEY.  The  discharging  of  a 
great  number  of  firearms  at  the  same  time. 


VOLONTAlRES.Fr.  See  VOLUN- 
TEER s . 

VOLONTE,.FV.  Will,  &c.  It  like- 
wise signifies  readiness  to  do  any  thing. 
Officier^  soldat  de  bonne  -volonte.  An  officer, 
a  soldier  that  is  ready  to  do  any  sort  of 
duty. 

Dernieres  VOLONTES,  Fr.  The  last 
will  and  testament  of  a  m-an. 

VOLT,  (Volte^  Fr.)  In  horsemanship, 
a  bounding  turn.  It  is  derived  from  the 
Italian  word  Volt  a. ;  and  according  to  the 
Farrier's  Dictionary,  is  a  round  or  a  cir- 
cular tread ;  a  gate  of  two  treads  made  by 
a  horse  going  sideways  round  a  centre  ;  so 
that  these  two  treads  make  parallel  tracks  ; 
the  one  which  is  made  by  the  fore  feet 
larger,  and  the  other  by  the  hinder  feet 
smaller ;  the  shoulders  bearing  outwards, 
and  the  croupe  approaching  towards  the 
centre. 

Mettre  un  cbevul  sur  les  voLTES,JV. 
To  make  a  horse  turn  round,  or  perform 
the  volts.  They  likewise  say  in  the  ma- 
nege, demi-i'olte ,  half-turn  or  volt. 

VOLTE,  Fr.  In  fencing,  a  sudden 
movement  or  leap,  which  is  made  to  avoid 
the  thrust  of  an  antagonist. 

VoLxE./7ff,  Fr.     Right  about. 

Faire  voLTz-face,  Fr.  To  come  to  the 
right  about.  It  is  chiefly  applicable  to  a 
cavalry  movement ;  and  sometimes  gene- 
rally  used  to  express  any  species  of  facing 
about,  viz.  Lesennemls  fuirent  jusqu'a  un 
certain  endroif,  ou  ils  Jirent  volte  face.;  the 
enemy  fled  to  a  certain  spot,  where  they 
faced  about. 

VOLTE,  is  also  used  as  a  sea  phrase 
among  the  French  to  express  the  track 
which  a  vessel  sails  ;  likewise  the  differ- 
ent movements  and  tacks  that  a  ship 
makes  in  preparing  for  action. 

VOLTER,  Fr.  In  fencing,  to  volt; 
to  change  ground  in  order  to  avoid  the 
thrust  of  an  antagonist.1 

VOLTIGER,  Fr.  To  float;  to 
stream  out ;  to  hover  about ;  La  cavalfie 
voltlge  autour  du  camp  ;  the  cavalry  hovers 
about  the  camp.  It  also  means,  in  tha 
manege,  to  ride  a  wooden  horse  for  the 
purpose  of  acquiring  a  good  seat. 

VOLTIGUER,  Fr.  A  vaulter;  a 
jumper?  a  hoverer;  the  French  have 
trained  their  light  troops  to  run,  vault, 
and  bear  fatigues  ;  these  troops  act  as  ri- 
iiernenon  foot  or  horseback;  swim  rivers 
wilh  their  arms  ;  and  vault  behind  horse- 
men to  be  transported  rapidly  to  some 
point  where  it  is  necessary  to  make  an  im- 
pression. These  corps  were  formed  from 
an  observance  of  the  hardiness  and  intre- 
pidity of  American  riflemen,  by  general 
Bertkier,  who  served  in  America  with 
Rochambeau. 

VOLUNTEER.  In  a  general  accep- 
tation of  the  word,  any  one  who  enters 
into  the  service  of  his  own  accord.  The 
signification  of  it  is  more  or  less  extensive, 
according  to  the  conditions  on  which  a 
man  voluntarily  engages  to  bear  arms. 

VOLUNTEERS  are  also  bodies  of  men 


UTE 


VUL 


719 


•who  assemble  in  time  of  war  to  defend 
their  respective  districts,  and  this  general- 
ly without  pay. 

To  VOLUNTEER.  To  engage  in  any 
affair  of  one's  own  accord.  Officers  and 
soldiers  often  volunteer  their  services  on 
the  most  desperate  occasions ;  sometimes 
specifically,  and  sometimes  generally. — 
Hence  to  volunteer  for  any  particular  en- 
terprize,  or  to  volunteer  for  general  service. 
In  some  instances  soldiers  volunteer  for 
a  limited  period,  and  within  certain  boun- 
daries. 

Volunteers  approach  nearer  to  the  re- 
gular establishment  than  the  militia. 

VOUGE,  Fr.  A  sort  of  hedging  bill. 
It  likewise  signifies  an  axe,  which  the 
ancient  bowmen  of  France  had  fixed  to 
their  haiberts.  It  is  also  called  a  hunter's 
staff. 

VOUSSOIR  or  VQUSSURE,  Fr. 
The  bending  of  a  vault. 

VOUTE, Fr.     A  vault;  an  arch. 

VOYAGE-swMfr,  Fr.  A  sea  voyage. 
The  French  call  a  voyage  to  the  East 
Indies,  Un  voyaggde  long  cours. 

UP.  An  adverb  frequently  used  in  mi- 
litary phraseology,  viz.  Up  in  arms  ;  in  a 
state  of  insurrection. 

To  draw  UP.  To  put  in  regular  array, 
as  to  draw  up  a.  regiment. 

VRILLE,JV.     A  wimble. 

VRILLER,  Fr.  Among  fireworkers, 
to  rise  in  a  spiral  manner,  as  sky-rockets 
do. 

USAAR.W.  Thenameof  a  month, 
vvhich  partly  corresponds  with  June;  it 
Jollows  Jeyt. 

To  USE.  To  employ  to  any  particular 
purpose ;  to  bring  into  action  ;  as  he 
used  his  choicest  troops  on  that  decisive 

JsT ENSILES,  Fr.  The  necessary 
articles  which  a  soldier  has  a  right  to  be 
supplied  with. 

USTENSILES  de  magazlnsi  Fr.  Under 
this  word  are  comprehended  all  the  vari- 
ous tools,  implements,  &c.  which  are 
required  in  military  magazines  and  store- 
houses. 

U&THi&iLisd'uftvaisseau,  Fr,  Every 
thing  which  is  necessary  in  the  navigation 
of  a  ship. 

USTENSILES  de  canon,  Fr.  Every  thing 
which  is  required  to  load  and  unload  a 
piece  of  ordnance,  viz.  the  rammer, 
spun^e,  priming  horn,  wedges,  &c. 

UTENSILS.  In  a  military  sense,  are 
necessaries  due  to  every  soldier. 

In  the  British  service  it  is  directed  to  be 
provided  for  the  use  of  regimental  hospi- 
tals, that  each  hospital  ought  to  be  fur- 
nished with  a  slipper  bath,  or  bathing  tub, 
two  water  buckets,  one  dozen  of  Osna- 
burgh  towels,  one  dozen  of  flannel  cloths, 
half  a  dozen  of  large  sponges,  combs, 
razors,  and  soap  ;  two  large  kettles  capa- 
ble of  making  soup  for  30  men,  two  large 
tea  kettles,  two  large  tea  pors,  two  sauce 
pans,  40  tin  cans  of  one  pint  each,  40 
spoons,  one  dozen  of  knives  and  forks, 


two  close  stools,  two  bed-pans,  and  two 
urinals. 

A  regiment,  consisting  of  icco  men, 
and  provided  with  three  medical  persons, 
ought  to  be  furnished  with  hospital  ne- 
cessaries and  utensils  for  at  least  40  pa- 
tients. It  should  be  provided  with  40 
cotton  night  caps,  40  sets  of  bedding,  in 
the  proportion  of  four  for  every  hundred 
men ;  each  set  consisting  of  one  paillasse, 
one  straw  mattrass,  one  bolster,  three 
sheets,  two  blankets,  and  one  rug. 

For  regiments  of  a  smaller  number,  the 
quantity  of  hospital  necessaries  will  of 
course  be  proportionally  reduced. 

Bakery  UTENSILS.  The  following  list 
of  bakery  utensils,  being  the  proportion 
requisite  for  an  army  of  36,090  men,  has 
been  extracted  from  the  British  commis- 
sary, to  which  useful  treatise  we  refer  the 
military  reader  for  a  specific  description  of 
field  ovens,  &c.  and  field  bakery,  page 
16,  &c. 

12  double  iron  ovens,  1 1  feet  long,  9  feet 
diameter,  and  3  feet  high  ;  28  troughs  and 
their  covers,  16  feet  long,  3  feet  wide,  and 

3  feet  deep,  to  kneed  the  dough. 

12  large  canvas  tents  (having  double 
coverings)  32  feet  long,  and  24  feet  wide, 
to  make  the  bread  in. 

4  ditto,  to  cool  and  deposit  the  bread  in. 

2  ditto,  to  deposit  the  meal  and  empty 
sacks  in. 

200  boards,  8  feet  long,  and  ij  feet 
wide,  to  carry  the  bread  to  the  oven  and 
back  when  baked ;  24  small  scales  to 
weigh  the  dough,  with  weights  from  half 
an  ounce  to  olbs.  ;  24  small  lamps  for 
night  work  ;  24  small  hatchets  ;  24  scra- 
pers, to  scrape  the  dough  from  the 
troughs;  12  copper  kettles,  containing 
each  from  io  to  12  pails  of  water  ;  i- 
trevets  for  ditto  ;  12  barrels  with  handles, 
to  carry  water,  containing  each  from  6  to 
7  pails. 

12  pails,  to  draw  water;  24  yokes  and 
hooks,  to  carry  the  barrels  by  hand  ;  24 
iron  peles,  to  shove  and  draw  the  bread 
from  the  ovens;  24  iron  pitchforks,  to 
turn  and  move  the  firewood  and  coals  HI 
the  ovens  ;  24  spare  handles,  14  feet  long, 
for  the  peles  and  pitchforks ;  24  rakes, 
with  handles  of  the  same  length,  to  clear 
away  the  coals  and  cinders  from  the  ovens ; 

4  large  scales,  to   weigh   ths  sacks  and 
barrels  of  meal,  and  capable  of  weighing 
5colb. ;  4  tiiangles  for  the  said  scales ;  to 
each  must  be  added  soolb.  of  weights, 
3  of  icoJb.  each,  2  of  solb.  eacb,  and 
downwards  to  half  a  pound. 

VULNERABLE.  Susceptive  or" 
wounds;  liable  to  external  injuries;  ca- 
pable of  being  taken  ;  as,  the  town  is  ex- 
tremely vulnerable  in  such  a  quarter.  1 1 
is  also  applied  to  military  dispositions, 
viz.  the  army  was  vulnerable  in  the  cen- 
tre or  on  the  left  wing. 

An  assembage  of  men  without  arms,  or 
with  arms  but  without  discipline,  or  in.  • 
ing  discipline  and  arms,  with... 
are  •'<-  - 


720 


WAG 


WAG 


W 


WAD,  (Bourre,  Fr.)  In  gunnery,  a 
substance  made  of  hay  or  straw,  and 
sometimes  of  tow  rolled  up  tight  in  a  ball 
It  serves  to  be  put  into  a  gun  after  the 
powder,  and  rammed  home,  to  prevent 
tiie  powder  from  being  scattered,  whicl 
would  have  no  effect  if  left  unconhned. 

WA  D -»?///.  A  hollow  form  of  wood  to 
make  the  wads  of  a  proper  size. 

W A.-0-hook.  A  sirong  iron  screw,  like 
those  that  serve  for  drawing  corks,  mount- 
ed upon  a  wooden  handle,  to  draw  out 
the  wads,  or  any  part  of  cartridges,  which 
often  remain  in  guns,  and  when  accumu- 
lated stop  up  the  vent. 

WADA  or  WADADARY,  Ind.  A 
farm  of  a  district. 

WADABUNDY,  Ind.  Stated  periods 
or  dates,  on  which  money  is  to  be  paid. 

WADADAR,  Ind.  A  government 
officer,  who  is  responsible  for  the  rents  oi 
a  zemindary. 

WADDING.  Oakum,  hay  or  straw, 
or  any  other  article  generally  carried  along 
with  the  guns  to  be  made  into  wads. 

Experiments  relative  to  the  effects  of 
WADDING.  The  quantity  of  powder 
requisite  to  raise  a  shell  weighing  218  lb. 
clear  of  the  mortar  and  bed  was  found  to 
he  402.  2  dr.  without  any  wadding;  but 
with  the  help  of  a  little  wadding,  rammed 
over  the  powder,  3  oz.  i  dr.  were  suffi- 
cient. The  powder,  requisite  to  raise  a 
shell  weighing  106  lb.  clear  of  the  mortar 
and  bed,  was  found  to  be2oz.  6  dr.  with- 
out any  wadding ;  but  with  wadding, 
properly  rammed  over  the  powder,  2  oz. 
were  found  to  be  sufficient. 

To  raise  a  shell  of  i61b.4  dr.  were  suf- 
ficient without  wadding,  and  only  3  dr. 
with  wadding. 

And  to  raise  a  shell  of  8  lb.  2  dr.  were 
enough  without  wadding,  and  I  dr.  two- 
thirds  with  wadding. 

From  the  above  experiments  it  may  be 
observed,  that  the  judicious  ramming  of 
a  little  wadding  over  the  powder,  adds 
-bout  £  part  ot  the  whole  effect. 

WAGGON,  in  the  army,  (Chariot,  Fr.) 
is  a  four- wheel  carriage,  drawn  by  four 
iiorses,  and  for  sundry  uses. 

Ammunition-  W  A  G  c  o  N  .  (Chariot  d'ar- 
til/erie,  Fr.)  A  carriage  made  fur  trans- 
porting all  kinds  of  stores,  as  also  to  carry 
bread,  it  being  lined  round  in  tke  inside 
with  basket-work.  SeeCAUsow. 

W*AccoN-7Vu/V/.  The  waggons,  cais- 
sons, carts,  &rc.  provided  for  the  use  of  an 
army  are  so  called.  One  great  engine,'  on 
which  the  movements  of  an  army  depend, 
is  a  proper  establishment  ot  waggons.  In 
all  wars  great  abuses  have,  as  well  as  great  | 
jgnorance,  prevailed  in  this  department.  j 
In  rhe  seven  years  war  the  Britis  ' 


a  general  contractor  for  the  waggon  train? 
and  his  contract  was  kept  up  until  the  year 
before  the  peace,  when  that  government 
bought  the  train  of  him.  In  the  Ameri- 
can war,  waggons  were  considered  almost 
as  a  privilege  by  the  departments  to  which 
they  were  attached,  until  Brook  Watson 
was  appointed  commissary  general,  who 
found  it  necessary  to  make  great  reforms  in 
that  branch  of  the  service.  The  same 
gentleman,  when  he  went  out  to  the  con- 
tinent of  Europe  with  the  duke  of  York 
in  1793,  made  use  of  the  waggons  of  dif- 
ferent contractors:  but  in  the  beginning 
of  1/94,  an  experiment  was  made  by  rai- 
sing a  corps  called  the  corps  of  royal  wag- 
goners, and  purchasing  waggons  and 
horses.  Its  miserable  state  became  prover- 
bial in  the  army  :  it  failed  completely  in 
every  part,  and  on  many  occasions,  the 
service  suffered  very  materially  in  conse- 
quence of  the  abuses  of  contractors. 

The  idea  of  this  corps  was  probably 
taken  from  the  fine  well  regulated  esta- 
blishment of  the  French,  from  whom  the 
A  ustrians  copied  it  as  a  standing  establish- 
ment, having  officers  and  men  trained  to 
the  service,  and  a  system  improved  and 
perfect. 

The  British  waggon-train  was  sold» 
and  every  purchaser  of  not  less  than  fifty 
waggons  was  admitted  to  the  advantages 
of  a  contract  for  all  the  waggons  he  pur- 
chased; he  was  insured  the  duration  ot 
his  contract  for  three  months,  and  was 
only  to  deposit  one-third  of  the  cost,  al- 
lowing the  remainder  to  be  paid  out  of  his 
earnings.  The  form  of  the  contract  and 
the  pay  of  the  waggons  were  previously 
fixed,  and  by  this  mode  a  most  advanta- 
geous sale  was  ^procured,  while  a  new  set 
of  contractors  were  introduced,  with  the 
additional  advantage  of  obliging  old  con- 
tractors to  reduce  their  prices,  and  to  come 
under  the  same  term?. 

The  space  of  ground  occupied  by  a  'wag- 
gon lulth  four  homes  is  about  16  yards  ;  a 
mile  will  therefore  hold  no  waggons; 
but  allowing  a  short  distance  between  each 
waggon  in  travelling,  a  mile  may  be  said 
to  contain  about  xoo  waggons.  Waggons 
in  convoy  may  travel  from  one  to  two 
miles  per  hour,  according  to  the  roads  and 
other  circumstances.  A  great  object  in 
convoys  is  to  preserve  the  horses  as  much 
as  possible  from  fatigue.  For  this  pur- 
pose, if  the  convoy  amounts  to  many 
hundred  waggons,  they  must  be  divided 
into  divisions  of  not  more  than  500  each. 
Should  it  consist  of  thousands,  it  will  be 
advisable  to  divide  them  into  grand  divi- 
sions, and  then  again  into  subdivisions  of 
500 each :  by  this  means,  and  the  timeot" 

>arture  being  calculated  by  the  follow- 
rules,  each  division  may  remain  at 
rest,  till  just  before  its  time  of  movement  ,^ 
and  which  will  prevent  the  necessity  of 
the  latter  part  of  a  large  convoy  being  har- 
rassed  tor  a  considerable  time  b;-i:oiv  it.* 
turn  to  move, 


WAR 


WAR 


721 


Rule  I .  To  find  the  time  in  -which  any 
number  of  tuaggons  may  be  driven  off :  Di- 
vide the  number  of  waggwns  by  100,  and 
multiply  by  the  time  of  travelling  one 
mile. 

Rule  2.  To  Jind  the  time  in  ivhlch  any 
number  of  ivaggons  tvill  drive  <n>er  any 
number  of  miles :  To  the  time  they  take  in 
driving  off,  add  the  time  any  one  of  the 
waggons  takes  to  travel  the  distance. 

The  different  divisions  of  the  convoy 
should  be  numbered,  and  obliged  each  day 
to  change  the  order  of  their  marching. 

WAGGONER,  (Cbarretier,?r.)  One 
who  drives  a  waggon. 

Corps  of  WAGGONERS,  (Corps  de  Cbar- 
refiers,  Fr.)  A  body  of  men  employed  in 
thecommissariate,  so  called. 

WAG  R  A  M,  battle  of.  Deckled  the  war 
between  France  and  Austria  in  1809. 

WAKANAGUR,  Ind.  A  writer  of  oc- 
currences. 

WAIN  ROPE.  The  large  cord  with 
which  the  load  is  tied  on  the  waggon. 

WAIT.  To  lie  in  wait;  to  lay  wait. 
-See  AMBUSH. 

WALL.  A  series  of  brick,  stone,  or 
other  materials  carried  upwards  and  ce- 
mented with  mortar.  When  used  in  the 
plural  number,  wall  signifies  fortifica- 
tion ;  works  built  for  defence. 

To  be  driven  to  the  WALL,  (Etre  accu/e, 
Fr.)  A  figurative  term  signifying  to  be 
so  pressed,  that  you  can  neither  advance 
nor  retreat. 

WALLS  of  a  Tent  or  Marquee.  That 
part  of  the  canvas  which  is  attached  to  the 
fly  or  top  by  means  of  hooks  and  eyes, 
and  which  is  fixed  to  the  earth  with 
^vooden  pegs.  These  walls  should  be 
frequently  lowered  in  order  to  admit  fresh 
atr.  When  there  is  an  hospital  tent,  this 
precaution  is  indispensible,  if  the  weather 
will  permit. 

WALLET.  SeeHAVERSACK, KNAP- 
SACK. 

WALLOON,  Spanish  troops  from  the 
Netherlands. 

WAPENTAKE,  (from  the  Saxon.) 
The  same  as  what  we  call  a  hundred,  and 
more  especially  used  in  the  northern  coun- 
ties of  England  beyond  the  Trent.  There 
have  been  several  conjectures  as  to  the 
original  of  the  word ;  one  of  which  is,  that 
anciently  musters  were  made  of  the  armor 
and  weapons  of  the  inhabitants  of  every 
hundred  ;  and  from  those  that  could  not 
find  sufficient  pledges  of  their  good  abea- 
ting,  their  weapons  were  taken  away; 
whence  it  is  said  Waptntake  is  derived. 
Spemer  says  it  was  so  named,  of  touching 
the  weapon  or  spear  of  their  alderman, 
and  swearing  to  follow  him  faithfully,  and 
serve  their  prince  truly. 

WA  R.  A  contest  or  difference  between 
princes,  states,  or  large  bodies  of  people, 
which,  not  being  determinable  by  the  or- 
dinary measures  of  justice  and  equity,  is 
referred  to  the  decision  of  the  sword,  &c. 

It  is  that  important  event,  for  which  all 
military  education  is  designed  to  prepare 


the  soldier.  It  is  for  this  that  in  peace, 
he  receives  the  indulgence  of  a  subsist- 
ence from  society  ;  and  for  this  he  is  grate- 
fully bound  to  secure  the  repose  of  that 
society  from  the  outrage  of  an  enemy  and 
to  guard  its  possessions  from  the  devasta- 
tions of  invaders. 

It  would  be  needless  as  impossible  to 
show,  how  often  the  art  of  war  has  ac- 
complished the  design  of  its  institution  ; 
we  shall,  however,  distinguish  those  En- 
glish  wars  which  are  remarkable  in  history, 

War  with  Scotland,  1068. 

Peace  with  $<!££»• 
War  with  France,  1116. 

Peace  with  $  ^to,  Jl.1*' 

r;  Scotland,  1139. 
War  with  France,  1161. 
Peace  with  ditto,  1 1 86. 
War  again  with  France,  1194; 
Peace  with  ditto,  1195. 

f  renewed,  1215. 

I  ended,  1216. 

J  with  France,  1224. 


ended,  1267. 
I  with  France,  1294. 
(_with  Scotland,  1296. 

Peace  $  Wlth  France»  I299- 
£  with  Scotland,   1323. 

r  again  with  Scotland,  1327, 
w)  ended,  1328. 

}  again  with  Scotland,  1333. 

C  with  France,  1339 
Peace  with  France,  May  8,  1360. 

fwith  France,  1368. 
War  <  civil,  1400. 

C  with  Scotland,  1400. 
Peace  with  France,  May  31,  1420. 

fwith  France,  1422 
War  <  civil  between  York  and  Lancas* 

(     ter,  1452- 

Peace  with  France,  Oct.  1741. 
w     C  civil,  1486. 

*l  3  vvith  France,  Oct.  6,  1492. 

Peace  $  wi-th  ditto'  ^°V'  3'  I492' 
'e  ^  with  Scotland,  1502. 

with  France,  Feb.  4,  isiz. 

with  Scotland,  1513. 

with  France,  Aug.  7,  1514. 


w 

ar£ 
Peace 


with 


. 

War  with  Scotland,  directly  after. 
Peace  with  France  and  Scotland,  June 
7,  1546. 

War  with   $Scot]and»  '547. 
war  witn   ^  Francej  I549. 

Peace  with  both,  March  6,  1550, 

r  civil,  1553. 
War  -J  with  France,  June  7,  1557. 

(  with  Scotland,  1557. 

PeacewUh 


4  Y 


722 


WAR 


WAR 


Peace  with  ditto,  Aug.  18,  1604. 


Peace  with   Spain  and  France,  April 
14,  1629. 

War  $  C'vil»  1    42' 

{  with  the  Dutch,  1651. 

Peace  with  ditto,  April  5,  1654. 
Warwith  Spain,  16155. 
Peace  with  Spain,  Sept.  10,  1660; 
TIT        -.u    S  France.  Ian.  26,  1666. 
War  WIth   }  Denmark,  Oct.'  19,  1666. 
Peace  with  the  French,    Danes,    and 
Dutch,  Aug.  24,  1667. 

Peace  with  Spain,  Feb.  13,  1668. 
War  with  the  Algerines,  Sept.  6,  1669. 
Peace  with  ditto,  Nov.  19,  1671. 
War  with  the  Dutch,  March,  1672. 
Peace  with  ditto,  Feb.  28,  1674. 
War  with  France,  May  7,  1689. 
Peace  general,  Sept.  20,  1697. 
War  with  France,  May  4,  1702. 
Peace  of  Utrecht,  March  13,  1713. 
Warwith  Spain,  Dec.  1718. 
Peace  with  ditto,  1721. 


?,  March  31,  1744. 

War  with   ^  ^""'ja^*  1762. 
Peace  with  France  and  Spain,  Feb.  10, 


Sept.  3,  1783. 


far  with  the  caribbs  of  St.  Vincent  in 

2773- 

«;     *>  against  A  menca,  commenced  J  u- 

War?     ly  14,  1774. 

("with  France,  Feb.  6,  1778. 

War<  with  Spain,  April  17,  1780. 
C  with  Holland,  1780. 

Peace  with  America,  ^ 
France, 
Spain, 
Holland,   ) 

War  against  France  by  the  English, 
Prussians,  Austrians,  and  other  German 
powers,  in  1793,  called  the  first  coalition. 

Peace  between  Prussia  and  the  French 
Republic,  1795. 

Peace  between  Spain  and  the  French 
Republic,  1795. 

Peace  between  the  French  and  the  Sar- 
dinians in  1796. 

Peace  between  the  French  and  the  Aus- 
trians in  I797- 

War  between  the  British  and  Tippoo 
Saibin  India,  in  1797. 

War  against  the  French  or  the  second 
coalition  of  the  Austrians,  Russians, 
Neapolitans,  &c.  1798. 

War  with  the  Turks,  and  the  invasion 
of  Egypt,  in  1798. 

Peace  between  the  French  and  the  Rus- 
sians in  1799. 

Peace  bet  ween  "the  French  and  Austri- 
ans in  1800. 

Preliminaries  of  peace  commenced  be- 
tween the  French  and  the  Ottoman  em- 
pire in  consequence  of  the  reduction  oj 
Egypt  by  the  British  forces  in  1801. 

Preliminaries  of  peace  between  France 
and  Great  Britain,  Sec.  called  the  peace  of 
Amiens,  1801. 


War  renewed  against  France  in  1804  by 
England. 

War  renewed  by  Austria  in  1805. 

War  by  Prussia  in  1806. 

War  renewed  by  Austria  in  April  1809. 
See  Historical  Dictionary  of  wars,  battles, 
sieges,  by  the  American  editor  of  this 
work. 

There  are  five  different  kinds  of  war, 
each  of  which  is  to  be  conducted  differ* 
;ntly  the  one  from  the  other,  viz.  the  of- 
fensive; the  defensive;  that  between 
equal  powers;  the  auxiliary,  which  is 
carried  on  out  of  our  own  territories  to 
uccor  a  state  or  ally,  or  to  assist  a 
weaker  whom  a  more  powerful  nation  has 
attacked;  and  a  civil  war. 

Offensive  war  must  be  long  meditated 
on  111  private  before  it  be  openly  entered 
upon ;  when  the  success  will  depend  upon 
two  essential  points :  that  the  plan  be 
justly  formed,  and  the  enterprize  con- 
ducted with  order.  It  should  be  well  and 
maturely  considered  and  digested,  and 
with  the  greatest  secrecy,  lest,  however 
able  the  leaders  or  council  may  be, 
some  of  the  precautions  necessary  to  be 
taken,  be  discovered.  These  precautions 
are  infinite  both  at  home  and  abroad. 

Abroad,  they  consist  in  alliances  and 
security  not  to  be  disturbed  in  the  medi- 
tated expedition,  foreign  levies,  and  the 
buying  up  ot  warlike  ammunition,  as  well 
to  increase  our  own  stores  as  to  prevent 
the  enemy  from  getting  them. 

The  precautions  at  home,  consist  in 
providing  for  the  security  of  our  distant 
frontiers,  levying  new  troops,  or  aug- 
menting the  old  ones,  with  as  little  noise 
as  possible;  furnishing  your  magazines 
with  ammunition  ;  constructing  carriages 
for  artillery  and  provisions;  buying  up 
horses,  which  should  be  done  as  much 
as  possible  among  your  neighbors  ;  both 
to  prevent  their  furnishing  the  enemy,  and 
to  preserve  your  own  for  the  cavalry  and 
the  particular  equipages  of  the  officers. 

Defensive  war,  may  be  divided  into 
three  kinds.  It  is  either  a  war  sustained 
by  a  nation,  which  is  suddenly  attacked  by 
another  who  is  superior  in  troops  and  in 
means ;  or  a  nation  makes  this  sort  of  war 
by  choice  on  one  side  of  its  frontiers, 
while  it  carries  on  offensive  war  else- 
where; or  it  is  a  war  become  defensive  by 
the  loss  of  a  battle. 

A  defensive  war  which  a  nation  at- 
tacked by  a  superior  enemy  sustains,  de- 
pends entirely  upon  the  capacity  of  the  ge- 
neral. His  particular  application  should 
be,  to  chuse  advantageous  camps  to  stof* 
the  enemy,  without,  however,  being  ob- 
liged to  right  him  ;  to  multiply  small 
advantages ;  to  harass  and  perplex  the 
enemy  in  his  foraging  parties,  and  to 
oblige  them  to  do  it  with  great  escorts ;  to 
attack  their  convoys  ;  to  render  the  pas- 
sages of  rivers  or  defiles  as  diificult  to  then  i 
as  possible;  to  force  them  to  keep  toge- 
ther: if  they  want  to  attack  a  town,  to 
throw  in  succors  before  it  is  invested;  in 


WAR 


WAR 


723 


short,  in  the ;  beginning  his  chief  aim-should 
be,  to  acquire  the  enemy's  respect  by  his 
vigilance  and  activity,  and  by  forcing  him 
to  be  circumspect  in  his  marches  and 
manner  of  encampment,  to  gain  time 
himself,  and  make  the  enemy  lose  it. 
An  able  general,  carefully  pursuing  these 
maxims,  will  give  courage  to  his  soldiers, 
and  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  country  ;  he 
gives  time  to  his  government  to  take  proper 
precautions  to  resist  the  enemy  who  at- 
tacks him  ;  and  thus  changes  the  nature 
of  this  disagreeable  and  vexatious  kind  of 
warfare. 

The  management  of  a  defensive  war 
requires  more  military  judgment  than 
that  of  an  offensive  one. 

A  war  between  equal  powers,  is  that 
in  which  the  neighboring  states  take  no 
part,  so  long  as  the  belligerent  parties  ob- 
tain no  great  advantage,  the  one  over  the 
other.  This  sort  of  war  never  should  last 
long  if  you  want  to  reap  any  advantages 
from  it.  As  to  its  rules,  they  are  entirely 
conformable  to  those  already  given ;  but 
we  may  look  on  it  as  a  certain  maxim  in 
this  sort  of  war,  that  the  general  who  is 
the  most  active  and  penetrating,  will  ever 
in  the  end  prevail  over  him,  who  possesses 
these  qualities  in  a  lesser  degree ;  because, 
by  his  activity  and  penetration,  he  will 
multiply  small  advantages,  till  at  last 
they  procure  him  a  decisive  superiority. 
A  general  who  is  continually  attemive  to 
procure  himself  small  advantages,  ever 
obtains  his  end,  which  is  to  ruin  the 
enemy's  army ;  in  which  case  he  changes 
the  nature  of  the  war,  and  makes  it  of- 
fensive; which  should  ever  be  the  chief 
object  of  his  prince. 

Auxiliary  WAR,  is  that  in  which  a 
nation  succors  its  neighbors,  either  in 
consequence  of  alliances  or  engagements 
entered  into  with  them;  or  sometimes  to 
prevent  their  falling  under  rhe  power  of 
an  ambitious  prince. 

I  fit  is  in  virtue  of  treaties,  he  observes 
them  religiously,  in  furnishing  the  num- 
ber of  troops  prescribed,  and  even  offering 
to  augment  his  quota,  if  required;  or  in 
making  a  diversion  by  attacking  the  com- 
inon  enemy,  or  its  allies. 

1  f  it  is  to  prevent  a  neighboring  prince 
from  being  crushed  by  a  power,  who  after 
this  conquest  may  become  dangerous  to 
yourself,  there  are  several  measures  to  be 
taken  for  your  own  particular  interest. 
One  of  the  chief  is,  to  exact  from  those 
you  succor,  the  possession  of  some  place 
in  security,  lest  they  make  their  peace 
without  your  kriowlege,  or  to  your  pre- 
judice. 

The  general,  therefore,  who  is  chosen 
for  the  command  of  this  auxiliary  corps, 
should  have  wisdom,  penetration,  and 
foresight;  wisdom,  to  preserve  a  proper 
discipline  in  his  corps,  that  the  allied 
prince  may  have  no  cause  to  complain  of 
him;  foresight  and  penetration,  to  pre- 
vent his  troops  suffering  for  want  of  sub- 
sistence, or  being  exposed  to  the  perils  of 


war,  but  in  proportion  to  their  numbers 
with  those  of  the  allied  prince ;  and, 
finally,  that  nothing  shall  pass  without 
his  knowlege,  which  may  be  prejudicial 
to  his  master. 

Civil  or  intestine  WAR,  is  that  between 
subjects  of  the  same  realm,  or  between 
parties  in  the  same  state.  In  this  sense 
we  say,  the  civil  wars  of  the  Romans  de- 
stroyed the  republic ;  the  civil  wars  of 
Grenada  ruined  the  power  of  the  Moor? 
in  Spain:  the  civil  wars  in  England  began 
1641,  and  ended  in  the  tyrant's  death. 

Re/ighusWAR,  is  war  maintained  in  a 
state  on  account  of  religion,  one  of  the 
parties  refusing  to  tolerate  the  other. 

Holy  WAR,  is  that  species  of  warfare 
which  was  anciently  maintained  by 
leagues  and  crusades,  for  the  recovery  of 
the  Holy  Land. 

Civil  and  religious  WA  R  s  are  ever  un- 
happy for  the  states  who  sustain  them. 
These  sorts  of  war,  which  the  animosity 
of  the  different  parties,  and  fanaticism, 
always  carry  beyond  the  bounds  of  hu- 
manity, and  the  duties  of  society,  have 
in  general,  no  other  rules  but  those  of  the 
offensive  and  dcjens'i-ve.  It  has  however 
always  been  observed,  that  civil  wars  form 
great  men  and  good  soldiers ;  because  the 
rich  and  poor,  citizens  and  laborers,  being 
equally  obliged  to  fight  for  their  property 
and  preservation,  have  all  an  opportunity 
of  learning  the  art  ot  war.  This  species 
of  war  may  likewise  be  called  revolution- 
ary, with  the  additional  circumstance, 
that  in  the  latter  sense  it  is  of  a  more  ex., 
tensive  nature. 

WAR  of  opinion.     See  OPINION. 

Articles  of  WAR. 

S  E  c  T  .  I .  Be  it  enacted  by  the  senate  and 
bouse  of  representatives  of  the  United  States 
of  America,  in  Congress  assembled,  That 
from  and  after  the  passing  of  this  act,  the 
following  shall  be  the  rules  and  articles 
by  which  the  armies  of  the  United  States 
shall  be  governed : 

Art.  i.  Every  officer  now  in  the  army 
of  the  United  States,  shall,  in  six  months 
from  the  passing  of  this  act,  andevery  of- 
ficer who  shall  hereafter  be  appointed, 
shall  before  he  enters  on  the  duties  of  his 
office,  subscribe  these  rules  and  regula- 
tions. 

Art.  2.  It  is  earnestly  recommended  to 
all  officers  and  soldiers  diligently  to  at- 
tend divine  service;  and  all  officers  who 
shall  behave  indecently  or  irreverently  at 
any  place  ofdivine  worship,  shall,  if  com- 
missioned officers,  be  brought  before  a 
general  court-martial,  there  to  be  publicly 
and  severely  reprimanded  by  the  presi- 
dent; if  non-commissioned  officers  or  sol- 
diers, every  person  so  offending  shall,  for 
his  first  offence,  forfeit  one  sixth  of  a  dol- 
lar, to  be  deducted  out  of  his  next  pay; 
for  the  second  offence,  he  shall  not  only 
forfeit  a  like  sum,  but  be  confined  twen- 
ty-four hours;  and  for  every  like  offence 
shall  suffer  and  pay  in  like  manner ;  which 
money,  so  forfeited,  shall  be  applied  by 


724 


WAR 


WAR 


the  captain  or  senior  officer  of  the  troop 
or  company,  to  the  use  of  the  sick  soldiers 
of  the  company  or  troop  to  which  the 
offender  belongs. 

Art.  3.  Any  non-commissioned  officer 
or  soldier  who  shall  use  any  profane  oath 
or  execration  shall  incur  the  penalties 
expressed  in  the  foregoing  article,  and  a 
commissioned  officer  shall  forfeit  and  pay 
for  each  and  every  such  offence  one  dollar, 
to  be  applied  as  in  the  preceding  article. 

Art.  4,  Every  chaplain  commissioned 
in  the  army  or  armies  of  the  United  States, 
who  shall  absent  himself  from  the  duties 
assigned  him  (except  in  cases  of  sickness 
or  leave  of  absence)  shall,  on  conviction 
thereof  before  a  court- martial,  be  fined  not 
exceeding  one  month's  pay,  besides  the 
loss  of  his  pay  during  his  absence;  or  be 
discharged,  as  the  said  court-martial  shall 
judge  proper. 

Art.  5.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall 
use  contemptuous  or  disrespectful  words 
against  the  president  of  the  United  States, 
against  the  vice-president  thereof,  against 
the  congress  of  the  United  States,  or 
against  the  chief  magistrate  or  legislature 
of  any  of  the  United  States  in  which  he 
may  be  quartered,  if  a  commissioned  of- 
ficer, shall  be  cashiered,  or  otherwise 
punished  as  a  court-martial  shall  direct; 
if  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier, 
he  shall  suffer  such  punishment  as  shall 
be  inflicted  on  him  by  the  sentence  of  a 
court-martial. 

Art.  6.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall 
behave  himself  with  contempt  or  disre- 
spect towards  his  commanding  officer, 
shall  be  punished  according  to  the  nature 
of  his  offence,  by  the  judgment  of  a  court- 
martial. 

Art.  7.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall 
begin,  excite,  cause,  or  join  in  any  mu- 
tiny or  sedition  in  any  troop  or  company 
in  the  service  of  the  United  States,  or  in 
any  party,  post,  detachment,  or  guard, 
shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punish- 
ment as  by  a  court-martial  shall  be  in 
flicted. 

Art.  8.  Any  officer,  non-commissioned 
officer,  or  soldier,  who,  being  present  at 
any  mutiny  or  sedition,  does  not  use  his 
utmost  endeavor  to  suppress  the  same, 
or  coming  to  theknowlegeofany  intended 
mutiny,  does  not  without  delay,  give  in- 
formation thereof  to  his  commanding  of- 
ficer, shall  be  punished  by  the  sentence  of 
a  court-martial  with  death  or  otherwise, 
according  to  the  nature  of  his  offence. 

Art.  9.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall 
strike  his  superior  officer,  or  draw  or  lift 
up  any  weapon,  or  offer  any  violence 
against  him,  being  in  the  execution  of  his 
office,  on  any  pretence  whatsoever,  or 
shall  disobey  any  lawful  command  of  his 
superior  officer,  shall  suffer  death,  or 
such  other  punishment  as  shall,  accord, 
ing  to  the  nature  of  his  offence,  be  in- 
flicted upon  him  by  the  sentence  of  a 
court-martial. 

Art.  10.  Every  non-commissioned  of- 


ficer, or  soldier,  who  shall  inlist  himself 
n  the  service  of  the  United  States,  shall, 
t  the  time  of  his  so  inlisting,  or  within 
ix  days  afterwards,  have  the  articles  for 
he  government  of  the  armies  of  the  United 
Jtates,  read  to  him,  and  shall,  by  the  of- 
ficer who  inlisted  him,  or  by  the  com- 
nanding  officer  of  the  troop  or  company 
nto  which  he  was  inlisted,  be  taken  be- 
bre  the  next  justice  of  the  peace,  or  chief 
magistrate  of  any  city  or  town  corporate, 
not  being  an  officer  of  the  army,  or  where 
ecourse  cannot  be  had  to  the  civil  magis- 
rate,  before  the  judge  advocate,  and,  in 
lis  presence,  shall  take  the  following  oath 
or  affirmation :  *'  I  A.  B.  do  solemnly 
swear,  or  affirm,  (as  the  case  may  be)  that 
will  bear  true  allegiance  to  the  United 
States  of  America,  and  that  I  will  serve 
them  honestly  and  faithfully  against  all 
their  enemies,  or  opposers,  whatsoever, 
and  observe  and  obey  the  orders  .of  the 
president  of  the  United  States,  and  the 
orders  of  the  officers  appointed  over  me, 
according  to  the  rules  and  articles  for  the 
government  of  the  armies  of  the  United 
States."  Which  justice,  magistrate,  or 
judge  advocate  is  to  give  the  officer  a  cer- 
tificate, signifying  that  the  man  inlisted, 
did  take  the  said  oath,  or  affirmation. 

Art.  n.  After  a  non-commissioned  of- 
ficer or  soldier,  shall  have  been  duly  in- 
listed  and  sworn,  he  shall  not  be  dismissed 
the  service  without  adischarge  in  writing; 
and  no  discharge  granted  to  him  shall  be 
sufficient,  which  is  not  signed  by  a  field 
officer  of  the  regiment  to  which  he  be- 
longs, or  commanding  officer,  where  no 
field  officer  of  the  regiment  is  present ; 
and  no  discharge  shall  be  given  to  a  non- 
commissioned officer  or  soldier,  before  his 
term  of  service  has  expired,  but  by  order 
of  the  president,  the  secretary  of  war,  the 
commanding  officer  of  a  department,  or 
the  sentence  of  a  general  court-martial, 
nor  shall  a  commissioned  officer  be  dis- 
charged the  service,  but  by  order  of  the 
president  of  the  United  States,  or  by  sen- 
tence of  a  general  court-martial. 

Art.  12.  Every  colonel,  or  other  of- 
ficer commanding  a  regiment,  troop,  or 
company,  and  actually  quartered  with  it, 
may  give  furloughs  to  non-commissioned 
officers  or  soldiers,  in  such  numbers,  and 
for  so  long  a  time  as  he  shall  judge  to  be 
most  consistent  with  the  good  of  the 
service;  and  a  captain  or  other  inferior  of- 
ficer commanding  a  troop  or  company,  or 
in  any  garrison,  fort  or  barracK.  of  the 
United  States,  (his  field  officer  being  ab- 
sent), may  givefurloughs  to  non-commis- 
sioned officers  or  soldiers,  for  a  time  not 
exceeding  twenty  days  in  six  months,  but 
not  to  more  than  two  persons  to  be  absent 
at  the  same  time,  excepting  some  extra- 
ordinary occasion  should  require  it. 

Art.  13.  At  every  muster,  the  com- 
manding officer  of  each  regiment,  troop, 
or  company  there  present,  shall  give  to 
the  commissary  of  musters,  or  other  of- 
ficer who  musters  the  said  regiment, 


WAR 


WAR 


725 


troop,  or  company,  certificates  signed  by 
himself,  signifying  how  long  such  officers, 
as  shall  not  appear  at  the  said  muster, 
have  been  absent,  and  the  reason  of  their 
absence.  In  like  manner,  thecommand- 
ing  officer  of  every  troop,  or  company, 
shall  give  certificates,  signifying  the  rea- 
sons of  the  absence  of  the  non-commis- 
sioned officers  and  private  soldiers,  which 
reasons,  and  time  of  absence,  shall  be  in- 
serted in  the  muster-rolls  opposite  the 
name  of  the  respective  absent  officers  and 
soldiers.  The  certificates  shall,  together 
with  the  muster-rolls,  be  remitted  by  the 
c  mmissary  of  musters,  or  other  officer 
mustering/to  the  department  of  war  as 
speedily  as  the  distance  of  the  place  will 
admit. 

Art.  14.  Every  officer  who  shall  be 
convicted,  before  a  general  court-martial, 
of  having  signed  a  false  certificate,  relating 
to  the  absence  of  either  officer  or  private 
soldier,  or  relative  to  his  or  their  pay, 
shall  be  cashiered. 

Art.  15.  Every  officer  who  shall  know- 
ingly make  a  false  muster  of  manor  horse, 
and  every  officer  or  commissary  of  mus- 
ters, who  shall  willingly  sign,  direct  or 
allow  the  signing  of  muster-rolls,  where- 
in such  false  muster  is  contained,  shall, 
upon  proof  made  thereof  by  two  witnesses, 
before  a  general  court-martial,  be  cashiered, 
and  shall  be  therefore  utterly  disabled  to 
have  or  hold  any  office  or  employment  in 
the  service  of  the  United  States. 

Art.  16.  Any  commissary  of  musters 
or  other  officer,  who  shall  be  convicted  of 
having  taken  money  or  other  thing,  by 
way  of  gratification,  on  the  mustering 
any-iegiment,  troop  or  company,  or  on 
the  signing  muster-rolls,  shall  be  dis- 
placed from  his  office,  and  shall  be  there- 
by utterly  disabled  to  have  or  hold  any 
office  or  employment  in  the  service  of  the 
United  States. 

Art.  17.  Any  officer  who  shall  presume 
to  muster  a  person  as  a  soldier,  who  is 
not  a  soldier,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of 
having  made  a  false  muster,  and  shall  suf- 
fer accordingly. 

Art.  18.  Every  officer  who  shall  know- 
ingly  make  a  false  return  to  the  depart- 
ment of  war,  or  to  any  of  his  superior  of- 
ficers, authorised  to  call  for  such  returns, 
of  the  state  of  the  regiment,  troop,  or  com- 
pany, or  garrison,  under  his  command ; 
or  of  the  arms,  ammunition,  clothing, 
or  other  stores  thereunto  belonging,  shall, 
on  conviction  thereof  before  a  court 
martial,  be  cashiered. 

Art.  19.  The  commanding  officer  of 
every  regiment,  troop,  or  independent 
company,  or  garrison  of  the  United  States, 
shall,  in  the  beginning  of  every  month, 
remit  through  the  proper  channels,  to  the 
department  of  war,  an  exact  return  of  the 
regiment,  troop,  independent  company, 
or  garrison,  under  his  command,  specify- 
ing the  names  of  officers  then  absent  from 
their  posts,  and  the  reasons  for,  and  the 
time  of  their  absence.  And  any  officer 


who  shall  be  convictedof  having,  through 
neglect  or  design,  omitted  sending  such 
eturns,  shall  be  punished  according  to 
he  nature  of  his  crime,  by  the  judgment 
)f  a  general  court-martial. 

Art.  20.  All  officers  and  soldiers,  who 
lave  received  pay,  or  have  been  duly  in- 
isted  in  the  service  of  the  United  States, 
and  shall  be  convicted  of  having  deserted 
the  same,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other 
punishment  as  by  sentence  of  a  court- 
martial  shall  be  inflicted. 

Art.  21.  Any  non-commissioned  officer 
>r  soldier,  who  shall,  without  leave  from 
lis  commanding  officer,  absent  himself 
Tom  his  troop,  company,  or  detachment, 
shall,  upon  being  convicted  thereof,  be 
nmished  according  to  the  nature  of  his 
offence  at  the  discretion  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  22.  No  non-commissioned  officer 
or  soldier,  shall  inlist  himself  in  any 
other  regiment,  troop,  or  company,  with- 
out a  regular  discharge  from  the  regiment, 
roop,  or  company,  in  which  he  last  serv- 
ed, on  the  penalty  of  being  reputed  a  de- 
serter, and  suffering  accordingly.  And  in 
case  any  officer  shall  knowingly  receive 
and  entertain  such  non-commissioned  of- 
ficer or  soldier,  or  shall  not,  after  his  be- 
"ng  discovered  to  be  a  deserter,  immedi- 
ately confine  him,  and  give  notice  thereof 
to  the  corps  in  which  he  last  served,  the 
said  officer  shall  by  a  court-martial  be 
cashiered. 

Ait.  23.  Any  officer  or  soldier,  who 
shall  be  convicted  of  having  advised  or 
persuaded  any  other  officer  or  soldier,  to 
desert  rhe  service  of  the  United  States, 
shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punish- 
ment as  shall  be  inflicted  upon  him  by 
the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  24.  No  officer  or  soldier  shall  use 
any  reproachful  or  provoking  speeches 
or  gestures  to  another,  upon  pain,  if  an 
officer,  of  being  put  in  arrest ;  if  a  sol- 
dier, confined,  and  of  asking  pardon  of 
the  party  offended,  in  the  presence  of  his 
commanding  officer. 

Art.  25.  Noofficeror  soldier  shall  send 
a  challenge  to  another  officer  or  soldier, 
to  fight  a  duel,  or  accept  a  challenge,  if 
sent,  upon  pain,  if  a  commissioned  officer, 
of  being  cashiered  ;  if  a  non-commissioned 
officer  or  soldier,  of  suffering  corporeal 
punishment  at  the  discretion  of  a  court- 
martial. 

Art.  26.  If  any  commissioned  or  non- 
commissioned officer  commanding  a  guard, 
shall  knowingly  or  willingly  suffer  any 
person  whatsoever  to  go  forth  to  fight  a 
duel,  he  shall  be  punished  as  a  challenger ; 
and  all  seconds,  promoters  and  carriers  of 
challenges,  in  order  to  duels,  shall  be 
deemed  pincipals,  and  be  punished  ac- 
cordingly. And  it  shall  be  the  duty  of 
every  office;-,  commanding  an  army,  regi- 
ment, company,  post,  or  detachment, 
who  is  knowing  to  a  challenge  being  given, 
or  accepted,  by  any  officer,  non-com- 
missioned officer,  or  soldier,  under  his 
command,  or  has  reason  to  believe  the 


'26 


W  A  R 


WAR 


same  to  be  the  case,  immediately  to  arrest  | 
and  bring  to  trial  such  offenders. 

Art.  27.  All  officers,  of  what  condition! 
soever,  have  power  to  part  and  quell  all 
quarrels,  frays,  and  disorders,  though 
the  persons  concerned  should  belong  to 
another  regiment,  troop,  or  company  ;  ( 
and  either  to  order  officers  into  arrest,  or : 
non-commissioned  officers  or  soldiers  into  \ 
confinement,  until  their  proper -superior  j 
officers  shall  be  acquainted  therewith;, 
and  \vhosoevershall  refuse  to  obey  such 
officer  (though  of  an  inferior  rank)  or  shall  j 
draw  his  sword  upon  him,  shall  be  pun- 
ished at  the  discretion  of  a  general  court.  I 
martial. 

Art.  28.  Any  officer  or  soldier,  who 
shall  upbraid  another  for  refusing  a  chal- 
lenge, shall  himself  be  punished  as  a 
challenger;  and  all  officers  and  soldiers 
are  hereby  discharged  from  any  disgrace  or 
opinion  of  disadvantage,  which  might 
arise  from  their  having  refused  to  accept 
of  challenges,  as  they  will  only  have  acted 
in  obedience  to  the  laws,  and  done  their 
duty  as  good  soldiers,  who  subject  them- 
selves to  discipline. 

Art.  29.  No  sutler  shall  be  permitted 
to  sell  any  kind  of  liquors  or  victuals,  or 
to  keep  their  houses  or  shops  open  for 
the  entertainment  of  soldiers,  after  nine  at 
night,  or  before  the  beating  of  the  re- 
veilles, or  upon  Sundays,  during  divine 
service  or  sermon,  on  the  penalty  of  be- 
ing dismissed  from  all  future  sutling. 

Art.  30.  All  officers  commanding  in 
the  field,  forts,  barracks,  or  garrisons  of 
the  United  States,  are  hereby  required  to 
.see  that  the  persons  permitted  to  sutle, 
shall  supply  the  soldiers  with  good  and 
wholesome  provisions,  or  other  articles, 
at  a  reasonable  price,  as  they  shall  be  an- 
swerable for  their  neglect. 

Art.  31.  No  officer  commanding  in  any 
of  the  garrisons,  forts,  or  barracks  of  the 
United  States,  shall  exact  exorbitant 
prices  for  houses  or  stalls  let  out  to  sut- 
lers, or  connive  at  the  like  exactions  in 
others;  nor  by  his  own  authority,  and 
for  his  private  advantage,  lay  any  duty  or 
imposition  upon,  or  be  interested  in  the 
sale  of  any  victuals,  liquors,  or  other  ne- 
cessaries of  life,  brought  into  the  garrison, 
fort,  or  barracks,  for  the  use  of  the  sol- 
diers, on  the  penalty  of  being  discharged 
from  the  service. 

Art.  32.  Every  officer  commanding  in 
quarters,  garrisons,  or  on  the  march,  shall 
keep  good  order,  and  to  the  utmost  of  his 
power,  redress  all  abuses  or  disorders, 
which  may  be  committed  by  any  officer 
or  soldier  under  his  command ;  if  upon 
complaint  made  to  him  of  officers  or  sol- 
diers beating,  or  otherwise  ill  treating  any 
person,  of  disturbing  fairs  or  markets,  or 
of  committing  any  kinds  or  riots,  to  the 
disquieting  ol  the  citizens  of  the  United 
States,  he,  the  said  commander,  who 
shall  refuse  or  omit  to  see  justice  done  to 
the  offender  or  oilenders,  and  reparation 
made  to  the  party  or  parties  injured,  as  far 


as  part  of  the  offender's  pay  shall  enable 
him  or  them,  shall,  upon  proof  thereof, 
be  cashiered  or  punished,  as  a  general 
court-martial  shall  direct. 

Art.  33.  When  any  commissioned  of- 
ficer or  soldier,  shall  be  accused  of  a  capi- 
tal crime,  or  of  having  used  violence,  or 
committed  any  offence  against  the  persons 
or  property  of  any  citizen  of  any  of  the 
United  States,  such  as  is  punishable  by 
the  known  laws  of  the  land,  the  com- 
manding officer,  and  officers  of  every  re- 
giment, troop,  or  company,  to  which  the 
person  or  persons,  so  accused,  shall  be- 
long, are  hereby  required,  upon  applica- 
tion duly  made  by,  or  in  behalf  of  the 
party,  or  parties  injured,  to  use  their  ut- 
most endeavors  to  deliver  over  such  ac- 
cused person  or  persons,  to  the  civil  ma- 
gistrate, and  likewise  to  be  aiding  and  as- 
sisting to  the  officers  of  justice,  in  appre- 
hending and  securing  the  person  or  persons 
so  accused,  in  order  to  bring  him  or  them 
to  trial.  If  any  commanding  officer  or 
officers,  shall  wilfully  neglect,  or  shall 
refuse,  upon  the  application  aforesaid,  to 
deliver  over  such  accused  person  or  per- 
sons, to  the  civil  magistrates,  or  to  be 
aiding  and  assisting  to  the  officers  of  jus- 
tice in  apprehending  such  person  or  per- 
sons, the  officer  or  officers,  so  offending, 
shall  be  cashiered. 

Art.  34.  If  any  officer  shall  think  him- 
self wronged  by  his  colonel,  or  the  com- 
manding officer  of  the  regiment,  and  shall, 
upon  due  application  being  made  to  him, 
be  refused  redress,  he  may  complain  to 
the  general,  commanding  in  the  state,  or 
territory  where  such  regiment  shall  be 
stationed,  in  order  to  obtain  justice;  who 
is  hereby  required  to  examine  into  the 
said  complaint,  and  take  proper  measures 
for  redressing  the  wrong  complained  of, 
and  .transmit  as  soon  as  possible,  to  the 
department  of  war,  a  true  state  of  such 
complaint,  with  the  proceedings  had 
thereon. 

Art.  35.  If  any  inferior  officer,  or  sol- 
dier, shall  think 'himself  wronged  by  h« 
captain,  or  other  officer,  he  is  to  complain 
thereof  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the 
regiment,  who  is  hereby  required  to  sum- 
mon a  regimental  court-martial,  for  the 
doing  justice  to  the  complainant;  from 
which  regimental  court-martial,  either 
party  may,  if  he  thinks  himself  still  ag- 
grieved, appeal  to  a  general  court-martial. 
But  if,  upon  a  second  hearing,  the  appeal 
shall  appear  vexatious  and  groundless,  the 
person,  so  appealing,  shall  be  punished 
at  the  discretion  of  the  said  court-martial. 
Art.  36.  Any  commissioned  officer, 
store  keeper,  or  commissary,  who  shall  be 
convicted,  at  a  general  court. martial,  of 
having  sold,  without  a  proper  order  for 
that  purpose,  embezzled,  misapplied,  or 
wilfully,  or  through  neglect,  suffered  any 
of  the  provisions,  forage,  arms,  clothing, 
ammunition,  or  other  military  stores,  be- 
longing to  the  United  States,  to  be  spoiled, 
'  or  damaged,  sliall  at  his  own  expence, 


WAR 


WAR 


727 


make  good  the  loss  or  damage,  and  shall 
moreover,  forfeit  all  his  pay,  and  be  dis- 
missed from  the  service. 

Art.  37.  Any  non-commissioned  officer 
or  soldier,  who  shall  be  convicted,  at  a 
regimental  court-martial,  of  having  sold, 
or  designedly,  or  through  neglect,  wasted 
the  ammunition  delivered  out  to  him,  to 
be  employed  in  the  service  of  the  United 
States,  shall  be  punished  at  the  discretion 
of  such  court. 

Art.  38.  Every  non-commissioned  of. 
zicer  or  soldier,  who  shall  be  convicted 
before  a  court-martial,  as  having  sold, 
lost,  or  spoiled,  through  neglect,  his 
horse,  arms,  clothes,  or  accoutrements, - 
shall  be  put  under  such  weekly  stoppages 
(not  exceeding  the  half  of  his  pay)  as  such 
court-martial  shall  judge  sufficient  for  re- 
pairing the  loss  or  damage ;  and  shall  suiter 
confinement  or  such  other  corporeal  pun- 
ishment as  his  crime  shall  deserve. 

Art.  39.  Every  officer,  who  shall  be 
convicted  before  a  court-martial,  of  hav- 
ing embezzled,  or  misapplied  any  money 
with  which  he  may  have  been  entrusted, 
for  the  payment  of  the  men  under  his 
command,  or  for  enlisting  men  into  the 
service,  or  for  other  purposes,  if  a  com- 
missioned officer,  shall  be  cashiered,  and 
compelled  to  refund  the  money  ;  if  anon, 
commissioned  officer,  shall  be  reduced  to 
rhe  ranks,  be  put  under  stoppages  until 
the  money  be  made  good,  and  suffer  such 
corporeal  punishment  as  such  court- 
martial  shall  direct. 

Art.  40.  Every  captain  of  a  troop,  or 
company,  is  charged  with  the  arms,  ac- 
coutrementSj  ammunition,  clothing,  or 
other  warlike  stores  belonging  to  the  troop, 
or  company  under  his  command,  which 
lie  is  to  be  accountable  for  to  his  colonel, 
in  case  of  their  being  lost,  sjxjiled,  or 
damaged,  not  by  unavoidable  accidents, 
or  on  actual  service. 

Art.  41.  All  non-commissioned  officers 
and  soldiers,  who  shall  be  found  one  mile 
from  the  earn p,  without  leave,  in  writing, 
from  their  commanding  officer,  shall  suf- 
fer such  punishment  as  shull  be  inflicted 
upon  them  by  the  sentence  of  a  court- 
martial. 

Art.  4-2.  No  officer  or  soldier,  shall  lie 
out  of  his  quarters,  garrison,  or  cam]), 
without  leave  from  his  superior  officer, 
upon  penalty  of  being  punished  according 
to  the  nature  of  his  offence,  by  the  sen- 
tence of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  43.  Every  non-commissioned  of- 
ficer and  soldier  shall  retire  to  his  quarters 
or  tent,  at  the  beating  of  the  retreat ;  in 
default  of  which  he  shall  be  punished  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  his  offence. 

Art.  44.  No  officer,  non-co'mmissioned 
officer  or  soldier,  shall  fail  in  repairing,  at 
the  time  fixed,  to  the  place  of  parade,  of 
exercise  or  other  rendezvous,  appointed 
by  his  commanding  officer,  if  not  pre- 
vented by  sickness,  or  some  other  evident 
necessity  ;  or  shall  go  from  the  said  place 
pf  rendezvous,  without  leave  from  his 


commanding  officer,  before  he  shall  be 
regularly  dismissed  or  relieved,  on  the 
penalty  of  being  punished  according  to  the 
nature  of  his  offence  by  the  sentence  of  a 
court-martial. 

Art.  45.  Any  commissioned  officer, 
who  shall  be  found  drunk  on  his  guard, 
party,  or  other  duty,  shall  be  cashiered. 
Any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier 
so  offending,  shall  surfer  such  corporeal 
punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  by  the 
sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  46.  Any  centip.el  who  shall  be 
found  sleeping  upon  his  post,  or  shall 
leave  it  before  he  shall  be  regularly  re- 
lieved, shall  suiler  death,  or  such  other 
punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  by  the 
sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  47.  No  soldier  belonging  to  any 
regiment,  troop,  or  company,  shall  hire 
another  to  do  his  duty  for  him,  or  be  ex- 
cused from  duty,  but  in  cases  of  sickness, 
disability,  or  leave  of absence ;  and  every 
such  soldier  found  guilty  of  hiring  his 
duty,  as  also  the  party  so  hired  to  do  ano- 
ther's duty,  shall  be  punished  at  the  dis- 
cretion of  a  regimental  court-martial. 

Art.  48.  And  every  non-commissioned 
officer  conniving  at  such  hiring  of  duty 
aforesaid,  shall  be  reduced;  and  every 
commissioned  officer,  knowing  and  al- 
lowing such  ill  practices  in  the  service, 
shall  be  punished  by  the  judgment  of  a 
general  court-martial. 

Art.  49.  Any  officer  belonging  to  the 
service  of  the  United  States,  who,  by  dis- 
charging of  firearms,  drawing  of  swords, 
beating  of  drums,  or  by  any  other  means 
whatsoever,  shall  occasion  false  alarms 
in  camp,  garrison,  or  quarters,  shall  suf- 
fer death,  or  such  other  punishment  as 
shall  be  ordered  by  the  sentence  of  a  ge- 
neral court- martial. 

Art.  50.  Any  officer  or  soldier,  \yho 
shall,  \vithoutiirgentnecessity,  or  with- 
out the  leave  of  his  superior  ofticer,  quit 
his  guard,  platoon,  or  division,  shall  be 
punished  according  to  the  nature  of  his 
offence,  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-mar- 
tial. 

Art.  51.  No  officer  or  soldier  shall  do 
violence  te  any  person  who  brings  provi- 
sions or  other  necessaries  to  the  camp, 
garrison  or  quarters,  of  the  forces  of  th-j 
United  States,  employed  in  any  parts  ouf 
of  the  said  states,  upon  pain  of  death,  or 
such  other  punishment  as  a  court-martial 
shall  direct. 

Art.  52,  Any  officer  or  soldier,  who 
shall  misbehave  himself  before  the  enemy, 
run  away,  or  shamefully  abandon  air, 
fort,  post,  or  guard,  which  he  or  they 
may  be  commanded  to  defend,  or  speak 
words  inducing  others  to  do  the  like;  or 
shall  cast  away  his  arms  and  ammunition, 
or  who  shail  quit  his  post  or  colors  tr» 
plunder  and  pillage,  every  such  oilondcr 
being  duly  convicted  thereof,  shall  suffer 
death,  or  such  other  punishment  a 
be  ordered  by  the:  sen-. 
court-ma 


728 


WAR 


WAR 


Art.  53.  Any  person  belonging  to  the 
armies  of  the  United  States,  who  shall 
make  known  the  watch-word  to  any  per- 
son who  is  not  entitled  to  receive  it,  ac- 
cording to  the  rules  and  discipline  of  war, 
or  shall  presume  to  give  a  paroleor  watch- 
Avord,  different  from  what  he  received, 
shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punish- 
ment as  shall  be  ordered  by  the  sentence  of 
a  general  court-martial. 

Art.  54.  All  officers  and  soldiers  are  to 
behave  themselves  orderly  in  quarters, 
and  on  their  march  ;  and  whosoever  shall 
commit  any  waste,  or  spoil,  either  in 
walks  of  trees,  parks,  warrens,  fish  ponds, 
houses,  or  gardens,  corn  fields,  enclosures 
of  meadows,  or  shall  maliciously  destroy 
any  property  whatsoever,  belonging  to 
the  inhabitants  of  the  United  States,  un- 
less by  order  of  the  then  commander  in 
chief  of  the  armies  of  the  said  states,  shall 
(besides  such  penalties  as  they  are  liable  to 
bylaw,)  be  punished  according  to  the  na- 
ture and  degree  of  the  offence,  by  the  judg- 
ment of  a  regimental  or  general  court 
martial. 

Art.  5$.  Whosoever,  belonging  to  the 
armies  of  the  United  States,  employed  in 
foreign  parts,  shall  force  a  safe-guard, 
shall  suffer  death. 

Art.  56.  Whosoever  shall  relieve  the 
enemy  with  money,  victuals,  or  ammu- 
nition, or  shall  knowingly  harbor  or  pro- 
tect an  enemy,  shall  suiter  death,  or  such 
other  punishment  as  shall  be  ordered  by 
the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  57.  Whosoever  shall  be  convicted 
of  holding  correspondence  with,  or  giving 
intelligence  to  the  enemy,  either  directly 
or  indirectly,  shall  stiller  death,  or  such 
other  punishment  as  shall  be  ordered  by 
the  sentence  of  a,  court-martial. 

Art.  58.  All  public  stores  taken  in  the 
enemy's  camp,  towns,  forts,  or  maga- 
zines, whether  of  artillery,  ammunition, 
clothing,  forage,  or  provisions,  shall  be 
secured  for  the  service  of  the  United 
States  ;  for  the  neglect  of  which  the  com- 
manding officer  is  to  be  answerable. 

Art.  59.  If'any  commander  of  any  gar- 
rison, fortress  or  post,  shall  be  compelled, 
by  the  officers  and  soldiers  under  his  com- 
mand, to  give  up  to  the  enemy,  or  to 
abandon  it ;  the  commissioned  officers, 
non-commissioned  officers,  or  soldiers, 
who  shall  be  convicted  of  having  so  of- 
fended, shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other 
punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  upon 
them  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  60.  All  sutlers  and  retainers  to  the 
camp,  and  all  persons  whatsoever,  serving 
•with  the  armies  of  the  U.  States  in  the 
field,  though  not  inlisted  soldiers,  are  to  be 
subject  to  orders,  according  to  the  rules 
and  discipline  of  war. 

Art.  61.  Officers  having  brevets,  or 
commissions^  of  a  prior  date  to  those  of 
the  regiment  in  which  they  serve,  may 
Uke  place  in  courts- martial  and  on  de- 
tachments, when  composed  of  different 
corps,  according  to  the  ranks  given  them 


in  their  brevets,  or  dates  of  their  former 
commissions  ;  but  in  the  regiment,  troop, 
or  company,  to  which  such  officers  be- 
long, they  shall  do  duty  and  take  rank, 
both  in  courts-martial  and  on  detach- 
ments, which  shall  be  composed  only  of 
their  own  corps,  according  to  the  commis- 
sions by  which  they  are  mustered  in  the 
said  corps. 

Art.  62.  If  upon  marches,  guards,  or 
in  quarters,  different  corps  of  the  army 
shall  happen  to  join,  or  do  duty  together, 
the  officer  highest  in  rank  of  the  line  of  the 
army,  marine  corps,  or  militia,  by  com- 
mission there,  on  duty,  or  in  quarters, 
shall  command  the  whole,  and  give  orders 
for  what  is  needful  to  the  service,  unless 
otherwise  specially  directed  by  the  presi- 
dent of  the  U .  States,  according  to  the  na- 
ture of  the  case. 

Art.  63.  The  functions  of  the  engineers 
being  generally  confined  to  the  most  ele- 
vated branch  of  military  science,  they  are 
not  to  assume,  nor  are  they  subject  to  be 
ordered  on  any  duty  beyond  the  line  of 
their  immediate  profession,  except  by  the 
special  order  of  the  president  of  the  U. 
States ;  but  they  are  to  receive  every  mark 
of  respect,  to  which  their  rank  in  the  ar- 
my may  entitle  them,  respectively,  and 
are  liable  to  be  transferred,  at  the  discre- 
tion of  the  president,  from  one  corps  to 
another,  regard  being  paid  to  rank. 

Art.  64.  General  courts-martial  may 
consist  of  any  number  of  commissioned 
officers,  from  five  to  thirteen,  inclusively, 
but  they  shall  not  consist  of  less  than 
thirteen,  where  that  number  can  be  con- 
vened, without  manifest  injury  to  the  ser- 
vice. 

Art.  65.  Any  general  officer  command- 
ing an  army,  or  colonel  commanding  a  se- 
parate department,  may  appoint  general 
courts-martial,  whenever  necessary.  But 
no  sentence  of  a  court-martial  shall  be 
carried  into  execution  until  after  the  whole 
proceedings  shall  have  been  laid  before  the 
officer  ordering  the  same,  or  the  officer 
commanding  the  troops  tor  the  time  be- 
ing ;  neither  shall  any  sentence  of  agene- 
al  court-martial,  in  time  of  peace,  ex- 
tending to  the  loss  of  life,  or  the  dismis- 
sion of  a  commissioned  officer,  or  which 
shall,  cither  in  time  of  peace  or  war,  res- 
pect a  general  officer,  be  carried  into  exe- 
cution, until  afrer  the  whole  proceedings 
shall  have  been  transmitted  to  the  secre- 
tary of  war,  to  be  laid  before  the  presi- 
dent of  the  U.  States,  for  his  confirma-- 
tion  or  disapproval,  and  orders  in  the  case. 
All  other  sentences  may  be  confirmed  and 
executed  by  the  officer  ordering  the  court 
to  assemble,  or  the  commanding  officer, 
for  the  time  being,  as  the  case  may  be. 

Art.  66.  Every  officer  commanding  a 
•egiment,  or  corps,  may  appoint,  fur  his 
>wn  regiment,  or  corps,  courts-martial, 
o  consist  of  three  commissioned  officers, 
for  the  trial  and  punishment  of  offences, 
not  capital,  and  decide  upon  their  sen- 
ences.  For  the  same  purpose,  all  ofti- 


WAR 


WAR 


729 


cers,  commanding  any  of  the  garrisons, 
forts,  barracks,  or  other  places,  where  the 
troops  consist  of  different  corps,  may  as- 
semble courts-martial,  to  consist  of  three 
commissioned  officers,  and  decide  upon 
their  sentences. 

Art.  67.  No  garrison,  or  regimental 
court-martial  shall  have  the  power  to  try 
capital  cases,  or  commissioned  officers ; 
neither  shall  they  inflict  a  fine  exceeding 
one  month's  pay,  nor  imprison,  nor  put 
to  hard  labor,  any  non-commissioned  offi- 
cer or  soldier,  for  a  longer  time  than  one 
month. 

Art.  68.  Whenever  it  may  be  found 
convenient  and  necessary  to  the  public  ser- 
vice, the  officers  of  the  marines  shall  be  as- 
sociated with  the  officers  of  the  land  forces, 
for  the  purpose  of  holding  courts-ma»tial 
and  trying  offenders  belonging  to  either; 
and  in  such  cases  the  orders  of  the  senior 
officer  of  either  corps,  who  may  be  present 
and  duly  authorised,  shall  be  received  and 
obeyed. 

Ait.  69.  The  judge  advocate,  or  some 
person  deputed  b/  him,  or  by  the  general 
or  officer  commanding  the  army,  detach- 
ment, or  garrison,  shall  prosecute  in  the 
name  of  the  U.  States,  but  shall  so  far 
consider  himself  as  counsel  for  the  prison- 
er, after  the  said  prisoner  shall  have  made 
his  plea,  as  to  object  to  any  leading  ques- 
tion to  any  of  the  witnesses,  or  any  ques- 
tion to  the  prisoner,  the  answer  to  which 
might  tend  to  criminate  himself;  and  to 
administer  to  each  member  of  the  court, 
before  they  proceed  upon  any  trial,  the 
following  oath,  which  shall  also  be  taken 
by  all  members  of  the  regimental  and  gar- 
rison courts-martial : 

«'  You  A.  B.  do  swear  that  you  will 
well  and  truly  try  and  determine,  accord, 
ing  to  evidence,  the  matter  now  before 
you,  between  the  United  States  of  Ame- 
rica and  the  prisoner  to  be  tried ;  and  that 
you  will  duly  administer  justice,  accord- 
ing to  the  provisions  of  *  An  act  establish- 
ing rules  and  articles  for  the  government 
of  the  armies  of  the  United  States,'  with- 
out partiality,  favor,  or  affection:  and  if 
any  doabt  shall  arise,  not  explained  by 
said  articles,  according  to  your  conscience, 
the  best  of  your  understanding,  and  the 
custom  of  war  in  like  cases :  and  you  do 
further  swear,  that  you  will  not  divulge 
the  sentence  of  the  court  until  it  shall  be 
published  by  the  proper  authority  :  nei- 
ther will  you  disclose  or  discover  the  vote 
or  opinion  of  any  particular  member  of  the 
court-martial,  unless  required  to  give 
evidence  thereof  as  a  witness,  by  a  court 
of  justice,  in  a  due  course  of  law.  Sobelp 
you  God," 

And  as  soon  as  the  said  oath  shall  have 
been  administered  to  the  respective  mem- 
bers, the  president  of  the  court  shall  ad- 
minister  to  the  judge  advocate,  or  person 
officiating  as  such,  an  oath  in  the  follow. 
ing  words : 

<«  You  A.  B.  do  swear,  that  you  will 
not  disclose  or  discover  the  vote  or  opinion 


of  any  particular  member  of  the  court, 
martial,  unless  required  to  give  evidence 
thereof  as  a  witness,  by  a  court  of  justice 
in  due  course  of  law ;  nor  di  vul,  e  the  sen- 
tence of  the  court  to  any  but  the  proper 
authority,  until  it  shall  be  duly  disclosed 
by  the  same.  So  help  you  God.'* 

Art.  70.  When  a  prisoner  arraigned  be. 
fore  a  general  court-martial  shall,  from 
obstinacy  and  deliberate  design,  stand 
mute  or  answer  foreign  to  the  purpose, 
the  court  may  proceed  to  trial  and  judg- 
ment as  if  the  prisoner  had  regularly 
pleaded  not  guilty. 

Art  71.  When  a  member  shall  be  chal- 
lenged by  a  prisoner,  he  must  state  his 
cause  of  challenge,  of  which  the  court 
shall,  after  due  deliberiition,  determine 
the  relevancy  or  validity ,  and  decide  ac- 
cordingly ;  and  no  challenge  to  more  than 
one  member  at  a  time  shall  be  received  by 
the  eourt. 

Art.  72.  All  the  members  of  a  court- 
martial  are  to  behave  with  decency  dnd 
calmness ;  and  in  giving  their  votes,  are 
to  begin  with  the  youngest  in  commission. 

Art.  73.  All  persons  who  give  evidence 
before  a  court-martial,  are  to  be  examined 
on  oath  or  affirmation  in  the  following 
form  : 

"  You  swear  or  affirm  (as  the  case  may 
bej  the  evidence  you  shall  give  in  the 
cause  now  in  hearing,  shall  be  the  truth, 
the  whole  truth,  and  nothing  but  the 
truth.  So  bel-pyou  Gad." 

Art.  74.  On  the  trials  of  cases  not  capi- 
tal, before  courts-martial,  the  deposition 
of  witnesses  not  in  the  line  o<-  staff"  of  the 
army,  may  be  taken  before  some  justice 
of  the  peace,  and  read  in  evidence :  pro. 
vided,  the  prosecutor  and  the  person  ac- 
cused are  present  at  the  taking  the  same, 
or  are  duly  notified  thereof. 

Art.  75.  No  officer  shall  be  tried  but 
by  a  general  court-martial,  nor  by  officers 
of  an  inferior  rank,  if  it  can  be  avoided  -. 
nor  shall  any  proceedings  or  trials  be  carl 
ried  on  excepting  between  the  hours  of 
eight  in  the  morning,  and  three  in  the  af- 
ternoon, excepting  in  cases,  which,  in 
the  opinion,  of  the  officer  appointing  the 
court-martial,  require  immediate  exam- 
ple. 

Art.  76.  No  person  whatsoever  shall 
use  any  menacing  words,  signs,  or  ges- 
tures, in  presence  of  a  court-martial,  or 
shall  causeany  disorder  or  riot,  or  disturb 
their  proceedings,  on  the  penalty  of  being 
punished,  at  the  discretion  of  the  said 
couri -martial. 

Art.  77  Whenever  any  officer  shall  be 
charged  with  a  crime,  he  snail  be  arrested 
and  confined  in  his  barracks,  quarters,  or 
tent,  and  deprived  of  his  sword,  by  the 
commanding  officer.  And  any  officer  who 
shall  leave  his  confinement  before  he  shall 
be  set  at  liberty  by  his  commanding  of- 
ficer, or  by  a  superior  officer,  shall  be 
cashiered. 

Art.  78.  Non-commissioned  officers  and 
soldiers,  charged  with  crimes,  shall  be 


WAR 


WAR 


confined,  until  tried  by  a  court-martial, 
or  released  by  proper  authority. 

Art.  79.  No  officer  or  soldier  who  shall 
be  put  in  arrest,  shall  continue  in  confine- 
ment more  than  eight  days,  or  until  such 
time  as  a  court-martial  can  be  assembled. 

Art.  80.  No  officer  commanding  a  guard, 
or  provost  marshal,  shall  refuse  to  receive 
or  keep  any  prisoner  committed  to  his 
charge,  by  an  officer  belonging  to  the  forces 
of  the  United  States;  provided  the  officer 
committing,  shall,  at  the  same  time,  de- 
liver an  account  in  writing,  signed  by 
himself,  of  the  crime  with  which  the 
said  prisoner  is  charged. 

Art.  81.  Noofficercommandinga guard, 
or  provost  marshal,  shall  presume  to  re- 
lease any  person  committed  to  his  charge, 
without  proper  authority  for  so  doing,  nor 
shall  he  suffer  any  person  to  escape,  on 
the  penalty  of  being  punished  for  it  by  the 
sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  82.  Every  officer  or  provost  mar- 
shal, to  whose  charge  prisoners  shall  be 
committed,  shall,  within  twenty  four 
hours  after  such  commitment,  or  as  soon 
as  he  shall  be  relieved  from  his  guard, 
make  report  in  writing,  to  the  command- 
ing officer,  of  their  names,  their  crimes, 
and  the  names  of  the  officers  who  com- 
mitted  them,  on  the  penalty  of  being 
punished  for  disobedience  or  neglect,  at 
the  discretion  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  83.  Any  commissioned  officer 
convicted  before  a  genera!  court-martial  of 
conduct  unbecoming  an  officer  and  a  gen- 
tleman, shall  be  dismissed  the  service. 

Art.  84.  In  cases  where  a  court-mar- 
tial may  think  it  proper  to  sentence  a 
commissioned  officer  to  be  suspended 
from  command,  they  shall  have  power 
also  to  suspend  his  pay  and  emoluments 
for  the  same  time,  according  to  the  na- 
ture and  heinousness  of  the  offence. 

Art.  85.  In  all  cases  where  a  commis- 
sioned officer  is  cashiered  for  cowardice  or 
fraud,  it  shall  be  added  in  the  sentence, 
that  the  crime,  name,  and  place  of  abode 
and  punishment  of  the  delinquent,  be 
published  in  the  newspapers  in  and  about 
the  camp,  and  of  the  particular  state  from 
which  the  offender  came,  or  where  he 
usually  resides,  after  which  it  shall  be 
deemed  scandalous  for  an  officer  to  associ- 
ate with  him. 

Art.  86.  The  commanding  officer  of  any 
post  or  detachment,  in  which  there  shall 
not  be  a  number  of  officers  adequate  to 
form  a  general  court-martial,  shall,  in 
cases  which  require  the  cognizance  of  such 
a  court,  report  to  the  commanding  of- 
ficer of  the  department,  who  shall  order 
a  court  to  be  assembled  aT  the  nearest  post 
or  detachment,  and  the  party  accused, 
with  necessary  witnesses,  to  be  trans- 
ported to  the  place  where  the  said  court 
shall  be  assembled. 

Art.  87.  No  person  shall  be  sentenced 
to  suffer  death,  but  by  the  concurrence  of 
two  thirds  of  the  members  of  a  general 
court-martial,  nor  except  in  the  cases 


icrein  expressly  mentioned;  nor  shall 
more  than  fifty  lashes  be  inflicted  on  any 
>fFender,  at  the  discretion  of  a  court- 
nartial ;  and  no  officer,  non-commissioned, 
officer,  soldier,  or  follower  of  the  army, 
shall  be  tried  a  second  time  for  the  same 
fFence. 

Art.  88.  No  person  shall  be  liable  to  be 
ried  and  punished  by  a  general  court- 
martial  for  any  offence  which  shall  appear 
to  have  been  committed  more  than  two 
years  before  the  issuing  of  the  order  for 
such  trial,  unless  the  person,  by  reason 
of  having  absented  himself  or  some  other 
manifest  impediment,  shall  not  have  been 
amenable  to  justice  within  that  period. 

Art.  89.  Every  officer  authorised  to  or- 
der a  general  court-martial,  shall  have 
power  to  pardon  or  mitigate  any  punish- 
ment ordered  by  such  court,  except  the 
sentence  of  death,  or  of  cashiering  an  of- 
ficer; which,  in  the  cases  where  he  has 
authority  (by  article  65)  to  carry  them 
nto  execution,  he  may  suspend,  until 
the  pleasure  of  the  president  of  the  United 
States  can  be  known;  which  suspension, 
together  with  copies  of  the  proceedings  of 
the  court-martial,  the  said  officer  shall 
immediately  transmit  to  the  president,  for 
his  determination.  And  the  colonel  or 
commanding  officer  of  the  regiment  or  gar. 
rison,  where  any  regimental  or  garrison 
court-martial  shall  be  held,  may  pardon 
or  mitigate  any  punishment  ordered  by 
such  court  to  be  inflicted. 

Art.  90.  Every  judge  advocate,  or  per- 
son officiating  as  such,  at  any  general 
court-martial,  shall  transmit,  with  as 
much  expedition  as  the  opportunity  of 
time  and  distance  of  place  can  admit,  the 
original  proceedings  and  sentence  of  such 
court-martial,  to  the  secretary  of  war, 
which  said  original  proceedings  and  sen- 
tence shall  be  carefully  kept  and  preserved 
in  the  office  of  said  secretary,  to  the  end 
that  the  persons  entitled  thereto  may  be 
enabled,  upon  application  to  the  said  of- 
fice, to  obtain  copies  thereof. 

The  party  tried  by  any  general  court- 
martial  shall,  upon  demand  thereof  made 
by  himself  or  by  any  person  or  persons  in 
his  behalf,  be  entitled  to  a  copy  of  the 
sentence  and  proceedings  of  such  court- 
mat  tial. 

Art.  91.  In  cases  where  the  general  or 
commanding  officer  may  order  a  court  of 
inquiry  to  examine  into  the  nature  of  any 
transaction,  accusation,  or  imputation 
against  any  officer  or  soldier,  the  said  court 
shall  consist  of  one  of  more  officers,  not 
exceeding  three,  and  a  judge  advocate,  or 
other  suitable  person  as  a  recorder,  to  re- 
duce the  proceedings  and  evidence  to 
writing,  all  of  whom  shall  be  sworn  to 
the  faithful  performance  of  their  duty. 
This  court  shall  have  the  same  power  to 
summon  witnesses  as  a  court-martial, 
and  to  examine  them  on  oath.  But  they 
shall  not  give  their  opinion  on  the  merits 
of  the  case,  excepting  they  shall  be  there- 
to specially  required.  The  parties  accused 


WAR 


WAR 


731 


shall  also  be  permitted  to  cross  examine 
and  interrogate  the  witnesses,  so  as  to  in- 
vestigate fully  the  circumstances  in  ques- 
tion. 

Art.  9z.  The  proceedings  of  a  court  of 
inquiry  must  be  authenticated  by  the  sig- 
nature of  the  recorder  and  the  president, 
and  delivered  to  the  commanding  officer : 
and  the  said  proceedings  may  be  admitted 
as  evidence  by  a  court-martial,  in  cases 
not  capital,  or  extending  to  thedismission 
of  an  officer,  provided  that  the  circum- 
stances are  such,  that  oral  testimony 
cannot  be  obtained.  But  as  courts  of  in- 
quiry may  be  perverted  to  dishonorable 
purposes,  and  may  be  considered  as  en- 
gines of  destruction  to  military  merit,  in 
the  hands  of  weak  and  envious  command- 
ants, they  are  hereby  prohibited,  unless 
directed  by  the  president  of  the  United 
States,  or  demanded  by  the  accused. 

Art.  93.  The  judge  advocate,  or  re- 
corder, shall  administer  to  the  members 
the  following  oath : 

**  You  shall  well  and  truly  examine 
and  inquire,  according  to  your  evidence, 
into  the  matter  now  before  you,  without 
partiality,  favor,  affection,  prejudice,  or 
hope  of  reward.  So  help  you  God." 

After  which  the  president  shall  admin- 
ister to  the  judge  advocate,  or  recorder, 
the  following  oath  : 

"  You,  A.  B.  do  swear  that  you  will, 
according  to  your  best  abilities,  accurately 
and  impartially  record  the  proceedings  of 
the  court,  and  the  evidence  to  be  given  in 
the  case  in  hearing .  So  help  you  God." 

The  witnesses  shall  take  the  same  oath 
as  witnesses  sworn  before  a  court-martial. 
Art.  94.  When  any  commissioned  of- 
ficer shall  die  or  be  killed  in /the  service  of 
the  United  States,  the  major  of  the  regi- 
ment, or  the  officer  doing  the  major's  duty 
in  his  absence,  or  in  any  post  or  garrison, 
the  second  officer  in  command,  or  the  as- 
sistant military  agent,  shall  immediately 
secure  all  his  effects  or  equipage,  then  in 
camp  or  quarters,  and  shall  make  an  in- 
ventory thereof,  and  forthwith  transmit 
the  same  to  the  office  of  the  department 
of  war,  to  the  end  that  his  executors  or 
administrators  may  receive  the  same. 

Art.  95.  When  any  non-commissioned 
officer,  or  soldier,  shall  die,  or  be  killed 
in  the  service  of  the  United  States,  the 
then  commanding  officer  of  the  troop,  or 
company,  shall,  in  the  presence  of  two 
other  commissioned  officers,  take  an  ac- 
count of  what  effects  he  died  possessed  of, 
above  his  arms  and  accoutrements,  and 
transmit  the  same  to  the  office  of  the 
department  of  war ;  which  said  effects  are 
to 'be  accounted  for,  and  paid  to  the  re- 
presentatives of  such  deceased  non-com- 
missioned officer  or  soldier.  And  in  case 
any  of  the  officers,  so  authorised  to  take 
care  of  the  effects  of  deceased  officers  and 
soldiers,  should,  before  they  have  ac- 
counted to  their  representatives  for  the 
same,  have  occasion  to  leave  the  regiment, 
or  post,  by  preferment,  or  otherwise, 


hey  shall,  before  they  be  permitted  to 
quit  the  same,  deposit  in  the  hands  of  the 
commanding  officer,  or  of  the  assistant 
military  agent,  all  the  effects  of  such  de- 
based non-commissioned  officers  and 
oldiers,  in  order  that  the  same  may  be 
ecured  for,  and  paid  to,  their  respective 
epresentatives. 

Art.  96.  All  officers,  conductors,  gun- 
iers,  matrosses,  drivers,  or  other  persons 
whatsoever,  receiving  pay,  or  hire,  in 
he  service  of  the  artillery,  or  corps  of  en- 
gineers of  the  United  States,  shall  be 
;overned  by  the  aforesaid  rules  and  arti- 
;les,  and  shall  be  subject  to  be  tried  by 
:ourts-martial,  in  like  manner  with  the 
ifficers  and  soldiers  of  the  other  troops  in 
he  service  of  the  United  States. 

Art.  97.  The  officers  and  soldiers  of  any 
roops,  whether  militia  or  others,  being 
mustered  and  in  pay  of  the  U  States,  shall, 
at  all  times,  and  in  all  places,  when  join- 
ed, or  acting  in  conjunction  with  the  re- 
gular forces  of  the  U.  States,  be  governed 
)y  these  rules  and  articles  of  war,  and 
shall  be  subject  to  be  tried  by  courts- 
martial,  in  like  manner  with  the  officers 
and  soldiers  in  the  regular  forces,  save  on- 
y,  that  such  courts-  martial  shall  be  com- 
josed  entirely  of  militia  officers. 

Art.  98.  All  officers,  serving  by  com- 
mission from  the  authority  of  any  particu- 
ar  state,  shall  on  all  detachments,  courts- 
martial,  or  other  duty,  wherein  they  may 
3e  employed  in  conjunction  with  the  re- 
gular forces  of  the  "U.  States,  take  rant, 
next  after  all  officers  of  the  like  grade  in 
said  regular  forces,  notwithstanding  the 
commissions  of  such  militia  or  state  offi- 
cers may  be  elder  than  the  commissions 
of  the  officers  of  the  regular  forces  of  the 
U.  States. 

Art.  99.  All  crimes  not  capital,  and  all 
disorders  and  neglects  which  officers  and 
soldiers  may  be  guilty  of,  to  the  prejudice 
of  good  order  and  military  discipline, 
though  not  mentioned  in  thc'foregoing  ar- 
ticles of  war,  are  to  be  taken  cognizance 
of  by  a  general  or  regimental  court- mar- 
tial, according  to  the  nature  and  degree  of 
the  offence,  and  be  punished  at  their  dis- 
cretion. 

Art.  ico.  The  president  of  the  United 
States,  shall  have  power  to  prescribe  the 
uniform  of  the  army. 

Art.  101.  The  foregoing  articles  are  to 
be  read  and  published  once  in  every  six 
months,  to  every  garrison,  regiment,  troop 
or  company,  mustered  or  to  be  mustered 
in  the  service  of  the  U.  States,  and  are  to 
be  duly  observed  and  obeyed,  by  all  offi- 
cers and  soldiers  who  are  or  shall  be  in  said 
service. 

SECT.  II.  And  be  it  further  enacted , 
That  in  time  of  war,  all  persons  not  citi- 
zens of,  or  owing  allegiance  10  the  U. 
States  of  America,  who  shall  be  found 
lurking  as  spies,  in  or  about  the  fortifica- 
tions or  encampments  of  the  armies  of 
the  U .  States,  or  any  of  them,  shall  suffer 
death,  according  to  the  law  and  usage  of 


732 


WAR 


W  AH 


nations,  by  sentence  of  a  general  court- 
martial. 

SECT.  III.  And  6e  it  further  enacted, 
That  the  rules  and  regulations,  by  which 
the  armies  of  the  U.  States  have  hereto- 
fore been  governed,  and  the  resolves  of 
Congress  thereunto  annexed,  and  respect- 
ing the  same,  shall,  henceforth  be  void 
and  of  no  effect,  except  so  far  as  may  re- 
late to  any  transactions  under  them,  prior 
to  the  promulgation  of  this  act,  at  the  se- 
veral posts  ana  garrisons  respectively,  oc- 
cupied by  any  part  of  the  army  of  the  U. 
States.  April  \o,  1806. 

Cbaw//e/ WAR,  is  an  assembly  of  great 
officers  called  by  a  general,  or  commander, 
to  deliberate  with  him  on  enterprizes  and 
attempts  to  be  made.  On  some  occa- 
sions, council  of  war  is  also  understood  of 
an  assembly  of  officers,  sitting  in  judg- 
ment on  delinquent  soldiers,  deserters, 
coward  officers,  &c. 

WAR.  This  word  is  frequently  pre- 
fixed or  attached  to  things  or  persons,  in 
order  to  distinguish  their  particular  state 
or  functions,  viz. 

WAR  establishment.  See  ESTABLISH- 
MENT. 

WAR  minister.     See  SECRETARY. 

Secretary  at  WAR.  An  efficient  cha- 
racter at  the  head  of  the  war  office,  with 
whom  all  matters  belonging  to  the  army 
rest.  See  OFFICE 

WAR- Cry,  was  formerly  customary  in 
the  armies  of  most  nations,  when  they 
were  just  upon  the  point  of  engaging. 
Sometimes  it  consisted  of  tumultuous 
shouts,  or  horrid  yells,  uttered  with  an 
intent  to  strike  terror  into  their  advtrsa- 
ries  ;  such  as  is  now  used  by  the  Indians 
in  America,  called  the  -war-ivhoop. 

WARASDINS,  a  kind  of  Sctavonian 
soldiers,  clothed  like  the  Turks,  with  a 
sugar-loaf  bonnet  instead  of  a  hat.  Their 
arms  are  a  fusee  and  pistols ;  the  butt  end 
of  their  fusee  serves  for  a  spade,  when 
they  have  occasion  to  throw  up  earth. 

To  WARD.  To  guard  ;  to  watch  ;  to 
flefet.d;  to  parry  any  attack. 

WARD.  Watch;  the  act  of  guarding. 
A  garrison  or  party  stationed  for  defence 
of  any  place ;  a  position  of  defence,  or 
guard  made  by  a  weapon  in  fencing.  That 
part  of  a  lock,  which,  corresponding  to 
the  proper  key,  hinders  any  other  from 
opening  it.  A  district  of  a  town;  divi- 
sion of  a  building,  &.c.  It  is  also  used  to 
denote  one  under  the  care  and  subject  to 
the  control  of  a  guardian. 

WARDEN.    A  keeper ;  a  head  officer. 

WARDEN,  or  lord  Warden  of  the  Cinque 
forts.  A  magistrate  that  has  the  juris- 
diction of  those  havens  in  the  east  part  of 
England,  commonly  called  the  cinque 
ports,  orfive  havens,  where  he  is  invested 
with  all  that  jurisdiction  which  the  admi- 
ral of  England  has  in  places  not  exempt. 
According  to  Cowel,  from  whom  this  ex- 
planation is  taken,  the  reason  why  one 
magistrate  should  be  assigned  to  these 
havens  seems  to  be,  because,  in  respect  to 


their  situation,  they  formerly  required  a 
more  vigilant  care  than  other  havens,  be- 
ing in  greater  danger  of  invasion.  On 
this  account  the  lord  chief  warden  of  the 
cinque  should  be  an  officer  ot  some  expe- 
rience, well  skilled  in  the  art  of  defence, 
and  equal  to  the  superintendance  of  so 
important  a  range  of  coast,  upon  which 
France  had  cast  a  jealous  eye  from  time 
immemorial,  and  where  Cassar  made  a 
successful  landing.  It  is,  however,  little 
more  than  a  sinecure  situation,  and  a  snug 
retreat  for  ex-ministers.  . 

By  act  the  a6th  of  Geo.  III.  it  has 
been  enacted,  that  the  warden  of  the 
cinque  ports,  two  ancient  towns,  and 
their  members,  and  in  his  absence  his 
lieutenant  or  lieutenants,  may  put  in  ex- 
ecution, within  the  said  ports,  towns  and 
members,  all  the  powers  and  authorities 
given  and  granted  by  this  act,  in  like 
manner  as  lieutenants  of  counties  and  their 
deputy  lieutenants,  may  do,  and  shall 
keep  up  and  continue  the  usual  number 
of  soldiers  in  the  said  ports,  towns  and 
members,  unless  he  or  they  find  cause  to 
lessen  the  same.  The  militia  of  the  ports 
is,  according  to  this  act,  to  remain  sepa- 
rate from  the  militia  of  the  counties,  and 
may  be  called  out,  pursuant  to  an  act 
passed  in  the  i3th  and  i4th  years  of  king 
Charles  the  Seco  d,  notwithstanding  the 
pay  advanced  may  not  have  been  reim- 
bursed. 

WARDER.  A  guard ;  a  truncheon  by 
which  an  officer  at  arms  forbade  fight. 

WARFARE.  Military  service,  state 
of  war. 

To  WARFARE.  To  lead  a  military 
life. 

WARHABLE,   P  Military;    fit    for 

WARLIKE,     $  war. 

WARLIKE  virtues,  are,  love  of  our  coun- 
try, courage,  valor,  prudence,  intrepidity, 
temperance,  disinterestedness,  obedience, 
wisdom,  vigilance,  and  patience.  In  the 
last  celebration  of  the  anniversary  of  the 
destruction  of  the  Bastille,  which  took 
place  at  Paris  on  the  i4th  of  July,  1789, 
the  French  characterized  these  eleven  vir- 
tues by  the  following  emblems  : — a  peli- 
can, a  lion,  a  horse,  a  stag,  a  wolf,  an  ele- 
phant, a  dog,  a  yoked  ox,  an  owl,  a  cock, 
and  a  camel. 

WARNED  Admonished  of  some 
duty  to  be  performed  at  a  given  time  or 
place.  Thus  officers  and  soldiers  are 
warned  for  guard,  &c. 

WARRANT.  A  writ  of  authority 
inferior  to  a  commission :  thus  quarter, 
masters  are  warrant  officers. 

To  WARRAY.  To  make  war  upon 
any  state  or  body  of  men.  An  obsolete 
word. 

WARREN.  A  kind  of  park  for  rab- 
bits. 

WARREN,  at  Woolwich,  England,  so 
called  from  the  spot  having  lormerly  been 
stocked  with  rabbits.  It  now  compre- 
hends the  head- quarters  for  the  royal  ar- 
tillery, the  royal  foundery,  the  royal  la- 


WAT 


WED 


733 


boratory,  and  royal  military  academy ; 
aiso  famous  for  proofs  and  experiments  of 
artillery,  and  great  apparatus  of  war. 

WARRIOR.  A  soldier;  one  who 
fights  m  war. 

WAR-W/joop.  A  signal  of  attack 
among  the  Indians.  See  WHOOP. 

WAR  WOLF.  In  ancient  military 
history,  an  engine  for  throwing  stones 
and  other  great  masses. 

WAR-WORN.  Wornoutin  the  ser- 
vice. 

WASELAAT,  Ind.  Collections  made. 

WAS  EL  Baky,  Ind.  Collections 
«nade,  and  balances  struck. 

WASHER.  A  flat  circular  ring  put 
•n  the  axle-tree,  between  the  linch-pin 
and  small  end  of  the  nave,  to  prevent  the 
nave  rubbing  against  the  linch-pin  and 
wearing  it,  as  likewise  to  diminish  the 
friction  of  the  nave. 

WASSYOUT  Nama,  Ind.  A  will  or 
last  testament. 

To  WATCH.  To  keep  guard;  to  be 
attentive  and  vigilant ;  to  observe  the 
conduct  of  any  one. 

WATCH.  A  duty  performed  on  board 
of  ship.  It  likewise  means  the  person 
who  performs  that  duty. 

Serjeant  of  the  WATCH.  A  non- com- 
missioned officer  belonging  to  the  marines 
or  other  troops  on  board,  who  does  duty 
for  a  stated  period.  At  sea,  the  term 
watch  denotes  a  measure  or  space  of  four 
hours,  because  half  the  ship's  company 
watch  and  do  duty  in  their  turns,  so  long 
at  a  time :  and  they  are  called  the  star- 
board watch  and  larboard  watch. 

The  following  instructions  have  been 
published  respecting  the  watch  duty 
which  is  to  be  done  by  troops  embarked  in 
transports,  &c. 

At  eight  o'clock  in  the  evening,  every 
man  is  to  be  in  his  birth,  except  the  men 
on  watch  :  the  officer  of  the  watch  to  go 
round  with  a  lanthorn,  to  see  that  the 
above  has  been  complied  with. 

The  whole  to  be  divided  into  thr^e 
watches,  both  subaltern  officers  and  men; 
the  watch  gives  all  the  sentries,  &c.  &c. 

A  captain  of  the  day  to  be  appointed, 
to  whom  the  subaltern  of  the  watch  will 
make  his  reports;  and  the  captain  to  the 
commanding  officer ;  if  there  be  a  superior 
officer  on  board. 

The  whole  watch  to  be  always  on  deck 
except  when  rain  obliges  them  to  go  down 
for  shelter;  and,  in   fine  weather,  every 
man  should  be  upon  deck  the  whole  day. 

WATCHMAN.  A  centinel,  one  set 
to  keep  guard 

WATCHTOWER.  A  tower  on 
which  a  centinel  was  posted  to  keep  guard 
against  an  enemy- 

W  \TERING- Call.  A  trumpet 
sounding,  on  which  the  cavalry  assemble 
to  water  their  horses. 

W  A  T  E  R-Roc  ket.  A  kind  of  firework 
made  to  burn  in  the  water. 

WATERING-Ca/>.  A  cap,  made  o 
leather  or  cloth,  which  d,«S°°ns  wea 


when  they  water  their  horses  or  dostable- 
"uty. 

WATERiNG-^anto.  A  waistcoat  with 
leeves,  which  dragoons  wear  on  the  above 
ccasions. 

WATREGANS,  Ft  This  word  is 
>ronounced  outregans^  there  being  no  W 
n  the  French  alphabet.  It  is  a  Flemish 
erm  which  is  generally  used  in  France, 
nd  signifies  a  ditch  full  of  water,  that 
las  been  made  for  the  purpose  of  sepa- 
ating  lands  and  inheritances.  These 
I'tches  are  sometimes  large  enough  to  re- 
vive small  boats  or  baie.es,  and  rua 
hrough  a  whole  village. 

WATTLE.  A  hurdle  made  by  en* 
wining  twigs  together. 

WAY  A  military  road  among  the  Ro. 
mans  and  Saxons. 

WAY  of  the  rounds,  in  fortification,  is 
a  space  left  for  the  passage  of  the  rounds, 
between  the  rampHrt  and  the  wall  of  a 
brtified  town.  This  is  not  much  in  use 
at  present.  See  BERME. 

To  WAYLAY.  To  beset  by  am. 
)ush. 

WAYWODE,  Ind.  A  prince;  a  chief, 
ain. 

WEAPON.  An  instrument  of  of. 
"ence. 

WEAPONED.  Armed;  furnished 
with  arms  of  offence. 

WEAPONLESS.  Unarmed;  having 
no  weapon. 

WEAR.  A  sluice-gate,  or  dam  to 
shut  up  the  water. 

WEDGE.  See  COINS,  MECHANIC 
POWERS.  &c. 

WEDGE.  Ina  work  translated  from 
the  French,  and  which  is  entitled,  Ob- 
servations on  the  Military  Art,  we  find 
the  following  description  of  this  instru- 
ment. It  is  composed  of  five  surfaces, 
two  of  which  are  triangular,  two  long 
squared,  and  the  fifth  arbitrary.  The 
two  oblong  surfaces,  by  their  inclination 
to  each  other,  form  the  point  that  insinu- 
ates itself  into  the  wood,  &c.  thai  is  to  be 
split,  as  well  as  the  sides  or  triangular 
surfaces,  if  the  triangle,  as  it  is  driven, 
lengthens  the  slit  or  opening.  They  are 
the  square  surfaces  that  first  insinuate 
themselves  into  the  body  to  be  cleft ;  and 
what  are  called  triangular  surfaces,  arc 
only  what  fill  the  space  that  separates  the 
two  quadrangular  sides.  After  this  re- 
flection it  appears,  that  the  column  has, 
at  least,  as  just  a  claim  as  the  triangle,  to 
the  term  or  word  wedge.  We  may  even 
say,  with  confidence,  it  has  a  much  bet- 
ter; for  a  triangle  of  men  ranged  accord- 
ing to  the  same  proportion  as  the  triangle 
of  the  mechanic  wedge,  would  be  of  very 
little  force;  and  a  mechanic  wedge,  of 
which  the  incisive  angle  was  as  great  as 
that  of  a  triangle  of  men,  would  be  too 
large  to  enter  those  bodies  we  should  want 
to  cleave  or  split. 

The  double  phalanx  amphistome,  of 
which  Epaminondas  formed  the  wedge, 
contained  3000  men,  who  were  ranged. 


734 


WED 


WEI 


in  Bouchaud's  opinion,  one  hundred  in 
front,  and  30  deep.  This  opinion,  ac- 
cording to  some  is  erroneous.  Among  the 
different  evolutions  of  the  ancients,  the 
•wedge  was  frequently  resorted  to,  and  was 
in  some  degree  connected  with  the  lozenge, 
•which  is  a  figure  in  geometry  composed 
of  four  sides  and  four  areles  :  of  the  four 
angles  two  are  always  obtuse,  and  two 
acute.  The  angles,  that  are  alike,  are 
always  opposed  one  to  the  other,  and  al- 
ways in  the  same  number  of  degrees. 
According  to  ^Elian,  there  are  many  ways 
of  ranging  squadrons  in  a  lozenge  :  in  the 
first,  they  have  ranks  and  files;  in  the 
second,  neither;  in  the  third,  they  have 
files,  but  no  ranks;  lastly,  :n  the  fourth, 
they  have  ranks  alone  without  files.  With 
regard  to  the  wedge,  it  was  a  formation 
which  the  ancients  adopted  both  in  cavalry 
and  infantry  evolutions,  and  was  variously 
used,  viz  : — 

The  WEDGE  of  Cavalry.  This  figure 
was  formed  on  the  same  principles  and 
movements  as  the  lozenge,  as  far  as  the 
greatest  rank  of  the  latter,  which  served 
as  a  base  to  the  triangular  wedge.  It  was 
therefore  as  the  half  of  a  lozenge,  cut  arid 
divided  at  its  obtuse  angles. 

The  Triangular  WEDGE  of  Infantry. — 
Some  people  pretend,  that  there  were  two 
sorts  of  triangular  wedges  in  use  among 
the  ancients.  The  first  was  full,  and 
formed  after  the  same  manner  as  the  lo- 
zenge, and  the  wedge  of  the  cavalry. 
The  second  was  open  at  the  base,  and 
ranged  differently  from  that  of  the  first. 

Triangular  WEDGE  •with  a  full  centre, 
The  Greek  soldier  occupied,  at  all  times, 
a  square  space  greater  or  less  in  proportion 
ro  the  requisite  order,  either  at  a  review, 
advancing  towards  the  enemy,  or  standing 
in  a  position  to  receive  him.  This  wedge 
was  formed  according  to  the  arithmetical 
progression  —  i,  3,  5,  7,  &c. 

The  open  WEDGE.  This  species  of 
wedge  was  formed  two  different  ways, 
•with  the  Greeks  and  Romans.  Bouchaud 
de  Bussy,  who  takes  them,  one  from 
JjEHani  whom  he  translates,  and  the  other 
from  fcgtf/fer, l  gives  us  a  third,  which 
appears  to  be  of  his  cwn  invention,  and  is 
very  much  superior  to  the  other  two. 
According  to  ^Elian,  Epaminondas  the 
Theban  general  employed  the  open  wed^e 
at  the  battle  of  Leuctra,  and  overthrew 
the  Lacedemonians,  whose  army  was 
much  superior  to  the  one  he  commanded. 
To  form  this  wedge,  the  two  divisions  of 
a  double  phalanx  amphistome,  are  to  unite 
together  at  the  head,  being  separate  or 
open  at  the  tail  or  rear;  which  gives  them 
a  near  resemblance  of  the  Greek  letter  A- 
Bouchaud  de  Bussy  formed  the  wedge  in 
the  following  manner : 

44  The  same  body  of  troops  beir.g  in 
arrav,  may  likewise,  says  he,  form  the 
wedge  in  marching  forward,  and  this  ma- 
noeuvre requires  no  preliminary  move- 
ment. The  three  divisions  being  marked, 
as  well  as  the  three  files  of  the  centre 


which  compose  the  head  of  the  wedge, 
the  following  words  of  command  are 
given.  Marked  diviiionf,  prepare  to  form 
the  "wedge  in  advancing:  march.  At  the 
first  notice,  the  files  and  ranks  close  sud- 
denly ;  at  the  second,  the  three  files  of 
the  centre,  which  will  be  the  two  first 
left  files  of  the  division  on  the  right,  and 
the  first  right  file  in  the  division  on  the 
left,  march  straight  forward  ;  at  their  se- 
cond pace,  the  first  file,  that  is  contigu- 
ous to  them  on  the  right,  and  that  which 
is  equally  contiguous  on  the  left,  move 
in  their  turn,  so  as  to  have  their  chiefs 
or  leaders  on  a  line,  and  in  a  rank,  as  it 
were,  with  the  second  soldiers  of  the  three 
files  of  the  centre ;  at  the  second  pace  of 
the  files,  who  have  made  the  second  mo- 
tion, the  files  that  touch  them  march  im- 
mediately likewise,  and  the  same  manoeu- 
vre is  to  continue  successively  ;  each 
head  of  a  file  taking  notice  not  to  move, 
until  the  moment  he  finds  himself  on  a 
line  with  'the  second  man  of  the  file  con- 
tiguous, &c." 

This  method  is  beyond  dispute  the 
most  simple,  short,  and  secure  that  can  be 
devised.  The  men  occupy  necessary  and 
proper  spaces,  and  if  the  enemy's  resist- 
ance should  stop  their  head,  the  rest  of 
the  files,  continuing  their  movements, 
would  all  arrive  on  the  same  front  to  en- 
gage together,  that  is,  they  would  be  in 
their  primitive  order  of  the  phalanx. 
This  author,  to  whose  observations  we 
refer  from  page  170  to  page  203,  thus  con- 
cludes :  we  shall  only  remark,  that  all 
terms,  metaphorically  applied,  sooner  or 
later  produce  doubts  and  uncertainty. 
Neither  a  column  or  triangle  of  men 
should  have  ever  been  denominated  a 
wedge ;  for  a  line  of  troops  is  not  formed 
to  be  split  like  a  piece  of  timber  ;  it  may 
be  opened,  broken  through,  or  divided 
into  as  many  parts  as  possible. 

WEIGHTS,  in  military  matters,  are 
those  in  general  use,  except  in  artillery, 
where  hundreds  are  made  use  of,  each  of 
U2lb.  quarters,  each  of  281b,  and  pounds, 
each  of  16  ounces. 

Every  officer  should  know  the  weight 
of  the  ordinary  musquet,  rifle,  carbine, 
and  musquetoon  ;  the  weight  of  ball  car- 
ried by  each,  for  proof  and  service ;  the 
weight  of  powder  according  to  quality  re- 
quired for  each  gun,  and  for  practice  and 
service,  as  well  as  the  range  of  each  wea- 
pon. 

Artillery  officers  should  know  the  weight 
of  metal  in  iron  and  brass  guns  of  every 
calibre  :  they  should  know  the  difference 
between  the  weight  of  metal  in  guns  for- 
merly and  at  present,  and  the  reasons  foe 
the  reduction  of  the  weight  of  metal ; 
they  should  know  the  length  as  well  as 
weight  of  guns,  and  the  weight  of  cannon 
ball,  and  the  windage  allowed  lor  cannon 
shot ;  they  should  know  the  weight  al- 
lowed for  cnse,  cannister,  and  grape  shot ; 
and  the  weight  of  powdei  in  every  case. 
They  should  know  the  weight  of  mortars 


WE  I 


WE  I 


735 


of  every  dimension,  and  of  the  shells 
which  they  throw,  and  the  powder  ne- 
cessary for  every  elevation  and  use. 

The  weight  which  horses  and  waggons 
can  bear  and  draw  on  given  kinds  of  reads. 
The  burdens  which  boats,  barges,  and 

TABLE  OF  TROY-WEIGHT, 

Shelving  the  quantity  of  grains  Tray.  Weight  contained  by  each  of  the  -weights  used  in  the 
trsde  of  precious  metals^  and  the  relation  of  foreign  weights  to  100  found*  Troy-Weight. 


water  craft  can  bear  and  carry  on  streams 
or  rivers ;  and  the  ex  pence  of  carriage  by 
weight  or  measure  in  every  situation. 
Military  men  should  know  the  weight  of 
men,  horses,  and  every  description  of 
matter  used  or  liable  to  be  moved  in  service. 


Countries  and  Places. 

Names  of  the  Weights. 

Contents 
of  each 
weight 

grains 

iquiv. 

0  100 

ounds 
um.ioo 

Amsterdam 

marc 

3798 

151,66 

Antwerp 

marc 

3798 

151,66 

Augsburgh 
Basil 

marc 
marc 

3643 
3612 

158,09 
159.46 

Berlin 

marc 

3616 

159.3° 

Bern 

marc 

3813 

151,06 

Bombay 

ola 

178* 

3231.25 

Bonn 

marc 

3609 

159.62 

BotZK) 

marc 

433° 

i33»°4 

Bremen 

marc 

3612 

159,46 

Brcslaw 

marc 

3016 

199,99 

Brunswick 

marc 

36°3 

159.85 

Brussels 

marc 

3798 

151,66 

Cairo 

rotola 

6887 

83,64 

China 

tale 

579 

994,  8  1 

Cologne 

marc 

,3612 

1^59,46 

Constantinople 
Copenhagen 

cheky 
marc 

4926 
3641 

158,19 

Coromandel 

seer 

4293 

I34,i6 

Cracow 

marc 

3069 

187,68 

Damascus 

rotolo 

3443* 

i6,73 

Dantzic 

marc 

3605* 

i59>75 

Dresden 

marc 

3605^ 

159,75 

England                               5 

pound 
ounce 

5760 
480 

100,00 
1200,00 

Florence 

pound 

5244 

109,84 

France                                £ 

marc 
kilogramme 

3?8o 
15446 

152,33 

37.29 

Franc  fort 

marc 

3612 

159,46 

Geneva 

marc 

37871 

152,07 

Genoa 

pound 

4897.2 

117,61 

Hamburgh 

marc 

36o83 

159,64 

Hanover 

marc 

3608 

159.64 

Holland 

marc 

3798 

151,66 

Japan 

tale 

58o| 

992,02 

c 

Konigsberg                          < 

marc 
idem  Berlin  weight 

3616 

190,52 
159.30 

Leghorn 

pound 

5244 

109,84 

Leipsic 

marc 

3606 

159,75 

Liege 

marc 

3800 

f        0 

151,58 

Lubec 

marc 

3608 

159,64 

Magdeburg 

marc 

3607 

I59.6S 

Malabar 

seer 

4293 

134,16 

Manheim 

marc 

3611 

159,49 

Miian 

marc 

3631 

158,63 

Munich 

marc 

3612 

159,46 

Naples 
Nuremberg 
Pegu 

pound 
marc 
tical 

4954 
3688 

116,27 

156,19 

2427,80 

Persia 

mitigal 

?M 

8027,90 

Pisa 

pound 

5237 

110,00 

Pondicherry 

seer 

4193 

134,16 

Portugal 

marc 

3542* 

*62,6» 

Prague 

marc 

3916 

147,  oS 

Ratisbon 

marc 

3800 

151,58 

Riga 

jmarc                                         ;r~" 

1-8,50 

736 


WEI 


WEI 


TROY-WEIGHT. 

Contents 

Equiv. 

of  each 

to  ioo 

Countries  and  Places. 

Names  of  the  Weights. 

weight 

pounds 

•% 

Grains 

num.ioo 

Rome 

pound 

p39 

IC9,95 

Russia 

pound 

6314 

9',  23 

Sienna 

pound 

5179 

III,  22 

Spain 

marc 

355i 

l62,2I 

Sweden 

marc 

177,12 

Surat 

tola 

187^ 

3066,35 

Tripoli 
Tunis 

mitical 
ounce 

4?4 

7810,16 
1183,96 

Turin 

marc 

3799 

151,62 

Venice                                 \ 

marc 
ounce 

3686 

46o| 

156,26 
1250,12 

Vienna 
Warsaw 
Wilna 

marc 
marc 
marc 

4333 
3"4 
3006 

132,93 
i84,97 
191,62 

Wirtemburg 
Zurich 

marc 
marc 

3612 
3615 

159,46 

The  following  examples  will  shew  in 
what  manner  the  proportion  between  the 
weights  of  any  two  given  countries  may  be 
ascertained. 

Examples^ 

It  is  required  to  reduce  ioo  marcs  of 
Hamburgh  into  marcs  of  France. 

The  marc  of  Hamburgh  weighing  3608 
grains,  and  the  marc  of  France  3780,  ac- 
cording to  the  table  prefixed,  state  the 
following  equation : 

TABLE  OF  AVOIRDUPOIS. WEIGHT, 

Shelving  the  quantity  of  grains    Troy-iveigbt  contained  by  each  of  the  iveights  used  in  the 
sale  of  merchandise ,  and  the  relation   of  foreign  weights  to  loO  pounds  and  112 
Avoirdupois- 


loo  marcs  of  Hamb.  =  >. 
i  marc  of  Hamb  =3608  grains 
3780  grains  =  i  marc  of  France 

Result  95,45  marcs  of  France. 
Reduce  ioo  marcs  of  France  into  marcs 
of  Hamburgh. 

ioo  marcs  of  France  =  .v 
i  marc  of  France  =  3780  grains 
3608  grains  =  i  marc  of  Hamb. 

Result  104,76  marcs  of  Hamburgh, 


Countries  and 
Places. 

Names  of  the  Weights. 

Contents 
of  each 
weight 

Grains 

Equiv. 
to  ioo 
pounds 

num.ioo 

Equiv. 
to  1  12 
pounds 

num.  ioo 

Achem 

catti 

14675 

47,70 

53,42 

Aix  in  France 
Aix  la  Chapelle 

pound 
poun  d 

6310 

7235 

110,94 
96,75 

124.25 
108,26 

Algiers 

rotolo 

8345 

83,89 

93,95 

Aleppo 

idem  of  720  drams 

35190 

19,89 

22,28 

idem  of  700 

34213 

20,46 

22,92 

idem  of  680 

33235 

21,06 

23»59 

idem  of  600 

29315 

23,87 

26,73 

idem  of  400 

1955° 

35,8i 

40,10 

Alexandria 

rotolo  zauro 

14579 

48,01 

54,77 

idem  zaidino 

9346 

74,9o 

83,89 

idem  forforo 

6579 

106,40 

119,16 

Alexandretta 

mine 

11663 

60,02 

Alicante 

libra  mayor 

8004 

87.45 

97,95 

Ahona 

libra  menor 
pound 

5336 
7477 

131,18 
93,62 

146,95 
104,86 

Amberg 

pound 

9257 

75,62 

84,7® 

Amsterdam 

pound  commercial  weight 

7625 

91,80 

102,82 

Ancona 

pound  apothecary  weight 
pound 

5696 
5183 

122,88 

T35,os 

137,63 
151.26 

Ansoach 

pound 

7868 

88,97 

99'64 

Antwerp 

pound 

7261 

96,40 

107,97 

Archangel 

pound 

6314 

110,87 

124,18 

Arragon 

libra  pensil 

5326 

147,20 

Augiburgh 

pfund  frohngewicht 

7580 

92,*34 

103,42 

Avignon 

pfund  kramgewichc 
pound 

6084 

95,95 

107,46 
128,85 

Bamberg 

pound. 

7494 

93^1 

104,62 

WE  I 


WE  I 


73  r 


AVOIRDUPOIS- WEIGHT. 


Countries 
and  Places. 

Names  of  the  Weights. 

Contents 
of  each 
weight 

Grains. 

Equiv. 
to  ioo 
pounds 

num.ioo 

Equiv. 
to  n  2 
pounds 

num.ioo 

Barcelona 

pound 

6214 

112,65 

126,16 

Basil  or  Basle 

pound 

7561 

92,58 

103,69 

Batavia 

catti 

945° 

74,c?8 

82,96 

Bautzen 

pound 

6690 

104,63 

117,18 

Bayonne 

livre 

7561 

103,69 

Bayreuth 

pound 

7989 

87^3 

98,14 

Bectlefakee 

maund 

CQ  4O 

66-,  59 

Bengal 

factory  maund 

' 

1^34 

»  J7 

1,50 

bazar  maund 

1,22 

Bergamo 
Beigen 

pound  peso  forte 
pound  light  weight 
pound 

12581 

5°33 

7716 

55,64 
90,72 

62',3I 

155,78 
101,60 

Bergen  op  Zoom 

pound 

7343 

95,33 

106,77 

Berlin 

pound 

7233 

96,78 

108,40 

Bern 

pound 

8068 

86,76 

97,18 

Bilboa 

pound 

756t 

92,58 

103,69 

Bois-le-Duc 

pound 

7196 

97^7 

108,95 

Bologna 

pound 

559° 

125,21 

140,24 

Bolzano 

pound 

7733 

90,52 

101,38 

Bombay 
Bordeaux 

maund 
pound  city  weight 
pound  poids  de  mare 

7637 

2,63 

91,66 
92,58 

2,95 

io2,66 

103,69 

Bremen 

pound 

7700 

90,92 

101,83 

Breslaw 

pound 

6256 

111,90 

125,33 

Bruges 

pound 

7261 

96,40 

107,97 

Brunswick 

pound 

7207 

97,13 

108,79- 

Brussels 

pound 

7261 

96,40 

Bussorah 

maund  seffi 

I,  ii 

i,  '24 

maund  a  tara 

2,51 

3,93 

Cadiz 

pound 

7102 

98,57 

110,40 

Cairo 

rotolo 

6665 

105,04 

117,64 

Calais 

pound  heavy  weight 
pound  light  weight 

7870 
6501 

88,95 
107,67 

99,62 
120,59 

Calicut 

maund 

3,33 

3,73 

Canary  Islands 
Canea 

pound 
rotolo  heavy  weight 

7094 
8127 

98,67 
86,13 

110,52 
9<M7 

rotole  light  weight 

5277 

132,64 

148,56 

Canton 

catti 

8640 

8r, 

90,72 

Carthagena 
Cassel 

pound 
pound 

7102 
4887 

98,57 
143,23 

110,40 
160,42 

Castille 
Cephalonia 

pound 
pound 

7102 

98,57 
94,80 

110,40 
106,18 

Chambery 
Civita  Vecchia 

pound 
pound 

5267 

105,72 
132,9° 

118,40 
148,85 

Coburg 

pound" 

7868 

88,97 

99,64 

Cologne 
Como 

pound 
pound 

7225 
4789 

96,89 
146,18 

108,52 
163,72 

Constance 

pound 

7285 

96,08 

197,61 

Constantinople 
Copenhagen 
Corfu 

rotolo 
pound 
pound 

8670 
7716 
7384 

80,74 
90,72 
94,80 

9°,43 

101,00 

106,18 

Coromandel 

vis                        \ 

23333 

30, 

33,59 

Corsica 

poun3 

5315 

131,7° 

147,5° 

Corunna 

pound 

8877 

78,85 

88,31 

Courtray 

pound 

6749 

103,58 

116, 

C  raco  \v 

pound 

6271 

111,63 

125,02 

Cremona 

pound 

5060 

138,34 

154,94 

Culmbach 

pound 

7989 

98,14 

Cyprus 

rotolo 

36710 

19!°? 

21,36 

Damascus 

rotolo 

27691 

25,28 

28,3  c 

Dantzic 

pound 

6722 

104,15 

1  1  6,66 

Denmark 

pound 

77i6 

9072 

101,60 

Delft 

pound 

7625 

91,80 

102,82 

Devenfer 

pound 

7259 

96,42 

IO&, 

5  A 

738 


WE  I 


WEI 


Countries 
and  Places. 

AVOIRDUPOIS-WEIG* 

Names  of  the  Weights. 

IT. 

Contents 
of  each 
weight 

Grains 

Equiv. 
to  100 
pounds 

num.ioo 

Equiv. 
to  112 
pounds 

num.io* 

Dieppe 

pound 

76-^0 

91.75 

102,76 

Dixmude 

pound 

6639 

118  09 

Dordrecht* 

pound 

7625 

9;J8c 

102,82 

Dresden 

pound 

7211 

97.°7 

108,72, 

Dublin 

pound 

7000 

100, 

112, 

Dunkirk 

pound 

6615 

105,81 

118,52 

Elbing 

pound 

6558 

106,74 

"9.55 

Elsinore 

pound 

7716 

90,72 

101,60 

Embden 

pound 

7666 

9I.31 

102,27 

England 

pound  avoirdupois 
pound  apothecary  weight 

7000 

5760 

10o, 
121,53 

i36',ii 

Erfurt 

pound 

7285 

96,08 

107,61 

Ferrara 

pound 

5237 

133.  67 

Ferrol 

pound 

8877 

78,85 

'ttjl 

Fez 

rotolo 

7259 

96,42 

108, 

Flensburg 

pound 

7461 

93.82 

105,08 

Florence 

pound 

5401 

129,60 

I45,i5 

Forli 

pound 

5084 

154,22  ' 

France 

pound  poids  de  marc 
pound  apothecary  weight 
kilogramme 

7561 

i5566* 

92»58 
I23-51 
45,32 

103,69 
138,33 

hectogramme 

i544| 

453,20 

507*60 

Francfort   on  the 

Maine 

pound  heavy  weight 
pound  light  Weight 

7841 

7210 

89,28 

100, 

108,74 

Francfort  on  the 

Oder 

pound 

7232 

96,80 

108,42 

Freyberg 
Flushing 

pound 
pound 

7210 
7189 

97,09 

97,37 

108,74 
109,0$ 

Gaeta 

pound 

4553 

153,75 

172,20 

Galitia 

pound 

8877 

78,85 

88,31 

Gallipoli 

rotolo 

6978 

100,31 

Gand 

pound 

7261 

96,40 

107,97 

Geneva 

pound  heavy  weight 

8502 

82,34 

92,22 

pound  light  weight 

7085 

98,70 

110,66 

Genoa 

Custom-  House  rotolo 

8258 

84,77 

94,94 

rotolo  peso  dicassa 

7^06 

93.25 

104,4^ 

rotolo  cantaro  weight 

7360 

106,52 

pound  peso  grosso 

4907 

142  ',65 

J59»77 

pound  peso  sottile 

4898 

142,92 

160,07 

Germany 

pound  apothecary  weight 

5527 

126,64 

141,84 

Gibraltar 

pound 

72IC 

97,01 

108,55 

Gottenburg 
Grenada 

pound  Cadiz  weight 
pound  victualie  weight 
pound  for  weighing  iron 
pound  heavy  weight 

*         J 

7102 

6563 

5250 
7707 

9^57 
106,66 

90,^2 

110,40 
119,46 

149,33 
101,72 

pound  light  weight 

6860 

102,05 

1*4,30 

Groningea 
Gueldres 
Hamburg 

pound 
pound 
pound  commercial  weight 
pound  Cologne  weight 

7552 
7205 
7481 
7224 

92,69 
97>i5 
93,57 
96,89 

103,  8r 
108,81 
104,80 
108,52. 

Hanover 

pound 

7494 

93j4o 

104,61 

Harburg 

pound 

7494 

93,4° 

104,61 

Harlem 

pound 

7625 

9i,8o 

102,82 

Havre  de  Grace 

pound 

8161 

85,77 

96,o6 

Hague 

pound 

7625 

91,80 

102,82 

Heidelberg 
Hildesheim 

pound 
pound 

7788 

7207 

89,88 
97,  *3 

100,67 
108,79 

Japan 

catti 

9100 

76,92 

86,15 

Java 
Kiel 

catti 
pound 

9247 
7355 

75,7° 
95,^7 

106,69 

*  The  gramme,  or  the  unit  of  French  weights,  is  therefore  equivalent  to  15,446 
grains  troy -weight. 


WE  I 


WE  I 


739 


AVOIRDUPOIS- WEIGHT. 


Countries 
and  Places. 

Names  of  the  Weights. 

Contents 
or  each 
weight 

Grains. 

Equiv. 

to  100 
pounds 

num.ioo 

Equiv. 
to  112 

pounds 

num.  100 

Kintzingen 

pound 

7868 

88,97 

99,64 

Konigsberg 

pound  old  weight 

5869 

119,27 

133,58 

pound  new  weight 

7233 

96,78 

108,50 

Krems 

pound 

8743 

80,37 

89,67 

Leghorn 

pound 

148,03* 

Leipsic 

pound  butchers'  weight 

7772 

90,07 

100,88 

pound  commercial  weight 

7207 

97,  '3 

108,79 

pound  miners'  weight 
pound  for  weighing  steel 

6954 
6718 

100,66 
104,20 

112,75 
116,70 

Leyden 

pound 

7261 

96,40 

107,97 

Liebau 

pound 

6378 

109,76 

122,92 

Liege 
Lindau 

pound 
pound 

7331 
7089 

95,48 
98,74 

106,94 
110,59 

Lintz 

pound 

8743 

80,07 

89,67 

Lisbon 

pound 

7085 

98,80 

110,66 

Lisle 

pound  heavy  weight 
pound  light  weight 

7164 
6615 

97,72 
105,81 

109,44 
118,52 

London 

pound  avoirdupois 

7000 

top, 

112, 

Louvain 
Lubec 
Lucca 

pound 
pound 
pound  commercial  weight 
pound  for  weighing  silk 

7261 
746i 
5745 
515° 

96,40 
93.86 
121,84 
135,93 

107.97 
105,08 

I52',24 

Lucern 

pound 

7707 

90,82 

Lunenburg 
Lyons 

pound 
pound  for  weighing  silk 
pound  city  weight 

7494 
7088 
6615 

93,40 

98,77 
105,81 

104,61 
110,61 
118,52 

Madeira 
Madras 

pound 
rnaund 

6725 

4,' 

"6,59 
4,48 

Madrid 

pound 

71*2 

98,57 

lio,4o 

Magdeburg 

pound 

7232 

96,80 

108,42 

Mahon 

pound 

6865 

101,97 

H4,2i 

Majorca 

rotolo 

6485 

107,92 

120,87 

Malabar 

vis 

23333 

3°, 

33.59 

Malacca 

vis 

9450 

74,08 

82,96 

Malaga 

pound 

7102 

98,57 

110,40 

Malta 

rotolo 

11931 

58,82 

65,88 

Manheirn 
Mantua 

pound 
pound 

7639 
5083 

91,63 

102,63 

154,24 

Marseilles 

pound  poids  de  table 

6203 

lil'fs 

126,39 

Masulipatarn 

seer 

4293 

163,05 

182,62 

Mecca 

rotolo 

7144 

97,98 

109,74 

Medina 

rotolo 

7144 

97,98 

109,74 

Memel 

pound 

6378 

109,76 

122,92 

Memmingen 
Messina 

pound 
pound  of  twelve  ounces 
rotolo  of  thirty  ounces 

79°3 
4903 

12257 

88,57 
142,77 
57," 

99,20 
175,34 
63,96 

rotolo  of  thirty-three  ounces 

13483 

51,92 

5»,i5 

Middleburg 
Milan 

pound 
pound  heavy  weight 

11807 

96,89 
59,29 

108,52 
66,40 

pound  light  weight 

5060 

154,94 

Minorca 

libra  mayor 
libra  menor 

18480 
6160 

*37'J8 

42,43 
127,28 

Mocha 

maund 

21000 

33,  *33 

37,33 

Modena 

pound 

4971 

140,82 

vMonaco 
Montpellier 
Morea 

pound 
pound 
pound  commercial  weight 
pound  lor  weighing  silk 

628^ 
6l68 

7710 

136,89 
111,42 

"3,49 

9°,  79 

'53'V 
124,89 
127,1* 
101,68 

oke 

18463 

37,92 

42,47 

Morocco 

pound  of  Castille 

7102 

98,57 

110,40 

Morlaix 

pound 

7561 

92,58 

103,69 

*  According  to  the  price's  current  received  from  Leghorn,  the  equivalent  tp  jr. 
pounds  is  only  145- 


740 


WEI 


WEI 


Countries 
and  Places. 

AVOIRDUPOIS-WEIGH 

Names  of  the  Weights. 

T. 

Contents 
of  each 
veight 

Grains. 

Equiv. 

10   100 

>ounds 
um  100 

Equiv. 
to  112 
pounds 

num.ioo 

Muscovy 

>ound 

6314 

110,87 

124,18 

Munich 

xmnd 

8657 

80,86 

9°,  57 

Munster 

)ound 

7355 

95,  X7 

106,60 

Namur 

>ound 

7261 

96,40 

107,97 

Nancy 

xnmd 

7561 

92,58 

103,69 

Nantes 

)ound 

7561 

92,58 

103,69 

Naples 

>ound 
otolo 

4954 
13761 

^o^? 

158,26 
56,97 

Narva 

>ound 

7225 

96,89 

108,52 

Navarre* 

>ound  of  CastiHe 

7102 

98,57 

110,40 

Naumburg 

)ound 

7207 

108,79 

Negropontl 
Neufchatel 

otolo 
)ound 

8261 
8029 

84',73 
87,18 

94,90 

97,64 

Neustadt 

jound 

7868 

88,97 

99,64 

Nice 

>ound 

4786 

146,25 

163,80 

Nimeguen 

)ound 

7639 

9J»63 

102,63 

Nordlingen 

xmnd 

7566 

92,52 

103,62 

Norway 

jound 

7716 

90,72 

101,60 

Novi 

jound 

5*13 

136,89 

150  ?2 

Nuremberg 
Oporto 

>ound 
xmnd  Lisbon  weight 

7868 

7085 

88,97 
98,80 

99,64 
1  10,66 

pound  according  to  Ktuse 

6646 

105,33 

117,97 

Oran 

rotolo 

7776 

90,02 

100,8-j 

Orient 

pound 

92,58     103,69 

Ormus 

seer 

4676 

149,70     167,67 

Osnaburg 

pound 

7625 

9i,8o 

102,82 

Ostend 

pound 

96,49 

107,97 

Oudenard 

pound 

6758 

10-1,58 

1  16, 

Oviedo 

pound  of  Asturias 
pound  of  CastiHe 

10653 
7102 

£ 

65,71 
98,57 

73>6» 
110,40 

Paderborn 

pound 

7355 

106,60 

Padua 

pound 

5157 

135,75 

152  04 

Palermo 
Paris 

pound  of  12  ounces 
rotolo  of  30  ounces 
rotolo  of  33  ounces 
pound  poids  de  maic 

4903 

12257 

13483 
7561 

142,77 

57," 
92*,58 

175,34 
03,96 
5«,i5 
103,69 

Parma 

pound 

5234 

133,75 

149,80 

Passau 
Patras 

pound 
pound  commercial  weight 
pound  for  weighing  silk 

7414 
6168 
7710 

94,4i 
90,79 

i°5,74 
127,10 
101,68 

Pegu 
Pernau 
Piedmont 

vis 
pound 
pound 

23333 
6431 
5749 

30, 
108,85 
121,77 

33,59 
121,91 

Pisa 
Placenza 

pound 
pound 

5028 
498o 

i39,2i 

140,56 

i55,*92 
157,43 

Pondicherry 
Portugal 

vis 
pound 

22683 
7085 

30,86 
98,80 

34,56 
ii  0,66 

Posen 

pound 

6158 

113,87 

127,53 

Prague 

pound 

7929 

88,28 

98,88 

Presburg 

pound 

8616 

81,24 

91* 

Ragusa 

pound 

5607 

124,84 

Ratisbon 

pound 

8777 

79,75 

80*72 

Ravenna 
Reggio 
Uevel 

pound 
pound 
pound 

/  /  / 

4623 

5093 
6646 

137*45 
IDS,  11 

i69',58 

Rhodes 

rotolo 

36922 

jf'jy 

18,96 

21,24 

Riga 
Rochelle 
Rome 

Rostock 
Rotenburg 
Rotterdam 

pound 
pound 
pound  Roman 
pound  public  scale 
pound 
pound 
pound  heavy  weight 
pound  light  weight 

6454 
7561 

5239 
5344 
7888 
7868 
7625 
7261 

108,40 
9»»5« 

I31, 
88,75 
88,97 
91,80 
96,40 

121,48 
103,69 
149,65 
146,71 
99,40 
99,64 
102,82 
107,97 

WEI 


WE  I 


741 


AvOIRDUPOIS-WF. 


Countries 
and  Places. 

Names  of  the  Weights. 

orftents 
of  each 
weight 

Grains. 

iquiv. 
o  100 
)ounds 

urn.  100 

iquiv. 
to  112 
>ounds 

um.xoft 

Rouen 

ound  poids  de  marc 

756i 

92,58 

103,69 

>ound  poids  de  vicomte 

8015 

87,34 

97.82 

Roveredo 

)ound 

5257 

149,13 

Russia 

>ound 

6314 

i"io',87 

124,18 

St.  Ander 

>ound 

7102 

98,57 

110,40 

St.  Croix 

)ound 

7716 

90,72 

101,60 

St.  Eustatia 

>ound 

7625 

91,80 

102,82 

St.  Gall 

>ound  heavy  weight 

9823 

77,58 

86,89 

)ound  light  weight 

7179 

97,  5« 

109,21 

St.  Lucar 

)ound 

7102 

98,57 

110,40 

St.  Malo 
St.  Petersburg 

>ound 
>ound 

756i 
6314 

92,58 
110,87 

103,69 
124,18 

St.  Sebastian 

jound 

7524 

93,04 

104,20 

Sal  lee 

>ound 

72!5 

97,01 

108,66 

Saltzburg 

>ound 

8645 

81, 

90,71 

Saragossa 

>ound  of  12  ounces 

5326 

i3I,43 

Sardinia 

>ound 

6188 

i  13,12 

i2&|69 

Sayd 

otolo  of  Acre 

36776 

19,04 

21,32 

Schafhausen 

otolo  of  Damascus 
pound 

28755 
7094 

24,34 
98,68 

27,27 
110,52 

Schweinfurt 

>ound 

7868 

88,97 

99,64 

Scio 

rotolo 

7647 

91,54 

102,52 

Scotland 

xmnd  old  weight 

7616 

102,94 

jound  new  weight 

7000 

1  00, 

112, 

Seville 

jound 

7102 

98,57 

110,40 

Siam 

catti 

9030 

77,52 

86,82 

-Sicily 

pound  of  1  2  ounces 

4903 

142,77 

175,34 

•otolo  of  30  ounces 

12257 

57,11 

63,96 

rotolo  of  3  3  ounces 

51,92 

5»,I5 

Sienna 

pound 

6905 

101,38 

Smyrna 

oke 

19420 

36,05 

40,37 

rotolo 

8739 

80,  10 

89,71 

Spain 

sound  of  16  ounces 

7102 

98,57 

110,40 

Stade 

sound 

7333 

95,46 

106,92 

Stettin 
Stralsund 

pound 
pound 

7232 
7461 

96,80 
93,82 

108,42 
105,08 

Strasburg 

pound  heavy  weight 

7557 

92,63 

i°3»75 

pound  light  weight 

96,19 

107,74 

Sweden 

pound  victualie  weight 

6563 

106,60 

119,46 

pound  miners'  weight 

5802 

120,65 

I35,i2 

pound  cities  weight 

5526 

126,68 

141,88 

Sumatra 

pound  for  weighing  iron 
pound  apothecary  weight 
catti 

5^50 
55°! 
19684 

133,33 

127,26 

149,33 
142,53 
39,83 

Surat 

seer 

6556 

106,78 

119,60 

Surinam 

pound 

7625 

91,80 

102,82 

Syracuse 

pound 

5044 

138,78 

»55,44 

Syria 

mina 

9117 

76,78 

85,99 

Tangier 
Teneriffe 

rotolo 
pound  of  Castillo 

7426 
7102 

94,27 
98,57 

105,58 

110,40 

Tetuan 

rotolo 

10945 

63,96 

71,63 

Thorn 

pound 

6502 

107,66 

120,58 

Toulon 

pound 

6633 

i°5,54 

118,20 

Toulouse 

pound 

6418 

109,07 

122,15 

Tournai 
Treves 

Trieste 

pound 
pound  heavy  weight 
pound  light  weight 
pound  Vienna  weight 

6721 
7975 

CZ4-7 

8650 

104,15 

87,77 

8o,'92 

116,65 

98,3r 
149,4- 
90,64 

Tripoli  in  Barbary 
Tripoli  in  Syria 

pound  Venice  great  weight 
pound  Venice  small  weigh 
rotolo 
rotolo 

4673 

7850 
28037 

94,8o 
149,80 
89,17 
24,97 

106,18 
167  78 
99,8? 

27,96 

oke 

18692 

37,45 

4i,94 

Turns 

rotola                         ^ 

7661 

102,34 

742                 W  E  L                                    W  H  E 

AVOIRDUPOIS-WEIGHT. 

Contents 

Equiv. 

Equiv. 

of  each 

to  loo 

to   112 

Countries 
and  Places. 

Names  of  the  Weights. 

weight 

pounds 

pounds 

Grains. 

num.ioo 

num.  i  op 

Turin 

pound 

5696 

122,89 

137,63 

Valencia 

pound  of  12  oz. 

5498 

127432 

142,60 

pound  of  16  oz. 

95,48 

106,94 

pound  of  18  oz. 

8247 

84,88 

95.C7 

Valenciennes 

pound 

7259 

96,43 

108, 

Venice 

pound  great  weight 
pound  small  weight 

7384 
4673 

94,8o 
149,80 

106,18 
167,78 

Verona 
Vicenza 

pound  great  weight 
pound  small  weight 
pound  great  weight 

7677 
5136 

7523 

91,18 
93,°5 

102,12 
152,65 

104,21 

pound  small  weight 

5247 

149,42 

Vienna 

pound 

8650 

80,  Q2 

90,64 

Ulm 

pound 

7234 

96,76 

108,37 

United  States  of 

America 

pound 

7000 

loo, 

112, 

Warsaw 
W  ismar 

pound 
pound 

5853 

119,60 

93,7o 

133,95 

104,94 

Windaw 
Wirtemberg 
Wurtzburg 

pound 
pound 
pound 

6377 

7225 
7362 

109,76 
96,89 
95,08 

122,23 
108,52 
106,49 

Ypres 

pound 

6646 

105,33 

1  17,  9  v 

Zante 

pound 

73«4 

94.80 

1  06*,  1  8 

Zealand 

pound 

7172 

97,60 

i°9,32 

Zell 

pound 

7494 

104,6* 

Zittau 
Zurich 

Zutphen 

pound 
pound  heavy  weight 
pound  light  weight 
pound 

7221 
8138 
7234 
7259 

96,'94 
86,01 
96,76 

108,57 
96,33 

ic8, 

Zvvoll 

pound 

7439 

94^10 

The  following  examples  will  shew  in 
what  manner  the  proportion  between  the 
weights  of  any  two  given  countries  may 
be  ascertained. 

EXAMPLES. 

It  is  required  to  reduce  100  kilogram- 
mes of  France  into  pounds  of  Amster- 
dam. 

The  kilogramme  of  France  weighing 
15446  grains,  and  the  pound  of  Amster- 
dam 7625,  according  to  the  table  pretix- 
ed,  state  the  following  equation  : 

100  kilogrammes  =  x 
i  kilogramme =15446  grains 
762,5  grains  —         i  pound 

Result  202,57  pounds. 
Reduce  100  pounds  of  Amsterdam  into 
kilogrammes  of  France. 

100  pounds  =  x 
i  pound        =7625  grains 
15446  grains         =       i  kilogramme 

Result  49, 37  kilogrammes. 
WEIGHT,  (poMs,  Fr.)  Impression, 
pressure,  burthen,  overwhelming  power. 
The  great  advantage  which  heavy  cavalry 
has  over  the  light  horse,  and  particularly 
over  infantry  troops,  consists  wholly  in 
its  pressure  and  overwhelming  power. 

WELL.  In  the  military  art,  a  depth 
which  the  miner  sinks  under  ground,  with 
branches  or  galleries  running  out  from  it  ; 
either  to  prepare  a  mine,  or  to  discover 
and  disappoint  the  enemy's  mine.  See 
SHAFT. 


To  WET.  In  a  sense  of  good  fellow- 
ship and  hilarity,  and  of  course  in  a  mili- 
tary one,  to  ta'ke  a  cheerful  glass,  or, 
speaking  popularly,  to  "  moisten  the  clay." 

To  WET  a  Commission.  It  has  always 
been  customary  in  the  army,  for  every  of- 
ficer, when  he  obtains  a  commission,  gets 
promoted,  or  exchanged,  to  afford  some 
mark  and  acknowlegement  to  the  corps 
he  joins. 

W  ERE.     The  preterite  of  I  am. 

y£r_y&wWERE.  A  word  of  command  m 
the  British  service  which  corresponds  with 
the  French  remette-z,  vou*.  It  signifies  to 
return  to  the  same  position  from  which 
you  had  faced  or  wheeled,  &c.  and  is  ge- 
nerally used  when  any  motion  of  the  fire- 
lock or  movement  of  the  body  has  been 
done  improperly. 

WrERST.  A  Russian  measure  in  tra- 
velling. The  Werst  contains  seven  hun- 
dred and  fifty  geometrical  paces. 

WHEEL,  in  artillery.  A  circular  body 
which  turns  round  on  its  axis.  The 
strength  of  these  wheels  is  always,  or 
should  be,  proportional  to  the  weight  they 
carry  :  the  diameters  of  tne  wheels  of 
heavy  gun-carriages  are  85  inches,  and 
those  for  light  field-pieces  52  only. 

To  WHEEL,  (Faire  conversion,  Fr.)— 
In  a  military  sense,  to  move  forward  or 
backward  in  a  circular  manner,  round 
some  given  point.  See  PIVOT.  Wheel- 
ing is  one  of  the  most  essential  and  im- 


WH.E 


W  H  E 


743 


portant  operations  of  the  squadron,  neces-  ! 
sary  in  many  changes  of  position,  and  in 
the  formation  of  column  and  of  the  line. 

WHEEL  of  the  squadron.  When  the 
entire  squadron  is  to  wheel,  a  caution  is 
given  to  that  purport,  and  to  which  hand, 
At  the  word  March,  the  front  rank  of  the 
squadron  remains  dressed  to  the  centre, 
the  leader  fixes  his  eye  and  makes  his  cir- 
cle on  the  standing  flank  man ;  the  stand- 
ard follows  him  exactly,  and  the  squadron 
wheels  with  the  same  uniform  front,  at 
such  a  pace  as  is  requisite  to  keep  every 
where  dressed  with  the  standard.  The 
rear  rank  and  the  serrefiles  look  to  the 
wheeling  flank,  and  incline,  at  the  same 
time  that  they  wheel,  so  as  always  to 
cover  their  front  leaders. 

The  standard  must  take  care,  never  to 
oblige  the  wheeling  man  to  exceed  a  mo- 
derate gallop,  otherwise  the  rear  rank, 
which  has  still  more  ground  to  go  over, 
cannot  keep  up;  the  squadron  will  wheel 
loose  and  in  disorder,  and  he  longer  in 
dressing  than  if  it  had  come  about  at  a 
slower  pace,  but  close  and  connected. 

The  flanks  must  always  conform  to  the 
centre,  in  case  the  leader  does  not  take  his 
ground  as  exactly  as  he  ought.  At  any 
rate,  the  standard  is  the  guide  for  the  pace, 
and  the  point  from  which  the  distance  of 
files  is  to  be  preserved. 

The  leader  must  take  care  to  time  his 
\vordDress  the  instant  before  the  wheel  is 
completed,  otherwise  an  over  wheel  or 
reining  back  will  be  the  consequence. — 
The  whole  dress  by  the  centre. 

The  squadron  breaks  into  column  of 
any  of  the  divisions  in  which  it  is  told  off, 
by  each  of  those  divisions  wheeling  up 
the  quarter  circle.  If  the  body  is  in  mo- 
tion (as  in  column)  the  wheels  of  the  di- 
visions all  begin  at  the  word  Wheel!  If 
halted,  they  are  begun  at  the  word  March  / 

In  all  division  wheelings,  the  whole 
look  to  the  wheeling  hand.  In  all  wheel- 
ings, the  rear  rank  must  rein  back  at  the 
standing  flank,  and  incline  towards  the 
wheeling  hand,  in  order  to  cover. 

At  the  word  mark  lime!  halt!  given  when 
the  wheel  is  completed,the  whole  turn  eyes 
and  dress  to  the  standing  flank,  and  re- 
main so  till  a  new  direction  is  given. 

Wheelings  of  the  squadron,  or  its  parts, 
from  the  halt,  are  made  on  the  flanks,  ex- 
cept those  of  ranks  by  threes,  which  are 
made  on  the  middle  man  of  each. 

WHEEL  of  div'uions  Into  squadron. — 
When  the  squadron  is  to  be  formed  by 
the  wheeling  up  of  its  divisions,  there 
must  not  be  any  intervals,  and  the  rear 
ranks  must  rein  back,  and  incline  so  as 
r.ot  to  interrupt  the  front  ranks  coming 
up  together. 

In  division  wheelings,  the  whale  keep 
closed  lightly  towards  the  hand  they 
wheel  to,  and  must  avoid  pressing  the 
pivot  man  off  his  ground.  The  outward 
man  looks  to  his  rank,  he  of  course  regu- 
lates the  pace  at  which  the  wheel  is 
;  he  mu"st  not  press  in  on  His  rank, 


nor  turn  his  horse's  head  towards  the 
standing  flank ;  all  vhe  horse's  heads  must 
be  kept  rather  out  wards  (for  to  attempt  to 
bend  them  inwards,  would  certainl)  oc- 
casion a  crowding  on  the  standing  tlank) 
and  the  croupes  lightly  closed  inwards 
with  the  leg.  The  pivot  man  of  the 
wheel  turns  his  horse  on  his  fore-feet, 
keeps  his  ground,  and  comes  gradually 
round  with  his  rank. 

WHEELS  of  divisions  made  ana  halted,  or 
on  a  moveable  Pivot.  Wheels  of  divisions 
of  the  squadron  or  line  are  made  on  a 
HALTED,  or  on  a  MOVE  ABLE  pivot. — 
When  on  a  halted  pivot,  they  are  made 
from  line  into  column,  or  from  column 
into  Une  ;  and  also  generally  by  the  co- 
lumn of  manoeuvre  or  march,  when  mov- 
ing on  a  considerable  front,  and  when 
the  wheel  by  which  its  direction  is  to  be 
changed,  approaches  to,  or  exceeds  the 
quarter  circle.  When  on  a  mo-ueable  pivot, 
they  are  generally  used  and  ordered  when 
the  front  of  the  column  is  small,  and  its 
path  winding  and  changeable. 

Whenever  the  wheel,  made  on  a  halted 
pivot,  is  less  than  the  quarter  circle,  the 
pause  after  the  wheel  will  be  considera- 
ble; should  the  .wheel  be  greater  than 
the  quarter  circle,  it  must  be  accelerated, 
otherwise  more  than  one  division  will  be 
arrived,  and  arrested  at  the  wheeling  point. 

WHEEL  on  a  moveahlc  pivot.  When 
wheels  or  changes  of  direction  of  bodies  in 
column,  are  made  on  a  MOVEABLE  PI. 
vox,  both  flanks  are  kept  in  motion ;  the 
•pivot  one  always  describing  part  of  a  cir- 
cle, and  the  reverse  flank,  and  interme- 
diate men  of  the  division,  by  a  compound 
of  inclining  and  wheeling,  conforming  to 
the  pivot  movement. 

WHEEL  made  to  the  pivot  hand,  and 
mo-veable.  When  the  change  is  made  to 
the  PIVOT  hand,  (the  whole  being  in  mo- 
tion) the  leader  of  the  head  division,  when 
at  the  distance  of  twenty  or  thirty  yards 
from  the  point  of  intersection  of  the  old 
and  new  direction,  will  give  the  word, 
right  or  left  quarter  iL'Jbee/,  which  is  a  cau- 
tion for  each  man  to  give  a  small  turn  of 
his  horse  TOWARDS  the  pivot  hand,  and 
the  leader  himself  carefully  preserving  the 
rate  of  march,  without  the  least  alteration 
of  pace,  will  in  his  own  person  begin  to 
circle  BEFORE  the  line,  trom  the  old,  so 
as  to  enter  the  new  direction  twenty  or 
thirty  yards  from  the  point  of  intersec- 
tion, which  he  in  this  case  leaves  at  some 
distance  WITHIN  his  pivot  hand.  When 
this  is  effected  (the  rest  of  his  division 
having,  during  the  transition,  and  on  the 
principle  of  gradual  dressing,  conformed 
to  the  direction  he  is  giving  them)  he  will 
give  the  word  Forward  '.  for  the  division 
to  pursue  the  right  line.  The  leader  of 
the  second,  and  of  every  other  division, 
when  he  arrives. on  the  ground  on  which 
the  iirst  began  to  wheel,  will  in  the  same 
manner  follow  his  exact  tract,  always 
preserving  his  proper  distance  from  him. 
WHEEL  made  tr  fie  reverse  Ji.i' 


744 


WH  E 


WI  D 


When  the  change  is  made  to  the  REVERSE 
hand,  the  pivot  leader  having  arrived  as 
before,  at  the  spot  where  he  gives  his  word 
fight  or  left  quarter  tubeel !  for  each  man  to 
give  a  small  turn  of  his  horse's  head  FROM 
the  pivot  hand,  will  begin  in  his  own 
person  to  circle  BEHIND  the  line  from  the 
old,  so  as  to  enter  the  new  direction  twen- 
ty or  thirty  yards  from  the  point  of  inter- 
section, which,  in  this  case,  he  leaves  at 
some  small  distance  WITHOUT  his  pivot 
jhand.  The  rest  of  his  division,  by  Riving 
way,  having  gradually  conformed  ro  his 
movement,  he  will  at  the  proper  instant 
order  Forward!  and  resume  a  straight 
line. 

During  the  change  to  either  hand,  the 
\vholeconrinue  looking  to  the  pivot  flank, 
which  never  alters  the  rate  of  the  then 
march  ;  but  the  reverse  flank  is  in  the  one 
case  obliged  to  slacken,  and  in  the  other  to 
quicken  its  movement. 

In  this  rhanner,  without  the  constraint 
of  formal  wheels,  a  column,  when  not 
confined  on  its  flanks,  may  be  conducte  d 
in  all  kinds  of  winding  and  changeable  di. 
rections  ;  for  if  the  changes  be  made  gra- 
dual, and  circling,  and  that  the  pivot  lead- 
dcrs  pursue  their  proper  path  at  the  same 
uniform  equal  pate,  the  true  distances  of 
divisions  will  be  preserved,  which  is  the 
great  regulating  object  on  this  occasion, 
and  to  which  every  other  consideration 
must  give  way. 

The  wheelings  of  cavalry  being  more 
difficult  than  those  of  infantry,  we  have, 
on  that  account,  been  more  particular ; 
but  the  subject  is  handled  more  amply 
in  the  American  Military  Library  The 
French  do  not  make  use  ot  any  word  that 
immediately  corresponds  with  Wheel^  as 
a  term  of  command.  They  say  briefly, 
by  platoons,  &c.  To  the  right  or  left  in- 
to line,  march.  Par  pelotons,  adroite  ou 
a  gauche  en  balaille,  man-he.  The  act  of 
wheeling  in  general  is  expressed  by  quar- 
ter or  half-quarrer  wheel. 

WHEELINGS.  Are  different  mo- 
tions  made  by  horse  and  foot,  either  to  the 
right  or  left,  or  to  the  right  and  left  about, 
&c.  forward  or  backward. 
-WHEELING.  The  old  aukwa^d  me- 
thod of  oblique  moving  and  wheeling,  is 
now  superceded  by  half  and  quarter 
wheeling. 

General  rules  for  WHEELING.  The 
circle  is  divided  into  four  equal"  parts  : 
thence,  wheeling  to  the  right  or  left,  is 
only  a  quarter  of  the  circle  ;  wheeling  to 
the  right  or  left  about,  is  one  half  of  the 
circle. 

When  you  wheel  to  the  right,  you  are 
to  close  to  the  right,  so  neat  as  to  touch 
\ourright  hand  man,  but  without  press- 
ing him  ;  and  to  look  to  the  left,  in  order 
TO  bring  the  rank  about  even. 

When  you  wheel  to  the  left,  you  are  to 
close  to  tiie  left,  and  look  to  the  right,  as 
above  directed.  This  rule  will  serve  for 
alf  wheeling  by  ranks;  as  when  a  batta- 
lion is  marching  by  subdivisions  with 


their  ranks  open,  then  each  rank  wheels' 
distinctly  by  itself,  when  it  comes  to  the 
ground  on  which  the  ranks  before  it 
wheeled,  but  not  before. 

In  wheeling,  the  men  are  ta  take  par- 
ticular care,  neither  to  open  nor  close  their 
ranks,  and  to  carry  their  arms  well. 

In  wheeling,  the  motion  of  each  man 
is  quicker  or  slower,  according  to  the  dis- 
tance he  is  from  the  right  or  the  left :  thus, 
when  you  wheel  to  the  right,  each  man 
moves  quicker  than  his  right-hand  man; 
and,  wheeling  to  the  left,  each  man  moves 
quicker  than  his  left-hand  man;  the  cir- 
cle that  every  man  wheels  being  larger, 
according  to  the  distance  he  is  from  the 
hand  he  wheels  to ;  as  may  be  seen  by 
describing  several  circles  within  one  ano- 
ther, at  two  feet  distance  from  each, 
which  is  nearly  the  space  every  man  is 
supposed  to  take  up. 

WnEEL-catriages.  In  artillery,  &c. 
The  whole  doctrine  thereof,  as  it  stands 
on  a  mathematical  theory,  may  be  re- 
duced to  the  following  particulars,  viz. 

1.  WHEEL-ram'dg-^r  meet  with  less  re- 
sistance than  any  other  kind  of  carriage. 

2.  The  larger  the  wheels,  the  easier  19 
the  draught  of  the  carriage. 

3.  A  carriage,  upon  four  wheels  of  equal 
size,  is  drawn  with  less  force  than  with 
two  of  those  vvheelsy  and  two  of  a  lesser 
size. 

4.  If  the  load  be  all  on  the  axle  of  the 
larger  wheels,  it  will  be  drawn  with  less 
force  than  if  laid  on  the  axis  of  the  lesser 
wheels;  contrary  to  the  common  notion 
of  loading  carriages  before. 

5.  Carriages  go  with  much  less  force 
on  friction- wheels,  than  in  the  common 
way. 

WHEELBARROW.  A  small  car- 
nage of  burthen,  pushed  forward  by  the 
hands  on  one  wheel ;  a  certain  number 
are  always  attached  to  the  artillery. 

WHINYARD.  A  sword,  so  called 
by  Butler  in  his  Hudibras. 

WHIPCORD.  A  tight  spun  cord, 
with  which  the  cat-o-nine- tails  is  made. 

WHOLE.     All,  total,  containing  all. 

Take  care  the  WHOLE.  A  cautionary 
word  which  was  formerly  used  in  the 
British  service,  and  is  sometimes,  but  im- 
properly, given  now.  The  term  Atten- 
tion is  adopted  in  its  roorrf. 

WHOOP.  A  shout;  a  loud  noise 
which  soldiers  make  in  charging,  &c. — 
It  is  a  natural  though  a  barbarous  habit, 
and  has  been  preserved  in  civilized  armies 
from  a  prevailing  custom  among  savages, 
particularly  the  wild  Indians  of  America.. 

WICKET,  (guicbet,  Fr.)  A  small 
door  in  the  gate  of  a  fortified  place,  through 
which  peoplegoin  and  out,  withoutopen- 
ing  the  areat  gate. 

WIDERZOUROUK.  A  compound 
word  from  the  German,  which  signifies 
back  again.  The  French  pronounce  it 
Vvidtrxourottk.  It  means  a  movement 
which  is  made  fo  the  rear,  in  order  to  bring 
a  squadron  to  the  right  about,  in  the  saine 


WIN 


WIN 


745 


inanner  that  a  battalion  is  faced  about.— 
Marshal  Puysegur  remarks,  that  the 
French  adopted  this  movement  from  the 
Germans,  in  the  year  1670.  He  is  of 
opinion,  that  previous  to  this  epoch, 
squadrons  were  faced  to  the  rear  by  means 
ot  a  double  caracol,  describing  a  half-cir- 
cle, the  extent  of  whose  front  was  equal 
to  half  of  its  diameter;  on  which  account, 
the  general  order  of  battle  in  those  days 
had  considerable  intervals,  and  great  loss 
of  time  and  space  of  course. 

WIG.  A  Saxon  termination  of  the 
names  of  men,  signifying  war. 

WIGWAM.  A  hut  used  in  America 
by  the  Indians. 

WILBE,  Ind.     Guardian;  protector. 

WILDFIRE.  A  composition  of  fire- 
work, so  called  from  its  ready  ignition  and 
rapid  combustion. 

WINCH,  (Manivelle,  Fr.)  The  han- 
dle or  lever  by  which  a  jack,  windlass, 
&c.  is  turned. 

WINDAGE  of  a  gun,  mortar,  or  bc°w- 
-iix.tr.  The  difference  between  the  diame- 
ter of  the  bore,  and  the  diameter  of  the 
shot  or  shell.  In  England  the  diameter  of 
the  shot  is  supposed  to  be  divided  into  20 
equal  parts,  and  the  diameter  of  the  bore 
into  2 1  of  those  parts.  The  French  divide 
the  shot  into  26,  and  the  bore  into  27. — 
The  Prussians  divide  the  shot  into  24, 
and  the  bore  into  7<j.  The  Dutch  nearly 
the  same  as  the  English.  The  general 
Windage  of  shells  in  England  is  £  of  an 
inch,  let  them  be  large  or  small,  which  is 
contrary  to  all  reason.  It  is  evident,  that 
the  less  windage  a  shot  or  shell  has,  the 
farther  and  truer  it  will  go;  and  having 
Jess  room  to  bounce  from  side  to  side,  the 
gun  will  not  be  spoiled  so  soon. 

It  is  true  that  some  artillery  officers  say, 
that  the  windage  of  a  gun  should  be  equal 
to  the  thickness  of  the  ladle;  because, 
when  ic  has  been  loaded  for  a  while,  the 
shot  will  not  come  out,  without  being 
loosened  thereby,  in  order  to  unload  it — 
and  when  this  cannot  be  done,  it  must  be 
fired  away,  and  so  lost  :  but  the  most  ad- 
vantageous windage  should  be  in  dividing 
the  shot  into  24  equal  parts,  and  the  bore 
into  25,  on  account  of  the  convenient  scale 
it  affords,  not  only  to  construct  guns 
thereby,  but  also  their  carriages.  Hence, 
agreeable  to  this'pkm,  the  windage  of  a 
nine-pounder  will  be  i66of  an  inch,  con- 
sequently a  sufficient  thickness  for  a  la- 
dle ;  and  those  of  a  higher  calibre  become 
t»tih  thicker  in  proportion  :  but  suppose 
this  thickness  is  not  enough,  the  Joss  of  >a 
shot  h  a  mere  trifle,  in  respect  to  the  ad- 
vantage gained  thereby. 

WINDAGE.  The  usual  Wtrjdage  of 
English  guns  is  1-20  of  the  calibre.  It 
appears  by  experiments,  that£,  or  nearly 
-j  of  the  force  of  the  powder  is  lost  by  this 
windage.  See  VELOCITY. 

J  Windage  of  Mortar  f  a  vd  HirtvitSSe  r  r . 

From  the  13  to  5^  inch  the  windage  is 
•13  of  an  inch,  crnd  f  .Tut  of  the  4  " 
o"f  an  : 


<r»    I    O   if 


1      CO  ir 


I     I    ~ 


00 


Windage  of  French  Guns. 

Field  Guns. — All  one  line  of  windage; 
about  1-50  in  an  8  pounder. 

Siege  Guns. — All  14  line;  about  1-48 
in  a  24  Pr. 

Mortars. — 12  inch  ;  4  lines  of  windage. 

10  inch  ;  i  line,  5  points  do. 

8  inch  ;  i  line,  do. 

Hoivitxers. — All;       2  lines  do. 

WIND-GUN.     See  AIR- GUM. 

WINDLASS,  (Vlnda^  Fr.)  Is  a  rol- 
ler of  wood,  square  at  each  end,  through 
which  are  either  cross  holes  for  hand- 
spikes or  staves  across  to  turn  it  round  : 
by  this  means  it  draws  a  cord,  one  end  of 
which  is  fastened  to  some  weight  which 
it  raises  up.  They  are  used  in  gins,  and 
about  Dutch  mortars,  to  help  to  elevate 
them.  The  F tench  say  Vindas  ou  Cabcs- 
tan  horizontal ',  the  latter  being  a  sea  term. 

WINDS  AILS,  (Mancbes  a -vent,  Fr.) 
Large  pieces  of  canvas,  which  are  used  in 
ships  at  sea  for  the  purposes  of  ventila- 
tion, &c.  During  voyages  in  hot  cli- 
mates, the  most  beneficial  effects  are  de- 
rived from  the  use  of  windsails.  The 
master  of  the  vessel  should  be  desired  to 
have  them  rr.ade  immediately  as  troops  are 
embarked,  if  not  already  provided,  and 
they  should  be  constantly  hung  up. — 
These  sails  throw  a  stream  of  cold  air  be- 
tween decks,  and  it  is  not  an  unusual 
practice  among  the  men,  at  least  among 
the  unexperienced  soldiers,  to  tie  up  tl.c 
bottom  of  them,  by  which  this  salutary 
purpose  is  defeated.  The  scrjeant  of  t  h~- 
wateh  must  be  responsible  that  thi 
j  gularitv  is  never  committed. 

i    TO  WINDWARD,  (Au  /"..-,•,  Fr.:— 

As  St.  Domingo  is  to  the  windward  of  J;x- 
'  maica. 

\V I WG  S  of  a-n  arw.y.     When  dra  * 
i  in  battle,  are   the  ri^ht  and    left 
i  counting  from  the  centre  ;  when  a  \ 
•  /• .  the    (iivl 


746 


woo 


WOR 


right  and  left  of  the  centre  are  called  the 
wings.  The  word  wing  is  sometimes 
used  to  denote  the  large  sides  of  horn- 
works,  crown- works,  tenailles,  and  other 
out-w'>rks,  &c. 

WINTER-0"»W*r.  See  QUARTERS. 

WITH ERB AND.  A  piece  of  iron 
laid  under  a  saddle,  about  three  inches 
above  the  withers  of  the  horse,  to  keep 
tight  the  two  pieces  of  wood. 

WITNESSES.  In  fortification.  See 
TEMOINS. 

WITNESSES.  In  a  military  judicial 
sense,  persons  summoned  by  the  judge- 
advocate,  or  any  of  his  deputies,  to  attend 
at  a  general  court-martial,  there  to  speak 
to  facts  which  they  know  of  their  own 
knowlege,  and  to  which  they  can  bona 
fcde  swear,  from  having  been  present  at 
the  transaction,  &c.  Sc-e  Macomb  on 
Court  -  Mat  tials . 

According  to  the  articles  of  war,  wit- 
nesses attending  courts- martial  are  to  be 
privileged  from  arrests,  and  not  attending 
are  liable  to  be  attached. 

WOHKEELE,  Ind.    A n  ambassador. 

W O  L  F  -Holes .  In  the  defence  of  pla- 
ces, are  round  holes,  generally  about  two 
or  three  feet  in  diameter  at  the  top,  one  at 
bottom,  and  two  and  an  half  deep,  dug  in 
the  front  of  any  work.  Sometimes  a 
sharp-pointed  stakeor  two  are  fixed  at  the 
bottom,  and  covered  with  very  thin  planks, 
and  green  sods ;  consequently  the  enemy, 
on  advancing,  fall  in,  and  are  put  into  con- 
fusion. 

WOOD.  Artillery  carriages  are  gene- 
rally  made  ot  elm,  ash,  and  oak.  The 
bed  and  house  of  a  sea  mortar  are  made  of 
oak,  and  the  bolster  of  elm.  The  bottoms 
of  land  mortar  beds  are  of  oak,  and  the 
upper  parts  of  elm. 

Carriages — Sbif. — The  checks,  tran- 
soms, and  trucks  of  elm ;  the  axle  trees 
of  live  oak. 

Garrison. — The  whole  of  oak ; 

trucks,  iron. 

Field. — Heavy  24  and  12  Pr. 

the  cheeks  and  transoms  of  elm  ;  the  axle 
trees  of  ash  or  hickory.  In  the  wheel  tne 
nave  and  fellies  are  of  elm  ;  the  spokes  of 
ash  ;  limber  shafts,  bars,  and  axle  trees  are 
of  ash.  Light  guns,  from  3  to  12  prs.  the 
cheeks  and  transoms  are  ot  elm  :  the  am- 
munition boxesareof  sycamore.  In  the 
wheels,  the  nave  is  of  elm,  the  spokes  of 
oak,  and  the  fellies  of  ash.  In  the  lim- 
ber the  shafts  and  bitrs  of  ash. 

WOOD  Matches.  Sec  PORTFIRE. 
WOODEN -Bottoms.  In  laboratory 
works,  are  cylindrical  pieces  of  wood,  of 
different  lengths  and  diameters,  agreeable 
to  the  size  ot  the  ;;un.  They  aie  hollow, 
fd  at  one  end  to  receive  the  shot,  and  the 
flannel  cartridge  is  fastened  to  the  other 
cud:  the  whole  forming  one  cart-ridge, 
'vhich  is  p"t  into  the  piece  at  one  motion. 
Iron  bottoms  arc  to  be  preferred. 

WOOL-7'.j^-.r.     Hags  of  wool.     They 
breast- 


work, because  they  resist  cannon-shot.— 
See  SIEGE. 

WORD  (Mot,  Fr.)  A  single  part  of 
speech,  consisting  of  one  or  more  sylla- 
bles, for  the  purpose  of  expressing  ideas; 
In  a  military  sense,  it  signifies  signal,  to- 
ken, order;  as  watch- word,  &c. 

The  WORD,      }  Is  a  peculiar  word  that 

Watch  WORD,  \  serves  for  a  token  and 
mark  of  distinction,  given  put  in  the  or- 
ders of  the  day  in  times  of  peace,  but  in 
war  every  evening  in  the  field,  by  the  gene- 
ral who  commands,  and  in  garrison,  by 
the  governor,  or  other  officer  commanding 
in  chief,  to  prevent  surprise,  and  hinder  an 
enemy,  or  any  treacherous  person,  to  pass 
backwards  and  forwards.  This  watch- 
word is  generally  called  \\iQparote,  and  to 
which  is  added  the  countersign.  The  first 
is  known  to  all  officers  and  non-commis- 
sioned officers,  the  latter  only  to  the  cen- 
tinels.  The  officers  that  go  the  rounds, 
or  patroles,  exchange  the  word  with  the 
officers  on  duty ;  nor  must  the  centinels; 
let  any  one  pass  who  has  not  got  the  coun- 
tersign. 

WORDS  of  command ',  (Mots  de  comniandc- 
ment,  Fr.)  Certain  terms  which  have 
been  adopted  for  the  exercise  and  move- 
ment of  military  bodies,  according  to  the 
nature  of  each  particular  service.  Words 
of  command  are  classed  under  two  princi- 
pal heads,  and  consist  of  those  which  are 
given  by  the  chief  or  commander  of  a  bri- 
gade, battalion,  or  division,  and  of  those 
which  are  uttered  by  the  subordinate  lead- 
ers of  troops  or  companies,  &c. 

Cautionary  WORDS,  (Commaiidemem  d'ad- 
•vertissement,  Fr.)  Certain  leading  instruc- 
tions which  aregiven  to  designate  any  par- 
ticular manoeuvre.  The  cautionary  words 
precede  the  words  of  command,  and  arc 
issued  by  the  chiefs  of  corps. 

WORKMEN.  Are  persons  that  at- 
tend the  ammunition,  boatsmen,  carpen- 
ters, smiths,  millers,  bakers,  waggoners, 
mvners,  pioneers,  &c. 

When  soldiers  are  employed  upon  fa- 
tigue, or  working  parties,  the  drums  and 
rites,  &c,  should  invariably  play  to  time 
and  measure.  According  to  marshal 
Saxe,  they  should  be  relieved  at  the  expi- 
ration of  two  hours  and  an  half;  by  which 
means  the  individuals  are  less  harrassed, 
and  all  the  troops  share  alike.  With  re- 
gard to  accompanjing  them  in  their  la- 
bor with  music,  the  policy  of  it  is  war- 
ranted by  antiquity.  The  Laca>demoni- 
ans,  with  a  detachment  of  only  three  thou- 
sand men,  under  the  command  of  Lvsan- 
tier,  destroyed  the  famous  Pyracus  of 
Athens  in  less  than  six  hours.  During 
th(-  wlioleof  the  operation,  the  flutes  were 
[••irf.iug,  to  enliven  «ind  encourage  the. 
troops.  This  custom  existed  in  France 
to  a  late  period  among  the  galley-slaves  a: 
Marseilles;  who,  whilst  they  were  em- 
ployed in  removing  enormous  loads  of 
rubbish,  &c.  were  constaniry  accompanied 
;>,,  musical  instrument*  ami  drums.— ~ 


WUL 


Y  EO 


747 


Marsh.  Saxe's  Reveries,  pages   157  and 
;j8. 

WORKS.  This  term  is  generally  un- 
derstood to  comprehend  the  fortitications 
about  the  body  of  a  place;  as  by  out- 
works are  meant  those  without  the  first 
inclosure.  The  word  is  also  used  to  sig- 
nify the  approaches  of  the  besiegers,  and 
£he  several  lines,  trenches,  &c.  male  round 
a  place,  an  army,  or  the  like,  for  its  se- 
curity. 

To  WORM  a  Gun,  (Decharger  uncanqn 
avec  la  tire-bourre,  Fr.)  To  take  out  the 
charge  of  a  firearm  by  means  of  a  worm. 

Worm  of  a  GUN,  (Tire  b'jurre,  P'r.)  An 
instrument  vermicuiated  or  turned  round, 
that  serves  to  extract  any  thing  into  which 
it  insinuates  its»f  by  means  of  a  spiral  di- 
rection. It  is  much  the  same  as  wad- 
hook,  with  this  difference,  that  the  one 
is  more  proper  for  small-arms,  and  the 
other  for  ordnance 

To  WORST.    To  defeat,  to  overthrow. 

WORSTED.  Defeated;  put  to  the 
rout. 

WpRTHY.  A  man  particularly  dis- 
tinguished, more  especially  for  his  valor, 
as  the  worthies  of  antiquity. 

W  RE  ATM  oj  -victory.  The  garland 
or  chaple,  of  triumph.  See  TRIUMPH. 

WRESTLER.  One  who  contends  in 
wrestling. 

WRESTLING.  A  contest  for  ascen- 
dancy of  bodily  strength  ;  as  when  two 
wrestlers  attempt  to  throw  each  other 
down.  It  was  in  great  vogue  among  the 
Olympic  games. 

WRONG.  An  injury;  a  designed  or 
known  detriment  ;  not  right,  not  justice. 

WRONGS.  We  have  already  observed 
under  the  article  Rights,  that  although 
they  are  not  specifically  mentioned  or  de- 
scribed in  the  mutiny  bill,  they  never- 
theless exist  in  military  life.  Every  of- 
ficer and  soldier  possesses  rights, and  when 
either  is  wronged  he  is  authorized  to  seek 
for  redress.  In  the  articles  of  war,  it  is  ex- 
pressly laid  down,  that  if  any  officer 
shall  think  himself  to  be  wronged  by  his 
colonel,  or  the  commanding  officer,  of  the 
regiment,  and  shall  upon  due  application 
made  to  him,  be  refused  to  be  redressed, 
he  may  complain  to  the  general  com- 
manding, in  order  to  obtain  justice;  who 
is  required  to  examine  into  such  com- 
plaint ;  and  either  by  himself  or  by  the  se- 
cretary at  war,  to  make  his  report.  It 
will  be  observed,  that  officers  may  be 
peremptorily  dismissed  the  service  with- 
jut  trial  or  investigation. 

If  any  inferior  officer,  non-commission- 
ed officer,  or  soldier  shall  think  himself 
wronged  by  his  captain,  or  other  officer 
commanding  the  troop  or  company  to 
which  he  belongs,  he  is  to  com  plain  there- 
of to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  sta- 
tion or  regiment. 

WUHAH,/«</.     Sandals. 

W  ULAN  DA,  or  WULANDEZ,  /*</.— 
The  Dutch  are  s>o called  in  India. 


XEBEC,  (Ch'cbec,  Fr.)  A  sort  of  arm- 
ed vessel,  with  lateen  sails,  which  is  used 
in  the  Mediterranean. 

XENOl'HON.  A  G  reek  general  who 
has  rendered  his  name  immortal  by  a  well- 
conducted  retreat;  and  is  equally  cele- 
brated for  good  military  maxims,  which 
are  still  extant  in  his  Cyropoedia. 

XERU-F.  A  prince,  or  chief  ruler  in 
Earbary  is  so  called. 

XERXES.  A  king  of  Persia,  son  of 
Darius,  and  grandson  of  Cyrus.  This 
monarch  has  been  rendered  notorious  in 
history,  by  the  extravagance  of  his  prepa- 
rations to  invade  Greece,  and  his  ultimate 
failure ;  which  latter  may  be  attributed  to 
the  undisciplined  state  of  his  army,  and 
to  the  presumption  of  his  general  Mardo- 
nius.  He  entered  the  Hellespont  with  so 
numerous  a  fleer,  that  it  covered  its  sur- 
face bet  ween  the  two  lands.  The  number 
he  embarked  exceeded  men, 

who  were  entirely   defeated  by    4 
well-disciplined  troops  fiom  Greece. 

XYSTARCHA.  In  antiquity,  the 
master  and  director  of  the  X-.  . 

In  the  Greek  Gymnasium,  ths  Xys- 
tarcha  was  the  second  officer,  and  the 
Gymnasiarcha  the  first;  the  form 
his  lieutenant,  and  presided  over  the  two 
Xysti,  as  well  as  over  every  species  of  ex- 
ercise that  was  practisad  r herein. 

XYSTER.  An  instrument  used  bv 
surgeons  to  scrape  and  shave  bones  \\ith. 

XYSTUS.  Among  the  ancients,  a 
long  portico,  open  or  covered  a:  the  top, 
where  theathletas  practised  wrestling  and 
running :  the  gladiators  who  exercised 
therein,  were  called  Xystici. 

Among  the  Romans,  the  xystus  was 
only  an  alley,  or  double  row  of  trees, 
meeting  like  an  arbor,  and  forming  a  shade 
to  walk  under ;  so  that,  in  this  sense,  it 
might  be  considered  as  an  open  walking 
place,  where  the  Romans  entertained  one 
another. 


YACHT,  (J'.7fA.',  Fr.J    This  v. 
taken  from  the    Dutch.     It  is  a  simll 
ship  with  one  deck,  carrying  four,  ; 
or  twelve  guns,  and  thirty  or  torn 
Yachts,  in  general,  are  from  30  r 
contrived  and  adorned  both  with:; 
and  without,  for  carrying  state  , 
They  answer  the  purposes  ot  business  as 
well  as  pleasure,  being  remarkable  good 
sailers. 

YAD  DASHT,  Itai.  A  memorandum. 

YEHOOP  .   iew. 

YEOMAN.      The    i 
word  when  thcv  allude 


748 


Z  AG 


ZUR 


the  guards.  In  a  general  acceptation  of 
the  word  among  us,  yeoman  signifies  a 
freeman,  who  has  land  of  his  own. 

YEOMAN  of  the  guard.  One  belonging 
to  a  sort  of  foot  guards,  who  attend  at  the 
British  king's  palace.  The  yeomen  were 
uniformly  required  to  be  six  feet  high. 
They  are  in  number  looon  constant  duty, 
and  70  oft'  duty.  The  one  half  wear  ar- 
quebuses, and  the  other  pertuisans. 
Their  attendance  is  confined  to  the  king's 
person,  both  at  home  and  abroad.  They 
are  clad  after  the  imnner  of  king  Henry 
VIII,  and  are  commonly  known  by  the 
name  of  the  beefeaters. 

The  yeomen  of  the  guards  were  ancient- 
Jy  250  men  of  the  next  rank  under  gentry. 
This  corps  was  first  instituted  by  king 
Henry  VII.  anno.  1486. 

YEOMANRY.  The  collective  body 
of  yeomen.  In  this  class  may  be  consi- 
dered men  of  small  landed  property,  inde- 
pendent farmers,  &c. 

Y  E  S  A  W  U  L ,  I nd.  A  state  messenger ; 
a  servant  of  parade,  who  carries  a  gold  or 
silver  staff;  an  aid-de-camp. 

Y  E  T  E  S  A  B ,  Ind.  A  n  officer  who  re- 
gulates the  weights. 

YOG, /W.    Junction,  or  union. 

YIELD.     See  SURRENDER. 

YOUNGER  regiment,  is  that  which 
•was  last  raised .  See  SENIORITY. 
-"  YOUNGER  officer,  is  he  whose  commis- 
sion is  of  the  latest  date ;  and  according  to 
these  rules,  regiments  and  officers  are 
posted  and  commanded.  See  SENIORITY. 

YOUNGSTERS.  A  familiar  term  to 
signify  the  junior  officers  of  a  troop  or 
company.  The  word  youngster  is  like- 
wise used  in  the  navy.  The  French  say 
fwusse  in  naval  phraseology. 


Z 


ZAAT,  Jnd.     Division  of  people  into 
tribes  or  sects. 
'/ AS  AI  E,  Ft:    A  weapon  made  in  the 


form  of  a  long  dart,  which  the  Moors 
make  use  of  in  battle,  and  which  they  cast 
with  extreme  dexterity. 

Z  A I M  S .  P  rinci  pal  leaders  or  chiefs  ; 
after  whom  a  mounted  militia  which  they 
support  and  pay  is  called  among  rheTurks. 

ZAYM,  Ind.  A  feudal  chief,  or  mili - 
tary  tenant. 

ZEAL.  More  than  common  ardor  for 
the  good  of  the  service. 

ZEBANBUNDY,  Ind.    A  deposition. 

ZEINAUB,  Ind.  A  term  of  distinction 
used  to  persons  of  rank  or  eminence. 

ZEMEEN,  Ind.     Ground. 

Z  E  M  E  E  N  D  A  R,  Ind.  A  person  who 
holds  a  tract  of  land  in  his  own  right. 

ZEMEENDARY,  Ind.  The  lands  c£ 
a  zemeendar.  A 

ZENITH,  Zeniib,  fr.  The  point  or 
vertex  in  the  heavens  directly  over  one's 
head.  I  f  we  conceive  a  line  drawn  through 
the  observer  and  the  centre  of  the  earth, 
which  must  necessarily  be  perpendicular 
to  the  horizon,  it  will  reach  to  a  point 
among  the  fixed  stars  called  the  zenith. 

The  zenith  is  directly  opposite  to  the 
Nadir;  one  above  our  heads,  and  the 
other  below  our  feet. 

ZERAKET,  Ind.    Agriculture. 

ZERB,  Ind.     A  blow;  a  stroke; 

ZERB  RHALLAAK,  Ind.  A  blow 
given  with  a  stick. 

ZIG-ZAG,  Fr.  A  term  used  in  me- 
chanics.  The  working  beams  or  ba- 
lances which  give  motion  to  the  several 
pumps  to  throw  the  water  up  from  the 
river  to  the  hill  at  Marly,  near  Paris,  form 
a  sort  of  ziz-zag. 

Z.IG-  ZAG  S,  in  fortification,  are  trench- 
es or  paths  with  several  windings,  so  cut, 
that  the  besieged  are  prevented  from  enfi- 
lading the  besieger  in  his  approaches. 

ZiMRA,/W.    A  certificate. 

ZINDIGEE,  Ind.  Grain,  cattle, 
lands,  plantations. 

Z I Y  A  M  U  T ,  Ind.  A  fief  bestowed  fo  r 
military  services. 

ZULLUM,  Ind.  Violence;  oppres- 
sion. 

ZUROOREAT,  Ind.     Necessa: 


THE  ENJT 


RETURN  TO  the  circulation  desk  of  any 
University  of  California  Library 
or  to  the 

NORTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 
Bldg.  400,  Richmond  Field  Station 
University  of  California 
Richmond,  CA  94804-4698 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 
2-month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling 

(415)642-6233 
1-year  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing  books 

to  NRLF 
Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made  4  days 

prior  to  due  date 


A 

A      NOV8 


DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


- 

IY 

®s 


'40  (6936s) 


^EBAL  LIBRARY.  U.C.BERKELEY 

Boooata??' 


u 

813  ZOZ         W 

De 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


